fOO
ICO
fCD
CO
$8$;
KJ&
11
m
mm
m
•HBO!
,
THE HOLY BIBLE,
CONTAINING
THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS,
WITH THE APOCRYPHAL BOOKS,
IN THE EARLIEST ENGLISH VERSIONS
MADE FROM THE LATIN VULGATE BY
JOHN WYCLIFFE AND HIS FOLLOWERS;
EDITED BY
THE REV. JOSIAH FORSHALL, F.R.S. ETC.
LATE PELLOW OF EXETER COLLEGE,
AND
SIR FREDERIC MADDEN, K.H. F.R.S. ETC.
KEEPER OF THE MSS. IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
VOLUME IV.
OXFORD,
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
M.DCCC.L.
Vc/
MATTHEW.
Here begynneth the prolongs on Mathew*.
MATHEW of Jewerye born, as he is 'putt firstb in ordre, so first he wrote the gospel
in Jewes langage, whas cleepyng to God was from peplicanis dedis ; he takynge bifore
the bygynnyng ise of tweyd, Abraham and Dauid, in the generacioun of Crist, of oon,
that is, Abraham, of the whiche the first circumcisioun was in fleshe, of an other,
Dauith, whas eleccioun was efter herte. Of bothe fadris forsothe Crist was bore.
And so the noumbre of fourtene thries putte, he strecchynge forth the bygynnyng fro
feythe of bileuynge, that was in Abraham, in to the tyme of chesynge, that was in
Dauith, and dressynge fro thef chesyng anoon in to the day of transmygracioun, and
diffynynge fro the day, of transmygracioun anoon in to Crist, he shewith the gene-
racioun of the» cummynge of Crist fulfillid, other passynge in renninge, that he,
maakynge good bothe to the noumbre and to the tyme, bothe shulde shewe hym silf
whicheh he were, and, in hym silf mynystrynge the work of God, also in hem, whas
kynred he putte', shulde not denye the witnesse of Crist workyngek fro the bygyn-
nyng1. Of alle whoche thingis the tyme, the ordre, the noumbre, them disposicioun,
other" the resoun0, that Crist is God, that is necessarie to the feith, the whiche was
maad of a? womman, maad vnder lawe, bore of a maydei, suffride in fleshe, al thing
ficchide in the cros, that he ouercommynge thilker thingis in hym silfe, rysynge in
body, bothe the8 name of the fadir in fadris to the sone, and sones1 name to the fadir
restoringe in sones, with outen bygynnyng, with oute eendynge, shewynge the fadir to
be oon with hym, for he is oon. In the whiche" gospel it is profitable to men
desyrynge God, so to knowe the first, the mydmestev, otherw the last, that thei, redynge
bi alle thingis, vndirstonde bothe the clepynge of the apostil*, and^ the work of the
gospel, and the loue2 of God kennynge in fleshe, and thei biknowe8 in hym, in the
whiche thei bethb knowe, and desijryth0 to knowe. To vs forsothe it was to stodye of
preuynge, bothe to take the feith of thing do, and not to be stille to men sechynge
bisiliche the ordynance of God worchynge to be vndirstonde.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynnith the gospelA.
8 From Y. Prolog. K. Here bygynneth the Nerve Testament in Englische. o. No initial rubric in
STVX. b first putt r. c bigynnynge o. d two sx. e the feithe osrxv. f Om. o. 8 Om. os.
h what OSTVY. i put of o. k wrytynge K sec. in. l gynnyng K. m Om. K. n ether o. or A-.
0 resoun is OSTV. P Om. x. 9 maiden ox. r tho ox. thes ilke T. s Om. o. * the sones osrrxY.
u Om. K sec. m. v mydelmest o. w or sx. * apostlis r. y and thei byknowe in hym in r. * leste x.
a be knowen x. b ben sx. c desiren ox. desire v. d No final rubric in OSTVXY.
VOL. IV. *./ B
2 MATTHEW. 1.1,2.
Here bigynneth the Newe Testament ; a prolog on Matheu*.
Matheu that was of Judee, as he is set first in ordreb of the gospelleris, so he wroot
first the gospel in Judee, and fro the office of a tolgaderer he was clepid to God.
Whanne this Matheu hadde prechid first the gospel in Judee, and wolde go to
hethene men, he wroot first the gospel in Ebreu, and lefte it toc mynde tod Cristen
men of the Jewis, fro whiche" he departide bodili ; for as it wasf nedeful, that the
gospel were prechid to the corifermyng of feith, so it was? nedeful, that it were writen
also a3ens eretikis. Thou3 manye men han write the gospel, foure oonli, that is,
Matheu, Mark, Luyk, and Joon, han the witnessyng of autorite. For thei tellen the
feith of the Trynyte, bi foure partis of the world ; and thei ben as foure wheelis in
the foure horsid carte of the Lord, that berithh hym aboute bi preching' of the gospel ;
and mankynde that was slayn bi foure dethis, shulde be qwikenyd bi the prcchyng of
hem. And therfor the gospels of otherek writers fellen doun, and ben not resceyued,
for the Lord nolde1, that the forseid noumbre were destried, for the vertu of sacrament.
Also the foure gospelleris ben vndirstonden bi foure figuris of goostli preuyte. Matheu
is vndurstondun by man, for he duellith principali aboute the manhod of Crist ; Mark
is vndurstondun bi a lioun, for be tretith of Cristis risyng a3en ; Luke is vndirstonden
bi a calf, and tretith of presthod ; Joon is vndurstondun bi an egle, and writeth hi3lier
them sacramentis ether11 hooli priuytees of the Godhed. Forsothe Crist, whom thes
gospelleris discryuen, was a man borun of the virgyn ; he was a calf, in offryng, ether0
diynge on the cros ; he was a lioun, in risynge a3en ; and he was an egle, in ascencioun.
Ethir the manhed of Crist is signified in man, presthod is signified in the calf, rewme
is signified in the lioun, and the sacrament of Godhed i' is signified in the egle; that is,
by thesi foure beestis it is declarid, that Jhesu Crist is God and man, king and prest.
^ Jerom in his ttvei prologis on Matheu seith pleynli thus*.
Heere bigynneth the gospel of Matheu*. Heere byginnith the gospel of Matheu*.
CAP. I. CAP. I.
1 The boke of generaciounb of Jhesu Crist, The book of the generacioun of Jhesu i
the sone of Dauyd, thec sone of Abraham. Crist, the sone of Dauid, the sone of
2 Abraham d gendridee, xor bigatef, Ysaac. Abraham. Abraham bigat Isaac. Isaac 2
a From M. Heere bigynnelh the gospel of our e Lord Jhesu Crist, p. No initial rubric in JGKNOQSTUI'XY.
l> the generacioun AGMNPQY. c Om. x. d Abraham forsothe Q. e gat x. f Om. OQ pr. m. vx.
a From c. Prolog Abh. Here biginneth the Nerve Testament ; the firste prologe on Mathen. E. Heere
bigynnilh the prologe of Jerom on the gospel of Matheu. i. Heere bigynneth the prolog of Jerom on
Matheu. K. Here bigynneth a prologe upon [on u] Matheu. Mug. Here bigynneth the prolog on the gospel
of Muthetv. Q. Here bigynneth the prolng on Mathen. nk. Here bigynneth the prologe bifore the gospels of
Mathew. z Here bigt/nneth a Newe Testament ; first the prologe on Matheu. c. Here bigynneth the prolog
on Matheu, as Jerom in sentence saith it. e. No initial rubric in NSI. b the ordre K. c to the i. d of i.
e the whiche z. f were A pr. m. S were A. h berin s. ' the preching Kh. k the othere N. 1 wolde
not i. m of the i. Om. b. n of EK. or p. ° or EP passim. P the Godhede K. 1 thec. r Jerom
in hise tnieie prologis on Matheu seith pleynli thus, and here bigynneth the gospel. CPUC. Heere endelh the
prologe. i. Jerom in hise two prologis on Matheu seith pleynli al this. Q. Heere eendith the prolog, and
bigcnnelh the first chapiter of Mathew. Re. Jerom in hise tiveyne prologis on Matheu, seith plfynly thus;
and here byginneth the gospel of Matheu. z. No final rubric in xghik. a From i. The bigynnynge of
the euangely of Malheu. g. No initial rubric in the other Alss.
I. 3 — 17.
MATTHEW.
3
Ysaac forsothe bigate £ Jacob. Jacob for-
sothe bigate Judas and his bretheren.
3 Judas forsothe bigate Phares and Zaram,
of Thamar. Phares forsothe bigate Esrom.
4 Esrom forsothe bigate Aram. Aram for-
sothe bigate Amynadab. Amynadab for-
sothe bigate Nason. Nason forsothe bi-
5 gate Salmon. Salmon forsothe bigate Booz,
of Raab. Booz forsothe bigate Obeth, of
Ruth. Obeth forsothe bigate Gesse. Jesse
e forsothe bigate Dauith the kyng. Dauith
forsothe kyngh bigate Salomon, of that
7 womman that was Uries wyf. Salomon
forsothe bigate Roboam. Roboam forsothe
bigat Abias. Abias forsothe bigate Asa.
s Asa forsothe bigate Josophat. Josophat
forsothe bigate Joram. Joram forsothe
9 bigate Osias. Osias forsothe bigate Jo-
athan. Joathan forsothe bigate Achaz.
loAchaz forsothe bigate Ezechie. Ezechie
forsothe bigate Manasses. Manasses for-
sothe bigate Amon. Amon forsothe bigate
1 1 Josias. Josias forsothe bigate Jechonyas
and his bretheren, 'in to1 trarismigracyoun
12 of Babiloyne. And after the transmy-
gracyoun of Babiloyne, Jechonias bigate
Salatiel. Salatiel forsothe bigate Zoroba-
isbel. Zorobabel forsothe begate Abyut.
Abyut forsothe bygate Eliachim. Elia-
uchym forsothe bigate Asor. Asor for-
sothe bigate Sadoc. Sadoc forsothe bygate
Achym. Achym forsothe bygate Elyut.
is Elyut forsothe bygate Eleasar. Eleasar
forsothe bigate Mathan. Mathan forsothe
16 bigate Jacob. Jacob forsothe bigate Jo-
seph, the husbond of Marie, of whiche
Marie Jesus is born, thatk is clepid Crist.
17 'And so1 alle generaciouns™ from Abraham
'til ton Dauith ben fourtene generaciouns,
and fro Dauith 'vnto° transmygracioun of
Babiloyne ben fourtene generaciouns, arid
from the transmygracioun of Babiloyne
bigat Jacob. Jacob bigat Judas and
hise britheren. Judas bigat Fares and 3
Zaram, of Tamar. Fares bigat Esrom.
Esrom bigat Aram. Aram bigat Amyn-4
adab. Amynadab bigat Naason. Naason
bigat Salmon. Salmon bigat Booz, of 5
Raab. Booz bigat Obeth, of Ruth.
Obeth bigat Jesse. Jesse bigat Dauid
the king. Dauid the king bigat Sala-e
mon, of hir that was Vries wijf. Salo-7
mon bigat Roboam. Roboam bigat Abias.
Abias bigat Asa. Asa bigat Josaphath.a
Josaphath bigat Joram. Joram bigat
Osias. Osias bigat Joathan. Joathan o
bigat Achaz. Achaz bigat Ezechie.
Ezechie bigat Manasses. Manasses bi-io
gat Amon. Amon bigat Josias. Josias n
bigat Jeconyas and his britheren, in to
the transmygracioun of Babiloyne. And 12
aftir the transmygracioun of Babiloyne,
Jeconyas bigat Salatiel. Salatiel bigat
Zorobabel. Zorobabel bigat Abyut. A- is
byut bigat Eliachym. Eliachym bigat
Asor. Asor bigat Sadoc. Sadoc bigat u
Achym. Achym bigat Elyut. Elyut is
bigat Eleasar. Eleasar bigat Mathan.
Mathan bigat Jacob. Jacob bigat Jo-ie
seph, the hosebonde of Marye, of whom
Jhesus was borun, that is clepid Christ.
And so alleb generaciouns fro Abraham 17
to Dauid ben fourtene generacions, and
fro Dauid to the transmygracioun of
Babiloyne ben fourtene generaciouns,
and fro the transmygracioun of Babi-
loyne to Crist ben fourtene generaciouns.
But the gerieracioun of Crist was thus, is
Whanne Marie, the modir of Jhesu, was
spousid to Joseph, biforec thei camen
togidere, she was foundun hauynge of
the Hooli Goost in the wombe. And 19
Joseph, hir hosebonde, for he was ri3tful,
and wolde not puplische hir, he wolde
K gendred o et v passim in hoc cap. gat x passim in hoc cap. h the kynge AGMOQSurxY.
the AGM\opQSurxY. k whiche or. ' Therfore ovv. m the generaciouns MV. n vn to UXY.
to the G sec. m. A/OPQSTUF. til to AG pr.m. vn to the NXY.
' in to
° til
alle the IQS sup. ras. hi. c bifore that s pr. m.
B 2
MATTHEW.
I. 18 — ii. 3.
vntoP Crist ben fourtene generaciouns.
isForsoth the generacioun of Crist was
thusi. Whane Marie, vhis modirr, was
spousid to Joseph, bifore that thei vshul-
den come8 to gidre, she is* foundun hau-
ynge in theu wombe of the Holy Gost.
19 Joseph forsothe, hir husbond, when he was
iustv manw, ^or ri^tful*, and wolde^ not
pupliche hir, W lede hir fertherz, wolde
20priuyly forsake hire. Sothely hym thenk-
ynge these thingus, lo ! thea angel of the
Lord aperide in sleepe, *or siveuenb, to
hym, sayingec, Joseph, thed sone of Danyd,
nyl thou drede to take Marie, thi wyf;
forsothe6 thatf thing that is born in hire
21 is of* the Holy Goost. Sothely she shal
here a sone, and thou shalt clepe his name
Jesus ; for he shal make his peple saif fro
22 her synnes. Forsothe al this thing was
don, that ith shulde be fulfillid'/that thingk
that was seid1 by am prophete, seiynge,
as Loo ! a virgyne shal haue in wombe", and
she shal here a sone, and his name shal
be clepid Emanuel, that is interpreted, vor
24 expounid0, God with us. Sothely Joseph
rysynge vpP fro sleep, did as the angel of
25 the Lord comaundide^ hym, and toker his
wijf; and he knewe hir nat, til she had
boren hir first bygotenssone,and clepide1 his
name Jhesus.
CAP. II.
1 Therfore when Jhesus was born in
Bethlem of Juda, in the days ofu kyng
Herode, loo! kyngisv, vor wijs men™, ca-
2 men fro the eest to Jerusalem, sayinge,
Wher is he, that is borun kyngx of
Jewis? forsothe we 'ban seyny his sterre
in the este, and we comen for* to wir-
3 shipe hym. 'Sothely kyng Herode herynge
priueli haue left hir. But while he 20
thoii3ted thes thingis, lo ! the aungel of
the Lord apperide vin sleep to hyme, and
seide, Joseph, the sone of Dauid, nyle
thou drede to take Marie, thi wijf; for
that thing that is borun in hir is of the
Hooli Goost. And she shal here a sone, 21
and thou shalt clepe his name Jhesus ;
for he schal make his puple saaf fro her
synnes. For al this thing was don, that 22
it schulde be fulfillid, that was seid of
the Lord bi a prophete, seiynge, Lo ! a 23
virgyn shal haue in wombe, and she
schal here a sone, and thei schulen clepe
his name Emanuel, that is to seie, God
with vs. And Joseph roosf fro sleepe, 24
and dide as the aungel of the Lord
comaundide hym, and took Marie, his
wijf; and he knew her not, til she hadde2a
borun her firste bigete sone, ands clepide
his name Jhesus.
CAP. II.
Therfor whanne Jhesus was borun in i
Bethleem of Juda, in the daies of king
Eroude, lo ! astromyenesh camen fro the
eest to Jerusalem, and seideri, Where is 2
he, that is borun king of Jewis ? for we
ban seyn' his sterre in the eest, and we
comenj tok worschipe him. But kings
Eroude herde, and was trublid, and al
P til to AGMVOPQSTur. q this iv. r the moder of Jhesu s. s come u. camen or. t was or.
Om. p. v a just MP- ry3tewjse o. w Qm. our. * Om. ourx. y nold o. * Om. our. a Om. our
Om ov. c and sayde or. d Qm. x. e for or sec_ ,„. f the o g Om o h the thenge our sec. m
our sec. m. k Om. or sec. m. 1 seid of the Lord N. " the or. " the wombe or sec. m. " Om.
or sec. m. x. P Om. x. <i bade o pr. m. r tok Marie NOUV sec. m. * gendred or sec. m. goten x
sche cleped or sec. m. " of the G. v astronemyeris u mars. sec. m. <* Om. oux. * the kvnsre o
y seian o. z Qm. x. } '
11 bithou3te xshig. e to Joseph in sleep c sup. ras. to hym in sleep e/3. f roos vp AK.
astromeeris spr. m. astronomeeris EPS sec. m. astronomyens KQha. kyngis k. » seien i.
K text, or ben come marg. k for to plures.
S and he i.
j han come
II. 4— '5-
MATTHEW.
isa trublidb, and al Jerusalem with himc.
4 And he, gedrynged to gidre alle the6 princis
of prestis, and scribisf of the peple, en-
quiride of hem, whers Crist shulde be
sborun. And thei seiden to hym, In
Bethlem of Juda ; 'for soh it is writen bi
e a' prophete, And thou, Bethlem, 'the londk
of Juda, thou1 art nat the leste in the
princis of Juda ; for of thee a duk shal
gon out, that shal gouerne my peple ofm
7 Yrael. Than 'Herode, priuyli" the kyngis
clepid 'to hym°, 'bisily lernyde? of hem
the tyme of the sterre that apperide to
s hem. And he, sendynge hem in to Beth-
lem, saide, Go 366, and axe 3ee bisily of
the chyld, and whan 3ee ban founden,
tellei a3ein to me, that andr Y cummynge
owirshipe hym. The5 whiche, when thei
hadclen herde the kyng, wenten awey.
And loo ! the sterre, the1 whiche thei
sayen in esteu, wente bifore hem, til that
it cummynge stood aboue, wher the child
10 was. Forsothe thei, seeynge the sterre,
1 1 ioyeden with a ful grete ioye. And thei,
entrynge thev hous, founden the child with
Marie, his modir ; and thei fallynge doun
worshipiden hym. And her tresours opnyd,
thei offreden to hym 3iftis, gold, encense,
12 and merre. And answer"" taken in sleep,
that thei shulden not turne a3ein to He-
rode, thei 'ben turned" by an other wey in
13 to her>' cuntree. And when thei hadden
gon awey7, loo ! thea aungel of the Lord
apperide in sleep to Joseph, sayynge, Ryse
vp, and take the child and his modir, and
flee in to Egipt, and be thoub there, til
that I ' seye to thee ; sothely0 it is 'to
cuined, that Herode seeke the child, for6
14 to lesef hym. The? whiche Joseph, rys-
ynge vp, toke the chijld and his modir
15 by ny3te, and wente into Egipt, and
Jerusalem with hym. And he gaderide4
to gidre alle the prynces of prestis, and
scribis of the puple, and enqueride of
hem, where Crist shulde be borun. And 5
thei seiden to hym, In Bethleem of Juda ;
for so it is writun bi a profete, And thou, «
Bethleem, the lond of Juda, art not the
leest among the prynces of Juda ; for of
thee a duyk schal go out, that schal go-
uerne my puple of Israel. Thaune;
Eroude clepide pryueli the astromyens"1,
and lernyde bisili of hem the tyme of the
sterre that apperide to hem. And he«
sente hem in to Bethleem, and seide, Go
36, and axe 36 bisili of the child, and
whanne 366 ban foundun, telle 30 it to me,
that Y also come, and worschipe hym.
And whanne thei hadden herd the kyng, a
thei wenten forth. And lo ! the sterre,
that thei si3enn in the eest, wente bifore
hem, til it cam, and stood aboue, where
the child was. And thei si3en the sterre, 10
and ioyeden with a ful greet ioye. And n
thei entriden in to the hous, and founden
the child with Marie, his modir; and thei
felden doun, and worschipiden him. And
whanne thei hadden openyd her tresouris,
thei offryden to hym 3iftis, gold, encense,
and myrre. And whanne thei hadden 12
take an aunswere in sleep, that thei schul-
den not turne 33611 ^ to Eroude, thei
turneden a3en bi anothir weie in to her
cuntrey. And whanne thei weren goon, is
lo ! the aungel of the Lord apperide to
Joseph in sleep, and seide, Rise vp, and
take the child and his modir, and fie in
to Egipt, and be thou there, til that I seie
to thee ; for it is to come, that Eroude
seke the child, to destrie hym. And Jo- u
seph roos, and took the child and his
modir bi ny3t, and wente in to Egipt,
»• was or. t> turblid AMNP. towrbled o. <c Om. u pr. in. But kyng Heroude herde and was troublid
and al Jerusalem with hym. u sec. m. marg. d gedrede G. e Om. o. f the scribes our. e wheer
that o. h so forsothe XY pr. m. ' the our. k Om. 01;. ' Om. ou. m Om. rx. n Om. r. ° Om. or.
P Eroude lerned bisily v. bisily lerede sx. Om. r. 1 telle jee ourx. r Om. ou. s Om. our sec. m.
* Om. our sec. m. » the eest ONPQSUXY. v in to the ONur. w an answere Q sec. m. x turned ajen ot;
r sec. m. y her owne N. z Om. u sec. m. a an ur. *> Om. T. c for our sec. m. <• cume K. to
comynge our sec.m. e Om. osr sec. m. { slee o. 8 Om. our sec. m.
1 Om. s sec.m. g pr. m. m astronomeris EPS. astronomyens KQha. n saien A. nn Om. c.
6
MATTHEW.
II. 1 6 — III. 3.
was11 there til to the1 deth of Erode ; that
it shuld be fulfillidk, 'that thing1 that was
said of the Lord by the1" prophete, say-
inge, Fro Egypt Y haue clepide my sone.
16 Thanne Erode seeynge that" he was scorn-
ed, 'or disceyued0, of the kyngisi', was
gretely wroth ; and he sendynge slew3i
alle the children1"/ that werens in Bethlem,
and in alle the eendis 'of it4, fro two" 3eer
age and with ynne, afterv the tyine that
17 he hadde sou3t out of the kyngisw. Than
it* was fulfillidey, 'that thingz that was said
is by Jeremye, the prophete, sayinge, A voice
is herd 'an hee3ea, weepynge and myche
weilynge, Rachel weepyngeb hir sonys, and
she Volde not0 be comfortid, for thei ben
19 not. Sothely Erode dead, loo ! thed angel
of the Lord apeeride in sleep to Joseph in
2oEgipt, sayinge, Ryse vp, and take the6
childe and his modir, and go in to the lond
of Yrael ; for thei that 80113 ten the lijf of
21 the chyld ben dead. Thef whiche Josephs,
rysynge vp1', toke the child and his modir,
22 and cam in to the lond of Yrael. For-
sothe he heerynge that Archelaus1 regnede
in Jude for Eroude, his fadir, dred fork to
go thidir. And he, monestid in sleep,
23 wente in to the parties of Galilee ; and he
cummynge dwelte in a citee, that1 is clepid
Nazareth, that itm shulde be fulfillid11, 'that
thing0 that isi' said by prophetis, For whit
he shal be clepid 'of Nazareth'.
CAP. III.
1 In thilke8 days came Joon Baptist,
2 prechynge in the* desert of Jude, sayinge11,
'Do 3ev penaunce, for the kyngdom of
s heuensw shal nei3, 'or cume ni-$e*. Forsothe
and he was there to0 the deeth of is
Eroude ; that it shulde be fulfillid, that
was seid of the Lord bi theP profete,
seiynge, Fro Egipt Y haue clepid my
sone. Thanne Eroude seyrige that he ic
was disseyued^ of the astromyensr, was
ful wrooth ; and he sente, and slowe alle
the children, that weren in Bethleem, and
in alle the coostis therof, fro two 3eer age
and with inne, aftir the tyme that he had
enquerid of the astromyens5. Thanne 17
'it was* fulfillid, that was seid bi Jeremye,
the profete, seiynge, A vois was herd an IB
hi3, wepynge and moche weilyng, Rachel
biwepynge hir sones, and she wolde not
be coumfortid, for thei ben 1103!. But 10
whanne Eroude was deed, loo ! the aun-
gel of the Lord apperide to Joseph in
sleep in Egipt, and seide, Ryse vp, and 20
take the child and his modir, and go in
to the lond of Israel; for thei that soften
the lijf of the chijld ben deed. Joseph 21
roosu, and took the child and his modir,
and cam in to the loom! of Israel. And 22
he herde that Archilaus regnede in Judee
for Eroude, his fadir, and dredde tov go
thidir. And he was warned in sleep, and
wentew in to the parties of Galilee ; and 23
cam, and dwelte in a citee, that ys clepid
Nazareth, that it shulde be fulfillid, that
was seid bi profetis, For he shal be
clepid a Nazarey.
CAP. III.
In tho daies Joon Baptist cam, and i
prechide in the* desert of Judee, and 2
seide, Do 36 penaunce, for the kyngdom
of heuenesy shal nei3e. For this is he, of 3
our
h he was our sec. m. » Om. x. k fii]u(i OVY seCf TO- i Qm. ovv sec m m a sy _
° Om. our sec. m. P astronemyeris u sec. m. marg. q ky lied our sec. m. * childer x. sOui.cpr.7n.
4 therof ovv sec. m. « twey r sec. m. v Vp our sec. m. » astronomjers u sec. m. marg. * Om. x.
y fillud 0(7. z Om. ov. a in hijthe o. in heei'3 s. b bywepynge our sec. m. c nolde ou. nolde not
rsec.m. & an our sec. m. e thi v. t Om. our sec. m. 8 Om. ovx. hOm.rsec.m. ' Archelans, his
brother r sec. m. * Om. ur sec. m. x. 1 which ur sec. m. m Om. x. " fillud our sec. m. ° Om. ou
r sec. m. P was our sec. m. q Om. our sec. m. T Nazaray u pr. m. r sec. m. a Nazaren v sec. m. s tho
like y. tho osur sec. m. x. * Om. p. « and seiynge our sec. m. v doith o. doth XY pr. m. w heuen GO.
x Om. OQUX.
0 vnto K. til s. til to g sec. m. Pa AK. q scorned ether disseyued K. scorned s sup. rets. ' astro-
nomyens KQRha. astronomeris EPS. s astronomeris EPS. astronomyens K<jha. t was jt s. u roos vp
cs sup. rets. ' for to ft. w }le wente s sup. ras. * Om. K. y heuene A.
III. 4— '5-
MATTHEW.
this is he, 'of whom it*' is said by Ysaye,
the prophetez, A voice of aa cryingeb in
desert, 'Make 36° redy the wayesd of the8
Lord ; 'make 3ef ri3tful the pathes of hym.
4Forsothe 'that ilk« Joon hadde clothh of
the' heeris of cameylis, and a girdil of skyn
aboute his leendis; sothelyk his mete weren1
alocustis1", and hony of the wode. Tharine
Jerusalem wente out to hym, and al Jude,
c and al the cuntre aboute Jordan ; and thein
weren cristenyd0 of hym in Jordan, know-
7 lechynge there synnes. Sothely he seeynge
many of Pharisees and of Saducese com-
mynge to his bapteme, saide to hem, Gene-
raciouns of eddris, who shewide to 3011 forP
s to flee fro wrath to cummei ? Therfore do
9366 worthi fruytis of penaunce, and nyl
3e say with ynne 3011, We han the fadir
Abraham ; sothely Y saye to 3ou, for whir
God is mijti to reyse vps of these stonys
10 the sonys of Abraham. For now the* axe is
putt to the rote of the tree ; sothely eueryu
tree that makith nat good fruyt, shal be
kitt doun, and shal be sent in to fijrv.
nForsothew Y cristene* 3ou in water, in to
penaunce ; forsothe he that is to cumme^
after me is strenger than Y, whos shon Y
am not worthi to here ; he shal baptise, 'or
cristen*, 3ow in thea Holy Goost and fijrb.
1-2 Whos wynwingc clothd, 'or fan*, in his
bond, and he shal fully dense his cornef
floore, and shal? gedre his corneh in to his
berrie; but chaffis he shal brenne with'
fyr unquenchable, 'or that neuer shal be
nquenchid^. Thanne Jhesus came fro Ga-
lilee in to Jordan to Joon, 'for to1 be
ucristned"1 of hym. Soothly Joon forbeed
hym, sayinge, 'I owe forn to be cristned of
i.j thee, and 'thou commest0 to me ? Forsothe
Jhesus answeringe saide to hym, Suffre
whom it is seid bi Ysaie*, the prophete,
seyinge, A vois of a crier in desert, Make
3e redi the weies of the Lord ; make 30
ri3t the pathis of hym. And this Joon 4
hadde clothing of camels heeris, and a
girdil of skynne aboute hise leendis ; and
his mete was honysoukis, and hony of
the wode. Thanne Jerusalem wente outs
to hym, and al Judee, and al the cuntre
aboute Jordan ; and thei weren waischun e
of hym in Jordan, 'and knowlechidena her
synnes. But he 813 manye of theb Fary- 7
sees and of Saduceis comynge to his
baptym, and seide to hem, Generaciounsc
of eddris, who shewide to 3ou tod fie fro
thee wrath the that is tof come ? Therfor &
do 36 worthi fruyte& of penaunce, and 9
nyle 36 seie with ynne 3ou, We han Abra-
ham to fadirh ; for Y seie to 3ou, that
God is my3ti to reise vp of these stoones
the sones of Abraham. And now the ax 10
is put to the roote of the tree ; therfore
euery tree that makith not good fruyt,
shal be kit douri', and shal be cast in to
thek fier. Y waische 3ou in water, in ton
penaunce ; but he that shal come after me
is strongere than Y, whos schoon Y am
not worthi to here ; he shal baptise 3011 in
the Hooli Goost and fier. Whos wynew- 12
ing cloth is in his hoond, and he shal
fulli dense his corn flore, and shal gadere
his whete in to his berne ; but the chaffe
he shal brenne with fier that mai not be
quenchid. Thanne Jhesus cam fro Ga- is
lilee in to Jordan to Joon, to be baptised
of hym. And Joon forbede him, and u
seide, Y owe to be baptisid of thee, and
thou comest to me ? But Jhesus answer- 15
ide, and seide to hym, Suffre nowe, for
thus it fallith to vs to fulfille al ri3tful-
y which ur sec. m. z prophet, seiynge OQ sec. m. vr sec. m. a Om. K sec. m. a man N. b crier ou.
c Makith QX Y pr. m. d weye G. e oure u. { makith QXY pr. m. S thilke our sec. m. that x. ha
clothe our sec. m. ' Om. o. k forsothe QX Y. 1 was su. m honysoukis u sec. m. marg. n Om. e.
0 weysche u sec. m. marg. P Om. our sec. m. x. <1 comynge our sec. m. r Om. our sec. m. x. 3 Om.
our sec. m. l an our sec. m. u eche x. v the fijr MPQWX. w Sothely Q. x wesche usec.m. marg.
7 comynge our sec. m. z Om. OQUX. a Om. G pr.m. b in fyer our. c wyndewyng Q. d tool ou
rsec.m. e Om. MNPXY pr.m. ether fan our. f Om. N. S he schall our sec. m. h wheel our sec. m.
1 in our sec. m. k Om. oux. l that he shulde Mr pr. m. to osursec. m. x. m baptizid u sec. m.
n Om. os. I owe ux. ° comest thou ur sec. m.
z Om. A. a knowlechinge c sup. ras. b Om. plures et /3. c Generacioun cb. d for to K. e Om.
plures. f for to K. S fruytis igh. b oure fadir c pr. m. g. ' adoun Q. k Om. cMQubceg sec. m. h.
MATTHEW.
III. 16 IV. 12.
nesse1. Thanne Joon suffride hym. And ifi
whanne Jhesus was baptisid, anoon he
wente up fro the watir ; and lo ! heuenes
weren openyd to hym, and he saie the
Spirit of God comynge doun as a dowue,
and comynge on hym ; and loo ! a vois 17
fro heuenes1", seiynge, This is my louyd
sone, in which Y haue plesid" to me.
CAP. IV.
Thanne Jhesus was led0 of a spirit in i
to desert, to be temptid of the feend. And 2
whanne he hadde fastid fourti daies and
fourti ny3tis, aftirward he hungride. And 3
the tempter cam ny3, and seide to hym,
If thou art? Goddis sone, seie that thes
stoones be maad looues. Which answer- 4
ide, and seide to hym, It is writun, Not
oonli in breed luyeth mani, but in ech
word that cometh r of Goddis mouth.
Thanne the feend took hym in to thes
hooli citee, and settide hym on the py-
nacle of the temple, and seide to hym, If e
thou art Goddis sone, sende thee adoun ;
for it is writun, That to hise aungels he
comaundide of thee, and thei scrhulen
take thee in hondis, lest perauenture thou
hirte thi foot at a stoon. Eftsoone Jhesus 7
seide to hym, It is writun, Thou shalt
not tempte thi Lord God. Eftsoone thes
feend took hym in to a ful hi3 hil, and
schewide to hym alle the rewmes of the
world, and the ioye of hem ; and seide to 9
hym, Alle these 'Y schal8 3yue to thee,
if thou falle doun and worschipe me.
Thanne Jhesus seide to hym, Goo, Sa-io
thanas ; for it is writun, Thou schalt
worschipe thi Lord God, and to hym
aloone thou shalt serue. Thanne the feend n
lafte hym ; and lo ! aungels camen ny3,
and serueden to hym. But whanne Jhe- 12
P so forsothe x. 1 Om. ous. now for Q. r fill our sec. m. s rijtfulnesse ursec.m. 4 Om. ou. or
lefte Grsec.m.x. u wer o. weren or. v Om. x. w on ou. * loued AMGNOPQ.SVVWXY. y Om.
our sec. m. x. z to o. a nyjt o. b art the sone of God our sec. m. c Om. ur sec. in. d eche x.
e hym vp Q sec. m. f the Mr pr. m. Om. r sec. m. w sec. m. g a Mr. h art the soon of God ou.
' Om. x. k hath commaunded ou. l the hondes ou. m seide our sec. m. n hym vp Q sec. m. ° for ou.
P Om. G pr. m. Q neijedden ou.
now/for so? it becummeth vs fori to fulfiller
all ri3twisnesses. Than Joon leete hym, xor
wleft hym*. Forsothe Jhesus cristened stei3
vp anoon fro the water ; and loo ! heuens
ben" opened to hym, and he say the Spirit
of God cummynge doun as a culuer, andv
17 cummynge vponw hym ; and loo ! a voice
fro heuenes, sayinge, This is my bylouedx
sone, in thev whiche Y haue plesid to me.
CAP. IV.
1 Thanne Jhesus was led in to desert of
a spirit, 'that he shuldez be temptid of the
2 deuel. And whanne he hadde fastid fourty
days and fourety ni3tisa, afterward he hun-
3 gride. And the tempter cummynge ni3,
saide to hym, 3if tnou V°e Goddis soneb,
say that these stoons be maad looues.
4 Thec whiche answerynge said to hym, It
is wryten, A man lyueth not in breed
aloon, bot in eueryd word that cometh
5 forth fro the mouthe of God. Thanne the
deuyl toke hyme in to anf hooly citee, and
sette hym on the£ pynacle of the temple,
oand saide to hym, 3*f thou vbe Goddis
sone1', sende thee doun ; sothely it is wryt-
en, For to' his aungels he comaundidek of
thee, arid thei shulden take thee in hoondis1,
lest perauenture thou hurte thi fote at a
7 stoon. Eftsone Jhesus saith™ to hym, It
is writen, Thou shalt not tempte the Lord
s thi God. Eftsone the deuel toke hymn in
to a ful hee3 hill, and shewide to hym alle
the rewmys of the world, and the glorie of
9 hem ; and saide to hym, Alle these thingis
Y shal 3eue to thee, 3if thou fallynge doun
10 shalt worshipe me. Than Jhesus saide to
hyrn, Go, Sathanas ; 'forsothe0 it is wrytin,
Thou shalt worshipe the Lord 'thi God?,
1 1 and to hym alone thou shalt serue. Than
the deuel lafte hym ; and loo ! aungelis
i-2vcamen m^, and serueden to hym. So-
1 rijtwisnesse KQS!I. m heuene KQ. n wel pleesid K sec. m. ° lad out s sec. m. P be s. la man
EiKFRgk pr. m. a. r cometh forth s. s schal Y Ae.
IV. 13 — 25.
MATTHEW.
9
thely whanne Jhesus hadde herde that Joon
is was taken, he wente into Galilee. And
the cite of Nazaret laft, he came, and
dwelte in the citee of Caphernaum, beside
the see, in the eendis r of Zabulon and
nNeptalym8, that it1 shulde be fulfillid",
'that thingv that was said by Ysay, the
isprophete, The lond of Zabulon and the
lond of Neptalym, the weye ofw the see
ouerx Jordan, of Galilee of hethene men,
16 the peple that dwelte in derknessis say
grete Ii3t, and men? sittynge in thez cuntree
of shadew8 of deth, !J3t vis sprunge to hemb.
17 Fro thennus Jhesus bygan forc to preche,
and sayd, Do 36 penaunce, forsothe e the
kyngdom f of heuens % vshal cume nije h.
iflSothely Jhesus, walkynge1 bisidisk the see
of Galilee, say two1 bretheren, Symon, that
is clepid Petre, and Andrew, his brother,
sendynge nettm in to the see ; forsothe thei
19 weren fisheris. And he saide to hem/Come
3en after me, and I shal make 3011 to be
•20 maad fisheris0 of men. And anon her? nettis
21 forsakyn, they sueden hym. And he go-
ynge forth fro that place, say tweyni other
bretheren, Jamys of Zebedee, and Joon, his
brother, in the ship with Zebedee, her fadir,
makynge a3ein, W beetynge*, her nettis8,
22 and he clepide hem. Sothely anoon the
nettis forsaken and the fadir, thei sueden
23 hym. And Jhesus enuyraunyde al Galilee,
techynge in the synagogis * of hem, and
prechynge the gospel of kyrigdamu, and
helynge al sorow, vor ache", and al seke-
24nesse in the peple. And his 'opynyoun, or
fame'" , wente in to al Syrie; and thei offrid-
en" to hym alle men? hauynge yuele, takyn
with dyuers sorowis* and tourmentis, and
hem that hadden deuelis, and" lunatijk
men, and men in palsieb, arid he helide
25 hem. And 'there sueden hymc many cum-
panyes of Galilee, and of Decapoly, and of
sus hadde herd that Joon was takun,
he wente in to Galilee. And he lefte is
the citee of Nazareth, and cam, and
dwelte in the citee of Cafarnaum, biside
the* see, in the coostis of Zabulon and
Neptalym, that it shulde be fulfillid, that u
was seid by Ysaie, the profete, seiynge,
The lond of Sabulon and the lond of is
Neptalym, the weie of the see ouer Jor-
dan, of Galilee of hethen men, the puple i«
that walkide in derknessis saye greet Ii3t,
and while men satten in the cuntre of
shadewe of deth, Ii3t aroos" to hem. Fro 17
that tyme Jhesus bigan to preche, and
seie, Do 36 penaunce, for the kyngdom
of heuenes" schal come ni3- And Jhe-i«
sus walkide bisidis the see of Galilee,
and saye twei britheren, Symount, that
is clepid Petre, and Andrewe, his bro-
th ir, castynge nettis in to the see ; for
thei weren fischeris. And he seide to i»
hem, Come 36 aftir me, and Y shal make
3ou to be maadv fisscheris of men. And 20
anoon thei leften the nettis, and sueden
hym. And he 3ede forth fro that place, 21
and saie tweyne othere britheren, James
of Zebede, and Joon, his brother, in a
schip with Zebede, her fadir, amendynge
her nettis, and he clepide hem. And 22
anoon thei leften the w nettis and the
fadir, and sueden hym. And Jhesus 23
3ede aboute al Galilee, techynge in the
synagogis of hem, and prechynge the
gospel of the kyngdom, and heelynge
euery languor and eche sekenesse among
the puple. And his fame wente in to 24
al Sirie; and thei brou3ten to hym alle
that weren at male ese, and that weren
take with dyuerse languores and tur-
mentis, and hem that hadden feendis,
and lunatike men, and men in palesy,
and he heelide hem. And ther sueden 25
r coestis XY pr. m. s of Nepthalim s. * the thenge our sec. m. Om. x. u filled our sec. m. v Om.
our sec. m. w ouer K. x of ou. y to hem our sec. m. z Om. o. a the shadewe s. b was risen ou.
cOm.oux. d to say o u r sec. m. e for ou. f rewme ou. S heuen o. h hath nejed ou. ' walked s
fee. m. k bi x. l twei Nur. m a nett MNOPQTur sec. m. n Cometh XY. ° the fisscheres o. P the OQU
r sec. m. 1 two MPQSXY. r or mendynge o. either cloutytige ur sec. m. Om. x. B nettis in the se N.
* synogis A. u the kyngdom MPQSXY. the rewme ov. rewme r. v ether ache ou. Om. x. w fame ou
r sec. m. name u. openeoun x. * broi^ten u sec. m. 7 Om. MX.
G pr. m. b the palesie NOW sec. m. c Om. our sec. m.
z soores ou sec. m. r sec. m. a Om.
VOL. IV.
Om. e. " roos K. « heuene s. v Om. c. w her A.
C
10
MATTHEW.
V. i — 1 6.
Jerusalem, and of Judee, and of be3onde
Jordand.
CAP. V.
i Jhesus forsothe, seynge cumpanyes6,
wentef vp& in to an hill ; and when he
hadde seteh, his disciplis camen ni3e to
2hym. And he', openynge his mouth e,
:ttau3te tok hern, sayinge, Blessid be\ the™
pore" in spirit, for the kingdam in0 he-
4uenes'' is hereri. Blessid be^ mylde menr,
5 for thei shuln welde the eerthe. Blessid
be* thei that mourneri, for thei shuln be
ocomfortid. Blessid be1 thei that hungren
and thristen rijtwisnesse", for thei shuln
7 ben fulfillidv. Blessid bew 'mercyful men*,
s for thei shuln gete>' inercye. Blessid be1
theia that ben of clene herte, for thei shuln
u see Godh. Blessid bec 'pesible menA, for thei
10 shuln be clepid the sonys of God. Blessid
bee thei that suffren persecucioun for rijt-
wisnessef, for the kyngdam of heuenesS is
iiherun. 3ee 'shulen beh blessid, when men
shulen curse 3ou, and shulen' pursue 3ou,
and shulen say al yuel a3eins 3011 Iee3ingk,
12 for me. loye 3ee 'with yn1 forth"1, and
'glade 3eeu'with out forth0, for 3oure meede
is plenteuouse in heuenes ; forsothe so thei
han pursued and00 prophetis that weren
is before 3ou. 3ee ben salt of the? erthe ;
that 3if the salt shall vanyshe awey, wher-
ynne shal it be saltid ? To no thing it is
worth ouer, nor bot that it be sent5 out,
14 and1 defoulid of men. 3e ben fytu of the
world; a citee puttv on an hill may nat be
15 hid; nether men tendynw a lanterne, and
putten it vridir a busshel, but on a candil-
stike, that it 3eue Ii3t to alle that ben in the
lohous. So shyyne 3oure Ii3t before men,
d Jordan sueden him ouv sec. m. e the kumpanyes x . f stei3ed ovv sec. m. S Om. v sec. m.
h sitten Y. siten x. i Om. w. k Om. AGMXOPUV sec. m. xr. ' Om. x. m Om. QU. n pore
men u. ° of AGMNopQSurxY. P heuene NQW pr. m. 1 Om. x. r Om. x. s Om. A'. 4 Om. x.
u ri3tfulnesse vv sec. m. sup. ras. v filled ovv sec. m. sup. ras. w Om. x. x the merciful x. J gete,
elherfollotve o sup. ras. z Om. x. a men our sec. m. sup. ras. b good G pr. m. c Om. x. d the
pesible x. e Om. x. f rijtfulnesse r sec. m. e heuene ux. h ben NP. > Om. MPQXY pr. m. Miende.*.
1 with innen G seepius. m forsothe G pr. m. Om. our. n gladeth XY. ° ful oute ou. °° Om. our sec.
m. also o sec. m. r pr. m. P Om. r sec. m. 1 Om. x. r Om. o. 8 cast u. *• and be our sec. m. u the
li'3t x. v sette our sec. m. w teenden not o.
hym myche puple of Galile, and of De-
capoli, and of Jerusalem, and of Judee,
and of bi3ende Jordan.
CAP. V.
And Jhesus, seynge the puple, wente i
vp in to anx hil ; and whanne he was
set, hise disciplis camen to hym. And he 2
openyde his mouth, and tau3te hem, and
seide, Blessed ben pore men in spirit, s
for the kyngdom of heuenes^ is herne.
Blessid ben mylde men, for thei schulen 4
welde the erthe. Blessid ben thei that 5
rnornen, for thei schulen be coumfortid.
Blessid ben thei that hungren and thrist- fi
en ^twisnesseJ^, for thei schulen be ful-
fillid. Blessid ben merciful men, for thei?
schulen gete merci. Blessid ben thei that a
ben of clene herte, for thei schulen se God.
Blessid ben pesible men, for thei schulen u
be clepid Goddis children. Blessid ben 10
thei that suffren persecusioun for ri3tful-
nesse7, for the kingdam of heuenes a is
herne. '3e schulen be blessidb, whanne n
men schulen curse 3ou, and schulen pur-
sue 3ou, and shulen seie al yuel a3ens 3ou
liynge, for me. loie 36, and be 36 glad, 12
for 3oure meede is plenteuouse in heuenes ;
for so thei han pursued 'also profetis0
that werend bifor 3ou. 3e ben salt °f the 13
erthe ; that if the salt vanysche awey,
whereynne schal it be saltid ? To no
thing it is worth ouere, noe but that it be
cast out, and be defoulid of men. 3e ben u
Ii3t of the world ; a citee set on an hil
may not be hid ; nef me teendith notff a u
lanterne, arid puttiths it vndur a busschel,
but on a candilstike, that it 3yue Ii3t to
alle that ben in the hous. So schyne ie
3oure Ii3t befor men, that thei se 3oure
11 the
11 Blessid
3 i. y heuene AE!I pr. m. yy ri3tfulnesse bg. z rijtwijsnesse ciMPRSxho/3. a heuene A pr. m. KP.
id ben 39 s. c the profetes also s. d ben x. e Om. iPQsegh. { neither s. fl Om. R. S putte is.
V i; — 25-
MATTHEW.
11
that thei see 3oure good werkis, and glo-
nrifie 3oure fadir that" is in heuens. Nyle
36 gesse, 'or deme?, tbatz Y came to 'vndo,
or distruye*, the lawe, orb the prophetis ;
I came not to vndoc 'the lawed, but to ful-
isfille6. Forsothe I say to 3ou trewthef, til
heuen and erthe passes, oonh i1, ''that is
leste lettre*, or1 titil1", shal nat passe fro
19 the lawe, til alle thingis be don. Therfore
he that 'vndoth, orn breketh, oon of these
leste maundementis0, and techith thus men,
shal be clepid theP leste in the rewme of
heuenes ; forsothe this that doth, and tech-
ith, shal be clepid grete in thei kyngdamer
20 of heuenes. Forsothe Y say to 3ou, no8
but 3if ' 3oure ri3twisnesseu shalv be morew
plenteuouse than of scribis and Pharisees",
3ee shulen not entre in to kyngdam-v of
21 heuenes. 3ee ban herde thatz it isa said
to olde men, Thou shal nat slea ; forsothe
he that sleethb, shal be gylty of dome.
22 But0 I say to 3ou, thatd euereche6 that is
wrothef to his brother, shal be gylty of
dome ; forsothe he that 'shal say& to his
brother, Racha, that is, a word of scorn,
shal be gylty of counseile ; sothly he that
'shal sayh, Fool, ^that is, a word qfdispis-
yng&, shal be gylti of the fijr of helle.
23 Therfore 3if thou offrist thi 3ift at the au-
ter, and therek vshalt bythenke1, that thi
24 brother hath sum what"1 a3eins thee, leeue
there thi 3ift before the auter, and go first
for" to be recounseilid, or" acordid, to thi
brother, and thanne thou cummynge shalt
2soffre thi 3ifte. Be thou consentynge to
thin aduersarie soon, thei* whijle thou art
in the way with hym, lest perauenture
thin aduersarie take thee to the domes-
goode werkis, and glorifie 3oure fadir
that is in heuenes. Nil 30 deme, that Yi?
cam to vndo the lawe, or the profetis ; Y
cam not to vndo the lawe, but to fulfilled
Forsothe Y seie1 to 3ou, til heuene and IB
erthe passek, o lettir or o1 titel shal not
passe fro the lawe, til alle thingis be
doon. Therfor he that brekith oon ofu<
these leeste maundementis1", and techith
thus men, schal be clepid the leste in the
rewme of heuenes; 'but he" that doith,
and techith, schal be clepid0 greet in the
kyngdomP of heuenes. And Y seie to 20
3ou, that buti 3our ri3tfulnesser be more
plenteuouse than of scribis and of Fari-
sees, 36 schulen not entre into the kyng-
dom of heuenes. 3e nan nei>d that it 21
was seid to elde men, Thou schalt not
slee ; and he that sleeth, schal be gilti tos
doom. But Y seie to 3ou, that ech man 22
that is wrooth to his brothir, schal be gilti
to1 doom ; and he that seith to his bro-
ther, Fy ! schal be gilti tou thev counseil ;
but he that seith, Fool, schal be gilti tow
the fier of helle. Therfor if thou offrist 2:1
thi 3ifte 'at the* auter, and ther thou
bithenkist, that thi brothir hath sum
what a3ens thee, leeue there thi 3ifte bi-24
for the auter, and go first to be recoun-
selid to thi brothir, and thanne thou schalt
come, and schalt offre thi 3ifte. Be thou 25
consentynge to thin aduersarie soone,
while thou art in the weie with hym,
lest perauenture thin aduersarie take thee
to the domesrnan, and the domesman
take thee to the mynystre, and thou be
sent in to prisoun. Treuli Y seie to thee, 20
thou shalt not go out fro thennus, til
x whiche our sec. m. JOm.oux. z for vr. a distruye our sec. m. vndon x. b of G pr. m. and
G sec.m. ether our sec. m. '• distroie our sec. m. distroye, or vndo rpr.m. d Om. vr sec.m. e fulfille
it MP. fill o. f Om. or sec. m. S schal passe N. *> on G. ' lettere 17. k thai is, the leste lettre AGKLM
NPQsr pr.m. WY. Om. our sec. m. x. ' ether our sec. m. "' a titil AGMNPQSWXY. ootytiloursec.m.
0 Om. our sec.m. ° commaundementes o. P Om. o. 1 Om. GW. r rewme ovr sec.m. * Om. GPQXY
pr.m. that N. for no vr tec. m. * Om. rur sec. m. u rijtfulnesse vr sec.m. v Om. NP. w no more K.
* of Pharisees o. y the kyngdom GMNPSXY. the rewme our sec. m. z for our sec. m. a was u. b shal
slen x. c Forsothe o. d for vr sec. m. e he o. ech urx. { wrathed o. S seieth our sec. m. h seieth
ovr sec. m. > Om. ou. k there thou G. Om. u. l bythenkest our sec. m. m thenge our sec. m. n Om.
ourx. ° ether ou et r fere pas sim. v Om. oQursec. m.
•» fulfille it K. ! seie truthe K sec. m. k shal passe s pr. m. ' a A. "> comaundementis Qhk. n for-
Hothe this s sec. m. ° Om. s sec. m. P rewme KS sec. m. <1 no but s sec. m. r ri3twisnesse ixha. s of
a sup. ras. e. to the k. *• of s sup. ras. to the k. u of s sup. ras. v Om. KS sec. m. h. w in to IP. of
s sup. ras. a. * atte s.
C 2
12
MATTHEW.
V. z6 — 39-
thou 3elde the last ferthing. 3e han herd 27
that it was seid to elde men, Thou schalt
'do now letcherie. But Y seie to 3ou, 20
that euery man that seeth a wommari
forx to coueite hir, hath now do letcherie
bi hir in his herte. That if thi ri3t 136 2u
sclaundre thee, pulle hym? out, and castez
fro thee ; for it spedith to thee, that oon
of thi membris perische, than that al thi
bodi go in to helle. And if thi ri3t hond so
sclaundre thee, kitte hyma aweye, and
caste fro thee ; for it spedith to thee that
oon of thi membris perische, than that al
thi bodi go in to helle. And it hath besi
seyd, Who euere leeueth his wijf, 3yue
he to hir a libel of forsakyng. But Y seie 32
to 3ou, that euery man that leeueth his
wijf, outtakun cause of fornycacioun, mak-
ith hir to do letcherie, and he that wed-
dith the forsakun wijf, doith auowtrye.
Eftsoone 36 han herd, that it was seid 33
to elde men, Thou schalt not forswere, but
thou schalt 3elde thin othis to the Lord.
But Y seie to 3ou, that 36 swere not 'for 34
ony thingb ; nethir bi heuene, for it is the
trone of God ; nether bi thebb erthe, for it 3ft
is the stole of his feet ; nether bi Jerusa-
lem, for it is the citee of a greet kyng ;
nether thou shalt notc swere bi thincc heed, se
for thou maist not make oon heere white,
ned blacke ; but be 3oure word, 3he, 3he ; 37
Nay, nay; and that that is more than
these, is of yuel. 3e han herd that it hath SK
be seid, Ije for i3e, and tothe for tothe.
But Y seie to 3ou, that 36 a3enstonde not 3;i
an yuel man ; but if ony smyte thee in
the ri3t cheke, schewe to him also the
tothirdd ; and to hym that wole stryue 40
with thee in doom, and take awey thi
coote, leeue thou6 'to himf also thi man-
til ; and who euer constreyneth? thee an
1 iuge our sec. m. r Om. our sec. m. x. s eche our sec. m. x. * Om. x. u Om. our sec. m. x.
v with N. w Om. A sec. m. our sec. m. x than that our sec. m. y sclaundreth u. z Om. MHOPUVW.
a the x. *> Om. u. c But our sec. m. d for our sec. m. e eche our sec. m. x. f forsaketh our sec. m.
S the cause our sec. m. h Om. our sec. m. ! to do AGMNOpQsurfrxv. k Om. x. l for our sec. m.
m but our sec. m. n Loorde thi God o. ° Om. NPQSX. P Om. G. the o. q heed AMPQurw. hed NSX.
r mijt M. s an GQXY. l white heer ur. u 3. w. be ur. v this our sec. m. w Om. our sec. m. than
these s. x for our sec. m. >' was u. z seid to the olde x. a and tooth ou. b any man Nur sec. m.
c smyteth our sec. m. d on our sec. m. e also our sec. m.
w not doo KQR. x Om. pliires. y it cipsxcka. z caste hit KS. a it k. b in al maner Kb marg. sec. m
b sup. ras. bb Om. KQ. c Om. R. cc an heer of thin s pr. ut. d or c. nether Kgh. dd oother i.
e Om. s. f Om. EIP. S constreine s.
man i, and the domesman^ take thee to
the myuystre, and thou be sente in to pri-
26soun. Trewely I say to thee, Thou shalt
riot go thennes, til thou 3elde the last fer-
27 thing. 3e han herd for it was said to olde
2«men, Thou shalt nat do lecherye. For-
sothe Y say to 3ou, for whyr euery8 man
that seeth a womman for1 to coueite hire,
now heu hath do lecherie byv hire in his
'_>!) herte. That 3if thi ri3t eiye sclaundre thee,
pulle it out, and cast itw fro thee ; for it
speedith to thee, that oon of thi membris
perishe, than" al thi body go in to helle.
3<> And 3if thi 1-131 hond sclaundrey thee, kitt
it awey, and cast itz fro thee ; for it sped-
ith to thee, that oon of thi membris pe-
rishe, than that al thia body go in to helle.
31 Forsothe it is said, Who euere shal leeue
his wyf, 3eue heb to hir a libel, that is, a
3-2 litil boke offorsakyng. Sothelyc Y say to
3ou, thatd euerye man that 'shal leeue f his
wyf, outaken cause*? of fornicacioun, he'1
makith hire do' lecherie, and he that wed-
dith the forsaken wijf^, doth auoutrie.
:a Efte soonys 3ee han herd, that1 it was said
to olde men, Thou shalt not forswere, so-
thely111 to the Lord" thou shalt 3eeld thin
34oethis. Forsothe Y say to 3ou, to nat
swere on al manere ; neither by heuene, for
33 it is the trone of God; nether by the0
erthe, for it is the stole of his feet ; nei-
ther by Jerusalem, for it is the citee of a?
30 greet kyng; neither thou shalt swere by
thin heued'i, for thou maisf not make oons
37Vheer whyt1, or blak; but vbe 3oure wordu
3ea, jea ; Nay, nay ; forsothe thatv that is
38 more 'than this", is of yuel. 3ee nan herde
that" it is? saidz, Ei3e for ei3e, totha for
3»toth. But Y say to 3011, to nat a3ein stonde
yuel ; but 3if anyb 'shal smytec thee ind the
cheeke, 3eue to hym and6 the tother ;
V. 4
VI.
MATTHEW.
13
40 and to hym that wole stryue with thee in
dome, and take awey thi coote, leeue thouf
4ivto hym& andh thin ouer clothe; and who
euere constrayneth' thee a thousand pacisk,
42 go thou with hym other tweyne1. For-
sothe 3if m to hym that axith of thee, and"
turne thou nat awey fro hym that wol
4sborwe of thee. 3ee han° herd that? it isi
said, Thou shalt loue thin nei3bore, and1"
44 hate thin enmy. But Y say to 3ou, loue
3ee 3oure enmyes, dos 3ee wel to hem that
haten 3ou, and preye 3ee for men pursu-
45ynge, and falsly chalengynge 3ou ; that 3ee
be the sonys of 3oure fadir that is in
heuenes, that* makith his sune to xspringe
vpu vponv good andw yuel men, and rayn-
eth vpon* iuste men>" and vniuste men.
46 For 3if 36 louen hemz that louen 3ou, what
meed shul 366 haue ? whether* and pupli-
47cansb don nat this thing? And 3if 3ee
greten, "or ,ialutenc, 3oure bretheren oonly,
what 'more ouerd shul 366 done? whetherf
48 and& paynymmys don nat this thing? Ther-
fore be 366 parfit, as and 3oure heuenly
i fadir is parfitss. ^Take 3eeh hede, lest'
36 don 3our ri3twisnessek before men, that
3ee be seen of hem, ellis 36 shule nat han
meed at1 3oure fadir that™ is in heueues.
aTherfore when thou dost almesse, nyle
thou synge byfore thee" vin a° trumpe, as
ypocritis don in synagogis and streetis,
that thei ben 'maad worshipful!' of men ;
forsothe Y saye to 3ou, thei han resceyued
3 her meede. But Hhee doynge1' almesse,
knowe nat ther left bond what thi «3t
4 bond doth, that thi almes be in hidlis, and
thi fadir that seeth in hidlis, shal 3elde to
thee.
CAP. VI.
5 And8 when 36 shuln* preye, 3ee shuln
nat be as ypocritis, the" whiche stondynge
thousynde pacis, go thou with hym
othir tweyne. 3yue thou to hym that 42
axith of thee, and turneh not awey fro
hym that wole borewe of thee. 3e haius
herd that it was seid, Thou shalt loue thi
nei3bore, and hate thin enemye. But Y*4
seie to 3ou, loue 36 3oure enemyes, do' 36
wel to hem that hatidenk 3ou, and preye
36 for hem that pursuen, and sclaundren
3ou ; that 30 be the sones of 3our fadir 4s
that is in heuenes, that makith his sunne
to rise vpon goode vand yuele men1, and
reyneth on iust men and vniuste. For 46
if 36 louen hem that louen 3ou, what
mede schulen 36 han? whether"1 pup-
plicans doon not this"? And if 36 greten 47
3oure britheren oonli, what schulen 36 do
more ? ne° doon not hethene men this ?
Therfore be 30 parfit, as 3oure heuenli4«
fadir is parfit.
CAP. VI.
TakithP hede, that 36 do not 3oure 1
ri3twisnesse 1 bifor men, to be seyn of
hem, ellis 36 schulen haue no meede at
3oure fadir that is in heuenes. Therfore'.*
whanne thou doist almes, nyle thou
trumpe tofore r thee, as ypocritis doon
in synagogis and stretis, that thei be
worschipid of men ; sotheli Y seie to 3ou,
they han resseyued her meede. But 3
whanne thou doist almes, knowe not
thi left hond what thi ri3t hond doith,
that thin almes be in hidils, and thi 4
fadir that seeth in hiddils, schal quyte
thees. And whanne 3e preyen, 30 schulen f>
not be as ipocritis, that louen to preye
stondynge in synagogis and corneris of
stretis, to be seyn of men ; treuli Y. seie
f thou also our sec. m. S Om. our sec. m. h Om. ov. i constreyne NS. k placis K. pas x. 1 two GMQSXY.
m jif thou our sec. m. n Om. K sec. m. ° Om. o. P for our sec. m. 1 was v. r and thou schalt our
sec. m. 8 and do K. l whiche our sec. m. u rise our sec. m. v on OQur sec. m. x. w and on u. x on
our sec. m. x. 1 Om. G. z men N. a wher our. b the puplicanes o. c Om. ovx. (l Om. our sec. m.
e do more our sec. m. f wher o. g Om. ou. SS CAP. v. ends here in o. h Takith GXY pr. m.
' that x. k rijtfulnesse vr sec. m. l of o. ajentis vr sec. m. m whiche our sec. m. n me r. ° wit ov.
with a r sec. m. P worscheped our sec. m. 1 thei doynge K. while thou doest our sec. m. r thi AGMNO
pQSursec. m. WXY. s Om. s. l Om. our sec. m. u Om. our sec. m.
h turne thou Eipuk pr. m. ' and do Kshk pr. m. k hatin s. ' men and yuele KS. m wher BPSxb.
0 this thing s sup. ras. •> Om. s. P Take h. 1 rijtfulnesse cu pr. m. xbgh. i^tfulnessis n. r bifore
plures et a/3. " to thee R.
14
MATTHEW.
VI. 6 — 20.
louen to preye in synagogis andv corners
of streetis, that thei be seen of men ;
trewly Y say to 3011, thei ban resseyued
« her meede. But whan thou shalt preye,
entre in to thi couche, and the dore schet,
preyew thi fadir in hidlis, and thi fadir
that seeth in hidlis, shal 3eelde to thee.
7 Sothelyx preyinge nyle 3ee speke-v moche,
as hethen men dou, for thei gessen that
thei ben herd in theire moche speche.
"Therfore nyl 36" be maad lichea to hem,
for 3oure fadir woot what is needb to
i)5ou, before thatc 3e axen hym. Forsothe
thus 36 shulen preyen, Oure fadir that art
HI in heuenes, halwid be thi name; thi kyng-
dom cumme to(i ; vbe thi wille done as in
n heuen andf in erthe ; 3if to vs this day oure
12 breed ouer other substaurice ; and for3eue
to? vs oure dettis, as1' we fo^eue to oure
isdettours; and leede vs nat in to tempta-
cioun, but delyuere vs fro' yuel. 'Amen,
14 that z'*k, v*o be it1. Forsothe 3if 3eem shulen
for3eue to men her synnys, and 3oure he-
uenly fadir shal foi^eue to 3ou 3ouren tres-
lapassis0. Sothely 3if 3ee shulen for3eue not
to men?, neither 3oure fadir shall fo^eue
is to 3001 3oure synnes. Butr when 3ee fasten,
nyl 36 be maad as ypocritis sorweful, for
thei putten her facis out of kyndly termys,
that thei seme fastynge to men ; trewly Y
say to 3ou, thei han resseyued her meede.
17 But whan thou fastist, anoynte thin hede8,
is and washe thi face, that thou be nat seen
fastynge to men, but to thi fadir that is
in hidlis, and thi fadir that seeth in hidlis,
19 shal 3eelde to thee. Nyle 36 tresoure to3ou
tresours in' erthe, wher rust and mou3theu
distruyeth, and wher theeues deluen out
211 and stelen ; but tresoure 3eev to 3ou tre-
souris in heuene, wher neither rust ne""
mou3the distruyeth, and wher theues del-
uen nat out,W undirmyne natx, ne^ stelen.
to 3011, thei han resseyued her meede.
But whanne thou schalt preye, entre in 6
to thi couche, and whanne the dore is
schet, preye thi fadir in hidils, and thi
fadir that seeth in hidils, schal 3elde to
thee. But in preiyng nyle 366 speke?
myche, as hethene men doon, for thei
gessen that thei ben herd in her myche
speche. Therfor nyle 3e be maad lichs
to hem, for 30111' fadir woot what is
nede to 3ou, bifore that 36 axen hym.
And8 thus 36 schulen preye, Oure fadir 9
that art in heuenes, halewid be thi
name ; thi kyngdoom come to* ; be thi 10
wille donu'in erthe as in heuenev; 3yuewu
to" vs this? dai oure 'breed ouer othir
substaunce z ; and foi'3yue to vs oure 12
dettis, as we for3yuen to oure dettouris ;
and lede vs not in to temptacioun, but 13
delyuere vs fro yuel. Amen*. For if 14
36 for3yuen to men her synnes, 3oure
heuenli fadir schal for3yue to 3ou 3oure
trespassisb. Sotheli if 36 for3yuen not to is
men, nether 3oure fadir schal for3yue
to 3ou 3oure synnes. But whanne 3610
fasten, nyle 36 be maad as ypocritis so-
rewful, for thei defacen hem silf, to seme
fastyng to men ; treuli Y seie to 3ou,
they han resseyued her meede. But 17
whanne thou fastist, anoynte thin heed,
and waische thi face, that thou be not is
seen fastynge to men, but to thi fadir
that is in hidlis, and thi fadir that seeth
in priueyc, shal 3elde to thee. Nile 36 10
tresoure to 3ou tresouris in erthe, where
ruste and rno^te destriethd, and where
theues deluen out and stelen; but ga-20
deree to 3ou tresouris in heuene, where
nether ruste ne mo^te distriethf, and
where theues deluen not out, ne stelen.
ForS where thi tresoure is, there also thin 21
herte is. The lanterne of thi bodi is 22
v and in MOW nee. »«. w preye to G pr.m. preye thou our sec. in. * Sotheli je N. y sey Q. z Om.
G pr. m. a licly KT. b needful our sec. m. c Om. G pr. m. d to the N. e thi wille be don w sec. m.
f so N. 6 Om. u. h as and G sec. m. MNOQSWX. ' fro alle u pr. m. k Om. M. O Amen vx. 1 Om.
ovx. "' we o. n and joure N, ° synnes s. P the synnes of hem Q marg. sec. m. 1 schal not o. r For-
sothe our sec. m. s heued o. t here in N. u mou3ttis N. y Om. N. w nether ovx. x Om. MOW
sec. m. x. y neither ou,
s But i. * to thee IK. u ielon c. v as in heuene and in erthe Q. in erthe as it is in heuene s.
w jyue thou A. x Om. b. y to c. z ech dayes breed e. a Amen. Amen, that is, so be it c. Amen,
that is, so be it BMP marg. QUC marg. g. b trespas c. c hidlis IK. d distroien K. e gadere je i<j sec. ir.
tresoure K. f distroien K. g Forsothe s sec. w.
VI. 2i — 3
MATTHEW.
15
21 Forsothe wher thi tresour is, there and* thin
22 herte is. The lanterne of thi body is thin
636 :, 3if thin ei3e bea symple, al thi body
23 shal be Ii3tful ; botb 3if thyn ei3e bec wey-
ward, al thi body shal be derkful. Ther-
fore 3if the Ii3t that is in thee be derk-
nessisd, 'how grete shulen thilke derknessis
24bef? No man may serue to% two1' lordis,
forsothe1 ethirk he shal haat vthe toon1, and
louem the tother0 ; other0 he shal susteyn
'the toonP, and dispisei 'the tothirr. 3e
mown8 nat serue to* God and richessis".
25 Therfore Y say to 3011, that 36 ben nat
besie to 3oure lijf, what 36 shulen etc ;
othirv to 3oure body, withw what* 36 shuln
be clothidy. Wherz 3ourea lijf is nat more
than meteb,and the body more than clothec?
20 Beholde 36 thed Vflee3inge foulis? of the eir,
for thei sowen nat, nef repyn, neither^ ga-
dren in to bernys ; and 3oure fadir of heueri
fedith hem. Wher1' 36 ben nat more worthi'
27 than thei ? Sothely who of 3011 thenkingek
may 'putte to1 to™ his stature oo cubite ?
28 And of clothing what ben 36 besye ? 'Be-
holde 36" the lilies0 of the feelde, how thei
wexen. Thei traueilen nat, nether spynnen;
29 trewly I say to 3ou, for whiP neither Sala-
mon in al his glorie was keueridi as oon
30 of thes. Forr 3if God clothith thus the
heye of the feeld, that8 to day is, and to
inorwe is sente in to the* fourneyse, how
31 moche more 3ou of litil feith ? Therfore
nyl 36 be bisie, sayinge, What shulen we
ete? or", What shulen we drynke? orv,
With what thing" shulen we be keuered"?
aaForsothey heithen men sechen alle these
thingis ; trewly 3oure fadir wote thatz 36
thin i3e; if thin {36 be symple, al thi
bodi shal be Ii3tful ; but if thin i3e be -a
weiward, al thi bodi shal be derk. If
thanne the Ii3t that is in thee be derk-
nessis, how grete sehulen thilkh derk-
nessis be? No man may serue tweyn'24
lordis, for ethir he schal hate 'the toonk,
and loue the tother ' ; ethir he shal sus-
teyne'the toonm, and dispise the" tothir".
3e moun not serue God and richessisP.
Therfor I seie to 3ou, that 36 be not bisi 25
to 3oure lijf, what 30 sehulen ete ; ne-
theri to 3oure bodi, with what 36 sehulen
be clothid. Whether^ lijf isr not more
than meete8, and the bodie more* than
cloth"? Biholde 30 thev foulis of theao
eire, for thei sowen not, nethirvv repen,
nethir gaderen in to bernes ; and 3oure
fadir of heuene fedith hem. Whether
36 ben not more worthiw than thei? But 27
who of 3011 thenkynge mai putte to his
stature o cubit? And of clothing whata»
ben 36 bisye ? Biholde 3ex the lilies of
the feeld, how thei wexen. Thei trauelen
not, nether spynnenJ" ; and Y seie to 3011, w
Salomon8 in al his glorie was not. keuered
as oon of these. And if God clothith 30
thus the hei of the feeld, that to day is,
and to morewe is cast in to an ouen, hou
myche more 3011 of litel feith? Therfor 31
nyle 36 be bisi, seiynge, What sehulen
we ete ? or, What sehulen we drinke ? or,
With what thing sehulen we be keuered ?
Fora hethene men seken alle these thingis; 32
and 3oure fadir woot, that 36 ban nede
to alle these thingis. Therfor seke 36 first 33
the kyngdom of God, and his n'3tful-
z also v sec. m. a is u sec. m. v sec. m. b sothely our sec. m. c Om. G pr. m. is vr sec. m. d derk-
nesse Y. e the ilke JN. tho ilke M. tho our sec. m. >f the derknesses hou grete shul thei be ? x. S Om.
ot/. h twei Nr. ' Om. G pr. m. uv. for o. k other ATPY. or.v. outher s. > that oon G. the oone o.
m he schall loue our sec. m. n that other G. the othir x. " ether ONQK. or sx. P that oon G. the
oone ox. 1 he schal despise our sec. m. r that other G. the other x. s mowe or. mai M. t Om. ou
v sec. m. u richesse MNPXY. T either NQS. nether our. or x. w Om. Q. * what thing u. y clad x.
z Whether GNOSUX. a the our sec. m. b the meete o. <= the clothe o. d Qm. Qsrr. e volatyles our
sec. m. t nor N. nether our sec. m. e ne ou. h Whether GN el s passim, urx pass. » worthee o. worth
vr pr. m. Om. x. k bithenkynge ou. 1 adde ou. m Om. K pr. m. MNPQTW. " Beholdeth axv pr. m.
o lilyes,orjloures urpr.m. P Om. our sec. m. x. 1 clothid u. koouered x. T Forsothe u. s whiche ot'.
4 a AGMNOPSvrwx Y. « either u. other r sec. m. v ether ou. w Om. our sec. m. x heled ou. y For
our sec. m. z for ou.
h these Qe. tho h. » two Qehk. k that one IQC. the oon s. ' oother i. m that oon IQ. " that Q.
o oother IQR. P richesse iMQRSuxbcgh sec. m. ka/3. ^cchesse K. riches e. 1 ne s. IT plures.
r be K. 8 is mete s. t is not more B. u the cloth is. v Om. c. vv ne s.
y thei spynnen K. z that Salomon i. a Forsothe I.
w worth a sec. m. * Om. A.
16
MATTHEW.
VI. 33 — vn. 11.
sshari need to alle these thingis. Therfore
seke 3eea first the kyngdam of God and
his ri3twisnesse b, and alle these thingis
34 shulen be cast to 3011. Therfore nyle 36
bec besie in to the morwe, for the morew
day shal be besie to itd self; sothely" it
sufBcith to the day his malice.
CAP. VII.
1 Nyle 30 deme, that 36 be nat demyd ;
2 for in what dome 36 demen, 30 shulen ben
demyd, and in what mesure 36 meten, it
3 shal be metenf to 3011. But what seest thou
a festn, 'or a% litil mote, in the ei3e of thi
brother, and thou seest nat a beme in thin
4 owne ei3e ? Or'1 what1 maner saist thou to
thi brother, Brother, suffre that I caste out
a 'festu frok thin ei3e, and loo ! a beme is1
s in thin owne 6136 ? Ypocrite, cast out first
am beme of thin ei3e, and than thou shalt
see for" to cast out a° festu of? the ei3e
fi of thi brother. Nyl 36 3eue holy thingi to
houndis, nether sender 3e 3our margaritis,
ors ^preciouse stoonys1, before swyne, lest
perauenture thei defoulen hem with theire
feet, and 'lest houndisu turned to gidre al
7 to-breke 3011. Axe 3e, and it shal be 3ouen
to 3ou ; 'seke 36% and 36 shulen fynde ;
'knocke 3ew, and it shal be opnyd to 3ou.
s For echex that axith, takith ; and hey that
sechith, fyndith ; and it shal be opnyde to
9 'a manz knokyngea. Otherb who of 3ou is
a man, whom 3if his sone axec breed, wherd
10 he shal dresse to hym a stoon? Other6 3if
he 'shal axef a fishe, whers he shal dresseh
11 to hym a serpent? Therfore 3if 30, when
36 ben yuel men, 'ban knowen for' tok 3eue
good thingus1 3ouenm to 3oure sonys, hou
myche more 3oure fadir that is in heuenes
shal 3eue good thingis to men axinge n
nesseb, and alle these thingis shulen be
cast to 3ou. Therfor nyle 36 be bisys4
in to the morew, for the morew shal be
bisi to 'hym silfc; for it suffisith to the
dai his owen malice.
CAP. VII.
Nile 36 deme, 'that 36 be not demedd ; i
for in what doom 36 demen, 36 schulen2
be denied, and in what mesure 36 meten,
it schal be meten a3en to 3ou. But what 3
seest thou a litil mote in the 136 of thi
brother, and seest not a beem in thin
owne i3e ? Or hou seist thou to thi bro- 4
thir, Brothir, suffre6 I schal do out a
mote fro thin {36, and lo ! a beem is in
thin owne {36? Ipocrite, 'do thou outs
firstf the beem of thin? i3e, and thanne
thou schalt se to«% do out the mote of the
136 of thi brothir. Nile 36 3yue hoolie
thing1' to houndis, nethir caste 36 3oure
margaritis bifore swyne, lest perauenture
thei defoulen hem with her feet, and the
houndis be turned, and al to-tere 3ou.
Axe 36, and it schal be 3ouun to 3ou ; 7
seke 36, and 36 schulen fynde ; knocke 36,
and it schal be openyd to 3ou. For ech s
that axith, takith ; and1 he that sekith,
fyndith ; and it schal be openyd to hym,
that knockith. What man of 3011 is, that a
if his sone axe hym breed, whethirJ he
wolek take hym1 a stoon ? Or if he axe11 10
fische, whether he wolem take" hym° an
edder ? Therfor if 36, whanne 36 ben 1 1
yuele men, kunnen 3yue good 3iftis to
3oure sones, hou myche more 3oure fa-
dir that is in heuenes schal 3yue good
thingis to men that axen hym ? Ther- 12
a Om. v. b rijtfulnesse u. c Om. G pr. m. d hym AGiayiotjSut'ivxY. e forsothe ou. f meten ajen
oux. g or N. ether o. ether a u. h Ether ou. Other v sec. m. ' in what ou. k Om. g pr. m. a mote
g sec. m. 1 Om. Q. m the GMPXY. n Om. osur sec. m. x. ° the in. P fro our sec. m. 1 thingis AUNS.
T caste u sec. m. sup. ras. s ether o et u passim, v sec. m. Om. A'. * Om. x. u lest hondis G. thei ou.
v seketh G pr. m. QXY. ssketh jee G sec. m. " knockith GXY. * eche man N. y Om. x. z man K
pr. m. him ou. a that knocketh u. b Or AX. Either NSW. Ether ogr. c axeth ou. d whethir ^osr
pr. m. x. e Ether AOQ. Either NVW. Or sx. f axeth u. B whether AGNSX. h 3iue A-. i Om. x.
'k connen ou. 1 3iftes ou. m Om. ogu. n askinge g.
b ri3twisnesse KiKpQga. c it self s. d that 36 be not demed, and 30 schulen not be demed A pr. m. CM
pub pr. m. c. and je shul not be demed i sup. ras. KQHsb sec. m. eghk/3. e suffre thou s. f first do out
r. do out first plures et aj3. e thin owne s. SS for to A pr. in. h thingis c. ' Om. c. J wher Ese.
k shal Q. 1 to him sg. H axeth B. m wher Esxe. n 3iue KI sup. rat. sec. m. a. ° to him s.
12 — 25.
MATTHEW.
17
lahym? Therfore alle thingis, what ener
thingis 3ee wolen that0 men don to 3011,
and 36 dof to hem, forsothe xthese thingisi
\3benr the lawe and prophetiss. Entre 36 bi
the streyt 3ate ; for the gate "that ledith to
perdicioun, or dampnaciotm*, is brode, and
vthe weye11 large, and vther ben manyv that
uentren bi itw. How streit isx the 3ate, and
narewe the weye, that ledith to lijf, and
io 'there ben fewe? that fynden it. Perceyuez
3e, and fleea fro fals prophetis, the1' whiche
cummen to 3011 in clothingis1' of sheepisd,
bot wythynne thei ben rauyshynge wolues;
16 of her fruytis 36 shulen knowe hem. Whe-
ther men gaderen grapis of thornys, ore
17 fijgis of breeris ? So eueryf good tree mak-
ith good fruytis ; sothely an yuel tree
in makith yuel fruytis. A good tree may
nat make yuel fruytis, nether an yuel tree
i!»make£ good fruytis. Eueryh tree that
makith nat good fruyt', shal be kitte doun,
20 and shal be sent in to the fire. Therfore of
21 her fruytis 3ee shulen knowe hem. Nat
eche mank that saith to me, Lord, Lord,
shal entre in to the kyngdam of heuenes ;
but he that doth the wille of my fadir
that1 is in heuenes, he™ shal entre in to
22 the kyngdam" of heuenes. Many shul say
to me in that day, Lord, Lord, whether0
we han nat prophecied in thi name, and
han cast out deuelis? in thi name, and han
23 don many vertues in thi name ? And than
Y shal knowliche to hem, For I knewe
3011 neuer ; departei awey fro me, 36 that
24 worchen wickidnesse. Therfore eche man
that herith these1" my wordis, and doth
hem, shal be maad liche to a wijse man,
thfjt hath bildid8 his hous vpon* a stoon.
25 And rayn came doun, and flodis camen,
and wyndis blewen", and rushedenv in to
that hous ; and it felle nat doun, for it
for alle thingis, what euere thingis 36
wolen that men do to 3011, do 36 to hem,
for this is the lawe and the prophetis.
Entre 36 bi the streyt 3ate ; for the 3ate is
that ledith to perdicioun is large, and the
weie Z*P broode, and there ben many that
entren bi it. Hou streit is the 3ate, and 14
narw3 the weye, that ledith to lijf, and
ther ben fewe that fynden it. Be 36 war 15
of fals prophetis, that comen to 3ou in
clothingis of scheep, but withynneforth
thei ben asi wolues of raueyn ; of her 10
fruytis 36 schulen knowe hem. Whether1"
men gaderen grapis of thornes, or figus
of breris ? So euery good tre makith 17
good fruytis ; but an yuel tre makith yuel
fruytis. A good tre may not make yuel ie
fruytis, nethir an yuel tre make good
fruytis. Euery tre that makith not good 19
fruyt, schal be kyt doun, and schal be
cast in to the fier. Therfor of her fruytis 20
3e schulen knowe hem. Not echs man 21
that seith to me, Lord, Lord, schal entre
in to the kyngdom of heuenes ; but he
that doith the wille of my fadir that is
in heuenes, he schal entre in to the kyng-
doom of heuenes. Many schulen seie to 22
me in that dai, Lord, Lord, whether1 we
han riot prophesied in thi name, and
hanu caste out feendis in thi name, and
han doon many vertues in thi name ?
Andv thanne Y schal knouleche to hem, 23
That Y knewe 3ou neuere ; departew awei
fro me, 36 that worchen wickidnesse.
Therfor ech" man that herith these my 24
wordis, and doith hem, schal be maad
lijk to a wise man, that hath bildid his
hous on a stoon. And reyn felde? doun, 25
and flodis camen, and wyndis blewen,
and russchiden vin toz that hous ; and it
felde not doun, for it was founduna on
0 Om. N. V doth x. q this thing A. this our sec. m. rjsAsec.m.oursec.m. s the prophetes or
fee. m. * Om. our sec. m. that led. to perd. x. u wey is G sec. m. weie that ledeth to perdicion, ether
dampjiacion, is our tec. m. Om. QXY pr. m. * many ben our sec. m. w Om. G. x Om. N. 7 few ben
our sec. m. z or be rear T sec. m. a fle 36 ur sec. m. fleeth x. b Om. ou. c clothinge NO. clothis u.
<1 scheep GtiopQsur. £ ether ovr sec. m. ' eche our sec. m. S may make or sec. m. makith Q. maken s.
h Eyche our. » fruytes o. k Om. x. l whiche our sec. m. m Om. A sec. m. ovv sec. m. n rewme vr
sec.m. ° whar ovr. V feendes ovr sec. m. 1 departith GQSXY. r thus N. s bild x. 4 on our
sec. m. x. u blowen N. v hurliden ur sec. m.
P Om. c. 1 Om. A sec. m. igh. r Wher s passim egk. 9 eueri s. * wher ek.
Q pr. m. w departeth is. x eueri s. 7 cam c. z in c. a foundid plures et a/3.
D
we haue i. v Om.
18
MATTHEW.
VII. 26 VIII. 10.
26 was foundid on awstoon. And eueryx man
that herith these my wordis, and doth hem
nat, is liche? to a man fool, that hath bildid*
27 his hous on" xgrauel, or soondb. And rayn
came dounc, and floodis camen, and wyndis
blewen, and thei hurliden in to that hous;
and it felle donn, and the fallyng doun
•28 therof was grete. And it isd maade, when
Jhesus hadde eendid these wordis, the
29cumpanyes wondreden on his techyng; so-
thelyf he was techynge hem, as '« mans
hauynge power, and nat as the'1 scribis of
hem, and1 Phariseesk.
CAP. VIII.
i Forsothe when Jhesus hadde comen
doun fro the hil, many cumpanyes folew-
2idenl hyrn. And loo ! a leprouse man cum-
mynge worshipide hym, sayinge™, Lord,
3if thou wolt, thou maist make me clene.
3 And Jhesus, holdynge forthe the bond,
touchide hym, sayinge", I wole, be thou
maad clene. And anoon the lepre of hym
4 was clensid. And Jhesus saith0 to hym,
See, say thou to no man ; but go, shewe
thee to prestis, and offre that? jifte thati
Moyses comaundide, in to witnessing to
ahem. Sothely when he hadde entride in
to Capharnaum, centurio nei3ide to hym,
epreyinge hym, and saider, Lord, my child
lyeth8 in the hous sike on* the" palsie, and
7 is yuel tourmentid. And Jhesus saithv to
hym, I shal cume, and shalw hele hym.
8 And centurio answerynge saith" to hym,
Lord, I am not worthi, that thou entre
vndir my roof; but oonly say bi word, and
omy child shal be helid. For whi and? I
am a man ordeynd vnder power, hauynge
vndir me krii3tis ; andz I say to this, Goa,
and he goth ; and to an other, Come thou,
and he cometh ; and to rny seruaunt, Do
10 thou this thing, and he doth. Sothely
a stoon. And euery man that herith 20
these my wordis, and doith hem not, is
lijk tob a fool, that hath bildid his hous
on grauel. And reync cam doun, and 27
floodis camen, and wyndis blewen, and
theicc hurliden a3end that hous ; and it
felde doun, and the fallyng doun therof
was greet. And it was doon, whanne28
Jhesus hadde endid these wordis, the
puple wondride on his techyng; for he-'ii
tau3te hem, as he that hadde power, and
not as the scribis 'of hern6, and thef Fa-
riseesB.
CAP. VIII.
But whanne Jhesus was come doun i
fro the hil, mych puple suede hyrn. And 2
loo ! a leprouse man cam, and worschip-
ide hym, and seide, Lord, if thou wolt,
thou maist'1 make me clene. And Jhesus:*
helde forth the hoond, and touchide hym,
and seide, Y wole, be thou maad cleene.
And anoon the lepre of him was clensid1.
And Jhesus seide to hym, Se, seie thou 4
to no man ; but go, shewe thee to the
prestis, and offre the jift that Moyses
comaundide, in witnessyng to hem. And 5
whanne he hadde entrid in to Cafar-
nauni, 'the centurienk nei3ede to him,
and preiede him, and seide, Lord, myc
childe lijth in the hous sijk on the pale-
sie, and is yuel turrnentid. And Jhesus 7
seide to him, Y schal come, and schal1
heele him. And the centurien answeride, 8
and seide to hym, Lord, Y am not wor-
thi, that thou entre vndur my roof; but
oonli seie thou bi word, and my childe
shal be heelid. For whi Y am a rnan'J
ordeyned vndur power, and haue kny3tis
vndir me ; and Y seie to this, Go, and
he goith ; and to another, Come, and he
cometh ; and to my seruaunt, Do this,
w a sadde Q sec. m. * iche our sec. m. eche x. y licchi jr. liclii TW. * bild x. a vpon a N. apon o.
on a T. b soond our sec. m. grauel x. c Om. Q. d was A sec. m. our sec. m. e done vv sec. m. f for
our sec. m. S man o. Om. x. h Om. jr. > and as ur sec. m. k the Pharisees our sec. m. ' suden
our sec. m. m and seide our sec. m. n and seide our sec. m. ° seide our sec. m. P the ovy sec. m.
<J which vv sec. m. r seiynge our sec. m. s liggeth ur sec. m. * in our sec. m. u Om. ou. v seide
our sec. m. * I schal oQuwpr. m. Y. * seide our sec. m. jQm.usec.m. z Om. G pr. m. a Go thou
our sec. m.
13 Om. s. c reines sgh. <=c Om. R. d ajen to Q pr OT- e Om. c. f Om. EiKMpRuxbceghka. 8 Fari-
sees of hem c. l> n^t s. i maad clene s. * centurio a sup. ras. ' I schal CQB.
VIII. II 24.
MATTHEW.
19
Jhesus, heerynge these thingisb, wondride,
and saide to men suynge hym, Trewlyc I
saye to 3011, I foride nat so grete feith in
11 Yrael. Sothely Y say to 3011, that manye
shulen come fro the est 'and westd, and
shulen rest with Abraham and1' Ysaac and
12 Jacob in the kyngdam of heuenes ; forsothe
the sonys of the rewme shulen be cast out
in to vttremestf derknessis ; there shal be
weepynge, and beetynge togidre of teeth.
13 And Jhesus saide^ to centurio, Go, and as
thou hast bileeued, be it don to thee. And
u the child was helid fro that houre. And
when Jhesus hadde comen in to the hous
of Symond'1 Petre, he say his wyues mo-
der liggynge', and shakunk with feueris1.
is And he touchide hir bond, and"1 the feuer
lefte hir ; and she roose, and seruyde hem".
16 Sothely whan the euenyng0 was maad, thei
brou3te to hym many? hauynge deuelysi,
and he castide1" out spiritis8 by word, and
iThelide alle' hauynge yuel"; that it shulde
be fulfillidw, "that thing" that was said by
Ysaie, the prophete, sayinge, He toke oure
infirmytees, and bere oure^ sykenessisz.
is Sothely Jhesus seeynge many cumpanyes
about hym, bada his disciplis gob ouer the
19 water. And ooc scribe, orA ae man of law e*,
'commynge to*, saide to hym, Maistre, I
shal sue thee, whidir euer thou shall go.
•20 And Jhesus said to hym, Foxis ban 'dichis,
or borowish, and briddis of the eir han
nestis, but marines sone hath nat wher
21 he reste1 his heuedk. Sotheli an other of
his1 disciplis saide to hym, Lord, suffre me
22gom first, and birye my fadir. Forsothe
Jhesus saide to hym, Sue thou me, and
•_>:) late dede men birye her dead men. And
'Jhesu steyinge vp" in to a litel ship, his
24 disciplis sueden hym. And loo ! a grete
steryng was0 maad in the see, so that the
and he doith it. And Jhesus herde 10
these thingis, and wondride, and seide
to men 'that sueden"1 him, Treuli Y seie
to 3ou, Y foond not so greet feith in Is-
rael. And Y seie to 3ou, that manyu
schulen come fro the eest and " the °
west, and schulen reste with Abraham
and? Ysaac and Jacob in the kyngdom
of heuenes ; but the sones of thei rewme 12
schulen be cast out in to vtmerr derk-
nessis ; there schal be wepyng, and grynt-
ing of teeth. And Jhesus seide to the" is
centurioun, Go, and as thou hast bi-
leuyd, be it doon to thee. And the child
was heelid fro that hour. And whanne 14
Jhesus was cornun in to the hous of Sy-
mount Petre, he say his wyues modir
liggynge, and shakun1 with feueris". And 13
he touchide hir hoond, and the feuer
lefte hir ; and she roos, and seruede hern.
And whanne it was euen, thei brou3ten u;
to hym manye that hadden deuelis, and
he castide out spiritis bi word, and heel-
ide alle that weren yuel at ese ; that 17
it were fulfillid, that was seid by Ysaie,
the profete, seiynge, He took oure in-
firmytees, and bar oure siknessis. And 18
Jhesus say myche puple aboute him, and
bade hise disciplis go ouer the watir.
And a scribe nei3ede, and seide to hym, i»
Maistir, Y shal sue thee, whidir euer
thou schaltv go. And Jhesus seide to 20
hym, Foxis han dennes, and briddis of
heuenew han nestis, but mannus sone
hath not wherex 'he schal^ reste his heed.
Anothir of his disciplis seide to him, 21
Lord, suffre me to go first, and birie
my fader. But Jhesus seide to hym, Sue 22
thou me, andz lete deed* men birie her
deede men. And whanne he was goon 23
vp in to a litil schip, his disciplis sueden
b wordis g. c Sothely o. d Om. o. e Om. ou. f vtmere AVW. vtturmere GNOPQSUY. vtmer A'.
S seivnge o. h Om. on v sec. m. > lyende x. k schaking NV. shake s. shakende x. ' feuere o. the
feueres our sec, m. m and anoen x pr. m. n him v pr. in. to hem Y. ° euentide ur sec. m. P many
men u. '< feendes ouv sec. m. T caste PSX. kest Q. 8 vnclene spiritis G sec. m. * all men ou. u siknesse o.
v Om. jr. w filled ou. * Om. ouv sec. in. y Om. GNPSWX Y. z sikenesse v sec. m. Y. a commaunded
ovr sec. m. b to go ouv sec. m. c a vr sec. m. d ether our sec. m. e Om. <js. f Gloss om. in x.
S neijynge our sec. m. h borrowes, or dennes o. dennes u. diches A:. > schal reste our sec. m. k hede
NOS. bed A-. 1 thees o. m to go ou. n and whan he steij our sec. m. ° is o.
m suynge E. n to s. ° fro the I. P Om. Ksegh. q this i. r vttermere KRghk. oiitmere e. s Om. r.
1 takin s. u the feuers K. v Om. s. w the eir s. * wherinne s. Ttos. *Om.Q. a the dede Eirkpr.m.
D 2
20
MATTHEW.
VIII. 25 IX. I.
litil ship was hilid with wawis ; but? he
aaSlepte. And vhis disciplisi camen ni3 to
hym, and raysiden hym, sayinge, Lord,
2csaue vs; we perishen. And Jhesus seithr to
hem, What ben 3ees of litil feith agast* ?
Thanne he rysynge u comaundide to the
wyndis and the'' see, and a grete pesible-
27 nesse isw maad. Forsothe men wondreden,
sayinge, What manere man is he? this,
for the wyndis and the2 see obeisheri a to
28 hym? And whan Jhesusb hadde comen
ouer the water in to the cuntre 'of menc
of Genazerethd, tweyc men hauynge de-
uelisf runnen to hym, goynge out fro? biri-
elis, fulh feerse, W wickid1, so that no man
2) rni3te passe by1 that wey. And vloo ! thei"'
crieden, sayinge, What to vs andn to thee°,
Jhesu, the sone off God ? hast thou comen
hidir before the tyme fori to tourmente vs ?
3u Sothely a 'floe, or* droue, of many hoggis8
:n lesewynge was nat fer from hem. But the
deuelis' preyeden him, seyirige, 3'f thou
castist out vs hennes", sende vs in to the
32 droue of hoggis. And he saithv to hem,
Go 3ee. And thei goynge out wente in to
'the hoggisw ; and loo ! in a greet hire al
the droue wente heedlynge* in to the see,
33 and thei ben? dead in watris. Forsothe
the hirdes fledden awey, and2 cummynge
in to the citee, tolden alle these3 thingis,
34 and of hem that hadden theb fendisc. And
loo ! al the citee wented a3einise Jhesu, 'met-
ynge hymf; and hym seen, thei preiden
hym%, that he shulde passe fro1' her coostis.
CAP. IX.
i And Jhesus, 'goyng vp1 in to a boot,
passide ouer the water, and came in to his
hym. And loo! a greet stiring was 24
maad in the see, so that the schip" was
hilid with wawes ; but he slepte. And as
hise disciplis camen to hym, and reysiden
hym, and seiden, Lord, saue vs ; we pe-
rischen. And Jhesus seide to hem, What 20
ben 36 of litil feith agaste ? Thanne he
roos, and comaundide to the wyndis and
the1' see, and a greet pesibilnesse was
maad. And men wondriden, and seiden, 27
What maner man is he* this, for the
wyndis and the see obeischencc to him ?
And whanne Jhesus'1 was comun ouer the 28
watir in to the cuntre of men of Gerasa,
twey men metten hym, that(ld hadden
deuelis, and carnen out of gravies, ful
woode, so that noo man my3te go bi thate
weie. And lo ! thei crieden, and seiden, 29
What to vs and to thee, Jhesu, the sone
of God ? 'art thouee comun hidir bifore
the tyme tof turmente vs ? And not fer 30
fro hern was a flocke of many swyne
lesewynge. And the deuelis preyeden 31
hym, and seiden, If thou castist out vs
fro hennes, sende vs? in to the droue of
swyne. And he seide to hem, Go 36.32
And thei 3eden out, and wenten in to
the swyne ; and loo ! in a greet hire al
the droue wente heedlyng in to the see,
and thei weren deed in the watris. And 33
the hirdis fledden awey, and camen in
to the citee, and telden alle these thingis,
and of hem that hadden theh feendis.
And lo ! al the citee wente out a3ens34
Jhesu ; and whanne thei hadden seyn
hym, thei preieden, that he wolde passe
fro her coostis.
CAP. IX.
And Jhesus wente vp in to a boot, i
and passide ouer1 the watir, and cam in
P forsothe our sec. m. 1 thei our sec. m. r seyde GMfiopQsurirxY. s jee men G. * aferde our
sec.m, « risynge up u. Y to the our sec. m. w was ouv sec. m. y Om. osvr sec. m. z Om.
A sec. m. MNPsrn- sec. m. x. a obeien ovrsec. m. ohejen x. * he our sec. m. c Om. w. d Ge-
rasa uv sec. m. « two GMPSUXY. and two g. f feendes ovr sec. m. S of ou. h thei ful our sec. m.
1 ether ful cruel o. or nicke s. ether cruel ur sec. m. Om. A'. 1 Om. u. m Om. o. thei u. n and what
G pr.m. « Om. G pr.m. P Om. o. <i Om. our sec. m. x. T Om. ovvx. s swijn hoggis P. * feendes
ovr sec. m. u from hennes our sec. m. v seide our sec. m. w swyin GPXY. x hedlynges N. 1 wer
our sec. m. z and thei our sec. m. a Om. our sec. w. t> Om. v pr. m. c deuelis N. d went oute our
sec.m. e 33611 x. f Om. our sec. m. g Om. ou. h out of N. > stijynge our sec. m.
a litul schip Rk sec. m. b to the nek sec. m. c Om. c. cc obeien Q.
ee artow s. ' for to c. S vs out s. h Om. K. i Om. s.
he Q. dd which K. e the Q.
IX. 2 IS.
MATTHEW.
21
2 citee. And loo ! thei offreden to hym a
man syke in palsie, liggyngek in a bed.
Forsothe Jhesus, seeyrige the feith of hem,
saide to the man sike in palsie, Sone, haue
thou1 trust ; thi synnes ben for3euenm to
3 thee. And lo ! sum of the scribis said
4 with ynne hem self, This blasfemeth. And
when Jhesus hadde seen her thou3tis, he
said, Wherto thenken 36 yuel thingis in
53our hertis ? What is" Ii3ter to saye, Thi
synnes ben for3euen to thee, other0 to saye,
fiRyse thou, arid walke? Forsothe that 36
wite, that v manries sone hath power to
fo^eue synnes in erthfr, thanne he saide to
thilkei manr in8 palsie, vRyse vpl; take thi
7 bed, and go in to thin house. And he roose,
8 and wente in to his house. Sothely the
companyes seeynge dredden, and glorifi-
eden God, that 3aue siche power to men.
9 And when Jhesus passide thennis", he sei3
a man sittyrige in a tolbothe, Matheu by
name. And he saide to hym, Sue thou me.
10 And he, rysynge, folowidev hym. And it
isw don, hym sittynge at the mete in the
house, loo ! many puplicanys and synneful
men cummynge saten at the mete with
iiJhesu and his disciplis. And Pharisees
seeynge saiden to his disciplis, Whi etith
3oure maister with puplicanys and synful
12 men? And Jhesus herynge saide, A leche
is nat nedex to men that faren wel, but to
13 men hauynge yuel. Sothely 3ee goynge
lerne^ what it is, Y wole mercye, and nat
sacrifice ; forsothe Y came, nat to clepe
uri3tfulz men, bot synful men. Thanne the
disciplis of Joon vcamen ni3ea to hym, say-
inge, Whi we and Pharisees1* fasten ofte,
15 but thi disciplis fasten nat ? And Jhesus
saide to hern, Whether0 the sonys of thed
spouse, W husbonde*, mow Veilen, or1
mourne, how longe the spouse is with
hem ? Sothely days shuleri come, when
the spouse shal be taken awey fro hem,
to his citee. And lo ! thei broii3ten to 2
hyrn a man sike in palesie, liggynge in
a bed. And Jhesus saw the feith of hem,
and seide to the man sike in palesye,
Sone, haue thou trist ; thi synnes ben
for3ouun to thee. Arid lo ! summe of 3
the scribis seiden withynne hem silf,
This blasfemeth. And whanne Jhesus4
hadde seyn her thou3tis, he seide, Wher-
to thenken 36 yuele thingis in 3oure
hertis ? What is k Ii3tere to seye, Thi &
synnes ben for3ouun to thee, ethir 'to seie1,
Rise thou, and walke? But that 3e witeo
that mannus sone hath power to for3yue
synnes in erthe, thanne he seide to the
sijk man in palesie, Rise vp ; take thi
bed, and go in to thin hous. And he?
roos, and wente in to his hous. And a
the puple seynge dredde, and glorifiede
God, that 3af suche power to men. And 9
whanne Jhesus passide fro thennus, he
say a man, Matheu bi name, sittynge in
a tolbothe. And he seide to hym, Sue
thou me. And he roos, and folewide1" 10
hym. And it was don, the n while he
sat xat the0 mete in the hous, lo ! many
pupplicans and synful men cameii, and
saten vat theP mete with Jhesu andi hise
disciplis. And Fariseesr sien, and seiden 1 1
to hise disciplis, Whi etith 3oure maister
with pupplicans and synful men ? And 12
Jhesus herde, and seide, A leche is not
nedeful to men that faren wel, but to
men that ben yuel at ese. But go 36, 13
and lerne3 what it is, Y wole merci, and
not sacrifice ; for I cam, not to clepe
ri3tful men, but synful men1. Thanne u
the disciplis of Joon camen to hym, and
seiden, Whi weu and Fariseesv fastenw
ofte, but thi disciplis fasten not ? And is
Jhesus seide to hem, Whether the spnes
of the spouse moun morne, as long as
the spouse is with hem ? But daies
k liende sx. ' Om. our sec. m. m forjif o. fo^oue x. n is it AGMNopQsurwxv. ° or MSX . either
N passim, w. ether or sec. m. P for ou sec. m. q the AGNOPSVY. the ilke MW, r sik man AGNpqsur
sec. m. XY. s seke in o. l Ryse thou our sec. m. u fro thens ou. v sued our sec. m. w was vv sec. m.
x nedefull ou. J lerneth GMPY. lereth x. z iust our sec. m. rijtwis XY. a neijeden our sec. m. b the
Pharisees ou. c Wher o. d Om. N. e Om. our sec. m. x. f Om. our sec. m. x.
k is it plures et a/3. l Om. c. m sueede c. " Om. c. ° atte s. P atte s. 1 and with s. r the Fari-
sees ia. s lerneth E ic. * men to penaunce 'EF sec. m. sh sec. m. "fasten we i. y the Farisees i. w Om. I.
22
MATTHEW.
IX. 16 28.
16 and thanne thei shulen faste. Sothely no
man sendith ynne a medlynge of rudee»,
orb newe, clothe in to an1 olde clothe ; so-
thelyk he1 takith awey the plente of it fro
the clothe, and a1" wors kittyng is inaad.
17 Nether men senden" newe wijne in to olde
'botelis, or wijn vesselis0, ellis the wijn ves-
sels ben broken, and the wijn is shed out,
and the wijn vessellis perishen. But men
senden newe wijn in to newe wijn vessellis,
is and bothe ben kept. Jhesu spekynge
these thingis to hem, loo ! oo? prince 'came
toi, and worshipid hym, sayinger, Lord, my
dou3tir is now dead ; but cume thou, and
put thin hond vpon s hire, and she shal
lolyue. And Jhesus rysynge suede hym, and
20 his disciplis. And loo! a womrnan that
suffride the flix, 'or rennynge*, of blood
twelue 3eer, "cam tou byhynde, and touch-
21 ide the hemme of his clothe. Sothely she
saide with ynne hirv self, 3if I touchew
oonly the clothis* of hym, I shal be saaf.
22 And Jhesus turnyde, and seeynge hir,
saide, Dorter, haue thou> trust; thi faith
hath made thee saaf. And the woinman
23 was inaad saaf fro that houre. And when
Jhesus came in to the hous of the prince,
andz see3 mynstrelis, and the companye3
24 makynge noyse, he saide, Go 3eb awey, for
the wenchec is nat dead, but slepithd. And
25 thei scornyden hym. And when the cum-
panye was cast6 out, he entride inf, and
held hir honde ; and£ the wenche'1 roose
26 vp. And this fame wente out in to al the1
2;londe. And Jhesu passynge thennesk, twey1
blynde men sueden hym111, cryinge, and n
sayinge, Thou sone of Dauith, haue mercy
28 of0 vs. Sothely when vthei came home'',
the blynde men camen ni^i to hym ; and
Jhesus saith1" to hern, What wole 36, that I
do to 3ou ? And thei seiden8, Lord, that
oure ee3en ben opnyd. And Jhesus saide,
schulen come, whanne the spouse schal
be takun a wei fro hem, and thanne thei
schulen faste. And no man putteth a i«
clout of buystous clothe in to an elde
clothing ; for it doith awey the fulnesse
of the cloth, and a wers breking is maad.
Nethir men putten newe wyne in to elde 17
botelis, ellis the hotels x ben to-broke,
and distried, and the wyn sched out.
But men putten newe wyne in to newe
hotels, and bothe ben kept^. Whiles that i«
Jhesus spak thes thingis to hem, lo ! a
prince cam, and worschipide hym, and
seide, Lord, my dorter is now deed ;
but corne thou, and putte thin hond on
hir, and she schal lyue. And Jhesus is»
roos, and vhise disciplis, and sueden hym>y.
And lo ! a woinman, that hadde thezao
blodi flux twelue 3ere, nei3ede bihynde,
and touchide the hem of his cloth. For 21
sche seide with ynne hir self, 3if Y touche
oonli the cloth of hym, Y schal be saaf.
And Jhesus turnede, and say hir, and 22
seide, Dou3tir, haue thou trist ; thi feith
hath maad thee saaf. And the womman
was hool fro that our. And whanne 2:5
Jhesus earn in to the hous of the prince,
and say mynstrallis, and the8 puple mak-
ynge noise, he seide, Go 36 a wei, for the 24
damysel is not deed, but slepith. And
thei scornyden hym. And whanne the 25
folc was put out, he wente in, and helde
hir hond; and the damysel roosb. And 20
this fame wente out in to al that loond.
And whanne Jhesus passide fro thennus, 27
tweic blynde men criynge sueden hym,
and seiden, Thou sone of Dauid, haue
merci on vs. And whanne he cam in 28
to the hous, the blynde men camen to
hym ; and Jhesus seide to hem, What
wolen 36, that I do to 3ou ? And thei
seiden, Lord, that oure i3en be opened.
e rude GMNPSTUWXY. Om. or sec. m. reude rpr.m. b Om. ov sec. m. i Om. o. k For our sec. m.
1 it GXY. m the u. n putten u sec. m. ° wijn vesselis our sec. MI. botelis x. Pa GOVV sec. m. XY.
1 neijed our sec. m. T and seide our sec. m. s on our sec. m. x. * Om. our sec. m. x, u neijed our
sec.ni. v in hir v. w schal touche GOUXY. x clooth our sec. m. y Om. our sec. m. z he o. a com-
panyes o. t> Om. G pr. m. Y pr. m. c damysell our sec. m. d sche sleepeth o. e put u sec. m. f Om.
our sec. m. S and seide, Maiden, rise, and Q sec. m.marg. h damysel our sec. m. i that N. k fro thens
our sec. m. ' two PQSUXY. m Om. G pr. m. n Om. u sec. m. ° on AMNOSUW. P thei camen into
the hous GQX. he had comme in to the house our sec. m. 1 Om. our sec. m. r seide o. 3 Om. GAT.
x oold hotels i. Y kept saqfe. yy sueden him his disciples K. hise disciplis sueden hym A pr. m. c.
hise disciplis, and suede hym c. z a sbghi. a Om. c. b roos vp Ksegli. c two IQ.
IX. 29 — X. 3.
MATTHEW.
Bileeue 36, that I may do this thing 'to
3011* ? And" thei saynv, 'Sothely, or ^eaw,
29 Lord. Than he tout-hide her ee3en, say-
3oinge, Vp 30111- feith be it don to 3011. And
the ee3en of vbothe benx opnyde. And
Jhesus thretynyde>'tozhem, sayinge,See 3ee,
31 that no man wite. But thei goynge out,
defameden hym thorw^ a al thatb lond.
32Sothely theic gon out, loo ! thei ofFridend to
hym a 'man doumb6, hauynge a deuelf.
33 And whan the deuel was cast out, the
doumbe man spac. And the cumpanyes
wondreden, sayinge, It aperede neuere so
34 in Yrael. But the Pharisees saiden, In the
prince of deuelis? he castith out deuelis^.
35 And Jhesus compaside aboute'1 alle citees
and castels, techynge in synagogis1 of hem,
and prechynge the gospel of kyngdamk,
and helynge al 'languyshynge, or ache1,
3Cand al siknesse. Forsothe Jhesus, siynge
cumpanyes, hadde™ rewthe of" hem ; for
thei weren traueilid, and liggynge as sheep
37 nat hauynge a slieperde. Thanne he saide
to his disciplis, Sothely0 ^there is? moche
ssrype cornel, but fewe werkrnen. Therfore
preye 3er the lord of the rijpe corn, that
he sende workmen into8 his* rijp corn.
CAP. X.
1 And the" twelue disciplis clepidv to gidre,
he 3aue to hem power of vnclene spiritis,
that thei shulde casten hem out, and that
thei shulden heele al ache, and al siknesse.
2 These w ben the names of twelue x apo-
stelis^ ; the first, Symoun, thatz is'1 clepid
sPetre, and Andrew, his brother; 'Philip,
and Bartilmewb; Jamys of Zebedee, and
Joon, his brother0; Thomas, and Matheu
puplican; aridd James Alphei6, and Thadeef;
And Jhesus seide, Bileuen 36, that Y mai
do this thing to 3011? Thei seien d to
him, 3he, Lord. Thanne he touchide -•»
her i3en, and seide, Aftir 3oure feith be
it doon to 3ou. And the i3en of hem 30
were opened. And Jhesus thretenede
hem, and seide, Se 36, that no man wite.
But thei 3eden out, and diffameden6 hymsi
thorou al that lond. And whanne thei 32
weren gon out, loo ! thei brou3ten to
hym a doumbe man, hauynge a deuel.
And whanne the deuel was cast out, the 33
doumb man spak. And the puple won-
dridef, and seide, It hath not be say
thus in Israel. But the Farisees seiden, 3J
In the prince of deuelis he castith out
deuelis. • And Jhesus wente 'aboute alle&aa
theh 'citees and castels', techinge in thek
synagogis of hem, and prechynge the
gospel of the kyngdom, and helynge
euery langour and euery sijknesse. And:u>
he si3 the puple, and hadde reuthe on
hem ; for thei wereri trauelid, and lig-
gynge as scheep not hauynge a scheep-
herde. Thanne he seide to hise disci- 37
plis, Sotheli there is myche ripe corn,
but fewe werk men. Therfor preye ^CSK
the lord of the ripe corn, that he seride
werke men in to his ripe corn.
CAP. X.
And whanne his twelue disciplis weren i
clepid togidere, he 3af to hem powere of
vnclene spiritis, to caste hem out of men,
and to1 heele eueri langour, and sijknesse.
And these ben the names of the twelue 2
apostlis ; the firste, Symount™, that is
clepid" Petre, and Andrew, his brothir ;
James of Zebede, and Joon, his brothir;
Filip, and Bartholomeu ; Thomas, and 3
Matheu, pupplicari ; and James Alfey,
* Om. o. u Om. AGMfiOFQur sec. m. WXY. v seiden QX. seyn to hym u sec. m. w 3he ouv sec. »«.
» hem weren our sec. m. y threetide vx. z Om. 01;. a bi our sec. m. b the v. c hem or sec. »t.
d brou3ten u sec. m. e doumbe man GP. f feende ouv sec. m. g feendes our sec. m. h Om. our sec.m.
> the synagoges our sec. m. k the kyngdam our sec. m. x. l ache our sec. m. languishing x. m and
hadde KT. n on GMpQSurwxv. ° Forsothe our sec. m. P Om. ur sec. m. 1 corne is uv sec. m.
rOm.o. 8 vnto e. * the P. u Om. AGMNOsvrivxY. v gaderid NP. w Forsothe thees ou. x the
twelue Q. y Om. o. z whiche ou. & was G. b Bartholomeu M. %c Jamys of Zebedee and Joon his
brother ; Philip and Bartilmeus ou. d Om. o. « of Alphei ou. f Thadde, that is, Judas u.
d seiden CKH pr. m. a&. e defameden AP pr. m. QascajS. famyden EIP sec. m. k. f wondre s. e al
aboute Q. '' Om. CKQ. • castels and cytees e. k Om. EKnbceg pr. m. hi/3, l Om. c. m is Symound
k pr. m. n named Ksghi/3. seid CEiMpQRUxbceka.
24
MATTHEW.
X. 4 — 19.
4 Symount Canane, and Judas Scarioth, theS
swhiehe betraiede Crist'1. Jhesus sente'
these twelue, cornaundynge to hern, and
sayinge, Gothk 30 nat into the wey of hei-
then men, and ventre 3C1 nat in to the111
ficitees of Samarietariys ; but rather gothn to
the sheep of the hous of Yrael, that perish-
7 iden. Sothely 3ee goynge preche0, sayinge,
for the kyngdam of heuenes shal nei3e ;
shele 36 seke men, vpreyse'" 3ee dead men,
dense 36 rneselisi, "cast 3er out deuelis3;
9 frely 36 han taken, frely 3eue 36. Nyl 36
welden gold, nether syluer, ne4 money in
io3oure girdlis, not" a scripe in the weye,
nether twov cootis, nether shoon, nether
3eerdw; for a workman is worthi" his mete .
11 In to whateuer citee, orz castel, 36 shulen
entre, axetha who therinne is worthi, and
there "dwelle 3eb, tilc thatd 36 gori out.
12 Forsothe 36 entrynge in to ane house,
"grete 36*, W salute $ee%, it, sayinge, Pees
13 to this hous. And'1 sothely 3if "that ilk1
hous be worthi, 3oure pees shal cume on it;
forsothe 3if that house be nat worthy, 3oure
14 pees shall turne a3ein to 3ou. And who
euere shall nat resceyue 3011, netherk heer
3oure wordis, 3ee goynge forth1 fro that
hous, or1" citee, smytith" awey the dust
io fro" 3oure feet. Trewly I say to 3ou, it shall
be more suffreable to the lond of men of
Sodom and GomorP in the day of iuge-
icment, than to thati citee. Loo! I sende
3ou as sheep in tor the mydils of wolues ;
therfore1 be 36 "war, or wijse before^, as
i/serpentis, and symple as dowuesv. For-
sothe'*' be 36 war of men, for thei shuln
taken 3ou in counseilis, and thei shuln bete
is 3ou in there synagogis ; and to 'presidents,
or meyris*, and to kyngis 36 shulen be
led for me, in to witnessynge to hem, and
19 hetheny men. But whenne thei shulen take,
and Tadee ; Symount Chananee, and Ju-4
das Scarioth, that bitrayede Crist. Jhesus 5
sente these twelue, and comaundide hem,
and seide, Go 36 not "in to0 the weie of
hethene men, and entre 36 not in to the
citees of Samaritans ; but rather go 36 6
to the scheep of the hous of Israel, that
han perischid. And go 36, and preche?
36, and seie, that the kyngdam of he-
uenes P shal nei3e ; heele 36 sike men, 8
reise 36 deede men, dense 36 mesels,
caste 36 out deuelis ; freeli 36 han takun,
freli 3yue 3e. Nyle 36 welde gold, ne-a
theri siluer, ne money in 3oure girdlis,
not a scrippe in the weie, nether twei 10
cootis, nethir shoon, nether1" a 3erde ; for
a werkrnan is worthi his mete. In ton
what euere citee or castel 36 schulen en-
tre, axe 30 who therynne is worthi, and
there dwelle 36, tils 36 go out. And 12
whanne 30 goon in to an hous, vgrete
36* it, and seyn, Pees to this hous. And 13
if thilk'1 hous be worthi, 3oure pees schal
come on it ; but if that hous be not
worthi, 3oure pees schal turne a3en to
3ou. And who euere resseyueth not 3ou, u
nethir v herith 3oure wordis, go 36 frow
that hous or citee, and sprenge of the
dust of 3oure feet. Treuly Y seie to \5
3ou, it shal be more suffrable to the
loond of men of Sodorn and of Gommor
in the dai of iugement, than to thilke
citee. Lo ! Y sende 3ou as scheep in ie
the myddil of wolues ; therfor be 36 sli3
as serpentis, and symple as dowues. But 17
be 36 war of men, for thei schulen take
3011 in counseilis, and thei schulen bete
3011 in her synagogis ; and to meyris, or is
presidentis, and to kyngis, 36 schulen
be lad for me, in witnessyng to hem, and
to the" hethen men. But whanne thei 19
e Om. ou. h him ou. ' seended o. k Go GOPQSUFWX. 1 eutreth XY pr. m. m Om. o. n go je
AMNOPQSurw. o precheth x, P reyse AGMNOSUFWXY. <1 leprose men ou. r castith G.YV. s feendes
ovw. t nether ou. u nether ou. v twei NOFW. w a jerde ou. x worth rpr.m. 7 mede o.
z ether ou. a axe AMNVW. axe je ou. asketh o. b dwellith GXY. c to GXY. d Om. GOUX.
e the ou. f greeteth GSXY. S or saletv y AMNPP. or salu y QW. or salutith GSY. Om. oux. h Om.
G pr. m. i that G pr. m. PQXY. thilk ous. k ne x. l oute ou. m ether ou. n smyte AMNOVVW.
0 of v. P of Gomor ou. 1 that ilke AG sec. m. MNrw. thilk osu. r Om. AGNOpqsurwx Y. s myddes s.
* Om. x. u prudent ether wise ou. v culueres ou. w Sothely o. x meyres, or presidenles AUXVW.
presidentis, and meyris G. Justices ou. presidentis A'. y to hethen ow. to the hethen u.
0 in c. P heuene A pr. m.
fro c. x Om. K/3.
ne s. r ne s. s til that c. * greetith c. n this K. v ne i. w forth
X. 20 — 3
MATTHEW.
25
'or bitraie*, jou, nyl 30 thenke, how ora
what thingb 3ee speekenc, forsothe"1 it shal
be 3ouen to 3ou in that hour, what 36 shuln
2ospeke; for it ben nat 36 that speken, but
the spirit of 3oure fadir, that spekith in
2i3ou. Sothely6 thef brother shal take the
brother in to deth, and the fadir the sone,
and the£ sonys shulen ryse a3einsh fadir
and modir, and shulen tourmente hem hi1
22 deth. And 30 shulen be ink hate1 to alle
men, for my name ; forsothe he that shall
'dwelle stille™ in to" the eende, this0 shal be
23saaf. Sothely whenne thei shulen pur-
sue 3ou in this citee, 'flee 36? 'in toq an
other. Trewly I saye to 3ou, 36 shulen nat
eende the citees of Yrael, tilr that8 mannes
24 sone cume. The disciple is nat aboue the1
maistre, neu the seruaunt abouev his lord ;
25 it is ynow to the disciple, "that hew be as
his maistre, and tox the seruaunt as his
lord. 3if thei ban? clepid the 'husbonde
manz, 'or the fadir of meynee*, Belzebub,
hou myche more his housholde meynee ?
2eTherfore drede 36 nat hem; for no thing is
couerid, 'or hidb, that shal nat be shewid ;
and no thing is preuy, thatc shal nat be
27 wist. Thatd thing that Y say to 3ou in
dercnessis, saye 3ee in thee Ii5t; and preche
30 vponf housis", thath thing that 3ee heere
28 in ere'. And nyl 36 dreede hern that sleen
the body ; trewly thei mowen nat slea the
soule; bot rather dreede 36 hym,that may
aolese soulek and body in to helle. Whether1
twey1" sparwis ben not sold for an hal-
peny? and oon of hem shal nat falle" on0
so the? erthe withouten 3oure fadir. For-
sothe alle the heeris of 3oure heued'1 be
sinoumbrid. Therfore nyle 36 drede; 36 ben
32 better than many sparwis. Therfore eueryr
man that shal knowleche me before men,
and8 I shal knowleche hym byfore my
take 3011, nyle 36 thenkex, hou or what
thing 36 schulen speke, for it shal be
3ouun 'to 3ou? in that our, what 30 schulen
speke; for it ben not 36 that speken, 20
but the spirit of 3oure fadir, that spekith
in 3ou. 'And the brother2 shal take* 21
the brother in to deeth, and the fader
the sone, and sonesb schulen rise a3ens
fadir and modir, and schulenc turinente
hem bi deeth. And 36 schulen be in hate 22
to alle men for my name ; but he that
shall dwelle stilled in to the ende, shal
be saafe. And whanne thei pursuen23
3ou inf this citee, fle 30 in to anothir.
Treuli Y seie to 3011, 36 schulen not ende
the citees of Israel, tofor& that11 mannus
sone come. The disciple is not aboue 24
the maistir, ne the seruaunt aboue hys
lord ; it is ynow3 to the disciple, that he 25
be as his maistir, and to the seruaunt
as his lord. If thei ban clepid the hose-
bonde man Belsabub, hou myche more
his houshold meyne ? Therfor drede 36 26
not hem ; for no thing is hid, that schal
not be shewid ; and no thing is priuey,
that schal not be wist. That thing that 27
Y seie to 3ou in derknessis, seie 36 in
the1 Ii3t ; and preche 36 on housis, that
thing that 36 heeren in thek ere. And 28
nyle 36 drede hem that sleeu the bodi ;
for thei moun not sle the soule ; but
rather drede 36 hym, that mai lese bothe
soule and bodi in to helle. Whether1 20
twei m sparewis ben not seeld for an
halpeny? and oon of hem shal not falle
on the erthe with outen 3oure fadir.
'And alle the heeris" of 3oure heed ben so
noumbrid. Therfor nyle 36 drede ; 36
ben betere than many sparewis. Therfor si
euery man that schal knouleche me bi-
fore men, Y shal knouleche hym bifor
z Om. OQUX. a ether ou. b Om. ou. c schulen speke NOU. d for ou. e Forsothe ou. { a ou.
S Om. opr. m. OPUWX. h in to ther o sec. m. sup. ras. > to o. kintoupr. m. l hatered ou. «> contynue
ou. n vnto NP. til in to outrxv. ° Om. A sec. m. MOW. he this w pr. m. Om. w sec. m. P fleeth GXY.
i til o. r to G. 8 Om. ou. * his N. >' nether ou. v is aboue ou. w to G. x Om. ou. 7 haf o.
* fader of meynee x. a Om. oux. b ether hid ou. Om. x. c whiche our sec. m. d This our sec. m.
e Om. novr sec. m. f on our sec. m. x . S rooues p. h this our sec. m. ' the eere our sec. m. k bothe
soule our sec. m. ' Wher ou. ln two GMPUXY. n fayle o. ° apon o. P Om. our sec. m. <1 heed PU
et r passim, w. hed o_x. " eche NOW sec. m. x. s Om. x.
* bithenke A pr. m. J Om. R pr. m. z The broth, forsothe i. a bitake Rshi. b the sones c. c thti
schul i. d Om. s. e maad saaf s pr. m. * in to KS. ? bifore K. h Om. hi. ' Om. c. k Om. li.
' Wher s passim, e. 1' the soule H. m two Njh et i passim. n Alle the heeris forsothe i.
E
MATTHEW.
X. 33— XI. 4-
3:5 fadir that is in heuenes. Sothely' he that
shal denye me bifore men, and I shall deni3e
hym before my fadir whicheu is in he-
34uenes. Nyl }ee deme, thatv I camw to
sende pees in to erthe* ; I cam not to sende
35 pees 'in to erthe?, but swerd. Sothelyz Y
cam to departe a man ajeins his fadir, and
the doi^ter a3einys hire modir, and the
sonys wyf a3eins thea xwyues, orb hus-
36 bondis, modir ; and the enmyes of ae man
37 bend his homly meynee. He that loueth
fadir ore modir more than me, is nat Vor-
thi of mef. And he that loueth sone or?
dou3ter ouer me, is nat worthi qfb me.
38 And he that takith nat his crosse, and
39 sueth1 me, is not worthi of me. He that
fyndith his soule, that is, temporal* lyf},
shal leese it; and he that lesith his soule™,
4o'that is, lif°, for me, shal fynde it. He
that resseyueth 3ou, resceyueth me ; and
he that resceyueth me, resceyueth hym that
41 sente me. And0 he that resceyueth a pro-
phete in the name of a prophete, shal
take!' the mede of a prophete. And he that
resceyueth a iust man in thei name of a
iust man, shal take1" the meede of a iust
42 man. And who euer 3iueth drynke to oon
of these leste a cuppe of cold water oonly
in the name of a disciple, trewly I saye to
3ou, he shal nat leese his mede.
CAP. XI.
1 And it isrr don, when Jhesus hadde eend-
id, he, comaundynge to his twelue disciplis,
passide fro thennes for8 to vpreche and
2 teche1 in the citees of hem. Forsothe when
Joon in boondis hadde herd the werkis of
Crist, he, sendynge vtwo or three" of his
3 disciplis, seidev to hym, Art thou hew that
art to cummyngex, oi-y wez abidena an
4 other ? And Jhesus answerynge, seide to
my fadir that is in heuenes. But he 33
that shal denye me bifor men, and P I
shal denye him bifor my fadir that is
in heuenes. Nile 36 deme, that Y cam 34
to sende pees in to erthe ; Y cam not to
sende pees, but swerd. For Y cam toss
departe a man a3ens his fadir, and the
dou3tir a3ens hiri modir, and the sones
wijf a3ens the housbondis modir; and these
enemyes of a man benr 'thei, that ben""
homeli with him. He that loueth fadir 37
or modir more than me, is not worthi tos
me. And he that loueth sone or dorter
ouerss me, is not worthi to me. Andsu
he that takith not his croos, and sueth
me, is not worthi to me. He that fynd-3»
ith his lijf, shal lose it ; and1 he that
lesith his lijf for me, shal fynde it. Heu4»
that resseyueth 3ou, resseyueth me ; and
he that resseyueth me, resseyueth hym
that sente me. He that resseyueth a pro- 41
phete in the name of a prophete, shal
take the mede of a prophete. And he
that resseyueth a iust man in the name
of a iust man, schalv take the mede of a
iust man. And who euer 3yueth drynke 42
to oon of these leeste a cuppe of coolde
watir oonli in the name of a disciple,
treuli Y seie to 3ou, he shal not leese his
mede.
CAP. XI.
And it was doon, whanne Jhesus badde i
endid, he comaundide to hise twelue dis-
ciplis, and passide fro thennus to teche
and preche in the citees of hem. But 2
whanne Joon in boondis hadde herd the
werkis of Crist, he sente w tweyne x of
hise disciplis, and seide to him, 'Arts
thouy he that schal come, or we abiden
another ? And Jhesus answeride, and 4
4 But ur sec. m. n that GMQSVXY. T for vr sec. m. " come u passim. * the erthe urpr. m. w.
Om. our sec. m. x. in to the citee v pr. m. w. z For our sec. m. a her PQ. b Om. opqur sec. m. x.
c Om. v. d Om. x. e ether r sec. m. f me wrthi x. S ether our sec. m. h Om. x. ' sueth not u.
k Om. our sec. m. 1 lif for me Q. m lijf our sec. m. B that is, his lijf GMPY. Om. our sec. m. x.
0 Om. our. p resseyue w. s Om. x. r resseyue w. " was Aoour sec. m. s Om. osur sec. m. x.
' teche and preche punv. « tweyne jNoqvrw. two GPMSXY. v and thei seiden o. w Om. ovrsec.m.
* come GNPQSXY. y ether our sec. m. * Om. r sec. m. » byde o. abiden wee ur sec. m.
P Om. c. q the c. r aren s. T Om. Q. s of Q. ss more than c.
v he schal i. « sente to s pr. m. * two Qe. 7 Artou s.
* Om. c. u And he KS.
XI. 5 — 1
MATTHEW.
27
hem, 3ee goynge telleb a3ein to Joon thec
thingis thatd je ban herde and seen.
aBlynde men seen, crokid men wandren6,
mesels ben maad clene, deef men heeren,
dead men risen a}ein, pore men ben 'taken
to prechynge off the gospel, or ben? ^maad
6 keepers of the gospel**. And he is blessid,
7 that shal nat be sclaundrid in me. Sothely
hem1 goynge awey, Jhesus biganne fork to
seye of Joon to the cumpanyes, What
thing wenten je out for1 to see inm de-
sert n ? whether a reede wawid0 withP
s wynd ? But what thing wente 36 out 1
forr to seen ? whether a man clothid3 with
soft thingis* ? Loo ! thei that ben clothid"
with softe thingis ben in housisv of kyngis.
9 But what thing wenten 30 out forw to se ?
whether a prophete ? %e, I seie to 3ou,
10 and more than a prophete. For this is he,
of whom it is writyn, Loo ! I sende myne
aungel before thi face, thatx shal make
1 1 redy thi wey bifore thee. Trewly I say
to 3ou, 'ther roose noon more? than Joon
Baptist amonge childrenz of wommen ; for-
sothe he that is lessea in the kyngdam of
12 heuenes, is more than he. Sothely fro the
days of Joon Baptist til now the kyngdam
of heuenes suffreth strengtheb, 'or vio-
\3lencec, and violent men rauyshen it. For
alle prophetisd and6 the lawe tilf Joon Bap-
14 tist& prophecieden ; and 3if 36 wolen res-
io seyuen, he is Ely that is to cume1'. He that
ic hath eeris of heerynge, heere he'. But to
whom shal I gesse this generacioun lichyk?
It is lichik to children sittynge in cheep-
ynge1, thera whiche, cryinge to her peeris,
17 seien, We ban sungen to 3011, and 30 ban
nat lippid" ; we ban mourned to 3ou, and
i83e ban nat weilid. Sothely Joon cam nei-
ther etyinge ne° drynkynge, and thei seien,
seide 'to hemz, Go 36, and telle* a3en to
Joon tho thingis that 36 ban herd and
seyn. Blynde men seen, crokid men goon, 5
meselis ben maad clene, deefe men heren,
deed men rysen a3en, pore men ben takun
to 'prechyng ofb the gospel. And he is 6
blessid, that shal not be sclaundrid in
me. And whanne thei weren goon awei, 7
Jhesus bigan to seie of Joon to the pu-
ple, What thing wenten 36 out in to
desert toc se ? a reed wawed with thed
wynd ? Or what thing wenten 36 out toes
see ? a man clothid with softe clothis ?
Lo! thei that ben clothid with softe
clothis ben in thef housis of kyngis. But a
what thing wenten 36 out to se ? a pro-
phete ? 3he, Y seie to 3ou, and more
than a prophete. For this is he, ofio
whom it is writun, Lo ! Y sende myn
aungel bifor thi face, that shal make
redi thi weye bifor thee. Treuli Y seie 1 1
to 3ou3 ther roos noon more than Joon
Baptist among the children of wymmen;
but he that is lesse in the kyngdom of
heuenes, is more than he. And fro the 12
daies of Joon Baptist til now the kyng-
dom of heuenes suffrith violence, and
violent men rauyschen it. For alle pro- 13
phetis and the lawe 'til to» Joon pro-
phecieden ; and if 36 wolen resseyue, he u
is Elie that is to come. He that hath is
eris of heryng, here he. But to whom is
schal Y gesse this generacioun lijk ? It
is lijk to children sittynge inh chepyng,
that' crien to her peeris, and seien, Wei7
ban songun to 3ou, and 36 ban not daun-
sid ; we ban morned to 3ou, and 36 ban
not weilid. For Joon cam nether etynge is
ne drynkynge, and thei seien, He hath
a deuel. The sone of man cam etynge 19
b telleth XY. c tho AGMNopQsurwxv. d whiche ur sec. m. e gon ou. goon v sec. m. {Om.Gpr.m.
'g Om. ou. preched x. h Om. x. ' thei u. k Om. our sec. m. x. ' in to desert for ur sec. m.
into desert x. m in to G pr. m. o. Om. r sec. m. x. n Om. r sec. m. x. ° wayued o. P with the NOV.
q oute in to deserte o. r Om. x. » ciad x. t Cl00thingis rpr. m. u clad x. v the houses our.
w Om. x. * whiche our sec. m. y none roose gretter our sec. m. z the sones our sec. m. a the lesse
or sec. m. the leste u. b violence ou. c Om. GOU. d the profetis vw pr. m. e in o. f til to AG sec.m.
MNOSursec. m. w. g Om. our sec.m. h comynge our. ' Om r sec.m. k lyche GXY. lyke osur.
1 a chepynge GPXY. m Om. our sec. m. n lippid, or daunsid MP. daunsid Q. lopen s. lept x. ° nether
our sec. m.
2 Om. K. a telle je c. b preche c. the preching of s. c for to c. d Om. AQC. e for to c. f Om.
plures et a. g vnto i. til KO. h in the i. ' and c.
E 2
MATTHEW.
XI. 19 — 30.
19 He hath a deuelP. The sone of man came
etynge vand drynkyngei, and thei seyen,
Loo! a man deuourer, vor glotoun*, and8
drynker1 of wyn, and frend of puplicanys
and synful men. And wijsdam is iustified
29 of her" sonys. Thanne Jhesus began for" to
seie repreue to citees, in whiche ful manye
vertues of hym benv don, for thei diden
21 nat penaunce. Woo to thee ! Corozaym,
woo to thee ! Bethsaida ; for 3if thow ver-
tues that ben don in 3011 hadden ben don
in Tyre and Sydon, sum tyme thei hadden
22 don penaunce in haire and aschx. Netheles
I sayxx, it? shal be softer, or* ^lesse peyne*,
to Tyre and Sydon than to jou, in the day
23 of dome. And thou, Caphernaum, whe-
ther11 til in to heuen thou shalt be 'rerid
vpc ? Thou shalt go doun tild into helle.
For 3if the vertues that ben don in thee,
hadden be don in Sodom e, perauenture
thei 'shulden hanf dwellid til Vn to& this
24 day. Netheles Y saye to 3ou, for to the
lond of Sodom it shal be softer, 'or lesse
peyne*1, in the day of dome, than to thee.
2:> In Hhe ilk' tyme Jhesus answerynge saide,
I knowleche to thee, fadir, lord of heuen
and erthek, for thou hast hid these thingis
fro wijse men and -v ware, or slee^ men}, and
20 hast shewid hem to litil men™ ; so, fadir,
for whi" so it was 'plesynge tofore0 thee.
27 Alle thingis ben taken? to me of my fadir;
and no man knewei the sone, no but the
fadir, neither eny man knewer the fadir,
no but the sone, and to whom the sone
28 wolde8 shewe. Alle 36 that traueilen, and
ben chargid, corne1 to me, and I shal re-
29 freshe, W fulfille", 3ou. Take 36 my 3oc
vponv 3ou, and vlerne 3ew of me, for I am
mylde and meeke inx herte ; and 36 shulen
do fynde reste inv 30111-6 soulis. For my 300 is
'swete, orsofte1, and my charge Vli3t, oreisya.
and drynkynge, and thei seien, Lo ! a
man a' glotoun, and a drinkere of wijne,
and a freend of pupplicans and of syn-
ful men. And wisdom is iustified of her
sones. Thanne Jhesus bigan toJ seye2o
repreef to citees, in whiche ful manye
vertues of him weren doon, for thei diden
not penaunce. Wo to thee ! Corosaym, 21
woo to thee ! Bethsaida ; for if the ver-
tues that ben doon in 3ouk hadden be
doon in Tyre and Sidon, sumtyme thei
hadden don penaunce in heyre and aische.
Netheles Y seie to 3ou, it1 schal be lesse 22
peyne to Tire and Sidon in the dai
of doom, than to 3ou. And thou, Ca-23
farnaum, whethir thou schalt be arerid"1
vp in to heuenen? Thou shalt go doun in
to helle. For if the vertues that ben don in
thee, hadden be don in Sodom, perauen-
ture thei schulden haue dwellid vin tonn
this dai. Netheles Y seie to 3ou, that to 24
the lorid of Sodom0 it schal be vlesse peyne?
in the dai of doom, than to thee. In thilkei 25
tymer Jhesus answeride, and seide, Y
knowleche to thee, fadir, lord of heuene
and of erthe, for thou hast hid these
thingis fro wijse men, and redi, and hast
schewid8 hem to litle children ; so, fadir, 20
for so it was plesynge toforess thee. Alle 27
thingis ben 3ouune to me of my fadir ;
and no man knewe the sone, but the fa-
dir, nethir ony mail knewe the fadir,
but the sone, and to whom the sone
wolde schewe. Alle 36 that traueilen, and 28
ben chargid, come1 to me, and Y schal
fulfille 3ou. Take 36 rny 3ok on 3ou, and 23
lerne 36 of ine, for Y am mylde arid
meke in herte ; and 36 schulen fynde
reste to 3oure soulis. vFor my 3oku isao
softe, and my charge Ii3tv.
P feende ou. 1 Om. K. * Om. our sec. m. x. s Om. Q. * a drynker GMPX. tt ther K. u Om. ovr
sec.m. x. v weren our. wtheNOL7r. x askes yispr. m. aske s sec.m. xxseyKtoyowAiiNoursec.m. 7 hou
it rsec. m. z ether oferepass. rsec.m. Om.x. *esyer w. Om.x. b wher or. c raysed oursec. m. d Om. o.
e Sydon ou. f haden our sec. m. S in to AGMHourx. h Om. our sec. m. x. ' that our sec. m. k of erthe N.
1 prudent oursec. m. war, or worldly sli^e men P. war x. m children u. n Om. our sec.m. " pleesunt to ou.
plesaunt bifore v sec. m plesing bifor x. P 3euen our sec. m. 1 knowith opur sec.m. rknoweth our sec.m.
8 wile x. t cometh GMPWXY. u Om. our sec. m. x. T on ovr sec. m. x. w lernith GY. lereth x. * of
QW. y toAGUNopQSurwxY. z soft ovv sec. m. sweete x. a is eysi oursec. m. is li$t or esy Q. li}t x.
1 Om. EKR. j for to Q. k thei R. 1 that it c. m rerid R. areisid b. n heuenes I. nn til into Q.
0 men of Sodom c. P softer b. esier k. q that thilke h pr.m. that Hh sec.m. ik/3. r our Kgh. * jouun c.
6S bifore Q. l cometh i. D my 3. forsothe i. v is lijt EIKR.
XII. i — 14-
MATTHEW.
29
CAP. XII.
1 In that tyme Jhesusb wente by cornys
onc the sabot day ; forsothe his disciplis,
hungrynge, bigunnen to pluc eris of corn"1,
2 and toe ete. Sothely Pharisees seeynge,
seiden to hyin, Loo ! thi disciplis don thatf
thing that is nat leeful tos hem to1' do in
3 sabothis'. And he seide to hem, Whetherk
36 ban nat rad, what Dauith didde, when
he hungride, and thei that weren with
4 hym ? hou he entride in to the hous of God,
and1 ete loouis of proposicioun, ^orputtynge
forth™, the" whiche loouis0 was? nat leeful
to hym to eet, nether to hem that weren
5 with hym, no but to prestis only i ? 'Or
whether1" 36 ban nat rad in the lawe, for in
sabothis8 prestis in the temple defoulen the
sabothis, and thei ben with outen grete
e synne* ? Sothely" Y saye to 3ou, for thisv
7 is more than the temple. Forsothe 3if 30
wisten, what it is, I wole"' mercy, and nat
sacrifice, 36 shulden x neuer ban ? con-
8 dempnyd innocentis. Trewly z mannys
ssone is, V3he, lord" of the sabot. And
whenne he passide thennusb, he came in to
10 the synagoge of hem! And loo! a man
hauynge a drye bond. And thei axiden
hym, sayinge , 3ifcc it isd leeful toe heele
in the sabot ? that thei shulden acuse
11 hym. Sothely he seide to hem, Who shal
be a man of jou, that hath oo sheep, and
3if itf shal falle douns in to a dike1' in the
sabotis, whether1 he shal nat holde, and
12 lift it vp ? Hou moche more vis a mank
betre than a sheep ? 'And so1 it is leeful to
is do good in the sabot. Thanne he seide to
the man, Strecche forth thin bond. And
he strei3te forth ; and it ism restorid vto
Mhelthe" as the" tother?. Forsothe Phari-
CAP. XII.
In that tyme Jhesus wente bi comes i
in the sabot day ; and hise disciplis hun-
griden, and bigunnen to plucke thew eris
of corn, and to ete. And Fariseis*, se-2
ynge, seiden to hym, Lo ! thi disciplis
don that thing that is not leueful to hem
to do in sabatis. And he seide to hem, 3
Whether? 36 han not red, what Dauid
dide, whanrie he hungride, and thei that
weren with hym? hou he entride in to the 4
hous of God, and eet looues of proposi-
cioun, whichez looues it was not leueful
to hym to ete, nether to hem that weren
with hym, but to prestis aloone ? Or a
whether" 36 han not red in the lawe, that
in sabotisb prestis in the temple defoulen0
the sabotis, and thei ben with oute blame?
And Y seie to 3ou, that here is ad grettere
than the temple. And if 36 wisten, what?
it is, Y wole merci, and not sacrifice, 36
schulden neuer haue condempned inno-
centis. For manmis Sone is lord, 3he, of «
the sabat. And whanne he passide fro 9
thennus, he cam in to the synagoge of
hem. And lo ! a man that hadde a drye 10
hoond. And thei axideri hym, and seiden,
Whether6 it be leueful to hele in the
sabot? that thei schulden f acuse hym.
And he seide to hem, What man of 301111
schal* be, that hath o'1 scheep, and if it
falle in to a1 diche in the sabotis, whe-
ther1' he shal not holde, and lifte it vp?
How myche more is a man better than a 12
scheep ? Therfor it is leueful to do good
in the1 sabatis. Thanne he seide to the is
man, Stretche forth thin hoond. And he
straivjte forth ; and it was restorid to
heelthe as the tothir"1. And the Farisees 14
>> that Jhesus o. c in ovv sec. m. d the corne u. e for to ou. { this Novrsec. m. B Om. w pr. m.
h for to AGXPW sec. m. ' the sabbates ovv sec. m. k Wher or sec. m. w. 1 hou he N. m Om. ox. ether
seltyngeforthvrsec.ru. n Om. ovr sec. m. o Om. osur sec. m. x. P it was AG sec. m. MNOsur.
1 alloone our sec. m. r Ether whar our sec. m. s the sabbates o. * grime or synne r pr. m. " For-
sothe o. " heer OQsec. m. ursec. m. w sec. m. w will o. wile x. * haden ovr sec. m. y Om. our sec. m.
z Forsothe our sec. m. a lord also N. lorde, 3ee our sec. m. w. b fro thens our sec. m. c and seiden our
.lec.m. cc Wher or sec. m. Whether u. d be Q. e for to our sec. m. f this o. S Om. our sec. m.
h diche OPQSWX. ' wher ovw.
0 that ow. P othir wx.
a. man is ur sec. m. ' Also o. m was ou. n Om. or sec. m. v pr. m.
w Om. KQseghi. * the Farisees Eika. y Wher e. z the whiche i. a wher e.
e defouliden b. d Om. CR pr. m. b. e Wher plures. f wolden i. S schal ther i.
^ wher plures. l Om. CEghi. m oother i.
b the sabotis CQe.
h a EIC. ' the c.
30
MATTHEW.
xii. 15—29-
seesi goynge out, maden a counsel a3eins
is hym, hou thei shulden leese hym. Sothely
Jhesus witynge, wente awey thennesr; and
many sueden hym, and he helide hem
icalle. And he comaundide to hem, that
thei shulden nat make hym vopyn, or
n knotven* ; that that1 thing shulde be ful-
filled", that was said by Ysay, the pro-
is phete, seyinge, Loo! my chosen v child,
Vhom I haue chosen, my derlyngw, in
whom it hath wel plesid to my soule; I
shal putte my spirit on hym, and he shal
19 telle dome to heithen men. He shal nat
stryue, vne crye*, nether eny man shal here
20 his voice in stretis. He shal nat breke to
gidre a schaken? reed, and he shal nat
quenche smokynge flax, til thatz he cast
21 out dome to victorie ; and hethen men
22 shulen hope in his name. Thanne a blynd
man and* doumb, hauynge a deuelb, was
offrid vpc to hym ; and he helide hym, so
23 that he spac, and sayd. And alle thee
cumpanyes wondreden, and saiden, Wherf
24 this bes the sone of Dauith? But the
Pharisees, heryngeh, seiden, He1 this cast-
ith notj out feendis, no but in Belzabub,
25 prince of fendisk. Sothely Jhesus, witynge
her thou3tis, seide to hem, Eche kyngdam
departid a3eins vhym self1, shal be deso-
latm, W discounfortid", and eche citee, or0
hous, departid a3eins it? self, shal nat
2fistonde. And 3if Sathanas castithi out Sa-
thanas, he is departid a3eins hym self;
therfore hou shal his kyngdam stonde ?
27 And 3if I in Belzabub cast out deuelisr, in
whom, W whos mi^ts, 3oure sonys casten
out ? Therfore thei shulen ben 3oure
•2sdomys men. Forsothe 3if I in the Spirit
of God caste out fendis, therfore l the
kyngdam of God is cummen in to 3ou, xor
29 amonge 30^". Etherv hou may eny man
wenten out, and maden a counsel a3ens
hym, hou thei schulden distrie hym.
And Jhesus knewe it, and wente awei v>
fro thennus; and many sueden hym, and
he helide hem alle. And he comaundide ie
to hem, that thei schulden not make hym
knowun ; that that thing were fulfillid, 17
that was seid by Isaie, the prophete, sei-
ynge, Lo ! my child, whom Y haue is
chosun, my derling, in whom it hath wel
plesid to my soule ; Y shal put my spirit
on him, and he shal telle dom to hethen
men. He shal not stryue, ne crye, nethir 19
ony man shal here his voice in stretis. A 20
brisid rehed he shal not breke, and he
schal not quenche smokynge flax, til he
caste out doom to victorie; and hethene2i
men schulen hope in his name. Thanne 22
a man blynde and doumbe, that hadde a
feend, was brou3t to hym ; and he helide
hym, so that he spak, and say. And al23
the puple wondride, and seide, Whether"
this be the sone of Dauid ? But the Fa- 24
risees herden, and seiden, He this casteth
not out0 feendis, but in Belsabub, prince
of feendis. And Jhesus, witynge her 25
thou3tis, seide to hem, Eche kingdom
departid a3ens it silf, schal be desolatid00,
and eche cite, or hous, departid a3ens it
self, schal not stonde. And if Satanas26
castith out Satanas, he is departid a3ens
him silf; therfor hou schal his? kingdom
stonde ? And if Y in Belsabub caste out 27
deuelisi, in Vhom 3oure sones casten
ouf ? Therfor thei schulen be 3oure
domes men. But if Y in the8 Spirit of God 28
caste out feendis, thanne the kyngdom of
God is comen in to 3ou. Ethir hou may 29
ony man entre in to the hous of a stronge
man, and take awey hise vesselis, but Nhe
first1 bynde the stronge man, and thanne
1 the Pharysees GUW sec. m. r fro thennes ovv sec.m. s knowen our sec. in. open x. l the our
sec. m. u filled our sec.m. v Om. our sec. m. w sec. m. w Om. o. x nether crie our sec.m.
y schakid r. * Om. our sec. m. a and a u pr. m. b feende our sec. m. c Om. our sec. m. wpr. m.
d seije o. e Om. AK pr. m. MNOQsrw. { Whether sux. S is our sec. m. h this herynge o. ' Om. ou
v sec.m. j Om. K pr. m. k deuelis w. Ihysself^. hem silf N. hit silf our sec. m. it silf x. '"deso-
latid T. n Om. our sec. m. x. ° ether ur sec. m. p him Q. <1 caste GX. T fendes our sec. m. s or in
whose mi^t G sec. m. Om. our sec. m. x. l thanne u sec. m. u Om. our sec. m. x. v Othir GM.
n Wher cieb. ° Om. s. °° desolate K. P this AC. 1 fendis c. T whos myjt casten out joure
sones ia. s Om. c. * first he R.
XII. 3° — 4<-
MATTHEW.
31
entre in to the hous of a stronge man, and
take awey his vesselis, now butx first he shal
bynde the stronge man, and than he shal
so rauyshe his hous ? He that is nat with
me, is a3einus me ; and he that gadrith nat
si to gidre with me, scatrith abrood. Ther-
fore Y seye to 3011, al synne and blasfemye
shal be forjouen to men, but the ^spirit of
32blasfemyey shal nat be for3ouen. And who
euere shal seie a word a3eins mannys sone,
it shal be for3ouen to hym ; forsothe vhe
that2 shall seye a word a3eins the Holy
Goost, it shal nat be for3ouen to hym, ne-
ther in this world, ne a in vthe totherb.
33Etherc make 36 the tree good, and his
fruyt good ; etherd make 36 the tree yuel,
and his fruyt euyl ; forsothe a tree is
34 knowen of the6 fruyt. 3e generacioun of
eddris, howe mowe 36 speke good thingis,
when 30 ben yuel ? Sothely the mouth
spekith of thef grete plente? of theh herte.
35 A good man brengith forth good thingis
of good tresoure, and an yuel man bryng-
sc ith forth yuel thingis of yuel tresour. For-
sothe Y seie to 3ou, for whi' of eueryk ydel
word that men speken, thei shul 3elde re-
:*7soun therof in the day of dome ; for of thi
wordis1 thou shalt be Justified , and of thi
ss wordis thou shalt be dampnyd™. Thanne
sume of the scribes and n Pharisees an-
swereden to hym, seyinge °, Maistre, we
39 woldenP se a tokne of thee. Thei whiche
answerynge 'seith tor hem, An iuel genera-
cioun and auoutrere5 sekith a tokne, and
tokne1 shal nat be 3ouen to it, no but the
40 tokne of Jonas, the prophete. For as Jo-
nas wasu in the womb of a whall three
days and three ni3tis, so manrius sone shal
be in the herte of thev erthe three days
41 and three ni3tis. Men of Nynyue shal
ryse in domew with this generacioun, and
he schal spuyle his hous? He that is not so
with me, is a3ens me ; and he that ga-
derith not togidere with me, scaterith
abrood. Therfor I seie to 3ou, al synne si
and blasfemye shal be for3ouun to men,
but vthe spirit of blasfemye' shal not be
for3ouun. And who euere seith a word 32
a3ens mannus sone, it shal be for3ouun
to him ; but who that seieth a word a3ens
the Hooli Goost, it shal not be for3ouun
to hym, nether in this world, ne in Nthe
tothiru. Ethir make 36 the tree good, and 33
his fruyt good ; ether make 30 the tree
yuel and his fruyt yuel ; for a tree is
knowun of thev fruyt. 3e generaciounw 34
of eddris x, hou moun 36 speke goode
thingis, whanne 30 ben yuele ? For? the
mouth spekith of plentez of thea herte. A ss
good man bryngith forth good thingis
of good tresoure, and an yuel man bring-
ith forth yuel thingis of yuel tresoure.
And Y seie to 3011, that of euery idelse
word, that men speken, thei schulen 3elde
resoun therof in the dai of doom ; for of 37
thi wordis thou schalt be Justified, and
of thi wordis thou shalt be dampned.
Thanne summe of the scribis andb Fari-38
seesc answeriden tod hym, and seiden,
Mayster, we wolen se a tokne of thee.
Which6 answeride, and seide to hem, An so
yuel kynrede and a spouse brekere sekith
a tokene, and a tokene shal not be 3ouun
to it, butf the tokene of Jonas, the pro-
phete. For as Jonas was in the worn be 40
of a whal thre daies and thre ny3tis, so
mannus sone shal be in the herte of the^
erthe thre daies and thre ny3tis. Men-ii
of Nynyue schulen rise in doom with this
generacioun, and schulen1' condempne it ;
for thei diden penaunce in the prechyng
of Jonas, and lo ! here a1 gretter than
w not o. Om. x. * hut if x. J blasphemy of the Spirite ovy sec. m. w sup. ras. * if a man our.
a nether or sec. m. b that othir GW. the other x. c Or x. d or x. e his o. f Om. w pr. m.
S habundaunce our sec. m. h Om. r. * Om. our sec. m. k yche our sec. m. x. 1 word G. m con-
dempned o. n and of the N. ° and seiden our sec. m. P wil o. wolen w. wiln x. 1 Om. our sec. m.
T seide vn to o. seide to vv sec. m. s auoutresse ouvw sec. m. * a token oqurw sec. m. u Om. G pr. m.
T Om. v sec. m. x. w the dome or sec. m.
1 blasfemye of the spirit Qe. u that othir CIQ. v his e. w generaciouns A sec. m. Rk£. * neddris P.
addris Q. "y Forsothe /. z the plente CQC pr. m. egi£. a Om. I. b and of s. c the Farisees CEQS.
d Om. s. e The whiche i. { uo but ek pr. m. e Om. c. h thei schul i. > Om.' A. is a c.
32
MATTHEW.
XII. 42 — XIII. 3.
shulenx condempne it ; for thei diden pe-
riaunce in the prechynge of Jonas, and
42 loo ! here is^ more than Jonas. The queen
of the south shal ryse in dome2 with this
generation, and shal condempne it ; for
she came fro the eendis of the" erthe, forb
to here the wisdam of Salomon, arid loo !
4sheere is more than Salomon. Forsothe
whan an vnclene spirit 'shal goc out fro a
man, he goth by drye places, seekynge
44reste, and he fyndyth natd. Thanne he
saith, I shal turne a3ein in to my hous, fro
whennys Y camee out. And he curnmynge
fyndith it voide, clensid with bismes, and
4,-> maad faire. Thanne he goth, and takith
seuen other spiritis with hym, worse than
hym self; and thei entrynge yn' dwellen
there. And the last thingis of that man
ben maad worse than the former. So it
shal be and& to this worst generacioun.
46 3it hym spekynge to the cumpanyes vof
pepleh, loo ! his modir and his bretheren
stoden' with outeforth, seekyng fork to
47speke to1 hym. Sothely sum man saide to
hym, Loo ! thi modir and thi brethren
48 stonden with outforth, seekynge thee. And
hem, answerynge to the man seiynge to
hym, seith", Who is my modir? and who
49 ben my brethren ? And he holdynge forth
his hond in to his disciples, seide, Loo !
oomy modir and my bretheren; vtreuly who-
euer° doth the wil of my fadir that is in
heuenes, he Ms my brother, susterP, and
modir.
CAP. XIII.
1 In that day Jhesus goynge out of the
2 hous, sat besidis the see. And manye
cumpanyes vof peplei benr gedrid to hym,
so that he steyinge vps in to a boot sat ;
and al the cumpanye stode in the brynke.
3 And he spak to hem many thingis in pa-
rablis, seiynge, Loo ! he that sowith, goth1
Jonas. The queene of the south shal rise 42
in doom with this generacioun, and schal
condempne it ; for she cam fro the eendis
of the™ erthe to here the wisdom of Sa-
lomon, and lo ! here a gretter than Salo-
mon. Whanne an vnclene spirit goith"43
out fro a man, he goith bi drie places,
'and sekith0 rest, arid fyndith not. Thanne 44
he seith, Y shal turne a3en in to myn
hous, fro whannys Y wente out. And he
cometh, and fyndith it voide, and clensid
with besyms, and maad faire. Thanne 45
he goith, and takith with him seuene
othere spiritis? worse than hym silf ; and
thei entren, and dwellen there. And the
laste thingis of that man ben maad worse
than the formere. So it shal be to this
worste generacioun. 3it whil he spak to *6
the puple, lo ! his modir and his brethe-
ren stoden 1 with outeforth, sekynge to
speke to r hym. And a man seide to <7
hym, Lo ! thi modir and thi britheren
stonden with outeforth, sekynge thee. -
He6 answeride to the man, that spak to4«
hym, and seide, Who is my modir ? and
who ben my britheren ? And he helde 49
forth his hoond in to hise disciplis, and
seide, Lo ! my modir and my bretheren ;
for who euer doith the wille of my fadir 50
that is in heuenes, he is my brothir, and
sistir, and modir.
CAP. XIII.
In that dai Jhesus jede out of the i
hous, and sat bisidis the see. And myche2
puple was gaderid to hym, so that he
wente up in to a boot, and sat ; and al
the puple stood on the brenke. And he 3
spac to hem many thingis in parablis,
and seide, Lo ! he that sowith, 3ede* out
* thei slmlen K sec. m. y Om. G pr. m. QX. z the dome or sec. m. a Om. o. b Om. x. c is goon o.
hath gon ww sec. m. d noon N. e went our. { in N. Om. our sec. m. S alsso or sec. m. h of the
peple G. Om. our sec. m. ' stonden p. k Om. our sec. m. x. ' wit o. with x. m Oui. x. ° "-i<1o
our sec. m. he seith x. ° whoeuere truly G. P and sister Atifipr pr. m. w. 1 Om. vr sec. m. r
ovvwsec. m. s Om. ursec. m. t -ede ourwsec. m.
0 seide
weren
'" Om. K pr. m. n hath goon s sup. ras. ° sekinge K. P Om. e. 1 stonden cc.
ika,3. s And he QS sup. ras. ' wente K.
with EIQ sec. m. a
XIII. 4 — 1 6-
MATTHEW.
33
4 out to sowe his seed. And the while he
soweth, sum felden" byside the weye, and
briddis of the eyre camen, and eeten hem.
sSothely other seedisv felden into stoony
placis, wher thei hadden nat moche erthe ;
and anoon thei benw sprungen vp, forx thei
fihadde nat depnesse of erthe. Sothely the
sunne sprung vp, thei swalideny, 'or bren-
den for hetez, and for thei hadden nata
7 roote, thei drieden vp. Forsothe other
seedis* felden amonge thornis ; and thec
thornis wexend vp, and strangliden hem.
n But other seedis* felden in to good lond,
and 3auen fruyt ; sume an hundred foldf,
'another^ sexti fold, another11 thritti fold.
9 He that hath eris of heerynge, heere he'.
10 And disciplisk "cummynge to1 seiden to
hym, Whi spekist thou in parablis to
11 hem ? The'" whiche answerynge seith" to"
hem, For to 3ou it is 3ouen for? to knowe
thei mysterier, W priuyte*, of the kyng-
dam of heuenes ; but it is nat 3ouen to hem.
12 For it shal be 3ouen to hym that hath, and
he shal have plentee ; trewly Vho that4
hathu nat, thatv thing that he vis seenw 'to
13 hauex shal be taken awey fro hym. Therfore
I speke to hem in parablis, for thei seeynge
see nat, and thei heerynge heeren nat, nether
14 vndirstonden ; that the prophecie of Ysay
seiynge^ be fulfillidz in hema, With heer-
ynge 36 shulen heere, and 3ee shulen nat
vnderstonde ; and 3ee seeynge shulen see,
is and 366 shulen nat see; for the herte of
this peple is enfattidb, andc thei herden
greuously with eris, and thei ban closid
her ee3en, that1 sum tyme thei see with
ee3en, and with eris heeren, and vndir-
stonden in herte, and thei ben \o gidre
16 turned6, and I heele hem. Forsothe
3oure ee3en that seen ben blessid, and
to sowe his seed. And while he sowith,4
summe seedis felden bisidis the weie, and
briddis of the eir camen, and eeten hem".
But -othere seedis felden in to stony 6
places, where thei hadden not myche
erthe ; and anoon thei sprongen vp, for
thei hadden not depnesse of erthev. But«
whanne the sonne was risun, thei swa-
liden, and for thei hadden not roote, thei
drieden vp. And other seedis felden?
among thornes ; and thornesw woxenx vp,
and strangeleden hem. But othere seedis n
felden in to good lond, and 3auen fruyt ;
summe an hundrid foold, an othir sixti
foold, an othir thritti foold. He that hath 9
eris of heryng, here he. And the disci- 10
plis camen ny3, and seiden to him, Whi
spekist thou in parablis to hem ? And he 11
answeride, and seide to hem, 'For to 3ou>"
it is 3ouun to knowe the priuytees of the
kyngdom of heuenes ; but it is not 3ouun
to hem. For it shal be 3ouun to hym that 12
hath, and he shal haue plente ; but if a
man hath not, also that thing that he
hath shal be takun awei fro hym. Ther-i3
for Y speke to hem in parablis, for thei
seynge seen not, and thei herynge heren
not, nether vndurstonden ; that the pro-u
phesie of Ysaie 'seiynge be fulfillid2 vin
hema, Withb heryng 36 schulen here, and
36 shulen not vndurstonde ; and 36 seynge
schulen se, and 36 shulen not se ; for the is
herte of this puple is greetli fattid, and
thei herden heuyli with eeris, and thei
han closed her i3en, lest sumtime thei
seen with i3en, and with eeris heeren,
and vndirstonden in herte, and theic be
conuertid, and Y heele hem. But 3oure IB
i3en that seen ben blesside, and 3oure
eeris that heren. Forsothe Y seie to 17
u felle o. fellen x. v Om. our sec. m. wsec. m. x. w Om. our. x Om. w. y welowiden u. z Om.
our sec. m. x. a none o. b Om. oux. c Om. our sec. m. w pr. m. d wexeden o. e Om. oux. f fold
fruyt r sec. m. ? and other K. and an other p. other x. h and othir G. and an other P. ' Om. ou
v pr. m. k the disciples o. 1 nei3ynge our sec. m. m Om. our sec. m. n seide our sec. m. ° vnto o.
P Om. ur sec. m. x. lOm.o. r misteries ou. * Om. oux. or priuytees vw sec. m. t if a man our sec. m.
11 haue 017. v also that our tr sec. m. w semeth ou pr. m. r. Om. t; sec. m. x hath u sec. m. y Om. ou
r tec. m. z rilled our sec. m. » hym N. hem, that seieth our sec. m. b gretly made fatt our sec. m.
c Om. r. d lest oQsec. m. ur. that not x. e conuerted our sec. m. conuertid, eithere togidere turned
r pr. m.
u tho i. v grond s. w the thornes i. * wexiden EiKpRhik. y To 3ou forsothe i. z be fulf. seiynge la.
a Om. ia. b that seith, With s sup. ras. c Om. Q pr. m.
VOL. IV. F
34
MATTHEW.
XIII. 17 — 27.
i73oure eris that heeren. Forsothe I saye
trewthef to 3011?, for many prophetis and
iuste men coueitidenh to see thoo thingus
that 366 seen, and thei saien nat, and to'
heeren thook thingis that 366 heeren, and
iitthei herden nat. Therfore heere 36 the
19 parable of the vsowynge man1. Eche that
heerith the word of rewmem, and vndir-
stondithn nat, the yuel spirit cometh, and
rauyschith that" that is sowyn in hisP
herte ; this is that ' is sowen besidis the
20 weye. Sothely1" he that is sowen on the
stoon8, 'this it is*, that heerith the word of
21 God, and anoon with ioye takith it. For-
sothe'1 he hath natv roote in hym self, but
it"' is temporal ; ^that is, it* lastith hot? a
litiltyme*. Forsothea tribulacioun and per-
secucioune maadb for the word, anoon he
22 is sclaundrid. Botc he that is sowen in
thornys, is this that herith the word, and
the bysynesse of this world, and the fals-
nessisd of ritchessis stranglithe the word,
23 and it is maad with outen fruyt. Bot he
that is sowen in tof good lond, is this that
herith the word, and vndirstondith", and
bryngthe forth fruyt. And sothely sume
makith an hundrefold, treuly another six-
24tyfold, forsothe another thrittifold. An-
other1' parable Jhesus putte5 forth vto hemk,
seyinge, The kyngdam of heuenes is maad
liche1 to a man, that sewm good seed in his
2sfeeld. But", when men slepten, his enmye
came, and sew0 aboue dernelP, vor cokil \
in ther midil8 of whete*, and wente awey.
2« Sothely when the herbe hadde growid",
and maadv fruyt, thanne the dernelw, W
W co&il*, apperiden. Forsothe the seruauntis
of the husbondernan vcomynge ^3^, vseiden
3ou, that manye profetis and iust men
coueitiden0 to se tho thingis that 36 seen,
and . thei sayn not, and to heere tho
thingis that 36 heren, and thei herden
not. Therfor here 36 the parable of the i»
sowere. Echd that herith the word ofi'J
the rewme, and vndirstondith not, the
yuel spirit cometh, and rauyschith that
that is sowun in his herte ; this it is,
that is sowun bisidis6 the weie. But this 20
tfiat is sowun on thef stony loond, this it
is, that herith the word of God, and anoon
with ioye takith it. And he hath not 21
roote in hyrn silf, but isff temporal. For
whanne tribulacioun and persecucioun is
maad for the word, anoon he is sclaun-
drid. But he that is sowun in thornes, 22
is thiss that heerith the word, and the1'
bisynesse' of thisk world, and the fallace
of ritchessis strangulith the word, and
it is maad with outen fruyt. But he 23
that is sowun in to good loond, is this
that herith the word, and vnderstondeth,
and bryngith forth fruyt. And summe
makith an hundrid fold, treuli anothir
sixti fold, and another thritti fold. An- 24
othir1 parable Jhesus puttide"1 forth to
hem, and seide, The kyngdom of heuenes
is maad lijk to a man, that sewe good
seed in his feld. And whanne men slepten, 2.%
his enemy cam, and sewe aboue taris in
the rnyddil of whete, and wente awei.
But whanne the erbe was growed", and 26
made fruyt, thanne the taris apperiden.
And the seruauntis of the hosebonde27
man camen, and seiden to hym, Lord,
whether6 hast thou not sowun good seed
in thi feeld ? where of thanne hath it
f Om. G. trewly o. g 3011 truthe G. h coueiten u. ' for to our sec. m. k the p. ' sower our sec. m.
sowende x. m the rewme PVX. n vnderstant x. ° this our sec. m. P Om. N. q he that our sec. m.
r Forsothe our sec. m. s in the stony londe o. in stony lond u. on the stoony londe v. * is this our
sec.m. u For G pr. m. x. v no P. w he our sec. m. Om. x. x that is, OQSU. J no but AV pr.m. Y pr.m.
nat but K pr.m. MNPQSTY sec. m. Om. our sec. m. z Gloss om. in x. a Forsothe while our sec. m. b is
maade our sec. m. c For u. d falsnesse AMNOPSTU pr. m. rwxv. fallase u sec. m. e stranglen A'.
f Om. o. g vnderstant x. h Thenne anothir G. ' puttide r sec. m. k Om. w pr. m. 1 lichi A/IF, licchi
N. lichy p. m hath sowe our sec. m. seeujh x. n Forsothe ourw sec. m. ° segh x. Ptarys^i. dernales
our. cockil x. 1 Om.^o. either cockil u. either cockles r sec.m. or cockils w sec. m. r Om. o, s mydde
o. myddis ur. ' the whete x. u growen x. v nad made ou. w tares A. dernelis GMOPSVVWY. cock-
elis x. x Om. Aosursec. m. x. or coklis GMNPV pr. m. trv. J neijinge our sec.m.
c coueitinge s. d Ech man Q. « be siden s. { Om. R sec. m. ff it is R pr. m. e Om. s. h Orn. c.
1 bisinessis c. k the A. pr.m. ' And anothir c. m putte ia. n growen KRUcghi^. ° wher c el alii passim.
XIII. 28 — 36-
MATTHEW.
35
to hym7, Lord, whera thou hast nat sowen
good seed in thi feeld ? wher of thanb hath
28 it dernele, W coMfc? Arid he seithd to
hem, The man enmye hath don this thing.
Trewly the seruauntis seiden to him, Wolt
2!i thou wee go, and gedren hem? And he
saithf, Nay, lest perauenture 36 gedrynge
dernelss, vor coclis^, draw vp by the roote
sotogidre' with hem andk the whete. Suffre
36 xhem bothe1 wexem til to rype" corne ;
and in tyine0 of rypeP corn I shal seie to
reperis*!, First gedre 366 vto gedrer dernels8,
W cockili.^, and byndethu hem to gidre in
knytchisv, W smale bundelis™, for" to be
brent, but gedere 30 whete^ in to my berne.
si An other parable Jhesusz puttea forth to
hem, seiynge, The kyngdam of heuenes is
like to a corn of seneuey, theb whiche a
3-2 man takyngec sewe in his feeld. The1
whiche trewly6 is leestf of alle seedis, but
when it hath wexen, it is most& of alle
wortis, and is1' maad a tree; so that
briddis1 of the eyre cummen, and dwellen
33 in vbowis, or brau)tchisk, therof. An1
other parable ^Jhesus spac™ to hem, The
kyngdam of heuenes is lie to soure dow3,
the" whiche taken, a wornman hidde0 in
three mesuris of rneele, til it were al sowr-
:«dowid. Jhesus spac alle these thingis in
parablis to the cumpanyes vof pepleP, and
he spac nat to hem with outen parablis,
35 that iti shulde. be fulfillidr, 'that thing that9
is seid by the prophete, seyinge, I shal
opyn my mouth in parablis ; I shal vbolke
out, or telle oute1, 'hid thingus" fro rnak-
3f;yngv of the world. Thanne the cumpa-
taris ? And he seide to hem, An enemy 20
hath do this thing. And the seruauntis
seiden to him/Wolt thou? thati we goon,
and gaderen hem ? And he seide, Nay, 20
lest perauenture 30 in gaderynge taris
drawen vp with hem the whete bi the
roote. Suffre 36 hem bothe tor wexe in :«o
to repyng tyme; and in the8 tyme of ripe1
corne Y shal seie to the reperis, First ga-
dere 36 to gidere the taris, and bynde hem
to gidere in knytchis to be brent, but
gadere 36 whete" in to my berne. An- si
otherv parable Jhesus puttidew forth to
hem, and seide, The kyngdom of heuenes
is lijk to a corn of seneuey, which a man
took, and sewe in his feeld. Which is 32
thex leeste of alle seedis, but whanne it
hath y woxen, it'? is thez moste of alle
wortis, and is maad a tre; so that briddis
of the eir comen, and dwellen in the
bowis therof. Another parable Jhesus m
spac to hern, The kyngdom of heuenes is
lijk to sour dou3, which a a womman
took, and hidde in thre mesuris of mele,
til it were alle sowrid. Jhesus spac alle 34
thes thingis in parablis to the puple, and
he spac not to hem with out parablis,
that it schulde be fulfillid, that is seid bi 35
the prophete, seiynge, Y shal opene my
mouth in parablis ; Y shal telle out hid
thingis fro the makyng of the world.
Thanne he lefte the puple, and cam in 36
to an hous ; and hise disciplis camen to
him, and seiden, Expowne to vs the pa-
rable of b taris of the feeld. Which0 an- 3?
sweride, and seide, He that sowith good
z to hym, seiden A-. a whether G et s passim vx passim. b therfore our sec. m. c tares A. der-
neles our fee. m. cockil QX. cc Om. AOQSUV sec. m. x. d seide ovv sec. m. e that we u. f seide ou
rsec.m. S tarys A. darnel N. darnailes o. the darnels ur. cockelis x. h or cockil NQ. Om. osvy sec. m. x.
' Om. our sec. m. k also our sec. m. l euer either our sec. m. m to wexen sx. " the rype our.
0 the tyme our. P the ripe o. Q the reperes o. r Om. our sec. m. 9 tares A. derneiles o. the dar-
nels ur. cockelis Jr. * Om. our sec. m. x. u bynd x. bynde je os. v birthens our sec. m. knycchyns w.
w Om. Aosursec. m. x. * Om. x. y the whete MOV. z he our sec. m. a puttide ur sec. m.
b Om. our sec. m. c taken N. d Om. our sec. m. e sothely pur. f the leest our. S the moost ou.
h it is ur sec. m. * the breddes o. k the braunches oir. braunchis r sec. m. the bowis x. ' And he
spake an o. He spake an ur sec. m. m Om. our sec. m. n Om. ur sec. m. ° hidith N. P Om. our
tec.m. of the pe'ple w. q the thenge our sec. m. Om. w sec. m. x. r filled our sec. m. s whiche our
sec. m. * telle out Hour sec. m. bowen out, or tellen x. u thingis 'hid G. T the makynge our sec. m. x.
P Woltow e. 1 Om. alii et o/3. ' Om. celeri et aft. s Om. IRSO^. * the ripe hi. » the wheete KRX
sec. m. ft. v And anothir c. w putte Eio/3. "Om. c. Twasc. TSOm.Qpr.m. zQm. c. a the whiche I.
b of the ce. c The whiche i.
r 2
36
MATTHEW.
XIII. 37—49.
nyesw laft, he came into an hous ; and his
disciplis camen ni3 to hym, seiynge, Ex-
pounex to vs the parable? of dernelisz, vor
37 cokelis*, of the feeld. Theb whiche an-
swerynge saith17, He that sowith good seed
38 is marines sone ; sothely the feld is the
world ; hot the good seed, these ben sonysd
of the kyngdam6, dernelsf, W cocklis*,
39 forsotheh these1 ben vyuel sonysk ; but the
enmye that soweth hem is the feend1 ; but"1
the" ripe corn is the eendyng of the world,
40 sothely0 the repers ben angelis. Therfore
as dernelsP ben gedrid to gidre, and brenf
in fijrr, so it shal be in the8 eendyng of the
41 world. Mannes sone shal sende his an-
gels, and thei shulden gedre of his rewme
alle sclaundris, and hem that don wickid-
42 nesse ; and thei shulen sende hem into the
chymney of fijr, there shal be weepynge
43 and betynge togidre of teeth. Thanne
iust men shulen shyine as the sunne, in the
rewme of her fadir. He that hath eris of
44 heerynge, heere he*. The kyngdame of
heuenes is lijk to tresour" hid in av feeld,
thew whiche a man that fyndith, hidith ;
and for ioye vof itx he goth, and sellith
alle thingis that he hath, and bieth "the ilk^
45 feeld. Eftsonesz the kyngdam of heuenes
is lie to a man marchaunt, seekyng good
40 margarytis3 ; sothely oo preciouse marga-
rite b founden, he wente, and solde alle
47 thingis that he hadde,and bou3te it. Eft
the kingdarn of heuenes is lie to a nette
sent in to the see, and of alle kynd of fishis
4« gedrynge : the0 whiche whan it was ful-
fillid'1, men ledynge out, and sittynge by-
sidis the brynked(1, cheesiden6 the good into
her vessels, but thei sentenf out the yuel.
49 So it shal be in the& eending of the world.
seed is mannus sone ; the feeld is the 38
world ; but the good seed, these <l ben
sones6 of the kyngdom, but taris, thesef
ben yuele children; the enemye that 39
sowith hem is the feend ; and the ripe
corn is the endyng of the world, the re-
peris ben aungels. Therfor as taris ben4o
gaderid togidere, and ben brent in fier,
so it shal be in the endyng of the world.
Mannus sone shal sende hise aungels, 41
and thei schulen gadereff fro his rewme
alle sclaundris?, and hem that doon wick-
idnesse ; and thei schulen sende hem in 42
to the chymney of fier, there shal be
weping and betyng to gidere of teeth.
Thanne iuste men schulen schyne as the 43
sunne, in the rewme of her fadir. He
that hath eeris of heryng, here he. The 44
kyngdom of heuenes is lijk to tresour
hid in a feld, whichh a man that fyndith,
hidith ; and for ioye~ of it he goith, and
sillith alle thingis that he hath, and bieth
thilk feeld. Eftsoone the kyngdom of 45
heuenes is lijk to a marchaunt, that sech-
ith good margaritis ; but whanne he hath 46
founduu o precious margarite, he wente,
and selde alle thingis that he hadde, and
bou3te it. Eft' the kyngdom of heuenes 47
is lijk toJ a nette cast into the see, and
that gaderith to gidere of al kyndek of
fisschis ; which1 whanne it was ful, thei 48
drowen"1 vp, and seten bi the brenke, and
chesen" the goode in to her vessels, but
the yuel thei kesten0 out. So it schal be 49
in the endyng P of the world. Aungels
schulen go out, and schulen^ departe yuel
men fro the myddil of iuste men. Andao
thei shulen sende hem in to the chymnei
of fier ; ther shal be weping and grynt-
w cotnpanyes of peple w pr. m. * Expowne them N. y parablis N. z tares A. the darnelis s. the
cockils wx. a Om. Aosursec. m. x. or darnels w. b Om. ovv sec. m. c seide our sec. m. d the sones
ovrsec.m.w. e rewme ovv sec. m. { tares A. forsothe darnailes our sec. m. cockelis x. g Om. AOSU
v sec. m. x. h Om. otiv sec. m. i Om. G pr. m, k sones of the wicked ou pr. m. v sec. m. wickyd sones
u sec. m. 1 deuel our sec. m. m sothely our sec. m. n Om. ur. o forsothe ovv sec. m. P tares A.
cockelis x. q ben brent ourw sec. m. r the fire N. s Om. GMPIVXY. * Om. ursec. m. u a treesour o.
T Om. G pr. m. the NU. w Om. ovv sec. m. * ther of ovv sec. m. y that x. that ylk Y. z Efte our
iec.m. a peerles our sec. m. b perle our sec. m. c Om. our sec. m. d fylled our sec. m. dd brynge K.
e chosen ux. I casten u sec, m. S Om. opr. m.
d Om. s sec. m. e the sones CQR pr. m. sei. { Om. K. ff gadere togidere ex sup. ras. S sclaun-
dreris CK. h the whiche I. l Eftsone c pr. m. K. J Om. Q. k kyndis c. ' the whiche I. m drowen
it b. n chesiden CKC. ° castiden Kg. p ende K. q thei schul ichia.
XIII. so XIV. 5.
MATTHEW.
37
Angelis shulen gon out, and'1 shulen1 de-
parte yuel men fro the mydilk of iuste
so men. And thei shulen sende1 hem into
the chymney of fijrm; there shal be weep-
»i ynge and betynge togidre of teeth. Han
3ee vnderstonden alle these thingis ? Thei
52seien to hym, 3he. He seith to hem,
Therfore euery" wryter0 tau3t in the kyng-
damP of heuenes, is lie to an husbonde
man, that bryngith forth of his tresour
ssnewe thingis and olde. And it is<i don,
whanne Jhesus hadde eendid these para-
54 bles, he passide fro thennis. And her,
cummynge in to his cuntree, tau3t hem in
her synagogis, so that thei wondriden, and
seiden, Wherof to hym this3 wisdam and
55 vertues ? Wher* is nat this the sone of a
'smyth, or carpenter* ? Wherv his modir
bew nat seid Marie? and his brethren,
Jamys, and Joseph, and Symount, and" Ju-
56 das? arid 'his sistris?, wherz thei 'alle ben
nata at vs ? Therfore wherof to hym alle
57 these thingis? And so thei weren sclaundrid
in hym. Forsothe Jhesus seide to hem, A
prophete is nat with outen wirshipeb, no
but in his ownec cuntree, and in his owned
sshous. And he dide nat there manye ver-
tues, for the vnbyleue of hem.
CAP. XIV.
i In that tymee Eroude 'tetrarcha, that
is1, prince of the fourthe part, herde the
^ fame of Jhesu ; and seide to his children,
This is Jon Baptist, heS hath risen fro
dead h, and therfore vertues worchen in
3 hym. Forsothe Eroude helde Joon, and
bounde hym, and putte' hirnk in to prisoun
4 for Erodias, the wif of his brother. For
Joon saide to hym, It is nat leful to thee
» for1 to haue hir. And he willynge™ to"
yng of teeth. Han 36 vndirstonde alle&i
these thingis ? Their seien" to hyrn, 3he.
He seith to hem, Therfor euery wise man 52
of lawe in the kyngdom of heuenes, is
lijk to an hosebonde man, that bryngith
forth of his tresoure newe thingis and
elde. And it was doon, whanne Jhesus 53
hadde endid these parablis, he passide fro
thennus. And he' cam in to his cuntrei, 54
and tau3te hem in her synagogis, so that
thei wondriden, and seiden, Fro whennus
this "wisdam and vertues camenau to
thisv? Whether 'is not thisw the soness
of a carpentere ? Whether his modir be
not seid Marie? and hise britheren, James,
and Joseph, andx Symount, and Judas ?
and hise sistris, whether thei alle ben notso
among us ? Fro whennus thanne valle
thes thingis^ camenz to this"? And SOST
thei weren sclaundrid in hym. But
Jhesus seide to hem, A profete is not
with oute worschip b, but in his owen
cuntre, and in his owen hous. And he as
dide not there manye vertues, for the vn-
bileue of hem.
CAP. XIV.
In that tyme Eroude tetrarke, prynce i
of the fourthe part, herde the fame of
Jhesu ; and seide to hise children, This 2
is Joon Baptist, be is rysun fro deeth,
and therfor vertues worchen in hym.
For Heroude hadde holde Joon, and 3
bounde hym, and puttidec hym 'in tod
prisoun for Herodias, the wijf of his
brothir. For Joon seide to him, It is not 4
leueful to thee to haue hir. And he 5
h and thei vr sec. m. ' Om. o. k myddes our. 1 caste u sec. m. m the fyr G. n eche ovr sec. m. x.
0 writer, ether lecher of the [om. v sec. m.~\ lame ou pr. m. v sec. m. techer of the lawe v sec. m. P rewme
our sec. m. 1 was our. rOm.x. s all this o. l Whethir G passim MQSUX. u carpenter 01;. smyth x.
v Whether PS wxv. w is our sec. m. * Om. KQ. y wher his sistres our sec. m. z Om. our sec. m. whe-
ther s x . a ben not all our sec. m. b honour our sec. m. c Om. our sec. m. d Om. our sec. m. e tyme
that o. f was o. Om. u. S for he Q. h dede men ou. • putted ot;. k Om. G pr. m. l Om. ovx.
m wilnynge o. n for to G sec. m. w pr. m.
1 And thei R pr. m. s seiden npr. m. l Om. A. u is this b. uu comen QB. v him this i. w this is
not i. x Om. c. y comen alle these thingis i. z Om. i. comen KQR. • him this i. b onour g.
puttide i. putte ghi. d in e pr. m.
38
MATTHEW.
XIV. 6 — 19.
slea hyin, drede the peple ; for thei hadden
e hym as a° prophete. Forsothe in the day of
Eroudis birthe, the doi^ter of Erodias
leepteP in the mydil, and pleside toi
7Eroude. Wherfore with an ooth he by-
hi3ter for8 to jeue to hir, what euer thinge
8 she hadde axid of hym. And she bifore
monestid*, xor warnyd", of hir modir, seith,
3eue thou to me hidir" the bed of Joon
9 Baptist in a dische. And the kyng was so-
rowful, butw for the ooth, and" for hem that
seeten to gidre at the mete, he comaundide
10 to be 3ouen. And he sente, and bihedidey
11 Joon in thez prisoun. And his heeda isb
brou3t toc in a dische, and itd ise 3ouen to
the whenchef, and she bare it to hir modir.
12 And his disciplis "cummynge to? token his
body, and biryeden it ; and thei cum-
ismynge tolden to Jhesu. Theh whiche
thing when Jhesus hadde herd, he went
fro thennus Mn to1 a boot, in to desertk
place1 besidis. And whenne the cumpanyes
'of peplem hadden herd, thei folowiden"
uhyni and0 onP thei feetr fro citees. And
Jhesus, goynge out, saw a greet multitude8
vof peple*, and hadde rewthe of u hem, andv
i5heelide thew sike men of hem. Sothely
thex euenyngey maad, his disciplis vcamen
ni3z to him, seiyngea, The place is desert,
and the hour hath now passid ; leeue thoub
the cumpanyes vof peplec, that thei, goynge
ic in to castels, bigge'1 meetis to hem. For-
sothe Jhesus seide to hem, Thei han nate
neede to go ; 3eue 36 tof hem for# to ete.
n Thei answeriden, We han nat here, noh
lfibut fiue looues and two' fishis. Thek
whiche seith1 to hem, Brynge 366™ hem
wliidir to me. And when he hadde eo-
maundid the cumpanye for" to sitte to0
willynge to sle hym, dredde6 the puple ;
for thei hadden hym as a prophete. But e
in the dai of Heroudis birthe, the dou3tir
of Herodias daunsidef in the myddil, and
pleside Heroude. Wherfor with an ooth 7
he bihi3te to 3yue to hir, what euere
thing she hadde& axid of hym. And she g
bifor warned of hir modir, seide, 3if
thou to me here the heed of Joon Baptist
in a disch. And the kyng was sorewful,9
but for the ooth, and for hem that saten
to gidere at the mete, he comaundide to
be 3ouun. And he sente, and bihedide \a
Joon in the prisoun. And his heed was j i
brou3t in a dische, and it was 3ouun to
the damysel, and she bar it to hir modir.
And hise disciplis camen, and token his 12
bodi, and birieden it ; and thei camen,
and tolden to Jhesu. And whanne Jhe- ]3
sus hadde herd this thing, he wente fro
thennus in a boot, in toh desert place bi-
sides'. And whanne the puple hadde
herd, thei folewiden hym on her feet fro
citees. And Jhesus 3ede out, and sai a u
greet puple, and hadde reuthe on hem,
andJ heelide thek sike men of hern. But |ft
whanne the1 euentid was com, hise disci-
plis camen to him, and seiden, The place
is desert, and the tyme is now passid ; lat
the puple go in to townes, to bye hem
mete. Jhesus seide to hem, Thei han lfi
not nede to go ; 3yue 36 hem sumwhat to
ete. Thei answeriden, We han not heere, 17
but fyue looues and twei"1 fischis. And 18
he seide to hem, Brynge 36 hem hidur to
me. And whanne he hadde comaundid lu
the puple to sitte to meete on the heye,
he took fyue looues arid twei fischis, and
he bihelde in to heuene, and blesside, and
o Om. K. P lepe o. leep x. 1 Om. ov. r hyjt GK pr. m. TV pr. m. • Om. ovwx. ' motied A-.
u Ora. ovx. v heere N. w Om. KW pr. m. * Om. G pr. m. J byheuedede o. hedede x.
2 Om. ov. a heued o. b was ouvw sec. m. c Om. v. ll Om. o. e was our. f damisel ov.
S neijynge ou. h Om. ov. » in GMPVXY. k a deserte OPUXY. ' places N. m Om. ou. n suden
017. ° goynge 017. Om. r. P vpon G. 1 Om. G pr. m. w pr. m. x. her our. ther PW sec. m.
r foote x. s company ou. l Om. ou. u on AGMHOPQsrvrwxY. v and he u. w Om. apr. m. * Om.
Gpr.m. y euentyde our. z nei3eden ou. a and seideu ou. b thou now N. c Om. ou. d by ou. bien
Q. bie sx. e no a pr. m. ou. { Om. w sec. m. g Om. x. h Om. w pr. m. ' tweye w. k Om. ou.
1 seide ou. m Om. o. «> Om. ovx. o to the v.
e dredede s. f ether tumblide K marg. e Om. CEI pr. m. phkpr. m. aj3. h to a ccji sec. m. k.
the see Q pr. m. J and he Q. k Om. Q. ' Om. Q. "> two e et alii pass.
bisidis
XIV. 2C
-33-
MATTHEW.
39
mete on hayP, fyue looues and two^ fishis
taken, he byholdynge in to heuen, blesside,
andr brak, and 3aues to his4 disciplis ;
sothely the" disciplis 3auen to thev cum-
aopanyes. And alle eeten, and weren ful-
fillid"'. And thei token the relifis of broken
21 gobetisx, twelue cofyns ful. Forsothe they
noumbre of men etynge was fyue thou-
sand of men, out taken wemmen and litel
22 children. And anon Jhesus compellide7-,
vor comanndide*, the disciplis forb to vgo
vpc in to a boot, and god bifore hym ouere
the see, til that he lefte the cumpanyes.
23 And the curnpanyesf left, he stei'3ideff vp?
in to an hill aloone forh to preye. Sothely
the euenyng1 maad, he was there aloone.
24 Sothelyk the boot in the mydil1 see was
throwen with wawis, forsothem the wynd
25 was contrarie". But0 in the fourthe wak-
yng of the ni3t, he came to hem walkynge
2GaboueP the see. Audi thei, seeynge hym
walkynge aboue the see, weren distour-
blidr, seyinge, For it iss a fantum ; and for
27drede thei cryeden. And anoon Jhesus
spac to hem, sayinge', Haue 36 trust, I
2Ham ; nyl 36 dreede. Sothely Petre an-
swerynge seide, Lord, 3if thou art, co-
maunde me to" cume to thee vponv the
29 watris. And he seithw, Cume thou. And
Petre goynge doun fro the bote, walkide
on the wateris forx to cume to Jhesu.
so Trewly he, seeynge a strong wynde, vwas
aferde' ; and whan he bygan for2 to be
drenchid, he cryede, seyinge, Lord, make
31 me saaf. And anoon Jhesus, holdynge
forth thea bond, cau3te hym, and seithh to
hym, Thou of litil feith, whi hast thou
32 doutid ? And whenne he hadde stied vp°
33 in to the boot, the wynde cesside. Sothely
thei, that weren in the boot, camen, and
brak, and 3af to hise disciplis ; and the
disciplis ymi'ii to the puple. And alle 20
eten, and weren fulfillid. And thei tooken
the relifs of brokun gobetis, twelue co-
fyries ful. And the noumbre of men that 21
eten was fyue thousynde of men, outakun
wymmen and lytle children. And anoon 22
Jhesus compellide1 the disciplis to go vp
in to a boot, and go bifor hym ouer the
see, while he lefte the puple. .And 2:1
whanne the puple was left, he stiede
aloone in to an hil for™ to preie. But
whanne the" euenyng0 was come, he was
there aloone. And the boot in the myd-24
del of the see was schoggid with wawis,
for the wynd was contrarie to hem. But 25
in the fourthe wakyng of the ni3t, he
cam to hem walkynge aboue P thei see.
And thei, seynge hym walking1" on the2C
see, weren disturblid8, and seiden1, That it
is" a fantum ; and for drede thei crieden.
And anoon Jhesus spac to hem, and 27
seide, Haue 30 trust, Y am ; nyle 36
drede. And Petre answeride, and seide, 28
Lord, if thou art, comaunde me to come
to thee on the watris. And he seide, 2»
Come thou. And Petre 3ede doun fro
the boot, and walkide on the watris to
come to Jhesu. But he sij the wynd so
strong, and was aferde ; and whanne he
bigan to drenche, he criede, and seide,
Lord, make mev saaf. And anoon Jhesus 3i
helde forth his hoond, and took Petre,
and seide to hym, Thou of litil feith, whi
hast thou doutid? And whanne he hadde 32
stied in to the boot, the wynd ceessid.
And thei, that weren in the boot, camen, 33
and worschipidenhymw, and seiden.Verili,
thou art Goddis sone. And whanne thei 34
hadden passid ouer the see, thei camen
P the hey AGMNOPSUVW. 1 twei A el N passim w. " Om. ^GK sec. m. MHPSUFWY. s jaf looues ovrw
sec. m. * Om. ovvw. u Om. v. v Om. o. w filled ou. x gobetis or metis p. y Om. o. z constrey-
ned ou. comaundide Q sec. m. & Om. OQUX. b Om. oux. c steije ou. d to go ou. to gon x. e in to N.
f companye AGMNOPsurxv. {{ stei3 x. S Om. ou. h Om. oux. ' euentyde ou. k Forsothe ou. l myd-
des Gsr. myddul of the N. middes of the OUY. myd x. m for ou. n contrarie to hem Q sec. m. contra-
rious x. ° Sothely ou. P vpon N. 1 Om. ou. r disturbid x. s was u. * and seide ou. u for to^GAf
NPVWY. v on osux. w seide ou. * Om. oux. y drede ou. z Om. oux, a his o. b seide ou.
c Om. ou.
1 comaundide A sec. m. m Om. KRS eghik sec. m. n Om. Q. ° euentijd KQ. P Om. Q. <i on the CQ.
r walke A pr. m. iQbce sec. vice ghik. s distrublid s. * seyn Q. u was BHC. v Om. c. w Om. R. pr. m.
40
MATTHEW.
XIV. 34 — XV. ii.
worshipiden hym, seyinge, Veryly, thou art
34 Goddis sone. And whenne he hadd pass-
ide ouer the see, thei camen in to the lond
35 of Genesar6. And whenne men of that
place hadden knowen hymf, thei senten
into al thate cuntree ; and thei offriden1' to
36 hym al' hauynge yuel. And thei preyiden
hymk, that thei shuldeu touche ether1 the
hem of 'the clothing"1 vof hymn ; and who
euer touchiden ben° maad saaf.
CAP. XV.
i Thanne scribis and Pharisees vcamen
2ni3i> to hym fro Jerusalem, seyinge, Whi*
thi disciplis ouerpassen % W breken* , the
tradiciouns, W statutis*, of elder men ? for
thei washen nat hondis1, whenne thei eten
3 breed. Sothely he answerynge seith" to
hem, Andv vwhi and 36 brekenw the maunde-
mentx of God for 3oure tradicioun? ? For
4whiz God seide, Honoure thia fadir and
thib modir, and he that cursith fadir orc
5 modir, dye hed by deth. But 36 seyn, Who
euere vshal sayee to fadirf or^ modir, What
euere 3ifte is of me, it shal profile to thee ;
G and he hath1' not worshipid' hisk fadir or1
modir ; and 36 han made™ the maunde-
mentn of God voide, W idyl0, for 3oure
7 tradicioun''. Ipocritis, Ysay, the prophete,
spropheciede wel of 3ou, seyingei, This
peple honoureth me with lippis, forsothe
9 her herter is fer fro me ; trewly thei wor-
shipen me with outen cause, techynge the
i<> doctrines and8 maundernents of men. And
the cumpanyes vof peple1 clepid vto gidre"
to hym, he seide to hem, Heere 3ev, and
11 vnderstondew. Nat that" thing that entrith
in to the mouth, defoulith a man ; but
that? thing that cummeth forth fro the
in to the loond of Genesar. And whanne 35
men of that place hadden knowe hym,
thei senten in to al that cuntre ; and thei
brou3ten to hym alle that hadden sik-
nessey. And thei preieden hym, that thei:«;
schulden touche the hemme of his cloth-
ing;
and who euere touchiden weren
maad saaf.
CAP. XV.
Thanne the scribis and the7- Farisees 1
camen to hym fro Jerusalem, and seiden,
Whi breken thi disciplis the tradiciouns 2
of eldere men? for thei waisschen not her
hondis, whanne thei eten breed. He an- 3
sweride, and seide to hem, Whi breken
36 the maundement3 of God for 3<nire
tradicioun ? For God seide, Honoure thi 4
fadir and thi modir, and he that cursith
fadir or modir, dieb bi deeth. But 36.5
seien, Who euer seithbb to fadir or modir,
What euere 3ifte is of me, it schal profite
to thee ; and he hath not worschipid his 6
fadir or his0 modir ; and 36 han maad the
maundementd of God voide for 3oure tra-
dicioun. Ypocritis, Isaie, the prophete, 7
prophesiede wel of 3ou, and seide, This 8
puple honourith me with lippis, but her
herte is fer fro me ; ande thei worschipen 9
me 'with outen cause*, techynge the doc-
trinesS andh maundementis of men. And 10
whanne the puple1 werenk clepid to gidere
to hym, he seide to hem, Here 36, and
Vndurstonde 30' . Thatm thing that en- n
trith in to the mouth, defoulith not a
man ; but that thing that cometh out of
the mouth, defoulith a man. Thanne 12
d Om. w. e Genazarezt ovv tec. m. f hem o. g the ov. h broujten u sec. m. i all men ov. k to
him o. Om. v. 1 namely ou. other p. or x. m his clothe ou. his clothing pvw sec. in. n Om. Gpr. m.
OVVWY. ° weren our. P neijedden ov. 1 passen ouer ANSW. breken ot;. r Om. ovx. s ether the
techinges ovx. * theire hondis GXY. her hondis NZ sec. m. the hondis w. u seide ou. v Om. AGMNOS
vvw. w whi breken and 56 G pr. m. whi breken je G sec. m. PXY. whi also breken 36 ou. x commaund-
ment ou. y tradiciouns o. z Om. ou. a Om. o. thou u. b Om. ou. c and x. d Om. ou.
e seieth ou. seie x. * the fadir G. S ether ou. h schal A sec. m. ovw sec. m. ' worschipe A sec. m.
honour ou. k Om. u. 1 or his AMNSW sec. m. ether ou. m yniaad w. n commaundement ou.
0 Om. oux. v tradiciouns N. <J and seide ou. r hertes o. s and the G. * Om. ou. utocpr. m.
v Om. o. w vnderstondeth ox. * this ou, V this ou.
y sijknesses K. z Om. cbhik. a comaundement CBg0. b die he A pr. m. K. bb seien H. c Om. c.
d comaundement k pr. m. e vvithoute cause forsothe I. f Om. i. g doctryn b. b and the s. > puplis A.
k was CH. 1 vndirstondeth i. m That that hi.
XV. 12 26.
MATTHEW.
41
12 mouth, defoulith a man. Thanne hisk
disci plis 'cummynge m'31 seiden to hym,
Wost thou, that™, this word herd, Phari-
13 sees ben sclauridrid ? And he answerynge
seithn, Euery0 plantynge, the? whiche my
fadir of heuen hath nat plantid, shal be
u draweri vp by the roote. Suffre 36 hem ;
theii ben blynde, xand lederis of blyride
menr. Sothely 3if a blynd man 3eues led-
ynge to a blynd man, bothe fallen douu in
15 to the diche. Forsothe Petre answerynge
saide1 to hym, Expouri to vs this" parable.
re And he seide, 3it andv 36 ben without vn-
i7derstondyng? Wherw 36 vnderstonde nat,
thatx al thing that entrith in to the mouth,
goth in to the wombe, and is sent out in
is to? thez goyng awey? But tho thingis that
cummeri forth fro the mouth, gon out of
the herte, and tho thingus defoulen a man.
19 For ofa the herte 'gon outb yuel thou3tis,
mausleayngis c, auoutries, fornicaciouns,
20 theftis, vfals witnessisd, blasfemyes. These
thingis it ben that defoulen a man; sothely
for6 to etc with hondis vuwashenf, defoul-
21 eth not a man. And Jhesus gon out fro
thenriys, wente into parties? of Tyre and
22Sidon. And loo! a womman of Canane
gon out of theh costis, cryede, seyinge to
hym, Lord, the son of Dauid, haue mercye
on' me ; my dorter is yuel traueilid of a
23deuylk. The1 whiche answerid nat to hir
o™ word. And his disciplis Vummynge
ton preyeden hyin", seyinge, Leeue thou
24 hire, for she crieth after vs. Forsothe he
answerynge seith?, I am nat sent, no but
to the sheep of the hous of Yrael that
25 perishiden. Bofi she came, and wirshipide
20 hym, seyinge, Lord, help1" me. The5 whiche
answerynge seith1, It is nat good for" to
take thev breed of soriys, and sendew to
hise disciplis camen, and seiden to hym,
Thou knowist, that, if this word be herd,
the Farisees ben sclaundrid ? And he is
answeride, and seide, Eueri plauntyng,
that my fadir of heuene hath not plaunt-
id, shal be drawun vp by the" roote. Suffre u
3e hem ; thei ben blynde0, and leederis of
blynde men. And if a blynd man lede a
blynd man, bothe? fallen douni in to ther
diche. Petre answeride, and seide to 15
hym, Expowrie to vs this parable. And ie
he seide, 3it '36 bens also1 with oute vn-
durstondyng? Vridurstouden 36 not, that 17
al thing that entrith in to the mouth,
goith in to the wombe, and is sent out in
to the goyng awei? But thou thingis that i«
comenv forth fro the mouth, goon out
of w the herte, and tho thingis defoulen
ax man. For? of the herte goon out yuele ia
thou3tis, mansleyrigis, auowtries, forriy-
caciouns, theftis, fals witnessyngis, blas-
femyes. Thes thingis it ben that de-2o
foulen a man ; but to>'y ete with hondis
not waischun, defoulith not a man. And 21
Jhesus 3ede out fro thennus, and wente
into the coostis of Tire and Sidouz. And 22
lo ! a womman of Canane 3ede out of
thoa coostis, and criede, and seide to
him, Lord, the sone of Dauid, haue
merci on me ; my dorter is yuel tra-
ueilid of a feend. And he answeride notb 23
to hir ac word. And hise disciplis camen,
and preieden hym, and seiden, Leue thou
hir, for she crieth aftir vs. He answer- 24
ide, and seide, Y am not sent, but to the
scheep of the hous of Israel that perisch-
idend. And she cam, and worschipide 25
hym, and seide, Lord, helpe me. Which6 26
answeride, and seide, It is not good to
take the breed of children, and castef to
k Om. o. ! camen ny3 G. nei3ynge ou. «> for G sec. ra. our. Om. Gpr. m. n seide ou. ° Iche 01:
Eche x. P Om. G pr. m. ouvw sec. m. Y. 1 if thei w. * Om. o. s 3eueth GOSU. * seith Q.
u thi K. v also u sec.m. w Whether s passim u passim x. * for our^fec. OT. y Om. g. z Om. K
pr. m. NQY. a oute of ou. b commeth o. c manes sleynges o. d.fals witnesynges our. e Om. oyx.
' not waschen AGNOPUVXY. S the partes AMSW. the part yes GNOpQsuyxY. h tho wur. thoo OFF. 'of
GPFXV. k feende ou. ' Om. ou. m a GJiiNpQsurpry. D neijinge ou. ° to him o. P seide ou.
Q And o. r help thou w pr. m. s Om. ou. * seide ou. « Om. oux. v Om. x. w sende it GMXY. to
seende ou.
n Om. s. o blynde men i. P bothe thei i. q Om. R pr. m. T a c. s ben 36 EI. * Om. xcgh pr. m.
11 the c. v cometh h. w fro Kni. x the ia. y Forsothe i. yy for to Q. z of Sydon E
« the EKsce pr. m. hir b. b Om. c. c no c. d han perischid i. e The whiche i. f 3eue Q.
VOL. IV. G
MATTHEW.
XV. 27—38.
27 hound is. And she seide, 3he, Lord; for-
whix and? the7' litel whelpis eten of the
crummys, that fallen doun fro the bord of
28 her lordis. Thanne Jhesus answeringe
seith* to hir, Ob ! thou womman, thi feith
is grete ; be it don to thee, as thou wolt.
And hir dorter was heelid fro that hour.
29 And whenne Jhesus hadde passide thennesc,
he came bisidis the see of Galilee. And he
aosteiynge in to an hyl, sat there. And
many cumpanyes vcamen m}d to hym, hau-
ynge with hem doumbe men and crokid",
feble and blynde, and many othir; and
castidenf hem doun at his feet. And he
sihelide hern, so that the cumpanyes won-
driden, seeynge doumbe men spekynge,
and crokids goynge, blynd men seeynge ;
3-2 and thei magnyfieden God of Yrael. Sothe-
lyh Jhesus, his' disciplis gederedk to gider,
seide1, I haue rewthe of the cumpany 'of
peple"1, for now 'the thridde day" thei
dwellen still with me, and thei han not0
thing? whiche*) thei shulen etc; and Y 'wole
natr leeue hem fastynge, lest thei failen in
:« the weye. And the disciplis seyen to hym,
Therfore wherof so many Joouys to vs in
desert, that we fulfilles so grete a* cum-
3*panye vof peple"? And Jhesus seithv to
hem, Hou many loouys han 366 ? And thei
seiden, Seuene, and aw few srnallex fishis.
35 And he comaundide to^ the cumpany, that
thei shulde sitt to thez mete vpona the
scerthe. And he takynge seuen looues, and
fishisb, and doynge thoiikyngis, brak, and
jaue to his disciplis ; andc disciplis 3auen
37 to the peple. And alled eten, and weren
fulfillid6, and thei tokenf that? that was1'
asouer of relyues', seuene lepis fulle. For-
sothe theik that eten weren foure thousand
of1 men, with outen litil children1" and
houndis. And she seide, 3his, Lord; for 27
whelpis eten of the crummes, that fallen
doun fro the bord of her lordis. Thanne 28
Jhesus answeride, and seide to hir, A ! f
womrnan, thi feith is greet ; be it doon
to thee, as thou wolt. And hir doujtir
was helid fro that hour. And whanne 20
Jhesus hadde passed fro thennus, he cam
bisidis the see of Galilee. And he 3ede
vp in to an liil, and sat there. And3i»
myche puple cam to hym, and hadden
with hem doumbe men and crokid, fe-
bles and blynde, and many other; and
thei castiden doun hem at hise feet. And
he helide hem, so that the puple won-3i
driden seynge doumbe men spekynge,
and crokid goynge, blynde men seynge ;
and thei magnyfieden God of Israel. And 32
Jhesus, whanne hise disciplis weren clep-
id to gidere, seide to hem, Y haue reuthe
of the puple, for thei han abiden now thre
daies with me, and ban1' no thing to ete ;
and Y wole not leeue hem fastynge, lest
thei failen in the weie. And the disciplis 33
seien to him, Wherof thanne so many
looues among vs in desert, to fulfille so
greet a puple? And Jhesus seide to hem, 34
Hou many looues han 36? And thei
seiden, Seuene, and a fewe smale fisshis.
And he comaundide' tok the puple, to 35
sitte to mete on the erthe. And he took3«
seuene1 looues and fyuem fischis, and dide
thankyngis, and brak", and 3af to hise
disciplis ; and the disciplis 3auen to the
puple. And alle eten, and weren ful-37
fillid, and thei token that that was left of
relifes, seuene lepis0 fulle. And thei that 38
eten weren foure thousynde of men, with
outen litle children and wyrnmen. And 'M
whanne he hadde left the puple, he wente
" for ov. Y alsso ou. z Om. AG pr.m. wopurw sec.m. XY. a seide ou. *> A ! AMNOPUVW. c fro thenes
ou. d neijeden ov. e croked men N. f thei castiden AKPUVW sec. m. thei kesten GXY. thei kest o.
casten s. S croked men oux. h Forsothe ou. * seide to his our. k cleped our. 1 Om. our. m Oni.
ou. n thre daies ov. ° no GPXY. P the thenge ou. q that GOPUXY. r nill oux. s fill osux.
t Om. w. u Om. ou. V seide ou. w Om. u. x litel ou. y Om. ou. z Om. AGMNOPSurrrxv. a on
OQSU. b the fisches p. c and the A. & alle men u. e filled ou. f born awei3 N. S this ou. h lafte
ou. i the relefes ou. k tho o. 1 Om. G pr. m. N. m childre x pass.
f Aa ! Asb pr. m. ca. e and fehle Eicghi«^. h thei han ia.
m the fyue hik sec. m. n brake hem i. ° leep la.
' comaunde s. k Om. hi. ] the seueiie ia.
XV. 39 — XVI. 1 3.
MATTHEW.
aowemrnen. And", the cumpanye vof peple0
laft, he styedei' vpi in to a boot, and cam
into the coostis1" of Magedan.
CAP. XVI.
1 And Pharisees and Saduceis temptynge
him8 'camen 1^3' to hym, and preiden hym
for" to shewe to hem a tokene fro heuene.
2 And he answerynge seithv to hem, The
eeuenynge" maad, 36 seien, It shal bex
scleer, for the heuene is vlijk to reed? ; and
'the morwe", Toa day tempest, for heuen
4 shyrieth vheuy, or sortvfulb. Therfore 36
'han knowec to deme wisely the face of
heuen, but 36 mowen riot wite(I the tokenys6
of tymes. The yuel generacioun and avow-
trerf sekith a tokne ; and a tokene shal nat
be 3ouen to it, no but the tokne of Jonas,
the prophete. And, hem forsaken, he
5wente awey. And whenne his disciplis
camenS oner the see, thei foi^aten for'1 to
e take loouys. The' whiche seide to hem,
Beholde 36, and bethk war of the sourdow3
7 of Pharisees1 and Saducees™. And thei
thou3ten amonge hemn, seiynge, For we
8 han nat taken loonys. Forsothe Jhesus
witynge seide0 to hem, What thenken 36
amonge 3ou of litil feith, for 36 han natP
9 loouys? 3itq 36 vndirstonden nat, netherr
han rnynde5 of fyue loouys in to fyue thou-
sand of men, and hou many cofyns 36
10 token? trewly nether of seuen loouys in
to four thousand of men, and hou many
11 lepis* 366 token? Whi vndirstonden 36
nat, for I seide nat to 3ou of" breed, Be
36 war of sourdow3v of Pharisees and ofx
12 Saducees? Thanne thei vnderstoden, that
he seide nat^ to be war of sourdow3z of
loouys, bote of the techynge of Pharisees
is and Saducees. Sothely Jhesus came in to
the" parties 'of Cesarieb of Philip, and
vp in to a boot, and cam in to the coostis
of Magedan.
CAP. XVI.
And the Farisees and the'1 Saducees '
camen to hym temptynge, and'' preieden1"
hym to schewe hem a tokene fro heuene.
And he answeride, and seide to hem,2
Whanne the eueritid is8 cotnun, 36 seien,
It schal be clere, for heuene is rodi ; and*
the morewtid,Todai tempest, for heuene
schyneth heueli. Thanne 36 kunne deme 4
the face of heuene, but 36 moun not wite
the tokenes of tymes. An yuel genera-
cioun and auoutresse sekith a tokene; and
a tokene schal not be 3ouun to it, but the
tokene of Jonas, the profete. And whanne
he hadde left hem, he wente forth. And5
whanne his disciplis camen ouer the see,
thei foi^aten to take looues. And he«
seide to hem, Biholde 36, and be1 war of
the" soure dow3 of Farisees andv Sadu-
cees. And thei thou3ten among hem, and 7
seiden, For we han not take looues. But 8
Jhesus witynge seide to hem, What
thenken 36 among 3011 of litel feith, for
36 han notw looues' 3it 'vndurstondena
not 3ex, nether han mynde of fyue looues
in to fyue thousynde of men, and hou
many cofyns 36 token ? nether of seuene 10
looues in to foure thousynde of men, and
hou many lepis 36 token? Whi vndur- u
stonden 36 not, for Y seide not to 3ou of
breed, Be 36 war of the sourdow3 of
Farisees and of Saducees ? Thanne thei 12
vndurstooden, that he seide not to be
war of sourdow3 of looues, but of the
techyng of Farisees and Saducees?. And is
Jhesus cam in to the parties of Cesarie
of Filip, and axide hise disciplis, and
n CAP. xvi. begins here in o. ° Om. ou. P steij x. q Oin. oux. r cooste o. s Om. K pr.m. OPTU
VWY. * neijeden o. « Om. ovx. " seide ou. w euentyde ou. x Om. T. y rody o. reed cither rody u.
z morou tyde ou. a maad to N. & sorowful or heuy o. sorovvful u. heuy x. c kunnen ou. d knowe
ou. e signes ou. tokene v. f avoutresse ovvw sec. m. S had went o. hadden comen u. h Om. oux.
' Om. ou. k be AMNOPVV. 1 Phariseis o. m of Saduceis ou. n hem self osec.m. ou. o seith x.
P not taken ou. 1 And jit K sec. m. T nor o. s in mynde u. * of lepis KMC. m. u not of r. v the
soure dow AMNOPurw. w the Pharisees o. x Om. AMNW pr. m. J not to hem oo. z the sourdow3
oux. a Om. v. b Om. o.
P Om. TK. q and thei ia. r praijnge i. s was A. l beth EI. be 56 Q. « Om.
not takun c. * je vndurst. not KQseghi. y the Saduceis s. of Saducees ek.
G 2
. v and of ibg.
MATTHEW.
XVI. 14 — 24.
axidec his disciplis, seyinged, Whom seyn
H men to ben mannes sone? And thei seiden,
Summe Joon Baptist ; other forsothe6 He-
ly ; vbut other1 Jeremye, or? oon of the
isprophetis. Jhesus seithh to hem, Sothely'
ic whom seien 30 me to be? Symon Petre
answerynge seide, Thou art Crist, the sone
17 of 'God lyuyngej. Forsothe Jhesus an-
swerynge seide to hym, Blessid art thou,
Symon Barionak, that is, the1 sone of cul-
uerm ; for flesh and blood shewide nat to
thee, but my fadir that" is in heuenes.
is And Y seye to thee, for thou art Petre,
and vpon° this stoon I shal bilde my
churche, and the 3atis of helle shulen nat
19 ban mi3t, W strengthen, a3eins it. And
to thee I shal 3eue the keies of the kyng-
dam of heuenes ; and what euer thou shalt
bynde vponi erthe, shal be bounden andr
in heuenes ; and what euer thou shalt
vnbynde vpon8 erthe, shal be vnbounden
20 and' in heuenes. Thanne he comaundide
to his disciplis, that thei shulden seie to
21 no man, that" he was Cristv. Fro that
tyme Jhesus bygan forw to shewe to his
disciplis, that" it byhouith? hym toz go to
Jerusalem, and suffre* many thingus of the
eldrisb, and scribisc, and princisd of prestis;
and bee sleyn, and thef thridde day ryse*
22 vp1' a3ein. And Petre, takynge hym to1,
began fork to blame hym, seyinge', Fer be
it fro thee, Lord"1 ; this thing shal not be
23 to thee. The n whiche, turnyd, seide to
Petre, Sathanas, go after rne ; thou art
sclaundre to me ; for thou 'sauerist nat, or
vndirstondist nat°, tho thingis that ben of
God, but tho thingis that ben of men.
24 Thanne Jhesus seide to his disciplis, 3if
eny man wole cume after me, denye he
hym self, and take his crosse, and sue me;
seide, Whom seien men to be mannus
sone ? And thei seiden, Summe Joon 14
Baptist; othereElie; and othere Jeremye,
or oon of the prophetis. Jhesus seide to is
hem, But whom seien 36 me to be ? Sy- ie
mount Petre answeride, and seide, Thou
art Crist, the sone of God lyuynge. Jhe- 17
sus answeride, and seide to him, Blessid
art thou, Symount Bariona* ; for fleisch
and blood schewide not to thee, but my
fadir that is in heuenes. And Y seie is
to thee, thatz thou art Petre, and on this
stoon Y schal bilde my chirche, and the
3atis of helle schulen not haue mi3ta a3ens
it. And to thee Y shal 3yue the keies i»
of the kingdom of heuenes ; and what
euer thou shalt bynde on erthe, schal be
boundun also in heuenes ; and what euer
thou schalt vnbynde on erthe, schal be
vnbounden also in heuenes. Thanne he 20
comaundide to hise disciplis, that thei
schulden seie to no man, that he was
Cristb. Fro that tyrne Jhesus bigan tocai
schewe to hise disciplis, that itd bihofte
hyme gof to Jerusalem, and suffre many
thingis, of the eldere men, and of scribisS,
and1' princis of prestis ; and be slayu,
and the' thridde dai to rise a3en. And 22
Petre took hym, and bigan to blame
him, and seide, Fer be it fro thee, Lord ;
this thing* schal not be to thee. And he 23
turnede, and seide to Petre, Sathanas,
gok after me; thou art a1 sclaundre to me;
for thou sauerist not tho thingis that ben
of God, but tho thingis that ben of men.
Thanne Jhesus seide to his disciplis, If 24
ony man wole come after me, denye he
hym silf, and take his cros, and sue111 me;
for he that wole make his lijf saaf, shal 25
leese it ; and he that schal leese his lijf
c he axed oc;. d and seide ov. e somme o. f other forsothe ou. S ether ou. h seide ou. ' But
ou. J quike God ou. k Bargena K. ' Om. AGNVPQVW sec. m. XY. m a culuer u. n whiche ou. ° on
oux. P Om. ovx. <J on oux. T Om. G. alsso ou. 8 on ou. l Om. G. also ou. u for ourtv sec.m.
v Jhesu Criste Aourw sec. m. Jhesus N. w Om. osux. * for ouvw sec. m. J bihofte AVW sec. m.
byhoued o. z Om. AGMNPSW sec. m. for to w pr. m. a to soffer ou. b eldre men u. c of the scribes
G. of scribes MOPUKV. d of princes oc;. e to be ou. f in the ou. E to rise osu. k Om. u. ' Om. ou.
k Om. osux, l and seide ou. m Om. u. n Om. ovw pr. m. ° vnderstondist not ou. sau. not, or
vnd. p. sauourest not x.
y that is, sone of a culuer c text K. marg. x marg. ft text. z Om. ea. a power R pr. m. b Jhesu Crist
I sec. m. c for to A pr. in. Q. J he s. e to him p pr. m. c. f to go CEiPQHscghika^. g the scribis CEPC.
h and of ciQk. ' Om. A pr. m. J Om. s. k go thou I. ' Om. ci. m swe he uliik.
xvi. as — xvn. 9-
MATTHEW.
45
25 for he that wole make 'his soule saafP,
^that is, his lyf\ shal lese it ; forsothe he
that shal lese his souler, ^that is, his lyf*,
20 for me, shal fynde it. Sothely what pro-
fitith it1 to a man, ^if he" wynne al the
world, trewly he suffre peyrynge of v his
soule ? orw what chaungynge shal a man
27 jeue for his soule ? For mannes sone 'is
to* come in gloriey of his fadir, with his
angelis, and thanne he shal 3elde to eueryz
28man aftira his workis. Treuly I seie to
3ou, 'there ben summe of men** stondyngec
heer, 'the whiched shul nat taaste deth,
til thei seen mannys sone cummynge in8
his kyngdomf.
CAP. XVII.
i And after sexe dayes Jhesus toke Petre,
and Jamys, and Joon, his brother, and
aledde hem asydis in to an hi3 hill, and was
transfigured, 'or turnyd into an other licke-
nesse%, bifore hem. And his face schoonh
as the sunne ; forsothe his clothis were
smaad white as snow. And lo ! Moyses
and Helye apperiden to hem, spekynge
4 with1 hym. Sothely Petre answerynge
seidk to Jhesu, Lord, it is good vs to be
here. 3if thou wolt, make we here three
tabernaclis ; to thee oon, to Moyses oon,
5 and oon to Helie. 3it hym spekynge, loo !
a,li3ty1 cloude shadewid hem ; and loo ! a
vois of m the cloude, seyinge, This is my
derworth sone, in whom I haue wel pleside
<ito me ; heere 36 hym. And the disciplis,
heerynge, fellen doun in to her facis, and
?dredden gretely. * And Jhesus 'came ni3n,
and touchide hem, and seide to hem,'Ris
8 vp°, nylP 36 dreede. Forsothe thei, 'rysynge
vpi her ei3en, sawen no man, no but
9 Jhesus aloon. And, hemr cummynge doun
fro the mounteyn s, Jhesus comaundide
for me, schal fynde it. For what profit- 2«
ith it to a man, if he wynne al the world,
and suffre peiryngm of his" soule ? or0
what chaunging schal a man 3yue for his
soule ? For mannes sone schal come in? 27
glorie of his fader, with his aungels, and
tharnie he schal 3elde to ech'i man afterr
his werkis. Treuli Y seie to 3ou, 'ther28
ben summe8 of hem1 that stonden here,
whiche schulen not taste deth, til thei
seen mannus sone comynge in his kyng-
dom.
CAP. XVII.
And after sixe daies Jhesus took Pe- 1
tre, and James, and Joon, his brother, and
ledde hem" asidev in to an hi3 hil, andw2
was turned* in to an othir licnesse bifor
hem. And his face schorie as the sunne ;
and hise clothis weren maad white as
snowe. And lo ! Moises and Elie apper- 3
iden to hemxx, and spaken with hym. And 4
Petre answeride, and seide to Jhesu,
Lord, it is good vs to be here. If thou
wolt, make we here thre taberuaclis ; to
thee oon, to Moises oon, and oon to Elye.
3it the-v while he spak, lo ! a bri3t cloude 5
ouerschadewide hem; and lo! a voice outz
of the cloude, thata seide, This is my
dereworth sone, in whom Y haue wel
pleside to me ; here 36 hym. And the e
disciplis herden, and felden doun on her
faces, and dredden greetli. And Jhesus?
cam, and touchide hem, and seide to
hem, Rise vp, and nyle 36 drede. And a
thei liftenb vp her i3en, and saien no man,
but Jhesu aloone. And as thei camens
doun of the hille, Jhesus comaundide to
P safe his lijf ot;. q Om. oux. r lyf ou. 8 Om. AOSUX. that is, lijf vw sec. m. Y. *Om.JC. "for
to o. T In x. w ether ou. * schal ou. 7 the glorie ot;. z eche ou. * Vp ot/. b sum men ben of
hem ov. c _that stonden ot;. d whiche ou. that x. e into K sec. m. f rewme ou. S Om.
ovpr m. h schined ou. ' to N. k seith o. 1 brijte ou. lijt ST. litil x. m fro u. n nei3ed ou.
0 rise je ou. riseth x. P and nil our. 1 rerynge AMNS. reysynge GOUY. reryng up vw. reisende vp x.
T thei u. s hill ou.
peirement R.
11 c. « Om.
KIPQ sec. m. s sup. ras. c pr. m.
n Om. hi. ° ether c.
jm. ni. » etner c. v in the c. 1 euery plures. r vp c. s sum men ben c.
* jou c. « Om. Q. » bisidis Q. " and he IR. * transfigurid c. xx hym R. y Om. is. z cam out
— _ i,-fl a and i. b liftiden EKPRI/S.
46
MATTHEW.
XVII. 10 22.
hem1, seyinge", Saie 36 to no man the vi-
sioun, tilv mannes sone ryse a3ein fro
10 dead w. And his disciplis axideri hym,
seyingex, What therfore seyn scribis, that
nit behoueth Hely first corne? ? And he
answerynge seithz to hem, Forsothe Hely
'is toa come, and he shal restore alle
i2thingis. Treuly Y seye to 3011, thatb Hely
is now comen, and thei knewen hym nat,
but thei diden in hym, what euere thingisc
thei wolden ; so and mannys sone Ms tod
nsuffre of hem. Thanne disciplis" vndir-
stoden, thatf of Joon Baptist he hadde seid
u to hem. And whanne he cam to? the
cumpanye vof pepleh, a man 'cam to hyrn,
foldid1 on knees byfore hym k, seyinge1,
Lord, haue mercy onra my sone ; for he is
lunatyke, and suffrith yuel, for why" oft
tymys0 he fallith in to the? fijr, and oft
lotymysi in to water. And I offrider hym to
thi disciplis, and thei my3ten nat hele
i<ihym. Jhesus answerynge seith8, A ! thou
generacioun vnbyleeful, W out of the
feit/i\ and weiward ; hou longe shal I be
with 3011 ? hou longe shal I suffre 3ou ?
17 Brynge 366 hym hidir to me. And Jhesus
blamyde hym, and the deuel" wente out
fro hym ; and the child isv helid fro that
ishoure. Thanne disciplisw vcamen ni3x to
Jhesu priuyly, and seiden to hym, Whi
la mi3te nat we casten hym out ? Jhesus
seithy to hem, For 3oure vnbyleuez. Treuly
I seie to 3011, 3if 36 shulen haue feith, as aa
corn of seneuey, 36 shulen seie to this hill,
Passe thou hennusb, and it shal passec ;
and no thing shal be impossible*1 to ?ou ;
20 forsothe this kynde is nat cast out, no but
21 by preyinge6 and fastynge. Treuly, hemf
lyuynge togidre in Galilee, Jhesus seide to
hem, Mannes sone Ms to be bitraieds in to
22 the hondis of men ; and thei shulen slea
hem, and seide, Seie 36 to no man the
visioun, til mannus sone rise a3en fro
deeth. And his disciplis axiden hym,io
and seiden, What thanrie seien the scribis,
that it bihoueth that Elie come first? He n
answeride, and seide to hem, Elie schal
come, and he schal restore alle thirigis.
And Y seie to 3011, that Elie is nowe 12
comun, and thei knewen hym not, but
thei diden in him what euer thingis thei
wolden ; and0 so mannus sone schal suf-
fre of hem. Thanne the disciplis vndur- is
stoden, that he seide to hem of Joon Bap-
tist"1. And whanne he cam to the puple, u
a man cam to hym, and felde doun one
/iise( knees bifor hym, and seide, Lord,
haue merci on my sone ; for he is luna-
tike, and suffrith yuele, for ofte tymes he
fallith in to the& fier, and ofte1' tymes in
to water1. And Y broti3te hym to thi \o
disciplis, and thei my3ten not heele hyrn.
Jhesus answeride, and seide, Ak ! thou 10
generacion vnbileueful and weiward ; hou
long schal Y be with 3011 ? hou long
schal Y surTre 3011 ? Brynge 36 hym hider
to me. And Jhesus blamede hym, and 17
the deuel wente out fro hym ; and the
child was heelid fro that our. Thanne is
the disciplis camen to Jhesu priueli, and
seiden to hym, Whi my3ten not we caste
hym out ? Jhesus seith to hern, For 3oure 10
vnbileue. Treuli Y sere to 3ou, if 36 ban
ferth, as a corn of seneueye, 36 schulen
seie to this hil, Passe thou hennus, and it
schal passe ; and no thing schal be vn-
possible to 3011 ; but this kynde is not 20
caste out, but bi1 preiyng"1 and fastyng.
And whilis thei weren abidynge togidere2i
in Galilee, Jhesus seide to hern, Mannus
sone schal be bitraied in to the hondis of
men; and thei schulen sle hym, and 22
* to hem OPA-. u and seide ov. v til that Q. w deeth G. deed men ou. * and seiden ou. y to come
GPSX. z seide ou. a schal ou. b for ou. c thing p. d schall ou. e the disciples OPU. f for
ovrw sec. m. e in to o. h Oin. ou. * fell o. foldid u. fait x. k him, neijynge to him o. him, neijede
to him u. 1 and seide ou. nl of G. u Om. ou. ° Om. u. time x. P Oin. ovx. 1 Om. ou. time x.
r broujte u. s seide ou. * Om. oux. u feend ou. v was ou. w the disciples OPUX. * neijeden ou.
y seide o. z vnfeithfulnesse u. a the u. t> fro thens o. fro hennes u. c passe thennys w pr. m.
d vnpossible N. e preier ou. f thei u. e schal be trayed ou. is to bitraied T.
c Om. c. d the Baptist A pr. m. be sec. m. eo£. e of p. f Om. ccteri ct a/3. ff haue thou R. S Om.
CEpsbcehi. h of A. » the watir KBsg/3. k Om. c. l in g. m preier Kg.
XVII. 23 — XVIII. 7-
MATTHEW.
47
hym, and thes tbridde day he shal ryse1
ajein. And thei 'ben maad ful sory".
2:? And whanne 'he camev to Capharnaum,
thei that token tribut, camen to Petre, and
seiden to hym, 3oure maister payeth nat
24 tribute ? And he seithw, 3he. And whenne
he had entrid in to an house, Jhesus came
bifore hym, seyingex, Symount, what sem-
eth^ to thee ? Of whiche taken the kyngis
of erthe tribut, W rent1 ? of her owne
sonys, ethera of b alyenys,'o/- other mennys
25,<tonesc? And he seide, Of 'other mennus
sonysd. Jhesus seide to hym, Therfore
26 sonys ben free. Forsothee that we sclaun-
dre nat hem, go thou to the see, and sendef
an hoke, and^take'the ilke& fishe that first
cummeth vp ; and, his mouth openyd, thou
shalt fynde stater1', "that is, a certeyn of
moiieyt? ; thou takyng it, 3euek to1 hem
for me and for thee;
CAP. XVIII.
1 In that hour the disciplis 'camen nijm
to Jhesus, seiynge", Who, gessist" tliou, is
2 more? in the kyngdami of heueries ? And
Jhesus, clepynge tor a litil child, putte8
3 hym in the mydil1 of hem; and seide, 'I
seie trewthe" to 3ou, nov but 3if"' 36 shulen
be turnyd, and maadx as litil children, 36
shulen nat entren in to the kyngdam>' of
4 heuenes. Therfore who euere 'shal meekez
hyma as this litil child, he is moreb in
5 the kyngdam0 of heuenes. And hed that
resceyueth oon siche litil6 in my name,
r; resceyueth me. Forsothe 'who shal sclaun-
dref oon of these 'smale leste^, that by-
leeuen inh me, it spedith to hym that a
myln stoon of assis be hanged in his neeke,
and1 be drenchid in to the depnesse of
7 the see. Woo to the world, for sclaundris ;
the thridde day he schal rise a3en to lijf.
And thei weren ful sori. And wharme2:t
thei camen to Cafarnaum, thei that token
tribute, camen to Petre, and seiden to
hym, 3oure maister payeth not tribute ?
And he seide, 3his. And whanne he was 24
comen in to the hous, Jhesus cam bifor
hym, and seide, Symount, what semeth
to thee ? Kyngis of erthe", of whom taken
thei tribute ? of her sones, ether of aliens?
And0 he seide, Of aliens. Jhesus seide to 2.1
hym, Thanne sones ben fre. But that we2«
sclaundre hem not, go'' to the see, and
caste an hook, and take thilke fisch that
first cometh vp ; and, whanne his mouth
is opened, thou schalt fynde a stater11,
andr 3yue for thee and for me.
CAP. XVIII.
In that our the8 disciplis camen4 to i
Jhesu, and seiden, Who, gessist thou, is
gretter" in the kyrigdom of heuenes ?
And Jhesus clepide a litil child, and putte 2
hym in the myddil of hem ; and seide, :\
Y seie treuthe to 3011, but 36 be turned,
and maad as litle children, 36 schulen
not entre in to the kyngdom of heuenes.
Therfor who euer mekith hym as this 4
litil child, he is gretterv in the kyngdom
of heuenes. And he that resseyueth 05
siche litil child in my name, resseyueth
me. But who so sclaundrith oon of these «
smale, that bileuen in me, it spedith to
hym that a mylnstoon 'of assisvv be hang-
id in his necke, and he be drenchid in
the depnesse of the see. Woo to the 7
world, for sclaundris ; for" it is nede that
8 in the ou. * arijse v. u weren sorowful greetly ou. weren maad ful sory v. v thei camen ovv.
w seide ou. x and seide ou. Y semith it G. z Om. x. ether rest u. a or sx. other M. b Om. N.
cOm.opux. d alienes OPU. e But ot;. f cast u sec. m. S that x. h a stater AGMNosec. m. PU. ' Om. .Y.
k 3eue it u. l Om. u. m nei3eden ou. " and seiden ot;. ° gessith K. P the more ot;. <i rewme ou.
r Om. ou. * sett ou. * myddes ot;. u Trewly I seie ov. v Om. x. w Om. GMOVVW. * be made ou.
7 rewme 01;. z meketh OPU. a himself u. b the gretter ot;. c rewme ot;. d Om. G. e litil child w.
f if a man sclaundreth ou. who euere schal sclaundre Q. g lytil ou. smale AS sec. m. rw sec. m. leeste
smale ATP. smalest x. * and that he ou.
n the erthe Kbg. ° Om. c. P go thou c.
A sec. TO. take it and IQ sec. m. a. s Om. M.
v greet c. w Om. A pr. m. QC. * forsothe i.
that is, a ceiten of money K marg. r and take it, and
4 camen ny3 KM. pr. m. u greet CH. this grettere Q.
48
MATTHEW.
xvm. 8 — 18.
treuly it is neede, that sclaundris come ;
netheles woo to 'the ilkk man by whom a1
8 sclaundre cometh. Forsothe 3if thin hond
orm thi foot sclaundre" thee, kitt 'it of0,
and kastP awey fro thee. It is good to
thee to0- entre in to lyf 'feble, other crok-
edr, than hauynge two* hondis or1 two
feet to be sent in to euerlastynge fijr.
9 And jif thin ei$e sclaundreu thee, pulle it
out, and castv awey fro thee. It is good to
thee with oon eije tow eritre in to lyf, than
hauynge two* ei3en to be serite in to^ 'fijr
10 of hellez. Se je, that 30 dispise nat oon
of these" litile. Trewly I seie to 3ou, thatb
the angelis of hem in heuenes seen euer-
morec the face of my fadir thatd is in
a heuenes. Forsothe manriys sone came for6
12 to saue that thing that perishide. What
semethf to 3ou? 3if 'ther weren to summans
an hundrid sheeph, and oon of hem 'shall
erre', wherk he shal nat leeue nyrity and
nyne in desert1, and shal go for"1 to seeke
is that" that erride? And if it befalle0 that
he fyndeP it, trewly I seie to 3ou, for he
shal ioye theron more than ofi uynty and
14 nyne that erriden nat. So it is nat willr
before8 youre fadir that' is in heuenes",
15 that oon of thesev litil perishe. Forsoth
3if thi brother 'shal synnew inx thee, go
thou, and reproue^ hym, 'or snybbe2, bi-
twixea thee and hym aloone ; 3ifb he 'shal
heerec thee, thou hast wonnen thi brother.
ic Trewly 3if he 'shal nat heered thee, take6
with thee oon or twof, that euerys word
stondeh in the mouthe of two or' three
17 witnessis. That 3if he shal nat heere hem,
seie thou to the chirche. Forsothe 3if he
shal not heere the chirche, be hee 'to
i8theek as an1 hetheri™ and a" puplicane. I
sclaundris come ; netheles wo to thilke
man bi whom a? sclaundre cometh. And»
if thin hoond or thi foot sclaundreth*
thee, kitte it of, and caste* awei fro
thee. It is betere to thee to entre to lijf
feble, ethir crokid, than hauynge tweyne
hoondis or twey feet to be sent in to
euerlastynge fier. And if thin 1369
sclaundreb thee, pulle it out, and castec
awei fro thee. It is betere to thee with
oon i3e to entre in to lijf, thanne hau-
ynge tweyn i^eu to be sent in to the fier
of helle. Se 36, that 36 dispise riot oon lo
of these litle. For Y seie to 3ou, that the
aungels of hem in heuenes seen euermore
the face of my fadir that is. in heuenes.
For mannus sone cam tod saue that thing 11
that perischide. What semeth to 3ou ? 12
If ther weren to sum6 man an hundrid
scheep, and oon of hem hath errid, whe-
thirf he schal not leeue nynti and nyne
in desert, and schal go tos seche that that
erride ? And if it falle that he fyride it, is
treuli Y seie to 3ou, that he schal haue
ioye theron11 more than on1 nyiiti and
nyne that erriden not. So it is not the u
wille bifork 3oure fadir that is in heuenes,
that oon of these litle perische. But if 1.5
thi brother synneth ajeus thee, go thou,
and repreue hym, bitwixe thee and hym
alooue ; if he herith thee, thou hast
wounuri thi brother. And if he herith is
thee not, take with thee oon or tweyne,
that euery word stonde in the mouth of
tweyn* or thre witnessis. And if he 17
herith"1 not hem, seie thou to the chirche.
But" if he herith0 not the chirche, be he
as an hetheriP andi ar pupplican to thee.
Y seie to 3011 treuli, what euer thingis5 36 is
k that oux. ' that o. Om. PTW sec. m. x. m ether ou. n sclaundrith GMOPUY. ° awey it ou.
P kast it o. <i for to ov. r croked, ether feble o. feble, or crokid PX. s tweyne vw. l ether ou.
" sclaundreth OPUWY. v kast it o. w for to u. Om. w. x tweyne tv. y to the AGMNQSTrwx. z helle
fier u. hell of fyer or. a this o. & for our. c euer ou. d whiche ov. e Om. osvx. f semeth it o.
g Oin. ou. h scheep weren to oo man ou. ' hath erred ouvw sec. m. haue errid x. k whether A'.
1 hilles ou pr. m. the hillis g sec. m. "> Om. osvx. n thilke ou. o bifalleth u. P fyndeth u. Q ou
AMHPUVWX. r the wil ou. s of o. t whiche u. u heuen o. v this G. w hath synned ou. synne K.
haue synned A'. * ajens ou. y blame thou ou. z Oin. QUA". a bitwen sx. b and if ,4. <•' hereth ou.
d hereth not ou. haue not herd x. e take thou o. take to p. f tweyne NOUY el w pass. S eche ovx.
h stondeth w. i either of u. k Om. o. l a G. "' hethen man opvrrpr. m. n Om.
y Om. CEI. z sclaundre cxik. » caste it KM pr. m. b sclaundrith KM. c caste it CK. d for to c.
e a i. f wher celeri. e and K. *> thereof ia. i of cb. k of K. l and if Kk. m here i. n And I.
0 here KQRc/3. P hethene man CKR sec. m.b pr. m. ghi pr. m. /3. i or b. r Oin. labc. s thing K.
XVIII. 19 — 29-
MATTHEW.
49
seie to 3011 trewli, what euere thingis 3ee
shulen bynde vpon° erthe, thoP shulen be
bounden andi in heuenesr ; and what euere
thingis 366 shulen vnbynde vpon8 erthe,
tho' shulen be vnbounden and" in he-
is uenesv. Eftsoonew I seie to 3ou, that" 3if
two of 3ou shulen consente on>' thez erthe,
of euerya thinge whateuerb thei shulen
axe, it shal be don to hem of my fadir
2othatc is in heuenes. For where two or
three shulen'1 be gedrid in my name, ther
21 1 am in the midilf of hem. Thanne Petre,
'•cummynge ni3&tohym, seide,Lord, hou ofte
shal my brother synne inh me, and I shal
for3eue hym1 ? Whether tok seuen tymes1 ?
22Jhesus seith111 to hym, I seie nat to thee,
til seuen sithis ; but ton seuenty sythis
23 seuene sithis. Therfore the kingdom0 of
heuenes is lickenedP to a man kyng, that
wolde putted resoun with his seruauntis.
24 And whanne he began forr to putte8 re-
soun, oon was offrid1 to hym, that ow3ten
25 to hym ten thousand talentisv. Trewlyw
whanne he hadde natx wherof to 3elde, his
lord comaundide hym to be sold, and his
wif, and sonys?, and alle thingis that he
20 hadde, and to be payed. Forsothe 'the
ilkz seruaunt, fallynge doun, preide hym,
seyingea, Haue pacience in me, and alle
27 thingis I shal 3eelde to thee. Sothelyb the
lord vof that seruauntc hauynge'1 mercye,
leete* hym, 'or suffride lnjm%, and for3aue
28 to hym the dette. Trewly thilkh seruaunt
gon1 out, fonde oon of his euen seruauntis,
that oii3tek hym1 an hundrid pens™1 ; and
he, holdynge hym", stranglide hym, sey-
29 inge°, 3eld thatP thou owist. And his euen
seruaunt preiede^ hym, seyinge1', Haue pa-
bynden on erthe, tho schulen be boundun
also in heueneP ; and what euer thingis je
vnbynden on erthe, tho schulen be vn-
boundun also in heuene. Eftsoone Y seie 19
to 3011, that if tweyne of 3ou consenten
on ther erthe, of euery thing what euer
thei axen, it schal be don to hem of
my fadir that is in heuenes. For where 20
tweyne or thre ben gaderid in my name,
there Y am in the myddil of hem.
Thanne Petre cam to hym, and seide, 21
Lord, how ofte schal my brother synne
a3ens me, and Y schal for3yue hym ?
Whether til seuen tymes ? Jhesus seith 22
to hym, Y seie not to thee, til seuene
sithis; but til seuenti sithis seuene sithis.
Therfor the kyngdom of heuenes is lie- 23
ned to a kyngi, that wolde rekyn with
hise seruauntis. And whanne he bigari to 24
rekerie8, oon that ou3tel ten thousynde
talentis, was brou3tu to hymv. And 25
whanne he hadde not wherof tow 3elde,
his lord comaundide hym to be seld,
and his wijf, and children, and alle
thingis that he hadde, and to be paied.
But thilke seruaunt felde doun, and 20
preiede hym, and seide, Haue pacience in
me, and Y schal 3elde to thee alle thingis.
And the lord hadde merci on that ser-27
uaunt, and suffride hym to" go, and for-
3af toF hym the dette. But thilke ser-28
uaunt jede out, and foonde oon of his
euen seruauntis, that 011316 hym an hun-
drid pens ; and hez helde hyma, and
stranglide hym, and seide, 3e'de that
that thou owest. And his euen seruaunt an
felle doun, and preyede hym, and seide,
Haue pacience in me, and Y schal quyte
o on oux. P Om. ou. 1 also ou. Otn. G pr. m. r heuene vr. s on ux. * Om. u. u also v.
v heuene vr. w Efte ou. x for ou. 7 vpon G sec. m. z Om. OPSUX. a iche ou. eche x. b what-
euer thenge ou. what G pr. m. c whiche ov. d Om. ou. f myddes ou. 6 neJ3ynge ov.
comende neejh x. h ajens ou. ' to him u. k till ovw. l sy3thes ou. m seide o. n till ov.
0 rewme ou. P lych x. lijc y. q sette ou. r Om. osux. a sette ou. l broujte u sec. m.
" owid w. ajte x. v besauntes u. besauntes or talentes P. w And treuli A-. * noujte o. y his sones ou.
z thilke o. that A". a and seide ou. b Forsothe ou. c Om. OP. d hadde x. e mercy of that seruaunt OP.
f deliuered ou. 6 Om. oux. '• that ilke GW. the ilke A/P. that x. ' goynge o. k owed o. ajte x. l to
him ux. m penyes o. ° Om. ou. " and seide oc;. P thou the thenge that ou. thou that G sec. m. that
that MPW sec. m. XY. thou that that w pr. m. 1 fallinge doun, preyde Q sec. m. r and seide ou.
P heuenes Rpr. m. 1 man kyng K. r.Om. c. s for to putte resoun b sec. m. a.
sec. m. a. u offrid <jb sec. m. a. v Verse 24 omitted in Eb pr. m. w he shulda K.
y Om. Kxcghi. z Om. A pr. m. a Om. c.
VOL. IV. H
* oujte to hym b
Om. celeri et o$.
50
MATTHEW.
XVIII. 30 — XIX. 7.
cience in me, and valle thingis I shal quyte"
so to thee. Forsothe heVolde nat1; but wente,
and sent hym in to pryson, til that11 hev
si paide al the dette. Sothely his euen ser-
uauntis, seeynge the"' thingis that weren
don, "gretely hadden sorowex. And thei
cameri, and tolden to? her lord alle thez
32 thingis that weren don. Thanne his lord
clepide hym, and seide to hym, Weyward
seruaunt, I foi^af to thee al the dette, for
ssthou preidist me. Therfore whera it be-
houede0 nat andc thee to haue mercy ond
thi euen seruaunt, ase I hadde mercyf of«
34 thee ? And his lord wroth, tokh hym to
tourmenturs, til that' he paiedek al the dette.
35vSo and1 my fadir of heuen shal do to 3ou,
3if 36 'fo^eue natm eueryn man to his bro-
ther, of 3oure hertis.
CAP. XIX.
1 And it is0 don, whenne Jhesus hadde
eendide these? worclis, he passide fro Ga-
lilee, and camel in to vthe eendiV of5 Ju-
2 dee ouer Jordan. And manye cumpanyes
"of men* sueden hym, and he helide hem
3 there. And Pharisees camen ni3 to hym,
temptynge hym, and seyinge, Wheru it bev
leeful for"' a man forx to vleeue, or for-
isakey, his wijf, vof what euerz cause ? Thea
whiche answerynge seithb to hem, Han nat
3ee rad, for he that made menc at the
bygynnynge, rnaled and female vhe made
5 hemc ? And he seide, For this thing a man
shal leeue fadir and modir, and hef shal
eleue?, W clraweh, to his wif ; and thei
cshulen be two in oo flesh. vAnd so' thei
ben nat nowk two, bot oo flesh. Therfore1
a man departe nat thatm thing that" God
Teuioynyde0, 'or knytte to gidre?. Thei
alle thingis to thee. But he wolde not ; so
but wente out, and putte3 hym in tob
prisoun, til he paiede al the dette. And si
hise euen seruauntis, seynge thec thingis
that weren don, soreweden greetli. And
thei camen, and telden to her lord alle
thed thingis that weren don. Thanne 32
his lord clepide hym, and seide to hym,
Wickid seruaunt, Y foi^af to thee al the
dette, for thou preiedist me. Therfor:«
whether it bihouededd not also thee to
haue merci on thin euen seruaunt, as Y
hadde merci on thee ? And his lord was 34
wroth, and took hym to turrnentouris, til
he paiede al the dette. So my fadir of 35
heuene schal do to 3ou, if 36 for3yuen not
euerye man to his brother, of 3oure hertes.
CAP. XIX.
And it was don, whanne Jhesus hadde i
endid thesef wordis, he passide fro Ga-
lilee, and cam in to the coostis of Judee
ouer Jordan. And myche puple suede 2
him, and he heelide hem there. And 3
FariseesS camen to him, temptynge him1',
and seiden, Whether it be leueful to a
man to leeue his Avijf, for ony cause ?
Which1 answeride, and seide to hem, 4
Han 36 not red, for he that made men
at the bigynriyng, made hem male and
female? And he seide, For this thing as
man schal leeue fadir and modir, and he
schal draw to his wijf; and thei schuleri
be tweyne in o fleisch. Arid so thei ben 6
not now tweyne, but o fleisch. Therfor
ak man departe not that thing that God
hath ioyned. Thei seien to hym, What 7
thanne comaundide Moises, to 3yue a
8 I schall jelde all thenges ou. * nolde ov. u Om. OQU. v he hadde Q. w all the o. tho P. x weren
sorowful greetly ou. Y Om. s. z Om. OPSVX. tho vw sec. m. a whether x. whether and s. b by-
houeth ou. c also ou. d of or;. e as and GPW. as also v. f mercy also o. S on AMNSVWX. h bytoke
ou. i Om. ou. k hade payed o. 1 And so ou. m schal not forjif our. n eiche ou. ° was AOVV.
P this G. 1 he cam ou. r eendes, either coostis v sec. m. Om. o. s Om. o. * Om. ou. u Whether x pass.
v is ou. w to MOQSTUVWXY. Om. GP. * Om. OQSUXY. y forsake ou. lefen x. z bi eny ou. for what-
euere G. B Om. ou. b seide ou. c man T pr. in. & made hem male ou. e Om. o. f Om. ou.
S drawe u. cleue to p. h Om. oux. i Therfore Q sec. m. Om. Q pr. m. k Om. Q. ! And therefore
K sec. m. m the ou. n whiche thenge ou. ° hath ioyned 017. ioynede x. P Om. oux.
a puttide K. b Om. c. c tho Ek. d Om. cxbek. tho E. dd bihoueth n.
the Farisees i. h Om. cc pr. m. " The whiche i. k Om. i.
e ech c.
alle thes c.
XIX. 8 — 1
MATTHEW.
51
seyen to hym, What thannei comaundide
Moyses, to 3eue a litil boke of forsakynge,
sand to 'leeue ofFr? And he seith8 to hem,
For Moyses, at the hardriesse of joure
herte, suffride 3ou forsake* 3oure wyues ;
forsothe at the begynnyng it was nat so.
9 Trewly I seie to 3011, that" who euer leeu-
ethv his wif, now but for fornicacioun,
andx weddith an other, doth a vowtrie ;
and he that weddith the forsaken wife?,
10 doth a vowtrie. His disciplis seien to hyrn,
3if the cause of a man with az wijf is so,
nit speedith nat to weddea. Theb whiche
seithc to hem, Nat alle men taken this
12 word ; but to whichd it is 3ouen. Sothely
'there ben geldyngis6, 'the whichef ben
thus born of the? modris wombe ; and
'there ben geldyngish, that' ben maad of
men, and 'there ben geldyngisk, that1 han
geldid m hem self, for the kyngdamn of
heuenes. He0 that may take, take hef.
13 Thanne litil children weren offridi vpr to
hym, that he shulde putte hondis8 to hem,
and preie. Sothely his* disciplis blameden
u hem. But" Jhesus seithv to hem, Suffre
36 litil childre cume to me, and nyl 30 for-
bede hem 'for to come to mew ; for of siche
15 is the kyngdam of heuenes. And whenne
he hadde putte to hem hondis, he wente
lethennus". And loo ! oon, 'cummynge to-v,
seith' to hym, Good maister, what ofa good
thingb shal I do, that I haue euerlastynge
I7lyf? The<= which seith d to hym, What
axist thou me of good thing ? 'There is
ooe good God. Forf 3if thou wolt entre in
is to lif, kepeK the comaundementish. He
seith to hym, Whiche ? Trewly Jhesus
seide, Thou shalt nat do man sleaynge,
thou shalt nat do avowtrie, thou shalt nat
do thefte, thou shalt nat seye fals witness-
loinge'; worshipek thi fadir and thi modir,
libel of forsakyng, and to leeue of? And 8
he seide to hem, For1 Moises, for the
hardnesse of 3oure herte, suffride 3011
leeuem 3oure wyues ; but fro the bigynn-
yng it was not so. And Y seie to 300,9
that who euer leeueth" his wijf, but for
fornycacioun, and weddith another, doith
letcherie ; and he that weddith the for-
sakun wijf, doith letcherie. His disciplis 10
seien to him, If the cause of a man with
a° wijf is so, it spedith not to be weddid.
And he seide to hem, Not alle men taken u
this word ; but? to whiche it is 3ouun.
For ther ben geldingis, whiche ben thus") 12
born of the modrisr wombe ; and ther ben
geldyngis, that ben maad of men ; and
there ben geldyngis, that han geldid hem
silf, for the kyngdom8 of heuenes. He
that may take, 'take he4. Thanne litle is
children weren brou3te to hym, that he
schulde putte hondis to hem, and preie.
And the disciplis blamyden hem. But i<*
Jhesus seide to hem, Suffre 30 that litle
children come to me, and nyle 36 forbede
hem ; for of siche is the kyngdom of
heuenes. And whanne he hadde put to i'>
hem hondis, he wente fro thennus. And ie
lo ! oon cam, and seide to hyrn, Good
maister, what good schal Y do, that Y
haue euerlastynge lijf? Which" seith toi7
hym, What axist thou me of good thing?
There is o good God. But if thou wolt
entre tov lijf, kepe the comaundementis.
He seith to hym, Whiche? And Jhesus i«
seide, Thou schalt not do mansleying,
thou schalt not do auowtrie, thou schalt
not do thefte, thou schalt not seie fals
witnessying ; worschipe thi fadir and thi i»
modir, and, thou schalt lone thi nei3bore
as thi silf. The 3onge man seith to 20
hym, Y haue kept alle these thingis fro
1 therfore ou. r forsake ou. 3 seyde oir. * to forsake osux. u for our. v forsaketh ou. w Om. x.
* and he o. J Om. x. z the ou. Om. x. a be weddit N. be wedded ou. be wedde A sec. in. b Om. OK.
c seide ouw sec. m. d whom GPXY. e geldynges ben ou. f whiche ot;. that A:. S her u. h geldynges
ben ou. ' whiche ou. k geldynges ben ot;. 1 whiche ou. m geet x. n rewme ou. ° And he K sec. m.
P Om. ouiv. 1 brou3te u tec. m. r Om. ou. a his hondis N. * the ou. u Forsothe u. Sothely o.
v seide ou. w Om. o. to comen to me sux. x fro thens ot;. y neijynge ou. z seide ot;. a Om. ou.
b Om. ou. c Om. ot;. d seide ot;. c Oon is ou. There is AG. { Forsothe our. S kepe thou o.
b maundements M w. ' witnesse x. k honour thou ou.
1 Forsothe t. m to leeue KHuxeghik/3. n forsakitli c sup. ras. ° his IK. P but thei P. 1 so K.
T modir BP. s rewme cEiPCjca(3. t tak i. u The whiche I. v into B.
H 2
52
MATTHEW.
XIX. 20 30.
and thou shalt looue thi r^bore as thi self.
20 The 3ung] man seith to hym, I haue kepte
alle these thingis fro my 3outhem, what 3it
-21 failith to me ? Jhesus seith to hym, ?if
thou wolt be perfit, go, and selle alle
thingus that thou hast, and 3eue to pore
men, and thou shalt haue tresour in he-
22uene; and cum, sue thou me. Forsothe
whenne the 3ungn man hadde herde these
wordis, he wente awey sorwful, for he was
2:(hauynge many possessiouns. Forsothe
Jhesus seide0 to his disciplis, VI seie to 3ou
trewthei', fori a riche man 'of hardr shal
24 entre in to the kyngdam8 of heuenes. And
eftsone1 I seie to 3ou, it" is Vli3ter, or
eysierv, a camel forw to passe thorw3 'a
nedelis ei3ex, than a riche man to? entre
25 into the kyngdam" of heuenes. Treuly these
wordisb herd, thec disciplis wondriden
gretely, seyinge, Who therfore may be
2i;saaf? Forsothe Jhesus beholdynge seide
to hem, Anentis men this thing is im-
possible ; but anentis God alle thingis ben
27 possible. Thanne Petre answerynge seide
to hym, Loo! we ban forsaken alled thingis,
and we ban sued thee ; what therfore shal
M be to us ? Jhesus forsothe seide to hem,
Trewly Y seye to 3ou, that 36 that ban
forsaken alle thingis, and sued6 me, in re-
generacioun, ^ or gendrynge a^ein!, whenne
mannes sone shall sitte in the sete of his
mageste, ands 36 shulen sitt on twelue
setis, W 80egis\ demynge the twelue
2iikynredis of Yrael. And euery1 man that
shal forsake hous1', or1 bretheren, or™1 sis-
tren, or" fadir, or0 modir, orP wif, ori
sonysr, or8 feeldis, for my name, he* shal
take an hundrid fold, and shal welde euere
:iolastynge lyf. Forsothe manyu shulen be,
'the firstev the laste, and thew laste the
firste.
rny 3outhev, what 3it failithw to me?
Jhesus seith to hym, If thou wolt be 21
perfite, go, and sille alle thingis that
thou hast, and 3yue to pore men, and
thou schalt haue tresoure in heuene ; and
come, and sue me. And whanne the 22
3ong man hadde herd these wordis, he
wente awei sorewful, for he hadde many
possessiouns. And Jhesus seide to hise23
disciplis, Y seie to 3011 treuthe, for a
riche man of hard schal entre in to the
kyngdom of heuenes. And eftsoone Y24
seie to 3ou, it is Ii3ter a camel to passe
thorou a needlis i3e, thanne a riche man
to entre in to the kyngdom of heuens.
Whanne these thingis weren herd, the 25
disciplis wondriden greetli, and seiden,
Who thanne may be saaf? Jhesus bi-2«
helde, and seide to hem, Anentis men
this thing is impossible ; but anentis God
alle thingis ben possible. Thanne Petre 27
answeride, and seide to hym, Lo ! we
ban forsake alle thingis, and we ban
suede thee ; what thanne schal be to vs ?
Jhesus* seide to hem, Truli I seie to 3011,21!
that 36 that han forsake alle thingis,
and han sued me, in the^ regeneracioun
whanne mannus sone schal sitte in the
sete of his maieste, 36 schulen sitte on
twelue setis, demynge the twelue kyn-
redis of Israel. And euery man that for- 20
sakith hous, britheren or sistrenz, fadir
or modir, wijf ethira children, or feeldis,
for my name, he schal take'1 an hundrid
foold, and schalc welde euerlastynge lijf.
But manye schulen be, the firste the 30
laste, and the laste the firste.
1 jong wexinge ou. "> jongthe o. n jong wexinge ou. ° seith x. P Trewly I seie to jou o. <l for
of harde ou. r Om. ou. s rewme ou. * efte ou. u for o. v esier ou. lijtere x. w Om. osux. * the
hoole of an nedel eije o. the hoole of a nedle u. y for to ou. a rewme o. b thenges ou. f Om.
Axsrw. d Om. K. e han sued our. suen p. f Om. or sec. m. x. or gadering ayn r pr. m. S also ou.
h Om. GOPUXY. i eche oux. k his hous u. 1 ether ou. m ether ou. » ether ou. Om. K.
0 ether ou. P ether ou. 1 ether ouw sup. ras. and K. r sone if. s ether our. * Om. our. u many
lirst OPXY. many the firste K sec. m. * Om. GK sec. m. PXY. of the firste o. w of the o.
v jongthe ciKiubgi. w falleth R. * and Jhesus i.
b haue CKPQXa. <-• he schal i.
Om. cKisiPQRUxbcka^. z sistris c. » or bek.
XX. I 14.
MATTHEW.
53
CAP. XX.
i The kyngdam* of heuenes is lie to an
husbond man, that wente out first erly, 'or
by the marice*, to hyre workemen in to his
2%vyne3erdz. Forsothe thea couenaunt maad
with workmen, of a peny for the day, he
ssente hem in to his 'vyne3erdb. And he,
gon out about the thridde hour, say other
4 stondynge ydil in the chepyng. And he
seide to hem, Goc 'and 3eed in to my vvyrie
3erde, and 'that that shal be ri3tfulf, I shal
53eue to 3ou&. Sotheli thei weriten forth.
Forsothe eftsoone'1 he wente out aboute
the sixte hour, and the nynethe, and dide
eon liche' manere. But aboute the elle-
uenthe hourek he wente out, and foond
other stondynge ; and he seide to hem,
7 What stonden 36 her ydil al day ? Thei
seien1 to hym, For no man hath hirid us.
He seith to hem, Go™ vand 36" in to my
a'vyne 3erd°. Forsothe whenne euenynge?
was maad, the lord of the 'vyne3erdi seith
to his procuratour1", Clepe" the workmen,
and 3elde to hem her hijre, bygynnynge at
» the laste 'til to1 the firste. Therfore whenne
thei 'weren commen", that camenv about
the elleuenth hour, and w thei token syn-
guler* pens, that is, euerijf man oof peny.
10 Trewly anda the firste cummynge demed-
en, that thei werenb to take more, 'trewly
andc thei token "echori by hym silf a penyd.
11 And thei takynge grutcheden a3eins the
12 husbond man, seyinge6, Thesef laste diden
worche% oonh our, and thou hast maad
hem euen to vs, that han born the charge
is of the day and hete' ? And he answerynge
to oon of hem, seide, Frend, I do 'thee no
wrongek ; whether1 thou hast nat accordid
14 with me for a peny? Take 'that that is
thine"1, and go ; forsothe Y wole 3eue and"
CAP. XX.
The kyngdom of heuenes is lijc to am
housbonde man, that wente out first bi
the morewe, to hire werk men inz to his
vyne^erd. And whanne the couenaunt 2
was maad with3 werk men, of a peny for
the dai, he sente hem in to his Tynejerd.
And he 3ede out aboute the thridde our, :i
and say othere stondynge idel in the che-
pyng. And he seide to hem, Go 30 also 4
in to myn vyn3erd, and that that schal
be ri3tful, Y schal 3yue to 3ou. And thei 5
wenten forth. Eftsoones he wente out
aboute the sixte our, and the nynthe,
and dideb inc lijk maner. But aboute r>
the elleuenthe our he wente out, and
foond other stondynge ; and hed seide to
hem, What stonden 36 idel here al dai ?
Thei seien to him, For no man hath?
hirid vs. He seith to hem, Go 30 also
in to my vyne3erd. And whanne euen- 8
yng was comun, the lord of the vyne3erd
seith to his procuratoure, Clepee the werk
men, and 3eldef to? hem her hire, and bi-
gynne thou at the laste til to the firste.
And so whanne thei weren comun, that 9
camen aboute the elleuenthe our, also
thei token eueryche of hem a peny. But 10
the firste camen, and demederi, that thei
schulden take more, but thei token ech
oon bi hem silf a peny; and in then
takyng grutchidenh a3ens the hosebonde
man, and seiden, These laste wrou3teni2
oon our, and thou hast maad hem euen
to vs, that han born the charge of the
dai, and heete ? And he answeride to oon is
of hem, and seide, Freend,Ydo thee noon
wrong ; whether thou hast not acordid
with me for a peny ? Take thou that' that u
is thin, and go ; for Y wole 3yue to this
" rewme ou. y Om. ovxv. z vinere ou. a Om. x. b vinere u. c Goth x. & 39 also ou. e vyner
of. f Om. ou. S jou this that schall be rijteful ou. h eft ou. > lichy w. * Om. G pr. w. 1 seiden x.
m Goth x. n je also ot;. ° vinere ou. P euentyde ou. 1 viner ou. r procatour KQT. s Clepe thou ou.
1 til KIV pr. m. u camen ou. T haden commen ou. w also ou. x euen ou. y iche ou. eche x. z a
OUPX. a Om. Q. b weren worthi ou. c but also ou. d euen pens ou. eche by hymself a peny x. echon
bi him self oo peny Y. e and seiden ou. f The r. e Om. AK pr. m. nosrvrx. l» Jn on ou. ' o'f the heete
o. the heete PU. k no wronge to thee ou. l whar o. m thou the thenge that thine is ou. n also ou.
* Om. R pr. m. a with the K. b he dide i. c on Eia/9. d Om. c. e Clepe ;e bi pr. m. f jelde 36 i.
Om. n pr. m. h thei grutchiden A sec. m. x sec. m. ' that thing c. Om. hi.
54
MATTHEW.
XX. 15 27.
to this the0 laste man?, as andi to thee.
15 Wherr it is nat leful to me for8 to do that*
thatlwole ? Wheru thin ei3e is wickidv, for I
16 am good ? So 'there shulen be thew last men
thex firste?, arid the 'firste men thez lastea ;
17 for many ben clepid, bot few chosun. And
Jhesus, steyinge vpb to Jerusalem, toke his
twelue disciplis in priuytee, and seithc to
is hem, Loo ! we 'gon vpd to Jerusalem, and
marines sone shal be taken6 to princis of
prestis, and scribisf; and thei shulen con-
I'jdempue hym bys deth. And thei shulen
bitake hym to hethen men, forh to be
scornyd, and scourgid', and crucified ; and
thek thridde day he shal ryse a3ein1.
20 Thanne the modir of the sonis of Zebede
'came ni3m to hym with hire sonys, ho-
nourynge0, and axinge sume thing of hym.
21 The0 whiche seide to hir, What wolt thou ?
She seithP to hym, Seiei that these 'two
myr sonys sitten, oon at thi8 ri3thalf, and
22 oon at thi1 lefthalf, in thi kyngdam". For-
sothe Jhesus answerynge seide, 3e wyten
nat what }e axenv, or shulen axe™. Mowen
36 drynke the cuppe that" I 'am to>' drynke?
23 Thei seienz to hym, We mowen. He seith
to hem, Forsothe 36 shal drynke my cuppe ;
buta to sitte atb thec ri3thalf ord ate left-
half, itf is nat myn to 3eue to 3011 ; but to
24whiche£ it is made redy of my fadir. And
the ten herynge hadden indignacioun of
25 the'1 two1 bretheren. Sothely Jhesus cle-
pide hem to hym, and seithk, 3e witen, for
princis1 of heithen men ben lordis of hem,
and thei that ben more"1, hawnten" power
26 'in to0 hem. It shal nat be so among 3011 ;
bot who euere wole be maad rnoreP among
27 3ou, be he 3oure mynystre ; and who euere
laste man, ask to thee. Whether it is is
not leueful to me to do that that1 Y wole?
Whether thin {36 is wickid, for Y am
good ? So the laste schulen be the firste, is
and the firste them laste ; 'for many" ben
clepid, but0 fewe ben chosun. And Jhe- 17
sus wente vp to Jerusalem, and took hise
twelue disciplis in priuetee, and seide to
hem, Lo ! we goon vp to Jerusalem, and is
mannus sone schal be bitakun to princis
of prestis, and scrim's'' ; and thei schulen
condempnehim todeeth. And thei schulen is
bitake hym to hethene men, for to be
scorned, and scourgid, and crucified ; and
the thridde day he schal rise a}en to lijf.
Thanne the modir of the sones of Ze-20
bedee cam to hym with hir sones, onour-
ynge, and axynge sum thing of hym.
And he seide to hir, What wolt thou? 21
She seith to hym, Seie that thes tweynePP
my sones sitte, oon at thii ri3thalf, and
oon at thii lefthalf, in thi kyngdom. Jhe- 22
sus answeride, and seide, 3e witen not
what 36 axen. Moun 36 drynke ther cuppe
which8 Y schal1 drynke" ? Thei seien to
hym, We moun. He seith to hem, 3e2.i
schulen drinke my cuppe ; but to sitte at
my ri3thalf or lefthalf, ituu is not myn to
3yue to 3ou ; but to whichev it is maad
redi of my fadir. And the ten herynge, 24
hadden indignacioun of the tweiw bri-
theren. But Jhesus clepide hem to hym, 25
and seide, 3e witen, that princis of he-
thene men ben lordis of hern, and thei
that ben gretter*, vsen power on hem. It 26
schal not be so among 3ou ; but who euer
wole be maad grettei-y among 3ou, be he
3oure mynystre ; and who euer among
0 Om. PQS. P Om. ou. n also ou. r Whether and G. Whether sx. a Om. ovx. ' the thenge ou.
u Or whether N. Whether GPSUWX. v wicke X, w Om. a pr. in. * Om. PQ. xy the firste schulen be the
laste ou. z Om. PQ. %a laste the firste ou. b Om. u. ° seide ovrw sec. m. & sti3en ou. e bitaken
vrw sec. m. f to scribes ou. S to OPX . h Om. sx. » beeten ou. k in the ou. 1 Om, G pr. m.
m nei3ed ou. n worchipynge ou. honourynge, or preiynge Q sec. m. ° Om. ou. P seide ovx. q Seie
thou ou. r my two ou. tweyne my w. s the o. * the o. u rewme ou. v schulen axe o. asken g,
w Om. ovx or sehulen aske Q. * whiche ou. > schall ou. z seiden o. a forsothe ou. b on G. c my
AOUVW. d ether ou. « Qm. AGMNPSUWXY. at my or sec. in. at the e. f Om. G pr, m. vx. £ whom
GPXY. h Om. Q. ' tweyne ir, k seide ourw sec. m. ' the princes ou. m the gretter ou. D vsen ou,
° on our. P the gretter ou.
k as myche as and K. ' Om. c. m schul be the i. n many forsothe i. ° and CIR pr. m. a. P to
scribes i, PP two i. 'I the R. r of the EI pr. m. s that i. t am to C. u drynke off 'i pr. m. uu Om. Q.
v whom i. w two IQ. x greties' c. y gretttst c.
XX. 28 — XXI. 7-
MATTHEW.
55
amonge jou wole be firste"), he shal be
283oure seruaunt. As mannes sorie came nat
forr to be serued, but fors to serue, and
'for to1 3eue his 'soule, or lif", redemp-
29 cioun for many. And hemv goynge out of
Jerico, manye cumpanyes of peplew sueden
30 hym. And loo ! two* blynd men sittynge
besidis^ the weye, herden that Jhesus pass-
ide ; and thei crieden, seyinge, Lord, the
31 sone of Dauyth, haue mercy onz vs. For-
sothe the cumpariyea blamyde hem, vfor tob
be stille ; and thei crieden more 'and morec,
seiynge, Lord, the sone of Dauyth, haue
32 mercy ond vs. And Jhesus stood, and
clepide hem, and seith6, What wolef 36,
33 that I do to 3ou? Theis seien to hym,
34 Lord, that oure ei3en be openyd. For-
3ou wole be the firste, he schal be 3oure
seruaunt. As mannus sone cam not to be 28
seruyd, but toy serue, and toz 3yue his lijf
redempcioun for manye. And whanne2»
thei 3eden out of Jerico, miche puple
suede him. And ]o! tweia blynde men so
saten bisydis the weie, and herden that
Jhesus passide ; and thei crieden, and
seiden, Lord, the sone of Dauid, haue
merci on vs. And the puple blamedeai
hem, that thei schulden be stille ; and
thei crieden theb more, and seiden, Lord,
the sone of Dauid, haue merci on vs.
And Jhesus stood, and clepide hem, and 32
seide, What wolen 36, that Y do to 3ou ?
Thei seien to him, Lord, that oure i3en33
be opened. And Jhesus hadde merci on 34
hem, and touchide her i3en; and anoori
sothe Jhesus, hauynge mercy onh hem,
touchide her ei3en ; and anoon thei sayen, thei sayen, and sueden him.
and sueden hym.
CAP. XXI.
i And whaune Jhesus' came ni3 to Jeru-
salem, and cam to Bethfage, ink the mount
of Olyfeet, thanne Jhesus sente his two1
2disciplis, seyinge to hem, Go 36 in to the
castel that"1 is a3einus 3ou, and anon 36 shal
fynde a she asse tyed, and a colt with hir;
svnbynde" 36, and bryng0 to me. Arid 3if
eny man 'shal seieP to 3ou eny thinge, 'seie
36% that1" the Lord hath need to hern ; and
43110011 he shal leeue hem. Trewly8 alss
this was don, that that* thing that was
seid by the prophete shulde be fulfillid",
5 seyinge, Seie 36 to the dorter of Syon,
Loo ! thi kyng cometh to thee, 'hornly, or
mekev, sittynge on 'an assew, and a 'fole,
e the" sone? of a beest vndir 3ook. For-
sothe disciplisz, goyngea, diden as Jhesus
ycomaundide hemb. And thei brou3ten toc
a she asse, and 'the foled, and puttiden6
CAP. XXI.
And whanne Jhesus cam ny3 to Jerusa- 1
lem, and cam to Bethfagebb, at the mount
of Olyuete, thanne sente he his tweic dis-
ciplis, and seide to hem, Go 30 ind to 2
the castel that is a3ens 3ou, and anoori 36
schulen fynde an asse tied, and a colt
with hir ; vntien 36, and brynge6 to me.
And if ony man seie to 3ou ony thing, 3
seie 36, that the Lord hath nede to hem ;
and anoon he schal leeue hem. Al this 4
was doon, that that thing schulde be ful-
fillid, that was seid bi the prophete, sei-
ynge, Seie 56 to the doi^ter of Syon, Lo 1 5
thi kyng cometh to thee, meke, sittynge
on an asse, and a fole of an asse vnder
3ok. And the disciplis 3eden, and diden e
as Jhesus comaundide hem. And theif7
brou3ten an asse, and the& fole, and leid-
enh her clothis on hem, and maden hym
q the first ou. r Om. svx. s Om. osux.
tweyne w. y by o. 2 of G sec. m. PXY.
1 Om. o. to svx. "lifou. soule x. v thei u. w Om. ou.
a companies o. b that thei schulden ou. to s.v. c Om.
ouvw sec. m. d of G sec. m. PXY. e seide ou. f wiln x. S And thei GX. b Of GS.YV. ' he ou.
k to o. at GMPQSTUYWXY. l tweye \v. m \vhiche ou. n vntye u sec. m. ° bryngith GSXY.
P seieth ou. 1 seith s. seye w pr. m. r for ou. s Forsothe ou. ss as K. * the ou. u filled ou.
v he mylde ou. homly, or mekely PT. Om. x. w a sche asse ou. x coltes o. colt u. y Om. u sec. m.
2 the disciplis PU. a goynge forth Q sec. m. b to hem ou. c Om. ou. two G pr. m. d a colt o. the
colt u. e putten x.
y for to K. z Om. H pr. m. a two i. b Om. Eib pr. m. caft.
Om. c. e bryngeth EIQRCO/}. f Om. s. sec. m. S a K. her e.
bb Beffage A. c two i el Q passim.
thei leiden i.
56
MATTHEW.
XXI. 8 — 19.
her clothis on hem, and maden hym sittef
saboue. Forsothe ful muche cumpanye
strewidens her clothis in the wey ; sothely
other1' kittiden1 braunchis of trees, and
gstrowiden in the weye. Butk the cum-
panyes that wenten before, and that sued-
en, crieden, seyinge, Osanna, that w1, /
preie, sauem, to the sone of Dauith ; blessid
f'*n he that cummeth in the0 name of the
Lord ; Osanna in 'the hee3istP thingis.
10 And when he had entrid in to Jerusalem,
al the cite was stirid, seyinge, Who is
11 this? Treuly'i the peplis seiden, This is
'Jhesus, the prophete1", of Nazareth of Ga-
i2lilee. And Jhesus entride in to the temple
of God, and kest8 out of the temple alle*
'sellynge and byinge"; and he turnyde vp-
sadoun the bordis ofv chaungeris, and the
13 chaiers of men sellynge culueris. And he
seith to hem, It is writen, My hous shal
be clepid an hous of preiere ; forsothe 30
14 ban made it a derme of thefes. And
blyndew and crokid" 'camen ni3-v to hym
15 'in the temple2, and he helide hem. For-
sothe the princis of prestis* and scribisb,
seeynge thec marueiloused thingis that he
dide, and children cryinge in the temple,
and seiynge, Osanna to the sone of Da-
leuith, dedeyneden6, and seiden to hym,
Heerist thou what these seyen ? Sothely
Jhesus seithf to hem, 3he ; wher& 36 han
riat1' rad, For of the mouth of children,
that kunnen nut speke, and' of k soukynge
mylk1, thou hast made parfite heryinge™ ?
17 And, hem forsaken11, he wente forth out of
the0 citee, in to Betanye ; and there he
dwelte, and tai^te hem of the kyngdami'
is of God. Forsothe on the morw, he, turn-
19 yngei a3ein in to the citee, hungride. And
he, seeynge ar fige tree bysidis the weye,
sitte aboue. And ful myche puple strew- K
iden' her clothis in the weie ; othere kitt-
iden braunchis of trees, and strewidenk
in the weie. And the puple that wente >.>
bifore, and that sueden, crieden, and
seiden, Osanna to the sone of Dauid ;
blessid is he that cometh in the name of
the Lord ; Osanna in hi3 thingis. And 10
whanne he was entrid in to Jerusalem,
al the citee was stirid, and seide, Who is
this? But the puple seide, This is Jhe-n
sus, the prophete, of Nazareth of Galilee.
And Jhesus entride in to the temple of 12
God, and castide1 out of the temple alle
that bou3ten and solden ; and he turnede
vpsedoun the bordis of chaungeris, and
the chayeris of men that solden culueris.
And he seithm to hem, It is writun, Myn 13
hous schal be clepid an hous of preier;
but 36 han maad it a denne of theues.
And blynde and crokid camen to hyrn u
inn the temple, and he heelide hem. But0 is
the princis of prestis and scribisP, seynge
the merueilouse thingis that he dide, andi
children criynger in the temple, and sei-
ynge, Osanna8 to the sone of Dauid, had-
den* indignacioun, and seiden to hym, \a
Herist thou what these seien ? And"
Jhesus seide to hem, 3neV > whether 36
han neuer redde, That of the mouth of
3onge children, and of soukynge childryn,
thou hast maad perfit heriyng ? And 17
whanne he hadde left hem, he wente
forth out of the citee, in to Bethanye ;
and there he dwelte, and tai^te hem of
the kyngdom of God. But on the mo- is
rowe, he, turnynge a3en in to the citee,
hungride. And he saye a fige tree bi- 19
sidis the weie, and cam to it, and foond
no thing ther ynne but leeues oneli. And
f to sitten x. g spredden u sec. m. 'i other men ou. i kytten GX. k Forsothe ou. ' i* to saye T.
m sane ihou or sec. m. u. "Om.x. ° Om. p. P hei3 or sec. m. v. heyjest G>ir pr. m. PQSTWXY. 1 For-
sothe ou. r the prophete Jhesus o. s casted or. ' alie men A". u biende and sillende A'. v and KQII .
and of r. w blinde men or sec. m. v. x croked men ou. J nt^ed o. neijeden rv. z Om. A'. a the
prestes o. b the scribes ou. c Om. K pr. m. or. d wonderfull or sec. m. u. e haden indignacioun or
sec. m. u. thei hadden dedegne K. f seide our. S whether GUS el x passim. h neuere vvw sec. m. ' or p.
k of the o. ' Om. A". m preysinge GOQA'Y. n left N. ° that G. P rewme or sec. m. v. 1 turned o.
r o v sec. m. w.
i spredden iQgk sec. m. a. k strewen (3. 1 caste k pr. m. m seide KR. n into c.
scribis c. i and the cs. r crieden s. s that is, I prey thee, saue vs x mars:.
u Om. c. v Om. j.
0 And c. P the
1 thei hadden ia.
XXI. 2C
-29.
MATTHEW.
57
came to it, and fonde no thing vther ons
no but leeuys oonly ; and he seith* to it,
Neuer be" fruyt bornv of thee, in to with
outen eende. And anoon the fijge tree
20 was dried vp. And disciplisw seeynge,
21 wondreden, seyinge*, Hou 'anon it driedeF.
Sothely Jhesus answerynge, seith" to hem,
Trewly I seye to 3011, 3if 36 shulen han
feith, as aa corn of seneuey, and 'douten
natb, nat oonly je shulen do of thisc fijge
tree, bot andd 3if 36 seiene to this hill,
Takef thee, and caste thee in to the see,
22 'and so& it shal be don. And alle thingis
what euer 3eh shulen axe in preier byleu-
iwynge1, 366 shulen take. And whennek he
came in1 to the temple, the princis of
prestis and eldrem men of the peple camen
ri {3 to hym techynge, seyinge", In what
power dost thou these thingis ? and who
24 3af to thee this power ? Jhesus answer-
ynge seide to hem, And I shal axe 5011
o° word, the'' whiche 3if 36 shulen seie to
me, and I shal seie to 3011, in what power
2,-. I do these^ thiugis. Of whennes was the
baptem of Joon ; of heuene, orr of men ?
And thei thou^ten with inne 'hem selfs,
20 seyinge, 3'f we shulen seie of heuene, he
shal seie to vs, Whi therfore beleuen 36
nat to hym ? Sothely 3if we shulen seie of
men, we dreden the cumpanye 'of peple1,
27 for alle hadde Joon as a prophete. And
thei answerynge to Jhesu seiden, We
witen nat. And he seith11 to hem, Nether
I seie to 3ou, in what power I do these
28 thingis. Forsothe what semeth to 3ou?
Sum man hadde twov sonys; and he'cum-
mynge ni3w to the firste seide, Sone, go
'for to worche* 'this day? in toz myn vyne-
2»3erda. Sothely he answerynge seithb, I
nyle ; forsothe0 afterward he stirid byd
he seide to it, Neuer fruyt come forth of
thee, in to with outen eende, And anoon
the fige tre was dried vp. Andw disciplisso
'sawen, andx wondriden, seiynge^, Hou a-
noon it driede. And Jhesus answeride, 21
and seide to hem, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
if 36 haue feith, and douten not, not oonli
30 schulen do of the fige tree, but also if
36 seyn to this hil,Take, and caste thee in
to the see, it schal be don so. And alle 22
thingis what euerez 36 bileuynge schulen
axe in preyer, 36 schulen take. And 23
whanne he cam in to the temple, the
princis of prestis and elder men of the
puple carnen to hym that tau3te, and
seiden, In what power doist thou these
thingis? and who 3af thee this power?
Jhesus answeride, and seide to hem, And 24
Y schal axe 3ou o word, the which if
36 tellen mea, Y schal seie to 3011, in
whatb power Y do these . thingis. Of 25
whennys was the baptym of Joon ; of he-
uene, or of men ? And thei thou3ten with
ynne hem silf, seiynge, If we seien of2«
heuene, he schal seie to vs, Whi thanne
bileuen 36 not to hym ? If we seien of
men, we dreden the puple, for alle hadden
Joon as a prophete. And thei answer- 27
iden to Jhesu, and seiden, We witen
not. And he seide to hem, Nether Y seie
to 3ou, in what power Y do these thingis.
But what semeth toc 3011? A man hadde 28
tweysones; and he cam to the firste, and
seide, Sone, go worche this dai in my
vyne3erd. Arid he answeride, and seide, 20
Y nyled ; but afterward he forthou3te,
and wente forth. But he cam to 'the»«
tothere, and seide onf lijks maner. And
he answeride, and seide, Lord, Ygo; and
he wente not. Who of the tweyne didesi
9 ther ynne AGMfrpQsrurxY. l seide ouvw sec. m. " Oni. or sec. m. u. v cum forthe ov sec. m. u.
w the disciplis PU. * and seyden u sec. in. 7 it dried anone o. it dried up anone v sec. m. anoon driede NP.
z seyde ourw sec m. a the ot;. t> schul not dowte ovrw sec. m. c the our. d also our. e schulen
seie ovr. f Take awei our. SOtn.our. h 30 byleuynge our. ' Om. our. k Om. u. ' Om. x. m the
eelder or sec. m. u. D and seiden or sec. m. u. ° a AND. V Om. or sec. m. u. q this G passim. * ether
or sec. m. u. * hem seluen o. ' Om. or sec. m. u. » seide our. v tweye w. w nei3ynge or sec. m. u.
* Om. o. forth to worke s. thou for to worche AV sec. m. v. y to day or sec. m. u. z Om. w sec. m. x.
a vinere for to worche or sec. m. v. ^ seide or sec m. u. c but or sec. m. u. d with o.
w And the CEiReik/3. x seyng A sec.m. ig scc.m. seyn and A pr.m. seynge and c. J seynge A scc.m.
EH sec.m. sbhi iec.m. g sec.m. k. and seiden la. z euere thingis CR. a to me ak sec.m. ft. ° whois K.
c Om. IKMS pr. m. pcjuxbceka. d wil not i. c that oother i. { in cien. g the same 10.
VOL. IV. I
58
MATTHEW.
XXI. 30 — 40.
sopenaunce, "or fortlienkynge*, wente. For-
sothe he, cummyrigef to 'the totherS, seide
lich maner. And he answerynge seith i,
si Lord, I go; and he wente nat. Who of
thek two1 dide the 'fadris will"1? Thei
seien to hym, The firste. Jhesus seith to
hern, Trewly I seie to 3011, for puplicanys
and hooris shulen go before 3ou in to the
32kyngdam" of God. Forsothe0 Joon cam to
3011 in the weye of ri3twisnesseP, and 36
bileeuedeni nat to hym ; buf puplicanys
and hooris beleueden to hyrn. Sothely8
3ee seeynge 'nether hadde don* penaunce
afterward, that 36 bileeuyden" to hym.
33 Heere 30 an other parable. 'Ther was an
husbondmanv, that plantide a'vyne 3erdw,
and 3aue an hegge aboute", and dalue a
pressour" therynne, and bildide^ a toure,
and 'hiride, or7- seftea itb to forme, to
erthe tiliers, and wente ferree in pilgrim-
34 age. Forsothe wherme the tyme of fruytis
nei3ided, he sente his seruauntis to the
erthe tiliers, that thei token6 fruytis of it.
35 And, his seruauntis taken, the erthe tiliers
beeten 'the toonf, 'an other thei slewen&,
'but another1' thei stoonyden' "to det/ti.
3oEftsonesk he sente other seruauntis, mo
than the firste1, and 'liche maner111 thei
:i7diden to hem". Forsothe at the laste he
sent his sone to hem, seyirige0, Thei shulen
38'shame, or dredev, my sone. Sothely the
erthe tiliers, seeynge the sone, seiden with
ynne hem self, This is the eire; cume 36,
slea we hym, and we shulen haue his1!
heritage. And, 'hym taken1", thei kesten5 out
40 of the vyr^erd', and sleM'en". Therfore
whenne the lord of the vyne3erdv shal
the fadris wille? Thei seienfto hym, The
firste. Jhesus seith to hem, Treulis Y
seie to 3011, for pupplicans and hooris
schulen go bifor 3ou'in to1' the kyngdom
of God. For Joon cam to 3ou in1 the 32
weie of ri3twisnesse, and 36 bileueden not
to him ; but pupplicans and hooris bi-
leueden to hym. But 36 sayn, and had-
den no forthenkyng aftir, that 36 bi-
leueden to hym. Here 36 another parable. 33
There was an hosebonde man, that plaunt-
ide a vyn3erd, and heggide it aboute, and
dalfe a presour ther ynne, and bildide a
tour, and hiride' it to erthe tilk-ris, and
wente fer in pilgrimage. Butk whanne34
the tyme of fruytis nei3ede, he sente his
seruauntis to the erthe tilieris, to take
fruytis of it. And the erthetilieris token 35
his seruauntis, and beeten1 'the toon01,
thei" slowen another0, and thei? stonyden
another. Eftsoone he sente othere ser-3i;
uauntis, mo than the firste, and in lijk
maner thei diden to hem. And at the 37
laste he sente his sone to hem, arid seide,
Thei schulen drede my sone. But the 38
erthe tilieris, seynge the sone, seiden with
ynne hem silf, This is the eire; come 36,
sle we hym, and we schulen haue his
eritage. And thei token'', and castiden 3:»
hym out of the vyn3erd, and slowen hym.
Therfor whanne the lord of the vyne3erd4o
schal come, what schal he do to thilke
erthe tilieris? Thei seien to hyrn, He4i
schal leese yuele the yuele men, and he
schal sette to hire hisr vyne3erd to othere
erthetilieris, whyche schulen 3elde to hym
fruyt in her tymes. Jhesus seith to hem, 4-2
e Om. ov sec. m. vx. f nei3ynge or sec. m. u. comyng nij GJUPJF. comende neejh x. S that other u.
b the liik GV. the lichy PW pr. m. lichi w sec. m. in like or sec. m. u. the Ii3kli M. ' seide ov. k thes VT.
1 tweyne ov sec. m. uiv. ni will of the fader or sec. m. u. n rewine ov sec. m. u. ° For ov sec. m. u.
P rijtefulnesse or sec. m. u. 1 beleuen v. r treuli v sec. m. s But ou. *• hade not ou. nethir hadden
GMV sec. m. PQSIVXY. u schulde byleue ou. v An husbandenian was or sec. m. u. w viner ov sec. m. u.
x abowte hit ovu sec. m. theraboute GS.Y. xx pressure K. y bilde x. z Om. ov sec. m. o. sec. m. x.
hijride it, or p. a settide v sec. m. u. b Om. MPQ pr.m. c forthe or sec.m. u. d had nei3ed or sec.m. v.
e schulden take the or sec. m. vw sec. m. shulde take x. f oon MOV sec. m. UP. that oon w. the oon A'.
g thei kylden an other or sec. m. u. h forsothe or sec. m. u. » stoneden another ovr sec. m. J Om. ov
sec. m. PUX. to the deeth w pr. m. k Efte or sec. m. u. l former or sec. m. u. m Om. or sec. m. u. lichi
manere MIV. n hem in like maner ov sec. m. u. ° and seide or sec. m. u. P drede or sec. m. u.
shamen x. q the OP. r Om. AHOSV sec. m. s casteden him taken ANOV sec. m. w. casteu hym taken s.
casteden MVP. * vinere our sec.m. u kilden or sec. m. u. v vinere or sec. m. u.
f seiden R pr. m. S Treuli, treuli, EC pr. m. h in CEIMPQRSUX pr. m. bcehi. ' in to i sec. m. J he
hiride i. k And R. ' thei beeten ia. m oon i. that oon e. the oon E/3. n and ce. ° the tother c.
P Om. EiPHa|3. q tooken him K. r the Ksghi.
XXI. 4i — XXII. 5-
MATTHEW.
59
cume, what shal he do to vthe ilkw erthe
4i tillers? Thei seien" to hym, He shal lese
yuele the^ yuel men, and settez to hire his
vyrie3erd a to other b erthe tiliers, the
whichec shulen 3elde to hym fruytis in
42 her tymes. Jhesus seith to hem, Redden
je neuer in scripturis, The stoon vthe
whiched 'beldynge men" reproueden, this
is maad in to thef heueds of the corner ?
'Of the Lordss this thing is maadh, and it is
43 merueilous' in oure ei3en. Therfore I seie
to 3011, for the kyngdamk of God shal be
taken1 fro 3011, and shalm be 3ouen to a"
44 folk doinge fruytis0 vof itf. And he that
shal falle on this stoon, shal be broken to-
gidre ; forsothe Vpon whom it shal falle 1,
45 it shal 'togidre pouner hyms. And when
the princis of prestis and Pharisees' had-
den herde his parablis, thei knewen that
4<> he seide" vof hemv. And thei, seekynge to
holde hym, dreden the curnpanyes 'of pe-
plew, for thei hadden hym as a prophete.
CAP. XXII.
1 And Jhesus answerynge 'seide eftsonex
2 in parablis Ho hem-v, seiynge7, The kyng-
dam of heuenes is maadzz lie to a man
kyng that made weddingus to his sone.
3 And he sente his seruauntis for" to clepe
men beden to the weddyngis, and thei
4wolden riat cume. Eftsooneh he sente
other seruauntis, seiynge0, Seie 3ee to thed
men beden to thee feeste, Loo ! I haue
made redy my metef, my boles and vola-
tilis& ben slayn, and alle thingis redyh ;
s'cumme 36 to the weddyngus1. Sothely
thei dispisiden, W recken natk, and thei
wenten awey, oon1 in to his vyne3erdm,
Redden 36 neuer in scripturis, The stoon
which8 bilderis' repreueden, this is maad
in to the heed of the corner? Of the
Lord this thing is don, and it is" mer-
ueilous biforv oure i3en. Therfor Y seie 43
to 3ou, that the kyngdom of God schal
be takun fro 3ou, and shal be 3ouun to
a folc doynge fruytis of it. And he that 44
schal falle on this stoon, schal be brokun;
but on whom it schal falle, it schal al to-
brise hym. And whanne the princes of 45
prestis and Farisees hadden herd hise pa-
rablis, thei knewen that he seide of hem.
And thei soften to holde hym, but thei4<;
dredden the puple, for thei hadden hym
as a prophete.
CAP. XXII.
And Jhesus answeride, and spak eft- 1
soone in parablis to hem, and seide, The 2
kyngdom of heuenes is maad lijk tow a
kyng that made weddyngis to his sone.
And he sente hise seruauntis for" to clepe 3
rnen that weren bode-v to the weddyngis,
and thei wolden not corne. Eftsoonez he 4
sente othere seruauntis, and seide, Seie
3ea to the men that ben bodeb to the
feeste, Lo ! Y haue maad redi my rneete,
my bolis and my volatilis ben slayn, and
alle thingis ben redy; come 36 to the
weddyngis. But thei dispisiden, and 5
wenten forth, oon in to his toun, anothir
w thilke GOQ el s passim v sec. m. the P. tho x. x seiden o. T Om. opvr sec. m. z he schal sette
our. a vinere our sec. m b the u pr. m. <~- whiche our sec. m. that jr. d which our sec. m. that x.
e men bildinge ourw pr. m. bilders Q sec. m. sup. ras. the bildende men x . f Om. o. g heed A et M
pass, p. hed NS et x pass. SS Om. ou. h maade of the Lorde ou. i wonderfull our sec. m. k rewme
our sec. m. ' taken awey ur sec. m. »' it schall our sec. m. n Om. a pr. m. OXY. ° the froytes our
tec. m. P therof ur sec. m. <l Om. our sec. m. on whom it shal falle x. T al to-powne our sec. m.
* him [hem L'] on whom it shall fall our sec. m. * the Phariseis our sec. m. u hadde seyde w. v Om.
o. to hem u. w Om. 01;. * to hem eft o speke eftsone Q sec. m. spak eft v sec. m. seide eft r sec. m.
> Om. o. z seide o. and seide ur sec. m. *z Om. v. a Om. osur sec. m. b Eft or sec. m. c and
seide ou. seyde r sec. m. d Om. orx. e Om. AK pr. m. MNOQW sec. m. f meetes o. g my volatils,
other my fait beesles ou. my vol. other falle beestix r. h ben redy our. ' Om. o. k Om. Aovrx. or
ratten not s. or reckeden not MT. l an other our pr. m. w. m toune A sec. m. NOQ sec. m. ur.
* the whiche s pr. m. k pr. m. * the beelderis EIPQRS pr. m. nj3.
* Om. hik. Y bedun plvres. z And eftsoone A pr. m. a Om. ctr.
12
u is not PC. v in c.
b bedun plures.
w Om. c.
60
MATTHEW.
XXH. 6 — 17.
forsothe an other to" his marchaundise0.
e But the other helden his seruauntis, and
Vslowen hem, ponished with contekP. For-
sothe the kyng, whenne he hadde herde,
was wroth ; and, his hoostis sente, he loste,
Nor distruyde\ ther man quellers, and
sbrente her8 citee. Thanne he seith* to his
semauntis, Sothely the weddyngis ben
redy, but thei that weren clepid to the
sfeeste, wereri" nat worthi. Therfore go
3ee to the outgoyngisv of weyes, and whomw
euere 36 shulen fynde, clepe* to the wed-
lodyngis. And his seruauntis, gon out in to
they weyes, gedreden togidre alle that thei
founden, good2 and yuel ; and the wed-
dyngis of men sittynge at metea ben ful-
11 fillidb. Forsothe the kyng entride, that he
shulde see men sittynge at metec ; and he
see3 there a man nat clothidd with brijde
i2clothisf. And he seiths to hym, Frend,
hou entridist1' thou hidir, nat hauynge
brijd clothe ' ? And he was doumbe.
is Thanne the kyng seide to thek mynystris,
His 'hondis and feet1 bounden, sende 3ee
hym into vttermore"1 derknessis ; there
shal be weepy ng and betyng to gidre of
u teeth. Forsothe many ben clepid, but
lafewe chosen". Thanne Pharisees, goynge
awey, token a° counseile, that thei shulden
ifitake JhesusP in word. And theii senden
to hym her disciplis, with Erodyanys, 'that
ben men of Eroudisr, seiynge, Maister, we
witen, that8 thou art sothfast, and thou
techist in trewthe the weye of God, and
'there is no cure, or charge*, to thee of
eny man, for thou beholdist nat the per-
Usoone of men. Therfore seie" to vs, what
itv semeth to thee. Is it leful vto 3euew tox
tob his marchaundise. But othere helden
his seruauntis, and turmentiden hem, and
slowen. But the kyng, whanne he hadde 7
herd, was wroth ; and he sente hise
oostis, and hec distruyede thod rnanquel-
leris, and brente her citee. Thanne he»
seide to hise seruauntis, The weddyngis
ben redi, but thei that weren clepid to
the feeste, weren6 not worthi. Therfors
go 36 tof the endis of weies, and whom
euere 36 fynden, clepe 36 to the wed-
dyngis. And hise seruauntis 3eden out 10
in to weies", and gadriden togider alle
that thei founden, good and yuele ; arid
the bridale was fulfillid with men sittynge
at the mete. And the kyng entride, to se n
men sittynge at the mete ; and he si3e there
a man not clothid with bride cloth1'. And 12
he seide to hym, Freend, hou entridist
thou hidir with out bride clothis ? And
he was doumbe. Thanne the kyng bad 13
hise mynystris, Bynde hym bothe hondis
and feet, and sende 36 him in to vtmer'
derknessis ; there schal be wepyng and
grentyngJ of teeth. For many ben clepid, u
but fewe ben chosun. Thanne Farisees is
3eden awei, and token a counsel to take
Jhesu in word. And thei senden to hym ie
her disciplis, with Erodians, and seienk,
Maister, we witen, that thou art sothe-
fast1, and thou techist in treuthe the
weie of God, and thou chargist not of
ony man, for thou biholdist not the per-
soone of men. Therfor seie to vs, what 17
it111 seemeth to thee. Is it leueful that
tribute be 30111111 to the" emperoure, ether
nay ? And whanne Jhesus hadde knowe is
the wickidnesse of hem, he seide, Ypo-
n in to o. ° marchaundye ou. P dispisynges our. 1 Om. our sec. m. x. " tho MOPUVW. 8 the o.
* seide ovvw sec. m. u ben o. v otitgoyng MP. outgoyngis, or endis u sec.m. w whiche our. x clepith
GMPtrxY. cleep 36 our sec. m. y Om. A sec. m. GMNPQWXY. z gode men ot;. a the mete AGMNPSU
WXY sec.m. b filled ou. c the mete AGMosurwx. d clad x. e bridale x. { cloothinge o. cloth ur
sec.m. e seide ovvw sec. m. h entryst G. ' clothes M. k his s. 1 feete and [his (/] hondis ou.
m vtmore ANSX. vtmer o_w. » ben chosen N. ° Om. o. P him our. hym Jhesu x. 1 Om. Q. r Om.
our sec. m. s for ovvw sec. m. * ther is noon [not tfs] cure, or ch. A. no charge is our sec. m. ther
is not cure x. u seie thou our sec. m. v Om. our pr.in. w that rent [or talage u marg.~] be jouen ou.
that tribut be jouen r sec. m. " Om. K pr. v. QT.
into cu. c Om. KRsbeghik. d Om. E. the ipea/3.
pr. m. h clothis R pr.m. > vttermer KS. vttermore
trewe i. m Om. Ksghi. n Om. c.
e ben c. f into BIB pr. m. ka/3. e the weyes
J grenching s. k seiden ciHajS. 1 sad
XXII. 1 8— 35.
MATTHEW.
61
Cesar, 'or emperour?, "rente, or tribut* ?
is Forsothe, the wickednesse of hem knowen,
Jhesus seith", Ypocritis, what tempteri 366
19 me ? Shewe 3ee to me the prynte of the
moneye. And thei offriden1' to hym a
20peny. And Jhesus seithc to hem, Whos
is this ymage, and the wrytyng aboued ?
21 Thei seyen to hym, Of Cesar. Thanne
vhe seith6 to hem, Therfore 3elde 3ee to
Cesar tho thingis that ben Cesarisf, and to
22 God tho thingis that ben of God. And
thei heerynge wondredeu ; and, hym laft,
23 thei wenten awey. In that day Saducees,
that seyen vthere is 8 no rysyng a3einh,
24 'camen ni3! to hym, and axiden hym, sey-
ingek, Maister, Moyses seide, 3if eny 'man
be1 dead, nat hauynge a sone, that his
brother wedde his wyf, and reyse seed
25 to his brother. Forsothe seuen bretheren
weren at'" vs ; and the first, a wijf weddid,
is dead. And he nat hauynge seed, left his
26 wijf to his brother ; also the secounde, and
27 the thridde, til™ to0 the seuenthe. Forsothe
the? laste of alle, andi the womrnan is
28 dead. Therefore in the rysynge a3ein,
whos wijf of ther seuene shal she be? for
29 alle hadden hir. Sothely Jhesus answer-
ynge seith8 to hem, 3ee erreri, nether*
knowynge the scripturis, nether the vertu
30 of God. Forsothe" in the rysyng a3eyn,
neither thei wedden, nether beuv weddid ;
but thei ben as thew aungelis of God in
31 heuene. Sothelyx of the rysynge a3ein of
dead men, '366 ban? nat rad, that it is seid
32 of the Lord, seyinge to 300, I am God of
Abraham, and7 God of Ysaac, and God of
Jacob ? he is nat God of deed men, but of
sslyuynge men. And the cumpanyes 'of pe-
plea heerynge, wondreden in his techynge.
34 Forsothe Pharisees, heerynge that he hadde
put silence to Saducees, camen to gidre in
36 to oon. And oon of hem, ab techer of the
critis, what tempten 30 me ? Schewe je i»
to me the prynte of the0 money. And
thei brou3ten to hym a peny. And Jhe-ao
sus seide to hem, Whos is this yinage,
and the writyng aboue? Thei seien? to 21
hym, The emperouris. Thanne he seide
to hem, Therfor 3elde 30 to the emperoure
tho thingis that ben the emperouris, and
to God tho thingis that ben of God. And 22
thei herden, and wondriden ; and thei
leften hym, and wenten awey. In that 23
dai Saduceis, that seien there is no ris-
yng a3en to lijf, camen to hym, and ax-
iden him, and seiden, Mayster, Moises24
seide, if ony man is deed, not hauynge a
sone, that his brother wedde his wijf,
and reise seed to his brothir. And 125
seuen britheren werenr ats vs ; and the
firste weddide a wijf, and is deed. And
he hadde no seed, and lefte his wijf to
his brother ; also the secounde, and the 26
thridde, til to the seuenthe. But the 27
laste of alle, the woman is deed. Also in 28
the risyng a3en to lijf, whos wijf of the
seuene schal sche be? for alle hadden
hir. Jhesus answeride, and seide to hem, 2!)
3e erren, 'and 36 knowen not' scripturis,
ne the vertu of God. For in the rysyng 30
33611 to lijf, nether thei schulen wedde,
nethiru schulen be weddid ; but thei ben
as the aungels of God in heuenev. And 31
of the risyng a3en of deed men, 'ban 36"
not red, that is seid of the Lord, that
seith to 3011, Y am God of Abraham, and 32
God of Ysaac, and God of Jacob ? he is
not God of deede men, but of x lyuynge
men. And the puple herynge, won- 33
driden in^ his techynge. And Fariseisz34
herden that he hadde put silence to Sa-
duceis, and camert togidere. And oon of 35
hem, a techere of the lawe, axide Jhesu,
and temptide him, Maistir, which is 336
y Om. o<jur sec. m. x. z tribuyt, or rente MP. rente, ether naye our sec. m. rente, or nay Q sec. m.
tribute x. a seide ouv. b offreden, or token MP. broujten v sec.m. c seide ovv. d abowte o.
e Jhesus seide ouv. f of Cesar MP. S Om. o. that uv sec.m. h a3en is our sec.m. > neijeden ovv sec.m.
k and seiden our sec.m. ! brother is ovv sec. m. m anentes ou. n Om. o pr. m. p. ° Om. Q sec.m.
P Om. w sec. m. 1 also ouv sec. m. r Om. KTXY. s seide ouv sec. m. * not ouv sec. m. u For uvr
sec.m. * thei be ov pr, m. w Oin. MVP. * Forsothe Q. y ban ?e N. z Om. Q. a Om. ovv sec. m.
b Om. o.
° yure i. P seiden cs. q And ther weren I. r Om. I. s to I. * not knowynge the I. u nether
thei KS. v heuenes K pr. m. w je han QR. x God of CEP. y on R. z the Farisees I.
62
MATTHEW.
XXII. 36 XXIII. 6.
3i;lawe, axede Jhesus, temptynge hym, Mais-
tre, whiche is a greet maundement11 ine the
37 lawe ? Jhesus seidef to hym&, Thou shalt
loue theh Lord thi God, of al thin herte,
and in' al thi soule, and in al thi mynde.
SB This is the firste and the most maunde-
3!»mentk. Forsothe the secounde is lie to
this ; Thou shalt lone thi nei3bore as thi
40 self. In these two1 maundementis™ hang-
41 ith al the lawe and prophetis". Sothely
the0 Pharisees gedrid to gidre, Jhesus ax-
12 ide hem, seyinge, What semeth to jou of
Crist, whos sone is he? Thei seyen to
43 hym, Of Dauith. He seith to hem, Ther-
fore hou 'Dauith in spirit clepith? hym
44 Lord, seyingei,The Lord seide to my Lord,
Sitter on my ri3thalf, til that8 I put thin
45 enmyes a stole of thi feet ? Therfore 3if
Dauyd clepith him Lord, hou is he his
46 sone ? And no man mi3t answere a word
to hym, nether eny man was hardy fro
that day, for1 to axe hym more.
CAP. XXIII.
i Thanne Jhesus spac to the cumpanyes
2vof peple", and to his disciplis, seiynge,
Vponv vthe chaier of Moysesw, scribis and
3 Pharisees seeten". Therfore kepe 366, and
do 366 alle thingis, what euere thingis?
thei shulen seie to 3ouz. But nyl 3ee do
aftera 'her werkis1'; sothelyc thei seien, and
4 don nat. Sothely thei bynden tod gre-
uouse chargis, and vnportable, ore ^tliat
mown nat be bornf, and putten vin to?
shuldres1' of men; but with her fyngir thei
swolen1 nat moue hem. Therforek thei
don alle her werkis, that thei be seen of
men ; forsothe1 thei alargen her filateries,
that™ ^ben smale scrowisn, and0 magnyfie
(ihemmysP. Sothely thei louen the first
greet maundement in the lawe ? Jhesus 37
seide to him, Thou schalt loue thi Lord
God, of al thin herte, and in al thi soule,
and in al thi mynde. This is the firste 38
and the moste maundement. And thesu
secounde is lijk tox this ; Thou schalt
loue thi nei3ebore as thi silf. In these 40
tweyy maundementis hangith al the lawe
and thez profetis. And whanne the 41
Farisees weren gederid togidere, Jhesus
axide hem, and seide, What semeth to 42
3ou of Crist, whos sone is he ? Thei
seien to hym, Of Dauid. He seith to 43
hern, Hou thanne Dauid in spirit clepith
hym Lord, and seith, The Lord seide to 44
my Lord, Sitte on my ri3thalf, tila Y
putte thin enemyes a stool of thi feet ?
Thanne if Dauid clepith hym Lord, hou 45
is he his sone ? And no man mi3te an- 40
swere a word to hym, nethir ony man
was hardi fro that day, to axe hym
more.
CAP. XXIII.
Thanne Jhesus spac to the puple, and t
to hise disciplis, and seide, On the chayere 2
of Moises, scribis and Farisees han sete.
Therfor kepe 3e, and do 36 alle thingis, s
what euer thingis thei seien to you.
But nyle 36° do aftir her werkis ; for thei
seien, and don not. And thei bynden 4
greuouse chargis, and that moun not be
borun, and putten on schuldris of men;
hut with her fyngur thei wolen not moue
hem. Therfor thei don alle her werkis s
'that thei c be seen of men ; for thei
drawen abrood her filateriesrt, and mag-
nifien hemmes. And thei louen the firsts
sittyng placis in soperis, and the first
chaieris in synagogis ; and salutaciouns 7
d commaundement ovv sec. m. e of w. f seith QT pr. m. n: S hem r. h thi N. ' of our. k com-
maundement our sec. m. ' twei ow. m commaundementes our sec. m. n the prophetes our sec. m.
0 Om. v. P in spyryt clepith Dauid GMX. 1 and seith our sec. m. r Sitte thou vr sec.m. 9 Oni. our
sec. m. * Oin. oQsur sec.m. x. u Om. AOV sec. m. v Oni. o. On x. w Om. or sec. m. * saten
redynge the lawe MP. schall sitte on the chayer of Moyses o. saten on the chayer of Moyses vr sec. t>i.
> Om. G pr. m. x. z jou of the lawe GQY. a vp our sec. m. *> the werkes of hem our sec. m. c for
our sec. m. d Om. our sec. m. e ether or sec. m. and p. Om. x. f Om. x. S on our sec. m. h the
schuldris uvr sec.m. i nil not o. k Forsothe our sec. HI. 1 for our sec. m. m tho o. Om. A'. n Om. A'.
0 and thei ou. P her hemmus GPX. their hemmeg Q.
x Om. s. y two i. z Om. c pr. m. i. a as longe as i. b Om. H pr. m.
scrawls K marg.
c to K. d that ben smale
XXIII. 7 — 2
MATTHEW.
6.1
sittyng placia ini sopers, and the first
7 chaiers in synagogis ; and salutaciounsr in
the8 chepyng, and to ben clepid vof men'
smaistirs". Sothelyv nyl 366 ben clepid
rnaistir" ; for oon is 3oure rnaistir, for-
ysothe alle 3e ben brethren. And nyl 36
clepe to 3011 ax fadir on^ erthe, for oon is
io3oure fadir, thatz is in heuenes. Nether
be 3ea clepid raaistirs, for oon is 30111-
1 1 maistre, Crist. He that is moreb of 3011,
12 shal be 3oure mynystre. Forsothe he that
shal hiec hym self, shal be mekid; and he
that shal meeke hym self, shal ben en-
is haunsid. Sothely woo to 3011, scribis and
Pharisees, ypocritis, for 36 closend the
kyngdam6 of heuenesf before men ; sothe-
ly& 36 entren nat, neh sufFre men entrynge
H for' to entre. Woo to 3ou, scribis and
Pharisees, ypocritis, that eten the housis
of widues, in longe preier preyinge ; vfor
this thingk 36 shulen take the1 more dom.
is Woo to 3011, scribis and Pharisees, ypo-
critis, that cumpasen the se and the™ lond,
vthat 3een maken o proselite, that is, a°
conuertid to youre ordre; and whanne he
'shal be? maad, 36 maken hym a sone of
ichelle, double more than 3001. Woo to
3011, blynde lederis, that seien, Who euere
vshal swerer by the temple of God, vno
thing iss ; sothely he that 'shal swere' in
the" gold of the temple, vowith, or is
17 detour". 3ee -folis and blynde, forsothew
what is more, the gold, or the temple
is that halowith the gold? And who euer
vshal swere" in the auter, xno thing is>'; but
he that vshal swerez in the 3ifte thata is on
luthe auter, owith1'. Blynde men, forsothec
what is more, the 3ift, ord the auter that
20 halowith the 3ifte ? Forsothe6 he that
swerith in the auter, swerith in it, and
in chepyng, and to be clepid of men
maystird. Bute nyle 36 be clepid mais-»
ter; for oon is 3oure maystir, and alle 36
ben britheren. And nyle 3ef clepe to 3011 ;•
a fadir on erthe, for oon is 3our fadir,
that is in heuenes. Nether be 36 clepid i»
maistris, for oon is 3oure inaister, Crist.
He that is grettest among 3ou, schal ben
3oure mynystre. For he that hieth him- 12
self, schal be mekid; and he that inekith
hym silf, schal be enhaunsid. But wo 1:1
to 3ou, scribis and Farisees, ipocritis, that
closen the kyngdom of heuenes bifore
men ; and 36 entren not, nether suffren
men= entrynge toh entre. Wo to 3ou, n
scribis and Farisees, ipocritis, that eten
the housis of widowis, and preien bi
longe preier' ; for this thing 36 schulen
take moreJ doom. Wo to 3011, scribis and is
Farisees, ypocritis, that goon aboute the
see and the loond, to make ok prosilite1 ;
and whanne he is maad, 36 maken hym
a sone of helle, double more than 36 ben.
Wo to 3ou, blynde lederis, that seien, i«
Who euer swerith bi the temple of God,
it is 'no thing'"; but he that swerith in
tbe gold of the temple, is dettoure. 3e 17
foolis and blynde, for what is grettere,
the gold, or the temple that halewith the
gold? And who euer swerith in theis
auter, it is no thing ; but he that swer-
ith in the 3ifte that is on the auter, ow-
ith. Blynde men, for what is more, the i!)
3ifte, or the auter that halewith the 3ifte?
Therfor he that swerith in the auter, 20
swerith in it, and in alle thingis that ben
ther on. And he that swerith in the 21
temple, swerith in it, and in hyrn that
dwellith in the temple. And he that 22
swerith in heuene, swerith in the trone
q at x. T salutacioun o. s Om. AMXOSUV sec. m. w. l Om. G. u mayster u sec. m. v Of men
sothely G. Forsothe our sec. m. w maystirs Mr sec. m. x Om. Kr pr. m. Y. T upon o.v. in u.
z whiche our sec. m. a Om. o. b the more ur sec. m. c hejen x. hi^n Y. d Om. G pr. m.
e rewme our sec.m. f heuen o. S for o. forsothe vv sec. m. h nether je ovv sec. m. neither s.
' Om. sx. k Om. x. ! Om. AMNOur sec.m. m Om. o. n to u. ° Om. Atiosur sec. in. Y. P is ovrw
sec. m. 1 je been ouvw sec. m. r swereth our sec. m. swere N. 9 it is noujt u sec. m. * swereth ovr
sec. m. u Om. o. v is detour ovr sec. m. owith x. w Om. o. for vv sec. m. * swereth our sec. m.
y it is nou3t u sec. m. z swereth our sec. m. a whiche our sec. m. b is dettour our sec. in. owith it P.
c for ou. d ether our sec. m. e Therfore our sec. m.
d maistris c. e Forsoth c. fQm.A. e othir men c. h for to KHghifr ' preyeris A pr. m. J the more
IKR sec.m.x sec.m. ku. ^ a nb. 1 proselite, that is, conucrted to yur {her k] ordre KX sec. m.k£. m nou3t i.
64
MATTHEW.
XXIII. 21 — 33.
2iallee thingis that ben theron. And he
that swerith in the temple, swerith in it,
and in hym that dwellith in the temple.
22 And he that swerith in heuene, swerith in
the trone of God, and in hym that sittithf
23therons. Woo to 3011, scribis and Phari-
sees, ypocritis, that tithen mente, aneteh,
and comyn, and han1 lefte tho thingis that
ben vgreuouser, or of more charge^, of the
lawe, dom1, and mercy, and feith. And
'these thingis"1 it behofte, "or nedide", for0
24 to do?, and not to leeue hemi. Blynde
leders, 'clensynge ar gnatte, but swolow-
2synge as camel. Woo to 3011, scribis and
Pharisees, ipocritis, that maken clene that1
thing of the cuppe and plater", thatv is
with outforth ; forsothe with ynne 36 ben
26 ful of raueyne and vnelennessew. Thou
blynd Pharisee, dense first that thing of
the cuppe and plater" that^ is Vith ynne-
forthz, that vand thata thing that isb with
27outenforth be maad clene. Woo to 3ou,
scribis and Pharisees, ipocritis, that ben
lie to sepulcris maad whijt, thec whiche
with outen forth semen faire to men ;
sothely with ynne thei ben ful of boonys
as of dead men, and al filthe. So and 3ee
forsothed with outen forth6 aperen iustef
toK men ; but with yime 5ee ben ful of
2<iypocrisie and wickidnesseh. Woo to 3ou,
scribis and Pharisees, ipocritis, that belden
sepulcris' of prophetis, and maken faire
so the birielis of iuste men, and seien, 3if we
hadden ben in the dayes of our fadris, we
shulden nat hank be here felowis in the
31 blood of prophetis. And so 36 ben in1
witnessyng to jou"1 self, for 36 ben the
sonys of hem that slowen the" prophetis.
32 And '36 fulfillen0 the rnesure of 3oure fa-
ssdris. 3^e sarpentis, fruytis, or buriown-
of God, and in hym that sittith ther on.
Wo to 3ou, scribis and Farisees, ypo-23
critis, that tithen mynte, anete, and cum-
myn, and han left tho thingis that ben
of more charge of the lawe, doom, and
merci, and feith. And it bihofte to do
these thingis, and not to leeue tho.
Blynde lederis, clensinge a" gnatte, but 24
swolewynge a° camel. Woo to 3ou,25
scribis and Farisees, ypocritis, that clen-
sen the cuppe and the? plater with out-
forth ; but with ynne 36 ben ful of fa-
ueyne and vnclennesse. Thou blynde26
Farisee, clensei the cuppe and the plater
with ynneforth, that that1" that is with
outforth be maad clene. Wo to 3ou,27
scribis and Farisees, ipocritis, that ben
lijk to8 sepulcris whitid, whiche with
outforth semen faire to men ; but with
ynne thei ben fulle of boonus of deed
men, and of al filthe. So 36 with out- 28
forth semen iust to men ; but with ynne
36 ben ful of ypocrisy and1 wickidnesse.
Wo to 3ou, scribis and Farisees, ipocritis, 20
that bilden sepulcris of profetis, and
maken faire the birielis of iust men, and so
seien, If we hadden be in the daies of
oure fadris, we schulden not haue be her
felowis in the blood of prophetis. Andsi
so 56 ben in witnessyng to 3ou siif, that
36 ben the sones of hem that slowen the
prophetis. And fulfille11 3ev the mesure32
of 3oure fadris. 3e eddris", and eddrisss
briddis, hou schulen 36 fie fro the doom
of helle? Therfor lo ! Y sende to 501134
profetis, and wise men, arid scribis ; and
of hem 36 schulen sle and crucifie, and
of hem 36 schulen scourge in 3oure sina-
gogis, and schulen pursue fro cite in to
citee ; that al the iust blood come oii3.->
e in alle AGMNOpQsurrrxY. f sit x. ? therin o. h anese Q. ' haf o. k greuouser, or more ch. N.
gretter our sec. m. gr. and of m. ch. w. of more charge x. * as dome GPXY. "' Om. or sec. m. n or
nede A. Om. sux. ° Om. osx. P do thes thinges ouv sec. m. q tho our sec. m. x. T siende the x.
s the x. * the o. Q of the plater opur sec.m. XY pr.m. v whiche ouv sec. m. w wikkednes o. * of
the plater our sec. m. J whiche ovr sec. m. z within our. a alsso thilk our sec. m. that x. b was o.
c Om. our sec. m. d Om. r sec. m. e forth forsothe r sec. m. { ri^tful N. g Om. r. h of wikked-
nes o. ' the sepulcres our sec. m. k haf o. 1 in to g. m jour G.V. n Om. our. " fulfille 36 ANW.
36 fill o. jee fulfilleth sx. fille 30 ur sec.m.
n the s. ° the c. P Om. A sec. m. CEIPQR pr. m. cej3. 1 dense rather A sec. m. dense firste KB sec. m.
r that thing A sec. m. i sec. m. e. Om. EMRubcghika/3. s Om. KS pr. m. b pr. m. ghi. l and of I. " fille b.
v Om. s. w that is, burionmyng of eddris, that sleen her modris. K marg.
XXIII. 34 — XXIV. 5-
MATTHEW.
65
yngusf, vof eddrisi, ^that sleen her modris*,
hou shulen 3ee flee fro the doms of helle ?
34 Therfore loo ! I sende to1 3011 prophet! s,
and wise men, and scribis, *or writeris";
and of hem 3ee shulenv slee, and crucifie,
and of hem 36 shulen bete in 3our syna-
gogis, and shulenw pursue fro citee inx to
35 citee ; that al the iuste blode come vpon?
3011, that was shedz ona theb erthe, fro
the blood of iust Abel tilc the blood of
Zacharie, the sone of Barachie, whom 3eed
slowen bitwixee the temple and the auter.
seTrewli I seie to 3ou, alle thesef thingis
37 shulen come vpon^ this generacioun. Jeru-
salem, Jerusalem, that sleest prophetis, and
stony st hem that ben sent to thee, hou oft
wold I gedre to gidre thi sonys, as an
henne gedreth togidre hir chikenys vndir
38 hir wengis, and thou woldist nat. Loo!
3oure hous shal be lefte to 3011 desert, 'or
39jbrsa&enh . Forsothe I seie to 3ou, 3ee
shulen nat see me fro hennys forth, til
that1 3ee seien, Blessid Y* hek, that cumeth
in the1 name of the Lord.
CAP. XXIV.
i And Jhesus, gon' out of the™ temple,
wente ; and his disciplis "camen ni3" to
hym, that thei shulden shewe to hym the
2bildyngis of the temple. Forsothe he an-
swerynge seith0 to hem, Seen 3ee alle these
thingis ? Trewly I seie to 3ou, a stoon
shal nat be lefte here on a stoon. vthe
swhichel' shal nati be distruyed. Sothely
hym sittynge on the hil of Olyuete, disci-
plis1' vcamen ni3s to him priuely, seiynge,
Seie1 to vs, whanne thes thingis schulen
be, and what tokene of thi comynge, and
4 of" ending of the world. And Jhesus
answeringe seide to hem, Se 36, that no
5 man disceyue 3ou. Manyv schulen come
in my name, seyynge, Iw am Crist ; and
3ou, that was sched on the erthe, fro the
blood of iust Abel to the blood of Zaca-
rie, the sone of Barachie, whom 36 slowen
bitwixe the temple and the auter. Treuli 36
Y seie to 3ou, alle these thingis schulen
come on this generacioun. Jerusalem, 37
Jerusalem, that sleest prophetis, and
stoonest hem that ben sent to thee, hou
ofte wolde Y gadere togidere thi chil-
dren, as an henne gaderith togidir her
chikenes vndir hir wengis, and thou
woldist not. Lo ! 3oure hous schal be as
left to 3ou desert. And Y seie to 3ou,39
36 schulen not se me fro heniius forth,
til 36 seien, Blessid is he, that cometh in
the name of the Lord.
CAP. XXIV.
And Jhesus wente out of the temple ; i
and his disciplis camen to hym, to schewe
hym the bildyngis of the temple. But 2
he answeride, and seide to hem, Seen 36
alle these thingis ? Treuli Y seie to 3011,
a stoon schal not be left here" on a>' stoon,
that ne it schal be destried. And whanne 3
he satte on the hille^ ofz Olyuete, hise
disciplis camen to hym priueli, and seideu,
Seie vsa, whanne these thingis schulen
be, and what token of thi comyng, and
of the ending of the world. And Jhesus 4
answeride, and seide to hem, Loke 36,
that no man disseyue 3011. For many 5
schulen come in my name, and schulen
seie, Yb am Crist ; and thei schulen dis-
P f. of b. G. kyndeles ovr sec. m. frutis x. 1 Om. x. r Om. ovx. s dampnacioun u. ' Om. v.
u ether rv. our sec. m. w. Om. x. v Om. G pr. m. w jee schulen c,our sec. m. XY. x Om. u. Y on osur
tec. m. x. z sched oute our sec. m. a in Q. b Om. osur sec. m. x. c til to ovvw sec. m. rt thei
G sec. m. e bitwe sx. f Om. G pr. m. S on MOVVWX. h Om. oux. iOm.oursec.m. k Om. x.
1 Om. x. m Om. N. n nei3eden our sec. m. ° seide our sec. m. P whiche or. that ne it u sec. m.
that x. q Om. u sec. m. r his disciplis Aour. the disciplis GSMXY. s nei3eden our sec. m. * Seie
thou vr sec. m. u of the QUX. v For many our sec. m. w that I o.
1 Om. CEI pr. m. R.
c pr. m. KC pr. m.
VOL. IV.
y o A. yy mount KB. z Om. r pr. m. a to vs RX sec. m. gk0. >> that I
66
MATTHEW.
XXIV. 6 — 21.
6 thei schulen disceyue manye. Sothly 36
'ben tox heere bateyls, and opynyouns of
bateyls ; se 30, that 36 ben not distroblid?;
forsothz it bihoueth thes thingis toa be
7 don, but not 3it is the ende. Folkb schal
ryse to gidere 33611 folk, and rewme vin toc
rewme, and pestilencis*1, and hungris, and
serthemouyngis schulen be by placis ; for-
sothe alle thes thingis ben bigynnyngis of
osorwis. Thenne thei schulen bitake 3011
'in toe tribulacioun, and thei schulen slee
3011, and 36 schulen be in hatef to alle
lofolkis for ray name. And thanne manyeS
schulen be sclaundrid, and vto gidereh bi-
traye, or'1 ^ech otker\ and vin hate haue1
11 to gidere. And many false prophetis
12 schulen ryse, and disceyue™ many. And"
for wickidnesse schal vbe plenteous0, the
i3charite of manye? schal wexe coold ; for-
sothe he that schal dwelle stable"! vntor
uthe ende, hes this1 schal be saaf. And
this gospel of" kyngdom schal be prechid
in al the world, in to witnessinge to alle
folkis ; and thanne the ende" schal comev.
loTherfore whenne 30 schulen se the abho-
mynacioun of discomfort", that is seid of
Danyel, the prophete, stondynge in the*
hooly place; he that redith, vndirstonde>';
Hi thanne thei that ben in Judee, flez toa
17 mounteyns ; and he that is in the hous
roof, come not down to take ony thing of
ia his hous; and he that is in the feeld,
I9turne not a3en to take his coote. Forsoth
wo to wymmenb with childe and norys-
2ochingec in tho dayes. Sothly preie 3e, that
joure fleynge be not maad in wyiitir, ord
2isaboth. Forsothe6 thanne schal be greet
tribulacioun, what maner was not fro thef
bigyrmyng of the world to# now, nethir
seyue manye. For 36 schulen here batels, 6
and opyniouns of batels ; se 36 that 36
be not disturblid; for it byhoueth these
thingis to be don, but not 311 is the ende.
Folkbb schal rise togidere a3ens folc, and 7
rewme a3ens rewme, and pestilences6, and
hungris, and thed erthemouyngis schulen
be bi placis; and alle these ben bigyn-s
nyngis of sorewes. Thanne men schulen 9
bitake 3ou in to tribulacion, and6 schulen
sle 3011, and 36 schulen be in hate to alle
folkf for my name. And thanne many 10
schulen be sclaundrid, and bitrayes ech
other, and thei schulen hate ech other.
And many false prophetis schulen rise, 11
and disseyue manye. And for wickidnesse 12
schal "be plenteuouse h, the charite of
manye schal wexe coold ; but he that 13
schal dwelle stable' in to the ende, schal
be saaf. And this gospel of the kyng- u
dom schal be prechid ink al the world,
in witnessyng to al folc ; and thanne 15
the ende schal come. Therfor whanne
3e se the abhomynacioun of discomfort,
that is seid of Danyel, the prophete,
stondynge in the hooli place ; he that
redith, vndirstonde he ; thanne1 thei that 16
ben in Judee, fle to the mounteyns ;
and he that is in the hous roof, come not 17
doun to take ony thing of his hous ;
and he that is in the feeld, turne not 18
a3en to take his coote. But wo to hem u>
that ben with child, and nurischen in tho
daies. Preye 36, that 3oure fleyng be not 20
maad in wynter, or in the™ saboth". For 21
thanne schal be greet tribulacioun, what
maner 'was not0 fro the bigynnyng of
the world to00 now, nether schal be maad.
And but thoP daies haddeni be abreggide, 22
x schulen our sec. in. 7 disturbid sx. disturblid M. z for ou. 8 for to GMOPF pr. m. w. b For
folke our sec. m. etoepr.m. sqens ovr. d pestilens o. e to o. f hatered our sec. in. g many men
ouv sec. m. ^ thei schulen ovr sec. m. ' Om. G pr. m. oeur sec. m. XY. k Om. x. l thei schulen haf
in hatered our sec. m. m thei schulen disceyue ovr sec. m. n Om. G. ° waxe if sec. m. P many men
our sec. m. <J stedfast ouv sec. m. r in to o. til into ww. * Om. sur sec. m. l Om. ur xec. m.
u of the u. u eendynge ovr sec. m. v be our sec. m. w discordinge o pr. m. r pr. m. x Om. BMP.
y vnderstonde he o. z fle thei GMPTXY. a in to K. b hem that ben ovrw sec. m. c noris-
chen our sec. m. nurshende x. d ether in ou. ether in the r sec. m. e For our sec. m. * Om. u
pr. m. r sec. m. B til AMNOPTurw.
bb For folk R. c pestilence A. d Om. i sec. m. KQRxeghik. e and thei ci. f folkis c. g to gydere
bitraye e. h wax i sec. m. > stille BIQ. k into c. ' Om. c. m Om. R pr.m. n sabotis EIQO.
0 hath not be c et plures. °° til plures. P thilke i. q shulen c.
XXIV. 22 32-
MATTHEW.
67
22schal be maadh. And no' butk tho1 dayes
hadden be breggid1", al fleisch, 'that is,
mankynden, 'schulde not be inaad saaf°;
but thoP dayes schulen be maad schort, for
2:Uhe chosun men. Thanne if ony man
schal seie to 3011, Lo ! here is Crist, ori
24 there, nyle 36 bileue. Forsother false
Cristis and false prophetis schulen ryse,
and thei schulen 3yue grete tokenes8 and
wondris ; 'so that1 also" the chosynev be
25 ledd in to errour, if it may be don. Lo !
26 1 haue bifore seid to 3ou. Therfore if
thei schulen seie to 3ou, Loo ! he is in
desert, nyle 30 go out ; loo ! in pryuey
'chambris, or placis™, nyle 30 bileue.
27 Sothlix as leyt goth out fro the eest, and
apperith 'til in to^ the west, so schal be
28 and2 the comynge of mannus sone. Where
euere the body schala be, and theb eeglis
2» schulen be gederid thidur. Forsothe anoon
aftir the tribulacioun of tho dayes, the sunne
schal be maad derk, and the mone schal
not 3yue hir Ii3t, and stems schulen falle
down fro heuene, and thed vertues of he-
aouenes schulen be monyd6. And thanne
the tokene of mannus sone schal appere
in heuene, and thanne alle kynredisf, W
lynagisz, of erthe schulen weyle; and thei
schulen se mannus sone comynge in theh
clowdis of heuene, with moche vertu and
si mageste. And he schal sende his angelis
with a trumpe, and1 greet voice; and thei
schulen gedere his chosyne fro foure
wyndis vof heuene", fro the hi3este thingis
of heuenes tilk teermes1, W endes™, of
32 hem. 'Lerne 36° the parable of a° fyge
tree. WhenneP his Vbou3, or braunche^,
is now1" tendre, and leeuys sprungen, 3ee
ech fleschr schulde not be maad saaf;
but tho daies schulen be maad schort, for
the chosuri men. Thanne if ony man 23
seie to 3ou, Lo ! here is Crist, or there8,
nyle 30 bileue. For false Cristis and 24
false prophetis schulen rise, and thei
schulen 3yue grete tokenes and wondrys;
so that also the chosun be led in to er-
roure, if it may be done. Lo ! Y haue 25
bifor seid to 3ou. Therfor if thei seie to 26
3ou, Lo ! he is in desert, nyle 36 go out ;
lo ! in' priuey placis, nyle 36 trowe".
For as leit goith out fro the eest, and 27
apperith in to the weste, so schal be also
the coming of mannus sone. Where euer28
the bodi schal be, also the eglis schulen
be gaderid thidur. And anoon after the 29
tribulacioun of tho daies, the sunne schal
be maad derk, and the moone schal not
3yue hir Ii3t, and the sterris schulen falle
fro heuene, and the vertues of heuenes
schulen be moued. And thanne the so
tokene of mannus sone schal appere in
heuene, and thannev alle kynredisw of
the" erthe schulen weile; and thei schulen
see mannus sone comynge in the cloud is
of heuene, with rniche vertu and maieste.
And he schal sende hise aungels with a3i
trumpe, and a greet vois ; and thei schu-
len gedere hise chosun fro foure wyndis,
fro the hi3est thingis of heuenesxx to the?
endis of hem. And lerne 36 the parable 32
of az fige tre. Whanne his braunche is
now tendir, and the leeues bena sprongun,
36 witen that somer is ny3 ; vso and 3eb»3
whanne 30 seen0 alle these thingis, wite
36 thatcc it is ny3, in the 3atis. Treuli Y:«
seie to 3ou, for this generacioun schal not
h Om. our sec.m. > Om. AX. k but jif GMPQTXV pr. m. 1 the K. m abreged our sec. m.
n Om. x. ° had not been saued o pr. v. P the N. Q ether our sec. m. r For our sec. m. s signes
our sec. m. t sothely o. » Om. G pr. m. KPX. T chosen men orur sec. m. w placis our sec. m.
ch. or placis, he is p. chaumbres x. * For our sec. m. y in to AGX. til to K. z in KP. also
our sec. m. a Om. x. b Om. o. d Om. Q. e stirred our sec. m. f the kynredes our sec. m.
K Om. GOUXY pr. m. h Om. G pr. m. PQTW pr. m. XY. J in ax. " Om. our w sec. m. k vnto
GXY. til M. til to opsur sec. m. w sec. m. 1 the teermes luopur sec. m. x. endis s. m ether endes
AO. or lermes s. ether the eendes u. Om. x. n Forsothe lerne o. Lere }ee sx. Forsothe lerne je ur.
0 the i;. P Now whan o. Whan now u. <1 braunches o. braunche u. boj x. bowis, or braunche Y.
T Om. our sec. m.
r that is, mankinde K marg. * lo ! there c. * he is in i. u bileeue k pr. m. v Om. c. w the kyn-
dis bk. * Om. cxsei. X3C heuen R. y Om. c. z the s. a ben now A pr. m. EIQ. ben nowe grene
redis . . . . .
i pr. m. b and so je K. c se A. schulen se k. cc Om. H.
K 2
68
MATTHEW.
XXIV. 33 — 46.
33 witen, that9 somer is ni3; so vand 3ee*
whenne 366 shulen se alle these thingis,
witith" that it is ni}, andv in the 3atis.
34 Trewly I seie to 3ow, for this generacioim
shal nat passe, til that"' alle thingis vbe
35 don x ; heuene and erthe shulen passe,
36 but my wordis shulen nat passe. For-
sothe of thilk>' day and hour no man woot,
nether angelisz ofa heuenes, nob but the
37fadir alone. Forsothe as it was in the
dayes of Noye, so shal be andc the com-
ssyng of mannes sone. For as in the days
bifore the grete flood, thei weren etynge
and drinkynge, weddynge and takynge to
weddynge, til in to thatd day, in the6
sawhiche Noe entride in to the ship; and
thei knewen nat, til thatf the grete flood
came, and toke alle men, so shal be the
4ocummyng of mannes sone. Thanne twos
shulen be in a feeld, oon shal be taken to1',
41 and xan other left, or forsaken ' ; t\vok
wyinmen shulen be gryndynge in oo1
querne"1, oon shal be taken to", and "the
other" forsaken P; twoi in oor bed, vthe
toon8 shal be taken to*, and the" totherv
42 forsaken w. Therfore wake 3ee, for 3ee
witen nat in what houre 3oure" Lord vis to^
43Ciunme. Sothely that thing wite 366, for
3if the housbonde man wiste in what houre
the theef vwere toz cumrne, trewly he
shulde wake, arid suffre nat his hous to be
44 vndinnynyd". And1' therfore andc V3ee bed
redy, fore in what hour '366 gessen natf,
45 mannes sone vis to% cumme. Who gessist
thou is a trew1' seruaunt and' prudent,
W war*, whom his lord ordeynyde on his
meynee, that he 3eue to1 hem mete in
4«tyme? Blissid is that seruaunt, whom
his lord, whenne he shalm cumme, shal
passe, til alle thingis be don; heuene 35
and erthe schulen passe, but my wordis
schulen not passe. But of thilke dai and 3«
our no man wote, nethir aungels of he-
uenesd, but the fadir aloone. But as its?
was in the daies of Noe, so schal be the
comyng of mannus sone. For as in the 38
daies bifore the greet flood, thei weren
etynge and drynkynge, weddynge and
takynge to weddyng, toe that dai, that
Noe entride in to the schippe ; and thei 39
knewen not, til the greet flood cam, and
took alle men, sof schal be the coinyng
of mannus sone. Thanne tweyneff schu-40
len be in o& feeld, oon schal be takun,
and another^ left1'; tweyllh wymmen*\
schulen be gryndynge in o' queerne, oon
schal be takun, and vthe tother'1 left ;
tweyn in a' bedde, 'the toonk schal be
takun, and the tother1 left. Therfor42
wake 3em, for 36 witen not in what our
the Lord schal come. But wite 36 this, 43
that if the hosebonde man wiste in what
our the thefe were to come, certis he
wolde wake, and suffre not his hous to
be vndurmyned. And therfor be 36 redi,44
for in what our 36 gessen not, mannus
sone schal come. Who gessist thou is a 45
trewe seruaunt and" prudent, whom his
lord ordeyned on his meynee, to 3yue
hem mete in tyme ? Blessed is that 46
seruaunt, whom 'his lord, wharine he0
schal come, schal fynde so doynge. Treuli 47
Y seye to 3ou, for on alle his good is he
schal ordeyne hym. But if thilke yuel4»
seruaunt seie in his herte, My lord tari-
eth to come, and bigynneth to smyte hise49
euen seruauntis, and eteP, and drynke
with drunken men; the lord of that ser-so
8 for our sec. m. t alsso our sec. m. u wite ;e Aour sec. m. wite Nr pr. in. w. v Om. GOQSTA.
™ Om. our sec. m. * passe o. Y that sx. z the aungeles ou. a in s. b Om. A. c also ovr sec. m.
d the u. e Om. Nour sec. m. x. f Om. N pr. m. Q. g tweien ovw. h Om. NOU. for to T. ' anothir
leeft APX. oone schall be forsaken o. another schal be forsaken v sec. m. k twei or sec. m. tweyne w.
1 a w. m mylne x. n Om. ou. o the tother AMNPQTI'. that other ct/s. an other w. P schal be
forsaken ou. left x. 1 tweine ourw. r a ur. s that oon G. one OUPW. the oon x. * Om. ou.
" that GU. v other oosux. w schal be forsaken o. * oure u. y schal ou. z schulde our sec. m.
a myned ou. b Om. s. c also r>u. d be ;e ur sec. m. 306 beth x. e for je witen not ou. f Om. ou.
S schal oi/. h ft^ful ou. ' and a. u. k Om. our sec. m. x. 1 Om. u. m Om. o.
d heuene c. e til inj3. til in to KHsec. m. k sec. m. f rijt so i. {( two iQe. g a c et plures. SS the
tother K.
1 oothir
h shal be leeft s.
two Q i a E- Uthat oother i. J oo K. k that oon ik. the oon R. oon e.
m Om. c. n and a leghk sec.m. o(3. » his lord, whan his lord K. whanne his lord K. P to ete K.
XXIV. 47 xxv-
MATTHEW.
69
47 fynde vdoynge so". Trewly I seie to 3011,
for vpon° alle his goodis he shal ordeyne
48hym. Forsothe 3if thilkP yuel seruaunt
shall seier in his herte, My lord makith
49'dwellynge, or taryinge*, to cum, and bi-
gyrine1 to smyte his euen seruauntis",
sothely jif he etev and drynkew with
sodrurikenlewe men; the lord of thilk" ser-
uaunt shal cume in the day in whiche he
hopith nat, and in hour? that2 he know-
si ith nat, and shala departe hym, and putb
his part with ypocritis ; there shal be
weepynge, and betynge togidre of teeth.
CAP. XXV.
i Thanne the kyngdamc of heuenes shal
be lie to ten virgynys, vthe whiched, tak-
ynge her laumpis, wente oute meetynge
the spouse, vor husbonde*, and the? spous-
2esseb, *or wijf1; forsothe fyue of hem
3 weren foolis, and fyue prudent. But the
fyue fooJis, her laumpis taken, token nat
4Oyle with hem ; forsothe the prudent k
token oyle in her vessels with laumpis.
5 Forsothe the spouse, vor housbonde^, rnak-
ynge dwellynge"3, alle nappiden and slept-
cen. Sothely at myd ni3t a cry was maad,
Loo ! the spouse cummeth, go 3ee out
7Nmetynge to" hym. Thanne0 alle the
virgynys rysen vp, and anournedenP her
8 laumpis. Sothely the foolis seiden to the
wise, 3eue 3ee to vs of 3oure oile, for oure
9 laumpis ben qwenchid. The prudent an-
swereden, seyingei, Lest perauenture it
suffiser nat to us and to 3ou, go 366 rather
10 to v men sellynges, and bye* to 3ou. 'For-
sothe the" while thei wenten forv to bye,
the spouse came ; and tho that weren redy,
entriden iriw with hym to the weddyngis ;
uaunt schal come in the") dai which' he
hopith not, and in the our that he know-
ith not, and schal departe hym, and si
putte8 his part with ypocritis ; there
schal be wepyng, and gryntyng of teeth.
CAP. XXV.
Thanne1 the kyngdoom of heuenes schal i
be lijk to" ten virgyns, whichev token her
laumpis, and wenten out a3ens the hose-
bonde and the wijf ; and fyue of hem 2
weren foolis, and fyue prudent. But the 3
fyue foolis token her laumpis, and token
not oile with hem ; but the prudent 4
token oile in her vessels with the
laumpis. And whilis the hosebonde tar-s
iede, alle thei nappiden and slepten. Bute
at mydny3tw a cry3 was maad, Lo ! the
spouse cometh, go 36 oute to mete with
him. Thanne alle thox virgyns risen)" 7
vp, and araieden her laumpis. And the 8
foolis seiden to the wise, 3yue 30 to vs of
3oure oile, for oure laumpis ben quenchid.
The prudent z answeriden, and seiden, 9
Lest perauenture it suffice not to vs and
to 3ou, go 30 rather to men that sellen,
and bie to 3ou. And while thei wenten 10
fora to bie, the spouse cam ; and thob that
weren redi, entreden with him to the
weddyngis ; and the 3ate was schit. And 1 1
at the last the otherec virgyns carnen, and
0 so doynge GMX. ° on our sec. m. w sec. m. x. v that x. 1 Om. ov. r seith u. s taryinge AOV.
dwelling x. * schal bygynne G sec. m. bigynneth p. he bygyn o. if he bigynne u. u seruaunt o. v eteth
our sec. m. w drenketh our sec. m. * that oux. 7 the houre our sec. m. z in whiche ov. a he schall
oi/. b he schall putte ov. c rewine ou. d whiche our sec. m. that x. e out to x. ! Om. AOVX. or
the hosbonde N. S Om. x. h spouse GMOpqr pr. m. ' Om. our sec. m. x. k fiue prudent x. ' Om.
Aosur sec. m. x. m tariyng v. n 330115 ot;. to meetinge to x. ° And than o. P honoureden A. nour-
eden a. ourneden NOSUX. 1 Om. o. r sufficeth o. 8 the selleres our sec. m. * by 56 Novr sec. m.
bieth sx. u Sothely our sec. m. v Om. osur sec. m. x. w Om. our sec. m.
1 that K. r in whiche bhi. s schal putte e pr. m. <• Om. i. u Om. A. v the whiche i. w the
mydny3t A. * the AEia/3. tliilke i. Y risiden K. resen is. resin EP. z prudent virgyns K. a Om.
A sec. m. forth E. b thilke i. c tothere K.
70
MATTHEW.
XXV. II 24.
11 and the 3ate isx shit. Sothely at the last
and? the2 other virgynys camen, seyinge,
12 Lord, lord, openea to vs. And he answer-
ynge seith, Treuly I seie to 3011, I knowe
is'nat joub. And so wake 3ee, 'and preyec,
for 5ee witen nat the day ned the hour.
14 Sothely as a man goynge fer in pilgrim-
age, clepide his seruauntis, and bitoke toe
15 hem his goodis ; and tof oon he 3aue fyue
talentis, W besauntis^, forsothe to an other
twoh, but to an other oon, to eche after' his
leowne vertu; andwentek forth anoon. For-
sothe and he that hadde take fyue1 talentis,
wente forth, and wrou3te in hem, and wan
17 other fyue. Also and m he that hadde
18 taken two", wan other two0. Sothely he
that hadde taken oon, goyngeP forth, dalf0-
in to ther erthe, and hidde the mone of his
19 lord. Bot8 after muche tyme, the lord of
thoss seruauntis came, and puttide* resoun
20 with hem. And he that hadde taken fyue
talentis, 'cummynge to", offride other fyue,
seyinge, Lord, thou bitokistT mew fyue
talentis, *or be.iauntisx, loo ! I haue 'geten
21 ouer-v other fyue. His lord seithz to hym,
Wei be thou, good seruaunt and feithful,
'or trewe*; for vponb fewe thingis thou
hast ben trewec, I shal ordeyne thee vpond
many thingis ; entre thou in to the ioye
22 of thi lord. Forsothe and6 he that hadde
taken twof talentis, 'came to", andh seith1,
Lord, thou bitokistk to1 me two'" talentis ;
23 loo ! I haue 'geten onern other two0. His
lord seithP to him, Wei bei thou, good
seruaunt and trewer; for vpons fewe thingis
thou hast ben trewe*, I shal ordeyne thee
vponu many thingis ; entre thouv in to the
24 ioye of thi lord. Forsothe and he that
seiden, Lord, lord, opene to vs. And he 12
answeride, and seide, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
Y knowe 3ou not. Therfor wake 36, for is
36 witen not the dai ne the our. For as 14
a man that goith in pilgrimage, clepide
hise seruauntis, and bitook to hem hise
goodis ; and to oon he 3af fyue talentisd, is
ande to another tweyne, and to another
oon, to ech after his owne vertu ; andf
wente forth anoon. And he that hadde IG
fyue besauntis, wente forth, and wrou3te
in hem, and wan othere fyue. Also and 17
he that hadde takun tweyne, wan othere
tweyne. But he that hadde takun oon, \e
3ede forth, and dalf £ in toh the erthe, and
hidde the money of his lord. But after 19
long tyme, the lord of tho' seruauntis cam,
and rekenede with hem. And he that 20
hadde takun fyue besauntis, cam, and
brou3te othere fyue, and seide, Lord, thou
bytokist to me fyue besauntis, loo ! Y
haue getun abouek fyue othere. His lord 21
seide to hym, Wei be thou, good ser-
uaunt and feithful ; for on fewe thingis
thou hast be trewe, Y schal ordeyne thee
on manye thingis ; entre thou in to the
ioye of thi lord. And he that hadde 22
takun twey talentis1, cam, and seide, Lord,
thou bitokist to me twey besauntis ; loo !
Y haue wonnen oner othir tweyne. His2:t
lord seide to him, Wei be thou, good ser-
uaunt and trewe ; for on fewe thingis
thou hast be trewe, Y schal ordeyne thee
on many thingis ; entre thou in to the
ioie of thi lord. But he that hadde 24
takun o besaunt, cam, and seide. Lord, Y
woot that thou art an hard man ; thou
repist where thou hast not sowe, and
x was our sec. m. J also our sec. m. z Om. our sec. m. a opene thou our sec. m. b jou not x.
c Om. OM sec.m. vrw sec. m. and prejeth sx. d nether vr sec. m. e Om. Q. { Om. v. S Om. AOUX.
h tweine ouw. > by our sec.m. *• he wente our sec. m. ' the fyue w. m Orn.itr. n tweine ovrw sec. in.
° tweyne ovrw sec.m. P wente v. 1 dalfe it KP. and dalfue u. T Om. s. s Forsothe our sec.m. s the
M pr. m. t putte sx. u neijinge our sec. m. v tokest o. bitoke x. w to me our sec. m. * Om. AGOPS
UXY pr.m. 7 ouergeten AMUourw. geten XY. z seide our sec. m. a Om. AGOPUXY. b on our sec.m. x.
c fei3ful ou. d on our sec.m. x. e Om. u. f twei or sec.m. w. g nei3ed or sec. m. neijynge u. h Om. u.
> seide or sec.m. offrede other tweyne, seiynge u. k bitoke sx. l Om. QW pr. m. m twey ovrw.
n ouergeten AMNovrw. ° tweine ovrw. P seide our sec. m. <\ be to thee u. r feijfull our sec. m.
s on our sec. m. x. t fey;ful our sec. m. u ou ourx sec. m. v Om. G pr. m. PX.
d besauntis K. e Om. EIPQBCO/S. f and he i. S dalf it EP. h Om. A pr. m. CEIP pr.m. ' the EiRbia.
k ouer i. 1 besauntis K.
XXV. 25—35-
MATTHEW.
71
hadde taken oo talent, 'cummynge tox,
seithy, Lord, I wote thatz thou art an hard
thou repist wher thou hast nat
man
sewen, and thou gederist to gidre wher
25 thou hast nat spreedde abrood ; and I dred-
ynge wente, and hidde thi talent in the3
erthe ; loo ! thou hast thatb that is thin.
aeSothely hisc lord answerynge, seided to
hym,Yuel seruaunt and slowe.wistist thou
thate I repe wher I sewe nat, and gederef
27 to gidre wher I spradde nat abrood ? Ther-
fore it bihouydes thee to'1 'sende, or be-
taken*, my monee to chaungers, thatk and1
I cummynge shulde haue resceyued for-
2Hsotheni that" that is myn with vsuris. And
so 'take 36° awey fro hyra the talent, and
jeue 36 it? toi hym that hath ten talentis.
29 For to eueryr man hauynge its shal be
3ouen, and he shal haue plente*; andu tov
hym that hath nat, andwthatx that he sem-
etfay to haue, shal be taken fro2 hym. And
30 caste 3ee out the Unprofitable seruaunt8,
'and sendaa 3eeb hymc in to vttermored
derknessis ; there shal be weepynge, and
31 betyng to gidre of teeth. Forsothe whanne
mannes sone shal cume in his mageste, and
alle his angelis with hym, thanne he shal
32sitte on the sege" of his magestee; and alle
ssfulkis shulen be gederid beforef hym, and
he schal departe hem atwynne, as a shep-
erde departith scheep fro kidis; ands sothli
he schal seette the scheep on hish rijtbalf,
34 the' kidis forsothe on thek lefthalf. Thanne
the kyng schal seie to hem, that shulen be
on his1 ri3thalf, Come 3ee, the blessid of
rny fadir, welde 3ee, "or take $ee in pos-
sessioun™, the kyngdam maad redy to 3011
fro the 'bygynnynge, or maki/nge0, of the
35 world. Forsothe0 I was hungry P, and 36
thou gederist togidere where thou hast
not spred abrood ; and Y dredynge wente, 28
and hidde thi besaunt in the erthe ; lo !
thou hast that that is thin. His lord an- 28
sweride, and seide to hym, Yuel seruaunt
and slowe, wistist thou that Y repe where
Y sewe not, and gadir to gidere where Y
spredde not abrood? Therfor it bihoftea?
thee to bitake my money to chaungeris,
that whanne Y cam, Y schulde resseyue"1
that that is myn with vsuris. Therfor 2«
take" awei fro hym the besaunt, and 3yue
3e° to hym that hath ten besauntis. For 29
to euery man that hath me schal 3yue,
and he schal ericreese ; but fro hym that
hath not, also that that hym00 semeth to
haue, schal be taken awey froP him. And 30
caste 36 out the vnprofitable seruaunt in
to vtmeri derknessis ; ther schal be wep-
yng, and gryntyng1" of teeth. Whanne si
inannus sone schal come in his maieste,
and alle hise aungels with hym, thanne
he schal sitte on the sege8 of his maieste;
and alle folkis schulen be gaderid bifor32
hym, and he schal departe hem atwynne, 33
as a scheeperde departith scheep from
kidis ; and he schal sette the scheep on
his ri3thalf, and the kidis on the1 lefthalf.
Thanne the kyng schal seie to hem, that 34
schulen be on his ri3thalf, Come 36, the"
blessid of my fadir, takev 36 in posses-
sioun the kyngdoorn maad redi to 3ou fro
the makyng of the world. For Y hun-3r.
gride, and 36 3auen me to ete ; Yw thrist-
ide, and 36 3auen me to drynke ; Y was
herboreles, and 36 herboriden me ; nakid, ;«;
and 36 hiliden me ; sijk, and 36 visitiden
me ; Y was in prisoun, and 36 camen to
me. Thanne iust men schulen answere.t?
* nei3ynge ouv. y seide our sec. m. z for GMOPUVWX sec.m. for that K pr. m. a Om. GOP
vrv sec. m. b the theuge our sec. m. c the K sec. m. d seith G. e for ouv sec. m.
{ gadered QW. S byhouith au. bihofte w. h Om. o. > sende A. take o. bitake vv sec. m. ban sent x.
k Om. ANOQsruywxY sec. m. ' Om. p. m sothely our sec. m. Om. s. forth XY. n the thenge ovv
sec.m. ° takith GPXY. P Om. jMNosur. 1 Om. w. r eche ovv sec. m. x. s Om. G pr. m. x.
* plente, or encrese v sec. m. u forsothe our. v fro AO sec. m. uf. w alsso our sec. m. Om. g. * that
thenge o. this ur sec. m. y bisemith o sec. m. z of o. awei of UF. a seruaunt unprofitable ANOVVIT.
aa Om. M sec. m. b Om. M sec. m. w sec. m. c Om. M sec. m. w. d vtmere AOVW. the vttermore TV.
vtmore x. e sete ourx. f tofore o. g Om. o. h the Q. ' and the o. k his ox. 1 the K.
'» Om. AOQUX. or takith in possessioun GSY pr. m. or take in possessioun M. n makyng AMVOPSurw.
bigynnynge QX. ° For o sec. m. u. P hungered our sec. m.
m haue receyued K. n take 30 EKX sec. m. o Om. CH. °° he K. P of cbcghk. q the vtmere i.
vttermere KB. vttirmore ahik. r grenching s. s seete CKKbck. l his KR/3. u Om. K. v and take
Ksb pr. HI. gik. w and I CMsubghk.
72
MATTHEW.
XXV. 36 46.
3auen to mei forr to ete ; I thristide, and
jee 3euen tos me for* to drynke ; I was
herberlesse, and jee 'gederiden, or her-
se berden", me ; nakidv, and 3ee heliden me ;
seik, and 3ee visitiden me ; I was in pri-
37 soun,and 36 camen to me. Thanne iust men
shulen answere to hym, seyingew, Lord,
whenne sy3en we thee hungry, and we
fedd thee ; thristy, and we 3euen tox thee
ssdrynke^? whenne forsothe seien we thee
herberlesse, and we gedriden2 theea ; or1'
39 nakid, and we heliden thee ? orc Vhenne
seien we thee seek*1, ore in prisoun, and we
40 carnen to theef ? And he answerynge shal
seie to hem, Treuly I seie to 3011, 'as long?
as 366 diden to oon of these my leste bre-
41 thren, 3ee diden to me. Thanne the kyng
shal seie andh to hem, that shulen be on
his left half, Depart' fro me, '366 cursidk,
in to1 euerlastynge fijr/thewhichem is maad
42 redy to the deuyl and his" angelis. Sothe-
ly° I hungeryde, and 36 3auen nat to? me
fori to ete; I thristide, and 3ee 3auen nat to
43 me forr to drynke ; I was herberlesse, and
3ee gedriden8 nat me1 ; nakid, and 366 co-
uereden nat me ; seik, and in prisoun, and
44366 visitiden nat me. Thanne andu thei
shulen answere to hym, seyingev, Lord,
whanne seien we thee hungrynge, or w
thristynge, or herberlesse, orw nakid, orw
seik, orw in prisoun, and we seruyden nat
45 to thee ? Thanne he shal answere to hem,
seiyngex, Treuly I seie to 3011, hou? longe
3ee diden nat to oon of these lesteVnethere
46366 didena to me. And these shulen go in
to euerlastynge tourment ; forsothe theb
iust men in to euere lastinge lyf.
to hym, and seie, Lord, whanne si3en we
thee hungry, and we fedden thee ; thristi,
and we 3auen to thee drynk ? and 38
whanne sayn we thee herborles, and we
herboreden thee ; or nakid, and we hil-
ideri thee ? orx whanne sayn we thee 39
sijk, or in prisoun, and we camen to
tbee ? And the kyng answerynge schal 40
seie to hem, Treuli Y seie to 3011, as longe
as 36 diden to oon of these my leeste
britheren, 36 diden to me. Thanne the 41
kyng schal seie also to hem, that schulen
be on his lefthalf-v, Departez fro me, 36
cursid, in to euerlastynge fijr, that is
maad redi to the deuel and hise aungels.
For Y hungride, and 36 3auen not me to 42
ete ; Y thristide, and 36 3auen not me to
drynke ; Yzz was herborles, and 30 herb- 43
erden not me ; nakid, and 36 keuerdena
not me ; sijk, and in prisoun, and 36
visitiden not me. Thanne and thei schulen 44
answere to hym, and schulen seie, Lord,
whanne sayn we thee hungrynge, or
thristynge, or herboreles, or nakid, or
sijk, or in prisoun, and we serueden not
to thee ? Thanne he schal answere to 45
hem, and seie, Treuli Y seie to 3ou, %hou
longeb 36 diden not to oon of these leeste,
nether 36 diden to me. And these schulen 45
goo in to euerlastynge turment ; but the
iust men schulen go in to euerlastynge
lijf.
q Om. u. r Om. sx. s Om. u. l Om. sx. " herberden or sec, m. gedereden x. v I was naked o.
w and seie our. x Om. o. y for to drynke w pr. m, z herberowed o. a thee to herbore vr sec. m.
•> and p. ether our. c Om. o. ether vr. d Om. o. e ether our. f the, ether seke and we
visiteden thee o. g als longe o. Om. G pr. m. h alsso ot;. and also r sec. m. i 3e cursed, departe
our sec. m. Departeth PSXY. k Om. our sec. m. l to the r. m whiche our sec. m. that x. n to his our.
0 For our sec. m. P Om. ou. n Om. sx. r Om. sx. 3 harberowed o. l me to herbore vr sec. m.
u also our sec. m. v and seie our sec. m. w ether our. x and seie our sec. m. y as our sec. m.
z lesse o. my leeste w pr. m. a je diden not ou. 366 neither diden x. b Om. our sec. m.
x and c. for s. Om. i.
as long as K.
leftsde chi.
Departeth
and I R.
a hiliden K.
XXVI. i — 16.
MATTHEW.
73
CAP. XXVI.
1 And it isc don, whenne Jhesus hadde
eendid alle these wordis, he seide to his
2 disciplis, Wite 3ee, for after twod dayes
pask shal be maad, and mannes sone shal
3 be bitaken6, that he be crucified. Thanne
the princis of prestisf and eldre* men of
the peple benh gedrid in to the halle of the1
princek of prestis, that was said Caiphas,
4 and maden1 a counseile, that™ thei shul-
den holde Jhesu with gile, and slea n ;
ssothly thei seiden, Nat in the vfeste day",
lest per auenture noys were maad in the
e peple. ForsotheP whenne Jhesus was in
Betanye, in thei house of Symount le-
7 prousr, a womman hauynge a boxe of ala-
bastre of preciouse oynement, vcame ni3s
to hym, and shedde out on the heued1 of
s hym restinge. Sothely disciplis" seeynge
hadden dedeyn, seyinge,Wherto this losse?
9 forsothev itw mijte bex solde for mychey,
10 and be 3ouen to pore men. Sothely Jhe-
sus wytinge, seithz to hem, What be 36
heuy, W sory", to this womman? \sothely
a good workb she hath wrou3tc in me.
11 For whid 3ee shulen 'euermore hauee pore
men with 3ou, but 366 shulen nat algatisf
i2haue me. Forsothe this womman send-
enge this oynement in to my body, made
isfors to birye me. Treuly I seie to 3ou,
wher euer this gospel shal be prechid1' in'
al the world, itk shal be seide and1 that
this womman dide, in to mynde of hym.
H Thanne oon of the twelue, that was seide
Judas Scarioth, wente forth"' to the princis
is of prestis, and seith" to hem, What wolen
3ee 3eue to me, and I shal bitake0 hym to
3ou ? And thei ordeyneden to hym thritti
leplatis of seluer. And fro that tyme he
CAP. XXVI.
And it was doon, whanne Jhesus i
hadde endid allea these wordis, he seide to
hise disciplis, 3e witen, that aftir twei2
daies pask schal be maad, and mannus
sone schal be bitakun to be crucified.
Than the princes of prestis and the a
elder men of the puple were gaderid in
to the halle of the princeb of prestis, that
was seid Cayfas, and maden a counsel to 4
holde Jhesu with gile, and sle him; but 5
thei seiden, Not in the haliday, lest per-
auenture noyse were maad in the puple.
Andc whanne Jhesus was in Betanye, ine
the hous of Symount leprousd, a worn- 7
man that hadde a box of alabastre of
precious oynement, cam to hym, and
schedde6 out on the heed of hym rest-
ynge. And disciplisf seynge hadden de-s
deyn, and seiden, Wherto this £ loss ?
for1' it my3te be seld for myche, and be 9
3ouun to pore men. But Jhesus knewe, 10
and seide to hem, What ben 30 heuy' to
this womman ? fork sche hath wrou3t in
me a good werk. For 36 schulen euere 1 1
haue pore men with 3ou, but 30 schulen
not algatis haue me. This l womman 12
sendynge this oynement in to my bodi,
dide to birie me. Treuli1" Y seie to 3ou, ia
where euer this gospel schal be prechid
in al the world, it schal be seid, that sche
dide this, in mynde of hym. Thanne u
oon of the twelue, that was clepid Judas
Scarioth, wente forth to the princis of
prestis, and seide to hem, What wolen 36 is
3yue to me, and Y schal bitake hym to
3ou? And thei ordeyneden to hym
thretti pansn of siluer. And fro thatis
tyme he sou3te oportunyte0, to bitraye
c was ur. d twei or sec. m. w. e taken o. f the prestes o. g the eldere ANOPSurtr. h weren ov.
' Om. N. k princes G pr. m. v pr. m. w. ! thei maden ov. m hou x. n slee him P. ° haliday AMU
ourw. P Sothely o. <i a o. r the leprous MOV pr. m. a neijed our sec. m. * heed AMXPuret w pass.
hed QS et x pass. u the disciples ciaopur sec. m. XY v for or. w this ovr sec. m. * haf be o.
y mekil N. z seide ovr. * Qm. AGOPQ.U'/ sec.m. xv. b Om. our tec. m. c wroujte a gode werke
our sec. m. d Om. our sec. m. * haue euer ov. { euermore o. euer ur sec. m. g Om. sx. h rad
w pr. m. ' into o. k that o. l Om. G. m Om. our sec. m. n seide ourw sec. m.xv. ° taken x.
B Om. Q. b princes H. c But e pr. m. d the leprous A pr. m. cJisubceghik/3. e schedde it i. f the
disciplis EiKFhik. hise disciplis g. 8 w this ia. h forsothe i. ' ether sorie K marg. k forsothe i. ' For
this EP sec. m. "' And treuly i. n pens CQR/3. penis ES. platis i. pecis K. ° or best tyme c marg.
VOL. IV. L
74
MATTHEW.
XXVI. 17 — 30.
soi^te couenablete, vfor to bitake? hym.
17 Forsothe in the first day of xthe fest of
paski disciplisr camen3 to Jhesu, seyinge*,
Wher wolt thou weu make redy to thee,
is for v to ete paske? And Jhesus seithw,
Go 3ee in to the citee to sum man, and
seie" to hym, The maister seith, My tyme
is ni3 ; at thee I make paske? with my
19 disciplis. And thez disciplis diden, as Jhe-
sus comaundide vto hema; and thei maden
•20 redy pask. Forsothe euenyngb maad, he
sat 'at thee mete with his twelued disciplis.
21 Arid he seide to hem etynge, Treuly I seie
to 3ou, for oon of 3ou 'is toe betraye me.
22 And thei vful .«ory bygunnynf eche& to
28 seie, Lord, wherh I am'? And he an-
swerynge seithk, He that 'with me in put-
tith1 the bond in the plater, thism shal bi-
24traye me. Forsothe mannes sone goth, as
it is writen of hym ; but woo to that man,
bi whom mannys sone shal be bitrayed ;
it were good to hym, 3if that" man hadde
25nat ben boren. Forsothe Judas that bi-
trayed hym, answeride, seyinge, Maister,
wher VI am0? He seith P to hym, Thou
•2«hast seid. Forsothe hem soupynge, Jhe-
sus toke breed, and blissidei, and bracke,
and 3aue to his disciplis, 'and seithr, Take
27 3ee, and ete8 ; this is my body. And he
takynge the cuppe, dede thankyngis, and
3aue to hern, seyinge*, Drinke 366 alle her-
28 of; this is my blood of the newe testa-
ment, 'the whiche" shal be shed out for
29 many, in to remissioun of synnys. For-
sothe I seie to 3011, I shal nat drinke fro
this tyme, of this fruyt of the vyne, til
in to thatv day whenne I shal drinke it
newe with 3ou, in the kyngdamw of my
sofadir. And an ympne, W heriynge*, seid,
hym. And in the firste dai of therf 17
looues the disciplis camen to Jhesu, and
seiden, Where wolt thou we make redi
to thee, to ete paske ? Jhesus seide, Go IB
3e into the citee to 'sum man?, and seie
to hym, The maistir seith, My tyme is
ny3 ; at thee Y make paske with my dis-
ciplis. And the disciplis diden, as Jhe- 19
sus comaundide to hem ; and thei maden
the paske redi. And whanne euentid^o
was come, he sat to mete with hise
twelue disciplis. And he seide to hem, 21
as thei eten, Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that
oon of 3ou schal bitraye me. And thei 22
ful sori bigunnen ech bi hym silf to seie,
Lord, whetherr 'Y am"? And he answer- 23
ide, and seide, He that puttith with me
his8 hoond in the plater, schal bitraye
me. Forsothe mannus sone goith, as it 24
is writun of hym ; but wo to that man,
bi whom mannus sone schal be bitrayed ;
it were good to hym, if that man hadde
not be borun. But Judas that bitraiede 2.1
hym, answeride, seiynge, Maister, whe-
ther 'Y am*? Jhesus seide" to hym,
Thou hast seid. And while thei soup-2«
eden, Jhesus took breed, and blesside,
and brak, and 3af to hise disciplis, and
seide, Take 36, and etev; this is my body.
And he took the cuppe, and dide thank- 27
yngis, and 3af to hem, and seide, Drynke28
36 alle herof ; this is my blood of the
newe testament, which schal be sched for
many, in to remissioun of synnes. And 20
Y seie to 3ou, Y schal not drynke fro
this tyme, of this fruyt of the vyne, in to
that dai whanne Y schal drynke it newe
with 3ou, in the kyngdom of my fadir.
And whanne the ympne was seid, theiaa
P that lie schuld hytraye ou. that he shulde bitaken v sec. m. to bitaken x. 1 therf looues ou. therf
looues, that is, Ihefesle of paske v pr. m. w sec. m. T the disciplis MOPUXY. s neijeden ou. * and
seiden our sec. m. u that we o. v Om. ovr sec. m. x. w seide our. * seie 36 our sec. m. T Om.
AGNOS pr.m. urw sec.m. XY. z Om. ANsrw. a Om. N. b euentyde our. c to our sec. m. d Om. w.
e schal ovr sec. m. f made sorowe ful greetly, and thei bigunnen o. maad sorouful greteli, bigunnen ur.
S all in special ovr. Om. Q. h whethir GV et x pass. ' it am o. k seide ovr sec. m. J putteth in with
me AMNOvrrr. with me puttith in p. m Om. our sec. m. ° thilke our sec. m. ° it am I o. P seide
our sec. m. 1 blissed it o. r seiynge o. and seide vrw sec.m. s eet je our. eteth sx. * and seide
our sec. m. u whiche our sec. m. that x. v the w. w rewme our sec. m. x Om. ox. either
[or r sec. m.] preysyng of God ur sec, m.
P a man i. q the euentijd Ksg. r wher c et alii passim. rr it am I ? i. I am he ? K. I ? s. s the Kk.
Om. b pr. m. t it am I i. I am he ? K. u seith K. v eteth i. ete je sx marg. k.
XXVI. 3i — 44-
MATTPIEW.
75
thei wenten out in to the mount of Olyuete.
si Thanne Jhesus seith to hem, Alle 36 shu-
len suffre sclaundre in me, in? this ni$t ;
for it is wrytyn, I shal smyte the sheperde,
and the sheep of the floe shulen be scatered.
32Forsothe after that I shal ryse a3ein, Iz
33 shal go bifore 3ou in to Galilee. Sothely
Petre answerynge, seith* to him, vAnd 3ifb
allec shulen be sclaundrid in thee, I shal
Sineuere be sclaundrid. Jhesus seithd to
hym, Trewly I seie to thee, for in this
ni3t bifore the cok crowe, thries thou shalt
ssdenye me. Petre seith to hym, 'And 3ife
it shal behoue me to dye with thee, I
shal nat denye thee. Alsof and alle disci-
36pliss seidenh. Thanne Jhesus came with
hem in to a toun, that' is seid Gessemanye.
And he seide to his disciplis, Sitte 3ee heer,
thek while1 I shal™ go thidir, and preie.
37 And Petre taken ton, and two0 sonys of
Zebedee, he began forP to be distourblidi,
3svor heuyr, and8 sory* in herte. Thanneu
he seithv to hem, My soule is sorowful til
to the deth ; 'susteyne 3ee, or abyde $eew,
39 here, and wake 366 with me. And he gon
forth a litil, felle doun in to his face,
preyinge, and seyinge, My fadir, 3if it is
possible, vpasse this cuppe" fro me ; nethe-
4oles nat as I wole, but as thou wolt. And
he came to his disciplis, and foonde hem
slepynge. And he seith? to Petre, So,
'wher 366 mi3tez nat oon hour wake with
41 me ? Wake 3ee, and preie", that 3ee en-
tren nat in to temptacioun ; forsothe the
spirit is redy, bote the flesh seikb, vor »«-
42 stable0. Eft the secounde tyme he wente,
and preide, seyinge, My fadir, 3if this
cuppe may nat passe, nod botee I drynke
43 it, thi wille be don. And eftsonef he
came, and foonde hem slepynge ; forsothe
44 her e3en weren greueds. And hem left,
wenten out in to the mount of Olyuete.
Thanne Jhesus seide to hem, Alle 3631
schulen suffre sclaundre in me, in this
ni3t ; for it is writun, Y schal smyte the
scheeperde, and the scheep of the flok
schulen be scaterid. But aftir that Y32
schal rise a3en, Y schal go bifore 3ou in
to Galilee. Petre answeride, and seide to 33
hym, Thou3 alle schulen be sclaundrid in
thee, Y schal neuer be sclaundrid. Jhe-s*
sus seide to him, Treuli Y seie to thee,
for in this ny3t bifor the cok crowe,
thries thou schalt denye me. Peter seide 3»
to him, 3he, thou3 it bihouew that Y die
with thee, Y schal not denye thee. Also
alle the disciplis seiden. Thanne Jhesus s«
cam with hem in to a toun, that is seid
Jessamanye. And he seide to his disci-
plis, Sitte 36 here, thex while Y go thider,
and preye. And whanne he hadde takes;
Peter, and tweixx sones of Zebedee, he^
bigan to be heuy and sori. Thanne he.3«
seide to hem, My soule is soreuful to the
deeth ; abide 36 here, and wake 36 with
me. And he }ede forth a litil, and felde3»
doun on his face, preiynge, and seiynge,
My fader, if it is possible, passe this
cuppe fro me ; netheles not as Y wole,
but as thou wolt. And he cam to his 40
disciplis, and foond hem slepynge. And
he seide to Petir, So, whethir 36 my3ten
not oon our wake with me? Wake 56,41
and preye 36, that 36 entre not in to
temptacioun ; forz the spirit is redi, but
the fleisch is sijk. Eft the secounde 42
tyme he wente, and preyede, seiynge,
My fadir, if this cuppe may not passe,
buta Y drynke hymb, thi wille be doon.
And eftsoone he cam, and foond hem 43
slepynge ; for her i3en weren heuyed.
And he lefte hem, and wente eftsoone, 44
y Om. x. z and I K sec. m. B seij o. seide s. b Thouj ovr sec. m. c alle men s. d seij o. « 3he
thouj ovvw sec.m. f Om. o. g the disciples o sec. m. MOPSW. '' seiden also o. ' vvhiche ou. k Om.
our sec. m. 1 while that o. m Om. OPVV sec. m. * Om. ovr. ° tweye ovr sec. m. w. P Om. surx.
1 sorowful ovr sec. m. disturbid sx. r Om. ox. and heuy Q sec. m. s or a sec. m. * heuy our sec. m.
u And Y. T seide ovr sec. m. w abide 366 ou. s. jee, or abijde P. s. jee, or abidith s. sustene jee 'x.
* this cuppe passe vr. J seide ovr tec. m. z mi^te 30 ov. whether jee mi3ten x. a praye je ovr
sec.m. prejeth x. b is seke ovr sec. m. cOm.AX. ether vnstidfast ovv sec.m. d Om. AX. e but
jif GMXY pr.m. { efte ovr sec. m. S greeuyd, or heuyed MP. heuyed u sec. m. marg.
w bihoueth cgk. * Om. io. "twoce/aZzl y and A. z forsothe I. a but that k. but if 0. b it ichio.
76
MATTHEW.
XXVI. 45—57-
he wente eftsoneh, and preide the thridde
45tyme, the same word seyinge. Thanne he
came to his disciplis, and seith' to hem,
Slepe 3ee nowe, and restek 30 ; loo ! the
hour hath neijed, and mannes sone shal
be taken1 in to the hondis of synners ;
46 ryse 3ee, go wee ; loo ! he that shal takem
47me, 'shal nei3en. And0 3it hym spekynge,
loo ! Judas, oon of the twelueP, and with
hym camel a grete cumpanye,with swerdis
and battisr, sent of the princes of prestis,
48 and of eldre5 men of the peple. For-
sothe he that bitraiede hym, 3aue to hem
a tokne, seiynge, Whom euer Y shal kisse,
40 he it is ; holde 3ee hym. And anon
he "cummynge ni3* to Jhesu, seide, Haile,
somaistre; and he kisside hym. And Jhe-
sus seide to hym, Frend, wherto art thou
comen ? Thanne thei vcamen ni3", and
castidenv hondis 'in tox Jhesu, and helden
si hym. And loo! oon of hem that weren
with Jhesu, holdynge out^ the hond, drow3
outz hisa swerd ; and he, smytynge theb
seruaunt of the prince0 of prestisd, kitte6
52 of his litilf eres. Thanne Jhesus seithh to
hym, Turne thi swerd in to his place ;
sothely' alle that shulen take swerd, shu-
53 len perishe by swerd. Wher gessist thou,
thatk I may nat preie my fadir, and he
shal 3eue to me now more than twelue
54 legions of angelis ? Hou therfore1 shulen
the scripturis be fulfillid"1? 'for so" it be-
55 houeth to be don. In that hour Jhesus
seide to the cumpanyes vof peple0, As to a
theef 366 han gon out, with swerdis and
battisP, fori to caccher me ; 'day by day5 1
satte at 3ou, techynge in the temple, and
5fi3ee helden not me. Forsothe al this* thing
was don, that the scripturis of prophetis
shulden be fulfillid11. Thanne alle disciplisv
svfledden, hym forsaken. And thei hold-
and preiede the thridde tyme, and seide
the same word. Thanne he cam to his 45
disciplis, and seide to hem, Slepe 30 now,
and reste 30 ; loo ! the our hath nei3ed,
and mannus sone schal be takunc in to
the hondis of synneris ; rise 36, go we ; 4C
loo! he that schal take me, is ny3- 3it4'
thed while he spak, lo ! Judas, oon of the
twelue, cam, and with hym a greet cum-
peny, with swerdis and battis, sent fro
the princis of prestis, and fro the eldre
men of the puple. And he that bitraiede 48
hym, 3af to hem a tokene, and seide,
Whom euer Y schal6 kisse, he it is ;
holde 36 hym. And anoon he cam to 49
Jhesu, and seid, Haile, maister; and he&o
kisside hym. And Jhesus seide to hym,
Freend, wherto art thou comun ? Thanne
thei camen ni3, and leiden hoondis on
Jhesu, and helden hym. And lo ! oonsi
of hem that weren with Jhesu, strei3tef
out his hoond, and drou3 out his swerd ;
and he smoot the seruaunt of the prince
of prestis, and kitte? of his ereh. Thanne 52
Jhesus seide to hym, Turne thi swerd
in to his place ; for alle that taken swerd,
schuleri perische bi swerd. Whether 53
gessist thou, that Y may not preie my
fadir, and he schal 3yue to me now mo'
than twelue legiouns" of aungels ? Hou 54
thanne schulen theJ scriptures be fulfil-
led ? for so it bihoueth to be doon. In 55
that our Jhesus seide to the puple, As to
a theef 36 hank gon out, with swerdis
and battis, to take me ; dai bi dai Y sat
among 3ou, and tau3t in the temple, and
36 helden me not. But al this things
was don, that the scripturis of profetis
schulden be fulfillid. Thanne alle the
disciplis fledden, and leften hym. And 57
thei helden Jhesu, and ledden hym to
h efte our sec. m. i seide ourw sec. m. k restith G*. ' bytrayed o. bitaken ur. m bytray our.
traye P. n hath neijed ouvw sec. m. ° Om. our. P twelf cam our. 1 Om. our. T staues our.
* the elder AMNOPSurtr. * nei3einge our. u nei3eden our. v setteden our. casten sx. * on
our sec. m. Y forth our. * Om. u. a a o. b a o. c princes OQ. d the prestes o. e kitted or.
{ Om. Nour. S rijt ere us. h seide our. ' for our. k for our. ' Om. o. m filled our.
11 forsothe x. ° Om. our. P staues our. 1 Om. surx. T take our. a eich day our. t Om. p.
u filled our. v the disciples MSJT.
c bitaken EKnchika/3. d Om. ib. e Om. CEKQRbcghiko£. * strejcchide K. g kittede c. h rijt eere
EP sec. m. ' more K. " a legioun is sixe thousand site hundrid and sixty and sixe. K marg. j Om. A.
k Om.s sec. m.
XXVI. 58 — 6g.
MATTHEW.
77
ynge Jhesu, ledden hym to Caiphas, prince
of prestis, wherw scribis* "and Phariseesy,
and thez eldre men of the* peple had-
58 den cummen to gidre. Forsothe Petre
suede hym afer, til in to the halle of theb
prince0 of prestis ; and he gon ynne with
ynne, sate with seruauntisd, that he shulde
59 se thee eend. Forsothe the print-is f of
prestis, and alle the counseile sov^ten fals
witnessynge a3einus Jhesu, that thei
eoshulden take= hym to deth'1 ; and thei
founden nat, whenne many fals witnessis
hadden 'cummen to'. Treuly at the laste,
ei twok fals witnessis camen, and seiden,This
seide, I may distruye the temple of God,
and after 'the thridde day1 bilde it a3ein.
62 And the prince of prestis rysynge seithm
to hym, Answerist thou no thing to thon
thingis, 'the whiche ° these witnessen
63 a3einus thee ? Forsothe Jhesus was stille.
And the prince of prestis seith? to hym,
I couniour thee by quycke God, that
thou seie to vs, 3if thou bei Crist, the sone
64 of God. Jhesus seide to hym, Thou hast
seid ; netheles I seie to 3011, 'an other
tymer, 'or fro this tyme forth?, 3ee shulen
se mannes sone sittynge at the ri3thalf of
'the vertue of God4, and cummynge inu
6scloudis of heuene. Thanne the prince of
prestis kittev, 'or to-rente*, his clothis,
seyinge, He hath blasfemed ; what 3it
nede hanx we to witnessis ? loo ! now 3ee
66 ban herd blasfemye? ; what semeth to
3ou? And thei answerynge seiden, He is
67gilty of deth. Thanne thei spittenz in to
his face, and smytena hym with buiFetis ;
forsothe other 3ouen strokis with theb
uepawm of hondis in to his face, seyinge,
Thou Crist, prophecie to vs, who is he
69 that smote thee? Sothely Petre sat 'with
outenc in the porched; and ane bond
Cayfas, the prince of prestis, where the
scribis and thek Farisees, and the eldre
men of the puple weren comun togidere.
But Petir swede him afer, in to the halle o«
of the prince1 of prestis ; and he wente
in, and sat with the seruauntis, to se the
eride. And the prince of prestis, and al &»
the counsel soften fals witnessing a3ens
Jhesu, that thei schulden take hym to
deeth ; and thei founden not, whanne eo
manye false witnessis weren1™ comun.
But at the laste, twei false witnessis
camen, and seiden, 'This seide11, Y mayci
distruye the temple of God, and after
the thridde dai bilde it a3en. And the 02
prince of prestis roos, and seide to hym,
Answerist thou no thing to tho thingis,
that these witnessen a3ens thee ? But «:«
Jhesus was stille. And the prince of
prestis seide to hym, Y coniure thee0 bi
lyuyngeP God, that thou seie to vs, if
thou art Crist, the sone of God. Jhesusi 64
seide to him, Thou hast seid ; netheles
Y seie to 3ou, 'fro hennus forth1" 36 schu-
len se maimus sone sittinge ats the ri3t-
half of the vertu of God, and comynge in
the cloudis of heuene88. Thanne the prince ur>
of prestis to-rente his clothis, and seide,
He hath blasfemed ; what 3it ban we
nede to witnessis ? lo ! now 36 ban herd
blasfemye ; what semeth to 3ou ? And ««
thei answeriden, and seiden, He is gilti
of deeth. Thanne thei speten* 'in tou«7
his face, and srnytenv hym with buffatis ;
and othere 3auen strokis with the pawrne
of her hondis inw his face, and seide, «8
Thou Crist, arede to vs, who is he that
smoot thee? And Petir sat with outen«9
inx the halle ; and a damysel cam to
hym, and seide, Thou were with Jhesu
of Galilee. And he denyede bifor alle 70
w Om. /. with Q. * the scribes our. Y Om. ovvw sec.m. z Om. air. a Om. G pr. m. b Om. o.
e princis KQ. d the seruauntes our. e Om. o. t prince o. S bytake our. h the deth K. ' neijed
our. k twei Norw. ' thre dayes o. m seide our. n these x. ° whiche ur. that ox. P seide
our. 1 art our. r fro hennes forth our. s Om. XOE/FAT. ' Goddes vertu our. u in the ur. v to-
rente our. w Om.w<ourjr. or rente G. * haf ot/r. y blasfemynge r. z spetteden OPQK. a beeted our.
b their G. Om. N. c wit oute forth our. d halle ^ sec.m. ovvw sec. m. e oon AGMXOSVVWY. one P.
k Om. plures et a. 1 princes A pr. m. m hadden, or neren K. " These seith E. Om. P pr.m. This seith
p sec. m. o Om. s. P the lyuynge hia. q And Jhesus c. r herafter i. s on e pr. m. «s heuenes H.
* spittiden Khi. u in iba. v smeten la. smitiden K. smoten plures et ft. w into K. * Om. A.
78
MATTHEW.
XXVI. 70 — XXVII. 6.
maydenf vcame nty to hym, seyingeh, And
7othou were with Jhesu of Galilee. And
he denyede before alle men, seyinge, I
71 woot nat what' thou saist. Forsothe hymk
goynge out the ' 3ate, an other hond
mayden™ say hym, and seith" to hem that
weren there, And this was with Jhesu of
72 Na3areth. And eftsone0 he denyede with
anP ooth, for hei knewe nat the man.
73 And after a litil, thei that stoden vcame
ni3r, and seiden vto Petre8, Treulyf and
thou art of" hem ; for whi andv thi speche
74makith thee opynw. Thanne 'he began31
to warye^ and swerez, that he knewe nat
75 the man. And anon the cok crew. And
Petre bithou3te on the word" of Jhesu,
thatb he hadde seide, Bifore0 the cok
crewed, thries thou shalt denye me. And
he gon out, wepte bittirly.
CAP. XXVII.
1 Forsothe the6 morwef maad, alle the
princis of prestis^, and eldre1' men of the
peple token counseil1 a3eins Jhesu, that
2 thei shulden takek hym to deth. And thei
ladden hyrn bounden, and bitoken hym1
to™ Pilat of Pounce, vmeire, or chef
3 iusticen. Thanne Judas that bitrayede
hym, seynge that he was dampnyd, he0
led by penaunce P, W forthenkijnge *J,
brou3ter a3ein thritti platis of seluer to
the princis of prestis, and to the eldre
4 men of the8 peple, seyinge*, I haue synned,
bitrayinge iust" blood. And thei seiden,
5 What to vs ? se thou. And the platis of
seluer 'cast aweyv inw the temple, he
wente awey, and goyinge* awey he? hang-
idez hyma with a 'grane, or a gnareh.
o Forsothe the princis of prestis, taken the
men?, and seide, Y woot not what thou
seist. And whanne he 3ede out atz the 71
3ate, another damysel say hym, and seide
to hem that weren there, And this was
with Jhesu of Nazareth. And eftsoone?2
he denyede with an ooth, For Ia knewe
not the man. Andb a litil aftir, thei 73
that stooden camen, and seiden to Petir,
Treulic thou art of d hem ; for thi speche
makith thee knowun. Thanne he bigan/4
to warie and toe swere, that he knewe
not the man. And anoon the cok crewe.
And Petir bithou3te on the word of7&
Jhesu, that he hadde seid, Bifore the cok
crowe, thries thou schalt denye me. And
he 3ede out, and wepte bitterli.
CAP. XXVII.
But whanne the morowtid was comun, i
alle the princis of prestis, and the eldre
men of the puple token counself a3ens
Jhesu, that thei schulden take hym to
the deeth. And thei ledden him boundun,2
and bitoken to» Pilat of Pounce, Justice.
Thanne Judas that bitraiede hyra, say 3
that he was dampned, he repentide, and
brou3te 33611 the thretti pansh to the
princis of prestis, and to the elder men
of the puple, and seide, Y haue synned, 4
bitraiynge ri3tful blood. And thei seiden,
What to vs ? bise thee. And whanne he A
hadde cast forth the siluer in' the temple,
he passide forth, and 3ede, and hongide
hym silf with a snare. And the princis 6
of prestis token the siluer, and seide, It
is not leueful to putte it in to the tre-
f mayde our. S neijed our. h and seide our. ' Om. G pr. m. k he o. 1 at the AN. of the
ourw sec.m. m mayde our. n seide our w sec. m. ° efte our. P an other o. 1 I our. T neijeden
to Peter o. neijeden ur. camen nyj to Peter x. * Om. ox. t Om. u. « oon of o. v also and o.
also ur. w knowen our. x bygan he o. y curse our. z to swere pur. a wordis K sec. m.
b whiche our. c Bifore that our. d crowe PWX. e Om. o. f morewyn G. morowtide opur. S the
prestis o. h the elder our. ' a counseil r. k bytake our. ' Om. AGMNPSWXY. m Om. N. n the
Justice our. president x. ° was our. P forthenkynge our, Q Om. Aourx. r and broujte our.
8 Om. p. t and seide our. u rijtwis x. v casten forth o. cast forth ur. w into OQ. x he goynge our.
y Om. our. z heeng x. a himsilf oqvr. b grane AMX. grane, or gnare GT. grane, or snare NSWY.
snare our. gryne P. grynne, or snare Q.
lOm.ipr.m. zofA. a he AR. b Om. EIKPXQR pr. m. a. c Truli and K. d on of R sec. m.
e Om. A. f a counceil B. B him to Kk. k penis s. ! in to K.
XXVII. 7 — 2
MATTHEW.
79
platis of seluer, seiden, It is nat leueful to
sende hem in to thec tresorie, for it vis
7 thecc pris of blood. Sothly counceil taken,
thei boit3ten with them the feeld of a
s potter, vin tod byryinge of vdead men6. For
this thing vthe ilkf feeld is clepid Achel-
demak, that is, a= feeld of blood, til in to
9 this day. Thanne ith is1 fulfillidk, vthat
thing1 that is" seid by the prophete Jere-
mye, seyynge, And thei token thritty platis
of syluer, the™ pris of a man preysid",
whom thei preysiden of the sonys of
loYrael; and thei 3auen hem in to thenn
feeld of a potter, as the Lord ordeyned to
nme. Sothely Jhesus stood byfore the
vmeyre, or domysmanr ; arid the prese-
dentP axide hym, seyinge, Art thou kyng
of Jewis ? Jhesus seith to hym, Thou
I2seist. And whenne he was acusid of thei
princesr of prestis, and eldre5 men of the
ispeple, he answeride no thing. Than Pilat
seith to hym, Herist thou nat, hou many1
witnessyngis" thei seien a3einus thee ?
H And he answeride nat to hym tov eny
word, so that the presedentw wondride
isgretely. Forsothe by ax solempne day the
presederiU" was wontz fora to delyuere to
the peple oon bounden, whom thei wolden.
16 Forsothe b hec hadded ae vnoble manf
17 bounden, that was seid Barabas. Ther-
fore Pilat seid to hem gedrid to gidre,
Whom wolejee, I vleeue, or delyuere*, to
3ou ? wher Barabas, orh Jhesu, that is
is seid Crist? Sothely he wiste, that vby
lyenuye' thei betraiedenk hym1. Forsothe
hym sittynge for Mustise, or donnjsman™,
his wyf sente to hym, seyinge", No thing
to thee and to that0 iust man ; sothelyP
I haue suffrid vthis dayi many thingis for
20 hym, by a visioun, W sweuenr. Forsothe
serie, for it is the prijs of blood. And?
whanne thei hadden take counsel, thei
boi^teri with it a feeld of a potter, in to
biryyng of pilgrymys. Herfor thilkeh«
feeld is clepid Acheldemac, that is, a
feeld of blood, in to this dai. Thannea
that' was fulfillid, that was seid bi the
prophete Jeremye, seiynge, And thei han
takun thretti pans, the prijs of a man
preysid, whom thei preiseden of the chil-
dren of Israel ; and thei 3auen hem in to 10
a feeld of a potter, as the Lord hath or-
denyd to rne. And Jhesus stood biforii
the domesman ; and the iustice axide
him, and seide, Art thou king of Jewis ?
Jhesus seith to hym, Thou seist. And 12
whanne he was accusid of the princisk
of prestis, and of the eldere men of the
puple, he answeride no thing. Thanne is
Pilat seith to him, Herist thou not, hou
many witnessyngis1 thei seien a3ens thee?
And he answeride not vto hymm onyu
word, so that the iustice wondride greetli.
But for a solempne dai the iustice was is
wont to" delyuere to the puple oon
boundun0, whom thei wolden. And he i<;
hadde tho a famousP man boundun, that
was seid Barrabasi. Therfor Pilate seide 17
to hem, whanne thei weren to gidere,
Whom wolen 3e, that Y delyuere tor 3ou ?
whether Barabas, or Jhesu, that is seid
Crist ? For he wiste, that bi enuye thei in
bitraieden hym. And while he sat for 10
domesman8, his wijf sente to hym, and
seide, No thing to thee and to that iust
man ; for Y haue suffrid this dai many
thingis for hym, bi a visioun. Forsothe 20
the prince* of prestis, and the eldere men
counseiliden" the puple, that thei schul-
den axe Barabas, but thei schulden di-
c Om. w pr. m. cc Om. K. d in to the v. e pilgrimes, or deedmen Q .tec. m. pylgrimes u sec. m. x.
f that x. S the Q. h Om. ourw sec. m. x. ' was uv. k filled our. J this thinge our. ll was ur.
m Om. ou. n the preisid x. nn a MPQSUVWXY. ° meire A. iustise our. f iustise our. domesman px.
i Om. ANS. r prince Kg. s of the eldere our. * grete our. u wyttenessynge o. v Om. s. w iustice our.
domesman p. x the ovv . y iustice our. domesman p. z woned o. a Om. sx. b Sothely our.
' thei u. d hade than ovw sec. m. hadden than u. e oo P. o urxv pr. m. f famos man our.
S delyuere A. schal delyuere our. lefe x. h ether our. ! Om. o. k bytoken our. 1 him with enuy o.
m iustise AX. iuge ovv. n and seide our. ° this o. P for our. 1 to day our. r Om. AQUVX.
h this A. ' it K. k prince CH. ' thingis c. m hym to ACQg. u for to c. ° in houndis i. P ether
noble K marg. 1 Barrabas, which for manslaujtir was put into prisoun EP sec. m. marg. r Om. s pr. m.
e pr. m. a ether iustice K marg. t princis Ksghi/3. u ether enliseden K marg.
80
MATTHEW.
XXVII. 21 — 32.
the princis of prestis and the3 eldre men
vtisiden, or counseiliden1, to" the peplisv,
that thei shulden axew Barabas, but Jhesu
21 thei shulden lese. Forsothe the president"
answerynge seith> to hem, Whom of thez
twoa wolen 3ee to be "left, or delyueridb,
22 to 3ou ? And thei seideri, Barabas. Pilat
seith to hem, What therfore shal I do of
23 Jhesu, thatc is seid Crist ? Alle seien, Be
he crucified. The presedentd seith e to
hem, Sothely what off yuel hath he don?
And? thei crieden more, seyinge, Be he
24 crucified. Forsothe11 Pilat seynge 'that
he1 profitide no thing, but the more noysek
was maad, water taken, washide ' the m
hondis byfore the peple, seyinge", I am
innocent, "or giltlesse0, fro'' the blood of
25 this iust man; se 366. And al the peple
answerynge seide, His blood vpon^ vs, and
26 on oure sonys. Thanne he lefter to hem
Barabas, but s he toke * to hem Jhesu
scourgid, that he shulde" be crucified.
27 Thanne kni3tisv of the president" takynge
Jhesu in the mote halle, gedriden to hym
28alle the cumpanye* of kni3tis. And thei
vnclothinge hym, diden aboute hym a rede
2<> mantel ; and thei foldynge a crowne of
thornis, puttiden* on his heued, and a reed
inz his ri3t bond ; and the knee bowid, W
folden*, bifore hym, thei scornyden hym,
so seyingeb, Hayle, kyng of Jewis. And thei
spittynge vin toc hymd, token a reed, and
sismyten his heued. And after that6 thei
haddenf Worried hym, thei vnclothiden^
hym of1' the mantel, and' thei clothidenk hym
32 with his clothis,and ledden hym vfor to cru-
cifie1. Sothely thei goynge out, founden a
strye Jhesu. But the iustice answeride, 21
and seide to hem, Whom of the tweyn
wolen 36, that be delyuerit to 3ou ? And
thei seiden, Barabas. Pilat seith to hem, 22
What tharine schal Y do of Jhesu, that is
seid Crist? Allev seienw, xBe hex cruci-23
fied. The iustice seith to hem, What
yuel hath he doon ? And thei crieden
more, and seiden, Be he crucified. And 24
Pilat seynge that he profitide no thing,
but that they more noyse was maad,
tookz watir, and waischide hise hondis
bifor the puple, and seide, Y am giltles
of the blood of this ri3tful man; bise
3ou. And al the puple answeride, and 25
seide, His blood be on vs, and on oure
children. Thanne he deliuerede to hem 26
Barabas, but he took to hem Jhesu
scourgid, to be crucified. Thanne kny3tis 27
of the iustice token Jhesu in the moot
halle, and gadriden to hym al the cum-
peny vof kny3tisa. And thei vnclothiden 28
hym, and diden aboute hym a reed
mantil ; and thei foldidenb a coroun of 29
thornes, andc puttend on his heed, and a
rehed in his ri3t hoond ; and thei knel-
iden bifore hym, and scornyden hyme,
and seiden, Heil, kyng of Jewis. And so
thei spetenf on hym, and tooken a rehed,
and smoots his heed. And aftir that 31
thei hadden scorned him, thei vncloth-
iden hyrn of the mantil, and thei cloth-
iden hym with hise clothis, and ledden
hym to "crucifien hymh. And as thei 32
3eden out, thei founden a man of Cire-
nen' comynge fro the toun, Symont bi
name ; thei constreyneden hym to take
8 Om. vx. *• tisiden AX. counseiliden our. u Om. AOUF. v pepel o. w aske Q. x iustice our.
y seide our. z these Q. a tweyne urw. b left AX. delyuered our. c whiche our. d iustice our.
e seide p. f Om. our. e Om. Q. •> Sothely o. ' for he Aurw sec. m. for it o. k a noyse ourw.
1 wasche to G pr.m. wasche G sec. m. he waschide i;. wesh x. m his MXY. n and seide our. ° Om.
Aourx. P of our. 1 on osurw sec. m. x. T deliuered ovr. 8 forsothe our. t bitoke our.
leet x. u Om. t;. v the knyjtes our. w domesman GXY. iustice our. * cumpanies G pr. m.
y putten sx. z in to our. a Om. AOQurx. or fait s. t> and seiden our. c on our. d his face N.
e Om. Q. f Om. OQurwx. g vnclothid K. scornyden him, vnclothing Q. scorned hym, thei vncladden x.
vnclothiden y. h Om. x. ' Om. Kir pr.m. k cladden sx. ^ that he schulde be crucified our.
for to be crucified Q sec. m. for to crucifye him w sec. m. to crucifien x.
v Alle thei ia. w seiden H sec. m. |3. x to be c. y Om. c. z and took Acbc. he took k. a Om.
EP sec. m. b foldinge EiKMPQHsuxbcghio|3. c Om. i sec. m. Q sec. m. ia/3. d puttiden CKghi. e Om. K.
f spittiden Khi. spitten e. e smeten lu. smytiden K. smyten MS. h crucifien cuipxe. crucifie iQKb pr. m.
cghia/3. to be crucified Kk. « Serenen A.
XXVII. 33 — 46.
MATTHEW.
81
3lj
man of Syrynen', cummynge fro ak toun,
Symont by name ; thei constreyneden
33 hyin, that he shulde take vhis crosse1. And
thei camen Mn to™ a place that" is clepid
34 Golgatha, that is, the place of Caluarie. And
thei 3auen hym° for? to drinke wiyn meyn-
gidi with galle ; and whenne he had tastid,
35 he wolde nat drinke. Sothely after thatr
thei hadden crucified hym, thei departiden
his clothis, sendynge lot, that it8 shulde be
fulfillid1, that" is seid by the prophete,
seyinge, Thei departidenv to hem myw
clothis, and onx my cloth^ thei sentenz lot.
And thei sittynge kepten hym ; and thei
puttiden8 on his heued the cause of hym
wryten, This is Jhesus vof Nazareth b,
38 kyngc of Jewis. Thanne two'1 theeues bene
crucified with him, oon on the 031 half,
ay and oonf on the left half. Forsothe men
passynge forth blasfemyden hym, moou-
4oynge her heuedis^, and seyinge, 'Vath, or
fie^, Vo thee'\ that distroyist the temple of
God, and in the thridde day 'bildist it
ajein1* ; saue thou thi self ; 3if thou art
the sone of God, cume doun1 of the crosse.
41 Also1" and princis" of prestis scornynge,
42 with scribis and eldre men, seiden, He
made other men saaf, he may nat make
hym self saaf; 3if he is kyng° of Yrael,
curne he noweP doun fro^ the crosse, and
43 we bileuen to hym ; her trustith in God,
delyuere he hym nowe, 3if he wole ; for-
sothes he seide, For1 I am 'Goddis soneu.
44 'Forsothe andv thew theeuys, that weren
crucified with hym, puttiden" to hym with
45 repreue the same thing. Sothely fro the
sixte hour dercnessis ben^ maad on' al the
4<>erthea, xtil tob the nynethe hour. And
about the nynthe houre Jhesus criede with
his cross. And thei camen in to a place 33
that is clepid Golgatha, that is, the place
of Caluarie. And thei 3auen hym to 34
drynke wyne meyndk with galle; and
whanrie he hadde tastid, he wolde not
drynke. And1 aftir that thei hadden cru-ss
cified hym, thei departiden11 his clothis,
and kesten1" lotte, to fulfille that is seid
bi the prophete, seiynge, Thei partiden"
to hem my clothis, and on my clooth thei
kesten0 lott. And thei seten, and kepten 36
him; and settenP aboue his heed his 37
cause writun, This is Jhesu of Nazareth,
kyng of Jewis. Thanne tweyi'P theuesss
weren crucified with hym, oon on the
ri3thalf, and oon on the lefthalf. And 39
men that passiden forth blasfemeden
hym, mouynge her heedis, and seiynge, 40
Vathi to thee, that distriest the temple of
God, and in the thridde dai bildist it
a3en ; saue thou thi silf; if thou art
the sone of God, come doun of the crossr.
Also and princis of prestis scornynge, 41
with scribis and elder men, seiden, He 42
made8 othere men saaf, he may not make
hym silf saaf; if he is kyng of Israel,
come he now1 doun fro the crosse, and
we bileuen to hym ; he tristide in God ; 43
delyuer he hym now, if he wole ; for he
seide, That Y am Goddis sone. And the 44
theues, that weren crucified with hym,
vpbreididen'1 hym of the same thing. But4»
fro the sixte our derknessis weren maad
on al the erthe, tou the nynthe our. And 46
aboute the nynthe our Jhesus criede
with a greet vois, and seide, Heli, Heli,
lamazabatany, that is, My God, my God,
whi hast thou forsake me? And sum- 47
menv that stoden there, and herynge,
' Cirenense P. k the our. l the crosse of Jhesu o. the crosse of hym vr. m to G pr. m. s.
n whiche ovv. ° to him or. P Om. sx. q medled ovv. meynd PW. r Om. o. 8 Om. x. * filled
our. u that thing x. v partiden AMNPQSXY. partideden w. w his u. * vpou AGMNPSWY. of u.
y clothis w pr. m. z casten u sec. m. » setteden our. putten s. b Om. ovv. c the kynge our.
dtweyrw. e weren ov r. { another nour. g heedes MOQSWX. h ^13 ovvw. Vath x. i Om. x. k 33611-
byldest it ovr. 1 thou doun our. m In like maner our. n the princes our. ° the kynge ou. P Om. N.
q of o. r And he K sec. m. a for our. t Om. our. u the Sone of God our. v Also forsothe o.
Forsothe also u. w Om. o. * putten sx. y weren our. z vpon GV. a londe our. b til AN.
vnto GSX.
k meddlid cixea. ' Om. i. " partiden Q. m kastiden Khi. n departiden EiKRga. ° kastiden Ki.
P thei setten i. settiden i. PP two B. Q that is,, fa e marg. r cros, and we bileuen to thee EP sec. m.
marg. s hath maad I. * Om. c. lt vpbraiclen R. u til iba. v summe c.
VOL. IV. M
82
MATTHEW.
XXVII. 47 — 60.
grete voice, seyinge, Hely, Hely, laraaza-
batany, that is, My God, my God, vwherto,
<norwkic, hast thou forsaken mee? Sothly
summend stondynge there, arid heeryrige,
4»seiden, This clepith Hely. And anon oon
of hem rennynge, fillide a spounge taken
with xaycel, or vynegree, and puttidef to#
a reed, and 3aue to hym for1' to drinke.
4y But other seiden, Suffre thou ; see we'
wherk Hely cumme1, delyuerynge"1 hym.
50 Forsothe Jhesus eftsones" cryynge with
51 grete0 voice, 'sente out? the spirit. And
loo ! the veile of the temple isi kitt, vor
rent1, in to8 two parties, fro the hei3est
til doun'. And the erthe is" moued, and
sastoonys benv cleftw; and biriels benx open-
yd, and many bodies of seintes v that
slepten, W weren dead1, Vysen a3eina.
5:1 And thei goynge out of herb biriels, after
his resureccioun c cam en in to the holy
rucitee, and apeeriden to rnanyed. Treuly
centurio and thei that weren with hym
kepinge Jhesu, the moony rige of the
erthe seen, and thoodd thingis that weren
,-.;. done, dredden greteli, seyinge, Verrely this
was Goddis sone. Forsothe 'there weren
there many wymmen6 afer, that sueden
Jhesu fro Galilee, mynystrynge to hyrn.
aoAmonge whiche was Marie Mawdeleyne,
and Marie of f Jamys, and 'the modirs of
Joseph, and the modir of Zebedees sones.
r>7 Forsothe when the euenyng11 was maad,
'there came' ak riche man1 fro Armathia,
Joseph111 by name, the" whiche and he
si) was disciple0 of Jhesu. He wente to Pilate,
and axideP the body of Jhesu. Thanne
Pilate comaundide the body", to be 3oldenr.
stiAnd the body taken, Joseph wlappide it
oo in a clene vsendel, or lynnen cloth3, and
puttide* itu inv his newe biriel, thativ he
seiden, This clepith Helye. And anoon48
oon of hem rennynge, took and fillide a
spounge withv vynegre, and puttidew on a
rehed, and 3af to hym to drynke. But4«j
othir seiden, Suffre thou; se wex whether
Helie come to deliuer hym. Forsothe so
Jhesus eftsoone criede-v with a greet voyce,
and 3af vp the goost. And lo ! the veil of 51
the temple was to-rent inT tweyz parties,
fro the hiest to the lowest. And the
erthe schoke, and stoonuszz weren cloue ;
and birielis wereu openyd, and many 52
bodies of seyntis that hadden slepte,
rysena vp. And thei 3eden out of her 53
birielis, and aftir his resurreccioun thei
camen in to the holi citee, and apperiden
to many. And the centurien and thei 54
that weren with hym kepinge Jhesu,
whanne thei saieu the erthe schakynge,
and tho thingis that weren doon, thei
dredden greetli, and seiden, Verili this 55
was Goddis sone. And ther weren there
many wymmen afer, that sueden Jhesu
fro Galilee, and mynystriden to hym.
Among whicheb was Marie Magdalene, se
and Marie, the modir of James, and of
Joseph, and the modir of Zebedees
sones. But whanne the euenyng was 57
come, ther cam a riche man of Armathi,
Joseph bi name, and he was a disciple
of Jhesu. Hec wente to Pilat, and axidesn
the bodi of Jhesu. Thanne Pilat co-so
maundide the bodie to be 3ouun. And
whanne the bodi was takun, Joseph lap-
pide it in a clene sendel, and leide it in GO
his newe biriel, that he hadde hewun in
a stoon ; and he walewide a greet stoon
to the dore of the biriel, and wente awei.
But Marie Maudelene and anothir Marie ei
weren there, sittynge a3ens the sepulcre.
c wherto AX. whi our. d summe xrx. sum men w. e eisel AX. vynegre our. f putte sx. g it
to GXY. on i/ sec. m. h Om. sx. ' Om. N. k whether p ei x pass. ' cometh N. m to deliuer o.
n eft our. ° a greet Q. P jaue vp v sec. m. 1 was our. r Om. ourx. s Om. o. ' to the lowist
v sec. m. " was our. v Om. o. weren ur. w clouen QX. " weren our. ? holy men our. * ether
rv. d. our. Om. x. a han ryse our. b the our. c rysynge ajen our. <i many men our. dd the N.
e many wimmen weren theer our. f the modir of ourw sec. m. g Om. ourrr sec. m. '• euentide our.
4 Om. our. k oo p. 1 man cam our. m Joseph of Aramathie our. n Om. our. o the disciple our.
P askide Q. 1 bodi of Jhesu AN. r jofen o. s sendel AX. lynnen cloth our. sendel, or lyne cloth s.
1 putte MSX. u Om. G pr. in. v into o. w whiche our.
v of K. w putt R. " Om. K. y criynge g. JJ into hi. z two R. zz the stoones K. » risiden c.
b the whiche ia. c And he K.
XXVII. 6l XXVIII. 7.
MATTHEW.
83
hadde hewen in a stoori ; and he walowid
tox a grete stoon at? the dore of the biriel,
ei and wente awey. Forsothe Marye Mawde-
leyne and an othere Marye weren there,
62sittynge a3eins the sepulcre. Sothely on
vthe totherz day, that" is after pascke
euenyngeb, the princis xof prestisc and
03 Pharisees'1 camen to gidere to Pilate, sei-
yngee, Sire, we han mynde, for 'the ilkef
'traitour, or disseyuourx, sayde }it lyu-
ynge, Aftir thre dayes I shal ryse a3en.
64 Therfore comaunde thou the sepulcre toh
be kept til 'in to1 the thridde day ; lest
perauenture his disciplis comen, and stelen
him, and seyen to the peple, He isk risun1
fro deeth"1; and the laste errour schal be
Co worse than the fonnere. Pilat seith™ to
hem, 3e han the kepinge ; go 36, 'kepe
6636° as 36 kunnen. Forsoth thei goynge
forth, kepten, vor wardidenP, the sepulcre,
markinge, 'or seelinge^, the stoon r, with
keperis5.
CAP. XXVIII.
1 Forsothe in1 the euenyngu of the saboth,
'or halidayv, that schynethw in the firste
day of the woke, Marie Mawdeleyn cam,
and another Marie, for* to se the sepulcre.
2 And lo ! vther was maad? a greet erthe
mouyngz ; forsoth the8 aungel of the Lord
cam doun fro heuene, and 'comynge tob
turnide awey the stoon, and satc theron.
3 Sothli his Iqkyng was as leyt, and his
4 clothisd ase snow ; forsothe for dredef of
him the keperis bene afferid, and thei ben»
r, maad as deede men. Forsothe the aungel
answeringe seide to the wymmen, Nyle 36
drede, for I woot that 3e seken Jhesu, that
eish crucified ; he is not here, sothli1 he
roos, as he seide ; come 36, and seethk the
7 place, where the Lord was putt. And 30
And on 'the tother0 dai, that is aftirea
pask euen, thed princis of prestis and thec
Farisees camen togidere to Pilat, and 63
seiden, Sir, we han mynde, that thilke
giloure seide 3it lyuynge, Aftir thre daies
Y schal rise a3en to lijf. Therfor co-64
maunde thou, that the sepulcre be kept
in to the thridde dai; lest hise disciplis
comen, and stelen hym, and seie to the
puple, He hath risedd fro deeth ; and the
laste errour schal be worse than the for-
mere. Pilat seide to hem, 3e han the 65
kepyng ; go 36, kepe 3ef as 36 kunnen.
And thei 3eden forth, and kepten the6«
sepulcre, markynge & the stoon, with
keperis.
CAP. XXVIII.
But in the euentid of the sabat, that i
bigynneth to schyne in the firste dai of
the woke, Marie Mawdelene cam, and
another Marie, to se the sepulcre. And 2
lo ! ther was maad a greet ertheschak-
yng ; for the aungel of the Lord cam
doun fro heuene, and nei3ede, and turn-
ede awei the stoon, and sat theron. And 3
his lokyng was as leit, and hise clothis as
snowe ; and for drede of hym the keperis 4
weren afeerd, and thei weren maad as
deede menh. But the aungel answeride, 5
and seide to the wymmen, Nyle 36 drede,
for Y woot that 36 seken Jhesu, that was
crucified ; he is not here, for he is risun, 6
as he seide ; come 36, and se 36 the place,
where the Lord was leid. And go 307
* Om. ovrw sec. m. y to ovvw sec.m. x. z the other x. that other GMOPSVWY. a whiche our.
b euentide ot; pr. m. r. euen v sec. in. c Om. v. d the Pharisees AOSVVW. e and seiden our. f that
ilke G pr. m. thilke G sec. m. ur. that x. e traytour AX. disseyuour our. h for to AGMNPQTWY.
' vnto AGS pr. m. MTXY. to G sec. m. k hath AGMNopQSTurwxY. ! risen a3een s. m deed AMNPX.
deed men our. the deeth QT. n seide ovr. ° kepeth x. P Om. Aourx. 1 Om. AOUFX. r stones o.
• the keperes our. * Om. u. u euentide our. T Om. Aourx. w shoen x. * Om. ourx. y Om. our.
1 mouynge was maade our. a an our. b he nei3inge our. c he sat o. d clothinge o. e white as <j.
1 the drede our. S weren our. 1> was our. ' forsothe our. k se ANPW. see 36 ovr.
c that oothir i. d Om. A. dd r;sen ajen R. e Om. K. f Om. IKO. 8 ether seelinge K marg. h Om. i pr. m.
M 2
84
MATTHEW.
XXVIII. 8 — 20.
goynge sone, seie1 to his disciplis "and to
Petre"1, for he hath risun. And lo" ! he
schal go bifore 3011° in to Galilee; there 36
schulen se him. Lo ! I haue bifore seid
8 to 3011. And vMarie Mawdeleyn, and a-
nother MarieP wenten out soone fro the
buryeli, with drede and greet ioye, ren-
snynge forr to telle5 his disciplis. And lo !
Jhesus Van a3ens* hem, seyinge11, Heil 3e.
Forsothe thei Vanien tov, and heelden his
10 feet, and worschipiden him. Thanne Jhe-
sus seith to hem, Nyle 36 drede ; go 36,
'telle 3ew to my britheren, that thei go in
11 to Galilee; there thei schulen se me. vThe
whichex whanne thei hadden gon, loo !
summe of the keperis camen in to the
cytee, and tolden to-v the princes7 vof prestis*
I2alle thingis that weren don. And thei
gedrid to gidre with theb eldere men, ac
counceil takun, 3aue to the kny3tis plen-
isteuous money, seyinge, Seie 36, for his dis-
ciplis camen by ni3te, and ban stolen him,
u vs slepinge. And if thisd bee herd of the
'presedent, or iustise*, we schulen conceile
15 him, and make& 3ou sikirh. And the mo-
ney takun, thei' diden, as thei weren
tau3t. And this word is pupplissid atJ the
leJewis, til in to this day. Forsothe en-
leuene disciplis wenten in to Galilee, in to
an hil, where Jhesus hadde ordeyned tok
17 hem. And thei seynge him, worschip-
liiiden; sothli summe of hem doutiden. And
Jhesus 'comynge to1, spak to hern, sey-
inge"1, Al power is 3ouun to me, in he-
louene and in" erthe. Therfore 3e goynge
teche0 alle folkis, cristenynge hem in the
name of the Fadir, and of the Sone, and
20 of the Hooly Gost ; techinge hem for?
to kepe alle thingis, what euere thingis
I haue comaundid toi 3ou ; and lo! I
soone, and seie 36 to his disciplis, that he
is risun. And lo ! he schal go bifore 3011
in to Galilee ; there 30 schulen se hym.
Lo ! Y haue biforseid to 3011. And thei a
wenten out soone fro the biriels, with
drede and greet ioye, rennynge to telle
to hise disciplis. And lo ! Jhesus mette 9
hem, and seide, Heile 36. And thei nei3~
eden, and heelden' his feet, and worschip-
iden him. Thanne Jhesus seide to hem, 10
Nyle 30 drede ; go 36, vtelle 3ek to my
britheren, that thei go in to Galile ;
there thei schulen se me. And whanne 1 1
thei weren goon, lo ! summe of the
keperis camen in to the citee, and telden
to the princis of prestis alle thingis that
weren doon. And whanne thei weren 12
gaderid togidere with the elder men,
and hadden take her counseil, thei 3auen
to the kni3tis miche monei, and seiden,
Seie 36, that hise disciplis camen bi ny3t, 13
and ban stolen hym, while 36 slepten.
And if this1 be herd of the iustice, we u
schulen counseile hym, and make 3011
sikir. And whanne the monei was takun, 15
thei diden, as thei weren tau3t. And this
word is pupplischid among the Jewis, til
in to this day. And the enleuen disci- 16
plis wenten in to Galilee, in to an hille,
where Jhesus hadde ordeyned to hem.
And thei saynm hym, and" worschip- 17
iden ; but summe of hem doutiden.
And Jhesus cam ny3, and spak to hem, is
and seide, Al power in heuene and in
erthe is 3ouun to me. Therfor go 36, and 19
teche0 alle folkis, baptisynge hem in the
name of the Fadir, and of the Sone, and
of the Hooli Goost ; techynge hem to 20
kepe alle thingis, what euer thingis Y
haue comaundid to 3ou ; and lo ! Y am
1 seie je GOPY. seith x. m Om. ourrr sec. m. n so N. ° Om. u. P thei ovrw sec. m. 1 sepulcre
our. r Om. osurx. * tell to ovvx. * mette our. u and seide our. v neijeden our. w telleth
sr sec. m. x. * And ourrr sec. m. y Om. N. z prince K. a Om. w pr. m. b Om. G. c and a K.
d this thing u. e schal be our. f president ASX. iustice ovr. S we schulen make our. h suir r.
1 and thei G. J anentes ovr. k Om. o. 1 neijinge our. m and seide ovr. n Om. G pr. m.
0 techeth sx. P Oni. G pr. m. MOQSurx. 1 Om. AG pr. m.
' bihelden c.
teche je ga.
k telleth i. and telle je k. 1 this word K. m seynge c/3. n Om. c. ° techeth i.
XXVIII. 20.
MATTHEW.
85
am with 3011 inr alle dayes, til8 the end-
yog of the1 world.
with 3ou in alle daies, in to the ende? of
the world.
Here endith the gospel of Matheu, and Here endith the gospel of Matheu,
bigynneth the prolog of Mark*, and here bigynneth the prolog vp on
Mark*.
r Om. vx. s til to AGtiosrw sec. m. x. til into u. * Om. T. u Here endith the gospel of Mathen,
and bigynneth the prologe on Mark, and aftir beginneth the gospel. N. Here endith Mathewe. Q. Here
endith Matheu, and bigynneth the prologe. r. Here eendith the gospels of Mathen, and here bigynneth the
gospelis aftir the seiynge of Mark. w. No final rubric in AGMPSTUX.
P eending c et plures. 1 Here endith the gospel of Matheu, and bigynneth the prolog on the gospel of
Mark Euangelist. c. Heere endith the gospel of Matheu, and biginneth the prologe on the gospel of Mark.
iQBcgka. Here endith Mathen ; se now the prolog on Mark. K. Here endith Matheu, and here bigynneth
the prologe vpon Mark. M. Here endith Matheu, and here biginnith the prologe on Mark. s. Here endith
Matheu, and here bigynneth a prologe on Mark. x. Here endith the gospel of Mathew, and bigynneth the
prolog of Mark. e. Here endith the book of Matheu, and now bygynneth the prologe of Mark. f. No final
rubric in Eplii.
MARK.
The prologe of Marke*.
MARK, the euangelist, of God chosun, and Petris sone inb baptyme, and in Goddis
word disciple, presthodc in Israel ledynge, aftir fleisch a dekene, hed, turnyd to the6
feith of Crist, wroot the gospel in Ytayle ; schewinge theronf bothe? what he owideh
to his kynrede and to Crist. For whi the bigynnyng of his principle he ordeyn-
ynge1 inJ thek vois of a1 prophetism exclamacioun, schewith the ordre of dekenis
eleccioun, that he, prechinge" 'the for-ordenede° John, Zakaries sone, sent out in vois
of an aungel tellynge, not oonly Goddis sone maad man, but the body of the Lord,
^that is, the churche?, in to alle thingis by the word of Goddis vois quykidi, schulde
schewe in the bigynnynge of his prechinge of the gospel ; that the which this redinge
schulde knowe, to whomr the bigynnyng of fleisch in the8 Lord, and Jhesu comynge
to the habitacle, the fleisch schulde knowe, and in hym silf the word, ^tliat is, Crist1,
of the vois ' John Baptist11, that in consonantisv, ""that is, in forme fadris", he hadde
lost, schulde fynde. Forsoth bothe hex, the work of the fulfillid gospel entringe,
'and fro the baptym of the Lord bigynnynge>' to preche God, nez trauelide not to
seie the natiuyte of fleisch3, the which he hadde scene b in otherec bifore, but he
expressinge the exposicioun of al the desert, hath schewid out the fastinge of noumbre,
Bother the noumbre of fastingeA, the temptacioun of the fend, the congregacioun of
beestis, and the seruyse of aungels, that he ordeynynge vs to vndirstonde, alle thingis
in schort peyntynge to gidere, nother6 the autorite of thing do 'schulde do aweyf, and
vin parformynges schulde not denye fulnesse toh the werk>. Forsothe he isk seid to
haue kit awey his thoumbe, that he my^te be hadd as vnworthi to presthod. But so
inoche my3te eleccioun bifore ordeyned, acordynge to the feith, that nothir so in the
werk of the word he schulde leese, that rathire he hadde deseruyd 'in kynde1. For
of Alexandre he was bischop; of whom bi alle thingis werk, ^othir intenciounm, was
to kunne, bothe to dispose the seiyngis" of the gospel in 'him silf0, and the? disciplyne
of thei lawe 'to knower in him silf, and 'the nature of God to knowe in the8 fleisch^
other11 inv ^the manhood of the Lordw. Thex whiche thingis in vs silf first it
behoueth to be requyrid ; aftirward we wollithy thingis sou3t to be knowe, hauynge
the mede of exortacioun ; for he that plontith, and he that moistith, bethz the same ;
but he that 3yueth the encrees, is God.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth the gospel*.
& From GY. Prologe of Marke OQ. No initial rubric elsewhere. b of Q. r prechyde GKQY. d Om. x.
e Om. Q. f therin Q sec. m. e Om. Q. h a$te sx. > ordeynde u. J and K. k a Q. ' the u .
m prophete G. n preche x. ° therfore ordeynede K. the bifore ordeynde u. the forn ordeyned x.
P Om. x. that is, the charite Y. 1 quykened QU. r whos v. s that K. * Om. x. u that is, Jon
Baptist s. Om. x. v consonaunces Y. w that is, in for mere fadris QS. Om. x. x and K. y Om. G.
* Om. x. a the flesh x. b seye G. c the othere s. d Om. x. e Om. Q. f that he shulde not do
awey Q sup. ras. S that he Q sup. ras. '• of u. ' werk to be perfourmed Q. k Om. G. ' vnkynde G.
on kinde srxv. m Om. x. n signes AGK. seyngis sy. seeynges vv pr.m. ° him K. P in XY. 1 Om. x.
1 Om. Q pr.m. s Om. x. %t to vnderstonde Goddis nature of the Lord in flesshe Q sup. ras. u or u.
that is, Q. Om. x. v Om. QSXY. w manhed Q. of the Lord x. * Om. x. y wolen Q. wiln sx.
z ben sx. a No final rubric in GQSVFXY.
r. 1—3.
MARK.
87
Here byginneth the prologe of Marke".
MARK, the gospeller, was the chosun seruaunt of God, and the goostli sone of Petre
in baptym, and the disciple in1' Goddis word ; hec mynystride preesthod in Israel, that
is, among Jewis, and was of the lynage of Leuy hi fleisch, and he was conuertid to
the feith of Crist, and wroot the gospel in Ytalie, that is, thecc cuntrei of Rome, and
schewided in the gospel, what he oujte to his kyn and to Crist. Mark bigynneth at
the sendyng of Joon Baptist, and tellith not the natiuite of Crist hi fleissche, but fro
Cristis baptym, whanne he was ful man, he tellith of his fastyng bi fourti daies, and
of his temptyng in desert, hou the deuel temptide hym, and how weilde beestis weren
gaderid there, and hou hooli aungels camen, and serueden Crist aftir his temptacioun,
and ouercomyng therof. Aftir 'he hadde resseyued Cristen feith6, he kittidef of his
thombe, that he schulde be hadde repreuable to preesthod, that is, be vnhable to be
preest in the gospel, but the? chesyng vthat wash bifor ordeyned consentynge to the
feith, myjte do so myche, that he loste not in the1 werk of wordk, that is, in prechyng
of Goddis word, that that1 he disseruede bifor in kyn, that is, as he was a prest bi
kyn in the elde lawe among Jewis, so he was a prest in the gospel among Cristen
men. For he was bischop of Alisaundre; and bi alle thingis it was his werk to kunne
profesies, and to dispose in 'hym silf ra the seiyngis" of the gospel, and to knowe in
hym silf the techyng of lawe0, and to vndurstonde the? dyuyn kynde of the Lord in
fleisch ; whiche thingis it bihoueth to be sou3t first in vs^.
This seith Jerom in his protog on the gospel of M.arTc'1.
Here bygynneth the gospel of Mark*. Here bigynneth the gospel of Mark*.
CAP. I.
1 THE bigynnynge of the gospelh of Jhesu
2 Crist, thec sone of God. As it is writun
in Ysaie, the prophete, Lo ! I sende myn
angel bifore thi face, that schal make thi
sweye redy bifore thee. The voice of oon
cryinge in desert, Make 36 redy the weye
of the Lord, make 36 his pathis ri3tful.
CAP. I.
THE bigynnyng* of the gospel of Jhesu i
Crist, the sone of God. As it is writun 2
in Ysaie, the prophete, Lo ! Y sende myn
aungel bifor thi face, that schal make
thiu weie redi bifor thee. The vois of 3
a crier in desert, Make 3e redi the weie
of the Lord, make 30 v hise paththis
a From MO. Heere bigynneth Mark. p. Gospel of Marke. Q.
b holi gospel s. c Om. x.
No initial rubric in AGXSTVVWXY.
» From T. Prolog on Mark. ccb. Here biginnith Jeromus prolongs and the gospel of Mark the
gospeler. E. Prologe of Marke. NO. Here biginnith Jeroms prolog on the gospel of Mark. p. No initial
rubric in the other Mss. b of A. <~- and he T. ^ in the AKM pr. m. d he schewide IK. e cristen
feith resceyued ceteri el a. f kitte i. kut T. S Om. plures et a. h Om. plnres el a. ' Om. N. k the
worde T. J Om. chi. m hym c. n seiyng Q. ° the lawe OT. P be s. bi hi. 1 vs, for men planten
and wateren, but God aloone jevet encresyng- T. r Jerom in his prolog on Mark seith al this. csk.
Heere endith the prologe, and biginnith the gospel of Mark. ig. Jerom in his prologe on Mark seith this
pleynli. K. This seith Jerom in his prologe on Mark. niub. Jerome in his prolog on this gospel seith this. N.
This seith Jerom in his prolog on Mark, and here bigynneth the gospel of Mark. QCO. Heere eendi/h the
prolog ; the firste co. H. No final rubric in the other Mss. s Here bigynneth the firste gospel of Mark
the Euangelist. u. The biginnyng of Mark. e. No initial rubric in the other Mss. * gynnyng u.
» the hi. v Om. MC.
88
MARK.
I. 4 — 19.
4 Jhon was in desert baptisynge, and prech-
inge the baptym of penaunce, in to re-
smiscioun of synnes. And alle men of
Jerusalem wenten out to him, and al the
cuntre of Judee ; andd weren baptisid of
him in the flood ofe Jordan, knowlechinge
cher synnes. And John was clothidf withs
heeris of camelis1', and a girdil of skyn
abowte his leendis ; and he eet locustus1,
and vhony of the wodek, arid1 precbide,
7seyinge, A strengere than I schal come
aftir me, of whom I knelinge am not
worthi for1" to Vndo, or vnbynden, the
»thwong° of his schoon. I haue baptisid
3ou in water ; forsothe he shal baptise jou
a in the Holy Goost. And it is don in thoo
dayes, Jhesus came fro Nazareth of Gali-
lee, and was baptisid of Joon in Jordan.
10 And anoon he styinge vp of the water,
say3 heuenes openyd, and the "Holy GoostP
cummynge doun as a culuere, and dwell-
11 ynge in hym. And a voys isi maad fro
heuenes, Thou art my vsone louedr, in thee
12 1 haue plesid. And anon the Spirit put-
is tide8 hym in to desert. And he was in
desert fourty dayes and fourty ni3tis, and
was temptid of1 Sathanas, and was" with
beestis, and angelis mynystriden to hym.
14 Forsothe after that Joon was taken, Jhe-
sus came in to Galilee, prechinge the
1 5 gospel of the kyngdamv of God, and sei-
yrige, For tymew is fulfillidx, and the
kyngdam^ of God shal vcome ni3z ; 'for-
thinke 3eea, vor do $ee penaunceb, and
ic'bileue 3eec to the gospel. And he pass-
ynged bisidis the see of Galilee, say Sy-
mont, and Andrew, his brother, sendynge8
nettis in to the see ; sothelyf thei weren
17 fishers. And Jhesus seide to hem, Come
3ee after me ; l£ shal make 3ou to be maad
is fishers of men. And anoon the nettis
19 forsaken, thei sueden hym. And he gon
ri3tc. Joon was in desert baptisynge, 4
and prechynge the baptym of penaunce,
in to remissioun of synnes. And al the 5
cuntred of Judee wente out to hym, and
alle men of Jerusalem ; and thei weren
baptisid of hym in the flom Jordan6, 'and
knoulechidenf her synnes. And Joon 6
was clothid with heeris of camels, and a
girdil of skyn was about hise leendis ; and
he ete hony soukis, and wilde hony, and
prechide, and seide, A stronger than Y?
schal come aftir me, and Y am not wor-
thi to knele doun, and 8 vnlace h his
schoone. Y haue baptisid 3ou in watir ; 8
but he schal baptise 3ou in the Hooli
Goost. And it was don in tho daies,y
Jhesus cam fro Nazareth of Galilee, and
was baptisid of Joon in Jordan. And 10
anoon he wente up of the watir, and
saye heuenes opened, and the Hooli Goost
comynge doun as a culuer, and dwell-
ynge in' hym. And a vois was maad fron
heuenes, Thou art my loued sone, in thee
Y am plesid. And anoon the Spirit put- 12
tidek hym forth in to deseert. And he is
was in deseert fourti daies and fourti
ny3tis, and was temptid of Sathanas, and
he was with beestis, and aungels mynys-
triden to hym. But aftir that Joon was 14
takun, Jhesus cam in to Galilee, and
prechide the gospel of the kyngdoom of
God, and seide, That the tyme is fulfillid, is
and the kyngdoom of God schal come ny3;
do 36 penaunce, and bileue 36 to the
gospel. And as he passide bisidis the ie
see of Galilee, he say Symount, and An-
drew, his brother, castynge her nettis in
to the see; for thei weren fisscheris. And 17
Jhesus seide to hem, Come 36 aftir me ;
Y schal make 3ou to be maad fisscheris
of men. And anoon thei leften the nettis, is
and sueden hym. And he 3ede forth fro is
d and thei uv. e Om. ur. f clad x. S with the u. h camel vv. ' honysoukis u. k wilde hony v.
1 and he ur. m Om. surx. n vnbynde AOUV. vndo A'. ° lace vv. P Spirit u pr. m. v. q was vv
sec. m. r loued sone GMPXY. s putte sx. puttide out vv. ' with o. u he was GMOPQUV sec. m. XY.
v rewme ur sec. m. w the tyme ur sec. m. " fillid uv. y rewme ur. z neije ur sec. m. a do je
penaunce ur. b Om. AUVX. <-• bileeueth GQXY. d passynge forth uv sec. in. e castynge u sectm.
f for u v sec. m. g and I ur.
c rijtful CM pr. m. c. d companie ghi pr. m.
vnlouse i. J on c. k putte ig.
e of Jordan K sec. m.
f knowlechinge I.
g to hi.
I. 20 34.
MARK.
89
forth thennes a litil, say James of Zebede,
and Joon, his brother, and hem in the
20 boot makynge1' nettis. And anoon he clep-
ide hern ; and Zebede, her fadir, left in
the boot with hirid seruauntis, thei suederi
aihym. And thei Venten forth' in to Ca-
farnauin, and anoon in thek sabotis he gon
22 yn1 into the1" synagoge, tairjte hem. And
thei wondreden on his techynge ; sothely"
he was techynge hem, as hauynge power,
23 and not as0 scribis. And in the synagoge
of hem was a man in an vnclene spirit*
24 and he criede?, seyinge, What to vs and
to thee, thou Jhesu of Nazareth ? hastei
thou cuminen 'bifore the tyme forr to de-
stroie8 vs? Y woot that1 thou art the holy
25 of God. And Jhesus thretenyde" tov hym,
seyinge, Wexew dowmb, and go" out of
2fithe man. And the vnclene goost^ debrek-
yngez hym, and cryinge with grete vois,
2;wente aweya fro hym. And alle men
wondriden, so that thei 'soften togidreb
arnonge hem c, seyinge, What is this
thinge? what is this newe techyng? for
in power he comaundith to vnclene spi-
2Kritis, and thei obeyend to hym. And the
tale6, 'or tything(, of hym wente forth
20 anoon in to al the cutitree of Galilee. Ands
anoon thei goynge out of the synagoge
camen in to the hous of Symont and An-
30 drew'1, with James and Joon. Sothely
and' the modir of Symontis wif 'sik in
feueris restide, or layk; and anoon thei
31 seien to hym of hir. And he 'curnmynge
to1, reride™ hir" vp°, 'the bond of hir?
taken, arid anoon the fcuere left hire, and
32 she mynystride to hem. Forsothe the
euenynge'i maad, whenne the sone wenter
douri, thei brou3ten to hym alles hauynge
ssyuel, and hauynge deuelis*. And al the
34 cite was gaderid at the 3ate. And he
thennus a litil, and sij James of Zebedee,
and Joon, his brother, in a boot makynge
nettis1. And anoon he clepide hem ; and 20
thei leften Zebedee, her fadir, in the boot
with hiryd seruauntis, and thei suweden
hym. And thei entriden in to Caphar-2i
naum, and anoon in the sabatys he 3ede
in to am synagoge, and tau3te hem. And 22
thei wondriden on his teching ; for he
tau3te hem, as he that hadde power, and
not as scribis. And in the synagoge ofas
hem was a man in an vnclene spirit, and
he criede out, and seide, What to vs and 24
to thee, thou Jhesu of Nazareth? hast
thou come to distrie vs ? Y woot that
thou art the hooli of God. And Jhe-25
sus thretenede hym, and seide, Wex
dournbe, and go out of the man. And 26
the vnclene spirit debreidynge" hym,
and criynge with greet0 vois, wente out
fro hym. And alle men wondriden, 8027
that thei soi^tenP with ynne hem silf,
and seiden, What thing is this ? what
newe doctrine is this ? for in power he
comaundith to vnclene spiritis, and thei
obeyen to hym. And the fame of hym 28
wente forth anoon in to al the cuntree of
Galilee. And anoon thei 3eden out of 29
the synagoge, and camen into the hous
of Symount and of Andrewe, with Jarnes
and Joon. And the modir of Symountisso
wijf lay sijk in fyuerisi; and anoon thei
seien to hym of hyr. And he cam ny3,3i
arid areride hir, and wharine he hadde
take hir hoond, anoon the feuer lefte hir,
and sche seruede hem. But whanne the:i2
euentid was come, and the sonne was
gon doun, thei brou3ten to hym alle that
weren ofr male ese, and hem that had-
den fendis. And al the citee was gader-33
id at the 3ate. And he heelide many, 34
h makynge, either cloitlynge ur, i entren vr. k Om. o. ! Om. G. m Om. ANO. n for vr.
0 as the vr. P criede out u sec. m. q art ur. T Om. urx. 8 leese ur. * for ur. u thretid o.
manasside ur. v Om. ur sec. m. w Wexe thou ur. * go thou r. y spirit ur. '• to-braydynge vr.
« out ur. b axeden ur. c hem silf vr. d obeyschen GMPQSTY. e fame ur. { Om. Aurx. or
tidyng MP. or teching T. S Om. GN. h of Andrew ur. I Om. Nsur. k restide, or lay seeks in feuerys
GMPQY. ]ay syk in feueres ur. restede in feueris x. l neijynge ur. m reiside ur. n Om. Q. ° Om. ur.
P hir hond ur. 1 euentide ur. r hadde go ur. s alle men ur. * fendis ur.
1 her nettis K. m Om. R pr. m. h. the i. n to-breidinge c. ° a greet K|3. P axiden K. thoujten n.
H the feuers H. ' at
VOL. IV.
N
90
MARK.
I. 35 — II. 2.
helide many" that weren traueilide with
dyuers sorisv, and he castidew out many
deuelis*, and he suffride hem nat for^ to
35-speke, for thei knewen hyrn. And 'in
the* morewyngea ful erly heb rysynge,
gon out, wente 'in toc desert place, and
sopreiede there. And Syinont suede hym,
37 and thei that weren with hym. And
whanne thei hadden fouridend hym, thei
seiden to hym, For alle men seeken thee.
38 And he seith6 to hem, Go we in to the
nexte townes and citees, that andf there
39 I preche, 'for to this things I came1'. And
he was prechynge in the synagogis of
hem, and in alle Galilee, and castynge out
4oferidis. And a leprous man cam to hym,
bisechynge hym, and, the knee folden',
seidek, 3if thou wolt, thou maist1 dense
41 me. Forsothe Jhesus, hauynge mercy on111
hym, strei3tn out his0 hond, and?, touch-
ynge hym, seithi to hym, I wole, be thou
42maad dene. And whanne her hadde seide5,
anoon the lepre partide1 awey fro hym,
43 and he isu clensid. And hev thretenydew
tox hym, and anoon 'he putte? hym out,
44and'- seith to hym, Se thou, seiea to no
man ; but go, shewe theeh to thec princisd
of prestis, and offre for thi clensynge tho
thiugis that Moyses badde, in to witriess-
4synge to hem. And he, gon out, biganne
to preche, and diffame", 'or pupli.i/ie(, the
word, so that nowe he mi3te nat opynly
gos in to the citee, but be with out forth
in deserte placis ; and thei camen to gidre
to hym on alle1' sydis'.
CAP. II.
1 And eft he entride in to Capharnaum,
2 after ei3te days. And it isk herd, that he
was iu an hous, and many1 camen togidre,
that hadden dyuerse sijknessis, and he
castide1" out many feendis, and he suf-
fride hem not to speke, for thei knewen
hyms. And he roos ful eerli, and 5ede:<5
out, and wente in to a desert place, and
preiede there. And Symount suede hym,3fi
and thei that weren with hym. And 37
whanne thei hadden founde hym, thei
seiden to hym, That alle men seken
thee. And he seide to hem, Go we in 38
to the next townes and citees, that Y
preche also there, for her to Y cam.
And he prechide in the synagogis ofsa
hem, and in al Galilee, and castide out
feendis. And a leprouse man cam to40
hym, and bisou3te, 'and knelide*, and
seide, If thou wolt, thou maist dense me.
And Jhesus hadde mercy on hym, and4i
strei3te out his hoond, and towchyde hym,
and seide to hym, I wole, be thou maad
cleene. And whanne he hadde seide 42
this, anoon the lepre partyde awey fro
hym, and he was clensyd. And Jhesus 43
thretenede hym, and arioon" Jhesus"
puttev hym out, and seyde to hym, Se44
thou, seye to no man ; but go, schewe
thee to the" pryncys* of prestys, and
offre for thi clensynge in to wytnessyng
to hem, tho thingis that Moyses bad.
And he 3ede out, and bigari to preche, 45
and publische? the word, so that now he
my3te not go opynli in to the citee, but
be withoutforth in desert placis; and thei
camen to hym on alle sidis.
CAP. II.
And eft he entride in to Cafarnaum, i
aftir ei3te daies. And it was herd, that 2
he was in an hous, and many camen to
u many men uv. v sorv/is Q. seeknesses uv. w keste GKQX. caste s. " fendis uv. 1 Om. surx.
z Om. uv. a b Om. o. c into a uv. d come to ur. e seide uv. f also uv. g forsothe
i; pi-, m. for herto t; sec.ni. for v. h came for this thing v pr.m. v. > fait sx. bowid uv. k he seide uv.
1 myjt GW. ni of oxy. n strecchede s. ° the s. P and Jhesu UF. 1 seide ur. r Jhesu ur.
s seide this ur. * wente ur. u was ur. v Jhesu UK. w manasside ur. thratte x. x Om. ur.
y caste t/. castide r. z and Jhesu uv. a seie thou UK. *> Om. G. thou thee ur. c Om. N. d prince
sur. e publishe (/r sec. m. f or piipplisheu out s. Om. uv sec. m. x. g entre ur. h eche ur.
' side ur. k was QSur. 1 many men F.
r caste i. s him to be Crist CP marg. sec. in. * knelynge i. tt Om. R. u Om. EK. v puttide E.
w Om. G. * prince ia/3. y greetly pupplische K. to pupplische QC/3.
n. 3—15-
MARK.
91
so that it"1 tokn nat°, nether at the 3ate.
3 And he spac to hem a word. And 'there
camen to hym? men bryngynget a 'man
siker in palesie «, 'the whiche' was bonrn
4 of foureu. And whanne thei mi3te nat
offrev hyrn to hymw for the campanye 'of
peplex, thei 'rnaden the roof nakid?, wher
he was ; and2 makynge opyn, theia sentenb
doun the bedd, in whiche the sike man in
5 palasie lay. Sothely whanne Jhesus sayc
the feith of hem, he seithd Vntoe the sike
man in palasie, Sone, thi synnes ben for-
63ouen to thee. Forsothe 'there werenf
summe s of the scribis h sittynge, and
7 thenkynge in her hertis, What spekith
he' thus ? He blasfemeth ; who may for-
s 3eue synnes, nok but God alone ? The1
whiche thing anoon knowen by the Holy
Goost, for thei thou3ten so"1 with inne
hem self, Jhesus seithn to hem, What
thenken 3ee these thingis in 3oure hertis ?
9 What is Ii3tere for0 to seie to the sike
man in palasie, Synnes ben for3ouen to
thee, 'or forP to seie, Rysei, take thi bed,
10 and walker? Sothely that 3ee wite that8
mannes sone hath powere in erthe to1 for-
3eue synnes, he seithu to the sike man in
n palasie, I seie to thee, ryse vpv, takew thi
12 bed, and go in to thin hous. And anoon
he roos vp, and, the bed taken vp, he
wente bifore alle men, so that alle men
wondriden, and honouriden God, seyinge,
13 For we sayen neuer so. And he wente
out" eftsoney toz the see, and al the cum-
panyea of pepleb cam to hym ; and he
utau3te hem. And whenue he passide, he
say Leui Alfeyc sittynge at thed tolbothe,
and he seithe to hym, Sue t/iou! me. And
uherysynge suede hym. And it is£ don,
whenne he sat at the mete in hish hous1,
gidir, so that thei mi3ten not he in the
hous, ne at the 3ate. And he spak to
hem thez word. And there camen to 3
hyrn men that broi^ten a man sijk in
palesiea, which was borun of foure. And 4
whanne thei my3ten not brynge hyrn to
Jhesu for the puple, thei vnhileden the
roof where heb was, and openedec it, and
theid leten doun the bed in which the
sijk man in palesie laye. And whanne s
Jhesus hadde seyn the feith of hern, he
seide to the sijk man in palesie, Sone, thi
synnes ben for3ouun to thee. But there 6
weren summe of the scribis sittynge,
and thenkynge in her hertis, What spek- 7
ith he thus ? He blasfemeth ; who may
for3yue synnes, but God aloone? And 8
whanne Jhesus6 hadde knowe this hi
the Hooli Goost, that thei thou3ten so
with ynne hem silf, he seith to hem,
What thenken 36 these thingis in 3oure
hertis? What is Ii3ter to seie to the sijk 9
man in palesie, Synnes ben for3ouun to
thee, or to seie, Ryse, take thi bed, and
walke? But that 36 wite that mannusio
sone hath power in erthe to for3yue
synnes, he seide to the sijk man in pa-
lesie, Y seie to thee, ryse vpf, take thin
bed, and go in to thin hous. And anoon 12
he roos vp, and whanne he hadde take
the bed, he wente bifor alle men, so that
alle men wondriden, and onoureden God,
and seiden, For we seien neuer so. And is
he wente out eftsoone to the see, and al
the puple cam to hym ; and he tai^te
hem. And whanne he passide, he sai3 H
Leuy 'of Alfei» sittynge at the tolbothe,
and he seide to hym, Sueh me. And he
roos, and suede hym. And it was doon.is
whanne he sat at the mete in his hous,
m the hous u pr. m. r. Om. u sec. m. n Om. v sec. m. toke hem PT. ° not hem t; pr. m. thei
myjten nat be in the hous v sec.m. P Om. ur. 1 berynge v. r seek man GMPQurxv. s the
palasye o. l that vr. u foure men OQTY. foure men camen to him ur. v brynge v sec. m. w Crist ur.
* Om. ur. y vnhylide the roof u sec. m. z and thei vr. a Om. vr. b setten p. leten u. c hadde
seen ur. d seide ur. e to AGMNOPQSTurxy. t Om. ur. E summe men N. h scribis weren there ur.
' he this PQTXY. k Om. r, pr.m. MXY pr. m. l Om. vr. m Om. <j. n seide s. ° Om. urx.
P either ur. or A'. <I Rise thou ur. r go ur. s for ur. t for to vr. u seide ur. v thou vr.
w and take vr. * Om. o. y eft vr. z in to K. a cumpanyes u. b of the pepil o. Om. ur. c of
Alfey ur. d Om. w. e seide vr. f Om. AGMNOPQSTWX\. g was vr. h the jvur. ' hous of him vr.
z a A SIT. m.
h Sue ihou sk.
the palsie k. b Crist k. c thei openyde i. d Om. i. e he c. f Om. K. S Om. c.
N2
92
MARK.
n. 16 — 25.
many puplicanys and synful men saten
togidre at thek mete with Jhesu and his
disciplis ; sothely1 there weren manyem
16 that foleweden" hym. And scrihis and
Pharisees seeyinge, for he eet with pupli-
canys and synful men, seiden to his disci-
plis, Whi ^oure rnaister0 etith'" and drink-
I7ithi with puplicanys and synners? This
thing herd, Jhesus seithr to hem, Hoole
men ban no nede to a leche, but thei that
han yuele; forsothe I cam not for8 to clepe
ifliuste men, but synners. And disciplis4 of
Joonu and thev Pharisees weren fastynge ;
and thei camen, and seien to hym, Whi
disciplis* of Joon and ofx Pharisees
isfasteny, but thi disciplis fasten nat ? And
Jhesus seithz to hem, Whether the sonnys
of weddyngisa mownb faste, as long as
the spouse is with hem ? Hou longe tyme
thei han the spouse with hem, thei mowe
20 nat faste. Forsothe dayes shulen come,
whenrie the spouse shal be taken awey
from hem, and thanne thei shulen faste
21 in thoo days. No man seweth a pacche
of rudec, W tiewed, clothe to an old clothe,
ellis hee takith awey the newe supple-
ment, 'or paccke!, and a more brekynge
22 is rnaad. And no man sendith^ newe
wyn in to oold botelis'1, 'or wyne vesselis*,
ellis the wyn shal berstek the wyn vesselis,
and the' wyn shal be held1" out, and the
wyne vesselis shulen perishe. But newe
wyn shal" be sent0 in to newe wyn ves-
2:iselis. And it is? don eftsoonei, whanner
'the Lord* walkide in the sabothis by the1
cornes, and his disciplis bigunnyn to"
24passev forth, and"' plucke erisx. Sothly
the Pharysees seiden, Loo ! what 'don thi
disdplisy in sabotis, thatz is nat leeueful.
2'» And he seith* to hem, Radde 366 neuere
many pupplicans and synful men saten
togidere at the mete with Jhesu and
hise disciplis; for there weren many that
folewiden hym. And scribis and Fari-m
sees seynge, that he eet with pupplicans
and synful men, seiden to hise disciplis,
Whi etith and drynkith 30111*6 maystir
with pupplicans and synneris? Whanneiy
this was herd, Jhesus seide to hem,
Hoole men han no nede to a leche, but
thei that ben yuel at eese ; for Y cam
not to clepe iust men, but synneris.
And the disciplis of Joon and the Fari- IH
sees weren fastynge; and thei camen, and
seien'1 to hym, Whi fasten the disciplis
of Joon, and the Farisees fasten, but thi
disciplis fasten not ? And Jhesus seide 19
to hem, Whether the sones of sposailis'
moun faste, as longe as the spouse is
with hem ? As long tyme as thei haue
the spouse with hem, thei moun not
faste. But daies schulen corne, whanne20
the spouse schal be takun awei fro hem,
and thanne thei schulen faste in tho
daies. No man sewith a patche of newe 21
clooth to an elde clooth, ellis he takith
awei the newe patche fro the elde, and
a more brekyng is maad. And no man 22
puttith newe wyn in to elde botelis, ellis
the wyn schal brestek the hotels, and the
wyn schal be sched out, and the hotels
schulen perische. But newe wyn schal be
put into newe hotels. And it was doon 23
eftsoones, whanne the Lord walkid in
the sabotis bi the cornes, and hise disci-
plis bigunnen to passe forth, and plucke
eeris of the1 corn. And the Farisees 24
seiden to hym, Lo ! what thi disciplis
doon in sabotis ™, that" is not leeueful.
And he seide to hem, Radden 36 neuer25
k Otn. o. 1 forsothe uv. m many weren ur. n Sweden our. ° Om. GMPXY. P etith joure
mayster MP. 1 drynkyth jour maystir GXY. T seide our. s Om. Qsurx. l the discyples GMP
Q sec. m. surxv. u Joon Baptist MP. v Om. GNOQ sec.m. SXY. w the disciplis Gjvfoosrt/TA'y. tho
disciples P. * Om. G pr. m. OY pr.m. J fasten oft u. * seide u. a the weddingis x. b may o.
c newe uv. d Om. AVVX. e it x. f either patche u. Om. x. S puttith u sec. m. h wyne vessels ur.
' Om. AVVX. k breke ur. breste XY. l Om. w. m schedde ur sec. m. n owith to ur. ° put u sec. m.
P was u. q eft uv. eftsones OY. r and whan o. s Crist ur. l Om. or. u for to G. v go ur.
w and to ur. x corne eeres o. y thi disciplis don GUIXY. * the thing that ur. a seide ur.
h seiden EiRka. ' the spousayles R pr. m. k sec.m. the spousayle k pr. m.
m the sabotis k. " that that k.
breke hi. l Om. ck.
II. 26 III. 10.
MARK.
93
what Dauyth dide, whanne he hadde
neede, and he hungride, and thei that
2oweren with hym? Hou he wenteb inc
into the hous of God, vndir Abiathar,
prince of prestis, and eete loouys of pro-
posiciound, the whiche6 it was nat leeful
to ete, nof but to prestis alone, and he 33116
27 to hem that weren with hym. And he
seide to hem, The sabote is maad for man,
and nat a% man for the sabote; and so
mannys sone is lord also of the saboth.
CAP. III.
i And he entride eftsooneh in to the syna-
goge, and ther was a man hauynge a drye
ahond. And thei aspieden hym, 3if he
helide1 ink sabothis, xfor to1 accuse hym.
3 And he seithm to the man hauynge a drye
4hond, RyseD in to the mydil0. And he
seith to hem, Is it leeueful to do wel in
the sabothis, or? yuele ? for' to make a
soule saaf, whether r to lese? And thei
ft weren stille. And he biholdynge hem
aboute with wrathe8, hauynge sorwe1 vp-
onu the blyndnesse of her herte, seith to
the man, Holde forth thin honde. And
he helde forth, and thev honde isw re-
cstorid Ho hym*. Sothely Pharisees? go-
ynge out anoon, maden az counseil with
Ilerodyans a3eins hym, hou thei shulden
7lesea hym. Forsothe Jhesus with his dis-
ciplis wente to the see ; and myche cum-
panye from Galilee and Judee suedeb hym,
sand fro Jerusalem, and froc Ydurne, andd
bi3endis Jordan, and thei that6 aboute
Tyre and Sydon, a grete multitude, vheer-
ynge thef thingis that he dide&, camen to
o hym. And Jhesus seithh to his disciplis,
that the litil' boot shulde serue hym, for
the cumpanye 'of peplek, lest thei op-
10 pressiden hym ; sothely1 he helide many1",
what Dauid dide, whanne he hadde nede,
and he hungride, and thei that weren
with hym? Hou he wente in to the hous SB
of God, vndur Abiathar, prince of prestis,
and eete looues of proposicioun, which it
was not0 leeueful to ete, but to preestis
aloone, and he 3af to hem that weren
with hym. And he seide to hem, The 27
sabat is maad for manP, and not ai man
for the sabat; and so mannus sone is lord
also of the sabat.
CAP. III.
And he entride eftsoone in to the syna- 1
goge, and there was a man hauynge a
drye hoond. And thei aspieden hym, if 2
he helide in the sabatis, to accuse him.
And he seide to the man that hadde as
drie hoond, Rise in to the myddil. And 4
he seith to hem, Is it leeueful to do wel
in the sabatis, ether )'uel ? toil make a
soul saaf, ether to leese ? And thei weren
stille. And he biheeld hem aboute withs
wraththe, and hadde sorewe on the
blyndnesse of her herte, and seith to the
man, Hold forth thin hoond. And he
helde forth, arid his hoond was restorid
to hym. Sotheli Farisees 3eden outs
anoon, and maden a counsel with Ero-
dians a3ens hym, hou thei schulden leser
hym. But Jhesus with hise disciplis 7
wente" to the see ; and myche puple fro
Galilee and8 Judee suede hym, and fros
Jerusalem, and fro Ydume, and fro bi-
3ondis Jordan, and thei that weren
aboute Tire and Sidon, a greet multi-
tude, heringe the* thingis that he dide,
and" camv to hym. And Jhesus seide »
to hise disciplis, that the boot schulde
serue w hym, for the puple, lest thei
thristen hym ; for he heelide many, so 10
b entride ur. * Om. AGMNpQTur. <* proposicioun, either of setting forth u. e which looues vr.
f Om. o. t Om. Gopsurxv. h eft vv. j heelide him vr. k in the v. ' to x. that thei schulden vr.
m seide vy. n Rise thou vr. ° myddis vr. P whether vr. 1 Om. sur sec. m. r wher o. ether
v sec. m. whether or A:. s ire vr. <• soroufulnesse vr. u on vrx. v his vr sec. m. w was vr.
*Om.vrsec.m. 1 the Pharisees luopQTrv. z Om. pqrvrxv pr. m. a fordo r sec. m. b and sude o.
c Om. A. d and fro vv. e that voeren ur. * tho GQY. "e Om. x. h seide A. » Om. vr. k Om. vr.
1 for ur. m manye men vr.
o no s. P the man i. 1 Om. abpr. m. ghik. Q1 for to A pr.m. r fordo i. rr jedeu B. s and fro i.
1 tho k. u Om. MB, " camen ceteri. w kepe EU. serue to i.
94
MARK.
in. 1 1 — 26.
so that thei felden fast to hym, that thei
shulden touche hym. Forsothe hon many
neuere hadden 'soris, or woundis", and
vnclene spiritis, whenne thei seien hym,
felden down to hym, and crieden, seyirige,
12 Thou art the sone of God. And gretely
he manasside hem, that thei shulden uat
is make hym opyn°, 'or Jtnowenv. And he
styinge in*i to an hil, clepide to hym
whomr he wolde ; and thei camen to hym.
14 And he made, that vthere weren twelue8
with hym, 'and that he shulde1 sende hem
15 for" to preche. And he jaue tov hem
power * of heelyngew siknessis, and 'of cast-
icyngex out feridis. And to Symount he
17 putte? name Petre, and2 Jamesa of Zebede
and Joon, the brother of James, and heb
puttec to hem names Boonerges, that is,
iathed sones of thondrynge6; andf Andrew
and Philip, and Bartholomewe and Ma-
thew, and Thomas and James Alfey £,
19 and Thadee and Symount Cananee, and
•20 Judas Scarioth, that bitraide hym. And
thei comen toh an hous, and' the cum-
panye 'of peplek came togidre eftsoone1, so
that thei mi3te not nether™1 etc breed.
21 And whanne his kynnesmen™ hadden
herdde, thei wenten out for0 to holde
hym ; sothelyp thei seiden, fori he isr
22turnyd in to wodenesse. And the8 scrim's
that camen doun fro Jerusalem, seiden,
For he hath Belsebub, and for in the
prince of deuels1 he castith out fendis.
23 And, hem gadrid" togidre. he seide to
hem in parablis, Hou may Sathanas caste
24 out Sathanas? And if a rewme bev de-
partide inw itself", 'the ilke? rewme may
25 not stonde. And if an hous bez dispar-
poilid" onb it self, thilkec hous may not
2G stonde. And if Sathanas hath risen a3eins
hym self, he is disparpoilid'1, and he shal
that thei felden fast to hym, to touche
hym. And hou many euer hadde syk-
nessis, and vnclene spirits, whanne thein
seyen hym, felden doun to hym, and cri-
eden, seiynge, Thou art the sone of God.
And greetli he manasside hem, that thei 12
schulden not make hym knowun. And is
he wente in to an hille, and clepide to
hym whom he wolde; and thei camen to
hyrn. And he made, that there wereri 14
twelue with hym, to sende hem to
preche*. And he 3af to hern pouwer to is
heele sijknessis, and to caste out feendis.
And to Symount he 3af a name Petre, 16
and he clepide James of Zebede and Joon, 17
the brother of James, and he 3af to hem
names Boenarges f, that is, sone.s z of
thnndryng. And he clepide Andrew is
and Filip, and Bartholomew and Ma-
th eu, and Thomas and James Alfey, and
Thadee, and Symount Cananee, and Ju- 19
das Scarioth, that bitraiede hym. And 20
thei camen to an hous, and the puple
cam togidere eftsoone, so that thei listen
not ete breed. And whanne his lsijnnys-i\
men hadden herd, thei wenten out 'to
holde" him ; for thei seiden, that he is
turned in to woodnesse. And the scribisb22
that camen doun fro Jerusalem, seiden,
That he hath Belsabub, and that in the
prince of deuelis he castith out fendis.
And he clepide hem togidir, andc he 23
seide to hem in parablis, Hou may Sa-
thanas caste out Salhauas? And if a 24
rewme be departid a3ens it silf, thilke
rewme may not stonde. And if an hous 25
be disparpoilidd one it silf, thilke hous
may not stonde. And if Sathanas hath 26
risun a3ens hym silf, he is departid, and
hef schal not mowe stonde, but hath an
ende. No man may go in to a stronge27
n sores AMPX. woundea, or soores o. woundes, either sijknesses vr. " knowen vv. P Om. AOLTX.
1 Om. v pr. m. r whiche vv. * twelue weren vr. * to v sec. m. u Om. surx. v Om. o. w to heele vv.
x to caste vv sec. m. V puttide the vr. z and he clepide vr. a to Jame K. b Om. vr pr. m. c jnittide
QUV pr. m. <1 Om. vv. e thundre v. f and he clepide u sec. m. S of Alfey vr. h into ur. ' and
eft ur. k Om. ur. 1 Om. ur. m Om. N. n disciples, or kynnesmen MP. Om. v pr. m. r. ° Om. svrx.
P for vr. 1 that vr. r was vr. s Om. vr. * fendis vr. u clepid vr. v is ur sec. m. w a3ens vr.
x him silf o. y that x. z is vr. a dispoylid G. scaterid ur. b in p. c that x. d scatered vr.
* preche the gospel EPsec.m. marg. y of Boenarges x sec.m. z the sones b. a tobiholde A pr. m. and
helde b. b scribis and the Farisees EP sec. m. marg. c thanne k. d departid ck. e ajens e. ' Om. k.
in. 27 — iv. 5.
MARK.
95
27 not mowe stoncle, but6 hath anf ende. No
man, gon in to a? stronge mannes hous,
may take awey his vessels, noh but he
bynde firste the stronge man, and thanne
28 he shal diuersly1 rauyshe his'hous. Trew-
ly I seie to 3ou, for alle synnes and blas-
phemyes, by whichek thei han1 blasfemed,
shulen be foi'3ouen to the"1 sones of men.
29Sothelyn he that vshal blasferne0 ajeins the
Holy Gost, vshal not haue? remissioun in
to with outen eend, but he shal be gilty
so of euerlastynge trespas. For thei seiden,
31 He hath an unclene spirit. And his modir
and bretheren comen, and theii stondynge
with oute forth, senten to hym, clepynge
32hym. And ar cumpany sat aboute hym ;
and thei seien8 to hym, Lo ! thi modir,
and thei bretheren with outen forth seken
33thee. And he answerynge to hem seith,
Who is my modir and my bretheren ?
34 And1 biholdynge hem aboute, that saten
in the cumpas of hym, he" seith, Lo ! my
35 modir and my bretheren. Forsoth whov
that doth the will of God, hew is rny bro-
ther, and myx sister, and mcdir?.
CAP. IV.
i And eft Jhesus bigan for" to teche at
the see; and myche cuinpany^of peplea isb
gedrid to hym, so that he styinge in to a
boot, sat in the see, and al the cumpany
vof peplec was aboute the see, on the
slond. And he tau3te hem in parablis
many thingis. And he seide to hem in
3 his techy nge, Heere 3ee. Loo! a 'man
4sowynged gothe out forf to sowe. And the
while he sowith, 'an other" seed felde
abouteh the wey, and briddis of heuene,
sW of the eire1, camen, and eeten it. For-
sothe an other felde doun on stony placis,
wher it had nat rnyche erthe ; and anoon
it sprongk vp, for it hadde nat1 depnesse
mannus hous, and take awey hise ves-
sels, but? he bynde first the stronge man,
and thanne he schal spoile his hous.
Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that alle synnes 28
and blasfemyes, bi whiche thei han blas-
femed, schulen be for3ouun to the sones
of men. But he that blasfemeth 33611829
the Hooli Goost, hath not remissioun in
to with outen ende, but he schal be gilty
of euerlastynge trespas. For thei seiden, so
He hath an vnclene spirit. And hisai
modir and britherenh camen, and thei1
stoden withoutforth, and senten to hym,
and clepiden hym. And the puple sat 32
aboute hym ; and thei seienk to hym, Lo !
thi modir and thi britheren with out-
forth seken thee. And he answeride to 33
hem, and seide, Who is my modir and
my britheren? And he bihelde thilke'34
that saten aboute hym, and seide, Lo !
my modir and my britheren. For who 35
that doith the wille of God, he is my
brothir, and1" my" sistir, and modir.
CAP. IV.
And eft Jhesus bigan to teche at thei
see ; and myche puple was gaderid to
hym, so that he wente in to a boot, and
sat in the see, and al the puple was
aboute the see on the loond. And he 2
tau3te hem in parablis many thingis. And
he seide to hem in his techyng, Here 3
36. Lo ! a man sowynge goith out to
sowe. And the0 while he sowith, summe4
seed felde aboute the weie, and briddis
of heuene camen, and eeten it. Otherea
felde doun on stony places, where it had
not myche erthe ; and anoon it spronge
vp, for it had not depnesse of erthe. And e
whanne the sunne roos vp, it welewidei'
fc but he vv. f Om. jr. e Om. K. h not K. Om. o. ' Om. ur. k the whiche o. ' Oni. ur.
m Om. w pr. m. n P'orsothe ooijvr. "> blasfemeth vv. shal blasfemye K: P hath not vv. q Om.
C sec. m. r the ur. a seiden u. * And he p pr. m. vv. u Om. vv. v he ur. w Om. ur. * Om. x.
y my modir vv. z Om. surx. a Om. ur. b Om. s pr. m. XY pr. m. was ur. c Om. ur. d sower vr.
e gon o. wente ur. f Om. x. S summe ur. h bisidis ur. ' Om. AOPTVVX. k is sprungun p.
1 no GNU.
S but if k pr. m. h his bretheren s. ' Om. b pr. m. k Om. s pr. m. seiden s sec. m. l hem i.
m Om. k. u Om. H pr. m. bek. ° Om. i. P ether driyde K murg.
96
MARK.
IV. 6 — 19.
Gof erthe. And whenne the sunne rose
vpn, it welwide for heete, and it dried vp,
7 for it hadde not0 roote. And an other
felde doun into? thornes, and th ernes'
stieden vp, and strarigliden it, and it 3aue
s notr fruyt. And an other felde doun in to
good lond, and 3aues fruyt, styinge vp,
and wexinge ; and oon1 broujte 'tlmtty
fold", and oon sixtyfold, and oon an hun-
adridfold. And he seide, He that hath eris
lo'of heeryngv, heere. And whenne he was
singuler, 'or by hym silfw, the* twelue
that weren with hym axiden*' hym forz to
nexpowne the parable. And he seide to
hem, To 3ou it is 3ouen fora to knowe
theb mysterie, 'or pryuitec, of the kyng-
damd of God. Sothelye to hem that ben
with oute forth, alle thingis ben maad in
12 parablis, that thei seynge se, and se nat,
and thei heerynge heere, and vnderstonde
not ; thatf sum tyme thei bes conuertid,
13 and synnes be for3ouen to hem. And he
seithh to hem, Witen not 3ee this parable?
and howe 366 shulden knowe alle parablis?
}* He that sowith, sowith a word. 'These
sothly' benk that1 aboute the weye, where
the word is sowun ; and whenne thei ban
herd, anoonm cometh Sathanas, and takith
awey then word that0 is sowun in her
ifihertis. And alsof these beni that ben
sown on 'a stoonr, the8 whiche whanne
thei 'ban herd' the word, a noon taken it
17 with ioye ; and thei han nat roote in hem
silf, but thei ben temporal, "that is, lasfen"
fiv lityl ti/mew ; afterward 'tribulacioun
sprongen vp, and persecucioun* for the
is word, anoon thei ben sclaundrid. And
'there ben other y that ben sowun in
thornis ; these it ben, that heeren the
in word, and myseiste2 of the world, and
disseita of richessis, and other charge" of
for heete, and it driede vp, for it hadde
no0! roote. And othere felde doun in to 7
thornes, arid thornes sprongen vp, and
strangliden it, and it 3af notr fruyt.
And other felde doun in to good loond,s
and 3af fruyt, springynge vp, and wex-
ynge ; and oon broii3te thretti foold, and
oon sixti fold, and oon an hundrid fold.
And he seide, He that hath eeris ofa
heryng, here he". And whanne he was 10
bi hym silf, tho* twelue that weren with
hym axiden hym to expowne the para-
ble. And he seide to hem, To 3ou it isii
3ouunu to knowe the priuete of the kyng-
dom of God. But to hem that ben with
outforth, alle thingis be maad in parablis,
that thei seynge se, and se not, and thei 12
herynge here and vnderstonde not ; lest
sum tyrne thei be conuertid, and synnes
be for3ouun to hem. And he seide to 13
hem, Knowe not 36 this parable ? and
hou 36 schulen knowe alle parablis ? He u
that sowith, sowith a word. But these is
it ben that ben aboute the weie, where
the word is sowun ; and whanne thei
han herd, anoon cometh Satanas, and
takith awei the word that is sowun in
her hertis. And in lijk maner ben these is
that ben sowun onv stony placis, whiche
whanne thei han herd the word, anoon
thei takenw it with ioye ; and thei han 17
not roote in hem silf, but thei ben last-
ynge a litil tyme ; aftirward whanne
tribulacioun risith, and persecucioun for
the word, anoon thei ben sclaundrid.
And ther ben othir that ben sowun in is
thornes ; these it ben that heren the
word", and disese-v of the world, and is
disseit of ritchessis, and othir charge of
coueytise entrith-, and stranglith the
word, and it is maad with out fruyt.
n Om. vv. ° no Nur. P among ur. q the thornes vr. r no vr. s it jaue PW. * anoon u.
" thrithithe foold fruyt w sec. m. v to heere vr. w ether by himself ur. Om. x. * tho Qtr. 7 askiden Q.
z Om. svrx. a Om. osurx. b Om. f>-. c Qm. AX. or priuey Ihenge o. d rewme vv. e Forsothe ur.
f lest ur. g be not N. h seide ur. ' Forsothe these ur. k it ben stur. l that ben nur. m than o.
11 a Q. o whiche ur. P in lyk manere ur. 1 it ben ur. r stony places ur. s Om. ur. ' herden
pw sec. m. u that laslyn opr.m. that is, lastynge a sec. m. o. T but a p. <w Om. x. * whan [the r]
tribulacioun and persecucioun riseth ur. J othere ben ur. z myseeses u. mysseyseis r. » disceytis
w pr. m. b bisynesse vr.
1 not EK pr. m. cpr. m. egk sec. m. /3. r no gk pr. m. s Om. EI pr. m. pQuxbcega. l the Eighika.
11 jiue i. v in i. w token A. x wordis s. y mysesis i.
IV. 2C
-32-
MARK.
97
coueitise entrynge ynnec, strangulend the
word, and it is maad with outen fruyt.
•20 And these it ben that ben sowun onc good
lond, 'the whichef heren the word, and
taken, and maken fruyt, oon thritti fold,
21 oon sixti fold, and oon an hundrids. And
he seide to hem, Wherh a lanterne come1,
that it be put vndir a bushelk ? wher not,
22 that it be pvit vpon1 am candil stike? For-
sothe'ther is no thing" hid, that shal not
be 'maad opyn°; nether ony thing is?
preuy, 'the whiche^ shal not come 'in tor
23 apert. If ony man haues eeris of heryng,
24heere he. And he seide to hem, Se 3ee
what 3ee heeren. In what mesure 366
meten, it shal be meten to1 3011, and be11
25kast to 3ou. Sothelyv it shal be 3ouen to
hym that hath, and 'it shalw be taken
awey from hym 'that hath not, also that
26 that he hathx. 'And he seide^, Soz the
kingdom* of God is, as if a man caste
27 seed6 in to thec erthe, and it sleped, and
rysee vp in ni3t and day, and bryngef
forth seed, and wexes faste, the'1 while he
28 wote not. Forsothe the erthe by his owne
worchynge' makith fruyt, first an erbe,
*or grene cornk, afterward an eere, after-
2u ward ful fruyt in the ere. And whanne
of it silf it hath brou3t forth fruyt, anoon
he sendith a1 sikil, W hook™, forn rype
ao corn cometh. And he seide, To what
thing shulden we likene the kyngdom0 of
God ? or to what parable shulen we com-
31 parisoune it ? As a corn of seneueye, the?
which whann it isi sowun in ther erthe,
is lesse than alle seedis8 that ben in erthe1;
32 and whanne it is breddu, 'or quykened",
it sty3ethw vpx in to a tree, and is maad
And these it ben that ben sowun on 20
good lond, whiche heren the word, and
taken, and maken fruyt, oon thritti fold,
oonz sixti fold, and oon an hundrid fold.
And he seide to hem, Wher a lanterne 21
cometh, that it be put vndur a buschel,
or vndur a bed ? nay, but that it be put
on a candilstike ? Ther is no thing hid, 22
that schal not be maad opyn ; nethir ony
thing is pryuey, that schal not come in to
opyn. If ony man haue eeris of heryng, 23
here he. And he seide to hem, Se 3624
what 36 heren. In what mesure 36 meten,
it schal be metun to 3ou a3en, and be"
cast to 3ou. For it schal be 3ouun to 25
hym that hath, and it schal be takun
awei fro him that hath not, alsob that
thatc he hath. And he seide, So the 20
kingdom of God is, as if ad man caste"
seede in to the erthe, and he sleepef, and 27
itff rise? up m3t and dai, and bryngeh
forth' seede, and wexeJ faste, whilek he
woot not. For the erthe makith fruyt, 28
first the gras, aftirward the ere, and aftir
ful fruyt in the ere. And whanne of it -29
silf it hath brou3t forth fruyt, anoon he
sendith a sikil, for repyng tyme is come.
And he seide, To what thing schulen we so
likne the kyngdom of God ? or to what
parable schulen we comparisoun it? Assi
a corne of seneuei, which whanne it is
sowun in the erthe, is lesse than alle
seedis that ben1 in the erthe; and 32
whanne it is sprongun up, it waxith in
to a tre, and is maad gretter than alle
erbis ; and it makith grete braunchis, so
that briddis of heuene moun dwelle vn-
dur the schadewe therof. And in many 33
c Om. PVV. d strangliden o. instranglen p. and stranglen v. e in AN. f whiche ur. Om. x.
S hundrid fold AONQTurwY. h Whether cu et x passim. 1 cometh vr. k bushel or vnder a bed o marg.
u sec. TO. marg. Q sec. m. x pr. m. bed u pr. m. r. l on urx. m Om. N. n nothing is ur. ° schewid vr.
P maad ur. 1 whiche vr. that x. r in x. 9 hath PVV. * ajen to ur. « it schal be ur. T For-
sothe ur. w if a man hath not, jhe this that he hath schal ur. * Om. ur. y Om. o. z Lo XY.
a rewme ur. * a seed N. c Om. ur. d he sleepeth G sec. m. o. it slepith PT. he slepe Q sup. ras. vr.
e it ryse G sec. m. o. Q s up. ras. r. rysith PT. it ryseth u. { bringeth p. e wexith p. 1» Om. ur.
5 wille ur. k Om. AOX. l Om. o. m Om. Aourx. n for the Q pr. m. for the tyme of Q sec. m.
0 rewme vr. P Om. ur. 1 was o. r Om. ur. s the seedis GQY. * the erthe
u sowen u. v Om. Aurx. w wexeth v sec. m. x Om. ur.
z and oon A. a it schal be I. Om. k. b je i. c Om. h. d Om. k pr. m. e that castith k pr. m.
slepith k. slepte ft. ffOm. H. e risith k. h bringith hk. ! Om. hi. j wexith hk. k the while k.
ben sowun b.
VOL. IV. O
98
MARK.
IV. 33— V. 4-
more than alle wortis, W erbis? ; and it
vshal make2 grete braunchis, so that brid-
disa of heuene mowe dwelle vndir the
sashadewe ther of. Arid in many siche pa-
ra blis he spac to hem a word, as thei
34 mijten heer ; sotliely he spak not to hem
with outen parable. Forsothe he expoun-
yde tob his disciplis alle thingis 'on sidis
35hondc, W by hem selfd. And he seithe
to hem, in that day, whenne euenyngf was
sfimaad, Passe we a3einward. And thei
leeuynge the cumpanye 'of peples, taken
hym, so that he was in the boot ; and
37 other bootis weren with hym. And a'1
greet storme1 of wynd isk maad1, and
sentem wawis" in to the boot0, so that the
asbooti' was full. Arid he was in the'hyn-
di'r part of the bootr, slepynge on a pi-
lewe. And thei reysen hym, and seieus
to hym, Maistre, perteneth it* nat to thee,
39 that11 we perishen ? And he rysynge vp,
manasside to thev wynd, and seide to the
see, Be stille, wexew doumb. And the
wynd ceeside, and greet pesiblenesse isx
4ornaad. And he seith^ to hem, What
'dredenjee2? Nat 31! ban 3ee feith ? And
thei dredden with a greete dreed, and b
seiden vto eche other0, Who, gessist thou,
is this ? for the wynd and the see obeysh-
end to hym.
CAP. V.
1 And thei camen ouer the wawe of the
2 see into the cuntree of Genazarethe. And
anoon a man inf vnclene spirit ran out
of 'a biryelf, to hym goynge out of the
3 boot. 'The whiche man1' hadde an hous
in graues', 'o?' biriels^, and nether with
chaynis now1 imjte eny man bynde hym.
4 For oft tymes"1 he bounden in stockis and
chaynes, 'hadde broken the chaynes", and
suche parablis he spak to hem the word,
as thei my3ten here; and he spak not to 34
hem with out parable. But he"1 expown-
ede to hise disciplis alle thingis bi hem-
silf. And he seide to hem in that dai,35
whanne euenyng" was come, Passe we
a3enward. And thei leften the puple, 36
and token hym, so that he was in a
boot ; and othere bootys wererr with hyrn.
And a greet storm of wynde was maad, 37
and keste wawis in to the boot, so that
the boot was ful. And he was in the 38
hyndir part of the boot, and slepte on a
pilewe. And thei reisen0 hym, and seien?
to hym, Maistir, perteyneth it not to
thee, that we perischen ? And he roos an
vp, and manasside the wynde, and seide
to the see, Be 1 stille, wexe doumbe.
And the wynde ceesside, arid greet pesi-
blenesse was maad. And he seide to 40
hem, What dreden 36 ? '3e han no feith
3itr? And thei dredden with greet drede,
and seiden vech torr other, Who, gessist
thou, is this ? for the wynde and the
see obeschen8 to hym.
CAP. V.
And thei camen ouer the see in to i
the cuntree of Gerasenes. And aftir that 2
he was goon out of the boot, anoon a
man in an vncleene spirit ran out of*
birielis to hym. Which" man hadde an 3
hous in biriels, and nether with cheynes
now myjte ony man bynde hym. For 4
ofte tymes he was boundun in stockis
and chaynes, and he hadde broke the
y Om. AVVX. z maketh vv. a the briddis vv. '> not to G. c Om. A. on sydishondis o. a sides
halfe vv. d bi hymsilf A. Om. x. e seide vv. f euentide vv. S Om. vv. h ther was made a o sec. m.
1 tempest Q sec. m. vv. k Om. Q. was vv. 1 Om. Q sec. m. m cast u sec. m. n flodis o sec. m. ° shippe
Q sup. ras. P shippe Q sec. m. i fulfillid Q sec. m. fillid vv. r shippe Q sec. m. s seiden u. l Om.
G pr. m. u for vv. v Om. ovv. w and wexe o. wexe thou vv. x was vv. y seide vv. z ben 30
drede ful vv. a by vv. b and thei vv. c eche to othere vv. d obeyen vv. e Gerasenes Q sup. ras,
u sec. m. Gergeseus u pr. m. v. { in an TVVX. e the biriels u. biriels v. h whiche man vv. that x,
' biriels vv. k Om. AOVVX. l Om. G pr. m. m Om. vv. n Om. Q pr. m. T.
m Om. \ipr. m. n euentid b. ° reisede EP. reisiden k. P seiden E/3. 1 Be thou i. r 3't je haue no
feith i. 3e nan n°t feith jit s. Han je not feith 3it x. " to ich H. s obeien k. * of the i. u the
whiche i;
V. 5— 18.
MARK.
99
'hadde brokuri0 the stockis to smale go-
betis, and no man mi3te 'daunte, or make
btcimeV, hyin. And euer morel, ni3tr and
day, in biriels and hillis, he was cryinge,
cand betynge hym silf with stoones. So-
thely he seynge Jhesus afer, ran, and
7worshipide hym. And he cryinge with
greet voice, seide, What to me and to
thee, thou Jhesu, the sone of God hieste ?
I conioure thee bi God, that thou tour-
smente 'not me5. Forsothe Jhesus seide to
hym, Thou vnclene spirit, go out fro
9 the man. And Jhesus axide hym, What
name is to thee? And he seith to hym,
A legioun is name to me ; for we ben
lornanye. And he preide hym myche, that'
he shulde nat put" hym out of the cun-
iitreie. Forsothe therev was there aboute
the hill 'a flock of w hoggis* vlesewynge in
I2feeldisy. And the spiritis preieden Jhesuz,
seyinge, Sende vs into hoggisa, that we
isentre into hem. And anoon Jhesus
grauntide tob hem. And the vnclene spi-
ritis0 entriden in to the hoggisd, and with
greet bire, W haste*, the flocf was cast
doun in to the see, 'to tweyne^ thousynde1',
uand thei' berik strangelid1 in the see. So-
thely thei that fedden hem, fledden, and
tolden in to the citee, and in to the1"
feeldis ; and thei wenten out, for" to see
15 what was don. And thei carnen to Jhesu,
and thei seen hym that was traueilid of
the fend, sittynge clothid0, and of hoole
16 mynde ; and thei dreden. And thei
'tolden to hemP, that sayen, hou it was
don to hym that hadde a fend, and of the
lyhoggis'i. And thei bygunnen forr to preie
hym, that he shulde go awey fros 'her
is coostis1. And when he" stiede in to a
boot, he that was traueilid of the deuelv,
chaynes, andv hadde broke the stockis to
smale gobetis, and no man myjte make
hym tame. And euermore, ny3t and dai,s
in birielis and in hillis, he was criynge
and betynge hym silf with stoonus. Ande
he si'3 Jhesus afer, and ran, and wor-
schipide hym. And he criede with greet;
voice, and seide, What to me and to thee,
thou Jhesu, the sone of the hi3est God?
Y coniure theew bi God, that thou tur-
mente me not. And Jhesus seide tos
hym, Thou vnclene spirit, go out fro the
man. And Jhesus axide hym, What is 9
thi name ? And hex seith to hym, A
legiounxx is my name; for we hen many.
And he preiede Jhesu myche, that he 10
schulde not putte hym? out of thez cun-
trei. And there was there aboute then
hille a greet flok of swyn lesewynge.
And the spiritis preieden Jhesu, and 12
seiden, Sende vs into the swyn, that we
entre in to hem. And anoon Jhesus is
grauntide to hem. And the vnclene spi-
ritis 3eden out, and entriden in to the
swyn, and with a greet birrezz the flocke
was cast douna in to the see, a twei
thousynde, and thei weren dreyritb in the
see. And thei that kepten hem, fledden, u
and tolden in to the citee, and in to the
feeldis; and thei wenten out, to se what
was don. And thei camen to Jhesu, and is
sayn hym that hadde be trauelid of the
feend, syttynge clothid, and ofc hool
mynde ; and thei dredden. And thei that 16
saien, hou it was don to hym that hadde
a feend, and of the swyne, telden to hem.
And thei bigunnen to preie hym, thati?
he schulded go awei fro her coostis.
And whanne6 he 3ede up in to a boot, is
he that was trauelid of the deuel, bigan
0 Om. Q sec.m. " P tame AO. chastise vr. daunten x. 1 Om. vv. r in ni3t vr. s me not MOXY.
* for o. u cast vr. poten x. v a greet droue of hoggis lesewynge vr. w Om. vr. " swyne AO.
Om. vr. y Om. vr. z him vr. «• swyn AO. the hoggis rurx. b Om. x. c spiritis goynge out N
Q sec. m. vr. d swyn AO. e Om. Avrx. ' droue vr. g to two MPXY. vnto two e sec. m. a two v sec. m.
h thousondis o. ' Om. Q sec.m. k were o. sec.m. vr. ! dreynte u. m Om. Mvrx. n Om. svrx.
0 clad ax. P Om. vr. 1 swyn AO. hoggis tolden to hem vr. r Om. svrx. s out of o pr.m. * the
coostis of hem vr. " Jhesu vr. v fend vr.
v and he b. w Om. P pr. m. * Om. E. « 6666 c marg. y hem Eirxa. z Om. E. that k.
zz ether haast K marg, a heedlinge k. b eiher strangled K marg. c in k. d wolde k. e thanne k.
02
100
MARK.
V. 19 32.
bygan tow preye hym, that he shulde be
19 with hym. Sothly* Jhesus resceyued hym
nat, but seithy to hym, Go thou in to thin
hous to thine7, and telle toa hem, hou
manyb thingis the Lord hath don to thee,
20 and hadde mercy of thee. And he wente
forth0, and bigan ford to preche in Deca-
poly, that is, a cuntree of ten citees, hou
manye6 thingis Jhesus hadde don to hyrn ;
21 arid alle men wondriden. And whanne
Jhesus hadde stiedef in to the boot eft-
sooues ouer the see, myche cumpanye 'of
peple1' cam togidre to hym, and was
22aboute the see. And oon' of the princis
ofk synagogis, by name Jayrus, cam, and1
•jsseyinge hymm, fel doun at his feet, and
preiede hymn myche, seyinge, For whi°
my dou3ter is 'in the laste thingisP; come
thou, putte thin hond on hire, that she be
24saaf, and lyue. And he'' wente forth with
hym, and myche cumpanye1" 'of peple8
25 suede hym, and oppresside* hym. And a
wommari that was in the flux of blood
26twelue 3ere, and hadde suffride many
thingis of ful many lechis, and spendid"
alle hir thingis, and vno thing prophitidev,
27 but vmore hadde w worse, whanne she
hadde herd of Jhesu, she cam in the cum-
panye byhynde, and touchide his cloth,
28 Sothly she seide, For if I shal touche orx
29 his cloth, I shal be saaf. And anoon the
welle of bloody isz dried vpa, and she
felide in bodyb that she was helid of the
30 wound0, *or sikenesseA. And anoon Jhe-
sus knowynge in hym silf the vertu that
wase gon out of hym, hef, turned to the
cumpenye, seith £, Who touchede my
31 clothis ? And his disciplis seiden to hym,
Thou seest the cumpenyeh pressinge1 thee,
32 and seist thouk, Who touchide me? And
to preie hym, that he schulde be with
hym. But Jhesus resseyuede hym not, 19
but seide to hym, Go thou in to thin
hous to thine, and telle to hern, hou grete
thingis the Lord hath dori to thee, and
hadde merci of thee. And he wente 20
forth, and bigan to preche in Decapolif,
hou grete thingis Jhesus hadde don to
hym ; and alle men wondriden. And 21
whanne Jhesus hadde gon vp in to the
boot eftsoone ouer the see, myche puple
cam togidere to him, and was aboute the
see. And oon of the princis of syna-22
gogis, bi name Jayrus, cam, and si3 hym,
and felde£ doun at hise feet, and preyede23
hym myche, and seide, My doi^ter is
ny3 deed ; come thou, putte thin hoond
on her, that sche be saaf, and lyue. And 24
he wente forth with hym, and myche
puple suede hym, and thrusteh hym.
And a womman hadde1 ben in the blodi25
fluxe twelue 3eer, and hadde resseyuedk 26
many thingis of ful many lechis, and
hadde spendid al hir good, and was no-
thing amendid, but was rather the wors,
whanne sche hadde herd of Jhesu, sche 27
cam among the puple bihynde, and
touchide his cloth. For sche seide, That if *»
Y touche 3he1 his cloth, Y schal be saaf.
And anoon the welle of hir blood was2i>
dried vp, and sche felide in bodi11 that
sche was heelid of the siknesse. Andso
anoon Jhesus knewe in hym silf the
vertu that was goon out of hym, and
turnede"1 to the puple, and seide, Who
touchide my clothis? And hise disciplis 31
seiden to hym, Thou seest the puple
thristynge thee, and seist, Who touch-
ide me? And Jhesus lokide aboute to 32
se hir that hadde don this thing. And 33
w for to o. x And vv. y seide vv. * thi meyne MPT. » Om. MP. b greete vv. c Om. ur.
d Oni. svvx. e greete v r. f stijede up u. 8 efte vv. b Om. vv. ' sum man o. k of the Gsec.m. MV.
1 and he vv. m Jhesu vv. n Om. p. ° Om. vv. P nij deed u sec. m. 1 Jhesu vv. r Om. N.
s Om. vv. t thrustede u sec. m. u hadde joue vr. v hadde not profitide ony thing vv. w hadde
more GMPTW sec. m. XY. x 3he vv. J hir blood vv. z was ur. a Om. vr. b the body vr. c the
seeknesse vr. d Om. AVVX. e hadde MP. f Om. s. S and seide ur. h cumpenyes s. ' oppressynge
AG sec. m. MOP. k Om. G sec. m. MOPT.
f that is, a citntre often citees K marg. e marg. e he fel I. h ether oppressede K marg.
K sec. m. k. k ether siijfride K marg. 1 Om. R. U /»> bodi i. ra he turnyde I.
1 that hadde
v. 33 —
2.
MARK.
101
Jhesus lokide aboute, for1 to see hir that"1
33 hadde don this thing. Forsothe the
wominan dredinge and quakynge", wit-
ynge° that it was don in hir, cam, and fel
down bifore him, and seide to hym al
34 treuthe i'. Forsothe Jhesus seide to hir,
Dou3tir, thi feith hath maad thee saf;
goi in pees, and be safr fro thi sykenes.
3o3it him spekynge, messageriss camen to
the prince of a* synagoge, seyinge, For thi
doirjtir is deed; what traueilist thou the
36maistir ferthere"? Forsothe the word herd
that was seidew, Jhesus seith to the prince
of the synagoge, Nyle thou drede, oonly
37 byleue thou. And he resceyuede not x
ony man to sue him, no? but Petre, and
James, and John, the brother of James.
SB And thei camen in to the hous of the
prince of the synagoge. And he si3 noyse,
and men wepinge and weilinge moche.
39 And he gon yn, seith2 to hem, What ben
3ee troublida, and wepyn ? The wencheb
40 is not deed, but slepith. And thei scorn-
eden him. Forsothe alle kastc out, he
takith the fadir and modird of the wenchec,
and hemf that weren with him, and thei
4ientren yn#, where the wenche1' lay. And
he holdinge the bond of the wenche',
seithk to hir, Tabita, cumy, that is inter-
pretid1, *or expownid™, Wenche", to thee
4-2 1 seie, rise thou0. And anon the wencheP
roos, and walkide ; sothly she was of
twelue jeer. And thei weren abaischt
is with i greet r stoneyinge. And he co-
maundide to hem greetly, that no man
schulde wite it. And he comaundide to
1 3iue to hir for8 to ete. And Jhesus gon
out thennis1, wente in to his owneu cun-
tree ; and his disciplis folwidenv him.
CAP. VI.
2 And the saboth maad, Jhesusw bigan
the wornman dredde, and quakide, wit-
ynge that it was doon in hir, and cam,
and felde doun bifor hym, and seide to
hym al the treuthe. And Jhesus seide 34
to hyr, Doujtir, thi feith hath maad thee
saaf ; gon in pees, and be thou hool of
thi sijknesse. 3it while he spak, mes-35
sangeris camen to the prince of the syna-
goge, and seien, Thi doujtir is deed ;
what traueilist thou the maistir ferther ?
But whanne the word was herd that was 30
seid, Jhesus seide to the prince of the
synagoge, Nyle thou drede, oonli bileue
thou. And he0 took? no man to sues;
hym, but Petir, and James, and Joon,
the brother of James. And thei camen s«
in to the hous of the prince of the syna-
goge. And he saie noyse, and men wep-
ynge and weilynge myche. And he 3ede39
ynne, and seide to hem, What ben 36
troublid, and wepen? The damesel is not
deed, but slepith. And thei scorneden4o
hym. But whanne alle weren put out,
he takith the fadir and the modir of the
damesel, and hem that weren with hym,
and thei entreni, where the damysel laye.
And her helde the hoond of the damesel, 41
and seide to hir, Tabita, cumy, that is to
seie, Damysel, Y seie to thee, arise. And 42
anoon the damysel roos, and walkide ;
and sche was of twelue 3eer. And thei
weren abaischid with as greet stony ing.
And he comaundide to hem greetli, that
no man schulde wite it. And he co-43
maundide to 3yue hir1 mete.
CAP. VI.
And he 3ede out fro thennus, and i
wente in to his owne cuntre ; and hise
disciplis folewiden him. And whanne 2
the sabat was come, Jhesus bigan to
teche in a synagoge. And many herden",
1 Om. surx. m whiche ur. n tremblynge vv. ° knowynge vv. P the treuthe uv. Q go
thou vv. T thou hool vv. s messangeris GMPQTY. * the G sec. in. MOPIV sec. m. u ferret r.
w seide vv. x not with him o. y Om. o. z seide vv. a turblid AGMNPT. b damysel vv.
c casted vv. d the modir G. e damysel uv. l thei v. 8 Om. uv. h damysel vv. i damysel vv.
k seide vv. 1 expowned AO. m Om. AOVVX. n Damysel uv. ° Om. p. P damysel ur. 1 hi ur.
r gretteste ur. s Om. GSX. 4 fro thennee uv. tt Om. ur. v sueden ur. w he ur.
n go thou bhik. ° Jhesus k. P ether receyttede K marg. 1 entriden
to hir k. u herden hym R.
r Om. Ab. s Om. cghi.
102
MARK.
vi. 3—14-
forx to teche in a synagoge. And manye
heeringe wondriden in his techinge, sey-
inge, Of whennis vto this>' alle these
thingisz? and what is the wysdom thata
is 3ouun to him, and suche vertues vthe
swhicheb ben maad by his bond'? Wher
this is not ad smyth, vor carpenter*, the
sone of Marie, the brother of James arid
Joseph* and Judas? and Symound'1? wher1
andk his sistris ben nat here with vs?
4 And thei weren sclaundrid in him. And
Jhesus seide to hem, For a prophete is
not with outen honour1, no but in his
owne™ cuntree, and in his hows, and in
r>his kyn. And he my3te not make there
ony vertu, no but" heelide a fewe sike
e men, the hondis put to. And he won-
dride for the vnbileue0 of hem. And he
wente aboute castelis in enuyrownP, tech-
7 inge. And he clepide^ twelue, and bigan
for1" to sende hem bi tweyne5; and 3afr to
iihem power of vnclene spiritis, and" co-
maundide hem, that thei schulde not takev
ony thing in the weye, now but ax jerd
oonly, not a scrippe, not>' bred, neither
y money in thez girdil8, but schoonb with
sandalies, ''that benc opyn aboued, and that
thei Veren notc clothidf with tweie? cootish.
10 And he seide to hem, Whidir' euere 3ee
schulen entre in to an hous, dwelle 36
11 there, till 36 gon out thennisk. And who1
euere 'schulen not resseyue"1, ne" heere
3ou, 36 goynge out fro thennes shake0
awey the powdreP froi 3oure feet, in to
I2witnessirige to hem. And thei goynge
outr, prechiden, that men schulden do pe-
ls naunce. And thei castiden3 out many
fendis, and anoyntiden with oyle manye
usyke men, and thei weren heelid. And
kyng Eroude herde, forsothe1 his name
and wondriden in his techyng, and seiden,
Of whennus to1' this alle these thingis ?
and what is the wisdom that is 3ouun
to hym, and siche vertues whiche ben
maad bi hise hondis? Whether this is 3
not a carpenter, the sone of Marie, the
brother of James and of Joseph and of
Judas and of Symount? whether hise
sistris ben not here with vs ? And thei
weren sclaundrid in hym. And Jhesus 4
seide to hem, That a profete is not with-
out onoure, but in his owne cuntrey, and
among his kynne, and in his hous. And 5
he my3te not do there ony vertu, saue
that0 he helide a fewe sijk men, leiynge
on hem hise hoondis. And he wondridee
for the vnbileue of hem. And he wente
aboute casteles on ech side, and tau3te.
And he clepide togidere twelue, and bi-7
gan to sende hem bi two togidere ; and
3af to hem power of vnclene spiritis, andd8
comaundide hem, that thei schulde not
take ony thing in the weie, but a 3erde
oneli, not a scrippe, ne breed, nether
money in the girdil, but schod with san-9
dalies8, and that thei schulden not be
clothid with twei cootis. And he seide 10
to hem, Whidur euer 36 entren in to an
hous, dwelle 36 there, til 30 goon out fro
thennus. And who euer resseyuethf 3ouii
not, nes herith'1 3011, go 36 out fro then-
nus, and schake awei the powdir fro
3oure feet, in to witnessyng to hem. And 12
thei 3eden forth, and prechiden, that men
schulden do penaunce. And thei cast- 13
iden out many feendis, and anoyntiden
with oyle many sijk men, and thei
weren heelid. And kyng Eroude herde, 14
for his name was maad opyn, and1 seide,
That Joon Baptist hath risen a3en fro
x Om. opr. m. srx. J ben vr. to him this MP. z thingis to this man vr. a which vr. b that
Gurxv. c hondis vr. d the MPT. e Om. AX. { of Joseph vr. & of Judus vr. h of Symount vr.
i whether GOMPTIVXY. k Oin. Q. also vr. ! worschype, or honour w pr.m. m Om. vr. n but he vr.
0 vnfeithfulnesse vr. P cumpas vr. 1 clepide togidere vr. r Om. svx. s two GSIOPQXY. tweyne and
tweyne vr. * he jaf ov. u and he vr. v bere vr. w Om. ov. * the N. y ne GMPXY. z there v.
a girdels v. b schood A sec.m. GMpsur sec.m. shod QXY pr.m. c is Q. >d Om. vrx. e schulden not
be vr. f clad x. S two MPVXY. h clothis N. ' Where o. k fro thennis vr. 1 whiche vr. m res-
seyuen not v pr. m. r. resseyuen jou not v sec. m. a neither vr. ° shakith MOPQSTwsec. m. XY. P dust
vr. q of u. r out fro thens w pr. m. 8 kestyn GQSXY. * for vr.
b cometh to I. c Om. R. d and he ik. e ether shoon open aboue K marg. e marg. { receyue plures.
nether EP. b here plures. ' and he ik.
vi. is — 26.
MARK.
103
was inaad opyn, and vhe seide", For Johne
Baptist hathv risun a3en fro deed men, and
istherfore vertues worchen"' in hym. So-
thely othere* seiden, For^ it is Ely ; but
othere2 seiden, For it is a prophete, as oon
i(iofa prophetis. Theb whiche thing herd,
Eroude seithc, Whom'1 I hauee bihedidf,
'John, thisS hath risun h fro deed men.
17 Forsothe the ilke Eroude sente, and held
Joon, and bond him in1 to prisoun, for
Erodias, the wyf of Philip, his brother ;
18 for he hadde weddid hir. Sothly Johne
seide to Eroude, It is not leefful to thee,
19 fork to haue the wyf of thi brother. Ero-
dias forsothe "leide aspics1 to him, and
20 wolde sle him, and mi3te not. Sothly
Eroude drede John, witinge him a iust
man and hooly, and kepte him. And
him herd, he dide many thingis, and
ai'gladly herde hym™. And whanne a co-
uenable day hadde11 fallun0, Eroude Mn
his birthe dayP made a souperei to the1"
print-is, and tribunys, and to the firste,
22vor gretfeste*, of Galilee. And whanne
the dou3ter of thilke1 Erodias hadde en-
trid yn u, and lepte v, and pleside to w
Eroude, and also tox men restynge?, the
kyng seide to the wenchez, Axe thou of
me what thou wolf, and I schal 3yue to
as thee. And he swoor to hir, For what
euereb thou schalt axe, I schal 3yue to thee,
24thou3 the half of my kyngdom0. vThe
whiche d, whanne sche hadde gon out,
seide6 to hir modir, What schal I axe?
And she seide, The heedf of John Bap-
25tist». And whanne she hadde entrid
anon with haste to the kyng, she axide,
seyinge, I wole that anoon thou 3yue to
me in a dische the heed11 of John Baptist.
26 And the kyng was sory' fork the ooth,
deeth, and therfor vertues worchen in
hym. Othir seiden, That it is Helie;is
but othir seiden, That it is a profete, asJ
oon ofk profetis. And whanne this thing i«
was herd, Eroude seide, This Joon1,
whom Y haue biheedide, is™ risun a3en
fro deeth. For thilke Eroude sente, and 17
helde Joon, and boond hym in to pri-
soun, for Erodias, the wijf of Filip, his
brothir ; for he hadde weddid hir. For IB
Joon seide to Eroude, It is not leueful
to thee, to haue the wijf of thi brothir.
And Erodias leide aspies to hym, and 10
wolde sle hym, and my3te not. And 20
Eroude dredde Joon, and knewe hym a
iust man and hooli, and kepte hyrn. And
Eroude herde hym, and he dide many
thingis, and gladli herde hym. And 21
whanne a couenable dai was fallun,
Eroude in his birthdai made a soper to
the princis, and tribunes", and to0 the
grettest of Galilee. And whanne the 22
dou3ter of thilke Erodias was cornun
ynne, and daunside P, and pleside to
Eroude, and also to men that saten at
the mete, the kyng seide to the damysel,
Axe thou of me what thou wolt, and Y
schal 3yue to thee. And he swore to 23
hir, That what euer thou axe, Y schal
3yue to thee, thou3 it be half 1 my r
kyngdom s. And whanne sche hadde 24
goon out, sche seide to hir modir, What
schal Y axe ? And sche seide, The heed
of Joon Baptist. And whanne sche was 25
comun ynne anoon with haast to the
kyng, sche axide, and seide, Y wole that
anoon thou 3yue to me in a dische the
heed of Joon Baptist. And the kyng2c
was sori for the ooth, and for men that
saten togidere at the meete he* wolde
u they seiden vv. v is o. w ben wroujt Q sup. ras. x othere men ur. y Om. x. ''• othere men ur.
a of the ux. b Om. u. c seide vv. d This Jon whom vv. e Om. Q. f byheuedid o. g Om. vv.
rise ajen vv.
Om. o. k Om. vvx. l settide tresoun vv. m herde him gladly v. n was v.
0 bifalle ur. P Om. ur. <l soper of his birthe ur. T Om. ur. s Om. AX. either grettest men ur.
* that x. u Om. ur. y daunside ur. w Om. ur. * Om. ur. ? sittynge atte the mete ur. z damy-
sele ur. a wole t;. b euere thing ur. c rewme ur. d And i;. e sche seide ur. f heued GOY. e the
Baptist o. h heued OG. ' sorowful ur. k of N.
Jandk/jr. m. k of the k/>r. m. l is Joon k. ra he is k. n the tribunes k pr. m. °Om.kpr.m.
P ether tumlilide k marg. <1 the half EiMPQRUXceka/3. rof my CEiKMPQHSuxbcegka/3. 9 rewme IEPQRX..
1 and he k.
104
MARK.
VI. 27 — 38.
and for men sittinge 'to gidere1 at metem
27 he 'wolde not" hir° beP maadi soryr; but
a rnanquellere sent, he comaundide the
heed5 of John Baptist1 for" to be broujtv.
28 And he bihedidew him in the prison, and
brou3te his heed" in a dische, and 3af it to
the wenche?, and the wenchz 3afa to hirb
2»modir. The which thing herd, his disci-
plis camen, and token his body, and put-
so tidend it in a buriel. And apostlis6 com-
ynge to gidere to Jhesu, tolden tof hym
alle thingis, thats thei hadden don, and
3itau3t. And he seithh to hem, Come 36
'by 3ou selue1 in to a desert place ; restek
36 a litel. Forsoth1 'there weren manye™
that camen, and wenten a3en, and thei
32 hadden not space for" to ete. And thei
sti3ynge° in to bootP, wenten in to a desert
33 place 'by hem seluei. And thei sy3en
hem goynge awey, and manyer knewen,
and8 goynge on1 feet fro alle citees, theiu
runnen to gidere thidir, and came bifore
34 hem. And Jhesus goynge out sy3 moche
cumpanye, and hadde mercy onv hem, for
thei weren as scheepe not hauynge a shep-
herde. And he bigan forw to teche hem
ssmanye thingis. And whanue moche our"
was maad now, his disciplis 'camen ny3y,
seyinge, This place is desert, and now the
36 our hath passid ; leeue7' hem, that thei
goynge in to the3 nexte townes orb vilagis,
bye to hem metis whichec thei schulen
37 ete. And he answerynge seithd to hem,
3yue 36 toe hem forf to ete. And thei
seiden to hym, Goynge bye we loues withs
twoh hundrid pens, and we schulen 3yue
se to hem for1 to ete. And he seith to hem,
Hou many loues han 36 ? Go 36, and sek.
And whanne thei hadden knowun, thei
not make hir sori ; but1 sente a man- 27
queller" and comaundide, that Joones
heed were brou3t in a dissche. And he
bihedide hymv in thew prisoun, and 28
brou3te his heed in a disch, and 3af itx
to the damysel, and the damysel 3af>" to
hir modir. And whanne this thing was 29
herd, hise disciplis camen, and token his
bodi, and leiden it in a biriel. And theso
apostlis2 camen togidere to Jhesu, and
telden to hym alle thingis, that thei had-
den don, and tau3t. And he seide tosi
hem, Come 36 bi 3oua silf in to a desert
place ; and reste 36 a litil. For there were
many that camen, and wenten a3en, and
thei hadden not space to ete. And thei 32
3edenb in to a boot, and wenten in to a
desert place bi hem silf. And thei sayn 33
hem go awei, and many knewen, and
thei wenten afoote fro alle citees, and
runnen thidur, and camen bifor hem.
And Jhesus 3ede out, and sai3 myche34
puple, and hadde reuth on hem, for thei
weren as scheep not hauynge a scheep-
herd. And he bigan to teche hem many
thingis. And whanne it was forth daies, 35
hise disciplis camend, and seiden, This is
a desert place, and the tyme is now
passid ; lete hem go in to the nexte 36
townes and villagis, to bie hem meete to
ete. And he answeride, and seide to 37
hem, 3yue 36 toe hem tof ete. And thei
seiden to hym, Go we, and bie we looues
with two hundrid pens, and we schulen
3yue to* hem to ete. And he seith ss
to hem, Hou many looues han 36 ? Go
36, and se. And whanne thei hadden
knowe, thei seien, Fyue, and two fischis.
And he comaundide to hem, that thei 39
I Om. Q. m the meet AGMNOPQSTXY. n nolde ur. ° make hir g. p Om. qsec. m. to be s. q Om.
0 sec. m. r heuy, or sory o. s heued or. * Om. ur. u Om. sux. v broujt in a dische o sec. m. ur.
brou3t forth w pr. m. w byheueded o. x heued OY. y damysel ur. z damysel ur. a jaf it G. b the o.
c Om. ur. d putten sx. e the apostlys GQUX. the postlis rv. f Om. G. e whiche u. h seide ur.
1 by jee jour selue G. by joure silf MNOQTY. asides half ur. k and reste ur. ! For ur. m many
weren t/r. n Om. K pr. m. surx. ° stijeden K. stejende x. P a boot MPUVWXY. 1 asides half ur.
r many men ur. s and thei ur. * out o. u Om. ur. v of oj:v. w Qm. Nsurx. x hour, or forth
dayes MPT. y nei3eden ur. z leeue, either delyuere thou ur. a Om. s. b and AGMNOPQsrurwxY.
d seide ur. e Om. o. f Om. sx. e for UF. h twey o. ' Om. sx. k seeth QQSXY. sei3eth o.
4 but he ik. u mansleer R. v joon k. w Qm. is pr. m. k. * Om. s. y jaf it lik. z postlis sb.
a 3our hi. b stieden k. d camen to him k. e Om. R pr. m. hikpr. m. { for to i. g Om. Ink /jr. m.
VI. 39—54-
MARK.
105
.wseien, Fyue, and two fyschis. And he
comaundide to hem, that thei schulden
make alle men sitte1 to mete aftir"1 cum-
40 penyes, vponn greene hey. And thei saten
down0 by parties, by hundridis, and fyf-
41 ties. And the fyue looues taken, and two
fyschis, he biholdynge in to heuene, bless-
ide, and brak looms'*, and 3af(i to his dis-
ci plis, that thei schulden putter bifore
hem. And he departide two fyschis to
42alles; and alle1 eeten, and weren fillid".
43 And thei token the relyuesv of broken
mete, twelue coffyns full, and of thew
44 fyschis. Sothli thei that eeten, were
45 fyue thousynd" of men. And anon he
constreynede his disciplis for? to sti3e vpz
in to a boot, that thei schulden passe3
bifore him ouer the see to Bethsayda, theb
46 while he lefte the peple. And whanne
he hadde left hem, he wente in to an hil,
47forc to preie. And whanne d euenyng
wase, the boot was in xthe myddilf see,
48 and he aloone in the lond ; and he sy3
hem trauelinge in rowynge ; sothlis the
wynd was contrarie to hem. And aboute
the fourthe waking of the ny3t, he wan-
dry ngeh on' the see cam to hem, and
4»wolde passe hem. And thei, as thei sy3en
him wandryngek on the see, gessiden1
so for"1 to be" a fantum, and crieden0; for-
soth P alle sy3en hym, and theii weren
disturblid r. And anon he spak with
hem, and seide to hem, Triste 36, I am ;
sinyle 36 drede. And he 'cam vps vto hem'
in tou thev boot, and the wynd ceesside.
And thei more wondriden with ynne hemw;
52 for* thei vndirstoden not of the looues;
sssothliy her herte was blyndid. And
whanne thei hadden passid ouer the see,
thei camen in to the lond of Genazareth,
54 and settenz to londe. And whanne thei
hadden a gon out of the boot, anon thei
schulden make alle men sitte to mete bi
cumpanyes, on greene heye. And thei 40
saten doun bi parties, bi hundridis, and
bi fifties. And whanne he hadde take 41
theh fyue looues, and twei fischis, he
biheelde in to heuene, and blesside, and
brak looues, and 3af to hise disciplis,
that thei schulden sette bifor hem. And
he departide twei fischis to alle ; and 42
alle eeten, and weren fulfillid. And thei 43
token the relifs of brokun metis, twelue
cofyns ful, and of the fischis. And thei 44
that eeten, weren fyue thousynde of men.
And anoon he maad hise disciplis to go 45
up in to a boot, to passe bifor hym ouer
the se to Bethsaida, the' while he lefte the
puple. And whanne he hadde left hem, 4<;
he wente in to an hille-', to preye. And 47
whanne it was euen, the boot was in the
myddil of the see, and he aloone in the
loond ; and he say hem trauelynge in 48
rowyng ; for the wynde was contrarie to
hem. And aboute the fourthe wakynge
of the ny3t, he wandridek on the see,
and1 cam to hem, and wolde passe hem.
And as thei sayn hym wandrynge on the4<.»
see, thei gessiden that it weren a fan-
tum, and crieden out ; for allem sayn hym, so
and thei weren afraied. And anoon he
spak with hem, and seide to hem, Triste
3e, Y am ; nyle 36 drede. And he cam si
vp to hem in to the boot, and the wynde
ceesside. And thei wondriden more
Vith ynne" hem silf; for thei vndur-52
stoden not of the looues; for her herte
was blyndid. And whanne thei weren as
passid ouer the see, thei camen in to the
lond of Genasareth, and settiden to loond.
And whanne thei weren gon out of the 54
boot, anoon thei knewen hym. And as
thei ranne thorou al that cuntre, and
bigunnen to brynge sijk men in beddis
1 to sitten svx. m bi vr. aftir the rr pr. m. n on the vr. on x. " to mete vv. P the looues PIT
w sec. m. <l he jaue v. r setten vr. * alle men vr. * alle men vr. u fultillid AGMKOPQSTWXY.
v relyfe opr.m. Q. w Om. p. * thousondes o. 7 Om. surx. z Om. vr. a go vv. h Om. vr.
c Om. sx. d whan and o. e was maad o pr. m. { myddis the MPT. myddis of the vr. the in yd x.
8 for c/. h goynge vr. ' vpon o. k goynge vr. l thei gessiden x. m Om. surx. n se K. ° thei
crieden vr. P for vr. <i Om. vr. r disturbid sx. troublide vr. s stijede vr. * Om. Y sec. m.
u Om. u. T a i/. w hem silf vr. * forsothe vr. J for vr. * settiden vr. a weren vr.
hOm.k. "Om.i. J hij bul i sec. m. k wandrynge EIPQRXO.
VOL. IV. P
Om. EIPQXO. malletheii. nink.
106
MARK.
vi. 55 — vii.
ssknewen him. And thei rennynge thur3b al
that0 cuntreed, bigunnen toe here 'aboute
in beddis hemf that hadden hem e yuele,
56 where thei herden him be1'. And whidur
euere he1 entride yn to vilagis arid townes,
ork in to citees, thei puttiden1 syke men in
stretis, and™ preieden him, that thei schul-
den touche either11 the hem of his cloth ;
and how manye euere touchiden him,
weren ma ad saf.
CAP. VII.
i And Pharisees0 and summe of scribisP
comynge fro Jerusalem, camen to gidere
2 to him. And whanne thei hadden seyn
summe of his disciplis ete breed with
comune hondis, that is, not waischun, thei
sblamyden'i. Forsothr Pharisees" and alle
Jewis1 eten not, no" butv thei waisschen
ofte her hondis, holdinge the tradiciouns,
4' or statutis", of eldere men. And thei turn-
ynge a3en fro chepynge", eten not, no>
but7 thei ben waischun; and manye othere
thingis bena, that ben takun to hem for'1
to kepe, waischingis of cuppis, and cru-
etisc, and of vessels of bras, and of beddis.
5 And Pharisees and scribis axiden him,
seyinge, Whi gori not tin disciplis aftird
the tradicioun6 of eldere men, but with
ecomyne hondis thei eten bred? And he
answeringe seide to hem, Ysaie prophe-
ciede wel of 3011, ypocritis, as it is writun,
This peple worschipithf me with lippis,
vforsothes 'her herteh is fer fro rne ; in
veyn trewli thei worschipen me, techinge
sdoctrinys1 and preceptisk of menkk. For-
soth 36 forsakinge the rnaundement1 of
God, holden the tradiciouns of men,
waischingis11' of cruetis", and cuppis0;
and manye othere thingis lyke to thes 36
on eche side, where thei herden that he
was. And whidur euer xhe entride0 in 56
to villagis, ethirP in to townes, or in to
citees, thei setteni sijk men in stretis,
andr preiden hym, that thei schulden
touche namely the hemme of his cloth ;
and hou many that touchiden hym, weren
maad saaf.
CAP. VII.
And the Farisees and summe of the i
scribis camen fro Jerusalem togidir to
hym. And whanne thei hadden seen 2
summe of hise disciplis ete breed with
vnwaisschen hoondis, thei blameden s.
The1 Farisees and alleu the Jewis eten 3
not, but thei waisschen ofte her hoondis,
holdynge the tradiciouns of eldere men.
And whanne thei turnen a3en fro chep-4
yng, thei eten not, but thei ben waisschen ;
and many other thingis benv, 'that benw
taken" Ho hem^ to kepez, wasschyngisa of
cuppis, and ofb watir vessels, and ofc
vessels of bras, and of beddis. And 5
Farisees and scribis axiden hym, and
seiden, Whi gon not thi disciplis aftir
the tradicioun of eldere men, but with
vnwasschen hondis thei eten breed ? And fi
he answeride, and seide to hem, Ysaie
prophesiede wel of 3ou, ypocritis, as it is
writun, This puple worschipith me with
lippis, but her herte is fer fro me ; and 7
in veyn thei worschipen me, techinge
the doctrines and the heestis of men.
For 36 leeuen the maundement'1 of God,s
and holden the tradiciouns of men,
wasschyngis6 off watir vessels, and of
cuppis; and many othir thingis lijk to?
b in o. thoru5 out u. c the MQTY. d citee K. e for to o. f hem aboute in beddis PXY. S Om. vr.
eny XY. h to be MVVY. > that he o. k either vr. ' putten SA. "' and thei vr. n other .w. namely vr.
or x. ° the Pharisees vr. P the scribis vr. 1 blameden hem w sec. m. T For vr. s the Pharises N.
1 the Jewis N. " Om. AOX. v but if x. w Om. AOX. » the chepynge ir sec. m. y Om. ox. z but if x.
a there ben o. t> Om. sx. c of watir vessellis vr. d by ur. e tradicioims vr. f honoureth vv.
S Om. v. '' the herte of hem vr. ' the doctrines ur. k maundementis vr. kk me K. l maunde-
mentis K. comaundemeiit vr. m the waschyngis vr. n watir vessels vr. ° of cuppis ur.
0 thei entriden k. P outlier IP. other MUC. or x. 1 setteden EP. r and thei i. s blameden hem K.
x sec. m. k. *• For the k. u Om. x. v ther ben i. w Om. ghi. * bitaken K. y Om. E. z kepe, as
k pr. m. a wasshinge Esk. b Om. spr. m. hi. <•' Om. s pr. m. hi. d maundementes A sec. m. F.KPQHQ.
e waischinge IR sec. m. k sec. m, a. as waischinge k pr. m. { Om. i. g Om. k.
VII. 9 — H-
MARK.
107
9 don. And he seide to hem, Wei 36 han
maad the maundementP of God voyde,
10 that 36 kepe 3oure tradicioun. Forsothi
Moyses seide, Worschipe1" thi fadir and thi
modir ; and he that vschal curse5 fadir or1
nmodir, vby deeth deie heu. Sothliv 30
seyen, If w a man 'schal seyex to fadir or?
to^ modir/Corban, that is*, What euere jifte
i2ofa me, schalb profite to thee ; and ouerc 36
suffren not him dod ony thing to fadir ore
13 modir, brekyngef the word of God by
14 3oure tradicioun, that? 36 han 3ouun ; and
36 don manye 'othere suche'1 thingis. And
he' eftsoonek clepinge to1 the cumpanye
'of peple™, seide to hem, 3e alle heeren me,
la and vndirstonden0. No thing with outen
man is entringe in to him, that may de-
foule him ; but tho thingis that? comen
forth of mani, 'tho it ben that defoulen a
i6tnanr. Forsoth ifs ony man haue* eeris
i?'of heeringeu, heere he. And whanne he
hadde entrid in to an hous, fro the cum-
pauy 'of peplev, his disciplis axiden him the
is parable. And he seithw to hem, So and
3e ben vnprudent, 'o/' vnwyse*. Vndir-
stonden 36 not, for al thing withoute forth
entringe in to a? man, may not defoule
19 him? for it hath not entrid into his herte,
but in to thez wombe, and bynethe it goth
20 out, purgynge alle metis. Sothli he a
seide, For theb thingis that gon out of ac
21 man, thod defoulen a man. Forsoth fro
withynne, of the herte of men comen forth
yuele thou3tis, auoutries6, fornicaciouns,
22 mansleyngis f, theftis, couetises&, 'or ouer
hard kepynge of goodis '', wickidnesses,
gyle, vnchastite, yuel' y3ek, blasphemyes1,
23 pride, folye"1. Alle thes yuelis" fro with-
ynne comen forth, and defoulen a° man.
24 And Jhesus risynge thennisP, wente in to
these 36 doon. And he seide to hem, 9
Wei 36 han maad the maundement of
God voide, 'to kepeh 3oure tradicioun.
For Moyses seide, Worschipe thi fadir 10
and thi modir ; and he that cursith fadir
or rnodir, die he' by deeth. But 36 seien, 11
If a man seie to fadir or modir, Corban,
that is, What euer 3ifte is of me, it schal
profite to thee ; and ouer 36 suffren not 12
hym do ony thing to fadir or modir, and ia
36 breken the word of God bi 3oure tra-
dicioun, that 36 han 3ouun ; and 36 don
many suche thingis. And he eftsoone H
clepide the puple, and seide to hem, 3e
alle here me, and vndurstonde. No thing m
that is withouten a man, that entrith in
to hym, may defoule him ; but tho
thingis that comen forth of a man, tho
it ben that defoulen a man. If ony man ic
hauei eeris of hering, here he. And 17
whanne he was entrid in to an hous,
fro the puple, hise disciplis axiden hym
the parable. And he seide to hem, 3el8
ben vnwise also. Vndurstonde 36 not,
that al thing without forth that entreth
in to a man, may not defoule hym ? for i!»
it hath not entrid in to his herte, but in
to the wombe, and bynethe it goith out,
purgynge alle metis. But he seide, Thek 20
thingis that gon out of a man, tho de-
foulen a man. For fro with ynne, of the 21
herte of men cornen1 forth yuel thoti3tis,
auowtries, fornycaciouns, mansleyingis, 22
theftis, auaricis, wickidnessis, gile, vn-
chastite, yuel 136, blasfemyes, pride, foli.
Alle these yuels comen forth fro witli 2n
ynne, and defoulen a man. And Jhesus 24
roos vp fro thennus, and wente in to the
coostis of Tyre and of"1 Sidon. And he
jede in to an hous, and wolde that no
P comaundement vv. 1 For vv. * Honoure thou vv, s curseth vv. * either vv. u dye by deeth vv.
v But vv. w That if o pr. m. * seith vv. y either vv. yy Om. ceteri. z Om. v. a is of Q sec. m. vw.
is to 17. b it schal vv. c ferther vv. d to don suvx. e either to vv. { 36 brekynge vv. g which vv.
h suche liyk vv. » Om. OUXY. k efte Jhesu vv. 1 Om. vv. m Om. vv. n hereth fix. ° vnder-
stoaditli PHTX. P it ben that defoulen a man, wliiche vv. ci a man PUVWXY, r Om. vv. tho defoulen
a man x. •• Om. vv. * hath vv. u to heere vv. v Om. vv. w seide vv. x Om. AOX. or unstable,
or vntvyse w pr. m. 1 Om. o. z his XY. a Crist vv. b thoo 0017. tho x. ° Om. N. d Om. uv.
e and auoutries K. f mannus sleyngis o. g auarisis G sec. m. our. coueytise MI'TIV sec. m. Y. h or
auarice A. Om. QUVX. ' an yuel vv. k yre G pr. m. KSY. ' blasphemye GUV. m and folye MPQTXY.
n thingis v. ° Om. o. P fro thennes vv.
h for k. i Om. c et pluret el u/3. J hath ubeliika. k Tho Kk. 1 conieth hi. "' Om. cs pr. m. eghika/3.
P 2
108
MARK.
VII. 25 36.
the endesi of Tyre and Sidon. And he
gon in to an hows, wolde nor man wite8;
and he mi3te not vdare, or be priuy*.
25 Sothli" a woinman, anon as sche herde of
him, 'which wommanisv dou3tir hadde an
vnclene spirit, entride, and fel doun atw
achis feet. Sothli the womman was he-
thene, of the generacioun x of Sirefen y.
And she preide him, that he woldez caste
27 out a deuela fro1' hir dou3tir. Thec which
seide to hir, Suffre thou thed sones bee
fulfildf first ; it is not good to take the»
bred of sones, and sendeh to houndis.
2« And she answeride, and seide to him,
Forsothe1, Lord ; for whi andk litle welpis
eten vndir the bord, of the crummes of
2'J children. And Jhesus1 seithm to hir, For
this word go", the fend is0 went out of
sothi dou3tir. And whanne she hadde gon
horn?, she fond the wenchei sittinger on8
the bedd, and the1 deuel" gon out vfro hirv.
31 And eftsoonew Jhesus goynge out frox
the endisy, W coostis1, of Tire, cam thurj*
Sidon to the see of Galilee, 'that isb bi-
twixec the myddil eudisd of Decapoleos.
32 And thei leeden vto hitne a deef man and
doumb, andf preieden him, that he putte
33 to him the bond. And he takynge him
asydisS fro the cumpanye, sente1' his fyn-
gris' in to his litlek eeris ; and1 spetinge
3-1 towchide his tunge. And he biholdynge
in to heuene, sorwide withynne ra, and
seithn, 'Effeta, that is0, Be thou openyd,
:$5And anon his eerisi' weren openyd, and
the bond of his tunge isi unbounden, and
:«;he spak ri3tly. 'And he comaundide to
hem, that thei schulden seye to no manr;
forsoth how moche he comaundide to
hem, so moche more thei prechiden more,
man wiste ; and he my3te not be hid.
For a womman, anoon as sche herd of25
hym, whos dou3tir hadde an vnclene spi-
rit, entride, and fel doun at hise feet.
And the womman was hethen, of the ge-26
neracioun of Sirofenyce. And sche prei-
ede hym, that he wolde caste out a deuel
fro hir dorter. And he seide to hir, 27
Suffre thou, that then children be fulfillid
first ; for it is not good to take the breed
of children, and 3yue to houndis. Arid2«
sche answeride, and seide to him, 3is»
Lord ; for litil whelpis eten vndur the
bord, of the crummes of children0. And 29
Jhesus seide to hir, Go thou, for this
word the feend wente out of thi dou3tir.
And whanne sche was gon in to hirso
hous home, sche foonde the damysel lig-
gynge on the bed, and the deuel gon out
fro? hir. And eftsoones Jhesus 3ede out.ii
fro the coostis of Tire, and cam thorou
Sidon to the see of Galilee, bitwixei the
myddil of the coostis of Decapoleos.
And thei bryngen to hym a man deefsa
and doumbe, and preieden hym to leye
his hoondr on hym. And he took hym 33
asidis fro the puple, and puttide" hise
fyngris in to hise eris; and he spetide1,
and touchide his tonge. And he bihelde34
in to heuene, and sorewide with ynne,
and seide, Effeta, that is, Be thou open-
yd. And anoon hise eris weren openyd, 35
and the boond of his tunge was vn-
boundun, and he spak ri3tli. And he 36
comaundide to hem, that thei schulden
seie to no man ; but hou myche he co-
maundide to hem, so myche more" thei
prechiden, and bi so myche morev thei 37
wondriden, and seiden, He dide wel alle
q coostis VVXY pr. m. r that no vv. s wite, or knone MPQTY. to witen s. * be priuy AO. be hid vr.
daren x. u Forsothe vv. v whois MPQTVVXY. w to vv. x kyn vv. y Sirofenysse MPTXY pr. m.
Sirofenice v. 2 schuld o. a fend vv. b of g. c Om. vv. d that the vv. Om. xv pr. m. e to be
psw sec. m. XY. f fillid vv. S Om. v. h 3yue it v sec. m. sende it GXY. > 3is, forsothe Q sec. m.
3he vv. k also vv. ' he vv. m saide OQSVV. n goo thou vv. ° Om. ANOUVW sec. m. P in to hir
hous vv. 1 damysel vv. r liggynge vv. s vpon o. * Om. v. u fend vv. v Om. v. w efte vv.
x of vv. y coostis vr. z Om. AOVVX. a by vv. b Om. vv. c bytween os. bitwe x. d coostis vv.
e him to l/. f and thei vr. S asides half vv. aside x. h putte v pr.m. puttide v sec. m. ' fyngre N.
k Om. vv. 1 and he vr. m inwardely vv. n seith to him NQ sec. m. seide vv. ° Om. vv. P eeren o.
<l was vv. r Om. K.
n Om. k sec. m. ° litil children k pr. m. P of c. 1 bitwene k. r hondis k.
spatte c. u the more ihi. v the more i.
putte i.
spette
vii. 37 — vm-
MARK.
109
37 and by that the3 more thei wondriden, sey-
inge, He dide wel alle thingis, and deef
men he made to heere, and doumbe' for"
to speke.
CAP. VIII.
1 In tho dayes, whanne moche cumpenye
'of peplev was with Jhesu, and hadde not
what thei schulden ete, his disciplis ga-
2 deridw to gidere, he seithx to hem, I haue
rewthe on? the cumpanye vof peplez, for
loo ! now 'the thridde daya thei susteynen,
W abydenh me, and ban not what thei
3 schulen ete; and if I leeuec hem fastinge
in to herd house, thei schulen faile in the
weye ; forsothe summe of hem camen
4 fro fer. And disciplis f answeriden £ to
him, Wherof va man schalb mowe fille
hem' with loones here in wildirnessek ?
5 And he axide hem, How manye looues
ban 36? The1 whiche seiden, Seuene.
e And he comaundide them cumpanye ton
sitt doun0 on the erthe. And he takynge
seueneP looues, and doynge thankynges,
brak, and 3af to his disciplis, that thei
schulden puttei forth. And thei settenr
7 forth to the cumpany. And thei hadden
a fewe smale fischis ; and he blesside hem,
and comaundide for8 to be* put" forth.
s And theiF eeten, and benw fulfildx; and
thei token vp that lefte of relyf *, W smale
\tgobatis z, seuene leepis a. Forsoth thei
that eeten, weren asb foure thousand0 of
10 men; and he lefte hem. And anon he
Vente vpd in to a boot, with his disciplis,
and6 camee in to the partis of Dalmamy-
iitha. And Pharisees wenten out, and bi-
gunnen to sekef, W axe%, with him, ax-
yngeh a tokene of hyrn fro heuene, tempt-
i2inge hym. And he sorwynge withynne'
in spirit, seithk, What sekith this genera-
thingis, andw he madex deef men to here,
and doumbe men to speke.
CAP. VIII.
In tho daies efty, whanne myche puple i
was with Jhesu, and hadden not what
thei schulden ete, whanne hise disciplis
weren clepid togidir, he seide to hem, 1 2
haue reuth on the puple, for lo ! now
the thridde dai thei abiden me, and ban*
not what to ete; and if Y leeue hem fast-3
ynge in to her housa, thei schulen faile
in the weie ; for summe of hem camen
fro fer. And hise disciplis answerden to 4
hym, Wherof schal a man moweb fille
hem with looues here in wildirnessebb ?
And he axide hem, Hou many looues 5
ban 36 ? Whichec seidend, Seuene. And c
he comaundide the puple to sitte doun on
the erthe. And he took the seuene looues,
and dide thankyngis, and brak, and 3af
to hise disciplis, that thei schulden sette
forth. And thei settiden forth to the
puple. And thei hadden a few smale 7
fischis ; and he blesside hem, and co-
maundide, that thei weren sette forth.
And thei eten, and weren fulfillid ; and »
thei token vp that that leftee of relifsf,
seuene lepis. And thei that eeten, weren 9
as& foure thousynde of men; and he lefte
hem. And anoon he wente vp in to a 10
boot, with hise disciplis, and cam in to
the coostis of Dalmamytha. And then
Farisees wenten out, and bigunnen to
dispuyte with hym, andh axiden a tokne
of hym fro heuene, and temptiden hym.
And he sorewynge 'with ynrie' in spirit, 12
seide, What sekith this generacioun a
tokne? Treuli Y seie to 3ou, a tokene schal
s Om. Kur. * doumbe men VVY. n Om. syx. v Om. vr. w clepide vv. x seide uv. y of o.
* Om. vr. a bi thre dayes vv. b Om. AX. c schal delyuere vv. d Om. Y pr. m. e housis MY.
' the disciples MPXY. hise disciplis vr. S answeringe Y. h schal a man PVVXY. ' these men vr.
k desert vv. ' Om. vr. m to the N. n Om. QY pr. m. ° to mete vv. P the seuene QT sec. m. XY.
1 putte hem p. sette vr. T settiden vv. 8 Om. osvt'x. * Om. N. u sett v. v thei alle e sec.m.
w weren uv. * fillid vv. J the relyf o. relyues vv. z Om. MOPQSTVVW sec. m. XY. a leepis ful .w.
lepful AY. b Om. <?. c thousandis o. d styinge vr. e Om. vv. ee camen K. f speke A. dispute vv.
axe x. g Om. AX. or to axe PTUV. h seekinge Q sec. m. ' inwardly vr. k seide uv.
w bothe i. for Kghi. * hath maad i. y Om. k. z thei han k. a housis k. b Om. k. bb this
wildernesse R pr. in. c The whiche i. d seiden to him k. e mas leite is. f the relifs h. S Om. k.
h and thei i. ' Om. k.
110
MARK.
VIII. 13 — 27.
cioun a tokene1 ? Treuly I seie to 3011,
if"1 a tokene" schal be0 30111111 to this ge-
isneracioun. And he leeuynge hem, v wente
vp'' eftsoonei in to a boot, and wente ouer
14 the see. And thei foi^aten tor take breed,
and thei hadden not with hem nos but o
isloof in the boot. And he comaundide to
hem, seyinge, vSe 36*, and sbe 3eu war of
the sourdow3 of Pharisees, andv sourdow3
16 of Eroude. And thei thou3ten 'oon to
another, seiyngew, For we han not breedx.
17 They which thing knowun, Jhesus seithz
to hem, What therike 36, for 36 han not
breed a? 3't 3e knowen not, neb vndir-
stonden ; 3it 36 han 30111-6 herte blyndidc.
is 3e hauynge y3en, seen not, and 36 hauynge
eeris, heeren not ; nether 30 han mynde,
i9whanne I brak fyue looues in to fine
thousanded, and hou manye cofFyns ful of
xbrokene metee V3e tokenf vp? Thei seyn
20 to him, Twelue. Whanne and& seuene
looues in to four thousande'1 vof men', how
many leepisk of "brokene mete1 V3e token'"
2ivp"? And thei seyen0, Seuene. And he
seide to hem, How vndirstonden 36 not
223it? And thei comen to Bethsayda, and
thei bryngen to him a blynd man, andP
preieden hym, that he schuldei touche
2.3 him. And the bond of the blynd man
takun, he ledde him out of the streete,
andr spetynge in to his y3en, his hondis
put to, hes axide him, if he sy3 ony thing.
24 And he biholdinge, seith1, I se men as
25 trees walkynge". Aftirward eftsoonesv
hew puttidex hondis on his y3en, and he
bigan for*" to se, and he isz restorid, so
2Cthat he sy3 clerely alle thingis. And he
sente him in to his hous, seyinge, Goa in
to thi hous ; and if thou schalt go in to the
27 streete, seyeb to no man. And Jhesus
not be 3ouun to this generacioun. And is
he lefte hem, and wente vp eftsoone in
to a boot, andk wente ouer the see. And 14
thei for3aten to take breed, and thei had-
den not with hem but o loof in the boot.
And he comaundide hem, and seide, Se \&
36, and vbe war1 of the sowre dow3 of
Farisees"1, and of the sowrdow3 °f E-
roude. And thei thoujten, and seiden 16
oon to anothir, For we han not looues.
And whanne this thing was knowun, 17
Jhesus seide to hem, What thenken 36,
for 36 han not looues ? 3't 3e knowun
not, nen vndurstonden ; 3it 3e han 3oure
herte blyndid. 3e hauynge i3en, seen IB
not, and 36 hauynge eeris, heren not ;
nethir 36 han mynde, whanne Y brak 19
fyue looues among fyue thousynde, and
hou many cofynes ful° of brokun meete
X3e tokunP vp? Thei seieni to hym,
Twelue. Whanne alsor seuene looues 20
among foure thousynde of men, hou
many lepis of brokun mete tokun 36 vp ?
And thei seien to hym, Seuene. And he 21
seide to hem, Hou vndurstonden 30 not
3it? And thei camen to Bethsaida, and 22
thei bryngen8 to hym a blynde man, and
thei preieden hym, that he schulde*
touche hym. And whanne he haddeas
take the blynde mannus hoond, he ledde
hym out of the street, and" spetev in to
hise i3en, and settew hise hoondis on
hym ; and he axide hym, if he saye
ony thing. And he fbihelde, and seide, 24 1 he saw
Y,. . - . , the bodies of
se men as trees walkynge. Aftirward 25 j,em to ^ m0f.
eftsoones he sette hise hondis on hise
i3eri, and he bigan to see, and he was heere- *•
restorid, so that he sai3 cleerli alle
thingis. And he sente hym in to his 26
hous, and seide, Go in to thin hous ; and
1 signe, either myracle ur. m Om. NQ sec. m. ur. jif for o. n signe ur. ° not be fit) sec. m. ur.
P steijede ur. 1 efte ur. r for to o. s Om. A. * Seeth x. u be OPTW. beth QSXY. v and of
the prxv. w seiynge ech to other vr. x looues urxv. y Om. vr. z seide ur. a looues vr.
'' neither sur. c blynde o. d thousondes o. e relyues ur. f token je G sec. m. pQTvrxY. S also ur.
ll thousondis o. ' Om. r. k lepful QX. lepisful v. 1 relyues vr. m token 36 asec.m. FQTvrxv.
n Om. vr. ° seiden K. P and thei vr. q wolde ur. r and he UK. s Om. r. * seide ur. u goinge r.
v efte vr. « Crist ur. x putte SA. y Om. surx. z was F. a Go thou ur. b seye thou ur.
k and he i. ' beth war i. biwar s. be je war hi. m the Farisees a^. n neither k. ° Om. s pr. m.
P token je i. 1 seiden k. r Om. sib. s brou3ten k. * wolde i. u and he i. T spettide i.
w settide i. sette to b.
VIII. 28 — 38-
MARK.
Ill
entride ync and his disciplis in to the cas-
tels of Sezarie ofd Philip. And in the
weye he axide his disciplis, seiynge to
hem, Whom seyn men me fore to be ?
28 Thef whiche answerideu vto hym, seiyngeS,
Summeh, John Baptist ; othere1 seyn, He-
lye ; butk othere1 seyn, as oon of the pro-
29phetis. Thanne he seith to hem, But whom
seye 30 me form to be ? Petre answeringe,
30 seith to him, Thou ert Crist. And he
thretenyde" hem, that thei schulden nat
si seie to ony man of him. And he bigan
for0 to teche hem, for it bihoueth mannis
sone suffrei" manye thingis, and to be re-
proued of the Vhi3este prestisi, and of el-
derer men8, and scribis*, and to be slayn,
and aftir thre dayes, for" to rise a3en.
32 And hev spak playnliw the word. And
Petre takynge himx, bygan for? to blame
33himz. The" which turnydb, seynge his
disciplis, manaside Petrec, seiynged, Go
aftir me, Sathanas6; for thou saueristf not
thos thingis that ben of God, but tho
34 thingis that ben of men. And the cum-
panye vof pepleh gederid1, with his disci-
plis, he seide to hem, If ony man wole
suek me, denye he him self, and take he1
35 his cros, and sue hem me. Sothly" 'who so0
wole makeP his soulei, ^ihnt is, his lyfr,
safs, he* schal leese it ; forsothe he that
schal leese his soule", ''that is, his hjfw,
for me and the gospel, schal make it saf.
seSothli what "profiteth itx a? man, if he
wynnez al the world, and do peyringe to
37 his soule" ? orb what chaurigyng schal a
38 man 3yue for his soule ? Forsoth 'who
thatc schal knoleche me, and my wordisd
in this generacioun auoutressee, and man-
if thou goist in to the streete, seie to no
man. And Jhesus entride and hise dis-27
ciplis in to the castels of Cesarye of
Philip. And in the weie he axide hise
disciplis, and seide to hem, Whom seien
men that Y am ? Whichex answeriden 28
to hym, and seiden, Summen > seien,
Joon Baptist ; other2 seien, Heli ; and*
otherb seien, as oon of the prophetis.
Thanne he seith to hem, But whom 29
seien 30 that Y am ? Petre answeride,
and seide to hyrn, Thou art Crist. And so
he chargide hern, that thei schulden not
seie of hym to ony man. And he bigan 31
to teche hem, that it bihoueth mannus
sone to suffre many thingis, and to be
repreued of the elder men, and of the
hi3est prestis, and thec scribis, and to be
slayn, and aftir thre dayes, to rise a3en.
And he spak pleynlid the word. And 32
Peter took hym, and bigan to blame
hym, and seide, Lord, be thou merciful
to thee, for this schal riot be. And he 33
turnede, and sai3 hise disciplis, and ma-
riasside Petir, and seide, Go after me,
Sa tanas; for thou sauerist not tho thingis
that ben of God, but tho thingis that
ben of men. And whanne the puple34
was clepid togidere, with hise disciplis,
he seide to hem, If ony man wole come
after me, denye hee hym silf, and take
his cros, and sue he me. For he that 35
wole make saaf his lijf, schal leese it ;
and he that leesith his lijf for me, and
for the gospel, schal make it saaf. For 36
what profitith it to a man, if he wynne
al the world, and dof peiryng to his
soule? or what chaunging schal a mans;
c Om. vv. d and o. c Om. svrx. f Om. vr. S seyinge to hym vr. h Summen seyn vv. ' othere
men vr. k forsothe vv. ' othere men vr. m ()m. svrx. ° manasside vv. thrette x. ° Om. svvx.
v to suffre G sec. m. MPQSTXY. for to sofre ow sec. m. <1 eldere men vv. r the eelder o. the hijest vr.
9 prestis vr. » of the scrihis vr. » Om. surx. v Om. K. w openli vr. x Crist vr. 7 Om. sx.
1 hym, and seide, Lord, be tliou merciful to thee, for this schal not be. vr. a Om. vr. b turned and
0 sec. m. Q sec. m. turnynge and o. c to Petre AMNOPQTXY. d and seide vr. e thou Sathanas vr.
f vnderstoudest vr. g Om. x. h Om. vr. i clepid togidere vr. k come aftir vr. ' Om. sx.
m Om. s. n For vr. ° he that vr. P make saf vr. <1 liyf vr. r Om. Avrx. that is, lijf N. or lyf o.
* Om. vr. l Om. vr. u lijf vr. w Om. Aosvrx. * schal it profile vr. y to a AGMtfopQSTvrv.
1 wynneth o. » owne soule x. b either v. "ifamani/r. d worde o. e auoutresse and synful 9 xec. m.
auoutresse and synneresse vr.
* The whiche i. 7 Summe sghk. z othere men k pr. m. a forsothe k pr. m. b othere men k pr. m.
c of is pr. m. ghi. Om. s sec. m. of the k. d openly k. e Om. k. f dooth k.
112
MARK.
VIII. 39 — IX. 10.
nis sone schal knowleche him, whanne he
schal come in the glory of his fadir, with
39 his auugels. And he seide to hem, Treuly
I seie to 3011, for 'ther ben sumrnef of men
stondinge here, 'the whiche^ schulen not
taste deethh, til thei sen the rewme of God
comynge in vertu.
CAP. IX.
1 And aftir sixe dayes Jhesus took Petre,
and' James, and John, and ledithk hem by
hem selue aloone1 in to an hi3m hil ; and
2 he is transfigurid byfore hem. And his
clothis ben maad schynynge and white
ful moche as" snow, and0 whichP maner
clothisi a fullere, 'or walkere of clofhr,
:<may not make white on erthe. And
Helye with Moyses apperide to hem, and
4 thei weren spekynge with Jhesu. And
Petre answeringe seith8 to Jhesu, Mais-
tir, it is good vs for1 to be here ; make"
we here thre tabernaclis, oon to thee, oonv
5 to Moyses, and oon to Helye. Sothli he
wiste not what he schulde seie ; forsothevv
fithei weren agastw by drede. And vther is
inaad* a cloude? schadewingez hem ; and a
voys cam of* the cloude, seyinge, This is
my mooste deereworthe sone, heere 36
7 him. Arid anon thei biholdinge aboute,
sy3e no more any man, nob but Jhesus
soonly with hern. And hemc comynge
down fro the hil, he comaundide hemd,
that thei schulde not telle to any man
tho thingis that6 thei hadde seyn, nof but
whanne mannis sone hath risun £ fro
u'deede spiritis}). And thei heelden' the
word atk hem silf, sekynge what1 schulde
be, whanne he hath™ risunn fro deede0.
10 And thei axiden him, seyinge P, What
3yue for his soule? But who that knou-ss
lechith rne and my wordis in this gene-
racioun avowtresse and synful, also man-
nus sone schal knouleche him, whanne
he schal come in the glorie of his fadir,
with his aungels. And he seide to hem, 39
Treuli Y seie to 3011, that there hen sum-
men stondynge here, whiche schulen not
taste deth, til thei seen the rewme of
God comynge in vertu.
CAP. IX.
And aftir sixe daies Jhesus took Petre, i
and James, and Joon, and ledde hem bi
hem silf aloone in to an hi$% hille ; and
he was transfigurid bifor hem. And 2
hise clothis weren maad ful schynynge
and white as snow, whiche maner white
clothis a fuller may not make on erthe.
And Helie with Moises apperide to 3
hem, and thei spaken with Jhesu. And 4
Petre answeride, and seide to Jhesu,
Maister, it is good VS»K to be here ; andh
make we here thre tabernaclis, oon to
thee, oon to Moyses, and oon to Helie.
For he wiste not what he schulde seie ; 5
for thei weren agaste bi drede. Andc
ther was maad a cloude overschadew-
ynge hem ; and a vois cam of' the cloude,
and seide, This is my moost derworth
sone, here 30 hyrn. And anoon thei;
bihelden aboute, and sayn no more ony
man, but Jhesu oonli with hem. And a
whanne thei carnen doun fro the hille,
he comaundide hern, that thei schulden
not telle to ony man tho thingis that
thei hadden seen, but whanne mannus
sone hath risun a3en fro deeth. And 9
thei helden the word at hem silf, sek-
ynge what this schulde be, whanne he
hadde risun a3en fro deth. And thei 10
axiden hyrn, and seiden, What thanne
f summe ben vr. S whiche vr. that x. h the deeth o. ' Om. v. k ledde NQX. he ledith ur.
1 alooue asides half ur. m Om. r pr. m. n like o. ° Om. vv. P what Qurxv. 1 Om. MTPY pr. m.
r Om. AMOPQTW sec. TO. xvpr. m. either touker vr. s seide vr. l Om. sue x. u and make vr. v and
oen x. w for vv. w aferd vr. * Om. vr. y cloude was maad vr. z bischadowynge K. a fro ur.
b Om. o. c thei u. he v. <1 to hem vr. « whiche vr. f not N. e rise ajen ur. h deeth o. deed
men vr. deade x. ' heelden togidere o. k anentis vr. 1 what thei u. m schal haue g sec. m. "rise
vr. ° deth OQX. deed men r. P and seiden vr.
S Om. H pr. m. k. SS to vs K. h Om. A sec. m. i sec. m. b pr. m. ' out of k.
IX. II 22.
MARK.
113
therfore seyn Pharisees^ and scribis1", for
nit bihoueth Helye for8 to come first. The1
which answeringe seithu to hem, Whanne
Helye schal come first, he schal restore
alle thingis ; and hou it is writun 'in tov
mannis sone, that he suffre many thingis,
12 and be despisid. But I seie to 300, for
andw Helye is comun, and thei diden to
him what euere thingis thei wolden, as it
13 is writun of him. And he comynge to
his disciplis, syj a greet curnpany aboute
u hem, and scribisx axynge^ with hem. And
anon al the cumpanye" seynge Jhesu, was
astoneyed, and theia dreden ; and thei
larennynge to, greetenb him. And he axide
lohem, What sekenc 36 among 3ou? And
oon of the cumpany answeringe seide,
Maistir, I haue brou3t to thee my sone
i7hauynge'an vnclened spirit; the6 which
wher euere hef 'schal take& hym, hirtithh
him1, and he frothithk, W vometh}, and
betith™ to gidere with teeth, and wexith
drye. And I seide to thi disciplis, that thei
schulden caste hym out, and thei my3ten
is not. Then which answeringe to hem
seide, A°! thouP schrewidigeneracioun'and
out of bileue1", hou longe schal I be at 3ou,
hou longe schal I suffre 3ou ? 'Brynge 3err
19 hym to me. And thei brou3ten hym to8.
And whanne he hadde seyn him, anon the
spirit troublide* him ; and he cast doun
in to the erthe, was" walewid frothingev.
20 And he axide his fadir, Hou moche ofw
tyme 'it isx, sithen this thing fel>r to him ?
21 And he seithz, Fro childhoda; and ofte he
hath sentb himc andd in to fiere and 'in tof
watirs, that he schulde leese him ; but
and'1 if thou maist ony thing, help vs,
22hauynge' mercy onk vs. Sothli Jhesus
seith1 to him, If thou maist bileue, alle
seien Farisees and scribis, fork it bi-
houeth 'Helie to1 come first. And hen
answeride, and seide to hem, Whanne
Helie cometh, he schal first restore alle
thingis ; and as it is writun of mannus
sone, that he suffre many thingis, and be
dispisid. And Y seie to 3ou, that Helie 12
is comun, and thei diden to hym what
euer thingis thei wolden, as it is writun
of hym. And he comynge to hise disci- 13
plis, sai'3 a greet cumpany aboute hem,
and scribis disputynge with hem. And 14
anoon al the puple seynge Jhesu, was
astonyed, and thei dredden; and thei ren-
nynge gretten hym. And he axide hem, is
What disputen11 30 among 3ou ? And i«
oon of the cumpany answerde, and
seide, Mayster, Y haue broii3t to thee
my sone, that hath a doumbe spirit;
and where euer he takith hyrn, he 17
hurtlith"1 hym doun, and he" fometh",
and betith togidir with teeth, and wex-
ith drye. And Y seide to thi disciplis,
that thei schulden caste hym out, and
thei my3ten not. And he answeride to nt
hem, and seide, A ! thou generaciouii
out of bileue, hou longe schal Y be
among 3ou, houP longe schal Y suffre
3ou ? Brynge 36 hym to me. And thei 19
brou3ten hym. And whanne he had seyn
him, anoon the spirit troublide him; and
wasi throw doun to grounder, and wale-
wide, and fornede. And he axide his 20
fadir, Hou longe 'is its, sith this 'hath
falle1 to hym ? And he seide, Fro child-
hode ; and ofte he hath put hym in to 21
fier", and in to watir, tov leese hym ; but
if thou maistevv ony thing, helpe vs, andw
haue merci on vs. And Jhesus seide to -22
hym, If thou maiste bileue, alle thingis
1 the Pharisees vr. r the scribis vr. » Om. svrY. * Om. vrx. u seide vr. T on u. of r.
w also vr. * the scribis vr. y disputynge vr. to gydere axinge M. togidere axende x. z peple vr.
a Om. MPXY. b gretten r. » disputen vr. d a doumbe vr. e Om. vr. { Om. u. S taketh vrx.
h hurtlith vv. > him doun r. k vometh vr. 1 Om. Avrx. orfometk ONWY. m biteth A. n Om. vr.
° O! o. P the K. 1 Om. vv. r vnbileeueful vr. " Bringith M. 9 Om. vr. t turblide MNP.
" Om. MY. T vomynge vr. w Om. vr. » is it MPUXY. is r. y bifelde vr. z seide vr. a jonge
childehod vr. b put u. c Om. T. d Om. Q. bothe vr. e the fyre Q. f Om. Q. to T. S watris N.
h Om. vrxv. ' thou hauynge Mprvrw sec. m. k of Y. l seide v.
k that x. J that Elie k. u disputiden A pr.m. m hnrtith s. hurlith hi. n Om. k. ° vometh IKQR.
ether frotheth K marg. P and hou x sec. m. 'I he was KPQR pr. m. s sec. m. x c sec.m. a. r the grounde e.
1 it is IB pr. m. l hap fel EP. hath bifalle K. u the fyr EIPR. v for to k. vv may i. w Om. b pr. m. k.
VOL. IV. Q
114
MARK.
ix. 23 — 36.
thingis ben possible to a man bileuynge.
as And™ anon the 'fadir of the child" cri-
ynge° with teeris seide?, Lord, I bilene ;
24 help thou myn vnbileuefulnesse 1. And
whanne Jhesus hadde seyn the company
'of pepler rennynge to gidere, he manaside
to8 the vnclene spirit, seyinge1 to him,
Thou deef and doumb spirit, I comaund
thee, gou out fro him, and entrev notw
25 more in to him. And he criynge, and
moche to-breidynge him, wente out fro
him ; and he is* maad as deed, so that
2Gmanyev seiden, that he was deed. For-
soth Jhesus holdynge his bond, 'lifte vp
27himyy; and he roos. Arid whanne he
hadde entrid in to an hous, his disciplis
axiden him priuely, Whi my3ten not we
28 caste hyrn out? And he seyde to hern,
This kyndez 'in no thing3 mayb go outc,
29 no but in preier and fastinge. And thei
gon fro thennis, wenten forth in to Galile ;
:w and he wolde nod man wite. Hee tau3te
his disciplis, and seidef to hern, For nian-
nus sone schal be bitrayed in to the
hondis of men 8, and thei schulen sle
him, and heh slayn, on1 the thridde day
si schal rise a3en. And thei kuewen not
the word, and dredden fork to axe him.
32 And thei camen to Cafarnaum. Which
whenne'he was1 in the hous, axide hem,
33 What tretiden 36 in the weie ? And thei
weren stille ; sothli thei disputiden among
hemm in the weie, who" of hem schulde
34 be more0. And he sittinge clepide the
twelue, and seith? to hem, If any man'i
wole be the first among 3ou, he schal be
35 the laster, and8 mynystre' of" alle. And
he takinge a childe, ordeynede him in the
myddilv of hern ; whom whanne he hadde
Sfibyclippid, he seith"' to hem, Who euere
'schal receyue* oon of suche children in
ben possible to manx that bileuetb. And 23
anoon the fadir of the child criede with
teeris, and seide, Lord, Y bileue ; Lord?,
helpe thouz myn viibileue". And whanne 24
Jhesus hadde seyn the puple rennynge
togidere, he manasside the vnclene spi-
rit, and seide to hym, Thou deef and
dournbe spirit, Y comaunde thee, go out
fro hym, and entre no more in to hym.
And he criynge, and myche to breidyngeb 25
him, wente out fro hym ; and he was
maad as deed, so that many seiden, that
he was deed. And Jhesus helde his 26
hoond, and lifte hym vp : and he roos.
And whanne he hadde entrid in to an 27
hous, hise disciplis axiden hym priueli,
Whi my3ten not we caste hym out?
And he seide to hern, This kynde in no2B
thing may goc out, but in preier d and
fastyng. And thei 3eden fro thennus,29
and wente forth in to Galile ; and thei
wolden not, that ony man wiste. And so
he tai^te hise disciplis, and seide to hem,
Fore inannus sone schal be bitrayed in
to the hondis of men, and thei schulen
sle hym, and he slayn schal ryse a3en on
the thridde day. And thei knewen not 31
the word, and f dredden to axe hym.
And thei camen to Cafarnaum. And 32
whanne thei weren in the hous, he axide
hem, What tretiden 3e in the weie ?
And thei weren stille; for thei disput-33
iden among hem in the weie, who of
hem schulde be grettest. And he sat, 34
and clepide the twelue, and seide to hem,
If ony man woleff be the firste among
3ou, he schal be the laste of alle, and the
mynyster of alle. And he took a child, 35
and settes hym in the myddil of hem ;
and whanne he hadde biclippid hym, he
seide to hem, Who euer resseyueth oon 36
m On). G pr. m. n childes fadir Q. ° criede x. P seyende Jr. 1 vnfeithfulnesse v. rOm.vr.
s Om. vr. * and seide vv. u go thou vr. v entre thou vr. to gon xv. w no OVVXY. x was vv.
y many men vv. yy reiside him vr. lifte him vp Mir pr. m. Y. liftede hym vp x. z kynd of deueles o.
a Om. vv. >> may not vv. c out in eny thing uv. d not that ony VP. e Forsothe he vr. f he seide s.
g synneres N. h him GMOXY. i in vr. k Om. svv x. ' thei weren vr. m hem silf vv. n whiche o.
« gretter v. the gretter vr. P he seide v. <l Om. Y pr. m. r laste of alle vr. * and the r. * mynystre
or seruaunt MP. u to o. T myddis vr. w seide vv. * resseyueth vr.
* a man ghi. y Om. A set1, m. z Om. c. a vnbileuefulnesse c sec. m. k. l> debreiding be. c he cast k.
preiynge k. e Forsothe i pr. m. f and thei ik. ff wolde A pr. m. schal E. e settide k.
IX. 37—48.
MARK.
115
my name, he receyueth me ; and who
euere receyueth me, he receyueth not me
37aloone, but him that sente me. John
answeride to him, seyirigey, Maistir, we
sy3enz sum oona forh toc caste d out fendis
in thi name, the6 whichf sueth not vs, and
as we han forbedun him. Sothli Jhesus seiths
'to himh, Nyle je forbede him ; vther is no
man' that doth vertu in my name, andk
so may soone speke yuele of me. Forsothe
40 he that is not a3ens vs1, is for vs™. Sothli
who euere schal 3yue drynke to 3ou a
cuppe of cold watir in my name, for 36
ben of Crist, treuly I seie to 3ou, he schal
41 not leese his mede. And who euere 'schal
sclaundre" oon of thes litle bileuynge in0
me, it? is good to^ him that a mylne stoon
of assisr were don aboute his necke, and
42 were sent5 in to the see. And if thin hond
sclaundre1 thee, kitt it awey ; it is good to
thee 'feble tou entre in to lyf, thanv hau-
ynge tweyw hondis gox in to helle, in to
43fier 'that neuere schal be quenchid , where
the worm of hem deieth not, and the fierz
44 is not quenchid. And if thi foot sclaun-
dre3 thee, kitt it of; it is good to thee 'for
tob 'entre crokidc in tod euerlasting lyf,
than6 hauynge tweyf feet to£ be sent in to
helle ofh fier, 'that neuer schal be quench-
45 id', where the worm of hem deieth not,
46 and the fier is not quenchid. That if thin
y3e sclaundrek thee, cast it out ; it is good
to thee 'for to1 entrem gogil y3ed in to
rewme11 of God, than0 hauynge tweyi' y3en
47 fori to be sent in to helle of r fier, where the
worm of hetn deieth not, and the fier is
4« not quenchid. Forsoth euery8 man schal
be saltid, 'or maud sauori1, with fier, and
euery u slayn sacrifice schal be sauoridv
of such children in my name, he res-
seyueth me ; and who euer resseyueth
me, he resseyueth not me aloone, but
hym that sente me. Joon answeride to 37
hym, and seide, Maister, we sayn oon
castynge out feendis in thi name, which
sueth not vs, and we han forbodun hym.
And Jhesus seide, Nyle 36 forbede him ; 38
for ther is no man that doith vertu in
my name, and may soone speke yuel of
me. He that is not a3ens vs, is for vs. 39
And who euer 3yueth 3ouh a cuppe of40
coold water to drynke in my name, for
3e ben of Crist, treuli Y seie to 3ou, he
schal not leese his mede. And who4i
euer schal1 sclaundre oon of these litlek
that bileuenkk in me, it were betere to
hym that a mylne stoon 'o/' assis1 were
don aboute his necke, and he were cast
in to the see. And if thin hoond sclaun-42
dre thee, kitte it awey ; it is betere to
thee to entre feble in to lijf, than hauem
two" hondis, and go in to helle0, in to
fierP that neuer schal be quenchid, where 43
the worm of hem dieth not, and the
fier is not quenchid. And if thi foote44
sclaundre thee, kitte it of; it is betere
to thee to entre crokid in to euerlastynge
lijf, than hauei twei feet, and be sent
in to helle of fier, that neuer schal be
quenchid, where the worme of hem dieth 45
not, and the fier is not quenchid. That 46
if thin 136 sclaundrer thee, cast it out ;
it is betere to thee to entre gogil i3ed in
to the reume of God, than haues twey
i3en, and be sent in to helle of fier,
where the worme of hem dieth not, and 47
the fier is not quenchid. And euery 48
man schal be saltid with fier, and euery
y and seide vr. z han sein N. a Om. w. man vr.
'' castinge Q sec. m. vr. e Om. vv. f which man vr.
b Om. Q sec. m. surxv. c Om. e sec. m. VVY.
g seide vv. h to hem M. Om. vv. » for no
man is vv. k and he K. 1 jou v. m jou Vm n sclaundreth vv. ° in to vv. P Ora. K. 1 more
to vv. r an asse MPY pr.m. s cast v. * sclaundreth vv. u that thou feble vv. v than that thou vv.
« two MOPUXY. x to go a sec. m. osx. y vnquencheable vv. z fier of hem o. a sclaundreth vv. b to sx.
thatur. c thou crokid entre vv. dtotheo. e than that thou vv. 'twoMPXv. g Om. vv. ^Om.MPXY.
i vnquencheable vv. k sclaundreth ovv. 1 to MSXY. Om. p. that vv. ra thou entre vv. n the rewme
A pr.m. GMOPQSVVXY. ° than that thou vr. P tweyne GV. twoMpxv. lOtn.suvx. r Om. MO. s ech
urx. ' Om. AX. u ech MVV. v saltid vv.
''Om.fpr.m. ' Om. k. k Om. k. kk bileeueth R. ' Om Apr. m. cEipquxb/jr. m. ck<z. ™ to haue
jpRhi. a twei EP. tweyne RX. ° hellis x. P the fyr usbk. 1 to haue ik. r sclaundrith ubce.
• to 1 aue k sec. m.
Q 2
116
MARK.
IX. 49 — X. 14.
4!) with salt. Salt is good thing ; that if
salt bev vnsauori, in what thing schulen
36 make it sauori? Haue 36 salt in 3011,
and hane 3ew pees among 3011.
CAP. X.
1 And Jhesus risynge vp fro thennis, cam
in to the endisx of Jude oner? Jordan ;
and eftsoonesz the cumpanyesa xof pepleb
camenc vto gidered to him, and as he
2 was wont, eftsoone6 he tai^te hem. And
Pharisees 'comynge ny3f, axiden him^, Ifh
it be1 leefful to a man fork to leeue1, vor
'A forsake™, his wyf ? vtemptinge him". And
he answeringe seith0 to hem, What co-
4maundide Moyses to 3011? The? whiche
seiden, Moyses suffride to<i write a libel of
sforsakinge, and to forsake. To whomr
Jhesus anvSweringe seith8, To the hard-
nesse of 3oure herte Moyses* wroot to 3011
tfthis precept". Forsothe frov the bigyn-
nyng of creature God made hem male
7 and female ; and he seide, For this thing
a man schal leeuew fadirx and modir, and
8 schal clefe to his wif, and thei schulen be
tweyney in o fleisch. And so now thei
a ben not tweyney, but o fleisch. Therforez
that thing thata God ioynedeb to gidere,
iovno man departe0. And eftsoone'1 in the
hows his disciplis axiden him of the same
11 thing. And he seithe to hem, Who euere
'schal leeuef his wyf, and wedde^ another,
12 he doth auoutrie vpon1' hir. And if the
wyf vschal leeue' hir hosebonde, and bek
is weddid to another, she doth auoutrie. And
thei offriden to him litle children, that he
schulde touche hem ; sotheli disciplis1 thret-
uenyden"1 to" men offringe. Whom0 whanne
Jhesus hadde seyn, he baar vheuye, or vn-
wort/iiliv, and seith 1 to hem, Suffre 30
slayn sacrifice schal be maad sauery with
salt. Salt is good; if salt be vnsauery, 49
in what thing schulen 36 make it sauery?
Haue 36 salt among 3011, and haue 36 pees
among 3ou.
CAP. X.
And Jhesus roos vp fro thennus, and i
cam in to the coostis of Judee ouer Jor-
dan ; and eftsoones the puple cam togi-
dere to hym, and as he was wont, eft-
soone* he tau3te hem. And the Farisees 2
camen, and axiden hym, Whether" it be
leueful to a man to leeue his wijf ? and
thei ternptiden hym. And he answeride,3
and seide to hem, What comaundide
Moises to 3ou? And thei seiden, Moises4
suffride to write a libel of forsaking,
and to forsake. 'To whichev Jhesusvv'5
answeride"', and seidex, For the hard-
nesse of 3oure herte Moises wroot to you
this comaundement. But fro the bi-e
gynnyng of creature God made hem
male and female ; and seide, For this 7
thing a man schal leeue hisy fadir and
modir, and schal drawe to hys wijf, and a
thei schulen be tweynez in o flesch. And
so now thei ben not tweyrie, but o flesch.
Therfor that thing that God ioynedea9
togidere, no man departe. And eftsoone 10
in the hous hise disciplis axiden hym of
the same thing. And he seide to hern, n
Who euer leeuith his wijf, and weddith
another, he doith auowtri on hir. And 12
if the wijf leeue1' hir housebonde, and
be weddid to another manc, sche doith
letcherie. And thei brou^ten to hym is
litle children, that he schulde touche
hem ; and the disciplis threteneden the
men, that brou3ten hem. And whanne 14
Jhesus hadde seyn hem, he baar heuy,
v is ovi'. w Om. M. x coostis r. y bijonde vr. z efte vr. a company ox. b Om. vr. c cam x.
d Om. vr. e efte vr. f nei3ynge vr. g him, temptynge hym vr. h Whether v. ' is r. k Om. OQSTurx.
1 forsake vr. m Om.Aovx. or to forsake N. n Om. vr. ° seide vr. P Oin. vrx. 1 for to o. r whiche cr.
s seide vr. * he vr. u comaundement vr. v at vr. w forsake vr. * his fadir r. y two MPXY,
2 Therfor a man departe not vr. a which vr. t> hath ioynede vr. c Om. vr. d efte vr. e seide vr.
{ forsaketh vr. e weddeth vr. h on vrx. i forsake vr. k is vr. ' the disciplis vr. m threteden s.
manassiden vr. thratten x. 'D Om. vr. ° Which vr. P vnworthili A. heuyly, or vnworthili Q. vmvor-
thili, or heueli vr. heuye x. 1 seide vr.
1 eft k pr.m. u Wher c et plurcs. v To whom i. And k. vv he E. w answeride to hem A pr.m. c.
\>cpr.m. e pr. m.g. x seide to hem EQcgk. y Om. Ek. z two i. * hath ioined Rk. ^ leueth c et
plures. cOm.spr.m.
x. iS— 25-
MARK.
117
litle children forr to come to me, and for-
bede 36 hem not, forsoth5 of suche vis the
15 kyngdom of God". Treuli I seie to 3011,
who euere vschal not receyuev the kyng-
domw of God as this* litle child, he schal
16 not entre in to it. And he biclippinge
hem, and puttinge hondis vpon 7 hem,
17 blesside hern. And whanne Jhesus" was
gon out in the weye, oa man rennynge
bifore, theb kne bowidc, preiede him, sei-
ynged, Goode maistir, what schal I do, that
18 1 receyue euerlastinge lyf ? Forsothe
Jhesus seide to him, What seist thou me
good ? 'No man6 goodf, noff but 'God
i9aloone£. 'Thou hast knowen1' the co-
rnaundementis, do thou non auoutrie, sle
not, stele not, seie not' fals witnessinge,
do no fraude, worschipe thi fadir and mo-
aodirk. And he answeringe seith1 to him"1,
Maistir, I haue kept alle these thingis fro
•21 my 3outhen. Sothli Jhesus 'biheld him,
and0 louyde hym ; and he'' seide to him,
O thing failith to thee ; go thou'i, selle
thour what euere thingis thou5 hast, and
3yuet to pore men, and thou schalt haue
tresour in heuene ; and come", suev thou
22 me. Thew which maad sorwful in the
word, wente awey mornynge, forsoth*
•23 he was hauyrige many possestiouns. And
Jhesus biholdinge aboute, seith? to his
disciplis, How hard theiz that han money3
schulenb entre in to the kyngdomc of God.
24 Forsothe the disciplis weren stoneyedd in
his wordis. And Jhesus eftsoone6 an-
sweringe seith f to hem, 3eg litle sones,
how hard thing1' 'it is', menk tristynge in
richessis1 for™ to entre in to the kyngdom11
25 of God. It is Ii3ter°, "or esyer00, a? camel
for*i tor passe thorw 'a nedlis5 y3e, than1 a
riche man for" tov entre in to the kyngdomw
and seide to hem, Suffre 36 litle children
tod come to me, and forbede 36 hem not,
for of suche is the kyngdom of God.
Treuli Y seie to 3ou, who euer res- 15
seyuethe not the kyngdom of God as a
litil child, he schal not entre in to it.
And he biclippide hem, and leide hiseifi
hondis on hern, and blisside hem. And 17
whanne Jhesus was gon out inf the weie,
a man ranne bifore, and knelide bifor
hym, and preiede hym, and seide, Good
maister, what schal Y do, that Y res-
seyue euerlastynge lijf? And Jhesus i«
seide to hym, What seist thou, that Y
am good ? Ther is no man good, but
God hym silf. Thou knowist the co- 1!»
maundementis, do thou noon auowtrie,
'sle not, stele notff, seie not fals witness-
yng, do no fraude, worschipe thi fadir
and thi modir. And he answeride, and 20
seide to hym, Maister, Y haue kept alle
these thingis fro my 3ongthe£. And 21
Jhesus bihelde hym, and louede hym,
and seide to hym, O thing faileth to
thee ; go thou, and sille alle thingis that
thou hast, and 3yue to pore men, and
thou schalt haue tresoure in heuene ; and
come,, sue thou me. And he was ful22
sori in the word, and wente awei rnorri-
yng, for he hadde many possessiouns.
And Jhesus bihelde aboute, and seide to 23
hise disciplis, Hou'1 hard' thei that ban
ritchessis schulen entre in to the kyng-
dora of God. And the disciplis weren 24
astonyed in hise wordis k. And Jhesus
eftsoone answeride, and seide 'to hem ',
3e litle children, hou hard it is for men
that tristen in ritchessis to entre in to
the kyngdom of God. It is h'3ter 325
camele to passe thorou a nedlis i3e, than
r Om. usur sec. m. x. 9 for ur. * Om. uv. u the rewme of God is of vr. v resseyueth not vv.
w rewme ur. * a luurv. y on vvx. * he vr. a a laurx. b and the o. c bowid bifore him ur. d and
seide ur. e Noon ur. f is good ur. ff Om. KT. S oo God ur. h Hast thou knowe r. i no u. k thi
modir ux. ' seide ur. m Crist ur. n jongthe ur. ° byholdynge him o. P Om. vr. 1 Om. MP.
1 Om. MP. * that thou K. * jeue thou ur. u come thou ur. v and swe o. w Om. vr. * for ur.
y seide ur. z schulen thei vr. a richessis vr. b Om. vr. c rewme vr. d astoneyed pur. e efte ur.
f seide ur. g Om. ur. h Om. ur. 'isitMi/r. k that men vr. l richesse MP. m Om. surx. n rewme ur.
0 lijtlier K. esier ur. °° Om. Qvrxv. P that a ur. <1 Om. qsurxv. r Om. ur. s an edlis GK3/P.
' than that ur. u Om. svrx. T Om. vr. w rewme ur.
J for to M pr. m. Om. g. e resceyue bee. f into I sec. m. k. {f stele not, sle not A. S jouthe KPHsk.
Ful i. i of hard k. k word k.' ' Om. k.
118
MARK.
x. 26 — 37.
26 of God. Whiche wondrideny more, sey-
inge atz hem selue, And who may be
27maad saf? And Jhesus biholdinge hem,
seitli* 'to hemb, Anentis men it is impos-
sible, but not anemptis God ; for alle
aathingis ben possible anemptis God. And0
aftirwardd Petre bigan for6 to seye to
him, Loo ! we han left alle thingis, and
2!>han sued thee. Jhesus answeringe seithf,
Treuli I seie to 3ou, 'ther is no mans that
schal leeue1' hous, or bretheren, or sistris1,
or fadir, or modir, or sones, or feeldis for me
so and for the gospel, thek which schal not
taken an hundridfold so moche now in this
tyme, housis, and bretheren, and1 sistris111,
and modris, and sones, and feldis, with per-
secuciouns, and in" the world to comynge0
31 euerlasting lyf. Forsoth many schulen
be, the firste the laste, and the laste the
32firste. Forsothe thei weren in the weye
sti3ynge to Jerusalem ; and Jhesus wente
bifore hern, and thei wondriden, and?
folowinge") dredden. And eftsooner Jhe-
sus8 takinge to1 twelue, bygan to seye to
hem, what thingis weren to come" to him.
33 For lo ! we sti3en to Jerusalem, and
mannus sone schal be bitrayed to thev
princes of prestis, and to scribisw, and to
eldere* men ; and thei schulen dampne
him by deeth, and thei schulen bytake
34 him to hethene men. And thei schulen
scorne him, and byspeete^ him, and beete*
him ; and thei schulen sle him, and in the
3nthridde day he schal ryse a3en. And
James and Jon, 'Zebedees sones a, 'camen
ny3b to him, seyingec, Maistir, we wolen,
that what euered we schulen" axe, thou do
so to vs. And he seide to hem, What wolen
37 36 that I do to 3ou ? And thei seiden,
3yuef to vs, that we sitten 'that oon& ath thi'
ri3thalf, and 'the tothirk at 'the left1, in thi
a riche man to entre in to the kyngdorn
of God. And thei wondriden more, and 26
seiden among hem silf, And who may be
sauyd ? And Jhesus bihelde hern, and 27
seide, Anentis men it is impossible0, but
not anentis God ; for alle thingis ben
possible anentis God. And Petir biganP28
to seie to hym, Lo ! we han left alle
thingis, and han sued thee. Jhesus an- 29
sweride, and seide, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
ther is no man that leeueth hous, or bri-
theren, or sistris, or fadir, or modir, or
children, or feeldis for me and for the
gospel, which schal not take an hundrid 30
fold so myche now in this tyme, housis,
and britheren, and sistris, andi modris,
and children, and feeldis, with persecu-
ciouns, and in the world to comynge
euerlastynge lijf. But many schulen be, 31
the firste the last, and the last the firste.
And thei weren in the weie goynge vps2
to Jerusalem ; and Jhesus wente bifor
hem, and thei wondriden, and foleweden,
and dredden. And eftsoone Jhesus took
the twelue, and bigan to seie to hem,
what thingis weren to come to hym.
For lo ! we stien to Jerusalem, and 33
mannus sone schal be bitraied to the
princis of prestis, and to scribis, and
to ther eldre men ; and thei schulen
dampne hym bi deth, and thei schu-
len take hym to hethene men. Arid
thei schulen scorne hym, and bispetes4
hym, and bete him ; and thei schulen
sle hym, and in the thridde dai he
schal rise a5en. And James and Joon, 35
Zebedees sones, camen8 to hym, and
seiden, Maister, we wolen, that what
euer we axen, thou1 do to vs. And hese
seide to hem, What wolen 36 that Y do
to 3ou ? And thei seiden, Graunte to "37
y wondringe Y. z anentis vr. a seide vr. & Om. ur. c Oin. xv. d Om. ur. ' Om. surxv.
{ seide vr. S no man is vr. h forsake ur. ' sistren v. k Om. vr. ' Om. w pr. m. m sisteren ou.
n in to o. ° comen sx. P and thei our. 1 suynge vr. r efte vr. s he vr. l Om. Nvr.
u comynge vr. v Om. MPX. w the scribes svr. x the eelder Aosvrv. y thei schulen bispete ur.
z thei schulen beete ur. a the sones of Zebedee ur. & neijen vr. c and seyn ur. d euere thing ur.
e Om. s. f 3eue thou vr.
k that othir PQ. the other x.
S the toon AGNOQTY. the oon asur, the one PWX.
1 thi left ANTW x. thi left half
on w.
the G.
0 vnpossible EPS. P gan pqiiuxbpr. m. ce. <1 and fadris and k. T Om. k. s comen s. * that
thou k pr. m. u Om. EI pr. m. PQR pr. m. x.
X. 38—49-
MARK.
119
seglorie. Forsothe Jhesus 'seith to hem",
3e witen not what 36 schulen axe ; mown
36 drynke the cuppe, the0 which I 'am toP
drynke, ori be waischunr with8 the bap-
39 tym, in which I am baptisid ? And thei
seiden to him, We mown. Sothli Jhesus
seith1 to hem, Treuli 36 schulen drynke
the cuppe that" I drynke, and 36 schulen
be waischunw withx the baptym, in which
40 1 am baptisid ; sothltf forz to sitte at my
ri3thalf or lefthalf isa not myn to 3yue tob
41 5ou, but to which0 it is ordeynedd. And
the ten heeringe haddene endignaciounf of
42 James and John. Sothli Jhesus clepinge
hern, seith's to hem, 3e witen, that"1 thei
that semen', "or ben seynk, to haue prince-
hed1 onm folkis,lordschipenn,W ben lordis0,
of hem, and the princes of hem ban power
43 of hem. Forsoth it is not so in 3ou, but
who euere schalP wolle bei maad morer,
44schal be 3oure mynystre, and who euere
schal8 wolle be1 the" firste in 3ou, schal be
4sseruaunt of alle. Forwhi and mannis
sone cam not, that 'it schulde be mynys-
tridv to him, but that he schulde mynys-
trew, and 3yue his soulex, 'or /#/*>', 're-
dempcioun, or a^en biyng1, for inanye.
4*;And thei camena to Jerico; and him go-
ynge forthb fro Jerico, and his disciplis,
and ac ful rnoche cumpany vof pepled, the
sone of Tymey, Barthymeus, blynd, saat
47 bisydis the weye beggynge. 'The which6
whanne he hadde herd, for it isf Jhesus of
Nazareth, bigans to crie, and seye, Jhesu,
the sone of Dauith, haue mercy onh me.
48 And manye thretnyden' bym, that he
schulde be stille ; and he criede moche
morek, Jhesu, the sone of Dauith, haue
49 mercy on ' rne. And Jhesu stondinge
comaundide hym for™ to be clepid ; and
vs, that we sitten 'the toonv at thi ri3t-
half, and the totherw at thi left half, in
thi glorie. And Jhesus seide to hem, ss
3e witen not what 36 axen ; rnoun 36
drynke the cuppe, which1 Y schal drynke,
or be waischun with the baptym, in which
Y am baptisid? Andy thei seiden to 39
hym, We moun. And Jhesus seide to
hem, 3? schulen drynke the cuppe that
Y drynke, and 36 schulen be waschun
with the baptym, in which Y am bap-
tisid ; but to sitte at my ri3thalf or left-40
half isz not myn to 3yue to 3ou, but to
whichea it is maad recli. And the ten 41
herden, and bigunnen to haue indigna-
cioun of James and Joon. But Jhesus 42
clepide hem, and seide to hem, 3e witen,
that thei that semen to haue prynshode
of folkis, ben lordis of hem, and the
princes of hem han power of hem. But 43
it is not so among 3ou, but who euer wole
be maad gretter, schal be 3oure mynys-
ter ; and who euer wole be the firste 44
among 3011, schal be seruaunt of alle. For 45
whi mannus sone cam not, that it schulde
be mynystrid to hym, but that he schulde
mynystre, and 3yue his lijf a3enbiyng for
manye. And thei camen to Jerico ; and 46
whanne he 3ede forth fro Jerico, and
hise disciplis, and ab ful myche puple,
Barthymeus, a blynde man, the sone of
Thimei, sat bisidis the weie, arid beggide.
And whanne he herde, that it isc Jhesus 47
of Nazareth, he bigan to crie, and seied,
Jhesu, the sone of Dauid, haue merci
on me. And rnanye thretneden hym, 48
that he schulde be stille ; and he criede
myche the more, Jhesu, the sone of Da-
uid, haue merci on me. And Jhesus 4U
stood, and comaundide hym to be clepid ;
n seide AGNOS. seide to hem vvw. ° Om. NQTVVW sec. m. XY. P Om. vv. 1 either vv. r bap-
tised vv. s Om. s. in v. * seide v. u which vv. w baptised vv. * in vv. y forsothe vv. z Om.
svvx. n it is uvx. b Om. NSX. c whom MQPSXY. d maad redy ur. e bigunnen to haue UP.
f dedeyne I/F. B seide vv. h for t/r. ' ben seyn VVXY. k Om. VVXY. ' princehod, or ien lordis o.
m of y. n ben lordis vv. ° Om. wopQTi/FJry. P Om. vv. 1 to be N. r the gretter vr. a Om. i/r.
t to be Miv. be maad Q sup. ras. u Om. MOQTY pr. m. v me schulde serue vr. w serue vv. * lyf ur.
y Om. MOFQurxY pr. m. z redempcioun ovv. ajenbiynge MPQXY pr. m. ajeinbyinge, or redempcioun T.
a comen MVW. b out vv. c Om. vv. d Om. vv. e And UF. t was i;. & he gan o. he bigan I/F.
h of A:V. ' threteden sy. thratten x. k more, seiynge vv. l of o^y. m Om. svvx.
T the oon EI. that oon «k. w oother i.
c/jr. m.gka. c was cka. d seide xhi.
the which k. y Om. k. z it is k. a whom i. b Om.
120
MARK.
X. 50 — XI. to.
thei clepiden" the blynde man, seiynge to
him, Be thou 'of betere0 herte, ryse vp'1,
50 he clepith thee. "The which% his cloth
r>icast away, 'sturtinge camr to him. And
Jhesus answeringe seide8 to him, What
wolt thou I schal ' do to thee? The"
blynde man seide to him, Maistir, that I
52 se. Sothli Jhesus seide to him, Go thouv,
thi feith hath maad thee saaf. And anon
he sy3, and suede him in the weye.
CAP. XL
j And whanne Jhesus 'cam ny3w to Jeru-
salem and to Betanye, to" the mount of?
Olyuete, he sendithz two3 of his disciplis,
2 and seith to hem, Go 36 in to the castel
thatb is a3ens 3011 ; and anon 36 entrynge
inc thidur schuleri fynde a colt tyed, ond
thee which vnon of menf sat 3it ; vn-
sbyndeS 36, and bryngh him. And if ony
man 'schal seie' ony thing tok 3ou', seie 36,
that"1 he is nedeful to the Lord, and anon
4 he schal leeue him hidur. And thei go-
ynge forth, foundeu a colt boundena by-"
fore the 3ate with outeforth, in the meet-
ing of tweye0 weyes ; and thei vnboundenf
shim. And summe of men stondinge there
seiden to hem, What don 36, vnbyndingei
c the colt? 'And their seiden to hem, as
Jhesus comaundide8 to1 hem ; and thei
;leftenu hem. And thei brou3ten the colt
to Jhesu, and theiv puttidenw tox him her
8 clothis, and Jhesus sat vpon^ himz. For-
sothe manyea strewiden her clothis in the
weye, sotheli othere men kittidenb bovvis,
'or braunchisK, frod trees, and strewiden
9 in the weye. And thei that wenten bi-
fore, and that sueden, cryeden, seyinge,
loOsanna, blessid is he that cometh in the6
name of the Lord ; blessid thef kyngdom^
and thei clepenc the blynde man, andf
seiens to hym, Be thou of betere herte,
rise vp, he clepith thee. And he castidehao
awei his cloth, and skippide, and cam to
hym. And Jhesus answeride, and seide 51
to hym, What wolt thou, that Y schal do
to thee ? The blynde man seide to hym,
Maister, that Y se. Jhesus seide to hym, 52
Go thou, thi feith hath maad thee saaf.
And anoon he saye, and suede hym in
the weie.
CAP. XL
And whanne Jhesus cam ny3 to Jeru- 1
salem and to Betanye, to the mount of
Olyues, he sendith tweyne' of hise disci-
plis, and seith to hem, Go 36 in to the 2
castel that is a3ens 5ou ; and anoon as 36
entren there 36 schulen fynde a colt tied,
on whichk no man hath sete 3it ; vntie
36, and brynge1 hym. And if ony mans
seye ony thing to 3ou, What doen 36 ?
seie 3e, that he is nedeful to the Lord,
and anoon he schal leeue hym hidir.
And thei 3eden forth, and founden a colt 4
tied bifor the 3ate with out forth, in the
metyng of twei weies ; and thei vn-
tieden hym. And summe of hem that 5
stoden there seiden to hem, What doen
3e, vntiynge the colt? And thei seiden 6
to hem, as Jhesus comaundide hem ; and
thei leften it to hem. And thei brou3ten 7
the colt to Jhesu, and thei leiden on
hym her clothis, and Jhesus sat on hym.
And many strewiden her clothis in the a
weie, othere"1 men kittiden braunchis
fro" trees, and strewiden in the weie.
And thei that wenten bifor, and thati>
sueden, crieden, and seiden, Osanna,
blissid is he that cometh in the name of 10
the Lord ; blessid be" the kyngdom of
n clepen vr. ° betere of K. P thou vr. 1 And vr. T he cam stertynge out vr. s seith Y.
t Om. PXY. u Forsothe the vr. " Om. MP. w nei3ede vr. * atte vr. J Om. vr. z sente
MNPA-Y. a tweyne GVV. twey o. b which vr. « Om. ar. d vpon o. e Om. vr. { no man N.
S vntye vr. h brynge je NVV. bringeth sx. > seith vr. k ajens Q. 1 3ou, What do je o sec. m.
m for vr. ° tyed v. ° two MPX et Y passim. P vntyen vr. q vntyinge vr. r Which vr. s hadde
comaundide vr. * Om. AGMNPQSTVWX. u leften to vr. v Om. Q. w putten svrx. * on vr.
y on svrx. z hem i. a many men vr. b kitten x. c Om. MOpQurxv. d of vr. e Om. PXY.
f that o. is the vr. S rewme vr.
e clepiden nhik. f and thei EI. g seiden hik. h caste I. * two ihi. k whom i. l brynge 36 Ek.
and other b. n of k. ° is c.
XI. ii — 23.
MARK.
121
'that cometh'1 of oure fadir Danith1; O-
nsamia in hi3teesk. And he entride in to
Jerusalem, in to the temple ; and alle
thingis1 seyn aboute, whanne xthe our was
now euenyng"1, he wente" in to Betanye,
12 with twelue. And another day, whanne he
13 wente out of0 Betanye, he hungride. And
whanne he hadde seyn af fyge tree afer
hauynge leeuys, he cam, if happily he
schulde fynde ony thing therynne ; and
whanne he carni to itr, he fond no thing,
out taken leeuys ; for it was nos tyme of
ufygis. And Jhesus answeringe seide to
it, Now no more with outen ende ony
man ete fruyt of thee. And his disciples
isherden; and thei camen* to Jerusalem.
And whanne he hadde entrid in to the
temple, he bigan foru to caste outx men
sellinge and biggyngeF in the temple;
and he turnyde vpsodoun the boordis of
chaungeris, and the chaieris of men sell-
leinge culueris ; and he suffride not, that
ony man schulde here a vessel thur3z the
17 temple. And he tau3te hem, seyinge3,
Wher1' it is not writim, For myn hous
schal be clepid thec hous of preiynged to
alle folkis? forsoth 56 ban maad it a den
is of theues. Thee which thing herd, the
princes of prestis and scribisf sou3ten hou
thei schulde leese him ; forsoth thei
dreden hym, for al the cumpanye "of pe-
19 pie £ wondride on his teching. And
whanne euenyngh was maad, he wente
20 out of the citee. And whanne thei pass-
iden eerly, thei sy3en the fige tree maad
21 drye fro the rootis. And Petre hauynge
mynde, seide to him, Maistir, lo ! the fyge
tree, whom' thou cursedist, hath dryed vp.
22 And Jhesus answeringe seithk to him1,
2sHaue 36 the feith of God ; treuli I seie to
3011, that™ who euere seith" to this hil,
oure fadir Dauid that is comeP ; Osanna
in hi3est thingis. And he entride in ton
Jerusalem, in to the temple ; and whanne
he 'hadde seyni al thingr aboute, whanne
it was euerr, he wente out in to Betanye,
with the twelue. And anothir d aye, 12
whanne he wente out of Betanye, he
hungride. And whanne he hadde seyn 1:1
a fige tree afer hauynge leeues, he cam,
if happili he schulde fynde ony thing
theron ; and whanne he cam to it, he
foonde no thing, out takun leeues ; for it
was not5 tyme of figis. And Jhesus an- u
sweride and seide to it, Now neuer ete
ony man fruyt of thee more. And hise
disciplis herden ; and thei camen to i.»
Jerusalem. And whanne he was entrid
in to the temple, he bigan to caste out
silleris and biggeris in the temple ; and
he turnede vpsodoun the bordis of chaun-
geris, and the chayeris of men that selden
culueris; and he suffride not, that onyiu
man schulde here a vessel thorou the
temple. And he tau3te hem, and seide, 17
Whether it is not writun,That myn hous
schal be clepid the hous of preyng to
alle folkis ? but 36 han maad it a denne
of theues. And whanne this thing was i«
herd, the princis of prestis and scribis
soii3ten hou thei schulden leese hym ;
forss thei dredden hyrn, for al the puple
wondride on his techyng. And whanne is
euenyng1 was come, he wente out of the
citee. And as thei passiden forth eerli,2i>
thei sayn the fige tree rnaad drye fro the
rootis. And Petir bithou3te hym, and 21
seide to hyrn, Maister, lo ! the fige tree,
whom thou cursidist, is dried vp. And -22
Jhesus answeride and seide to hem,
Haue 36 the feith of God; treuli Y seie 23
to 3ou, that who euer seith to this hil,
I' Om. VP. > Dauith that cometh ur. k he'ijthis MP. hije thingis ur. ' men vv. m now the euen-
tyde houre was o. our was now euenyng XY pr. m. n wente out G sec. m. ur, ° fro G sec. m. o.
v the u. 1 hadde come u. T Om. v. 8 not GMNOTurn~ sec. m. x. * comen GMPW. u Om. surx.
* Om. KX. y biynge AGMNopQrurivv. biende sx. z thorow out N. a and seide vv. b Whether
x passim. c an our. d prayere our. e Om. ur. f the scribis ur. S Om. ur. h euentide ur. the
euenyng x. > which ur. k seide ur. ' hem ur. m for u. u that saith o.
P to come R pr. m. hi.
k pr. m. ss forsothe I.
VOL. iv.
1 hadde say A. si3 c. hadde seie s.
4 the euenyng I.
thingis c. " euene B. s no EIPQX
122
MARK.
XI. 24 — XII. i .
Take0, and sende? in to the see; and dout-
ith not in his herte, but bileueth, for what
euerei he 'schal seyer, vbe it8 maad, it schal
24 be maad1 to him. Therfore I seie to 3011,
alle thingis 'what euere thingis" 30 prei-
ynge schulenv axe, bileue 36 thatw 36
schulen take, and theix schulen come to
253011. And whanne 36 schulen stonde for?
to preie, for3yue 36, if 36 han ony thing
a3ens ony man, that and" 3oure fadir that3
is in heuenes, foi^yue to 3ou 3oure synnes.
26 Thatb if 36 'schulen not for3yuec, neither
3oure fadir thatd is in heuenes, schal for-
273yue 3oue 3oure synnes f. And eftsoone^
thei camen'1 to Jerusalem. And whanne1
be walkide in tok the temple, the hi3este
prestis, and scribis, and eldere men 'camen
28ni3' to him, and seien to him, In what
power doist thou thes thingis? orm who
3af to thee this power, that vthou do" thes
2:1 thingis ? Forsothe Jhesus answeringe
seith to hem, And I schal axe 3011° o word,
and answere 30 to me, and I schalP seie to
3ou, in what power I do thes thingis.
3!> Whether was vthe baptym of Johni of
heuene, orr of meji ? answere 36 to me.
31 And thei thou3ten 'with inne8 hem selue,
seiynge, If we schulen seie of heuene, he
schal seie to vs, Whi therfore bileuen* 30
32 not to him ; if we schulen seie of men,
we dreden the peple ; foru alle men had-
den John, for he was verily a prophete.
33 And thei answeringe seyenv to Jhesu, We
witen neuerew. And Jhesu answeringe
seith to hem, Neither I seie to 3ou, in
what power I do thes thingis.
CAP. XII.
i And Jhesus bigan to spekex parablyy,
'or in parables1. A man plauntide a vyne-
3erda, and puttideb aboutec an hegge, and
Be thou takun, and cast in to the see;
and doute11 not in his herte, but bileu-
eth, that what euer he seie, schal be don,
it schal be dou to hym. Therfor Y seie 24
to 3ou, alle thingis what euer thingis 36
preynge schulen axe, bileue 36 that 36
schulen take, and thei schulen come to
3ou. And whanue 36 schulen stonde to as
preye, for3yue 3e, if 30 han ony thing
a3ens ony man, that 3oure fadir that is
in heuenes, for3yue to 3011 3oure synnes.
And if 36 for3yuen not, nether 3oure fadir 26
that is in heuenes, schal for3yue to 3011
3oure synnes. And eftsoone thei camen 27
to Jerusalem. And whanne he walkide in
the temple, the hi3este prestis, and scribis,
and thev elder men camen to hym, andw28
seynx to hyrn, In what power doist thou
these thingis ? or who 3af to thee this
power, that thou do these thingis? Jhe-29
sus answeride and seide to hem, And Y
schal axe 3ou o word, and answere 30 to
me, and Y schal seie to 3ou in what
power Y do these thingis. Whether wasao
the baptym of Joou of heuene, or of
men ? answere 36 to me. And thei si
thou3ten with ynne hem silf, seiynge, If
we seien of heuene, he schal seie to vs,
Whi thanne bileuen? 30 not to him ; if 32
we seien of men, we dreden the puple ;
for alle men hadden Joon, that he was
verili a prophete. And thei answeryden,33
and seien z to Jhesu, We witen neuera.
And Jhesu answerde, and seide to hem,
Nether Y seie to 3ou, in what power Y
do these thingis.
CAP. XII.
And Jhesus bigan to speke to hem in i
parablis. A man plauntide a vyn3erd,
and setteb an hegge aboute it, andc dalf a
0 Be thou taken Nur. P be thou sent Nur. send thee x. 1 euer thing ur. r seith ur. » schal
be ur. * don ur. u whiche euere ur. v Om. ur. w for ur. x tho ur. y Om. surx. z also ur.
a which ur. b For ur. c for3euen not ur. d which ur. e to 3ou luurxv. ( Om. o. g efte u.
h comen GM et w passim. Y. '• Om. u. k Om. ur. 1 comen ni3 MW. nei3en ur. m either ur.
n don to o. ° of 3011 N. P Om. o. 1 Jones bapteme ur. T either ur. s with K. * bileueden ur.
11 forsothe ur. v seiden u. w not ur. x speke to hem MNPur. y in parablis MNPUV. 7 Om. MNPurx.
a vyner ur. b putte MPSTX. c abowt it MOPQUFV.
u doutith CEiMpQRsuxbceghika^. v Qm. b. w and thei k.
; seiden cthik. a not k. b settide QRhi. c and he i.
seiden CEipnk. y bileuiden i.
XII. 2
MARK.
123
dalf a lake, and bildided a tour, and hir-
edee itf to erthe tilieris, and wente forths
•2 in pilgrymage ; and senteb to the erthe
tilieris in tyme a seruaunt, that he schulde
receyue' of the fruyt of the vyne3erdk at1
3 the erthe tilieris. The™ whiche 'beten
4 him takun", and leften him voyde. And
eftsoone0 he sente to hem another ser-
uaunt, and thei woundiden him in the
heed, and ponyscheden P with chidingisi,
5 'or reprouyngis* . And eftsoone5 he sente
another, and thei slowen1 him, and othere
rno, betynge u summe, but v sleynge w
e othere. Therfore 3it he hauynge ax sone
most dereworth, 'and to hem he sente?
him the laste, seyingez, For bya hap thei
schulen schameb my sone, 'or drede with
7 reuerencec. Forsothe the tenauntis seyden
'to hem self, W to gidere6, This is the
eier ; come 36, sle we him, and the eritage
8 schal be ouref. And thei takynge him£,
castidenh out withoute the vyne3erd', vand
oslowenk. 'Therfore what1 schal the lord
of the vyne3erdm do ? He schal come, and
leese then tenauntis, and 3yue° the vyne-
io3erdP to othere. Wheri 36 han not rad
this scripture, The stoon ther which men
bildinge han dispisid, this is maad in to
nthe heed8 of the corner? This thing is
maad of the Lord, and is wondirful in
i2oure y3en. And thei soften for1 to holde
him, and thei dreden the cumpanye vof
pepleu ; sothli thei knewen for to hem he
seide this parable ; and him left, thei
iswenten away. And thei senden to him
summe of the Farisees andv Brodians, forw
14 to" take hym in word. The>" whiche com-
ynge seyn to hym, Maistir, we witen for
thou ert sothfast, and reckistz not ofa ony
lake, and bildide a toure, and hiryde it
to tilierisd, and wente forth in pilgrim-
age. And he sente to the erthe tilieris 2
in tyme a seruaunt, to resseyue of the
erthe tilieris of the fruyt of the vyr^erd.
And thei token hym, and beeten", and 3
leften hym voide. And eftsoone f he 4
sente to hem anothir seruaunt, and thei
woundiden hyra in the heed, and tur-
mentiden& hym. And eftsoone he sente s
another, and thei slowen hym, and othir
mo, betynge summe, and sleynge othere.
But 3it he hadde a moost derworth sone, 6
and he sente hym last to hem, and seide,
Perauenture thei schulen11 drede my sone.
But the erthetilieris seiden togidere,This7
is the eire ; come 36, sle we hym, and the
eritage schal be ourun. And thei tokun a
hym, and killiden', and castidenk out
without the vyn3erd. Thanne what 9
schal the lord of the vyn3erd do? He
schal come, and lese the tilieris1, and 3yue
the vyn3erd to othere. Whether 36 han 10
not red this scripture, The stoon which
the bilderis han disspisid, this is maad in
to the heed of the cojner? This thing n
is doon of the Lord, and ism wondirful
iu oure i3en. And thei soften to holde 12
hym, and thei dredden the puple ; for
thei knewen that to hern he seide this
parable ; and thei leften hym, and thei is
wenten awei. And thei senten to hym
sumrne of the Farisees and" Erodians, to
take hym in word. Whiche0 camen00, 14
and seienP to hym, Maistir, we witen
that thou art sothfast, and reckist not of
ony manPP; for nethir thou bihold-
ist in to thei face of manr, but thou
techist the weie of God in treuthe. Is it
d bilde MSX. e settide it to ferme vr. f Om. vv. g forsothe wsec. in. h he sent MOPVVW. * take r.
k vyner v. l of v. m Om. vv. n takun, beten him MP. ° efte vv. P punsheden hym x. 1 repreu-
ynges vr. r Om. G pr.m. vvx. s efte vv. * killiden vv. u and thei beten vv. v sotheli vv.
w thei killiden vv. * o AGNOQSTUVWX. y sente also to hem vv. z and seide vv. B in vv. b drede
with reuerence vr. c Om. ovt'x. d togidere vr. e Om. ourx. f ourun GW. S him, killeden and Nur.
h casten sx. ' vyner ur. k Om. NU. 1 What therfore v. m vyner vv. n Om. G pr. m. ° he schal
;eue vr. p vyner ur. 1 Whether vx. r Om. urxv. s heued or. l Om. surx. u Om. vr.
v and of ur. w Om. Qsvrx. x that thei shulden Q sec. m. ur. y Om. u. z thou reckest o.
a Om. JGNQSXY.
A erthetiliers gk. e beoten him K. { eft g. S ether punv$s.ihiden K marg. h wolden c. wolen plures.
wil EP. ' kilden him K. k castiden him 1KB pr. m. 1 erthetilieris k. m it is I. n and of the k pr. m.
0 The whiche i. °° comen K. P seiden c. PP Om. B pr. m. 1 Om. Qck. r oni man EIPB.
R2
124
MARK.
XII. 15 — 26.
man; vsothly neither*5 thou seestc in to faced
of man, but thou techist the wey of God in
treuthe. Is it leefful for6 'to jyue tribute'
15 to Cesar, or% we schulen not 3yue ? The1'
which witinge' her j priueyk falsnesse ',
seith™ to hem, What tempten 30 rneu?
lobrynge 36 to me a peny, that I se°. And
thei offridenP to him. And he seithi to
hem, Whos is this ymage, and the viii
wrytinge r ? Thei seien to him, Cesaris.
17 Forsothe Jhesus answeringe seith8 to
hem, Therfore 3elde 36 to Cesar that1 ben
of Cesar, and to God tho thingis that ben
of God. And alle11 wondriden on him.
IH And Saducees, that seyen nov resur-
eciounw Ho be", earned to him, andz ax-
ii) iden him, seyingea, Maistir, Moyses wroot
to vs, that if the brother of a man were
deed, and lefte ab wyf, and lefte notc
sones, his brother takecc his wyf, and reyse
20 vp'1 seed to his brothir. Therfore seuene
britheren weren ; and the firste took a
21 wyf, and ise deed, nof seed left. And
the secunde took hir, and he? is deed, and
neither this lefte seed. And the thridde
22 also1'. Arid' seuenek tooken hir, and lefte
not1 seed. And the womman the'" laste of
•2:1 alle is deed. Thanne" in the resureccioun0,
whanne thei schulen rise a3en, whos wyf
of these schal sche be? sothlyP seuene
24 hadden hir wyf. And Jhesus answeringe
seithi to hem, Wherr 36 erren not ther-
fores, not knowinge* the scripturis, nother
25 the vertu of God ? Forsothe whanne thei
schulen rise a3en fro Meed menu, neither
thei weddenv, notherw benx weddid, but
thei schulen be as aungels of God in
20 heuenes?. Sothli ofz deed men, that thei
leeueful that tribute be 3ouun to the
emperoure, or we schulen not 3yue ?
Which5 witynge her pryuei falsnesse, is
seide to hem, What ternpten 36 me ?
brynge 38 to me a peny, that Y se. And ie
thei brou3ten to hym. And he seide to
hem, Whos is this ymage, and the writ-
yngss? Their seien to him, The empe-
rouris. And Jhesus answeride and seide 17
to hem, Thanne 3elde 36 to the emperour
tho thingis that ben of11 the emperoursv;
and to God tho thingis that ben of God.
And thei wondriden of hym. And Sa-ia
duces, that seienw that ther is no ressur-
reccioun, camen to hym, and axeden
hym, and seiden, Maister, Moyses wroot 19
to vs, that if the brother of a man were
deed, and lefte his wijf, and haue no
sones, his brother take his wijf, and reise
vp seed to his brother. Thanne seuene 20
britheren ther* weren ; and the firste
took a wijf, and diede?, and lefte no
seed. And the secouride took hir, and 21
hez diede, and nether this3 lefte seed.
And the thridde also. And in lijk ma- 22
nere the seuene token hir, and leften
notb seed. And the womman thee laste
of alle vis deed*1. Thanne in the resur-23
reccioun, whanne thei schulen rise ajen,
whos wijf of these6 schal sche be? for
seuene hadden hir to wijf. And Jhesus 24
answeride, and seide to hern, Whether 36
erren not therfor, that 36 knowe not
scripturis, nethir the vertu of God ?
Forf whanne thei schulen rise a3en fro 25
deeth, nether thei schulen wedde, nethir*
schulenh be weddid, but thei schulen be
as aungels of God in heuenes. And of26
b for vr. c seest not vr. d the face MOPTUFW sec.m. e Om. svvx. f that tribute be jouun vr. S whe-
ther v. wher v. h Om. vr. ' knowynge vv. J Om. K. the vv. k Om. Kur. ' falsenesse of hem vr.
m seide vv. n me, ipocrites N. ° may se K. P offreden, or token MP. broujten vr. 1 seide vr. r on
wrytynge N. wrytynge Q. s seide vv. * tho thingis that vv. u thei vr. v that no vr. w rysyng
ajen vr. x is vr. y comen GMP et w passim. z and thei vr. a and seiden vr. b the vr. Om. x.
c no vr. cc shal take M. d Om. vnr pr.in. e he is vrw pr. m. { not K. S Om. or. h in lyk
manere vr. ' And in lyk manere vv. k seuen men o. 1 no vrw pr. m. m Om. MNPQ. n Therfor vv.
0 rysyng a3en vr. P forsothe vr. 1 seide vr. r Whether x. s herfor vr. l kunnynge vr. u deeth
t; sec. m. dead x. v schulen wedde vr. w ne PTW sec. m. * thei ben N. schulen be vv. y heuene u.
z Om. K.
9 The whiche i. ss writyng aboue Q pr. m. & pr.m. <• And thei A pr. m. g.
emperour IP pr. m. RC sec. m. w seiden c. x Oin. k. y he diede s sec.m.
' died hi. e the seuene R pr. m. k. f Forsothe i.
no bk. c Om. CEixk.
u Om. K pr. HI. hik.
z Om. s. a he k.
S ne i. h Om. R sec.m.
XII. 27 — 36-
MARK.
125
rysen a3ein, 'ban 36* not rad in the book
of Moyses, onh the bousche, hou God seide
to him, seiynge, I am God of Abraham,
27 and God of Ysaac, and God of Jacob ? He
is not God of deede men, but Godc of
lyuynge men ; therfore 36 erren moche.
28 And oon of the scribis, that hadde herd
hem sekynged vto gidere6, 'cam ni3f, and#
seyinge thath he1 hadde welk answerid
hem ', axide hyin, which was the firste
2'jmaundemeut of alle. Jhesus1™ answeride
ton him, that0 the firste xof alle comauride-
rnentisf is, vHeere, Israeli, the Lord thi
so God is oonr; and thou schal loue the5 Lord
thi God of al thin herte, and of1 al thi
soule, and of" al thi rnyride, and of al thi
vertu, orv my^tew. This is the firste
si maundement x. Forsothe the secunde is
lyk to this, Thou schalt loue thi nei3ebore
as thi silf. 'Ther is^ non othir maunde-
32ment morez than these. And the scribe
seitha to him, Maister, in treuthe thou
hast wel seid ; for o God is, and 'ther is
33 non b, out taken him ; and that he be
loued of al hertec, 'and of al thou3td, 'or
myndee, and of al vndirstondingef, and of
al thes soule, and of al strengtheh, and to'
loue thek nei3ebore as him silf, is more than
34 alle brend offringis1 and sacrificis. Jhesus
forsothe seyinge that he hadde answerid
wysely, seide to him, Thou ert not fer fro
35 the kyngdom1" of God. And now" no
man durste axe him11". And Jhesus an-
sweringe seide, techinge in the temple,
Therfore0 how seyn scribisi1, Crist0- forr vto
se bes the sone of Dauith ? 'To whom1 Da-
uith him silf seide in the Hooly Gost, The
Lord seide to my lord, Sitte" on my ri3t-
half, til I putte thin enemyes thev stool of
deed men, that thei risen a3en, han $e
not red inh the book of Moises, on the
buysch, hou God spak to hym, and seide,
Y am God of Abraham, and God of
Isaac, and God of Jacob? He is not 27
God of deed rnen, but of lyuynge men ;
therfor 36 erren myche. And oon of28
the scribis, that hadde herde hem dis-
puytynge1 togidir, cam ny3, and sai3 tnat
Jhesus had wel answeride hem, and ax-
ide hym, which was the firste maunde-
ment of alle. And Jhesus answeride to2«
him, that the firste rnaundementk of alle
is, Here thou, Israel, thi Lord God is o
God ; and thou schalt loue thi Lordao
God of al thin herte, and of al thi soule,
and of al thi mynde, and of al thi my3t.
This is the firste maundement1. And thesi
secounde is Hjk tom this, Thou schalt
loue thi nei3bore as thi silf. Ther is
noon other maundement gretter than
these. And the scribe seide to hym, 32
Maister, in treuthe thou hast wel seid ;
for o God is, and ther is noon other,
outakun hym ; that he be loued of al the 33
herte, and of al the mynde, and of al the
vndurstondynge, and of al the soule, and
of al strengthe", and to loue the nei3bore
as hym silf, is gretter than alle brent
offryngis0 and sacrifices P. And Jhesus 34
seynge that he hadde answerid wiseli,
seide to hym, Thou art not fer fro the
kyngdom of God. And thanne no man 35
durste axe hym noi more ony thing. And
Jhesus answeride and seide, techynge in
the temple, Hou seien scribis, that Crist
is the sone of Dauid? For Dauid hyrnsc
silf seide in the Hooli Goost, the Lord
seide to my lord, Sitte on my ri3thalf, til
a je han MPXY. b vpon o. c Om. osi;. d spekynge GO sec. m. axynge MTW sec.m. disputynge vv.
e Om. vv. f nei3«de vv. g and he vv. h for vv. ' Jesu vv. k Om. vv. l to hem NX. hem wel vv.
nl Forsothe Jhesu v. " Om. vv. ° For vv. P of alle maundementis P. comaundement of alle vv.
U Thou Israel, here vv. r oo God vv. 8 thi o. l Om. w pr. in. x. u Om. w pr. m. v ether v.
w strength o. * comaundement v. 1 Om. vv. z is more vv. a seide vv. b noon other is vv. ther
is not Y pr. m. c the herte vv. J Om. our. e Om. vvx. { the understondynge vv. S Om. x.
h the strengthe vv. ' for to vv. k a G sec. m. o. Om. K. thin w pr. m. ' sacrifices v. m rewme vr.
n Om. K. ua him more MY. ° Om. vv. P the scribis vv. 1 thut Crist vv. r Om. svvx. s is vr.
4 Forsothe vv. u Sitte thou vv. v a vr.
h of k. ' ether sekinge K marg.
a the strengthe CIKRSX sec. in. hik.
ghik/3.
comaundement EpQHsbcgek#. 1 comaundement b. m Om. KP.
sacrificis k. P offriiigis k. 1 Oir. CKMK sec. m. sux sec. m.
126
MARK.
xii. 37 — xiii. 4.
37thi feet. Therfore Dauith him silf seith
him aw lord, and wherof is he his sone?
And moche cumpany gladli herde him.
as And he seide to hem in his teching, Be
36 war of scribis, that wolen wandrex in
3!istoolisy, and be salutidz in chepingea, and
sitte vin synagogis in the firste chairesb,
and the0 firste sitting places in soperis ;
4othed whiche deuouren the housis of wi-
dewis, vndir colour6 of long preier ; theif
41 taken? lengerh dom'. And Jhesus sittinge
a3eins the treserie, biheld hou the cum-
pany vof peplek caste1 money in to the
tresorie ; and manye riche m castiden n
42 many thiugis. Sothli whanne o° pore
widowe hadde comen, sche sente tweye?
4smynutis, that is, a ferthing. Andi liis
disciplis 'clepid to giderer, hes seith* to
hem, Treuly I seie to jou, for this pore
widowe sente more than alleu, that sente
44 in to the tresorie. Sothliv alle sente of
that thing that was plenteuous to hem ;
but this vof hir myseste sentew alle thingis
that she hadde, al hir lyflode.
CAP. XIII.
i And whanne he wente out of the tem-
ple, oon of his disciples seith * to him,
Maistir, biholdy, what maner stoones, and
•2 what manere bildingis2. And hea answer-
inge seithb to himc, Seeste thou alle thes
greete bildingis ? therd schal not be left 'a
stoon" vponf a stoon, vthe whichs schal not
3 be distroyed. And whanne he sat in the
mount of Olyuete'1 a3ens the temple, v thei
axiden hym' byk hem1 silue"1, Petre, and
4 James, and John, and Andrew", Seie thou
to vs, whanne thes thingis schulen be
Y putte thin enemyes ther stool ofs thi
feet. Thanne* Dauid hym silf clepiths;
him lord, houu thanne is he his sone ?
And myche puple gladli herde hym.
And he seide to hem in his techyng, Be 38
36 war of scribis, that wolen wandre in
stolis, and be salutid in chepyng, and 39
sitte in synagogis in the firste chaieris,
and thev firste sittyng placis in soperis ;
whichew deuouren the housis of widewis4o
vndur colour of long preier ; thei schulen
take the longer doom. And Jhesus sit-4i
tynge a3ens the tresorie, bihelde hou the
puple castidex monei in to the tresorie ;
and many riche men castiden many
thingis. But whanne ay pore widewe42
was comun, sche kestez twoa mynutis,
that is, ab ferthing. And he clepide to- 43
gidere hise disciplis, and seide to hem,
Treuli Y seie to 3011, that this pore
widewe keste more thanne alle, that
kesten in to the tresorie. For alle c 44
kesten of that thing that thei hadden
plente of; but thisd of her pouert keste
alle thingis that sche hadde, ale hir lyue-
lode.
CAP. XIII.
And whanne he wente out of the tern- 1
pie, oon of hise disciplis seide to hym,
Maister, biholde, what maner stoonys,
and what maner bildyngis. And Jhesu 2
answeride, and seide to hym, Seest thou
alle these grete bildingis ? ther scha] not
be left a stoon on a stoon, which schal
not be distried. And whanne he sat ins
the mount of Olyues a3ens the temple,
Petir and James and Joon and Andrew
axiden hym bi hem silf, Seie thou to vs, 4
whanne these thingis schulen be don,
w Om. uw pr. m. * go vr. y scolys P. stolis, ether gaye clothis vr. z gret vr. a the chepyng MPV
y iv sec. m. Y. b in the f. ch. in synag. vr. c in the MPW sec. m, Y. d Oni. vr. e the colour o.
f these G sec. m. vr. thees o. % schulen take tipvr. h the lengere QSX. ' doom, ether damnpaciom r.
k Om. ur. ' castide MPvrv. m riche men MPUTXY. n casten sx. ° a x v. P two MOPVX. q And he
clepyuge togidere vr. T Om. ur. s Om. ur. * seide r. u alle men ur. v For u. w sent of hir
pouert vr. * seide vr. V see vr. ''• byldyng o. a Jhesus nvr. b seide vr. c hem o. d a stoon ur.
e Om. vr. { on surx. E which vr. that x. h Olyues ur. ' Om. vr. k eche by c sec.m. Om. ur.
1 Om. vr. m Om. vr. n Andrew by hem silf axiden him vr.
r a s. s vndir s pr. m. l Thanne if QS sec. m. k sec. m. u and hou A.
1 caste i. y oo EiQRceghik. z castide shik. a twey plures. b oo sg.
<= of g. and al k.
v in the i. w the whiche i.
c alle thei is. d she this i.
XIII. 5— 1 5.
MARK.
127
raaad0, and what tokeneP, whanne alle
thes thingis schulen bigynne fori to be
5 endid r. And Jhesus answeringe bigan
for8 to seie to hem, Se 36, that no man
udisceyue 30x1; for many schulen come in
my name, seiynge, For I am ; and thei
7 schulen disceyue manye*. Sothliu whanne
36 schulen heere batels and opyniouns of
bateils, drede 36 not ; forsothev it bi-
houeth thesew thingis forx to-v be don, but
enotz 3it 'anon the endea. Forb folk schal
rise vponc folk, and rewme vpond rewme,
ande erthe mouyngf schal « be by places
'and hungurh; bigynnyngis' of sorwis
9 these k thingis. Sothli se 36 3011' silf, for
thei schulen take™ 3ou in counceils11, and
36 schulen be beten in synagogis ; and 36
schulen stonde bifore kyngis and domes-
men for me, in to witnessing to hem.
10 And0 in to alle folkis 'it bihoueth first the
n gospel? for^ 'to be prechidr. And whanne
thei schulen lede 3011 bitrayinge8, nyle 30
thenke1 what 36 schulen speke, but 'speke
36" that 'thing thatv schal be 3ouen to 3ou
in that our; sothliw 36 ben not spekinge,
12 but the Hooly Gostx. Forsothe a? brother
schal bitraye thez brother in to deeth, and
the fadir the sone, and sonesa schulen
ryse to gidre a3ens fadris and modris, and
isponysche1' hern by deeth. And 36 schulen
be in hatee to alle men for my name ; but
hed that schal susteynee in to the ende,
i4thisf schal be saf. Forsothe whanne 30
schulen se the abhomynacioun of discom-
fort, stondinge wher it owith not ; vndir-
stonde he that redith ; thanne^ theih that
is be in Judee, flee in to hillis. And he that
is aboue the roof, come he' not doun in tok
the1 hous, neithir™ entre he, that he take
and what tokene schal be, whanne alle
these thingis schulen bigynne to be
endid. And Jhesus answeride, and bi-s
gan to seie to hem, Loke 36, that no
man disseyue 3ou ; for manye schulen e
come in my name, seiynge, That Y am ;
and thei schulen disseyue manye. And 7
whanne 36 here batels and opynyouns of
batels, drede 36 not ; for it bihoueth these
thingis to be doon, but not 3it anoon is
the ende. For folk schal rise on folk, a
and rewme on rewme, and erthe mou-
yngis and hungur schulen be bi placis ;
these thingis schulen be bigynnyngisf of
sorewis. But se 36 3ou& silf, forh thei 9
schulen take 3ou in counsels, and 36
schulen be betun in synagogis ; and 36
schulen stonde bifor kyngis and domes-
men for me, in witnessyng to hem.
And it bihoueth, that the gospel be first 10
prechid among al folk. And whanne n
thei taken 3ou, and leden 3ou forth, nyle
36 bifore thenke what 36 schulen speke,
but speke 36 that thing that schal be
3ouun to 3ou in that our ; for 36 ben not
the spekeris, but the Hooli Goost. For 12
a' brother schal bitake thek brother in to
deth, and the fadir the sone, and sones
schuleu rise togider a3ens fadris1 and
modris m, and punysche hern bi deeth.
And 36 schulen be in hate to alle men 13
for my name ; but he that lastith in to
the ende, schal be saaf. But whanne 36 u
schulen se the abhomynacioun of dis-
coumfort, stondynge where it owith not ;
he that redith, vndurstonde n ; thanne
thei that be in Judee, fie 'in to hillis0.
And he that is aboue theP roof, come not is
doun in to the hous, nethir entre he, to
0 don vv. P signe schal be vv. <) Otn. svvx. ' don w pr. m. 9 Om. surx. ' many men vv.
11 Forsothe vv. v for vv. w that these vv. * Om. svvx. y Om. vv. * the eende is not vv.
a Om. uv. b Forsothe vv. c on sx. ajens vv. d on svvx. e and the o. f mouynges vv. S and
hungre schulen be vv. h Om. vv. ' byginnynge GNQSTVVW. k ben these MPQY. l 3oure NQY.
m bitake uv. n her counceils vv. ° And first it bih. that the gosp. be prechid vv. P Om. uv, 1 Om.
SVVXY. r Om. uv. s bi takyng vv. * bifore thenke vv. u speketh x. v Om. o. w for vv.
1 Cost, that spekith in 3ow Q sec. m. y Om. GK. the Qtr pr. m. z Om. G. a o. a the sones G pr. m. vv.
b schulen punysche vv. c hatrede vv. d this vv. Om. x. e susteyne, or sujfre MP. * Om. vv.
« that N. h Om. o. ' Om. GOQTUVXY. k Om. u. l his r. m ne uv.
f beginninge iKPQspr. m. bcega. 8 3our Ephi. *> forsothe i. 'thei. k a c.
n vndirstonde he s pr. m. k. ° to the mounteynes k. P in the I sec. m. k pr. m.
1 fadir k. m modir k.
128
MARK.
XIII. 1 6 — 30.
loony thing of his hows; and he that schal
be in the feeld, turne" not a3en byhyn.de
17 for0 to take his cloth. Sothli wo to hem
that beri with childe, and norischingeP in
is tho dayes. Therfore preie 3e, that theii
19 ben not don in wyntirr. Forsoth8 vthe
ilke l dayes of tribulacioun schulen be
suche, whiche manere weren not fro the
bygynnynge of creature, the" which God
20 made, til now, neither schulen be. And
nov butw the Lord hadde breiggid thox
dayes, al-' fleisch, *or mankynde1, hadde
not be saf ; but for the chosene whoma he
chees, the Lord hath breiggidb dayesc, *or
21 maad schortA. And thanne if ony man
schuldee seie to 3ou, Lo ! here is Crist,
22 loo ! there, beleue 36 not. For fals Cristis
and fals prophetis schulen ryse vpf, and
schulen 3yue tokenes^ and greteh wondris,
to disceyue, if it may be don, 3he, the1
23 chosene k. Therfore se 36 ; loo! I haue
24bifore seid to 3ou alle thingis. But in tho
dayes, aftir that tribulacioun, the sunne
schal be maad derk, and the mone schal
25 not 3yue hir schynyng, and sterris1 of
heuenes schal be fallinge doun, and ver-
tues m that be in heuenes, schulen be
26mouyd. And thanne thei schulen se
manriis sone comynge in cloudis" of he-
27 uene, with greet vertu and glorie. And
thanne he schal sende his aungels, and0
schalP gedre his chosene fro foure wyndis,
fro the loweste0- thing of erthe vntor the
28hi3este thing of heuene. Forsothe of the
fyge tree lerne8 3e the* parable. VVhanne
now his braunche" "schal bev tendre, and
leeuys ben" sprongeri out, 3e witenx for
29somer is in the nexte. So and whanne 36
schulen'' se allez these* thingis ben maad'1,
wite 36, thatc it is in the nexte in the
.•iodoris'1. Treuly I seye to 3011, for this
•take ony thing of his hous ; and he that IG
schal be in the feeld, turne not a3en bi-
hynde to take his cloth. But wo to hem 17
that ben with child, and norischen in tho
daies. Therfor preye 36, that theii be is
not don in wyntir. But thilke daies of 19
tribulacioun schulen be suche, whiche
maner weren not fro the bigynnyng of
creature, which God hath maad, til now,
nethir schulen be. And but the Lord 20
hadde abredgide tho daies, alr fleische
hadde not be saaf ; but for the chosun
whiche he chees, the Lord hath maad
schort the daies. And thanne if ony 21
man seie to 3ou, Lo ! here is Crist,
lo ! there, bileue 36 not. For s false 22
Cristis and false prophetis schulen rise,
and1 schulen 3yue tokenes and wondris,
-to disseyue, if it may be don, 3he, hem
that be chosun. Therfor take 36 kepe;23
lo ! Y haue bifor seid to 3011 alle
thingis. But in tho daies, aftir that 24
tribulacioun, the sunne schal be maad
derk, and the moon schal not 3yue hir
Ii3t, and the sterris of heuene schulen 25
falle doun, and the vertues that ben in
heuenes, schulen be moued. And thanne26
thei schulen se mannus sone comynge
inu cloudis of heuene, with greet vertu
and glorie. And thanne he schal sende 27
hise aungelis, and schal geder hise chosun
fro the foure wyndis, fro the hi3est thing
of erthe til to the hi3est thing of he-
uene. But of the fige tree lerne 36 the 28
parable. Whanne now his braunche is
tendre, and leeues ben sprongun out, 36
knowen that somer is ny3- So whanne 29
30 seen these thingis bev don, wite 30,
that it is ny3 in the doris. Treuli Yao
seie to 3ou, that this generacioun schal
not passe awei, til alle thesew thingis be
11 turne he o. ° Om. svrx. P norischen vv. 1 joure fleying Qscc.m. tho thingis vr. r wynter,
or in sabaot Q sec. m. * For vv. * tho x. « Om. MUV. v Oni. x. w but if .\. x the Ktfur.
>' ech vr. z Om. ox. a whiche uv. *> abreggid vv. t the dayes MHPTVV. tho dayes Q. d Om. vrx.
e schal MPvrxY. schul tv. f Om. vr. g signes vr. h Om. vr. l Om. vr. k chosen men vr. 1 the
sterris vv. "> the vertues vr. >' the cloudis vx. ° and he v. f Om. pw sec. m. 1 l^este vr.
r into o. til to vv. s lere SA-. t a vr_ u braunches oo. v is vr. w Om. o. x knowen r. y Om. vr.
1 Om. Q sec. m. vr. a that these vr. b don Q sec. m. vv. c for vr. d dore M.
q tho thingis k.
Om. Epghiku.
r ech ik. s For manye kpr. m. * and thei I. u in the EiQRhika. v to be k.
XIII. si — XIV. 5-
MARK.
129
generacioun schal not passe aweyd, til alle
31 these thingis be don. Heuene and erthe
schal e passe, forsothef my wordis schulen
32 not passe. TreulyS of that day orh our
no man woot, nethir aungelis in heuene,
33 nether the sone, no' hut the fadirK Se 36,
'wake 36, and preie 36'; sothli 36 witen
34 not, whanne tymem is. For11 as a man
'the which0 gonP fer°- in pilgrimage, lefte
his hous, and 3af to his seruauntis power
of euery1" work, and comaundide tos the
35 porter, that he schulde' wake. Therfore
wake 36, forsothe }e witen not, whanne the
lord of the hous cometh", in the euentideuu,
or inv thew mydny3t, or" kockis crowynge,
3<iory morwyngez; lesta whanne he schal
37 come sudenly, he fynde 3011 slepinge. For-
sothe thatb that I seie to 3ou, I seie to
alle, 'Wake 36°.
CAP. XIV.
i Forsothe pask and the feeste of therf
looues ^withou^ten sourdows, d was aftir
'the secunde daye. And the hi3este prestis
and scribis soften, hou thei schulden holde
2himf with gile, and sles. Sothli thei
seiden, Not in the feeste day, lest per-
auenture noyse were maad in the peple.
3 And whanne he was at Betanye, in the
hous of Symount leprous, and restidh, a
womman comynge1, hauynge a box ofk
precious oynernent spikanard ; and the
box1 brokun, heldem out on" his heed0.
4 Forsoth 'ther weren suinmeP beringe vn-
worthily, "or heuylii, with ynner hem
silf, 'and seyinge", Wherto is1 this loss
5 of oynement maad ? For this oynement
myjte haueu be sold more" than forw
thre hundrid pens, and be 30111111 to pore
don. Heuene and erthe schulen passe, si
but my wordis schulen not passe. But 32
of that dai or our no man woot, nether
aungels in heuene, nether the sone, but
the fadir. Se 36, wake 36, and preie 30; 33
for 36 witen not, whanne the tyme is.
For as a man that is gon fer in pilgrim- 34
age, lefte x his hous, and 3af to his ser-
uauntis power of euery work, and co-
maundidey to the porter, that he wake.
Therfor wake 36% for 30 witeu not, 35
whanne the lord of the hous cometh, in
the euentide, or at mydny3t, or at cockis
crowyng, or in a the mornyng ; leste ::«
whanne he comethb sodenli, he fynde 3011
slepynge. Forsothe that that Y seie to 37
3ou, Y seie to alle, Wake 36.
CAP. XIV.
Pask and the feest of therf looues was 1
after tweic daies. And the hi3estd preestis
and scribis6 soften, hou thei schulden
holde hym with gile, and sle. But thei 2
seiden, Not in the feeste dai, lest perauen-
ture af noyse were maad among the pu-
ple. And whanne he was at Betanye,:*
in the hous of Symount leprous?, and
restide, a womman cam, that hadde a
boxe of alabastre of precious oynement
spikenard; and whanne the boxe of ala-
bastre was brokun, sche heldeh it on
his heed. But there weren sumrne that^
beren it heuyli with ynne hem silf, and
seiden, Wher to is this losse of oynement
maad ? For this oynement rny3te haue *
be seld more1 than fork thre hundrid
pens, and be 3ouun to pore men. And
d Om. vv. e shulen MPW. { but v. e Forsothe ur. h either v. ' Om. o. k fadir aloone u. 1 wak-
ith and prejeth x. "' the tyme vv. n Om. vv. ° which our. that x. P is gon MP. 1 forth ur.
r eche si'. a Om. NV. * Om. ur. u schal come vv. ttu euen M. v Om. x. w Om. MPVVX. x or in
MPW sec. m. y or in the MPW. z mornyng MPW. morowtide vv. morewenyng XY. a lest that MP. b this vv.
c Waketh x. d Oin. MOPUVX. e two dayes v pr.m. x. twey daies v. f Crist MP. g slee him PX.
h satte atte the mete vv. i cam NV.- come u. k of alabaustre of vv. ' box of alabaustre vv. m sche
held it o. she helde MP. sche schedde out vv. n vpon o. ° heued OY. P summe weren vv. i Om. vvx.
r seiynge witliinne vv. 8 Om. vvx. ' Om. q pr. m. u Om. r. v for more u. w Om. u.
x and lefte c.
hik. shal come i.
schedde k. ' for more cik.
VOL. IV.
comaunde s. z Om. HS pr. m. a Om. A pr. m. EPQbceghia. b come cKMQRubceg
c two IQ. '' hije i. e the scribis s. f Om. EQRck/3. 8 Om. s pr. m. h heelte P.
Om. c.
130
MARK.
XIV. 6 — 19.
men. And thei groyneden 'in to" hir.
eSothliJ7 Jhesus seide, Suffrez hir; what
be 36 heuy to hir? she hath wrou3t gooda
7 work inb me. For 'euer morec 36 schulen'1
hauee pore men with 3ou, and wharine 3e
schulenf wolle, 36 mown do wel to hem ;
forsoth je schulen not euermoreS haue
»me. She dideh that' thatk she hadde;
sche bifore earn for1 to anoynte my body
uinto buriynge. Treuli I seie to 3ou,
where euere this gospel schal be ])rechid
in al the world, and™ that this womman"
hath done, schal be told in to myride of
10 hir. And Judas Scarioth, oon of the0
twelue, werite to the00 hi3este prestis, that
11 he schulde bitray himf to hem. The^
whiche heerynge ioyeden, and bihi3ten
hem to 3yue'him moneyr. And he sou3te
how he schulde bitraye him5 couenably.
12 And the1 firste day of therue loues,
whenne 'pask was ofFrid", disciplisv seyn
to him, Whidirw wolt thou we go, and
make redy to thee, that thou ete pask ?
is And he sendith tweynex of his disciplis,
and seith to hem, Go 36 in to the citee,
and a man beringe a galouri of watir schal
'mine to 3ouy, xor come ayens you7; suwe
1436 him. And" whidir euere he schal entre,
seye 3ea to the lord of the hous, For the
maister seith, Wher is my fulfillingb, 'or
etyng j)lacec, where I schal ete pask with
\o my disciplis ? And he schal shewe to 3ou
a greet souping place strewid, and there
IG make 3e redy to vs. And his disciplis
wenten forth, anda cameri in to the citee,
and founde as he haddee seid to hem ;
17 and thei maden redy pask. Sothli' euens
it! rnaad, he cam with twelue. And hem
sittinge at the mete, and etinge, Jhesus
seith1', Treuli I seie to 3011, for oon of 3ou
is that etith with me, schal bitraye me. And
thei groyneden1 a3ens hir. But Jhesus 6
seide, Suffre 36 hir ; what be 3e heuy to
hir ? sche hath wrou3t a good werk in
me. For "' euermore 3e schulen haue 7
pore men with 3ou, and whanne 36
wolen", 36 monn do wel to hem ; but 36
schulen not euer more haue rne. Scbei:
dide that that0 sche hadde ; sche cam
bifore to anoynte my bodi in to biriyng.
Treuli00 Y seie to 5ou, where euer this 9
gospel be'' prechid in al the world, and
that that 'this wommant hath don, schal
be told in to myride1" of hym. Audio
Judas Scarioth, oon of the twelue, wente
to the hi3ests prestis, to bitraye hyrn to
hem. And thei herden, and ioyeden, 11
and bihi3ten to 3yue hym money. And
he sou3t hou he schulde bitraye hym
couenabli. And the* firste dai of therfi2
looues, whanne thei offridenu pask, the
disciplis seyny to hym, Whidir 'wilt
thouw that we go, and make redi to thee,
that thou ete the" pask ? And he send- 13
ith tweyn-v of hise disciplis, and seith to
hem, Go 3e in to the citee, and a man
berynge a galoun of watir schal meete
3011 ; sue 36 hyrn. And whidur euer he u
entrith, seie 36 to the lord of the hous,
That the maister seith, Where is myn
etynge place, where Y schal ete pask
with my disciplis ? And he schal schewe is
to 3ou a grete soupyng place arayed, and
there make 3ez redi to vs. Arid hise 16
disciplis wenten forth, and camen in to
the citee, and founden as he hadde seid
to hem; and thei maden redy the pask.
And whanne the euentid was come, he 17
cam with the twelue. And whanne thei IB
saten 'at the14 mete, and eeten, Jhesus
seide, Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that oon of
3011 that etith with rne, schal bitray me.
* ajens UP. T forsothe vv. z Suffre je vw sec. m. Y. Suffreth s. a a good vr. b into OQ. c Oni. vr.
d Om. vv. e han euere vr. f Om. vv. S euere vr. h saide o. ' that thing vr. k Om. o.
1 Om. svr. m and this thing vr. n Om. x. °Om.apr.m. °°Om.A/. P Jliesu vr. 1 Om. vr. r money
<i pr. JH. money to him Q sec. m. vr. » Jhesu vr. * in the vr. u thei offriden paske vr. T his disci-
ples p. the disciplis vr. w Wher o. x two MPX. y come ajens jou vr. z Om. vrx. zz Otn. K.
" Om. o. b filling vr. <•• of clyiig place K. Om. vr. d and thei vr. e Om. o. ' Forsothe vr.
g euentide vr. h seide vr.
1 grucheclen CEIKMPQRS sec. m. uxbrejihik. m Forsothe I. D wil E el p passim. ° Om. K pr. m.
00 And R pr. m. P schal be k. q sche this I. r the mynde s. s hije i. * in the i. u ofFren k sec. m.
Om. CR pr. m. xbka. y two i. z Om. e. a atte p.
v seideii R. »» woltow e.
XIV. 20—33-
MARK.
131
thei bigunnen for1 to be sorik, and 'to seie1,
2oech by hym silf, Whether"1 I? The11
which seith0 to hem, Oon of twelue? that
puttith yn the hond with me in the 1
21 plater. And sothli mannis sone goth, as
it is writun of him ; forsoth1" wo to that
man, bi whom 'mannis sone8 schal be bi-
trayd. It were good to him, if 'that ilke*
22 man hadde not be borun. And hem"
etinge, Jhesus took bred, and blessinge"
brakv, and 3af tow hem, and seithx, Take
2:1 36?: this is my body. And the cnppe
takun, he doynge gracisz 3af to hem, and
24alle dmnkun therof. And he seitha to
hem, This is my blood of the newe testa-
ment, the1' which schal be shedd out for
25 manyec. Treuly I seie to 300, for now I
schal not drynke of this fruit of vyne, til
in to thatd daye whanne I schal drynke it
20 newe in the rewme of God. And the ympne,
"or hcriynge*, seid, thei wenten out in to
27 the hil of Olyues. And Jhesus seithf to
hem, Alle 36 schulen be sclaundrid in me
in this ni3t ; for it is writun, I schal smyte
the schepherde, and the scheep of the floe
2K schulen be disparplids. But aftir that I
schal ryse a3en, I schal go bifore 3ou in to
29 Galilee. Forsoth Petre seith h to him,
'And if1 alle schulen be sclaundrid, but
30 not I. And Jhesus seith1* to him, Treuly
I seie to thee, for thou1 to day bifore™ the
cokn in0 this ny3t 'twyes 3yue voisP, thries
si thou vert to"! denye me. And he spak
more, 'And ifr it bihoue8 me to dye to
gidere with thee, I schal not denye thee.
:« Sothli1 and" lyk manere allev seidenw. Arid
thei camen in to a p!acex, to whom? the
nainez Gethsamany. And he seith to his
disciplis, Sitte 36 here, thea while I preie.
33 And he takithb Petre and James and John
And thei bigunnen to be sori, and to i;i
seie to hym, ech bi hem silf, Whether
Y ? Whichb seide to hem, Oon of tweluec 20
that puttith thed hoond with me in the
platere. And sotheli mannus sone goith, 21
as it is writun of hym; but wo to that
man, by whom mannus sone schal be
bitrayed. It were good to hym, yf thilke
man hadde not be borun. And while 22
thei eeten, Jhesus took breed, arid blessid,
and brak, and 3af to hem, and seide, Take
3e ; this is my bodi. And whanne he ->:i
hadde take the cuppe, he dide thankyngis,
and 3af to hem, and alle dronken therof.
And he seide to hem, This is rny blood 24
of the newe testament, which" schal be
sched for many. Treuli Y seye to 3011, >
for now Y schal not drynke of this fruyt
of vynef, in to that dai whane Y schal
drynke it newe in the rewme of God.
And whanne the ympne was seid, thei 20
wenten out in to the hil of Olyues. And 27
Jhesus seide to hem, Alle 36 schulen
be sclaundrid in me in this ny3t ; for it
is writun, Y schal smyte the scheep-
herde, and the scheep of the flok schulen
be disparplid^. But aftir that Y schal 28
rise a3en, Y schal go bifor 3011 in to
Galilee. And Petir seide to hym, Thoujaa
alle schulen be sclaundrid, but not Y.
And Jhesus seide to hym, Treuli Y seie so
to thee, that to dai bifore that the cok in
this ni3t crowe twies, thou schalt thries
denye me. But he seide more, Thoii3 itsi
bihoueth'1, that Y die togider with thee,
Y schal not forsake thee. And in lijk
maner alle seiden. And thei camen in ;«
to a place, whos name is Gethsamany.
And he seide to hise disciplis, Sitte 36
here, while Y preye. And he took Petir :;:<
' Om. suvx. k sorowful ur. ' seide vv. mWherMOPK. nOm.vr. ° seie to him vr. P the twelue
.\HjpQTurY. <1 Om. N. T but vr. s the sone of man vv. * the ilke MP. thilke vr. that x. 4t thei v.
u blissed o. v brak it Q. w Om. AGNOQSTXY. x seide vr. J Om. v. z thankyngis ur. a seide vv.
b Om. ur. c manye men vr. d the o. e Om. ox. either preisynge of God ur. f seide vv.
K scatered vv. h seide vv. ' Thouj vv. k seide v. ' Om. vv. m bifore that PVVY. biforn that x.
a cok crowe v pr. v. cok schal jeue voice ur. ° twies in ur. P Om. vr. 1 schalt ur. r Thou3 ur.
s byhoueth Kpr.m. OQ. schal bihoue vv. * Forsothe vr. u Om. MPWXY. v and alle PW sec.m. Y.
w seiden in lyk manere vr. * felde vv. J which ur. z place K. name mas v. a Om. vr. b took vr.
b The whiche r. c the twelue ika/3. d his i. e the whiche I. f the vyne ik.
K marg. h bihoue cik^.
s 2
S ether sprad abroad
132
MARK.
XIV. 34—47.
with him, and bigan forc to drede, and to
34 heuyed. And he seithe to hem, My soule
is sorwful tilf to# theh deeth ; susteyne1 36,
"or abide $e*, here, and preie1 3e "with
35 me"1. And whanne he hadde gon forth a
litel, he felde" down on the erthe, and
preiede, 'that, if0 it my3te be, the our
atischulde passe fro him. And he seide,
FadirP, alle thingis ben possible to thee,
turne fro me this cuppe ; but not that I
svwole, but "that thati thour. And he cam,
and fond hem slepynge. And he seith8
to Petre, Syrnount, slepist thou? my3tist
3» thou not wake with me oon our? Wake
3e, and "preie 36*, that 36 entre not vin to"
temptacioun ; forsothe the spirit is redy,
3!i but the fleisch sykv. And eftsoonew he
goynge preiede, the same word seyinge.
40 And he turnyd a3en eftsoonex, fond hem
slepinge ; sothli her y3en were greuyd.
And thei knewen? not, what thei schulden
41 answere to him. And he cam the thridde
tyme, and seithz to hem, Slepe 36 nowe,
and "reste 3ea; sothlib it sufficith. The our
cometh ; loo ! mannis sone schal be bi-
42 trayed in to hondisc of "synful men'1. Ryse
36, go we ; loo ! he that schal bytraye me
43 is ny3. And, 3it him6 spekinge, Judas
Scarioth, oon of thef twelue, cam, and
with him moche cumpeny with swerdis
and staues&, sent fro the hijeste prestis,
44 and scribis, and 'fro theh eldere men. For-
sothe the1 traitour hadde 3ouun to hem a
tokenek, seyinge, Whom euere I schal
kisse, he it is ; holde 36 him, and lede
4.136 warly, 'or queyntely1. And whanne
he cam"1, anon he cominge" to him",
4GseithP, Maistir; and he kisside him. And
thei layden hondis vin to i him, and
47 heelden him. Sothlir oon of men8 stond-
and James and Joon with hyrn, and bi-
gan' tok drede, and to be arioyed1. And 34
he seide to hem, My soule is soreweful
to the deeth ; abide 36 here, and wake
36 with me. And whanne he was gon 35
forth a litil, he felde doun on the erthe,
and preiede, that if it my3te be, that the
our schulde passe fro hym. And he 36
seide, Abba, fadir, alle thingis ben pos-
sible to thee, here ouer fro me this
cuppe ; but not that Y wole, but that
thou wolt, be don. And he cam, and 37
foond hem slepynge. And he seide to
Petir, Symount, slepist thou ? my3tist
thou not wake with me oon our ? Wake -AS
3em, and vpreie 3en, that 36 entre not in
to temptacioun ; for the spirit is redi,
but the fleische is sijk. And eftsoone he 39
3ede, and preiede, and seide the same
word ; and0 turnede a3en eftsoone, and 40
foond hem slepynge ; for? her i3en weren
heuyed. And thei knewen not, what thei
schulden answere to hym. And he cam 41
the thridde tyme, and seide to hem, Slepe
36 now, and reste 36 ; it suffisith. The
hour is comun ; lo ! mannus sone schal
be bitraied in to the hondis of synful
men. Rise 36, go we; lo! he that schal 42
bitraye me is ny3- And 3it while he 43
spak, Judas Scarioth, oon of the twelue,
cam, and with him miche puple with
swerdis and staues, sent fro the hi3esti
prestis, and ther scribis, and fro the eldre
men. And his traytour hadde 3ouun to 44
hem a tokene, and seide, Whom euer Y
kisse, he it is ; holde 36 hym, and lede
3es warli. And whanne he cam, anoon45
he carne to hym, and seide, Maistir' ;
and he kisside hyrn. And thei Ieiden46
hondis on hym, and helden hym. But 47
c Om. sx. d Oni. K. to be heuy Q sec.m. r. e seide vr. f Om. N. s Om. T. h Om. s.
' abide vr. k Om. ourx. or abideth s. ' wake Nur. m Om. uv. n fel w pr. m. XY. ° if that v.
P Abba, fadir NUV. 1 that at o hie et alibi, that MPVVW sec. m. r thou wolte w pr. m. s seide vr.
I prpjeth x. " in G pr. m. T is sike our. w efte vr. * efte vr. J wisten sur. 2 sayde our .
a restith A-. b Om. vr. < the hondes vr. d synneres vr. e it u. { Om. N. e with staues o.
II Om. vr. > his N. k signe vr. ! Om. oqvrx. m hadde come vr. n nei3ynge vr. ° Jhesu vr.
P seide vr. 1 on vr. r Forsothe vr. * the men MPW sec. m.
' he biganne ik. k for to CEIKMPQRS pr. m. xcgh/3. 1 ether heuy K marg. m Om. hi.
0 and he i. P forsothe i. 1 hi3e i. r Om. m. s 30 him s. * Heil, maistir k pr. m.
preieth
XIV. 48 — 62.
MARK.
133
inge aboute, ledinge1 out a swerd, smot
the seruaunt of the hi3este prest, and kitte
4sofu tov hiniw anx eere. And Jhesus an-
sweringe seith^ to hem, As to a thef }e
han gon out with swerdis and staues, forz
49 to take me ? Forsoth* day by day I was
at 3ou, techinge in the temple, and 30
heelden not me ; but that the scripturis
50 be fulfillidb. Thanne 'him forsakunc, alle
si his disciplis fleddend. Sothli sum 3ong
man, clothid6 with 'lynnen clothf on the
bare, suede him; and thei heelden him.
52 And the lynnen cloth forsakun, he nakid
53flei3? awey fro hem. And thei ledden
Jhesu to the hi3este prest. And all camen
to gidere 'in to1' oon, the prestis and the'
54scribis and eldere men. Forsoth Petre
suede him afer tiU with ynne 'in tok the
halle of the hi3este prest. And he sat
with the mynystris, and warmyde him at
55 the fier. Forsothe the hi3este prestis, and
al the1 counceil, soujten witnessinge a3ens
Jhesu™, that thei schulen 3yuen him to
sedeeth ; nether thei founden. Sothli0 manye
seiden fals witnessinge a3ens him, and
57 the witnessingis weren not couenable. And
summe risynge sou3ten P fals witnessing
88a3ens hym, seyingei, For we 'han herd1"
him seiynge", I schal vndo this temple
maad with hondis, and aftirf the thridde
day I schal bilde ano'ther not maad with
59 hondis. And the witnessing of hem was
eo not couenable. Forsothe" the hi3este prest
rysinge vp in to the myddel", axide himw,
seyingex, Answerist thou 'not ony? thing
to tho thingis that ben put toz thee of
ci these*? Sothli he was stille, and no thing
answeride. Eftsoone b the hi3est prest
axide him, and seide to him, Ert thou
fia Crist, the sone of blessid God? Sothli0
Jhesus seide to him, I am ; and 36 schulen
oon of the men that stoden aboute, drow^
out a swerd, and smoot the seruaunt of
the hi3estu preest, and kittidev of his
eere. And Jhesus answeride, and seide 48
to hem, As to a theef 36 han gon out
with swerdis and staues, to take rne ?
Dai bi dai Y was among 3ou, and tau3te4»
in the temple, and 36 helden not me ; but
that the scripturis be fulfillid". Thanneso
alle hise disciplis forsoken hym, and
fledden. But a 3ong man, clothid with si
lynnun cloth on the bare, suede hym ; and
thei helden hym. And he lefte the 52
lynnyn clothingx, and flei3 nakid awei fro
hem. And thei ledden Jhesu to the 53
hi3est preest. And alle the prestis and
scribis and eldere men camen togidir.
But Petir suede hym afer in to the halle 54
of the hi3est preest. And he sat with
the mynystrisv, and warmede hym at the
fier. And the hi3est prestis, and al the 55
counsel, soujten witnessyng a3ens Jhesu
to take hym to the7' deeth ; but thei
founden not. For3 manye seiden fals SB
witnessyng b a3ens hym, and the wit-
nessyngis weren not couenable. And 57
summe risen vp, and bareri fals witness-
yng 336118 hym, and seiden, For we 'han 58
herdc hym seiynge, Y schal vndo this
temple maad with hondis, and aftir the
thridde dai Y schal bilde another not
maad with hondis. And the witness- 59
yngd 'of herne wasf not couenable. Andeo
the hi3est prest roos vp& in to the myd-
dil, and axide Jhesu, and seide, An-
swerist thou no thing to tho thingis that
ben put a3ens thee of these? But heei
was stille, and answeride no thing. Eft-
soone the hi3esth prest axide hym, and
seide to hym, Art thou Crist, the sone
of the blessid God ? And Jhesus seide ea
* drawynge vr. u awey vv. v Om. our. w Om. vv. * a litle N. his vv. 7 seide vv. l Om.
surx. a Om. vv. b (illid vv. c Om. vv. d forsakynge him fledden vv. « clad sx. f sendel, or
lynnen clooth MP. g fledde MV. h in K. ' Om. GMPQTVWXY. j til to xr. k in K. ' her K. m him f.
0 take u. bitake v. ° Forsothe vv. P baren vv. 1 and seiden vv. r herden vv. s seye o sec. m.
* by vv. " And vv. v myddis vv. w Jhesu v. x and seide vv. y no o. z a3ens vv. * these
men vr. b Eft vr. c Forsothe vr.
u hije i. T kitte i. w filled hi. » clothes EP. y seruauntis k. z Om. b. a Forsothe I. b vvitness-
yngis A sec. m. c pr. m. c herdan i. d witnessingis bk. e Om. k. { weren k. K Om. s sec. m.
i" liije i.
134
MARK.
XIV. 63 XV. l.
se mannis sone sittinge on the ri3t half
of vthe vertu of Goda, and comynge in
63cloudisb of heuene. Forsoth the bluest
prest, kittinge his clothis, seithc, What 3it
C4 desyren we witnessis ? 3e han hercle blas-
phemye. What semethd to 3ou ? The6
whiche alle condempueden him forf to be
esgilty of deeth. And summe bigunnen for*
to bispitte1' him, and to' hide his y3enk,
and smyte him1 with boffatis'", and seie to
him, Prophecie thou. And the mynystris
beeten him with strokis", W boffatis0.
ceAnd whanne Petre was in the halle by-
nethen, oon of the hand maydens00 of the
evhijest prest cam. And whanne sche hadde
seyn Petre warmynge him, sche bihold-
inge him seithP, And thou wasti with
t,H Jhesu of Nazareth. And he denyede,
seyinge, Nethir I woot, nether I haue
knowunr, what thou seist. And he wente
forth8 bitbre the halle ; and anon the cok
«9 song*. 'Eftsone forsothe" whanne va no-
ther" 'hand maydev hadde seyn him, she
bigan for" to seie to men stondinge
yoaboute, For this" is of hem. And he eft-
soney denyede. And aftir a litil, eftsoonez
thei that 'stooden ny3a, seiden to Petre,
Verily thou ert of hem, forwhib andc thou
7iert of Galilee. Sothlid he bigan fore to
curse and sweref, For I know.e not this
72 man, whom 36 seyn. And anon eftsoones^
the cok song'1. And Petre bithou3te on1
the werd thatk Jhesus hadde seid to him,
Bifore1 the cok synge"1 twyes, times" thou
schalt deuye me0. And he bigan forP to
i wepe. And anon 'the morwe maadi, tlie
hi3este prestis, makinge counceil with the
eldere men, and scribis, and al the counceil,
byndinge Jhesu, ledden, and bitooken to
Pilat.
to hym, Y am ; and 36 schulen se man-
nus sone sittynge on the1' ri3thalf of the
vertu of God, and comynge in the cloudis
of heuene. And the h^est' preest to-rw
rente hise clothis, and seide, What 3it
dissirenk we witnessis ? 3e han herd «4
blasfemye. What semeth to ?ou ? And
thei alle condempneden hym to be gilti
of deeth. And summe bigunnen to bi-es
spete hyrn, 'and to hile his face1, and to
smite hym" with buffetis, and seie1" to
hym, Areede thou. And the mynystris
beeten hym with strokis. And whanne ce
Petir was in the halle bynethen, oon of
the damesels of the hi3estn prest cam.
And whanne sche hadde seyn Petir 07
warmynge hym, sche bihelde hym, and
seide, And thou were with Jhesu of
Nazareth. And he denyede, and seide, cs
Nethir Y woot, nethir Y knowe, what
thou seist. And he wente without forth
bifor the halle ; and anoon the cok crewe.
And eftsoone whanne another dameseles
hadde seyn hym, sche bigan to seye to
men that stoden aboute, That this0 is of
hem. And he eftsoone denyede. And 7<>
aftir a litil, eftsoone thei that stoden ny3,
seiden to Petir, Verili thou art of hem,
for thou art of Galilee also. But he7i
bigan to curse and to? swere, For Y
knowe not this man, whom'i 36 seien.
And anoon eftsoones the cok crew. And 72
Petir bithou3te on the word that Jhesus
hadde seide to hym, Bifor the cok crowe
twies, thries thou schalt denye me. And
he bigan to wepe.
CAP. XV.
And anoon in the morewtid the hi3-i
ester prestis maden a counsel with the8
a Goeldis vertu vr. b the cloudis vr. <• seide vr. d is seyn N. « Om. vr. f Om. svrx.
S Om. surx. h Spete on vr. > for to o. k face Nvr. l Om. o. m strokis, or bujfntis A. n buffetis
upurtF. °Om. AMOPQVVWX. °° hand mayden K. P seide i/r. <1 were Apsurx. was K.W. r knowe MV r.
s out with out forth vr. l crewe vr. ""Forsothe efte vr. " an vr. v hand mayden JG.VOSQTJVA v.
w Om. surx. " he this o. 7 efte vr. * efte vr. a weren present vr. b for vr. c also vr.
J Forsothe vr. eOm.surx. { to swere ur. e efte vr. eftsone A-. h crew Mvr. ' of o. k which vr.
1 Bifore that vr. m sonae o. crowe vr. "> Om. vr. ° me thries ur. P Om. svrx. 1 in the
morowtide ur.
songe o. crowe vr.
h Om. a pr. m. ' hije I. k diseren s. ' Om. EP. " Om. H pr. m. m seidon c. to seie eka. seyne i-
n hije i. ° he this i. P Om. e. M of whom k. r hi3e i. 5 Om. k.
XV. 2 — 1
MARK.
135
CAP. XV.
2 And Pilat axide him, Art thou kyng
of Jewis ? And her answeringe seith6 to
shim, Thou seyst. And the hi3este prestis
4accusiden him in manye thingis. Pilat
forsothe eftsoone1 axide him, seyinge,
'Thou answerist" not ony thing ? Seest
thou, in how manyev thingis thei accusen
ftthee? Forsothe Jhesus more no thing an-
sweride, so that Pilat 'schulde wondrew.
<; Forsoth by 'a solemne" day he was wont
to leeuey to hem oon bounden2, whom
7euere thei axiden. Forsoth 'there was hea
that was seid Barabas, that was bouiidun
with 'sleeris of menb, and0 that hadded
done manslau3tref in 'seducioun, that is,
adebaat in cytee*. And whanne the cum-
pany hadde Vsti3e vph, he bigan for' to
ijpreye, as he euermorek dide to hem. So-
thely Pilat answeride to hem, and seide,
Wolen 36 I1 leeue1" to 3ou then kyng of
10 Jewis? Sothli0 he wiste, that the hi3este
1 1 prestis hadderi taken'' him by enuye. For-
sothe the bischopis stireden 1 the cum-
penye 'of pepler, that more he schulde
12 leeue8 to hem Barabas. Forsoth eftsoone1
Pilat answeringe seith" to hem, What
therfore wolen 36 Iv schal do to the kyng
is of Jewis? And thei eftsoonew crieden,
Crucifie* hym, or> "put hym on the crosz.
u Forsoth Pilat seide to hem, Sothli what
of a yuel hath he don ? And thei crieden
15 more, Crucifieb him. Sothlic Pilat will-
inged for6 to vdo ynowf to the peple^, lefteh
to hem Barabas, and bitook1 'to hemk
Jhesu, smyten1, "or betunm, with scourgis,
IG that he schulde be crucified. Forsothe
kny3tis ledden him withynne, in to the
floor of the moot halle, and clepiden" to
elder men, and the* scribis, and with alu
the counsel, and bounden Jhesu and led-
den, and bitoken hym to Pilat. And Pi- 2
lat axide hym, Art thou kynge of Jewis ?
And Jhesus answeride, and seide to hym.
Thou seist. And the hiestev prestis ac-:«
cusiden hym in many thingis. But Pilat 4
eftsoone axide hym, and seide, Answerist
thou no thing ? Seest thou in hou many
thingis thei accusen thee? But Jhesus ft
answeride no more, so that Pilat won-
dride. But bi the feeste dai he wasfi
wont to leeue to hem oon of menw
boundun, whom euerx thei axiden v. And 7
'oon ther was* that was seid Barabas,
that was boundun with men of dissen-
cioun, that hadden don manslau3tir ina
seduciounb. And whanne the puple was «
gon vp, he bigan to preie, as he euer
more dide to hem. And Pilat0 answer- 9
ide 'to hemd, and seide, Wolen 36 Ye
leeue to 3ou the kyng of Jewis ? For he in
wiste, that the hi3estef prestis hadden
takun hym bi enuye. But the bischopis u
stireden the puple, that he schulde rather
leeue to hem Barabas. And eftsoone 12
Pilat answerde, and seide to hem, What
thanneS wolen 36 that Y schalh do to the
kyng of Jewis ? And thei eftsoone cri- 13
eden, Crucifie hym. But Pilat seide to u
hem, What yuel hath he don ? And
thei crieden the more, Crucifie hym.
And Pilat, willynge to make aseeth to is
the puple, lefte1 to hem Barabas, andk
bitok to hem Jhesu, betun with scourgis,
to be crucified. And kny5tis ledden hym IB
with ynneforth, in to the porche of the
mote halle. And thei clepiden togidir
al the cumpany of kny3tis, and1 clothiden 17
r Jhesu uv. * seide vv. ' efte vv. u Answ. thou vv. v grete uv. w wondride urx. x the
feest vv. Y delyuer vv. z of the prisoneres vv. a oon was vv. b men of discencioun vv. c Om. our.
d he hadde v. e maad vv. f mansleyng vv. S sedicioun, that is, debate in the cilee MP. debate o.
discencioun vv. sedicioun x. h stJ3ede uv. ' Om. suvx. k euere vv. 1 that I v. •» delyuere ur.
n Om. AT. ° Forsothe ur. P Intake ur. <1 excitiden vv. r Om. vv. s delyuere vv. * efte vv.
u seide vv. v that 1 o. w efte ur. x Crucifie thou vv. y that is o. Om. MPQUVX. z Om. MpQurx.
a Om. ur. b Crucifie thou vv. c And sothly o. Forsothe vv. d wolnynge Y. e Om. Msurx. f make
satisfaccioun ur. S pepie, or tofolfille her iville MP. h delyuerede ur. i he bitoke ur. k Om. r.
1 smytynge o. beeten uv. m Om. OQurx. D thei clepen u.
* Om. k pr. m. u Orn. k. v hije I. w the men i. * O:n. k. >' wolden k, z ther was oon k.
• and KPQ. b that is, debate in cytee K marg. tliat is, in debate in a cytce e marg. c Om. s. A Om. k.
e that Y Apr. m. ciuka. f hi3e i. S Om. k. >> Om. CKP. ' and lefte k. k and Jie i. ' and thei ik.
136
MARK.
xv. 17—31.
ngidere al the cumpenye of knyjtis, and
clothiden0 him with purpur. And thei
foldinge a corowne of thornes, puttiden?
i«toi vhim ; and bigunnenr for8 to greet him,
i!i sayinge*, Hail, thouu kyng of Jewis. And
thei smytenv his heedw with a reede, and
bispatten" him ; and* 'puttinge her knees*
2otheia worshipiden him. And aftir that
thei hadden scornyd him, thei vncloth-
idenb him froc purpur, and clothedynd
him with" his clothis, and leddenf himS,
21 that thei schulde crucifie him. And thei
constreyneden sumb man passynge forth,
Syrnount of Syrenenllh, comynge fro the
town, the fadir of Alysandre and Rufe1,
22 that he schulde take his cross. And thei
ledden him in to ak place Golgotha1, that
is interpretid'", W expowned™, the place
2:5 of Caluarie. And thei 3auen him for 'to
drynke wyn meddelid with rnyrre, and he
24 took not. And thei crucifiynge him de-
partiden his clothis, sendingeP lot', who
25 what1" schulde take8. Forsoth it was the
thridde our, that* 'men clepen" vndrunv,
•26 and thei crucifieden him. And the title
of his cause was writun, Jhesus of Naza-
27reth, kyngw of Jewis. And thei crucifienx
with him twey^ theues, oon vat thez ri3t-
2« half, 'and oona atb hisc lefthalf d. And the
prophecie is fulfilde that seith, And he is
gessidef, W ordeyned%, with wickideh men.
as And' passinge forth theik blasfemyden him,
mouynge her heedis1, and1" seyinge, Fy3n!
thou° that distroyest the temple of God,
nnaiid in thre dayes a3en bildest itP; thou
comynge down froi the cros, make thi self
:» saf. Alsor and the hi3estes prestes scorn-
hym with purpur. And thei writhen a
coroun of thornes, and puttiden™ on hym.
And thei bigunnen to grete hym, and\s
seiden, Heile, thou" kyng of Jewis. And 19
thei smyten his heed with a reed, and
bispatten hym ; and thei kneliden, and
worschipiden hym. And aftir that thei 20
hadden scorned him, thei vnclothiden
hym of purpur0, and clothiden hym with
hise clothis, and ledden out hym, to cru-
cifie hym. Arid thei compellidenP a man 21
that passide'i the weie, that cam fro the
toun, Symount of Syrenen, the fader of
Alisaundir and of Rufe, to bere his cross.
And thei ledden hym in to a place Gol-22
gatha, that is to seie, the place of Caluari.
And thei 3auen to hym to drynke wyn 23
meddlid with mirre, and he took not. And 24
thei crucifieden him, and departiden hise
clothis, and kestenr lot on tho,who schulde
take what. And it was the thridde 25
our, and thei crucifieden hym. And 26
the titil of his cause was8 writun, Kyng1
of Jewis. And thei crucifien" with hym 27
twei theues, oon 'at thev ri3thalf and oon
at hisw lefthalf. And the scripture was 28
fulfillid that seith, And he is ordeyned
with wickid men. And as thei passidenao
forth, thei blasfemyden hym, mouynge
her heedis, and seiynge, Vathx! thou that
distriest the temple of God, and in vthre
dales? bildist it a3en ; come adoun7 fro the :w
crosse, and make thi silf saaf. Also3 the si
hi3esteb prestis scorneden hym ech to
othir with thec scribis, and seiden, He
made'1 othir men saaf, he may not saue
hym silf. Crist, kyng of Israel, come 32
0 cladden sx. clothen ur. P putten svrx. 1 on v. r thei bigunnen ur. s Om. sx. * and seie vv.
u Om. MPvr. *u Om. K. v smytynge o. han smyte v. w heued ou. * boffaten K. bispittiden QTXY.
speten on vr. y and thei vr. z puttynge, or bowinge, her knees MP. kneliden v sec. m. a Om. vr. b vn-
cladden A". <-• of XY. d cladden x. e in vr. f thei ledden vr. S out him r. b a vr. hh Sirenence M.
1 of Rufe Nr. k the vr. ' of Golgatha vr. m expowned o. n Om. ovrx. ° Om. sx. P castynge
v sec. m. q lot on hem o sec. m. lot on tho vr. r Om. vr. s take what vr. * Om. vr. u is o.
Om. vr. v vndren M. vnduren o. vndiir Q. Om. ur. vndirne iv. w the kyng vr. x crucifieden NTX.
y two A/ et P pass. XY. z on his N. at his s. on the vr. a another T. b on nvr. c the ovr. d left
lialf of him r. e filled ur. f gessid o. arettid vr. ordeyned x. S Om ovrx. '' wicke x. ' And
thei vr. k Om. vr. ' heuedis ov. m Om. XY. n Vath, orjy MP. Vath u sec. m. marg. Om. A'.
0 on l/iee vr. P Om. r. <1 of vr. r In lyk manere vr. s heje s.
m putten k. n Om. k. ° the purpur ik. P ether constreyneden K marg. <\ passide bi c. r cast-
iden hi. s is k pr. m. l Jh. of Naz. kyng c. u crucifieden A pr. m. CEiMPRubghika|3. v atte P. w the
OK sup. ras. Kk. x that is, fi^ e marg. y the thridde dai A pr. m. ''• doun iMsbc pr. m. ehi. a And
upr.m K. And also K sec. m. Also and R. b hi3e i. c Om. k. d hath maad i.
XV. 32 — 42-
MARK.
137
ynge' him, ech to other, with scribis",
seiden, 'Crist, kyng of Yrael, maade othere
menT saf, vhe maye not saue him siluew.
32 Come" he? down now fro the cross, that
we se, and bileue. And thei that weren
crucified with him, puttedynz wrong", "or
y^fals reprefb, to him. And the sixte our,
"or myddayc, maad, derknessis bend maad
vpone al theee erthe til 'in tof the nynthe
34 our, "that is, noon%. And in the nynthe
our Jhesus criede with greet vois, seyynge,
'Heloy, Heloy1', lamazabatany, the' which
vinterpretid isJ, My God, my God, whi, "or
x>whertok, hast thou forsake me? And
summe of men stondinge aboute heeringe1
36 seiden, Lo ! he clepith Hely. Sothli oon
renriynge, and fillinge a sponge with vyne-
grem, and puttinge aboute to a reede, 3auen
him drynke0, seyinge?, SufFre 36, se we, if
37 Hely come for") to dor hym down. For-
soth Jhesus8, a greet vois sent out, deiede*,
ss W sente out the breth". And the veil of
the temple isv kitt in tow tweyne* fro the
snhi3este til to down*", "or bynethe7-. Forsoth
centurio seynge, 'the which* stood euene
a3enst, for so criynge he hadde deied,
seith1', Verrili, this man was 'Goddis sonec.
40 Sothli1 c 'there weren and othere wymmend
biholdinge froe afferf, among whiche was
Mary Mawdeleyn, and Mari of» James
the lasse, and 'rnodir ofh Joseph, and
41 Salome. Arid whanne Jhesus was in Ga-
lilee, thei folowiden' him, and mynystriden
to him, and manye othere wymmen, thatk
'to gidere sti3eden vp1 with him to Jeru-
428alem. And whanne1" euerityd" was now
maad, for it was the euentyd0 bifore the
doun now fro the cross, that we seen,
and bileuen. And thei that weren cru-
cified with hym, dispiseden6 hym. And 33
whanne the sixte hour was come, derk-
nessis weren made on al thef erthe til in»
to the nynthe our. And in the nynthe 3*
our Jhesus criede with a greet vois, and
seide, Heloy, Heloy, lamasabatany, that
is to seie, My God, my God, whi hast
thou forsakun me? And summe of menh35
that stoden aboute herden, and seiden,
Lo ! he clepith Helye. And oon' ranne,36
and fillide a spounge with vynegre, and
puttide aboute to a reede, arid 3af tok
hym drynke1, and seide, Suffre 36, se we,
if"1 Helie come to do hym doun. And 37
Jhesus 3af out" a greet cry, and diede.
And the veil of the temple was rent ss
atwo fro the hi3este to bynethe. But3n
the centurien that stood forn? a3ensi
813, that he so criynge hadde diede, and1"
seide, Verili, this man was Goddis sone.
And ther weren also wymmen bihold- 40
ynge fro afer, among whiche8 was Marie
Maudeleyn, and Marie, the rnodir of
James the lesse, and of Joseph, and of
Salome. And whanne Jhesus was in4i
Galilee, thei folewiden hym, and myn-
ystriden to hym, and many othere wym-
men, that camen vp togidir with him to
Jerusalem. And whanne euentid" was 42
come, for it was the euentid which* isw
bifor the sabat, Joseph of Armathie*, they 43
noble decurioun, cam, and he abood the
rewme of God; and2 booldli he entride
to Pilat, and axide the bodi of Jhesu.
But Pilat wondride, if he were now u
' scorneden Q. n the scrihis u. v other he made Q sec.m. he made othere men vr. w him self he
may not make saue <j sec. m. lie may not make saaf him self vv. * Crist, the kyng of Israel, come
o sec. m. vv, y Om. v. z patten sx. " fals repref vr. b Om. AOQVVX. c or vndurne AGMNPQSTY.
Om. ovvx. d weren vv. e on svvx. ee Om. AOQS. f vnto x. & Om. QVV. h Hely, Hely GW.
' Om. vv. 3 is interpretid MP. k or wherfore A. Om. OQUVX. 1 and heringe P. m aysel o. n 3af to r.
0 to drinke v. P and seide vv. 1 Om. surx. r putte v. 9 Om. vr. * Jhesu sente out the spirit vv.
" Om. ox. either diede vv. v was vv. w Om. o. x two MPQXY. V binethe MPVV. z Om. MOPQUVX.
B which MP. that vvx. b seide v. and seide v. c the sone of God vv. cc And sothli K. d and
wymmen weren vv. ther weren oth. wym. w pr.m, e Om. x. f fer v. S the modir of vv. h Om. vr.
> sueden vv. k whiche vv. 1 hadden stijed to gidere vv. ra Om. v. ° euen MO. ° euen MO. makyng
redi, either vigile, which is vv.
* ether puttiden wrong K marg. f Osn. CEPU. E Om. k. h the men i. > oon of hem A sec. m. EQ.
k Om. sg. l to drynke A pr. m. M pr. m. segk. m wher k. n up k. ° to rent EI. toren k. P aforn
1 iec. m. ehik. 1 yens ek pr. m. T and he kpr. m. s whom i. 4 Om. k pr. m. u the euentijcl i.
T that i. w was g. x Armath A pr. m. y Om. i pr. m. * Om. b.
VOL. IV. T
138
MARK.
XV. 43 — XVI. 8.
43saboth, Joseph of Armathie0, the? noble
decurioun^that hadde ten men vndir him*,
cam, the1" which and8 he was abidinge the
rewme of God ; and hardily he entride in*
to Pilat, and axide the body of Jhesu.
44 Forsothe Pilat wondride, if he hadde now
4sdeied. And ceiiturio 'axid tou, *or brou^t
to", he"' axide him, if hex were now deed ;
and whanne he? hadde knowun of cen-
turio, he 3af the body of Jhesu to Joseph.
4GvSothli Joseph' byinge hima 'lynnen clothb,
and doynge him doun, wlappedec in the
lyneu cloth, andd puttide" in a vnewe se-
pulcref that was hewen in& a stoon, andss
walewid to a stoon at1' the mouth' of the
sepulcrek.
CAP. XVI.
47 Marie Mawdeleyn forsothe, and Marie
of Joseph1 biheelden, where he was putt.
lAnd whanne the saboth hadde1" passid,
Marie Mawdeleyn, and Marie of James,
and Salome11 bo^ten oynementis, that thei
2comynge schulden anoynte0 Jhesu. And
ful eerly in oon of woke P dayes, thei
carnen to the sepulcre, thei sunne nowr
s'sprungen vp8. And thei seiden to gidere,
Who schal 'turne a3enl to vs the stoon fro
4 the dore of the sepulcre? And thei bi-
holdinge sy3en the stoon walewid" awey,
sforsoth it was ful greet. And thei go-
ynge ynv into the sepulcre sy3en a 3ong
oon, hilid with a whit stoole, sittinge atw
the 1-131 half; and thei weren abaistVor
bgreetli aferdi . The2 which seith to hem,
Nyle 36 drede; 36 seken Jhesu of Nazareth
crucified ; he hath risun, he is not heere ;
lo ! the place where thei puttiden* him.
7 But go 36, 'seye 3eb to his disciplis, and to
Petre, for he schal go byfore 3ou in to
Galilee ; there 36 schulen se him, as he
a seide to 3ou. And thei goynge out fledden
deed. And whanne the centurion ? was 45
clepid, he axide hym, if he were deed;
and whanne he knewe of the centurion,
he grauntide the bodi of Jhesu to Jo-
seph. And Joseph bou3te lynnen cloth, 4«
and took hym7- doun, and wlappide in
the lynnen cloth, and leide hym in aa
sepulcre that was hewun of a stoon, ands
walewide a stoon to the dore of the
sepulcre. And Marie Maudeleyne and 47
Marie of Joseph bihelden, where he was
leid.
CAP. XVI.
And whanne the sabat was passid, i
Marie Maudeleyne, and Marie of James,
and Salomee bou3ten swete smellynge
oynementis, to come and to anoynte Jhe-
su. And ful eerli in oon of the woke 2
daies, thei camen to the sepulcre, whanne
the sunne was risun. And thei seiden 3
togidere, Who schal meue awey to vs
the stoon fro the dore of the sepulcre?
And thei bihelden, and seien the stoon 4
walewid awei, for it was ful greet. Arido
thei 3eden in to the sepulcre, and sayn a
3onglyng, hilide with a white stole, sit-
tynge 'at thee ri3thalf ; and thei weren
afeerd. Which*1 seithe to hem, Nyle 366
drede ; 3e seken Jhesu of Nazareth cru-
cified ; he is risun, he is not here ; lo !
the place where thei leiden hym. But 7
go 36, and seie 3ef to hise disciplis, and
to Petir, that he schal go bifor 3011 in to
Galilee ; there 36 schulen se hym, as he
seide to 3ou. And thei 3eden out, and 8
0 Armath K. P a u. <\ Oin. ovyx. T Om. ur. * also vr. l Om. v. u clepid vv. v Om. vvx.
w Pilat vv. x Jhesu ur. y Pilat ur. z Joseph forsothe o. Forsothe Joseph i~r. a Om. AGMNOPQSTU
ytvxv. b sendel or lynnen cloth MP. a linen cloth A'. c wlappide him AIP. d and he vr. e putte him MP.
putte s. puttide him ur. putte it A-. f graue ur. g of ur. g? Om. K. h to A". > dore ur. k graue ur.
1 James and Joseph N. m was ur. n of Salome XY pr. m. ° oynten x. P the woke GMOPQvr. the
wyke A', the woke Y. 1 whan the ur. r Om. Nur. s was risen now ur. * ajen turne MPXY. turne
away ur. u turned ur. v ingoynge MPY. entrynge ur. ingoende A". w on ur. * abaischid ACOQW.
astonyed ur. abasht A". Y Om. Aovrx. z Om. ur. a putten sx. b seith A-.
J' centurio A. z it c. a the EP. b and he i. c atte P. d The whiche I. e seid spr. m. f Om. hi.
XVI. 9 T
MARK.
139
fro the sepulcre ; forsothee dreded and
quakynge6 hadde assaylid hem, W gon in
to hem*, and to no man thei seiden ony
9 thing, forsoth % thei dredden. Sothly h
Jhesus, rysinge erly in the first day of the
wouke, apperide firste to Mary Mawde-
leyn, of'1 whom he hadde cast out seuene
iodeuelisk. She goynge tolde to hem1 that
weren with him, ^hem weylinge and wep-
nynge™. And thei heeringe that" he
lyuede0, andP was seyn of hir, bileueden
12 not. Sothli i after thes thingis 'tweyne
of hem wandringer, he iss schewid in an
other lyknesse/ort/?gwet) to hern" goyngev
is in to a toun. And thei goynge toolden
to othere, nethirw thei bileuyden tox hem.
14 Forsoth at the laste, hem enleuene rest-
ingey, Jhesus apperide to hem, and re-
prouyde the vnbileuez of hem, and the
hardnesse of herte, for thei bileuyden not
to hema, that hadden seyn him to haue
isrisunb fro deedec. And he seide to hem, 3e
goynge in to al the world, preched the
16 gospel to ech creature. He that schal bi-
leue, and schal be baptisid", W cristenyiV,
schal be sauyd^; sothli he that schal vbi-
17 leue noth, schal be dampned. Forsoth
these ! tokenes k schulen sue hem, that
schulen bileue. In my name thei schulen
cast out fendis ; thei schulen speke with
isnewe tungis ; thei schulen do awey ser-
pentis; and if thei schulen drynke ony
venym, vor deedli thing^, ''that bryngith
deeth'", it schal not noye" hem0. Thei
schulen putte? hiri hondis vponr sike men,
10 and thei schulen haue8 wel. And sothli
the Lord Jhesu, aftir that he 'hadde spoke*
to hem, is" takun vp in to heueue, and
fledden fro the sepulcre; for drede and
quakyng had assailed hem, and to no
man thei seiden ony thing, for thei dred-
den. And Jhesus roos eerli the firste dais
of the woke, and apperid firste to Marie
Maudeleyne, fro whom he had caste
out seuene deuelis. And sche }ede, and 10
tolde to hem that hadden ben with hym,
whiche weren weilynge and wepynge.
And thei herynge that he lyuyde, andii
was seyn of hir, bileueden not. But 12
after these thingis whanne tweyne of
hem wandriden, he was schewid in an-
othir liknesse to hem goynge in to a
toun. And thei ^eden, and telden to is
the& othirh, and nether thei bileueden to
hem. But vat the' laste, whanne theu
enleuene disciplisi saten at the mete,
Jhesus apperide to hem, andk repreuede
the vnbileue of hem, and the hardnesse
of herte, for thei bileueden not to hem,
that hadden seyn that he was risun fro
deeth. And he seide to hem, Go je in is
to al the world, and preche1 the gospel
to eche creature. Who that bileueth, and in
is baptisid, schal be saaf; but he that
bileueth not, schal be dampned. And 17
these tokenes schulen sue hem, that bi-
leuen. In my name thei schulen caste
out feendis ; thei "' schulen speke with
newe tungis ; thei schulen do awei ser- is
pentis ; and if" thei drynke ony venym,
it schal not noye ° hern. Thei schulen
sette her hondis on sijk men, and thei
schulen wexe hoole. And the Lord 10
Jhesu, aftirv he hadde spokun to hem,
wasi takun vpr in to heuene, and he
sittith on the ri3thalf of God. And 20
c for ur. d tremblynge vv. e drede ur. f Om. MOPQVVX. K for vv. h Forsothe vv, ' fro vr.
k fendis vv. ' hem mournynge and wepynge vv. m Om. vv. n for vv. ° lyuende XY. P Om. XY.
1 Forsothe ur. T Om. vv. 9 was vv. * Om. MOPQUVX. u tweyne of hem vr. T walkynge and
goynge vr. w and vr. * not to vv. y sittinge atte the mete vr. z vnfeithfulnesse vr. B these s.
" rise ajen ur. c deed men ur. deth x. <1 prechith MPX. prechyng Y. e cristened ur. f Om. oQurx.
e saaf AGMNOpQSTurtrY. '• not bileue MPXY. ' the r. k signes ur. 1 Om. Qur. m that bryngith in
deelh a sec. m. xv. Om. OQur. n anoye ur.
hem MPY. l spake vr. « was vr.
0 to hem o. P sette vr. 1 Om. vr. r on urx. s haue
g Om. KIMPQHS pr. m. k#. h tother g. ' atte P passim, aftir at the H pr. m. J Om. R pr. m. k and
he i. ' preche 30 Apr.m. precheth i. m and thei k. n thouj k. ° anoye cwb. P after that
EMPSuegka. q he was k pr. m. r Om. c.
T2
140
MARK.
XVI. 20.
20 sittith on the rrjthalf of God. Sothli v
thei gon forth prechiden euery where, the
Lord worchinge withw, and conferminge
the word with* signesx folowinge2.
Here endith the gospel of Mark, and
bigynneth the prolog of Luk*.
thei 3eden forth, and prechiden euery
where, for the Lord wrou3te with hem,
and confermyde the word with signes
folewynge.
Here endith the gospel of Mark, and
here bigynnetli the prolog vpon Luyk*.
v Forsothe uv. w to gidere vr. x Om. x. T signes, either myracles vv. z suynge vr. a Here
endith Mark, and norv bigynneth Luk. A. Here endith the gospel of Mark, and here bigynnclh the prolog
on the gospel of Luke Euanaelift. Jerom in his prolog seith pleynli this sentence suynge. N. Here endith
the gospeles of Marks, and here bigynneth the prolog of Luke. g. Here endith Mark. T. Here endith
Marc, and bygynneth Luc. v. Here endeth the gospel of Mark, and bigynneth the gospel of Luke. w.
Ende. Y. No final rubric in GMOPSVX.
* Here endith the gospel of Mark, and (here x) bigynneth the prologe on the gospel of Luyk. CQX.
Heere endith the gospel of Mark, and biginnith the prologe on Luyk. iRchi. Here endeth Mark ; se now
the prologe on Luke. K. Here endith the gospel of Mark, and bigynnith a prologe on Luk. s. Here endith
Mark, and here bigynneth a prologe on Luyk. ube. Here eendith the gospel of Mark. k.
LUKE.
The prologe of Luke".
LUCAS of Antyoche of Sirye nacioun, in craft a leche, wasb a disciple of the
apostlis ; aftirward he folowide Poul anon inc to his passioun, seruynge to the Lord
with outen blame ; forwhi he iiother hauynge eny tyme wyf, neithird sones, of
seuenty and foure 3eer agee deiede in Betanyef, ful of the Hooly Gost. The which
aftir thats the gospels weren writuri, by Matheu forsothe in h Jewerie, by Mark
sothli in Ytalie, stirynge the Hooly Gost, this gospel he wroot in vthe cuntrees' ofk
Achaye ' ; also signyfiynge him silf, that othere gospelis of Matheu and Mark
weren writen bifore. To whom with oute 'the ilkem thingis, the whiche the ordre
of the" disposinge of the gospel axith0, the mooste nede of traueil was, that first to
the bileuyd men of GreesP bi alle profeciynge the manheed of Crist comynge in to
fleisch schulde be maad opyn, lest thei, holdei with Jewis fablis, in the oonly desyrr
of the olde la we schulde8 be holde, and that he schulde trauele, lest thei', disceyued
with eretikis fablis and folyu bisynessis, schulde falle fro the treuthe; and" aftir that, in
the bigynnyrige of his gospel, the natiuyte of Jon take bifore, schulde schewe, to
whom he wroot the gospel, and in whom 'he chosew schulde wryte, tnakyrige opyn
himx in him silf to be fulfillid, that wereny of othir bigunne7. To whom therfore*
after the baptym of Goddis sone fro the perfeccioun of generacioun fulfillid b in
Crist, and fro the bigynnynge of natyuyte of man to be 'rehersid0, power vwas
grauntidd, that to men sechinge he schulde schewe, in whom he was apprehendinge
bi the entringe of the generacioun of vndepartable6 God, rennynge a3en 'in tof
God by Nathan?, the sone of Dauith, admittid, prechinge to men his Crist, schulde
make by the 'sone theh work of a perfit man turne a3en in' to him silf, the which
Luk by Dauith the fadir to men comynge to God 3af a wey in Crist. To the
which Luk power in seruyse of the apostlis dedis to be write was 3oue, that God
ful schewide in to God, other to be God that was in the assencloun, and the sone
of tresoun, that was Judas, acquenchidk, the preier of the apostlis1 maad, thorwm
the lot of Goddis choys", 'the noumbre schulde be fulfild. So Poul fulfillinge0 schulde
3yue to the? dedis of the apostlis, whom longe vto a3ensfi Godr, that was Goddis wille,
kikynge8 the Lord hadde chose. That thou3l bothe 'to men" redinge and sechinge God
by alle thingis it were profitable to be spedde of vs, nethelesv we, kuowinge that the
» From o. The prologe. r. Here begynneth the prolong of Luk. Y. No initial rubric in ux. b that
was o. c Om. QX. d either v. or x. other Y. e in age s. f Bitynie GY. Bitomie v. S Oni. K.
h the XY. i Om. K pr. m. k Om. K. ' Achaies Y. m tho x. a Om. K. ° axid x. P Greek s.
Graes Y. <l sholde SXY. Om. vr. r the desijr r. » Om. sx. ' the y. u faily Y. T Om. GY.
w Om. Y. x Om. si/rx. y In GKQ and v a large portion of the prologue to the Ep. to the Romans is
introduced here. z bigynnyng u. bigunnen x. a that sore Y. b fild x. c the hersid «. '' is jouen x.
e vnpartable u. f vnto Q. S Mathan K. h Om. o. ' Om. y. k quenchid sx. ' postlis r. m Om. g.
n clothis K. ° so Poul fulfillinge the noumbre should be fulfillid G sec. m. P there G. 1 tojen x. r the
good GQsurx. the gode Y. B kikende s. likynge K el ceteri. l there G. u men to r pr. m. T neuer-
theles Q.
142 LUKE.
traueilinge erthe tilier it bihoueth to etc of his frutis, hauith™ auoycled opyn curiouste,
leste we schulde be seid" not to schewe God as wel to men willinge, as to profite to
men aloothinge0.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth the gospel?.
Here bygynneth the prologe on Luyke*.
Luik was a man of Syne bi nacioun, and ofb Antiochie, and wasc a leche in
craft, and a disciple of apostlisd. Aftirwarde he suede Poul til tof his endyng,
and seruede God, and was with out greet synne, for nethir he hadde a wijf in
ony tyme, nether children, and he diede in Bithynye at vfoure and seuentithe 3eer&,
and was ful of the Hooli Goost. And whanne gospellish weren writun bi Matheu
in Judee, and bi Mark in Ytalie, Luk bi the1 stiryng of the Hooli Goost wroot
this gospel in the cuntreisk of Acaye. The moste nede1 of his trauel "was this™1,
that the manhod of Crist schulde be opyn to feithful Grekis bi alle profetis, that
Godn schulde come in fleisch, that is, to schewe bi alle profetis, that Crist schulde
be God and man togidir, lest cristen Grekis token heede to the fablis of Jewis,
and weren holdun in desijr aloone of Moyses lawe. And Luyk trauelide, lest
ether0 thei weren disseyued bi fablis of eretikis, and fonned stelthis, and felden
awei fro treutheP. This Luyk bigynneth at the concepcioun and natyuyte of Joon
Baptist, and discryueth the natyuyte, and baptym, and prechyng of Crist, and his
deth, and risyng a3en, and assencioun.
\Jerom in his prolog on Ltiyk seith pleynli this sentence*.
Here bigynneth another prologe*.
1 Forsothe for manye men enforceden to ordeyne the tellyng of thingis, whiche
2 ben fillid in vs, as thei that seyn atte the bigynnyng, and weren ministris of the
:iword, bitakenr, it iss seen also to me, hauynge' alle thingis diligentli bi ordre, to
4 write to thee, thou best Theofile, that thou knowe the treuthe of tho wordis,
of whiche thou art lernedu*.
m ban s. hath x. n seie QY. seen sux. ° lothende sx. P Here endith the prologe of' Luke, and
bigynnen the gospeles of Luke after the letlre. Q. No final rubric in XY. 1 From t; and v marg. Pro-
loge. v text. r bytooken v. s Om. r. * hauynge fro the bygynnyng v. u lerud r. * These four
prefatory verses are only found in two copies, u and v, both of the early version.
a From EOPTf. Prologe on Luyk. c. Prolog of Luke. N. Prologe. x. Here bigynneth the [a g] prolog
on the gospel of Luk. gk. No initial rubric in IKMQRSUX. h Om. N. c he was k. d the apostlis e.
e And aftirward ES. f into T. f? foure and seventi jeer CEiKPQ-ruxbhik. Ixxiiij. 3eer Jiscegk. foure
score foure 5eers N. thre scoore jere and four tenthe o. h the gospels oe. ' Om. CEMNOSTUXQR
bceghik. k cuntrei hik. • ' Om. i. m Om. T. " Crist s sup. rns. ° ar o. P the truthe Rsg.
1 Jerom seith al this pleynli in his prologe on Luyk. c. Jerom in his prologe on Lrvk seilh this sentence. KPX.
Heere endith the prologe. i. Here endeth the prologe on Luke ; se now the book of Luk. K. Jerom in his
prolog seith al this pleynli. N. Thus eendith the prolog, and bigynneth the gospel of Luke. R. Here endith
the prologe, and here bigynnith the book of Luk. s. This seith Jerome in his prologe on Luyk. v. Here
endith the prolog, and bigenneth the gospeil of the vangly of Luk. g. This seith Jerom in his prolog. hi.
Jerom in his prolog on Luk seith al this. k. Om. oxe.
I. 5— '7-
LUKE.
143
Here bygynneth the gospel of 'Lube(. Here bigynneth the gospel of Luyk*.
5 Ther was sum prest, Zacharie by
name, in the dayes of Eroude, kyng# of
Judee, of the sort of Abia, and his wyf
of the dou3tris of Aaron, and hir name
o Elizabeth. Sothli thei bothe weren iuste
r bifore11 God, goynge in alle the maunde-
mentis and iustifyingis of the Lord, with
7outen pleynte. And' a sone was not to
hem, for that Elizabeth was bareyne, and
bothe hadden gon forthk fer1 in her dayes.
s Sothli it was"1 don, whanne" Sacharie was
set 'in presthod0, in the ordre of his sort
9 bifore God, vpP the custom of presthod,
by sort he wente forth, that he entrid in
to the temple of the Lord, schulde puttei
loensence. And alle the multitude of ther
peple was withouteforth, preiynge in the
nour of encence. Sothli an aungel of the
Lord apperide to him, stondinge on the
I2ri3thalf of8 the auter of ensence. And
Sacharie seynge was * disturblid u, and
is drede feldev doun on him. Forsoth the
aungel seith to hym, Zacharie, drede thou
not ; for thi preier is herd, and Elizabeth,
thi wyf, schal here to thee a sone, and his
14 name schal be clepid John. And vioye
and gladinge schal be to theevv; and manye
laschulen enioyew in his natyuite. Sothli he
schal be greet bifore the Lord, and he
schal not drynke wyn and sydirx, and he
schal be fulfilled y ofz thea Hooly Gost 3it
ieofb his modirc wombe. And he schal
conuerte manye of the sones of Israel to
17 the Lord God of hem ; and he schal go
bifore him in the spirit and vertu of
Helye ; and he'1 schal turne the hertis of
In the daies of Eroude, kyng of Judee, A
ther was a prest, Sakarie hi name, of the
sorte of Abia, and his wijf was of the
dou3tris of Aaron, and hir name was
Elizabeth. And botheb weren iust bifore
God, goynge in alle the maundementis
and iustifiyngis of the Lord, withouten
pleynt. And thei hadden no child, for 7
Elizabeth was bareyn, and bothe weren
of grete age in her daies. Arid it bifel,8
that whanne Zacarie schulde do the office
of preesthod, in thec ordre of his cours
tofor God, aftir the custome of the d 9
preesthod, he wente forth bi lot, and
entride in to the temple, toe encense.
And al the multitude of the puple was 10
with outforth, and preiede in the our"of
encensyng. And anf aungel of the Lord n
apperide to hym, and stood on the ri3t-
half of the auter of encense. And Za-12
carie seynge was afraied, and drede fel
vpon hym. And the aungel seide to is
hym, Zacarie, drede thou not ; for thi
preyer is herd, and Elizabeth, thi wijf,
schal here to thee a sone, and his name
schal be clepid Joon. And ioye and u
gladyng schal be to thee ; and many
schulen vhaue ioyes in his natyuyte'1. For' is
he schal be greet bifor the Lord, and he
schal not drynke wyn andj sidir, and he
schal be fulfillid with the Hooli Goost
3it ofk his modir1 wombe. And he schal 10
conuerte many of the children of Israel
to her Lord God ; and he schal go bifor 17
hym in the spirit and the11 vertu of Helie;
and he schal turne the hertis of the™
' From o. Hcere bigynneth Luke. IM. Luk. v. No initial rubric in the other Mss. ? the kynge o.
Om. w pr. m. h to for u. ' Om. u. k Om. Qur. 1 Om. x. m is G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. " that
PQTX Y. ° Om. vvw sec. m. P aftir A pr. m. GMNOPQSW pr. m. x. 1 Om. G pr. m. r Om. v. 8 on o.
* is GMNOPQSTXY. u clisturbid sx. distroublid v. v fallide GMNT. fell o. fel x. fellid y. vv he schall
be ioye to thee and gladynge GMXOPQTXY. w ioie AP w pr. m. * cyser IP. cyther ox. y fillid vv.
*• with AGiaxptjsrxY. a Om. G. b on T. c modirs uv. d Om. OPQTX.
a Heere biginnith the gospel of Lttyk. i. This is the gospel. Q. This is the Gospel of Lnyc. x. Here
bigynneth the firste chapitre of Luk. e. No initial rubric in CEKPRSubeghik. b bothe thei I. c Om.
M pr. m. d Om. KSgk. that e. e of k pr. m. f the c. S be glad R. h natyuyte, or birlhe K.
' Forsothe i. J ne CEiMrQRUxbchika/3. nether KSg. k fro k. ' modris sb. " Om. sk. m Om. KIP
x pr. m. k.
144
LUKE.
I. 1 8 — 29.
fadris in to sones6, and men out of bileuef
to thes prudence of iuste men, for1' to
make redy a parfyt peple to the Lord.
is And Zachari seide to the aungel, Wherof
schal I wite this ? for I am old, and my
19 wyf hath gon fer' in hir dayes. And the
aungel answeringe seide to him, Forsoth
I am Gabriel, that stonde ny3 biforek
God ; and I am sent to thee for1 to speke,
and tom euangelise, 'or tcllen, to thee thes
2uthingis. And loo! thou shalt be stille,
"or doumbe0, and thou schalt not mowe
speke til in to the day, in which? thes
thingis schulen be don; for thati thou hast
not1" bileuyd to my wordis, whiche5 schu-
21 len be fillid' in her tyme. And the peple
was abidinge Zacharie, and thei won-
22driden, for he tariede in the temple. For-
soth he gon out my3te not speke to hern,
and thei knewen that he1' hadde seyn a
vicioun in the temple. And he was bekeri-
2synge to hem, arid dwellide doumb. And
it was" maadv, as the dayes of his office
weren fulfillidw, he wente in to his hous.
24 Forsoth after dayes Elizabeth, his wyf,
conseyuede, and hidde hir fyue rnonethis,
25seyinge, For so the Lord dide to me in
the dayes, in thex whiche he bihelde, for?
to take a wey my schenschip a mong men.
2fiSothely in the sixte monethe the aungel
Gabriel wasz sent fro God in to a citee of
27 Galilee, to whicha the name Nazareth, to
a rnayden h, weddid to a man, to whom
the name was Joseph, of the house of
Dauith ; and the name of the mayden
•28 Marie. And the aungel gon yn to hir
seide, Heilc, ful of grace; the Lord beA
with thee ; blessid be* thou arnongf wym-
29 men. Whichs, whanne she had herd, wash
troublid' in his word, and thou3te what
fadris in to the" sones, and men out of
bileue0 to the prudence of iust men, to
make redi a perfit puple to the Lord.
And Zacarie seide to the aungel, Wherof is
schal Y witeP this? for Y am eld, and my
wijf hath gon fer in toi hir daies. And 19
the aungel answeride, and seide to hym,
Forr Y am Gabriel, that stonde ni3 bifor
God ; and Y am sent to thee to speke,
and to euangelize to thee these thingis.
And lo ! thou schalt be doumbe, and 20
thou schalt not mow speke til in to the
dai, in which these thingis schulen be
don ; for thou hast not bileued to my
wordis, whiche schulen be fulfillid in her
tyme. And the puple was abidynge2i
Zacarie, arid thei wondriden, that he ta-
riede in the temple. And he 3ede out, 22
and my3te not speke to hem, and thei
knewen that he hadde seyn a visioun in
the temple. And he bikenyde tos hem,
and hess dwellide stille doumbe. And it 23
was don, whanne the daies of his office
weren fulfillid, he wente in to his hous.
And aftir these daies Elizabeth, his wijf, 24
conseyuede, and hidde hir fyue monethis,
and seide, For so the Lord dide to me in 25
the daies, in whiche he bihelde, to take
awei my repreef among men. But in 26
the sixte moneth the aungel Gabriel was
sent fro God in to a citee of Galilee,
whos name was Nazareth, to a maidyn', 27
weddid to a man, whos name was Jo-
seph, of the hous of Dauid ; and the
name of the maidun" was Marie. And 28
the aungel entride to hir, and seide,
Heil, ful of grace; the Lord be* with
thee ; blessid be thou among wymrnen.
And whanne sche hadde herd, sche was 29
troublid in his word, and thou3te what
e the sones AGMNPQTW pr. m. v. f bileue, or that bileuen not AGNQSTWY. the bileue vr. S Om. A'.
h Om. sx. ' forth x. k toforn XY. l Om. x. m for to o. n or scheme AGMKOPSTY. Om. QX.
° Om. x. P the whiche AGMNOPTWY. 1 that that AGMNPSTXY. * not now w pr. m. s the whiche AG
MNOPQSTW pr.m. XY. * fulfilled AGMNOPQSTIVXY. 4t thei K u is A pr. m. Gpr.m. MNOPQSTY pr. m.
v don A sec.m. G sec.m. svv. w fillid vv. x Om. AGMNOpQSTvrwxY. J Om. sx. z ISA pr. m. G pr m. A/JV
OPQSTXY pr. m. a whom AGMNOPQSTXY. b virgyn p. c Heil, Marie N. d Om. GMNOPQSTwpr. m. XY.
e Om. a pr. m. MNPQSTXY pr. m. f yn A. e The whiche AGMNPQSTWXY. h is A pr. m. Gpr. m. MNPQST
XYpr.m. Om. o. ' turblid MNP.
n Om. Expr. m. " the bileue g. Pknowek. 1 Om. EIQR sec. m. begkpr. m. r Forsothe i. s Om. s.
»s Om. H. * niaide EiPQxk. " maide EIP. T is i.
1. 30 — 44.
LUKE.
145
30 maner salutacioun this was. And the
aungel seide to hir, Ne drede thou, Marie,
sothli thou hast founden grace anemptis"
31 God. Loo ! thou schalt conseyue in thev
wombe, and schaltw here a sone, and thou
32 schalt clepe his name Jhesu. This* schal
be greet, and he schal be clepid thexx sone
of the Hi3este ; and the Lord God schal
3yue to him the seete of Dauith, his fadir,
and he schal regne in the hous of Jacob
33xwith outeny ende, and of his rewme schal
34 be non ende. Forsoth Marie seith z to
the aungel, On what manere schal this
thing be don, for I knowea not man ?
36 And the aungel answeringe seide to hir,
The Hooly Gost schal come fro aboue in
to thee, and the vertu of the Hi3este schal
echadewe vntob thee ; therfore and that
hooly thing that schal be born of thee,
36 schal be clepid the sone of God. And
loo ! Elizabeth, thi cosynessc, and sche
hath conceyued a sone in hir elde, and
this monethe is the sixte tod hir that is
37 clepid bareyne; for euery word schal not
afibe inpossible anemptis God. Forsoth
Marie seide, Loo ! the hand rnaydene of
the Lord ; be it don to me aftirf thi word,
so And the aungel departide fro hir. Sothli
Marie risinge vp in tho dayes, wente with
haste in to theff hilly placis, in to a citee
40 of Judee. And sche entride yn to the
hows of Zacharie, and grette Elizabeth.
41 And it was*? don, as Elizabeth herde the
salutacioun of Marie, the 3onge child in
hir wombe gladide. And Elizabeth vwas
42fillidh with the Hooly Gost, and criede
with grete voys, and seide, Blessid be'1
thou a moiig wymmen, and blessid be* the
43fruyt of thi wombe. And wherof this1
thing to me, that the modir of my Lord
44 come™ to me? Loo! forsothe as the vois of
thi salutacioun was" rnaad in myn eeris,
maner salutacioun this was. And the 30
aungel seide to hir, New drede thou1
noty, Marie, for thou hast foundun grace
anentis God. Lo! thou schalt conceyuesi
in wombe, and schalt bere a sone, and
thou schalt clepe his name Jhesus. Thisz32
schal be greet, and he schal be clepid the
sone of the Hi3este ; and the Lord God
schal 3eue to hym the seete of Dauid, his
fadir, and he schal regne in the hous of
Jacob with outen ende, and of his rewme 33
schal be noon ende. And Marie seide 34
to the aungel, On what maner schal this
thing be doon, for Y knowe riot" man ?
And the aungel answeride, and seide toss
hir, The Hooly Goost schal come fro
aboue in to thee, and the vertu of the
Hi3este schal ouerschadewe thee ; and
therfor that hooli thing that schal be
borun of thee, schal be clepid the sone of
God. And lo b ! Elizabeth, thi cosyn, so
and sche also hath conceyued a sone in
hir eelde, and this moneth is the sixte
to hir that is clepid bareyn ; for euery 37
word schal not be inpossible0 anentis
God. And Marie seide, Lo ! the hand- as
maydynd of the Lord ; be it don to me
aftir thi word. And the aungel de-
partide fro hir. And Marie roos vp in 39
tho daies, and wente with haaste in to
the mounteyns, in to a citee of Judee.
And sche entride in to the hous of Za- 40
carie, and grette Elizabeth. And it was4i
don, as Elizabeth herde the salutacioun
of Marie, the 3ong child in hir wombe
gladide. And Elizabeth was fulfillid
with the Hooli Goost, and criede with 42
a greet vois, and seide, Blessid be thou
among wymmen, and blessid be the8
fruyt of thi wombe. And whereof WMS
this thing to me, that the modir of my
Lord comef to me? For lo ! as the voice 44
u ajeyn N. " Om. AGMNOPQSTW pr. in. XY. w Om. GMOPQTW pr. m. XY. * He uv. xx Om. MP.
J in to withouten x. z said AGMNOPQSTVVWXY. a knewe MP. b to AGMNOPQSTW sec. m. WXY. into
v pr.m. c cosyne GMOPQXY. <1 of o. e mayde A/OF. { vp vvw sec.m. ff tho x. S is G sec.m. MOPQTX
Y pr. m. h is fulfilde A pr.m. opr.m. MNOPQSTXY pr.m. was fulfillid A sec.m. G sec.m. w pr.m. Y sec.m.
' Om. GMNPSSTXY pr. m. k Om. G pr.m.MNOPSTXY pr.m. 1 is this AG sec. m. w pr.m. r sec. m. m com-
eth vr. n is A pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m.
w Om. CIB sec. m. x sec. m. * thee EP. y Om. csec. m. z He this r.
c vnpossible Kpk. d handmaide iqk. e Om. s. f cometh k.
VOL. IV. U
a no k. b Om. k pr. m.
146
LUKE.
I. 45 — 64.
the 3onge child gladided with6 ioye in my
45 wombe. And blessid thouf erts, that hast
bileuyd, for thoh thingis that ben seid to
thee fro the Lord, schulen be parfytli don.
46 And Marie seide, My soule magnyfieth
47 the Lord, and my spirit hath gladid1 in
48 God, myn heeltheJ. For he hath biholden
49 the mekenesse of his hand maydek. Loo!
forsoth of this alle generaciouns schulen
seie me blessid. For he that is my3ti hath
don grete thingis to me, and his name is1
sohooly. And his mercy isra fro kynredis11
si in to kynredis, to men dredirige him. He
made my3te in his arme, he scateride
proude men with mynde of his herte.
52 He0 puttide? doun myjty men fro seete^,
53 and enhaunside meker. He hath fillid5
hungry men with goode thingis, and he*
54 hath left ryche men voyde. Heu, hauynge
mynde of his mercy, took vp Israel, his
55 child ; as he hath spoken to oure fadris, to
Abraham and to his seed, in to worldis.
so Forsoth Marye dwellide with hir as threev
monethis, and turnyde 33611 in to hir hous.
5;Sothly the tyme of beringe child 'was
fillid x to Elizabeth, and sche childide a
sssone. And the nei3eboris and cosyns of
hir herdenF, for the Lord haddez magny-
fied his mercy with hir ; and thei thank-
59idena hirnb. And it wasc don, in the
ei3tethe day, thei camen ford to circumside
the child ; and thei clepiden" him Sacharie,
60 by name of his fadir. And his modir
answeringe seide, Nay, butf he schal be
61 clepid John. And thei seiden to hir,
For no man is in thi kyn, that is clepid
62 bi& this name. Sothli thei maden a syngne
to his fadir, whom he wolde him forh to
63 be clepid. And he axinge a poyntel,
wroot, seyinge, John is his name. And
64 alle men wondriden. Forsoth his mouth
of thi salutacioun was maad in myn
eeris, the 3ong child gladide in ioye in
my wombe. And blessid be thou, that4;»
hast bileued, for thilkes thingis that ben
seid of the Lord to thee, schulen be par-
fitli don. And Marie seide, Mi soule 46
magnyfieth the Lord, and my spirit hath 47
gladid in God, myn helthe. For he hath 48
biholdun the mekenesse of his hand-
maidunh. For lo ! of this alle genera- 49
ciouns schulen seie that1 Y am blessid.
For he that is my3ti hath don to me
grete thingis, and his name is hooli.
And his mercy is fro kynrede in to 50
kynredes, to men that dreden hym. He 51
made my3t in his arme, he scaterede
proude men with thek thou3te of his
herte. He sette1 doun my3ti men fro 52
setem, and enhaunside meke men. He 53
hath fulfillid hungri men with goodis,
and he hath left riche men voide. He, 54
hauynge mynde of his mercy, took" Is-
rael, his child; as he hath spokun to oure 55
fadris, to Abraham and to his seed, in to
worldis. And Marie dwellide with hir, 56
as it were thre monethis, and turnede
a3en in to hir hous. But the tyme ofs?
beryng child was fulfillid to Elizabeth,
and sche bare a sone. And the nei3boris SB
and cosyns0 of hir herden, that the Lord
hadde magnyfied his mercy with hir ;
and thei thankiden hym. And it was so
don in the ei3te dai, thei camen to cir-
cumcide the child; and thei clepiden hym
Zacarie, bi the? name of his fadir. And eo
his moder answeride, and seide, Nay, but
he schal be clepid Joon. And thei seiden ei
to hir, For no man is in thi kynrede,
that is clepid this name. And thei 62
bikeneden to his fadir, what he wolde
he were clepid. And he axyngees
d ful out gladide MP. e in AGMNOpQsrvnvxY. t be thou ^G sec. m. Y sec. m. e Om. AGMNOPQSTXY.
h thilk AGNOQST. the ilke MPW pr.m.v. i ful out gladid MP. J helthe 3iuer G sec. m. MOP. k mayden GV.
1 Om. Gpr. m. MNOPQSTXY pr. m. m Om. GIMNOPSQXY pr. m. n kynrede AGMNOPQSTWY. °And QX
Y pr.m. And he v sec. m. P putte sx. 1 the seete MPT. T meke men u. s fulfillid GMNOPQSTITXY.
* Om. w pr. m. u And K. T Om. K. x is fulfilde A pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m. was fultillid w\ sec. m.
7 seiden v. z hath u. a to gydere ioyeden MP. b to hir MP. to him o. c is A pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m.
d Om. sx. e clepynge o. f no but T. 8 Om. Y pr. m. h Om. surx.
g tho i. h handmaide EiQck. » Om. k. k Om. k. l settide R. putte k. «n here seete I. n took
vpkpr.m. ° the cosyns hi. P Om. Rpr. m. PP Om. e.
I. 65 — 80.
LUKE.
147
wask openyd anon, and his tunge, and he
esspak, blessinge1 God. And drede wasm
maud on alle her neijeboris, and thes"
wordis weren pupplischid on0 alle the?
66 hilly placis of Judee. And alle men that
herden puttedyni in herr herte, seyinge,
Who, gessist thou, this child schal be?
And sothli the bond of the Lord was9
fiV with him. And Zacharie, his fadir, Vas
flUid1 with the Hooli Gost, and prophe-
es siede, seyinge", Blessid bey the Lord God
of Israel, for he hath visitid, and maad
69 redempcioun of his peple. And he hath
rend"" to vs an horn ofx helthe in the
70 hous of Dauith, his child. As^ he spak by
the mouthe of vhooly prophetisz, that ben
71 fro the world*. Helthe frob oure enemyes,
and froc the bond of alle mend that hat-
72 iden vs. To do" mercy with oure fadris,and
tof haue mynde of« hish hooly testament.
73 The ooth that he swor to Abraham, oure
74 fadir, xto 3yue him silf' to vs. That we
'withoute dredek deliuerid fro the bond of
75 oure enemyes, serue1 to him111, in hoolynesse
and ri3tfulnessen bifore him iri° alle oure
7edayes. And thou, child, schalt be clepid
the? prophete of thePP Hi3este ; for thou
schalt go bifore the face of the Lord, toi
77 make redy his weyes. Forr to 3yue the8
science of helthe to his peple, in to remis-
78 cioun of her synnes ; bi the entraylis of
mercy* of oure God, in whiche" he spryng-
7<) ynge vp fro an hi3 hath visytid vs. Forv
to 3yue Ii3t to hem that sitten in derk-
nessis, and in schadewe of deth; forw to
dresse oure feet in to the wey of pees.
BO Sothli the child waxidex, and was com-
a poyntil, wroot, seiynge, Joon is his
name. And alle men wondriden. And 64
anoon his mouth was openyd, and his
tunge, and he spak, and blesside God.
And drede was maad on alle her nei3-os
boris, and alle these wordis weren pup-
plischid on alle the mounteyns of Judee.
And alle men that herden puttiden inC6
her herte, and seiden, What maner child
schal this be ? Fori the hoond of the
Lord was with hym. And Zacarie, his 67
fadir, was fulfillid with the Hooli Goost,
andr prophesiede, and seide, Blessid beau
the Lord God of Israel, for he hath
visitid, and maad redempcioun of his
puple. And he hath rerid8 to vs an 69
horn of heelthe in the hous of Dauid, his
child. As he spak bi the mouth of?o
hise1 hooli prophetis, that weren fro the
world. Helthe fro oure enemyes, and fro 71
the hoond of alle men that hatiden vs.
To do merci with oure fadris, and to 72
haue mynde of his hooli testament. The 73
greet ooth that he swoor to Abraham,
oure fadir, to 3yue hym silf to" vs. That 74
we with out drede delyueredv fro the
hoond of oure enemyes, serue to hym, in 75
hoolynesse and ri3twisnessew bifor hym
in alle oure daies. And thou, child, 76
schalt be clepid the prophete of the
Hi3est ; for thou schalt go bifor the face
of the Lord, to make redi hise weies. To 77
3yue scyence of helthe to his puple, in to
remyssioun of her synnes; bi the inward- 7«
nesse of the merci of oure God, in the
whiche he spryngynge vp fro an hi3
hath visitid vs. To 3yue Ii3t to hern that 79
k is A pr. m. GMNPQSTXY pr. m. 1 plesynge o. m is A pr. in. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m. n alle these
vrx. ° vpon AQMNOPQTW pr. m. Y. t Om. o. 1 putten s passim x. r Om. apr.m. s Om.
Qpr.m. * is fulfillid A pr. m. a sec. m. MNOPQSTXY pr.m. was fulfillid WY sec. m. u Om. wpr.m.
v Om. A pr.m. G pr.m. MNPQSTW pr.m. XY pr.m. w reiside vv. * on his v. of his r. Y And u.
z seyntis MP. a world his prophetes MP. b of G pr. m. MNOPQTXY pr. m. c of GMNOPQTXY pr. m.
d Om.vr w sec. m. x. e be done A pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m. f Om. r pr. m. 6 on AGNST. h Om. K.
i hym silf to jif GOW sec. m. to jiue him MPIJXY pr. m. hym to jeue NT. k Om. MOPQTXY pr. m.
1
serue we QY pr.m.
m him withouten drede MOQTXY pr.m. n rijtwysenesse AGMNOPQSTUWXY.
0 Om. G pr.m. MHOPQSTW pr. m. XY pr. m. f Om. r. PP Om. o. <l for to AGMNopQTurwY. T Om. x.
" Om. AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. XY. l the mercy AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. XY. u the whiche AGMNOPQT
w pr. m. Y. v Om. sx. w Om. s. x wex x.
<l forsothe I. r and he i. s arerid Epk. reisid b. l Om. k pr. m. u for b.
ri5tfulnesse sbhi.
U 2
be delyuered k pr. m.
148
LUKE.
II. I 12.
fortid in spirit, and was in desert til to?
the day of his schewinge to Israel.
CAP. II.
i Forsothe it was" donzz in tho dayes, a
maundement went out fro Cesar August,
\>r noble*, that al the world schulde be
2discryued. This firste discryuyng was
smaad of Cyryne, iusticeb of Cirye. And
alle menc wenten, that thei schulde make
profescioun, W knowleching d, ech by
4 him self in to his cite. Sothly and Josep
sti3ede vp fro Galilee, ofe thef cite ofe
Nazareth, in to Jude, in&s to a cite of Da-
uith, that is clepid Bedleem, for that he
was of the hous and meyne of Dauith,
5 that he schulde knowleche with Marie,
6xwith child spousid wyf to himh. Sothli it
was' don, whanne thei weren there, the
dayes weren k fulfillid1, that she schulde
7 berem child. And sche childide her firste
born" sone, and wlappide him in clothis,
and puttide0 him in a cracche, for ther
was not? place to hym in the comyn sta-
eble. And schepherdis weren in the same
cuntre, wakinge and kepinge the watchis
sofi the ny3t onr her flok. And loo! the
aungel of the Lord stood by sydis hem,
and the8 clerenesse of God schynede4 aboute
hem ; and thei dredden with greet drede.
10 And the aungel seide to hem, Nyle je
drede ; lo ! sothli I euangelise" to jou a
1 1 grete ioye, that schal be to al peplev. For
a sauyour is borun to day to vs, that is
Crist thew Lord, in the cite of Dauith.
12 And thisx a tokene to 3ou; 30 schulen
sitten in derknessis and in schadewex of
deeth ; to dresse oure feet in to the weie
of pees. And the child wexide, and was so
coumfortid in spirit, and was>" in desert
placis 'til toz the dai of his schewing to
Israel.
CAP. II.
And it was don in tho daies, a maun- 1
dement wente out fro the emperour Au-
gust*, that al the world schulde be dis-
cryued. This firste discryuyng was maad 2
of Cyryn, Justice of Sirie. And alle men 3
wenten to make professiounb, ech in toc
his owne citee. And Joseph wente vp4
fro Galilee, fro the citee Nazareth, in to
Judee, in to a citee of Dauid, that is
clepid Bethleem, for that he was of the
hous and of the rneyne of Dauid, that he &
schulde knouleche with Marie, his wijf,
that was weddid to hym, and was greet
with child. And it was don, while thei e
weren there, the daies weren fulfillid,
that sche schulde here child. And sche 7
bare hir first borun sone, and wlappided
hyrn in clothis, and leide hym in a
cratche, for ther was no place to hym in
noe chaumbir. And scheepherdis weren 8
in the same cuntre, wakynge and kep-
ynge thef watchis of the ny3t on her
flok. And lo ! the aungel of the Lord 9
stood bisidis hem, and the cleernesse of
God schinede aboute hem; and thei dred-
den with greet drede. And the aungel 10
seide to hem, Nyle 36 drede ; for lo ! Y
preche to 3ou a greet ioye, that schal be
to al puple. For as sauyoure is borun to 11
dai to 3ou, that is Crist the Lord, in the
citee of Dauid. And this is a tokene to 12
3ou ; 36 schulen fynde a 3ong child wlap-
y Om. Q. in to uwpr.m. z is A pr.m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m. zz Om. KO. B Oin. ox. b iustice,
or keper AGMNPQSTW pr. m. Y. c Om. x. d Om. x. e Om. Qtv pr. m. f Om. PU. g Om. MOY.
SS and K. l» spoused to him wijf, with childe GMOPQTXY. > is A pr. m. MNOS. Om. apr. m. PQTXY pr. m.
k ben A pr. m. MNPQTXY. 1 fillid uv. m first bere w. n bygoten A pr. m. opr. m. NOQSTY pr m.
bigeten MP. goten x. ° putte s et x passim. F no v. 1 on w. r vpon AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. Y. s Om.
GMNPQTXJTY. * schoen s. u euangelise, or preche AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. Y. T the peple KQU rw pr. m.
w a G pr. m. MNOPQTXY pr. m. x this is Q sec. m. w pr. m.
* the schadewe R. shade s. y lie was i. z vnto i. a Om. A pr. m. Eicb pr. m. b ether knonlech
K marg. professioun, ether knotvlechynge x sec. m. marg. c Om. i. d wrappide e. e Om. i. f Om.
EI pr. m. a. S the i.
II. 13—25-
LUKE.
149
fynde a 3ong child wlappid in? clothis,
is and put in a cracche. And sudenly ther
isz maad with the aungel a multitude of
heuenly kny3thod, heriynge God, and sey-
uinge, Glorie be* in the hi3este thingis to
God, and in erthe pees beb to men of good
iswille. And it wasc don, thatd whanne the6
aungelis passiden a wey fro hem in to
heuene, the schepherdis spaken to gidere,
seiynge, Passef we ouer tils toh Bedleem,
and vse we' this word that is maad, thek
vwhiche the Lorde maadkk, and schewid to
ic vs. And thei hy3inge camen, and founden
Marie and Joseph, and a 3ong child put
17 in a cracche: Sothli thei seinge, knewen
of the word that was seid to hem of this1
is child. And alle men that hadden herd
wondriden, and of thes thingis that weren
loseide to hem of the schepherdis. Forsoth
Marie kepte alle™ thes wordis, beringe to
20 gidere in hir" herte. And the schepherdis
turneden a3en, glorifiynge and heriynge
God in alle thingis that thei hadden herd
21 and seyn, as it is0 seyd? to hem. And
aftir that ei3te dayes weren endid, that
the child schulde be circumsidid, his
name was 1 clepid Jhesus, which r was
clepid of the8 aungel, bifore he was con-
22seyued in worn be1. And aftir that the
dayes of purgacioun of Marie weren ful-
fildu, vpx Moyses lawe, thei token him iny
to Jerusalem, that thei schulden offre him
23 to the Lord, as it is writun in the lawe
of the Lord, For echz male3 kynde open-
ynge the wombe Vob go out0, schal be
24 clepid hooly to the Lord ; and that thei
schulen 3yue an offryrige, vpd that ite is
seid in the lawe of the Lord, A peyre of
2aturtrisf, or tweys culuere briddis. And
lo ! a man was in Jerusalem, to whom the
name Symeon11 ; and this man was'1 iust
pid in clothis, and leid in a cratche. And 13
sudenli ther was maad with the aungel
a multitude of heuenli kny3thod, heri-
ynge God, and seiynge, Glorie be in the u
hi3este thingis to God, and in erthe pees
be]> to men of good wille. And it was 15
don, as the 'aungelis passiden' awei fro
hem in to heuene, the scheephirdis spaken
togider, and seiden, Go we ouer to Beth-
leem, and se we this word that is maad,
which the Lord hath 'maad, andk schew-
ide to vs. And thei hi3ynge camen, and i«
founden Marie and Joseph, and the 3ong
child leid in a cratche. And thei seynge, 17
knewen of the word that was seid to
hem of this child. And alle men that is
herden wondriden, and of these thingis
that weren seid to hem of the scheep-
hirdis. But Marie kepte alle these 19
wordis, berynge togider in hir herte.
And the scheepherdis turneden a3en, glo-20
rifyinge and heriynge God in alle thingis
that thei hadden herd and seyn, as it
was seid to hem. And aftir that the1 21
ei3te daies weren endid, that the child
schulde be circumcided, his name was
clepid Jhesus, which was clepid of the
aungel, bifor that he was conceyued in
the™ wombe. And aftir that the daiesn22
of the" purgaciouni' of Marie weren ful-
fillid, aftir Moyses lawe, thei token hym
into Jerusalem, to offre hym to the Lord,
as it is writun in the lawe of the Lord, 23
For euery male kynde openynge the
wombe, schal be clepid holi to the Lord ;
and that thei schulen 3yue an offryng, 24
aftir that it is seid in the lawe of the
Lord, A peire of turturis, or twei culuer
briddis. And lo! a man was in Jeru-25
salem, whos name was Symeon ; and this
man was iust and vertuousi, and aboode
y with Gpr. m. QXYpr. m. z was A sec. m. G sec. m. ovvw. a Om. AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. XY. b Om.
AGMNOPQSTW pr.m. XY. c is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. d Om. KUV. e Om. AVNOQWXY, { Go
AGMNOPQSTWY. g Om. ANOQXY. h Om. GSTW. l schewe N. k Om. Kvr. kk Om. K. ' the o.
m stille u. n Om. w pr. m. ° was GQurw. P seen u. 1 is A pr. m. MNPQSTX. Om. o. r the whiche
AGMNOPQSTWXY. » an w. t the wombe vr. u fillid u. * aftir AGMNOPQSTWXY. X Om. o. z euery
AGMNopQSTfrxv. B man o. b for lo AGMNPQTWY. 'c Om. o. d aftir AGMNOPQSTWXY. e Om. s.
f turtlis vw. e two MPtvxv. h mas Symeon o. ' Om. G pr. m. QTXY pr.m.
h Om. k. I aungil passede sgk. k Om. k pr. m. 1 Om. hia/3. m Om. EIKMPQRSUX pr.m. bceghika^.
n ei3te daies g. ° Om. EKbc^r. m. ega/3. P purificacioun k. 1 ether dredeful K marg.
150
LUKE.
ii. 26 — 40.
arid dredfulk, abidinge the comfort of Is-
rael; and the Hooly Gost was in him.
26 And he hadde taken answere of the Hooly
Gost, 'that he schal not1 se deeth, no but
27 he sai3 first the™ Crist of the Lord. And
he cam in spirit in to the temple. And
whenne his 'fadir and modirn ledden in0
the child Jhesu, that thei schulden do vpP
28 the custom of lawei forr him, and he took
him in to his armes, arid he blesside God,
2->and seide, Lord, now thou leeuyst tin
3o seruaunt vps thi word in pees ; for myn
3iy3en ban seyn thin helthe1, theu which
thou hast maad redy bifore the face of
saalle peplis ; Ii3t to thev schewing of he-
thenew, and glorie of thi peple ofx Israel.
33 And his fadir and his^ modir weren won-
dringe onz thes thingis, that weren seid of
34 hirn. And Syrneon blesside hem, and
seide to Marie, his modir, Lo ! this is put
in* to theb fallinge and inc to thed rysinge
a3en of many men indd Israel, and in to a
tokene, to whom it schal be a3einseid.
35 And a swerd schal passe thorw thin ownee
soulef, that thou3tis be schewid of rnanye
sehertis. And Anna was a prophetisse, the
doii3tir of Fanuel, of the lyriage of& Aser.
Andb sche hadde gon forth in many dayes,
and hadde lyued with hir hosebonde seuen
37 3eer fro hir maydenhed. And this was a
widowe 'til to' foure score 3eer and foure;
which k departide not fro the temple,
seruynge ny3t and day to1 fastingis and
SB bisechingism. And this" in thilke0 our
aboue comynge, knowlechide to the Lord,
and spak of him to alle that abidenP the
30 redempcioun of Israel. And as thei had-
den perfytli doon alle thingis, byi the lawe
of the Lord, their turnyden a3en in to
40 Galilee, in to her citee Nazareth. Sothli
the coumfort of Israel ; and the Hooli
Goost was in hym. And he hadde takun2«
anr answere of the Hooli Goost, that he
schulde not se deeth, but he saw3 first
the Crist of the Lord. And he cam in 27
spirit into the temple. And whanne his
fadir and modir ledden the child Jhesu
to do aftir the custom of the8 lawe for
hym, he took hym in to hise armes, and 28
he* blesside God, and seide, Lord, now 20
thou leuyst thi seruaunt aftir thi word
in pees ; for myn i^en han seyn thin 30
helthe, which thou hast maad redi biforsi
the face of alle puplis ; li^t to the schew-32
yng of hethene men, and glorie ofu thiv
puple Israel. And his fadir and hisvv33
modir weren wondrynge on these thingis,
that weren seid of hym. And Symeons4
blesside hem, and seide to Marie, his
modir, Lo ! thisw is set in to the fallyng
doun and in to thex risyng a3en of many
men in Israel, and in toy az tokene, to
whom it schal be a3enseid. And aa3s
swerd schal passe thorou thin owne soule,
that the thou3tis ben schewid of many
hertis. And Anna was a prophetesse, se
the dou3tir of Fanuel, of the lynage of
Aser. And sche hadde goon forth in
many daies, and hadde lyued with hir
hosebonde seuene 3eer fro hir maydyn-
hode. And thisb was a widewe toc foure 37
scoor 3eer and foure ; and sche depart-
ide not fro the temple, but seruyde toA
God ny3t and dai in fastyngis and
preieris. And this6 cam vpon hem in 38
thilk our, and knoulechide to the Lord,
and spak of hym to alle that abiden the
redempcioun of Israel. And as thei 39
hadden ful don alle thingis, aftir the
lawe of the Lord, thei turrieden a3en in
k dredyngful o. 1 him not for to MNOPQTY. him not to sx. that he schulde not u. m Om. GMNO
PQTY. n eldres MNOPQTX,Y, his fadir and his modir u. ° Om. G pr. m. MNOPQ pr. m. TXY. P aftir
A pr. m. GMNOPQSTWXY. 1 the lawe GQ. r of N. s aftir A pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY. * helthe 3ifer
G sec.m. MO sec.m. P. pees o pr. m. u Om. u. v Om. Q. w hethen men AGMNOPQSTUPXY. * Om. s.
y Om. vw. z vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. a Om. o. b Om. MOP. c Om. o. d Om. os. dd of Q. e Om. x.
{ soule, the whiche is his x. e Om. r. h Om. r. » vnto GQXY. k the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY.
1 in XY. m bisechyng N. n she this ATP. o that MX. the ilke v. P han abiden A sec. m. G sec. m. ouvw
Y sec.m. q after AGMNOPQSTWXY. r and thei w.
r Om. h pr. v. i. s Om. IE. * Om. ux. u to E. T the i. TV Om. R sec. m. w he this i. x Om. be.
y Om. hi. z Om. ihi. a Om. EIPQXC pr. m. b sche this I. c Om. c. til I. til to x sec.m. d Om.
hik sec m. e sche this i.
II. 4i — HI. i.
LUKE.
151
the child wax8, and was coumfortid, ful
of wysdom ; and the grace of God was in
41 him. And 'his fadir and modir1 wenten
by alle 3eeris in to Jerusalem, in the so-
42lempne day of paske. And whanne Jhe-
sus was maad of twelue 3eerisv, hem sti3-
ynge vpw in to Jerusalem, by* custom
43 of the feeste day, and the dayes endid,
whanne thei turneden a3en, the child
dwelte in Jerusalem, and his fadir and
44modir knewen not. Forsothe thei gess-
inge him to ? be in the felowschipe z,
camen the weya of ab day, and soften
him a mong his cosyns and knowen c.
45 And thei not fyndinge, wenten a3en in to
46 Jerusalem, sekynge him. And it wasd
don, aftir the thridde day thei founden
him in the temple, sittinge in the6 myd-
dil of doctours, heeringe hem and axinge
47hemf. Sothli alle men that herden him,
wondrideu on& the prudence and answeris
48 of him. And thei seynge wondriden.
And his modir seide to him, Sone, what
hast thou don to vs thus ? Lo ! thi fadir
49 and I sorwynge han sou3t thee. And he
seith to hem, What is ith that 36 soften
me ? wisten' 36 not, fork in tho thingis
that ben 'of my fadir1, it bihoueth me
50tom be? And" thei vndirstoden not the
51 word, which0 he spak to hem. And he
cam doun with hem, and cam to Naza-
reth, and was? sugeti to hem. And his
modir kepte to gidere alle thes wordis,
52 beringe to gidere in hir herte. And Jhesu
profitide in wysdom, age, and r grace,
anemptis God and3 men.
CAP. III.
i Forsothe in the fyftenthe 3eer of the
empyre of Tiberie, emperour4, Pilat of
Pounce kepingeu Judee, sothli Eroude,
to Galilee, in to her citee Nazareth. And40
the child wexe, and was coumfortid, ful
of wisdom ; and the grace of God was in
hym. And his fadir and modir wentenf4i
ech 3eer in to Jerusalem, in the solempne
dai of pask. And whanne Jhesus was 42
twelue 3eer oold, thei wenten vp to Jeru-
salem, aftir the custom of the feeste dai.
And whanne the daies weren don, thei 43
turneden a3en ; and the child abood in
Jerusalem, and his fadir and modir
knewen it not. For thei gessynge that 44
he hadde be in the felowschip, camen a
daies iourney, and soften hyms among
hise cosyns and hise knouleche. And 45
whanne thei founden hym not, thei turn-
eden a3en in to Jerusalem, and soften
hym. And it bifelle, that aftir the thridde 46
dai thei founden hym in the temple, sit-
tynge in the myddil of the doctours,
herynge hem and axynge hem. And 47
alle men that herden hym, wondriden on
the prudence and the answeris of hym.
And thei seyn, and wondriden. And 48
his modir seide to hym, Sone, what hast
thou do to vs thus? Lo! thi fadir and Y
sorewynge han sou3te thee. And he 49
seide to hem, What is it that 36 soften
me ? wisten 36 not that in tho1' thingis
that ben of my fadir, it behoueth me to
be ? And thei vndurstoden not the word, so
which' he spak to hem. And he cam si
doun with hem, and cam to Nazareth,
and was suget to hem. And his moder
kepte togidir alle these wordis, and bare
hem in hir herte. And Jhesus profitide 52
in wisdom, age, and grace, anentis God
and men.
CAP. III.
In the fiftenthe 3eer of the empire of i
Tiberie, the emperoure, whanne Pilat of
Pounce gouernede Judee, and Eroude
s waxed o. * his eldris, that is,f. and m. A pr, m. GMNPQTY. his elderes x. v jer x. w Om. r sec. m.
* aftir the AGM NOPQSTWXY. bi the r. Y for to AGMNOPQTWY. z cuntre, or felatvschipe A pr. m. GNOQTY.
cotnp-dUje,orJi'lauschipMP. a weie, or iottrnei A pr. m. GMNOPQTY. b o A. oo MP. c knowen men' o.
d is A pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY. e Om. GvrrY. f Om. KPW pr. m. S of ou. vpon MP. h Om. MX. > and
wisten w. k that N. ' my fadris AG pr. m. WQTW pr. m. XY pr.m. of my fadris G sec.m. w sec.m. Y sec.m.
"> for to AGMNOPQTWY. n Om. T. ° the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. f was a r. 1 suget, or
vndurloute AGMNPQSTWY. T Om. x. s and anent x. l the emperour w. u procurynge, or kepynge AGM
NOPQSTWY. procurende x.
f wenten vp x. 8 Om. i. h the P. l that i.
152
LUKE.
III. 2 12.
prince of Galileev, Philip forsoth, his bro-
ther, prince of Itureew, and of the cuntre
of* Tracon, and Lisany, prince of Abilyn^,
2 vndir the princis of prestis Annas and
Cayfas, the word of the Lord isz maad
ona John, the sone of Zacharie, in desert.
3 And he cam in to al the cuntre of Jor-
dan, prechinge baptym of penaunce in to
4 remyscioun of synnes. As it is writun
in the book of wordisb of Ysaye, the pro-
phete, The voys of oon criynge in desert,
Make 30 redy the weyec of the Lord,
a make 36 his pathis ri3t d. Ech valey
schal be fulfillid", and 'ech mountaynf and
'litil hils schal be maad 10113; and schrew-
ide thingis schulen be in to dressid
thingis, and scharpe thingis in to playne
tiweyes; and ech'1 fleisch, 'or man1, schal
7se the helthek of God. Therfore he seide
to the cumpanyes, 'the whiche1 wenten
out, that thei schulden be baptysid of
him, Kyndlis"1 of eddris, who schewide to
3ou to" flee fro0 wraththe to comyngeP?
s Therfore do }e worthi fruytis of pen-
aunce, and bigynne 3e not to** seye,
We han a fadir Abraham ; sothli I seie
to 3ou, God is my3ti vto reise of thes
9 stoonesr the sones of Abraham. Forsothe
now an ax is put to8 the roote of the*
tree ; sothli echu tree not makynge good
fruyt, schal be kitt doun, and schalv bew
10 sent in to the fier. And the cumpanyes
axden him, seiynge, What therfore schu-
nlen we do? Sothli he answeringe seide to
hem, He that hath tweyx cootis, 3yue 'to
him that hath non?; and he that hath
12 metis, do onz lyka manere. Sotlili and
pupplicansb camen fore to be baptised ;
and thei seiden to him, Maistir, what
was prince of Galilee, and Filip, his
brothir, was prince of Iturye, and of the
cuntre of Tracon, and Lisanye was
prince of Abilyn, vndir the princis of2
prestis Annas and Caifas, the word of
the Lord was maad on Joon, the sone
of Zacarie, in desert. And he cam ins
to al the cuntre of Jordan, and preclude
baptym of penaunce in to remyssioun of
synnes. As it is wrytun in the book of 4
the wordis of Isaye, the prophete, The
voice of a crier in desert, Make 36 redi
the weie of the Lord, make 36 hise
pathis ri3t. Ech valey schal be fulfillid, 5
and euery hil and litil hil schal be maad
lowe ; and schrewid thingis schulen
ben in to dressid thingis, and scharp
thingis in to pleyn weies ; and euery 6
fleisch schal se the heelthe of God.
Therfor he seid to the puple, which?
wente out to be baptisid of hym, Kynd-
lyngis of eddris, who schewide to 3ou to
fie fro thek wraththe to comynge ? Ther- 8
for do 36 worthi fruytis of penaunce, and
bigynne 36 not to seie, We han a fadir
Abraham ; for Y seie to 3ou, that God is
my3ti to reise of these stoonys the sones
of Abraham. And now an axe is setts
to the roote of the tree; and therfor
euery tre that makith no1 good fruyt,
schal be kit doun, and schal be cast in
to the fier. And the puple axide hym, 10
and seiden, What thanne schulen we do?
He answeride, and seide to hem, He that n
hath twei cootis, 3yuem to hym that hath
noon; and he that hath metis, do in" lijk
maner. And pupplicans camen to be 12
baptisid ; and thei seiden to hym, Mais-
ter, what schulen we do ? And he seide is
v the fourth part of Galile A sec.m. GMNOPQTY. the ferthe part Galilee x. w the fourth part of Yturie
A sec. m. GMSOPQTY pr. m. the ferthe part Iturie x. » Om. s. y the fourth part of Ahilyn A sec.m. GMN
OPQTY pr. m. the ferthe part Abilyne x. z was A sec. m. G sec. m. ourir. a vpon A sec. m. GMNOQSTWY.
b the wordis MP. « weyes K. d rijty K. ri3tful Q. e fillid ur. f euery hil AGMNOPQSTWXY.
S hilloc A pr.m. GMPQXY pr.m. litil hilloc Y sec.m. h euery AGMNOPQSTW.Y. > Om. x. k helth jifer
G sec.m. o. 1 whiche ur. that x. >» Fruitis, or kyndelyngis AGNQSTWY. Kyndelyngis MOP. n for to
AGMNopQTnrY, » fro the GopQTtrxY. P come sx. q for to AGMNOPQTIVY. r for to reyse of thes
stoonis AGMNpQTury. of thei s stoones to rayse o. s at o. 4 Om. K. u euery AGMNOPQSTUVWXY.
v Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. w Om. x. * two MPWXY. ~S to noon hauynge, or to hym that hath noon AGNTfr.
to noon hauynge MPQY. to him noon hatinge o. to not hauende, or to hym that hath noon s. to the noon
hauende x. * on the AGMNOPTWY. a licchy w. b the pupplicanis AQIV pr. m. XY. c Om. sx.
Om. CK pr. m. l not KMSXC sec. m. egka. m 3yue he A pr. m. n on k.
III. 13 — 24.
LUKE.
153
13 schulen we don? And hed seide to hem,
Do 36 no thing more, than 'that that8 is
uordeyned to 3911. Forsothe and kny3tisf
axiden him, seiynge, What schulen also?
we do ? And he seith to hem, Smyte 36
wrongfullih no man, nether make 36 fals
chalenge, and be' 3ek apaid1 with 3oure
issoudis. Forsoth alm the peple gessinge,
and alle men thenkinge in her herds of
John, lestn perauenture he were Crist,
16 John 'answeride, seyinge0 to alle men,
Sothli I baptiseP 3ou in watir ; forsothe al
strengere than I schal come aftir me, 'of
which1" I am not worthi for8 to vnbynde
the thwong of his schoon ; he schal bap-
tyse 3011 in the Hooly Gost and fyer.
17 Whos wynewyng tool in his hond, and he
schal purge his 'corn floor*, and" schal
gedere the whete 'in tov hisw berne ;
sothli the chaffis he schal brenne inx fier
is vnquenchable. Forsoth and he monest-
inge? manye othere thingis, euangeliside
19 to the peple. Sothli Eroude, 'the forthe
princez, whanne he was blamyd of John
for* Herodias, wyf b of his brother, and of
20 alle euelsc that Eroud dide, addided this
ouer alle, and closide6 John in prisoun.
21 Forsoth it wasf don, whanne al the peple
was baptisid, and& Jhesu cristenyd, and
22preiynge, heuene wash openyd. And the
Hooly Gost cam doun in bodily licknesse,
as a culuere in to him ; and a voys was1
maad fro heuene, Thou ert my dereworthe
23sone, in thee it hath plesid tok me. And
'Jhesu him silf1 was bygynnynge as"1 of
thritti 3eer, that he was gessid the sone
of Joseph, which" was of Hely, which0
24 was of Mathath, which i' was of Leuy,
to hem, Do 30 no thing more, than that
that is ordeyned to 3ou. And kny3tis u
axiden hym, and seiden, What schulen
also we do? And he seide to hem, Smyte
36 wrongfuli no man, nethir make 36
fals chalenge, and be 36 apayed" with
3oure sowdis. Whanne al the puple is
gesside, and alle men thou3ten in her
hertis of Joon, lest perauenture he were
Crist, Joon answeride, and seide to alle ie
men, Y baptize you in watir; but a
stronger than Y schal come aftir me, of
whom Y am not worthi to vnbynde the
lace of his schoon ; he schal baptize 3011
in the Hooli Goost and fier. Whos 17
'wynewyng tool0 inP his hond, and he
schal purge his floor of corn, andi schal
gadere the whete in to his berne ; but the
chaffisr he schal brenne with fier vn-
quenchable. And many othere thingis is
also he spak, and prechide to the puple.
But Eroude tetrark8, whanne he was
blamed of Joon for Erodias, the wijf of 19
his brother, and for alle thess yuelis that
Eroude dide, encreside1 this ouer alle, and 20
schitte Joon in prisoun. And it was 21
don, whanne al the puple was baptised,
and whanne Jhesu was baptised, and
preiede, heuene was openyd. And the 22
Hooli Goost cam doun in bodili licnesse,
as a dowue on hym ; and a vois was
maad fro heuene", Thou art my der-
worth sone, in thee it hath plesidv to
me. And Jhesu hym silf was bigyn-23
ninge as of thritti 3eer, that he was
gessid the sone of Joseph, which was of
Heli, which was of Mathath, which was 24
of Leuy, which was of Melchi, that was
d he answeringe Q sec. m. « that mvw pr. m. tliat at o. this that v sec. in. f the kny3ttis G. K and
AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1» wrongfulliche o. ' beth s. k Om. Y. l p»3id sx. m Om. K. n and lest o.
0 ausweringe seide v. P wasche, or baptyse AGNOSTW. baptise, or ivasche MPY. 1 oon o. r whos
AGMNOPQ sec. m. STVWXY. of whom Q sec. m. B Om. sw pr. m. x. * floore of corne AGNOQTVIVX Y. u and
he vv. v in KT. w Om. r. * with A sec.m. GMNOPQ.STWXY. J stirynge, or monestynge AGNSTWY.
stirynge og. stirende x. * prince of the fourth part AGMNOPQSTWXY. a of AGMNOPQSTIVXY. b the
wif s. c the yueles AGMNOPQSTWXY. d castide to AGNOQTtvY. he castide to MP. caste to s. he
caste to x. e schutt AGXOQST. shitte MPWXY. t is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. S Om K. h is
Apr m G pr. m. MNOPQSTTT j>r. m. XY. ' is Apr. m. Gpr.m. MNOPQSTXY. k Om. K. ! himsilf A sec. m.
he Jhesus MNPSTXY. Jhesus Q. m Om. NO. n the whiche AGMNOPQSTWX v. ° the whiche AGMNOPQS
. that x. P the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x.
n paied R. ° vanne i. P ig in g/3. Q and he o/3. r chaff i. 8 tetrark also k pr. m. 9S Om. B.
he encreeside ik pr. m. « heuenes k. v wei plesid b.
VOL. IV. X
154
LUKE.
III. 25— IV. 3.
wichi was of Melchy, which1" was of
25jamne, that was of Joseph, that was of
Mataty, that was of Amos, that was of
Naura, that was of Hely, that was of
aeNagge, that was of Mathath, that was of
Mathatye, that was of Seray, that was
27 of Joseph, that was of Juda, that was of
Johanna, that was of Resa, that was of
Zorobabel, that was of Salatiel, that was
as of Nery, that was of Melchy, that was of
Addy, that was of Cosan, that was of
29 Ehnadan, that was of Her, that was of
Jesu, that was of Eleasar, that was of Jo-
rym, that was of Mathath, that was of
soLeuy, that was of Symeon, that was of
Juda, that was of Joseph, that was of
31 Jona, that was of Elyachim, that was of
Melca, that was of Menna, that was of
Mathatha, that was of Nathan, that was
32 of Dauith, that was of Jesse, that was
of Obeth, that was of Booz, that was of
33 Salmon, that was of Nason, that was of
Amynadab, that was of Aram, that was of
34 Esrom, that was of Phares, that was of
Judas, that was of Jacob, that was of Y-
saac,that was of Abraham, that was of Tare,
35 that was of Nacor, that was of Seruch,
that was of Ragau, that was of Phaleth,
36 that was of Heber, that was of Sale, that
was of Caynan, that was of Arfaxat, that
was of Sem, that was of Noe, that was
37 of Lameth, that was of Matusale, that
was of Enok, that was of Jareth, that was
38 of Malaliel, that was of Caynan, that was
of Enos, that was of Seth, that was of
Adam, that was of God.
CAP. IV.
1 Forsothe Jhesu ful of the Hooly Gost
turnede a3en fro Jordan, and was8 led by
2 the1 spirit in to desert fourty dayes, and
wasu temptid ofv the deuyl, and eetw no
thing in tho dayes ; and tho dayes endid,
3 he hungride. Forsothe the deuel seide to
him, If thou ertx Goddis sone, seye to this
of Jamne, that was of Joseph, that was 25
of Matatie, that was of Amos, that
was of Naum, that was of Hely, that
was of Nagge, that was of Mathath, 26
that was of Matatie, that was of Semei,
that was of Joseph, that was of Juda,
that was of Johanna, that was of Re- 27
sa, that was of Zorobabel, that was of
Salatiel, that was of Neri, that was of28
Melchi, that was of Addi, that was of
Cosan, that was of Elmadan, that was of
Her, that was of Jhesu, that was of29
Eleasar, that was of Jorum, that was of
Matath, that was of Leuy, that was of so
Symeon, that was of Juda, that was of
Joseph, that was of Jona, that was of
Eliachym, that was of Melca, that wassi
of Menna, that of Mathatha, that was
of Nathan, that was of Dauid, that was 32
of Jesse, that was of Obeth, that was of
Boz, that was of Salmon, that was of
Nason, that was of Amynadab, that was 33
of Aram, that was of Esrom, that was
of Fares, that was of Judas, that was of 34
Jacob, that was of Isaac, that was of
Abraham, that was of Tare, that was
of Nachor, that was of Seruth, that was 35
of Ragau, that was of Faleth, that was
of Heber, that was of Sale, that was 36
of Chaynan, that was of Arfaxath, that
was of Sem, that was of Noe, that was
of Lameth, that was of Matussale, that 37
was of Enok, that was of Jareth, that
was of Malaliel, that was of Cainan,
that was of Enos, that was of Seth, thatsa
was of Adam, that was of God.
CAP. IV.
And Jhesus ful of the Hooli Goost i
turnede a3en fro Jordan, and wasw led
bi the spirit into desert fourti daies, and 2
wasx temptid of the deuel, and eet no-
thing in tho daies ; and whanne tho
daies weren endid, he hungride. And 3
the deuel seide to him, If thou art God-
«l the whiche AGMNOPQTWY. that sx. r that AGMNOpQSTvrivx
was KV. v bi MNOPQWXY pr. m. with T. w he eet Kr. * be o.
he was Kr. * Otn. s. u he
he was i.
1 he was i.
IV. 4 — 1
LUKE.
155
4 stoon, that it be innad bred. And Jhesus
answeride to him, It is writun, For a man
lyueth not in? 'breed aloone11, but in euery
5 word of God. And the deuyl ladde hym
in to an hi3 hil, and schewide to him alle
the rewmes of the roundnesse of erthea in
e ab moment of ac tyme ; and seithd to him,
I schal 3yue to thee al this power, and the
glorie of hem, for to me thei ben 3ouun,
7 and to whom I wole Ie 3yue hem ; ther-
fore if thou 'fallinge dounf schalt wor-
schipe s bifore me, alle thingis schulen be
e thineh. And Jhesus answeringe1 seide 'to
himk, It is writen, Thou schalt worschipe
the1 Lord thi God, and to hym aloone
» thou schalt serue. And he ledde him in
to Jerusalem, and settide™ on the pynacle
of the temple, and seide to him, If thou
art Goddis sone, sende11 thi self fro0 hennis
10 down ; for it is writen, For he hath co-
maundid to his aungels of thee, that thei
nkepe thee in alle 'thi weyesP, and fori
thei schulen 'in hondisr take thee, lest per-
auenture thou hirte thi foot ats a stoon.
12 And Jhesus answeringe seith to him, It is
seid, Thou schalt not tempte the Lord thi
13 God. And euery temptacioun endid, the
deuyl1 wente away fro him til tou a tyme.
14 And Jhesu turnyde a3en in thev vertu of
the spirit in to Galilee, and the fame wente
15 forth of w him thur3 al the cuntre. And he
tau3te in the synagogisx of hem, and was^
Kiinagnyfied of alle men. And he cam toz
Nazareth, where he was norischid, and he
entride bya custom in the 'day of sabothb
in to thec synagoge, and roosd for6 to rede.
17 And the book of Ysaie, the prophete, wasf
takun to him ; and as he turnyde the
book, he fond a place where it is« writun,
18 The Spirit of the Lord onh me, for which
dis sone, seie to this stoon, that it be
11 mad breed. And Jhesus answeride to 4
hym, It is writun, That a man lyueth not
in breed aloone, but in euery word of
God. And the deuel ladde hym in? tozs
an hi3 hil, and schewide to hym alle the
rewmes of the world in a moment of
tyme; and seide to hym, Y schal 3yue toe
thee al this power, and the glorie of hem,
for to me thei ben 3ouun, and to whom
Y wole, Y 3yue hem ; therfor if thou?
falle doun, and worschipe bifore me, alle
thingis schulen be thine. And Jhesus a
answeride, and seide to hym, It is
writun, Thou schalt worschipe thi Lord
God, and to hym aloone thou schalt
serue. And he ledde hym in to Jeru-9
salem, and settea hym on the pynacle of
the temple, and seide to hym, If thou art
Goddis sone, sende thi silf fro hennes
doun ; for it is writun, For he hath 10
comaundide to hise aungels of thee, that
thei kepe thee in alle thi weies, and thatu
thei schulen take thee in hondis, lest
perauenture thou hirte thi foote at a
stoon. And Jhesus answeride, and seide 12
to him, It is seid, Thou schalt not tempte
thi Lord God. And whanne euery 13
temptacioun was endid, the feend wente
awei fro hym for a tyme. And Jhesus 1 4
turnede a3en in the vertu of the spirit
in to Galilee, and the fame wente forth
of hym thorou al the cuntre. And he 15
tau3te in the synagogis of hem, and was
rnagnyfied of alle men. And he cam to ie
Nazareth, where he was norisschid, andb
entride aftir his custom in the sabat dai
in to a synagoge, and roos toc reed. And 17
the book of Ysaye, the prophete, was
takun to hym ; and as he turnede the
y oonly in w pr. m. z oonli breed ASW sec. m. x. oonlyche breed G.UNOPQTY. breed w pr. m. a the
erthe Q. b Om. AGMNOPSTXY, c Om. AUV. '' seide vv. e Om. u. f Om. G pr. m. MHPQTXY pr. m.
e worschip me o. h 3eef o. i answeride and o. k Om. o. ' thi w. m sette AGMNOS. sette him
MPQTXY. settide him vv. he sette hym w. n brynge u sec. m. ° Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. P weies of
thee x. <J for in hondes AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. s on N. t fende AGMNOpQSTfrxv.
u Om. iv. v Om. AG pr. m. MOPXY. w on o. * synagis K. Y he was vv. z in to MN. a after his
AGMNOPQSTWXY. bi his vv. b saboth day AGMNOPQSTWX Y. c a AGXOQSTWX. d he roos vr.
e Om. 8X. { is Apr, m. G pr. m. MXPQSTXY. % was AGMNOPQSurrvxv. h vpon o.
y Om. EQbceg. z Om. h. a settide k. b and he i. c for to k pr. m.
x2
156
LUKE.
IV. 19 — 29.
thing he anoyntide' me; he sente me fork
to euaungelise to pore men, for1 to heele
19 contrite men in herte, and form to preche
rernyscioun ton caytifs0, and si3t? to blynde
meni; and forr to delyuere5 brokun men
in to remiscioun ; for* to preche the 3eer
of the Lord plesaunt u, and the day of
203eldyngev. And whanne he hadde closidw
the book, he 3afx a3ein> to the mynystre,
and sat ; and the y3en of alle men in the
synagoge weren biholdinge in to him.
21 Sothli he bigan forz to seie to hem, For
in this day this scripture is fulfillid* in
223oure eeris. And alle men 5:111011 wit-
nessinge to him, and wondriden in the
wordis of grace, that cainen forthb ofc his
mouth. And thei seideii, Wherd this is
23 not the sone of Joseph ? And he seidee
to hem, Sothli 36 schulen seie to me this
liknesse, Leeche, heele thi silf. vThei say-
denf, Hou grete thingis ban we herd don
in Capharnaum, make thou and here in thi
24cuntre. Sothli he seith, Treulis I seie to
3ou, for no man 'prophete is receyuedh in
25 his owne cuntre. In treuthe I seie to 3ou,
for manye widewis weren in the dayes of
Elye, the prophete, in Israel, whanne
heuene was closid thre 3eer and sixe
monethis, whanne greet hungir was maad
2c'in euery lond1; and to non of hem was
Elye sent, nok but to1 Sarepta of Sydon,
27 to a womrnan widowe™. And manye
meselis weren in Israel, vndir Elyse, the
prophete, and non of hein was clensid, no
28 but Naman ofn Sirie. And alle in the
synagoge heeringe thes thingis, weren0
agfulfillidP with wraththe. And thei risen")
vp, and castidenr 'out him8 with oute the
book, he foond a place, where it was
wrytun, The Spirit of the Lord ond me, is
for which thing he anoyntide me ; he
sente me to preche to pore men, toe hele
contrite men in herte, and to preche 19
rernyssioun to prisoneris, and si3t to
blynde men, and to delyuere brokun men
in to remissioun ; to preche the 3eer of
the Lord plesaunt, and the dai of 3eld-
yng a3en. Arid whanne he hadde closid 20
the book, he 3af a3en to the mynystre,
and sat ; and the J3en of alle men in
the synagoge were biholdynge in to hym.
And he bigan to seie to hem. For in this 21
dai this scripture is fulfillid in 3oure
eeris. And alle men 3auen witnessyng22
to hym, and wondriden in the wordis of
grace, that camen forth of his mouth.
And thei seiden, Whether this is not the
sone of Joseph? And he seide to hem, 23
Sotheli 36 schulen seie to me this lik-
nesse, Leeche, heelef thi silf. The? Fari-
sees seiden to Jhesu, Hou grete thingis
han we herd donh in Cafarnaum, do thou
also here in thi cuntre. And he seide, 24
Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that no profete is
resseyued in his owne cuntre. In treuthe 25
Y seie to 300, that many widowis weren
in the daies of Elie, the prophete, in
Israel, whanne heuene was closid thre
3eer and sixe monethis, whanne greet
hungur was maad in al the1 erthe; and 26
to noon of hem was Elye sent, but in to
Sarepta of Sydon, to ak widowe. And 27
many meseles weren in Israel, vndur
Helisee, the prophete, and noon of hem
was clensid, but Naaman of Sirye. And 28
alle in the synagoge herynge these
' oyntede s. k Om. sx. l Om. sx. m Om. sx. n of v. ° captiuys p. P Iy3t Q. 1 Om. A-.
r Om. sx. s leue, or delyuer AGMNOPQSTWY. lefen x. 4 Om. s*. u acceptid, or plesaunt AGMXPQ
STIVY. accept, or plesaunt o. acceptid x. v retribucioun, or yeldynge ayin AGUNOPQTWY. retribucioun,
or ye/ding s retribucioun x. w folded, or closed AGMNOPQTWY. fait, or closid s. fait x. * jaf it MOP.
7 Om. P. z Om. surx. a filled ur. b out o. c fro Q. d Whether wx. e saith AGMNOPQTurfTY.
{ Om. KY sec. m. e Sothli x. h prophete is accept, or resceyucd AG\QTIT. prophet is acceptid, or
receyned MSY. is a prophet acceptid o. a prophet is acceptid, or receyued p. a profete is resseyued u. pro-
fete is acceptid x. ' in al erthe, or euery lond AGXSTY. in al erthe MOPQX. on al erthe, or euery land w.
k Om. x. ! in to AGMNOPQSTrwxv. m a widowe u. n Om. x. ° ben MNOPSXY. P fillid ur.
<J han rise A sec. m. G sec. m. novr. r casten sx. s him out MOPQ.TWXY. him u.
d is on g sec. m. k. e and to k pr. m. { hele thou k. 8 And the k.
K pr. m. k. k a womman a x sec. m. k sec. m. marg. a womman iKsg.
doon of thee k. ' Om.
IV. 30 — 41.
LUKE.
157
citee, and' ledde him to the cop of the hil
onu which 'the cite of hemv is foundid,
30 that thei schulden caste him doun. Sothly
Jhesus passynge wente thorww the myddil
31 of hern ; and he cam doun in to Cafar-
naum, ax citee of Galilee, and there he
32tau3te hem in they sabothis. And thei
weren astonyedz in 'his teching8, for his
33 word was in power. And in the syna-
gogeb was a man hauynge an vnclene
34 fend, and hec criede with greet vois, sey-
inge, Suffre, what to vs and to thee, Jhe-
sus of Nazareth ? hast thou comen ford to
leese vs ? I kriowe6 thee, that thou art the
35 hooly of God. And Jhesu blamyde him,
seyinge, Waxe doumbe, and go out fro
him. And whanne 'the fendf hadde cast
'him forth 8 in to the myddel, he wente
awey fro him, and 3ith noyede' hymk 'no
3R thing1. And drede ism maad in" alle men,
and thei spaken to gidere, seyinge, What
is this word, for in power and vertu he
comaundith to vnclene spiritis, and thei
37 gon out ? And the fame was pupplischid
of hym in to ech place of the cuntre.
ssForsothe Jhesu risynge of the synagoge,
entride in to the hous of Symount ; sothli
the modir of Symondis wyf was holden
with grete0 feueris, and thei preieden
39 him for hir. And Jhesu stondinge on?
hir, comaundide to the feuir, and it lefte
hir ; and anon sche risynge mynystride
40 to hem. Forsoth whanne the sunne wente
doun, alle that hadden sike men with
dyuerse langwischingis 1, ledden hem to
hym; and he, puttinge1" hondis to ech by
41 him silf, heelide hem. Sothli fendis
wenten out fro manye, criynge, and sey-
inge, For thou ert the sone of God. And
he blamynge suffride not hem for5 to
speke, for thei wisten him to1 be Crist.
thingis, weren fillid with wraththe. And 20
thei risen vp, and drouen hym out with
out the citee, and ledden hym to the cop
of the hil on which her citee was bildid,
to caste hym doun. But Jhesus passide,3o
and wente thorou the myddil of hem ;
and cam1 doun in to Cafarnaum, a citee 31
of Galilee, and there he t;ur,U: hem in
sabotis. And thei weren astonyed in 32
his techyng, for his word was in power.
And in her synagoge was a man hau-33
ynge an vnclene feend, and he criede
with greet vois, and seide, Suffre, what 34
to vs and to thee, Jhesu™ of Nazareth?
art thou comun ton leese vs ? Y knowe0,
that thou art the hooli ofP God. And as
Jhesus blamede hym, and seide, Wexe
doumbe, and go out fro hyrn. And
whanne the feend hadde cast hym forth
in toi the myddil, he wente awei fro
hym, and he noyede hym no thing. And SK
drede was maad in alle men, and thei
spaken togider, and seiden, What is this
word, for in power and vertu he co-
maundith to vnclene spiritis, and thei
gon out? And the fame was pupplischid 37
of him in to ech place of the cuntre.
And. Jhesus roos vp fro the synagoge, 38
and entride in to the hous of Symount ;
and the modir of Symountis wijf was
holdun with grete r fyueris, and thei
preieden hym for hir. And Jhesus stood 39
ouer hir, and comaundide to8 the feuer,
and it lefte hir ; and anoon sche roos
vp, and seruede hem. And whanne the 40
sunne wente doun, alle that hadden sijke
men with dyuerse langours, ledden* hem
to hym; and he sette his hoondis on ech
bi vhem silf11, and heelide hem. And 41
feendis wenten out fro manye, and cri-
eden, and seiden, For thou art the sone
* and thei vr. u on the AGMNOPQSTWY. in K. v her cite AGMNOPQSTUVWXY. w by AGMNOP
Qsrwxy. x of a T. y Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. z stoneid x. a techynge of him o. h synagoge of hem
g sec. m c Om. u. d Om. sx. e woot AGMNPQSTWXY. f he o. 8 out that fende o. him T. h it
A sec.m. Gsec.m. uvw. no thenge GMNOPQSTXY. ' anoyed w pr.m. k to him o. Om. s. ' Om. GMNO
PQSTXY. m was vvw. n to o. ° Om, w. P vpon AGMNOPQTWY. ouer v. <i languyshyngis, or aches
AGMPSTWY. languyschis, or aches N. languisches o. langwishynge Q. r puttide w. s Om. A sec.m.
G sec. m. Nosrrrx. * for to o.
1 he came I. m thou Jhesu s pr. m. n for to M pr. m. ° knowleche A pr. m. EPQS sup. rax. x. know
thee b sec. m. P Om. E. 1 Om. c pr. m. r a gret s. s Om. c pr. m. k pr. m. * thei ledden k pr. m.
u himself i .
158
LUKE.
IV. 42 — V. 8.
42Sothli, the day maad, he gon out, wente
in to desert" place ; and the cumpenyes
of peplev soirjten him, and thei camen 'til
tow him, and thei helden him, that he
43 schulde not go awey fro hem. To whichex
he seyde, For and to othere citees it bi-
houeth me for*" to euaungelise the kyng-
dom of God, for2 therfore3 I am sente.
44 And heb was prechinge in the synagogis
of Galilee.
CAP. V.
i Sotheli it wasc don, whanne cumpa-
nyesd of peple felden6 vin tof Jhesu, X0r
camen faste «, that thei schulden heere the
word of God, and he stood bisydis the
2stondingeh watir of Genasereth, and sy3'
tweyk bootis stondinge bisydis the stond-
ing1 watir ; sothli the fischeris hadden
3 gon doun, and waischidem nettis. Sothli
he sti3ynge in to a boot, that was Sy-
moundis, preiede him ton lede a3en a litil
fro the lond ; and he sittinge tai^te the
4cumpanyes fro the boot. Sothli as he
ceesside0 to? speke, he seide to Symound,
Lede thou in to hi^, and slake 36 3oure
5 nettis in to ther takinge. And Symount
answeringe seide to him, Comaundour, we
trauelinge by al the ny3t token no thing,
but in thi word I schal leye out the nett.
e And whanne thei hadden don this thing,
thei closiden vto gidere5 a plenteuous1 mul-
titude of fysches ; forsoth her nett was
7 broken. And thei bekenyden tou felowis,
that weren in an othir boot, that thei
schulden come, and helpe hem. And thei
camen, and filliden bothev litlew bootis, so
s that thei weren al moost drenchid. Which"
thing whanne Sy mound y Petre sy3z, he
felde doun to the knees of Jhesu, seyinge,
of God. And he blamede, and suffride
hem not to speke, for thei wisten hym,
that he was Crist. And whanne the 43
dai was come, he 3ede out, and wente in
to a desert place ; and the puple soften
hym, and thei camen to hym, and thei
helden hym, that he schulde not go awei
fro hem. To whichev he seide, For also 43
to othere citees it bihoueth me to preche
the kyngdom of God, forw therforx Y am
sent. And he prechide in the synagogis 44
of Galilee.
CAP. V.
And it was don, whanne the puple i
camy fast to Jhesu, to here the word of
God, he stood bisidis the pool of Gena-
sereth, and sai3 two bootis stondyngea
bisidis the pool ; and the fischeris weren
go dounz, and waischiden her nettis.
And he wente vp in to a boot, that was 3
Symoundis, and preiede hym to lede it
a litil fro the loond ; and he seet, and
tau3te the puple out of the boot. And 4
as he ceesside to speke, he seide to Sy-
mount, Lede thoua in to theb depthe,
and slake c 3oure nettis to take fisch.
And Symount answeride, and seide tos
hym, Comaundoure, we traueliden al the
ny3t, and token no thing, but in thi word
Y schal leye out the net. And whanne 6
thei hadden do this thing, thei closiden
togidir a greet multitude of fischis ; and
her net was brokun. And thei biken-7
yden to felawis, that weren in anothir
boot, that thei schulden come, and helpe
hem. And thei camen, and filliden bothe
thed bootis, so that thei weren almost
drenchid. And whanne Symount Petirs
sai3 this thing, he felde doun to the
knees of Jhesu, and seide, Lord, go fro
me, for Y am a synful man. For he 9
u a desert X. v peples vr, « to o. vnto QWXY. * whom MPQXY. the whiche o. y Om. sx.
z Om. u. a therto x. b Om. K. c is AG sec. m. MNOPQSXY. d the companyes Q. e camen fast, or
felden AGW. camen fast, or felden in MNST, camen fast OQX. camen fast, or fledden Y. f to Jr. S Om.
AGMNOPQSTXY. b Om. Gpr.m. KVV. i he sauje o. k two MPWX. 1 Om. v. m weshen sx.
n for to AQMNOPQTWX. ° bygan o. P for to AGMNOPQTWY. <l an hi3 M pr. m. p. the depthe
v sec. m. the hij r. r Om. AGMNOPQSTUFWXY. s Om. XY pr. m. l greet u. u two XY. v bothin x.
w the litil OPQ. Om. T. her litil w. * The whiche AGMNPQSTWXY. y Om. vr. z hadde seen s.
v whom i. w and hi. x therto iKgk/3. y camen pltires. z Om. k. a out M pr. m. thou out M sec. m.
b Om. CKPQS sec. m. uxchi/3, c slake je ink. je slake s. d Om. EIKM pr. m. pQsxbcgjS.
V. 9 — 19.
LUKE.
159
Lord, go fro me, for I ama a man synnere.
sSothli greet wondir hadde bigon 'aboute
himb, and alle that weren with him, in the
takinge of fisches whiche thei tooken.
loSothli inc lykd manere James and John,
the sones of Zebede, whiche6 weren felowis
of Symount Petre. And Jhesu seith to
Symoundf, Nyle thou drede ; now fro this
iityme thou schalt be takynge men. And
the bootis led vp to the lond, alle thingis
12 lefts, thei sueden him. And it wash don,
whanne he was in oon of the1 citees, and
lo! a man ful of leper; andk seynge Jhesu,
and fallinge doun in to his face, preiede
him, seyinge, Lord, if thou wolt, thou
ismaist1 make me clene. And Jhesu hold-
inge forth the hond, touchide him, seyinge,
I wole, be thou maad clene. And anon the
14 lepre passide a wey fro hym. And Jhesu
comaundide to him, that he schulde seie
to no man ; But go thou"1, schewe thoun
thee to a prest, and offre thou0 for thi
clensinge, as Moyses bad, in to witness-
is inge to hem. Sothli the word walkide
aboute the more of him ; and manye cum-
panyes camen to gidre, that thei schulden
heere, and be heelid of her syknessis.
leForsothe he wente in to desert, and prei-
irede. And it wasP don in oon of dayes%
and he sittinge tau3te ; and there were
Pharisees sittinge, and doctours of ther
lawe, that camen of s ech castel of Galilee,
and of Judee, and ofu Jerusalem; and the
vertu of the Lord was forv to heele syke
18 men. And loo! men beringe in a bed a
man that was syk in palasye, and thei
sou3ten forw to here vin hymx, and to^
igputte bifore him. And thei not fyndinge
in what partz thei schulde here him yn,
for the cumpenye of peple", Sweden vp on
the rof, and by the sclattis thei sentenb
was on ech side astonyed, and alle that
weren with hym, in the6 takyng of
fischis whiche thei token. Sotheli in 10
lijk maner James and Joon, the sones of
Zebedee, that weren felowis of Symount
Petre. And Jhesus seide to Symount,
Nyle thou drede; now fro this tyme thou
schalt take men. And whanne the bootis 11
weren led vp to the loond, thei leften
alle thingis, and thei sueden hym. And 12
it was don, whanne he was in oon of the
citees, lo ! a man ful of lepre ; and seynge
Jhesu felle doun on his face, and prey-
ede hym, and seide, Lord, if thou wolt,
thou maist make me clene. Arid Jhesus is
held forth his hoond, and touchide hym,
and seide, Y wole, be thou maad cleene.
And anoon the lepre passide awei fro
hym. And Jhesus comaundide to hym, 14
that he schulde seie to no man ; But go,
schewe thouf thee to a preest, and offre
for thi clensyng, as Moises bad, in to
witnessyng to hem. And the word is
walkide aboute the more of hym ; arid
myche puple camen togidere, to here, and
to be heelid of her siknessis. And he 10
wente in to desert, and preiede. And it 17
was don in oon of the& daies, heh sat,
and tau3te ; and there weren Farisees
sittynge, and doctouris of the lawe, that
camen of1 eche castel of Galilee, and of
Judee, and of Jerusalem ; and the vertu
of the Lord was to heele sike men. And is
lo ! men beren in a bed a man that was
sijkk in the1 palsye, and thei soii^teri to
bere hym in, and sette bifor hym. And 19
thei founden not in what partie thei schul-
den bere hym in, for the puple, xand theim
wenten on" the roof, and bi the sclattis0
thei leeten hym doun with the bed, in to
the myddilP, bifor Jhesus. And whanne 20
* Om. VY pr. m. b him abowte GMOPQSTWXY. hem aboute N. c on the AGMNOPQTY. on swx.
d lychy Ttv. e that AGMNOPQSTWXY. f Symount Petre v. % left, or forsaken AGMNPSTWY. h is
A pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. ' Om. JVO.STW. k in K. l myjt w. m Om. AGMWOPQSTVWXY. n Om. QS.
0 Om. AGM NOpQsrrtrxY. P is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOpQsrtrxY. 1 the dayes u. r Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
9 fro vr. * Om. A pr.m. MNOPQSTtvxY. u Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. v Om. NSX. w Om. sx.
* hym in x. y Om. MPWXY. z party AGMNOPQTU vwv. » the peple w. b senden K. letten
ov sec. m.
e Om. k pr.m. ' Om. hi. S Om. b. b and Jhesus A sec.m. ' fro k. k Om. AE. ! Om. ce.
m Om. A pr. m. CEK pr. m. b sec, m. e pr.m. a. and ib pr. m, e sec. m. gk. thei us pr. in. ft. " vpon u.
0 ether tyles K marg. P middis k.
160
LUKE.
V. 2C
-33-
him doun with the bed in to the myddil,
aobyfore Jhesu. The feith of whichec as
Jhesu sy3, he seide, Man, thi synnes ben
21 for3ouun to thee. And scribis and Pha-
risees bigunnen ford to thenke, seyinge,
Who is this, that spekith blasphemyes ?
who may for3yue synnes, noe but God
22 aloone ? Forsoth as Jhesu knew the
thou3tis of hem, he answeringe seide to
hem, What thenken 36 yuele thingisf in
233oure herds? What is Ii3tere to* seye,
Synnes ben for3ouun to thee, ethir11 to1
24 seie, Ryse vp, and walke ? Sothli that 30
wite, fork mannis sone hath power in
erthe to for3yue synnes, he seith to the
syke man in palasy, To thee I seie, ryse
vp, take thi bed, and go in to thin hous.
25 And anon he risinge vp vbifore hem1, took
the bed in which he lay, and wente in to
26 his hous, niagnyfyinge God. And greet
wondir took alle men"1, and thei magnyfi-
eden God ; and thei" weren0 fulfillidP with
greet drede, seyinge, For we han seyn mer-
27ueilouse thingis to day. And aftir thes
thingis Jhesu wente out, and sy3 a pup-
plican, Leeuy by name, sittinge at the
tolbothe. And he seitM to him, Sue thou
28 me ; and alle thingis forsaken, he risyuge
29 suede him. And Leuy made to him a
greet feeste in his hous ; and there was a
greet cumpanye of pupplicans, and of
othere that weren with hem, sittinge at
30 the mete. And Farisees and ther scribis
of hem grucchiden, seyinge to his disci-
plis, Whi eten 3e and drynken with pup-
31 plicans and synful men ? And Jhesu
answeringe seith to hern8, Thei that ben
hoole han no1 nede to a leche, but thei
32 that han yuele ; sothli I cam not tou
clepe iust men, but synful men to pen-
ssaunce. And thei seiden to him, Whi
disciplis of John fasten oft, and maken
bisechingis,. also and ofv Pharisees, but
Jhesu sai3 the feith of hem, he seide,
Man, thi synnes ben for3ouun to thee.
And the scribis and FariseesP bigunnen 21
to thenke, seiynge, Who is this, that
spekith blasfemyes ? who may for3yue
synnes, but God aloone ? And as Jhesus 22
knewe the thou3tis of hem, he answeride,
and seide to hem, What thenken 36 yuele
thingis in 3oure hertes? What isi Ii3ter23
to seie, Synnes ben for3ouun to thee, or
to seie, Rise vp, and walke? But that 24
36 wite, that mannus sone hath power in
erthe to for3yue synnes, he seide to the
sijk man in palesie, Y seie to thee, ryse
vp, take thi bed, and go in to thin hous.
And anoon he roos vp bifor hem, and 25
took the bed in which he lay, and wente
in to his hous, and magnyfiede God.
And greet wondur took alle, and thei 26
magnyfieden God ; and thei weren ful-
fillid with greet drede, and seiden, For
we han seyn merueilouse thingis to dai.
And after these thingis Jhesus wente 27
out, and 5313 a pupplican, Leuy bi name,
sittynge at the tolbothe. And he seide
to hym, Sue thou me ; and whanne he 28
hadde left alle thingis, he roos vp, and
suede hym. And Leuy made to hym a 29
greet feeste in his hous ; and ther was a
greet cumpanye of pupplicans, and of
othere that weren with hem, sittynge at
the mete. And Farisees1" and the8 scribis 30
of hem grutchiden, and seiden to hise
disciplis, Whi eten 36 and drynken with
pupplicans and synful men ? And Jhesus 31
answeride, and seide to hem, Thei that
ben hoole han no nede to a leche, but
thei that ben sijke ; for Y cam not to 32
clepe iuste men, but synful men to pen-
aunce. And thei seiden to hym, Whi 33
the* disciplis of Joon fasten ofte, and
maken preieris, also and of" Fariseesv,
but thine eten and drynken? To whichew34
c whom A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. d Om. sx. e Om. x. { thenge o. g for to AGMXOPQTWY.
h Or AGMNPQSTWXY. * for to AGM NPQTVWY. k that V. J Om. O. m Om. AGM NOPQTWXY. D Om. O.
o ben A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. '" P fillid vv. fullid w. q seide AS. r Om. MP. s him K.
* not MO. u for to AGMNOPQSWY. * of the GWX Y sec. m. the MPY pr. m.
P the Farisees Eei. 1 is it ED pr. m. r the Farisees K pr. m. x sec. m. ehik. 8 Om. MQRS. l Om. ig.
u Om. b. v the Farisees CEiKiipQHsxbceghika/3. w whom i.
V. 34— VI. 6.
LUKE.
161
34thiw disciplis K eten and drynken. To
whichexx he seith, WherX 36 mown make
thez sones of the spouse fora to faste, theb
35 while the spouse is with hem ? Sothli
dayes schulen come, whanne the spouse
schal be taken awey fro hein, thanne thei
so schulen faste in tho dayes. Forsoth he
seide to hem also0 a liknesse ; For no man
'sendith a medlingd ofe newef cloth ins to
an old cloth-; ellis and he brekith the
newe, and the medlingh of the newe acord-
ayith not to the oolde. And no man send-
ith1 newe wyn in to olde wyn vessel is ;
ellis the newe wyn schal breke the wyn
vesselis, and the wyn schal be sched out,
38 and the wyn vesselis schulen perische. But
newe wyn is to be sentk in to newe wyn
39 vesselis, and bothe ben kept. And no man
drynkinge old, wole anon newe ; sothli he
seith, The olde is the1 betere.
CAP. VI.
i Forsothe it is™ don in the ^secunde
firste" saboth, whanne he passide by cornes,
his disciplis pluckeden0 eeris ; and thei
2frotinge with her? hondis, eeten. Sothli
summe of the Pharisees seiden to hem,
What don 30 'this, thati is not leefful in
ssabotis? And Jhesu answeringe seide to
hem, 'Neithir 36 hanr rad this, thats Dauith
dide, whanne he hungride, and thei that
4 weren with him ; hou he entride in to the
hous of God, and took looues of propo-
sicioun, and eet, and 3af to hern that
weren with him ; whiche looues* it was
not leefful to" ete, nov but tow preestis
5 aloone. And he seide to hem, For mannis
esone is lord, 36, of the saboth. Sothli it
was" don and^ in an other saboth, that he
entride in to a synagoge, and tau3te. And
a man was there, and his ri3thond was
he seide, Whether 3e moun make the
sones of the spouse to faste, while the
spouse is with hem ? But daies schulen 35
come, whanne the spouse schal be takun
awei fro hem, and thanne thei schulen
faste in tho daies. And he seide to hem 3<;
also a liknesse ; Forx no man takith a
pece fro a newe cloth, and puttith it?
inz to an oold clothing; ellis bothe" he
brekith the newe, and the pece of the
newe acordith not to the elde. And no 37
man puttith newe wyne in to oolde
hotels ; ellis the newe wyn schal breke
the hotels, and the wyn schal be sched
out, and the hotels schulen perische. Butsi)
newe wyne owith to be put in to newe
hotels, and bothe ben kept. And no 39
man drynkynge the elde, wole anoon theb
newe ; for he seith, The olde is the
betere.
CAP. VI.
And it was don inc the secounde firste i
sabat, whanne he passid bi comes*1, hise
disciplis pluckiden eeris of corn ; and thei
frotynge with her hondis, eeten. And 2
summe of the Farisees seiden to hem,
What doon 36 that, that is not leeueful
in the sabotis ? And Jhesus answeride, s
and seide to hem, Han 36 not redde,
what Dauith dide, whanne he hungride,
and thei that weren with hym; hou he 4
entride in to the hous of God, and took
looues of proposicioun, and eet, and 3af
to hem that weren with hem; whiche
looues it was not leeueful to eete, but
oonli to prestis. And he seide to hem,s
For mannus sone is lord, 3he, of the
sabat. And it was don in another sabat, 6
that he entride in to a synagoge, and
tau3te. And a man was there, and his
w thine x. * Om. x. " whom x\. T Whether x passim. 2 Om. MP. a Om. sx. b Om. K.
c and AGMNOPQSTWXY. d taketh a pece u sec. m. e fro t; sec. m. f a newe AMNPQSTU sec.m. WXY.
an newe GMO. 8 and puttith it in v iec.m. h mengynge A pr. m, GMNOPQTWXY pr.m. J puttith v tec. m.
k put v sec. m. ! Om. s. m was G sec. m. vvw sec. m. n secounde sabot, first M. firste secounde sabot x.
0 plucken w. P Om. G pr. m. MNOPQTXY. 1 that that AGMNPQSTW sec. m. XY. that at o. that w pr. m.
T Han 36 not MP. s that that AGMPQSTVWXY. that N. that at o. * Om. x. u for to AGMNOPTvrir Y.
v Om. o. w oonli AGNPQST. oonly to MWXY. * is A pr. m. opr. m. MNPQSTXY. y Om. GN.
* Forsothe i. y him c. Om. M pr. m. z Om. A. a Om. e pr. m. k sec. m. and k pr. m. b Om.
c Om. 8. d the cornes CEiKMpQHsuxbceghia^.
VOL. IV.
162
LUKE.
VI. 7—19.
?drye. Forsothe scribis and Pharisees
aspieden him, if he schulde heele him in
the saboth, that thei schulden fyride cause,
swherof Hhei schuldei^ accuse him. Sothli
he wiste the thou3tis of hem, and he seitha
to the man that hadde a drye hond, Rise
vp, "and stond in to the myddelb. And
9 he risinge stood. Sothli Jhesu seith to
hem, I axe 3ou, ifc it is leefful tod do wel
in the sabot6, etherf yuele ? for& to make
10 a soule saf, ether1' for' to leese ? And,
alle men lookide aboute, he seide to the
man, Hold forth thin hond. And he held
forth, and his hond was k restorid to
nhelthe. Sothli thei weren1 fulfilld1" with
vnwysdom", and spaken to gidere, what
12 thei schulden do of Jhesu. Forsothe it
is0 don in tho dayes, he wente out in to
an hil for? to preye ; and he was al ny3t
isdwellinge in the preier of God. And
whanne the day was maad, he clepide his
disciplis, and chees twelue of hem, whichei
u'he clepide also apostlis1"; Symound, whom
he clepide Petre, and Andrew, his bro-
ther, James and Jon, Philip and Bartol-
15 mew, Matheu ands Thomas, James Al-
phei, and Symound, that is clepid Zelotis,
16 Judas of* James, and Judas Scariot, that
17 was" traitour. And Jhesu comynge doun
fro the hil with hem, stood in a feeldv
place; and the cumpenye of his disciplis,
and a plenteuous multitude of porex peple,
of al Judee, and of? Jerusalem, and of 'the
sez coostis, and of Tire, and ofa Sydon,
iswhicheb camen, that thei schulde heere
hym, and thatc thei schulden be heelid
of her langwischingisd; and theie that
weren trauelid withf vnclene spiritis, weren
19 heelid. And ech cumpeny of the# peple
hoond was drie. And the scribis?
and Farisees6 aspieden hyrn, if he wolde
heele hymee in the sabat, that thei schul-
den fynde cause, whereof thei schulden
accuse hym. And he wiste the thou3tiss
of hem, and he seide to the man that
hadde a drie hoond, Risef vp, and stonde
in to» the myddil. And he roos, and
stood. And Jhesus seide to hem, Y axe 9
3ou, if it is leueful to do wel in the
sabat, or yuel ? to make a soule saaf, or
to leese ? And whanne he hadde biholde 10
alle men aboute, he seide to the man,
Hold forth thin hoond. And he held
forth, and his hond was restorid to helthe.
And thei weren fulfillid with vnwisdom, 11
and spaken togidir, what thei schulden
do of Jhesu. And it was don in tho 12
daies, he wente out in to an hil to preye;
and he was al ny3t dwellynge in the
preier of God. And whanne the day 13
was come, he clepide hise disciplis, and
chees twelue of hem, whiche he clepide
also apostlis ; Symount, whom he clepide u
Petir, and Andrew, his brothir, James and
Joon,Filip and Bartholomew, Matheu and \5
Thomas, James Alphei, and Symount, that
is clepid Zelotes, Judas ofh James, and HI
Judas Scarioth, that was traytoure. And 17
Jhesus cam doun fro the hil with hem,
and stood in a feeldi place; and the cum-
peny of hise disciplis, and a' greet mul-
titude of puple, of al Judee, and Jerusa-
lem, and of the see coostis, and of Tyre
and Sidonk, that camen to here hym, and is
to be heelid of her siknessis ; and thei
that weren trauelid of vncleene spiritis,
weren heelid. And al puple1 sou3te to i»
touche hym, for vertu wente out of hym,
z for to G pr.m. MPQTY. to NOX. a sayde o. b into the myddle, and stoond MP. c Om. s. d for to AGM
NOPTY. e sabboth day o. { or AGMNOPQSTWXY. e Om. sx. h or AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' Om. sx. k is
A pr. in. G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. 1 ben A pr. m. a pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. m fillid ur. D vnwysdam, orfolie
AGNQSTtvY. ° was A sec.m. G sec.m. vvw. p Om. x. 1 whom MNOPQTXY. r and apostles he nempnede
MP. and apostles he clepide NQSTXY. and aposteles also he cleped o. s Om. GNOQTW pr. m, XY. * and
G sec. m. w, n Om. K. v feeldi svvx, feelde y. * smal, or pore AGMNPSTW. smal OQX. the pore u.
J Om. AGMNopQSTrwxv. z all thees o. the r. * Om. WXY. b that AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Om. w.
<1 languisches, or achis AGMNPSTWY. langwisches OQVX. e Om. o. * of AGMNOPQSTIYXY. e Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e the Farisees Behik. ee Om. R. f Arise hi.
k of Sidon c. 1 the peple ciKUXRSgko/3.
Om. EPQxhka. h and A pr. m. » Om. k.
VI. 2C
-33-
LUKE.
163
sou3ten forh to touche him, for vertu
20 wente out of him, and heelide alle. And,
his yjen reysid' vp in to his disciplis, hek
seide, Blessid be1 $e, pore menm, for the
21 kyngdom of God is 3oure. Blessid ben $e,
that vhungren now0, for 36 schulen be
fillidi1. Blessid be^ 3^, that Vepen nowr,
22 for 36 schulen Iey3es. 3e schulen be bless-
id, whanne men schulen hate 3ou, and
schulen1 departe 3ou aweyu, and schulenv
putte schenschip on ^ou, and schulenw caste
out 3oure name as yuel, for inannis sone.
23 Joye 36 in herte in that day, and glade 36
with oute forth ; loo ! sothli 3oure mede
is mochex in heuene ; forsothe vp^ thes
thingis the fadris of hem diden to pro-
24phetis. Netheles woo to 3ou, riche men,
20 that han 3oure comfort. Woo to 3ou
that ben fulfillid2, for 36 schulen hungre.
Woo to 3ou that 'Iau3hen nowa, for 36
2Gschal morne, and wepe. Woob, whanne
allec men schulen blesse 3oud ; aftir6 thes
thingis the fadris of hern diden to pro-
27phetisf. But I seie to 3ou that heeren,
loue 36 3oure enemyes, vdo 3e£ wel to hem
28 that haten&s 3ou ; blesse 36 toh men curs-
inge 3ou, preie 36 for men 'falsly chaleng-
2!»yngei 3ou. And xto himk that1 schalm
smyte thee von on cheke, 3yue also0 the
tother ; and fro him that takith awey fro
thee va clothP, 3he<i, nyle thou forbede the
socoote. Sothly 3yue to ech axinger thee,
and who8 takith away tho thingis that
31 ben thyne, axe thou not a3eynt. And as
36 wolen that men do to 3ou, and do 36 to
32 hem in" lykv manere. And if 36 louen
hem that louen 3ou, what grace, ^ethir
thankw, isx to 3ou? for whi and synful
33 men louen men louynge hem. And? if
andm heelide alle. And whanne hise2o
i3en weren cast vp in to hise disciplis,
he seide, Blessid be $en, vpore men, for the
kyngdom of God is 3oure. Blessid be $e, 21
that now hungren, for 36 schulen be ful-
fillid. Blessid be 30, that now wepen,
for 36 schulen Iei3e. 3e schulen be bless- 22
id, whanne men schulen hate 3ou, and
departe 3011 awei, and putte schenschip
to you, and cast out 3oure name as yuel,
for mannus sone. Joye 35 in that dai,23
and be 36 glad ; for lo ! 3oure rneede is
myche in heuene ; for0 aftir these thingis
the fadris of hem diden to prophetis.
Netheles wo to 3ou, riche men, that han 24
3oure coumfort. Wo to 3ou that ben 25
fulfillid, for 36 schulen hungre. Wo to
3ou that now Iei3en, for 36 schulen morne,
and wepe. Wo to ^ou, whanne alle men 20
schulen blesse 3ou; aftir these thingis the
fadris of hem diden to profetis. But 27
Y seie to 3ou that heren, loue 36 $oure
enemyes, do 30 wel to hem that hatiden
3ou ; blesse 36 men that cursen 3ou, 28
preye 36 for men that defamen 3ou. And 20
to him that smytith thee on OP cheeke,
schewe alsoi the tothirr ; and fro hym
that takith awei fro thee a cloth, nyle
thou forbede the coote. And 3yue to so
eche that axith thee, and if a man takith
awei tho thingis that ben thine, axe thou
not a3en. And as 36 wolen that men dosi
to 3ou, do 36 also to hem in lijk maner.
And if 36 louen hem that louen 3ou,32
what thanke is to 3ou ? for synful men
louen men that louen hem. And if 3033
don wel to hem that don wel to 3ou,
what grace is to 3ou? synful8 men don
this thing. And if 36 leenen to hem of34
h Om. sx. l cast AGMNOPQSTWXY. k and he o. l Om. x. "' Om. x. n Otn. x. ° now hungren
GMXY. p fulfilde AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 Om. x. r now wepen GMXY. ' Iau3e u. lajhen x. *Om.AGMNo
PQSTWXY. u Om. MPX. v Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. w Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. * mochel o. 7 aftir AGM
NOPQSTWXY. z fillid vvx. & now Iei3en GMPUY. now lau}hen x. b Wo to you Q sec.m. u. c Om. G pr. m.
Q pr.m. PTXY. d Om. T. e vp vr. * false prophetis MP. S doth x. SS haatiden M sec.m. h Om. KV.
1 that falsly chalange AGMNOPQSTWXY. k who G sec. m. MNOPQTXY. l Om. MNPXY. m Om. N. n on
on A. in to the oon G sec.m. OP. in to the toon MNTY. in the too Q. into the ox. ° to him and G sec.m.
MNOPQTXY. to him also w. P thi cloth MPW sec.m. clothis G pr.m. vvv. cloth G sec.m. w pr.m. thi
clothis x. 1 and N. r askende x. 9 he that AGMNOPQSTWXY. * ajen with strijrf MP. u on AGMNOP
v lichy ANTW. w or thank A el ceteri. Om. x. * Om. F. y Om. K.
m and he K sec. m. ux sec. m. bg sec. m. hik.
P the oo Eghik. 1 to him also k. r oothir I.
n Om. CP pr. m. e pr.v. g.
8 for synful k.
Y 2
0 forsothe i. Om. k.
164
LUKE.
VI. 34—43-
36 don wel to hem that don wel to 3011,
what gracez is to 3ow? sothly and synful
34 men don this thing. And if 36 V3yuen
borwynge* to hem, of whicheb 36 hopen
tou take a3en, what graced is to 3011 ? for
whi and synful men leenen to synful men,
35 that thei taken a3eyn euene thingis. Ne-
theles loue 36 3oure enemyes, and doe 3ef
wel, and 3yue£ 3eb borwyng', 'hopinge no
thingj therof, and 3oure mede schal be
moche, and 36 schulen be thek sones of the
Hi3este, for he is benyngne1 on™ vnkynde"
semen0 and yuele men. Therfore be 36
mercyful, as and 3oure fadir is mercyful.
37 Nyle 36 deme, and 36 schulen not be de-
myd. Nyle 36 condempne, and 36 schulen
not be condempned ; vfoi'3yue 36?, and it
38 schal be for3ouun to 3ou. 3yue 3e> an(l it
schal be 3ouun to 3ou. Thei schulen 3yue
in to 3oure bosum a good mesure, and well
flUid^, and shakun to gidere, and ouer-
flowynge; forsothe by ther same mesure,
by which8 36 schulen mete, it schal be
39 ineten1 to 3ou. Sothli he seide to hem and
a liknesse", Whethirv a blynd manw may
leede the" blynde ? whethir thei falle not
40 bothe in to the dyche ? A disciple is not
aboue the maistir ; sothli erfi? schal be
41 perfyt, if he isz as his maistir. Sothli
what seest thou in thi brotheris y3e 'a
festu, othir a mot*, but thou biholdist not
a beem, 'which isb in thi owne y3e ?
42Othirc hou maistd thou seye to thi bro-
ther, Brother, suffre, I schal caste out a
festu6 of thin y3e? thou biholdist not a
beem in thin owne y3e ? Ypocrite, first
takf out the beem of thyn y3e, and thanne
thou schalt biholde, that thou lede out a
4sfestu» of thi brotheris y3e. Forsothe it is
not a good tree, that makith yuele frutis,
whiche 3e hopen to take a3en, what
thanke is to 3ou ? for synful men leenen
to synful men, to take a3en as myche.
Netheles loue 36 3oure enemyes, and doss
36 wel, and leene 36, hopinge no thing
therof, and 3oure mede schal be myche,
and 36 schulen be the sones of the He3-
est, for he is benygne on vnkynde men
and yuele men. Therfor be 36 merciful, 36
as 3oure fadir is merciful. Nyle 30 deme, 37
and 36 schulen not be denied. Nyle 36
condempne, and 36 schulen not be con-
dempned ; for3yue 36, and it schal be
foi^ouun to 3ou. 3yue 36, and it schal 38
be 3ouun to 3ou. Thei schulen 3yue in
to 3oure bosum a good mesure, and wel
fillid, and schakun togidir, and ouerflow-
ynge ; for bi the same mesure, bi whiche
36 meeten, it schal be metuns Va3en to
3oul. And he seide to hem a liknesse, 39
Whether the blynde may leede the
blynde? ne fallen thei not bothe vin tou
the diche? A disciple is not aboue thev*«
maistir; but eche schal be perfite, if he
be as his maister. And what seest thou4i
in thi brotheris {36 a moot, but thou
biholdist not a beem, that is in thin
owne 136 ? Or hou maist thou seie to thi 4-2
brother, Brothir, suffre, Y schal caste
out the moot of thin {36, and thou bi-
holdist not a beem invv thin owne 130?
Ipocrite, first take out the beem of thin
i3e, and thanne thou schalt se to takew
the moot ofx thi brotheris {36. It is not 43
a good tree, that makith yuel fruytis,
nether an yuel tree, that makith good
fruytis; for euery tre is knowun of his 44
fruyt. And men gaderen not figus of
thornes, nethir men gaderen a grape of
a buysche of breris. A good man of 45
z thank MPU sec.m. a 3yuen borewing, or leenen MP. leuen v sec.m. b whom MPXV. c for to AGMNOP
IJTWY. d grace, or thank MP. thank u sec. m. e doth GQSXY. doith MP. f Om. AGMNOpqsvrirxY. S leue
i; sec.m. h Om. NW. " borewing, or leeneth MP. Om. c; sec. m. 3 nothing hoping GMXY. k Om. o.
1 benigne, or of good rville AGMNPSTWY. m vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. D kynde KU. ° Om. G pr. m. K sec. m.
MPXY. P forjifeth o. 1 a wel o. <W fulfillid G pr. m. r Om. o. s the whiche o. * motun o.
u licnesse, or ensaumple AGMNPTWY. licnesse, or exsaumple s. v Wher o. w Om. T. * a o. 7 he o.
ech disciple MP. z be AGMNOPQSWY. shul ben x. a a festu, or mot AGQSTurrrY. a festu, or a mot MNP.
a mot o. a festu x . b that is AGMNOPQTWXY. Om. s. c Or AGMNOPQSTITXY. d mi3t AT. e festu,
or a moot o. mot MPV sec. m. f cast o. sec. m. S mot MOPU sec. m.
8 moten B.
out of ES.
to jou a3en k.
in ik. v his k. VT that is in R pr. m. w take out Rsk/3.
VI. 44 — vn- 6-
LUKE.
165
nother an yuele tree, that makith goode
44fruytis; sothli euerys tree is knowun of
his fruyt. Sothli neither men gederyn
fygis of thornes, neither men gederyn a
45 grape of a boysch of breris. A good man
of the goode tresour11 of his herte bryngeth
forth good thing, and an yuel man of
yuel tresour, bryngith forth yuel thing;
sothli of the' plente of the herte the
4«rnouth spekith. Forsothe what clepenk 36
me, Lord, Lord, and don not tho thingis
47 that I seye. Ech that cometh to me, and
heerith my wordis, and doth hem, I schal
48schewe to 3ou, to whom he is lyk1. He is
lykm to a man bildinge an" hous, that0
diggideP deepe, and puttidei the founde-
ment onr a stoon. Sothli greet flowing
maad, flood was8 hurtlid to that hous, and
it my3te not moue it, for it was foundid
49 on4 a sad stoon. Sothli he that heerith,
and doth not, is lyk to a man bildinge
his hous onu erthev with oute foundement;
in to which the flood* wasx hurlidy, and
a non it felde doun ; and the fallinge doun
of that hous is maad greet.
CAP. VII.
1 Forsothe whanne he hadde fulfillidz alle
his wordis in to the* eeris of the pepleaa,
2 he entride in to Capharnaum. Sothlih a
seruaunt of sum man centurio, ^that hadde
an hundrid men vndir him c, hauynge
yuel, was to deyinged, which6 was precious
3 to him. And whanne he haddef herd of
Jhesu, he sente to him the eldere men of
Jewis, preiynge him, that he come, and
4heele his seruaunt. And, whanneS thei
camen to Jhesu, theih preieden bisyli, sey-
inge1 to him, For he is worthi, that thou
5 3yue to him this thing ; for he loueth
oure folk, and hek bildide1 to vs a syna-
egoge. Sothly Jhesu wente with hem.
thex good tresoure of his herte bryngith
forth good thingisv, and an yuel man of
the yuel tresoure bryngith forth yuel
thingis?; for of the plente of the herte
the mouth spekith. And what clepen4«
36 me, Lord, Lord, and doon not tho
thingis that Y seie. Eche that cometh 47
to me, and herith my wordis, and doith
hem, Y schal schewe to 3ou, to whom
he is lijk. He is lijk to a man that4«
bildith an hous, that diggide deepe, and
sette the foundement on a stoon. And
whanne greets flood was maad, the flood
was hurtlid2 to that hous, and it mi3te
not moue it, for it was foundid on a
sad stoon. But he that herith, and4!>
doith not, is lijk to a man bildynge his
hous on erthe with outen foundement ;
in to which the flood was hurlida, arid
anoon it felle doun; and the fallyng doun
of that hous was maad greet.
CAP. VII.
And whanne he hadde fulfillid allei
hiseb wordis in to the eeris of the puple,
he entride in to Cafarnaum. But 32
seruaunt of a centurien, that was pre-
cious to hym, was sijk, and drawyrige
to the deeth. And whanne he hadde 3
herd of Jhesu, he sente to hym the
eldere men of Jewis, and preiede hym,
that he wolde come, and heele his ser-
uaunt. And whanne thei camen to Jhe- 4
su, thei preieden hym bisili, and seiden
to hym, For he is worthi, that thou
graunte to hym this thing; for he loueth s
oure folk, and he bildide to vs a syna-
goge. And Jhesus wente with hem.e
S eche x. h the tresour G. * Om. K. k clepith Y. l lichi MP. m lychi MPT. n Om. T. ° and P.
P diggith AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 puttith OXY. putte s. r vpon o. s is A pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. t vpon o.
u vpon AGMNOPQTWY. T the erthe Q. w flodes o. x is AGMNOPSTWXY. Om. g. ? hurtlid to AGTWY.
hurlid to MNOPS. hurtlid QUX. z fillid v. a Om. Ksec.m. aa pore puple AGNOSTWY. b Forsothe o.
c Om. OQX. d dye AGMXOPQSTWXY, e the whiche AGMNOPQSTITXY. { Om. w. 8 thei, whan GMPWX.
k Om. GMQ pr. m. TWX. l and saiden o. k Om. o. l bilde sx.
* Om. c. y thing A sec. m. yy a gret s. z hurlid cipqxhia. « hurtlid iKRscegk/3. b these k.
166
LUKE.
vn. 7—17.
And whanne now he was not ferm fro the
hous, centurio sente to him frendis, sey-
inge, Lord, nyle thou be trauelid, for I
am not worthi, that thou entre vndir my
7 roof; for which thing and I demyde" not
my0 silf worthi, that I schulde come to
thee; but seye thou by word, and my child
s schal be heelid. For whi and I am a man
ordeyned vndir power, hauynge Vkny3tis
vndir mei"; andi I seie to this, Go thour,
and he goth, and to anothir, Come thou8,
and he cometh, and to my seruaunt, Do
9 thou* this thing, and he doth". Thev which
thing herd, Jhesu wondride ; and he turn-
yd, seide to the cumpanyes suynge him,
Treuli I seye to 3ou, nethirw in Israel I
10 fond so mochex feith. And thei that
weren sent, turnyd a3en horn, founden the
11 seruaunt hool, which? was syk. And it
wasz don aftirward Jhesu wente in to a
cite, that is clepid Naym, and his disciplis ;
anda fulb greet cumpanye of peplec v wente
12 with him*1. Sothly whanne he cam ny3
to the 3ate of the citee, loo ! an oonlypi"
sone of his modir was born out deed ; and
this was a widowe ; and moche cumpany
1:1 of the citee wasf with hir. Whom whanne
the Lord Jhesu hadde seyn, he meuyd by
mercy on? hir, seide to hir, Nyle thou
Hwepe. And he nei3edeb, and touchide the
here ; and' thei that baren stooden. And
he seith, 3ong man, I seie to thee, ryse vp.
15 And he that was deed sat vpk, and bigan
to1 speke; and he 3af him to his modir.
HiSothli drede took alle men, and thei
magnyfieden God, seyinge, For a greet
prophete hath risun among vs, 'and, For"1
17 God hath visitid his peple n. And this
word wente out of him vin to0 al Judee,
IK and in to al the cuntre aboute. And dis-
And whanne he was not fer fro the
hous c, the centurien sente to hym
freendis, and seide, Lord, nyle thou be
trauelid, for Y am not worthi, that thou
entre vnder my roof; for whichd thing?
and6 Y demedef not my silf worthi, that
Y come to thee; but seie thou bi word,
and my child schal be helid. For Y am 8
a man ordeyned vndur power, and haue
kny3tis vndur me ; and Y seie to this,
Go, and he goith, and to anothir, Come,
and he cometh, and to my seruaunt, Do
this thing, and he doith. And whanne o
this thing was herd, Jhesus wondride;
and seide to the puple suynge hym,
Treuli Y seie to 3011, nether in Israel Y
foond so greet feith. And thei that 10
weren sent, turneden a3en home, and
founden the seruaunt hool, whichs was
sijk. And it was don aftirward, Jhesus n
wente in to a citee, that is clepid Naym,
and hise disciplis ; and ful greet puple
wente with hym. And whanne he cam 12
ny3 to the 3ate of the citee, lo ! the sone
of a womman that hadde no mo children,
was borun out deed ; and this was a
widowe ; and myche puple of the citee
with hir. And whanne the Lord Jhesu is
hadde seyn hir, he hadde reuthe on hir,
and seide to hir, Nyle thou wepe. And u
he cam ny3h, and touchide the beere;
and' thei that barenk stoden. And he
seide1, 3onge man, Y seie to thee, rise vp.
And he that was deed sat vp a3en, and ^
biganra to speke ; and he 3af hym to his
modir. And drede took alle men, and ic
thei magnyfieden God, and seiden, For
a grete profete is rysun among vs, and,
For God hath visitid his puple. And 17
this word wente out of hym in to al
m Om. o. n deme T. ° me K. P vndir me knyjtes GMXY. <i Om. K. r Om.
s Om. AGMNOpgsTurwxY. * Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. u doith it MPWY. v Om. u. w ne MP. * greete
AGMNOPQSTWXY. J the whiche AGNOQSTWXY. that MP. z is A pr. m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. a wente
with him and A pr.m. GMNOPQTWXY. & a ful MPSW pr. m. XY. c the puple v. d Om. A pr. m. GMNO
PQTWX. e oonly o. f Om. AGNOQSTIV. cam MPXY. S vpon AGMNOPQTY. h cam to AGMNOPQSWY.
cam x. ' forsothe AGMNopQsvrwxY. k a3en AGMNPQSWXY. vp ajen o. 1 for to AGMHOPQWY.
m for and MP. for w. n pore peple AGMNPQSXY. ° in r.
c knyjtis hous k pr. m. d the whiche i. e Om. R pr. m. gk pr. m. { deme E. S that i. h to i.
1 forsothe T. k haren the beere K. l seith T. m he bigan k.
vii. 19 — 29-
LUKE.
167
ciplisP of John tolden himi ofr alle thes
I9thingis. And John clepide to gidere
tweyne3 of his disciplis, and sente to
Jhesu, seyinge, Art thou that art to
comynge l, 'other we abiden u another ?
20 Sothli whanne the men hadderi come to
him, thei seiden, John Baptist sente vs
to thee, seyinge, Art thou that art to
comynge v, other w we abiden another ?
21 Forsothe in that our he heelide many
men of her sykenessis*, and woundis, and^
yuele spiritis ; and he }af sty to manye
22blynde men. And Jhesu answeringe seide
to hem, %e goynge tellez a^en to John tho
thingis that ye han herd and seyn; for
blynde men seen, crokide mena gon, mese-
lis ben maad clene, deef men heeren, deedeb
men rysen a^en, pore men ben takun to
prechingec ofd the gospel, Aether ben maad
mkeperis of the gospel*. And 'he thatf
schal not be sclaundrid in me, is£ blessid.
24 And whanne the messangers1' of John
hadden gon away, he bigan to"1 seye of
John to the cumpanyes, What wenten ye
out in to desert fork to se? a reed wawid
25 with the1 wynd? But what wente $e out
for In to se ? a man clothid n with softe
clothis0? Lo! thei that ben in a? precious
cloth and in delices, ben in 'housis of
2ckyngisi. But what thing wente }e out
forr to se? a prophete? Sothli I seie to
273ou, and more than a prophete. This it8
is1, of whom it is writen, Lo ! I sende rnyn
aungel byfore thi face, 'the which" schal
28 make thi weye redy bifore thee. Sothly
I seye to 3ou, among thev childeren of
wymmen, no man is morew than John
Baptist, prophete* ; sothli he that is lesse
in the^ kyngdom of heuenes, is more than
20 he. And al the peple heeringe, and pup-
Judee, and in to" al the cuntre aboute.
And Joones disciplis toolden hym of alle IB
these thingis. And Joon clepide tweyn 19
of hise disciplis, and sente hem to Jhesu,
and seide, Art thou he that is to come,
or abiden we anothir? And whanne the 20
men cam to hym, thei seideu, Joon Bap-
tist sente vs to thee, and seide, Art thou
he that is to come, or we abideu anothir ?
And in that our he heelide many men of 21
her sijknessis, and woundis, and yuel
spiritis ; and he 3af sijt to many blynde
men. And Jhesus answerde, and seide 22
to hem, Go 36 a3en, and telle 36 to Joon
tho thingis that 36 han herd and seyn;
blynde men seyn, crokid men goen, me-
sels ben maad cleene, deef men heren,
deed men risen a3en, pore men ben
takun to prechyng of the gospel. And 2:1
he that schal not be sclaundrid in me,
is blessid. And whanne the messangeris 24
of Joon weren go forth, he bigan to seie
of Joon to the puple, What wenten 3625
out in to desert to se? a reed waggid"
with theP wynd? But what wenten 3620
out to se ? a man clothid with softe
clothis ? Lo ! thei that ben in precious
cloth and in delicis, ben in kyngis housis.
But what wenten 36 out to se? a pro-
fete? 3he, Y seie to 3ou, and more than a
profete. This is he, of whom it is writun, 27
Lo ! Y sende myn aungel bifor thi face,
whichi schal make 'thi weie redir bifor
thee. Certis Y seie to 3ou, there is no 28
man more9 prophete among children1 of
wymmen, than is Joonu; but he that is
lesse in the kyngdom of heuenes, is more
than he. And al the puple herynge, and 29
pupplicans, that hadden be baptisid with
baptymv of Joon, iustifieden God ; but so
P the disciples MOP. 1 to him AGMNOPQSUWXY. r sayinge of AGMHOPQSWXY. s two MPX. * come AG
MNOPQSWXY. u or abide we AGMNOPSW. or we abiden QXY. v come AGMNOPQSWXY. w or AGMNOPQS
WXY. " languischis AGMNOPQSUVWXY. Y and of u. of r. z telleth sx. a Om. AGMNOPQWX. b and
deed w. c prechen GMPQX. d Om. AG pr. m. K pr. m. MP. e or maad kepers of the gospel AGMNPSWX
Y. Om. oo. ether ben maad keperis of the gospels r. f who euer A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQXY. S schal be
w pr. m. h messageres GO passim g. ' for to AGNOQWY. k Om. sx. * Om. AGMNOPQSWXY. m Om.
ax. n clad sx. ° clothing Q. P Om. MPQ. 9 kynges housis AGMNOPQSWXY. T Om. sx. s Om. AG
MNOPQSWXY. f is he w pr. m. n that MPX. which K sec. m. ur. v Om. AGMNOPQSWXY. w more pro-
phete AGMNOPQSWXY. x Om. AGMNOPQSIVXY. the profete ur. y Om. o.
n Om. A pr.m. i. ° wawid pQTgka. wagid s. P Om. i. 1 that k. r redi thi wey Rk. s a more i.
4 the children Tke. u Joon Baptist x sec. m. k. v the baptym CEiKMpo.RSTUxbceghika/9.
168
LUKE.
VII. 30 41.
plicans, baptisid with baptym* of John,
30 iustifieden God ; forsoth Pharisees and
wyse men of the* lawe, not baptisid of
him, dispiseden the conseil of God inb
31 hem silf c. Sothli the Lord seyde, Ther-
fore to whom schal I seye men of this
generacioun lykd, and to whom ben thei
32 lyk'1 ? Thei ben lykd toe children sittinge
in chepingef, and spekynge to gidere, and
seyinge, We han songun to 3011 with pipis,
and 36 han not daunsid s ; we han maad
:wlarnentaciounh, and 30 han not wept. For-
soth John Baptist cam, nethir etinge breed,
nether' drynkynge wyn, and 36 seyn, He
34 hath a fend. Mannis sone cam etinge
and drynkinge, and 36 seyn, Lo ! a man
Meuourere, ether glotoun^, and drynkinge
wyn, frend of pupplicans and of1 synful
3,-imen. And wysdom is justified of alle
3G her sones. Forsoth sum Pharise111 preiede
Jhesu, that he schulde ete with him. And
he entringe in to the hous of the Pharise,
37 sat at the mete. And lo ! a womman syn-
neresse", that was in the citee, as sche
knew, that Jhesu hadde sete° at the mete
in the hous of the Pharisee, brou3te an
38 alabastre box of oynement ; and sche P
stondinge byhynde bisydis his feet, bigan
to moiste his feet with teeris, and wypidei
with heeris of hir heedr, and kiste his
3!) feet, and anoyntides with oynement. Sothli
the Pharise seynge, that clepide him, seith
with ynne him silf, seiynge, If this were a
prophete, sothli he schulde wite, who arid
what maner womman it were1 that touch-
4oith him, for she is a synneresse". And
Jhesu answeringe seide to him, Symound,
I haue sum thing forv to seye to thee.
4i And he seith, Maistir, seie thou. And
he answeride, Tweyew dettours were to
sumx leenere, *ethir vsurer >'; oon
the Farisees and the wise men of thev
lawe, that weren not baptisid of hym,
dispisiden the counsel of God a3ens hem
silf. And the Lord seide, Therfor tosi
whom schal Y seie 'men of w this gene-
racioun lijk, and to whom ben thei lijk ?
Thei ben lijk to children sittynge in 32
chepyngx, and spekynge togider, and?
seiynge, We han sungun to 3011 with
pipis, and 36 han not daunsid ; we han
maad mornyng, and 36 han not wept.
For Joon Baptist cam, nethir etyngess
breed, ne drynkynge wyne, and 36 seyen,
He hath a feend. Mannus sone cam 34
etynge and drynkynge, and 36 seien, Lo !
a man az deuourer, and drynkynge wyne,
aa frend of pupplicans and of synful menb.
And wisdom is justified of her sones. 35
But oon of the Farisees preiede Jhesu, so
that he schulde ete with hym. And he
entride in to the hous of the Farise, and
sat at the mete. And lo! a synful worn- 37
man, that was in the citee, as sche knewe,
that Jhesu sat at the0 mete in the hous
of the Farisee, sche brou3te an alabaustre
box of oynement; and sche stood bihyndess
bysidis hise feet, and bigan to moiste
hise feet with teeris, and wipide with
the heeris of hir heed, and kiste hise feet,
and auoyntide with oynement. And the 39
Farise seynge, that hadde clepide hym,
seide within hym silf, seiynge, If this
were a prophete, he schulde wite, who
and what maner womman it were that
touchithd hym, for sche is a synful worn-
man. And Jhesus answeride, and seide 40
to hym, Symount, Y haue sumthing to
seie to thee. And he seide, Maistir, seie
thou. And he answeride, Twei dettouris4i
weren to o lener ; and oon aii3t fyue
hundrid pans, and 'the other6 fifti ; but
7 the baptym GMOQUVWXY. a Om. v. b ajens AG sec. m. in to MNOPQXY. ajen sw. c silf, or ayens
hem silf o d lichi MNP. e Om. v. fa chepyng A/P. g lipped, or daunsid AGMfiopQstv. lepid or
daunsid v. h lamentacioun, or mornynge AGMNPSWY. ' ne AGMNpQstvXY. k vourer, or glotoun AGMX
PSY. glotoun o. devourer, or glotoun QW. vourere x. ' Om. AGNOQSWXY. m oon of the Farisees A pr.m.
c pr, m. MNPQXY. of the Pharisees G sec.m. o. n synner GMOPQWXY. ° sitten o. seten GQXY. P Om. o.
<J wypede hem MP. T heued ov. s oyntede s. * is s. u synner A pr. m. GMNOPQSWXY. v Om. NSX.
w Two GMOPQWX. * summe oo GMNOSXY. sum man oo <j. y Om. o. or vsurer GMPQWXY.
v Om. IM pr. m. xe/3. w Om. R. * the chepinge hi. Y Om. T. z Om. QX. a and a I. and KRsbg.
b Om. i. c Om. T. d touchide k. « the tothir EKMPSTUXcghi. anothir nkba/S.
VII. 42 — VIII. 3-
LUKE.
169
fyue hundrid pens, and an other fyfty.
42Sothli hem not hauynge wherof thei
schulden jelde, he 3afz frelya to 'euer ey-
43thirb. Whoc therfore loueth him more?
Symound answeringe seide, I gesse, for
he to whom he 'frely 3af d more. And he
answeride6 to him, Thou hast demyd
44ri3tlyf. And he, turnyd to the womman,
seide to Symound, Seest thou this wom-
man ? I entride in to thi hous, thou hast
not 3ouun watir to my feet ; forsoth this
wommans hath moistid my feet with
teeris, and hath1' wypt with hir heeris.
45 Thou hast not 3ouun to me a cosse ; for-
soth this womman1, sithen schek entride,
46'ceesside not1 tom kisse my feet. Thou
'hast not anoyntid11 myn heed0 with oyle ;
forsotheP this oyntideH my feet with oyne-
4;ment. For which thing I seie to thee,
manye synnes ben for3ouun to hire, for
sche hathr loued myche ; sothli hes to
whom is lesse for3ouun, loueth * lesse.
48 Sothli Jhesu seide to hir, Synnes" ben for-
493ouun to thee. And thei that saten to gi-
dere at the" mete, bigunne toT seie with
ynne hem silf, Who is thisw thatx also
5ofor3yueth synnes? Forsothe he seide y to
the womman, Thi feith hath maad thee
saf ; go thou in pees.
CAP. VIII.
1 And it wasz don aftirward, and Jhesu
made iorney by citees and castelis, prech-
inge and euangelysinge the rewme of God,
2 and twelue with him ; and summe wym-
men that weren heelid of wickide3 spiritis
and syknessis, Marie, that is clepid Maw-
deleynb, of whom seuene deuelis wentenc
3 out, and Jone, the wyf ofd Chuse, procu-
ratour of Eroude, and Susanne, and manye
othere, whiche6 mynystriden to him of her
whanne thei hadden not wherof 'thei
schuldenf 3eelde, he for3af to bothe. Who
thanne loueth hym more? Symount an- 43
sweride, and seide, Y gesse, that? he to
whom he for3af more. Arid he answeride
to hym, Thou hast demyd ri3tli. And 44
he turnede to the womrnan, and seide to
Symount, Seest thou this womman? I
entride into thin hous, thou 3afh no1
watir to my feet ; but thisk hath moistid
my feet with teeris, and wipide with hir
heeris. Thou hast not 3ouun to me 345
cosse; but this, sithen sche entride, ceess-
ide not to kisse my feet. Thou anoynt-4C
idist not myn heed with oile; but this1
anoyntide my feet with oynement. For 47
the™ which thing Y seie to thee, many
synnes ben for3ouun to hir, for sche hath
loued myche ; and to whom is lesse for-
3ouun, he loueth lesse. And Jhesus seide 48
to hir, Thi synnes ben for3ouun to thee.
And thei that saten to gider at the mete, w
bigunnen to seie with ynne hem silf,
Who is this that for3yueth synnes. But so
he seide to the womman, Thi feith hath
maad thee saaf ; go thou in pees.
CAP. VIII.
And it was don aftirward, and Jhesus i
made iourney bi citees and castels, prech-
ynge and euangelisynge the rewme of
God, and twelue with hym ; and sum 2
wymmen that weren heelid of wickid
spiritis and sijknessis, Marie, that is
clepid Maudeleyn, of whom seuene deuelis
wenten out, and Joone, the wijf of Chuse, 3
the procuratoure of Eroude, and Susanne,
and many othir, that mynystriden to hym
z forjaf G pr. m. MOPQ sec. m. w pr. m. xv. a treuli A. Om. p. sec. m. b booth AMNOQSY. bothe PWXY.
c Who of hem M p. d jaf ANSWY. forjaue GMOPQX. e answerynge o. f rijt o. e Om. AGMNopQsrrxY.
h Om. AGMNOPQSWXY. ' Om. AGMNOPQSWXY. k I x pr.m. GMNOPQXY pr. m. l hath not ceesed o.
m for to AGMNOPQY. n anoyntedest not AGMNOPQWXY. oyntedest not s. hast not oyntid v. ° heued OY.
P for u. 1 anoynted AGMNOPQUWX. r Om. K. s Om. AGMNOPQSITXY. * he loueth s. tl Thi synnes
w sec. m. u Om. N. T for to AGMNOPQWY. w that N. * which vr. y saith o. z is ^ pr. m. G pr.m.
MNOPQSXV. a wicke sx. b Magdalene ot;. c weren cast u pr.m. & Om. o. e that AGMNOPQSTWXY.
f to T. B Om. T. h jafist KM. ' not EPX. k sche this i.
VOL. IV. Z
sche this i. m Om. EiKPSTXg.
170
LUKE.
VIII. 4 — 15.
4 richest Forsoth whanne ful moche cum-
panye cam to gidere, and fro citees hasti-
5 den to him, he seide& byh a1 liknessek, He
that sowith, 3edeJ out form to sowe his
seed. And the while he sowith, sum felde
by sydis the weye, and was" defoulid, and
ebriddis of the eyr eeten it. And another
felde0 douni' on ai stoon, and it sprungen
vpr dryede8, for it hadde not' moisture.
7 And anothir felde doun among thornes,
and the thornes sprungen vp to gidere
sstrangliden it. And another felde doun
in to good erthe u, and it sprungun vp
made an hundrid foold fruit. Hev seyinge
thes thingis criede, He that hath eeris of
aheeringe, heere hew. Sothli his disciplis
icaxiden him, what this parable was. To
whiche" he seyde, To 3ou it is 3ouun to
knowe the mysterie of the kyngdom of
God; forsothe to othere men in parablis,
that thei seynge se not, and thei heeringe
11 vndirstonde not. Sothli this is the para-
isble. The seed is Goddis word ; sothli thei?
that ben7- bisydis the weye, ben thes that
heereri ; aftirward the fend cometh, and
takith awey the word froa her herte, lest
is thei bileuynge be maad saaf, Forwhib
thei that ]/elden dounf ond a stoon, ben
these *men whichee whenne thei ban herd,
receyuen the word with ioye. And thes.
ban not rootef; for at» ab tyme thei bi-
leuen, and in tyme of temptacioun thei gon
n awey. Forsothe 'thes that' feldenk doun
in1 thornes, ben thes that herden, and of™
bysinessis", and richessis, and lustis0 of lyf
thei goynge ben stranglid, and? bryngen
15 not a3ein fruyt. Forsoth 'this that* felde*
of her ritchesse". And whanne myche4
puple was come togidir, and men hi3eden
to hym fro the0 citees, he seide bi a
symylitude, He that sowith, 3ede out to a
sowe his seed. And while he sowith,
sum fel00 bisidis the weie, and was de-
foulid, and briddis of the eir eten it.
And? othir^ felr on a8 stoon4, and it 6
sprunge vp, and driede, for it hadde
not rnoysture. And" othirv felw among?
thornes, and the thornes sprongen vp
togider, and strangliden it. And othirs
felx in to good erthe, and it sprungun?
made an hundrid foold fruyt. He seide*
these thingis, and criede, He that hath
eeris of heryng, here he. But hise disci- 9
plis axiden him, what this parable was.
And he seide to hem, To 3011 it is grauntid 10
to knowe the pryuete of the kyngdom of
God ; but to othir men in parablis, that
thei seynge se not, and thei herynge vn-
durstonde not. And this is the parable. 11
Thezz seed is Goddis word; and thei that 12
ben bisidis the weie, ben these that heren;
and aftirward the feend cometh, and
takith awei the word fro her herte, lest
thei bileuynge be maad saaf. But thei 13
that fel on a stoon, ben these that whanne
thei ban herd, resseyuen the word with
ioye. And these han not3 roods ; for at
a tyme thei bileuen, and in tyme of
temptacioun thei goen awei. But that 14
that fel among thornes, ben these that
herden, and of bisynessisb, and ritchessis,
and lustis of lijf thei gon forth, and ben
stranglid, and bryngen forth no fruyt.
But that that fel in to good erthe, ben is
f facultees, or ryckes AT. facultees, or ryckessis GMNPQSWY. faculteis GJV. richessis r. g saith o. h by
hym T. ' Om. o. k licnesse, or ensaumple AGMNPQTWY. ensaumple o. lykenesse, or exsaumple s. 1 goith
G pr. m.MopQTXY. m Om. urx. n is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPST. it is QXY. ° fil t; sec.m. POm.usec.m.
i the u sec.m. T Om. AGUNOPQSTXY. s and dryede v. * no r. « lond x. ^ And he y. w Om.
x whom MPQXY. y tho MPQWXY. * felden G pr.m. fellen MPQY. Om. NOSTX. a of o. b But
u sec.m. c Om. Aosrvrivx. fellen GMNPQ. d vpon XGAfjvopQTwy. e that ^GAJNOPCSTWY. Om. ^.
f rootis ^o.WNOPQSTWAry. g Om. o. h Om. Q. » that that ^GMNpesTrfv. that at o. this that r. that x.
k fel wx. l on w. m of the ^GMNOPQSTJFY. n besynes NU. the bisynesses x. o voluptees AGMNOP
QSTWXY. P and thai o. q that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. r felde AM. felle GY. Om. QTW. fel x.
n richessis EiKpQHSXchia. o Om, ghi. °° felde doun b pr. m. P Om. k pr. m. q another k. r felde
dounb^r. ?«. 8 the I. Om. k pr.m. afi. * stonys k pr. m. a. u Om. k pr. m. T another k. w felde
R. felde doun b pr. m. a. * felde doun b. y sprung up and CM sec. m. QRUX. sprungun up i. sprungun
up and KPsbeghk pr. m. o/3. sprung vp M pr. m. ik sec. m. * seith hi. *z This R. a no ehia. b bisi-
nesse hi.
VIII. 1 6 — 25.
LUKE.
171
doun* in to' good erthe, ben thes menu
whichev, inw good herte and best, heeringe
the word holdun, and bryngen forth fruyt
16 in patience. Forsoth no man Ii3tingex a
lanterne hilithv it with a vessel, ethirz
puttitha vndir a bed, but onb a candil-
nsticke, that men entringe se Ii3t. 'Forsoth
no thing is priueyc, whichd schal not be
openyd, neither hidc, which f schal not be
isknowun, and come iutos apert. Therfore
se 36, hou 36 heeren ; forsothe it schal be
3ouun to him that hath, and who euere
hath not, also thish he gessith' himk silf '
to11 haue, schal be takun awey fro him.
19 Forsoth his modir and britheren camen
to him ; and thei my3ten not go fully to
20 him for the cumpany of peple. And it
ism told to him, Thi modir and thi bri-
theren stonden with oute forth, willinge™
21 to0 se thee. WhichP answeringe seide to
hem, My moder and my britheren ben
thes, whiche i heeren the M'ord of God,
22 and donr. Forsoth it was5 don in oon of
dayes1. and he sti3ede in to a boot and his
disciplis. And he seith to hem, Passe we"
ouer the stondinge watir. And thei Sweden
23 vp. Sothli, hem rowynge, he slepte. And
a tempest of wyrid cam doun in to the
watir, and thei weren driuen hidur and
thidur with wawis, and weren in perel.
24 Forsothe thei comynge ny3 reysiden him,
seyinge, Comaundour, we perischen. And
he risynge blamyde the wynd, and the
tempest of watirv; and it ceesside, and
25pesyblete wasw maad. Forsoth he seyde
to hem, Where is 3oure feith? Whiche*
dredinge wondriden, vseyinge to gidere?,
Who, gessist thou, Ms this z ? for he co-
maundith to wyndis3 and to theb see, and
these that, in a good herte, and best heren
the word, and holdun, and brengen forth
fruyt in pacience. No man Iit3nethc aio
lanterne, and hilith it withd a vessel, or
puttith it vndur a bed, but on a candil-
stike, that men that entren seen Ii3t.
For ther is no priuei thing, which schal 17
not be openyd, nether hid thing, which
schal not be knowun, and come in to
open. Therfor se 36, hou 36 heren ; for is
it schal be 3ouun to hym that hath, and
who euer hath not, also that that he
weneth that he haue, schal be takun
awei fro hym. And his modir and «•
britheren camen to hym ; and thei
my3ten not come to hym for the puple.
And it was teeld to hym, Thi modir and 20
thi britheren stonden with outforth, wil-
lynge to se thee. And he answeride, and 21
seide to hem, My modir and my britheren
ben these, that heren the word of God,
and doon it. And it was don in oon of22
daiese, he wente vp in to a boot, and
hise disciplis. And he seide to hem,
Passe we ouer the see. And thei wenten
vp. And while thei rowiden, he slepte. 23
And af tempest of wynde earn doun in to
the watir, and thei weren dryuun hidur
and thidur with wawis, and weren in
perel. And thei camen ny3, and reisiden24
hym, and seiden, Comaundoure, we pe-
rischen. And he roos&, and blamyde the
wynde, and the tempest of the watir;
and it ceesside, and pesibilte was maad.
And he seide to hem, Where is 3oure25
feith ? Whichh dredynge wondriden, and
seiden togidir, Who, gessist thou, is this ?
for he comaundith to wyndis1 and tok
the see, and thei obeien to hym. And 26
8 Om. GMNOPQSTWXY. ' Om. Q. u Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. v that AGMNOPQSTWXY. w in to T.
* lijtenynge AGNOQTWY. y heelyd w. z or GMOPQTWXY. a putteth hit o. puttith it Y. *> vpon AGM
NOPQTWY. c For there is not [no QT] priuey thenge AGMNOPQSTWXY. d the whiche AGMNOQSTWY.
that x. e hid thenge AGMNOPQST sec. m. VWXY. ( the whiche AGMNOQSTWY. that x. g to AGMNOP
SWXY. h that that AGMNPSWXY. that o. this that u. ' weneth AGMNOPQSTWXY. k Om. T. ' Om.
AGMNOPQSWXY. u for to AGMNOPQTWY. »' was Gsec. m. uvw . n wilnynge QWY, ° for to AGMNOPQTWY.
P The whiche AGM NOPQSTWXY. 1 that AGMNOPQSTWXY. r don therqfter OQIV. don after it lap. don it
u sec. m. * is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. * the dayes MP. a je o. v the watir w. w is A pr.m.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTX. * The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. y togidere, seiende xv. z this is K pr.m.
a the windus x. b Om. AGNOPQSTW sec. m. XY.
c lijtith He. d vndur b. e the daies plures. tho daies k. ' Om. k pr. m. S roos vp iKg. h The
whiche i. ' the wyndis egk. k Om. b.
z 2
172
LUKE.
vm. 26 — 36.
26 thei obeyen to him. And thei rowiden
toc the cuntree of Gerasenusd, which" is
27 a3ens Galilee. And whanne he wente out
to the lond, sum man ran to him, which f
hadde a deuyl now longes tymesh, and
was not clothid' with cloth, neither dwell-
2side in housk, but in sepulcris. This as
he sy3 Jhesu, felde doun bifore him, and
criynge with greet voys seide, What to
me and to thee, Jhesu, the sone of vGod
the hi3este ' ? I beseche thee, that thou
29turmente not me. Sothli he comaundide
to the vnclene spirit, that he schulde go
out fro the man. Forsothe he took him
longe™ tymes, and he" kept in stockis was
bounden with chaynes. and, the boondis
broken, he was led of fendis0 in desert.
so Sothli Jhesu axideP him, seyinge, What
name is to thee ? And he seyde, A le-
gioun ; for manye fendisi hadde entrid in
:n to him. Andr thei preiden him, that he
schulde notrr comaunde hems, that thei
:t2vschulden go1 in to the" depnesse. For-
sothe av flok of manye hoggisw \vas there"
lesewynge in an hil, and thei preieden
him^, that he schulde suffre hem toz entre
:«'in toa hem. And he suffride hem. Ther-
fore fendis b wenten out fro the man, and
entride in to hoggisc ; and with bire the
floe wente hedlinged in to the lake of
:u watir, and was6 stranglid. Whichf Hhing,
as thei that lesewiden sy3en dons, theih
fledden, and tolden in to the citee, and in'
:ia townes. Sothli thei 3edenk out to1 se that
thing that was™ don. And" thei founden
the man sittinge clothid0, fro whom the
fendis wenten out, and in hool mynde at
so his feet; and thei dredden. Sothli and
thei rowiden to the cuntree of Gerasenus,
that is a3ens Galilee. And whanne he27
wente out to the loond, a man ran to
hym, that hadde a deuel long tyme, and
he was not clothid with cloth, nether
dwellide in hous, but in sepulcris. This1, as
whanne he sai3 Jhesu, fel doun bifor
hym, and he criynge with am greet vois
seide, What to me and to thee, Jhesu,
the sone of the hi3est God ? Y biseche
thee, that thou turmente 'not memm. For 29
he comaundide the vncleene spirit, that
he schulde go out fro the man. For he
took hym ofte tymes, and he was boundun
with cheynes, and kept in stockis, and,
whanne the boondis weren brokun, he
was lad of deuelis11 in to desert. And so
Jhesus axide hym, and seide, What name
is to thee? And he seide, A legiounf ; t A legioun is
for many deuelis weren entrid in to hym. silte imn'drid,
And thei preyden hym, that he schulde si ^,ixti and sixe-
not comaunde hem, that thei schulden
gonn in to helle. And there was a flok 32
of many swyne lesewynge in an hil, and
thei preieden hym, that he schulde suffre
hem to0 entre in to hem. And he suffride
hem. And so the deuelis wenten out fro 33
the man, and entriden in to the swyne ;
and with a birre the flok wente heed-
lyng in to the pool, and was drenchid.
And whanne the hirdis sayn this thing 34
don, thei flowenP, and tolden in to the
cite, and in toi ther townes. And thei 35
3eden out to se that thing that was don.
And thei camen to Jhesu, and thei
founden the man sittynge clothid, fro
whom the deuelis8 wenteu out, and in
hool mynde at hise feet; and thei dredden.
c in to w pr. m. d Genasareth o pr. in. MNPTXY. Jerasenoruth o. e that AGM NOPQSTWX Y. f the
wliiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. e moche AGMNOPQSTWXY. h tyme M. > clad sx. k housis w.
1 hi3est God MPY. God hi3est G pr. m. u. the hijest God wx. m moche AGMHOPSTWXY. mony o sec.m.
n Om. o. o deuels AGMNOPQSTWXY. P axinge r, 1 deuels AGMNOPQSTIFXY. rOm. K. "Om. G pr. m.
8 to hem AGMNOPQSTWY. t wenten MNPQTXY. u Om. x. v ther was a AGMNOPQSTWXY. w srvyin
hoggis GY. swyne o. x Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. y Om. o. z for to ^GMNOPQTWY. a to v. b deuels
AGMNOQSTWXY. the deuels p. c swyne o. the hoggis GQTXY. d heuedlynge o. e is AG pr. m.iuNOPSXY.
f The whiche AGMNPQSTWXY. Om. o. £ thing as thei that leseweden or kepten in the lesetve syjen don ATW.
thing as thei that lesewiden or kepten in leseivis syjen don GMPY. thing as thei that leseweden or kepten in
lesoive syjen don NS. and whan the hirdis sawen this thenge o. h Om. AGMNOPQSTWY. ' Om. o. in to
qvpr.m.w. k camen G pr.m. MNOPQTXY. 1 for to AGMNOPQTWY. m is G pr. m. MKPQSTXY. n and
thei camen to Jhesu, and Q sec. m. ° clod s. clad x.
1 This man K.
P fledden EPQXO.
m Om. b. mm me not. B. n the deuel e pr. m. nn not go i sec. m. ° Om, c.
<J Om, BPQ. r Om. cu. s fendis CEiKsipQRSuxbceghiko0.
VIII. 37 — 47-
LUKE.
173
thei that sy3en tolden to hem, how he
a; was maad hool of the legioun. And al
the multitude of the cuntree of GerasenusP
preieden him, that he schulde go fro hem,
for thei weren holdei with greet drede.
Sothli he sti3ynge in to a boot turnedii
38 a3ein. And the man of whom ther fendis8
wente out, preied him, that he schulde be
with him1. Sothli Jhesti lefte him, sey-
sginge, Go a3eyn in to thin hous, and telle
hou greteu thingis God hath don to thee.
And he wente thorw al the citee, prech-
inge, hou grete v thingis Jhesuw haddex
40 don to him. Forsothe it was^ don,whanne
Jhesu hadde gon a3eyn, the cumpanye of
peple receyuede him ; forsothe alle weren
41 abidinge him. And loo ! a man, to whom
the name was* Jayrus, and hea was ab
prince of a synagoge ; and he fel doun toc
the feet of Jhesu, preiynge him, that he
42 schulde entre in to his hous, for olypid
dou3tir was to him almoost of twelue 3eer,
and this deiede. And it bifel, the6 while
he wente, he was throngunf of the cum-
4:<penyK. And sum womrnan was in flix
of blood fro'1 twelue 3eer, which1 hadde
spendid al hir catelk in to lechis, nether
44 my3te1 be curid of ony, cam™ ny3 bihynde,
and touchide the hem of his clooth0, and
453 non the flix0 of hir blood stood?. And
Jhesu seith % Who is it that touchide
mer? Sothli8 alle men denyinge1, Petre
seide, and thei that weren with him,
Comaundour, 'cumpanyes thringenu, and
turmentynv thee, and thou seist, Who
40 touchide me? And Jhesus seidew, Sum
man touchidex me, forwhi>" vand I haue
knowez vertu vto haue gona out ofb me.
47Sothlyc the womman seynge, for it was
And thei that sayn tolden to hem, housi;
he was maad hool of the legioun. And 37
al the multitude of the cuntre of Gera-
senus preiede hym, that he schulde go
fro hem, for thei werun holdun with
greet drede. He* wente vp in to a" boot,
and turnede a3en. And the man of whom 38
the deuelis weren gon out, preide hym,
that he schulde be with hym. Jhesus
lefte hym, and seide, Go 33611 in to thinsu
hous, and telle hou grete thingis God
hath don to thee. And he wente thorow
al the cite, and prechide, hou grete
thingis Jhesusv hadde don to hym. And4o
it was don, whanne Jhesus was gon a3en,
the puple resseyuede hym ; for alle weren
abidynge hym. And lo ! a man, to whom 4 1
the name was Jayrus, and he was prynce
of a synagoge ; and hew fel doun at the
feet of Jhesu, and preiede hym, that he
schulde entre in to his hous, for he 42
hadde but o dorter 'almost of twelue
3eer eeldex, and sche was deed. And
it bifel, the while he wente, he was
thrunguny of the puple. And a womman 43
that hadde az flux of blood twelue 3eer,
and hadde spendid al hir catel in leechis,
and* scheb im'3te not be curid of ony, and 44
sche cam ny3 bihynde, and touchide the
hem of his cloth, and anoon the fluxe of
hir blood ceesside. And Jhesus seide, 45
Who is thatc touchide me ? And whanne
alle men denyeden, Petre seide, and thei
that weren with hym, Comaundour, the
puple thristen, and disesen thee, and
thou seist, Who touchide me? And Jhe-40
sus seide, Summan hath touchid me, for
thatd vertu 3ede out of me. And the 47
womman seynge, that it was not hid fro
P Genazareth MNPTXY. Gerasenorum o. 1 holden AGMNOQSTVXY. QQ turnedyn K. r Otn. AGMNPQS
TWXY. 5 deuels AGMNOPQSTWXY. * Om. T. u many G pr. m. MOPQTXY. v many G pr. m. MOPQTXY.
"Godorr. * hath w. y is A pr. m. opr. m. MNOPQSTXY. z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. a Om. XY. b Om.
AGMNOPQSTurwxY. c at AGMNopQSTtvx Y. d an oonlepy MOP. oonlippy QTWXY. e Om. Q. f throngun,
or pressid AGMNPSTWY. throngen, or thrust u sec.m. 6 cumpanyes of puple AGMNPQSTXY. company of
pepil o. cumpanyes of the peple w. h Om. o. ' the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. k substaunce AGMNOPQ
STWXY. 1 sche mijt AGMNOPQSTWXY. m and sche cam o. sche came GQY. n clothis T. ° fluxe v.
P ceesed o. 1 sayde o. r Om. T. s And whan o. * denyden o. u cumpanyes of puple thringen
AGMNpQSTtrxY. the pepil thristen o. cumpenyes thringen, or thrustynge u sec.m. v disesen o. w saith o.
* hath touchid o. J for o. z Om. o. a jeed o. b fro QT pr. m. c And o.
4 And he b. « Om. h. » God e pr. m. w Om. k pr. m. * of t. 3. e. almest iKsg. y thrist I.
z the i. a Om. hi. b Om. iKg. c that that E. it that ic. this that MX/W-. m. he that k. d Om. i.
174
LUKE.
VIII. 48 — IX. 3.
not priueyd, schee tremblinge camf, and
felde doun bifore# his feet, and for what
cause sche hadde touchid him sche schew-
ide byfore al the peple, and hou anon
48 sche was1' heelid. And he' seide to hir,
Dou3tir, thi feith hath maad thee saaf ; go
49thouk in pees. V3it him spekinge1, sum"1
man cam to" the prince of the0 synagoge,
seyingeP to him, For^ thi dou3tir is deed,
aonyle thou trauaile the maystir. Sothli r
this word herd8, Jhesu answeride to the
fadir of the damysele1, Nyle thou drede,
but 'oonly bileue thouu, and sche shal be
51 saaf. And whanne he xhad cornev to the
hous, he suffride not ony man forw to
entre with him, nox but Petre and^ John
and James, and the fadir and thez modir
52 of the damyselea. Sothli alle wepten, and
biwayledenb hir. And he seide, Nyle 36
wepe, sothli the damysele0 is not deed,
53 but slepith. And thei scorniden him,
Mwitinge ford sche was deed. Forsothe6
he holdinge hir bond criede, seyinge,
55 Damyself, ryse? vp. Arid hir spirit turn-
yde a3eyn, and sche roos anon. And he
comaundide toh 3iue to hir for' to ete.
SB And hir fadir and modir wondriden gret-
ly; to whichek he comaundide, that thei
schulden not seye to ony man1 vthe thing
that1" was don.
CAP. IX.
i Forsothe twelue11 apostlis clepid to gi-
dere, Jhesu 3af to hem vertu and power
on0 alle deuelis, and that thei schulde
2heele sykenessis''. And he sente hem fori
to preche the kyngdom of God, and forr
3 to heele syke men. And he seith to hem,
'Take 30 no thing5 in the* weye, nethir
3erd, nethir'1 scrippe, nethir breed, nethirv
hym, cam tremblynge, and fel doun at
hise feet, and for what cause sche hadde
touchid hym sche schewide bifor al the
puple, and hou anoon sche was helid.
And he seide to hir, Dou3tir, thi feith 48
hath maad thee saaf; go thou in pees.
And 3it while he spak, a man cam fro 49
the prince of the synagoge, and seide to
hym, Thi dou3tir is deed, nyle thou
trauel the maister. And whanne this 50
word was herd, Jhesus answeride to the
fadir of the damysel, Nyle thou drede,
but bileue thou oonli, and sche schal be
saaf. And whanne he cam to the hous, si
he suffride no man to entre with hym,
but Petir and Joon and James, and the
fadir and the modir of the damysel. And 52
alle wepten, and biweileden hir. And he
seide, Nyle 36 wepe, for the damysel is
not deed, but slepith. And thei scorneden 53
hym, and wisten that sche was deed.
But he helde hir hoond, and criede, and 54
seide, Damysel, rise vp. And hir spirit 55
turnede a3en, and sche roos anoon. And
he comaundide to 3yue to hir to ete. And 56
hir fadir and modir wondriden greetli ;
and he comaundide hem d, that thei
schulden not seie to ony that thing that
was don.
CAP. IX.
And whanne the twelue apostlis weren i
clepid togidir, Jhesus 3af to hem vertu
and power on alle deuelis, and that thei
schulden heele sijknessis. And he sente 2
hem fore to preche the kyngdom of God,
and to heele sijk men. And he seide to 3
hem, No thing take 30 in the weie, nether
3erdef, ne scrippe, nether breed, ne mo-
d hidde fro him o. e Om. o. she cam MPY. cam x. f Om. MOPXY. S at o. h is AGMNPQSTXY. » Crist
AJP. k Om. x. 1 And 3itt while he spake o. m a o. n fro o. ° Om. v. P and sayde o. 1 Om. o.
r Om. AGMNQSTWXY. And whan o. s was hard o. l wenche AGMNopQSTfrxv. u bileeue thou only GXY.
v cam G pr. m. MNPQTXY. w Om. NOSX. * Om. MOP. mo e. 7 Om. N. z Om. GMNPVVXY. a wenche
AGbtNOPQSTirxY. ^ wayleden AGMNOPQSTWXY. c wenche AGMNOPQSTWXY. d that AGMNOPQSTIVXY.
e Sothely o. f Wenche AGMNOPQSTIVXY. K to thee Y seie, rise Q sec.m. h for to AGMNOQTWY.
i Om. s. k whom XY. 1 Om. AGMNOPQSTIVXY. m that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. n the
twelue M. twelue the P. ° vpon AGMNOPQTIVY. P languyschyngis AGMPQSTWXY. languischis NO.
1 Om. x. r Om. sw pr. m. x. a No thing take 36 XY. * Om. K. » ne A sec. m. GMNOPQSTIVXY.
v ne AGMNOPQSTfTXY.
to hem H. e Om. ibcegk. f a jerde iKbg.
IX. 4 — '4-
LUKE.
175
money, and"' nethir* haue 36 twey? cootis.
4 And in to what euere hous 36 schulen
entre, 'dwelle 30 z there, and go 30 not out
othennis. And who euere schulenzz not
receyue 3ow, 36 goynge outa of that citee
schakeb of also0 the poudir of 3oure feete
« in to witnessinge ond hem. Sothli thei
gon out, cumpassiden* bi castels, euange-
ylisinge and heelinge euerewhere. Forsoth
Eroude, 'the fourthe prince f, herde alle
the& thirigis that weren don of himh, and
ahe doutide, for that' it was seid of sum
menk, for Joon roos1 a3enm fro deede
men"; forsoth0 of sum men'1, for Elye
apperide; sothli '' of othere menr, for oon
oof the olde prophetis roos. And Eroude
seith, I haue bihedid8 Joon; sothli who is
this, of whom I heere thes* thingis? And
10 he sou3te for" to se him. And apostlisv
turnyngew a3eyn toolderi to him, what
euerex thirigis thei? diden. And hem takun
to, he wente on anothere half in to desertz
n place, which* isb Bethsayda. AVhichc thing
whanne the cumpanyesd hadden knowen,
thei folowiden him. And he receyuyde hem,
and spak to hem of the kingdom of God ;
and heelide hem that hadden nede of cure.
12 Sothli the day bigan for6 to bowe doun,
and the twelue comynge ny3 seiden to
him, Leeue the cumpanyesf, that thei go-
ynge vturne in to castels? and townes, that
ben aboute, that thei fynde metis, for we
13 ben here in a desert place. Forsothe he
seith to hem, 3yue 3eh to hem to' etc. And
thei seiden, Ther ben not to vs more than
fyue loouys and tweyek fischis, no1 but111
perauenture and" we go, and byen metis
u'in to0 al the? cumpany. Sothli thei men
ney, and nether haue 30 two cootis. And 4
in to what hous thatf 36 entren, dwelle
3e there, and go 36 not out fro thennus.
And who euer resseyuen not 3ou, go 366
out of that citee, and schake 36 of the
poudir of 3oure feet in to witnessyng on&
hem. And thei 3eden forth, and wentens
aboute bi castels, prechynge and helynge
euery where. And Eroude tetrak herde 7
alle thingis that weren don of hym, and
he doutide, for thath it was seide of«
sum men, that Joon was risen fro deth ;
and of summen, that Elie hadde apperid;
but of othere, that oon of the elde pro-
phetis was risun. And Eroude seide, Ys
haue biheedid Joon; and who is this, of
whom Y here siche thingis ? And he
sou3te to se hym. And the apostlis' 10
turneden a5en, and tolden to hym alle
thingis thatk thei hadden don. And he
took hem, and wente bisidis in to a de-
sert place, that is Bethsada. And whanne n
the puple knewen this, thei folewiden
hym. And he resseyuede hem, and spak
to hem of the kyngdom of God ; and
he heelide hem that hadden neede of
cure. And the dai bigan to bowe doun, 12
and the twelue camen, and seiden to
hym, Leeue the puple, that thei go, and
turne in to castels1 and towiies, that ben
aboute, that thei fynde mete, for we ben
here in ara desert place. And he seide is
to hem, 3yue 3e to" hem to ete. And
thei seiden0, Ther ben not to vs mo than
fyue looues and twei fischis, but per-
auenture that? we go, and bie meetis to
al this^ puple''. And the men weren al- 14
most fyue thousynde. And he seide to
wOm. w. xjieMP. y twe K. twoMOPQTUWXY. z dwelleth x. zz shal MPX. a out thens o. b shaketh
sx. c al r. d vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. e enuj'rowneden AGMNPQSTWXY. enuyrouned o. f prince of
the fourth part AMNPQTX. fourthe prince o. prince w. prince of the fourth part of Galilee Gpr.m. Y.
e thes K. Om. GPSVVWX. h hem o. > Om. KVX. k Om. o. 1 hath risen XY. m Om. AGMNOPQ
SVWXY. n Om. AG pr. m. MNOPQVXY. ° sothely QXY. P Om. o. 1 forsothe o. r Om. AGMNOPQ
STWXY. s byheueded OY. * soche AGMNOQST. siche PY. suche wx. u Om. sx. v the apostlis GUP
QW pr. m. XY. w turned AGMNOPQSTITY. * Om. r. y that thei A pr. m. T. z a desert MP. & the
whiche AGMNOpQsrrrxY. b is clepid GQV. ° The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. <1 cumpanyes of puplis
A pr. m. MNPTY. cumpanye of puplis A sec. m. cumpanyes of puple GQSX. company of pepil ow. « Om.
STX. { companyes of pepul AGMNOPQSTWXY. S in to castelis turne x. h Om. N. ' for to AGMNOP
QTvrwv. k two GMOPQUWXY. 1 Om. ox. m but if x. n Om. o. ° for o. to w pr. m. P this MP
C sec.m. <l Om. T.
* Om. k. 8 to gk. of hi. h Om. IKB pr. m. bg. > postlis ig. k Om. b. l the castels iRgk.
m Om. Eig. « Om. ihk. ° seiden to him k. P Om. k. q the CIKRUC sec. m. k. Om. A pr. m. BMPQS
bceghiajS. r puplis s.
176
LUKE.
IX. 15—25.
weren almoost fyue thousynde. Forsothe
he seith to his disciplis, Make1" hem tos
15 sitte to mete by feestis*, fyftyes". And
thei diden so, and thei maden alle men
iesittev tow the mete. Forsothe fyue looues
and tweyex fysches takun, he byheld in to
heuene, and blesside hem, and brak, and
delide to his disciplis, that thei schulden
17 putte^ bifore the cumpanyesz. And alle
f men eeten, and 'weren fillida; and 'this
thatb lefte to hem 'of broken metis0 wasd
IB taken1', twelue coffynsf. And it was& don,
•whanne he was aloone preiynge, and his
disciplis weren with him, and he axide
hem, seiynge1', Whom 'seyn the cumpanyes
is me1 tok be ? And thei answeriden, and
seiden, John Baptist, forsothe othere
seyen1 Elye, but othere seyen™, for on
20 prophete of the formere hath risun. Sothli
he seide to hem, But whom seye 36 me
to0 be ? Symound Petre answeringe seide,
21 The? Crist of God. And he blamynge
hem comaundide hemi that thei schulden
22seie to no manr, 'and seith8 'thes thingis4,
For it bihoueth mannis sone to" suffre
manye thingis, and tov be repreued of
thew eldere men, and ofx princes of prestis,
and of scribis, and for? to be slayn, and
23jnz the thridde day toa ryse a3en. For-
sothe he seide to alle men, If ony manb
wole come aftir me, denye he him silf, and
take hec his cross euery day, and sue he
24 me. Sothli he that schal wilned toe make
his lyf f saaf, schal leese it ; forwhi he that
schal leese his lyfs for me, schal make it
2,r) saaf. Forsotheh what profitith it to a1
man, if he wynne al the world, sothlik
leese him silf, and do peyringe of1 him
hise disciplis, Make 36 r hem sitte8 to
mete bi cumpanyes, a fifti to gidir. And 15
thei diden so, and thei maden alle men
sitte to mete. And whanne he haddeie
take the fyue looues and twei fischis, he
biheeld in to heuene, and blesside hem,
and brak, and delide to hise disciplis,
that thei schulden sette forth1 bifor the
cumpanyes". And alle men eeten, andn
weren fulfillid ; and that that lefte to hem
of brokun metis was takun vp, twelue
cofyns. And it was don, whanne he is
was aloone preiynge, hise disciplis weren
with hym, and he axide hem, and seide,
Whom seien the puple that Y am ? And 19
thei answeriden, and seiden, Joon Bap-
tist, othirv seien Elie, and othir seien, o
profete of the formere is risun. And 20
he seide to hem, But whovv seien 36 that
Y am ? Symount Petir answeride, and
seide, The Crist of God. And he blam- 21
ynge hem comaundide that thei schulden
seie to no man, and seidew these thingis, 22
For it bihoueth mannus sone to suffre
many thingis, and to be repreued of the
elder men, and of the princis of prestis,
and of scribisx, and to be slayn, and the
thridde dai to rise a3en. And he seide 23
to alle, If ony wole come aftir me, denye
he hym silf, and take he his cross euery
dai, and sue he me. For he that wole 24
make his lijf saaf schal leese it ; and he
that leesith his lijf for me, schal make it
saaf. And what profitith it^ toz a man, 25
if he wynne al the world, and leese hym-
silf, and do peiryng of him silf. For 20
who so schameth me and my wordis,
mannus sone schal schame hym, whanne
r make je AGMNOPSTW sec.m. XY. make we Q. 9 for to AGMNOPQTWY. l Om. Q. u fifties togidere
t; sec. m. v to sitte osx. w at AGMNOPQSTVVWXY. x two MPUWXY. 7 put to Q. z cumpanye w.
thei
sev. m. • 10 sine USJL. - ai A UM N o PQS TV v w x Y. * two MfOtrxr. J put 10 y. • cumpauye n.
ben fultillid G pr. m. MOPQTXY. weren fulfillid G sec. m. w. b that that AGMNPQSWXY. that at o. that
ei Q. c Om. x. d is A pr.m. Gpr.m.MNpQSTXY. e taken vp AGMNOPSUFIVXY. f cofines of broke mete x.
e is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. ^ Om. K. ' the kumpanyes seyn me XY. k for to AGMNOPQTWY.
1 seiden K. m Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. n a A. oon M. one P. ° for to AGMNOPQTWY. P Om. s. q Om. x.
r man these thingis x. s sayinge AGMNOPQSTWXY. * Om. x. n for to AGMNOPTW. v for to AGMN
OPTWY. w Om. o. xOm.oTwxv. of the Q. y Om. sx. z Om. GMOPQTWXY. 8 for to AGMXOPQTWY.
b Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. cOm.pur. d wole GMPY. wite x. e Om. AGMOPQSTWXY. f soule, that is
his lijf AGQST pr. m. WY. soule, that is lijf MXPT sec. m. soul ox. S soule, that is lijf AMNPTW. soule,
thai is his lijf G^Y. soule OSA-. h Sotheli GMOPQTWXY. * Om. K. k forsothe AGMNOPQSTWXY.
1 to A'Y.
r Om. g pr. m. s to sitte s sec. m. ghi. * Om. A. u cumpanye A pr.m.
whom H. w he seide k pr. m. x the scribis ea. J Om. k. z Om. k pr. m.
v othere men iKg.
IX. 26 — 3
LUKE.
177
26silf? Forwhi who that schal schame me
and my wordis, and rnannis sone schal
schame him, whanne he schal come in his
mageste, and of the fadir'", and of the"
27hooly aungels. Forsoth I seye to 3011,
verily ther ben summe stondinge here,
whiche0 schulen not tastei" deeth, til thei
28 seen the rewme of God. Sothli it wasi
don aftir thes wordis ahnoost ei3te dayes,
and he took Petre and James and John,
and he sti3ede in to an hil, that he schulde
29 preie. And the while her preiede, the
liknesse of his cheere wass maad othir
maner, and his clothing1 whit schynynge.
ao And loo! tweyeu men spaken with him,
31 forsothe Moyses and Elye weren seyn in
mageste ; and thei seyden his goynge outv,
which"' he was to fillinge* in Jerusalem.
32 Forsothe Petre, and thei that weren with
him, weren greuyd-* with2 sleep, and thei
wakinge sy3en his mageste, and tweyea
33 men that stooden with him. And it was1'
don, whanne thei departiden fro him,
Petre seith to Jhesu, Comandour, it is
good to vs forc to be here, andd make we
here thre tabernaclis, oon to thee, and6
oon to Moyses, and oon to Elye; not wit-
34inge what he schulde seye. Sothli him
spekinge thes thingis, a cloude wasf maad,
and schadewide hem ; and theis dredclenh,
35 hem' entringe in to the clowdek. And a
voys was1 maad fro"1 the clowde, seyinge,
This is my dereworthe sone, heere 36 him.
scAnd the" while the vois was0 maad, Jhesu
wasi' founden aloone. And thei helden pees,
and 'seide to no rriani in tho dayes ou3t
of tho thingis, whicher thei hadden herd8.
37 Forsothe it was1 don in the day suynge,
hemu comynge dounv of the hil, rnyche
siicumpanye of peplew renneth to hem. And
he cometh in his maieste, and8 of the
fadrisb, and of the hooli aungels. And 27
Y seie to 3ou, verily ther ben summe
stondynge here, whiche schulen not taste
deeth, til theic seen the rewme of God.
And it was don aftir these wordis almest2H
ei3te daies, and he took Petre and James
and Joon, and he stiede in to an hil, to
preye. And while he preiede, the lie- 29
nesse of his cheer was chaungid, and his
clothing was whit schynynge. And lo ! an
two men spaken with hym, and Moisessi
and Helie weren seen in maieste ; and
thei sayn d his goyng out, which he
schulde fulfille in Jerusalem. And Petre, 32
and thei that weren with hym, weren
heuy of sleep, and thei wakynge saien
his majeste, and the twey men that
stoden with hym. And it was don, 33
whanne thei departiden fro hym, Petir
seide to Jhesu, Comaundour, it is good
that we be here, and make we here thre
tabernaclis, oon to thee, and oon to
Moises, and oon to Elie. And he wiste
not what he schulde seie. But while 34
he spak these thingis, a cloude was
maad, and ouerschadewide hem; and thei
dredden, whanne8 thei entriden in to the
cloude. Andf a vois was maad out of:«
the cloude, and seide, This is my der-
worth sone, here 3e hym. And while 31;
the vois was maad, Jhesu was foundun
aloone. And thei weren stille, and to
no man seidens in tho daies ou3th of
tho' thingis, that thei hadden seyn. But 37
it was doon in the dai suynge, whanne
thei camen doun of the hil, myche puple
mette hem. And lo ! a man of the.™
cumpany criede, and seide, Maister, Y
biseche thee, biholde my sone, for Y
m fadris AGMNPQSTWXY. n Om. ourwxY. ° the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. P take o. 1 is
AG pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. r that he XY. s is A pr. m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. * cloth v. u two MPV passim.
WXY. T Om. T. w the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. x fulfill AG sec.m. MNOPQSTWXY. y greuid,
or heuyed Y. z or heuy of v sec. m. marg. a tho two MPX. two wv. b is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
c Om. svx. d Om. K. e Om. vv. { is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. K Om. GMPXY. bQm.GMP
VWXY. ' Om. u. k cloude, thei dredden GMPUWXY. ' is AG pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. m of AGMNOPQSTWXY.
n Om. o. ° Om. G pr. m. P is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. 1 to no man seiden GXY. r that AGMNO
PQSTVVWXY. 9 seyn AGMNOPQSTVVWXY.
w pr. m. w the peple u.
a Om. k. b fadir x sec. m. k. c je A pr. m.
? thei seiden k pr. m. h ony I). ' these b.
VOL. IV.
* is A pr. m. a pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. u thei u. v a doun
seiden e sec. m. e and whanne k pr. m. f Om. k pr. m.
A a
178
LUKE.
IX. 39 — 50.
loo ! a man of the cumpanye criede, sey-
inge, Maistir, I biseche thee, byhold in
to my sone, for he is voon aloonex to me ;
39 arid lo ! a spirit takith him, and sudenly
he crieth, and hurtlithy down, and 'to-
drawithz him with froth, and vnnethe he
•togoth awey to-drawinge him. And I preiede
thi disciplis, that thei schulde caste him
41 out, and thei my3ten not. SothH Jhesu
arisweringe seide to hem, Aa ! vnfeithful
generacioun and weyward, hou longe schal
I be anentisb 3011, and schalc suffre 3011?
42leed hidur thid sone. And whanne he
earn ny3, the fend6 hurlidef him doun, and
'to-brayd&. And Jhesu blamede the vn-
clene spirit, and heelide the child, and
433eld him to his fadir. Sothli alle men
wondriden greetly in the greetnesse of
God. And alle men wondringeh in alle
thingis whiche' he dide, he seide to his
44 disciplis, Putte 36 'thes wordis in 3oure
hertisk, for1 it is to comyngem, that man-
nis sone be bitrayed in to the hondis of
45 men. And thei knewen not this word,
and it was hid bifore hem, that thei feel-
iden it" not; and thei dreden to0 axe him
40 of this word. Forsothe a thou3t entride
in to hem, who of hem schulde be more.
47 And Jhesu seynge the thou3tis of the
herteP of hem, takynge a child, settide^
4» him bisydis him silfr; and seith8 to hem,
Who euere schal receyue this child in my
name, receyueth me ; and who euere schal
receyue me, receyueth hym that sente me ;
for whi he that is lesse among 3ou alle,
49 is* theu more. Forsoth John vansweringe
seidev, Comaundour, we sy3en sum man
castinge out fendis in thi name, and we
han forbodyn him, for he sueth not thee
50with vs. And Jhesu seith to him, Nyle
3ew forbede, forsothe he that is not a3ens
haue no rno ; and lo ! a spirit takith 39
hym, and sudenli he crieth, and hurtlithk
doun, and to-drawith hym with fome,
and vnneth he goith awei al to-draw-
ynge hym. And Y preiede thi disciplis, 40
that thei schulden caste hym out, and
thei my3ten not. And Jhesus answerde4i
arid seide to hem, A ! vnfeithful genera-
cioun and weiward, hou long schal Y be
at1 3ou, and suffre 3ou? brynge hidur thi
sone. And whanne he cam ny3, the 42
deuel hurtlide hym doun, and to-braid-
idem hym. And Jhesus blamyde the
vnclene spirit, and heelide the child, and
3eldiden him to his fadir. And alle men 43
wondriden greetli in the0 gretnesse of
God. And whanne alle men wondriden
in alle thingis that he dide, he seide to
hise disciplis, Putte 36 these wordis in-u
3oure hertis, for it is to come, that man-
nus sone be bitrayed in to the hondis of
men. And thei knewen not this? word,4o
and iti was hid bifor hem, that thei
feeliden it not ; and thei dredden to axe
hym of this word. But a thou3t entride *«
in to hem, who of hem schulde be gret-
test. And Jhesu, seynge the thou3tis47
of the herte of hem, took a child, and
settide hym bisidis hym ; and seide to w
hem, Who euer resseyueth this child in
my name, resseyueth me; and who euer
resseyueth me, resseiueth him that sente
me ; for he that is leest among 3ou alle,
is the grettest. And Joon answeride49
and seide, Comaundoure, we sayn a man
castynge out feendis in thi name, and
we han forbedun hym, for he sueth not
thee with vs. And Jhesus seide to hym,50
Nyle 36 forbede, for he that is not a3ens
vs, is for vs. And it was don, whanne si
the daies of his takyng vp weren fulfillid,
x oonlepy AGMNOPQSTWXY. y hirtith A pr. m. NOT. hirtlith A sec. m. hirtith hym GMPQXY. hirtlith
hym w. z disparplith, or to-dratvith AGMNPQSTWY. disparplith, or trauaylith o. disparpileth x. » O
OQXY. b at AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. d the K. e deuel AGMNOPQSTWXY. f hirtlprl
AGMNopQSTurxY. g disparplid AGMNOPQSTWXY. • h wondurden ox. ! that AGMNOPQSTWXY
wordis in joure hert o. in joure hertis these wordis XY. l sothly AGMNOPQSTUWXY
„„„„?.„„,„„ n j]^ 0 o for to AGMNOPQTWY. P hertis KW. "-'
NOPQSTWXY
AGMNOPQSTWXY. s he saith Q. seide w. * tnis ;s ^GMNOPQsrwxv
v answerd, saiynge AGMNOPQSTWXY. w je not o.
hirtled
thes
m comme AGM
1 sette AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Om.
u Om. AG pr. m. MNQSTXY.
k hurtith g. 1 anentis i. m to-braide EipRbceghikc^. " took Qka. ° Om. i. P the k. 1 that k.
IX. si — X. i.
LUKE.
179
si 3011*, is for 3011}'. Sothli it wasz don,
whanne the dayes of his takynge vp weren
fillida, and he settideb faste his face, that
52 he schulde go in to Jerusalem; and hec
sente messangerisd bifore his si3t. And
thei goynge entriden in to a citee of Sa-
maritans, that thei schulden make redy to
53 him. And thei receyueden not him, for
the face Vas of him" goynge in to Jeru-
54 salem. Forsothe whanne James and John,
his disciplis, hadden seyn, thei seiden,
Lord, wolt thou Ve seyef, that fier come
doun fro heuene, and waaste hem, 'as
ssHelye did?? And he turned blamyde
hem, seyinge, 3e witen not, whos spiritish
5C 36 ben ; forsothe mannis sone cam not for1
to leese soulisk, but for1 to sauem. And
57 thei wenten in to another castel. Forsoth
it was" don, hem0 walkynge in the weye,
sum man seide to him, I schal sue thee,
SB whidur euere thou schaJt go. And Jhesu
seideP to him, Foxis han dennysi, and
briddis of the eyr han? nestis, but mannis
sone hath not where5 he schal1 reste his
59 heed". Forsothe he seide to another, Sue
thou me. Sothli he seide, Lord, suffre me
GO first toy go, and tow burie my fadir. And
Jhesu seide to him, Suffre that deede men
burie her deedex; but go thou, and telle the
ei kyngdom of God. And anothir seide,
Lord, I schal sue thee, but first suffre me
to? telle a3enz to hem that ben at home.
02 Forsothe Jhesu seitha to him, No man
sendynge his bond to the plou3, and bi-
holdinge a3en, is able to the rewme of
God.
CAP. X.
i Forsothe aftir thes thingis the Lord
Jhesu ordeynede andb othere seuenty and
tweynec, and sente hem by tweynec and
tweynec bifore his face in to eueryd citee
he settider faste his face, to go to Jeru-
salem, and sente messangeris bifor his 52
si3t. And thei 3eden, and entriden in to
a citee of Samaritans, to make redi to
hym. And thei resseyueden not hym,53
for the face Vas of hym8 goynge in to
Jerusalem. And whanne James and 54
Joon, hise disciplis, seyn, thei seiden,
Lord, wolt thou that we seien, that fier
come doun fro heuene, and waste hem ?
And he turnede, and blamyde hem, and 55
seide, 3e witen not, whos spiritis 36 ben ;
for maniius sone cam not to leese men- 56
mis soulis, but to saue. And thei wenten
in to another castel. And it was don, 57
whanne thei walkeden in the weie, a
man seide to hym, Y schal sue thee,
whidur euer thou go. And Jhesus seide SR
to hym, Foxis han dennes, and briddis
of the eir han nestis, but mannus sone
hath not where he reste1 his heed. And 59
he seide to another, Sue thou me. And
he seide, Lord, suffre me first to go, and
bine my fadir. And Jhesus seide to GO
hym, Suffre that deede men birie hir
deede men ; but go thou, and telle the
kyngdom of God. And another seide, 61
Lord, Y schal sue thee, but first suffre me
to leeue valle thingisu that ben at hoom.
And Jhesus seide to hym, No man that 62
puttith his hoond to the plou3, and bi-
holdynge bacward, is able to the rewrnev
of God.
CAP. X.
And aftir these thingis the Lord i
Jhesu ordeynede also othir seuenti and
tweyn, and sentew hem bi tweyn and
tweyn bifor his face in to euery citee
* vs A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. Y vs A pr. m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. z is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOP
QSTXY. a fulfild AGMNOPQSTWXY. b Sett AGMNOPQSTWX Y. c Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. d mCSSageris
o passim. MpQSTrfx. e of him was GMPVWXY. f that we axe o. that we sey s. 8 Om. A sec.m. KVI~.
h spirit Q sec. in. > Om. MPSX. k mennes soulis AGMNOPQTXY. l Om. x. m saue hem OQW pr. m. Y.
n is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. ° thei u. P saith AGMNOpQSTvrrrxY. 1 dichis, and dennes AGM
UPS. dyches ax. dichis, or dennes TWY. r Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. s whereon o. * Om. AGMOPQTWXY.
mai N. tt heued OY. v for to AGMNOPQTurrrv. w Om. AGMNOPQSTUVWXY. * deed men G pr.m. w.
y for to AGMOPSTVW. * Om. Kurx. a seide XY. b also K.UV. c two GMOPQWXY. d eche x.
r sette k. s of hym was A pr. m. IKS. l shal reste x sec. m. k. u al thing A pr. m. v kingdam K.
w he sente sg.
A a 2
180
LUKE.
X. 2 16.
2 and place, whidir he was to comynge". And
he seide to hem, Sothli myche ripe corn
is1, but fewe workmen^ ; therfore preie 36
the1' lord of the ripe corn, that he sende
3 workmen in to his rype corn. Go 36, lo !
I sende 3011 as lambren a mong wolues.
4 Nyle 36 here a sachel, nether' scrip, nether
schoon, and greete 36 no man by the weye.
sAndk in to what euere hous 36 schulen
entre, first seye 36, Pees to this hous.
«And if a sone of pees schal be there, 3oure
pees schal reste on him ; if1 non, it schal
7turne a3en to 3ou. Forsothe"1 'dwelle 36
in the same hous", etynge and drynkinge
tho thingis that ben at hem ; forsothe a
workman is worthi his hyre. Nyle 36
K passe fro hous in to hous. And in to
what euere citee 36 schulen entre, and
thei schulen receyue 3ou, etc 36 tho thingis
9 that ben put to 3ou ; and heele 36 the0 syke
men that ben 'ther ynneP. And seye 36
to hem, The kyngdom of God schal nei3ei
lo'in to 3our. In to what euer citee 36
schulen entre, and thei schulen not re-
ceyue 3011, 36 goynge out in to the streetis
11 thereof9, seie1, Also we wypeii of in to
3ou the poudere that cleuyde to vs of
3oure citee ; nethelees wite 36 this thing,
for the rewme of God schal come ny3.
laForsoth I seie to 3ou, for to Sodom it
schal be esyere", ' 'other lasse peynev, than
is to that citee in thilkevv day. Woo to
thee, Corosaym ; woo to thee, Bethsayda ;
for if in Tyre and Sydon 'the vertues had-
denw ben don, whichex ben don in thee'',
sum tyme thei sittinge in heer and aische",
uschulden haue don penaunce. Netheles to
Tyre and Sydon it schal be esyer in the
lodom than to 3ou. And thou, Cafarnaum,
ert enhaunsid 'til toa heuene ; thou schalt
16 be drenchidb 'til in toc helle. He that
heerith 3ou, heerith me ; and he that
and place, whidir he was to come. And 2
he seide to hem, There is myche ripe
corn, and fewe werke men ; therfor preie
36 the lord of the ripe corn, that he
sende werke men in to his ripe corn.
Go 36, lo ! Y sende 3ou as lambren among 3
wolues. Therfor nyle 36 here a sachel, 4
nethir scrippe, nethir schoon, and greete
36 no man bi the weie. In to what houss
that 36 entren, first seie 36, Pees to this
hous. And if a sone of pees be there, «
3oure pees schal reste on hym ; but if
noon, it schal turne a3en to 3ou. And 7
dwelle 36 in the same hous, etynge and
drynkynge tho thingis that ben at hem ;
for a werk man is worthi his hire. Nyle
36 passe from hous in to hous. And ins
to what euer citee 36 entren, and thei
resseyuen 3011, ete 36 tho thingis that ben
set to 3ou ; and heele 30 thew sijke menu
that ben in that citee. And seie 36 to
hem, The kyngdom of God schal nei3e
inx to 3ou. In>' to what citee 36 entren, 10
and thei resseyuen 3ou not, go 36 out in
to the streetis of it, and seie 36, Wen
wipen of a3ens 3ou the poudir that cleued
to vs of 3oure citee ; netheles wite 36 this
thing, that the rewme of God schal come
ny3. Y seie to 3ou, that to Sodom 12
it schal be esiere than to that citee in
that dai. Wo to thee, Corosaym ; wo 13
to thee, Bethsaida; for if in Tyre and
Sidon the vertues hadden be don, whiche
han be don in 3ou, sum tyme thei
wolden haue sete in heyre and asches,
and haue don penaunce. Netheles tou
Tire and Sidon it schal be esiere in the
doom than to 3ou. And thou, Cafarnaum, is
art enhaunsid 'til toz heuene; thou schalt
be drenchid 'til in toa helle. He that IB
herith 3ou, herith me ; and he that
dispisith 3ou, dispisith me ; and he that
e comme AGMNOPQSTWXY. f Om. AMNPSTW sec.m. x. & werkmen ben OQTIV pr.m. Y. h Om. r.
' ne MP. k Om. AGMNOPQSTVV sec. m. WXY. ' but if u sec. m. m Treuly A sec. m. w. n in the same
house dwelle je XY. ° Om. Q. p in that cite AGMOPQSTWY. in the citee N. in that x. 1 comme nije o.
r Om. o. s of it AGMNOPQSTWXY. t seien K. seieth MPQX. " lesse peyne x. v Om. OQX. or lesse
peyne GMPWY. vv that AGMNOPQSTWXY. w hadden the vertues x Y. x the whiche AGMXOPQTW.
that A-Y. y 3ou AGMNOPQSTWXY. z aisch, or dust ANSTW sec.m. a in to Y. b drenchd doun y.
c in to NOQXY. til to u.
w Om. A. x Om. s. y And in xhi. z vnto li. til into Rgk. a vnto I. til to hi.
X. ly — 28.
LUKE.
181
dispisith 3011, dispisith me ; forsothe he
that dispisith me, dispisith him that sente
17 me. Forsoth twod and seuenty disc/pits*
turnedyn a3ein with ioye, seyirige, Lord,
also fendisf ben sujet to vs in thi name.
IB And he seith to hem, I sy3 Sathanas fall-
iy inge doun fro heuene, as leit. And loo !
I haue 3ouun to 3011 power of defoulinge,
'othir tredlnge", onh serpents, and' scor-
piouns, and onk al the vertu of the enemy,
20 and no thing schal 'anoye1 3011™. Netheles
nyle 36 'haue ioye" in this thing, for
fendis0 ben sujet to 3ou ; but ioye 366,
that 3oure names ben writun in heuenes.
21 In? thilkei our he gladide in the Hooly
Goost, and seide, I knowleche to thee,
fadir, Lord of heuene and erthe, which1"
hast hid thes thingis fro wyse men and
prudent8, and hast schewid hem to litle*.
3he, fadir, for" so it plesidev biforew thee.
22 Alle thingis ben 3ouunx to me of my fadir,
and no man woot, who is the sone, no?
but the fadir ; and who is the fadir, noz
but the sone, and to whom the sone
23woldea schewe. And he turned to his
disci plis, seide, Blessid benb thec y3en,
whiched seen tho thingis that 30 seen.
24Sothli I seie to 3ou, fore many prophetis
and kyngis wolden se tho thingis, whichef
36 seen, and thei sy3en not ; and heere
tho thingis, that 36 heere, and thei herden
25 not. And lo ! a wyse man of the£ lawe
roos, temptirige him, and seyinge, Maistir,
what thing doynge schal I welde euer-
2clastinge lyf ? And he seide to him, What
is writun in the lawe ? hou redist thou ?
27 He answeringe seide, Thou schalt loue
the Lord thi God of al thyn herte, arid
of al thi soule, W lyf^> and of alle thi
my3tisi, and of al thi myride ; and thi
28nei3ebore as thi silf. And Jhesu seide to
him, Thou hast answerid ri3tly; do thouk
dispisith me, dispisith hym that sente
me. And the two and seuenti disciplis\i
turneden a3en with ioye, and seiden,
Lord, also deuelis ben suget to vs in thi
name. And he seide to hem, Y sai3 IH
Sathnas fallynge doun fro heuene, as
leit. And lo ! Y haue 3ouun to 3ou 10
power to trede on serpentis, and onb
scorpyouns, and on al the vertu of the
enemy, and nothing schal anoyec 3011.
Netheles nyle 36 ioye ond this thing, that 20
spiritis ben suget6 to 3ou ; but ioye 36,
that 3oure names ben writun in heuenes.
In thilk our he gladide in the Hooli2i
Goost, and seide, Y knouleche to thee,
fadir, Lord of heuene and of erthe, for
thou hast hid these thingis fro wise men
and prudent, and hast schewid hem to
smale children. 3he, fadir, for so it ples-
ide bifor thee. Alle thingis ben 3ouun 22
to me of my fadir, and no man woot,
who is the sone, but the fadir ; and who
is the fadir, but the sone, and to whom
the sone wole schewe. And he turnede23
to hise disciplis, and seide, Blessid ben
the i3en, that seen tho thingis that 36
seen. For Y seie to 3ou, that many pro- 21
phetis and kyngis wolden haue seie tho
thingis, that }e seen, and thei sayn not ;
and here tho thingis, that 36 heren, and
thei herden not. And lo ! a wise man 25
of the lawe ros vp, temptynge hym, and
seiynge, Maister, what thing schal Y do
to haue euerlastynge lijf? And he seide 2«
to hym, What is writun in the lawe ?
hou redist thou ? He answeride, and 27
seide, Thou schalt loue thi Lord God of
al thin herte, and of al thi soule, and of
alle thi strengthis, and of al thi mynde ;
and thi nei3bore as thi silf. And Jhesus2is
seide to hym, Thou hast answerid ri3tli ;
do this thing, and thou schalt lyue. But2u
d the two MP. e Om. K. f deueles AGMNOPQSTWXY. B Om. GMOPTXY. or tredlnge w. n vp on
AGMNOPQTtVY. ' Or K. k ypon AGM NOPQTtTY,
h
' noye G. noyje P. 1103611 sx. m to jou o. n enioye
AGMNOPQSTWX. ° spiritis AGMNOpQSTurtrxY. P Om. w. q that x. r the whiche AGMNOPQSTPTY.
that x. s prudent, or mar AGNSTY. war o. prudent men, or mar w. * pore o pr.m. u forsothe o.
v plesith T. w to Q. x taken A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQTXY. y Om. o. z Om. o. a wil o. wole GMPW.
wile ^v. b Om. A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTX. c Om. Y. d that AGMNOPQSTWXY. e that AGMNO
PQSTWXY. { that AGMNOPQSTWXY. sOm.vr. h Om. ox. • strengthes AGMNOPQSTWXY. k Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
b Om. EiKQRbceghiko/3. c noie hik. d in EKQRbceghika/3. of i sec. m. e sugetis A,
182
LUKE.
X. 29 — 40.
29 this thing, and thou schalt lyue. For-
sothe he willinge1 tom iustifye him silf,
seide to Jhesu, And who is my nei3ebore ?
3oSothli Jhesu biholdinge", seide, Sum man
cam doun fro Jerusalem vin to0 Jerico, and
felde amongP theuues, whichei also rob-
biden him, and, woundis 'putt inr, wenten
31 awey. the man lefte half quyk. Forsothe
it byfel, that sum prest cam doun in the
same weye, and, him seyns, passide4 forth.
3->Also forsoth and a dekene, whanne he
was bisydis the place, and sy3 him, pass-
:«ide forth. Forsothc sum manf Samaritan,
makynge iourney, cam bisydis the weye ;
and he seynge him, was? stirid by mercy.
34 And he comynge ny3, bond to giclere his
woundis, heeldynge yn oyle and wyn.
And he puttinge onh his hors', ledde in
to a stable, and didek the cure of him.
35 And another day he brou3te forth twey1
pens, and 3af to the kepere of the stable,
and seide1", Haue thou the" cure of him ;
and what euere thing0 thou schalt 3yue
ouer, I schal 3elde to thee, whanne I schal
so come a3en. Who of thes thre semeth to
thee to haue be nei3ebore to him, that
37 felde 'among the? theues ? And he seide,
He that dide mercy oni him. And Jhesu
seith to him, Go thou, and do thour in8
3» lyk* manere. Forsoth it was" don, whilev
thei wenten, and he entride in to sum
castel ; and sum womrnan, Martha bi
3!i name, receyuede him in to hir hous. And
to this Martha* was a sister, Marie bi
name, whichx also sittinge by sydis the
feet of they Lord, herde the word of
40 him. Forsothe2 Martha bisyedea aboute
mocheb seruyce. Which0 stood, and seided,
Lord, is ite not of charge to thee, that my
sistir leftef me aloone, for& to mynystre11 ?
he willynge to iustifie hym silf, seide to
Jhesu6, And who is my riei3bore? And 30
Jhesu biheld, and seide, A man cam
doun fro Jerusalem in to Jerico, and fel
among theues, and thei robbiden hym,
and woundiden hym, and wente awei,
and leften the man half alyue. And it 31
bifel, that a prest cam doun the same
weie, and passide forth, whanne he hadde
seyn hym. Also a dekene, whanne he 32
was bisidis the place, and sai3 him, pass-
ide forth. But a Samaritan, goynge the 33
weie, cam bisid's hym ; and he si3 hym,
and hadde reuthe on hym; and cam to 34
hym, and boond togidir hise woundis,
and helde in oyle and wynne; and leide
hym on his beest, and leddef in to an
ostrie, and dide the cure of hym. And 35
another dai he brou3te forth twey pans,
and 3af to the ostiler, and seide, Haue
the cure of hym ; and what euer thou
schalt 3yue ouer, Y schal 3eldeS to1' thee,
whanne Y come a3en. Who of these 30
thre, semeth to thee, was nei3bore to
hym, that fel among theues? And he 37
seide, He that dide merci in to hym.
And Jhesus seide to hym, Go thou, and
do thou on' lijk maner. And it wasss
don, while thei wenten, he entride in to
a castel ; and a womman, Martha bi
name, resseyuede hym in to hir hous.
And to this was a sistir, Marie bi name, 39
which also sat bisidis the feet of the
Lord, and herde his word. But Martha^
bisiede aboute the ofte seruyce. And
sche stood, and seide, Lord, takist thou
no kepe, that my sistir hath left me
aloone to serue ? therfor seie thou to hir,
(hat sche helpe me. And the Lord an- 41
swerde, and seide to hir, Martha, Mar-
1 wilnynge QY. m for to GMOPQTWY. n biholdynge vp AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° to x. P
QTWXY. 1 the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. r puttyn K. s self T. * he passide A sec. TO.
e Om. Y. f Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. g is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
' iument, or hors AGMNPQSTWY. iument x. k he did o. ' two GMPWXY.
n Om. AGMNPQSTXY. ° Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. V in to AGMNOPQSTWXY. n to AGM NOPQS SCC. TO.
TWXY. to s pr. m. r Om. x. s on AGMNOPQSTWXY. l lychy TW. liche Y. u is A pr.m. G pr. m.
MNOPQSTXY. y the while AGMNOPQSTWXY. w Om. AMKOPQSTWXY, * the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY.
our o. z Sothly AGMNOPQSTUVWXY. a bisyede hir K pr. m. b the oft AGMNOPQSTWXY. the
hath left x. % Om. A'.
P in to
. G sec. m. sw.
1> in to AGMNOPQSTWXY.
m saith MNOPQSTWXY.
q in to AGM NOPQS SCC. TO.
.
myche vv. « The whiche
h serue, or mynystre w.
seith MNPQTXY. e Om. AT.
e him k. f ledde him cjsbg. % 3eue hi. h Om. i pr. m. i in R.
X. 41 — XI. io.
LUKE.
183
therfore' seyek to hir, that she helpe me.
41 And the Lord answeringe seide to hir,
Martha, Martha, thou ert bysi, and art
troublid l anentis '" ful manye thingis ;
43 forsoth o thing is necessarie. Marie hath
chose the beste" part, which0 schal not be
take a wey fro hir.
CAP. XI.
1 And it was'' don, whanne he was prei-
ynge in sum place, as he ceesside, oon of
his disciplis seide to him, Lord, teche vs
toi preye, as and John tau3te his disciplis.
2 And he seider to hem, Whanne 36 preyen8,
seye 36, Fadir', halewid be thi name. Thi
s kyngdom come to. 3yue to vs to day
4oure eche dayesu breed. And for3yue to
vs oure synnes, as andv we for3yuen to
ech owynge to vs. And leed 'not vsw in
5 to" temptacioun. And he seith to hem,
Who of 3011 schal haue a frend, and schal
go to him at mydny3t, and schal seie to
e him, Frend, leene to me thre loouys ; for
my frend cometh to me of the weye, and
I haue not what I schal sette^ bifore him.
7 And he withynne forth answeringe seyez,
Nyle thou be noyfula to me ; the dore is
now schit, and my children bethb with
mec in the cowche ; I may no3t ryse, and
83yue to thee. And if he schal contynued
knockynge, I seye to 3ou, thou3e he schal
not 3yue to hymf, for he& is ah frend, ne-
theles for his vnrestefulnesse' he schal rise,
and 3yue to hyrn, 'how manyek he hath
gnedeful1. And I seie to 3ou, axe 36, and
it schal be 3ouun to 3ou ; seke 3e, and 36
schulen fynde ; knocke 36, and it schal be
loopenyd to 3ou. Forsoth ech man1" that
axith, takith ; and hen that sekith, fynd-
ith ; and to a man knockynge, it schal be
tha, thou art bysi, and art troublid
aboute ful many thingis ; but o thing is 42
necessarie. Marie hath chosun the best 43
part, which schal not be takun awei fro
hir.
CAP. XI.
And it was don, whanne he was prei- 1
ynge in a place, as he ceesside, oon of
hise disciplis seide to hym, Lord, teche
vs to preye, as Joon tau3te hise disciplis.
And he seide to hem, Whanne 30 preien,2
seie 36, Fadir, halewid be thi name. Thi
kyngdom come toh. 3yue 'to vs' to dais
oure ech daies breed. Arid for3yue to vs4
oure synnes, as we for3yuen to ech man
that owith to vs. And lede vs not in to
temptacioun. And he seide to hem, Who 5
of 3ouk schal haue a freend, and schal go
to hym at mydny3t, and schal seie to
hym, Freend, leene to me thre looues ;
for my freend cometh to me fro thee
weie, and Y haue not what Y schal sette
bifor hym. And he with ynforth answere?
and seie, Nyle thou be heuy to me ; the
dore is now schit, and my children ben
with rne in bed1 ; Y may not rise, arid
3yue to thee. And if he schal dwelles
stil knockynge, Y seie to 3ou, thou3 he
schal not rise, and 3yue to him, for that
that he is his freend, netheles for his con-
tynuel axyng he schal ryse, and 3yue to
hym, as many as he hath nede to. And 9
Y seie to 3ou, axe 36, and it schal be
3ouun to 3ou; seke 30, and 30 schulen
fynde ; knocke 36, and it schal be openyd
to 3ou. For ech that axith, takith, and m
he that sekith, fyndith ; and to a man
4 and therfore K. k saye thou AGMNOpQSTurxv. l distourblid AMNOPQTW. distroublid GY. sturbid s.
disturbid x. ™ a^ens AGMNOPQSTWY. ajen x. n betere ur. ° the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x.
P is A pr.m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. 1 for to AGMNOPQTWY. r saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. s schal praye o.
t Fader oure XY. u day Y. v Om. w pr. m. w us not WY. » Om. r. y putt AGMXOPQ
STWXY. z saith OQW. a heuy ^GMNOpQSTurwxY. b ben AGMNOPQSTVVWXY. c with ynne QW. with
me now T. d dwell still AGMWOPQSTWXY. e and if AGMNOPQSTW XY, { him rysynge AGMNOPQSTVPWX.
e that that he AGMNOPSTXY. that he QW. h his AGMNOpQSTtrxv. ' improbite, or contynuel axynge
AGMUPQSTfvxY. continuel axynge o. k as manye as t/ sec.m. ' nede to v sec.m. m Om. GMOPQTIVXY.
n Om. s.
h to thee K. to ; thi wil be don on erthe, as hit is in heuene x sec. m. k. » Om. EP. k 3ou alle k pr. m.
the bed k.
184
LUKE.
XL 11—23.
nopenyd. Therfore who of 3011 axith the0
fadir breed, wher? he schal 3yue to him a
stoon? etheri if he axithr fysch, wherP he
schal 3yue tos him a serpent for the1
12 fysch? ethir" if he schal axev an ey, whe-
thir* he schal dresse to him a scorpioun ?
is Therfore if>" 36, whanne 36 ben yuele,
'kunne 3yuez vto 3oure children goode
thingis 3ouuna, hou moche more 3oure fadir
of heuene schal 3yue a good spirit to men
uaxynge him. And Jhesu b was castinge
out a fend, and he was doumbe. And
whanne he hadde cast out the fend, the
doumb man spak ; and the cumpanyesc
is wondriden. Forsoth summe of hem
seiden, In Belsebub, prince of deuelisd, he
i<;castith out deuelis. And othere tempt-
iuge axiden of him a tokene fro heuene.
17 Forsoth hee, as he sy3f thes thoujtis of
hem, seide to hem, Euery rewme depart-
ide Va3ens it silfh, schal be desolat1, and an
i«hous schal falle onk an hous. Forsoth
and if Sathanas is1 departid a3ens him silf,
how schal his rewme stonde ? For 36
seyn, 'that Im caste out fendis in Belse-
iitbub. Forsoth if I in Belsebub caste out
fendis, in whom V3oure sories casteri" out ?
Therfore thei schulen be 3oure domesmen.
20 Forsoth if I caste out fendis in the fyngir,
Aether spirit0, of God, sotlili the rewme of
21 God is comen in to 3011. Whanne a strong
armedP man kepith his hows, alle thingis
22 that he weldith ben in pees. Sothli if a
strongerei comynge aboue ouercome1' him,
he schal take a wey alles his armeris*, in
whiche he tristide, and schal dele abrood
sshis spuylis". He that is not with me, is
a3ens me ; and he that gedrith not to gi-
that knockith, it schal be openyd. Ther-u
for who of 3011 axith his fadir breed,
whether he schal 3yue hym a stoon ? or
if he axith fisch, whether he schal 3yue
hym"1 a serpent for the fisch? or if he 12
axen an eye, whether he schal areche
hym a scorpioun ? Therfor if 36, whanne 13
36 ben yuel, kunnen 3yue good 3iftis to
3oure children, hou myche more 3oure
fadir of" heuene schal 3yue a good spirit?
to men that axithi him. And Jhesusu
was castynge out ar feend, and hes was
doumbe. And whanne he hadde cast out
the feend, the doumbe man spak ; and
the puple wondride. And sum of hem 15
seiden, In Belsabub, prince of deuelis, he
castith out deuelis. And othir temptinge 10
axiden of hym a tokene fro heuene. And 17
as he sai3 the thou3tis of hem, he seide
to hem, Euery rewme departid a3ens it
silf, schal be desolat, and an hous schal
falle on an hous. And if Sathanas be in
departid a3ens hym silf, hou schal his
rewme stonde ? For 36 seien, that Y
caste out feendis in Belsabub. And if 19
Y in Belsabub caste out fendis, in whom
casten out1 3oure sones? Therfor thei
schulen be 3oure domesmen. But if Yao
caste out fendis in the fyngir of God,
thanne the rewme of God is comun
among 3ou. Whanne a strong armed 21
man kepith his hous, alle thingis that he
weldith ben in pees. But if a stronger 22
than he come" vpon hym, and ouercomev
hym, he schal take awei al his armere,
in which he tristide, and schalw dele
abrood his robries. He that is not with 23
me, is a3ens me; and he that gederith
° his xv. P whether x passim. 1 or AGMKPQSTH'XY. r axe AGMSOPQTXY. shul axen hym s.
s Om. T. t Om. Q. u or AGMNOPQSTX. v axe hym s. x wher GMOPQTWY. y jeue Y. z han
knowen for to jif A pr.m. G sec.m. MNOPQTY. kunnen for to jif A sec.m. han knowen to jiue x. a goode
thingis jouun to joure children PW. goode jiftis to joure children Q sec. m. goode thingis to joure
children XY. b he 'MNOPQTX. c cumpanyes of puple AGMPQSTWXY. cumpanyes of puples N. com-
panyes pepil o. d he deueles .s. e Om. T. f seeth o. K Om. T. h in itsilf A sup. ras.
MPQXY. in him silf NOST. * desolat, or discumforlid AGMNPSTWX. desolatid o. k vpon AGMNPQTWY.
1 be AGMNPQSTWXY. schal be o. m me for to AGMNOPQTWY. me to sx. n casten joure sones A'.
0 or sutil tvorchyng AGMNPSTWY. Om. OQX. P Om. T. q strenger than he AGMNOPQSTXY. r ouer-
cometh o. s Om. T. * armes GMOPQTWXY. u spuylis, or robberies AGMPSTWY. spoilis, or his
robries N.
m to him Eb pr. m. c pr. m. n axith CMQUxhi. axe him e. ° that is in s. P Om. s pr m. fruyt
s sec. m. "I axen CEiKWQRSxgha. r of a s pr. m. 8 it A sec. m. * Om. i. u cometh s sec. m. k.
T ouercometh k. "he schal k.
XI. 24—34-
LUKE.
185
24dere with me, scaterith a brood. Whannev
an vnclene spirit "hath gonw out of a man,
he wandrith by drye placis, sekinge reste ;
and he fyndynge" not, seith, I schal turne
a3en in to myn hous, wherof I cam out.
25 And whanney he schal come, he fyndith it
26clensid with beesmes, and ourned. Thanne
he goth, and takith with him seuene othere
spiritis werse than him silf, and thei vgon
ynz, dwellen there. And the laste thingis
of thata man ben maad worse than the
ayforrnere. Forsoth it wasb don, whanne
he seidec thes thingis, sum wommand of
the cumpany reysinge6 hir vois, seidef,
Blessid be(( the wombe that bar thee, and
^blessid be& the teetis whicheh thou hast
aasokun. And he seide, Rathere1 blessid
ben thei, that heeren 'Goddis wordk, and
2»kepen it. Forsothe the cumpanye1 com-
yngera to gidere, he bigan ton seye, This
generacioun is a weyward generacioun ;
it sekith a tokene, and a tokene schal not
be 3ouun to it, no0 but the tokene of
:io Joonas, the? prophete. For whi as Joonas
was a tokene toi men of Nynyue, so
mannis sone schal be to this generacioun.
31 The queene of the south schal ryse in
dom with men of this generacioun, and
schal condempne hem ; forr sche cam fro
the endiss of1 the erthe, to" heere the wys-
dom of Salomon, and lo ! here isv morew
32 than Salomon. Men of Nynyue schulen
ryse in domx with this generacioun, and
schulen condempne it ; for thei diden
penaunce at? the prechinge of Joonas, and
33 lo! here isz more than Joonas. No man
Ii3tnetha a lanterne, and puttith inb hidlisbb,
other0 vndir a boyschel, but ond a candel
:<4 sticke, that thei that gon yn, se Ii3t. The
lanterue of thi body is thin y3ee ; if thin y3e
not togidir with me, scaterith abrood.
Whanne an vnclene spirit goith out of2i
a man, he wandrith bi drie placis, and
sekith reste; and he fyndyngex not-v,
seith z, Y schal turne a3en in to myn
hous, fro whannes Y cam out. And2»
whanne he cometh, he fyndith it clansid
with besyms, and fayre arayed. Thanne 21;
he goith, and takith with hym seuene
othere spirits worse than hym silf, and
thei entreri, and dwellen there. And the
laste thingis of that man ben maad
worse than the formere. And it was 27
don, whanne he haddea seid these thingis,
a womman of the cumpanye rerideb hir
vois, and seide to hym, Blessid be the
wombe that bare thee, and blessid be the
tetis that thou hast soken. And he seide, 28
But 3he blessid be thei, that heren the
word of God, and kepen it. And whanne 29
the puple runnen togidere, he bigan to
seie, This generacioun is a weiward ge-
neracioun ; it sekith a token, and a
tokene schal not be 3ouun to it, but the
tokene of Jonas, the profete. For as so
Jonas was a tokene to men of Nynyue,
so mannus sone schal be to this gene-
racioun. The queen of the south schal si
rise in doom with men of this genera-
cioun, and schal condempne hem ; for
sche cam fro the endis of the erthe, forc
to here the wisdom of Salomon, and lo !
here is a gretter than Salomon. Mend32
of Nynyue schulen rise in doom with
this generacioun, and schulen condempne
it ; for thei diden penaunce in the prech-
yng of Jonas, and loe ! here is a gretter
than Jonas. No man tendith a lanterne, 33
and puttithf in hidils, nether vndur a
buyschel, but on a candilstike, that thei
v And whan w. « schal go GMNOPQTXY. * fyndith o. y Om. o. z Om. GMNOPQ pr. m. XY. entride
Q sec. m. a this o. b is A pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. c spake AGMNOPQSTUVWXY. d Om. o. e rerynge vp
AGMNPQSTY. raysenge vp o. rerende x. f said to him AGMNOPSWXY. ff Oin. A1. g Om. QS. h that
AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' or, But %ee u sec. m. marg. k the word of God AG pr.m. MNOPQSTWXY. l com-
panyes of pepil AG pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. cumpanyes of peples G sec.m. w. cumpenyes w. m renynge
AGMNOPQSTWX. n for to AGMNOPQTWY. ° Om. O. P Om. AGNTFXY. 1 of T. r for whi O.
8 wisdam o. * Om. OPQVV. u for to AGMNOPQTWY. v Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. w more, or grettere
G sec. m. * the dome o. y in o. z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. B teendith AGMNOPQSTWXY. b it in o.
bb hiddil o. c nether AGMNOPQSTWXY. d vpon AGMNOPQST pr.m. WY. e ijen N.
* fyndith h pr.m. k. y noon g. z and seith h pr.m. k pr.m. a Om. be pr.m. b reiside b. areride hi.
c Om. be. d And men b sec.m. e Om. IK pr. m. g. f puttith it k.
VOL. IV. B b
186
LUKE.
xi. 35—46.
schal be symple, al thi body schal be Ii3t-
fulf; forsoth if it schal be weyward, also
:iothi body schal be derkful. Therfore se
thou, lest the Ii3t which % is in thee, beh
s« derknessis. Therfore if al thi body schal1
be Ii3tfulk, not hauynge ony part1 of derk-
nessis, it schal be al Ii3tfulra, and as an
lanterne of bri3tnesse° it schal 3yue Ii3t
,-i7 to thee. And whanne he spak, sum Pha-
risee praiede, that he schulde ete at hym. •
:(8 Andi' he gon yn, vsaat to the metei. Sothli
the Pharisee 'bigan to seier, gessynge with
ynne him silf s, whi he was not waischun
:wbyfore the mete. And the Lord seith* to
him, Now 36 Farisees clensen 'that thing
that" is with outenforthv of the kuppe and
plater; but thatw thing 'of 3oux that is
"with ynne?, is ful of raueyn and wickid-
4onesse. Foolis, wherz he that made 'that
thing thata is with oute forth, made not
41 'also that thing thatb is 'with ynnec ? Ne-
theles 'that thing thatd is oner, Aether >tu-
perflue, 3yue 36 almes, and lo ! alle thingis
42 ben clene to 3011. But woo to 3ou, Pha-
risees, that tythen rnyute, and ruwef, and
al wort, Aether herbe%, and passen dom
and the charite of God. Forsoth it bi-
hofte1' to1 do thes thingis, and notk for1
43tom leeue hem". Woo to 3ou, Pharisees,
that louen the firste chaieris in synagogis,
44 and salutaciouns in cheping0. Woo to
3ou, that ben as sepulcris, whiche? apperyn
not, and men walkynge aboue witeni not.
45 Forsoth oonr of the wyse men of lawes
answeringe, seide' to him, Maistir, thou
seyinge thes thingis, 'doist dispit also to
41; vs". 'He seidev, And"' woo to 3ou, wyse
that goen in, se Ii3t. The lanterne of34
thi bodi is thin 136 ; ifs thin 136 be syrn-
ple, al thi bodi schal be Ii3tih ; but if it
be weyward, al thi bodi schal be derk-
ful. Therfor se thou, lest the Ii3t that 35
is in thee, be derknessis'. Therfor ifau
al thi bodi bek bri3t, and haue no part
of derknessis, it schal be al bri3t, and as
a lanterne of bri3tnesse it schal 3yue Ii3t
to thee. And whanne he spak, a Fari-37
see preiede him, that he schulde ete with
hym. And he entride, and sat to the1
meete. And the Farisee bigan to seie,3«
gessynge with ynne hym silf, whi he
was not waschen bifor1" mete. And thesa
Lord seide to hym, Now 36 Farisees
clensen that that is with outenforth of
the cuppe and the" plater; but that
thing that is with ynne of 3ou, is ful of
raueyn and wickidnesse. Foolis, whe-40
ther he that made that that is with-
outenforth, made not also that that is
with ynne? Netheles that that is ouei-4i
plus, 3yue 36 almes, and lo ! alle thingis
ben cleene to 3ou. But wo to 3ou, Fa-4_>
risees, that tithen myrite, and0 rue, and
ech eerbe, and leeuen doom and the cha-
rite of God. Fori' it bihofte to do these
thingis, and not leeuei thor. Wo to 3ou, &
Farisees, that louen the firste chaieris in
synagogis, and salutaciouns in chepyng.
Wo to 3ou, that ben as sepulcris, that 44
ben not seyn, and men walkynge aboue
witen8 not. But oon of the wise men 45
of the1 lawe answeride, and seide to
hyrn, Maystir, thou seiynge these thingis,
also to vs doist dispit. And he seide, 46
f lijti AGMNOpQSTvrwxv. K that AGMNOPQSTWXY. h schal be o. i Om. y. k Ii3ti, or sckynynge
AGNSTW. lijt, or shijnyng MPY. schinynge o. lijt ox. l party o. m lijti AGMNPQSTWXY, \ty o.
n Om. w. ° bri3tnesse, or schynynge AGMNPSTWY. P Forsothe AGMNPQSTWXY. 1 sat at the mete
A sup. ras. G sec. m. w. restide MNPQSTXY. r Om. A pr. m. G pr. m. M VPQTW sec. m. XY. s silf seide
A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQ pr. m. TXY. silf bigan to saye Q sec. m. w sec. in. l seide w. u that that AGMN
PQSTWXY. that at o. v with outen w. w Om. N. * Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. J within forth of 3011
AGMNOPQSTWXY. z whether OPQTWXY. a that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. b and that that AGM
XOPQSTWXY. c within forthe AGMNOPQSTXY. d that that AGMNpQSTfrxY. that at o. e Om. PQW
x or sup. MY. { rute r. e Om. ox. or herbe MPWY. h bihouede MOPQY. ' for to AGMNPQTWY.
k tho not x. ' Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. m Om. AGNSTWX. n Om. x. ° chepyngis ^.vo. P that AGMXOP
QSTIVXY. 1 wisten w. r summe G sec.m. o. s the lawe TX. * saith AGMNOPQSTWX. u also to vs
[thou GMPY! dost despite, or tvronge AGMXPSTXY. also thou dost despit to vs o. also to vs thou dost
dyspite Q. also thou dost dispyt, or wrong w. v And he saith AGMOPQSTWX. He seith x. w Om. x.
Sand if x. h Ii3t i sec. m. k. ' al derknessis s pr. m. derknesse hi. k shal be PQ. ' Om. A. "> a
fores. n of the sehik pr. m. ° Om. k. P Forsothe i. 1 to leeue iKRehika. r thilke i. s and witen
A pr. m. * Om. cix.
XI. 47 — XII. 3-
LUKE.
187
men of lawex, for 30 chargen men with
birthins whiche? thei moun not bere, and
3e 3ouz silf with 3ourea o fynger touchen
47 not the heuynessisb. Woo to 300, that
bilden birielisc of prophetis ; forsoth 3oure
48 fadris slowen hem. Treuly 36 witnessen,
that 36 consenten to the werkis of 3oure
fadi'is ; for sothli thei slowen hem, but 30
49 bilden her sepulcris. Therfore andd the
wysdom of God seide, I schal sende to
hem prophetis, and apostlis, and of hem
50 thei sehulen slee and pursue, that the
blood of alle prophetis6, that wasf sched?
out fro the makyng'1 of the world, be
5isou3t' of this generacioun ; fro the blood
of Abel vtil tok the blood of Zacharie,
which1 perischide bytwix™ the auter and
the hous. So I seie to 3ou, it schal be
52sou3t of this generacioun. Woo to 3ou,
wyse men of lawe, for 36 ban take awey
the keye of kunnynge ; 56 3011" silf en-
triden not0, and 36 han forboden hem that
53 entriden. Sothli whanne he spak thes
thingis to hem, Pharisees and wyse men
of lawe bigunnen greuously P to a3en-
stonden 1, and oppresse r his mouth vof
34 many thingis, aspiynge him8, and sekinge
to* take sum thing of his mouth, that thei
schulden accuse him.
CAP. XII.
i Sotheli manye cumpanyes" stondinge
aboute, so that thei trodenv ech othir, he
bigan tow seie to his disciplis, Be 36 war
of x the sourdow3 of Pharisees, which? is
2ypocrisye. Forsoth no thing is hilid,
which2 schal not be schewid ; nether hid,
nthat schal not be wist. Forwhi tho
thingis that 36 han seyd in derknessis,
sehulen be seid in Ii3ta; and Hhis that1'
Also wo to 3ou, wise men of lawe, for
3e chargen men with birthuns which
thei moun not bere, and 36 3ouu silf with
3oure ov fyngur touchen not the heuy-
nessis. Wo to 3ou, that bilden toumbis4/
of profetis ; and 3oure fadris slowen hern.
Treuli 36 witnessen, that 36 consenten to4«
the werkis of 3oure fadris ; for thei slowen
hem, but 36 bildeu her sepulcris. Ther-4n
for the wisdom of God seide, Y schal
sende to hem profetis and apostlis, and
of hem thei sehulen sle and pursue, that so
the blood of alle prophetis, that was
sched fro the making of the world, be
sou3t of this generacioun; fro the blood 51
of thew iust Abel to the blood of Za-
charie, that was slayri bitwixe the auter
and the hous. So Y seie to 3ou, it schal
be sou3t of this generacioun. Wo to 52
3ou, wise men of thex lawe, for 36 han
takun awei the keye of kunnyng ; and 36
30W? silf entriden not, and 36 han for-
beden hem that entriden. And whanne 53
he seide these thingis to hem, the Fari-
sees and wise2 men of lawea bigunnen
greuousli to a3enstonde, and stoppe his
mouth of many thingis, aspiyngeb hym,54
and sekynge to take sum thing of his
mouth, to accuse hym.
CAP. XII.
And whanne myche puple stood aboute, i
so that thei tredenc ech on othir, he bi-
gan to seie to hise disciplis, Be 56 war
of the sourdou3 of thed Farisees, that is
ypocrisie. For no thing is hilid, that schal 2
not be schewid ; nether hid, that schal
not be wist. For whi tho thingis that 368
han seid in derknessis, sehulen be seid in
Ii3t ; and that that 36 han spokun in
* the law o. y the whiche AGMNOPQSTW. that x. z jour GMNOPQV. a Om. Q. b heuynesse o.
c birielis, or toumbis AGMNPSTWY. toumbis o. d Om. K. e the prophetis Nfr. f is A pr.m. G pr.m. M
KPQSTXY. 8 held MNPQTXY. h bygynnynge o. ' sojt out s. k vnto GAfpQxr. til N. to o. in to w.
1 that ^GMNOPQSTt/FWjf r. m bytwen os. bitwe x. n jour GMNOPQY. ° entreden not yn ASW. entren
not in GMNOPQTXY. P greuoselyche o. <i ajenstond him GMOPQY. r to oppresse M. s aspiynge him
of many thingis MPXY. * for to AGMXOPQTW sec.m. Y. that thei schulden w pr.m. u companyes of peplis
AGMNOPQSTXY. cumpanyes of peple w. v defouliden, or troden AGMNPQSY. defouleden ox. defoulyden,
or touchyden T. def. or trodeden w. w for to AMNOPQSTWY. x fle je fro AV. and flee fro GMNOpgrrwy.
fleeth fro s. and flee jee fro x. y that AGMNOPQSTWXY. z that AGMNOPQSTWXY. a sijt Y. b that that
AGMNPQ.STWXY. that at o.
u joure E. v Om. g. w Om. CEIKPQRS sec. m. uxegka. * Om. nk. y joure EP passim. z the
wise Esg. a the lawe b pr. m. hi. t> and aspiynge k. c trediden i. treeden Q. traden B. (1 Om. iKSXg.
188
LUKE.
XII. 4—15.
36 ban spoken0 in eered in thee cowchis,
4 schal be prechid in rooues. Forsothe I
seie to 3011, my frendis, vbe 3ef not afeerd
of hem that slen the body&, and aftir thes
thingis ban no more what thei schulen
r>don. Sothli I schal schewe to 3011, whom
36 schulen drede; drede 36 him, which1'
aftir that1 he hath slayn, hath power tok
sende in to helle. So I seie to 3011, vdrede
<<3e1 hym. Wherm fine sparrowis ben riot
seeld for tweyne" halpens0 ; and oon of
7 hem is not in fo^eting bifore God ? But
and alle the heeris of 3oure heed P ben
noumbrid. Therfore nyle 36 drede ; 36
ben of more priys than many sparowis.
« Treuli I seie to 3ou, 'ech man which eueri
schal knowleche me byfore men, and
mannis sone schal knowleche him bifore
itthe aungelis of God. Forsoth he that
schal denye me bifor men, schal be de-
lonyed bifore the aungelis of Godr. And
ech man8 that seith a word a3ens the sone
of man, it schal be for3ouun to him ;
sothli1 it schal not be for3ouun to him,
'that blasfemethu a3ensv the Hooly Gostx.
1 i Forsoth whanne thei schulen leede 3ou in
to synagogis, and to? magestatisz, and toa
potestatisb, nyle 36 be bisy, how ether0
what 36 schulen answered, ether6 what 30
12 schulen seye. Forsoth the Hooly Gost
schal teche 3ou in that our, what it bi-
ishoueth 3ou tof seye. Forsoth^ sum man
of the cumpany seith to him, Maistir, seie
to my brother, that he departe with me
14 the eritage. And he seyde to him, A!
man, who ordeynede me domesman1, etherk
isdeparter, on1 3ou ? And he seyde11 to
hemm, Se 36, and 'be 36" war vof al
auarice0 ; for vthe lyf of a? man is not in
eere in thee couchis, schal be prechid in
roofes. And Y seie to 3ou, my freendis, 4
be 36 not aferd of hem that sleen the
bodie, and aftir these thingis han no
more what thei schulen do. But Y schal 5
schewe to 3ou, whom 36 schulen drede ;
drede 36 hym, that aftir he hath slayn,
hef hath power to sende in to helle. And
so Y seie to 3ou, drede 36 hym. Whe-s
ther fyue sparowis ben not seld for twei
halpens ; and oon of hem is not in for3et-
yng bifor God ? But also alle the heeris 7
of 3oure heed ben noumbrid. Therfor
nyle 36 drede ; 3e ben of more prijs than
many sparowis. Treuli Y seie to sou, »
ech man that knoulechith me bifor men,
mannus sone schal knouleche hym bifor
the aungels of God. But he that denyeth »
me bifor men, schal be denyed bifor the
aungels of God. And ech that seith a 10
word a3ens mannus sone, it schal be for-
3ouun to hym ; but it schal not be for-
3ouun to hym, that blasfemeth a3ens the
Hooli Goost. And whanne thei ledenii
3011 in to synagogis, and to magistratis,
and potestatis, nyle 30 vbe bisies, hou or
what 36 schulen answere, or what 3e
schulen seie. For the Hooli Goost schal 1-2
teche 3ou in that our, what it bihoueth
3ou to seie. And oon of the puple seide i:<
to hym, Maystir, seie to my brothir, that
he departe with me the eritage. And he 14
seyde to hym, Man, who ordeynede me
a domesman, or ah departere, on 3ou ?
And he seide to hem, Se 36, and be 36*15
war of al coueytice ; for the lijf of ak man
is not in the1 abundaunce of thom thingis,
whiche he weldith. And he tolde to i«
hem a liknesse, and seide, The feeld of
c seid s. d the eere GMQTXY. e Om. GK pr. v. MOPQSTXY. { beth GMNPQXY. be T. S bodyes T.
h that AGMNOPQSTWXY. » Om. MOPQTY. k for to AGMNOPQTfPY. l dredith A:, dredith jee Y.
m Whether x. n two MOPQXY. ° ferthingis u pr. m. P heued o pass. w. 1 who euer GMNOPQTXY.
r the Lord QTXY. 9 Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. t he that shal blasfemen in to the Holi Gost, sothli XY.
u schal blaspheme AGMNopQsrurir. v in to G pr. m. MNPST. in o. '* Om. XY. y Om. MP. z mages-
tratis fr. a Om. AGMNpQSTurwxY. b potestatis, or powers AMNPSTWY. powers G. c or AGMNO
PWXY. Om. QST. d Om. s. e or AGMNOPQSTPTXY. * for to AGMNOPTW. S Sothely AGMNOFQSTuy
WXY. h Om. AGMKOPQSTfvxY. ' a domesman u. k or AGMXopQsrrxY. ' vpon AGMNPQTWY.
ouer o. H seyith T. m him K. n be AGMNOPTUVWY. beth sx. ° fro all couaytyse AGMNOPQTIVXY.
of alle coueitise s. P eny o.
e Om. isa. { Om. KX sec. m. k.
1 Om. K pr. m. m the ea.
S bisie 3011 hi. h Om. EPX. ' Om. mbgk pr. m. k Oin. Ahi/3.
XII. 16 — 28.
LUKE.
189
the haboundansei of tho thingis whicher
IB he weldith. Sothli he seide to hem a
liknesse, seiynge, The feeld of sum riche
17 man brou3te forth pleritenous fruytis. And
he thou3te with ynne him silf, seyinge,
What schal I do, for"" I haue not whidir
is I schal gedere my fruytis? And he seith,
'I schal do this thing* ; I schal distrye1
my bernis, and Iu schal make gretterev,
and thidir I schal gedere alle thingis that
iogrowenw to me, and allex my goodis. And
I schal seye to my soule, Soule?, thou hast
many goodis keptz in to ful manye 3eeris ;
reste thou, ete, drynke, and vete thou
20plenteuouslya. Sothli God seide to him,
Fool, in this ny3t thei schulenb axe of
thee thi soule. Forsothe whos schulen
thoc thingis be, whiched thou hast maad
21 redy ? So is he that tresourith toe him
22 silf, and is not ryche inf God. And he
seide to his disciplis, Therfore I seie to
3ou, nyle 36 be bisy to 3oure lyf#, what'1
3e schulen ete, nethir to 3oure body, with
23 what 36 schulen be clothid '. Thek lyf1
is more than mete'", and the body more
24 than clothing. Biholde 36 crowis, for
thei sowen not, nether11 repen, to whiche0
is no celer, nether'' beerne, and God fedith
hern. Flow'' myche more ^e benr of more
2oprys than thei3. Forsothe who of 3ou
bythenkynge1 may addeu o cubite to his
2<j stature ? Therforev if 36 mown notw xthis
that1 is the^ leestez, what ben 36 bisy of
27 othere thingis ? Biholde 36 liliesa of the
feeld, how thei wexen ; thei trauelen not,
neither spynrien. Sothly I seye to 3ou,
for nether Salomon ill al his glorie was
28 clothidb as oon of these, Forsothe if God
a riche man brou3te forth plenteuouse
fruytis. And he thou3te with ynne hym 17
silf, and seide, What schal Y do, for Y
haue not whidur Y schal gadere my
fruytis ? And he seith, This thing Y i«
schal do ; Y schal throwe doun my
bernes, and Y schal make gretter, and
thidir Y schal gadir alle thingis that
growen to me, and" my goodis. And Y ia
schal seie to my soule, Soule, thou hast
many goodis kept in to ful many 3eeris ;
rest thou, ete, drynke0, and make feeste.
And God seide to hym, Fool, in this ny3tao
thei schulen take? thi lijf fro thee. And
whos schulen tho thingis be, that thou
hast arayed ? So is he that tresourith 21
to hym silf, and is1* not riche in God.
And he seide to hise disciplis, Therfor22
Y seie to 3ou, nyle 36 beii bisy to 3oure
lijf, what 36 schulen ete, nether to 3oure
bodi, with what 36 schulen be clothid.
The lijf is more than meter, and the 23
body more than clothing8. Biholde 36*24
crowis", forv thei sowen not, nethir
repen, to whiche is novv celer, new berne,
and God fedith hem. Hou myche more
36 ben of more prijs than thei. And 25
who of 3ou bithenkynge may put tox o
cubit to his stature ? Therfor if 36 moun 20
not that that is leest, what ben 36 bisie
of othere thingis? Biholde 36 the lilies 27
of the feeld, hou thei wexen ; thei
trauelen not, nethir spynnen. And Y
seie to 3ou, that nethir Salomon in al
his glorie was clothid as oon of these.
And if God clothith thus the hey, that 28
to dai is in the feeld, and to morewe is
cast in to an ouen ; hou myche more 3011
'q not in the [Om. Q] habundaunce of eny man is his lijf A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. r that
QSTWXY. " that A pr. m. GMNOPQTXY. a This th. I sch. do WXY. * throwe doun v sec. m. u Om. Q.
v more AGMNOPQSTWXY. w ben born A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. x Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. Y Om. o.
z put, or kept A. put vp, or kept GMNPSTWY. pit vp OQ. put vp x. a plenteuosly ete AGMNOPQSTWXY.
ete plenteuously ur. " schal o. et alibi. c the o. d that AGMNOPQSTWXY. e in to x. f into A pr. m.
GMNOPQTXY. to A sec.m. svvw. g soule, or lijf AGMNPQSTWY. soul ox. h and what w. ' clad sx.
k Thi Y. l soule, or lijf AMNPTWY. soul OQSX. m the meete sx. n ne wx. ° whom QXY. P and
K sup. ras. <l And how r. r ben je MPXY. s ben thai o. l thenkende x. » put to AGMNPQST
WY. pitt o. poten to x. v Om. K. « not do MFC;. " that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. Y Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. z left Y. a the lilies PS. b clad sx.
n and alle k pr. m. ° and drynke <jb pr. m. k. P take awey k. q it is s pr. m. <W Om. Q pr. m.
r the mete s. s the clothing s. t Om. a/3. u the crowis ka|3. v how x. vv nether E. w nether c.
* Om. k pr. m.
190
LUKE.
XII. 29 — 41.
clothith thus the hey, which0 to day is in
the feeld, and to morwe is sentd in to a
furneys ; how moche" more 3011 of litel
29feith ? And nyle 36 seke, what 36 schulen
ete, ethirf what 36 schulen drynke ; and
:ionyle 36 be reyside vin to1' an' hi3- Forsoth
folkis of the world seken alle thes thingis ;
sothli 3oure fadir woot, for 3e neden thesv
31 thingis. Nethelees seke 36 first the kyng-
dom of God, and alle thes thingis schulen
32 be cast to 3ou. Nyle 3e, litil floe, drede,
for it pleside to 3oure fadir to1 3yue to 3011
33 a kyngdom. Sille 36 vtho thingis that 36
welden"1, and 3yue 36 almes. Make 36 to
3ou sachels that wexen not olde, tresour
'not failinge" in heuenes, whidur a theef
ney3eth not, neyther raow3te distryeth.
:« Forsothe where vthi tresour is0, there also?
35 thin herte schal be. Be 3oure leendes gird1!
by fore, and lanternes brennynge in 3oure
sehondis; and ber 36 lyk to men abydinge
her lord, whanne he schal turne a3en fro
weddingis, that whanne he schal come,
and knocke, anoon thei opene to him.
37 Blessid ben s tho seruauntis, whiche *
whanne the Lord schal come, he schal
fynde wakynge. Treuli I seie to 3ou,
that he schal bifore girde him, and vhe
schal" make hemv tow sitte at the mete,
and he passinge schal mynystre to hem.
3(iAnd if he schal corne in the secunde
wakyng, and yf he schal come in the
thridde wakynge, and schal fynde so, tho
39 seruauntis ben blessid. Forsoth wite 36
this thing, for if an hosebonde man wiste,
in what our the theef woldex corne, sothli
he schulde wake, and 'not suffrey his hous
4<>toz be mynyd. And be 36 redy, for in
what our 36 gessen not, mannis sone schal
41 come. Forsothe Petre seith a to him,
Lord, seist thou this parable to vs, etherb
of litil feith. And nyle 30 seke, what 36 an
schulen ete, or what 30 schulen drynke ;
and nyle 36 be reisid an hi3. For folkis so
of the world seken alle these thingis ;
vand 3our>' fadir woot, that 36 neden^ alle
these thingis2. Netheles seke 36 first 31
the kyngdom of God, and alle these
thingis schulen be caste to 3ou. Nile 36,32
litil flok, drede, for it pleside to 3oure
fadir to 3yue 3ouzz a kyngdom. Selle 3633
tho thingis that 36 han in possessioun,
and 3yue 56 almes. And makea to 3ou
sachels that wexen not oolde, tresoureb
that failith not in heuenesbb, whidir a
theef nei3ith not, nether mou3t destruy-
eth. For where is thi tresoure, there 34
thin herte schal be. Be 3oure leendisso
gird aboue, and lanternes brennynge in
3oure hooridis ; and be 3ec lijk to men 36
that abiden her lord, whanne he schal
turne 33611 fro the weddyngis, that
whanne he schal come, and knocke,
anoon thei openen to hym. Blessid be 'A;
tho seruauntis, that whanne the lord
schal come, he schal fynde wakynge.
Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that he schal girde
hym silf, and make hem sitte to mete,
and he schal go, and serue hem. And 38
if he come in the secounde wakynge,
and if he come in the thridde wak-
ynge, and fynde so, tho seruauntis ben
blessid. And wite 36 this thing, for3f»
if an hosebonde man wiste, in what our
the theef wolde come, sotheli he schulded
wake, and not suffre his hous to be
myned. And be 36 redi, for in what40
our 36 gessen not, mannus sone schal
come. And Petre seide to hym, Lord,4i
seist thou this parable to vs, or to alle ?
And the Lord seide, Who, gessist thou, 42
is a trewe dispendere, and ae prudent,
h Om. v sec. m. > Om. G sec. m. o.
f or OPQTWXY. e taken vp MNOPQTXY.
c that AGMNOFQSTurwxY. d cast i/ sec. m. e Om. o. „. „. ^ . — __,__.™,
k all thees o. * for to AGMNOPQTWY. m tho thingis that je han
n that
n Urn. v sec. m. • Um. G sec. m. o. K all thees o. • tor to AGMNOPQTWY. m tho tlnngis that je han
in possessioun AGMNPQSTWXY. the thengis that 30 thoo thengis that 36 han in possession o. n that
faylith not u sec. m. ° is thi tr. w x\. P and AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 gird vp v. r Om. AGMNOPQSTWY.
* Om. GMNOTXY. * whom GMNOPX u v i MP. w for to AGMNOPI
Om. GMNOQTXY. * whom GMNOPQTXY. u Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. v him MP. w for to AGMNOPIj
y suffre not A-. z for to o. a said AGMNPQSTVI-IVXY.
STW. Om. y. x schuld AGMNopQSTurwxY.
b or MOPQTWXY.
y cure b. 5T han nede to B sec.m. 'z Om. K pr. m. R pr. m. zz to ;ou k. a make 36 EIKOPISS
beghik sec. m. a£. b tresoureth p pr. m. tresour je to 3ou tresour x sec. m. k pr. m. b^ heuene H.
c Om. k pr. m. d wolde k. e Om. Eb.
XII. 42—53-
LUKE.
191
42 to alle ? Sothli the Lord seide, Who, gess-
ist thou, is ac feithfuld dispender, and pru-
dent, whom the lord ordeynede orie his
ineyne, that he 3yue to hem in tyme af
43 mesure of whete ? Blessid is% that ser-
uaunt, whom whanne the lord schal come,
44 he schal fynde vdoynge so1'. Verili I seie
to 301], for on1 alle thingis whichk he
45weldith, he schal ordeyne him. That if
thilke1 seruaunt schal seye in his herte,
My lord makith 'tariynge tom come ; and
bigynne" to0 smyte children, and hand-
maydens, and ete, and drynke, and be
46 fluid P ouer mesure, the lord of that ser-
uaunt schal come, in thei day that he
hopith not, and ourr that he wot not ;
and schal3 departe him, and schal* putte
47 his part with vnfeithful men. Forsothe
thilke" seruaunt that knew the wille of his
lord, and made "not himv redy, and dide
not vpw his wille, schal be betun with
48 many woundis*. Sothli he that knew
not, and dide worthi thingis of-v woundis,
schal be beten with fewe. Forsoth to
ech man to whom moche is 3ouun, moche
schal be axidz of hym ; and thei schulen
axe more of him, to whom thei bitoken3
40rnoche. I cam tob sende fier in to erthec,
and what woled I, noe but thatf it be
30 kyndelid ? Sothli I haue to& be baptisid
with baptym, and hou 'am Ih constreyn-
si ed', tilk it be perfytli don? 'Gessen 3e],
for I cam tom 3yue pees in to erthe n ?
52 Nay, I seye to 3ou, but" departynge. For-
soth 'fro this tymeP ther schulen be fyue
departid in oon hous ; thre 'schulen be
departid i a3ensr tweyne8, and tweyne8
53vschulen be departid1 a3ensu threv ; the
fadir a3ensw the sone, and the sone a3ensx
whom the lord hath ordeyned on his
meyne, to 3yue hem in tyme mesuref of
whete? Blessid is that seruaunt, that-"
the lord whanne he cometh, schal fynde
so doynge. Verili Y seie to 3ou, that 44
on alle thingis that he weldith, he schal
ordeyne hym. That if that seruaunt 4.-,
seie iu his herte, My lord tarieth to
come ; and bigynne to smyte children, and
handmaydenes, and ete, and drynke, and
be fulfillids ouer mesure, the lord of that 41;
seruaunt schal come, in the dai that he
hopith not, and the1' our that he woot
riot ; and schal departe hym, arid putte
his part with vnfeithful men. But 47
thilke seruaunt that knew the wille of
his lord, and made not hym redi, and
dide not aftir his wille, schal be betun
with many betyngis. But he that knew4«
not, and dide worthi thingis of strokis1,
schal be betun with fewe. For to eche
man to whom myche is 3ouun, myche
schal be axid of hym ; and thei schulen
axe more of hym, to whom thei bitokeri
myche. Y cam to sende fier 'in tok the'4i»
erthe, and what wole Y, but that it be
kyndlid ? And Y haue tom be baptisid 30
with a baptysm, and hou am Y con-
streyhed, til that it be perfitli dori ?
Wene 36, that Y cam to 3yue" pees in to si
erthe ? Nay, Y say to 3ou, but depart-
yng. For fro this tyme ther schulen be 52
fyue departid in oon hous ; thre schulen
be departid a3ens tweyne, and tweyne
schulen be departid a3ens thre; the fadir 53
a3ens the sone, and the sone a3ens the
fadir; the modir a3ens the dou3tir, and
the dou3tir a3ens the modir ; the hose-
bondis modir a3ens the sones wijf, and
c Om. w pr. m. d trewe AGNOSTWXY. e vpon AGMNOPQTWY. f Om. OPQTWX Y. e Om. A pr. m.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. h so doynge MPWXY. ' vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. k that AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 that
AGMNOPQSTWXY. m dwellynge for to AGMNOPQTWY. dwellings to sx. n bygynnyng T. ° for to
AGMNOPQTWY. P fulfillyd TX. q that o. r in hour o. s he schal o. l Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
u that sx. v him not XY. w aftir AGMNOPQSTWXY. " plagis, or woundis AGMNPTW pr. m. plagis QXY.
y Om. x. z
wil
QTXY.
. . , . . .
z soujt MNOPQTXY. a lenten MNOPQTXY. b for to AGMNOPQTWY. c the erthe AGMNOP
QTXY. wil o. e Om. MOPQ. f Om. AT. B for to AGMNOPWY. h I am WXY. ' yconstreynyd Y.
k til that AGMNPQSTWXY. 1 3ee gessen WXY. m forto AGMNOPWY. n the erth AGMOPQTWY. ° no
but w. P after this o. 9 Om. G sec. m. o. r in two, or averts A pr. m. MPY, in to, or ayns NT. in to c-
in x. 8 two MPQSTWXY. * Om. MOPWXY, u in to MNPQSTWXY. v thre schulen be departid MNOPS
WXY. * in to A pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. x in to A pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
{ a mesure c. mesuris k. S fillid plitres. h in the IM pr. m. xka. ' beetingis K sec. m. k in i pr. m.
i Om. EPQS sec. m. xg. m Om. k. n sende b.
192
LUKE.
XII. 54 — XIII. 5.
his fadir ; the modir a3ens the dou3tir,
and the dou3tir a3ens the modir ; the
hosebondis modir a3ens the sones wyf,
and the sones wyf a3ens hir? hosebondis
54 modir. 'Forsoth hez'seid and to the cum-
panyes", Whanne 36 schulen se a cloude
rysinge fro the sunne goynge doun, anon
36 seyn. Reyn cometh ; and so it is don.
55 And whanne '30 seen Hhe south blowynge,
36 seyen, For heete schal be ; and soc it is
5cdond. Ypocritis, 36 han knowe toe proue
the face of heuene and of f erthe, but& hou
r>7prouen 36 not this tyme? vForsothe whi1'
and' of 3ouk silf deme 36 not 'this thing
.-isthat1 is iust? Forsothem whanne thou
goist with thin aduersarie to the prince
in the M'eye, 3yue thou bisynesse to" be
delyuered fro him ; lest perauenture he
drawe thee to the domesman, and the
domesman bitake0 thee to the wrongful
axere, and the wrongful axere sende thee
50 in to prisoun. I seie to thee, Thou schalt
not go thennis, til thou 3elde also the last
ferthing.
CAP. XIII.
1 Forsothe sum men nei3edenP ini that
tyme, tellinge to him of Galilees, whos
blood Pilat myngede with ther sacrificis
2 of hem. And he answeringe seide to hem,
Wenen 3e, that thes men xof Galileerr weren
synneris byfore alle Galileis, for thei suf-
sfriden suche thingis ? Nay, I seye to 3ou ;
but alle 36 schulen perische ins lyk1 ma-
nere, nou butv 36 schulen haue penaunce.
4 And as thow ten and ei3te, von which" the
tour ofy Siloa feldez douna, and slou3 hem,
gessen 3e, for and1' thei weren dettours
more than alle menc dwellinge in Jeru-
5 salem ? Nay, I sei to 3ou ; but also 30
alle schulen perische, if 36 schulen not do
and the sones wijf a3ens hir hosebondis
modir. And he seide also to the puple, 54
Whanne je seen a cloude risynge fro the
sunne goynge doun, anoon 36 seien, Reyn
cometh ; and so it is don. And whanne 55
30 seen the south blowynge, 36 seien,
That heete schal be ; and it is don. Ypo- 56
critis, 36 kunnen preue the face of heuene
and of erthe, but hou preuen 36 not this
tyme. But what and of 3ou° silf 3657
demen not that that is iust ? But 58
whanne thou goist with thin aduersarie
in the? weie to the prince, doi bisynesse
to be delyuerid fro hym ; lest perauen-
ture he take thee to the domesman, and
the domesman bitake thee to ther mais-
tirful axer, and the maistirful axer sende
thee in to prisoun. Ys seie to thee, thou 59
schalt not go* fro thennus, til thou 3elde
the laste ferthing.
CAP. XIII.
And sum men weren present in that i
tyme, that telden to hym of the Galileis,
whos blood Pilat myngide" with the
sacrificis of hem. And he answeride, 2
and seide to hem, Wenen 36, that these
men of Galile weren synneris more than
alle Galilees, for thei suffriden siche
thingis? Y seie to 3ou, nay; alle 303
schulen perische in lijk manere, butv 36
han penaunce. And as tho" ei3tetene,4
on which the toure in" Siloa fel doun,
and slowe hem, gessen 36, for? thei
weren dettouris more than alle men that
dwellen in Jerusalem ? Y seie to 3ou, 5
nai ; but also '36 allez schulen perische,
V the AOSTWX. z Om. KV pr. m. r. And he QV sec. in. a Om. KU pr. m. r. seide also to the peple
v sec. m. b Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. d maad AGMNOPQSTWXY. e forto
AGMNOPQTWXY. f Om. AGM NOFQSTurwxY. g sothely AGMNOPQSTWXY. h Sothely what AGMNOPQ
STXY. Forsothe what vr. What sothli w pr. m. » Om. v. k 30111 GMOQWY. ' that that AGMNPQSTWY.
that at o. this that vr. m Sothli w. n for to AGMNOQTWY. ° take o. P camen to AGMNPQSTY.
cammen to ow. camen in to x. 1 Om. x. r Om. Q. " Om. G pr. m. s on x. *• lichi w. u Om. MOS.
v but jif GMPQSXY. w the GN. x vpon whiche A. vpon whom GMNOPQTY. on whom .Y. }' in AGMN
Om. w. *• fel o et alibi. a adown r. b Om. o. c the men s.
•' joure E. P Om. i. q do thi is sec. m. r a CEMpQRUxbcehia/3. s Truly Ik. l go out k.
u medlide i. v but if s sup. ras. x. w the EC pr. m. hajS. " of EiKbg. y that sxk. z je c. alle je k.
XIII. 6 — 17-
LUKE.
193
npenaunce. Forsothe he seide thisd lyk-
nesse. Surn man hadde a fyge tree
plauntid ine his vynerf, and he cam sek-
yynge fruyt inff it, and fonds not. Sothli
he seide to the tilier of 'the vynerh, Loo !
thre 36605' ben, sithen I comek sekinge
fruyt in this1 fyge tree, and Im fond" not ;
therfore kitt it doun, wherto occupieth it,
Kjhe", the erthe? And he answeringe seide
to him, Lord, suffre also? this 3eer, til the
while I delue aboute it, and sendei
»toordisr; and if it schal make frnyt, ellis8
in tyme to* comynge thou schalt kitte it
ID doun. Forsothe he was techinge in theu
1 1 synagogev of hem in sabotis. And loo !
a womman that haddew a spirit of syke-
riesse ten and ei3te 3eerisx, and was bowid
doun, nether 'in ony manere? my3te looke
uvpward. Whom whanne Jhesu hadde
seyn, he clepidez to hym, and seide* to
hir, Womman, thou ert leftb of tin syke-
isnesse. And he puttidec to hir the hoondis,
and a non she 'was reysidd, and glorifiede
14 God. Sothli the prince of synagoge6 an-
sweringe, hauynge dedeyn f for Jhesu
hadde heelid in the saboth, seide to the
cumpany£, 'Sixe dayes ben1, in whiche it
bihoueth tok wirche ; therfore come1 in
thes, and 'be 36™ heelid, and not in the"
15 dayes0 of saboth. Forsothe the Lord an-
sweringe 'to him? seide, Ypocrite, wheri
ech 'of 3our .' vntyeth not in the saboth8
his oxe, ethir1 asse, fro the stable", and
ifiledith forv to watre? Bihoftew itx not
this dou3tre of Abraham, whom Sathanas
hath bounden, loo ! ten and ei3te 3eerisy,
toz be vnbounden of thisa bond in the day
17 of saboth? And whanne he seide thes
if 36 doon not penaunce. And he seide «
this liknesse, A man hadde a fige tre
plauntid in his vyn3erd, and he earn sek-
ynge fruyt in it, and foond noon. And 7
he seide to the tilier8 of the vyn3erd, Lo !
thre 3eeris ben, sithen Y come sekynge
fruyt in this fige tre, and Y fynde noon ;
therfor kitte it doun, whereto ocupieth
it the erthe? And he answerynge seide «
to hym, Lord, suffre it also this 3eer,
the while Y delue aboute it, and Y schal
donge it ; if it schal make fruyt, ifo
nayb, in tyme comynge thou schalt kitte
it doun. And he was techinge in her n»
synagoge in the sabatis. And lo! an
womman, that hadde a spirit of sijk-
nesse ei3tene 3eeris, and was crokid, and
'nethir ony maner my3tec loke vpward.
Whom whanne Jhesus hadde seyn, he 12
clepide to hym, and seide to hir, Wom-
man, thou art delyuerid of thi sijknesse.
And he settided on hir his hoondis, and i=«
anoon sche stood upri3t, and glorifiede
God. And the prince of the synagoge u
answerde, hauynge dedeyn for Jhesus
hadde heelid in the sabat ; arid he seide
to the puple, Ther ben sixe dayes, in
whiche it bihoueth to worche ; therfor
come 36 in these, and 'be 36" heelid, and
not in the daief of sabat. But the Lord K>
answeride to hym, and seide, Ypocrite,
whether ech of 3ou vntieth not in the
sabat his oxe, or asse, fro the cratche, and
ledith to watir ? Bihofte it not this i<;
dou3tir of Abraham, whom Satanas hath
bound mi, lo ! ei3tetene 3eeris, to be vn-
boundun of this boond in the dai of thes
sabat ? And whanne he seide these 17
d and this o. e in to AGMNOPQSTX. f vine jerd AGMNOPQSTWXY. a in to o. S he fond o. h the
vyne 3erd AGMNOPQSTWX.Y. this vyner K. > 3er x. k came alii. ' this litil AGMNopQsrurtrxY.
m Om. T. n fynd AGMNOpQSTurwxY. ° jit o. P it and AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 dounge it v sec. m.
r donge o. Om. u sec. m. s if noon, or ellis AGMNPQSTWY. jif none ox. l Om. AGMNOPQSTWX Y.
u Om. o. v synagogis OTV. w had hade o. x jeer sx. y ony theng AGMNOPQSTW XY. z clepide hir
Qsec.m. a saith AGMNOPQSTXY. b delyuerid u sec. in. c pitt o. putte MPQSWXY. d is rered AGpr.m.
MNOPQSTXY. was reerid w. e the synagoge AGMNOPQSTUWXY. { dedeyn, or rvraththe AGMNPSWY.
K company of pepil AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' Ther ben six dayes AGMNOPQSTWXY. k for to AGMNOPQTWY.
1 cumme 36 AGMNOPQSTUVWXY. m beth x. n Om. e. ° day AGMNOpQSTurwxY. P Om. Q.
1 whether x. r Om. Y. s in the sab. vnt. not MWXY. l or AGMXPSWXY. or his o. u cracch, or stallt
AGMNPQSTY. cracche ox. T Om. sx. w Byhoueth ox. x Om. w. V jer ^r. z for to AGMXOPQTWY.
a his T.
a tilieris A pr.m. b not I. c neither in ony maner my3te ca. myjte not k pr.m.
be H pr. m. ( daies A pr. m. K Om. bcgik/3.
VOL. IV. C C
sette EI. e beth i.
194
LUKE.
XIII. 1 8 — 29.
thingis, alle his aduersaries weren aschara-
yd. And al theb peple ioyede in al thingis,
is that weren don gloriously of him. Ther-
fore he seide, To what thing is the
rewmec of God lyk? and to what thing
i9schald I gesse it toe be lyk? It is lyk to
a corn of seneuey, whichf takun, a man
sente& in to his 3erd ; and it wax, and was11
maad in to a greet tree, and fowelis of
the eyr restiden in the' braunchis therof.
20 v And eftsone he saydk, To what thing
schal I gesse the kyngdom 'of God1 lyk ?
21 It is lyk to sourdow3m, which" takun, a
womrnan hidith0 in? thre mesuris of mele,
2-2 til 'al werei sourdowid"1. And he wente
by citees and castels, techinge and mak-
•2:iinge iurney in to Jerusalem. Sothli sum
man seide to him, Lord, if there ben fewe,
that ben sauyd ? Sothli he seide to hem,
24 Stryue 36 for8 to entre by the streit 3ate ;
for I seye to 3ou, many men1 seken for11
to entrev, and thei 'schulen not mowew.
25 Forsothe whanne the hosebonde man hath
entrid, and closid the dore, 36 schulen bi-
gynne tox stonde with oute forth, and
knocked the2 dore, seyinge, Lord, opyne to
vs. And he answeringe schal seye to 3ou,
I knowe vnot 3011% of1' whennis 36 ben.
acThanne 36 schulen0 bigynne to seye, We
han 'etc and drunke bifore theed, and in
2?oure streetis thou hast tau3t. And he
schal seye to 3ou, I knowe 'not 3oue, of
whennis 36 ben ; gof 36 £ awey fro me,
28 alle worcheris of wickidnesse. Ther schal
be wepinge and betinge to gidere of teeth,
whanne11 36 schulen se Abraham, and
Ysaac, and Jacob, and alle prophetis in
the kyngdom of God ; sothli 3ou to1 be
20 put out. And thei schulen come fro the
eest and west, and fro thek north and
thingis, alleh hise aduersaries weren
aschamed, and al the puple ioiede in alle
thingis, that weren gloriousli don of
hym. Therfor he seide, To what thing in
is the kyngdom of God lijk ? and to
what thing schal Y gesse it to be lijk ?
It is lijk to a corn of seneuey, which a 19
man took, and cast in to his 3erd ; and it
wax', and was maad in to a greet tree,
and foulis of the eire restiden in the
braunchis therof. And eft soone he 20
seide, To what thing schal Y gesse the
kyngdom of God lijk? It is lijk to 21
sourdou3, that a womman took, and
hidde it 'in tok thre mesuris of mele, til
al1 were sourid. And he wente bi22
citees and castels, techynge and mak-
ynge am iourney in to Jerusalem. And 2:1
a man seide to hym. Lord, if there ben
fewe, that ben saued ? And he seide to
hem, Stryue 36 to entre bi the streite24
3ate ; for Y seie to 3011, many seken to
entre, and thei schulen not mowe. For 25
whanne the hosebonde man is eutrid,
and the dore is closid, 36 schulen bi-
gynne to stonde with out forth, and
knocke at the dore, and seie, Lord, opyn
to vs. And he schal answere, and seie
to 3ou, Y knowe 3ou not, of whennus
36 ben. Thanne 36 schulen bigynne 20
to seye, We han etun bifor thee and
drunkun, and in oure streetis thou hast
tau3t. And he schal seie to 3ou, Y27
know 3ou not, of whennus 36 ben ; go"
awei fro me, alle 36 worcheris of wick-
idnesse. There schal be wepyng and 28
gruntyng0 of teeth, whanne 36 schulen se
Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and alle
the prophetis in the kyngdom of God ;
and 3ou to be put out. And thei schulen 20
b Om. v. c kyngdam AGMNOPQSTWXY. d Om. AGNOQSTWXY. e for to ANTW. Om. v. f the whiche
AGMNOPQSTWXY. g caste v sec. m. h is A pr.m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. > Om. AGMNPQSTUWY. k Om.
KV pr.m. v. And efte lie seide u sec.m. l Om. G pr. m. m a soure dow N. n the whiche MOPQTWY.
0 hidde AS. P in to AGMNOPQSTW sec. m. XY. 1 it were Q pr. m. it were al Q sec. m. r souryd u sec. HI.
s Om. sx. * Om. AGMNOpQSTtrxY. * Om. sx. v entre in o. w rr^ten not A pr.m. G pr. m. .V.VPST
may not QW pr. m. x. x for to AGMNOPQW. y rynge AGMNOPQSTWXY. z atte the u. a not G pr. m.
3011 not G sec.m. HIPX. jee not w. b Om. u. c sal o. <3 eten bifore thee and drunken AGUxopQSTtvxY.
e 3011 not GMPWX. fgothsx. S Om. ^G.VNOPSTWV. h and whan v. » for to AGUXOPQTIVY. k Om.
AGMNPQSTUyXY.
h Om. Apr. m. IK pr. m. g. » waxide EKPQX. k in cs sec. m. i pr. m. ' it c. m Om. ex. n goth
EPQO. goith x. ° gryntynge Qe. grenchinge s. grintinge k.
XIII. 3° — XIV. 5-
LUKE.
195
south, and sitte at the mete in the rewme
so of God. And loo1 ! thei that weren firstem,
ben the laste ; and thei that weren the"
31 last, ben the firste. In0 that day summe
of Pharisees'1 carnen ny3, seyinge vto him<i,
Go out, and go henuis, for Eroude wole
32slee thee. And he seith to hem, Go 36,
and 'seye 3er to that fox, Loo! I caste out
fendis, and I make perfidy heelthis, to day
and to morwe, and the thridde day Is am
ssendid. Netheles it bihoueth me to day,
and to morwe, and the1 'day suynge", tov
walke ; for it fallith not aw prophete to*
34perische out of Jerusalem. Jerusalem,
Jerusalem, that sleest prophetis, and stoon-
est hem that ben sent to thee, hou ofte
wolde I gedere vto gidere? thiz sones, as a
brid his nest vnder pennes3, and thou
35 noldistb. Loo ! 3oure hous schal be left
to 3011 desert. Sothli I seie to 3ou, for 30
schulen not se me, til itc come, whanne 30
schulen seye, Blessid isd he, that cometh
in the name of the Lord.
CAP. XIV.
1 And it wase don, whanne he had entrid
in to the hous of sum prince of Pharisees,
in the saboth, tof ete breed, and thei
2 aspiedens him. And loo ! sum man syk
sin ydropesie1' was bifore him. And Jhe-
su answeringe seide to the wyse men xof
lawe', and to Pharyseesk, seiyinge, Where1
it is leeful form to heele in the" sabotis ?
4 And thei heelden pees. Forsothe Jhesu
sheelide him takun to, and lefte. And he
answeringe to hem, seyde, Whos° asse
etherP oxe vof 3oureci schal falle in to a
pitt, and not anon xhe schalr drawe8 out1
come fro the eest and west?, and fro the
north and souths, and schulen sitte vat
ther mete in the rewme of God. And 30
lo! thei that weren the firste, ben the
laste ; and thei that weren the laste, ben
the firste. In that day sum of the Fa- si
risees camen ny3, and seiden to hym, Go
out, and go fro hennus, for Eroude wole
sle thee. And he seide to hem, Go 36,32
and seie8 to that foxe, Lo ! Y caste out
feendis, and Y make perfitli heelthis, to
dai and to morew, and the thridde dai
Y am endid. Netheles it bihoueth mesa
to dai, and to morewe, and the dai1 that
sueth, to walke ; for it fallith not a pro-
fete to perische out of Jerusalem. Jeru-34
salem, Jerusalem, that sleest profetis, and
stonest hem that ben sent to thee, hou
ofte wolde Y gadre togider thi sones, as
a brid gaderith his nest vndur fethris,
and thou woldist not. Lo ! 30111-6 hous 35
schal be left to 3ou desert. And Y seie to
3011, that 36 schulen not se me, til itu
come, whanne 36 schulen seie, Blessid in
he, that cometh in the name of the Lord.
CAP. XIV.
And it was don, whanne he hadde 1
entrid in to the hous of a prince of Fa-
risees, in the sabat, to ete breed, theiv
aspieden hym. And lo! a man sijk in 2
the dropesie was bifor hym. And Jhe-3
sus answerynge spak to the wise men of
lawe, and to the Farisees, and seide,
Whethir it isw leeueful to heele in the
sabat ? And thei helden pees. And 4
Jhesus took, and heelide hym, and let
hym go. And he answeride to hem, and 5
seide, Whos asse or oxe of 3ou schal falle
in tox ay pit, and vhe schal notz anoon
'sou. m the firste AGMNPQTWXY. n Om. Q. ° And in N. P the Phariseis AOW pr. m. 1 Om. A".
r seith x. * Om. Q. * Om. Q. u suynge day MOPQTWY. suende dai x. v for to AGMNOPQTWY. w to a
G sec. m. NQSIV. for a o. * for to AGMNOPWY. y Om. N. z the N. a pennes, or wengis AGMNPQS
TWY. fetheris u. b woldest not AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Y vv. d Om. x. e is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPSTXY.
f for to AGMNOpQSTrrY. K kepten, or aspieden AGMNPQSTWY. kepten x. h the droopsye AGMNOPQST
uvwxv. ' Om. K. of the lawe our sec. m. k the Fariseis QS. 1 3>f AGMNOPQSTWXY. m Om. x.
n Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° WhoS of yOU AGMNOPQSTWXY. P Or AGMtiOPQSTfVXY. 1 Om. AGNOQST
wxv. of 3ouris MP. r shal he MOPQWXY. shal T. s be drawe T. * vp T.
P the west k.
A pr. m. i sec. m.
z shal he not she,
1 the south k. r atte s. 8 seie je CEI pr. m. KMPQHsuxbceghk/3. * thridde dai
11 I EQhi. T and thei EPQRS sec. m. hik/3. ^ be iKbgk/3. * Om. c. y the A.
c c 2
196
LUKE.
XIV. 6 — 15.
6 him on" the day of sabot v? And thei
my3ten not answere to him to thes thingis.
yForsothe he seyde also"' a parable to men
bodunx to a feeste, biholdinge how thei
chesiden? the firste seetisz, seyinge to hem,
s Whanne thou schalt be beduna to wed-
dingisb, sitte thouc not at thed mete in the
firste place ; lest perauenture a worschip-
ofullere6 than thou be bedunf of him, and
he comynge that clepide thee and him,
seye to thee, 3yue place to this, and
thanneS thou schalt bigynne with schame
10 to'1 holde the laste' place. But whanne
thou schalt be bedunk to feeste1, go, and
sitte doun in the laste place, that whanne
he 'schal come™, that bad thee to feeste",
he0 seye to thee, Frend, sti3eP hi3ere.
Thanne glorie schal be to theei bifore
men syttinge Ho giderer ats the' mete.
11 For ech that enhaunsith him silf", schal
be vmaad Iow3v; and he that mekith him
12 silf w, schal be hi3ed. Forsoth he seide
also* to hirny, that haddez bedim" him to
theb feeste, Whanne thou makist a vmete,
ether souperc, nyle thou clepe tin frendis,
nether thi britheren, nethird cosyns", ne-
thir neijeboris, nether riche men ; lest per-
auenture and thei bidde thee a3en to
feestef, and ^eldinge ayenZ be maad to
is thee1'. But whanne thou makist a feeste,
clepe pore men, feble men', crokid, andk
14 blynde, and thou schalt be blessid ; for
thei ban not, wher of to1 3eldem to thee,
forsoth it schal be 3oldun" to thee in the
io risyng" a3en of iuste men. Whanne sum
man of? sittingei at the1" mete had herd
thes thingis, he seide to hym, Blessid iss
drawe hym out in the dai of the1 sabat ?
And thei my3ten not answere to hym toe
these thingis. He seide also a parable?
to" menv bodun to a feeste, and biheld"
hou thei cheseii* the first sittyng placis,
and seide to hem, Whanne thou art«
bodun to bridalis, sitte not 'at the*" mete
in the firste place ; lest perauenture a
worthier than thou be bodun of hym,
and lest he come that clepide thee ando
hym, and seie to thee, 3yue place to this,
and thanne thou schalt bigynne with
schame to holde the lowest place. But 10
whanne thou art bedim to a feste, go,
and sitte doun in the laste place, that
whanne he cometh, that bad thee to the
feeste, he seie to thee, Freend, come
hi3er. Thanne worschip schal be to thee,
bifor men that sitten at the mete. Forn
ech that enhaunsith hymz, schal be low-
id ; and he that meketh hyma, schal be
hi3ed. And he seide to hym, that haddeia
bodun hyrn to the feeste, Whanne thou
makist a mete, or a soper, nyle thou clepe
thi freendis, nether* thi britheren, nethirc
cosynsd, nethir nei3boris, nec riche men ;
lest perauenture thei bidde thee a3en to
the feeste, and it be 3olde a3en to thee.
But whanne thou makist a feeste, clepe i»
pore men, feble, crokid, and blynde, and u
thou schalt be blessid ; for thei ban not
wherof to 3elde theef, for it schal be
3oldun to thee in the risyng a3en of iust
men. And whanne oon of hem thatia
saten togider at the mete haddes herd
these thingis, he seide to hym, Blessid is
he, that schal ete breed in the rewme of
u in AGiaxopQSTVFfrx. v the sabot Q. w and AGMOPQSX. Om. XTIVY. x beden AGMXPQST
XY. biden ow. y chosen sx. z sittynge placis AGMNOPQSTWXY. a boden o. b bridalis o. c Om.
AGMNOPQSTurirxY. d Om. o. e worthier, or a ivorschipfuller AT. worthiere, or tvorschipfttllere GNSWY.
worthier MOQA". f bodun ow. g Om. XY. h for to AGMNOPQTW. * lowest ANOSTW. k boden ow.
1 the feest ox. a feeste v. m come G pr. m. cometh MOPQTXY. n the fest OQTX. ° Om. G pr. m. MN
OPQTY. P stie vp AGMNPQSTWX. <! the togider o. r Om. o. s to v. l Om. ur. u Om. AGMNOPQ
STVWXY. v lowed AGMNOPQSTTTXY. w Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. x and AGMNOPQSTIVXY. YhemV.*
2 hadden v. a boden w. b Om. MPQWX. c soper o. mete, or super MPWXY, d ne ur. e thi cosynes o.
f the feeste u. 6 retribucioun, or yldynge a"$en AGMNPQSTWY. retribucioun x. b jou o. ' Om. AGMN
opQSTurwxv. k Om. AGMNPQSTITXY. 1 for to AGMNOPSTW. m jelde ajen AGMXPQSTIVXY. n quytte
a3en AGMNOPSTIVY. jelde a3en Q. quit x. ° firste risyng K. P of men vr. 1 the sittende x.
r Om. alii. s Om. G pr. m. MPQ pr. m. TXY.
«
t Om. EPQUxbgh. u of k. v hem hi. w he biheeld ciu. x cheseden csxg. chosen lu. V at b. to k.
z him siif ik. a him self i. b ne EP. c ne EP. d thi cosyns s. « nethir x. f to thee CKM pr. m.
R pr. m. xb sec. m. k. g and hadde k.
XIV. 1 6 — 28.
LUKE.
197
he, that schal ete breed in the rewme of
10 God. And he seide to him, Sum man
maade a greet souper, and clepide* manye.
17 And he sente his seruaunt in the our of
souper, to" seye to men bedunv to feestew,
that thei schulden come, for now alle
is thingis ben redy. And alle bigunnen to
gidere tox excuse. The firste seide^, I
haue bou3t a toun, and I haue nede toz
go out, and toa se it ; I preie thee, haue
19 me excusid. And the tothirb seide, I haue
bou3t fyue jokis of oxen, and I go toc
proue hem ; I preie thee, haue me ex-
aocusid. And an othir seide, I haue weddid
a wyf; and therfore I may not come.
21 And the seruaunt turnyd 33611, toolde thes
thingis to thed lord. Thanne the hose-
bonde man wroth, seide to his seruaunt,
Go out soone in to grete stretis and6 smale
streetis of the citee, and 'brynge in hidur
pore men, and feble, and blynde, and
22 crokid f. And the seruaunt seith, Lord,
it is don, as thou hast comaunclid, and 31!
as'place is^. And the lord seith to the
seruaunt, Go thou1' into weyes and heggis,
and constreyne for' to entre, that> myn
24hous be fillidk. Forsothe I seie to 3ou,
for noone1 of thom men that ben clepid,
25 schal taaste my souper. Sothli many
cumpanyes wenten with him ; and he
26 turned, seide to hem, If ony" cometh0 to
me, and hatith not his fadir, and? modir,
and wyf, sonesi, and britheren, and doii3-
trisr, 3it forsoth and8 his lyf, he" may not
•27 be my disciple. And he that berith not
his cross, and 'cometh aftirv me, may not
•28 be my disciple. Forsoth who of 3ou will-
inge tow bylde a tour, wherx he 'sittinge
countith not first > the spensis that ben
God. And he seide to hym, A man le
made a greet soper, and clepide many.
And he sent his seruaunt in the our of 17
soper, to seie to men that weren bodun
to the feeste, that thei schulden corne,
for now alle thingis ben redi. And alle IB
bigunnen togidir to excusen hem. The
firste seide, Y haue bou3t a toun, and Y
haue nede to go out, and se it ; Y preye
thee, haue me excusid. And the tother1' 19
seide, Y haue bou3t fyue 3ockis of oxun,
and Y go to preue hem ; Y preye thee,
haue me excusid. And an othir seide, Y2o
haue weddid a wijf ; and therfor Y may
not come. And the seruaunt turnede2i
a3en, and tolde these thingis to his lord.
Thanne the hosebonde man was wrooth,
and seide to his seruaunt, Go out swithe
in to the grete stretis and smal' stretis
of the citee, and brynge ynne hidir pore
men, and feble, blyndek, and crokid. And 22
the seruaunt seide, Lord, it is don, as
thou hast comaundid, and 3it there is a
void place. And the lord seide to the 23
seruaunt, Go out in to weies and heggis,
and constreine men1 to entre, that myn
hous be fulfillid™. ForY seie to 3ou, that 24
noon of tho men that ben clepid, schal
taaste my soper. And myche puple25
wenten with hym ; and he turnede, and
seide to hem, If ony man cometh to me, 20
and hatith f not his fadir, and modir, t that *, I»M-
and wijf, and sones, and britheren, and AM God. e.
sistris", and 31! his owne lijf, he may not
be my disciple. And he that berith not 27
his cross, and cometh aftir me, may not
be my disciple. For who of 3ou will-28
ynge to bilde a toure, whether he 'first
sitte not0, and countith? the spensis that
1 he clepid o. i for to AGMNOPQTIVY. v boden ow. w the feeste w pr. m. x. x for to AGMNO
PTIVY. y seide to him g sec. in. z for to AGMOPQTWY. a Om. AGMNOPQSTXY. b other p. «= for to
AGMNOPQTWY. d his AGMNopQSTur wx. e and in to N. f pore men and feble, [and xv] blynde and
crokid, brynge [thou A/P] yn hidir AMPQTWXY. pore men, and crokid, blynd and feebel, brynge in hidir o.
e there is place AGMNOPQSWXY. there is a place T. h out AGMNOQSTurrrxY. ' Om. sx. J and u.
k fulfild AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' no man AGMNOPQSTIVXY. m Om. T. n ony man o. ° come AGMKOP
QSTWY. P ne his o. 1 and sones AGMNOPSTUVWXY. and his children Q sec. m. r sustris Q sec. m.
s Om. N. t soule, that is [his G] lijf AGMNQSTWY. soule ovx. soule, or lijf P. » Om. AGIUNOY.
v folewith s. w for to AGMNOPQTWY. " whether x. y first sittynge acountith [countith
not AGMNOPQST1VX.
h oother i. ' the small IRS pr. m. bcgk/3. k blynde men iKSg. ' Om. I pr. m. m fillid hi.
n sistren Rhi. ° firste sitteth not R sec. m. sitte not first k. P counte EPS.
198
LUKE.
XIV. 29 — XV. 7.
29 nedful, if he haue toz performs ? Lest aftira
he hath settb the foundement, and my3te
not performe, alle that seen, bigynne toc
soscorne him, seyinge, For this man bigan
31 tod bilde, and my3te not ende. Ether6
what kyng vto goynge to makef batel
a3ens another kyng, whers he sittinge vby-
thenkith not first1', if he may with ten
thousynd go a3ens him that cometh to
32 him with twenty thousynd ? Ellis' him 3it
doinge afer, he seridinge a messangerk,
:« preieth tho thingis that ben of pees. So1
therfore ech of 3011, that 'renouucith not"'
alle thingis whichen he weeldith, may not
34 be my disciple. Salt is good thing ; for-
soth if salt 'schal vanysche0, in what thing
35 schal it be sauerid ? Nether? in erthe,
nether in the") dunghil it is profitable, but
it schal be sent out. He that hath eeris
of heeringe, heerer.
CAP. XV.
i Forsothe pupplicans and synful men
weren nei3inge to him, that thei schulden
2heere him. And Farisees and scribis
grucchiden, seyinge, For this mans re-
ceyueth synful men, and etith with hem.
3 And he seith to hem this parable, seiynge,
4 What man of 3ou that hath an hundrid
scheep, and if he 'hath lost1 oon of hem,
wheru he leeuithv not nynty and nyne in
desert, and goth to it that perischide, til
she fynde it ? And whanne he hath
founden it, he ioyinge puttith onw his
H shuldris ; and hex comynge hoom clep-
ith vto gidere^ his frendis and nei3ebors,
seyinge to hem, 'Thanke 3ez mea, for I
haue founden myb scheep, whichc "hadde
7 perischidd. Sothly I seye to 3ou, so ioye
ben nedeful, if he haue to perfourme?
Lest aftir that he hath set the founde-29
ment, and mowe not perfourme, alle that
seen"), bigynnen to scorrie hym, and seie,
For this man bigan to bilde, and my3teso
not make anr ende. Or what kyng that 31
wole go to do a bataile a3ens anothir
kyng, whether he sittithrr not first, and
bithenkith, if he may with ten thou-
synde go a3ens hym that cometh a3ens
hym with twenti thousynde? Ellis 3it32
while8 he is afer, he sendynge* a mes-
sanger, preieth" tho thingis that ben of
pees. So therfor ech of 3ou, that for- 33
sakith not alle thingis that he hath, may
not be my disciple. Salt is good ; but 34
if salt vanysche,* in what thing schal it
be sauerid? Nethir in erthe, nethiru in3.>
donghille it is profitable, but it schal be
cast out. He that hath eeris of herynge,
here he.
CAP. XV.
And pupplicans and synful men weren i
nei3ynge to him, to here hym. And the 2
Farisees and scribis grutchiden, seiynge,
For thisv resseyueth synful men, and
etith with hem. And he spak to hems
this parable, and seide, What man of 3ou 4
that hath an hundrith scheep, and if he
hath lost oon of hem, whethir he leeueth
not nynti and nyne in desert, and goith
to it that perischide, til he fynde it?
And whanne he hath foundun it, he 5
ioieth, and leyithw it on hise schuldris ;
and he cometh hoom, and clepith togidirc
hise freendis and nei3boris, and seith to
hem, Be 36 glad with me, for Y haue
founde my scheep, that haddex perischid.
And Y seie to 3ou, so ioye schal be in?
z for to o. a aftir that AGMNOPQSTXY. aftirward that w. b put AGMNOPQSTWXY. c for to AGMNO
PQTWY. d for to AGMNOPQTWY. e Or AGMNOPSTXY. f to go for to sende, or maake AG pr. m. MNP
QTWY. is to go for to sende, or make G sec. m. is to go for to make o. to go to senden, or make s. to go-
ynge out to make u. to go to sende x. e whether wx. h first bythenk not GMNOPQTWY. first bi-
thenkith not x. i Or ellis N. k messagere OQSX. l Om. o. m renounsith not, or for sakith not AG.VX
p(iTWY. forsaketh not o. renounceth not, or forsaketh s. n that AGMNOPQSTXY. ° vanysche AGMKPQ
STWXY. vanischith o. P Nother Y. 1 Om. AGMNOPQSTUWXY. r here he AOW. s Om. AGMtiOpQS
TWXY. * schal lese GMNOPQTXY. u whether x. v leue NO. w in to AGMXOPQSTWXY. x Om. AGM
NOPQSTWXY. 7 Om. x. z Glade je with v sec. m. a to me G sec. m. up. togider with me o. b the
M KPQTXY. c that GMNOPQSTW XY. d I Ir.llldo lost MNPQTXY.
1 him seen s. r and s. " sitte k. s whilis s.
this i. w puttith b. x hath EPX. Om. QU.
sendith ichi. tl and preieth ichi. u ne i. v he
XV. 8 — 18.
LUKE.
199
schal be in heuene on od synful man
doynge penaunce, than ofe nynti and
nyne iuste, that han no nede off pen-
saunce. Ether s what womman hauynge
ten Mragmes, ether besauntis^, and if sche
'hath lost1 o dragme, wherk she ^teth1
not a lanterne, and turneth vpsodoun
the hous, and sekith diligently, tilm sche
ofynde"? And whanne sche hath founden,
sche clepith to gidere frendis and nei}e-
boris, seyinge, vThanke 30° me?, for I
haue founden the dragme, whichi I hadde
10 lost. So I seie to 3011, ioye schal be to
ther aungels of God von os synful man
n doynge penaunce. Forsothe he seith, Sum
12 man hadde tweye* sones; and the 3ongere
seide to the" fadir, Fadir, 3yue tov me the
porcioun of substaunce, "ethir catelw, that
vbyfallith to* me. And vthe fadir? de-
is partide to himz thea substaunce. And
not aftir manye dayes, alle thingis gederid
to gidre, the 3ongereb sorie wente inc pil-
grymage in to a ferd cuntree ; and there
hee wastide his substaunce f in£ lyuynge
uleccherously. And aftir that he hadde
endid alle thingis, ah strong hungir was'
maad ink that1 cuntree, and he bigan tom
i.) haue nede. And he "wente, and cleuyde
to oon of the citeseyns0 of that cuntree.
And he sente him in to his toun, that he
icschulde feede hoggis. And he coueitide
to? fille^ his wornbe of the coddis whicher
the hoggis eeten, and no man 3af to him.
tySothli he turned a3en in to him silf, seyde,
Hou many hirid men in my fadir8 hous,
vhan plente of1 looues ; forsothe I perische
is here thur3u hungir. I schal rysev, and VI
heuene on o synful man doynge pen-
aunce, more than on nynti and nyne
iuste, that han no nede to penaunce. Ore
what womman hauynge ten besauntis,
and if sche hath lost oo besaunt, whether
sche teendith not a lanterne, and turneth
vpsodoun the hows, and sekith diligentli,
til thaU sche fynde it? And whanne a
sche hath foundun, sche clepith togidir
freendis and nei3boris, and seith, Be 36
glad with me, for Y haue founde the
besaunt, that Y hadde lost. So Y seie to 10
3ou, ioye schal be bifor aungelsz of God
on o synful man doynge penaunce. And 1 1
he seide, A man hadde twei sones ; and" 12
the 3onger of hem seide to the fadir, Fadir,
3yue me the porcioun of catel, that fallith
to me. And he departide to hemb the
catel. And not aftir many daies, whanne 'a
alle thingis weren gederid togider, the
3onger sone wente forth in pilgrymage
in to a fer cuntre ; and there he wastide
hise° goodis in lyuynge lecherously. And 14
aftir that he hadde endid alle thingis, a
strong hungre was maad in that cuntre,
and he bigan to haue nede. And he is
wente, and drou3 hym to oon of the
citeseyns of that cuntre. And he sente
hym in to his toun, to fede swyn. And i«
he coueitide to fille his wombe of the
coddis that thed hoggis eeten, and no
man 3af hyme. And he turnede a3en tofn
hym silf, and seide, Hou many hirid men
ins my fadirh hous han plente of looues ;
and Y perische here thorou3 hungir. Y IK
schal rise vp, and go to my fadir, and Y
schal seie to hym, Fadir, Y haue synned
d oen x. e vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. f to AGMNOPQSTVVWXY. S Or AGMNOPQSTWXY. h dragmes,
or besauntis GMPY. besauntis o. dragmes x. ' schal lese A pr. m. GMNOPQTXY. k whethir QX.
1 teendith AGMNOPQSTWXY. Ii3teneth ur. m til that AGMNOPQSTWXY. n fyndeth o. ° Togydere
thanke je P. Glade je with u sec.m. P togider to me o. <l that AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Om. AGMNOP
QSTWXY. s vpon a AT. vpon oo GMNPQSWY. vpon oon o. * two MPQUWXY. u his o. v Om. N.
w or catel GMPWY. Om.ox. x bifallith A pr. m. G pr. m. PQTX. fallith o. Y he AGMNOPQSTWXY. z hem
AfOpQTt/r sec. m. XY. a Om. A pr. m. JUNPT. b jonge w. c fer on AGMNOPTW sec. m. XY. fer in <?s.
forth in w. forth on w pr. m. d Om. G pr. m. e Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. f substaunce, or goodis AGM
PSTWY. 8 Om. N. b and K. ' is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. k in to o. 1 the ASW. m for to
AGMNOPQTWY. n Om. K. ° burgeis AGNQTUFW. burgeysis MOPSXY. P for to AGMNOPQTWY. 9 fulfille
AG sec. m. MNOPQSTWXY. r that AGMNOPQSTWXY. s fadres ANOSVV. * habounden in AGMNPQSTUYWY.
habunden \vith o. abounden with x. u in AGMPQSTXY. for NO. in for w. * ryse vp AGMNOPQSTWXY.
y Om. EC pr. m. e pr.m. * the aungels Ek. a Om. AiKcpr. m. eg. b him s pr. m.^ c alle
hise k pr. m. d Om. ig. e to hym EMK sec. m. po.Rsuxghik/3. f in to EiKJiPQRSuxbceghi. e ben
in k pr. m. b fadris CEiKMPRsuxbceghiko(3.
200
LUKE.
XV. 19 — 30.
schalw go to my fadir, and I schal seie to
him, Fadir, I haue synned a3ensx heuene,
19 and bifore thee ; now I am not worthi to?
be clepid tbi sone, make me as oon of
20thi hyrid men. And he rysinge cam to
his fadir. Sothli whanne he was 3it fer,
his fadir syj him, and vhe wasz stirid by
mercy. And he rennynge to, 'felde ona
21 his necke, and kiste him. And the sone
seyde to him, Fadir, I haue synned a3ensb
heuene, and bifore thee ; and now I am not
22 worthi to0 be clepid thi sone. Forsoth
the fadir seyde to his seruauntis, Soone
bringe je forth the firste stoole, and clothed
3ee him, and 3yue 36 a ring in his horid,
23 and schoon inf to the? feet; and 'brynge
3eh a calf maad fat, and sle 36, and ete we,
24 and plenteuously ete we'. For this my
sone was deed, and hath lyued a3en ; he
perischide, and is founden. And alle1
2jbigunnen tom eat plenteuously". Forsoth
his eldere sone was in the feeld ; and
whanne he cam, and nei3ede to the hous,
he herde a symphonye0 and a crowded
26 And he clepide oon of the seruauntis, and
2;axide, what vthingis thes'i weren. And
he seide to him, Thi brodir is cornen, and
thi fadir vhath slaynr a fats calf, for he
28receyuede him saf. Forsoth he was wroth,
and wolde not entre. Therfore his fadir
29gon out, bigan to1 preie him. And he
answeringe to his fadir, seide, Lo ! so
manye 3eeris I serue to thee, and I vbrak
neuere" thi comaundementv ; thouw vhast
neuerex 3ouuny va kyde to mez, that I
3oschulde 'ete largely with my frendisa. But
aftir that this thib sone, which0 deuouride
his substaunce with hooris, cam, thou
in to heuene, and bifor thee ; and now Y i»
am not worthi to be clepid thi sone,
make me as oon of thin hirid men. And 20
he roos vp', and cam to his fadir. And
whanne he was 3it afer, his fadir 5313
hym, and was stirrid bi mercy. And he
ran, and fel on his necke, and kisside
hym. And the sone seide to hym, Fadir, 21
Y haue synned in to heuene, and bifor
thee ; and now Y am not worthi to be
clepid thi sone. And the fadir seide to 22
hise seruauntis, Swithe brynge 30 forth
the firste stoole, and clothe 36 hym, and
3yue 36 a ryng in his hoond, and schoon 23
on hise feet ; and brynge 36 a fat calf,
and sle 36, and ete we, and make we
feeste. For this my sone was deed, and 24
hath lyued a3en ; he perischid, and isk
foundun. And alle men bigunnen to
ete. But his eldere sone was in the 25
feeld ; and whanne he cam, and nei3ede
to the hous, he herde a symfonye and a
croude. And he clepide oon of the ser-2C
uauntis, and axide, what these thingis
weren. And he seide to hym, Thi bro-27
ther is comun, and thi fadir slewe a fat
calf, for he resseyuede hym saaf. And 28
he was wrooth, and wolde not come in.
Therfor his fadir wente1 out, and bigan
to preye hym. And he answerde to his 211
fadir, and seide, Lo ! so many 3eeris Y
serue thee, and Y neuer brak thi co-
maundement ; and thou neuer 3af tom me
a kidde, that Y with my freendis schulde
haue ete. But aftir that this thi sone, so
that hath deuourid his substaunce with
horis, cam, thou hast slayn to hym a fat
calf. Arid he seide to hym, Sone, thousi
w Om. AGMNOPQSTIVXY. x in to A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. y for to AGMNOPQTW sec. m. Y.
z is AG pr. TO. MNOPQSTXY. was vv. a felde vpon AGMNPQTY. fell vpon ow. fel on sx. b in to A pr. m.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. c for to AGMNOPQTWY. d clothith sx. e Om. AGMKOPQSTXY. f Om. o.
e Om. A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQTXY. h brynge je to AGMNOPQSTWY. bringeth to A-. ' glade we in plen-
teuouse etynge A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQTXY. in plenteuos eetynge ete we o. ' alle men AGMNPQSTWXY.
m for to AGMNOPQTWY. n gladly A pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY. ° sinfon x. P caroule, or croude AGM
PQTWXY. a. caroule, or croude NS. 1 thees thengis AGMNopQSTurfrx. r slow3e AGMXOQSTWY. slew
p. slooj x. s fattid AGMPQSTJVXY. l for to or. u neuere passede ouer, or brak AGMNPQSTWY,
neuer passid oner ox. v comaundementis Q. w and thou AGMNOpQSTunrxY. x neuere hast AGMN
OPQSTXY. 7 3yue g. jeue Y. z to me a kydde AGMNOPQSTIVXY. a with my frendis be fulfillid
AGMNOPQSTWXY. b Om. AQ pr.m. c that hath
' Om. x. k he is ig. ' jede cEiKMPQRsuxbcghika/3. m Om. k pr.m.
XV. 31 XVI. 9-
LUKE.
201
3) hast slayn to him a fate calf. And he
seide to him, Sone, thou ert eueref with me,
32 and alle myne thingis ben thyne. Forsothe
it bihoftes toh ete plenteuously, and for1
to ioye ; for this thi brother was deed, and
lyuedek a3eyn ; he peryschide, and he1 is
founden.
CAP. XVI.
1 Forsothe he seide also"1 to his disciplis,
Ther was sum riche man, that hadde a
'fermour, ethir a bailyn; and this0 was?
defamyd anentis'i him, as he hadde wastid
2 his goodis. And he clepide him, and seider
to him, What heere I this thing of thee ?
3eld resoun of thi ferme, for now thou
sschalt 'not mowe8 holde thi1 ferme. For-
soth the fermour seide with ynne him silf,
What schal I do, for myu lord takith
awey fro me the ferine ? 'I may not delue"",
4 1 'am aschamyd tox begge. I woot what
I schal do, that whanne I schal be remouyd
fro the ferme, thei receyue me in to her
shousis. And? alle the dettours of thez
lord clepid to gidere, he seide to the firste,
« Hou moche owist thou to my lord? And he
seide to him, An hundrid barelis of oyle.
And he seide to him, Taak thin* obli-
gaciounb, and sitte soon, and wryt fyfti.
7 Aftirward he seyde to another, Sothli hou
moche owist thou? 'Which seide c, An
hundrid rnesuris of whete. And he seide
to him, Tak thi lettris, and wryt foure
e score. And the lord preiside the fermour
of wickidnesse, for he hadde don pru-
dently ; for the sones of thisd world ben
more prudent6 in her generacioun than
othe sones of Ii3t. 'And I seie to 3ou,
makef to 3ou frendes of the^ richesse11 of
wickidnesse, that whan 3e shulen fayle,
thei receyue 3011 in to euerlastynge taber-
art euer more with me, and alle my
thingis hen thine. But it bihofte" for0 to 32
make feesteP, and to haue ioye; for this
thi brother was deed, and lyuedei
he perischide, and is foundun.
CAP. XVI.
He seide also to hise disciplis, Then
was a riche man, that hadde a bailir; and
this was defamed to him, as he hadde
wastid his goodis. And he clepide hym, 2
and seide to hym, What here Y this thing
of thee ? 3elde reckynyng of thi baili,
for thou mi3te not now be baili5. And 3
the baili1 seide with ynne him silf, What
schal Y do, for my lord takith awei fro
me the baili ? delfe mai Y not, I schame
to begge. Y woot what Y schal do, that 4
whanne Y am remeued fro the baili, thei
resseyue me in tou her housv. Therfors
whanne alle the dettours of his lord
weren clepid togider, he seide to the
firste, Hou myche owist thou to my
lord? And he seide, An hundrid barelis e
of oyle. And he seide to hym, Take thi
caucioun, and sitte soone, and write fifti.
Aftirward he seide to another, And hou 7
myche owist thou ? Which answerde, An
hundrid coris of whete. And he seide
to hym, Take thi lettris, and write foure
scoore. And the lord preiside the baili s
of wickydnesse, for he hadde do pru-
dentli ; for the sones of this world ben
more prudent in her generacioun than
the sones of Ii3t. And Y seie to 3ou, 9
make 36 to 3ou freendis of the ritchessew
of wickidnesse, that whanne 36 schulen
fayle, thei resseyue 3ou in to euerlastynge
tabernaclis. He that is trewe in the 10
e fattid A pr. m. GMOPQSWXY. ( euermore AGMNOPQSTtrxY. g byhoueth AGMNO. h for to AGMNOP
QTWY. i Om. AGMXOPQSTWXY. k lyueth T. l Om. AGMNOPQSTUWXY. m and AGMNOPQSWXY. Om. T.
n fermour, or baily AGMNPQSTWY. bayle o. baili x. ° ther w pr. m. he w man. sec. P is Apr. m. G pr. m.
MPQSTXY. Om. N. 1 at AGMNOPQSTWXY. r saith AGMNOPQSTXY. s no more u. * the AGMNOPQTW.
u the o. w delue mai Y not MOPQTWXY. x schame for to AGMNOPQTWY. shame to sx. J And so
AGMNpysTWXY. And loo! o. » his AGMNOPQSTUVWX. a the N. b caucioun, or obligocioun AGMNOP
osrwv. kaucioun x. c The whiche saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. d the K. e prudent, or war AGMNPSTY.
f make je AG sec. m. osvr sec. m. w. e Om. QXY. h richesses o. riches g.
n bihoueth g. ° to c et plmes. P a feeste Be. •> lyueth g. r baylyf EPQX. s baylif EQ.
1 bnilyf EPQX. u Om. k pr. m. T housis A scc.m. KQhi. w ritchessis chik.
VOL. IV. D d
202
LUKE.
XVI. 10 21.
ionaclis\ He that is feithful1 in the leeste"1
thing, 'is feithful also in more"; and he
that 'is wickid in a litil thing0, 'is wickid
11 also in the more00. Therfore if 36 weren
not trewe in wicked!' riches0-, 'who schal
labitake to 3ou this that is verrir? And if
36 weren not trewe in 'alien thing8, who
13 schal 3yue to 5011 'this that* is 3oure ? No
man seruaunt may seme twey u lordis ;
forsothe ether11" he schal hate oonv, and
loue the tothirw; ether"w 'he schalx cleue
to oon?, and dispise 'the tohirz. 3e mown
14 not serue to God and toa riches1'. Forsoth
Farisees, that weren coueytouse, herden
alle thes thingis, and thei scornyden him.
is And he seidec to hem, 3e it ben, that iusti-
fyen 3ou bifore men ; sothli God knowithd
3oure hertis, for 'that thing that6 is hi3
to men, is aborninacioun anemptis God.
ic The lawe and prophetis til to John ; fro
thatf tyrne the rewme of God is prechid?,
and ech man 'makith violence11 in to it.
17 Forsothe it is Ii3ter heuene and erthe to'
j)asse ouer, than o titil falle frok the lawe.
isEch1 man that forsakith his wyf, and
weddith another, doith auoutrie ; and he
that weddith the wyfm forsakun of the
lohosebonde, doith auoutrie. Sum man was
rich, and was" clothid0 irii1 purpur, and
biys, Aether whit silk °-, and he r eet ech s
20 day schynyngli. And ther was sum beg-
gere, Lazarus by name, that lay ful of
21 bylis at his 3ate, coueytinge to* be fillid"
ofv the crummes, that feldenw dounx fro
leeste thing, is trewe also in the more ;
and he that is wickid in ax litil thing, is
wickid also in the more?. Therfor if 36 11
weren not trewe in the wickid thing of
ritchessez, who schal bitake to 3ou that
that is verry? And if }e weren not trewe 12
in othere mennus thing, who schal 3yue
to 3ou that that is 30111-6? No seruaunt 13
may serue to twei lordis ; for ether he
schal hate 'the toona, and loue the tothirb;
ethir he schal drawe to 'the toonc, and
schalcc dispise the tothird. 3e nioun not
serue to God and to ritchesse6. But the 14
Farisees, that weren coueytous, herden
alle these thingis, and thei scorneden
hym. And he seide to hem, 3e it ben, 15
that iustifien 3ou bifor men ; but God
hath knowun joure hertis, for that that
is hi3 to men, is abhomynacioun bifor
God. The lawe and prophetis f til to^ic
Joon; fro that tyme the rewme of God is
euangelisid, and ech man doith violence
in to it. Forsothe it is Ii3ter heuene and 17
erthe to passe, than that o titil falle fro
the lawe. Euery man that forsakith his is
wijf, and weddith an other, doith letch-
erie ; and he that weddith the wijf for-
sakun of the hosebonde, doith auowtrie.
There was a riche man, and was clothid 19
in purpur, and whit silk, and eete euery
dai schynyngli. And there was a begger, 20
Lazarus bi name, that lai at his 3ate ful
of bilis, and coueitide to be fulfillidh of 21
the crummes, that fellen doun fro the
>k Om. K. I trew AGMNOPQSTH'XY. m lasse o. n and in the more is trew AGMNOPQSTWXY. is feith-
ful also in the more ur. ° in a litil thing is wickide AGMNOPQTIVY. in a litil thing is wicke sx. °° and
in the more is wickide AGMKOPQTn'Y. and in the more is wicke sx. P the wickyd A pr. m. G pr. m. MN
PQTY. the wickid thing A sec. m. G sec. m. ow. the wicke thiiige s. the wicke x. 1 of riches AG sec.m. N.
of rychesse or. of richesses sw. r that that is soth, who schal byleeue, or bytake, to 3011 A pr. m. GMNPT
XY. that that is verrei, who shal bileue, or bitake, to 5011 A sec. m. sir. that is sothe, who sal byleue to jou
o. that that is soth, who shal byleue to jou Q. s other mennys thing /IGMXOPQSTWXY. * that that AG
pr.m. MNPQSTWXY. that G sec.m. o. " to twey ANT. to two GMNOPQWY. two u. uu other JMQV. outher x.
v the toon AGNOPQSTY. the oon u. that oon w. w other MA'. ww or MPQXY. x Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
y the toon AGNOPQTWY. the oon MX. 'L that othir w. the other MX. a to the apr.m. Om. x. b rich-
esses <jsr. c seith AGMNOPQSTIVX. d hath knowen AGMNOPQSTWXY. e that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that
at o. f the o. g euangelised AGMNOPQSTWXY. h dothe strengthe, or violence AGHNPQSTITY. doth
strengthe ox. ' for to AGMNOPQTIVY. ^ of a sec. HI. MNOPQTXY. l Euery AGMXOPQSTH'XY. m Om.
AGMXOPQSTWXY. n Om. G pr.m. ° clad sx. P \vith o, 1 or ivh. s. GMOPQT»F. Om. XY. T Om. AG
MNOPQSTWXY. s euery AGMNOpQSTurtvxY. t for too. u fulfillid GMNOPQSTfrxv. " with w pr. m.
w fell o. « Om. g.
x Om. b. y more thing K. z richessis s sjc. m. x. a the oon EJ. that oon lek. b oother i. c the
oon EQ. that oon ik. cc Om. K pr. m. d oother i. e ritche^sis ik. f the jirofetis fik. g Om. E.
h hllid ihi.
XVI. 22 XVII. 2.
LUKE.
203
the riche mannis boord, and no man }af
to him ; but and houndis camen, and
22lickiden his bylis. Forsothe it was^ don,
that the beggere deiede, and was borim
23 of aungels in to Abrahams bosum. For-
sothe and the riche man is deed, and is
biried in helle. Forsothe z he reysinge3
his yjen, whanne he was in turmentis, sy3
Abraham afer, and Lazarus in his bosum.
24 And b he'criynge seydee, Fadir Abraham,
haue mercy on me, and send Lazarus,
that lie dippe the laste part of his fyngur
in watir, andd kelee my tunge ; for I am
25 turmentid in this flawme. And Abraham
seide to him, Sone, haue mynde, for thou
hast receyued good thingis in thi lyf, and
Lazarus also yuele thingis ; sothli he is now
•2(>comfortid, but thou art turmentid. Andf
in alle thes thingis a greet derk place,
Aether depthes, is stablischid11 vby twixe' vs
and 3011; thatk thei that wolen fro hennis
passe to 3011, mown not, nether1 fro thennis
27 passe ouer hidur. And he seide™, Ther-
fore I preye thee, fadir Abraham, that
thou sende him in to the hous of my fadir.
28 For" I haue fyue bretheren, that he wit-
nesse to hem, lest also0 thei come in to
29 this P place of turmentis. And Abraham
seide i to him, Thei ban Moyses and ther
30 prophetis ; heere thei hem. And he seide,
Nay, fadir Abraham, but if ony of deede
men8 schal go to hem, thei schulen do*
31 penaunce. Forsothe he seyde" to him, If
thei heere not Moyses and thew prophetis,
neither if ony of deede men schal* ryse
a3en, thei schulen bileueJ1 to him.
CAP. XVII.
1 And he seide2 to his disciplis, It is in-
possible that sclaundris come not ; but a
2 woo to himb, by whom thei comen. It is
riche mannus boord, and no man 3af to
hym ; but houndis camen, and lickiden
hise bills. And it was don, that the 22
begger diede, and was borun of aurigels
in to Abrahams bosum. And the riche23
man was deed also, and was' biried in
helle. And he reisidek hise i3en, whanne
he was in turmentis, and say Abraham
afer, and Lazarus in his bosum. And 24
he criede, and seide, Fadir Abraham,
haue merci on me, and sende Lazarus,
that he dippe the ende of his fyngur in
watir, to1 kele my tunge; for Y am tur-
mentid in this flawme. And Abraham 25
seide to hym, Sone, hauem mynde, for
thou hast resseyued good thingis in thi
lijf, and" Lazarus also yuel thingis ; but
he is now coumfortid, and thou art tur-
mentid. And in alle these thingis a greet 26
derk place is stablischid betwixe vs and
3ou ; that thei that wolen fro hennus
passe to 3ou, moun not, nethir fro
thennus passe ouer hidur. And he seide, 27
Thanne Y preie thee, fadir, that thou
sende hym in to the hous of my fadir.
For Y haue fyue britheren, that he wit- 28
nesse to hem, lest also thei come in to
this place of turmentis. And Abraham 29
seide to him, Thei ban Moyses and the
prophetis ; here thei hem. And he seide, so
Nay, fadir Abraham, but if ony of deed
men go to hem, thei schulen do0 penaunce.
And he seide to hym, If thei heren not si
Moises and prophetis P, nethir if ony of
deed men rise a3en, thei schulen bileue
to hym.
CAP. XVII.
And Jhesu seide to hise disciplis, It 1
is impossible^ that sclaundris come not ;
but wo to that man, bi whom thei comen.
y is AG pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. z Sothely AGMNOPQSTWY. » castynge vp AGMNOPQSTWXY. b Om. w.
ried, seiynge Q. cryeing seyinge T. <f that he ^GMNOPQST^YV. e koole x. f But o. g Om. ^GM
POSTWJ;. k stahlid GMNOPOSTJT. i hit.wpn s. k xni\ T 1 no tVn'rinr T m ooJtVi nnDn-pi^w
c cried, seiynge Q. cryeing seyinge
NOPQSTWX. h stablid GMNOPQSTX. • bitwen s.
" Sothely AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° and AGMNOPQSTWXY.
GMNOPQTWY. a Om. o. * not do Q sec.m. » saith AGMNOPIJSTWXY. w Om. AGMNPQSTIVY.
schulen o.
AGMNOPQSTWX.
and T. l ne thidur T. m seith GOPQTWXY
P the N. q seith AGMNPQSTWXY. r Om.
AGMNOPQTWY. a Om. o.
y not beleeuen x. z saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. » forsoth AGMNOPQSTWXY.
that man
1 he was k. k reiside vp is pr. m. 1 and k. "> haue thou bhi. «> Om. A pr. m. CEiKMPQRSxbcehika/3.
^ Tl " " *•!•»*» nrn£i\t'*a rm}r fl ,..,,,,,,.,.;i,1,. 1,
r.m. P the profetis gk.
1 vn possible k.
D d 2
204
LUKE.
XVII. 3 — IT.
more profitable to him, if a rnylne stoon
be putc aboute his necke, and hed be cast
in to the see, than that he sclaundre oon
a of these litle. 'Take 36 heede to 3011 silff;
if thi brother 'hath synned a3enss thee,
blame him ; and if he schal do penaunce,
4for3yue toh him. And if seuene sithis in
the day he schal synne a3ens ' thee, and
seuene sithis in the day hek schal be con-
uertid to thee, seyinge, It forthenkith me,
sfor3yue to1 him. "fAnd'the postlis"1 seiden
e to the Lord, Encreesse 'feith to vsn. For-
soth the Lord seyde0, If 36 vschulen haueP
feith as thei corn of syneuey, 36 schulen
seye to this 'more tree1", Be thou drawun
vp by the roote, and be8 'plauntid oner1 in
to the see, and it schal obeye™ to 3011.
7 Forsothe who of 3011 hauyrige a seruaunt
eringe, otherv lesewynge oxunw, which"
'seith to him, turnyd a3en fro the feeld,
sAnoony go7, and8 sitte tob mete; and
'seith notc to him, Make thoud redy, that
I soupe, and girde thee8, and mynystre to
me, til f I ete and drynke, ande aftir thes
thingis thou schalt ete and drynke ;
»wherh he hath' gracek to that seruauut, for
he dide 'this that1 he comaundide to him?
10 Nay, I gesse. So alsom 36" whanne 36 han
do!i alle thingis that ben comaundid to
3011, 'seie 36 nu, We ben vnprofitable ser-
uauntis, vwe han don° 'this that? we ou3te
utoi do r. And it was8 done, the while
Jhesu werite in to Jerusalem, he passide
thorw the myddel of Samarie, and of1
It is more profitable to him, if a mylne 2
stoon be put aboute his necke, and he be
cast in to the see, than that he sclaundre
oon of these litle. Take 36 hede 3our silf ; 3
if thi brothir hath synned a3ens thee,
blame hym ; and if he do penaunce, for-
3yue hym. And if seuene sithis in the 4
dai he do synne a3ens thee, and seuene
sithis in the dai he be conuertid to thee,
and seie, It forthenkith me, foi'3ytie thou
hym8. And the apostlis1 seiden to the 5
Lord, Encrese to vs feith. And the Lord 6
seide, If 36 han feith as the corn of
seneuei, 36 schulen seie to this more tre,
Be thou drawun vp bi the rote, and be
ouerplauntid in to the see, and it schal
obeie to 3ou. But who of 3ou hath a^
seruaunt erynge, or lesewynge oxis u,
which seith to hym, whanne he turneth
a3en fro the feeld, Anoon go, and sitte to
mete; and seith not. to hym, Make redi,s
that Y soupe, and girde thee, and serue
me, while Y ete and drynke, and aftir this
thou schalt ete and drynke; whether 9
he hathv grace to that seruaunt, for he
dide that that he comaundide hym ?
Nay, Y gesse. So 36, whanne 36 han in
don alle thingis that ben comaundid to
3ou, seie 36, We ben vnprofitable ser-
uauntis, we han do that thatw we ou3ten
to do. And it was do, thex while Jhesus 11
wente iny to Jerusalem, he passide thorou
the myddis* of Samarie, and Galilee. And 12
whaune he entride in to a castel, ten
c pitt o. d Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. e this o. { Perseyue to 3011 silf, or take heede AT. Perceyuith
to 3011 self, or takith heed GY. Perceyueth, or takith hede, to joure [3011 PSW] silf MPSW. Perceyue, or take
hede to 3oure silf x. Take heede to 3our silf o. Perceyueth to jow self QX. 8 schal synne in MNOPQT
XY. haue synned in s. hath synned in w. h Om. su. ' in MNOPQSTXY. k Om. x. * Om. y.
t Chap. xvn. commences here in MOPQTWXY. m the apostlis AGMPQUXY. apostlis NOSTW. n to vs
feith MPXY. ° said to hem o. P hadden MNOPQTXY. <1 a Q. r tree moor MOPQTWXY. s be thou o.
4 ouerplauntid MOPQTWXY. u obesche M. obeshen s. v or MOPQTWXY. w the oxys AGNPQSWY. the
oxen MT. oxes o. * the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. J seith to hym, turned a3en fro feeld, Anoon
A sup. ras. a sec. in. w sec. in. turnyd a3en fro feelde, he seith anoon to him G pr.m. UNPQ. turned a3en
fro the feeld, seith anoon to him oy. turned a3eyn fro the feeld, he seith anoon to hym T. turned a3ein
fro the feeld, seith to hym anoon w pr. m. turned ajeen fro feeld, seith anoen to hym x. z Go thou
w pr. m. a Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. *> to the AGNOSUV. at the MPQTWXY. c not seith MOPQTWXY.
<1 Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. e thee bifore AGMNOPQSTWXY. f til that AGMNopQsrvrwxY. e Om. «-.
h Whether wx pass. ' hadde u. k grace, or lone G sec. m. o. ' that that AMPSTWXY. that at o.
m and AGMNOPQSTWXY. n Om. K. nn seie AGMNPQTIVY. seith sx. ° Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. P that
that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. 1 for to AGMNOPQT. Om. u pr. m. VWY. r do, we han don AGMOPQS
TWXY. do, we han not don N. s is A pr.m. Gpr.m. MNOPSTXY. * Om. AGMNOPQSTUVWXY.
r to 3ou cixe sec. m. ka. jour EPQ sec. m. nc sec. m. g.
u oxen Kiik. v lume k. "' Om. ci. x Om. iRhi.
Lceghikcjj3.
s to hym MRxb sec. m. hi. l postlis isg.
V Om. s sec. m. b. z myddil CKIMPQRSUX
XVII. 12 2;.
LUKE.
205
12 Galilee. And whanne he entride in to
sum castel, ten leprouse men camen 336113
is him, whiche u stoode afer, and reysidew
thex vois, seiynge, Jhesu, comaundour,
uhaue mercy on vs. Whiche >' asz he sy3,
he seide, Go je, 'schewe 3ea 3oub to prestis.
And it W3SC don, the while thei wenten,
15 thei werend clensid. Forsothe oon of hem,
as he sy3 for" he wasf clensid, wente a3en,
16 magnyfiynge God with greet vois. And
he& felde doun in to the face bifore his
feet, doynge thankingis'1 ; and this was a
17 Samaritan. Forsothe Jhesu answeringe
seide, Wher ten ben not clensid, and where
is ben the nyne ? vNoon is' foundun, that
turnyde a3en, and 3af glorie to God, nok
19 but this alien1. And he seith to him, Ryse
thou™, go thou ; for thi feith hath maad
2othee saaf. * Forsothe he axid of" Phari-
sees, whanne the rewme of God cometh,
answeride ° to P hem, and 1 seide, The
rewme of God cometh not with aspy-
21 ing, nethir thei schuleu seye, Lo ! here,
ether1" lo ! there ; forsothe lo ! the rewme
22 of God is with ynne 3ou. And he seide5
to his disciplis, Dayes schulen come,
whanne 36 schulen desyre to' se ou day
of mannis sone, and 36 schulen not se.
23 And thei schulen seye to 3ou, Lo ! here,
and lo ! there. Nyle 36 go, nether sue 36 ;
24forv as leit schynynge fro vndir heuene
schyneth von thoow thingis that ben vndir
heuene, so 'mannis sone schal bex in his
25 day. Forsothe first it bihoueth him tor
suffre many thingis, and toz be reproued
26 of this generacioun. And as it was don
in the dayes of Noe, so it schal be in the
27 dayes of mannis sone. Thei eeten and
drunken, anda weddiden wyues, and weren
leprouse men camen a3ens hym, whiche*
stoden afer, and reiseden her voys, and is
seiden, Jhesu, comaundoure, haue merci
on vs. And as he say hem, he seide, Go u
3eV schewe 36° 3ou to thed prestis. And
it was don, the6 while thei wenten, thei
weren clensid. And oon of hem, as he is
sai3 that he was clensid, wente 33611,
magnifiynge God with greteee vois. And i«
he fel doun on the face bifore hise feet,
arid dide thankyngis ; and this was a
Samaritan. And Jhesus answerde, and 17
seide, Whether ten ben not clensid, and
where ben the nyne ? There is noon ia
foundun, that turnede 33en, and 3af glorie
to God, but this alien. And he seide to iy
hym, Rise vp, go thou ; for thi feith
hath maad thee saaf. And he was axid 20
of Fariseesf, whanne the rewme of God
cometh. And he answerde to hem, and
seide, The rewme of God cometh not
with aspiyng, nether thei schulen seie, 21
Lo! here, or lo there; for lo! the rewme
of God is with ynne 3011. And he seide 22
to hise disciplis, Daies schulen come,
whanne 36 schulen desire to se o dai of
mannus sone, and 36 schulen not se.
And thei schulen seie to 3011, Lo ! here, 23
and lo there. Nyle 36 go, nether sue 36^ ;
for as leyt schynynge from vndur heuene 24
schyneth in to tho thingis that ben vn-
dur heuene, so schal mannus sone be in
his dai. But first it bihoueth hym to2s
suffre many thingis, and to be repreued
of this generacioun. And as it was 26
doon in the daies of Noe, so it schal
be in the daies of mannys sone. Thei 27
eeten and drunkun, weddiden wyues, and
weren 3ouun to weddyngis, til in to the
» the whiche AGMXOPQSTWXY. w liften vp AXTW. lifteden vp GMOPQS.XV. * a G.WPQ.YV. her s.
y Whom MNOPQSTXY. z whanne N. a shewith x. b Om. G pr. m, c is AG pr. HI. MXOPSTXY.
d ben A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. e as XY. f is AGMNOPQSTWXY. f> Om. x. h graces, or thank-
yngis AMNPSTWY. grace, or thankingis G. graces QX. ' Thare is noon AGMNOPQSTWXY. k Om. ox.
'alien, or straunger AGMNPQSTIV. straunger XY. m vp AGK pr. m. MXOPQSTWXY. n Sothely thenne
Jhesus was axid of the Q sup. ras. ° answerynge KY. he answered o. and he answeride g sec. in. Jhesu
answeride v. answerende x. P Om. MNXY. 1 Om. XY. T or MOPQTWXY. Om. N. s saith AGM
NOPQSTWXY. * for to AGMNOPQTWY. u a A. v for whi AGMNOPQSTXY. w in to tho AGMNPQSTWX Y.
in to the o. * shal mannus sone be M P. schal be mannis sone OQTIVXY. y for to AGMNPQTW sec. m.
Om. ow pr. m. Y. z for to AGMNOPQTWY. a Om. XGMNOPQSTWAV.
» the whiche i. b Om. kb. c scheweth i.
f the Farisees PQXC pr. m. k. g Om. ig.
Om. k. e Om. ihik. ee a greet cEiKMpQRSuxbcghik.
206
LUKE.
XVII. 28 — XVIII. 3.
3ouun to weddingis, til in to the day in
whichb Noe entride in to hisc schip ; and
28 thed greet flood cam, and loste alle. Also
ase it was don in the dayes of Loth,
thei eeten and drunken, boi^ten and
29 seelden, plantidenf and byldeden^ ; sothli
in what day Loth werite out of Sodom,
the Lord reynede fier and brymstoon fro
aoheuene, and loste alle. Vph this thing it
schal be, in what day mannis sone schal
31 be schewid. In that our' he that schal be
in the roof, and his vesels in the hous,
come hek not doun to1 take hem awei ;
and he11 that 'schal bem in the" feeld,
32 also turne not ajen bihynde. Be 36
asmyndeful of the wyf of Loth. Who
euere schal seke to0 make his lyfP saf,
schal leese it ; and who euere schal leese
34 it, schal quykene it. I seye to 3011, in
that ni3t tweyriei schulen be in o bed, oon
schal be receyuedr, and vthe tother8 'schal
35 be1 forsakun ; tweye wymmen schulen" be
gryndinge to gidere, oonw schal be re-
ceyuedx, and vthe tether? 'schal bez for-
sakun ; tweyne in aa feeld, oonb schal be
receyuedc, 'the totherd 'schal bee forsakun.
so Thei answeringe seydenf to him, Where,
37 Lord? Which e seide to hem, Where
euereh the body schal be, 'also the eglis
schulen be gederid to gidere thidur1.
CAP. XVIII.
i Forsothe he seide 'also a parable to
hemk, for it bihoueth to1 preie euere"1, and
2 'to fayle not" ; seyinge, 'Sum iuge was0 in
sumP citee, which'' dredde not God, netherr
3 scharnede of8 men. Forsothe sum widowe
dai in theh whych Noe entride in to the'
schip ; and the greet flood cam, and loste
alle. Also as it was don in the daies of 28
Loth, thei eeten and drunkun, boi^ten
and seelden, plauntiden and bildiden ;
but thek dai that Loth wente out of 80-20
dome; the Lord reynede fier and brym-
stoon fro heuene, and loste alle. Lijk this so
thing it schal be, in what dai mannys
sone schal be schewid. In that our he si
that is in the roof, and his vessels in
the hous, come he not doun to take hem
awei ; and he that sckal be in the feeld,
also turne not a3en bihynde. Be 3032
myndeful of the wijf of Loth. Who 33
euer seketh1 to make his lijf saaf, schal
leese it ; and who euer leesith it, schal
quykene it. But Y seie to 3011, in that 34
ny3t twei schulen be in o bed, oon schal
be takun, and the tothir™ forsakun ; twei 35
wymmen schulen be gryndynge togidir,
'the toon" schal be takun, and 'the tother0
forsakun ; twei in a feeld, 'the tooriP
schal be takun, and 'the tother i left"1.
Thei answeren, and seien to hym, Where, SG
Lord? Which seide to hem, Where 37
euer the bodi schal be, thidur schulen be
gaderid togidere8 also the eglis.
CAP. XVIII.
And he seide to hem also a parable, i
that it bihoueth to preye euer more, and
not faile ; and seide1, There was a iuge 2
in a citee, that dredde not God, nether
schamede of men. And a widowe was 3
b the which MPQTXY. c the AGMNOpgsTurwxY. d Om. v. e Om. <j. f and plaunteden s.
B bylden TX. h Aftir AGMNOPQSTWX. ' day MNOPTXY. k Om. ur. ' for to /KJ.VXOPQTWV.
11 Om. o. m is AGMOQXY. Om. NPSTw. n Om. N. ° for to AGMNOPQTWY. P soule, that is, lijf
AGMNPQSTWY. soule ox. 1 two MOPQwx el Y passim. r taken to ^GWNOPQSTW. taken Ay. s that
other QWX. l Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. u schal K. w the ton NGQSTXY. the oon M. the one P. that
oon w. x taken to AGMNQSTWY. taken x. y that othir WY. the other x. z Om. AGMNPQSTIVXY.
a oo o. b the tone AGNOQSTY. the oon MX. the one p. that oon w. c taken to AGMXOPQSTWY. taken
and x. d that other w. the other x. e Om. AGMNOQSTWXY. f seien AGMNOPQSTWXY. g The vvhiche
AGMNOPQSTWXY. b Om. x. * thidir schulen be gedered togider and the eglis AGMNOPQSTfrY. thider
shul be gedered togidere the eglis x. k in a parable to hem AT. to hem and a parable GMXOPQsrrxY.
1 for to AGMOPQTWY. m euer more AGMNOPQSTWXY. n not fayle AGMNOPQSTWXY. not to faile vv.
0 Ther was sum iuge AGMNOPQSTWXY. Pag. 1 that AGMNOPQSTITXY. r ne x. s Om. A pr.m.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTY. not x.
h Om. i. ' Om. hi. k in the EC sec. m. k pr. m. ' seke A et plures a$. m oother i. n the oon Br.
that oon e. ° the oother i. that other e. P that oon lek. <1 the oother i. that other e. r forsaken k.
3 Om. Ah pr. m. *• he seide k pr. m.
XVIII. 4 — '5-
LUKE.
207
was in that citee, and sche cam to him,
seyinge, Venge me of1 myn aduersarie ;
4 and he wolde not by myche tyme. Sothli
aftir thes thingis he seide with ynne him
silf, Thou3u I drede not God, and schame
5 not of v man, netheles for this widowe is
heuy, W diseseful™, to me, I schal venge
hir ; lest at the laste sche comynge
e strangle me. Sothli the Lord seide x,
Heere 36, what the domesman of wickid-
7 nesse seith ; forsoth wher God schal not
do they veniaunce of his chosene, criynge
to him ny3t and day, and schal haue pa-
s cience in hem ? Sothli I seie to 3011, for
soone he schal do thez veniaunce of hem.
Netheles gessist thou, mannis8 sone com-
synge schal fynde feith in erthe? For-
soth he seide alsob to sum men0, that
tristiden in hem silf, as ri3tful, and dis-
pisedend othere, this parable, seyinge,
10 Tweye men Sweden6 in to the temple forf
to preie ; oon# a'1 Pharise, and1 'the tothirk
11 a1 pupplican. Forsothe the Farise storid-
inge, praiede anentis him silf thes thingis,
seyinge, God, 1 do thankingis to thee, form
I am not as othere men", raueynouris0,
vniustP, auoutersi, 'as also1" this pupplican;
12! faste twyes8 in the woke, I 3yue tythis
of alle thingis1 whicheu I haue in posses-
is sioun. And the pupplican stondinge 'a
ferv noldew nethir reysex the y3en to he-
uene, but smoot his brest, seyinge, God
14 be rnercyfuly to me, synnere. Treuli I
seye to 3ou, this7 'cam doun in to his hous
iustifieda ofb him. For ech that enhauns-
ith him silfc sclial be maad Iou3, and hed
that mekith him silfe, schal be enhaunsid.
is Forsothe thei brou3ten to him 3onge chil-
dren, tliat he schulde touch hem ; whichf
in that citee, and sche cam to hym, and
seide, Venge me of myn aduersarie ; arid 4
he wolde not longe tyme. But aftir
these thingis he seide with ynne hyfn
silf, Thou3 Y drede not God, and schame
not of man, netheles for this widewe is a
heuy to me, Y schal venge hir ; lest at
the laste sche comynge condempne me.
And the Lord seide, Here 36, what the«
domesman of wickidnesse seith; and whe-7
ther God schal not do veniaunce of hise
chosun, criynge to hym dai and ny3t,
and schal haue pacience in hem ? Sotheli «
Y seie to 3ou, for soone he schal do
veniaunce of hem. Netheles gessist thou,
that mannus sone comynge schal fynde
feith in erthe? And he seide also to'J
sum men, that tristiden in hem silf, as
thei weren rJ3tful, and dispiseden othere,
this parable, seiynge, Twei men wenten" 10
vpv in to the temple to preye; thew toonx
a Farisee, and^ thez tother3 a pupplican.
And the Farisee stood, and preiede bin
hym silf these thingis, and seide, God, Y
do thankyngis to thee, for Y am not as
other men, raueinouris1', vniust, auou-
trerisc, as also this pupplican ; Y faste 1-2
twies in the woke, Y 3yue tithis of alle
thingis that Y haue in possessioun.
And the pupplican stood afer, and wolded n
netherdd reise hise i3en toe heuene, but
smoot his brest, and seide, God be mer-
ciful to me, synnere. Treuli Y seie to u
3ou, thisf 3ede doun in to his hous, and
was Justified fro the other?. For ech
that enhaunsith hym'1, schal be maad
low, and he that mekith hym1, schal be
enhaunsid. And thei brou3ten to hym is
3onge children, that he schulde touche
t on o. u And if AGMNOPQSTWXY. v Om. A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. w Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
" seith AGMNPQSTWXY. y Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. x Om. AGMNQPQSTffxY. » for mannus o. b and
AGMNQSWY. Om. OPTX. «' Om. o. d dispisen v. e stijeden vp AGMNOPQSTWXY. f Om. x. S the
toon AGXOQSTY. the oon M. the one PX. that oon w. h was a Q. ' Om. ur. k that othir ATW. the
other PX. ' Om. o. m Om. x. " of men AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° rauaynour o. P and vniust vr.
1 auoutreres MNOPQTX. r as T. also as w. s twy o. * thenge o. u that AGMNOPQSTWXY. v fer v.
w wold not AGMNOPQSTWXY. * lift vp AGMNOPQSTWXY. J helpful, or merciful AQMNPQSTW. help-
full o. helful x. helful, or merciful Y. z for this s. a descendid iustefied in to his hous AQMNOPQSTfyxv.
b fro AGMNPStrxY. from o. c Om. AGMNOPQSTtrxY. d Om. XY. e Om. AGMNopQSTfrxv. f the
whiche AGMNOPQSTIVXY.
11 3eden s. v Om. c. w that rek. x oon Elk. toon was K. 7 Om. EP. z that E. a oothir re.
b rauenous EP. c auouteris is. <' nolde k. dd not y. e in to K. f he this I. 8 tother EKPKsuxbghik.
h hym self i. ' him self hi.
208
LUKE.
xvm. 16 — 29.
thing whanne disciplis sy3en, thei blam-
icyden hem. Sothli' Jhesu clepinge to
gidere hem, seide, Suffre 36 children tok
come to me, and nyle 36 forbede hem,
for1 of siche is the rewme™ of heuenes.
i;Treuli I seie to 3011, who euere schal not
take the kyngdom of God as a child, he"
IB schal not entre in to it. And sum prince
axide him, seyinge, Good maistir, what
thing doynge schal I welde euerlastyng
lylyf? Sothli Jhesu seyde to him, What
seist thou me good? No man is0 good, noP
20 but God aloone. Thou knowisti the co-
maundementis, Thou schalt not sle, Thou
schalt not do leccherie, Thou schalt not
do thefte, Thou schal not seye falsr wit-
nessyng, Worschipe fadir8 and modir*.
21 Which" seidev, I haue kept alle thes
22thingisw fro my 3outhex. WhichT thing
herd, Jhesu seidez to him, 3it o thing
faylith to thee ; sille thou alle, what
'euere thingis8 thou hast, and 3yue to pore
men, and thou schalt haue tresour in
23 heuene ; and come, and sue me. Thes
thingis herd, he was sorwful, for he was
24ful riche. Sothli Jhesu seinge him maad
sorwfulb seide, How hard thei that ban
richessis6 schulen entre in to the rewmed
25 of God ; forsoth it is esyere a camel tof
passe thui'3 va nedliss y3e, than a riche
man for1' to entre in to the kingdom of
2cGod. And thei that herden thes thingis
27seiden, And who may be maad saf ? And
he seide' to hem, Tho thingis that ben
vnpossiblek ariemptis1 men, ben possible
28anemptis God. Forsoth Petre seide"', Loo!
we han forsake11 alle thingis, and 'han
29 sued" thee. Which? seyde to hem, Treuly
I seye to 3ou, vrio man is1), that schal for-
hem; and whanne the disciplis saien this
thing, thei blameden hem. But Jhesus IG
clepide togider hem, and seide, Suffre 36
children to come to me, and nyle 36 for-
bede hem, for of siche is the kyngdom
of heuenes. Treuli Y seie to 3ou, who 17
euer schal not take the kyngdom of God
as a child, he schal not entre in to it.
And a prince axide hym, and seide, is
Goode maister, ink what thing doynge
schal Y weilde euerlastynge lijf? And 19
Jhesus seide to hym, What seist thou
me1 good ? No man is good, but God
aloone. Thou knowist the comaunde-ao
mentis, Thou schalt not sle, Thou schalt
not do letcherie, Thou schalt not do
theft, Thou schalt not seie fals witness-
yng, Worschipe thi fadir and thim mo-
dir. Which seide, Y haue kept alle 21
these thingis fro my 3ongthen. And 22
whanne this thing was herd, Jhesus
seide to hym, 3it o thing failith'to thee0;
sille thou alle thingis that thou hast, and
3yue to pore men, and thou schalt haue
tresour in heuene ; and come, and sue
thou me. WhanneP these thingis weren23
herd, he was soreful, for he was ful
ryche. And Jhesus seynge hym maad 24
sorie, seide, How hard thei that han
money schulen entre in to the kyngdom
of God ; for it is Ii3ter a camel to passe 25
thorou a nedlis {36, than a riche man to
entre in to the kyngdom of God. And 20
thei that herden these thingis seiden,
Who may be maad 1 saaf ? And he 27
seide to hem, Tho thingis that ben im-
possible1" anentis men, ben possible anen-
tis God. But Petir seide, Lo ! we han 28
left alle thingis, and han sued thee. And 29
' Om. s. k for to AGMXOPQTWY. ' sothely AGMNOPQSTWXY. • m kyngdam AGMNOPQSTWXY.
11 Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° Om. A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. p Om. o. 1 hast knovven AGMNO
PQSTWXY. r no fals o. to fals r. s thi fader AMNOPQSTUWX. the fadir GPY. * thi moder AMOPQ
STUWX. the modir GFV. » The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. v saith AGMXOPQSTWXY. w Om. jr.
x jongthe OPQTV-. y The whiche AGMKOPQSTWXY. z saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. a thingis that euere u.
b sory ^G3iNopQST»Fjsy. c money AGMNOPQSTWXY. d kyngdam ^GMisroposTwxy. e lijter AGMNO
PQSTWXY. f for to AGMKPQTIVY. Om. i/. g an edlis GMPQTIV. h Om. sx. ' saith XG^UXOPQ
STWXY. k inpossible ^GMNOPQSTXY. 1 anent A: passim. m saith ^GMNOPCSTW-XY. n Irft y<GM
XOPQSTWAV. o suen AGMOPQSTWXY. P The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. q ther is
left AGM
no man AGMN
OPQSTW'XV.
k Om. EP. 1 to me EP pr. m. m Om. EP. n 3outhe
1 Om. s. r vnpossible pk.
° Om. E. P And whanne A pr. m.
XVIII. 3° — XIX. i.
LUKE.
209
sake hous, etherr fadir, ethir5 modir, ethir*
britheren, ether1 wyf, ether1 sonea, ether*
sofeeldis, for the rewme of God, and schal
not receyue myche mou thingis in this
tyme, and in the world to comyngev euere-
3i lasting lyf. Forsothe Jhesu tookw tweluex
disciplis, and seide y to hem, Lo ! we
sti3enz to Jerusalem, and alle thingis schu-
len be endid, that ben writun by the8
32prophetis of mannis sone. Forsoth he
schal be bitrayed to hethen men, and he
schal be scorned, and scourgid, and bi-
33spetb; and aftir that thei han scourgid0,
thei schulen sle him, and" the thridde day
34 he schal ryse a3ein. And thei vnder-
stodenf no thing of these ; and this word
was hid fro hem, and thei vndirstoden
35 not tho thingis that weren seid. For-
sothe it wass don, whanne Jhesu cam nyj
to Jerico, sum blynd man saat bisydis the
3«weye beggynge. And whanne he herde
the cumpanyh passynge, he axide, what
37 this thing was. Sothli thei seiden to him,
3B that Jhesu of Nazareth passide. And he
cryede, seyinge, Jhesu, the sone of Dauith,
sahaue mercy on me. And thei that wen ten
bifore blamyden him, that he schulde be
stille; sothli he vcryede myche more', Thou
40 sone of Dauith, haue mercy on me. For-
sothe Jhesu stondinge comaundide him
tok be brou3t forth to him. And whanne
41 he cam nyj, he axide him, seyinge, What
wolt thou I schal do to thee ? And he
42seide, Lord, that I se. And Jhesu seide
to him, Bihold thou1 ; thi feith hath maad
43 thee saaf. And anon he sy3, and suede
him, magnyfiynge God. And al the peple,
asm itn sy3, 3af heriynge0 to God.
€AP. XIX.
i And Jhesu goynge ynP, walkide thorw^
he seide to hym, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
there is no man that schal forsake hous,
or fadir, modir8, or britheren, or wijf, or
children, or feeldis, for the rewme of
God, and schal not resseyue many mo so
thingis in this tyme, and in the world
to comynge euerlastynge lijf. And Jhe-3i
sus took hise twelue disciplis, and seide
to hem, Lo ! we gon vp to Jerusalem,
and alle thingis schulen be endid, that
ben writun bi the prophetis of mannus
sone. For he schal be bitraied to hethen 32
men, and he schal be scorned, and
scourgid, and bispat ; and aftir that '33
thei han scourgidu, thei schulen sle hym,
and the thridde dai he schal rise a3en.
And thei vndurstoden no thingv of these ; 34
and this word was hid fro hem, and thei
vndurstoden not tho thingis that weren
seid. But it was don, whanne Jhesus 35
cam ny3 to Jerico, a blynd e man sat
bisidis the weie, and beggide. And 36
whanne he herde the puple passynge,
he axide, what this was. And thei 37
seiden to hym, that Jhesus of Nazareth
passide. And he criede, and seide, Jhe-ss
su, the sone of Dauyd, haue mercy on
me. And thei that wenten bifor blam-so
yden hym, that he schulde be stille ; but
he criede myche the more, Thou sone of
Dauid, haue mercy on me. And Jhesus 40
stood, and comaundide hym to be brou3t
forth to hym. And whanne he cam ny3,
he axide hym, and seide, What wolt thou4i
that Y schal do to thee ? And he seide,
Lord, that Y se. And Jhesus seide to 42
hym, Biholde ; thi feith hath maad thee
saaf. And anoon he say, and suede hym, 43
and magnyfiede God. And al the puple,
as it say, jaf heriyng to God.
CAP. XIX.
And Jhesus 'goynge yn w, walkide i
r or AGMNOPQSTWXY. * and AGMNQSVVWY. or OPT. ' or AGMNOPQSTPTXY. u more o. v comen s*.
w toke to AGMNOPSTWXY. * his twelve AGMNPQSTWXY. J saith AGMNOQSTWX. z stijen vp AGMNO
PQSTWXY. « Om. AGMNPQSTtrxY. b bispattid x. c scourgid, or betim AGMNPSTWX. scourged
him o. e and aftir u. { vndirstonden NW. f? is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPSTX. h cumpany of puple AG
MNopQSTtrxy. » miche more criede MPY. k for to AGMNOPQTPTY. ' Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. mthatjcv.
n he t; pr. m. ° praysynge o. P ajeyn a sec. m. 1 to G pr. m. MPQTXY. in to NO.
8 and modir EipQRbceghia. or modir A pr. m. Kskp. * Om. hi.
wente out and CKUC. turnede a3en and EpQsba. wente yn e.
VOL. IV. E 6
u scourgid him K. T thingis hi.
210
LUKE.
XIX. 2 — is.
•2 Jerico. And lo ! a man, Zachee by name,
and her was prince of pupplicans, and he
3 was* riche. And he solute to1 see Jhesu,
who he was, and he my3te not, for the
cumpany", for he was litel in stature.
4 And he rennynge bifore, sti3edev in to a
sycamoure tree, that he schulde see Jhesuw;
5 for he was to passingex thennis. And
Jhesu biholdinge vpward?, whanne he cam
to the place, syj him, and seyde to him,
Zachee, 'hastinge cum dounz, for to day
fi I moota dwelle in thin hous. And he hast-
ingeb cam doun, and ioyinge reseyuede
7 him. And whanne alle men sayen, thei
grucchiden, seyinge, For he haddec turned
s to a synful man. Forsoth Zachee stond-
inge seide to the Lord, Lo ! Lord, I 3yue
the half of my goodis to pore men ; and if
I haue ony thing defraudid ony man, I
a 3elde thed fourefold6. Jhesu seidef to him,
For in this day heelthe is maad to this?
hous, for andh he is 'the sone of Abraham' ;
loforsothe mannis sone cam tok seke, and
make1 saaf thism thing that perischede.
n Hem" heringe thes thingis, he 'puttirige
to0, seide a parable, for? he was ny3 Jeru-
salem, and for thei gessiden, thati the
kyngdom of God schulde be schewid 'a
i2nonr. Therfore he seide, Sum noble man
wente in to a fer cuntree, tos take to1 him
is au kyngdom, and tov turne a3eyn. Sothli
his ten seruauritis clepid, he 3af w to hem
ten besauntis. And 'he seide x to hem,
nfMarchaundise 36, til? I come. Forsoth
his z citeseyns hatiden him, and sente a
messagera aftir him, seyinge, We'nyle, that
isheb regne onc vs. And it wasd don, that
the rewine8 takun, he turnede a3en ; audf
thorou" Jericho. And lo ! a man, Sache 2
bi name, and this was a prince of pup-
plicans, and he was riche. And he sou3te 3
to se Jhesu, who he was, and he my3te
not, for the puple, for he was litil in
stature. And he ran bifore, and sti3ede4
in to a sicomoure tree, to se hym ; for he
was to passe fro thennus. And Jhesuss
biheld vp, whanne he cam to the place,
and sai3 hym, and seide to hym, Sache,
haste thee, and come doun, for to dai Y
mot dwelle in thin hous. And he hi3ynge e
cam doun, and ioiynge resseyuede hym.
And whanne alle men sayn, thei grutch-7
iden seiynge, For he hadde turned to a
synful man. But Sache stood, and seide 8
to the Lord, Lo ! Lord, Y 3yue the? half
of my goodz to pore men ; and if Y haue
ony thing defraudid ony man, Y 3elde
foure so myche. Jhesus seith to hym, 9
For to dai heelthe is maad to this hous,
for that he is Abrahams sone ; for 10
mannus sone cam to seke, and make saaf
that thing that perischide. Whanne theiii
herden these thingis, he addidea, and
seide a parable, for that he was ny3aa
Jerusalem, 'and forb thei gessiden, that
anoon the kyngdom of God schulde be
schewid. Therfor he seide, A worthi 12
man wente in to a fer cuntre, to take to
hym a kyngdom, and to turne a3en. And is
whanne hise ten seruauntis wereri clepid,
hec 3af to hem ten besauntis ; and seide to
hem, Chaffare 36, til Y come. But hise H
citeseyns hatiden hym, and senten a mes-
sanger aftir hym, and seiden, We wolen
not, that he regne on vs. And it was i.r-
don, that he turnede a5en, whan he hadde
r this AGMNOPQSTTTXY. s Om. A pr. m. G pr. m. M NPQSTX Y. * for to AGMXOPQTWY. a cumpanye
of puple AGMNPQSTJVXY. company of the pepil o. v sti3ed vp AGMNOPQSTIVY. steij vp x. w him AC
MNOPQSTWXY. x passe AGMtiopQSTWXY. Y vp AGMNopQSTWX Y. z hiynge come doun AGMXPQST
WY. cumme doun hi3ynge o. hejende cum doun x. a most o. mut MP. b hi3ynge AGMXOPQSTWY. heej-
ende x. c was u. d Om. u. e fourth foold o. f saith AGMNOPQSTIVXY. g thin Y. h that AGMO
PQSTIVXY. that and N. > Abrahames sone AGMXOPQSTWXY. k for to AGMNOPQTWY. l to make AGM
NOQSTIVXY. m that AGMNOPQSTWY. n Thei u. ° addynge vv. P for that AGMNOPQSWXY. 1 that
anoon MWXY. r Om. MWXY. s for to AGMNOPQTW. * Om. XY. u an o. v for to AGMXOPQTW.
w take o. x saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. t From this place onwards MS. u agrees with the later version,
and is referred to by the letter a. y the while AGMNOPQTX pr. m. Y. z thees o. a message K. mes-
sanger TW. ^ wolen not him for to AGMNOPQTWY. wilen not hym to sx. c vpon OPQTITY
A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPSTXY. e kyngdam AGMNOPQSTW. f Om. MNOPQTX.
d ;
is
* to CEKPubc. too s. y Om. IK pr. m. g. z goodis Qi. a addide to i. • as ni3 to Q. b for that
s sec. m. hia. r and he s.
XIX. 16 — 29.
LUKE.
211
he comaundide his seruauntis to£ be clepid,
to whiche11 he 3af money, that he schulde
wite, hou moche ech hadde wunne by
lechaffaring. Forsoth the firste cam, sey-
inge, Lord, thi besauiit hath wunne ten
17 besauntis. He seide' to him, Wei be, thou
goode seruaunt ; for in litil thing thou hast
be trewe, thou schaltk haue1 power on™
is ten citees. And another n cam, seyinge,
Lord, thi besaunt hath maad fyue be-
i9sauntis. And he seide0 to this, And be
20 thou on? fyue citees. And the thridde
cam, seyinge, Lord, lo ! thi besaunt, whichi
I hadde, keptr in a sudarie, Aether sweting
21 cloth*. Forsoth I dredde thee, for thou
art an austerne man ; thou takist awey
"this thing which* thou settist" not, and
thou repist 'this thing whichy thou hast
22 not sowe. He seith to him, Weyward
seruaunt, of thi mouth I deme thee. Wistist
thou, that I am 'an hausterne manw,takinge
awey thisx thing which? I settidez not,
and repinge this a thing whichb I 'haue
23 not sowec ? and whi hast thou not 3ouun
my money to the boord, andcc I comynge
schulde haue receyued it sothli with vsuris?
24 And he seide to hemd 'that stooden6 ny},
Take 36 awey fro him the besaunt, and
3yue 3eee to him that hath ten besauntis.
25 And thei seiden to him, Lord, he hath ten
26 besauntis. Sothli I seie to 3ou, for to ech
hauynge it schal be 3ouun, and hef schal
'be plenteuousS; but fro him that hath not,
'also thish thing' that hek hath, schal be
27takun of1 him. Netheles brynge 30 hidir
tho myne enemyes, that nolde™ me to"
28regne on0 hem, and sle 36 bifore me. And
thes thingis seyd, he wente bifore, sti3ynge
29 to? Jerusalem. And it wasi don, whanne
take the kyngdom ; and he comaundide
hise seruauntis to be clepid, to whiche he
hadde 3yue monei, to wite, hou myche
echd hadde wonne bi chaffaryng. And 16
the firste cam, and seide, Lord, thi besaunt
hath wonne ten besauntis. He seide to 17
hym, Wei be, thou good seruaunt ; for
in litil thing thou hast be trewe, thou
schalt be hauynge power on ten citees.
And the tother6 cam, and seide, Lord, is
thi besaunt hath maad fyue besauntis.
And to this he seide, And be thou on 19
fyue citees. And the thridde cam, and 20
seide, Lord, lo ! thi besaunt, that Y hadde,
putf vp£ in a sudarie. Forh Y dredde thee, 21
for thou art 'a sterne' man ; thou takist
awey that that thou settidistk not, and
thou repist that that thou hastkk not
sowun. He seith to hym, Wickid ser-22
uaunt, of thi mouth Y deme thee. Wist-
ist thou, that Y am 'a sterne1 man, tak-
ynge awei that thing that Y settide not,
and repyng ethat thing that Y sewe not ?
and whi hast thou not 3ouun my money 23
to the bord, and Y comynge schulde haue
axid it with vsuris ? And he seide to men 24
stondynge ny3, Take 36 m awei fro hym
the besaunt, and 3yue 36 to hym that
hath ten be3auntis. And thei seidenmm 25
to hym, Lord, he hath ten besauntis.
And Y seie to 3ou, to ech man that hath, 20
it schal be 3ouun, and he schal encreese ;
but fro him that hath not, also that thing
that he hath, schal be takun of hyra.
Netheles brynge 36 hidur thon myn ene- 27
myes, that wolden not that Y regnede0
on hem, and sle 36 bifor me. Arid whanne 28
these thingis weren seid, he wente bifore,
and 3ede vp to Jerusalem. And it was 29
8 for to AGMNOPQTWY. h whom MPQXY. ' saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. k shalt and Q. l be hafynge
AGMNOPQSTWXY. m vpon AGMNOPQTWY. n the tother AGMNOPQSWXY. that other T. ° saith AGMN
OPQSTfTY. P vpon AGMNOPQTWY. 1 that AGMNOPQST WX Y. T put Vp AGMPQSTWXY. put N. S Om.
cox. or smetynge cloth GMPY. * that ACQOT. that that GMNPSWXY. u settidist CMPV. v that that AGX
NPQSTWXY. that at o. w a man austerne OQTXY. x that AGMNOPQSTWXY. y that AGMNOPQSWXY.
* sett AGMNOPQSWXY. * that AGMNOPQSTWXY. b that AGMNOPQSTWXY. c suvve not AGMNOPQSTWY.
seej not x. cc that and MP. d men AGMNOPQSTWXY. e stondynge AGMNOPQSTWX. ee je it MP.
f it o. 8 abounde, or be plenteuouse AGMNPQSTWY. abounde ox. h and that AGMNOPQSTWXY. * Om. c.
k Om. y. ! fro jr. m wolden not AGMNOPQSTWXY. D Om. AG pr. m. MNPQTW. ° vpon AGMNOP
QTWY. P in to o. q is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
d he b. e oother i. f I putte k. g Om. xe/)r. m. h Forsothe i. » an austerne r. k settist i.
kk haddiste R. ' an austerne i. mOm.EpQxk. mm Om. npr.m. seien Rsec.m. n thilke i. ° re^ne Ehi.
E 6 2
212
LUKE.
XIX. 30 — 43.
he cam 1173 to Bethfage and Betanye, at
the mount, which i is clepid of r Olyuete,
so he sente his tweye disciplis, seyinge, Go
36 in to the castel, which8 is a3ens 3011 ; in
to which1 36 entrynge schulen fynde a colt
of au she assev, onw which" non of men
euere saat; vnbynde 30 him, and 'brynge
3i 36 y to me. And if ony man schalz axe,
whi 3e vribynden, thus 36 schulen seye to
him, For the Lord desyrith his work.
32Forsothe thei that weren sent, wenten
forth, and founden as he seyde to hem, a
33 colt stondinge. Sothli hem vntyynge" the
colt, the lordis of him seyde to hern,Whatb
34 vntyen 36 the colt ? And thei seiden, For
35 the Lord hath him nedful. And thei
ledden him to Jhesu ; and thei, castinge
her clothis onc the colt, puttedynd Jhesu
scow him. Forsothe hime goyrige, thei vn-
37 dir strewiden her clothis in the weye. And
whanne nowf he cam ny3 to the comynge
doun of the hil« of Olyuete, alle the cum-
panyes of men comynge doun bigunnenss
ioyinge toh herie God with greet vois on
ss alle the vertues, whiche> thei sy3en, seyinge,
Blessid is* the kyng, that cometh in the
name of the Lord ; pees in heuene, and
39glorie in hi3 thingis. And summe of the1
Pharisees of the cumpanyes seyden to him,
40 Maistir, blame thi disciplis. To whiche"1
he seide", I seye to 3ou, for if thes° schulen
41 be stille, stoones schulen crye. And whanne
he nei3ede, he seynge the citee, wepte on?
42iti seyinge, For if thou haddist knowe,
and thou, and3 sotheli in this thi1 day,
which" isv to pees to thee ; but now thei
43 ben hid fro thin y3en. For daies schulen
come intow thee, and thin enemyes schulen
enuyroune thee 'with pale", andy schulen
enuyroune thee, and 'thei schulen z make
don, whanne Jhesus cam ny3 to Bethfage
and Betanye, at the mount, that is clepid
of Olyuete, he sente hise twei? disciplis,
and seide, Go 36 in to the castel, that is 30
a3ens 3ou ; in to which as 36 entren, 36
schulen fynde a colt of an asse tied, on
whichi neuer man sat ; vntye 36 hym,
and brynge 36 to me. And if ony man 31
axe 3ou, whi 36 vntien, thus 36 schulen
seie to hym, For the Lord desirith his
werk. And thei that weren sent, wenten 32
forth, and fonden as he seide to hem, a
colt stondynge. And whanne thei vn-ss
tieden the colt, the lordis of hymr seiden
to hem, What vntien 36 the colt? And 34
thei seiden, For the Lord hath nede to
hym. And thei ledden hym8 to Jhesu ; 35
and thei castynge' her clothis on the colt,
setten" Jhesu on hym. And whanne hese
wente, thei strowidenv her clothis in the
weie. And whanne he cam ny3 to the 37
comyng doun of the mount of Olyuete,
al the puple that cam doun bygunnen to
ioye, and to herie God with greet vois
on alle thew vertues, that thei hadden
sayn, and seiden, Blessid be the king, that 38
cometh in the name of the Lord ; pees
in heuene, and glorie in hi3e thingis.
And sum of the Farisees of the puple 39
seiden to hym, Maister, blame thi disci-
plis. And he seide to hem, Y seie to 3ou, 40
for if these ben stille, stoonus schulen
crye. And whanne he nei3ede, vhe sei3x4i
the citee, and wepte ony it, and seide, For 42
if thou haddist knowun, thou schuldist
wepe also ; for in this dai thez thingis ben
in pees to thee, but now thei ben hid fro
thin i3en. But daies schulen come in 43
thee, and thin enemyes schulen enuyroun
thee with a pale, and thei schulen go
1 that AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Om. A pr. m. TVY. s that MPWXY. * the whiche
tied ACGMNOPQSTVXY. w to MNPQSTXY. x whom MNOPQSTXY. J bringeth x.
MNOPQSTXY. a vnbyndynge AGMNOPQSTWXY. vnkyttinge v sec. m. b Whi c.
d putten sx. e hem A. f Om. K. e mount AGMNOPQSTWXY. es bigynnen K.
' that AGMNOPQSTWXY. k Om. s. l Om. AGMNOPSTWX. m whom MPQXY. n
0 these thinges N. P vpon OQ. 1 Om. Q. r Om. w. s Om. N. * Om. NQpr.m.
MNPQSTWXY. in whiche o. v Om. AGMNOPQ pr. m. ST.XY. v in AGMNOPQSTWXY,
MP. in a valei with pale N. in the vale o. Om. r. y and thei ACGMNOpQsrwxv. *
P Om. A. 1 whom i. r it EPQS sec. m. xa. s it EPQXB. Om. k pr. m. l castiden
w and setten AiMHSxek/3. and settiden Kghia. v spredden i. w Om. EPQRX. * seynge i. y vpon hi.
* tho g.
o. u Om. Q. v asse
z Om. A pr. m. G pr. m.
c Vpon AGMNOQTWY.
h for tO AGMNOPQTITY.
Saith AGMNOPQSTWXY.
XY. u the whiche AG
. to cr. x with a pale
Om. AGMNOPQSTtVXY.
XIX. 44 — XX.
LUKE.
213
44 thee streyt on alle sydis ; and 'thei schulenz
caste thee doun to erthea, and thi sonesb
that ben in thee ; and thei schulen not
leeue in thee a stoon onc a stoon, ford
thou hast not knowe the tyme of thi visi-
45tacioun. And he gonc in to the temple,
bigan tof caste out men sellinge ther ynne
46 and biggynge^, seyinge to hem, It is writun,
Forb myn hous is an hous of preier, for-
sothe 36 han maad it a den of theuys.
47 And he was techinge euery day in the
temple. Forsoth the princes' of prestis,
and scribisk, and the princis1 of the peple
4ssou3ten'to leesem him; and thei founden
not what thei schulden do to him, for" al
the peple was 'al ocupyed, heeringe0 him.
CAP. XX.
i And it was? don in oon of dayes, him
techinge the peple in the temple, and
'prechinge the gospel *>, the princis r of
prestis and the8 scribis camen to gidere
2 with the eldre men; and seiden1, seyinge"
to him, Seye to vs, in what power thou
dost this thing, etherv who 3af to thee this
3 power? Forsothe Jhesu answeringe seidew
to hem, Andx I schal axe 3ou ay word ;
4answere 36 to me. Was the baptym of
5 Joon of heuene, etherz of men ? And thei
thou3ten with ynne hem selue, seyinge,
For if we schulen seye, Of heuene, he
schal seye, Whi therfore bileuen3 36 not to
e him ? forsoth if we schulen seye, Of
men, all the comyn peple schal stoone vs ;
for thei ben certeyn, 'that John isb a pro-
7phete. And thei answeriden, 'that thei
s witen notc, of whennis it was. And Jhesu
aboute thee, and make thee streit on alle
sidis, and caste thee doun to the erthe,44
and thi sones that ben in thee ; and thei
schulen not leeue in thee a stoon ona a
stoon, for thou hast not knowun the
tyme of thi visitacioun. And he entride45
in to the temple, and bigan to caste out
men sellynge ther inne and biyngeaa, and4t;
seide to hem, It is writun, That rnyn hous
isb an hous of preyer, but 30 han maad it
a den of theues. And he was techynge47
euerydai in the temple. And the princis
of prestis, and the scribis, and the princis
of the puple soften to lesec hym ; and 48
thei founden not, what thei schulden do
to hym, for al the puple was ocupied,
and herde hym.
CAP. XX.
And it was don in oon of the daies, i
whanne he tau^te the puple in the temple,
and prechide the gospel, the princis of
preestis and scribis camen togidere with
thed elder men ; and thei seiden to hym, 2
Seie to vs, in what power thou doist these
thingis, or who is he that 3af to thee
this power ? And Jhesus answeride, and 3
seide to hem, And6 Y schalf axe 3ou o
word ; answere 36 to me. Was the bap- 4
tym of Joon of heuene, or of men ? And 5
thei thoiijten with ynne hem silf, sei-
ynge, For if we seien, Of heuene, he
schal seie, Whi thanne bileuen 36 not to
hym ? and if we seien, Of men, al the 6
puple schal stoone vs ; for thei ben cer-
teyn, that Joon is a prophete. And thei?
answeriden, that thei knewen not, of
whennus it was?. And Jhesus seide toe
z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. a the erthe AGMNOPQSTWXY. b childer Q sec. m. c vpon AGMNOPQTWY.
& for that that AGMOPQSTIVXY. for that N. c gon in A sec. m. MNXY. * for to AGMNOPQTWY. S byynge
AGMNopQSTrwY. bicnde x. h That ACMNpQSTrwxY. > prince or. k the scribis AGMNOPQSTWY.
1 Farisees K. m for to leese AGMNPQTWY. for to slee o. n sothli AGMNPQSTWX. forsothe o. ° reisid
to God, or al ocupied, herynge A sup. ras. s. reysid to God, or ocupied, heringe G pr. m. w. reysid up to
God, or al ocupied, heringe G sec.m. hangid up, or al ocupyed, heringe MNPQTXY. reysed vp, feruently
occupide, for to here o. P is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPSTXY. 1 euangelisynge, or preckynge the gospel AGN
QSTWY. euangelisyng MOPX. r prince K. 8 Om. ACGMNOPQSTIVXY. * seien AGMXopQSTfvxY. u Om. o.
T or AGMNopQSTfvxY. w saith o. * Om. o. y o CQTWXY. oo GNSV. z or CMOPQTWXY. a leefe x.
b John for to be AGMOPQTWY. Joon to ben NSX. c hem to not knowe, or mite A pr.m. GMNPXY. hern to
not knowe A sec. m. QS. hem not to knowe o. hem not to knowe, or tvlte T. hem to not knowe w.
a up i. vpon s sup. ras. aa bigynge a. b ys iclepid x sec. m. is clepid k pr. m. c fordo i. sle k.
Om. x. e Om. A pr. m. i. f Gin. h pr. m. i. e is a.
214
LUKE.
XX. 9 — 19.
seide6 to hem, Neither I seie to 3011, in
9 what power I do thes thingis. Forsothe
he bigan tof seye to the comyn peple this
parable. Sum man plantide a vyner&, and
'settide it to ferrneb to tilieris ; and he was
10 in pilgrymage many' tymesk. And in the1
tyme of gedrynge of grapis, he sente a
seruaunt to the tilieris, that thei schulden
3yue to him of the fruyt of the vyner™ ;
11 whiche" vleften him, betun0, voydeP. And
he addidei tor sende another sertiaunt ;
forsothe also8 thei betinge this, and po-
nyschynge with dispisingis*, leften voyde.
12 And he addide" tov sende thew thridde,
whichex also? woundinge him, castiden2
13 out. Sothli the lord of the vynera seide,
What schal I do ? I schal sende my dere-
wortheb sone ; perauenture whanne thei
schulen se him, thei schulen vbe ascham-
I4ydc. Whom whanne the tilieris hadden
seyn, thei thou3ten with ynne hem selue,
seyinge, This is the eyr, sle we him, that
15 the eritage be maad oure. And thei kill-
idend him, cast out of the vyner6. What
therfore schal the lord of the vynerf do to
10 hem? He& schal come, and lese these
tilieris, and 'he schal11 3yue the vyner' to
othere. Whichk thing herd, thei seiden
17 to him, vFer be it1. Forsothe he bihold-
iuge hem, seide, What therfore is this
thing that is writun, The stoon whom'"
men bildinge reproueden, this is maad in
is to the heed" of the corner? Ech that schal
falle on0 that? stoon, schal be brysid^;
forsothe onr whom it schal falle, it schal
19 breke5 him in' to smale parties. And the
princes of prestisu, and thev scribis, soften
hem, Nether Y seie to 3ou, in what
power Y do these thingis. And he bi-9
gan to seie to the puple this parable. A
man plauntide a vyn3erd, and hiride it
to tilieris ; and he wash in pilgrimage
longe tyme. And in the tyme of gader- 10
ynge of grapis, he sente a seruaunt to
the tilieris, that thei schulden 3yue to
hym of the fruyt of the vyn3erd ; whiche
beten hym, and leten hym go voide.
And' he thou3te 3it to sende an other n
seruaunt ; and thei beten this, and tur-
mentiden hyin sore, and leten hym gok.
And he thou3te 3it to sende the thridde, 12
and hym also thei woundiden, and cast-
iden1 out. And the lord of the vyne3erd is
seide, What schal Y do ? Y schal sende
mydereworthe sone; perauenture, whanne
thei seen hym, thei schulen drede. And M
whanne the tilieris sayn hym, thei
thou3ten with ynne hem silf, and seiden,
This is the eire, sle we hym, that the
eritage be oure. And thei castiden hym 15
out of the vyne3erd, and killiden hymm.
What schal thanne the lord of the vyne-
3erd do to hem ? He schal come, and IG
distruye these tilieris, and 3yue the vyne-
3erd to othere. And whanne this thing
was herd, thei seiden to hym, God for-
bede. But" he bihelde hem, and seide, 17
What thanne is this that is writun, The
stoon which men bildynge repreueden,
this is maad in to the heed of the cor-
ner? Ech that schal falle on that stoon, \a
schal be to-brisid°, but on whom it schal
falle, it schal alP to-brekei him. And 19
the princis of prestis, and scribis, soften
e saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. t for to AGMNOPQTrrY. S vinejerd AGMNOPQSTWXY. h hiryde it, or sette it
toferme AGMNPSTWY. hijride it, or s ette to ferine M. sett it to ferine o. hiridito. sette it to hire x. i moche
OQTV. miche MPWX. k tyme c. 1 Om. NQ. m vinejerde AGMNOPQsrrrxY. n the whiche AGMNOPQS
TWXY. ° beten thai leften him o. P voyde, or mil houten fruyt AGMNPQSTWY. <l putte to AGMNPSTW
XY. put OQ. r for to AGMNOPQTWY. 8 and AGMNOPQSTWXY. l cuntekis, or rvrongis AGMNPQSTWY.
contakes ox. u putte to AGMNOPQSTWXY. v for to AGMNOPQTWY. w to the o. x the whiche AGM
NOPQSTWXY. Y and AGMNOPQSTWXY. z casten sx. castiden him y. a vynejerd AGMNOPQSTWXY.
b derworthi y. c schatne AGMNOPQSTWXY. d sloujen AGMNOPQSTWXY. e vinejerd AGMNOPQSTWXY.
! vine3erd AGMNOPQSTWXY. e And he y. h Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. > vynejerd AGMNOPQSTWXY.
k The whiche GOQA'F. l Be it fer, or Godforbede AGMNPQSTWY. Be it fer o. God forbeede x. m whiche
w. n heued OWY. ° vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. P this Q. q shakun, or brokun AGMNPQSTWY. scatered,
or broken o. shaken x. * vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. 8 to-breke v. 4 Om. MPQTWXY. u the prestis o.
v Om. owx.
b was gon i. ' Om. c. k go voide k pr. m. 1 castede him EP. castiden him cxak. m Om. b sec. m.
n And A. o brisid bpr. m. gikpr.m. P breke gkpr.m. 1 Om. g.
XX. 20 — 33-
LUKE.
215
'to settew hondis on him in that our, and
thei dredden the peple ; forsothe thei
knewen thatx to hem he seide this lyk-
20 nesse. And thei aspyinge? senten aspieris,
whichez feyneden hem seluea iuste, that
thei schulden take him in word, and 'bi-
take himb to the prince0, and to thed
21 power of the iustisee. And thei axiden
him, seyinge, Maistir, we witenf, thats thou
seisth and techist ri3tly! ; and thou takist
notk persoone1 of man, but thou techist in
22 treuth the wey of God. Is it leefful to vs
tom 3yue tribute to Cesar, ether* nay?
23 Forsothe he biholdinge the disseyt of
hem, seide to hem, What tempte 30 me ?
2-TSchewe 36° to me a peny ; whos' ymage and
writynge aboue? hath it ? Thei answer-
2oinge seideri to him, Cesaris. And he,
seidei to hem, 'Therfore 3elde 3er to Cesar
tho thingis that ben xof Cesar8, and tho
2Cthingis that ben of God, to God. And
thei my3ten not reproue his word bifore
the pore peple ; and thei wondringe in
27 his answere, helden pees. Summe of the4
Sadducees, that denyenu 'a3en rysingew tox
28 be, nei3edeny, and axiden him, seyinge,
Maistir, Moyses wrot to vs, if the bro-
ther of ony man hauynge wyfz deiedea,
and he wasb with oute fre children, that
his brother take hisc wyf, and reyse seed
29 to his brother. Therfored seuene bri-
theren werene. The firste took a wyf, arid
30 is deed, with outen sonesf; and the bro-
ther" suwinge1' took hir, and he is deed
si with oute sone ; and the thridde took
hir ; also and alle seuene, and leften no'
:i2seed, but ben deede ; 'and the womman the
sslaste of allek is deed. Therfore in the
to leye on hym hoondis in that our, and
thei dredden the puple ; for thei knewen
that to hem he seide this liknesse. And 20
thei aspieden, and sentenr aspieris, that
feyneden hem iust, that thei schulden
take hym8 in word, and bitaak hym to
the 'power of the83 prince, and to the
power of the iustice. And thei axiden 21
hym1, and seiden", Maister, we witers
that ri3tli thou seist and techist; andv
thou takist not the persoone of man, but
thou techist in treuthe the weie of God.
Is it leueful to vs to 3yue tribute to the 22
emperoure, orw nay? And he biheld23
the disseit of hem, and seide to hem,
What tempten 30 me? Shewe 36 to me 32-1
peny ; whos ymage and superscripcioun
hath it ? Thei answerden, and seideri
to hym, The emperouris. And he seide 25
to hem, 3elde 36 therfor to the emperoure
tho thingis that ben the emperours, and
tho thingis that ben of God, to God.
And thei rny3ten not repreue his word2<;
bifor the puple ; and thei wondriden in
his answere, and heelden pees. Summe 27
of the Saduceis, that denyeden the a3en-
risyng fro deeth to lijf, camen, and ax-
iden hymx, and seiden, Maister, Moises2«
wroot to vs, if the brother of ony man
haue a wijf, and bey deed, and he wasz
with outen eiris, that his brothir take
his wijf, and reise seed to his brother.
And so there weren seuene britheren. 2:1
The firste took a wijf, and is deed with
outen eiris ; and the brothir suynge took so
hir, and he is deed with outen sone ; and si
the thridde took hir; also and alle seuene,
and leftena not seed, but ben deed ; and :«
w for to lay AGMNOPQTWY. to leyn sx. x and y. y kepynge AGMNOPQSTWXY. z that AGMNOPQST
XY. thei w. a Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. b bitake him, or bitraye AGMNPQSTWY. bytraye him o. c prin-
cipal, or [and Q] power of the prince AGMNPQSTWY. power of the prince o. principat x. d Om. AMNOP
STVW. e meir, or iustise AGMNPQSTWY. mayer ox. f woten o. S for rijtly AGMNOPQSTWXY. h seist
rijtly v. ' Om. AGMNOpQSTywxY. k noo v. ' the persone AGMNOPQSTWXY. m for to AGMNOPQTWY.
n or AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° Sheweth x. P ymage and superscripcioun, or writyng aboue AGMNPSTWY.
ymage and superscripcioun ox. ymage or sup. Q. <l seith AGMNPQSTWXY. r 3elde je therfore MPWXY.
s Cesars AGMNPQSTWX. l Om. w pr. m. « denyeden v. w resurreccioun o. x for to AGMNOPQTWY.
y camen to AGMNOPQSTWXY. z a wijf AGMNopQSTrwxv. a be deed AGMNOPSTWXY. shal be dede Q.
* were x. c the o. d Ther weren therfore x sec. m. e Om. x. { free children AGMNOPQSTWY.
fre childre x. e OTH.AGMNOPQSWXY. h secunde Q sec. m. T. suende x. ' not AGMNOPQSTWXY.
k the laste of alle and the womman is deed AGMNOPQSTWXY.
r settiden a pr. m. a Om. i. ss Om. B. * Om. h. u seiden to him hi. v Om. i. w either iBSXg.
* Om. sk pr.m. y he be i. z were k. a thei leften i.
216
LUKE.
XX. 34 — XXI. i.
risynge a3ein, whos wyf of hem schal
sche be ? forsothe seuene hadden hir wyf.
34 And Jhesu seide1 to hem, Sones of this1"
world wedderi, and ben 3ouun to wedd-
asingis; forsothe thei that ben worthi to0
that world, and? rysing a3en fro deede
men, neither ben weddid, nether wedden
so wyues, nether") schulen mowe deye morer ;
forsoth thei ben euene with aungels, and
ben the sones of God, sithen thei ben the8
3;sones of rysinge a3en. Forsothe for deede
men rysen a3en, also* Moyses schewide
bysyde the boysche, as he seith, The Lord
God of Abraham, and God of Isaac, and
38 God of Jacob. Forsoth God is not of
deede men, but of lyuynge men; forsoth
saalle men lyuen to hym. Sothli summe of
the" scribis 'answeringe seide v, Maistir,
4othou hast well seide. And thei durste no
41 more axe him ony thing. Forsoth he
seide to hem, How seyn men, vthat Crist
42isw the sone of Dauith, and Dauith
him silf seith in the book of Salmes, The
Lord seide to my lord, Sitte thou on my
43ri3t half, til" I putte thin enemyes a stool
44 of thi feet. Therfore Dauith clepith him
4s lord, and how is he his sone ? Sothli al
the peple heeringe, he seyde to his disci-
4eplis, Be 36 war of scribis, that wolen go?
in stoolisz, and louen salutaciouns in thea
chepingb, and the firste chayris in syna-
gogis c, and the firste sitting places in
47 feestisd ; whiche6 deuouren the housis of
widowis, feynynge long preierf; thes
schulen takeff more dampnacioun.
CAP. XXI.
i Forsothe he biholdinge sy3 'tho riche
men, whiches senten her 3iftis in to the
the laste of alle the womman is deed.
Therfor in the 'risyng a3enb, whos wijf 33
of hem schal sche be ? for seuene hadden
hir to wijf. And Jhesus seide to hem, 34
Sones of this world wedden c, and ben
3ouun to weddyngis; but thei that schu-35
len be had worthi of that world, and of
thed Visyng a3ene fro deeth, nethir ben
wedded, nethir f wedden wyues, nethir 36
schulen^ mowe die more ; for thei ben
euen with aungels, and ben theh sones
of God, sithen thei ben the' sones ofJ
Visyng a3enk fro deeth. And that deed37
men risen a3en, also Moises schewide
bisidis the busch, as he seith, The Lord
God of Abraham, and God1 of Ysaac,
and God of Jacob. And God is not of 38
deed men, but of lyuynge men ; for alle
men lyuen to hym. And summe of39
scribism answeringe, seiden, Maistir, thou
hast wel seid. And thei dursten no40
more axe hym ony thing. But he seide 4|
to hem, How seien men, Crist to be the
sone of Dauid, and Dauid hym silf42
seith in the" book of Salmes, The Lord
seide to my lord, Sitte thou on my ri3t-
half, til that0 Y putte thin enemyes a43
stool of thi feet ? Therfor Dauid clepith 44
hym lord, and hou is he his sone ?
And in heryng of al the puple, he seide 45
to hise disciplis, Be 36 war of scribisP, 4e
that wolen wandre in stolisPP, and louen
salutaciouns in chepyngi, and the firste
chaieris inr synagogis, and the firste sit-
tynge placis in feestis ; that deuouren the 47
housis of widewis, and feynen long prei-
yng ; these schulen take the more damp-
nacioun.
CAP. XXI.
And he biheeld, and saye thos riche i
men, that casten* her 3iftis in to the
1 saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. m the Y. n schulen be had AGMNOPQSTWXY. ben K pr. m. schulen be r.
o of AGMNOPQSTWXY. P and in GO. <J nether ouer AGNOQSWXY. nether euere MP. ne ouer T. r Om.
AGMNOQSTWXY. s Om. AGMNPQSTrwxY. * and AGMNOPQSTWXY. u Om. w pr. m. v answeriden,
seyden w, answerynge seiden Y. w Crist for to be AGMNOP^TWY. Crist to ben S.Y. x til that ^GMOPQ
STWXY. y wandre AGMNOPQSTWXY. z scolis wx. a Om. XY. b chepyngis o. c the synagogis or,
d the festis o. e that AGMNOPQSTWXY. * prayinge AGMXOPQSTWXY. a make K.
MNOPQSTfTXY.
^ „
K hem that AG
b ajen risyng g. c ben weddid k pr. m. d Om. iKg. e ajen risinge k. f ne a. e thei schul ig.
1) Om. i. » Om. ciKMSUxbcghik. J of the b. k ajen risyng iRsg. 1 Om. h sec. m. i. m the scribis KX
Lik. fariseis g. n Om. g. ° Om. IK pr. m. suxgk/3. P the scribis k. PP scoolis A pr. m. 1 the
cheping nbcehio^. r in the i. s the hi. l castiden CEKPQXO. kesten R.
XXI. 2
LUKE.
217
2 tresorieh ; forsothe he1 sy} alsok sum litel
pore widowe sendynge tweie1 litle mo-
sneys", ethir0 ^aferlhingv. And he seyde,
Treuli I seye to 3011, for this pore widowe
4sente more than alle men. Forwhi alle
thesi senten in to 3iftisr of God, 'of the
thing plentenously to hems; forsothe this
widowe of this4 thing that fayleth to hir,
ssente al hir lyfloode, that she" hadde. And
sum menv seyinge of the temple, that it
was ourned with goode stoones and 3yftis,
che seyde, Thes thingis that 36 seen, dayes
schulen come, in whichw a stoon schal not
be left onx a stoon, which? schal not be
;distroyed. Sothli thei axiden him, sey-
inge, Comaundour, whanne schulen thes
thingis be? and what tokene, whanne thei
8 schulen bigynne toz be don? Which a
seide, Se 36, that 36 be not disceyued ;
forsotheb manye schulen come in my name,
seyinge, For I am, and thec tyme schal
9iiei3e; therfore nyle 36 go aftir hem. Butd
whanne 36 schulen heere batels and dis-
senciouns" 'with ynnef, nyle 36 be aferdff;
it bihoueth first thes thingis to# be don,
10 but not 3it anoon the'1 ende. Thanne he
seide to hem, Folk schal ryse a3ens folk,
n and rewme a3ens rewme ; and grete
mouyngis of erthe schulen be by places,
and pestilensis, and hungris, and dredis
fro heuene, and grete tokenes schulen be.
12 But bifore alle thes thingis thei schulen
sette' hir hondis onk 3ou, and schulen
pursuwe, bitakinge1 in to synagogis and
kepingis, Aether prisouns™, drawynge to
iskingis and iustisis", for my name; for-
sothe it schal bifalle0 to 3ou in to wit-
14 nessing. Therfore putte 36 in 3oure hertis,
not to thenke bifore, how 36 schulen an-
treserie; but he saye also a litil pore 2
widewe castynge twei ferthingis. And 3
he seide, Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that this
pore widewe keste" more than alle men.
For whi alle these of thing that was 4
plenteuouse to hem castenv in to the
3iftis of God ; but this widewe of that
thing that failide to hir, castew al hir
liflode, that sche hadde. And whanne »
sum men seiden of the temple, that it
was apparailid with gode stoonus and
3iftis, he seide, These thingis that 366
seen, daies schulen come, in whiche a
stoon schal not be left on a stoon, which
schal not be destried. And thei axiden?
hym, and seiden, Comaundour, whanne
schulen these thingis be ? and what
tokne schal be, whanne thei schulen bi-
gynne to be don ? And he seide, Se 30, 8
that 30 be not disseyued ; for many
schulen come in my name, seiynge, For
Y am, and the tyme schal nei3e; therfor
nyle 30 go aftir hem. And whaurie 56 o
schulen here batailis and stryues with
ynne, nyle 36 be aferd ; it bihoueth first
these thingis to be don, but not 3it anoon
is an ende. Thanne he seide to hevn,io
Folk schal rise a3ens folk, and rewme
a3ens rewme; grete* mouyngis of erthe>'n
schulen be bi placis, and pestilencis, and
hungris, and dredis fro heuene, and grete
tokenes schulen be. But bifore alle these 12
thingis thei schulen sette her hoondis on
3ou, and schulen pursue2, bitakynge in to
synagogis and kepyngis a, drawynge b to
kyngis and to iusticis, for my name; but is
it schal falle to 3ou in to witnessyng.
Therfor putte 3ehb inc 3oure hertis, notd 14
to thenke bifore, hou 36 schulen answere ;
k tresoury, ryche men AGMNOPQSTWXY. > and he Q. k and AGMNOPSTWXY. Om. Q. ' two GMPXY.
and two o. n mynutes MQ. ° or AGMNPQSTWY. that is o. Om. x. P ferthingis AGMNPQSTWY. Om. x.
1 thes of the aboundaunt [habundaunce N], or plenteuorvs, to hem AGMNPQSTY. thees of the habundaunce
to hem o. thes of the abundaunt of plenleuous to hem w. these of the abundaunt to hem x. r the jiftis
AG sec. m. MNOPQSTWX. s Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. * that AGMNOPQSTWXY. u Om. v. v Om. s.
w the whiche AGMNPQTWY. x vpon o. y the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. z for to AGMNOPQTWY.
a The whiche AGMNOPQSTtrxY. b sothely AGMNOPQSTWXY. c then o. d Forsoth AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e sediciouns, or stryues AGMNPSTWXY. stryues o. seduciouns Q. f with in forth AGMNOPSTWXY. Om. Q.
ff ferd G. 8 for to AGMHOPQTWY. h an AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' put AGMNOPQSTIVXY. k to AGMNOPQSTH'XY.
1 bytrayinge o. bitakende x. m Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. n meyris, or iustisis AGMXPSTWY. meyres OQX.
0 falle AGMNPQSTWXY.
u castede B. v casteden E. kesten R. w castede E. kest K. x and grete c sec. m. B. y the erthe gk.
z purswe -y>u Kk. a kepyngis, and ik pr.m. b drawinge -3,011 Kk. bb 36 not hi. c into gk. d Om. hi.
VOL. IV. F f
218
LUKE.
xxi. 15 — 28.
15 swere ; for? I schal 3yue to 3ou mouth and
wysdom, to whiche alle 3oure aduersaries
schulen not mowe a3enstonde, and ajen-
icseye. Sothli 36 schulen be bytrayedi of
fadir, and rnodir, and britheren, and cosyns,
and frendis, and by deeth thei schulen tur-
nmente summer of5 3ou ; and 36 schulen
is be hatid1 ofu alle men for my name. And
an heer of 3oure heedv schal notw perische ;
inin 3oure pacience 36 schulen weldex 3oure
aosoulis. Forsoth whanne 36 schulen se Je-
rusalem enuyrownedy of an oost ofbatel,
thannez wite 36, that* theb desolacioun c
21 therof d schal nei3e. Thanne thei that ben
in Judee, flee 'in to hillis6; and thei that
ben{ in the& myddel of it, go awey; and
thei that benh in the cuntreis, entre1 not
22 in to it. For thes ben thek dayes of ven-
iaunce, that alle thingis that ben writun,
23 be fillid '. Forsothe wo to hem m, 'that
ben" with childe, and norischen0 in tho
dayes; for? a greet tribulaciouni schal be
on r erthe s, and wraththe to this peple.
24 And thei schulen falle in the mouth of
swerd, and thei schulen be ledd caytif ' in
to alle folkis; and Jerusalem schal be de-
foulidu of hethen men, til the tymesv of
isnaciouns be fillid". And tokeues schulen
be in thex sunne, and moone, and sterris ;
and in the^ erthe ' schal be7- ouerleying of
folkis, for confusioun of sown of the* see
26 and wawisb; men waxinge drye for drede
andc abidinge that schulen come ond al the
world ; forwhi vertues of heuene schulen
27 be mouyd. And thannedd thei schulen se
mannis sone comynge in a cloude, with
28 greet power and maieste. Sothli6 thes
thingis bigynnynge tof be don*, biholde
for Y schal 3yue to 3ou mouth and wis- 15
dom, to whiche alle 3oure aduersaries
schulen not mowe a3enstonde, and a3en-
seie. And 36 schulen be takun of fadir, i«
and modir, arid* britheren, and cosyns,
andf freendis, and bi deeth thei schulen
turmente of 3ou; and 36 schulen be in 17
haate to alle men for my name. And an is
heere of 3oure heed schal not perische ;
in 3oure pacience 36 schulen welde 3oure 19
soulis. But whanne 36 schulen se Je-2»
rusalem ben enuyround with an oost,
thanne wite 36, that the desolacioun of it
schal nei3e. Thanne thei that ben in 21
Judee, fleS to1' the' mountans ; and thei
that ben in the mydil of it, gon awei ;
and thei that ben in the cuntreis, entre
not in to it. For these ben daiesk of22
veniaunce, that alle thingis that ben
writun, be fulfillid. And wo to hem, that 23
ben with child, and norischen in tho
daies ; for a greet diseese schal be on the
erthe, and wraththe to this1 puple. And 24
thei schulen falle bi the scharpnesse of
swerd, and thei schulen be led prisoneris
in to alle folkis; and Jerusalem schal be
defoulid of hethene men, til the tymes'"
of naciouns be fulfillid. And tokenes2&
schulen be in the sunne, and the" mone,
and in the sterris ; and in the0 erthe
ouerleiyng of folkis, for confusioun of
sown? of the see and of floodis ; for men 26
schulen wexe drye for drede and abidyng
thati schulen1" come tos al the world ; for
vertues of heuenes* schulen be mouyd.
And thanne thei schulen se mannys sone 27
comynge in a cloude, with greet power
and maieste. And whanne these thingis 23
l> forsoth AGMNOPQSTWXY. Q bitraied, or lakun AGMNPSTWY. r Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. s Om. g.
1 in haate AGMNOQSTWXY. u to AGMNOPQSTITXY. v heued OWY. w no s. x weelde, or finite in
qiiiele AGMNPSTWY. Y be enuyrowned AG pr. m. MNPQSTWV. to ben enuyrounde G sec. in. ox. z that XY.
8 for AGMNopQSTfrx. b Om. v. c desolacionn, or discoumfort AGMNPSTWY. •' of it AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e to inountayns AGMOPQSTWXY. in to mountayns N. f Om. AMNPQSTWX. e Om. XY. h Om. AGMN
OPQSTWX. i go x. k Om. AGMNOpQSTrn-xY. l fulfilde AGMNOPQSTWXY. m wimmen AGMNOPQST
XY. nomman w. n Om. AGMNPQ.STWXY. ° nurishynge XG.WNPQSTWAV. P forsoth AGMNOPQSTWXY,
<1 pressure, or oi/crleyinge AGMNPSTPTY. pressure OQX. r to XY. s the erth AGMtiOPQSTtvY. * caitif,
or prisoneris AGMNPSTWY. caytifes o. u defoulid, or to-trodun AGMNPSTWY. v tyme MPQIT. w fulfilde
AGMNOPQSTITXY. x Ol)l. AGMNPQSTWXY. Y Om. AGMNOPQSTrfVX Y. z Om. AGMNOPQSTIVX Y.
» Om. v. b floodis o. c in jv. d to AGMNOPQSTWXY. dd Om. G pr.m. e Forsoth o. f for to AGMN
OPQTWY. % maad AGMfiOPQSTWXY.
e and of i. f and of i. g fle je k. h in to K sec.m. gk. in p. » Om. iKsg. k the daies b. ' al
this li pr. m. the k. m tyme k. n Om. e. ° Om. R. P the soun cse. S that that k. r schal k.
3 in to b. * heuene EQRghi.
XXI. 29 — XXII. 4-
LUKE.
219
3eh, and reyse 36' joure heedisk, for 3oure
29va3en bying1 nei3ith. And he seide to hem
a licnesse, Se 36 the fige tree, and alle
so trees, whanne thei 'bringen forth"1 vof hemn
si fruyt0 nowP, 36 witen for somer is ni3 ; so
also'', whanne 36 schulen se thes thingis
tor be don, wite 36™, for the kyngdorn of
32 God is ny3. Treuli I seie to 3011, for this
generacioun schal not passe, til alle thingis
33 be don. Heuene and erthe schulen passe,
34 but8 my wordis schulen not passe. For-
sothe 'take 36 heede* to 3ouu silf, lest per
auenture 3oure hertis be greuyd with glo-
tenye, and drunkenesse, and bisynessisv of
this lyf, and thilkew day come sudeyn onx
3530U ; forxx as a snare? it schal come 'on alle
men, that sittenz ona the face of al erthe.
se And so wakeb 36, preiynge in ech tyme,
that 30 bec worthi tod fle alle thes thingis
that schulene come, and tof stonde bifore
37 mannis sone. Forsoth in dayes he was
techinge in the temple, but£ he goynge
outh dwellide Mil ny3tis' in the hilk, which1
38 is clepid of Olyuete. And al the peple
vroos erly"1, to" come to him in the temple,
for0 to heere him P.
CAP. XXII.
i Forsothe the haliday of therf looues,
2whichi is seidr paske, r^ede". And the
princes of prestis and the* scribis soften,
hou thei schulden slee Jhesu, but" thei
sdredden the peplew. Sothli Sathanas en-
tride in to Judas, that" was elepid Seari-
oon of the twelue. And he wente,
bigynnen to be maad, biholde 36, and
reise 36 3oure heedis, for 3oure redemp-
cioun neijeth. And he seide to hem a 29
liknesse, Se 36 the fige tre, and alle trees,
whanne thei bryngen forth now of hem so
silf fruyt, 36 witen that somer is ny3 ; so si
3e, whanne 30 seen these thingis to" be
don, wite 36, that the kyngdom of God
is ny3- Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that this 32
generacioun schal not passe, til alle thingis
be don. Heuene and erthe schulen passe, 33
but my wordis schulen not passe. But 34
take 36 heede to 3ouv silf, lest perauen-
ture 3oure hertis be greuyd with glotony,
and drunkenesse, and bisynessisw of this
lijf, and thilke dai come sodeiri* on 3ou ;
for as a snare it schal come on alle men, 35
that sitten on the face of al erthe?. Ther- se
for wake 36, preiynge in ech tyme, that
3e be hadde worthi to fle alle these thingis
that ben to come, and to stonde bifor
mannus sone. And in daies z he was 37
techynge in the temple, but in ny3tis he
3ede out, and dwellide in the mount, that
is clepid of Olyuet. And al the pupless
roos eerli, to come to hym in the temple,
and toa here hym.
CAP. XXII.
And the halidai of therf b looues, that i
is seid pask, nei3ede. And the princis of 2
preestis and thec scribis soi^ten, hou thei
schulden sle Jhesu, but thei dredden the
puple. And Sathanas entride in to Ju-3
das, that wasd clepid Scarioth, oon of the
twelue. And he wente, and spak with 4
* Om. v. > Om. T. k heuedis OWY. l redempcioun, or biynge a^en AGMNPTWY. redempcioun OQ. redemp-
.cioun, or ayen biynge s. m bryngen forth now AGMNPQSXY. bygynne for to brynge forth o. bringith
f. now T. bryngen now of hem forth w. n Om. orw. ° fruite now of hem r. P Om. AGMNOPQSTVWXY.
'land 36 AGMNOPQSTWXY. r for to AGMNOPQTWY. "Om. GMPTY. s sothely AGMNOPQSXY. Om. T. for-
sothe w. * perseyue je, or take heede AMT. parceyue jee, or take ye hede GNPW. perceyue 36 Q. perceyue jee,
or taketli heed 8. parceyueth A:, parceyue, or take ye heede Y. u jour A/NOQW. T bysynesse AGNOsrpr.rn.tr.
bi synnes MP. blyndenessis T. w that x. * vpon AGMNOPWY. ** forsothe AGMNOPQSTWXY. y grane,
or snare AGMPQTWY. gnare, or snare N. grane s. z Om. G pr. m. MNPQ pr. m. TXY. into alle that silten
Q sec. m. a vpon AGMNOPQTWY. b walke AMNP. c ben had AGMNOPQSTWXY. d for to AGMNOPQTWY,.
e ben to AGMfiopQSTfvxY. f for to AGMNOPQTWY. g sothely in nijtis AGMNOPQSTWXY. h not Y.
' Om. AGMHOPtjSTWXY. k mount AGMNOPQSTrrxY. ' that AGMNOPQSTWXY. m hastide, or roos A pr.m.
hastide, or came erly G pr. m. MNPQTY. n for to AGMNOPQTWY. ° Om. sx. vOm.Gpr.m. 1 that
AGMNOPQSTWXY. f clepid o. B cam ni3e AGMNOPQSTWY. * Om. XY. u forsothe AGMNOPQSTWXY.
w pore pepil AGMNOPQSTWXY. * and K. X of Scarioth AGMNOPQSTWX.
u Om. k. v joure Ehi. w bisynesse ibhi. x sodeynli c pr. m. R sec. m. hik. T the erthe iKgk. z tho
daies kpr.7«, a for to IKMRS pr. m. xghi. b the therf IBS pr. m. ehia/3. c Om. k. d is k.
F f 2
220
LUKE.
xxn. 5 — 19.
and spak with the princes of prestis, and
'with thez magestratis, how he schulde
-.bitraye him to hem. And thei ioyeden,
and maden couenaunt toa 3yue 'money
6 to himb. And he bihi3te, and he sot^te
couenablete, that he schulde bitraye him,
7 with oute thec cumpanyes. Sothly the
day of therf looues cam, in whichd it was
nede, thate pask, "that is, sacrifice ofpas¥,
s be& slayn. And he sente Petre and John,
seyinge, 3e goynge makeh redy 'pask to
» vs, that we ete1. And thei seiden, Where
lowolt thou, thatk we make redy? And he
seide to hem, Lo ! 3011' entringe in to the
citee, sum man beringe a vessel with1"
watir schal come a3ens 3ou ; sue }e him in
11 to the hous, 'in to" which he entrith. And
36 schulen seye to the hosebonde man of the
hous, The maistir seith to thee, Where is
the herborgerie, where I schal ete pask
12 with my disciplis ? And he schal schewe
to 5ou a greet souping place strewid, and
is there 'make 36° redy. Sothli thei goynge
founden as he seide to hem, and there P
14 thei maden redy thei paske. And whanne
ther our was maad, he sat to the5 mete,
15 and twelue apostlis with him. And he
seide1 to hem, With desyr I haue desyrid
to" ete with 3ou this pask, bifore thatv I
losuffre ; forsothe I seie to 3ou, for fro this
tyme I shal not ete it, til it be fillidw in
17 the rewme of God. And the cuppe takun,
he dide thankingis", and seide, 'Take 36?,
HI and 'departe 36" among 3ou ; forsothe3 I
seie to 3011, I schal not drynke of theb
generacioun of this vyne, til the rewme of
19 God come. And the breed takun, he dide
thankingisc, and brak, and 3af to hem,
seyinge, This is my body, whichd schal be
3ouun 'for joue; do 36 this thing in to my
the princis of preestis, and with the
magistratis, hou he schulde bitray hym
to hem. And thei ioyeden, and maden 5
couenaunt to 3yue hym money. And he 6
bihi3te, and he sou3te oportunyte, to bi-
traye hym, with outen puple". But the;
daies of therf looues camen, in whiche it
was neede, that the sacrifice of pask were
slayn. And he sente Petre and Joon, s
and seide, Go 36, and make 36 f redi to vs
the pask, that we ete. And thei seiden, 9
Where wolt thou, that we make redi ?
And he seide to hem, Lo ! whanne 36 10
schulen entre in to the citee, a man
berynge a vessel of watir schal meete
3011 ; sue 36 hym in to the hous, in to
which he entrith. And 36 schulen seien
to the hosebonde man of the hous, The
maister seith to thee, Where is a chaum-
bre, where Y schal ete the pask with my
disciplis ? And he schal schewe to 3011 a 12
greet soupyng place strewid, and there
make 36 redi. And thei 3eden, and 13
founden as he seide to hem, and thei
maden redi the pask. And whanne theu
our was come, he sat to& the'1 mete, and
the twelue apostlis with hym. And he 15
seide to hem, With desier Y haue desirid
to ete with 3ou this pask, bifor that Y
suffre ; for Y seie to 3ou, that fro this i<;
tyme Y schal not ete it, til it be fulfillid'
in the rewme of God. And whanne he 17
hadde take the cuppe, he dide gracis, and
seide, Take 36, and departe 36 k among
3ou ; for Y seie to 3ou, that Y schal not IB
drynke of the kynde of this vyne, til the
rewme of God come. And whanne he in
hadde take breed, he1 dide thankyngis,
and brak, and 3af to hem, and seide, This
is my bodi, that schal be 3ouun for 3ou ;
z Om. o. a for to AGMNOPQTWY. b him money AGMNOPSTWXY. c Om. AGMHOPQSTVWXY. d the
whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. e Om. AGMNOPQSTWX. f that is, the sacrifice of pask AGMNPQSTWY. Om. ox.
g for to be AGMNOPQTWY. to be sx. h maketh x. ' to us, tor to eet pask o. to vs pask, that we ete MPY.
k Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. ' 366 Qs. thou T. "" of AGMNopQSTWXY. n and in to K. ° maketh x.
P Om. AGMNOPSTVWXY. 1 Om. MPQX. r Om. T. s Om. WXY. * saith AGMNOPQSTWX Y. u for to
AGMNOPQTWY. T Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. w fulfilde AGMNOPQSTWXY. x gracis AGMNOPQSTWX Y.
y Taketh x. z departeth sx. parte je r. a sothely AGMNOPQSTWXY. b this N. c graces, or thankyngis
AGMNPSTW. graces QXY. d that for jou AGMNOPQSTWXY. e Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e the peple IKSX sec. m. gk. f Om. s. e at hi. h Om. k. ' fillid P pi: m. k Om. i. ' and hi.
XXII. 20 — 34-
LUKE.
221
2ocommemoraciounf. Also and the chalys,
aftir that he hadde soupid, seyinge, This
cuppe is the newe testament in my blood,
2iwhich& schal be sched for 300. Netheles
lo ! the hond of a b man bitrayinge me is
22 with me in the bord. And sothli mannis
sone goth, vp' thatk it is determynd1 ; ne-
theles wo to that man, bi whom he schal
23 be bitrayed. And thei bigynnen tom seche
among hem silf ", who it was of hem, that
24 was to doynge0 this? thing. And stryf
wasi maad among hem, which of hem
asschulde be vseyn tor be more. Forsoth he
seide to hem,'Kyngis of8 vhethen men1 Nben
lordis11, W lordsc/iipenv,*of hemvv, and thei
that han power onw hem ben clepid goode
263yuerisx, but? 36 not so; but he that is
the' more in 3011, bea maad as theb 3ongere,
and he that is bifore goer, as a seruaunt.
2;Forwhi who is thec more, he that restith,
otherd he that mynistrith ? where not he
that restith ? Forsoth I am in the myddisf
2fiof 3ou, as he that mynistrith. Sothli 36
itff ben, that han dwelt with me in& my
2» temptaciouns ; arid I dispose1 to 3011, as
my fadir hath disposed to1 me, a rewme,
30 that 36 etc and drynke onk my bord in
my rewme, and sitte1 on trones"1, dem-
31 yuge twelue" kynredis of Israel. Forsothe
the Lord seide to Symount, Symount, lo°!
Sathanas hath axid 3011, that he schulde
32 ridele as whete ; but P I haue preied for
thee, that thi feith fayle not ; and thou
conuertid sum tyme, conferme thi bri-
33 theren. Which*! seide to him, Lordr, I am
redi to8 go with thee, and* in to prisoun
34 and in to deeth. And he seide, I seie to
thee, Peter", the koc schal not crowe to
day, til thou 'thries forsakev vto knowew me.
do 36 this thing inm mynde of me. He 20
took also the cuppe, aftir that he hadde
soupid, and seide, This cuppe is the newe
testament in my blood, that schal be
sched for 3ou. Netheles lo ! the hoond 21
of hym that bitraieth me, is with me at
the table. And mannus sone goith, 'aftir 22
that" it is determyned; netheles wo to
that man, bi whom he schal be bitraied.
And thei bigunnen to seke among hem, 23
who it was of hem, that was to do this
thing. And strijf was maad among hem, 24
which of hem schulde be seyn to be
grettest. But he seide to hem, Kyngisas
of hethen men ben lordis of hem, and
thei that han power on0 hem ben clepid
good doeris, but 36 not so; but he that2«
is grettest among 3ou, be maad as? 3on-
gere, and he that isi bifor goere, as a
seruaunt. For who is gretter, he that 27
sittith at the mete, or he that mynystrith ?
whether not he that sittith at the mete ?
And Y am in the myddilr of 3ou, as he
that mynystrith. And 36 ben, that han 28
dwellid with me in my temptaciouns ;
and Y dispose to you, as my fadir hath 29
disposid to rne, a rewme, that 36 ete and so
drynke on my boord in my rewme, and
sitte on trones8, and deme the twelue
kynredis of Israel. And the Lord seide 3i
to Symount, Symount, lo, Satanas hath
axid 3ou, that he schulde ridile' as whete ;
but Y haue preyede for thee, that thi 32
feith faile not ; and thou sum tyme con-
uertid, conferme thi britheren. Which" 33
seide to hym, Lord, Y am redi to go in
to prisoun and in to deeth with thee.
And he seide, Y seie to thee, Petir, the 34
cok schal not crowe to dai, til thou thries
f commemoracioun, or in to mynde of me AGMNPQSTWXY. B that AGMNOPQSTWXY. h the G sec. m. o.
' after AGMNOPQSTWY. as x. k Om. x. ! diffyned, or determyned AGMNPQTWXY. deffyned of hym, or
determyned s. m for to AGMNOPQTWY. n Om. AGMNOPQSTWX. ° do AGMNOPQSTWXY. P that y.
q is A pr. m. a pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. * seen for to AGMNOPTWY. * Om. K. * folkis A pr. m. G pr. m.
MNOQTXY. Om. K. u lordschipen o. Om. K. v Om. KOQVX. vv Om. K.
* doeris, or good ^yueris AGMNPSTWY. doeris OQX. J forsoth AGMXOPQSTIVX.
• be he TW sec. m. b Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e whethir x. ! myddel AGMNOPQSTWXY. ff Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. 8 and K.
in N. vpon o. * sittinge w. m twelue trones K. n the twelue GMPQXY.
w Vpon AGMNOPQTWY.
z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
d Or AGMNOPQSTWXY.
h disposid w. ' Om. N.
> Om. K. P sotlily AGM
NOPQSTIVXY. q The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Lo r. 9 for to AGMXOPQTWY. m.Mwpr.m.
n Om. K. v forsake thries K. w for to haue knowun AGMNPQTIVY. for to haf knowen o. to han knowen sx.
m in to i pr. m. n as a.
Ksk. n The whiche i.
of hi. P as a hi. <l is a hi. r myddes hi. s the trones i. * ridle jou
222
LUKE.
XXII. 35—49-
3,-> And he seide to hem, Whanne I sente 3ou
with oute sachel, andw scrip, and* schoori,
:»; wher ony thing failide to 3011 ? And thei
seiden, No thing. Therfore he seide to
hem, But now he that hath a sachel, take
also and a scrippe; and he that hath not,
37selle his coote, and bye a swerd. Sothli
I seie to 3ou, for 3it it bihoueth this?
thing that is writun toz be fulfillid" in me,
And he is demydb with wickidec men ;
forsothe tho thingis that ben of me han
:jsand ende. And thei seiden, Lord, lo!
tweyee swerdis here. And he seyde to
an hem, It is ynow3- And he gon out,
wente bif custom in to the hil of Olyues^ ;
4osothli and the1' disciplis sueden him. And
whanne he cam to the place, he seyde to
hem, Preie 36, lest' 36 entrek in to ternpt-
41 acioun. And he was1 takun awey fro
hem, 'as myche as is111 a stoones cast"; and
42 the knees put, he preide, seyinge, Fadir,
if thou wolt, turn ouer this cuppe"" fro
me; netheles not my wille 'be don°, but
43 thin P. Forsoth an aungel apperide to
him fro heuene, cumfortinge him. And
he maad in agonye, "ether angwischei,
44preiede lengere ; and his swoot was1"
maad as dropis of blood rennynge doun
45 in to the8 erthe. And whanne he hadde
rise fro preier, and hadde' come to his
disciplis, he fond hem slepinge" for heuy-
4(;nesse. And lie seidev to hem, What
slepen 36 ? 'Ryse 36, and preie 3ew, that
47 36 entrex not in to temptacioun. ^it him
spekinge, lo ! a cumpany, and he that
was clepid Judas, oon of the twelue,
weute bifore hem ; and he nei3ede>' to
48 Jhesu, that" he schulde kisse him. Sothli
Jhesu seide to him, Judas, 'bitrayest thoua
4ymannis sone'with a cossb? Forsoth0 thei
forsake that thou knowist me. And he 35
seide to hem, Whanne Y sente 3ou with
outen sachel, and scrippe, and schone,
whether ony thing failide to 3ou? Andse
thei seiden, No thing. Therfor he seide
to hem, But now he that hath a sachel,
take also andv a scrippe ; and he that
hath noon, selle his coote, and biggew a
swerd. For Y seie to 3ou, that 3it it 37
bihoueth that thing that is writun to be
fulfillid in me, And he is arettid with
wickid men ; for tho thingis that ben of
me han endex. And thei seiden, Lord, 38
lo ! twei swerdis here. And he seide to
hem, It is ynow3- And he 3ede out, and 30
wente aftir the custom in to the hille of
Olyues; and the disciplis sueden hym.
And whanne he cam to^ the place, he4o
seide to hem, Preye 36, lest 36 entren in
to temptacioun. And he was taken awei4i
fro hem, so7- myche as isa a stonys cast ;
and he knelide, and preyede, and seide, 42
Fadir, if thou wolt, do awei this cuppe
fro me ; netheles not my wille be don,
but thin. And an aungel apperide to 43
hymb fro heuene, and coumfortide hym.
And he was maad in agonye, and prey-
ede the lenger ; and his swot was maad 44
as dropis of blood rennynge doun in to
the erthe. And whanne he was rysun45
fro preier, and was comun to hise disci-
plis, he foond hem slepynge for heuy-
nesse. And he seide to hem, What4«
slepen 36 ? Rise 36, and preye 3e, that 36
entre not in to temptacioun. Jit while 47
he spak, lo ! a company, and he that was
clepid Judas, oon of the twelue, wente
bifor hem ; and he cam to Jhesu, to
kisse hym. And Jhesus seide to hym, 48
Judasc, 'with a cossd 'thou bytrayeste
w or N. * or N. y that AGMNOPSTWX. that that G pr. m. QY. * for to AGMNOPQTWY. a fillid r.
b put, or denied AGMNPQSTWY. put x. c wicke s.x. d Om. ^GA/NOPQSTWJTV. e two GMOPQWXY.
{ aftir ^GMNOPQST^JTV. S Olyuete w. h Om. XGMNOPQSTJFA'Y. ' that Q sec.m. k falle MNPTXY.
entre not Q sec. m. ! is ^GMNOPSSTAY. m how myche is ^GMNPQSTWAV. hou myche as o. n cast is o.
nn cuppe, or passioun G sec.m. ° Om. o. P thine be done o. Q or strijf AGMNOPQSTWXY. r is A pr.m.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. s Om. K sec. m. r. 4 Om. x Y. u in slepynge Y. v saith AGMNOPQSTWXY.
w Rijse 36, and preye M. Riseth, and pre3eth x. * falle MNOPQTXY. y cam ni3e AGMNOPQSTWXY.
2 and that K. a with a cosse thou bytrayest A pr. m. GMNPQTWXY. with a cosse bitra3ist thou A sec. m. s.
b Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Sothely AGMNOQSTWXY.
x Om. EIK pr. m. R sec. m. scghik pr. m. w hie CEKMUX/3. bye pea. bije R. * an ende sb. y into
Ai pr.m. z as rx. « Oai. u. b hem a. c Om. p pr.m. d Om. EP. e bitruiest thou CEpqxa.
XXII. 5° — 63-
LUKE.
that weren aboute hym, seynge 'the
thingd that was to comynge", seiden to
him, Lord, wherf we smyten bys swerd ?
50 And oon of hem smoot the seruaunt of
the prince of the'1 prestis, and kittide' of
si his litel rijt eere. Forsothe Jhesu an-
sweringe seydek, Suffre 36 til hidur. And
whanne he hadde touchid his litil eere,
52 he heelide him. Forsothe Jhesu seide to
hem, that camen to him, the princes of
prestis, and magestratis1, and eldere men,
As to a theef 36 han gon out with swerdis
53 and staues ? Whanne I was eche day
'with 3oum in the temple, 36 strei3ten not
out the" hondis into me ; but this is 3oure
54 our, and the0 power of derknessis. Sothli
thei takinge him, ledden to the hous of
'the princel' of prestis; Petre forsothe suede
55 him a fer. Sothli a fyer kyndlid in the
myddeli 'greet housr, and hem sittinge
aboute, Petre was in the myddel of hem.
so Whom whanne sum handrnayde5 hadde
seyn sittinge at the Ii3t, and hadde biholde
him, she seide, And this1 was with him.
57 And he denyede him, seiynge, Womman,
68 1 knoweu him not. And aftir a litil
a nothir man seynge him, seidev, And thou
ert of hem. Petre forsothe seide, Aw !
59 man, I am not. And a space maad as*
of oon our, sothli anothir affermyde, sey-
inge, Treuli and this was with him ; for-
oowhi and 'he is? of Galilee. And Petre
seide', Man, I 'wot not" what thou seistb.
And a non 3it him spekinge, a cok crew.
ci And the Lord turned a3enc, biheeld Petre;
and Petre hadde mynde of d the word of
Jhesu, as he hadde seid, Fore bifore thatee
the koc crewf, thries thou schalt denye me.
Jig And Petre gon forth, wepte bitturly. And
the men that heelden him, scornyden him
'mannys sone f. And thei that weren •»;»
aboute hym, and sayn that that was to
come, seiden to hym, Lord, whether we
smyten with swerd ? And oon of hem so
smoot the seruaunt of the prince of
preestis, and kittides of his ri3t eere.
But Jhesus answerde, and seide, Suffre -r>i
3e til1' hidir. And whanne he hadde
touchid his eere, he heelide hym. And 5-2
Jhesus seide to hem, that camen to hym,
the princis of preestis, and' maiestratis
of the temple, and eldre men, As to a
theef 36 han gon out with swerdis and
staues? Whanne Y was ech dai with 53
3ou in the temple, 36 strei3ten not out
hondis in to me ; but this is 3oure our,
and the power of derknessis. And thei 54
token him, and ledden to the hous of
the prince of prestis ; and Petir suede
hym afer. And whanne a fier was 55
kyndelid in the myddil of the greet
hous, and thei sateri aboute, Petir was
in the myddil of hem. Whom whanne s«
a damysel hadde seyn sittynge 'at thek
Ii3t, and hadde biholdun hym, sche
seide, And this1 was with hym. And 57
he denyede hym, and seide, Womman,
Y knowe hym not. And aftir a litil 58
another man 81*3 hym, and seide, And
thou art of hem. But Petir seide, A !
man, Y am not. And whanne a space 59
was maad as of on our, another afferm-
yd, and seide, Treuli this™ was with
hym ; for also he is of Galilee. And eo
Petir seide, Man, Y nootn what thou
seist. And anoon 3it while he spak, the
cok crewe. And the Lord turnede a3en, ei
and bihelde Petre ; and Petre hadde
mynde on0 the word of Jhesu, as he
hadde seid, For? bifor thaf the cok
d that AGMPSTWXY. Om. o. that thing Q. e come AGMNOPQSTWXY. r if AGMNOPQSTWXY. gin
AGMNOPQSTWXY. h Om. AGMNopQSTPwx Y. i kitte ^GJUNOpQsrfr.x v. k saith XGMNOPQST^JTV.
1 magestratis, or maistris, of the temple AGMNPQSTWXY. m Om. x. ° Om. MPX Y. ° Om. N.
P princes K. 1 myd x. r floor, or greet horns AGMNQSTWY. flore OPJ:. s hondmayden AGMNOPQSTXY.
* he this o. u knewe ^GMJVopQSTWAy. kne3 jr. v saith OQTWX. w O! PQXY. * Om. Q.
> this was a pr.m. z saith ^GMNOpysTWjfy. a note AGMNOQST. noot P. not FFJCV. b seith >*.
c Om. Ky. d on ^GAfNpQSfrjrv. e Om. N. ee Om. ^Gi/NopQSTWxv. f crowe
f m. s. with a cosse EPQ. S kitte i. h til to hi. ' and the i. k atte r pass. ' he this i. m he this i.
ne wot i. woot not Kb. ° of s. P Om. b. 1 Om. K pr. m.
224
LUKE.
XXII. 64 — XXIII. 6.
s. And thei veyliden himh, "or
hidden1, and smyten k his face, and ax-
iden him, seyinge, Prophesie thou, who
05 "is he1 that smoot thee. Also thei blas-
phemynge seiden inanye othere thingis
oca3ens him. And as the day was maad,
the eldere men of the peple, and the m
princes of prestis, and the scribis camen
to gidere, and ledden him in to her coun-
07 ceil, seyinge, If thou art Crist, seie to vs.
f>8 And he seide11 to hem, If I schal0 seye to
3011, je schulen not bileue to me ; sothli
and if I shal axe, 36 schulen not answere
en to me, nether 30 schulen leueP. Forsoth
aftir this tyme mannis sone schal be sit-
tinge on the ri3thalf of the vertu of God.
7oTherfore alle seiden, Therfore ert thou
the sone of God ? Which 9 seider, 3e seyn
71 for I am. And thei seiden, What 3it de-
syren we witnessing? forsoth we vss selue
han herd of his mouth.
CAP. XXIII.
1 And al the multitude 'risinge of hem*,
2 ledden him to Pilat. Forsoth thei bi-
gunnen tou accuse him, seyinge, We han
ibunden thisv manw turnynge vpsodoun
oure folk, and forbedinge tributis* to-v be
3ouun to Cesar, and seyinge him silf to>'
she Crist king. Forsothe Pilat axide him,
seyinge, Ert thou kyng of Jewis ? And
4 he answeringe seide z, Thou seist. For-
sothe Pilat seide2 to the princes of prestis,
and to the cumpanyes" of pepleb, I fynde
5 no thing of cause inc this man. And thei
woxen strengere, seyinge, He moueth 'to
gidered the peple, techinge thorw al Judee,
cbigynnynge fro Galilee tile hidur. Pilat
crowe, thries thou schalt denye me. Andes
Petre 3ede out, and wepte bittirli. Andes
the men that helden hym scorneden
hymr, and smyten hym. And thei blyn-64
felden hym, and smyten his face, and
axiden hym, and seiden, Arede, thou
Crist, to vs, who is he that smoot thee ?
Also thei blasfemynge seiden a3ens hymes
many other thingis. And as the day 66
was come, the eldre men of the puple,
and the princis" of prestis1, and the
scribis camen togidir, and ledden hym
in to her councel, and seiden, If thou 07
art Crist, seie to vs. And he seide toes
hem, If Y seie to 3ou, 30 schulen™ not
bileue to me ; and if Y axe, 36 schulenv
not answere to me, nethir 3ew schulen*
delyuere me. But aftir this tyme man- 69
nys sone schal be sittynge on the ri3t
half of the vertu of God. Therfor alle 70
seiden, Thanne art thou the sone of
God ? And he seide, 3e seien that Y am.
And thei seiden, What 3it desiren we wit- 71
nessyng? for we vs? silf han herd of his
mouth.
CAP. XXIII.
And al the multitude of hem arysenz, i
and ledden hym to Pilat. And thei bi-2
gunnen to accuse hym, and seideu, We
han foundun this turnynge vpsodoun
oure folk, and forbedynge tributis3 to be
3OUUD to the emperour, and seiynge that
hym silf is Crist andb kyng. And Pilat s
axide hym, and seide, Art thou kyng of
Jewis ? And he answeride, and seide,
Thou seist. And Pilat seide to the 4
princis of prestis, and to the puple, Y
fynde no thing of cause in this man.
And thei woxen0 stronger, and seiden, s
He moueth the puple, techynge thorou
al Judee, bigynnynge fro Galile til hidir.
£ smytynge, or betynge hym AGMNPSTWY. smytynge OQ.Y. h Om. GMPWY.
lin. ox. k han smyte K. l is it AGMNOPQTXY. is that w. m Om.
Om. GMPWY. i or hidden him GMPWY.
Om. ox. k han smyte K. l is it AGMNOPQTXY. is that w. m Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. n saith
AGMKOPQSTWXY. ° Om. T. P byleue o. q The whiche AGMNOPQSTIVXY. r saith AGMXOPQS
TITXY. 9 our MNOPQWX. t of hem risynge JI/PQW. u for to AGMNOPQTWY. v hym this Q. w Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. x tribute AGMNOPQSTWXY. y for to AGMNOPQTWY. z Saith AGMNOPQSTWXY.
a companye w. b the puple r. c to K. d Om. Q. e to ow.
r Om. k pr. m. s prynce hi. l the prestis i. u wil i. * wil i.
z arisen up k. a tribute k. b a a. c weren c. wexiden hi.
Om. s. x woln i. y our E.
XXIII. 7 — 20.
LUKE.
225
forsoth heeringe Galilee axide, if he were
7 a man of Galilee. And as he knew that
he was off the power of Eroude, he
sente him a3en to Eroude; which e and
s he was at Jerusalem vin tho1' dayes. For-
sothe, him' seyn, Eroude ioyede ful myche;
for he was coueitinge of moche tyme tok
se1 him, for™ he herde many thirigis of
hym, and hopide to" se sum myracle0 to?
9 be don^ of him. Sothli he axide him in
manye wordis; and he no thing answeride
iotorhim. Forsothe the princes of prestis
and the8 scrybis stooden, stedfastli accus-
ninge him. Sothli1 Eroude withu his cost
'diepiside himv, and scornyde him clothid(V
with a whit cloth x, and sente? ajen to
12 Pilate. And Eroude and Pilate werenz
maad frendis in thilkea day ; forwhi xbi-
foretob thei weren enemyes to gidere.
13 Sothli0 the princes of prestis d and the
magestratis of the peple clepid to gidere,
uPilat6 seide to hem, 3e han offrid to me
this man, as turnynge awey the peple,
and lo ! I axynge byfore 3ou fynde no
cause in this man of thes thingis, in
15 whiche 30 accusen him ; but f nethir
Eroude, for& Ih ^a^ein sente1 ^ou to himk,
and lo ! no thing worthi of1 deeth is don
16 to him. Therfore1" I schal delyueren him
17 amended0. Forsothe he hadde nede to?
deliuere^ to hem oon by the feeste day.
is Sothli al the cumpanye crieder, seiynge,
Do him awey, and deliuere vBarabas to
lovs8; which* was sent in to prison for sum
dissencioun" maad in the citee, and for
20 mansleyngv. Forsoth eftw Pilat spak to
And Pilat herynge Galile axided, if hec
were a man of Galile. And whanne he?
knewe that he was of the powere of
Eroude, he sente hym to Eroude; whiche
was at Jerusalem in tho daies. And «
whanne Eroude si3 Jhesu f, he ioyede
ful myche; for long tyme he coueitide to
se hym, for he herde many thingis of
hyrn, and hopide to see sum tokene vto
be& don of hym. And he axideh hym 9
in many wordis ; and he answeride no
thing to hym. And the princis ofio
preestis and the scribis stoden, stidfastli'
accusynge hym. But Eroude with hisii
cost dispiside hym, and scornede hym,
and clothidek with a white cloth, and
sente hym a$en to Pilat. And Eroude 12
and Pilat weren maad freendis fro that
dai; for bifor thei weren enemyes togidre.
And Pilat clepide togider the princis of is
prestis and the maiestratis1 of the puple,
and seide to hem, 3e han bnnrjt to me u
this man, as turnynge awey the puple,
and lo ! Y axynge bifor 3ou fynde no
cause in this man of these thingis, in
whiche 36 accusen hym ; nether Eroude, 15
for"' he hath sent hym ayen to vs, and
lo ! no thing worthi of deth is don to
hym. And therfor Y schal amende hym, i«
and delyuere hym. But he moste nede W
delyuer to hem oon bi the feest dai.
And al the puple11 criede togidir, and is
seide, Do 'awei hym°, and delyuer to vs
Barabas; which? was sent vin toi prisoun i»
for disturblyng maad in the cite, and for
mansleynge. And eftsoone Pilat spak 20
* for K. g the which AGMNOPQSTWXY. h thees MNOPQTWY. ' Jhesu Q sec. m. k for to AGMNO
PQSTWY. -1 here A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPTXY. m for that AGMNOPQSTWXY. u for to AGMNOPQTWY.
<> tokne AGMNOPQSTWXY. f for to AGMNOPQTWY. Om. s. q maad AGMNOPQTWXY. r Om. o. s Om.
QXY. * Forsothe w pr. m. u forsoke, or dispiside him, with AGMNPQSTWXY. forsoke him with o.
v Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. « sothly o. clad SJT. * clooth him clothed o. y sente him y. 2 ben AGMN
OPQSTWXY. a that ilke Q. that x. thilke Y. & byfore AG sec.m. MNOPQSTWY. Om.opr.m. biforn
x pass. c Pylate sothli WXY. <1 the prestis r. e Om. G^xy. f and o. S forwhi AGMOPSTWXY.
1> he G sec.m. NO. i hath sent him ajen N. k him to 5011 G sec.m. o. to vs N. ' the AGMNOPQSTWY. to x.
>» Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. B leue ^GMifopQSTWJ:K. ° amendid, or delyuere hym chastised AGMNPQSTITY.
amendid, or del. chastised s. P for to AGMNopQTtr Y. 1 dismytte, or delyuere AGMNOPQSTWY. dismytten x.
1 criede togidre AGMNOPQSTXY. 8 to vs Barabas WXY. *• the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. u sedicioun, or
disturblyng AGMNPQTWY. distroublynge o. sedicioun, or disturbing sx. v mannes sleeynge GY. w eft-
SOne AGMNOPQSTfTXY.
d askide R. e that i.
1 maystres a. m and i.
whiche i. q in i.
VOL. IV.
' hym hi. B Om. a. h askide R. ' stifly a. k clothide him
n multitude a. ° him awey iKPQRsbeghik sec.m. aft. awey k pr. m. P the
Gg
226
LUKE.
XXIII. 21 — 34.
21 hem, willinge* to? delyuere Jhesu. And
thei vndircryeden, seyinge, Crucifie, cru-
22cifie him. Sothli the thridde tyme he
seide to hem, Sothli what of yuelz hath
hea don ? I fynde no cause of deeth in
him ; therfore I schal chastise hym, and
as 'I schalb delyuere. And thei contynueden
axinge with greete voices, that he schulde
be crucified ; and the voyces of hem
24 woxenc stronge. And Pilat demyde her
25axinge tod be don. Sothli he deliuerede
to hem him, that for mansleyngee and
dissenciounf was sent in to& prisoun, whom
thei axiden ; sothli he bitook Jhesu to
2<i her wille. And whanne thei leddenb him,
thei took sum man, Symount of Sirenen,
comynge fro the toun, and thei puttiden'
to him ak cross to1 here aftir Jhesu.
-.'7 Sothli ther suede him moche cumpanye
of peple111, and of wymmen that weileden,
as and bymoornyden him. Sothli Jhesu
turnyd to hem seide", Doujtris of Jeru-
salem, nyle je wepe on0 me, but wepe 30
29 on 3ouP silf, and on joure sones. For lo !
dayes schulen come, in whiche it schal be
seid, Blessid bei bareyn wymmenr, and
wombis8 that han not gendrid, and the
teetis whiche1 han not 3ouun souke".
soThanne thei schulen bigynne tov seye to
monteyns, Falle 36 doun onw vs, and to
:u litle" hillis, Kile? 30 vs. For if thei don
'thes thingisz in a grene tree, what schal
32 be don in a drye ? Sothli and othere
tweyea wickideb men weren led with him,
33 that thei schulde be slayn. And aftir
that thei camen inc to a place, whichd is
clepid ofe Caluarie, there thei crucifieden
him, and the theues, oon on the ri3thalf,
34 and 'the totherf on the left half. Forsothe
Jhesu seide, Fadir, for3yue to hem, for
to hem, and wolde delyuer Jhesu. And 21
thei vndurcrieden, and seiden, Crucifie,
crucifie hym. And the thridde tyme he 22
seide to hem, For what yuel hath thisr
don? Y fynde no cause of deeth in
hym ; therfor Y schal chastise hym, and
Y" schal delyuer'. And thei contynu-23
eden with greet voicis" axyngev, that he
schulde be crucified ; and the voicis of
hem woxenw stronge. And Pilat dem-24
yde her axyngx to be don. And he dely- 25
ueride to hem hym, that for mansleyng
and sedicioun was sent in to prisoun,
whom thei axiden?; but he bitookz Jhesu
to her wille. And whanne thei Iedden26
hym, thei token a man, Symon of Syre-
nen, comynge a fro the toun, and thei
leiden on hym the cross to here aftir
Jhesu. And there suede hym myche27
puple, and wymmen that weilidenb, and
bymorneden hym. And Jhesus turnede28
to hem, and seide, Dou3tris of Jerusalem,
nyle 30 wepe on me, but wepe 30 on
3ourec silf and on 3oure sones. For lo ! 29
daies schulen come, in whiche it schal
be seid, Blessid be bareyn wymmen, and
wombis that han not borun children,
and the tetis that han not 3ouun souke.
Thanne thei schulen bigynne to seie to so
mounteyns, Falle 36 doun on vs, and to
smale hillis, Keuere 30 vs. For if in a si
greene tre thei don these thingis, what
schal be don in a drie? Also othere 32
tweid wickid men weren led with hym,
to be slayn. And 'aftir thate thei camen 33
in to a place, that is clepid of Caluerie,
there thei crucifieden hym, and the
theues, oon on the 1-131 half, and 'the
totherf on the left half. But Jhesus 34
seide, Fadir, for3yue hem, for thei witen
* wilnynge QWY. 7 for to AGMNOPQTWY. z yuel thenge AGpr.m. MNOPSTWXY. R this MPTTTXY. b Otn.
n pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. schal osec.m. c wexen MY. wexden o. dfor to AGMNOPQTW'Y. e mannys sleeynge Y.
f sedicion AGMNOPSTWXY. seducioun Q. g Om. o. h hadden A. ' putteu STX. k the jr. ' for to AGM
NOPQTWY. m the puple v. n and seyde w. Om. Y. ° vpon MOP. vp g. P joure GNQWY. 1 Om. x.
r Om. x. a the wombis w pr.m. * that AGMXOPQSTWXY. u soke o. souken jr. v for to ^GM.VOP
QTIVY. w vpon o. x smale AGMHPQSWXY. Om. o. y Keuer AGMNOPQSTJVXY. z this thenge GMNO
PQTXY. a two GMPQWXY. tweyne TV. ^ wicke sx. c Om. o. d that AGMNOPQSTIVXY. e Om. NVY.
f that othir w. the other x.
r he i pr. m. Rg/3. he this i sec. m. this s sup. ras. • s Om. s. 4 delyuere him KP pr. m. u vois k.
v askynge R. and axiden k. w wexiden hi. x askyng K. T askiden R. z tooke ac. a goynge k.
b biweiliden k. c jou CMQxabcega^. d two i sec. m. <jhi. e whanne k. f the oother i. that other e.
xxni. 35—48-
LUKE.
227
thei witen not what thei don. Forsothe
thei departinge his clothis, senten lottis.
35 And the peple stood abydinge ; and the
princes^ scornyden him withh hem, sey-
inge, Othere men he made saf ; make he
him silf saf, if 'he is' Crist, the chosun
36 of God. Forsoth and kny3tis neijynge1*
scornyden him, and offriden vynegre to
37 him, seyinge, If thou ert kyng of Jewis,
38 make thee saf. Sothli and1 the Vrytinge
abouem was writun on him with 'lettris
of Greek", of Latyn, and of Ebrew, This
30 is the0 kyng of Jewis. Forsoth oon of
thoP theues that hangideni, blasphemyde
him, seyinge, If thou ert Crist, make thi
40 silf saf and vs. Sothli vthe tothirr an-
sweringe, blamyde3 him, seyinge1, Nethir
thou dredist God, vthat thou arta in the
41 same dampnacioun ? And treuly wev
iustly, forw we han receyued worthi
thingis to dedis ; sothli this" vhath don>'
42 no yuelz. And he seide to Jhesu, Lord,
haue mynde ona me, whanne thou 'schalt
43comeb in to thi kingdom. And Jhesu
seyde to him, Treuli I seie to thee, this
day thou schalt be with me in paradys.
44Sothly it was almost the sixte ourc, and
derknessisd werene maad in al erthef til
45 tos the nynthe ourh. And the sunne was*
maad derk, and the veyl of the temple
46wask kitt the myddel. And Jhesu cry-
inge with greet voys, seide1, Fadir, in to
thi hondis I bitakem my spirit. And he
seyinge thes thingis, sente out the spirit,
Aether dieden. Forsothe centurio seynge
the0 thing thatP was don, glorifiede God,
48 seyinge, Verily this man was iust. And
al the cumpany of hem that weren there
not what thei doon. And thei depart- 35
iden his clothis, and kesten« lottis. And
the puple stood abidynge; and the princis
scorneden hym with hem, and seiden,
Othere men he maadh saaf; make he
hym silf saaf, if this be Crist, the
chosun of God. And the kny3tis nei3-se
eden, and scorneden hym, and profreden
vynegre to hym, and seiden, If thou arts?
king of Jewis, make thee saaf. And the 38
superscripcioun was writun ouer hym
with Greke lettris, and of Latyn, and
of Ebreu, This is the1 kyng of Jewis.
And oon of thesek theues that hangiden, 30
blasfemyde hym, and seide, If thou art
Crist, make thi silf saaf and vs. But 40
vthe tothir1 answerynge, blamyde hym,
and seide, Nether thou dredist God, that
art in the same dampnacioun? And 41
treuli we iustli, for we han resseiued
worthi thingis to werkism; but this" dide
no thing of yuel. And he seide to Jhe-42
su, Lord, haue mynde of0 me, whanne
thou comest 'in toP thi kyngdom. And 43
Jhesus seide to hym, Treuli Y seie to
thee, this dai thou schalt be with me in
paradise. And it was almest the sixte 44
our, and derknessis weren maad ini al
ther erthe 'in tos the nynthe our. And 4.-)
the sun was maad derk, and the veile
of the temple was to-rent a two. And4c
Jhesus criynge1 with au greet vois, seide,
Fadir, in to thin hoondis Y bitake my
spirit. And he seiynge these thingis,
3af vp the goost. And the centuriert47
seynge that thing that was don, glori-
fiede God, and seide, Verili this man was
iust. And al the puple of hem that 48
g prynces of prestus Q sec.m. h within N. ' this be AGMNOPQSTWXY. k comynge nije AGMNOP
QSTWXY. 1 in T. m superscripcion AGMNOPQSTW XY. n Greeke letteris AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° Jhesns
A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQTW pr. m. XY. Om. A sec. m. G sec. m. s. P the GMNOQX. Om. p. 1 thei hang-
iden 13. heengen sx. r that other w. s answered blamynge o. * and saiynge o. u thou that art w.
v Om. x. w forwhi AGMNOPQSTWY. * he this MPQW. y dide AGMNOPQSTWXY. z thenge of yuel
AGMNOPQSTWXY. a of QXY. b art Cornell x. c our, or middai AG sup. ras. w. hour, or vndirne MN
PQTY. d derkenes o. e ben A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. f the world AGMNOPQSTWXY. E Om. AMN
OPQSTWXY. h our, or none AGMNOPQSTWXY. Ms AG pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. k is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOP
QSTXY. 1 saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. m take x. n Om. ox. or dyede MPWY. ° that AGMNOPQSTWXY.
P Om. T.
8 kestiden K. casten k. h hath mad ihi. ' Om. a. k Om. i. 1 the oother i. that othir ae. m oure
werkis i. n he this i. ° on Apr. m. nsbcghi/3. P in e pr. m. k ;;/•. m. 1 on Eak. r Om. EPS. 5 in
i pr. m. * criede E. u Om. EQbcka/3.
Gg2
228
LUKE.
XXIII. 49 — XXIV. 7.
to gidere at this spectacle, and sy3en
thingis that weren don, smytinger her
4!>brestis turneden a3eyn. Forsoth al his
kriowen stooden afer, and wymmen that
sueden him fro Galilee, seynge thes thingis.
53 And lo! a man, Joseph bi name, that was
a decurioun,et/ier* liauynge ten1 vndir him,
a good man and iust, of Aramathie, 'a
•ji citee of Judee", hev consentide not to the
counceilw and" dedis? of hem7; which3 and
52 he abood the kingdom of God. Heb cam
ny3 to Pilat, and axide the body of Jhesu,
53 and wlappidec it dond doun in a lynuen
cloth, and puttide6 him in af graue hewun,
o^in which not 3it ony man was put. And
the day was vthe makinge redy of pask^,
55 and the saboth bygan to schyne. Sothli
the wymmen suynge, that camen with
him fro Galilee, sy3en the graue, and hou
56 his body was put. And thei turnynge
a3en, maden redy swete spices, and oyne-
mentis; and sothli in the saboth thei rest-
iden, vph the comaundement.
CAP. XXIV.
1 Forsothe in oon of the woke ful erly
thei camen to the graue, bryngynge swete
spicis, whiche' thei hadden maad redy.
2 And thei founden the stoone turned a wey
3 fro the graue. And thei gon yn, founden
4 not the body of Jhesuk. And it was1 don,
while™ thei weren astoneyed" in thou3t
of this thing, loo! twey° men stooden bi-
ssydis hem in 'cloth schynyngeP. Sothli
whenne thei dredden, and bowiden her
semelant in to erthei, thei seiden to hem,
What seke 36 the lyuynge with deede1"
6 men8 ? He is not here, but he1 hath rise.
Haue 36 mynde, how he spak to 3ou,
7whanne "31 1 he was" in Galilee, seyinge,
weren there togidir at this spectacle, and
sayn tho thingis that weren don, srnytenv
her brestis, and turneden 33611. But alle49
his knowun stoden afer, and wymmen
that sueden hym fro Galile, seynge these
thingis. And lo ! a man, Joseph bi 50
name, of Aramathie, a cite of Judee,
that was a decurien, a good man and a
iust, this man concentide not to the 51
counseil and to the dedis of hem; and he
abood the kyngdom of God. This Jo- 52
sepli cam to Pilat, and axidew the bodi
of Jhesu, and took it doun, and wlap-ss
pide it in a cleene lynen cloth, and leide
hym in a graue hewun, in which not 3it
ony man hadde be leid. And the dais4
was the euen of the halidai, and the
sabat bigan to schyne. And the wym-65
men suynge, that camen with hym fro
Galile, sayn the graue, and hou his bodi
was leid. And thei turneden a3en, and 50
maden redi swete smellynge spicis, and
oynementis; but in the sabat thei rest-
iden, aftir the comaundement.
CAP. XXIV.
But in o dai of the woke ful eerli thei 1
camen to the graue, and brou3ten swete
smellynge spices, that thei hadden aray-
ed. And thei founden the stoon turned 2
awei fro the graue. And thei 3eden in, 3
and founden not the bodi of the Lord
Jhesu. And it was don, the while thei 4
weren astoriyed in thou3t of this thing,
lo! tweix men stoden bisidis hem in
schynynge cloth. And whanne thei 5
dredden, and boweden her semblaunt >'
in to thez erthe, thei seiden to hem,
What seken 30 hym that lyueth with
deed men ? He is not here, but is* risun. 6
Haue 36 mynde, hou he spak to 3011,
<l thees o. r smyten r. s that is o. or GMPQTWXY. 4 ten men s. u Om. p. of A. citee of Judee
Gsec.m.M. of A. the c. of Judee NQ sec. in. of A. of Judee opr.m. Q pr. HI. v this man AGMNOPQSTWXY.
w counseilis Q. * of K. J tho dedis K pr. m. * hem of A. of Judee G pr.m. XY. hem, of A. cite of Jude
G see. ro. p. » the whiche AGMNOPQSTIVXY. b This AGMNOPQSTXWY. <-• whappide A. d Om. N.
e putte sx. { Om. N. e parasseues, that is, [was N] euen of the holy day AGMNOpQsrrrxY. h aftir AGM
NOPQSTWXY. i that AGMNOPQSTWXY. k the Lord A sup. ras. GSW. l is A pr. m. GMXPSTXY. m the
while AGMNOPQSTW sec. m. x. n stoneid sx. ° two GMPQWXY. P schynynge in clothe c. in schynyng
clothing s. in schynynge cloth Y. q the erthe AGMNOPQSTWXY. r the deade s. drede w. s Om. AGMN
OPQSTWXY. * Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. u he W3S jit GMPTTXY.
v smetin EP. smytiden KMRQSuxbega. smeten i. smooten c. w askide R. * two i pass, y sembland s.
z Om. Eryika. a he is EpQska.
XXIV. 8 — 20.
LUKE.
229
For it bihoueth mannis sone bev bitakunw
in to hondis" of synful men, and to be
crucified, and the thridde day toy ryse
s a3en. And thei bithou3ten on his wordis.
9 And thei gon a3enz fro the graue, telden
alle thesa thingis to theb enleuene, and toc
loalle othered. Forsothe 'Mary Mawdeleyn
was6, and Joone, and Marye of James, and
othere wymmen that weren with hern,
ii that seiden thes thingis to apostlisf. And
thess wordis weren'1 seyn bifore hem as
madnesse', Aether errour^, and thei bileu-
laeden not to hem. Forsothe Petre rysinge,
ran to the graue; and he bowynge doun,
sy3 the lynnen clothis1 putm aloone11. And
he wente, wondrynge with0 him silf 'this
lathing thatP was don. And lo ! tweynei
of hem wenten in that day tor a8 castel,
that was fro Jerusalem in space* of sixty
ufurlongis, by name Emaws. And thei
spaken to gidere of alle thes thingis that
lahadden falle". And it wasv don, whilew
thei talkiden", and sou3ten with^ hem silf,
and Jhesu him silf nei3ynge, weiite with
iG hem. Sothli her y3en weren holdun, lest
17 thei knewen him. And he seidez to hem,
Whiche3 ben thes wordis, that 36 speken
to gidere goynge b, and 30 ben sorwful ?
is And oon arisweringe0, to whom the name
wasA Cleofas, seidee 'to himf, Thou aloone
ert a pilgrym ofs Jerusalem, and hast
thou not knowe, what thingis ben don in
19 it in thes dayes ? To which'1 he seide,
Whiche' ? And thei seyden to him, Of
Jhesu of Nazareth, that was a man pro-
phete, my3ti in work and word bifore
20 God and al the peple ; and hou the hi3-
estek prestis and cure princes bitoken him
in to dampnacioun of deeth, and cruci-
whanne he was 3it in Galile, and seide, 7
For it bihoueth mannys sone to be bi-
takunb in to the hondis of synful men,
and to be crucified, and the thridde dai
to rise a3en. And thei bithou3ten one
hise wordis. And thei 3eden a3en fro the 9
graue, and telden alle these thingis to
the enleuene, and to alle othir. Andio
ther was Marie Mawdeleyn, and Joonec,
and Marie of James, and other wymmen
that weren with hem, that seiden to
apostlisd these thingis. And these wordis n
weren seyn bifore hem as madnesse, and
thei bileueden not to hem. But Petiria
roos vp, and ran to the graue; and he
bowide doun, and say the lynen clothis
liynge aloone. And he wente bi him
silf, wondrynge on that that was don.
And lo ! tweyne of hern wenten in that is
dai in to a castel, that was fro Jerusalem
the space of sixti furlongis, bi name
Emaws. And thei spaken togidir ofi4
alle these thingis that haddun bifallun.
And it was don, the while thei talkiden, is
and sou3ten bi hem silf, Jhesus hym silf f
nei3ede, and wente with hem. But her ic
i3en weren holdun, that thei knewen him
not. And he seide to hern, What ben 17
these wordis, that 3e speken togidir wan-
drynge, and 30 ben sorewful ? And oon, is
whos name was Cleofas, answerde, and
seide, Thou thi silf art a pilgrym in
Jerusalem, and hast thou not knowun,
what thingis ben don in it in these
daies? To whom he seide, What thingis? 19
Arid thei seiden to hym, Of Jhesu of
Nazareth, that was a man prophete#,
my3ti in werk and word bifor God and
al the puple ; and hou the hei3est'' preestis 20
y for tO AGMNOP
v to be G.WQ. w taken A pr.m. G pr. m. NOOT. x the hondis AGMNOPQSTIVXY. . ._. .„
QTWY. * away o. a Om. o. b tho sr. c Om. N. d the othire x. e there was Mary Maudeleyn
AGMNOPQSTWXY. f the apostolis x. K the o. h ben A pr. m. G pr.m. MNPQSTXY. ' madnesses AGM
fipQSTWXY. k Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 clothis, or *Ae/w xo.MNpysTWY. "' Om. Y. n aboue A.
0 by AGMNOPQSTWXY. P that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. q two MPQWXY. r into pgTrwxv.
s the G pr. »«. * the space AGMNOPQSTWXY. u byfallen AGMNOPQTWY. fallen x. v is A pr. m. G pr. m.
UNOPSTX. Om. Y. w the while ^Gjtf.voposr^^y. x talkeden, orfableden AGMNPSTWY. y by AGMNO
PQSTWXY. z seith AGMNPQSTW x Y. a What ^o/NoposffA:. And what r. b wandryng AGMNPQSTWY.
wonderynge o. wandrende J¥. c Om. Y. d Om. AG.MNOPQSTywxv. e answeringe seide v. f Om.
^GMNOPQSTWAV. S in AGNNOpQsvwxY. t whom G.wpQAV. ' What thingis yi >r *ec. m. What GMNOP
b taken s.
1 hije i.
c Jone PQR. d the apostlis IK. e to x sec. m. f bi him self i. g Om. K pr. m.
230
LUKE.
XXIV. 21 — 33.
21 fieden him. Forsoth we hopiden, form he
'schulde ayen byen Israel. And now 'in
alle° thingis the thridde day? is to day,
'2> that thes thingis beni don. But and sum
wymmen of ourer maden vs aferd, whiche"
23 bifore the Ii3t weren at the graue ; and
his bodi not foundun, thei camen, seyinge,
vthat thei sy3en* a si3t of anngels, whicheu
24seyn, 'that he lyuethv. And sum menw
of oure* wenten to the graue, and thei^
founden soz as the wymmen seiden, but
25 theia founden not him1'. And he seyde to
hem, Ac! foolis, and slowe of herte ford
to bileue in alle thingis whiche6 the pro-
2cphetis ban spoke. Wheref it bihofte* not
Crist toh sufFre vthes thingis1, and so fork
27 to entre in to his glorie ? And he bigyn-
nynge at Moyses and alle prophetis1, ex-
pownede m to hem in alle scripturis,
sswhiche11 weren of him. And thei camen
ny3 to the castel, whidur thei wenten. And
he made cuntenaunce him to0 go ferthere.
29 And thei constreyneden him, seyinge,
Dwel with vs, for it drawith to ny3tP,
and the day is now bowid doun. And he
soentridei with hem. And it wasr don,
while3 he restide with hem1, he took bred,
and" blesside, and brae, and dressidev to
31 hem. And the y3en of hem werenw
opened, and thei knewen him ; and he
32 vanyschide fro her y3en. And thei seiden
to gidere, Wher* oure herte was not bren-
nynge in vs, while? he spac in the weye,
3sandz openyde 'scripturis to vsa? And
thei risinge in the same our, wenten a3en
inb to Jerusalem, and theic founden en-
leued gederid to gidere, and hem that
of oure princis bitoken hym1 in to damp-
nacioun of deeth, and crucifieden hym.
But we hopiden, that he schulde hauek2i
a3enbou3t Israel. And1 now on alle
these thingis the thridde dai is to dai,
that these thingis weren don. But also 22
sum me wymmen of ouris maden vs afer-
ed, whiche bifor dai weren at the graue;
and whanne his bodi was not foundun, 23
thei camen, and seiden, that thei syen
alsora a si3t ofn aungels, whiche0 seienP,
that he lyueth. And summe of ourei24
wenten to the graue, and thei founden so
as the wymmen seiden, but thei founden
not hym. And he seide to hem, A ! 25
foolis, and slowe of herte to bileue in
alle thingis that the prophetis ban
spokun. Whethir it bihofte not Crist'" 26
to suffre these5 thingis, and so to entre
in to his glorie? And he bigan at 27
Moises and at alle the* prophetis, and
declaride to hem in alle scripturis, that
weren of hym. And thei camen ny328
the" castel, whidur thei wenten. And he
made countenaunce that he wolde go
ferthere. And thei constreyneden hym, 29
and seiden, Dwelle with vs, for it draw-
ith to ny3tv, and the dai is now bowid
doun. And he entride with hem. Andao
it was don, whilew he sat at the mete
with hem, he" took breed, and blesside,
and brak, and took to hem. And thesi
i3en of hem weren openyd, and thei
knewen hym ; and he vanyschide fro her
i3en. And thei seiden togidir, Whether 32
oure herte was not brennynge in vs,
while he spak^ in the weie, and openyde
m Om. G pr. m. n was to by a3en AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° vpon all thees AGNOPQSTWY. on alle thes vx.
P Om. v. 1 weren A sup. ras. G sup. ras. w. r oures AGMNOPQSTY. s the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY.
* hem also for to haue sei3en AGMNOPQSTWXY. hem also to haue seijen sx. u the whiche AGMNOPQST
WY. that x. v him for to lyue AGMNOPQSTWXY. him to lyue sx. w Om. os. x ouren AGNOQTWY.
oures MPS. 7 so thei AGMNOPQSTWXY. z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. a him thei o. b Om. o. c O !
GMPXY. d Om. OQSX. e that /iGMNOpQstry. f Whether OPQWXY. 6 byhoueth OTV. h for to AGM
NOFQTrwY. ' Om. G pr. m. PQXY. k Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' the prophetis AGMNOPQSTWXY.
m interpreted, or declaride AGMNPQSTWY. declared o. interpretede x. n that AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° for
to AGMNOPQTWY. P the nyjt w pr. m. 1 entred in AGMNOPQSTWXY. T is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPSTXY.
3 the while AGMNOPQST WXY. * hem at mete Q. u Om. XY. v jaf w pr. m. w ben A pr.m. GMNOP
QSTXY, * Whether x. 7 the while AGMNOPQSTWXY. * and he N. 8 to vs the scripturis ANOSTWXY.
t« vs scripturis MPQ. *> Om. ^GMNOPQSTJVXV. c Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. d enleuene Ar. elleuene
GMNPSTWXY.
' Om. k pr. m. k Qm. hi. 1 But a. m Om. EP. n Om. i. ° that I. P seiden pQsaka. 1 ouren
ciKubcea. oures xk. r to Crist a. s alle these s. 4 Om. isb pr. m. g. " to the CEPQX. v the nyjt Qk.
w the while eg. x and he s pr. m. 7 spak to vs EPQS sup. ras. x pr. m. a/3.
XXIV. 34— 5°-
LUKE.
231
34 weren with hem, seyinge, For the Lord
35 roos verily, and aperide to Symount. And
thei telden what thingis weren don in the
weye, and hou thei knewen him in brek-
aeynge of breed. Forsothe while6 thei
spaken thes thingis, Jhesus stood in the
myddel of hem, and seide to hem, Pees to
373011; I am, nyle 36 drede. Sothli thei
troublidr and# agast1', gessiden hem to1 se
38 a spirit. And he seide to hem, What ben
je troublidk, and thou3tis sty3en vp in to
393oure herds? Se 36 myn hondis and my
feet, for I my silf am. Feele 3e, and se 36 ;
for a spirit hath not fleisch, and boonys,
40 as 30 seen me for1 to haue. And whanne
he hadde seyd this thing, he schewide
41 hondis and feet vto hemm. Forsoth 3it
hem11 not bileuynge, and wondringe for
ioye, he seyde, Han 36 ony thing here0
42 that schal be etun ? And thei offriden
to him a part of a? fysch roostid, and a
43 coomb of hony. And whanne he hadde
etun bifore hem, he takynge the relyfs,
443af to hem. And he seyde to hem, Thes
ben the wordis whiche^ I spak to 3011,
whanne I was 3itr with 3011 ; for it is
nede that8 alle thingis xbe fillid*, whicheu
ben writun in the lawe of Moyses, and in
45prophetis, and in salmes, of me. Thanne
he openyd witt to hem, that thei schulde
46 vndirstonde scripturisv. And he seyde to
hem, For thus it is writun, and thus it
bihoftew Crist tox suffre, and toy ryse a3en
47 fro deedz men3 inb the thridde day ; and
penaunce and remyssioun of synnes toc be
prechid in his name tod alle folkis, men
4sbigynnynge ate Jerusalem. Forsothe 30
49 ben witnessis of thes thingis. And I sendef
the biheesteS of my fadir in to 3011 ; sothli
sitte 36 in the citee, til that 36 be clothid1"
so with vertu fro an hi3- Forsoth he ledde
to vs scripturis ? And thei risen2 vp in 33
the same our, and wenten a3en in to
Jerusalem, and founden the enleuene ga-
derid togidir, and hem that wereri with
hem, seiynge, That the Lord is risun34
verrili, and apperide to Symount. And 35
thei tolden what thingis weren don in
the weie, and hou thei knewen hym in
brekyng of breed. And thea while theisc
spaken these thingis, Jhesus stood in the
myddil of hem, and seide to hem, Pees
to 3ou ; Y am, nyle 36 drede. But thei 37
weren affraied and agast, and gessiden
hem to se a spirit. And he seide toss
hem, What ben 36 troblid, and thou3tis
comen vp in to 3oure hertis ? Se 36 my 39
hoondis and my feet, for Y my silf am.
Fele 36, and se 36 ; for a spirit hath not
fleisch and boonys, as 30 seen that Y
haue. And whanne he hadde seid this40
thing, he schewide hoondis and feet to
hem. And 3it while thei bileueden not, 41
and wondriden for ioye, he seide, Han
36 here ony thing that schal be etun ?
And thei proferden hymb a part of a 42
fisch rostid, and an hony combe. And 43
whanne he hadde etun bifore hem, hec
took that that lefte, and 3af to hem ; and 44
seide 'to hemd, These ben thee wordis
that Y spakf to 3ou, whanne Y was 3it
with 3ou; for it is nede that alle thingis
ben fulfillid, that ben writun in the lawe
of Moises.and in prophetis, and in salmes,
of me. Thanne he openyde to hem wit, 45
that thei schulden vnderstonde scripturis.
And he seide to hem, For thus it is4C
writun, and thus it bihofte Crist to suf-
fre, and ryse a3en fro deeth in* the
thridde dai ; and penaunce and remys-47
sioun of synnes to be prechid in his name
Mn toh alle folkis, bigynnynge at Jeru-
e the while AGMNPQSTIVXY. whanne v. f distourblid AGMNOPQTY. disturbid s. distrublid w. Om. x.
Om. x. h agastid o. * for to AGM NOPQTWY. k turblid MNP. ' Om. sx. m Om. G pr. in, MNP
pr. m. XY. n to hem Q sec. m. ° Om. o. P Om. w. q that AGMNOPQSTIVXY. r Om. Y. s Om.
g Om
Q pr.
AGMNOPQSTITXY
pr. m. XY. n to hem Q sec. m. ° Om. o.
SMNOPQST
byhoueth TXY. x for to AGMNOPQTVWY. Y Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY
e fro AGMNOPQSTWXY
tlienge o. h clad x.
Q sec. m. ° Um. o. P Om. w. q that AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Um. Y. * Urn.
to ben fulfillid AGMNOPQSTWXY. u that AGMNOPQSTWX. v the scripturis w pr. m.
r tn An M*Jr*nr\Tirurv V Om AGMNOPQSTWX Y. ^ (lt'('l ll Y SCC. 171, ^ Om .(/.MI
c for tO AGMNOPQTWY.
NOPQSTWXY. b Om. A pr. m. a pr. m. MNPQTX. c for to AGMNOPQTWY. d in to AGMNOPQSTW XY.
f shal send A pr. m. a pr. m. MNPQTXY. B bihi3t thing AGMNPQSTWXY. brijt
z resin EP. a Om. R.
spoke g. 8 Om. k pr, m.
to him xaea. c and he s. and hi.
to CEPQI pr.m. KS pr. m. xag.
Om. q pr. m. e Om. hi. f haue
232
LUKE.
xxiv. 51—53.
hem forth in to Bethanye, and, his hondis
si reysid', he blesside hem. And it wask don,
while1 he blesside hem, he departide fro
52 hem, and was borun in to heuene. And
thei worshippinge wente a3en in™ to Je-
53 rusalem with greet ioye ; and weren
euere" in the temple, heryinge and bless-
inge God.
Here endith the gospel of Luk, and
bigynneth the prolog of John0.
salem. And 30 ben witnessis of these 48
thingis. And Y schal sende the biheesUo
of my fadir in to 3011 ; but sitte 36 in the
citee, til that1 36 be clothid with vertu
from an hi3- And he ledde hem forth so
in to Betanye, and whanne his hondis
weren lift vp, he blesside hem. And it 51
was don, the while he blesside hem, he
departide fro hem, and was borun in to
heuene. And thei worschipiden, and 52
wenten a3en in to Jerusalem with greet
ioye, and werenk euermore in the temple, 53
heriynge and blessynge God.
Here endith Luyk1.
1 lift vp AGMNOPQTWY. lifted vp sx. k is A pr.m. GMNOPSTXY. ! the while AGMNOPQSTVW xv.
m Om. N. n euermore AGMNOPQSTWXY. ° Here endith Luk, and now bigynnelh Joon. A. Here endith
the gospel of Luke euangelist, and bigynneth the prolog on John, and qftir bigyneth the gospel. N. Here
eendith the gospell of Luke. o. Here enden the gospelis of Luke, and bygynnen the prologe of Jon. Q.
Here endith Luc, and bigynneth the prologe of Jon. r. Here eendith the gospel by the seiynge of Luke,
and next foleniynge bigynnetk Joon in the gospel, w. No final rubric in GMPSTXY.
> Om. xpr.m. k thei weren k pr.m. 1 Here endith the gospel of Lttyk, and bigynneth the prolog
of [on QEC] John. CQRce. Heere endith the gospel of Luyk, and biginneth the prologe of Jerom on the
gospel of Joon, I. Here eendeth Luke ; se now the prologe on Joon. K. Here endith the gospel of Luyk,
and biginnith the prologe on the gospel of Jon. sa. Here endith Lnyk, and here bigynneth a prologe on
Joon the Euangelist. u. Here endeth the gospel of Luyk, and here bigynneth the prolog on the gospel of
Jon. xk. Here endith Luyk, and here bigynneth the prologe on the gospel of Joon. b. Here endith Luk,
and bigynneth a prologe on Jon. hi. No final rubric in Eiapg.
JOHN
Prolog of John*.
THIS is John euangelistb, oon of thec disciplis of God, the which a mayde*1 of God
was chosun, whomdd fro the sposailis willinge bee weddid, God clepide ; to whom
double witnesse of maydenhod in the gospel is 3eue; in that, that bothe biforef he is
seid louyd of God, and to him God hangynge in the cross bitook his modir, that a£
maydenh schulde kepe a mayde'. Forsothe he openynge in the gospel what he was,
bigynnynge the work of ank vncoruptible word, Bother Goddis sone}, he alooae wit-
nessith Goddis sone to be maad man, and the Ii3t, *that is, Crist™, to haue be not
comprehendid of derknessis, ^that beth synneris"; puttinge the firste sygne0, that God
made in? sposailis, that he schewinge what he was, schulde schewe to men redinge,
that where the Lord was preied to mete, ou3t faylei the wyn of sposailis, and that
oolde thingis chaungid, alle newe thingis that benr ordeyned of Crist schulde appere.
This gospel forsothe he wrot in Asye, aftir that in the8 yle of Pathmos he hadde
write the Apocalips ; that to whom 'that in* the principal of canoun incoruptible prin-
ciple is fornootid, to him" alsov incoruptiblew ende by a maydex in the apocalips
schulde vbe joldey; seiynge2 Crist, I am alpha and o, that is, bigynnynge and* with
outen ende. And this isaa John, the which knowinge the day of his passingeb to haue
be come ouerbb, his disciplis clepid to gidere in Ephesie, by many preuyngis of tokenes
schewinge Crist, dessendid0 in to a dolued place of his graue ; and, preier maade, he
was put to his fadrisf, as straunge fro sorwe? of deeth, as he is founde alien fro corup-
cioun of fleisch. Neuerthelesh aftir alle he wroot the gospel, andk that was1 dewe to
a mayde™. Of the" whiche thingis neuertheles0 othir the? deposiscioun of thet tyme of
writingis, or the ordynaunce of bookis; therfore by alle thingis by vs isr not expowned,
that tos the vkunnynge desyr1 y-settu, bothe to men sechinge, fruyt of traueyl, and to
God thev doctryne of maystriew, be kept.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth the gospel x.
a Here biginneth the prologe of Joon. G. The prolong of J oon. Y. No initial rubric in osx. >> the
euangelist QSY. c Om. GOXY. d maiden sx. dd whan G. e to ben x. f bifore other Q fee. m.
K Om. Q. h maide v. I maiden sx. k Om. v. 1 ether G. s. Qr. or G. s. s. Om. x. m Om. x.
n that ben synneres GSY. that beth synnes Q. Oin. x. ° thing v. P Om. Q pr. m. 1 to faile sx.
1 beth GQ. s Om. GY. * Om. GQ. in v. u whom KQ. v also an gsr. w vncorruptible <js.
x maiden sx. 7 byholde K. z seynge K. seiende x. seeynge Y. a Om. v. aa Om. G. "> passage
GQsrxY. l>b ouer to G. c he descendede x. A den x. e y-maad Q. { fadir KY. S sorwen x.
h Netheles srx. k Om. r. 1 Om. y. ni maiden sx. "> Om. x. ° netheles srx . P Om. K.
1 Om. x. ' Om. opr. m. x. s Of g. * desyr of kunnyng x. kunnynge desirith v. u set srx. Om. Y.
v there GY. w maisterhed Q. x Here endith the prologe. G. Here endith the prologe of Joon, and
bygytmen ths gospels of Jon. Q. No final rubric in SVXY.
VOL. TV. H h
234 JOHN. i. 1—3.
Here biginnith the prologe on Joon*.
This isb Joon euangelistc, oon of thed disciplis of the Lord, the which ise a virgyn
chosun of God, whom God clepide fro the sposeilis, whanne he wolde be weddid ; and
double witnessef of virginyte is 30111111 to hym in the gospel; in this that he is seid
loued of God byfor othere disciplis, arid Gods hongynge irih the cros bitook his modir
in kepyng to hym, that a virgyn schulde kepe a virgyn. This Joon in the gospel
bigynneth aloone the werk of vncorruptible word, and witnessith, that the kyndeli
sone of God is' maad man, and thatk the 1131 was not takun of derknessis1; and he
schewith the firste myracle, whiche God™ dide at the weddyngis, to schewe where the
Lord is preyed to the feeste, the" wyn of the0 weddyngis owith to faile, that whanne
elde thingis ben chaungid, alle newe thingis that ben ordeyned of Crist, appere.
Joon wroot this gospel in Asie, aftir that he hadde writun the Apocalips in the ile
of Pathmos; netheles he wroot the gospel aftir alle the? gospeleris, that also ani vncor-
ruptible ende vschulde be 3oldunr bi a virgyn in the Apocalips to hym, to whom an
vncorruptible bygyimyng is 3ouun in Genesis, in the bigynnyng of hooly scripture ;
for Crist seith in the Apocalips, Y am the bygynnyng and the5 ende. And this
Joon is' he, that knewe that the day of his departyng was comun ; and he clepide
togidere hise disciplis in Effesie, and schewide Crist bi many preuyngis of myraclis,
and 3ede doun in to a doluyn place of his biriyng; and whanne he hadde maad preier,
he was put to hise fadris, and was so" mychev without sorewe of deth, hou myche he
is foundun cleene fro corrupcioun of fleisch.
Jerom in his prolog on Joon seith al this*.
Heere bigynneth the gospel of Joon*. Here bigynneth the gospel of Joon*.
CAP. I. CAP. I.
1 In the bigynnynge was the word, that In the bigynnyng was the word, and i
is, Goddis sone, and the word was at the word was at God, and God was the
2 God, and God was the word. This was word. This was in the bigynnyng at 2
sin the bigynnynge at God. Alle thingis God. Alle thingis weren maad bi hym, 3
ben maad by hym, and with outen him and withouten hym was maad no thing,
a From M. Heere bigynneth Joon. p. Here bygynneth the gospel aflur the tvrytynge of Jon. T. No ini-
tial rubric in ABNQSVWXV.
a From BOP. The prolog. A. Prolog on John. cbc. Prolog of Joon. N. Here biginnil the prologe on the
gospel qfjhon. T. Prolog, x. Here bigynneth the prologe on the gospel of Joon. fg. No initial rubric in
iKMQRSuabcek. b Om. b. c the euangelist oek. d Om. o. e was c. f witnessing T. S the Lorde T.
h on NT. ' was k pr. m. k at o. Om. s. I derkenesse T. m that God T. n that B. ° Om. IK pr.m. QRS
gkpr.»H. POm.Kpr.m. 1 Om. T. r Om. A pr.m. CEKMNOQRsxabceghik. s Om. A sec. m. bk. * was o.
u Om. A pr. m. CMNOHSTUxabcghi. as i. v myche tyme g. * Jerom in his prolog on the gospel of Jon
seith al this. c. Jerom seith this in his prologe on Joon. EP. Heere endith the prologe, and heere biginnith
the gospel of Joon. i. Jerom in his prologe on Joon seith al this ; se now the book. K. Jerom in his prolog
vpon this gospel seith this. N. Jerom in his prolog on Joon seith al this, and here bigynneth the gospel. Q.
Heere eendith the prolog. R. This seith Jerom in his prologe on Joon. v. Jerom in his prolog on Jon seith
al this, and here bigynneth the gospel of Jon. x. Here endith the prologe, and now bigynneth the gospel of
Joon. f. This seith Jerom in his prolog on the gospel of Jon. hi. Jerom in his prolog on Joon seith thus. k.
No final rubric in TG. a From M. Here thejlrste gospel, v. Here bigynneth thejirste c°. of Joon. e. No
initial rubric in ACEiKOPQRsxabcghi.
I. 4 — 19.
JOHN.
235
is maad no3t, that thing that is maad.
4 Was lyf in him, and the lyf was theb Ii3t
.-> of men ; and the Ii3t schyneth in derk-
finessis, and derknessisc tookend not it. A
man was sent fro God, to whom the name
7 was Joon. This man" cam in to witness-
inge, that he schulde here witnessinge of
thef Ii3t, that alle men schulden bileue bi
shim. He was not the Ii3t, but that he
9 schulde here witnessing of the£ 1131. Ith
was verri Ii3t, which' Ii3tnethk ech man
locomynge into this world. He was in the
world, and the world was maad bi him,
i land the world knew him not. He cam
in to his owne thingis, and hise receyueden
12 not him. Forsothe hou manye euere re-
ceyueden him, he 3af to1 hem power for™
to be maad the sones of God, to hem that
isbileuen" in his name; whiche0 not of
blodis, nether of the will of fleisch, nether
of the will of man, but ben born of God.
u And the word, ^tliat is, Goddis sonef, is
maad fleisch, *or man 1, and hath dwellid
in vs, and we han seyn the glorie of him,
the glorie as of the oon bigetunr of the
fadir, the sone ful of grace, and of8
15 treuthe. John berith witnessing of him,
and cryeth, seyinge, This vit was1, whom
I seide, He that comethu aftir me, is
maad bifore me, for he was 'the formere
16 than Iv ; and of the plente of him we alle
17 han takun, and grace for grace. For the
lawe is 3ouun by Moyses ; forsoth grace
is and treuthe is maad by Jhesu Crist. No
man euere sy3 God, no but the oon bi-
getunw sone, that is in thex hosum? of the
19 fadir, he hath told out. And this is the
witnessing of John, whanne Jewis senten
fro Jerusalem prestis and dekenys to hym,
that thei schulden axe him, Who art thou ?
that thing that was maad. In hym was 4
lijf, and the lijf was the 1131 of men ;
and theb 113! schyneth in derknessis, and 5
derknessis comprehendidenc not it. A«
man was sent fro God, to whom thed
name was Joon. This man cam in toy
witnessyng, that he schulde bere witness-
ing of thee Ii3t, that alle men schulden
bileue bi hym. He was not thef Ii3t, but«
that he schulde bere witnessing of the
Ii3t. There was a very Ii3t, which Ii3tneth »
ech man that cometh in to this world.
He was in the world, and the world was 10
maad bi hym, and the world knew hym
not. He cam in to his owne thingis, 11
and hise resseyueden hym not. But hou 12
many euer resseyueden hym, he 3af toff
hem power to be maad the sones of God,
to hem that bileuedens in his name ; the
whiche noth of bloodis, nether of the wille is
of fleische, nether of the wille of man,
but ben borun of God. And the word 14
was maad man, and dwellyde among vs,
and we han seyn the glorie of hym, as
the glorie of the1 voon bigetunj sone of
the fadir, ful of grace and of treuthe.
Joon berith witnessyng of hym, and i.-,
crieth, and seith, This isk, whom Y seide,
He that schal come aftir me, is maad
bifore me, for he was tofor1 me; and of u;
the™ plente of hym we alle han takun,
and grace for grace. For the lawe was 17
3ouun bi Moises ; but grace and treuthe
Ms maad" bi Jhesu Crist. No man sai in
euer God, no0 but the 'oon bigetunP sone,
that is in the bosum of the fadir, he hath
teld out. And this is the witnessyng ofio
Joon, whanne Jewis senten fro Jerusalem
prestis and dekenes to hym, that thei
schulden axe hym, Who art thou? He 20
b Om. MQFX. c the derknessis v. d comprehendeden, or token AGXPSTWY. comprehenden, or
taken M. comprehenden x. comprehenden, or token Q. comprehendiden not, or tookyn v. e Om. x.
{ Om. t). e Om. QX. h He Q. > the whiche AGMNPQSTW. that x. k lijteth x. l Om. s. m Om. x.
n byleueden XY. ° the whiche AGMNPQSTVWXY. P Om. x. q Om. x. r goten x. s Om.
AGMNpQfifvv. * is G pr. »i. Nsxv. u is to come jtGMNpQSTivxY. v formere than Y o pr. m. XY.
w gendrid v. * Om. v. y bosum, or preuy substaunce v.
b Om. A. c comprehenden cis. tookin EPQO. d Om. o. e Om. ag. f that a. ff Om. o.
8 hileuen A sec. m. Epqshik sec. m. h is not A pr. m. { Om. g. J vnbigetin E. k it is i. is he of k.
1 bifore ixeg. m Om. Q. n Om. a. ° Om. 10. P vnbigetin E.
II h 2
236
JOHN.
I. 2C
-34-
20 And he knowelechide, and denyede not,
and he knowlechide, For I am not Crist.
21 And thei axiden him, What therfore? art
thou Elye ? And he seide, I am not. Art
thou az prophete ? And he answeride, Nay.
22 Therfore thei seyden to him, Who" art
thou ? that we 3yue answereb to thes that
2ssente vs. What seist thou of thi silf? He
seith, Ic a vois of d vthe crying6 in desert,
Dresse 36 the wey of the Lord, as Ysaye,
24 the prophete, seyde. And thei that weren
25sente, weren of thef Pharisees. And thei
axiden him, and seiden to him, What ther-
fore baptysist thou, if thou art not Crist,
aonethir Elye, nether propheteS? John an-
sweride b to hem, seyinge, I baptise in
watir, sothli the myddil man of 3011
27 stood, whom 30 knowen ' not; he it is,
that cometh k aftir me, that1 is maad bi-
fore me, of whom I am not worthi, that
28 1 vnbynde the thwong of his schoo. Thes
thingis ben don in Bethany ouer Jordan,
2(»wher John was baptisinge. Another"1 day
John sy3 Jhesu comynge to him, and he
seith, Lo! the lomb of God; lo ! that"
doith a wey the0 synnes of the world.
so This is?, of whom I seide, Aftir me cometh
a man, thati is maad bifore me; for he was
3rtheformerer than I. And Iknewe'not him8,
but that he be schewid in Israel, therfore
32! cam baptisinge in watir. And John bar
witnessing, seyinge, For I si3 the spirit
^comynge doun, as a culuere1 fro heuene,
33 and dwellinge on" him. And I knew vnot
himv; but he that sente me forw to bap-
tise in watir, seyde to me, Onx whom thou
schalt se the Spirit comynge doun, and
dwellinge on? him, thisz ita is, that bap-
34 tisith in the Hooly Gost. And I sy3, and
knoulechideP, and denyede not, and he
knoulechide, For Y am not Crist. And 21
thei axiden i hym, What thanne ? Art
thou Elie ? And he seide, Y am not.
Art thou a profete ? And he answeride,
Nay. Therfor thei seiden to hym, Who 22
art thou ? that we 3yue an answere to
these that senten vs. What seist thou
of thi silf? He seide, Y am a vois of a 23
crier in deseert, Dresse 36 the weie of the
Lord, as Ysaie, the prophete, seide. And 24
thei that weren sent, weren of the Fari-
seis. And thei axidenr hym, and seiden 25
to hym, What thanne baptisist thou, if
thou art not Crist, nether Elie, nether a
profete ? Joori answeride to hem, and 20
seide, Y baptise in watir, but in the
myddil of 3ou hath stonde oon, that 36
knowen not; he it is, that schal come aftir 27
me, that was maad bifor me, of whom
Y am not worthi to louse the thwong8
of his schoo4. These thingis weren don 20
in Bethanye bi3ende Jordan, where Joon
was baptisyng. Anothir day Joon say 29
Jhesu comynge to hym, and he seide,
Lo! the lomb of God ; lo ! he that doith
awei the synnes of the world. This is so
he, that Y seide of, Aftir me is comun"
a man, which was maad bifor me ; for he
was rather than Y. And Y knew hym 31
not, but that he be schewid in Israel,
therfor Y cam baptisynge in watir. And 32
Joon bar witnessyng, and seide, Thatv Y
sai3 thew spirit comynge doun as a culuer
fro heuene, and dwellide* on hym. And 33
Y knew hym not ; but he that sente me
to baptise in watir, seide to me, On whom
thou seest the Spirit comynge doun, and
dwellynge on hym, this is he, that bap-
z the w sec. m. a What x. ^ an answere MNpgrrr. c I am A pr. m. G pr. m. MPQTW pr. m. Om. N.
d Om. w pr. m. e a criynge AT. cryynge GWY. a man criynge MNPQ. criende s. f Om. r. S a pro-
phet MNPQW. h answeringe v. ' knewen MPQ. k is to come AGMNpQsrrrxY. is to comynge v.
1 which v. °» And anothir N. n he that Q sec. m. which r. ° Om. Q. P is he PQ. it is v.
q which is v. r formere MXY. s him not GMPTWY. * culuere comynge doun x. n vpon AGM
NQTWY. v him not WXY. wOm.sx. * Vpon AGMNPQSTWY. T vpon AGMNPQTWY. z that N.
a Om. T.
P knoulechynge o. <l askiden B. r askiden R.
to come hk pr. m. T Om. s sec. m. And e. w a b.
s thong PE. thwongis s.
* dwellinge igk.
shoon s pr. m. hik/3.
1. 35—48-
JOHN.
237
bar witnessing, for this is theb sone of
35 God. 'Another day0 John stood d, and
36 tweyne6 of his disciplis ; and he biholdinge
Jhesu walkyngef, seith, Lo ! the loinb of
37 God. And tweye disciplis herden him
asspekynge, and folwidenS Jhesu. Sothli
Jhesu conuertid ll, and seynge hem su-
wynge him, seith to hem, What seken }e ?
Whiche' seiden to him, Raby, that is in-
terpretid, Maistir, where dwellist thou ?
39 He seith to hem, 'Come 36 k, and vse 36*.
Thei camen, and syjen where he dwelte ;
and theim dwelten at him in that day.
40 Sothli the our was as" the tenthe. For-
sothe Andrew, brother0 of Symount Petre,
was oon of the tweyne, that herden of
41 John, and hadde sued him. This fond
first his brother Symount, and he seith
to him, We hari founde Messias, that is
42interpretid Crist; and he ledde him to
Jhesu. Sothli Jhesu biholdinge him,
seide, Thou ert Symount, the sone of
Johanna ; thou schalt be clepid Cephas,
43 that is interpretid Petre. Forsothe on?
the morwe he wolde go out in to Galilee,
and he fond Philip ; and Jhesu seith to
44 him, Sue thou me. Philip was of Beth-
sayda, the citee of Andreu and Petre.
45 Philip fond Nathanael, and he seith to
him, We han founden Jhesu, the sone of
Joseph, of Nazareth, whom Moyses wroot
46 in the lawe and prophetis. And Na-
thanael seide to him, Of Nazareth may
sum 'good thingi be ? Philip seith to
47 him, Comer, and se. Jhesu sy3 Nathanael
comynge to him, and he8 seith of him,
Lo ! verily a man of Israel, in which1 is
48 no gile. Nathanael seith to him, Wherof
hast thou knowe me ? Jhesu answeride,
tisith in the Hooli Goost. And Y say, 34
and bar witnessyng, that this is the sone
of God. Anothu-y dai Joon stood, and 35
tweyne2 of hise disciplis; and he biheeldsi;
Jhesu walkinge, and seith a, Lo ! the
lomb of God. And tweiaa disciplis herden 37
hym spekynge, and folewiden Jhesu. 3<t
And Jhesu turnedeb, and say hem suynge
hym, and seithc to hem, What seken 36?
And thei seiden to hym, Rabi, that is to
seie, Maistir, where dwellist thou? Andsu
he seithd to hem, Come 3e, and se. And
thei camen, and sayn where he dwellide ;
and dwelten with hym that dai. And it
was as the tenthe our. And Andrewe, 40
the brother of Symount Petir, was oondd
of the tweyne, that herden of Joon, and
hadden sued hym. This foond first his4i
brother Symount", and he seide to him,
We han foundun Messias, that is to seie,
Crist; and he ledde him to Jhesu. And 42
Jhesus biheltle hym, and seide, Thou art
Symount, the sone of Johanna ; thou
schalt be clepid Cefas, that is to seie,
Petre. And on the morewe he wolde go 43
outee inf to Galilee, and he foond Filip ;
and he seith to hym, Sue thou me. Filip 44
was of Bethsaida, the citee of Andrew
and of Petre. Filip foond Nathanael, 45
and seide to hym, We han foundun
Jhesu, the sone of Joseph, of Nazareth,
whom Moyses wroot in the lawe and
profetiss. And Nathanael seide to hym, 4c
Of Nazareth may sum good thing be ?
Filip seide to hym, Come, and se. Jhesus 47
si3 Nathanael comynge to hym, and seide
toh hym, Lo ! verili a man of Israel, in
whom is no gile. Nathanael seide to4«
hym, Wherof' hast thou knowun me?
Om. Q pr. m, Y. c Eft r. d stood in another day r. e two MPWX el Y pass.
goyinge
S thei sueden v. h conuertid, or turned ayn AGMNPQSTWY. conuertid a^een x. ' The whiche AGMX
PQSTWXY. k Come v. Cometh x. l seeth x. m Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. n at r. ° the brother r.
P in XY. 1 thing of good AGMNpsrrtrxY. r Come thou r. s Om. MPQTVWXY. i the whiche
Apr. m. GNTXY. whom MPQSW.
y And another 8. z two ihi. a seide a sup. ras. aa two ihi. b turnede a3en s sup. ras. c seide
s sup. ras. d seide s sup. ras. dd the tone o. e Symount Petir o. ee Om. A. f Om. P pr. m.
8 the profetis CIKRS pr. m. uabcghk/3. in the profetis o. h of A sec. m. ' Wherfore o.
238
JOHN.
I. 49 — II. 10.
and seith" to him, Bifore that Philip cle-
pide thee, whanne thou were vndir the
4»fyge tree, I sy3 thee. Nathanael arisvveride
to him, vand seithw, Rabi, thou ert the
sone of God, thou ert kyng of Israel.
5oAndx Jhesu answeride, and seide to him,
For I seyde to thee, I sy3 thee vndir the
fige tree, thou bileuest ; thou schalt se
si morey than these thingis7-. And he seide
to hem, Treuli I seie to 3ou, je schulen se
heuene8 openyd, and the aungels of God
sti3ynge vp and comynge doun onb marinis
sone.
CAP. II.
1 And the thridde day weddingis ben
maad in the Cane, *or towne, of Galilee;
2 and the modir of Jhesu was there. Sothli
Jhesu is clepid, and his disciplis, to the
3 weddingis. And wyn faylinge, the modir
of Jhesu seide to him, Thei han not wyn.
4 And Jhesu seith to hir, What to me and
to thee, thoud womman ? myn our cam
5 not 5it. The modir of him seith to the
mynystris, What euere thing he schal seie
6 to 3ou, do 36. Forsothe ther weren put6
sixe stoonun pottis, aftirf the cleusinge
of Jewis, takinge ech tweyne^ or thre
Tmesuris. Jhesu seith to hem, Fille 36
the pottis with water. And thei filliden
s hem, vtil toh the hi3este part. And Jhesu
seith' to hem, Drawe 36 now, and vbere 3ek
to1 architriclyn, that is, prince inm the
hous of thre stagis. And thei token.
9 And as architriclyn tastide the watir
maad wyn, and he wiste not wherof it
was, sothli the mynystris wisten, that"
drowen watir0, architriclyn clepith the
10 spouse, and seith to him, Ech man putt-
ith first good wyn, and whanne men
Jhesus 'answerde, and' seide to hym, Bi-
for that Filip clepide thee, whanne thou
were vndur the fige tree,Ysai3 thee. Na-
thanaelj answerdeJJ to hym, vand seidek, 49
Rabi, thou art the sone of God, thou art
kyng of Israel. Jhesus answerde, and 50
seide to hym, For Y seide to thee, Y saw3
thee vndur the fige tre, thou bileuest;
thou schalt se more than these thingis.
And he seide to hem, Treuli, treuli, Ysi
seie to 3011, 30 schulen se heuene opened,
and the aungels of God stiynge vp and
comynge doun on mannys sone.
CAP. II.
And the thridde dai weddyngis weren i
maad in the Cane1 of Galilee ; and the
modir of Jhesu was there. And Jhesus 2
was clepid, and hise disciplis, to the wed-
dyngis. And whanne wijn failide, the 3
modir of Jhesu seide to hym, Thei han
not wijn. And Jhesus seith to hir, What 4
to me and to thee, womman ? myn our
cam not 3it. His modir seith to the 5
mynystris, What euere thing he seiem to
3011, do 36. And there weren set 'sixee
stonun Cannes", aftir the clensyng of the0
Jewis, holdynge ech tweyneP etheri thre
metretis1". And Jhesus seith to hem, 7
Fille 36 the pottis with watir. And thei
filliden hern, vp to the mouth. And Jhe-«
sus seide to hem, Drawe 36 now, and here
36 to the architriclyn. And thei baren.
And whanne the architriclyn hadde tastid <»
the watir maad wiyn, and wiste not
wherof it was, but the mynystris wisten
that drowen the watir, the architriclyn
clepith the spouse, and seith to hym, Ech to
man settith first good wiyn, and whanne
men8 ben fulfillidss, thanne that that1 is
u seide G sec.m. s. w Om. N. and seide sw. x Om. AGMNPQSTrtvy. J more thingis v. z Om. r.
a heuenes Q pr. m. s. b vpon AGMHPQSTWY. c or cuntre A pr.m. MNPQF. or the cuntre G pr.m. T. or
the towns G sec. m. Om. sx. d Om. AGM NpQsrrwxY. e Om. KY. f vp v. S two MPWXY. h to AN.
vnto GMPQXY. til T. to w pr. m. i seide G sec. m. MNPQsrtr. k berith MPQX. here w pr. m. l to the Q.
mof<j. n whiche r. ° the water WXY.
» answeringe i. J And Natanael k. JJ said o. k Om. o. 1 Cana hi. m seith IOR. » sixe stenes p.
0 Om. Kpr. m. b pr. m. P two ik. 1 or E el P passim. r ether mesuri.i K marg. s thai o. ss fillid
iKsaega. * at o. Om. s.
IL II 23.
JOHN.
239
schulen be fillid P, thanne that that is
worse ; sothli thou hast kept good wyn
11 'til toi now. Jhesu dide this ther bigyn-
nynge of signes in the Cane of Galilee,
and schewide his glorie ; and his disciplis
i2bileueden in to him. Aftir thes thingis
he cam doun tos Capharnaum, and his
modir, and his britheren, and his disciplis ;
and thei dwelten there not many dayes.
is And the paske of Jewis was ny3, and
i-t Jhesu wente vp to Jerusalem. And he
fond in the temple men sellinge scheep,
and oxen, and culueris, and chaungeris'
issittinge. And whanne he hadde maad
'as a scourge of smale coordis", he castidev
'out allew of the temple, and 'oxen, and
scheep x; and he schedde out the moneye
of chaungeris, and turnede vpsodoun the
icbordis. And he seide to hem that selden
culueris, Take>' a wey froz hennis thes
thingis, and nyle 36 make the hous of my
i?fadir an hous of marchaundise. Forsothe
his disciplis hadden mynde, for it is writun,
Thea 'feruour of loueb of thin hous hath
iseturi me. Therfore the Jewis ansvveriden,
and seyden to him, What syngrie, 'or to-
kenec, schewist thou to vs, for thou doist
19 thes thingis ? Jhesu answeride, and seyde
to hem, Vndo 36 this temple, and in thre
20 dayes I schal reyse it. Therfore the Jewis
seyden to him, In fourty and sixe 3eeris'J
this temple is byldide, and thouf in thre
21 dayes schalt reyse» it ? Forsothe he seide
22 of the temple of his body*1. Therfore
whanne he hadde rysun fro 'deed men1,
his disciplis hadden mynde, for he seyde
'this thingk; and thei bileueden to the
scripture, and to the word that Jhesu
23 seide. Forsothe whanne Jhesu was at Je-
rusalem in pask, in the feeste day, manye
worse ; but thou hast kept the * good
wiyn 'in toz this tyme. Jhesus* dide this n
the bigynnyng of signes in the Caneb of
Galilee, and schewide his glorie; and hise
disciplis bileueden inc hyrn. Aftir these 12
thingis he cam doun to Cafarnaum, and
his modir, and hise britheren, and hise
disciplis ; and thei dwelliden 'there notd
many daies. And the pask of Jewis was is
ny3, and Jhesus wente vpe toee Jerusa-
lem. And he foond in the temple men u
sillynge oxun, and scheep, and culueris,
and chaungeris sittynge. And whanne is
he hadde maad as it were a scourge of
smale cordis, he droof out alle of the
temple, and oxun, and scheep ; and he
schedde the money of chaungeris, and
turnedef vpsedoun the boordis. And he ir,
seide to hem that selden culueris, Take
awei fro hennus these thingis, and nyle
36 make the hous of my fadir an hous of
marchaundise. And hise disciplis hadden 17
mynde, for it was writun, The feruent
loue of thin hous hath etun me. Therfor is
the Jewis arisweriden, and seiden to hym,
What token schewist thou to vs, that
thou doist these thingis ? Jhesus an- 19
swerde, and seide to hern, Vndo 36 this
temple, arid in thre daies Y schal reise
it. Therfor the Jewis seiden to hym, In 20
fourti and sixe 3eer this temple was
bildid, and schalt thou in thre daies reise
it? But he seide of the temple of his 21
bodi. Therfor whanne he was risunaa
fro deeth, hise disciplis hadden mynde,
that he seide these thingis of his bodi;
and thei bileueden to the scripture,
and to the word that Jhesus seide. And 23
whanne Jhesus was at Jerusalem ins
pask, in the feeste dai, many bileueden
P fulfillid AGMNPQSTWXY. 1 vnto MPQ. til NT. r Om. QSWJT. s in to Q. l monvteri
or chaungeris A pr. m. NT. monyeris, or chaungers GY. money chaungeris MpQsrr. moneieris x. v «.
am. cordis as a sc. GMPXY. a scourge of smale cordis Q. v caste MNpQsryxv. w alle out x.
x scheep, and oxen MPXY. y Takith MPQSWX. z Om. AGMNPQST^IVXY. a That N. b zele, or
feruour of loue AGMNPQSVWY. zele, or the feruour or loue T. zeel A-. cQm. QA-. d seer K sec. m. MQ
TWX. e bild sx. t wher thou v. g a3en reyse uw pr. m. h body, that with oute comparisoun wax
more MPQ. ' deeth x. k this thing of his body Q sec. m.
y Om. ciKsgk.
there EIPH pr. m. :
z vnto ca. a And Jhesus iKg. b Cana i. c in to ciKMRsxb sec. m. ghik/3.
5. e Om. k pr. m. ee in to o. l he turned o. S at c.
d not
240
JOHN.
n. 24 — in. 11.
bileuyden in his name, seynge the syngnes
24 of him that1 he dide. Sothli Jhesu him
silf bileuede not hyrn silf to hern, for
25 that he knew alle men ; and for it was
not nede to hym, that eny man schulde
here witnessing of man, sothli he wiste
what was in man.
CAP. III.
1 Forsothe ther was a man of Pharisees™,
Nicodeme hi name, a prince of Jewis.
2 He cam to Jhesu in the nyjte, and seide
to him, Raby, we witen, for of God thou
hast come an maistir; sothli no man may
do thes signes0 that thou dost, no but'' God
» were with him. Jhesu answeride, and
seyde to him, Treuli, treuli, I seye to thee,
not butr a man schal be born a3en, he
4 may not se the kyngdom of God. Ny co-
deine seide3 to him, How may a man be
born, whanrie he is olde ? wher* he may
entre a3en in to his modrisu wombe, and
,-, be born a3ein ? Jhesus answeridev, Treuli,
treuli, I seie to thee, now but" a man schal
be born a3en of watir, and of the Hooly
Gost, he may not entre in to the kyngdom
nof God. That that is born of fleisch, is
fleisch ; and that that is born of spirit?, is
7 spirit. Wondre thou not, for I seyez to
thee, It bihoueth 3ou fora to be born a3ein.
a The spirit brethithb wher itc wole, and
thou heerist his vois, but thou wost not,
fro whennis hed cometh, or whidir hee
goth ; so is ech man that is borun of the
:t spirit. Nycodeme answeride, and seide to
him, Hou mpwn thes thingis be don ?
10 Jhesu answeride, and seyde to him, 'Art
thouf a maistir in Israel, and knowist not
n thes thingis? Treuli, treuli, I seye to thee,
for that that e we witen, we speken, and
in his name, seynge his signes that he
dide. But Jhesus trowide not hym silf24
to hem, for he knewe alle men ; and foras
it was not nede to hym, that ony man
schulde here witnessyngs, for he wiste,
what was in man.
CAP. III.
And there was a man of the Farisees, i
Nychodeme bi name, a prince of theh
Jewis. And he cam to Jhesu bi ni3t,a
and seide to hym, Rabi, we witen, that
thou art comun fro God maister'; for
no man may do these signesk, that thou
doist, but God be with hym. Jhesus 3
answerde, and seide to hym, Treuli, treuli,
Y seie to thee, but a man be borun a3en,
he may not se the kyngdom of God.
Nychodeme seide to hym, Hou may 4
a man be borun, whanne he is eeld ?
whether1 he may entre a3enm in to his
modrisn wombe, and be borun a3en?
Jhesus answeride, Treuli, treuli, Y seie 5
to thee, but a man be borun a3en of
watir, and of the Hooli Goost, he may
not entre in to the kyngdom of God.
'That that1111 is borun of the0 fleisch, is 6
fleisch; and 'that that00 is borun of spiritP,
is spirit. Wondre thou not, for Y seide 7
to thee, It bihoueth 3ou to be borun a3en.
Thei spirit brethith where he wole, and 8
thou herist his vois, but thou wost not,
fro whennus he^i cometh, ne whidir he
goith; so is ech man that is borun of the
spirit. Nychodeme answeride, and seide »
to hym, Hou inoun these thingis be don?
Jhesus answeride, and seide to hym, Thou 10
art a maister in Israel, and knowist not
these thingis? Treuli, treuli, Y seie ton
1 whiche v. m the Phariseis MPQSW. n Om. GMPVWXY. ° thinges w. P but if */. 1 Om. MPQS
w pr. MI. x. r but jif A sec. in. G sec. m. MPQSWX. s seith r. l whether wx. u modir wxv.
v answeride to him r sec. m. w Om. MPQX. * but if A pr.m. G sec. m. MNPQTXY. y the spirit w.
z seide AGMNpQsrrwx. a Om. srx. b brethith, or quykeneth MPQW. c he ANSTV. d it x. e it M
0 sec. m. f Thou art x. e Om. Q.
g witnessinge of man ic sec. m. g. h Om. CIKR pr. m. sg. ' a maistir s pr. m. k thingis k pr. m.
1 wher x. m Om. s sec. m. n modir KRehi. nn That at G. ° Om. EiKbpr. m. /3. °° that at o.
P the spirit iqnbcegika^. 1 And the EPQxaekpr. m. a. 11 that he o.
III. 12 26.
JOHN.
241
that that we hari1 seyn. we witnessen,
12 and 36 taken not oure witnessing. If I
haue seid to 3ou ertheli thingis, and 36
bileuen not, how if I schal seie to 3011
isheuenli thingis, schulen je bileue? And
no man styethk in to heuene, no1 but he
that cam doun fro heuene, 'mannis sonem
u that" is in heuene. And as Moyses vreride
vp° a serpent in desert, so it bihoueth
tsmannus sone for'' to be areysidi vp, that
ech man that bileueth 'in tor him, perische
ic not, but haue 'euerelastinge lyfs. Forsothe
God 'so louede1 the world, that he 3af his
oon bigetun sone, that ech rnan that bi-
leueth in to him perische not, but haue
lyeuere lasting lyf. Sothli God sente not
his sone in to the world, that he iuge the
world, but that the world be sauyd by
mhyrn. He that bileueth in to him, is not
demyd, 'or dampuyd"; forsothe he that
bileueth not, is now demedv, for he bi-
leueth not in the name of the xoon bigetunw
19 sone of God. Sothli this is the dorn, for
Ii3t cam in to the world, and men louede
more derknessis than Ii3t ; forsoth her
20 workis weren yuele. Sothli ech man that
doth yuele, hatith Ii3tx; and he> cometh
not to thez Ii3t, that his workis be not
2ireproueda, 'or vndirnomunb. Sothli he
that doth treuthe, cometh to thec Ii3t, that
his workis be schewid, for thei ben don
22 in God. Aftir thes thingis Jhesu cam,
and his disciplis, in to the lond of Judee,
and there he dwellide with hem, and bap-
23tiside, 'or cristenedeA. Sothli John was
baptisynge in Ennon, bisydis Salym, for
many watris were there ; and thei camen,
24 and weren baptisid. Sothli John was not
253it sent in to prisoun. Sothli a questioun,
'or axynge, is rnaad of Johnis disciplis
with the' Jewis, of the purificacioun, 'or
wclensing%. And thei camen to John, and
thee, for we speken that that we witen,
and we witnessen that thaf we han seyn,
and 36 taken not oure witnessyng. If Y 12
haue seid to 3ou ertheli thingis, and 3e
bileuen not, hou if Y seie to 3011 heueneli
thingis, schulen 3e bileue ? And no man is
stieth in to heuene, but he that cam
doun fro heuene, mannys sone that is in
heuene. And as Moises areride8 a ser-u
pent in desert, so it bihoueth mannys
sone to be reisid4, that ech man that is
bileueth in hym, perische not, but haue
euerlastyrige lijf. For God louede so the ic
world, that he 3af his'oon bigetun" sone,
that ech man that bileueth in him perische
not, but haue euerlastynge lijf. For 17
God sente not his sone in to thev world,
that he iuge the world, but that the
world be saued bi him. He that bileueth IK
in;v hyrn, is not demed ; but he that bileu-
eth not, is now demed, for he bileueth not
in the name of the 'oon bigetunx sone of
God. And this is the dom, for Ii3t cam iy
in to the-v world, and men loueden more
derknessis than Ii3t; for her werkes weren
yuele. For ech man that doitli yuele, 20
hatith the Ii3t; and he cometh not to the
Ii3t, that hise werkis be not repreued.
But he that doith treuthe, cometh to the 21
Ii3t, that hise werkis be schewid, that
thei ben don in God. Aftir these thingis 22
Jhesus cam, and hise disciplis, in to the
loond of Judee, and there he dwellide
with hem, and baptiside. And2 Joon 23
was baptisinge in Ennon, bisidis Salym,
for many watris weren there ; and thei
camen, and weren baptisid. And Joon 24
was not 3it sent ia to prisoun. Therfor2;>
a questioun was maad of Jonys disciplis
with the Jewis, of the purificacioun. And 20
thei camen to Joon, and seiden vto hyma,
Maister, he that was with thee m'3onde
' Om. T. k steieth vp AMPQSW. ' Om. MQ. m the sone of man r. n which r. ° reiside v.
P Om. sx. 1 arerid AT. reisid GMQVWXY. rerid s. r to s. 8 lyf euerelastende x. * louede
so MXY. u Om. x. v dampned v. w onli geten x. x the ly;t TXY. f Om. AGMNPQSTVWXY.
* Om. qrw pr, m. XY. a vndernomen x. "> Om. yx. c Om. MNPQSW. d Om. HPQSIVX. e Om. XY.
f Om. GWXY. e Om. QX.
r Om. a. ' reride a sec. m. * areisid k. u vnbigetin E. owne bigeten hi. v this o. w in to A pr. m.
x vnbegetin E. y this o. z Om. a. a Om. o.
VOL. IV.
I 1
242
JOHN
HI. 37 IV. 5.
seyde to him, Rabib, or maistir, he that
was with thee ouer Jordan, to whom
thou hast born witnessinge, lo ! he bap-
27tyseth, and alle men comen to him. John
answeride, and seyde, A man may not take
ony thing, no' butk it be 3ouun to him fro
28 heuene. 3e Bou1 silf beren witnessing to
me, that I seyde, I am not Crist, but for
29 1 am sent bifore him. He that hath am
\spousesse", or0 wyfp, is the spouse, or
hosebonde ^ ; forsothe a frend of the
spouse, that stondithr, and heerith him,
ioyeth in ioye, for the vois of the spouse.
Therfore in this thing my ioye is fillids.
30 It bihoueth him for* to wexe, forsoth me
3ttou be "menusid, or maad lessev. He that
camw fro aboue, is aboue* alle ; he that is
of the erthe, spekith of the erthe ; he that
32comith fro heuene, is aboue alle. And
this thing that he sy3, and herde, he wit-
nessith, and no man takith his witness-
as ing. Forsoth he that 'hath takunJ' his
witnessing, hath markid that2 God is
34sothfast. Forsoth he whom God sente,
spekith the wordis of God ; forsothe not
3,-> to mesure God 3yueth the spirit. The
fadir loueth the sone, and he hath 3ouun
36 alle thingis in his bond. He that bileueth
in to the sone, hath euere lastinge lyf;
forsothe he that is vnbileueful to the
sone, schal not se euerelasting lyf, but the
wraththe of God dwellith ona hym.
Jordan, to whom thou hast borun wit-
nessyng, lo ! he baptisith, and alle men
comen to hym. Joon answerde, and seide,27
A man may not take ony thing, but it
be 30111111 to hym fro heuene. 3e 3oux silf 28
beren witnessyng to me, that Y seide, Y
am not Crist, but that Y am sent bifore
hym. He that hath a wijf, is the hose- 29
bonde; but the freend of the spouse^ that
stondith, and herith hym, ioieth with
ioye, for the vois of the spouse. Therfor
in this thing my ioye is fulfillid. It bi-30
houeth hym to wexe, but me to be maad
lesse. He that cam from aboue, is aboue 31
alle; he that is of the erthe, spekith of the
erthe ; he that cometh from heuene, is
aboue alle. And he witnessith that thing 32
that he hath seie, and herde, and no man
takith his witnessing. But he that takith 33
his witnessyng, hath confermyd that God
is sothefast. But he whom God hath 34
sent, spekith the wordis of God; for not
to mesure God 3yueth thez spirit. The 35
fadir loueth the sone, and he hath 3ouun
alle thingis in" his hoond. He that bi-se
leueth inaa the sone, hath euerlastynge
lijf; but he that is vnbileueful to the
sone, schal not se euerlastynge lijf, but
the wraththe of God dwellith onb hym.
CAP. IV.
1 Therfore as Jhesu knew, that Pharisees'1
herden, that Jhesu makith mo disciplis
2 and baptysith, than John, thou3c Jhesu
sbaptiside not, but his disciplis, he lefte
Judee, and wente a3end in to Galilee.
iSothli it bihofte6 him tof passe bi Sa-
3 marie. Therfore Jhesu cam 'in to& ah citee
CAP. IV.
Therfor as Jhesu knew, that the Fa- 1
risees herden, that Jhesu makith and
baptisith mo disciplis than Joon, thou32
Jhesus baptiside not, but hise disciplis,
he lefte Judee, and wente a3en in to 3
Galilee. And it bihofte hym to passe bi4
Samarie. Therfor Jhesus cam in to as
m the x. n spouse A sup. ras.
h Raby x. » Om. MO.X. k but jif MQWXY. l joure GNQY.
PQTWXY. ° Om. x. P a tvijf GMPQW. Om. A. 1 the housbounde GPQSWY. r*staut A. " s fulfillid
^GMXPQSTWA'v. t Om. SA. u for to AGMNPQTWY. T mynusht A. w cometh T. x vpon AGMH
<c. b the Phariseis AGMNpQSTrtrxY. c thoj that A.
_ i • l, . i
' taketh x. z for r sec.m. x. a vp on A.
Om. r. e bihoueth T. f Om. ^GA/NPQSJVK. for to T.
S bi AGMNPSTITXY. h the Q sec. m.
3oure Ehi. y hosebonde a. z Om. ig. a in to k. aa in to A pr. m. b in Ebea.
IV. 6— is.
JOHN.
243
of Samarie, that is seyde Sycar, bisydis
the vmanere, or feeld'1, that Jacob 3af to
c Joseph, his sone. Forsoth the welle of
Jacob was there ; sothli Jhesu 'maad
wery, or feynt^, of the iurney, sat thus
on the welle. Sothli the our was, as1
7 the sixte, W vndurn™. A womman cam
of Samarie, forn to drawe watir. Jhesu
seith to hir, 3yue to0 me vfor to? drynke.
a Forsoth his disciplis hadden gon in to
the citee, that thei schulden bye metis.
9 Therfore Hhe ilke^ womman of Samarie
seith to him, How thou, whanne thou
ert a Jew, axist ofr me 'for to8 drynke,
which1 am a womman of Samarie? for-
sothe Jewis" vsen notv with Samaritansw.
10 Jhesu answeride, and seide* to hir, If thou
wistist the jifte of God, and who it is,
that seith to thee, 3yue t°y me f°rZ 'to
drynke", thou perauenture schuldest haue
axid of him, and he schulde haue jouun
n to thee quyk watir. The womman seith
to him, Sireb, nether thou hast in what
thing thou schalt drawe, and the pitt is
deep ; therfore wherof hast thou quyk
12 watir? Wherc thou art more than oure
fadir Jacob, that 3aue to vs thisd pitt ? and
he drank therof c, and his sones, and hisf
isbeestis. Jhesu answeride, and seide to
hir, Ech man that dryukith of this watir,
schal thirste eftsoone ; forsothe he that
schal drynke of the watir that I schal
3yue to him, schal not thirste in to with
uouten ende; but the watir that I schal
3yue to him, schal be maad in him a Velle
o(e watir, spryngynge1' vp in to euere-
islastinge lyf. The womman seith to him,
Sire, 3yue to me this watir, that I thirste
not, nether come hidir for' to drawe.
citee of Samarie, that is seidc Sicar, bi-
sidis the place, that Jacob 3af to Joseph,
his sone. And the welle of Jacob was«
there ; and Jhesus was weri of the
iourney, and sat thusd vpone the welle.
And the our was, as it were the sixte.
And a womman cam fro Samarie, to 7
drawe watir. And Jhesus seith to hir,
3yue me drynk. And hise disciplis werens
gon in to the citee, to bie mete. Therfora
thilke womman of Samarie seith to him,
Hou thouf, Vhanne thous art a Jewe,
axist of me dryrik^, that am a womman
of Samarie? for Jewis'1 vsiden' not to
dele with Samaritans. Jhesus answerde, 10
and seide to hir, If thou wistist the 3ifte
of God, and who vhe isk, that seith to thee,
3yue me drynk, thou perauenture woldist
haue axid1 of hym, and he schulde haue
3ouun to thee quyk watir. The womman n
seith to him, Sire, thou hast not where
ynne to drawe, and the pit is deep ;
wherof thanne hast thou quik watir ?
Whethir"1 thou art grettere than" oure 12
fadir Jacob, that 3af to vs the pit ? and he
drank therof, and hise sones, and hise0
beestis. Jhesus answerde, and seide to 13
hir, Eche man that drynkith00 of this
watir, schal thirste efte soone; but he that
drynkith of the watir that Y schal 3yue
hym, schal not thirste with outen ende ;
but the watir that Y schal 3yue hym, u
schal be maad in hyrn a welle 'of watirP,
spryngynge vp in to euerlastynge lijf.
The womman seith to hym, Sire, 3yueis
me this watir, that Y thirste not, nether
come hidur to drawe. Jhesus seith to is
hir, Go, clepe thin hosebonde, and come
hidir. The womman answerde, and seide, 17
1 feeld x. k made wery QX. 1 Om. x. m Om. x. or mydday vw. n Orn. sx. ° Om. M.
P to sx. 1 that x. r Om. w pr. m. s to sx. * that AGMNPQSTIVXY. u the Jewis s. v not for to
comune a sec. m. w. not to comyne MPQS. w the Samaritanes 8. x seith N. y Om w. z Om. sx.
a drinken x. b Om. w pr. m. c Whether wx. <l the AGMPQSTWXY. e therfore w. { Om. rrpr.m.
K Om. v. h springe w. ' Om. sx.
c clepid iKsg|3. d Om. EPQS sec. m. a. e Om. #. f than s sec. m. 8 sith thou iKSg. that o.
B? a drynk o. h the Jewis I. i vsen K text Rbghi/3. ether medlen K marg. k it is EPQS sec. m. eka.
is c. 1 askid K. m Wher EPS. n that Aa. ° Om. b. °° schal drinke o. P Om. l.
I i 2
244
JOHN.
IV. 1 6 — 30.
ifijhesu seith to hir, Go, clepe thin hose-
17 bonde, and come hidur. The womman
answeride, and seide, I haue not an hose-
bonde. Jhesu seith to hir, Thou seidistk
uiwel, For I haue 'not an1 hosebonde ; for-
soth thou hast had fyue hosebondis, and
he whom thou hast™, is not thin hose-
bonde. This thing thou seidist sothli.
i!»The womman seith11 to him, Lord, I se,
20 for thou art a prophete. Oure fadris
worschipiden in this hil, and 30 seyn, for
at Jerusalem is0 a'1 place, wher it bihou-
21 eth fori to worschipe. Jhesu seith to
hir, Womman, bileue to me, for the our
schal come, whanne nether in this hil,
nether1" ins Jerusalem, je schulen vpreye, or
22 worschipe*, the fadir. Be worschipen that
that" 36 witen not; we worschipen that
thatv we witen ; for heelthe isw of Jewis.
23 But the our cometh, and now it is,
whanne trewe worschiperis schulen wor-
schipe the fader in spirit and treuthe ;
forwhi and the fadir sekith suche, that
24 schulen worschipe him. God is ax spirit,
and it bihoueth hem that worschipen him,
for? to worschipe in spirit and treuth.
2.-,The womman seith to him, I wool for
Messias is comen, that is seid Crist ;
therfore whanne he schal come, he schal
2ctelle to vs alle thingis. Jhesu seith to
27 hir, I am, that speke with thee. And
anon his disciplis camen, and wondriden,
for he spak with az womman ; netheles no
man seide, What sekist thou, or, What
asspekist thou with hir? Therfore the
womman lefte thea watir pott, and wente
in to the citee, and seith to thob men,
20 Come 3e, and 'se 36° theri man, that seide
to me alle thingis 'what euere thingis6 I
so haue don ; wherf he is^ Crist ? And thei
wenten out of the citee, and thei'1 camen
Y haue noon hosebonde. Jhesus seith to
hir, Thou seidist wel, That Y haue noon
hosebonde ; for thou hast hadde fyue 10
hosebondis, and he that thou hast, is not
thin hosebonde. This thing thou seidist
sotheli. The womman seith to hym.io
Lord, Y se, that thou art a prophete.
Oure fadris worschipiden 1 in this hil, 20
and 36 seien, that at Jerusalem is a place,
where it bihoueth to worschipe. Jhesus 21
seith to hir, Womman, bileue thou to
me, for the our schal corne, whanne
nether in this hil, nethir in Jerusalem,
36 schulen worschipe the fadir. ^e wor-22
schipen that1" 36 knoweri not ; we wor-
schipen that that8 we knowen ; for helthe
is of the Jewis. But the tyme is comun, 23
and now it is, whanne trewe worschiperis
schulen worschipe the fadir in spirit and
treuthe ; for also the fadir sekith suche,
that worschipen hym. God is a spirit, 24
and it bihoueth hem that worschipen
hym, to worschipe in spirit and treuthe.
The womman seith to hym, Y woot that 35
Messias is comun, that is seid Crist ;
therfor whanne he cometh, he schal telle
vs* alle thingis. Jhesus seith to hir, Y2C
am he, that spekith with thee. And 311001127
hise disciplis camen, and wondriden, that
he spak with the womman ; netheles no
man seide to hym, What sekist thou,
or, What spekist thou with hir ? Therfor 28
the womman lefte hir watir pot, and
wente in to the citee, and seide to thou
men, Come 36, and se 3ev a man, that 2!)
seide w to me alle thingis that Y haue
don ; whether" he be Crist ? And thei 30
wenten out of the citee, and camen to
hym. In the mene while hise disciplis 31
preieden hym, and seiden, Maistir, ete.
But he seide to hem, Y haue mete to ete, 32
k seist v. ' noon N. m hast now x. n said N. ° ther is w pr. m.
r ne K. s at s. * prtjen x. a Om. ^G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. T Om. N.
P Om. s. 1 Om. sx.
. . . w Om. v. x Om. AN.
b the GHPTY. c se o. seeth x. d a AGMNPQS
y Om. sx. z the MPQSWY. a hir AGMKPQSTWXY. b the GHPTY. c se o. seeth
TVWXY. e what euere Qfr. what euer thyng r. f whether x. S be x. h Om. x.
1 worschipiden God k. r that that R.
w hath seid ic. x wher c.
Om. A. at o. * to vs AK sec.m. tt the chi. T Om. c.
IV. 3i — 45-
JOHN.
24.5
si to hym. In the mene while his disciplis
preieden him, seyinge, vRaby, or maistir1,
32 ete. Sothli he seide to hem, I haue mete
33fork to ete, that 36 witen not. Therfore
the1 disciplis seiden to gidere, Wherm ony
34 man" brou3te to him for0 to ete ? Jhesu
seith to hem, My mete is, that I do the
will of him that sente me, and? that I
35performe the work of him. Wheri 36
seyn not, for 3it foure monethis ben, and
rype corn cometh ? Lo ! I seie to 3011,
liftr vp 3oure y3en, and 'se 3es the 're-
giouns, or cuntrees*, for now thei ben
SB white to ripe corn. And he that repith
takith hyre, W rnede0, and he that ge-
derith, fruit in to etierelasting lyf; that
and he that sowith haue ioye to gidere,
37 and he that repith. In this thing sothli
'the word is trewev, for another is that
38 sowith, and another"1 that repith. I sente
3ou forx to repe, that that 36 traueliden
not ; othere men traueliden, and 36 en-
sotriden in to her trauelis. Forsoth of
the^ citee manyz Samaritans bileueden in
to him, for the word of the womman
beringe witnessing, For he seide to me
alle thingis, what euere thingisa I dide.
40 Therfore whanne Samaritans camen to
him, thei preieden him, that he schulde
dwelle there ; and he dwelte there tweyb
4idayes. And many mo bileuedenc for his
42 word, and seyden to the womman, For
now not for thi speche we bileuen ; for-
soth we han herd, and we witen, for
this isd verily the sauyour of the8 world.
43 Forsoth aftir twei dayes he wente then-
44nis, and wente in to Galilee. 'Sothli
Jhesu f bar witnessing, for a prophete in
his owne cuntree hath not honour, W
Therfore whanne he cam in
that 36 knowen not. Therfor disciplis
seiden togidir, Whether2 ony man hath
brou3t him mete to ete? Jheeus seith8 to 34
hem, My mete is, that Y do the wille of
hym that sente me, that Y perfourme
the werk of hym. Whether 36 seien not, 35
that 3it foure monethis ben, and rype
corn cometh ? Lo ! Y seie to 3ou, lifte vp
3oure i3en, and se 36 the feeldis, for now
thei ben white to repe. And he that so
repith takith hire, and gaderith fruyt in
to etierlastynge lijf ; that bothe he that
sowith, and he that repith, haue ioye to-
gidere. In this thing is the word trewe.sy
for anothirh is that sowith, andc anothird
that repith. Y sente 3ou to repe, that 38
thatdd 36 vhaue not trauelide; ^othere men
han trauelidf, and 36 han eritrid Mn toff
her trauels. And of that citee many 39
Samaritans bileueden in hym, for the
word of the womman, that bare witness-
yng, That he seide to me alle thingis that
Y haue don. Therfor whanne Samari-40
tans camen to hym, thei preieden hym
to dwelle there ; and he dwelte there
twey£ daies. And many mo bileueden 4i
for his word, and seiden to the womman, 42
That. now not for thi speche we bileuen;
for we han herd, and we witen, that this
is verili the sauyour of the world. And 43
aftir twei1' daies he wente out fro thennus,
and wente in to Galilee. And he bar wit- 44
nessyng, that a profete in his owne cuntre
hath noon onour. Therfor whanne he 45
cam in to Galilee, men of Galilee ressey-
ueden hym, whanne thei hadden seyn
alle thingis that he hadde don in Jeru-
salem in the feeste dai ; for also thei
hadden comun to the feeste dai. Therfor 4«
he cam eftsoone in to the Cane of Galile,
' Rabi sx. k Om. sx, 1 his M. Om. GNPSTXY. m Whether wx. » Om. w pr.m. ° Om. sx.
P Om. w. q Whether wx. r liftith sx. 8 seeth x. * regiouns x. u Om. x. v is the
word x. w an other is w. * Om. sx. J that AGMXPQUTVWXY. z many of AGMPQSTWXY.
many of the N. a Om. QSIT. b two MPWX et Y pass. c bileuyden in hym Q sec.m. d Om.
w pr.m. e this r. f Sothely he GMPQSTWXY. Sothli he Jhesu K pr.m. v. Sothli the self Jhesu N.
S Om. <jx.
y the disciplis CKUX sec. m. aika. his disciplis o. z Wher CPQSX. a seid s sec. m. b oon c. c Om. E.
d another is K. dd at o. e traueliden not c. * Om. A pr. m. Eobceghik. lt in i. e two ci et alii.
h two ci et alii.
246
JOHN.
IV. 46 V. 3.
to Galilee, men of Galilee receyueden him,
whanne thei hadden seyn alle thingis
that he hadde don inh Jerusalem, in the
feeste day, W holiday1; and sothli thei
40 hadden come to the feeste day. Therfore
he cam eftsoone in to Canak of Galilee,
where he made the watir wyn '. And
summ litil king was, whos sone was syk
47 at Capharnaum. Whanne" this0 hadde
herd, for? Jhesu schulde come fro Judee
in to Galilee, he wente to him, and prei-
ede him, that he schulde come doun, and
heele his sone ; forsoth he bigan toi deye.
48 Therfore Jhesu seide to him, Nor but3 je
schulen se tokenes and grete wondris, 30
4obileuen not. The litil kyng seith to him,
Lord, come doun, bifore my sone deye.
so Jhesu seith to him, Go, thi sone lyueth.
The man bileuede4 to the word, that
Jhesu seide to hym, and heu wente.
M Sothli now him comynge doun, the
seruauntis camen a3ens him, and telden
to him v, seyinge, For his sone lyuede.
52 Therfore he axide of hem the our, in
whiche he 'hadde betere w. And thei
seiden to him, For jistirday in the se-
ssuenthe our the feuere lefte him. Ther-
fore the fadir knew, that 'the ilkex our it
was, 'in which^ Jhesu seide to him, Thi
sone lyueth ; and he bileuede, and al his
54 hous. Jhesu dide eft this secunde tokene,
whanne he cam fro Judee in to Galilee.
CAP. V.
i Aftir thes thingis was a feeste day of
Jewis, and Jhesu wente vp toz Jerusa-
alem. Forsoth ina Jerusalem is a 'stond-
ing watir of beestis b, that in Ebrew
is named Bethsayda, hauynge fine 'litle
33atisc. In thesd lay a greet multitude of
langwischinge men, blynde, krokid, drye,
where he made the watir wiyn. And 'a
litil kyng was', whos sone was sijk at
Cafarnaum. Whanne this hadde herd, 47
that Jhesu schulde come fro Judee in to
Galilee, he wente to hym, and preiede
hym, that he schulde come doun, and
heele his sone ; for he bigan to die.
Therfor Jhesus seide to him, Butk 3648
se tokenes and grete wondris, 36 bileuen
not. The litil kyng seith to hym, Lord, 49
come doun, bifor that my sone die. Jhe-so
sus seith to hym, Go, thi sone lyueth.
The man bileuede to the woz'd, that Jhe-
sus seide to hym, and he wente. Andoi
now whanne he cam doun, the seruauntis
camen a3ens1 hym, and telden to hym,
and seiden, That his sone lyuede. And 52
he axide"1 of hem the our, in which he
was amendid. And thei seiden to hym,
For" 3istirdai in the seuenthe our the
feuer lefte him. Therfor the fadir knewe,5»
that thilke our it was, in which Jhesus
seide to hym, Thi sone lyueth ; and he
bileuede, and al his hous. Jhesus didesu
eft this secounde tokene, whanne he cam
fro Judee in to Galilee.
CAP. V.
Aftir these thingis ther was a feeste i
dai of Jewis0, and Jhesus wente vp to00
Jerusalem. And in Jerusalem is? 32
waissynge place, that in Ebrew is nam-
ed i Bethsaida, and hath fyue porchis.
In these lay a greet multitude of sikex
men, blynde, crokid, and drie, abidynge
h at x. i Om. x. k the Cane AGMNpQTfvxv. ' in to wyne Q. m a A.
this 6 sec. m. MPQSIVXY. P that MTVXY. q for to ^ pr. m. GMNPQTFWY.
1 bileueth w. " Om. x. v Om. AGMKPQSTWXY. w had him betere M.
z in to M. » at QSJT. b stondende watir s. stondinge watir w. c litil jatis, or entrees w
d this r.
n And whan A-. ° he
Om. x. 8 But if x.
* that x. 7 that x.
i ther was a lit. kyng i. k' But if k. l ajen to a. m askide R. n Fro g«£. ° the Jewis OR sec. m.
bhik£. °° in to o. P was k. q clepld k.
V. 4—17-
JOHN.
247
4abidinge the stiring of the watir. For-
sothe the aungel of the Lord vaftir tymee
cam doun in to the standing watir, and
the watir was moued ; and he that first
cam doun in to the sisterne, aftir thef
mouyng of the watir, was maad hool of
'what eueres siknesse he was holdunh.
5 Forsothe sum man was there, hauynge
ei3te and thritti 3eeris' in his syknesse.
e Whanne Jhesu hadde seyn him liggyngek,
and hadde knowe, for now he hadde
moche tyme, he seith to him, Wolt thou
7 be maad hool ? The syke man answeride
to him, Lord, I haue not a man that
whanne the water 'schal be troublid1, he
sende me in to the sisterne ; forsoth the
while I com, another goth down bifore
erne. Jhesu seith to him, Ryse vp, taak
9 thi bed, and wandre. And a non the
man is maad hool, and took vp his bed,
and wandride. And saboth was in that
10 day. Therfore the Jewis seyden to him
that was maad hool, It is saboth, it is
not leefful to thee, form to take thi bed.
11 He answeride to hem, He that maade me
hooln, seide to me, Taak thi bed, and
12 wandre. Therfore0 thei axiden him, Who
is that man, that seide to thee, Taak
is thi bed, and wandre? Sothli he that
was maad hool, wiste not who it was.
Forsothe Jhesu bowide himP fro the cum-
pany vordeyned, or setfi, in ther place.
J4Aftirward Jhesu fond him in the temple,
and seide to him, Lo ! thou ert maad hool ;
now nyle thou do8 synne, leste ony thing
is worse bifalle to thee. 'The ilke* man
wente, and telde to the Jewis, for it was
16 Jhesu that maad him hool. Therfore the"
Jewis pursueden Jhesu, for he dide this
17 thing in thev saboth. Forsoth Jhesu
answeride to hem, My fadir worchith tilw
the mouyng of the watir. For the aun-4
gel 'of the Lord1" cam doun certeyne
tymes in to the watir, and the watir
was moued ; and he that first cam doun
in to the sisternef, aftir the mouynge of t that is, a
.1 , • j« i_ i /• i watir ge<leri<1
the watir, was maads hool of what euer togidere, hau-
sijknesse he was holdun. And a man a '^e '
was there, hauynge ei3te and thritti jeer
in his sikenesse. And whanne Jhesuso
hadde seyn hym liggynge, and hadde
knowun, that he hadde myche tyme, he
seith to hym, Wolt thou be maad hool ?
The sijk man answerde to hym, Lord, 7
Y haue no man, that whanne the watir
is moued, to putte me vin to1 then cis-
terne ; for thev while Y come, anothir
goith doun bifor me. Jhesus seith to a
hym, Rise vp, take thi bed, and go.
And anoon the man was maad hool, and 9
took vpvv his bed, and wente forth. And
it was sabat in that dai. Therfor the 10
Jewis seiden to him that was maad hool,
It is sabat, it"' is not leueful to thee, to
take awei thi bed. He answeride ton
hem, He that made me hool, seide to me,
Take thi bed, and go. Therfor"™ thei 12
axiden him, What man Ms thatx, that
seide to thee, Take vpy thi bed, and go ?
But he that was rnaadz hool, wiste not is
who it was. And Jhesus bowide awei
fro the puple, that was set in the place.
Aftirward Jhesus foond hym in the tern- u
pie, and seide to hym, Lo ! thou art
maad hool; now nyle thou do synne, lest
any worse thing bifalle to thee. Thilke \5
man wente, and telde to the Jewis, that
it was Jhesu that made hym hool.
Therfor the Jewis pursueden Jhesu, ie
for he dide this thing in the sabat.
And Jhesus answeride to hem, My fadir 17
worchith tilzz now, and Y worche. Ther- \a
e aftir the time ordeyned Q. aftir that tyme w pr. m. f Om. sw. K what w. h holdyn with
w pr. m. ' 3eer ^GMNQSTKWF. k liende s. l is troublid A pr. m. GQSTWXY. is turblid MN.
m Om. srx. n saf G pr. m. MTXY. ° Forsothe r. P Om. M. q ordeyne x. r Om. w pr. m.
* Om. GMNPSTrwxv. now Q. l That x. " Om. N. v Om. N. "* vnto Q. til to w pr.m.
1 Om. k pr. m. "0m. k pr.m. * in k pr. m. u Om. k pr. m. T Om. i.
it o. ww And therfore s sec.m. * it is A. y Om. ixb. z Om. i. zz to o.
Om. b pr. m. w and
248
JOHN.
v. 18 — 29.
10 now, and I worchex. Therfore thanne
the Jewis sou3ten more for? to slee hym,
for not oonly he brak the saboth, but
andz he seide his fadir God, makinge him
euene to God. And so Jhesu answeride,
19 and seide to hem, Treuli, treuli, I seie to
3011, the sone may not of him silf do ony
thing, noa but thatb thing that he schal
se the fadir doynge ; what euere thingis
sothli he doith, thes thingis and the sone
20 also doith. Forsothe the fadir loueth
the sone, and schewith to him alle thingis
that he doith; and he schal schewe to him
rnorec workis than thes, that 36 wondre.
21 Forsothe as the fadir reysith deede men,
and quykeneth, 'so andcc the sone quyken-
2aeth whiched he wole. Sothli neither the
fader iugeth ony man, but hath 3ouun al
23 the dom to the sone, that allee men
honouref the sone, as thei honouren the
fadir. He that honoureth not the sone,
honoureth not the fadir that sente him.
24 Treuli, treuli, I seye to 3ou, for he that
heerith my word, and bileueth to him
that sente me, hath euere lasting lyf, and"
cometh not in to dom, but passith1' fro
2odeethi in to lyf. Treuli, treuli, I seye
to 3ou, for the our cometh, and now it is,
whanne deede men schulen heere the vois
of Goddis sone, and thei that schulen k
20 heere, schulen lyue. Sothli as the fader
hath lyf in him silf, so he 3af and to the1
27 sone for™ to haue lyf in him silf; and he
3af to" him power for" to make dom, for he
28 is mannis sone. Nyle 36 wondre this thing?,
for thei our cometh, in which alle men
that ben in buriels, schulen heere the vois
29 of Goddis sone. And thei that han do
goode thingis, schulen come forth in to
rysinge a3en of lyf; forsothe thei that
han don yuele thingis, in to rysinge
for the Jewis soften more to sle hym,
for not oneli he brak the sabat, buta he
seide that God was his fadir, and made
hym euene to God. Therfor Jhesus an-i»
swerde, and seide to hem, Treuli, treuli,
Y seye to 3011, the sone may not of hym
silf do ony thing, but that thing that he
seeth the fadir doynge ; for what euere
thingis he doith, the sone doith in lijk
maner tho thingis. For the fadir loueth 20
the sone, and schewith tob hyrn alle
thingis that he doith ; and he schal
schewe to hym grettere werkis than
these, that 36 wondren. For as the fadir 21
reisith deed men, and quykeneth, so the
sone quykeneth whom he wole. For ne- 22
thir the fadir iugith ony man, but hath
3ouun echbb doom to the sone, that alle 23
men onoure the sone, as thei onouren the
fadir. He that onourith not the sone,
onourith not the fadir that sente hym.
Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3ou, that he that 24
herith my word, and bileueth toc hym
that sente me, hath euerlastynge lijf, and
he cometh not in to doom, but passith
fro deethd indd to lijf. Treuli, treuli Y2/>
seie to 3ou, for the our cometh, and now
it is, whanne deed men schulen here the
vois of 'Goddis sone6, and thei that heren,
schulen lyue. For as the fadir hath lijf 20
in hym silf, so he 3af to the sone, to haue
lijf in him silf; and he 3af to hym power 27
to make doom, for he is mannys sone.
Nyle 3eee wondre thisf, for the our com- 28
eth, in which alle men that ben in
birielis, schulen here the voice of Goddis
sone. And thei that han do goode thingis, 29
schulen go in to a3enrisyng of lijf; but
thei that han done yuele thingis, in to
a3enrisyng ofs doom. Y may no things
do of my silf, but as Y here, Y deme,
* worche now 9. 5' Om. MSXY. z Om. v. a not x. b Om. w. c mo K pr.m. cc and so w.
d whom AGMNPQSTIVXY. e Om. r. f honoureden w. g and he w pr.m. h passide ^ sec.m. K.
' the deeth T. k Om. GMNPQSTWXY. 1 Om. K. m Om. sx. n Om. G pr. m. MNPQTXY. ° Om. sx.
P forsothe r. 1 Om. r.
a but for k pr. m. b Om. i sec. m. s pr. in. g. bb euery o.
e the sone of God o. ee Om. a. f in this k pr. m. 8 to c.
c in k. in to a. d deed i. dd Om. o.
V. 30—46.
JOHN.
249
so of dom. I may not of mysilf do ony
thing, but as I heere, I iuge, and my
dom is iust, for I seke not my wille, but
31 the will of the11 fadir that sente me. If
I bere witnessing of my silf, my witness-
32 ing is not trewe ; another is that berith
witnessing of me, and I woot for his
witnessing is trewe, that he berith of me.
33 3e senten to John, and he bar witnessing
34 to the treuthe. Sothly I take not wit-
nessing of man ; but I seie thes thingis,
33 that 36 be saf. Sothli1 he was a lanterne
brennynge and schynynge, W ^yuynge
li$t* ; forsothe 36 wolden glade at oon1
so our in his Ii3t. Sothli I hauem more wit-
nessing than John, forsoth the workis
that my fadir 3af ton me that I performe
hem, 'the ilke° workis that I do beren
witnessyng of me, that? the fadir sente
37 me. And the fadir that sente me, he bar
witnessing of me. Nethir 30 herden euere
his vois, nethir say3en his licnesse, 'or
?&foorme^. And '36 hanr not his word dwell-
inge in 3011 ; for 36 bileuen not to him,
30 whom he sente. Seke 30 scripturis8, in
whiche1 36 gessenu tov haue euerlastinge
lyf ; andw tho it ben, that beren witness-
40 ing of me. And 36 wolen not come 'to
41 me", that 36 haue lyf. I take not cler-
42 nessev of men ; but I haue knowen 3011,
for 36 han not the loue of God in 3ou.
43 1 cam in the name of my fadir, and 36
token not me. If another schal come in
his owrie name, 36 schulen receyue him.
44 How mown 36 bileue, that receyuen z
glorie ech of other, and 36 seken not the
45 glorie that is of God aloone ? Nyle 36
gesse, that I am to accusingea 3ou anemptis
the fadir ; it is Moyses that accusith 3ou,
4« in whom 36 hopen. Forsoth if 36 bileu-
and my doom is iust, for Y seke not my
wille, but the wille of theh fadir that
sente me. If Y bere witnessing of mysi
silf, my witnessyng is not trewe; another 32
is that berith witnessyng of me, and Y
woot that his witnessyng is trewe, that
he berith of me. 3e senten to Joon, and 33
he bar witnessyng to treuthe. But Y34
take not witnessyng of man ; but Y seie
these thingis, that 36 be saaf. He was 35
a lanterne brennynge and schynynge ;
but 36 wolden glade1 at an our in his
Ii3t. But Y haue more witnessyng than 36
Joon, for the werkis that my fadir 3af
to me to perfourme hem, thilke werkis-
that Y do beren witnessyng of me, that
the fadir sente me. And the fadir that 37
sente me, he bar witnessyng of me. Ne-
ther 36 herden euere his vois, nether 36
seien his licnesse. And 36 han not hisss
word dwellynge in 3011 ; for 36 byleuen
not to hym, whom he sente. Seke 3639
scripturisk, in which 36 gessen to haue
euerlastynge lijf; and tho it ben, that
beren witnessyng of me. And 36 wolen 40
not come to me, that 30 haue lijf. Y4i
take not clerenesse' of men; but Y haue 42
knowun 3011, that 36 han not the loue
of God in 3ou. Y cam in the name of 43
my fadir, arid 36 token not me. If an-
other come in his owne name, 36 schulen
resseyue hym. Hou moun 36 bileue, that 44
resseyuen glorie ech of othere, and 30
seken not the11 glorie 'that is of Godm
aloone n? Nyle 36 gesse, that Y am0 to 45
accuse 3ou anentis? the fadir ; it is Moi-
ses that accusith 3ou, in whom 36 hopen.
For if 36 bileueden to Moises, perauen-4«
ture 36 schulden bileue also toi me; for
he wroot of me. But if 36 bileuen not 47
h that K. ' Om. A pr. m. GMNPQsrrwxY. k Om. QSWX. 1 an AGMNPQST^XY. m haue and Q.
n Om. GMNTXY. ° tho QX. P for AGMNpQsrrwxY. q Om. QX. r that }e had w. s the scriptures s.
in scripturis T. 4 whom Q. u weenen A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. v for to AGMOPTWY. w Om. w pr. m.
1 Om. w pr.m. J clerenesse, or knorvinge w pr. m. z receyuen, or taken QW pr. m. a accuse
GMNPQSTWXY.
h my c. 1 not glade A pr. m. glade, or ioye K.
11 that o. m of God that is EP. n aboue AEpea.
ek sec. m.
VOL. IV. K k
k the scripturis c.
0 came R. P a3ens c.
1 the clernesse k.
1 Om. b pr. m.
250
JOHN.
V. 47— VI.
ederi to Moyses, perauenture 36 schulden
bileue and to me ; sothli he wroot of rne.
47 Sothli if 36 beleueu not to his lettris, how
schulen 36 bileue to my wordis?
CAP. VI.
i Aftir thes thingis Jhesu wente ouer the
2se of Galilee, that is Tiberiadis. And a
greet multitude suede him; for thei sy3en
the tokenes, that he dide on hem that
3 weren syke. Therfore Jhesu wente in to
an hil, and vthere he sata with his dis-
4 ciplis. Forsothb pask was ful ny3, a feeste
5 day of Jewisc. Therfored whannee Jhesu
hadd lyftf vp the y3en, and hadde seyn,
for a^ greet multitude cam to him, he
seith'1 to Philip, Wherof schulen we bie
eloues, that thes men ete? Sothli he seide
this thing, temptinge him ; forsoth he
7wiste what he was to doynge'. Philip
answeride to him, The looues of twok
hundrid pens suffysen not to hem, that
sech man take a litle what. Oon of his
disciplis, Andrew, the brother of Symount
oPetre, seith to him, O child is here, that
hath fyue barley looues and tweye1
fysches; but what ben thes thingis among
10 so many men? Therfore Jhesu seith,
Make jem men for" to sitte at the mete.
Forsoth there was myche hey in the
place. Therfore men saten at the mete,
11 in noumbre as" fyue thousandisP. Ther-
fore Jhesu'' took fyuer looues, and whanne
he hadde do thankingis, he departide to
men sittinge ats mete, also and of the
I2fischis, as myche as thei wolden. For-
sothe as thei ben* fillid", he seide to his
disciplis, Gedere 36 the relyfs that ben
is left, that thei perischen not. Therfore
thei gedriden, and filleden twelue coffyns
to hise lettris, hou schulen 36 bileue to
wordis ?
CAP. VI.
Aftir these thingis Jhesus wente ouere i
the see of Galilee, that is Tiberias. And 2
a greet multitude*! suede hym ; for thei
sayn the tokenes, that he dide on hem
that weren sijke. Therfor Jhesus wente 3
in to an hil, and sat there with hise dis-
ciplis. And the paske was ful ni3, 34
feeste dai of the Jewis. Therfor whanne 5
Jhesus hadde lift vp hise i3en, and
hadde seyn, that a greet multitude cam
to hym, he seith to Filip, Wherof schu-
len we bie looues, that these men ete ?
But he seide this thing, temptynge hym ; 6
for he wiste what he was to do. Filip 7
answerde to hym, The looues of tweynr
hundrid pans8 sufficen not to hem, that
ech man take a litil what. Oon of hise«
disciplis, Andrew, the brothir of Sy-
mount Petre, seith to him, A child is 9
here, that hath fyue barli looues and
twei4 fischis ; but what ben these among
so manye ? Therfor Jhesus seith, Make 10
3eu hem sitte to the7 mete. And there
was myche hey in the place. And so
men saten to the mete, as vfyue thou-
synde in noumbre*". And Jhesus took 1 1
fyue looues, and whanne he hadde do
thankyngis, he departide to menx that
saten to>' the* mete, arid also of the
fischis, as myche as thei wolden. And 12
whanne thei weren fillida, he seide to
hise disciplis, Gadir 30 the relifs that ben
left, that thei perischen not. And so is
thei gadrideu, and filliden twelue cofyns
a sat there AGMNPQSTWXY. ~° Forsoth. the K pr.m. c the Jewes PQ. d There T.
w pr.m. f liftid sx. e a ful w sec.m. h seide v. l do AGMHPQSTWXY. k twey T.
m Om. w. n Oni. sx. ° of x. P thousond sx. 4 Jhesu therefore w . r the fiue
B at the wx. * weren v. u fulfillid AGMNPQSTWXY.
e thanne
' two wx.
P his o. 1 multitude of pepil o. r two cEipqacg. s pens EPsbcghia/3. * two iRghi. u Om.
ER pr. m. v Om. ei. w in noumbre fyue thousynde A. x the men iKQg. hem hi. y nt ft.
z Om. k. » fulfillid E.
VI. 14 — 25-
JOHN.
251
of relyfs of thev fyue barly looues and
tweyew fischis, that leften to hem that
uhaddun etun. Therfore* tho'" men, whanne
thei hadden seyn the Hokene, or myracle1-,
that he hadde don, seyden, For this* is
verily the prophete, that is to comyngeb
is in to the world. Therforec whanne Jhesu
hadde knowuri, ford thei weren to com-
yngee that thei schulden rauysche him,
and make him kyng, he valoone fleddef
ie eft in to an hil. Sothli as euentyd e was
maad, his disciplis wenten doun to the
17 see. And whanne thei hadden sti^ed
vp in to theh boot, thei camen ouer the
see in to Capharnaum. And derknessis
weren now maad, and Jhesu hadde not
locomen to hem. Forsothe a greet wynde
isblowynge, the see roos vp. Therfore
whanue thei hadden rowid as fyue and
twenty furlongis or thritty, thei seen
Jhesu walkinge on the see, and to be
rnaad next to the boot ; and thei dredden.
20 Sothli he seyde to hem, I am; nyle 36
21 drede. Therfore thei wolden take him
'in to' the boot, and anon the boot was at
22 the lond ink to which thei wenten. On
vthe tothir1 day the cumpanye, that stood
ouer the see, sy3, for there was non othir
boot there nom but oon, and for Jhesu
entride not with his disciplis in to the
boot, but his disciplis 'aloone wenten n.
23 Forsothe othere bootis camen fro Tibe-
riade bisydis the place, where0 thei eeten
24 breed, doynge thankingis to God. Ther-
fore whanne the cumpany hadden seyn,
for Jhesu was not there, nethere his dis-
ciplis, thei Sweden in to bootis, and
camen to Capharnaum, sekinge him P.
25 And whanne thei hadden founden him
of relif3 of the fyue barli looues and
tweib fischis, that lefte to hem that had-
den etun. Therfor tho men, whanne thei u
hadden seyn the signe that he hadde
don, seiden, For this is verili the profete,
that is to come in to the world. And i.->
whanne Jhesus hadde knowun, that thei
weren toc comed to take6 hym, and make
hyrn kyng, he flei3 'aloone eftf in to an
hille. And whanne euentid was comun, 10
his disciplis wenten doun toff the see.
And thei wenten vp in to a boot, and 17
thei camen ouer the see in to Cafarnaum.
And derknessis weren rnaad thanne, and
Jhesus was not come to hem. And for a is
greet wynde blew, the see roos vp. Ther- 19
for whanne thei hadden rowid as fyue
and twenti furlongis or thretti, thei
seen& Jhesus walkynge on the see, and
to be nei3 the boot ; and thei dredden.
And he seide to hem, Y am; nyle 3020
drede. Therfor thei wolden takers hym 21
in to the boot, and anoon the boot was
at the loond, toh which thei wenten. On 22
'the tother1 dai the puple, that stood ouer
the see, say, that ther was noon other
boot there but oonJ, and thatk Jhesu
entride not with hise disciplis in to the
boot, but hise disciplis aloone wenten.
But othere bootis camen fro Tiberias 23
bisidis the place, where thei hadden eetun
breed, and diden1 thankyngis to God.
Therfor whanne the puple hadde seyn,24
that Jhesu was not there, nether hise
disciplis, thei wenten vp in to bootis,
and camen to™ Cafarnaum, sekynge Jhe-
su. And whanne thei haddeu founduno5
hym ouer the see, thei seiden to hym,
Rabi, hou come" thou hidur? Jhesus 2G
T Om. s. w two prrxv. * Forsothe r. y the N. z tocne x. a this man G sec. m. w.
b come GMHPQSTWXY. c Forsothe AMNPQTXY. d that AMTXY. e come GMNPQSTWXY. { aloone fleije
A pr.m. GMNPQSTXY. fley aloone w. $ euen G pr.m. MPQSXY. h a A pr. m. G sec.m.
A pr. m. k Om. w. 1 that other w. the other x. m Om. <tw. n wenten aloone w.
P JheSU AGMXPQSTft'XY.
tin
0 ther w pr. m.
a the relif o. b two I. c Om. Q pr. m. d comynge a. e Om. i pr. m. g. f eftsoone k pr. m.
ft into o. g saujen i. sawen K. saien B. sayen e. sijen k. seien i. gg haue o. h in to k. ' that
other rae. i that oon o. k Om. k. 1 thei diden a pr. m. ™ in to k. n earnest iKa.
cam plures.
K k 2
252
JOHN.
VI. 26 — 39
ouer the see, thei seyden to him, Raby,
»«hou hast thou com hidur ? Jhesu i an-
sweride to hem, and seyde, Treuli, treuli,
( I seie to 3011, 30 seken me, not for 36 sy3r
the8 'tokenis, or myraclis1, but for 36
syeeten of looues, and ben fillid". Worche
3e riot mete that perischith, but thatv
dwellith in to euerlastinge lyf, which w
mete mannis sone 'schal 3yuex to 3ou ;
forsothe God the fadir 'bitokenede, or
wmarJcedey, himz. Therfore thei seiden to
him, What schulen we do, that we worche
29 the workis of God ? Jhesu answeride, and
seide to hem, This is the work of God,
that 30 bileue in to him, whom he sente.
so Therefore thei seiden to him, Therfore
what tokene doist thou, that we se, and
bileue to thee ? what worchist thou ?
31 Oure fadris eeten manna in desert, as it
is writun, He 3af to hem breed fro a
32 heuene forb to ete. Therfore Jhesuc seith
to hem, Treuli, treuli, I seie to 3ou, not
Moyses 3af to 3ou very breed fro heuene,
but my fadir 3yueth to 3ou verri breed
33 fro heuene ; sothli it is verri breed that
coraeth doun fro heuene, and 3yueth lyf
34 to the world. Therfore thei seiden to
him, Lord, euered 3yue to vs this breed.
ssSothly Jhesu seide to hem, I am breed
of lyf; he that cometh to me, schal not
hungre ; he that bileueth in me, schal
aoneuere thirste. But I seide to 3ou, 'for
and 36 ban seyn me, and 3ee bileueden
37 not. Al thing, that the fadir 3yueth to
me, schal come to me ; and I schal not
3« caste vout himf, that cometh to me. For
I cam doun fro heuene, not that I do my
wille, but the wille of him that sente me.
39 Forsothe this is the wille of him? that
sente me, 'the faclris'1, that al thing that
the fadir 3af to me, I leese not' of it, but
answerde to hem, and seide, Treuli, treuli,
Y seie to 3ou, 36 seken me, not for 36
sayn° the myraclis, but for 30 eten of
loouesP, and weren fillid. Worche 36 not 27
mete that perischith, but thati dwell-
ith1' in to euerlastynge lijf, which3 mete
mannys sone schal 3yue to 3ou ; for God
the fadir hath markid hym. Therfor 28
thei seiden to hym, What schulen we do,
that we worche the werkis* of God ?
Jhesus answerde, and seide to hem, This 23
is the werk of God, that 36 bileue to
hym, whom he sente. Therfor thei so
seiden to hym, What tokene thanne do-
ist thou, that we seen, and bileue to
thee? what worchist thou? Oure fa-3i
dris eeten manna in desert, as it is
writun, He 3af to hem breed fro heuene
to ete. Therfor Jhesus seith to hem, 32
Treuli, treuli", Y seie to 3ou, Moyses 3af
3ou not breed fro heuene, but my fadir
3yueth 3ou veri breed fro heuene ; for it 33
is very breed that cometh doun fro he-
uene, and 3yueth lijf to the world. Ther-34
for thei seiden to hym, Lord, euere 3yue
vs this breed. And Jhesus seideu to 35
hem, Y am breed of lijf; he that cometh
to me, schal not hungur ; hev that bileu-
eth in me, schal neuere thirste. But Yss
seidvv to 3ou, that 30 ban seyn me, and
3e bileuedenw not. Al thing, that the 37
fadir 3yueth to me, schal come to me ;
and Y schal not caste hym out, that
cometh to me. For Y cam doun fro 38
heuene, not that Y do my wille, but the
wille of hym that sente me. And this 39
is the wille of the fadir that sente me,
that al thing that the fadir 3af me", Y
leese not of it, but a3en reise it in the
laste dai. And this is)" the wille of my 40
fadir that sente me, that ech man that
q And Jhesus w. r saien vw. » Om. QW pr. n. * toknes x. u fulfillid A pr. m.
STWXY. v that that w. w the whiche A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. x 3eueth A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
y bytocnede x. z to hyrn w pr. m. a of N. & Om. sx. c he r. d euermore A pr. m. GMHPQ
STWXY. e Om. wx. f him out wx. g the fader PX. h Om. PXY. the fader Y. i nojt K pr. m.
0 seen gk. P the looues iidii. q that that k. r lastith i pr. m. s the whiche i. l werk Eeka.
lt Om. o. « seith a. v and he ok. vv haue seid A pr. m. w bileeuen agik. * Om. B pr. m. to me k.
y Om. k pr. m.
VI. 4° — S6-
JOHN.
253
4oa3en reise it in the laste day. Sothly
this is the wille of my fadir that sente
me, that ech man that seeth the sone, arid
bileueth in to him, haue euerlasting lyf ;
and I schal a3en reyse him in the laste
41 day. Therfore Jewis grucchiden of him,
for he hadde' seyd, I am breed that cam
42doun fro heuene. And thei seiden, Wherk
this is not Jhesu, the sone of Joseph,
whos fadir and modir we han knowun ?
Therfore hou seith this1, I'11 cam doun fro
43 heuene ? Therfore Jhesu answeride, and
seide to hem, Nyle 36 grucche to gidere.
44 No man may come to me, no but the
fadir that sente me, schal" drawe him0;
and I schal a3en reyse him in the laste
45 day. It? is writun in prophetis, And
alle men schulen ben able toi be tau3t of
God. Ech man that herder of the fadir,
46 and lernede8, cometh to me. Not for ony
man sy3 the fadir, no but this 'that is of
47 God, this* sy3 the fadir. Sothli, sothli,
I seye to 3ou, he that bileueth inu me,
48 hath euerlasting lyf. 'I am the breed of
49 lyf v. 3oure fadris eeten manna in desert,
so and ben deede. This is breed comynge
doun fro heuene, that if ony man schalw
si ete therof, he deyeth* not. I am quyk
52 breed, that cam doun fro heuene. If ony
man schal ete of this bred, he schal lyue
with outen ende. And the breed that I
schal 3yue, is my fleisch for lyf of the
53 world. Therfore the Jewis chidden to
gidere, seyinge, Hou may this? 3yue to
54 vs his fleisch forz to ete ? Therfore Jhesu
seith to hem, Treuly, treuli, I seye to 3ou,
no* butb 36 schulen ete the fleisch of
mannis sone, and drynke his blood, 36
55 schulen not haue lyf in 3ou. He that
etith rny fleisch, and drynketh my blood,
hath euerlasting lyf, and I schal a3en
56 reyse him in the laste day. Forsoth
seeth the sone, and bileueth in hym,
haue euerlastynge lijf ; and Y schal a3en
reyse hym in the laste dai. Therfor 41
Jewisz grutchiden of hym, for he hadde
seid, Y am breed that cam doun fro
heuene. And thei seiden, Whether this 42
is not Jhesus, the sone of Joseph, whos
fadir and modir we han knowun. Hou
thanne seith this8, That Y cam doun fro
heuene ? Therfor Jhesus answerde, and 43
seide to hem, Nyle 3eb grutche togidere.
No man may come to me, but if the 44
fadir that sente me, drawe hym ; and Y
schal 33611 reise hym in the laste dai. It
is writun in prophetis bb, And alle menc45
schulen be able ford to be tau3t 'of Gode.
Ech man that herdef ofs the fadir, and
hath lerned, cometh to me. Not for ony 46
man hath sey the fadir, but this1' that is
of God, hath sey the fadir. Sotheli, so- 47
theli, Y seie to 3ou, he that bileueth in
me, hath euerlastynge lijf. Y am breed 48
of lijf. 3oure fadris eeten manna in de-49
sert, and ben' deed. This is breed com- so
ynge doun fro heuene, that if ony man
ete therof, he die not. Y am lyuyngesi
breed, that cam doun fro heuene. If ony 52
man ete of this breed, he schal lyue
withouten ende. And the breed that Y
schal 3yue, is my fleisch for the lijf of the
world. Therfor the Jewis chidden togi-53
dere, and seiden, Hou may thisk 3yue to
vs his fleisch to ete? Therfor Jhesus 54
seith to hem, Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3011,
but 36 eten the fleisch of mannus sone,
and drenken his blood, je schulen not
haue lijf in 3ou. He that etith my 55
fleisch, and drynkith my blood, hath
euerlastynge lijf, and Y schal 33611 reise
hym in the laste dai. For my fleisch is 5«
veri mete, and my blood is very drynk.
He that etith my fleisch, and drynkith 57
i Om. G pr. m. XY. k Whether wx. l he this GMPQSWXY. m For I A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
n Om. NQ. ° hem w. P And it AT. 1 for to A pr.m. GMNPQTIVY. r hath herd QSWY. s lerid x.
4 Om. N. u in to v. T Om. PQ. w Om. AG pr. m. NQTW pr. m. XY. x dye A sec. m. NQVW sec. m. x.
7 he this MPSW. z Om. sx. a Om. x. b but if x.
z the Jewis hik. a he this la sec. m. b Om. R pr. m. bb the prophetis o. c men of God i.
d Om. Ebk pr. m. e Om. i. I hath herd k sec. m. g Om. k pr,m. h he this la sec. m. ' thei ben ig.
k he this i.
£54
JOHN.
vi. i7_ 72.
my fleisch is verily0 mete, and my blood
57 is verilyd drynke. He that etith my
fleisch, and drynkith my blood, dwellith
5» in me, and I in him. As my fadir lyu-
ynge sente6 me, and I lyue for the fadir,
and he that etith me, schal? lyue for me.
r.9 This is breed, that cam doun fro heuene.
Not as 3oure fadris eeten manna1', and ben
deed ; he that etith this breed, schal lyue
fio with outen ende. He seide thes thingis
in the synagoge, techinge in Capharnaum.
m Therfore manye of his disciplis heeririge',
seyden, This word is hard, who may heere
Gi-him? Forsoth Jhesu witynge anemptisk
him silf, for his disciplis grucchiden of
this thing, seide to hem, This thing
G:S sclaundrith 3011 ? Therfore if 36 schulen
se mannis sone sti3ynge vp, wher he was
(ubifore? It is the spirit that quykeneth,
the fleysch profiteth nothing ; the wordis
that I haue spokun to 3ou, ben spirit and
nr>lyf. But ther ben summe of 3ou that
bileuen not. Sothli Jhesu1 wiste at the
bigynnynge, whiche weren bileuynge, and
rawho was to bitrayinge"1 him. And he
seide, Therfore I seide to 3011, that no
man may come to me, no but it were
r~i 3ouun Nto him n of my fadir. Fro this
tyme manye of his disciplis wenten abak,
fi,;and now wenten not with him. Therfore
Jhesu seide to the twelue, Where ° and
(;:>3e woleu go awey ? Therfore Symount
Petre answeride to him, Lord, to whom
schulen we go ? Thou hast wordis of
70 euerelasting lyf; and we ban bileuyd,
and knowun, for thou art Crist, the
71 sone of God. Therfore Jhesu answeride
to hem, WherP I chees not 3ou twelue,
72 and oon of 3ou is a deueli? Forsothe he
seide of Judas of Symount, of Scarioth,
forsoth this r was to bitraiynge s him,
whanne he was oon1 of twelue1'.
my blood, dwellith in me, and Y in hyrn.
As' my fadir lyuynge sente me, and Yss
lyue for thek fadir, and he that etith me,
he1 schal lyue for me. This is breed, 59
that cam doun fro heuene. Not as 3oure
fadris eten manna"', and ben deed ; he
that etith this breed, schal lyue with-
outen ende. He seide these thingis in GO
the synagoge, techynge in Cafarnaum.
Therfor many of hise disciplis herynge, 01
seiden, This word is hard, who may
here it" ? But Jhesus witynge at hym 02
silf, that hise disciplis grutchiden of this
thing, seide to hem, This thing sclaun-
drith 3ou ? Therfor if 36 seen mannus«3
sone stiynge, where"" he was bifor? Itfu
is the spirit that quykeneth, the fleisch
profitith no thing ; the wordis that Y
haue spokun to 3ou, ben spirit and lijf.
But ther ben summe of 3ou that bileuen cs
not. For Jhesus wiste fro the bigyn-
nynge, which weren bileuynge, and who
was to bitraye hym. And he seide, oe
Therfor Y seide to 3011, that no man may
come to me, but it were 3ouun to hym
of my fadir. Fro this tyme many ofc?
hise disciplis wenten abak, and wenten
not now with hym. Therfor Jhesus «s
seide to the twelue, Whether 36 wqlen
also go awei ? And0 Symount Petre an-co
sweride to hym, Lord, to whom schulen
we gori ? Thou hast wordis of euerlast-
ynge lijf ; and we bileuen, and hanP 70
knowun, that thou art Crist, the sone
of God. Therfor Jhesus answerde to 71
hem, Whether Y chees not 3011 twelue,
and oon of 3ou is a feend ? And he 72
seide this of Judas of Symount Scarioth,
for this*) was to bitraye hym, whanne he
was oon of the twelue.
c verrey
verrey w.
j,ath sent sw. B and he schal A pr.m. GW.VPQSTWATV. h manna
in desert jv. ' herfnge this w pr. m. k at GMXPQSTWXY. 1 he x. m bytraye A pr. m. G.V.VPQSTWV.
betra3en x. * Om. G pr. m. " Whether x. P Whether x. 1 feend AGMXQSTWXY. r he this
G sec. m. MPSIV sec. m. s bytraye A pr. m. GMXPQSTWXY. t Om. T. ll the twelue MP.
' And as o. k my o. ' and he ok sec. m.
0 Om. k. P Om. k pr. m. q he this in sec. m.
manna in desert k. n him k pr. m. on there o.
VII. i — ifi.
JOHN.
255
CAP. VII.
i Forsothe aftir thes thingis Jhesu walk-
ide in to Galilee, for he wolde not walke
in to Judee, for thea Jewis soften forb to
asle him. Sothli ther was in the nexte
a feeste day of Jewis, Scenofegia, that is,
a a feeste of tabernaclis. Forsothe his bre-
theren seiden to him, Passe froc hennis,
and go in to Judee, that and thi disciplis
4 se thi werkis that thou doist ; forsothe
no man doth ony thing in Mud place, or
priuyA, and hedd sekith toe be vin tof opyn.
If thou dost 'thes thingis&, schewe thi silf
5 to the world. Forsothe nether his bri-
cthereri bileueden in to him. Therfore
Jhesu seith to hem, My time cam not 3it,
7 but 3oure tyme is euermore redy. The
world may not haue hatid 3ou, sothli it
hatith rne; for I bere witnessing therof,
a for the workis of it ben yuele. Sti3e 36
vp at this feeste day, but I schal not
sti3e vp at this feeste day, for my tyme
a is not 3it fillid h. Whanne he hadde
loseid thes thingis, he dwelte in Galilee.
Forsothe as his britheren Sweden vp,
thanne and he sti3ede vp at the feeste
n day, not opynli, but as in pryuei. Ther-
fore the Jewis soften him in the feeste
12 day, and seiden, Wher is he? And moche
grucching was of him in the cumpany of
peple. Forsothe summe seiden1, For he is
good; forsoth othere seiden, Nay, but he
isdisceyueth thek cumpanyes ; netheles no
man spak opynly of him, for the drede of
14 Jewis. Forsothe now the feeste day
medlinge, "or goynge bitwixe\ Jhesu
wente vpm in to the temple, and tau3te.
is And the Jewis woridriden, seyinge, Hou
kan this man lettris, sithen he hath not
i6lernyda? Jhesu answeride to hem, and
seide, My doctrine is not myn, but his
CAP. VII.
Aftirr these thingis Jhesus walkide in i
to Galilee, for he wolde not walke in to
Judee, for the Jewis soi^ten tos sle hym.
And ther was nei3 a feeste dai of the 2
Jewis, Senofegia. And hise britheren 3
seiden to hym, Passe fro hennus, and
go1 in to Judee, that also thi disciplis
seen thi werkis that thou doist ; for no 4
man doith ony thing in hiddlis, and hyrn
silf sekith to be opyn. If thou doist
these thingis, schewe thi silf to the
world. For nether hise britheren bi-s
leueden in hym. Therfor Jhesus seith «
to hem, My tyme cam" not 3it, but
3oure tymev is euermore redi. The?
world may not hate 3011, sothely it hat-
ith me ; for Y bere witnessyng therof,
that the werkis of it ben yuele. Go 30 »
vp to thisvv feeste dai, but Y schal not
go vp to this feeste daiw, for my tyme
is not 3it fulfillid. Whanne he hadde 9
seid these thingis, he dwelte in Galilee.
And aftir thatx hise britheren weren gon 10
vp, thanne he 3edey vp to the feeste dai,
not opynli, but as in priuyte. Therfor n
the Jewis soften hym in the feeste dai,
and seiden, Where is he ? And myche la
grutchyng was of hym among the puple.
For sumrne seiden, That he is good ; and
othere seiden, Nai, but he disceyueth the
puple; netheles no man spak opynli ofia
hym, for dredez of the Jewisa. But 14
whanne the myddil feeste dai cam, Jhe-
sus wente vp in to the temple, and
tau3te. And the Jewis wondriden, and is
seiden, Hou can this man lettris, sitheri
he hath not lernedb ? Jhesus answerde i«
to hem, and seide, My doctryne is not
myn, but his that sente me. If ony man 17
wole do his wille, he schal knowe of the
a Om. GMXPQSTVWXY. b Om. ax. c Om. AN<JT. d hid place x.
GMNPQTWY. f in A pr.m. Q. Om. TX. S this thing A pr.m. MNPQT.
fulrilde x. ' seyn K.
" lerid sx.
k Om. v. 1 or goynge hitmen s. Om. x.
Om. <j. e for to A pi: in.
h fulfillid GA/NPQSTWV.
m Om. AG pr.m. NPQTXY.
T And aftir A. 8 for to hi. ' go we Eisa sec. m. b sec. m. u is R. v hour k. vv the k pr. m.
w Om. s pr. in. fest day don 8 sec. m. x Om. K nr. m. y wente k. z the drede s tec. M. a Judeis a.
bl • 1
lende a..
256
JOHN.
VII. 17 — 30.
17 that sente me. If ony man 'schal wilne
to0 do his wille, he schal knowe of the
techinge, wheri1 it be of God, wheri I
is speke of my silf. He that spekith of him-
self, sekith his owne glorie ; forsothr he9
that sekith the glorie of him that sente
him, this is sothfast, and vm^tfulnesse*
19 is not in him. Wher11 Moyses 3af not to
3011 a lawe, and no man of 3011 dothv the
20 lawe? What seken 36 tow sle me? 'The
cumpany answeride, and seide, Thou hast
21 a deuyl; who sekith forx to sle thee? Jhe-
su answeride, and seide to hem, I haue don
220 work, and alle 30 wondren. Therfore
Moyses 3af to 3011 circumcisioun ; not for
it is of Moyses, but of fadris ; and in the
2ssaboth 36 circumsidideny a man. If a man
takithz circumcisioun in the saboth, that
the lawe of Moyses be not brokun, han 30
indignacioun, *or wraththe*, to me, for I
made al the man hool in the sabot ?
24Nyle 36 deme vpb the face, but demec a
2sri3tful dom. Therfore summe of Jerusa-
lem seiden, Wherd this is not, whom the
2G Jewis seken toe slee ? and lo ! he spekith
opynly, and thei seyn no thing to him.
Wherf the princes knewen verili, for this
271S& Crist? But we Aviten this man, of
whennish he is; 'forsoth whanne Crist
schal come, no man wot of whennish he
28 is. Therfore Jhesu criede in the temple,
techinge hem', and seyinge, And 36 witen
me, andk of whennis I am1; and I cam
not of my silf, but he is trewe that sente
29 me, whom 30 knowen not. I woot him,
and if I schal seie for I vwoot not him™,
I schal be lyk to 3011, a lyere ; and I woot
him, for of him I am, and he sente me.
MO Therfore thei soften" for0 to take him,
and no man sente in to him hondis, for
techyng, whethir it be of God, or Y
speke of my silf. He that spekith ofia
hym silf, sekith his owne glorie ; but he
that sekith the glorie of hym that sente
hym, is sothefast, and vnri3twisnessee is
not in hym. Whether Moises 3af not to 19
3ou a lawe, and noon of 3011 doith the
lawe? What seken 36 to sle me? And 20
the puple answerde, arid seide, Thou hast
a deuel ; who sekith to sle thee ? Jhesus 21
answerde, and seide to hem, Y hane don
od werk, and alle 36 wondren. Therfor22
Moises 3af to 3ou circumcisioun ; not for
it is of Moyses, but of the fadris ; and
in the sabat 36 circumciden6 a man. If 23
a f man take circumcicioun in the
sabat, that the lawe of Moises be not
brokun, han 30 indignacioun toff me, for
Y made? al^ a man hool in the sabat ?
Nile 36 deme aftir the face, but deme 36 24
a ri3tfulh doom. Therfor summe of Je-25
rusalem seiden, Whethir this is not he,
whom the Jewis seken to sle ? and lo ! 26
he spekith opynli, and thei seien no
thing to hym. Whether the princes
knewen' verili, that this is Crist? But 27
we knowun this man, of whennus he is ;
but whanne Crist schal come, no man
woot of whennus he is'1. Therfor Jhesus 28
criede in the temple 'techynge, and seidej,
3e knowen me, and '36 knowen of
whennus Y amti ; and Y cam not of my
silf, but he is trewe that sente me,
whom 36 knowen not. Y knowe hym, 29
and if Y seie thatk Y knowe hym not,
Y schal be lijk to 3ou, a Here; but1 Y
knowe hym, for of hym Y am, and he
sente me. Therfor thei soften tom take 30
hym, and no man sette on hym hoondis,
for his our cam not 3it. And many ofsi
0 wole GMNPQTWY. wile sx. P whether wx. 1 whether wx. r trewly r. s who GMNPQSTWXY.
* vnri3twysenesse AGMNpQSTfrxY. u Whether x. v kepith v. w for to AGMNPQTVW Y. x Oni. sx.
y circumciden A pr.m. G pr.m. NPQSTVWX. z take A pr.m. GMNPSIVY. toke T. a Om. x. b aftir
A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. c deme 30 AGMNPQSTVWX. d Whether wx. e for to AGMNP^STVWY.
f Whether wx. g Om. K. h whenne x. i Om. A pr.m. GMNPQSTXY. k Om. K pr.m. QF
w pr. »i. Y pr.m. I am, je knowen N. am, jee witen s sec.m. marg. m wot hym not XY. n senten r.
0 Om. K pr. m.'SX.
c vnrijtfulnesse IK sup. ras. g. d a 10. e circumcideden AKgk;3. circumcisiden ahi. * eny g.
ff of o. 8 make o. ?S Om i pr. m. gk pr. m. h ri3twise K. i knowen k. » Om. o. J and said
techinge o. JJ whennis I am 36 knowen o. k Om. b pr. m. e pr. m. hi. ! but and A sec. m. FQticea.
m for to i Kg.
VII. 31—44-
JOHN.
257
si his our cam not jit. Sothli many of the
cumpanye bileueden in to P him, and
seiden, Whanue Crist schal come, wheri
he schal do mo tokenes, than this1" doth ?
32 Pharisees herden the cumpenye8 of peple
grucchinge of him thes thingis ; and the
princes of* Pharisees senten mynistris,
33 that thei schulden take hirn. Therfore
Jhesu seide to hem, 3it a litel tyme I am
with 3011, and I go to the fadir, that sente
34 me. 3e schulen seke me, and 36 schulen
not fynde; and where I am, 36 mown" not
35 come. Therfore the Jewis seiden to hem
silf, Whidur Ms this to goynge", for we
schulen not fynde him ? wherv hew is to
goyingex in to scateringe, vor distroyinge? ,
of hethene men, and 'is to techingez 'he-
se thene men ? What is this word, which"
he seide, 3e schulen seke me, and 36 schu-
len not fynde ; and where I am, 3e mownb
37 not come ? Forsoth in the laste day of
the grete feeste, Jhesu stood, and criede,
seyinge, If ony man thirstith, come he to
38 me, and drynke he. He that bileueth in
tobb me, as the scripture seith, Flodis of
quyke watir schulen flowe of his wombe.
39 Sothli he seide this thing of the Hooly
Goost, whom men bileuynge in to him
weren to takingec ; forsoth the Spirit was
not 3$t 3ouuii, for Jhesus was not 3it glori-
4flfied. Therfore of that cumpanye, whanne
thei hadden herde thes wordis of him, thei
41 seiden, This isd verili a prophete. Othere
seiden, This is Crist. Forsoth summe
seiden, Where Crist coineth fro Galilee ?
42 Wherf the scripture seith not, that of the
seed of Dauith, and of the castel of Beth-
leem, where Dauith was, Crist cometh ?
43 And so dissencioun is maad in the
44cumpany for him. Forsothe summe of
hem wolden take him, but no man sente^
the puple bileueden in hym, and seiden,
Whanne Crist schal come, whether he
schal do mo tokenes, than tho that this
doith ? Farisees m herden the puple 32
musinge of hym these thingis ; and the
princis and" Farisees senten mynystris,
to take hym. Therfor Jhesus seide to 33
hem, 3it a litil tyme Y am with 3ou, and
Y go to the fadir, that sente me. 3^34
schulen seke me, and 30 schulen not
fynde0 ; and where Y am, 36 mayP not
come. Therfor the Jewis seiden to hem 35
silf, Whidur schal this gon, for we schu-
len not fynde hym ? whether he wole
go in to thei scateryng of netherie^ men,
and wole teche the hethener? What issi;
this word, which he seide, 3e schulen
seke me, and 3es schulen not fynde1; and
where Y am, 30 moun not come? But 37
in the laste dai of the greet feeste, Jhesus
stood, and criede, and seide, If ony man
thirstith, come he to me, and drynke.
He that bileueth in" me, as the scripture 38
seith, Floodis of quyk watir schulen
flowe frou his wombe. But he seide this:«i
thing of the Spirit, whom"" men that
bileueden in hym schulden take; for the
Spirit was not 3it 3ouun, for Jhesus was
not 3it glorified. Therfor of that cum-40
panye, whanne thei hadden herd these
wordis of hym, theiv seiden, Thisvv is
verili a prophete. Othere seiden, This4i
is Crist. 'But surnme"' seiden, Whether
Crist cometh fro Galilee ? Whether the 42
scripture seith not, that of the seed of
Dauid, and of the castel of Bethleem,
where Dauid was, Crist cometh? Ther-43
for discencioun was maad among the
puple for hym. For" summe of hem 44
wolden haue take hym, but no man sette
hondis on hym. Therfor the mynystris 45
tt
P Om. o. 1 whether wx. r that tins A pr.m. GMNPQSTXY. s cumpanyes vw. * and vwxv.
may -w. u is this to go GNQT. is he this to go MPSWXY. v whether x. w he this §. x go
CMNPQSTWX. y Om. x. z is to teche GQSTW. to teche N. a the which AGMNPQTIVY. that A-.
b may M. bb Om. sx. c take GMNPQSTWXY. d Om. K. « Whether w. { Whether wx. S sente to
A pr, m. MPT.
m The Farisees k. n of a pr.m. k pr. m. and the a sec. m. hi. ° finde me KOS pr. m. P moun pliires.
1 Om. Kegka. <11 the hethen o. r hethen men CEKPQehika/3. s Om. aa. ' finde me K. lt to o.
u out of o. «u whiche k pr. m. the whiche k sec. m. T Om. k. vv That this k. w And othere k.
* But ig. And k.
VOL. IV. L 1
258
JOHN.
VII. 45— VIII. 9.
45hondis on1 him. Therfore thek mynistris
caraen to the bischopis and Pharisees',
and thei seiden to hem, Whi brou3te 36
46 not him? The mynistris answeriden,
Neuere man spak so, as this spekith.
47 Therfore the Farisees answeriden to hem,
48vWher and™ 36 be disceyued ? whern
ony of the princes bileueden in to0 him, or
49 of the Pharisees ? But this cumpany of
peple, that knew not the lawe, ben cursid.
soNycodeme seith to hem, he that cam to
him in ny3te, that was oon of hem,
.•>! WherP oure lawe demeth a man, no'' butr
'first it8 vhaue herd1 of him, and knowe
52 what he doth? Thei answeriden, and
seiden to him, Wher" arid thou ert a man
of Galilee ? Seke thou scripturis, and se
thou, for a prophete rysith not of Galilee.
.vjAnd thei turnedyn a3en, ech in to his
hows.
CAP. VIII.
1 Forsothe .Thesu wente in to the mount
2 of Olyuete. Arid erly eftv he cam in to
the temple; and al the peple cam to him ;
sand he sittinge tau3te hem. Sothli scribis
and Pharisees bryngenw a womman take
in auowtrie, and settiden* hir in the^
4 middil, and seiden to him, Maistir, this
5 womman is now takuri in auoutrie. For-
soth in the lawe Moyses comaundide vs
for* to stoone siche ; therfore what seist
othou? Sothli thei seiden this thing ternpt-
inge him, that thei my3ten accuse him.
Forsothe Jhesu bowinge vhim silf douna,
wrot with the b f'yngir in the erthe.
7Sothly wharine thei 'lastiden, or conty-
nuedec, axinge him, he reiside him silf,
and seide to hem, Which'1 of 3ou that is
with oute synne, first sende a stoon in to
n hir. And6 eft he bowinge dounf him
!»silf, wroot in the erthe. Sothli thei
heeringe thes thingis, wenten awey oon
camen to bischopisy and Farisees, and
thei seiden to hem, Whi brou3ten 36 not
hym? The mynystris answeriden, Ne-46
uere man spak so, as this man spekith.
Therfor the Farisees answeriden to hem, 47
Whether 36 ben disseyued also? whether 48
ony of the pryncis or of the Farisees
bileueden in hym? But this puple, that4i»
knowith not the lawe, ben cursid. Ny-so
choderne seith to hem, he that cam to
hym bi ny3t, that was oon of hem,
Whethir oure lawe demith a man, butzoi
it haue first herde of hym, and knowe
what he doith ? Thei answeriden, and 52
seiden to hym, Whether thou art a man
of Galilee also? Seke thou scripturis, and
se thou, that a prophete risith not of
Galilee. And thei turneden a3en, ech in 53
to his hous.
CAP. VIII.
Buta Jhesus wente in to the mount of i
Olyuete. Andb eerli eftc he cam in to the 2
temple ; and al the puple cam to hyrn ;
and he sat, and tai^te hem. And scribis 3
and Fariseis bryngend a womman takun
in auoutrye, and thei settiden hir in the
myddil, and seiden to hym, Maystir, this 4
womman is now takun in auoutrie. And 5
in the lawe Moises comaundide vse tof
stoone suche ; therfor what seist thou?
And thei seiden this thing temptyngeti
hym, that thei my3ten accuse hym. And
Jhesus bowide hym silf doun, and wroot
with his fyngur in the erthe. And 7
whanne thei abiden& axynge'1 hym, he
reiside hym silf, and seide to hern, He
of 3ou that is without synne, first caste
a stoon in to hir. And eft he bowide s
hym silf, and wroot in the erthe. And »
thei herynge these thingis, wenten awei
oon aftir anothir, and thei bigunnen fro
' vpon A pr. m. GMNPQTWY. k Om. T. ' to the Pharisees MW. m Whether wx. Wher Y pr. m.
11 whether x. ° Om. w pr. m. P Whether ex. 1 Om. x. r but if x . s it first G pr. m. Y.
1 heere G pr. m. NQTX. u Whether wx. v Om. G pr. m. w ledderi to GMNPQSTWXY. x setten GMQ
STWXY. senten NP. V to str sec. m. to the w pr. m. * Om. sx. a doun him silf XY. b his N.
c lasteden AGMPQSTXY. laften xw. d He A pr.m. GNqsmrxY. He who MP. e Om. g. f Om.
G sec.m. MNPQSTWXY.
Y the bishopis iKRsgk. z but if Keh. a And k. b Om. R sfc.m. <' Om. k pr.m. d bryngynge
hi/9, broujten k pr. m. e to vs gk. f for to iKghi. g abideden c. abedin EP. h askynge R.
VIII. to — 23.
JOHN.
259
aftir an other, thei bigynnynge at& theh
eldere men ; and Jhesu dwelte aloone,
and the womman stondinge in the myd-
10 del. Sothli Jhesu reisynge him silf seide
to hir, Womman, wher ben thei that ac-
cusiden thee ? no man dampnede thee.
iTThe which1 seyde, No man, Lord. Jhesu
seithk to hir, Nether I schal dainpne thee ;
go thou, and now1 aftirward nyle thou vdo
lasynne™. Therfore eft Jhesu spak to hem,
seyinge, I am the" Ii3t of the world ; he
that sueth me, walkith0 not in derknessis,
13 but? schal haue the^ Ii3t of lyf. Therfore
the Pharisees seiden, Thou berist witness-
ing of thi silf; thi witnessing is not
14 trewe. Jhesu answeride, and seide to hem,
And if I bere witnessing of my silf, my
witnessing is trewe ; for I woot fror
lawhennis I cam, and whidur I go. For-
sothe 36 witen not fros whennus I come,
or* whidur I go. Forsoth 36 demen vpu
ifithe fleisch, Iv deme not ony man; and
if I deme, my dom is trewe, for I am not
aloone. but I and the fadir that sente me.
17 And in 3oure lawe it is writun, for the
is witnessing of tweiw men is trewe*. I am,
that bere witnessing of my silf, and the
fadir that sente me, berith witnessing of
19 me. Therfore thei seiden to him, Wher
is thi fadir? Jhesu answeride, Nether 30
witen, 'or knowen?, me, nether 36 witen
my fadir ; • if 36 wisten me, perauenture
20 and 36 schulden wite my fader. Jhesu
spak thes wordisz in the treserie, techinge
in the temple ; and no man took him, for
21 his our cam not 3it. Therfore eft Jhesu
seide to hem, Lo ! I go, and 36 schulen
seche me, and 36 schulen deye in 3oure
synne ; whidur I go, 36 mown not come.
22 Therfore the Jewis seiden, Whera he schal
23sle him silf, for he seith, Whidur I go, 30
mown not come ? And he seide to hem,
3e ben of bynethe, I am of aboue ; 36 ben
the' eldre men; and Jhesus dwelte aloone,
and the womman stondynge in the myd-
dil. And Jhesus reiside hym silf, and 10
seide to hir, Womman, where ben thei
that accusiden thee ? no man hath
dampned k thee. Sche seide, No man, n
Lord. Jhesus seide Vo hir1, Nethir Y schal
dampne thee ; go thou, and now aftir-
ward"1 nyle thou synne more". Therfori2
eft Jhesus spak to hem, and seide, Y am
the0 Ii3t of the world ; he that sueth me,
walkith not in derknessis, but schal haue
the00 Ii3t of lijf. Therfor the Fariseisn
seiden, Thou berist witnessyngP of thi
silf; thi witnessyng is not trewe. Jhesus u
answerde, and seide to hem, And if Y
bere witnessyng of my silf, my witness-
yng is trewe ; for Y woot fro whennus
Y cam, and whidur Y go. But 36 witen ir>
not fro whennus Y cam, ne whidur Y go.
ForPP 36 demen aftir the fleisch, but Y deme
no man ; and if Y deme, my doom is 10
trewe, for Y am not aloone, but Y and the
fadir that sente me. And in 3oure lawe 17
it is writun, that the witnessyng of tweil
men is trewe. Y am, that bere witness- \s
yng of my silf, and the fadir that sente
me, berith witnessyng of me. Therfor 19
thei seiden to hym, Where is thi fadir?
Jhesus answeride, Nether 36 kriowen me,
riethir 11 36 knowen my fadir ; if 36
knewen me, perauenture 36 schulden
knowe also my fadir. Jhesus spak these 20
wordis in the tresorie, techynge in the
temple ; and no man took hym, for his
our cam not 3it. Therfor eft Jhesus 21
seide to hem, Lo ! Y go, and 36 schulen
seke me, and 36 schulen die in 3oure
synne ; whidur Y go, 36 moun not
come. Therfor the Jewis seiden, Whe-22
ther he schal sle hym silf, for he seith,
Whidur Y go, 36 moun not come ? And 23
he seide to hem, 3^ ben of bynethe, Y
Om. GQWXY. ! Which r
g of AGMNPQSTYWXY.
GNQTXY. n Om. QXY. ° wandrith r.
u aftir GMNPQSTWXY. v forsothe I w pr. m
a Whether wx.
said AGMNPQSVWXY. 1 Om. N. m synne
P but he MQIVY. 1 Om. x. r of qr. s of Q. t ne Q.
w two MX. * truthe N. J Om. x. z Om. K.
' Om. b. k demyde a pr. m. ' Om. i. m aftir g. n no more A pr. m. sa pr. m. bgk pr. m. ° Om.
s tec. m. °° Om. o. P wittenesse o. PP But for o. q two i. 91 ne Ebc.
L 1 2
260
JOHN.
VIII. 24 — 39.
of this world, I am not of this world.
24Therfore I seide to 3011, For 36 schulen
dye in 3oure synnes; forsothe if 36 schu-
len not bileue for I am, 36 schulen deye
25 in 3oure synneb. Therfore thei seiden to
him, Who art thou ? Jhesu seide to hem,
The bigynnyng, W thefirste of al thingc,
2G which*1 ande speke to 3ou. I haue many
thingis forf to speke, and derne^ of 3011,
but he that sente me is sothfast ; and I
speke in the world thes thingis, that I
27herde of him. And thei knewen not, for
2» he seide his fadir God. Therfore Jhesu
seith to hem, Whanne X3e ban1' reysid1
inannis sone, thanne 36 schulen knowe,
for I am, and of my silf Ik do no thing;
but1 as my fadir taii3te me, I speke thes
29 thingis. And he that sente me is with
me, and lefte vnot me™ aloone ; for I do
euere" tho thingis, that ben plesaunt to
so him. Him spekinge thes thingis, many
si men ° bileueden in to him. Therfore
Jhesu seide to the? Jewis, that bileueden
in to him, If 36 schulen dwelle in my
word, verili 36 schulen be my disciplis ;
32 and 36 schulen knowe the treuthe, and the
33 treuthe schal delyuere 3ou. Therfore
the Jewis answeriden to him, We ben
the seed of Abraham, and to no man we
Nseruyden euere'' ; hou seist thou, 3er schu-
•M len be free ? Jhesu answeride to hem,
Treuli, treuli, I seie to 3ou, for ech man
that doth synne, is the8 seruaunt of
35synne. Sothli the seruaunt dwellith not in
the hous, into withouten ende, the sone
30 dwellith into withouten ende. Therfor
if the sone schal delyuere 3ou, verili 30
37 schulen be free. I woot for 36 ben Abra-
hams sones, but 36 sekeri forf to sle me,
:«ifor rny word takith not in 3011. And I
speke tho thingis, that I sy3 at my fadir ;
and 36 don tho thingis, that 36 sy3en at
393oure fadir. Thei answeriden, and seiden
am of aboue ; 36 ben of thisr world, Y
am not of this world. Therfor Y seide to 24
3ou, that 36 schulen die in 3oure synnes*;
for if 36 bileuen not that Y am, 36 schu-
len die in 3oure synne1. Therfor thei 25
seiden to hym, Who art thou? Jhesus
seide to hem, The bigynnyng, which also
speke to 3ou. Y haue many thingis to 20
speke, and demeu of 3011, but he that
sente me is sothefast; and Y speke in the
world these thingis, that Y herde of
hym. And thei knewen not, that he 27
clepide his fadir God. Therfor Jhesus 28
seithv to hem, Whanne 36 han areisid
mannus sone, thanne 36 schulen knowe,
that Y am, and of my silf Y do no thing ;
but as my fadir tau3te me, Y speke these
thingis. And he that sente me is with 29
me, and lefte me not aloone ; for Y do
euermore tho thingis, that ben plesyngew
to hym. Whanne he spak these thingis, 30
manye bileueden in hym. Therfor Jhe-3i
sus seide to the Jewis, that bileueden in
hym, If 36 dwellen* in my word, verili
36 schulen be my disciplis; and 3e schu-32
len knowe the treuthe, and the)7 treuthe
schal make 3011 fre. Therfor the Jewis 33
answeridenyy to hym, We ben the seed of
Abraham, and we serueden neuere to
man ; hou seist thou, That 36 schulen be
fre? Jhesus answeride to hem, Treuli, 34
treuli, Y seie to 3011, ech man that doith
synne, is seruaunt ofz synne. And the 35
seruaunt dwellith not in the hows with
outen ende, but the sone dwellith with
outen ende. Therfor if the sone makesfl
3ou fre, verili 36 schulen be fre. Y woot 37
that 36 ben Abrahams sones, but 36
seken to sle me, for my word takith not
in 3ou. Y speke tho thingis, that Y say 38
at my fadir; and 36 doen tho thingis, that
36 sayn at 3oure fadir. Thei answerden,39
and seiden to hym, Abraham is oure
t> synnes AGMPQSTXY. '• or first of al thing Q. Om. x. ll the which A pr.m. GMXPQSTWXY.
e and IT. f Om. ax. S to deeme G sec.m. MPW. h he hadde K. ' areisid A pr m. e.vQifv.
k Om. N. ' for T. m me not MXY. n euermore AGMNPQSTWXY. ° Om. A pr. m. GMXPQSTWXY.
i' hem, the MWY. 1 euere serueden MXY. r For je A pr.m. GMNpQSTrwxY. s Om. w pr.m. l Om. sx.
r the 1Kb pr. m. g. s synne b pr. m. t synnes Eohin/3. u to deme CEiKMOPQRsuxab sec. m. ceghiko(3.
v seide b. w plesaunt iKsabg. x dwelteu k. y Om. i. >7 sayden o. z to i.
VIII. 4° — 53-
JOHN.
261
to him, Abraham is oure fadir. Jhesu
seith to hem, If 36 ben the sones of Abra-
ham, xdo 36" the werkis of Abraham.
40 Sothli now 36 seken tov sle me, a man
that haue spoken to 3011 treuthew, that I
herde of God ; Abraham dide not this
41 thing. 3e don the workis of 3oure fadir.
And so thei seiden to him, We ben not
born of fornycacioun ; we ban o fadir, God.
42 Therfore Jhesu seide to hem, If God were
3oure fadir, sothli 30 sehulden loue me ;
forsothe I 'procedide, or cam forth*, of
God, and earn ; nether sothli I cam of
43 my silf, but he sente me. Whi knowen
36 not my speche ? for 36 mown not heere
44 my word. 3e ben of the fadir. the denel,
and 30 wolen do the desyris of 3oure fadir.
He was a mansleere fro the bigynnyng,
and in treuthe he stood not ; for treuthe
is not in him. Whanne he spekith ay
lesinge, he spekith of his owne thingis ;
45 for he is a lyierez, and fadir of it. Sotheli
fora I seye treuthe, 36 bileuen not to me.
48 Who of 3ou schal reproue me of synne?
if I seie treuthe, whi bileuen 36 not to
47 rne ? He that is of God, heerith the
wordis of God ; therfore 36 heeren not,
48 for 36 ben not of God. Therfore the
Jewis answeriden, and seidenb, Wherc we
seyn not wel, for thou art a Samaritan,
40 and hast a deuel? Jhesu answeride, and
seide, I haue not a deuel, but I honoure
my fadir, and 36 ban vnhonourid me.
50 Forsothe I seke not my glorie ; ther is,
si that 'sekith, and demethd. Treuli, treuli,
I seie to 3ou, if ony man schal kepe my
word, he schal not vse, or taaste*, deeth
52in to with outen ende. Therfor the
Jewis seiden, Now we han knowen, for
thou hast a deuel. Abraham is deed, and
the prophetis, and thou seist, If ony man
schalf kepe my word, he schal not taaste
53 deeth in to with outen ende. Wher?
thou ert more than oure fadir Abraham,
that is deed, and the prophetis ben deede ;
fadir. Jhesus seith to hem, If 36 ben
the sones of Abraham, do 36 thea werkis
of Abraham. But now 36 seken to sle4o
'rne, a manb that haue spoken to 3011
treuthe, that Y herde of God ; Abraham
dide not this thing. 3e doen the werkis 4 1
of 3oure fadir. Therfor thei seiden to
hym, We ben not borun of fornycacioun ;
we han o fadir, God. But Jhesus seith 42
to hem, If God were 3oure fadir, sotheli
36 sehulden loue me ; for Y passide forth
of God, and cam ; for nether Y cam of
my silf, but he sente me. Whi knowen 43
36 not my speche ? for 36 moun not here
my word. 3e Den of the fadir, the denel, 44
and 36 wolen do the desyris of 3oure
fadir. He was a mansleere fro the bi-
gynnyng, and he stood not in treuthe ;
for treuthe is not in hym. Whanne he
spekith lesyng, he spekith of his owne ;
for he is a Here, and fadirc of it. But4.r,
for Y seie treuthe, 36 bileuen not to me.
Who of 3ou schal repreue me of synne ? 46
if Y sey treuthe, whi bileuen 36 not to
me? He that is of God, herith the 47
wordis of God ; therfor 36 heren not,
for 36 ben not of God. Therfor the 48
Jewis answeriden, and seiden, Whether
we seien not wel, that thou art a Sama-
ritan, and hast a deuel? Jhesus an- 49
swerde, and seide, Y haue not a deuel,
but Y onoure my fadir, and 36 han vn-
honourid me. Ford Y seke not my glorye;so
there is he, that sekith, and demeth.
Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3ou, if ony man .11
kepe my word, he schal not taste deth
with outen ende. Therfor the Jewis 52
seiden, Now we han knowun, that thou
hast a deuel. Abraham is deed, and the
prophetis, and thou seist, If ony man
kepe my word, he schal not taste deth
withouten ende. Whether thou art gret-53
tere than oure fader Abraham, that is
deed, and the prophetis ben deed; whom
makist thou thi silf? Jhesus answeride, 54
u doth x. v for to A pr.m. GMNPQTWY. w the treuthe K pr.m. M. that T. * procedide, or wenteforthe
G sup. ras. procedede A'. y Om. GMPQSWXY. * lyere, or lexynge mongere GTY. a if A pr, m. GA/.VPQST
wxv. b seiden to him .v. c Whether x. d seche and deme x. e see GMQSWY. taaste P. seen x. f Om.
AO pr.m. NQSTXY, S Whether wx.
a Om. A.
men i. c stode fadir
d Om. o.
262
JOHN.
VIII. 54— IX. 9.
54 whom inakist thou thi silf? Jhesu an-
sweride, If I glorifie my silf, my glorie
is no3t ; my fadir is, that glorifieth me,
55 whom 36 seyn, for he is joure God. And
36 han not knowen him, forsoth I haue
knowe him ; and if I schalh seye for1 I
vwoot not himk, I shal be a lyere lyk to
3ou; but I wool him, and I kepe his word.
56 Abraham, 3oure fader, 'ful out ioyede1, 'that
he schulde se my day ; and he sy3, and
5;hem ioyede. Therfore the Jewis seyden to
him, Thou hast not 3it fifty 3eer, and hast
58 thou seyn Abraham? Therfore Jhesu
seide to hem, Treuli, treuli, I seye to 3ou,
bifore that Abraham was maad, I am.
59 Therfore thei token stoones, that thei
schulden caste in to him ; sothli Jhesu
hidde him, and wente out of the temple.
CAP. IX.
i And Jhesu passinge, sy3 a man blynd
afro the birthe. And his" disciplis axiden
him, Raby, ^that is, Maistir0, who? syn-
nede, this man % or his fadir and modir,
3 that he schulde be born blynd ? Jhesu
answeride, Nether this man synnede, nei-
ther his fadir and moder ; but that the
4werkis of God be schewid in hym. It
bihoueth mer for8 to worche the werkis
of him that sente me, the while the4 day
is ; the ny3t schal come, whanne no man
5 may worche. Hou longe I am in the
c world, I am the Ii3t of the world. Whanne
he hadde" seid thes thingis, he spette in
to erthev, and made cley of the spotle,
and leydew, W bawmede*, the? cley on his
7y3en, and seide to him, Go, and be thou
wayschenz in the watir, W cisterne*, of
Siloe, that is interpretid, Sent. Therfore
he wente, and waischideb, and cam se-
synge. And so nei3eboris, and thei that
hadden seyn hym byfore, for he was a
beggere, seiden, Wherc this is not he, that
9 sat, and beggide ? Othere men seiden,
If Y glorifie my silf, my glorie is nou3t ;
my fadir, is that glorifieth me, whom 36
seien, thatdd he is 3oure God. And 3655
han not knowun hym, but Y haue
knowun hym ; and if Y seie that Y
knowe hym not, Y schal be a Here liche
to 3ou ; but Y knowe hym, and Y kepe
his word. Abraham, 3oure fadir, gladideee56
to se my dai ; and he sai3, and ioyede.
Thanne the Jewis seiden to hym, Thou 57
hast not 3it fifti 3eer, and hast thou seien
Abraham ? Therfor Jhesus seide to sa
hern, Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3ou, bifor
that Abraham schulde be, Yam. Therfor 59
thei token stonys, to caste to hym ; but
Jhesus hidde hym, and wente out of the
temple.
CAP. IX.
And Jhesus passynge, sei3 a man
blynd fro the birthe. And hise disciplis 2
axiden hym, Maistir, whatf synnede this
man, or hise eldris, that he schulde be
borun blynd? Jhesus answeride, Nether 3
this man synnede, nether hise eldris ;
but thatff the werkis of God be schewid
in hym. It bihoueth me to& worche the 4
werkis of hym that sente me, as longe
as the dai is ; theh ny3t schal come,
whanne no man may worche. As longe 5
as Y am in the world, Y am the Ii3t of
the world. Whanne he hadde seid these c
thingis, he spette in to the erthe, and
made cley of the spotil, and anoyntide
the cley on hise i3en, and seide to hym, 7
Go, and be thou waisschun in the watir
of Siloe, that is to seie, Sent. Thanne
he wente, and waisschide, and cam se-
ynge. And so nei3boris, and thei1'1' that 8
hadden seyn him bifor, for' he was a
beggere, seiden, Whether this is not he,
that sat, and beggide ? Othere men 9
seiden,That this it is; othere'1 men seyden,
h Om. G pr. m. ' Om. x. k not hym not x. 1 gladide, orfnl out ioyede AGMNPSTPTY. m Om. AG
MNPSWXY. n Om. A-. ° Om. sx. P what A pr. m. GNQTY. 1 Om. s. r Om. w pr.m. s Om. sx.
* Om. QW, u Om. Q. v the erthe ANQsryir pr. m. x. w baumede x. x Om. QSWX. y Om. sir.
z wasche N. a Om. MPSIVX. b wesh sx. c Whether wx.
dd Om. g. e lichi Apr.m.bce. ee gloried o. f in wiche K sup. ras. who I.
1> Om. o. hh tho o. > that i. » and othere k.
at o. S for to IK sec.m.
IX. 10 22.
JOHN.
263
For this it is ; othere men forsothe, Nay,
10 but it is a lykd ofe him. Forsoth he
seide, For I amf. Therfore thei seiden
to him, How ben thin y3en openyd 'to
nthee? He answeride, 'The ilkes man,
that is seid Jhesu, made cley, and anoynt-
ide myn y3en, and seide to me, Go thou
to the watir, 'or cisferne11, of Siloe, and
waische ; and I wente, and waischide', and
i2sy3- And tne* seiden to him, Wher is he?
iaHeseith,Iwoot not. Thei ledenk him that
u was blynd to the1 Pharisees. Forsoth
it was saboth, whanne Jhesu made cley,
15 and openyde his y3en. Eft Pharisees™
axiden him, how he hadde seyn. Sothly
he seide to hem, He puttide" to me cley
on the y3en ; and I waischide0, and I se.
16 Therfore summe of Pharisees!" seiden, This
man is not of God, for he kepith not the
saboth. Othere men seyden, How may
a man synnere do thes syngnys, vor my-
raclis*? And dyuysioun was among hem.
17 Therfore thei seyn eftsoone to the blynd
man, What seist thou of him, that open-
yde thin y3en ? Sothli he seide, For he
18 is a prophete. Therfore Jewis bileueden
not of him, for he was blynd, and hadde
seyn, til thei clepiden his fadir and modir,
19 that hadde seyrir. And thei axiden hem,
seyinge, 'Is this8 3oure sone, whom 30
seyn, for he is born blynd ? hou therfore
20 seeth he now ? His fadir and modir an-
sweriden to hem, and seyden, We witen,
for this is oure sone, and for' he is born
21 blynd ; sothli how he seeth now, we
witen not", or who openyde his y3en, we
witen notv; axe 36 him, he hath age, speke
22hew of him silf. His fadir and modir
seiden thes thingis, for thei dredden
Jewis* ; forsoth now the Jewis vhadden
conspiridy, that if oriy man knowlechide2
him Crist, he schulde be dona out of the
Nai, but he is lijc hym. But he seide, 10
Thatk Y am. Therfor thei seiden to
hym, Hou ben thin i3en openyd? Hen
answerde, Thilke man, that is seid Jhe-
sus, made clei, and anoyntide myn i3en,
and seide1 to me, Go thou to the watre
of Siloe, and wassche; and Y wente, arid
wasschide, and say. And thei seiden to 12
hym, Where is he ? He seide, Y woot
not. Thei leden hym that was blynd to 13
the Farisees. And it was sabat, whanne 14
Jhesus made cley, and openyde hise i3en.
Eft the Farisees axiden hym, hou he is
hadde seyn. And he seide to hem, He
leide to me cley on the i3en ; and Y
wasschide, and Y se. Therfor summe of i«
the Fariseis seiden'11, This man is not of
God, that kepith not the sabat. Othere
men seiden, Hou may a synful man do
these signes. And strijf was" among
hem. Therfor thei seiennn eftsoone to 17
the blynd man, What seist thou of hym,
that openyde thin i3en ? And he seide,
That he is a prophete. Therfor Jewis0 is
bileuedenP not ofPP hym, that he was
blynd'i, and hadde seyn, til thei clepiden
his fadir and modir, that hadde seyn.
And thei axiden hem, and seiden, Is this 19
3oure sone, whichii 30 seien was borun
blynd? hou thanne seeth he now? His 20
fadir and modir answeriden to hem, and
seiden, We witen, that this is oure sone,
and that he was borun blynd; but hou 21
he seeth now, we witen neuerr, or who
openyde hise i3en, we witen neres; axe'
3e hym, he hath age, speke he of hym
silf. His fader and modir seiden these 22
thingis, for thei dredden the Jewis ; for
thanne the Jewis hadden conspirid, that
if ony man knoulechideu hym Crist, he
schulde be don out of the synagoge.
Therfor his fadir and modir seiden, That 23
d lichy T. e to M. Om. x. f am he G sec. m. MPSW sec. m. S That .Y. h Om. MPSirx. i wesh s.\.
k ledden MpQrnvxY. > Om. Q. m the Pharisees G sec.m.Mpw. n putt ax. ° wesh sx. P the Phariseis
AGNQTrxv. 1 Om. x. r seen hym q. « This is MTXY. ' Om. Q. u nere A/XPV. neuer QWX.
v nefe MNPWY. neuer x. w Om. T. x the Jewes AG sec. m. MPWX. y conspiriden Q. z liadde
knowelechid w pr. m. a maad o pr. m. NQTY. maad, or don a sec. m.
k Om. a. ! he seide a. m seiden to him k. " was maad b/3. nQ seiden i. ° the Jewis Ek.
P bileuen g. PP to K. 1 born blynd ic. 11 the whiche o. r nere EpQRsbchio/3. not IK. s neuere
CMRUxaek|3. not k. * aske R. u knowleche EDO.
264
JOHN.
39-
23synagoge. Therfore his fadir and modir
seiden, For he hath age, axe 36 him.
24 Therfore eftsoorie thei clepiden the man,
that was hlynd, and seyden to him, 3yue
thou glorie to God ; we witen, for this
25 man is a synner. Therfore he seide, If
he is a synner, I woot notb ; o thing I
woot, for whanne I was blynd, now I se.
2<> Therfore thei seiden to him, What dide
he to thee? how openyde he thin yjen?
27 He answeride to hem, I seide to 3011 now,
and 36 herden ; what wolen 36 eftsoone
heere ? wherc and 36 wolen be maad his
2« disciplis ? Therfore thei 'wariden, ord
cursiden, hime, and seiden, Be thou his
ay disciple; we ben disciplisf of Moyses. We
witen, for God spak to Moyses ; forsoth
we witen 1103! this, of whennis he is.
so The ilke man& answeride, and seide to
hem, Forsoth in this thing is wonderful,
thath 36 witen not of whennis he is, and
si he hath opened myn y3en. Sothli we
witen, for God heerith not synneris1, but
if ony mank is worshiper of God, and doth
32 his wille, hyrn he heerith. Fro the world
it is not herd, that ony man openyde the
33y3en of a blynd born1 man; no"1 but"
this were of God, he my3te not do ony
34 thing. Thei answeriden, arid seiden to
him, Thou art al boren in synnes, and
'techist thou" vs? And thei castideni' 'out
35 him i. Jhesu herde, for thei vhan castr
'out himi; and whanne he hadde founderi
him, he seide to him, Bileuest thou in to
3C the sone of God ? He answeride, and
seide, Lord, who is he, that I bileue in
37 to him ? And Jhesu seide to him, And
thou hast seyn him, and he it is, that
sespekith with thee. And he seide8, Lord,
I bileue. And he fallinge doun, worship-
so ide him. Therfore Jhesu seide to him,
I cam in to this world, in to dom, that
thei that seen not, se', and thei that seen,
he hath age, axe 36 hym. Therfor eft- 24
soone thei clepiden the man, that was
blynd, and seiden to hym, 3yue thou
glorie to God ; wev witen, that this man
is a synnere. Thanne he seide, If he is 25
a synnere, Y woot neuerw ; o thing Y
woot, that whanne Y was blynd, nowx Y
se. Therfor thei seiden to hym, What 20
dide he to thee? hou openyde he thin
i3en ? He answerde to hem, Y seide to 27
3011 now, and 36 herden ; what wolen 36
eftsoone here ? whether 36 wolen be
maad hise discyplis ? Therfor thei curs- 28
iden hym, and seiden, Be thou his disci-
ple ; we? ben disciplis> ? of Moises. We 29
witen, that God spak to Moises ; but we
knowen not this, of whennus he is.
Thilke man answeride, and seide to hem, 30
For in thisz is a wondurful thing, that
36 witen not, of whennus he is, and he
hath openyd myn i3en. And we witen, 31
that God herith riot synful men, but if
ony 'man isa worschypereb of God, and
doith his wille, he herith hym. Fro the 32
world it is not herd, that ony man open-
yde1'1' the i3en of a blynd borun man ;
but this0 were of God, he my3t not doss
ony thing. Thei answeriden, and seiden 34
to hym, Thou art al borun in synnes,
and techist thou vs? And thei puttend
hym out. Jhesus herd, that thei hadden 35
putte hym out ; and whanne he hadde
founde hym, he seide to hym, Bileuest
thou in the sone of God ? He answerde, SB
and seidee, Lord, who is he, that Y bi-
leue in hym ? And Jhesus seide to hym, 37
And thou hast seyn him, and he it is,
that spekith with thee. And he seidef,38
Lord, Y byleue. And he felle doun, and
worschipide hym. Therfore Jhesus seide 39
to hym, Y cam in to this? world, vin to1'
doom, that thei that seen not, see, and
thei that seen, be maad blynde. And 40
b neuer A pr. m. G sec. m. TX. nere G pr.m. MNPQWY. c whether wx. d Om. MPSWX. e Om. Q.
f the disciplis G sec. m. MPSW. g Om. x. h for o. l synneris, or synful men AGXT. k Om. Q. ' Om.
apr.m.TY. m Om. x. u but if x. ° thou techist MX'Y. P casten sx. q him out MA- r. r han castid
A pr.m. MNPT. han casten QY. hadde caste v. 8 seith QTFWXY. f see goodly Q.
v for we k pr. m.
z this thing k pr. m.
w not iKhi nere EQnbcgo/3. x and now k. y for we b pr. m. yy the disciplis o.
a be K. b a worschiper Eka. bb openeth o. c this man IQ sec. m. d puttiden
ohik. e seide to him k. f seith i. S the k/3. h in g.
IX. 4° — X. 12.
JOHN.
265
40 be maad blynde. And" suinme of the
Pharisees herden, that weren with him,
and thei seiden to him, Wherv and we
41 ben blynde? Jhesu seide to hem, If 30
weren hlynde, 36 schulden not haue synne;
but now 36 seyn, For we seen, 3oure
synne dwellith.
CAP. X.
i Treuli, treuli, I seie to 3011, he that
cometh not in by the dore in to the fold of
the scheep, but sti3eth vp by another weye,
2isw ny3t thef and day thef. Forsothe
he that entrith by the dore, isx the schep-
sherde of the scheep. To this the porter
openeth, and the scheep heeren his vois,
and he clepith his owne scheep by name,
4 and ledith out hem. And whanne he hath
sent out his owne scheep, he goth bifore
hem, and the scheep suwen him ; for thei
sknowen his vois. Sothli thei suwen not
any alien, but fleen fro him ; for thei han
e not knowen the voys of alyens. Jhesu
seide to hem this prouerbe ; forsoth thei
;knewen not what he spak to hem. Ther-
fore Jhesu seide to hem eftsoone, Treuli,
treuli, I seie to 3011, for I am the7' dore
s of thea scheep. A lie how manye euere
camenb, benc uy3t theues and day theues,
abut the scheep herden not hem. I am
the dore. If ony man schal entre by me,
he schal be saued ; and he schal go yn, and
schal go out, and he schal fynde lesewis.
10 A ni3t theef cometh not", nof but that he
stele, and sle, and leese ; I cam, that
thei haue lyf, and haue more plenteuously.
11 1 am a good schepherde^; a good schep-
herde1' 3yueth his 'soule, that is, his lyf\
12 for his scheep. Forsoth a vmarchaunt,
or hyred hyne*, and that is not schep-
herde1, whos 'ben not the scheep™ his
owne, seeth a wolf comynge, and he leeu-
eth,*orforsaketh", the scheep, and fleeth;
and the wolf rauyschith, and disparplith,
summe of the Faryseis herden, that
weren with hym, and thei seiden to
hym, Whether we ben blynde? Jhesus4i
seide to hem, If 36 weren blynde, 36
schulden not haue synne ; but now 36
seien,That we seen, 3oure synne dwellith
stille.
CAP. X.
Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3ou, he that i
cometh not in by the dore in to the
foold of scheep, but stieth bi another
weie, is a ny3t theef and a dai theef. But 2
he that entrith bi the dore, is the scheep-
herde of the scbeep. To' this the porter 3
openeth, and the scheep heren his vois,
and he clepith his owne scheep bi name,
and ledith hem out. And whanne he 4
hath donk out his owne scheep, he goith
bifor hem, and the scheep suen hym ; for
thei knowun his vois. But thei suen nots
an alien, but fleen from hym ; for thei
han not knowun the vois of aliens. Jhe-6
sus seide to hem this prouerbe; but thei
knewen not what he spak to hem. Ther-7
for Jhesus seide to hem eftsoone, Treuli,
treuli, Y seie to 3ou, that1 Y am them
dore of the scheep. As many as hann«
come, weren ny3t theues and day theues,
but the scheep herden not hem. Y am s
the dore. If ony man schal entre bi me,
he schal be sauyd; and he schal go ynne,
and schal go out, and he schal fynde
lesewis. A ny3t theef cometh not, but 10
that he stele, sle, and leese; and Y cam,
that thei han lijf, and haue more plen-
teousli. I am a good scheepherde ; an
good scheepherde 3yueth his lijf for hise
scheep. But an hirid hyne, and that is 12
not the0 scheepherde, whos ben not the
scheep his owne, seeth a wolf comynge,
and he leeueth the scheep, and fleeth ;
and the wolf rauyschith, and disparplith
the scheep. And the hirid hyne fleeth, is
u Om. K. v Whether x. w he is GMNPQSTWXY. * he is N. y Om. a pr. m. Y. 2 Om. Q. a Om.
M KPSW. b camen bifore me N. camen biside me Q. c ben thei T. ben the v. e Om. NW sec. m.
1 Om. MPSW pr.m. x. e herde e. h hirde 9. ' lijf AMNPQSW. soule x. k marchaunt x. l a
sheperd G sec. m. w. hirde <?. m the shepe ben not QWXY. n Om. MSWX.
1 And to k pr. m. k don, ether sent K sec. m. l Om. ik. m a r. n weren i. ° Om. i pr. m.
VOL. IV. M m
266
JOHN.
x. 13 — 29.
is "or scaterith0, the scheep. Forsoth the
marchaunt fleeth, for he is xa marchaunt P,
and it perteyneth not to him of the
u scheep. I am a good schepherdei, and I
knowe my scheep, and my scheep knowen
is me. As myr fadir hath kiiowun me, and
I knowe the fadir; and I putte my lyf for
16 my scheep. And I haue othere scheep,
that ben not of this folde, and it bihoueth
me for to 'leede hem tos, and thei schulen
heere my vois ; and it schal be maad o fold
17 and o schepherde1. Therfore the fadir
loueth me, for I putte my soule, that eft-
ifisoone I take it. No man takith it fro
me, but I putte it fro my silf. I haue
power foru to putte it, and Iv haue power
forw to take it eftsoonex. This maunde-
loment I haue take of my fadir. And so
dissencioun was maad among the Jewis
20 for thes wordis. Forsoth manye of hem
seiden, He hath a deuel, and maddith, 'or
21 wexith woody; what heeren 36 him ? Othere
men seiden, Thes wordis bethz not of «
man hauynge a fend". Wherb ac deuel
may opene the y3en of blynde men ?
22 Forsothe newe feestis of halwing of the
temple ben maad in Jerusalem, and it
23 was wyntir. And Jhesu walkide in the
24 temple, in the porche of Salomon. Ther-
fore Jewis enyyrowneden him, and seiden
to him, Hou longe dost thou awey oure
soule? if thou ert Crist, seie to vs opyn-
2olyd. Jhesu answeride to hem, I speke to
3ou, and 36 bileuen not ; the workis that
I do in the name of my fadir, thes beren
26 witnessing6 of me. But and 36 bileuen
27 not, for 36 ben not of my scheep. My
scheepe heeren my vois, and I knowe hem,
2» and thei suen me. And I 3yue to hem
euerelasting lyf, and thei schulen not
perische in to with outen ende, and ony
man schal not rauysche hem off myn
29horid. That thing that my fadir 3af to
me, is more than alle ; therfore no man
for he is an hirid hyne, and it parteyn-
eth not to hym of the scheep. Y am au
good scheepherde, and Y knowe my
scheep, and my scheep knowen me. As 15
the fadir hath knowun me, Y knowe the
fadir; and Y putte my lijf for my scheep.
Y haue othere scheep, that ben not ofic
this foolde, and it bihoueth me to brynge
hem togidir, and thei schulen here my
vois ; and itP schal be maad o foolde and
o scheepherde. Therfor the fadir Iou-i7
eth me, for Y putte my lijf, that eftsoone
Y take it. No man takith it fro me, IB
but Y putte it of my silf. Y haue power
to putte it, and Y haue power to take it
a3en. This maundement Y haue takun
of my fadir. Eft dissencioun was maad lit
among the Jewis for these wordis. And 20
many of hem seiden, He hath a deuel,
and maddith ; what heren 36 hym ?
Othere men seiden,These wordis ben not 21
of a man that hath a feend'i. Whether
the deuel may opene the 13611 of blynde^'i
men ? But the feestis of halewyng of 22
the temple weren maad in Jerusalem,
and it was wyntir. And Jhesus walkide 23
in the temple, in the porche of Salomon.
Therfor the Jewis camen aboute hym, 24
and seiden to hym, Hou long takist thou
awei oure soule ? if thou art Crist, seie
thou to vs opynli. Jhesus answerde to as
hem, Y speke to 3ou, and 36 bileuen not ;
the werkis that Y do in the name of my
fadir, beren witnessyng1" of me. But 36 26
bileuen not, for 36 ben not of my scheep.
My scheep heren my vois, and Y knowe 27
hem, and thei suen me. And Y 3yue torr28
hem euerelastynge lijf, and thei schulen
not perische with outen ende, and noon
schal rauysche hem fro8 myn hoond.
That thing that myss fadir 3af to me, is 29
more than alle thingis; and no man may
rauysche fro my fadris hoond. Y and so
the fadir ben oon. The' Jewis token vpai
0 Om. <jx. P marchaunt N. 1 hirde Q. r the GMNPQSTWX. s Om. sx. lede hem Q.
u Om. sx. v Om. w. w Om. sx. * a;ein, or eftsoone GNFY. ajen MPQSWX.
2 ben AGMNFQSTyivxY. a deuel r. b Whether wx. " ^'
pleynly A'. e wittenesse TXY. f out of Q.
the Q.
hirde §.
Om. ox.
d pleynly, or opynly AGMXPQSTWY.
P ther t. 1 deuel o. 11 blind born k pr. m. r witnesse o. rr Om. c. s out of o. ss the k. l And o.
X. 3° — XI. 4-
JOHN.
267
30 may rauysche fro my fadris^ hond. VI and
si the fadir'1 ben o thing. Jewis token vp
stoones, for1 to stoone hym 'to the deethk.
32 Jhesu answeride to hem, I haue schewid
to 3011 manye goode1 werkis of my fadir,
for which werk of hem stoonen 36 me?
33 The Jewis answeriden to him, We stoonen
'not thee™ of good work, but of blas-
phemye, and for thou, sitheu thou art a
34 man, rnakist thi silf God. Jhesu answer-
ide to hem, Whern it is not writun in
3oure lawe, For I seide, 3e ben goddis ?
35 If he seide hem goddis, to whiche0 the
word of God is maad, and the scripture,
3fi which? the fadir halwide, and sente in to
the world, may not be vndon, and 36
seyn, for I blaspheme, for I seide, I am
37 Goddis sone ? If I do not the workis of
ss my fadir, nyle 36 bileue to me ; sothli
if I do, thou3 36 wolen not bileue to me,
vbileue 3ei to the workis ; that 36 knowe
and bileue, for the fadir is in me, and I
39 in the fadir. Therfore thei soften forr
to take him, and he wente out of her
4ohondis. And he wente eftsoone ouer
Jordan, in to that place where John was
first5 baptisinge, and he1 dwelte there.
4i And manye camen to him, and seiden,
Forsoth" John dide no 'signe, or myraclev;
42forsothe alle thingis what euerew John
seide of this, weren sothe. And manye
bileueden inx to him.
CAP. XI.
j Forsothe ther was sum? syk man, La-
zarus of Bethanye, of the castel of Mary
2 and Martha, his sistris. Forsoth Mary it
was, which2 anoyntide3 the Lord with
oynement, and wipte his feet with hir
heeris, whos brother Lazarus was syk.
3 Therfore his sistris senten to him, sey-
inge, Lord, lo ! heb whom thou louest, is
4 syk. Forsoth Jhesu heeringe seidec to
stoonys, to stoone hym. Jhesus answerdesa
to hem, Y haue schewide to 3ou many
good werkis of my fadir, for which werk
of hem stonen 30 me? The Jewis an- 33
swerden to hym, We stoonen thee not
of good werk, but of blasfemye, and for
thou, sithen thou art a man, makist thi
silf God. Jhesus answerde to hem, 34
Whether it is not writun in 3oure lawe,
That Y seide, 3e ben goddis ? Yf he 35
seide that thei weren goddis, to whiche'
the word of God was maad, and scrip-
ture" may not be vndon, thilke that these
fadir hath halewid, and hath sent in to
theuu world, 3ev seien,That vthou blasfem-
estw, for Y seide, Yx am Goddis sone?
Yf Y do not the werkis of my fadir, 37
nyle 36 bileue to me ; but if Y do, thou3 38
36 wolen not bileue to me, bileue je to
the werkis ; that 36 knowe and bileue,
that the fadir is in me, and Y in the
fadir. Therfor thei sou^ten to take hyin,39
and he wente out of her hondis. And he4o
wentey eftsoone ouer Jordan, in to that
place where Joon was firste baptisynge,
and he dwelte there. And manye camen 41
to hym, and seiden, Forz Joon dide no
myracle8; and alle thingis what euer42
Joon seide of this, weren sothe. And
many bileueden inb hym.
CAP. XI.
And ther was a sijk man, Lazarus of i
Bethanye, of the castel of Marie and
Martha, hise sistris. And it was Marye, 2
which0 anoyntide the Lord with oyne-
ment, and wipte hise feet with hir
heeris, whos brother Lazarus was sijk.
Therfor hise sistris senten to hym, and 3
seide, Lord, lo ! he whom thou louestcc,
is sijk. And Jhesus herde, and seide to 4
8 fadir QX. b And the fadir and Y Q. * Om. sx. k to deth GA/NPQSTFW sec. m. XY. J Om, w.
m thee not MPQTXY. n Whether wx. ° whom GMNPQSTWXY. f the which v. 1 beleueth x. r Om. sx.
8 Om. K. * Om. g. u for sothely AOMNPW sec. m. x. for Q. sothly T. y signe x. w euere thingis Q.
x Om. QW. yaQtvpr.m. z the whiche MPQTWXY. a oyntede x. b Om. Q. c seith N.
1 whom i. u the scripture k. uu this o. v and je b sec. m. w Y blasfeme b sec. m. g. * that I
i pr.m. Q. y wente out s. z That i. a myraclis i. b in to K sec. m. s pr. m. b sec. m. eg. c the
whiche o. <* louedist k pr. m.
M m 2
268
JOHN.
XI. 5 22.
hem, This sicknesse is not to the deeth,
but for the glorie of God, that Goddisd
ssone be glorified bie itf. Sothli Jhesu
louede Martha, and hir sistir Marye, and
c Lazarus. Therfore as Jhesu herde, for?
he was syk, thanne sothli11 he dwellide in
7 the same place tweye' dayes. Therofk
aftir thes thingis he seide to his disciplis,
s Go we eft in to Judee. Disciplis1 seyen
to him, vRaby, or maistir™, now the Jewis
sou3ten for" to stoone thee, and eft 'thou
ggost0 thidur ? Jhesu answeride, Wher?
ther ben not twelue ouris of the day?
vlf ony manr 'schal wandre8 in the day,
he hirtith not, for he seeth the Ii3t of
lothis world. Sothli if he schal wandre
in the* ny3t, he hirtith, for Ii3t is not in
11 him. 'He seith thes thingisu, and aftir
thes thingis he seith to hem, Lazarus,
oure frend, slepith, but I go forv to reyse
12 him fro slepe. Therfore his disciplis
seiden, Lord, if he slepithw, he schal be
issaf. Forsothe Jhesu hadde seid of his
deeth ; but thei gessiden, that he seide
14 of they slepinge of sleep. Thanne ther-
fore Jhesu seide to hem opynli, Laza-
io rus is deed ; and Iz enioye for 3011, that 36
beleue, for" I was not there ; but go we
ic to him. Therfore Thomas, that is seid
Didymus, seide to euen disciplis, And go
17 we, that we deye with him. And so
Jhesu cam, and fond him hauynge now
isfoure dayes in the graue. Sothli Bethanye
was bisydis Jerusalem, as fiftene furlongis.
19 Forsothe manye of Jewis camen to Marie
and Martha, forb to comforte hem ofc her
20 brother. Therfore as Martha herde, for
Jhesu cam, she renneth to him ; Marie
2iforsothe sat at horn. Therfore Martha
seide to Jhesu, Lord, if thou haddist be
22 here, my brother hadde not be deed. But
and now I woot, that what euere thingis
thou schalt axe of God, God schal 3yue to
hem, This syknesse is not to the deth,
but for the glorie of God, that mannus
sone be glorified bi hym. And Jhesuss
louyde Martha, and hir sistir Marie, and
Lazarus. Therfor whanne Jhesus herde, 6
that he was sijk, thanne he dwellide in
the same place tweid daies. And after 7
these thingis he seide to hise disciplis,
Go we eft in to Judee. The disciplis K
seien to hym, Maister, now the Jewis
sou3ten for6 to stoone thee, and eft goist
thou thidir? Jhesus f answerde, Whe-9
ther ther ben not twelue ouris of the
dai ? If ony man wandreff in the dai,
he hirtiths not, for he seeth the Ii3t of
this world. But if he wandre^s in the 10
ni3t, he stomblith, for Ii3t is not inh him.
He seithllh these thingis, and aftir these n
thingis he seith to hem, Lazarus, oure
freend, slepith, but Y go to reise hym fro
sleep. Therfor hise disciplis seiden, Lord, !2
if he slepith, he schal be saaf. But 13
Jhesus hadde seid of his deth; but thei
gessiden, that he seide of slepyng of
sleep. Thanne therfor Jhesus seide to14
hem opynli, Lazarus is deed; and Y haue 15
ioye for 3ou, that 36 bileue, for Y was
not there; but go we to hym. Therfor m
Thomas, that is seid Didymus, seide to
euen' disciplisJ, Go we also, that we dien
with hym. And so Jhesus cam, and 17
foond hym hauynge thanne foure daies
in the graue. And Bethany was bisidis \s
Jerusalem, as it were fiftene furlongis.
And many of the Jewis camen to Mary 19
and Marthak, to coumforte hem of her
brothir. Therfor as Martha herde, that20
Jhesu cam, sche ran to hym ; but Mary
sat at home. Therfor Martha seide to 21
Jhesu, Lord, if thou haddist be here,
my brother hadde not be deed. But 22
now Y woot, that1 what euere thingis11
thou schalt axe of God, God schal 3yue
d mannus MPQTWXY. e in TXY. f him QTXY. 8 that Q. ** Om. T. * two MPQWXY. k Therfore
therof T. 1 The disciplis G sec.m. MPSW. m Maistir s. Rabi x, n Om. A'. ° gost thou alii, thou K.
P Whether x. 1 in NS. r Whosoeuere .v. » vvalkith N. schal go v. l Om. x. u Thes th. he seith x.
v Om. sx. w slepe w. y Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. z therfore I N. a that N. b Om. sx. c on x.
d two i. e Om. cab. f And Jhesus o. ff wandreth o. 8 offendith o. gg wandreth o. h to a.
seide k. ' eleuene u. the euene k. J apostlis a. k to Martha i. 1 Om. k pr.m. u thenge o.
XI. 23—39-
JOHN.
269
23 thee. Jhesus seith to hir, Thi brother
24schal ryse 33611. Martha seith to him, I
woot, for he schal ryse a3en in the a3en-
2?rysing in the laste day. Jhesu seith to
hir, I am a3enrisyng and lyf; he that
bileueth ind me, 3he, ife he schal be deed,
ae schal f lyue ; and ech£ that lyueth, and
bileueth inh me, schal not deie with' outen
2?ende. Bileuyst thou this thing? Shek
seith to him, 'Forsothe, or 3/ie}, Lord, I
haue bileuyd, for thou art Crist, the sone
of quykm God, that hast come in to this
28 world. And whanne she hadde seide this
thing, she wente, and clepide Marie, hir
sistir, iu silence, W stilnesse", seyinge,
The maistir cometh, and clepith thee.
20 She, as she herde, roos anon, and cam to
so him. Sothli Jhesu cam not 3it in to the
castel, but he was 3it in that place, wher
31 Martha hadde comen a3ens him. Ther-
fore the Jewis that weren with hir in the
hous, and comfortiden hir, whanne thei
si3en Marie, for soone she roos, and wente
out, sueden hir, seyinge, For she goth to
32 the graue, for? to wepe there. Forsothe
Marie, whanne she hadde seyn wher Jhesu
was, seynge him feldei to his feet, and
seide to him, Lord, if thou haddist be here,
33 my brother hadde not be deed. 'Therfore
asr Jhesu si3 hir wepynge, and the Jewis
that weren with hir wepinge, he made
34 noyse in spirit, and troublide him silf, and
seide, Wher ban 36 putt him ? Thei seyen
35 to him, Lord, come and se. And Jhesu
3cweptes. Therfore the Jewis seiden, Lo !
37hou he louede him. Forsothe summe of
hem seiden, Wher1 this man that openyd
the y3en of the born blynde", mi3te not
38 make that and this deiede not? Ther-
forev Jhesu eft makynge noyse in him
silf, cam to the graue. Forsothe ther
was a denne, and a stoon was put theron.
39 Jhesu seith, Take 3ew awey the stoon.
to thee. Jhesus seith to hir, Thi brother 23
schal rise a3en. Martha seith to hym,24
Y woot, that he schal rise a3en in the
a3en risyng in the laste dai. Jhesus 2r>
seith to hir, Y am a3en risyng and lijf ;
he that bileueth in me, 3he, thou3 he be
deed, he schal lyue ; and ech that lyueth, 21;
and bileueth in me, schal not die with
outen ende. Bileuest thou this thing ?
Sche seith to hym, 3ne» Lord, Y haue 27
bileued, that thou art Crist, the sone of
the111 lyuynge God, that hast come in to
this world. And whanne sche hadde 211
seid this thing, sche wente, and clepide
Marie, hir sistir, in silence, and seide,
The maister cometh", and clepith thee.
Sche, as sche herd, aroos0 anoon, and cam 2u
to hym. And Jhesus cam not 3it 'in toPso
the castel, but he was 3it in thati place,
where Martha hadde comun a3ensr hym.
Therfor the Jewis that weren with hir in si
the hous, and coumfortiden hir, whanne
thei sayn Marie, that sche roos swithes,
and wente out, thei sueden hir, and
seiden, For sche goith to the graue, to
wepe there. But whanne Marie was 32
comun where Jhesus was, sche seynge
hym felde doun to his feet, and seide to
hym, Lord1, if thou haddist be here, my
brother hadde not be deed. And" ther- 33
for whanne Jhesu sai3 hir wepyng, and
the Jewis wepynge that weren with hir,
he 'made noise" in spirit, and troblide
hym silf, and seide, Where ban 36 Ieid34
hym? Theiv seienw to hym, Lord x,
come, and se. And Jhesus wepte. Ther-gj!
for the Jewis seiden, Lo ! hou he louede
hym. And summe of hem seiden, Whe-37
thir this man that openyde the i3en of
the borun blynde man, my3te not make
that this? schulde not die? Therfor 38
Jhesus eft makynge noise* in hym silf,
cam to the graue. And there was a
d in to A pr. n. GMNPQSTWXY. e thouj Q. f he schal QW pr. m. XY. S al o.. h in to A pr. m. GM
NPIJSTWXY. I in to with A pr.m. GMXPQSTWXY. k Martha Q sec.m. J Forsothe x. m Om. v.
n Om. <jx. P Om. x. 1 fell doun T. r Therfore Q. s weep x. t Whether wx, u blynde man o.
v Therfore eftsones Q. w Om. x.
m Om. ciKac. n is come i. ° ros sag/3. P to H. 1 the cua. r to x. ajen to a pr. m. s anoon r.
4 Sire i sup. ras. 4t Om. iahi. u mournide i sup. ras. v And thei i. w seiden ghik. * Sire i sup. ras.
y he this i. z doel i sup. ras.
270
JOHN.
XI. 40 — 52.
Martha, the sistir of him that was deed,
seith to himy, Lord, he stynkith now,
4osothli he is of foure dayesz. Jhesus seith
to hir, 'Wher I hauea not seid to thee, for
if thou schalt bileue, thou schalt se the
41 glorie of God ? Therfore thei tooken a
wey the stoon. Forsothe the y3en reysid
vpward, Jhesu seide, Fadir, I do thank-
42yngis to thee, for thou herdist me; for-
soth I wiste, for thou euereb heerest me,
but for the peple that stondithc aboute, I
seide, that thei bileue, for thou hast sent
43 me. Whanne he hadde seid thes thingis,
he criede with greetd vois, Lazarus, come
44 'thou out6. And anoon he that was deed,
cam forth, bounden the hondis and feetf
with bondis, and his face was boundun
with a sudarie, or sweting cloths. Jhesu
seith to hem, Vnbynde 36 him, and 'suffre
4s3eh 'go awey'. Therfore manye of thek
Jewis that camen to Marie and Martha,
and sy3en what thingis he1 dide, bileueden
46 in to him. Sothli summe of hem wenten
to Pharisees™, and seiden to hem, what
47 thingis he" dide. Therfore the bischops
and Pharisees0 gedriden a counceil a3ens
Jhesu, and seiden, What don we ? for this
48 man doth 'many signes, or myraclisv. If
we leeue him thus, alle men schulen bi-
leue in to him ; and Romayns schulen
come, and schulen^ take oure place and
4!»flokr. Forsoth oon of hem, Cayfas by
name, whanne he was bischop of that 3eer,
r>it seide to hem, 3e witen no thing, nethir8
thenken, for it spedith to 3ou, that o man
deie for the peple, and that alle folk*
siperische not. Forsoth he seide not this
thing of him silf, but whanne he was
bischop of that 3eer, he prophesiede, for
r>2 Jhesu was to deyinge" for the folk, and
not oonly for the folk, but that he schulde
denne, and a stoon wasa leid theronne.
And Jhesus seith, Take 36 awey the so
stoon. Marthab, the sistir of hym that
was deed, seith to hym, Lord, he stynk-
ith now, for he hath leye foure daiesc.
Jhesus seith to hir, Haue Y not seid to4o
thee, that if thou bileuest, thou schalt se
the glorie of God? Therfor thei token 4i
awei the stoon. And Jhesus lifte vp
hise i3en, and seide, Fadir, Y do thank-
yngis to thee, for thou hast herd me ;
and Y wiste, that thou euermore herist42
me, but for the puple that stondith
aboute, Y seide, that thei bileue, that
thou hast sent me. Whanne he hadde 43
seid these thingis, he criede with a greet
vois, Lazarus, come thoud forth. And 44
anoon he that was deed, cam out, boundun
the hondis and feet with boondis, and
his face boundun with a sudarie. And
Jhesus seith to hem, Vnbynde 30 hym,
and suffre 36 hym to go forth. Therfor 45
many of the Jewis that camen to Marie
and Martha6, and seyn what thingis
Jhesus dide, bileueden in hym. But 46
summe of hem wente to the Farisees,
and seiden to hem, what thingis Jhesus
'hadde don f. Therfor the bischopis and 47
the Farisees gadriden a counsel a3ens
Jhesu, and seiden, What do we? for this
man doith many myraclis. If we leeue 4»
hym thus, alle men schulen bileue in
hym ; and Romayns schulen come, and
schulenff take our place and oure folk.
But oon of hem, Cayfas bi name, whanne 49
he was bischop of that 3eer, seide to
hem, 3e witen nothing, ne thenken, that so
it spedith to 3ou, that o man die for the
puple, and that al the folc perische not.
But? he seide not this thing of hym silf, si
but whanne he was bischop of that 3eer,
y Jhesu o. z dayes deed QW. a Whether I haue A sup. ras. Haue I GMNPQSTWXY. *> euermore
AGMNQSTWXY. c stant x. d a greet QWX Y. e thou forth, or out A pr. m. G sec. m. NT. forth, or out
G pr. m. Y. thou forth MPW sec. m. forth qstr pr. m. x. f the feet w pr. m. x. 8 Om. x. h suffrith x.
'• him go avveie A pr. m. G pr. m. TW pr. m, Y. to gon awey si . hym for to go awey Q. hym to gon awei x.
k Om. sx. ! Jhesu Q. m the Phariseis MPQSW. n Jhesus AGMNPQSWXY. ° the Fariseis w. P signes
manye x. 1 Om. G pr. m. NQTXY. r our folke AGMNS. folk pr WAV. s ne GMNPQSTIVXY. * the folk
sec. m. XY. u die AGMNPQSTWXY.
a Om. /3. b And Martha k. c daies in the graue k.
. thei schul i. g Om. A.
Om. i. e to Martha ik. f dide o. ff Om.
XI. 53— XII. 7-
JOHN.
271
gedere in to oon the sones of God that
.->:$ weren scaterid. Therfore fro that day
.•>4 thei thoirjten forv to sle him. Therfore
Jhesu walkide not now opynli at the
Jewis ; but he wente in to a cuntreew bi-
sydis thex desert, in to a citee, that is seid
Effrem, and there he dwelte with his dis-
oociplis. Forsothe the? pask of Jewis was
next, and many of the cuntree Sweden vp
to Jerusalem the day bifore pask, forz to
j« halowe hem selue. Therfore thei soi^ten
Jhesu, and spaken to gidere, stondinge in
the temple, What gessen 36, for he cometh
not to the feeste day ? Forsothe the8
bischopis and Pharisees"3 hadden 3ouun a
maundement, that if ony man knew wher
he is, he schewe, that theib taken hym.
CAP. XII.
1 Therfore Jhesu bifore sixe dayes of
pask cam to Bethanye, wher Lazarus
2 wasc deed, whom Jhesu reyside. Forsothcc
thei maden to him a sopere there, and
Martha mynistride to hym ; Lazarus for-
sothe was oon of mend sittinge at the mete
3 with him. Therfoi-e Marie took a pound
of 'oynement spikenard6, W trewe narde1,
precious, and anoyntide& the feet of Jhesu,
and wipte his feete with her heeris ; and
the hous vis fillidh of the' sauour of oygne-
4 mentk. Therfore Judas Scarioth, oon of
his disciplis, that was to bitraynge1 hym,
5 seide, Whi 'this oygnement is™ not seeld
for thre hundrid pens, and isn 3ouuu to
e nedy men ? Forsoth he seide this thing,
not for it perteynede to him of nedy men,
but for he was a theef, arid he0 hauynge
pursisP baar tho thingis that weren sent.
7 Therfore Jhesu seide, Suffre 36 hir, that
v Om. sx. w region, or cuntre A pr. m. GMNPQSTWY. regioun x. * Om. A pr. m.
y Om. s. z Om. sx. a Om. r. aa the Pharisees K pr. m. *> he T. c is i. cc For N. d the men SXY.
e trewe narde o. oynement precious spekenard MP. f Om. G pr. m. MNPQSTW pr. m. XY. 8 oyntede sx.
h fufillid A pr. m. GMNS. is fulfillid PQTWXY. * Om. Q. * the oynment AGMNpQSTrtvY. ' bytraye
A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. m is this oynement MP. n Om. opr.m. QSXY. ° Om. x. P the pursis Q.
h thoujten EiKQnbceghik#. ' only i sup. ras. k Om. IKH. kk that c. ' the Pharisees o. H jif o.
m the men iRhik/3. n Om. i. ° fillide ERg. °° with o. P Om. i pr. m. 1 pore i. r Om. Ea.
6 Om. b pr. m. g.
he prophesiede, that Jhesu was to die
for the folc, and not oneli for the folc,52
but that he schulde gadere in to oon the
sones of God that weren scaterid. Ther-53
for fro that day thei sou3tenh for to sle
hym. Therfor Jhesus walkide not thanne 54
opynli1 among the Jewis; but he wente
in to a cuntre bisidis desert, in to a citee,
that is seid Effren, and there he dwellide
with hise disciplis. And the pask ofas
thek Jewis was ni3, and many of thekk
cuntrey wenten vp to Jerusalem bifor
the pask, to halewe hem silf. Therfor 51;
thei sou3ten Jhesu, and spaken togidere,
stondynge in the temple, What gessen 36,
for he cometh not to the feeste day ?
For the bischopis and Farisees1 hadden
3ouunu a maundement, that if ony man
knowe where he is, that he schewe, that
thei take hym.
CAP. XII.
Therfor Jhesus bifor sixe daies ofi
pask cam to Bethanye, where Lazarus
hadde be deed, whom Jhesus reiside.
And thei maderi to hym a soopere there, 2
and Martha mynystride to hym ; and
Lazarus was oon of menm that sateri at
the mete with hym. Therfor" Maries
took a pound of oynement of trewe
narde precious, and anoyntide the feet
of Jhesu, and wipte hise feet with hir
heeris ; and the hous was fulfillid0 of00
the sauour of the oynement. Therfor 4
Judas Scarioth, oon of hise disciplis, that
was to bitraye hym, seide, Whi is not 5
this oynement seeld for thre hundrid
pens, and is? 3ouun to nedii men? Bute
he seide this thing, not for it perteynede
to hym of nedi men, but for he was a
theef, and her hadde the8 pursis, and bar
tho thingis that weren sent. Therfor?
272
JOHN.
X-II. 8 22.
in to the day of my birying she kepe
» that ; forsothe 36 schulen eueri haue pore
menr with 3011, sothli 36 schulen not euere5
9 haue me. Therfore myche cumpany of
the1 Jewis knewe, that Jhesu was there;
and thei camen, not oonly for Jhesu, but
for" to se Lazarus, whom he reysede fro
lo'deede menv. Forsothe the princes of
nprestis thou3ten forw to sle Lazarus, for
manye of the* Jewis for hym wente awei,
1 2 and beleueden in to? Jhesu. Forsothe on
the morwe a myche cumpany, that cam
togidere at the feeste day, whanne thei
hadden herd, for Jhesu comethz to Jeru-
issalem, tooken braunchis of palmes, and
camen forth a3ens him, and crieden, O-
sanna, blessid is he, that cometh in the
14 name of the Lord, 'king of Israela. And
Jhesu fond a litil asse, and sat onb him,
10 as it is writun, Thec dou3tir of Syon, nyle
thou drede ; lo! thi king comethd, sittinge
16 on the0 colt of a sche asse. His disciplis
knewen not first thes thingis, but whanne
Jhesu is glorified, thanne thei 'recordiden,
or hadden myndef, for thes thingis weren
writen of him, and thes thingis thei diden
17 to him. Therfore the cumpany baar
witnessing, that was with him, whanne
he clepide Lazarus fro the graue, and
isreyside him fro vdeede men'. Therfore
and the cumpany cam metinge tok him,
for thei herden 'him to haue don this
isjsigne. Therfore the Pharisees seiden to
hem selue, 3e seen, for we profiten no
thing ; lo ! al the world wente1 aftir him.
20 Forsothe ther weren summe hethen men,
of hem that hadden styjed vp for1" to wor-
aischipe in the feeste day. Therfore thes
camen to Philip, that was of Bethsaida
of Galilee, and preieden him, seyinge, Sire,
22 we wolen11 se Jhesu. Philip cometh, and
seith to Andrew; eft Andrew and Philip
Jhesus seide, Suffre 36 hir, that in to the
day of my biriyng sche kepe that; fora
36 schulen euermore haue pore men with
3ou, but 36 schulen not euermore haue
me. Therfore rnyche puple of Jewism»
knew, that Jhesus was there ; and thei
camen, not oonli for Jhesu, but to se
Lazarus, whom he hadde reisid fro deth.
But the princis of prestis thou3tenn to 10
sle Lazarus, for manye of the Jewis n
wenten awei for0 him, and bileueden
in? Jhesu. But on the morew ai myche 12
puple, thatr cam togidere to the feeste
dai, whanne thei hadden herd, that Jhe-
sus cam to Jerusalem, token braunchis is
of palmes, and camen forth a3ens hym,
and crieden, Osanna, blessid is the kyng
of Israel, that cometh in the name of the
Lord. And Jhesus foorid a 3onge asse, u
and sat on hym, as it is writun, The 15
dou3tir of Syon, nyle thou drede ; lo !
thi kyng cometh, sittynge on van asse
foles. Hise disciplis knewen not first 1 6
these thingis, but whanne Jhesus was
glorified, thanne thei hadden mynde, for*
these thingis weren writun of hym, and
these thingis thei diden to hym. Ther- 17
for the puple bar witnessyng, that was
with hym, whanne he clepide Lazarus
fro the graue, and reiside hym fro deth.
And therfor the puple cam, and mette is
with hym, for thei herden that he hadde
don this signe. Therfor the Farisees 19
seiden to hem silf, 3e seen, that we pro-
fiten no thing ; lo ! al the world wente"
aftir hym. And there weren summe 20
hethene"" men, of hem that hadden come
vp to worschipe in the feeste dai. And 21
these camen to Filip, that was of Beth-
saida of Galilee, and preieden hym, and
seiden, Sire, we wolen se Jhesu. Filip 22
cometh, and seith to Andrew; eftv An-
1 euermore AGMNPQSTWXY. r Om. T. s euermore AGMNPQSTWXY. * Om. s. u Om. sx.
v deed AMNPST. deeth GQ»fxv. w Om. S.Y. * Om. F. y Om. Q. z cam Q. a king of Jeru-
salem T. * vpon ^ pr. m. GMNPWY. c Om. x. d cometh <o <Aee o. e a e. f recorden, or had-
den mynde T. recordeden x. > deed GMNPQSTXY. deeth w. k Om. e. ' wendeth Q. m Om. sx.
n wolden v.
m the Jewis loehik. n soujten k. o fro k. P in to K sec.m. q Om. K pr. m. g. r Om. K.
s the colt on an asse fole A pr.m. on the colt of an asse A sec.m. on an asse and fool of an asse R sec.m. hi.
4 that i. ,u hath gon i. uu of hethen o. v and eft o.
XII. 23 — 3
JOHN.
273
23seideu to Jhesu. Sothli Jhesu answeride
to hem, seyinge, The our cometh, that
•24 mannis sone be clarified. Treuli, treuli, I
seie to 3011, no? buf ar corn of whete fallinge
2,-. in to the erthe schal8 be deed, it dwellith
aloone ; sothli if it schal be deed, it bring-
ith' moche fruyt. He that loueth his
soule, ''that is, lyfn, schalv leese it; and he
that hatith his soule, ''that is, lyfw, in this
world, kepith it in to euerelasting lyf.
•2fi If ony rnan seruithx to me, sue he me ;
and where I am, there and my? mynystre,
'or seruant1, schal be. If ony man schal
mynistre to me, my fadir schal worschipe
27 him a. Now my soule is troublid, and
what schal I seye? Fadir, saue me fro this
our ; but for that thing I cam in to this
28 our ; fadir, clarifie thi name. Therfore
a vois cam fro heuene, seyinge, And I
haue clarified, and eftb I schal clarifie.
2n Therfore the cumpany that stood, and
herde, seide, thundir toc be maad ; othere
so men seiden, an aungel spak to him. Jhe-
su answeride, and seide, This vois cam
si not for me, but for 3ou. Now is dom of
the world, now the prince of this world
32 schal be cast out. And if I schal be en-
haunsid fro the erthe, I schal drawe alle
33 thingis to my silf. Sothli 'he seide this
thing'1, signifiynge bi what deeth he was
34 to deiyngee. The cumpany answeride to
him, We ban herd of the lawe, forf Crist
dwellith 'in to« with outen ende; and hou
seist thou, It bihoueth mannis sone for11
to be arerid? Who is this mannis sone?
35 Therfore Jhesu seith to hem, 3it a' litil
Ii3t is in 3ou ; walkek 36, the while 30 han
Ii3t, that derknessis catche 'not 3ou'; and
he that wandrith in derknessis, woot
sonere whidur he goth. The while 36 han
Ii3t, 'byleue 36™ 'in to" Ii3t°, that 36 be
the sones of Ii3t. Jhesu spak thes thingis,
drew and Filip seiden to Jhesu. And 23
Jhesus answerde vto hem, and seidevv,
The our cometh, that mannus sone be
clarified. Treuli, treuli w, Y seie to 3ou, 24
but a corn of whete falle in to the
erthe, and be deed, it dwellith aloone ; 25
but if it be deed, it bryngith myche
fruyt. He that loueth his lijf, schal
leese it ; and he that hatith his lijf in
this world, kepith it in to euerlastynge
lijf. If ony man serue me, sue he me 526
and where Y am, there my mynystre
schal be. If ony man serue me, my
fadir schal worschipe hym. Now my 27
soule is troublid, andx what schal Y seie?
Fadir, saue me fro this our; but therfor
Y cam in to this our; fadir, clarifie thi 28
name. And a vois cam fro heuene, and
seide, And Y haue clarified, and eft Y
schal clarifie. Therfor the puple that 29
stood, and herde, seide, that 'thundur
was maad xx ; othere men seide, an y
aungel spak to>ry hym. Jhesus answerde, 3"
and seide, This vois cam not for me, but
for 3011. Now is the doom of the world, si
now the prince of this world schal be
cast out. And if Y schal be enhaunsid32
fro the erthe, Y schal drawe alle thingis
to my silf. And he seide this thing, 33
signifiynge bi what deth he 'was toz die.
And the puple answeride to hym, We 34
han herd of the lawe, that Crist dwellith
with outen ende; and hou seist thou, It
bihoueth mannys sone to be arerid ?
Who is this mannus sone? And thannea35
Jhesus seith to hem, 3it a litil h'3t is in
3ou; walke 36, the while 30 han Ii3t, that
derknessisaa catche 3ou not ; he that
wandrith in derknessis, woot nereb whi-
dur he goith. While 36 han Ii3t, bileuesi;
36 in Ii3tc, that 36 be the children of Ii3t.
Jhesus spak these thingis, and wente,
P Om. x. <1 but if x. r the MPQSW. » schulde T. l bryngith forth g. u Om. x.
v he schal MQTY. w Om. ASX. that is, his lijf r pr. m. x serue A pr. m. GMNPQTWXY. y Om. v.
z Om. sx. a hym, that is, in heuenes x. b jit A pr.m. G pr. m. MNPQTXY. Om. v. c for to
A pr.m. GMXPQTWY. d this thing he seide MPXY. e dye A pr.m. GMNPQTWXY. f Om. T.
8 Om. G pr.m. TXY. h Om. sx. » Om. g. k wake r. 1 jou not GMPXY. m Om. K. n Om. K.
in QW pr. m. ° the Ii3t v. Om. K.
" and seid to hem o. w Om. o. * Om. A pr. m. ** ther was maad a thundir r. 7 that an Ek.
yy with k. z schulde k. a therfore r. aa derkenesse o. b not i. neuere KRsagk/3. c the lijt ik.
VOL. IV. N n
274
JOHN.
XII. 37—50.
37 and wente, and hidde him fro hem. Sothli
whanne he hadde don so manye signes,
'or myraclisv, byfore hem, thei bileueden
38 not in toi him ; that the word of Ysaie,
the prophete, schulde be fillidr, which he
seide, Lord, who bileuede to cure heer-
ing, and to whom is the arm8 of 'the
39 Lord* schewid ? Therfore thei my3ten
40 not bileue, for eft" Ysaye seide, He hath
blyndid her y3en, and he hath 'endurid,
or maad hard*, the herte of hem, that
thei se not with y3en, and vndirstonde
not? with herte ; and that thei be con-
uertid, W al turned*, and I heele hem.
41 Ysaie seid thes thingis, whanne he sy3
42 the glorie of hym, and spak of him. Ne-
theles and of the princes manye bileueden
in toa him, but for the Farisees theib
knowlechiden not, that thei schulden not
43 be cast out of the synagoge ; forsothec
thei loueden the glorie of men, more than
44 the glorie of God. Forsothe Jhesu cryede,
and seide, He that bileueth in to me,
bileueth notd in to me, but in to him
45 that sente me. He that seeth me, seeth
46 him that sente me. If Ii3t cam in» to the'1
world, that ech man1 that bileueth in to
47 me, dwelle not in derknessis. And if ony
man schal heere my wordis, and 'schal not
kepek, I deme 'not him1; forsoth I cam
not, that I deem the world, but that I
48 make the world saf. He that dispisith
me, and takith not my wordis, hath him
that schal iuge him ; the word that I
haue spoken, that schal deme him in the
49laste day. For I haue no3t spokun of my
silf, but the fadir, that sente me, 3af In to
me a maundement, what I schal seie, and
so what I schal speke. And I woot, for his
maundement is euerelasting lyf ; therfore
tho thingis11 that I speke, as the fadir
seide to me, so I speke.
and hidde hym fro hem. And whanne 37
he hadde don so many myraclis bifor
hem, thei bileueden not 'in tod hym ; that 38
the word of Ysaie, the prophete, schulde
be fulfillid, which he seide6, Lord, who
bileuedef toff oure heryng, and to whom
is the arm of the Lord schewid? Ther-39
for thei my3ten not bileue, for eft Ysaye
seide, He hath blyndid her i3en, and he&4o
hath maad hard the herte of hem, that
thei se not with J3en, and vndurstonde
with herte; and that thei be conuertid,
and Y heele hem. Ysaye seide these 4 1
thingis, whanne he say the glorie of
hym, and spak of hym. Netheles 'of 42
the pryncis manyeh bileueden in hym,
but for the' Farisees thei knowlechiden"
not, that thei schulden not be put out of
the synagoge ; for thei loueden the glorie 43
of men, more than the glorie of God.
And Jhesus criede, and seide, He that 44
bileueth in me, bileueth not in me, but
in hym that sente me. He that seeth me, 45
seeth hym that sente me. Y Ii3t cam4«
in to the world, that ech that bileueth
in me, dwelle not in derknessis. And if 47
ony man herith my words, and kepith
hemk, Y deme hym not ; for Y cam not,
that Y deme the world, but thatkk Y
make the world saaf. He that dispisith 48
me, and takith not my wordis, hath hym
that schal iuge hym ; thilke word that Y
haue spokun, schal deme hym in the last
dai. For Y haue not spokun of my silf, 49
but thilke fadir that sente me, 3af to me
a maundement, what Y schal1 seiem, and
what Y schal speke11. And Y woot, that so
his maundement is euerlastynge lijf;
therfor tho thingis that Y speke, as the
fadir seide to me, so Y speke0.
P Om. MPQSWX. 1 Om. MPQSW. r fulfild A pr. m. GM NPSTWXY. s arm, or »«t'3< Q. l God MNPQTXY.
« eftsone G sec. m. M. * hardid x. y Om. MPQTWXY. z Om. x. " Om. Q, b that T. <= for N.
d not only Q. f Om. Y. g Om. w. h this g. > Om. A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. k kepe hem QW pr. m.
1 him not GXY. m he jaf GMNPQTXY. n Om. T.
d in cEiKMPRSuxabcehio/3. to gk. e sajth o. f leued E. hath bileeued k. ff in to e. e Om. A.
h manye of the princis k. ' Om. k pr. m. » knowlechen o. k hem not A pr. m. a. not hem c sec. m.
kk at o. ! Om. i. m speke K. n seye K. ° do g.
XIII. i — 14.
JOHN.
275
CAP. XIII.
1 Forsothe bifore the feeste day of pask
Jhesu witinge, for his our cometh, that he
passe of0 this world to the fadir, whanne
he haddeP loued hise that weren in the
2 world, in to the ende he louede hem. And
the souper maad, whanne the deuel hadde
sent now in to the herte of Judas, 'that
Judasi of Symount Scarioth schulder bi-
atraye him, he witinge for5 the fadur 3af
alle thingis to him in to hondis4, and that
he wente out fro God, and goth to God,
-jrisith fro the souper, and puttith his
clothis ; and whanne he hadde takun a
.-,lynnen cloth, he bifore girde him. Aftir-
ward he sente water in to a basyn, and
bigan forv to waische disciplisw feet, arid
to wype with the lynneri cloth, with
(i which" he was bifore^ gird. Therfore he
cam to Symount Petre, and Petre seith
to him, Lord, Vaischist thouw to me the
7 feet? Jhesu answeride, and seide to him,
What thingis I do, thou woost not now ;
s forsothe thou schalt wite aftirward. Petre
seith to him, Thou schalt not waische to
me thez feet, in to with outen ende. Jhesu
answeride to him, If I schal not waische
thee, thou schalt not haue part with me.
9 Symount Petre seith to him, Lord, not
oonly my feet, but and the8 hondis and
10 the heed. Jhesu seide to him, He that
is waischun, hath no nede nob but that he
waische the feet, but he is clene al ; and
1136 ben clene, but not alle. Forsothe he
wiste0, who schulde bitraye him ; therfore
12 he seide, 3e ben not clene alle. Therfore
aftir that he waischided the feet of hem,
he took his clothis ; and whanne he hadde
restid ajen, eft he seide to hem, "3e witeri"
is what I haue done to 3ou. 3e clepen rne
maistir and lord, and 30 seyn wel ; forsoth
14! am. Therfore if I, lord and maistir,
CAP. XIII.
BiforP the 'feeste dai of pask^ Jhesus i
witynge, that his our is comun, that he
passe fro thisii world to the fadir,
whanne he hadde loued hise that wereri
in the world, in to the ende he louede
hem. And whanne the souper was 2
maad, whanne the deuel hadde put than
in to ther herte, that Judas of Symount
Scarioth schulde bitraye hym, he wit-:*
yngerr that the fadir 3af alle thingis to
hym in to hise8 hoondis, and that he
wente out fro God, and goith to God, he 4
risith fro the souper, and doith of hise
clothis ; and whanne he hadde takun a
lynun cloth, he girde* hym. And aftir- 5
ward he putte watir in to a basyn, and
biganne to waische the disciplis feet, and
to wipe with the lynnen cloth, with
which he was gird. And so he cam too
Symount Petre, and Petre seith to hym,
Lord, waischist thou my feet? Jhesus 7
answerde, and seide to hym, What Y do,
thou wost not now; but thou schalt wite
aftirward. Petre seith to hym, Thous
schalt neuere waische my feet. Jhesus
answeride to hym, If Y schal not
waische thee, thou schalt not haue part
with me. Symount Petre seith to hym, »
Lord, not oneli my feet, but bothe theu
hoondis and the heed. Jhesus seidev to 10
hym, He that is waischun, hath now nede
but that he waische the feet, but he is
al clene ; and 30 ben clene, but not alle.
For he wiste, who vwas hes that schulde u
bitraye hym ; therfor he seide, 3e ben
not alle clene. And so aftir that he 12
hadde waischun vthe feet of hem^, he
took hise clothis ; and whanne he was
set to mete a3en, eft he seide to hem, 3e
witen what Y haue don to 3ou. 3eis
clepen me maistir and lord, and 36 seien
o ouer K. P Om. Q. <l Om. qsw. r that he shulde Q. that Judas schulde s. « that Q. * his
hondis G sec. m. MPQW. v Om. sx. « his disciplis GMPQSWXY. x the whiche Q. y Om. QW pr. m.
yy what thou waschist M. z Om. M. a myn Q. b Om. QW pr. m. ° wiste wel MPTXY. d had
waschen Q. wesh sx. e 3e vvyten not r. Wyten je w.
P But bifor A. 1 pask day i pr. v. 11 the o. r Om. A. rr wittenessyng o. 9 Om. A sec. m. Q.
the EP. * girte p. " Om. g. " seith A sec. m. osg. w not A. * it was k. y her feet k.
N n 2
276
JOHN.
XIII. 15 — 29.
haue waische 3oure feet, and 36 vowen tof
15 waische another the totheris" feet; for1' I
haue jouun ensaumplei to 3011, that as I
ic haue don to 300, so and 36 do. Treuli,
treuli, I seie to 3ou, the seruaunt is not
more than his lord, neither apostle isk
17 more' than he that sente him. If 30 witen
thes thingis, 36 schulen be blessid, if 36
is schulen do hem. I seie not of alle 3ou,
I woot whiche"1 I haue chosun ; but that
the scripture be fillid", He that etith my
breed, schal reyse his heele a3ens me.
ID Treuli, treuli0, I seie to 3ou, bifore it? be
don, thati whanne it 'schal ber don, '36
20 bileue8 for1 1 am. Treuli, treuli, I seye to
3ou, he that taketh whom euere I schal
sende, receyueth me ; forsothe he that re-
ceyueth me, receyueth him that sente me.
21 Whanne Jhesu hadde seid thes thingis,
he was troblid" 'in spirit, andv witness-
idew, and seide, Treuli, treuli I seie to 3ou,
22oonx of 3ou schal bitraye me. Therfore
the disciplis lokiden to gidere, doutynge
23 of whom he seide. Therfore oon of his
disciplis was restinge in the bosum of
24 Jhesu, whom Jhesu louede. Therfore
Symount Petre bekenyde to him, and seith
to him, Who is it, of which? he seith ?
25 And so whanne he hadde restid a3en on
the brest of Jhesu, he seith to him, Lord,
26 who is it? Jhesu answeride, He it is, to
whom I schal dresse breed dipped yn.
And whanne he had 'dippid ynz breed8,
27 he 3af to Judas of Symount Scariot. And
aftir the morsel, thanne Sathanas entride
in to him. And Jhesu seith to him, What
28thingb thou dost, do thouc sunnere. For-
soth no man sittinged at thee mete wiste
this thing, to what thing he seide to him.
29 Forsothe summe gessiden, for Judas hadde
wel ; for Y am. Therfor if Y, lord and u
maistir, haue waischun 3oure feet, andz
3e schulen waische oon anothers feet ; for is
Y haue 3ouun 'ensaumple to 3oua, "that as
I haue do to 3oub, so do 56. Treuli, 16
treuli, Y seie to 3ou, the seruaunt is not
grettere than his lord, nether anc apostle
isd grettere than he that sente hym. If 17
36 witen these thingis, 36 schulen be
blessid, if 36 doen hem. Y seie not of 18
'alle 3oue, Y woot whiche Y haue chosun ;
but that the scripture be fulfillid, He
that etith my breed, schal reise his heele
336118 me. Treulyf, Y seie to 3ou biforio
it be don, that whanne it is don, 36
bileue that Y am. Treuli, treuli, Y seie 20
to 3ou, he that takith whom euere Y
schal sende, resseyueth me ; and he that
resseyueth me, resseyueth hym that sente
me. Whanne Jhesus hadde seid these 21
thingis, he was troblid in spirit, and
witnesside, and seide, Treuli, treuli, Y
seie to 3ou, that oon of 3ou schal bitraye
me. Therfor the disciplis lokiden togi-22
dere, doutynges of whom he seide. And 2:1
so oon of hise disciplis was restynge in
the bosum of Jhesu, whom Jhesu lou-
ede. Therfor Symount Petre bikenethh24
to hym, 'and seith to hym', Who is it,
of whom he seith? And" so whanne he 25
hadde restid a3enk on the brest of Jhe-
su, he seith to hym, Lord1, who is it?
Jhesus answerde, He it is, to whom Y2C
schal areche a sop of breed. And whanne
he hadde wet breed, he 3af to Judas of
Symount Scarioth. And aftir the rnus-27
sel, thanne Sathanas entride in to hym.
And Jhesus seith to hym, That thing
that thou doist, do thoum swithe". And 28
noon of hem that saten at the rnete
1 schulen GMNPQSTIVXY. g otheres sx. h forsothe s. ' exsaumple sw. k Om. Q. 1 Om. Q.
m the whiche 4 pr,m. GMNPTY. whom Q. o fulfilde GMNPQSTWXY. » Om. N. P that it N. q that
;e trowe N. r is N. s Om. N. * that N. u turblid G pr. in. MP. v Om. G pr. m. MPQTXY. w Om.
G pr. m. MPQTXY. made protestacioun, or rvitnessede N. x for oon MpQTrwxY. y the whiche A pr. in.
G pr. m. MNPQTY. whom G sec.m. sw. z indippid MPQSW. a breed, or wett [it Q] in myn G sec. m. Q.
b thingis A sec. m. MNPST. c thou it QW pr. m. it x. J of sittinge AGMPQTW. of the sittende sx. of
the sittinge y Om. AQVY.
and
z Om. ab pr. m. a to 3011 ens. k pr. m. b Om. be pr. m. e pr. m. gk pr. m. c Om. iKReghi.
Om. i. e 3011 alle B. f Treuli, treuli c sec. m. e and doutinge k. h beckenede g/3. ' Om. Eb pr. m.
d seide to him b sec.m. " Om. o. k Om. k r. m. ' Sire i. m it k. n anoon I.
XIII. 3° — XIV. 4-
JOHN.
2.77
pursis, that Jhesu hadde seid to him, Bye
thou tho thingis, that ben nedeful to vs
at the feeste day, or that he schulde 3yuef
30 sura thing to nedy men. Therfore whanne
he hadde take the morsel, he wente out
si a non ; forsoth it was ny3t. Therfore
whanne he hadde gon out, Jhesu seide,
Now mannis sone is clarified, and God is
32 clarified in him. If God is clarified in
him, and God schal clarifye him in him
sssilf, and anon he schal clarifie him. Litil
sones, 3it a litil I am with jou; 36 schulen
seke me, and, as I seide to the Jewis,
Whidur I go, 36 mown not come ; and to
343011 I seie now. I 3yue to 3ou a newe
maundement, that 30 loue to gidere, as I
35 louede 3011, that and 36 loue to gedere. In
this thing alle men schulen knowe, for«
36 ben my disciplis, if 36 'schulen haueh
30 loue' to gidere. Symount Petre seith to
hym, Lord, whidir goist thou? Jhesu
answeride, Whidir I go, thou maistk not
sue me now, but thou schalt sue aftir-
37 ward. Petre seith to him, Whi may I
not sue thee now? I schal putte my soule,
•^that is, lyf^, for thee. Jhesu answeride,
Thou schalt putte thi soule, ^that is, lyfm,
for me ? Treuli, treulin, I seie to thee, the
koc schal not crowe, tilnn thou schalt
denye me thries.
CAP. XIV.
1 And he seith to his disciplis, *Be not
3oure herte disturblid P, netheri drede it ;
36 bileuen in tor God, and bileue 30 in to*
2 zne. In the hous of my fadir ben many
dwellingis; if any thing lesse, I hadde'
seid to 3ou, for I go foru to make redy
3 to 3ou a place. And if" I schalw gox, and
schal make redy to 3ou a place, eftsoone
I schaly come, and I schal take 3ou to my
4silf, that where I am, and 30 be. And
wiste, wherto he seide to hym. For 29
summe gessiden, for Judas hadde pursis,
that Jhesus hadde seid to hym, Bie thou
tho thingis, that ben nedeful to vs to the
feeste dai, or that he schulde 3yue sum
thing to nedi men. Therfor whanne he 30
hadde takun the mussel, he wente out
anoon ; and0 it was nyjt. And? whanne 31
he was 4 gon out, Jhesus seide, Now
mannus sone is clarified, and God is cla-
rified in hym. If God is clarified in hym, 32
Godr schal clarifie hym in hym silf, and
anoon he sclial clarifie hym. Litle sones, 33
3it a litil Y am with 3ou ; 30 schulen seke
me, and, as Y seide to the Jewis, Whidur
Y go, 36 moun not come ; and to 3011 Y
seie now. Y 3yue to jou a newe maunde-34
ment, that 36 loue togidir, as Y louede5
3ou/and that* 36 loue togidir. In this 35
thing alle men schulen knowe, that 36
ben my disciplis, if 36 ban loue togidere.
Symount Petre seith to hym, Lord, whi-sc
dur goist thou? Jhesus answeride, Whi-
dur Y go, thou mayst not sue me now,
but thou schalt sueu afterward. Petre 37
seith to hym, Whi may Y not sue thee
now? Y schal putte my lijf for thee.
Jhesus answeride, Thou schalt putte thi 3«
lijf for me? Treuli, treuli,Yseie to thee,
the cok schal not crowe, til thou schalt
denye me thries. And he seith to hise
disciplis,
CAP. XIV.
Be not 3oure herte afraied, ne drede i
it ; 36 bileuen in God, and bileue 30 in
me. In the hous of my fadir ben many 2
dwellyngis; if ony thing lesse, Y hadde
seid to 3ou, for Y go to make redi to 3011
a place. And if Y go, andv make redi 3
to 3ou a place, eftsoones Y comew, and Y
schal take 3ou to my silf, that where Y
am, 36 be. And whidur Y go, 36 witen,4
and 36 witen the weie. Thomas seith to 5
{ haue jouen Q. 6 that s. h haue g. ' loued Q. I* myjt w. l that is, my lijf G sec. m. pw. Om. sx.
m that is, thi lijf G sec.m. PW. Om. x. n Om. M. »n to Q. * The chapter commences here in AGM
KrgsrwxY. P distroublid vwv. disturbid x. q ne MPQTWXY. r Om. Q. * Om. Q. * schulde haue
G pr. m. MNPX. ™ Om. TVX. * Om. r. w Om. us. * go aweie A pr. m. GJI/.VPSTWV. V Om.
MPQTWXY.
0 forsothe i. P Therfore i. 1 hadde i. r and God r. 8 haue loued la sec. m. k sec. m. loue k pr. m.
t and at o. that s. " sue me sa- v to Ic\f w sehal come k pr. m.
278
JOHN.
xiv. 5 — 20.
whidur I go, 30 witen, and 30 witen the
r> wey. Thomas seith to him, Lord, we
witen not whidur thou goist, and hou
(imown we wite theb weye? Jhesu seith
to him, I am weye, treuthe, and lyf ; no
man cometh to the fadir, no but by me.
7 If 30 hadden knowen me, sothli 36° hadden
knowen and my fadir ; and aftirward 30
schulen knowe him, and 36 han seyn him.
s Philip seith to him, Lord, schewe to vs
•j the fadir, and it suffisith to vs. Jhesu
seithd to him, So moche tyme I am with
3ou, and han 36 not knowun me ? Philip,
he that seeth me, seeth and the fadir.
Hou seist thou, Schewe to vs the fadir?
loBileuest 'not thoue, for I amf in the fadir,
and the fadir is in me? I speke not of my
silf the wordis that I speke to 3ou ; sothli
the fadir dwellinge in me, he doith the
11 workis. Beleue 36 not, for I am% in the
12 fadir, and the fadir is in me? Ellis bileue
36 for thilke1 workis. Treuli, treuli, I seie
to 3ou, he that bileueth ink to1 me, and he
schal do the workis that I do ; and he
schal do more"1 workis than" thes°, for I
13 go to the fadir. And what euere thing
36 schulen axe the fadir in my name, I
schal do this thing, that the fadir be glo-
u rifled in the sone. If 36 schulen axe ony
is thing in my name, I schal do it. If 36
louen me, vkepe 3eP my comaundementis^.
16 And I schal preie the fadir, and he schal
i73yue to 3ou another coumfortour, 'the spirit
of treuthe1", that he dwelle with 3ou into
with outen encle; which8 spirit the world
may not take, for it seeth vnot himss, nei-
ther woot him. Forsothe 36 schulen knowe
him*, for he schal dwelle at 3011, and he
is schal be in 3ou. I schal not leeue 3ou
lofadirlees, I schal come to 3ou. 3it a litil.
and the world seeth not xme nowu ; forsoth
36 schulen se me, for I lyue, and 36 schu-
20 len lyue. In that day 30 schulen knowe,
hym, Lord, we witen not whidur thou
goist, and hou moun we wite the weie ?
Jhesus seith to hymx, Y am weie, treuthe, 6
and lijf ; no man cometh to the fadir,
but bi me. If 36 hadden knowe me, 7
sotheli 36 hadden knowe also my fadir;
and aftirward 36 schulen knowe hym,
and 36 han seyn hym. Filip seith toe
hym, Lord, schewe to vs the fadir, and
it suffisith to vs. Jhesus seith to hym, 9
So longy tyme Y am with 3ou, and xhan
36 not2 knowun me ? Filip, he that seeth
me, seeth also the fadir. Hou seist thou,
schewe to vs the fadir ? Bileuest thou 10
not, that Y am in the fadir, and the
fadir is in me ? The wordis that Y speke
to 3011, Y speke not of my silf; but the
fadir hym silf dwellynge" in me, doith
the werkis. Bileue 36 not, that Y am in n
the fadir, and the fadir is in me ? Ellis 12
bileue 36 for thilke werkis. Treuli,
treuli, Y seie to 3ou, if a man bileueth
in me, also he schal do the werkis
that Y do ; and he schal do grettere
werkis than these, for Y go to the fadir.
And what euere thingb 36 axene the is
fadir in my name, Y schal do this thing,
that the fadir be glorified d in the sone.
If 36 axen ony thing" in my name, Y H
schal do it. If 36 louen me, kepe 36 my 15
comaundementis. And Y schal preye the i«
fadir, and he schal 3yue to 3ou another
coumfortour, the spirit of treuthe, to 17
dwelle with 3011 with outen ende; which*
spirit the world may not take, for it
seeth hym not, nether knowith hym.
But 36 schulen knowe hym, for he schal
dwelle with 3ou, and he schal be in 3ou.
Y schal not leeue 3ou fadirles, Y schal is
come to 3ou. 3it a litil, and the world is»
seeth not nowf me ; but 36 schulen se me,
for Y lyue, and 36 schulen lyue. In that20
dai 36 schulen knowe, that Y am in my
b this A sec. m. K. c and je K> d Seide x. e thou not GMpQTrirxY. f Om. A pr. m. a pr. m.
MNPTY. e Om. A pr.m. G pr. m. MNPTXY. i the s. tho x. ilke Y. k Om. Q. l Om. QXY.
m the more sx. n of sx. ° hem x. P kepith sx. 1 maundementis XY. T Om. GMXY. » the
spirit of treuthe, whiche GMXY. ss him not GMXY. * Om. G pr.m. T. u now me GK pr.m.
MPXY.
x hem k.
d clarified k.
y myche i.
e The whiche i.
haue not H.
f Om. a.
a that dwellith i. b thingis i. c asken K passim.
XIV. 21. XV. 2.
JOHN.
279
for I am in my fadir, and 3ee in me, and
21 1 in 3011. He that hath my comaunde-
mentisv, and kepith hem, he it is that
loueth me; sothli he that loueth me, schal
be loued of my fadir, and I schal loue
him, and I schal schewe to him my silf.
22 Judas seith to him, not he of Scarioth,
Lord, what is don, for thou art to schewew
23 to vs thi silf, and riot to the world ? Jhesus
answeride, and seide to him, If ony man
loueth me, he schal kepe my word"; and
my fadir schal loue him, and we schulen
come to him, and we schulen make dwell-
24inge? at him. He that loueth me not,
kepith not my wordis ; and the word
which z 30 han herd, is not myn, but his
25 that sente me, the fadris. Thes thingis
I haue spokun 'to 3011% dwellinge at 3ou ;
2oforsoth the Hooly Gost, coumfortour,
whom the fadir schal sende in my name,
he schal teche 3011 alle thingis, andb schal
schewe, 'or remembrec, to 3ou alle thingis,
what euer thingisd I schal seye to 3ou.
27 Pees I leeue toe 3ou, my pees I 3yue to
3ou; not as the world 3yueth, I1 3yue to
3ou ; be not 3oure herte disturblid^, nei-
28therh drede it. 3e han herd, for I seide to
3011, I go, and come to 3ou. If 36 louedyn
me, forsoth 36 schulden 'haue ioye', for I
go to the fadir, for the fadir is more than
29 1. And now I haue seid to 3ou, bifore it
be don, that whanne it schal be don, 30
aobileue. Now I schal not speke many
thingis to 3ou; forsoth the prince of this
world cometh, and he hath not 'ony thing
31 in mek. But that the world knowe, for
I loue the fadir, and as the fadir 3af co-
maundement to me, so I do. Ryse 36, go
we hennis.
CAP. XV.
i I am a verri vyne, and my fadir is an
2erthe tilier. Ech syoun, 'or braunche1,
fadir, and 36 in me, and Y in 3ou. He 21
that hath my comaundementis, and kep-
ith hem, he it is that loueth me ; and
he that loueth me, schal be loued of my
fadir, and Y schal loue hym, and Y schal
schewe to hym my silf. Judas seith to 22
hym, not he of Scarioth, Lord, what is
don, that thou schalt schewe thi silf to
vs, and not to the world? Jhesus an- 2.1
swerdes, and seide 'to hymh, If ony man
loueth me, he schal kepe my word ; and
my fadir schal loue hym, and we schulen
come to hym, and we schulen dwelle
with hym. He that loueth me not, kep-24
ith not my wordis ; and the word which
30 han herd, is not myn, but the fadris,
that sente me. These thingis Y haue 25
spokun to 3ou, dwellynge among 3ou ;
but thilke Hooli Goost, the coumfortour, a«
whom the fadir schal sende in my name,
he schal teche 3011 alle thingis, 'and schal
schewe to' 3ou alle thingisk, what euere
thingis Y schal seie to 3ou. Pees Y27
leeue to 3011, my pees Y 3yue to 3ou ;
not as the world 3yueth, Y 3iue to 3011 ;
be not 3oure herte affrayed, ne drede it.
3e han herd, that Y seide to 3ou, Y go, 28
and come to 3ou. If 36 loueden me, for-
sothe 36 schulden haue ioye, for Y go to
the fadir, for the fadir is grettere than
Y. And now Y haue seid to 3ou, bifor2<j
that it be1 don, that whanne it is don, 36™
bileuen. Now Y schal not speke many so
thingis with 3ou; for the prince of this
world cometh, and hath not in me ony
thing. But that" the world knowe, that 31
Y loue the fadir; and as the fadir 3af a
comaundement"" to me, so Y do. 'Rise
36°, go we hennus.
CAP. XV.
Y am a very vyne, and my fadir is i
an erthe tilier. Ech braunch in me that -2
v maundementis XY. w shewinge A sup. ras. r. * wordis XY. J a dwellyng G sec.m. M. z the
which A pr. m. GNTY. a Om. K. *> and he AV. c Om. AG pr. in. MNPQTXY. d tiling T. Om. MW.
e Om. F. f schal I G pr.m. Y. S trublid ATXY. turblid G pr. m. disturbid s. distroublid v. h ne
MPQTWXY. ' ioye MW. k in me ony thing MXY. ! Om. x.
g answeride to him t. h Om. k. ' Om. i pr. m. nc sec. m. eg$. >k Om. A pr. m. EKb pr. m. c pr. m.
1 is k. m that 30 k pr. m. n at o. nn maundement EKik pr. m. ° Riseth i.
280
JOHN.
xv. 3—15.
not berynge fruit in me, he schal do xa wey
itn ; and ech that berith fruit, he schal
spurge it, that it xmore bere° fruit. Now
36 ben clene, for the word that I haue
4 spokun to 3ou. Dwell 36 in me, and I in
3ou ; as a braunche? may not make fruit
of himi silf, nor but8 it schal1 dwelle in the
vyneu, so nether 30, nov but 3ew schulen
5 dwelle in me. I am ax vyne-v, 36 ben7-
thea braunchisb. Hec that dwellith in
me, and I in him, this berith moche fruit,
for with outen me 36 mown no thing do.
elf ony man schal not dwelle in me, he
schal be sent out as a braunche11, and
schal wexe drye; and thei schulen gadere
him, and thei schulen sende him in to
7 thee fier, and he brenneth. If 36 schulen
dwelle in me, and my wordis schulen
dwelle in 3ou, what euere thing 36 schulen
wilne, 36 schulen axe, and it schal be do
s to 3ou. In this thing my fadir is clari-
fied, that 36 brynge moost fruyt, and 36
i) be maad my disciplis. As my fadir lou-
ede me, and I louyde 3ou; dwelle 36 in my
loloue. If 36 schulen kepe my comaunde-
mentisf, 36 schulen dwelle in my loue ; as
and I haue kept the comaundemerrtiss of
11 my fadir, and I dwelle in his loue. Thes
thingis I spak to 3011, that my ioye be in
1-23011, and 3oure ioye be fillidh. This is my
comaundement, that 36 loue to gidere, as
is I louede 3ou. No man hath more loue
than this, that ony man putte his soule,
u^that is, tyf1, for his frendis. 3e Den my
frendis, if 36 schulen do thok thingis, that
15 1 comaunde1 to11 3ou. Now I schal not
seye 3ou seruauntis, for the seruauut woot
not, what his lord schal do ; forsothe I
haue seid 3ou frendis, for alle thingis
what euere I herde of my fadir, I haue
berith not? fruyt, he schal take awey it ;
and ech that berith fruyt, he schal purge
it, that it here the more fruyt. Now 363
ben clene, for the word that Y haue
spokun to 3ou. Dwelle 36 in me, and ¥4
in 3ou ; as a braunche may not make
fruyt of it silf, but it dwelle in the vyne,
so nether 3e, but 36 dwelle in me. Y am 5
ai vyne, 3er the5 braunchis. Who that
dwellith in me, and Y in hym, this*
berith myche fruyt, for with outen me
36 moun no thing do. If ony man dwell-e
ith not in me, he schal be caste out as a
braunche, and schal wexe drie; and thei
schulen gadere hym, and thei schulen
caste hym in to the fier, and he bren-
nethu. If 36 dwellen in me, and my 7
wordis dwelle in 3ou, what euer thing
36 wolen, 36 schulen axe, and it schal be
don to 3ou. In this thing my fadir is 8
clarified, that 36 brynge forth ful myche
fruyt, and that 36 be maad my disciplis.
As rny fadir louede me, Yv haue loued 9
3ou; dwelle 36 in my loue. If 36 kepenwio
my comaundementis, 36 schulen dwelle
in my loue ; as Y haue kept the co-
maundementis of my fadir, and Yx
dwelled in his loue. These thingis Yn
spak to 3ou, that my ioye7- be in 3ou, and
joure ioye be fulfillida. This is my co- 12
maundement, that 36 loue togidere, as Y
louedeb 3ou. No man hath more loue 13
than this, that a man putte his lijf
for hise freendis. 3e° oen mY freendis u
if 36 doen tho thingis, that Y comaunde
to 3ou. Now Y schal not cleped 3oui5
seruauntis, for the seruaunt woot not,
what his lord schal do ; bute Y haue
clepidf 3ou freendis, for alle thingis what
euere Y herde of my fadir, Y& haue maad
n it awey GMPXY. ° bere more GMPQXY. P syoun, or [a w~\ braunch AGMNPQTWY. sioun sx.
<1 it A pr. m. GMNpqsTrwxY. r Om. §. s but jif MQ. * Om. Q. u vyne tree A pr. m. GMtipQSTirxY.
v Om. o sec. m. QW pr. m. w if je A pr. m. MNPQTXY. x the QW pr. m. XY. J vyne tree A pr. m. GMN
PQSTWXY. z Om. A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. a Om. r. b syouns, or braunchis A pr. m. GMNPQTWY.
siounes sx. c Who A pr.m. GMNPQSTWX. d syoun A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. e Om. sr. f maunde-
mentes GMXY. S maundementes GM XY. h fulfillid A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXV. » Om. MPQSX. that is,
his lijf w. k the AMNPSW. thes T. ' comaundide Q. u Om. M.
P no Ea. <1 the a. r and 36 b pr. m. je ben g. and 36 ben k. s Om. g. * he this i. » schal
brenne K. v and Y b. w schul kepe i. * Om. R pr. m. k. J haf dwellid o. dwelle 30 k. z loue c.
a fillid i. & haue loued ix sec. m. k. c And 30 Rk pr. m. d sey i. e forsothe i. f seid i. S and I i.
XV. 16 — XVI. 2.
JOHN.
281
Kimaad knowun to 3ou. 3e han not chosun
me, but I chees 3011; and XI haue" put 300,
that 36 go, and brynge0 fruit, and 3oure
fruit dwelle ; that what euere thing 36
schulen axe the fadir in my name, he
17 3yue to 3ou. Thes thingis I comaunde to
183OU, that 36 loue to gidere. If the world
hatithP 3ou, wite 36, for it hadde me in
in hate first than 3ou. If 36 hadden be of
the world, the world schulde loue that
thing that was his ; but for 36 ben not of
the world, but I chees 3011 froi the world,
aotherfore the world hatith 3ou. Haue 36
mynde ofr my word, which8 I seide to
3ou, The seruaunt is not more than his
lord. If thei han pursuwed me, and thei
schulen pursue 3ou ; if thei han kept my
21 word, and thei schulen kepe 3oure. But
thei schulen do to 3ou alle thes thingis
for my name, for thei witen not him that
22 sente me. If I hadde riot come, and hadde
not spoke to1 hem, thei schulden not haue
synne ; forsoth now thei han not" excusa-
23ciounv of her synne. He that hatith me,
24 hatith and my fadir. If I hadde not don
werkis in hem, whichew non othir man
dide, thei schulden not haue synne ; for-
soth now and thei han seyn, and hatidx
25 me and my fadir. But that the word be
fillidy, that is writun in 'the lawe of hemz,
For thei hadden me in hate with outen
2C cause, * or freely*. Forsoth whanne the
cumfortour schal come, whichb I scbal
sende to 3ou fro thec fadir, a spirit of
treuthe, thed whiche procedith", 'or cometh
forth{, of the fadir, he schal here witness-
ing of me; and 36 schulen here witnessing,
for 36 ben with me fro the bigynnyng.
CAP. XVI.
1 Thes thingis I haue spokun to 3ou,
2 that 30 ben not sclaundrid. Thei schulen
knowun to 3ou. 3e ban not chosun me, ic
but Y chees 3ou ; and Y haue put 3ou,
that 36 go, and brynge forth fruyt, and
3oure fruyt dwelle; that what euere thing
3ess axenh the fadir in my name, he 3yue
to 3ou. These thingis Y comaunde to' 17
3ou, that 36 loue togidere. If the world is
hatithk 3ou, wite 36, that it hadde me in
hate rather than 3ou. If 36 hadden be 10
of the world, the world schulde loue that
thing that was1 his ; but for 36 ben not of
the world, but Y chees 3ou fro the world,
therfor the world hatith 3ou. Haue 3620
mynde of my word, which Y seide to
3ou, The seruaunt is not grettere than
his lord. If thei han pursued me, thei
schulen pursue 3ou also ; if thei han
kept my word, thei schulen kepe 3oure
also. But thei schulen do to 3ou alle 21
these thingis for my name, for thei
knowen not hym that sente me. If Y22
hadde not comun, and hadde not spokun
to hem, thei schulden not haue synne ;
but now thei haue noon excusacioun of
her synne. He that hatith me, hatith 23
also my fadir. If Y hadde not doon24
werkis"1 in hem, whiche noon other man
dide, .thei schulden not haue synne; but
now both thei han seyn, and hatid" me
and my fadir. But that the word be 25
fulfillid, that is writun in her lawe, For
thei hadden me in hate with outen cause.
But whanne the coumfortour schal come, 2C
which Y schal sende to 3ou fro the fadir,
a° spirit of treuthe, which cometh00 of
the fadir, he schal here witnessyng of
me; and 36 schulen here witnessyng, for
36 ben with me fro the bigynnyng.
CAP. XVI.
These thingis Y haue spokun to 3ou, i
that 36 be not sclaundrid. Thei schulen 2
n Om. A pr.m. G pr.m, MNPQSTXY. haue w. ° bring forth s. P hate AGMNPQSTWX. i for A.
r on MPXY. s the which AGMPQSTWY. that x. * with w pr.m. " noon Q. v excusing AX. w the
which A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. x hatiden GMPsrwxy. y fulfild A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. z 3oure
lawe GMNPQTWY. the lawe s. her lawe x. a Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. b the which A pr. m. GMNPQTWXY.
c my N. d Om. vx. e precedeth N. f Om. x.
SS that je o. h asken R. l Om. p pr. m. k hate A pr. m. u. 1 was of E. is a pr. m.
n han hatid EIKPQB sec. m. bceghika/3. han herd s. ° the k pr. m. °° cometh forth o.
VOL. IV. O 0
m the werkis k.
282
JOHN.
XVI. 3—77.
makes 3011 with oute synagogis, but the
our cometh, that ech man that sleeth 3011,
deme him silf'1 for' to jyue sacrifice* to
3 God. And thei schulen do to 3011 thes
thirigis, for thei han not knowe the fadir,
4nethir me. But thes thingis I spak to
3ou, that whanne the our of hem schal
come, 36 haiie mynde, for I seide to 3011.
5! seide not to 3011 thes thingis fro the
bigynnyng, for I was with 3011. And now
I go to him that sente me, and no man
of 3011 askith1 me, Whidur 'thou goist™?
6 but for I haue spokyn to 3ou thes thingis,
sorwe, vor heuynessen, hath fulfillid 3oure
7herte. But I seie to 3ou treuthe, it sped-
ith to jou, that I go ; sothli if I schal not
go awey, the coumfortour schal not come
to 3ou; forsoth if I schal go awey, I schal
ssende hym to 3ou. And whanne he schal
come, he schal reproue the world of synne,
9 and of0 ri3tfulnesseP, and of dom. For-
sothe of synne, for thei han not bileuyd in
10 to me; forsothei of ri3tfulnesser, for I go
to the fadir, and now 36 schulen not se
11 me ; forsothe of dom, for the prince of this
12 world is now detnyd. $h I haue many
thingis for8 to seie to 3011, but 36 mown
13 not bere now. Sotheli whanne vthe ilke'
spirit of treuthe schal come, he schal teche
3ou al treuthe ; sothli he schal not speke
of him self, but what euere thingis he
schal heere, he schal speke; and he" schal
telle to 3011 the thingis that ben to com-
I4yngev. He schal clarifie me, for of myne
is he schal take, and schal telle to 3ou. Alle
thingis, what euerex thingis the fadir hath,
ben myne ; therfore I seide to 3ou, for of
myne he schal take, and schal>" telle to 3011.
16 A litil, and now 36 schulen not se me; and
eftz a litil, and 36 schulen se me, for I go
17 to the fadir. Therfore summe of his dis-
ciplis seiden to gidere, What is this thing
make 3ou with outen the? synagogis, but
the our cometh, that ech man that sleeth
3ou, demePP that he doith seruyce to God.
And thei schulen do to 3ou these thingis, 3
for thei han not knowun the fadir, ne-
ther me. But these thingis Y spak to 4
3ou, that whanne the our xof hemi schal
comeii, 36 haue mynde, that Y seide to
3ou. Y seide not to 3011 these thingis »
fro the bigynnyng, for Y was with 3ou.
And now Y go to hym that sente me,
and no man of 3ou axith me, Whidur
Hhou goisf ? but for Y haue spokun to »
3ou these thingis, heuynesse hath fulfillid
3oure herte. But Y seie to 3ou treuthe, 7
it spedith to 3ou, that Y go ; for if Y go
not forth, the coumfortour schal not come
to 3ou ; but if Y go forth, Y schal sende
hym to 3ou. And whanne he cometh, a
he schal repreue the world of synne, and
of ri3twisnesse, and of doom. Of synne, <j
for thei han not bileued inrr me; and of 10
ri3twisnesse, for Y go to the fadir, and
now 3e8 schulen not se me ; but of doom, 11
for the prince of this world is now
derned. 3it Y haue many thingis for4 to 12
seie to 3ou, but 36 moun not bere hem
now. But whanne thilke" spirit ofis
treuthe cometh, he schal teche 3ou al
trewthe ; for he schal not speke of hym
silf, but what euer thinges he schal here,
he schal speke; and he schal telle to 3ou
tho thingis that ben to come. He schal u
clarifie me, for of myne he schal take,
and schal telle to 3ou. Alle thingis is
'whiche euerv the fadir hath, ben myne;
therfor Y seide to 3ou, forw of myne he
schal take, and schal telle to 3ou. A litil, ie
and thanne 36 schulen not se me ; and
eftsoone a litil, andx 36 schulen se me,
for Y go to the fadir. Therfor summe 17
of hise disciplis seiden togidere, What is
g make, or do GQW pr.m. Y. do x. & Om. GMNpQSTrrrxY. i Om. sx. k
seruise
' axith plures. "> goyst thou MPQSWX. n Om. x. o Qm. w. P rijtwisenesse AGMNPQSTIVXY.
<1 sothely ^ pr. m. GMNpQSTrtrxv. ' rijtwisenesse ^GMNPQSTWXF. » Om. sx. l thilke w pr. m. that x.
u Om. N. v come A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. * kin A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. y Om. G pr. m. MNPHXY.
z eftsone AGMNQSTWXY.
P Om. i. PP demeth o. '' Om. o. qq come of hem o. r goost thou hik sec. m. /3. rr to k. * thei g.
* Om. cbek. « the b. v what euer EP. what euere thingis i. w that i. x and than o.
XVI. 1 8 — 29.
JOHN.
283
that he seith to vs, A litil, and je schulen
not se me; and eftc a litil, and 36 schulen
is se me, for I go to the fader? Therfore
thei seiden, What is this, that he seith to
vs, A litel ? we witen not what he spekith.
19 Forsothe Jhesu knew, for thei wolden axe
him, and he seide to hem, Of this thing je
seken a mong 3011, for I seide, A litil, and
3e schulen not se me ; and eftd a litel, and
2036 schulen se me. Treuli, treuli, I seye
to 3ou, for 36 schulen morne and wepe,
forsothe the world schal enioye ; forsothe
36 schulen be sorwful, but 3oure sorwe6
21 schal turne in to ioye. Sothly a womman
whanne sche berith child, hath sorwef, for
hir our corneth ; forsothe whanne sche hath
borun a sone, now sche thenkith not on&
the 'pressure, or charge^, for ioye, for a
2-2 man is borun in to the world. And ther-
fore 3e han now sorwe, sothli eft1 I schal
se 3ou, and 3oure herte schal enioye, and
no man schal take fro 3ou 3oure ioye.
23 And in that day 36 schulen not axe me
ony thing ; treuli, treuli, I seie to 3ou. if
36 schulen axe the fadir 'ony thingk in
24 my name, he schal 3yue1 to 3ou. Til now
36 axiden not ony thing in my name; xaxe
36™, and 36 schulen take, that 3oure ioye be
25 ful. I haue spokun to 3ou thes thingis in
prouerbis, W derke0 saumplis0; the our
cometh, whanne now I schal not speke to
3011 in prouerbis, but opynly of my fadir I
26 schal telle to*) 3011. Inr that day 36 schu-
len axe in my name; and5 I seie not* to
30x1, for I schal preye the fadir for" jou ;
27 forsothe hev the fadir loueth 3ou, for 30
han loued me, and han bileuyd, for I
sawente out fro God. I wente out fro the
fadir, and I cam in to the world ; eft-
soones I leeue the world, and Iw go to the
29 fadir. His disciplis seyenx to him, Lo !
now thou spekist opynli, and thou seist
this thing that he seith to vs, A litil, and
36 schulen not se me; and eftsoone a
litil, and 36 schulen se me, for Y go to
the fadir ? Therfor thei seiden, What is ia
this that he seith to vs, A litil ? we
witen not what he spekith. And Jhesus 19
knew, that thei wolden axe hym, and he
seide to hem, Of this thing 36 seken
among 3ou, for Y seide, A litil, and 36
schulen not se me ; and eftsoone a litil,
and 36 schulen se me. Treuli, treuli, Y20
seie to 3ou, that 36 schulen mourne and
wepe, but the world schal haue ioye ;
and 36 schulen be soreuful, but 3oure
sorewe schal turne in to ioye. A worn- 21
man whanne sche berith child, hath
heuynesse, for hir tyme is cotnun ; but
whanne sche hath borun a sone, now
sche thenkith not on the peyne, for ioye,
for a man is borun in to the world. And 22
therfor 56 han now screw, but eftsoone
Y schal se 3011, and 3oure herte schal
haue ioie, and no man schal take fro 3ou
3oure ioie. And in that day 36 schulen 23
not axe me ony thing ; treuli, treuli/ Y
seie to 3ouy, if 36 axen the fadir ony
thing in my name, he schal 3yue to 3011.
vTil now 36 axiden no thing in my 24
name2 ; vaxe 36**, vand 36 schulen take,
that 3oure ioie be fuln. Y haue spokun 25
to 3ou these thingis in prouerbis ; the
our cometh, whanne now Y schal not
speke to 3ou in prouerbis, but opynli of
my fadir Y schal telle to 3ou. In that 26
dai 36 schulen axe in my name ; and Y
seie not to 3ou, that Y schal preye the
fadir of aa 3ou ; for the fadir hym sih°27
loueth 3ou, for 36 han loued me, and han
bileued, that Y wente out fro God. Yb 28
wente out fro the fadir, and Y cam in
to the world ; eftsoone c Y leeue the
world, and Ycc go to the fadir. Hise29
c eftsone AGMNPQSTWXY. a eftsone A pr.m. GMNpQSTtrxY. e sorwe, or heuynesse AGMNPQSTY.
heuynesse, or sorowe w. f sorwe, or heuynesse AGNPQTY. S of SQW pr. m. XY. h pressure, or peyne
Mpt)fiw. pressure x. ' eftsone A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. k Om. T. ' jiue it MPXY. m axetli x.
" Om. x. ° ensaumplis AGMPTWY. exsaumplis s. Om. x. 1 Om. G pr. in. Y. r Om. Q. s and
now GMPXY. ' Om. upw sec. m. XY. u of A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. v Om. QW pr. m. w Om. G.
* saiden A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
T Om. o. z Om. o. zz axeth I. a that joure ioie be ful, and je schulen take obchik pr. m. 8a for
h sec. m. ik pr. m. b And I b pr. m. k pr, in. c and eftsone Kk pr. m. cc Om. i.
o o 2
284
JOHN.
XVI. 30 — XVII. 9.
so no prouerbe. Now we witen, for thou
wost alle thingis ; and it is no? nede to
thee, that ony man axe thee. Iny-v this
thing we bileuen, for thou wentist out froz
:5i God. Jhesu answeride to hem, Now 36
32 bileuen. Lo ! the our cometh, and now
it cometh, that 36 be disparplid, vor sca-
terid&, ech in to his owne thingis, and
leeue me aloone ; and I am not aloone, for
33 the fadir is with me. Thes thingis I
haue spokun to 3ou, that 36 haue pees in
me ; in the world 36 schulen haue press-
ing, W ouerleying^, but'triste 36°, I haue
ouercome the world.
CAP. XVII.
1 'Jhesu spak thes thingis11, and the
lift" vp inf to heuene, he seide, Fadir, the
our cometh, clarifie thi sone, that thi sone
2 clarifie thee. As thou hast 3ouun to him
power of ech fleisch, W man«, that al
thing that thou hast 3ouun to hym, he
33yue to hem euerlasting lyf. Forsothe'1
this is' euerlasting lyf, that thei knowe
thee aloone verry God, and whom thou
4sentist, Jhesu Crist. I haue clarifyed thee
on erthek, I haue endid the werk, that thou
5 hast 3ouun to me, that I do. And now,
fadir, clarifie thou1 me at thi silf, with
clerenesse™ that I hadde at thee, bifore the
cworld was maad. I haue schewid thi
name to the11 men, whiche0 thou hast
3ouun to me of the world.; thei weren
thine, and thou hast 3ouun hem to me,
7 and thei han kept thi word. And now
thei han knowun, for alle thingis that
«thou hast 3ouun to me, ben of thee. For
the wordis that thou hast 3ouun to me, I
3af to hem ; and thei han takun, and han
knowun verili, for I wente out fro thee ;
and thei bileuyden, for thou sentist me.
9 1 preie for hem, not for the world, but for
hem, that thou hast 3ouun to me, for thei
disciplis seiden to hym, Lo ! now thou
spekist opynli, and thou seist no pro-
uerbe. Now we witen, that thou wostdsp
alle thingis ; and it is note nede to thee,
that ony man axe thee. In this thing
we bileuen, that thou wentist out fro
God. Jhesus answeride to hem, Now 3031
bileuen. Lo! the our cometh, and now 32
it cometh, that 36 be disparplid, ech in
to hise owne thingis, and that 36 leeue
me aloone ; and Y am not aloone, for
the fadir is with me. These thingis Yss
haue spokun to 3ou, that 36 haue pees in
me ; in the world 36 schulen haue disese,
but trust 36, Y haue ouercomun the world.
CAP. XVII.
These thingis Jhesus spak, and whanne i
he hadde cast vp hise i3en in to heuene,
he seide, Fadir, the our cometh, clarifie
thi sone, that thi sone clarifie thee. Asa
thou hast 3ouun tof hym power on# ech
fleisch, that al thing that thou hast
3ouun to hym, he 3yue to hem euerlast-
yrige lijf. And this is1' euerlastynge lijf,3
that thei knowe thee very God aloone,
and whom thou hast sent, Jhesu Crist.
Y haue clarified thee on the1 erthe, Y4
haue endid the werk, that thou hast
jouun tok me to do. And now, fadir, s
clarifie thou1 me at thi silf, with the
clerenesse that Y hadde at thee, bifor the
world was maad. Y haue schewid thi 6
name to tho men, whiche thou hast 3ouun
to me of the world ; thei weren thine,
and thou hast 3ouun hem to me, and thei
han kept thi word. And now thei han 7
knowun, that alle thingis that thou hast
3ouun to me, ben of thee. For the wordis s
that thou hast 3ouun to me, Y 3af to
hem ; and thei han takun, and han
knowun verili, that Y wente out fro thee;
and thei bileueden, that thou sentist me.
Y preie for hem, Y preye not for the 9
y not A pr. m. a pr. m. tirrw pr. m. Y. yy And K. z of x. a Om. x. b Om. QX. c tristeth x.
d These th. Jh. sp. MPXY. e liftid A'. f Om. TY. B Om. x. h For N. ' Om. AT. k the erthe
A pr. m. OTVY. 1 Om. Qsir. m cleennesse Q. the cleernesse s. n Om. x. ° whom MPXY.
d wotist R.
1 Om. c,3.
e no b. f Om. a. B of plures. h Om. i. > Om. c. k Om. K pr. m. b/3.
XVII. io — 24.
JOHN.
285
10 ben thine. And alle myne thingis ben
thine, and thin thingis ben myne ; and I
11 am clarified in hem. And now I am not
in the world, and thes ben in the world,
and I come to thee. Hooli fadir, kepe
hem in thy name, whiche i thou vhast
3ouunr to me, that thei be oon, as and we.
laWhanne I was with hem, I kepte hem in
thi name; whiche8 thou vhast 30111111* to me,
I kepte, and no man of hem perischide,
no" but the sone of perdicioun, or damp-
13 nacioun, that the scripture be fillidv. For-
sothe now I come to thee, and XI speke
thes thingisw in the world, that thei haue
14 my ioye fillid* in hem silf. I 3af to hem
thi word, and the world hadde hem in
hate; for thei ben not of the world, as and?
is I am not of the world. I preie not, that
thou take a weyz hem froa the world, but
ic that thou kepe hem fro yuel. Thei ben
not of the world, as andb I am not of the
17 world. Halwe thou hem in treuthe; thi
is word is treuthe. As thou sentist0 me in
to the world, and I sente hem in to the
19 world. And I halwe my silf for hem, that
20 and thei be halwid in treuthe. Sotheli I
preie not oonli for hem, but and for hem
that ben to bileuynged in to me hi the
21 word of hem ; that alle thei6 be oon, as
thou, fadir, in me, and I in thee, that and
thei in vs be oon ; that the world bileue,
22 for f thou hast sent me. And I haue
3ouun to hem the clerenesse, that thou
hast }ouun to me, that thei be oon, as and
23 we ben oon; I in hem, and thou in me,
that thei be endid ins oon ; and that the
world knowe, that thou sentist me, and
hast louyd hem, as1' thou hast louyd and'
24 me. Fadir, I wole that and thei whichek
thou 'hast 3ouun> to me, be with me where
I am, that thei se my cleernesse, that"1 thou
world, but for hem that thou hast 3ouun
to me, for thei ben thine. And alle my 10
thingis ben thine, and thi thingis ben
myne; and Yam clarified in hem. Aridn
now Y am not in the world, and these
ben in the world, and Y come to thee.
Hooli fadir, kepe hem in thi name,
whiche thou 3auest' to me, that thei beri
oon, as we benm. While Y was with 12
hem, Y kepte hem in thi name ; thilke
that thou 3auest to me, Y kepte, and
noon of hem perischide, but the sone of
perdicioun, that the scripture be fulfillid.
But now Y come to thee, and Y speke is
these thingis in the world, that thei haue
my ioie fulfillid in hem silf. Y 3af ton
hem thi word, and the world hadde hern
in hate ; for thei ben not of the world,
as" Y am not of the world. Y preye not, is
that thou take hem awei fro the world,
but that thou kepe hem fro yuel. They ie
ben not of the world, as Y am not of
the world. Halewe thounn hem in treuth0; 17
thi word is treuthe. As thou sentist me is
in to the world, also Y sente? hem vin
to?? the world. And Y halewe my silf 19
for hem, that also thei ben halewid in
treuthe. And Y preye not oneli for 20
hem, but also for hem that schulden
bileue in to me bi the word of hem; that 21
all ben oon, as thou, fadir, in me, and Y
in thee, that also thei in vs be oon ; that
the world bileue, that thou hast sent me.
And Y haue 3ouun to hem the clerenesse, 22
that thou hast 3ouun to me, thati thei
ben oon, as we ben oon ; Yr in hem, 23
and thou in me, that thei be endid in tos
oon ; and that the world knowe, that thou
sentist me, and hast loued hem, as thou
hast loued also me. Fadir, thei88 whiche 24
thou 3auestt to me, Y wole that" where
q whom GMNPQTXY. r jiiuest GMNPQTW. jeue sxv. s whom GMNPQTXY. * jauest
jeue SXY. « Om. QX. v fultild A pr. m. GMNPSTWXY. w these thingis I speke MPXY. x fulfild
A pr. TO. GMNPQSTWXY. y Om. A pr. m. G pr. m. * Om. G pr. m. TXY. «• of G pr. m. MPQTXY.
bOm.Gpr.m. c sendist K. d beleue AGMNPQSTWXY. e Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. f that N. S in to
h as and GMPQSW. i Om. G.VPQSW. k whom GMNPQTXY. 1 3auest A pr. m.
jeue six. m whiche MPSW.
1 hast jouen i. m ben oon hik. n as also o. nn Om. c. ° the treuthe s pr. m. g. P sende gk.
PP in o. <1 and a sec. m. r and I EPQsb pr. m. chik pr. m. a. 9 Om. B pr. m. ss tho i. * hast jouen I.
" Om. A.
286
JOHN.
XVII. 25 — XVIII. 10.
hast 3ouun to men; for thou louedist me
2sbifor the makinge of the world. 'Ri3tful
fadir0, the world knew 'not theeP, for-
sothei I knewr thee, and thes knowen8, for
26 thou sentist me. And I haue maad thi
name knowe to hem, and schal make
knowe; that the loue by which thou hast
loued me, be in hem, and I in hem.
CAP. XVIII.
1 Whanne Jhesu hadde seid thes thingis,
he wente out with his disciplis oner the
strond of Cedron, where was a 3erd, *or a
gardyn\ in to which he entride, and his
2 disciplis. Sothli and Judas, that bitrai-
ede him, wiste the place, for ofte Jhesu
cam to gidere thidur with his disciplis.
sTherfore whanne Judas hadde takun a
cumpany of kni3tis, and" of thex bischopis
and Pharisees mynystris, he cam? with
4lanternis, and brondis, and armys*. And
soa Jhesu witinge alle thingis that weren
to cornyngeb onc him'1, wente forth, and
5 seith to hem, Whom seken 36? Thei
answeriden to him, Jhesu of Nazareth.
Jhesu seith6 to hem, I am. Forsoth and
Judas that bitrayede hym, stood with hem.
fiTherfore as he seide to hem, I am, thei
wenten a bak, and felden doun in to
7 erthes. Eft1' he axide' hem, Whom seken
3e? Forsoth thei seiden, Jhesu Nazaren1.
8 He answeride to hem, I seide to 3011, for
I am ; therfore if 36 seken me, suffre 36
9 thes to"1 go a wey. That the word which"
he seide schulde be fillid0, For I loste not
ony of hem, whiche? thou hast 3ouun to
10 me. Forsothel Symount Petre hauynge
a swerd, drou; if out, and smot the ser-
uaunt of the bischop, and kitte of his litil8
Y am, that thei be with me, that thei see
my clerenesse, that thou hast 3ouun to
me; for thou louedist me bifor the mak-
yng of the world. Fadir, ri3tfuli the 25
world knew thee not, but Y knew thee,
and these knewen, that thou sentist me.
And Y haue maad thi name knowuri to2C
hem, and schal make knowun ; that the
loue bi which thou xhast loued" me, be
in hem, and Y in hem.
CAP. XVIII.
Whanne Jhesus hadde seid these i
thingis, he wente out with hise disciplis
oner the strond of Cedron, where was a
3erdv, in to which he entridevv, and hise
disciplis. And Judas, that bitrayede 2
hym, knew the place, for ofte Jhesus
cam thidur with hise disciplis. Therfora
whanne Judas hadde takun a cumpany
of kny3tis, and mynystris of the bischopis
and of thew Fariseis, he cam thidur with
lanternys, and brondis, and armeris. And 4
so Jhesus witynge alle thingis that weren
to come on hym, wente forth, and seide
to hem, Whom seken 30 ? Thei answer- a
idenx to hym, Jhesu of Nazareth. Jhe-
sus seith to hem, Y am. And Judas
that bitraiede hym, stood with hem. And c
whanne he seide to hem, Y am, thei
wenten abak, and fellen doun on the
erthe. And eft^ he axide hem, Whom?
seken 36? And thei seiden, Jhesu of
Nazareth. He answeridez to hem, Ys
seide to 3011, that Y am ; therfor if 36
seken me, suffre 36 these to go awei.
That the word which he seide schulde 9
be fulfillid, For Y loste not ony of hem,
whiche thou 'hast 3ouuna to me. Ther- 10
for Symount Petre hadde a swerd, and
drow it out, and smoot the seruaunt of
n into K. ° Fadir iust, or ri^tfid A pr. m. GMNPQSTWY. Fader iust x. P thee not MPXY. 1 for <j.
r knowe T. s knewen AGMNPSTrtr. * Oin. AGMNPijSTrwxY. w Om. o. and inynistris w pr. m.
x Om. MSW. y cam thidur A pr.m. GMNpQSTn'XY. z armeres s. a Om. r. b come GMXPQSTITXY.
c vpon GMNPTWY. Om. o. d Om. g. e seide o. ? the erthe MPQTWXY. h Eftsone A pr. m. GMXP
QSTWXY. » seide to s. 1 of Nazaren K pr. m. w pr. m. of Nazareth A-. m for to MPQTWY. n the
which A pr. m. GMPTWY. ° fulfild A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. P the which A pr. m. GMNPQSTIVY. 1 Ther-
fore A pr. m. GMNpQSTrtvxv. r Om. K. s Om. w pr. m.
u louedist o. v or a gardi/n x sec. m. marg. T<r went o. w Om. b pr. m. * saiden o. y eftsone o.
1 said o. a saf o.
XVIII. II 2
JOHN.
287
eere. Forsothe the1 name ofu the
useruaurit was Malkus. Therfore Jhesu
seidev to Petre, Sende thouw the swerd in
to the schethe ; wolt thou not, that I
drynke thilke* cuppe, that my fadir }af to
12 me? Therfore the cumpany of kny3tis, and
the^ tribune, and the mynystris of Jewis,
is token Jhesu, and bounden him, and ledden
him vfirst to Annas??; sothli he was fadir2
of Cayphas" wyf, that was bischop of that
U3eer. Sothli it was Cayphas, that 3af
counceil to the Jewis, that it spedith ob
15 man forc to deie for the peple. Ther-
fore'1 Symount Petre suede Jhesu, and
another disciple ; forsoth thilke6 disciple
was knowun to the bischop. And he en-
tride yn with Jhesu, in to the halle of the
16 bischop; sothly Petre stood at the dore
withoute forth. Therfore the tothirf dis-
ciple, that was knowun to the bischop,
wente out, and seide to the womman kep-
17 inge the dore, and ledde yn Petre. Ther-
fore the handmaydeS, kepere of the dore,
seide to Petre, Wherh and thou art of the
disciplis of this man ? He seide, I arn
IB not. Forsoth the seruauutis and mynys-
tris' stooden at the colis, for it was coold,
and thei warmyden hem; sothli and Petre
was with hem, stondinge and warmynge
19 him. Therfore the bischop axide Jhesu
20 of his disciplis, and of his teching. Jhesu
answeride to him, I haue spokun opynly
to the world ; I tau3te euereJ in thek syna-
goge, and in thek temple, whidur alle the
Jewis camen to gidere, and in priuy1 I
21 spak no thing. What axist thou me ?
axem hem that herden, what I haue
spokun to hem ; lo ! thei witen, what
22thingis I haue seyd. Whanne he hadde
seid thes thingis, oon of the mynystris
stondinge ny3, jaf a boffat to Jhesu, sey-
irige, Answerist thou so to the byschop ?
23 Jhesu answeride to him, If I haue spokun
yuele, bere thou witnessing of yuel ; sothli
the bischop, and kittideb of his ri3t eer.
And the name of the seruaunt was Mal-
cus. Therfor Jhesus seide to Petre, Putte 11
thou thi swerd in to thi schethe ; wolt
thou not, thatc Y drynke the cuppe, that
my fadir 3af to me ? Therfor the cum- 12
penye of kny3tis, and the tribune, and
thed mynystris of the Jewis, token Jhe-
su, and bounden hym, and ledden hyrn is
first to Annas ; for he was fadir of Caifas
wijf, that was bischop of that 3eer. And u
it was Caifas, that 3af counsel to the
Jewis, that it spedith, that o man die
for the puple. But Symount Petre suede 15
Jhesu, and another disciple ; arid thilke
disciple was knowun to the bischop.
And he entride with Jhesu, in to the
halle of the bischop; but Petre stood atic
the dore with outforth. Therfor 'the
tother6 disciple, that was knowun to the
bischop, wente out, and seide to the wom-
man that kepte the dore, and brou3te in
Petre. And the damysel, kepere of the 17
dore, seide to Petre, Whether thou art
also of this mannys disciplis ? He seide,
Y am not. And the seruantis and i«
mynystris stooden at the coolis, for it
was coold, and thei warmyden hem ;
and Petre was with hem, stondynge
and warmynge hym. And the bischop 10
axide Jhesuf of hise disciplis, and of his
techyng. Jhesus answerde to hym, Y20
haue spokun opynli to the world ; Y
tau3te euermore in the synagoge, and in
the temple, whider alle the Jewis camen
togidere, and in hiddlis Y spak no thing.
What axist thou me? axe hem that 21
herden #, what Y haue spokun to hem ;
lo1'! thei witen, what thingis Y haue seid.
Whanne he hadde seid these thingis, oon 22
of the mynystris stondynge ni3, 3af a
buffat to Jhesu, and seide, Answerist
thou so to the bischop? Jhesus answer- 23
ide to hym, If Y haue spokun yuel, bere
1 Om. x. u to MQSYW. Y seith XY. w Om. x. x that x. y Om. K. yy to Annas first K. z the
fader G sec. m. MPSW. a Caifasis A. b a T. c Oni. QSW sec. in. x. <1 Forsothe A pr. m. GMNPtjsrrwxY.
e that x. f other sx. S handmaiden AGMNPQSWXY. b Whether x. l the ministris AGMNPSW sec. m.
j euer more A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. k Om. M. ' preuyte G sec. m. MPSW sec. m. m axe 56 w pr. m.
b kitte ise pr. m. hik.
S herden me o. h and o.
c Om. ca. d Om. k. c the oother i. that other a. tliilke othir k. f him o.
288
JOHN.
XVIII. 24—37.
24 if wel, whi smytist thou me ? And Annas
2.1 sente him boundun to Cayfas, the0 bischop.
Forsothe Symount Petre was stondynge
and warmynge him ; therfore thei seiden
to him, WherP and thou art his disciple ?
26 He denyede, and seyde, I am not. Oon
of the bischopis seruauntis, cosyn of hym,
whos litel eere Petre kittidei of, seyde,
Wherr I sy3 vnot thees in the gardyn* with
27 hym ? Therfore xeft Petre" denyede, and
asanoon the koc crew. Therfore thei leden
Jhesu to Cayfas, in to the moot halle; sothli
it was morwetydew, and thai entriden not in
to the moot halle, that thei schulden not be
defoylid, but that thei schulden ete paske.
29 Therfore Pilat wente out with oute forth
to hem, and seide, What accusing brynge
so 36 a3ens this man ? Thei answeriden, and
seiden to hym, If this were notx a mys-
doer, we hadden>' not bitakim hym to
31 thee. Therfore Pilat seith to hem, Take
36 him, and Meme 36 himz, vpa 3oure lawe.
Therfore thei seyden to him, It is not
32leefful to vs forb to slee ony man ; that
the word of Jhesu schulde be fillid0, whichd
he seide, signyfiynge bi what deeth he was
33 to deiyngee. Therfore eftf Pilate entride
in to the moot halle, and clepide Jhesu,
and seide to him, Ert thou king of Jewis ?
34 Jhesu answeride, and seide to him, Seist
thou this thing of thi silf, ethers othere
35 seiden to thee of me ? Pilat answeride,
Wherh I am a Jew? Thi folk and
bischopis bytokun thee to me; what hast
3«thou don? Jhesu answeride, My kyng-
dom is not of this world ; if my kyngdom
were of this world, sothly my mynystris
schulden stryue, that I schulde not be
takun to the Jewis ; now forsothe my
kyngdom is not of hennis1, W of this
3Tplacek. And so Pilat seide to him, 'Ther-
fore art thou kyng1 ? Jhesu answeride,
thou witnessyng of yuel ; but if Y seide
wel, whi smytist thou me ? And Annas 24
sente hym boundun to Caifas, the bi-
schop. And Symount Petre stood, and 25
warmyde him ; and thei seiden to hym,
Whether also thou art his disciple ? He
denyede, and seide, Y am not. Oon of 2c
the bischops seruantis, cosyn of' hym,
whos eere Petre kitte of, seide, 833 Y
thee not in the 3erd with hym ? And 27
Petre eftsoone denyede, and anoon the
cok crew. Thanne thei ledden Jhesu 20
to Cayfas, in to the moot halle ; and it
was eerli, and thei entriden not in to the
moot halle, that thei schulden not be
defoulid, but that thei schulden ete pask.
Therfor Pilat wente outk with outforthay
to hem, and seide, What accusyng brynge
3e a3ens this man? Thei answeriden, so
and seiden to hym, If this were not a
mysdoere, we hadden not bitakun hym
to thee. Thanne Pilat seith to hem, 31
Take 36 hym, and deme 36 him, after
3oure lawe. And the Jewis seiden to
hym, It is not leueful to vs to sle ony
man; that the word of Jhesu schulde be 32
fulfillid, whiche he seide, sigriifiynge bi
what deth he schulde die. Therfor eft- 33
soone Pilat entride in to the moot halle,
and clepide Jhesu, and seide to hym,
Art thou kyng of Jewis? Jhesus an- 34
swerde, and seide to hym, Seist thou
this thing of thi silf, ether"' othere han
seid to thee of me ? Pilat answeride, 35
Whether Y am a Jewe ? Thi folc and
bischops" bitoken0 thee to me ; what
hast thou don ? Jhesus answeride, My so
kingdom is not of this world ; if my
kingdom were of this world, my mynys-
tris schuldenP stryue, that Y schulde not
be takun to the Jewis ; but now my
kingdom is not here. And so Pilat 37
o Om. AG pr. m. NTXY. P Whether x. 1 kitte AGMNPQSTWXY. r Whether x. s thee not MPY.
t 3erd AGMUpQsrrwxY. u Petir eftsone A pr. m. GMKPQSTWXY. w morewynge GNPQTY. mornyn^
Mstrx. x no s. y han N. z demeth x. a aftir GMNPQSTWXY. b Om. sx. c fulfillid
A pr. m. GMNPQSTXY. fullyd w. d the which A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. e dye A pr. m. GMNPQSTII .\ Y.
f eftsone A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. e or A/Q. outlier x. h Whether x. > heuenes v. k Om. x. l a
kyng x.
' to o. k Om. k sec. m. 1 Om. EPQSX pr. m. abcga. »> or o.
0 token o. P vvolden ia sec. m.
thi bishops xhi. the bischopis a.
XVIII. 38 — XIX. 9-
JOHN.
289
Thou seidist™, for I am a kyng. To" this
thing 1° am born, and to this I cam in
to the world, that I here witnessing to
treuthe. EchP that is of treuthe, heerith
38 my voys. Pilat seith to him, What is
treuthe ? And whanne he hadde seid this
thing, efti he wente out to the Jewis, and
seide to hem, I fynde no cause inr him.
39 Forsoth it is as custom to 3ou, that I de-
lyuer4 oon to 3ou in pask; therfore wolen
36 "I schal dismytte" to 3ou the kyng of
40 Jewis ? Therfore thei cryeden eftv alle,
seyinge, Not this, but Barabas. Forsothe
Barabas was a theef.
CAP. XIX.
1 Therforew Pilat took thanne* Jhesu,
2 and scourgide?. And kny3tis foldings a
crowne of thornes, puttidenz ona his heed,
and diden aboute him a cloth of purpur,
a and camen to him, and seiden, Heyl, kyng
4 of Jewis. And thei 3auen to hym boffatis.
Eftb Pilat wente out, and seide to hem,
Lo! I lede him to 3ou with oute forth,
that 36 knowe, for I fynde no cause in
5 him. Therfore Jhesu wente outc, beringe
a crowne of thornes, and a clooth of pur-
pur. And he seith to hem, Loo ! the
cman. Therfore whanne the bischopis and
mynystris hadde seyn him, thei crieden,
seyinge, CrucSfie, crucifie him. Pilate
seith to hem, Take 36 him, and 'crucifie
7 3ed, sothli I fynde no cause in him. The
Jewis answeriden to him, We han a lawe,
and vpone the lawe he Nowith tof deie, for
she made him Goddis sone. Therfore
whanne Pilat hadde herd this word, he
odredde more. And he wente^ in to the*1
moot halle eft1, and seyde to hymk, Of
whennus art thou? Forsothe Jhesu 3af
seide to hym, Thanne 'thou arf» a king.
Jhesus answeride, Thou seist, that Y am
a king. To this thing Y am borun, and
to thisr Y xam comun8 in to the* world,
to bere witnessing to treuthe. Eche that
is of treuthe, herith my vois. Pilat seith 38
to hym, What is treuthe ? And whanne
he hadde seid this thing, eft he wente
out to the Jewis, and seide to hem, Y
fynde no cause in hym. But it is a cus-39
torn to 3ou, that Y delyuere oon to 3ou
in pask ; therfor wole 36 that Y dely-
uere to 3011 the kyng of Jewis ? Alleu 40
crieden eftsoone, and seiden, Not this,
but Baraban. And Barabas was a theef.
CAP. XIX.
Therfor Pilat took thanne Jhesu, and i
scourgidev. And kni3tis writhen a coroun 2
of thornes, and setten on his heedw, and
diden aboute hym a cloth of purpur, and 3
camen to him, and seiden, Heil, kyng of
Jewis. And thei 3auen to him buffatis.
Eftsoone Pilat wente out, and seide to 4
hem, Lo ! Y brynge hym out to 3ou,
that 36 knowe, that Y fynde no cause in
him. And so Jhesus wente out, beryngea
a coroun of thornes, and a cloth of pur-
pur. And he seith to hem, Lo ! the man.
Butx whanne the bischopis and mynystris 6
hadden seyn hym, thei crieden, and seiden,
Crucifie, crucifie hym. Pilat seith to
hem, Take 36 hym, and crucifie 36?, for
Y fynde no cause in hym. The Jewis 7
answeriden to hym. We han a lawe, and
bi the lawe he owith to die, for he made
hym Goddis sone. Therfor whanne 8
Pilat hadde herd this word, he dredde
the more. And he wente in to theo
moot halle eftsoone2, and seide to Jhesu3,
Of whennus art thou? But Jhesus 3af
m saist AGMNPQSTVWXY. n I in A pr. m. G sec. m. MNPQTXY. ° Om. A pr. m. G sec. m. MNPQTXY.
P Ech man MSW. 1 Eftsoone A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. r 3361)8 A pr. m. NO pr. m. MPQTY. ajen jr.
8 Om. Y. * lefe x. leeue, or delyuer AGMNPQSTWY. " that I destnitte T. v eftsoone A pr.m. GMNPQST
tvxv. w Therfore thanne MPQW. x Om. MPQW. J scourgide him G sec. m. z putten sx. a to GMNP
QSTWXY. b Eftsoone AGMNPQSTWXY. <= Om. K. d crucifie je him N. crucifieth x. e aftir A pr. m.
GMNPSWXY. eft A sec. m. QT. f oweth w. shal A pr. m. GMNPQTY. g wente in A pr. in. G. h n*vl •"
' eftsoone A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. k Jhesu A pr. in.
Om.
q art thou g. r this thing o. s cam R. * this BIP. u alle thei i.
w heued o. * Om. o. y Om. Bih. * eftsons o passim. a him i.
VOL. IV. P p
scourgide him CIKD sec. m. k.
290
JOHN.
XIX. 10 — 20.
10 not answere to him. Pilat seith to him,
Spekest thou not to me ? Wost thou not,
for I haue power for1 to crucifie thee, and
11 1 haue power form to delyuere thee? Jhesu
answeride, Thou schuldist not haue ony
power a3ens me, no" but0 it were 3ouuen to
thee fro aboue ; therfore he that bitook00
lame to thee, hath the more synne. Ther-
of, W fro thennus?, Pilat soujte fori to
delyuere Jhesur ; forsothe the Jewis cri-
eden, seyinge, If thou leeuyst this8 man*,
thou ert not frend" of Cesar ; for ech man
that makith him silf kyng, a3en seith
is Cesar. Therfore Pilat, whanne he hadde
herd thesv wordis, leddew Jhesu forth, and
saat for domesman in a place, that is seidex
Licostratos, in Ebrew forsothe? Golgatha,
1 4 inz ^ Engliscli, place of Caluarie*. Forsoth
it was 'the makinge redy, or euyn, of
pask1', as the sixte our, *or myddayc. Andd
he seith to the Jewis, Loo ! 3oure kyng.
is Forsoth thei cryeden, seyinge, Do awey,
do awey ; crucifie hym. Pilat seith to
hem, Schal I crucifie 3oure kyng? The
bischopis answeriden, We han noe kyng
ic no but Cesar. Therfore thanne Pilat
bitook him to hem, that he schulde be
crucifyed. Forsothe thei token Jhesu,
17 and leddenf out. And he berynge to him
silf a cros wente out in to thats place, that
is seid of Caluarie, in Ebrew Golgatha ;
18 where thei crucifieden him, and othere1'
tweye' with him, onk this syde and on1
that™ syde, forsothe Jhesu the myddil.
is Forsothe and" Pilat wroot a title, and
puttide0 on the cross; sothli it was writun,
20 Jhesu Nazaren, kyng of Jewis. Therfore
manye of the Jewis radden this title, for?
the place where Jhesu wasi crucifiede, was
ny3 the citee, and it was writen in Ebrew,
noon answere to him. Pilat seith toio
him, Spekist thou not to me? Woostb
thou not, that Y haue power to crucifie
thee, and Y haue power to delyuere thee?
Jhesus answeride, Thou schuldist notii
vhaue ony power a3ens me, butc it were
3ouun to thee from aboue ; therfor he
that bitook me to thee, hath the more
synne. Fro that tyme Pilat sou3te to 12
delyuere hym ; but the Jewis crieden,
and seiden, If thou delyuerist this mand,
thou art not the emperouris freend ; for
ech man that makith hym silf king, 3360
seith the emperoure. And Pilat, whanne is
he hadde herd these wordis, ledde Jhesu
forth, and sat for domesman in a place,
that is seid Licostratos, but in Ebrew
Golgatha. And it was pask euee, as itu
were the sixte our. And he seith to the
Jewis, Lo ! 3oure king. But thei crieden, 15
and seiden, Take awei, take awei ; cru-
cifie him. Pilat seith to hem, Schal I
crucifie 3oure king? The bischops an-
sweriden, We han no king but the
emperour. And thanne Pilat bitook him ie
to hem, that he schulde be crucified.
And thei token Jhesu, and ledden him
out. And he bar to hym silf a cros, and 17
wente out in to that place, that is seid
off Caluarie, in Ebreu Golgatha; where is
thei crucifieden him, and othere tweyne
with him, oon on this side and oon on
that side, and Jhesus in the myddil.
And Pilat wroot a title, and sette on 19
the cros ; and it was writun, Jhesu of
Nazareth, king of Jewis. Therfor manye 20
of the Jewis redden this title, for the-
place where Jhesus was crucified, was
ni3 the citee, and its was writun in
Ebreu, Greek, and Latyn. Therfor the 21
m Om. sx. n Dm. x. o but if A:. °° bitrayede M. P Om. x. n Om. sx. rhim^pr.m. G
& him this MPSW. hym thus o. * Om. A pr.m. GMNPQSTVXY. u the frend s. v the T.
w dred more and ledde w sec. m. * Om. MP. y sothli w sec.m. z Om. jr. and K. a Englische, the place
of Caluarie N. Om. x. & the makynge redi, or euen A sup. ras. the euentide of paske o pr. m. MNpyrn-
pr. in. XY. euen of paske G sec. m. the making redi, or euentid of pasch s. making redi, ether ike euentyde,
of paske w sec. m. c or vndurne ANQTY Om. SAT. (1 Om. v. e not a GMNPQSTWXY. f ledden him Q.
g the Q. h Om. NS. i tweyne AV. two GMPSWXY. twei theeues N. k oon on QW. ! oon on QW.
m this MPQ. n Om. Q. ° putte AGMNPQSTWXY. P forsothe w pr. m. 1 is GMNPQSTW pr. m. XY.
b Wotist R. c but if K sec. m. d Om. CEKMPQHSuxabceghika. e euyn cEiKPQRUxacegko. f Om.
CEIPQS sec. m. ea. g Om. o.
XIX. 21 — 32-
JOHN.
291
21 Greek, and Latyn. Therfore the bischops
of Jewisr seiden to Pilat, Nyle thou write
kyng of Jewis, but for he seyde, I am
22kyng of Jewis. Pilat answeride, That
23 that I haue writen, I haue writen. Ther-
fore the kny3tis whanne thei hadden
crucified him, token his clothis, and maden
foure partis, to ech kny3t a part, and a
coote. Forsothe the coote was with out
24 seem, and aboue wouun bi al. Therfore
thei seiden to gidere, Kitte we not it, but
leye we lott, whos it is ; that the scripture
be fillid", seyinge, Thei partiden my clothis
to hem, and in to my cloth thei senten
lott. And sothli kny3tis diden thes
25thingis. Forsothe bisydis the cross of
Jhesu stooden his modir, and 'Marie Clea-
phe, the sister of his modir1, and Marie
20 Maudeleyn. Therfore whanne Jhesu hadde
seyn the" modir, and the disciple stondinge,
whom he louede, he seith to his modir,
27 Womman, lo ! thi sone. Aftirward he seith
to the disciple, Lo ! thi modir. And fro
that our the disciple took hire vin tov his
m thingis*. Aftirward Jhesu witinge, for
now alle thingis ben endid, that the scrip-
ture schulde be fillid*, he seith, I thirste.
29 Sothli a vessel was putt ful of vynegre.
Thei forsothe puttinge aboue? with ysope
the spounge ful ofz vynegre, offriden to
so his mouth. Therfore whanne Jhesu hadde
take vynegre", he seide, It is endid. And
the heedb bowid doun, he bitookc the
si spirit. Therfore ford it was the6 'makynge
redy of paskf, that the bodies schulde notff
dwelle in the cross in the saboth, for thats
day of saboth was greet, the Jewis preieden
Pilat, that the hupis of hem schulden be
32brokun, andh takun awey. Therfore
kny3tis camen, and sothly1 thei braken
the thi3es of the firste, and of the tothirk,
bischops of the Jewis seiden to Pilat,
Nyle thou write kyng of Jewis, but
for'1 he seide, Y1 am king of Jewis.
Pilat answeride, That that Y haue 22
writun, Y haue writun. Therfor the 23
knyjtis whanne k thei hadden crucified
hym, token hise clothis, and maden foure
partis, to ech kny3t a part, and a coot.
And the coot was without seem, and
wouun al aboute. Therfor thei seiden 24
togidere, Kitte we not it, but caste we
lot, whos it is ; that the scripture be
fulfillid, seiynge,Thei partiden my clothis
to hem, and on my cloth thei casten1 lot.
And the kni^tis diden these thingis.
But bisidis the cros of Jhesu stoden25
his modir, and the sistir of his modir,
Marie Cleofe, and Marie Maudeleyne.
Therfor whanne Jhesu hadde seyn his 26
modir, and the disciple stondynge, whom
he louyde, he seith to hise modir, Wom-
man, lo thi sone. Aftyrward he seith 27
to the disciple, Lo ! thi modir. And fro
that our the disciple took hir in to his
modir. Aftirward Jhesus witynge, that 28
now alle thingis ben endid, that the
scripture were fulfillid, he seith, Y
thirste. And a vessel was set ful ofart
vynegrem. And thei vleiden in isope aboute
the spounge ful of vynegre", and putten0
to his mouth. Therfor^ whanne Jhesus so
hadde 'takun the vynegrei, he seid, It is
endid. And v whanne his heed was bowid
dounr, vhe 3af vp the goost8. Therfor for 31
it was the' pask eueu, that the bodies
schulden not abide on the cros in the
sabat, for that was a greet sabat dai,
the Jewis preiden Pilat, that the hipis
of hem schulden be brokun, and theiv
takun awei. Therfor w kny3tis camen, 32
and thei braken the thies" of the firste,
r the Jewes N. s fulfild A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. * the systir of his modir, Marie Cleophe MQTXY.
u his Q. v in jr. w modre GMNpQSTtrY. Om. jr. * fulfillid A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. V aboute AGMN
pqsTrwY. z Om. p. a the vinegre AGMHPQSTVWXY. b heued G. c bitoke, or yif GNQTY.
d Om. AV. whanne g. e Om. GMNPQTV. f paske euen GMNPQTXY. ff no K. S the like A pr. m.
GMNPQSWY. h and thei schulden be x. » Om. o. k other x.
h that c. * that Y k. k whan that o. ' castiden Eorabgh sec. m. i. kesten Ha. m aysel a sec.m. eisel I.
n leiden in isope aboute the spounge ful of aisel a sec. m. token a spounge full of eisel puttinge it aboute
with ysope I. Om. s pr.m. ° profriden it i. puttiden EPK. P And I. S taken the aisel a sec. m. tastid
this eisel r. r he bowide doun the heed i. s and sente out the spirit i. 4 Om. EPQ. " euyn CEKP
QRsiuxacegka. v Om. R pr. m. w And therfore o. * hippis i.
P p 2
292
JOHN.
XIX. 33 — XX. 2.
33 that was crucified with him. Forsothe
whanne thei hadden come to Jhesu, as
thei sy3en him deed thannem, thei braken
34 not his thi3es; but oon of the kny3tis
openyde his syden with a sper, and anoon
35 bloot and watir wente out. And he that
sy3, bar witnessing0, and his witnessing
is trewe ; and he woot for he seith trewe
36 thingis, that 36 bileue. Forsothe thes
thingis ben don, that the scripture schulde
be fillidi', 3e schulen not breke, 'or make
37 lesse^, a boon of him. And eftr anothir
scripture seith, Thei schulen se in to
ss whom they pi3tens thorw. Sotheli aftir
thes thingis Joseph of Armathi preiede
Pilat, that he schulde take awey the body
of Jhesu, for that he was a disciple of
Jhesu, forsothe priuey, for the drede of
Jewis. And Pilat suffride. Therfore he
cam, and took awey the body of Jhesu.
3'jSothli arid Nycodeme cam, that hadde
come 'first to Jhesu* 'in the" ny3t, beringe
a medlynge of myrre and aloes, as an
4ohundrid pound. Therfore thei. token the
body of Jhesu, and bounden it in lynnen
clothis with oynementisx, as it is custom?
41 to Jewis forz to birye. Sothli in the place
wher he was crucified, was a 3erd, and in
the 3erd a newe graue, in whicha not 3it
42ony man was put. Therfore thereb for
the 'makynge redybb of Jewis, forc the
graued was ny3, thei puttiden6 Jhesu.
CAP. XX.
1 Forsothe in thef oons of the saboth,
that is, qfh the woke, Mary Mawdeleyn
"cam erly1, whanne vderknessis weren 3itk,
vat the graue1. And she sy3 the stoon turn-
2 ed 33en fro the graue. Therfore she ran,
and cam to Symourit Petre, and to anothir
disciple, whom Jhesu louyde, and seith to
and of the tothere?, that was crucified
with hym. But whanne thei weren 33
comun to Jhesu, as thei sayn him deed
thanne, thei braken not hise thies ; but 34
oon of the kny3tis openyde his side with
a spere, and anoon blood and watir
weriten out. And he that sai3, bare 35
witnessyng, and his witnessing is trewe ;
and he woot that he seith trewe thingis,
that 36 bileue. And these thingis weren s<;
don, that the scripture schulde bez ful-
fillida, 3e schulen not brekeb a boon of
hym. And eftsoone another scriptures?
seith, Thei schulen se inbb whom thei
pi3ten thorow. But after these thingis 38
Joseph of Armathi preyede Pilat, that
he schulde take awei the bodi of Jhesu,
for that he was ac disciple of Jhesu,
but priuid for drede of the Jewis. And
Pilat suffride. And so he cam, and took
awei the bodi of Jhesu. And Nycho-so
deme cam also, that hadde come to hym
first bi ny3t, and brou3te a meddlynge of
myrre and aloes, as it were an hundrid
pound. And thei token the bodi of40
Jhesu, and boundun it in lynun clothis
with swete smellynge oynementis, as it
is custom to Jewis fordd to birie. And in *i
the place where he was crucified, was a
3erde, and in the 3erdf a newe graue, in
which 3it no man was leid. Therfor42
there thei puttenS Jhesu, for the vigilieh
of Jewis feeste, for the sepulcre was ni3.
CAP. XX.
And in o dai of the wouke Marie i
Maudeleyn cam eerli * to the graue,
whanne it was 3it derk. And sche say
the stoon mouedk awei fro the graue.
Therfor sche ran, and cam to Symounta
Petre, and to another disciple, whom Jhe-
sus louede, and seith to hem, Thei ban
m now G sec. in. sw. Om. AGMNPQTXY. n sides N. ° witnessing tkerof Q. P fulfillid
A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. q Om. x. r eftsone A pr. m. GMNPQSTIVXY. s putteden M. putten psrr.
* to Jhesu first MX. a bi o. x swete oynementis, or spicis AGMXPSTWY. swete oynementis QX. y the
custome Q. z Om. sx. a the which A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. b Om. T. bb pask euen M. c for that
MQW pr. m. XY. d sepulcre o. e putten sx. f Om. AGM-NPQSTVWXY. % oon day pw. oo day MS.
h Om. GMNpQSTrwY. i cam eerly to the graue AJPQSW. k jit derknessis weren x. ' Om. MPQSW.
y oother i. z were i. a fillid CMpQRxabceghia. fullid E. b ether make lesse K marg. bb ;n to CEI
KMP(jRsuxabceghika/3. c Om. b. d priueli A pr. m. a. dd Om. iK.pr.nt. e gardyn i. f gardyn i.
e puttiden si. h vigile EORbcehika/3. iful erly sg. k ethir turned ayn K marg.
XX. 3—17-
JOHN.
293
hem, Thei ban take the Lord fro the
graue, and we witen not, where thei han
3 put him. Therfore Petre wente out, and
thilke™ othere disciple, and thei camen
4 to the graue. Forsoth thei tweyne" run-
nen to gidere, and thilke0 other disciple
ran bifore sunner than Petre, and cam
5 first to the graue. And whanne he hadde
ynbowyd him, he sy3 the scheetis putt, ne-
c thelees he entride notP. Therfore Symount
Petre cam suynge hym, and he entride
in to the graue, and he sy3 the scheetis
7 putt, and the sudarie that was on his
heed, not putt with the scheetis, but by
sit silf wlappid in to o place. Therfore
thanne and thilke'' disciple that cam first
to the graue, entride, and sy3, and bileuede.
aForsothe thei wisten notr the scripture,
for it bihofte him for8 to ryse a3en fro
10 deede men*. Therfore the disciplis wenten
11 eftu to hem selue. Forsothv Marie stood
at the graue withoute forth wepynge.
Therfore whilew she wepte, sche bowide
i-jhir, and biheld forth in to the graue. And
she sy3 tweyx angelis sittynge in whyt,
oon at the heed and oon at the feet, wher
13 the body of Jhesu was putt. Thei seyn
to hir, Womman, what wepist thou ? She
seid to hem, For thei han takun awey my
lord, and I woot not, where thei han putt
u him. Whanne she hadde seid thes thingis,
she was7- turnyd abak, and sy3 Jhesu
stondinge, and wiste not for it was Jhesu.
15 Jhesu seith to hir, Womman, what wepist
thou? whom sekist thou? She gessinge
for he was a gardener, seith to him, Sire,
if thou hast takun him vp, seye to me,
where thou hast put him, and I schal
16 take him awey. Jhesu seith8 to hir,
Marie. She conuertidb seith to him, Rab-
17 bony, that is seid, maistir. Jhesu seith
to hir, Nyle thou touche me, for I haue
not 3it sty3edc to my fadir ; forsothe go to
takun the Lord fro the graue, and we
witen not, where thei han leid hym.
Therfor Petre wente out, and thilke 3
other disciple, and thei cameri to the
graue. And thei tweyne runnen togidre,4
and thilke othere disciple1 ran bifor Petre,
and cam first to the graue. And whanne s
he stoupide, he sai the schetis liyrige"1,
netheles he entride not. Therfor Sy-u
mount Petre cam suynge hym, and he
entride in to the graue, and he say the
schetis leid, and the sudarie that was on 7
his heed", not leid with the schetis, but
bi it silf wlappid0 in to a'' place. Ther-»
for thannei thilke disciple that cam first
to the graue, entride, and sai, and bileu-
ede. For thei knewen not 3itr the scrip- u
ture, that it behofte him to rise a3en fro
deth. Therfor the disciplis wenteri eft- 10
soone to hem silf. But Marie stood atn
the graue with outforth wepynge. And
thes while sche wepte, sche bowide hir,
and bihelde forth in to the graue. And i->
sche sai twei aungels sittinge in white,
oon at the heed and oon at the feet,
where the bodi of Jhesu was leid. And is
thei seien to hir, Womman, what wepist
thou ? Sche seide to hern, For thei han
take awei my lord, and Y woot not,
where thei han leid him. Whanne sche u
hadde seid these thingis, sche turnede
bacward, and sai Jhesu stondinge, and
wiste not that it was Jhesu. Jhesus 15
seith to hir, Womman, what wepist
thou? whom sekist thou? She gess-
ynge that he was a4 gardynere, seith to
him, Sire, if thou hast takun him vp,
seie to me, where thou hast leid him,
arid Y schal take hym awei. Jhesus i<;
seith to hir, Marie. Sche 'turnede, and11
seith to hym, Rabony, that is to seie,
Maister. Jhesus seith to hir, Nyle thou 17
touche me, for Y haue not 3it stied to
m that x. n two MPXY. ° that x. P not yn AGMNPQTXY. <l that x. r not 311 A pr.m. GXQSTIVXY.
Om ft y t Om An nr m MlvpnCTW u nfVerinTio j nr m nil VPOCTIV yv V T'hprfnrp V. "W Th^
8 Om. sx. * Om. AG pr. m. MNPQSTXY. u eftsoone A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. v Therfore x. w The
while AGMtipQSTVwxY. * two MPXY. z is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTX Y. a seide A pr. m. GMXPQSTV w
*> conuertid. or al turned MP. c ascendid. or stied vn A nr.m. «;VOTV. ascendid MPSWX.
1 Om. o. m ligginge Ep<jehia/3. n heued o passim. ° laid o. P Om. A pr, m. oo iKHsabcg.
1 whanne A pr. m. Eb. r Om. K pr. m. 9 Om. e pr. m. t the E. u turned A sec. m.
294
JOHN.
XX. 18—29.
my britheren, and seye to hem, I styed
to my fadir and 3oure fadir, toe my God
is and joure God. Mary Mawdeleyn cam,
tellinge to disciplisf, For I syjs the Lord,
19 and thes thingis he seide to me. Ther-
fore1' whanne euentid1 was in that day,oonk
of the sabotis, and the 3atis weren schitt,
where disciplis weren gederid, for the1
drede of Jewis11, Jhesu cam, and stood in
the"1 myddel of hem", and seide0 to hem,
20 Pees to00 3011. And whanne he hadde seid
this thing P, he schewide to hem hondisi
and ther syde ; therfore the disciplis ioy-
21 eden, the Lord seyn. Therfore he seith8
to hem eft, Pees to 3011 ; as the fadir
22senter me, and I sende 3011. Whanne he
hadde seid" thes thingis, hex blew ynne,
2:5 and seide, Take 30 the Hooly Gost ; whos
synnes 36 schulen fonyue, thei ben for-
3ouun ; and whos synnes? 36 'schulen with-
24holdez, theia ben withholdun. Forsothe
Thomas, oon of the twelue, that is seid
Didymus, was not with hem, whanne Jhe-
25 su cam. Therfore othereb disciplis seiden,
We han seyn the Lord. Forsothe he
seide to hem, Noc butd Ie schal se in his
hondis the ficchingf of naylis, and schal
sende my fyngriss in to places'1 of naylis1,
and VI schal sendek myn honde in to his
20 syde, I schal not bileue. And aftir ei3te
dayes eft1 his disciplis weren with ynne,
and Thomas with hem. Jhesu cam, the
3atis schitt, and stood in the myddel, and
27 seide, Pees to 3ou. Aftirward he seith to
Thomas, Bryng yn hidur thi fyngur, and
se myn hondis, and bryng to thin hond,
and send111 in to my syde, and nyle thou
2« be vnbileueful, but feithful. Thomas an-
sweride, and seide to him, My Lord and
20 my God. Jhesu seith to him, Thomas,
my fadir ; but go" to my britheren, and
seie to hem, Y stie to my fadir and to
3oure fadir, to my God and to 3oure God.
Marie Maudeleyne cam, tellinge to the 18
disciplis, That Y sai the Lord, and these
thingis he seide to me. Therfor whanne 19
it was euex in that dai, con? of the sa-
batis, and the 3atis weren schit, where
the disciplis weren gaderidz, for drede of
the Jewis, Jhesus cam, and stood in the
myddil of the disciplis, and he seith to
hem, Pees to 3ou. And whanne he hadde 20
seid this, he schewide to hem hondis and
side; therfor the disciplis ioieden, for the
Lord was seyn. And he seith to hem 21
eft, Pees to 3ou; as the fadir sente me,
Y sende 3ou. Whanne he had seid this, 22
he blewe on hem, and seide, Take 36
the Hooli Goost ; whos synnes 36 for- 23
3yuen, tho ben for3ouun to hem ; and
whosa 36 withholden, tho ben with-
holdun. But Thomas, oon of the twelue, 24
that isb seid Didimus, was not with hem,
whanne Jhesus cam. Therfor the othere25
disciplis seiden, We han seyn the Lord.
And he seide to hem, But Y se in hise
hondis the fitchingec of thed nailis, and
putte my fyngur in to the places6 of the
nailis, and putte myn hond in to his
side, Y schal not bileue. And after ei3te 2K
daies eftsoone" hise disciplis weren with
ynne, and Thomas with hem. Jhesusf
cam, whiles the 3atis weren schit, and
stood in the myddil, and seide, Pees to
3ou. Afterward he seith to Thomas, 27
Putte inb here thi fyngur, and se myn
hondis, and putte1 hidur thin hond, and
putte in to my side, and nyle thou be
vnbileueful, but feithful. Thomas an- 28
sweride, and seide to him, My Lord and
d stye vp A pr. nt. GMNPQSWXY. e and to w. f the disciplis MPQSWXY. g haue seyn MPQSIVXY.
h Om. G pr. m. MNPQTXY. i euen MPQX. k in oon G sec. m. A;Q. Om. N. in one P. ' Om. AGMNPQS
TVWXV. H the Jewes MNPQSTPWXY. m Om. TV. n the Jisciplis GMPQH'XY. disciplis NST. " seith
AGMXPQSTrrrxY. °° be to K pr. m. P Om. s. <1 his hondes Q. the hondis r pr. m. T Om. MPV pr. m.
w sec. in. * seide QJTXY. t hath sent G sec. m. MPSW. u seide to hem AGMNPQSTWXY. * and he r.
X Om. GMNPQSTVXY. z schulen hold A. withholden ow. a and thei G sec.m. b Om. N. c Om. x.
A But if x. e and I w pr. m. f fychyngis srx. g fyngir AGMPQSTVWX. h the places G sec. m. tip
QSWX. i the naylis G sec. m. MPSW. k schal sende AGiaxpQSTrw sec. m. Y. l eftsoone A pr. m. GMN
PQSTWXY. m sende it G. sende, or putte, it MP.
u go thou k.
c fychyngis o.
' putte in k.
euen plurcs. 7 Om. b pr. m. z gaderid togidere k. a whos synnes b. b
Om. hk. e place A sec. m. EORka/3. f and Jhesus k. ? whan o.
was o.
h thou g.
XX. 3° — XXI. 9-
JOHN.
295
for thou hast seyn me, thou bileuedist ;
blessid ben" thei, that sy^en not, and hari
sobileuyd. Forsothe and 'Jhesus dide manye
othere signes0 in the sy3t of his disciplis,
whicheP ben not writun in this book.
31 Forsothe thes ben writun, that 36 bileue,
for Jhesu is Cristi, the sone of God, and
that 36 bileuynge haue lyf in his name.
CAP. XXI.
1 Aftirward Jhesu eftr schewide him to
his disciplis, at the see of Tyberias8. Sothli
2 he schewide1 thus. Ther weren to gidere
Symount Petre, and Thomas, that is seidu
Didymus, and Nathanael, that was of the"
Cane of Galilee, and the sones of Zebedee,
3 and tweyeuu othere of his disciplis. Sy-
mount Petre seith to hem, I go forv to
fysche. Thei seyn to him, And we comeri
with thee. And thei 3edenw out, and sti3~
eden in to a boot. And in that ni3tx thei
4 token nothing. Forsoth the morwe maad,
Jhesu stood in the brynke ; uethelees
the y disciplis knewen not, for it was z
5 Jhesu. Therfore Jhesu seith to hem,
Children*, wherb 36 han ony soupynge
c thing? Thei answeridenc, Nay. He seide
to hem, Send 36 the nett in to the ri3t-
half of the rowyng, and 36 schulen fynde.
Therfore thei senten the nett, andc now
thei my3teri not drawe it, for multitude of
vfyschis. Therfore thilked disciple, whom6
Jhesu louede, seide to Petre, It is the
Lord. Symount Petre, whanne he hadde
herd forf it was# the Lord, girte him with
a coote, sothli he was nakid, and sente
shim in to the see. Sothli othere disciplis
camen by booth, for thei weren not fer fro
the lond, but as' two hundrid cubitis,
sdrawynge the nett of fischis. Therfore
as thei camen doun in to the lond, thei
my God. Jhesus seithk to him, Thomas, au
for thou hast seyn me, thou bileuedist ;
blessid ben thei, that seyn not, and hari
bileued. And Jhesus dide many othere so
signes in the s\}t of hise disciplis, whiche
ben not writun in this book. But these 31
beri writun, that 30 bileue, that Jhesus "is
Crist1, the sone of God, and that 36 bi-
leuynge haue lijf in his name.
CAP. XXI.
Afterward Jhesus eftsoone schewide I
hym to hise disciplis, at the see of Tibe-
rias. And he schewide him thus. There 2
weren togidere Symount Petre, and Tho-
mas, that is seid Didimus, and Nathanael,
that was™ of the Cane of Galilee, and the
sones of Zebedee, and tweyne othere of
hise disciplis. Symount Petre seith to 3
hem, Y go to fische. Thei seyn to hym,
And we comen with thee. And vthei
wenten11 out, 'and wenten0 in to a boot.
And in that ni3t thei token no thing.
But whanne the morewe was comun, 4
Jhesus stood in the brenke ; netheles the
disciplis knewen not, that it was Jhesus.
Therfor Jhesus seith to hem, Children, 5
whethir 36 han ony souping thing ? Thei
answerideri to hym, Nay. He seide to
hem, Putte 30 the? nett in to the 1-131 c
half of the rowing, and 30 schulen fynde.
And thei puttiden the nett ; and thanne
thei mi3ten not drawe it for multitude
of fischis. Therfor thilke disciple, whom 7
Jhesus louede, seide to Petre, It is the
Lord. Symount Petre, whanne he hadde
herd thati it is the Lord, girte hym with
a coote, for he was nakid, and wente in
to the see. But the othere disciplis «
camen bi boot, for thei weren not fer fro
the lond, but as a two hundrid cubitis,
drawinge the nett of fischis. And as 9
n Om. A pr.m. GMUPQSTWXY. ° man. oth. sig. Jh. dide MXY. P the whiche AGMNPQSTWXY. 1 Om.
A pr. m. GMNpQSTtvxY. r eftsoone A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. Om. v. * Tyberiadis A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
* schewed him G sec. m. u Om. G pr. m. Y. u Om. */. "u two MPXY. v Om. sx. w wenten AGMNPQS
TWXY. x thing K. y Om. G pr.m. NTXY. z is AGMXPQSTVWXY. a Childer sv. b whether x.
c answerden to him N. d that x. e that Q. the whiche MTXY. f Otn. s. S is
^ boot, or rowyng A pr, m. GNTY. boot, or rotvynge to the lond o. ! as it were A pr. m. s.
k answerd o. ' Crist is A. m is o. n he wente k. ° and stijeden K sup. ras. Om. EiPQeg. and
wenten out a. P Om. K pr. m. 1 Om. R pr. m.
296
JOHN.
XXI.
-20.
syjen colis put, and au fysch 'put aboue1,
10 and™ breed. Jhesu seith to hym, Brynge
36 of the fischis, whiche" 36 han taken now.
iiSytnount Petre sti3ede vp, and drow3 the
nett in to the lond, ful of grete fischis, an
hundrid fyfti and thre ; and whanne thei
wereu so greete0, the nett is not brokun.
12 Jhesu seith to hem, Come 36, 'ete 30?.
And no man ofi 'the sittinger at mete8
durste axe him, Who1 art thou, witinge
is for it is the Lord. And Jhesu cam, and
took breed, and 3af to hem, and theu
14 fysch also. Now thisv thridde dayw Jhesu
is schewid to his disciplis, whanne he
i5vhadde risex a3en fro deed men™. Ther-
fore? whanne thei hadden etyn, Jhesu
seith to Symount Petre, Symount of John,
louest thou me more than thes donz? He
seith to hym, 3he, Lord, thou wost for I
loue thee. Jhesu seith to him, Feede
iothoua my lambren. Eft he seith to hym,
Symount of John, louest thou me ? Andb
he seith to him, 3he, Lord, thou wost for
17 1 loue thee. He seith to him, Feede thou
my lambren. He seith to him the thridde
tyme, Symount of John, louest thou me?
Petre is soric, for he seith d to him the
thridde tyme, Louest thou me, and he
seith to him, Lord, thou wost alle thingis;
thou wost for I loue thee. Jhesu seith to
is him, Feede thoue my scheep. Treuli,
treuli, I seie to thee, whanne thou were
3ongere, thou girdedistf thee, and wandrid-
est where& thou woldist ; sothli whanne
thou schalt wexe eldere, thou schalt holde
forth thin hondis, and anothir schal girde
thee, and leede thee whidir thou wolt not.
19 Sothli he seide this thing, signyfyinge by
what deeth he was to glorifiyngeh God.
And whanne he hadde seid thes thingis,
20 he seith to him, Sue thou me. Petre con-
uertid' sy3 thilkek disciple1, whom Jhesu
thei camen doun in to the lond, thei
sayn coolis liynger, and as fisch leid on,
and breed. Jhesus4 seith to hem, Bringe 10
30 of the fyschis, whiche 36 han takun
now. Symount Petre wente vp, andn
drow3 the nett in to the lond, ful of
grete fischis, an hundrid fifti and thre ;
and whanne thei weren so manye, the
nett was not brokun. Jhesus seith to 12
hem, Come 36, eteu 36. And no man of
hem that saten at the mete, durste axe
hym, Who art thou, witinge that it is
the Lord. And Jhesus cam, and took is
breed, and 3af to hem, and fischv also.
Now this thridde tyme Jhesus was u
schewid to hise disciplis, whanne he
hadde risun a3en fro deth. And whanne is
theiw hadde etun, Jhesus seith to Si-
mount Petre, Symount of Joon, louest
thou me more than these ? He seith to
him, 3be, Lord, thou woost that Y loue
thee. Jhesus seith to hym, Fede thou
my lambren. Eftx he seith to hym, Sy- ie
mount of Joon, louest thou me? He
seith to him, 3he, Lord, thou woost that
Y loue thee. He seith to him, Fede
thou my lambren. He seith to him the 17
thridde tyme, Simount of Joon, louest
thou me ? Petre was heuy, for he seith^
to hym the thridde tyme, Louest thou
me, and he seith to him, Lord, thou
knowist alle thingis ; thou woost that Y
loue thee. Jhesus seith to hym, Fedez
my scheep. Treuli, treuli, Y seie to \s
thee, whanne thou were 3ongere, thou
girdidist a thee, and wandridist where
thou woldist ; but whanne thou schalt
waxe eldere, thou schalt holde forth thin
hondis, and another schal girde thee, and
schal lede thee whidur thou wolt not.
He seide this thing, signifiynge bi what 19
deth he schulde glorifie God. And
k Om. G pr. m. xv. 1 putt vpon G pr. m. NQTWY. putt thervpon G sec. m. MP. put theron s. put on x.
m Om. N. ° the whiche A pr. m. GMNPQTfVY. that x. ° many A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. P etith x.
q Om. G. r sittyng GXQTY. s the mete ANSTWX. l whot x. u Om. QXY. v this is the NW.
w tyme, or dai A sup. ras. GNQTY. tyme MPWX. * roos MtipQTXY. xx Om. M. y And o. z Om. A pr.m.
GMNPQSTWXY. a Om. x. b Om. AGMNpQSTrwx Y. c sorie, or hcuy A pr. m. GMXPQSTWY. d seide x.
e Om. A pr. m. GMNPQSTVWXY. f girdist MNPQWY. girtest sx. g whereuere sx. h glorifie AGMNPQS
TWXY. i conuertid, or turned MNPSW. k that x. 1 disciple suynge MPQTWXY.
EipQeha/3. s Om. i. t And Jhesus k. u and ete k.
y seide a. z Fede thou k. a girdest sack.
fischis k.
he b. * And eft o.
XXI. 21 25.
JOHN.
297
louede, 'and which™ restide in the semper
on his brest, and he" seide to hym, Lord,
21 who is it, that schal bitraye thee ? Ther-
fore whanne Petre hadde seyn this dis-
ciple0, he seith to JhesuP, Lord, what for-
22 sothe this ? Jhesu seith to him, So I wole
him dwelled tilr I come, what to thee?
23 sue thou me. Therfore this word wente
out among britheren, for8 thilke1 disciple
deyeth not. And Jhesu seide not tou him,
for he deieth not, but, So I wole him
24 dwellev tilw I come, what to thee ? This
is thilkex disciple, that berith witnessing
of thes thingis, and wroot thes thingis ;
and we witen, for his witnessing is trewe.
25 Forsothey there ben andz manye othere
syngnes, W myraclis*, that Jhesu dide,
whicheb if thei ben writun by eche by 'hem
siluec, I demed neither the world him silf
'to mowee take thoee bookis, that ben to
be writunf.
Here endith the gospel of John, and
now bigynneth the prolog of Seint Poul
to Romayns %.
whanne he hadde seid these thingis, he
seith to hym, Sue thou me. Petre turn- 20
ede, and say thilke disciple suynge,
whom Jhesus louede, which also restid
in the soper on his brest, and Yieb seide
to hym, Lord, who is it, that schal bitraie
thee ? Therfor whanne Petre hadde 21
seyn thisc, he seith to Jhesu, Lord, but
what thisd? Jhesus seith to him, So 1 22
wole that he dwelle til that8 Y come,
what to thee? sue thou me. Therfor 23
this word wente out among the bri-
theren, that thilke disciple dieth not.
And Jhesus seide not to hym, that he
dieth not, but, So Y wole that he dwelle
til Y come, what to thee ? This is thilke 24
disciple, that berith witnessyng of these
thingis, and wroot hem; and we witen,
that his witnessyng is trewe. And ther25
ben also manye othere thingis that Jhe-
sus dide, whiche if thei benf writun bi&
ech bi hym silf, Y deme that the world
hymh silf schal' not take thok bookis, that
ben to be writun.
Here endith the gospel of Joon1.
m and the whiche A pr. m. GMNPQSTWY. that x. n Om. AKMPSW pr.m. x. ° Om. A pr. TO. GMNPQS
TWXY. P him A sec. m. K. 1 to dwelle sx. r til that G sec- m. MPSW. s that o. 4 that x. u of A.
v to dwelle sx. w til that G sec. m. MPQSW. x that x. y And o. z Om. QX. a Om. x. b the whiche
A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. c him silf AGMNPQSTYIVXY. d gesse mw. e mowe A pr. TO. GMNPQTWY. to
moun x. ee the M. f writen. Amen. N. g Here endith Joon gospelis. G. Heere endith the gospel of
Jhesu Crist, aftir the foure eitangelistis. M. Here endith the gospel of John evangelist, and bigynneth a
prolog on this epislil to Romayns bi Jerom. K. Heere eenden the gospels of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, aftir
Maiheu, Mark, Luke, and Joon. p. Here endyn the gospelis of Jon after the letlre, and bygynneth the
prologe of Poule. o. Here endith the. gospel of Joon. T. Here endith the gospels, and bygynnelh Poulis
pistils to Romayns. v. Here eendith Joon in the euangelye, and next here aftir bigynneth the prologe
slondinge bifore the epistlis that ben seyd to Romayns. w. Heere eendith the gospellis of Jon. Y. No final
rubric in ASX.
b Om. I. c this disciple ix sec. m. ak. this man x pr. m. d ne this IQ sec. m. k pr. TO. e Om. k.
* weren o. e Om. iKxa sec. m. k pr. m. Mt i. 5 schulde k pr. TO. k the ibk. l Here endith the
gospel of John, and bigynneth a prolog on the pistle of Poul to Remains, ce. Heere endith the gospel of
Joon, and biginneth the firste prologe on the pistle to Romayns. I. Here endeth Joon ; se now the prologe
to the Romains. K. Here endith the gospel Joon, and here bigynneth a prologe on the pistles of Foul the
apostle. M. Here endith the gospel of Joon, and bigynneth the prolog on the pistil to Romayns. QR.
Here endith the gospel of Jon, and here bigynneth a prolog on the pistle of Romayns. x. Here endith the
gospel of John, and bigynneth a kalender with a reule, etc. b. Here endith the gospel of Joon, and here
bigynntth the prologe to Romayns. c. Here endith vangelis, and bigyneth a prologe on the Romayns. g.
Here endith the gospel of Jon, and bigynneth a prolog to Romayns. h. Here eendith the gospel of Joon,
and here bigynneth the prolog on the firste pistil of Poul, that is to seie, to the Romayns. k. No final
rubric in EPU.
VOL. IV.
ROMANS.
Here bygynneth the prologe of Jerome in to the episteles of Poule
to Romaynes*.
b FIRST Vndirstonden vs bihoueth", to whom ord whi the apostil Powil writeth his
epistolis. Forsothe it is not to trowen, hyme 'after the gospelis, that benf the? fulfillinge
of the lawe, withoute cause toh han' writeri these epistolis to alle chirchesk; most sithen
to vs in these epistolis, preceptus and exsaumples1 of lyuynge vfulliest, orm most plente-
uouslyn, ben defied0. But in the bygynnynge of the kennende? chirche, new causes
beende% also questiounes to comenr aftir, he excludede8; not onli this, the apostil, but
also the profetes diden. Forwhi aftir the lawe of Moises 3ouen4, in the whiche all
the" maunclementis weren contened, theiv profetes™ alsox ceseden not with ther
prechinge to thristen doun they synnes of the puple, and in bokisz to" oure memorie
sendenb, in to whom the eendes of the worldusc bend comen. He writeth therfore6
to the Romaynes, the whiche beende1 summe of Jewis, and summe of paynymes
bileeuende&, wolden with proud contencioun vnderpoten either other. The Jewis
forsothe seiden, Wee benh an holi folc, the1 whiche God fro the bigynnynge hathk
loued, and nurschid ; wee of1 the kinredem of Abraham, of an holi lynage han
descendid ; wee" deliuered fro Egipt, han° passid the drie se on foote ; for vs Farao
drenchid? with his ost, diede*i ; to vs God man^i, "or aungells mete', reynede in desert.
And othere thingis thai seiden, that to rehersen were ri3t long ; onli heer wee seyn8,
that thilke* Lord, in whiche" also 366 ben seenv to beleuen, to vs of the lawe was
bihoten. 3ee forsothe ben 'Jentilis, orw paynymes, fro the bigynyng forsaken, the"
whiche neuere hadden knouleche of God, but euere toy deueles hanz serued. vls it
whether therforea equiteb, that 366, turned0 todai fro maumetisd, to vs bee compa-
risouned ; and not rathere 366 be as men turned to the olde lawe, as euere 3ee 'ban
benf in the lawe of Moises ? And that same 3ee han,f for myche merciful is God, the
8 From o. The prologe of Poulis pistle to Romayns. G. Prologe to Romayns. K. The prolog of
Poule. Q. Prolog, s. Prologus. v. Heere bigynnyth the prologe on Romayns. Y. Here bigynnelk a
prologe on the pistle to the Romayns. b. No initial rubric in wa. b The text of this first prologue is
printed from s; there is no prologue in AGMPX, but in G a rubric only. c vs bihoueth vnderstonde
oQvab. d ether ovob. othir KY. e hem QW. f beth or. S Oni. w. h Om. KY. ' haue Krvab. haf o.
%k without cause etc. . . after the gospelles etc. of the lawe o. ' ensaumplis Kovvab. m fullokest, ether or.
Om. b. n pleynly rab. ° desired orab. P kennynge Kovwab. 1 beynge KOVW. r comynge Kovwva.
s excludide vp K. * ijyue KY. u Om. KQrtvvnb. v theij K. w Om. OQU pr.m. x and w. y Om. o.
z the bookis ab. &O{KWYO.. 1> seide KQWY. c world KQWY. d beth QW. e herfore a. { beynge KOVW ab.
g bileuynge Kovwab. '' han o. beth y. > Om. K. k han QW. ' Om. s. m kynne o. n we weren ab.
0 and han ab. P was drenchid ab. 1 and deide ab. 1? manna K. r Om. ob. s seith KQWY. * ilke KWY.
u the wliiche KQJT. v seyn K. seide Q. w Jentilis ether or. Om. ab. *Om.orab. Xtheo. z haueth QWV.
a It is whether therfore K. Is it therfore o. Whether therfore is it ab. b Om. ov. c turneden K. that
ben turned ab. d mawmetrye w. e jee be s. to be ab. { haue hem K. t In GKQY the remaining part
of this prologue is inserted in the prologue to Luke.
ROMANS. 299
whiche wolde bringe jou to oureh folowinge. The paynymes, 'or Jentilis1, a3eenward
answerden, In how myche the grettere benefises 366 tellenk abouten jou, in so myche
}ee shulen shewe jouself ' gilti the™ more blame. For euere to alle these thingis 3ee
han" ben vnkinde, that aftir vthe vois of God herd0, forgeden? 3ou<) mawmetis. The
whiche tho3 366 haden not dor, thur3 that onli synne 3ee my3tens not taken for3yuenesse,
that the 'Lord, to 3oul by vprofetes voisesa bihi3t, not onli 3ee wolden not resceyuen,
but also 3ee slowen ; whomv weew vnderfongenx, whan of hym to vs no man hadde
fornseidy. In hou myche therfore oure feith be betere, clerli it is open2. 'Forsothe that"
wee serueden to maumetis, was not of b rebelte, but of ignoraunce. Forsothe where
wee knewen the treuthe, anoen wee foleweden, the sones of Abraham ; not of fleshli
birthe, but of the grace of Crist it was. To these thusc striuended the apostile putte
hym a mene bitwenf, shewende^ to bothe puplesh, neither circumcisioun to ben 031,
neither 'the kept' fleshk, but the feith that werkith bi charite ; euere forsothe1 vbi
while™ mekende11 hem0 bi al the epistil with resownes and wittenessesP, counceilithi to
onhed, and shewith neithir thur3 his ri3tfulnesse haue this deserued, but al what euere
to be depute to the grace of God ; shewende* the Jewis forsothe and the paynymes
greuousli to han trespassid, and witendely ; the Jewis8, for thei bi' breking of the
lawe hanu vnwrshipid God ; the Gentilisv, for thei chaungeden the treuthe of God in
to lesinge. It* is axid, whi 'he wrot? no mo than ten epistolis to chirches? Ten
forsothe benz epistolis3, with thilke that is seid tob Ebrues ; for the othere foure to
disciples homli weren sent, 'or put forth*; for he wolde shewen the newed 'to not6
discordenf fro the olde testaments, and hymself not to don££ a3en the lawe of Moises,
ordeynede hish epistolis to the noumbre of the firste maundementus' of thek decaloge.
And with how manye preceptis he1 Moyses ordeynede Jewism deliuered" fro Farao,
with ri3t so manye epistolis0 this? Powil techeth men purchasidi fro the deuel, and
fro ther seruage of mawmetrie. Forwhi also the two5 tables of ston to han had figure
of the two8 testamentis, ri3twel lered1 men han" takenv. The epistil holly thatw tox
Ebrues ys writen?, 'or entitlid1, to ben noen of Powelis, summe affermena, for so
myche that it is not entitlid with his name, and for theb distauncec of speche, and
maner of writinge ; butd ore Barnabeis, aftir Tertullian, orf Luks, after summe, or?
certeyn Clementis, the disciple of the apostolis, and aftir hem ordeyned bishop of
Rome chirche. To whornh it is thus1 to answern. If therfore it is notJ Powilis epistil,
for it hath not his name, eekk it shal be no1 manes, for with no manes name it is
entytlid. The whiche thinge to graunte if it bero fouln, his0 it is most to be beleued? to
be, that so myche shyneth withl the eloquence of his doctrine ; orr certeyn, for that at
the8 Ebrues chirches1 he was had" asv destro3ere of the lawe with fals suspecioun, he
h joure v. ' ether Gentyles orv. Om. ab. k tellith KY. ' 3our silf o. m of the al>. n haueth GQy.
0 je hadden herd the vois of God ab. P 3e forgiden to ab. <1 Om. K. r ydo KY. s ne my3te KY.
* Om. Q. " prophetis vois K. the voicis of prophetis ab. v wlianne v. hym; whom ab. w je K.
1 vndirfongende s. vndirfenge K. y forseid GKQY. biforeseid ab. z schewid ab. a That forsothe
GKOQrYab. b Om. Y. c this K. d stryuyng GKOQrvab. e apostlis K. { bitwixe Kovab. S schew-
ynge ceteri. h the puplis ab. ! thei kepten K. k fleish, that is, prepucie a. ' Om. s pr. m. ab.
m among ab. n mekinge GKOQfYab. ° Om. s. P witnessinge K. 1 counceyles o. and counseilith ab.
T schervynge ceteri. s Jewis trespassiden ab. * Om. v. u haueth GQY. v paynyms trespassiden ab.
* Here it GK. y wroot he v. z beth GKQY. there ben b. & pistlis GK. b to the o. c ether
put forth OY. Om. ab. d newe testament ab. e nojt K. not to ab. not ceteri. f discordi GKV.
% Om. ab. gg Om. GK. h the o. ' matindement Q. k Om. 9. ' be GK. Om. ab. m to the Jewis
that weren ab. " to be delyuered Q. « pisteles o. P these G. Om. ab. 1 ypurchasid GKQY. that
ben delyuered ab. r Om. Y. s twei ceteri. t lerned GKOQFV. « haueth GQY. v ytake GKQV.
w Om. Y. x to the ab. y hvryten QY. z Om. ob. a affermyth GKQY. h Om. a. c variaunce b.
d Om. o. « other GKQKV. ether ab. f other GQY. ether ovab. S other GKQV. ether ovab. h whiche
orb. the whiche a. ! Om. ab. 1 not to G. nojt to K. k thanne ab. l of no s. m is K. n Poule Q. ful Y.
0 Om. Q. F leeued GKovvab. 1 Om. v. r other GKQY. ether ovab. s Om. a. ' chirche o.
u clepid ab. T as a Kovab.
' Q q 2
300 ROMANS.
wolde, his name beendew stille, of the* figures of the lawe, and the treuthe of Crist
3elde rekenynge ; lest happili hate of the prelatis*' name, shulde exclude the profit2 of
the lessoun. It is no wilder hollia if he be wisere in his owneb langage, that is Ebru,
than inc a straunged, that is in* Grwf, in whiche speche othere epistolis bens writene.
It moueth also summe men, whi that theh epistil' ofk Romaynes is put in first1, sythen
resoun openeth"1 it to han be writen aftir ; for he witnesseth hymself to ban writen
this epistil, thanne goende" to Jerusalem, aftir thanne0 that he? hadde amonestidi with
lettris, that weren* epistolis, the8 Corintheis and othere, that thei1 shulden gedere the
mynysterye, 'or collect", that schulde be born with hym. Wherefore it is tov vnder-
stonde, sovv alle the epistolisw to ben ordeyned, that thilke firste* shulde be put?, the
whiche to lowere men in lyuyng was sent, and bi 'alle, or eche1, epistolis fro gree to
gree, thei shulden comen to parfitere thingis. Romaynes sothli3 rijt manye weren
so vnstedefast, that thei vnderstoden not hemself to be sauid thur3 Goddis grace, but
thur3 here merytes ; and for that twoaa puplis shulden notb striuen among hemself,
therfore he afermeth hem nedi to be confermed, the vices0 of her paynymrie rathere
myndended. To Corintheis sothlye he seith, the grace of science to be grauntid, and
not as wel he blameth hem, as he repreueth whi thei vndernemen not otheref, whan
he seith, Ther is herd amongis 3ou fornycacioun ; and eftsoone, My sperit with 3ou
'gedered togedere^, taketh1' suchon to Sathanas. In the secounde epistil, forsothe
thei ben preisid, and that' thei profite more and more, thei benk counseilid. The
men of Galas thanne of no blame ben1 repreued, but for thei beleueden"1 to fele" false
apostolis. Effesienes0 holliP noen vndernymyng, but mychei preising benr wrthi, for
thei keptens the feith of the apostolis. The Filipenses sothly* myche more ben"
preisid, forv forsothew neither" thei wolden heren false^ apostolis. The2 Tessalony-
censis netheles" in twob epistolis with alle preisingc he 'sueth forthd; for as myche
as not only ^thei kepten6 vthe feith of treuthe1, vntosmyten^, but also in persecucioun
of ther citeseynes thei weren founden stable. Colocensis sothli suche weren, that
no nede shulden hanh, that thei shulden be seen fleshli of the apostil'. Forsothe to
hem he bil^te neuere his comynge, to the whiche also he seith, And they3 I be
absent in bodi, but in spirit I am with 3ou, io3endek and seende1 joure ordre. Of
the Ebrues sothlim what shal I seie ? Of whom the Thessalonycenses, that gretly ben"
preisid, ben° seid to be maad foleweres, as he seith, And 3ee, brethern, benP maad
foloweris off the chirchesi of God, that benr in Jewerie ; the same sothli also8 366 ban*
suffrid ofu 3oure kinrede, that also thei of Jewis. At thilke Ebreues also the same
he remembreth, seiendev, Forwhi also to men bounden jee hanw had compassioun, and
raueyn of 3oure goodis with gladnesse 366 ban* sufFrid, knowende? 3ou to han betere
and dwellende* substaunce.
Here eendeth the prologe, and bygynneth the epistel of Poule to Romaynus*.
w beynge ceteri. * Om. r. J Om. GKQ. z prophete o. a namely ah. b Om. o. <•• Om. K.
d strange tong o. straunge langage ab. e Om. o. { Greike o. K beth QY. b Om. K. * epistlis GK.
k to ab. ' the bigynnyng ab. m schewith ab. n goynge ceteri. ° Om. ab. P Om. GK. 1 monestid Q.
r ben ab. s of the o. * Om. v. " other the quylet GKQY. Om. oab. either quylet v. v Om. K.
vv so that v. w pistils ab. * Om. ab. J put first in ordre ab. x alle, other eueryche GKQY.
eueryche o. alle, either euerech v. alle ab. & forsothe o. aa twey ceteri. b Om. GKQrvb. c voycis
GK. voyce orb. d vnmyndende s pr. m. myndynge ceteri. e forsoth o. f ech oother ab.
S gadere Y. h bitakith ab. i at o. k beth QY. ' beth GKQY. m leeuide GKQV. leeueden or.
n many ab. ° Ephesies oab. P namely ab. 1 Om. ab. r beth GQV. s kepen K. * forsothe o. u beth QY.
v Om. GK. w sikirli ab. x Om. ab. T no false ab. z Om. GK. a neuerethelees GKQV. b twey
ceteri. c preysinges o. d forsewith G. forschewith KV. forth scheweth o. e Om. s. f Om. vb.
S Om. o. vnsmyten a. h falle ab. ' apostlis v. k ioyinge ceteri. ' seeinge ceteri. m forsothe o.
D beth GQY. ° beth GKQV. P beth GV. q chirche o. r beth GKQY. s Om. ab. l haueth QY. u also of a.
T seiynge thus a. seiynge celeri. w haueth GQY. x haueth GQY. J knowynge ceteri. * dwellynge ceteri.
a From o. Heere endith thefirste prologe on the pistil to Romayns. a. No final rubric in
ROMANS. 301
Here bigynneth a prolog on the pistil to the Romayns*.
t Romayns ben thei, thatb of Jewis and ofc hethene men gaderidd to gidere, bi-
leeueden" inf Crist. And the cause of this? sendinge of theh pistil1 of Poulj is this,
that whanne strijf was risen among hem silf, thei desiriden to sette hem silf ech aboue
othere in worschip. For the Jewis seiden, We ben the peple of God, which11 he hath
loued and norischid fro the bigynnynge1 ; we™ ben circumcidid ; and we" comen by
dissent of Abrahams kynde, and holy lynage0; and herforeP God was oonly knowen
af Judee. Wer weren delyuerd out of Egipt with tokenes and vertues of God, and
passiden the see with drie foot, whanne moost heuy floodis drenchiden oure enemyes.
Tos us also4 God reynede doun aungils mete in" desert, and mynystride anv heuenly
foode 'to usw, as to hise owne sones; and a piler of cloudeww and of fier werite bifore us
day and ny3t, for it schulde schewe to* us Noure passage^, ther was7- no wey vsicl. Also
thou3 we ben stille of allezz benfetis wrou3t aboute us, we weren oonly worthi to take
the lawe of God, and to heere the vois of God spekinge, and toa knowe his owneb wil.
In which lawe Crist was bihote to us, to whom he himsilf witnesside0 to come, and
seide, I cam notd but6 to the scheep, that vhan perischidf of the hous of Israel. And£
sithen he clepithh 3ou houndis rather than men, vtherfore it is' good equite, that 36 that
this day first han forsake 3oure mawmettis, to whom 30 hank serued fro the bigynnynge,
be1 maad" nowem euene to us in worschip, but" rather0 benP 36 ordeynedi in the stide
of prosolitis and vndirlingis1", bothe bi autorite of lawe8 and of custum ? And 31! 36
disserueden1 neuere this worschip, but for he of his plenteuous goodnes wolde resseyue
3ouu tov ourew sectex. And^ thanne thez hethene men answeriden a3enwarda, and
seiden, Euere the grettir beenfetis of God, that 36 tellen that God hath doon to 3ou,
t This prologue is printed from k, and another version of the same prologue is given below from a, in
which copy alone it has been found. a From o. Prolog. 1. No initial rubric in kmnpqr. b that ben hn.
c Om. Imopqr. d gaderiden k. ben gaderid n. e and bileeueden k. f in to m. S the 1m. Om. q pr. m.
h this Imopqr. i epistle Imopqr. J Poulis r. k the whiche n; ' bigynnyng of the world 1. m for we n.
n Om. Imnopqr. ° lyuynge k. P therfore n. q in 1. r And we n. s And to n. ' Om. 1m. u in to n.
T to vs an n. w Om. Imnopqr. ww a cloude r sec. m, x Om. Imopqr. y passinge 1. oure passynge r.
z as was mnopqr. zz Om. r. a Om. Imo. b Om. Imopqr. c witnessith Ir. d Om. 1. e no but mopq.
f perischiden Imnopq. S Om. Imopqr. h clepid Imopqr. J it is therefore Imnr. is it therfore opq.
k Om. n. 1 be. not k sec. m. to be n. " Om. r. m Om. n. n nay but n. o rather that Imnopqr. P Om.
lopqr. 1 ordeyne 1. r vndir leiyngis k. s the lawe 1. * serueden k. u jou to his goodnesse 1. v in to n.
w 3oure mopq. * feet k. y Om. n. z Om. Impqr. » Om. Imno.
Also Romayns weren of Jewis and hethene men, and bileeueden to Crist ; and by proude stryf
thei wolden enhaunce hem silf ech part aboue othere. For whi Jewis seiden, We ben the peple
of God, whiche he louede and norischide fro the bigynnyng; we ben circumcidid, and camen of
the kyn and holy generacioun of Abraham ; and God was knowen first oonly at Jewis. We
weren delyuered fro Egipt by myraclis and vertues of God, and passiden the reed see with drie
foot, whan greuouse wawis drenchiden oure enemyes; and reynede to us manna in the desert, and
mynystride heuenly mete to vs, as to hise sonys. By day and ny3t God 3ede bifore vs in a piler
of cloude and of fier, to schewe weye to vs in the place without weye. And that we holde stille
othere benefices of God aboute vs, we aloone weren worthi to take the lawe of God, and to
heere the voys of the Lord spekynge, and to knowe his wille ; in which lawe Crist was bihijte to
vs. Also he witnesside, that he hymsilf was comen to vs, and seide, Y cam not, no but to the
scheep of the hous of Israel, that weren perischide, whan he clepide 3011 doggis rather than rtien.
Therfor whether it is ri3tful, that 36 that forsaken ydols to day, whiche 36 serueden at the bigyn-
nyng, be comparisond to vs, and be not rather arettid in to the place of comelynges, by auctorite
of the lawe and by custome? And 36 disserueden not this, no but for Goddis mercy, which is
euer large, wolde resseyue 3011 to oure suynge, that is, to sue vs. A3enward hethene men answer-
eden thus, In as myche as 36 tellen gretter benefices of God anentis 3ou, by so myche 36 schulen
schewe, that 50 ben gilty of gretter synne ; for je weren euer vnkynde to alle tho benefices. For with
302 ROMANS.
euere 'the moreb 30 schulden schewe 3ou gilti of the grettir trespassisc; for in alle
these benfetis 'that 30 tellend, 36 weren euermore vnkynde. For with the same feet
that 36 passiden the drie see, 36 pleiedene and daunsidenf bifore 3oure mawmettis that
36 maden ; and with the same mouth, that a litil bifore 3e& worschipiden God with
song for slau3tir of 3oure enemyes, 36 axidenh 3oure mawmetis to be maad ; and with
thilke i3en that 36 weren wont to biholde God in cloud or in1 fier, 36 biheelden
inwardly ink 3oure mawrnettis. Also aungels mete was to 3ou abhomynable ; and
euere 30 grucchiden a3ens the Lord in desert, desirynge to turne a3en in to Egipt, fro
the1 which God hadde brou3t V3ou out™ with strong hond. What more ? Thus 3oure
fadris 'with ofte terrynge" stiriden0 God to wraththe, so that alle dieden in desert, and
no mo of the eeldre men but tweyne entriden in to the lond of biheeste. But wherto
reherse we oolde thingis? sith? thorn 36 hadde neuere do these thingis, 3it of this aloone
no man wolde deme 3ou worthiPP for3euenesi, thatr 36 wolde 'not rcsseyue oonly" oure
Lord Jhesu Crist, that was euere4 bihote to 3011 bi the voisu of profetis ; but also 36
distruyeden himv with moost dispitous deeth. And onw him we bileeueden, as soone
as we herden of him; and 3it ther was no thing profecied 'to us* bifore. Wherfore
it is weel preued, that it schulde not be arettid to^ az rotida malice of oure wil, that
we serueden to mawmettis, but to oure vnkunnynge. For thilke same God that we
folowe now, sikirlib we wolde haue folowid biforec, if we hadden rathir knowen as we
knowen now. And truly if 36 boosten of nobley of kinde, as thou3d folowinge of gode
maners made 3ou not rather Goddis sones than fleischly birthe, sikerlye Esau and
Ismael, thou3 thei benf of Abrahams lynage, thei ben not rikened among sones. And
while^ thei stryuen thus, the apostil^s putte him bitwene11 as a1 mene, distruynge alle her
qwestiouns, as a good noumpereJ ; strecchinge forth thek hond to hem, and spekyng
brou3te hem alle1 to oon acoord ; schewinge™ noon of hem 'to ben saued thoru hise°
owne meritis, but he preuede 'bothe the? peplis, 'that theii hadden greuously trespassid.
' b Om. p. c trespas Imnopqr. d Om. Imnopqr. e plesiden 1. pleieden aftir pqr. { daunciden aftir Imo.
gOm. n. h askeden o. > Om. m. k Oin. 1. 'Om. Inoqr. mOm.n. n terriden ofte 1. with eft terriden r.
0 Om. k. P for n. PP worthi to r. 1 to haue forjeuenesse n. r for n. s oonli not receyue Imoqr.
4 Om. n. u voicis opq. v Om. m. w in n. x Om. n. y in 1. z Om. Imnopqr. a Om. 1. roten r.
b sothli nq. l' rather n. d thoruj k. e sothli mq. f weren m. S while that n. gg apostle Poul r.
h bitwixe n. ' Om. r. 3 Tmpere Imopqr. k that k. ' Om. k. m and schewide that n. n Om. Impqr.
myjte be n. ° her Imopq. of her r. P that both Imnopq. that bothe the r. q Om. Imopq.
the feet by whiche je passiden the drie see, je pleieden bifore ydols, whiche je maden; and by that
mouth, by which 3e songen heriynges a litle bifore for the deeth of aduersaries, whiche God killide
by myracle, 36 axiden symylacris to be maad to jou. With tho J3en, by whiche je weren wont to
biholde the worchipful thingis of the Lord in the cloude either in fier, je bihelden symylacres.
Also 36 wlatiden manna, and euer in the desert 36 grucchiden a3ens the Lord, and wolden go a3en
in to Egipt, fro whennes he hadde caste 3ou out with strong hond. What moo thinges? 3oure fadres
wraththiden so the Lord bi ofte terrynge to wraththe, that alle dieden in desert, and no mo of the
oolde men of hem, no but tweyne, entriden in to the lond of biheest. But what rehersen we eelde
synnes? sithen thou3 30 hadden not do tho, for this aloone, that not oonly 36 nolclen resseyue the
Lord Jesu Crist, bihi3t to 3ou euere by the voices of profetes, but also 36 killiden him by worst
deeth, no man schulde deme 3ou worthi to haue for3euenesse. Which Lord we bileeueden anoon,
aftir that we knewen, thouj no thing was bifore seid to vs of him. Wherby it is preued, that this,
that we serueden ydols, schal not be aretted to hardnesse of synne, but to ignoraunce. For we that
suen'anoon the Lord knowen, wolden haue sued him in tyme passid, 3if we hadden knowe him
bifore. And 3if 3e auaunten jou of the nobley of kyn, as 3if the suynge of vertues maketh not to
be sones of seyntes, more than fleishly natiuite doth, forsothe Esau and Ismael, thou3 thei ben
of the generacioun of Abraham, ben not arettid either noumbred with sones. Therfor the postle
setteth him a meene bitwixe the peples striuynge thus, and assoileth so the questiouns of the partyes,
that he affermcth, that neuer neither of hem deseruyde helthe by his owne ri3fulnesse, and that
bothe peplis synneden wityngly and greuously ; that Jewis dispisiden God by brekynge of the
ROMANS.
303
The Jewis haddenr trespassiden, for thei dishonouriden" God bi brekirige of the lawe ;
and the hethene men trespassiden, 'that siththe4 knowingli thei worschipiden a
creature as maker of the" world; for thei chaungiden Goddis worschip into mawmetis
maad with hond". Alsov he preuith euere ether peple to haue for3euenes, and to be
euen in worschip, bi aw ful trewe resoun. And 'nameli siththe* he schewith, that it
was profeciedy in her owne lawe, that bothe of z Jewis and of" hethene men schulden
be clepid to the feith of Crist. Wherfore bi dyuers tymes Poul mekede hem, and
amonestideb hemc vto comed to pees and acord.
Here endith the prolog to the Romayns*.
r Om. n. s hadden dishonourid Imoqr. * for 11. tl Om. r. u liondis Imoqr. v And 11. w Oni. Inioqr.
* also n. Y proferid m. z the 1m. Oni. nopqr. a the 1. Om. mnopqr. b iimonestith Imopq. monestith n.
inonestid r. c to hem m. d Om. In). e From o. Explicit, q. No final Dibric in klmnpr.
lawe; and hethene men, whanne thei ou;ten worschipe the creatour as God, wliom thei knewen by
creatures, chaungiden his glorie into symylacris maad with mannes hondis. Also the postle scheweth
by verreiest resoun, that euereither peple gat for3euenesse, and ben euene; tnoost sithen he schew-
eth, that it was bifore seid in the same lawe, that bothe Jewis and hetliene men schulden be clepid
to the feith of Crist. Wherfor Poule maketh hem meke, now this peple, and now that peple, and
monesteth hem to pees and acordynge.
Al this is set in a prologe writen in summe booJcis on this pistle, and the Comyn Close m the
bigynnynge at Poule, hath the same sentence.
An other vpon Romayns*.
Romayns Nthe whiche0 ind the
cite of Rome lyueden6 in to Jhesu
Crist, so off false apostlis were
deprauyd, that vndir the name of
oure Lord Jhesu Crist in to the
olde lawe and circumcisioun thei
weren led. Thes reuokith the apo-
stle to the verrey and thes gospels
bileue, wrytynge to hem fro A-
thenys.
Here endith the prolog, and bi-
gynneth epistle to Romayns^.
Here biginnith the prologe on Romains*.
Romayns benb in the cuntree of Italye; theic
weren disseyued first of false profetisd, and vndur
the name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist thei weren
brou3t in to the lawe and profetis, that is, in to
cerymonyes, ethir fleischli kepyng of Moyses
lawe and of prophetis, acordynge with thoe
cerymonyes, which vsyng is contrarie now to
the treuthe andec fredom of Cristis gospel. Poul
a3enclepith these Romayns to verif feith and
treuthe? of the gospel, and writith sto hemh
this' pistleJ fro Corynthe.
This seith Jerom in his prologe on the pistle
to the Romayns^.
b No initial rubric in sv. c Om. KS. d lyueden in r. e leueden s. Om. v. f that of KS. g Om. s.
h Here eendeth the prologe, and bygynneth the epistel of Poule to Romaynus. o. Here eendith the prologis
to Romayns, and bigynneth the epistle, w. No final rubric in Qrv.
a From EC. Heere biginnith the ii. prologe on the pistle to Romayns. i. Prolog to Romayns. N. Here
bigynneth a prologe to Romayns. u. Here bigynneth the fast prologe on the pistils of Poule. a. Another
prolog to the Romayns. f. Here bigynneth the prolog on the pistil to Romayns. o. No initial rubric in the
other Mss. b ben men so. c these Rh. d prophetis, that is, [of ri] false lechers CMNQiiuxan. e the
fibk. ee of the a. f the verei B. g fredom s. h Om. c. ' in this a. J epistle ERfh. k This seith
Jerom. in his prologe on this [his E. the o] pistle to Romayns. CEXO. Heere endith the prologe, and here
biginnith the pistle. i. Jerom seith this in his prologe to the Romayns ; se now the book. K. Jerom seith
this in his prologe to Romayns. »ibcfh. Here endith the prolog on Poulis pistil to Romayns bi Jerom. N.
Heere eendith the prolog, and bigynneth the pislle. R. This seith Jerom in his prologe. u. Here eendilh the
prologe, and bigynneth the pistil to Romayns. e. Here endith the prologe, and bigyneth a pcstile to the Ro-
mayns. g. Jerom in his prolog on this pistil seith thus. k.
304
ROMANS.
i. 1—13.
The epistle to Romayns*.
CAP. I.
1 Poul, seruauntb of Jhesu Crist, clepid
apostle, departid into0 thed euangeliee of
2 God ; 'the whichf he bihi3t bifore by his
sprophetis in hooly scripturis of his sone,
'the whichs is raaad vto himh of the seed
4 of Dauith aftir' theJ fleisch, thek which is
predestynat, "or bifore ordeyned] bi grace,
the sone of God in vertu, aftirm the spirit
of halewyng of the a3eyn rysynge of deed
sinen, of Jhesu Crist oure Lord, by whom
we han resseyued grace and apostilhed,
W slat of apostle", to obeische to the feith
«in alle folkis for his name, in0 which?
7 and? 36 ben clepidr of Jhesu Crist, to alle
that ben at Rome, the louede of God, clepid
hooly, graces to 3ou, and pees of God oure
s fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu Crist. Firste
sothely* I do thankyngis to my God, by
Jhesu Crist, for alle 3011, for 3our feith is
rtschewid in al the world. Forsoth God is
a witnesse to me, to" whom I serue in my
10 spirit, in the gospel of his sone, forv with
outen ceessinge I make mynde of 3ou
euermorew in my preieris, ifx by ony
maner aftirward sumtyme I haue esy?,
"or spedy*, weie in the wille of God of a
ncomyngeb to 3ou. Forsothec I desyre ford
to se 3ou, that I 3yue to 3ou sum thing of
spiritual grace, to 3ou to be confermyd,
12 that is to seie, toe be comfortid to gidere
in 3ou, by that feith that is to gidere 3oure
13 and myn, 'or of ech to othir*. Sothly,
britheren, I nyle 3ouh for' toJ vnknowe,
that oftek I purposide for1 to come to 3ou,
and I am forbodyn til11 3it, that I haue
sum fruyt in 3011, as and1" in othere folkis.
Here bigynneth the pistle of Poul to
Romayns &.
CAP. I.
Poul, the seruaunt of Jhesu Crist b, i
clepid c and apostle, departid in to the
gospel of God; which he hadde bihotez
toforee bif his* profetis in holi scripturis
of his sone, which is maad to hym of the 3
seed of Dauid bi the flesch, andh he was 4
bifor ordeyned the sone of God in vertu,
bi the spirit of halewyng of the a3en-
risyng of deed men, of Jhesu Crist oure
Lord, bi whom we han resseyued graces
arid the office of apostle, to obeie to the
feith in alle folkis for his name, among c
whiche 36 ben also clepid of Jhesu
Crist, to alle that ben at Rome, derlyngis?
of God, and clepid hooli, grace to 3ou,
and pees of God oure fadir, and of the
Lord Jhesu Crist. First Y do thank- 8
yngis to my God, bi Jhesu Crist, for alle
3ou, for 3oure feith is schewid in' al the
world. For God is a witnesse to me, to 9
whom Y serue in my spirit, in the gospel
of his sone, that with outen ceessyng Y 10
make mynde of 3ou euere in my preieris,
and biseche, if in ony maner sum tyme
Y haue ak spedi weie in the wille of
God to come to 3ou. For Y desire ton
se 3ou, to parten sumwhat1 of spiritual
grace, that 30 be confermyd, that is, to 12
be coumfortid togidere in 3ou, bi feith
that is bothe 3oure and myn togidere.
And, britheren, Y nyle, that 36 vn- 13
knowun, that ofte Y purposide to come
to 3ou, and™1 Y am" lett° to? this tyme,
that Y haue sum fruyt in 3ou, as in t Or hethen
othere folkis. To Grekis and to bar-i4^0nw°/n™;.
bervnstj to wise men and to vnwise s»ge. Lyre
* hi*rf. »
here. e.
a From M. The pistle to Romayns. p. No initial rubric in OQVWXY. b the seruaunte AO. c Om. n.
d Om. WY. e gospel r. f which gospel v. e which sone v. h Om. Q. ' bi v. JOm.M. k Om. r. 'Om.jr.
m bi v. n Om. x. ° among v. P the whiche NS. 1 also r. r the clepid AG pr. m. MPsrv. s grace
be v. * Om. v pr. m. u Om. N. v that r. w euere r. x preiynge if N. and biseche if r. y spedy o.
•* Om. ox. a to vw. b come v. c For r. d Om. sx. e for to A sec. m. GK pr. m. MNPQVW. e or
eecke to other AGoqsrw. Om. x. b Om. r sec. m. » Om. sx. that v. J )e v. k eft o. 1 Om. sx.
11 to MP. m Om. QW.
Povl to the Romayns. A. Here bigynneth the firsle chapitre of the pistil to the Romayns. k.
ric in ciKHSTUxeg. b Om. c. cOm. i. dOm.K*ec. m. e bifore a. f to k. gOm.T. h as
a From Ma.
No initial rubric in CiKHSTUxeg. - \jm. c. " \jin. i. « «_»m. jt sec. in. *• uirore a. • 10 K. s \sw. T. " as
RT. HntoQ. k Om. s. 1 sumwhat to you k. »> and now a. "Om.k^r.m. " lettid KQRxb/3. P til EI.
I. 14—25-
ROMANS.
305
u To Grekis and™ barbaryns, 'or kethene
men", to wyse men and vnwyse men, I
15 am dettour0, so that that? is in me is1! redy
forr to euangelyse8 and* to 3ou that ben at
10 Rome. Forsoth11 I schame not the gospel,
for it is the vertu of God in to helthe to
ech man bileuynge, to the Jew first, and
17 to thew Greek. Sothely* the ri3twysnesse
of God is shewid in it, of feith in to feith,
as it is writun, Forsothe a iust man lyu-
iseth of feith. Forsothe? the wraththe of
God is schewid fro henene vponz al vnpite
and vnri3twisnesse of thoa men, that with-
holden, 'or holden a bacb, thec treuthe of
19 God in vnri3tvvysnesse. For that that is
knowyn of God, is schewid, 'or maad
opynA, to hem, forsothe6 God schewidef
2oto= hem. 'For the1' inuysible thingis of
hym', of the creature 'of the worldJ, by
tho thingis that ben maad, Vndirstondyn,
ben biholdunk, and the euerlasting vertu
of him and1 the godhede, so that thei ben
21 vnexcusable. For whanne thei hadden
knowe God, thei glorifieden not as God,
'or diden thankyngis"1; but thei vanysch-
eden in her thou3tis, and the vnwyse herte
of hem is" derkid"", 'or maad derk°.
•2-2 Sothli P thei seyinge hem selue for 1 to
23 l)e wyse men, benr maad foolis. And thei
chaungiden the glorie of God vncorrupt-
ible, that* 'may not deie, ne be peirid \ in
to the" lyknessev<of an ymagew ofx corupt-
ible man, and of briddis, and of foure
24 footide beestis, and of serpentis. For
which thing God bytook hem in to the?
desyris of her herte, inz to vnclennesse,
that thei ponysche with wrorigis, 'or dis-
•2zpitisA, her bodies in hem silf. The whiche
menb chaungiden the treuthe of God in to
leesyngc, and herieden and serueden tod ae
creature rathere than to thef creatour,
men, Y am dettour, so that that is in 15
me is redi to preche the gospel also to
3ou that ben at Rome. Fori Y schame i«
not the gospel, for it is the vertu of God
in to heelthe to ech man that bileueth,
to the Jew first, and to the Greke. For 17
the ri3twisnesse of God is schewid in it,
of feith in to feith, as it is writun, For a is
iust man lyueth of feith. For the wraththe
of God is schewid fro heuene on al vn-
pite and wickidnesse of tho men, that
withholden the treuthe of God in vnri3t-
wisnesr. For that thing of God that is la
knowun, is schewid to hem, for God hath
schewid to hem. For the vnuysibleao
thingis of hym, that ben vndurstondun,
ben biholdun of the creature f of the
world, bi tho thingis that ben maad, 3he,
and the euerlastynge vertu of hym and
the godhed, so that thei mowe not be
excusid. For whanne thei hadden knowe 21
God, thei glorifieden hym not as God,
nether diden thankyngis; but thei va-
nyschiden in her thou3ts, and the vnwise
herte of hem was derkid. For thei vsei-22
ynge that3 hem silf weren wise, thei
weren maad foolis. And thei chaungiden 23
the glorie of 'God vncorruptible*^: in to
the licnesse of an ymage of a deedli man,
and of briddis, and of foure footid beestis,
and of serpentis. For which thing God 24
bitooku|| hem in to the desiris of her
herte, in to vnclennesse, that thei pun-
ysche with wrongis her bodies in hem
silf. The whiche chaungiden the treuthe 25
of God in to leesyngv, and herieden and
serueden aw creature rathere than to* the
creatoure, that is blessid in to worldis
of worldis. Amen. Therfor God bitook 20
hem in to passiouns of schenschipe. For
the wymmen of hem chaungiden the
f that is, ot
man. Lyre
here. e.
J ether that
mai not dye.
K.
that is, that
may not die,
ne be peirid.
Lyre here. e.
|| that is, sui-
fride hem to
be hitakun, in
peyne of synne
ititbre goinge.
Lyre here. e.
m or v sup. ras. n Om. ox. ° doctour K. p Om. GMPSX. 1 I am o. * Om. srx. * preche
the gospel r. * also v. u For v. w Om. w. * Forwhi r. y For v. z on vx. » the w.
b Om. ox. c Om. o. d Om. ox. e for v. f hath schewid N. g in G sec. m. h Forsothe G sec. m.
' hym, that ben vndirstonden, ben biholden r. J Om. v. k Om. v. 1 in w. m Om. o. neither
diden thankingis v. n was v. nn maad derk o. o Om. ox. P For v. 1 Om. ox. T weren r.
s that is, that r. Om. x. * Om. x. u Om. g. v ymage lickenesse w pr.m. y. either 1. w sec.m.
w Om. ow. * of a o. y Om. N. a Om. ox. b Om. s. c the leesynge o. a leesyng QV.
A Om. r. « Om. w. f a N.
1 Forsothe K sec. m. r vnrijtfulnesse s. s seynge that EKb pr. m. gk;jr. m. seiden s. * vncorruptible
God R pr. m. u took Tk pr. m. v a lesing s. w to a m pr. m. T. * Om. s.
VOL. IV. R r
306
ROMANS.
I. 26-^11. 2.
''that is, maker of noujtz, that1' is blessid
in to worldis, "or with outen ende1. Amen,
2ti"or so be itv. Therfore God bitook1 hem
in to passiouns1" ofa yuel fame, W schen-
schip0. Forwhi theP wymmen of hem
chaungiden the kyndely vssi in to that
27vssi that is a3ens kynder. Also forsoth
and5 the mawlis, "or men\ the" kyndeli
vss of wommanv forsakynw, brennydenx in
her desyris to gidere, mawlis in to? mawlis
worchinge filthhede, and receyuynge in
hem silf the xrnede, or hyrez, that byhofte
28 of a her errour. And as thei proueden not
forb to haue God in knowinge, God bitook
hem in to a reprouable witt, that thei do
tho thingis that acoorden not, "or bysemen
2<jnotc; hemtl fulfillid with al wickidnesse,
malice, fornycacioun, couetyse, weyward-
nesse, ful of enuye, mansleynge6, stryf,
gyle, yuel will, 'priuey bacbyterisf, "or
zosoweris of discords, detractourish, "or opyn
bacbyteris1, hateful to God, wrouglyk dis-
pyseris "ofothere men1, proude, hy3e ouer-
mesurem, fynderis of yuele thingis, not
si obeischinge" to vfadir and modir0, vnwyse,
vncouenable in berynge with oute forth,
with outen affeccioun, "or loue?, withouten
32 bond of pees, withouten mercy. The
whiche whanne thei hadden knowen the
ri3twisnesse of God, vridirstodeni not, forr
thei that don suche thingis ben worthi the
deeth, not oonly thei that don tho8 thingis,
but also thei that consenten to men do-
ynge.
CAP. II.
1 For which thing thou ert vnexcusable,
thou ech man that demest, sothli" in what
thing thou demest an othir man, thou con-
dempnist thiv silf; forsothew thou doist the
2 same thingis whiche thou demest. Sothe-
ly we witen, for the dom of God is vpx
kyndli vss in to that vss that is
kynde. Also the men forsoken the kyndli 27
vss of womman, and brenneden in her
desiris togidere, and men in to men
wrou3ten filthehed, and resseyueden in to
hern silf the meede that bihofte of her
errour. And as thei preueden that thei 2«
hadden not God in knowyng, God^ bi-
took hem in to a repreuable wit, that
thei do tho thingis that ben not couen-
able; that thei ben fulfillid with al wick- 20
idnesse, malice, fornycacioun, coueitise,
weiwardnesse, fulz of enuye, mansleyngis,
striif, gile, yuel wille, preuy bacbiteris*,
•>'»'' that is, sowens
detractouris, hateful to God, debaterisf, 30 of discord.
, . . •___!•« Lyre here. e.
proude, and hi3 ouer mesure, fynderis ot t ether wrong
yuele thingis, not obeschynge" to fadir dfsi'iser5- K
and modir, vnwise, vnmanerli \, with- 31 1 ether vnco-
.,, i ic uenable in her-
outen loue, withouten boond or pees, yngwithout-
with outen merci. The whiche whanne 32 forth- "'
thei hadden knowe the ri3twisnesse of
God, vndirstodenb not, that thei that
don siche thingis ben worthi the deth,
not oneli thei that don thoc thingis, but
also thei that consenten to the doeris.
CAP. II.
Wherford thou art vnexcusable, ech i
man that demest, for in what thing thou
demest anothir man6, thou condempnest
thi silf ; for thou doist the same thingis
whiche thou demest. And we witen, 2
that the doom of God is aftir treuthe
K Om. rx. ll which y. i ether withouten etide o. of worldis r pr. in. Om. y sec. m. x. k Om. Nosyx.
1 toke o. m passiouns, either lustis v. n or qr. ° Om. x. P Om. G pr. m. 4 oyse o. r the kynde o.
5 Om. N. * Om. A-. u forsoken the r. v wymmen G.WXP. w Om. r. x and brenneden r. brenten x.
y Om. o. z mede ox. huyre, or mede w. a to w. b Om. ox. c Om. jr. d Om. Gpr.m. e man-
sleyngis MpQrwxv. { soweris of discord x. S Om. x. h open bacbiteris x. ' Om. x. k wrongful NO.
1 Om. GMOPX. m or ouer mesure Q. Om. x. n obeyende x. " faderes or moduris o. P Om. x.
q vndurstonden K pr, m. QfYY. r that r. s suche QWXY. u for r pr. m. v thee K. w for r.
x aftir N. opon o.
y so God s sec. m.
fore H. e Om. A.
z and ful s. B obedient K. b vnderstonden csaek. c suche a.
Ther-
ii. 3 — 'M-
ROMANS.
307
treuthe to? hem, that don siche thingis.
3 Gessistz thou, man, forsothe", that demest
hem that don suche thingis, and thou do-
ist hemb, forc thou schalt ascaped the dom
4 of God? Wher vthou dispisist6 the richessis
of hisf goodnesse, and pacience, and longe
abidyng? Vnknowest thous, forb the be-
nygnyte, 'or good wille\ of God ledith
5 thee to penaunce? Forsothe aftirk thi
hardnesse and vnrepentaunt herte, thou
tresourist to thee wraththe1 in tom the
day of wraththe and of schewynge of the
o rijtful dom of God, that schal 3elde to ech
7 man vp his worlds ; sothely to hem that
vpn patience of good werk, glorie, and
honour, and vncoripcioun, to hem sek-
s ynge euerelasting lyf ; forsothe to hem
that ben of stryf, and that assenten not
to treuthe, but bileuen to wickidnesse,
» wraththe and indignacioun, tribulacioun
and angwischer, in to ech soule of man
worchinge yuel thing *, of Jew first and
10 Greek"; sothely glorie, and honour, and
pees, tov echw worchingex good thing, to
nJewy first, and to Greek2. For accep-
ciouns3 of persoones, 'that is, to putte oon
bifore another withotite^ desert c, is not
i2anentisd God. Forsothee who euere syn-
nen withoute lawef, schulen perische with-
outen lawes ; andh who euere in the lawe
synnen, schulen be denied by the lawe.
is Sothely' the heereris of lawe ben not iust
anentis k God, but the doeris of lawe1
14 schulen be maad iust. Forsothm whanne
hethene" that ban not lawe0, don kyndeli,
'or by stiryng of kyndev, tho thingis that
ben of the lawe, thei not hauynge such
maner lawer, ben lawe to hem silf, that
isschewen the3 work of lawe writun in her
hertis ; the* conscience of hem 3eldingeu to
* ether good-
wille. Ke.
t pacience,
that is, to hem
that vsiden wel
re . e.
t str'jf, that
>'», to synnens
''
hem, that don siche thingis. Buts
gessist thou, man, that demest hem that
doeri siche thingis, and thou doist tho
thingis, that thou schalt a scape the doom
of God? Whether^ 'dispisist thouh the 4
richessis of his goodnesse, and the pa-
cience, and the long abidyng ? Knowist
thou not, that the benygnyte* of God
ledith thee to' forthenkyng? But aftira
thin hardnesse and vnrepentaunt herte,
thou tresorist to thee wraththe in the
dai of wraththe and of schewyng of the
ri3tful doom of God, that schal 3elde tofi
ech man aftir his werkis ; sotheli to 7
hem that ben bi pacience f of good werk,
glorie, and onour, and vncorrupcioun, to
hem that seken euerlastynge lijf ; but to a
hem that ben of strijfij:, and that as-
senten not to treuthe, but bileuen to
wickidnesse, wraththe and indignacioun,
tribulacioun and angwisch, in to echo
soule of man that worchith yuel, to the
Jew first, and to the Greke ; but glorie, 10
and honour, and pees, to ech man that
worchith good thing, to the Jew first,
and to the Greke. For accepcioun ofn
personesS is not anentis God. For who 12 § i
, . that is, to putte
euere han synned without the lawe, oon bifore an-
schulen perische withouten thek lawe ; dissert™ OU°CT.
and who euere han synned in the lawe, tunlahethen
thei schulen be demyd bi the lawe. For is men that had-
. den not Moyses
the hereris of lawe1 ben not iust anentis law. lawe wn-
God, but the doeris of the lawe schulen
be maad iust. For whanne hethene men 14
that han not lawe, don kyndli tho
thingis that ben of the lawe, thei not
hauynge suche manere lawe, ben lawe to
hem silf, that schewen the werk1" of ther ^
lawe writun in her hertis. For the
conscience of hem 3eldith to hem a° wit-
™> ''aKe< that
is, Moyses lawe.
Lyre here. e.
y in to AfOPQH'v. ajens v. z But gessist v. «• Om. v . b tho thingis v. « that or. d scapen x.
e dispisist thou K sec.m. OQVWX. f this N. g Knowest thou not o. h that v. ' Om. x. k bi v.
1 the wrath G sec. in. m Om. vw. n ben bi N. ben up v. r anguisches o. * Om. r. « the
Greeke GMP. of Grek QSWXY. of the Greek v, v jn to w. w eche man pv. x that worchin w.
y the Jew v sec.m. z the Greek r. a accepcioun AGMNPVX. excepcion o. b that is, withouleti o.
either mithoitten Y sec. m. c gloss omitted in vx. d anent x. e For v. f the lawe w. g the
lawe w . h Om. N. ' For r. k anent x passim. ! the lawe N. m For r. n hethen men
AGMNOPr. ° lawe, that is, Moises lame r. P Om. ox. r of lawe o. s Om. o. l while the v.
n jeeldith v.
8 Wher plures el o0. h thou dispisist Eiqbceka.
m werkis ak. n Om. Kk. ° Om. k pr. m.
Rr 2
' in to T. k Om. K. ' the lawe CBUxagk.
308
ROMANS.
ii. 16 — 29.
hem a* witnessinge and bitwixe? hem
selue of thou3tis accusinge or also defend-
icinge, in the day whanne God schal deme
the pryuei thingis of men vp my gospel, by
nJhesu Crist. Forsoth if thou ert namyd
a Jew, and restist in the lawe, and hast
iHglorie in God, and hast knowe his wille,
and thou lernedz by the lawe preuysta
i9moreb profitable thingis, tristnest0 thi silf
for to be a ledere of blynde men, the Ii3t of
20 hem that bethe in derknessis, a techere of
vnwyse men, a maistir of 3onge children1,
hauynge the foorme of science, 'or kun-
21 nynge]t, and of treuthe in the lawe ; ther-
fore thou that techist anothir, techist' not
thi silf? Thou that prechist to not stele,
22stelist? Thou that seist to 'not dok
leccherie, doist leccherie ? Thou that
wlatist ydols, W mawmetis1, doist sacri-
legie, *that is, thefte of hooly thingis™?
23 Thou that gloriest" in the lawe, by0
'brekinge of the laweP vnworschipist, W
24 dispisisti, God ? Forsothr the name of
God by 3ou is blasfemyd among8 hethene
2;. men, as it is writun. Sothli circumcisioun
profyteth, if thou kepe the lawe ; forsoth
if thou be a trespassour of the lawe, thi
circumcisioun is maad prepucie, xor custom
wofhethen men*. Therfore if prepucie, vor
custom qfhethen menu, kepe ri3twysnessev
of the"' lawe, wher his prepucie schal not
27 be rettid* in to circumcisioun? And the
prepucie, that? is of z kyndea, fullingeb the
lawe, schal deme thee, that by lettre and
circumcisioun ert trespassour of the lawe.
28 Forsoth0 not he that is a Jew in opynd,
nee thef circumcisioun that is in the^
29 fleisch in1' opyn ; but he that is a Jew in
hidd, and the circumcisioun of herte in
spirit, not in lettre, whos preisyng is not
of' men, but of God,
nessyng bytwixe hem silf of thou3tis
that ben accusynge or defendynge, in the 10
dai whanne God schal deme the priuy
thingis of men aftir my gospel, bi Jhesu
Crist. But if thou art named a Jew, 17
and restist in the lawe, and hast glorie
in God, and hast knowe his wille, and IB
thou lerudP bi lawe^ preuest the more
profitable thingis, and tristist thi silf to 13
be a ledere of blynde men, the Ii3t of
hem that ben in derknessis, a techere of2o
vnwise men, a maistir of 3onge children,
that hast the foorme of kunnyng and of
treuthe in the lawe; what thanne tech- 21
ist thou another, and techist not thi silf?
Thou that prechist that me schal not
stele, stelist? Thou that techist that me 22
schal xdo nor letcherie, doist letcherie ?
Thou that wlatist rnaumetis, doist sacri-
legie*? Thou that hast glorie in the 23 *
lawe, vnworschipist God bi brekyng of
the lawe? For the name of God is 24 Ke- . ma°d P.re-
puae, that is,
blasfemed bi 3ou among hethene men, maad abhomy-
_, . . . nable to God,
38 IS Writun. tor CirCUniClSlOUn pro- 25 as hethen men
fitith, if thou kepe the lawe; but if thou
be arr trespassour a3ens the lawe, thi £ j°e™s"able
circumsicioun is maad prepucie. Ther-2<»0/rte*J"1<fe>
. . . that is, of the
for if prepucie kepe the ri3twisnessiss of kynde of him
• . i . » •• . . i bi the doom of
the lawe, whethir his prepucie schal not kyndei;
be arettid in to circumcisioun? And the 27
prepucie of kynde that fulfillith the lawe, "
schal deme thee, that bi lettre and cir- *«•«• e.
cumcisioun art trespassour11 a3ens the
lawe. For he that is in opene is not a 28
Jew, nether it is circumsicioun that is
openli in the fleisch ; but he that is a Jew 29
in hid, and thev circumcisioun of herte,
in spirit, not bi the lettre, whos preisyng
is not of men, but of God.
* Om. o. y bitwen sx. z lerid ASX. lerud GM. a hast proued s. & the more s. c tristest
MSX. tristeth o. trustest Q. and tristnist v. and trustnest Y. e ben AGMNOPQSVWX. f childer x.
h Om. ox. i teche r. k do no o. l Om. ox. m Om. x. n hast glorie r. ° Om. OQ. P Om. o.
q Om. ox. r For y. s amongis x. t Om. r. or hethene kustum x. u Om. ox. <Aa< is, an hethen
man vncirciimcidid r. v rijtwisnesses p. rijtfulnessis QH'X. w Om. Q. x arettid r sec. m. J which r.
z Om. o. a the kynde r. b fulfillynge AGMNOPQ^W. fellende s. fulfillende x. c For r. d opyn,
//zfli is, circumcisid inflesch he is preysable K. « neither r. f Om. A pr.m. v. 6 Om. x. h Om. Q.
1 Om. x.
P lerned CEMQXUxaegkoa/3. lered i. lernd K. 1 the lawe CEiKMQRTUxabceghkoa. r not do Eibegka.
rr Om. x pr. m. a. s ri3twisnes EiQRTghko. l wher CEiQxg. u a trespassour k pr. m. v Om. RTh^.
III. i — 16.
ROMANS.
309
CAP. III.
1 Therfore what is more to a Jew, or
2 what profyt of circumcisioun ? Moche by
alle maner ; first sothli, fork the spekyngis
3 of God ben1 bitakun to hem. What sothli
if summe of hem bileueden not ? Wherm
the vnbileue of hem hath auoydid" the
4 feith of God ? Fer be it. Forsoth God is
trewe, W sothfast0, sothli ech man a lyere,
"or unstable? ; as isi writun, That thou be
iustifyed, 'orfounden trewer, in thi wordis,
and ouercome, whanne thou ert denied.
5 Forsoth if oures wickidnesse, 'or vnequyte*,
comende the ri3twysnesseu of God, what
schulen we seie ? Wherv God is wickid,
cthat bryngeth in wraththe? Vp man I
seie. Fer be it. Ellis how 'God schalw
ydeme this world? Forsoth x if the"''
treuthe of God hath haboundid?, 'or be
plenteuous1, in my lesynge, in to the glorie
of hym, what anda 31! am I denied as a
ssynnere? And not as we ben blasfemyd,
and as summe seyen vs forb to seye, Do
we yuele thingis, that goode thingis come.
9 Whos dampnacioun is iust. What ther-
fore ? Passen we hem ? Nay ; sothlic we
ban schewid by skile, Jewis*1 and Greekis
10 allec forf to be vndir synne, as it is writun,
1 1 For ther is not ony man iust ; ther is not
a man vndirstondinge, neither sekinge
12 God. Alle bowedyn awey, to gidere thei
ben maadh vnprofitable ; ther is not that
doith' good thingk, ther is not til to oon.
issA sepulcre openynge1 is the throte of hem ;
with her tungis thei diden gilynglym, 'or
trecherously™ ; the venym of eddris0, ''that
uben clepid aspis?, vnduri her lippis. The
mouth of whom1" is ful of cursyng, 'or wa-
15 riyng*, and bitternesse ; the feet of hem
wben* swift for" to schede out blood. Con-
triciounv, 'or defoulyngvv togidere™, and
umm. feitk of
God, that is,
sehai schewe
thee worth! t(i
t be iustified,
that is, that the
truthe of thi
CAP. III.
What* thanne is more to a Jew, on • what is
i /» j-w /•• •• «~tnjri more, that is.
what prontw or circumcisioun r Myche2 schal avail ^
bi al wise; first, for the spekyngis of God
Veren bitakunx to hem. And what if 3
summe of hem bileueden not ? Whethiry
the vnbileue of hem hath auoidid the
feith of God? God forbede. For God 4 **«*"*•«•
is sothefast, but ech man a7- liere; as
it is writun, That thou be iustified f in
thi wordis, and3 ouercome, whanne thou
art denied. But if oure wickidnesse 5
comende the ri3twisnesse of God, what the rewme, and
' of Crist to be
shulen we seie? Whether God is wick- borun of me, as
•j it. I -^ • ii-xL. T A c • thou bihistist,
id, that bryngith in wraththe? Aftiro seydeDauith.
man Y seie. God forbede. Ellis hou that ."Tpe men
schal God deme this world ? For if the 7 £a' e^re"'
treuthe of God hath aboundid in my
leesyng, in to the glorie of hym, what
3it am Y demed as a synner? And note
as we ben blasfemed, and as summenb
seien that we seien, Do we yuele thingis,
that gode thingis come. Whos danip-
nacioun is iust. What thanne ? Passen 9
we hem ? Nay; for we han schewid bi
skile, that alle bothe Jewis and Grekis
ben vndur synne, as it is writun, For 10
ther. is no man iust:}:; ther is no man 1 1 1 there >s no
, . , f , , man iust, with-
vndurstondynge, nethir sekynge uod. out the grace
t a
Alle bowiden awey, togidere thei
maad vnprofitable; ther is noonc that
doith good thing, there is noond xtil toe man worth;
euerlastinge
oon. The throte of hem is an opyn is bus. Lire here.
sepulcre; with her tungis thei diden gile-
fuli ; the venym of snakis is vndur her
lippis. The mouth of whichef is ful of u
cursyngS andh bitternesse; the feet of is
hem ben swifte to schede' blood. Soreweie
and cursidnesse ben in the weies of hem,
and thei knewen not the weie of pees ; 17
thek drede of God is not bifor1 her i3en. is
k Om. x. ! weren v. m Whether s passim x. n anoyed Q. ° Om. OQX. P Om. ox. 1 it is o.
r Om. x. 3 jour G pr.m. t Om. GMOPX. or vnquyet Y. u i^tfulnesse r. v Whether x passim.
w shal God MPV. x For r. xx Om. p. y abounden WY. z Om. ox. a Om. o. b Om. sx. c for v,
d the Jewis w. e as w. ! Om. sx. h nlaked o. i don N. do sx. k Om. x. l An opin sepulcre r.
m gylfully v. gilendeli x. n Om. o. ° snakes v. P that is, aspis M. Om. or. aspis x. 1 is
vndur y. r which r. s Om. NOVX. t Om. osx. u Om. G pr.m. MPSWX. v Sorwe r. vv Om. or.
w Om. v.
w profiteth R. x taken RT. y Wher i. z t* a BIT sec. m. k. a and that thou i. b summe men i.
summe ej pr. m. a sec. m. c no man T. d not R. no man T. e vnto R. ( whom i. S cursidnesse a.
h and of k. ' schede out R. k and the R. ' tofore k.
310
ROMANS.
III. 17 3T.
And we witen, that, what euere thingis 19
the lawe spekith, it spekith to hem that
ben in the lawe, that ech mouth be
stoppid, and ech world be maad suget
to God. For of the werkis of the lawe 20
ech fleisch schal not be Justified bifor
hym ; for bi the lawe ther is knowyng
of synne. But now with outen the lawe 21
the rijtwisnesse™ of God is schewid, that
is witnessid of the lawe and the" pro-
fetis. And the ri3twisnesse of God is bi22
the feith of Jhesu Crist in to alle men
and on alle men that bileuen in0 hym;
for ther is no departyng. For alle men 23
synneden, and han nede to the glorie
of God*; and ben Justified freli bi his 24 * of God, that
grace, bi the a3enbiyngP that is in 'Crist
Jhesui. Whom God ordeynede for3yuer, 25
bi feith in his blood, to the schewyng <tedisdony>
• ° that is, bi the
of his rhtwisnesse, for remyssioun of eide lawe, that
' stood in flesch
biforgoynge synnes, m the beryng up of2C0f obseru-
>~, -. « /*i*-j. aunces. of
God, to the schewyng of his rrjtwisnesse feitht that is>
'infelicite, or cursidnesse*, iny the weies of
17 hem, and thei knewen not the weyz of
is pees; the drede of God is not bifore her
uiy3en. Forsothe we witen, fora what euere
thingis the lawe spekith, it spekith to
hem that ben in the lawe, that ech mouth
be stoppid, and ech world be'1 maad suget
20 to God. For of the workis of lawe ech
fleischbl>, 'that is, mankyndec, schal not be
iustifyed bifore him; forsothed bye the
21 lawe is knowinge of synne. Forsothe
now with ou ten the lawe the ri3twysnesse
of God is schewid, witnessid of the lawe
22 andee prophetis. Sothli the ri^twysnesse of
God is by thef feith of Jhesu Crist on&
alle'1 that bileuen in to hym ; forsoth1
ther is noj distyncciounk, W departynge* .
23 For alle men synneden, and han nede to
24 the glorie of God ; thei Justified freely bi
his grace, by the redemcioun™, W the
a^enbiyng™, that is purposid0 in Jhesu
25 Crist. Whom God purposideP an helpere
by feith in his blood, to the schewinge of
his rijtwysnesse, for** remiscioun1" ofrr vbi-
26 fore goynge3 synnes, in the sustentacioun',
'or beringe vpu, of God, to the schewynge
of his ri5twysnesse in this tyme, that he
be iust, and iustifyingev him that is of the
27 feith of Jhesu Crist. Where isw therfore
thi gloriyngex? It is excludid?, ' or put
out1. By what lawe? Of dedis doynge ?
28 Nay, but by the lawe of feith. Forsothe
we demen a man fora to be iustifyed by
29feithb, withouten workis of lawee. Whercc
of Jewis is God oonly ? Wherd he is not
ande of hethenef? ^is, and of hethenes.
:w For sothely oon is God, that iustifyeth
circiuncisioun of h feith, and prepucie, W
•Aihethen men1, by feith. Therfore distrye
we the lawe by thek feith ? Fer be it ;
but we stablischen1 the lawem.
x vnhappynesse o. cursidnesse r. infelicite x. y ben in r. z weiyes MO. a that r. b Om. N. bb man r.
c Om. orx. A for r. e Om. o. ee of K. f Om. PW. S into alle and on N. into alle men and on r.
h alle men v . ' For v pr. m. 3 not G sec.m. k diffinycioun M. 1 Om. O,Y. m a3enbiyng o. n or cr$ein-
biyng GMr. Om. NOX. ° Om. ^GMNOPOsrwxv. P purposide, or ordeyned AGMNPQSVY. ordeyned o. 1 for
the v. r redempcioun w. " of his o. s biforn goende x. * beringe up o. susteyninge v, u Om. ox.
w On1, r pr.m. x glorifyinge w. y put out o. z Om. ox. a Om. sx. b the feith w. c the law
pQsrwxY. cc Whether MP. <1 Whether M. Whether and x. e Om. MPQSX. also r. f hethen men
g hethen men epr.m.osr. h bi v. ' Om. ox. kOm.Mopx. l stablen GMP. m lawe bi feith GMP.
in this tyme, that he be iust, and iusti-
»
fyynge hym that is of the feith of hethen men-
•'•'*' ' Lire here. e.
Jhesu Crist. Where thanne is thi glo-27
riyngr? It is excludid. Bi what lawe?
Of s dedis doyng ? Nay, but by the lawe
of feith. For we demen a man to be 28
justified bi the1 feith, with outen werkis"
of the lawe. Whethir of Jewisv is God 29
oneli ? Whether" he is not also of he-
thene men? 3his) and of hethene men.
For voon God isx, that iustefieth circum-so
cisioun bi>" feith, and prepucie bi feith.
Distruye we therfor the lawe bi the* si
feith ? God forbede ; but we stablischen
the lawe.
m rijtfulnesse b. n of the i. Om. k pr. m. ° in to CK sec. m. ab sec. m. k. P ajenrisinge T. 1 Jhesu
Crist Rpr.m. k. r ioi3ynge H. "Oftheh. tOm.kpr.m. tt the werkis a. v the Jewis HT.
w Wher i. x ther is oo God i. y of A sec.m. marg. a. z Om. nk.
IV. j — 13.
ROMANS.
311
CAP. IV.
1 What therfore schulen we seye, 'oure
fadir Abrahamv forw Ho hauex founden
2 vpy vthe fleyschz ? Forsoth3 if Abraham be
justified of the worlds of laweb, he hath
aglorie, but not anentisc God. 'What soth-
lid seith the scripture ? Abraham bileuede
to God, and it ise rettidf to him to ri3t-
4 wysnesse. Forsoth to him that worchith
mede is not '3ouun to?, "or rettid^, vp
5 grace, but vp dette. But' to hym that
worchith not, forsothk bileuynge1 into him
that iustifyeth the wickidm man, W vn-
pifous", his feith is rettid0 to ri3twysnesseP,
evp the purposingeci of Goddis grace. As
and Dauid seith the blessidnesse of a
man, tor whom God acceptith8 n'3twys-
nesse withoute werkis * ^of the lawe u,
7 Blessid theiv, whos wickidnessis ben for-
3ouun, and whos syrines ben keuered, "or
8//zWvv. Blessid thatw man, to whom God
orettide* not synne. Therfore this blessid-
nesse dwellith-v oouly in circumcisioun, or
also in prepucie/or staat ofhethene menz?
Forsothe we seyn, fora the feith is1' rettidc
10 to Abraham to ri3twysnesse. Hou ther-
fore isd it rettid6 ? in circumcisioun, or in
prepucie? Not in circumsioun, but in pre-
1 1 pucie. And he took a signe of circum-
cisioun, a markynge, W tohenynge*, of
ri3twysnesse of feith that? is in prepucie,
that he be fadir of alle men bileuynge
by prepucie, that it be rettid1 andk to hem
12 to ri3twysnesse ; and that he be fadir of
circumcisioun, not oonly to hem that ben
of circumcisioun, but and1 to hem that
suen his"1 steppis vof the feith" vof our
is fadir Abraham, that is in prepucie0. For-
sothe not by the lawe is biheesteP to
Abraham, or to his seed, that he bei the
CAP. IV.
What thanne schulen we seie, that i
Abraham oure fadir aftir the flesch
foond ? For if Abraham isa justified of 2
werkisb of the lawe, he hath glorie, but
not anentis God. For what seith the:i
scripture ? Abraham bileued to God,
and it was arettid to him to ri3twis-
nesse. And to hym that worchith mede 4
is not arettid bi grace, but hi dette.
Sotheli to hym that worchith not, huts
bileueth in to hym that iustefieth a
wickid man, his feith is arettid to ri3t-
wisnesse, aftir the purpos of Goddis
grace*. As Dauid seith the blessidnesse o
of a man, whom God acceptith, he 3yu-
eth to hym ri3twisnesse with outen
werkis of the lawe, Blessid ben thei,7
whos wickidnessis0 ben forjouun, and
whos synnes ben hid. Blessid is thatu
man, to whom God arettide not synne.
Thanne whether d\vellith this blisful-o
nessed oneli in circumcisioun, or alsoe in
prepucie? For we seien, that the feith
was arettid to Abraham to ri3twisnesse.
Hou thanne was it arettid ? inf circum- 10
cisioun, or in prepucie ? Not in circum-
cisioun, but in prepucie. And he took n
a signe of circumcisioun, a tokenyngs of
ri3twisnesse of the feith which is in pre-
pucie, that he be fadir of alle men bi-
leuynge bi prepucie, that it be arettid
also to hem to ri3twisnesse ; and that he 12
be fadir of circumcisioun, not onely to
hem that ben of circuincisioun, but also
to hem that suen the steppis of the feith,
whichh feith is in prepucie of oure fader
Abraham. For not bi the lawe is bi-is
heest to Abraham, or to his seed, that
he schulde be eir of the world, but bi
* yrace, that
is, by the ordir
of grace, and
not by the
ordir of dette.
circumcisioun,
that is, in
Jewis circum-
cidid. prepucie,
or staat of he-
then men. Lire
here. e.
v Abraham oure fadir vx. w vp the flesche for GMP. Om. sx. vp the flesch v. x Om. v. y Om.
after o. z Om. QMPV. a For v. b the lawe or sec. m. x. c anent x passim. d For whi what r.
e was v. f arettid v. S jouun ox. arettid v. h Om. laoerx. ' Sotheli r. k but v. ' the byleuynge o.
m rueke sx. n Om. ox. ° arettid r. P rijtfulnesse v. 1 purpos v. r Om. N. 8 acceptith, he jeueth
to hem N. acceptid s. l the werkis QUX. » Om. x. v be thei G sec.m. v. vv Om. ox. w is that nr.
the Qstrx. x arettide y. y dwellith it GMP. dwellith not Q. 2 Om. ovx. a that v. b was v.
c arettid v. d was v. e arettid v. f Om. ox. e which y. ' arettid y. k also v. 1 Om.
G pr. m. m the Nr. n Om. G pr, m. ° which feith is in prepucie of oure fadir Abraham y. P the
byheste x. i schulde be y.
a be CEiKMQRTUxabceghka/3. o the werkes MRTh. « wicknessis i. wickidnes k. d rijtfulnesse E.
blessidnesse Ra. « ellis R. f into o. K token EiKQeg. h the whiche i.
312
ROMANS.
iv. 14—25-
eyr of the world, but bi the ri3twysnesse
H of feith. Sothlir if thei that ben of the
lawe, ben eyris, feith is anentyschid8, 'or
15 distroyed1, biheeste is don awey. Forsoth"
the lawe worchith wrath the ; sothli wherv
the lawe is riot, nethir isw preuaricacioun,
iovor trespassinge*. Therfore of? the feith,
that vp grace biheeste be stable11, W stede-
fast*, to ech seed, not to that seed oonly
that is of the lawe, but to that that is of
theb feith of Abraham, thec which is fadir
17 of vs alle. As it is writun, For I haue
sett thee fadir of manye folkis, bifore God
to whom thou hast bileuyd. Thed which
GodK quykerieth deedef mens, and clepith
tho thingis that ben not, as tho that ben.
isTheh which Abraham1 a3ens hope bileu-
ede in tok hope, that he schulde be maad
fadir of manye folkis, vp that it1 is seid
to hym, Thus schal'" thi seed be", as
sterris0 of heuene'', and as grauel, vor
,<iondl>, that is in ther brynke of thes see.
19 And he is1 not maadu vnstedefast in the
bileue, nethir he biheld his body nowv
ny3 deed, whanne he was almoost ofw an
hundrid 3eer, and the wombe of Sare riy3
20 deed. Also in the byheeste of God he
doutide not with vntrust ; but he isx com-
fortid in bileue, 3yuynge glorie to God,
21 witinge moost fully for a what euere
thingis God hath bihi3t, he is my3ti andb
22 for0 to do. Therfore it isd rettid6 to him
23 to rijtwysnesse. Forsothe it is not writun
oonly for hym, for it isf rettids to him to
24 ri3twysnesse, but and forh vs, to which it
schal be rettid', beleuynge in to hym that
reyside oure Lord Jhesu Crist fro deede
tt&piritis*. The1" which is" bitakun for
oure synnes, and roos a3en for oure ius-
tifyinge0.
the ri3twisnesse of feith1. For if theii4
that ben of the lawe*, ben eiris, feith is *oftheiawe,
,...,,.. ., ,-, ,, that is, of the
distned, biheest is don awey. ror the 15 werkis of lawe.
lawe worchith wraththe; for where is no Lirehere-e-
lawe, there is no trespas, nethir is tres-
passyng. Therfor riytfulnesse^ is of the1 is
feith, that bi grace biheeste be™1 stable"
to ech seed, not to that seed oneli that
is of the lawe, but to that that is of the
feith of Abraham, which is fadir of vs
alle. As it is writun, For Y haue set 17
thee fadir of many folkis, bifor God to
whom thou hast bileued. Which0 God
quykenethPf deed men, and clepith tho
thingis that ben not, as tho that ben.
Which Abraham asens hope bileuede in i8hethen men
that weren
to hope, that he schulde be maad fader deed lir ydola-
. . trie, that ben
of many folkis, as it wasi seid to hym, not, that is, of
Thus schal thi seed be, as the sterris of that weren not
heuene, and as the grauel that is in the rfcmn w?ore "
brenke of the see. And he wasr not 19 Jewis- that
ben, that is, as
maad vnstidfast in the bileue, nether he Jewis that
biheelde his bodi thanne ny3 deed, arettid
f quikeneth by
grace, deed
men, that is,
whanne he was almost of an hundrid
3eer, ne the wombe of Sare ny3 deed.
Also in the biheeste of God he doutide 20 Lyre here. e.
not with vntrist ; but he was coumfortid
in bileue, 3yuynge glorie to God, witynge 21
moost fulli that what euere thingis God
hath bihi3t, he is my3ti also to do.
Therfor it was arettid to hym to ri3t-22
wisnesse8. And it is not writun oneli 23
for him, that it was arettid to hym to
ri3t wisnesse1, but also for vs, to whicheu24
it schal be arettid, that bileuen in him
that reiside oure Lord Jhesu Crist fro
deeth. Which was bitakun for oure 25
synnes, and roos a3en for oure iustefi-
'' Forsothe o. s distroyed o. * Om. ox, n Forwhi v. v whether G pr. m. w Om. s.
x Om. o. y rbffulnesse is of r. z stedefast o. a Om. ox. b Om. v. c Om. v. d Om. v.
e Om. x. f the deade x. S Om. x. h Om. v. i Om. x. k Om. N. 1 that Q. m shal he x.
n Om. A'. ° the eterres x. P the heuen o. 1 Om. Nrx. r Om. x. s Om. o. 4 was v. u Om. r.
v thanne v. w Om. o. x was v. a that v.
e arettid y. h to K. » arettid v. l Om. x.
also r. c Om. srx. d was r. e arettid v. f was r.
m Om. v. n was v.
iustifyingis K.
' the feith K.
4 is k pr. m.
v iustifi3ynges K
k r'v^trvisnes T. 1 Om. c. m is T. n stablid R. ° The whiche i. P quykenyde a.
r is k pr. m. s ri3tfulnesse £. * rijtfulnesse ciKMQRUxabcehoa/3. u whom i.
V. I 14.
ROMANS.
313
CAP. V.
1 Therfore we, iustified of feith, haue?
pees at God by oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
2 By whom we hani 'accesse, orr ny$ go-
ynge to, by feith in to this8 grace, in
which we stonden, and han glorie in the
3 hope of glorie of Goddis sones. Forsoth
not oonly, but and we glorien in tribula-
ciouns, witinge that tribulacioun worch-
4ith pacience, sothli pacience" prouynge,
5 forsothe prouyngev hope. Forsoth hope
confoundith not, for the charite of God is
spred abrood in oure hertis by the Hooly
e Gost, that is 3ouun to vs. Wherto sothly
deiede Crist w for wickide* men, whanne
we weren 3it syke*, W unstable 'z, 'vp
7 tymea ? Sothli vnnethisb deieth eny man
for the iustc; for whi for the gooded per-
sauenture vsum man dar deyee. Forsoth
God comendith his charite in vs ; for if
whanne wef weren 3it synners, Vp tyme?
9 Crist ish deed for vs', moche more now we
iustifyed in his blood, schulen be saaf k fro
lowraththe by him. Sothli1 if whenne we
weren enemyes, we ben recouncilid to
God by deeth of his sone, moche more we
recounsylid schulen be saaf in the lyf xof
11 him™. Forsothe notn oonly, but and we
glorien in God, by oure Lord Jhesu Crist,
by whom we hari° receyued now recoun-
12 cilyng, W acordyngv. Therfore as by o
man synne entridei in to this1" world, and
by synne deeth, sos 'deeth passide forth in
to alle men1, in which man alle men syn-
isneden. Sothli til to the lawe synne was
in the world ; forsothe11 synne was not
'wyitid, orv rettid, whanne lawew was not.
u But deeth regnyde fro Adam til to* Moy-
ses, also in? to hem that synneden not inz
licnesse of trespassinge of Adam, whicha
CAP. V.
Therfor we, iustified of feith, haue we i
pees at God bi oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
Bi whom we han nij goyng to, bi feith 2
in to this grace, in which we stonden,
and han glorie in the hope of thew glorie
of Goddis children*. And not this 3 *thati»,of
,. , , , ., , seintis, that
oneli, but also we glorien in tribula- ben seid Goddi
ciouns, witynge that tribulacioun worch- JJ^j- k°ynde"
ith pacience, and pacience preuyngf, 4 a ^ of grace
and preuyng hope. And hope confound- s Lyre here. e.
•iu f *u 1,-x c n j • jf ^'"yg;
ith not, for the charite of God is spred that is, purging
abroodx iny oure hertis bi the Hooli
Goost, that is 3ouim to vs. And while e
thatz we weren sijk aftir the tyme, what as myche as a
* * m man is not dis-
diede Crist for wickid men? For vnnethis 7 seyued in that
. , . - . thatheabood.
dieth ony man for the mst man; and 31! yts>jk;
for a good man perauenture summan
dar die. But God comendith his cha-s ritisdiede Crist,
but for his pure
rite in vs; for if whanne we weren sit charite. from
wraththe; that
synnens, aftir the tyme Crist was deed 9 is, peyne of
, . lielle. not oonli.
for vs, thanne myche more now we ms- we schuien be
tified in his blood, schulen be saaf fro *£££"**
wraththe bi him. For if whanne we 10 ^mmdide; that
is, passith more
weren enemyesa, web ben recounselid to in good, than
, . the synne of
God bi the deth of his sone, myche Adampassede
more we recounselid schulen be saaf in lpiJ^etloues.
the lijf of hym. And not oneli this, but u
also we glorien in God, bi oure Lord passing suede
„..,., , , the jeuyng of
Jhesu Crist, bi whom we han resseyued lawe, not [for]
, . mi_ /• i- • the defaute of
now recounselmg. Therfor as bi o man i2theiawe,butfor
synne entride in to this world, and bi ^"Sjjf^
synne deth, and so deth passide forth in forside a3ens
forbeding, and
to alle men, in which man alle men fortheknow-
T-> < .. .11 ing of synne,
synneden. For til toc the lawe synne is wh;ch knowing
was in the world ; but synne was not iaw^^gg'-eg-6
rettidd, whanne lawe was not. But deth u g>th synne
Lyre here. e.
regnyde from Adam 'til toe Moises, also
in to hem that synneden not in licnesse
of the trespassyng of Adam, the which
P haue wee x. 1 haf o. r Om. o. s his Q. 1l pacience rvorchith r. v prouyng
n&rchith r. w Crist up tyme r. * wicke sx. y vnstable o. z Om. orx. and vnstable Q. a Om. r.
b vnnethe MX.
' vs up tyme r.
cording r.
u sothely o.
c iuste man or. d goode man or. e who dare dye? G. f je o. K Om. v. h was r,
k saued N. 1 For v. m Om. o. n and not x. ° haf o. P Om. ox. or ayn-
hath entrid o. r the o. 9 and soo rx. * into alle men deth passede thurj x.
T Om. o. w the law o. x Om. G. y Om. o. z into G sec. m. a the whiche
w Om. a.
Om. K sec. m.
VOL. IV.
Om. R pr. m. 7 on a. into g. z Om. K pr. m. k pr. m.
c vnto IR. d arettid Rg sec.m. k. e vnto i.
S S
ether synneres K marg.
314
ROMANS.
v. 15 — vi. 4.
is foorme, W licnesse*, of oowc to corn-
is ynged. But not ase giltf, W trespass, so
and the 3ifte ; sothli'1 if thorw the gilt1
of oouk manye ben deed, moche more the
grace of God and 3ifte in the grace of o
man Jhesu Crist hath haboundid in to
16 many men. And not as by o synne, so
and by1 3yfte; forwhi sothli dom of oon
in to condempnacioun, grace forsothe of
manye giltis, 'or trespassingis™, in to
17 iustificacioun. Forsoth" if in the gilt of
oon deeth regnede thorw oon, moche more
men takynge plente of grace, and? 3yu-
ynge, andi ri3twysnesse, 'in lyf schulen
isregner by oon Jhesu Crist. Therfore as
by8 the gilt of oon in to alle men in to
condempnacioun, so and by the ri3twys-
nesse of oon in to alle men in to iustify-
i9inge of lyf. Sothli as by' inobedience of
o man manye ben ordeyned synneris, so
and by obedience of oon manye schulenv be
20 ordeyned iust. 'Forsoth thew lawe entride,
that gilt shulde be plenteuous ; sothli
wher gilt was plenteuous, and grace ha-
21 boundidex, 'or was plenteuous?. That as
synne regnede in to deeth, so and grace
regne by ri3twysnesse into euere lastynge
lyf, by 'Jhesu Crist oure Lord*.
CAP. VI.
i Therfore what schulen we seye ? Schu-
len we dwelle in synne, that grace be
2 plenteuous? Ferr be it. Sothli b wec
thatd ben deed todd synne, 'how schulen
3 we e '3it lyue ee ther ynne ? Wher f,
bretheren, '36 vnknowen», forh whiche
euere we1 ben baptysidk, 'or cristened1,
in Crist Jhesu, 'in his deeth we ben bap-
4 tysid™ ? Sothli" we ben to gidere biried
with him bi cristendom in to deeth; that
is licnesse of Crist to comynge. But not 15
as gilt, so the 3ifte; for if thorou3 the
gilt of oon manye ben deed, myche
more the grace of God and the 3ifte in
thef grace of o man Jhesu Crist hath
aboundids in to many men. And not IB
as bi o synne, so bi the 3ifte ; for the
doom of oon in to condempnacioun, but
grace1' of many giltis in to iustificacioun.
For if in the gilt of oon deth regnede1 17
thorou3 oon, myche more menk that
takyn1 plente of grace, and of 3yuyng,
and of ri3twisnesse, schulen regne in
lijf bi oon Jhesu Crist. Therfor as bi is
the gilt of oon in to alle men in to
condempnacioun, so bi the ri3twisnesse
of oon in to alle men in to iustifiyng of
lijf. For as bi inobedience of o man 19
manye ben maad synneris, so bi the
obedience of oon manye schulen be iust.
And the lawe entride, that gilt schuldeso
be plenteuouse ; but where gilt was
plenteuouse, grace was more plenteu-2i
ouse. That as synne regnede in to deth,
so grace regne m bi ri3twisnesse in to
euerlastynge lijf, bi 'Crist Jhesu" oure
Lord.
CAP. VI.
Therfor what schulen we seie ? Schu- 1
len we dwelle in synne, that grace be
plenteuouse ? God forbede. For hou 2
schulen we that ben deed to0 synne, lyue
3it ther ynne? Whether, britheren, 368
knowen not, thatP whiche euere we ben
baptisid in Crist Jhesu, we ben bap-
tisid in his deth* ? For we ben togidere 4
biried with hym bi baptym 'in toi deth;
thatr as Crist aroos8 fro deth bi the1
* that is, l)i the
vertu of his
deeth. in to
deeth; that is,
in to liknesse
of deeth, as to
synful lijf. by
baptym; that
is, maad lijk
Cristis deeth
by baptim. to
synne, that is,
for synne to be
doon awey.
vrviir the lawe,
of Moysea, that
jaf not grace.
Lyre here. e.
b Om. ox. of lyckenesse w. c Crist v. d come x. e as the s. f trespasse o. gulty w. the gilte x.
e Om. ox. h for v. i trespas o. k o man x. I Om. v. "» Om. svx. n For v. P and of v.
1 and of v. T schulen rengne in lijf v. s Om. w. t by the Q. v Om. v. w Sothli x. * abounde v.
y Om. ox. a oure Lord Jhesu Crist x . b For r. « hou schulen we v. d Om. N. dd bi M. e Om. v.
ee lyue 3it MPVW. { Wherfor K. Om. o. Whether sx. g Whar je know not o. je knowen w. h that v.
' je WXY. k cristened o. 1 Om. Nosrx. " we ben baptysid in his deth v. " For v.
f Om. a. B woxen plenteuous R. h the grace T. ' regneth T. k Om. i. 1 we takynge i. takinge
KQRT. that taking bcegho/3. m regneth R. n Jhesu Crist CKiKMQuxabcegk/3. ° for T. P Om. k.
<J in k pr. m. r for Eega. » roos EiQRTega. *• Om. R.
VI. 5—i 8.
ROMANS.
315
as Crist roos fro deede spiritis bi glorie
of the fadir, so and we walke in the
s newenesse of lyf. Forsoth0 if we 'plauntid
to gidereP ben maad to the liknesse of his
deeth, also and we schulen ben of hisi
erisyng a3en ; witinger that oure oolde
man is to gidere crucifyed, that the body
of synne be distroyed, that we serue no
7 more tos synne. Sothli1 he that is deed
sVo synne*, is iustified fro synne. Forsoth
if we ben deed withv Crist, we bileuen
that alsow we schulen lyue to gidere with
shim ; witinge for Crist, rysinge a3en fro
deede spiritis1, now deieth not, deeth schal
10 no more lordschipe3 tob him. Forsoth 'he
thatc isd deed to synne, he ise deed oonys ;
sothli vhe thatf lyueth, he& lyueth to God.
n So and 36 demeh 3ou' fork to be deed
sothli to synne, forsoth1 lyuynge to God
12 in Jhesu Crist oure Lord. Therfore regne
not" synne in 3oure° deedly body, that 36
isobeische to his coueitingis. But neither
3yue 36 3oure membris aarmours of wick-
idnesse to synne, but 3yue 36 3ouP self to
God, asi of deed men lyuynger, and 3oure
membris armers of ri3twisnesse to God.
14 Forsothe synne schal not5 lordschipe1 tou
3ou ; sothli 36 ben not vndir lawev, but
15 vndir grace. What therfore? Schulen
we synnenw, for we ben not vndir thex
ic lawe, but vndir grace ? Ferr be it. Witen?
36 not, for to whom 36 3yuen 3ou ser-
uauntis forz to obeische3, 36 ben seruauntis
of that thing, to whichb 36 ban obeischidc,
eitherd of synne to deeth, othire of obedi-
nence to ri3twysnesse ? Sothli I do thank-
yngis to God, that 36 weren seruauntis of
synne; forsoth 30 han obeyschid of herte
in to that fourme of techyng, in which 36
is ben bitakunf. Forsoth 30 delyuered fro
yuel lond> and
hen plauntid in
*he good lond
of grace with
Crist, oure eide
glorie of the fadir, so walke we in a
newnesse of lijf. For if we plauntid 6
togidere* ben maad tou the licnesse of * piaunii
his detb, also we schulen be of the lie-
nesse of his risyng a3en ; witynge this 6
thinff, that oure olde man is crucified
>°
togidere, that the bodi of synne be dis-
, , ,
truyed, that we serue no more to synne.
For he that is deedv, is iustefied fro;
synne. And if we ben deed with Crist, 8
we bileuen that also we schulen lyue to- thatis,theheep
. . , of synnes. Lyre
gidere with hym; witinge forw Crist, rys-9 here. e.
ynge a3en fro deth, now dieth not, deeth
schal no more haue lordschip on hym.
For that he was deed to synne, he was 10
deed onys ; but that he lyuethx, he liueth
to God. So 36 deme? 3ou silf to be deedii
to synne, but lyuynge to God in vJhesu
Crist z oure Lord. Therfor regne not 12
synne in 3ourea deedii bodi, that 36
obeischeb to hise coueityngis. Nether is
3yue 36 3oure membris armuris of wick-
idnesse to synne, but 3yue 36 3011 silf to
God, as thei that lyuen of deed men, and
3ourec membris armuris of ri3twisnesse
to God. For synne schal not haue lord- 14
schipe ond 3011 ; for 36 ben not vndur the
lawe,. but vndur grace. What therfor ? is
Schulen we do synne, for we ben not
vndur the lawe, but vndur grace? Godie
forbede. Witen 36 not, that to whom 36
3yuen 3oue seruauntis to obeie to, 30 ben
seruauntis of that thing, to whichf 36
han obeschids, ether of synne to deth,
ether of obedience to ri3twisnesse ? But 17
Y thanke God, that 36 weren seruauntis
of synne ; but 36 han obeischid1' of herte
in to that fourme of techyng, in which
3e ben bitakun'. <And 36 delyuered fro is
synne, ben maad seruauntis of ri3twis-
0 For v. P togidere plauntid GMP. 1 Om. AGMpQsrwx sec.m. Y. the o. r witinge this thing r.
s Om. s. t For r. u Om. v. v to w. w alle wx. z Om. x. a haue lordschipe r. b on v.
c that he GMPV. d was v. e was v. t that he GMPV. S Om. x. h demeth x. ' to jou QWX.
k Om. sx. 1 but r. n noo v. ° oure QSX pr. m. P joure GMNP. q as thei that lyuen r.
r Om. NT. s no more w. * haue lordschipe v. u on v. v the law AG sec.m. MNOPSP. w do synne r.
1 Om. swx. Y Wenen v. z Om. x. a obeyen x. b whom GMP. c obejid x. d other MPS. outher x.
e ether ANOV. other MP. outher x. ( taken o.
u Om. b. v deed to synne CKMQ sec. m. Ri'uxag sec.m. hko. w that R. * lyue i. 7 deme je R.
z Christ Jhesu R. a oure ER pr. m. eg. b obeie R. c yue y joure k pr. m. d ouer T. e 3ou self R.
f which thing R. g obeied R. h obeied R. ' taken R.
S S 2
316
ROMANS.
VI. 19 VII. 5.
synne, ben maad seruauntis of ri3twys-
ignesse. I seie mannis thing, for the in-
firmite, W vnstabilnesses, of 3oureh fleisch.
Sothli1 as 36 han jounn joure mernbris
fork to serue to vnclennes, and wickid-
nesse to wickidnesse, so now 3yue 361 3oure
membris for™ to serue to ri3twysnesse
20 in to hoolynesse. Forsothe11 whanne 36
weren seruauntis of synne, 30 weren fre of
21 ri3twysnesse°. Therfore what fruyt hadden
36 thanneP in thoi thingis, in whiche 36
schamen now ? xNow therfore1" the ende
22 of hem is deeth. Forsoth now 36 dely-
uered fro synne, vmaad sotheli8 seruauntis
to God, han 3oure fruyt in to* hoolynesse,
the ende forsoth euerlastyng lyf. Treuli
the hyris of synne, deethv ; the grace of
God, euerlastingw lyf in 'Crist Jhesu* oure
Lord.
CAP. VII.
i Bretheren, wher? 36 vnknowenz; forsoth
I speke to men witinge the lawe ; for the
lawe hath lordschip in a man, hou longe
atyme itb lyueth? Forwhic that womman
that is vnder an housbonde, is bounden to
the lawe, vlyuynge the hosebonded; sothli
if hir hosebonde vbe deed6, sche is dely-
ueredf, vor vnbounden%, fro the lawe of the
3manh. Therfore vlyuynge the man1, she
schal be clepid auoutresse, if she schalk be
with another man1 ; forsothe if hir hose-
bonde bem deed, she is deliuered fron
lawe0 of the man'', that sche be not auou-
tresse, if she schali be with another manr.
4 Treuli8, britheren, and 36 ben maad deed
to the lawe thorw3l the body of Crist, that
3e ben anotheris", that roos a3en fro deede
spiritis"', that wew here fruit to God.
5Forsothx whanne we weren in fleisch,
passiouns of synnes, that weren bi the
to synne- Lnre
here. e.
nesse. Y seie that thing that is of man, 19
for the vnstidefastnessek of 3oure fleisch.
But as 36 han 3ouun 3oure membris to
serue to vnclennesse, and to wickidnesse
xin to1 wickidnesse, so now 3yue 30 3oure
membris to serue to ri3twisnesse in to
hoolynesse. For whanne 36 weren ser-ao
uauntis of synne, 36 weren fre* of ri3t- * that ;»,
fulnesse™. Therfor what fruyt hadden 21
3e thanne in tho thingis, in whiche 5e
schamen" now ? For the ende of hem
is deth. But now 30 delyuered fro 22
synne, and maad seruauntis to God, han
3our fruyt in to holinesse, and the ende
euerlastinge lijf. For the wagis of synne
is deth ; the grace of God is euerlastynge
lijf in Crist Jhesu our Lord.
CAP. VII.
Britheren, whethir0 36 knowun not ; i
for Y speke to men "that knowenP the
lawe; for the lawe hath lordschip in a
man, as long tyme as iti lyueth ? For 2
that womman that is vndur an hose-
bonde, is boundun to the lawe, while
the hosebonde lyueth ; but if hir hose-
bonde is deed, sche is delyuered fro the
lawe of the hosebonde. Therfor sche 3
schal be clepid auoutresse, if sche be
with another man, while the hosebonde
lyueth ; but if hir hosebonde is deed,
sche is delyuered fro the8 lawe of the
hosebonde, that sche be not auoutresse,
if sche be with another man*. And so, 4
my britheren, 36 ben maad deed to the
lawef bi the bodi of Crist, that 36 ben
of another, that roos 33611 fro deth, that
36 bere fruyt to God. For whanne we 5
weren in fleisch, passiouns of synnes,
t maad deed
to the lawe of
3Ioyses. by the
body of Crist ;
that is, for ;e
ben maad
membris of
Crist bi baptim,
which is gene-
racioun of newe
and goostly lijf.
in flesch ; that
is, lyueden
fleischli bifore
conuersioun.
passimm of
synnes; that is,
g Om. x. h the o. oure p. i Forsoth o. k Om. sx. 1 Om. w. m Om. osx. n For v.
0 rijtfullnesse r sup. ras. P Om. G pr.m. 1 to tho N. to o. r Forwhi v. s and maad v. * Om. QSW.
v ben deeth o. is deeth v. w is euerlasting v. x Jhesu Crist o. y whether x. z know not o.
b he GN. e Forsothe o. d lyuynge hir hosebonde ow. while the husbonde lyueth v. e dye o. is deed r.
f vnbounden o. g Om. ox. h husbonde v. ' Om. v. k Om. x. ' man, while the husbonde lyueth v.
m is v. n of w. ° the lawe GMNQSWXY. P husbonde r. 1 Om. v. r Om. o. s Therfore, my r.
' bi v, u of anothir N. v Om. x. w je r. x For r.
k vnstablenesse CEiKMQHTUxabceghkoa/3. Ifor to maynlene i. m ri3twisnesse ERahka. n aschamen a.
11 wher ciKMQUxa. P knowynge R. that knowith bcho(3. q he i sup. ras. KRTg sec. m. s Om.
K pr. m. MQUX pr. m. o/3. * Om. r.
VII. 6 — 18.
ROMANS.
317
lawe, wrou3ten in oure membris, that theiz
cschulden here fruyt to deeth. Now for-
sothe we ben vnbounden fro the lawe of
deeth, in the3 which we weren holde, so
that we serue in newenesse of spirit, and
7 not in oldnesse of lettre. What therfore
schulen we seie ? The lawe is synne ?
Fer be it. But I knew not synne, no but
by laweaa ; forwhi I wiste not coueitynge
forb to bec synne, 'no butd the lawe seide,
s Thou schalt not coueite. Forsothe occa-
sioun6 takun, synne by the maundeinent
hath wrou3te in me al coueityng f, 'or
coueityse s ; sothlih wfth oute the lawe,
9 synne was deed. Forsothe I lyuede with
oute the'1 lawe sum tyme; but whanne the
comaundement hadde comen, synne lyuede
ioa3en. Sothli I am deed, and thek co-
maundement1 ism founden to me, 'that was
to lyf, this thing" for0 to be? toi deeth.
11 Forwhi synne, occasioun r takun bi the
comaundement, disseyuede me, and bis it
I2slou3 me. 'And so1 the lawe sotheli hoo-
lyu, and thev comaundement hoolyw, and
isiust, and good. Therfor 'that thatx is
good, 'to me is maad deeth^ ? Fer be it.
But thatz synne appere3, 'or be knowenb,
synne, thorw good thing wrou3te deeth to
me, that ther be maad synne synnynge
ouer manerec, 'or mesured, by comaunde-
ument6. Sothli we witen, forf the lawe is
spiritual, 'or goostlis; forsothh I am
isfleischly, sold vndir synne. Sothli' I vn-
dirstonde notk that that I worche; sothly1
I do not the good thing that I wole, but
I do 'the ilkem yuel thing that I hate.
loForsoth if I do that thing that" I wole
not, I consente to the lawe, for0 it is good.
17 Now sothely I worche not? now, but that"-
issynner that dwellith in me3. Sothli I wot,
for* in me, that is, in my fleisch, dwellith
bi
the newe testa-
ment, fro the
lawe of deeth ;
that is, fro
'H ; that
is, wasknowun
yre
that weren bi the lawe, wrou3ten in flescheiy coue-
i . . ,, , , , tisis. newenesse
oure membris, to here fruyt to deth. „/ spirit; that
But now we ben vnboundun fro then JJ ^V newe'6
lawe of deth, in which we weren holdun, }a?,e- Mne**e
of lettre; that
so that we semen in newnesse of spirit, is> »<>t w the
- .11 rule of the elde
and not in eldnesse of lettre u. What? lawe, astotho
therfor schulen we seie? The lawe is ^"f
synne ? God forbede. But Y knew not
synne, but bi lawe ; for Y wiste not
that coueitynge was synne, but for the
lawe seide, Thou schalt not coueyte.
And thoru3 occasioun takun, synne bis
the maundementv hath wroujt in me al b/ °ure P"t.
/ lyuede wiln-
coueytise; for withouten the lawe, synne out &e law;
, A i -ir i that is, it sem-
was deed. And Y lyuede withouten 9 edetometo
the lawe sumtyme ; but whanne the ^if^d <rf"
comaundementw was comun, synne lyu- JSuffSS?
• * for it appende
ede a3en. But Y was deed, and this 10 n°t
comaundement that was to lijf, was
foundun tox me, to be to? deth. Forn
synne, thorou3 occasioun takun bi the
comaundement2, disceyuede me, and bi
that it slow me. Therfor the lawe is\i
hooli, and the comaundement is hooli,
and iust, and good. Is thanne that thing is
that is good, maad deth to me? God
forbede. But synne, that it seme synne,
thorou3 good thing* wrou3te deth to me,
that meb synne ouer maner thorou3 the
comaundement. And we witen, that 14
the lawe is spiritual; but Y am fleischli,
seld vndur synne. For Y vndurstonde0 15
not that that Y worche; for Y do not
the good thing that Y wole, but Y do
thilke yuel thing that Y hate. And ifie
Y do that thing that Y wole not, Y
consente to the lawe, that it is good.
But now Y worche not it nowd, but the 17
synne that dwellith in me. But and6 Y is
woot, that in me, that is, in my fleisch,
dwellith no good; forf wille lieth to me,
z we Q. a Om. MpQyx. aa the lawe MP. b Om. osvx. c Om. Q. d but if x. e thoun occasioun v.
f coueitise r. g Om. orx. h forsothe o. for r. ' Om. x. k this y. 1 comaundement that was to lijf y.
m was y. n Om. y. ° Om. sx. P be don o. 1 Om. g. r thour3 occasioun y. s bi that y. * Ther-
fore y. " w holy GMOPQKW. Om. s. v Om. sty. « is hooli y. * that at o. y is maad deth to me y.
z Om. y. a that it appere y. b Om. ox. c mesure o. d Om. ox. e maundement A. { that y.
g Om. ox. b Om. x. ' For r. k Om. WY. 1 for y. ™ that x. n Om. o. « that y. P not it Aor.
not that thing GMNPQ. it not SWXY. 1 the y. Om. x. T Om. A:. s me synne x. l that y.
u the lettre b. v comaundement c scc.m. hk.
z maundement T. a Om. T. b men T. my k.
k pr. in. f for win e sec. m.
w maundement T. x in k. J Om. EI pr.m. Kego/3.
c vndirstode T. d Om. K sec.m. k. e Om. A pr.m.
318
ROMANS.
vn. 19 — vni. 6.
nou good ; forwhi wil lithuu to me, trewli
'forv to performe good thing I fynde notw.
isForsothe* I do not 'the ilke? good thing
that I wole, but I do vthe ilke? yuel
20 thing that I wole not. Sothli if I do that
thing that I wole not, I worche not it,
21 but the synne that dwellith in me. Ther-
fore I fynde az lawe to me willinge for8
to do good thing, forb 'to mec yuel thing
lithd toe. "Tberfore the lawe is good to
22 mef willingeff ; forsoths I delite to gidere
toh the lawe of God, vp* the ynner man.
23 Sothly I se an other lawe in my membris,
a3enfi3tinge tok the lawe of my soule, and
makynge me caytyf in1 the lawe of synne,
24 that is in my membris. I am wooful man;
who schal delyuere me fro the body of
25 this synne ? Forsothe" the grace of God,
bi Jhesu Crist oure Lorde. Therfore I
my silf by Vesoun of0 the soule serue to
the lawe of God ; sothliP bi thei fleisch to
the lawe of synne.
CAP. VIII.
1 Therfore now no thing of dampnacioun
is to hem that ben in 'Crist Jhesur, the8
whiche wandreu not aftir the fleisch.
2 Forsoth4 theu spirit of lyf in Crist Jhesu
hath delyuered me fro the lawe of synne,
sand deeth. Forwhi that that was vnpos-
sible to the lawe, in whatv thing it was
syk, 'or freel*, by fleisch, God sendingex
his sone in to the liknesse of fleisch of
synne, of^ the2 synne dampnedea synne in
4 fleisch ; that the iustifiynge of lawe were
fulfillid in vs, that notb aftir the fleisch
5wandrenc, but aftir the spirit. Forsothd
thei that ben aftir the fleisch, saueren tho
thingis that ben of the6 fleisch; but thei
that ben after the spirit, feelen tho thingis
e that ben of the spirit. Forwhi the pru-
dence of fleisch is deeth ; forsoth thef
but Y fynde not to performe good thing.
For Y do not thilke good thing that Y 19
wole, but Y do thilke^ yuel thing that
Y wole not. And if Y do that yuelw
thing that Y wole not, Y worche not
it, but the synne that dwellith in me.
Therfor Y fynde the lawe to me will- 21
ynge to do good thing, for yuel thing
lieth to me. For Y delite togidere to the 22
lawe of God, aftir the ynnere man. But
Y se another lawe in my membris, a3en-23
fi^tynge1' the lawe of my soule, and mak-
ynge me caitif in the lawe of synne, that
is in my membris. Y am an vnceliJ24
man ; who schal delyuer me fro the
bodi of this synne ? The grace of God, 25
bi Jhesu Crist oure Lord. Therfor Y
my silf bi the soule serue to the lawe
of God ; but bi fleischk to the lawe of
synne.
CAP. vm.
Therfor now no thing of dampnacioun i
is to hem that ben in Crist Jhesu,
whiche wandren not after the flesch.
For the lawe of the spirit* of lijf in 2
Crist Jhesu hath delyuerid me fro the
lawe of synne, and of deth. For that 3
that was vnpossible to the lawe, in what
thing it was sijk bi flesch, God sente his
sone in to the licknesse of fleisch of
synne f, and of synne dampnede synne in
fleisch ; that the iustefiyng of the lawe 4
were fulfillid in vs, that goen not aftir
the fleisch, but aftir the spirit. For thei 5
that ben aftir the fleisch, saueren tho
thingis that ben of the fleisch ; but thei
that . ben after the spirit, feelen tho
thingis that ben of the spirit. For the
prudence of fleisch is deth ; but the 6
* the lawe of
spirit; that is,
the lawe of the
gospel. Lyre
here. e.
fo/ synne i ; that
is, of him silf,
maad sacrifice
for synne.
dampttede
synne; that is,
he dide awey
synne by his
passioun.
in flesch; that
is, in man. of
synne; that is,
of God the fa-
dir, quykene to
lijf vndeedly.
prudence of
flesch; by which
a man can slis-
ly gete and
pursue fleischeli
goodis. is deeth;
that is, makith
deeth of synne,
and of helle,
and ofte of
kynde. Lyre
here. e.
» not x. uu lijth to Afp. v Om. sx. >w I fynde not for to perf. good thing v. * For v. y that x.
2 the v. a Om. sx. b for whi N. the whiche Q. c Om. MPQFWXY. d lijth to MP. e Om. ANOS. to me
MpQrtrxY. f Om. v. ff willynge good N. Om. v. f? for v. n in v. ' aftir s. k Om. v. ' in to x.
m am a v. n Om. v. ° Om. v. P but v. 1 Om. AG sec. m. KOSFWXY. my G pr. m. MQ. r Jhesu
Crist MPQ. s Om. vx. * For r. u the lawe of NT. v that o. w Om. orx. x sente r. y and of Qr.
2 Om. G pr. m. MPQV. a he dampnyde GMPQ. hath dampned N. b goon not v. c we wandren Q. Om. v.
d For or. « Om. x. { Om. w.
e ilke T.
x sec. m. ak.
n fijtynge ajen R. ajenseiynge a. i ether vnhappi K marg. vnseely R. k the fleisch
VIII. 7
ROMANS.
319
7 prudence of spirit lyf* andh pees. For
the wysdom of fleish is enemy to God ;
forsoth' it is not suget to the lawe of God,
8sothlyk nethir it may1. Forsothm thei
that ben in fleisch, mown not plese to
a God. Sothli 36 ben not in fleisch, but in
spirit ; 'nethelees if n the spirit of God
dwellith0 in 3ow. Forsoth if onyP hath
not the spirit of Crist, this is not his.
10 Forsoth i if Crist isr in 3ou, sothli the
body is deed for5 synne, but the spirit
1 1 lyueth for iustifiynge. For if the spirit
of him that reiside Jhesu Crist fro deede
spiritist dwellith" in 3ou, he that reiside
Jhesu Crist fro deede spiritisv, schal
quykene andw 3oure deedli bodies, for
12 the spirit of him dwellinge* in 3ou. Ther-
fore, bretheren, we ben dettours, not to
the fleisch, that we lyue aftir the fleisch.
13 Forsoth ? if 30 schulen lyue aftir the
fleisch, 36 schulen deie ; forsoth if 36 bi
spirit2 'schulen slezz the deedis of fleisha,
1436 schulen lyue. Sothli who euere ben
lad by theb spirit of God, thes ben the
15 sones of God. Forsothec 36 han not taken
eftsoone the spirit of seruage in drede,
but 36 han taken the spirit of adopcioun
of sones, ^that is, to be sones of God by
graceA, in which spirit* we cryen, Abba,
icfadir. Forsoth 'the ilkef spirit 3eldith
witnessyng to oure spirit, that we ben the
17 sones of God ; forsoth if sones, and eyris,
sothli eyris of God, trewlis euene eyris of
Crist ; if nethelees we 'to gidere suffrenb,
is that and we be glorified to gidere. Trewli
I deme, that the passions' of this tyme
ben not euene worthik to the glorie to
comynge1, that schal be schewid inm vs.
19 Forwhin the abydinge of creature, ythat is,
man0, abidith the schewinge of the sones
20 of God. Sothli the creature is suget to
vanyte, not willinge, but for him that
prudence of spirit is lijf and pees. For?
the wisdom of the1 fleisch is enemye to
God ; for it is not suget to the lawe of
God, for nether it may. And thei that s
ben in fleisch, moun not plese to God.
But 36 ben not in fleisch, but in spirit ; u
if netheles the spirit of God dwellith in
3ou. But if onym hath not the spirit of
Crist, this is not his. For if Crist is in 10
3ou, the bodi is deed for synne, but the
spirit lyueth for iustefiyng. And if then
spirit of hym that reiside Jhesu Crist
fro deth dwellith in 3ou, he that reiside
Jhesu Crist fro deth, shal quykene also
3oure deedli bodies, for the spirit of hym
that dwellith in 3ou. Therfor, britheren, 12
we ben dettouris, not to the flesch, that
we lyuen aftir the flesch. For if 36" is
lyuen aftir the fleisch, 30 schulen die ;
but if 36 bi the spirit sleen the dedis of
the fleisch, 30 schulen lyue. For who u
euere ben led bi the spirit of God, these
ben the sones of God. For 30 han not 15
take eftsoone the spirit of seruage in
drede, but 36 han taken the spirit of
adopcioun0 of sones*, in which we crien, * that is, sones
Abba, fadir. And the ilke spirit 3eldithi6^race°<e.Jy
witnessyng to oure spirit, that we ben
the sones of God ; if sones, and eiris, 17
'and eiris P of God, and eirisi togidere
with Crist ; if netheles we suffren togi-
dere, that also we ben glorified togidere.
And Y demer, that the passiouns of this is
tyme ben not worthirr to the glorie to
comynge, that schal be schewid in vs.
JO' •(• that is, man.
For the abidyng of creature f abidith the 19 Lyre here. e.
schewyng of the sones of God. But the 20 passkmn,' deeth
creature is suget to vanyte f, not will-
ynge, but for hym that made it8 suget in
hope; for the ilke creature schal be de-2isy"ueofAdam,
that is uot
lyuered fro1 seruage of corrupcioun in to wilful w oure
... e ,, i • /> xi f *-i j owne wille.
hberte" or the glorie ot the sones ot uod. Lire here. e.
g is lijf y. h in s. ' for r. k for r. l may be suget to the lame N. m For o. n if netheles Y.
0 dwelle sx. P ony man Q. q Sothely o. r is not G pr.m. s fro Ny. * Oni. x. u dwelle sx.
v Om. ox. w Om. o. also y. * dwelleth NQ. is dwellynge o. y For r. z the spirit Q. zz sleen r.
a 3oure flesch swx Y. b Om. y. c For y. d Om. x. e Om. x. f that x. e sothely Q. h suffren
togidere y. ' passioun N. k worth A sec.m. GMNFQy. 1 comen sx. m on WY. n For x. ° Om. x.
1 Om. T. m ony man Q pi: m. n we Eb.
P eiris forsotbe i. 1 the eires K. r gesse I.
and fredom R. the liberte k.
0 adopcioun, either purchase R. bifore ordeyned k marg.
rr euenu worthi A sec. m. s Om. T. * of T. u libertee
320
ROMANS.
VIII. 21 32.
'sugetide itP, 'or made it suget\ in hope;
21 for and 'the ilker creature schal be dely-
uered fro seruage of corupcioun in to
liberte of the8 glorie of the sones of God.
22 Sothli we witen, that ech creature insor-
with', and childith0, 'or worchith with an-
•2~Agwisv, til 3it. Forsoth not oonly it, but
and we vsw silf, hauynge the firste fruytis
of the spirit, and we vsx silf sorwen with
ynne vs the' adopcioun2 of Goddis sones,
^that is, with greet mornynge desyren*- the
staat of Goddis sones bi grace**, abidinge
24the'a3en byggingc of oure body. Sothli
by hope we ben mad saaf. Forsoth the
hope that is seyn, is not hope; forwhy
what hopith a man that thing, that he
2sseeth? Forsothd if we hopen that thing
that we seen not, we abiden by pacience.
2cAlso and the spirit helpith oure iiifirmyte,
'or vnstedefastnessee; forwhy what we
schulen preie, as it bihoueth, we witen
not, but 'the ilkef spirit axith for vs& with
sorowyngis, that mown not ben toold out.
27Forsothe he that sekithh the hertis, wot
what the spirit desyrith, for aftir God,
"that is, at1 Goddis willek, hekk axith for
aahooly men. Forsoth we witen, for1 to men
lonynge God alle thingis™ worchen to gi-
dere into good thing", to hem that aftir
2opurpos ben clepid seyntis0. Forwhy and
whom he wiste bifore, "and he ordeynedeP
^by grace^ forr to be maad lychi8 of1 the
ymage of his sone, that he be the firste bi-
KOgetun11 in many britheren. SothelyTwhomw
he bifore ordeynede to blisse, and hern he
clepide ; and whomx he clepide, and hem
he iustifiede ; sothli whom" he iustifiede,
31 and hem he glorifiede. What therfore
schulen we seye to thes thingis ? If God
32 for? vs, who a3ensz vs? 'The which* also
sparide not hisb owne sone, but for vs alle
And we witen, that ech creature sorew-22
ith, and trauelith with peyne til 3it. And 23
not oneli it, but also we vs silf, that ban
the first fruytis of the spirit, and we vs
silf sorewen with ynne vs for the adop-
ciounv of Goddis sonys*, abidynge the * that is, tote
. . ,. i_ j • TI . i • i sones of God bi
a3enbiyng or oure bodi. But bi hope 24 grace. e.
we ben maad saaf. For hope that is
seyn, is not hopew; for who hopith that
thing, that he seeth? And if we hopen 25
that thing that we seen not, we abiden
bi pacience. And also the spirit helpith 26
oure infirmyte ; for what we schulen
preie, as it bihoueth, we witen not, but
the ilke spirit axithf for vs with sorew- t that is, mak-
yngis*, that moun not be teld out. For 27 ^L
he that sekith the hertis, woot what the
spirit desirith, for bi God:): he axith for j that is, at
... A j -j. ii_ Goddis wille.
hooh men. And we witen, that to men 28 ure here. e.
"that louen^ God, alle thingis worchen to-
gidere in to good, to hem that aftir
purpos|| ben clepid seyntis. For thilkez29ii after Purpos;
that he knewe bifor, he bifor ordenede
bi grace to be maad lijk to the ymage
of his sone, that he be the first bigetun
among many britheren. And thilke" that 30 here. e.
he bifore ordeynede to blis, hem he clep-
ide ; and whicheb he clepide, hem he ius-
tifiede ; and whichec he iustifiede, andd
hem he glorifiede. What thanne schulen si
we seie to these thingis ? If Gode for
vs, who a* a3ens vs ? Thef which also 32
sparide not his owne sone, but 'for vs
alle bitook hyms, hou also 3af he not to
vs alle thingis with hym? Who schal 33
accuse a3ens the chosun men of God ? It
is God that iustifieth, who is it that 34
condempneth ? It is Jhesus Crist that
was deed, 3he, the which roos a3en, the
which is on the 03! half of God, and the
which preieth for vs. Who thanne schal 35
P made it soget v. <l Om. Norx. r that x. • Om. GMPQSX. 4 soroweth or. in sorwith withinne Q.
« traueilith with peyne v. v Om. rx. w oure GMPQ. x oure G.WPQ. 7 for the v. z deliueryng tytil o.
a we desiren NQ. desyringe o. >lj gloss om. in vx.. c a^einbiyinge Giurxv. d For v. e Om. OQX. or
vnstablenesse SWY. I that x. g us, that is, maklth us to axe r. h scheergith N. ' after Q. <k gloss om.
in x. kk Om. K. l that v. '" Om. v. " Om. x. ° spirites Q. P and he byfore ordeyned
jMNOpQsrwxY. ordeynede G. n Om. x. r Om. s. s liche GMOPSX. lyik v. l Om. r. u geten x.
T Om. K. w whiche v. x whiche v. y he for GOQ. z if a3ens OQ. a That x. b to his GMPQ.
v adopcioun, or purchasyng n. w Om. K. x sorowinge T. y louynge R. z thoo R. ilke T. a thoo R.
ilke T. b whom i. c whom I. d Om i. e God is ik. God be Ra sec. m. f Om. H. K bitook him
for vs alle R.
VIII. 33 — IX. 6.
ROMANS.
321
bitook him, how also jaf he not to vs alle
33 thingis with him ? Who schal accuse
a3enus the chosenec sonesd of God ? Gode
34 that f iustifieth, who is it* that con-
dempnethh ? Jhesus' Crist thatk is1 deed,
3he, the which and roos a3en, the which is
on the ri3thalf of God, and™ the which
sspreieth for vs. Who therfore schal de-
parte 'vs from" the charite of God0? tri-
bulacioun, or angwisch, or hungur, or
nakidnesse, or persecucioun, or? perel, or
seswerd ? As it is writun, For we ben slayn
al day for thee ; we ben gessid asi shceep
3;tor slau3tir. But ins alle thes thingis we
ssouercomen, for him that louede vs. Sothli
I am certeyn, for1 nether deeth, nether lyf,
nether angels, nether pryncipatis, nether
virtutes", vnether potestatisv, nether pre-
sent thingis, nether thingis to comyngew,
39 nether strength e, nether hi3the, nether
depnesse, nether othir creature schalx may?
departe vs fro the charite of God, that is
in 'Jhesu Crist* oure Lord.
departe vs fro the charite of Crist ?
tribulacioun, or anguysch, or hungur,
or nakidnesse, or persecucioun, or perel,
or swerd? As it is writun, For we ben 36
slayn al dai for thee; weh ben gessid as
scheep of slau3tir. But in alle theses?
thingis we ouercomen, for hyin that lou-
yde vs. But Y am certeyn, that nethirss
deeth, nether lijf, nether aungels, nethir
principatus, nether vertues', nether pre-
sent thingis, nether thingis to comynge,
nether strengthe, netherk hei3th, nether 39
depnesse, nether noon1 othir creature may
departe* vs fro the charite of God, that
is in 'Crist Jhesu™ oure Lord.
* departs «s ;
Foul spekith
here of hem
that ben chosun
of God to blis,
that moun not
fynali be de-
partid fro Crist.
Lire here. e.
CAP. IX.
1 I seye treuthe3 in Crist Jhesu, I lye not,
myb conscience beringec witnessyngd to me
2 in the Hooly Goost, for" greet heuynesse is
to me, andee continuel sorwe to myn herte.
sForsothef I my silf desyride for» to be
cursid'1, 'or departid \ fro Crist for my
bretheren, that ben my cosyns aftir the
4fleisch, that ben Israelytis, 'or of Israel*;
whos is adopcioun of sones, and glorie,
and testament, and 3yuynge of lawe1, and
sseruyse, and biheestis ; whos ben the fa-
dris, and of whom"' Crist" aftir the fleisch,
that is God aboue alle thingis, blessid in
e to worldis. Amen. Sothli not that the
word of God hath falle doun, 'or faitide0
vnfulfittidv. Sothlii not alle that ben of
CAP. IX.
I seie treuthe in Crist Jhesu, Y lye i
not, for my conscience berith witnessyng
to me in the Hooli Goost, for greet 2
heuynesse is to me, and contynuel soreWe
to my herte f. For Y my silf desirides
to be departid fro Crist for my bri-
theren, that ben my cosyns aftir the
fleisch, that ben men of Israel; whos is 4
adopcioun of sones, and glorie, and tes-
tament, and 3yuyng of the lawe, and
seruyce, and" biheestis ; whos0 ben the 5
fadris, and of which is Crist after the
fleisch, that is God aboue alle thingis,
blessid in to worldis. Amen. But note
that the word of God hath falle doun]:.
For not alle that ben of Israel, these ben
f for the vn-
feithfulnes of
Jewis. Lyre
here. e.
J fro filling, for
the vnfeithful-
nesse of Jewis ;
forwhi summr
of hem, as the
apostlis, and
manye othere,
token the feith
of Crist, in
which Goddis
biheestis ben
fulfillid. Lyre
here. e.
c chosynes wv. d Qm. swxv. men v. e It is God r. f is that OQS. g Om. OQX. b God con-
dempneth w. condempne x. ' It is Jhesus r. k the whiche o. 1 was v. m Om. G pr. m. n fro vs o.
0 Crist K. P Om. w. lofw. r of AGMNOPQsyrrxY. » Om. w. * that or. u vertues AGOQSFWX.
v Om. y. w come NX. x Om. r. y mowe AGMNOPQ. moun sx. z Crist Jesu GMQFX. a trewly o.
b for my v. c berith v. d witnesse SXY. e for whi v. ee jn K. f jror Fi g Qm. sx. n departid y.
1 Om. vx. k either men of Israel r. Om. x. 1 the law o. m whiche y. n is Crist r. ° Om. rx.
P vjijillid Q. Om. vx. 1 For y.
h but we a. ' virtutes A pr. m. Ea. k ne g. ' ony Rk. n> Jhesu Crist i. n of Q. ° of whos R.
VOL. iv. T t
322
ROMANS.
IX. 7 — 21.
Israel, thes ben Israelites, "or sones o/Ja-
Tcobr. Nether theis that ben seed' of Abra-
ham, alleu ben sonesv; but invv Ysaac seed
a schal be clepid to thee; that is to seye, not
thei that ben sones of the fleish, ben
sones of God, but thei that ben sones of
biheestew ben demyd in seed "of biheeste*.
9 Sothlixx this is the word of biheeste, Vp?
this tyme I schal come, and a sone schal
lobe to Sare. Forsoth not oonly she, but
and2 Rebecca, of o 'liggynge bya hauynge
1 1 tweye sones of Ysaac, oureb fadir. Sothli
whanne thei weren not 3it born, etherc
hadden don ony thing of good ord yuel,
that the purpos of God schulde dwelle vpe
i2thef eleccioun, not of workis, but of God%
13 clepingeh, it is' seid to himk, For1 the more
schal serue to the lasse, as itm is writun,
I louede11 Jacob, forsothe 'Esau I hadde in
H hate0. What therfore schulen we seie ?
Wher wickidnesse be anentis God? Fer be
15 it. ForsothP he seith to Moyses, I schali
haue mercy tor whom I schal8 haue mer-
cy ; and I schal jyue mercy to1 whom I
1C schal haue mercy. Therfore it is not ne-
ther of manu willinge, nether rennynge,
17 but of God hauynge mercy. Forsothe the
scripture seith to Pharao, Forv inw to this
thing I haue stirid thee, that I schewe in
thee my vertu, and that my name be told
is in al erthex. Therfore of whom God
wole, he hath mercy; and whom he wole,
19 he endurith, "or hardenethy. 'And soz
thou seist to me, What thing is jit" sou3t?
2osothlib whoc withstondithd his will ? Aae!
man, who art thou, 'the whichf answerist
to God? Whers a potth, "or a maad
thing1, seith to him that made it, What
21 hast thou maad me so? Wherk a pottere
of cley hath not power of the same gobet
Israelitis. Nethir thei that ben seed? of 7
Abraham, 'alle ben*i sonys ; but in Ysaac
the seed schal be clepid to thee; that is a
to seie, not thei that ben sones of the
fleisch, ben sones of God, but thei that
ben sonesr of biheeste ben denied in the8
seed. For whi this is the word of bi-9
heest, Aftir this tyme Y schal come,
and a sone schal be to Sare. And not 10
oneli sche, but also Rebecca hadde twey*
sones of o liggyng bi of Ysaac, oure
fadir. And whanne thei weren not jitn
borun, nether hadden don ony thing of
good ether of yuel, that the purpos of
God schulde dwelle bi eleccioun, not of 12
werkis, but of God clepynge, it was seid
to hym, that the more schulde serue the is
lesse, as it is writun, Y louede Jacob,
but Y hatide Esau. What therfor schu- u
len we seie ? Whether" wickidnessev be
anentis God ? God forbede. For he \b
seith to Moyses, Y schal haue merci* on
• ,
whom Y haue* mem; and Y schal 3yue
, i -\riii .
merci on whom Y schal haue merci.
Therfor it is not nether ofx man will-
vnge, nethir rennvnge, but of God hau-
J & *
ynge mercy
Farao, For to this thing Y haue stirid
thee, that Y schewe in thee my vertu,
grace in tyme.
on whom "etc.,
in euerlastiiure
predestina-
yge f?lorye in
. deede. an ir/wm,
And the scripture seith to 17 in grauntinge
nun*,
and that my name be teld in al erthe.
*
not in 'eili°F?
grace to which
Therfor of whom God wole, he hath IB thei ben vn-
worthi. Avttft
merci ; and whom he wole, he endurith. and the o/os
Thanne seist thou to me, What is solatia
3it? for who withstondith his wille? O!20
man, who? art thou, that answerist to
God ? Whether a rnaad thing seith to
hym that made it, What hast thou maad
me so ? Whether a potter of cley hath 21
not power to make of the same gobet oz
vessel in to honour, an othere in to dis-
r Om. ox. s Om. sx. * the seed GMPQ. u tho o. v his sonys Q. V¥ and K. w the hijeste K.
* Om. y. xx Forwhi r. 7 Vp aftir N. z also r. a kyndely knowinge G. ligginge by, or of oo knowinge
of man o. lying by x. '> of oure y. c other A/P. neither v. d ether of OK. e upon w. f Om. srx.
is Om. x. h the clepende x. ' was r. k hir s. 1 That r. m Om. x. n loue y. ° I hatide Esau y.
P For v. 1 Om. Q. r of gs. on y. and to w. s Om. Nr. * of Q. on y. u a man SXY. T Forwhi y.
w Om. r. x the erthe SXY. T Om. x. z Therfore y. * Om. x. b forwhi r. c who that o. d ajen-
stondith A pr. m. N. with slant sx. e Q! MPQSITXY. * which y. e Whether G. h maad thing y.
> Om. ovx. or maad thing MPQS. k Whether G.
P seid the seed k pr. m. n ben alle R. r Om. R. s thi T. * two I. » Wher I sceptus. v wicknesse i.
w schal haue c pr. m. x pr, m. a pr. m. * not n. Om. k. J what i. z a s..
IX. 22 X. I.
ROMANS.
323
for1 to make sothli o vessel in to honour,
anothir forsothe in tom dispyt, "or low$ of-
22/?C£n? That if God willinge for0 to schewe
wraththe, and for P to make power 1
knowun, susteynede in greet pacience the
vessels of wraththe able in to perdicioun,
23 'or dampnacioun*, that he schulde schewe
the richessis of his glorie in to vesselis of
mercy, 'the whiche8 he made redy in to
24 glorie. 'And whiche4 he clepide not" oonli
25 of Jewis, but also of hethen men, as he
seith in Oseev, I schal clepe not my peple
my peple, and not my loued my loued,
and not hauynge mercy hauynge mercy ;
20 and it schal be in place, wher it is seidw,
Not 36 my peple, there thei schulen be
27 clepid the sones of God lyuynge. Forsoth
Ysai cryeth for Israel, If the noumbre of
Israel shal be as thex grauel of the see,
28the>' relifs schulen be maad saf. Forsoth
a word endinge2, and abreggynge in
equyte, for the Lord schal make a word
breggid, "or maad short11, vponb alc erthe.
29 And as Ysaie bifore seide, vNo butd Gode
hadde left to vs seed, we hadden ben maad
as Sodom, and we hadden ben lyk as Go-
so mor. Therfore what schulen we seye ?
That hethene men that suedenf not ri3t-
wysnesse, ban kau3ts ri3twysnesse, sothli
si theh ri3twysnesse that is of feith. Forsoth
Israel suynge the lawe' of ri3twisnesse, cam
not parfytli in to the lawe of ri3twysnesse.
32 Whi ? For not of feith, but as of workis.
Sothli thei offendiden 'in tok the stoon of
33 offencioun, 'or spurnynge}, as it is writun,
Lo ! I putte a stoon of offencioun in Syon,
and a stoon of sclaundre ; and ech that
schal bileue in to it, schal not be con-
foundid, 'or sclient m.
CAP. X.
i Britheren, sothli the will of myn herte
and my biseching is maad to God for
pit ? That" if God willynge to schewe 22
his wraththe, and to make his power
knowun, hath suffrid in greet pacience
vessels of wraththe able in to deth, to 23
schewe theb ri3tchessis of his glorie in
to vessels of merci, whiche he made redi
in to glorie. Whiche also he clepide not 24
oneli of Jewisc, but also of hethene men,
as he seithd in Osee, Y schal clepe not 25
my puple my puple, and not my loued
my louyd, and not getynge mercy get-
ynge merci ; and it schal be in the2«
place, where it is seid to hem, Not 36
my puple, there theie schulen be clepid
the sones of 'God lyuyngef. But Isaye27
crieth for Israel, If the noumbre of Is-
raels schal be as grauel of the see, the
relifs schulen be maad saaf. Forsothe 28
a word makynge* an ende, and abreg- * that is, the
• , i. f , i 11 11 Lord schal
gynge in equyte", for the Lord schal make. The
make a word breggid on al the erthe. Glos here' e>
And as Ysaye bifor seide, But God of2a
oostis hadde left to vs seed, we hadden
be maad as Sodom f, and we hadden be
_ . . , j-, __, ., , that is, turned
hjk as Gommor. Therfor what schulen so ai awey fro
we seie? That hethene' men that sueden A™le. LS
not ri3twisnessek, ban gete ri3twisnesse],
3he, the ri3twisnesse that is of feith.
But Israel suynge the lawe of ri3twis-si
nesse, cam not parfitli inm to the lawe
of ri3twisnesse. Whi? For not of feith, 32
but as of werkys. And thei spurneden
a3ens the stoon of offencioun, as it is 33
writun, Lo ! Y putte a stoon of offen-
sioun in Syon, and a stoon of sclaundre ;
and ech that schal bileue 'in it", schal not
be confoundid.
CAP. X.
Britheren, the wille of myn herte and i
mi biseching is maad to God for hem in
1 Om. sx. m Om. s. n Om. x. ° Om. sx. P Om. sx. 1 his power r. r Om. GX.
s whiche v, that x. * Whiche also v. u vs not N. v Osee, the prophete o. w seid to hem G sec.m. NQC.
* Om. QV. y Om. XY. z makinge perfit v. » Om. x. b on rx. c Om. v. d But if sx. e God of
oostis G sec.m. r. f suen o. g gete v. h bi the x. l lawe that is N. k ajens v. 1 Om. ox. m Om. x.
» And a.
A sec. m. **
fulnesse g. m Om. Ha.
b hise i. c the Jewis a. d seide T. e je H. { lyuynge God R. 8 children of Israel
euennesse K. ' the hethen b. k rijtwisnessis a. rijtfulnesse g/3. the rijtwijsnes k. l rijt-
n in to it cxa. Om. T.
T t 2
324
ROMANS.
X. 2 15.
2 hem in to heelthe. Forsothe I bere wit-
nessinge to hem, for" thei han loue° of
3jGod, but not vpP kunnynge. Sothlii thei
vnknowynge r Goddis ri3twysnesse, and
sekinge for5 to make stedefast her owne,
ben not suget to the ri3twysnesse of God.
4 Forsothe the ende of the lawe Crist', to
5 ri3twysnesse to ecb man bileuynge. Sothli
Moyses wrot, For the man that schal do
ri3twysnesseu that is of the lawe, schal
elyue in it. Forsothv the ri3twysnesse that
is of byleuew, seith thus, Seie thou not in
thin herte, Who schal sty3e into heuene ?
that is to seie, forx to lede doun Crist ;
7 or who schal go doun in to depnesse^,
'or kellez? that is, for8 to a3en clepe Crist
8 fro theb deede spiritisc. But what seith
the scripture ? The word is ny3 in thi
mouth, and in thin herte ; this is the
word of bileue, 'the which'1 we prechen.
9 That if thou knowleche in thi mouth the
Lord Jhesu Crist, and byleuest in thin
herte, that God reiside him fro deede spi-
writis6, thou schalt be saaf. Forsothf by
herte me£ bileueth to ri3twysnesse, by
mouth sothli knowleching is maad to
11 helthe. Sothli' thek scripture seith, Ech that
bileueth into him, schal not be confoundid.
12 Sothli ther is no distynccioun of Jew and
Greek ; for why the same Lord of alle,
.isryche1 into alle, that inclepen"1 him. For-
soth ech man" who euere schal inclepe0
14 the name of the Lord, schal be saaf. How
therfore schulen thei inclepyn? hym, into
whom thei han not bileued ? or how
schulen thei bileue to hym, whom thei
herden not ? How forsoth schulen thei
loheere, with outen thei prechinge1"? or8
how schulen thei preche, no1 but if" thei
be sentv ? As it is writun, How faire thew
feet of vmen euangelisinge" pees, of prech-
Lyrt
to helthe*. But Y bere witnessyng to 2 * that is, that
hem, that thei han loue° of God, but not
aftir kunnyng. For thei vnknowynge 3
Goddis ri3twisnesse, and sekynge to make
stidefast her owne ri^tfulnesse? , ben not
suget to the i^twisnessei of God. For 4
the ende of the lawe isr Crist, to8 ri3twis-
nesse to ech man that bileueth1. For 5
Moises wroot, For the man that schal
do ri3twisriesse that is of the lawe, schal
lyue in it. But the ri3twisnesse that is 6
of bileue, seith thus, Seie thou not in
thin herte, Who schal stie in to heuene?
that is to seie, to lede doun Crist; or?
who schal go doun in to helle ? that is,
to a3enclepe Crist fro deth. But what 8
seith the scripture ? The word is ny3 in
thi mouth, and in thin herte; this is the
word of bileue, which we prechen. That 9
if thou knoulechist" in thi mouth the
Lord Jhesu Crist, and bileuest in thin
herte, that God reiside hyrn fro deth,
thou schalt be saaf. For bi herte meio
bileueth to ri3twisnesse, but bi mouth
knowleching is maad to helthe. Forn
whi thev scripture seith, Ech that bi-
leueth inw hym, schal not be confoundid.
And ther is no distincciounf of Jew and I2tast«ri3tfui-
of Greke ; for the same Lord of alle is
riche in" alle, that inwardli clepen hym.
For ech man 'who euere^ schal inwardli 13
clepe the name of the Lord, schal be
saaf. Hou thanne schulen thei inwardli 14
clepe hym, in to whom thei han not bi-
leued? or hou schulen thei bileue to hym,
whom thei han not herd ? Hou schulen
thei here, with outen a prechour ? and 15
hou schulen thei preche, butz thei be
sent ? As it is writun, Hou faire ben the
feet of hem that prechen pees, of hem
that prechen good thingis. But not 16
n that v. ° the loue x. P of GAJPQ. q For v. T vnkunnende x. vnkunnynge Y. s Om. sx. * i*
Crist A pr. m. NOQT. u the rijtwisnesse x. " But r. w the bileue tap. 'x Om. sx. y depthe v.
z of helle MNPQ. Om. ox. a Om. NSX. b Om. AGMNPQSFXY. c Om. x. d whiche r. that x.
e Om. x. f For y. g men o. i Forwhi r. k Om. ANOP. I is riche r. m clepen q.
inwardly clepen r. n Om. x. ° inwardly clepe v. P inwardly clepe v. 1 Om. AGMPQ. a man N. a r.
r prechour v. s but v. * Om. qsx. « Om. r. v sent, thei ben sent of God, that in tverke and tvord
suen Crist GMP. w ben the v. x hem that prechen r.
0 the loue Q sec. m. P ri^ttvisnes ERxhS.
knowlechen R. v Om. EI pr.m. Rbcegha/3.
1 ri3tfulnesse itjbega. r Om. T. s of T. * bileeue c.
in to K. x in to CRTab sec. m. k/3. y that k. zbutifk.
X. 1 6 — XI. 7.
ROMANS.
325
goode thingis. But not alle men2
obeischen3 to the gospel. Forsothb Ysaie
seith, Lordc, who bileuyde to oure heer-
17 inge ? Therfore feithd of e heeringe, heer-
18 ing forsoth by the word of Crist. But
I seye, Wherf thei herdeu not ? And
sothli the words of hem wente out into
al erthe1', and into the endis of the round-
is nesse of the' erthe 'her wordisk. But I
seie, Wher Israel knew not ? First Moy-
ses seith, I schal lede 3ou to1 enuye1", 'into
not an folk ; into an vnwys folk, I schal
2osende 3011 in to wraththe. Forsoth Ysaie
dar, and seith, I am foundyn of men not
sekinge me ; openly Inu apperide to hem,
21 that axiden not me. Forsothe to Yrael
he seith, Al day I strei3te out my hondis
to a peple not bileuynge to me, but a3en
seyinge".
CAP. XI.
i Therfore I seye, Wher God hath putt
awey his peple ? Ferr be it. Forwhy and
I am an? Israelyte, of the seed of Abra-
2 ham, of the lynage of Beniamyn. 'The
Lord i 'putte notr awey his peple, 'the
which5 he bifore wiste1. Wher 36 witen
not, in Helye" 'what the scripture seithv?
3 How he preieth God a3ens Israel, Lord,
thei han slayn thi prophetis, thei han
vndirdoluen thin auteris, and I am left
4 aloone, and thei seken my lyf. But what
seith Goddis answere to him ? I hauew
left to me seuene thousand" of men, that
han not bowid her knees? biforez Baal.
5 Sozz therfore and" in this tymeb, the relyfs
ben mad saaf, vpc the chesynge of the
c grace of God. For if bi thed grace of
God, now not of workis ; ellis grace is
7 not now grace. What therfore? Israel
hath not getyn6 thatf that he sou3te, for-
sothe eleccioun hath getyn ; sothli the
alle men obeiena to the gospel. For Ysaie
seith, Lord, who bileuede to oure her-
yng? Therfor feith is of heryng, but 17
heryng bi the word of Crist. But Y is
seie, Whether thei herden not ? 3his>
sothely the wordb of hem wente out in
to al the erthe, arid her wordis in to the
endis of the world. But Y seie, Whe- 19
ther Israel knewe not ? First Moyses
seith, Y schal lede 3ou toc enuye, that 36
ben no folc; that 36 ben an vnwise folc,
Y schal sende 3ou in to wraththe. And 20
Ysaie isd bold, and seith, Y am foundun
of men that seken me not ; opynli Y
apperide to hem, that axiden not me.
But to Israel he seith, Al dai Y strei3te2i
out myn hondis* to a puple that bileuede
not, but a3en seide me.
CAP. XL
Therfor Y seie, Whether God hathi
put awei his puple ? God forbede. For
Y am an Israelite, of the seed of Abra-
ham, of the lynage of Beniamyn. God 2
hath not put awei his puple, which he
bifor knewf. Whether6 36 witen not,
what the scripture seith in Elie? Hou
he preiethf God a3ens Israel, Lord, thei 3
han slayn thi prophetis, thei han vndur-
doluun thin auteris, and Y am lefte
aloone, and thei seken my lijf. But 4
what seith Goddis answere to hym ? Y
haue left to me seuene thousyndes of
men, that han not bowid her knees bi-
fore Baal. So therfor also ins this tyme,5
the relifs ben maad saaf, bi the chesyng
of the grace of God. And if it be bi thee
grace of God, it is not now of werkis^:; ellis
grace is not now grace. What thanne ? 7
Israel hath not getun this that he soi^te,
but eleccioun hath getun ; and the othere
* hondis ; in
jeuinge bene-
titis, in al the
tyme of Jloyses
lawe. Lyre
here. e.
f knew; that in,
bifore ordeyn-
ede bi grace to
blis. Lyre here.
e.
J of lawe. this
that he sou^te ; .
that is, rijtful-
nesse bi the
feith of Crist,
whos coraynge
the Jewis abid-
edeii. the ches-
ing ; that is,
apostlis and
othere men
rhosim herto.
Lyre here. e.
y hem that prechen v. * Om. x. » obeien x. b For r. c Om. Q. d feith i* «r. e by o.
f Whether ax passim. g soun x sec. m. h the erthe AfiosrxY. ' Om. sx. k the wordes of hem o.
her wordis yden out v. 1 in to G. m enuye for ~y>ure weywardenesse Q. n to not a A/P. that 36 be no o.
in to not x. nn and K. ° ajenseyinge to me v. P Om. N. 1 God v. r hath not put v. 8 whom «.
whiche vx. * knew v. « Om. v. v that the scripture seith NT. Om. o. what the scripture seith
in Elie v. w Om. N. * thousandes A sec.m. GMNOPQT. y kne sx. z to o. zz Lo K. a Om. o.
* in tyme v. " bi v. d Om. s. e now getten o. f this v.
a obedient T. b sown K sec. m. R sec. m.
1 preyede A pr. m. B and HUT a.
c in to Q sec. m. d forsothe is a. e Wher c et plures.
326
ROMANS.
XI. 8
21.
8 othere ben blyndid. As? ith is writun, He1
3af to hem a spirit of compunccioun, y^enJ
that thei se not, and eeris, that thei heeren
9 not, til in to this day. And Dauith seith,
Be the boord of hem maad 'bifore hem in
to a gnarek, and in to catchinge, and in to
sclaundre, and into 3eldinge a3en to hem.
10 Be the yjen of hem maad derke, that thei
se not ; and incroke1 algatis the bak™ of
11 hem. Therfore I seye, Wher thei offend-
idenn so, that thei schulden falle doun°?
Fer be it. But bi? thei gilt of hem heelthe
is maad to hethene men, that thei sue
12 hem. That if the gilt of hem ben richessis
of the world, and the menusinge1", W mak-
inge lesse*, 'of hem1 ben richessis of he-
then men, hou moche more the plente of
is hem? Sothli I seye to 3ouft, hethen men,
hou longe sothli" I am apostle of hethen
men, I schal honoure my mynysterie, W
useruysev, if onw ony maner I stire my
fleischx for? to folwe, andz I make summe
15 of hem saaf. Forsotha if the losse of hem
is reconsilinge of the world, whatb tak-
ingebb vpc, nod but lyf ofe deede meneK?
iG For if the sacrifisef, "or litel part of tast-
yngea, b&s hooly, and the hool gobeth; and
if the roote is hooly, and the braunchis.
17 That if ony of the braunchis ben broken,
thou sothli, whanne thou were a wylde
olyue tre, art 'sett yn1 among hem, and ert
maad felowe of the roote, and of fatnessek
is of the olyue tre, nyle thou glorie1 a3eyns
the braunchis"1. For if thou gloriest, thou
berist not the roote, but the roote thee".
HI Therfore thou seist, The braunchis ben
20 broken0, that I be'yn sett?. Wei, for vn-
bileue the braunchis ben broken ; forsoth
thou stondist by feith. Nyle thou sauere
2ihi3e thingi, but drede thou1, forsothe8 if
And Dauith 9 h?"is°Shei?
bi hatrede of
Crist and hi«
feithful men,
for which the
bi the gilt of hem helthe is maad to1
hethene men, that thei sue hem.
ben blyndid. As it is writun, God
to hem a spirit of compuncciounhf, i3en
that thei se not, and eeris, that thei
here1 not, in to this dai.
seith, Be the boord of hem maad in to
, .
a gryn" bifor hem, and m to catchyng,
and in to sclaundre, and in to 3eldyng
to hem. Be the i3en of hem maad derk,
that thei se not ; and bowe thou doun that is,
of whiche I
algatis the bak of hem. || Therfor Y n cam fleschiy.
seie, Whether thei offendiden so, that thei apostiis. the '
schulden falle doun ? God forbede. But ™,&££ is>
»'•««»««*; that
is, Jewis ben
That i2abletohesaued
bi feith. Lire
if the gilt of hem ben richessis of the here. e.
world, and the makyng lesse of hem ben
richessis of hethene men, hou myche
more the plente of hem ? But Y seie 13
to 3ou, hethene men, for as longe as
Y am apostle of hethene men, Y schal
onoure my mynysterie, if in ony maner u
Y stire my fleisch for to folowe, and that
Y make summe of hem saaf. For if the 15
loss of hern is the recouncelyng of the
world, what is the takyng vp, but lijf
of deede men? For if a litil part ofie
that that is tastid be hooli, the hool gobet
is hooli; and if the roote is hooli, also
the braunchis. What if ony of the 17
braunchis ben brokun, whanne thou
were a wielde olyue tre, art graffid
among hem, and art maad felowe of the
roote, and of the fatnesse of the olyue
tre, nyle thou haue glorie a3ens the is
braunchis. For if thou gloriest, thou
berist not the roote, but the roote thee.
Therfor thou seist, The braunchis ben 19
brokun, that Y be graffid in. Wei, for 20
vnbileue the braunchis ben brokun; but"1
thou stondist bi feith. Nyle thou sauere
g Om. r. h Om. x. { God r. ) Om. r. k bifore hem in to a grane M. in to a gnare bifore hem r.
1 intocroke o. bowe doun r. m backis x. n offenden G. ° doun only with outen profyte to other Q.
P for o. 1 Om. M. T menushinge G. mynusching M. makinge lesse o. s Om. OTX. t Om. o. u Om. K.
» so o. v or my seruyce G. Om. ox. w Om. sx. in r. * fleische, that Is, my lynage Q. J Om. sx.
z and that r. a For r. b what the GMPQSXY. what is N. *>b the taking M. » vp of hem MPQ. dOm. T.
e to o. ee Om. A', f litil part of taasting r. ft Om. or. g is r. h gobet is hooly Q. » sett p. graffid r.
k the fatnes o. ' haue glorie r. m braunchis, by pride, or enuye Q. n berith thee r. ° in-broken x.
P graffid in r. 1 thenges o. thing proude Q. ' thou mekely, that thou falle not Q. s for r.
h that is, enuie K marg.
cap. XI. commences here.
* herden T. k grane K. or in to a grene o marg. snare Tbhk/3.
in to K pr. m. m for b.
In i.
XI. 22 — 33-
ROMANS.
327
God sparide not1 the" kyndely braunchis,
lestv perauenture he spare not theew.
22Therfore se the goodnesse, andx feers-
nesse? of God ; sothli feersnessez in to hem
that felden doun, sothli the goodnesse of
God in thee, if thou 'schalt dwelle3 in
goodnesse, ellis and thou schalt be kitt
23 down. But and thei schulen ben ynsettb,
if thei 'schulen not dwellec in vnbileue.
Forsothd God is my3ty, eftsoone fore to
24ynsette hem. Forwhif if thou ert kitt
doun of the kyndelys wylde olyue tre, and
a3ens kynde erth inseet> in to a good olyue
tre, how moche more thei that byk kynde,
25 schulen be ynsett1 tom her olyue tre? For-
sothe, britheren, I nylen 3ou° vnknoweP
this mysteriei, that 36 ben not wyse to
3our silf 8; for' blyndnesse hath feldeu ofw
party in Israel, til the plente of hethen
26 men entridenx, and so al Israel schulde be
maad saaf. As it^ is writun, He schal
come of Syon, that schal delyuere, and
27turne awey the vnpite of Jacob. And
this testament to7' hem of me, whanne I
28 schal do awey her synnes. Sothli vp the
gospela eneinyesb for 3ou, forsothec moost
dereworthe vp thed eleccioun for fadris.
29 Sothli the 3iftis and clepynge of God ben
withouten forthinkynge, 'or reuokynge*.
so Sothli as sum tyme andf 36 bileueden not
to God, 'now forsothes 30 ban gete mercy
si for the1' vnbileue of hem ; so and thes now
bileueden not in' to 3oure mercy, that and
32 thei gete mercy. Forsothe God closide to
gidere alle thingis ink vnbileue1, that he™
sshaue mercy on alle11. A°! the hi3nesseP,
'or depnesse^, of ther richesse8 of wysdom
and kunnynge of God ; hou incomprehen-
syble ben his domes, and his weyis vn-
thing", but drede thou, for if God 21
sparide not the kyndli braunchis, lest
perauenture he spare not thee. Therfor22
se the goodnesse, and the fersnesse of
God ; 3he, the feersnesse in to hem that
felden0 doun, but the goodnesse of God
in to thee, if thou dwellist in goodnesse,
ellis also thou schalt be kit doun. 3"e>23
and thei schulen be set yn, if thei
dwellen not in vnbileue. For God is
my3ti, to sette hem in eftsoone. For if 24
thou art kit doun of the kyndeli wielde
olyue tre, and a3ens kynd art set in to
a good olyue tre, hou myche more thei
that ben bi kynde, schulen be set in her
olyue tree? But, britheren, Y wole not 25
that 30 vuknowen this mysterief, that 36 t that is, God-
be not wise to 3ou silf; for blyndenesse testament Tthat
hath feldP a parti in Israel, til that the
plente of hethene men entride, and so al26thenew? te«ta'
1 ment. for fa-
Israel schulde be maad saaf. As it is <fri»; that™, for
. r_ , the merytis of
writun, He schal come of Syon, that fadris summe
schal delyuere, and turne awei the wick-
idnesse of Jacob. And this testament 27
to hem of me, whanne Y schal do awei the eende of the
world, joure
her synnes. Aftir the gospel thei ben 20 mercy; that is,
,, , > • 7 hadden not the
enemyes for 3ou, but thei ben moost t grace of feith
dereworthe bi the eleccioun for the fa- ha
dris. And the 3iftis and the clepingr of2u&
God ben with outen forthenkyng. And so
as sum tyme also 30 bileueden not to
God, but now 36 ban gete mercy for the
vnbileue of hem; so and these now bi-3i
leueden not in to 3oure merci, that also
thei geten merci. For God closide alle 32
thingis togidere in vnbileue, that he haue
mercy on alle. Os! the heijnesse1 of theu33
ritchessis of the wisdom and of thev
kunnyng of God; hou incomprehensible
4 not to G sec.m. » Om. GMP. to thee Q. v see thou lest G sec. m. dreed lest Q. w to thee G sec.m.
ppr.m.q. * and the GMPQXY. y feernesse QT. z the feersnesse MP. the feernesse QT. a dwellist v.
b sett in v. c dwellen not v. d For whi v. e Om. sx. f For v. 8 kynde NO. h thou art XY.
' sette orx. k ben K. ben bi y. 1 sett v. m in to o. in v. n wole v. ° that je v. P to
vnknow osx. 1 mysterie, or prinetee G sec. m. r jour GJI/PQT. 8 lyf o. t forwhi v. u fallen QX.
w of a T. * hath entred o. y Om. x. z is to o. a gospel, that is, for the gospel o. b thei
hen enemyes v. c but thei ben r. d Om. sx. e Om. TX. f Om. o. 8 but now v. h Om. N.
' Om. o. k in to N. 1 vnbyleue, that is, bothe Jewes and hethen men o. m je o. n alle men G sec, m.
alle, that is, on hem bothe Q. o O! GMNPQSXY. P depthe v. q Om. A sec.m. orx. r Om. o.
* richesses
D thingis n pr. m. rk. ° fellen i passim. P fillid BI:
»A! CEKMQKuxabceghkoo/3. 4 hijenessis a. u Om. g.
. fallen K,
Om. Kicjga.
the most b. * clepingis k.
328
ROMANS.
XI. 34 — XII. 10.
34 serchable*. Forsothe" who knew the witt
35 of Godv, or who was his councelour? or
who formere jaf to hym, and it schal be
so quyt a3enw to him ? For of him, and by
him, and in hym ben alle thingis. To
him vhonour andx glorie ? in to worldis z.
Amena.
CAP. XII.
1 vAnd sob, britheren, I biseche 3ou by
the mercy of God, that 30 3yue 3oure bo-
dyes a lyuynge oost, xor sacrifice, hoolyc,
plesynge to God, 3oure seruyce resonable.
2 And nyle 36 be confoormed, *or maad lykA,
to this world, but vbe 3ee refoormed in
newenesse of 3oure witt, that 36 proue
which is the wille of God, good, and wel
3 plesynge, and parfyt. Forsoth I seie, bi
the grace that is 3ouun to me, to alle
that ben among 3011, forf to nots sauere,
\>r kunne^, more than it' behoueth fork to
kunne1, but form to kunne to sobrenesse" ;
and to ech man, as God hath departid the
4 mesure of feith0. Forsoth as in OOP body we
han many membris, sothlii alle the mem-
sbris han not the same acter, W dede*; so
we Nben man ye* oo body in Crist, ech for-
sothe membrisu 'the totherv of an otherw.
e Therfore hauynge" 3iftis dyuersinge^, vp
grace2 that is 3ouun to vs, ether prophesie,
7 vp resoun of feith ; ether* mynisterie, vor
seruyce^, in mynistringe ; etherc he that
s techith, in techinge ; he that stireth soft-
ly11, in exhortacioun, 'or monestinge* ; he
that 3yueth, in symplenesse ; he that is
byforef, vor souereyn%, in bisynesse ; he
9 that hath mercy, in gladnesse. Loue
with oute feynynge, hatynge yuel, cleu-
ynge'1, W faste drawynge1, to good
iothingk; louynge to gidere the charite of
ben hise domes, and hise weies ben vn-
serchable. For whi who knew the wit 34
of the Lord, or who was his counse-
lour? or who formere 3af to hym, and 35
it schal be quyt to hym? For of hym, 36
and bi hym, and in hym ben alle thingis.
To hym be gloriew in to worldis*. Amen.
CAP. XII.
Therfore, britheren, Y biseche 3ou bi i
the mercy of God, that 30 3yue 3oure
bodies a lyuynge sacrifice, hooli, ples-
ynge to God, and 3oure seruyse reson-
able. And nyle je be confourmyd to 2
this? world, but be 36 reformed in new- .
nesse of 3oure wit, that 30 preue which
is the wille of God, good, and wel ples-
ynge, and parfit. For Y seie, bi the a
grace that is 3ouun to me, to alle that
ben among 3ou, that 36 sauere noz more
than it bihoueth to sauere, but for to
sauere to sobrenesse; and to ech man, as
God hath departid the mesure of feith.
For as in o bodi we han many membris, 4
but alle the membris han not the same
dede; so we many ben o bodi in Crist, s
and eche ben membrisf oon of anothir. t that is, com-
Therfor we that han 3iftis dyuersynge, o oSS
aftir the grace that is souun to vs, ethir? 3'fds 30uun ."?
vs, as membris
prophecie8, aftir the resoun of feith; ethir of the bodi
comynen to gi-
seruise, in myriystryng; ether he that dere her offitis.
techith, in techyng; he that stirith softli,8 Lyrehere- e-
in monestyng ; he that 3yueth, in symple-
nesse; he that is souereyn, in bisynesse;
he that hath merci, in gladnesse. Loue 9
with outen feynyng, hatynge yuel, draw-
ynge to good ; louynge. togidere the cha- 10
rite of britherhod. Eche come bifore to
worschipen othere ; not slow in bisy-n
nesse, feruent in spirit, seruynge to the
4 ben vnserchable v. u Forwhi v. v the Lord v. w Om. v. " Om. v. 7 be glorie r, z worldis
of worldis N. world of worldes o. a Om. T. t> Therfore r. c or holy sacrifice GQ. holi x. d Om. ox.
e beth x. f Om. sx. e Om. Q. h Qm. ox. • > Om. o. k Om. sx. l kunne, ofpriuey mysterie Q.
sauouren x. m Om. sx. n sobrenesse, with onten presumpcioun Q. ° the feith x. P a o.
<l forsothe o. r dede vx. * Om. ovx. t many ben v. " ben membres or. v oon v. w anothir
hauynge need or seruyce Q. * we hauynge Q. and we han r. y diuerse o. z the grace Q. a other MP.
b Om. OTX. c or s. d sothely o. e Om. TX. f prelat v. S Om. TX. h drawende x. ' Om. ox.
k Om. x.
w honour and glorie Rho£. x worldis of worldis A sec. m. xk sec.m. a. ytiiekpr.m.
MQRUxabceghkoa/3. a the profecie a.
not CEIK
XII. 1 1 — XIII. 3.
ROMANS.
329
britherhed ; comynge bifore to gidere in
11 honour, not slow in bisynesse, feruent1,
'or brennyngem, in spirit, seruynge to the
12 Lord, ioyinge in hope, pacient in tribu-
islacioun, bisy in preier, comunynge" to
the nedis of seyntis, suynge, 'or kep-
inge°, hospitalite, ^that is, herboringe of
upore men 1. Blesse 36 men pursuynge
3ou ; blesse 36, and nyle 36 curse, 'or
ibwarier; for5 to ioye with men ioyinge,
IB for1 to wepe with men wepinge ; feelynge
the same thing to gidere ; not sauerynge,
'or kunnynge\ \n^e thingisv, but consent-
ynge to meke thingisw. Nyle 36 be pru-
17 dent anentis 3oux silf; to no man 3eldinge
yuel for yuel, purueyinge^ goode thingis,
not oonly bifore God, but also bifore alle
is men. If it may be don, that that2 is of 3ou,
ishauynge pees with alle men. 3e moost
dereworthe3 britheren, not defendynge, 'or
vengynge^, 3oue silf, but '3yue 3ed place to
iree, 'or wraththe* ; forsoth& it is writun,
The Lord seith, To me veniaunce11, and I
2oschal 3elde a3en'. But if thin enemye
'schal hungrek, feede thou1 him ; if he
thirstith"1, 3yue thou" drynke to hym ; for-
sothe0 thouP doynge 'thes thingis'i schalf
21 gidere to gedre colis on his heed5. Nyle
thou be ouercome of yuel thing', but ouer-
come thou yuel thing" inv good thingw.
CAP. XIII.
1 Euery* soule, 'or lyuynge many, be su-
get to hi3er poweris. Forsoth there is notz
power noa but of God ; sothli tho thingis
2 that ben of God, ben ordeynedb. 'And soc
he that 'a3en stondithd power, a3en stond-
ithe 'the ordynaunce of Godf ; forsoth thei
that a3enstonden &, getith h to hem silf
sdampnacioun. Forwhi princis' ben not
Lord, ioiynge in hope, pacient in tribu-12
lacioun, bisy in preier, 3yuynge good tola
theb nedis of seyntis, kepynge hospita-
litec. Blesse 36 men that pursuen 3ou;u
blesse 36, and nyle 36 curse ; for to ioye 15
with men that ioyen, for to wepe with
men that wepen. Fele 36 the same thing 16
togidere ; not sauerynge hei3d thingis,
but consentynge to meke thingis. Nile
36 be prudent anentis 3oue silf; to no 17
man 3eldynge yuel for yuel, but pur-
ueye 36 good thingis, not oneli bifor
God, but also bifor alle men. If it may is
be don, that thatf is of 3ou, haue 36 pees
with alle men. 3e nioost dere britheren, 19
not defendynge 3ou& silf, but 3yue 36
place to wraththe ; for it is writun, The
Lord seith, To me veniaunce, and Y
schal 3elde. But if thin enemy hun-ao
grith, fede thou hym ; if. he thirstith,
3yue thou drynke to hym ; for thou do-
ynge this thing schalt gidere togidere
colis f on his heed. Nyle thou be ouer-2i t coiis; that is,
comun of yuel, but ouercome thou yuel charyterether
bi gOOd. of the Holy
Goost, ether
the brennyng
heete of pen-
aunce. on his
heed; that is,
soule. The glos
here rehersinge
Austin, e.
CAP. XIII.
Euery soule \ be suget to hei3ere i i *>«'«,• that is,
-,-, , . man. Austyn,
powers, lor ther is no power but of theffios,<md
God, and tho thingis that ben of God, *
ben ordeyned. Therfor he that a3en-2
stondith power, a3enstondith the ordy-
naunce of God ; and thei that a3en-
stonden, geten to hem silf darnpnacioun.
For princes ben not to the drede of good 3
1 brenning o. m Om. ox. n comyng o. ° Om. ox. q Om. ovx. r Om. OTX. a Om. sx.
4 Om. sx. u Om. ox. v thyngis, bostynge for these lyftis Q. w thingis, foletvynge meke fadris Q.
* jour NQT. y but purueiende x. z Om. p. a dere GMOPQTVXY. b Om. ox. c jour GMPQT.
d jiueth x. e wraththe o. f Om. OTX. e for F. b the veniaunce x pr. OT. ' Om. F. k hungrith v.
' Om. A. m schal therste o. n Om. x. ° for v. P Om. x. Q this thing v. r thou shalt x.
8 heued c. * Om. vx. u Om. F.X. v bi v. w Om. vx. x Eche jr. y Om. ovx. z no NSX.
a not N. b n>e/e ordeyned Q. c Therfore r. d ajenstant sx. e ajenstant sx. ' Godes ordenaunce o.
8 ajeinstondith y. " getun AGMNOPQSTVX. ' pryncis of power Q.
b On}, a. c /Aa/ is, herborynge of pore men. e marg. d to hije k. e joure E. f Om. A sec. m.
;our
VOL. IV.
U U
330
ROMANS.
XIII. 4 — 13.
tok the drede of good werk, but of yuel.
Sothli1 wilt thou not drede power? Do
thoum good thing", and thou schalt haue
4 preysyng of it; forsoth0 he is the mynystre
of God to thee into goodP. Sothli if thou
doist yuel thingi, drede thour; for not
withoute cause he berith the swerd% for
he is the mynistre of God, vengere into
wraththe to him that doth yuel thing".
5 And therfore by nede be 36 suget, not
oonly for wraththe, but and for consci-
eence. Sothli7 therfore and 36 3yuen tri-
butis, thei ben the mynistris of God, 'for
7 this same thing seruyngew. Therfore
3elde 36 'to alle men dettis*, to whom tri-
but, tribut, to whom tol, 'or custom? "for
thingis borun aboute2, tol, 'or such cus-
tom*, to whom drede, drede, to whom
B honour, honour. To no man owe 36 ony
thingb, no but that 30 loue to gidere.
Sothli0 he that loueth his nei3bore, hath
ofulfillid the lawe. Forwhy, Thou schalt
'do no'1 leccherie, Thou schalt not sle,
Thou schalt not stele, Thou schalt not
seye fals witnessinge6, Thou schalt notf
coueite thes thing of thi nei3bore, and
if there be1' ony othir rnaundement, it is
instorid', 'or enclosidk, in this word, Thou
10 schalt loue thi nei3bore as thi silf. The
loue of thi1 nei3bore worchith not yuel;
therfore loue is the"1 plente", 'or fulfill-
ninge", of the? lawe. And we witingei
this tyme, forr hour is now, vss for* tou
ryse ofv slepe; sothliw now oure heelthe*
12 is neer^, than whanne we bileueden. The
ny3t wente byfore, forsothe the day 'schal
nei3ez. Therfore caste we awey the workis
of derknessis, and be we clothid" withb
is the armeris0 of Ii3t. As ind day* wandre
we honestly, not in 'ofte etyngisf and
work, but of yuel. But wilt thou, that
thou drede not1' power ? Do thou good
thing, and thou schalt haue preisyng of
itf ; for he is the mynystre of God to 4
thee in to good. But if thou doist yuel,
drede thou; for not with outen cause he
berith the swerd, for he is the mynystre
of God, vengere in to wraththe J to hym
, - . .
that doith yuel. And therfor bi nede 5
be 36 suget, not oneli for wraththe, but
also for conscience. For1 therfor 300
3yuen tributis, thei ben the mynystris
of God, arid seruen fork this1 same thing.
Therfor 3elde 30 to alle men dettis, to 7
whom tribut, tribut, to whom tol, tol,
to whom drede, drede, to whom onour,
onour. To no man owe 30 ony thing, 8
but that 36 loue togidere. For he that
loueth his nei^bore, hath fulfillid the
lawe. For, Thou schalt do no letcherie, o
Thou schalt not sle, Thou schalt not stele,
Thou schalt not seie fals witnessyng,
Thou schalt not coueyte the thing of
thi nei3bore, and if ther be ony othere
maundement, it is instorid"1 in this
word, Thou schalt loue thi nei3bore as
thi silf. The loue of nei3boren worchith 10
not yuel ; therfor loue is the"" fulfillyng
of the lawe. And we knowen thisn
tyme, that the our is now, that we rise
fro sleep ; for now0 oure heelthe is? neer,
than whanne we bileueden. The ny3t 12
wente bifore, but the dai hath nei'3ed.
Therfor caste we awei the werkis of
derknessis, and be we clothid ini the
armeris of Ii3t. As in dai wandre we is
onestli, not r in superflu feestis and
drunkenessis, not in beddis and vn-
chastitees, not in strijf and in enuye ;
but be 36 clothid in8 the Lord Jhesu »4
'/he soue
cause of
tere conmn to
thee. The yios
here relterx'mne
J in to
wralhlhe ;
that is, into
poneschinge.
Lyre here. e.
m Om. AT. n Om. jr. ° for r. P good, endetlid to defends thee o.
s vengeable swerd o. u Om. rx. v For r. w and seruen for this
k Om. N. 1 But v.
q Om. vx. r Om. x.
same thing y. x dettis to alle men y. y Om. x. z Om. ox. a Om. ox. b thing that y shulden
not owe Q. c For v. <1 not do sx. e witnesse x. f Om. Y. g no Y. h is o. ' inclosid o.
k Om. orx. 1 Om. AGsec. m. MNopgsr. m Om. GMNP. n fulfilling A sup. ras. ox. ° or plente A.
Om. ox. P Om. GMPQTV. 1 knowen r. r that the r. s that we r. * Om. G pr. m. MPSVX. u Om. r.
v fro STFX:. w for v. x heel o. y nerer GM. ni^er o. z hath neijid r. a clad sx. b Om. GMP
qsrxY. in NF. c armes o. d and in N. e the day r. f superflu feestis v.
h no a. ' Forwhi i. k to k. 1 the k. m or inclvdid a sec. m. marg. n thi neijbore A pr. m.
nn Om. ab. ° now is R. P Om. R. q with I. r not in ofte eetynggis, or B marg. s Om. R pr.m.
XIII. 14 — XIV. 10.
ROMANS.
331
drynkyngis^, not in couchish and1 vn-
uchastitees, not in stryf and in enuye; but
be 36 clothidk in1 the Lord Jhesu Crist,
and do 36 notm cure", W bisynesse0, of
fleisch in desyris.
CAP. XIV.
1 Forsothe take 36 a syk man in bileue,
not in deceptaciounsP, ori dispeticiouns* ,
2 of thou3tis. Sothlis anothir1 bileueth him-
silf for" to ete alle thingis; forsothv he that
is syk, 'or vnstedefastw, ete hex wortis, 'or
spotage?. He that etith, dispise not2 'the
man not etynge3 ; and he that etith not,
deme not 'the man etyngeb. Sothlic God
4 hath takyn him. Who art thou, that
demest anothird seruaunt? To his lord he
stondith6, or fallith doun. Forsoth he
schal stonde ; forsothf the Lord is my3ti
to vordeyne him1', 'or make stedefast'1.
anothir demeth a day bytwixek
day1, another demeth ech day. Ech man
habunde™, 'or be plenteuous", in his witt.
6 He that sauerith", 'or vndirstondithv , the
day, vndirstondithi to the Lord. And he
that etith, etithr tos the Lord, for he doith
thankyngis to vthe Lord1. Arid he that
etith not, etith not to the Lord", and do-
;ithv thankingis to God. Forsoth no man
of vs lyueth to hym silf, and no man dei-
seth to him silf. Sothliw where we lyuen,
we lyuen to the Lord ; where we deien,
we deien to the Lord. Therfore wher we
9 lyuen or deien, we ben vof the Lord". In?
this thing sothliz Crist isa deed, and 'roos
a3enb, that he be Lord andc of quike and
10 of deeded Forsothe6 what demest thou thi
brother? or whi dispisist thou thi brother?
forf alle we schulen stonde bifore the trone
Crist, and do 30 not the bisynesse of
fleisch* in desiris *.
* that is, in
vnleful desiris.
The glos here.
ether in super-
flu desiris.
Lyre here. e.
CAP. XIV.
But take 36 a sijk man in bileue, not i
in demyngis" of thou3tis. For another 2
man leueth, that he mai ete alle thingisf; t ete aiie
, , , A, . . ... ,. TT c thingis; that
but he that is sijk, ete wortis. He that 3 is, amanper-
etith, dispise not hym that etith not;
and he that etith not, deme not hym
that etith. For God hath take him to
hym. Who art thou, that demest an- 4
,. i i m i • i i i -i
othris seruaunt ? To his lord he stond-
ith, or fallith fro hym. But he schal
stonde ; for the Lord is my3ti to make
hym parfit. For whi oon demeth as
dayt bitwixe a dai, another demeth ech
, . ,-, , ... TT day; that is,
dai. Ech man encrees in his wit. He 6 can deme of
maner metis
Movses lawe.
Lyre here. e.
bynding not
after Cristis
deeth. be plen •
teuause in his
wit ; that is,
be left to his
owne consci-
that vnderstondith the dai, vnderstond-
ith to the Lord. And he that etith, etith
to the Lord, for he doith thankyngis to
God. And he that etith not, etith not
to the Lord, and doith thankyngis to
God. For no man of vs lyueth to 7 ^glTmetis
hymsilf, and no man dieth to hymself. p"^' £" Phe
For whether we lyuen, we lyuen to thes K°spei. Lyre
here. e.
Lord ; and whethir we dien, we dien
to the Lord. Therfor whethir we lyuen
or dien, we ben of the Lord. For whig
for this thing Crist was deed, and roos
a3en, that he be Lord bothe of quykez
and ofa deed menb. But what demest 10
thou thi brothir? or whi dispisist thou
thi brothir? for alle we schulen stonde
bifore the trone of Crist. For it isn
writun, Y lyue, seith the Lord, for to
g drunkennesses AG sec. vice. MNOPSTPXY. k beddis v. ' and in A. k clad sx. l Om. A pr. m. G
u pr.m. PQSTXY. m no A. n the cure GMNPQSTVXY. besynesse o. ° Om. OTX. P deem-
yngis v. <1 or in o. Om. x. r dispitisonns GMP. dispulismms Q. dispitoutis v. Om. x. s For-
vvhi v. t another man v. » Om. sx. v but v. * Om. x. * Om. v. 7 or polage, or snche metis
that norischen hum not to synne Q. Om. x. * he not oo. a hym that etith not r. b hym that etith v.
c Forvvhi v. " an alyen v. anotheris x. e stant sx. f For r. S Om. sx. h make hym perfit v.
' Om. x. k bitwen sx. ' the day g. m be plenteuous r. n Om. orx. ° vnderstondith ov.
P Om. orx. q sauoureth x. * ete Q. s he to N. Om. T. * God v. « Lord, that is, he absteyneth
hym for norschip of the Lord Q. v he doth o. w For v. * Lordis s pr. m. y And K. Forwhi for r.
z Om. v. « was v. b ajein roose G. c bothe r. d deede men r. e But y. f forsothe GMOQTVXY.
joure flesch H. u deemynge k. z quike men EKk pr. m.
U U 2
a Om. K pr. m. b Om. K.
332
ROMANS.
XIV. i ;
-23.
11 of Crist. For it is writun, I lyue, seith
the Lord, for to me ech knee schal ben
bowid, and ech tunge schal knowleche to
12 God. 'And soh ech of vs schal 3elde re-
is soun to God for him silf. Therfore no
more deme we to gidere, 'or ech othir'1;
but more deme 30 this thing, that 36 putte
not hurtynge, vor sclaundrek, to a brother.
14 1 woot and truste in the Lord Jhesu, for1
no thing is comune, 'or vnclenem, by him,
non but to him that demeth ony thing
for0 to be vnclene, 'to him it is vncleneP.
isSothli if thi brothir be maad sory"), 'or
heuy in conscience*, for mete, now thou
walkist not aftir charite. Nyle thou
thorw thi mete leese him, for whom Crist
icdiede. Therfore be not oure good thing
17 blasfemyd, 'or dispisid*. Sothli1 the
rewme of God is not mete and drynke,
but ri3twysnesseu and pees and ioye in
is the Hooly Gost. Forsoth he that in this
thing serueth Cristv, plesith Godw, andx
19 is prouyd to men. And so^ sue we tho
thingis that ben of pees, and kepe we tho
thingis to gidere that ben of edificacioun,
wfthat is, to bylde soulis to lieuene7-. Nyle
thou for mete distroye the work of God.
Sothli alle thingis ben cleene, but it is
yuel to the man that etith by offendinge,
21 'or sclaundte*. It is good forb to not ete
fleisch, and for0 to not drynke wyn, nether
in what thing thi brothir offendith, 'or is
sclaundridd, or is maad syk, 'or vnstede-
zzjast^. Thoue thatf hast feith anentis thi
silf, haue thou& bifore God. Blessid is he
that demeth not1', 'or dampneth not\ him
23 silf in that thing that he proueth. For-
soth he that demethk, 'if he ete, is damp-
ned1; for itm is not ofn feith. Forsoth al
thing that is not of feith, is synne.
me ech krie schal be bowid, and ech
tunge schal knouleche to God. Therfor 12
ech of vs schal 3elde resoun to God for
hym silf. Therfor 'no more deme wec is
ech other ; but more deme 30 this thing,
that 36 putte not hirtyng, or sclaundre,
to a brothir. I woot and triste in the u
Lord Jhesu, that no thing is vnclene d
bie hym, no but to him that demeth
ony thing to be vnclene, to him itf is
vnclene. And if thi brother be maad is
sori in conscience for mete, now thou
walkist not aftir charite. Nyle thou «
thoroii3 thi mete lese hym, for whom
Crist diede. Therfor be not oureh good is
thing blasfemed. For whi the rewme 17
of God is not mete and drynk, but ri^t-
wisnesse and pees and ioye in the
Hooli Goost. And he that in this is
thing' serueth Crist, plesith God, and is
proued to men. Therfor sue we thoia
thingis that ben of pees, and kepe we
togidere 'tho thingis k that ben of1 edi-
ficacioun f. Nyle thou for mete distrieaotthatis, w
the werk of God. For alle thingis ben heuenlT 'that
clene, but'" it is yuel to the" man that £S2rf&t2
etith bi offendyng. It is good to
ete fleisch, and to not drynke wyn, "*>' he preu-
... , rr. e<h; that is,
nethir in what thing thi brother offend- knoweth that
... • i 1-1 • i ••! it is leful tu
ith, or is sclaundnd, or is maad sijk. him to ete
Thou hast feith anentis thi silf, haue 22 ™e^8of^im
thou bifore God. Blessid is he that tawe» while he
ceesith to ete
demeth riot hym silf iu that thing that for the charyte
-_. , - , . of brithren, to
he preueth. J<or he that demeth, is 23 eschewe sciaun-
dampned, if he etith ; for it is not of
feith. And al thing that is not of feith,
not of consci-
is synne. ence-
here. e.
h Therfore v. i Om. ox. * Om. ox. l that r. m Om. x. n not o. Om. T.
o Om. G pr.m. MPQSX. P Om. OP. q heuy in conscience o. r Om. ox. s Om. x. l Forwhi v.
u rijtfulnesse N. v to Crist G sec. m. » to God G sec. m. x. x and he Q. y Therfore v. * Om. x.
a Om. x. b Om. sx. c Om. sx. d Om. x. e That thou x. f Om. vx. g Om. sx. h Om. T.
> Om. vx. k demyth this mete dene and this vnclene Q. l if he ete the vnclene, is dampned Q. if he is
dampiied r. is dampned if he etith r. ») why? for his etynge 9. n Om. T.
c deme 56 no more k pr. m. d comun, or vncleene EX. comoun iQeg pr.m. e to k. * that a.
g Om. b et c pr. m. h 3oure nk pr. m. ' Om. R pr. m. k Om. E. 1 Om. Eg. to e. m for a.
XV. I — 15.
ROMANS.
333
CAP. XV.
i Forsothe we saddere owen for0 to sus-
teyne, 'or bere vpv, the feblenesse? of syke
men, 'or vnsadde infeith*, and not plesea
2 to vs' silf. Ech of vs plese to his 11613-
3 bore in to good, to edificacioun. 'And for-
soth" Crist pleside not to hym silf, but,
as it is writun, The reprouys, 'or schen-
schipisv, of men displesinge thee, feldenw
4 on me. Forsothe what euere thingis ben
writun, theix ben writun to oure techinge,
that by pacience and comfort of scripturis
5 we ban hope. Forsothe God of pacience
andF solace, 'or comfort2', 3yue to 3ou fora
to vndirstonde the same thing, ech in to
6 othir aftir Jhesu Crist, that 36 of oo wille,
'or wittb, with oo mouth worschipe God
and the fadir of oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
7 For which thing take 36 to giderec, as andd
Crist took 3ou into the honour of God.
s Sothli I seie Jhesue Crist forf 'to haue be?
a mynistre of circumcisioun for the treuthe
of God, forh to conferme the biheestis of
ofadris. Sothli hethene men for' to honoure
God vponk mercy; as it1 is writun, Ther-
fore, Lord, I schal knowleche to thee in
hethene men, and I schal synge to thi
10 name. And eftsoone"1 he seith, Glade",
or0 ioyev, 36 hethene men withi his peple.
11 And eftsoone1", Alle hethene3 men, herye1
36 the Lord ; and alle peplis, magnyfie 30
12 him. And eft Ysaie seith, Ther schal be
a roote of Jesse, and hethene men schulen
hope in" him, that schal rysev forw to
13 gouerne hethene men. Forsoth God of
hope fulfille 3ou in al ioye and pees in
bileuynge, that 36 habounde in hope and
Hvertu of the Hooly Gost. Sotheli, bri-
theren, and I my silf am certeyn of 3ou,
'for and" 36 3ou? silfz ben ful of loue, 3hea,
fulfillid6 with al science, 'or kunnyngec,
is so that 36 mown moneste ech other. So-
CAP. XV.
But we saddere men owen to susteyne i
the feblenesses of sijke men, and not
plese to vsv silf. Eche of vs plese to 2
his nei3bore in good, to edificacioun. For 3
Crist pleside not to hym silf, as it is
writun, The repreues of men dispisynge
thee, felden on me. For what euere 4
thingis ben writun, tho ben writun to
oure techynge, that bi pacience w and
coumfort of scripturis we hauex hope.
But God of pacience and of solace 3yues
to 3ou to vndurstonde the same thing,
ech in to othere aftir Jhesu Crist, thate
36 of o wille with o mouth worschipe
God and the fadir of oure Lord Jhesu
Crist. For which thing take 36 togidere, 7
as also Crist took 3ou in to the onour
of God. For Y seie, that Jhesu Crist a
was a mynystre of circumcisioun for the
treuthe of God, to conferme the bi-
heestisr of fadris. And hethene men o
owen to onoure God for mere! ; as it is
writun, Therfor, Lord, Y schal know-
leche to thee among hethene men, and
Y schal synge to thi name. And eft 10
he seith, 3e hethene men, be 30 glad
with his puple. And eft, Alle hethene 11
men, herie 36 the Lord; and alle puplis,
magnefie 36 hym. And eft Isaie seith, 12
Ther schal be a roote of Jesse, that schal
rise vp to gouerne hethene men, and
hethene men schulen hope in hym. And is
God of hope fulfille 3011 in al ioye and
pees in bileuynge, that 36 encrees in
hope and vertu of the Hooli Goost.
And, britheren, Y my silf am certeyn u
of 3ou, that also 36 ben ful of loue, and
.30 ben fillid with al kunnyng, so that
30 moun moneste ech other. And, bri-is
theren, more boldli Y wroot to 3011 a
parti, as bryngynge 3ou in to mynde,
0 Om. sx. P Om. x. 1 febilnessis v. t Om. x. s to pleese r. * oure GMPQ. u For whi v.
T Om. x. w fellen GMPQ el x passim. * tho v. y and of or. z of comfort T. a Om. sx. b Om. vx.
c to gidir vpberynge the feble Q. d also v. e that Jhesu r. « Om. srx. B was v. h Om. sx.
1 Om. sx. omen for v. k for v. on x. 1 Om. x. m eft K. n Glade 36 T. Om. v. ° Om. TVX.
P enioye Q. Om. TVX. Q be glad with v. * eft r. » Om. T. t preyse GMPQ. " in to AGMNQST^XY.
v rise up r. w Qm. sx. * that also y. y 3our GMPOT. Om. y. z Om. v. & and je v. b fillid v.
«= Om. x.
v oure h. w the pacience ECO. * Om. k pr. m. y biheeste k pr. m.
334
ROMANS.
XV. 16 — 27.
theli, britheren, more hardily I wroot to
3011 'of party"1, as 33611 bryngynge 3011 in
to myride, for the grace that is 30111111 to
16 me of God, that I be the mynistre of Crist
Jhesu in hethene men ; Ie halwingef the
gospel of God*, that the offringe of he-
thene men1' be maad acceptid1, and halewid
17 in the Hooly Gost. Therfore I haue glorie
is in Crist Jhesu to God. Forsothk I dar
not speke1 ony thing of tho thingis, the™
whiche" Crist makith not by me, into
obedyence of hethene men, in word and
igdedis, in vertu of tokenes and grete won-
dris, in vertu of the Hooli Gost, so that
from Jerusalem by cumpas, vor enuyroun0,
til vntoP Illiryk I haue fulfillidi the gospel
20 of Crist. Forsoth so I haue prechid this
gospel, not where Crist was named1", lest
I bilde vpon8 otheris* ground, but as it is
21 writun, For to whom it is not told of him,
thei schulen se, and thei that herden not,
22schulen vndirstonde. For which thing I
was lettid ful moche for" to come to 3ou,
23 and I am forbodyn til intov 3it. Forsoth
now I xnot hauyngew ferthere* placet in
thes cuntrees, sothli2 hauynge8 couetyse
xof comyngeb to 3ou, of many 3eeris now
24goynge bifore, whanne I schal bygynne
forc to passe in to Spayne, I hope that I
passinge forth schal se 3ou, and of 3ou I
schal be lad thidur, if I schal vsen 3ou
as first in party. Therfore now I schal passe
forth to Jerusalem, ford to mynystre to
26 seyntis. Forsoth6 Macedonye and Achaye
proueden forf to make sum collacioun&,
W gedrynge of moneyeh, in to pore men
27 of seyntis, that ben in Jerusalem. Sothli'
it pleside to hem, andk thei ben dettouris
of hem ; forwhi if1 hethene men ben
maad parteneris of her goostly thingis,
thei owen and"1 in fleischly thingis for" to
for the grace that is 3ouun to me of
God, that Y be the mynystre of Crist ic
Jhesu among hethene men. And Y
halewe the gospel of God, that the
offryng of hethene men be acceptid, and
halewid in the Hooli Goost. Therfor 17
Y haue glorie in Crist Jhesu to God.
For Y dar not speke ony thing of tho is
thingis, whiche Crist doith not bi me, in
to obedience of hethene men, in word
and dedis, in vertu of tokenes and grete 19
wondris, in vertu of the Hooli Goost, so
that fro Jerusalem bi cumpas to0 the
Illirik see Y haue fillid the gospel of
Crist. And so Y haue prechid this gos-20
pel, not where Crist was named, lest Y
bilde vponP anotheres ground, but as it
is writun, For to whom it is not teld of 21
him, thei schulen se, and thei that
herden not, schulen vndurstonde. For 22
which thing Y was lettid ful myche to
come to 3ou, and Y am lettidi tor this
tyine. And now Y haue not ferthere23
placef in these cuntrees, but Y haue t that is, I haue
, - . . no nede to
desire to come to 3ou, of many 3eris that dweiie
ben passid. Whanne Y bygynne
passe in to Spayne, Y hope that in my
goyng Y schal se 3ou, and of 3ou Y
111 11 i«i •!• tsche and con-
scnal be led thidur, it Y vse 3ou first | nerte men, and
in parti. Therfor now Y schal passe 25 present wa
forth to Jerusalem, to mynystre to
seyntis. For Macedonye and Acaie ban 26 *«"••
' * I vse )m Jirste;
assaied to make sum 3ifte to pore men that is, haue
of seyntis, that ben in Jerusalem. For 27 j
it pleside to hem, and thei ben dettouris
of hem; for8 hethene men ben maad ^"com^d
parteneris of her goostli thingis, thei of the cuntrew.
. . D preueden; that
owen also in* fleischli thingis to myn- is, consentiden
ystre to hem. Therfor whanne Y haue 28 ^".fto pore"
endid this thing, and haue asigned to ™,enmof Jrr"'
hem this fruyt, Y schal passe bi 3011 in here- e-
d a party t). * Om. o. and I v. f hauende s. halewe v. g God, that is, schewinge it to be holy o.
h men, that tlioru me offren hem silf to the bileeue <). ! accept AG sec.m. MKPQT. acceptable G pr. m.
k For v. ' Om. Q. m Om. vx. n that x. ° Om. GMNPQFA". P to GMPQV. into N. 1 filled r.
r named, or preclude offals aposlelis Q. 8 vp T. on x. * anotheris NT. » Om. sx. v vnto AGMNPST.
to or. w haue not r. * ferrere AN. y place, or cause of longer dtvellynge Q. z but r. a I hauynge N.
I haue r. b to come r. c Om. sx. d Om. sx. e Forvvhi v. f Om. SA. S jifte v. h Qm. x.
i For v. k and that XY. l Om. y. m also r. D Om. SA".
0 til to K sec. m. Rhk sec. m. o. P Om. K pr. m. q Om. k pr. m. r til i. til to K. s for if Q sec. m.
c pr. m. l of k.
XV. 28 — XVI. 7-
ROMANS.
335
asmynistre to hem. Therfore whanne I
schal ende this thing, and assigne hem
this fruit, hi 3011 1 schal passe into Spayne.
2oForsoth I woot, that I comynge to 3011,
schal come into? the haboundaunce, 'or
soplentei, of the blessinge of Crist. Ther-
fore, britheren, I beseche 3011 by oure Lord
Jhesu Crist, and hi chariter of the Hooly
Gost, that 36 helpe me5 in 3oure prayeris
si 'for me' to the Lord, that I be delyuerid
fro the vntrewe, 'or vnfeithful^, men, that
ben in Judee, and that the offrynge of
my seruyce be acceptid in Jerusalem to
32 seyntis ; that I come to 3ou in ioye, by the
wille of God, and that I be refreschid
33 with 3ou. Sothli God of pees be with 3ou
alle. Amen.
CAP. XVI.
1 Forsoth, britheren, I comende to 3011
Feben, oure sister, that is in the seruyce
2 of the chirche that is in Teucris, that 36
resseyue hir in the Lord worthily to
seyntis, and that 36 'storide ny3 w, 'or
helpe*, hir in what euere nede-v, 'or thing1-,
she schal nede of 3ou. Forsotha and she
'stood ny3b, 'or helpidec, to manyed, and
3 to mee silf. Saluwef 36?, or ^greete 3^'',
Priska and Aquyla, myn helperis in Crist
4 Jhesu, the ' whiche vndirputtiden k her
neckis for my soule1, 'or lyfm; to whiche"
not I aloone do thankingis, but and alle
o the0 chirchis of hethene men. And 'greete
3eP wel hifi homelir chirches. 'Grete 36*
wel Efenete", loued to rne, that is the
6 firste of Asye in Crist Jhesu. Greetev wel
Marie, 'the whichw hath trauelid moche in
7 vs. Greeteth* wel Andronyk and Juliarie,
myn cosyns, and myn euene caytifs, 'or
prisoneris? , thez whiche ben noble among
apostlis3, and theb whiche weren bifore me
to Spayne. And Y woot, that Y com- w
ynge to 30x1, schal come 'in tou the
abundauncev of the blessing of Crist.
Therfor, britheren, Y biseche 3ou bi oureao
Lord Jhesu Crist, and biw charite of the
Hooli Goost, that 30 helpe me in 3oure
preyeris to the Lord, that Y be de-si
lyuerid fro the vnfeithful men, that ben
in Judee, and that the offryng of my
seruyce be acceptid in Jerusalem to
seyntis ; that Y come to 3ou in ioye, bi 32
the wille of God, and that Y be re-
freischid with 3ou. And God of pees be
with 3ou alle. Amen.
CAP. XVI.
And Y comende to 3ou Feben, oure i
sister, which is in the seruyce of the
chirche that is at Teucris, that 36 res- 2
seyue hir in the Lord worthili to seyntis,
and 'that 36 helpex hir in what euere
cause sche schal nede of 3ou. For sche
helpide^ many men, and my silf. Grete :i
3ez Prisca and Aquyla, myn helperis in
Crist Jhesu, which vndurputtiden her 4
neckis for rny lijf; to whichea not Y
aloone do thankyngis, but also alleb the
chirchisc of hethene men. And grete 36-".
wel her meyneal'1 chirche f. Gretee wel
Efenete, louyd to me, that is the firste
of Asie in Crist Jhesu. Grete f wel e
Marie, the whiche hath trauelid rnyche
in vs. Gretes wel Andronyk and Julian,?
my cosyns, and myn euen prisouneris,
which ben noble among the apostlis, and
whiche weren bifor me in Crist. Grete^s
wel Ampliate, most dereworth to me in
the Lord. Grete £ wel Vrban, ourey
t that is, con-
gregacioun of
t'eithful men in
Lyre
r the charite r. s Om. r.
' helpe v. * Om. rx. y thyng
cause v.
P Om. K. 9 Om. x.
vnfeithful Y. v is at Nr. w helpe r. * Om. rx. y thyng Q
b helpide r. «• or halp s. Om. rx. d many men r. e my G.
11 greeteth sx. ' Om. r. k vndirputten sx. l lijf r.
P greeteth x. 1 their GQ. ther A/P. r meynyal r. » chirche, or meynee Q
u Aphenete G. v Gretith GMPQX. w that x. * Grete r. J Om. x.
. i * * —
II greeteth
P greeteth x
Greete VY.
. .
postles M. the apostlis PQ. & Oni
t Om. NQK. " Om. GMPQX. or the
z Om. Qrx. a Forwhi v.
( Salute P. S Om. GMPQT.
" \vhom <?. ° Om. p.
l Gretith GMPQTX.
z Om. vx. a the
e my GMPQSVX
m Om. rx.
u in ne pr. in. v haboundaunce, eilhir plentee B.
''• je wel KQ sec.m. bk. wel R. Om. |3. a whom i.
Rhk *ec. m. d ether homeli K marg. hoomly k pr. m.
je KR.
w bi the bhk. x helpe je k. .v hath holpen i.
to alle K sec. m. al ABhk sec.m. bi ft. c chirche
e Grete 36 EKRbhko/3. f Grete je EK. S Grete
336
ROMANS.
XVI. 8 — 23.
sin Crist. Greeteth0 wel Ampliate, moost
sdereworthe to me in the Lord. Greeted
wel Vrban, oure helper in Crist Jhesu,
10 and Stacchen, my loued. Greete6 wel Ap-
iipellem, noblef in Crist. Greete& wel hem
that ben of Aristoblis hous. Greeteh wel
Erodyon, my cosyn. "Greete we' hem
that ben of Narcistiesk hous, that ben1 in
12 the Lord. Greete111 wel Triphenam and
Triphonam, the" whiche wymmen trauelen
in the Lord. Greete0 wel Persida, moost
dereworthe wommanv, that hath moche
istrauelid in the Lord. Greeted wel Rufus,
chosun in the Lord, and his modir, and
umyn. Greeted wel Ansicrete, Flegoncia,
Hermen, Patroban, Herman, and britheren
is that ben with hem. Greetei wel Filolo-
gus, and Julyan, and Venerumr, and his
sistir, and Olympiades, and alle the seyritis
10 that ben with hem. Greetith8 weP to
gidere in hooly coss. Alle the chirchis
tweie. LOO! 17 of Crist greeten 3011 welf. Forsoth, bri-
theren, I preie 5ou, that je aspye hem that
maken discenciouns and hirtyngis, oru
the chinhe.
foiow- scldundris , bisydis the doctryn that 36
inge sec.m.]
to comoun not han lernydv, and bowe 3ew awey fro hem.
pntKt,titatffr isSothely* siche men seruen not to the Lord
Crist, but to her wombe, and by swete
wordis and blessingis disseyuen? the herds
19 of innosent men. Sothli 3oure obedience
is pupplischid into euery place, therfore
I ioyez in 3011. But I wole 3oua forb toc be
wyse in good thing, and symple in yuel
2othingd. Forsothe God of pees defoule
Sathanas vndir 3oure feet sweftly. The
grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with
21 3ou. Tymothe, myn helpere, greetith 3ou
wel, and also Lucius, and Jason, and Sosi-
22 pater, my cosyns. NI the thridde6 greete
3ou wel, that* haue writyn the^ epistleh, in
23 the Lord. Gayus, my herborgere, greet-
helpere in Crist Jhesus, and Stacchen,
my derlyng. Gretek wel Appellem, the 10
noble in Crist. Grete1 wel hem that ben n
of Aristoblis hous. Grete"1 wel Ero-
diori, my cosyn. Grete™ wel hem that
ben of Narciscies hous, that ben in the
Lord. Gretem wel Trifenam and Trifo-12
sam, whiche wymmen trauelen in the
Lord. Gretem wel Persida, most dere-
worthe womman, that hath trauelid
myche in the Lord. Greten wel Rufus, is
chosun in the Lord, and his modir, and
myn. Grete" wel Ansicrete, Flegoncia, u
Hermen, Patroban, Herman, and bri-
theren that ben with hem. Grete" wel 15
Filologus, and Julian, and Nereum, and
his sistir, and Olympiades, and alle the
seyntis that ben with hem. Grete 36 ifi
wel togidere in hooli coss. Alle the
chirches of Crist greten 3ou wel. But, 17
britheren, Y preye 3ou, that 30 aspie hem
that maken discenciouns and hirtyngis,
bisidis the doctryne that 36 han lernedf,
and bowe 36*) awei fro hem. For suche IB
men seruen not to the Lord Crist, but
to her wombe, and bi swete wordis and
blessyngisr disseyuen8 the hertis of in-
nocent men. But 3oure obedience is i»
pupplischid in to euery place, therfor Y
haue ioye in 3ou. But Y wole that 3e
be wise in good thing, and symple in
yuel. And1 God of pees tredde Sathanas 20
vnduru 3oure feet swiftliv. The grace
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with 3011.
Tymothe, myn helpere, gretith 3011 wel, 21
and also Lucius, and Jason, and Sosi-
pater, my cosyns. Y Tercius grete 3OU22
wel, that wroot this epistle"', in the
Lord. Gayus, myn cost, gretith 3ou wel, 23
and al the chirche. Erastus, tresorere*
of the city, gretith 3011 wel, and Quartus
c Grete r. d Greteth GMNPQSX. e Gretith GMPQX. Grete jee s. f the noble man GQ. the noble MP.
g Gretith GMPQX. Grete 566 s. h Greteth GJVIPQS. ' Gretith wel AGMNPQSX. Grete wel rr. k Par-
cisies G. Narcisijs M. Marcisies QX. l ben feithfulle y. m Gretith GMPQSX. n Om. r. ° Gretith
GMPQSX. P Om. x. 1 Gretith GMPQSA:. r Nereum r. s Grete TV. * wele y>u Q. u and x\:
v lerud A. lered s. leride xv. w bowith x. x Forwhi y. y thei disceyuen G. z haue ioie v. a that
jee r. b Om. sx. c Om. v. d Om. v. e And I Tercyus G sec. v. I Tercius notorie Q. I Tercius r.
f which y. S this GMPQy. h epistlis T.
k Grete 56 KR. l Grete je K. m Grete je KR. n Grete je KR. P lerud i. <l Om. B. r bisech-
ynges a pr. m. s thei disseyuen K. * Bute k sec.m. u swiftli vndir R. v Om. R. w pistle bk.
: or kepere of the corny n whycche e.
XVI. 24 — 27-
ROMANS.
337
ith 3011 wel, and al the chirche. Erastus
tresorer, "or Jcepere'1, of the cite, greetith
•J43OU wel, and Quartus, brotherk. The1 grace
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist with™ 3011 alle.
25 Amen. Forsoth to" him, that is my3ty
for0 to conferme 3011 by my gospel, and
preching ofP Jhesu Crist, vpi the reve-
lacioun of mysterie holdun stille, that -Is,
as not schewid, in tymes euerlastynge ; ther
which mysterie* is now maad opyn by
scripturis of prophetis, vp the comaunde-
ment of God withouten bygynnynge and
endynge, to the obedyence of feith inss
27 alle hethene men, the mysterie knowun* to
God aloone wyse vby Jhesu Crist", to whom
honourv and glorie into worldis of worldis.
Amen.
Here endith the epistle to Romayns,
and now bigynneth the prolog to the firste
epistle to Corinthisw.
brother. The grace of oure Lord Jhesu 24
Crist bey with 3ou alle. Amen. Andz25
onour and glorie be to hym, that is
my3ti to conferme 3ou bi my gospel, and
prechyng of Jhesu Crist, bi the reuela-
cioun of mysterie holdun stylle in tymes
euerlastinge ; which mysterie is now 26
maad opyn bi scripturis of prophetis, bi
the comaundement" of God with outen
bigynnyng and endyng, to the obedience
of feith in alle hethene men, the mys-
terie knowun bi Jhesu Crist to God 27
aloone wiss, to whom be onour and glo-
rie in to worldis of worldisb. Amen.
Here endith the pistle to Romayns,
and bigynneth the prologe on the firste
pistle to Corinthiesc.
1 Om. xrx. k the brother G sec.m. Q. ' Om. r. m be with KQ. n onour and glorie be to v. ° Om. sx.
P in r. q bi v. T Om. v. s Om. x. ss and K. * knowen by Jhesu Crist v. " Om. v. * be onour v.
w Here endith the epistle of Foul to the Romaynys, and now bigynneth the epistle to the Corinthis. A.
Here endith the pistil to Romayns, and bigynneth the prolog to Corynthis. N. Here endith the pistel [of\
Romayns, now bygynneth the epistle of Corinthies. T. Here endith the pistles to Romayns; now bigynneth
the prologe upon the firste pistle to Corintheis. v. No final rubric in GMPQSXY.
y Om. i. z Om. c. a comaundementis k pr. m. b world i. c From ciqacgh. Here endith the pistle
to Romayns; now bigynneth the firste pistle to Corinthies, with the prologe bifore. M. Heere eendith the
pistle to Romayns, and bigynneth the prolog on the pistle to Corinthies. R. Here endith Paul to Romayns,
and bigynneth a prologe on the firste pistle to Corinthes. x. Here endelh the firste pistle to Romayns, and
here bigynnith the prologe on the firste pistle to Corynthis. bo. Here eendith the pistil to Romayns, and
[here k] bigynneth the prologe to the firste Corinthies. ek. No final rubric in AEKU.
VOL. IV.
X X
I. CORINTHIANS.
Prolog to the firste Corinthies*.
CORINTHIES ben men of Achaye, and
thes also of theb apostelis hadden herd
the word of treuthe, and thei weren
ouerturned in many maneris of false
apostelis ; summe of wordy eloquence of
philosophic, summe to the secte of Jewis
lawe yleddc. Thes reuoketh the apostle
to the trewe and gospels wysdom, writ-
ynge to hem fro Effecie, by Tymothe, his
disciple.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the episteleA.
Here biginnith the prologe of Jerom
on Corinthis*.
CORINTHIES benb of Acaye, and theic in
lijk maner herden of the postled the word
of treuthe, and weren peruertid in many
maneres of false apostlis. Summe weren
peruertid of eloquence of filosofie ful of
wordis, othere men6 weren led in to the
sect of thef lawe of Jewis, that is, to
holde it nedeful with the gospel. The
apostle^ vclepith a3enh these Corynthies
to very' feith and wisdom of the gospel,
'and writithk to hem fro Efesie, bi Ty-
mothe, his disciple.
This seith Jerom in his prolog on the
firste pistle to Corynthies^.
The firste pistle of Poul to Corinthis*.
CAP. I.
1 Poul, clepid apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi
2 the wille of God, and Sostenes, brothir, to
the chirche of God that is at Corinthe,
to the halowid in Crist Jhesu, clepid
Here bigynneth the firste pistle to
the Corynthies*.
CAP. I.
Poul, clepid apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi i
the wille of God, and Sostenes, brothir,
to the chirche of God that is at Co- 2
rynthe, to hem that ben halewid in Crist
a Here bygynneth the prolouge of the first Corinthyes. Y. No initial rubric in sr. No prologue in AGMPQX.
In N and T the prologue is of the second text. b Om. F. c led v. d Here endith the prologe, and here
bigynneth the first Corinthis. v. No final rubric in SY. a The first epistle to Corinthijs. MP. The firste
pistle to the Corynthies. Q. No initial rubric in the other Mss.
a From E. Prologe ex. Here bigynneth a prologe of Jerom on the firste pistle to Corinthies. K. Prolog
to Corynthes i. N. Prologus T. Here bigynneth a prologe to Corynthies. u. A prolog on the firste epistle
to Corynthies. f. No initial rubric in A and the other Mss. b ben men cKMKxabho. c Om. T. d apostle
EMRTXeh. e Om. T. f Om. CEiKMNQRTUxabcefghkoo/3. S postle cEKNQuxabcga. h ajen clepith CMRxho.
» the verri c. Om. NT. k writynge R. ' Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Here endith the prolog on
this epistle, that is seid bi Jerom. N. Jerom in his prologe on this pistle seith al this. xa. Here endith [the]
prologe, and bigynneth the first pislile to the Corinthies. g. Jerom in his prolog on this pistil seith thus. k.
No final rubric in Ee. a The firste epistle to the Corinthies. EC. No initial rubric in ciKMQUxa.
I- 3—17-
I. CORINTHIANS.
339
seyntis, with alle that inclepynb the name
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, in ech place of
ahem andc oure, grace 'and pees to 3oucc
of God, oure fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu
4 Crist. I do thankyngis to my God euer-
inore for 3ou, in the grace of God that is
sjouun to 3ou in Crist Jhesu. For in alle
thingis 36 bend ryche ine him, in ech
word, and in ech kunnynge, *or science*,
e as the witnessynge of Crist is confermyd
7 in 3ou; so that no thing fayle to 3ou in
ony grace, abidynge the reuelacioun, 'or
schewynge «, of oure Lord Jhesu Crist ;
stheb which and1 schal conferme 3ou til
into the eiide withouten cryme, 'or greet
synnek, in the day of the comynge of
9 oure Lord Jhesu Crist. Forsoth1 God is
trewe, hi whom 36 ben clepid in to the
felowschip of his sone Jhesu Crist oure
10 Lord. Forsothe, britheren, I biseche 3ou",
bi the name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist,
that 36 alle seye the same thing, and that
scismes, orm dyuysiouns", dissenciouns°,*or
discordisv, be not among 3ow; sothlii be
36 parfyt in the same witt, and in the
11 same kunnynge. Forsothe, britheren r, it
is signyfied, 'or toold*, to me of hem that
ben of85 Cloes, for stryues ben among 3ou.
12 Forsoth I seye this thing, that' ech of
3ou seith, Forsoth I am of Poul, forsoth
Iu of Appollo, treuly P of Cephas, "that is,
wPetrew, forsoth I" of Crist. Wher Crist
is departid-? wher Poul is crucifyed for
3ou, ethir> ben 30 baptysid in the name
H of Poul? I do thankyngis to Godz, that I
baptiside no man of 3ou, no but Crispus
is and Gayus ; lest ony man seye, that 36 ben
16 baptysid in my name. Sothli 'and I bap-
tysidea the hous of Steuene, a womman,
but I woot not, if I baptiside ony othir.
nForb Crist sente me not forc to baptise,
but ford to euangelyse, W preche the gos-
pele; not in wysdom of word, that the
Jhesu, and clepid seyntis, with alle that
inwardli clepen the name of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist, in ech place of hem and ofb
oure, grace to 3ou and pees of God, 3
oure fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu Crist.
Y do thankyngis to my God eueremore4
for 3011, in the grace of God that is 3ouun
to 3011 in Crist Jhesu. For in alle thingis z
30 ben maad riche in hym, in ech word,
and in ech kunnyng, as the witnessynge
of Crist is confermyd in 3ou; so that no;
thing faile to 3011 in ony grace, that
abiden the schewyng of oure Lord Jhe-
su Crist ; which also schal conferme 3ou 8
in to the ende with outen cryme, in the
dai of the comyng of oure Lord Jhesu
Crist. VA trewe Godc, bi whom 30 ben '.»
clepid in to the felouschipe of his sone
Jhesu Crist oure Lord. But, britheren, 10
Y biseche 3ou, bi the name of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist, that 36 alle seie the same
thing, and that dissenciouns d be not
among 3011 ; but be 36 perfit in the same
wit, and in the same kunnyng. For, my 1 1
britheren, it is teld to me of hern6 that
ben at Cloes, that stryues ben among
3ou. And Y seie that, thatf ech of 3ou 12
seith, For Y am of Poul, and Y am of
Apollo, and Y am of Cefass, but Y am
of Crist. Whether Crist is departid ? is
whether Poul was crucified for 3011,
ether 36 ben baptisid in the name of
Poul ? Y do thankyngis to my God, u
that Y baptiside noonh of 3ou, but Crispus
and Gayus ; lest ony man seie, that 36 15
ben baptisid in my name. And Y bap- 16
tiside also the hous of Stephan', but Y
woot not, that Y baptiside ony other.
For Crist sente me not to baptise, but 17
to preche the gospel; not in wisdom of
word, that the cros of Crist be not voidid
awei. For the word of the cros is foli is
to hem that perischen ; but to hem that
b inwardly clepen v. c and in NQ. cc to 3011 and pees pltires. d ben maad NV. e bi r sup ras.
{ Om. x. e Om. x. h Om. v. * also K. k Om. x. 1 Om. v. U Om. v. m Om. x. n Om. vx.
0 Om. x. P Om. vx. 1 but v. r my britheren v. s Om. x. ss at p. * which v. u I am (jr.
v I am r. w Om. x. * I am r. y other M et P passim, or s. z my God v. a I baptysicle also v.
b Forwhi v. c Om. sx. d Om. sx. e Om. x.
b Om. A. c Forsothe God is trwe K. stip. ras. d ether dyuisions K marg. e jou I sec. m. ' Om,
u pr. m. ae pr. m. e (hat is, Pelir e marg. h no man a. ' Stephan, a womman k.
XX 2
340
I. CORINTHIANS.
I. 18 — 31.
iscros of Crist be not voydid awey. For
the word of the cross is folye sothli to
'men perischingeh ; forsoth to hem that
beu maad saaf, that is to seye, to vs, it is
19 the vertu of God. Sothli' it is writun, I
schal lese the wysdom of wyse men, and
I schal reproue the prudence of prudent
20 men. Where is the wyse man ? where
is the writerek, 'or man of lawe}? where
is the purchasour of this11 world ? Wher
God hath not maad the wysdom of this11
21 world foltisch™, *or fooln. Forwhi for in
the wysdom of God the world knew not
God by wysdorn, it pleside0 to God for?
to make 'men saaf^ bileuyng, by the
22folie of prechinge. For and Jewis seken
23 signes, and Greekis seken wisdom ; for-
soth1' we prechen Crist crucified, to Jewis
sothli sclaundre8, to hethene men 'forsoth
24folyt; forsoth u to 'hem clepidv, Jewisw
and Greekisx, Crist^ the vertu of God, and
25 the wysdom of God. For2 that that is
foly thing of Goda, is wyser than men ;
and that that is sykb thing, 'or freelc, of
2fi Godd, is strenger than men. Forsoth8 se
3e 3ouref clepinge, britheren&; for not
manye wyse men aftir the fleisch, not
27 many my3ty, not many noble. But God
chees tho thingis that ben foltyschh of the'
28 world, that he confounde wyse men ; and
God chees the syke thingis, 'or jreel*, of
the world, that he confounde the stronge"1
thingis ; and God chees the vnnoble thingis
and dispisable thingis" of the world, and
tho° thingis that ben not?, that he schulde
2f>distroye tho thingis that beni; that ech
fleisch1", 'or man*, 'glorie not1 in his" si3t.
so Forsoth of him 36 ben in Crist Jhesu, thev*
which is maad to vs wysdom and ri3twys-
31 nesse,and hoolynesse, and a^enbying ; that,
ben maad saaf k, that is to seie, to vs, it
is the vertu of God. For it is writun, lu
Y schal distruye the wisdom of wise
men, and Y schal reproue the prudence
of prudent men. Where is the wise 20
man ? where is the wise lawiere ?
where is the1 purchasour of this world ?
Whether God hath not maad the wis-
dom of this world fonned ? For the 21
world in wisdom of God knewe not God
bi wisdom, it pleside to God, bi foli of
prechyng, 'to maken"1 hem saaf that bi-
leueden. For Jewis seken signes, and 22
Grekis seken wisdom ; but we prechen 23
Crist crucified, to" Jewis sclaundre, and
to0 hethene men foli; but to tho? Jewis 24
and Grekisi that ben clepid, we prechen
Crist the vertu of God and the wisdom
of God. For that that is foli thing of2&
God, is wiser than men ; and that that
is the1" feble3 thing of God, is strengere
than men. But, britheren, se 36 3oure26
clepyng ; for not many wise men aftir
the fleisch, not many my3tie, not many
noble". But God chees tho thingis that 27
ben fonned of the world, to confounde
wise men ; and God chees the feble 28
thingis of the world, to confounde the'
stronge thingis ; and God chees the vn-
noble thingis 'and dispisable thingis* of
the world, and tho thingis that ben not,
to distruye tho thingis that ben ; that 2»
ech man haue notx glorie in his si3t.
But of hym 36 ben in Crist Jhesu, so
which is maad of God to vs wisdom, and
ri3twisnesse, and holynesse, and a3en-
biyng ; that, as it is wrytun, He that 3i
glorieth, haue glorie in the Lord.
8 crosse, that is, passioun Q. h hem that perischen r. ' For r. k wise man of lawe v. ' or the man
oflawer.Om.rx. " the K. "> fonned v. ^orfooli/MQ.Om.rx. ° pleese r pr. m. P Om. sx. 1 saaf
men x. * but r. * it is sclaundre o. t sotheli foo'ly P. foley forsothe r. foly w. u but r. v Om. v,
w the Jewis v. * Grekis to thefeith Q. Greekis, that ben ctepid v. y is knotven Crist to be Q. we prechen
Crist r. z Porwhi r. a God, as Cristix passioun and deth #. b the syke vx. * Om. x. & God, as
to cheese ydiotis to vencuse the world g. e Forsoth, brethren r, f oure A tec. m. N. « Om. r. h foltes
MpQTtr. fonned v. i this tv. k Om. NX, m stronger Q. » Om. x. ° thi s. P not of any prys o.
1 ben in gret pris Q. r man Vi s Om. vx. * haue not glorie v. * his own Q. v Om. r,
. .
Om.kpr.m. w Om. Eg.
that make a. n to tne hk pr. m. ° to the k pr. m. P the Er»i«xaeghk.
l my3ti men k. » noble men k.
k sadde a. 1 Om. A.
1 to Greekis a. r Qm. EKQbega. s e/£e/. ygek or freel K marg
x Om. Qg pr. <Jn Jlpr.»<.
II. I — 13.
I. CORINTHIANS.
341
as it is writun, He that glorieth, gloriew in
the Lord.
CAP. II.
1 And I, britheren, whanne I cam to 3011,
cam not inx hi3nesse of word, or? wysdom,
tellinge, vor schewinge*, vto 3oua the wit-
2 nessing of Crist. Sothlib I schewidec, 'or
demyde^, not mee forf to wite&, "or kunne*,
ony thing among 3011, not but Crist
aJhesu, and him crucifyed. And I in syk-
nesse, and drede, and moche tremblyng,
4' or quakyng\ was anentis 3011; and my
word and my preching notk in persuable1,
'or sutile glosyngem, wordis of mannis
wysdorn, but in schewynge of spirit and
5 vertu; that 3oure feith be not in the"
wysdom of men, but in the vertu of God.
cForsoth we speken wysdom among perfyt
men, forsoth0 not wysdom of this world,
nether of princes of this world, that ben
7 distroyed ; but we speken the wysdom
off God, that^ 'is hidr in mysterie, 'or
priuyte*; the1 which wysdom^ God bifore
ordeynede bifore worldisv in to cure glo-
srie, thew which no man of the princes of
this world knew ; for if thei hadden
knowen, thei schulden neuere haue cru-
gcified the Lord of glorie. But as it is
writun, That y3e sy3 not, ne eere herde",
nether it sti3ede in to hertey of man, what
thingis God made redy bifore to hem that
10 louen him ; forsoth God schewyde to vs
by his spirit. Forsothz the spirit sekith
alle thingis, 3he, the deepe thingis of God.
nSotheli who of men woot, what thingis
ben of man, noa but theaa spirit of man
that is in him ? So and what thingis ben
of God, no man knowith, no but the spirit
12 of God. Forsoth we han not resseyued
the spirit of this world, but the spirit that
is of God, that we witen what thingis ben
i33ouun to vs of God. Theb whiche thingis
we speken, notc in tau3t wordis of mannis
CAP. II.
And Y, britheren, whanne Y cam to 1
3ou, cam not in the hei3nesse of word,
ethir of wisdom, tellynge to 3ou the wit-
nessyng of Crist. For Y demede not 2
me to kunne ony thing among 3ou, but
Crist Jhesu, and hym crucified. And 3
Y in sikenesse, and drede, and mychey
trembling, was among 3ou ; and my word 4
and my preching was not in suteliz stur-
yng wordis of mannus wisdom, but in
schewyng of spirit and of vertu ; that 5
3oure feith be not in the wisdom of men,
but in the vertu of God. For we speken 6
wisdom among perfit men, but not wis-
dom of this world, nether of princes of
this world, that ben distried ; but we?
speken the wisdom of God in mysterie,
'which wisdom is hida ; which wisdom
God bifor ordeynede bifor worldis in to
cure glorie, which noon of the princess
of this world knew ; for if thei hadden
knowe, thei schulden neuere haue cru-
cified the Lord of glorie. But as it is 9
writun, That i3eb say not, ne eere herde,
nether it stiede in to hertec of man, what
thingis God arayeded to hem that louen
hym ; but God schewide to vs bi his 10
spirit. For whi the spirit serchith alle
thingis, 3he, the depe thingis of God.
And who of men woot, what thingis ben n
of man, but the spirit of man that is in
hym ? So what thingis ben of God, no t that worldly
cunnyng and
man knowith, but the spirit of God. ioue,"bi the
. . , , . . . ,, whiche a man
And we han not ressemed the spintf of i2isdryuento
this world, but the spirit that is of God, ^"^ngk
that we wite what thing-is ben souun to *?"*? °fGod;
that is, loue
vs of God. Whiche thingis we speken is enflawmynge
. , . 7, .to dyuyne
also, not m wise wordis or mannus wis- thingis. e.*am-
dom, but in the doctryn of the6 spirit,
and maken a liknesse of spiritual thingis
w haue glorie v. x in the v. ^ of svr. either of v. z Om. rx. a Om. s. h FOr v. c demede rx.
d Om. rx. e in me K. { Om. srx. S kunne rx. h Om. rx. ' Om. MNPQTX. k was not <>r.
1 persuasible N. sotil styringe r. m Om. r. n Om. MPQT. ° but r. P hidde of Q. '' the which MPQT.
r Om. Q. s Om. x. t Om. r. u Om. x. v worldlis M el p passim. w Om. r. * herde not Q.
y the herte STXY. z Forwhi r. » Om. x. aa of K. b Om. r. <= also not r.
V in myche A sec. m. i. z sotil K. ether glosinge K marg. sutel c|3. sutilte h. a Om. R. b the ije a.
c the herte A pr. m. CEKRxaegh. d hath greithid i. e Om. R.
342
I. CORINTHIANS.
II. 14 — III. 10.
wysdom, but ind doctryne of the spirit,
comparisonyngee spiritual thingis to gostly
H men. Forsoth a beestli man perseyueth
not tho thingis that ben of the spirit of
God ; sothli it is foly to him, and hef may
not vnderstondeS, for heh is examyned, *or
\b(tsayed'1, gostly. Forsoth a spiritual man
demeth alle thingis, and he is demyd, *or
wdampned^, of no man1. As it is writun,
Who sothli knew the witt of the Lord,
or who tau3te him ? Forsoth we ban the
witt of Crist'".
CAP. III.
1 And I, britheren, my3te not speke to
3ou as to spiritual men, but as to fleischliu;
2 as to litile children0 in Crist, I 3af to
3ou mylk drynke00, not mete; sothli? 30
my3ten not 3it vndirstonde, but nether
'now sothli 36 mowni, for 3it 36 ben
afleischly. Whanner enuye8 and stryf is a-
mong 3ou, wher 36 ben not fleischli, and
4 aftir man 36 gon ? For1 whanne summe
seith, I sothli am of Poul, another forsoth,
I am of Apollo, wher 36 ben not men"?
What therfore is Apollo, what forsoth
5 Poul? Thei ben mynistrisv, "or ser-
uauntis™, of him, to whom 36 ban bileu-
yd ; and to ech man as God hath 3ouun.
c I plauntide, Apollo watride, "or moystide*,
7 but God 3af encresynge. 'And so? neither
he that plauntith is ony thing, neither he
that moystith, but God that 3yueth en-
scresynge. Forsoth he that plauntith, and
he that moystith, ben oo thing ; sothli ech
schal take his propre hyre, after his tra-
oueil. For we ben the helperis of God;
36 ben the erthe tilyinge of God, 36 ben
10 the byldinge of God. Aftir the grace of
God that is 3ouun to me, as a wys car-
penter2 I sette the fundementa; forsothe
another bildeth aboueb. Sothlic ech man
sed, hou 'and what thingis6 he byldeth
to goostli men. For a beestli man per-u
seyueth not tho thingis that ben of the
spirit of God ; for it is foli to hym,
and he may not vndurstonde, for it is
examyned goostli. But a spiritual man is
derneth alle thingis, and he is denied of
no man. As it is writun, And who knew ifi
the wit of the Lord, or who tau3te hym?
And we ban thef wit of Crist.
CAP. III.
And Y, britheren, my3te not speke to i
3ou as to spiritual men, but as to fleischli
men ; as to litle children in Crist, Y 3af 2
to& 3ou mylk1' drynke 'f, not mete; for
3e my3ten not 3itJ, nether 36 moun now,
for 3it 36 ben fleischli. For while strijf ks
is among 3ou, whether1 36 ben not
fleischli, and 36 gon aftir man? For 4
whanne summe seith, Y am of Poul,
another"1, But Y am of Apollo, whethir 36
ben not men ? What therfor is Apollo,
and what Poul ? Thei ben mynystris of 5
hym, to whom 36 ban bileuyd; and to
ech man as God hath 3ouun. Y plaunt-c
ide, Apollo moystide, but God 3af eri-
creessyng. Therfor nether he that?
plauntith is ony thing, nethir he that
moistith, but God that 3iueth encreess-
yng. And he that plauntith, and he 8
that moistith, ben oonj; and ech schal
take his owrie mede, aftir his trauel.
For we ben the helperis of God ; 36 ben 9
the erthetiliyng of God, 36 ben the bild-
yng of God. Aftir the grace vof Godnio
that is 3ouun to me, as a wise maistir
carpenter Y settide the ° foundement ;
and? another bildith^ aboue. But ech
man se, hou he bildith aboue. Forn
nor man may sette another foundement,
t that is, I
telde to 3011 the
lesse poyntis of
feith. not mete;
that is, perfit
techinge. ne-
ther ?e moun ;
as lunge as ;e
dwellen in sich
fleischelynesse.
Lyre here. e.
J that is, in
condicioun of
kymle, and in
worchinge of
seniice ; and
therfore oon
schal not be set
bifore, and an-
other dispisid.
Lyre here. e.
d in the v. e and comparisonen r. f it w. S be vndirstonde w. h it r. ' Om. x. k Om. rx.
1 man to his fiarme Q. m Crist, to chese tho thingis that ben of Crist Q. n fleschli men r. ° childer x.
00 to drinke M. P fonvhi F. 1 je moun now sothly v. r For whanne v. * Om. v. * Forsothe x.
v-fleischly men Q. v mynistris, thei ben x . w Om. QX. * Om. MPQTX. y Therfore v. z princepal
carpenter r. a foundement, the feith of Crist Q. b aboue, good nterkis Q. c But v. d see he GMPT.
e Om. r.
f Om. hko. S mylke to a. Om. c pr. m. h Om. a. » to drinke EXek pr. m. J jit vndirstonde
Q sec. m. c. k enuye and strijf A sec.m. l wher IK. m and an othir R pr. m. n Om. R. ° Om. k pr. m.
P Om. R. <l bildide EC. r Om. k pr. m.
III. II IV. 2.
I. CORINTHIANS.
343
11 vponf. Sothlisf no man may sette another
foundement, 'bi sydis1' that that is sett, the'
12 which is Crist Jhesus. Forsoth if enyJ
man byldek oner1 vponm this foundement,
gold, siluer, precyous stoones, stickis, hey,
isstuble, euery mannis work schal be open,
the" day of the Lord schal declare ; for
'ech mannis work0 schal be schewid in
fyer, Vhat maner it isP, the fier schal
uproue''. If the werk of ony man schal
dwelle, ther which3 he byldidess vpon1, he
15 schal receyue mede. If eny mannis work
schal" brenne, itv schal suffre peyringe ;
forsothw he schal be saaf, so nethelees as
16 by fyer. Wite 36 not, forx 36 ben the
temple of God, and the spirit of God
i;dwellith in 3011? Forsoth if ony>" 'schal
defoulez the temple of God, God schal dis-
parple3 himaa, "or distroyeb; forsoth the
temple of God is hooly, thec which 36
is ben. No man disseyue him silf. If eny
man a mong 3011 is seyn ford to be wysee
in this66 world, be he maadf a fools, that
19 he be wyseh. Forsoth1 the wysdom of
thisk world is foly anentis God; forsoth it
is writun, I schal catche wyse men in her
20 fell1 wysdom, W sutil gylem; and eft,
The Lord 'hath knowyn" the thou3tis of
21 wyse0 men, for thei ben veyn. 'And so?
22 no man glorie i in men. Forsothr alle
thingis ben 3oures, either1 Poul, either
Apollo, eithir Cephas, 'that is, Petre",
eithir the world, either lyf, eithir deeth,
either thingis present, eithir thingis to
comyngevj forsothe alle thingis ben 3oure,
23 3ew forsoth of Crist, Crist sotheli of * God.
CAP. IV.
i So a man gesse, W deme?, vs, as myn-
istris of Crist, and dispenderis of the
2mynisteriesz of God. Now it is sou3t
outtakun that that is sett, which is
Crist Jhesus. For if ony8 bildith ouer 12
this foundement, gold, siluer, preciouse
stoonys, stickis, hey, or stobil, euery
mannus werk schal be open ; for the is
dai of the Lord schal declare, for it
schal be schewid in fier ; the fier schal
preue the werk1 of ech man, what ma-
neru werk it is. If the werk of ony H
man dwelle stille, which he bildidev
aboue, he schal resseyue mede. If ony \f>
mannus werk brenne, he schal suffre
harmw ; but he schal be saaf, so netheles
as bi fier. Witen 3e not, that 36 ben the 16
temple of God, and the spirit of God
dwellith in 3ou ? And if ony defoulith 17
the temple of God, God schal leese hym ;
for the temple of God is hooli, which
3e ben. No man disseyue hym silf. If is
ony man among 3ou is seyn to be wiys
in this world, be he maad a fool, that
he be wijs. For the wisdom of this 19
world is foli anentis God ; for it is
writun, Y schal catche wise men in her
fel wisdom ; and eft, The Lord knowith 20
the thou3tis of wise" men, for tho ben
veyn. Therfor no man haue glorie in 21
men. For alle thingis ben 3oure, ethir22
Poul, ether Apollo, ether Cefas, ether the
world, ether lijf, ether deth, ether thingis
present, ethir thingis to comynge ; for
alle thingis ben 3oure, and 36 ben of23
Crist, and Crist is of God.
CAP. IV.
So a man gesse vs, as mynystrisy ofi
Crist, and dispenderis of the mynys-
teriesz of God. Now it is sou3t here* 2
' aboue v. S Forwhi v. h outaken v . > Om. v. J Om. x. k bijldith v. ' Om. w. m Om. x.
n forsothe the v, ° it r. P Om. v. 1 preue the werk of ech man, what maner werk it is v. r Om. vx.
1 that x. ss bildith p. * aboue v. on x. u Om. jr. v he K. w but v. x that v. 7 any man fi.
z defouleth v. a leese r. distrojen x. aa Om. MP. b Om. vx. or destrie him MP. c Om. v. d Om.
G pr. m. MPQSTX. e wyse to hym silf Q. ee the K. f Om. r. g fool anentis hym silf Q. h wyse anentis
God Q. i For v. k the K. ' fool Q. m Om. x. n knowith r. ° wyise worldly Q. P Therfore r.
1 haue glorie v. r Forwhi v. 8 joure, (hat is, alle thinges ben ordeyned to serue JOM Q. i other 3/ el P passim.
outlier x. u Om. NX. v comen sx. w je ben v. * is of Fi y Qm. rx. * mynystris G. mysteries g.
9 eny man a. * werkis k pr. m. u euere k pr. m. v bildeth Rhko/3. w ether peyring K marg.
x Om. R pr. m. y the mynystris k sec.m. z mysteries ci/3. a Om. i pr. m.
344
I. CORINTHIANS.
iv. 3—13-
here among the dispenderis, that a man
3 be founden trewe. Forsoth to me it is
for the leeste thing, that I be demyd ofz
3011, or of mannis daya ; but nethir I deme
4 my silf. Sothlib I am no thing gilty to
my silf, but not in this thing 'I amc Jus-
tified'1; forsoth he that demeth6 me, isf the
9 Lord. 'And so£ nyle 36 deme bi fore the
tyme, til that the Lord come, theh which
'and schal * ali3tnek the hid thingis of
derknessis, and schal schewe the counceils
of hertis ; and thanne preisynge schal be
6 to ech man of God1. Sotheli, britheren,
'this thing™ I haue transfigurid11 in to0 me
and in toP Apollo^; that in vs 30 lerner, lest
that5 ouer that it1 is writun, oon a3ens
anothir be inblowyn" 'with pridev forvv
7 anothir man. Who forsoth demeth thee ?
What sothli hast thou, that thou hast not
resseyued ? Sothli if thou hast resseyued,
what gloriest thou, as thou haddist not
s resseyued ? Now 30 ben fulfillidw, now 30
ben maad ryche ; 36 regnen with oute vs ;
and I wolde 36 x regne, 'that and ? we
9regnedenz with 3ou. Sothli I wenea, that
God schewide vs the laste apostelis, as
maad redy to deethb ; for we ben maad
a spectacle to the world, and to aungels,
10 and to men. We foolis for Crist0, 36 for-
sothe prudent in Cristd ; we sykee, 30 for-
sothe strongef; 36 noble, we forsoths vn-
u noble. Til into this hour 'and weh hungren,
and thirsten, and ben nakid, and ben
smytun with boffatis, and we ben vnsta-
12 hie1, and we trauelen worchinge with oure
hondis ; we ben cursid, and we blessen ;
we suffren persecucioun, and we susteynen,
is' or abyden longe^; we ben blasfemyd,
and we bisechen * ; as clensyngis of this
world we ben maad, the paringis, 'or out-
among the dispenderis, that a man be
foundun trewe. And to me it is for the 3
leest thing, that Y be demyd of 3ou, or
of mannus dai ; but nether Y deme my
silf. For Y am no thing ouer trowynge 4
to my silf, but notb in this thing Y amc
justified ; for he that demeth me, is the
Lord. Therfor nyle 36 deme bifore the 5
tyme, til that the Lord come, which
schal Ii3tne the hyd thingis of derk-
nessis, and schal schewe the counseils of
hertis ; and thanne preisyng schal be to
ech man of God. And, britheren, Y haue 6
transfigurid these thingis in to me and
in to Apollo, for 3ou; that in vs 36 lerne,
lest ouer that it is writun, oon a3ens
another be blowun with pride for an-
other. Who demeth thee? And what;
hast thou, that thou hast not resseyued ?
Andd if thou hast resseyued, what glori- ^.with.tJ'?uoc"
* trm of feith.
est thou, as thou haddist not resseyued ? He spekith this
TVT i_ r ii-jo. t_ j m scorn, to
JNowe 36 ben lylhdy, now 36 ben maads sche«ethat
. , ITT her presump-
nche ; 36 regnen with outen vs ; and Y CjOUn js wortw
wolde that 3e regnen, that also we ^^"lat
regnen with sou. And Y gesse, that 9 is> ben.in the
. staat of perfec-
God schewide vse the laste apostlisf, as cioun i>y 3oure
. _ gessinge. Lyre
thilke that ben sent to the deth; for we here. e.
ben maad a spectacle to the world, and + »«*<«*'«>•
that is, haii no
to aungels, and to men. We foolis for 10 stidfaste dweii-
Crist, but 36 prudent in Crist; we sike,
but 36 stronge ; 36 noble, but we vnno-
ble. Til in to this our we hungren, and 1 1 world> th"
o owen to be re-
thirsten, and ben nakid, and ben smytun moued; forwhi
. Jewis and
with buffatis, and we ben vnstablek and i2hethenmen
, , seyden,that the
we trauelen vvorchynge with oure hondis; world was in-
we ben cursid, and we blessen; we suf- ^Tby'thT
fren persecucioun, and we abiden longe ; jjJf *"d ^h"
we ben blasfemyd, and we bisechen; asi3apostiis,andso
* it schulde be
clensyngis of this world we ben maad purgidhythe
the 'out castyngS of alle thingis 'til 3ith. Z«T» *««.«.
z for w. » day, that is, here in this lyf<). b For v. ° am I A:. d Justified, or made ry^trvyse 9.
e deemys Q. { Om. G pr. m. T. 8 Therfore r. h Om. r. l schal bothe v. k li^tne GMPSTV. alijtte N.
al Ii3tnen x. l God, aflir his deseruynge Q. m Om. r. n transfigurid these thingis r. ° Om. s.
P Om. s. <l Apollo for 3ou r. r lere s. s Om. Nr. * that x. u blowen x. v Qm. x. ™ fro K.
w fillid r. x that je r. y and that r.
regne qrx.
gesse r.
b the deeth AGMNP
c Crist, prechinge his passioun, and stiffrynge therfore repreues Q. d Crist ben gessid, beynge
stille Q. e seeke, for turmentynge g. f stronge, in jowre mageste Q. S sothely AGMNPQSTWXY.
h we bothe r. ' vnstable, mouyngefro place to place Q. k Om. x. 1 bisechen God for hem Q.
b Om. R.
Om. B.
c am not K. d Om. k pr. m. e to vs x. f of apostlis cao/3. B out castynges til jit n.
IV. 14 — V. 4-
I. CORINTHIANS.
345
ucastinge0, of alle thingis til0 jit. I write
not thes thingis, that I confounde 3011, but
I amoneste p, 'or warne 4, as my moost
is dereworthe sones. Forwhi if 36 han ten
thousandisr of litle maistris in 'Crist Jhe-
sus, but not manye fadris ; forwhi in
Crist Jhesu I haue gendrid 3011 by1 the
in gospel. Therfore" I preie 3011, be 36
nfoloweris of me, as and I of Crist. Ther-
fore I sente to 3011 Tymothe, that is my
mooste dereworthe sone, and feithful in
the Lord, thev which schal moneste 3ou,
'or techew, my weyes, that ben in Crist
Jhesu ; as I teche euerywhere in ech
ifichirche. Asx I? 'be notz to come to 3oua,
so summenb ben ynblowen 'with pridec;
19! schal come to 3ou soone, if God schald
wylnee ; and I schal knowe not the word
of hem that ben ynblowenf 'with prides,
20 but the vertub. Sothli' the rewme of Godk
21 is not in word, but in vertu™1. What
wolen 36? Schal I come 'to jou" in a°
3erdP, ori in charite, and in spirit of
bonernesser, 'or myldenesse*?
CAP. V.
i Al 'out, or al1 maneru, fornycaciounv
is herd among 3ou, and such fornycacioun,
what maner nether among hethen men,
so that sumw man haue the wyf of his
sfadir. And 36 ben bolnuri* 'with pride?,
and notz more hadden weylynge, that he
that dide this work*, be taken awey fro
3 the myddil of 3ou. Sothli I absent in
body, but present in spirit, now haue
4demyd as present 'in the name of oure
Lord Jhesu Cristb, him that 'thus hathc
wrou3t, 'jou and my spirit*1 gaderid to-
giderec, with the vertu of thef Lord Jhe-
Y write not these thingis, that Y con- u
founde 3ou, but Y warne' as my moste
dereworthe sones. For whi if 36 han ten \f,
thousynde of vndur maistris in Crist,
but not many fadris ; for in Crist Jhesu
Y haue gendrid 3011 bi the gospel.
Therfor, britheren, Y preye jou, be 30 1<;
foleweris of me, as Y of Crist. Therfor 17
Y sente to 3ou Tymothe, which is my
most dereworthe sone, and feithful in the
Lord, which schal teche jou my weies,
that ben in Crist Jhesu ; as Y teche
euery where in ech chirche. As thou3 is
Y schulde not come to 3ou, so summek
ben blowun with pride ; but Y schal i»
come to jou soone, if God wole ; and Y
schal knowe not the word of hem that
ben blowun with pride, but the vertu.
For the rewme of God is not in word, 20
but in vertu. What wole 36? Schal Y2i
come to 3ou in a 3erde, or in charite, and
in spirit1 of myldenesse ?
CAP. V.
Inm al maner fornycacioun" is herd i
among jou, and si die fornycacioun, which
is riot among hethene men0, so that sum-
manP haue the wijf of his fadir. Andi2
36 ben bolnydr with pride, and not more
hadden weilyng, that he that dide this
werk, be takun awei fro the myddil of
3ou. And Y absent in bodi, but presents
in spirit, now haue dernyd as present
hym that hath thus wroujt, whaune
36 ben gaderid togidere in the name of4
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, and my spirit,
with the vertu of the Lord Jhesu, tor.
n outcaslyngis AGMNPQTW. Om. x. ° to G. P name 3011 A pr.m. moneste 3011 s. amoneste 3011 r.
moneste x. 1 Om. x. r thowsynde A sec. m. GMNpysrrx. 9 Jhesu Crist x. l in w. u Therfore,
britheren v. v Om. v. w Om. .Y. * As if r. 1 Om. T. z not beinge G sec.m. am not r. a jou
lettinge G pr. m. jou /or speedful leltynge Q. b summe A sec. m. GMPSVWY. c with pride, not deemyiige
to come Q. Om. x. d Om. r. e wole GMPV. f blowen v. S Om. x. h vertu in good tvirchynge y.
' Forwhi v. k God, or cause to hane the rerome Q. m vertu of byleeue Q. n Om. r. ° Om.
G pr.m. QTWX. P jerd of chastixy nge Q. q either G. r debonernesse GMPQT. s Om. x. ' Om.
G sec.m. out, or zn al r. out -X. u Om. x. v fornycaciouns r. w no »f. ox. x blowun AGS. in-
blowen A. V Om. NX. z no w. a abhomynable werk 9. b Om. F. c Om. v. d while je ben r.
e togidere in the name of our Lord Jhesu Crist and my spirit v. f oure N.
' warne ;ou a sec. m. k. k summen R. ' a spirit H. m 3it A. And but k pr. m. And k sec. m. n of
fornycacioun A pr. m. ° Om. R pr. m. P summe man i. <l Om. Q. r bolnun ciQUabceghoa/3. blowen
K sup. ras. k. bollid M. bollen H.
VOL. IV. Y V
346
I. CORINTHIANS.
v. 5 — vi. 2.
ssu, for£ to bitakeh sich a man to Sathanas
in to' perischinge of fleischk, that the
spirit be saf in the day of oure Lord
6 Jhesu Crist. 3oure gloriynge is not good1.
Witen 36 not, for™ a litil sourdow3 co-
rumpith", W defoulith0, al the gobet?
7xClense 36? out oold sourdow3, that 30 ben
newe spryngyngei to gidere, as 30 ben
therf, vor withoute* ^sour thing*. Forsoth1
8 Crist vis offrid" oure pask. 'And sollu ete
we, not in old sourdou3, nethir in sour-
dou3 of malice and weywardnesse, but in
9 therf thingis of clennesse and treuthe. I
wroot to 3ou in va pistlev, that 36 be not
meyndw,*orcomunen not*, with lecchours>,
losothli not with leech ours of this world2,
ora coueitouse men, orb raueynours, or
with men seruynge to ydols, ellis 36 c
11 schulden haue gon out of this world. Now
sothlid I wroot to 3011, fore to not be
meyndf, 'or comune note. If he that is
namyd a brothir among 3ou, andh is a
lecchour, or coueitous, or seruynge to ydols,
or cursere, W wariere1, or ful of drunken-
nesse, ork raueynour, with siche neither
12 for1 to take mete. Forsothe™ what to me
for" to deme of hem that ben withoute-
forth0 ? WherP 36 demen not of hem
13 that ben with ynne? Forwhi God schal
deme hem that ben withoutenforth. vDo
3er awey8 yuel thing* of 3ouu silf v.
CAP. VI.
1 Dar ony of 3ow, hauynge"' a cause a3ens
anothir, be denied at wickydex men, and
2 not at seyntisy, W hooly men z ? Whera 36
witen not, forb seyntis0 shulen deme of
this world ? And if the world schal be
Therfor ete we, not ins p>-eue,anddoe"
not. The Glos
here. e.
J oold sour-
dou); that is,
'
take' siche a man to Sathanas, in to the1 * *at ». tur-
11 n • • • i ment therof,
penschyng" of fleisch*, that the spirit be that so he do
/»«,! t • r T ITI n • ^ penaunce while
saaf in the dai of oure Lord Jhesu Crist. {he peyne tech.
3oure gloriyng is not good. Witen 36 e "h" Lyre here-
not, that a litil sourdowt apeyrith al t that is, the
1 consent of this
the gobet ? Clense 36 out the old sour- 7 synne which is
knowun and is
dowf, that 36 be new sprengyng togi- notrepreued,
dere, as 36 ben therf. For Crist offrid
is oure pask.
eld sourdow3, nether in sourdow3 of ma-
lice andv weywardnesse, but in therf
thingis of clernesse and of treuthe. 1 9
wroot to 3ou in a pistle, that 36 be not
medlid with letchours, not with letch- 10 G/os Aere- e
ours of this world, new coueitous men,
ne raueynours, ne with men seruynge to
mawmetis, ellis 36 schulden haue go out
of this world. But now Y wroot* ton
3ou, that 36 be not meyiidy. Butz if he
that is named a brother among 3ou, and
is a letchour, or coueitouse, or seruynge
to ydols, or curserea, or ful of drunke-
nesse, or raueynour b, to take noc mete
with siched. For what is it to me to 12
deme of hem that ben with oute forth ?
Whether 36 demen not of thingis that
ben with ynne forth ? For God schal 13
deme hem that ben withouten forth. Do
36 awei yuel || fro 3oue silf.
CAP. VI.
Dar any of 3ou that hath a cause i
a3ens another, be derned at wickid men,
and not at hooli men? Whetherf
witen not, that seyntis schulen deme of£
this world ? And if the world schal be
is, departe ;c
yuele Cristen
men bi curs-
ynge, that the!
be amendid so
g Om. sx. h taken x. > to the AGMNpsrrtyxY. ^ flesch, that is, turment therof y. l good, suf-
frynge siche on amonge y)u Q. m that v. n defouleth o. ° Om. GMOPQTX. P Clenseth x. q sprenk-
ynge N sec. m. r Om. x. s sowryng AN. Om. x. t Forwhi y. u offrid is y. uu Therfore y.
v epistle Q. an epistil s. a epistle T. w meyngd GMPQSTX. x Om. GMPTX. nether comyn o. ne co-
moun Q. y lecherouse men o. z wrd x. a or wyth o. b ether o. or with o. c thei w pr. m.
d forsothe o. e Om. sx. f meyngid GMPQSTX. g Om. ox. or comoun not with siche Q. h Om. Q.
> Om. GMOPQTX. k ether o. l je owe Q. Om. sx. m Om. sx. n forwhi y. ° wythoute forth, out
of the chirche Q. P Whether G. r Doth x. s awey therfore Q. ' Om. y. u jour PQT. T silf,
where with y befyled Q. w that hath y. x wicke sx. y hooly men o. z Om. ox. a Whether G.
b that y. c holy men o.
5 bitake Kuxae sec. m. <• Om. Rb. u peirynge a pr. m. v and of EiMQRuxab pr. m. ceghkoa/3. w ne
with i. x haue write i. write R. y medlid i. z Om. A. a a cursere EKQRbceghkoo£. b a raueynour
EQRbcega. c not iKQegk pr. m. a. Om. o. d suche men R pr. m. e joure ER. { Wher ci et plures.
g Om. k pr. m.
VI. 3 — i
I. CORINTHIANS.
347
demecl ind 3011, ben 36 vnworthi that8
sdemen off leest thingis ? Witen 36 not,
for* we schulen deme aungels1'? how
4moche more" worldly thingis? Therfoi-e
if 36 vschulen hauek worldly nedis1, ordeyne
36 thora contemptyble men, xor of litil re-
jmtaciounn, that ben in the0 chirche, for?
5 to deme. Ii seier to 3oure schame. So
ther is not ony wys man, that may deme
e bitwixe3 a brother and his brothir ; but a
brother with brothir' stryueth in dome,
7 and that" anentis vnfeithful men. Now
forsoth trespas is algatisv in 3011, for 3e
han domes among 3011. Whi more taken
3e notw wrong ? Whi xnot more" suf-
sfren 36 fraude y, 'or disceyt*? But and
36 don wrong, and defraudena, *or bi-
ugilenb, and thatc to britheren. Wherd 36
witen not, for6 wickidef men schulen not
welde the kingdom of God ? Nyle 36
erre ; neithir lecchours&, nethir men seru-
loynge to ydols, nether auouters1', neither
neische', neither lecchours of men, that
don* synnex of Sodom, nethir theuys, ne-
ther coueitouse™ men, or" nygardis0, ne-
ther? 'ful of drunkenessei, nethir curseris,
'or wariers*, nether raueynours, schulen
1 1 weelde the kyngdom of God. And 'thes
thingis8 36 weren1 sum tyrne"; but 36 ben
waist-hen, but 36 ben halowid, but 30 ben
iustifyed in the name of oure Lord Jhesu
12 Crist, and in the spirit of oure God. Alle
thingis ben leefful 'to mev, but not alle
thingis speden. Alle thingis ben leefful to
me, but I Vndir no mannis powerw schalx
13 be brou3t down y. Mete to the wombe,
and the wombe to metis ; forsoth God
here. ve.
denied bi 3ou, be 36 vnworthi to deme
of1' the leste thingis? Witen 30 not, that 3
we schulen deme aungels ? hou myche
more worldli thingis? Therfor if 304
han worldli domes, ordeyne je tho' con-
temptiblef men, that ben in the chirche, t that is, of
. j -ir • lesse reputation
to deme. V: seie to make 3ou aschamed. 5 and vaiu. Lyre
So ther is not ony wise man, that may
deme bitwixe a brothir and his brothir;
but ak brothir with brothir1 stryueth in 6
dom, and that among vnfeithful men.
And now trespas is algatis inm 3ou, for?
36 han domes among 3ou. Whi rather
take 36 no" wrong ? whi rather suffre 36
not disseit? But and" 30 doen wrong, 8
and doen fraude, and that to britheren.
Whether? 36 witen not, that wickid men 9
schulen not welde the kyngdorn of God ?
Nyle 30 erre ; nethir^ letchours, nether
men that seruen r mawmetis, nether
auouteris8, nether letchouris 33611 kyndef , 10 j that is, de-
nether thei that doon letcheri with men,
nether theues, nether auerouse men, ne-
thir1 'ful of drunkenesse", nether curseris,
nether rauenours, schulen welde the
kyngdom of God. And 36 weren sum n
tyme these thingis; but 36 ben waischun,
but 36 ben halewid, but 36 ben iustefied
in the name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist,
and in the spirit of oure God. Alle 12
thingis ben leeueful to me, but not alle
thingis ben spedeful. Alle thingis ben
leeueful to me, but Y schal not be brou3t
doun vndur ony mannus power. Mete is
to the wombefT, and the wombe to metis ; IT w°mbe ; »
due. Lire here.
and God schal distruye bothe this and ve.
that. And the bodi not to fornyca-
fbulen hemself
in procuringe
the scheding
out of seed [in
hemsilf e] .
Lyre here. ve.
d bi v sup. ras. e to r. that jee x. t the y. of the wx. g that v. h aungelis, thatfellen Q.
' Om. y. k han F. ! meedis Q. domes Ny. m the MNPQT. n Om. x. ° Om. w. P Om. sx.
<l And K. r seye this Q. 8 bitwen sx. * his brothir Q. a brothir w. u this y. v algate x passim.
w no o. * more not x. J wrong o. z Om. GMOPX. or despite Q. a fraude G. frauden M.
b Om. ox. c this y. d Whether GX. e that y. { wicke sx. S lecherouse o. h auowtrerys
AMNOPT. ' neische, or lecchours ayns kynde N. k is, that don y. ' the synne s. m auerous y.
" ether o. Om. x. ° Om. x. P nether men GMPQTX. 1 drunklew men o. r Om. GMOPQTX.
* sothly v. 4 weren, or diden Q. u tyme these thingis y. v Om. AG pr. m. MOPSTWXY. w Om. vx.
1 schal not v. J doun vndir eny mannus power y. doun vnder no manys power x.
h Om. k pr. m. ' thilke i.
n not Q sec. m. R sec.m. e sec. m.
1 seruen to KX sec.m. g sec. m. k.
men R.
k Om. A sec. TO. E. 'a brothir KRk sec. m. 13. m among gk pr. m.
0 also CEiKMQRUxbceghka/3. and also a. P Wher IK. 1 for neithir H.
• auoutreris EiKQxaeghka. t neither men K sec. m. qk. u dronkelew
Y y 2
348
I. CORINTHIANS.
VI. 14 — VII. 5.
sehal distroye anda this and that. Sothlib
the body not to fornycacioun, but to the
14 Lord, and the Lord to the body. For-
sothe andc God reyside thed Lord, and
is schal reise vs bye his vertu. Witen 30
not, forf 3oure« bodyes ben membris of
Crist? Therfore takinge1' membris1 of
Crist k, schal1 I make™ membris of an
uihoore? Fer be it. Wher 30 witen not,
for" he that cleueth to an hoore, is maad
oo body0? SothliP he seith, Theri schulen
17 be tweyner in oo fleish. Forsothe he that
iscleuith to God, is oo spirit. Fie 30 for-
nycacioun ; al synne what euere synne' a
man 'schal do", is withoutenv, vor by
sidisw, the bodyx; forsoth? he that doth
fornycacioun, synneth xin toz his bodya.
i9Wherb 36 witen not, forc 3oure membris
ben the temple of the Hooli Gost, that is
in 3ow, whom 30 han of d God, and 36 ben
20 not 3oure owne ? Forsoth6 36 be bou3t
with greet prys. Glorifie 3ef, and beres
God in 3oure body.
CAP. VII.
i Forsothe of whiche thingis 36 han
writun to me, it is good to a man for1' to
2vtouche not1 a womman. Sothlik for for-
nycacioun ech man haue his owne wyf,
and ech womman haue hir1 hosebonde.
3 The hosebonde 3elde dette to the wyf,
also sothli and™ the wyf to the hosebonde.
4 The womman hath not power of hir body,
but the hosebonde ; also forsoth the" hose-
bonde hath not power of his body, but the
s womman0. Nyle 36? defraude to giderei,
no but perauenture of consent tor a tyme,
that s 36 3yue tent to preier ; and eft
turne 36* ajen in to the same thing, lest
Sathanas tempte 3ou for 3oure inconty-
cioun*, but to the Lord, and the Lord
* not to forny-
i* i •< / • i • • i .1 T i cacioun : that
to the bodi. tor God reiside the Lord, I4i8)notoraeyned
Witpn ,= tofornycacionn,
1 15 but to serue
God. the Lord
to the bodi ; for
of Crist ? Schal Y thanne take the he schai reise it
ajen and make
it gloriouse.
Lyre here. e.
and schal reise vs bi his vertu.
36 not, that 3oure bodies ben membris
lone. Lire here.
ve.
membris of Crist, and schal Y makev
the membris of an hoore ? God forbede.
Whether 36 witen not, that he that ie
cleueth to an hoore, is maad o bodi ?
For he seith, Ther schulen be tweyne
in o fleisch. And he that cleueth to the 17
Lordf, is o spirit. Fie 36 fornycacioun ; is f by feith and
al synne what euere synne a man doith,
is with out the bodi ; but he that doith
fornycacioun, synneth 336118 his bodi.
Whether 36 witen not, that 3ourew mem- is
bris ben the temple of the Hooli Goost,
that is in 3ou, whom 36 han of God, and
36 ben not 3oure owne? For 36 ben bou3tao
with greet prijs. Glorifie* 36, and here
36 God in 3oure bodi.
CAP. VII.
But of thilke thingis that 36 han i
write to me, it is good to a man to
touche not a womman. But for forny-2
cacioun eche man haue his owne wijf,
and ech womman haue hir owne hose-
bonde. The hosebonde 3elde dette to 3
the wijf, and also the wijf to the hose-
bonde. The womman hath not power 4
of hir bodi, but the hosebonde ; and the
hosebonde hath not power of his bodi,
but the womman. Nyle 36? defraude s
eche to othere, butz perauenture of con-
sent to8 a tyme, that 36 3yue tent to ;vyhraaen^ ^eeier
preier ; and eft turne 3eb a3en to the is endid- ve-
same thing^:, lest Sathanas tempte 3ou$ Of auoutrie."ve.
a Om. Q. bothe r. *> Forwhi v. e Om. or. d bothe the v. e in G pr. m. MPQT. * that v.
S cure N. h schal I take v. > the membris GMPQTVX. k Om. r. l and schal v. m make hem NQ.
make the T. n that r. o body to hir Q pr. m. body tvith hir Q sec. m. P For r. i Here o. 3e w.
r two GA/PQSTA-. * Om. x. u doth v. v bisidis o. w Om. GMOPQTVX. x body, filynge the soule g.
J but he v. z 336113 v. a body, tvastynge it Q. b Whether G. c that v. d in G. e For v.
f 5e, and glorye ;e w. S bere 36 ^GMNOPQSTFWY. berth x. h Om GMPQSTX. ' not touche w.
k But v. ' hir owen o. m Om. v. n and the MOQTV. " wiif o. P Om. v. q togider, withdratvynge
yure delte Q. r of Q. » that the more bisyly Q. * Om. v.
v make hem A sec. m. Eia sec. m. ego. w oure Ee.
for a. b Om. EI pr. m. qb pr. m. eghka.
* Glorie c/3. y Om. R pr. m. z no but k pr. m.
VII. 6 — 1
I. CORINTHIANS.
349
«nencev. Forsoth I seye this thing vpw
indulgence, 'or foryjuenesse*, not vp-v co-
7maundement. Sothli I wole allez men for*
tob be as mi silf0. But ech man hath his
propred 3ifte of God ; sothli another thus6,
K but another thusf. Forsoths to not'1 wed-
did and widewis, it is good to hem, if thei
odwellen so as and I. For1 if thei con-
teynen not hem silf, 'or ben not chastk,
Veddid be thei1; forsoth111 it is bettere
for" to be weddid, than for0 to be brent.
10 Forsoth to hem that ben ioyned? in ma-
trymonye, Ii comaunde, not Ir, but the
Lord, the8 wyf for' vto not departe" fro the
iihosebonde; forv if sche 'schal departew,
for" to^ dwell vnweddid, or for' toa be
reconsilid, 'or acordidb, to hir hosebonde;
and the hosebonde forsake not the wyf.
12 Forwhi to othere I seye, not the Lord.
If ony brothir hauec an vnfeithful, 'or he-
tkend, wyf, and sche consentith6 for to
dwelle with hymf, leue he, 'or forsake*,
13 hir not. And if theh womman hath' an
hosebonde vnfeithful, and this consentith
fork to dwelle with hir, leeue she not the
14 hosebonde. Forsoth1 the vnfeithful hose-
bonde is halowid by the feithful wom-
man, and the vnfeithful womman is ha-
lowid by the feithful hosebonde. Ellis
3oure children weren vnclene, now forsoth
is thei ben hooly. That if the vnfeithful
departith11, departe he0. Forsoth P thei
brothir or'sistir is not suget to seruager in
suche ; forsoth God clepith8 vs in pees.
16 Sothli wherof wost thou, womman, if thou
schalt1 make the man saaf; or wherof wost
thou, man, if thou schaltu make the wom-
17 man saaf? No but as the Lord hath de-
partid to ech, asv God hath clepid ech
for 3oure vncontynence. But Y seiec *;
.1 • ,i_ • T i . that is, suf-
this thing as 3yuyng leeue*, not bi co- fraunce, for
maundement. For Y wole, that alle? htZdedeiith
men be as my silf f. But eche man hath with hj» wjJf,
. oonly for chil-
his propre 3ifte of God; oori thus, and dren ether to
another thus. But Y seie to hem, that it "
ben not weddid, and to widewis, it is
good to hem, if thei dwellen so as Y. ™yche lust> !t
is venyal synne.
Thatc if thei conteynen not hem silf, be » not ¥> that is>
. jj-i ,- ... , Y comaunde
thei weddid ; ror it is betere to be wed- not by myn
did, than to be brent. But to hem that
ben ioyned in matrymonye, Y comaunde,
riot Y, but the Lord, that the wijf de-
if sche tlepart-
parte not fro the hosebonde; and thatd \\*th; for cause
if sche departithe, that sche dwelle vn- cioun'.'T*
weddid, or be recounselid to hir hose- t alk m.^ '"!
as myself; that
bonde ; and the hosebonde forsake not '«> that aiie men
. _ kepe virginite,
the wijf. But to othere Y seie, not the laforwhi poui
,
ibly and e]
Lord. Iff ony brother hath an vnfeith-
ful wijf, and sche consenteth to dwelle
with hymt, leeue he hir not. And if ony 13 ran out of his
* bodi, in to wit-
womman hath an vnfeithful hosebonde, nessing of his
. . virginite. Lire
and thiss consentith to dwelle with hir, here. v.
leeue sche not the hosebonde. For thei
vnfeithful hosebonde is halewidfi bi the
e -ii /• i i Ai c -^c i spising of Cris-
reithtul womman, and the vnteitnrul ten feith. ve.
womman is halewid bi the feithful hose- .§ *«'««*** *«
is, contiertid to
bonde. Ellis 3oure children weren vn- oistcn feith.
cleene, but now thei ben hooli. That1' 15
if the vnfeithful departith^[, departe he. if departith;
•n i • . i i , i .... for the haterede
ror win the brother or sistir is not suget of crfsten feith.
to seruage in siche; for God hath clepid
vs in pees. And wherof wost' thou, ie
womman, if thou schalt make the man
saaf; or wherof wostk thou, man, if thou
schalt make the womman saaf? But as 17
the Lord hath departicl to ech, and as
God hath clepid ech man, so go he, as
Y teche in alle chirchis. A man cir-is
Lyrehere-ve-
v contynence w. w vpon o. bi v. * or counseyle o. Om. x. 7 vp on o. bi v. z that alle r.
a Om. G pr.m. Mpqsrx. b Om. v. c mysilf chast Q. d propirte v. e thus to lyue chast g. '' thus to
lyue in matrimonye Q. e Sothely o. Forsothe, I seye srx. h hem that ben not v. the not x pr. m.
> That v. k Om. ox, 1 be thei weddid GMPTV. m for v. n Om. sx. ° Om. NSX. P wedded o.
q Om. N. r Om. GQT. s that the v. l Om. srx. u departe not v. v that GA/QTC. w departith v.
* Om. sx. that v. y sche v. z Om. srx. a Om. rx. b Om. GMOPQTX. c hath v. d Om. GMTQTIV x.
e consente srx. 8 Om. ox. or forsake he PQ. h eny NV. ' haue x. k Om. osx. ' Forwhi y.
" he or sche G sec. m. P Forwhi r. q Om. G. r do seruage s. s clepide GMPQTrxv. cleped o.
* shul x. u shul x. v and as r.
c And EQRUxabceghkoa/3. Om. K. d Om. R. e departe R. f For if a.
' wotist R. k wotist R.
he this i. h For a.
350
I. CORINTHIANS.
vn. 18 — 32.
man, andw so go, he and as I teche in
isalle chirchis. Sum man circumsidid is
clepid, brynge he not to prepucie. Sum
man is clepid in prepucie, be he not cir-
J9cumsidid. Circumcisioun is no3tx, and
prepucie is nou3t, but the kepinge ofy
20 comaundementis of God. Ech man in
what clepyng he is clepid, in that dwelle
21 he. Thou seruaunt" ert clepid, be it not
toa charge to thee ; but if thou rnaistb be
22fre, more vse thouc. He that Mn the Lord
is clepid seruaunt'1, is fre man of the Lord.
Also and he that" fre man isf clepid, is
23 the seruaunt of Crist. With prys }e ben
boii3t ; nyle }e be maad seruauntis of men^.
24'Ech man therfor'1 in what clepinge he is
clepid', Mn that dwelle hek anentis God.
25 Forsoth of virgyns I haue not1 precept '"
of God ; sothli" I 3yue counceil, as hau-
ynge mercy of the Lord, that I be trewe.
20 Therfor I gesse, 'or deme", thisv thing fori
vto beTi good for present nede; for it is good
27 tor a man for8 to1 be so. Thou art boundyn
to" a wyf, nyle thou seke vnbyndyng ;
thou ert vn boundyn fro a wyf, nyle thou
28 seke a wyf. Forsoth if thou hast taken
a wyf, thou hast not synned ; and if v a
mayden bew weddid, she synned not ; ne-
thelees suche schulen haue tribulacioun of
2!)fleisch. Forsoth I spare 3ou. vAnd so",
britheren, I seye this thing, The tyme is
schort. The Hothir things is, that and2 thei
30 that han wyues, be as not hauynge ; and
thei that wepen, as not wepynge ; and thei
that ioyen, as not ioyinge; and thei that
31 byen, as not hauynge; and thei that vsen
this world, asa'thei thatb vsenc notd. For-
soth'1'1 the figure6 of this world passith.
32Forsothe I wole 3ouf for? toh be withoute
bisynesse. Sothli he that is withoute wyf
cumcidid is clepid, brynge he not to
the1 prepucie*. A man ism clepid in pre- * that is. »"e
he not the cus-
pucie, be he not circumcidid. Circum-i'Jtomofhethen
... . men. not cir-
cisiouri is nou3t, and prepucie is nou3t, cnmdded; will-
but the kepyng of the maundementis" thfiawekT
of God. Ech man in what clepyng he20Moi.sf..that
1 ' ° ceeside in deth
is clepid, in that dwelle he. Thou ser-2iofOist. v.
uaunt art clepidf , be it no0 charge to t to feith. not
thee; but if thou maist beP fre, vthe
rather vse thou«. He that is a *»
uaunt, and is clepid in the Lord, is a me thou more;
1 _ to serue Cnst
freman of the Lord. Also he that is a in hise mem-
. .. . . . , . , ,, bris. sertiaunlii
irernan, and is clepid, is the seruaunt ot of men; that
Crist. With prijs 36 ben bou3t ; nyle 23 ^t't'T
3e be maad seruauntis of men.
*
ech man in what thing he is clepid a
brothir, dwelle he in this anentis God.
But of virgyns Y haue no coinaunde-25
ment of God ; but Y 3yue counseil, as he
that hath mercyr of the Lord, that Y
Therfor 24 »yse of 9°* 5or
the seruice of
m«a- L
here. e.
be trewe. Therfor Y
gesse,
that this 26
thing is good for the present nede ; for
it is good to a man to be so. Thou art 27
boundun to a wijf, nyle thou seke vn-
byndyng ; thou art8 vnboundun fro a
wijf, nyle thou seke a wijf. But if thou 28
hast takun a wijf, thou hast not synned ;
and if a maidun1 is weddid, sche synnede
not ; nethelesse siche schulen haue tri-
bulacioun of fleisch. But Y spare 3ou. 29
Therfor, britheren, Y seie this thing,
The tyme is schort. Another is this,
that thei that han wyues, be as thou3
thei hadden noon; and thei that wepen, 30
as theiu weptenv not; and thei that ioien,
as thei ioieden not; and thei that bien,
as thei hadden not; and thei that vsensi
this world, as thei that vsen not. For
whi the figure of this world passith.
But Y wole, that 36 be without bisy-32
w Om. or. * noujt, that is, doth nou^t to hedthe r. J of the AGMNOPQSTVW. z a seruaunt MPQ.
a Om. y. b myjt w. c thonjredam g. d is seruaunt and is clepid in the Lord r. e that is a r.
{ and is r. S men, that %e ptitte marines seruyce byfore Gudis seruyce Q. h Therfor ech man r. ' clepid
a brother r. k dwelle he in this r. 1 no tir. m comaundement r. n but r. ° Om. orx. P that
this r. q Om. svx. qq is v. t for or. > Om. sx. * Om. v. " till o. v Om. K. w is r. * Ther-
fore v. y residue v. * Om. N. a as not vsinge w. b Om. w. thei XY. c vsen it GMPQT. Om. w.
d Om. w. dd Forwhi r. e figure, orfeirenesse, or prosperite o. t that je r. K Om. srx. h Om. v.
1 Om. K pr. TO. Q sec. m. m that is K sec. m. luuahk sec. m. o. n comaundementis CEiKMQRUxabceg
° not Rk. P be maad i. q vse it rathir i. r gete mercy A sec. m. iKa. the mercy x. s that
art k pr. m. l maide i. u thei that R. v wepen a.
VII. 33 — vnl-
I. CORINTHIANS.
351
is bysy what thingis ben of the Lord, how
33 he schal plese to' God. Forsothk he that
is with a wyf, is bisy what thingis ben of
the world, how he schal plese the1 wyf,
34 and he is departid m. And a womman
vnweddid and maydenn thenkith0 what
thingis ben of the Lord, that sche be
hooly in body and spirit. Forsoth she that
is weddid, thenkith what thingis ben of
the world, how sche schal plese the? hose-
35 bonde. Sotheli I seye thes thingis to 3oure
profyt, not that I caste toi 3011 a snare,
but to 'that thatr is honest, and8 jyueth
faculte, "or esynesse1, with oute letting
30 for" to biseche tov the Lord. Sothli if
ony* deme? him silf forz to be seyn foul
on his virgyne, that she is 'wel olda, and
so it bihouethb 'for toc be dond, do shee
thatf she& wole ; scheh synneth not, if sche1
37 be weddid. Forwhi he that ordeynede
stable k, "or stedefast1, in his herte, not
hauynge nede, but hauynge power of his
wille, and hath demyd in his herte 'this
thing™, for" to kepe his virgyn0, doth well.
ss Therfor he that ioyneth his virgyn in
matrimonye, doth wel ; and he that ioyn-
39eth not, doith bettere. The womman is
boundyri to the lawe, how moche tyme
hir hosebonde lyueth ; that if hir hose-
bonde 'schal slepei', "that is, die^, sche is
delyuered fro the lawe, be she weddid to
M whom she wole, oonly in the Lord. For-
soth8 sche schal be more blessid, if sche
'schal thus dwelle1, aftir my counceil ; for-
soth I wene, that and" I haue the Spirit
of God-.
CAP. VIII.
i Forsothe of thes thingis that ben offridw
to ydols, "that ben symulacris maad to
mannis liknesse*, we witen, for alle we
nesse, for he that is without wijf, is bisi
what thingis ben of the Lord, hou he
schal plese God. But he that is with 33
a wijf, is bysy what thingis ben of
the world, hou he schal plese the wijf,
and he is departid. And a womman 34
vnweddid and maidun thenkith what
thingis ben of the Lord, that sche be
hooli in bodi and spirit. But sche that
is weddid, thenkith what thingis ben of
the world, hou sche schal plese the hose-
bonde. And Y seie these thingis toss
3oure profit, not that Y caste to 3ou a
saare, but to that that is onest, and that
3yueth esynesse, with outen lettyng to
make preieris to the Lord*. And if onyse* Lard; that
.,, , ., ,. , , ,. , is, seme [him
man gessitn hym silt to be seyn touie e] hoiui. Lyre
on his virgyn, that sche is ful woxun,
and so it bihoueth to be doon, do sche
that that sche wole; sche synneth not,
if sche be weddid. For he that ordeyn-37
edew stabli in his herte, not hauynge
nede, but hauynge power of his wille,
and hath denied in his herte this thing,
to kepe his virgyn, doith wel. Therforex38
he that ioyneth his virgyn in matryrno-
nye, doith wel; and he that ioyneth not,
doith betere. The womman is boundunso
to the lawe, as longe tyme as hir hose-
bonde lyueth; and if hir hosebonde is
deed, sche is delyuered fro the lawe of
the hosebonde, be sche weddid to whom ho '
sche wole, oneli in the Lordf. But sche 40 mean- L»rehen-
schal be more blessid, if sche dwellith t that is, »y-
mulacns maade
thus, aftir my counsel ; and Y wene, that to mannus lik-
Y haue the Spirit of God. Witen; 'that
of tho thingis
getende no
CAP. VIII. filthe nether
halewing ther-
But of these thingis that ben sacri- 1 »>• Here he
c. Jv j. j i + -L f 11 u spekith of wise
fiedy to ydols!, we witen, for alle we ban men., not of
kunnyng. But kunnyng blowith, charite
1 Om. p. k But v. l his w. m departid, sumdel to God and sumdel to the world a. "a maiden N.
0 thenken x. P hir GMPQT. 1 Om. x. r that at o. s and that r. t Om. ox. u Om. sx. v Om.
v sec. m. * ony keper of virgyns Q. eny man r. y gessith r. z Om. sx. a fuJ woxen v.
b bihoue x. c that it GAfpQT. to s. d don that sche take an hosbonde Q. e hir keper Q. f what MPQT.
that that v . S he s. h he GMPQST. ' he CMS. k stabilly r. 1 ether stedefast o. Om. vx. m thees
thenges o. n Om. sx. ° virginite o. P is ded v. q Om. ovx. s But v. * shal dwelle thus MP.
dwellith thus y. u Om. G pr. m. or. v God yuynge this counseil <j. w sacrified r. x Om. x.
w is ordeyned b. x For A pr. m. y sacrificed EKnbgk.
352
I. CORINTHIANS.
vni. 3—13-
han kunnynge. Sothli science?, 'or kun-
nynge1, inblowith3 'with pride* ; charite0
iedifieth. Forsoth if ony mand gesse6, 'or
demef, him& forh 'to wyte' ony thing, he
hath not 31! knowyn how itk bihoueth
3 hym1 for™ to kunne. Forsoth if ony man
4 loueth God, this is knowun of him. For-
soth of metis that ben offrid to ydols. we
witen, for" an ydol is no thing in the world,
r> and that0 ther is no God but? oon. For-
why 'and iffi ther ben that benr seide god-
dis, ether in heuene, ether in5 erthe, for-
soth ther ben many goddis, and many
nlordis; nethelees to vs is oo God, the fadir,
of whom alle1 thingis, and we in him ;
and oo Lord, Jhesu Crist, by whom alle11
7 thingis, and we by him. But not in alle
men is kunnynge. Sothli summev with
conscience of ydol til now eten as thing
offrid to ydols; and her conscience is vn-
8 clenex, whanne it is syk. Mete? comend-
ith vs not to God; 'neithir forsothez wea
schulen faylenh, if we 'schulen not etec,
'riethir if we eten, we schulen habounded,
n'or haue plente*. Sef 36? forsothh, lest
perauenture this 3oure leue' be maad hirt-
inge, 'or sclaundre*, to syke men, 'or
\ofreele1. Sothli'11 if ony man schal se him
that hath kunnynge, restinge11 in a place
wher ydols ben worschipid, wher° his con-
science, sithP it is syk, schal not be edy-
fyedi forr to ete thingis offrid to ydols?
n And the syke8 brothir, for whom Crist
deyede, schal perische in thi kunnynge.
12 Forsoth1 thusu 36 synnyngev 'in tow bri-
theren, and smytinge hir syke conscience,
is synnen inx Crist. Wherfor if mete sclaun-
drithy my brother, I schal not ete fleisch
'in toz withouten ende, lest I sclaundre my
brothir.
y Om. o. z kunnynge Om. srx. a inblowe K. blowith r. b Om. N. c but charite x. d Om. r.
e may gesse N. gessith r. f Om. Norx. g Om. r. h Om. svx. > that he can v. k him wx.
1 Om. wx. m Om. sx. n that v. o Om. s. P no but GAfpQSTrwv. I thou3 v. and w. T Om.
G pr. m. s or s. l ben alle v. " ben alle v. v sommen v. " defoulid v. y Forsothe mete x.
2 for neither v. a if we x. b eten, we shuln abounden, neither we shuln failen x. c eten not r.
d Om. x. e Om. GMOPTX. infeith Q. f But see v. g Om. N. h therfore s. Om. v. ' licence,
or leeue GMPQT. k Om. ox. l Om. GOX. infeith Q. m For v. n etinge v. ° whether s el x passim.
P sithen GVX. sen o. 1 edified, or slyrid Q. T Om. sx. s seek, or vnstidefasi o. 4 For thus x.
u Om. K pr. TO. v synnynge thus K pr. m. w a;ens r. x ajens r. y sclaundre GMPQT. z Om. r.
y Om. i pr. m. z Om. i pr. m. Q. a in e pr. m. gk. b idolis gk. c Om. k pr. m. d cure EQ pr. m .
g pr. m. e or lycence a sec. m. marg. f Om. k pr. m.
edefieth. But if ony man^ gessith, that 2
he kan ony thing, he hath not jit knowe
hou it bihoueth hym to kunne. Ands
if ony man loueth God, this is knowun
of hym. But of metis that ben offrid 4
to idols, we witen, that an idol is no
thing in the world, and that ther is no
God but oon. For thouj ther ben snmmes
that ben seid goddis, ethir in heuene,
ether in erthe, as ther ben many goddis,
and many lordis; netheles to vs is o God,r>
thez fadir, of whom ben alle thingis, and
we in hym; and o Lord Jhesu Crist, bi
whom ben alle thingis, and we bia hym.
But not in alle men is kunnyng. For;
summen with conscience* of ydolb til now * that is,
eten asc thing offrid to idolisf; and her
conscience is defoulid, for it is sijk.
Mete comendith vs not to God; for ne-n t •*-/»,• that
, . ,. .. .,, is, with reuer-
ther we schulen faile, if we eten not, ence»f the idol.
nether if we eten, we schulen haue
plente. But se 36, lest perauenture thisn
3ourd leeue6 be maad hurtyng to sijke
men. For if ony man schal se hym, that 10
hath kunnyng, etynge in a place where
idols ben worschipid, whethir his con-
science, sithen it is sijke, schal not be
edified to ete thingis offrid to idols ?
And the sijk brothir, for whom Crist n
diede, schal perische in thi kunnyng.
For thus 36 synnyng a3ens britheren, 12
andf smytynge her sijk conscience synnen
a3ens Crist. Wherfor if mete sclaundrith is
my brother, Y schal neuere ete fleisch,
lest Y sclaundre my brothir.
IX. I — 13.
I. CORINTHIANS.
353
CAP. IX.
1 Whera I am not fre? Am I not apo-
stle ? Wher I 573 not Crist Jhesu, oure
Lord ? Wher 36 ben not my work in the
2 Lord ? And thou3 to othere I am not
apostle, butb nethelees to 3011 I am ; for-
why 36 ben the sygnaclec, 'or litil signeA,
3 of myn apostilhed in the Lord. My de-
4 fence to hem that axen me, isdd this. Wher
we ban not power for" to ete and drynke?
5 Wher we ban not power forf to lede
aboute a womman sistir, as and othere
apostlis, and britheren of the Lord, and
6 Cephas, ^that is, Petre%? Or I aloone and
Barnabas han not power forh to worche
7 thes' thingis ? Who fi^teth, 'or holdith
kny$thod k, ony tyme with his owne
soudis? Who plauntith a vyne3erd, and
etith not of 'his fruyt1? Whofeedith™, "or
lesuwifh", a floe, and etith not of the mylk
a of the flok? Wher aftir man I seye thes
thingis? wher and the lawe seith0 not
9 thes thingis? Forsoth it is writun in the
lawe of Moyses, Thou schalt not byndeP
the mouth of the oxe threischinge, 'or
trauelynge^. Whethir of oxen is charge
10 to God ? Whether forr vs sothli vhe seiths
thes thingis ? Forwhi 'for vs thei ben
writun1 ; for he that erith, owith to ere
in hope,. and he that threischith, 'or tra-
uelith", inv hope forw to perseyuex fruitis.
n Forsoth? yf we sowenz spiritual thingis to
3ou, 'it is nota greet, if we repen 3oure
i2fleischly thingis? If othere ben parce-
neris of 3oureb power, whi not 'rathere
wec ? But we vsen not this power, but we
susteynend, 'or sujffren*, alle thingis, that
we 3euen notf lettinge, 'or sclaundres, to
13 the euangelie of Crist. Witen 36 not, forh
thei that wirchen in the sacrarie', ^tliat is,
a place where hooly thingis ben kepfi, eten
CAP. IX.
Whether Y am not fre ? Am Y not i
apostle ? Whether Y sai3 not 'Crist Jhe-
su*, 'oure Lord*1? Whether 36 ben not
my werk in the Lord ? And thou3 to 2
othere Y am not apostle, but netheles to
3ou Y am ; for 36 ben the litle signe
of myn apostlehed in the Lord. My 3
defense to* hem that axen me, that is.
Whether we han not power to ete and 4
drynke? Whether we han not powers
to lede aboute a womman ak sistir, as
also othere apostlis, and britheren of the
Lord, and Cefas ? Or Y aloone and 6
Barnabas han not power to worche these
thingis ? Who traueilith ony tyme with 7
hise owne wagis ? Who plauntith a vyn-
3erd, and etith not of his fruyt? Who
kepith a flok, and etith not of the mylk
of the flok? Whether aftir man Y seys
these thingis ? whether also the lawe
seith not these thingis ? For it iso
writun in the lawe of Moises, Thou
schalt not bynde the rnouth of the ox
threischynge '. Whethir of oxun is
charge to God ? Whether for vs he 10
seith these thingis ? For whi tho ben
writun for vs; for he that erith, owith
to ere in hope, and he that threischith,
in™ hope to take fruytis". If we sowenn
spiritual thingis to 3011, is it grete, if we
repen 3oure fleischli thingis ? If othere* 12 * that is, false
ben parteneris of 3oure power, whi not
rathere we ? But we vsen not this
power, but we suffren alle tbingis, that
we 3yuen no0 lettyng to the euangelie
of Crist. Witen 30 not, that thei that is
worchen in the templef, eten tho thingis t ether sacra-
that ben of the temple, and thei that pia^e where'
apostlis. of
}oure power;
that is, of tem-
poral goodis
heinge in joure
power. Lire
here. ve.
seruen to the auter, ben partyneris of P
the auter? So the Lord ordeynede toi4Aere-e-
a Whether G passim in hoc cap. x passim, b Om. o. c token o. «1 Om. ox. dd Om. Y. e Om. sx. {Om.
sx. 8 Om. ox. h Om. OSTX. i soche o. ^ Om. ox. 1 the froytes o. his fruytes w. m lesewith o.
kepith v. n Om. ovx. ° seie A/Q. P bynde up N. Q Om. ox. r of o. ' s thei seien N. * tho ben
writen for us v. u Om. OX. v threschith in v. « Om. sx. * take v. y Om. v. z soweth o.
a it is ANQWX. is it GMOPSTVY. t> oure ^GMNOPQTW sec.m. c we rather G. d suffren v. e Om. ovx.
{ no s. not eny r. g Om. ovx. h that v. i temple, cither sacrarie v. k Om. ox.
i Jhesu Crist Q. h Om. i. ! in to R. k Om. b sec.m. 1 that threischith EiKQBuabceghkojS. that
threischinge M. that thristith o. m threschith in nho/9. n fruyt K/3. ° not a. P to A.
VOL. IV. Z Z
354
I. CORINTHIANS.
IX. 14 — 24.
tho thingis that ben of the sacrarie1, and
that1" tho" that seruen to the auter, taken
14 part with the auter? So and the Lord
ordeynede to hem that tellen the gospel,
15 for0 to lyue ofP the gospel. Forsothi I
vsider vnone of s thes thingis ; sothli I wroot
not thes thingis, that thei1 be don so in
me ; forsothu it is good to me more forv
to deie, than that ony man avoyde my
icglorie. Forwhi if I schal w «preche the
gospel, glorie is not to me, forsothx nedexx
lithy to me; forsothz wo toa rne, if I
i7vschal not euangeliseb. Forsoth if I will-
ingec do this thingd, I haue mede ; sothly6
if f a3ens my wil, dispensacioun^ is bitake
is to meh. What therfore ishh my hyre, "or
mede'1? That I prechingJ the gospel, putte
the gospel with oute spence 'takynge, or
sustenaunce therfore^, that I mysvse not
19 my power in the gospel. Forwhi whanne
I was fre of alle men, I made me seruaunt
of alle men, that I schulde wynne mo men.
20 And to Jewis I am maad as1 a Jew, that I
21 schulde wynne Jewis; to hem that ben
vndir the lawe, as I were vndir the lawe,
whanne I was not vndir the lawe, that I
schulde wynne hem that weren vndir the
lawe ; to hem that weren with oute the"1
lawe, as" I were withoute the0 lawe,
whanne I was not withoute theP lawe of
God, but I was in the lawe of Crist, that
IPP schulde wynne hem that weren with
22 oute lawei. I am maad syk to syke men,
that I schulde wynne syke men ; to alle
men I am maad alle thingis, that I schulde
23 make alle men saaf. Forsoth I do alle
thingis for the gospel, that I ber maad
24 parcener of it. Witen 30 not, that thei
that rennen in a furlong, alle forsoth ren-
nen, but oon takith the priys ? So renne
hem that tellen the gospel, to lyue of
the gospel. But Y vside noon of these is
thingis ; sotheli 1 Y wroot not these
thingis, that thor be don so in me; for
it is good vto me rather5 to die, than that
ony man 'auoyde my glorie1. For if Yi«
preche the gospel, glorie is not to me,
for nedelich" Y mot don it ; for wo to
me, if Y preche not the gospel. But if 17
Y do this thing wilfuli, Y haue mede ;
but if a3ens my wille, dispending is bi-
takun to me*. What thanne is my mede? i« * that is, i Pro-
That Y prechynge the gospel, putte the %££%
gospel with outen otheris costv, that Y £> myself. iir<-
here, ana Glos.
vse not my power in the gospel. For-iyve-
whi whanne Y was fre of alle men, Y
made me seruaunt of alle men, to wynne
the mo men. Andw to Jewis Y am 20
maad as a Jew, to wynne the Jewis ;
to hem that ben vndur the lawe, as Y2i
were vndur the lawe, whanne Y was not
vndur the lawe, to wynne hem that
weren vndur the lawe ; to hem that
weren with out lawex, as Y were with
out lawe^, whanne Y was not with out
the2 lawe of God, but Y was in the lawe
of Crist, to wynne hem that weren with
out lawea. Y arn maad sijk to sike men, 22
to wynne sike men ; to alle men Y am
maad alle thingis, to make alle men saaf.
But Y do alle thingis for the gospel, 23
that Y be maad partener of it. Witen 24
36 not, that thei that rennen in a fur-
long1", alle rennen, but oon takith the
prijs ? So renne 36, that 36 catche.
Ech man that stryueth in fi$t, absteyn- 2.1
eth hym fro alle thingiscf; and thei, that t that iett«n
., . . , ,.,, . the victorie
thei take a corruptible coroun, but we ether mede of
an vncorrupt. Therfor Y renne so, not 20
as vin tod vncerteyne thing; thus Y fi^te, Wre here. *.}
1 sacraries Q. m Om. AGMXOPQTVW. n thei v. ° Om. sx. P on G. q But v. r vse Q. s not A-.
t thoo v. ™ for v. v Om. sx. w Om. v. x forwhi r. " meede v. y neijith v. z forwhi v. a Om. o.
b preche not the gospel v. c Om. v. d thing wilfully v. e forsothe o. f if / do this r. S dispending v.
h me, to profile to othere men, al be it that for myn yuel wille I profile not to mysilf Q. hl1 Om. Y. l Om. ox.
j preche K. k Om. ox. eithir taking of susteynaunce therfore r. ! Om. Q. m Om. GA/OPQTP. n as
thouj o. ° Om. o. P Om. o. PP Om. y. q the lawe KSWXY. r shulde be SXY.
1 and EiQRxbceghk sec.m. n/3. sotheli and K. r thei b. s rather for me <j sec. m. * shulde make my
reioysynge voyde Q sec. m. u or nede lijth to me K marg. v or spense K marg. w Om. R. x the lawe
cxbc pr. m. ekj3. y the lawe ciQRxabegkoajS. z Om. Rh. a the lawe Ei<jRbegka|3. b ether glcyue
K marg. ^ thing a. J to R pr. m. e an vncerteyn iKMQRUxab pr. m. ceo.
IX. 25 — x. ii.
I. CORINTHIANS.
355
2536, that 36 catche. Ech man that stryueth
in fy3t, absteyneth him fro alle thingiss;
and thei forsoth', that thei take a corupt-
ible crowne, 'we forsotheu vncoruptv.
26 Therfore I renne so, not as into vncerteyn
thing ; thus I fi3te, not as betynge the eyr ;
27 but I chastise my body, and bryngew in to
seruage ; lest perauenture whanne I 'haue
prechidx to othere, I my silf be maad
reprouable.
CAP. X.
i Sotheli, britheren, I nyle 3011 for? toz
vnknowe, fora alle oure fadris weren vndir
2cloudeb, and alle passiden the see; and
alle ben ° baptysid in Moyses, in the
s cloude and in the see; and alle eeten the
4 same spirituald breed6, and alle dronken
the same spiritual drynke ; forsoth thei
dronken of the spirituals, ah stoon folow-
ynge hem; forsoth the stoon was Crist.
5 But not in ful manye of hem it was' welk
plesant to God ; forwhi 'thei ben1 cast
liiloun in the11 desert. Forsoth thesm thingis
ben don in figure of vs, that we ben not
coueyteris11 of yuelis, as and thei coueit-
yiden. Neithir be 30 maad ydolatreris0,
"that is, worschiperis of false mawmetisv,
as summe of hem ; as it is writun, The
peple sat for1" to ete and drynke, and thei
s'han risun vpr for8 to pleie. Neither do
we fornycacioun, as summe of hem diden
fornycacioun1, and thre and twenty thou-
sandis" feldenv, 'or deiedenw, in o day.
» Neither tempte we Crist, as summe of
hem temptiden, and perischeden of ser-
10 pentis. Neither grucche 36", as summe of
hem grucchiden, and thei perischiden of a?
\iwasto\\r,* or distrier7-. Forsothe alle thes
thingis* feldenb to hem inc figure ; sothli
tlieid ben writun toe oure coreccioun, 'or
not as betyrrge the eir ; but Y chastise 27
my bodi, and bryng it in to seruage;
lest perauenture whanne Y preche to
othere, Y my silf be maad repreuable.
CAP. X.
Britheren, Y nylef, that 30 vnknowe, i
that alle oure fadris weren vndur cloude,
and alle passiden the see ; and alle weren 2
baptisid in Moises*, in the cloude and in
the see; and alle eeten the same spirituals
mete, and alle drunken the same spiri-4
tual drynke ; thei£ drunken of the spi-
ritual11 stoonf folewynge hem}.; and the
stoon was Crist. But not in ful manye 5
of hem it was wel' pleasaunt to God; for
whi thei weren cast doun in desert. Bute
these thingis benk don in figure of vs, that
we be not coueyteris of yuele thingis,
as thei coueitiden. Nether be 36 maad?
idolatreris, as summe of hem ; as it is
writun, The puple sat to ete and drynke,
and thei risen vp to pleie. Nether dos
we fornycacioun, as summe of hem diden
fornicacioun, and thre and twenti thou-
syndis1 weren deed in o dai. Nethiro
tempte we Crist, as summe of hem
temptiden, and perischiden of serpentis.
Nether grutche 36™, as summe of hem 10
grutchiden, and thei perischiden of a
distrier". And alle these thingis fell-n
iden° to hem in figure ; but thei ben
writun to oure amendyng, in to whicheP
the endis of the worldis ben comun.
Therfor he that gessith hym% 'that he 12
* that is, in the
leedinge of
Moises. Lyre
here. ve.
t spiritual
stoon; that is,
drinke jouen
to hem bi gost-
li vertu. ve.
J foletvinge
hem ; that is,
the stoon obei-
eden to her de-
siris bi Goddis
uertu. V. It is
seid a gostli
ston, for it fi-
guride the wa-
ter of grace to
be jouen bi
Crist. Lire
here. ve.
8 thingis that letten hym Q. t forsothe that stryuen in Jk,t Q. u but we r. v an vncorrupt Q.
w bringe it MP. x preche r. y Om. srx. z to be G pi: m. that je v. a that r. b a cloude GMPT. a
cloude, dcfendynge hem fro the Egipciens Q. c weren r. d goostly o. e breed manna Q. mete r.
f gostely o. g goostly drinke o. h Om. r. > is G. k Om. or. ' thei weren v. ben thei w.
11 Om. ox. m thus v. n coueitous x. ° ydolateris G. P Om. ox. i Om. sx. r riseden v. s Om. sx.
* Om. o. u thousand AOX. v fellen GMPQSTX. deieden o. w Om. ox. * wee s. y the GMPQT.
z Om. ox. a Om. N. b bifellen GN. fellen MPQSTX. c into GQ. d tho v. e in w.
f wile not i. S and thei i. h same spiritual i. ' Om. Q. k weren h pr. m. 1 thousand Eck.
m we k. n ether master K marg. ° fellen EI pass. h/3. felden QH. P whom i. 1 him silf i.
z z 2
356
I. CORINTHIANS.
X. il — 25.
amendynge{, in to whom? the endis of the
12 world'1 han comen. 'And so1 he that gess-
ith him fork to stonde, se1, that he falle
is not. Temptacioun take not 3011, no but
mannusm ; forsoth God is trewe, the n
which0 schal not suffre 3011 for'' to be
temptid ouer 'that that0- 36 mown; but he
schal make with temptacioun1" also8 pur-
i4uyaunce, that 36 mown susteyne1. Wher-
fore, 36 moost dereworthe to me, fleu fro
15 worschipinge of ydols. As to prudent men
I speke, 36 3ouv silf derne™ that thing1 that
16 1 seye. They cuppe of blessynge 'the which2
we blessen, 'wher it is not the comenynge
of Cristis blooda? andb the breed which0
we brekeu, wherd ite is not thef 'delynge,
or% *part takynge^, 'of the body' of the
17 Lord ? For 'o breed and o bodyk we
manye ben1, alle we that taken part of o
is breed and of o cuppe. Se 36 Israel aftir
the fleisch, wher thei that eten oostis, 'or
sacrifices™, ben not parceneris of the au-
loter? What" therfore seye I, that thing0
ofFrid to ydols is ony thing, or that the?
-20 ydole is ony thingi ? But tho thingis that
hethene men offren, thei offren to deuelis,
and not to God. Forsoth I nyle 3ou forr
to8 be maad felowis of fendis ; for 36 mown
not drynke the cuppe of the Lord, and the
21 cuppe of fendisss; 36 mown not be parce-
neris of the boord of the Lord, and of
•22 the boord of fendis. Wher we" 'suwen
byuu enuye thev Lord ? whervv we ben
strengere than he ? Alle thingis ben leef-
ful to me, but not alle thingis spedenw.
23 Alle thingis ben leefful*, but not? alle
24 thingis edifyeriz. No man sekea that thing
that is his owne, but that thing that is of
25 another1". Al thing that comethc in the
* that is,
worching- ve-
nes ™
stondith1", se he, that he falle not.
Temptacioun take 'not 3ous*, but marmus i
temptacioun^ ; for God is trewe, which
schal not suffre 3ou to be temptid aboue
that that1 5e moun ; but he schal make
with temptacioun also purueyaunce, that "ou ",that mai
36 moun suffre. Wherfor, 36 most dere- 14 eschewid of
- . . _ man in present
worthe to me, fie 36 frou worschiping of Hjf ; that is,
maumetis. As to prudent men Y speke, 0
deme 30 3ouv silf that thing that Y seie.
Whether the cuppe of blessyng which \6senlence- ve-
Mannus tempt-
we blessen, is not the comynyng of acioun is, that
Cristis blood ? and whether the breed nede either tri.
which we breken, is not the takyngw of
the bodi of the Lord? For we manye i7inseekin,f*of
* mannes help.
ben o breed and o bodi, allex we that Therfore to
suffre for Crist
taken part of o breed and of o cuppe. is mannes
o T i /v ii_ a • t i_ ii • temptacioun, bi
oe 36 Israel attir the fleisch, whethir IB wm-c
thei that eeten sacrifices, ben not par-
tyneris of the auter ? What therfor seie 19 pfose here re-
* hersmge Am-
Y, that a thing that is offrid to idols is brow. Either
. . . .... mannes tempt-
ony thing, or that the idol is ony acioun is to
thing ? But tho thingis that
men offren, thei offren to deuelis, and
not to God. But Y nyley, that 36 ben
maad felowis of feendis ; for 30 moun
not drynke the cuppe of the Lord, and
the cuppe of fendis; 36 moun not be 21 f°unseil l)i
than the
treuthe is, and
this with good
entcnt; as
whanne a man
with good en-
tent i'ailith in
mannes freelte,
either whanne
he is stirid to
of the bord of feendis. Whether we han 22 ire ajens his
, T , _ , , , [a e] brother,
enuye to the Lord ? whether we ben for cause of a-
p<*»»ienes«e
axith; but it is
parteneris of the boord of the Lord, and
strengere then he ? Alle thingis ben
leeueful to me, but not alle thingis ben
spedeful. Alle thingis ben leeuefulf to 23 the deueies pre-
... .,, ,T sumpcioun,tliat
me, but not alle thingis edmen. No man 24 a man lone ouer
seke that thing that is his owne, but sentence"^""]"1
that thing that is of an othere. Al thing 20 ^^'^
that is seld in the bocherie, ete 36, ax- men, and de-
* parte comun-
ynge no thing for conscience, The erthe26ynge,andmake
f Om. ox. e whiche v. h worldis v. ' Therfore v, k Om. sx. ' see he MOPQT. m mannes
temptacioun v. n Om. vx. " that x. P Om. sx. 1 that at o. Om. w. r the temptacioun sx.
« also with G pr.m. l suffre v. « flee je oiapr. fleeth sx. v 3oure o. w demeth sx. x Om. o.
y Wher is not the com. of Cristes blood the v. z to whom o. which vx. a Om. v. b and wher v.
c the whiche GMOPQTIVY. d whether G. Om. r. e Om. v. f Om. w. g Om. OA-. h parting G. > Om.
G pr. m. k Om. r. l ben oo breed and oo bodi v. m or sacrificis in the lame of Moyses Q. Om. x.
n Om. SXY. o a thing r. P Om. G pr. m. q thing, as rvho say nay Q. r Om. sv. » that je r. ss the
fendis v. * Om. v. u je o. uu han v. v to the r. rv whethir y. w speden, or helpen to my course Q.
* leeueful to me MQF. y Om. Q. z edifien not my nei^bore Q. a sekith MO. b another, that is, that may
edlfie another Q. c is seld r.
r to stonde i. that he stonde a. s jou not IH. * Om. nk pr. m.
' joure E. w part takynge B. " and alle k pr. m. y wole not la.
u fro the Mac. Om. h pr. m.
X. 26 — XI. 5-
I. CORINTHIANS.
357
bocheried, 'etc 36*, no thing axynge for
20 conscience'. The erthe and the plente of
27 it, is 'the Lordis e. Forsoth if onyh ofhh
vnfeithful', 'or hethen menk, clepith 3ou to
souper1, and je wolen go, al thing that is
sett to 3011, 'ete 36™, nothing axynge for
2« conscience. If" ony man sothli0 'schal
seieP, This thingi is offrid to ydols, nyle
36 ete, for him that schewider, and for
29 conscience ; forsothe I seie not, thi con-
science, but of anothir3. Sothli wherto is
my liberte1, 'or freedom™, demyd of an-
:w othir mannus conscience ? Therfore if v I
take part with gracew, what am I blas-
femyd, 'for that I do graces", 'or thank-
ziyngis*? Therfore where z 36 eten, or
drynken, or don any othir thing, do 30
32 alle thingis in toa glorieb of God. Be 36
withoute ofFencioun, vor sclaundre c, to
Jewis, and d hethene men, and to the
33 chirche of God ; as and I by alle thingis
plese to alle men6, not sechinge whatf is
profitable to me, but 'that that& to'1 many
men', that thei be maad saaf.
CAP. XL
1 Be 36 'my folowerisk, as and I of Crist.
2 Forsoth, britheren1, I preise 3ou, that bi
alle thingis 36 be myndeful ofm men; 'as
and0 I bitook to? 3ou my comaundementis,
336 kepeni. Forsothe1" I wole '3ou for to8
wite, that Crist is the heed1 of ech man ;
forsoth" the heed of the womman is the
man ; forsoth the heed of Crist, Godv.
4Echw man preyinge, or prophesyinge,
o'the heed" hilidy, defoulith his heed. For-
soth ech womman preiynge, or prophesy-
inge, 'the heedz not hilid, defoulith hir
heed ; forsoth* it is oon, as 3if sche be
and the plente of it is, the Lordis. If z 27 discencimm aud
ony of hethene men clepith8 3ou to soper,
and 36 wole go, al1' thing that is set to
3ou, ete 36, axynge no thing for con- «»«»*•»*«*
J c of the Lordis
science. But if ony man seith, This 28 Sermounm the
. » . , » - - i -11 ftilf. and in his
thing is offrid to idols, nyle 36 ete, for book of Baptim.
hym that sehewide, and for conscience; I',
+ ttiitt iSj it is
and Y seie not, thi conscience, but of an 2«j leeuefui to me
othere. But wherto is my fredom dem- offrM toWois.
ed of an othere mannus conscience ?
Therfor if Y take part with grace, what so
am Y blasfemed, for that that Y do Moisesiawebe
leeuefui to me.
thankyngis? ± herfor whether 36 eten, or si Lire here. v.
drynken, or don ony other thing, do 36
alle thingis 'in toc thed glorie of God.
Be 36 with outen sclaundre to Jewis, 32
and to hethene men, and to the chirche
of God ; as Y bi alle thingis plese to alle 33 *£e
men, not sekynge that that is profitable womman is the
sensualite either
to me, but that that is profitable to lykingof body;
., .1 • i i /. the spirit and
manye men, that thei be maad saaf, resoun schal be
ocupied aboute
gostly thingis,
and it schal
reule the soule
and refreyne
sensualite, that
it be not occu-
("i A p VT piedouermyche
aboute temporal
Be 36 my foleweris, as Y am of Crist, i ^is^rocesse'of
And, britheren, Y preise 3ou, that bi alle 2 p°"le here is
not referrid to
sum goostly
thing, but to
the nakid let -
thingis 36 ben myndeful of me ; and as
Y bitook to 3011 my comaundernentis6, 36
holden. But Y wole that 36 wite, that 3
Crist is heed of ech man ; but the heed
of the womman is the man; and the heed
of Crist is God. Ech man* preiynge,
profeciynge, whanne his heed is hilid,
defoulith his heed. But ech womman 5 y^gj^1^'
preiynge, or profeciynge, whanne hir heed rehernnge AW-
* ° .' ' &, \ tyn in his book
is not hilid, defoulith hir heed ; for it is of the Tnnite,
.f. i 1 1 • i c » i • i • <*nd on Genesis.
oon, as if sche were polhd'. And if a« ve.
a man is maad
to the ymage of
God, bi the
soule, and not
bi the bodi ;
and thus is a
womman also
d bocherie, or in the plater GMPT. e eteth x. f conscience of this mete or of this Q. S of the Lord G.WPQT.
h Om. v. hh Om. Y pr.m. ' unfeithful men v. k Om. ox. ! the soper w. m ete je, yfit nede ^ou,
mesurable Q. eteth x. n But if v. ° forsothe o. Om. v. P seith v. sey to jou x pr. m. 1 thing, or this
mete Q. r scheweth o. shewide this thing Q. 8 another mans y. * fredom o. u Om. ox. v Om. TV.
w grace, or thanckyng g. x Om. o. for that that I do graces v. y Om. ox. z whether BOX. a Om.
opr.m. 1) the glorie AGMNOPQSTVWXY. <= Om. ox. d and to w. e men rvithouten slaundre «.
f that at o. that that r. g that at o. h is profitable to v. » men profitith Q. k the folowers of me GAf.
folewers of me QT. * brether G. m to o. D me, or of my autorite or power Q. ° and as GMQTVX. and w.
P Om. v. q holden v. «• For forsothe c. s jou to sx. that je v. * heuyd G el s passim fere. u but r.
v t> God srxv. w Forsoth ech s. x whanne the hed is y. y veilid s. 7 whanne the hed is not r.
a for v.
z For if A pr.m. And if cb sec. m. k pr. m.
comaundement k. f ballid A sec. m.
a clepe R. clepen h. b that o. c to A pr. m. d Om. c.
358
I. CORINTHIANS.
XI. 6 — 1 8.
e maad ballicf, ^pollid, or clippid*. Forc if
a worn man be not veylid, W keueridA, be
she pollid ; for6 if it is foul thing tof a
worn man for£ to be pollidb, or for' tok be
maad1 ballidm, veylen, W hyde°, she hir
7 heed. Sothly a man schal not veylei1, W
hydei, hisr heed, for he is the ymage and
glorierr of God ; forsothe a womman is
s the glorie of man. Sothli8 a man is not
of1 the womman, but the womman of the
iunan. vAnd forsothe" the man is not
maadv for the womman", but the wom-
10 man for the manx. Therfore the worn-
man schal haue a? veyle on hir heed, and
n for aungelsz. Netheles neithir the mana
withouten wommanb, neither thec wom-
12 man*1 withouten man6, in the Lord. For-
whi as the wommanf of man", so and
manh by woman'; forsothe alle thingis
i:?ofk God. 3e 3°u' silf demem ; bicometh",
'or bisemeth0, it a womman not veylid P
1 1 fori to preye God ? Neither the kynde it
silf techith vsr, forsoth5 that1 if a man
norische" long heerv, it is yuel fame, ^or
15 sclaundrew, to him ; but if a womman
norische long heerx, it is glorie to hir,
fory heeris ben 3ouun to hir for veyle, W
wkeueryng7: Forsoth if ony man is seyn
fora to be ful of stryf 'among 3oub, we
han not such custom, neither the chirche
17 of God 'hath sichc. Sothli this thing I
comaunded, not preisynge, that 36 comen
to gidere not in to betere thing, but into
is worse. First forsoth V3ou comynge6 to
gidere into chirchef, I heere? 'departyngis,
or dissenciouns^ , for1 vto be1*, and of partye
womman be not keuered, be sche pollid ;
and if it is foul thing to a womman to
be pollid, or to be maad ballid, hile sche
hir heed. But a man schal not hile 7
his heed, for he is thes ymage and the
glorie of God ; but a womman is the
glorie of man. For a man is not of the a
womman, but the womman of the man.
And the man is not maad for the worn- 9
man, but the womman for the man.
Therfor the womman schal haue an hil-io
yng on hir heed, also for aungelis. Ne-n
theles nether the man z'*h with outen
womman', nether the womman isk with
oute man, in the Lord. Forwhi as the 12
womman is of man1, so the man ism bi
the womman ; but alle thingis ben of
God. Deme 36 3oun silf; bisemeth it a is
womman not hilid on the heed to0 preye?
Godi ? Nether the kynde it silf techith u
vs, for if a man nurscher longe heers, it
is schenschipe* to hym ; but if au worn- 15
man nurische7 longe heerw, it is glorie
to hir, for heeris ben 3ouun to hir for
keueryng. But if ony man is seyn to ic
be ful of strijf, we han noon siche cus-
tom, nethir the chirche of God. But this 17
thing Y comaunde, not preisynge, that
36 comen togidere not in to thex betere,
but in to they worse. First for whanne IK
3e comen togidere in to the chirche, Y
here that discenciounsz ben, and in parti
Y bileue8. For it bihoueth eresies to be, 19
that thei thatb ben prouyd, ben opynli
knowun in 3ou. Therfor whanne 3020
comen togidere in to oon, now it is not
b Om. G pr. m. MPQTX. or polled o. either pollid, either clippid v. c Om. sx. d Om. o. e forsothe r.
f Om. s. S Om. GMPSTJC. h balled ox. 1 Om. GMPQSTX, k Om. GMPQX. J Om. x. m polled ox.
n veile sche v . ° Om. NOX. or hile v. P hiden s. 1 Om. O.Y. or veilen s. or hile v. r Om. A. rr the
glorie SXY. s For whi v. * firste made of e. u For whi v. v Om. o. w woman, to mysuse hir, or
ouerlede hir Q. x man, to helps him and obeische to hym Q. y the o. z aungeles, or prestes NQ. a man
is r. b the womman ANOQSWX. c Oui. A. d womman is r. e the man w. f womman is v. S the
man sx. h man is r. l the womman s. k ben of or. l jour GMPQT. m demeth sx. n bisemeth o.
0 or semeth A. Om. ox. P veylid, or couerid MPQT. 1 Om. GMPQSTX. r vs that GQ. s for r. t Om.
osrwxv. u noryscheth o. v heer.Jbr his lust Q. w Om. ox. * heer, not for pride, but knonynge hir
firste trespas and obeischaunce g. y for whi v. z Om. NOX. a Om. sx. b Om. v. c Om. G pr. m. M
OPQTX. hath such custom r. d comaunde to jou x pr. m. e whanne 36 comen v. f the chirche r.
8 heere that v. h discension o. discensiouns x. . ' Om. srx. k ben r.
g Om. R. h Om. k pr. m. ' the womman i pr. m. b. k Om. k pr. m. ! the man a. m Om. a.
n jour E. ° do EQeg. for to M pr. m. to do c. P preieris EQceg. preier R pr. m. <l to God KIKM
QRuabceghk sec. m. oa/3. r nursheth Eh. s heeris KH. * ether yuel fame K marg. a Om. a. v nursh-
eth Eh. w heeres R. x Om. Eiqg. y Om. EIO. z ether departingis K marg. a leeue c sec.m. EIKM
Ruxab pr. m. ceghk sec. m. oa/3. b the whiche k pr. m.
XI. 19 — 3°-
I. CORINTHIANS.
359
19 1 bileue. Forwhi1 it bihoueth heresies
for1" to be, that thei vthe which" ben prou-
20 yd, be maad knowun0 in? 3ou. Therfore
Vjou comyngei to gidere into oon, now it
21 is not forr to ete the Lordis sopere8 ; for-
soth1 ech man vbifore takith" his sopere
forv to ete, and sothely anothirw is" hun-
22grie, another? forsoth is drunkyn. Wherz
30 ban not housis for3 to ete and drynkeb,
or 36 dispisen the chirche of God, and
confoundenc hem that ban not ? What
schal I seye to 3011 ? I preise 3011 ; in this
23 thing I preise d not. Forsothe I haue
takun of the Lord that thing, 'the which6
and I haue bytakunf to 3011. For the
Lord Jhesu £, in what ny3t he was by-
24trayed, took breed, and 'doynge graces11,
W thankyngis1, hek brak, and seide, Take
36, and 'ete 36*; this is my body, the1"
which schal be bitrayd for 3011 ; do 36
25 this thing Mn ton my mynde. Also and
he took the cuppe, aftir0 he hathP soupid,
seiynge, This cuppe is the newe testament
in my blood ; do 36 this thing, how ofte
euere 36 schulen drynkei, in to my mynde.
2oSothlir how ofte euere 36 schulen ete this
breed, and schulen3 drynke the cuppe, 30
schulen schewe* the deeth of the Lord,
27 til he come. "And so" who euere 'schal
etev the breed, or drynkew the cuppe of
the Lord vnworthily, he schal be gilty of
28 the body and* blood of the Lord. For-
soth proue a man him silf, and so ete he
of 'the ilke^ breed, and drynkey^ of the
29 cuppe. Forsoth2 he that etith and drynk-
ith vnworthily, etith and drynkith dom,
'or dampnacioun*, to hymb, not wysely
sodemynge thec body of the Lord. Therfore
among 3ou manyed syke, and vnstrongee,
'or feble*, and manye slepen, W deiens.
to ete the Lordis soper; for whi ech man 21
bifor takith his soper to ete, and oon is
hungry, and another isc drunkun. Whe- 22
ther 36 ban not housis to ete and
drynke, or 36 dispisen the chirche of
God, and confounden hem that han
noon ? What schal Y seie to 3ou ? Y
preise 3ou, but here yn Y preise $ou not.
For Y haue takun of the Lord that as
thing, which d Y haue bitakun to 3011.
For the Lord Jhesu, in what ni3t he
was bitraied, took breed, and dide thank- 24
yngis, and brak, and seide, Take 36, and
ete 36 ; this is my bodi, which schal be
bitraied for 3ou; do 36 this thing in to
my mynde. Also the cuppe, aftir that 25
he hadde soupid, and seide, This cuppe
is the newe testament in my blood; do 36
this thing, as ofte as 36 schulen drynke,
in to my mynde. For as ofte as 36 schu-2(;
len ete this breed, and schulen e drynke
thef cuppe, 36 schulen telle the deth* of * in repn
inge it bi this
the Lord, til that he come. Therfor who 27 sacrament, tu
..., ., , , T i ..i .1 he come; to the
euere etith the breed, or drynkith the dome. Lire
cuppe of the Lord vnworthili, he schal *""'• ve-
be gilti of the» bodi and of the1' blood of
the Lord. But preue a man hym silf, aw
and so ete he of 'the ilke' breed, and
dryrikek of the cuppe. For he that etith 29
and drinkith vnworthili, etith and drink-
ith doom to hym, not wiseli demyng the
bodi of the Lord. Therfor among 301130
many ben sijke and feble, and manye
slepen. And if we demyden1 wiseli vs3i
silf, we schulden not be demyd ; but 32
while we ben demyd of the Lord, we
ben chastisid, that we be not dampnyd
with this world. Therfor, my britheren, 33
whanne 36 comen togidere to ete, abide
3e togidere. If ony man hungrith, ete 34
1 Forwhi and x. m Om. NSX. n that vx. ° open -s pr.m, P to GAfpQT. 1 whanne je comen v. r Om.sx.
s soper, sith je ben departide fro oon hede Q. * forwhi v. t presumeth o. v Om. sx, w and an-
othere w. x Om. w. J and anothir N. z Whether G. a Om. s. t> drynke rather at home Q.
c confounden, or schamen Q. d preise ym. GMNPQT. e Om. A. which v. { jofen o. S Jhesu Crist N.
h dide thankingis v. ' Om. ANOVWX. or thankis GMP. k and v. 1 etith A\ m Om. v. n in XY.
0 aftur that TV. P hadde My. had OP. q drynke it Q. r For v. s Om. GMQT. * telle r. u Therfore v.
T etith v. w drinkith v. x and of the x. Y that x. jy drinke he M. " For r. a Om. NX,
b hym silf w pr. m. c the rvorthynesse o/"the <?. d ben manye GQT, many ben r. e feeble r. { Om.
ovx. e Om. x.
c Om. A. <1 that ik. e Om. i.
k drynke he Ka. 1 deemen gk.
this i. 6 Om. M. h Om. A. > thilke IK pass, that R,
360
I. CORINTHIANS.
XI. 31 — XII. 12.
31 For if we demeden1' wysely vs' silf, forsoth
3-2 we schulden not be demed ; sothli the
while we ben demed of the Lord, we ben
chastysid, that we ben not dampned with
33 this world. 'And sok, my britheren,
whanne je comen to gidere for1 to ete,
abyde je to gidere"1. If ony man hun-
34grithn, ete he at horn0, that 36 come not
to gidere in to dom. Sothli I schal dis-
pose othere thingis, whanne I schal come.
CAP. XII.
i Forsothe of spiritual? thingis, britheren,
2 1 nyle '5011 for to°> vnknowe. Sothlyr 36
witen, for8 whanne 36 weren hethen men,
as* 36 weren ledd goynge to doumbe symy-
slacris. Therfore" I make knowun to 3011,
that no man spekinge in the spirit of God,
seith departynge fro Jhesu ; and no man
mayv seye the Lord Jhesu z*w, nox but in
4 the Hooly Gost. Sothli departingis of
gracis ben, forsothey the same Spirit2 ;
5 and departyngis of seruyngis8, forsotheb
6 the same Lord0; and departingis of
worchingis bend, forsoth6 the same Godf,
that worchith alle thingis in alle thingis.
7 Forsoth to ech man the& schewynge of
spirit is 3ouun to profyt. To anothir for-
soth by spirit the word of wysdoin is
a 3ouun ; to anothir sothli the word of
akunnynge, aftirh the same spirit; feith
to another, in the same spirit ; to another,
10 grace of heelthis1, in o spirit; to another,
the worchinge of vertues ; to another, pro-
phesye ; to another, discrescioun, W verrey
knowyngev, of spiritis ; to another, kyndis
of tungis, "or langagis1; to another, in-
terpretynge"1, 'or expownyngn, of wordis.
11 Forsoth alle thes thingis oon and0 the
same spirit worchith, departynge to ech
12 by him? silf as he wole. Sothlii as ther
is o body, and hath many membris, for-
he at home, that 36 come not togidere
in to doom*. And Y schal dispose othere
thingis, whanne Y come.
* that is, into
joure dampna-
cioun. Lyre
here, ve.
CAP. XII.
But of spiritual thingis, britheren, Y I
nyle that 30 vnknowun. For 36 witen, 2
that whanne 36 weren hethene men, hou
36 weren led goynge to doumbe mau-
metis. Therfor Y make knowun to 3ou, 3
that no man spekynge in the spirit of
God, seith departyng fro Jhesu ; and no
man may seie the Lord Jhesu, but in the
Hooli Goost. And dyuerse graces ther 4
ben, but it is al oon Spirit ; and dyuerse 5
seruyces ther ben, but it is al oon Lord ;
and dyuerse worchingis ther ben, but val c
ism oon God, that worchith alle thingis
in alle thingis. And to ech man the?
schewyng of spirit is 3ouun to profit.
The" word of wisdom is 3ouun to oon bi
spirit ; to another the word of kunnyng, 8
bi the same spirit; feith to another, in the 9
same spirit; to anothere, grace of helthis,
in o spirit ; to another, the0 worchyng of 10
vertues; to another, profecie; to another,
very knowyng of spiritis; to another,
kyndis of langagis ; to another, expown-
yng of wordis. And oon and? the sameii
spirit worchith alle these thingis, depart-
ynge to ech bi hem silf as he wole. For 12
as ther is o body, and hath many mem-
bris, and alle thei membris of the bodi
whanne tho ben manye, ben o bodi, so
also Crist. For in o spirit alle we ben is
h demen o. ' oure GMPQT. k Therfore r. 1 Om. sx. m to gedir, that an acceptable sacrifice be of
•yatv alle Q. n hungre G pr. m. ° home, in priuyte, that he sclaundre not in apert Q. P the spirituel o.
1 jou to sx. 36 that je r. r For y. * that r. * hou r. u Forsothe o. v Om. Q. w Om. x.
* Om. sv. y but v. z Spirit is the Better g. Spirit i* r. a seruyngis ben r. b but r. c Lord is the
departer Q. Lord is v. d Om. s. e but v. f God is r. S Om. G pr.m. k to N. bi r. > heeles o.
k Om. ox. 1 Om. OA-. m expounynges o. n Om. OA-. ° in OP. P hem AGMOPQsrriv. q For r.
m it al is A pr. m. it is al EKR sec. m. b pr. m. k. al R pr. m. b sec. m.
R pr. m. ka. P in A pr. m. k pr.m. 1 Om. Rho/3.
n And the k pr. m. o Om.
XII. 13 — 28.
I. CORINTHIANS.
361
soth alle the membris of the body, whannei
thei ben manye, ben o body, so and Crist.
13 'And sothelir in o spirit alle we ben bap-
tisid in to o body, either5 Jewis, either*
hethene", eitherv seruauntis, eitherv fre;
and alle we 'han drunkenw in o spirit.
uForwhi and the body is not o membre,
io but manye. If* the foot 'schal seyey, For
I am not the honde, I am not of the body;
H; not therfore 'it is notz of the body. And
if the eere 'schal seyea, For I am not the
y3e,I am not of the body; not therfore 'it is
17 not0 of the body. If al the body bed y3e,
where is heringe* ? and if al the body bef
IK heeringe, where is smellingeS ? Now for-
soth God hath put membris, and ech of
19 hem in the body, as he wolde. That if
alle1' weren o membre, where' the body ?
20 But now sothli many membris, sothli o
21 body. Forsoth the y3e 'schal not mowek
seye to the bond, I haue no1 nede to thi
werk ; or eft the heed to the feet, %e ben
22 not necessarie to me. But moche more
tho that ben seyn form to be more syke,
'or lowere", membris of the body, ben
23 more nedeful ; and to hem that0 we gessen
for? to be vnnoblerei membris of the body,
we 3yuen more honour 'in cumpasr; and
tho membris that ben vnhonest s, ban
•24 more honeste. Forsoth oure honest mem-
bris 'of noon ban nede*; but" God tem-
pridev the body, 3yuynge more worschipe
25 to it, to whom it failide, that debaat be
not in the body, but that the membris
ben bisy into the same thing for ech
260thir. And if o membre suffrithw ony
thing, alle membris suffren therwith ;
ethir if o membre glorieth*, alle membris
27 ioyen to gidere. Forsoth 36 ben the body
28 of Crist, and membris of membrev. And
sothli God puttidez summe" in the chirche,
first apostlis, the secunde tymeb prophetis,
baptisid 'in tor o bodi, ether Jewis, ether
hethene, ether seruauntis, ether free ;
and alle we ben fillid with drink in o
spirit. For the bodi is not o membre, u
but manye. If the8 foot seith*, For Yis
am not the hoond, Y arnu not of the
bodi ; not therfor it is not of the bodi.
And if the ere seith, For Y am not the in
i3e, Y am not of the bodi ; not therfor it
is not of the bodi. If al the bodi is the 17
136, where* is heryng ? and if al the
bodi is heryng, where is smellyng ? But is
now God hath set membris, and ech of
hem in the bodi, as he woldev. Thatwi9
if alle weren o membre, where were the
bodi ? But now ther ben many mem- 20
bris, but o bodi. And the {36 may not 21
seie to the hond, Y haue no nede to thi
werkis; or eft the heed to the feet, 3e
ben not necessarie to me. But myche22
more tho that ben seyn to be the lowere
rnembris of the bodi, ben more nedeful;
and thilke that we gessen to be the* as
vnworthier membris of the bodi, we^
3yuen more honour 'to hemz ; and tho
membris that ben vnonest, han more
oneste. For oure oneste membris han 24
nede of noon ; but God tempride the
bodi, 3yuynge more worschip to it, to
whom it failide, that debate be not in 25
the bodi, but that the rnembris be bisi
in to the same thing a ech for othere.
And if o membre suffrith1' ony thing, 21;
alle membris suffren therwith ; ethir if
o membre ioieth, alle rnembris ioien to-
gidere. And 36 ben the bodi of Crist, 27
and membris of membre. But God sette28
sum men in the chirche, fyrst apostlis,
the secunde tyme prophetis, the thridde
techeris, aftirward vertues, aftirward0
graces of heelyngis, helpyrigis, gouern-
ails, kyndis of langagis, interpretaciouns
1 and whan M. r For whi v. s other M et p passim. * or s. u hethen men GMNPQT. v or s. w ben
fillid with drink v. * And if v. 1 seith •/. z is it not o. a seith v. c is it not o. d were o. is
the v. be the GMXY. e the heering XY. f is v. g the smelling x. h alle men v. ' wher is NOQ. where
were r. k may not v. 1 not x. m Om. sx. n Om. x. ° that that N. P Om. sx. <\ vnnoble v.
r in cumpas, of'te tym.es clothinge hem Q. abouten x. s more vnhonest o. * han nede of noon v. » no
but K. v tempreth s. w suffre x. * glorie s. y membris sx. z putte GMPQSTX. a summen v.
b Om. x.
r in k. » thi /3. l schal seie k pr. m. seie k sec. m. u Om. R. v wole R. w And a. * Om. bk.
y to hem we R. z Om. R. a thingis R. b suffre k. c after H.
VOL. IV. 3 A
362
I. CORINTHIANS.
XII. 29 — XIII. g.
the thriddec techerisd, aftirward vertues,
aftirward graces6 of heelingis, helpingis,
governaylis, 'or gouernyngis*, kyndis of
langagis, interpretaciouns of wordis.
soWherS alleh apostlis? wher1 allek prophe-
sotis? wher alle techeris? wher1 alle ver-
tues? wher1 alle men ban grace of heel-
ingis? wher alle speken with langages?
wher1 alle interpreter! m, 'or expownenn?
si Forsoth sue 36 the bettere gostli 3yftis°.
And 3it I schewe to 3ou a more excellent?,
'or worthi^, weyer.
CAP. XIII.
1 If I speke with tungis of men and8 aun-
gels, 'sothli I1 haue not charite, I am maad
as bras sownnynge, or a symbal tynkynge.
2 And if I schal11 haue prophesyev, and 'haue
knowunw alle mysteries, and al kunnynge,
"or science*, and if I schal? haue al feith, so
that I 'here ouerez hillis ]fro o place to an-
other11, forsothh if I 'schal not hauec charite,
3 1 am no3t. And if I schald departe alle my
goodis into metis of pore men,and if I schale
bytake my body, so that I brenne, forsothe
if I 'schal not hauef charite, it profitith to
4 me no thing. Charite is pacieiit*, it is be-
nygne, 'or of good willh, charite enuyeth
not, it doth not1 gyle, it is not inblowynk
^with pride\ it is not ambicious, 'or co-
ueitous of worschipis™, it sekith not tho
thingis that ben hern owne, it is not stir-
cid to wraththe, it thenkith0 not yuel, it
ioyeth not in? wickidnesse, forsoth it
7 ioyeth togidere toi treuthe ; it suffrith alle
thingis, it bileueth alle thingis1", it hopith
alle thingis, it susteyneth alle thingis.
s Charite fallith not5 down*, where" pro-
phecyes schulen be voydidv, ether" lan-
gagis schulen ceesse, etherw science schal
9 be distroyed. Forsothx of party we han?
of wordis. Whether alle apostlis ? whe- 29
thir alle prophetis ? whether alle tech-
eris ? whether alle vertues ? whether so
alle mend ban grace of heelyngis ? whe-
ther alle speken with langagis ? whether
alle expownen ? But sue 36* the beteresi
goostli 3iftis. And 3it Y schewe to 3ou
a more exellent weye.
CAP. XIII.
If Y speke with tungis of men and i
of aungels, and Y haue not charite, Y
am maad as bras sownynge, or a cymbal
tynkyngef. And if Y haue prophecie, 2
and knowe alle mysteries, and al kun-
nynge, and if Y haue al feith, so that Y
meue hillis fro her place, and Y haue
not charite, Y am nou3t. And if Y de-3
parte alle my goodis in to the metis of
pore men, and yf Y bitake my bodi, so
that Y brenne, and if Y haue not? cha-
rite, it profitith to me no thing. Charite 4
is pacient, it is benygne; charite enuyeth
not, it doith not wickidli h, it is not
blowun, it is not coueytouse, it sekith 5
not tho thingis that ben hise owne, it is
not stirid to wraththe, it thenkith not
yuel, it ioyeth not on wickidnesse, but its
ioieth togidere to treuthe; it suffrith alle?
thingis, it bileueth alle thingis, it hopith
alle thingis, it susteyneth alle thingis.
Charite fallith neuere doun, whether 8
prophecies schuleu be voidid, ethir lan-
gagis schulen ceesse, ethir science schal
be distried. For a parti we knowun, a
and a parti we prophecien ; but whanne 10
that schal come that is parfit, that
c thridde tyme MO. d doctouris x. e grace N. f Om.ox. S Whether G. h alle ben GMPQT. > whe-
ther GX. k alle be G pr. m. ' whether GA. m expownen o. n Om. ox. ° jiftis, as is charite o.
P excellence v. 1 or worthier A. Om. ovx. T hyje weye o. s and of v. t sotheli if I KQr. and I
sothely o. u Om. v. v prophecies o. w knowe v . x Om. ox. y Om. v. z ouer here G.WNOPQT.
a Om. ox. fro o place til anothir y. b for r. c haue not v. d Om. v. e Om. v. f haue not y.
S pacient, or sit/fringe G sec. m. h Om. ox. ' noo v . k blowen v. l Om. x. m Om. A". n his OF.
0 sekith Y. P on AGMNPQST^X. of ov. of noon w. q with v. of XY. r thinges that ben to byleue Q.
s neuere r. * Om. o. u whether GMOPQX. v voide G. w or s. * For v. y Om. v.
Om. B. e we EQeg. Om. i pr. m. f tinglinge u. tynclynge la. g no R. h ether gilefulli K marg.
XIII. io — XIV. 7-
I. CORINTHIANS.
363
10 knowen, and of party we prophesien ; for-
sothe' whanne that schal comek that is
perfyt, that thing that is1 of party, schal
11 be avoydidm. Whanne I was a litil child,
I spak as a litil child, I vndirstood as a
litil child, I thou3te as a litil child ; for-
soth whanne I was maad man", I auoyd-
ide° tho thingis that weren of a litil child.
12 Forsoth we seen now by a myrour in aP
derknesse, thanne forsothe face to face ;
now I knowe of party, 'thanne forsothi I
13 schal knowe, as and I am knowyn. Now
forsothe dwellen feith, hope, and charite,
thes thre ; forsoth1" the mooste8 of thes* is
charite.
CAP. XIV.
1 Sue 30 charite, loue 36 spiritual thingis,
2 more forsoth that 36 prophecie. Sothli
he that spekith in tunge, spekith not to
men, but to God ; forsothu no man heer-
ith. Sothli the spirit spekith mysteries.
3 Forwhi he that prophecieth, spekith to
men, to edificacioun, and monestynge, and
4 comfortynge, 'or solasyngev. He that
spekith in tunge, edifieth him silf; for-
soth he that prophecieth, edyfieth the
5 chirche of God. Forsothe 1 wole '3ou
allew forx to? speke in tungis, vbut morez
'for toa prophecie. Forwhi he that pro-
phecieth, is moreb than he that spekith
inc tungis, 'or langagisA; noe butf per-
auenture he interpreted, 'or declare^, that
cthe chirche take edificacioun. Now for-
soth, britheren, if1 I schalk come to 3ou,
spekynge1 in"1 tungis, what schal In pro-
fyte°, no? but if I schal 1 speke to 3ou
ether1" ins reuelacioun, ethir1 in science",
etherv in prophecie, etherv in techingew?
yNethelees thox thingis that ben with
oute soule, 'or lyfy, 3yuynge voyces,
ether pype, etherz harpe, noa butb theic
thing that is of parti schal be auoidid.
Whanne Y was a litil child, Y spak asu
a litil child, Y vndurstood as a litil child,
Y thoirjte as a litil child; but whanne
Y was maad a man, Y auoidide1 tho
thingis that weren of a litil child. And 12
we seen now bi a myrour in derknesse,
but thanne face to face; now Y knowe
of k parti, but thanne Y schal knowe, as
Y am knowun. And now dwellen1 feith, is
hope, and"1 charite, these thre ; but the
most of these is charite.
CAP. XIV.
Sue 36 charite, loue 36 spiritual thingis, i
but more that 36 prophecien. And he 2
that spekith* in tunge, spekith not to
men, but to God ; for no man herith. But
the spirit spekith mysteries. For he 3
that prophecieth, spekith to men to edi-
ficacioun, and monestyng, and coumfort-
yng. He that spekith in tunge11, edifieth 4
hym silf; but he that prophecieth, edifi-
eth the chirche of God. And Y wole, o
that alle 36 speke in tungis, but more
that 36 prophecie. For he that proplie-
cieth, is more than he that spekith in
langagis ; but perauenture he expoune,
that the chirche take edificacioun. Bute
now, britheren, if Y come to 3ou, and
speke in langagis0, what schal Y profile
to 3ou, but if Y speke to 3ou ethir in
reuelacioun, ethir in science, ethir in
prophecie, ether in techyng ? For tho 7
thingis that ben withouten soule?, and
3yuethti voices, ethir pipe, ether harpe,
but tho 3yuen distinccioun of sqwnyngis,
hou schal it be knowun thaf is sungun,
ether that that is trumpid ? For if as
* to speke in
tunge is to
speke a thing
not vndir-
stonden. no
man heerith ;
that is, vndir-
stondith the
sentence hid
withinne. pro-
fecieth; that
is, openith and
declarith
thingis schewid
to him either
to othere men.
spekith to men ;
that is, to the
profit of men.
Lire here. ve.
' for r. k cum to G pr. m. 1 schall be o. m voidid sx. n a man AGMNOPSTVIVXY. ° voidede sx.
P Om. MP. 1 thanne s. but thanne v. r sothly s. s more AGMNOPQSTWX. l hem G pr.m. MPQT.
u forwhi v. T Om. GMNOPTVX. or counseilynge g. w that alle jee v. x Om. svx. y Om. v. z more
forsothe x. a to s. that 36 rx. b more worthy g. c with ox. d Om. NOV. e Om. x. f but if x.
% declare o. n Om. ox. • Om. x pr.m. Y. k Om. y. l and speke v. ln with o. n it v. ° profite to
jou v. P Om. jr. lOm. v. T other M et P passim, or s. 8 in the K. * or NSX. u the science r.
v or sx. w techyngis g. * thees o. y ether lijf o. Om. x. z or sx. a Om. x. b but if AGMNOPQTX.
c tho v .
i voidide IQ. k a R. l dwelleth Hg. m Om. k pr. m. n tunge, that is, in straunge langage K.
0 tungis k pr. m. P the soule i. i jyuen xa. r that that Ek sec. m.
3 A 2
364
I. CORINTHIANS.
XIV. 8 — 20.
schulend 3yue distinccioune of f sownyngis,
how schal it be kowd K that is songun,
setherb 'that that1 is harpid ? 'And sothlik
if the trumpe 3yue vncerteyn vois, who
aschal make 'him silf redy to bateil? So™
and 'no but" 36° schulenP 3yue an opyn
word by tunge, how schal 'that thati is
seid be knowun ? Sothlir 36 schulen be
utspekynge ins the eiris1, 'so manye as benu
tungis, 'or langagis", inw this world, and
1 1 no thing is withoute voys. Therfore if I
'schal not knowex the vertu of vois, I
schal bey to him, to whom I schal speke,
a barbarz, 'or not vndirstondun* ; and he
12 that spekith, to me 'a barbarb. So and
36, for 36 ben loueris of spiritisc, tod edifi-
cacioun of the chirche seke" that 3ef be
isplenteuous. And therfore he that spekith
in tunge, preie s, that he interprete, 'or
}4expowneh. Forwhi if I preye in tunge,
my spirit preieth ; forsoth » my mynde,
is'or resound, is withoute fruyt. Therfore
what thing is ? I schal preie in spirit, I
schal preie and in mynde, 'or resound; I
schal seie salm in spirit, I schal seye salm
ic in1" mynde, 'or resoun". Forwhi if thou
'schalt blesse0 in spirit, who fulfillith'' the
place of an ydiote, 'or vnlerid mani, how
schal her seie Arnen vpon8 thi' blessing,
17 for he woot not, what thou seist? Forwhi
thou sothli cloist wel gracis, 'or thank-
yngis", but another manv is not edified.
is I do graces"1 to my God, for I speke in
lathe langagis* of alle 3ou ; but in the
chirche I wole speke fyue wordis in my
witt, that and I teche othere men, than
ten thousandis y ofz wordis in tunge8.
20 Britheren, nyle 36 be maad children in
wittis, but in malice 'be 3eb litil ; forsoth
trumpe 3yue an vncerteyn soune, who
schal make hym silf redi to batel? SOQ
but 36 3yuen an opyn word bi tunge,
hou schal that that is seid be knowun ?
For 36 schulen be spekynge in veyn.
There ben many kyndis of langagis in 10
this world, and no thing is with outen
vois. But if Y knowe not the vertu ofn
a vois, Y schal be to hym, to whom Y
schal speke, a barbarik5; and he that
spekith to me, schal be a barbarik. So 12
36, for 36 ben loueris of spiritis, seke 36
that 36 be plenteuouse to edificacioun of
the chirche. And therfor he that spek-ia
ith in langage, preie, that he expowne.
For if Y preye in tunge, my spirit* prei-u* that is, myn
affeccioun is
eth ; myn vndurstondyng is with outen reysid to God.
fruyt. What thanne ? Y schal preye in 15 Lire tiere'
spirit, Y schal preye in mynde ; Y schal
seie salm in spirit, Y schal seie salm
also* in mynde. For if thou blessist in ie
spirit, who fillith" the place of an ydiot,
hou schal he seie Amen on thi bless-
yng, for he woot riot, what thou seist ?
For thou doist wel thankyngis, but an 17
othir man is not edefied. Y thanke my is
God, for Y speke in thev langage of alle
3011 ; but in the chirche Y wolew speke 19
fyue wordis in my wit, that also Y teche
othere men, than ten thousyride* of?
wordis in tunge. Britheren, nyle 3e be 20
maad children in wittis, but in malice
be 36 children; but inz wittis be 36 parfit.
For in the lawe it is writun, Thata in 21
othere tungis and othere lippis Y schal
speke to this puple, and nether so thei
schulen here me, seith the Lord. Ther-22
for langagis ben in to tokene, not to
feithful men, but to men out of the
d Om. v. e discrecioun x. { of vnderstondinge G sec.m. S cunde o. knovven r. h or sx. ' that
at o. k For wlii v. 1 hym N. m Om. o. n but if x. ° and je w. P Om. v. q that at o. r For v.
8 in to N. t eyre G sec.m. eeres K. eiris, or_firmament N. eir v. u As so many kindis of v. » Om. ox.
w ben in r. x knowe not v. y not be o. z barbarik r. a Om. ox. b schal be a barbarik v.
e spiritis, desirynge his gift's Q. spiritis, that is, qfgoostly ^iftis ve. '1 to the GMP. c seke je N. seketh
sx. I Om. N. lie o. 8 preje he x. h Om. NX. ' Om. v. k Om. ox. or vndirslondinge r. ' Om.
NOTX. m also in r. and in x sec.m. n Om. osvx. ° blessist r. P fillith v. q Om. ox. or vnlerned
man vw. r I N. s on vx. t the GMPQT. » Om. x. v Om. os. w thankynges o. x langage srrrv.
tunge Y. y thousande GMPQSTA-. z Om. x. a tunge not vndurstonde o. tunge oonly, with outen de-
clart/nge Q. b beth sir.
8 that is, not vndurstonden K marg. a barbarik, eithir straunge R. i Om. k pr. m. o sec. m. u fulfill-
ith k. v Om. a. w wille to i sec.m. x thousandis iKRehoa. y Om. sk pr. m. z with a. « For
that A pr. m. cab sec. m.
XIV. 2i — 3
I. CORINTHIANS.
365
21 in wittis 'be 3eb perfyt. Sothly0 in the
lawe it is writun, For in othere tungis
and othered lippis I schal speke to this
peple, and nethir so 'it schale heere me,
22seith the Lord. 'And sof langagis ben in
toff tokene, not to feithful men, but to
men out of the feith ; forsoth prophe-
syes nots to men out of feith1', but to
2:1 feithful men. Therfore if al the chirche
come to gidere in to oon, and alle men
speke in tungis', sothli if ydiotesJ entrenk,
'or men out of the feith1, wher thei 'seyn
24 not m, What ben 36 wood"? Forsoth if
alle men prophecien0, forsoth if ony vn-
feithful man or ydiot entre, he is conuict
25 of alle, he is wyseli demed of alleP. For-
soth 1 the hid thingis of his herte ben
knowen, andr so he fallinge8 doun 'in to1
the face, schal11 worschipe God, schewingev
26 verily that God 'in 3ou isw. Therfor,
britheren, what" is? Whanne 36 comen
to gidere, ech of 3ou hath a salm, he hath
techinge, he hath apocalips, ^or reuela-
ciouni, he hath tunge, he hath 'interpret-
yngez, 'or expownynge* ; be alle thingis
27 don to edificacioun. Whethir a man
spekithb in tunge, aftirc tweyned, 'or as
moche threc, and by partisf, that oon iri-
20 terprete %. Forsoth if ther be not an
interpretour, be he stille, "or speke noth,
in' the chirche ; sothli speke he to him
29silf, and to God. Sothlik prophetis tweyne1
or thre seyem, and othere11 wysely0 demeP.
.10 That if ony thingi schalr be schewid to
31 'oon sittinge3, 'the formere be1 stille. For-
soth11 36 mown prophecie alle, byv ech bi
him silf, that alle men lernew, and allex
32moneste. And the spiritis of prophetis
feith ; but prophecies ben not to men
out of the feith, but to feithful men.
Therfor if alle the chirche come togidere 23
in to oon, and alle men speken in tungis,
if idiotis, ether men out of the feith,
entren, whether thei schulen not seie,
What ben 36 woode ? But if alle men 24
prophecien, if ony vnfeithful man or idiot
entre, he is conuyct of alle, he is wiseli
demyd of alle. Forb the hid thingis 25
of hisc herte ben knowun, and so he
schal falle doun on the face, and schal
worschipe God, and schewe verili that
God is in 3ou. What thanne, britheren? 26
Whanne 36 comen togidere, ech of 3011
hath a salm, he hath techyng, he hath
apocalipsd, he hath tunge, he hath ex-
pownyng ; alle thingis bee theif don to
edificacioun. Whether a man spekith in 27
tunge, bi twei= men, ethir thre at the
moste, and bi partis h, that oon inter-
preted But if there be not an inter- 28
pretour, be he stille in the chirche, and *
seith, A worn-
speke he to hym silf and to God. Pro- 2» man is vnder-
. . 1,1 • -Hi stonden, the
phetis tweine orK thre seie, and1 otnere™ softnesse or vn-
wiseli deme. But if ony thing fcw»££^3£'
schewid to a sittere, the formere be f fie^he- E('he
forsoth man
stille. For 36 moun 'prophecie alle", ech 31 that is vnstabie
in mynde, and
bi hym silf, that0 alle men lerne, and siowe in bileue
, . , • • , • f and corrupt in
moneste. And the spiritis of pro- 32 werkis, and 3if
phetis ben suget to prophetis; for
God is not of discencioun, but of pees ; he u ™dir-
stonuen a wom-
as ini alle chirchis of hooli men 'Y man; therfore
... he is not noum-
techer. *Wymmen in chirchis be stille ; 34 i>rid with
for it is not suffrid to hem to speke, ST
but to be suget, as the lawe seith. But 35 ^£
if thei wolen ony thing lerne, 'at home8 P°ule «? bid(le
silence in the
axe thei her hosebondis'; for it is foule chirche. «.
*> beth sx. c For v. d in other wx. e thei scliulen v. f Therfore v. K Om. x. e ben not grr. h the
feith AGMNOPQSTrivxY. > tungis oonli Q. 1 ydols K. k Om. v. ' Om. o. either men out of the feith
entren v. m schulen not seie v. n voyde o. ° prophecieden w. P alle culpable Q. <1 For v. r Om. o.
3 schal falle v. * on v. u and schal r. " and schewe v. w is in jou GMQTC. x in what w. y Om. ox.
z expownyng o. a Om. nox. b speke x. c be this don bi r. d two GMPSTX. two togidere Q. twey
men v. e or as michel thre AGOPQTWY. or as moche after thre Q. either thre at the mooste v. f partis
spckynge in the chirche Q. alle partis v pr. m. g interprete, or declare to the pepul Q. h Om. ox. or
speke he not r, > that spekith in Q. k Om. y, 1 two GMPQSTX. m sey thei G sec. m. seith T. n other
men G sec. m. ° wyse T. P deme what thei seyn Q. 1 thing of horde Q. r Om. r. s a sittere y.
1 be the former GMPQT. u For r. v Om. OQT. w lere sx. x alle men Q.
b But A. c Om. R pr. m. d that is, reuelacioun K marg. e Om. e. f Om. Ab pr. m. S two i pass.
h parties IK. ' be it doon K marg. k ether ca. ' Om. k pr. m. m another k. n alle profecie K.
0 and k pr. m. P alle men K sec.m. 1 I teche in H. r Om. R. s Om. R. * husbondis at hoome R.
366
I. CORINTHIANS.
XIV. 33 — XV. 6.
33 ben sugetis? to prophetisz; sothli a God
is not of dissencioun, but of pees ; asb
andc in alle chirchis of hooly men I teched.
34 Wymmen in chirchis be stille ; sothli e
it is not suffrid to hem forf to speke, but
35 forf to be suget, as the la we seith. For-
soth? if thei wolen ony thing lerne, at
horn axe thei her hosebondish ; forsoth' it
is foul thingk to1 worn man form to speke
36 in chirche11. Whether of 3ou the word of
God cam forth, or to 3011 aloone it cam ?
37 If ony man is seyn for0 to be a prophete,
'or spiritual P, knowe he thoi thingis that
I wryte to 3ou, for their ben the co-
38 maundementis of the Lord. Forsothe if
ony man vnknowith, he schal be vn-
39 knowen. 'And so8, bretheren, loue 36 for1
to prophecie, and nyle 30 forbede foru to
40 speke in tungisv. Forsoth be alle thingisw
don honestlix, and vp? ordre inz 3oua.
CAP. XV.
1 Sotheli, britheren, I make the gospel
knowun to 3ou, 'the whichb I haue prech-
id to 3ou, thec which and 36 han takun, in
2 which andd 36 stonden, by which and 30
bene saued ; by which resoun I haue
prechid to 3ou, if 30 hoolden, if 36 han not
sbileuyd ydeli. Forsoth f I bitook to 3ou
in the firste that thing 'that and? I tookh;
for' Crist wask deed for oure synnes, vp1
4 the scriptures; and for"1 he was biried, and
for1" he roos ajen in" the thridde day, vp°
5 the? scripturis ; and fori he was seyn to
Cephas, *that is, PetreT, and aftir 'this
o thing3 to enleuene ; aftirward' he was
seyn to mo than fyue huridrid britheren
to gidere, of the" whiche manye dwellen
thing to a womman to speke in chirche".
Whether 'of 3ouv the word of God cam 36
forth w, or to* 3ou aloone it cam? If 37
ony man is seyn to be a prophete, or
spiritual, knowe he tho thingis^ that Y
write to 3ou, for tho ben the comaunde-
mentis of the Lord. And if ony man 38
vnknowith, he schal be vnknowun.
'Therfor, britheren2, loue 36 to prophe-39
cie, arid nyle 36 forbede to speke in
tungis. But be alle thingis don onestli,40
and bi due ordre in 3ou.
CAP. XV.
'Sotheli, britheren*, Y make the gospel i
knowun to 3ou, which Y haue prechid to
3ou,theb which also 36 han takun, in which
3e stonden, alsoc bi whichd 30 schulen be 2
sauyd ; 'bi which resoun Ye haue prech-
id to 3ou, iff 36 holder^, 'if 36 han not
bileuyd idelih. For Y bitook to 3011 at 3
the bigynnyng that thing which also Y
haue resseyued ; that Crist was deed for
oure synnes, bi the' scripturis; and that 4
he was biried, and that he roos 33611 in
the thridde dai, after scripturis; and that 5
he was seyn to Cephas, and aftir these
thingis to enleuene; aftirwardk he was e
seyn1 to mo than fyue hundrid britheren
togidere, of whiche manye lyuen 3it, but
y soget y. z prophetis, eche mehely lernynge of other and comynyng with other Q. a forwhi y.
b and as WXY. c Om. AG pr.m. NTWXY. d preche GMPQT. e for y. { Om. sx. B For y pr.m.
h hosebondis,yet//i/*w/ in the Lord Q. i for y. k Om. o. ' to a AMNOpQSTyxY. a G. m Om. s. n the
chirche GMNPQT. ° Om. x. P Om. sx. 1 the o. r tho y. s Therfore y. * Om. sx. v Om. NSX.
v tungis, myche more for[be~]de y not prophetis Q. w thing N. * honestly with pees g. y after g. bi
due y. z among o. a jou bifore seyde g. b which y. that x. c Om. x. d Om. K. e schulen be r.
f For y. K which also y. h bytoke, of the Holy Cost myth outen feynynge g. i that y. k is x.
1 after Gwpgr. bi y. m that y. n Om. OT. ° after GMOPQT. bi F. P Om. MPQ. Q that r. r Om.
KOX. s these thinges Nyx. * and afterwarde o. u Om. K.
« the chirche xbg sec. m. ko/3. ' Om. i. w forth of jou i. * of k. y Om. R pr. m. * Om. i.
a Britheren EKMQRUxabeghkoa£. Bretheren sothli i sec.m. b Om. Eiga. <: and also a. Om. R. d which
also H. e bi resoun of whiche saluacioun thouj I i. f but i. S holden it i. h 36 han bileeued
in veyn i. ' Om, i. k after K. 1 yseyn a.
XV. 7—23-
I. CORINTHIANS.
367
'til to }itw, forsothe summex han slepte,
•for dyede? ; aftirward he was seyn to
s James, aftirward to alle apostlisz. For-
soth at the laste of alle, he was seyn anda
9 to me, as to a mysborn child. Forsothb I
am the leeste of apostlis, that am not
worthi forc to be clepid apostle, for I
lopursuede the chirche of God. Forsothe
by the grace of God, I am that thing that
1 am ; and his grace was not voyde, 'or
ydelA, in me. But I trauelide more plen-
teuously than alle thei ; forsoth not I, but
H the grace of God with me. Sothli whe-
ther I, whether thei, so we han prechid,
12 and so 3ee han bileuyd. Forsoth if Crist
is prechid, that he roos a3en fro deed
spiritis1, hous 'summe seynh 'in 3011', fork
the1 ajen rysinge of deed men is not ?
is Forsoth if the™ a3en rysinge of deed men
H is not, nether Crist roos". Sothli if Crist
roos not, oure prechinge is veyn, oure
is feith is veyn. Forsoth and we0 ben found
fals witnessis of God, for we han seyd
witnessynge a3ens God, that he reyside
Crist, whom he reiside not, if deed men
lerysen not a3en. Forwhy if deede men
rysen not a3en, nether Crist roosP ajen ;
17 that if Crist roos not a3en, oure feith is
veyn 1 ; forsoth r 3it 36 ben in 3oure
iBsynnes5. Therefore and85 thei that slep-
tene, 'or dyedenu, in Cristv, 'han perischidw.
19 If in this lyf oonly we ben hopinge in
Crist, we ben more wrecchis than alle
20 men. Now forsoth Crist roos a3en, \fro
deede men*, the firste fruytis of slepyngey
21 men, 'or deyinge*; for sothli 'bye a man
deetha, and bye a manb 33611 rysinge of
22 deed menc. And as in Adam alle men
deyend, so ande in Crist alle men schulen
23 be quykenyd. Ech man forsothe in his
ordref ; first fruytisK, Crist1", aftirward thei
w to nowe o. to jit feithful in that byleue Q.
2 the apostlis GMPT. a Om. G pr. m. MNPQT.
summe ben deed ; aftirward he was seyn
to James, and aftirward to alle the™ 7
apostlis. And last of alle he was seyn 8
also to me, as to a deed" borun child.
For Y am the leste of apostlis0, that am 9
not worthi to be clepid apostle, for Y
pursuede the chirche of God. But bi 10
the grace of God Y am that thing that
Y am; and his grace was? not voide in
me. For Y trauelide more plenteuously
than alle thei ; but not Y, but the grace
of God with me. But whether Y, orn
thei, so we han prechid, and so 301 han
bileuyd. And if Crist is prechid, that 12
he roos a3en fro deeth, hou seien sum-
men among 3ou, that the a3enrisyng of
deed men is not ? And if the a3enrisyng 13
of deed men is not, nethir Crist roos a3en
fro deeth. And if Crist roos not, oure 14
preching is veyn, oure feith is veyn. And 15
we ben foundun false witnessis of God,
for we han seid witnessyng a3ens God,
that he reiside Crist, whom he reiside
not, if deed men risen not a3en. For- 16
whi if deed men risen not a3en, nether
Crist roos a3en ; and if Crist roos not 17
a3en, oure feith is veyn; and 3it 36 ben
in 3oure synnes. And thanne thei that is
han diede in Crist, han perischid. If in 19
this life oneli we ben hoping in Crist,
we ben more wretchis than alle men.
But now Crist roosr a3en fro deth, the 20
firste fruit of deed men ; for deeth teas bi 21
a man, and bi a man iss a3enrisyng fro
deth. And as in Adam alle men dien,22
so in Crist alle men schulen be quyk-
enyd. But ech man in his ordre; the 23
firste fruit, Crist, afterward thei that ben
of Crist, that bileueden in the comyng
of Crist; aftirward an ende, whanne he 24
schal bitake the kyngdom to God and to
* summe nitnessis in the same byleue Q. y Om. x.
b For v. c Om. sx. & Om. ox. « we o.
{ Om. x. 8 Om. o. h sayn summe GMPQT. seien in 3011 summen K. ' Om. y. k that or. l Om. sx.
m Om. s. n roos ajen v. o Om. o. P roos not w. q voyde o. T for v. s synnys, not tromynge
his vprisynge o. s» Om. v. * dyeden o. u Om. NOX. " Crist, that is, in his feith o. w perish-
eden x. " Om. x. J dying o. z Om. ox. a deth was bi a man r. b ma'n is r. c Om. .v.
d dieden N. e Om. K. t ordre, or dignyte o. g fruyt is K. frujtis of men skpingt, or diynge K.
h Crist, for he rvorthely hath thejlrsle and moost dignite Q.
m Om. b. n ether mysborn K marg.
k pr. m.
0 the apostlis a. P is IQ. 1 we B. r hath risen i. s Om.
368
I. CORINTHIANS.
XV. 24—37.
that ben of Crist, that bileueden in1 thek
24 comynge ' of Crist 1 ; aftirward an ende,
whanne he schal bitake the kyngdom to
God and to the fadir, whanne he schal
auoydem al princehede, and power, and
25vertu. Sothli it bihoueth him for" to
regne, til he putte alle his enemyes vn-
aedir his feet. Forsoth at the laste, the0
enemy deeth schal be distroyed ; forsoth?
he hath maad suget alle thingis vndir
27 his feet. Forsoth whanne he seith, alle
thingis ben sugetisi to him, withouten
doute out taken him that sugettide alle
28 thingis to him. Sothli whanne alle thingis
schulen be sugef to hym, thanne he* the
sonef schal be suget to hym, that sugettide
alle thingis to him, that God be alle
2» thingis in alle thingis. Ellis what schulen
thei don, that ben baptysid for deede
men", if in al manere deede men rysen
so not a3env? Wherto and we ben in perel
si euery hour ? Ech day I deiew for 3oure
glorie, britheren, thex which glorie>' I haue
32 in 'Crist Jhesu oure Lordz. If vpa man
I haue fou3te to beestis1' at Epheci, what
'profitith itc to me, if deede men rysen not
ajen ? Ete'1 we, and drynke we, 'to mor-
sswee forsothf we schulen deyee. Nyle je
be disseyuedh; forsoth' yuele spechisk co-
rumpen, 'or distroyen}, goode thewis, 'or
•A* verities m. Awake" 36, iuste men0, and
nyle 3eP synne ; forsothe sunimei ban ig-
noraunce of Godr, to reuerence I speke
35 to 3ous. But 'summan seith1, How schu-
len deede men ryse a3en, or in what
36 maner body schulen thei come ? Vnwyse"
man, that thing thatv thou sowist, is not
svquykenyd, now butx it deie first; and that
thing} that thou sowist, not the body that
the fadir, whanne he schal auoide al1
princehod, and power, and vertu. But 25
it bihoueth hym to regne, til he putte
alle hise enemyes vndur hise feet. And" 26
at the laste, deth the eriemye schal be
distried; forv he hath maad suget alle
thingis vndur hise feet. Andw whanne 27
he seith, alle thingis ben suget to hym,
with outen doubt outakun hym that suget-
ide alle thingis to hym. And" whanne 28
alle thingis ben^ sugetz to hym, thanne the
sorie hym silf schal be suget* to hym, that
made valle thingis suget b to hym, that
God be alle thingis in alle thingis. Ellis 29
what schulen thei do, that ben baptisid
for deed* men, if in no wise0 deed men * that is, for
deedly synnes,
risen 33611 ? wherto ben thei baptisid that ten deede
for hem? And wherto ben we in perel so which"' tobe
euery our? Echd dai Y dief for souresi ;vaachenawey'
baptim is res-
fflorie. britherene, whichf glorie Y haue eeyued. Ltre
here. ve.
in Crist Jhesu oure Lord. If aftir man 32 1 that is> sette
Y haue fointen to beestis at Efesi, what «>e forth to the
perds of deth,
profiti th it to me, if deed men risen not for joure glorie.
and for glorie
33611 1 Jiite we, and drynke we, tor we to he gete in
schulen die to morewe. Nyle 36 be dis-33^.
seyued ; for yuel spechis distrien good JJt£
thewis?. Awake 36, iuste men, and nyle 34 slnrie- The
* Close here. re.
36 do synne ; for summen han ignoraunce
of God, but to reuerencet Y speke to 3ou. + that is> K>
T jonre scliame.
But summan seith, Hou schulen deed 35 Lire here. ve.
men rise a3en, or in what maner bodi
schulen thei come? Vnwise man, that.™
thing that thou sowist, is not quykened,
but it die first ; and that thing that thou 37
sowist, 'thou sowist^ not the bodi that is
to cotne1', but a nakid corn, asllh of whete,
or of sum me othere seedis; and God^n
3yueth to it a bodi, as he wole, and to
ech of seedis a propir bodi. Not ech;w
' into Q. k his Q. l Om. Q. m voiden x. n Om. sx. ° Om. x. P for r. 1 suget jnnxr. sogetid s.
r sugetted o. s Om. r. * sone himself v. u thingis r. v ajen ? wherto and [also r] ben thei baptised
for hem ? xr. w dye, or am in perel of deth Q. * Om. v. y Om. sx. z oure Lord Jh. Xt. A".
a vp aftir N. aftir v. b beest o. beestis, or ayin beestis Q. c profet is it o. d %if it be so, ete v.
e Om. r. ( forsothe, or hastily Q. for r. g dije to morewe r. h disceyued lyfals lechinge g. ' for
whi v. k spechis, or false doclryne Q. 1 Om. ox. m qfverlues K. Om. OA'. n Wake sx. ° Om. x.
P ;e do r. 1 summen v. r God, not bileuytige that Crist ros g. s jou, that je schame to consente to
hem thai byleuen not g. * sum men seyen o. u O! vnwise x. v at o. w not G pr. m. Oni. x. * but
if x. y Om. N.
t the b. u Forsothe k. v forsothe k pr.m. w Forsothe k. » Sotheli k. y schulen be k. z sugettid R.
a sugettid B. b suget alle thingis IQ. c wey I. d And britheren, ech k pr. m. e Om. k pr. m. f the
\vhiche i. S thingis k. SS Om. A pr. m. h come thou sowist not A pr. m. hh Qm. k.
XV. 3 8— Si.
I. CORINTHIANS.
369
is to come thou sowist, but a nakid corn,
seas of whete, or of sum ofz thea othirb; for-
sothe God ^yueth to it a body as he wole,
and to ech of seedis thec propre body.
so Not ech fleisch thed same fleisch6, but'for-
sothe anothirf ofs men, anothir sothli of h
beestis, anothir forsothe of* briddis, an-
4oothirk of fischis. And heuenly bodyes1,
and ertheli bodyes"1 ; but forsothe anothir
glorie ofn heuenli bodies, anothir forsoth
41 of0 ertheliP. Anothir clerenesse of"i the
sunne, anothir clerenesse ofr the mone,
and8 anothir clerenesse of1 the" sterris ;
forsothe a sterre diuersith fro a sterre
42 in clerenesse. So and thev a3en rysinge
of w deede men. It is sowun in corup-
43cioun, it schal ryse in vncorupcioun ; it is
sowun in vnnobley, it schal ryse in glorie;
it is sowun in infirmyte, it schal ryse in
44 vertu ; it is sowun a beestly body, it schal
ryse a spiritual body. If there is a beestly
body, ther is andx a spiritual body ; as it
45 is writun, The firste man Adam is? maad
in to a soule lyuynge, thez laste Adam in
46 to a spirit quykenynge. But not first
that3 thatb is spiritual, but that thatc is
beestlich, aftirward that thatc is spiritual.
47 The firste mand of erthe, erthelie; the se-
4scunde manf of heuene, heuenli^. What1'
maner the ertheli man', suchJ thek ertheli
men ; and what maner the heuenli man1,
49 such the™ heuenli men. Therfore as we han
born the ymage of the" ertheli man, bere
so we and the ymage of the" heuenly. Bri-
theren, I seye this thing, for? fleisch and
blood mown'' not welde the kyngdom of
God1", nethir corupcioun schal weelde in-
51 corupcioun8. Lo ! I seye to 3ou mysterie',
"or priuyte", of hooly thingis. Forsothe
alle wev schulen ryse a3en, but not alle we
fleisch is the same fleisch, but oon is of
men, another is of beestis, another is
of briddis, an othere of' fischis. And40
'heuenli bodies ben*, and 'ertheli bodies
ben]; but oon glorie is of heuenely
bodies, and anothir is of ertheli. An4i
otherem clerenesse is of the sunne, an-
othere clerenesse is of the moone, and
anothere clerenesse is of stems" ; and a
sterre dyuersith fro a sterre in clere-
nesse. And so the a3enrisyng of deed 42
men. It is sowun in corrupcioun, it
schal rise in vncorrupcioun ; it is sowun 43
in vnnoblei, it schal rise0 in glorie ; it is
sowun in infirmyte, it schal rise P in
vertu ; it is sowun ai beestly bodi, it 44
schal rise1" as spiritual bodi. If ther is
a beestli bodi, ther is also a spiritual
bodi; as it is writun, The firste man 45
Adam was maad in to a soule lyuynge, t that is, men
• J o ' jouen to nescn-
the laste Adam in to a spirit quyken- lyimtis,
. uices and de-
ynge. But the firste is not that that1 is46Hces. urehere
spiritual, but that that is beestlich, aftir- here. ve.'
ward that that is spiritual. The firste 47 ^^ffhat
man of erthe is ertheii ; the secounde man jf> w.frkis of the
flescn, as ben
of heuerie is heuerielichu. Such as the48the wombe and
, . . , , leccherie. The
ertheli man is, such ben the ertheli men; close here, ™-
and such as the heueneli man is, suche
ben .also the. heueneli men. Therfor
we han bore the ymage of the ertheli stondenthe
cornpcioun of
man, bere we also the ymage of the flesch and of
i_ i-v T> -it. ir • ii_- ii • blood; this cor-
heuenli . Britheren, Y seie this thing, 50 rupcioun sch
that fleischf and blond moun not welde
the kyngdom of God, nethir corrupcioun '"" the s"h'
schal welde vncorrupcioun. Lo! Y seie si flesch schal be
. . A i there vncor-
to 5ou priuyte of hooh thingis. And alle mptiUe. The
ii- i Close here, re-
we schulen rise a3en, but not alle we he
schulen be chaungidi; in a moment, inw52<3"*- ^
0 . J to the state
the twynklyng of an 136, in the laste of glorie. L\re
. , and the Close
trumpe ; tor the trumpe schal sowrie, and here. ve.
z Om. v. a Om. v. b othere sedis NFIV sec. m. c a o. d is the T sec. m. v, e Om. s pr. m.
{ oone T. « is of TV. h is of v. i is of Vf k an other forsothe GMPQSTX. l bodies ben v. m bodies
ben v. n ;s of r_ o is of v. p erthly bodyes or. 1 is of v. r is of v. s Om. GMNOPQT. t is of r.
n Om. A sec. m. GMPSTVWXY. v Om. r pr. m. w fro GT. x Om. K. r was v. *• and the MP. » was
that body o. b Om. a. at o pr. m. « at o pr. m. d man, or body Q. e is eerthly r. t man, or spirit Q.
e is heuenlich r. h That what w. > man is r. i suche ben r. k and the K. and s. 1 man is r.
m and the N. ben also the v. "> Om. N. ° Om. KY. P that v. q may o. r God, to a flelschely
kede be purgid o. s vncorrupcioun v passim. t priuite o. " Om. oj:. v Om. G pr.m. we, bolhe
good and yuel o.
' is of Eiak. k ther ben heuenli bodies i. ' ther ben ertheli bodies i. m And another ab. n the
sterris A pr. m. Eh pr. m. k/3. ° arise H. P arise R. 4 in a k. r arise R. s in a k pr. m. ' Om.
k pr. m. " heueneli flk. v heuenly man la sec. m. marg. w of b.
VOL. IV. 3 B
370
I. CORINTHIANS.
XV. 52 — XVI. 6.
saschulen be inchaungidw; in a moment,
inx they smytinge of an y^e, in the laste
trumpe* ; forsoth the trumpe schal synge,
and deede men "that bena 'in Cristb schulen
ryse 33611, 'the firstec incorupt, and we
53 schulen be inchaungidd. Forsoth8 it by-
houeth this coruptible thiugf clothes in-
corupcioun, and this deedly thing forh to
54 clothe1 vndeedlynesse. Forsothe whanne
this deedly thing schal clothe vndeedly-
nesse, thanne schal be maadk the word
that is writun, Deeth1 is sopunm vp in
55 victorie". Deeth, wher is thi victorie ?
so Deeth, wher is thi pricke ? Forsoth the0
pricke of deeth is synne ; forsoth the?
57vertu of synne is lawe. Forsoth thank-
ingis toi God, that jaf to vs victorie by
cure Lord Jhesu Crist, 'that was deedr
ss' for vss. 'And so', my dereworthe bri-
thereri, 'be jeu stidefast and vnmouable,
beynge plentenous in work of the Lord,
euermore witynge that 3ourev trauel is
not ydel in the Lord.
CAP. XVI.
i Forsothe of the collectis, orw gader-
ingis* of moneye, that ben maad in to
seyntis, as Y ordeyned in the chirchis? of
aGalathi, so and do je by oonz of the
woke. Ech of 3011 kepe, or* leye vp, at
hym silf, kepinge that thatb 'schal plesec
to him, that not whanne I schal come,
3 thanne be maad collectis d. Forsothe
whanne I schal be present, whom e 30
schulen proue bi epistlis, hem I schal
sende forf to perfytly bere 3oure grace in
4 to Jerusalem. For* if it schal be worthi
that and I go, thei schulen goh with me.
5 Sothli I schal come to 3ou, whanne I schal
passe by Macedonye ; forwhi I schal passe
6 by Macedonye. Sothli' perauenture I
"he'iawe in
deed men schulen rise a3en, with oute
corrupcioun, and we schulen be chaung-
id. For it byhoueth this corruptible 53
thing to clothe vncorrupcioun, and this
deedli thing to putte awei vndeedlinesse.
But whanne this deedli thing schal 54
clothe vndeedlynesse, thanne schal the
word be doon, that is writun, Deth is
sopun vp in victorie. Deth, where isss
thi victorie ? Deth, where is thi pricke ?
But the pricke of deth is synne ; and sc,
the vertuf of synne is the lawe. But 57 f that is, en-
do we thankyngis to God, that 3af to %££*£
vs victorie bi oure Lord Jhesu Crist, whanne the
lawe was ;oueu,
Therfore, my dereworthe britheren, be 5S fleschu coueitise
3e stidefast, and vnmouable, beynge plen- and trespassing
teuouse in werk of the Lord, euere more
witynge that 3ourex trauel is not idel in
the Lord. synne, no but
the Holy Gost
sprede abrood
charite. The
Close here, re-
herslnge Aits-
lyn. ve.
CAP. XVI.
But of the gaderyngis>" of money that i
ben maad in to seyntis, as Y ordeynede2
in the chirchis of Galathie, so also do 30
o dai of the wouke. Ech of 3ou kepe 2
at" hym silf, kepynge that that plesith
to him, that whanne Y come, the gader-
yngis* benb not maad. And whanne Ys
schal be present, whiche men 36 preuen,
Y schal sende hem bi epistlis to bere
3oure grace in to Jerusalem. That if4
itc be worthi that also Y go, thei schulen
go with me. But Y schal come to 3ou,5
whanne Y schal passe bi Macedonye ;
for whi Y schal passe bi Macedonye.
But perauenture Y schal dwelle at 3ou,6
or also dwelle the wynter, that andd 30
w chaungid v. * and N. y a o. z of trumpe G pr.m. trump, alle men shulen rise Q. a Om.
G pr. m. v. b Om. v. c Om. NT. d chaungid v. e For v, t thyng, or body Q. e for to clothe vw.
to clothin x. h Om. sx. > vnclothe v. k made, or fulfillid Q. 1 Deth, of body Q. m soupid GMPQT.
n victorie, that is, in general resurrection Q. ° Om. o. P Om. MOQVW. 1 rve omen to Q. r Om. sv.
8 Om. v. * Therfore v. u beth x. v oure G pr. m. MPQT. w or of the N. Om. x. * gederynge o.
Om. x. y chirche o. z oon day G sec. m. Q. oo day r. a and x. b at o. Om. w. c plesith y.
d gederynges o. e whiche men v. f Om. sx. 8 That v. h Om. G pr. m. ' But r.
* oure k. y gaderinge k pr. m. z haue ordeyned nho/3.
c I Q. d Om. A sec. m. CEIKQRUXD pr.m. cghkoa/3.
anentis i. a gadryng K. b be R
XVI. 7
I. CORINTHIANS.
371
schal dwelle at 3011, or also dwelle by
wyntir, that and 36 lede me whidir euere
7 1 schal go. Sothli I wole not now se 3011
in passynge, forsolhek I hope 'sum what1
of tyme for"1 to dwelle at 3011, if God"
s schal suffre. Forsoth I schal dwelle at
9 Effecy, til to0 Witsuntide. SothliP a greet
dore and euident, 'or opyn^, is openydr to
10 me, and manye aduersaries s. Sothli if
Tymothe schal corne, se 36 that he' be
withoute drede atu 3011, for he worchith
11 the work of the Lord, as and I. Therfore
no man dispise him ; forsothv lede 36 himw
in pees, that he come to me ; forsoth* I
i2abyde hym with britheren. Forsoth, bri-
theren, I make knowun to 3011 of Apollo,
for? I preiede hym moehe, that he schulde
come to 3011, with britheren. And sothli
it was not his wille, 'that he schulde z
come now; forsoth3 he schal come, whanne
is it schal be ableb to hymc. Waked 36, and
'stonde 3ee in thef feith ; do 30 manly, and
u'be 36? coumfortid in the Lord, and be alle
is3oure thingis don in charite. Forsothe,
britheren, I beseche 3ou, 36 han'1 knowen
the hous of Stheuene, the1 womman*, and
of Fortunati, and Acaye1, for thei ben the
firste fruytis of Acaye, and in to mynys-
teriem of seyntis thei han ordeyned hem
ifisilf ; that and 30 be sugettis to such, and
to ech worchinge to gidere and trauelinge.
17 Forsothe I enioyen in the presence of
Stheuene, ^tke womman", and of Fortu-
nate, and AcayeP; for thei fulfilliden0' that
is thing that faylide to 3ou ; forsothr thei
han 'fulfillid and" my spirit and 3oure.
Therfore knowe 36 hem, that ben suche
lomaner men*. Alle the* chirehis" of Asye
greeten 3ou wel. Aquyla and Priscav
greeten 3ou moche in the Lord, at 'the
whichew and1 I am herborid, 'with her
20 homely chirche?. Alle britheren greeten
lede me whidir euere Y schal go. And 7
Y wole not now se 3ou in my passyng,
for Y hope to dwelle with 3011 awhile,
if the Lord schal suffre. But Y schal s
dwelle at Efesi, 'til toe Witsuntide. For 9
a grete dore and an opyn is openyd to
me, and many aduersaries. And if Thi- 10
mothe come, se 36 that he be with out
drede with 3011, for he worcheth the
werk of the Lord, as Y. Therfor noil
man dispise hym ; but lede 3ef hym forth
in pees, that he come to me; for Y abide
hym with britheren. But, britheren, Y 12
make knowun to 3ou of Apollo, that Y
preiede him myche, that he schulde come
to 3ou, with britheren. But it was not
his wille to come now; but he schal
come, whanne he schal haue leiser.
Walke 36, and stonde 36 in the feith ; 13
do 36 manli, and be 36 coumfortid in the
Lord, and be alle 3oure thingis don in u
charite. And, britheren, Y biseche 3ou, is
36 knowen the hous of StephanS, and of
Fortunati, and Acaicy, for thei ben the
firste fruytis of Acaie, and in to myn-
ystrie of seyntis thei han ordeyned hem
silf ; that also 36 be sugetis to suche, and 16
to ech worchynge togidere and trauel-
ynge. For Y haue ioie in the presence of 17
Stephan, and of1' Fortunate, and Acaici ;
for thei filliden that thing that failide is
to 3ou ; for thei han refreischid bothe
my spirit and 3oure. Therfor knowe 36
hem, that ben suche maner men. Alle 19
the chirchis of Asie greten 3ou wel.
Aquila and Prisca, with her homeli
chirche, greten 3ou myche in the Lord,
at the whiche also Y am herborid. Alle 20
bretheren greten 3ou wel. Grete 30 wel
togidere in hooli cos. My gretyng bi2i
Poulis hoond. If ony man loueth not 22
cure Lord Jhesu Crist, be he cursid,
k for v. 1 in sumwhat K pr.m. bi sumwhat v. m Ona. ax. n the Lord v. ° Om. x. P For whi v.
1 or opyn, or the herte of many hereris o. Om. x. r Om. o. open x. 9 aduersarie Q. * 36 v. u amongis o.
v but r. w him forth v. * For r. J that v. * for to v. a but r. b voide G sec. m. Q. c hym, or not
anaile Q. d Walke r. e stondith x. f Om. MPQ. S be r. ben x. •> Om. v. i a w. Om. x. k Om. x.
1 Acaici v. n> mysterie QXY. n haue ioie r. ° Om. opr.m. MPQTX. P Acaici v. 1 filleden r. * for v.
" refreschid bothe r. 8 Om. x. * Om. rrxv. u churche N. v Prisca, with her homly chirche r.
w whom GMNPQT. * Om. G pr. m. MPT. y Om. r.
e vnto i. f Om. b. K this Stephan was a tvomman ANCO. Stephan, the tvomman cxe. this rvas a mom-
man Eg. that rvas a tvomman K marg. Stephan mas a niomman k. h Om. A.
3 B 2
372
I. CORINTHIANS.
XVI. a i — 24.
3011 wel. Greetethz 36 wel to gidere in
21 hooly coss3. My greetyngeb by Poulis
22hondc. If ony man loued not oure Lord
Jhesu Crist, be he cursid, Maranatha, "that
23 is, in the corny nge of the Lord*. The
grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with
243ou. My charite be with 3ou alle in Crist
Jhesu oure Lord. Amen.
Here endith the firste pistle to Co-
rinthis, and now bigynneth the prolog to
the secunde1.
Maranatha'. The grace of oure Lord 23
Jhesu Crist be with }ou. My charite 24
be with 3ou alle in Crist Jhesuk oure
Lord. Amen.
Here endith the firste pistle to Co-
rynthies, and bigynneth the prologe on
the secunde pistle to Corinthies1.
2 Grete AGMNOPQSTVWXY. a cosse, shewynge eche to other tokene of hertly loue <j. b gretyiige i*
nirilen,or sente to y>u Q. c hond, that y knome it to be of hym Q. d loueth OF. e Om. G pr. m, MPT. that
is, to the cominge of the Lord G sec. in. { Here endith the first pistle to the Corynthies, and now bi-
gynneth the secounde. A. Here endith thejirst pistil to Corynthis, and bigynneth the prolog on the secunde
pistil. N. Here eendelh thejirst epistil to Corinthies, and bygynneth the prologe of the secound epistel to
the same Corinthies. o. Here endeth the jirste pistle to the Corynthyes, and bygynneth the secounde pistle
to the Corinthies. Q. Here endith the firste pistle to Corinthis, and here bigynneth the prologe up the
secundfto Corinlheis. r. Here eendith the Jirst pistle to Corinthis, and bigynneth the prolog to fore the
epistle of the secunde Corinthis. w. No final rubric in GMPSTXY.
1 Maranatha, that is, in the comyng of the Lord AEI marg. KQ marg. sec.m. xabcegko. Maranatha, that
is, in the day of' doom R. k Om. k. ' From ciaiabhko. Here eendelh the firste pistle to Corinthies ;
se now a prologe on the secunde pistle to Corinthies. K. Here endith the firste pistle to Corynthies, and
bigynneth the prolog on the secunde. QC. Here endith the firste pistle to Corinthes, and here bigynneth a
prologe on the secounde. x. Here eendith the firste Corinthies, and biginneth the prologe on the ij. e.
Here endith the first pistil, and bigynneth the prologe on ij. of Corinthies. g. No final rubric in AEKU.
II. CORINTHIANS.
Prolog to the secunde pistle to Co-
rinthijs*.
AFTIR penaunce donb, a comfortable
pistlec he wrytith to hem fro Troade, by
Tite ; and preisynge hem he counceilith
to betre, schewynge hem vysorowkld, but
sothli amendid6.
Ende of the prolog; bigynnynge the
secunde pistle f.
Jeroms prologe on the secounde epistle
to Corinthes*.
AFTERb penaunce doon, Poul writith to
Corynthies a pistle of coumfort fro Tro-
ade, bi Titus ; and he preisith hem, and
excitithc to betere thingis, and schewith,
that thei weren maad sori, but amendid.
Jerom in his prolog on this pistle seith
this*.
The secunde epistle to Corintkijss.
CAP. I.
1 Poul, apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi the
wille of God, and Tymothe, brothir, to
the chirche of God that is at Corinthi,
with alle seyntis that ben in al Acaye,
2 grace to jou, and pees of God cure fadir,
sand of the Lord Jhesu Crist. Blessid be^
God and fadir' of oure Lord Jhesu Crist,
fadir of mercies, and God of al comfort,
4' or solace*, that1 comfortith"1 vs 'in al"
Here bigynneth the secounde pistle to
Corynthies*.
CAP. I.
Poul, apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi thei
wille of God, and Tymothe, brothir, to
the chirche of God that is at Corinthi,
with alle seyntis that ben in al Acaie,
grace to 3ou, and pees of God oure fadir 2
and of the Lord Jhesu Crist. Blessid a
be God and the fadir of oure Lord Jhe-
su Crist, fadir of mercies, and God of al
coumfort, which coumfortith vs in al4
a Prologe s. The prolougus of the ij. Corinthies. Y. No initial rubric in KOVW. No prologue in AG
MPQX. In N of the later version. b ido o. idon v. c epistil svw. d sorewid s. e amend K.
f Here eendith the prologe, and bygynneth the secound epislel to Corinthies. o. Here eendeth the prolog,
and bigynneth the secunde epistle, w. No final rubric in srv. e From MP. No initial rubric in
AGKNOQSTVWXY. h Om. x. ' the fader sr x. k Om. ox. 1 which v. m coumfortide e.
D alle in AT.
a From E. The prolog of the secunde pistil. N. A prolog on the pistle to Corinthies. H. The prologe on
the secunde epistle to the Corinthies. T pr.m. Prologus T sec.m. A prologe on the secounde pistil to [the f]
Coryntkis. uf. No initial rubric in ciKMQXa. b For A. c exciteth hem K. d Here endith the prologe,
and biginnith the pistle. I. Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Jerom in his p. on this epistil siiynge
seitk this sentence. N. Jerom in his p. on this epistle, seith pleynli al this. Q. Heere eendith the prolog, and
bigynneth the ij. pistle to Corinthies. R. This seilh Jerom in his prolog on the ij. pistle. u. Jerom in his
p. on this secounde pistle to Corinthis, seith this. x. Jerom in his prolog seith thus. a. Jerom in his pro-
loge on this pistle. b. Jerom in his p. on this pistle seilh thus. k. No final rubric in BTef. e Poul to
Corinthies. B. Here biginnetk the firste pistil to the ij. Corinthes. a. No initial rubric in the other Mss.
374
II. CORINTHIANS.
I. 5 — 14.
oure tribulacioun, that and we mown
comforte hem, that ben in al pressure0, 'or
ouerleyinge?, by the*! exortaciounr, W
monestynge*, by which and we ben rno-
snestid of God. For as* the passiouns of
Crist ben plenteuous in vs, so and by Crist
e oure coumfort is plenteuous. Forsoth wher
weu ben trowblidv, 'or pursuwedw, for
3oure techingex and helthe, ethiry wez ben
comfortid, for" 3oureb comfort, ethir we
ben monestid, forc 3oure monestinge and
heelthe. Thed which worchith in 3ou the
suffryng of the same passiouns, the6 whiche
7 and we suffren, that oure hope be sadd
for 3ou; witynge for as 36 ben felowis off
passiouns, so 36 schulen be and of comfort.
8 Forsothe^, britherenh, we wolen 'not 3ou
for' to vnwitek of oure tribulacioun, that
is1 don in Asye; for ouer maner we benm
greuyd aboue vertu", 'or my^te0, so that
o it anoyjedeP vs, 3he, fort to lyue. Butr we
silfs in vs1 silf hadden answere" of deeth,
that we be not tristirige in vsv silf"', but
10 in God that reysithx deede men. They
which delyuerede vs, 'and delyuerethz fro
soa greet perelis, in tob whom we hopen,
11 for and 3it he schal delyuere, 'helpynge
andc 3oud in prayere for vs ; that of the
persoones of manye faces of that 3yuynge
that is in 3oue, byf manye parceneris^,
'graces, or thankyngis^, ben don to God
12 for vs'. Forwhi oure glorie is this, the wit-
nessinge of oure conscience, that in sym-
plenesse arid clennesse of God, and not ink
fleischly wysdom, but in the grace of God,
we lyuen1 in this world, forsoth more
isplenteuously to"1 3ou. Sothli we wryten
not othere thingis", than tho that 30 han
rad and knowen, forsoth I hope that til
H to0 the ende 36 schulen knowe, as and 30
oure tribulacioun, that also we moun
coumforte hem, that ben in al diseese, bi
the monestyng bi which also we ben
monestid of God. For as the passiouns 5
of Crist ben plenteuouse in vs, so also bi
Crist oure coumfort is plenteuouse. And e
whether we ben in tribulacioun, for 3oure
tribulacioun and heelthe, ethir we ben
coumfortid, for 3oure coumfort, ethir we
ben monestid, for 3oure monestyng and
heelthe. Which worchith in 3ou the suf-
fring of the same passiouns, whiche 'we
alsob suffren, that oure hope be sad for?
3011 ; witynge for as 36° ben felowis of
passiouns, so 36 schulen ben alsod of
coumfort. For, britheren, we wolen thats
36 wite of oure tribulacioun, that was
don in Asie ; for ouer manere we weren
greued ouer my3t, so that it anoiede vs,
3he, to lyue. But we in vs silf haddeng
answere of deth, that we truste not in
vs, but in God that reisith deed men.
Which delyuerede vs, and delyuerith fro 10
so grete perelis, in to whom we hopen,
also 3itf he schal delyuere, whiles alson
36 helpen in preier for vs; that of the
persones of many faces* of that 3yuyng * that is, of
that is in vs, thankyngis ben don for vs £e
bi many menf to God. For oure glorie 12 "*™d
is this, the witnessyng of oure con- Either of mZny
. ° fads; that is,
science, that in symplenesse and clen- of diuerse me-
/. /~i i i ,* /i>ii' f ritis and diuerse
nesse ot God, and not in rleischh wis- venues. The
dom, but in the grace of God, we lyu- Glo'e here- ve-
hi t ty manye
eden in this world, but more" plenteu- men ; that is,
, • . A j -i ,1 feithful men
oush to 3ou. And we wnten not othere 13 parceners Of
thingis to 3ou, than tho that 36 han red (hatisTauyn e
and knowe, and Y hope that in to the the same 'ifte
of feith which
ende 30 schulen knowe, as also ?e han 14 is in us. The
knowe vs a parti ; for we ben 3oure
glorie, as also 36 ben oure' in the dai of
Close here, ve,
0 pressour M. P Om. ox. 1 Om. o. r monestynge o. s Om. ox. t alle Q. u je Q. T turblid up.
in tribulacioun r. w Om. ox. or ben pursued, it is r. * exciting r. y or x. z Om. GKMOTITXY.
a it is for r. b oure XY. c it is for v. d Om. r. e Om. r. { in o. S For whi r. h brether GT.
i Om. sx. 'k not jou for to vnknovven o. that je wite r. ' was r. m weren r. n myjte o. ° Om.
G pr. in. MOPTX. P anoye G pr. m. noi^idi- sx. <1 Om. sx. r But and x. * oure silf Q. Om. r. vs
self x. * oure GMPQT. u answer, or certeynle Q. v oure GHPQ. w Om. r. * reysed ow. y Om. r.
z Oin. s. a the GQTfrx. Om. s. b Om. G pr. m. c in G pr. m. T. V|J while also [je] helpen v. e us r.
f be MP. with o. gracis, or thankingis, ben don for us bi r. S parteners GMV. men r. h IhankesMPQT.
graces x. *> Om. r. k of SWXY. l lyueden r. m / nr[ie to Q. n thingis to jou r. ° in to NF.
b also we IKK et alii. c we b. d Om. i pr. m.
the more b pr. m. ' oure glorie h.
e mesure a sec. m. marg. f and x. S which k.
I. 15 II. 2.
II. CORINTHIANS.
375
han knowen vs of party; for we ben 3oure
glorie, 'and 36? oure in the day of oure
is Lord Jhesu Crist. And in this trist-
nyngei I wolde firste come to 3011, that 30
i6haddenr the secunde grace8, and 'that I
schulde* 'by 3011 passe" in to Macedonye,
and eftv fro Macedonye 'I schuldew come
to 3ou, and of 3011 be ledd in to Judee.
17 Forsothx whanne I wolde this thing, wher
I vside Ii3tnessey, or tho thingis that I
thenke, Iz thenke aftir the fleisch, that 'at
me be% 'is and not, orb rfie and nayc?
is Forsoth God is trewed, for oure word 'the
which6 was at 3011, 'ther is not in itf i»s
and nayh, but 'in it is isk, ''that is, treuthe1,
)9Sothelim Jhesus Crist, the sone of God,
the" which0 is prechid in? 3ou by vs, by
me, and Syluani, and Tymothe, ther was
not in him isr and nay, but8 'in hym is
20 was*, ^that is, stedefast treuthe^. For-
sothuu how many euere ben biheestis of
God, in himv 'is, that is, ben fulfillid w.
Therefore and by him we seyn amen to
21 God, to oure ioye*. 'The which sothli?
confermeth vs with 3ou in Crist, and the
22 which God anoyntidez vs, and that3 mark-
ideb vs, and 3af 'a wedc, 'or eernes*, of the
23 spirit in oure hertis. Forsoth I inclepe
God witnesse 'in toe my soule, that I
sparinge 3011 cam not ouerf Corinthe ; not
for we ben lordis of 3oure feith, but we
ben helperis of 3oure ioye ; forwhib' thorw
bileue 30 stonden.
CAP. II.
i Forsoth I ordeynedeh this ilke' thing at
me, that I schulde not come eftsoone in
2tok sorwe to 3ou. Sothli1 if I make 3011
oure Lord Jhesu Crist. And in this is
tristyngk Y wolde first come to 3ou, that
36 schulden haue the secounde grace, and i«
passe bi 3ou in to Macedonye, and eft
fro Macedonye come to 3ou, and of 3ou
be led in to Judee. But whanne Y 17
wolde this thing, whether Y vside vn-
stidfastnesse, ether tho thingis that Y
thenke, Y thenke aftir the fleisch, that
at me be1, it is11 and itm is not*? But is
f, , . f ...
God is trewe, for oure word that was at
3ou is and is not, is not ther ynne. but isf
is in it. For whi Jhesus Crist, the sone \<>
of God, which is prechid among ?ou bi
, _r ,
vs, bi me, and Syluan, and Tymothe,
ther was not in hym is and is not, but
*
is was in hym. For whi hou many 20
euer ben biheestis of God, in thilke is,
*that is", benfillid0. AndP therfor and<«
bi hym we seien amen to God, to oure
glorie. Sotheli it is God that conferrn-2i
eth vs with 3ou in Crist, and ther which
Gods anoyntide vs, and which1 markide22
vs, and 3af ernes of the spirit in oure
hertis. For Y clepide" God to witnesse 23
a3ens my soule, that Y sparynge 3011
cam not ouer to Corynthe; not that we
ben lordis of 3oure feith, but we ben
helperis of 3oure ioye ; for thorou3 bileue
36 stonden.
* and it «
iM; that is,
doubiineose and
^.nes8e' Ltre
eitt"risa.nd
not ; that is, a
Iesin8- The
Ghse here. v.
t *««>,- that
is> affermynge
of truthe oonli.
The Gios here.
that is,
Glose' v'
CAP. II.
And Y ordeynede this ilkev thing at i
me, that Y schulde not come eftsoone in
heuynes to 3ou. For if Y make 30U2
P as and 30 ben v. 1 tristinge GTXY. r schulden haue v. s grace, or confermynge Q. l Om. v.
u passe by 3ou v. v after o. w Om. v. * But r. J Ii3tnesse, eithir vnstedfastnesse v. z whether I
G sec. m. R ther be at me Jr. b Om. G pr. m. MPQT. c nay, or doublenesse Q. d treuthe T.
e Om. v. that x. { Om. v. e jea GQT. jhe MNP. h nay is not in it v. k is is in it G sec. m.
it is jhe Q. in it is s. is, that is, treuthe, is in it v. is in it was x. l that is, Irene GT. Om. x. m For
whi v. n Om. vx. ° that x. P among v. 1 by Siluan T. r 303 G. 3he MPQT. s but jhe Q. 4 in
hym was is G sec. m. in hym was Q. is was in hym r. » Om. vx. «« For whi v. ~" thilke N. w is,
(hat is,fuifillid o pr. m. is, that is, thei ben fulfittid in him G sec. m. ben fulfillid N. ben fillid o. is, that
is, in hym ben fulfillide Q. is x. * glorie v. J Sothli it is God that v. z oyntide x. a at o. Om. T.
which v. b maked o. c ernes v. d Om. ovx. e a^ens v. f ouer to v. e for x. h ordeyne T.
1 thilk Q. Om. SXY. k Om. r. 1 For r.
k tristenyng CMQRUXabceghou/3. Mt be a sec. m. N is, that is, treuthe AKCO. m Om. a. n Om. EIK
MQRuaceghk sec. m. oo/3. ° fulfillid c el ceteri, P Om. CMK pr. m. xb. 1 Om. BlKQUacegka. r Om. e.
* Om. Eiceg. * the which h. u clepe i sec. m. KMRUXabchkoa/3. v Om. EKQRabceghkoa/3.
376
II. CORINTHIANS.
n. 3—14.
sori, "or heuym, and" who is he that glad-
dith me, no but he that is sorowful of
3 me? And this same thing I wroot to 3011,
that whanne I schal come, I haue not
sorwe vp° sorwe, xof hemP of ' the whichei
it bihofter me for3 toss ioye. Tristynge' in
3ou alle, foru my ioye is ofv 3011 allew.
4 For whi of moche tribulacioun and an-
gwische of herte I wroot to 3011 by manye
teeris, 'that 36 be not" sori, but that? 36
wite what charite I haue more plenteu-
sously in 3ou. Forsoth if ony man hath
maad me sorwful, he hath not maad mez
sorwful but ina party, that I chargeb, 'or
<idiseesec, not 3ou alle. This blamynge
that is maad of many, sufficith to him,
7 that is such manerd mane; so that a3en-
ward 3ef 3yue£ moreh and' comfortek, lest
perauenture he that is such maner1 man™,
be sopun vp, W dispeire", by more greet
nheuynesse. For which thing I biseche
3ou, that 36 coriferme charite in to him0.
aForsothP therfore and I wroofi, 'that Ir
knowe 3oure asayinge, wher in alle thingis
1036 ben obedyent. Forsoth to whom 36
ban 'ony thing" 3ouens, and I1. Forwhi
and I that" I 3afv, 'if I ony thing 3af w,
haue* 3owwwy for 3ou in the persoone of
1 1 Crist, that we be not disseyued of Sa-
thanasz; sothlia we Vnknowen notb his
I2thou3tisc. Forsoth whanne I hadded
comen to Trowade for the gospel of Crist,
and ae doref was openyds to me in the
is Lord, I hadde not reste toh my spirit, for
that' I fond not my brothir Tite, but I
seyingek to hem far1 wel, passide"1 into
H Macedonye. Therfor" thankingis0 to God,
sori, who is he that gladith me, but he
that is soreuful of me ? And this same 3
thing Y wroot to 3ou, that whanne Y
come, Y haue not sorewe on sorewe,
of w the" whiche it behoftey me to haue
ioie. And Y triste in 3ou alle, that my
ioye is of alle 3ou. For of myche tri-4
bulacioun and angwisch of herte Y
wroot to 3ou by many teeris, not that
36 be soriz, but that 36 wite what charite
Y haue more3 plenteuously in 3ou. Fors
if ony man hath maad me soreuful, he
hath not maad me sorewful* but ab * also that the
parti, that Y charge not 3ou alle.
blamyng that ys maad of manye, suffis-
ith to hym, that is sich oon ; so that 7
a3enward 36 rathir for3yuen and coum-
fort, lest perauenture he that is suche ac
maner man, be sopunf vp bi mored grete
heuynesse. For which thing Y biseche 8
3ou, that 36 conferme charite in to hym.
For whi therfor Y wroot this, that Yo
knowe 3oure preuyng6, whether in alle
thingis 36 ben obedient. For to whom 36 10
ban for3yuen ony thing, also Y haue
for3yue. For Y that that Y for3af, 3if Y
for3af ony thing, haue $ouun* for 3ou in
the persorie of Crist, that we be notn
disseyued \ of Sathanas ; for we knowens j that he make
, . ., .. T-i , i ~*r him for to di-
hise thou3tis. But whanne Y was comun 12 gpeire bi ouer
to Troade for the gospel of Crist, and a myche scha-rP-
dore was opened to me in the Lord, Y
hadde not rest to my spirit, for Y foond
not my brother Tite, but Y seide to hem
farewel, and Y passide in to Macedonye.
And Ydo thankyngis to God, that euere u Glose here- ve
more makith vs to haue victorie in Crist
rp, . sorewe caste
1 HIS 6 doun resoun.
Lire here. ve.
either made not
me oonly soru-
ftil, but ;ou.
The Close here.
v.
f bi dispeir.
Lire here. v.
nesse. ve. hise
is, felnessis, he
makith hem
ouer scharpe,
whiche he mai
m Om. o. n Otn. orx. ° vp on AGMNOPSTWY. on rx. P Om. v. q whom MPQT. r byhofeth o.
bihouede MPT. s Om. sx. ss to haue r. * And I triste v. u Om. s. that v. v Om. s. w Om. s.
alle 3011 v. * not that 30 be v. y at o. z Om. v. a of AGMNOPSTrtrxY. b charge not r. c Om. ox.
d a maner Q. e man, doynge opyn sclaundre with his fadir reyf <j. f Om. N. 6 fo^eue G sec. m.
h Om. A. i Om. G pr. m. OTV. » coumforte to him GMPQT. l a maner GMPQT. m Om. x. n Om. rx.
"bym,forthinkinge the synne Q. P Forwhi r. q wroot this r. r for to o. rr eny thenges o. s foqouen G sec.m.
jouen, orfor$etten o. 'I haue for^euen Q. n that that AGMNPTTX. that at o. T for3aue G sec.m. jaue of
forjeuenes Q. w jif eny thing jouen and I fo^aue G pr. m. }if eny thing G sec. m. if ony thing 3af MT
x pr. m. Om. o. if I 3af eny thing r. * I haue GMQT. 1 forgotten G sec.m. z Satanas, kepinge rvithinne
us eny malice Q. a f<jr r. b knowen r. c thou3tis, hou he ntolde hym to dispeyre Q. d was v. e Om. WY.
f dore, that is, redy hertis Q. s opun o. h in ow. i Om. or. k seide r. ' fareth s. m and I
passide v. i Forsothe I do r. ° doeth thankingis o. be thanckyngis Q.
w for ah. * Om. E. y bihoueth gk. z ether heuye K marg. a Om. BI pr. m. <je pr. m. g. b of
K sec.m. c Om. A pr. m. d Om. g. e preef EiQRceghkoa. ossayng K. * foryoutin xa sec.m. bhk.
S knowen not KH pr. m.
II. is— HI. 9.
II. CORINTHIANS.
377
that euermoreP makith vs to haue victorie
in Crist Jhesu, and schewith byi vs the
is odour1" of his knowynge in ech place; for
we ben the good odour, 'or sauour3, of
Crist to God, in thes that ben niaad saaf,
K; and in thes that perischen. 'To othere
sothli1 odour of deeth in to deeth, to othere
forsoth odour" of lyf into lyf. And to
17 thes thingis whov so able? Sothli"' we
ben not as ful manye, auoutryngex the
word of God, but of? clennesse, butz as of
God, bifore God in Crist 'we spekena.
CAP. III.
1 Bigynne we eftsoone forb to comende,
'or preisec, vsd silf ? or wher we neden, as
summe6, preisynge lettrisf to 3ou, or of
2 3ou ? 3e ben cures pistle1', writun in joure1
hertis, thek which is kowd1 and radd of
:i alle men ; $em maad" opyn, for 30 ben the
pistle0 of Crist mynistridP of vs, and wri-
tun, not withi enke, but byr the spirit of
quyk God ; not in stoony tablis, but in
4 fleischly tablis of herte. Forsoth we han
5 such trist by Crist to God ; not that we
ben sufficient for8 to thenke ony thing of
vs1, as ofu vs, but oure sufficieuce is of
e God. Thev which and made vs able myn-
istris of the newevv testament, not bi let-
tre, but by spirit ; forw the lettre sleith,
7 forsoth the spirit quykeneth. For if the
mynistracioun of deeth defformyd by let-
tris in stoones was in glorie, so that the"
children of Israel my3ten not biholde in
to the face of Moyses, for the .glorie of
his cheere, the? which glorie1 is auoydid",
sbou not more the mynistracioun of spirit
sschal be in glorie? Forwhi if the myn-
istracioun of dampnacioun ish in glorie,
moche more the mynisterie, 'or seruyngec,
of ri3twysnesse is plenteuous in glorie.
Jhesu, and schewith bi vs the odour of
his knowing in ech place; for we ben 15
the good odour of Crist to God, among
these that ben maad saaf, and among
these that perischen. To othere sotheli 10
odour* of deth in to deth, but to othereh
we ben odour of lijf in to lijf. And to
these thingis who is so' able? For we 17
ben not as many, that don auoutrie bi
the word of God, but we speken of clen-
nesse, as of God, bifor God in Crist.
* odour;
that is, of en-
uie and yuel
fame leding in
to deth euer-
lasting. of lijf ;
that is, of loue
and good fame
leedinge into
lijf euerlast-
inge. The Close
here. ve.
CAP. III.
Bigynnen we therfor eftsoone to preise i
vs silf? ork whether we neden, as sum-
men, pistlis1 of preisinge to 3ou, or of
jou? 3e ben'oure pistle"1, writun in oure 2
hertis, which is knowun and red of alle
men, and maad opyn, for 36 ben the 3
pistle11 of Crist mynystrid of vs. and
writun, not with enke, but bi the spirit
of the0 lyuynge God ; not in stony? ta-
blis, but in fleischli tablis of herte. For 4
we han such trist bi Crist to God; not 5 euerealensfoi-
that we ben sufficient to thenke ony
thing of vs, as of vs, but oure sufficients
is of God. Which also made vs able 6 7pir~ii'; that is,
mynystris of the newe testament, not
bi lettre, but bi spirit ; for the lettre
sleethf, but the spirit quykeneth. And?
if the mynystracioun of deth write bi
lettris0- in stoonys was in glorie, so that
ther children of Israel my3ten not bi-
holde in to the face of Moises, for the
glorie of his cheer, which is auoidid, spirit quyken-
, ith ; for he
hou schal not the mynystracioun or the 8 makith to vn-
spirit be more in glorie? For if the 9
mynystracioun of dampnacioun was in
glorie, myche more the mynysterie8 of
•f For whi the
olde testament
jaf knowing of
synne, and vii
not grace. And
so it encreeside
coueitise, bi
occasioun for
mannes malis
beding. And
so it encreeside
synne, that
sleeth. the
the Hooly Gost,
of whom the
newe lawe was
jouen. Lire
here. v. Either
thus, the lettre,
without the
spirit, sleeth,
while it makith
to do synne
witingly, and
encreesith tres-
passing, the
derstonde
goostly, and to
fille that that
lettre comaund-
ide. The Close
rehersinge Aus-
ri3twisnesse is plenteuouse in glorie. For 10 tyn here. ve.
l> euere N. 1 to o. r odour, or sauour N. odour, or swetnes Q. s Om. ox. * Sothli to othere we
ben r. u me ben odour r. v who is Ngr. w For r. * that don auoutrie bi r. y we speken of v.
z Om. r. a Om. v. b Om. sx. c Om. ox. d or G pr.m. oure MPT. e summe men N. summon MQr.
f pistlis y. S joure A. h epistil s. ' oure xr. k Om. v. ' knowen v. m And 3« ben r
n Om. G pr.m. ° epistel osx. P which pistle is mynystrid r. <J of JMOQT. r Om. v. 8 Om. sx.
* vs self GMPQT. « Om. r. v Om. v. VT Om. p. w forsothe Q. " Om. v pr.m. J Om. r. z Om. sx.
a now auoidid s. b was v. c Om. ox.
h the othere A pr.m. K pr. m. be. ' Om. K sec. m. k other a. ! epistlis ER. ether lettris K marg.
m epistle EH. n epistle R. ° Om. iKRbe. P stonen EiKMejHuxabcegkoa/3. 1 lettre iQega. r Om. a.
s ministrucioun R pr. m.
VOL. IV. 3 C
378
II. CORINTHIANS.
III. 10 IV. 4.
loForwhi nether 'that thatd was cleer 'in
this part', 'was glorifiedf for excellent glo-
iirie*; sothlyh if 'that that' is auoydid, isk
bi glorie, moche more 'that that1 dwellith
12 is in glorie. Therfore we hauynge such
is hope, vsen moche trist; and not as Moy-
ses puttidem a veyl on his face, that the
children of Israel schulde not byholde in
to his face, the" which veyl0 is auoydid P.
u But the wittis of hem ben astoneyedi;
sothlir til in to this day the same veyl in
redinge8 of the oolde testament dwellith
'not schewid', for11 in Crist it is auoydid,
io but til in to this day, whanne Moyses is
radd, the veyl is putt vponv her hertis".
icForsoth whanne Israel schal be conuertid
17 to God, the veyl schal be don awey. For-
soth the Lord" is spirit^; forsoth where is'
is the spirit of Goda, there is liberteb. For-
soth alle we with schewid face biholdingec
thed glorie of the Lord, ben transformyd
into the same ymage, fro clerenesse into6
clerenesse, as of the spirit of the Lord.
CAP. IV.
1 Therfore we hauynge this administra-
ciounf, 'or office^, vp which* we han getun
2 mercy, faylen not, but don a wey the pri-
uey thingis of schame, not walkynge in
sutil gyle, nether auoutrynge1 the word of
God, but ink schewinge of treuthe1 co-
mendinge™ vs" silf to ech conscience of
3 men bifore God. For if also oure gospel
is0 keueridP, 'or hidi, in these that pe-
4i'ischen it is keuerid; in whiche the God
of this worldr hath blyndid the soules of
men out of the8 bileue, "or vnfeithful
men33, that the ^tnynge* of the gospel of
the glorie of Crist, that" is the yrnage of
nether that that was cleer was glorified
in this part* for the excellent glorie; * that is, the
•..-., .. , . t •:>•:!„ ,- L'nr olde testament
and if that that is1 auoidid", wasv biw n wa8 not giori-
glorie, myche more that that dwellith ^t'^atTs in
stille is in glorie. Therfor we that han 12 comparison to
the newe testa-
suche hope, vsen myche trist; and riot lament, which is
,. . ., . , . . oure part and
as Moises leide a veil on his race, that eritage. Lire
the children of Israel schulden not bi- here' ve'
holde in to his face, which x veil is
auoidid. But the wittis of hem ben u
astonyed; for in to this dai the same veil
in reding of the olde testament dwellith
not schewid, for^ it is auoididz in Crist,
but in to this dai, whanne Moises is is
red, the veil is put on her hertis. But IB
whanne Israel schal be conuertid to God,
the veil schal be don awei. And the 17
spirit is the Lord ; and where the spirit
of the Lord is, there is fredom. And alle IB
we that with open face seen the glorie
of the Lord, ben transformed in to the
same ymage, fro clerenesse in to clere-
nesse, as of the spirit of the Lord.
CAP. IV.
Therfor a we that han this admyn- 1
ystracioun, aftir this that we han getun
merci, faile we not, but do we aweib the 2
preue thingis of schame, not walkinge in
sutil gile, nether doynge auoutrye bi the
word of God, but in schewynge of the
treuthe comendynge vs silf to ech con-
science of men bifor God. For if also 3
oure gospel is kyueridc, in these that
perischen it is kyuerid; in which Goddf 4
hath blent6 the soulis of vnfeithful men
of this world, that the Ii3tnyng of the
gospel of the glorie of Crist, which is the
ymage of God, schyne not. But we 5
t that is, very
God, maker of
this world.
hath Myndid ;
that is, with
drawe iustly
fro hem the list
of his grace, for
her synne ;
either the deuel
is seid god of
this world, as he
is seid prince of
this world, that
is, of men lyu-
ynge worldly.
Lire here and
the Close, re-
hersing Anstyn.
ve.
d that at o. e in this part, as the chere of Moyses o. was gl. in this part r. f Om. r. K glorie of
the netve testament Q. h forwhi r. ' that at o. k was r. J that at o. m putte sx. " Om. r.
0 veyle, that is, dercnesse of scrlpturis Q, P auoided by grace of Crist Q. 1 stoneid s. r for r. s the
reedynge G. * vnshewid x. u for whi r. v On srx. w hertis that byleuen not o. * spirit v.
y a spirit GMNPQT. the Lord v. ''• Om. v. a the Lord is v. B liberte, or fredom Q. a liberte T.
c seeinge N. d Om. s. e to o. f mynystracioun v. S Om. sx. n this that v. the whiche x.
1 auoutryng, ether dockynge o. doinge auoutrie bi r. k Om. T. ' the treuthe AGMtipQSTViv. m the
comendinge K. n oure GMPQT. ° be MT. P hid s. 1 Om. ox. or couered s. r world, that is, the deuyl,
or pryde C. s Om. MPQTX. sa Om. GMOPQTX. * lifting QSX. a which v.
4 was i sup. ras. b pr. m. u voided K. v is A sec. m. EQC pr. m. go. w of li sec. m. * the whiche i.
y but b. z voidid R. a Herfore IQO. b ether forsake K marg. c kyuered, or hid i. ether hid K marg.
d God of this world, that is, the deuel a. e blendid k.
IV. 5— 16.
II. CORINTHIANS.
379
3 God inuysible", schyne not. Sothli we
prechen not vsw silf, but Jhesu Crist oure
Lord ; forsothe vs* 3oure seruauntis by
e Jhesu. For God, that seide the Iy3t for?
to schyne of derknessis, he hath ynli3tidz
in oure hertis, to the illumynynge3 of theb
science0 of the cleernesse of God, intod
7 the" face of Jhesu Crist. Forsothe we
han this tresourf in brotil vesselis^, that
the hi3nesse be of Goddis vertu, and not
fi of vs. In alle thingis we suffren tribu-
lacioun, but we ben not vmaad streith ;
we ben maad pore, but we ben not di-
iistroyed1; we suffren persecucioun, but we
ben not forsaken ; we ben maad lowe,
but we ben not confoundid ; we ben
10 cast down, but we perischen not; euer-
more beringe aboute the mortifyingek of
Jhesu Crist' in oure body, that and the
lyfm of Jhesu n be schewid in oure bo-
1 1 dies0. Sothli P euermore we that lyuen,
ben takuni in to deeth for Jhesu, that
and the lyf of Jhesu be schewid in oure
I2deedlyr fleisch. Therfore deeth worchith
1:5 in vss, lyf sothli in* 3ou". Forsoth hau-
ynge the same spirit of feith, as itu is
writun, I haue bileued, for which thing
I spak ; and we bileuen, for which thing
14 andv we speken ; witynge forw he that
reiside Jhesu, schal reise and" vs with
Jhesu'', and schal ordeyne vsz with 3oua.
i5Sothlib alle thingis forc 3ou, that grace
beynge pknteuous by manyed in doyrige
of thankingis6 be plenteuous into glorie
IB of God. For which thingf we faylen not?,
but thou3u vthe ilke that' is withouteforth,
oure mank be coruptid1; nethelees that
man that is withinne forth"1, is renewid",
prechen not vs silf, but oure Lord Jhe-
su Crist ; and vs 3oure seruauntis bi
Jhesu f. For God, that seide Ii3t toe
schyne of derknessis, he hath 3oue Ii3t in
oure hertis, to the Ii3tnyng of the science
of the clerenesse of God, in the face of
Jhesu Crist. And we han this tresour?
in britil vessels, that the worthinesse be
of Goddis vertu, and not of vs. In alle »
thingis we suffren tribulacioun, but we
ben not angwischids, or annoyed; we
ben maad pore, but Ve lackenh nothing ;
we suffren persecucioun, but we ben notfl
forsakun ; we ben maad lowe, but we
ben not confoundid ; we ben cast doun,
but we perischen not. And euere more 10
we beren aboute the sleyng of Jhesu' in
oure bodi, that also the lijf of Jhesu be
schewid in oure bodies. For euere more 1 1
we that lyuen, ben takun in to deth for
Jhesu, that the lijf of Jhesu be schewid
in oure deedli fleisch. Therfor deth 12
worchith in vs, but lijf worchith* in 3ou.
And we han the same spirit of feith, as ia
it is writun, Y haue bileuyd, Y1 haue
spoke ; and we bileuen, wherfor also we
speken ; witynge that he that reiside H
Jhesu, schal reise1" also vs with Jhesu,
and schal ordeyne with 3ou. And alle 15
thingis for 3ou, that a plenteuouse grace
bi many thankyngis be plenteuouse in to
the glorie of God. For which thing we IB
failen not, for thou3 oure vtter man be
corruptid; netheles the ynner man is re-
newid" fro dai to dai. But that Ii3t 17
thing of oure tribulacioun that lastith
now, but as it were by a moment, worch-
ith in vs ouer mesure an euerlastynge
v Om. v. w oure GAfpor. * God made vs Q. y Om. sx. z in^ted, either }oue ln,t v. a li-ten-
yng OK. b Om. v. c conscience Q. d in v. e Om. T. t tresoure, or wisdom o. S vessels, that ben
oure coruptible bodies o.. h angwischid therby In soule Q. ' distruyede fro oure tresoure hid in Crist Q.
destitute, either caste antey v. k slawjter o. mortifyinge, that is, the dyuerse tourmentynge Q. sleeing v.
1 Om. r. m lyjt g. n Jhesu Crist o. o bodi SXY. P For whi v. 1 bitaken s. to taken Y. r bodyly
0 pr. m. " vs,Jbr oure patience Q. *• morchith in r. ** 3011, hot not euerelastynge Q. u Om. x. v Om. o.
w and o. that v. * also r. y hym sx. z Om. v. » 3ou, in euerlastynge blisse Q. b Sothely me
suffren o marg. sec. m. c ben don for Q. d many men r. e thanckis o. * thing, that y sue vs Q.
e not in tribulaciouns Q. h thurw K. ' thilk that o pass. Q. the ilke that that KY. k man, orfieische Q.
1 corumped ox. corupt s. corrumptid v. corrupt coruptid Y. m Om. v. n renewlid AGMPQTP.
f Jhesu Crist aa. K maad streit c. h vs lacketh see. vs wantith iga. « Crist a. k Om. CEIKMQRUX
abceghkoa^. 1 wherfore Y A sec.m. I sec. m. a. for which thing Y c sec. m. K sec. m. /3. for which thing
and R. ™ reise vp a sec. m. n newid BI pr. m. <jeg.
3 c 2
380
II. CORINTHIANS.
iv. 17 — v. 10.
'or maad newe ayen0, fro day into? day.
17 Forsoth that that<» is 'in present', vor
nows, 'a litil moment lastynge1, and Ii3t,
'or esyu, thing of oure tribulacioun,
worchith ouer manere, 'or mesurev, intow
hi3nesse thex euerelasting wei^te of glorie
is in vs, vs? not biholdynge tho thingis that
ben seyn, but thoz that ben not seyn.
Sothlia tho thingis that ben seyn, ben
temperal, 'or durynge by™ short tymeb;
forsothe tho thingis that ben not seyn, ben
euerlastingebb, 'or withouten endef\
CAP. V.
1 Sotheli we witen, for if oure erthely
houscc of this dwellyng be dissolued*1, that
we ban a bildyng of God, an hous not
maad by hondis, euerlastinge in heuenes.
2 Forwhi and in this thing we mornen,
coueitynge" forf to be clothids aboue oureh
sdwellinge of1 heuene; if netheles we ben
4founden clothidk, and not nakid. Forwhi
and we that ben in this tabernacle, sorwen
'with inneforth1 greuyd, for that we wolen11
notm be dispoylid", but be0 clothidP aboue;
that 'the ilkei thing that is deedli, be
asopun vpr of lyf. Forsothe he that mak-
iths vs into' this" thing, is God, that jaf
to vs av wedd w, vor eernes*, of spirit''.
(i Therfore we beynge7 hardy alle gatis, and
witinge3 forb the whyle we ben in this
body, we gon in pilgrymage fro the Lord ;
7 forsoth0 we walken by feith, and not by
scleer si3te. Forsoth we ben hardy, and
ban good wille, more ford to be in pil-
grymage froe the body, and forf to be
9 present to God. And therfore we stryuen,
whether absent, whethir present, for« to
10 plese hyrn1'. Forsothe' it byhoueth vs alle
birthin in to the hei3nesse of glorie;
while that we biholden not tho thingis is
that ben seyn, but tho that ben not
seyn. For tho thingis that ben seyn, ben
but durynge for a schort tyme ; but tho
thingis that ben not seyn, ben euerlast-
ynge.
CAP. V.
And we witen, that if oure ertheli i
hous of this dwellynge be dissoluyd, that
we ban a bildyng of God, an hous not
maad bi° hondis, euerlastynge in he-
uenes. For whi in this thing we moi'-2
nen, coueitynge to be clothid aboue with
oure dwellyng, which P is ofi heuene;
if netheles we ben foundun clothid, ands
not nakid. For whi and1" we that ben *
in this tabernacle, sorewen with ynne,
and ben heuyed, for that we wolen not
be spuylid, but be clothid aboue; that
the ilke thing that is deedli, be sopun vp
of lijf. But who is its that makith vs ins
to this1 same thing ? God, that 3af to
vs the ernes" of the spirit. Therfor we«
ben hardi algatis, and witenv thatw the"
while we? ben in this bodi, we goen in
pilgrymage fro the Lord ; for we walken 7
bi feith, and not bi cleer si3t. But we 8
ben hardi, and ban good wille, more to
be in pilgrymage fro the bodi, and to be
present to God. And therfor we stryuen, u
whether absent, whether present, to plese
hym, For it bihoueth vs alle to be 10
0 Om. G pr.m. MOPQTX. P to G pr. m. 1 at o. r present NQ. now o. 8 Om. orx. l lastinge bi a
moment r. » Om. ox. or orely Y. v Om. ox. w in r. * that r. 1 Om. N. z tho thingis o. a Forwhi r.
aa but GMQT. Om. o. vt> Gloss om. in x. bb eterne Q. c Om. ox. or euerelastynge o. cc house, or
body a sec. m. d dissolued, or distruyed G sec.m. Q. e coueitid r. fOm. osx. S clad sx. h with oure v,
' that is of G sec. m. in PA:, which is of r. k clad sx. 1 with inne r. u wolith T. m Om. G pr. m. MT.
n dissolued o. spoiled rx. ° Om. o. P clad sx. 1 that x. r vp, or don arveye o. Om. T. s markith r.
* to r. u this same r. v the v. w ernest v. x Om. orx, Y spirit, lofulfille this thing Q. z ben v.
a wyten or. b that r. c for v. d Om. sx. e for K. f Om. SA-. g Om. sx. !l to him
G sec. m. x. ' For v.
0 with R. P the whiche k. q Om. ER pr. m. in h.
s that H. t the ko/3. u ether wed K marg. v witing K
y that we h.
r Om. A sec. m. EiKMQRub pr. m. ceghkooj3.
w that we schulen R. x Om. K.
V. II 21.
II. CORINTHIANS.
381
fork to be schewid bifore the trone of
Crist, that euery man resceyue1, "or telle
a$enm, the propre thingis of body", as he
n hath don, ether good, ethir yuel. Ther-
fore we witynge the drede of the Lord,
softlynn mouen, "or counceilen0, to? men^,
forsothr to God we ben opyn5; sothly I
hope, and* in 3oure consciencis" vsv forw
i2Nto be knowunx. We coraenden not vs? silf
eftsoone to 3011, but we 3yuen to 3011 occa-
ciounz fora to glorieb for vs, that 36 hauec
to hem that glorien in the faced, and not
is in the herte6. Sothli wher we by mynde,
'or resoun1, passen to& Godh, wher we ben
usobre to1 3011? Sothlik the charite of Crist
dryueth1 vs; gessingem, "or demynge", this
thing, for0 if oon is deed? for alle, ther-
15 fore alle ben deede. And Crist deyde for
alle, that and thei that lyuen, lyue not
now to hem silf <), but to him that deyede
nifor hem, and roos a3en. vAnd sor we fro
this tymes vhan knowe1 no manu vpv thew
fleischx; vand if? we knowenz Crist'"- vpa
theb fleischc, but ri3td now we 'ban not
nknowene. Therfore if ony newe creature
is in Crist, ooldef thingis ban passid, and
IB lo! alle thingis ben inaad newe. Forsothe
alle thingis ofs God, the'1 which' recon-
cilede, "or acordtdek, vs to him by Crist,
and 3af to vs the1 mynisterie, "or seruyse™,
19 of reconcilinge. Sothli" for God was in
Crist, reconcilynge to him the world, not
rettinge to hem her giltis, and puttide0
aoinP vs the word of reconcilinge. Ther-
fore we vbeu sett ini legacie1', "or message*,
for Crist, as* God monestinge" by vs; we
bisechen 3ouv for Crist, be 36 reconcilid to
21 God. God the fadir made him thew synne
* w
y
that
schewid bifor the trone of Crist, that
euery man telle the propre thingis of the
bodi, as he hath don, ethir good, ether
yuel. Therfor we witynge the drede of 11
the Lord, councelen men, for to God we
ben opyn ; and Y hope, that we ben opyn
also in 3oure consciencis2. We comenden 12
not vs silf eftsoone to 3ou, but we 3yuen
to 3ou occasioun to haue glorie for vs,
that 36 haue to hem that glorien in the
face, and not in the herte. For ethir ia
we bi mynde* passen to Godf, ether we
ben sobre to 3ou. For the charite of Crist u
dryueth vs; gessynge this thing, that if
oon died for alle, thanne alle weren
deed. And Crist diede for alle, that thei i53»«,- that is, to
joure profit.
that lyuen, lyue not now to hem silf, but The cioss fan.
to hym that diede for hem, and roos
a3en. Therfor we fro this tyme knowen ie
no man aftir the fleische ; thou3 we
knowun Crist aftir the fleisch, but nowea
we knowun notb. Therfor if ony newe 17
creature is in Crist, the elde thingis ben
passid. Andc lo ! alle thingis ben of is
God, which recounselide vs to hym bi
Crist, and 3af to vs the seruyce of re-
counselyng. And God was in Crist, re- 1»
counselynge to hym the world, not rett-
ynge to hem her giltes, and puttide in
vs the word of recounselyng. Therfor 20
we vsen message*1 for Crist, as if God
monestith bi vs; we bisechen6 for Crist,
be 36 recounselid to God. God the fadir 21
made hym synne $ for vs, which knewe + that is, sacri-
not synne, that we schulden be maad Jnstyn^J^
ri3twisnesse of God in hym. "Inhere and
the Glose re-
hersinge Aus-
tyn. vae.
k Om. sx. 1 schewe o. here y. m Om. ox. either suffre r. n the body A/Q. nn sothly K.
0 Om. ox. P Om. r. <1 men, that they dreed the dome Q. r sothely GJ/PO. s opyn, or knowen
his (rente loueres 9. t Om. G pr. m. T. that we ben opin also r. u conscience GOTV. v and vs s.
Om. r. w Om. srx. x to be knowen feithful Q. Om. r. y oure GMPQT. z occasioun, or mater Q.
a Om. sx. b glorifie N. haue glorie r. c haue vndurstondynge g. d face, with oute forth as ypocritis Q.
e hert, in spiritual thinges Q. f Om. A'. 8 it is to r. h God, by goostly byholdynge g. '» it is to v.
k Forwhi v. 1 constreyneth o. m demynge o. n Om. GMOPQTVX. ° that v. P deed by Adam Q.
q silf, seekyng erthely thing o. r Therfore v, s tyme of grace o_. l knowen r. u man lyuynge o.
v after GMPQT. w Om. x. x fleische, that coueiteth to regne Q. Y thouj v. z kneweu MPQY. zz myth
Crist Q. a after GMPT. b Om. x. <• fleische, byfore his vprysynge deedly Q. d Om. Q. e han not
knowen hym deedly Q. knowen not v. { know he for olde Q. B ben of OF. h Qm. vx. * that x.
k Om. GMOPTX. l Om. Q. " Om. ox. n Forsothe r. ° putte sx. P to K. <i vsen y. r message o.
' Om. ox. * as if r. u monestith y. v to jou SY. w Om. y.
2 conscience k. a Om. H. b not now R. c Lo! alle thyngis ben maad newe, and k sec. m. marg.
ether legacie K marg. e bisechen jou a sec. m.
382
II. CORINTHIANS.
VI. l 14.
for vs, *that is, redempcioun, or sacrifice
for synne*, the? which2 knew riot synne,
that we schulde be maada rijtwysnesse of
God in hym.
CAP. VI.
i Forsothe we helpingeb monestync, that
36 resceyuen not the grace of God in veyn.
2Sothlid he seith, In tyme accepte, 'or wel
plesynge*, I haue herd thee, and in the«
day of helthe I haue helpidh thee. Lo !
now a tyme acceptable, lo ! now a day of
:» heelthe. 'To no man 3yuynge' ony offen-
cioun, 'or hurtynge^, that oure mynisterie,
4' or seruyse*, be not reprouyd; but in alle
thingis 3yue wem vsn silf as mynistris of
God, in rnoche pacience, in0 tribulaciouns,
•r. and? in nedis, ini angwischis, inr betyngis,
'or scorgingis*, in prisouns, in dissen-
ciouns' with ynne forth", in trauelis, in
cwakyngis, in fastingis, in chastite, in sci-
encev, 'or kunnyngew, in long abydinge, in
swetnesse, in the Hooly Goost, in charite
7 not feyned, in thex word of treuthe, in the
vertu of God; by armers of i^twysnesse
son the n'3t half and? left half; by glorie
and vnnobley ; by yuel fame and good
fame ; as disseyueris, and trewez men ; as
thei that ben vnknowen8, and knowunb;
9 as men deyinge0, and 'lo ! we lyuend ; as
10 chastisid6, and not maad deed ; as sorow-
ful, forsothf euermore ioyinge; as 'hau-
ynge nede&, 'or as nedy menl\ sothly'
makynge manye riche ; as no thing hau-
n ynge, and weldinge alle thingis. Ak! 30
Corynthis, oure mouth is opyn to 3011,
12 oure herte is alargid1; 'be 3em not maad
streit in vs, but 'be 36° maad streit0 in
i:*3oure entrailis. Forsothe we? hauynge
the same reward, I seye as to sones, and
14 be 36 alargid"!. Nyle 36 lede 3ok with vn-
CAP. VI.
But we helpynge monesten, that 36 «
resseyuen not the grace of God in veyn.
For he seith, In tyme wel plesinge Ya
haue herd thee, and in the dai of heelthe
Y haue helpid? thee. Lo ! now a tyme
acceptable, lo ! now a dai of heelthe.
3yue weh to no man ony' offencioun,3
that oure seruyce be not repreued; but 4
in alle thingis 3yue we vs silfk as the
mynystris of God, in myche pacience, in
tribulaciouns, in nedis, in angwischis, ins
betyngis, in prisouns, in dissensiouns1
with yrine, in trauels, in wakyngis, in
fastyngis, in chastite, in kunnyng, in 6
long abiding, in swetnesse, in the Hooli
Goost, in charite not feiued, in the word 7
of treuthe, in the vertu of God; bi ar-
meris of ri3twisnesse on the ri3thalf and
on the lefthalf; bi glorie and vnnoblei; bis
yuel fame and good fame; as disseyueris,
and trewe men ; as thei that ben vn-
knowun, and knowun; as men diynge, and »
lo! we lyuen ; as chastisid, and not maad
deed ; as sorewful, euere™ more ioiynge ; 10
as hauynge nede, but makynge many
men riche ; as no thing* hauynge, and * i» titel of
weldynge alle thingisf. A! 30 Coryn-iif on Voiiaiy
thies, oure mouth is open to 3011, oure
herte is alargid ; 36 ben not angwischid 12
in vs, but 36 ben anguischid in 3oure
inwardnessis". And Y seie as to sones, is
36 that ban the same reward, be 36
alargid. Nyle 36 here the 3ok with" vn- 14
feithful men. For what parting of ri3t-
wisnes with wickidnesse? or what felou-
manere. v.
x Om. rx. 7 Om. rx. z that A'. B made the Q. b helpynge y>u in tverk and word Q. c monesten
3011 n. d For r. « acceptid x. f Om. ox. e Om. GMPT. h holpen s. i 3yue we to no man r.
k Om. ox. l Om. ox. m Om. G pr.m. n oure GMPQT. o and sx. P Om. r. 1 and N.
r and in o. Om. s. s Om. OQX. * seduciouns e. » forth, or mouyngis of peple Q. Om. r.
v sciencis GT. kunnynge o. w Om. ox. * Om. G pr. m. MPQT. J and the NT. and on the ox.
1 good o. R vnknovven of God Q. b of hym known and prouyd Q. c diynge, fallyngefro vice into vice <).
d 311 lyuyng o. lo! we lyue in good werkis Q. e chastisid of greet trespasse Q. f but o. S nedy men o.
h or as maad nedy men JNQ. Om. ox. > forsothe GMPQT. k O! GMPQT. ' largid sx. m je be v. n je
ben v. ° streit, or be y angwischid Q. P je <jv. 1 alargid, with plente of kunnyng of verities and of
hope in Crist Q. largid sx.
8 holpen Rk. h je k. ' Om. EI pr. m. qe pr. m. go. k Om. R pr. m. 1 striues a. m and euer
A sec. m. ka. ° inwardnesse A sup. ras. EI pr. m. qegh pr. m. ° of E.
VI. 15-^-VII. 7.
II. CORINTHIANS.
383
feithful men. Sothli what partynge, W
comunynge*, of rijtwysnesse with wickid-
nesse ? or what felowschip of Ii3t9 to derk-
isnessis? sothli what acordinge of Crist
to Belial ? or what part of a* feithful, *or
cristen* manv, with vnfeithfulw, 'or he-
\(ithene*? but what consent to-v the temple
of Godz with ydols ? Forsoth 36 ben the
temple of quyk God, as the Lord seith,
For I schal dwelle in hem, 'arid I schal
walken8 inb; and I schal be the God of
hem, and thei schulen be to me a peple.
17 For which thing go 36 out of the myddel
of hem, and be 36 departid, seith the Lord,
IB and touche 36° not vnclene thing; and I
schal resceyue 3ou, and Id schal be to
3ou in to a fadir, and 30 schulen be to me
into sones and dou3tris, seith the Lord
almy3ti.
CAP. VII.
i Therfore, moost dereworthe britherene,
we hauynge thes 3iftisf, clense^ vs fro alle
filthe of fleisch and spirith, perfytli mak-
ynge halowynge in the drede of 'the
2 Lord'. Take 36 vsk; we han hurt no
man1, we han corupt no man, we han
sbigylid no man. I seye notm for" 3oure
condempnynge ; forsoth0 I seideP bifore,
that je ben in ourei hertis, forr to deie to
4gidere, and lyue to gidere. Moche trist is
to me anentis 3ou, moche gloriynge is to
me for 3011. I am fulfillid5 with comfort,
I abounde, 'or am plenteuous1, in ioye in
sal oure tribulacioun. Forwhi and whanne
we hadden coinen to Macedonye, oure
fleisch hadde no reste, but we suffriden"
alv tribulacioun; forsoth w withouteforth,
fifi3tingisww, 'with ynneforth, dredis*. But
he y that cornfortith meeke men, God z
comfortidea vsb in the comynge of Tyte.
7 Forsoth not oonli in the comynge of him,
but also in the comfort by which he 'com-
schipe of 1131 to derknessis? and what 15
acording of Crist to Belial ? or what
part of a feithful with the vnfeithful ?
and what consent to the temple of God i«
with mawmetis? And 36 ben the tem-
ple of the lyuynge God, as the Lord
seith, For Y schal dwelle in hem, and
Y schal walke among hem; and Y schal
be God of hem, and thei schulen be a
puple to me. For which thing go 36 17
out of the myddil of hem, and be 36
departid, seith the Lord, and touche 36?
not vnclene thing; and Y schal resseyuem
3ou, and schali be to 3ou in to ar fadir,
and 36 schulen be to me in to sones and
dou3tris, seith the Lord almy3ti.
CAP. VII.
Therfor, most dereworthe britheren, i
we that han these biheestis, dense we vs
fro al filthe of the8 fleische and of the
spirit, cloynge holynesse in the drede of
God. Take* 36 vs; we han hirt no man,^
we han apeirid" no man, we han bigilidv
no man. Y seie not to 3oure condemp-3
nyng ; for Y seide bifor, that 36 ben in
3ourew hertis, to die togidere and tox
lyue togidere. Myche trist is to me 4
anentis 3ou, myche gloriyng is to me for
3ou. Y am fillid with coumfort, Y am
plenteuouse in ioie in al oure tribula-
cioun. For whanne we weren comune
to Macedonye, oure fleisch hadde no^
reste, but we suffriden al tribulacioun;
with outforth f^tingis, and dredisz with
ynne. But God that coumfortith mekea«
men, coumfortide vs in the comyng of
Tite. And not oneli in the comyng of;
him, but also in the coumfort bi which
he was coumfortid in 3ou, tellinge to vs
r Om. ox. * lijtijos o. * Om. x. u Om. ox. crlsten Q. v Om. x. w vnfeythfull men o. * or
hethen men AN. Om. OQX. y with x. z quyk God A. a Om. G pr.m. g. b Om. G pr.m. MQ_. emongis
G sec. m. among hem y. c Om. o. d Om. y. e Qm. x. f biheestis r. S dense we MPQ. h spirit,
outward and inward o. ' God v. k vs, to yntre lederis Q. ' man, by yuel ensaumple Q. m not these
thinges Q. n to AG sec. m. MNOPT. Om. G pr. m. r. ° for r. P seye K. 1 joure K.V. T Om. sx.
3 fillid v. ' Om. ox. u suffren y. v al oure w. w Om. v. ww fyjtynge v. x dredis meren vvithinne v.
y God y. z Om. y. a comfortith y. b and vs G pr. m. MOT.
P Om. EK pr. m. q I schal EKUX sec. m. a sec. m. k. r Om. E. s Om. K. t And take n. ll peyrid i.
v gilid k. « oure R. * Om. EIQ pr. m. ga. y not n. z drede is A pr. m. " Om. h.
384
II. CORINTHIANS.
VII. 8 — 16.
fortide me1 in 3011, tellinge to vs joure
desyr, joure wepinge, 3oure loue for me,
«so that I ioyede" more. For 'and ifv I
made 3011 sori in 'a pistlew, now" it rewith
'me noty; and ifz it rewide, Ia seynge
thatb thou3c Id made 5ou sory 'in that6
9 pistlef at an hour, now 'haue 1% ioye ; not
for 36 weren maad sorowful11, but for 30
weren maad sorowful to penaunce. Sothli'
36 ben maad sory aftir God, that in no
10 thing 36 suffre peirement of vsk. Forsoth1
that11 sorwe that is aftir God, worchith
penaunce in to stedefast heelthe ; forsoth
11 sorwe of the world worchith deeth. Lo !
sotheli this same thing, 3ou for"1 to be
sorowful aftir God, how moche bisynesse
it worchith in 3oun; but defending0, but
indignacioun P, but drede, but desyr, but
loue, but veniauncei. Inr alle thingis 36 han
3ouunrr 3ous silf for* to be vndefoulid in
12 cause", W nedev. Therfore 'and ifw I
wroot to 3ou, notx for himy that dide
iniurie, nether for him that suffride, but
forz to schewe oure bysynesse, thea which
is we han forb 3ouc bifore God. Therfore
we ben comfortidd, forsothe in ouree com-
fort moref plenteuously we ioyeden^ more
on the ioye of Tyte, for his spirit is
ufulnllid of alle 3ouh. And if I gloriede
ony thing anentis him of 3ou', I am not
confoundid, W schamyd*; but as we han
spokun to 3ou alle thingis 'in treuthe1,
so11 and oure™1 glorie that was at Tyte, is
15 maad treuthe. And the entraylis of him"
ben more plenteuously0 in 300, 'of him?
hauynge in mynde the obedience of 3ou
alle, how with drede and tremblinge 36
16 resseyueden him. I hauei ioye, that in
alle thingis I trister in 3ou.
3oure desire, 3oure weping, 3oure loue
for me, so that Y ioiede more. For 8
thou3 Y made 3ou sorie in a pistle, it
rewith me not ; thou3 it rewide, seynge
that thou3 thilke pistlea made 3ou sori
at anb our, now Y haue ioie; not for 309
weren maad soreuful, but for 36 weren
maad soreuful to penaunce. For whi 36
ben maad sori aftir God, that in no
thing 36 suffre peirement of vs. Forc the 10
sorewe that is aftir God, worchith pen-
aunce in to stidfast heelthe; but sorewe
of the world worchith deth. For lo!ii
this same thing, that 36 ben soreuful
aftir God, hou myche bisynesse it worch-
ith in 3ou; but defendyng, but indigna-
cioun, but drede, but desire, but loue,
but veniaunce. In alle thingis 36 han
5omm 3ou silf to be vndefoulid in the
cause. Therfor thou3 Y wroot to 3ou, 12
Y wroot not for hym that dide the
iniurie, nether for hym that suffride, but
to schewe oure bisinesse, which we han
for 3ou bifor God. Therfor we ben is
coumfortid, but in 3oure coumfort more
plenteuousli we ioyeden more on the
ioie of Tite, for his spirit is fulnllidd of
alle 3ou. And if Y gloriede ony thing u
anentis hym of 3ou, Y am not con-
foundid ; but as we han spoke to 3ou
alle thingis, so also oure glorie that was
at Tite, is maad treuthe. And the in- is
wardnesse of hym be more plenteuousli
in 3ou, which hath in mynde the obe-
dience of 3ou alle, hou with drede and
trembling 36 resseyueden6 hym. Y haue ic
ioye, that in alle thingis Y triste in
3ou.
* was comfortid r. u ioye N. v thoirj r. w epistle N. pistle, forthinkynge goitre synne Q. an epistil s.
* Om. r. 7 not me GMPQT. z thou3 r. a Om. r. b Om. r. c thouj thilk pistle r. d Om. r.
e Om. v. f epistell GNOQST. Om. r. S I haue GMPQT. haue AY. b sory o. * Forwhi r. k vs, for al oure
doynge profitith to JOM conuerlid Q. l Forwhi r. U Om. sx. the r. m Om. SA. n jou, of amending, and
not onely amending it wirchith Q. ° defendyng,yro ejie fallynge Q. P indignacionn a^ein hym silf, sham-
ynge his yuel Q. 1 veniaunce, to punysche synne Q. r And K. " Om. x. s 3our GMPT. * Om SA-. u the
cause r. T Om. orx. or need that je do Q. w thouj v. * / wroot not r. J hym onely 7 mrole o. z Om. x.
a Om. r. b to G pr. m. MPQT. c jou alle, for •ymr amendyng Q. d coumfortide,/or this thing we purpos-
iden, and speed/ally it byfelle Q. e joure r. f forsothe more o. B ioyen o. h jou, hopynge jowre amend-
ynge o. ' 3ou, commending y>u c. k Om. OA". ' Om. N. u as N. m joure Y. n hym, that is, his
inward qffecciouns Q. ° plenteuous T. P Om. GMOPQT. and of hym w. hym x. 1 Om. G. r tristid r.
8 epistle ER. b oon E. c For whi A pr, m. d fillid H pr. m. e resseyuen Q.
VIII. I 12.
II. CORINTHIANS.
385
CAP. VIII.
1 Britheren, forsothe we maken knowe
to 3011 the grace of God, that is 30111111 in
2 the chirchis8 of Macedonye, and' that in
moche asayinge of tribulacioun, the ha-
boundaunce, 'or plenten, of the ioye of
hem was, and the hi3este pouertv of hem
was plenteuous into thew richessis* of the
•A symplenesse of hem. For I here witness-
inge and? to hem, vp vertuz, 'or power",
4 'and aboue vertu thei weren wilfulb, withc
moche monestynge bisechinge vs d the
grace and comenynge of mynysterie", that
sis maad inf to hooly men&. And not as
we hopiden, but*1 thei 3anen hem silf first
to the Lord, aftirward to vs by the wille
<>of God. So that we preieden Tyte, that
as he bigan, so and he perfoorme in 3011
/also this grace. But as 361 abounden in
alle thingis, in feith, wordk, and science1,
'or kunnynge™, and aln bisynesse, more-
ouer and0 in 3oure charite in to vs, that
sandP in thisi grace 36 habounde. I seie
not as comaundinge, but by the bisynesse
of othere men 'also prouynge to giderer
!»the good wit of 3oures charite. Sothli 36
witen the grace of cure Lord Jhesu Christ,
forwhi he was made nedy for vs', whanne
he was ryche, that 36 schulden be maad
ryche by his myseste", 'or nedynessev.
10 And I 3yue counceil in this thing ; sothli
this is profitable to 3011, that not 'oonly
bigynnen"' forx to do, but and for? to
1 1 wilnez fro the formere 3eer. Now forsothe
and in dede performe 36, that as the yn-
witta of wil is redyb, so be it and of per-
formyngec of that thing that 30 han.
12 Sothlid if the wille be redy, it is acceptid vpe
CAP. VIII.
Butf, britheren, we£ maken knowun i
to 3ou the grace of God, that is 3ouun
in the chirchis of Macedonye, that in 2
myche asaiyng of tribulacioun, the plente
of the ioye of hem was, and the hi3este
pouert of hem was plenteuouse 'in toh
the richessis of the symplenesse of hem.
For Y bere witnessyng to hem, aftir :t
mi3t and aboue mi3t thei weren wilful,
with myche monestyng bisechynge vs<i
the grace and the comynyng of myn-
ystring, that is maad to hooli men.
And not as we hopiden, but thei 3aueno
hem silf first to the Lord, aftirward to
vs bi the wille of God. So that wee
preyeden Tite, that as he bigan, so also
he performe in 3ou this grace. But as 7
36 abounden in alle thingis, in feith,
and1 Avord, and kunnyng, and al bisy-
nesse, more ouer and in 3oure charite
in to vs, that andk in this grace 36
abound en. Y seie not as comaundinge, s
but bi the bisynesse of othere men ap-
preuynge also the good wit of 3oure
charite. And 36 witen the grace of oureii
Lord Jhesu Crist, for he was maad
nedi for 3ou, whanne he was riche, that
36 schulden be maad riche bi his nedy-
nesse. And Y1 3yue counsel in thisio
thing ; for this is profitable to 3ou, that
not oneli han11' bigunne to do, but also
3e bigunnen to haue wille fro the for-
mere 3ere. But now parfourme 36 inn
deed, that as the discrecioun of wille is
redi, so be it also of parformyng of that
that 3e han. For if the wille be redi, 12
it is acceptid aftir that that" it hath,
8 chirehe MP. * Om. r. u Om. ox. v profit o. w Om. GAfpQT. x richesse x. J Om. AGMNPQST
FWXY. z the vertu or. a Om. ox. b Om. 13. c Om. T. d Om. s. e the ministerie o. mysterie v.
f Om. v. S men, hou thei myyten make her propre goodis comoun to the need of holy men. Q. h Om. Q.
' Om. o. k and word v. ! kunnynge o. m Om. ox. n al good Q. ° Om. v. p Om. N. 1 the r.
r appering also r. 8 joure alter o. ' jou v. u mysese N. nedynesse o. v Om. ox. w han bigunne v.
* Om. sx. 7 Om. x. *z onely for to do mynystracioun of^oure goodis to pore men, but and for to wolen
3e bygynne Q. 8 discrescioun v. b redy to wilne good Q. c perfourmynge, in dede doynge Q.
d For v. e aftir GMNPQT.
f And E. 6 I b.
'" hath K. n Om. Q.
VOL. IV.
h in k. > in b. k also CEiKM<juxabceghkoo(9. also and B.
3 D
1 Om. Qgpr.m.
386
II. CORINTHIANS.
vni. 13 — 24.
that thatf it hath e, not vph that that1
is it hath not. Forsoth not 'that it be re-
myssiounk, "or slouthe1, to othere™, forsoth
14 to 3011 tribulacioun"; but0 of euenesse, in
theP present tyme 3oure haboundauncei
fulfille the mysester of hem8, that arid' the
haboundaunce of hem" be 'supplement, orv
fulfillinge, of 3oure mysestew, that euenesse
ir> be maad ; as itx is writun, He that hath
mochey, haboundide not, and he that' litila,
i«haddeb not lassec. Forsoth I do thank -
yngis to God, that 3afd the same bysy-
nnesse for 3ou in the herte of Tyte, for
sotheli he resceyuede exortacioun e, W
monestynge* ; but whanne he was bisyere,
with* his wille he wente forth to 3011.
IB Forsoth we senten with hym oureh bro-
ther1, whos preisynge is in the gospelk by
19 alle chirchis. Forsoth not oonly1, but and
he is ordeyned of chirchis the felowe of
oure pilgrymage into this grace, that is
mynystrid of vs to the glorie of the Lord,
20 and to oure ordeyned wille ; eschewinge"1
this thing, that no man blame, W dispise",
vs in this0 plente, that is mynystrid of vs
21 to the glorie of the Lord. Sothli we pur-
ueyen goode thingis, not oonly bifore God,
22 but also bifore alle men. Forsoth we
senten with hem and oure brother?, whom
we ban prouyd in manye thingis ofte, for*
to be bisy, now forsoth moche bisyer, inr
' 23 moche trist in* 3ou, ethir1 for Tyte, that is
my felowe, and in 3ou helpere, ether cure"
britheren, apostlis of chirchisv of the glorie
24 of Crist. Therfor schewe 36 in tow the
faces" of chirchis, the^ schewynge that is
of 3oure charite and of ourez glorie for
not aftir that that it hath not. And not is
that it be remyssioun to othere men,
and to 3ou tribulacioun ; but of euenesse 14
in the present tyme 3oure aboundance
fulfille the myseese of hem, that also the
aboundaunce of hem be a° fulfillynge
of 3oure myseise, that euenesse be maad ;
as it is writun, He that gaderide myche, is
was not encresid, and he that gaderide
litil, hadde not lesse. And Y do thank- ie
yngis to God, that 3af the same bisy-
nesse for 3ou in the herte of Tite, for 17
he resseyuede exortaciounP ; but whanne
he was bisier, bi his wille he wente
forth to 3ou. And we senten with hym is
a brother, whose preisyng is in the gospel
bi alle chirchis. And not oneli 1, but 19
also he is ordeyned of chirchis the
felowe of oure pilgrimage in to this
grace, that is mynystrid of vs to the
glorie of the Lord, and to oure ordeyned
wille ; eschewyrige this thing, that no 20
man blame vs in this plente, that is
mynystrid of vs to the glorye of the
Lord. For we purueyen good thingis, 21
not onely bifor God, but also bifor alle
men. For we senten with hem also 22
oure brothir, whom we ban preued in
many thingis ofte, that he was bisi, but
nowe myche bisier, for myche trist in
3ou, ethir for Tite, that is my felowe 23
and helpere in 3ou, ethir forr oure bri-
theren, apostlis of the chirches of the
glorie of Crist. Therfor schewe 36 in8 34
to hem in the face of chirchis, that
schewynge that is of 3ouree charite and
of oure glorie for 3ou.
f Om. NX. at o. ? hath, in yttynge to releeue the need of nedy men o. h aftir GHNPQT. ' Om. NT. at o.
k that the largenesse of y>ur alines be slewthe Q. ' Om. OQX. or ydilnesse r. m other that taken it o.
othere men y. n tribulacioun, for y>ure foly yuyngf Q. ° bot / mole Q. P this GNQT. Om. HP.
1 aboundauuce of worldly goodis Q. r mysese N. s hem that ben nedy Q. ' Om. x. 1l hem, that w,
the plente of her goostly help <j. v Om. ox. w mysese, or nede N. * Om. x. J gaderide myche r.
2 that hade y. a gaderide litil r. b hath iv. c lessid N. d hath jouen N. e oure exortacioun g.
f or amonestynge GMPT. Om. ox. of amonestynge to enfourme ym to abounde in this symplenesse Q. S bi v.
ii a v. ' brother, Luke or Barnabas Q. k gospel, in tvritynge or prechynge Q. 1 oonli hyrn N. onely the
preysinge of hym is in the gospel Q. m ethchewynge GQ. n Om. O.Y. ° the N. P brother Apollo o..
q Om. sx. r for r. 9 to N. t other M et P passim. u othere v. v chirchis, opynly, that othere taken
ensnmnple y. w to hem v. * face v. y that v. z 3oure GSTVXY pr.m.
0 Om. R pr. m. k pr. m. P exortacioun, or monesting EKQRceghk sec. m. oafi. exortacioun, either mo-
nesting jauxa. exortacioun, or stiring i. 1 oonli preisid R sec.m. r Om. CKI pr. m. KjiQRUxabceghko/3.
5 Om. k/3. * oure K sec. m. x.
IX. i — 10.
II. CORINTHIANS.
387
13011 'into hem*. a*Forwhi ofb the myn-
ysterie that is maad intoc hooly men, it is
to me ofd 'haboundaunt, or plentee, forf to
wryte to 3011.
CAP. IX.
2 Forsoth I woot& 3oure ynwitt1' redy1,
for the which I haue glorie of 3011 anentis
Macedonyes, for andk Acaye is redi fro a
3eer passid, and 30111-6 lone hath stirid ful
smanye. Forsoth we han sent britheren1,
that that"1 thing that we glorien in0 3011,
be not auoydid in this partie0, that as I
4 seyde, 36 be redyP. Lest when Macedonyes
schuleni come with me, and schulenr fynde
3011 vnredy, we schamen8, that we* seyeu
53011 not, in this substauncev. Therfore I
gesside necessarie for"' to praye britheren,
that thei come bifore to 3011, and make
redy this bihi3t blessynge* for? to be redy,
6 so as blessinge2, nota as auariceb. This
thing forsothe I seye, for" he that sowith
scarsly, schal andd scarsly repe; and he
that sowith in blessingis, schal repe and6
7 of blessyngis. Ech man as he castidef in
his herte, not of heuynesse^, vor of nedeh;
sforsoth God loueth a glad 3yuere. For-
sothe1 God is my3ty fork to make al grace
abouride1 in 3011, that 36 in alle thingis
euermore hauynge"1 al sufficience, abouride
9 in to al good work ; as it" is writun, He
delide a brood, he 3af to pore men, his
ri3twisnesse dwellith0 into? Vithouteri
loendei. Forsoth he that1" mynistrith seed
to the ^man sowynge8, and1 schal 3yueu
breed forv to ete, and he schal multiplie
3ourew seed, and make moche the encres-
CAP. IX.
For" of the mynystrie that isv maad 1
to hooli men, it is to me of plente to
write to 3011. For Y knowe 3oure wille,2
for the which Y haue glorie of 3ou
anentis Macedonyes, for also Acaie is
redi frow a 3eer passid, and 3oure loue
hath stirid ful manye. And we han:«
sent britheren, that this thing that we
glorien of 3ou, be not auoidid in this"
parti, that as Y seide, 36 be redi. Lest 4
whanne Macedonyes comen with me, and
fynden 3ou vnredi, we be schamed, that
we seieny 3ou not, in this substaunce.
Therfor Y gesside necessarie to preies
britheren, that thei come bifore to 3ou,
and make rediz this bihi3t blessyng to be
redi, so as blessing, and not as aueryce.
For Y seie this thing, he that sowith <;
scarseli, schal also repe scarseli ; and he
that sowith in blessyngis, schal 'repe
alsoa ofb blessyngis. Ech man as he;
castide in his herte, not of heuynesse, or
of nede ; forc God loueth a glad 3yuere.
And God is mi3ti to make al graces
abounded in 3ou, that 36 in alle thingis
euere more han al sufficience, and
abounde in to al good werk ; as it is o
writun, He delide abrood, he 3af to pore
men, his ri3twisnesse dwellith withouten
ende. And he that mynystrith seed to 10
the sowere, schal 3yue also breed to ete,
and he schal multiplie 3oure seed, and
make myche6 the encreessingis of fruytis
of 3oure ri3twisnesse; that in alle thingis n
36 maadf riche waxen? plenteuouse in to
a Om. v. a» Chapter IX. commences here in v. b and of s. c to r. d Om. AN. e aboundaunce,
or plente GMPSTFV. abound, or a plente o. aboundaunce, or plente otter mesiire Q. aboundaunce x. ' Om.
OQSX. g knowe v. h wille v. ' Om. v. k Om. N. ' britheren to ym, to enfourme Tftu discretly that
ye be redy Q. m this v. n of v. ° part sx. P redye, and ti'ys in doynge Q. 1 Om. r. r Om. r.
8 ben scliamed r. * I G pr. m. MNPQT. u si;e MP. sai x. saye Q. v substaunce, or yft that relecuelh
pore men, to be redye Q. w Om. sx. x blessyng, that causith cuerlastynge blessing Q. J Om. sx.
2 blessing, for youre good nnlle and discrecioun Q. a and not GMPTY. sec.m. '> auerice, or nygardye, nether
to plenteuously o. c Om. r. d also v. e also v . { castide, or ordeynede Q. caste sx. g hevynesse, or
schame Q. h or of need, constreyned, but of pure loue wilfully to the needye, yeue he his blessynge to the
pore o. Om. x. ' For whi v. k Om. sx. 1 for to abounde Q. m haf o. n Om. x. ° Om. G pr.m.
P Om. v. 1 withouten ende world of world G pr. m. MPQ. world of world G sec. m. r Om. G pr. m.
s sowere v. sowende x. * Om. r. u 5yue also r. v Om. sx. w jou G pr. m.
u Forwhi cab sec. m. c sec. m. v was b. w for A pr. m. x Om. EQ pr. m. egk. y sijen BRgoo3.
sunken i. sy3e b. z Om. EIQ pr. m. e pr. m. g. a also repe HO. b in b. c forwhi A pr. m. cb sec. m.
c sec. m. forsothe a. d to abounde k pr. m. e Om. R. f ben maad k pr. m. S wexen QR!I et alii, and
wexen k pr. m.
3 D 2
.'388
II. CORINTHIANS.
IX. ii — X. 6.
yngis* of fruytis of 3oure ri3twysnesse ;
nthatv in alle thingis 3ez inaad ryche ha-
bounde 'in toa alle symplenesse b, thec
which worchith by vs doynge of thank-
i2yngisd to God. For the mynisterie6 of
this office not oonly fillith tho thingis that
faylen tof hooly men, but also aboundith
by manyeS in doynge of thankingis toh
is the Lord, by prouynge of this mynysterie1,
glorifiynge God in the obedience of 3oure
knowleching in the gospel of Crist, and in
symplenesse of comynycacioun into hem
u and intok alle1, and in"1 the" bisechinge of
hem for 3011°, desyringe 3ou? for the clerei
i-">gracer in 3011. I do5 thankingis to God*
vpon" the Vnenarrable, or that may not
1 be told", 3ifte of hyrn. VTForsoth Iw Poul
biseche 3011, by the hornlynesse", vor mylde-
nesse?, and softenesse, "or patience1-, of
Crist, the3 which sothely in the face1' am
meek among 3011, forsoth I absent triste
in 3011.
CAP. X.
2 Forsothe, britherenc, I preie 3011, that
I present be not hardy byd 'the ilkee trist,
in which I am gessid forf to be hardy in
to sumrneK, the1' whiche deme vs, as we
swandren1 vpJ the fleisch. Forsothk we
walkynge inkk fleisch, Vfi3ten not1, W hold-
*en not kny$thodm, vpD the fleisch. For-
whi the armers of oure kny3thod ben not
fleischly, but my3ty to0 God toP the de-
struccioun of wardingis, W strengthisi ;
swer distroyinge8 counceils1, and al 1113-
nesse" i'eysingev himw a3ens the science of
God, and dryuyngex into caytifte al>' vn-
dirstondinge into the* seruyse of Crist ;
(ialso* hauyngeb in redynesse forc to venge
al symplenesse, which worchith bi vs
doing of thankingis to God. For the 12
mynystrie of this office not oneli fillith
tho thingis that failen to holi men, but
also multiplieth many thankyngis to
God, bi the preuyng of this mynystrie, is
which glorifienh God in the obedience
of 3<nire knouleching' in the gospel of
Crist, and in symplenesse of comynyca-
cioun in to hem and in to alle, and in u
the biseching of hem for 3ou, that desiren
3ou for the excellent grace of God in
3011. Y do thankyngis to God of the 15
3ifte of hym, that may not be teld.
CAP. X.
And Y my silf Poul biseche 3ou, bi i
the myldenessek and softnesse1 of Crist,
which in the face am meke among 3ou,
and Y absent triste in 3ou. For Y preie 2
3ou, that lest Y present be not bold bi
the trist, in which Y am gessid to be
bold™ in to summe, that demen vs, as if
we wandren aftir the fleisch. For we 3
walkynge1' in fleisch0, fi^ten not aftir the
fleisch. For the armuris of oure kny3t-4
hod ben not fleischli, but my3ti bi God
to the distruccioun of strengthisP. And
we distrien counsels, and alle h^nesses
that hi3eth it silf a3ens the science of
God, and dryuen 'in to"* caitifte al vn-
dirstonding in to ther seruyce of Crist.
And we ban redi to venge al vnobedi-«
ence, whanne 3oure obedience schal be
fillid. Se 36 the thingis that ben after?
the face. If ony mans trustith to him
silf, that he is of Crist, thenke he this
x encresynge o. y that je G.I/PQT. ' Om. GMPQT. a in G pr. in. r. b symplenesse of herle o.
c Om. r. d thankis MPQ. e mysterie N. { in v. 6 manye men G sec. m. h in o sec.m. r. » mysterie e.
k in G pr. m. 1 alle other Q. m into G. n Om. GMPQT. ° 3011 to God Q. P 5ou to be in blisse <j.
1 excelent y, T grace, or charite Q. grace of God v. * jif o. l God for 3011 x. u vp o. of r.
v vnuenerable G pr, m. vntelable o. vnnarrable r. vnnoumbrable x. vv Chapter X. begins here in v.
w I myself v. x holynesse T. y Om. ox. z Om. OA-. a Om. v. b face, or rvythouteforth g.
c brether GX. Om. y. d in to Q. e that x. { Om. sx. S sum vncorrect i). h Om. y. ' wandriden Y.
J aftir G.WPQTF. k For y. kk in the Y. 1 beren out Q. m Om. OA". Ji^tinge ayin the world and the deuyl Q.
a aftir GMpQTy. ° by PQFY sec.m. P Om. Q. <1 Om. OA'. r Om. Q. and we y. s distroien v. l the
counseiles Q. u heijnesse of worldly wise men Q. hijnesses x pr. m. v reiside Q. w Om. Q. itself v.
x dryuen v. y in that that in vs is al Q. z Om. o. a and also GT. and also we q. and y. ^ we han r.
c Om. si".
h
hardi
glorifiynge A. ' knowing k pr. m. k ether hoomlynesse K marg. 1 ether patience K marg. m ether
'i K marg. n wandrynge b. ° the flesch K. P ether ivardyngis K marg. 1 vnto a. r Om. K. s Om. a.
X. 7— i?.
II. CORINTHIANS.
389
al vnobedience, whanne 3oure obedience
7 schal be fulfillidd. Sec 36 thef thingis that
ben vponS the faceh. If ony man tristith to
him silf, him' fork 'to be1 of Crist, thenke
she this thing eft anentis himsilf, for as
he is Cristis111, so and we. Forwhi and
if I schal glorie ony thing more of oure
power, the" which the Lord 3af to vs into
edifyinge, and not into 3oure distruccioun,
9 1 schal not schame0. Forsothe that I be
not gessid as for? to feere 3011 by epistlis,
jo forwhi thei seyn, The epistlis beni heuye1",
* or greuouse* , and strong, but the presence
of body sijk', and the word contemptible,
1 1 'or worthi for" to be dispysidv. He that
is such 'maner man", thenke this, for what
maner men* we 'ben absents by epistlis2,
suche maner men* vsb present in dede.
12 Sothlic we dorend not putte vs among, 'or
comparisowne vse to summe', that comen-
den hem silf; but we metinges, ^ormesur-
inge}lSvs in1 Vs silf k, and comparisownynge1
iavsm silf ton vs, sothli0 we schulden not?
gloriei 'into ful mocher, but vps the rnesure
of reule, bi1 which God mesuride to vs, the
u mesure of strecchinge tilu to 3ou. For-
sothv notw as we" not? strecchinge toa 3011,
'ouerholden vsb. Forsoth0 'til tod 3011 we
iscamen in the gospel of Crist, not glory-
inge 'into ful moche" in othere mennis
trauelis. Sothly we hauyngef hope of
3oure feith waxynge in 3ou for& to be
magnyfied vph oure' reule in habound-
icaunce, also fork to preche into tho thingis
that ben by3ondes 3ou, not for1 to gloriem
in othir mennis" reule0, in thes thingis
17 that ben maad redy. Forsothe he that
d fillid y. e So o. f thoo G. tho A/PQT. S aftir GMPQTK. vp NOSWXY. h face, or opynly Q. > Om.
STYX pr.m, k Om. svx. ' that he is r. m of Crist GMPQ. of Cristis y. n Om. OKA. ° be schamed v.
P Om. sx. 1 sothli ben y. T greuous w. s Om. ox. or greuouse to vndurstonde Q. or heuy w. t Om. K.
seek, or vnmyyty Q. is syk y. u Om. s. >v Om. gloss ox. w Om. ox. a manere man Y. x Om. jr. V ben
absent thorouj woord N. absent ben in word y. z the pistlis G. pistolis sx. pystlis v\. a of men G. men
rvite Q. Om. x. b we ben y. c For y. d Jur o. durn x. e Om. o. f sum men v. S mesourynge o.
meten y. h Om. O.Y. or mesuren y. i Om. N. k oure silf GMPT. oure silf, that is, byholdynge
in to oure conscience Q. ' comparisonen y. m oure GMPQT. n in e. ° forsothe y. P Om. y.
1 haue glorie y. T ouer mesure y. s after GMPQT. bi y. * the o. Om. y. » Om. Q. v For y.
w we ouerstrecchin not forth vs y. x Om. y. y Om. N. a vnto G sec. m. o. til to y. b we ouer-
holden vs G sec. m. Om. y. ouerhelden x. c For y. <1 vnto GAIPT. e ouer mesure y. { han v.
S Om. sx. h bi y. ' 3oure G sec.m. k Om. sx. ' Om. NSX. m haue glorie NK. n mans GMPQsyiv.
" reule, or techy nge Q.
8 Om. b. l Forwhi A pr. m. b sec. m. k. u the epistlis CEiKMQHUxabceghkonjS. v forwhi A pr. m. c
b sec. m. k pr. m. w pistlis Mk. * epistlis EI pr. m. k. y ether menge K. '"• for go/3. a this 0. b hopen
kpr.ru. c oure k sec. m. d mannus Ebcgka.
thing eft* anentis hym silf, for as hes
is Cristis, so also we. For1 if Y schal
glorie ony thing more of oure power,
which the Lord 3af to vs in to edifiyug,
and not in to 3oure distruccioun, Y schal
not be schamed. But that Y be notf(
gessid as to fere 3ou bi epistlisu, forv thei n»
seien, That epistlisw ben greuouse and
stronge, but the presence of the bodi is
feble, and the word worthi to be dis-
pisid. He that is suche oon, thenke this, n
for suche as we absent beri in word bi
pistlis", suche we ben present in dede.
For we doren not putte? vs among, or 12
comparisoune vs to summer), that co-
menden hem silf; but we mesuren vs in
vs silf, and comparisounen vs silf to vs.
For we schulen not haue glorie ouer me- is
sure, but bi the mesure of the reule
which God mesuride to vs, the mesure
that stretchith to 3011. For we ouer- 14
stretchen not forth2 vsa, as not stretch-
inge to 3ou. For to 3ou we camen in the
gospel of Crist, not gloriynge ouer me- is
sure in othere mennus trauelis. For we
'han hopeb of 3ourec feith that wexith
in 3ou to be magnefied bi oure reule in
abundaunce, also to preche in to tho i«
thingis that ben bi3endis 3ou, not to haue
glorie in othere mennusd reule, in these
thingis that ben maad redi. He that 17
glorieth, haue glorie in the Lord. For is
not he that comendith hym silf is preu-
yd, but whom God comendith.
390
II. CORINTHIANS.
X. 1 8 — XI. 10.
isglorieth, glorieP in the Lord. Forsoth i
not he that comendith him silf is proued,
but whom God comendith, 'or preisith*.
CAP. XI.
i I wolde '36 schulden8 susteyne1 a litil
thing of myn vnwysdom, but and" sup-
2portev mew, 'or here vp me*. Sothly? I
loue 3ouz by the loue of God ; sothli3 I
haue bihi3t, 'or bicome borweb, forc to
3yued 3oue a chast virgynef to a£ manh,
.•{Crist'. Forsoth I drede, lest as the ser-
pent disceyuede Eue with j his sutil wordisk,
so 3oure1 wittis ben coruptm, and falle doun
4 fro the symplenesse that is in Crist. For-
whi if he that cometh, prechith anothir
Crist, whom we prechen" not, or if 36
taken anothir spirit, whom 36 resseyueden0
not, or anothir gospel, theP which 36 re-
sceyueden not, ri3tly 36 schulden suffre.
5 Sothlii I wener 'for to haue8 don no thing
6 lasse1 frou the greete apostlis. Forwhi thou3v
I be vnlernedw in sermoun, 'or word*, but
not in science >, W kunnyng*. Forsoth
in alle thingisa I am schewidb, 'or maud
lltnowe*, to 3ou. Or whethir I haue do
synne, mekynge, vor makinge low$A, my
silf, that 36 ben enhaunsid, for freely
I euangelisidee to 3ou the euangelief of
s God? I spoilideS, 'or made nakide, or took
3J/?wb, of othir chirchis, takyngek soude1
nto 30111-6 seruyse. And whenne I was
anentis 3ou, and nedide, I was chargeous
to no man ; forwhi britheren that camen
fro Macedonye, 'supplieden, or fulfilden™,
that that" failide to me. And in alle thingis
I haue kept0, and schal kepe meP withoute
10 charge to 3ou. The treuthe of Crist isi
in me ; for this glorie schal not be brokuri
inr me, in the 'regiouns, or kuntrees*, of
CAP. XI.
I wolde that 36 wolden suffre a litil 1
thing of myn vnwisdom, but also sup-
porte 36 me. For Y loue 3ou bi the loue 2
of God; for Y haue spousid 3011 to oon
hosebonde, to 3elde a chast virgyn to
Crist. But Y drede, lest as the serpents
disseyuede Eue with his sutil fraude, so
3oure wittis beri corrupt, and fallen doun
fro the symplenesse that is in Crist.
For" if he that cometh, prechith anothir 4
Crist, whom we precheden not, or if 36
taken another spirit, whom 36 token not,
or another gospel, which 36 resseyueden
not, ri3tli 3e schulden suffre. For YO
wene that Y haue don no thing lesse
than the greleee apostlis. For thou3 Ye
be vnlerudf in word, but not in kun-
nyng. For in alle thingis Y am open to
3ou. Or whether Y haue don synne, 7
mekynge my silf, that 36 be enhaunsid,
for freli Y prechide to 3ou the gospel
of God ? Y made nakid othere chirchis, K
and Y took sowde to 30111-6 seruyce.
And whanne Y was among 3ou, and 9
hadde nede,Y was chargeouse to no man;
for britheren that camen fro Macedonye,
fulfilliden that that failide to me. And
in alle thingis Y haue kept, and schal
kepe me with outen charge to 3ou. The 10
treuthe of Crist is in me ; for this
glorie schal not be brokun in me in the
cuntreis of Acaie. Whi ? for Y loue 1 1
not 3ou? God woot. For that that? Y 12
do, and that Y schal do, ?'.v that Y kitte
awei the occasioun of hem that wolen
P glorie he p. haue glorie r. q For r. r Om. ox. s that 36 wolden r. * sustene, or suffre Q. u also r.
v supporteth x. w je me v. * Om. ox. or here me vp MPQ. or berith vp s y For r. z Om. r.
a for v. •> Om. ox. or spousid r. c Om. sx. to oon husbonde y. d take G.VPQ. e Om. y. f maiden .s.
S o ANSTWXY. Om. r. » Om. r. ' of Crist T. J bi M. k frawde AGMNOQsrrwxY. * oure TWY. pr. m.
m corupt, bi lijc fraude Q. n prechiden y. ° token r. P Om. OK. Q For r. r wente w. s for I
haf o. to haue sx. that I haue r. i Om. s. u to o. than r. v jif Q. w not lernid G.VPQ. vnlerid syx.
* Om. ox. curiously spekynge Q. y kunnynge o. z Om. ox. or kunnyng I am vnlernyd Q. & Om. N.
lj maad knowen o. opin r. c Om. orx. d Om. ox. e preched r. * gospel r. % made nakid r.
h Om. ovx. ! Om. vx. k and I took r. ! sowede c. m supplieden, or filliden ANSTWY. fulfilliden
GMPOX. filleden or. Q theng that o. ° kept me o. P Om. o. <J Om. o. r Om. G pr. m.
3 regiouns GMPQ. contre o.
e Forwhi A pr. m. ca. ee gretter o. { vnlernid QRgko0. unlernd KC. 6 Om. b pr. m.
XI. II— 25-
II. CORINTHIANS.
391
nAchaye. Whi'? for I loue not 3011 ?
12 God woot". 'For thatv that I do, and I
schal do, that I kitte awey 'the occa-
sioun" of hem, that wolen occasioun, 'or
plente, or power*, that in the thing, in
which thei glorien, thei be founde suche?
is as and we. Forwhi suche false apostlis
ben trecherous2, 'or gylous*, work men,
Mtransfiguringe hem into apostlisb. And notc
wondir ; sothli'1 he" Sathanasf transfygur-
io ith& him into an'1 aungel of Iy3t. Therfor
it is not greet, if his mynistris ben trans-
figurid as the mynistris of ri3twysnesse,
i«whos ende schal be aftir hir workis. Eft
I seye, lest ony man deme' mek vnwyse1 ;
ellis take 36 me vnwysem, that and" I haue
17 glorie a litil what. 'That that0 I speke, I
speke not vpP God, but as intoi vnwys-
i8domr, in this substaunce of glorie. For-
whi many men glorien vps the fleisch, and
19! schal glorie1. Forsoth" 36 suffren gladly
vnwyse men, whanne 3ev silf ben wyse.
20 Sothliw 36 susteynenx, if ony man dryue^
3ou into seruage, if ony man deuourith, if
ony man takith, if ony man is enhaunsid
*bi pride1, if ony man smytitha 3011 'intob
21 face0. Vpd vnnobley, I seye, ase we weren
syke in this partyef. In what thing ony
man dar, in vnwysdoms I seie, and I dar.
22 Thei ben Ebrewish, and I'; thei ben Ys-
raelitis, and Ik ; thei ben the1 seed of A-
23 braham, and I ; thei ben the1" mynistris of
Crist, and I. As lasse wys I seye, 'I more";
in ful manye trauels, in prisouns more
plenteuously, in woundis aboue 'manere,
24 or ouer mesure", in deethis ofte tymes. I
resceyuede of the Jewis fyue sythis fourty
instrokis oon lesse; thries I was betun with
3erdis, onys I was stoonyd, thryes YP maad
occasioun, that in the thing, in which
thei glorien, thei be foundun as we.
Forh siche false apostlis ben trecherouse is
werk men, and transfiguren hem in to
apostlis of Crist. And no wondur, foru
Sathanas hym silf transfigurith' hym in
to an aungel of light. Therfor it is is
not greet, if hise mynystris ben trans-
figurid as the mynystris of ristwisnesse,
whos ende schal be aftir her werkis.
Eft Y seie, lest ony man gesse me toie
be vnwise; ellis take 36 me as vnwise,
that also Y haue glorie a litil what.
That that Y speke*, Y speke not aftir 17 * that
f, , . , . . . . . . of my fleschli
Godf, but as in VllWlSdom, in this SUb- preysing. Lire
staunce of glorie. For many men glo-18 . r*',ve'
T speke not a/-
rien aftir the fleisch, and Y schal glo- ««• God; as to
the licnesse of
ne. For 36 suffren gladh vnwise men, 19 wordis, no gio-
whanne 3ek silf1 ben wise™. For" 30 20 tochT
susteynen0, if ony man dryuethP 3ou in
to seruage, if ony man deuourith, if ony
* * God. TheGlose
man takith, if ony man is enhaunsid 9, here.
.. . , , ,. Either not aftir
if ony man smytith 3ou onr the8 race. God, but us in
Bi vnnoblei Y seie, as if we weren sike2i^7/^';htat
in this parti. In what thing ony man withp<«are-
sonable and
dar, in vnwisdom Y seie, and Y dar. nedfni cause.
Lire here. ve.
Thei ben Ebrewis, and Y ; thei ben 22
Israelitis, and Y ; thei ben the seed of
Abraham, and Y; thei ben the myn-23
ystris of Crist, and Y. As lesse wise Y
seie, Y more ; in ful many trauelis, in
prisouns more plenteuousli, in woundis
abouef maner, in deethis ofte tymes. Y24
resseyuede11 of the Jewis fyue sithis
fourti strokis oon lesse; thries Y was 25
betun with 3erdis, onys Y was stonyd,
thries Y was at shipbreche, av ny3t and
aw dai Y was in the depnesse of the
see ; in weies ofte, in perelis of floodis, 26
4 Om. G pr. m. u wotefor I loue yni <j. v Forsothe AGMNOQS. Forsothe that PTVWXY. w occa-
siouns K. occasioun, or plente or power N. x Om. NOX. take o sec. m. marg. J Om. v.
z trechours TV. a Om. ox. gileful s. b aposteles of Crist GMOPQTVWXY. « no Nr. <1 forwhi v.
e Om. v. f Satanas, her heed Q. Satanas him self v. S transfigured us. h Om. or. ' gesse v. k Om.
<; pr. m. I to be vnwise v. m as vnwijs MOPQywxY. n Om. G pr.m. ° And that K. that
at o. P after GMPQI'. 1 in NF. to Q. r wisdom v. * after GMPQV. i glorie, that siche be reprenede Q.
u For v. v jee jour GPQY sec.m. je 3ou M. jou sx. w For whi v. * suffren Q. y driueth v. z Om. x.
a smytynge N. smyte x. b on v. c the face AGMOPQSXY sec.m. d After GMPQ. Bi v. e as if v.
* part x. S wisdom o. h Jewis s. ' Om. G pr. m. k Om. G pr. m. ' Om. o. m Om. NS. " more I
o maner o pr. m. x. mesure o sec. m. P Om. o.
11 Forwhi A pr.m. ca. ' transfiguride k. k 5our E. je jou xa. jou k. ' Om. i. m wise men i.
" Forwhi A pr. m. c. ° sufFren i. P driue ca. '1 enhauncid hi pride ah. r in to K sec. m. s Om.
Apr. m. b. l ouer i. u resseyue k pr. m. v Om. A sec. m. la-sec, m. a. w Om. a.
392
II. CORINTHIANS.
XI. 26 — XII. 6.
perisching in schip, ny3ti and day I was
26 in depnesser of the see ; in weies ofte, in
perelis of flodis, in perels of theues, in
perelis of kyn, in perels of hethen men,
'in perels8 in cite', in perels in desert, in
perels in see", in perels in false britheren,
27 in traueil andv mysestew, in many wak-
yngis. in hungir andx thirst, in> many fast-
asingis, in cold andz ina nakidnesse. With-
onte tho thingis that ben withouteforth ;
myn eche dayesb wakyrigec, ^or studyinge6,
2»thee bisynesse of alle chirchis. Who is
syk, and I am not syk ? who is sclaundrid,
and I am not brendf?
CAP. XII.
;w If it bihoueth for^ to glorie, I schal glorie
in tho thingis that ben of myn infirmyte,
\\Cor jreelte^. God' and the fadir of oure
Lord Jhesu Crist, that is blessid into thek
worldis, wool, that I "gabbe not, or1 lyie
32 not. The prouost™, or keperen, of Da-
maske, of the king of the folk Arethe0,
kepte the cite of Damascenys for? to take
:w me ; and by a wyndow in a leep I was
latun down by thei wal, and so I scapide1"
i his hondis. rrlf it bihoueth8 for4 to glo-
rie, sothli it spedith not ; forsoth I schal
come to the visyouns and reuelaciouns of
2 the Lord. I woot a man in Crist bifore
fourtene 3eer ; wher in body, wher out of
body", I woot not, God woot ; sich a man
3 rauyschid vtil tov the thridde heuene. And"
I woot such a man ; wher in body, orx out
4 of body, I nooU, God woot; for he was
rauyschid into paradys, and herde priuey
wordes, thez whiche it is not leefful to aa
r> man forb to speke. For sich maner thing0
I schal glorie ; forsothe for me no thing,
enod but in myn infirmitees. Forwhi and
if I schal wilne" forf to" glorie, I schal not
in perelis of theues, in perelis of kyn,
in perelis of hethene men, in perelis in
citee, in perelis in desert, in perelis in
the see, in perelis among false britheren,
in trauelx and nedynesse, in many wak-27
yngis, in hungur, in thirst, in many fast-
yngis, in coold and nakidnesse. With- 28
outen tho thingis that ben withoutforth,
myn ech daies trauelyng is the bisynesse
of alle chirchis. Who is sijk, and Y ani2y
not sijk ? who is sclaundrid, and Y am
not brent? If it bihoueth to glorie, Yao
schal glorie in tho thingis that ben of
myn infirmyte. God and the fadir of 31
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, that is blessid
in to worldis, woot that Y lie not. The 32
preuost of Damask, of the kyng of the
folk Arethe-v, kepte the citee of Dama-
scenes toz take me ; and bi a wyndow in 33
a leep Y was latun doun bi the8 wal, and
so Y ascapideb hise hondis.
CAP. XII.
If it bihoueth to haue glorie, it sped- 1
ith not; but Y schal come to the visiouns
and toc the reuelaciouns of the Lord.
I woot a man in Crist that bifore foure-2
tene jeer; whether in bodi, whether out
of thed bodi, Y woot not, God woot ; that
siche a man was rauyschid vtil toe the
thridde heuene. And Y woot sich as
man ; whether in bodi, or out of bodi, Y
nootf, God woot ; that he was rauyschid 4
in to paradis, and herde preuy wordis,
whiche it is not leueful to a man to
speke. For such maner thingis Y schal 5
glorie ; but for me no thing, no? but in
myn infirmytees. For1' if Y schal wilne B
to glorie, Y schal not be vnvvijs, for Y
1 a nyjt x. r peril T. s Om. G pr. m. l the cite s.v. u the see ASTXY. v in o. w nedynesse, either
mysselste v. x in Kr. V and o. z Om. w. a Om. xGMxop<?r. b day AGMPQSTFWXY. c traueiling r.
d Om. ox. e is the v. f brent, or purgid with multitude of sclaitndris Q. g Om. SA:. h Om. ox.
i For o. k Om. srx. 1 Om. AGMtiopo.sTPwxY. m kepere x. n Om. OXY. ° of Arethe A pr.m. NOX.
P Om. sx. 1 a x. r ascapide v. rr Cap. XII. begins here in r. s behoue sx. 4 Om. sx. u the
body AOSTVXY pr.m. v vnto GMPQ. til N. w Om. G pr. m. * whether x. y not wot s. z Om. r.
a eny o. b Om. sx. c thingis r. d not o. e wille M. wolen Q. f Om. s*. S Om. sx.
x traueilis k. y of Arethe iRcdk. z for to b. a a Eiqega. b scapide b pr. m. c Om. R. d Om.
cKMRaeghk. e vnto i. f ne woot i. wot not K. S Om. b. h Forwhi A pr. m. c.
XII. 7 — 1
II. CORINTHIANS.
393
be vnwys; sothli u I schal seye treuthe;
forsoth' I spare, lest ony man gesse me
ouer that thing that he seeth in me, or
vheerith ony thing of me. And lest the
greetnesse of reuelaciouns k enhaunce me
'I'M pride1, the pricke ofm fleisch, an aun-
gel of Sathanas, is 3ouun to me, vthe which
s boffatithn me. For which0 thing thries I
preide the Lord, that it schuld go a wey
ofro me. And he seide to me, My grace
sufficith to thee; forwhi vertu is perfitly
maad in infirmite. Therfore gladly I schal
glorie in myn infirmytees, that the .vertu
10 of Crist dwelle in00 me. For which thing
I plese to me? in myn infirmitees, in
wrongi dispisyngis, vor reprouyngis* , in
nedis, in persecuciouns, in angwyschis, for
Crist ; sothli8 whanne I am syk, thanne
ill am my3ty. I* am maad vnwitty", 36
constreyneden mev. Forsoth w I 'schulde,
orx ow^te, for? to be comendid of 3011 ;
sothliz I dide no thing lesse vfro hema that
ben apostlis aboue manereb. Forwhic
J2thou3d I bee nou3tf, nethelees the? sygnes
of 'myn apostilhedh ben maad on1 3011, ink
al pacience, and singnes, 'or miraclis1, and
isgrete wondris, and vertues. Sothli what
is it, that 36 hadden lasse™ bifore" othere
chirchis, no but that I my silf greuyde 3ou
not0? For3yue 36 to me this wrong?.
u Loo ! this thridde tyme I am redy for0, to
come to 3ou, and I schal not be greuous
to 3ou ; forsother I seke not tho thingis
that ben 3oure, but 3ou. Forsoth8 nethir
sones owen to* tresoure, 'or make tresour",
to fadir and modir, but thev fadir and
ismodirw to thex sones. Forsoth> I moost
wilfully schal 3yue, and Iz my silf schal
be 'ouer3ouuna for 3oure soulis ; thou3 I
16 more louyngeb, be lesse loued. But be it ;
I greuyd not 3ou, but whanne I was sutil
schal seie treuthe ; but Y spare, lest ony
man gesse me ouer that thing that he
seeth in me, or herith ony thing of me.
And lest the greetnesse of reuelaciouns' 7
enhaunse me ink pride, the pricke of
my fleisch, an aungel of Sathanas, is
3ouun to me, that he buffate me. For;!
whiche thing thries Y preiede the Lord,
that it schulde go awei fro me. And hen
seide to me, My grace suffisith to thee;
for vertu is parfitli maad in infirmyte.
Therfor gladli Y schal glorie in myn
infirmytees, that the vertu of Crist
dwelle in me. For which thing Y am 10
plesid in myn infirmytees, in dispisyngis,
in nedis, in persecuciouns, in anguyschis,
for Crist; for whanne Y am sijk, thanne
Y am mi3ti. Y am maad vnwitti, 3611
constreyneden me. For Y ou3te to be
comendid of 3ou ; for Y dide no thing
lesse than thei that ben apostlis 'aboue
maner1. Thou3 Y am nou3t, nethelesi2
the signes of myn apostilhed ben maad
on 3ou, in al pacience, and signes, and
grete wondris, and vertues. And what is
is it, that 36 hadden lesse than othere
chirchis, but that Y my silf greuyde 3011
not ? For3yue 36 to me this wrong.
Lo ! this thridde tyme Y am redi to 14
come to 3011, and Y schal not be greuous
to 3011; for Y seke not tho thingis that
ben 3ourem, but 3ou. For nether sones
owen to tresoure to fadir and modir,
but the fadir and modir to the sones.
For Y schal 3yue moost wilfuli, and Y is
my silf schal be 3ouun aboue" for 3oure
soulis ; thou3 Y more loue 3ou, and be
lesse louyd. But be it ; Y° greuyde not 16
3ou, but whanne Y was sutil, Y took 3ou
with gile. Whether Y disseyuede 3ou 17
bi ony of hem, which Y sente to 3ou ?
h for v. ' sothely o. k reuelacioun N. 1 Om. x. m of my v. n that he buffate v. that buffete x.
0 the whiche s. °° Om. K. P me, or gretly delite Q. 1 Om. v. r Om. GMOPQVX. " for r. * and N.
n vnwitty, thus commendyng my silf Q. v me, for thorny "youre blame 1 was const reynede Q. w For r.
Sothly x. x Om. orx. y Om. sx. z for r. a than thei r. ° ?ny maner Q. c Om. r. d jif g.
e am y. f not apostle, as it semeth to summen Q. g these r. h my postlehed G pr. n. MPQ. > in KY.
k on TXY. 1 Om. OQX. m lesse of techynge Q. n than r. ° not, bitakynge of^ou g. P thing g.
1 Om. sx. r for r. s Forwhi K. t for to GA/.vpQTr. u Om. MOPQX. v the goostly Q. w the modir N.
x Om. o. y For r. z Om. G pr.m. MPQ. a jouen ouer v, b louynge 3ou r.
' reuelacioun k. k to /3. 1 ouer mesure I.
VOL. IV. 3 E
'joures.u. D ouer i. ° and Y a.
394
II. CORINTHIANS.
xii. 17 — xm. 5.
i7wysec, Id took* 3011 with gyle. Wher I
disceyuede 3ou byf ony of hem/ the whiche?
is I senteh to 3011? I preiede Tyte, and I
seute with him a brothir. Wher' Tyte
bigylidek 3011? wher we gon1 not in the
same spiryt ? wher not inm the same step-
is pis"? Sum tyme 36 wenen, that we schu-
len excuse vs anentis 3ou. Bifore God in0
Crist we speken ; forsothe, moost dere
britheren, alle thingis for joure edyfy-
•2<>ingeP. Sotheli I drede, lest perauenture
whanne I schal come, I schal fynde<i 3our
not8 which manere* I wole, and I schal be
founde of" 3owv which manerw 30 wolen
not"; lest perauenture stryuyngis, enuyes,
sturdynessis, dissenciouns and detrac-
ciouns, priuey spechis of? discord, boln-
yngesz bi* prideb, debatis be among 3ou ;
21 lestc eftsoone whanne I schal come, God
make me Ioii3d anentis 3ou, and6 I weylef
manye of hem, that bifore synneden, and
diden not penaunce ofs the vnclennesse,
and fornycacioun, and vnchastite, that thei
han1' don.
CAP. XIII.
i Lo ! this thridde tyme I come to jou,
and in the mouth of tweyne' or thre wit-
anessis euery word schal stonde. I seide
bifore, andk seye bifore, as present twyes,
and now absent, to hem that bifore han
synned, and to alle othere; for if I schal
3 come eftsoone, I schal not spare. Wher
36 seken asayinge1 of himm that spekith in
me, Crist", the0 which is not sykP in 3ou,
4 but isi my3ty in vsr? Forwhi thou3 he
was crucified of infirmyte8, but he lyueth
of the vertu of God. Forwhi and* we ben
syke in hym, but we schulen lyue with
shim of the vertu of God in vs. Asayeu
3ouv silf, if 36 ben in thew feith ; 30 3oux
Y preiede Tite, and Y sente with hym is
a brother. Whether Tite begilide 3ou?
whether we 3eden not in the same spi-
rit? whether not in the same steppis?
Sum tyme 36 wenen, that we schulen 19
excuse vs anentis 3ou. Bifor God in
Crist we speken ; and, moost dere bri-
theren, alle thingis for 3oure edifiyng.
But Y drede, lest whanne Y come, Yao
schalP fynde 3ou noti suche as Y wole,
and Y schal be foundun of 3011 suche as
36 wolen not ; lest perauenture stryu-
yngis, enuyes, sturdynessis, dissenciouns
andr detraccions, preuy spechis of dis-
cord, bolnyngis hi pride, debatis ben
among 3011 ; and lest eftsoone whanne Yai
come, God make me low anentis 3ou,
and Y biweile many of hem, that bifor
synneden, and diden not penaunce on
the vnclennesse, and fornicacioun, and
vnchastite, that thei han don.
CAP. XIII.
Lo ! this thridde tyme Y come to 3ou, i
and in the mouth of tweyne9 or1 of thre
witnessis euery word schal stonde. Ya
seide bifor, and seie bifor, as present
twies, and now absent, to hem that bifor
han synned, and to alle othere; for if Y
come eftsoone, Y schal not spare. Whe-s
ther 36 seken the preef of that Crist,
that" spekith in me, which is not feble
in 3ou? For thou3 he wasv crucified of 4
infirmyte, but he lyueth of the vertu
of God. For also we ben sijk in hym,
but we schulen lyue with him of the
vertu of God in vs. Asaie 3ou silf, if '5
3e ben in the feith; 36 3011™ silf preue.
m. wille w. d Om. T. e disceued G sec. m. toke, or disceyuede Q. f with o.
h sende o. ' Whether PQ. k giled o. l 3eden v. m ai>d MPQ. n steppis,
P edificacioun N. 1 not fynde GMPQ. r Om. o. s Om. GMP. * maner
GMPTX. w maner man Q. x not, scharpely punyschynge y»i. I dreede Q.
a with o. Om. x. b Om. x. c I dreede lest g. d humble, or low Q.
c Om. GV. willy STXY pr.
g whom Gjrpg. whiche r.
or rverkis g. ° and in s.
men Q. u at K. v jou
y or K. z bolnynge K.
e so that and Q. f biweile v. 8 on v. h haden o. ' two GMPQ pass. k and 1 MPQX. ' an experi-
ment, or asaiyngc GA/NPOY
<1 Om. G pr. m. MP. he is Q.
Asajeth s. Asaye je x. v
marg. m that Crist v. n Om. N. ° Om. N. P made seek, or vnmy^ty g.
r jou v. s infirmyte of mankynd Q. * and jif Q. u Tempte, or asaye Q.
joure c.wpg. thi o. w Om. TV. * joure GPQ.
P schal not K pr.m.
v were i. w jour E.
Om. R pr. m. r Om. A. s two i et alii. * other a. " Om. ag pr. m.
XIII. 6— 13-
II. CORINTHIANS.
395
silf prone?. Wher 36 knowen not 3011" silf,
for Crist Jhesu is in 3011? noa butb 36
e ben repreuable. Forsoth I hope, thatc 36
7knowend fore we ben not repreuable. So-
thely we preien the Lord, that 36 don no
thing of yuel ; notf that we seme prouyds,
but thath 36 do that that1 is good, forsoth
8 that k we be1 repreuable. Forsothe"1 we
mowen no thing a^ens treuthe11, but for
9 treuthe0. ForsothP we ioyen, for*! we ben
syke1", forsoth 36 s ben my3ty ; and1 we
10 preien this thing, 3oure endinge". Sothliv
therfore I absent write "this thing w, that
I present do not hardere, vpx the power,
the^ which the Lord 3af to me into edifi-
1 1 cadoun, and not into distrucciounz. Bri-
theren, hennis forward1 ioye 30, 'be 36 b
perfyt, and ' teche 3ec ; Vndirstonde 3ed the
same thing ; haue 36 pees, and God of pees
12 and louee schal be with 3ou. Greete 3ef
wel to gidere in hooly coss. Alle hooly
13 men greeteu 3ou wel. The grace of oure&
Lord Jhesu Crist, and the charite of God,
and the comunynge of the Hooly Gost, be
with 3ou alle. Amen.
Whether 36 knowen not1 3ouy silf, for
Crist Jhesu is in 3ou? but in happe 36
ben repreuable. But Y hope, that 36 c
knowen, that we ben not repreuable.
Arid we preien the Lord, that 36 do no 7
thing of yuel; not that we seme preued*, * preued; that
is, perfit and
but that 36 do that that is good, and grete men in
that we ben as2 repreuable. For we«
moun no thing a3ens treuthe, but for the
treuthe. For we ioyen, whanne we ben» *tat »• myjti in
}ou, in using?
sijk, but 56 ben my3ti ; and we preien power in uen-
,,..,. p • mi f iauncis. re-
this thing, 3oure perreccioun. J herror lOpreuatie; that
Y absent write these thingis, that Y jfo^^d
present do not hardere, bi the powere, te'^huien'1131
which the Lord 3af to me in to edifi- ven8e- The
Glos here. ve.
cacioun, and not in to ^oure distruc- Either a»re-
cioun. Britheren, 'hennus forward3 ioyeii
3e, be 36 perfit, excite 36; vndurstonde 36
the same thing ; haue 36 pees, and God
of pees and of loue schal be with 3ou.
Grete 36 wel togidere in hoolib cos. Alle 12
hooli men greten 3011 wel. The grace is
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, and the cha-
rite of God, and the comynyng of the
Hooli Gost, be with" 3ou allec. Amen.
Here endith the secunde pistle to Co- Here endith the secunde pistle to Co-
rintkis, and now bigynneth the prolog to rinthies, andd bigynneth the* prologe on
Galathies^. the pistle to Galuthies*.
L"e
y proueth sx. z joure GMPQ. a Om. x. b bot perauenture <?. but in hap r. but if happili x.
c for GMP. d woot o. e that v. * we preyen not o. K prouyd of God, in vsynge oure power Q. h at o.
i Om. R. at o, k that that w. 1 ben as yr. m For r. n the treuthe SXY pr. m. ° the treuthe
AGMXOpQSTrwxY. P For v. q whanne v. ' seek, no thing mowinge of oure silf Q. s we K. * not
dredynge; and Q. u eendyng, that $e he perfijt qe. perfeccioun v. v Om. v. w these thingis v. x aftir MPQ.
bi r. J Om. r. z ^oiire districcioun xr. a forthward M. forth Q. b beth x. c excite je r. techeth x.
d vnderstondeth x. e of loue or. ' Om. K. S joure r. h Hecre endith the secounde pistle to Co-
rynlhys, and heere bigynnelh epistle to Galathies. A. Here endith the secunde pistil to Corynfhis, and
bigynneth the prolog on the pistil to Galathies. N. Here eendeth the secounde epistel to Corinthies, and
bygynneth the prologe of the epistil to Galathies. o. Here endeth the pistles to the Corinthies, and bygyn-
neth the pistel to the Galathies. Q. Here endith the secounde epistle to Corinthies, and bigynneth the prologe
to Galathies. T. Heere endith the secunde Corinthies, and here bigynneth the prologe to Galathies. r.
Here eendith the secounde pistil to Corinthis, and bigynneth a prologe to Galathies. w. No final rubric in
GMPSA'V.
* Om. a. y jour E. z Om. a. a hens forth ward ek. b the hooli b. c alle r. alle 3011 A pr. m. CEKMRaeioa.
d and here M. « a Ma. f From ciMqacoa. Here endelh the secounde pistle to Corinthies; se now the pro-
loge on the pistle to Galathies. K. Here endith the secounde pistle to Corynthis; here bygynneth the prologe
to Galathies. bh. Here endith the pistlis of the Corinthies, and bigynneth a prologe on the pistele of Gal-
thenes. g. Here eendith the secunde Corinthies, and here bigyniieth the prologe on the pistel to Galathies. k.
No final rubric in AERUC.
3 E2
GALATIANS.
The prolog to Galathies a.
GALATHIES ben Greekis. Thes theb
word of treuthe first tooken of thec
apostle ; but aftir his departyng, thei
weren temptid of false apostlis, that thei
schulden be turned into the olde lawe
andd circumcisioun. Thes reuoketh the
apostle to the feith of treuthe, writinge
to hem fro Ephesye.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the epistle e.
Here bigynneth a prologe to Galathies*.
GALATHIES ben Grekis. Thei token
first of the postleb the word of treuthe ;
but aftir his goyng awei, thei weren
temptid of false apostlis, that thei weren0
turned in to lawed and6 circumcisioun.
Thef postles a3en clepith hem to the
feith of treuthe, and writith to hem fro
Efesus1'.
Jerom in his prolog to Galathies writ-
ith this1.
The epistle to the Galathiis*.
CAP. I.
1 Poul apostle, notb of men, neither by
manc, but bi Jhesu Crist, and God the
2 fadir, that reyside him fro deede men, and
alle the britheren that ben with me, to
•A the chirchisd of Galathie, grace to 3ou, and
pees of God the fadir, and of oure Lord
Here bigynneth the epistle to
Galathies*.
CAP. I.
Poul the apostle, not of men, ne bi i
man, but bi Jhesu Crist, and God the
fadir, that reiside hym fro deth, and alle-j
the britheren that ben with me, to the
chirchis of Galathie, grace to 3ou and 3
pees of God the fadir, and of the Lord
a Prolog, s. Prologus Y. No initial rubric in OTV, No prologue in AGMPQX. In N the prologue is
of the second text. & Om. v. c Om. v. d of K. f Here eendith the prologe, and bygynneth
the epislel to Galathies. ow. Here endith the prologe to Galathis, and bigynneth the pistel. T. No final
rubric in SFV. a From M. The pistle to Galathies. PQ. Here begynneth the boke of Galathis. r. No
initial rubric in the other Mss. b not chosen Q. c men Q. d chirche Q.
a From u. Jerom on Galthas. E. The prolos to Galathies. N. A prolog on the pistle to Galathies. H.
Here bigynneth the prologe on Gallant/lies, e. Prolog, f. No initial rubric in ACiKMQa. b apostle
EQReghoa. c Om. B pr.m. d the lawe CEiKMNRUabcefghknoa/3. e of h. * And the k pr. m.
S apostle inhk. h Etfecies Eicjega. i Jerom in his prologe on this pistle to Galathies nritith this. c.
Heere endith the prologe, and biginnith the pistle. i. Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Here endith
the prolog that is seid bi Jerom on this epistle. N. Thus endeth the prolog, and bigynneth the pistle. R.
Jerom seith this to Galathies. u. Here endith prologe, and bigyneth epistil. g. This seith Jerom in his
prolog to Galathies. h. Jerom in his prolog on the pistil to Galathies nritith thus. k. Jerom in his prolog
on this epistle seith this. a. No final rubric in Eef. * Poul to Galathies. E. No initial rubric in
AC i KQRuabcghko.
I. 4—17-
GALATIANS.
397
4«Thesu Crist, the6 which jaf him silf for
oure synnes, that he schulde delyuere vs of f
thiss present weyward world, vp1' the wil
s of God and oure fadir, to whom is ^honour
and1 glorie in to worldis of worldis. Amen ;
G'.SO be it^. I wondre, that thus so1 soone
30 ben born ouer fro him that clepide 3ou
into the grace of Crist, into an other
7 gospel; them which is not other", 'no but0
ther ben summe that disturblenP 3ou, and
wolen mysturne the euangelie of Crist.
s But thou3 we, or an aungel of heuene,
euangelise to 3ou, bisydis that that we
9 han euangelisid to 3ou, cursid be he. As
I bifore seide, and now eftsoone I seye, if
onyi 'schal euangeliser out taken that that
1036' ban takun, cursid be he. VI counceile
now" to men, or to God ? or VI sekew forx
to plese toy men ? If I X3it plesidez to
men, I were not the seruaunt of Crist.
nSotheli, britheren, I make the gospel
knowun to 3ou, thea which is euangelisidb,
W prechidc, of me, for it is not vpd man ;
lasothli6 nether I tookf it of man, nether
lernyde?, but by theh reuelacioun of Jhesu
13 Crist. Forsothe 30 herden my lyuynge
sum tyme in the1 Juwerie, for ouerk ma-
nere1 I pursuwide the chirche of God, and
ufau3te a3ens it. And I profitide in Juryem
aboue many myn" euene eeldis in my
kyn, beynge more habouridantly louere0,
'or foloiverv, of my fadryni tradiciounsr.
isForsoth5 whanne it pleside to him, that
departide me fro the wombe of my modir,
icand clepid by his grace, that he schulde
schewe in me his sone, that I schulde
preche hym in1 hethene men, a noon I acor-
i7dideu not to fleischw and blood"; nether
I cam to Jerusalem to my bifore goeris
apostlis, but I wente forth into Arabye,
Jhesu Crist, that 3af hym silf for oure 4
synnes, to delyuere vs fro the present
wickid world, bi the wille of God and
ofb oure fadir, to whom is worschip and&
glorie in to worldis of worldis. Amen.
I wondur, that so soone 30 be thusc
moued fro hym that clepid 3ou in to the
grace of Crist, in to another euangelie;
which is not anothir, but that ther ben 7
summe that troublen0 3ou, and wolen
mysturne the euangelie of Crist. But 8
thou3 we, or an aungel of heuene, prech-
ide to 3ou, bisidis that that we han
prechid to 3ou, be he acursid. As Ya
haue seid bifore, and now eftsoones Y
seie, if onyd preche to 3ou bisidis that
that 30 han vndurfongun, be he curside.
For now whether counsele Y men, orio
God ? or whether Y seche to plese men ?
If Y pleside 3it menf, Y were not Cristis
seruaunt. For, britheren, Y make knowun 11
to 3ou the euangelie, that was prechid
of me, for it is not bi man ; ne Y took 12
it of man, ne lernyde, but bi reuelacioun
of Jhesu Crist. For 36 han herd my 13
coriuersacioun sumtyme in the Jurie,
ands that Y pursuede passynglih the
chirche of God, and fau3t a3en it. And i-t
Y profitide in the Jurie aboue many of
myn eueneldis1 in my kynrede, and was
morek aboundauntli a folewere of my
fadris tradiciouns. But whanne it pies- is
ide hym, that departide me fro my mo-
dir1 wombe, and clepide bi his grace, to i"
schewe his sone in me, that Y schulde
preche hym among the hethene™, anoon
Y drow3u me not to fleisch and blood ;
ne Y cam to Jerusalem to the apostlis, 17
that weren tofor0 me, but Y wente in
to Arabie, and eftsoones Y turnede 33611
e Om. v. { fro p. e Om. r. h after GA/PQ. bi v. ' Om. v. k Om. GMPQPX. ' Om. NQ. m Om. r.
D another v. ° but if x. P disturben sx. distroublen vw. 1 eny man Y pr. m. r euangelizith v.
* we o. u Now counseile I GJI/PQ. Forwhi counseile I now r. Counceile I now x. w seke I MPQ. speke v.
* Om. MPQSX. y Om. x. * wolde 3it pleese v. a Om. r. b prechid o. c Om. GMOPQX. or preching K.
'' after GMpgr. e for v. f take T. g lerede sx. b Om. G pr. m. OP, ' Om. G pr. m. MPQ. k wick-
edly ouer o. 1 maner, or mesure 9. m the Jurie N. n men KY. ° the louer G sec.m. a loueere r.
P Om. x. q fadres GMOPQI'Y sec.m. r tradicioun N. s But v. * among v. u coorded G pr. m. w the
flesche T. * to blood o. blood, that is, nether to vices of my fleische, nether to kynred of b lode Q.
b Om. EiQRbceghkoa/3. c troublith b. d ony man M pr.m. b pr.m. e acursid CEiKMQRUabceghkoajS.
f to men K. S Om. EIQ pr. m. ga;3. h Om. k. ' euene eldris iQegha. k Om. A pr. m. a. ' modris CEI
MQRacegka. m hethene men K sec.m. R. n ether acordide K marg. ° ether biforgoers K marg. bifore a.
398
GALATIANS.
I. 18 — II. 6.
and eftsoone I turnedex ajen to? Damask.
isAftirward aftir thre 3eerisz I cam to Jeru-
salem, fora to se Petre, and dwellideb
i!) anentis him fifteene dayes ; forsothe I
say3 non other man of apostlisc, no but
20 James, the brothir of the Lord. Forsoth
what thingis I wryte to 3ou, loo ! bifore
21 God ford I lye not, W gabbe wo#e. Aftir-
ward I cam into the parties of Sirye and
22 Cilicie. Forsoth I was vnknowyn bi facef
to the chirchisff of Judee, that weren in
23 Crist ; oonly forsoth thei hadden heeringe,
fors he that pursuwede vs sumtyme, now
euangelisith the feith, a3ensh which' he
24fau3tek sumtyme; and in me1 thei clarifi-
ed en God.
CAP. II.
1 Aftirward aftirm fourtene jeer, eftsoone
I stijede to Jerusalem with Barnabas, and
2 Tyte takyn to. Forsoth I sti3ede vp" reue-
lacioun, and vto gidere seyde0, vor disput-
idev, with hem the gospel, thei whichr I
preche among hethene men ; forsoth a
sydis hond, xor by hem silf*, to1 hem that
weren seyn foru to be sumwhat, lest per-
auenture I schulde renne in veyn, or hadde
3 runnew. But nether Tyte, that was with
me, whanne he was hethene, was compellid
4 forx to be circumsidid ; but for false bri-
theren Vndirbroujt ynz, the8 whiche pri-
uely entriden forb to aspie oure liberte0,
thatd we han in Crist Jhesu, that thei
jschulden dryue vs into seruage. Todd
whiche6 nether at oonf hour we jauen
stede» to subiecciounh, that the treuthe of
cthe gospel dwelle at1 3ou. Forsothe of
hem that weren seyen fork to be sumwhat ;
what maner men1 thei weren sum tyme,
it perteyneth no thing to me, forsothem
God takith not the persoone of man; for-
in to Damask. And sith thre 3eer aftir Y is
cam to Jerusalem, to se Petre, and Y
dwellide with hym fiftene daies ; but Y 19
saw3 noon othere of the apostlis, but
James, oure Lordis brother. And these 20
thingis which Y write to 3ou, lo ! to-
forP God Y<i lie not. Afterward Y cam 21
in to ther coostis of Syrie and Cilicie.
But Y was vnknowun bi face to the 22
chirchis of Judee, that weren in Crist;
and thei hadden oonli an heryng, that 23
he that pursuede vs sum tyme, preclude"
now the feith, a3ens which he faujte sum
tyme ; and in me thei glorifieden God. 24
CAP. II.
And sith fourtene 3eer aftir, eftsonesi
Y wente vp to Jerusalem with Barna-
bas, and took with me Tite. Y wente 2
vp bi reuelacioun, and spak with hem
the euangelie, which Y preche1 among
the hethene; and bi hem silfu to these
that semeden to be sumwhat, lest Y
runne, or hadde runne in veyne. And s
notherv Tite, that hadde be with me,
while he was hethene, was compellid to
be circumsidid ; but for false britheren 4
that weren broujt ynrie, whiche hadden
entrid to aspie oure fredom, which we
han in Jhesu Crist, to bringw vs in to
seruage. But we jyue* no place tos
subieccioun, that the treuthe of the gos-
pel schulde dwelle with 3ou. But of«
these that semeden to be sumwhat ;
whiche thei weren sum tyme, it perteyn-
eth) not to me, for God takith not the
persoone of man ; for thei that semeden
to be sumwhat, 3auen me no thing. But;
a3enward, whanne thei hadden seyn, that
x turne v. 7 in to Q. * jeer GMPQX. a Om. sx. *> I dwelte p. I dwellide QV. e the apostlis GMFQ.
d tokynge hym to witnesse that Q. Om. x. e Om. AGMNOPQSTFWXY. f face, or presence of body Q.
fl chirche v. S that c. h Om. G sec. m. ' whom Q. k faujte ajeins G. 1 me, or in my turnynge to
Cristis byleeue Q. m Om. N. n vp after G. aftir Q. bi r. ° disputide o. seide togidere r. P Om. orx.
1 Om. rx. f that x. s Om. ox. * Om. x. u Om. s. w runne in veyn r. * Om. sx. z vnder
broujtyn GMPQY. priuely broujt in r, » Om. r. b Om. sx. c fredam Q. d which r. dd The K.
e whom GMPQ. ' an AGMNOPQSTrtrxv. e stide, or place N. h subieccioun, as conuict of the (awe Q.
' anentis Q. k Om. s^:. l Om. ox. m for whi v.
P that tofor u. <1 for Y A pr. m. that Y KsiRachko. r Om. B pr. m. s prechith h. l prechide CE
i pr. m. KQabegko. « ether asides K marg. v nethir c et plures. w ether dryue K. * jeuen ek. jeue o.
y perteynide Q.
II. 7 — 1
GALATIANS.
399
soth" thei that weren seen for0 to be sum-
what, no thing to me 3auen 'to gidereP.
7 But a3enward, whanne thei hadden seyn,
that the gospel of prepucie% 'or hethene
men*, iss bitakun1 to me, asu of circumci-
ssioun to Petre ; for he that wrou3te tov
Petre intow apostelhed of circumcisioun,
wrou3te and" to me among hethene men ;
sand whanne thei hadden knowe the grace
'o/ God?, that is 3ouun to me, James, and
Cephas, 'or Petrez, and John, thea whicheb
weren seyn forc to be pileris, 3auen to me
and Barnabas the ri3t hondis of felowschip,
that wed among hethene men, thei forsoth6
10 into circumcisioun; oonly that we schulde
be myndeful of pore men, thatf also I was
11 bisy for£ to do theh same thing. Forsothe
whanne Cephas', 'or Petrev, cam to An-
tioche, I 'stood a3ens] hymm in to the"
face0, for he was reprehensybleP, 'or wor-
\zthi fori to be reprouyd*. Forsoth8 bifore
that summe1 camen fro James, he eet with
hethen men ; forsoth™ whanne thei camen,
he withdrow3T, and departide hym, dred-
ynge hem that weren of circumcisioun.
13 And otherew conscentiden to his feynynge,
so that" Barnabas was ledd of hem into
u that y feynynge. But whanne I7' hadde
seyn, that thei walkiden not ri3tly to the
treuthe of the gospel, I seide to 'Cephas,
or Petre*, bifore alle men, If thou, sithen
thou ert a. Jew, lyuest hethenli, and not
Jewly, hou constreynest thou hethene
15 men forb to bicome Jewis ? We ben Jewis
of kynde, and not synners of hethene
in men0; forsothd witynge* forf a man is not
justified^ of the workis of laweh, no but
by the' feith of Jhesu Crist, and we in
Crist Jhesu bileuen, that we be iustyfied
ofk the feith of Crist', and not of the
t that i», the
'' pro-he'
the euangelie of prepucief was 3ouun to
me, as the euangelie of circumcisioun
was youun to Petre ; for he that wrou3tes
to Petre in apostlehed of circumcisioun, '•'« here- v«-
wrou3te also to me among the hethene ;
and whanne thei hadden knowe the grace o
of God, that was 3ouun to me, James,
and Petre, and Joon, whiche weren seyn
to be the* pileris, thei 3auen ri3thonda
of felowschip to me and to Barnabas,
that we among the hethene, and thei in
tob circumcisioun ; oneli that we hadde 10
mynde of pore men 'of Crist c, the which
thing Y was ful bisi to doon. Butn
whanne Petre was comun to Antioche,
Y a3enstood hym in the face, for he was
worthi to be vndirnommen. For bifori-2
that ther camen sumrnen fro James, he
eete with thed hethene men; but whanne
thei weren comun, he withdrow3, a"d
departide hym, dredinge hem that Averen
of circumcisioun. And thee othere Jewis is
assentiden to his feynyng, so that Bar-
nabas was drawun of hem in to that
feynyng. But whanne Y saw3, that thei 14
walkiden not ri3tli to the treuthe of the
gospel, Y seide to Petre bifor alle men,
If thou, that art a Jew, lyuest hethen-
lich, and not Jewelich, hou constreynest
thou hethene menf to bicome Jewis ?
We Jewis of kynde, and not synful men \r>
of the hethene, knowen that a man isic
not Justified of the werkis of lawes, but
bi the feith of Jhesu Crist ; and we
bileuen in Jhesu Crist, that we ben
Justified of the feith of Crist, and not
of theh werkis of lawe'. Wherfor of
thek werkis of lawe1 ech fleisch schal not
be Justified. And if we sechen to be 17
instilled in Crist, we ourem silf ben
n for K. ° Om. sx. P Om. v. <1 the prepucie o. r Om. ox. of hethen men v. s was v.
* taken ov. u as and v. v in to N. w in P. * Om. o. also v. y Om. v. z Om. OPQX. a Om. vx.
b Om. x. c Om. sx. d we prechen Q. e sothely GMP. { for r. e Om. sx. h this v. l Petre o.
k Om. NOQSX. 1 ajens stood r. » Om. v. n his G sup. ras. MPQ. ° face, or opynly Q. P repreuable
GMPQ. worthe for to be reprouyd o. 1 Om. s. >r Om. GMOPQX. * Forwhi v. t sum men G. sum
Jewis Q. u but y. v withdrewj hym GQ. w other Jervis v. * that also v. y Om. G pr.m. z that I o.
8 Cephas osx. Petre MPQ. b Om. sx. c men, e/ynge vnclene thing, nether doyng mawmetrie Q. d sothely
GMP. netheles sothely Q. e we witen Qf. { that v. e maad ri3twiise GMPQ. h the lawe GMNPQ.
' Om. STXY. k bi SXY. l Jhesu Crist TXY.
1 Om. Ebh. a the rijthond R. b to the abchko. c Om. A sec.m. Eiqeghka. d Om. KiQega. e Om. k.
f Om. a. S the lawe nba. k Om. Rb. ' the lawe b. k Om. b. • the lawe b. m vs lagk.
400
GALATIANS.
II. 17 — III. 8.
workis of lawe™. Wherfore of the workis
of lawen ech fleisch0, W man?, schal not
17 be Justified?!'. That if we sekynge for*! to
be justified in Crist, andr we vs8 silf be
founden synners, wher Crist is1 mynistre
is of synne? Fer be it. Sothli" if I bilde
a3en thov thingis that I distroyedew, I
19 make me for*vto bey a trespassour. For-
sothz by the lawe I am deed to the lawe,
that I lyue to God ; with Crist I am
^nficchid to the cross. Forsoth I lyue now,
not I, but Crist lyueth in me. Forsoth
that I lyue now in fleisch, Ia lyue in the
feith of Goddis sone, theb which louyde
21 me, and bitook him silf for me. I caste
not awey the grace of God ; forsothc if
rijtwysnesse is by thed lawe, Crist6 deiede
'with outef cause.
CAP. III.
i AS! 30 witlees men of Galathieh, who
disceyuede 3ou for1 to vnot bileuek to the
treuthe? bifore whos y3en'Jhesu Cristkk is
dampnyd, "or esccilid\ and inra 3ou cruci-
afyed". This thing oonli wole I lerne0 of
3ou, ban? 36 take the spirit of 1 ther workis
of the8 lawe, wherof1 the" heeringe of
3 bileue ? So 36 ben foolis, that whanne 30
bigunne by spirit, now 36 ben endid by
4 fleisch. 3e nan suffrid sov many thingis
withoute cause, nethelees if with oute
5 cause. Therfore he that 3yueth to 3ou the
spirit, and worchith vertues in 3ou, whe-
thir of the worchis of lawew, or of heer-
einge of feith ? As itx is writun, Abraham
bileuyde to God, and it is? rettidz to him
7 to ri3twysnesse. Therfore knowe 36, that3
thei thatb ben of thec feith, theid ben
ssones6 of Abraham. Forsothe thef scrip-
ture s purueyinge, for God iustifieth of
foundun synful men, whether Crist be
mynystre of synne ? God forbede. And is
if Y bylde a3en thingis that Y haue
distruyed, Y make my silf a trespassour.
For bi the lawe Y am deed to the lawen, 19
and0 Y am fitchid to the crosse, that Y
lyue to God with Crist. And now lyue 20
not Y, but Crist lyueth in me. But that
Y lyue now in fleisch, Y lyue in the
feith of Goddis sone, that louede me, and
3af hym silf for me. Y caste not awey 21
the grace of God ; for if ri3twisnesseP be
thoru3 lawe, thanne Crist diede with out
cause.
CAP. III.
Vnwittii Galathiesr, tofor whos i3eni
Jhesu Crist is exilid, and is crucified
in 3ou, who hath disseyued you, that 36
obeyen not to treuthe? This oneli Y2
wilne to lerne of 3ou, whether 30 han
vndurfonge the spirit of8 werkis of the
lawe, or of heryng of bileue ? So 36 ben 3
foolis, that whanne 36 han bigunne in
spirit, 36 ben endid in fleisch. So grete4
thingis 36 han suffrid without cause, if1
it be withoute cause. He that 3yueth 5
to 3ou spirit, and worchith vertues in
3ou, whether of werkis of the lawe, or
of hering of bileue? As it is writun, 6
Abraham bileuede to God, and it was
rettidu to hym to ri3tfulnessev. And?
therfor knowe 36, thatw these that ben of
bileue, ben the sones of Abraham. And s
the scripture seynge afer, that Godx ius-
tifieth the hethene, of bileue told tofor*
m the lawe GSTJT. n the lawe sx. ° man r. P Om. orx. PP maad rijtwiise GMPQ. 1 Om. sx.
r also v. * cure GMPQ. t is not v. » Forwhi v. T these v. w distruye Q. * Om. svwx. y Om.
vwx. z For v. a and o. b Om. v. c for v. d Om. x. e therfore Crist r. f veyne, or with outen Q.
S O ! GMPQ. h Galathies o. i Om. sx. k obeie not v. kk Crist Jhesus M. 1 Om. ox. m in to o,
n is crucified y. ° leren x. P wher han v. 1 bi r. r Om. s. s Om. G pr. m. MPQ. 4 or of o. bi r.
u Om. G pr. m. MPQ. v Om. A. w the lawe G pr. m, s. * Om. x. J was v. z arettid r. a for o.
b Om. G pr. m. c Om. N. d that thei GQ. Om. r. e the sones vx. f Om. o. S spirit N.
n lawe, that Y lyue to God A sec. m. lawe, that I lyue to God with Crist k. ° Om. aho/3. P ri3tful-
nesse EiQRbceghkoo/3. 1 O! vnwitti cKMRehko/3. A! vnwitti iQbcga. r Galathians CKuabeghooj3. s of
the CEI pr.m. qega. * and if k pr. m. u arettid Khk.
" Om. AC pr. m. EiQbe pr. m. gk pr. m. y bifore R.
v ri3twisnesse EKab. w Om. EQgk pr. m.
III. 9 20.
GALATIANS.
401
feith hethen men, toold bifore to Abra-
ham, For in thee alle folkish, 'or hethene
amen1, schulen be blessid. Therfore thei
that ben of thek feith, schulen be blessid
10 with feithful Abraham. Forsoth1 who
euere ben of the workis of lawem, ben
vndir curs ; for it is writun, Cursid echn
man, that 'schal not dwelle0 in alle thingis
that ben writun in the booke00 of lawe, that
11 he do hemP. Forsoth fori no man is
Justified1" in the lawe anentis God, it is
knowen, for a ri3tful man lyueth ofs feith.
12 Forsoth the lawe is not of bileue*, but he
that 'schal do" thov thingis, schal lyuen in
is hem w. Crist deliueredex vs fro the curs
of the lawe, maad-v for vs cursz, ^that is,
sacrifice for3- cursb ; for it is writun, Cursid
14 isbb echc that hangith in the tree ; that bless-
inged of Abraham in hethen men schulde
be maad in Crist Jhesu, that we take the
is biheeste of spirit by feith. Britheren, I
seye vpe man, nethelees no man dispisith
the testamentf of a% manh, or 'ordeyneth
ifi aboue'. Biheestis ben seid to Abraham
and to his seed ; he seithk not, In seedism,
as in manye, but as in oon, And inn thi
17 seed, that is, Crist. Forsoth I seie this, a
testament confermyd of God, the" which?
aftir foure hundrid 3eeris(' and thritti 'is
maadr lawe8, makith not voyde' 'for to a-
iBvoyde" the biheestev. Forwhy if of lawe
thew heritage, now not of biheeste. For-
soth God 3af to Abraham bi a3enbiheeste*.
19 What therforey lawe? For trespassynge
itz is putt, til the seed cam, to whom God
bihi3tea thingisb ordeyned by aungelis, in
20 the hond of a medyatour. Forsoth ac
mediatour is not of od thing. Forsoth God
to Abraham, That in thee alle the"
hethene schulen be blessid. And ther-9
for these that ben of bileue, schulen be
blessid with feithful Abraham. For alle 10
that ben of thea werkis of theb lawe, ben
vndur curse ; for it is writun, Ech man
is cursid, that abidith not in alle thingis
that ben writun in the book of the lawe,
to do tho thingis. And that no man isn
iustified in the lawe bifor God, it is
opyn, for a ri3tful man lyueth of bileue.
But the lawe is not of bileue, but he 12
that doith tho thingis of the lawe, schal
lyue in hem. But Crist a3enbou3te us is
fro the curse of the lawe, and was maad
acursidcf for vs ; for it is writun, Ech
man is cursid that bangith in the tre;
that among the hethene the blessyng of H
Abraham were maad in 'Crist Jhesu d,
that we vndurfonge the biheeste of spirit
thoru3 bileue. Britheren, Y seie aftir 15
man, no man dispisith the testament of
ae man that is confermed, or ordeynethf
aboue. The biheestis weren seid to A- 1<;
braham and to his seed ; he seith not,
In seedis, as in many, but as in oon,
And to thi seed, that is, Crist?. But Yiy
seie, this testament is confermed of God ;
the lawe that was maad after foure
hundrid and thritti 3eer, makithh not
the testament veyn to auoide awei the
biheest. For if eritage were of the lawe, is
it were not now1 of biheeste. But God
grauntide to Abraham thoru3 biheest.
What thanne the lawe:):? It was sett 19
for trespassingk, to1 the seed" come1", to
whom he hadde maad his11 biheest.
Whiche0 lawe was ordeyned bi aungels,
t that is, suf-
fride for us the
peyne of deth.
Lire and tht
Close rehers-
ing Jerom. ve.
J that is,Wher-
to is the lawe
profitable ?
Lire here. ve.
h folkis of kynde Q. > Om. GMOPQV. k Om. N. 1 Forwhi v. m the lawe GOS. n is ech QF.
0 dwellith not v. "° bokis Y. P thoo r. Q that v. r made rijtwijsse GMPQ. s by o. * byleue,
hot of dreed ofpeyn Q. u doth r. T the o. w thoo v. * ajenboi^te v. y and was maad r. z the
curse G. cursed o. a of o. b gloss om. in rx. bb Om. M. c eche man OQ. d the blessyng
AGMtiopQVWY sec. m. e after GMPQF. f confermyde testament GMPQY sec. m. B Om. NSFV. b man
confermed NP. ' aboue ordeyneth GMP. aboue ordeyneth other thing Q. k seide STXY. m the seedes
G. n to v. ° the lawe y. P which was maad v. 1 jer sx. T Om. v. s a lawe sx. Om. v.
* Om. o. u Om. o. to auoiden s. for to do aweye g. to voyden x. v heest r. w is the GMPQ. mere
the r. * a3ein bihest, that is, by feith Q. y therfore prqfitith the Q. z Om. G. a hadde bibJ3t r.
b the lawe r. c Om. N. d Om. G.
z Om. R. a Om. g. b Om. CEiQega. c cursid i. d Jhesu Crist h. c Om. R. f ordeyned CEQH
acegka. g in Crist H. h ne makith K pr. m. be pr. m. ' Om. EI pr.m. g. k ether trespassoures K marg.
1 til to CKMQRuabcegkoa/3. til Eih. u thai is, Crist K marg. m cam Ech/3. came IR. " the B. Om.
iQegko£. o The nhiche i.
VOL. IV.
3 F
402
GALATIANS.
III. 21 IV. 5.
21 is oon. Therfore the6 lawe anentisf, *or
contrarie to%, the heestis1' of God? Fer
be it. Sothli' if ther were a lawe 30111111,
thek which1 my3te quykene, vereily1" ri3t-
22wysnesse were of lawe. But the scrip-
ture enclosyde alle thingis vndir synne,
that biheeste schulde be 3ouun of the"
feith of Jhesu Crist to men bileuynge.
23 Forsothe bifore that the feith cam, we
weren kept vndir the lawe, schette to gi-
dere in to that faith that was to be schew-
24 id. 'And so0 the lawe? was oure litil maistir
in Crist, that we be justified^ of ther feith.
25 But where8 the feith cam, now we ben
26 not1 vndir the litil maistir u. Forsothv
alle 3ew ben the sones of God by feith in
27vCrist Jhesux. Forsothey who euere 36 ben
baptysid in Crist2, 36 ban clothida Crist.
28 Ther is not Jew, neither Greek ; ther is
not seruaunt, nethirb fre man ; ther is
not0 male, nether femaled ; sothelie 'alle
2936 ben oonf in Crist Jhesu. Forsoth if 36
ben of Crist, therfore 36 ben seeds of A-
braham, vp1' biheeste eyris'.
CAP. IV.
1 I seye forsothe. how moche tyme the
eyr is litilk, he dyuersith no thing fro a
2 seruaunt, whanne he is lord of alle ; but
he is vndir tutouris1 and actouris™, 'til ton
3 the tyme determyned0 of the fadir. So
and? we, whanne we weren litilei, weren
seruynge vndir the elementis of ther
4 world8. But where1 the plente of tyme
cam, God sente his sone, mead of au wom-
5 man, maad vndir the lawe, that 'he schulde
a3enbye hem that weren vndir the lawe,
thatv we schulde resceyue the adopciounw
in the hoond of a mediatour. But a me-
diatour is not of oon. But God is oonP.
/* thanne the lawe a3ens the biheestisi 21
of God ? God forbede. For if the lawe
were 3ouun, that my3te quikene, verili
were ri3tfulnesse of lawe. But scrip- 22
turer hath concludid alle thingis vndir
synne8, that the biheeste of the feith of
Jhesu Crist were 3yuen to hem that
bileuen. And tofor that bileue cam, 23
thei weren kept vndur the lawe, enclosid
in to that bileue that was to be schewid.
And so the lawe was oure vndirmaister24
in Crist, that we ben iustified of bileue.
But aftir that bileue cam, we ben not 25
now vndur the vndurmaistir. For alle 36 26
ben the children of God thoru3 the bi-
leue of Jhesu Crist. For alle 3e that ben 27
baptisid, ben clothid with Crist. Ther is 28
no Jewe, ne* Greke, neu bond man, nev
fre man, new male, nex female ; for alle 36
ben oony in 'Jhesu Cristz. And if 36 ben%9
oon in 'Jhesu Crist", thanne 36 ben the
seed of Abraham, and eiris biaa biheest.
CAP. IV.
But Y seie, as long tyme as the eir is i
a litil child, he dyuersith no thing fro
a seruaunt, whanne he is lord of alle
thingis ; but he is vndur keperis and 2
tutorisb, in to the tyme determyned of
the fadir. So we, whanne we weren litles
children, we serueden vndur the ele-
mentis of the world. But aftir thatbb4
thec fulfilling of tymed cam, God sente
his sone, maad of a womman, maad vn-5
dur the lawe, that he schulde a3enbie
hem that weren vndur the lawe, that we
e is the QV. f ajens AGftopsTrwY. sqen MX. ajeines <j. S or contrarieth to G. Om. OQX. h bihestis
GXSTWXY. i Forsothe M. For v. k Oin. vx. 1 that x. m verre SXY. verey T. n Om. K.
0 Therfore v. P lawe, for it kept us fro vnleful thing QV 1 maad rijtwijse GMPQ. r Om. or. s aftir
that v. tOm.Gpr.m. uma.istir,byconstreynyngeoflan>e<). v For v. w we Q. x Jhesu Crist x .
>' Forwhi v. z Crist Jhesu x. a clothid in N. clad sx. b ne g. c not nether Q. d female, that hath
vnclothid Crist, that ben baptized in hym Q. e Forwhi v. { oen je ben SXY. S the seed v. h after the
GMPQ. bi the v. i y ben eyris Q. k a litil child Q. 1 keperis r. m autours .w. kepers Q. n vnto
GMPQ. o determynyd, or before ordeyned Q. P Om. N. 1 litil children N. r this SXY. s world, that
is, vndir the lawe that passide as elementis Q. * aftir that v. u Om. x. v Om. o. w gracious, or
yft Q. adopcioun, either gracious purchasing v.
P of oon R. q biheest H. r the scripture Egk. s the synne Q pr. m. * no Rtrac. u no KMRUxaco.
v no MRUxah sec. m. w no KMRuxach sec. m. o. * no MRUxach sec. m. Y of oon H pr. m. z Crist
Jhesu b. a Crist Jhesu R. aa of b sec. m. b vndir tutours a. bb Om. h. «-• Om. a. d the
tyme H.
IV. 6 22.
GALATIANS.
403
e of sones. Forsoth for 36 ben the sones of
God, God sente the spirit of his sone into
3oure hertis, criynge, Abba, 'that isx, fadir.
7'And soX now ther is not seruaunt, but
sone ; that if sone, thannez and eyr bi God.
s But thanne sothli 30 vnknowynge God,
seruyden to hem that weren not goddis,
9 in kyndea. Now forsoth whanne 30 han
knowenb God, 3hec, rathere 30 ben kuowen
of God, hou ben 36 turned to gidere eft-
soone to syke, W freelA, and nedy ele-
mentis, to whiche6 30 wolen serue eft-
icsoone? 3e kepenf dayes, and monethis,
iTand tymess, andh 3eeris'. Forsothk I drede
3OU1, lest perauenture I hauem trauelid in
12 3ou withoute cause. Be 36" as 1°, for and
'I as 3ei". Britheren, I biseche 3ou, 36 han
is no thing hirt me1!. Sothli 36 witen, forr
by infirmyte of fleisch I haue euangelisid
to 3ou now8 bifore; and 3oure temptacioun
u in my fleisch 36 dispiseden1 not, neither
forsoken, but 36 resceyueden me as an
is aungel of God, as Crist Jhesu". 'Therfore
wher isv 3oure blessingew? Sothli I here
witnessinge" to 3ou, for? ifz it my3te be
don, 36 schuldena haue put out 3oure y3en,
ifiand haue 3ouun to me. Therfore am I
maad enemy to 3ou, seiynge trewe thingb
17 to 3ou? Forsothec theid louen ^ou not6
wel, but thei wolen excludef 3ou, that 36
i« sue hem. Forsothe sue 30 goods euermore
in good, and not oonly whanne I am pre-
19 sent anentis 3ou. My litle sones, whomh
I childe, 'or brynge forth by traueyl\ eft-
2osoone, til Crist be fourmyd in 3ou, for-
sothe I wolde now be at 3ou, andk chaunge
my vois1, for I am confoundid, W scham-
21 edm, in 3ou. Seie 36 to me, that wolen
be vndir lawe", han 30 not radd the lawe ?
22 Sothli it is writun, for Abraham hadde
schulden vnderfonge the adopcioune of
sones. And for 30 ben Goddis sones, c
God sente his spirit in to 3oure hertis,
criynge, Abba, fadir. And so ther is 7
not now a seruaunt, but a sone; and if
he is a sone, he is an eir bi God. But 8
thanne 36 vnknowynge God, serueden to
hem thatf in kynde weren not goddis.
But now whanne 36 han knowe God, and 9
ben knowun of God, hou ben 30 turned
eftsoone to the febil and nedi elementis,
to the whiche 36 wolen eft serue? 3e10
taken kepe to daies, and monethis, and
tymes, and 3eris. But Y drede 3ou, lestn
without cause Y haue trauelid among
3ou. Be 36 as Y, for Y am as 3e. 12
Britheren, Y biseche 3ou, 30 han hurt
me no thing. But 36 knowen, that bi 13
infirmyte of fleisch Y haue prechid to
3ou now bifore ; and 36 dispiseden not, u
nether forsoken 3oure temptacioun in my
fleisch, but 36 % resseyueden me as an
aungel of God, as 'Crist Jhesu1'. Where 15
thanne is 3oure blessyng? For Y bere 3ou
witnesse, that if it my3te haue be don.
3e wolden haue put out 3oure i3en, and
haue 3yuen hem to me. Am Y thanne ie
maad an enernye to 3011, seiynge to 3011
the sothe ? Thei louen not 3ou wel, but 17
thei wolen exclude 3ouf, that 36 suen t that is, fro
i_ T> ; ,, . treuthe of the
hem. But sue 36 the good euermore in is gospel. «««
good, and not oneli whanne Y am pre- ~JJ£j£farf
sent with sou. My smale children. 19 Moises lawe-
* . * Lire here. ve.
whiche1 Y bere eftsoones, til that Crist
be fourmed in 3ou, and Y wolde now 20
be at 3ou, and chaunge my vois, for Y
am confoundid among 3011. Seie to me, 21
36 that wolen be vndir the lawe, 'hari
3ek not red the lawe ? For it is writun, 22
that Abraham hadde two1 sones, oon of
* Om. osx. Y Therfore v. z Om. xr. a kynde, bot in opynyoun of men Q. *> vnknowen K.
c Om. v. d Om. ox. e whome Q. * kepen, or rveyten Q. 6 Om. G pr. in. h of STAY pr.m. ' jeeris,
nhiche ben oon, whiche another Q. k Om. r. 1 $o\i,for your viistablenesse Q. m Om. G pr. in. Q. n je
now Q. ° I, byleuynge in Crist Q. Pi was as and je ben now keepynge olde tradiciouns Q. 1 me, thou$
bacbiters accuside jo« to me Q. r that v. s Om. v. * dispisen G. u Jhesu hade cumen Q. v Wher is
therfore GMPQ. w blessldnes, that je haden byfore tyme? e. x witnesse SWXY. J that v. z jit Q.
8 wolde v. b Om. G pr. m. c Sothely GMPQ. Om. v. d we Jewis Q. e not jou G. f exclude, or put
ym ante of byleue Q. S God K. h whiche r. > Om. ox. k I o. 1 voice, in to scharpe reproue of hem
that ben at yiu Q. m Om. ox. n the lawe AGMHOPSTVWXY. the lawe fleischly Q.
e adopcioun, either purchasyng R. f the whiche i. S Om. R pr. m.
je han Rbc pr.m. ehk sec.m. o/3. 1 twei CEQk.
3F 2
Jhesu Crist K. ' the which k.
404
GALATIANS.
IV. 23 — V. 3.
twey° sones, oon of the hand mayden, and
23 oon of the freP wyf. Forsothi he that1" of s
the vhand mayden1, vpu the fleisch vwas
borunv; butw he that" of the fre? wyf, byz
24a3enbiheestea. Theb whiche thingis ben
seid by allegorie, W goostly vndirstond-
ingec. Sothlid thes thingis ben tweye testa-
mentis ; sothli 'that oonf in the mount of&
Syna, gendringeh in to seruage, that1 is
25Agar. Forsothk Syna is an hil in Arabie,
the1 which is ioyned to it that now is
Jerusalem, and seruith with her sones.
26 Forsothe that Jerusalem that is aboue, is
27 free, the™ which is oure modir. Forsoth"
it is writun, Be glad, thou bareyne, that
childist not, or0 bryngist not forth child?;
brek out and crie, thou that childist not ;
fori manye sones of r the 'desert, or left 8
womman*, more than of hir that hath an
ashousbonde. Forsothe, britheren, we ben
29 vpu Isaac thev sones of biheeste ; but howw
thanne he that wasx borun vp? thez fleisch
pursuwide him that* vpb the spirit, so and
30 now. But what seith the scripture? Cast
out the hand mayden and hir sone, for-
sothc the sone of the hand maydend schal
not be eyr with the6 sone of thef frees wyf.
si vAnd soh, britheren, vwe ben' not sones of the
hand mayden-i, but of the free wyf^, by
which liberte Crist hath1 vmaad vs free™.
CAP. V.
i Therfore stonde 36, and eftsoone" nyle
36 be to gidere holdun in 3ok° of seruage.
2 Loo! I Poul seie to 3ou, forP if 36 ben
circumcidid'i, Crist schal profite to 3ou no-
3 thing. Sothli I here witnessinge eftsoone
to eueryr man circumsiding him silf, for5
he is dettour1 of al the lawe for" to be don.
am seruaunt, and oon of a fre womman.
But he that was of the seruaunt, was 23
borun after0 the flesh ; but he that was0
of the fre womman, by a biheeste. The 24
whiche thingis ben seid bi an othir vn-
dirstondingf . For these ben two? testa- t w gostii
mentis ; oon in the hille of Synai, gen-
dringe in to seruage, which is Agar. For 25 |™
Syna is an hille thaW is inr Arabie, londis- Ure
here. ve.
which hille is ioyned to it that is now
Jerusalem, and seruith with5 hir chil-
dren. But that Jerusalem that is aboue, 26
is fre, whiche is oure modir. For it is 27
writun, Be glad, thou bareyn, that berist
not; breke out and crye, that bringist
forth no children ; for many sones ben of
hir that is left of hir hosebonde, more
than of hir that hath an hosebonde.
For1, britheren, we ben sones of biheeste 28
aftir Isaac; but now as thisu that was 29
borun after the fleisch pursuede him
that was aftir the spirit, so nowv. But so
what seith the scripture ? Caste out the
seruaunt and hir sone, for the sone of
the seruaunt schal not be eir with the
sone of the fre wyf. And so, britheren, si
we ben not sones of the seruaunt, but of
the fre wijf, bi which fredom Crist hath
maad vs fre.
CAP. V.
Stonde 36 therfor, and nyl 36 eftsoones i
be holdun in the 3ok of seruage. Lo ! 2
Y Poul seie to 3ou, that if 30 ben cir-
cumcidid, Crist schal no thing profite to
3ou. And Y witnesse eftsoones to echa
man that circumcidith hym silf, that he
is dettourw of al the lawe to be don. And 4
0 two GMPQX. P Om. x. 1 But r. r that was QK. s born of r. t hond maiden was born MNQ.
bond mayde was born p. u after GMNOPQ. bi r. v Om. MPQ. w forsoth r. * that mas Q. that mas
born r. y Om. x. z mas born by Q. a byhest Q. b Om. r. c Om. G pr. m. MPX. or by another
vndirstondinge G sec.m. or gospelles vndirstondinge o. d Forwhi r. e two GMPQ pass. x. f the toon
AGNOSTY. the oon MP. the to testament mas Q. oon y. g Om. G pr. m. laxopQy. h gendride y.
' which v. k For whi y. 1 Om. r. '» Om. sr. n For v. ° or that MPQ. P children AGMNPQTVW.
Gloss om. in ox. childer s. <1 forwhi v. r ben of y. s lefte c pr. m. MP. forsaken oo. desert .Y.
4 Om. x. u after GMPQV. v Om. sx. w as y. x Om. o. y after GMPQ. bi y. z Om. sx. a that
was born QV. b after GMPQ. bi y. c for y. d meyde GPQ. e Om. PQ. f Om. G pr. m. S Om. Q.
h Therfore y. * be je K. 3 mayde OPQF. k Om. x. ' Om. N. m deliuered vs o. " Om. o sec. m.
0 the jok A pr. m. G sec. m. P that y. <l circumcised N. r eche x. 5 that v. * doctour K. u Om. sx.
m the a. n of E. ° was bornn k pr. m. P tweie k. 1 which c. r to R pr. m. s to k. * But
BKQRbceghkoa/3. u he this i. T and now R. w a dettour k.
V. 4 20.
GALATIANS.
405
4 3e ben auoydid" fro Crist, 36 that ben ius-
tified in the lawe han fallen awey fro
5 grace. Forsothv we by spirit of feith
6 abiden thew hope of ri3twysnesse. Forwhi
in Crist Jhesu nethir circumcisioun is ony
thing worth", nether prepucie, ^that is,
maner of hethen meny, but feith that
7worchith by charite. 3e 'runnen welz;
who lettide 3011 fora to not obeischeb to
8 treuthec ? To no man consente 3ed ; for-
soth this persuacioun6, "or softe mouyngef,
9 is not of hym& that clepide 3ou. A litil
iosourdow3 corumpithh al the gobet. I
truste of 3011 in the Lord, that 36 schulen
vndirstonde noon othir thing1. Forsothe
he that disturblithk 3011, schal bere dom1,
n who euere he is. Forsothe, britheren, if
I preche 31! circumcisioun"1, what 3it suffre
I persecucioun ? therfore the " sclaundre
12 of the cross is avoydid0. I wolde and?
isthei that disturbleni 3ou, ber kitt of. For-
soth, britheren, 36 ben clepid into3 liberte1
oonly ; V3yue 36 not" liberte in to occasioun
of fleisch, but by charite of spiritv serue
14 36 to gidere. Forsothw al the lawe is ful-
fillid* in o word, Thou schalt loue thi
ianei3bore as thi silf. Fory if 36 biten to
gidere, and eten, se 36, lest 36 be waastid
iefroz atwynnea, W ech fro ot/tirb. For-
soth I seie in Crist, wandre 36° in spirit,
and 36 schulen not perfoorme the desyris
17 of fleischd. For the fleisch coueitith a3en
the spirit, sothli the spirit a3ens the fleisch ;
forsothe6 thes ben aduersaries to hem silf
to gidere, that 36 do not tho thingis, what
is euere thingisf 36 wolen. Fors if 30 ben
led by the spirit, 36 ben not vndir the
19 lawe. Forsothe the workis of the fleisch
ben opyn, theh whiche ben fornycacioun,
20 vnclennesse1, vnchastite, leccherie, seruynge
36 ben voidid awei fro Crist, and je
that be iustified in the lawe, 30 han
fallen awei fro grace. For we thongs
thex spirit of bileue abiden the hope of
ri3tfulnessey. For in Jhesu Crist nether 6
circumcisioun is ony thing worth, nether
prepucie, but the bileue that worchith bi
charite. 3e runnen wel ; who lettide 3011 7
that 36 obeyede2 not toa treutheb? Con-«
sente 36 to no manf ; for this counsel0 ys t that i», of
not of hym that hath clepid 3ou. A 9 ltYls.
litil souredow3 apeirithcc al the gobet. 1 10 *"*• ve-
trust on 3ou in oure Lord, that 36
schulden vndurstonde noon other thing.
And who that disturblithd 3ou, schal bere
dom, who euere he be. And, britheren, n
if Y preche 3it circumcisioun, what
suffre Y 3it persecucioun ? thanne the
sclaundre of the crosse is auoidid". Y 12
wolde that thei weren cut awei, that
disturblenf 3ou. For, britheren, 36 ben 13
clepid in to fredom; oneli 3yue 36? not
fredom in to occasioun of fleisch, but bi
charite of spirit serue 36 togidere. For 14
euery lawe is fulfillid in o word, Thou
schalt loue thi nei3bore as thi silf. And \s
if 36 bite, and ete ech othere, se 36, lest
36 be wastid ech fro othere. And Y seie 16
3owh in Crist, walke1 36 in spirit, and 36
schulen not performe the desiris of the
fleisch. For the fleisch coueitith a3ens the 17
spirit, and the spirit a3en the fleisch ;
for these ben aduersaries togidere, that
36 don not alle thingis that 36 wolen.
That if 36 be led bi spirit, 36 ben not is
vnder the lawe. And werkisk of the is
fleisch ben opyn, whiche1 ben fornica-
cioun, vnclennes, vnchastite, letcherie,
seruice of false goddis, witchecraftis™, 20
enmytees, striuyngis, indignaciouns,
» voidid x. v For v. w Om. x. * wrthi s. y Om. ox. * ramie wele, doynge nierkis of feith Q.
» Om. sx. b obeyen x. c the treuthe s. d je, that drarveth yufro Crist Q. e exciting v. { Om. ox.
or counceling v. S God Q. h maketh sour v. i thing, hot that I haue tousle Q. k disturbith sx. dis-
troubleth vw. 1 the dome Q. m circumcisioun, ax bacbiters seyn o. n Om. GMPQ. ° voidid o*.
P that v. 1 disturben sx. distroublen vw. r weren e. be also v. s in N. l the liberte .v. u ne jyue
je sx. that 30 3yue not v. v the spirit v . w For v. * fillip Vi j That r. 2 Om. N. "» a
twynny Nr. b Om. ox. c Om. v. d the flesche OQ. e for v. * Om. Q. 8 That v. h Om. v.
> and vnclennesse NX.
1 Om. c pr. m. y rijtwesnesse KKK!>. z abiden E. a Om. Eh. b the truthe Bag. c ether soft
mofing K marg. cc aperith A. d distroubleth R. e voidid EiQRbcegk sec. m. oa&. voids h. fdistrou -
blen a. S Om. R pr. m. h to you Hg sec. m. k sec. m. Om. ak pr. m. ' wandre ig. k the werkis
EiKQRbceghkoa/3. ' the whiche I. m ether doynges ofvenym K marg.
406
GALATIANS.
V. 21 — VI. 8.
ofk ydols1, 'or false goddis™, doyngis of
21 venym", enemytees, stryues, enuyes0, 'or
folowyngis in yuel?, wraththis, chidingis,
dissenciouns, sectis, 'or heresy es^, enuyes,
mansleyngis, drunkenessis, glotenyes, and
lycher thingis to thes, the5 whiche I preche1
to 3ou, as Iu bifore seide, for thei that don
suchev thingis, schulen not haue the king-
22dom of God. Forsothe the fruyt of the
spirit is charite, ioye, pees, pacience, be-
nygnyte, 'or good willw, goodnesse, long
2:<abydynge, myldenesse, feith, temperaunce,
contynence, chastite ; a3ens such thingis
24 the lawe is not. Forsoth thei that ben of
Crist, ban crucified her fleisch with vices
25 and concupiscencis*, or? coueitisis. If we
lyuen by spirit, 'by spirit andz walke we ;
26 be we not maad coueitous of veyn glorie,
to gidere stiringe to wrath thea, hauynge
enuye to gidere.
CAP. VI.
1 Britheren, and if a man be biforeb occu-
pied, 'or ouercomenc, in ony gilt, 'or tres-
pasA, 36 that ben spiritual, techee siche a
maner man inf spirit of softnesse, 'or meke-
nessez, biholdinge thi silf, that andh thou
2 be not temptid'. Bere 36 chargisk the to-
thir of the tothir1, and so 36 schulen ful-
sfille"1 the lawe of Crist. Forwhi if ony
man gessith him silf" for0 to be ou3t,
whanne he is no3t, he disceyueth him silf.
4 Forsoth ech man proue his owne werkP,
and so he schal haue glorie oonlyi in hym
a silf, and not in an othirr. Forsoth8 ech
fi man schal bere his owne charge. Forsoth
he that is tau3t by word, comune toss him
that techith him, in alle good thingis.
s Nyle 36 erre, God is not scornyd ; for-
sothe' what thingis a man 'schal soweu,
andv thes thingesw he schal repe. Forx he
wraththis, chidingis, discenciouns, sectis",
enuyes, manslau3tris °, dronkennessis P, 21
vnmesurablei etyngis, and thingis lijk to
these, whiche Y seie to 3our, as Y haue
told tos 3ou 'to fore*, for thei that doon
suche thingis, schulen not haue the kyng-
dom of God. But the fruyt of the spi-22
rit is charite, ioye, pees, pacience, long
abidyng, benygnyte, goodnesse, mylde-23
nesse, feith, temperaunce, contynence,
chastite ; a3en suche thingis is no lawe.
And they that ben of Crist, han crucified 24
her fleisch with vices and coueytyngis.
If we lyuen bi spirit, walke we bi spirit ; 25
be we not made coueytouse of veyn glo- 26
rie, stirynge ech othere to wrath the, or
hauynge enuye ech to othere.
CAP. VI.
Britheren, if au man be occupied in i
ony gilt, 36 that ben spiritual, enforme
36 such oon in spirit of softnesse, bihold-
inge thi silf, lest that thou be temptid.
Ech bere othere v chargis. and so 362
schulen fulfille the lawe of Crist. For 3
who that trowith that he be ou3t,
whanne he is nou3t, he bigilith him silf.
But ech manw preue his owne werk, and 4
so he schal haue glorie in him silf, and
not in an othere. For ech man schal bere a
his owne charge. He that is tau3tx bi>' 6
word, comune he with him that techith
hym, in 'alle goodisz. Nyle 36 erre, God 7
is not scorned ; for tho thingis that a 8
man sowith, tho thingis he schal repe.
For he that sowith in hisa fleisch, of the
fleisch he schal repe corrupcioun ; but
he that sowith in the spirit, of the spirit
k to Q. 1 the ydolys G. m Om. OQX. n venym, or wicchecraftis N marg. venym, or venymouse dedis Q.
. 1 Om. x. r licchi w. s Om. F. * bifore seie r. u Om. GQ. v these Q.
i. Om. Q. y Om. Q. z and by spirit GQ. bi spirit MP. a wijn p. b fore
. yoys G.
0 indignaciouns r. P Om. ox.
indignaciouns F. P Om. ox. q Om. x. r licchi w. s Om. F. * bifore seie r. u Om. GQ. v these Q.
Om. ox. x concupiscens o. Om. Q. 7 Om. e. z and by spirit GQ. bi spirit MP. a wijn p. b fore
pr.m. « Om. x. <1 Om. ox. e techeth PQX. f in the A', g Om. GMOPQA-. * Om. K. 'temptid,
illynge in the same wyse Q. k the chargis s. ' tother, or eche of other o. m fille F. n Oin. G pr. m.
Om. sx. P warkes o. q Om. Q. «• other man o. s Forwhi F. ss with F. * forvvhi F. u sowith r.
nlfcn t'_ w tliino- v Om M X "Frti-erttViii v
' *TM*AiVa vy. V \-
w thing K. Om. M
n heresyes x sec. m. marg. ° mansleyingis k. P and dronkenessis R. q and vnmesurable £. r 3011
bifore b sec.m. k pr. m. s Om. alii. * bifore Eb pr. m. k. u ony R. v otheris EiQRceghkojS. « Om.
k pr. m. x ether enjbormed K marg. y in K. z al goodnes k. a Om. k.
VI. 9 — i
GALATIANS.
407
that sowith in his fleisch, and" of the
fleisch he^ schal repe corupcioun ; forsoth
he that sowithz in spirit, of the spirit schal
9 repe euerlastyng lyf. Forsoth we doynge
good, faylea not ; sothlib in his tyme we
10 schulen repe, not faylinge. Therfore the
while we han tyme, worche we good to
alle men ; forsoth0 moost to the houshold
11 meyne of the feith. Se je, with what ma-
ner lettris I haue writun to 3011 by myn
iahondd. Sothli who euere wolen plese in
fleisch, thes constreynen 3011 fore to be cir-
cumsidid, oonly that thei suffre notf the?
13 persecucioun of Cristis cross. Forsoth h
neither thei that ben circumsidid kepen the
lawe ; but thei' wolen 3011 fork to be cir-
cumsidid, that thei glorie1 in 3oure fleisch.
uForsothra be it ferr to me for" to glorie0,
no but in the? cross of oure Lord Jhesu
Crisf, by whom the world is crucified to
15 me, and I to the world. Forsothe1" in Crist
Jhesu nethir circumcisioun is ou3t worth,
nether prepucie, *that is, maner of hethen
iGmen*, but a newe creature. And who euere
schulen1 suwe this rewle, pees vpon" hem,
17 and mercy, and vpon" Israel of God. Fro
hennis forth no man be heuy to me ; for-
sothw I bere in my body the tokenisx of
18 oure Lord Jhesu Crist. The grace of oure
Lord Jhesu Crist withr joure spirit, bri-
theren. Amen.
Here endith the epistle to Galathies,
and now bigynneth the prolog to Ephe-
syes7-.
he schal repe euerelastynge lijf. Andy
doynge good5 faile wec not ; for in his
tyme we schalcc repe, not failinge. Ther- 10
for whiled we han tyme, worche we good
to alle men ; but most to hem that ben
homliche6 of the feith. Se 36, what ma-n
ner lettris Y haue write to 3ou with
myn owne hoond. For who euere wolei2
plese in the fleisch, xthis constreynethf
3ou to be circumcidid, oonli that thei
suffren not the persecucioun of Cristis
crosse. For nether thei that ben cir-is
cumcidid? kepen the lawe; but thei
wolen that 36 be circumcidid, that thei
haue glorie in 3oure fleisch. But fer be 14
it fro me to haue glorie, noh but in the
crosse of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, bi
whom the world is crucified to me, and
Y to the world. For in Jhesu Crist is
nether circumcisioun is ony thing worth,
ne prepucie, but a newe creature. And is
who euere suwen this reule, pees on
hem, and merci, and on Israel of God.
And heraftir no man be heuy to me ; 17
for Y bere in my bodi the tokenes of
oure Lord Jhesu Crist. The grace ofia
oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with 3oure
spirit, britheren1. Amen.
Here endith the pistle to Galathies,
and) bigynneth the& prologe on the pistle
to Effeciesk.
* Om. STWXY. also v. y Om. GMNOPQF. z Om. Q. a fayle we Q. b for v. c but r. d bond, that
je be not disceyuede by other false lettris <}. e Om. sx. f not of Jewis Q. S Om. a pr.m. MPQ. h For v.
1 thei that v. k Om. x. l haue glorie v. m But v. n Om. sx. ° haue glorie v. P Om. N. 1 Om. o.
r For v. & that is, heithen men [memius MP] custome GA/PQ. Om. osx. * Om. r. u on srx. v on vx.
w for v. * toknys, or ntoundis Q. y be with v. z Heere endith the. epistle to Galathies, and now
bigynneth epistle to Ephesians. A. Here endeth the epistel to Galathies, and bygynneth the prologe of the
epistel to the Ephesies in this maner. o. Here endith the pistle to the Galathies, and biginnetk the pistle
to Ejfecis, Q. Here endith the pistle to the Galathies, and here bigynneth the prologe to Effesies. v. Here
eendith the pistle of Galathies, and bigynneth the prologe to Efesies. w. Here endith Paul. Y. No final
rubric in GMPSTJ:.
b the good A pr. m. b sec. m. c Om. i. je R. cc schulen A pr. m. d the while R. e the hoomly
» pr. m. hoomly k. f he this constreynith i. these constreynen H. S circumcicid k. h Om. CEIKMR
uxa sec. m. bceghkoa/3. i Om. ko. i and here Mbh. JJ aa. k From ciMxabgkoa. Here endeth the
pistel to Galathies; se now the prologe on the pistle to Effesies. K. Here endith the epistle to Gala-
thies, and bigynneth the prolog on the epistle to Effesies. QC. Here endith the pistle to Galathies, and
bigynneth the prolog to Effecies. h. No final rubric in AERUC.
EPHESIANS.
Here bigynneth the prologe to Effeseies*. Here bigynneth a prologe to Effesies*
EPHECYES sothli benb Asyanys ; and
thes thec word of treuthe takund, stooden
stedefast in the bileue. Thes preisith the
apostle, writynge to hem fro Rome cite
out of prisoun, by Tyte, a dekene.
Here eendlth the prologe, and bygynneth
the Epistel to Ephesiese.
EFFESIANS benb of Asie ; these whanne
thei hadden resseyued the word of treuthe,
abiden stedfastli in the feith. The apo-
stle0 preisith hem, writinge to hem fro
Rome out of prisoun, bi Titicus, the
dekene.
Jerom in his prologe on this pistle
seith thisA.
The Epistle to Ephesiis*.
CAP. I.
1 Poul, apostle of Cristb, by the will of
God, to alle hooly men 'that benc at Ephecy
2 andd feithfule in Crist Jhesu, grace to jou
and pees of God, oure fadir, and of the
3 Lord Jhesu Crist. 'Blessid be* God and
the fadir of oure Lord Jhesu Crist &, that
blesside vs in al spiritual blessinge in
4heuenli thingis in Crist, as he chees vs in
him bifore the makyng of the world, that
Here bigynneth the pistle to Effesies*.
CAP. I.
Poul, the apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi i
the wille of God, to alle seyntisb that ben
at Effesie, and to the feithful men in
Jhesu Crist, grace be to 3ou and pees of 2
God, oure fader, and ourec Lord Jhesu
Crist. Blessid be God and the fadir of 3
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, that hath blessid
vs in al spiritual blessing in heuenli
thingis in Crist, as he hath chosun vs in 4
a From Y. Prolog to Ephecyes K running title. Prologus. o. Prolog, s. No initial rubric in vw.
No prologue in AGMPQX. In N and T the prologue is of the second text. b beth o. c Om. r.
d itake orv. e From orv. Ende of prolog, bigynnynge capitulum primum. K. No final rubric in SPY.
a From M. The pistle to Ephesies. PQ. The pistel to the Ephesies. T. Here bygynneth the bok of Ef-
fescies. Y. No initial rubric in AGKNOS. b Jhesu Crist rx. c Om. MP. d and to QTF. e feithful
men r. f Om. x. V8 Om. o.
a From u. The prolog. A. Jeroms prologe on Effesians. K. The prolog of the pistil to Ephesies. N.
Heere sueth the prolog on the pistle to Effesies. K. Prologus. T. Here bigynneth the prologe on Effesies. e.
A prolog on the epistle to the Effesies. f. No initial rubric in ciKMxabcghkoo. b ben men EKNab sec.m. k.
c postle EKQcegoa. d From cmabhko. Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Jerome in his prolog on
this epistil to Ephesies seith al this. N. Jerom in his prolog an this epistle to Effesies seith this. QC. Heere
endith the prolog, and bigynneth the pistle. R. This seith Jerom to Ejfesies in his prologe. u. Jerom in his
prologe on Effecies seith al this. x. Here endith the prologe, and bigynnelh the pistil to the Effesies. g.
Jerom in his prolog on this epistle seith al this. a. No final rubric in AEiref. a Poul to Effecians. E.
Here biginneth the pistil of Effesies. e. No initial rubric in ciKQRUxabcghkoa. b the seintis k. c of
oure xagk. Om. h.
I. — 18.
EPHESIANS.
409
we schulden be hooli, and with oute
werame, W vndefoulidh, in his si3t, in
5 charite. The' which bifore ordeynede vs
into thek adopcioun1 of sones bym Jhesu
Crist into him, vpn the" purpos of his
e will, into? heriyngei of the glorie of his
7 grace; inr the3 which he made vs able to
his grace, W made dereworthe*, in his
dereworthe sone. Inu whom we han a3en
byinge byv his blood, andw remissioun of
ssynnes, vpx the richessis of his grace, that
haboundide greetly in vs in all wysdom
9 and prudence, that he schulde make the
sacrament of his will knowen to vs, vpJ"
the good plesaunce of him, thatz he pur-
loposide in him in the dispensacioun of
plente of tymes for3 to instore alle thingis
in Crist, theb whiche ben in heuenes and
n inc erthe, in him. In whom also andd we
by sortee. or* graces, ben clepid, bifore
ordeyned vph the purpos of him that
worchith alle thingis vp' the counceil of
12 his will; that we be into thek heryinge1 of
his glorie, 'we that"1 bifore hopiden in
13 Crist. In whom and 36, whanne 36" had-
den herd the word of treuthe, resceyu-
edennn the gospel of 30111-6 ° heelthe, in
which and 36 bileuynge ben markid withP
14 the Hooly Gost of biheeste, thati is Na
wed, or* eernes*, of 3ourel heritage, into
the redempcioun of u purchasinge, into
isheryingev of his glorie. Therfore and I
heeringe 3oure feith, that is in Crist Jhesu,
16 and louynge into alle seyntis, ceesse" not
doynge thankyngis for 3oux, makynge
nmynde of? 3ou in my preieris; that God
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, fadirz of glorie,
3yue to 3ou the spirit of wysdom and of
reuelacioun, into the knowynge of him ;
1 8 the a y3en of 3oureb herte inli3tenedc, that
36 wite, which is the hope of his clepinge,
hym silf bifor the makyng of the world,
that we weren hooli, and with out wem
in his si3t, in charite. Which hath bifor s
ordeyned vs in to adopcioun of sones bi
Jhesu Crist in to hym, bi the purpos
of his wille, in to the heriyng of theo
glorie of his grace ; in which he hath 7
glorified vs in his dereworthe sone. In
whom we han redempcioun bi his blood,
for3yuenesse of synnes, aftir the ritch-
essis of his grace, that aboundide greetli s
in vs in al wisdom and prudence, to 9
make knowun to vs the sacrament of
his wille, bi the good plesaunce of hym ;
the which sacrament he purposide in
hym in the dispensacioun of plente ofio
tymes to enstore alle thingis in Crist,
whiche ben in heuenes, and whiche ben
in erthe, in hym. In whom we ben n
clepid bi sortf, bifor ordeyned bi the t either by
,. grace, either bi
purpos or hym that worchith alle thingis Goddis chees-
bi the counsel of his wille; that we be la^^G/o^
in to the heriyng of his glorie, we that rtf^™nKge Avs-
han hopid bifor in Crist. In whom also is
30 weren clepid, whanne 36 herden the
word of treuthe, thed gospel of 3ouree
heelthe, in whom 36 bileuynge ben merk-
id with the Hooli Goost of biheest,
whichf is the ernes of oure eritage, in ton
the ? redempcioun of purchasyng, in to
heriyng of his glorie. Therfor and Y her- 15
ynge 3oure feith, that is in Crist Jhesu,
and the loue in to alle seyntis, ceesse 16
not to do thankyngis for 3ou, makynge
mynde of 3ou in my preieris ; that God 17
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, the fadir of
glorie, 3yue to 3ou the spirit of wisdom
and of reuelacioun, in to the knowyng
of hym ; and the i3en of 3oure herteh is
Ii3tned, that 36 wite, which is the hope
of his clepyng, and whiche ben the
h Om. GMOPQTX. ' Om. y. k Om. GNQX. ' adopcioun, or purchas QT. m of r. n after GMPT.
bi F. ° Om. G. P and to N. <) preisyng GMPT. the preisynge Q. r in to o. s Om. vx. * Om.
G pr.m. MOPQTX. u Into XY. v in o. w and in baptem N. in s. Om. v.
y after GMPQT. bi r. z which F. a Om. sx. b Om. v. c which ben in K.
f o/o. Om. KX. B Om. rx. h after GMPQT. bi F. ' after GMPQT. bi y. k Om. o.
ing MOPQT. m whiche F. n Om. K. n° Om. y. ° oure NY. P in o. 1 which r.
9 the ernes r. Om. .v. l oure y. u or sv. v preysinge GPQT. the preysinge n.
*• after GMPQT. bi r.
Om. Qr. e lot y.
prey singes G. preys-
r Om. OF. a wed x.
w I cese QT. * all
jou o. y for Q. z the fadir r. a in the G. yue the r. *> oure A. c inli3tid s.y. Ii3tned v.
d of the k pr. m. e oure EQgha. f the which k. S Om. ik. h hertis k.
VOL. iv. 3 G
410
EPHESIANS.
I. IQ II. 8.
and whiche thed richessis of thedd glorie
19 of his heritage in seyntis ; and which is
the ouersemyngee greetnesse of his vertu
into vs that han bileuyd, vpf the worch-
•20 inge of the my3t of his vertu^, theh which
he1 wrou3te in Crist, reysinge him fro
deed menk, and settinge1 on his rijthalf in
21 heuenly thiugis, aboue ech principat, 'or
power of princes m, and potestate, and
vertu, and lordschiping", and ech° name
that is named, not oonly in this world,
22 but in? the world to comei ; and made1"
alle thingis suget vndir his feet, and 3af
23 him heed8 vpon* al 'the chirche", that is
the bodi of him, and the plente of him,
thev whichw alle thingis in alle thingis is
fulfillidx.
CAP. II.
i And whanne 30 weren deede in 3oure
2giltis and synnes, in which 30 wandreden
sum tyme vp^ the space2, W lasting^, of
this world, vpb the prince of thec power
of this eir, of the spirit that worchith now
in to the sones of vntrust, W vnbileueA;
sin 'the which6 wef alle lyueden sum tyme
in desyris of oure fleisch, doynge the
wille^ ofh fleisch and thou3tis', and we
weren by kynde the sones of wraththe, as
4 and otherek ; forsoth God, that is riche
in1 mercy, for his ful moche1" charite in
5 which he louede vs, and" whanne we
weren deede in synnes, quykenede0 vs to
gidere in Crist, by whos grace 36 ben
fi sauyd, and to gidere a3en reyside, and to
gidere made to!' sitte ini heuenly thingis
7 in Crist Jhesu; that he schulde schewe inr
the worldis comynge ouer the plenteuouse
richessis of his grace ins goodnesse vpon*
8 vs in Crist Jhesu. Forsotheu by grace 36
ben saued bi feith, and not v of 3ou ;
richessis of the glorie of1 his eritage in
seyntis ; and whych is the excellent 19
greetnesse of his vertu in to vs that han
bileuyd, bi the worchyng of the my3t
of his vertu, which he wrou3te in Crist, 20
reisynge hym fro deth, and settynge him
on his ri3t half in heuenli thingis, aboue 21
ech principat, and potestat, and vertu,
and domynacioun, and aboue ech name
that is named, not oneli in this world,
but also in the world to comynge ; and 22
made alle thingis suget vndur hise feet,
and 3af hym to be heed ouer al the
chirche, that is the bodi of hym, andk23
the plente of hymf , which is alle thingis
in alle thingis fulfillid.
CAP. II.
And whanne 36 weren deed in 3oure i
giltis and synnes, in which 36 wandriden2
sum tyme aftir the cours of this world,
aftir the prince of the power of this eir,
of the spirit that worchith now in to
the sones of vnbileue; in which also we 3
valle lyueden1 sum tyme in the desiris
of oure fleisch, doynge the willis of the
fleisch and of thou3tism, and we weren
bi kynde the sones of wraththe, as"
othere men ; but God, that is riche in 4
merci, for his ful myche charite in which
he louyde vs, 3he, whanne we weren s
deed in synnes, quikenede0 vs togidere
in Crist, bi whos grace 36 ben sauyd,
and 33611 reiside togidere, and made to- 6
gidere to sitte in heuenli thingis in Crist
Jhesu ; that he schulde schewe in the 7
worldis aboue comynge the plenteuouse
ritchessis of his grace in goodnesse on
vs in Crist Jhesu. For bi grace 36 ben 8
sauyd bi feith, and this not of 3ou; for
t that is, the
fulnesse of
Cristis gostly
bodi is niaad
perfit hi Crist,
which bi the
uertu of his
Godhed worch-
ith alle goode
werkis in alle
men. Lire
here. ve.
d ben the v. dd his <jw. e excellent, either souereyn v. f after G.vpyr. bi v. f vertu in to vs n.
h Om. v. i Om. MP. k Om. x. 1 settynge hym N. m Om. ox. n domynacioun v. ° aboue ech v.
P and in s. also in v. 1 comynge r. r he made or. 8 hpued or. * over v. on x. u chirche ASsrw.
chirches o. v Om. v. w which is v. * fillid v. 1 after AMPQTr. z lijf v. a Om. ox. and lastynge
<JT. either custom v. b after GMPQTT. c Om. OQT. d Om. ox. e whome QT. whiche vx.
we N. also we v. S willis v. h of oure GQT. ' of thou3tis v. k othere men v.
11 jhe v. " he quyckenede G.VPQT. quikende x. P Om. KY pr.m. 1 into K.
* on vx. u For v. v that w not N. that not QT. this not v.
f and
1 of o. m mychil s.
into o. s and K.
1 and of k. k in g. l lyueden alle i. lyueden g. m the thou3tis hk sec. m. n as and k sec. m,
0 he quikenide k.
II. 9 — 22-
EPHESIANS.
411
9 sothliw it is the 3ifte of God, not of werkis,
10 that no man gloriex. Forsoth? we ben
the makinge of hym, maad of no3t in Crist
Jhesu, in good workis, thatz God made
uredy bifore, that in hema we go. For
which thing be 36 myndeful, that sum
tyme 30 thatb weren hethene in fleisch,
thec whiche weren seid prepucie, frod 'that
that6 isf seid circumcisioun in fleisch maad
12 bi hand ; that& weren inh that tyme with-
outen Crist, alyened, "or maad straunge1,
fro the lyuynge of Israel, and herborid
men, *or gestis*, of testamentis, not hau-
ynge hope of biheeste, and with outen
u God1 in this world ; 'now forsothm in Crist
Jhesu 36 that weren sum tyme ferr, ben
u maad ny3 in the blood of Crist. Forsoth"
he is oure pees, that made both oon°, and?
the myddel wal of a long'! walr vnbynd-
isinge, enemytees in his fleisch; auoydinge
the lawe of maundementis by domes, that
he make tweys peplis in him silf into a1
lenewe man, makinge pees, that he recon-
cile bothe in o body to God by the cross,
iTsleynge the enemytees11 in him silf. And
he comynge euangelisyde pees to 3ou that
weren ferr, and pees to hem that weren
is ny3 ; for by him we both han ny3 com-
I9ynge in o spirit to the fadir. Therfore
now 36 ben not 'herborid menv andw gestis,
'orx comelingisy, but 36 ben citeseyns of
seyntis, andz houshold3 meyne of God;
2oaboue bildidb onc thed foundement of apo-
stlis and ofe prophetis, bi that hi3estef
21 corner stoon, Crist Jhesu ; in whom ech
bildynge maad wexith in to an hooly tem-
22 pie in the Lord. In whom ands 'be 36^
bildidh to gidere into the habitacle of God,
in the Hooli Gost.
it is the 3ifte of God, not of werkis, thato
no man haue glorie. For we ben the 10
makyng of hym, maad of nou3t in Crist
Jhesu, in good werkis, whiche God hath
ordeyned, that we go in tho werkis.
For which thing be 36 myndeful, thatn
sumtyme 36 weren hethene in fleisch,
which? weren seid prepucie, fro that that
is seid circumcisioun maad bi bond in
fleisch ; and 36 weren ini that time with 12
out Crist, alienyd fro the lyuyng of
Israel, and gestis of testamentis r, not
hauynge hope of biheest, and with outen
God in this world. But now in Crist is
Jhesu 36 that weren sum tyme fer, ben
maad ny3 in the blood of Crist. For he 14
is oure pees, that made bothe oon, and
vnbyndynge the myddil wal of a wal
with out morter, enmytees in his fleisch ;
and8 auoidide the lawe of maundementis is
bi domes, that he make twei in hym silf
in to a* newe man, makynge pees, toic
recounsele bothe in o bodi to God bi the
cros, sleynge the enemytees in hym silf.
And he comynge prechide pees to 3oui7
that weren fer, and pees to hem that
weren ni3 ; for bi hym we bothe han ni3 is
comyng in o spirit to the fadir. Therfor is
now 36 ben not gestis and straungeris",
but 36 ben citeseynsv of seyntis, and
houshold meine of God ; aboue bildid on 20
the foundement of apostlis and of pro-
fetis, vpon thatw hi3este corner stoon,
Crist x Jhesu; in whom ech bildyng2i
maad waxith in to an hooli temple in
the Lord. In whom also 'be 36? bildid 22
togidere in to the habitacle of God, in
the Hooli Goost.
w for whi v. * haue glorie v. J For v. z whiche v. a in tho werkis v. & Om. r. c Om. rx.
d for o. « that at o passim. { was T. it is v. S and je v. h Om. o. ' Om. O.Y. k Om. ox. 1 God, or
knowynge of hym QT. ra But now r. n For v. ° the pepul oon QT. P and vnbindinge r. 1 Om. r.
r wal, that is, their aide obseruauncis he QT. wal without morter v. s two GMPIJTX. 4 oo Nrw. o oux.
1 enmyte, that is, synne QT. v Om. QT. w or N. Om. QT. x and GMNPQT. y Om. ox. z and the
GMNPQT. a heuenly Q. homely T. b bild s. c in G sec.m. vpon T. ouer x. d Om. x. e Om. x.
f hi3 N. S Om. K. es je ben s. h bild s.
P the which k. q Om. k. r the testamentis IE pr. m. s and he la sec. m. * Om. o pr. m. o a sec. m.
u ether herbored men K marg. v the citezenes R pr. m. w the hk. x of Crist EI pr. m. Q pr. m. g. y 36
ben h pr m.
3 G 2
412
EPHESIANS.
III. i — »6.
CAP. III.
1 For grace' of thisk thing I Poul, the1
boundyn of 'Jhesu Crist™, for 3011 hethene
2 men, if nethelees 36 han herd the dispen-
sacioun of Goddis grace, that is 3ouun to
3 me in 3011. For vp" reuelacioun the sa-
crament is maad knowun to me, as I
4 aboue wroot in schort thing, as 36 redinge
mown vndirstonde my prudence in the
amysterie0 of Crist. TheP which is not
knowun to othere generaciouns to the
sones of men, as it is now schewid to his
hooly apostlis and prophetis in the!) spirit,
ehethen men forr to be euene eiris, and to
gidere bodily5 and to gidere parcenerisss of
his biheeste in Crist Jhesu by the euan-
Vgelie; whos mynistre I am maad, vp1 the
3ifte of Goddis grace, the" which is 3ouun
to me vpv the worchinge of his vertu.
sForsothw to me, leest of alle seyntis, this
grace is 3ouun forx to euangelise in he-
then men the vnserchable richessis, 'or?
» that mown not be sou^t out2, of Crist, and
fora to ynli3tneb alle menc, which is thed
dispensacioun of sacrament6 hid fro worldis
10 in God, that made alle thingis of no3t; that
the mochefold wysdom of God be knowun
to princes andf potestatis in heuenli thingis
11 by the chirche, aftire the settinge1' of
worldis, the1 which he made in Crist Jhe-
12 su oure Lord. In whom we han trust and
ny3 corny ngek, in1 trustnynge"' by the feith
is of him. For which thing I aske", that 36
fayle not in my tribulaciouns for 3ou, that0
14 is 3oure glorie. For grace of this thing
I bowe my knees to the fadir of oure
is Lord Jhesu Crist, of whom ech fadirheed
leinP heuenesi and inr erthe is named, that
he 3yue to 3ou, vps the1 richessis of his
glorie, vertu for" to be strengthid by his
CAP. III.
For the grace of this thing I Poul, i
the boundun of Crist Jhesu, for 3011
hethene men, if netheles 36 han herd the 2
dispensacioun of Goddis grace, that is
3ouun to me in 3011. For bi reuelacioun 3
the sacrament is maad knowun to me,
as Y aboue wroot in schort thing, as 364
moun rede, and vridurstonde my pru-
dence in the mysterie" of Crist. Which 5
was not knowun to othere generaciouns
to the sones of men, as it is now schewid
to his hooli apostlis and prophetis in the
spirit, that hethene men ben euen eiris, c
and of oo bodi, and parteneris togidere
of his biheest in Crist Jhesu bi the
euangelie ; whos mynystre Y am maad,?
bi the 3ifte of Goddis grace, which is
3ouun to me bi the worchyng of his
vertu. To me, leeste of alle seyntis, this 8
grace is 3ouuu to preche among hethene
men the vnserchablea richessis of Crist,
and to Ii3tne alle men, which is the dis-9
pensacioun of sacrament hid fro worldis
in God, that made alle thingis of nou3t ;
that the mycheb fold wisdom of God be 10
knowun to princis and potestatis in
heuenli thingis bi the chirche, bi then
bifore ordinauncec of worldis, which he
made in Crist Jhesu oure Lord. In 12
whom we han trist and ny3 comyng, in
tristenyngd bi the feith of hym. For 13
which thing Y axe, that 36 faile not in
my tribulaciouns for 3ou, which is 3oure
glorie. For grace of this thing Y bowe u
my knees to the fadir of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist, of whom ech fadirhod in 15
heuenes and in erthe is named, that he ie
3yue to 3ou, aftir thee richessis of his
glorie, vertu to be strengthid bi his spirit
' the grace v. k this holy o. 1 Om. Q. am the v. m Crist Jhesu MOPQFX. n after GMNPQT. bi v.
0 mynysterie x. P Om. v. 1 Om. QTX. r Om. SA. s holy o. S5 parseyuers GKY. * after GMNPQT.
bi v. u Om. N. v after GMNPQT. bi v. w Om. v. * dm. x. y Om. AGMKPSXY. >z Gloss om.
OQT. a Om. sx. b lijtne v. c Om. x. d Om. KQ. e the sacrament GX. sacrementis N. f and to N.
b tinge GSTX. n axe
after GMNPQT. bi v.
e bi v. b bifore ordynaunce r. * Om. N. k comyng to s. ' and o.
AGMOPQTVWXY. ° which v. P of a pr. m. MPQT. Q heuen NOS. r of QT.
* Om. s. u Om. srx.
'• mynysterie CEKMQRL'xabceglikoo/3. a ether thai may not be sou^t K marg. b mychel a.
settinge K niarg. d tristynge a. e Om. k pr. m.
c ether
III. 17 IV. li.
EPHESIANS.
413
17 spirit in the ynnere man, Crist forv to
dwelle by feith in joure hertis ; 3ew rootid
is and groundid in charite, that" 36? mownz
comprehende* with alle seyntis, which is
the bredeb, and lengthe0, andec hi3nessed,
19 and depnessee; also forf to wite the cha-
rite of Crist v aboue semynge? toh science,
that 36 be fulfillid1 intok al the plente of
20 God. Forsothe to him that is my3ti for1
to make alle thingis more plenteuously
than we axen or vndirstonden, vp™1 the
21 vertu that worchith in vs, to him be glorie
in the chirche, and in Crist Jhesu, into
alle" generaciouns of the world0 of worldis.
Amen. *So be itf''.
CAP. IV.
i 'And so") I bounden inr the Lord by-
seche8, that 36 walke worthily in the clep-
2inge, in which 36 ben clepid, with al
mekenesse and myldenesse, with pacience
3 supportingess to gidere in charite, bisy for1
to kepe vnite of spirit in the bond of
4 pees. O body and o spirit, as 56 ben clepid
5 in oon hope of 3oure clepinge ; o Lord, o
6 feith, o baptym, o God and fadir of alleu,
thev which is aboue alle men, and by alle
7 thingis, and in vs alle. To"' ech of vs
grace is 3ouun vp* the mesure of thev
83yuynge of Crist; for which2 thing hea
seith, He sty3inge intob hi3c, ledde caitifted
caytif, 'or prysomjnge prisoned*, he 3af
9 3iftis to men. Forsoth that hef assendide»,
what is it, no but for" he dessendide' firstk
10 into the lowere partis' of the™1 erthe? He
itn is that cam down, and that0 sti3ede vpi1
oui alle heuenes, that he schulde fulfiller
11 alle thingis. And he 3af summe sotheli
apostlis, summe forsoth prophetis, othere
forsothe euangelistis, othere forsoth schep-
inf the ynnere man, that Crist dwelle bi 17
feith in 3oure hertis ; that 36 rootid and
groundid in charite, moun comprehended
with alle seyntis, which is the breede,
and the lengthe, and the hi3nesse, and
the depnesse; also to wite the charite ofi9
Crist more excellent^ than science, that
3e be fillid in al the1' plentee of God.
And to hym that is my3ti to do alle 20
thingis more plenteuousli than we axen
or vndurstondun, bi the vertu that
worchith in vs, to hym be glorie in the 21
chirche, and in Crist Jhesu, in to alle
the generaciouns of the' world of worldis.
Amen.
CAP. IV.
Therfor Y boundun for the Lord bi- 1
seche 3ou, that 36 walke worthili in the
clepyng, in which 36 ben clepid, with al2
mekenesse and myldenesse, with pacience
supportinge ech other in charite, bisi to 3
kepe vnyte of spirit in the boond of
pees. O bodi and o spirit, as 36 ben 4
clepid in oon hope of 3oure cleping ; 05
Lord, o feith, o baptym, o God and fa-«
dirk of alle1, which is aboue alle men,
and bi alle thingis, and in vs alle. But?
to ech of vs grace is 3ouun bi the me-
sure of the 3yuyng of Crist ; for which »
thing he seith, He stiynge an hi3, ledde
caitiftef caitif, he 3af 3iftis to men. But 9 t that is, men
what is it, that he stiede vp, no"1 but sone
that also he cam doun first in to the J.
lowere partis of the erthe? He it is that io"isch1ide<'r<>tl;e
deuel, and made
cam doun, and that stiede on alle he- SOK« Vlldir the
uenes, that he schulde fille alle thingis. and broujte
, , ,. .,. hem fro belle
And he 3af summe apostlis, summe pro- u to heuene The
phetis, othere euangelistis, othere scheep-
herdis and techeris, to the ful endyngi2^"» • Te-.
v Om. NSX. w that 36 r. Om. x. * Om. v. y Om. v. z mai N. a comprehende, or take to
gedir QT. b breed of charite QT. c lengthe of longe perseueraunce QT. cc Om. sx. d heejnesse of
euerelastynge meed \llf T\ QT. e depnesse of the privy dredeful dome QT. f Om. N. e more excellent v.
h than v. i fillid v. k in xr. ' Om. svx. '" after GMNPQT. bi v. n alle the GMNPQSTYXY.
° worldus s. P Om. GMNPQSTX. that is, so be it v. q And o. Therfore v. r for v. * byseche 5011 QTY.
88 supportynge, or up berynge QT. l Om. sx. u vs alle v. v Om. v. w Forsothe to v. x after GMN
POST, bi r. y Om. o. z the v/hiche x. a Crist jr. b an v. c hei3the o. d the caitiftee QT.
e Om. ox. f Om. G pr. m. S stijede vp v. h and G pr. m. for and AG sec. in. MNPQSV sec.m. Y. and for o.
1 cam doun y. k Om. o. l partyes GMOPT. m Om. o. n Om. x. ° at o. P Om. v. q Om. N. r fille NK.
{ bi cgka. g ether aboue semyng K marg.
thingis k. m Om. b.
Om. b. ' Om. R pr. m. k the fadir k. ' alle
414
EPHESIANS.
IV. 12 26.
laherdis and techeris, to the ful endynge of
seyntis, into the work of mynisterie, into8
13 edificacioun of Cristis body, til we rennen
alle, in* vnyte of feith and of u knowynge
of Goddis sone, into a parfyt man, into
thev mesure of age of the plente of Crist ;
u that we ben not now litile children, mou-
ynge as wawis, and bew borun aboute with
al wynd of techinge, in the weywardnesse
of men, in sutil witt, to the disceyuynge
15 of errour. Forsoth* we doynge treuthe in
charite, wexen-v in him bi alle thingis, that
icis Crist thez heed3; of whom al the body
sett to gidere, and boundyn to gidere by
ech ioynture of vndirseruyng, vpb worch-
ing into mesure0 of ech membre, makith
encresynge of the body, intod edificacioun
17 of ite in charite. Therfore this thing I
seie, and witnesse itf in the Lord, that je
walke not now, as and hethen men walken,
is in the vanyte^ of her witt, 'in derknessish ;
hauynge vndirstondyng' derkenedk, alyen-
ed, 'or maad f err1, fro the lyf of God, bi
ignoraunce, 'or vnkunnynge™, that is in
hem, for the blyndnesse of her herte.
19 Thei n dispeiringe ° bitoken hem silf to
vnchastite, in toP worchinge of al vnclen-
aonesse ini coueityse. Forsothe 36 han not
21 so lerudr Crist8, if nethelees 36 herden
hym, and ben tau3t in him, as is1 treuthe
22 in Jhesu. 'Do 3eu awey vpv the firstew
lyuyng the olde man, that is corupt vpx
23 the desyris of errour ; forsoth 'be 36^ re-
newidz, 'or maud newe a^en*, byb spirit0
24 of 3oure mynded; and clothe 36 the newe
man, that* vpf God is maad of no3t in
ri3twysnesse and hoolynesse of treuthe.
25 For which thing 36^ puttinge awey lees-
yng, spekeh treuthe ech man with his
nei3bore, for we ben membris to gidere.
26' Be 3e; wroth, and nyle 36 synnek ; the
of seyntis, in to the werk of mynystrie,
in to edificacioun of Cristis bodi, til we is
rennen alle, in to vnyte of feith and of
knowyng of Goddis sone, in to a parfit
man, aftir the rnesure of age" of the
plente of Crist ; that we be not now litle 14
children, mouynge as wawis, and be not
borun aboute with ech wynd of teching,
in the weiwardnesse of men, in sutil wit,
to the disseyuyng of errour. But do we is
treuthe in charite, and wexe in him by
alle thingis, that is Crist oure heed; ofie
whom alle the bodi set0 togidere, and
boundun togidere bi ech ioynture of
vnder seruyug, bi worching in to the
mesure of ech membre, makith encrees-
yng of the bodi, in to edificacioun of it
silf in charite. Therfor Y seie and wit- 17
nesse this thing in the Lord, that 36
walke not now, as hethene men walken,
in the vanyte of her wit ; that han vn- is
durstondyng derkned with derknessis?,
and ben alienyd fro the lijf of God, bi
ignoraunce that is in hem, for the
blyndenesse of her herte. Which1* dis-ia
peirynge bitoken hem silf to vnchastite,
in to the worchyng of al vnclennesse in
coueitise. But 36 han not so lerudr Crist8, 20
if netheles 36 herden hym, and ben tau3t2i
in hym, as isss treuthe in Jhesu. Do 36 22
awey bi the elde lyuyng the1 elde man,
that is corrupt bi the desiris of errour ;
and be 36 renewlid u in the spirit of 3oure 23
soule; and clothe 36 the newe man, which 24
is maad aftir God in ri3twisnesse and
hoolynesse of treuthe. For which thing 25
'36 puttev awei leesyng, and speke 3e
treuthe ech man with his nei3bore, for
we ben membris ech to othere. Be 3026
wrooth, and nyle 36" do synne ; the
sunne falle not doun on 3oure wraththe.
8 in to the p. * into v. u Om. x. T Om. o. w be not v. * But r. V wexe we OT. z oure r.
& heued GotjT. b after &r. bi v. c the mesure GMATOPQTT. d in to the MPQT. e it self v. f this
thing r. S vnytee Q. h Om. r. l her vndurstondynge OT. k derkned with derknessis v. ' Om. ox.
m Om. ox. n Whiche v. ° Om. o. P to the AGMNOPQSTVWXY. 1 and A pr.m. GNQT. r lernyd
GMPQTFV. s by Crist GQT. l Om. G pr. m. u Doth x. v al G sec. m. aftir MPQT. bi r. w elde r.
x after GMPQT. bi r. J beth x. * renewlid ^GMPT pr.m. rwv. » Om. GMOPQT.X. b in r. c the
spirit or. d soule r. e which v. f after GJMPQTF. S Om. G. h speketh x. ' Beth x. k doo synne v.
n the age x. ° is set k pr. m. P of synne x sec. m. marg. k. 1 The whiche i. r lernid EQRekoa.
lernd K/3. s Of Crist Kk pr. m. ss it is A pr.m. l that a. » renewid KRaa(3. v putte je EIK sec. m. Rk.
w Om. i pr. m.
IV. 27 — v.
EPHESIANS.
415
sunne falle not down on1 3oure wraththe.
28 Nyle 36 3yue stede to the deuel. He that
staal, now stelem not ; 'more forsoth11 tra-
ueile he in worchinge with his hondis
'that that0 is good thingP, that he haue
wherof he schal 3yue to a man suffringe
29 nede. Ech yuel word go not outi of 3oure
mouth ; but if ony is good tor edificacioun
of feith, that it 3yue grace to men8 heer-
soinge. And nyle 3ess make the Hooly Gost
of God sori, 'or heuy*, in the" whichv 36
ben markid in the day of redempcioun.
31 Al bitternesse, and wraththe, and indig-
nacioun, and cry, and blasphemye be takun
32awey fro 3ou, with al malice; forsoth be
36 to gidere benygne, 'or of good willw,
mercyful, 3yuynge" 'to gidere-v, as andz
God 3afa to 3ou in Crist.
CAP. V.
1 Therfore be 36 foloweris of God, as
2 moost dereworthe sones ; and walke 36 in
loue, as and Crist louede vs, and 3af him
silf for vs an offryng and sacrifice to God,
sin to the odour of swetnesse. Fornyca-
cioun forsoth, and al vnclennesse, or auar-
ice, be not named in 3ou, as it bicometh
4hooly men; ether filthe, orb foly speche, or
harlotrie, that perteyneth not to thing0,
5 but more doynge of thankyngis. Forsoth
'this thing wyte 36, vndirstondinged that
ech fornycatour", or vnclene man, or co-
ueytousf, that is seruage* of ydols, 'or
mawmetis^, hath not heritage in the king-
c dom of Crist and1 God. No man disceyue
3ou by veyne wordis ; forsoth k for thes
thingis the wraththe of God cam into1 the
7 sones of vntrist"1, 'or vnbileuen. Therfore
s nyle 36 be maad parteneris of hem. For-
soth0 36 weren sum tyme derknessis, 'now
forsothP '30 ben*\ Ii3t in the Lordr. Walke
Nyle 36 3yue slide to the deuel. He^
that stal, now stele he not ; but more"
trauele he in worchinge with hise hondis
that that is good, that he haue whereof
he schal 3yue to nediy. Ech yuel word an
go not of z 3oure mouth ; but if ony is
good to thea edificacioun of feith, that it
3yue grace to men that heren. And so
nyle 30 make the Hooli Goost of God
sorib, in which 36 ben markid in the dai
of redempcioun. Al bitternesse, andni
wraththe, and indignacioun, and cry,
and blasfemye be takun awey fro 3ou,
with al malice; and be 36 togidere be- 32
nygne, merciful, for3yuynge togidere, as
also God for3af to 3011 in Crist.
CAP. V.
Therfor be 36 foloweris of God, asi
moost dereworthe sones ; and walke 36 2
in loue, as Crist louyde vs, and 3af hym
silf for vs an offryng and a sacrifice to
God, in to the odour of swetnesse.
And0 fornycacioun, and al vnclennesse, 3
or aueryce, be not named among 3ou,
as it bicometh holi men; ethir filthe, or 4
foli speche, or harlatrye, that perteyn-
ethd not to profit, but moree doyng of
thankyngis. For wite 36 thisf, and vn-s
durstonde, that ech letchour, or vnclene
man, or coueytouse, that serueth to
mawmetis, hath not eritage in the king-
dom of Crist and of God. No rnant;
disseyue 3011 bi veyn wordisS; for whi
for these thingis the wraththe of God
cam on1' the sones of vnbileue. Therfor 7
nyle 36 be maad' parteneris of hem. For 8
36 weren sum tyme derknessis, but now
'3*? ben* li$t in the Lord. Walke 36 as
1 vpon T. m stele he MOPQTY sec. m. n but more v. ° that at o passim. P Om. vx. q Om. r.
r to the AGMNOPQSTVWXY. s the QT. ss je to gydere PQTV sec. m. t Om. x. u Om. G pr. m. MPQTVX.
v whom QT. w Om. ox. x foqeuynge G sec. m. Qrr. >' Om. r. * Om. s. a forjaue G sec.m. QTK.
b of A. eithir N. c the theng o. profit v. & wite 36 vnderst. this thing v. e lechour GMPQT.
* auerouse man QT. g seruinge OQ. h Om. ox. ' and of QT. k forwhi v. l on v. m mysbileeue
GMPQT. n Om. GMOPQTX. ° For v. P but now v. <i Om. ox. r world r.
* more rather i. y the nedie CEIKQR sec. m. xagn/3. the nedynesse R pr. m. z forth of A sec. m. i. out
of EXghkoa. fro H. a Om. bg. *> ether heuyi, K marg. c Om. la sec. m. d profitith k. e more
rathir i. { this thing a sec. m. S word Ecg. h upon i. ' Om. k pr.m. k Om. EiKQnbcghkoaS.
416
EPHESIANS.
V. 9 — 26.
»3es as sones1 of Ii3t. Forsothe" the fruyt
of Ii3tv is in al goodnesse, and ri3twys-
innesse, and treuthe; prouyngew what is wel
iiplesynge to God. And nyle 36 comune*
to^ vnfruytouse workes of derknessis ;
i2forsothez more reproue 3ea. Forsotheb what
thingis ben don of hem andr incc priuey,
13 it is foul andd for6 to seye. Forsoth alle
thingis that ben prouydf of the? Ii3t, ben
maad opyn ; forsoth'1 'al thing1 that is
14 schewid15, is ^t1. For which thing he seith,
Ryse thou that slepist"', and 'ryse vpn fro
deede thingis0, and Crist schal illumyneP
isthee. 'And sol, britheren, se 36, how
warly 36 schulen go ; not as vnwyse men,
ifi but as wyse menr, a3en byinge tyme8, for
17 the dayes ben yuele. Therfore nyle 36
be maad vnprudent, but' vndirstondinge
is which is the will of Hhe Lord". And
nyle 36 be fulfillidv, 'or be drunkun™, with"
wyn, in whichv 'luxurie isz, but be 36 ful-
iyfillida with the Hooly Gost ; spekingeb to
3ouc silf in psalmes, and ymnes, and spiri-
tual songis, syngynge and seyinge psalmed
20 in 3oure hertis6 to the Lord; euerrnore
doynge thankyngis for alle thingis in the
name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist to God
si and the fadir, ^ suget to gidere in the
22drede of Crist. Be wymmen suget? to
her 'men, or housbondis* , as to the Lord ;
23 for the man is heed1 of the womman, as
Crist is heedk of the chirche; he1 sauyour
24 of111 his body. But as the chirche is suget
to Crist, so and wymmen to her house-
asbondis in alle thingis. Men, loue 36 3oure
wyues, as and Crist louede the chirche,
26 and 3af him silf for" it, that he schulde
make it hooly ; clensynge it with the
waisching stoon0 of watir, in the word of
the sones of lijt. For the fruyt1 of h'3t9
is in al goodnesse, and ri3twisnesse, and
treuthe. And preue 36 what 'thing ismio
wel plesynge to God. And nyle 30 co-n
myne to vnfruytouse werkis of derk-
nessis ; but more" repreue 36. For what 12
thingis ben don of hem in priuy, it is
foule, 3he, to speke. And alle thingis 13
that ben repreuyd f of the Ii3t, ben t that is, of
. . , . , ,. 11- holy me" and
opynh schewid ; for0 al thing that is good, that ben
schewid, is H3t. For which thing he u
seith, Rise thou that slepist, and rise vp Glose here- ve-
fro deth, and Crist schal Ii3tne thee.
Therfor, britherenP, se 36, hou warli 36 ia
schulen go ; not as vnwise men, but as IG
wise men, a3enbiynge tymei, for the
daies ben yuele. Therfor nyle 30 be 17
maadr vnwise, but vndurstondynge which9
is the wille of God. And nyle 36 be is
drunkun of wyn, in which is letcherie,
but be 36 fillid with the Hooli Goost;
and speke 36 to 3ou silf in salmes, and 19
ymnes, and spiritual songis, syngynge
and seiynge salm in 3oure hertis to
the Lord ; euermore doynge thankingis 20
for alle thingis in the name of oure
Lord Jhesu Crist to God and to the
fadir. Be $e suget togidere in the drede 21
of Crist. Wymmen, be thei suget to 22
her hosebondis, as to the Lord, for the 23
man is heed of the wymman, as Crist
is heed of the chirche ; he is sauyour of
his bodi. But as the chirche is suget 24
to Crist, so1 wymmen to her hosebondis
in alle thingis u. Men, loue 36 3oure2d
wyues, as Crist louyde the chirche, and
3af hym silf for it, to make it holi ; and 26
clenside it with the waisching of watir,
in the word of lijf, to 3yue the chirche 27
s Om. v. t the sones AGMNOpQsrrwxY. u Forwlii v. v Ii3tenesse o. w and preue je v. * come v.
y Om. v. into WXY. z but v. a 36 hem QT. b Forwhi v. c Om. AMNOPsrwxv. cc in hem in
RQTV sec. m. d 3he v. * Om. sx. f reproued QTr. g Om. sxv. h for whi v. * alle thingis G.
k made opyn 0. ' Iy3t, that may be knorven QT. m slepist, in synne Q. n ajein ryse QT. ° thing Q.
Om. x. P Ii3tne GMOPQTV. illumyne, or li^tne N. q Therfore v\ r Om. x. s the tyme s. * foot be
y QT. u God v. v maad drunken GMPQT. drunken v. drunke x. w Om. GMOPQTFX. or drunken s.
x of v. ^ whome GMPQT. z leccherie is AKSX. is luxurie GMPQT. is leccherie v. a fillid Vn b and
speke 36 r. f- jour GMPQT. d salmes AT. « herte K. f Be ye GOQT. Om. A-. g sugetis GMPQ.
h men OA. hosebondis QTr. > heued GO. heued, or gouernoure QT. k heued GOQT. l he is GMPQT.
m of the chirche QT. ° of K. ° stoon, or lauoutoure QT. Om. y.
1 spirit k. m thingis ben k pr. m. n more rathir i. ° forwhi A pr. m. ak pr. m. P my britheren R.
1 the tyme H. r man A. s the which k pr.m. t so and Apr.m. a sec.m. c pr.m. ho/3. u thingis leeful R.
V. 27 — VI.
EPHESIANS.
417
27lyf; that he schulde 3yueP the chirche
glorious to him silf, not hauynge wem,
'or spot1*, orr ryuelyng8, or ony such thing*,
•28 but that it be hooli and vndefoulid11. So
and men schulen loue her wyues, as her
owne bodies. He that loueth his wyf, lou-
sueth him silf; forsothv no man hatidew
euere his fleisch, but norischithx and fos-
trith it, as and Crist doth the chirche.
so For we ben membris of his body, of his
si fleisch, and of his boones^. For this thing2
a man schala forsake hisb fadir and hisc mo-
dir, and he schal clyiie to his wyf d ; and
thei schulen be tweyne6 in o fleischf.
32 Forsoths this sacrament is greet ; forsothh
33 1 seye in Crist, and' in hisk chirche1. Ne-
theles and 30 alle, ech man loue his wyf
as him silf; forsoth the wyf drede hir
hosebonde.
CAP. VI.
i Sones, obeische™ 36 to 3ouren fadir0 and
modirP, in the Lord ; forsothei this thing
2 is iust, 'or ri$tfulr. Honoure thou thi fadir
and this modir, that is the firste rnaunde-
3 ment in the' biheeste" ; that it 'be welv to
thee, and that thou be longe lyuynge onw
4 thex erthe. And, 36^ fadris, nyle 30 terre
3oure sones to wraththez ; but norische 3ea
hem in the discipline1* and correcciounc, 'or
5C/iastysingA, of the Lord." Seruauntis,
obeysche6 3eee to fleishly lordis with dredef
and tremblyng, in& symplenesseh of 3oure
fiherte', as to Crist ; not seruynge at y3ek,
as plesynge to men, but as seruauntis of
Crist ; doynge the will of God 'of ynwitt1,
for resoun™, with good will seruynge as
s to the Lord, and not to men ; witynge
that ech man, what euere good thing" he
gloriouse to hym silf, that it hadde no
wem, ne ryuelingv, or ony siche thing,
but that it be hooli arid vndefoulid. So 28
and men 'schulen louew her wyues, as
her owne bodies. He that loueth his
wijf, loueth hym silf; for no man hatideay
euere his owne fleisch, but nurischith
and fostrith it, as Crist doith the chirche.
And we ben membris of his bodi, of his so
fleisch, and of his boonys. For this si
thing a man schal forsake his fadir and
modir, and he schal drawe to his wijf;
and thei schulen be tweyne in o fleisch.
This sacrament is greet; 3he, Y seie in 32
Crist, and in the chirche. Netheles 3033
alle, ech man loue his wijf as hym silf;
and the wijf drede hir hosebonde.
CAP. VI.
Sones, obeischex 36 to? 3ourez fadir i
and modir, in the Lord ; for this thing is
ri3tful. Onoure thou thi fadir and thia2
modir, that is the firste maundement in
biheestb ; that it be wel to thee, and that s
thou be long lyuynge on thec erthe.
And, fadris, nyle 36 terre 3oure sones to 4
wraththe ; but nurische 36 hem in thed
teching and chastising of the Lord.
Seruauntis, obeische6 36 to fleischli lordis s
with drede and trembling, in simplenesse
of 3oure herte, as to Crist ; not seruynge .-;
at the 136, as plesinge to men, but as
seruauntis of Crist ; doynge the wille of
God bi discrecioun, with good wille 7
seruynge as to the Lord, and not as to
men ; witinge that ech man, what euere R
good thing he schal do, he schal resseyue
P take QT. 1 Om. GMOPQT. r Om. x. a wrincle o. Om. A'. * thyng, of synne QT. u vnfoulid K.
v for y. w hatith T. x nirschith it T. y boonys, siimme "$it seek or freele, and summe strange and
holy QT. z thing, that is, for this Irene loue QT. a Om. G pr.m. b Om. K. c Om. GMNpQTytr.
d wyf, or felarvschipe hym to hir in holynesse QT. e two GMPQSTX. f fleische, acordynge in oo good
wille QT. S Om. r. h for o. ' as Q. k the ^GMNOpQSTrwA"v. ! chirche, this sacrament
ofwedlake to be kepte in this fourme QT. m obeie T. n Om. A". ° faderes o. P moderes o. modir
of jou A". 1 for whi y. r Om. OQTX. s Om. G pr.m. s. * Om. AGMNOpQSTrw. u byheest, of the
secounde (able QT. v wele be GMPQT. w vpon T. x Om. TX. y Om. r. z wrathfuinesse r.
a Om. T. b teching F. c corepcioun KF pr. »z. d Om. OA:. ,e obeie TX. ee Om. v. f fowe, drede QT.
K with w. h symplenesse, or mekenesse QT. ' hertes os pr. »n. k the 636 srr. ' bi discre-
cioun r. m Om. ox. n Om. T.
v ether wrynkele K marg. w loue thei CEKMQRUxa pr. m. bceghoo/3. schulen loue thei k pr. m. x obeie
56 R. obeie koo. y Om. K pr. ?n. z Om. E. a Om. EI pr. m. QRga. b the biheest R. c Om. n.
d Om. EiQgka. e obeie ka.
VOL. IV. 3 H
418
EPHESIANS.
VI. 9 — 21,
schal do, 'this he schal resceyue0 of the
Lord, whethir seruaunt, whether fre man.
9 And, 36 lordis, do? the same thingisi tor
hem, for3yuynge manacis ; witynge for8 her
Lord and 3oure is in heuenes, and takynge
10 of persoones is not anentis God. Here
aftirward, britheren, be 36 comfortid in
the Lord, and in the my3t of his vertu.
11 Clothe* 3011 with the armeru of God, that
36 mown stonde a3ens aspyingisv, 'or
izasaylyngis*1, of the deuel. Forx stryu-
ynge? is not to vs a3ens fleisch and 'blood,
but a3ensz the3 princes and potestatis,
a3ens gouernours of the world of thes
derknessisb, a3ens spiritual thingis of
is wickidnesse, inc heuenli thingisd. Ther-
fore take 36 the armer of God, that 36
mown a3enstonde in the6 yuel day; and
14 in alle thingis stonde parfyt. Therfore
'stonde 3ef, gird 'aboute 3oure& leendis in
sothfastnesse, and clothidh the' haberioun
is of ri3twysnesse, and 'schood the feetk in
makynge redy of the gospel of pees™;
16 in alle thingis takinge then scheeld of
feith, in the0 which 36 mown quenche alle
the firyP dartis of the worste enmye^.
17 And take 36 the helmr of heelthe, and the
swerd of the Gost, that is, the word of
loGod ; by al preier and bisechinge preiynge
al tyme in spirit, and8 inss him* wakynge in
al bysynesse, and byseching for alle hooly",
19 and for me; that wordv be 3ouun to me
in openynge of my mouth, with trist forw
to make knowun the mysteriex of the gos-
20 pel, for which? I am sett in legacie", 'or
message*, in thisb cheyne ; so that in it I
be hardy forc to speke, as it bihoueth med.
21 Forsothe that and 36 wite, what thingis
this of the Lord, whether seruaunt, whe-
ther fre man. And, 36 lordis, dof the»
same thingis to hem, for3yuynge ma-
naasis? ; witinge that bothe her Lord and
3oure is in heuenes, and the taking of
persones is not anentis God. Her aftir- 10
ward, britheren, be 3e coumfortid in the
Lord, and in1' the mijt of his vertu.
Clothe1 3ou with thek armere1 of God, u
that 36 moun stonde a3ensm aspiynges"
of the deuel. For whi stryuyng is not to 12
vs a3ens fleisch and blood, but a3ens
princis0 and potestatis, a3ens gouernours
of the world of these derknessis, a3ens
spiritual thingis of wickidnesse, in he-
uenli thingis. Therfor take 36? the(i ar- 13
mere of God, that 36 moun a3enstonde
in the yuel dai ; and in alle thingis
stonder perfit". Therfor stonde 36, and u
be1 gird aboute" 3oure leendis in sothe-
fastnesse, and clothid with the haburioun
of ri3twisnesse, and 3oure feet schood in is
making redi of the gospel of pees. Inie
alle thingis take 36 the scheld of feith,
in whichv 36 moun quenche alle the firy
dartis of 'the worstew. And take 36" the 17
helm of helthe, and the swerd of the
Goost, that is, the word of God. Bi al IB
preier and bisechyng preie 36 al tyme
in spirit, and in hym wakinge in al
bisynesse, and bisechyng for alle hooli
men, and for me ; that word be 3ouun 19
to me in openyng of my mouth, with
trist to make knowun the mysterie-v of
the gospel, for which Y am set in mes-2o
sage in a chayne ; so that in it Y be
hardi to speke, as it bihoueth me. And 21
36 wite, what thingis ben aboute me,
0 schal resceyue this v. P doth N. do jee QSTX v pr. m. 1 theng ogr. r in T. s that bothe v. * Cloth-
ith x. u armes o. v the aspyingis QT. w Om. ox. x For whi v. y stryuynge, or hotel QT. z blood,
that is, it is not [to vs T] to gesse that tve mown vtterly distrtiye oure otvne fleischely stiryngis, bot stryue
we in hope to ouercome ajeines QT. a Om. O.Y. b dercnessis, tvhiche ben the deuyl and his lymes QT.
K is to stryue in QT. ll thingis, or gostly vertues QT. e Om. G pr. m. { stondith x. S aboute in 3oure A.
aboue joure K. aboute the o. h clad sx. ' with the NK. k the feet schod GMPQT. l Om. x. m pees,
that y prechynge touche not erthely qffeccioun QT. n Om. N. ° Om. vx. P fyren N. <l Om. o. deuel r.
r helm, that is, hope QT. s Om. o. ss Om. K. l Om. a pr. m. SWXY. hym, [it r] that is, in that
spirit QT. u seyntis N. holy men QTV. T the woord of God N. the word y. w Om. sx. x mysterie,
or priuytee QT. y whiche gospel Q. z message o. a Om. ox. b a v. c Om. sx. d me to speke out ;
the woord of God mai not be bounden N.
f doith EI. do ^e KRegka. S manassynges a. h Om. k pr.m. ' Clothe 56 A pr. m. Eg. k Om. h.
1 aarmers gk. m ajens the la. the k. n assailyngis k. ° the princis cEiKMQRUxabceghkoo^. p Om. IQ
pr.m. 1 Om. E. r stonde je k. s pern3tly a. * be ;e KRabegkoojS. beth i. u aboue a. v the which
k. w him that is moost wickid i. the worste enemy xke. x Om. k pr.m. y mynysterie ag.
VI. 22 24.
EPHESIANS.
419
ben aboute me", what I schalf do, Titicus,
my moost dere brother, and trewe myn-
istre in the Lord, schal make alle thingis
22 knowun to 3ou ; whom I sente to 3ou in-
to& this same thing, that 36 knowe what
thingis ben aboute vs, andh that he com-
23 forte 3oure hertis. Pees to britheren, and
charite, with feith of God oure fadir, and
24 of the Lord Jhesu Crist. Grace with alle
men' that louen oure Lord Jhesu Crist in
vncorupcioun. Amenk.
Here endith the pistle to
Here endith the epistle to Ephecies, and andc bigynneth the prologe on the pistle
bigynneth the prolog to Philipencis^ . to PhilippensisA.
what Y do, Titicus, my moost dere bro-
ther, and trewe mynystre in the Lord,
schal make alle thingis knowun to 3ou ;
whom Y sente to 3ou for this same 22
thing, that 30 knowe what thingis ben
aboute vs, and that hez coumforte 3oure
hertis. Pees to britheren, and charite, 2:1
with feith of God oure fadir, and of the
Lord Jhesu Crist. Grace with alle men 24
that louen oure Lord Jhesu Crist in vn-
corrupcioun. Amen, ^that is, So be ita.
e Om. T. f Om. r. 8 for v. h Om. GMNPQT. > Om. G pr. m. men. Amen. SXY. k Amen. So
be it. Y. 1 Here endith the epistle to the Effecies, and now bigynneth the epistle to the Philippenses. x.
Here eendith (he epistel to Ephesies, and bygynneth the prologe of the epistel to Philippenses. o. Her
endith the pistle to Ephesies, and bigynneth the pistle to Philipenses. Q. Here eendith Effesies, and bigyn-
neth the prologe to Philipensis. y. No final rubric in GMPSTX.
* 36 A pr. m. a Om. inhk/3. So be it. e. b Ejfesians i. c and here MO. d From ciMxacgkoa.
Here endeth the pistle to Effesies; se now the prologe on the pistle to Filipensis. K. Heere endith the epistle
to Effesies, and bigynneth the prolog on the pistle to Colocensis. Q. Here endith the pistle to Ejfesies, and
here bigynneth pistle to Philippensis, with the prologe bifore. u. Heere endeth the pistle to Effesies, and
here biginelh the pistle to Filippensis. bh. No final rubric in AEHC.
3 H 2
PHILIPPIANS
The prologe in the pistle to Philip-
enses*.
PHILIPENCIS benb men of Macedonye.
Thes thec word of treuthe ytaked, stede-
fastly stoode in the feith, neithir thei
token false apostlis. These thee apostle
preiseth, wrytinge to hem by Epifrodith,
fro Rome, out of prisoun.
Here eendith the prologe, and bygynneth
the epistel to the Philippenses1 '.
Here bigynneth the prologe on the pistil
to Filippensis*.
PHILIPENSIS benb of Macedoyne.
These whanne thei hadden resceyued the
word of treuthe, stoden stidfastlic in the
feith, and theid resceyueden not false
apostlis. The apostle" preisith these f,
writynge to hem fro Rome, out of prisoun,
bi Epafrodite.
Jerom in his prologe on this pistle seith
The Epistle to Philipensis*.
CAP. I.
i Poul and Tymothe, seruauntis of Jhesu
Crist, to alle 'the hoolyb men in Crist
Jhesu, that ben at Philippisc, with bi-
aschopis and dekenes, grace to jou and
pees of God oured fadir, and ofe the Lord
3 Jhesu Crist. If do thankyngis to my God
4 in al mynde of 3ou euermore in alle my
Here bigynneth the pistle to Fili-
pensis*.
CAP. I.
Poul and Tymothe, seruauntis of Jhe- 1
su Crist, to alle theb hooli men in Crist
Jhesu, that ben at Filippis, with bi-
schopis and dekenes, grace and pees to 2
3ou of God oure fadir, and of the Lord
Jhesu Crist. I do thankyngis to my God 3
in al mynde of 3ou euere more in alle 4
a From G. Prolog to Philipensis K. No initial rubric in OSVWY. No prologue in AMPQX. In G a
rubric only. In K and T the prologue is of the second text. b beth o. c Om. v pr. m. d taken s.
e Om. v, f From o. Ende of prolog, bigymiynge the epistle. K. Here eendith the prologe, and bigyn-
neth the epistil. w. No final rubric in SVY. a From u. The pistle to Philipensis. po. No initial rubric
in AGKNSTXY. b homeli N. hooly o. c Philippensis N. d the o. e Om. T. f I forsothe N.
a From e. Prolog, A. Jerom on Philpencis. E. The prologe of the pistil to Philipensis. N. Heere sueth
the prolog on the pistil to the Philpensis. H. Prologus. T. No initial rubric in ciKMQUxabcfghkoa. b ben
men b. c stifly ag. d Om. R pr. m. e postle g. f hem T. K From CQabchkoa. Here endith the prologe. I.
Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Jerome in his prolos; on this epistle seith \al NX] this. MNX.
Thus endith the prolog, and bigynneth the pistle to Philipensis. R. Jerom in his prologe seith this on this
pistle. u. Here endith [the] prologe, and bigynneth the pistl. g. No final rubric in AETef. a Poul
to Philipencis. E. Here bigynneth thejirste pistle to Philippensis. M. No initial rubric in ciKQHUxabcghko.
b Om. b.
I. 5 — 19.
PHILIPPIANS.
421
preieris for alle 3011 with ioye, makynge a
abisechinge on 3oure comunynge? in the
gospel of Crist, fro the firste dayb til'
« now ; tristnyngek this ilke thing, for1 he
that bigan in 3011 a good work, schal per-
7 forme til into the day of Jhesu Crist. As
it is iust to me for™ to feele this thing
for 'alle 30x1", for that I haue 3011 in herte,
and in my boondis, and in defendyng and
confermyng0 of the gospel, 'alle 3011? for^
stor be felowis of my ioye. Forsothe God
is a witnesse to me, hou I coueite 3011 alle
9 in the bowelis of Jhesu Crist. And this
thing I preye8, that 3oure charite be plen-
teuous more and more in science1, 'or
\okunnyngea, and in al witt ; that 36 proue
betterev thingis, that 36 be clene and with-
11 oute offencew in the day of Crist ; fulfillidx
with the fruyt of ri3twysnesse by Jhesu
Crist, into the heriynge? andz glorie of
12 God. Forsoth, britheren, I wole 3owa forb
toc wite, that thed thingis that ben aboute
rne han comyn "more to the6 profyte of
is the gospel, so that my boondis weren
maad knowun inf Crist, in ech moot halle,
uand in alle othere placis ; that mo of *
britheren in the Lord tristenyngeh in' my
boondis, morek plenteuously1 dursten with
ir. oute drede speke the word of God. Summe
forsoth and for enuye and stryf m, summe
forsoth and for good wille, prechen Crist ;
in summe forsoth of charite, witinge forn I
17am putt in the defence of the gospel. For-
soth summe of contencioun, 'or stryf",
schewen Crist not 'clenly, gessingeP hem
fori tor reyse pressure3 to my boondis.
is What sothl'y ? 'the while* inu al maner,
ether by contencioun v, etherw by treuthe,
Crist is schewid ; and in this thing I haue
ioye, but andx 'in this thing? I schal haue
19 ioye. Sothli I woot, that this thing schal
my preyeris for alle 3ou with ioye, and
make a° bisechyng on 3oure comynyngo
in the gospel of Crist, fro the firste day
til nowe ; tristenynged this ilkee thing, c
that he that bigan in 3ou a good werk,
schal perfourme it til in to the dai of
Jhesu Crist. As it is iust to me to feele?
this thing for alle 3ou, for that Y haue
3ou in herte, andf in my boondis, and in
defending and confermyng of the gospel,
that alle 36 be felowis of my ioye. For 8
God is a witnesse to me, hou Y coueyte
alle 3ou in the bowelis^ of Jhesu Crist.
And this thing Y preie, that 3oure cha-u
rite be plenteuouse more and more in
kunnyng, and in al wit ; that 36 preue 10
the betere thingis, that 36 be clene and
without offence in the dai of Crist ; fillid 1 1
with the fruyt of ri3twysnesse bi Jhesu
Crist, in to the glory and theh heriyng
of God. For, britheren, Y wole that 36 12
wite, that the thingis that ben aboute
me han comun more to the' profit of the
gospel, so that my boondis weren maad is
knowun in Crist, in ech moot halle, and
in alle other placis ; that mo of britheren 14
tristingek in the Lord more plenteuously
for my boondis, dursten without drede
speke the word of God. But1 summe is
for enuye and strijf, summe for good
wille, prechen Crist ; and summe of™ ic
charite, witinge that Y am put in the
defense of the gospel. But" summe of 17
strijf schewen Crist not cleneli, gessynge
hem to reise tribulacioun to my boondis.
But what ? the0 while on al maner, ethir is
bi occasioun, ethir bi treuthe, Crist is
schewid ; and in this thing Y haue ioye,
but also Y schal haue ioye. And Yi9
woot, that this thing schal come to me
in to heelthe bi 3oure preyer, and theP
S comyng GO. h Om. s. » to GMPQT sec. TO. vnto T pr. m. k tristyng o. tristende sx. 1 that r.
m Om. s. n jou alle GMPQT. ° coumforting v. P that alle 56 v. q Om. svx. r Om. v. s preye
y>u o. t kunnynge o. u Om. ox. v the bettir N. w offence, or greuance o. x je fillid v. y preys-
inge GMPQT. z of o. a that je v. b Om. svx. c Om. v. d Om. x. e to more Q. f to K.
S of the o. h tristinge MNpQSTrw. trostende x. i more for v. k Om. v. 1 tristily o. m for strif x.
n that v. o Om. x. P cleerly clensyng o. cleerly gessinge QT. clerly gessende x. 1 Om. x. T Om. s.
s pressure, ether tribulacioun r. * Om. T. u on AGMfiopQSTrfvx. v occasioun v. w other MP.
outher x. * Om. G pr. m. Y Om. v.
c je a b. Om. k pr. m. (1 tristinge Ek. « Om. e pr. m. k. f Om. b. S entrailis R. h Om. Q. » Om.
sec.m. k tristenynge g. ' And a. m for ael<. n For a. ° Om. c pr.m. P bi the H. Om. h.
Ra sec. m.
PHILIPPIANS.
I. 20 II. 2.
come to me into heelthe by 3oure preier,
and the vndirmynistringe of the spirit of
20 Jhesu Crist, vp2 myn abidyng anda hope.
For in no thing I schal be confoundid, 'or
schamed^, but in al trist as euermore and
now, Crist schal be magnyfied iu my body,
21 ether by lyf, ether by deeth. Forsothe to
me forc to lyue Crist isd, and fordd to deie
22 wynnyng". That if forf to lyue in fleisch,
this is fruyt of work to me, and what
as I schal cheese, I knowe not. Forsoth I
am constreynede of tweyh thingis, hau-
ynge desyr for1 to be dissolued, 'or de-
partid the soule fro body*, and for1 to be
with Crist, it is moche™ more bettere";
24forsoth° for? to dwelle in fleisch, iti is
25nedeful for 3ou. And I tristinge this
thing, wot that I schal dweller, and8 par-
fitly dwelle to alle 3ou, to ^oure profyit1
26 and ioye of" feith, that 3oure thankyng
habounde in Crist Jhesu in me, by my
27comynge eftsoone to 3ou. Oonly lyue 30
worthily to the gospel of Crist, that
where" I schal come and se 3011, ether*
absent I schalF heere of 3ou, forz 36 stonden
in o spirit of o wille, trauelinge to gidere
2» to the feith of the gospel. And in no thing
be 36 aferd of aduersaries", theb which is
to hem cause0 of perdicioun, 'or of dam-
29naciouna; forsoth to 3ou cause of heelthe.
And thisdd thing of e God. For it is 3ouun to
3ou for Crist, that not oonly 36 bileuen in
to him, but also that 36 suffren for him ;
sohauynge theee same stryff, what vmaner
andff 36 sy3en in me, and now 36 han herd
of me.
,CAP. II.
i Therfore if ony comfort in Crist, if ony
solace of charite, if ony felowschip of spi-
rit, if ony s entraylish of mercy doynge',
2fulfillek 36 my ioye, that 36 vndirstonde
vndurmynystringi of the spirit of 'Jhesu
Crist1", bi myn abidyng and8 hope. For 20
in no thing Y schal be schamed1, but in
al trist as euere more and now, Crist
schal be magnefied in my bodi, ether bi
lijf, ether bi deth. For me to lyue is 21
Crist, and to die is wynnyng. That if to 22
lyue in fleisch, is fruyt of werk to me,
lo ! what Y schal" chese, Y knowe not.
But Y am constreyned of twei thingis, 23
Y haue desirev tow be dissolued*, and to
be with Crist, ify is myche more betere ;
but toz dwelle in fleisch, isa nedeful for 24
3ou. And Y tristinge this thing, woot25
that Y schal dwelle, and perfitli dwelle
to alle jou, to 3oure profit and ioye of
feith, that 3oure thanking aboundeb in 20
Crist Jhesu in me, bi my comyng eft-
soone to 3ou. Oneli lyue 30 worthili to 27
the gospel of Crist, that whether whanne
Y come and se 3ou, ethir absent Y here
of 3ou, that 36 stonden in oc spirit of od
wille, trauelinge togidere to the feith of
the gospel. And in no thing be 36 aferd 28
of aduersaries, which is to hern cause of
perdicioun, but to 3ou came* of heelthe. 20
And this thing is of God. For it is
30111111 to 3ou for Crist, that not oneli 36
bileuen in hym, but also that 36 suffren
for hym; hauynge the same strijf, which 30
36 saien in me, and now 36 han herd of
me.
CAP. II.
Therfor if ony coumfort is in Crist, i
if ony solace off charite, if ony felou-
schipe of spirit, if ony inwardnesse of
merci doyng, fille 36 my ioye, that 302
z after GMPQT. bi r. a in Q. b Om. ox. c Om. sx. d is the cause QT. dd Om. sx. e is wynnyng
v. f Om. sx. S constreynynge Q. k two GMPQTX. l Om. sx. k the body AGMNPSTP. gloss om. in ox.
l Om. SAT. m Om. T. n beter to me GMPQT. ° but r. P Om. sx. 1 Om. AGMNOPsrrrrx. r not
dwelle v. s and I schal K. l profit of jou x. u and G pr. m. w whanne I r. x or MX. y Om. r.
z that r. a aduersaries, that pursuen JOM QT. b Om. vx. c Om. G pr. in. d Om. G pr. m. MNOPQTX.
or damnacioun G sec. m. srtfY. dd this is Y. e is of QTF. ee Om. Y. f stryf ayin enmyes QT. ff Om.
QT. S Om. T. h entrailis, or affecciouns QT. » doynge be in JOM QT. k fille r.
1 vndirstonding E. r Crist Jhesu Q. s in EQg. * aschamed i. u Om. E. v desired Ek. w for to
X sec. m. x that is, to be deparlid the body fro the soule K marg. departid R. y for it k. z for to e.
a it is h. b abounde, eithir be plenteuous K. c the k pr. m. d Om. k pr. m. e a cause Q. f in k pr. m.
II. 3— 1
PHILIPPIANS.
423
the same thing, hauynge the same1 cha-
rite, of o wille, feelinge the same thing ;
s'nothing"1 by stryf, nether by veyn glorie,
but in mekenesse, demynge Vhi3ere to hem
silf to gidere n, 'or ech° holdinge othere
ihiyer inf vertu^ ; not ech by himr silf bi-
holdinge what thingis ben her o\vnes, but
5 thoss thingis that ben of othere*. Forsothe
feele 36 this thing in 3ou, theu which andv
<jinw Crist Jhesu; thex which whanne he
was in the foorme of God, demyde not
raueyn, him silfy forz to be euene to God ;
7 but he lowydea him silf, takynge the
foonne of a seruaunt, intob lyknesse of
men maad, and in habyt founden as a
a man. He mekede him silf, maad obedient0
Hil tod the8 deeth, forsoth to thef deeth of
u cross?. For which thing andb God en-
hauncide him, and 3af to him a name that
10 is aboue al name'; that in the name of
Jhesu ech kne be bowid, of heuenly thingis
n andk erthely1, and of hellis ; and ech tunge
knowleche, form the Lord Jhesu Crist is
lain the glorie of God the fadir. 'And son,
my mooste dereworthe0, as euermore 36
han obeischid, notP in my presence oonlyi,
but moche more now in myn absence,
worche 3er with drede and tremblinge
i33oure heelthe. Forsoth5 it is God that
worchith in 3ou, and* for" to wille v, and
i4forw to perfoorme, for good wille. Forsoth
do 36 alle thingis withouten grucchingis
15 and doutyngis ; that 36 be withoute pleynt,
and the* symple sonesy of God, withoute
reprof, in the myddel of a schrewid nacioun
and weyward ; among whomz 36 schyneri
teas 3yueris of Ii3t ina the world ; holdynge
to gidere the word of lyf to my glorie in
the day of Crist ; for I haue not runnen in
17 veyn, 'nether in veynh trauelidc. But 'and
vndurstonde the same thing, and haue
the same charite, of o wille, and feelen
the same thing; no thing bi strijf, nether :*
by veyn glorie, but in mekenesse, dem-
ynge eche otheres to be hei3er than hym
silf; not biholdinge ech bi hym silf what 4
thingis ben his owne, but tho thingis
that ben of othere men. And fele 30 this 5
thing in jou, which1' also' ink Crist Jhe-
su ; that1 whanne he was in the forme e
of God, demyde not raueyn, that hym
silf were euene to God ; but he lowide 7
hym silf, takinge the forme of a ser-
uaunt, and was maad in to them lick-
nesse of men", and in abite was foundun
as a man. He mekide hym silf, and was 8
maad obedient to the deth, 3he, to the
deth of the cross. For which thing God 9
enhaunside hym, and 3af to hym a name
that is aboue al° nameP; that in theio
name of Jhesu ech kne bePi' bowid, of
heuenli thingis, of ertheli thingis, and
of hellis ; and ech tunge knouleche, that 1 1
the Lord Jhesu Crist is in the glorie of
God the fadir. Therfor, my most dere- 1-2
worthe britheren, as euere more 36 han
obeischidi, not in my presence onely, but
myche more now in myn absence, worche
36 with drede and trembling 3oure
heelthe. For it is God that worchith in is
3ou, bothe to wilner, and to performe, for
good wille. And do 36 alle thingis with 14
out grutchingis and doutyngis; that 3015
be with out playnt, and symple as the
sones of God, with out repreef, in the
myddil of a schrewid nacioun and a
weiward ; among whiche 36 schynen as
3yueris of Ii3t in the world. And holde in
36 togidere the word of lijf to my glorie
in the day of Crist ; for Y haue not run-
1 Om. Q. m nothyng doynge, nethir QT. n other an other to gydere to hem silf hee3er, or wor-
thier QT. hi^ere than hemself togidere v. or holdende other hejere x. ° Om. w. P in eche Q. 1 Gloss
omitted in ox. r hem AGMNPQTW. sOm.r. " the M. * othere men v. u Om. v. v was as and Q. mas and
r. w Om. Q. x Om. vx. y Om. s. z Om. sx. a meekide GMPQT. lowide moost v. loweth w. b and
to G. c obedience o. d vnto GMPQT. e Om. NS. { Om. r. 8 the cros srrxv. h Om. N. > names o.
m that v. n Therfore v. ° derworthe britheren v. P not oonly
9 For v. * bothe v. * Om. sx. v wilne v. w Om. sx.
k of v. Om. x. ' erthely thingis vx.
(;.V/PQT. 1 Om. GMPQT. T Om. T
* Om. v. y as sones v. * whiche v. a in to SWXY. b Om. K. nether in voyde o. c I haue trauelid r.
8 Om. k pr. m. h which thing E. ' mas also I. k is in R sec. m. g sec. m. ' whiche I. "' Om. R.
n man k. " ech la sec. m. P names k pr. m. PP is A pr. m. 1 obeied K. r wil k pr. m.
424
PHILIPPIANS.
II. 1 8 — 30.
ifd I be offrid, 'or slayne, vponf the sacri-
fice and seruyce of 3oure feith, I haue ioye,
is and vto gideres thank 3ou alle. The same
thing forsothe and 36 haueh ioye, and1 'to
isgidereJ thankek me. Forsoth I hope in
the Lord Jhesu1, me form to" sende Ty-
mothe soone to 3011, that and I be in0
good ynwittP, 'or gladnesse\ thor thingis
2oknowuns that, ben at' 3011. Forsothe11 I
haue no man so of o wille, 'or acoordv,
that is bisy for 3011 with clene affeccioun,
2iW desyre™. Forsothx alle men seken tho
thingis that ben her owne, not tho? that
22 ben of Crist Jhesu. Forsoth knowe 30
'the assay2 of him, for as a sone to the
fadir he seruyde with me in the gospel.
2:5 Forsothe* I hope meb for0 to sende hym
to 3ou, a noon asd I schal se what thingis
24 ben abowte mee. Sothely in the Lord I
triste, forf and I my silf schal come to 3ou
25 soone. Forsothe I gesside it nedeful for&
to sende to 3ouh Epaphrodite, my brother
and euene worchere, and myn euene kny3t',
forsothe 3oure apostle, andk the mynystre1
26 of my nedem. For" sothely he desyride
3ou alle, and he was sorwful, 'for that and0
2730 herden him maad syk. Forwhi and he
was maad syk to? the deeth, but God
hadde mercy oni hym ; forsoth1" not oonly
ons hym, but also and on1 me, lest I hadde
28 heuynesse vponu heuynesse. Therfore
more hastely I sente hym, that 'him seynv,
eft 30 haue ioye, and I be withoute heuy-
2»nesse. 'And sow resceyue 36 him with al
ioye in the Lord, and haue 36 such maner
so men* with honour?. Forwhi for the work
of Crist 'til toz deetha he wente, 3yuynge
his souleb, "that is, tyfc, that he schulde
fulfille that that faylide tod 3ou anentis
my seruyse.
nen in veyn, nether Y haue trauelid in
veyn. But thou3 Y be offrid or slayn on 17
the sacrifice and seruyce of 3oure feith,
Y haue ioye, and Y thanke8 3ou alle.
And the* same thing haue 36 ioye, and is
thanke 36 me. And Y hope in the Lord 10
Jhesu, that Y schal sende Tymothe soone
to 3ou, that Y be of good coumfort,
whanne tho thingis ben knowun that
ben aboute 3ou. For Y haue no man so 20
of o wille u, that is bisi for 3ou with
clene affeccioun. For alle men seken tho 21
thingis that ben her owne, not tho that
ben of Crist Jhesu. But knowe 36 the 22
asaie of hym, for as a sone to the fadir
he hath seruyd with me in the gospel.
Therfor Y hope that Y schal sende hym 23
to 3ou, anoon as Y se what thingis ben
aboute me. And Y triste in the Lord, 24
that also my silf schal v come to 3ou
soone. And Y gesside it nedeful to sende 25
to 3ou Epafrodite, my brother and euene
worchere, and myn euene kny3t, but
3oure apostle, and the mynystre of my
nede. For he desiride 3ou alle, and heafi
was sorewful, therfor that 30 herden that
he was sijk. For he was sijk to the deth,27
but God hadde merci on him ; and not
oneli on hym, but also on me, lest Y
hadde heuynesse on heuynesse. Ther-28
for more hastili Y sentew hym, that
whanne 36 han seyn hym, 30 haue ioye
eft, and Y be withouten heuynesse.
Therfor resseyue 3ex hym with al ioye 20
in the Lord, and haue 36 suche with al
onour. For-v the werk of Crist he wente so
to dethz, 3yuynge his lijf, that he schulde
fulfille that that failide of 3ou anentis
my seruyce.
d thouj y. e Om. ox. * on vx. sir. h haueth sx. han T. > and so Q. J Om. v. k thank-
eth sx. 1 Om. Q. m Om. svx. n that I schal r. ° of r. P coumfort v. q Om. orx. r whanne
tho v. s ben knowen v. t aboute v. u For v. v Om. ox. w Om. ox. x Forwhi v. y tho thinges N.
z the ysaye G pr. m. that Y saye G sec. m. the experiment, or asaie QT. a Therfore y. *> that I schal v.
c Om. svx. d when T. e me, or what schal byfalle of me QT. fthatr. S Om. sx. h jou in mene
tyme QT. ' knyst in aduersilee QT. k in G. ' seruaunt GMPQT. m need, mynystrynge to me QT. n For
and o. ° therfore that v. i> til to v. 1 of GMPQT. r Om. o. s of GMPQT. t of GMNPQT. u on srx.
v whanne 36 han seyn y. w Therfore v. * Qm. x. J al onour r. z vnto GMPQT. a the deeth GMP
QSTXY. b liyf QTV. c Om. OQTFJC. d of y.
s ether togidere thanke K marg. * for the la sec. m. on the R pr. m. in the h sec. m. u ether accord
K marg. v Om. k pr. m. w sende g. * Om. a. y For for A sec. m. z the deeth R.
III. I — 13.
PHILIPPIANS.
425
CAP. III.
i Hennef forthwardtf, my britheren, haue
36 ioye in the Lord. Foi# to write to 3011
the same thingish, forsoth to me not' slow,
2forsothk to 30U1 necessarie. Se 36 houndis,
se 36 yuel workmen, se 36 dyuisiounm.
sSothli we ben circumcisioun, that" bi spirit
semen to God, and glorien in Crist Jhesu,
and not hauynge trist in the fleisch,
4thou3 I haue trist and0 in the fleisch P.
If ony other man is seyn fori tor triste in
5 fleisch8, 1 more, circumsidid* in the ei3tith"
day, of the kynu of Israel, of the lynage
of Beniamyn, an Ebrew of Ebrews, vpT
e the lawe a Pharise, vpy loue pursuwinge
the chirche of God, vpv ri3twysnesse that
is in the lawe lyuynge withoute pleynt.
7 But whiche thingis weren to me wyn-
nyngis, I haue demyde thesew peiringis for
s Crist. Nethelesx I gesse alle thingis for?
to be peyrement for the cleer science of
Jhesu Crist2. For whom I made alle thingis
peirement, and I deme as toordisa, that I
u wynne Crist, and that I be foundyn in
him, not hauynge my ri3twysnesse that is
of the lawe, but 'that thatb is of the feith
of Crist0, that is of God ri3twysnessed in
10 feith, for6 to knowe him, and the vertu of
his rysinge a3en, and the felowschip of his
passioun,/f configurid, W made lyk%, to his
11 deeth, if onh ony maner I' schal come, W
renne ttjenJt, to1 the™ resurreccioun that
12 is of deede men". Not that now I haue
takun, or now am0 parfyit ; forsoth I sue,
if on? ony maner I schal^ comprehended
'and in what thing8 I am comprehendid
13 of* Crist Jhesu. Bretheren, I deme me
not foru tov haue comprehendid ; o thing
forsothe, I fo^etinge sothli tho thingis
CAP. III.
Hennusa forwardb, my britheren, haue i
3e ioye in the Lord. To write to 3ou
the same thingis, to me it is not slow,
and to 3ou it is necessarie. Se 302
houndis, se 36 yuele werk men, se 36
dyuysioun. For we ben circumcisioun, 3
which bi spirit seruen to God, and glo-
rien in Crist Jhesu, and ban not trist in
the fleisch, thou3 Y haue trust, 3he, in 4
the fleisch. If ony othere man is seync
to triste in thed fleisch, Y more, thats
was circumcidid in the ei3tthe dai, of the
kyne of Israel, of the lynage of Benia-
myn, an Ebrew of Ebrewis, bi the lawe
a Farisee, bi loue pursuynge the chirche G
of God, bi ri3twisnesse that is in the
lawe lyuynge with out playnt. But?
whiche thingis weren to me wynnyngis,
Y haue demed these apeyryngisf for
Crist. Netheles Y gesse alle thingis toe
be peirement # for the cleer science11 of
Jhesu Crist my Lord. For whom Y made
alle thingis peyrement, and Y deme as
drit, that Y wynne Crist, and that Y be 9
foundun in hym, not hauynge my ri3t-
wisnesse that is of the lawe, but that
that is of the feith of Crist Jhesu, that '
is of God the ri3twisnesse in feith, to 10
knowe hym, and the vertu of his risyng
ajen, and the felouschipe of his passioun,
and be1 maad lijk to his deeth, if on onyii
maner Y come to the resurreccioun that
is fro deth. Not that now Y haue 12
takun, or now amk parfit; but Y sue, if
in ony maner Y comprehende, in which
thing1 also Y am comprehendid of Crist
Jhesu. Bretheren, Y deme mem not is
that Y hauen comprehendid ; but o thing,
f Hennus GMPSY. Thenne N. Hennes QTF. f'~ forward AGXOQTVWY. e Oin. sx. h theng o.
> be it not or. it is not v. k but o. 1 3011 it is v. m conscisioun s. n whiche v. ° Om. or. jhe v.
P fleische, that haue more matir yf it were spedeful, than eny other QT. 1 Om. ST.Y. r to haf o. 8 the
fleische GMPQT. * circumcidid vw. tt ey3te Y. u kynrede GMPQT. kynde N. v after GMPQT. bi v. w Om.o.
these thingis Q. x Nereles s. y Om. sx. z Crist, my Lord r. a filthis sv. b that at o. c Crist
Jhesu v. d the rijtwisnesse v. e Om. sx. f Om. G pr. m. MOP. S Om. x. h of o. Om. x. > Om. v.
k Om. or. I into r. m Om. T. n Om. x. ° I am G. P Om. AGMNOPQSXY. 1 Om. v. r compre-
hende, or take QT. s in which thing also v. * on K. in o. u Om. svx. v that I v.
* Henne Kbc. Hen eh. & forthward c. c yseyn a. d Om. EiKQbceghkoa(3. e kynde k. * as
jieiringis c pr. m. ac. S apeirement k. h conscience k pr. m. i to be CEIMCJUUC sec. m. e sec. m. ghko/3.
* I am gk. ' Om. k pr. m. m Om. k pr. m. n am b.
VOL. IV. 3 I
426
PHILIPPIANS.
III. 14— IV. 5.
that ben bihyndis, strecchinge my silf for-
soth to tho thingis that ben thev formere,
14 to the ordeyned thing, pursue to the pris
of the hi3e cleping of God in Crist Jhesu.
is Therefore who euere we ben parfyt, feele
we this thingw. And if 36* vndirstonden
othiry maner ony thing, andz that3 thing
16 God schal schewe to jou. Netheles to
what thing we han comen, that we vndir-
stonde the same thing, and that we par-
17 fytli dwelle in the same reule. Britheren,
be 36 myb foloweris, and wayte 36 hem
that walken soc, as 36 han oure foorme.
is Forsoth d manye walken, whom6 I haue
seide oft to 3ou, forsoth now andf I wep-
inge seieS, the enemy es of Cristis cross,
19 whos ende deeth'1, 'or perisching1, whosk
god is the wombe, and glorie1 inm con-
fusioun of hem, that saueren11, 'or vndir-
zostonden0, ertheli thingis. Forsoth oure
lyuynge is iu heuenesP; 'wher of alsoi we
abyden the sauyour ourer Lord Jhesu
21 Crist, the8 which schal refoorme the body
of oure mekenesse, configurid, 'or maad
lyk*, to the body of his cleernesse, vpu the
worchinge by which he may also make
alle thingis suget to bym.
CAP. IV.
i 'And sov, my britheren moost derewor-
the and moost desyrid, my ioye and my
crowne, so stonde 36 in the Lord, moost
adere britheren™. I preie Eucodiam, and
I bisech Syntesem, forx to vndirstonde the
3 same thing in the Lord. Also and? Iz
preie theea, german feloweb, helpe thou
'the ilkec wymmen that trauelidend with
me in the gospel, with Clement and othere
my helperis, whos names ben in the book
4 of lyf. Ioye 30 in the Lord euer more ;
5 eft I seie, ioye 3ee. Be 3oure temperauncef,
'or patiences, knowun to alle men ; the
Y for3ete tho thingis that ben bihyndis,
and stretche0 forth my silf to tho thingis
that ben bifore, and pursue to the or-14
deyned mede? of tbei hi3 clepyng of
God in Crist Jhesu. Therfor who euere is
we ben perfit, feele we this thing. And
if 36 vndurstonden in othere manere ony
thing, this thing God schal schewe to
3ou. Netheles to what thing we han is
comun, that we vndurstonden the same
thing, and that we perfitli dwelle in the
same reule. Britheren, be 36 my folew- 17
erisr, and weyte 36 hem that walken so,
as 36 han oure fourme. For many walken, is
whiche Y haue seid ofte to 3ou, but now
Y wepinge seie, the enemyes of Cristis
cros, whos ende is deth, whos god isi»
the wombe, and the glorie in confusioun
of hem, that saueren ertheli thingis.
But oure lyuyng is in heuenes ; fro 20
whennus also we abiden the sauyour
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, which schal re- 21
forme the bodi of oure mekenesse, that
is maad lijk to the bodi of his clere-
nesse, bi the worching bi which he mai
'also make" alle thingis suget to hym.
CAP. IV.
Therfor, my britheren most derewor-i
the and most desirid, my ioye and my
coroun, so stonde 36 in the Lord, most
dere britheren. Y preye Eucodiam, and i
biseche5 Synticem, to vndurstonde the
same thing in the Lord. Also Y preye s
and1 thee, german felow, helpe thou the
ilke wymmen that traueliden with me in
the gospel, with Clement and othere myn
helperis, whos names ben in the book
of lijf. Ioye 30 in the Lord euere more ; 4
eft Y seie, ioye 36. Be 3oure pacyences
knowun to alle men ; the Lord is ni3.
v Om. s. w thing, that is, this course or rennynge QT. x we SXY. J in other r. z and in o.
a this r. b Om. o. c so, that is, diligently byholde %ee hem QT. d Forwhi r. e whiche r. f Om. sx
Y pr. m. g seye hem Q. h i* deeth GQTT. i Om. OQA-. k of whome GQT. l the glorie sr. m in the T.
into x. n vndirstonden o. ° Om. GMOPQSTVX. P heuen QT. q whennus also QT. r of oure v.
3 Om. GMPQTV. * Om. osx. u after GAIPQT. bi v. * Therfore v. w Om. x. * Om. sx. 7 Om.
ASVWX Y. z Om. Q. a and thee AGMPQTVWXY. b euen felaw N. c tho x. d traueilen QT. e Om. T.
f tholmoundenesse QT. S Om. ox.
0 strecchinge Aib. strecchide k. P ether prys K marg. <l Om. i pr. m. T folewis A. rr make also K.
8 Y biseche b. * Om. b.
IV. 6 — 18.
PHILIPPIANS.
427
6 Lord is 1173. Be 3eh no thing bisy, but in
al preier and biseching, with doynge of
thankingis, be 3oure axingis knowun at
7 God. And the pees of God, that passith
al witt, kepe 3oure hertis and vndirstond-
singis in Crist Jhesu 'oure Lord'. Fro
hennus forth, britherenk, what euere thingis
ben sothe, what euere thingis1 chast, what™
euere thingis D iust, what euere thingis0
hooly, what euere thingis P amyablei, or
able/of1 to be loued™, what euere thingis8
of good fame, if ony vertu, if ony preis-
inge of* disciplyn, thenke 36 these thingis,
9 thatu and 30 han lerudv, and take, and herd,
and seyn in me. Do 36 these thingisw,
10 and God of peesx schal be with 3ou. For-
soth, britheren?, I ioyede greetly in the
Lord, for sumtyme aftirward 36 'flouriden
a3enz for* to feele for me, as and 36 feel-
nidenb. Forsoth 36 weren ocupiedc, I seie
not as for nede, forsothd I haue lerud6, in
whiche thingis I am, sufficient forf to be.
12! can ands be lowidh, 'or mekid'1, I can
andk abounde^or/iaueplente*. Euery where
and in alle thingis I am ordeyned"1, and
'I can be fulfillid", and to0 hungre, andP
istoi habounde, and tor suffre mysestes. I
may alle thingis in him that comfortith
u me. Netheles 36 han don wel, comunynge1
is to my tribulaciouu. Forsoth and 36, Phi-
lipencis, witen, that in the bigynnyng of
the gospel, whanne I wente forth fro Ma-
cedonye, no chirche comunede" with me
in resoun of 'thing 3ouunv and takun, no
16 but 36 allone. 'For and to Tessalonyk 30
sentenw oonis* and twyes 'in to? vss to me.
17 Not for Iz seke 3ifte, but I requyrea, 'or
seke «3^wb, fruyt haboundynge in 3oure
is resoun. Forsoth I haue alle thingis0, and
Be 36 nothing bisi, but in al preyer and 6
biseching, with doyng of thankyngis, be
3oure axyngis" knowun at God. And?
thev pees of God, that passith al wit,
kepe 3oure hertis and vndurstondingis
in Crist Jhesu. Fro hennus forth, bri-a
theren, what euerew thingis ben sothe,
what euere thingis chast, what euere
thingis iust, what euere thingis hooli,
what euere thingis able to be louyd,
what euere thingis of good fame, if ony
vertu, if ony preising of discipline,
thenke 36 these thingis, that also 36 hang
lerudx, and take, and heed, and seyri in
me. Do 36 these thingis, and God of
pees schal be with 3ou. But Y ioyede 10
greetli in the Lord, that sum tyme aftir-
ward 36 floureden a3en to feele for me,
as also 36 feeliden. But 36 weren ocupied,
Y seie not as for nede, for Y haue lerud^ n
to be sufficient in whiche thingis Y am.
And Y can also be lowid, Y can also 12
haue plentee. Euery where and in alle
thingis Y am tau3t to be fillid, and to
hungur, and to abounde2, and to suffre
myseistezz. Y may alle thingis in hym is
that coumfortith me. Netheles 36 hanu
doon wel, comynynge to my tribulacioun.
For8 and8" 36, Filipensis, witen1', that in 15
the bigynnyng of the gospel, whanne Y
wente forth fro Macedonye, no chirche
comynede with me in resoun of thing
3ouun and takun, but 36 aloone. Whiche ie
senten to Tessalonyk onys and twies
also in to vss to me. Not for Y seke 17
3ifte, but Y requyre fruyt aboundinge
in 3oure resoun. For Y haue alle thingis, w
and abounde c ; Y am fillid with tho
thingis takun of Epafrodite, whiche 36
h Om. v. i Om. v. k Om. v pr. in. 1 Om. QT. m and what SY. n Om. a pr. m. MPQT. ° Om.
GMPQT. P Om. GMPQT. thing r. <J loueable OQT. Om. x. r Om. GSW. rr Gloss, om. x. s Om. QT. l or o.
u the whiche GMPQTY sec. m. v lernyd GMPQTWY. lernd r. w thinges in me Q. x pees and of loue sr.
y brether T. z ajein florischeden G pr.m. QT. ajein floureden G sec.m. MP. a Om. SPA'. h feeliden,
or vndurstoden QT. c ocupiede in sum aduersite [aduersitees T] QT. d for ov. e lerned PTY. lerid MW.
( Om. srx. 8 and I o. h bowid T. > Om. ox. k and I o. 1 Om. x. m ordeyned, either tau^t v.
n to be fillid v. °Om.QSTX. P Om. s. <1 Om. QTX. rOm.QSTX. s mysese N. i comyng G pr. m. o.
u comynge G pr. m. comounynge G sec. m. v 30111111 thing GX. w Whiche senten to Tessalonik y. x and
oones N. y also in to r. z to o. a jein seek G pr. m. ajein seke MPQT. seke ajen o. b Om. G pr. m.
c this o.
u axynge k. askyngis o. v Om. b. w Om. R. * lernid EKQBegkoa^. 7 lerned alii. z abounde,
eithii to be plenteuous K. zz myseyse ig. a Om. e. aa also CEQxa pr. m. b sec. m. cegka. Om. KMHU
a sec. m. b pr. m. ho/3. b witen also KMua sec. m. b pr. m. ho/3. <•• I abounde ek.
3 l 2
428
PHILIPPIANS.
•
IV.
habounde ; I am repleetd with tho thingis
takun of Epafrodite, thee which 36 sente
into the odour of swetnesse, af couenable
laooste, W sacrifice11, plesynge to God. For-
soth my God fulfille1 al 3oure desyr, vpk
20 his richessis in glorie in Crist Jhesu. For-
soth to God and oure fadir be glorie into
21 worldis of worldis. Amen. vGreete je1
wel euerym hooly man" in Crist Jhesu.
aaTho0 britheren that ben with me, greeten
3ou wel. Alle hooli men greeten 3ou wel,
moost sothli tho? that ben of Cesaris hous.
23 The grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be
with 3oure spirit. Amen.
Here endith the epistle to Philipensis,
and bigynneth prolog to Colocencisi.
senten in to the odour of swetnesse, a
couenable sacrifice, plesynge to God.
And my God fil alle 3oure desire, byis
hise richessis in glorie in Crist Jhesu.
But to God andd oure fadir be glorie 20
in to worldis of worldis. Amen. Grete2i
3e wel euery hooli man in Crist Jhesu.
Tho britheren that ben with me, gretenaa
3ou wel. Alle hooli men greten 3ou wel,
moost sotheli thei that ben of the empe-
rouris hous. The grace of oure Lord 23
Jhesu Crist be with 3oure spirit. Amen.
Here endith the pistle to Philippensis,
and* bigynneth the* prologe on the pistle
to Colocensis^.
d fulfillid GMPQT. fillid v. e Om. v. f and s. S sacrifice Gpr.m. MPQT. h Oin. G pr.m. MOPQTX.
» fil P. k after GMPQT. vpon iv. bi v. * Greeteth s. m eche x. n Om. jr. ° The GMPQTV sec. m.
P thei GMPQTVWXY. 9 Here endith the epistle to Philippensis, and here bigynneth the epistle to Colo-
censis. A. Here eendeth the epislel to Philipensis, and bygynneth the prologe of the epistel to Colosenses. o.
Here endith the pistel to the Philipenses, and bigynneth the pistle to the Colosences. Q. Here endith Phili-
pensis, and bigynneth the prologe to Colosencis. v. Here eendith the pistil to Filippensis, and bigynneth the
prologe to Colocensis. w. No final rubric in GMPSTXY.
d Om. k. e and here itfko. f a g. g From ciMQxacghkoa. Here endeth the pistle to Filipensis ; se
now the prologe on the pistle to Colocensis. K. Here endith the pistle to Filipensis, and here bigynneth the
pistle to Colosensis with the prologe. u. Here endith epistle to Filipensis, and here bigynneth the prologe to
Colocensis. b. No final rubric in AF.RU.
COLOSSIANS.
Prolouge*.
CoLOCENSisb also thes as Laodicensis
benc men of Asye, and thei weren forgond
of false apostlis. And to thes thee apostle
cam not him self, but thes also he corect-
ith by his pistlef ; thei hadden herd sothli
the word of treuthe of Archippis, the
which took? mynisterie into hem. Ther-
fore the apostle, thennish boundyn', writ-
ithk to hem fro EfFecie bi Tyte, a dekene,
'and Honesym, acolite™.
Here endeth the prologe*.
Here bigynneth theprologe on Colosencis*.
COLOCENSIS ben also Laodicensis.
These ben of Asie, and thei hadden be
disseyued bib false apostlis. The apo-
stle0 hym silf cam not to hern, but he
bringith hem a3en to correccioun bi epi-
stle ; for thei hadden herd the word of
Archippus, that hadde vndurfonge the
mynysterie in to hem. Therfor the
apostled, now boundun, wroot to hem
from Effesie bi Titicus, the dekene, and
Onesimus, the acolit.
Jerome in his prolog on this epistle
seith this*.
The epistle to the Colocensis*.
CAP. I.
i Poul, apostle of 'Crist Jhesub, by the
swille of God, and Tymothe, brother, to
hem that benc at Colosed, hooly and feith-
3 ful britheren* in Crist Jhesu, grace to 3011
Here bigynneth the pistle to Colocensis*.
CAP. I.
Poul, apostleb of 'Crist Jhesuc, bi the i
wille of God, and Tymothe, brother, to 2
hem that ben at Colose, hooli and feith-
ful britheren in Crist Jhesu, grace and 3
a From Y. No initial rubric in KOSVW. No prologue in AGMPQX. In N and T the prologue is of
the second text. b To Colocensis KY. c beth vv aec.m. d foregoeris Y. e Om. r. { epistell osvw.
e Om. o. h than o. thenne str. thanne v. i ybounde orv sec. m. k wroot OVY. writ sw. m Om. osrwv.
n From o. Ende of the prolog ; bigynnynge the epistle. K. No final rubric in srwv. a From M. The
pistle to Colosensis. PQ. Here bigynneth the pistle. w. No initial rubric in AGNsrr. b Jhesu Crist
c beth o. d Colocense GMNPQT. e brether or.
a From e. Jermns prologe on Colocencis. E. The prolog of the epistle to Colocensis. N. Heere sueth
the prolog on the pistle to Colocensis. R. Prologus. T. No initial rubric in ciKMQUxacf. b of Eeko.
c postle CEiKQuxabcgoa. d postle g. e From CMNuabchkoa. Jerom in his prologe seith ol this. K.
Here endith the prologe on this pistle, and here bigynneth the pistle to Colocensis. M. Jerom in his prolog
on this pistle seith al this. Q. Thus endith the prolog, and bigynneth the pislle. H. Jerom in his prologe
on the pistle of Poul to Colocencis seith al this. x. Here endeth the prologe, and bigynneth the pistil to
Colociensis. g. No final rubric in AEiTef. a Poulis epistle to Colocencis. E. Here biginneth the pistle. i.
Here bigynneth the pistil of Colosencis. e. No initial rubric in CKMQRUxabcghko. b the apostle EQgh
k sec. m. a. c Jhesu Crist EBco0.
430
COLOSSIANS.
I. 4 — 16.
and pees of God ouref fadir and of the
Lord Jhesu Crist. We don thankingis to
God, and* the fadir of oure Lord Jhesu
4 Crist, euermore 'for 3011 preiynge^, web
heeringe 3oure feith in Crist Jhesu, and
the loue that 36 han into5 alle hooly men,
5 for the hope that is kept to 3ou ink he-
uenes. The1 which 36 herden in the word
e of treuthe of the gospel, that cam to 3ou,
as and it is in al the world, and makith
fruyt, and wexith, as™ in 3ou, of" that day
in which 36 herden and knewen the grace0
7 in treuthe. As 36 lerneden? of Epaphras,
oure euene seruaunt moost dereworthe,
thei which is a trewe mynistre of Jhesu
s Crist for 3ou ; ther which also schewide
a to vs 5oure louyng8 in spirit. Therfore
and we fro the day in which we herden,
ceessen not for 3ou preiynge, and axynge,
that 36 be fulfilled* with theu knowynge
of his will in al wysdom and goostly vn-
10 dirstondyng ; that 36 walke worthily to
God 'by alle plesyngev thingis, makingew
fruit in al good werk, and wexynge in
lithe science of God, 'in al vertu comfortid"
vpJ" the my3t of his cleernesse, in al pa-
science andz long abidinge with ioye, do-
ynge thankingis to God thea fadir, theb
which0 made vsd worthi in to the6 partf
is of sort? of hooly men in Ii3th. The"1 which
delyueredek vs fro the1 power of derk-
nessism, and translatide into" the kyng-
udom of the0 sone 'of hisP louynge, in
whom we han a3enbyinge and remyscioun
is of synnes. Thei which is the ymage of
God inuysibler, ^that may not be seyns,
16 the firste bigetun of ech creature. For in
hym alle thingis ben maad, in heuenes
and in erthe, visyble and invisyble, ether
trones, ether domynaciouns, ethir princi-
patis, ether potestates*, alle thingis ben
pees to 3ou of God oure fadir and of the
Lord Jhesu Crist. We don thankyngis
to God, and to the fader of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist, euermore preiynge for 3ou,
herynge 3oure feith in Crist Jhesu, and 4
the loue that 36 han to alle hooli men,
for the hope that is kept to 3ou iris
heuenes. Which 36 herden in the word of
treuthe of the gospel, that cam to 3ou, as 6
also it is in al the world, and makith
fruyt, and wexith, as in 3ou, fro that dai
in which 36 herden and knewen the
grace of God in treuthe. As 36 lerneden 7
of Epafras, oure felawe most dereworthe,
which is a trewe mynystre of Jhesu
Crist for 3ou; which also schewide to vss
3oure louyng in spirit. Therford we fro 9
the dai in which we herden, ceessen6 not
to preye for 3011, and to axe, that 36 be
fillidf with the knowing of his wille in
al wisdom and goostli vndurstondyng ;
that 36 walke worthili to God plesynge 10
bi alle thingis, and make fruyt in al
good werk, and wexe in& the science of
God, and ben coumfortid in al vertu bin
the mi3t of his clerenesse, in al pacience
and long abiding with ioye, that 36 do 12
thankyngis to God and to the fadir,
which made 3ou worthi in to the part
of eritage of hooli men in Ii3t. Which 13
delyueride vs fro the power of derk-
nessis, and translatide in to the kyng-
dom of the sone of bis louyng, in whom 14
we han a3enbiyng and remyssiounh of
synnes. Which is the ymage of God 15
vnuysible', the first bigetun of ech crea-
ture. For in hym alle thingis ben maad, ie
in heuenes and in erthe, visible and vn-
uysible k, ether trones, ether domina-
ciouns, ether princehodes, ethir poweris,
alle thingis ben maad of nou3t bi hym,
f the o. 8 and to N. Om. o. SS preiynge for 5011 r. h Om. sx. » to rx. k in to G. l Om. v.
m as it is N. as and or. » fro v. ° grace of God NV. P lereden sx. ? Om. v. r Om. v.
* lyuyng K. * fillid v. u Om. sv pr. m. v pleesinge by alle r. w that je make s. x coumfortid in
al vertu r. f after GMPQT. bi v. *• in QT. a and the v. b Om. rx. c that x. d }ou r. e Om.
G pr. m. f party o. g sort, or grace QT. eritage v. h heijt s. ' Om. r. k delyuere G. l Om. G.
m derknesse r. n vs into NF. » his wv pr.m. P Om. G pr. m. <\ Om. v. r visible o. vnuysible v
passim. s Om. GMOPQTX. either that may not be seyn v. l potestis e.
d And therfore R.
inuisible a.
e ceesiden b. f fulfillid k pr. m. S in to k. h remissiouns k. ' inuisible a.
I. 17 — 28.
COLOSSIANS.
431
i7maad of no3t by him, and in him, and he
is bifore alle, and alle thingis ben in hym.
is And he is heed" of the body of the chirche;
thev which is thew bigynnynge, 'or the
firste thing of alle*, and the? firste bi-
getun2 of deede mena, that he be holdinge
primacieb, 'or the Jirste dignytec, in alle
19 thingis. For in hym itd pleside 'to gidere6
20 al plente forf to iuhabite, and by him alle
thingis for& to be reconsylid in to hym,
he pesyngeh by the blood of his cross,
ether tho thingis that ben in erthis, ether1
21 that ben in heuenes. And whanne 36 weren
sum tyme aliened, 'or maad straungek,
22 and enemyes by witt in yuel werkis, now
forsothe he hath recouncilid 30^' in the body
of his fleisch bi deeth, for™ to haue 3011
hooly, and vnwemmid, and with oute re-
23 prof bifore hym. If nethelees 36 dwellen in
the feith, foundid, and stable", and vnmou-
able fro0 the hope of the gospel that 36
ban herd, the? which is prechid in all
creature that is vndir heuene. Of whichr I
24 Foul am maad mynistre, 'the which now3
I1 haue ioye in passiouns" for 3ou, andv
fulfillew thox thingis that faylen of the
passiouns of Crist? in my fleisch, for his
25 body, that is the chirche. Of thez which
I Poul am maad mynistre3, 'or sertiauntb,
vpc the dispensacioun of God, that is
3ouun to me in 3ou, that I fulfilled the
26 word of God, the mysterie, 'or priuetee,
that was hid fro worldisf and genera-
ciouns. Now forsoth it is schewid to his
27seyntis, to whom? God woldeh make 'the
richessis knowun' of the glorie of thisk
sacrament in hethen men, that1 is Crist
28 in 3ou, the hope of glorie. Whom wem
schewen, reprouynge ech man, and tech-
inge ech man in al wysdom, that we
and in hym, and he is bifor alle, and 17
alle thingis ben in hym. And he is heed i«
of the bodi of the chirche ; which is the
bigynnyng and the firste bigetun of
deede men, that he holde the firste dig-
nyte in alle thingis. For in hym it pies- 19
ide al plente to inhabite, and bi hym 20
alle thingis to be recounselid in to hym,
and made pees bi the blood of his cros,
tho thingis that ben in erthis, ether that
ben in heuenes. And whanne 30 weren 21
sumtyme aliened, and enemyes bi wit in
yuele werkis, now he hath recounselid 22
30M in the bodi of his fleisch bi deth, to
haue 3ou hooli, and vnwemmyd, and with
out repreef bifor hym. If netheles 3623
dwellen in the feith, foundid, and stable,
and vnmouable fro the hope of the gos-
pel that 36 han herd, which is prechid
in al creature that is vndur heuene. Of
which Y Poul am maad mynystre1, and 24
now Y haue ioye inm passioun for 3ou,
and Y fille tho thingis that fatten" of
the0 passiouns of Crist in my fleisch, for
his bodi, that is the chirche. Of which 25
Y Poul am maad mynystre bi the dis-
pensacioun of God, that is 3ouun to me
in 3ou, that Y fille the word of God, the 26
priuyte, that was hid fro worldis and
generaciouns. But now it is schewid to
his seyntis, to whiche P God wold make 27
knowun the richessis of the glorie of
this sacrament in hethene men, which is
Crist in 3ou, the hope of glorie. Whom 28
we"i schewen, repreuynge ech man, and
techinge vech manr in al wisdom, that
we offre ech man perfit in Crist Jhesu.
In which thing also Y trauele in stryu-29
ynge bi the worching of hym, that he
worchith in me in vertu.
u heuyd G. heued OCT. v Om. rx. w Om. XY. * Om. ox. or Jirste thing of alle Q. or the Jirste of
alle SY pr.m. yOm.gr. z geten x. a Om. x. b the firste dignyte o. c Om. ox. d Om. s. e Om. r.
f Om. sx. g Om. sx. h pesing, or maad pees N. pesende to s pr. m. > or GX. k Om. ox. and maad
straunge s. > Om. G pr.m. o. n> Om. sx. n stabled o. o for Q. p Om. v. I Om. K. r the whiche s.
s and now r. * Om. sx. « passioun r. v and I QT. w fulfille, as is ordeyned to me and eche seynte QT.
fulle s. I fille v. * the pwx. 7 Crist, the whiche in my lot fallen to me to fulfille QT. z Om. QSTX.
* seruaunt Q. a seruaunt T. >> Om. oprx. c after QT. bi r. d fille r. e Om. ox. f the world s.
the worldis XY. f? whiche r. h will s. wole Y. ' knowun the richessis r. k his QT. ' the whiche
facrament QT. which v. m 36 G.
1 a mynistre i. m in the K pr. m. R.
men Q.
n failiden k. ° Om. E. P whom i. <1 je i pr.m. r alle
432
COLOSSIANS.
r. 29 — n. 13.
29 3yuenn ech man parfyt0 in Crist Jhesu. In
which thing and I trauele, stryuynge? vpi
the worchinge of him, that he worchith in
me in vertu.
CAP. II.
1 Sothli I wole V3ou for tor wite, what
bisynesse I haue for 3ou, and for hem that
ben at Laodice, and whiche euere sayen
2 not my face in fleisch, that xthe hertis of
hem bes comfortid4, theiu tau3t in charite,
and 'in tov alle richessis of plente of vn-
dirstonding, into thew knowyng of mys-
3teriex of God, the fadir of Jhesu Crist, in
whom ben? al thez tresours 'hid of wys-
idom and science*. Forsoth this thing I
seie, that no man disceyue 3011 in b^the
5 of wordis. Forwhi vand if b I be absent in
body, but by spirit I am with 3ou, ioy-
inge and seinge 3oure ordrec and thed
sadnesse of that6 3oure bileue that is inf
c Crist. Therfore as 36 ban takuri Jhesu
7 Crist oure Lord, walke 30 in hym, ~$e%
rootid and byldidh aboue in Crist', and
confermyd in the bileue, as and 36 ban
lerudk, haboundinge in hym in1 doynge
8 of thankyngis™. Se 36 that no man dis-
seyue 3ou by philosofye and veyn fallace,
*or gilouse falshede", vp° the tradicioun
of men, vpP elementis of thisi world, and
9 not vpr Crist. For in hym dwellith bodilich
10 al plente of Godhede3. And 36 ben fulfilled1
in him, that isu heedv of al principat and
11 power. In whom and 3e ben circumsidid
in circumcisioun not maad with bond, in
nakidnesse of the body of fleisch, but inw
12 circumcisioun of Crist; to gidere biryed
tox hym in baptym, in whom and 36 ban
risun a3en by feith of the worching of
God, that reyside hym fro deede men?.
is And whanne 36 weren deede in giltis, and
in the prepuciez of 3oure fleisch, he quyk-
CAP. II.
But Y wole that 30 wite, what bisy- 1
nesse Y haue for 3ou, and for hem that
ben at Laodice, and whiche euere saien
not my face in fleisch, that her hertis 2
ben coumfortid, and thei ben tau3t in
charite, in to alle the richessis of the
plente of the3 vndurstondyng, in to the
knowyng of mysterie of God, the fadir
of Jhesu Crist, in whom alle the tre-3
souris of wisdom and of science ben hid.
For this thing Y seie, that no man dis-4
seyue 3ou in hei3the of wordis. For thou3 »
Y be absent in bodi, bi spirit Y am with
3ou, ioiynge and seynge 3oure ordre and
the sadnesse of 3oure bileue that is in
Crist. Therfor as 36 ban takuri Jhesu B
Crist oure Lord, walke 36 in hym, and?
be 36 rootid and bieldid aboue in hym,
and confermyd in the bileue, as 36 ban
lerud1, aboundinge in hym in doynge of
thankyngis. Se 36 that no man dis-»
seyue 3ou bi filosofie and veyn fallace,
aftir the tradicioun of men, aftir the ele-
mentis of the world, and not aftir Crist.
For in hym dwellith bodilich al the ful-9
nesse of the" Godhed. And 36 beri fillid 10
in hym, that is heed of al principat and
power. In whom also 36 ben circumcidid 1 1
in circumcisioun not maad with hoond,
in dispoylingv of the bodi of fleisch, but
in circumcisioun of Crist ; and 36 ben 12
biried togidere with hym in baptim, in
whom also 36 ban rise a3en bi feith of
the worching of God, that reiside hym
fro deth. And whanne 36 weren deed is
in giltisw, and in thex prepucie of 3oure
n offre v. ° perfit, bolhe Jerve and hethen man QT. P in stryuynge r. q after QT. bi r. r 3011 to sx.
that je v. s be not o. <4 thei coumforte the hertis of hem v. u Om. GMPQTV sec. m. v in r. w Om.
a pr.m. PQTY sec.m. x the priuytee QT. y Om. r. z Om. GJHPQT. a and science of wisdam s. of vvisedom
and science ben hid v. of wisdam and kunnyng hid A", and science of wisdom hid v. b and P. thou3 v.
c ordre, or ymre ordynel maner QT. d Om. sx. of Y. e Om. o. f Om. o. S Om. GMPQSTXY sec. m.
h bild SAT. i him v. k lernyd GMNPQTY. l and in N. Om. v. m thankis G.UPT. n Om. ox. ° after
GMPQT. bi v. P after GMPQTF. vp the SY pr. m. q the r. T after GAfpgrr. s the Godhede GMOT.
1 fillid r. n Om. o. v heuyd GQT. w Om. sv. x with v. y Om. x. z prepucie, or custom or.
s Om. EiKRbcehk sec. m. oa0. 4 lernd KC passim, lerned alii. u Om. EI pr.m. Qga. v ether nakidnesse
K marg. w joure giltis k. x Om. ca.
II. 14 — III. J.
COLOSSIANS.
433
enyde to gidere ^ou with hym; for^yuynge
u toa 3011 alle giltis, W trespassisb, doynge
awey thatc wrytingd of decree, "or dome,
'that was a3ensf 3ou&, that was contrarie
to 3ouh ; and he took that' fro the myddelk,
ispicchinge1 it to™ the cross", spoylinge0
princepatis and powerisP, led out tristilyi,
openly ouercomynge hem in him silf.
leTherfore no man iuge 3011 in mete, orr
drynke, or in part8 of feeste day, or neo-
nmenye1, or ofu sabotis, thev whiche ben
schadowe of thingis to comew; forsoth the
is body is of Crist". No man disseyue 3011,
willinge? inz mekenesse, and religioun3 of
aungels, theb whiche thingis he hath not
seyn, walkynge veynly; ynblowync with
igwitt of his fleisch, and not holdynged the
heed6, of whichf al the body, by bondis
and ioynyngis to gidere vndirmynistrid
and maad, wexith into the& encreessyng
20 of God. Forsothe if 36 ben deede with
Cristh fro the1 elementis of this worlde,
what 3it as men lyuynge to the world
21 deme 36 ? Nether '36 schulen touchek, ne-
22ther taste, nether trete with hondis vtho
thingis1, the™ which alle ben into deeth
by vthe ilken vss, vp° preceptis? and tech-
23ingis of men; thei whiche ben sotheli hau-
ynge resoun of wysdom in supersticioun,
"or veyn religioun, or honour*, and meke-
nesse8, and not for* to spare the body",
not inv ony honour to the fulnesse of
fleischw.
CAP. III.
i Therfore if 36 han risun to gidere withx
Crist, 'seke 36? tho thingis that ben aboue,
where Crist is sittinge in the ri3thalf of
fleisch, he quikenyde togidere you with
hym; for3yuynge to 3ou alle giltis?, do-14
ynge awei that writing ofz decrea that
was a3ens vs, that was contrarie to vs;
and he took awei that fro the myddil,
pitchinge it on the cros; and he spuylideis
principatis and poweris, and ledde out
tristili, opynli ouercomynge hem in hym
silf. Therfor no man iuge 3ou in mete, 16
or in drink, or in part of feeste dai, or
of neomenyeb, or of sabatis, whiche ben 17
schadewe of thingis to comynge; for the
bodi is of Crist. No man disseyue 3ou, is
willynge to teche in mekenesse, and re-
ligioun of aungelis, tho thingis whiche
he hath not seyn, walkinge veynlic,
bolnyd with wit of his fleisch, and notw
holdynge the heed, of which al the bodi,
bi boondis and ioynyngis togidere vndur
mynystrid and maad, wexith in to en-
creessing of God. For if 36 ben deed 20
with Crist fro the elementis of thisd
world, what 3it as men lyuynge to the
world demen 36? That 36 louche not, ne-2i
ther taaste, nether trete with hoondis tho 22
thingis, whiche alle ben in to deth bi
the ilke vss, aftir the comaundementis
and the6 techingis of men ; whiche han 23
a resoun of wisdom in veyn religioun
and mekenesse, and not to spare the
bodi, not in ony onour to the fulfillyng
of the fleisch.
CAP. III.
Therfor if 36 han risun togidere with i
Crist, seke 36 tho thingis that ben aboue,
where Crist is sittynge inf the ri3thalf
a Om. s. b Om. GMOPQTX. c the N. d wryting, or obllgacioun r. e Om. x. f Om. x. S us v.
Om. x. h us v. i awey that v. k mydil ofytu the syntie of Adam QT. ' puttinge G. m in to T.
on v. n crosse, clensynge it by his blode QT. ° and he spoilinge v. P poweris, or feendis QT.
1 tristily fro hem his chosen QT. r or in v. s party s. l neomenye, that is, thefeste of [a T] nerve
mone, or of cryinge QT. u Om. osx. v Om. v. w comynge v. x Crist ; that is, the treuthe hid vndir
this shaderv signefieth Crist QT. J willinge to teche v. z Om. N. a the religioun v. b tho thingis
the r. ° bolned r. d byholdyng o. e heued GQT. f whome GMPQT. S Om. G pr.m. v. h Crist,
that is, ful departid QT. ' Om. jr. k touche je r. ^Om.opr.m. m Om. vx. n that x. ° after
GMPQT. bi r. P comaundementis r. 1 Om. v. r Om. ox. or veyn religioun srwY. B mekenes)c/br
by these sygnys thei mown most desceyue QT. 4 Om. ax. u hodie, sugettynge it with penaunce QT.
T hauynge it in QT. w fleische, a* theifeynen QT. x in Crist with N. J seketh x.
y ether synne K marg.
c and veynly b. d the k.
VOL. IV.
z of the gk. a ether doom K marg.
e Om. H. f on b.
neomenye, eithir nerve moon R.
434
COLOSSIANS.
III. a— 15-.
2 God. Sauerez, W vndirstonde* , 36 tho
thingis that ben aboue, not thob that benc
svpond the6 erthe. Forsothf 30 ben deede,
and 3oure lyf is hid with Crist in God.
4Forsothef whanne Crist schal appere&,
3oure lyf, thanne and 36 schulen appeere
5 with him in glorie. Therfore sle 3eh 3oure
membris, the1 whichek beri on1 the™1 erthe,
fornycacioun, vnclennesse, leccherie, yuel
couetyse, and auarice, the" which is seru-
<> age of symylacris ; for whiche thingis the
wrath the of God cam vpon° the? sones of
;vnbileueci; in ther whiche and 30 walkiden
sumtyme, whanne 36 lyueden in hem.
8vNow forsoth8 and '30 putte' awey alle
thingis, wraththe, indignacioun, malice,
blasfemye, foul word of 3oure mouth.
9 Nyle 36 lyie, W gabbeu, to gidere, spul-
ioingev the olde man with his"' deedis, and
clothingex the newe man, that is maad
newe a3en into the knowynge of God, vp^
lithe ymage of him that maad hym ; wher
isz not male and female, hethen man and
Jew, circumcisioun and prepucie, barbara
and Scita, seruaunt, 'or thralb, and fre
manc, but alle thingis and in alle thingis
12 Crist. Therfore clothed 3ou, as the chosun
of God, ande hooly, andf the^ loued 'of
Godh, the1 entrailis of mercy, benygnite,
and mekenesse, temperaunce, andk paci-
isence; supportinge1, 'or beringem vp to gi-
dere, and 3yuyngen to 3ou° silf, if ony man
a3ens any hath 'querel, or pleyntf; as and
the Lord Cristi 3afr to 3ou, so and 36.
14 Forsoth vpons alle thes thingis1 haue 36
charite, that" is theu bond of perfeccioun.
is And the pees of Crist enioyeuu in 3oure
hertis, in thev which and 30 ben clepid in
o body, and 'be 3evv kynde, ^orfre of good
of God. Sauere }e tho thingis, that ben. 2
aboue, not tho that ben on the& erthe.
For 36 ben deed, and 3oure lijf is bids
with Crist in God. For whanne Crist 4
schal appere, 3oure lijf, thanne also 36
schulen appere with hym in glorie.
Therfor sle 36 3oure membris, whiche &
ben on the erthe, fornycacioun, vnclen-
nesse, letcherie, yuel coueitise, and auer-
yse, which is seruyse of mawmetis; fore
whiche thingis the wraththe of God cam
on the sones of vnbileue ; in whiche 7
also 36 walkiden sum tyme, whanne 36
lyueden in hem. But now putte 36 aweia
alle thingis, wraththe, indignacioun, ma-
lice, blasfemye and foule word11 of 3oure
mouth. Nyle 36 lie togidere ; spuyle 9
3e 3ou fro the elde man with his dedes,
and clothe 36 the newe man, that is 10
maad newe a3en in to the knowing of
God, aftir the ymage of hym that made
hym ; where is not male and female, he- 1 1
thene man and Jew, circumcisioun and
prepucie, barbarus1 and Scitaj, bonde man
and fre mank, but alle thingis and in
alle thingis Crist. Therfor 36, as the 12
chosan of God, hooli and louyd, clothe
3ou with the entrailis of merci, be-
nygnite, and mekenesse, temperaunce,
pacience ; and support 36 echon1 other, is
and for3yue to 3ou silf, if ony man a3ens
ony hath a querele; as the Lord for3af
to 3ou, so also 36. And vpon alle these u
thingis haue 36 charite, that is the boond
of perfeccioun"1. And the pees of Crist 15
enioye in 3oure hertis, in which 30 ben
clepid in o bodi, and be 36 kynde. Theie
word of Crist dwelle in 3ou plenteuousli,
in al wisdom ; and teche and moneste
z Vndirstonde o. a Om. G pr. m. MOPQTX. or vndirstondeth s. b Om. x. c Otn. x. d on vx.
e Om. swx. f For r. S appere, or scheme QT. h Om. G pr.m. * Om. rx. k that x. * of o.
m Om. x. n Om. v. ° on rx. P suche o. 1 mysbeleue s. r Om. rx. s But now r. *• putte je
A/PQT. potith s. je potteth x. u Om. AGKpr.m. MHOPQSTVWXY. v spoilinge 5ou fro r. w Om. G pr.m.
x clad sx. clothid y. y aftir r. * it is Q. a barbara PQTY. barbarus r. b Om. G pr.m. MOPQTX. of
Yrael Y. c Om. ox. d clotheth s. clothe 36 r. e Om. G sec.m. sr. f Oni. M P. g Om. GMPQTP. h Om.
GQTK. ' with the r. k Om. G pr.m. pQSTrrrxY. 1 beringe o. m Om. ox. n forjeuynge QTF. ° jour
GMPQT. P pleynt, or querel s. querel x. q Om. r. r forjaf Qrr. s on rx. * thingis, that is, more
bisily QT. ** the whiche GMPQT. " Om. GMP. uu enioie je v. T Om. v. w beth sx.
g Om. EI pr. m. Q pr. m. go. h wordis k. i barbarus, eithir straunge man R. ) Scita, eithir knonen
man R. k Om. IR. 1 ech R pr. m. gk. ech oon R sec. m. ha. m parfitenesse H.
III. 1 6 — IV. 4.
COLOSSIANS.
435
10 will or lifte*. The word of Crist dwelle
in 3011 plenteuously, in al wysdom, tech-
inge and monestinge 3011 silf in salmes,
and ymnes, and spiritual? songis, inz grace
17 syngynge in 3oure hertis to the Lord. Al
thing, what euere thing" 36 don, in word
or inb dede, alle thingis in the name of
thec Lord Jhesu Crist, doynge thankyngis
18 to God thed fadir by hym. Wymmen, be
3ee sugetf to 3oure housbondis, as it bi-
ishoueth in the Lord. Men, loue 30 3oure
wyues, and nyle 36 be bitter to hem.
2oSones, obeye& 3eh to1 fadir xand modirk
by1 alle thingis ; forsothe this is wel ples-
21 yngem to" the Lord. Fadris, nyle 36 terre
3oure sones to0 indignacioun, that thei be
not maad of litel ynwitt, vor resounf.
22 Seruauntis, obeyei'P 36 by alle thingis to
fleischly lordis 9, not seruynge at y3e, as
plesynge to men, but in symplenesse of
2sherte, dredinge the Lordr. What euere
36 don, worche 30 of ynwitt8, as to the
24 Lord and not to men ; witinge that of
the Lord 36 schulen take v retribucioun, or
•$eldinge ayen*, of heritage. Serue 36 to
25 the Lord Crist. Forsoth" he that doth in-
iuriev, W wrong™, schal resseyue that
that he dide yuele ; arid accept-iouri? of
persoones is not anentis God.
CAP. IV.
i Lordis, that that is iust and euene
3yuea 36 to seruauntis, witinge that 'and
236*" han ac Lord in heuene. Be 36 bisy
tod preier, wakinge in it, in doyngis6 of
3 thankyngis ; preiynge to gidere and for
vs, that God opene to vs the dore of word,
forf to speke the mysteries of Crist ; for
4 which also I am boundun, that I schewe
3ou silf in salmes, and ympnes, and spiri-
tual songis, in grace synginge in 3oure
hertis to the Lord. Al thing, what euere 17
thing0 36 don, in word or in dede, alle
thingis in the name of oure Lord Jhesu
Crist, doynge thankyngis to God and to
the fadir bi hym. Wymmen, be 36 su-is
getis0 to 3oure hosebondis, as it bihoueth
in the Lord. Men, loue 36 3oure wyues, 19
and nyle 30 be? bittere to hem. Sones, 20
obeie 30 to 3oure fadir and modir bi alle
thingis; for this is wel plesinge in the
Lord. Fadris, nyle 36 terre 3oure sones 21
toi indignacioun, that thei be not maadr
feble hertid. Seruauntis, obeie 36 bi alle 22
thingis to fleischli lordis, not seruynge
at i3es, as plesynge to men, but in sym-
plenesse of herte, dredinge the Lord.
What euer 36 doen, worche 36 of wille,23
as to the Lord and not to men; witinge 24
that of the Lord 30 schulen take 3elding
of eritage. Serue 30 to the Lord Crist.
For he that doith iniurie*, schal resseyue 25
that that he dide yuele ; and accepta-
cioun" of persoones is not anentis God.
CAP. IV.
Lordis, 3yue 36 to seruauntis that that i
is iust and euene, witinge that also 36
han a Lord in heuene. Be 36 bisi in 2
preier, and wake in it, in doynge of
thankyngis ; and preiev ech for othere, 3
and for vs, that God opene to vs the
dore of word, to speke the misterie" of
Crist; for which also Yam boundun, thatY4
* Om. o. lastynge in oo good rville in alle these QT. of good nil x. y goostly o. z and G. a Om.
GMPQT. b Om. QT. ° oure AGMKOPSVWXY. d and the v, e Om. v. f sugettes or. S obesche MSX.
h Om. G. ' to jour GV. to the N. k Om. v. 1 in o. m plesid N. ° in v. ° in s. in to x.
P Om. ox. PP obesche M. <1 lordis, lordschipyng aftur llieflesche T. r Lord God QT. 8 witte v.
1 retribucioun, or ay.in yeldinge GMPQT. reward o. jeldinge v. retribucioun x. u For v. T wrong o.
w Om. ox. y acceptacioun A. takynge o. a 3elde o. b also the v. c oo M. Om. x. d in r.
e doynge GMNpQSTrrrxY. f Om. sx. e mynysterie XY.
n thingis R pr. m. ° suget CEiKM<jRuxabceghkoa/3. P Om. <jh pr. m. <l in to ko. r ymaad a.
8 the ije Rk sec. m. |3. l that is, wrong e marg. u accepcioun CKiKMQRUxabceghkoajS. v preieth E.
preie je R. w mynysterie bek.
3 K 2
436
COLOSSIANS.
iv. 5—18.
sit, so as it bihoueth me forh to speke. In
wysdom walke je to hem that ben with-
eoute forth, a3en byynge tyme'. 3°ure
word be sauerid in salt, ^that is, wysdom^,
euermore in grace ; that1 }e wite, hou vit
bihoueth 3oum for" to answere to ech man.
7 Titicus, moost dere brother, and feithful
mynystre, and euene seruaunt in the Lord,
schal make alle thingis knowun to 3ou,
s that ben aboute me. Whom I sente to 3011
to this0 same thing, that he knowe what
thingis ben aboute 3ou, and comforte 3oure
ohertis, with Onesyme, moost dere and
feithful brother, the? which is of 3ou;
thei which1" schal make alle thingis that
10 ben dons here, knowun to 3ou. Aristark,
myne euene caytyf, 'or prisoner with me*,
greetith 3ou wel, and Mark, the cosyn of
Barnabas, of whom 36 ban take maunde-
inentis"; if he schalv come to 3ou, resceyue
1130 him; and Jhesusw, that is seidx Just;
the-v whiche ben of circumcisioun ; thei
aloone ben myne helperis in the kingdom
12 of God, that weren to me inz solace. Epa-
phras, that isa of 3ou, the seruaunt of
Jhesu Crist, greetith 3ou wel ; euere bisy
for 3ou in preieris, that 30 stonde perfyt
13 and ful in al the wyll of God. Sothli I
here witnessyng to him, that he hath
moche trauelb for 3ou, and for hem that
ben at Laodice, and that ben at lerepo-
u lym. Luk, lechec moost dere, and Demas,
isgreeten 3ou wel. Greetith d 36 wel the
britheren that ben at Laodice, and Nym-
phame, and the chirche that is in hisf hous.
IG And whanne this pistle* 'schal beh rad at
3ou, do 36, that it be rad in the chirche of
Laodicencis; and vthat that' is of Laodi-
i7censis vbe rad atk 3OU,1. And seie -30 to
Archyp, Se the mynisterie™, that thou hast
takun of n the Lord, that thou fulfille0 it.
is My salutacioun, by the bond of Poul. Be
schewe it, so as it bihoueth me to speke.
Walke 36 in wisdom to hem that bens
with outen forth, a3enbiynge tyme. 3°ure «
word be sauered inx salt eueremore in
grace; that 36 wite, hou it bihoueth 3ou
to answere to ech man. Titicus, most;
dere brother, and feithful mynyster, and
my felowe in the Lord, schal make alle
thingis knowun to 3ou, that ben aboute
me. Whom Y sente to 3ou to this same 8
thing, that he knowe what thingis ben
aboute 3ou, and coumforte 3oure hertis,
with Onesyme, most? dere and feithful 9
brother, which is of 3ou; whiche schulen
make alle thingis that ben doon here,
knowun to 3ou. Aristark, prisoner with 10
me, gretith 3ou wel, and Mark, the co-
syn of Barnabas, of whom 36 ban take
maundernentis ; if he come to 3ou, res-
seyue 3e hym ; and Jhesus, that is seidn
Just; whiche ben of circumcisioun; thei
aloone ben myn helperis in the kingdom
of God, that weren to me in solace.
Epafras, that is of 3011, the seruaunt of 12
Jhesu Crist, gretith 3ou wel ; euere bisi
for 3ou in preyeris, that 36 stonde perfit
and ful in al the wille of God. And Y is
here witnessyng to hym, that he hath
myche trauel for 3ou, and for hem that
ben at LoadiceJ^, and that ben at lerapo-
lim. Luk, the leche most dere, and De- u
mas, greten 3ou wel. Grete 30 wel the is
britheren that ben at Loadice^, and the
womman Nynfam, and the chirche that
is in hir hous. And whanne this pistle 16
is red among 3ou, do 36, that it be red
in the chirche of Loadicensisz ; and rede
36 that pistle that is of zz Loadicensisz.
And seie 36 to Archippus, Se the myn-17
ysterie, that thou hast takun in the Lord,
that thou fille it. My salutacioun, bi the IB
hoond of Poul. Be 36 myndeful of my
11 Om. sx. i tyme, by prudence hou ye schulen best edefie the pepul QT. k Om. x. J and that N.
m 3011 bihoueth x. n Om. sx. ° the x. P Om. v. <l Om. vx. r that x. s Om. o. l Om. ox.
u inaundementis, hou he departidefro me QT. v Om. v. w ech w. * Om. ttr. 1 Om. r. z Om. o.
8 was o. b trauelid AN. c the leche GMNPQTY sec. m.. d Grete GMnpQSTVfyx. e the womman Nym-
fam v. f her v. g epistele o. h is v. ' rede 36 that pistle that F. k to GMNPSXY. vl Om. v.
m mysterie Q. n in r. ° fille r.
with gk. 7 my moost k. yy Laodice c el alii. z Laodicencis c et alii. zz at b.
COLOSSIANS. 437
36 myndeful of my boondis. The grace of boondis. The grace of the* Lord Jhesu
the? Lord Jhesui be with 3011. Amen. Cristb be with 3011. Amen.
Here endith the epistle to Colocensis, Here endith the pistle to Colocensis,
and bigynneth the prolog to Tessalony- and bigynneth the? prologe on the firste
censis*. pistle to Tessalonicensis A.
P oure OQT. i Jhesu Crist OQT. r Here endith the pistle to Colocensis, and here bygynneth the fyrste
epistle to Tessalonycensis. A. Here endith the pistle to Colocensis, and bigynneth the prolog, and aftur
the pistil to Thessalonycensis. N. Here endith the epistel to Colocensis, and bygynneth the prologe of the
Jirst epistel to Thessalonicenses. o. Here endith the pistel to the Colocense, and bygynneth the fyrste pistel
to the Tessalonycenses. o. Here endith Colocensis, and bigynneth the prologe to the firste pistle of Tes-
salonicensis. v. Here eenditk Colosencis, and bigynneth prologe. w. No final rubric in GMPSTXY.
a oure i. b Om. EQRbceghko. c a a. d From ciQxaca. Here endeth the pistle to Colocensis; se nom the
prologe of thejirste pistel to Tessalonicensis. K. Here endith the pistle to Colocensis, and here bigynneth the
prologe on the pistle to Tessalonicensis. Mgo. Here endith the pistle to Colocensis, and here bigynneth the
firste. pistle to Tessalonycensis, with the prologe. u. Here endith the pistle to Colocensis, and here begynneth
the prologe on thejirste pistle to Tessalonycensis. b. Here endith the pistle to Colocensis, and bigynneth the
prolog to Tessalonicensis. h. Heere endith the pistle to Colocensis, and bigynneth the prologe to Laodi-
censis. m. Here eendith the pistil to [the x] Colosensis, and bigynneth a prolog on the pistil to Laodisensis.
px. Here eendith the pistil to Colosensis, and bigynneth the prolog on the pistil to Laodicensis. s. Here
endith the pistil to Colocensis, and biginneth the pistil to Laodicensis. w. No final rubric in AERek.
LAODICEA1NS.
•\Here bigynneth a prolog on the pistil to Laodicensis*.
LAODICENSIS ben also Colocenses, as tweye townes and oo peple in maners.
These ben of Asie, and among hem hadden be false apostlis, and disceyuede manye.
Therfore the postleb bringith hem to mynde of his conuersacion and trewe preching
of the gospel, and excitith hemc to be stidfast in the trewe witt and loue of Cristcc,
and to be of oo wil. 'But this pistil*1 is not in comyn Latyn bookis, and therfor it
was but late translatid into Englisch tungee.
Thus endith the prolog, and biginneth the pistil to Laodicensis1.
Here bigynneth the epistle to the Laodicenses, which is not in the canon*.
Poul, apostleb, not of men, ne by man, but bi Jhesu Crist, 'to the britheren that
ben at Laodice, grace to 3ou, and pees of God thec fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu
Crist d. I do thankyngis to my God bi al my preier, that 36 be dwelling and
lastyng in him, abiding the biheest in the day of doom. For neithir the veyn spek-
yng of summe vnwise6 men hath lettide 3ou, the whiche wolden turne 3ou fro the
treuthe of the gospel, that is prechid of me. And now hem that ben of me, to
the profi3t of truthef of the gospel, God schal make disseruyng, and doyng be-
nygnyte of werkis, and helthe& ofh euerlasting lijf. And now my boondis ben
open, which Y suffre' in Crist Jhesu, in whiche Y glade and ioie. And thatk is
\ Poul, apostle, not of men, ne bi man, but. bi Jhesu Crist, to the britheren that ben of Laodice,
grace to 300, and pees of God the fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu Crist. Gracis I do to Crist bi al
myn orisoun, that 36 be dwellinge in him and lastinge, bi the biheest abidinge in the dai of doom.
Ne he vnordeynede vs of sum veyn speche feynynge, that vs ouerturne fro the sothfastnesse of the
gospel, that of me is prechid. Also now schal God do hem leuynge, and doynge of blessidnesse
of werkis, which heelthe of lyf is. And now openli ben my boondis, whiche I suffre in Crist
Jhesu, in whiche I glade and ioie. And that is to me heelthe euerlastynge, that that I dide with
t This prologue and the version next following of the epistle to the Laodiceans are only found in
mopqrst uwx, and are printed from o. a The prolog to Laodicensis. q. Heere bigynneth the prolog to
Laodicenses. t. No initial rubric in mprsuwx. b apostle mpqrstuwx. c Om. m. cc Crist Jhesu x.
<1 epistle mqstuw. >e This paragraph is omitted in p. f Jerom in his prologe on this epistle seith
thus. m. Jerom in his prolog seith this. sw. Here endith the prolog, and bigynnelh the pistle. u. No
final rubric in pqrtx. a From t. No initial rubric in mopqrsux. b the apostle mt. c oure rx,
%d Om. mtu. e of vnwise rx. f the truthe mt. g of helthe pqst. h and mu. ' suffrid o. k Om. o.
J This version of the epistle is taken from w, where alone it has been found.
LAODICEANS. 439
to me to euerlastyng helthe, that this same thing be doon by joure preiers, and
mynystryng of the Holi Goost, either bi lijf, either bi deeth. Forsothe to me it
is lijf to lyue in Crist, and to die ioie. And his mercy schal do in 3011 the1 same
thing, that 30 moun haue the same loue, and that 36 be of oo will. Therfore, 36
weel biloued britheren, holde 36, and do 36 in the dreede of God, as 30 han herde
the presence of mef ; and lijf schal be to 3011 withouten eende. Sotheli it is God
that worchith in 3011. And, my weel biloued britheren, do 36 without eny with-
drawyng what euer thingis 3em don. Joie 36 in Crist, and eschewe 36 men defoulid
in" lucre, * either foul wynnyng0. Be alle 3oure askyngisP open anentis God, and be
36 stidefast in the witt of Crist. And do 36 tho thingis that ben hooli, and trewe,
'and chaasf, and iust, and able to be loued ; and kepe 36 in herte tho thingis that
3e haue herd and take ; and pees schal be to 3ou. Alle holi men greten 3ou weel8.
The grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with 3oure spirit. And do 36 that pistil ofss
Colocensis to be red to 3ou.
Here eendith the pistil to Laodicensis1.
oure preieris, and mynystringe the Holy Spirit, bi lijf or bi deeth. It is forsothe to me lijf into
Crist, and to die ioie withouten eende. In vs he schal do his merci, that je haue the same louynge,
and that je be of o wil. Therfore, derlyngis, as je han herd in presence of me, hold 36, and do je
in drede of God ; and it schal be to jou lijf withouten eende. It is forsothe God that worchith in
vs. And do je withouten ony withdrawinge, what soeuere je doon. And that it is, derlyngis, ioie
36 in Crist, and flee 36 maad foul in clay. Alle joure axingis ben open anentis God, and be je
fastned in the witt of Crist. And whiche been hool, and sooth, and chast, and rightwijs, and
louable, do 3e ; and whiche herden and take in herte, hold 30 ; and it schal be to 3ou pees. Holi
men greeten 3ou weel, in the grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, with the Holi Goost. And do 36
that pistil of Colosensis to be red to 3011. Amen.
Here eendith the pistil to Laodicensis, and bigynneth a prolog on the jirste pistil to
Tessalonicensis.
1 that mqrstux. t Ms. u ends here. m that 36 mpqrstx. n with s. ° Om. q. P axingis mpqsx.
1 goode rx. r Om. st. s Om. s. ss Om. x. l Heere endith the pislle to Laodicensis, and sueth the
prologe on the Jirst epistle to Tessalonicensis. m. Here endith the pistil to Laodisensis, and bigynneth the
prologe on the -i. pistil to Tessalonicensis. ps. Here endith the pistle to Laodicensis, and bigynnelk the
prolog. i. Tess. q. Here endith the pistil to Laodisensis, and bigynneth the prologe to the firste Tessalo-
nycencis. x. No final rubric in t.
I. THESSALONIANS.
Prolog to the first pistle to Tessa-
lonycensis*.
TESSALONYCENSIS ben men of Mace-
donya. Thes the word of treuthe takunb,
stooden perfytly in the feith, and thanne
in pursuynge of her citeseyns ; ferther-
inore also thei resseyueden not falsec apo-
stlis, nethir the ilke thingis that weren
seid of false apostlis. These the apostled
preisith, writinge to hem fro Athenis, by
Tyte and Onesym.
Ende of prolog ; bigynnyng thefirste
pistle*.
The prolog of the firste pistil to Thes-
salonycensis*.
THESSALONICENSIS ben Macedonyes
in Jlie.su Crist. Whanne thei hadden
resseyued the word of treuthe, thei
stoden stidfastlib in the feith, and also
in persecucioun of her owene citeseynys;
ferthermore thei resseyueden not false
apostlis, nec tho thingis that weren seid
of false apostlis. These the apostled
preisith, writinge to hem from Atenys,
bi Titicus and Onesimus.
Jerome in his prolog on this pistle seith
thise.
The first epistle to Tessalonycense&.
CAP. I.
1 Poul, apostleb, and Siluan, and Tymo-
the, to the chirche of Tessalonycensisc,
in God, oured fadir, and the6 Lord Jhesu
2 Crist, xgrace to 3ou, and peesf. We don
thankingis to God euermore for alle jou,
makinges myride of 3ou in oure preieris
Here bigynneth the firste pit-tie to
Tessalonicensis*.
CAP. I.
Poul, and Siluan, and Tymothe, to the i
chirche of Tessalonicensis, in God the
fadir, and in the Lord Jhesu Crist, grace 2
and pees to 3ou. We doon thankyngis
to God euere more for alle 3ou, and we
maken mynde of 3ou in oure preyeris
a The prologe in thejirst pistle to Tessalony cense. G. Prologus. v. Prologe. Y. No initial rubric in SWY.
No prologue in AGMPQX; but in G a rubric. In N and T the prologue is of the second text. b ytake OF.
c the false s. d apostlis x. e Here endith the prologe, and bygynneth the epistil. o. No final rubric in
svwv. a From M. Thejirste pistle to Tessalony censis. PQ. The Jirst epistil to the Tessalonicenses. r.
Here bigynneth the first pistil to Tessalonisencis. w. No initial rubric in AGKNSFXY. b Om. v. c Tes-
salonycense P. d the o. e oure o. in the v. f grace and pees to 3ou v. S and we maken r.
a From N. Jeroms prologe to Thessalonicencis on the Jlrste epistile. E. Heere sueth a prolog on the
Jirste pistle to Thessalonicenses. H. Prologus. T. Here begynneth the prologe on the Jirste Thessaloni-
sensis. e. The prolog on the Jirste pistil to Tessalonycensis. k. No initial rubric in ACiKMQUxabcfgho.
b stifli ag. c neither N. d pistil b. postle egko. e From CKMNxabchoa. Heere endith the prolog, and
bigynneth the pistle. R. Jerom in his prologe seith this to Tessalonicensis. o. Here endith the prologe, and
bigynneth the pistile to Tessalonicienseis. g. No final rubric in AEiiefk. a Poul to Tkesalonicencis. B.
Heere biginnilh the pistle. i. No initial rubric in CKQRUxabcghko.
I. 4— II. 4-
I. THESSALONIANS.
441
withoute ceessynge ; we h myndeful of
'joure werk of feith1, and traueil, and
charite, and susteynyngk of the hope of
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, bifore Hhe Lord1
4 and oure fadir. We witynge, 36'" moost"
loued britheren of 'the Lord0, 3oure ches-
syng; for oure gospel was not at }ou in
word oonli, but inP vertu, and in the
Hooly Goost, and ini moche plente ; as
36 witen, what maner men we weren in
63011 for 3011; and 36 ben maad oure
foloweris, and of the Lord, resceyuynge
the word in moche tribulacioun, with ioye
7 of the Hooly Goost ; so that 30 ben maad
fourme, "or emaumple*, to alle men bi-
leuynge, in Macedonye and in5 Achaye.
8 Forsoth* of 3011 the word of the Lord is
defamyd", W moche told'', not oonly in
Macedonye and Achayew, but in ech place
3oureww feith that is toxGod, is parfyU; so
that itz is nota nede forb to speke vto 3ouc
o'ony thingd. Forsoth6 thei schewen of
3ou, what maner entre we hadden to 3ou,
and hou 36 ben conuertid to God fro
symylacris, forf to serue to quyk God
10 and very; and for to abide his sone fro
heuenes, whom he reisyde fro deede men%,
Jhesuh, that delyuerede vs fro wraththe to
comynge1.
CAP. II.
1 Forwhi 36 witen, britheren, oure entre
2 to 3ou, for it. was not veyn; but first wek
suffrid1, and1" punyschid with wrongis, "or
fals reprouyngn, as 36 witen in Philippis,
hadden0 trust in oure Lord, forP to speke
vto 3oui the gospel of God in rnoche bysy-
snesse. Sothli oure exortaciounr, "or tech-
inge*, not* of errour, nether of" vnclen-
4 nesse, nether in gile, but as we ben proued
of God, that the gospelv schulde be takynw
to vs, so we speken ; not as plesynge to
men, but to God that proueth oure hertis.
withouten ceessyng ; hauynge myndea
of the werk of 3oure feith, and trauel,
and charite, and abyding of the hope of
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, bifor God and
oure fadir. 3e louydeb britheren of God, 4
we witinge 3oure chesing; for oure gospe] &
was not at 3011 in word oneli, but also in
vertu, and in the Hooli Goost, and in
myche plente; as 30 witen, whiche we
weren among 3ou for 3ou ; and 36 ben 6
maad foleweris of vs, and of the Lord,
resseyuynge the word in myche tribula-
cioun, with ioye of the Hooli Goost;
so that 36 ben maad ensaumple to alle 7
men that bileuen, in Macedonye and in
Acaie. For of 3ou the word of the 8
Lord is pupplischid, not oneli in Mace-
donye and Acaie, but 3oure feith that
is to God, in ech place is gon forth ; so
that it is not nede to vs toc speke ony
thing. For thei schewen of 3ou, what 9
maner entre we hadden to 3ou, and hou
36 ben conuertid to God fro maumettis,
to serue to thed lyuynge God and veri ;
and" to abide his sone fro heuenes, whom 10
he reiside fro deth, the Lord Jhesu,
that delyuerede us fro wraththe to com-
ynge.
CAP. II.
For, britheren, 36 witen oure entre to i
3ou, for it was not veyn ; but first we 2
suffriden, and weren punyschid with
wrongisf, as 36 witen in Filippis&, and
hadden trust in oure Lord, to speke to
3ou the gospel of God in myche bisy-
nesse. And oure exortaciounh is not ofs
errour, nether of vnclennesse, nether in
gile, but as we ben preued of God, that 4
the gospel of God schulde be takun to
vs, so we speken ; not as plesynge to
men, but to God that preueth oure
h Om. x. > the werk of joure feith v. k abyding v. ' God v. m Om. QST. n the G. Om. v. ° God v.
P also in v. 1 Om. Kg. r or exsaumple s. Om. x. s Om. GAfpQT. * For v. u moche told o. pup-
plischid v. v or greetly tolde GMP. Om. ox. or greetly told oule to othir QT. w in Acaie sw. ww oure y.
1 Om. o. y goon forth v. z Om. a pr.m. a no x. b Om. s. to us for r. « Om. v. d Om. o. e For y.
I Om. sx. 8 Om. x. & the Lord Jhesu v. l comen sx. k Om. x. ] suffring v. m and ben QT.
n Om. GiuopQTrx. ° rve hadde NOQT. P Om. sx. q Om. Q. r techinge o. s Om. ox. * was not PQT.
is not v. nether x. u Om. x. v gospel of God v. w knowen v.
b biloued b. c for to CEIK sec. m. QxahcghkoajS. d Om. Rbh. e Om. b.
K marg. g Filipensis k. h ether teching K marg.
VOL. IV. 3 L
ct her false repreuynges
442
I. THESSALONIANS.
II. 5—16,
sForsoth* nethir we weren ony tyme in
word of glosyng?, as 3ez witen, nether in
coccasioun of auarice; God is witriesse; ne-
thir sekinge glorie of men, nethir of 3011,
7 nethir of othere, whanne we my3ten bea
tob charge0 to 3ou, as Cristis apostelisd.
But we bene maad litle in the myddil of
8 3ou, as if a noryse fostre hir sones ; so we
desyringe 3011 coueityngly, 'or with greet
loue(, wolden bitake to 3ou, not oonly
the gospel of God, but also oure souless,
'or lyues^, for 36 ben maad to vs moost
o dereworthe. Forsothe', britheren, 36 ben
myndeful of oure traueil and werynesse ;
ny3t and day we^ worchiuge, that we
schulden not greue ony of 3ou, prechideu1
ioinm 3ou the euangelie of God. 3e ben
witnessis, and" God, how hoolily, and
iustli, and withouten querel", 'or pleynt P,
ntoi 3ou that bileueden, 'we werenr. As 30
witen, how echs of 3ou, as the fadir his
12 sones, 'preiynge and comfortynge 3ou*, we'4
han witnessid, that 36 schulden go worthili
to God, that clepide 3ou into" his kyngdom
is arid glorie. Therfore and we don thank-
ingis to God with oute ceessinge. For
whanne 36 hadden takun of vs the word
of the heringe of God, 36 token it not as
the word of men, but as it is verily, thev
word of God, that worchith in 3ou that
i4hanvv bileued". Sothlix, britheren, 36 ben
maad foloweris of the chirchis of God,
that ben in Judee, in Crist Jhesu, for and
3e han suffrid the same thinges? of 3oure
iseuene lynagis, as and thei of Jewis. Thez
whiche slowen anda the Lord Jhesub and
the prophetis, and pursuwen0 vs, and thei
plesen not to God, and to alle men thei
10 ben aduersariesd; forbedinge vs for6 to
speke to hethen men, that *the hethen
men1 be maad saaf, that thei fulfilled her
synnes euermore ; forsothh the wraththe
hertis. For nether we weren ony tyme 6
in word of glosing, as 30 witen, nether
in occasioun of auerise; God is witnesse;
nether sekinge glorie of men, nether of 6
300, nether of othere, whanne we, as 7
Cristis apostlis, mi3ten haue be in charge
to 3ou. But we1 weren maad litle in
the myddil of 3ou, as if a nursche fostre
hir sones; so we desiringe 3ou with greets
loue, wolden haue bitake to 3ou, not oneli
the gospel of God, but also oure lyues,
for 36 ben maadk most dereworthe to vs.
For, britheren, 36 ben myndeful of oure 9
trauel and werynesse ; we worchiden1
ny3t and day, that we schulden not
greue ony of 3ou, and prechiden to 3ou
the euangelie™ of God. God and 36 ben 10
witnessis, hou holili, and iustli, and with
outen pleynt, we weren to 3ou that bi-
leueden. As 36 witen, hou we preyedenii
3ou, and coumfortiden ech of 3ou, as the
fadir hise sones, and we han witnessid, 12
that 36 schulden go worthili to God, that
clepide jou in to his kingdom and glorie.
Therfor we doon thankingis to God with is
outen ceessyng. For whanne 36 hadden
take of vs the word 'of the heryng of
God", 36 token it not as the word of
men, but as 'it is0 verili, the word of
God, that worchith in 3ou that han bi-
leued. For, britheren, 36 P ben maad 1*
foleweris of the chirchis of God, that
ben in Jude, in Crist Jhesu, for 36 han
suffrid the same thingis of 3oure euene
lynagis, as thei of thei Jewis. Whiche is
slowen bothe the Lord Jhesu and ther
profetis, and pursueden vs, and thei plesen
not to God, and thei ben aduersaries to
alle men ; forbedinge vs to speke to he- IG
thene men, that thei be maad saaf, that
thei fille her synnes euere more ; for the
wraththe of God cam on hem in to the
x For v. Y flaterynge QT. z we K. a han ben p.r. *> Om. G pr.m. MPQTY sec.m.. c chargeouse QT.
d apostlis, to whome y schulden mynystre QT. e weren r. { Om. ox. with erele loue QT. S lyues G pr.m.
MFQTr. h Om. G pr. m. Maprx. i Forwhi r. k Om. G pr. m. MPQSTX. * we precheden os. m to GOP.
n of o. ° pleynt GMOPQT. P Om. GUOPX. 1 we weren to v. r Om. v. s we preyinge jou and
coumfortinge ech v. * Om. v. tl Om. v. " to o. v his G pr. m. TV hath Y. w bileued into hym N.
* Forwhi v. J thing K. z Om. v. a bothe v. *> Jesu Crist G sec.m. c pursueden vw. d aduersarie K.
e Om. sx. f thei GMOPQT. the keitkin wx. g fille v. h for r.
' Om. H pr. m. k Om. K pr. m. 1 wrou3ten RC. worche ko. m gospel R. n Om. g. ° Om. a.
P we k. <J Om. a. r Om. ak.
II. 1 7 — III. io-
I. THESSALONIANS.
443
of God bifore' cam vponk hem til into the
i7ende. Forsoth, britheren, we1 desolat™
fron 3ou 'at the tyme0 'of an hourP, ini
bihooldynger, not in herte, more plenteu-
ously8 han1 hi3ed foru to se 3oure face
is with greet desyr. ForT we wolden comew
to 3ou, sotheli I Poul, and oones and eft-
i9soonex, but Sathanas lettide vs. Sothli^
what is oure hope, or ioye, or crowne ofz
glorie? Whera 3eb ben not bifore oure
20 Lord Jhesu Crist in his comynge ? For-
sothbb 36 ben oure glorie and ioye.
CAP. III.
1 For which0 thing we susteynynged no
lengere, ite pleside to vs forf to dwelle at
2 Athenis aloone; and senten? Tymothe, oure
brother, and mynistre of God in the euan-
gelie of Crist, to 3ou, forh to be conferm-
yd, and tau3t!, 'or monestid*, for 3oure
s feith, that no man be moued in thes tri-
bulaciouns. Sothely1 36™ silf witen, that
< in this thing we ben putt. Forwhi and
whanne we weren at 3ou, we bifore seyden
to 3ou, vs to suffre tribulaciouns ; as and
sit is don, and 36 witen. Therfore and I
Poul, not susteynynge", W abidynge0,
more, sente for? to knowe 3oure feith, lest
perauenture he that temptith schali tempte
3our, and oure8 traueil be maad veyn.
6 'Now forsoth1 Tymothe comynge" to vs
fro 3ou, and tellingev to vs 3oure feith and
charite, andw forx 36 han euermore> good
mynde of vs, desyringe2 fora to se vs, as
7 we also 3ou ; therfore, britheren, we ben
comfortid in 3ou, inb al oure nede and
s tribulacioun, byc 3oure feith. For now we
9 lyuen, if d 36" stonden in the Lord. Sothlif
what doynge of thankyngis mown? we
3elde to God for 3ou, in al ioye, in which
10 we ioyen for 3ou bifore oure Lord? ny3t
and day more plenteuously preiynge, that
ende. And, britheren, we desolat fro 17
3ou for a tyme, bi mouth and in bihold-
ing, but not in herte, han hi3ed more
plenteuousli to se 3oure face with greet
desir. For we wolden come to 3ou, 3he, IB
Y Poul, onys and eftsoone, but Sathanas
lettide vs. For whi what is oure hope, 19
or ioye, or coroun of glorie ? Whether
36 ben not bifore oure Lord Jhesu Crist
in his comyng? For 30 ben oure glorie 20
and ioye.
CAP. III.
For which thing we suffriden no len- 1
gere, and it pleside to vs to dwelle aloone
at Atenys ; and we senten Tymothe, 2
oure brother, and mynystre of God in8
the euangelie of Crist, to jou to be con-
fermyd, and to be tau3t for 3oure feith,
that no man be mouyd in these tribu-3
laciouns. For 30' silf witen, that in this
this thing we ben set. For whanne we 4
weren at 3011, we biforseiden to 3ou, that
we schulden suffre tribulaciouns; as it is
don, and 36 witen. Therfor Y Poul, no 5
lenger abidinge, sente to knowe 3oure
feith, lest perauenture he that temptith
tempte 3ou, and 3oure trauel be maad
veyn. But now, whanne Tymothe schal e
come to vs fro 3ou, and telle to vs 3oure
feith and charite, and that 36 han good
mynde of vs, euere desyringe to se vs,
as we also 3ou ; therfor, britheren, we 7
ben coumfortid in 3ou, in al oure nede
and tribulacioun, bi 3oure feith. For 8
now we lyuen, if 30 stonden in the Lord.
For what doyng of thankingis moun we 9
3elde to God for 3ou, in al ioye, in which
we ioyen for 3ou bifor oure Lord ? ny3t 10
and dai more plenteuousli preiynge, that
we se 3oure face, and fulfille tho thingis
' Om. or. k on orx. 1 we ben N. m desolate, or rvithdrarven QT. D for K et alii. ° Om. QT. at
tyme x. the tyme Y sec. m. P by mouth QTP. 1 Om. QT. r byholdynge, as in presence QT. s abound-
antly GMPQT. ' we han QT. n Om. sx. v For sothly r. w han cume QT. x eftesoone wold hane cumme
CT. Y Forwhi r. z or QT. a Whether GMPQTX. b we QT. bb For r. c the whiche QTF sec. m.
d suffrynge QT. suffriden v. e and it r. * Om. sx. S we senten r. h Om. A sec. m. GMNpQSTrwx
Y sec.m. ' to be taujt v. k Om. GMOPQTX. ' For v. m je jour GMPQTY sec.m. jou sx. n suffringe v.
0 Om. ovx. P Om. sx. 1 0m. v. r Om. r. * joure r. * But now whanne r. n schal come v. v telle r.
w Om. o. * that v. y Om. v. z euere desijringe r. a Om. sx. b and in K. c for G. d that v. e we MOP.
f For whi r. 6 now N.
s in to k. * jour E. je Jou R.
3 L 2
444
I. THESSALONIANS.
III. ii — IV. ii.
we se 3oure face, and fulfills tho thingis
n that failen ofh 3oure feith. Forsothe 'the
same God' oure fadir, and the Lord Jhesu
12 Crist, dresse oure wey to 3011. Forsothe
the Lord multiplye 3011, and make 3oure
charite fork to habounde in1 to gidere1",
13 and into alle", as and we in0 3011 ; to 3oure
hertis to be confermyd with outen pleynt
in hoolynesse, bifore God and oure fadir,
in the comynge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist
with alle his seyntis. Amen.
CAP. IV.
1 Therfore, britheren, 'hermis forthwardP
we preyen 3011, and biseche in the Lord
Jhesu, that as 36 han resceyued of vs how
it bihoueth 3ou fori to go and plese to
God, so and walke 36, that 36 habounde
2 more. Sothely1" 36 wyten what comaunde-
mentis I haue 3ouun to 3ou by the Lord
:< Jhesu. Forsoth" this is the wille of God,
Soure* makinge hooly", that 36 absteyne 3ou
4 fro fornycacioun. That ech of 3011 kunne
welde his vessel" in 'makynge hoolvw, 'or
5 hoolynesse*, and? honour ; not in passioun7-
of desyra, as and 'hethen menb that knowen
6 not God. And that no man ouergoc, nether
disseyue his brother in ,caused, 'or nede*.
For the Lord is venger of alle thes thingis,
as we bifore seiden to 3ou, and han wit-
7nessid, xor prouyd by autorite(. Sothlis
God clepide not vs into vnclennesse, but
s into hoolynesse. 'And so1' he that dispisith
thes thingis, dispisith not man, but God,
<)that 3af' his hooly spirit in vs. Forsothe
of thek charite of britherhed we hadden
not nede for1 to wryte to 3ou ; sothli™ 36"
silf han lerud0 of God, that 36 loue to gi-
lodere; 'and forsotheP 36 don thati intor alle
britheren in al Macedonye. Forsothe, bri-
theren, we preyen 3ou, that 30 habounde
11 more; and 3yue werks, 'or bisynesse1, that
that failen to 3oure feith. But Godn
hym silf and oure fadir, and the Lord
Jhesu Crist, dresse oure weye to 3ou.
And the Lord multiplie 3011, and make 12
3oure charite to be plenteuouse of ech
to othere, and in to alle men, as also we
in 3ou ; that 3oure hertis ben confermyd VA
with outen pleynt in holynesse, bifor God
and oure fadir, in the comyng of oure
Lord Jhesu Crist with alle hise seyntis.
Amen.
CAP. IV.
Therfor, britheren, fro hennus for-i
ward we preien 3ou, and bisechen in the
Lord Jhesu, that as 36 han resseyued
of vs, hou it bihoueth 3ou to go and to
plese God, so walke 36, that 3e abounde
the" more. For 36 witen what co-2
maundementis Y haue 3ouun to 3ou bi
the Lord Jhesu. For this is the wille of 3
God, 3oure holynesse, that 30 absteyne
3ou fro fornycacioun. That ech of 3oua
kunne welde his vessel in holynesse, and
onour; not in passioun of lust, as he- 5
thene men that knowen not God. Ando
that no man ouergo, nethir disseyuev
his brothir in chaffaring. For the Lord
is venger of alle these thingis, as we
biforseiden to 3ou, and han witnessid.
For God clepide not vs in to vnclennesse, 7
but in to holynesse. Therfor he that 8
dispisith these thingis, dispisith not man,
but God, that also 3af his holi spirit in
vs. But of thew charite of britherhed <.t
we hadden no nede to write to 3ou ; 36
silf1 han lerud >' of God, that 36 loue
togidere; for 36 don that in to alle bri-io
theren in al Macedonye. And, britheren,
we preyen 3ou, that 36 abounde more ;
and taken kepe, that 56 be quyet; and 11
that 36 do 3oure nede, andz '36 worche8
h to r. > God himself and r. kOm. sx. 1 Om. r. m togedir to youresilf QT. " alle men QT. ° into G.
P fro hens forward or. hennes forward QTY. henforward w. <1 Om. sx. T For r. s For whi r. l oure o.
u holy, or -pure halemynge QT. v vessel, that is, his bodye, the tvhiehe is vessel of the soule QT. w halew-
ynge QT. * Om. OQTX. y and in QT. z passioun, eithir coueitise r mary. a lust o. b folk of kynde GMPQT.
c by violence ouer go QT. d chaftaringe cause o. e Om. o*. f Om.'ovx. S For whi r. h Therfore v.
i also jaf v sec. m. k Om. v. l Om. x. m forwhi r. u je jour GMPQTY sec. m. jou osx. ° lernyd GMN
PQTY. lerid w. P for v. 1 that thing QT. r in v. s traueile r. bisynesse x. * Om. ox. of bysynesse Y.
u Om. a. T that is, in cause ether nede K marg. w Om. g. x jou silf iKa. y lerned plures. lered i.
z and that K sec. m. a worche je IB.
IV. 12 — V. 4-
I. THESSALONIANS.
445
36 be quyetu, and dov 3<>ure nedew, that*
36 worche with 30111*6 hondis>', as wez han
comaundid to 3011 ; and that 36* wandre
honestly to hem that ben withouteforth,
thatb of no mannis 30 desyre ony thing.
)2Forsoth, britheren, we wolen not 300 'for
toc vnknowe of men slepynged, 'or dei-
yngee, that 36 ben not sorwful, as and
13 othere that han notf hope^. Sothli1' if we
bileuen, that Jhesus was deed, and roos
a3en, so and God schal lede with him hem
u that 'slepten, or deieden1, by Jhesu. So-
theli this thing we seien to 3011 in thek
word of1 the Lord™, for" we that lyuen,
that ben residue", W leftv, in the comynge
of thei Lord, schulen not come bifore hem
15 that sleptenr, 'or deieden3. For* he" the
Lord" 'schal come down fro heuenev, in
thew comaundyng, and in the* voys ofy
archaungel, and in the trumpe of Godz;
and the deede men that ben in Crist,
16 schulen ryse a3en first. Aftirward we that
lyuen, that ben left, schulen be rauyschid
to gidere with hern in cloudis, meetynge
toa Crist intob the eyr ; 'and soc euermore
17 we schulen be with the Lord. 'And so be
36 comfortidd to gidere in thes wordis.
CAP. V.
1 Forsoth, britheren, of 'tymes and mo-
mentise 3ef neden not that I write to 3ou.
2 Also? 3eh silf diligentli witen, for' the day
of the Lord, as a theef in ny3t, so schalk
3 come. Sothli1 whanne thei schulen seye
pees m and sikurnesse, thanue sudeyn n
perischinge, 'or deei/i", schal come 'aboue
toP hem, as sorwe to a womman 'beringe
4 childi, and1" thei schulen not scape. For-
soth, britheren, 36 ben not in derknessis8,
that 'the ilke1 day as a theef catche 3ou.
with 3oure hoondis, as we han comaundid
to 3ou ; and that 36 wandre onestli to
hem that ben with outforth, and that
of no mannusb 36 desir ony thing. For, 12
britheren, we wolen not, that 36 vn-
knowe of men that dien, that 36 be not
soreuful, as othere that han not hope.
For if we bileuen, that Jhesu was deed, is
and roos a3en, so God schal lede with
hym hem that ben deed bi Jhesu. And H
we seien this thing to 3011 in the word
of the Lord, that we that lyuen, that ben
left in the comyng of the Lord, schulen
not come bifor hem that ben deed. For is
the Lord hyrn silf schal come doun fro
heuene, inc the comaundementcc, and in
the vois of an archaungel, and in the
trumpe of God; and the deed men that
ben in Crist, schulen rise 33611 first.
Afterward we that lyuen, that ben left, is
schulen be rauyschid togidere with hem
in cloudis, metinge Crist 'in tod the eir;
and so euere more we schulen be with
the Lord. Therfor be 36 coumfortid '7
togidere in these wordis.
CAP. V.
But, britheren, of tymes and momentis i
36 neden not that Y write to 3ou. For 2
36 silfe witen diligentli, that the dai of
the Lord schal come, as a theef in the
ni3t. For whanne thei schulen seie pees 3
is, and sikirnesse, thanne sudeyn deth
schal come on hem, as sorewe to a wom-
man that is with child, and thei schulen
not scapef. But, britheren, 36 ben not 4
in derknessis, that the ilke dai as a theef
catche 3ou. For alle 36 ben the soness
u quyetid w. v that je do y. doth w. w oivne need QT. * and r. and that x. y owne hondis T. z and
we v. a that and }e v pr.m. and je r sec.m. & and that r. c to sx. that ,e y. d deiynge o. e Om.ojr.
f none o. not in Y. S hope of ayinrisynge QT. h For v. J dyen o. slepten x. k Om. GMPQT. 1 in s.
m Lord, for he lechi.de it us QT. Q that r. ° left o. P Om. ox. q cure o. r deieden o. slepten longe
bifore QT. slepin w. « Om. NOQSTX. * Forwhi v. u Om. ov. u Lord himself v. v Om. MPQT. w Om.
GA/POT. x Om. GMPQT. y of the GMPQT. of an sv. z God shal come doun fro [of QT] heuene MPQT.
a Om. K, b in GMPQTXY. c so and y. d Therfore coumforte je r. e of momentus and of tymes SWXY.
f whenne this general resureccioun schal be, je QT. S For f. h je joure GPQTY sec.m. je jou M. jou osx.
' that v. k schal it or. 1 For v. m pees is y. n sodeynli sx. ° Om. QTX. P to o. on v. 1 hauynge
in the wombe y. r that o. s derknessis of ignoraunce OT. * that x.
b man KR. c into a. cc comaundementes Q. d in EIK sec. m. b pr. m. kn. e pur self E. jou silf iKa.
f ascape e;3.
446
I. THESSALONIANS.
v. 5—23-
5 Sothli" alle je ben the sones of Iy3tv, and
sones of dayw; we" ben not of ny3t, nethir
e of derknessis. Therfore slepe we not as
and^ otherez; but wakea, and be we sobre.
7Forsothb thei that slepen, slepen in the
ny3tc, and thei that ben drunken, ben
s drunken in ny3td. Forsoth we that ben
of the day, bene sobref, clothids theh ha-
burioun of feith and' charite, andk the
9 helm, hope of heelthe. For1 God puttide™
not vs into wraththe, but into" the0 pur-
chasyng of heelthe by cure Lord Jhesu
10 Crist, that was deed for vs ; that where?
we waken*), wherer we slepen8, we lyue to
ngidere with him. For which thing 'be 36
comfortid' to gidere, and vedifie 36" ech
I2othir, as and 30 don. Forsoth, britheren,
we preien 3011, that 36 schulen7 knowe hem
that trauelen among 3ou, and ben biforew
to 3011 in the Lord, and monesten*, vor
wtechenJ, 3ou, that 36 haue hem more ha-
boundantli in charite ; forz the work of
u hem, haue 36 pees with hem. Forsoth,
britheren, we preien 3011, reprouea, 'or
chastyse*, 3ec vnquyete men. Comforte 36
men of litil herted, resceyue 3ee syke men,
is be 36 pacient to alle men. Se 36, that no
man 3elde yuel for yuelf ; but euermore sue
3e that that is good, to gidere and into
17alle men$. Euermore ioye 30; with oute
isceessynge preie 30; in alle thingis do 36
thankyngish. Forsothe1 this is the wille
of God in Crist Jhesu, andk in alle 3ou.
20 Nyle 36 'quenche the spirit1; nyle 36 dis-
21 pise prophecies. Forsoth"1 proue 30 alle
thingis, holde 36 that thing that is good.
aaAbsteyne" 3ou° fro al yuel spice, 'or lik-
wnesseP. Forsothe 'the same Godi of pees
make 3011 hooly by alle thingis, that 3oure
spirit be kept hool, and soule, and body,
with oute playnt, in the comynge of oure
of Ii3t, and sones of dai ; we ben not of
ni3t, nether of derknessis. Therfor slepe 6
we not as othere ; but wake we, and be
we sobre. For thei that slepenf , slepen in 7 t in lustis and
the ni3t, and thei that ben drunkun, ben
drunkun in the ni3t. But we that bens
of the dai, ben sobre, clothid in the
haburioun of feith and of charite, and
in the helme of hope of heelthe. For 9
God puttide not vs in to wraththe, but
in to thes purchasing of heelthe bi oure ,
*• _ ° her synnes han
Lord Jhesu Crist, that was deed for vs ; 10 drawen hem
, , , , herto, that thei
that" whether we waken, whether we
sofre seith in
iii. bok[e of]
Etikis, ech yuel
man is vnkun-
nynge. Lire
here. Either
slepen in the
nijt ; that is,
slepen, we lyue togidere with him. For
which thing comforte 30 togidere, and
edefie 36 ech other, as 36 doon. And, 12 Glose heTe- ve-
britheren, we preien 3ou, that 36 knowen
hem that trauelen among 3ou, and ben
souereyns to 3ou in the Lord, and techen
3ou, that 36 han hem more aboundantli 13
in charyte ; and for the werk of hem,
haue 36 pees with hem. And, britheren, u
we preien 3ou, repreue 30' vnpesible men.
Coumforte 36 men of litil herte, resseyue
36 sijke men, be 3e pacient to alle men.
Se 36, that no man 3elde yuel for. yuel is
to ony man ; but euere more sue 36 that
that is good, ech to othere and to alle
men. Euere more ioye 36 ; without}^
ceessing preye 36 ; in alle thingis do 3018
thankyngis. For this is the wille of God
in Crist Jhesu, in alle 3ou. Nyle 3019
quenche the spirit; nyle 36 dispise pro- 20
phecies. But preue 36 alle thingis, and 21
holde 36 that thing that is good. Ab-22
steynek 3ou fro al yuel spice. And God 23
hym silf of pees make 3ou hooli bi alle
thingis, that 3oure spirit be kept hool,
and soule, and bodi, without pleynt, in
the comyng of oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
God is trewe, that clepide 3ou, which 24
u For v. v lyjt, or of byleue QT. w the day QT. * je QT. y Om. G. z other don QT. a wake we
M pr. m. NQTF. walke v. b For v. e nyjt of vices QT. d the ny3t srw. e be G sec. m. f Om. G pr.m.
we sobre G sec. m. B clad sx. clothid, or defendide by QT. h in the v. »- and of QTV. k Om. GMP. and
by QT. and in v. 1 For whi v. m putte sx. n in Q. ° Om. GMQT. P whether GMOPQTVWXY.
1 waaken, lyuynge here QT. r whether GMopQrrwxY, s dyen QT. * coumforte je v. u edefieth x.
v Om. v. w souereyns v. * techen o. Y Om. ox. z and for v. a repreue jee GMPQSTFJK. b Om. o.
or chastiseth s. c Om. GMPQSTX. d herte, that they dispeire not QT. e je, as good leches QT. f yuel
to eny man v. £ Om. x. h thanckyngis to God QT. ' For whi r. k Om. r. 1 quenche, or hyde the
grace of God in you Q. quenche the spirit, or hide the grace of God in you T. m But v. n Absteneth s.
0 36 3ou o. P Om. sx. <1 God himself r.
g Om. Ehko/3. h for a. ' Om. K pr. m. k And absteyne k.
V. 24 — 28.
I, THESSALONIANS.
447
24 Lord Jhesu Crist. God is trewe, that
clepide 3011 r, the5 which also schal do*.
26 Britheren, preie 36 for vs. 'Greete 36° wel
27allev britheren in hooly coss. I coniure
3011 by the Lord, that this pistlew be rad
28 to alle hooly britheren. The grace of oure
Lord Jhesu Crist be with 3011 allex. Amen.
Here endith the firste pistle to Tessa-
lonycensis, and bigynneth the prologe to
the secunde pistil.
also schal do. Britheren, preye 36 for 25
vs. Grete 36 wel alle britheren in hooli2s
cos. Y coniure1 3ou bi the Lord, that 27
this pistle1" be red to alle hooli britheren.
The grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist bew
with 3oun. Amen.
Here endeth the firste pistle to Tes-
salonicensis, and bigynneth the prologe
on the secunde pistle to Tessalonicensis0.
r jou to lyf QT. s Om. v. * do were of grace in y>u QT. u Greeteth s. v all holy o. w epistyl s;r.
1 Om. r. 7 Here endith the firste pistle to Tessalonycensis, and now bigynneth the secounde. A. Here
eendith the first epistil to Thessalonicenses, and bygynneth the prolog of the secound to the same. o. Here
endith the firste pistle to Tessalonicenses, and bigynneth the ii. pistle to the Tessalonicenses. Q. Here
eendith the pistil to Tessalonicencis i., and bigynneth the prologe to Tess. ii. w. No final rubric in GM
PSTXY.
1 charge b sec. m. comaunde gka. m epistle E. n jou alle k. ° From crxa. Here endeth the firste pistle
to Tessalonicensis; se now the prologe on the secunde pistle to Tessalonicensis. K. Here endith the firste pistle
to Tessalonicensis, and here bigynneth the [n a] prologe on the secounde pistle. MQa. Here endith thejirste
pistle to Tessalonycensis, and here bigynneth the secounde with the prologe. v. Here endith thejirste pislle
to Tessalonycensis, and here bigynneth the prologe on the secounde pistle to Tessalonycensis. bo. Here
endith thejirste pislle to Tessalonicensis, and bigynneth the prologe on the secunde. ch. Here endeth the
Jirste, and bigynneth the prologe to secounde pistil to Tessalonicensis. g. No final rubric in AERek.
II. THESSALONIANS.
The prologe in the secunde pistle*.
To Tessalonycensis the apostle wrytith
the secunde pistleb, and makith knowe to
hem of the laste tymes, andc of the dis-
truccioun of the aduersarie, that is, anti-
crist; wry tinge this pistlecc from Athenys
by Titicus, a dekene, and Honesymd,
a colyt.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the secunde pistle to Tessalonycensis*.
Jeroms prolog on the secunde epistle to
Thessalonicencis*.
•
THE apostleb writith the secounde epi-
stle0 to thed Tessalonicensis, and makith
knowun to hem of the laste tymes, and
of the comyng of the aduersarie, and of
the throwyng doun of hym. He writith
this epistle6 from Athenis bi Titicus, the
deken, and Onesimus, thef acolits.
Here endith the prologe, and bigyneth
the secunde pistil11.
The secounde epistle to Tessalonycense*.
CAP. I.
1 Poul, and Siluan, and Tymothe, to the
chirche of Tessalonycensisb, in God oure
2 fadir, and in the Lord Jhesu Cristc, grace
to 3ou and pees of God, oure fadir, and
3 of the Lord Jhesu Crist. We schullend,
Here bigynneth the secounde pistle to
Tessalonicensis*.
CAP. I.
Poul, and Siluan, and Tymothe, to the i
chirche of Tessalonicensis, in God oure
fadir, and in the Lord Jhesu Crist, graces
to 3ou and pees of God, oure fadir, and
of the Lord Jhesu Crist. We owen to 3
a From G. Prolog, s. The prologe of the secounde Tessalonycensis. Y. No initial rubric in vw. No
prologue in AGMPQX ; but in G a rubric. In N and T the prologue is of the second text. b epistell os.
c Om. o. cc epistell osr. d Honesymum ow. e Here endith the prologe, and bygynneth the secound
epistel to Thessalonicensis. o. No final rubric in srwv. a From M. The secound pistle to Tessalo-
nycensis. PQT. Here biginneth the secunde epistle to Tessalonisencis. w. No initial rubric in AGKtfsrxY.
b Tessalonycense P. c Om. Q. d Om. GM. owen rx.
a From E. TJie prolog of the secunde pistil. N. A prolog on the secunde pistle to Thessalonicensis. R.
Prologus. T. Here bigynneth the prologe on ij. Tessalonicensis. e. The prolog on the secounde epistle to
Tessalonicensis. f. Here bigynneth the prolog on the secunde pistil to Tessalonycensis. k. No initial rubric
in ciKMcjuxabcgho. b postle CEiKMQUabcgkoa. c pistil ciKMNCjuxabghko. d Om. CEIKMNQHTUX
abcefghkoa. e pistle KRghko. f Om. T. S colit Eko. h Jerom in his prologe on this epistle seith
this. CMKxabco. Jerom in his prolog on this epistle seith al this. NO. Jerom in his prologe on this pistle
rvritith this. Q. Jerom in his prologe on the secounde pistle seith this. u. This seith Jerom in his prolog. h.
No final rubric in EiRTefk. a Poul to Thessalonicencis. E. Here biginneth the pistel to Thessalonisen-
cis. e. No initial rubric in ciKQRuxabcghko.
I. 4 — II. 2.
II. THESSALONIANS.
449
vor owene, dof thankyngis euermores to
God for 3ou&K, britheren, so as it is worthi,
forh 3oure feith ouerwexith1, and the cha-
4 rite of ech of 3011 to gidere haboundith. So
that wek silf glorien in 3011 in the chirchis
of God, for 3oure pacience and feith in
alle 3oure persecuciouns and tribulaciouns.
5 The1 whiche01 36° susteynen0 into theP en-
eaumplei of ther iust dom of God, that 36
be had worthi in the kyngdom of God,
6 for which5 and1 36 suffren. If netheles it
is iust at God foru to quyte 3eldyngY to
7 hem that trublenw 3011, and to 3011 that
ben trublid", reste with vs in the schew-
inge of ourey Lord Jhesu Cristz fro he-
suene, with aungels of his vertu, in the
flawme of fyer, 3yuynge veniaunce to hem
that knewena not God, and that obeyenb
not to the euangelie of oure Lord Jhesu
9 Crist. Thec whiche schulen 3yued, ^or suf-
fre6, euere lastinge peynes, in perisching
fro the face of thef Lord, and fro the
loglorie of his vertu, whanne he schal come
fors to be glorified in his seyntis, and for£
to be maad wondirful in alle men that
bileueden, for oure witnessyng is bileued
n on 3ou, in that day. In which thing also
we preien euermore for 3ou, that oure
God Youchesaf for'1 to clepe 3011 in his'
clepyng, and fulfillek al1 the wille of hism
goodnesse, and the werk of feith in vertu ;
12 that the name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist
be clarified in 3011, and 36 in it", vp° the
grace of oure 'God, and of theP Lord Jhesu
Crist.
CAP. II.
1 Forsothe, britheren, we preien 3ou by
the comynge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist,
and oure congregacioun into the same
2 thing, that. 30 be not moued soone fro
3oure witt, nether bei agasf, nethir bi
spirit, nethir by word, nether by epistle as
sent by vs, as8 the day of the1 Lord be
do thankyngis eueremore to God for 3011,
britheren, so as it is worthi, for 3oure
feith ouer wexith, and the charite of ech
of 3ou to othere aboundith. So that we 4
silfb glorien in 3ou in the chirchis of
God, for 3oure pacience and feith in alle
3oure persecuciouns and tribulaciouns.
Whiche 36 susteynen in to the ensaum-5
pie of the iust dom of God, that 30 be
had worthi in the kingdom of God, for
which 36 suffren. If netheles it is iustc
tofor God to quite tribulacioun to hem
that troblen 3ou, and to 3ou that ben;
troblid, rest with vs inc the schewing of
the Lord Jhesu fro heuene, with aungelis
of his vertu, in the flawme of fier, that 8
schal 3yue veniaunce to hem that knowen
not God, and that obeien not to the
euangelie d of oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
Whiche schulen suffre euere lastinge 9
peynes, in perischinge fro the face of the
Lord, and fro the glorie of his vertu,
whanne he schal come to be glorified in 10
hise seyntis, and to be maad wondurful
in alle men that bileueden, for oure wit-
nessing is bileuyd on 3ou, in that dai.
In which thing also we preien euere n
more for 3ou, that oure God make 3ou
worthi to his cleping, and fillee al the
wille of his goodnesse, and the werk of
feith in vertu ; that the name of oure 12
Lord Jhesu Crist be clarified in 3ou, and
36 in hym, bi the grace of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist.
CAP. II.
But, britheren, we preien 3ou bi thei
comyng of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, and
of oure congregacioun in to the same
comyng, that 30 be not mouyd soone 2
fro 3oure witt, nether be aferd, nether
bi spirit, nether bi word, nether bi epistle
as sent bi vs, as if the dai of the Lord
« Om. GuopQTrx. ftodonsx. g euere A. es goure Y. h for whi v. i euer waxith GMPQTY.
k oure GMOPQTY sec. m. vs sx. 1 Om. rx. m that x. n we o. ° suffren QT. P Om. o. <J exsaumple
sx. r Om. G. 8 whom QT. * Om. T. u Om. sx. vt ribulacioun v. w turblen MP. * turblid MP.
y the r. z Om. r. a knowen NOQ. b obeschen M. obeieden NO. c Om. v. d suffre v. e Om. ovx.
or paye QT. * oure o. S Om. sx. h Orn. sx. *> make jou worthi to his v. k fille v. 1 Om. G.
m Om. v. n him v. ° after GMP^T. bi v. P Om. v. 1 be je GMPQT. beth sx. r aferd y. s as if v.
oure o.
VOL. IV.
vs silf iKak. c in to K sec. m. d gospel R. e to fille k.
3 M
450
II. THESSALONIANS.
II. 3 — 15.
3ny3- That no man disceyue 3011 in" ony
maner. Forv now butx 'departyng awey^,
"or dissenciounz, schala come first, and the
man of synne schal beb schewid, the sone
4 of perdicioun, that is aduersariec, and is
enhaunsidd vpone al thing that is seid
God, or that is worschipid, so that he
sitte in the temple, "or into the temple1, of
God, schewinges him silf ash he be1 God.
sWher 36 holden notk, that 5it whanne I
was at 3011, I seide thes thingis to 3011?
6 And now what withholdith1, 30 witen, that
7 he be schewid in his tyme. Forwhi the
mysteriem, "or priuyte", of wickidnesse
worchith now0; oonly that he that holdith
nowP, holdei, til it be maad of the myddel1".
s And thanne8 'the ilke* wickid" man schal
be schewid, whom the Lord Jhesu schal
sle with the spirit of his mouth, and schal
distroyev with thew illurnynyng x, "or
schynyngy, of his comyngz. "Jhesus schal
n sle& him, whos comyng is vpb the worch-
ing of Sathanas, in al vertu, and signes,
and gretec wondris, lyinged, "or false,
ioandf in al disseit of wickidnesse, to hem
that perischen. For that thei resceyueden
not the charite of treuthe, that thei schul-
den be maad saaf. Therfores God schal
sende to hem ah worching of errour, that
n thei bileue to leesyng, "or gabbyng1, that
alle be demyd/or dampned^, the1 whiche"1
bileueden not to treuthe, but consentiden
12 to wickidnesse. Forsoth we" owen for0
to do thankingis euermore to God for 300,
3?P 'bretheren loued of God*!, that God
chees vs primyssis1", "or firste fruytis*, into
heelthe1, in halowyng of spirit and feith11
13 of treuthe ; in thev which andw he clepide
be ny3- No man disseyue 3ou inf ony#$
manere. For but dissenciounh come first,
and the man of synne be schewid, the
sonne of perdicioun, that is aduersarie,4
and is enhaunsid ouer 'al thing1 that is
seid God, or that is worschipid, so that
he sitte in the temple of God, and schewe
hym silf J as if he were God. Whether 5
36 holden not, that 3it whanne Y was at
3011, Y seide these thingis to 3ou ? And 6
now what withholdith, 36 witen, that he
be schewid in. his tyme. For the priuetey
of wickidnesse worchith now; oneli that
he that holdith now, holdek, til he be do
awei. And thanne thilke wickid mans
schal be schewid, whom the Lord Jhesu
schal sle with the spirit of his mouth,
and schal distrie with Ii3tnyng of his
comyng; hym, whos comyng is bi the1 9
worching of Sathanas, in al vertu, and
signes, and grete wondris, false, and in 10
al disseit of wickidnesse, to hem that
perischen. For that thei resseyueden not
the charite of treuthe, that thei schulden
be maad saaf. And therfor God schal
sende to hem a worching of errour, that
thei bileue to leesing, that alle be demed, 11
whiche bileueden not to treuthe, but
consentiden to wickidnesse. But, bri-i-2
theren louyd of God, we owen to do
thankyngis euermore to God for 3ou,
that God chees vs the firste fruytis in to
heelthe, inm halewing of spirit and in
feith of treuthe; in which also he clepide is
3ou bi oure gospel, in to geting" of the
glorie of oure Lord Jhesu Crist. Ther-u
for, britheren, stonde 36, and holde 36
the0 tradiciouns, that 30 han lerud?, ethir
u on ANosrwxv. * For the Lord schal not come to the dom r. w Om. QTX. * but yf x. V disccn-
cioun QT. z Om. OQTrx. or discessioun s. a Om. v. b Om. r. c aduersarie, or Antecrist QT.
d hauncid x. e ouer r. on x. { Om. G sec. m. OQSTVX. S and schewe r. h as that o. as if v. > is r.
k not in mynde QT. 1 withholdeth, or letteth o. withholdith hym QT. m priuyte o. n Om. ox. ° now,
and y.t schal QT. P now the feith QT. 1 holdith v. r mydil, that is, to the power of Antecrist be maad
opyn m Ike mydil of hem that ben chosen to knorve it QT. s Om. x. * that x. u wicke sx. v dystruye
hym QT. w Om. srxY. x illumyng A. schynyng o. lijtnyng r. y Om. OQTX. z deer cummynge QT.
a Om. osrx. b after GMPQT. bi v. c Om. o. d fals or. lesingis x. e Om. orx. f Om. x. S And
therfore v. h Om. x. ' Om. AGMHOPQSTVWXY. k Om. ox. ' Om. vx. m that x. n britheren
loued of God, we r. ° Om. sx. P Om. GMPQSTVXY sec. m. <l Om. v. r firste fruytis OQT. the first
fruytis v. s Om. OQTX. l helpe o. " of feith N. in feith v. v Om. sr. w also v.
1 on KQRabceghkoa/3. g no k. h ether departing areey K marg. discessioun k text, discessioun, or de-
partyng, or departisoun k marg. i alle thingis k. J Om. a. k holdith k. l Om. k. m and a. n the
geting agk. o Om. bk. P lerned alii.
II. 14 — III. 9-
II. THESSALONIANS.
451
3011 by cure gospel, into getynge of the
uglorie of oure Lord Jhesu Crist. 'And
sox, britheren, stonde 36, and "holde 36? the
tradiciouns, W techingis1, that 30 han le-
ruda, ethir by word, ethirb by ourec pistled.
is Forsothe oure Lord Jhesu Crist him silf,
and God and6 oure fadir, thef which s
louede 3oub, and 3af euerlasting comfort
ifiand good hope in grace, stirre, W mo-
neste'1, 3oure hertisk, and conferme1 in al
'werk and good"1 word".
CAP. III.
1 Britheren, 'hennis forthward0 preie 36
for vs, that the word of God renne, and
2 be clarified?, as and anentis 3ou ; and that
we be delyuered fro vncouenable •), W
noyousr, and yuele men; sothli8 feith is
snot of alle men. Forsoth the Lord is
trewe, that schal conferme vs1, and schalu
4kepev fro yuel. Sothli, britheren, we
tristen ofw 3ou in the Lord, forx what
euere thingis we bydden?, andz 36 don
oanda schulen don. Forsoth b the Lord
dresse 3oure hertis, in thec charite of God,
eandd pacience of Crist. Forsothe, bri-
theren, we denouncen to 3ou in the name
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, that 36 with-
drawe 3ou fro ech brother wandrynge vn-
ordynatly, *or a^ens good ordree, and not
vpf the tradicioiin*, that thei resceyueden
7 of vs. Sothlih 36 36' silf witen, how it
bihoueth for^ to sue vs. For we weren
not 'inquyet1, W reste, or in pesyble™,
s among 3ou, nether frely, W withoute oure
owne traueil0, we eeten breed of ony man,
but in trauel and werynesse ny3t and day
worchinge, that we greueden0 noon of 3ou.
9 Not as we hadden not power, but that we
bi word, ethir bi oure pistlei. And oure 15
Lord Jhesu Crist him silf, and God oure
fadir, which louyde vs, and 3af euerlast-
inge coumfort and good hope in grace*
stire 3oure hertis, and conferme in al IB
good werk and word.
CAP. III.
Britheren, fro hennus forward preyei
36 for vs, that the word of God renne,
and be clarified, as it is anentis 3ou ; and 2
that we be delyuered fro noyousr and
yuele men; for feith is not of alle men.
But the Lord is trewe, that schal con- s
ferme 3011, and schal kepe fro yuel.
And, britheren, we trusten of 3ou in 4
the Lord, for what euere thingis we
comaunden to 3ou, bothe 36 don and
schulen do. And the Lord dresse 3oure5
hertis, in the charite of God, and in the
pacience of Crist. But, britheren, we 6
denouncen8 to 3ou in the name of oure
Lord Jhesu Crist, that 36 withdrawe 3ou
from ech brother that wandrith out of
ordre, and not aftir the techyng, that
thei resseyueden of vs. For '36 silf '7
witen, hou it bihoueth to sue vs. For we
weren not vnpesible" among 3ou, nethirs
with outen oure owne trauel we eeten
breed of ony man, but in trauel and
werynesse worchidenv ni3t and dai, that
we greuyden noon of 3ou. Not as weo
hadden riot power, but that we schulden
3yue vs silf ensaumple to 3ou to sue vs.
1 Therfore v. y holdith x. z Om. x. or tec/tinge Y. a lernyd GMNPQTY. b or x. c Om. x.
d epistell AGMNOPQSTW. epistil of vs x. e Om. v. f Om. rx. S that x. h us r. ' Om. GiuopQTrx.
k herte GMPQT. l conferme yu QT. m good werk and GMPQSTVWX, good werkis y. n Om. v.
0 hennes forward GOQTWY. fro hennesforward r. P clarified, or deer to vndurstonde to other folk QT.
1 vnrestful v. r Om. OQTX. and noyous w. 9 for whi v. * jou r. u Om. sx. v kepe vs N.
w on N. x for whi v. y comaunden to 3011 v. z Om. QT. bothe v. a and je GMPQT. ^ For N.
c Om. PQ. d and in the r. e Om. ox. f aftir GMPQTF. S teching v. h For whi v. i jour GMPQTV
sec. m. Om. o. 3011 sx. k Om. sx. 1 vnquyet G sec.m. QTT. m or reste G pr.m. MP. or vn-
resteful G sec.m. Om. NOX. or vnpesible QTW. or impeesible r. or reste vnpeysyble Y. n Om. ox. that
is, not mith outen oure otvne traueile Q. that is, with outen oure owne traueil T. ° greuen QT.
<l epistil EiQaegka. r ether vncouenable K marg. the noious k. s ether shewen K marg, * 5our self Eh.
je jou silf iKak. u ether vneesie K marg. v worchynge i. wroujten R.
3 M 2
452
II. THESSALONIANS.
III. 10 — 18.
schulden 3yue vs? silf ai foorme, 'or en-
10 saumpler, for8 to sue vs. Forwhi and
whanne we weren anentis 300, this thing
we denounsiden, 'or warneden1, to 3011,
foru if ony man wole not worche, nether
iiete he. Sothliv we ban herd summew
among 3ou 'for to* wandre? 'inquyet, or
reste, or in jjesibli1, no thing worchinge,
12 but doynge3 curiously. Forsoth we de-
nounsenb to hem that ben siche maner
menc, andd bisechen in the Lord Jhesu
Crist, that thei with silensee, 'or stilnesse(,
is worchinge, ete her owne breed. Forsothe^
nyle 36, britheren, fayle welh doynge 'in
14 Crist Jhesu oure Lord'. That if ony man
'schal not obeiek to oure word by1 epistle,
marke 30 hym, and comune 36™ not with
him, that he be confoundid, 'or schamed";
15 and0 nyle 36 gesse hym as an enemy?, but
'reproue 3ei himr as a brother. Forsothe
'the ilke Gods of pees 3yue to 3ou euerlast-
ifiyng pees in al place. The Lord be with
Halle 3ou. My salutacioun by the bond of
Poul ; 'that is1 signe in ech epistle". I
IB write7 thus. The grace of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist be with 'alle 3ouw. Amen.
Here endith the secunde pistle to Tes-
salonycensis, and bigynneth the prolog to
the firste pistle to Tymothe*.
For also whanne we weren among 3ou, 10
we denounsiden this thing to 3ou, that
if ony man wole not worche, nethir ete
he. For we ban herd that summe among n
3ou goon in reste, and no thing worchen,
but don curiousli. But we denouncen 12
to hem that ben suche men, and bisechen
in the Lord Jhesu Crist, that thei
worchen with silence, and ete her owne
breed. But nyle 36, britheren, faile wel is
doynge. That if ony man obeiew not to u
oure word bi epistle, marke 36 him, and
comyne 36 not with hym, that he be
schamedx ; and nyle 36 gesse hym as is
an enemye, but repreue 36 hym as a
brother. And God hym silf of pees 3yue
to 3ou euerlastinge pees in al place. The is
Lord be with '3ou alle". My saluta-i"
cioun bi the hoond of Poul; which signe
in ech epistle? Y write thus. The grace 18
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with 'alle
}ouz. Amen.
Here endith the secounde pistle to
Tessalonycensis, and bigynneth a pro-
loge on the firste pistle to Tymothe*.
P oure GMPQT. 1 Om. a pr.m. MQT. r to jou for ore. Om. sx. s Qm. ox. l Om. ox. u that v.
v For v. w that summe v. * to sx. Om. v. y goon v. z inquiete, or reste, or vnpesible AY. in quyete
G pr. m. x. vnquyetli G sec. m. in quyet, or reste MNPF. in vnpesible o. vnquyetly, or vnpesiblely QT. in
quyete, or reste, or vnpesibly w. » goende sx. goinge w. b denounseden SXY. c Om. x. d and we QT.
e stilnesse o. f Om. ox. e But v. h Om. G pr. m. ' Om. v. k schal not obesche M. schal not
obeshen s. obeieth not r. 1 sent by QT. m Om. QT. n Om. O.Y. o Om. y. P enmye, enuying to
hym gr. q repreueth x. ' hym in loue QT. s God himself r. that God x. * which r. " pistle Y.
v Y wryte AS. that I write QT. w jou all ^GMNQST. alle Y. x Here endeth the secounde pistle to
Tessalonycensis, and now bigynneth the first pistle to Tymothe. A. Here eendeth the secounde epistel to
Thessalonicenses, and bygynneth the prologe of the first to Tymothe. o. Here endith the ii. pistle to the
Tessalonycenses, and bigynneth the firste pistle to Tymothe. Q. Here eendith the secunde pistle to Tessalo-
nysencis, and bigynneth the prologe to [of r] Tymothe. WY. No final rubric in GMPSTX.
w obeieth k. * aschamed ibe. « alle ;ou Ebeghoa/3. y pistil gko£. z jou alle k.
a From ciMxabco. Here endeth the secunde pistle to Tessaknicensis ; se now the prologe on Ike firste pistle
to Tymothee. K. Here endilh the secunde pistle to Tessalonicensis, and bigynneth the prolog on thefirste
to Tymolhe. Q. Here endith the ij. pistle to Tessalonycensis, and here bigynneth the firste pistle to Ty-
mothe. u. Here endith Tessalonicences, and bigynilh a prologe on the firste pistik to Tymothe. g. Here
endith the epistle to Tessalonycensis, and bigynneth the prolog on the firste pistle to Tymothe. h. No final
rubric in AEHek.
I. TIMOTHY.
Prolog to thejirste pistle to Tymothe*.
TYMOTHE the apostle enfoormeth andb
techith of the ordynaunce of byschophood,
and of thec dekenehood, and of al the
chirchis disciplyne, writinge fro Rome
cite.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the firste pistled.
Jeroms prologe on the firste epistle to
Timothe*.
HE enforraeth and techith Tymothe of
the ordinaunce of bischops office, and of
dekenes office, and ofb euerych" disci-
plyned of hooli chirche, writynge to hym
fro Macedonye, bi Titicus, the dekene.
Jerome in his prolog on this pistil
seith this6.
f Thimothe the apostell enformeth and thecheth of the ordinaunce of bischophode, and of
dekenhode, and of all the chinches discipline; forthermore enfourmeth him to schrewed aposteles
to him bakbytyng mot answere resoun seldyng, that of the pursuere he be saaf, whan Crist
hath comen to deliuer all synneres at the last; otherwyse teching, monest he to be fledde. Writyn
fro Rome cyte.
Here eendeth the prologe, and bygynneth the epistel.
The first epistle to Tymothe*.
CAP. I.
i Poul, apostleb of 'Crist Jhesuc, vpd the
comaundement of God oure sauyour, and6
e Jhesu Crist oure hope, to Tymothe, by-
Here bigynneth the firste pistle to
Tymothe*.
CAP. I.
Poul, apostle vof Jhesu Cristb, bi the i
comaundement of God oure sauyour, and
of Jhesu Crist oure hope, to Tymothe, 2
* The prologe in Tymothe G. The prologe. s. No initial rubric in vw\~. No prologue in AGMPQX ;
but a rubric in G. In N and T the prologue is of the later text. b or Y. . c Om. srw. d No final
rubric in svwv. f This prologue is from o. a From MT. The firste pistle to Tymothe. PQ, Here
bigynneth the pistle to Tymothe. w. No initial rubric in JGKNSX. t> the apostell oy. c Jhesu Crist
GMPQY. d aftir IUPQT. bi v. « and of QT.
a From E. Prolog. A. The prolog ofthejirst pistil to Tymothe. Nk. Here sueth a prolog on thejirste
pistil to Tymothe. H. Prologus. T. The prologe on the Jirste pistle to Tymothe. b. Here biginneth the
prologe on the Jirste Tymothe. e. No initial rubric in ciKMUxacfghoa. b Om. ENRTbceghoa/3.
c eueri E. eche Keko. d lore R. e From cKMNxabcoo. Jerom in his prolog on this epistle seith al
this. Q. Jeromin his prologe seith this. u. This seith Jerom in his prolog. h. No final rubric in EiRTefgk.
8 Pauls epistle to Timothe. E. Heere biginnith the pistle. i. No initial rubric in cKQirxabcghkoa.
b Crist Jhesu ibcka.
454
I. TIMOTHY.
I- 3 — "3-
louydf sone in the feith, grace and mercy
and pees, of God the fadir, and Jhesu
s Crist, oure Lord. As I preiede thee, that
thou schuldist dwelle at Ephesy, whanne
I wente to£ Macedonye, that thou schuld-
ist denounce11 to summe1, that thei schulden
4 not teche othere weyek, nethir1 }yue tent to
fablis and genologies™ 'withouten endes",
the0 whiche 3yuen questiounsP, more than
edificacioun of God, that is in thei feith.
^Forsoth the ende of comaundementr is
charite of clene herte, and good conscience,
e and feiths not feyned. Fro whiche thingis
vsum men* erringe, ben turned to gidere
7 into veyn speche ; willinge foru tov be
techeris of the lawe, not vndirstondinge,
nethir what thingis 'ben spokunw, nether
8 of what thingis thei affermen. Forsoth
we witen forx the lawe is good, if ony
a man vsexx it lawefully ; witinge this thing,
that the lawe vis not put ? to a iust
man, but to* vniusta and not suget, to
vnpitouse menb and synneris, to curside
men and defoulid, to sleeris of fadirc, and
losleeris of modird, to vmen sleeris6 and for-
nycatours, to hem that trespassenf with
malis *a$ens hynde%, silleris1', "or steleris1,
or ^draweris awey^, of men, lesyngmon-
geris1 and forsworn™, and if ony othir
n thing is contrarie to" holsum teching, that
is vp° the euangelie00 of the? glorie of
blessid God, thei which gospel* is bitakuu
12 to me8. I do thankingis to him, that corn-
fortide1 me in Crist Jhesu oure Lord, for
he gesside" me feithful, W treweu, putt-
is inge me in mynisteriev, thew which Ix first
bilouydc sone in the feith, grace and
merci and pees, of God the fadir, andd of
Jhesu Crist, oure Lord. As Y preyedes
thee, that thou schuldist dwelle at Effesi,
whanne Y wente into Macedonye, that
thou schuldist denounce to summe men,
that thei schulden not teche othere weiee,
nether 3yue tent to fablis and genologies 4
that ben vncerteyn, whiche jyuen ques-
tiouns, more than edificacioun of God,
that is in the feith. For the ende offs
comaundement is charite of clene herte,
and good conscience, and of feith not
feyned. Fro& whiche thingis sum men 6
han errid, and ben turned in to veyn
speche; and willithh to be techeris of the7
lawe, and vndurstonden1 not what thingis
thei speken, nether of what thingis thei
affermen. And we witen that the lawe 8
is good, if ony man vse it lawefulli; and 9
witinge this thing, that the lawe is not
set to a iust man, but to vniust men
and not suget, to wickid men and to
synneris, to cursid men and defoulid, to
sleeris of fadir, and sleeris of modir, to
vmen sleerisk and1 lechouris, to hem thatio
don letcherie with men, lesingmongeris
and forsworun, and if ony othere thing
is contrarie to the hoolsum teching, thatn
is aftir the euangeliem of the glorie of
blessid" God, which is bitakun to me.
Y do thankingis to hyrn, that coumfort- 12
ide° me in Crist Jhesu oure Lord, for he
gesside me feithful, and putte? me in
mynystrie, that first was a blasfemei, is
and ar pursuere, and ful of wrongis.
f the loued GATPQT. loued x. S in to v. h denounce, or warne QT. ' summe techeris QT. summen r.
k weye, than we tau^ten Q. weies, than we tau^len Q. ' nether the herers QT. m genelogye G. n vn-
eendid QS pr. vice. T. withoute ende x. ° Om. r. P questiown s. 1 Om. r. r comaundementis K. the
comaundement QT. s of feith QT. *• summen AMQF. summe GNSTXY. u Om. SJT. v Om. x. w thei
speken v. * that r. xx vsith M. 1 it not puttith K. z to an GMOPQSTY. a vniust men v.
b men, ether vnfeithful men r. c fadris GMPQTY, d modris GMPQTY. e mansleeris x. { don
leccherie r. g either synne of Sodom v. Om. x. h to hem that putten woundis to men, sellers G.
hem, that putten woundes to men, sillers MPY sec. m. to hem that putten woundes to men N. to hem that
putten woundis to men, or to sellers QT. to beteris of men, either sillers v. ' Om. v. and stelers wx.
k draweris N. or rvilhdrarvers GQT. Om. rx. l to lesynge mongeris QT. m forswerers N. to forsworn
men QT. n to the r. ° after GMPQTF. °° uangelie K. P Om. SWXY. q Om. v. r Om. x. s men Q.
* hajh coumfortide PQTY sec. m. tt gessith y. u Om. GMOPQTJ:. v mysterie N. seruice o. mysterie,
or seruice or. w Om. r. x Om. GMPQSTX.
c my loued k. d Om. k. e wijse CEiKMQRUxabceghkoajS. f of the bk. 6 For g. h willen CEiKQXgka.
wilnen H. wilneth a. i vndirstoden a. vndirstondith 08. k monsleeirs E. mansleeris nh. ' and to R.
m gospel R. n the blessid Eak. o coumfortith k. P puttide be. q blasfemere c sec. m. EQ sec. m. Rg
o pr. m. /3. el her a dispiser of God K marg. r Om. ao.
I. 14 — II. 6.
I. TIMOTHY.
455
was a blasfemey, W dispiser of God1, and
pursuwer3, and ful of wrongis. But I
haue getim theb mercy of God, for I vn-
i4knowyng dide in vnbileue. Sothli the
grace of oure Lordc ouer habounded, with
is feith and lone that is in Crist Jhesu. A
trewe worde and worthi al resceyuyng6,
for Crist Jhesu caam into this world forf
to make synful men saaf, of whiche s I
16 am the firste. But therfore I haue getyn
mercy, that Crist Jhesu schulde schewe in
me first al pacience, to the enfoormyng of
hem that vben toh bileuynge1 to him into
neuere lastynge lyf. Forsoth to the kyng
of worldis, vndeedly and invisyblek God1
aloone, honourm and glorie into worldis of
is worldis. Amen. I comenden, 'or bitake",
this preseptP, 'or biddy ng^, to thee, thour
sone Tymothe, vps prophecies bifore go-
ynge in thee, that thou fi^tei, 'or holde",
19 in hem a good kny3thood, hauynge feith
andv good conscience, thew which vsum
menx castynge a wey, perischeden aboute
20 the feith/. Of which2 is Emyneusa and1'
Alisaundre, whom0 I bitook to Sathanasd,
that thei lernee forf vto nots blaspheme11.
CAP. II.
1 Therfore I biseche' first of alle thingisk,
for1 to be maad bisechingis, preieris, ax-
yngis, doynge™ of thankyngis, for alle
2 men, for kyngis and allen that ben sett in
m'3nesse, W greet stat°, that we lede
quyet and pesyble lyf, in al pite and
3 chastite. ForsothP this thing is good and
4acceptid bifore God, oure sauyour, that
wole alle men fori to be maad saaf, and
for^ to come to the knowynge of treuthe.
aSothlir o God and mediatour of s God and
e men, a1 man 'Jhesus Crist", that }af him
But Y haue getun the merci of God,
for Y vnknowinge dide in vnbileue. But 14
the grace of oure Lord ouer abound ide,
with feith and loue that is in Crist
Jhesu. A trewe word and worthi al is
resseyuyng, for Crist Jhesu cam in to
this world to make synful men saaf, of
whiche Y am the firste. But therfor Y ic
haue getun merci, that Crist Jhesu
schulde schewe in me first al pacience,
to the enfourmyng of hem that schulen
bileue to hym in to euerlastinge lijf.
And to the king of worldis, vndeedli and 17
vnvysible God aloone, be onour and glo-
rie in to worldis of worldis. Amen.
I bitake this comaundement to thee, thou \&
sone Timothe, after the prophecies that
ban be hertofore8 in thee, that thou
traueile in hem a good trauel, hauynge 19
feith and good conscience, which sum-
men casten awei, and perischiden aboute
the feith. Of whiche is* Ymeneus and 20
Alisaundre, which" Y bitook to Sathanas,
that thei lerne 'to notv blasfeme.
CAP. II.
Therfor Y biseche first of alle thingis, 1
that bisechingis, preieris, axyngis, do-
yngisw of thankyngis, ben maad for alle
men, for kingis and alle that ben set in 2
hi3nesse, that we leden a quyet and a
pesible lijf, in al pite and chastite. Fors
this thing is good and acceptid bifor
God, oure sauyour, that wole that alle 4
men ben maad saaf, and that thei come
to the knowyng of treuthe. For o Godr>
and ax mediatour is of God and of men,
a man Crist Jhesus, that 3af him silfe
7 blasfemye AQ. blasfemere N. z or a dispiser of God GMPQ. Om. ox. a a pursuer GMPT. b Om. x.
« Lord to me ay. d haboundide AGMOPSTVWXY. haboundeth K. e praysynge o. f Om. sx. S whome
GMPQT. h schulen v. i bileue NV. beleeuen sx. k vnsi3table o. vnvisible r. ' to God o sec. m.
m be onoui v. n bitake o. o Om. ox. P comaundement v. q Om. ovx. r Om. x. s after QT. bi v.
1 holde v. u Om. ovx. v in o. w Om. v. x summe ASY. summen GMPQF. y feith, not with inne in
the feith or. z whome GOT. a Hymeneus GMPT. Heuenes Q. b Om. G pr.m. c whiche v. d Satanas,
fuffrynge hym to lourmente hem QT. e lere s. f Om. G pr.m. MPQSTX. S not to T. h blasphemye A.
blasfemee T. » biseche thee to teche QT. k theng K. J Om. sx. m doyngis ASPXY. n alle
men G sec. m. ° or greet aslaat ANOSYY. of stat x. P For whi r. q Om. sx. r For whi v. « is of v.
1 and a or. u Crist G pr. m. Crist Jhesus G sec.m. MPQTVXY.
8 herd to fore k. * Om. k. u whom r. v not to hk^. w doinge KRO. " o xa.
456
I. TIMOTHY.
II. 7— III. 3.
silf rederapciounv for alle men. Whos wit-
7 nessinge is confermyd in his tymes ; in
thew which I am putt a prechour and
apostle. Sothlix I seie treuthe 'in Crist
Jhesuy, and I lye notz, a techer of hethen
s men in feith and ina treuthe. Therfore I
wole, 'menf or tob preie in alc place, lift-
ynge vp clene hondis with oute wraththe
9 and disputyng, W stryfA. Also and
wymmen 'in ourned6, 'or couenable1, abite,
with schamfastnesse and sobrenesse ourn-
ynge hem silf, not in writhun heeris,
ethirs in gold, ethir? margaritis, ^that benb
wpeerlis1, etherk precious cloth1 ; but that
that bicometh wymmen™, bihetynge pite
11 bi goode werkis. A womman lernen in
12 silence, with al subieccioun0. Forsothe I
suffre not a? womman'i forr to tech, nether
for8 to haue lordschip into1 the man, 'or
hosebonde", but forv to be in silence.
is Forsothw Adam was first foormyd, aftir-
Hward Eue ; and Adam was notx dis-
ceyued 'zw frith?, forsothz the3 womman
was disceyued Vw fei(hb, in preuarica-
isciounc, 'or brekyng of the lawed. Sothli
sche schal be saued by generacioun6 of
sonesf, if sche 'schal dwelled perfytli in
feith, and loue, and hoolynesse, with so-
brenesse.
CAP. III.
1 A feithful wordh. If ony man desyre1 a
byschopriche, he desyrith a good werkk.
2 Therfore it bihoueth a byschop for1 to be
irreprehensyble™, 'or withoute reproue",
and0 the hosebonde of oo wyfP, sobre 1,
prudent1", ourned8, chast, holdynge hospi-
3 talite, techer1 ; not 3ouun moche to wyn,
not smyter, but temperauntu, 'or patient*1,
redempcioun for alle men. Whos witness-
ing is confermyd in his tymes ; in which 7
Y am set a prechour and an^ apostle. For
Y seye treuthe, and Y lie not, that am
a techere of hethene men in feith and
in treuthe. Therfor Y wole, that men»
preye in al place, liftinge vp clene
hondis with outen wraththe and strijf.
Also wymmen in couenable abite, with»
schamefastnesse and sobrenesse araiynge
hem silf, not in writhun heeris, ethir in
gold, ethirz peerlis, ethira preciouse cloth;
but that that bicometh wymmen, biheet- 10
inge pite bi good werkis. A womman n
lerne in silence, with al subieccioun. But 12
Y suffre not aaa womman to teche, nether
to haue lordschip on the hosebonde, but
to be in silence. For Adam was first13
formed, aftirward Eue ; and Adamf was 14 1 »>
that was sothe,
not disseyued, but the womman was dis- that the deuei
seyued, in breking of the lawe.
sche schal be sauyd bi generacioun of
children, if sche dwellithb perfitli in feith,
and loue, and hoolynesse, with sobre-
nesse.
CAP. III.
A feithful word. If ony man desirith 1
a bishopriche, he desirith a good werk.
Therfor it bihoueth a byschop to be 2
with out repreef, the hosebonde of o
wijf, sobre, prudent, chast, vertewous,
holdinge hospitalite, a techere ; not 3ouun 3
myche to wyn, not a smytere, but tem-
peratc, not ful of chiding, not coueitouse,
v ajenbyjeynge o. w Om. srx. * For v. y Om. r. 7- not in eny part, the tvhiche am QT. a Om.
GMPQTX. b men to QSX. that men v. c eche o. «' Om. ox. e enourned GQT. in couenable o.
f Om. ox. or in couenable T. g other MP. k or GPQT. Om. x. ' perils, that yuen occacioun of leccherie T.
Om. x. k other MP. 1 cloth, that y yeuen occasion oflechorie Q. U) wymmen, for herjirste gilt QT.
n lerne sche e. lere sx. serue sche T. ° subieccioun, or obeischyng QT. P to a ^MNOPQSF sec. m. XY.
q womman, that is unstable Q. wymmen, that is vnstable T. r Om. sx. s Om. sx. t in s. on v.
u Om. ox. * Om. sx. w For whi v. * not firste QT. y Om. QSTVX. z but r. a Om. s. b in con-
sent and deed QT. Om. srx. c brekynge of the lawe OQTV. d Om. OQTFX. e generaciouns NY. f sonys,
or good tverkis QT. g dwellith r. t word / schal seye QT. i desyreth GMXPQSTPXY. k werk, and
trauelous; no dignyle, ne delices QT. ' Om. sx. m withouten repreue G pr. m. MOPQT. n Om. G pr. m.
MOPQTX. o Om. v. P \vyf,feithfully gouernynge the chirche in oonhed of loue QT. 1 sobre, in etynge
and drynkynge QT. r prudent, in,ein the slc'qte of enmyes QT. s ournyd with vertues QT. * a techer
G fee. m. a trew techer or. " temperat MSVX. pacient o. tholmound QT. v Om. OQTX.
Om. alii. z or H. a or ER. aa to a A pr.m. b dwelle R. c temperat, or manerly H.
III. 4 — 16.
I. TIMOTHY.
457
not litigiousx, 'or ful of stryf, or chid-
4yngy, not coueitous, wel rewlynge his
hous, hauynge sones suget with al chas-
stitez; forsoth if ony man kan not go-
uerne his housa, how schal he haue dili-
egenceb of the chirche of Godc? notd newe
conuertid into6 feith, lest hef borun vp
into pride, falle? into theh dom, vor synne'1,
7 of the deuyl. Forsoth it bihoueth hym
fork to haue good witnessyng and1 of hem
that ben withoute forth, that he falle not
into schenschipm, 'or reprqf", and into the0
8 snare of the deuyl. Also *it byhoueth?
dekenes for1! to be chast, not dowble tung-
id, not 3ouun 'to mocher wyn, not suynge8
9 foul wynnyng; hauynge the mysterie1 of
10 feith in clene conscience. And forsoth be
thei proued first, thatu thei mynystre so,
hauynge nov crymew, W greet synne x.
11 Also vzV bihouethy wymmen forz to be
chast, not bacbitinge, sobre, feithful in alle
i2thingis. Dekenes be theia hosebondis of o
wyf; theb whiche dekenesc gouerne wel
13 her sones and her housis. Sothlid thei
that 'schulen mynistre6 wel, schulen gete
af good degree to hem silf, and moche trist
14 in the feith, that is in Crist Jhesu. Sone
Tymothe, I write to thee thes thingis,
hopinge me for? to come soone to thee ;
isforsothh if I schal tarie, that thou wite,
how it bihoueth thee for' to lyue in the
hous of God, that is the chirche of quyk
16 God, a piler and sadnesse of treuthe. And
opynlyk it is1 a greet sacrament of pite,
that1" that" is schewid in fleisch0, is? iusti-
fied in spirit"), it apperide to aungels1", it is
prechid to hethen men, it is byleuyd in the8
world, it is takyn vp in glorie.
* ful of stryf OQT. ful of chiding x. X Om. OQTX. z charite Q. a house, of litil meynee QT. *> dili-
gence, or keepynge QT. c God, tvherynne ben matiye and dyuerse ? QT. d He that schal be a bischop or
prat, schulde be preued sad in byleue, not QT. e to the AGMXOSTVX. to Q. f he be NPQT. 8 and falle QT.
» Om. ox. ' of synne M. Om. ox. k Om. sx. l Om. GMPQTVX. m repreue GQT. reprof MP.
" or schenschip GMP. Om. OQTX. ° Om. ox. P Om. x. 1 Om. sx. r myche to v. s folowynge
GMPQT. t ministerie o. priuytee QT. u and v. » not QT. w greet gilt QT. * Om. QTX.
z Om. sx. a Om. v. b Om. v. c Om. x. d For v. « mynistren v. { and 6 pr.m.
k for v pr. m. ' Om. sx. k apertly, or openly GMP. apertly QT. 1 is schewid QT.
n Om. OSF. ° fleisch lakynge QT. P it is v. 1 spirit, for he conceyued of the Holy Gost QT.
for they prophecieden it QT. s Om. x.
e Om. R pr. m. f Om. a. £ thei so u. h in to k.
wel reulinge his hous, and haue sones 4
suget with al chastite; for if ony mans
kan not gouerne his house, hou schal he
haue diligence of the chirche of God ?
not new conuertid to the feith, lest he 6
bed borun vp in to pride, ande falle in to
doom of the deuel. For it bihoueth hym 7
to haue also good witnessing of hem that
ben with outforth, that he falle not in
to repreef, and in to thef snare of the
deuel. Also it bihoueth dekenes to be 8
chast, not double tungid, not jouun
myche to wyn, not suynge foul wyn-
nyng ; that han the mysterie of feith in 9
clene conscience. But be thei preued first, 10
and mynystre so£, hauynge no cryme.
Also it bihoueth wymmen to be chast, u
not bacbitinge, sobre, feithful in alle
thingis. Dekenes be hosebondis of o 12
wijf ; whiche gouerne wel her sones and
her housis. For thei that mynystren is
wel, schulen gete a good degre to hem
silf, and myche triste in the feith, that
is in Crist Jhesu. Sone Timothe, Yi4
write to thee these thingis, hopinge that
Y schal come soon to thee; but if Yis
tarie, that thou wite, hou it bihoueth
thee to lyue in the hous of God, that
is the chirche of lyuynge God, a pilere
and sadnesse of treuthe. And opynli it ie
is a greet sacrament of pitee, that thing
that was schewid in fleisch, it is iusti-
fied in spirit, it apperid to aungels, it
is prechid to hethene men, it is bileuyd
in the world, it is takun vp inh glorie.
y Om.
S Om. sx.
m which F.
r aungelis,
VOL. IV.
3 N
458
I. TIMOTHY.
IV. i — 14.
CAP. IV.
i Forsoth the spirit seith opynli, for1 in
the laste tymes summe" schulen departe
fro the feith, 3yuynge tent to spiritis of
2errour, and to techingisv of deuels ; iu
ypocrisye spekinge lesyng, and hauynge
3 her conscience brentw, forbedynge for* to
wedde^, forz to absteyne fro metis, the"
whicheb God made 'of nojt0 ford to take
with doynge6 of thankingis66, tof feithful
men, and hem that bans knowen the
4treuthe. For echh creature of God is
good, and no thing is to be cast awey, the1
which is takun with doynge of tharikingis;
aforsothk it is halwid by 'the word of God1,
6 and 'by preierm. Thou puttinge forth these
thingis to britheren, schalt be a good myn-
istre of Crist Jhesu ; thou n norischid with
wordis of feith and of good0 doctryne,
7 that? thou hast gete vin suyngei. Forsothe
schonye1' thou vncouenable fablis and veyns;
ssothli1 haunte thi silf to pite. Forwhi
bodili 'excercitacioun, or traueling, or ab-
stinence*, to litil thing is profytable ; for-
sothv pite is profytable to alle thingis,
hauynge biheeste of lyf that now is, and
9 tow comynge". A trewe word, and worth i
ioaiy accepciounz. Sothli in this thinga we
traueilen, and ben cursid, for we hopen in
quyk God, that is sauyour of alle men,
nmoost of feithful men. Comaunde thou
lathis thing, and teche. No man dispise thi
3ongtheb, but be thou ensaumplec of feith-
ful men in word, in lyuynge, ind charite,
is in feith, ine chastite. The while If come,
taak tent to redinge, to exortacioun^, 'or
14 monestyng*, and techiug. Nyle thou dis-
CAP. IV.
But the spirit seith opynli, that ini
the laste tymes summen schulen departe
fro the feith, 3yuynge tent to spiritis
of errour, and to techingis of deuelis ;
that speken leesing1 in ipocrisie, and 2
haue her conscience corrupt k, forbedinges
to be weddid, to1 absteyne fro metis,
whiche God made to take with doyng
of thankingis, to feithful men, and hemm
that han knowe the treuthe. For ecli4
creature of God is good, and no thing
is to be cast awei, which is takun with
doyng of thankyngis ; for it is halewid 5
bi the word of God, and hi preyer.
Thou puttynge forth these thingis to 6
britheren, schalt be a good mynystre of
Crist Jhesu ; nurschid with wordis of
feith and of good doctryne, which thou
hast gete. But eschewe thou vncouen-y
able fablis, and elde wymmenusn fablis;
haunte thi silf to pitee. For bodili ex-s
ercitation0 is profitable to litle thing;
but pitee is profitable to alle thingis,
that hath a biheest of lijf that now is,
and that is to come. A trewe word, and 9
worthi al acceptacioun P. And in this 10
tiling we trauelen, and ben cursid, for
we hopen in lyuyng God, that is sa-
uyour of alle men, moost of feithful
men. Comaunde thou this thing, andu
teche. No man dispise thi 3ongthe, but 12
be thou ensaumple of feithful men in
word, in lyuyng, in charite, in feith, in
chastite. Tyl Y come, take tent to red- is
yng, to exortacioun and teching. Nyle 14
thou litil chargei the grace which is in
1 that v. u summen AMPQV. sum men NO. summe men v. v techinge o. w brent, or corrupt QT.
x Om. sx. y be weddid v. z Om. sx. a Om. MVX. *> that A'. c or ordeynede to man QT. d Om. sx.
e doyngus sv. ee thankingis ; forsoth it is doynge of thankingis K. f of K. S Om. QT. h which v.
> Om. v. k for v. J doinge of thankyngis r. m preiynge o. preier,/ro the vnclennesse QT. n Om.
GMSX. that o. ° a good QT. P which v. <l Om. r. r shone AMNPSX. shunne GT. eschewe or.
s veyn, or aide rvymmens fablis AG sec.m. NSY. elde wommenus fablis r. * Om. v. u traueylinge, or
abstenence, or exortacioun G. excitacioun, or ir. or abst. K. traueling, or abstynence, or excercitacioun MP. ex-
cercitacioun, or traueling o. traueilynge, or abstinence Q. traueile, or abstinence TV. T but v. w is to o.
* come sx. Y Om. sr. * acceptacioun A. accepcioun, is this that I seye of pyte QT. a thing, that tve
ben constreyned by pyte QT. b 3outhe x. c exsaumple sx. d and in s sec. m. Y. e and G pr. m.
f thei v. g monestyng QT. k Om. OQTA".
i lesingis k. k ether broken K tnarg. l and to R sec. m. k. m to hem K sec. m. n wommen gk.
0 excercitacioun, eithir bisynesse R. P accepcioun CEiKMCjRuxabceghkoa/3. q ether despice K marg.
IV. 15 — V. io.
I. TIMOTHY.
459
pise', 'or litil charge*, the grace vof God
that1 is in thee, that is 30111111 to thee by
prophecie1", with puttynge to" of hondis0
15 of prestisP, W presthod^. Thenk thou
thes thingisr, in these be thou3, that thi
profytyng be schewid, vor knowun*, to alle
IB men. Tak tent to thi silfu and doctrynv;
bew bisy in hem*. Sothli^ thou doynge
thes thingis, schalt make 'thi silfz saf, and
hem that heeren thee.
CAP. V.
i Blame thou not an elder man3, but bi-
sechb as ac fadir, 3onge men, as britheren ;
2olde wymmen, as modris, 3onge wymmen,
3 as sistris, in al chastite. fHonoure thoud
4 widewis, that ben verrey widewis. For-
soth if ony widew hath sonee, or childrenf
ofs sonesh, lerne' sche firstk for1 to gouerne
hir hous11, and "chaungable while™, 'or ech
to otkira, 3elde° to fadir and modiri1; soth-
5 HI this thing is aceptidr bifore God. For-
soth she that is a widowe verily, and8 de-
solat, "or discornfortid*, hopeu intov God,
and wake", W be bysix, in bisechingis and
6 preieris ny3t and day. Forwhi sche>' that
7 is lyuynge in delycisz, is deeda. And this
thing comaunde thou, that thei be with-
soute reprof. Forsoth if ony man haueb
not cure of his ownec, and moost of his
houshold mend, he hath denyed the feith,
and is worse than an vnfeithful, vor he-
>.)t/iene, man. A widewe be vnot chosun
lessef than sixty# 3eer, that was wyf of oon
lohosebonde, hauynge witnessinge in goode
workis, if she norischeh sones', if she res-
seyuek pore men to herbore, if she hath1
thee, that is 3ouun to thee bi profecie,
with putting on of the hondis of preest-
hod. Thenke thou these thingis, in is
these be thou, that thi profiting be
schewid to alle men. Take tent to thi 16
silf and to doctryn ; be bisi in hem. For
thou doynge these thingis, schalt 'make
bother thi silf saaf, and hem that heren
thee. Blame thou not an eldere man, i
but biseche as a fadir, 3onge men as bri-
theren; elde wymmen as modris, 3onge2
wymmen as sistris, in al chastite.
CAP. V.
Honoure thou widewis, that ben verys
widewis. But if ony widewe hath chil-4
dren of sones, lerne sche first to gouerne
her hous, and quyte5 to fadir and modirf ;
for this thing is acceptid bifor God.
And sche that is a widewe verili, ands
desolate*, hopeu in to God, and be bisy
in bisechingis and preieris m°3t and dai.
For sche that is lyuynge in delicis, is«
deed. And comaunde thou this thing, 7
that thei be withouten repreef. For if«
ony man hath not cure of his owne, and
most of hise household menv, he hath
denyed the feith, and is worse than an
vnfeithful man. A widewe be chosun:): »
not lesse than sixti 3eer, that was wijf
of oon hosebonde, and hath witnessing 10
in good werkis, if sche nurschede chil-
dren, if sche resseyuede pore men to
herbore, if sche hath waischunw the feet
of hooli men, if sche rnynystride to men
that suffridenx tribulacioun, if sche fo-
f that is, in
jeuinge reuer-
ence to hem,
and in mynis-
tringe nesces-
siirics. if thei
ben ncili, as
sche was fed
of hem. Lire
here. ve.
{ chosun; to
be sustenid bi
the goodis of
the chirche, if
sche is pore .
Lire and the
G/ose here. ve.
' not dispise QT. k Om. x. 1 which r. m prophecie, or inspiracioun QT. n on r. ° the hondes
XGM.VOPQSTFV. P prest GA/O. prestis, my$ty in good werkis (jr. presthood v. the prest A'. 1 Om. OQVX.
r thingis bisily QT. s thou ixyndeful QT. ' Om. GMOPQTX. outlier knoiven s. u sylf, hou thou lyuist QT.
v to doctrine OQT. w hou thee owe to teclie, and be QT. x hem that thou profyte QT. V Om. T. For v.
* bothe thiself v. a man vnauisely QT. b biseche hym QT. c Om. NP. t Chapt. V. begins here in v.
d tho s. thev. e sones XGMNOPQSTFV. f childre GMSX. Om. QT. g Om. QT. h sonys cosyns
GMP. cosyns QT. ' lere sx. k Om. QT. ' Om. sx. "• meynee QT. m togidere jeelde while QT. 3elde
while togidere v. n Om. QTVX. ° to jelde ox. Om. QTF. P to modur o. modir, the mhlche thing tve
don iustly, mhenne me norischen, or enfourmen hem that ben with us, with the same lame that we neren no-
risched QT. <J for whi v. r accept GMPQT sec. m. s and is sv. t or left alone QT. Om. x. u hoop
sche QT. v in QT. w wake bisily Q. take bisili T. be besy v. * Om. GiaoPQTfx. y eche o. z delites N.
a deed, in soule QT. b hath r. c meyne QT. d meyne OQTX. e Om. ox. hethen QT. f chosen not
lesse AGMNPSVXY. chosen in to the temple, not lesse QT. * of sixty QTX. h norsched AGMNopQsrxv.
' sonys in the lawe QT. k resceyued AGMNopQsrxY. ' haue GMPQT.
r tothe make K. s to quyte chauniable while K sec. m. jeelde K.
hope sche R. v meyne ak. w iwaschen a. x suffren ko/3.
3 N 2
ether discouinfortid K marg.
460
I. TIMOTHY.
V. II 21.
waischyn the feet of hooly men, if she
vndirmynistride1" to" men suffringe tribu-
lacioun, if she folowide0 al good work.
nForsoth escheweP 3ongere widewisi ; for-
sother whanne thei han don leccherie in
12 Crist3, thei wolen be weddid1, hauynge
dampnaciounu, for thei han maad the firste
13 feith v voide. Also forsothe and thei ydel
lernenw forx to enuyrowne? housis, not
oonly forsoth ydel, but andz ful of wordis3
and curiouseb, spekinge what thing0 vit
H bihouethd not. Therfore I wole, 3ongeree
forf tos be weddidh, for1 tok brynge forth
sones1, for™ to" be hosewyues0, for? to 3yue
nooni occasioun to the aduersarier, bicause
15 of cursid thing. 'Now forsoth8 summe1
16 ben turned abac aftir Sathanas". If ony
feithful man hath widewisv, vndirmyn-
istrex he to hem, that the chirche be not
greuyd, that it suffice to hem that ben verri
17 widewis?. The prestis that benz wel bi-
forea, ^that isb, treuly kepen* presthod, be
thei d hadd worthi double honour ; moost
thei that trauelen in word and teching8.
is Sothlif the scripture seith, Thou schalt not
bridele the mouth to& theh oxe threischinge,
19 and, A werkinan is worthi his hyre. Nyle
thou resceyue accusyng a3ens a1 prest, no
20 but vndir tweyek or thre witnessis1. For-
sothe1" 'repreue thou men synnynge bifore
alle men", that and0 othere haue drede.
21 1 preie, off coniure^, theer bifore God, and
'Crist Jhesu8, and his chosne angels, that
thou kepe thes thingis, and withouten'
bifore dom vdoynge nothing", bowyngev
lewidey alz good werk. But eschewean
thoub 3ongere widewis; for whanne thei
Tian doc letcheriet, thei wolen be weddid t lemherye ,-
-~, . , , . ~ , , . aftir a vow of
in Crist, hauynge dampnacioun, for thei 12 chastite. Lire
han maad voide the firste feith. Also is
thei idil lernen to go aboute housis, not
oneli ydel, but ful of wordis and curi-
ouse, spekynge thingis thatd bihoueth
not. Therfor Y wole, that 3ongere wi- u
dewis be weddid, and bringe forth chil-
dren, and ben hosewyues, to 3yue noon
occasioun to the aduersarie, bi cause of
cursid thing. For now summe ben is
turned abak aftir Sathanas. If onyie
feithful man hath widewis, mynystre he
to hem, that the chirche be not greuyd",
that it suffice to hem that ben very
widewis. The f prestis that ben wel 17
gouernoures, be thei had worthi to dou-
ble onour; moost thei that trauelen in
word and teching. For scriptures seith, is
Thou schalt not bridilh the mouth of
the oxe threischinge, and, A werk man
is worthi his hire. Nyle thou resseyue 19
accusyng a3ens a preest, but vndur
tweyne or thre witnessis. But reproue20
thou men that synnen bifor alle men,
that also othere haue drede. Y preie 21
bifor God, and Jhesu Crist, and hise
chosun aungelis, that thou kepe these
thingis with oute preiudice, and do no
thing in bowynge vin tok the1 othere m
side. Put thou hondis to no man, ne-22
ther anoon comyne thoun with othere
mennus synnes. Kepe thi silf chast.
"" mynistride v. » with oute desire of preisynge to QT. ° schewid Q. P eschewe thou v. q widues,
not doynge these thingis QT. r for v. s in Crist, vowinge to him chastite QT. Om. v. l weddid in
Crist v. u dampnacioun, in her defoulid conscience QT. v feith to Crist QT. w leren sx. x Om. sx.
y go aboute v. z they lien QT. a word T. b curiosite o. euriouse werkis QT. c thenges ^GMNOPQSTry.
d byhouen QT. e that jungere widewis r. f Om. srx. S Om. v. h weddid, that these thingis by/alien
hem not QT. { Om. srx. k Om. r. l sonys, in dreed of the Lord QT. m Om. srx. n Om. r.
0 huswijues, wele renlynge her meynee QT. P Om. sx. 9 to noon Q. r aduersarie, in ydelnesse QT.
s For now r. ' summe widnes QT. u Sata,nas,folt:n>ynge her luslis QT. v of his kynne verre widues QT.
" mynistre r. J widues, and han noon othere help QT. z gon QT. a souereyns r. b or QT. c kepen
well ox. d Om. v. K for to hem men omen to obeien goostly, and to mynystre to hem nescessarie
lyfade, et e contrario peruersis. a marg. { For whi r. S of r. h an s. Om. y. ' Om. r. k two GMPQSTX.
tvveyne rv. ' witnessis, that is vndir witnesse of the olde lame and the newe, and the autore of hem
bolhe QT. m Om. QT. n Men synnynge before alle men repreue thou QT. ° Om. G pr.m. P Om. x.
1 ad'mre QT. Om. x. r Om. OPVXY. s Jhesu Crist v. l do noo thing withouten v. u Om. v. v in
bowinge r.
y folowe k. z a k. a ethchewe i. b Om. R pr. m. c Om. a. d that it a. e chargid k. f Om. b.
g the scripture iKak. h that is, rverne necessaries to the prechour of the gospel, K marg. k to e pr. m. k.
1 that c Om. o/3. m tother xa. n thou not k.
V. 22 VI. 8.
I. TIMOTHY.
461
22 into another part". 'To no man soone
thou schalt putte hondis ?, nether 'thou
schalt comunez with othere mennis synnesa.
23 Kepe thi si If chast. Nyle thou 3it drynke
watirb, but use a litil wyn for thi stomak,
24 and thin ofte falling infirmytees. 'Sum
mennisc synnes ben opyn, 'bifore goynged
to dom ; forsoth of 'sum mene andf thei
25suen&. Also and goode dedis ben opyn,
aud thok that ban herukk othirwyse1,
mown™ not be hid.
CAP. VI.
1 Who" euere 'seruauntis ben° vndir 3ok,
demeP thei her lordisi worthi al honour,
lest the name of 'the Lord1" and™4 doctryn8
2 be blasfemyd1. Forsoth thei that ban
feithful", 'or cristenev, lordis, dispise notw,
for thei ben britheren" ; but more serue
thei>, for thei ben feithful and loued, thez
whiche ben parceners of benefice3, 'or good
doyng*. 'These thingis teche thouc, and
3 'these thingis rnoneste thoud. If ony man
techithe othirwyse, and acordith not to the
hoolef, 'or holsum%, wordis of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist, and to thath teching that is
4 vp1 pite, isk proud1, 'no thing kunnynge™,
but langwischinge" aboute0 questiouns and
fi3tingis of wordis, of the? whiche ben
brou3t forth enuyes, stryues, blasfemyes,
ayuele suspiciouns, fi3tingis of men corupt
in soule, 'or resoun'i , and that ben priuedr
fros treuthe, demynge wynnynge forss to be
e pite. Forsoth a greet wynnyng1 is pite,
7 with sufficience. Forsoth u we brou3tenv
no thing"1 in to this world, no dowte, for*
s we mown not bere awei ony thing. For-
sothe-v hauynge foodis, and with what
thingis7 we schulen be clothid8, 'with these
Nyle0 thou jitP drinke watir, but vse 323
litil wyn, for thi stomac, and 'for thin
ofte fallyngei infirmytees. Sum mennus24
synnes ben opyn, bifor goynge to doin;
but of summenr thei comen aftir. And 25
also goode dedis ben opyn, and tho that
ban hem in othere maner, moun not be
hid.
CAP. VI.
What euere seruauntis ben vndur 3ok, i
deme thei her lordis worthi al onour,
lest the name of the Lord and the doc-
tryn be blasfemyd. And thei that ban 2
feithful lordis, dispise hem not, for thei
ben britheren; but more serue thei, for
thei ben feithful and louyd, whiche ben
parceneris of benefice. Teche thou these
thingis, and moneste thou these thingis.
If ony man techith8 othere wise, and 3
acordith not to the hoolsum wordis of
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, and to that tech-
ing that is bi pitee, he is proud, and 4
kan no thing, but langwischith aboute
questiouns and stryuyng* of wordis, of
the whiche ben brou3t forth enuyes,
stryues, blasfemyes", yuele suspiciouns,
n*3tingis of men, that ben corrupt in 5
soule, and that ben pryued fro treuthe,
thatv demen wynnyng to be pitee. Bute
a greet wynnyng is pitee, with suffici-
ence. For we brou3ten in no thing in 7
to this world, and no doute, that we
moun not bere 'awey ony thingw. But 8
we hauynge foodis, and with what
thingus we schulen be hilid, be we paiedx
* Om. T. y To no man soone thou schalt putten thin hondis G sec. m. N. To no man soone t. s. p.
hondis; but bisily preue hem QT. Put thou hondis to no man sone r. To no m. t. s. p. hondis soone y.
1 comune thou y. a synnes, in consent Q. synners, in consent T. b vratir,for thy grete besenesse QT.
c Summen GQT. d goende biforn s. e summen AGMNPQV. summe STX. ( Om. QT. S folewen GMP.
vndirfolewen QT. k thei GMPQT. kk herd Y. 1 in other manere r. m may o. n What r. ° ben
seruauntis GMPQT. P gesse QT. 1 lord sv. r her Lord God QT. rr Om. MP. s Om. M. his doctrine QT.
' blasfemyd, by her grucchynge QT. u feithful lordis r. v Om. x. w hem not QT. x britheren in
God or. y thei hem QT. '• Om. r. a benefices GOT. b Om. oyx. or good doynge, that is now
and for to cumme QT. c Teche thou thes thingis r. <1 moneste thou thes thingis y. e teche T. f holi
AN. hoolsum yx. S Om. oyx. h the T. ' after GMPQT. bi y. k he this QT. he is y. l prouyd K.
m and can noo thing y. D languischith y. ° after o. P Om. sx. q Oin. x. r priued, or departide QT.
8 for K. ss Om. sx. * euerelastynge wynnynge QT. u For y. Y bro3ten in x. w thing in G. x that y.
y But we y. z thing o. a clad sx. hilid r.
° And nyle k. P Om. H pr. m. q lest thou haunte thine R. r summe men i. summe QK. 9 teche g.
* striuyngis B. n and blasfemes a. v and k. w eny thing awey B. * apaied hk.
462
I. TIMOTHY.
VI. 9 — ig.
9thingisb be wec payedd. Forwhi thei that
wolen be maade riche, fallen into tempta-
cioun, and into gnaref of the deuels, andh
manye vnprofitable desyris and noyows',
thek whiche drenchen men into the1 deeth
10 and perdicioun. Sothly™ the roote of alle
yuels is couetyse, the" which vsum men0
coueitynge, W desyringe?, erreden fro the
feith, and bisettideni hem with many sor-
n wis. Forsothr thou, man of God, fle thes
thingis ; sothli sue thou ri3twysnesse, pite,
12 feith, charite3, pacience, myldenesse. Stryue
thou1 a good strif ofu feith, catche euer-
lastyng lyf, into which thou art clepid, and
hast knowlechid a good knowleching bi-
13 fore many witnesses. I comaunde to thee
bifore God, that quykeneth alle thingis,
andw Crist Jhesu, that 3eldex a witnessing
vndir Pilat of Pounce, a good confessioun,
14 that thou kepe the comaundement with-
outen wem, irreprehensible, til into the
iscomyng of oure Lord Jhesu Crist; whom
the blessid and aloone? my3ty kyng of
kingis, and Lord of lordis, schal schewe in
iehisz tymes. Thea which aloone hath im-
mortaliteb, and dwellith in Ii3t, to which0
no man may comed; whom noon of men
sy3e, but nether may se ; to whom glorie,
and honour, and empire intof withouten
nende. Amen. Comaunde thou to 'riche
meris of this world, forh xto not sauere',
'or vndirstonde^, b^ly1, nethir1" for" to0
hope in vncerteynte of richessis, but in
quyk God, that 3yueth to vs alleP thingis
is plenteuously fori to vse ; forr to do wel,
for8 to be maad riche in goode werkis,
I9li3tli for1 to 3yue, for" to comune, foru to
tresoure to hem silf a good foundement
into tyme tov comyngew, that thei catche
with these thingis. For thei that wolen 9
be maad riche, fallen in to temptacioun,
and 'in to? snare of the deuel, and in to
many vnprofitable desiris and noyous,
whiche drenchen men in to deth and
perdicioun. For the rote of alle yuelis 10
is coueytisez, which summen coueitinge
erriden fro the feith, and bisettiden hem
with many sorewis. But, thou, man ofu
God, fle these thingis; but sue thou ri3t-
wisnesse, pite, feith, charite, pacience,
myldenesse. Stryue thou a good strijfia
of feith, catche euerlastinge lijf, in to
whicha thou art clepid, and hast knou-
lechid a good knouleching bifor many
witnessis. I comaundeb to thee bifor 13
God, that quikenethc alle thingis, and
bifor Crist Jhesu, that 3eldide a witness-
ing vnder Pilat of Pounce, a good con-
fessioun, that thou kepe the comaunde- 14
ment with out wem, with out repreef,
in to the comyng of oure Lord Jhesu
Crist; whom the blessid and aloone d 15
mi3tie king of kyngis and Lord of lordis
schal schewe in his tymes. Which ie
aloone hath vndeedlynesse, and dwellith
in Ii3t, to whichf no man may come;
whom no man say, nether may se; to
whom glorie, and honour, and empire be
with out ende. Amen. Comaunde thou 17
to thes riche men of this world, that thei
vndurstonde not hi3li, nether that thei
hope in vncerteynte of richessis, but in
theh lyuynge God, that 3yueth to vs alle
thingis plenteuously to vse; to do wel, is
to be maad riche in good werkis, Ii3tli
to 3yue, to comyne, to tresoure to hem 19
silf a good foundement in to tyme to
comynge, that thei catche euerlastinge
b sufficient thingis OT. Om. v. c Om. G pr. m. d payed with these thingis v. « Om. v. f the
gnare AG. the snare o. snaare v. S feende o. k and into'orr. ' noyes o. k Om. v. l Om. A sec.m.
GMNpQSTrxv. m For whi v. » Om. v. ° summen AGMPV. P Om. GMOPQTA. <l graffiden G sec. vice.
bisetteden, or graffeden MP. ingraffiden QT. bisetten sx. bysettynge v. r But r. » and charite r.
* thou, with discrecioun of deed, that it profile to other QT. » of the s. w Om. M. in N. and bifore r.
* jeeldide GPQTP. hath jelden N. y all oon G. z his couenable QT. Om. sv. a Om. r. b vndeadlynesse
GMpQTr. c whome or. d come, with outen hym QT. c sawe as he is QT. { be r. S the riche men
GUY. the rijche v. h Om. sx. that v. i thei vndirstonde not v. k Om. ovx. ' hijly, or proudly QT.
™ ne x. n Om. sx. that v. o thei v. P Om. T. <I Om. sx. r Om. SA. s Om. sx. * Om. sx.
u Om. sx. v Om. r. w comen sx.
y into the R sec. m. * yuel coueitise k. a the whiche I sec. m. b comaundide A. c quyketh c.
aboue k. e almijti Q pr. m. { whiche Ibf i. e Om. R. h Om. R.
VI. 20, 21.
I. TIMOTHY.
463
20 euerlasting lyif. Thou Tymothe, kepe
the" depoost, or thing bitakun to thee,
esche winged curside nouelteesz of8 voyces,
and opynyounsb . of fals name of kun-
2inyng; thec whichd vsum men6 bihetyngef,
fallidenS doun aboute the feith. The grace
of God withb thee. Amen.
lijf. Thou Tymothe, kepe the thing 20
bitakun to thee, eschewynge cursid no-
ueltees of voids, and opynyouns of fals
name of kunnyng; which summen bi-2i
hetinge, aboute the feith fellen doun. The
grace of God be with thee. Amen.
Here endith the firste pestle to Tymo- Here endith the firste pistle to Tymo-
the, and bigynneth the prolog to the se- the, and bigynneth the prologe on the
cunde pistle'1. secounde pistle to Tymothe1.
* thi GMPQT. y of schewid G. ethchewyng T. z nouelte QT. a or p. t> opynioune ox. c Om. v.
d whiche kunnynge QT. e summen AGMPQTV. siimine NS. f bileuynge Q. 8 fellen GMPQX. fallen ST.
fc be with F. ' Here endeth the first pistle to Tymothe, and now bigynneth the secounde. A. Heere
endith the firste pistil to Tymothe, and bygynneth the prologe of [pon N.'] the secounde pistil YN. Here
eendith thejirst epistel to Thimothe, and bygynneth the prologe of the ij. o. Here endith the firste pistle to
Tymothe, and bygynneth the secounde pystle to Tymothe. Q. Here endilh the pistle to Tymothe, and bigynne
the prologe upon the secunde pistle. v. No final rubric in GMPSTX.
> From cxaca. Heere endith the i. pistle to Thymothie, and biginnith the prologe on the ii. ig. Here
endeth the Jirste pistle to Tymothe; se now the prologe of the secunde pistle to Tymothe. K. Here endith
the firste pistle to Tymothe, and here bigynneth a prologe on the secounde. MQ. Here endith thejirste pistle
to Tymothe, and here bigynneth the secounde, with the prologe. u. Here endith thejirste pistle to Tymothe,
and here bigynneth the prologe on the secounde pistle. bh. Here endith the Jirste pistle to Tymothe, and
here bigynneth the secounde pistle to Tymothe. o. No final rubric in AERek.
II. TIMOTHY.
Prolog to the secunde pistle to Tymothe*.
ALSO he wrytith to Tymothe of theb
exortacioun of martirdom, and of al the
reule of treuthe ; and whatc bethd to com-
yngee in the laste tymes, and of his owne
passioun ; writinge to him fro Rome cite.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the pistle f.
Jeroms prolog on Poulis epistle to Thi-
mothe*.
HE writith also to Tymothe ofb ex-
ortacioun ofc martirdom, and of euery
reule of treuthe ; and what schal come in
the laste tymes, and of his owned passioun;
wrytynge to hym fro the citee of Rome.
Jerom in his prologe on this pistle seith
thise.
The secunde epistle to Tymothe*-.
CAP. I.
1 Poul, apostle b of Jhesu Crist, bi the
wille of God, vpc the biheeste of lyf that
2 is in Crist Jhesu, to Tymothe, his mooste
dereworthed sone, grace, mercy, and pees6
of God ouref fadir, and? Jhesu Crist, oure
3 Lord. I do thankyngis to my God, to
whom I serue fro my progenitoursb in
clene conscience, for' withouten ceessyng
I haue mynde of thee in my preieris, ny3t
4 and day, desyringe fork to se thee; I1
The secunde pistle to Tymothe&.
CAP. I.
Poul, apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi the i
wille of God, bi the biheest of lijf that
is in Crist Jhesu, to Tymothe, his moost 2
dereworthe sone, grace, merci, and pees
of God the fadir, and of Jhesu Crist, oure
Lord. I do thankyngis to my God, to 3
whom Y serue fro my progenytouris in
clene conscience, that with outen ceess-
yng Y haue mynde ofb thee in my
preyeris, ni3t and dai, desirynge to se*
a Prologe s. No initial rubric in v. No prologue in AGMQX. In NT of the second text. b Om. o.
c what thenges o. d ben os. be v. e comen s. f Here eendeth the prologe, and bygynneth the secoun\de]
epistle to Tymothe. o. The secound pistle to Tymothe. PQT. No final rubric in sry. a From M. No
initial rubric in the other Mss. b the apostell o. c after GMPQT. bi r. d dere s. e pees be to thee v.
f the v. S and of v. h progenytoure N. progenitours, either auncetris v. ' that v. k Om. sx. ' Om.
G pr. m. PSX. beynge QT. And I am r.
a From E. The prolog of the secunde pistil. N. Heere sueth the prolog on the ije. pistle to Tymothe. R.
Prologus. T. Here bigynneth the prologe on the ij. Tymothe. e. Here bigynneth the prolog on the Jirsie
(sic) pistil to Tymothe. k. No initial rubric in AciKMQUxabcfgho. b of the T. c to KQRbceghoa.
d Om. i pr.m. e From CKMQxbchoa. Jerome in his prolog on this pistil seyth this sentence, u.
Thus eendith the prolog, and bigynneth the ije. pistle to Tymothe. R. Jerom in his prologe seith this. u.
Here endith the [prologe] and bigynneth pistil, g. No final rubric in AKiTefk. a Poulis secunde epistle
to Thimothe. E. Here bigynneth the secounde pistle to Tymothe. Me. No initial rubric in ciKQRUxabcghko.
t> on R.
I.
1 6.
II. TIMOTHY.
465
myndeful of thi teeris, that I bem with ioye
5 fulfillid" ; takinge0 recordingeP, W myndei,
of that feith, that is in thee not feyned,
ther whiche and9 dwellide88 first in thin
aunte Loyde, and in thi modir Ennyce.
Sothli I am certeyn, that and' in thee".
6 For which cause I monestev, that thou
reyse a3en the grace of God, that is in
thee bi thew 'on puttingex of myne hondis.
7Sothlixx God jaf not to vs the spirit of
drede?, but of vertu, and of loue, andz so-
s brenesse. 'And soa nyle thouaa schame the
witnessing of oure Lord Jhesub, nether me,
thec boundyn of him ; but trauele 'with
med in the gospel vpe the vertu of God ;
9 that delyuerede vs, and clepide with hisf
hooli clepyng, not aftir oure workis, but
vpS his purpos and grace, that is 3ouyn
'to vsh in Crist Jhesu bifore worldli tymes;
10 now forsoth it is opyn bi the Ii3tnyng' of
oure sauyour Jhesu Crist, thek which sothli
distruyede deeth, forsothem Ii3tneden lyf
iiand vncorupcioun0 bi the 'gospel. In? thei
which I am sett a prechour and apostle,
1-2 and maistir of hethen menr. For which3
cause also I suffre thes thingis ; but1 I am
not confoundid. Forsoth" I woot to whom
I haue bileuyd, and I am certeyn forv he
is my3ti forw to kepe my depoost*, 'or
thing putt in Jceping ?, into that day.
is' Haue thouz the foorme of hoola wordis,
theb whiche thou herdist of me in feith
u and loue in Crist Jhesu. Kepe thou a
good depoost, 'or a thing taJtyn to thi
kepinge, bi the Hooly Gost, that dwellith
is in vs. Sothlid thou woost, that6 alle that
benf in Asye ben turned s fro me, of
16 whicheh is Figelus' and Ermogenesk. The
Lord 3yue mercy to the hous of Onoze-
thee ; hauynge mynde of thi teeris, that
Y be fillid with ioye. And Y bithenkes
of that feith, that is in thee not feyned,
which also dwellide firste in thin aunte
Loide, and in thi modir Eunyce. And Y
am certeyn, that also in thee. Fore
which0 cause Y moneste thee, that thou
reise a3en the grace of God, that is in
thee bi the settyng on of myn hondis.
For whi God 3af not to vs the spirit of 7
drede, but of vertu, and of loue, and of
sobrenesse. Therfor nyl thou schame 8
the witnessyng of oure Lord Jhesu Crist,
nether me, his prisoner; but trauele thou
togidere in the gospel bi the vertu of
God ; that delyueride vs, and clepide 9
with his hooli clepyng, not after oure
werkis, but bi his purpos and grace, that
is 3ouun in Crist Jhesu bifore worldli
tymes; but now it is opyn bi the Ii3t-io
nyng of oure sauyour Jhesu Crist, which
destriede deth, and Ii3tnede lijf and vn-
corrupcioun bi the gospel. In which Yn
am set a prechour and apostle, and
maistir of hethene men. For which cause 12
also Y suffre these thingis ; but Y am
not confoundid. For Y woot to whom Y
haue bileuyd, and Y am certeyne that
he is mi3ti ford to kepe that is take1' to
my keping in to that dai. Haue thou is
the fourme of hoolsum wordis, whiche
thou herdist of me in feith and loue
in Crist Jhesu. Kepe thou the good u
takun to thi kepyng bi the Hooli Goost,
that dwellith in vs. Thou wost this, 15
that alle that ben in Asie ben turnyd
awey fro me, of whiche is Figelus and
Ermogenes. The Lord 3yue merci to 16
the hous of Onesyforus, for ofte he re-
m be fillid v. n Om. r. ° and I take v. P in recording SXY. 1 Om. G pr.m. ox. T Om. v.
8 Om. r. also v. ss dwellith v. * Om. o. u thee it is QT. v monestede G. moneste thee NK. w Om. o.
x setting on v. xx Forwhi v. y fals drede or. z and of GMpQTr. a Therfore r. aa thou not v.
b Jhesu Crist AGMXOPQTV. c Om. SY. d thou togidere v. e after GMPQT. bi r. f this r. S after
GMPQT. bi r. h Om. v. > lijting x. k Om. v. "> and r. n he Ii3tnyde QT. lijtede x. ° corrup-
cioun G pr. m. P Om. G pr. m, Q Om. sx. r men.^r the multitude that suetli me in byleue QT. s the
whiche s. * and o. u For r. v that or. w Om. ax. x helthe QT. y Om. QTX. z Hauynge sr.
a hoolsum v. b Om. v. c or a thing taken to thi keepynge [or G sec. m.'] qfficf CMP. Om. NOSX. that
is, thin office QT. or thing taken to thi keping v. d Om. v. e this that r. f dwell o. e turned
awey v. . h whome PQT. ' Phigelius ciaij. Filetus K. in aliis libris Figelius et Philegus N marg.
Philegius T. k Ermogenes, moost contrarie QT.
c the whiche J.
VOL. iv.
d Om. KiKQRbceghkoo/3.
3 o
e ether putt K
466
II. TIMOTHY.
i. 17 — n. 14.
pherus, for ofte he refreischide me, and
i7schamyde not my chayne. But whanne he
cam to Rome, he soi^te me1 bisyli, and
isfondm. The Lord 3yue ton him for0 to
fynde mercy of God in that dayP. And
how grete thingis he mynistride to me at
Ephecy, thou 'hast betere knowei.
CAP. II.
1 Therfore thou, my sone, be comfortid
2 in grace that is in Crist Jhesu. And what
thingis thou hast herd of me by many
witnessis, bitake thou these to feithful
men, ther whiche5 schulen be able and4
3 for" to teche othere men. Trauele thou
4 as av good kny3t of 'Crist Jhesuw. No
man holdinge kny3thod to God, inwlap-
pithx him silf with worldli nedis, that he
plese to him, to whom he hath prouyd
shim silf. Forwhi and? he that stryuethz,
^orfiyith*, inb batel, schal not be crowned,
c'no butc he schald fi3te lawfully. It bi-
houeth an erthe tilier forf to resceyue first
7 of the fruytiss. Vndirstond thouh what
thingis I seie. Sothli1 the Lord schal 3yue
a to thee in alle thingis vndirstondyng. Be
thou myndeful thek Lord Jhesu Crist'
'for tom haue" risyn a3en fro deede men0,
•/of the seed of Dauid?, vpi my gospel, in
which I trauele 'til tor boondis, as yuel
worchinge, but the word of God is not
10 boundyn. Therfore I susteyne8 alle thingis
for the chosene, that and1 thei gete the
heelthe, that is in Crist Jhesu, with he-
nuenly glorie. A trewe word", forwhi if
we ben to gidere deedev, and we schulen
i2lyue to giderew; if we schulenx susteyne?,
andz we schulen regne to giderea; if we
schulenb denyec, and he schal denye vs ;
is if we bileuen not, he dwellith feithful, he
14 may not denye him silfd. Forsoth6 thes
freischide me, and schamyde not my
chayne. But whanne he cam to Rome, 17
he soi^te me bisili, and foond. The is
Lord 3yue to hym to fynde mercif of
God in that dai. And hou grete thingis
he mynystride to me at Effesi, thou
knowist betere.
CAP. II.
Therfor thou, my sone, be coumfortid i
in grace that is in Crist Jhesu. And what 2
thingis thou hast herd of me bi many
witnessis, bitake thou these to feithful
men, whiche schulen 'be also able? to
teche othere men. Trauele thou as as
good kny3t of Crist Jhesu. No man 4
holdinge kny3thod to God, wlappith hym
silf with worldli nedis, that he plese to
hym, to whom he hath preuyd hym silf.
For he that fi^tith in ah batel, schal nots
be corowned, but he fi3te lawfuli. Itc
bihoueth an erthetiliere to resseyue first
of the fruytis. Vndurstonde thou what?
thingis Y seie. For the Lord schal 3yue
to thee vndurstonding in alle thingis.
Be thou myndeful that the Lord Jhesu 8
Crist of the seed of Dauid hath rise
a3en fro deth, aftir my gospel, in which »
Y trauele 'til to1 boondis, as worching
yuele,. but the word of God is not
boundun. Therfor Y suffre alle thingis 10
for the chosun, that also thei gete the
heelthe, that is in Crist Jhesu, with he-
uenli glorie. A trewe word, that if wen
ben deed togidere, also we schulen line
togidere; if we suffren, we schulen regne 12
togidere; if we denyen, he schal denye
vs ; if we bileuen not, he dwellith feith- is
ful, he mai not denye hym silf. Teche u
thou these thingis, witnessinge bifore
God. Nyle thou stryue in wordis ; for
1 Om. QT. m foond me QT. n Om. s. ° Om. G pr. m. MPQSTX. P day of hys cummynge QT. 1 know-
ist betere v. r Om. vx. s that x. t Om. o. also v. u Om. sx. v Om. TV. w Jhesu Crist v.
* inwrappith QT. inwlappid Y. y Om. QT. z lijtith or. a Om. osx. or atryueth Y. b in a ovx.
c hot jif OQT. d Om. rr. e fijteth v. f Om. sx. S fruytis, that he traueileth QT. frut s. h Om. x,
> Forwhi r. k that the v. 1 Crist of the seed of Dauid v. m Om. srx. " hath v. ° Om. jr. P Om. r.
q after GMPQT. bi v. r vnto GATPQT. s suffre v. * Om. G. " word is this that I seye QT. v deed
io the world QT. w to gyder in blisse QT. x Om. v. y suffre as martires QT. suffren v. z Om. QT.
& to gyder with Crist chief martre QT. b Om. r. c denye hym QT. d silf, that he mot punysche oure
mysbyleue, and vs putte doun, vpreise feithful QT. e Teche thou v.
f the mercy a. S also be able IQ. be able also KRcehko. be able b. h Om. b. > vnto i.
II. rs— 25-
II. TIMOTHY.
467
thingis 'I monestef, witnessinge^ bifore
God. Nyle thou stryue in wordis; forsoth*1
to no thing it is profitable, no but to the
issubvertyng1 of men heeringe. Forsothek
bisyli1 cure"1, 'or kepen, for0 to jyue vthi
self? prouablei, W able', werk man to
God, vnschamyd8, "or worthi not for* to be
schameda, ri3tli tretinge the word of
ie> treuthe. Forsoth schoriyev thou vnhooli
and veyn spechis, sothliw theix profiten
nmoche to vnpite?, and the word of hemz
crepith as a kankir. Of 'the which3 Philete
is is, and Imeneus, theb whiche felden0 doun
fro thed treuthe, seyinge 'risynge a3ene
now don, andf subuertidens the feith of
19 sum men. But the sad foundement of God
stondithh, hauynge this litil1 markek, The
Lord1 vhath knowyn"1 whiche ben hise, and,
Ech man that nameth11 the name of the
20 Lord0, departithP fro wickidnesse. Forsoth
in thei greet hows ben not oonli 'goldyn
vessels' and silueren8, but and4 treene" and
brutilv, 'or ertheli'"; and sothli summe 'in
to* honour, summe forsoth into dispit.
21 Therfore if ony man 'schal denser him silf
fro these2, he schal be aa vessel halwid
into honour, and profytable to the Lord,
22 redy tob al good work. Forsothe fie thou
thec desyris of 3outhed; sothli sue thou
ri3twisnesse, feith, charite, pees, with hem
that inclepen6 the Lord of af clene herte.
23 Forsoth schonyeS thou foltische questiouns,
and withoute disciplyne*1, witynge for1
24theik gendren chidingis. Forsoth it bi-
houeth the seruaunt of 'the Lord1 form to
not chyden; but for0 to be? mylde to alle
25 men, able fori to teche, pacient, with
to no thing it is profitable, but to the
subuerting of men that heren. Bisiliia
kepe to 3yue thi silf a preued preisable
werkman to God, with oute schamek,
ri3tli tretinge the word of treuthe. But ie
eschewe thou vnhooli and veyn spechis,
for whi tho profiten myche to vnfeith-
fulnesse, and the word of hem crepith 17
as a canker. Of whiche' Filete is, and
Ymeneus, whiche felden doun fro the is
treuthe, seiynge that the rising a3en is
now doon, and thei subuertiden the feith
of summen. But the sad foundement of 10
God stondith, hauynge this marke, The
Lord knowith whiche ben hise, and, Ech
man that nameth the name of the Lord,
departith fro wickidnesse. But in a 20
greet hous ben not oneli vessels of gold
and of siluer, but also of tree and of
erthe ; and so summen"1 ben in to onour,
and summe n in to dispit. Therfor if 21
ony man clensith hym silf fro these, he
schal be a vessel halewid in to onour,
and profitable to the Lord, redi to al
good werk. And fie thou desiris of22
3ongthe, but sue thou ri3twisnesse, feith,
charite, pees, with hem that inwardli
clepen the Lord of a clene herte. And 23
eschewe thou foltische questiouns, and
without kunnyng", wytynge that tho
gendren chidyngis. But it bihouethP24
the seruaunt of the Lord to chide not<i;
but to be mylde to alle men, able to
teche, paciente, with temperaunce repreu-25
ynge hem that a3enstonden ther treuthe,
that sum tyme God 3yue to hem for-
thenkyng, that thei knowen the treuthe,
f Om. v. S witnessinge hem QT. h forwhi v. > turnynge vpsedoun MPQT. k Om. v. 1 bisy A.
m cure thi self GMPQT. charge thou o. n Om. GMOPQTX. ° Om. ox. for thiself Y. P thee GMPQT.
Om. SY. 1 a prouable GMPQTV, r Om. GMPQTX. an able o. or preisable v. s vnschameful r.
* Om. s. '" Gloss om. GMOPQTX. or not worthi for to be schamed YY. v schunne GOT. schone MNPSX.
eschewe or. w forwhi r. * tho r. J vnfeithfulnesse r. 'L hem, by litil and lilil QT. a whom MQT.
which vx. & Om. v. c fellen MPQST. d Om. sr. e ajenrisyng o. f and thei r. g turneden vpsa-
doun GMPQT. h stant sx. i Om. v. k marke, either signet r. ' Lord God v. n> knowith v.
n nemneth GMQT. inclepith N. ° Lord verrelye QT. P departe sx. q a GMPOT. r vessels of gold v.
8 of syluer r. 4 also v. u treenen GMT. treen o. of tree r. y of erthe r. w Om. orx. x ben
in to r. in T. y clensith v. z these, that ben into dispite QT. a Om. w. b into QT. c Om. GMNP
QsrxY. d jongthe Mr. « inwardly clepen r. { Om. A pr.m. QT. g schunne GQT. shone MPX. schone o.
eschewe r. h kunnyng v. l that r. k tho rx. > God x. m Om. s. n to chiden x. ° Om. sx.
P Om. vx. 1 Om. s.
k ether worthi to be shamed K marg. 1 whom I. the whiche k. m summe A sec. m. summe men i<j.
n summen HC. ° knowinge k. P bihoueth not R. <1 Om. B. r Om. K.
3 O 2
468
II. TIMOTHY.
ii. 26 — in. ii.
temperaunce reprouynge hem that a3en-
stonden ther treuthe, that3 sum tyme God
3yue hem* penaunce for" to knowe the
26 treuthe, andv thei ryse a3en fro snaris of
the deuyl, of whom thei ben holdyn cay-
tif w at his wille.
CAP. III.
i Forsothe wite thou this thing, that in
the laste dayes perelouse tymes schulen
a'stonde ny3x, and men schulen be louynge
hem silf, coueitous, hi5 of beringe, proude,
blasfemesy, not obedient to fadir and mo-
3 dir% vnkynde, cursid, withoute affeccioun,
'or good willea, withoute pees, fals blarn-
erisb, vncontynente, vnmylde, withoute be-
4nygnyte, traitours, proterued, 'or ouer-
thtverte, bollunf 'with proude thou^tiss,
5louerish of lustis more than of God, hau-
ynge sothli the spice1, 'or licnesse^, of pite,
forsothe1 denyinge the vertu of it. And
eeschewe™ thou these". Of these vsothli thei0
ben that peersen housis, and leeden litle
wymmen caytifs? chargidPP with synnes%
ther whiches ben ledd with diuerse desyris,
7euermore lernynge1, and neuere" perfitly
acomyng tov sciencew of treuthe. Forsoth
as Jannes and Mambrex 33611 stooden Moy-
ses, so and these Va3en stonden? treuthe,
menz corupt in soule, 'or vndirstondynge3,
9reprouedb aboute the feith. But ferther
thei schuleu notc profyte, sothli the vn-
wysdom of hern schal be knowen to alle
10 men, as and hern wasd. Forsoth thou
hast getyn6 my techingf, vand ordynaunce?,
purposyng1', feith, longe abidyng, loue, pa-
ncience, persecuciouns1, passiouns, what ma-
ner ben maad to me at Antyoche, at Ico-
nye, at Listris, what maner persecuciouns
and that thei rise a3en fro the8 snares 2C
of the deuel, of whom thei ben holdun
prisoneris at his wille.
CAP. III.
But wite thou this thing, that in the* 1
laste daies perelouse tymes schulen nei3e,
and men schulen be louynge hem silf u, 2
coueitouse, hi3 of bering, proude, blas-
femeris, not obedient to fadir and modir,
vnkynde, cursid, with outen affeccioun, 3
with out pees, false blameris, vnconty-
nentv, vnmylde, with out benygnyte, trai-4
touris, ouerthwertw, bollun with proude
thou^tis, blynde, loueris of lustis more
than of God, hauynge the licknesse ofs
piteex, but denyynge the vertu of it.
And eschewe thou these men. Of these 6
thei ben that persen housis, and leden
wymmen caitifs chargid with synnes,
whiche ben led with dyuerse desiris,
euere more lernynge, and neuere perfitli 7
comynge to the science of treuthe. And s
as Janues and Mambres a3enstoden Moi-
ses, so these a3enstondeny treuthez, men
corrupt in vndirstonding, repreuyd aboute
the feith. But ferthere thei schulen not a
profite, for the vnwisdom of hem schal
be knowun to alle men, as hern was.
But thou hast getun my teching, ordi-io
naunce, purposing, feith, long abiding,
loue, pacience, persecuciouns, passiouns, 11
whiche weren maad to me at Antioche,
at Ycony, at Listris, what maner perse-
cucyouns Y suffride, and the Lord hath
delyuered me of alle. And alle men 12
r Om. GA/OPQT. s and G pr. m. * to hem v. u Om. S.T. v that and r. w caytiffis GMPQT.
* nei3e v. y blasfemers v. z modir, in leful thing Q. modir, in leueful tkingin T. a Om. MOPQTX.
b chalengers T. c vncontynent, or vnchast QT. d ouerthwert ox. froward Q. frauward r. e orfra-
tverd G. or otienvhert, frowerd MP. Om. OQTX. { bolned G sec. m. o. blowen x. ? Om. x. h blinde
louers v. > licnesse GMOPQT. k Om. GMOPQTX. 1 but v. m ethchewe T. n these men QTV.
0 forsothe thei G. forsothe it o. P caytif o. PP chargen y. Q synnys ; for vertuouse mymmen dispisen
hem QT. r Om. NP. s whiche caitif wymmen QT. * lerende s. u neuermore x. v to the AGMNQ
srrxY. w ktmnynge G3/PQT. x Mambres Qrr. y a3enstoden rx. z these men ben QT. a Om.
G pr. m. MOPQTX. b the proued Y pr. m. the reproued y sec. m. c not oner this present tyme QT. d was
by Moyses QT. e folowid G sec.m. QT. f doctrine GMPQT. g Om. o. ordynaunce v. h purposen
G pr. m. purpos G sec. m. my purpose QT. ' persecucioun x.
s Om. CEiQga. t Om. k pr. m. u Om. a. T vnchaast R. w ouirwhert R.
ajenstoden k. z the treuthe o.
ether of religion K marg.
III. 12 — IV. 6.
II. TIMOTHY.
469
I suftride, and the Lord hathk delyriered
12 me 'of alle. And1 alle men that wolen lyue
piteuously"1 in Crist Jhesu, schulen sufFre
ispersecucioun. Forsoth yuel men and dis-
ceyueris schulen profyte" into worse, err-
i4ynge°, and sendyng? into errour. But
dwelle thou in these thingis that thou hast
lerdi, and ben bitakunr to thee, witynge
is of whom thou hast lerud5; and for thou
hast knowun hooly lettris fro thi 3ongthet,
'or childhod", thev whiche mouwn lernew
thee to heelth, by feith that is in Crist
is Jhesu. Forsoth* al 'scripture of God? yn-
spyridz is profitable to teche, to arguwe3,
'or proueb, toe reproued, forf to lerne s
in ri3twysnesse, that the man of God be
perfyt, lerudh 'to al good werk1.
CAP. IV.
i I witnesse, 'or preie, or coniure^, bifore
God and1 Crist Jhesu, that 'is tora dem-
yngen the0 quyk and deed?, byi the com-
ynger of hym, and the kyngdom of him,
apreche the word, be thou bisy 'couenably
with oute reste8, arguwe*, 'or proueu, bi-
sechev, blamew in al pacience and doctryn.
3 Forsoth * tyme schal be >', whanne men
schulen not susteynez, 'or suffre*, 'hool,
orb holsum, techingc, but atd her desyris
thei schulen gadere to gidere e maistris
3itchingef, 'or plesynge*, to theb eeris.
4 And treuly thei schulen turne awey the1
heeringe fro treuthe, but to fablis thei
5 schulen turnek to gidere. Forsothe wake
thou, in alle thingis trauele thou1, dom the
work of n euangelist0, fulfille? thi seruyse,
fi'or office1*, be thou sobre. Forsothr I am
that wolen lyue feithfuli in Crist Jhesu,
schulen sufFre persecucioun. But yuele is
men and disseyueris schulen encreese in
to worse, errynge, and sendinge in to
errour. But dwelle thou in these thingis u
that thou hast lerud8, and that ben bi-
takun to thee, witinge of whom thou
hast leruda; for thou hast knowun hooli is
lettris fro thi 3outheb, whiche moun lerne
thee to heelthe, bi feith that is in Crist
Jhesu. For al scripture inspirid of God 16
is profitable to teche, to repreue, to
chastice, to lerne in ri3twisnes, that the
man of God be parfit, lerudc to al good
werk.
CAP. IV.
I witnesse bifore God and Crist Jhesu, i
that schal deme the quike and thed deed,
and6 bi the comyng of hym, and the
kyngdom of hym, prechef the word, be 2
thou bisi couenabli with outen rest, re-
preue thou, biseche thou, blame thou in
al pacience and doctryn. For tyme 3
schal be, whanne men schulen not suffre
hoolsum teching, but at her desiris thei
schulen gadere 'togidere to hem silfs
maistris 3itchingeh to the eeris. And 4
treuli thei schulen turne awei the her-
yng fro treuthe, but to fablis thei schu-
len turne. But wake thou, in alle 5
thingis traueile thou, do the werk of
an' euangelist, fulfille thik seruyce, be
thou sobre. For Y am sacrifisid now, and 6
the tyme of my departyng1 is ny3. Y?
k Om. p.. 1 and of o. m pitously, orfeilhfiilly v. » profile, either encreese r. ° errynge hem
sil/QT. P sendynge othere QT. 1 lerned GMNOPQTVY. lerid x. r taken sv. s lerned GMNpyv. lernyd,
*'or of the Holy Cost QT. l jouthe alii. u Om. GMOPQTX. v Om. r. w enfourme QT. lere sx.
* Forwhi v. y godly scripture, of whom God is autoure QT. z enspirid of hym QT. a repreue v.
b Om. orx. c for to y. d reproue with GMP. repreue with the nicked QT. chastise v. l or for K.
Om. QSTX. 8 leren sx. b lernyd GMNpQTrY. ' Om. o. to alle good werkis y. k Om.
GMOPQTX. 1 in K. m schal v. • n demen sx. deme v. ° Om. o. v the dead TV. 1 and bi v.
r kunnynge K. 9 to couenable and vncouenable QT. * repreue QT. repreue thou v. u or reproue M.
Om. QSTF*. T biseche thou r. w blame thou v. * Forwhi v. J comen s. z suffre GJUOPQTF.
8 Om. GMOPQTK*. b Om. GMOPQTFX. c doctrine G.WPQST. d and to N. e togidere to hem silf v.
f plesinge QT. colourende x. S Om. QT.y. h her ychynge QT. * here QT. k be turnyd GMPQT. ! thou,
to edefie britheren QT. m do thou o. >» of the G.MO. ° euangelist, that is, to fulfille in dede treuthe
spoken QT. P tille v. 1 Om. GMOPQTX. T For r.
a lerned alii. b jongthe alii. e lerned alii. d Om. c. e Om. xa. f preche thou B.
h ether plesynge K marg. " Om. a. k this gk. 1 ether deeth K marg.
8 Om. Q.
470
II. TIMOTHY.
IV. 7 — 20.
sacrifysid8 now, and the tyme of my 'reso-
7 lucioun, or deeth1, is ny$. I bane stryuyn
a good stryf, I haue endid the cours, I
s haue kept the feith. In the tothir tymeu
a crowne of ri3twysnesse is kept to me,
thev which the Lord vschal jelde to me in
that day, iust domesman"; forsoth not
oonly to me, but 'and to these* that louen?
his comyng. Hi3ez fora to come to me
osoone. Forsothb Demas 'hath forsakyn me,
louynge this world0, and wente tod Tessa-
lolonyk, Cressens into Galathie6, Tyte into
iiDalmatichyf ; Luk aloone is with me.
Taaks Mark, and ledeh to' with thee ; for-
soth1' he is profitable to me into seruyse1.
isPenulam"1, 'that isD, cloth™ qf° Bo-
maynsP, *or book^, which I lefte at Tro-
ade atr Carpe, thou comyng bryng5 with
thee, and the bookis, moost forsothe par-
uchemynus'. Alisaundre, the tresorer,
schewide to me manye 'yuele thingisu;
thev Lord schal 3elde to hym vpw his
loworkis*. Whom and thou eschewe?; 'ful
greetli forsoth he ajenstood2 mya wordis.
ic In my firste defence no man 'was tob me,
but alle forsoken me ; be it not rettidc to
17 hem. Forsoth the Lord 'stood ny3 tod
me, and comfortide me, that the preching
bee fulfillidf by me, and that alle folkis
heere, and? I am delyuered fro mouthh
is of the lyoun. Forsoth the Lord dely-
uerede me fro al yuel werk, and schal
make1 saaf into hisJ heuenli kingdom, to
whom gloriek into worldis1 of worldis.
19 Amen. Greete wel Prisca, and Aquyla,
20 and the hows of Onosephorus. Forsoth
Erastus dweltem, 'or leften, at Corynthi0.
ForsothP I lefte Trophymus syk at My-
Ghsehere-^
haue stryuun a good strijf, Y haue endid
the cours, Y haue kept the feith. Ins
'the tothir™ tyme a coroun of ri3twis-
nesse is kept to me, which the Lord, a
iust domesman, schal 3elde to me in that
dai ; and" not oneli to me, but also to
these that louen his comyng. Hy3e9
thou to come to me soone. For Demas,
louynge this world, hath forsakun me,
and wente to Tessalonyk, Crescens in 10
to Galathi, Tite in to Dalmacie; Luku
aloone is with me. Take thou Mark,
and brynge with thee ; for he is profit-
able to me in to seruyce. Forsothe Yi2
sente Titicus to0 Effesi. The cloth Pf is t that is, cloth
i • i 17 i /.. m 3 /-. ofRomaynis.
which Y lette at Iroade at Carpe, Lire and the
whanne thou comest, bringe with thee,
and the bookis, but moost parchemynei.
Alisaundre, the tresorer, schewide to me H
mycher yuele; 'the Lord schal8 3elde to
hym aftir his werkis1. Whom also thou 15
eschewe; for he a3enstood ful greetli oure
wordis. In my firste defence no man in
helpide me, but alle forsoken me; be it
not arettid to hem. But the Lord help- 17
ide me, and coumfortide me, that the
preching be fillid bi me, and that alle
folkis here, that Y am delyueride fro the
mouth of the lioun. And the Lord de-is
lyueride me fro al yuel werk, and schal
make me saaf in to his heuenly king-
dom, to whom be glorie in to worldis
of worldis. Amen. Crete wel Prisca, 19
and Aquila, and the hous of Oneseforus.
Erastus lefteu at Corynthi, andw Y lefte 20
Trofymus sijk at Mylete. Hi3e thou to 21
come bifore wyntir. Eubolus, and Pru-
dent, and Lynns, and Claudia, and alle
s sacrifice! T. t deth, or resolucioun GMP. dethe QT. departing, or deth r. resolucioun x. " tyme to
cumme QT. v Om. r. w iust domesman schal jelde to me in that day r. * to hem GMPQ. hem T.
y loueth Y. z Hije thou v. a Om. sx. b forwhi r. c louynge this world, hath forsakyn me v.
d into o. e Galathie u sent QT. { Dalmacie N. S Take thou r. b bringe r. ' Om. Nr. to hidre QT.
k for r. l seruyse. Titicus sotheli I sente to Ephesi N. seruice. Forsothe I sente Titicus to Effesi r.
m Penula QT. n O'm. QT. "n a Ci0the G. Qm. QT. ° Om. QT. P the llomuym GMP. Om. QT. Rome x.
<\ Om. G pr. m. MPV. or a booke G sec. m. after Jerom is clepid a boke, and after Haymound a clothe of the
Romayns. QT. Gloss om. in r. r anentis GMPQT. s brynge it QT. l the parchemynus A. parchemyne
GMP. be thou myndeful to brenge parchemyne QT. u yuels v. v Om. G. w after GMPQTF. * werk x.
y ethchewe T. z for he ajenstod ful greetli v. a oure r. b helpide v. c arettid r. d helpide r.
e of his word be QT. f fullid T. fillid v. s that s. h the mouth ANSFXY. > make me QTY sec. m.
) Om. M. k be glorie v. 1 alle worldis G. m lefte o. n Om. GMOPQSTX. ° Corynthe GMNQT. P For T.
m the oother EI. that othre R. n Om. EI pr. m. Qgk. ° into bk. P that is, of Romayns K marg.
<\ the parchemyn K. r moost A. * Om. k. vt Clause om. in Q. u lefte me gk. w forsothe and A pr. m.
IV. 21, 22.
II. TIMOTHY.
471
ailete. Sothlii hi3e thouii forr to come bi-
fore wynter. Embolus3, and Prudent,
and Lynus, and Claudia, and alle bri-
aatheren, greeten thee4 wel. Oure Lord
Jhesu Crist with" thi spirit. The grace
of God withv 3ouw. Amen.
Here endith the secunde pistle to
Tymothe, and bigynneth the prolog to
Tyte*.
britheren, greten thee wel. Oure Lord 22
Jhesu Crist be with thi spirit. The
grace of God be with jou. Amen.
Here endith the secounde pistle to
Tymothe, andv bigynneth the prologe on
the pistle to Titew.
1 Om. y. 11 Om. M. r Om. sx. s Eubolus QTX. * jou T. u be with QTT. v be with r. w thee s.
x Heere endith the secounde pistle to Tymothe, and now bigynneth epistle to Tyte. A. Here eendeth the second
epistel to Thimothe, and bygynneth the prologe of the epistel to Tyte. o. Here endeth the secounde pistle
to Tymothe, and bygynneth the pistle to Tyte. Q. Here endith the secunde pintle to Tymothe, and bigyn-
neth the pistle to Tile, with the prologe. r. No final rubric in GMPSTX.
v and here bo. w From ciQxabchoa. Here endeth the seconde pistle to Tymothe ; se notu the prolos;
on the pistle to Tyte. K. Here endith the secounde pistle to Tymothe, and here bigynnelh the pistle to
Tite. M. Here endith the laste pistil to Tymothe, and bigynneth a prologe on the pistil to Tile. g. No
final rubric in AEHuek.
TITUS.
Prolog to the epistle to Tyte*.
TYTE he counceilith, and enformeth
of the ordynaciounb 'of prest and bb of
spiritual conuersaciounc, and of heretikis
'to bed auoydid6, the whiche bileuenf in&
Jewis wrytinge1' ; he writith fro Nico-
polis '.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the epistle to Tytek.
Jeroms prolog on Tite*.
HE warneth Tite, and enfourmeth
hym of the ordynaunce of presthod, and
of spiritual conuersacioun, and of here-
tikis to ben eschewid, that leeuethb in
the Jewis wrytingis ; writinge to him
fro Nycopolisc.
Jerom in his prologe on this pistle seith
this*.
The epistle to Tyte*.
CAP. I.
1 Poul, the seruaunt of God, apostleb of
Jhesu Crist, vpc the feith of the chosene
of God, andd knowynge of the treuthe,
2 the6 which is vpf pite, in& hope of euere
lastyng lyf, that1' God bihijte1, that lyeth
snotk, bifore 'worldly tymes1; forsoth he
schewide in his tymes his word, ' or sonem,
in preching, that is bitakyn to rne vpn the
Here bigynneth the pistle to Tyte*.
CAP. I.
Poul, the seruaunt of God, and apostle i
of Jhesu Crist, bi the feith of the chosuri
of God, and bi theb knowing of the
treuthe, whiche is aftir pitee, in to the 2
hope of euerlastinge lijf, whichc lijf God
that lieth not, bihi3ted bifore tymes of
the world6 ; but he hathf schewid in hise 3
tymes his word in preching, that is
*• Prologe. s. No initial rubric in y. No prologue in AGMPQX. In NT of later text. b ordi-
naunce os. bb Om. K. of prestes and o. c conuersaciouns v. d that ben v. e voided s. f bileeuith
vv. e Om. v. h writynges osry. » Nicopolypis KY. k No final rubric in SY. a From M. The pistle
to Tyte PQTXY. No initial rubric in the other Mss. b forsothe apostle v. c after MPQT. bi v. d and
bi the v. <= Om. v. f after MPQTV. e into the v. h which lijf v. i Om. v. k not, bihi3te r.
1 tymes of the world v. m or his sone Crist QT. Om. x. n after MPQT. bi v.
*• From E. Prolog. A. The prolog of the pistil to Tite. N. A prolog on the pistle to Tile. R. Pro-
logus. T. Here bigynneth a prologe on the pistle to Tyte. u. Here bigynneth the prologe to Tyte. e. Pro-
log on Tite. k. No initial rubric in ciKMQxabcfgho. b bileuen cEiKMNQRTcgkoa. bileueth uxabe.
c Mycopolis AC pr. m. EIKMQUX pr. m. abceghkoajS. d From ciixh. Jerom in his prologe seith this. KUO.
Jerome in his prolog on this epistil seith al this sentence. N. Jerom in his prolog here seith this. (jbca.
Jerom in his prologe here seith thus. a. Here endith the prologe, and bigynneth the pistil to Tite. g. No
final rubric in AEiRTefk. a The epistle to Tite. E. Heere sueth the pistle to Tite. H. No initial rubric
in CKQUxabcghko. b Qm. R. c the whiche i. d hath bihijt k. e WOrldis R pr. m. f that hath k.
I. 4 — 15.
TITUS.
473
4 comaundement of oure sauyour God, to
Tyte, biloued0 sone vpP the comun feith,
grace and pees of God the fadir, and of
o Crist Jhesu, oure sauyour. For grace i,
"or cause*, of this thing I lefte thee at
Crete, that thou amende tho thingis that
faylen, and ordeyne 'by cytees prestis8, as
e and I disposide to thee. If ony man is
withouten cryme, vor gifeet synne1, hous-
bonde of o wyf u, hauynge feithful sones,
not in accusacioun of leccherie, or not
7suget. Forsothv it bihoueth a bischop
for"' to be withoute crime, asx dispendourJ"
of God, not proud, not wrathful, not
'vynolent, that isw, ^moche $ouun to wynz,
nota smytere, not coueitous of foul wyn-
snyngeb; but holdinge hospitalite, benygne,
prudent, sobre, iust, hooly, contynentc,
9 biclippyng thatd 'trewe word6, 'that is vp
doctrynf; that he be my3ti for? to amo-
nesteh in hoolsum techinghh, and to re-
loproue hem that^en seyn'. Forsothk ther
ben manye vnobedient, and veyn spekeris,
and disceyuers, moost1 thei that ben of cir-
1 1 cumcisioun, whom™ it bihoueth for" to be
reprouyd ; the0 whiche subuertenP alle0-
housis, teching whiche thingisr it bihou-
eth not, for grace3, 'or loue1, of foul wyn-
i2nyng. Summe oonu of hem, 'the propre
prophete ofv hem, seide, Men of Cretew
euermore lyeris, yuel beestis*, 'slow ofJ"
iswombez. This witnessing is trewe. For
what8 causeb blame hem sore, that thei be
u hool in feith, not 3yuynge tent to fablis of
Jewis, and to maundementis of men, turn-
is ynge ' hem aweye fro treuthe. Sotheli alle
thingis ben clene to clene mend ; forsoth
to vnclene men and vnfeithful no thing is
bitakun to me bi the comaundement of
'God oure sauyoui-s, to Tite, most dere-4
worthe1' sone bi the comyn1 feith, grace
and pees of God the fadir, and of Crist
Jhesu, oure sauyour. For cause of thiss
thing Y lefte thee at Crete, that thou
amende tho thingis that failen, and or-
deyne preestis bi citees, as also Y dis-
poside1' to thee. If ony man is withoute 6
cryme, an hosebonde of o wijf, and hath
feithful sones, not in accusacioun1 of
letcherie, or not suget. For it bihoueth 7
a bischop to be without cryme, a dis-
pendour of God, not proud, not wrath-
ful, not drunkelew, notm smytere, not
coueytouse of foul wynnyng ; but hold- s
inge hospitalite, benygne, prudent, sobre,
iust, hooli, contynent, takinge that trewe »
word, that is aftir doctryn; that he be
mi3ti to amoneste in hoolsum techyng,
and to repreue hem that a3enseien. Forio
ther ben many vnobedient, and veyn
spekeris, and disseyueris, moost thei that
ben of circumcisyoun, whiche it bihoueth u
to be repreued ; whiche subuerten alle
housis, techinge whiche thingis it bi-
houeth not, for then loue of foul wyn-
nyng. And oon of hem, her propre 12
profete, seide, Men of Crete ben euere
more lyeris, yuele beestis, of slowe
wombe. This witnessyng is trewe. For is
what0 cause blame hem sore, that thei
be hool in feith, not 3yuynge tent to u
fablis of Jewis, and to maundementis P
of men, that turnen awei hem fro
treuthe. And alle thingis ben clene toi5
clene men; but to vnclene men and to
vnfeithful no thing is clene, for the
0 the bylouyd QT. moost derworthe v. P aftir MPQT. bi v. 1 the cause r. r Om. vx. s prestis
bi citees v. * or greet gylt MPQT. Om. ox. u wif, kepynge withouten tvemme the vnyte of baptem QT.
v For v, w Om. sx. * as a QT. y dispensatur Y. yy Om. OQTVX. z jouen myche to wyn QTA. ful
of wyn v. a not a QT. ° wynnynges o. c contynentyro vnleful thing QT. & hym that after doctrine
of seyntis is a QT. a Y sec. m. e wrd trewe x. f Om. QT. that is after doctryn v. that is on doctryn x.
e Om. sx. h monesten x. hh doctrine, or techinge o. ' ajen seyn the treuth QT. k For v. 1 moost
forsothe o. m whiche v. n Om. sx. ° Om. v. P vpturnen QT. 1 Om. QT. r thenge o. s loue o.
cause T. the loue v. * Om. MOPSTVX. u Om. QT. v ther propre prophet, of p. their prophete that
knew} Q. her propre prophete that kneme T. w Creete derkid in vice [vices T] ben QT. Crete ben r.
x beestis thristynge blood QT. y of slouj r. z wombe, or luslye QT. a the whiche QT. b thing r.
c awey hem K pr. m. rx. d men, in her kynde and significacioun QT.
% oure sauyour God Eip.b pr. m. gk. h dere R. ' comyng of k.
not a i. n Om. B. ° whiche i. P comaundementis b.
VOL. IV. 3 P
dispose
occacioun k.
474
TITUS.
I. I 6 II. 12.
clenee, but and the soule, 'or resoun{, ands
conscience 'of hem'1 ben maad vnclene1.
is Thei knowlechen hemk for1 'to hauem
knowe God, forsoth by dedis thei denyen " ;
whanne thei ben abomynable, and vnby-
lueful0, and reprouable to al good werkP.
CAP. II.
1 'Forsothe speke thoui ther thingis that
2 bicomen8 hoolsum teching ; that olde men
be sobre, chast, prudent, hool in feith, in*
:< lone, and pacience ; also olde" wymmen
inv hooly habitew, notx bacbiterisy, "or sey-
inge fals blame on othere men7-, not seru-
4ynge moche to wyn, wela techinge, that
thei teche prudence ; 3ongeb wymmen0,
that thei loue her housebondisd, that thei
r>loue sones6; theif prudent, chast, sobre,
hauynge cure of 'the hous^, benyngne,
suget to her housebondis, that the word
e of God be not blasfemyd. Also moneste1
?3onge men, that thei be sobre. In alle
thingis 3yue thi silf ensaumplek of good
werkis, in teching, in hoolnesse1, ^withoute
s sclaundre™, in sadnesse". An0 hoolP word'',
vnreprouable1" ; that he that is on8 'that
othir1 syde11, be aschamedVor aferdw, hau-
ynge noon yuel thing forx to seye of>" 3ou.
n Seruauntis*, fora to be suget to her lordis ;
in alle thingis plesinge, not a3en seiynge,
10 not defraudinge, but in alle thingis schew-
ynge good feith, that thei ourneb in alle
thingis the doctryn of voure sauyour Godc.
11 Forsoth the grace of Godd, cure sauyour,
12 hath apperid to alle men, techinge*, 'or
lernynge*, vs, that we, forsakynge^ vn-
pite, and worldly desyris, lyue sobreli'1,
soule and conscience of hem ben maad
vnclene. Thei knoulechen that thei ie
knowen God, but bi dedisi thei denyen ;
whanne thei ben abhominable, and vn-
bileueful, and repreuable to al good
werk.
CAP. II.
But speke thou tho thingis that bi- 1
semen hoolsum teching ; that elde men 2
be sobre, chast, prudent, hool in feith,
in loue, and pacience; also olde wym-3
men in hooli abite, not sclaundererisr, not
seruynge myche to wyn, wel techynge,
that thei teche prudence. Moneste thou 4
3onge wymmen, that thei loue here hose-
bondis, that thei loue her children; ands
that thei be prudent, chast, sobre, hau-
ynge cure of the hous, benygne, suget to
her hosebondis, that the word of God
be not blasfemyd. Also moneste thous«
3onge men, that thei be sobre. In alle?
thingis 3yue thi silf ensaumple of good
werkis, in teching, in hoolnesse f1, in t that is, in
sadnesse. Anu hoolsum word, and vn-s ^uleandbodi
repreuable ; that he that is of the con- Ure here' v"
trarie side, be aschamedv, hauynge noon
yuel thing to seie of 3ou. Moneste thouv
seruauntis to be suget to her lordis; in
alle thingis plesinge, not a3enseiynge,
not defraudynge, but in alle thingis 10
schewinge good feith, that thei onoure
in alle thingis the doctryn of 'God, oure
sauyourw. For the grace of 'God, oureii
sauyourx, hath apperid to alle men, and 12
tau3te vs, that we forsake wickidnesse>,
and worldli desyris, lyuez sobreli, and
e cleen,</br her vnrvorthinesse QT. * or resoun of hem HOPQT. Om. x. S and the o. h Om. MPQT.
' clene T. k hem by word QT. Om. v. ! Om. svx. m that thei y. n denyen hym QT. ° vncleenfull o.
P werkis y. 1 Thou forsothe speke MQT. r tho A/PQTF. 8 bysemen o. becometh x. l Om. o. " Om. T.
v amonesle thou to be clothid in QT. w habit of shamefastnesse QT. * not to be QT. J sclaundereris r.
z Om. ox. puttynge fals blame to othere men QT. or seyinge fals cryme on othere men r. & be they
wele QT. b moneste thou junge v. c wymmen amonesl thou QT. d husbondis, in vnyte of feith QT.
e sonys, chastisynge hem QT. l be they QT. teche thei yinge nymmen to be v. S her meynee QT.
> moneste thou QTF. k exsaumple s. l holynesse MNP. holynesse oflyuynge QT. m Om. QT. n sad-
nesse ofvertues QT. ° be thi QT. in sr. and y. P Om. QT. hoolsum r. 1 word medicynal MPT. word
medicinable Q. r and vnrepreuable v. s of v. l the tother ANOSY. the other MPQTX. the contrarie v.
u side, or aduersarie QT. v shamid sy. w or ferd ^Nsy. Om. MOPQTFX. x Om. MQSTX. y to OQT.
z Amoneste thou seruauntes QT. Moneste thou seruauntes r. a Om. s. *> onoure r. c God oure Sauy-
our A/PQT. d Om. o. e and taujte v. f Om. MOPQTVX. or lerende s. S forsake v. h sobreli in oure
silf QT.
1 her dedis k. r ether bacbiters K marg. s Om. R. * hoolynesse A pr.m. c et alii. a in a. v ether
afeerd K marg. w oure Sauyour God b. * oure Sauyour God b. y alle wickidnesse R. z and lyue i.
U. 13 — III. 8.
TITUS.
475
and iustli', and piteuouslyk, in this world,
isabidinge the blesside hope and the com-
ynge of the glorie of greet God, and oure
u sauyour Jhesu Crist; that 3af hym silf for
vs, that he schulde 33611 bye vs fro al1
wickidnesse, and 'made clene1*1 a peplen
acceptable 'to him silf0, suere of good
io werkis. Speke thou these thingis, and
monesteP, and arguwe^, 'or proue, or re-
prouer, with al comaundement, 'or hardy-
nesse*; noe manu dispise thee.
CAP. III.
1 Amonestev, 'or comaundew, hem, for* to
be sugettis^ to princes, and poweris; forz
to obeische* tob seyingec, ford to be redy
2 to al good werke; forf to blasfeme no man,
for£ to be not litygiousb, ' or ful of chid-
ing', but temperauntk, 'or pacienf, schew-
singe al myldenesse to alle men. For-
sothn and we weren sum tyme vnwyse,
vnbileueful, erringe, and seruynge to de-
syris, and dyuerse voluptees0, in00 malice
and enuye doynge?, hateful, 'or worthi
4/ori to be hatid*, hatynge to gidere. For-
soth whanne the benygnyte, and huma-
nite8, 'or manhed1, of 'oure sauyour Godu
sapperide, not of workis of ri3twysnesse
that we diden, but vpv his mercy he made
vs saaf, by waischyngew, 'or baptym*, of
3360 bigetyngy, and a3en newyng of the
eHooly Gost, whom he schedde out in to vs
plenteuously by Jhesu Crist, oure sauyour,
7 that we iustifyed bi his grace, be eyris
avp* hope of euerlastyng lyf. A trewe
word isa, and of thes thingis I wole thee
forb toc conferme othere men, that thei
thatd bileuen to God, curen6, 'or do bisy-
nesse(, for& to be bifore inh goode werkis.
iustli, 'and piteuousli3 in this world,
abidinge the blessid hope and the com-i3
yng of the glorie of the greet God, and
ofb oure sauyour Jhesu Crist; that 3afu
hym silf for vs, to a3enbie vs fro al
wickidnesse, and make clene to hym silf
a puple acceptable, and suere of good
werkis. Speke thou these thingis, and 15
moneste thou, and repreue thou with al
comaundementf ; no man dispise thee.
CAP. III.
Amoneste hem to be sugetis toi
prynces, and to poweris ; to obeischec
to that that is seid, and to be redi to
al good werk; to blasfeme no man, to be 2
not ful of chiding, but temperatd, schew-
ynge al myldenesse to alle men. Fora
we weren sum tyme vnwise, vnbileueful,
errynge, and seruynge to desiris, and to
dyuerse lustis, doynge ine malice and
enuye, worthi to be hatid, hatinge ech
othere. But whanne the benygnyte and 4
thef manhed of oure sauyour Gods aper-
ide, not of werkis of ri3twisnesseh thats
we diden, but bi his merci he made vs
saaf', bi waischyng of a3en bigetyngk,
and1 a3en newyng of the Hooli Goost,
whom he schedde™ into vs plenteuousli 6
bi Jhesu Crist, oure saueour, that we 7
iustified bi his grace, ben eiris by hope
of euerlastinge lijf. A trewe word is, 8
and of these thingis Y wole that thou
conferme othere, that thei that bileuen
ton God, be bisy to be aboue othere in
good werkis. These thingis ben good,
and profitable to men. And escheweo
thou foltische questiouns, and genologies,
t that is, power.
The Close here.
Either with the
autorite of hi-
schop. Lire
here. v.
i iustely to oure nei^bore QT. k pitously to God QT. ' Om. s. m schulde dense N. make clene PS.
make to hymsilf QT. make clene to him silf v. ° cleen pepul QT. ° Om. QTP. P moneste thou v.
1 repreue QT. blame thou v. r or reproue iapr. Om. OQTX. s Om. MOPQTFX. * See, no o. u man,
for thy symplenesse QT. v Amoneste thou MPQT. Moneste x. w Om. MOPQTX. x Om. sx. y sugette ox.
z Om. sx. a obeye s. b to the QT. c seynge, or word of hem QT. d Om. sx. e werkis Y. f Om. sx.
g Om. sx. h ful of chiding OQT. ' Om. OQTX. k temperat MTVX. 1 Om. ox. n For r. ° lustis
QTF. 00 doinge in r. P Om. r. 1 Om. AMNPQSTI'Y. r Gloss om. in ox. s manhed o. * Om. ox.
or large mercye QT. u God oure Sauyour MPQT. v aftir MPQT. bi v. w the waschinge MPQT.
* Om. x. y biheetynge QT. z aftir MPQT. bi r. a Om. MP. is this QT. b Om. MPQSTVX.
c that thou v. d Om. K. e chargen o. be besy v. t Om. orx. or helen Q. or helen, or do her bisy-
nesse T. 8 Om. sx. h to x.
a Om. H. b Om. o. c obeie o/3.
h rijtfulnesse a. ' saad a. k biynge a.
^ temperat, eithir mesurable H. c in al k.
1 and of R. m schewide k. " in gk.
3 P 2
f Om. R. 8 Om. Q.
476
TITUS.
in.
Thes thingis ben goode and profitable to
9 men. Forsoth eschewe1 thou foltische
questiouns, and genelogies, and stryues,
and fi3tingisk of the lawe; forsoth1 thei
10 ben vnprofitable and veyn. Schonye™
thou a man heretyk, aftir oon and the
secunde coreccioun, 'or correpcioun, or re-
\\prouyng11; witinge for0 he that is such?
maneri man is subuertid, and trespassith1",
ladampned bi his owne doms. Sothliss whanne
I schal sende to thee Arteman, or Tytik,
hy3e, 'or haste1, thou for" to come to me
to Nicopolis ; forsothv I haue purposid
isforw to dwelle in winter ther. Bisily
'sende biforex Zenam, a? wyse man of
lawe, and Apollo, that no thing fayle to
14 hem. Forsothe and oure men lernez fora
to be bifore in good werkis, to necessarie
iavsesb, that thei be not vnfruytouse. Alle
. men that ben with me greeten thee wel.
Greete thou wel hem, that louen vs in
feithc. The grace of God withd 3ou allee.
Amen.
Here endith the epistle* to Tyte, and
bygynneth the prolog to Filomon%.
and0 stryuesP, and fi3tyngis of the lawe ;
for tho ben vnprofitable and veyn.
Eschewe thou a man eretikf, aftir oon 10 1 The comoim
, „ . , , . ... Glose vpon this
andi the secound correccioun; witmge n text seith, that
that he that is siche a maner man is k tha with
subuertid rt, and trespassith, and is w>rdisofthe
y _ lawe ajeynseith
dampned bi his owne dom. Whanne Y 12 the lawe.r.
sende to thee Arteman, or Titicus, hi3 5«t isf lost"^ '
thou to 'come to8 me to Nycopolis4; for The close here.
Y haue purposid to dwelle in wyntir
there. Bisili byfor sende u Zenam, a is
wise man of lawe, and Apollo, that no
thing faile to hem. Thei that ben ofu
ouris, lernev to be gouernouris in good
werkis, to necessarie vsis, that thei be not
with out fruyt. Alle men that ben with 15
me greeten thee wel. Grete thou wel
hem, that louen vs in feith. The grace
of God be with 3ou alle. Amen.
Here endith the pistle to Tite, and™
bigynneth the prologe on the pistle to
Filemon*.
1 ethchewe T. k fijtynges, that thei maken QT. ! for v. m Schone MP. Schoon o. Schunne QTX.
Eschewe v. n or reprouynge MST. Om. OQX. ° that MPQTV. P that is, vncorrigible v marg. 1 a
maner AMNPQSTY. r trespassid K. s dome, for wityngly he errith QT. ss Forsothe o. Om. v.
* Om. MOPQTFX. u Om. s. v for v. w Om. s. * sende thou bifore QT. bifore sende v. y the or.
z lerne they QT. lere sx. a Om. sx. b vses, to hem silf and othere T, c the feith x. d be with v.
e Om. Q. * pistil Y. S Here endeth the pistle to Tite, and here bigynneth the pistle to Philemon. A.
Here endith the epistil to Tite, and bygynnetk the prolog on the pistil to Philemon. N. No final rubric in
GMPQ.STX.
0 of a. P stryuynges k. 1 or k. r subuertid, either turned amys R. s Om. k. * Mycopolis A pr. m.
xabo. u sende thou K. v lerne thei K. w and here jibo. x From ciMQxabcho. Here endeth the pistle
to Tite; se now the prologe to Filomen. K. Here endith the [pistil to~] Tyte, and bigennith a prologe on
the pistil to Felemon. g. Here endith the pistle to Tite, and bigynneth a prolog to Filemon. a. No final
rubric in AERuek.
PHILEMON.
Prolog to the pistle to Filomon&.
To Filoraon he makith homly lettris
for Honesyme his seruaunt ; he writith
sothli to him fro Rome cite.
The prolog of Filemon*.
HE makith 'famyliar, or homelib, let-
tris to Filemon, for Onesimus, his seru-
aunt; wri tinge to hym fro the citee of
Rome, out of prisoun, hi the forseid
Onesimus.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth Jerom in his prologe on this pistle seith
the epistle to Filomonb. thusc.
t To Phylemon hoomly lettris the apostle maketh for Onesimo, his seruaunt ; sothely he writith
to him of the prisone fro the cyte of Rome, by the same Onesimo.
The pistle to Philemon*.
1 Poul, the boundun of "Crist Jhesub, and
Tymothe, brothir, to Filomon, bilouyd,
2 and ourec helper cc, and to Apya, moost
dere sistir, and to Archip, oure euene
kny3td, and to the chirch that is in thin
shous, grace6 to jou, and pees of God
ouref fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu Crist.
4! do thankyngis to my God, euer more
makynge mynde of thee in my preieris,
5 heeringe thi charite and feith,that thou hast
Here bigynneth the pistle to Filemon11.
Poul, the boundun of Crist Jhesu, i
and Timothe, brother, to Filemon, bi-
louyd, and oure helpere, and to Appia, 2
most dere sister, and to Archip, oure
euene kni3t, and to the chirche that is
in thin hous, grace be to 3ou, and pees 3
of God oure fader, and of the Lord Jhesu
Crist. I do thankingis to my God, euere 4
more makinge mynde of thee in my
preieris, heringe thi charite and feith,s
a Prologe. G. No initial rubric in srv. No prologue in AMPQX. In NT of later text. ^ No final
rubric in csrv. t This version of the prologue is taken from or. a From M. The pistle to Philo-
mon. PT. Here bigynneth the pistle to Tyte. (sic) Q. No initial rubric in the other Mss. * Jhesu
Crist TV. c joure T. cc helpere, either oure euene worchere r. d kny3t, and ouercoming qfenmyex T.
e grace be c sup. ras. r. { the OT.
» From E. Prolog. A. The prolog of the pistil to Philemon. N. A prolog vpon the pistle to File-
mon. R. Prologus. T. Here bigynneth a prologe on the pistle to Filemon. u. Here biginneth the prologe
to Filemon. e. The prolog on Filymon. k. No initial rubric in ciKMQxabcgho. b homeli Rf. c From
CKMabchoa. Jerome in his prolog on this epistil to Philemon seith this. NX. Jerom in his prolog on this
pistle seith al this. Q. Thus endith the prolog. R. This seith Jerom on this pistle. u. No final rubric in
AEiTefgk. a Poulis epistle to Filemon. E. Here biginneth the pistil to Filemon. e. Here bigynitk the
pistil to Filemon. g. No initial rubric in ciKQRUxachk.
478
PHILEMON.
6-T-2I,
in the Lord Jhesu, and inh to alle hooly
e men, that the comunynge1 of thi feith be
maad opyn, in knowynge of al good thing
7 in Crist Jhesu. Forsothk I hadde greet
ioye and comfort in thi charite, for the
entraylis of hooly men restiden1 by thee,
s brothir. For which thing I hauynge
moche trust in Crist Jhesu, for™ to co-
maunde to thee that that perteyneth ton
9 thing0, 'or profiteth?; for'' charite1" Is be-
seche more*, sithen thou art such as xPoul
old", now forsoth andv the boundyn of
10 Jhesu Cristw. Ix biseche thee for my sone
nOnesyme, whom I in bondis bigatxjt, the?
which sum tyme was 'to thee vnprofit-
ablez, forsothe now8 profitable andb to
12 'thee and to mebb; whomc I sente a3en to
thee. Forsoth resceyue thou him as myn
13 entraylisd ; whom I wolde withholde* with
me, that he schulde serue for thee to me
14 in bondis of the gospel; forsoth withoute
thi counceil I wolde not dof, that thi
good schulde not be as of nede?, but
iswilleful. 'Forsoth perauentureh therfore
he departide fro thee at' oonk our1, that
thou schuldist resceyue hym into™ with-
in outen ende; now not as a" seruaunt, but0
forP 'a seruaunti ar moost3 dere brother,
moost* to me; forsoth how moche more"
to thee, andv inw fleisch and" in the Lord ?
17 Therfore if thou hast me a felowe, re-
is sceyue him as me; forsoth if he hath?
ony thing anoyed2 thee, 'or owitha, retteb
19 thou this thing to me. I Potrl wroot with
myn hond, I schal 3elde ; that I seye not
to thee, that and thou owist to me thi silf.
20 So, brother, I schal vse thee in the Lord ;
21 fulfillec myn entraylisd in Crist6. I trist-
nyngef of thin obedyence wroot to thee,
that thou hast in the Lord Jhesu, ande
to alle hooli men, that, the comynyng e
of thi feith be maad opyn, in knowing
of al good thing in Crist Jhesu. And 7
Y hadde greet ioye and coumfort in thi
charite, for the entrailis of hooli men
restiden bi thee, brother. For which s
thing Y hauynge myche trist in Crist
Jhesu, to comaunde to thee that that
perteyneth to profit; but Y biseche more 9
for charite, sithen thou art siche as the
elde Poul, and now the boundun of Jhesu
Crist. Y biseche thee for my sone One- 10
syme, whom Y in boondis bigat, which n
sumtyme was vnprofitable to thee, but
now profitable bothe to thee and to me ;
whom Y sente a3en to thee. And res- 12
seyue thou hym as myn entrailis ; whom is
Y wolde withholde with me, that he
schulde serue for thee to me in boondis
of the gospel ; but with out thi counseil u
Y wolde not do ony thing, that thi good
schulde not be as of nede, but wilful.
For perauenture therfor he departide fro i&
theed for a tyme, that thou schuldist
resseyue hym with outen ende ; now le
not as a seruaunt, but for a seruaunt
a most dere brother, most to me ; and
how myche more to thee, bothe in
fleisch and in the Lord? Therfor if thou 17
hast me a felowe, resseyue* hym as me ;
for if he hath ony thing anoied thee, \»
ethir owith, arette thou this thing to me.
Y Poul wroot with myn hoond, Y schal 19
3elde ; that Y seie not to thee, that also
thou owist to me thi silf. So, brothir, 20
Y schal vse thee in the Lord ; fille
thou myn entrails in Crist. Y trist- 21
nyngef of thin obedience wroot to thee,
h Om. c sec. m. r. i comynge K. k And c sec. m. ! restiden, or rveren refreschide T. m Om. sx.
n no Q. ° profit c sup. ras. r. P Om. cvx. or profit sv. or prqjiteth to thee T. q but c. more for T.
Om. v. r Om. cv. s Om. r. * more for charite cv. thee T. thee more Y sec. m. u olde Poule GMP.
Poule the olde N. old Poule, to whom bicoweth preier T. v Om. o. and IT. w Crist in prisoun T.
* Om. T. xx bigaat to the bileue T. J Om. r. * vnprofitable to thee v. a now he is T. b bothe v.
bt> me and to thee Y. c and whom s. & entrailis, or sone T. e holde c sup. ras. o. f do ony thing
c sup. ras. r. « need, or constreynyng T. h Om. T. For perauenture r. > for c sup. ras. k Om. A pr. m.
an A sec. m. GMNOPQSTVXY. a c sup. ras. 1 tyme c sup. ras. houre, or schorl tyme T. " Om. v. « Om.
OQT. ° Om. Q. P more than N. 1 Om. Q. r Om. N. and o. 3 more T. * most dertvorthe T. n more
dernorthe he is T. v both c sup. ras. r. w in the T. * so mtiche more and T. J haue T. z noied s.
nojid x . a Om. QX. either owith v. b arette r. c fulfille thou T. fille thou v. d entrayles, or desiris o.
entreilis, or affecciouns T. e Crist, resceiuyng Onesyme T. { tristinge GMPTV. tristende x.
c Om. Bk. d me i. e resceyue thou k. f tristynge EiRak.
*2
PHILEMON.
479
witynge for» thou schalt do andh ouer that
-J2that I seye. Also forsoth and make' redy
to me an oostek, or1 housm forn to dwelle
inne°; forwhi I hope by? 3oure preieris
23 me fori tor be jouun to 300. Epefras,
myn euene caytif s, or1 prisoner*1 *to gi-
derev, Mn Crist Jhesu, greetith thee welw,
24 and Mark, Aristark, Demas, Lucasx, myn
25 helpers. The grace of oure Lord Jhesu
Crist withy 3oure spirit. Amenz.
witynge that thou schalt do ouer that
that Y seie. Also make thou redi to me 22
an hous to dwelle in; for Y hope that&
bi 3oure preyeris Y schal be 3ouun to
3ou. Epafras, prisoner with me in Crist 23
Jhesu, greetith theeh wel, and Mark, 24
Aristark, Demas, Lucas, myn helperis.
The grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist
with 3oure spirit. Amen.
Here endith the epistle to Filomon, Heere endith the pistle to Philemon,
and bigynneth the prolog to the pistle to and1 biginnith the prologe on the pistle
JE brews3. to Ebrewis\
S that TV. h Om. v. ' make thou TV. k Om. c. herberewe x. ' Om. c. m an hous NT. n Om. s.
0 Gloss om. in x. P that bi v. 1 Om. svx. r I schal v. * Om. c. * Om. ex. u Om. jr. * Om. cox.
w greetith thee wel in Crist Jhesu XY. * and Lucas MP. J be with TV. z Om. CK. a Here endith the
pistle to Philomon, and here bigynneth the pistle to the Ebretvys. A. Here endith the pistle to Filemon, and
bigynneth the prologe on the pistle to Ebretvs. c. Here endith the epistil to Philemon, and bigynneth the
prolog on the epistil to Ebretvs suynge. N. Here endith the epislil to Philomon, and byginneth the prologe
of the epislil to Ebreues. o. Here Filemon endith, and bigynneth the prologe vpon Ebreus. v. Here endith
the pistil to Filomon, and bygynneth the prologe to Ebrentis. Y. No final rubric in GMPQSTX.
S Om. R. h jou gk. ' and here MQabo. k From iMQXabcoa. Here endeth the pistle to Filomen ; se
now the prologe on the pistle to Ebrenies. K. Here endith the pistil of Felemon, and bigyneth prologe on
the pistel to the Ebreniis. g. Here endith Filemon, and bigynneth the prologe on the pistle to Ebreniis. h.
No final rubric in AEuaek.
HEBREWS.
Prolog to the pistle to Ebrews3.
IN theb firste it is to seie, whi the apo-
stle Poul in this pistlec vin wrytynged
nee kepte not his maner, or** his1 custom,
that he wroot otbir» the word of his name,
othirh the dignyte of ordre. This is the
cause, that he wrytinge to hem that of
circumcisioun hadde bileuyd, was as1 an
apostlek of paymes1, and not of Ebrewis;
knowynge also her pride, schewynge also
his mekenesse by feith, the merit of his
office he wolde not™ seie" bifore. For in
lyche maner John apostle0, for mekenesse,
in his pistleP his name byi the same re-
soun putter not bifore. This8 pistle* ther-
foreu the apostle is seid to bane sent to
Ebrews ywritev in Ebrew tunge; whos
witt and ordre holdynge, Luk, the euan-
gelist, aftir the passinge of blessid Poul,
xthe apostlew, made in Grew langage.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the epistle*.
The prolog owa the pistle to Ebrews^.
FIRST it is to seyeb, whi Poul, the
apostle, in thisc epistled vin writinge"
kepith not his vsagef, discryuynge his
name, or the % dignyte of his ordre.
This is the cause, that he writynge to
hem that ofh circumcisioun bileueden',
wroot as the apostlek of hethene men,
and not of Jewis ; and he knowynge
her pride, and schewinge his owene
humblenesse1, nolde™ notn putte bifore
the dissert of his office. And in lijk ma-
nere also Joon, the apostle, for humble-
nesse0, in? his epistle1* for the same skile
sette not his name tofore1". Ass it is
seid, the apostle1 sente this epistle" to
the Ebrewis writun in Ebrew tunge ;
and after the deth of Poul, the apostle,
Luk, thev euangelist, made it in Greek"
speche, holdinge the vndurstondynge and
the ordre of it.
Jerom in this prologe on this pistle
seith this*.
a The prologe to Ebrues. G. No initial rubric in srv. No prologue in AGMPX ; but in G a rubric.
In N and T the prologue is of the second text. b Om. or. « epistil sr. d Om. r. e Om. s. ee of KY.
either v. f Om. or. e ether o. h ether ov. or s. ' Om. o. k postle Y. 1 paynymes osr. m Om. v.
11 sette y sec. m. ° the apostle v. P epistil osr. 1 in o. r putteth o. s Therfore this s. * epistell osr.
u Om. s. T writen s. w Om. o. apostil s. x Here eendith the prologe, and bygineth the epistil to
Ebrenes. o. No final rubric in srv.
B of ft. aa Jeroms prolog on Paulis epistle to Ebreis. B. A prolog on the pistle to Ebretvis. R. Pro-
logus. T. Here bigynneth a prologe on the pistle to Ebreus. v. Here bigynneth the prologe to Ebrews. e.
A prolog to the Ebrewis. f. No initial rubric in ciKMQxabcghko. b-wite x. c Om. b. d pistil k.
e Om. H. f vsage in writynge H. g Om. xbo. h weren of A pr.m. EI pr.m. KQRuxa pr.m. bceghka.
1 that bileueden A pr. m. a. and bileueden R. k postle N. 1 mekenesse IK. humelnesse Q et alii.
m wolde A pr. in. CIKRXC. n Om. EMQxghko sec. m. a. ° mekenesse IK. humelnesse Q et alii. P of N.
q pistle bk. r bifore ENk. s And T. * postle K. u pistil k. v Om. N. w Grewe H. * Jerom
in his prologe on this pistle seith thus. cxa. Jerom in his prologe on this pistle seith this. KQubhoa. Here
endith the prologe, and here bigynneth the pistle to Ebreivs. M. Jerome in his prolog on this epistle to
Ebrews seith al this. N. Thus endith the prolog, and bigynneth the pistle. R. Here endith the prologe,
and bigynelh the pistil to the Ebretvis. g. No final rubric in AEiTefk.
1. I — II.
HEBREWS.
481
The epistle to the Ebrues*.
CAP. I.
1 Manyfold b and c many maners sum
tyme God spekinge to fadris ind pro-
2 phetis, at the laste in thes dales spake to
vs inf the sone ; whom he ordeynede eyr
of alle thingis, by whom he made and
3 the worldis. Thee which whanne he is theh
schynynge of glorie, and figure1 of hisk
substaunce, and berynge alle thingis bi
word of his vertu, makynge purgacioun
of synnes, sittith on the ri3thalf of ma-
4geste in hi3 thingis; so moche1 maadm
betere than aungelis, by how moche he
hath inherited a more different, 'or excel-
slent*, name bifore hem. Forsoth0 to
which? of thei aungels seide God ony
tyme, Thou art my sone, I hauer 'gendrid
thee to day8? And eftsoone, I schal be
to him into fadir*, and he schal be to me
e into sone u ? And whanne eftsoone he
bryngeth yn the firste bigetynv intow the
roundnesse of the" erthe, he seith, And
alle" they aungels of God worschipe thei
yhym. And sothli %to aungels he seith7,
Thea which makith his aungels spiritis,
sand his mynystris flawme of fyer. For-
soth to the soneb, God, thi tronec into the
world of world d; ae jerd of equyte thef
9 jerd of this rewme ; thou hast louyd ri3t-
wysnesse, and hatedist wickidnesse ; ther-
fore God1', thi God, anoyntide1 thee with
oyle of gladnessek, W ioye1, bifore111 thi
lofelowis. And, Thou, Lord, in the bigyn-
nyng foundedist" the erthe, and heuenes
1 1 ben werkis of thin hondis ; thei schulen
perische, forsoth thou schalt perfitly
dwelle ; and alle schulen wexe olde as a
To JEbrews\
CAP. I.
God, that spak sum tyme bi prophetis 1
in manyb maneres to oure fadris, at the
laste in these daies he hath spoke to vs-2
bi the sone ; whom he hath ordeyned eir
of alle thingis, and bi whom he made
the worldis. Which whanne also he is 3
the bri3tnesse of glorie, and figure of his
substaunce, and berith alle thingis bi
word of his vertu, he makith purgacioun
of synnes, and syttith onc the ri3thalf of
the maieste in heuenes; and so myche is 4
maad betere than aungels, bi hou myche
he hath eneritid a more dyuersed name
bifor hem. For to whiche of the aungels 5
seide God ony tyme, Thou art my sone,
Y haue gendrid thee to dai? And eft-
soone, Y schal be to hym in to a fadir,
and he schal be to me in to a sone ?
And whanne eftsoone he bryngith in thee
firste bigetun sone in to the world, he
seith, And alle the aungels of God wor-
schipe hym. But he seith to aungels,?
He that makith hise aungels spiritis, and
hise mynystris flawme of fier. But tos
the sone he seith, God, thi trone is in to
the world of world ; a 3erde of equitee is
the 3erde of thi rewme ; thou hast louyd 9
ri3twisnesse, and hatidistf wickidnesse ;
therfor the God, thi God, anoyntide thee
with oile of ioye, more than thi felowis.
And, Thou, Lord, in the bigynnyng 10
foundidist the* erthe, and heuenes ben
werkis of thin hondis; thei schulen pe-n
rische, but thou schalt perfitli dwelle ;
and alle schulen wexe elde as a cloth,
and thou schalt chaunge hem as a cloth, 12
* From M. The pistle to Ebrues. p. Here bygynneth Poitle pistel to the Ebretves. Q. The pistel to
the Hebrues. T. No initial rubric in vx. b By manyfolde speche T. c and in G pr. m. T. d bi v.
e he spake G sec.m. MOT. f bi v. S Om. v. h Om. T. ' the figure x. k the o. l Om. G pr.m.
m he is maad T. n Om. x. ° Forwhi v. P whom T. 1 Om. ST. r Om. x. s to day gendrid thee HP.
* a fadre GQT. u a sone QT. v bigeten sone T. w in Q. x Om. s. XJE Om. y. y Om. G pr. m. MPTY.
z he seith to aungels v. a Om. v. b sone he seith T. c trone is v. d worldes o. e and a QX.
f w the r. K the o. b thou God v. ' oyntede jr. k ful out ioie r. l Om. GiaopQTrx. m more
than v. n foundest NQY.
8 Poulis epistle to Ebreus. E. Here bigynneth the pistil to Ebrems. e. No initial rubric in ACIKMQR
uxabcghko. b ether manifold K marg. c in c. ™ ether excelent K marg. e equite, eithir euenes R.
f hast hatid IH. g Om. a sec. m.
VOL. IV. 3 Q
HEBREWS.
I. 12 II. 8.
12 cloth, and thou schalt chaunge hem as 'an
amyte0, W girdyng aboute?, and thei
schulen be chaungid. Forsoth thou ert
the same thi silf % and thi 3eeris schulen
is not faylen. Forsoth r to which8 of the*
aungels seide God onyu tyme, Sitte thou
on my ri3thalf, til I schalv putte thin ene-
umyes a stool of thi feet? Wherw thei
'alle ben notx seruyng spiritis, sent into
mynysteriey for hem that taken2 the heri-
tage of heelthe ?
CAP. II.
i Therfore 'more plenteuouslya it bihou-
eth vs forb to kepec tho thingis, that we
han herd, lest perauenture we fleteri awey.
2Forsothd if 'the ilkee wordf that is& seyd
by aungels*1 is' rnaad sadk, and ech tres-
passyng, 'or breking of the latve}, and
vnobedience took"1 iust retribucioun" of"
3 medeP, how schulen we ascape^, if we schu-
len1' despise so greet heelthe ? The8 which,
whanne it hadde takun bigynnynge for1 to
be told out by the Lord", of hem \hat
4herden is confermyd into vs ; Godv 'to
gidere witnessyngew by sygnesx, wondris?,
and greete merueylis, and dyuerse vertues,
and distribuciouns of the Hooly Gost, vpz
ohis wille. Forsoth not to aungelis God
sugetide the roundnesse of erthea to com-
« yngeb, of which0 we speken. Sothli sum
man witnesside in sum place, seiynge,
What thing is man, that thou art mynde-
ful of him, or mannis sone, for thou vi-
;sitidestd him? Thou 'hast maad6 him litilf,
as litilh lesse fro1 aungelis; thou hast crown-
ed him with glorie and onoureJ; thouk hast
ordeyned him vpon1 werkis'11 of thin hondis.
fi Thou hast maad alle thingis suget viidir
his fact. Forsoth in that thing that he
sugetide alle thingis to him, he lefte no
and thei schulen be chaungid. But thou
art the same thi silf, and thi 3eeris
schulen not faile. But to whiche of the 13
aungels seide God ath ony tyme, Sitte
thou on my ri3thalf, till Y putte thin
enemyes a stool of thi feet ? Whether 14
thei alle ben not seruynge spiritis, sente
to semen for hem that taken the eritage
of heelthe ?
CAP. II.
Therfor more plenteuousli it bihoueth i
vs to kepe' tho thingis, that we han herd,
lest perauenture we fleten awei. For if 2
the ilke word that wask seid bi aungels,
was maad sad, and ech brekyng of the
lawe and vnobedience took iust retribu-
cioun of meede, hou schulen we ascape, s
if we despisen so greet an heelthe ?
Which, whanne it hadde takun bigyn-
nyng to be teld out by the Lord, of hem
that herden is confermyd in to vs. For 4
God witnesside to gidere bi myraclis,
and wondris, and grete merueilis, and
dyuerse vertues, and departyngis of the
Hooli Goost, bi his wille. But not to 5
aungels God sugetide the world that
is to comynge, of which we speken.
But sum man witnesside in a place, and e
seide, What thing is man, that thou art
rnyndeful of hym, or mannus sone, for
thou visitist hym ? Thou hast maad hym 7
a litil lesse than aungels ; thou hast
corowned hym with glorie and onour; and
thou hast ordeyned him on the werkis
of thin hondis. Thou hast maad alle a
thingis suget vndur hise feet. And in
that that he sugetide alle thingis to hym,
he lefte no thing vnsuget1 to him. But
0 a myte TV. a cloth v. P Om. or. or chaunging clothe T. i silf vnchaungable T. r But v.
* whome GMT. * Om. GMST. u in eny T. T Om. v. w Whether s. * schal be not K.
y the ministerie o. seruice T. z token T. a Om. GMPT. b Om. sx. c kepe more plenteously GMPT.
d For r. e that x. f Om. x. g was r. h aungelis to Moises T. ' was v. k sad, or affermyd r.
1 Om. OTX. m to be Q. n ajen }eldinge o. ° Om. QX. or sv. P Om. QX. 1 scapen sx. r Om. r.
8 Om. r. t Om. sx. » Lord Jesu Crist T. v for God v. w witnesside togidere v. x myraclis r.
y and wondris MPTV. z after G.WPT. bi v. a the eerthe GOV. b come sx. c the whiche GMPT. d visyt-
est AGMNPSTPXY. c madist GMP. hast mynuschid T. f Om. G. a litil T. K Om. G pr.m. T. h Om. T.
' than v. i ouer K. k and thou Mr. 1 on vx. m the werkis GMPSTVX.
h Om. K. ' speke gk. k is k. 1 vnsugettid k.
ii. 9 — in. i.
HEBREWS.
483
thing vnsuget" to him. Forsoth0 now we
9 seen not 3it alle thingis suget to him; for-
soth we seen hym, that a litil is? maad
lesse than aungelis, Jhesu, for passioun of
deeth crowned with glorie and honour,
that he thorw grace'' of God schulde taaste
10 deeth for alle men. Forsothr it bicaam
him, for whom alle thingis, and by whom
alle thingis8, the* which hadde 'led to gi-
dere" manye sones into glorie/ the maker
ofv thew 'heelthe of hemx, for? to endez by
11 passiounsa. Sothelyb he that halowith, and
thei that ben halowid, ofc oon alled; for
which cause he is not confoundid, W
schamede, forf to clepe hem britheren,
i-2seiynge, I schal telle thi name to my bri-
theren ; in the myddil of the chirche I schal
isherieS thee. And eftsoone, I schal be trist-
yngeh into' him ; and eftsoone, Lo ! I and
my childrenk, the1 whiche God jaf to me.
uTherfore for children comuneden™ to
fleisch and blood", and he 'also took0 part
of the same, that by deeth he schulde
distroye hym that hadde lordschip of
15 deeth, that is to seie, the deuel, and
schuldeP delyuere hem that by drede of
deeth, by al lyfi weren boundun to ser-
ifiuage. Forsoth he cau3ter, 'or took to,
neuere8 aungels, but he ca^te* the seed
17 of Abraham. Wherfore he ou3te tou be
licned to britheren by alle thingis, that
he schulde be maad mercyful and feithful
byschop to God, that he schulde be mer-
cyful to thev trespassisvv, 'or giltis™, of
is the peple. Forsothex in that thing in
which he suffride, and was temptid, he
is myjty for> to helpe and2 hem that ben
temptid.
CAP. III.
i Wherfore, hooly britheren, parceners1
of heuenly cleping, biholde 30 the apostleb
now we seen not 3it alle thingis suget
to hym ; but we seen hym that was maad fl
a litil lesse than aungels, Jhesu, for the
passioun of deth crowned with glorie
and onour, that he thorou3 grace of God
schulde taste deth for alle men. For it 10
bisemede hym, for whom alle thingis,
and bi whom 'alle thingism weren maad,
which hadde brou3t many sones into
glorie, and was auctour of the" heelthe
of hem, that he hadde an ende bi pas-
sioun. For he that halewith, and theiu
that ben halewid, ben alle of oon ; for
which cause he is not schamed0 to clepe
hem britheren, seiynge, Y schal telle thi 12
name to my britheren ; in the myddil of
the chirche Y schal herie thee. And eft- is
soone, Y schal be tristnynge? in to hym ;
arid eftsoone, Lo ! Y and my children,
whiche God 3af to me. Therfor foriu
children comyneden to fleisch and blood,
and he also took part of the same, that
bi deth he schulde destrie hym that hadde
lordschipe of deth, that is to seie, the
deuel, andr that he schulde delyuere hem \5
that bi drede of deth, vbi als lijf weren
boundun to seruage. And he took neuere 16
aungelis1, but he took the seed of Abra-
ham. Wherfor he ou3te to be likned to 17
britheren bi alle thingis, that he schulde
be maad merciful and a feithful bischop
to God, that he schulde be merciful to
the" trespassis of the puple. For in that IB
thing in which he suffride, and was
temptid, he is mi3ti to helpe also hem
that ben temptid.
CAP. III.
Therfor, hooli britheren, and parce- 1
neris of heuenli cleping, biholde 30 thev
n vnsugetted GMNOPQT. ° But r. P was v. S the grace G. T For y. s thingis weren maad y.
t Om. v. n broujt v. v Om. p. " Om. cy. * Om. y. y Om. sx. z ende, eit/iir make per/it v.
a passiouns the maker of the heelthe of hem v. t> For v. « 6en alle of r. d /Aez ben alle r. Om. r.
e Om. OQX. f Om. sx. S preyse or. h tristnynge y. * to o. k childer x. 1 Om. F. m comyden o.
comeneden Y. n blood, that is, thei neren of body and soule T. ° schall take o. P that he schulde r.
<l her lijf r. r neuer toke to GMPT. took neuere vx. taujte Y. s Om. GMPTVX. or tok, neuere s. t toke
to GMPT. took vx. tau3te Y. " for to AGMNOPQTV. v Om. A pr.m. GMPTY. vv gyltes o. w Om.
GMPTX. * For y. y Om. sx. z also r. a parte o. b postle AGMNpsy. pistel Y.
m Om. EI pr. TB. Qgk. n Om. a. ° aschamed nb pr. m. g *ec. m. h. P tristynge Elk. <l Om. k.
r Om. k. s and bi k. t aungelis kynde k. u Om. k. v Om. k.
3 Q2
484
HEBREWS.
III. 2 17.
and bischop of oure confessioun, Jhesu,
2thec whichd is trewe6 to him that made
hym, as and Moyses in al the hous of
3 hym. Forsoth this bischop is had worthi
of more glorie byforef Moyses, by how
moche 'than the hous^, hath he more
4 honour1", that made it1. Forwhi ech hous
is maad of sum man ; forsoth he that
5 made alle thingisk of no3t, is God. And
sothli Moyses was trewe in al his hows',
as am seruaunt, into witnessyng of tho
cthingis that weren to be seid; forsothe"
Crist as a sone in his hous. The" which
hous we ben, if we holden trist? andi
7 glorie of hope 'til tor'sad feith8. Wherfore*
as the Hooly Gost seith, To day, if 36 han
i;herd his vois, nyle 36 hardne 3oure hertis,
as in wraththing, vpu the day of temp-
9 tacioun in desert ; where 3oure fadris
temptiden me, prouedyn, and syenv my
iowerkisw. Wherfore fourty* 3eerisF I was
offendid, "or wroth1, to this generacioun,
and J seide, Euermore thei erren3 in herte,
n forsoth thei knewenb not my weyes ; to
whomc I swoor in my wraththe, if d thei
laschulen entree into my restef. Britheren,
se 36, lest perauenture in ony of 3ou be an
yuel herte of vnbileue, for? to departe fro
isquyk God. But monesteh 3ou' silf by alle
dayesk, the while1 to day is named™, that
noon of 3011 be hardned" by falsnesse0 of
usynne. SothliP we ben maad parceners of
Crist, if netheles we holden the bigynnyng
is of his substaunce sad into the endei. While
it is seid, to day, if 36 han herd the vois
of him, nyle 36 hardne 3oure hertis, as in
icthaf wraththing. Sothli summe5 heeringe
wraththiden, but not alle thei that wenten
17 out of Egipt by Moyses4. To whiche"
forsothe was he wraththid fourty 3eerisv?
apostle and the bischop of oure confes-
sioun, Jhesu, which is trewe to hym 2
that made hym, as also Moises in al the
hous of hym. But this byschop is had 3
worthi of more glorie than Moises, bi as
myche as he hath more honour of the
hous, that made the hous. For ech hous 4
is maad of sum man ; he that made alle
thingis of nou3t is God. And Moises 5
was trewe in al his hous, as a seruaunt,
in to witnessyng of tho thingis that
weren to be seid ; but Crist as a sone e
in his hous. Which hous we ben, if we
holden sad trist and glorie of hope in to
the ende. Wherfor as the Hooli Goost?
seith, To dai, if 36 han herd his vois,
nyle 36 hardne 3oure hertis, as in wrath- «
thing, lijk the dai of temptaciounw in
desert; where 3oure fadris temptiden rne, 9
and preueden, and si3en my werkis fourti
3eeris. Wherfor Y was wrooth to this 10
generacioun, and Y seide, Euere more
thei erren in herte, for thei knewen not
my weies ; to whiche Y swore in myii
wraththe, thei schulen not entre in to
my reste. Britheren, se 36, lest perauen- 12
ture in ony of 3ou be an yuel herte of
vnbileue, to departe fro thex lyuynge
God. But moneste 30^ silf bi alle daies, is
the while toz dai is named, that noon of
3ou be hardned* bi fallasb of synne. For u
we ben maad parceneris of Crist, if ne-
theles we holden the bigynnyngf of his t that is, feit
substaunce sad in to the ende. While 15 gynnyng of
it is seid, to dai, if 30 han herd the vois
of hym, nyle 36 hardne 3oure hertis, as
in that wraththinsr. For summen heringe icmaad
and taken part
wraththiden, but not alle thei that wenten of Goddis sub-
out of Egipt bi Moises. But to whiche0 17
was he wraththid fourti 3eerisd? Whether
c Om. vx. d that x. ' treuthe G. t bi than v. e Om. xv. h honour of the hous nr. ' thilke
hous v. k theng o. l hous, or meyne T. m Om. T. n But v. ° Om. v. P sad trist nr. 1 in K.
T into GQ. vnto MPT. s the end NV. * Therfore N. u aftir GMPT. v saiden G sec. m. w werkis fourti
jeeris Nr. x Om. Nr. 7 jere GMOPSTX. Om. fry. z or wraththid NT. Om. x. a erreden T. erren and Y.
b knew} G. know o. c whiche v. d Om. NV. e not entre Nr. f rest, no man schal be schitt out T.
S Om. sx. h amonest NT. monesteth s. » jour GPT. k day T. 1 whiche GY. m nemned G. nempned
MP. nemned, that is, tyme of grace T. n hardid s. ° fallace N. P For r. q eend, that is, the ri-^t feith,
that is bygynnyng of al good tverke. T. r what o. s summen v. * Moyses, a* Calep and Josue T.
u whom T. v jer sx.
w temptaciouns A pr. m. x Om. g. y joure E. je jou K sec. m.
lace, eithir disceite E. c whom i. ^ daies k.
z the K sec. m. K. a hard k. D fal-
III. 1 8 — IV. 10.
HEBREWS.
485
Wherw not to hem that synneden, whos
iscareyns ben* cast doun in^ desert? To
whichez hea swoor sothli, for1' to not entre
into 'the reste of hyrac, no but to hem
19 that weren vnbileueful? And we seencc,
ford thei my3ten not entre into the rest of
him for8 vnbileue.
CAP. IV.
i 'Therfore drede wef, britheren?, lest
perauenture theh biheeste of entrynge into
'his reste' leftk, 'or forsakyn1, 'ony of vs
bem gessid", 'or dented0, for? 'to be<i aweyer.
sForsoth8 it is told to* vs, as and to hem.
And the word herd profitide" not to hem,
not meyntv to feith of these thingis that
3 thei herden. Forsothw we that han by-
leuyd schulen entre into rest, as he seyde,
As I swoor in my wraththe, ifx thei schu-
len? entre into my reste. And sotheli thez
werkis maada parfyt frob the ordynaunce
4 of the world, forsothec he seide thus in
sum place of the seueneth day, And God
restide in the seueneth day from alle his
5 werkis. And in thisd eftsoone, Ife thei
e schulen entref into my reste. Therfore
fors it leeuethh, 'or is ouer\ summenk for1
tora entre into it, and thein to whiche0
the? firstei it isr told, entriden not for her
7 vnbileue. Eftsoone he termyneth sum day,
'To day8, seyinge in Dauith*, aftir so
moche of tyme; as it is bifore seid, To day
if 36 han herd his voisu, nyle 36 hardne
joure hertis, xas in the ilke wraththingv.
a Forwhi if Jhesus hadde 3ouyn reste to
hem, he schulde neuere speke of othere
o aftir thatw day. Therfore 'saboth halow-
10 ing* is left to the peple of God. Forsothy
he that entridez into his reste, and hea
not to hem that synneden, whos careyns
weren cast doun in desert? And6 to is
whichef swoor he, that thei schulden not
entre in to the reste of hym, note but to
hem that weren vnbileueful ? And we 19
seen, that thei my3ten not entre in to
the reste of hym for vnbileue.
CAP. IV.
Therfor drede we, lest perauenture i
while the biheest of entryng in to his1'
reste is left, that' ony of vs be gessid to
be awei. For it is told also to vs, as 2
to hem. And the word that was herd
profitide not to hem, not meynd to feith
of thok thingis that thei herden. For wes
that han bileued, schulen entre in to
reste1, as he seide, As Y swoor in my
wraththe, thei schulen not entre in to my
reste. And whanne the werkis weren
maad perfit at the ordynaunce of the
world, he seide thus in a place of the 4
seuenthe dai, And God restide in the
seuenthe dai from alle hise™ werkis. And 5
in this place eftsoone, Thei schulen not
entre in to my reste. Therfor for it 6
sueth, that summenn schulen entre in to
it, and thei to whiche it was teld to bifor,
entriden not for her vnbileue. Eftsoone 7
he termyneth sum dai, and seith in Da-
uith, To dai, aftir so myche tyme of
tyme, as it is biforseid, To dai if 36 han
herd his vois, nyle 36 hardne 3oure hertis.
For if Jhesus* hadde 3ouun reste to hem, 8 * that is, Josue.
he schulde neuere speke of othere aftir close here. ve.
this dai. Therfor the sabat is left too
the puple of God. For he that is entrid 10
in to his reste, restide of hise werkis, as
also God of hise. Therfor haste we ton
w Whether GSX. * weren v. y in to s. z whome GMPT. &Om.opr.m. t> Om. sx. c his rest o.
reste of hym QT. cc seyen K. d that v. e for the G. f Drede we therfore GMPT. 8 Om. r. h while the v.
* the rest of him G. k forsaken o. is left v. 1 or forsake, or demyd G pr.m. MP. Om. OTX. m ony of
vs for to be G pr. m. for to he ony of vs be MPQ. Om. T. n demed ox. Om. T. ° Om. GMOPTVX.
P Om. G pr. m. MPSTX. 1 Om. MPT. r faile GT. s For v. * also to v. u profitith T. v mengyd
GMPSTX. w For r. * Om. Nr. y scholen not Nr. z whanne the v. a weren maad r. b forsothe o.
c Om. r. d this place v. e Om. NT. { scholen not NV. e Om. G pr. m. o. h sueth r. is ouer x.
' Om. ovx. ouer T. k that summen v. ! Om. svx. m schulen v. n thei first T. ° whom T.
P Om. OT. 9 Om. T. r was v. s Om. v. t Dauith, To dai v. " voice, in tyme of grace T. v Om. y.
as in that wrathing x. w this v. * reste r. y For v. z entrith T. a he that v.
e in k. f whom i. g no ciKMQUxabceghkoajS. ne E. h this x sup. ras. > that if Rag sec. m. ho/3,
ony k. l the reste gko. m Om. b. n summe men Q.
486
HEBREWS.
IV. ii — V. 6.
restide of his werkis, as and God of
11 hise. Therfore haste we forb to entre into
that reste, that no man falle into the
12 same ensaumplec of vnbileue. Forsoth the
word of God is quyk, and spedy ind
worching, and more "able for to perse6
than alf tweyne« eggid swerd, and en-
tryngeh, 'or strecchinge*, 'til tok departyng1
of soule, 'or lyfm, and spirit, and of"
ioyntouris and merewis, and0 departerP,
'or demeri, of thou3tis and intenciounsr of
ishertis. And no creature is invisyble in
the sijt of God. Forsothe alle thingis
ben nakid and opyn to his y3en, to whom
ua word to vs. Therfore we hauynge a
greet bischop, that perside heuenes, Jhesu,
the sone of God, holde8 the confessioun4,
is'or knowleching", of oure feithv. Forsothw
we ban not a byschop, that may not suffre
to gidere, 'or haue compassioun*, to? oure
infirmytees2, but temptid8 by alle thingis
ie for lyknesse, withouteb synne. Therfore
go we with tristbb to the trone of his grace,
that we gete mercy, and fynde grace in
couenable help0.
CAP. V.
1 Forwhi ech bysshop takynd of men, is
ordeyned for men in these6 thingis that
ben tof God, that he offre 3yftis and
2 sacryficis for synnes. The? which may to
gidere sorwe with hem, that vnknowenb
and erren ; for and he is enuyrowned1 with
ainnrmytek. And therfore he owith, as and
for the peple, so also1 and for hym silf,
4offrem for synnes. Neithir ony man takith
ton him honour, no0 but he that is clepid
5 of God, as? Aaron0-. So and Crist clari-
fiede not hym silf, that he were bisshop,
but he that spak to him, Thou art my
e sone, to day I gendride thee. As and in
entre in to that reste, that no man falle
in to the same ensaumple of vnbileue.
For the word of God is quyk, and spedi 12
in worching, and more able to perse
than any tweyne eggid swerd, and
stretch ith forth to the departynge of
the soule* and of the spiritf , and of the
ioynturis $ and0 merewis, and demere of
thou3tis, and of intentis arid? hertis. And is
no creature is vnuisible in the si3t of
God. For alle thingis ben nakid and opyn
to hise i3en, to whom a word to vs.
Therfor we that ban a greet bischop, u
that perside heuenes, Jhesu, the sone of
God, holde we the knoulechyng of oure
hope. For we ban' not a bischop, that is
may not haue compassioun on oure in-
firmytees, but was temptid bi alle thingis
bi lycnesse, with oute synne. Therfor 16
go we with trist to the trone of his
grace, that we gete merci, and fynde
grace in couenable help.
* that is, sen-
sualite. ve.
f spirit; that
is, resonable
soule. The Close
here. ve.
J The comoun
Glose seith, that
ioyntours ben
thoujtis ioyned
to gidere, and
merjwis sutil
entenciouns of
thoujtes. T.
CAP. V.
For ech bischop takun of men, is or- 1
deyned for men in these thingis 'that
ben0- to God, that he offre 3iftis and sa-
crifices for synnes. Which may togidere 2
sorewe with hem, that bethr vnkunnynge
and erren ; for also he is enuyrounned
with infirmytee. And therfor he owith, 3
as for the puple, so also for hym silf, to
offre for synnes. Nethir ony man taketh5 4
to hym onour, but he that is clepid of
God, as Aaron was. So Crist clarifiedes
not hym silf, that he were bischop, but
he that spak to hym, Thou art my sone,
to dai Y gendride thee. As 'in anotheree
b Om. sx. c exsaumple sx. d and o. e able to perse sx. peersable r. f any N. a o. s two
GMPST. twei x. h strecchinge out G. strecchinge MPT. strengin v. ' Om. GMOPTFJC. of strecchynge o.
k vnto GMPT. ! departyd K. m Om. MOPTVX. n Om. x. ° and the GMP. and it is the T.
P the departer v. demer r. 1 Om. vx. ' intencioun o. ententis v. s holde we GMPSTY. * knowleching o.
" Om. GMOPTX. v hope Nr. w por v. * Om. G.WOPT. y on r. z infirmitees, orfreeltese GMPT.
a temptid, or prouid GMPT. b the whiche mas withouten T. bb Crist K. « helthe s. d takun vp MPT.
e tho o. f in to T. e Om. v. h knowen not r. i vmbylapped o. k infirmytees MOP. ! Om. s.
m to offre A pr. m. GMNPT. n Om. v. ° Om. r. P as and o. q Aaron mas y.
0 of k. P of b sec. m. h. in k. q Om. R pr. m. r ben CEiKMRxabceghkoap. « take A.
V. 7— VI. 4-
HEBREWS.
487
otherer place he seith, Thou art a prest
into8 with outen ende, vp' the ordre of
7 Melchisedech. The" which in thev dayes
of his fleischw offringex preieris and bi-
sechingis to God^ that my3te make him
saf fro deeth, "with greet cry and teerisz,
sisa herd for his reuerence. And sothli
whanne he was Goddis sone, he lernedeb
obedience of thes thingis that he suffride;
uand he endidc is maad cause of euerlasting
loheelthe to alled obeishinge to him, clepide
of God a bischop, bisydisf the ordre of
u Melchisedech. Of whom to& vs a greet
word, and ableh for1 to be interpretidk, for1
to seye, for 36 ben maad feble form to
i2heere. Forsothe" whanne 36 schulen0 be
maistris for tymep, eftsoone 36 neden that
36 be taujt, whiche ben the^ elementis,
W lettris*, of the bigynnyng of Goddis
wordis. And 36 ben maade, vtho tos whom1
13 is nede of mylk, and" not sadv mete. For-
sothw ech that is parcener of mylk, is
withoute part of the word of ri3twysnesse,
uforsoth* he is a litil child. Forsoth of
parfit men is sad mete, of hem that for
'the ilke^ custom han wittisz excersysid3,
*o.r trauelidh, to discrecioun of good and
yuel.
CAP. VI.
i Wherfore c we leeuynge a while the
word of thecc bigynnynge of Crist, bed born
to the6 perfeccioun 'of himf, not eftsoone
leggyngeS the foundament of penaunce fro
2deede werkis, and of feithh to God, of
waisshingis1, vor baptyms^, of teching1, and
ofm leying on of hondis, and of rysing
a3en of deed men, and of euerlastyng
sdom. And this thing we schulen do, if
4 God schal suffre. Sothli it is impossible,
hem" that oonys ben illumyned0, han
place he seith4, Thou art a prest with
outen ende, aftir the ordre of Melchi-
sedech. Which in the daies of his fleisch 7
offride, with greet cry and teeris, preieris
and bisechingis to hym that my3te make
hym saaf fro deth, and was herd for his
reuerence. And whanne he was Goddis 8
sone, he lernyde obedience of these
thingis that be suffride; and he brou3t9
to the ende is maad cause of euer-
lastinge heelthe to alle that obeischen to"
hym, and is clepid of God a bischop, bi 10
the ordre of Melchisedech. Of whomii
ther is to vs a greet word for to
seie, and able to be expowned, for 36
ben maadw feble to* here. For whanne 12
36 ou3ten to be maistris for tymey, eft-
soone 36 neden that 36 be tau3t, whiche
ben the lettris of the bigynnyng of
Goddis wordis. And 36 ben maad thilke,
to whichez is nede of mylk, and not sad
mete. For ech that is parcenere ofia
mylk*, is with out partf of the word of * that is, hath
.. . . . . ' . , „ nede to esi
ri3twisnesse, tor he is a mil child. But 14 teching. ve.
of perfit men is sad mete, of hem that t «>«<*<«« port,-
that is, unable
for custom han wittis exercisid to dis- to take hard
- , , , , thing. Lire
crecioun of good and of yuel. here. ve.
CAP. VI.
Therfor* we bringinge11 in a word ofi
the bigynnyng :j: of Crist, be we borun
to the perfeccioun of hym, not eftsoone
leggynge the foundement of penaunce
fro deed werkis, and of the feith to God,
and of teching of baptimys, and ofi
leiynge on of hondis, and of risyng a3en
of deed men, and of thec euerlastinge
doom. And this thing we schulen do,:i
if God schal suffre. But it is impossible*1, 4
that thei that ben onys Ii3tned, and 'han
I that is, of the
bigy lining
feith wherbi
Crist begyn-
neth to be in
us. The Close
here. v.
r an other ox. s Om. v. l aftur T. bi v. u Om. v. v Om. e. w Om. v. x offringe with greet
cry and teeris v. 1 hym sr. Om. v. z Om. v. a was v. b lerede sx. c led to perfeccioun v. » alle
men T. e and is clepid v. f bi ttv. g is to v. k vnable T. ' Om. sx. k expounned, or interprelid a.
expouned interpretid MP. expowned T. 1 Om. STX. m Om. GMPSX. n For v. ° oujten to be v.
P tyme of long knowyng T. a tyme v pr.m. 1 Om. T. r Om. x. s into K. to v. * whiche r.
a Om. v. v of sad s. w Forwhi r. * for v. y the N. Om. v. that x. * the wittis G. her wittis T.
a hauntid GMOPT. traueiliden r, b Om. ox. c Therfore alii. cc Om. y. d Om. MP. e Om.
G pr. m. v. f Om. v. S lygynge GA/P. leiende sx. h the feith v. > baptemys GMPT. k or rvasch-
yngis GMPT. Om. ox. ' techingis GTAT. «» Om. G pr. m. MPT. n that thei y. ° Ii3tened or.
* he seitli in another place R. u Om. a. w ymaad a. * for to R. y a tyme A sec. m. iko$. z whom i.
a Wherfore Eeghka. b bryngen gk. c Om. sb. d vnpossible
488
HEBREWS.
VI. 5—17.
tastid also heuenly 3ifte, and ben maad
5 parceners of theP Hooly Gost, nethelees
tastideni the good word of God, and ver-
ctues of the world to comynger, and ben
sliden fer awey, eftsoone8 for* to be" re-
newlidT, 'or maad neivew, to penaunce ;
eftsoones crucifyinge to hem silf the sone
7 of God, and hauyngex to scorn. Forsothe^
the erthe drynkynge reyn ofte comynge
vponz it,' and bryngynge forth couenable
eerbe to hem of whom8 it is tilid, takith
s blessing of God. Forsoth it bryngynge
forth thornes and breris, is reprouable,
and next to cursb, whos endyngc schal be
9 into brennyng. Forsoth, 36 moost dere-
worthe, we tristen of jou betere thingis,
and neer to heelthed, nethelees6 thou3 we
lospeken sof. Sothlis God is not vniust, that
he for3ete joure workish and loue, the'
whichek 36 han schewid in his name; for
36 han mynistrid to seyntis, and mynistren.
nForsothe we coueiten ech1 of 3011 for1" ton
schewe the same bysynesse to thenn ful-
i2fillyng° of hope? till intor the ende; that
36 be not maad slow, but also suweris of
hem, 'the whiche8 by feith and pacience
isschulen enherite biheestis*. Forwhi God
biheetynge to Abraham, for he hadde 'no
man" more, by whom he schulde swere,
uswbor by hym silf, seiynge, No but I
blessynge schalv blesse thee, and I multi-
is plyinge schal multiplie thee ; andw so he
longe suffringex gaat 'repromyscioun, or
\sbiheeste a^en?. Forsothez men swerea
by the more of hem, and the ende of al
her controuersyeb, 'or debate*, is an ooth
17 to confermacioun. In thed which thing
God willinge for6 to schewef to the eyris
of his biheeste£ the vnmouablenesse, xor
sadnesseh, of his conseil, put' bitwixek an
tastid also6 an heuenly }ifte, and ben
maad parceneris of the Hooli Goost, and 5
netheles han tastid the good word of netheles *hei
God, and the vertues of the world to
mowen be sau-
id bi uerey pe-
naunce, but
comynge, and ben slidun fer awei, that 6 thei moun not
thei be renewidf* eftsoone to penauncef.
Whiche eftsones crucifiene}; to hem silf
the sone of God, and han toh scorn II. ing may not be
don twyees in
For the erthe that dnnkith1 reyn ofte? ooman. The
.. j i_ • ..i c Close and Lire
comynge on it, and bringith forth coue- here. ve.
liable erbe to hem of whiche it is tilid,
takith blessing of God. But that that 8
is bringinge forth thornes and breris, is maad newe to
00 penaunce, but
repreuable, and next to curs, whos end- it is not nteriy
yng schal be in to brennyng. But, 309 "
moost dereworthe, we tristen of 3ou
betere thingis, and neer to helthe, thorn *™ot™ >
' for to acorde
we speken so. For God is not vniust, 10 more to the
lettre. Lire
that he io^ete 3oure werk and loue, here. v.
whiche 30 han schewid in his name ; for
36 han mynystrid to seyntis, 'and mynis- ^
trenk. And we coueiten that ech of 3ouii *
schewe the same bisynesse to the fillyng «
,. . Al ned twyes, lien
of hope in to the ende; that 36 be notiaiijk thecruci-
maad slowe, but also sueris of hem,
whiche bi feith and pacience schulen and'
crucifien Crist
enherite the biheestis. For God bihe- 13 not in dede,
tinge to Abraham, for he hadde noon him as to him-
i_ . i i 111 self : that is, don
grettere, bi whom he schulde swere, theno as myche
swoor bi hym silf, and seide, Y bless- 14 r/i*G/™°'o™f
inge schal blesse thee1, and Y multipli- ^ire here- ve-
|| to scorn; as
ynge schal multiplie theefi; and so hei5my<*easisin
,.,. ijj ,1 ,., T^ hem thei cru-
long abidinge hadde the biheeste. For ificifien eft God-
thei that
men sweren bi a grettere ^f than hem silf,
and the ende of al her plem is an ooth £jsat d^Pei^°d
to confirmacioun. In which thing God 17 v>ssen in syn-
nes. The Close
Wlllynge tO SChewe plenteUOUSlier tO the here rehersinge
P,.,., , ci. Crisoslom. ve.
eins oi his biheest the sadnesse of his §ischaimui-
counsel, puttiden bitwixe" an ooth, that is t^'£st0n<de
bi tweyP thingis vnmeuable, bi whiche thou> if 1 do
P Om. G. q thei tastiden T. r comen sx. * ben maad newe eftsoone v. * Om. svx. u Om. v.
v renewid sx. Om. v. w Qm. GMOPTVX. * hauyng hym i. y Forwhi v. * Om. svx. a whiche r.
b curse, or dampnacioun T. = euydence T. ^ helth than breres and thornes T. e Om. r. * Om. o. so
scharpli T. g Forwhi r. h werke AGMNOPQSTC . i Om. srx. k that x. 1 that ech v. m Om. svx.
"Om. v. in Om. Q. ° fillinge v. P the hope Q. qOm. T. r to <?. s whiche r. that x. * the bihestis x.
u noon v. T I shul s. « Om. o. * sufFringe aduersitees T. y the ajein biheest GA/P. ajen byhest o.
the bihest T. repromissioun x. z Forwhi r. & sworen QTY. b debate og. c Om. OQX. d Om. vx .
e Om. sx. * schewe plenteuousliere r. e bihestis s. h Om. ox. > puttide v. k bitwen s.
e also haue taastid H. * renulid gk. g crucifyinge A et alii. b him to K sec. m. ' Om. B pr. m.
Om. gk. l Om. gk. m ether debate K marg. n putte k. o bitwene o. P two i.
VI. 1 8 — VII. 9.
HEBREWS.
489
isoth, that by tweye1 thingis vnmouable,
by whiche it is inpossible Godm for" to"
lye00, we haue strengest solace, 'or conforfl,
thei whiche fleen to gidere forr to holde
19 the hope put forth. The3 which as an1
ankir we han sikir to the soule", and sad,
andv yngoinge til to the ynnerw thingis of
20 hydyng ; where the forgoerex 'for vs entride
yn?, Jhesus, maad bischop into2 withouten
ende vpa the ordre of Melchisedechb.
CAP. VII.
1 Sothli this Melchisedech, kyngbb of Sa-
lem, thec prest of the hi3este God, thed
which mette with Abraham gone a3en fro
2 sleyngef of kyngis, and blesside him ; to
whom and Abraham departide^ tythes of
alle thingis; firgt sothli theh which is
interpretid kyng of rijtwysnesse, aftir-
ward forsothe and kyng of Salem, that is
3 to seie, kyng' of pees, with oute fadir,
with oute modir, with oute genelogie, ne-
thir hauynge bigynnynge of dayes, nethir
ende of lyfk; forsoth he licned to the
sone of God, dwellith prest into1 with-
4 outen ende. Forsoth biholde 36 hou greet
Ms this man™, to whom and" Abraham
patriark 3af tithes of the0 beste thingis.
s And sotheli men takynge presthod of the
sones of Leeuy han rnaundement for? to
take tythes of the peple, vpi the lawer,
that is to seye, of her britheren, thou3
and thei wenten out of the leendis of
c Abraham. Forsoth he9 whos generacioun
is not noumbrid88 in hem1, tooke tithis of"
Abraham; and he blesside this Abraham,
7 the which hadde repromyssiouns". For-
soth withoutew a3enseyinge, that that is
slesse, is blessid of the betere. And here
sothli men deiynge taken tithis; forsoth
gther 'it is witnessid*, that he lyueth. And
it is impossible that God lie, wei han ar not this, no
man bileue to
strengeste solace, we that fleen togidere8 me in eny
to holde the hope that is put forth to vs.
Which hope as an ankir we han sikir to
the soule, and sad, and eoynge* in to the 8chal faile> if
this is not don.
ynnere thingis of hiding; where the bifore 20 Lire here. ve.
goere, Jhesus, that is maad bischop with that CM ttod,
outen ende bi the ordre of Melchisedech, .SftTrf
entride for vs. ^^ The
Close here. ve.
CAP. VII.
And this Melchisedech, king of Salem, i
and preest of the hi3este God, which
mette with" Abraham, as he turnede
a3en fro thev sleyngw of kyngis", and
blesside hym ; to whom also Abraham 2
departide tithis of alle thingis ; first he is
seid king of ri3twisnesse, and aftirward
kyng of Salem, that is to seie, king of
pees, with out fadir, with out modir, 3
with out genologie, nether hauynge bi-
gynnyng of daies, nether ende of lijf;
and he is lickened to the sone of God,
and dwellith preest with outen ende.
But biholde 36 how greet is this, to 4
whom Abraham the patriark 3af tithis
of the beste thingis. For men of the &
sones of Leuy takinge presthod han
maundement to take tithis of the puple,
bi the lawe, that is to seie, of her bri-
theren, thou3 also thei wenten out of
the leendis of Abraham. But he whos<<
generacioun is not noumbrid in hem,
took tithis of Abraham ; and he blesside
this Abraham, which hadde repromys-
siounsy. With outen ony a3enseiyng, that 7
that is lesse, is blessid of the bstere.
Andz heere deedli men taken tithis; but 8
there he berith witnessyng, that he lyu-
eth. And that it be seid so, bi Abraham 9
1 two GMPSTX. m that God v. n Om. srx. ° Om. v. °° be v. P Om. x. 1 Om. v. r Om. sx.
3 Om. r. * Om. o. a soule, to stable it T. " Om. pv pr.m. w innermore GMPT. x biforegoere r.
J Om. v. z Om. r. a after GMPT. bi v, b Melchisedech entride for vs v. t>b mas kyng v. c Om.
GMPT. d Om. v. e goynge ov. f fleinge T. S partide K. jaf x pr. v. h Om. v. i a kyng T.
k lijf in knowinge T. ' Om. r. m this is x. n Om. T. ° Om. G pr. m. MPT. P Om. sx. 1 after
GMPT. bi r. r lawe, and not otherwise T. s Om. QXY. ss noumbre v. l hem, that is, Melchisedec T.
n of this o. T repromyssioun N. w withoute ony laopQTrx. * he berith witnessinge v.
1 we that fleen togidre Eiqcgk. that we fleen togidere K pr. m. that fleen to gidere K sec. m. r Om.
KiKQabcego sec. m. s Om. KiKQcgk. * ether entringe K marg. uOm.npr.m. v Om. Ko/3. Aether
deeth K marg. * the kinges E. V repromissiouns, eithir biheestis R. repromyssioun k. z But a.
VOL. IV. 3 R
490
HEBREWS.
VII. IO 22.
that it is? soz seid, by Abraham, anda
loLeeuy, that took tithis, isb tithid ; for-
sothbb and 3it he was in hisc fadrisd leendis,
whanne Melchisedech mette with him.
iiTherfore if endynge was by presthod of
Leeuy, forsothef vndir hym the peple took
the lawe, what jit was it nedeful, an-
other prest for? to ryse, vph the ordre of
Melchisedech, and not for' to be seid vpk
i->the ordre of Aaron ? Forsothe1 the prest-
hod translatid m, it is neden that and0
i.'itranslaciounP of lawei be maad. Forsothe
he in whom thes thingis ben seid, is of
another lynage, of ther which no man
H wass prest1, 'or redyu, to the auter. Soth-
liv it is opynlyw knowun*, that oure Lord
is born of y Juda, in which lynage Moyses
isspak no thing of prestis. And more jit
it is knowunz, if vpa the ordre of Mel-
lochisedech another prest rysith; theb which
is not maad vpc the lawe of fleischly
maundement, but vpd vertue of lyf inso-
libleee, 'or that* *may not be vndon%.
i7Sothlih he witnessith, For' thou art a prest
intok withouten ende, vp ' the ordre of
is Melchisedech ; forsoth reprouyng of the
maundement bifore goynge is maad, for
i!)them vnsadnesse and vnprofyt of it. For-
soth" the lawe broujte no thing to 'perfit
thing0, forsoth the bryngyng yn of betere
20 hope, by which we neijen to GodP. And
hou greet it is, not withoute sweringe^;
forsoth othere ben maad prestis r with
•_>ioute ans oth; 'forsoth this prest* with"
an oth, by hym that seide to hym, The
Lord swoor, and it schal not rewe him,
Thou ert a prest intov withouten ende,
22vpw the ordre of Melchisedech; in so
moche Jhesu is maadx bihetery of the be-
also Leuy, that took tithis, was tithid ;
and jit he was in his fadris leendis, 10
whanne Melchisedech mette with3 hym.
Therfor if perfeccioun was bi the preest- n
hood of Leuy, for vndur hym the puple
took the lawe, what jit was it nedeful,
another preest to rise, bi the ordre of
Melchisedech, and not to be seid bi the
ordre of Aaron ? For whi whanne theb 12
preesthod is translatid, it is nede that
also translacioun of thec lawe be maad.
But he in whom these thingis ben seid, is
is of another lynage, ofcc which no man
was preestd to the auter. For it is opyn, u
that oure Lord is borun of Juda, in
which lynage Moises spak no thing of
preestis. And more jit it is knowun, if ia
bi the ordre of Melchisedech another
preest is risun vp ; which is not maad IG
bi the lawe of fleischli maundement6, but
bi vertu of lijf that may not be vndon.
For he witnessith, That thou art a preest 17
with outen ende, bi the ordre of Melchi-
sedech; that repreuyng of the maunde-ia
ment bifor goynge is maad, for the vn-
sadnesse andf vnprofits of it. For whi 10
the lawe broujt no thing to perfeccioun,
but there is a bringing in of a betere
hope, bi which we neijen to God. And 20
hou greet it is, not with out sweryng ;
but the othere ben maad preestis with
outen an ooth; but this preest with an 21
ooth, bi hym that seide 'to hym1', The
Lord swoor, and it schal not rewe hym,
Thou art a preest with outen ende, bi
the ordre of Melchisedech; in so myche22
Jhesus is maad biheetere of the betere
testament. And the othere' werenk maad 23
manye preestis1, 'therfor for"1 thei weren
y be r. z Om. a pr. m. a also v. b was v. bb for v. c the s. d fadir MPT. e perfeccioun v.
{ for v. S Om. sx. h after GMPT. bi v. ' Om. QS.T. k after GMPT. bi v. l Forwlri whanne v.
m is translatid v. n nedeful sy. ° also v. P the translacioun AN. <) the lawe GOX. r Om. rx.
8 is o. * redy r. u Om. OT. v For r. * opyn K. * Om. r. y in o. « to knowe x. a after
GMNPT. bi r. b Om. r. c after GMPT. bi v. d after GMNPT. bi r. * the vertu OSJT. ee not able
to be vndon o. f or that that r. Om. x. ? may not be don KQ. Om. x. h For v. 5 That r. k Om. r.
1 after GMPT. bi v. m Om. T. n Forwhi v. ° perfeccioun v. P God, i* maad bi Crist r. 1 swer-
inge, that Crist is maad prist aftur the ordre of Melchisedec T. " pristis in the old lawe T. s Om. GMPT.
4 this forsothe s. but this prest r. u is maad with r. T Om. v. w after GMPT. bi v. * maad betre
GMPT. y Om. MP.
a Om. K. b Om. K. c Om. CEiKMQRuxabcegkoo/3. cc in Egk. d prest, eithir redi R. e comaunde-
ment EIK sec. m. Q pr. m. gka. t and the Eac. K profyt c. h Om. H pr. m. > othir mo k. k ben k.
prestis vp the lawe k. m for that that k.
VII. 23 — VIII. 5-
HEBREWS.
491
23tere testament. And sothli othere mo
benz maad prestis vpa 'the laweb, 'for thatc
thatd thei • weren forbeden by deeth for6 to
24 dwelle; forsothf this man%, for thath he
dwelle1 intok withouten ende, hath1 euere-
salastyng presthod. Wherfore and he may
saue intom withouten ende, comynge ny3
bi hym silf" 'to God, euermore lyuynge
26 for0 to preye for vs. Forsoth it bycaam
that such a man were bischop to vs,
hooly, innosent, inpoluteP, 'or ful clene\
departid fro 'synful menr, and maad hi3er
27 than heuenes ; the8 which hath not nede
ech day, as prestis, first for his owne
giltis for1 to offre oostis", 'or sacrificis^,
aftirwardw for the peple ; sothlix he dide
28 this thing, 'onys offrynge him silf^. For-
soth the lawe ordeynede men prestis hau-
ynge sykenessez, 'or freelte3-; forsothb the
word of swering, thec which is aftir the
lawe, ordeynede the sone perfyt intod
withouten ende.
forbedun bi deth to dwelle stille ; but 24
this", for0 he dwellith with outen ende,
hath an euerlastynge preesthod. Wher-25
for also he may saue with outen ende,
coraynge ny3 bi hym silf to God, and
euermore lyueth to preye for vs. For it 26
bisemyde that sich a? mani were a bi-
schop to vs, hooli, innocent, vndefoulid,
clene, departid fro synful men, and maad
hi3ere than heuenes; which hath not nede 27
ech dai, as prestis, first for hise owne
giltis to offre sacrifices, and aftirward
for the puple ; for he dide this thing in
offringe hym silf onys. And the lawe 28
ordeynede men prestis hauynge sijknesse;
but the word of swering, which is after
the lawe, ordeynede the sone perfit with
outen ende.
CAP. VIII.
i Forsothe ae capitle vponf tho thingis
that ben seid. We ban such a bischop,
that saat to gidere in» the ri3thalf of the
2seete of greetnesse in heuenes, mynistreh
of seyntis and of the verri tabernacle, that
3 God sette1, and not man. Forsothek ech
bischop is ordeyned for1 to offre 3iftis and
oostism; wherfore itn is nede, and0 this
man? 'for toi haue sum thing that he
4schalr offre. Therfore if hes were vponf
erthe, he were nou prest, whanne ther
weren that schulden offre 3iftis vpv the
•r>lawe, thew whiche seruen to the saum-
pler5' and schadewe of heuenly thingis. As
it is? answerid to Moyses, whanne he
schulde ende z the tabernacle, Se % he b
CAP. VIII.
But a capitlef on tho thingis that ben i t a capita ;
11 ° that is, a schort
seid. We han sicher a bischop, that sat comprehending
. „ ,, . , ,f ,. ,, ,. of many thingis.
in8 the ri3thalf of the seete of greetnesse The dose here.
in heuenes, the mynystre of seyntis, and 2 ve-
of the veri tabernacle, that God made,
and not man. For ech bischop is or- 3
deyned to offre 3iftis and sacrificis ;
wherfor it is nede, that also this bischop
haue sum thing that he schal offre.
Therfor if he were on erthe, he were no 4
preest, whanne ther weren that schulden
offre 3iftis bi the lawe, whiche seruen tos
the saumpler and schadewe of heueneli
thingis. As it was answerid to Moises,
whanne he schulde ende the tabernacle,
Se, he seide, make thou alle thingis bi the
1 weren v. a after GMPT. Om. r. b Om. v. c therfore r. d Om. s. for v sec.m. e Om. sx.
f sothely GMPT. e Om. x. h Om. v. ' dwelleth AGMNopQsrrxY. k Om. r. 1 haue A. m Om. v.
n also v. ° Om. osx. P vnfyled o. 1 or vndefoulid GMPT. Om. ox. r synners MT. s Om. v.
t Om. sx. n Om. o. v Om. ox. w and afterwarde o. x for r. y in offringe himself oonys r.
'• syknessis r. a Om. ox. ° but v. c Om. r. d Om. v. e this T. { is maad vpon T. on vx.
g on ax. h the mynystre v. » settide v. k Forwhi r. ' Om. sx. m sacrificis v. n and it s.
0 that also r. Om. x. P man Crist T. bischop v. Om. x. 1 Om. v. to A:. r schulde T. s it T.
* on vx. u not TV. v after GMPT. bi v. w Om. v. * saumpler, or figure T. y was r. z make T.
a See thou c sec. m. D the Lord T.
n he this i. this man k. » for that that k. P Om. Ek pr. m. i Om. E.
3 R2
Om. gk. 8 on bgk.
492
HEBREWS.
vm. 6 — ix. i .
seith0, make thou alle thingis vpd the
saumpler, that is schewid to thee in the
amount. Now forsoth he hath getyn a
betre mynysterie, by how moche and he
ise a mediatour of af betere testament,
theB which is halewid1', *or confermyd1,
7 with betere biheestis. For if 'the ilkek
firste hadde be voydid1 fro blame"1, sothli
a place0 of the secunde schulde not be
asou3t. Forsoth0 reprouynge hem he P
seith, Loo ! dayes comen, seith the Lord,
and I schal endei a newe testament vponr
the hous of Ysrael, and vpon8 the house of
sJuda; not vpl the testament that I made
to her fadris, inu the day in whichv I
caujte her hond, that I schulde leede hem
out of the lond of Egipt ; for thei dwell-
iden not perfltly in my testament, and I
lohaue dispysidw hem, seith the Lord. Forx
this is the testament, 'the which? I schal
dispose to the hous of Israel aftirz thoa
dayes, seith the Lord, in 3yuynge my
lawis into the soulis of hem, and into the
hertis vof hemb Ic schal aboue wryte hem ;
and -I schal be to hem into God, and thei
nschulen be to me into a peple. And ech
man schal not teche his nei3bore, and ech
man his brother, seyinge, Knowe thou the
Lord; for alle men schulen wited, 'or
knowe*, me, fro the lessef 'til to& the more
12 of hem. For I schal be helpful11, "or mer-
ci/ful'1, to the wickidnessek of hem, and
now I schal not bithenke1 onm the synnes
is of hem. Forsoth in seyinge newe, the
formere wexiden" olde ; forsoth that that
is of many dayes, and wexith0 olde, is ny3
the? deeth.
CAP. IX.
i Sotheli andi the formerer hadde iusti-
fyingis of worschipe, and hooly thing
worldli, ^that is, duringe for a tymes.
saumpler1, that is schewid to thee in the
mount. But now he hath getun a betere e
mynysterie, bi so myche as he is a medi-
atour of a betere testament, which is
confermyd with betere biheestis. For if 7
the ilke firste hadde lackid blame, the
place of the secounde schulde not haue be
sou3t. For he repreuynge hem seith, e
Lo! daies comen, seith the Lord, and Y
schal make perfit a newe testament on
the hous of Israel, and on the hous of
Juda; not lijk the testament that Y made 9
to her fadris, 'in the daiu in which Y
cau3te her hond, that Y schulde lede hem
out of the loond of Egipt ; for thei dwell-
iden not perfitli in my testament, and Y
haue dispisid hem, seith the Lord. But 10
this is thev testament, which Y schal dis-
pose to the hous of Israel aftir thow
daies, seith the Lord, inx 3yuynge my
lawis in to the soulis of hem, and in to
the hertis of hem I schal aboue write
hem ; and Y schal be to hem in to a>'
God, and they schulen be to me in to a
puple. And ech man schal not teche his 1 1
nei3ebore, and ech man his brother, sei-
ynge, Knowe thou the Lord ; for alle
men schulen knowe me, fro the lessez toa
the more of hem. For Y schal be mer-12
ciful to the wickidnesse of hem, and now
Y schal not bithenke on the synnes of
hem. But in seiynge a newe, the formere is
wexide eeld ; and that that is of many
daies, and wexith eeld, is ny3 theb deeth.
CAP. IX.
And the former testament hadde ius-i
tefiyngisc of worschip, and hooli thing
duringe for a tyme. For the tabernacle 2
c seide v. d aftur T. bi r. « is maad s. { Om. NT. g Om. r. h confeermed v. > Om. ovx.
k that x. 1 voyde AGMNOPSTVXY. m blaam, perkily clensynge men T. n place, or opporlunite T.
0 For he v. P Om. v. q make perfit v. r on rx. « on srx. * after GMPT. vpon o. bi v. u Om. s.
T the whiche N. w disposid N. * Forwhi r. T whiche sr. that x. * and after osv. a the T.
b Om" .T- 1 and K- d knowe or- e Om. orx. f leeste o. g vnto MPT. h merciful o. > Om. ox.
k wickidnessis s. 1 thenken s. m of KIT. " wex s. wexide v. wexen x. wexe v. ° wexide GMPT.
P Om. x. 1 Om. T. ' formere testament v. s Qm. o.
* ensaumpler R. u Om. Egk. v Qm. bk. " the R pr. m. * I k. J Om. R pr. m. * leste gk.
a til to K sec. TO. b to the K sec. m. g. c iustifiynge k.
IX. 2
HEBREWS.
493
2 Forsoth the tabernacle was rnaad first, in
which weren caridelstickis, and boord', and
puttinge forth of looues, thatu is seid hooly.
a Forsoth aftir the veil, W hydyngy, the
secunde tabernacle, vthat is seidw 'sancta
sanctorum, that is*, hooly ofhooli thingis;
4hauynge a goldin sencer, and the arke of
testament, keuerid aboute on ech syde with
gold, in they which az pot of gold hauynge
manna, and the 3erd of Aaron that flo-
rischide, and thea tablis of testament b;
svpon0 whiched thingis weren cherubyns of
glorie, schadewinge the propiciatorie"; of
whiche thingis it is not now forf to seye
e by alle£. Forsoth thes'1 maad thus to gi-
dere, sothli in ' the formere tabernacle k
prestis entriden yn1 euermore™, endinge
7 the officis" of sacramentis0 ; forsoth in the
secunde tabernacle, xonys in the jeer? the
bisshop aloonei, not withoute blood1", the9
which he offrith for his ignoraunce and
s the peplis. The* Hooly Gost signyfiynge"
this thing, notv jit the wei of seyntis forw
'to bex openyd, jit? the former tabernacle
<jhauyngez state3. Theb which parable isc
of this present time, bisydisd which 3iftis
and oostise, W sacrifysis*, ben offrid, the?
whiche mown not make ah man seruynge
perfit by conscience, oonly in metis, and
10 drynkis, and dyuerse waischingis, and rijt-
wysnessis of fleisch, put1 vtil tok the' tyme
11 of corecciounm. Forsoth Crist beynge" a
bischop of goodis to comynge0, by? a larger
and perfiteri tabernacle, not rnaad by hond,
12 that is to seye, not of this makyng, nether
by blood of gootbuckis, or ofr caluys, but
bi his owne blood, entride oonys into hooly
thingis, euerlasting5 redemcioun1 foundynu.
13 Forsothv if the blood of goot buckis, and
was maad first, in which weren candil-
stikis, and boord, and setting forth of
looues, which is seid hooli. And afterd3
the veil6, the secounde tabernacle, that
is seid sancta sanctorum, that is, hooli
ofhooli thingis; hauynge a goldun cen-4
rer, and the arke of the testament, keuered
aboute on ech side with gold, in which
was a pot of gold hauynge manna, and
the jerde of Aaron that florischide, and
the tablis of the testament; on whiche 5
thingisf weren cherubyns of glorie, ouer-
schadewinge the propiciatorie; of whiche
thingis it is not now to seie bi alle. Bute
whanne these weren maad thus togidere,
preestis entriden eueremore in the formere
tabernacle, doynge the offices of sacrifices;
but in the secounde tabernacle, the;
bischop entride onys in the 3eer, not
without blood, which he offride for his
ignoraunce and the puplis. For thea
Hooli Goost signefiede this thing, that
not jit the weie of seyntis was openyd?,
while the formere tabernacle hadde staat.
Which parable is of this present tyme, a
bi which also jiftis and sacrifices ben
offrid, whiche moun not make a man
seruynge perfit bi conscience, oneli in
metis, and drynkis, and dyuerse waisch- 10
ingis, and rijtwisnessis of fleisch, that
weren sett toh the tyme of correccioun.
But Crist beynge a bischop of goodis ton
comynge, entride bi a largere and per-
fitere tabernacle, not maad bi hoond, that
is to seye, not of this makyng, nether bi 12
blood of goot buckis, or of calues, but bi
his owne blood, entride onys in to the'
hooli thingis, that weren foundun bi an
euerlastinge redempcioun. For if the is
4 a bord GMT. u which r. v Om. oyx. w that K. that is P. is said rrx. * Om. o.
T Om. sr. z mas a, y. a Om. G pr. m. MPT. b the testament GPQST. c on rx. d the whiche o.
e propiciatorie, or merciable place T. f Om. sx. S alle circumstauncis T. h thes tabernaclis T. whanne
these weren r. ' and K. Om. r. k Om. r. 1 Om. rx. m eueremore, or eche day T. eueremore
in the formere tabernacle r. n oflis QSX. ° sacrifices r. P Om. r. 1 aloone entride oonis in the
jeer r. r blood entrid T. s Om. r. t Forwhi'the v. a singnifiede r. v that not r. w Om. srx.
1 was r. y while y. z hadde jit r. a staat, or during T. b Om. r. c Om. MPT. d bi r. e sacri-
fices F. t Om. oyx. S Om. r. h Om. x. i put in N. k vnto MPT. 1 Om. s. m coirepcioun
G pr. m. n beeinge present r. ° comen s. P entride bi r. q profitablere sv. perfit T. r Om. NOK.
• whanne euerlastinge y. * ajenbygeyng o. u was founden y. v For r.
Om. b. e or fiidynge x sec. m. marg. * Om. E. g ether shewed K marg. h on a. > Om. EIK
494
HEBREWS.
IX. 14—24.
bolis, and aschew of ax cow calf spreynd?,
halowith vnclene men to the clensyng of
14 fleisch, how moche more the blood of Crist,
the2 which by the Hooly Gost offride hyma
vnwemmyd to God, schal dense oure con-
science fro deede workis, forb to serue to
is'God lyuyngec? And therfore he is ad me-
diatour of" new testament, that deethf
fallinge bitwixe#, intoh redempcioun of the1
trespassyngis that weren vndir the former
testament, thei that ben clepid take repro-
)6mysciounk of euerlasting eritage. Sotheli1
where is™ au testament0, it is nede, that
the deeth of the testament maker come
17 bitwixeP. Forsothi the testament is con-
fermyd in deede menr; ellis it is nots
worth1, the while he" lyueth, that made
is the testamentv. Wherfore sothli nether
the firste testament isw halowid withoute
19 bloodx. Forsothxx ech maundement of the
lawe raddy of Moyses to al the peple, he
takynge2 the blood of calues, and of buckis
of geet, with watir, and reed wolle, and
ysope, spreyngde3 andb vthe ilkec bookd
20 and al the peple, seyinge6, This is the
blood f of the testament, that God co-
21 maundide to 3011. Also he spreyngde^ byh
blood the tabernacle, and alle the1 vessels
of mynysteriek, W seruyses1, in lichm ma-
22 nere. And almost alle thinges" ben clensid
in blood vp° the lawe; and withoute sched
ing of blood remyssiounP of synnesi is not
23 maadr. Therfore its is nede the1 saumpleris
forsothu of heuenli thingis forv tow be clens-
id with these thingis ; forsoth 'the ilkex
heuenly thingis with betere oostis-v than
24thesz. Forsoth Jhesus entride not into
hooly3 thingis maad byb hondis, the0 saum-
blood of gootbuckis, and of boolis, and
the aische of a cow calf spreynd, halew-
ith vnclene men to the clensing of
fleisch, hou myche more the blood ofi4
Crist, which bi the Hooli Goost offride
hym silf vnwemmyd to God, schal dense
oure conscience fro deed werkis, to serue
Godk that lyueth? And therfor he is aia
mediatour of the newe testament, that bi
deth fallinge bitwixe, in to redempcioun
of tho1 trespassyngis that weren vndur
the formere testament, thei that ben
clepid take the biheest of euerlastinge
eritage. For where a testament is, it is 16
nede, that the deth of the™ testament
makere come bitwixe. For a testament 17
is confermed in deed men; ellis it is not
worthe, while he lyueth, that made the
testament. Wherfor nether the firste tes-18
tament was halewid without blood. Fori9
whanne ech maundement of the lawe
was red of Moises to al the puple, he
took the blood of calues, and ofn buckis
of geet, with watirf , and reed wolle, t The como,m
and ysope, and bispreynde bothe thilke ^a™ r biwken*'
book and al the puple, and seide, This 20 «* bvao^™ee;_
is the blood of the testament, that God uemchante,
ysope Cristis
comaundide to 3ou. Also he spreynde2i mekenesse. T.
with blood the tabernacle, and alle the
vessels of the seruyce in lijk maner. And 22
almest alle thingis ben clensid in blood
bi the lawe ; and without scheding of
blood remyssioun of synnes0 is not maad.
Therfor it is nede, that the saumplerisP23
of heuenli thingis be clensid with these
thingis; but thilke heuenli thingis with
betere sacrificis than these. For Jhesus 24
entride not in to hooli thingis maad bi
w the asche AGMNOPQTVX. the asshes sv. * Om. Q. Y sprengd s. z Om. r. a hymself GMNPTP.
b Om. SA-. <•• lyuynge God GMPT. d Om. T. e of the GMPQSTXY. f bi deth r. S bitwen sx. h in
to the N. ' thoo v. tho v. k the repromissioun M. the biheeste v. 1 For whi r. m Om. v. n Om. N.
0 testament is v. P bitwen sx. bitwixe to conferme it T. 1 Forwhi v. r men, that is, bi the deeth of
rvitnessis T. 8 no o. * worthi QX. u that he T. v testament, for he may chaunge it yf he mole, or slijd
therfro T. w was r. * blood, in token of the tothere T. xx For r. y was redd v. z took v. a spreynd
AGMNPQTY. and bispreynd r. b that N. Om. T. both r. al x. c that x. d book, mherin the lawe tvas
rvriten T. e and seide v. f book K. B spreynde AGMNPQTVY. h with GMOPTV. ' Om. o. k seruices
MPT. 1 Om. MOPTX. or seruyse QS. m lichy Q. u Om. K. ° after GMPT. bi v. P remyssiouns v.
repromyssioun x. 1 synne MPT. r maade. in the lawe T. s sothely it T. * that the TV. u Om. T.
v Om. MPSTVX. w Om. TV. x thilk o. tho x. y sacrificis r. z thes.^br bi Cristes blood thei ben
clensid T. a halowid T. b with o. c the rvhiche ben T.
to God A pr. m. b sec. m. 1 the Eig. m Om. R. n Om. a. ° synne I pr. m. P saumpler k.
IX. 25 — X. ;•
HEBREWS.
495
piers of verri thingis, but into 'the ilke
heuened, that he apperee now to cheref,
•2^ or facet, of God forss vs; netherh that he
offre him silf ofte, as the bischop entride
into hooli thingis by' alle 3eeris in alien
26 bloodk, ellis it bihofte hym ofte1 for'" to
suffre'1 fro the bigynnyng of the world;
now forsoth oriys in the endyng0 of the?
worldis, toi distruccioun of synne by his
27 oost, 'or sacrifice*, he apperide3, and as it1
is ordeyned to men, oonys for" to deie.
CAP. X.
28 Forsoth aftir this domv, so and Crist
was offrid onys, forw to auoydex the synnes
of many men ; the secunde tyme? he schal
appere withoute synne to men abydinge
him into the'- heelthea 'of hem by feithb.
1 f Forsoth the lawed hauynge schadowe of
goodis to comynge6, not 'the ilkef ymage
of thingis, 'by alle 3eeris by the ilke sames
oostish, whiche''thei offren withoute ceess-
ingek, 'neuere may1 make men vcomynge
2 ny3m perfyt" ; ellis thei schulden haue ceess-
id for0 to be offrid, therfore that the wor-
sdiipers clensid oonys, hadden no? con-
3 science of synne ferthermore<). But in
hemr mynde of synnes8 is maad by alle
43eeris. Forsoth1 it is ynpossible synnes"
forv tow be donx awey by blood of bolis,
3 and buckis of geet. Therfore he eritrynge
into the world, seith, Thou woldist not
'an oosty, 'or sacrifice'-, and offring ; for-
sotha thoub hastc shapynd a bodye tof me ;
eand& brent sacrificis forh synne' pleside
7 not to thee. Thanne I seyde, Loo! I come;
in the heedk, 'or bigynnyng1, of the book
it is writyn of me, that I do thi willem.
hoondis, that ben saumplerisi of very
thingis, but in to heuene it silf, that he
appere now to the cheer of God for vs;
nether that he offre him silf ofte, as the 25
bischop entride in to hooli thingis bi
alle 3eeris in alien blood, ellis it bihofte ae
hym to suffre ofte fro the bigynnyng of
the world; but now onys in the ending
of worldisr, to* distruccioun of synne bi
his sacrifice he apperide. And1 as it is 27
ordeynede to men, onys to die, but 28
aftir this is the dom, so Crist was offrid
onys, to auoydeu the synnes of many men ;
the secounde tyme he schal appere with
outen synne to men that abiden him in
to heelthe.
CAP. X.
For the lawe hauinge a schadewe ofi
good thingis 'that benv to come, not the
ilke image of thingis, mai neuer make
men nei3inge perfit bi the ilke same sacri-
fices"', which thei offren without ceessing
bi alle 3eeris ; ellis thei schulden haue 2
ceessid to be offrid, for as myche as the
worschiperis clensid onys, hadden notx
ferthermore conscience of synne. But in :*
hem mynde of synnes is maad bi alle
3eris. For it is impossible that synnes 4
be doon awei bi blood of boolis, and of
buckis of geet. Therfor he entrynge ins
to the world, seith, Thou woldist not sa-
crifice and offryng; but thou hast schapun
a bodi to me; brent sacrificis^ also fore
synne plesiden riot to thee. Thanne Yi
seide, Lo ! Y come ; in the bigynnyng
of the book it is writun of me, that Y do
thi wille, God. He seiynge bifor, That 8
d heuens itself y. that heuene x. e apperide KY. f the chere GMOPTVX. g Om. GMOPTX. efface N.
gg of Y. h ne he entride T. ' in T. k blood of beestis T. 1 Om. v. m Om. sx. n sufFre ofte y.
0 eendinges Q. P Om. MQsrrx. <\ to the sx. r Om. GMOPX. 9 aperid to the fader T. * Om. T.
u Om. GMPSTX. T is the dom y. w Om. sx. x voiden s. avoid, or do away T. y Om. x. z Om. r.
» heste Q. b Om. y. t In y the chapter begins here. d old lame T. e comen sx. f that Jr. K Om. y.
bi alle jeris bi tho same x. •> oostis, that the lame comaundith T. Om. y. ' Om. y. that Jr. k Om. r.
1 may neuere r. m nei3inge y. n perfyt, bi thilke same sacr. whiche thei offren without ceesing bi alle
iteeris v. ° Om. sx. P not ferthermore y. 1 Om. y. r hem by oft offring T. s synne r. * For y.
u that synnes v. v Om. sryx. w Om. y. x Om. N. y sacrifice y. z Om. GMOPTFX. a but y.
b Om. T. c schalt G. Om. T. d Om. T. e body to suffre and dye T. f thou hast jouun to T.
8 Om. v. b and for r. ' synnes x. k heuyd GT. bigynnyng o. ' Om. GMOPX. or the bygynnynge Y.
m wille, God r. wille, thou God y.
1 ensaumplers Elk. r the worldis R. s to the k. * Not a. u ether do awey K marg. y Om. B pr.m.
w sacrifice A pr. m. * Om. g pr. m. k. y sacrifice A pr. m. K pr. m. R pr. m.
496
HEBREWS.
X. 8—23.
s He 'seying aboue11, vor bifore0, For thou
woldist not oostis?, and offringis, and brent
sacrificis, andi for synne, ner tho thingis
ben plesaunt to thee, vthe whiche8 ben
9 offrid vp* the lawe, thanne I seide, Lo ! I
come, that I do thiu wille, Godv. He
doith awey the firstew, that he make" the?
losecunde7. In which wil we ben halewid
by the offring of the body of Crist Jhesu
iioonys. And sothli ech prest is redy 'ech
day mynystringea, 'and ofte tymesb off-
ringe the same oostisc, vthe whiched mown
isneuere do awey synnese. Forsoth this
man1 ofFringe an# oosth for synnes, for euer-
more sittith on' the ri3thalf of God the
i3fadir; fro thennis forth abidynge, til his
H enemyes ben put a stool ofk his feet. Sothli
by oon offryng he endide1 for euermore
ishalowide men. Forsoth and the HoolyGost
witnessith to™ vsn; forsoth0 aftirwardp he
16 seide, Forsoth this is the testament, 'the
whichi I schal witnesse to hem aftir thoii
dayes, 'the Lord seithr, ins jyuynge my
lawis in the herds1 of hem, and in the
soulisu of hem Iv schal aboue wryte hem ;
17 and now I schal no more thenke onw the
is synnes andx wickidnessis of hem. For-
sothe where 'is remissioun of these-v, nowz
19 non ofFring for synne. 'And soa, britheren,
hauyngeb tristc into the entring of seyntisd
20 in the blood of Crist, 'the which6 hef
halowides to vs a new wey, and lyuyng
bi a veyl/or keuering^, that is to seye, his
21 fleisch, and1 thek greet prest on1 the housm
22 of God, go" we to0 with verri herte into?
the plentei of feith ; wer spreynt5 the
hertis fro yuel conscience, and waischyn
23 the body with clene watir, holde1 the con-
thou woldist not sacrificis, and offringis,
and brent sacrifices for synne, ne tho
thingis ben plesaunt to thee, whiche ben
offrid bi the lawet, thanne Y seide, Lo ! u t What ben
thei worth than
Y come, that Y do thi wille, God. He that ben offrid
i ..i • .1 /. .. , i . , after meiinus
doith awei the firste", that he make stid- fantasies ? T.
fast the secounde*. In which wille weio
ben halewid bi the offring of the bodi of
Crist Jhesu onys. And ech prest is redi u
mynystrynge ech dai, and ofte tymes
offringe the same sacrifices, whiche moun
neuere do awei synnes. But this man 12
ofFringe ob sacrifice for synnes, for euere
more sittith in the ri3thalf of God the
fadir ; fro thennus forth abidinge, til is
hise enemyes ben put a stool of hise feet.
For bi oon offririg he made perfit foru
euere halewid men. And the Hooli Goosti&
witnessith to vs; for aftir that he seide,
This is thec testament, which Y schal wit- ir»
nesse to hem afterd tho daies, the Lord
seith, in 3yuynge my lawese in the hertis
of hem, and in the soulis of hem Y schal
aboue write hem ; and now Y schal no 17
more thenke on the synnes and the
wickidnessisf of hem. And where remys- \s
sioun of these is, now is ther noon offring
for synne. Therfor, britheren, hauynge 19
trist in to the entring of hooli thingis in
the blood of Crist, which halewide to vs 20
a newe weie, and lyuynge bi the failing,
that is to seie, his fleisch, and we hau-zi
ynge the greet preest on the hous of God,
uei3e we with very herte in the plente of 22
feith ; and be oure hertis spreined fro an«
yuel conscience, and oure bodies waischun
with clene watir, and holde we the con- 23
fessioun of oure hope, bowinge to no side ;
n aboue sayinge GMPT. bifore seyinge o. seyinge bifore v. ° Om. GUOPVX. P sacrifices v. q Om.
G sec.m. T Om. o. s whiche v. that x. t after GMPT. u the KQ. v of God KO. w first ywun bi Moi-
ses T. x ordeyned T. make stedfast v. y Om. T. z second yuun by Crist T. » mynystringe ech day v.
b Om. G pr. m. ofte tymes and G sec. m. ofte tyme T. c sacrifices v. <1 whiche v. that x. e synne SY.
f man Crist T. Om. x. S Om. AN. oon GMOPTX. oo v. h sacrifice v. > in AGMNPTVX. k vnder x.
1 eendid, or halowed T. maade parfit v. m Om. T. n vs Irene in this saying T. ° for v. P aftir that r.
q whiche r. that x. W the Y. * seith the Lord GMPST. s I schal jif in o. t herte T. u sones K.
v and I o. w of MT. x and on Q. y remissioun of these is v. z now is v. a Therfore v. b ne hau-
ynge MT. c trist to cntre MT. d hooly thingis r. e which v. that x. f Om. QSTXY. S halewede, or
bigan SY. halewede, either bigan r. h Om. ox. or Mling r. > and we hauynge v. k to the T. ' vpon
GMPT. of Q. m hous, or puple T. n neij Tv. o Qm. v. P in v. q temple x pr. m. r Om. s.
8 spreynd, or clensid GMPT. sprengd x. t holde we GMPST.
z thftt is, the oMe testament K marg.
f lawe b. f wickidnesse xa. B al k.
a t/tat {s> the newe testament K marg. t> a AQ. c a
in b.
X. 24 — 34-
HEBREWS.
497
fessioun of oure hope vnbowynge", vor that
may not be foldyrf1 ; forsothw he is trewe
->4 that 'bihi3te 3360". And biholde we vin to^
gidere inz the stiringea of charite and of
25 good e werkis; not forsakyngeb oure geder-
inge to gidere, as it is of c custom tod sum
men, but comfortinge8, and by so moche
thef more, by how^ moche 36 schulen seh
26 the day' nei3ingek. Forsoth1 to111 vs syn-
nynge wilfully, aftir the knowyng of
trettthe takun, 'now an oostn for0 synnesP
27 is0- notr left8. For whi sum abyding of
doom is dredful, and the1 suyng of fyer,
the" whichv isw tox waastynge? aduer-
2«sariesz. Onya man makynge voyde, W
hrekinge^, the lawe of Moyses, deieth with
outen ony mercy, by tweynec or thre wit-
2r>nessis; how moche mored gessen 36, him6
forf toff disserue^ worse turmentis, 'the
which*1 'schal defoule' the sone of God, and
schalk leede1, 'or holdem, the blood of the
testament polute", in vthe which0 he is
halewidp, and 'schal doi wrong1", W dispit*,
30 to the spirit of grace ? Sotheli we witen*
hym that seide, To me veniaunce, and I
schal 3elde. And eft, For the Lord schal
3! deme his peple. It is feerful for" to falle
32 into hondisv of 'God lyuyngex. Forsoth
haue 36 mynde on the formere dayes, in
the? whiche 36 Ii3tned susteyneden2 greet
a;, stryf, ^orfi^P, of passiouns. And sothly in
'that otherb 36 maadc a spectacled bi schen-
schips and6 tribulaciouns; in the1 tothir?
forsothe 36 benh maad felowis of men
:)4lyuynge so'. For whi and to boundun
men 36 hadden compassioun, and 36 res-
seyueden with ioye the raueyne of 3oure
goodisk, knowynge 3011 for1 to haue a
for he is trewe11 that hath made the
biheeste. And biholde we togidere in 24
the stiring of charite and of good werkis ;
not forsakinee oure gaderine togideref, as 20 1 togidere ,-
that is, hem
it IS Of1 CUStom to SUm men, but COUm- whom in feith
.... j i . i ., , . we han jrederid
fortmge, and bi so myche the more, bi togidre.T.
hou myche 36 seen the dai nei3ynge.
Forwhi now a sacrifice fork synnes is 20
not left to vs, that synnen wilfuli, aftir
that we han take the knowyng of treuthe.
Forwhi sum abiding of the1 dom is dreed- 27
ful, and the suyng of fier, which schal
waste aduersaries. Who that brekithm28
Moises lawe, dieth withouten ony merci,
bi tweine" or thre witnessis; hou mycheao
more0 gessen 36, that he disserueth worse
turmentis, which defouleth the sone of
God, and holdith the blood of the testa-
ment pollut, in which he is halewid, and
doith dispit to the spirit of grace? For 30
we knowen him that seide, To me veni-
aunce, and Y schal 3elde. And eft, For
the Lord schal deme his puple. It is 31
ferdful to falle in to the00 hondis of God
lyuynge. And haue 36 mynde on the 32
formere daies, in which 36 weren Ii3tned,
and suffriden greet strijf of passiouns.
And in the 'tothirP 36*1 weren maad 333
spectacle bi schenschipis and tribula-
ciouns; in an othir 36 weren maad felowis
of men lyuynge so. For also to^i boundun 34
men 36 hadden compassioun, and 30 res-
seyueden with ioye the robbyng of 3oure
goodis, knowinge that 36 han 3 betere
and ar dwellinge substaunce. Therforss
nyle 36 leese 3oure trist, which hath greet
rewarding. For pacience is nedeful to 3ou, 36
that 30 do the wille of God, and bringe
u vnblowynge T. v vnpliable ox. or thai mai not be full s. or that mai not be folden toflesche by
desiris T. w for v. * a3enbihi3te GMP. ajein bihijt tlto thingis that me hoopen T. 7 to TV. z in
to Q.T. a styjinge v. b forsakynge in tyme of persecucioun T. c Om. T. & of s. e counselling hem T.
{ Om. o. g so XY. h seen v. > day of passioun T. k nei3 T. ! Forwhi v. m now a sacrifice for
synnes is not left to us v. n Om. v. ° of Q. Om. v. P Om. v. 1 Om. QV. r Om. v. s laft, as
was in the old lane, for verre contricioun with feith purgith synne T. Om. r. * Om. SKV. « Om. vx.
y that x. "" Om. Q. schal v. * Om. QF. y wasten svx. z the aduersaries T. a A r. b Om. ox.
c two GMPSTX. d Om. T. « that he r. { Om. srx. fl Om. v. g disserueth v. h whiche v. that x.
' defoulith r. k Om. r. 1 holde o. holdith v. m Om.orx. ° pollutid N. ° whom GMPT. which srxv.
P halowed, or clensid T. 1 dotTi v. r dispit r. 8 Om. ovx. <• knowen or. a Om. sx. v the hoondes NO.
* lyuynge God GMT. yOm.rx. z suffriden MPTF. aOm.ox. ^ the tother AGMNOPSTPXY. c ben made r.
weren maad r. d spectacle, or tvondriuge GMPT. e in K. f that Q. * tother sijd T. othir Q. h Om. N.
weren r. ' so suffringfor Crist, as his apostlis T. k goodis, or rauisching of hem T. ' Om. sx.
h fre k. > the E. Om. Bb. k of a sup. rax. ' Om. Eigk. m ether makelh voyde K marg, n two i.
0 Om. EI pr. m. Qgk. °° Om. A pr. m. P oothir i. 1 Om. o. <M and to A pr. m. r Om. H.
VOL. IV. 3 S
498
HEBREWS.
X. 35— XI.
ssbetere and™ dwelling substaunce. vAnd
so" nyle 36 leese ^oure trist, "the which0
:«;hath greet rewardyng. Forsoth pacience
is nedeful to? 3ou, that 36 doynge the wille
:s7of God, brynge 33611 the biheeste. 3^
sotheli a litil, how euere litil^, he that is
to comynger schal come, arid he schal not
38tarie. Forsoth my iust man lyueth of feith;
that if he 'schal withdrawe8 'him silf1, he
39 schal not plese to my soule. Forsoth we
ben not the sones of withdrawynge awei
into perdicioun, but of feith into the" get-
yng of soule.
CAP. XI.
i Forsothe feith is the substaunce of
thingis to be hopid, anv argument, W
•2 certeynte'* , of thingis not" apperinge. So-
theli in thisfeith olde men*1 hanz getuna
3 witnessyngb. Bi feith we vndirstonden
thec worldis ford toe be schapun, W maad{,
bi Goddis word, that visyble thingis weren
4maad of vnuysible thingis. By? feith Abel
offride fulh moche more oost', 'or sacri-
fice*, 'than Cayn to God1, by them which
he gat witnessing forn to be iust, God0
beringeP witnessyng to his 3iftis ; and by
o that feith he deed spekith jiw. By feith
Enok isr translatid, that he schulde not
se deeth ; and he was not founden, for
the Lord translatide him. Forsothe bifore
translacioun8 he hadde1 witnessing for" 'to
«hauev plesid Godw. Forsothe it is in-
possible 'ony manx for^ to plesez God
withoute feith. Forsotha it bihoueth ab
man comynge to God, forc tod bileue for8
he is, and 'he isf reward ers ofh men yn-
Tsekinge1 himk. Bi feith Noe1, answere™
take of these thingis that 3it weren not
seyn, dredinge" schapide0 an? arkP, 'or
schipr, into the helthe of his hows8; bi
which1 he dampnyde the world", and isv
3360 the biheest. For 3it a litil, and8 he 37
that is to comynge1 schal come, and he
schal not tarie. For my iust man lyueth SB
of feith; that if he withdrawith hym silf,
he schal not plese to my soule. But we 39
ben not the sones of withdrawing awei
in to perdicioun, but of feith in to get-
ynge of soule.
CAP. XI.
But feith is the substaunce of thingis i
that ben to be hopid, and an argument
of thingis not apperynge. And in this 2
feith elde men han gete witnessyng. Bi 3
feith we vndurstonden that the worldis
weren maad bi Goddis word, that visible
thingis weren maad of vnuysible" thingis.
Bi feith Abel offride a myche more sacri-4
fice than Caym to God, bi which he gat
witnessyng to be iust, for God bar wit-
nessyng to hise 3iftis ; and bi that feith
he deed spekith 3it. Bi feith Ennoks
was translatid, that he schulde not se
deth; and he was not foundun, for the
Lord translatide him. For bifore transla-
cioun he hadde witnessing that he pleside
God. And it is impossible to plese God <;
without feith. For it bihoueth that a
man comynge to God, bileue that he is,
and that he is rewardere tov men that
seken hym. Bi feith Noe dredde, thorou3 7
answere takun of these thingis that 3it
weren not seyn, and schapide a schip in
to thew helthe of his hous; bi which he
dampnede the world, and is ordeyned eir
of ri3twisnesse, which is bi feith. Byg
feith he that is clepid Abraham, obeiede
m and a MSTXY. n Tberfore v. ° whiche v. that x. P in T. 1 litil tyme o. r come sx. s with-
drawith v. t hym fro the bileue T. u Om. r. v and Q. w Om. orx. x Om. Q. y fadris T. '• Om. o.
a greet v. b witnessinge of ' ri^tivisnesse T. c that the r. d Orn. srx. e Om. y. f Om. x. S For o.
b Orn. x. i sacrifice v. k Om. ovx. ' to God than Caym GMPX. m Om. A pr.m. sr. n Om. srx.
0 for God r. P bar r. 1 ytt.for his tverkis ben not quenchidby his dying T. it Y. r was r. s the translacioun
GMPT. * hadde not K. a Om. srx. v that he r. w to God T. x Om. r. J Om. sx. z haue plesed o.
a For r. b that a r. c Om. srx. d Om. r. e that orr. { that he be a c. the T. that he is r.
S reward T. h to AGMXOPQSTVXY. ' seekinge r. k hym he is T. 1 Noon T. Nowe Y sup. ras. m an
answere AG sec. m. MNPSXY. dreedinge thoruj answere r. ° Om. r. ° scliop s. scapid r. shoop x.
P a MPT. 1 schip GMPT. r Om. GMPTX. s meine T. l whome GMPT. u world not bileuyng T. v he is r.
8 Om. R pr. m. l come i sec. m. a sec. m. u inuisible a passim. T of i. w Om. Bk.
XI. 8
HEBREWS.
499
instuedw, or* ordeyned, eir of ri3twys-
snesse, the? which is by feith. By feith
he that is clepid Abraham, obeiede* for8 to
gob into a place, which he was to takingec
into heritage ; and he wente out, not wit-
singe whidur he schulde go. By feith he
dwelte in the lond of a3enbiheeste, as ind
an alien6, inf litel housis dwellinge^ with
Ysaac and Jacob, euene eyris of the same
loajenbyheeste*1. Sotheli' he abood aJ cite
hauynge fundamentis, whos crafty man
11 and maker is God. By feith arid 'the ilkek
Sare bareyn, took vertu into1 conseyuing
of seed, 3he, 'bi sydism, 'or wit/ioute", the"
tyme of age; for sche bileuide him trewe,
12 that hadde a3enbihi3t. For which? thing
and' of oon, and him ny3 deed, men* ben
borun as sterris of heuen in multitude, and
as grauel, vor soond*, that is at1 see side
i3vnnoumbrable. By feith alle thes ben
deede, the" a3enbiheestisv not" takun, but
theix biholdinge hem aferr^, and gretinge
wel, and knowlechinge forz thei bena pil-
grymes, and herborid men vponb the0
uerthe. Sothli thei that seyn thes thingis,
signifien hemd fore tof seke£ a cuntre.
is And forsothe if thei hadden had mynde of
'the ilkeh, of the1 which thei 'wenten outk,
sothli thei1 hadden tyme of turnyng a3en ;
i«now forsoth thei desyren a betere, that is
to seye, heuenly. Therfore God is not
confoundid/or schamed™, for" to be clepid
the God of hem ; forsothe0 he made redy
17 to hem a cite. Bi feith Abraham offride
Ysaac, whanne he was temptidP; and he
offride the oon bigetyn% ther which hadde
takyn repromyssiouns", 'or a^enbiheestis1 ;
IB to whom it was seid, Foru in Ysaac seed
loschal be clepid to thee; demynge, forv and
fro deed men* God is my3ty forx to reise
to go out in to a place, whiche he schulde
take in to eritage; and he wente out, not
witinge whidur he schulde go. Bi feith »
he dwelte in the loond of biheest, as in
an alien loond, dwellynge in litle housis
with Ysaac and Jacob, euene heiris of
the same biheest. For he abood a citee 10
hauynge foundementis, whos crafti man
and maker is God. Bi feith also the ilken
Sara bareyn, took vertu in consceyuyng of
seed, 3he, a3ena the tyme of age; for
sche bileuede hyrn trewe, that hadde bi-
hi3te. For which thing of oon, and 3it 12
ny3 deed, ther benb borun as sterris of
heuene in multitude, and as grauel that
is at the see side out of noumbre. Bi u
feith alle these ben deed, whanne the
biheestis weren not takun, but thei bi-
helden hem afer, and gretynge hem wel,
and knoulechide that thei weren pil-
gryms, and herboryd men0 on thed erthe.
And thei that sayn these thingis, signi-J4
fiene that thei sechen a cuntre. 'If thei is
hadden hadde mynde of the ilke, of
which thei wenten out, thei hadden tyme
of turnyng a3en ; but now thei desiren a 16
betere, that is to seie, heuenli. Therfor
God is not confoundidf to be clepid the
God of hem ; for he made redi to hem
a citee. Bi feith Abraham offride Ysaac, 17
whanne he was temptid; and he offride
the oon bigetun, whych had takun the
biheestis ; to whom it was seid, For in is
Ysaac the? seed schal be clepid to thee.
For he demyde, that God is my3ti to 19
reise hym, 3he, fro deth; wherfor he took
hym also in to a parable. Bi feith also 20
of thingis to comynge, Ysaac blesside
Jacob and Esau. Bi feith Jacob diynge2i
blesside alle the sones of Joseph, and
w Om. G sec. m. x. instewed OT. iustifyed Y. x Om. GTXY. and MPV. J Om. v. z obeschide AT.
» Om. sx. bgo out MOPTrxY. c taken sx. d Om. N. e alien lond G sec. m. marg. TV. { dwellings in r.
K Om. r. h bihest T. > For v. J at a Y. k that x. ' in r. m oute of r. n Om. ovx. ° Om. T.
P the whiche Q. 1 Om. o. r men for gret age T. Om. x. s Om. MOPTVX. * at the M. in T. u whanne
the v. v a3enbiheest v. w weren not v. * Om. v. y after Q. z that thei r. a weren v. b on sv.
c Om. ix. d that their. eOm. srx. fOm. v. e seen v. h that jr. > Om. srv. k out wenten GMPT.
1 Om. T. m Om. ox. n Om. sx. ° for v. P temptid, or assaied T. q bigeten sone T. r Om. v.
s a3ein biheestis GMPT. * or repromyssiouns GMPT. Om. ox. or ayn byheest Y. u Om. G. pr.m. MPT.
T that v. w Om. r. * Om. sx.
a ajen of A pr. m. g pr. m.
f confoundid, eithir schamed R.
weren R pr. m.
e Om. k sec. m.
c men, eithir gestis R. d Om. k. e signyfieden gk.
3 s 2
500
HEBREWS.
XI. 20 — 32.
hym-v; wherofz he took him anda into aaa
20 parable. By feith andb of thingis to com-
yngec, Ysaac blessided Jacob and Esau.
21 By feith Jacob deyinge6, byf alle« the11
sones of Joseph blesside1, and honouridek
22 the hi3nesse of his1 3erde. By feith Joseph
deyinge hadde mynde of the passynge forth
of the sones of Israel, and comaundide of
23 his boones111. By feith Moyses born, was
hid thre monethis of his fadir and modir,
for that thei si3en the 3onge child fair",
"or semely0 1 and thei dredden not the
24maundementP of the kyng. By feith
Moyses maad greets, denyede him forr to
25 be the sone of Pharaois dou3tir, chesynge
more8 for1 to be turmentid with the peple
of God, than for" to haue myrthe of tem-
20 peral synne ; demynge the reprouev of
Crist more richessisw than the tresouris of
Egipsians*; forsothe^ he biheldez 'into
27 the rewardyng a. By feith he forsook
Egipt, 'not schamyngeb, 'or dredyngec, the
hardnessed of the kyng ; forsothe hef as
28seynge susteynedes the inuisyble. By
feith he halowide pask, and1' schedinge' of
blood k, lest he that distryede the firste
thingis qfEgipsiens\ schulde touche hem.
29 By feith thei passiden the reede see, as bi
drye lond, the1™ which thing" Egipciens
soasayinge weren deuourid0. By feith the
wallis of Jerico feldenP doun, by cumpass-
31 ing of seuene dayes. By feith Raab hoorei
'perischide notr with" vnbileuefuls men*,
sheu takyngev/or receyuynge™ , the aspiers*
32 with^ peesz. And what 3ita schalb I seye ?
Sotheli tyme schal fayle mec tellinge of
Gedeon, Barach, Sampson, Jepte, Dauith,
onouride the b^nesse of his 3erde. Bi22
feith Joseph dyynge hadde mynde of the
passyng forth of the children of Israel,
and comaundide of hise boonys. Bi feith 23
Moyses borun, was hid thre monethis of
his fadir and modir, for that thei sei3en
the 3onge child fair1'; and thei dredden
not the maundement1 of the king. Bi24
feith Moisesk was maad greet, and deny-
ede that he was the sone of Faraos dou3-
tir, and chees more to be turmentid with 25
the puple of God, than to haue myrthe
of temporal synne ; demynge the repreef 26
of Crist more richessis than the tresours
of1 Egipcians; for he bihelde in to the
rewarding. Bi feith he forsook Egipt, 27
and dredde not the hardynesse of the
king; for he abood, as seinge hym that
was vnuysible. Bi feith he halewide28
pask, and the scheding out of blood, that
he that distriede the firste thingis of
Egipcians, schulde not touche hem.
Bi feith thei passiden the reed see, as2<»
bi drye lond, which thing Egipcians
asaiynge weren deuourid. Bi feith the so
wallis of Jerico felden doun, bi curnpass-
yng of seuene daies. Bi feith Raab hoor™ 31
resseyuede the aspieris with pees, and
perischide not with vnbileueful men. And 32
what 3it schal Y seie ? For tyme schal
faile to me tellynge of Gedeon, Barak,
Sampson, Jepte, Dauid, and Samuel, and
of11 othere prophetis; whiche bi feith ouer-ss
camen rewmes, wrou3ten i^twisnesse,
gateri repromyssiouns; thei stoppiden the
mouthis of liouns, thei quenchiden the 34
feersnesse of fier, thei dryueden0 awei the
y hym, ^hee.fro deede men v, z wherof and M. wherfore v. a Om. M. also r. aa Om. v. b Om. o.
also v'. c comen sx. d blesside to x. e doynge s pr. m. f blesside bi v. S ilcke oone N. h of
the G pr. m. MNOSTXY. J Om. v. k honournede G. l this T. m bones to be had thennus T. n semely r.
0 Om. OQTVX. P comaundement v pr.m. 1 greet, sleuj an Egipcien, consydringe the sorewe of his bre-
theren.Bi feith Moyses maad greet G sec. m. marg. greet, slouj the Egipcien, biholdynge the sorowe of his
bretheren. Bi feith Moyses maad greet N. r Om. sx. 8 rather o. * Om. sx. u Om. sx. v repreues o.
w richesse T. x the Egipciens T. y for v. z biholde o. a Om. o. in to the rewardynges <?. b not
dreedynge GMPT. and dredde not r. c or schamynge GMP. Om. OTVX. d hardynesse MPX. e for v.
{ he abood r. S abood pacientli T. Om. v. h and in Q. in MPT. * scheuding out v. k blood, anoyntyng
the dore postis T. ' the Egipcias T. m Om. r. n thenges OQX. ° deuourid in rvatris T. P fellen GUNOPS.
q the hoor T. r Om. v. with the x. " Om. r. s vnfeithful s. Om. v. * Om. vx. u Om. GMPV.
v receyuynge GMP. w Om. GMOPX. x spyes o. spieris x. y of T. z pees, perischide not with vnbi-
leeful men v. B Om. T. ^ Om. G pr.m. c to me r.
h ether semeli K marg. ' comaundement gk. k Moyses maad greet slowje the Egipcian, considrynge
the sorewe of hise britheren. Bi feith Moyses R. ' for c sec. m. m the hoore bo/3. n Om. R.
0 dryuen A. sec. m. A.K. dreuen IE.
XI. 33— XII. 3-
HEBREWS.
501
33 and Samuel, and othere prophetis; thed
whiche" by feith ouercamen rewraes,
wroujten ri3twysnessef, gaten repromys-
siouns ; thei stoppiden the mouthis of ly-
34ouns, thei quenchiden the feernesse^ of
fyer, thei dryuenh awey the egge of swerd,
thei keuereden of syknesse', thei weren
maad strong in batel, thei turneden the
sscastels, 'or oostis^, of aliens. Wyminen re-
ceyueden her deede1 of ajenrysing; for-
sothe othere benm holdun forth, 'or deeden,
not takinge redempcioun0, that thei schul-
sfiden fynde betere a3enrysyng. Forsoth
othere assayeden scornyngis and betyngis,
37 more ouer and boondis and prisouns. Thei
weren stoonyd, thei weren kitt, thei weren
temptid, thei weren deed in sleynge of
swerd. Thei wen ten aboute in brokP
skynnes, and in skynnes of geet, nedy,
38 angwysschid, turmentid ; to whichi the
world was not worthi; thei erringe in wil-
dirnessisr, in8 mounteyns, and dennys, and
sacauys* of ertheu. And alle these, proued
by witnessing of feith, tooken notv repro-
40 myssioun ; Godw purueyingex sum betere
thing for vs, that thei schulden not be
fulfillidy withouten vs.
CAP. XII.
1 Forsothez vand wea hauynge so greet a
cloud of witnessis put tob, doyngec awey
al charged, and synne stondinge aboute vs,
bye pacience rennef to the stryf £, ^orfyt1*,
2 purposid to vs, biholdinge into the maker
of feith and ender', Jhesu; thek which
ioye1 purposid"1 to him, suffride the cross,
confusioun" dispisid0, and sittith on the
sri3thalf of the seete of God. Forsoth bi-
thenke 36 on him that susteynedeP suchi
seyinge of synful men a3ens him silf,
egge of swerd, thei coueriden of sijknesse,
thei weren maad strong in batel?, thei
turneden the oostis of aliens. Wymmen a.r.
resseyueden her deed children fro deth
to lijf; but othere weren holdun forth,
not takinge redempcioun, that thei schul-
den fynde a betere a3enrising. And so
othere asaieden scornyngis and betingis,
more ouer and boondis and prisouns.
Thei weren stoned, thei weren sawid,37
thei weren temptid, thei weren deed ini
sleyng of swerd. Thei wen ten aboute in
brocr skynnes, and in skynnes of geet,
nedi, angwischid, turmentid; to whicheas
the world was not worthi. Thei er-
riden in wildernessis", in1 mounteynes
and dennes, and caues of the erthe. And:«»
alle these, preued bi witnessing of feith,
token not repromyssioun ; for God pur- 40
ueiede sum betere thing for vs, that
thei schulden not be maad perfit with
outen vs.
CAP. XII.
Therfor we that ban so greet a cloude i
of witnessis put to, do we awei al charge,
and synne stondinge aboute vs, and bi
pacience renne we to the" batelv pur-
posid to vs, biholdinge in to the makere2
of feith, and the perfit endere, Jhesu ;
which whanne ioye was purposid to
hym, he suffride the cros, and dispiside
confusioun, and sittith on the ri3thalf of
the seet of God. And bithenke 36 on3
hym that suffride siche Va3en seiyngew of
d Om. vx. e that x. f rijtwisnesses SY. K feersnesse AMPQST sec. vice. rx. h driueden v. i syk-
nesses s. k Om. ox. ! dede children Nr. dede men o. deedfrendis T. , m weren v. n or deed ax
many marins of botke testamentis T. Om. x. ° redempcioun, or ascapyng fro enmyes T.
1 the whiche T. T wildernesse AOOV. s and MP. and in T. l in caaues T. u the
P brockis MNSX.
the erthe T. v not
yttful T. w for whi God v. x purueyde v. y maad perfit v. z Therfore MOPQTK. a Om. s.
b to vs, we T. K do v. d charite T. e and bi v. l renne wee ST. S bateil y. h Om. orx. ' perfit
endere y. k Om. y. l whanne ioie y. m was purposid y. n and dispiside confusioun y. ° dispite T.
Om. K. P suffrede, or susteynede GMP. suffrid TV. 1 of suche Q.
P bateilis k. q of a. r brockis EK. sec. m.
' a3enseiyngis k.
s wildernesse ahk^. l and in k. u Om. b. v strijf R.
502
HEBREWS.
XII. 4—15.
that 36 be not maad wery, faylinger in
4 3ourerr inwittis". Forsoth 36 a3enstoodent
not 3it 'til to" blood, fi^tinge a3ens synne.
5 And 36 ban for3ete the comfort that spek-
ith to 3011 as to sones, seyingev, My sone,
nyle thou dispise the disciplynw of the
Lord, nether be thou maad wery, the
i; while thou art chastysid of hym. For-
sothx the Lord* chastisith 'hyin that he
louethy}'; forsoth he scourgith2 euery sonea
7thatb he receyueth. Lastec 36 stilled in
disciplyne; God offrithf him to 3ou as to
sones&. Sothli what sone is it, whom the
fadir 'schal not reproueh, 'or chastyseW
8 That if 36 benk out1 of disciplyn1", 'of
which allen ben maad parceners0, therfore
936 ben auowtreris'', and not sones. Aftir-
ward sothli we hadden fadris of oure
fleisch, lerneris<i, and we with reuerence
dredenr hem. Wher not moche more we
schulen obeische8 to the fadir of spiritis,
KI and we schulen lyue ? And thei sothli in
tyme of fewe dayes vpl her will lerneden"
vsv; forsoth this fadir tow that thing
that is profitable, in receyuynge the ha-
11 lowing of him". Forsoth ech disciplyn?
in thisz present tyme9- 'is seynb trewly forc
to be not of ioye, but of sorwe ; aftirward
forsoth it schal 3elde fruyt of ri3twysnesse
most peesyble to men excersisid d, "or
\zhauntid e, by itf. For which thing reise
36 vpg slowe hondis, and knees vnboundun,
13 and makeh ri3tful goyngis, 'or steppis\
tok 3oure feet ; that no man haltinge erre,
14 but more be1 heelid. Sue 36 pees with
alle men, and1" hoolynesse, withoute which
is no man schal se God; biholdinge" that no
man fayle to the grace of God, that no
roote of bitternesse 'vpward burionynge0
synful men a3ens hym silf, that 36 be not
maad wery, failinge in 3oure soulis. For 4
36 a3enstoden not 3it 'til to" blood, fi^tyng
a3ens synne. And 36 ban for3et theft
coumfort that spekith to 3ou as to sones,
and seith, My sone, nyle thou dispise the
teching of the Lord, nether be thou maad
weri, the while thou art chastisid of
hym. For the Lord chastisith hym thato
he loueth; he betith euery sone that he
resseyueth. Abide 36 stille in chastising; 7
God proferithy hym to 3011 as to sones.
For what sone is it, whom the fadir
chastisith not? That if 36 'ben out" of s
chastising, whos parteneris ben 36 alle
maad, thanne 36 ben auowtreris, and
not sones. And aftirward we hadden »
fadris of oure fleisch, techeris, and we
with reuerence dredden hem. Whethir
not myche more we schulen obeische to
the fadir of spiritis, and we schulen
lyue? And thei in tyme of fewe dayes 10
tau3ten vs bi her wille ; but this fadir
techith to that thing that is profitable,
in resseyuynge the halewing of hym.
And ech chastisyng in present tymen
semeth to be not of ioye, but of sorewe ;
but aftirward it schal 3elde fruyt of ri3t-
wisnesse moost pesible to men exercisid
bi it. For whiche thing reise 36 slowe i->
hondis, and knees vnboundun, and make is
36 ri3tful steppis to 3oure feet; that no
man haltinge erre, but more be heelid.
Sue 36 pees with alle men, and holy- 14
nesse, with out which no man schal se
God. Biholde 36, that no man faile to \-3
the grace of God, that no roote of bit-
tirnesse buriownynge vpward lette, and
manye ben defoulid bi it ; that no man 10
r fallyng o. " 5011 Y. s wittis Q. soulis v. 4 a3eynstonden r. u vn to PT. T and seith v. w disci-
pline, or correccioun T. teching v. * Forsothe whom euere T. For v. J Lord loueth he T. JJ Om. T.
z betith v. a Om. T. b whom T. c Leste x. d full o. therfore T. e chastysing r. f proferith v.
S sones chastising -}ou T. v chastisith not TV. ' Om. orrx. k beth K l Om. r. m chastising r.
n alle je a. '° whos parcenerys ben y. alle maad of N. whos parceners ben je alle maad T. P auou-
teres sr. 1 lereris A-. r dredinge T. s obeie T. * after GMPT. taujten us bi v . u lereden sx. Om. r.
v Om. v. w techith to r. * him, that is, his discipline that maketh vs holi T. T chastysing r. Om. r.
» Om. x. b seemith r. c Om. sx. d hauntid o. e Om. ox. or qfle hauntid T. f But T. S Om. r.
h make jee QMPVX. makith s. i Om. GMOPTX. k into T. l be he T. m in Q. u biholde A.
0 buriounynge vpward v.
vnto i. T preuith gk. z be not A.
XII. 1 6 — 26.
HEBREWS.
503
letteP, and bii it foulidr be8 many1 men11;
16 that no man be lecchour, etherv vnhooli,
'or cursidw, as Esau, the" which? for oo
17 metez solde his firste thingisa. Sothli wite
36, forb and aftirward he coueytinge forc
to anherited blessing, was reproued. For-
sothe he found not place of penaunce,
isthou3 he sou3te it with teeris. Forsoth
36 han not come to theee tretable fyerf, 'or
able for to touches, and able toh come to',
andk 'greet wynd1, vorra whirlwynd", and"
i9mystP, and tempest, and sown of trumpet,
and vo'is of wordis; ther which thei that
herden, excuseden hem, that the word
2oschulde not8 be maad to hem. Forsoth1
thei baren not that that was seid, And
if a beest touchide the hil, it 'schal be"
21 stooned. And so dredful it was thatv
wasw seyn, Moysesx seide, I am aferd, and
22ful of tremblyrig. But 36 han come ny3
to 'Syon hily, and thez citee of xGod lyu-
yngea, heuenli Jerusalem, and theb mul-
23titude of many thousynd aungels, and to
the chirche of thec firste men, thed whiche
ben writun in heuenes, and God", domes-
man of alle, and thef spirit^ of iuste perfit
24 men, and to Jhesu, mediatour of the newe
testament, and theh sprengynge' of blood,
25 betere spekinge than Abelk. 'Se 36', thatm
3e 'forsake not" the spekinge0; 'forsothe
ifP theii forsakinge1" him that spak ons
the* erthe, ascapiden" notv, moche more
we that turnenw awey xfro himx 'spekinge
26 to vs? fro heuenes. Whos vois thanne
mouede the erthe, now forsothez he Va3en
byhetitha, seiynge, 3it onys and I schal
moue not oonly ertheb, but also0 heuene.
be letchour, ether vnhooli, as Esau a,
which for o mete seelde hise firste
thingisb. For wite 36°, that afterward 17
he coueitinge to enherite blessing, was
repreued. For he foond not place ofd
penaunce, thou3 he sou3te ite with teeris.
But 30 han not come to the fier able to i«
be touchid, and able to come to, and to
thef whirlewynd, and myst, and tempest,
and soun of trumpe, and vois of wordis ; is
which thei that herden, excusiden hem,
that the word schulde not be maad to
hem. For thei beren not that that was 20
seid, And if a beeste touchide the hil,
it was stonyd. And so dredeful it was 21
that was seyn, that Moises seide, Y am
aferd, and ful of trembling. But 30 han 22
come ny3 to the hil SioriS, and to the
cite of God lyuynge, the heuenli Jeru-
salem, and to the multitude of many
thousynde aungels, and to the chirche 23
of the firste men, whiche ben writun in
heuenes, and to God, domesman of alle,
and to the spirit of iust perfit men, and 24
to Jhesu, mediatour of the newe testa-
ment, and to the sprenging of blood,
'betere spekingeb than Abel. Se 36, that2.->
36 forsake not the spekere; for if thei
that forsaken him that spak on the
erthe, aschapide' not, myche more we
that turnen awei fro him that spekith
to vsk fro heuenes. Whos vois than 21;
mouyde the erthe, but now he a3en bi-
hetith, and seith, 3it onys an(i Y schal
moue not oneli erthe1, but also heuene.
And that he seith, 3it onys, he declarith27
the translacioun of mouable thingis, as
P lette vs T. 1 be o. many men ben foulid bi v. T defoulid M. be defoulid p. Om. QTV. s by OP.
Om. v. t Om. v. u Om. PV. defoulide QT. v or QSXY. w Om. TX. * Om. Nrx. y that x. z meelis
mete T. a thingis, or erilage r. b that y. c Om. sx. d enherite GMNsrrx. e For v. ee Orn. T.
f Om. GMPT. S or loucheable GMPT. Om. ox. or able to louche s. b for to A pr. m. i to fijre G sec. m.
Om. Q. k Om. G pr. m. and to the T. ' Om. G sec. m. wynd T. whirlewind v. m Om. c pr. m. rx.
and G sec. m. n Om. OTVX. ° ne loucheth the hill that ojfendith God blasfeminge, and G. P to myst
G sec. m. q the trumpe GMPT. r Om. v. 8 Om. QXY. * For r. » was r. v Om. G pr. m. at o.
that that Q. w Om. G pr. m. * forwhi Moises v. y the hil of Syon MPT. the hil Syon v. z to the TV.
a lyuynge God GMPT. b to the TV. c Om. T. d Om. v. e to God GTV. f to the TV. S spiritis GNT.
h to the TVX. i sprengyng, or clensyng T. k Abels blood T. ' Se G pr.m. MT. Seeth x. m lest x.
n refusen x. ° spekere v. P for if v. if forsothe x. 1 thei scapeden not x. r refusende Jr.
8 opyn T. t Om. MPTX. u scapeden s. Om. x. v Om. x. w turneden o. x Om. x. y to vs the
spekende x. z sothli x. » bihotith a3een x. b the erthe MT. c and x.
a Esau was x sec. m. k. b bigynnyngis K pr. m. c Om. i pr. m. d to k. e Om. k pr. m.
S of Sion EC pr. m. a/3. h spekynge bettir H. ' ascapen a. k him i. 1 the erthe Ka.
Om. R.
504
HEBREWS.
XII. 27 — XIII. 9.
27'Forsoth thatd 'he seith, 3it onyse, hef
declarith the*? translacioun h of inouable
thingis, as of maad thingis, that tho
thingis dwelle, that ben vnmouable.
CAP. XIII.
2« 'And so' we receyuyngek the 'kyngdom
vnmouable1, han grace, by which111 serue
we plesynge to God with drede n and
2y reuerence. And0 forsothP oui'e God is fyer
iwastynge. °-The charite of brotherhed
2 dwelle in 3011, and 'nyle 36 for3ete hospi-
taliter; forsoth8 by this summe plesiden
3 to1 aungels receyuede to herbore. 'Thenke
36" onv boundun men, as 36 togidere
boundun, and of w trauelinge menx, as and
436? silf dwellinge in thez bodya. Honor-
able11 wedding0 ind alle thingis*, and 'bed
vnwembidf ; forsoths God schal demeh
s'fornycatouris and' auoutrerisk. Be1 rna-
ners withoute coueytise1", paydn with 'pre-
sent thingis0; sothliP he seide, I schal not
cleue thee, nether forsake0-, sor that 'we
tristily seies,The Lord is an1 helper" to me;
I schal not drede, whatv aw man schalx do
7 to me. 'Haue 36 mynde^ ofz 3oure soue-
reynsa, that 'han spokunb to 3ou the word
of God ; of whom0 36 biholdinged the6 go-
ynge out of lyuyngef, 'suwe 30? feith1',
s Jhesu Crist, 3istirday1, and to dayk, he and1
9 into worldis111. Nile" 36 be ledd awey
'with dyuerse techingis, and0 'pilgrym, or
straungef. 'Forsoth it is best°> forr to5
stable the herte 'with grace*, not with
metis, 'the whicheu profitenv not tow men
of maad thingis, that tho thingis dwelle,
that ben vnmouable. Therfor we res- 28
seyuynge the kingdom vnmouable, haue
we grace, bi which serue we plesynge to
God with drede and reuerence. For oure 29
God is fier that wastith.
CAP. XIII.
The charite of britherhod dwelle ini
3ou, and nyle 36 for3ete hospitalite; for 2
bi this summen plesiden to aungels, that
weren resseyued to herborewe. Thenke:!
3e on boundun men, as 36 weren togidere
boundun, and of trauelinge men, as 36™
silf dwellinge" in the body. 'Wedding is0 4
in alle thingis onourable, and bed vn-
wemmed ; for God schal derne fornica-
touris and auouteris P. Be ~$oure ma- 5
neres withoute coueitise, apaied with
present thingis ; for he seide, Y schal not
leeue thee, nether forsake, so that wen
seie tristily, The Lord is an helpere to
me ; Y schal not drede, what a man
schal do to me. Haue 36 mynde of 3oure 7
souereyns, that han spokun to 3ou the
word of God; of whiche0- 'biholde 3er the
goyng out of lyuynge8, and1 sue 36 the
feith of hem, Jhesu Crist, 3istirdai, and a
to dai, he is also into worldis. Nyle 36 n
be led awei with dyuerse 'techingis, and
straunge". For it is best to stable the
herte with grace, not with metis, whiche
profitiden not to men wandringe in hem.
d That sothli x. Forsoth he that Y. e jit ones he seith x. seith jit onys Y. f Om. x. 8 to o.
h tribulacioun T. ' Therfore v. k takende x. ! vnmouable kingdom MP. vnmouable rewme x.
m whom T. n quaking x. ° Om. GTVX. P forwhi v. sothli x. 1 Chap. XIII. begins here in rx.
1 hospitalite wiletn not forjeten x. s for v. * to God r. u Be 36 myndeful x. v of TA-. w of
the x. x Om. x. y jour GMPT. jou sx. z Om. AGMPTX. a body ofcaytifte or traueile T. b Om. v.
c wedding is v. d be in T. e men T. thingis hon. r. f vnwemyd bed G pr. m. M. an vnwemyd bed G
sec.m. FT. vnwemmed Q. the bed vndefoulid x. S forwhi r. fornicaries sothli and auouteres x. h deme,
or dampne T. > Om. x. k auouteris sr. Om. x. ! Om. G pr. m. Be jour G sec. m. T. Be the x.
m auaryce x. n apaied v. ° thenges beyng o. P for v. 5 I shal forsaken x. r Om. x. s we seie
trustly v. tristili we seye x. ' Om. TX. u Om. T. v what thing x. w Om. GX. x Om. ox.
y Beth myndeful x. z on N. a souerayns, that ben sette bifore JOM T. prouostis x. b speken A.
c whiche r. d biholde T. e issu or x. f conuersacioun x. S suwe the AGMOP. sue je the *rs. folew-
eth x. h her feith T. ' jisterday, that is, in the tyme passide T. jistai x. k day, that is, now present T.
1 also v. m worldis to come schal defende hem that bileuen in hym T. n Bi dyuers doctrines and pilgrime
nyle x. ° Om. x. P pilgryms, or strange NY. pilgrimages o. pilgrimis, streyng forth fro bileue T.
straunge r. Om. x. 1 For it is best r. Best is sothli x. r Om. STX. s bi grace to x. ' Om. x.
u whiche r. that x. v profiteden MNPsrxv. w to the x.
m jour E. je jou la. n dwelliden k. ° Weddingis A et plures. P auoutreris
whom i. r biholde K sec.m. je biholdyng o. s lynage a. * Om. K sec. m. u and straunge techingis K.
XIII. 10 21.
HEBREWS.
505
lowandrynge* in hem. We ban an auter,
of the^ which thei that2 seruen toa taber-
nacle 'of the body0, 'han notc powerd for6
n 'to etef. Forsoths of whiche11 beestis the1
blood is borun yn for synne into hooly
thingis bi the bisshop, 'the bodies of hemk
12 ben brent with oute the castels. For which
thing and Jhesu, that he schulde halwe
the peple by his blood, suffride withoute
is the 3ate. 'Therfore go we outm 'to him"
with oute castels0, beringe his repreueP,
i4vor schenschipi. Sothlir we ban not here
a 'citee dwellinge8, but we* seken 'a citee
istou comyngev. 'Therfore bi himw offre we
'an oostx of heriyngey euermorez to God,
that is to seie, thea fruyt of lippis know-
is lechinge to his name. Forsothb nyle 36°
for3eted 'of wel doynge6, 'or yjuynge1,
and» ofb comunyng'; forsothk by1 suche
i7oostism God is disseruydD. 'Obeye 36° to
3oure prouostisP, 'or prelatisi, and 'vndir
ligger to hern8; thei1 perfytly" waken, as
to 3eldingev resoun for 3oure soulis, that
thei do 'this thingw with ioye, and not
issorwynge*; 'forsoth this? thing spedith
notz toa 3oub. 'Preie 36° for vs, sothli we
tristen for we han good conscience in alle
i!)thingisd, willinge fore to lyue wel. 'More
ouerf forsothes I biseche11 3ou for' to dok,
that1 I 'the sonuere be restorid"1 to 3ou.
ao'Sotheli Godn of pees, that ledde out0 fro
deede men ? thei greet schepherde of
scheep, in. the blood of euerlasting testa-
21 ment, 'oure Lord Jhesu Crist8, 'schape, or
make able, 3ou' in alu good thingv, that
We han an auter, of which thei thatio
seruen to the tabernaclev, han not power
to ete. For of whiche beestis the blood 1 1
is borun in for synne in to hooli thingis
bi the bischop, the bodies of hem ben
brent with out thew castels. For which 12
thing Jhesu, that he schulde halewe the
puple bi his blood, suffride with out the
gate. Therfor go we outx to hym with is
out the castels, berynge his repreef. For u
we han not here a citee dwellynge. but
we seken a citee to comynge. Therfor is
bi hym offre we a sacrifice of heriyng
euere more to God, that is to seye, the
fruyt of lippis knoulechinge to? his
name. And nyle 36 for3ete wel doynge, ie
and comynyng; for bi siche sacrifices
God is disserued z. Obeie 36 to 3oure 17
souereyns3, and be 36 suget to hem; for
thei perfitli waken, as to 3eldinge resoun
for 3oure soulis, that thei do this thing
with ioie, and not sorewinge; for this
thing spedith not to 3ou. Preie 36 for is
vs, and we tristen that we han good
conscience in alle thingis, willynge to
lyue wel. More ouer Y biseche }ou to 19
do, that Y be restorid the sunnere to 3ou.
And God of pees, that ladde out fro 20
deth the greet scheepherd of scheep, in
the blood of euerlastinge testament, oure
Lord Jhesu Crist, schape 3ou in al good 21
thing, that 36 do the wille of hym; and
he do in 3ou that thing that schal plese
bifor hym, bi Jhesu Crist, to whom be
glorie in to1' worldis of worldis. Amen.
* goende x. y Om. rx. z han no power to eten that x. a to the OPSTX. b Om. r. c Om. x.
d power, or leette T. Om. x. e Om. sx. f Om. x. S Sothli x. h the whichu T. ' Om. x.
k of hem the bodies x. m Go wee onte therfore x. n Om. s. ° the castels, t/iat i.t, with oulen
fleschely dcsijris T. the castels x. P shenshipe x. 1 Om. ox. r For v. * dwelling citee MP.
dwellende cite x. * the to comen wee x. u Om. x. v comen s. Om. x w Bi him therfore x.
x a sacrifice v. y preisynge TX. z allwey x. a Om. X. b Of wel doing and comunyoun A".
c Om. r. d forjetinge s. e Om. x. ' Om. OTX. S Om. x. h Om. rx. ' comunyng goitre
goodis to gidre T. Om. x. k for v. sothli x. 1 of or. with x. m sacrifices v. » deseruyd, or plesid
G sec. m. disseruyd, or wel apaied T. seruid x. ° Obesheth A". P prelatis o. souereyns r. 1 Om.
ox. r vnderleye je GA/PST. be je suget v. vnderly jee x. * hem reuerence T. ' thei forsothe T. for
thei r. thei sothli x. u bisili T. v jelden sx. w these thingis s pr. m. this thing, or diligence for
yj/i T. x weilende Jr. y forwhi this v. this sothli A'. z Om. x. a Om. v. b 3ou, that for ^our
tvciwardnesse thei be maad sort or hcuy T. c Prejeth A". d men T. e Om. SJT. f The more x.
S sothly x. h pre3e A'. > Om. sx. k do this thing TX. 1 bi whiche x. m be the sunner restorid MP.
be restorid the sunnere y. hastiliere I be restorid x. " God sothli A. ° out, or I'preisid T. P Om. x.
1 our Lord Jhesu Crist, the x. T of the x. s Om. x. l shape, or make 3ou able MP. make 3011 able o.
able 3ou x. u eche A". v thenges o. werk A:.
v tabernacle of the bodi A sec. m. EiQRe sec. m. gka.
z deserued K. a souereyns, or prelatis k. b to the a.
VOL. iv. 3 T
Om. i pr. m. * Om. k. y Om. K pr. m.
506
HEBREWS.
XIII. 22 25.
36 do 'the wille of himw; he* doynge? in
3011 that 'thing thatz schala plese bifore
him, by Jhesu Crist, to whom isb gloriec
•2-2 into worldis of worldis. Amen. For-
sothed, britheren, I preie 3oue, that 36 suf-
fref a£ word of solace, 'or coumforfi; for-
sothe' by fulk fewe thingis1 I haue writyn
23 to 3011. 'Knowe 36™ oure brother Tymo-
the left", with whom if he0 schal come
24xmore hasteliP, I schal se 3011. Greeted
wel alle 3oure souereyns1", and alle 'hooly
men8. The1 bretheren of Ytalye greeteri
253011 wel. The11 grace vof Godv withw 3ou
allex. Amen.
Here enden the epistlis of Paul, and
now bigynneth the prolog to Actus Apo-
stolorum?.
And, britheren, Y preie 3011, that 36 suf-22
fre a word of solace; for bi ful fewe
thingis Y haue writun to 3011. Knowe23
36 ourec brother Tymothe, that is sent
forth, with whom if he schal come more
hastili, Y schal se 3011. Crete 36 wel 24
alle 3oure souereyns, and alle hooli men.
The britheren of Italic greten 3ou wel.
The grace of God be with 3ou alle. 25
Amen.
Here endith the pistleA to Ebreics,
and* bigynneth the prologe on the Dedis
of Apostlis1.
w his wil x. * Om. MOP. and he v. y do v. z Om, G pr. m. x. a Om. x. b be v. e honour and
glorie x. & Sothli x. « Om. o. f here vp x. e the x. l» Om. GMOPX. ' for y. and sothli x.
k feethful N. Om. x. 1 Om. x. m Knowith s. ° lefte, or sent fro me T. ° hastiliere he x. P Om. x.
q Crete je MVX. Greteth s. r prouostes T. prepostis x. s homeli men N. seyntis x. * Om. x.
» Om. x. v Om. x. w fa with r. * Om. x. Y Here endelh the pistle to Ebrews, and here bigynneth
Actus Apostolorum, that is, the book of Apostlys Dedis. A. Here endith the epislil to Ebrens, and bigyn-
neth the prolog on the Dedis of Apostlis suynge. N. Here eendith the epislel to the Ebrewes, and bygyn-
neth the prologe of Dedis of Apostek. o. Here endeth the epistlis of Poule, and bigynneth the Apostlis
Dedis. Q. Here endilh Paul, and bigynneth here the prologe vpon the Deedis of Apostlis. r. No final
rubric in GMPSTXY.
e ?oure ghk. d epistle MO. e an(j /lere MOO- f From ciMQUxabchoa. Here endeth the pistel to
Ebrewes ; se now the prologe on the Dedis of Apostlis. K. Here endilh the pistil to the Ebrnis, and bigyn-
ith a prologe on the Deid of Postlis. g. No final rubric in AERek.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
Prolog to Actus Apostolorum a.
LUK of Sirye by nacioun, whos preis-
inge in the euangelye is writun, at An-
tioche noble of craft of medicyne, and
the disciple of the apostlis of Crist; aftir
folowinge Poul a noon to confescioun,
oilier^ thec deeth, withoute blame dwell-
inge in maydenhodd, chees to serue God;
the which goynge foure skore 3eer of age,
in Bithyniye deiede ful of the Hooly Gost.
This6 thorw the Hooly Gost stiringe, in
thef cuntrees of Achaye wrytynge the
gospel to Grekis bileuyde, the incarna-
cioun of the Lord with trewe tale schew-
ide ; and the same Crist he schewide to
haue dessendid of the stok and progeny
of Dauith. To whom not withoute desert
power of wrytinge the dedis of the apo-
stlis? was ' 3yue'' in mynistre', that God
ink God ful, and the sone of 'lost aquent1,
preier"1 of the apostlis ymaad", thorw lott
of Goddis eleccioun the noumbre schulde
be fulfillid ; and so Poul schulde 3yue
fulfillinge to the apostlis dedis, whom
long kykyngenn to0 a3ensP, the goode God
hadde chose <i. The which thing to men
redynge and set-hinge God he wolde ra-
thir schewe1 in schort word, than to
Here bigynneth prolog on the Dedis of
Apostlis11.
LUK of Antiochie ofb the nacioun of
Sirie, whos preisyng is teld in the gospel,
at Antioche he was a worthi man of
leche craft, and afterward a disciple of
Cristis apostlis, and suwede Poul, the
apostle. He serued God in maidynhod
with out blame ; and whanne he was
foure scoor 3eerc eld and foure, he diede
in Bithynyed ful of the Hooli Goost. And
hee thur3 stiring of the Hooli Goost, in
the coostis of Acaie wroot the gospel to
feithful Grekis, and schewide the incar-
nacioun of the Lord bi a trewe telling;
and schewide also, that he was comun
of the kynrede of Dauid. To him not
without desert was 3yue power to write
the doyngisf of apostlis? in her minys-
terie, that God beinge ful in God, whanne
the sone of perdicioun was deed, and the
apostlis11 hadden maad her preier, thoru3
lot of the Lordis eleccioun the noumbre
of the apostlis were fulfillid ; and also
that Poul schulde ende the doyngis of
the ' apostlis, whom the Lord hadde
chosun, that long tyme wynside a3enk
the pricke. And to hem that reden1 and
sechenm God, he wolde schewe it bi
* Prolog, s. No initial rubric in r. No prologue in AMPQXY ; space left in a; in NT of the second text.
b or s. c Om. os. d manhed r. e Thees or. Thei K. f Om. o. S postolis s. h y5if o. ' mynys-
terie r. k in to s. 1 a blank space here in o. loss quenchid s. m the preier v. n maad s. nn lykynge
KOSF. evidently by error. ° Om. s. P jif o. q ychoose o. r shewen to men s.
a Jeroms prologe on the Dedis of Apostlis. E. The prolog of the Deedis of Apostlis. N. Heere sueth I he
prolog on the Dedis of Aposllis. R. Prologe on Dedis of Apostlis. b. Prolog on Actus. c. No initial
rubric in CMQTUxagho. b Om. T. c jeeris c. d Bethanie Hxk. e Om. K. f dedis b. doynge k.
K the apostlis cMBTUacfhko. h postlis Ka. ' Om. BKNbeo. k ajenst T. 1 redit T. redeth uabf.
m sechith CTuabf.
3 T 2
508
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
I. i—6.
haue schewid ony thing lengir to men
aloothinge5; whom Goddis grace so fo-
lowyde, that not oonly to bodyes, but also
to soulis his medicyne schulde profyte.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the lessonn*.
schort telling, rather than schewe forth
ony thing more lenger to hem that wla-
tenn longe thingis ; knowinge that it bi-
houeth the tilier that worchith to ete of
his owne fruytis. And he foond so miche
grace of God, that not oneli his medicyne
profitide to bodies, but also to" soulis.
Here endith the prolog P.
Heere bigynnen the Apostles Dedes*.
CAP. I.
1 Forsothe, thou Theophile, first I made
a sermoun, 'or word11, of alle thec thingis,
2 that Jhesus bygan ford to do and teche, tile
into the day, in whichf he comaundinges
to1' apostlis' 'bi the Ilooly Gostk, whom1
she chees, was1" takyn vp; ton which0 and
he 3af hym silf alyueP, 'or quyke\ aftir
his passioun, inr manye argumentis, 'or
prouyngiss, by fourty dayesss apperinge to
hem, and spekinge of the rewme of God.
4 And he1 etinge11 to gidere, comaundidev to
hem, that thei schulden not departe fro
Jerusalem, butw schulden abyde thex bi-
heeste of the fadir, they which 36 herden,
she seithz, by my mouth; fora sothelib John
baptiside in watir, but 36 schulen be bap-
tysid in the Hooly Gost, not aftir these
c manye dayes. Therfore thei that camenc
* to do and
teche; lest he
were lijc to
scribes and Fa-
rises, of which
he saith in re-
preuinge hem
in 23 c°. of Mt.
Thei seien and
do not ; forwhi
to teche wel
and to lyue
yuele is noon
other thing
than to dampne
himself bi his
owne vois. til
in to the day ;
of ascencioun.
in which he
comaundede bi
the Ilooly Gost
to apostlis ;
that thei schul-
den preche the
gospel thourj
al the world, in
1 6 c°. of Marc.
whiche he
chees; bifore
, . ., , . othere men, to
teche*, in to the daie of his ascen-2 the office of
Here biginncth Apostlis Dedis*
CAP. I.
Theofle, first 'Y made11 a sermoun of i
alle thingis, that Jhesu bigan to do and
toc
cioun, ind which he comaundide bi the
Hooli Goost to hise apostlis, whichee he fro er.th* to he-
nen,mhisman-
hadde chosun; to whiche f he schewides hed;forbithe
. Godhed which
hym Bill alyues aftir his passioun, by is nediiche
. v
euery where, it
acordith not to
him to go fro
place to place.
And he ete with hem, and 4 Lire here- ve-
t of the reume
of God; that
is, of heuenly
blisse. and he
heest of the fadir, which se herden, he eettogidere;
that is, Jhesu
seide, bi my mouth ; for Joon baptiside 5 «et with the
. , , , , , . ., . postlis, [vej to
in watir, but 30 schulen be baptism in whiche sittinge
at the mete he
aperide in the
many argumentis, apperinge
fourti daies, and spekinge of the rewme
of Godf.
comaundide, that thei schulden not de-
parte fro1' Jerusalem, but abide the bi-
the Hooli Goost, aftir these fewe daies.
Therfor thei that weren come to gidere, 6 day°fascen-
cioun, as Marc
axiden hym, and seiden, Lord, whether seith in *e
to gidere, axiden'1 him, seyinge, Lord, ife in this time thou schalt restore the king- part* fa Jm-
salem ; til thei
weren maad able bi the Hooly Goost to puplische the gospel, baplisid in the Holy Gost ; bi this baptym is vndirstonden the resseyuinge of the
Holy Gost in visible singne, which is seid baptym hi figuratif speche ; for the grace of the Holi Gost is seid anoynting, therfore the Glose of Raban
seith here that in sum bookis it is thus, 3e schulen be anoyntid with the Holy Gost; but bi resoun and holy doctouris it is opin, that the postlis
weren cristned in watir, as Crist taujte, in iij. c°. of Joon. Lire here. v.
s lothinge o. lothende s. t Here endeth the prologe, and bygynelh Dedls of Apostelles. o. No final
rubric in sr. a From M. The Apostles Dcdes. G. The Dedes of Ajios/lis. NQ. Here bigynneth the
Apostlis Dedes. p. The Apostle Dedis. T. No initial rubric in ASVXY. b Om. ox. either word v.
c Om. qrx. d Om. osx. * Om. o. * the whiche G. g comaundede err. h bi the Hooly Gost to v.
1 the apostlis GMOPQTY. k Qm. v. 1 whiche r. m and was v. n and to T. " whom MPTY. P quik v.
Q Om. ovx. r bi v. s Om. OA-. either proityngis v. ss daye K. * hem QX. " eet r. v he comaundede s.
and comaundede r. w but thei MPQT. * 6m. v. 7 Om. rx. z seyde or. a Om. GNT. b forsothe N.
c hadden comen x. d askeden Q. e wher v.
a wlatitli Nuabh. o the Ego. to the i. P Jerom in his prologe on this book seith thus. ca. Jerome
here in his prologe seith this. KMub. Jerome in his prolog on theese Dedis of Apostlis suytige seith al this. N.
Jerom in his prolog on the Dedis of Apostlis seith al this. QXOCJ. Jerom in his prologe on Acltis Apostolo-
rum seith this. c. Here endilh the prologe, and bygyneth the Deidis of Apostlis. g. "Here eendith the pro-
log on the Dedis of Aposllis. k. No final rubric iii ETef. a From E. Dedis of Apostlis. A.. Here bi-
gynnen the Dedis of Aposllis. M. Here bigynneth the Apostlis Deedis. e. No initial rubric in ciKQRUxab
cghko. ' b ymade b. made o. c Om. R pr. m. d and Eg. e whom i. f whom i. e on lijf R.
h awey fro H.
I. 7 — 16.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
509
in this tyme schalt thou restore the
7 kyngdom of Israel ? Forsoth he seide to
hem, It is not jouref for? to haueh knowe
tymes' ork momentis, the1 whiche the fa-
sdir hath put in his power; but 30 schulen
take the vertu of the Hooli Gost comynge
fro a boue into 3011, and 3e schulen be
witnessis to me in Jerusalem, and™1 in al
Judee, and Samarye, and 'til to" the vt-
9 meste" of ertheP. And whanne he hadde
seid thes thingis, 'hem seynge^, he was
liftr vp, and a cloud receyuede hym fro
10 the y3en of hem. And whanne thei bi-
heldenrr into* heuene 'him goynge*, lo !
tweyu men stoodyn ny3 bisydis hem in
11 white clothis, thev whiche andw seiden,
Men of Galilee, what stonde 36 bihold-
inge into heuene ? This Jhesus, thatx is
takyn vp fro 3ou into heuene, 'so schal
come>', as 36 sy3en him goynge into he-
12 uene. Thanne thei turneden a3en toz Je-
rusalem, fro the hil that is clepid3 Oly-
ueteb, 'the which0 is bisydis Jerusalem,
ishauynged the iurney of ae saboth. And
whanne thei hadden entride into thef
'soupyng placet thei wenten vp inhto'
'the hi3erek thingis1, where thei dwelten,
Petre and John, James and Andrew, Phi-
lip and Thomas, Bartelmew and Mathew,
James of Alfey, and Symound Zelotes, and
14 Judas of James. Alle thes weren dwell-
inge, 'or lastinge™, 'to gidere" in preier,
with wymmen, and Marie, the modir of
i.">Jhesu, and with his bretheren. In tho
dayes Petre ry.synge0 vp in the myddel
of bretheren, seideP ; forsoth ther was a
cumpeny of men to gidere, almest an huri-
icdrid and twenty; Men bretheren, it bi-
houeth thei scripture forr tos be fulfillid1,
which the Hooly Gost bifore seyde by the
mouth of Dauith, of Judas that was leder
Lire here. ve.
t twey men ;
that is, aungels
in the licnesse
of men. Lire
here. ve. what
stonden, etc. ;
[as] if thei
seien, Abide ;e
not, that Jliesu
dwelle more
bodili with 3011.
dom of Israel? And he seide to hem, 7 *^ethe ver-
tu, etc.; that
It is not 3oure to knowe the tymes is, to preche
, . , . - . .. -. . , stedfastly and
ether momentis, whiche the fadir hath 8peediythe
put in his power ; but 36 schulen take a
the vertu* of the Hooli Goost comynge
fro aboue in to 3ou, and 36 schulen be
my witnessis in Jerusalem, and in al
Judee, and Samarie, and to the vtmeste
of the erthe. And whanne he had seid 9
these thingis, in her si3t he was lift vp,
and a cloude resseyuede him fro her
,,.... as he dide bi-
i3en. And whanne thei biheelden hymiOfore.
goynge in to heuene, lo ! 'twei men'f
stoden bisidis hem in white clothing,
and seiden, Men of Galile, what stonden n rionse> sohe
. . schal come to
36 biholdinge in to heuene? This Jhe- deme. mtrid,
, . i . , \f . etc.; this is a
su, which is takun vp fro 3ou in to %uratifspeci:e,
heuenek, schal come, as 36 seyn hym go- th'at'thefstwien
ynge in to heuene. Thanne thei turn-i2first>andaftir-
ward entnd m-
eden a3en to1 Jerusalem, fro the hille to the soler.
x 7 7 • / 7 James the sone
that is clepid the nulem or Olyuete, ofAifey; tothe
which is bisidis Jerusalem an halidaies
And whanne thei weren entrid is Jamef>that
was the sone of
Zebedei. Judas
. the brother of
in tO the SOler", Petir and
James; to dif-
ference of Ju-
das the traitour.
his bretheren ;
that is, rosins.
noumbrid
lourney
in to the hous, where thei dwelliden, thei
wenten
Joon, James0 and Andreu, Philip and
Thomas, Bartholomew and Matheu,
James of Alnhei, and Symount Zelotes,
1 among us ;
and Judas of James. Alle these weren u that is, was
oon of the
lastinghP contynuynge with o wille m twe
preier, with wymmen, and Marie, the
moder of Jhesu, and with hise britheren. that is, the dig-
nite of apostle.
In tho daies Petre roos vp ini the myd-i5notbiiot,tmtbi
chesing of Crist,
dil or the britheren, and seide ; and ther
was a company of men togidere, almest
an hundrid and twenti ; Britheren, it'
bihoueth that the scripture be fillid,
whiche the Hooly Goost bifore seide bi
the mouth of Dauith, of Judas that was
ledere of hem that token Jhesu ; and i
was noumbrid among vs, and gat a part j>ywWchepMw
in is c°. of
Math, and 6
c°. of Joon. //
to be weldid of
othere, for he
castide forth in
the temple 30
pens, for which
fjourenx. sOm.srx. h Om. r. ' the tymes GA/TFV. k either r. 1 Om. vx. mOm.Gpr.m.
n vnto GMPQTY. ° vtermest GMNPQTY. P the erthe T. q while thei si3en v. r liftid sx.
" biholdinge Y. s hym goynge into G.MXPQTVY. * Om. GMNPQTFY. u two GMPQSTY. v Om. v.
w Om. v. * which r. J schal come soo v. z in to o. a seyde o. b of Olyuete MPTY. hil of Olyuete r.
c which v. that x. d and hath v. e Om. s. f Om. Q. 6 soler r. h Om. v. i Om. G pr. m. v.
k hi3e sx. Om. v. ' Om. v. m lastyngly, either contynuynge v. Om. x. D with oo wille v. ° ros v.
P and seide v. 1 that the r. r Om. MpQsrrxY. s Om. v. t fillid v.
' tweyne i. k in to heuene fro jou R. ' in to n.
K marg. ° and James H. P lastinge gk. 1 into k.
m Om. EI pr.m. Qgka. n ether souping place
510
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
I. 17 II. 2.
17 of hem that tooken Jhesu; theu which was
noumbrid in"u vs, and gat the sortv of
isthisw mynysterie*. And forsoth this-v weeld-
idez a feeld of the hyre of wickidnesse,
and he hangida, to-barst the myddel, and
i9alleb his entrailis benc sched a brood. And
it isd maad knowun to alle men dwellinge
in Jerusalem, so that thilkee feeld was
clepid Achildemak in the langagef of hem,
20 that is, the feeld of blood. Forsoth? it
is writun in the book of Salmes, The
habitaciounh of him' be maad desert, and
be there not that dwellithk in it, and an-
~>i other take the bisshopryche of him. Ther-
fore it bihoueth of these men, that ben
gederid to gidere with vs in al tyme, in
which the Lord Jhesu entride yn1, and
22wente out among vs, bigynnynge1" fro
baptym11 of John 'til into0 the day in
which he was takyn vp fro vs, oon of
these for? to be maad a witnesse of his
23 resurexcioun with vs. And thei ordeyn-
eden^ tweyne1", Joseph, that iss clepid1
Barsabas, that is namyd" Justus v, and
24Mathi. And thei preiyngew seiden, Thou,
Lord, that 'hast knowe* the hertis of
men?, schewe whom thou hast chosun of
-'jthes tweynez, oon for" to take the place
of this mynisterieb and apostilhed, of thec
which Judas trespasside, that he schulde
2(>go into his place. And thei 3auen lottis
to hem, and the lot felde tod Mathi ; and
he was noumbrid 'to gidere6 with en-
leuenef apostlis.
CAP. II.
i And whanne the? 'dayes Pentecostes1',
is, fyftfi, weren fulfillidk, alle disci-
plis1 weren to gidere in the same place.
2 And sudenly ther was maad a sown fro
heuene, as ofm a greet spirit" comynge
of this seruyce. And this Judas haddeisprestis i
a feeld of the hire of wickidnesse, and sepulture of
her was hangid, and 'to-brasts the myd- ^""of Mt! "
dil, and alle hise entrailes weren sched £" jumble*1""
abrood. And it was maad knowun to 19 '«*« the w-
schopricke of
alle men that dwelten in Jerusalem, so hym; that is,
that the ilke feeld was clepid Achelde- »tiened"i» seilT
mak in the langage of hem, that is, the ^™* |V~
feeld of blood. And it is writun in the 20 wj>erf!0«- b'-
schopis ben
book of Salmes, The abitacioun of hem «eid the sncses-
souris of apo-
be maad desert, and be ther noon that stiis, in 21 dis-
* 11 • ., j ,i ,1 i . i . tinccioun, c°. in
dwelle in it, and an other take his bi- novo Lire
shopriche. Therfor it bihoueth of these2iAere- v-
men, that ben gaderid togidere with vs
in al the tyme, in which the Lord Jhe-
su entride, and wente out among vs,
and bigan fro the baptym of Joon til in1 22 1 and thei or-
to the dai in which he was takun vp fro tweyne;\\uA
vs, that oon of these be maad a witnesse ttweyne
of his resurreccioun with vs. And thei 23 f™ other Am.
ciphs, not bi
ordeyneden tweyn f , Joseph, that was '»t, but bi
clepid Barsabas, that was named Just, exceiielJtere in
and Mathie. And thei preieden, and24^3experien^
seiden, Thou, Lord, that knowist the ^ ^houf
hertis of alle men, schewe whom thou tliei tadden
chose these
hast chosun of these" tweyne, that oon 25 tweyne as ex-
, , ~ ' , . cellentere than
take the place of this seruyce and apo- othere, ne
besoujten God-
stlehed, of which Judas trespasside, that
he schulde go in to his place. And thei 20 were worthier e
to apostlehed ;
^aiieii lottis to hem, and the lot felde on herforethei
-,,,. i • ,
JVlatme; and he was noumbrid withv
enleuen apostlis.
on Mathie ;
this Joseph
was the cosyn
of Crist, in 4 c°.
of Jit. ; but
Crist settide
Mathie bifore
CAP. II.
And whanne the daies of Pentecostwi andsiiewjde
weren fillid, alle the disciplis weren to- bithi* that
men shulen
gidre in the same place. And sodevnli2 not be auaunsid
° to offices of the
ther was maad a sown fro heuene, as of dm-che for
i • / f\i- i i k vi) rede. Lire
a greet wynde comynge, and it filhde al h-ere. ve.
u Om. v. uu among v. v part r. w the o. his MPTY. x seruise r. J this Judas v. z 011316 o.
a was hangid, and r. b Om. sx. c weren r. d was v. e that x. ilke y. { tunge x. S For r.
h dwellynge steed o. i hem sx. k dwelle GMPQSTV. ' Om. o. '» and bigan v. n the baptyme
GMPSTY. ° vnto MPQTY. P Om. sx. 1 iourneyden T. r two GMNOPQSTXY. s was r. * ycleped Q.
u ynamed Q. v Just v. w preieden, and r. * knowist v. V alle men v. * two G et alii. a Om. s;t.
b mynysterie, or seruise r. c Om. x. d on ^GWNOPSTFAV. e Om. v. f the elleuen GMPTY. twelue
i- pr. m. S Om. G. h Pentecostes dayes GMPTY. dayes of Pentecostes nor. Pentecost dayes Q.
i Om. x. k fillid r. 1 the disciplis QT. m Om. G pr. m. n spirit, either mynd r.
r Om. o. s to-barste iKQck. to-barst in H.
K marg. Pentecost, either Witsonlide B.
Om. b. u the g. v with the hk. w that is,Jifti
II. 3 — ' 6.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
511
to0, and it fulfillideP al the hous where
3 thei weren sittinge. And tungis dyuersly
partid as fyer apperiden to hem, and it
4saat vponi ech of hem. And alle 'ben
fulfillidr with the Hooli Gost, and thei
bigunnen for8 to speke with1 dyuerse lan-
gagis11, as the Hooli Gost 3af to hem forv
5 to speke. Forsoth ther weren in Jerusa-
lem dwellingew Jewis, religiouse men, of
e ech nacioun that is vndir heuene. Sothli,
vthis vois* maad, the multitude cam to
gidere, and in soule, 'or vndirstondyngy ,
Vas confoundidz, 'or stoneyd3, for ech
man herde hern spekynge in his langageb.
7 Forsoth alle men weren 'astoneydc 'in
wittd, and wondriden, seyinge to gidere,
Where not alle these that speken ben
sGalilees, and how Ve herdenf ech man
9 his langages in which we ben born? Party,
and Medy, and Elamyte, and thei that
dwellen inh Mesopotarnye, Judee, and Ca-
lopadocie, Ponte, and Asie, Frigie, and Pam-
philie,Egipt, and the' parties of Libie, that
is aboutek Sirenen, and cumelingis Ro-
nmayns, and Jewis, and proselitis1, men of
Crete and Arabyem, we han herd hem
spekynge in oure langagis " the greete
lathingis of God. Forsothe alle weren
stoneyd0 'in wittP, and wondriden, sey-
laingei, What wole this thing be? Forsoth
othere scornyden, seyinge, For their ben
uful of must'. Forsoth Petre stondinge8
with enleuene*, reyside" his vois, and spak
to hem, Men Jewis, and alle that dwellen
inv Jerusalem, be this thing knowun to
3ou, and with eeris perseyuew my wordis.
isSothely* not as 36 demen^, 'or gessen1,
these be drunkun, whanne" it is the
icthridde our of the day, 'or vndirneb; but
in the daies of the newe testament, that
the hous where thei saten*. And di-3 f «««'»*«.- that
a, dwellmge,
uerse" tungis as fier apperiden to hem, for the postiis
weren thanne
and it sat on ech of hem. And alle 4 in preier, which
weren fillid with the Hooli Goost, and cwnuniy in sit-
thei bigunnen to speke diuersex langagis, J^^JILr
as the Hooli Goost ?af to hem forz to stondinge. •«
aiuerse lan-
speke. And ther weren in Jerusalem r> gag™ ; as the
, T , . T . , . . - , Glos seith here,
dwellmge Jewis, religiouse men, of ech thepostii*
nacioun that is vndur heuene. And e ^"."a-.
whanne this vois was maad, the multi- ue?e la"Ka«ls'
and vruur-
tude cam togidere, and theia weren asto- stoden alle lau-
j • ^i f i 111 Ka£is> lmt als"
nyed in thou3t, for ech man herde hem whanuethei
spekinge in hisb langage. And alle?
weren astonyed, and wondriden, and
seiden togidere, Whether not alle these
that speken ben men of Galyle, and «
,
hou herden we ech man hisc langage in
weren, ech
vndirstod his
which we ben borun? Parthi(1, and Medi,9 doinge thiJ.er
and Elamyte, and thei that dwellen at ^ff^XuTt'
Mesopotami, Judee, and Capodosie, ande in the worc1'-
ing of God.
Ponte, and Asie, Frigie, and Pamfilie, 10 Jems ; that is,
-,-, . , j .1 ,• /• T M • i . • thei of the lyn-
.hgipt, and the parties of Libie, that is ageof Juda.
abouef Sirenen, and 'comelingis Ro-
maynss, and Jewis, and proselitis, men n
of Crete, and of Arabic, we han herd
i i . i > i *f n°t as ie
nem spekynge in oure langagis the grete gessen; \>\ er-
thingis of God. And alle weren asto- i*Sw^4*
nyed, and wondriden, vand seiden1 togi- as.ifhes<:ide.
it is not ;it our
dere, What wole this thing be? And
othere scorneden, and seiden, For these
men ben ful of must. But Petre stood
with thek enleuene, and reiside vp his
vois, and spak to hem, le Jewis, and "P00?1 the
r Jewis, that
alle that dwellen at Jerusalem, be this' weren more
, , .., atempre, for
knowun to 3ou, and with ens perseyue thei weren th
drinking, for
thanne men
these ben dronkun, whanne it is the ""Jerusalem,
where this wor-
5e my wordis. For not as 3e
these ben dronkun, whanne i
thridde our of the dai; but this it is, that
..... in p'ente. ve.
was seid bi the prophete Johel, And it 17 «» the lasie
daies ; that is,
ben seid the laste, for noon other testament schal come aftir this. Lire here. v.
o Om. SK. P fillide v. 1 on srv. r weren fillid v. s Om. sx. * in v. u tyngis x. v Om. sx.
w men dwellende x. x whanne this vois was v. y either vndlrstondyng r. Om. x. z it was astonied r.
a Om. orx. b owne langagis G. owne langage T. tunge x. K stoneid sx. d Om. v. e Whether asx.
f han we herd G pr. m. MPQTY. herden we r. e tunge x. h at AGMNOpqsTrxY. i Om. K. k ahoue v.
1 proselitis, either conuersis v. m of Arabic A sec, m. GMNOQSPXY. n thingis x. ° astonyed v.
P Om. r. 1 seyinge togidere r. r these men v. 9 stood v. * the elleuene MPTY. u and reiside v.
v at AGMNopQsrrxY. w parceyueth QSX. perseyue jee v, * For v. y gessen r. z Om. orx.
a and whanne v. b Om. ox.
ether dyuerseli departid K marg. 1 in dyuerse x sec.m. z Om. a. a Om. B pr.m. *> his owne Vpr.m.
"
c oure K sec.m. d o/"Parthi iKQBoa/3. e Om. K.
K sec. m. k Om. K pr. m. o. ' this thing a.
aboute Re. S Romayns comelyngis K. ' seiinge
512
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
ii. 17 — 28.
this 'thing it isc, that wasd seid by the
nprophete Johel, And it schal be in the
laste dayes, the Lord seith, I schal heelde
out of e my spirit on val fleischf; and ^oure
sones and 3oure doiytris schulen prophe-
cie, and joure 3onge& schulen se visyouns,
and 3oure eldris schulen dreme meetelsh,
ufor sweuens'1. And sotheli on my vser-
uauntis meri^ and1 myne handmaydens in
tho dayes I schal schede out of my spirit,
19 and thei schulen prophecie. And I schal
3yue greete wondris in heuene aboue, and
signes in erthe bynethe, blood, and fyer,
20 and vapour1" of smoke. The sunne schal
be turned into derknessis, and the mone
into blood, bifore that" the gret and0
21 opyn day of the Lord schal come. AndP
ech man whichi euerer schal inclepe5 the
22 name of the Lord, schal be saf. 3e men
of Israel, heerith1 thes wordis. Jhesu of
Nazareth, a man prouyd of God inu 3ou
by vertues, *or myraclisv, and wpndris,
and tokenes, thew whiche God dide by
him in the myddel of 3ou, as 36 'witen,
23hym, the counceil determyned, vor endid*,
and by the prescience^, 'or bifore know-
ynge*, of God, bitakun, W frayed*, by
the hondis of wickid b 36 turmentinge
24 slowenc. Whom God reyside, vthe sorwisd
of helle vnboundune, Vp thatf it was in-
possible him£ forh to be holdyn of it.
25 Sothli' Dauith seith intok him1, I purueyde
the Lord bifore me euermore, for he is on
-jfiiny ri3thalf, that I be not moued. For
this thing myn herte ioyede, and my
tunge gladide"1, more ouer and my fleisch
27 schal reste in hope. For thou schalt not
forsake my soule in helle, 'nethir thou
schalt 3yue" thin hooli for0 to se corup-
28cioun. Thou hast maad knowun to rne
* on ech man ;
that is, on
Jewis and he-
thene men,
without differ-
ence, ve. either
on ech man,
whose herte
schal be tendir
at the maner
of flesch, and
not obstynat in
synnes, as Rabi
schal be in the laste daies, the Lord
seith, Y schal helde out my spirit on
ech fleisch*; and 3oure sones and 3oure
dou3tris schulen prophesie, and 3oure
3onge men schulen se visiouns, and 3oure
eldris schulen dreme sweuenes. And on is
my seruauntis and mynm handmaidens
in tho daies Y schal schede11 out of0 my
... iji-ii i • A i Salomon seith
spirit, and thei schulen prophecie. And i90nJoei. For-
Y schal 3yue grete wondris in heuene of'anosdis116'
aboue, and signes in erthe bynethe, "'.er,en tendre
bi deuocioun,
blood, and fier, and heete of smoke, and disposid to
the resseyu-
Ihe sunne schal be turned in to derk-20yngeofthe
nessisi, and the moone in to blood, bifor
that the greet and the opyn dai of the
Lord come. And it schal be, ech man 21 Hooly G
schal be jouen
which euere schal clepe to help the name indifferently to
of the Lord, schal be saaf. 3e men of 22 wymmen;
Israel r, here 36 these wordis. Jhesu of in\ehe0dav'of
Nazareth, a man preued of God bifor Penticost, ether
Witsuntid,
3ou bi vertues, and wondris, and tokenes, wymmen weren
with the apo-
which God dide bi hym in the myddil stiis, in i. c°.
of 3ou, as 36 witen, 36 turmentiden, and23edgnre
killiden hym bi the hoondis of wyckid {'oost WIt,h.
* * nero ; and in
men, bi counseil determyned8 and bi- ". c°.Fiiip
hadde foure
takun bi the forknouwyng of God. doujtn* pro-
Whom God reiside1, whanne sorewis of 24,
helle weren vnboundun, bi that that it
was impossible that he were holdun of hau(! (i.oddis.
reuelacioun in
it. For Dauid seith of hym, Y sai3 afer 25 sleep, [ve] and
to perseyue
the Lord bifore me euermore, tor he is tho, the soule
..,,/..., -17-1 j is more disposid
on my ri3thalf, that Y be not mouyd. thanne; fj rthe
For this thing myn herte ioiede, and my 26 ^n^r°fwit
tunge made ful out ioye, and more ouere tis- on ms ser-
uauntis, etc. ;
my fleisch schal reste in hopef. For thou 27 for in i
. . . . chirche the
schalt not leeue my soule in helle, netnir Hooly Goost
thou schalt 3iue thin hooli to se corrup-
cioun.
Thou hast maad knowun to me 28 'ing,?n of the
hondis of apo-
the weies of lijf, thou schalt fille me in" stiis; and this
is a visible
Britheren, be it 29 singne to aiie
cristned ; and
;it he is jouen vnuisibly to alle cristned, if thei setten not lettinge. Lire here. v.
myrthe with thi face.
c is the thing x. *d is x. e Om. or. f ech man r. S jonge men GNQTP. n sweuens GA;OPQTV.
i Om. MPXY. either siveuens v. k men seruauntes GMQTY. seruauntis r. ' and on Q. ra heete r. n Om.
G pr. m. ° Om. N. P And it schal be r. 1 the which A pr. m. who GMPQTY. r Om. s. s clepe to
help v. * here AGMNOPTVY. u bifore r. v Om. ox. either myraclis v. w Om. v. x Om. OQX.
y bifore knowynge o. z Om. OQX. a or byirayed GMPTY. Om. ox. b wicked men GMOPQY. wicke sx.
>c witen, je turmentiden and killeden him bi the hondis of wickide men, bi counseil determyned and bi-
taken bi the foreknowing of God v. d whanne sorewis v. e weren vnbounden r. f bi that that r.
S Om. o. h Om. sx. ' For r. k to G pr. m. of r. 1 it K. m made ful out ioie v. n ne schalt jif o.
0 Om. S,Y.
m on myn R. Om. a. n heelde i. ° Om. b pr. m. ho/3. p and c pr. m. x sec. m. a. <l derknes hk<3.
r Jerusalem c. s ether eendid K marg. t areiside k. u with a.
II. 29 — 40.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
513
the weies of lyf, thou schalt fulfille? me
agini myrthe with thi face. Men bretheren,
be it leefful boldly forr to seye to 3011 of
the patriark Dauith, for8 he is deed and
biried, and his sepulcre is at vs til into
so this day. Therfore whanne he was a
prophete, and wiste, for1 with an ooth
God hadde sworn to him, of the fruyt of
si his leende" forv to sitte on his seete, he
purueyingew spak of the resurexcioun* of
Crist, for nethir he is^ left in helle, nethirz
32 his fleisch si3a corupcioun. God reiside
this Jhesu, to whom we alle ben wit-
as nessis. Therfore heb enhaunsid by the
ri3t hond of God, andc the biheested of thee
Hooli Gost takyn of the fadir, he schedde
:uout thisf, that 36 seen and heeren. For-
soth Dauith assendide^ not into heuene;
forsoth he seith, The Lord seide toh my
35 Lord, Sitt' on my ri3thalf, til I schalk
putte thin enemyes the stool of thi feet.
3r> Therfore moost certeynly wite al the hous
of Israel, for1 God reyside™ and" hym the0
Lord andP Crist, this Jhesui, whom 30
37crucifieden. 'These thingis herd r, thei
weren compunct8 in herte ; arid thei seiden
to Petre and to othere apostlis, Men bre-
38 theren, what schulen we do ? Petre for-
soth seith1 to hem, Penaunce, he seith1,
do 36, and ech of 3011 be cristened in the
name of Jhesu Crist, into remiscioun of
3oure synnes ; and 36 schulen take the
39 3ifteu of the Hooly Gost. Forsothv repro-
miscioun, W eft biheestew, is to 3011, and
to 3oure sones, and to alle that ben ferr,
whom? euere the Lord ourez God hath
4oclepid toa. Sothli6 with othere wordisc
ful manye he witnesside to hem, and mo-
nestide hemd, seyinge", Be 36 saued fro
manhed of him to the kyndely sone of God, and in enhauusinge
puple, and bi malice, as to the princis of prestis. v.
leueful boldli to seie to 3ou of the pa- t «» hope;
triark Dauid, for he is deed and biried,
and his sepulcre is among vs in to this
dai. Therfore whanne he was a pro- so dePartid fro the
bodi. in helle ;
phete, and wiste, that with a greet ooth that is, in the
God hadde sworn to hym, that of the
fruyt of his leende* schulde oon sitte on
his seete, he seynge afer spak of the si neither <*«»
schalt -,'•"..•
resurreccioun of Crist, for nether he was that i«, suffre
i r^ • u 11 A.T. !-• a • i_ •
left in helle, nether his fleisch 3313 cor-
rupcioun. God reiside this Jhesu,
whom we alle ben witnessis.
to be jouen. ve.
he was enhaunsid bi the rhthoond of r°tynge. v.
with thi face;
God, and thorou3 the biheest of the that is, with
Hooli Goost that he took of the fadir, he beeing, ve.
schedde out this spirit, that 36 seen and ^^t
heren. For Dauid stiede not in to he- 34 hadde> fro th«
nrste moment
uene ; but he seith, The Lord seide to of hi« crea-
my Lord, Sitte thou on my ri3t half, til 35 sched 'out this
Y putte thin enemyes aw stool of thi
feet. Therfor moost certeynli wite al 36
the hous of Israel, that God made hym «erse langagis.
• The Lard ; the
bothe Lord and Crist, this Jhesu, whom fadir. seide to
36 crucefieden. Whanne thei herden 37 ufto his "'
these thingis, thei weren compunct in
herte; and thei seiden to Petre and ™9
that is, at the
othere apostlis, Britheren, what schulen euennesseof
jiAj-r»A • j i T-V the fadir bi the
we dor And retre seide to hem, Do 36 38 godhed, and in
penaunce, and eche of 3011 be baptisid in
the name of Jhesu Crist, in to remis- .
sioun of 3oure synnes ; and 36 schulen outen ende-
thin enemyes
take the 3ifte of the Hooli Goost. For39o^oo/,- that
.,,.,,. , is, hooliche so-
the biheest is to 3ou, and to 3oure sones, get to thee, and
and to alle that ben fer, which euer oure
Lord God hath clepid. Also with otherex 40 the w°rld' ve-
and whanne
wordis ful many he witnesside to hem, he schai jeue
. . meedetogoode
and monestide hem, and seide, Be 30
sauyd fro this schrewid generacioun.
Thanne thei that resseyueden his
men and peyne
'
in ioynynge the
him to the ri3tside of the fadir. crucijietlen; bi ignoraunce as to the comtine
P fille v. 1 with x. r Om. sx. ' that v. *• that r. u leendes ox. v Qm. sx. " purueiede and r.
* ajenrysyng o. y was v. * ne o. a seeth QT. say r. h he was r. c and bi MPQTY. and thourj r.
d hyjest T. e Om. v. f this spirit v. 8 s^ide v. h vnto o.
m made y. n Om. MPTVY. ° Om. MPQTY. bothe v. P Om. o.
thingis v. s compunct, or soreuful G sec.m. compuncted o.
w Om. QX. y whiche v. * Om. r. a Om. v. *> Also v.
e and seide f.
' Sit thou sv. k Om. v. l that v.
1 is T. r Whanne thei herden these
t seide v. u jiftes Q. v For v.
c word K. d to hem G pr. m. T.
VOL. IV.
v leendis cgk pr. m.
w the EiKQRbcgh/3.
3 U
Om. i.
514
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
II. 41 — III. 6.
this wickidf, 'or schrewidz, generacioun.
41 Therforeh thei that receyueden his wordis1,
weren baptysid, and in that day soulisk
42 ben1 putt to, aboute thre thousyridm. For-
soth thei weren lastynge inn techinge of
apostlis0, and inP comunynge of brekinge
43 of breed, and in preieris. Forsoth drede
was maad to ech soulei. And many won-
dris and sygnes weren don by apostlis1" in
Jerusalem, and greet drede was in alle.
44 Also alle men that bileuyden weren to
gidere, and hadden alle thingis comyn8.
45 Thei selden possesciouns and substaunces1,
'or goodisu, and departiden allev thingis
46 to alle men, as it was nede to ech. 'For-
soth day bi dayw thei 'lastinge to giderex
in the temple, and brekinge? breed aboute
housis, token2 mete with gladynga and
47 symplenesse of herte, heriyngeb to gidere
God, and hauyngec grace to al the peple.
Forsoth the Lord encreside hem that
weren maad saaf, ech day into the same
thing.
CAP. III.
1 Forsothe Petre and John Sweden4 into
the temple, at the nynthe our of preiyng6.
2 And sumf man that was lame fro the
wombe of his modir, was borun, whom
thei puttiden* ech day at the11 3ate of the
temple, that is seid fair, that he schulde
axe almes of men entrynge into the tem-
3 pie. This, whanne he sy3 Petre and John
bigynnynge for1 to entre into the temple,
4 preiede that he schulde take almes. For-
soth Petre with John biholdingek him,
5 seide1, Bihold111 into vs. And he biheeld
into hem, hopinge" him to0 take? sum
c thing of hem. Forsoth Petre seide, Sil-
ueri andr gold is not5 to me ; forsoth* that
that I haue, I 3yue to thee. In the name
of Jhesu Crist of Nazareth, ryse thouu,
* »« that day;
weren baptisid, and in that dai* soulis
weren encreessid, aboute thre thousinde;
and weren lastynge stabli in the teching
of they apostlis, and inz comynyng of the
breking of breed, arid in preieris. And43vyners. sub.
stauncis; that
drede was maad to ech man. And many ;s, beestis and
wondris and signes weren don bi the
apostlis in Jerusalem, and greet drede
wasa in alle. And alle that bileueden 44 weren saued hi
. . taking of feitli.
weren togidre, and hadden alle thingis Lire here. v.
comyn. Thei selden possessiouns and 45
catel, and departiden tho thingis to alle
men, as it was nede to ech. And ech 40
dai thei dwelliden stabli with o wille in
the temple, and braken breed aboute
housis, and token mete with ful out ioye
and symplenesse of herte, and herieden47
togidere God, and hadden grace to al
theb folk. And the Lord encreside hem
that weren maad saaf, ech dai in to the
same thingf.
CAP. III.
And Petre and Joon wenten vp in to i
the temple, at the nynthe our of preiyng.
And a man that was lame fro the wombe 2
of his modir, was borunc, and was leid
ech dai at the 3ate of the temple, that is
seid feir, to axe almes of men that en-
trideri in to the temple. Thisd, whanne 3
he say Petre and Joon bigynnynge to
entre in to the temple, preyede that he
schulde take almes. And Petre with 4
Joon bihelde on hym, and seide, Biholde
thou in to vs. And he biheelde in to 5
hem, and hopide, that he schulde take
sumwhat of hem. But Petre seide, Ye
haue nether siluer ne gold ; but that that
Y haue, Y 3iue to thee. In the name
of Jhesu Crist of Nazareth, rise thoue
f into the same
thing; that is,
in to oonhed of
Inching of apo-
stlis. Lire here.
ve.
f wicke sx. schrewid v. S Om. OQVX. h For e. i word v. k soules, or men and tvimmen o. Om.
MPY. ' Om. T. weren v. m thousynd soules MPY. n stabilly in the v. ° the apostlis MPQTY. P Om. v.
1 man v. r the apostlis MPQTY. s in comoun QX. t substaunce o. u Om. QX. either goodis v. v tho v.
w Also ech day r. x dwellinge stabily with oo wille v. 7 braken v. z and tooken v. a gladnes s.
ful out ioie v. b preysyng o. and herieden v. c hadden v. d stijeden vp GNT. e the preynge G pr. m.
preyer o. ! a GMPQTY. S putten sx. h Om. Q. > Om. sx. k biheeld on v. ' and seide v. m Bi-
holde thou v. n and hopide v. ° for to o. P takynge GMPVY. 1 Neither siluer v. r neither v.
5 Om. v. * sothely o. u Om. x.
y Om. b.
e Om. B.
z in the ER pr. m. gk. a was maad K ^>r. m. b Om. R. c broujt R pr. m. d He this i.
III. 7 — 1 8.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
515
7 and go. And 'his ri3thondv takun, hew
lifte* him vp?; and anoon7- the groundisz
and3 plauntisb, "or solisc, of him bend
ssaddid to gidere; and he lippinge6 stood,
and wandride. And he entride with hem
into the tern pie, wandryngef, 'and lippinge^,
iiand" heriynge' God. And al the peple sy3
10 him walkinge, and heriynge1 God. Forsoth
thei knewyn him, fork he it was that sat at
alrnes1 at the fair gate of the temple. And
thei weren fulfillid"1 with woridryngn, and
exstasie0, 'thai is, leesyng of mynde of?
'resoun and lettyng of tunge^, in that
11 thing that bifel to him. Sothli whanne
thei sy3en Petre and John, alr the peple
ran to hem at the porche that 'was clepid5
12 of Salomon, wondringe1 greetly. Forsoth
Petre seynge" answeride to the peple, Men
of Israel, what wondrenv 30 inw thisx
thing? or^ what biholden 36 vs, as by
oure vertu 'or power7 we madena this'5
isfor0 to walke? God of Abraham, and
God of Isaac, and God of Jacob, Godd of
oure fadris, 'hath glorified" his sone Jhesu,
whom 36 sothlif bitraieden, and denyeden
bifore the face of Pilate, 'him demynge=
uforh to be dismyttidi, "or leffo. '3e for-
sothe1 denyeden the hooly and iust"', and"
axiden0 a 'man homeside, ori' mansleer,
i. -i fori to be 3ouun to 3011. Forsoth 36 slowen
the maker of lyf, whom God reiside fro
deed menr, -of whom we ben witnessis.
ifiAnd in the8 feith of his name he hath
confermyd this1, whom 36 seen and ban
knowe"; the name of him, and the feith
that is by him, 3af this ful heelthe in thev
i7SJ3t of alle 3011. And now, bretheren, I
woot that byw vnwittinge* 36 diden, as
is and 3oure princes. 'God forsotb/ 'that bi-
fore7- toolde bi the mouth of alle prophetis
t whanne he ;
that is, Piiat.
vp, and go. And he took hym bi the?
ri3thoond, and heuedef hym vp ; and
anoon hise leggis* and hise feet weren * grounds ,•
. , that is, thies
sowdids togidere; and he lippide, and 8 and leggis, on
stood, and wandride. And he entride
with hem in to the temple, and wan-
dride, and lippide, and heriede God. And 9 sooUs, that is,
the feet, in to
al the puple sai hym walkinge, and heri- the loweste
ynge God. And thei knewen hym, thatiOy'"1
he it was that sat at almes at the feire
3ate of the temple. And thei weren fillid
with wondryng, and stoniyngeh, in that
thing that byfelde to hym. But whanne
thei sien Petre and Joon, al the puple
ran to hem at the1 porche that was tna.ei ^f
princes that
clepid of Salomon, and wondriden greetli. weren lettrid
men, knewen
And Petre 513, and answeride to the pu- 12 first that Jhesu
pie, Men of Israel, what wondren }e in was Crist bihijt
this thing ? ether what biholden 36 vs, as
by cure vertue ethir power we maden *ei .
this bi scnp-
this man for to walke? God of Abra-is tuns, that
ham, and God of Ysaac, and God of of Crist and his
werk, as it was
seid fulliere on
2 1 c°. of Ma-
theu, the erthe-
tilieris seiden,
this is the eir,
[ etc. But for
36 denyeden the hooli and the ri3tful,
and axiden a mansleer to be 3ouun to
3ou. And 36 slowen the maker of lijf , 15 eden ramie and
•> ' hatnde asens
whom God reiside fro dethk, of whom tym, and so
. . , the forseid
we ben witnessis. And in1 the feith of IG knowing was
his name he1" hath confermyd this man,
whom 36 seen and knowen ; the name of
hym, and the feith that is bi him, 3af to
this man ful heelthe in the si3t of alle
3ou. And now, britheren, Y woot that
bi vnwityng 36 diden, as also 3oure
princis. But God that bifor telde bi thei8?nd br°U3te"
m hem to axe
mouth of alle profetis, that his Crist the detain 27
schulde suffre, hath fillicl" so. Therfor 19 Lire here. v.
Jacob, God of oure fadris, hath glorified
his sone Jhesu, whom 36 bitraieden, and
denyeden bifor the face of Pilat, whanne
hef demede hym to be delyuered.
preche pmy
v whanne his i^thond was v. w Petir P. * liftede s. reyside v. y Om. v. z Om. Q. a and the
GUPY. Om. Q. or the T. b solis ox. c Om. ox. either soils v, d weren r. e lippide and v. lepende x.
{ walkinge r. 8 Om. r. and lepende x. h Om. x. ' preysyng o. k that r. 1 the almes o.
m fillid r. n wonder o. ° stonying v. P and AGMNOPQSTXY. >fl gloss om. in v. r and al QTr.
8 is clepid N. is seyde o. t and wondriden v. u sis, and v. v wondriden v. w on OP. x Om. T.
y either v. z either pitee r. a maken v. b this man or. c Om. sx. d and God T. e glorifiede x.
{ Om. r. g whanne he demede v. h Om. svx. * left o. fc Om. OQX. or delyuered r. ' But je v.
m iust man o. n and je MPQTY. ° askeden Q. P Om. GMOPQTY. man a v. man x. 1 Om. s. r Om. QX.
8 Om. sx. t this man v. u knowen r. v Om. N. w Om. N. * the vnwetinge r. y But God v.
1 Om. o.
f lifte H. S saddide K sec. m. h that is, lesing of mynde, and reson, and let/yng of long e K marg.
stonyinge of mynde hko/3. ' Om. a. k deeth to lijf k. '' Om. ca. m jhe c. n fulfild K. fillid it B.
3 u 2
516
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
III. 19 — IV. 6.
19 his Crist fora to suffre, fulfillideb so. Ther-
fore bec 36 repentauntd, and be 36 conuert-
20 id, that 3oure synnes be do awey, whannee
the tymesf of kelynges, 'or refreischinge11,
fro the si3t of the Lord schulen come, and
he schal sende him' that is now prechid
21 to 3011, ' Jhesu Cristk. Whom sotheli it bi-
houeth heuene for1 to resceyue, til into
the tymem of restitucioun of alle thingis,
the" whiche the Lord spak by the mouth
22 of his hooli prophetis fro the world. For-
sothe Moyses seide, For the Lord 3oure
God schal reyse to 3011 a prophete, of 3oure
britheren ; as me, 36 schulen heere him
vp° alle theP thingis, what euere he schal
2sspeke to 3ou. Forsoth it schal be, euery
soulei that schal not heere 'the ilker pro-
phete, schal be distryed8 of the peple.
24 And alle prophetis fro Samuel and aftir-
25 ward, that spaken, tolden thes dayes. 3e
forsothe ben the sones of prophetis, and
of the testament, that God ordeynede to
oureu fadris, seiyngev to Abraham, In thi
seed alle the meynees of erthe schulen be
2eblessid. God reysingew his sone first to
3ou, sente* him blessinge 3ou, that ech
man conuert him fro his wickydnesse.
CAP. IV.
i Forsothe 'hem spekinge> to the peple,
prestis and magistratis of the temple*
2camen vpon, and Sadducees, sorwyngea
thatb thei 'schulden techec the peple, and
toolden intod Jhesu a3en rysinge fro deed
smene. And thei leydenf hondis into£ hem,
and puttiden1' hem into kepinge til into
the morwe; sothli1 it was 'now euenk.
4 Forsoth manye of hem that hadden herd
the word, bileuyden ; arid the nournbre of
5' hem is1 maad fyue thousendis™. Forsothe
in the morwe it isn don, that the princes
of hem, and eldere men and scribes
e'schulden be0 gederid in Jerusalem ; and
be 30 repentaunt, and be 30 conuertid, * that is, fro
, , . , the felauschipe
that 3oure synnes be don awei, that 20 Of seintis. sonet
seide, For the Lord 3oure God schal
reise to 3ou a profete, of 3oure britheren ;
as me, 36 schulen here hym bi alle
whanne the tymes of refresching0 schu-
len come from the si3t of the Lord, and jd '." tbe ! 8criP-
J tuns ot hem.
he schal sende thilke Jhesu Crist, that 21 of testament;
is now prechid to 3ou. Whom it bihoueth heest. nUdti
• ,1 ~ that is, schew-
heuene to resseyue, in to the tymes ot ;ue. Lire here.
restitucioun of alle thingis, which the
Lord spak bi the mouth of hise hooli t intokeping;
prophetis fro the world. For Moises22soun, for the
our was passid
thanne to lede
hem to the
dom. v. fyue
Ihousind; with
hem that weren
thingis, what euer he schal speke to 3011. conuertid bitore
.,.,,.,,, ,. bi the preching
And it schal be, that euery man that 23 Of Petir; and
schal not here the ilke profete, schal be werenetjte
distried fro the puple*. And alle pro- 24 tb?U8'nd> and
this semith the
phetis fro Samuel and aftirward, that trewere weie.
Lire here. ve.
spaken, telden these daies. But 36 ben 25 1 the princes of
the sones of prophetis, and of the testa- men' and ^m^
ment, that God ordeynede to oure fadris, ^"i|a that"1
and seide to Abraham, In thi seed alle the postlis
schulden be
the meynes of erthe schulen be blessid. maad aferd
God reiside his sone first to 3ou, and 20 taken' in"
sente hym blessynge 3011, that ech man
conuerte hyrn from his wickidnesse.
iden; ofdiuerse
partis, to make
hem astonied.
in what uertii,
etc.; as if thei
seiden, It is
schewid opinly,
this bi wicch-
craft; wherfore
a»d this man
that was curid,
CAP. IV.
And while? thei spaken to the puple, i
the preestis and magistratis^ of the tem-
ple, and ther Saduceis camen vpon hem,
and soreweden, that thei tauten the pu-2
pie, and telden in Jhesu the a3enrisyng
fro deth. And thei leiden hondis on 3 if we hen dem-
ed ; that is, for
hem, and puttiden hem in to wardef in we ben drawen
, ., . . to the dom, as
to the morewe; for it was thanne euen- mysdoeris. in
tid. But manye of hem that hadden 4 f^*f 0/
herd the word, bileueden ; and the noum- fhat '*> for the
benefice of the
bre of men was maad fyue thousyndis. curyng of hym.
30 crucijieden ;
And amorewe it was don, that the 5 w the kniijtis of
princis of hemf, and eldre8 men and LeVand this"
scribis weren gadirid in Jerusalem ; and G for 30ure enuie
a Om. sx. b fulfille K. hath fillid v. c Om. x. d repentaunt beth x. e that whanne v.
t tyme o. S refreshing x. h either refreischinge r. Om. x. * thilke Jhesu Crist v. k Om. v. 1 Om. sx.
m tymes AGMOPQSTVXY. n Om. Qrx. ° vpon MPQTY. bi v. P Om. MOPQTXY. 1 man r. r that ox.
thilke MPFY. the T. s destried, or exijlid MPTY. 4 fro v. a joure N. v and seide v. w reyside v.
x and sente v. y while thei spaken v. z puple sx. a and soreweden v. b and that sx. c taujten v.
d to T. bi v. e Om. QX. f ledden x. e in o. on v. h putten sx. i for v. k thanne euentid v.
l men was v. m thousvnde AGMNPQSTXY. n was r. ° weren v.
0 ether kelyng K marg. P whan E. 1 the magistrates a. r Om. Ra. s the eeldre EiQagka.
IV. 7 — 1
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
517
Annas, prince of prestis, and Cayphas,
and Joon, and Alisaundre, and how ma-
nye euere weren of the kynde? of preestis.
7 And thei ordeynyngei hem in the myddel
axiden1", In what vertu, vor what name8,
shan 36 don this thing? Thanne Petre
fulfillid' with the Hooly Gost, seide" to
hem, 3e princes of the peple, and" eldre
o men, heerew, If we to day ben demyd in
the good dedis* of a syke man, in the*'
10 which this'- is maad saaf, be it knowun to
3011 alle, and to al the peple of Israel, fora
in theb name of 'oure Lordc Jhesu Crist
of Nazareth, whom 36 crucifieden, whom
God reyside fro deed men, in thisd this
11 man stondith6 hool bifore 300. This is
the stoon, whichf was reproued of 3011
bildinge, the^ which is maad into the
12 heed1' of the corner; and heelthe is not
in ony othir. Forsoth' nethir othirk name
is vndir heuerie 3ouun to men, in the1
which it bihoueth vs tom be maad saf.
13 Forsoth thei seynge" the stedfastnesse of
Petre and John, founden0 that thei weren
men with oute lettris, and idiotis, won-
dridenP, and"! knewen forr thei weren with
14 Jhesu. And seynge5 the man stondinge with
hem, that was heelid, thei1 my3ten no thing
iswithseye". Forsoth thei comaundiden hem
forv to go forth withoute the counceil.
in And thei spaken to gidere, seyinge, What
schulen we do to thes men ? for sothli the
sygne is maad knowun by hem to alle
men, dwellingew at Jerusalem ; it is opyn,
17 and we mown not denye. But that it be no
more pupplischid into the peple, manase
we to hem, that thei speke no more in
is this name to ony ofx men. And thei clep-
inge hem denounsideny, that on no maner
and wickid-
nesse. in this;
that is, in the
feith of this
Crist, stondith
Lire
* the
Annas, prince of preestis, and Caifas,
and Joon, and Alisaundre, and hou ma-
nye euere weren of the kynde of preestis.
And thei settiden4 hem in the myddil,?
and axiden, In what vertue, etheru in
what name, han 36 don this thing ?
Thanne Petre wasv fillidw with the Hooli 8
Goost, arid* seide to hem, Ye pryncis of that is> of 3<"
prestis and
the puple, and 36 eldre men, here 36.
we to dai be demyd in the good dede of
a sijk man, in whom this man is maad
saaf, be it knowun to 3ou alle, and to al
the puple of Israel, that in the name of
Jhesu Crist of Nazareth, whom 36 cru-
cifieden, whom God reiside fro deth, in
this this man stondith hool bifor 3ou.
This is the stoon*, which was repreued of iichirche- *•**•
w not in eny
3ou bildinge, which is maad in to the othere ,- that is,
, , ,. ., , , ,.1 . . . bi eny other,
heed of the corner ; and heelthe is not in 12 for heaioone is
ony othir. For nether other name vndur mediato"r <lf
If a techeris of the
lawe, to whos
Oms it
the
the heed of the
corner; ioyn-
inge Jewis and
hethene men
togidere, as
twey walh's in-
to an holy
heuene is 3ouun to men, in which it bi-
God and of
men. neither
othir name, etc.;
houeth vs to be maad saaf. And theii3that is> the
thing siguetied
si3en the stidiastnessef of Petre and of
for? it was foundun that thei
bi the name of
Sauiour is not
jouen to an-
other man ; for
it is ;<men to
Crist aloone,
that is God and
thei weren with Jhesu. And thei si3eni4man- Lire here.
V.
t stedfastnesse ,
Joon, for? it was
weren men vnlettrid, and lewid men, andz
thei wondriden, anda knewen hem that
the man that was helid, stondinge with
hem, and thei my3ten no thing a3enseie.
But thei comaundiden hem to go forthi5no?*stonyed'
neither weren
with out the counsel. And thei spaken maad aferd »'
. . eny thing, v.
togidere, and seiden, What schulen weie without lettris;
i . , ~> /• . i • • i and natheles
do to these men ( tor the signe is maad thei i
knowun bi hem to alle men, that dwel-
lenb at Jerusalem; it is opyn, and we
ve. wondriden;
for thei knewen
and of litel wit,
moun not denye. But that it be no 17 either sotiite
more pupplischid in to the puple, ma-
nasse we to hem, that thei speke no
more in this name to ony menc. And i8^eoy^[.n^t
that techith of
alle thing, in firste of Joon, ii. c°. What schulen we do to these men ? as if thei seiden, we moun not dampne hem to deth, nethir to presoun. v. the
singne, etc. ; that is, the myracle maad bi hem ; and so in sleeing either presouning hem, we schulen rise al the puple ajens us ; thouj the princes
and scribes saien the myracle so opin, thei bileeueden not, for her malice blindid hem ; and therfore thei arettiden that dede to the vertu of fendis,
as thei diden also the deedis of Crist, in ix. c°. of Matheu. Lire here. ve. tmanase we to hem; vndir the peyne of deth. speke noo more in this name ;
that is, of Jhesu of Nazareth. Lire here, v.
P kynrede or. 1 settiden r. r and axiden r. » Om. o. either in what name v. l was fillid r.
u and seide r. T and je v. w here jee GMOPQTV. hereth sx. * dede AGMNOpqsTrxY. J Om. rx.
z this man v. a that r. b Om. o. c Om. v. d him o. e stant sx. f the whiche AGMNOPQSTY.
Om. v. h heued GOQTY. l For v.
lOm.
o for it
any N. ' Um. srx. m for to AGMNOPVY. n si3en v.
was founden v. P and thei wondriden v. 1 Om. o. r that o. hem that v. s thei si3en v. * and thei v.
u a3enseye AGiaNOpQsrrxY. v Qm. sx. w that dwellen x. " Om. p. y denounseden to hem v.
1 setten i. u either alii. v Om. Kk pr. m. w fulfild K.
z Om. i. a and thei i. b dwelliden i. c man g.
* Om. Kk pr. m. y and whanne i.
518
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
IV. 19 — 31.
thei schulden speke, nez teche, in the name
10 of Jhesu. Forsothe Petre and John an-
sweringea, seiden to hem, If it beaa i^tful
in the si3t of God forb to heere 3011 rathere
20 than God, deme 36. Forsoth0 we 'mown
not notd spekedd the6 thingis that we han
21 seyn and herd"". And thei manasingef leften
hem, vnot fyndynge& how thei schulden
ponysche hem, for the peple ; for alle men
clarifieden that thing that was don in that
22 thing'1 that bifel. Forsothe' the man was
more than of fourty 3eerisk, in vthe which1
23 this sygne of heelthe was maadm. For-
soth thei left", camen to hern0, and toolden
to hem, how manye? thingis the princes^
24 and eldere men seiden to hemr. The8
whiche whanne thei herden, with oon
herte reysiden voys to the Lord, and
seiden, Lord, thou that1 madist heuene
and erthe, see, and alle thingis that ben
25 in hem, the" which byv the Hooly Gost, by
the mouth of oure fadir Dauith, thi child,
seidistw, Whi hethene men wraththidenx,
'or beten with teeth to gidere?, and peplis
2G thou3ten veyn thingis ? Kyngis of the erthe
stooden ny3, and princes camen to gidere
into oon, a3ens the Lord, and a3ens his
27 Crist. For theiz camen to gidere verilya
in this citee a3ens thi hooly child Jhesu,
whom thou anoyntidest, Heroude and
Pounce Pilat, with hethene menb, and
28 peplis of Israel, forc to do thed thingis,
that thin hond and thi counceil demiden
29 for6 to be don. And now, Lord, bihold
into the thretingisf of hem, and 3yue to
thi seruauntis with al trist for& to speke
:«o thi word, in that thing that thou holde'1
forth thin hond, heelthis' and signes and
wondris fork to be maad by the name of
31 thin hooly1 sone Jhesu. And whanne thei
hadden preied, the place was moued, in
Sti3ins !n *? he:
uene. herd; of
thei clepiden hem, and denounsiden to * ^.at molen
nedts speke ;
hem, that on no maner thei schulden leueftuiy. that
speke, nether teche, in the name of Jhe- that ?s"
su. But Petre and Joori answeriden, and
seiden to hem, If it be ri3tful in the si3t
'
of God to here 3ou rather than God,
. that Jhesus
deme 36. rorwemoten nedis speke* tho 20 schai come to
thingis, that we han sayn and herd, tom^u™ here.
And thei manassidend, and leften hem, 21 ^' thou}ien veyn
and foundun not hou thei schulden '*«»?".• »
thoujt is seid
punische hem, for the puple ; for alle men veyne
clarifieden that thing that was don in
that that was bifalle. For the man was 22
more than ofe fourty 3eerf, in which 8 these hethene
* • men and Jewis
this signe of heelthe was maad. And 23 biieeueden to
. -ii- quenche the
wnanne thei weren delyuerid, thei camen
n j i , i i hi his deth, but
to ner jelowts, and telden to hem, hou M this his name
grete thingis the princis of preestis and L^anT
the eldre men hadden seid to hem. And 24 glorified ; for
at this deth su-
whanne thei herden, with oon herte thei
reiseden vois to the Lord, and seiden,
Lord, thou that madist heuene and erthe,
ede his rysinge
ajen and stij-
inge into he-
uene, the send-
ing of theHooly
see, and alle thingis that ben in hem, Go?f' andthe
stedfast prech-
which seidist bi the Hooli Goost, bi the25ing«ftheapo-
mouth of oure fadir Dauid, thi child, *%« of erthe ,•
,_,, . , .. .. , ... ,, that is. Eroude
W hi hethen men gnastmen with teeth and Pilat ; for
togidre-', and the" puplis thou3ten veyn £±^T
thingisf ? Kyngis of the1 erthe stoden 20 le- and Pilat
was procura-
ny3, and princis camen togidre 'in tom tour [ether
j i.' /^c • i cheefgouern-
oon, a3ens the Lord, and a3ens his Crist, our e]
For verili Eroude and Pounce Pilat, with 27
hethene men, and puplis of Israel, camen
toeidre in this citee a«ens thin hooli of Jewis.
the Lord ; God
child Jhesu, whom thou anoyntidist, to 28 the fadir. to
., ... , 1-1 , , . do; bi wickid
do the" thingis, that thin hoond and thi wmeonher
counsel demyden to be don. And now,Lord, 20 P^J . ^t is
biholde0 in to the thretnyngis? of hem, thi P°w,er- .""
* counceil; that
and graunte to thi seruauntis to speke '«» ordynaunce.
deemeden to be
thi word with al trist, in that thing that30,/on,.
thou holde forth thin hond, that^ heelthis
and signes and wondris be maad bi the
z neither r. a answeriden and v. aa is M. b Om. sx. c For r. d mown not AGMY. most nede N.
moten nedis r. <W Om. ^GMY. « tho Nsrx. ee herd, not speke AGMY. f manasiden and r. g and
founden not r. h Om. r. ' For v, k jer sx. ! whom GMPQTY. whiche srx. m don o. n weren left,
and r. ° her bretheren G sec. m. her frendes o. hem sx. P grete v. q princes of prestis v. T hern
s sec.m. s Om. v. * Om. K. u Om. r. v seidist bi r. w Om. r. x gnastiden v. beeten togidere with
teeth x. y or gnaysteden with her teeth o. Om. QX. z Om. r. a Om. o. b Om. r. c Om. sx. d thes T.
e Om. sx. f threetnyngis r. S Om. sx. h helde s. ' in heelthis o. that heelthis r. k Om. srx. 1 Om. v.
d manassiden hem a. e Om. Egk pr. m. f 5eer eeld k. g whom i. ' Om. i. k Om. R. 1 Om. i.
m in CEiKMQRuabceghkojS. n tho g sec. m. hk;3. ° biholde thou K. P thretingis x. thretenynge abo.
<1 and a.
IV. 32— V. 4-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
519
which thei weren gederid1" ; and alle 'ben
fulfillid" with the Hooli Gost, and spaken
32 the word of God with trist. Forsoth of0
the multitude of men bileuynge ther? was
oon herte and oon soule, 'or wille^; nethir
ony man seide ony thingr 'of tho thingis5
that he weeldide for* to be his owne, but
33 alle thingis weren comune to hem. And
with greet vertu apostlis" 3oldunv witness-
yng of the a3en rysynge of Jhesu Crist
oure Lord, and greet grace was in 'alle
34herriw. Forsoth x nethir ony nedy man
was among hem, for how many euere
weren possescionersy, 'or weeldemL, of
feeldis ora howsis, thei sellyngeb brou3ten
toc the prices'1 of tho thingis that thei
sssolden, and puttiden8 bifore the feet off
apostlis. Forsoth 'thei departidens to ech,
so as it was nede to ech. Forsoth Joseph,
that ish named Barnabas of1 apostlis, that
is interpretid, the sone of coumfort, a
sv'dekerie, of the kyndek of Cypre, whanne
he hadde a feeld, solde it, and brou3te to1
the prijs, and puttide1" bifore the feet of
apostlis.
CAP. V.
i Forsoth sumn man, Ananye by name,
with Safyra, his wife, seelden0 a feeld,
•2 and defraudide of the priysP, his wyf
giltyi, 'or witinger. And he bryngynge8
sum part, puttide1 bifore theu feet of apo-
3Stlisv. Forsoth Petre seidew, Anany, why
hath Sathanas temtid thin herte, thee forx
to lye to the Hooly Gost, and forx to de-
4 fraude of the prijs of the feeld ? Wher it
dwellinge dwelte not to thee ; and it sold
was in thi power ? Whi hast thou put this
thing in thin herte ? Thou hast not lyed
name of thin hooli sone Jhesu. Andsiobedyenceon
whanne thei hadden preyed, the place man'andTGod.
was moued, in which thei weren gader- '^^^r^
id ; and alle weren fillidr with the Hooli tha' w* *f not
mad aferd bi
Goost, and spaken the word of God with thoo. place wa*
A i r 7 i 1*1 moued; to
trist. And or al* the multitude of men 32 singnefie that
bileuynge was oon herte and oon wille ;
nether ony man seide ony thingis1 of tho
thingis that he weldide to be his owne, nam« schuide
. . . not be lettid bi
but alle thingis weren comyn to hem. enheiy powers,
And with greet vertu the apostlis 3eld-33ertheiyatpowerey
iden witnessyng of the a3enrysyng of
Jhesu Crist oure Lord, and greet grace
And this was
was in alle hem. For nether ony nedi 34 fii.H for the
_ - frith and name
man was among hem, for how manye of Crist was
euere weren possessouris" of feeldis, ether
of housis, thei seelden, and brou3ten the
pricisv of tho thingis that thei seelden, Lire 1tere- T-
0 * a man of
and leiden bifor the feet of thew apostlis. 35 Cypre; thatis,
, , . , ,., , . born at Cipre.
And it was departid to ech, as it was hadde a feeid ,•
nedex to ech. Forsothe Joseph, that was 36 dent
named Barsabas of apostlis, that is to
natheles thei
seie, the sone of coumfort, of the lynage myjten haue in
c T /?/-<-*i_ another lond;
of Leuy, a man of Cipre*, whanne he 37 Lire here. ve.
hadde a feeld, seelde it, and brou3te the
prijs, and leide it bifor the feet of apostlisr.
CAP. V.
fadir and modir
of this Barna-
bas weren
T> A i_- -ii o translatid to
rJut a man, Anany bi name, with ba- 1 yie of Cipre,
fira, his wijf, seelde a feeld, and defraud- 2 myjtTn'ieue-
idef of z the priis of the feeld ; and his £uljy.hauj .
« feeldis and sille
wijf was witinge". And he brou3te a tho°- Lire here-
part, and leide bifor the feet of theb
apostlis. And Petre seide to hym,
Anany, whi hath Sathanas temptid thin
herte, that thou lye to the Hooli Goost,
and to defraude of the prijs of the feeld ?
Tin, «.v« «A u it.' J He liede to God,
Whethir it vnseld was not thin ; and 4 in ;
whanne it was seld, it was in thi power?
Whi hast thou put this thing in thin prij« ; te liede
also to men, in
propir
good, either
synguler to a
man himself.
m gedered togider o. n weren fillid v. ° Om. K. P Om. v. Q Om. QX. r thingis v. s Om. T.
t Om. sx. » the apostles MOPQTY. v jeldiden v. w hem alle MPY. x For v. 7 possessouris AGMN
PQSTXY. weelders o. zOm.oQX. & either of r. b seelden and v. c Om. or. d pris PQTXY. e put o.
putten sx. f of the GMPSTY. e it was departid v. h was v. > of the GMNPQT. k Leuyte bi kyn,
either of the lynage of Leuy, a man r. 1 Om. v. m putte NSX. " a GMQTY. ° seelde AGMNPSFY.
solde x. P prijs of the feeld, whaniie r. 1 was gilty r. r Om. OQX. s broujt r. l puttide it GMPQT.
putte sx. and put v. « Om. o. . v the apostlis GMPQTY. w seide to him v. x Om. sx.
r fulfild K. s Om. ceteri. 4 thing KMRxabceho)3. u possessiouneris EiKQghka. v priys EiQHghko.
w Om. i. i nedy g. y the apostlis bgo. z Om. gk pr. m. a ether gilty K marg. b Om. x.
520
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
5—17-
5 to men, but to God. Forsoth Ananye
heerynge? thes wordis felde" doun, and
deiede. And greet drede was maad into3
e alle that herden. Forsoth 3onge men
rysingeb mouedyn hym awey, and 'ber-
vynge out0 birieden. Forsothe ther was
maad as the space of thre houris, and the
wyf of him 'not knowynged that thing
8 that was don, 'entride yne. Forsothe
Petre answeride to hir, Womman, seyef
to me, if& 36 solden the feeld for so
moche? And she seide, 3he, soh moche.
» Forsoth Petre seide to hir, What sothli
'cam to gidere to jou', "or acordidek, for1
to tempte the spirit of the Lord ? Lo !
the feet of hem that han biried thin hose-
bonde atm the dore, and thei schulen bere
lothee out. Anoori she felde down at his"
feet, and deiede. Forsoth the 3onge men
entrynge0 founden hir deed, and thei
barenP out, and birieden toi hir hose-
nbonde. And greet drede isr maad in al
the chirche, and into alle that herden thes
i2thingis. Forsothe by the hondis of apo-
stlis signes and many wondris bens maad
in the peple. And alle weren 'to gidere1
13 in the porche of Salomon. Forsoth no
man of othere durste ioyne him silf with
14 hem, but the peple rnagnyfiede hem. For-
soth the multitude of men and wymmen"
bileuynge in the Lord was more encresid,
15 so that into streetis thei brou3ten out sike
men, and puttidenT inw litle beddis and
cowchis, thatx Petre comynge?, namely the
schadowe of him schulde schadowe ech of
hem, and thei weren2 dilyuered fro 'al
icsyknesse3. Forsoth theb multitude 'of
citeesc ny3d to Jerusalem ran, brynginge
toe syk men, and trauelid of vnclene spi-
17 ritis, thef whiche weren heelid alle. For-
soth the? prince of prestis rysingeh, and
herte ? Thou hast not lied to menf , but seyinge that it
to God. Anany herde these wordis, and 5
felde doun, and was deed. And greet
drede was maad on alle that herden.
And songe men risen*, and mouydene ing and of an-
swering of this
hym awei, and baren hym out, and biri- silling, and to
. T , , i A defraude of the
eden. And ther was maad asd a space?
of thre ouris, and his wijf knewe not
that thing that was don, and entride6. self aloone that
that is comune
And Petre answerde to hir, Womman, 8 and preueiy, is
u *i_ 11 iU e u to defraude the
seie to me, whether 36 seelden the feeld comunte.
for so mych? And sche seide, 3he. for
so mych. And Petre seide to hyr, What 9
bifeldef to sou, to tempte the spirit of the
'
Lord ? Lo ! the feet of hem that han
birieden thin hosebonde ben at the dore,
and thei schulen bere thee out. Anoon 10
sche felde doun at hise feet, and diede. ve- and "°°
man constreyn-
And the 3onge men entriden, and founden ede to make'a
. vow, and entre
hir deed, and thei baren hir out, and into this co-
birieden to hir hosebonde. And greet n'rtLV that is,
drede was maad in al the chirche, and
™ if he seid<->
thou myjtest
siiie, either
feeld, and do
tob alle that herden these thingis. of the prijs he
wolde haue
e£h.er
Aere- v-
And bi the' hoondis of thek apostlis i2<*Ktis, i
, . . . men, and of the
signes and many wondris weren maad totherhaifof
in the puple. And alle weren of oon
acord in the porche of Salomon. But nois1^
man of othere durste ioyne hymsilf with
hem, but the puple magnyfiede hem.
And the multitude of men and of wym-
men bileuynee in the Lord was more
• D _ pns, and no
encreessid, so that thei brou3ten out sike is more, as thin
hushonde
men in to stretis, and leiden in litle t>rou3te in the
beddis and couchis, that whanne Petre J^omychel
cam, nameli the schadew of hym schulde ^]denA°e™°7
schadewe ech of hem, and thei schulden
be delyuerid fro her syknessis1. And is
the multitude of citees m'3 to Jerusalem
ran, bryngynge sijk men, and that weren
trauelid of vnclene spiritis, whiche alle
weren heelid. But the prince of preestis 17
y herde v. z and felde v. B on v. b riseden and v. c baren out, and v. & knew not v. e and
entride. v. f and seiye o. S wher v. n for so r. * bifelde r. k Om. ox. or is cordid QS. either
acordide, to jou r. 1 Om. sx. m ben at v. n the o. ° entriden and r. P baren hir MPQTY. q hir to o.
r was v. 9 weren AGMNOPQSTVXY. * of oon acorde r. u of wymmen v. T putten sx. w in to Q.
x that whanne r. y cam v. z schulden be v. a alle sijknessis M. her syknessis v, b Om. x. c Om. 9.
d that nyj T. e Om. v. f Om. v. f? Om. N. b rising vp N. roos vp v.
c residen c. d Om. K pr. m. e sche entride k. f ether cam to gidere K marg. S Om. R pr. m.
h Om. c. > Om. R pr. m. k Om. c. ' sijknesse A.
V. i8 — 28.
DEEDS OP APOSTLES.
521
alle that weren with him, that is the
heresye of Saducees, vben fulfillid1 with
isenuye; and leiden hondis intok apostlis1,
and puttiden1" hem in comun kepyng.
19 Forsoth the aungel of the Lord by ny3te
openyngen the 3ate° of the prisoun, and
2oledingeP hem out, seydei, Go je, and ^e
stondinger speke8 in the temple to the
21 peple alle the wordis of this lyf. The*
whiche whanne thei hadden herd, entriden
erly into the temple, and tauten. For-
soth the™ prince of prestis comyngev, and
thei that weren with him, clepidenw to-
gidere the counceil, and alle the eldere
men of the sones of Israel; and senten to
the prisoun, that thei schulden be brou3t
•2-2 forth. Sothli whanne the mynistris camen,
and*, the prisouny openyd, vfounderi hem
•>;{ not z, thei turned a a3en telden b, seiyng,
Forsoth we founden the prisoun schit
with al diligence, and the keperis stond-
inge at the 3atis ; forsoth we openyngec
24 founden no man ther ynne. Sothli as the
magestratis of the temple, and the princes
of prestisd herden these wordis, thei dout-
iden vof hern6, what 'schulde bef don.
2sForsothes sum man 'comynge to, toldeh
to hem, For lo ! tho1 men whomk 36 han
put into1 prisoun, ben in the temple, stond-
26 ingem, and techinge the peple. Thanne the
magestrat " wente with0 mynistris, and
brou3tenP hem to°i with outen strengthe1";
forsoth8 thei dredden the peple, lest thei
27 schulden be stooned 'to deeth1. And
whanne thei hadden broii3t hem to",
thei ordeynedenT in the counceil ; andw
28 the" princes? of prestis axidenz hem, sey-
ingea, In comaundinge we comaundidenb
3ouc, that 36 schulden not teche in this
roos vp, and alle that weren with hym,
that is the eresye of Saduceis, and weren
fillid with enuye; and1 leiden hondis on IB
the apostlis, and puttiden™ hern in the
comyn warde. But the aungel of theio
Lord openyde bi ny3t the 3atis of the
prisoun, and ledde hem out, and seide,
Go 36, and stonde 36, and speke" in the 20
temple to the puple alle the wordis of
this lijf. Whom whanne thei hadden 21
herd, thei entriden eerli in to the temple,
and tau3ten. And the prince of preestis
cam, and thei that weren with him, and
clepiden togidre the counsel, and alle
the eldre men of the children of Israel;
and0 senten to? thei prisoun, that thei
schulden be brou3t forth. And whanne 22
the mynystris camen, foundenr hem not,
and for the prisoun was openyd, thei
turneden a3en, and teelden, and seiden, 23
We founden8 the prisoun schit with al
diligence1, and the keperis stondynge at
the 3atis ; but we opneden, and founden
no man ther ynne. And as the maies-24
tratis of the temple, and the princis" of
preestis herden these wordis, thei dout-
iden of hem, what was don. But a man 25
cam, and teelde to hem, For lo ! tho men
whiche 36 han put in to prisoun, ben in
the temple, and stonden, and techen the
puple. Thanne the magistral v wente 26
with the mynystris, and brou3te hem
with out violence"1 ; for thei dredden the
puple, lest thei schulden be stonyd. And 27 1 in
whanne thei hadden brou3t hem, thei kfb
settiden* hem in the counsel; and the
A'4
«•• that
princes? of prestis2 axiden3 hem, and seiden, 28 ?A
is, in the name
In comaundementf we comaundideu 3oub, of Jhesn of NV
.... , zareth. Lire
that 36 schulden not teche in thisc name*1, here. v.
i weren fillid v. k on r. l the apostlis MPQTY. m putten sx. n openyd tir. ° jatis v. P ledde r.
1 and seide v. r stonde je, and r. stondende x. s preche N. speketh tjsx. * Om. v. u Om. x.
v cam r. w and clepide r. x and founden hem not, and whanne r. y prisounes o. prisoun was v.
z Om. v. a turneden v. D and telden v. c openyden and v. d the prestes o. e Om. x. f was y.
shulde of hem x. K Sothely o. b cam and telde r. ' the M. k whiche v. ' in o. m and stondinge v.
Om. Y. n magistrates OTY. ° with the AGMNPSVXY. P broujte v. 1 Om. v. r violence v.
' for v. * Om. svx. u Om. v. v settiden r. w that N. * Om. o. y prince GMNQsrrxY. z axide
GMNPQSTXY. a and seide v. ° comaunden AN. c to jou G sec. m. sx.
1 and thei i. m putten IR. n speke je Hak. ° and thei i. P in to gk pr. m. Q Om. gk. T and
founden iqugkoo. thei founden K sec. m. MRX. 8 haue founden R pr. m. * Om. g pr. m. his wards
g sec. m. hise diligense k. u prince R. v magestrates H pr. m. k. w ether distresse K marg. * setten i.
y prince A pr. m. CKRuahc pr. m. ho/3. z the prestis h. a askide o. b to jou eg sec. m. ho pr. m. c the
k pr. m. d name Jhesits go. name of Jhesu k.
VOL. IV. 3 X
522
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
v. 29 — 39.
and lo ! 36 ban fillid Jerusalem with
3oure teching, and 36 wolen bringe on vs
the blood of this man. And Petre an-;
sweridef, and the apostlis, and seiden,
It bihoueth to obeie to God, more than
to men. God of cure fadris reiside Jhe-:
su, whom 36 slowen, hangynge in a tre.
God enhaunside with his mthond this 31 weren meued
of feruour, and
prince and sauyour, that penaunce were suffnden not
• r oon to speke
3yue to Israel, and remyssioun ot synnes. for aiie, ;s not
And we ben witnessis of these wordis, 32 *"™na gi0leoT
and the Hooli Goost, whom God 3af to ^ A^rTj-
alle obeischinge to him. Whanne thei 33 *?"<*<• that is>
his uertu. of
herden these thingis, thei weren tur- these wordis;
meritid, and thou3ten to sle hem. But 34 ing;
a man roos in the counsel, a Farise, Ga-
maliel bi name, a doctour of the lawe, a
worschipful man to al the puple, and
comaundide the men to be put without
forth for a while. And he seide to hem, 35 oVapos'tiis ?
3e men of Israel, take tent to 3ou silf on ^heTdui'
these men, what 36 schulen do. For bi- 36 distroie the
worste coun-
fore these daies Teodas, that seide hym
Crist, of as.-cn-
cioun, and of
sending of the
Hooly Goost.
(lamali/iel ;
Gamaliel, as
the Glose seith,
was a disciple
na-
name, and lo ! je han fulfillidd Jerusalem
with 3oure teching, and 36 wolen brynge
29 yn on vs the blood of this man. Forsoth
Petre answeringe, and apostlise, seiden, It
bihoueth forf to obeye& to God, more than
30 to men. These God of oureh fadris reyside
Jhesu, whom 30 slowen, hangynge in a
31 tree. God enhaunside with his rijthond
this prince and sauyour, forhh to 3yue pe-
naunce to Israel, and remyscioun of synnes.
32 And we ben witnessis of thes wordis, and
the Hooly Gost, whom God 33^ to alle
33 obeischinge to him. Whanne thei herden
thes thingis, thei weren turmentid, and
34thou3ten fork to sle hem. Forsoth sum
man rysinge1 in the counceil, a Pharise,
Gamaliel by name, a doctour of the lawe,
a worschipful man to al the peple, co-
maundide111 men for11 to be rnaad0 with-
asouteforth to? a schort tyme. And he
seide to hem, 3e men of Israel, takei tent
to 3our silf on thes men, what 36 be to
36 doynge8. Forsoth1 bifore thes dayes The-
odas11 was, seyinge him silf forv to be sum
manw, to whom a noumbre of men consent-
ide, aboute foure hundrid; the* which is^
slayn, and alle whichez euere bileueden* to
him, benb disparplidc, and brou3t to nou3t.
37 Aftir this, Judas Galilee d was in thoe
dayes of profescioun, and turnede awey
the peple aftir him; and alle how manye
euere consentiden to him, bens scaterid,
38 and he perischide. And now sothli'1 I
seie to 3ou, departe 30 fro thes men, and
suffre 36 hem ; for if it1 vis of men this
39 counceil or werkk, it schal be vndon ; for-
sothe if it is of God, 36 mown not vndo
hem. 'But suffre 36 hem1, lest perauen-
ture and™ 30 be foundun forn to repugne
inge,eic.;soth&t
thei suffriden aduersitees not oonly paciently but also ioifully, and in this stondith the moost excellent degre of goostly strengthe. ceesiden not, etc.;
in nothing thei weren aferd bi betyingis, but more hertid to preche Crist stronglyere. Lire here. v.
d fillid v. e the apostles MOPQTY. othere apostolis x. f Om. sx. g obesche Afs. gg Om. GMQTY.
h joure v. kh Om. sx. » jeueth Q. k Om. sx. l roos r. m and comaundide the r. n Om. osx.
0 don s. P at v. <J taketh sx. r jour cgr. s don sx. * For r. u there was a man Theodas
T sec.m. sum man Theodas was x. v Om. sx. w man greet T sec.m. x Om. r. Y was r. z who
wpQTy. a bileeuen r. D weren r. c sparplyd s. disparulid x. d of Galilee M pr. m. v. e the MQTV.
g weren r. h therfore r. > Om. rx. k be of men this counceil or werk MPY. this counceil either werk
is of men r. is of men this counceil x. l Om. r. m Om. ox. n Om. s.
ceils of Jewis.
a Farine ; in
this, that he bi-
leeuede the ris-
ing ajen, and a
spirit, and an
aungel, but not
in suyinge the
AJV LI,- T j e malice of Fari-
Attir thlS, J UdaS Ot 37 sees, comaund-
/, i-i .^ij. f ik « ide the men ;
Galilee was in the daies or protessioun, that is, the po-
stlis. ve. that
the sentence
souen for hem,
she, in her ab-
sence, schulde
. , , ,, -,r be more speed-
ide. And now therfor Y seie to 3ou,38fui. v. •
silf to be sum man, to whom a noumbre
of men consentiden6, aboute foure hun-
drid; which was slayn, and alle that bi-
leueden to hym, weren f disparplit, and
to
and turnyde awei the puple aftir hym;
and alle hou manye euere consentiden
to hym, weren scatered, and he perisch-
departe 36* fro these men, and suffre 36
hem ; for if this counsel ether werk ish fro *!er v*™-
cuscioun. if
of men, it schal be vndon; but if it is3slhiscuunceilis
. of men; that
of God, 36 moun not vndo1 hem, lest per- is, if the tech-
auenture 36 be foundun to repugne Godk. '
And thei consentiden to him; and thei 40 '
e concentide RC.
Godk.
was K. S Om. K pr. m. n be R pr. m. ' fordo i. k to God K sec. m. ayn
V. 4° — VI. 7-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
523
* dispysid; that
is, the Greek
widewis, as
more rude ei-
ther boistouse,
weren put awey
of Ebreis, that
clepiden togidere the apostlis, and de-
nounsiden to hem, that weren betun,
that thei schulden no more speke in the
name of Jhesu, and thei leten hem go.
And thei wenten ioiyngel fro the sht of 41
not mynystre ;
the counsel, that thei weren had worthi either that nes-
to suffre dispisyng for the name of Jhe-
su.
the temple, and aboute housis, to teche
and to1 preche Jhesu Crist.
cessanes weren
_ not mynystrid
But ech dai thei ceessiden not in 42 ^tis? a^to*
Ebrew widewis.
Lire here. v.
t forsake the
word : that is,
the preching of
Goddis word,
for Eoostlv
CAP. VI. thingis schulen
be sett bifore
But in tho daies, wharine the noum-i temporal
may appere by
God0. Forsoth thei consentiden to him ;
40 and thei clepingeP vto gidere^ apostlisr,
denounciden8 to hem betun*, that thei
schulde no more speke in the name of
41 Jhesu, and leften" hem. And sothli thei
wenten ioyinge fro the si3t of the coun-
ceil, for thei benv had worthi forw to
suffre dispysing, 'or wrong*, for the
42 name of Jhesu. Forsoth ech day thei
ceessiden not in the temple, and aboute
housis, techinge and euangelisynge Jhesu
Crist.
CAP. VI.
i Forsoth in tho dayes, the^ noumbre of
disciplis wexyngez, grucchinge of Greekis
isa maad a3ens Ebrews, for that the wi-
dewis of hem weren dispisid in euery
•2 daies mynistring. Forsoth the twelue
clepingeh to gidere the multitude" of dis-
ciplis, seidend, It is not euene thing6, Vs
tof forsake the word of God, and for? toh
amynistre to bordis. Therfore, bretheren,
biholde 36 men of' 3ou, of good witness-
ing, 'or fame*, seuene, ful of the Hooly
Gost and wysdom, whom1 wem schulen or-
4 deyne on" this werk ; forsoth we schulen
be bisy to0 preier and mynisterieP, 'or
* preching^, of r the word8. And the word
pleside to1 al the multitude ; and thei
cheesiden" Stheuene, a man ful of feith
and7V the Hooly Gost, and Philip, and
Protore, and Nichanore, and Tymon, and
Permanam, and Nichol, a gestw, 'or come-
slyng*, Antiocheney. Thei ordeyneden
these bifore the si3t of apostlis'-, and thei
preiynge* puttidenb the hondis to hem.
7 And the word of the Lord wexidec, and
the noumbre of disciplis in Jerusalem was
multiplied moche ; also moche cumpanye
choose these
men. thei preieden ; that is, the postlis preieden. and puttiden hondis to hem ; in ordringe hem into dekenes. of prestis ; for myraclis whiche they
sien opinly ; natheles thei weren cristen preuyly, as Gamaliel, and for the same resouu. ful of grace ; to worche wel. and strengthe ; to suffre
aduersitees. made wondris; to conferme the treuthe of cristen feith. Lyre here. v.
0 to God PQTY. P clepiden y. <\ Om. o. r the apostlis GMOPQTY. s and denounsiden v. * by-
dene o. u thei leften y. v weren v. w Om. sx. * Om. OQX. J Om. o. z wexide, either encrees-
ide y. a was y. b clepiden y. c noumbre o. d and seyden y. e thing, either ri^tful y. f to us to o.
vs for to MPQTY. that we y. e Om. syx. h Om. y. ' in s. k Om. OQX. 1 whiche y. m je K.
n to o. ° in y. P preching o. q Om. OQX . r Om. y. s word of God y. 4 bifore y. u chosen sx.
n and of Y. w comelyng yx. * Om. oqvx. 1 Antioche K. a man of Antioche y. z the apostlis s.
» preieden y. b putten QSX. and puttiden y. c wexe sx.
bre of disciplis encreesside, the Grekis
grutchiden a3ens the Ebrews, for that
her widewis weren dispisid* in euery the Hooly Goost
and wisdom ;
daies mynystryng. And the twelue clep- 2 as myche as ...
iden togidere the multitude of disciplis,
and seiden, It is not ry3tful, that we
leeuen the wordf of God, and mynystren
to boordis. Therfor, britheren, biholde™3 temporal
thingis. to
3e men of 3ou of good fame, ful of the preier; M
Hooli Goost and of wisdom, whiche" we eth in to God.
schulen ordeyne on this werk; for we 4
schulen be bisi to preier, and preche0 the word; biwhich
. . . comyng
word of God. And the word pleside bi-5 doun
for al the multitude; and thei chesidenP
Styuen, a man ful of feith and of the
Hooli Goost, and Filip, and Procore, and
Nycanor, and Tymon, and Parmanam,
and Nycol, a comelyng, a man of Anti-
oche. Thei:): ordeyneden these bifor theie sucVoffice
si3t of apostlisr, and thei8 preyeden, and
leiden hoondis on hem. And the word?
of the Lord wexide, and the noumbre of
the1 disciplis in Jerusalem was myche
multiplied ; also myche u cumpany of
preestis obeiedev to the feith. And Ste-s
tore is maad,
w the maner
of aungels stij-
ing and goyng
doun in the
laddre of Jacob.
Steuene ful of
feith ; that is,
of feithfulnesse,
hng ; that is,
conuertid fro
hethennesse to
theiaweof
Jewis. Lire
here, v.
1 Om. B pr. m. m chese Qgka. n whom i. ° to preche H.
» Om. H. * Om. CKMxbeo. u a mich R. v obeishide igk.
3x2
P chesen a. 1 Om. Q. T the apostlis Ra.
524
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
vi. 8 — vii. 5.
s of prestis obeiedend to the6 feith. 'Sthe-
uene, fulf of grace and strengthe, mades
wondris and grete signes in the peple.
9 Forsothe summe risen11 of the synagoge,
that was clepid of Libertyns, and Cirenen-
sis, and of men of Alisaundre, and of hem
that weren of1 Cilice and Asye, disput-
loynge with Stheuene. And thei ratten
not withstonde tok the wysdom and spirit,
n that spak. Thanne1 thei priuely senten
men, that schulden seye, hem™ haue" herd"
him seyingeP wordis of blasphemye intoi
12 Moyses and God. Andr so thei moueden
to gidere the peple, and8 eldere men, and
scribis; and thei rennynge* to gidere ra-
uyscheden" him, and broi^ten tov into the
iscounceil. And thei ordeyneden false wit-
nessis, seyinge, This man ceessith not forw
to speke wordis a3ens the hooly place, and
nlawe. Forsothx we herden hym seyinge,
For? this Jhesus of Nazareth schal dis-
troye this place, and schal chaunge tra-
diciouns, the55 whiche Moyses bytook to
is vs. And alle men that saten in the coun-
ceil biholdinge him, sy3en the face of him
las the face of an aungel. fForsoth the
prince of prestis seide to Stheuene, If thes
2 thingis han hem so ? Thea which seith,
CAP. VII.
Menb bretheren, and fadris, heere 36.
Godc of glorie apperide to oure fadir Abra-
ham, whanne he was in Mesopotanye, bi-
3 fore he dwelte in Carram, and seide to
him, Go out of thi lond, and of d thi cog-
nacioun6, "or kynrede{, and come into the
lond, vthe which? I schal schewe to thee.
4 Thanne he wente out of the lond of Cal-
deys, and dwelte in Carram. And thennis1'
aftir that his' fadir was deed, he trans-
latide hym into this lond, in which 30
sdwellen now. And he 3af not to him
heritage in it, nother a paas of foot, but
uen, ful of grace and of strengthe, made
wondris and grete signes in the puple.
But summe rysenw of the synagoge, that 9
was clepid of Libertyns, and Cirenensis,
and of men of Alisaundre, and of hem
that weren of Cilice and of Asie, and
disputiden with Steuene. And theiio
mi3ten not withstonde the wisdom and
the spirit, that spak. Thanne thei pri-n
ueli sentenf men, that schulden seie, that t preueiy sen-
ten ; that is,
thei herden hym seiynge wordis of bias- enformeden
•» T • 1/11 preueiy and
femye a3ens Moises and Lrod. And soi2giiefuuy)to
thei moueden togidere the puple, and the
eldre men, and thex scribis; and thei
ranneny togidre, and token hym, and munnep
& eldre men
brou3ten in to the counsel. And thei 13 is,
, ,, , ., , . , men of the pu-
ordeyneden false witnessis, that seiden, pie. Bribes;
This man ceessith not to speke wordis onUV^f "
asens the hooli place, and the lawe. For 14 man ; l^e[
namen not hi
we herden hym seiynge, That this Jhesus his propir name,
/• ikT i 11^ i • ^Or dispit and
of Nazareth schal destrye this place, and pride.
schal chaunge the tradiciouns, whiche
Moyses bitook to us.
seten in the counsel bihelden hym, and
sayn his face as the face of an aungel.
that
And alle men that 15Semere.e v
saien
of him, etc.; bi
faimesse and
cleernesse jouen
to him of God,
todeclaringe
of his holynesse
more dampna-
ble. Lire here,
ve.
CAP. VII.
And the pryncez of prestis seide toi
Steuene, Whethir these thingis han hem schulden be
withdrawen fro
so ? Whicna seide, J3ntheren and fadris, 2 her malice, «-
i /^t i /» i • • i ther be niJtad
here 36. God or glorie apperide to oure
fadir Abraham, whanne he was in Me-
sopotamie, bifor that he dwelte in Car-
ram, and seide to hym, Go out of this
loond, and of thi kynrede, and come in
to the loond, which Y schal schewe to
thee. Thanne he wente out of the loond 4
of Caldeis, and dwelte in Carram. And
fro thens aftir that his fader was deed,
he translatide him in to this loond, in
which 36 dwellen now. And he 3af not 5
tob hym eritage in it, nethir a paas of ac
foot, but he bihi3te to 3yue hym it in to
d obeschide MX. obeyede v. e Om. v. f Steuene forsothe ful o. Forsothe Steuene was ful r. S and
made v. dide x. h riseden r. risende x. i in N. k Om. r. 1 That o. m that thei v. n to han sx.
Om. v. ° herden v. P to han seid x. 1 ajens r. r Therfore v. s of K. * rennen v. u and
raueschyden v. v Om. NT. w Om. svx. * For v. ^ That r. * Om. v. t Here commences
Chap VII. in r. a Om. vx. >» My o. c The God v. <1 Om. s. e kynreden o. t either kynrede r.
Om. OQX. S whom GMPQTY. which v. that x. h fro thennes v. j Om. N.
w risiden c. x Om. k. y camen a. z princis b. a The whyche i. b Om. k. c oo H.
VII. 6—17-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
525
he a3enbihi3te fork to 3yue to him it into
possescioun, and to his seed aftir him,
e whanne he hadde not a sone. Forsoth
God spak to him, For1 his seed schal™ be
cumelyng", *or gest°, in an alien lond, and
thei schulen vsugette hemP to seruage, and
schulen yuele trete hem, foure hundrid
7 3eerisci 'and thrittyr ; and I schal iuge the
folk, to which3 thei schulen serue, seith
the Lord. And aftir these thingis thei
schulen go out, and thei schulen serue to
s me in this place. And he 3af to him1
theu testament of circumcisiouri ; and so
he gendride Ysaac, and circumcidide him
in the ei3tith day. And Ysaac gendridev
Jacob, and Jacobw the twelue patriarkis.
9 And the patriarkis hauynge* enuye to Jo-
seph, solden* hym into Egipt. And God
10 was with hym, and delyuerede him of alle
his tribulaciouns, and 3af to him grace
and wysdom in the si3t of Pharao, kyng
of Egipt. And he ordeynede him pre-
postz, vor souereyn*, onb Egipt, andc on al
nhis hous. Forsoth hungir cam into al
Egipt, and Canaan, and greet tribula-
cioun; and oure fadris founden not metis.
1 2 Forsoth whanne Jacob herded, whete vfor
to bee in Egipt, he sente oure fadris first.
13 And inf the secunde tyme Josep was
knowyn of his britheren, and his kyn iss
umaad knowun to Pharao. Forsothe Jo-
sep sendyngeb clepide to' Jacob, his fa-
dir, and al his cognacioun, ink soulis1
isseuenty and fyue. And Jacob dessend-
idem into Egipt, and is" deed, he and oure
ic fadris ; and thei ben° translatid into Si-
chen, and benP putt in the sepulcre, that
Abraham bou3te by priys of siluer of the
nsones of Emor, the sone of Sichen. For-
soth whanne the tyme of biheeste cam
ny3, thei which God hadde knowlechid to
Abraham, the peple waxe, and wasr mul-
possessioun, and to his seed aftir hym,
whanne he hadde not a sone. And God o
spak to hym, That his seed schal be corn-
ling'1 in an alien lond, and thei schulen
make hem suget to seruage, and schulen
yuel trete hem, foure hundrid 3eris and
thritti ; and Y schal iuge the folk, to 7
which* thei schulen serue, seith the Lord.
And after these thingis thei schulen go
out, and thei schulen serue to me in this
place. And he 3af to hym the testament «
of circumcisioun ; and so he gendride
Ysaac, and circumcidide f hym in the
eiyts dai. And Isaac gendride Jacob,
and Jacob gendride the twelue patri-
arkis. And the patriarkis hadden enuye a
to Joseph, and selden hym in to Egipt.
And God was with hym, and delyuerede 10
hymh of alle hise tribulaciouns, and 3af
to' hym grace and wisdom in the si3t of
Farao, king of Egipt. And he ordeyn-
ede hym souereyn on Egipt, and on al
his hous. And hungur earn in to alii
Egipt, and Canaan, and greet tribula-
cioun; and oure fadris founden not mete.
But whanne Jacob hadde herd, that 12
whete was in Egipt, he sente oure fadris
first. And in the secounde tyme Joseph is
was knowun of hise britheren, and his
kyn was maadk knowun to Farao. And u
Joseph sente, and clepide Jacob, his fadir,
and al his kynrede, seuenti and fyue
men. And Jacob cam doun in to Egipt, la
and was deed, he1 and oure fadris; and i«
thei weren translatid in to Sichen, and
weren leid in the sepulcre, that Abra-
ham bou3te bi prijs of siluer of'11 the"
sones of Emor, the sone of Sichen. And 17
whanne the tyme of biheeste cam ni3,
which God hadde knoulechid to Abra-
ham, the puple waxede, and multipliede
in Egipt, til another kyng roos in Egipt, IK
k Om. x. 1 That v. m shulde x. n a comelyng MPQTY. ° Om. OQPX. P make hem soget v.
<l jer sx. r Om. o. s the whiche s. 4 hem o. u a PQT. T Om. x. w Jacob gendride v. * had-
den v. y and seelden v. z prouoost MPQTY. souereyn o. <* Om. og*. » in K. c Om. G.
d hadde herd that v. e to be sx sec. m. was v. to be sold x pr. m. f Om. N. S was v. h sente and
clepide v. > to him GT. Om. v. k into o.. ' men v. m cam doun v. n was v. ° weren v.
P weren r. 1 Om. v. r Om. v.
d ether gest K marg. e whom i. f circumcide b. 8 ei3tthe EiKcegoa/3.
K pr. m. k Om. R pr. m. ' Om. Ak pr. m. m and of gk pr. m. n Om. gk.
Om. Q pr. m. ' Om.
526
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
VII. 1 8 — 31.
istiplied in Egipt, til another kyng roos in
19 Egipt, the8 which knew not Joseph. This
bigylinge1 oure peple", turmentide oure
fadris, that thei schulden putte out her
3onge children, lest thei were quykened.
20 In the same tyme Moyses was born, and
he was acceptid, W louydv, of God; and
he was norischid thre monethis in the
21 hous of his fadir. Forsoth himw putt out,
the doii3tir of Pharao took him vp, and
22norischide him into a sone to hir. And
Moyses was lernd* in^ alz the" wysdom
of Egipcians, and he was my3ty in his
sawordis and werkis. Forsoth whanne the
tyme of twentib 3eer was fulfillidc to him,
it sti3ede vp intod his herte, that he
schulde visite his bretheren, the sones of
24 Israel. And whanne he sy3 sum6 man
suffringe wrong, he vengide him, and dide
veniaunce to him that suffride wrong ;
25thef Egipcian slayns. Forsoth he gesside
bretherenh "for to1 vndirstonde, fork God
by the bond of hym schulde 3yue to hem
2Gheelthe; but thei vndirstoden not. For-
soth in the day suynge he apperide to
hem chidinge, and1 recounsilide hem in
pees, seyinge"1, Men, 30 ben bretheren11 ;
27 wherto0 noyen 36 ech othirP ? Forsoth he
that dide wrong to his nei3ebore, puttide^
him awey, seyinge, Who ordeynede thee
28 prince and domesman vponr vs? Whers
thou wolt sle me, as 3istirday thou killid-
29 ist the Egipcian ? Forsothe in this word
Moyses fly3, and was maad a comeling
in* the lond of Madian, where he gendride
sotwey" sones. And fourtyv 3eer fulfillidw,
an aungel apperide to him in fyer of
flame of a boisch, in desert of the mount
3i of Syna. Forsothe Moyses seynge* won-
which knewe not Joseph. This0 bigilide 19 * he
. , . • i - t • that hise bri-
oure kyn, and turmentide oure fadris, them ,- that is,
that thei schulden putte awey her 3onge t^he^hefthe";
children, for thei schulden not lyue. In 20 for «ndhadde
* enspyrid
the same tyme Moyses was borun, and thanne to Moi
he was louyd of God; and he was no- sch'r
rischid thre monethis in the hous of his ^
fadir. And whanne he was put out in 21
the flood, the dorter of Farao took hym h« ^a^oY"
vp, and nurischide hym in to hir sone. God to be
A i it /r • i • 11 >i kepere and de-
And Moises was lerned in al the wisdom 22 fendere of the
of Egipcians, and he was my3ti in? his f"r'eheM
wordis and werkis^. But whanne the 23",
tyme of fourti 3eerr was fillid to hym, it And this Parti-
cular delyuer-
roos vp in tos his herte, that he schulde amice was
. • , i • i • , i ., „ T , singne and fi-
visite hise britheren, the sones or Israel, gureofthege-
And whanne he say a man suffringe 24 "uTfce^VaTthe
wronge, he vengide hym, and dide ven- PUP'? '•> that
iaunce for hym that suffride the1 wronge, maad w the
„ . . bond of Moises,
and he" killide the Egipcian. ror he 25 fourti jeer fro
gesside that his britheren* schulden vn- fletnjfro Egipt*
durstonde, that God schulde 3yue to hem v- aria"y*laP-
** peride to him ;
helthe bi the hoond of hym ; but thei His seid in 3.0°.
of Exodi, that
vndurstoderi not. For inv the dai su- 20 God apperide to
. . , i • i • i him, in treuthe
ynge he apperide to hem chidinge, and ;e was an aun-
he acordide hem in pees, and seide, Men,
3e ben britheren ; whi noyen 3e ech
» persone of God,
othere? But he that dide the wronge 27 and sp30 in the
. persone of God,
to his riei3bore, puttide hym awey, and therfore sum-
seide, Who ordeynede thee prince and n'emyd God,
but forte
domesman on vs ? Whethir thou wolt w
sle me, as 3istirdai thou killidist thew here- v«-
•f- tn Jijer of
Egipcian? And in this word Moises 29/««me, etc., -,
n • i • • i *he aungel ap-
rlei, and was maadx a comeling m the peride in the
loond of Madian, where he bigat twei b'reniTyng, but
sones. And whanne he hadde fillid fourti so not.wastifin^
to smgnene that
3eer, an aunsrel apperide to hym in fier the p"Ple of Is-
J ' rael schulde not
of flawmef of a buysch, in desert of the
f. „ . •.. . . , the tribulacioun
mount ot byna. And Moises 813, and 31 Of Egipt, but
be purgid. tm-
bynde [do of e] the schoon, etc. ; it was the custom of elde men, and most of Ebreys, to entre not into hooly placis while thei weren schood. And
Zarazenes usen this sit. ve. with the hand; that is, power of the aungel, and so Moises was a mynystre ioyned to him. v. wordis of lijf; the ten
heestis ben seid wordis of lijf, not for tho broujten lijf of grace iustefyinge, as it is seid in 4 c°. to Romayns, A man is not Justified bi the werkis of
lawe, Lire here. ve. bi riatfulnesse that makith worthi to euerlasting lijf, thouj tho iustifieden bi temporal rijtfulnesse ; for thei that kepten the
comaundementis, runnen not in to temporal deth, that was jouen to brekeris of the lawe. maden a calf; for thei constreyneden Aaron to make it.
Lire here. v.
s Om. r. * bigilide v. * kyn and r. T Om. OQX. w whanne he was r. * lerud AMXQSTX.
y Om. N. z Om. A. a Om. s. D fourti nv. c fillid r. d to A pr. m. N. in sx. « Om. G pr. m. a
MPQTY. f and he kyllide the v. g Om. r. k that his brother r. J to sx. schulde v. k that or.
l and he AGMNOPQSTVXY. m and seide r. n brether x. ° whi r. P to othere T. i put OSJT. r on
MPtsrxY. in T. s Whether x. t into o. u two GMPQSTY. v whanne he hadde fillid fourty v.
w Om. v. * sij, and r.
5 And this k. P and b. q in hise werkis K. r jeeris R. s in g pr. m. o. to k pr. m. * Om. K pr. m.
nab pr. m. a. u Om. ib pr. m. v Om. k pr. m. w Om. i. x Om. R pr. m.
VII. 32 — 42-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
527
dride they si3t. And 'him comynge to
that he schulde2 biholde, the vois of the
32 Lord isa maad tob him, seyinge0, 1 am God
of 3oure fadris, God of Abraham, Godd of
Ysaac, Gode of Jacob. Moyses maadf
astremeling, durste& not biholde. Forsothe
God seide to him, Vnbynd the schonh of
thi feet, for the place in which thou
:>4 stondist1 is hooli erthe. I seyng sy3 the
aflflicciounk, 'or turmentyng*, of my peple
that is in Egipt, and I herde the morn-
yng of hem, and I caam down form to
delyuere hem. And now come thou, and
35 1 schal sende thee into Egipt. This
Moyses, whom thei denyeden, seyinge,
Who ordeyned thee prince and domes-
man on0 vs ? God sente this prince and
a3enbyer, with the hond of the aungel,
SB that apperide to hym in the boisch. This0
ledde hem out, doynge P wondris and
sygnes in the lond of Egipt, and in the
s?reede see, in^ desert fourty 3eerisr. This
is Moyses, that seide to the sones of Israel,
God schal reise to 3ou a prophete of 3oure
bretheren, as8 me 36 schulen heere him.
:ieThis is1, that was in the chirche in wil-
dirnesse, with the" aungel that spak to
him in the mount Synav, and with ourew
fadris ; thex which took wordis of lyf for?
39 to 3yue to vs. To whom oure fadris
wolden not obeyez, but puttidena him
awei, and benb turned awei in her hertis
40 into Egipt, seiynge to Aaron, Make thou
to vs goddis, that schulen go biforec vs ;
forsothed to this Moyses, that ledde vs out
of the lond of Egipt, we witen not, what
41 is done to him. And thei maden a calf
in tho dayes, and offriden van oostf to the
symylacre ; and thei gladidenS in the
42 werkis of her hondis. Forsoth God turn-
yde, and bitook hem 'for to serue'1 to the
kny3thod of heuene, as it is writun in the
wondride on the si3t. And whanne he
nei3ede to biholde, the vois of the Lord
was maad to hym, and seide, Y am God 32
of 3oure fadris, God of Abraham, God of
Ysaac, God of Jacob. Moises was maad
tremblynge, and durste not biholde. But 33
God seide to hym, Do of y the schoon of
thi feet, for the place in which thou
stondist is hooli erthe. Y seynge sayz34
the turmentyng of my puple that is in
Egipt, and Y herde the mornyng of hem,
and Ya cam doun to delyuere hem. And
now come thou, and Y schal sende thee
in to Egipt. This Moises whom thei 35
denyeden, seiynge, Who ordeynede thee
prince and domesman on vs ? God senteb
this prince and a3enbiere, with the hoond
of the aungel, that apperide to hym in
the busch. This Moises ledde hem out, 36
and dide wondris and signes in the loond
of Egipt, and in the reed see, and in
desert fourti 3eeris. This is Moises, that 37
seide to the sones of Israel, God schal
reise to 3ou a profete of 3oure bretheren,
as me 36 schulen here him. This it is,38
that was in the chirche in wildirnesse,
with the aungel that spak to hym in the
mount ofc Syna, and with oure fadris;
which took words of lijf to 3yue to vs.
To whom oure fadris wolden not obeie, 39 stride IVm
but puttiden hym awei, and weren turn- ^ * b"™^3"
ed awei in hertisd in to Egipt, seiynge 40 fendis> f°r *h
3 r * ° malice of the
to Aaron, Make thou to vs goddis, that puple.
... „ , . _. to the kni-jlhod,
schulen go bifore vs ; for to this Moyses etc. . ;t is not
that ledde vs out of the lond of Egipt,
we witen not what is don to hym. And 41 tyn?e in wh-eh
thei weren in
thei maden a calf in tho daies, and desert, but aftir
that thei en-
offriden a sacrifice to the mawmet ; and tnden into the
. i • -ii'ji i* pi lond of biheest.
thei weren glad in the werkis ot her m the book of
hondis. And God turnede*, and8 bitook 42 {£$*< ££
hem to serue to the kny^thod of heuene, fetis> which is
oo book. Lin
as it is writun in the book of profetis, here. \e.
y on the v. z whanne hee neijhede to v. a was v. b in v. c and seide v. d and God s. e and
God G sec.m. sx. and T. f was maad r. g and durste r. b shoo MPY. sho QST. ' staiist x.
k turmentyng o. ' Om. OQX. either turmentyng v. m Om. sx. n vpon N. ° This Moises v.
P and dide v. 1 and in MPQTFV. r jer s. 9 and as o. t it is r. u Om. G pr.m. v of Synay GMPQSTY.
w joure N. x Om. v. y Om. sx. z obesche MX. a putten sx. b weren y. c to fore o. d for v.
e to don T. f a sacrifice v. S weren glad v. n Om. s. to seruen jr.
y ether vnbinde K marg.
e Om. k pr. m.
z se k. a Om. b. b sende AC. c Om. ceteri. d her hertis x sec. m.
528
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
VII. 43—54-
book of prophetis', Wherek 30' offriden to
me slayn sacrificis, 'or oostis m, fourty
433eerisn in desert, 36° vhous of Israel?? And
3e ban takun the'i tabernacle of Moloc,
and the sterre of 3oure god Rempham,
figuris that 36 ban maad forr to worshipe
hem; and I schal translate 3011 into Ba-
44 biloyne. The tabernacle of witnessing
was with oure fadris in desert, as God
disposide to hem, spekinge5 to Moyses,
that he schulde make it vpl the foorme
45 that he sy3- The" which and oure fadris
takingev 'with Jhesu, brou3tenw into pos-
sescioun* of hethen men, the? which God
puttidez awey fro the face of oure fadris,
4«til ina the dayesb of Dauith, that fond grace
anentis God, and axide that he schulde
4?fynde a tabernacle to God of Jacob. Sa-
lomon forsothe bildidec an hows to him.
48 But the hi3ed dwellith not in maade thingis
49 by bond, as he seith by the prophete, He-
uene is ae seete to me, thef erthe forsoth&
the stool of my feet ; what hous schulen
36 bylde to me, seith the Lord, orh what'
so place ofk my resting? Wher myn bond
51 made not alle thes1 thingis ? With hard
nol, and"1 vncircumsidid hertis and eeris 36
withstonden11 euermore the Hooly Goost ;
52 as and0 3oure fadris, so and 36. Whom
of the prophetis ban not 3oure fadris pur-
sued, and ban slayn hem? that bifore
teelden of the comynge of the iusti, whos
traitours and mansleerisr 36 weren now?
53 The8 whiche token the lawe in1 ordy-
naunce of aungels, and han not kept.
54 Forsothe thei heeringeu thes thingis,
werenv dyuersly turmentid in herw hertis,
and gnastiden, W grennyden*, into? him.
t the hi}e God
dwellith not in
Sensible, and
of goostly
kinde;
gessiden that
God dwellide
in the temple,
as a man dwell-
ith in his hous.
that God is
present enery
where, in he-
uene and in
erthe; for he
Whether 36, hous of Israel, offriden to
me slayn sacrificis, ether sacrificisf, fourti
3eris£ in desert? And 36 han take the 43^'
tabernacle of Moloc, and the sterre of
3oure god Renfam, figuris that 36 han
maad to worschipe hem; and Y schal
translate 3011 in to Babiloyn. The ta-
bernacle of witnessing was with oureh
fadris in desert, as God disposide to hem,
and spak to Moyses, that he schulde
make it aftir the fourme that he say.
Which also oure fadris token with Jhesu',
and brou3ten in to thek possessioun of
hethene men, whiche God puttide awey
fro the face of oure fadris, til in to1 the
daies of Dauid, that fonde grace anentis46bj
God, and axidem that he schulde fynde «*<"*»'«"«*»-
* ten je bilde to
a tabernacle to God of Jacob. But Sa- 47 ""> •• *° dwell«
i-i 1-111 \i T-. in maner bifore
lomon bildide the hous to hymn. But 48 seid ; as if he
the hi3 God dwellith not in thingis maad ^what^ace of
bi hoondf, as he seith bi the profete, He- 49^,^^'' as
uene is a seete to me, and the erthe is noon °*hir than
1 myself, for
the stool of my feet ; what hous schulen whi God rest-
,. . , , _ , ith in himself,
36 bilde to me, seith the Lord, ether for he biisfui
what place is of my restyng? Whether 50 ^ni'yhmo!"1'
myn hoond made not alle these thingis ? tha? offrin/e ,of
* preiers and of
With hard nol, and vncircumcidid hertis 51 sacrifices be
and eris 36 withstoden0 eueremore the
Hooli Goost; and? as 3oure fadris, so 30.
Whom of thei profetis han not 3oure
fadris pursued, and han slayn hem that
bifor telden of the comyng of the ri3tful
man, whos traitouris and mansleeris 36
weren now? Whiche token the lawe in
ordynaunce of aungels, and han not kept
it. And thei herden these thingis, and
weren dyuersli turmentid in her hertis,
maad there to
God. v. with
hard nol; that
is, obstynat in
[™,^ices and
filthis. and
««•<.• frobias-
femyes and de-
trac'ciouns. ve.
iust ; that is,
- of Crist, which
andr grennedens with teeth on hym. But 55 is seid iust bi
excellence. Lire
here. ve. whos traitouris; in tretinge with Judas, mansleeris ; in procuringe his deth. Lire here. v.
1 the prophetis N. k Whether s et x passim. l je hous of Israel r. m Om. OQX. either sacrifices F.
n jer x. ° the K. Oui. r. P Om. v. q Om. x. '' Om. sx. s and spac r. * bi r. u Om. rx.
v token v. w brojten with Jhesu s. with Jhesus, and brou3ten v. * the possessioun MPFY. y Om. v.
z putte sx. a into G sec. m. MP. t day K. c bilde sx. d heej God GNV. alderhejest T. e Om. N.
f and o. g sotheli MQTY. forsothe is v. h either r. j whiche it the GMPQTY. k is of v. l Om. s.
m and with o. n withstoden p. o Om. o. P Om. o. 1 iust man ANO. r men slears GMPY. s Om. r.
1 and AN. ™ herden v. v an^ weren V- w Qm. G pr. m. x Om. QX. either grennden with teeth v.
7 on r.
f sacrifice K pr. m. sacrificis of oostis gka. g jeer iQgk. h joure gk pr. m. i Jhesu, that was Josue
c marg. Naue k sec. m. marg. k Om. K pr. m. ' Om. EKQRbcegkojS. ™ askide o. n Om. K pr. m.
0 withstonden nk. P Om. gk. q Om. i. ' and thei i. s gryntiden ER. ether gnastiden K marg.
grentyn k.
vn. 55 — vm-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
529
55 Forsothe whanne Stheuene was fulz of the
Hooly Gost, he biholdingea into heuene,
sy3b the glorie of God, and Jhesu stond-
inge onc the ri3thalf of the vertu of God.
And he seith'1, Lo! I see heuenes openyd,
and the sone of man stondinge on the
aiin^t half of the vertu of God. Forsoth
thei criyngee with grete voisesf, heelden'1
to gidere her eeris1, and maden vto giderek
•''7asau3t, W Jeersnesse^, in to him. And
thei castinge™ him out of the cytee stoon-
yden n. And witnessis ° dideri of her
clothis, bisydis the feet of a 3ong man,
•ifithat was clepid Saul. And thei stoonyden
Steuene ynclepinge?, and seyinge, Lord
r>9 Jhesu, receyuei my spirit. Forsoth 'the
knees puttr, he criede with greet vois, sey-
inge, Lord, sette8 not to hem this synne ;
'for thei witen not what thei don*. And
whanne he hadde seid this thing, he
slepte11 in the Lord. fForsoth Saul was
consentynge to his deeth.
CAP. VIII.
i Forsoth greet persecucioun was maud
in that day in the chirche, that was in
Jerusalem. And alle men weren scaterid
by the cuntrees of Judee and Samarie,
-'out takuri apostlis. Forsoth men drede-
ful 'curiden, orv birieden, Stheuene, and
3 maden greet moornyng on him. Forsoth
Saul greetlivv distroyede the chirche, en-
tringew by howsis, drawyngex men and
wymmen, bitook into kepyng, W prisourit.
< Therfore thei that weren scaterid, pass-
yden forth, euangelisyngez the word of
•"> God. Forsoth Philip comyngea down in-
to a citee of Sarnarie, prechideb to hem
e Crist. Forsoth the cumpanyes 3auen tent
to thes° thiugisd that weren seid of Phi-
whanne Steuene was ful of the Hooli
* he knelide ;
that is, in prey-
Goost, he bihelde in to heuene, and say ingethemanere
* schulde be de-
uinit. ve. criedf
with greet vois ;
for it cam forth
of gret desijr to
the helthe of
Li"n
the glorie of God, and Jhesu stondinge
on the ri3thalft of the vertu of God.
And he seide, Lo ! Y se heuenes openyd,
and mannus sone stondvnge on the ri3t- neiseboris. v.
• m ~ sette not to htm,
half of the vertu of God. And thei cri-5C^c.,- inreseru-
. . . , vnge euerlast-
eden with a greet vois, and stoppiden"
her eris, and maden with o wille anv ^
assau3tw in to hym. And thei brou3ten 57 J°
hym out of the citee, and stonvden. And summe bookis
",.,... >' sueth, for
the witnessis diden of her clothis, bisidis thei witen not
, ,. /» . i i • j- what thei don,
the feet of a 3ong man, that was clepid hut this is not
Saule. And thei stonyden Steuene, that 58 °gi*°rt|f|n
clepide God to help, seiynge, Lord Jhesu, bookis amend-
' . id ; forsothe
resseyue my spirit. And he knelide*, 59 men namely
and criede with a greet vois, and seide, weren more
Lord, sette not to hem this synne. And ^^^ than
whanne he hadde seid this thing, he
CAP. VIII.
But Saul was consentynge to his deth.
I the
yngnoraunce of
many men was
causid of malice
bifore goinge,
that is, for hater-
hed and enuye
ajens Crist.
Lire here. v.
•f- in that dai ;
that is, in that
tyme; for
And greet persecucioun was maad that i thiike persecu-
i*i. ,1 i • i 4i • v T scioun duride
daif m the chirche, that was mx Jeru- manydaies,
salem. And alle men weren scatered bi ^e^.'<JJ-
the cuntrees of Judee and Samarie, ou- f'll> that is,
dredinge God,
takun the apostlis. But good menj bin- 2 among which?
_, . Gamaliel was
eden Steuene, and maden greet mornyng the principal,
on hym. But Saul greetli distruyede:)
the chirche, and entryde bi housis, and
drowey men and wymmen, and bitook
hem in to prisoun. And thei that weren 4
scaterid, passiden forth, prechynge the
word of God. And Filip cam doun ino
to a citee of Samarie, and prechide to
hern Crist.
the fyndinge of
thebodiofseint
Steuene. ve
greetly distroi-
ing; that is, in
to presoun ; it
And the puple 3af tent to « is not seid that
., . . , ., „ -n.,. he killede, for
thes thingis that weren seid ot v ihp, as the Giose
seith, God bi-
fore kept hise hondis, that tho weren not defoulid with the bloixl of innocent men ; and therfore as Austyn seith, God is so almyjti and good, that
of yueles he drawith out goodis ; therfore of this persecuscioun he drow out the good of sowing abrood of Cristen feith. Lire here. ve. Wherfore it
sueth, therfore thei that weren scaterid, passid forth bi diuerse citees, euangelising the word of God to Jewis dwellinge in tho citees. Filip ; this was
Filip, the secunde dekene. Lire here. v.
* fulfillide Q. a biheeld r. b and say r. c of T. d seide r. e crieden r. f voice GMNPSTVXY.
noys Q. h and heelden r. ' heren o. k with oo wille v. ' Om. x. m castiden v. n stooned him o.
and stoneden v. ° the witnessis PQTY. P clepinge to help v. 1 take o. r he kneelide, and y.
* sette thou TY. 4 Om. r. u sleeped, or dyde o. t Chap. VIII. begins here in r. v Om. MOPQTFV.
VT Om. Y. w and entride r. * and drow v. J Om. OQX. z prechyng o. a cam r. b and prechide r.
0 thos n. d Om. v.
* rijt hond a.
marg. * at a.
VOL. IV.
11 ether heiilden logidere K marg.
y drouj out k pr. m.
v Om. iKa sec. m. w a saujt i. ether feersnesse K
3 Y
530
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
viu. 7 — 19.
lip, vto gidere6 heeringe and seynge the
7 signes that he dide. Forsothef manye of
hem that hadden vnclene spiritis, cryinge&
s with greet vois, wenten1' out. Forsothe
manye syke in palasye, and crokid, ben1
oheelid. Therfore gret ioye isk rnaad in
that citee. Forsoth ther was sum1 man,
Symound by name, the™ which bifore was
in the citee a wicche, disseyuynge the folk
of Samarie, seiynge him silf for" to be
10 sum greet man. To0 whom alle herken-
yden, fro the leeste tilP toi the mooste,
seiynger, This is the vertu of rr God, thes
1 1 which is clepid greet. Forsothe alle1 bi-
helden him, for this thing, that moche
tyme he hadde maad hem madu, W woodv,
12 with his wicchingis. Sothliw whanne thei
hadden bileuyde to Philip, euangelysinge
of the kyngdom of God, in the name of
Jhesu Crist, men and wymmen weren bap-
is tiside. Thannex Symound 'and he?' bileuyde;
and whanne he was baptysid, he clyuede2
to Philip ; he seyngea signesb and moost
vertues 'for to bec maad, dredinged won-
udride. Forsoth whanne apostlis6 that
weren at Jerusalem, hadden herd forf Sa-
marie receyuedes the word of God, thei
issenten to hem Petre and John. Theh
whiche whanne thei camen, preieden for
hem, that thei schulden receyue the Hooly
ifiGost; forsoth1 not jit he cam into ony of
hem, but thei weren baptysid oonly in the
17 name of the Lord Jhesu. Thanne thei
puttidenk hondis on hem, and thei receyu-
iseden the Hooly Gost. Forsoth whanne
Symound hadde seyn, for1 the Hooli Gost
was jouun by puttyng onra of the hondn of
19 apostlis0, he offrideP to hem money, sey-
ingei, 3yue 3er to me and this power,
that8 to1 whom euere I schal putte on
hondis, he receyue" the Hooly Gost. For-
with o wille herynge and seynge the
signes that he dide. For manye of hem?
that hadden vnclene spirits, crieden with
a" greet vois, and wenten out. And manye 8
sijka in the palsi, and crokid, weren heel- t »/««/.« apo-
id. Therfor greet ioye was maad in that» ""*' """' this
citee. But there was a man in that
citee, whos name was Symount, a witche,
that hadde disseyued the folc of Samarie,
seiynge, that him silf was sum greet
man. Whom alle herkeneden, fro the leest l
to the moost, and seiden, This is the Goost in sinsiie
visible; for whi
vertu of God, which is clepid greet. And 11 this perteynede
, i . , , f i , to the postlis ;
thei leueden nym, tor long tyme he therfore w-
schopis alooue
that hen suc-
bi- 1 2 cessour's °f tne
apostlis, in 21 .
leued to Filip, 'that prechidec of the distinccioun ;„
novo testamen-
kingdom or Orod, men and wymmen to, setten on
i i- -J • .i_ /» TI hondis, either
weren baptism in the name ot Jhesu confermen.
Filip was oonly
a dekene, ther-
fore thouj he
mijte cristene,
he miste not
set on hondis,
either con-
ferme, neither
hadde maddid b hem with
craftis. But whanne thei
his witche
hadden
Crist. And thanne also Symount him silf I3
bileued ; and whanne he was baptisid, ap°sti>s> that
summe of hem
he drou3 to Filip; and he sai also that schulden come
in to Samarie,
signes and grete vertues weren don, he that thei schui-
was astonyed, and wondride. But whanne 14
the apostlis f that weren at Jerusalem,
hadden herd that Samarie hadde res- here- ve-
seyued the word of God, thei senten to t cam not yt in
hem Petre and Joon. And whanne theiiothatTsfin *"
also now i
baptym. bap-
tixide ooniy in
camen, thei preieden for hem, that thei
schulden resseyue the Hooli Goost; fori6cam.to.hem
* vnuisibly, as
he cam not }it in to ony of hemt, but
. . . •, . . ,
thei weren baptisid oonh in the name of
the Lord Jhesu. Thanne thei leiden
hoondis on hem, and thei resseyueden
the Hooli Goost. And whanne Symount 1 8 Pers"onesin
* the Trinite, for
hadde seyn, that the Hooly Goost was 'ho ben encios-
... ft id in the nan;e
jouun bi leiyng on ot the" hoondis of «.f Ji.esu, but
the apostlis, and he proferide to hem mo- ih'isfth'atThei
ney, and seide, 3yue 36 also to me this 10 ^^°Jhe
power, that whom6 euere Y schal leyef setting on of
* hondis. Lire
on myns hoondis, that he resseyue the here. v.
e with oo wille r. f For r. S crieden v. u and wente v. ' weren r. k was r. l a MPQTY.
Om. v. m Om. r. n Qm. MPQSTXY. ° Om. r. P Om. o. q Om. G pr. m. ' and seiden v. rr Om. K.
s Om. r. * thei r. « wood o. * Om. OQX. " Forsoth o. * Thanne also v. 7 himself r. * drew o.
a say r. b also signes AGMNOPQSTY. also that singnes r. e to be sx. weren v. d and he dredde,
and v. e the apostlis PQTV. f that v. e resceyue K. h Om. v. ' for v. k putten x. l that or.
m to Q. n hondis o. » the apostolis ST. P profride v. 1 and seide r. r 3iue os. 3'ue jee also v.
3ifeth x. s Om. v. t on o. u resceyued g pr. m. T.
z Om. gka. a sijk men k. b ether tvodid K marg. c prechinge g sec. vice, k pr. m. d Om. EIQR
ghkoo£. e to whom K sec. m. on whom R sec. m. f put k. e Om. gk.
VIII. 20
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
531
•2osoth Petre seide to him, Thi money be
with thee into perdicioun, for thou gess-
idist the 3ifte of God forv to be had, "or
21 weeldidw, byx money. Part is not to thee,
nethir sort^, in this word, for thin herte is
22 not ri3tful bifore God. vAnd soz do thou
penaunce froa this thi wickidnesse, and
preie God, if perauenture this thou3t of
23 thin herte be for3ouunaa to thee. Forsothb
in galle of bittirnesse andc bond of wick-
idnesse (I se thee ford to bee. Forsoth
Symound answeringef, seide, Preie 36 for
me to the Lord, that no thing of thes&
25 that 36 ban seid, come on me. And thei
witnessinge1' and' spekingek the word of
the Lord, 3eden' a3en to Jerusalem, and
euangelisiden to manye cuntrees of Sama-
2uritans. Forsoth an aungel of the Lord
spak to Philip, seyinge™, Ryse thou, and
go a3ens the south", to the weye that goth
doun fro Jerusalem into0 Gasam ; this is
27'desert weyeP. And he risyngei, wente
forth. And lo ! a man of Ethiopie, vgeld-
yng, my3tir of the queene Candace of
Ethiopiens8, the1 which was on" alle hir
richessis, cam for" to worschipe in Jeru-
2ssalem. And he turnyde a3en, sittinge on
his chare, and redynge Ysaie, the pro-
29phete. Forsoth the spirit seide to Philip,
'Come tov, and ioyne thee to this chare.
.-jo Forsoth Philip Yennynge tow, herde hym
redinge Ysaie, the prophete. And he
seyde, Gessist thou, wher thou vndir-
.-{) stondist, what thingis thou redist ? Thex
which seithy, And how may 1% if vsum
man schal nota schewe to me? And he
preiede Philip, that he schulde sti3e vp,
:s2and sitte with him. Forsothe the place
of scripture that he radde, was this, As ab
scheep to sleyng he was led, and as a
Hooli Goost. But Petir seide to hym, 20 1 « mm ,• w
, . . this that it is
Thi money be with thee into perdicioun, seid a man, it
for thou gessidist1' the1 3ifte of God j££fa£.
schulde be had for monei. Ther is no2i?eid,a.8fldinf'
but kitting ot
part, ne sort to thee, in this word, for membnsabie
thin herte is not ri3tful bifor God. Ther- 22 but ofchast'ite
for do thou penaunce for this wickid- venuesT/or to
in
haP this man
was conuertid
fro hethenme
nesse of thee, and preie God, if perauen-
ture this thou3t of thin herte be for?ouun
~
to thee. For Y se that thou art in the
gall of bitternesse and in the boond of
wickidnesse. And Symount answeride,24jn0^":cet'her
and seide, Preie 36 for me to the Lord,
that no thing of these thingisk that ?e
to the feith of
han seid, com on' me. And thei witness- 25 Jewis. as a
iden, and spaken the word of the Lord, TeddTto sieving;
and 3eden a3en to Jerusalem, and prech-
iden to many cuntrees of Samaritans,
doun alle his
And an aungel of the Lord spak to Filip, 26 aduersarfes, he
, . , T, , , suffride himself
and seide, Kyse thou, and go a3ens the to be led to
south, to the weie that goith doun fro ftJjf.Sj*
Jerusalem in to Gasa; this is desert. for he 3eldid?
not wrongful
And he roos, and wente forth. And lo ! 27 wordis for
T-. , . . . wrongis;
a many ot Jkthiopie, a my3ti man seru-
whanne he was
accusid falsly
hifore Pilat, he
was felle, in
xxvii.c". of Mt.
in meeknesse
his dom was
Sittinge On his 28 taken vp; in
,. f . , ~ liii. c°. of Isaie,
chare, and redinge Isaie, the protete. thus he was
And the spirit seide to Filip, Nei3e thou, 29 ™ an'
aunt, a 3elding of Candace, the queen of
Ethiopiens, which was on alle her rich-
essis, cam to worschipe in Jerusalem.
And he turnede a3en,
and ioyne thee to this chare. And Filip 30 dom'tha.tij' ,
*• fro anguisch 01
Van tom, and herde hym redynge Ysaie, deth, and fro
dom, bi which
the prophete. And he" seide, uessist alle men that
thou, whether thou vndirstondist, what hoide^'brood-
thingis thou redist ? And he seide, How 31 dis,,sent,ense in
helle; he was
may Y, if no man schewe to me ? And t^611 UP bi
power of his
he preiede Filip, that he schulde come
risin
vp, and sitte with hym. And the place 38 IMM manure
of the scripture that he redde, was this,
As a scheep he was led to sleyng, and
* &>
in mekenesse ;
that is, bi deeth
which he suf-
fride meekely in manhed taken, his dom ; that is, Goddis sentence, that was his, in as myche as he is God. was taken up ; for whanne Crist roos
a;een, hooly men that weren withholden in helle, weren taken up fro thennes. who schal lelle out the generacioun of hym ; that is, the multiplying
of feithful men, that ben gendrid ajen in Crist by baptym. Lire here. v.
v Om. sx. w Om. OQX. * with o. y grace v. z Therfore v. » for r. aa forjiue M. b For I see
that thou art v. c and in y. d Om. sx. %e Om. v. f answeride and v. g this o. n witnessiden v.
' in K. k spaken v. 1 and'jeden v. m and seide v. u sone o. ° to o. P deseert, either forsaken y.
Q roos and v. 'a myjty geldinge GMPQTY. a geldyng myjti N. mijti gelding sx. a mi3ty man seruaunt
onest and chaast v. s Ethiopiis MOPQTY. * Om. r. 4t vpon MY. uOm.«A. v Ne)3 thou v. w run to,
and y. * Om. »'. y seide y. z I vndirstonde v. a noon v. b Om. G pr. m.
h gessist k/3. ' that the j sec. m. k Om. o. l to a. m ran cb pr. m. cam a. n Om. a.
3 Y 2
532
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
VHI. 33— IX. 3.
lomb bifore a man scheringec him is
doumb with oute vois, so he openyde not
33 his mouth. In mekenesse his dom isd
takyn vp ; who schal telle out the gene-
racioun of hym ? For his lyf schal be
34 takyn awey fro the8 erthe. Forsoth the
'gelding answeringef to Philip, seide&, I
biseche thee, of what prophete seith he
this thing ? of himh, or1 of ony othir ?
35 Forsothe Philip openyngek his mouth, and
bigynnynge1 at this scripture, euangelis-
3oidem to hym Jhesu. And the" while thei
wenten bi the weye, thei camen to sum
watir. And the 'geldyng seith0, Loo! wa-
tir; who forbedith me forP to be baptysid?
37 Forsoth Philip seidei, If thou bileuyst ofr
al the8 herte, it is leefful. And he an-
sweringe4, seith u, I bileue thev sone of
38 God 'for to be Jhesuw. And he comaund-
ide the chare forx to stonde. And thei
wenten doun bothe into the watir, Philip
and the gelding^, and hez baptisyde him.
39 Forsothe whanne vhe sti3edea vp ofb the
watir, the spirit of the Lord rauyschide
Philip, and the geldyngc sy3d him no more.
Forsoth he wente ioyinge by his weye.
40 Forsoth Philip ise foundun in Asotof ; and
he 'passinge forths, euangeliside to alle
citees, til he cam to Cesarye.
CAP. IX.
1 Saul, 3ith brethere, "or blowere\ of ma-
nassis andk betyng, "or sleyng}, into1"
disciplis of the Lord, cam nyj to the
2 princes" of prestis, and axide of him epi-
stlis0 into Damaske, to synagogis ; that if
he founde ony men and wymmen of this
lyf, he schulde lede? boundyn to Jerusa-
slem. And whanne he made iourney, it
bifel, that he cam ny3 to Damaske. And
as a lomb bifor a man that scherith0
him is doumb with out vois, so he open-
yde not his mouth. In mekenesse his 33
dom was takun vp ; who schal telle out
the generacioun of hym ? For his lijf
schal be takun awei fro the erthe. And 34
the gelding answeride to Filip, and seide,
Y biseche thee, of xwhat profeteP seith
he this thing ? of him silf, ethiri of onyr
othere ? And Filip openyde his mouth, 35
and bigan at this scripture, and preclude
to him Jhesu. And the8 while theise
wenten bi the weie, thei camen to a \ a brethere, &-
. Ai.ii IT -IT! ther a blowere,
water. And the gelding seide, Lo! wa- Ofmanaasu;
tir; who forbedith me to be baptisid?
And Filip seide, If thou bileuest of al 37 self and othere
* men bi the
the1 herte, it is leueful. And he answer-
ide, and seide, Y bileue that Jhesu Crist
is the sone of God. And he comaundide
the chare to stonde stille. And thei
wenten doun bothe into the watir, Filip
and the gelding, and Filip baptiside
hym. And whanne thei weren come
of the watir, the spirit of the Lord
rauyschide Filip, and the gelding say
hym no more11.
in Azotus; and he passide forth, andv
preclude to alle citees, til he cam to
Cesarie.
greet wynd the
cuscioun a^Tns
that is, with
dispitouse
wordis. and of
beting; that is,
with betingis
and turmentis.
in to Crist> that
weren seid
And Filip was foundun 40 thanne disci-
plis, for thei
weren not jit
nemed Cristene
men. cam >iy;
to the prince;
he was not
clepid herto,
but he prof'ride
hymself, and
was enflaumed
CAP. IX.
But Saul, 3it a blowerwf of manassis i
and of betingis a3ens the disciplis of the
Lord, cam to the prince of preestis, and 2
axide of hym lettris in to Damask, to
the synagogis ; that if he fond ony men
andx wymmen of this lijf, he schulde
lede hem boundun to Jerusalem,
whanne he made his iourney, it bifelde,
that he cam ny3 to Damask. And su-
1 that
bi autorite
he myjte more
anoie feithful
men. in to Da-
musk ; that he
schulde pursue
And 3 there feithful
men, as he
hadde do in
Jerusalem .
Lire here. v.
c clippynge K. d was r. « Om. N. f onest seruaunt and chast answeride v. S and seide r.
h him silf MOPTV. i either v. k openide r. l bigan r. m and euangelizide v. n to o. ° onest seru-
aunt and chaast seide r. P Om. sx. Q seith o. r in o. s Om. G pr. m. thin OQ. t answeride v.
u seide N. and seide rx. v in the N. that Jhesu Crist is the v. w to be Jhesu sx. Om. v. x Om. sx.
y onest seruaunt and chaast v. z Filip v. a thei stijeden v. b fro o. c onest seruaunt and chaast v.
d seeth T. e was v. f Azotus v. g passide forth and v. h jit a MNPQTVY. > Om. QX. k and of TV.
l Om. OQVX. m a3ens v. D prince AGMNOQSTXY. ° letteres o. epistlis, either comyssiouns r. P leden
aboute Q. lede hem r.
0 schere Abco/3. P whom K pr.m. q or Eb. r an k sec. m. s Om. i. * thin b. u more ; but he
wente in his weie ioying A sec.m. marg. more ; and he wente in his weye ioiynge K. more [and he wente
ioyinge bi his weye] ft. v and he a. w brether, or a blower K. x or K.
IX. 4 — 1 6.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
sudeynly lijt fro heuene schon aboute
4 hym ; and he fallingei intor the erthe,
herde8 a vois seyiuge to hym, Saul, Saul,
5 what pursuest thou me ? The1 which"
seide, Who art thou, Lord ? And hev, I
am Jhesu of Nazareth, whom thou pursu-
est. It is hard to thee, forw to kyke 33608
6 the pricke. And he 'tremblinge and won-
dringex, seide, Lord, what wolt thou vme
7 for to do?. And the Lord toz him, Ryse
thou, and entre in to the citee, and it
schal be seide to thee, what 'it bihoueth
theea forh to do. Forsothe tho men that
wenten with him, stooden maad ferdc, 'or
out of myndeA; sothli heeringe6 a vois,
a'forsothe seyngef no man. Forsothe Saul
roos fro the erthe; and 'the V3en openyds,
heh sy3 no thing. Forsoth thei drawinge'
:ihim tok hondis, ledden1 into Damask. And
he was thre daies not seynge ; and he eet
10 not, nether drank. Forsoth summ disciple
was at Damask, by name Ananye. And
the Lord seide to him in a uisiouu, Ana-
nnye. And he seith", Lo! I, Lord. And
the Lord to0 him, Ryse thou, and go into
a streete that is clepid Rectus ; and seke,
in the hous of Judas, Saul by name Tar-
lasence. Forsoth? lo! he preieth; and he sy3
a man Ananye by name, entringe and
puttinge to hym hondis, that he receyue
I3si3t. Forsothe Ananye answeride, Lord,
I haue herd of maiiye of this man, how
'manye yuele thingisi he dide to thi seyntis
>•* in Jerusalem ; and this hath power of ther
princes of prestis, for8 to bynde alle men
K>that 'inclepen thi name1. Forsothu the
Lord seide to him, Go thou, for this is to
me a vessel of chesyng, that he here my
name bifore hethen men, and kingis, and
itfthe sones of Israel. Forsothe I schal
what pu
denli a Ii3t from heuene schoon aboute
hym; and he fallidex to the erthe, and 4
herde a vois seiynge to hym, Saul, Saul, wiliche JSaul J
• pursuede, and
what pursuest thou me* ? And he seide, r. no' 9'rist '" his
•H7U ii T j-i AII • i VT Pr°P'r persone,
Who art thou, Lord > And he *ezde, Y that was giori-
am Jhesu of Nazareth, whom thou pur- thTn^haiTof3'
suest. It is hard to thee, to kike a3ens tt!^' ^
•J ftl/lS) CfCff 1 1 UK
the pricke. And he tremblide, and won- c is> ajenstonde
him that is
dride, and seide, Lord, what wolt thou strongere than
.1 . ir i i A 1.1 T i '7 thou withouten
that Y do ? And the Lord seide to hym, 7 comparison^
Rise vp, and entre in to the citee, and
it schal be seide to thee, what it bihoueth
thee to do. And tho men that wenten
with hym, stoden astonyed ; for thei
herden a vois, but thei sien no man.
And Saul roos fro the earth ; arid s
whanne hise i3en weren opened, he say
no thing. And thei drowen hym bi the
hondis, and ledden hym in to Damask.
And he wasz thre daies not seynge f ; 9 alle tninKJ8 v
'and he eete not3, nether drank. Audio""* *«•*«.«
vois; that is,
a disciple, Ananye bi name, was at Da- the v»'s of
Poul, but not
mask. And the Lord seide to hym in of Crist, ve.
'a visiounb, Ananye. And he seide, Lo ! poui'^sTc'.
Y, Lord. And the Lord seide to hvm, n%TlthJnnela-nd
» tli6rior6 tn6i
Rise thou, and go in to a streete that is stood astonied.
Lire here. v.
clepid Rectus; and seke, in the hous of
Judas, Saul bi name of Tharse. Forc lod !
of Cristis power
knowen, whom
he bileeuede
not bifore for
to rengne in
heuene, but
more to be
dampned as a
fals prophete.
Lord, what wolt
thou; as if he
seide, fro this
tyme forth, I
arn redy to
to thee in
bi Today's^',
he preieth; and he sayj a man, Ananye
bi name, entringe and leiynge on hym
hoondis, that he resseyue si3t.
ei*er b' s'3t of
And is doctouns seien
A JTJ171 ujj? comunly, in tho
Ananye answerde, Lord, Y haue herd of thre daies he
n . , . i . . , was rauvschid
many ot this man, how greete yuelis6 he t;i to tue
dide to thi seyntis in Jerusalem; and u
this hath power of the princisf of preestis, excellent ™»e
lacioun, in 1.
to bynde alle men that clepen thi name pistie to Cor.
to helpe. And the Lord seide to hym, u not,
Go thou, for this is to me a vessel of
chesing, that he bere my name bifore
•
hethene men, and kingis, and tofore? the
that visfoun, as
also Aloises was
*'• daies in &e
hit. Lire here.
ve.
J he say ; bi the reuelacioun of God. puttinge to him hondis ; this setting on of hondis was not lijc that, of which it is seid of the chapitre bifore
goinge, that bi the setting on of hondis of apostlis the Hooly Goost was jouen in sensible singne; but this settinge on of hondis here was to bodily
heelthe, as seint Laurence puttide hondis on blynde men, and thei resseyueden sijt. Lire here, v.
1 fallide v. ' to ov. s and herde v. * Om. v. u and he o. v he seide ANY. w Om. sx.
31 tremblide and wondride and v. J me to do sx. that I do r. * seide to NT. a thee byhoueth o.
b Om. sx. c aferd vx. d Om. OQX. e thei herden v. f but thei sien v. S whanne he openide the
i3en v. h Om.o. ' drowen v. k bi o. with v. 1 and ledden v. >» a A/PQTV. n seide v. ° seide to NT.
P For v. q greet yuelis v. r Om. x. s Om. sx. t clepen thi name to help v. » And o.
y felde plures. fel IMR. z was there K sec.m. a neither he eet R. b sleep Qgk. ° Om. c.
yuel a. f prince b. S bifore BKR.
Om. a.
534
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
ix. 17 — 28.
schewe to him, how manye thingis it bi-
houeth him forv to suffre for my name.
17 Andw Ananye wente, and entride into the
hous ; and 'he puttingex to him the hondis,
seidey, Saul brothir, the Lord Jhesu sente
me, that apperide to thee in the weye, in
which thou earnest2, that thou se, and be.
isfulfillid with the Hooli Gost. And anon
thera felden from his y3en as scalis, and
he receyuede si3t. And he 'risinge isb
isbaptisid. And whanne he hadde takun
mete, he was comfortid. Forsoth he was
with disciplisc, that weren at Damask, by
20summe dayes. And anoon he entrynge'1
into the synagogis, preclude6 the Lord
21 Jhesu, for this is thef sone of God. For-
soth alle men that herden him, wondriden,
and seiden, WherS vthis is not1' that in-
pugnide in Jerusalem hem that inclepiden'
this name? and hidir tok this thing he cam,
that he schulde lede hem bounden to the
22 princes of prestis. Forsothe Saul moche
more wexide1 strong, and confoundide the
Jewis that dwelliden at Damask, "afferm-
23ynge form this is Crist. Forsoth whanne
manye dayes weren fulfillid", Jewis maden
a counceil, that thei schulden slee him.
24 Forsothe0 the aspics of hem benP maad
kriowun to Saul. Forsothei thei kepten
andr the 3atis day and ny3t, that thei
25 schulden sle him. Forsothe his disciplis
'takynge him in8 ny3t, vbi the wal leften
26 him, sendinge doun in a leep1. Forsoth
whanne he cam into" Jerusalem, he vtempt-
ide, orv asaiede™, for* to ioyne him to
disciplis J"; and alle dredden him, vnot bi-
27 leuyngez that he was a disciple. Forsoth
Barnabas vledde him takuna to apostlisb,
and telde to hem, howc in the weye he
hadde seyn the Lord, and ford he spak to
him, and how in Damask he dide tristily
as in the name of Jhesu. And he was with
sones of Israel. For Y schal schewe to 10
hym, how grete thingis it bihoueth hym
to suffre for my name. And Ananye 17
wente, and entride in to the hous ; and
leide on hym his hondis, and seide, Saul
brothir, the Lord Jhesu sente meh, that
apperide to thee in the weie, in which
thou earnest, that thou se, and be ful-
fillid with the Hooli Goost. And anoon is
as the scalis felden fro hise i3en, he res-
seyuede si3t. And he roos, and was bap-
tisid. And whanne he hadde takun 10
mete, he was coumfortid. And he was
bi sum daies with the disciplis, that
weren at Damask. And anoon he en- 20
tride in to the synagogis, and prechide
the Lord Jhesu, for this is the sone of
God. And alle men that herden hym, 21
wondriden, and seiden, Whether this is
not he that impugnede in Jerusalem hem
that clepiden to help this name ? and
hidir he cam for this thing, that he
schulde leede hem boundun to the princis
of preestis ? But Saul myche more1 wex-22
ede strong, and confoundide the Jewis
that dwelliden at Damask, and affermyde
that this is Cristf. And whanne manye 23 f ans is Crist;
daies weren fillid, Jewis maden a coun-
sel, that thei schulden sle hym. And 24
* bihijt in the
the aspies of hern weren maad knowun lawe and Pr°-
phetis ; and he
to Saul. And thei kepten the 3atis dai deciaride this
and ni3t, that thei schulden sle him. But250
hise disciplis token hym bi ny3t, and
delvuereden hym, and leeten him doun of Gamaliel>
ve. afterward
in a leep bi the wal. And whanne he 26 myche perfit-
. , Here of God
cam in to Jerusalem, he assaiede to iy3tnynge hym.
ioyne hym to the disciplis; and alle wd%"eT
dredden hym, andk leueden not that he filltd;, ^at,,
• passide fro the
was a disciple. But Barnabas took, and 27 dayes of Sauie
til to his com-
ledde hym to the apostlis, and telde to yng a3en fro
hem, how in the weie he hadde seyn the Damask. Lyre
Lord, and that he spak to hym, and hou here' v'
v Om. sx. w Om. sx. x puttide r. puttende x. y and seide r. z came sx. a Om. r.
0 roos and was r. c apostelles o. the disciplis PY. d entride r. e and prechide r. f Om. s. S Whe-
ther G el s passim x. h is not he Nor. i clepide to helpe r. k for r. 1 wax MQSTXY. m and affeerm-
yde that r. n fillid r. ° And o. P weren r. 1 Forsothe and o. r Om. ov. s tooken him bi r.
4 and leften him, and senten doun in a leep bi the walle r. n to TX pr. m. v Om. ox. w saide T.
* Om. sx. y the disciplis MPQTY. z and bileeueden not r. a took and led him v. b the apostlis
MPQTY. c how that Q. d that r.
me to thee k. i the more BiKQRbceghkoa/3. k and thei i.
IX. 29 — 4
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
535
hem, 'entringe and goynge6 outf ins Jeru-
salem, doyngeh tristily in the' name of the
29 Lord. And he spaak tok hethene men,
and disputide with Grekis. Forsothe thei
3osou3ten for1 to sle him. Them which
thing whanne bretheren hadden knowe,
thei ledden him in ny3t to Cesarie, and
sileften to Tarsis. Sothli the chirche by
al Judee, and Galile, and Samarie hadde
pees, and was edifyed, walkinge in the™
drede of the Lord, and was fulfillid" withP
32 comfort of the Hooly Gost. Forsoth it isi
maad, that Petre, ther whilerr he passide
alles, cam to the hooly men that dwelliden
33 at Lidde. Forsothe he fond there sum
man, Eneas by name, fro ei3te 3erisl lig-
yngeu in bedd ; thev which wasw syke in
34palesye. And Petre seith" to him, Eneas,
the Lord Jhesu Crist heele thee; ryse
thou, and dressey to thee. And anoon he
35roos. And alle menz that dwelliden at
Lidde, and Sarone, sy3en hym, the" whiche
3ebenb conuertid to the Lord. Forsoth in
Joppe was sum disciplissec, bi name Ta-
byta, thed which interpretid, is seid Dor-
cas. This was ful of goode werkis and
37 almesdedis, that sche dide. Forsoth it ise
maad in tho dayes, that sche vmaad sykf
deiede. The& whiche whanne thei hadde
wayschun, thei puttiden1" hir' in a 'soup-
ssyng placek. Forsoth whanne Lidda was
ny3 fro Joppe, disciplis 'heeringe for1 Petre
was in it, sentenm twey men to him, prei-
yngen,That thou tarie not for0 to come 'til
39toi vs. Sothli Petre 'rysinge vpr cam
with hem. And whanne he cam8, thei
ledden him into the 'souping place'. And
alle widewis" stooden aboute hym, wep-
inge, and schewinge cootis and clothis,
4othev whiche Dorcas maade to hem. For-
sothe 'alle menw cast" out withouteforth,
in Damask he dide tristili in the name
of Jhesu. And he was with hem, and 28
entride, and 3ede out in1 Jerusalem, and
dide tristili in the name of Jhesu. And 29
he spak with hethene men, and disputide + <%>«<«/«
with Greekis;
With OrreklS f. And thei SOl^ten tO Sle these weren
hym. Which thing whanne the " "'
theren hadden knowe, thei ledden hym
bi ny3t to Cesarie, and leten hym go to J,ewis mad in
J J J ° the tyme of
Tarsis. And the chirche bi al Judee, 31 kingAmyoke;
and Galilee, and Samarie, hadde pees, and
and was edefied, and walkide in the
drede of the Lord, and was fillid with t>>e
ith, thou; the
coumfort of the Hooli Goost. And it 32 magistral close
, here seith. that
birelde, that Petre, the while he passide it was in the
aboute alle:):, cam to the hooli men that
dwelliden at Lidde. And he foond
man, Eneas bi name, that fro ehte ?eer litn to charse
of this Glose.
hen hadde leie in bed0 ; and he was sijk J<ir* *«»•«• v.
in palsy"-. And Petre seide to hym, M*^^
Eneas, the Lord Jhesu Crist heele thee: ide aboute aile •
men hileeuynge
rise thou, arid araye? thee. And anoon in to Crist that
, dwelliden in
he roos. And alle men that dwelten at 35 diuerse piac
Lidde, and at Sarone, saien hym, whiche
weren conuertid to the Lord.
Joppe was a disciplesse, whos name was
. . in the feith.
1 abita, that is to seie, Dorcas. This cam to the holy
was • ful of good werkis and almesdedis,
that sche dide. And it bifelde in tho 37 .
daies, that sche was siik, and diede. t>'m- v< Taljt-
la; thus sche
And whanne thei hadden waischun hir, was ciepid in
. i • T • i * . . , Ebren. it is
thei leiden hir in a soler. And fora*wU.Dw«M;
And jn 36 scheP}ieerde
ran aboute to
Lidda was ny3 Joppe, the disciplis
herden that Petre was thereynne, andi wr?ot this l:°°k>
and euer either
senten twei men to hym, and preieden, nameinLatyn
__., . singnefieth a
1 hat thou tarie not to come to vs. And 39 capret either
Petre roos vp, and cam with hern. And
whanne he was comun, thei ledden hym
in to the soler. And aller widewis stoden
to hem ; that
is, maad to be
maad to hem
at her costis, as
aboute hym, wepynge, and schewynge to the doth ana
cootis and clothis, which Dorcas made
furre. Lire here.
ve.
e and entride and jede v. { forth o. g Om. G pr. m. MPY. of sx. n and dide v. ' Om. MPTY.
k with vx. ' Om. sx. m Om. vx. n Om. MPQT. ° fillide r. P in the N. 1 was v. r Om. MOPQTY.
TT while that M Y. s by alle T. aboute alle r, t jer s passim. « liende sx. vOm. v. w Om. T. x seide v.
y araie v. z the men x. a Om. r. b weren v. c disciple x. d Om. v. e was v. { was sik and v.
e Om. v. n putten sx. i Om. o. k soler r. J herden that r. m and senten y. n and preieden r.
0 Om. alii. H vnto MPY. to OQT. r roos up and v. s was comen v. l soler y. u the widewes MPQTY.
v Om. yx. w whanne alle men weren v. * don o. put v.
1 into k. m Om. k. n Om. KQO. ° beedrede E. °° the palesie k. P ether dresse, ether make reedy
K. marg. q and thei i. r alle the I sec. m.
536
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
IX. 41 — X. 8.
Petre 'puttinge the knees^, preiede. And
he turnyd to the body, seidez, Tabita, ryse
thoua. And sche openyde theb y3en, and
4 r Petre seync, saatd vp a3en. Forsoth he
3yuyngee to hir the hond, reysidef hir.
And whanne he hadde clepid hooly men
42 and widewis, he assignede hir quyk. For-
soth it is& raaad knowun by al Joppe ;
43 and thei1' bileuyden in the Lord. Forsoth
it is1 maad, that many dayes he dwellide
in Joppe, at Symound, sumk coriour, W
tawier*.
CAP. X.
i Forsoth sum man was in Cesarie, Cor-
nell by name, centurio, *that is, hauynge
an hundrid menm vndir hymu, of the"
cumpanye of kny3tis, that is seid of Yta-
2 lie; a religious man, and dredinge the
Lord, with al his meyne; doynge manye
almessis? to the peple, and preiynge the
3 Lord euermore. This sy3<i inr a uysioun
opynli, as in the nynthe hour8, W noon1,
an aungel of God entrynge into hym, and
4 seyinge 'to himu, Corneli. And he bihold-
inge hym, takynv with drede seydew, Who
art thou, Lord ? Forsoth he seide to him,
Thi preieris and thin almesdedis han sti3-
ed vp into mynde, inx the 5131 of the Lord.
.">And now sende >' men into Joppe, and
clepe 'sum manz, Symound, that is namyd
n Petre. Thisa is herborid at sumb manc,
Symound, coriour d, whos hous is bisydis
the see. This schal seie to thee, what it
vbihoueth thee for6 to do. And whanne
the aungel that spak to him, hadde gon
awey, he clepideec tweynef 'his homely
mens, and a kny3t dredinge the Lord, of
ahem that obeischidenh to him. To which',
whanne he hadde told alle thingis, he
to hem. And whanne alle men weren4o
put with out forth, Petre knelide, and
preiede. And he turnede to the bodi,
and seide, Tabita, rise8 thou. And sche
openyde hir i}en, and whanne sche sij
Petre, sche sat vp a3enl. And he took4i
hir bi the hond, and reiside hir. And
whanne he hadde clepid the hooli men
and widewis, he assignede hir alyue. And 42
it was maadu knowun bi al Joppe ; and
many bileueden in the Lord. And it 43
was maad, that many daies he dwellide
in Joppe, at oon Symount, a curiour.
CAP. X.
Av man was in Cesarie, Cornelie bi i
name, a centurienw of the cumpanye of
kny3tis, that is seid of Italic; a religious 2
inanf, andx dredinge the Lord, with al
his meyne ; doynge many almessis to
the puple, and preynge the Lord euere
more. This say in a visioun opinli, ass
in the nynthe oure of the dai, an aungel
of God entringe in to hym, and seiynge
to hym, Cornelie. And he bihelde hym, 4
and was a dred, and seide, Who art
thou, Lord ? And he seide to hym, Thi
preieris and thin almesdedis han stied
vp in to mynde, in the si3t of the Lord.
And now sende thou men in to Joppe, 5
and clepe^ oon Symount, that is named
Petre. Thisz is herborid at a man Sy-e
mount, curiour, whos hous is bisidis the
see. This schal seie to thee, what it
bihoueth thee to do. And whanne the?
aungel that spak to hym, was gon awei,
he clepide twei men of his hous, and a
kny3t that dredde the Lord, whiche
weren at his bidding. And whanne he 8
hadde told hema alle these thingis, he
sente hem in to Joppe. And on the dai 9
t a religious
man ; in wor-
schiping oo
God, as many
hethen men
(loon, that han
not the lawe of
Moises. to the
puple; that is,
to the poore
Jewis. prey-
inge to the Lord
euermore; that
is, in alle tymei
able herto, that
the Lord
schulde dresse
him in to the
weie of heelthe.
Doctouris seien
comunly bi thi»
place, that if a
pxnym turneth
him to biseche
verey God, the
firste cause of
alle thingis, in
preyinge that
God dresse him
to his heelthe,
if he kepith
himself fro
synnes, God
schal schetve to
hym of Cristen
feith, as myche
as is needful to
helthe, either
God schal sende
a techere to
hvm. Lire here.
y knelide and v, z and seide v. a vp o. thou, in name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist MPQTY. b her v.
c whanne sche si3 Petir v. d she sat MPQTPY. e ^af r, ( and reiside r. S was v. h many v.
1 was v. k a o. l or taiver AGMTY. Om. ox. either tawiere r. m kntyit r. '"» Gloss om. in "ox.
" Om. o. P almes Q. <l seeth QT. r Om. T. « our of the dai r. * Om. ox. u Om. o. v was
taken r. * and seide v, x Of sx. y sende thou v. * a man GMPQTY. sum sx. a That o. He this T.
b a MPQTY. c Om. x. d curryour, or tamer A. « Om. sx. ee clepide to Y. f two GPOSTX. to MY.
S men of his hous v. h obeieden s. > the which A. whom GMPQTY.
8 arise k. t Om. R pr. m. " Om. kpr.m. v And a gk. * that is, a man hauyng c. knytfis vndir
hym K marg. x Om. gk pr. m. y clepe thou b. z He this i. a to hem a.
X. 9 22.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
537
o sente hem into Joppe. Forsoth on the
day suynge, 'hem makingek iourney, and
nei3ynge' to the citee, Petre sti3ede vp
into the"1 hi3eren thingis of the hous, that
he schulde preie, aboute the sixte hour.
10 And whanne he hungride, he wolde taste,
W ete°. Forsoth 'hem makinge? redy, an
axcess of soule, 'or r any selling of spirit^,
11 fel on hym ; and he sy3r heuene openyd,
and sum8 vessel comynge doun, as a greet
scheete with foure cordis, for1 to be sent"
12 doun fro heuene into7 erthe, in thew which
weren alle foure footide beestis, and crep-
inge thingis of erthe, and volatils of he-
is uene, 'or eyr*. And a? vois isz maad to
14 hym, Rysea, Petre, sleeb, and ete. For-
sothe Petre seithc, Lord, ferr be it 'fro
med, for I neuere eet ale comyn thing and
is vnclene. And eft the secunde tyme the
vois tof him, That thing that God hath
clensid, 'thou schalt not seie s vnclene.
16 Forsoth this thing ish don by thries; and
a non the vessel is' receyued into heuene.
17 And the while Petre with ynne hymk
doutide, what the visioun was which1 he
sy3, lo ! the men, that weren sent fro
Cornelie, sekinge the hous of Symound,
isstooden ny3 at the 3ate. And whanne
thei hadden clepid, thei axiden ifm Sy-
mound, that was" named Petre, hadde ther
luherbore. Forsothe 'Petre thenkinge" on?
the visioun, a spirit seide to him, Lo !
aothre men seken thee. 'And soi ryse thou,
and go doun, and go with hem, 'no thing
2idoutynger, for I sente hem. Forsoth Pe-
tre comynge8 doun to the men, seide1, I
am, whom 36 seken ; what is the cause,
22 for which 36 ban comen ? The" whiche
seiden, Cornelie, centurio, a iust man, and
dredinge God, and hauynge goodv wit-
nessing of alle the folk of Jewis, took
answer of an hooly aungel, forw to clepe
suynge, whileb thei maden iournei, and
nei3eden to the citee, Petre wente vp in
toc thed hiest place of the hous to preie,
aboute the sixte our. And whanne heio
was hungrid, he wolde haue ete. But
while thei maden redi, a rauysching of
spiritef felde onf hym ; and he say heuene 1 1 1 «» exce> of
ioule; that is,
openyd, and a vessel comynge doun, as a rauisching fro
greet scheet with foure corneris^, to be
lette doun fro heuene in to erthe, in
which weren alle foure footid beestis, "* ° ffreet
scheete; the
and crepinge of the erthe, and volatihs of scripture seith,
. 1,1 as a scheete,
heuene. And a vois was maad to hym, is cor ai wag in
Rise thou, Petre, and sle, and ete.
Petre seide, Lord, forbede, for Y neuer /«*''<*.*«««».•
that is, vnclene
ete ony comun thing and vnclene. And is beestis, w the
lawe of Moises;
w
eft the secounde tyme the vois was maad
to him, That thing that God hath clens-
id, seye thou not vnclene. And this i
thing was don bi thries ; and anoon the Jewis w'«iden
as vnclene men,
vessel was resseyued a3enh. And while 17 neither comun-
.-,. Tt j. i -•! -.1 r. •!/- eden with hem.
that Petre doutide with ynne hym silf. goostly hi foure
what the visioun was that he say, lo ! footid beestis
the men, that weren sent fro Cornell',
sou3ten the hous of Symount, and stoden
hen vndir-
stoden auerouse
men ; bi creep-
inge thingis,
ben vndir-
at the 3ate. And whanne thei hadden is stonden men
clepid, thei axiden if Symount, that is
named Petre, hadde there herbore. And i
while Petre thou3te on the visioun, the
spirit seide to hyrn, Lo ! thre men seken
ben
slee ; in slee-
ing vices in
,,,, ~ hem. ete; in
thee. 1 herror ryse thou, and go doun,20makingehem
and go with hem, and doute thou no hooTy "hirche
thing, for Y sente hem. And Petre cam 21 bi feith an.d
sacramentis.
doun to the men, and seide, Lo! Yam, Lyre here. ye.
whom 36 seken ; what is the cause, for
which 36 ben corne? And thei seiden, 22
Cornelie, the centurien, a iust man, and
dredinge God, and hath' good witness-
yng of alle the folc of Jewis, took aun-
swere of an hooli aungel, to clepe thee
in to his hous, and to here wordis of
thee. Therfor he ledde hem innek, and 23
k while thei maden v. 1 neijeden r. m Om. T. n hije g. ° Om. x. P while thei made r. he
makynge Y. 1 or rauysching of mynde s. Om. x. T seeth T. 9 a GMPQTY. * Om. sx. u latyn o.
v to v. w Om. vx. x Om. OQX. either of (he eir r. J Om. o. z was r. a Rise thou v. b and slee v.
° seide v. d Om.F. e eny v. f mas maad to v. (S seie thou not v. b Om. K. was r. * was r.
k hymsilf GMPQTV. ' the whiche N. that GMPQT. ra wher o. n is N. ° while Petir thoujte v. P of GMPXY.
1 Therfore r. r and doute thou noo thing v. » cam v. * and seide r. u Om. r. v Om. N. w Om. sx.
b the while k. c Om. Apr. m. g. d Om. k pr. m. e the spirit K. f vp on R.
into heuen A sec. m. Q sec. m. xa sec. m. aj3. ' hauynge R. k in to k sec. m.
VOL. iv. 3 z
cordis H. h ajen
538
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
X. 2.1—35-
thee into his* hous, and for? to heere
23 wordis of thee. Therfore he ledingez hem
with ynne, receyuede3 in herbore. For-
soth in theb day suynge he rysingec, wente
forth with hem ; and summe of bretheren
fro Joppe folowiden hym, 'that thei be
24witnessis to Petred. Forsoth an other
day he entride into Cesarie. Forsoth
Cornelie abood hem, his6 cosyns and ne-
25 cessarie frendis clepid to gidere. Andf it is?
don, whanne Petre hadde entrid, Cornelie
cam metinge him, and fallingeh doun at
2Ghis feet, he1 worschipede him. Petre sothli
reyside him, seiyngek, 'Ryse, and1 I rny
27silf am a man, as and thou. And he
spekinge"1 with him, 'entride yn", and fond
28manye that camen to gidere. And he
seide to hem, ^e witen, how abhomynable
it is to a man0 Jew, for? to be ioyned 'or
for toi corne to an alien ; but God schew-
ide to me, nor man vfor to* seie a man
29 comyn, or vnclene. For which1 thingu I
'clepid camv. Therfore I axe 3ouw, for
so what cause han }e clepid me ? And Cor-
nelie seith", Fro the fourthe day passid
til to this hour, I fastinge? was preiynge
in the nynthe hour in myn hous. And
lo ! a man stood bifore me in a whit cloth,
si and seithz, Cornelie, thi preier is herd,
and thin almesdedis ben in mynde ina the
32si3t of God. Therfore sendeb into Joppe,
and clepe Symound, that is named Petre ;
this is herborid in the hous of Symound
coriour, bisydis the see. This, whan he
33 schal come, schal speke to thee. Therfore
anon I sente to thee, and thou didist wel
in comynge to vs. Now therfore we alle
ben present in thi si3t, forc to heere the
wordis, what euere ben comaundid to thee
34 of the Lord. Forsoth Petre openynged his
mouth, seidee, In treuthe I haue foundyn,
is not acceptour of persoones ;
35 but ineich f°lk ne that dredith God, and
thai thei be wit.
tiesse to
resseyuede in herbore ; and that ny3t
thei dwelliden with hym. And in the
dai suynge he roos, and wente forth
with hem ; and sum of the britherenf t summe of
folewiden hym fro Joppe, that thei be is, biieeui'nge "
witnessis to Petre. And the other1 dai 24 ^j'^1
he entride in to Cesarie. And Cornelie This that is
added in
abood hem, with hise cousyns, and ne-
. ,. ,. , .,
cessarie rreendis, that weren clepid to-
gidere. And it was don, whanne Petre 25 J
was come ynne, Cornell cam metynge
hym, and felle doun at hise feet, and firstitwasa
gloos entirly-
worschipide him. But Petre reiside2Gnarie,andaftir-
, , . - . , 117- Ward '' was set
hym, and seide, Aryse thou, also Y my in the text w
silf am a man, as thou. And he spak 27 |fr™caes ^
with hym, and wente in, and foonde many other
placis of the
many that weren come togidere. And 28 olde and "««-e
_ testament. Lire
he seide to hem, 3e witen, how abho-
mynable it is to a Jewe, to be ioyned
ether to come to an alien ; but God
schewide to me, that no man seye a man
comyn1", ethir vnclene. For which thing 20
Y cam, whanne Y was clepid, with out
douting. Therfor Y axe 3ou, for what
cause han 36 clepid me? And Cornelie 30
seide, To dai foure daies in to this our,
Y was preiynge and fastynge in the
nynthe our in myn hous. And lo ! a
man stood bifore me in a whijt cloth,
and seide, Cornelie, thi preier is herdn,3i
and thin almesdedis ben in mynde in the
of God. Therfor sende thou in to 32
here. v.
Joppe, and clepe Symount, that is named
Petre ; this is herborid in the hous of
Symount coriour, bisidis the see. This0,
whanne he schal come, schal speke to
thee. Therfor anoon Y sente to thee, 33
and thou didist wel in comynge to vs.
'Now therfor? we alle ben present in thi
8131, to here the wordis, what euer ben
comaundid to thee of the Lord. And 34
Petre openyde his mouth, and seide, In
trewthe Y haue foundun, that God is
* this Q. y)m. sx. z Jedde v. a and resseyuede v. * Om. v. c roos and v. d Om. v.
e with his v. f Onr- KQTY. S was v. h fallide v. * and v. k and seide v. l Rise thou, also v.
m spac v. n and entruje v. ° Om.o. P Om. sx. 1 or to GMPQST. either for to r. or x. r that noo f.
s to sx. Om. r. * the whiche s. u Om. Q. v cam clepid without doute r. w of jou sx. x seide r.
y fastide and v. z seide ,''• a of r. b sende thou r. c Om. sx. d openyde v. e and seide v.
f that v.
l tother CEKRxbeojS. & to be comyn k. n yherd a. ° He this i. P Therfore now igk.
X. 36— 48.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
539
worchith ri3twysnesse*, is accept'1 to him.
36 God sente a word to the sones1 of Israel,
schewinge pees by Jhesu Crist ; thisJ isk
37 God1 of alle men. 3e witen the word that
is maad hi al Judee, 'forsoth bigynnynge
from Galilee, aftir the baptyrn that John
38 prechide, Jhesu of Nazareth ; how God
anoyntide" him with the Hooly Gost, and
vertu ; the0 which 'thorw passideP in
wel doynge, and heelinge alle men op-
pressid of the deuyl, for God was with
39 him. And we ben witnessis of alle
thingis, 'the whiche") he dide in the cun-
tree of Jewis, andr Jerusalem ; whom thei
40 slowen, hongynge ins a tree. God reyside
this in the thridde day, and }af him for*
41 to 'be maad" knowun, not to echv peple,
but to witnessis bifore ordeyned 'of Godvv;
to vs that eetyn and drunkyn with him,
aftir that he roos a3en fro deed men*.
42 And he comaundide to vs for? to preche
to the peple, and forz to witnesse, 'for
he isa, that is ordeyned of God domes-
43 man of quyke and deedeb. To this alle
prophetis beren witnessing0, alled men
that bileuen into6 him, 'for tof re-
ceyue remyscioun of synnes by his name.
44'3it Petre spekinge^ thesh wordis, the
Hooli Gost fell on alle that herden the
45 word. And the feithful, 'or cristen1,
men* of circumcisioun wondriden, that
camen with Petre, and1 for intom naciouns
the grace of the Hooli Gost is sched out.
46 Forsoth thei herden hem spekinge" 'with
tuugis, or langagis", and magnyfiynge
47 God. Thanne Petre answeride, Wher ony
man may forbede watir, that these be not
baptysid, that ban receyued the Hooly
48 Gost as and we? And he comaundide
hem forP to be baptisid in thei name of
ther Lord Jhesu Crist. Thanne thei prei-
eden him, that he schulde dwelle with8
hem summe dayes.
no acceptor of persoones ; but in echess
folk he that dredith God, and worchith
ri3twisnesse, is accept to hym. God sente SB
a word to the children of Israel, schew-
inge pees bi Jhesu Crist ; this is Lord of
alle thingis. 3e witen the word* that is 37* the word;
maadi thorour al Judee, and bigan at
Galile, aftir the baptym that Joon prech-
ide, Jhesu of Nazareth; hou God anoynt- 38 t}|at '"> that
Jhesu cam to
ide hym with the Hooli Goost, and ver- preche heeitho.
tu ; which passide forth in doynge welf , anoyntide him ,•
and heelynge alle men oppressid of the
deuel, for God was with hym.
*
ben witnessis of alle thingis, whiche8 he
,.,.., * • r T • J r T
aide in the cuntrei ot Jewis, and of Je-
rusalem ; whom thei slowen, hangynge
in1 atre. And God reiside this in
thridde dai, and saf hymu to be maad
instrument
knOWUn, not tO al puplev, but tO wit-4lioynedtothe
. . ... , „ _, godhed. Lyre
nessis bifor ordeyned of God ; to vs that here. ve.
And we 39 ™*h the *Iol->
Gost ; that is,
with th« M-
nesse of grace,
anduertuin
m°raciisfin
t «>«<*;><»«•
id forth m
he roos ajen fro deth. And he co- 42 *>«s e «•«'• **
to enfoormyng
maundide to vs to preche to the puple, of ueitues, and
and to witnesse, that he it is, that is men
fuinesse of uer-
tu, and bi oon-
^ire here- v-
eeten and drunken with hym, after that
*
ordeyned of God domesman of the quyk
and of deedew±. To this alle prophetis 43/<"- God was
J r r w!^ ftlm. 1,1
beren witnessing, that alle men that bi-
...
leuen in hym, scnulen resseyue remys-
siouii of synnes bi his name. And
while that Petre spak these wordis, the
Hooli Goost felde on alle that herden the
word. And the feithful men of circum- 45
cisioun, that camen with Petre, won-
driden, that also in to naciouns the grace
men, that ben
Of the Hooli GoOSt IS Sched OUt. For 46 deed bi deth of
thei herden hem spekynge in langagis,
and magnyfiynge God. Thanne Petre 47 [
answeride, Whether ony man may for-
*
bede watir, that these ben not baptisid,
that ban also resseyued the Hooli Goost
as we? And he comaundide hem to be 48 w
baptisid in the name of the Lord Jhesu
Crist. Thanne thei preieden hym, that
he schulde dwelle with hem sum daies.
„,"„„"'
witnessis of
him, but also
alle elde pro-
Lire here.
g ryjtfulnesse Q. h accepted NOSX. > sone K. J that AN. k Om. s. 1 the Lord r. m and bigan at r.
n oyntede sx. ° Om. v. P passide forth v. 1 whiche v. that x. r and of vx. s on or. l Om. sx.
u Om. o. v alle the v. * Om. Q. * Om. x. Y Om. sx. * Om. sx. a that he it is r. b deede
men r. e witnesse Q. d that alle r. e on o. to s. f to osx. schulen v. S The while Petir spac jit r.
h the NP. i Om. 0*. k Om. x. ' Om. G pr. m. K. m to G pr. m. ST. n speken s. ° in langagis v.
with tungis x. P Om. sx. 1 Om. MPT. r oure v. s at v.
ymaad a. r bi K sec. m. s that B. l on a. u to him Eigka.
3 7. 2
the peple k. w the dede c el alii.
540
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XI.
CAP. XI.
1 Forsoth apostlis3 harden*, that were in
Judee, 'for and" hethene men receyueden
the word of God, and thei glorifieden God.
2 Forsoth whanne Petre cam to Jerusalem,
thei that weren of circumcisioun, disput-
aiden a3ensv him, seiyngew, Whi entridist
thou to men hauynge prepucie, and hast
4 etc with hem ? Petre sothlix bigynnynge?,
5expownedez to hem the ordre, seiynge", I
was in the citee of Joppe preiyngeb, and
I sy3 in 'excess of my soulec a visioun,
sumd vessel comynge down as a greet
scheete, 'or lynnen clooth e, with foure
cordisf 'for to be& sent down fro heuene ;
e and it cam 'til to1' me. Into' which I
biholdinge biheeld, and sy3 foure footide
thingis of erthe, and beestis, and crepinge
7 thingis, and volatils of the eyr. Forsoth
I herde andk a voys seyinge to me, Petre,
sryse1, sle, and ete. Forsoth I seide, Nay,
Lord ; comyn™ thing or" vnclene, entride
oneuere into my mouth. Sothli the vois
answeride the secunde tyme fro heuene,
'Tho tbingis0 that God hath clensid, Hhou
loschalt not seye? vnclene. Forsoth this isi
don bi thries, and alle thingis1" ben8 re-
nceyued ajen into heuene. And lo! thre
men anon stooden ny3 in the hous, in
which I was, sent1 fro Cesarie to me.
12 Forsoth au spirit seide to me, that I
schulde go with hem, 'no thing doutyngev.
Forsoth and thes sixe bretheren carnen
with me, and we entriden into the hous
is of the man. Sothli he teeldew, how he
sy3 an aungel in his hous, stondinge and
seyinge to him, Sendex into Joppe, and
uclepe Symound, that is namyd Petre, the?
which schal speke to thee wordis, in
whichez thou schalt be saf a, and al thin
15 hous. Forsoth whanne I hadde bigunne
forb to speke, the Hooly Gost fel on hem,
CAP. XI.
And the apostlis, and the britheren i
that weren in Judee, herden that also
hethene men resseyueden the word of
God, and thei glorifieden God. But 2
whanne Petre cam to Jerusalem, thei
that weren of circumcisioun, disputiden
a3ens hym, and seiden, Whi entridist s
thou to men that ban prepucie, and hast
eete with hem? And Petre bigari, and 4
expownede to hem bi ordre, and seide, Y s
was in the citee of Joppe, and preiede,
and Yx sai in rauysching of my mynde
a visioun, that a vessel cam doun, as a
greet scheete with foure coordis, and was
sent doun fro heuene ; and it cam to me.
In to which Y lokinge biheld, and saie
foure footid beestis of the erthe, and
beestis, and crepynge beestis, and vola-
tils of heuene. And Y herde also a vois 7
that seide to me, Petre, rise thou, and
sle, and eete. But Y seide, Nay, Lord ; «
for comyn thing ether vnclene entride
neuer in to my mouth. And the vois a
answeride the secounde tyme fro heuene,
That thing that God hath clensid, seie
thou not vnclene. And this? was don bi HI
thries, and alle thingis weren resseyued
a3en in to heuene. And lo ! thre menu
anoonz stooden in the hous, in which Y
was ; and thei weren sent fro Cesarie to
me. And the spirit seide to me, that Y 12
schulde go with hem, and doute no thing.
3he, and these sixe britheren camen with
me, and we entriden in to the hous of
the man. And he telde to vs, how he say is
an aungel in his hous, stondinge and sei-
ynge to hym, Sende thou in to Joppe,
and clepe Symount, that is named Petre,
which schal speke to thee wordis, in u
whiche thou schalt be saaf, and al thin
hous. And whanne Ya hadde bigunnun is
s apostlis and bretheren NF. the apostlis GMPQSTX. * dreden o. u that also v. v with o. w and
seiden v. x forsothe o. V bigan and v. z declared o. a seiynge to hem N. and seide v. b and prei-
ede v. c rauysching of my mynde v. d that sum v. « Om. OQX. f corners G sec. m. e to be sx.
was v. h vnto GMQTY sec. m. » And to K. k Om. o. also r. ' rise thou r. m for comun v,
n either v. ° That thing r. P seie thou not r. 1 was v. r the thinges GMPQT. s weren v. * and thei
weren sent v. u the v. v and doute nothing v. w telde to vs v. x Sende thou v. y Om. v. z the
whiche o. a maad saaf o. b Om. sx.
*• Om. B. 7 this thing a. z Om. k sec. m. a he k.
XI. 16 — 26.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
541
t ,•„
Whsuntid.
/ liilhuti)tr on
the word,- w
Jhat sudiTe'u-
?ensible singne,
is seid a maner
dr±ddid!'
Jhesu
Crist, v. who
was I, that
am dust and
asche, that
mitfe forbede
God, that is to
jeue his grace
Thi.s that is
addid iu summe
bookis, that he
3eue
16 as andc into vs in the bygynnyng. For-
soth I bithou3te ond the word of the Lord,
as he seide, Sothli John baptiside in wa-
tir, forsoth* 36 schulen be baptisid in
17 the Hooly Goost. Therfore if God 3af
tof hem the same grace, as and to vs that
bileuyden into the Lord Jhesu Crist, who
was I, that my3te forbede 'the Lord?, 'that
he schulde not 3yue the Hooly Gost to
men bileuynge in the name of Jhesu
]«Cristh? 'These thingis herd', thei heelden
pees, and glorifieden God, seiyngek, Ther-
fore and to1 hethene men God hath 3ouun
19 penaunce to the"1 lyf. And sotheli thei
that weren scaterid of the tribulacioun
that was maad vndir Stheuene, walkiden
forth til to Fenyse, and Cypre, and An-
tiochie, 'to no man spekinge the word", no
20 but to Jewis aloone. Forsoth summe0 of
hem? weren men of Cypre andi Cyrenen ;
ther whiche whanne thei entriden3 into
Antiochie, spaken to Greekis, schewinge1
21 the Lord Jhesu. And the bond of the
Lord was with hem, and moche noumbre
of men bileuynge isu conuertid to the
22 Lord. Forsoth the word cam to the eeris
of the chirche, that was at Jerusalem, on
thes thingis; and thei senten Barnabas 'til
23tov Antiochie. Thew which whanne he
hadde come, and seyn the grace of the
Lord, ioyede, and monestide* alle men in
purpos of herte forv to dwelle in the
24 Lord ; for he was a good man, and ful
of the Hooly Gost, and feithz. And moche
25 cumpanye is* puttb to the Lord. Forsoth
he wente forth to Tarsis, 'that he schulde
sekec Saul ; whom whanne he hadde
aefounden, he ledde to Antiochie. And al
of penaunce, to
gete euerlastinge lijf. v. tcaterid of the tribidacioun, etc.; that is, for the tribulacioun that was maad in the deeth of Steuene. men of Cipre and of
Sirenen ; these weren hethene men conuertid first to the lawe of Jewis, and aftirward to Crist, ve. to Greekis; that is, to hethene men ; that as
Jewis bi nacioun wroujte to the conuersioun of Jewis, so the men born of hethen men wroujten to the conuersioun of hethene men. v. the hond
of the iMrd; that is, his uertu in merueilouse werkis, was with hem to the confermyng of her teching. singnefiede bi the spirit; that is, denounside
bi the spirit of prophecie. Lire here. ve. disciplis ; that weren at Antioche. as ech hadde ; that is, bi his catil, not after his wille ; for gladly thei
wolden haue do more, if thei mijteri. in to mynysterie to britheren, etc. in Judee ; that is, in Jerusalem ; for thei as more religiouse men renouns-
eden either forsoken propirte, and seelden possessiouns, that puriiyaunce schulde be maad therof to the comunte, in 4 c°. bifore ; also thei weren
spoyled of meuable goodis in the persecuscioun that was stirid in the deeth of Steuene ; wherfore thei hadden nede to be helpid of othere cristen
men, moost in the tyme of hunger. Lite here. v.
c Om. w. d in K. e sothely o. but v. t vnto o. g God r. « Om. r. > Whanne these thingis
weren herd y. k and seiden r. l to the s. m Om. GMPQTVX. n and spaken the word to noo man v.
0 Om. T. P the men MPQTY sec.m. « and of v. r Qm. v. s hadden entrid v. * and telden v.
u was y. T vnto GMPQTY sec. m. w Om. r. * he monestide GMPQT. monest o. y Om. sx. z of feithe o.
* was v. b yputte Q. c to seeke v.
to speke, the Hooli Goost felle on hem,
as in tob vs in the bigynnyngf. And
bithou3tec on the word of the Lord, as
he seide, For Joon baptiside in watir,
but 36 schulen be baptisid in the Hooli
Goost. Therfor if God 3af to hem the
same grace, as to vs that bileueden in the
Lord Jhesu Crist, who was Y, that my3te
forbeede the Lord, that he 3yue not the
Hooli Goost to hem that bileueden in
the name of Jhesu Crist ? Whanne these is f^ the Lori
thingis weren herd, thei helden pees, and
glorifieden God, and seiden, Therfor also
to hethene men God hath 3ouun penaunce
to lijf. And thei that weren scaterid of 19
the tribulacioun that was maad vndir
Steuene, walkiden forth to Fenyce, and
to Cipre, and to Antioche, and spaken
the word to no man, but to Jewis aloone.
But sum of hem weren men of Cipre, 20
and of Cirenen ; whiche whanne thei had-
den entride in to Antioche, thei spaken
to thed Grekis, and prechiden the Lord
Jhesu. And the hond of the Lord was 21
with hem, and myche noumbre of rnen th,ename.of .
* Jhesu Crist, is
bileuynge was conuertid to the Lord, not in the text,
neither is had
And the word cam to the ens or the 22 in bookis
chirche, that was at Jerusalem, on these h^vas 'a gio^
thingis; and thei senten Barnabas to An- and'sItTrfthe
tioche. And whanne he was come, and23textbywriteris-
v. helden pees ;
si3 the grace of the Lord, he ioyede, and" fro biamyng of
monestide alle men to dwelle in the Lord preue'den hfsP
in purpos of herte ; for he was a good 24 r\
man, and ful of the Hooli Goost, and of
thankingis hi
feith. And myche puple was encresid this, that he
hadde strecchid
to the Lord. And he wente forth to 25 forth grace to
Tharsis, to seke Saul ; and whanne he
hadde foundun hym, he ledde to Ariti-
b Om. k pr. m. <= thoujte b. d Om. k. « and he k.
542
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
xi. 27 — xn. 7.
ad 3eer thei lyueden there in the chirche,
and taujten moche cumpanye, so that 'first
cristen disciplis weren namyd at Anti-
27ochiee. Forsothe in thes daies prophetis
camen ouer fro Jerusalem to Antiochie.
28 And oon of hem rysingef, Agabus by
name, signyfiedes bi the'1 spirit a greet
hungir to comynge'1 in al the roundnessek
of erthis1, that"1 isn maad vndir Claudius.
29 Forsoth disciplis0 purposiden alle?, as ech
hadde, fori to sende mynisterie1" to bre-
3otheren dwellinge in Judee. The8 which
thing and* thei diden, sendinge to the
eldere men, bi the hondis of Barnabas and
Saul.
CAP. XII.
i Forsoth in the same tyme Heroude
kyngu sente hondis, forv to turmente sum
amen of the chirche. Forsoth he slou3
by swerd James, the brother of John.
3 Forsoth he 'seynge forw it pleside to
Jewis*, puttide? to" fora to vcatche andb
Petre ; forsoth the dayes of therf looues
4 weren. Whom whanne he hadde cau3t,
he sente into prisoun, and bitakingec to
foure quaternyouns of kny3tis, that ech
hadde foure men& vndir him, for6 to kepe
him, willingef aftir paske for* toh brynge
shim forth to the peple. And sothli Petre
was kept in prisoun ; forsothe preier was
maad of the chirche withoute ceessinge to
c God for him. Forsothe whanne Heroude
was to bryngynge1 forth him, ink that ny3t
Petre was slepinge bitwixe1 twey11 kny3tis,
boundun™ with twey chaynes ; and keperis
7 bifore the dore kepten the11 prisoun. And
loo ! an aungel of the Lord stood ny3, and
lijt schoon a3en inu the habytacleP. And
'the syde of Petre smytunPP, he reyside,
'or wakide\ him1", seiynge8, Ryse thou'
oche. And al a jeer thei lyueden therao
in the chirche, and tauten myche puple,
so that the disciplis weren namyd first
at Antioche cristen men. And in these 27
daies profetis camen ouer fro Jerusalem
to Antioche. And oon of hem roos vp,28
Agabus bi name, and signefiede bi the
spirit a greet hungur to comynge in al
the world, which hungur was maad vn-
dur Claudius. And alle the disciplis 29
purposiden, after that ech hadde, for to
sende in to mynysterie to britheren that
dwelliden in Judee. Which thing alsos
thei diden, and sente itf to the eldre men,
bi the hoondis of Barnabas and Saul.
£roude the
p-
Pa- The first
Eroude, king
of Jude, was
\ XII.
And in the same tyme Eroude the i
kingf sente power, to turmente sum men
of the chirche. And he slowe bi swerd 2
James, the brothir of Joon. And he si^s
that it pleside to Jewiss, and keste to
take also Petre ; and theh daies of therf
looues weren. And whanne he hadde 4
cau3te Petre, he sente hym in to prisoun ;
and bitook' to foure quaternyouns k of
kny3tis, to kepe hym, and wolde aftir
pask bringe hym forth to the puple.
And Petre was kept in prisoun; but 5
preier was maad of the chirche with out
ceessing to God for hym. But1 whanne e
Eroude schulde bringe hym forth, in
that ny3t Petre was slepinge bitwixe"1
twei kny3tis, and was boundun with twei
cheynes; and the keperis bifor the dore
kepten the prisoun. And lo ! an aungel 7
of the Lord stoode ny3, and Ii3t schoon
in the prisoun hous. And whanne he
hadde smyte the side of Petre, he reiside
hym, and seide, Rise thou swiftli. And
anoon the cheynes felden doun fro hise
whom Crist
was born.
The secunde
Eroude, prince
of Galilee, was
king, w
killed James,
:i!"' prisonede
petir. Lire
%£s lflherf_
[<»««»,• whanne
he took Petir ;
this is added to
singneBethe
cause, whi he
killide not Pe-
tiranoon, as
he hadde do of
James, for he
woideabyde
til the solem-
nyte of Pask
were passid,
where inne
seuene daies.
to foure qua-
ternyouns; he
is seid a qua-
ternyoun, that
hath foure
knijtis vndir
puple ; that is,
put him to
deeth, hi the
wille of the pu-
ple. Lire here.
e disciplis weren named first at Antioche cristene men v. t roos r. g and singnefiede v.
d the Q.
h Om. x. i comen sx. k roundnessis T. 1 the erthis T. londis v. m the whiche G sec. m. MP. whiche o.
n was r. o the disciplis GMNPQT. alle disciplis v. POm.F. q Om. sx. r into mynysterie v. s Om. r.
t also v. u the kynge GMPQTF. v Qm. sx. w si3 that v. * the Jewis GMPQTY. 7 putte sx. and
puttide v. z Om. T. a Om. sx. t> take also r. * bitook v. d kni^tis r. e Om. sx. f wilnyng o.
and wolden v. g Om. SFX. h Om. v. i brynge AGMNPQSXY. k and AN. * bitwen CST. bitwe x.
11 two GAfpe et s pass. TX. m and was bounden v. n the dore of o. ° to s. P dwellinge place of
the prisoun r. PP aftir that he hadde smyte the syde of Petir v. Q Om. qrx. r Om. p. s and seide v.
1 Om. GMOPQTY sec. m.
{ Om. k pr. m. S the Jewis k. h Qm. a. i bitoke him b sec. m.
foure kntyis vndir him K marg. 1 And R. m bitwene a.
k a quaternion is he that hath
XII. 8 — 1 8.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
543
swiftli. And anoon the chaynes felderi
sdoun ofu his hondis. Forsoth the aungel
seide to him, Be thou gurd bifore, and do
on tlii hosisv. And he dide so. And he
seide to him, Do aboute to thee thi cloth,
9 and sue me. And he 'goynge outx, suede
him; and he wiste not for^ it isz soth, that
was* maad b bi the aungel ; forsoth he
logesside him silf toc se a visioun. Forsoth
thei passinged the firste and the secunde
kepyng, camen8 to the irun 3ate that leed-
ith to the citee, thef which 'wilfully is&
opened to hem. And thei goyngeh out1,
camenk forth1 into o streete, and anoon
uthe aungel passide awey fro him. And
Petre turnynge™ a3en to him silf, seide11,
Now I woot verily, for0 the Lord sente
his aungel, and delyuerede me fro the
hond of Eroude, and ofP al abydinge of
12 the peple of Jewis. And he biholdingei
cam to the hous of Marie, modir of
John, that is named Marcus, where inanye
weren gederid to gidere, and preiynge.
is Forsoth 'him knockynge8 at the dore of
the 3ate, a wenche, Rode by name, cam
14 forth for' to se. And, as sche knew the
vois of Petre, for ioye she openede not the
3ate, but rennynge" yn, toldev Petre forw
is'to stondex bifore the 3ate. And thei
seiden to hir, Thou maddist, 'or art
woodf. Sothli she affermyde", for8 to haue
him so. Forsoth thei seiden, It is hisb
16 aungel. Forsoth Petrec lastide knock-
ynge. Sothli whanne thei hadden open-
17 yd'1, thei sy3en him, and wondriden. Sothli
he bekenynge" to hem with hond forf to
be stille, toldes hou the Lord hadde ledd
him out of h prisoun. And he seide, Telle
30 to James and1 bretheren thes thingis.
And he vgon outk, wente into another
18 place. Sothli 'the day maad1, ther was
t not litil trou-
hoondis. And the aungel seide to hym, a
Girde thee, and do on thin hoosis. And
he dide so. And he seide to hym, DO
aboute thee thi clothis, and sue me.
And he 3ede out, and suede hym ; and 9
he wiste not that it was soth, that was
don bi the aungel; for he gesside hym
silf to haue sey a visioun. And theiniohisdely»er-
aunce schulde
passiden the first and the secounde
warde, and camen to the iren 3ate that
ledith to the citee, which anoon was
opened0 to hem. And thei 3eden out, and
camen in? to o street, and anoon the
. . , . weren founden
aungel passide awei fro hym. And Pe-iiopin. comaund-
tre turnede a3en to hym silf, and seide,
Now Y woot verili, that the Lord sente
his aungel, 'and delyueridet me fro the
hoond of Eroude, and fro al the abiding
of the puple of Jewis. And he bihelde,
and cam to the hous of Marie, modirr of
Joon, that is named Marcus, where many blfo.re Jta!cen bi
* swift deth. fro
weren sraderid togidre, and preiynge. Judee; that is,
* fro Jerusalem,
And whanne he knockid at the dore of is which is set in
the 3ate, a damysel, Rode bi name, cam of^Judee* \nto
bearettidto
her neclygencc,
and so it was
don. souit hym;
that is, Petir.
and notfounde;
and the satis of
the presoun
i
of Petir, that
thei sdmiden
, but
forth8 to se1. And whanne sche knewenj
the vois of Petre, for ioye sche openyde mar<-'h<> of Pa-
r • lesteyn and of
not the 3ate, but ran in, and telde, that Fenyce. v.
Petre stood at the 3ate. And thei seiden 1 5 ede^ml
'to hiru, Thou maddist. But sche afferm-
yde, that it was so. And thei seiden, It
is his aungel. But Petre abood stille, ie such eloquence
was not of man
and knockide. And whanne thei hadden ooniy, but of
opened the dore, thei sayen hym, and ^odhed^vef
wondriden. And he bekenyde to hemi7t'mMso*eweoJth
with his hoond to be stille, and telde
hou the Lord hadde led hym out of thev
prisoun. And he seide, Telle }e to James
and to the britheren these thingis. And
he 3ede out, and wente in to an othere *Isj thaf God
place. And whanne the dai was come, i8(lisonourto
hym. Lire here.
ther was notw lytil troubling! among the ve.
the wombe. v.
hadde not }oue
onour to God;
in bihooldinge
his owne freel-
u fro r. v hosen s. x jede out and r. y that r. z was or. a is A:. b don r. c for to AGM
tiOPQTCY. d passiden y. e and camen r. f Om. r. S at her owne wille was v. h ;eden v.
1 forthe o. k and camen v. 1 Om. o. m turned or. n and seide r. ° that r. P fro r. 1 biheeld
and r. • whanne he knockide r. * Om. MPQSX. u ran r. v and telde that v. w Om. srx.
stood r. 7 Om. sx.
z affermende s.
a Om. jr. ° an K. c he r.
e bekenide v. { Om. sx. S tolde hem Q. and telde r. h of tjje
out and r. l whanne the day was maad r.
d openid the dore v.
to GMPQTX. k 3ede
n tho a sec. m. ° opene R. P Om. k pr. m. 1 to delyuere k. r the modir k. s for eg. l see him
a pr. m. u Om. Qgk. v Om. K pr. m. bo. w not a bko.
544
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XII. 19 — XIII. 3.
not lytil trowblyng1" among" the kny3tis,
19 what was don° of Petre. Sothli whanne
Eroud had sou3t hym ajen, and nou3tP
founde, inquicisioun i, 'or sekyngr, maads
of keperis1, he comaundide hem for" to be
brou3t. And he comyngev doun fro Judee
20 into Cesarie, dwellidew there. Forsoth he
was wroth to men of Tyre and ofx Si-
don. And thei of oon acoord camen to
him, and Blastis-v, that was onz the
cowchea of the kyng, softlib stiridc, thei
axiden pees, ford that her6 cuntrees weren
21 norisched, W susteyned(, by& him. For-
soth 'a dayh ordeyned, Eroud clothid' with
kingis clothinge, saatk for domesman, and
22spak to hem. Forsoth the peple cryede,
23 The vois1 of God, not™ of man. Sothly
anoon11 an aungel of the Lord smoot him,
for he hadde not don° honour to God; and
24 he waastidP of wormes, deiedei. Sotheli
the word of the Lord wexider, and was
25 multiplied. Forsoth Barnabas and Saul
turnyden a3en fro Jerusalem, 'the mynis-
terie8 fulfillid1, 'John takyn to", that wasv
namyd Markus.
CAP. XIII.
i Forsoth 'ther werenw in the chirche that
was" at Antioche, 'prophetis and doctoursy,
in whiche Barnabas, and Symound, that
isz clepid Blak, and Lucius Cironense, and
Manaen, that was the" sowkynge feere of
Eroud tetrarke, that is, prince of the
•2 fourthe partb, and Saulc. Forsoth 'hem
mynistringe ind the Lord, and fastynge6,
the Hooly Gost seide to hem, Departe 36
to me Saul and Barnabas, into the work
3 to which I haue takyn hem. Thanne
thei 'fastinge, and preiynge, and puttingef
t into the werk;
that is, into the
werk of pup-
lisching of the
gospel, as othere
thing, also Joon
in mynysterie ;
that is, of
preching. o
wyeche ; which
bi his malices
hadde dissevu-
kny3tis, what was don of Petre. Andi9
whanne Eroude hadde soivjt hym, and * that is, prince
foonde not, aftir that he hadde made yut.-n.
enqueryng of the keperis, he comaundide
hem to be brou3t to hym. And he cam
doun fro Judee in to Cesarie, and dwell-
ide there. And he was wroth to men
Tyre and of Sidon. And thei of oon
acord camen to hym, whanne thei had-
den counseilid with Bastusx, that was
the kingis chaumbirleyn, thei axiden
pees, for as myche thaty her cuntrees ^^^m'
weren vitailid of hym. And in a dai 21 P"p'e; -»<»««««,•
* thus it is in
that was ordeyned, Eroude was clothid Greek, and in
with kyngis clothing, and sat for domes- id, and it
man, and spak to hem. And the puple 22 ^^
criede, The15 voicis* of God, and not of ...
that is inter-
man. And anoon an aungel of the Lord 23 pretid, the me-
V. f T. 1. J J SUre e'ther the
smoot hym, for he hadde not 3ouun wit of my God;
onour to God ; and he was wastid of Jif™ f
wormes, and diede. And the word of 24^
the Lord waxide, and was multiplied. leeuid the mes-
sanger of God.
And Barnabas and Saul turneden a3en 25 Saul which and
frob Jerusalem, whannec the mynystrie he that was
clepid Saul bi-
fore, and now
Poul, for he
conuertide the
proconsul Ser-
gius Poul to
cristene feith.
was fillid, and token Joon, that wasoc
named Marcus.
CAP. XIII.
And profetis and doctouris weren in i
the chirche that was at Antioche, in
which Barnabas, and Symount, that was
clepid Blac, and Lucius Cironense, and
Manaen, that was the soukynge fere of
Eroude tetrarke d *, and Saul weren e.
And whanne thei mynystriden to the 2 io d*troie> ?*
• * myche as is m
Lord, and fastiden, the Hooli Goost seide
to hem, Departe 36 to me Saul and Bar-
nabas, in to the werkf to which Y haue
takun hem. Thanne thei fastiden, and
preieden, and leiden hondis on hem, and
Hooly Goost ;
bi whos uertu
he sij tho
thingis that
weren hid to
othere men.
the sone of the
deuel ; bi su-
ynge in werkis.
thee. the ritfful
weies ; that is,
feith and uer-
tues. the hand
of the Lord ;
ItllllK ( . I ill t
here- v
m turblyng MP. n maad among x pr.m. ° to don T. P not inprx. 1 inquisiciouns K.
aftir that he hadde maad enquering v. r Om. OTVX. s Om. v. t the keepers GMPQT. u Om. sx.
v cam v . w and dwellide v. x Om. v. y bi Blastus councelid v. z oone of o. ouer v. a bed v.
b sotheli N. Om. v. c Om. v '. d for thi GMPQTY sec.m. e thayre o. { Om.ox. S of v. h in the day v.
' clad sx. was clothid v. k and sat v. 1 voices GMPQSTPX. m and not v. n Om. N. ° joue r. P was
waastid r. 1 and dijede r. r wex sx. s whanne the mynysterie r. the mysterie x. l was fillid r.
u and tooken Joon r. v is x. w and doctouris weren v. "* Om. K. y Om. r. z was r. a Om.
svx. ° party o. gloss om. in x. c Saul iveren v. d whanne thei mynystriden to r. e fastiden v.
f fastiden, and preieden, and puttiden r.
x Blastus A sec. m. y as K pr. m. Qk. z By a sec.m. a vois xago/3. b to k pr. m. c and whanne
i sec. m. k pr. m. c<= is k. d that is, prince of the fourthe part K marg. gka. e Om. igk pr.m.
XIII. 4 — H-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
545
4 hondis to# hem, leftenh hem. And sothli
thei sent' of the Hooly Gost, wentenk forth
to Seleucia, and fro thennis thei wenten
5 by boot to Cypre. And whanne thei
camen to Salamyne, thei prechiden the
word of God in synagogis of Jewis ; for-
soth thei hadden and1 John in mynisterie,
G* or seruyse™. And whanne thei hadden
walkide11 by0 alP the yle vtil toi Pafum,
thei founden sumr 'man wicche8, a fals
prophete, Jew1, to whom the name was
7 Barieu", that was with the proconsul Ser-
gius Poul, prudentv man. Thisw, Barna-
bas and Poul 'clepid tox, desyride^ for2 to
aheere the word of God. Sotheli Elymas
wicche* withstood hem ; vso sothli is in-
terpretid his nameb; sekinge for0 to turne
savvey the proconsul fro bileue. Forsoth
Saul, which vand Pould, fulfillide with the
Hooly Gost, biholdyngef into him, seides,
i« A ! thou ful of alh gyle, and al1 falsnesse,
'thou sonek of the deuel, thou1 enemye of
al ri3twysnessem, thou leeuyst" not for0 to
subuerte, W distroyev, the ri3tful weyesi
11 of the Lord. And 'now lor! the bond8 of
the Lord on1 thee, and thou schalt be
blynd, and notu seynge sunne tilv a tyme.
And a noon a myst felwdown on hym andx
derknesse?; and he'goynge aboutez, sou3te
hyma that schulde 3yue the bond to him.
i2Thanne the proconsul, whanne he hadde
seyn the dede, bileuyde, wondrynge onb
13 the teching of the Lord. And whanne
fro Pafum Poul hadde go by bootc, and
thei that weren with him, thei camen to
Pergen of Pamfili ; forsoth John depart-
inged fro hem, turnyde6 a3en tof Jerusa-
14 lem. Sothli thei goynge? to Pergen, camenb
to Antioche of1 Persidie ; and thei gonk
leten hem go. But thei weren sent of4
the Hooli Goost, and wenten forth to
Seleucia, and fro thennus thei wenten bj
boot to Cipre. And whanne thei camen 5
to Salamyne, thei prechiden the word of
God in the synagogisf of Jewis; and thei
hadden also Joon in mynystries. Ande
whanne thei hadden walkid bi al the ile
toh Pafum, thei founden a man, a witche,
a false profete, a Jewe, to whom the
name was Bariesu, that was with the 7
proconsul Sergius Paule, a prudent man.
This' clepide Barnabas and Poul, and
desiride to here the word of God. But 8
Elymas witchek withstoode hem ; for
his name is expowned so ; and he sou3te
to turne awei the proconsul fro bileue.
But Saul, which is seid also Paul, was 9
fillid with the Hooli Goost, and bihelde
in to hym, and seide, A! thou ful of al'io
gile, and alm falsnesse, thou sone of the
deuel, thou enemye of al ri3twisnesse,
thou leeuest not to turne vpsodoun the
ri3tful weies of the Lord. And now lo!u
the hoond of the Lord is on thee, and
thou schalt be blynde, and not seynge the
sunne in to a tyme. And anoon myste
and derknesse" felden doun on hym; and
he 3ede aboute, and sou3te hym that
schulde 3yue hoond to hym. Thannei2
the proconsul, whanne he hadde seyn the
dede, bileuede, wondringe on the tech-
yng of the Lord. And whanne fro Pa- is
fum Poul hadde go bi a° boot, and thei
that weren with hym, thei camen to
Pergen of Pamfilie ; but Joon departide
fro hem, and turnede a3en to Jerusalem.
And thei 3eden to? Pergen, and camen toi4
Antioche of Persidie; and thei entriden
? in to N. h and leften r. ' weren sent r. k and wenten r. ' Om. N. also r. m Om. ox.
n wakede G pr. m. ° Om. NS. P Om. G pr. m. T. <1 vn to GMPQT. r a MPQT. s grete man G. man
a wicche Nr. ' a Jew 3»p«Try sec. m. « Bariesu r. v a prudent Nsr. w This Sergius clepide r.
1 Om. r. y and desiride r. z Om. sx. a the whiche N. b for his name is interpretid so v. c Om. sx.
d and Poul is clepid GT. is seid and Poule N. is seid also Poul r. e was fillid r. { and biheeld v.
g and seide K. h Om. N. i of all o. k Om. N. ' Om. N. m truthe N. n bileuest T. ° Om. sx.
P Om. ox. 1 weie ANY. rlo!nowp. s hondis K pr. m. * is on v. "nor. v til to ANOSFXY.
vnto GMPVT. w and derknes felden v. * in K. Om. v. 1 derknessis T. Om. v. z jede aboute and v.
a Om. v. b of TX. c a boot r. d departide v. e and turnede v. f fro K. S jeden v. b and camen r.
' or N. k entriden r. goende x.
{ synagoge ahk sec. m.
IKH. l Om. Eig.
VOL. IV.
S ether seruise K marg. gk. h of ciKxa. til to MR. ' He this i.
mofE. ofalik. n derknessis k. ° Om. \L pr. m. P fro A sec. m.
4 A
the
546
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
xm. 15 — 27.
into 'the synagoge1 them day of sabatis,
is saten11. Sothli aftir the0 redinge of laweP
and prophetis, the princes of the syna-
gogue senten to hem, seyingei, Men bre-
theren, if ony word of exortacioun, 'or
teching*, to the peple is in 3011, seye 3e.
leForsoth Poul rysynge5, and with bond
biddynge* sylence, seithu, Men of Israel,
17 and je that dreden God, heerev. God of
the peple of Israel chees oure fadris, and
enhaunside the peple, whanne thei weren
comelingis in the lond of Egipt, and in an
ishi3 arm he ledde hem out of it; and bi
the tyme of fourti 3eeris he susteynedew
19 her maneris in desert. And he distroy-
ingex seuene folkis in the lond of Canaan,
byy sort departide to hem the lond of hem,
20 as aftir foure hundridz and fyfti 3eerisa.
And after 'thes thingisb he 3af domesmen,
21' til toc Samuel, the prophete. And fro
thennisd thei axiden6 a kyng, and hef 3af
to? hem Saul, the sone of Cis, a man of
the lynage of Beniamyn, by fourty 3eerish.
2-2 And 'him don1 awey, he reyside to hem
Dauith kingk, to whom he beringe1 wit-
nessing seyde™, I haue foundun Dauith,
the sone of Jesse, a man vpn myn herte,
23 the0 which schal do alle my willis. Of
whos seed vpP biheeste God ledde out to**
24 Israel a sauyour Jhesu, 'John prechinger
bi fore the face of his comyng the baptym
of penaunce to al the peple8 of Israel.
25 Forsoth whanne John fulfillide1 his cours,
he seyde, Whom" 36 dernen me forv to be,
'I am notw; but lox! ther cometh aftir me,
of whosy I am not worthi forz to vnbynde
26 the schoon of his feet. Men bretheren,
sones of the kynde of Abraham, and thata
in 3ou dreden God, to 3ou the word of
27 heeltheb is sent. Sothelic thei that dwell-
iden at Jerusalem, and princes of it, vn-
in to the synagoge in the dai of sabatis,
and saten. And after the redyng of the 15
lawe and of the prophetis, the princis of
the synagoge senten to hem, and seiden,
Britheren, if ony word of exortacioun to
the puple is in 3ou, seie 36. And Poul ie
roos, and with hoond baad silence, and
seide, Men of Israel, and 36 that dreden
God, here 30. God of the puple of Is- 17
rael chees oure fadris, and enhaunside
the puple, whanne thei weren comelingis
in the loond of Egipt, and in an hi3
arme he ledde hem out of it ; and bi IB
the tyme of fourti 3eeris he suffride her
maneres in desert. And he destriede 19
seuene folkis in the loond of Canaan, and
bi sort departide to hem her lond, 33^20
aftir foure hundrid and fifti 3eeris. And
aftir these thingis he 3af domesmen, to
Samuel, the profete. And fro that tyme 21
thei axiden a kyng, and God 3af to hem
Saul, the sone of Cis, a man of the lyn-
age of Beniamyn, bi fourti 3eeris. And 22
whanne he was don awei, he reiside to
hem Dauid kingr, to whom he bar wit-
nessing, and seide, Y haue foundun Da-
uid, the sone of Jesse, a man aftir myn
herte, which schal do alle my willis8. Of 23
whos seed bi the biheest God hath led
out to Israel a sauyoure Jhesu, whanne 21
Joon prechide bifor the face of his com-
yng the baptym of penaunce to al the
puple of Israel. But whanne Joon fillide 25
his cours, he seide, Y am not he, whom
3e demen me to be; but lo! he cometh
aftir me, and Y am not worthi to doon1
ofu the schoon of hise feet. Britheren, 26
and sones of the kynde of Abraham, and
whiche that in 3011 dreden God, to 3ou
the word of helthev is sent. For thei 27
that dwellidenw at Jerusalem, and princis
1 synagoges o. m in the v. n and saten r. ° Om. MPQT. P the lawe AGMNPQTY. 1 and seiden r.
r either teching r. Om. x. s roos r. t holding o. bad v. u and seide v. v heerith GMOPQSTXY sec.m.
w suffride v. * distroyede v. y and bi v. * hundrid jer s. * jer sx. * this thing N. c to o. vnto
MPQT. d that tyme v. « askiden Q. f God v. 6 Om. o. h jer x. » whanne he was don r. k the
kyng ASY. l bar v. «» and seide v. n aftir G pr. m, MPQTY sec. m. ° Om. r. P bi the r. q of N.
r while Joon prechide v. s folk o. t fillide v. » I am not he whom v. v Om. sx. w Om. v.
* Om. T. y whom NSX. '• Om. s. a whiche that K. <> the helth G. c For r.
1 Om. K pr. m. r the kyng Ka. s wille R. * vndoon A sec. m. b. u Om. b. v this helthe A sec. m.
dwellen K sec. m. bgk.
XIII. 28 — 41-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
547
knowynged 'this Jhesu, and the voysis6 of
prophetis, that by euery sabotisf ben radd,
as'demynge fulfillidenS; and thei fyndingeh
in him no' cause of deeth, axidenk of Pi-
29 late, that thei schulden slee him. And
whanne thei hadden endid alle thingis
that weren writun of him, thei puttinge1
him doun of the tree, puttidenm him in a
sograue. Forsoth God reyside him fro
deede men0 in0 the thridde day; the?
which isi seyn by many dayes to hem
31 that to gidere Sweden vp fro Galilee into
Jerusalem, ther whiche ben til8 now his
32witnessis to the peple. And we schewen83
to 3011 the ilke that is maad 'biheeste a3enl
33 to oure" fadris ; for God hath fulfillid this
to ourev sones, Xa3en rysingew Jhesu; as
andx in the secunde salm it is writun,
Thou art my sone, to day I gendride thee.
34 Forsoth that he a3en reyside him fro deede
men?, now 'no morez to turnyngea intob
corupcioun, thus he seithc, For I schal
3yue to 3ou the hooly trewe thingis of
35 Dauith. Andd therfore6 andf on& another
stide he seith, Thou schalt not 3yue thin
sohooli for1' to se corupcioun. Forsoth Da-
uith in his generacioun, whanne he hadde
mynystrid to the wille of God, slepte1, W
deiede^, and is1 putt to his fadris, and sy3
37 corupcioun ; sothli he whom God reiside
38 fro deede men, sy3 not corupcioun. Ther-
fore, men bretheren, be it knowun to 3ou,
form by him remyssioun of synnes is told
to 3ou, fro alle synnes, of the" whit-he 36
my3ten not be Justified in the lawe of
soMoyses. In this ech man that bileueth,
40 is iustified. Therfore se 36, that it come
not to 3ou, that is aboue0 seid in pro-
41 phetisP, 'Se 3e, dispiseris"), and wondre 3er,
and be 36 scaterid a brood ; for I worche
a work in 3oure daies, a werk that 30
of it, that knewen not this Jhesu, and * *™«<fe»;
Jhesu to be
the voicis of prophetis, that by euery worth; the deth.
sabat ben red, demyden*, and filliden*; prophecies bl-
and thei founden in hym no cause of as of hl*
*
deth, and axiden of Pilat, that thei
Jhesu; of Na-
schulden sle hym. And whanne thei 29 zareth to be
hadden endid alle thingis that weren Our%ihi3t?ny
writun of hym, thei token hym doun of ^p^^"^!
the tre, and leiden hym in a arraue. And 30 !flora"nce of
* the princes was
God reiside hym fro deth^ in the thridde of malice, that
. . , . , , . , . agreggide the
dai ; which was seyn hi mony daies to synne, and the
* ,1 *i • , i i ignoraunce of
hem that wenteu vp togidere with hym si the pupie was
fro Galilee in to Jerusalem, which ben J1^-"
til now his witnessis to the puple. And 32 "f*6',-1*?""'*''
' of profetis that
we schewen to 3ou the biheest that was spakenofCnst;
maad to oure fadris; for God hath ful- 33 cLT
fillid this to her sones, and a3enreisid
Jhesu; as in the secounde salm it is ^nui^ttr
writun, Thou art my sone, to dai Y bi- pretiden yueie,
. and so thei dis-
gat thee. And hez a3enreiside hym fro 34 seyneden the
deth, that he schulde not turne a3en in
to corrupcioun, seide thus, For Y schal
3yue to sou the hooli trewe thingis of d,e.'1 endid alle
JJ thingis. thei;
Dauid. And8 therfor and onb an othere 35 *at is, goode
stide he seith, Thou schalt not 3yue thin SePh and Ny.
hooli to se corrupcioun. But Dauid inj
his generacioun, whanne he hadde myn-
ystrid to the wille of God, diede, and ooresoun either
sentence pass-
was leid with hise fadris, and say cor- ith ofte fro good
rupcioun ; but he whom God reiside fro 37 and'aje'nward.
deth, say not corrupcioun. Therfor, bri- 38 f" "ifa%& J'bi
theren, be it knowun to }ou, that bi hym
• bi chante. Lire
remyssioun of synnes is teld to 3ou, fro here. v.
11 ' f i.' u * U * dispiseris ,•
alle synnes, of whiche 36 my3ten not be of Goddis w-
iustified in the lawe of Moises. In this 39
y"el to «>myng
on jou. scater-
w Ro-
ech man that bileuethf, is iustified. Ther- 40
for se 36, that it come not to 3ou, that is
'
biforeseid in the profetis, 3e dispiseris t,
se 36, and wondre 36, and be 30 scaterid whwhefor
abrood ; for Y worche a werk in 3oure
daies, a werk that }e schulen not bileue, eden *« citee
d vnknowe o. that knowen not r. e this Jhesu and the vois N. Om. o. { sabot AGMNOPSFXY.
8 demeden and filleden v. h founden r. ' not jr. k askeden Q. and axiden r. l puttiden v,
m putten ax. and puttiden v. n Om. x. ° Om. sx. P Om. v. q was v. r Om. v. s to GMQT.
95 scheweden G. l ajeen biheste x. u joure T. v joure AGMNopQsrrxY. w and ajen reyside v.
1 Om. o. y Om. x. z not N. a turnen sx. b ajeen into x. c seide v. d Om. o. e herfore MPQT
Y tec. m. { Om. AGMQTY. K in BMP. h Om. QSX. l deiede o. k Om. ox. l was v. m that v.
n Om. srx. ° bifore y. P the prophetes o. q 3e dispisers, see r. r Om. r.
1 fulfilleden R. y the deeth K pi: m. z he that CEIK sec. m. <jxe sec. m. gk pr. m. a Om. A pr. m.
in cxa.
4 A 2
548
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XIII. 42 52.
schulen not bileue, if ony man schal telle
42 out to 3011. Forsoth vhem goynge8 out, thei
preieden, that vanother suynge saboth1 thei
43 schulden speke to hem thes wordis. And
whanne the synagoge was left, manye of
Jewis and of comelingis worschipinge"
sueden Poul and Barnabas; thev whiche
'spekinge, softliw counceiliden hem, that
thei schulden dwelle in the grace of God.
44Sothly in sabothx suynge almoost al the
cyte cam to gidere, for^ to heere the word
45 of God. Forsoth Jewis seyngez the cum-
panyesa of peple, benb fulfillid with enuye,
and ajen seiden thes thingis that weren
46 seid of Poul, blasphemynge0. Thanne Poul
and Barnabas stedefastly seyden, To }ou
it bihofte first ford to spekee the word of
God ; but for 36 putten it awey, and han
denied vsf vnworthi ofs euere lasting lyf,
lo! we turnen to gidere to hethene men.
47Forsotheh so the Lord comaundide vs', I
haue putt thee intok Ii3t to hethene men,
that thou be into heelthe 'til to1 the vt-
48mostem of erthe". Sothli hethen men
heeringe" ioyeden, and glorifieden the
word of the Lord ; and bileuyden, how
manye euere weren byforei1 ordeyned to
49 euere lastyng lyf. Forsoth the word of
the Lord was ferr sowun by al the cun-
50 tree. Sothli Jewis stiredyn religiouse
wymmen, and honest, and the firste men
of the cytee, and stiriden persecucioun
intoi Poul and Barnabas, and castidenr
51 hem out of her cuntrees. And thei8, the
powdir of feet rshakun awey* into hem,
52carnenu to Iconye. And disciplisv weren
fulfillidw with ioye and the* Hooly Gost.
if ony man schal telle it to 3011. And 42 and temple, and
whanne thei 3eden out, thei preieden, that pl,pie ;n
in the sabat suynge thei schulden speke
to hem these wordis.
presoners in
And whanne the 43 Pani> and
weren scaterid
thourj al the
off comelingis worschypynge God su- «>«*,•' of Cnstis
incarnacioun
and passioun,
and rising ajen.
ve. y. schulden
in the 44 not bileeue ;
thoii^ many of
sabat suynge almest al the citee cam to- Jewis inieeu-
i f r* j A j eden at tne
here the word ot ijoa. And 45 preching of
fillid
synagoge was left, manye of Jewise and
off comelingis worschypynge God su-
eden Poul and Barnabas; that spaken,
and^ counseliden hem, that thei schulden
dwelle in the grace of God. And
and Barnabas.
yAen out, thei
preieden ; that
is, the princes
of the synagoge
gidir, to
Jewis sien the puple, and weren
with enuye, and a3euseiden these thingis
that weren seyd of Poul, and blasfem-
. . hem that bi-
yden. Thanne Poul and Barnabas stid- 40 leeueden not. v.
fastlih seiden, To 3ou it bihofte' first to
speke the word of God ; but for 30 putten
it awei, and han demyd 3011 vnworthi to
euerlastinge lijf, lo! we turnen to hethen
ta iiTj j-j Ir preiden mali-
men. ror so the Lord comaundide VSK, 17 dousiy, as ex-
Y haue set1 thee in to11 Ii3tm to" hethen SwHStfS^
men, that thou be in to helthe to" theP semith «•'
ineene the
vtmesti of erther. And hethen men48same; forthei
. . . .,, weren stirid
herden, and ioieden8, and glorifieden the ajens Poul and
word of the Lord; and bileueden, as h^*™'^"
manye as weren bifore ordeyned to euer- J^t'thd "mi te
lastinge lijf. And the word of the Lord 49 ™t be justified
m the lawe of
was sowun bi* al the" cuntre. But thesoMoises. And
Jewis stiriden religiouse wymmen, and
onest, and the worthiest men of the citee,
and stireden persecuciounv a3ens Poul
and Barnabas, and dryuen hem out of
her cuntreis.
therfore eft thei
wolden here
this of his
mouth, that so
thei schulden
haue occasioun
to pursue hem
the more, as
And thei" Schokeil aweif51 thei diden aftir-
,. . ~
in to hem the duste or her feet, and
camen to Yconye. And the disciplis
weren fillid with ioye and the Hooli
*
Goost.
ward. many of
that is,
Crist;
comelyngts ;
that is> con-
uerais froo he-
thenesse to the
lawe of Jewis, worschipinge God. dwelle in the grace of God; that is, stonde stedfastly in the feith of Crist, to whiche thei weren clepid bi [the
grace] of God. Lire here. v. J schooken awey, etc.; in witnessing of her owne traueile to the conuersioun of vnfeithful men, and of obsty-
nacie of Jewis that nolden resseyue. to Yconie; as Crist seide in 18 c°. of Matheu, whanne thei pursuen jou in oo citee, fle je in to another; not
for drede of turment, but for loue of pupplisching of the gospel. Lire here. ve.
s he goynge K. whanne thei jeden r. * in sabot suyng v. u worschipinge God v. T Om. r.
w spaken and v. x the saboth GMOPQSTVY. y Om. sx. z sien r. a kumpanye s. *> and weren v.
c and blasfemeden v. J Om. s^. e preche N. f 3ou v. K to v. h For v. ' to vs os. k in o.
1 vnto GATPQT. m vttermest GMPQTV. n the erthe QT. ° herden and v. P Om. Q. <t ajens r.
r casten sx. s thei schooken awey r. * Om. r. u and camen v. T the disciplis GMPQT. w fillid vx.
x with the GT.
e the Jewis EiKRbce.
fc to vs k. 1 sent EQg. H
r the erthe K. s Om. Q.
f Om. EQgka. g and softli K sec. m. h stifli a. > bihoueth g sec. m. k.
Om. a. m tne lijt h. n of ghk. ° into K. P Om. x pr. m. 9 vttermast K.
* in x. u that x. v persecuciouns a. w Om. E.
XIV. I 12.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
549
CAP. XIV.
1 Forsoth it is^ don at Iconye, that to
gidere thei entriden into az synagoge of
Jewis, and spaken, so that a plenteuous
multitude of Jewis and Greekis bileueden.
2 Forsoth the Jewis that weren vnbileueful,
reisiden persecucioun, arid to wraththe
stiriden the soulis of hethen men a3ens
3bretherena. Therfore thei dwelliden moche
tyme, doynge tristyli in the Lord, beringe
witnessinge to the wordb of his grace,
3yuynge sygnes and wondris forc to be
4maad by the hondis of hem. Forsothe
thed multitude of the citee ise departid,
and sotheli summe weren with Jewis,
ssumme sothli with apostlisf. Forsoth
whanne asawt of hethen men and Jewis
wass maad, with her princes, forh to pon-
ische with dispisingis, ^orfals blamyngis1,
«andk stoone hem, thei vndirstondinge1
fledden to gidere to the citees of Licao-
nye, Listris™ and Derben, and al the cun-
tree inuyroun". And thei weren there
prechinge the gospel, and al the multi-
tude is0 moued to gidere in the techingP
of hem. Poul sothli i and Barnabas
7dwelten at Listris. Andr sum8 man at
Listris, syk1 in the feet, saatu crokid fro
his modrisuu wombe, thev which" neuere
8 hadde gon. This" herde Poul spekinge;
the? 'which biholdynge" him, and 'seynge,
for* he hadde feith, that he schulde be
a maad saaf, seideb with greet vois, Ryse
thou ri3tc on thi feet. And he lepided,
10 and walkide". Forsoth the cumpanyes,
whanne thei hadden seyn that that Poul
dide, reriden her voys in Lycaon tunge,
seiynge, Godis maad lyk to men camen
udoun to vs. And thei clepiden Barnabas
Jouemf, Poul sothli Mercuric, for he was
i2ledere of the word. And the prest
CAP. XIV.
But itw bifeldex at Yconye, that thei i
entriden togidir in to the synagoge of
Jewis, and spaken, so that ful greet mul-
titude of Jewis and Grekis bileueden.
But the Jewis that weren vnbileueful, 2
reiseden persecucioun, and stiriden to
wraththe the? soulis of hethene men
ajens the britheren ; but the Lord 3af
soone pees. Therfor thei dwelliden 3
rnyche tyme, and diden tristili in the
Lord, berynge witnessyng to the word
of his grace, jyuynge signes and wondris
to be maad bi the hondis of hem. But 4
the multitude of the citee was departid,
and sum weren with the Jewis, and sum
with the apostlis. But whanne thers
was maad 'an asaute* of the hethene
men and the8 Jewis, with her print-is,
to turmenten and to stonen hem, thei 6
vndurstoderi, and fledden togidere to the
citees of Licaonye, and Listris, and
Derben, and into al the cuntre aboute.
And thei prechiden there the gospel,
and al the multitude was moued togider
in the teching of hem. Poul and Bar-
nabas dwelten at Listris. And a man?
at Listris was sijk in the feet, and hadde
sete crokid fro his modris wombe, which
neuer hadde goen. This1' herde Poul 8
spekinge ; and Poul biheld hym, and
sij that he hadde feith, that he schulde
be maad saaf, and seide with a greets
vois, Rise thou vvp ri3tc on thi feet. And
he lippide, and walkide. And the puple, 10
whanne thei hadde seyn thatd that Poul
dide, reriden her vois in Licaon tunge,
and seiden, Goddis maad lijk to men ben
comun doun to vs. And thei clepiden 11
Barnabas Jubiter, and Poul Mercuric,
for he was ledere of the word. And the 12
y was v, z Om. K. the osrx. a britheren ; forsothe the Lord 3af soone pees v. b Lord x. c Om.
sx. d Om. o. e was v. { the apostlis GMNPQT. K weien N. •> Om. sx. ' Om. OQX. k and to
GMPQST. ' vndirstoden and r. m and Listris x. n in enuyroun G sec.m. M. enuyrouned o. in compas y.
0 was y. P techyngis s. <1 forsothe o. r Om. o. s a. o. l was syk v. u and sat y. uu modir MY.
v Om. y. w which man v. " He this T. y Om. v. z which Poul biheeld r. a 813 that y. b and
seide y. c vpn^t y. d leep sx. e walked forthe o. f Jubiter y. e Om. p.
w And it H. x felde K pr. m. f Om. K pr. m.
c vp b pr. m. gk pr. m. d Om. K pr. m.
z asaujt i. assaunte o. <* Om. H. b He this r.
550
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XIV. 13—23.
Jubiter, that was bifore the citee, bryng-
yngeh to' bolis and crownes bifore the
3atis, with peplis, woldek make sacrifice.
is The1 which thing"1 whanne apostlis", Bar-
nabas and Poul, herden, vher° cootis kitt
to gidereP, thei scipten^ out into the cum-
14 panyes, "cryinge, and seiynge1", Men, what
don 36 this thing? and we ben deedly
'men lyks to* 3011, schewinge" to 3ou, 'for
to bev conuertidw fro these veyne thingis
to quyk God, that made heuene, and
erthe, and the see, and alle thingis that
is ben in hem; the* which in generaciouns
passid lefte alle folkis entre^ into herz
leweyes. And sotheli not withoute wit-
nessyng he vwel doyngea lefte hym silf,
fro heuene 3yuynge reynes and tymis ber-
inge fruyt, fulfillingeb with mete and glad-
nnesse 3ourec hertis. And theid seyinge
thes thingis, vnnethe swagiden the cum-
panyese, that thei offriden not to hem.
isForsothe summe Jewis camen outf fro
Antiochie and Iconye, and&, the cumpa-
nyes sweteli'1 'stirid, thei' stoonyngek Poul,
drowen1 out of the citee, gessinge™ 'him
19 for to ben deed. Sothli disciplis0 enuy-
rownyngeP hym, he rysinge^ entride into
the citee ; and1' the suynge day he wente
20 forth with Barnabas into Derben. And
whanne thei hadden euangelysid to 'the
ilkes citee, and tau3t manye, thei turneden
a3en to Listris, and Iconye, and Antiochie;
21 confermynge the soulis of disciplis, and
monesting, that thei schulden dwelle in
feith1, and seiynge, For" by manye tribu-
laciouns it bihoueth vs forv to entre into
22 the kingdom of heuenes. And whanne
thei hadden ordeyned prestis to hern by
alle citees, and hadden preied with fast-
ingis, thei bitoken hem to the Lord, into
23 whom thei bileuyden. And thei passingew
preest of Jubiter that was bifor the
citee, brou3te boolis and crownes bifor
the 3atis, with puplis, and wolde haue
maad sacrifice. And whanne the apo- is
stlis Barnabas and Poul herden this, thei
to-renten her cootis e; and thei skipten
out among the puple, and criedenf, and 14
seiden, Men, what don 36 this thing ?
and we ben deedli men lijk 3ou, and
schewen to 3ou, that 36 be conuertid fro
these veyn thingis to the lyuynge God,
that maad heuene, and erthe, and the see,
and alle thingis that ben in hem ; which 15
in generaciouns passid suffride alle folkis
to gon in to her owne weies. And 3it ie
he lefte not hym silf with out witness-
ing inB wel doyng, for he 3af reyns fro
heueneh, and times beringe' fruyt, and
fulfillidek 3oure hertis with meete and
gladnesse. And thei seiynge these thingis, 17
vnnethis swagiden the puple, that thei
offriden not to hem. But sum Jewis 18
camen ouer fro Antioche and Iconye,
and counseilden the puple, and stonyden
Poul, and drowen1 out of the citee, and
gessiden that he was deed. But whanne is
disciplis weren comun aboute him, he
roos, and wente in to the citee ; and in
the dai suynge he wente forth with Bar-
nabas in to Derben. And whanne thei 20
hadden prechid to the ilk citee, and
talkie manye, thei turneden a3en tom
Listris, and Iconye, and to Antioche ;
confermynge the soulis of disciplis", and 21
monestinge, that thei schulden dwelle in
feith0, and seiden, That? bi many tribula-
ciouns it bihoueth vs to entre in to the
kingdom of heuenes. And whanne thei 22
hadden ordeined prestis to hem bi alle
citees, and hadden preied with fastyngis,
thei bitoken hem to the Lord, in whom
h broujte v. ' two KQ. Om. v. k and wolde v. ' Om. sv. "» thingis x. n the apostlis GMPQSTX.
0 the N. VP thei to-renten her cootis, and v. <\ clepiden T. slipten Y. r and crieden and seiden r.
s lyke men x. * Om. v. u and schewen v, v to be sx. that je ben v. w turned o. * Om. v. X for
to entre GMPQTY sec.m. wente N. z her owne MPQTY sec.m. a weldinge r. b fillinge r. c in 3oure N.
d hem MPQT. e kumpanye x. f ouer MOPQTVXY. S and counceiliden r. h Om. or. swiftely C.
1 Om. s. k stoneden v. ' and drowen v. m and gessiden v. n him to be sx. that he was r. ° the
disciplis GMNPQT. whanne disciplis r. P cumpassiden r. 1 roos and r. r in N. and in v. 8 that x.
* the feithe o. " That r. v Om. ANSX. w passiden r.
e cootis kitt togidere K sec. m. { thei crieden k. E and Egk. h heuenes A pr.m. a. ' of beringe b.
k fillide b. 1 drowen him K sec. m. a. ™ into k. ° the disciplis k. ° the feith Eigka/3. P Om. k pr.m.
XIV. 24 — XV. 7-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
551
24 Persidie, camen* to Pamphilie ; and thei
spekinge? the word of the Lord in Per-
25 gen, camenz down in to Atalie. And fro
thennis thei wenten bi boot to Antiochie,
fro whennis thei weren takun to the
grace of God, in to the werk that thei
26fulfillidenft. Sothli whanne thei camen,
and"gedridenc the chirche, thei telden how
manyed thingis God dide with hem, fore
he hadde opened to hethene men the dore
27 of feith. Forsothe thei dwelliden a tyme
not litil with disciplisf.
CAP. XV.
1 And summe cornynges doun fro Judee,
tau3tenh bretheren, For' nok but1 36 be cir-
cumsidid vpm the lawe of Moyses, 36
2 mown not be vmaad saaf". Therfore vse-
dicioun, or0 dissentiotin, rnaad? not leest
to Poul and Barnabas a3ens hem, thei
ordeyneden, that Poul and Barnabas, and
summe othere of hem, schulden gon vp to
apostlis^ and prestis inr Jerusalem, on this
squestioun. Therfore thei, ledds forth of
the chirche, passideu1 by Fenyse and Sa-
marie ; tellinge" the lyuynge of hethen
men, and thei maaden greet ioye to alle
4 bretheren. Sothli whanne thei camen to
Jerusalem, thei weren receyued of the
chirche, and of apostlisv, and eldere men,
tellingew how manye thingis God dide
5 with hem. Forsoth sum of the eresye of
Pharisees, that bileuyden, risenx, seyinge,
For? it bihoueth hem forz to be circum-
sidid, and for7 to comaunde fora to kepe
fithe lawe of Moyses. And apostlisb and
eldre men camen to gidere, forc to se of
7 this word. Forsoth whanne greet sekyng
'to gidered was maad, Petre rysinge6, seide
to hem, Men bretheren, 36 witen, forf of
oolde dayes in 3ou God chees by my
thei bileueden. And thei passiden Per- 23
sidie, and camen to Pamfilie; and thei 24
spaken the word 'of the Lordi in Per-
gen, and camen doun in to Italie. And 25
fro thennys thei wenten bi boot to An-
tiochie, fro whennus thei weren takun
to the grace of God, in to the werk that
thei filliden. And whanne thei weren 26
comun, and hadden gaderid the chirche,
thei telden hou grete thingis God dide
with hem, and that he hadde openyde
to hethene men the dore of feith. And 27
thei dwelliden not a litil tyme with the
disciplis.
CAP. XV.
And summerf camen doun fro Judee, 1
and taii3ten britheren, That buts 36 ben
circumcidid after the lawe of Moises, 36
moun not be maad saaf. Therfor whanne 2
ther was maad not a litil discencioun to
Poul and Barnabas a3ens hem, thei or-
deyneden, that Poul and Barnabas, and
summe othere of hem, schulden go vp to
the apostlis and preestis in Jerusalem, on
this questioun. And so thei weren led 3
forth of the chirche, and passiden bi
Fenyce and Samarie ; and thei telden
the conuersacioun of hethene men, and
thei maden greet* ioie to alle the" bri-
theren. And whanne thei camen to Je-4
rusalem, thei weren resseyued of the
chirche and of the apostlis, and of the
eldre men, and telden, hou greet thingis
God dide with hem. But summe of the«
erise of Fariseisv, that bileueden, risen
vp, and seiden, That it bihoueth hem to
be circumsidid, and to comaunde to kepe
also the lawe of Moises. And the apo-c
stlis and eldre men camen togidre, to se
of 'this wordw. Arid whanne there was;
maad a greet sekyng herof, Petre roos,
and seide to hem, Britheren, 36 witen,
f And summe ;
conuertid of the
secte of Farises.
taujten brithe-
ren; conuertid
fro hethennesse.
whanne sedis-
cioun, etc. to
Poul and Bar-
nabas ; that
affermeden the
contrarie of
thes Farisees;
for whi to seie
that Moises
lawe must nedis
be kept, is to
anoide the gos-
pel. Lire here.
ve.
* and camen v. y spaken v. z and camen r. a filliden v. c hadden gaderid v. d grete v.
f and that v. f the disciplis GMPQT. 8 camen v. h and taujten v. ' That v. k Om. MPQTVX
Y sec. m. 1 but if MOPQTXY sec.m. if v. m after GMPQT. bi v. n saued o. ° Om. o. whanne sediseioun,
either v. P was maad v. 1 the apostlis GMPQT. r to o. s weren led v. * and passiden v. u and
thei telden v. v the apostlis GMPQT Y sec. m. w and telden v. x riseden r. y That v. z Om. sx.
a Om. sx. and for v. b the apostlis GMOPQT. c Om. sx. d togidere, either dispntyinge y. e roos
and v. { that r.
1 Om. K pr. m.
w these wordis gk.
summen ag. 8butifb. * a greet A pr. m. u Om. EK pr.m. v the Farisees R.
552
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XV. 8 22.
mouth hethen mens, forh to heere the
word of the gospel, and for11 to bileue ;
s and God that knew hertis, bar witnessing,
3yuynge' to hem the Hooli Gost, as and
9 to vs; and no thing dyuersidek bitwixe1 Vs
and hem™, 'bi feith clensynge" the hertis
10 of hem0. Now therfore what temptenP
3e God, fori to putte a jok on the nol, W
necker, of disciphV, the* which nether we,
1 1 nether oure fadris myjten here ? But bi
the grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist we
bileuen for" to be sauyd, as and thei.
12 Forsoth al the multitude heeld pees, and
herden Barnaban and Poul, tellinge how
many signes and wondris God dide by
13 hem in hethen men. And aftir that thei
helden pees, James answeride, seyinge,
14 Men bretheren, 'heere 3ev me. Symound
telde, how first God visytide, forw to take
is of hethen men a peple to his name. And
to him the wordis of prophetis acorden,
16 as it is writun, Aftir this I schal turne
33611, and bylde the tabernacle of Dauith,
that felde doun ; and I schal bylde a3en the
cast doun thingis of it, and I schal reyse
17 it; that othere of" men a3enxx seke the
Lord, and alle folkis on whiche my name
is inclepidF; the Lord doynge this thing,
iBseith. Fro the world, toz the Lord 'his
in werk is knowuna. For which thing I deme
hem that ofb hethen men ben conuertid
to God, forc to be not vnquyetid, W
2odisesidd, but for6 to wryte to hem, that
thei absteyne hem fro defoulingisf of sy-
mulacris, and fornycacioun, and stranglid
21 thingis, and blood?. 'Moyses sothlih of
olde tymes hath in alle citees hem that
prechen him' in synagogis, where by ech
22saboth he is rad. Thanne it pleside to
apostlisk, and eldre men, with al the
chirche, for1 to chese men of hem, and
sende to Antiochie, with Poul and Barna-
bas, Judas, that was named Barsabas,
*e 'y™6 of the
elde testament.
that of elde daies in 3ou God chees bi
my mouth hethene", to here the word of
the gospel, and to bileue; and God, that s
knewe hertis>", bar witnessing, and 3af to
hem the Hooli Goost, as also to vs; and 9 inge manbed'
no thing diuerside bitwixe vs and hem,
'and clenside7' the hertis of hem bi feith.
a)en ; to man-
kinde, in tak-
tilde the taber-
nacle of Da-
uith; that is,
the chirche of
God, either of
JN'ow thanne what tempten 3e God, to 10 Crist, w
putte a 3ok on the neckea of the disci-
plis, which nether we, nether oure fadris
mi3ten here? But bi the grace of oureii a"dmo.08t!)y
» ydolatne. oijlae
Lord Jhesu Crist we bileuen to be saued, wen the cast
• * i . doun thingis ,
as also thei. And al the multitude 12 ets.; forhe-
helde pees, and herden Barnaban and
Poul, tellinge hou grete signes and won-
dris God dide bi hem in hethene men. Jewisweren
brooken and
And aftir that thei helden pees, James is depaitid M
. , , . , -n • i many errouris ;
answeride, and seide, Britheren, here 36 ve. and
me. Symount telde, hou God visitide, i4
first to take of hethene men a puple to f?r her tradj-
ciouns ; and
his name. And the wordis of prophetis is aiie these er-
. . . rouris ben put
acorden0 to him, as it is writun, Aftir icawey bi the
thisf Y schal turne a3en, and bilde the cnst Tnd'hise
tabernacle of Dauid, that felle doun; and J^^*
Y schal bilde a?en the cast doun thingis and sreete my-
racles maad to
of it, and Y schal reise it; that other 17 enhaunsing of
, .. T . . ,, /.,,.
men seke the Lord, and alle rolkis on
which' my name is clepid to helpe ; the
Lord doynge this thing, seith. Fro the 1 8 ve- /"»'*« .
* & world; that is,
world, the werk of the Lord is knowun fro without bi-
i.ii. -»ri Kyr
to the Lord, r'or which thing Y deme \9jro
cristen feith. V.
that othere of
hem that of hethene men ben conuertid thaTisf froet-
to God, to be not disesid, but to write to 20^^°^"^
hem, that thei absteyne hem fro defoul- ve strangM
thingis and
ingisd of maumetis, and fro fornicacioun, blood ; for the
,.,,,. . ,11 i T-I conuersis of
and stranglid thingis, and blood, i'orsi Jewis w]atideil
Moyses of elde tymes hath in alle citees Jherfore'thou
hem that prechen him in synagogis, 5he mfe wfe
' te o leueful, nathe-
where bi ech sabat he is red. Thanne 22 ies for freend-
ful felauschipe,
it pleside toe the apostlis, and to the
eldre men, with al the chirche, to chees
men of hem, and sende to Autioche, with
Poul and Barnabas, Judas, that was
hethene men
schulden ab-
stene fro suche
thingis til the
treuthe of the
gospel were
knowen. Lire
here. v.
S Om. r. n Om. sx. i and jaf v. k he dyuerside QT. I bitwen QSX. m hem and vs r,
n and clenside r. <> hem bi feith v. P tempted o. 1 Om. SA-. r Om. x. s the disciples o. * Om. r.
u Om. sx. v heere N. hereth x. w Om. sx. x Om. AT. xx Om. o. y clepid p. clepid to help r.
z the werk of the Lord is knowen to v. a Om. v. b Om. v. c Om. sx. d Om. x. e Om. sx.
f defouling s. S bloody thingis r. h For Moises v. > hem x sec. m. k the apostlis CMPT. ' Om. sx.
x hethene men Ka. y the hertis R. z clansinge K sec. m.
c whom i. d defoulyng Bb/3. e Om. b.
a ether nolle K marg. b acordiden R.
XV.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
553
and Sylam, the firste men in bretheren;
23wrytinge by the hondis of hem, Apostlis
and eldere bretheren to hem that ben at
Antiochie, and Cirie, and Cilice, bretheren
of hethen men, greetyng, or" heelthe0.
21 For we herden that summe 'of vs? 'goynge
ouf, troubliden1" 3011 with wordis, turn-
ynges vpsodoun 3oure soulis, to whiche
25 men we comaundiden not, it pleside to vs
gederid into* oon, for" to cheese men, and
sende to 300, with oure mooste dereworthe
20 Barnabas and Poul, menv that bitoken,
"or $auenw, her soulis", 'or lyues*, for the
27 name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist. Ther-
fore we senten Judas and Sylas, 'the
whiche2 and thei schulen telle the same
as thingis to 3ou by wordis. Forsothea it is
seyn tob the Hooly Gost andc vs, ford to
putte to 3011 no thing more of charge, than
2tt these nedeful thingis, that 36 absteyne 3ou
fro the6 offrid thingis of symulacris, and
blood stranglid, and fornycacioun. Fro
whiche 3e kepinge 3ou, schulen do wel.
so Fare 36 wel. Therfore thei dismittid,
camen down to Antiochie; and, thef mul-
titude gederids, thei bitaken the epistle;
si the1' which whanne thei hadden radd,
32 thei ioyeden' on the comfort. Forsoth
Judas and Sylas and thei, whanne thei
weren prophetis, 'with ful moche wordk
coumfortiden bretheren, and confermyden1.
saSothli sum™ litil tyme maad" there, thei
weren dismittid, 'or left0, with pees of
bretheren, to hem that hadden sent hem.
34 Forsoth it is? seyn to Silas, for*! to dwelle
there ; Judas sothli wente alooner to Je-
ss rusalem. Forsoth Poul and Barnabas
dwelliden at Antiochie, techinge and
euangely singe the word of the Lord, with
sfi'othere manye8. Forsothe aftir summe
dayes*, Poul seide to Barnabas, 'Weu
turnyngev a3en, visite™ ourex bretheren by
the
named Barsabas, and Silas, the firste
rnenf among britheren ; and wrotenf \nm-tthefirtte
the hondis of hem, Apostlis and eldre
britheren to hem that ben at Antioche,
and Sirie, and Silice, britheren of he- thei weren of
the principal
thene men, greting. For we herden that 24 men aftir the
summe wenten out fro vs, and troblidenS ££/*«•
3ou with wordis, and turueden vpsodoun jJISe forth'"'
3oure soulis, to whiche h men we co- hemseif to the
perel of deth.
maundiden1 not, it pleside to vs eaderid 25/w <*« »<™« °f
oure Lord Jhe-
in to oon, to chese men, and sende to su cnst; that
3ou, with ourek most dereworthe Barna-
bas and Poul, men that 3auen her lyues 26 ?
for the name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, of charge; of
ohseruaunces of
Therfor we senten Judas and Silas, and 27 Moises lawe. v.
. ... thanne these
thei schulen telle the same thingis to 3ou need
bi wordis. For it is seyn to the Hooly 28 eHh^
Goost and to vs, to putte to 3ou no
thing more of charge, than these nedeful chirche. Lire
here. ve.
thingis, that 36 absteyne 3ou fro the 20
offrid thingis of maumetis, and blood
stranglid, and fornicacioun. Fro whiche
36 kepinge 3ou, schulen do wel. Fare 30
wel. Therfor thei weren let go, and so
camen doun to Antioche ; and whanne
the multitude was gaderid, thei token
the epistle"1; which whanne thei hadden si
red, thei ioyden on the coumfort. And 32
Judas and Silas and thei, for thei weren
prophetis, coumfortiden britheren, and
confermyden with ful many wordis. But 33
aftir that thei hadden be there a lytil
while, thei weren let go of britheren
with pees, to hem that hadden sent
hem. {But Jt W3S Seyn t0
dwelle there ; and Judas wente aloone
to Jerusalem. And Poul and Barna-
... , . -
bas dwelten at Antioche, techinge and
prechinge the word of the Lord,
with othere manye.
*
daies, Poul seide to Barnabas, Turne
. . . writeris. Lire
we a3en, and visite" britheren bi alle here. v.
Ilot in Greek,
neither in
id, hut first it
was set be the
But after summe 36 yard !t was.?et
in the text bi
n and o. Om. x. ° Om. x. P Om. y. <i jeden out fro vs y. r turbliden MNP. and troubleden r.
$ and turneden r. * to o. u Om. sx. v Om. o. w Om. OQX. * lyues or. 1 Om. orx. z Om. y.
a For r pr. m. b of o. by T. c in o. d Om. sx. e Orn. sx. l whanne the r. S was gaderid y.
b Om. r. ' ioyeden with gret ioye Q. k Om. y. ' conformeden hem G. confermyden hem MT. con-
fermeden with ful myche word r. m aftir that sum y. n was maad v. ° Om. ox. P was y. <1 Om.
sx. T al oonli N. 8 many othere M p. * of dajes x. u Om. svx. v Turne we y. w visite we GMP
QSTX. and visite v. x Om. v.
{ wreten I. wryten K. writen Bhk/3.
pistle o. n visite we Ka.
VOL. IV.
S troublen k. h the whiche I. > comaunden gk. k Om. k.
4 B
554
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XV. 37 — XVI. 8.
alle citees, in whiche we ban prechid the
word of the Lord, how thei? han hem.
37 Barnabas forsothe wolde take with him
ssandz John, that was namyd Markus. Poul
sothli preiede him, that he that departidea
fro hem fro Pamphilie, and wente not
with hemb into werk, schulde not be re-
39ceyued. Forsothc dissencioun isd maad,
so that thei departiden atwynye. And
Barnabas \sothli, Mark takyn tof, bi boot
40camK to Cypre. Forsoth PouV Silas cho-
sunh, wente forth, takun to the grace of
41 God fro britheren. Forsoth he wente bi
Sirie and Cilice, confermynge' the chirche,
comaundinge fork to kepe the preceptis of
lapostlis1 and eldre men. f Sothli he cam
in to Derben and Listram.
CAP. XVI.
And lo ! sum disciple was there, by
name Tymothe, the sone of a wommann
widowe0 feithful, ^or cristen?, thei fadir
2 hethen. Bretherenr that weren in Listris
and Iconye, 3eldens good witnessing1 to
3 him. Poul wolde him" 'for to gov forth
with him silfw, and he 'takinge to", cir-
cumcidey him, for Jewis that weren in
'the ilkez places. Sothely3 alle wisten, that
4 his fadir was hethen. Forsoth whanne
thei passiden bi citees, thei bitoken to
hem forb to kepe the techingis, that weren
demed of apostlis and eldere men, that
o weren at Jerusalem. And sothly the
chirchis weren conferrnyd in feith, and
ehaboundiden in noumbre ech day. For-
soth thei passinge0 Frigye, and the cun-
tree of Galathie, werend forbodyn of the
Hooly Gost for6 to speke the word of God
7 in Asya. Sothli whanne thei camen into
Misye, thei temptidenf for? to go into
Bithinie, and theh spirit of Jhesu suffride
svnot hem1. Sothli whanne thei hadden
citees, in whiche we han prechid the * preiede Mm ,•
that is, Barna-
word of the Lord, hou thei han hern, bas, that he
And Barnabas wolde take with hym37fro"heefeiau-n'
Joon, that was named Marcus. But 38
Poul preiede him*, that he that depart-
ide fro hem fro Pamfilie, and wente not
perels neijinge,
with hem in to the0 werk, schulde not either for ouer
be resseyued. And dissencioun f was39fd,tetto'hi8 mo-
maad, so that thei departiden a twynnyP.
Joon departide
forhei that
fast> and de-
partid fro
And Barnabas took Mark, and cam bi eilher in haP
for euer either ;
boot to Cipre. And Poul chees Silas, 40 wherfore Pouie
and wente forth fro the britheren, and ' '
was bitakun to the grace of God. And
he wente bi Sirie and Silice, and con-
fennyde the chirche, comaundinge to
and moost
kepe the heestis of apostlisi andr eldre whanne thei
men.
CAP. XVI.
And he cam in to Derben and Lis- 1
tram. And -lo! a disciple was there, bi
name Timothe, the sone of a Jewesse
cristen, and of the fadir hethen. And 2
britheren that weren in Listris and5 Ico-
nye, 3eldiden good witnessing to hym.
And Poul wolde that this man schulde 3
go forth with him, and he took, and
circumsidide* hymt, for Jewis that weren
in the" places. For alle wisten, that his
fadir was hethen. Whanne thei pass- 4
idenv bi citees, thei bitokenw to hem to
kepe the techingis, that weren demyd of
apostlis and eldre men, that weren at
Jerusalem. And the chirches weren con- 5
fermed in feith, and encreseden in noum-
bre eche dai. And thei passiden Frigie, c
and the cuntre of Galathi, and weren
forbedun of the Hooli Goost to speke the
word of God in Asie. And whanne thei 7
camen inx to Mysie, thei assaieden to go
in to Bithynye, and the spirit of Jhesu
suffride not hem. But whanne thei had- 8
goon among'
vnfeithful men
and pursueris,
as it was in this
poyiit. Lire
here. v.
t Not contrarie
to charite, for
ech of hem
wolde good, and
oon was moued
hi oo resoun,
and another hi
another resoun ;
and more good
fruit of prech-
ing hyfeide her-
by. Lire here.
v.
t circumcide
him ; this cir-
cumc[isi]oun
was not feyned,
thoii3 Jerom
seith so, hut
verey circum-
cisiouD, as Aus-
tin seith. For
in that tyrne
Jewis conuertid
to cristen feith,
mijten kepe
obseruauncis of
Moises lawe,
neither Poul
dide yuele in
this, hut wel,
to eschewe the
sclaundre of
Jewis. Lire
here. v.
y we T. z also p. a wente x. b him N. c Sothely GMP. d was v. e a twynne AGMOPQSTXY.
f took Mark, and cam r. § Om. r. h chees Silas, and p. > and confeermyde r. k Om. SA'. ' the
apostles Q. t Chap. XVI. commences here in v. n Om. ox. ° Jewesse r. P Om. OQ. or cristned T.
1 of the v. r The bretheren GMPTV sec. m. s jeldiden or. * wittenesse o. u that this man v. v to
go sx. schulde goo r. w Om. r. saaf Y. x took and v. ycircumcided AGMNopQsrrx. z that ilke Q.
tho x. » For v. ^ Om. sx. c passiden v. d and weren v. e Om. sx. f assaieden r. e Om. sx.
h Om. v. i hem not GMP.
0 Om. k pr. m. P atwynne iRgho. <J the apostlis Rh. r and of ik. s and in i.
u tho A sec. m. xk. v passiden forth k. w token gk pr. m. x Om. K. pr. m.
circumciside b.
xvi. 9 — 18.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
555
passid by Misye, thei camen down to
9 Troade ; and a visioun byk ny3t was
schewid to Poul. Sum man of Macedonye
was stondinge, and preiynge him, and
seyinge, 'Thou goynge1 into Macedonye,
10 help"1 vs. Sothli as he sy3 the visioun,
anoon we soften for" to go forth into
Macedonye, rnaad0 certeyn that God hadde
11 clepid vs for? to euangelise to hem. Sotheli
we goyngei by boot, 'or seylinge*, with8
strei3t* cours camen" to Samatrachia ; and
I2thev day suynge to Neapolis; and fro
thennis to Philippis, that is the firste part
of Macedonye, the citee colonyew. Sothli
we weren in this citee summe dayes, spek-
isinge* to gidere. Sothli in the day-v of
sabotis we wenten outz withoute3 the 3ateb
bisydis the flood, wher preier wasc seyn
ford to be ; and we sittingee, spaken to
uwymmen that camen to gidere. And sum
womman, Lidda bi name, purpuressef of
the citee of Tiatirens, worschipinge God,
herde; whos herte the Lord openyde fors
to 3yue tent to these thingis, that weren
isseid of Poul. Forsothe whanne she was
baptysid and hir hous, she preiede, sei-
ynge, If 36 han demyd me forh to be feith-
ful to the Lord, entre 3e into myn hous,
and dwelle'. And sche constreynede vs.
16 Forsothe it isk don, Vs goynge1 to preier,
sum wenche hauynge a spirit of dyuyn-
acioun, 'for to mete"1 vs", the0 which 3af
greetP wynnyng to hir lordis in dyuyn-
yng, that is, tellinge hid thingis^ bi the
\ldeuelis craft. This suynger Poul and vs,
criedes, seyinge, Thes men ben seruauntis
of hi3e God, that tellen to ,ou the wey of
ishelthe. Forsothe this thing she dide in
many dayes. Sothli Poul sorwinge1, and
conuertidu, seide to the spirit, I comaunde
den passid bi Mysie, thei camen doun to
Troade; and a visioun 'bi ny3t? was;*
schewid to Poul. But az man of Mace-
donye that stoode, preiede hym, and
seide, Go thou in to Macedonye, and
helpe vs. And as he hadde3 seib theio
visioun, anoon we soi^ten to go forth
in to Macedonye, and weren maad cer-
teyn, that God hadde clepid vs to preche
to hem. And we 3eden bi schip froii
Troade, and camen to Samatrachia with
strei3t cours ; and the dai suynge to
Neapolis; and fro thennus to Filippis, 12
that is the firste part of Macedonye, the
citee colonyee. And wed weren in this"
citee summe daies, and spaken togidere.
Andf in the dai of sabotis we wenten is
forth with out the 3ate bisidis the flood,
where preier semyde# to be; and we
saten, and spaken to wymmen that
camen togidere. And a womman, Lidda u
bi name, a purpuresse of the cite ofh
Tiatirens, worschipinge God, herde; whos
herte the Lord openyde to 3yue tente to
these thingis, that weren seid of Poul.
And whanne sche was baptisid and hir is
hous, sche preyede, and seide, If 36 han
demyd that Y am feithful to the Lord,
entre 36 in to myn hous, and dwelle'.
And sche constreynede vs. And it was IB
don, whanne we 3eden to preier, that a
damysel that hadde a spirit of diuyna-
cioun, mette vs, which 3af greet wynnyng
to her lordis in dyuynyngek. This1 suede 17
Poul and vs, and criede, and seide, These
men ben seruauntis of the hi3 God, that
tellen to 3011 the weie of helthe. And i«
this sche dide in many daies. And Poul
sorewide, and turnede, and seide to the
spirit, Y comaunde thee in the name of
k in o. l Go thou v. w and helpe v. n Om. sx. ° and weren maad r. P Om. sx. <I 3iden r.
T or seilynge fro Troade AT. Om. QX. either seyleden, fro Troade, and camen r. s Om. o. * Om. GT.
u Om. v. T in the GMPTV sec. n. w of colonye SYX. x and spaken v. y dayes GQSTX. z forth r.
» Om. QT. b jates ox. c were v. d Om. sx. e saten and v. f a purpiresse, either womman makinge
purpur v. S Om. sx. h Om. sx. ' dwellith sx. k was r. l whanne we 3eden v. m to mete sx.
mette v. n with vs o sec. m. ° Om. v. Pa greet N. q thing MT. T suede r. * and criede v.
4 sorewede NK. u conuerted, or turned o. turnede and y.
y Om. k pr. m. z there was a K sec. m. a Om. hk sec. m. b seen k pr. m. saw k sec. m. seyn a.
c of colonye k pr. m. d Om. A pr. m. k sec. m. /3. e the k sec. m. f Om. hk sec. m. g bisemyde KU.
h Om. R. > dwelleth i. dwelle je K. k that is, tellinge hidde thingis bi the deuels crafte K et o marg.
1 Sche this i.
4 B 2
556
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XVI. 19 30.
to thee in the name of Jhesu Crist, 'for to
gov out of hir. And he wente out in the
19 same hour. Sothli the lordis of hir, se-
ynge forw the hope of hir wynnyng wente
a wey, catch inge* Poul and Silas ledden^
into z cheping a, or dom place, to the
20 princes. And thei offringeb hem to the
magestratis, seydenc, These men disturb-
lend oure citee, whanne thei ben Jewis,
21 and schewen a custom, the6 which itf is
not leueful to vs for^ to receyue, nether do,
22sythen we ben Romayns. And the peple
ranh a3ens hem' 'and magestratis k, and
'the cootis of hem kitt1, thei comaundiden
23 hem for1" to be betyn with 3erdis. Arid
whanne thei hadden 3ouun to hem many
woundis, thei senten hem into prisoun,
comaundinge" to the kepere, that he dili-
24gentli schulde kepe hem. The0 which,
whanne he hadde takyn such a precept,
sente hem into the ynner prisoun, and
25 streynede the feet of hem in a tree. Sothli
at mydny3t Poul and Silas worschipingeP,
heriedeni God; and thei that weren in
2okepingr herden hem. Forsoth sudenli a
greet erthe mouyng iss maad, so that the
foundementis of the prisoun weren mou-
yd. And a noon alle the * doris ben u
openyd, and thev bondis of alle benw vn-
27 bounden. Sothli the kepere of the* pri-
soun maady wakyn, and seyngez the 3atis
of the prisoun openyd, thea swerd drawun
out, woldeb sle hym silf, wenyngec the
28 boundyn men 'for to haued fled. Forsoth
Poul criede with greet vois, seyinge, Do
thou no thing of yuel to thi silf, forsoth6
29 alle we ben here. And Xli3t axid, hef en-
trides ynh, and 'tremblinge he fel1 down
so to Poul and Silas at the feet. And he
'bringinge hem k withoute forth, seith ',
Jhesu Crist, that thou go out of hir.
And he wente out in the same our. And 19
the lordis of hir si3en, that the hope of
her wynnyng wente awei, and thei
token Poul and Silas, and ledden in to
the 'dom place1", to the princis. And 20
thei brou3ten hem to the magistratis,
and seiden, These men disturblen" oure
citee, for thei ben Jewis, and schewen 321
custom, which it0 is not leueful to? vs to
resseyue, nether do, sithen we ben Ro-
maynsi. And the puple 'and magistratisr22
runnen a3ens hem, and when thei hadden
to-rente the cootis of hem, thei comaund-
iden hem to be betun with 3erdis. And2s
whanne thei hadden 3ouun to hem many
woundis, thei senten hem into prisoun,
and comaundiden to the kepere, that he
schulde kepe hem diligentli. And whanne 24
he hadde take siche a precept, he putte
hem into the ynnere prisoun, and streyn-
ede the feet of hem in a tre. And at 25
mydni3t Poul and Silas worschipide, and
heriden God ; and thei that weren in
kepyng herden hem. And sudenli a 20
greet erthe mouyng was maad, so that
the foundementis of the prisoun weren
moued. And anoon alle the doris weren
openyd, and the boondis of alle weren
lousid. And the kepere of the prisoun 27
was awakid5, and si3 the 3atis 'of the
prisoun l openyd, and with a swerd
drawun out he wolde haue slaweu hym
silf, and gesside that the men that weren
boundun, hadden fled. But Poul criede 28
with a greet vois, and seide, Do thou
noon harm to thi silf, for alle we ben
here. And he axidev Ii3t, and entride,2«
and tremblide, and felle doun to Poul
and to Silas at her feet. And he brou3te 30
v to go sx. that thou goo v. « that v. x and thei tooken r. y thei ledden MPTY sec. m. and
ledden y. z hem into MPY sec.m. a the chepyng AGMNOPQsrxv. the clepyng T. b brov^ten r. c and
seiden y. d disturben sx. distroublen v. e Qm. sx. f Om. NOT. S Om. sx. h and magistratis
runnen v. > hym T. k Om. r. and the magistratis x. 1 whanne thei hadden to-rent the cootis of
hem y. m Om. sx. n and comaundiden v. ° Om. vx. P worschipiden and v. 1 preyseden o. f the
kepynge o. s was r. t Om. osx. u weren y. v Om. y. w weren y. * Om. y. y was maad r.
z sij r. a and with the y. b he wolde y. c and gesside that y. d to haue sx. hadden y. e for r.
f he axide lijt, and y. S went o. h Om. r. ' tremblide and felde v. k broujte him v. l and seide r.
m cheping, ether dom place K sec. m. » distroublen no. ° Om. EIK sec. m. gk pr. m. P Om. g.
1 men Romayns gk pr. m. ' Om. R. « nakit E. wakid g£. 4 Om. h. " slayn CEiKMQxabceghko.
v askide ao.
XVI. 31 — XVII. 2.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
557
Lordis, what bihoueth me form to do, that
31 1 be maad saf? And thei seiden, Bileue
thou in to the Lord Jhesu, and thou
3-2schalt be saf, and thin hows. And thei
spaken to him the word of the Lord, with
33alle that weren in his hous. And he
takinge" hem in 'the ilke° hour of nj^t,
waischideP her woundisPP. And he is'i bap-
34 tysid, and al his hous anoon. And whanne
he hadde led hem into his hous, he setter
to hem a boord. And he gladide8 with al
35 his hous, bileuynge1 to God. And whanne
day was maad, the rnagistratis senten 'lit-
toures, that ben mynistris qf'ponyschingn,
seyingeT, Dismittew, W delyuere, 36" tho
semen. Forsoth the keper of prisoun telde
thes wordis to Poul, For* the magestratis
han sent, that 30 be delyuered ; now ther-
37 fore '36 goyngez out, gotha in pees. For-
soth Poul seide to hem, Thei senten into
prisoun vs, betyn opynly vndampnyd, men
Romayns, and now priuely thei casten vs
ss out ; not so, but come thei, andb theic silf
caste d vs out. Sothli the mynistris of
peyne telden thes wordis to the mages-
tratis; and thei dredden, herd6 that thei
39 weren Romayns. And thei comyngef, bi-
sechedens hem, and thei ledingeh forth,
preieden1, that thei schulden go out of the
•tocitee. Sothli thei goyngek out of the1
prisoun, 'entriden intom Lidie. And, 'the
bretheren seyn", thei coumfortiden hern,
and wenten forth.
CAP. XVII.
i Sotheli, whanne thei hadden0 passidP bi
Amphipolis and Apolonye, thei camen to
Tessalonyk, wher was a synagoge of
2Jewis. Sothli vpi custom Poul entride
into1" hem, and by thre sabotis he declar-
hem with out forth, and seide, Lordis,
what bihoueth me to do, that Y be maad
saaf? And thei seiden, Bileue thou in 31
the Lord Jhesu, and thou schalt be saaf,
and thin hous. And thei spaken to hyrn32
the word of the Lord, with alle that
weren in his hous. And he took hern 33
in the ilke our of the ni3t, and waschide
her woundis. And he was baptisid, and
al his hous anoon. And whanne he 34
hadde ledw hem in to his hous, he set-
tide" to hem a boord. And he was glad
with al his hous, and bileuede to God.
And whanne dai was come, the magis-ss
tratis senten catchepollis, and seiden, De-
lyuere thou tho men. And the keperese
of the prisoun telde these wordis to Poul,
That the magistratis han^ sent, that 36 be
delyuered ; now therfor go 36 out, and
go 36 in pees. And Poul seide to hem, 37
Thei senten vs men of Rome in to pri-
soun, that weren betun openli and vn-
darnpned, and now priueli thei bringen
vs out ; not so, butz come thei hem silf,
and delyuere vs out. And the catche-ss
pollis" telden these wordis to the magis-
tratis ; and thei dredden, for thei herden
that thei weren Romayns. And thei so
camen, and bisechidenb hem, and thei
brou3ten hem out, and preieden, that
thei schulden go out of the citee. And 40
thei 3edenc out of thed prisoun, and6
entriden tof Lidie. And whanne thei
si3en britheren, thei coumfortiden hem,
and 3eden forth.
CAP. XVII.
And whanne thei hadden passid bi 1
Amfipolis and Appollonye, thei camen to
Thessolonyk, where was a synagoge of
Jewis. And bi custom Poul entride to 2
hem, and bi thre sabatis he declaride to
m Om. sx. n took v. o thilke JMP. that x. P wesh sx. and waschide r. PP hondis K. 1 Om.
G pr. m. T. was v. r settide v. s was glad v. * and bileeuede r. u tormentoures o. v and seide r.
w Dismitte 366 G.VNOPQST. Dismytte thou v. Delyuere ;e x. * Om. GMNOPQTFX. y That or. z go 36 v.
a go ^GMNOPTV. and goo v. b Om. o. c hem GMPT. her o. them s. d and cast o. e for thei
herden v. { camen and v. e biso3ten sx. h ledden v. ' and preieden v. k 3eden v. ' Om. o.
m and entriden to v. n whanne thei si3en britheren r. ° Om. Q. P passiden Q. q after the G pr. m.
aftir MPT. by gr. r to y.
w brou3t K. x sette ER. y hadden gk pr. m. hath off. z Om. K pr. m. a that ben ministris of
puniyshing K marg. b bisou3ten ink. c goinge iQgka. (t Om. iqgka/3. e Om. IQgka. f in to b.
558
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
xvii. 3—14-
side to hem of scripturis, 'operiynge and
schewynge for8 it bihoiieth* Crist" for" to
suffre, and ryse a3en fro deede meny, and
forw this is Jhesus Crist, whom I 'tolde,
4 or schewide*, to 3011. And summe of hetn
bileueden, and ben^ ioyned to Poul . and
Silas ; and of hethen men worschipinge2 a
greet multitude, and noble wymmen not
s fewe. Sothli Jewis hauynge3 enuye, and
takingeb of the cornunec summe yuele
men, and ad cumpanye maad, thei moueden
the citee. And thei stondinge* ny3f Jasons
hous, softens hem forh to bringe forth
e into' the peple. And whanne thei founden
hem not, thei drowen Jason and summe
bretheren to the princes of vthe citeek,
'criynge, For1 these it ben, that mouen the
7 world, and hidir thei camen, whom™ Ja-
son receyuede. And 'thes alle" don a3ens
the maundementis of Cesar, 'seiynge, an
8 other Jhesu0 "for to be? kyngi. Forsoth
thei mouyden the peple, and princesr of
» the citee, heeringe thes thingis. And 'sa-
tisfaccioun takun3 of Jason and of othere,
10 thei leften hem. Forsoth anoon by ny3te
bretheren dismittideri1 Poul and Silas in
to Beroan. Theu whiche whanne thei
camen, entriden into the syuagoge of
n Jewis. Sothli thes werenv the nobelere
of hem that ben at Tessalonyk, whichew
resceyueden thex word with al desyr, ech
day sekynge scripturisJ", ifz these thingis
12 so hadden hem. And sotheli manye of
hem bileuydeu, and of 'hethen wymmen
ishoneste* and men not fewe. Forsothe
whanne Jewis inb Tessalonyk hadden
knowe, 'for andc at Beroan the word
of God isd prechid of Poul, thei camen
ande thidur, mouynge and disturblingef
14 the multitude. And anon bretheren dis-
hem of& scripturis, and openyde, and 3
schewide that it bihofte Crist to suffre,
and rise a3en fro deth, and that this is
Jhesus Crist, whom Y telle to 3ou. And 4
summe of hem bileueden, and weren
ioyned to Poul and to Silas ; and a greet
multitude of hethene men worschipide
God, and noble wymmen not a fewe.
But the Jewis hadden enuye, and token .->
of the comyn puple summe yuele men,
and whanne thei hadden maad a cum-
penye, thei moueden the citee. And thei
camen to Jasouns hous, and soften hemh
to brynge1 forth among the puple. And fi
whanne thei founden hem not, thei
drowen Jasoun and summe britheren to
the princis of the citee, and crieden, That
these it ben, that mouerik the world, and
hidir thei camen, whiche1 Jason resseyu- 7
ede. And these alle don a3ens the
maundementis"1 of the emperour, and"
seien0, that Jhesu is anothir king. And s
thei moueden the puple, and the princis
of the citee, herynge these thingis. And o
whanne satisfaccioun was takun of Ja-
son, and of othere, thei leten Poul and
Silas go. And anoon bi ni3t britheren 10
leten Silas go in to Beroan. And whanne
thei camen thidur, thei entriden in to
the synagoge of the? Jewis. But these n
weren the worthier of hem that ben at
Thessolonik, whiche resseyueden the
word with al desire, eche dai sekinge
scripturis, if these thingis hadden hem
so. And manye of hem bileueden and 12
of i hethen wymmen onest and men not
a fewe. But whanne the Jewis inr Tes- is
salonyk hadden knowe, that also at Bero
the word of God was prechid of Poul,
thei camen thidir, mouynge and disturb-
3 and openide and schewide that v. * bihofte AMNOPQsrxv. bihoued G. « Om. K et alii. u Om. s.
v Om. x. w that v. * telle, or scheme AGMNOPSTY. telle QVX. J Om. N. weren v. z worschiping
God v. a hadden v. b token v. c comynte GMPT. comyne puple NV. d with a v. e stoden v.
f nyj to A sec. in. GMNQSTVXY sec. m. e and soujten r. h Om. sx. > to s. vnto x. k prestis <j.
1 and crieden, That r. m whiche r. n alle these GMP. ° and seien that Jhesu r. P to be sx. is v.
1 another king v. r the princes G sec. m. ' whanne satisfaccioun was taken v. * senten N. u Om. r.
T ben x. w the whiche o. x Om. N. J the scripturis v. z of o. a honest heithen wymmen GP.
b at x. c that also v. d was v. e Om. o. also r. f disturbende sx. distroublinge r.
g the a. h Om. k. > brynge Item ik. k moueden k pr. m. ' whom i. m comaundementes Bak.
n and thei EiKb sec. m. gkoo. ° seiden K. P Om. QO. 1 of the b. r at hk sec. m.
XVII. i5 — 24-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
559
mittiden Poul thanne, that he schulde go
'til tos the see ; forsoth Silas and Ty-
ismothe dwelten there. Sothlih thei that
ledden forth Poul, ledden him 'til to1
Athenes. And 'maundement takynk of him
to1 Silas and Tymothe, that ful hi3yngli
thei schulden come to him, thei wenten
16 forth. Forsoth whanne Poul abood hem
at Athenys, his spirit was mouyd in him,
i;seynge the citee 3ouun to ydolatrie. Ther-
fore he disputide in the synagoge with
Jewis, and men worschipinge"1, in the"
'chepinge, or dom place0, bi alle dayes to
is hern that herden. Forsothe summe Epi-
cureis, and StoycisP, and philosofris disput-
iden, 'or tretiden^, with him. And summe
seiden, What wole this sowere of wordis
seie ? Sothli othere seiden, He is seyn
forr to be a tellere of newe deuelis8 ; for
he telde to hem Jhesu, and1 a3en rysing.
19 And thei 'ledden him takun" to Ariopagev,
that is, comunw scale, seyinge, Mown we
wite, what is this newe doctryn, that is
20 seid of thee ? Sothlix thou bringist yn
sum newe thingis? to oure eeris ; therfore
we wolen wite, what these thingis2 wolen
21 be. Sothli alle men of Athenis and come-
lingis, herborida menb, jauen tent to noon
othir thing, no but ethirc ford to seye,
ethire forf to heere, ony£ thing of newe.
22 Forsoth Poul stondinge1' in the myddel of
Areopage', seithJ, Men of Athenisk, bi alle
thingis I se 3ou as veyn worschiperis.
2:i' Sothli I passinge1, and seyngem 3oure sy-
mulacris, foond" and0 an auter, in which
was writun, To vnknowun God. Therfore
which? thing 36 vnknowynge worschipen,
2.1 this thing I schewe to 3011. God that
made the world and alle thingis that ben
in it, this, whanne he is Lord of heuene
and erthe, dwellith not in templis maad
lynge8 the multitude. And tho* anoon u
britheren delyuerden Poul, that he
schulde go to the see ; but Sylas and
Tymothe dwelten there. And thei that is
ledden forth Poul, ledden hym to Atenes.
And whanne thei hadden take maunde-
rnent" of him to Silas and tov Tymothe,
that ful hi3yngli thei schulden come to
hym, thei wenten forth. And while Poul IB
abood hem at Atenys, his spirit was
moued in him, for he sai3 the citee
3ouunw tox ydolatrie. Therfor he dis-i?
putide 'in the synagoge with the? Jewis,
and with men that worschipidenz God,
and in the dom place, by alle daies to
hern that herden. And summe Epei- is
cureis, and Stoisens, and filosofris dis-
putiden8 with hym. And summe seiden,
What wole this sowere of wordis seie?
And othere seiden, He semeth to be a
tellere of newe fendishf ; for he telde to t that is, of
T, I.I • newe sciencis.
hem Jhesu, and the a3ennsyng. And 10 /,,>« here. v.
thei token, and ledden hym to Ario-
pagec, and seide, Moun we wite, what is
this newe doctryne, that is seid of thee ?
For thou bringist ynrie summe newe 20
thingis to oure eeris ; therfor we wolen
wite, what these thingis wolen be. For 21
alle men of Athenys and comlingis ber-
borid 3auen tent to noon other thing, but
ether to seied, ethir to here, sum newe
thing. And Poul stood in the myddil22
of Ariopage, and seide, Men of Athenys,
bi alle thingis Y se 3011 as veyn wor-
schipers. For Y passide, and si3 3oure23
maumetis, and foond an auter, in which
was writun, To the vnknowun God.
Therfor which thing 36 vnknowynge
worschipen, this thing Y schew to 3011.
God that made the world and alle thingis 24
that ben in it, this, for he is Lord of he-
S vnto GIUPT. h Forsothe N. ' vnto GMPT.' to Q. k whanne thei hadden take a maundement v. l of o.
m worschiping God, and r. n Om. G pr.m. TV pr.m. ° dome place, or chepyng o. cheping x. P Stoisens jr.
1 Om. otjrx. r Om. sx. s feendis v. * Om. or. " tooken and ledden hym v. v the Ariopage o.
"" a comoun GMPT. * For r. y doctrine o. z newe thingis o. aand herborewid G sec.m. MPT. b Om. r.
c other MP. d Om. sx. e or NQX. other MP. * Om. N. 8 any othir N. h stood v. ' Ariopage,
or comun scale GMPQSTF. J and seyde r. k Athenyencis y. l For I passide v. m sij v. n and
foond v. ° in K. Om. o. also v. P the whiche N.
s distroublynge HO. l thus g sec. m. k. Q a maundement EIK sec. m. MQRUxabceghkou/3. T Om. k.
w was jofen K pr. m. * to do b pr. m. J Om. R. z worschipen g. a ether tretiden K marg. *> thai is,
nerve sciencis maad bi feendis o marg. c that is, a comun scale K et o marg. d lerne EK sec.m. gk pr. m.
560
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XVII. 25 — XVIII. 2.
hond, nether is worschipid by mannis
hondis, 'hauynge neder of ony thing,
whanne he 3yueth lyf to alle men, 'and
26ynbrethings, and alle thingis; and maad
of* oon al the kynde of men for" to en-
habite onv al the face of erthe, determyn-
ynge tymes ordeyned, and termes of 'habi-
27taciounw, 'or dwelling*, of hem, for^ to
seke God, if perauenture thei feelen him,
ethir fynden, thou3 he be not fer fro 'ech
28ofz jou. Sotheli* in him we lyuen, and
ben moued, and ben. As and summe of
3oure poetis seiden, Sotheli web ben andc
29 the kynded of him. Therfore sithen we
ben the kynde6 of God, we schulen not
demef, 'or gesse%, godlyh thing 'for to be'
lyk tok gold, and1 siluer, or™ stoon, to
sograuyng of craft and" thou3t of man. And
sotheli God dispisinge0 the tymes of this
vnkunnynge, now? schewith to men, that
31 alle euery where do penaunce; for that he
ordeynede a day, in which he 'is toi dem-
ynger the world in equyte, in a man in
which he ordeynede, 'feith 3yuynges to
323116*, reysinge" him fro deede men*. So-
theli whanne thei 'hadden herd"' the a3en
rysing of deede men*, sothli summe scorn-
eden, summe forsothe seiden, We schulen
ssheere thee eft? of 'this thing2. So Poul
34wente out of thea myddil of hem. For-
sothe summeb cliuynge0 to him, bileu-
ydend. In the" whiche and Dionyse Ario-
pagite, or greets man qfb comun scale1,
and a womman, by name Damaris, and
othere menk with hem.
CAP. XVIII.
i Aftir thes thingis 'he gon1 out of A-
2thenis, camm to Corinthe. And fyndynge"
a man Jew0, by name Aquyla, of Ponte
uene and of e erthe, dwellith not in tem-
plis maad with hoond, nethir isf wor-25
schipid bi mannus hoondiss*, nether hath
1 f t hondis; that is,
nede of ony thing, for he 3yueth lijf to i» sacrifices of-
j i_ .-I • , .. . . frid to him,
alle men, and brethinge, and alle thingis; wuh mannes
and made of oon1' al the kinde of men to ae ££*/*"
enhabite on al the face of the erthe, de-
termynynge tymes ordeyned, and termes
of the dwellynge of hem, to seke God, ifa;
perauenture thei felen hym, ether fynden,
thou3 he be not fer fro eche of 3ou. For 28
in hym we lyuen, and mouen, and ben.
As also summe of 3oure poetis seiden,
And we ben also the kynde of hym.
Therfor sithen we ben the kynde1 of29
God, we schulen not deme, that godli
thing is lijk gold, and siluer, ethir stoon,
ethir to grauyng of craft and thou3t of
man. For God dispisith the tymes ofso
this vnkunnyng, and nowk schewith to
men, that alle euery where doon pen-
aunce; for that he hath ordeyned a dai,3i
in which he schal deme the world in
equite, in1 a man in which he ordeynede,
and 3af feithf to alle men, and reiside t and wf feith;
hym fro deth. And whanne thei hadden 32 to mmyngl?
herd the a3enrysing of deed men, summe
scorneden, and summe seiden, We schu-
len here thee eft of this thing. So Poul 33 oure rising a3
to comynge.
wente out of the myddil of hem. But 34 Lire here. ve
summen™ drowen to hym, and bileueden.
Among whichen Dynyse Aropagite0 was,
and a womman, bi name Damaris, and
othere men with hem.
CAP. XVIII.
Aftir these thingis Poul 3ede out ofi
Atenes, and cam to Corinthie. And he 2
fonde a man, a Jewe, Aquila bi name, of
q with o. r neither hath nede v. s jn breething r. t on N. u Om. os pr. m. v Om. sx.
w dwelling o. x Om. OQ. y Om. sx. z Om. N. a For v. b and wee jr. c also v. Om. x. d kyn r.
e kyn v. f gesse o. g Om. OQFJT. h that godly y. * to be SA". is r. k Om. or. ' or o. m and x.
n or N. either v fere passim. ° dispisith r. P and now v. q schal v. r demen s. deme rx. s and
3af feith r. * alle men r. u and reyside r. v Om. x. w herden N. * Om. x. y eftsoone x.
2 thees thenges o. this T. a Om. r. b summen QF. c cleueden v. d and bileeueden v. e Om.
OFX. S a grete GMPT. h in s. ' Gloss om. in x. k Om. G pr. m. MPT. ' Poul jede v. m and cam r.
n he foond v. ° a Jew r.
e Om. EiQg pr.m. ka. f he is I. g that is, sacrifices offrid to him bi mannes hondis o marg. h that
is, of Adam, the first man K marg. i Om. EQgk. k now he I. ' and Eig. m summe KQRka. n whom I.
0 that is, a greete man of comune scale K marg.
XViir. 3 — 1
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
561
bi kynde, that late cam fro Italie, and
Priscille, his wyf, for that Claudius co-
maundide alle Jewis for0 to departe fro
3 Rome, cam? to hem. And<i for he was of
the same craft, he dwellide at hem, and
wrou3te ; sothli1" thei weren of cenefectorie8
craft, that is, to make hilingis1 to trauel-
4 inge men. And he disputide in the syna-
goge by ech saboth, 'by twixe" puttinge
the name of thev Lord Jhesu ; and he
softlyw counceilide to* Jewis and Greekis.
oSotheli whanne Silas and Tymothe camen
fro Macedonye, Poul 3af bisynesse to the
word, witnessinge? to the" Jewis, 'Jhesu
o for to bea Crist. Forsothe 'hem 33611 sey-
inge and blasfemyngeb, he schakynge0 ofd
his clothis, seide6 to hem, 3°ure blood onf
3oure heed ; I cleric & fro hennis forth,
7 schal1' go to hethene men. And he pass-
inge1 theunis, entridek into the hous of
sum iust man, by name Tyte, worschip-
ynge God, whos hous was ioyned to the
8 synagoge. Crispe sothli, prince of the
synagoge, bileuyde to the Lord, with al
his hows. And manye of the Corinthies
heeringe1 bileuyden, and weren cristenyd.
n Forsoth the Lord seide by ny3te to Poul
by a visioun, Nyle thou drede, but spek,
10 and be not stille; for which thing I am
with thee, and no man schal be put to
thee that he anoye m thee, for moche
upeple is to Tne in this citee. Forsoth he
saat" ther a 3eer and sixe monethis, tech-
inge at hem the0 word!' of 'the Lordf.
12 Sothli Gallion r proconsul of Achaye,
Jewis8 risen1 vpu with oon ynwittv, 'or
tville™, into" Poul, and ledde hym to>
is the2 dom, seiyngea, For0 a3ens the lawe
this councelith men forc to worschipe God.
14 Sothli 'Poul bigynnynged for6 to opene
the mouth, Gallion seide to Jewis, Forsoth
Ponte bi kynde, that late cam from Ytalie,
and Priscille, his wijf, for that? Claudius
comaundide alle Jewis to departe fro
Rome; and he cam to hem. And for^s
he was of the same craft, he dwellide
with hem, and wromtef; and thei t
. ' Poul wroujte
weren or roopmakeris craft. And he 4 in this craft,
awey bi this.
Lire here. ve.
dispxitide in the synagoge bi ech sabat,
puttynge among the name of the Lord
Jhesu ; and he counselide Jewis and that he
not greue na
Grekis. And whanne Silas and Tyrno-r. towhichehe
the camen fro Macedonye, Poul 3af bisy- takingeecosti.i
nesse to the word, and witnesside to the tLt^TiLTpo-
Jewis, that Jhesu is Crist. But whanne e stlls.«liat
prechiden for
thei a^enseiden and blasfemyden, he coueitise, schu
. . . i • j den De put
schoke awei hise clothis, and seide to
hem, 3°ure blood be on 3oure heed ; Y
schal be clene from hennus forth, andr
schal go to hethene men. And he pass- 7
ide fro thennus, and entride in to the
hous of a iust man, Tite bi name, that
worschipide God, whos hous was ioyned
to the synagoge. And Crispe, prince of 8
the synagoge, bileuede to the Lord, with
al his hous. And many of the Corin-
thies herden, and bileueden, and weren
cristened. And the Lord seide bi ny3to
to Poul bi a visioun, Nyle thou drede,
but speke, and be not stille; forYamio
with thee, and no man schal be put to
thee to noye5 thee, for1 myche puple is
to me in this citee. And he dwellide n
there a 3eer and sixe monethis, techinge
among hem the word of God. But 12
whanne Gallion was proconsul of Acaye,
Jewis risen vp with oo wille a3ens Poul,
and ledden hym to the doom, and seiden, is
A3ens the lawe thisu counselith men to
worschipe God. And whaune Poul bi- u
gan to opene his mouth, Gallion seide
to the Jewis, If there were ony wickid
° Om. sx. P and he cam v. 1 Om. o. r forsothe o. s cenefectoryes o. * roopis, either
ftylyngis r. u bitwen sx. v oure o. w Om. v. x Om. v. 1 and witnessede v. z Om. o. tho sx.
a Jhesu to be sx. that Jhesu is v. D whanne thei ajenseiden and blasfemyden v. c schook r. d Om. N.
awey v. e and seide v. ' in QSX. of T. be on r. K schal be clene v. h and schal r. i passide fro v.
k and entride v. 1 herden and v. m noye GMNPQSTVX. n dwellide v. ° in the N. P woordis N.
1 God v. r whanne Gallyon was r. * the Jewis GMPT. * riseden v. u Om. isx. v witt o. wille v.
w Om. ovx. x ajens v . 7 in to G pr. m. 2 Om. o. a and seyden r. b Om. v, c Om. sx.
d whanne Poul bigan v. e Om. QSX.
P Om. k pr. m. 1 for that k. r and I IKO. s anoye R. ' Om. gk pr. m. u he this i.
VOL. IV. 4 C
562
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
xvm. 15 — 26.
if ther were ony wickidf thing, or£ worst
trespas, 36 men Jewis, ri3tly I schulde sus-
isteyne'1 3011; forsoth if questiouns ben of the
word, and names of 3oure lawe, 36' silf se ;
I wolek not be domesman of thes wordis1.
i« And he drof them fro the™ dom place.
nForsothe alle takynge" Sostenen, prince of
the synagoge, smyten0 him bifore the dom
place; and no thing of these was to charge
is to Gallion. Poul forsothe whanne 3it he
hadde susteynedi1 many dayes, seiyngei
far wel to bretheren, byr boot cam8 to
Sirie, and 'with him* Priscille and A-
quyla", thev whiche hadden clippidvv to
hemw the* heed? in Tencrisz; 'sothli thei
i9haddena a vow. And he cam to Ephesy,
and there he lefte hem ; sothli he goyngeb
into the synagoge, disputidec with Jewis.
20 Sothli vhem preiynged that he schulde
21 dwelle more tyme, he consentide not, but
he makinge" farwel, and seiyngef, 'It bi-
houeth me foi* to make the solempne1'
day comynge to' at Jerusalem, andk eft I
schal turne a3en to 3ou, 'God willinge1,
22wentem forth fro Ephesi. And he com-
ynge" doun tolin Cesarie, sti3ede° vp, and
grette the chirche, and cam doun to An-
23tiochie. And, there? sumwhat of tyme
maadi, he wente forth, walkinge by ordre
thorw the cuntree of Galathie, and Frigie,
24 confermynge1" alle diseiplis3. Sothli sum
Jew, Apollo by name, a man of Alysaun-
dress of kynde, a man eloquent, cam to
asEphesie, my3tit in scripturis. This man
was tau3t the wey of the Lord, and fer-
uentu in spirit spakv, and tau3te diligentli
tho thingis that weren of Jhesu, know^
2«ingew oonli the baptym of John. Sothli
this man bigan forx to do tristily in the
synagoge. Whom whanne Priscille and
Aquyla herden, thei token 'him to>, and
thing, ether yuel trespas, 36 Jewis, ri3tli
Y schulde suffre 3ou ; but if questiouns 15
benv of the word, and of names of 3oure
lawe, bisee 3ouw silf ; Y wole not be
domesman of these thingis. And he 10
droof hem fro the doom place. And 17
allef token Sostenes, prince of the syna-
goge, and smoten him bifor the doom
place ; and no thing of these was to
charge to Gallion. And whanne Poulia
hadde abidun many daies, he seide fare
wel to britheren, and bi boot camx to
SyrieJ. And Priscille and Aquila camen
with hym, whiche hadden clippid his
heed in Tencris; for he had a vow. Andio
he cam to Effesie, and there he lefte
hem ; and he 3ede in to the synagoge,
t that is, alle
themynystris of
the proconsul,
put so awey of
the iuge. Lire
here. ve.
J cam to Sirie;
that is, toward
Sirie, for thanne
potto Sri* but
in Asie. ve.
This clause, //
bihoueth. etc.
and disputide with Jewis. And whanne 20 tii thidir, at Je-
thei preieden, that he schulde dwelle more Of the text! "ei-
he consentide not, but he made 21
id;forPouie
jede not thanne
to Jerusalem,
an other Cesa-
rie of Filip is in
the prouynce of
Fenyce, and
another Cesarie
is in Palesteyn.
Lire here. ve.
time, he consentide not,
'fare wel?, and seide, Eft Y schal turne
a3en to 3ou, if God wole ; and he wente
forth fro Effesi. And he cam doun to 22
Cesarie, and hez 3ede vp, and grette the
chirche, and cam doun to Antiochie. And 23 Capadocie, as
the Glose seith ;
whanne he hadde dwellide there sum-
what of time, he wente forth, walkinge
bi rewea thorou the cuntrei of Galathie,
an/1 Frigie, and confermyde alle the dis-
ciplis. But a Jewe, Apollo bi name, 324
man of Alisaundre of kinde, a man elo-
quent, cam to Effesie ; and he was my3ti
in scripturisb. This man was tau3t the 25
weie of the Lord, and was feruent in
spirit, and spak, and tau3te diligentli tho
thingis that weren of Jhesu, and knew
oonli the baptym of Joon. And this 26
man bigan to do tristili in the synagoge.
Whom whanne Priscille and Aquila
herden, thei token hym, and more dili-
gentli expowneden to hym the weie of
f wicke sx. g either r pass. fere. h suffre v. * je jou M. 3011 sx. k nil o. ' thingis r.
m Om. N. n tooken y. ° and smytiden v. P abeden v. 1 seide v. r and bi r. s he cam s.
* Om. v. u Aquila camen with him r. v Om. v. vv clippen y. w him v. x Om. T. Y heued OT.
z Tencris toun MPT. a for he hadde v. b jede v. c and disputide r. d whanne thei preieden v.
e made r. f seide v. g Om. sx. h Om. T. i Om. s. <lc Om. v. 1 if God wole r. m he went
MPTY sec.m. and he wente v. n cam v. in fro 0. o an<l sti;ede v. P whanne he hadde dwellid there v.
I Om.r. r and confermyde v. s the disciplis GMPTY sec.m. ss Alexandryne M. * and he was myjty r.
II was feruent r. v and spak r. w and knew r. x Om. sx. y to hym v pr. m. hym v sec. m.
v Om. A pr. m. w jour E.
marg. b scripture A.
" he cam IK. 7 fare wel to britheren K. z Om. Rg. a ether ordre K
XVIII. 27 — XIX. io.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
563
more diligently expowneden to him the
27wey of the Lord. Sothli whanne he
wolde go toz Achaie, bretheren monestida,
'or councelid^, writenc to disciplisd, that
thei schulden resceyue him; which whanne
he cam, 3af moche to hem that bileu-
ssyderi. Forsothe6 he greetly ouercam Jewis,
schewingef openly by scripturis, 'Jhesu for
to bes Crist.
CAP. XIX.
i Forsoth it ish don, whanne Apollo was
at Corinthe, that1 the hi3erk partis1 gon,11
Poulm cam to Ephesi, and fond summen
2 of disciplis0. And he seide to hem, If?
36 han resceyued the Hooli Gost bileu-
yngei? And thei seiden to him, But ne-
thir we han herd, if the Hooli Gost is.
3 Sothly he seithr, Therfore in what thing
ben 36 baptysid ? Whiche8 seiden, In bap-
4 tym1 of John. Forsoth Poul seide, John
baptyside in baptym of penaunce the pe-
ple, seyinge", that thei schulde byleue
into* him that was to comyngew aftir him,
.".that is, into" Jhesu. 'These thingis herd-v,
thei benz baptisid in the name of the Lord
c Jhesu. And whanne Poul hadde putt to
hem the* hondis, the Hooli Gost cam on
hem, and thei spaken with langagis, and
7 prophesieden. Forsoth alle weren almest
stwelue men. Sothli he gonb into the sy-
nagoge, vwith trist spakc, by thre monethis
disputinge and softlid mouynge6 of the
okyngdom of God. Sothli whanne summe
weren endurid, 'or maad hard1, and bi-
leuyden not, cursingeS the wey of the
Lord bifore multitude'1, he goynge' awey
fro hem, departidek disciplis1, 'ech day dis-
puting^™ in scole" of sum tyraunt0, 'or
wstrong man?. This isi don by tweyr
3eeris8, so that alle that dwelliden in Asie
herden the word of vthe Lord1, Jewis and
the Lord. And whanne he wolde go to 27
Acaie, britheren excitiden1, and wrotenm
to the disciplis, that thei schulden res-
seyue hym ; which whanne he cam, 3af
mychen to hem that bileueden. For heaft
greetli ouercam Jewis, and schewide
opynli bi scripturis, that Jhesu is Crist.
CAP. XIX.
And it bifelle, whanne Apollo was at i
Corinthi, that Poul whanne he hadde go
the hi3er coostis, he earn to Efesie, and
foond surnme of0 disciplis. And he seide 2
to hem, Whethir 36 that bileuen hari
resseyued the Hooli Goost? And thei
seiden to hym, But nether vhan wei' herd,
if the Hooli Goost is. And he seide, s
Therfor in what thing ben 36 baptisid ?
And thei seiden, In the baptym of Joon.
And Poul seide, Joon baptiside the puple4
in baptymi of penaunce, and tai^te, that
thei schulden bileue in hym that was to
comynge 'after hymr, that is, in Jhesu.
Whanne thei herden these thingis, thei 5
weren baptisid in the name of the Lord
Jhesu. And whanne Poul hadde leid on e
hem his hoondis, the Hooli Goost cam
in5 hern, and thei spaken with langagis,
and profecieden. And alle weren almest?
twelue men. And he 3ede in to the s
synagoge, and spak with trist thre mo-
nethis, disputinge and tretinge of the
kingdom of God. But whanne summe 9
weren hardid, and bileueden not, and
cursiden the weie of the Lord bifor the
multitude, he 3ede awei fro hem, and
departide the disciplis, and disputide in
the scole of a my3ti man eche dai. This 10
was doon bi twei 3eeris, so that alle that
dwelliden in Asie herden the word of the
z into o sec.m. a excitiden v. & Om. qvx. c and writeden v. d the disciplis MPT. e For v.
f and schewide v. S Jhesu to be sx. that Jhesu is v. h was v. 5 that Poul M P. that Poule, whanne he
hadde goo v. k hije r. 1 parties s. u Om. v. m Om. MP. n of summe v. ° the disciplis G. P Wher
bileeuynge v. 1 Om. v. r seide v. s The whiche QSX. ' the baptym v. u and taujte v. Y to o.
w comen sx. * Om. o. y Whanne thei herden these thingis r. z weren v. a Om. x. *> 3ede r.
c and spak with trist v. d sotelly o. Om. v. e treetinge v. f Om. QX. or hardid s. e and cursiden r.
h the multitude MPQSTX. > jede r. k and departide r. 1 the disciplis GMPT. m and disputide v.
n the scoles o. ° myjty man ech day v. P Om. orx. q was v. r two MPTX. s 3er sx. 4 God o.
1 axiden k. m writen EiRe/3. n conmforl o marg. ° of the KRahk. P we han EKQnbceghajS. we
haue i. we k. 1 the baptym hko. r Om. bp1. m. g. s in to KR sec. m.
4 C 2
564
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XIX. II 22.
uhethene men. Andu vertues whiche euerev
12" the Lordw didex by the hond of Poul, so
that on syke men the^ sudaries, W swet-
yng clotliis1, ora 'ny3t clothisb, or girdils,
werenc borun fro his body, and sikenessis
departiden fro hem, and wickided spiritis
iswenten out. Forsothe and summe of the
Jewis exorcistis, or coniureris, comyngee
aboute, temptide forf to inclepe# the name
of the Lord Jhesu Crist on hem that had-
den yuele sj)iritis, seiynge'1, I coniure 30U1
14 by Jhesu, whom Poul prechith. Sotheli
ther weren summe seuene sones of a
Jewe, SceueJ, prince of prestis, that diden
is this thing. Sothli the yuel spirit answer-
ingek, seide to hem, I haue1 knowe Jhesu,
and I wool™ Poul ; forsoth" whiche0 ben
1036? And the man in which? was the
worste deuel, Uippinge into"! hem, and
hauynger lordschip5 of bothe, was1 strong
a3ens hem, that" theiv nakid and woundid
17 fleddenw awey fro that hous. Forsoth this
thing was inaad knowun to alle Jewis"
and hethene men, that dwelliden at Ephesi;
and drede fel doun on hem alle, and thei
magnyfieden the name of the? Lord Jhesu.
is And manye ofz men" bileuynge camen,
isknowlechinge and tellinge her dedis. So-
theli manye of hem that sueden curiouse
thingis, brou3ten to gidere bookis, and
brennyden hem bifore alle men ; and theb
prisisc of hemd acountide, thei founden
20 money of fifty thousynd pens ; so strongly
the word of God wexidef, and was con-
2ifermyd. Sothlis 'thes thingis fulfillidh,
Poul purposide in spirit, Macedonye' pass-
id and Achaye, fork to go to Jerusalem,
seiynge1, For aftir that I schal™ be there,
22 it bihoueth me for" to se° Rome. Forsoth
he sendingeP into Macedonye tweynei of
Lord, Jewis and hethene men. And Godn
dide vertues not smale bi the hoond of
Poul, so that on sijk men* the sudaries" 12
weren borun fro his bodye, and sijknessis
departiden fro hem, and wickid spiritis
wenten out. But also summe of thev is
Jewis exorsisistsw 3eden aboute, and as-
saieden to clepe the name of the Lord
Jhesu Crist on hem that hadden yuele
spiritis, and seiden, Y coniure 3ou bi
Jhesu, whom Poul prechith. And theru
weren seuene sones of a Jewe*, Steuen?,
a prince of preestis, that diden this thing.
But the yuel spirit answeride, and seide ir.
to hem, Y knowe Jhesu, and Y knowe
Poul ; but who ben 36 ? And the man ie
in which was the worste deuel, lippide
on hem, and haddez victorie of" bothe,
and was stronge a3ens hem, that thei
nakid and woundid fledden awei fro that
hous. And this thing was maad knowun 17
to alle theb Jewis and toc hethene men,
that dwellidend at Effesie; and drede
felle doun on hem alle, and thei magny-
fieden the name of the Lord Jhesu. And is
many men bileueden, and camen, know-
lechinge and tellynge her dedis. And 19
manye of them that sueden curiouse
thingis6, bnnrjten togidere bookis, and
brenneden hem bifor alle men ; and
whanne the prices of tho weren acountid,
thei founden monei of fifti thousynd
pens; so stronglif the word of God wex-2o
ide, and was confermyd. And whanne 21
these thingis weren fillid, Poul purposide
in spirit, aftir that Macedony was passid
and Acaie, to go to Jerusalem, and seide,
For aftir that Y schal be there, it bihou-
eth me 'to se alsos Rome. And he sente22
in to Macedonye twey men, that'1 myn-
u Om. rr. " Om. v. w God MPTr. * dide vertues not litel r. y Om. sx. 2 Om. ox. a Om. o.
b Om. o. c that weren QSX. d wicke sx. e goinge y. f Om. sx. S clepe r h and seiden r.
» Om. Y. J Steuen NO. Sceue by name T. Steue r. k answeride and v. 1 Om. v. m knowe r.
n but v. ° who MPT. whos r. P whom MPT. <l lippide on v. r hadde r. s the lordshipe S.Y. * and
was v. u so that GMPT. v Om. GMP. w thei fledden GMPT. x the Jewis MT. y cure Q. z Om. MPT.
a hem o. b whanne the v. c preestis GT. d thoo v. e weren acountid v. f wex sx. S Forsothe o.
h whanne these thingis weren fillid v. i aftir that Macidonie was v. k Om. sx. ' and seide v.
m haue o. D Om. sx. " see also v. p sente v. 1 two GMPSTX.
* Om. k pr. m. u ether srvetinge clothes K marg. v Om. K pr. m. w exorsistis ink. or coniurers
i sec. m. marg. * cruel Jewe R. y Stene Ebcg. that is, a man K marg. Scene K sec.m. a. z he hadde B.
a on R. b Om. CEiKMQUxabceghkoa/3. c Qm. H. d dwellen Eg. e that is, wlcche crqftis o et r marg.
f stronge b. S also to se Qgk. h and R.
XIX. 23 — 33-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
565
men mynistringe to him, Tymothe and
Eraste, dwellide1" at a tyme in Asie.
2sTherfores ther1 was maad in that day 'a
sturblingu 'not leestv, of w the wey of the
24 Lord. Forsoth* sum man, Demetrie by
name, argentarie ?, makinge z siluerene
housisa to Dian, ^that isb,falsc goddesseA,
3afe to crafty men 'not litilf wynnyng;
25 whom& he clepinge1' to gidere, and hern that
weren suche rnanere1 werk men, seidek,
Men, 36 witen for1 of this craft Ms to 3011
26wynnyngm; and 36 seen and heeren, forn
not oonly of Ephesi, but almest of al Asie,
this Poul councelinge0 turneth awey moche
cumpanyP, seiyngei, forr thei ben not god-
2;dis, that ben rnaad by hondis. Forsoth8
not oonli this part schal be in perel to vs,
for* to come into reprof, but11 the temple
of greet Dian schal be acountidv intow
no3t; but and the mageste of hir schal bex
distroyed, whom al Asie worschipith and
28 the world. 'These thingis herd-v, thei 'ben
fulfillidz with ire, and cryeden, seiynge,
29Greeta Dianb of Ephesians. And the
citee 'is fulfillidc with confusioun, and thei
maden a sawt withcc 'oon ynwitd, 'or willee,
in to the teatre, or comune biholdyng
place, 'Gayus rauyschidf and Aristark,
30 men of Macedonye, felowis of Foul. Sothli
'Poul willinges for1' to' entre into the
aipeple, disciplisk sufFriden not. Forsoth
summe1 andm of the princes of Asie, that
weren his frendis, senten to him, prei-
ynge", that he schulde not 3yue him silf
32 into the teatre. Sothli othere men cry-
eden othir thing0; sothliP the chirche was
confusid, and manye wisten not of'J what
33 cause thei camen to gidere. Sothli of the
cumpanye thei withdrowenr sum man Ali-
ystriden to hym, Tymothe, and Eraste,
and he dwellide for a tyme in Asie.
And a greet troubling was rnaad in that 23
dai, of the weie of the Lord. For 324
man, Demetrie bi name, a worcher' ink
siluer, makide1 siluer™ housis to Diane",
and 3af to crafti men myche wynnyng;
which he0 clepide togidere 'hem that 25
werenP suche maner werkmen, and seide,
Men, 36 witen that of this craft wyn-
nyng is to vs ; and 36 seen and heren, 26
that this Poul counseilith and turneth
awei myche puple, not oonli of Effesie,
but almest ofi al Asie, and seith, that
thei ben not goddis, that ben maad with
hoondis. And not oonli this part schal 27
be in perel to vs, to come in to repreef,
but also the temple of the greet Dian
schal be acountid in to nou3t ; 3he, and
the inaieste of hir schal bigynne to be
destried, whom al Asie and the world
worschipith. Whanne these thingis 28
weren herd, thei weren fillid with ire,
and crieden, and seiden, Greet is the
Dian of Effesiansr. And the citee was 29
fillid with confusioun, and thei maden
ans asaut with 0011 wille in to the tea-
atre4; and tooken Gayus and Aristark,
men of Macedonye, felawis ofu Poul.
And whanne Poul would haue entrid inso
to the peple, the disciplis suffriden not.
And also summe of the princis of Asie, 3i
that weren hise freendis, senten to him,
and preieden, that he schulde not 3yue
hym silf in to the teatre. And othere 32
men crieden othir thing; for the chirche
was confusid, and many wisten not for
what cause thei weren come togidere.
But of the puple thei drowen awei oon 33
r he dwelte P. he dwellide MTY sec. m. and he dwellide v. s Forsothe v. * a greet troubling r. u a
turbling AMNY. a trublynge GQSTX. a tourbelyng o. turbling p. Om. v. v Om. v. w in QSX. x For r.
y an argentarie N. a worchere in siluer r. z makide r. a house G. b Om. x. c afals GMPTY. Om. x.
d Om. x. e and Jaf r. { myche v. S whiche v. h clepide v. > Om. N. k and seide v. 1 that v.
m wynnyng is to vs v. n that v. ° counceileth and v. P companyes o. 1 and seith r. r that or.
9 Sothely o. ' Om. sx. u but also r. T counted s*. w to Q. * bigynne to be v. y Whanne these
thingis weren herd v. z weren fillid r. a Greet is v. b the Deane x. c was fillid r. cc of v.
d oo wille K. e Om. orx. f and rauyschen Gayus v. g whanne Poul wolde v. h Om. svx. ' Om. vx.
k the disciplis MPY sec.m. ' summen T. also summe v. m Om. TV. n and preieden v. ° thenges o.
P for v. 1 or r. r drowen doun r.
' that is, a maker of housis to false goddis umarg. k of a. ' made cKnxahko/3. m siluerne EKQRcgea.
n that is, an ymage of a ladi o marg. ° Om. CK sec. m. P Om. a. 1 Om. A. r the Effesians R.
8 Om. 10. * that is, comyn biholdyng place K marg. thai is, a comyn place o marg.
« to a.
566
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XIX. 34— XX. 3.
saundre, Jewiss puttinge1 him, 'or fer
schowfynge*. Forsothe Alisaundre, silence
axidv with thew hond, woldex 3elde resoun
34 to the peple. Whom as thei knewen for?
to be a Jew, o vois of alle men was maad,
criynge as by tweya houris, Greet Dian
35 of Ephisians. And whanne the scribe b
hadde ceessid the cumpanyes, he seide,
Men of Ephesi, who sothli is 'of menc,
that knowith not, thed citee of Ephisians
'for to bee worschiper of greetf Dian, and
3«of the sones Jubiter? Therfore whanne
it may not be a3en seid to thes thingis,
it bihoueth 3011 forh to be ceessid1, 'or
swagidk, and for1 to do no thing folily;
37 sothli1" 36 ban brou3t thes men, nether
sacrilegeris", nether blasfemynge 3oure
38goddesse. That if Demetrie, and the0
werkmen that ben with him, han cause
a3ens ony man, comyngisP to gidere of
domi benii don, and proconsuls, 'or ius-
wtisis*, ben; accuse thei hem to gidere. If
36 seken ou3t of ony othir thing, it may be
4t»asoylid in the laweful chirche. Forwhi
and we ben in perel for8 to be reproued
of this dayes seducioun, 'or dissencioun*,
sithen no man is gilty, of whom we mown
3elde resoun of this rennyng to gidere.
And whanne he hadde seid this thing, he
lefte", 'or delyuerede"1 , the chirche.
CAP. XX.
1 Forsothe aftir that the noyse ceesside,
'disciplisw clepid, Poul monestingex hem,
seidey farwel ; and he wente forth, forz
2 to go into Macedonye. Sothli whanne he
hadde walkid bi the3 partisb, and hadde
monestid hem by moche word, he cam to
3 Greece. Where whanne he hadde be threc
monethis, asspies in yueld of thedd Jewis
weren maad to him, toe schippingef into
Alisaundre, while Jewis puttiden hym
forth. And Alisaundre axide with his
hoond silence, and wolde 3elde av resoun
to the puple. And as thei knewen that 34
he was a Jew, o vois of alle men was
maad, criynge as bi tweyn ouris, Greetw
Dian of Effesians. And whanne the 35
scribe" haddey ceessid the puple, he seide,
Men of Effesie, what man is he, that
knowith not, that the citee of Effesians
is the worschipere of greet2 Dian, and of
the child of a Jubiter? Therfor whanne SB
it may not be a3enseid to these thingis,
it behoueth 3ou to be ceessid, and to do
nothing folili ; for 36 han brou3t theses?
men, nethir sacrilegeris, nethir blasfem-
ynge 3oure goddesse. That if Demetrie, ss
and the werk men that ben with hym,
han cause a3ens ony man, there ben
courtis, andb domes, and iugis ; accusen
thei eche other. If 36 seken ou3t of ony 39
othir thing, it may be assoylid in the
lawful chirche. For whi we ben in4o
perel to be repreuyd of thisc daies dis-
sencioun, sithen no man is gilti, of whom
we moun 3elde resoun of this rennyng
togidre. And whanne he hadde seid this
thing, he lete the puple go.
CAP. XX.
And aftir the noise ceesside, Poul i
clepide the disciplis, and monestide hem,
and seide fare wel ; and he wente forth,
to go in to Macedonye. And whanne he 2
hadde walkid bi thod coostis, and hadde
monestid hem bi many wordis, he cam
to Greece. Where whanne he hadde bes
thre monethis, the Jewis leiden aspies
for hym, that was to saile in to Sirie;
s while Jewis r. * pultyng Q. pultiden r. u or fer chewynge GT. or for schetvinge MPY sec.m.
Om. or. v asked g. w Om. GMNPST. x and wolde v. y Om. sx. a two GM el s pass. TX.
b scribe, either derke of the citee v. c the man o. d that the v. e to be sx. is v. f the greet o.
S chijld of y. h Om. sx. i swagid o. k Om. oox. ' Om. sx. "' for r. n sacrileges o. ° Om. o.
P comynge T. 1 domes AGMNOPSVX. 11 men Y. T Om. x. s Om. sx. * Om. ox. u delyuerede x.
» Om. ox. w the disciplis MPT. >x Poul clepide disciplis, and monestide v. y and seide r. * Om. sx.
a thoo GMPTF. b parties MPST. partis, either cunlrees r. c the three N. d yuel, either tresoun r.
dd Om. M. e Om. MPT. * shipen sx.
v Om. ao. w Greet is (3. x scribis EQg. thai is, a town clerk o marg. y hadden EQg.
KRhko. a Om. o. b of A pr. m. EQRbcgo. c these g. d the Eghk.
z the grete
XX. 4— IS-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
567
Sirie ; and he hadde counceil 'of turnynges
43360 into1' Macedonye. Sothli Sossipater
Pirri' Beroence folowide him ; of Tessalo-
nisensis forsothe Aristark, and Secunde,
and Gayus, Derbeus, and Tymothe ; sothli
a Asians, Tyticus and Trophimus. These
whanne thei wenten bifore, vsusteyneden,
G or abiden k, vs at Troade. Forsoth we
schipiden1 aftir dayes™ of 'therf looues11
fro Philippis, and camen to hem at
Troade in fyue daies, where we dwelten
7seuene dayes. Sothli 'o day of sabothnn,
whanne we camen for0 to breke breed,
Poul disputide with hem, 'he toi' goyngei
in the morwe ; and he drow along the
a wordr til intos mydny3tt. Sothli plenteu-
ous laumpis weren in the ^souping place",
9 where we weren gederid to gidere. Sothli
sumv 3ong man, Euticus bi name, sittingew
on the wyndow, whannex he was dreynt
with a greuous sleep, 'Poul disputinge?
longe, he leddz by sleep fela down fro the
thridde stage, 'or souping placeb; and he
iotakunc vp, vis offridd deed. To whom
whanne Poul cam down, he lay on him,
and biclippinge6 seide, Nyle }e be trou-
blidf ; forsothff the soule of him is in him.
n And he goyngeS vpss, and brekinge'1
breed, and tastinge', and spak ynow til
into the Ii5t ; and so he wente forth.
12 Sothli thei brou3tenk to1 the child lyu-
ynge'n, and thei ben" comfortid vnot leest0.
is Sothli we sti3yngep vp into a schip, schip-
pideni into Asson, vfro thennus wer to re-
ceyuynge8 Poul1 ; sothliu so he hadde dis-
H posid, to makingev iourney bi lond. For-
sothw whanne he fond vs in Asson, Nhitri
latakyn to*, we camen to Mitilene. And
fro thennis schippinge>', in the day suynge
wez camen a3ens Chyum, and an other day
we haueneden at Samum, and in the day
and he hadde counsel to turne a3en bi
Macedonye. And Sosipater of Pirri 4
Boroense folowide hym ; of Thessolony-
censes, Astirak6, and Secoundus, and
Gayus Derbeus, and Tymothe; and Asi-
ans, Titicus and Trofimus. These fors
thei wenten bifore, aboden vs at Troade.
For we schippiden aftir the daies of therf c
looues fro Filippis, and cam to hem at
Troade in fyue daies, where we dwelten
seuene daies. And in the first dai of the 7
woke, whanne we camen to breke breed,
Poul disputide with hem, and schulde
go forth in the morew ; and hef drow s
along the sermoun til in to mydny3t. And
many laumpes weren in the soler, where
we weren gaderyd togidir. And a 3ong«
man, Euticus bi name, sat on the? wyn-
dowe, whanne he was fallun in to an
heuy sleep, while Poul disputide long,
al slepynge he felle doun fro the thridde
stage ; and he was takun vp, and was
brou3t deed. To whom whanne Poul 10
cam doun, he. lay on hym, and biclippide,
and seide, Nyle 36 be troblid ; for his
soule is in hym. And he wente vp, and n
brak breed, and eete, and spak ynow3
vntob the dai ; and so he wente forth.
And thei brou3ten the childe alyue, and 12
thei weren coumfortid greetli. And we is
wenten vp in to a schip, and schippiden
in to Asson, to take Poul fro thennus;
for so he hadde disposid to make iourney
bi loond. And whanne he foond vs irH4
Asson, we token hym, and camen to
Mitilene. And fro thennus we schip- ir.
piden in the dai suynge, and we camen
a3ens Chyum, and another dai we hauen-
yden at Samum, and in the dai suynge
we camen toMylete. And Poul purposidei<;
to schip ouer to Efesi, lest ony tariyng
S to turne v. h bi v. ' the sone of Pirry v. k aboden o. abiden v. susteneden x. l schippeden
in N. m the daies v. u pask o. nn in the firste dai of the woike v. ° Om. ax. P to o.
and schulde v. 1 go forth v. gon x. T sermoun v. s to Q. * the mydnyjt o. u soler r.
v a o. w sat r. * where T. y while Poule disputide v. z was led v. a and felde v. b Om. OQA.
either soler v. c was taken v. d and was broujt v. e biclippe and v. f turblid MNP. ff for r.
S sti3iede v. SS Om. QF. h brakyn r. i taastide v. k lyuynge broujten v. * Om. v. m Om. r.
n weren v. ° greetly ov. p Sweden v . q and schepiden v. r Om. TV, s receyue MSX. take v.
1 Poul fro thennes r. u for v. v niaken sx. w Sothli v. x we token him and r. y we schepiden r.
z and we v.
e Aristark be. f Om. EQgk pr. m. (3. & a n. h into R.
568
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XX. 16 — -28.
ifisuynge wea camen to Milete. Sothli Poul
purposide forb to schippe ouer toc Ephesi,
lest ony dwelling were maad to him in
Asie ; forsothd he hi3ede, if it were pos-
sible to him, that he schulde make the
17 day of Pentecoste at Jerusalem. Fro Mi-
lete sothli he sendynge6 to Ephesy, clepidef
the more? thorw birthe'1 of the chirche.
is Which' whanne thei camen to him, and
weren to gidere, he seide to hem, 3e witen
frok the firste day, in which I cam into1
Asie, hou with 3011 by ech tyme I was,
i!) seruynge to the Lord with al mekenesse,
and rnyldnesse, and teeris, and tempta-
ciouns, that felden to me of aspyingis™ of
aoJewis; how I withdrow3 mrjt ofn profit-
able0 thingis to 3011, that I telde not to
3011, and tau3te 3011 openly, and bi housis;
21 witnessingeP to Jewis and hethene men
'into God penaunce^, and feith into oure
22 Lord Jhesu Crist. And vnow lo r ! I
boundun5 in spirit, go* into Jerusalem;
what" thingis in it 'ben to" comyrigev to
23 me vnknowyngew, no but fhat the Hooly
Gost by alle citees witnessith to me, sey-
ingex, for bondis^ and tribulaciouns at Je-
24rusalem 'dwellen to7 me. But I schame3,
'or drede^, no thing of these, nether I
make my 'soule, that is, lyfc, preciouser
than my silf, 'the while'1 I ende, 'or ful-
fille*, my cours, and the mynysterie of the
word, thef which I receyuede of the Lord
Jhesu, for& to witnesse the gospel of the
25 grace of God. And now lo ! I woot, forh
36 schulen no more se my face, alle 36 by
whom1 I passide, prechinge the kingdom
26 of God. Wherfore I witnesse 3ouk this
day, for1 I am clene of the blood, 'or
27 synnem, of alle men. Forsoth" I flei3 not
awey, that I tai^te0, 'or teelde?, not to
28 3ou al the councel of God. Take^ tent to
3ou, and to al the folk1", in which the
were maad to hym in Asie; for he hi3-
ede, if it were possible to hym, that he
schulde be in the dai of Pentecost at
Jerusalem. Fro Mylete he sente to Ef- 17
fesi, and clepide the grettest men of1
birthe of the chirche. And whanne thei is
camen to hym, and weren togidir, he
seide to hem, 3e witeri fro the firste dai,
in which Y cam in to Asie, hou with
3ou bi eche tyme Y was, seruynge to the 10
Lord with al mekenesse, and mildnesse,
and teeris, and temptaciouns, that felden
to me of aspiyngisk of Jewis ; hou Y 20
withdrowe not of profitable thingis to
3ou, that Y telde not to 3ou, and tau3te
3ou! opynli, and bi housis; and Y wit- 21
nesside to Jewis and to hethene men
penaunce in to God, and feith in to oure
Lord Jhesu Crist. And now lo! Y am 22
boundun in spirit, and go in to Jerusa-
lem ; and Y knowe not what thingis
schulen come to me in it, but that the 23
Hooli Goost 'bi alle citees11 witnessith to
me, and seith, that boondis and tribula-
ciouns at Jerusalem abiden me. But Y24
drede no thing of these, nether Y make
my lijf preciousere than my silf, so that
Y end my cours, and the mynysterie of
the word, which Y resseyuede of the
Lord Jhesu, to witnesse the gospel of
the grace of God. And 'now lom! Yas
woot, that 36 schulen no more se my
face, alle 36 bi whiche Y passide, prech-
ynge the kingdom of God. Wherfor Yae
witnesse to 3ou this day, that Y am cleen
of the blood of alle men. For Y fley" not 27
awey, that Y telde not to 3ou al the
counsel of God. Take 36 tente to 3ou, 28
and to al the flocke0, in which the Hooli
Goost hath set 3ou bischops, to reule the
chirche of God, whichP he purchaside
with his blood. Y woot, that aftir my 21)
a Om. s. •> Om. SA-. c Om. x. d for v. e sente v. f and clepide y. S more men NF. h birthe,
either the eldre men r. > And r. k for in T. ' to v. m aspying o. n Om. v. ° the profitable G.
vnprofitable v. P and I witnesside v. q penaunce into God r. r lo! now MP. s am bounden r.
* and goo F. u and I knowe not what r. u schulen v. v comen sx. come r. w Om. r. * and
seith F. 7 that bondis v. z abyden v. a dreede r. b Om. OQFX. c lyf or. soule x. d so that r.
e Om. OQX. either Jllle v. f Om. MPVX. g: Om. sx. h that v. ' which v. k to jou MPQFX. l that r,
m Om. QX. n For v. o telde v. P Om. ovx. q Taketh PS. r flok MPTFX.
' in Rb. k aspiyng b. J Om. K pr. m.
P the which k.
Om. R. m lo! now QR. n fledde R. ° folk ak sec. m.
XX. 2Q — XXI. 3-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
569
Hooly Gost sette* 5011 bischopis, for1 to
reule the chirche of God, which he pur-
29 chaside" with his blood. I woot forv aftir
ray departyng, rauyschinge wolues schulen
entre in to 3011, 'not sparinge"' the flok;
so and of jou silf men spekinge weyward
thingis schulen ryse, that thei ledenx dis-
31 ciplis aftir hem. For which thing wake
36, holdinge in? mynde that by thre 3eer
ny3t and2 day I ceesside not with teeris
32 raonestinge ech of 3011. And now I bitake
3011 to God and to the word of his grace,
that is my3ty fora to edifie and 3yue heri-
sstage in alle maad hooly. Forsoth of no
man I coueitide siluer, and gold, or cloth,
34 as 3eb silf witen; butc to tho thingis that
weren neded to me, and to these6 that benf
35 with me, these hondis mynistriden. Alle
these thingis I schewide to 3011, for so it
bihoueth men? trauelinge forh to resceyue
the syke', and fork to haue mynde of the
word of the Lord Jhesu; for he seide, It1
is more blessid form to 3yue, more than
36 for" to receyue. And whanne he hadde
seide these thingis, 'his knees putt0, he
37preiede with alle hem. Sothli greet wep-
yng ofP alle men wasi maad; and thei
fallinger in8 the necke of Poul, kisseden1
38 him, sorwinge" moost in the word that he
seide, for thei werenv now more to* se-
yngey his face. And thei ledden him toz
the schip.
CAP. XXI.
1 Sotheli whanne it was don, that we
schuldena schippeb, drawun awey fro hem,
strei3tc cours wed camen to Choum, and
the day suynge to Rodum, and fro thennis
2 to Patiram, vfro thennis intoe Iramf. And
whanne£ we founden a schip passinge
ouer into Fenyse, we 'suynge vph, schip-
speden, W seiliden'1. Sothli whanne we
departyng, rauyschingei wolues schulen 1 1 schewide to
entre in to 300, vand spare notr the flok; saumpie oTper-
and men spekinge schrewid thingis schu- so {™™n *" *
len rise of 3ous silf, that thei leden awei ?**«»*«.• *«
is, lyuynge of
disciplis aftir hem. For which thing 31 her o
i , , . . hour, resseyue
wake 36, holdinge in mynde that bi thre totheteching
3eer ny3t and dai Y ceesside not with
teeris monestinge ech of 3ou. And now 32 ^1ro"0s ""J. .
Y bitake sou to God and to the word of for thou' Poul
myjte take
his grace, that is my3ti to edifie and 3yue costis of hem
„ ,, 111. to wbiche he
entage in alle that ben maad hooh. And 33 preclude, jit he
of no man Y coueitide siluer, and gold,
ether cloth, as 3oul silf witen; for to tho 34 of,
schulde be let-
thingis that weren nedeful to me, and to tidinhem; for
whi for her
these that ben with me, these hoondis auense, thei
mynystriden. Alle these thingis Yschew- 35 ^wln frothe"
ide to 3ouf, .for so it bihoueth men tra- ^g"n°Lf^re'
uelinge to resseyue sike men, and to haue bless*d for to
* jeue more, etc. ;
mynde of the word of the" Lord Jhesu; asPouiedide;
j. , ., T. . ,, . , _, for in the book
for he seide, It is more blesful to 3yue, of techingis of
than to resseyue. And whanne he hadde so p'
seid these thingis, he knelide, and hev J
preiede with alle hem. And greet wep- 37 ?ithir ^spend-
ing, to jeue
ing of alle men was maad ; and thei goodis to pore
felden on the necke of Poul, and kissiden betere'to jeue
hym, and sorewiden moost in the word 38 °|1^d£™'u'or
that he seide, for thei schulen no more Cnst, and to be
asoiled either
se his face. And thei ledden hym to the reiesid of besy-
nesse, and to be
Schip. nedy with Crist.
And Jerora
a;ens Vigilan-
cius accordith
in sentence.
Lire Itere. ve.
CAP. XXI.
And whanne it was don, that we schul- 1
den seile, and weren passid awei fro hem,
with strei3t cours we carnen to Choum, and
the day suynge to Rodis, and fro thennus
to Patiram, and fro thennus to Myram.
And whanne we founden a schip passinge 2
ouer to Fenyce, we wenteu vp in to it,
and sailden forth. And whanne we apper-3
8 pute G pr. m. hath pute G sec. m. sente T. settide v. * Om. sx. " hath purchaside T. T that v.
w and spare not v. x leden awey v. J Om. x. z nor o. a Om. sx. b 366 jour GT. je 3011 MP. 3011 sx.
jour v sup. ras. c for v. d needful v. « tho o. f weren o. S me N. h Om. SA-. i syke men v.
k Om. sx. 1 For it o. m Om. sx. ° Om. GPSX. ° he knelide and v. P is of s. on T. 1 Om. s.
r felden v. s on AGMNOPQSTY. t and kissiden v. u and sorewiden v. v schulden r. w not w.
x Om. v. Y seen sx. se v. z in to T. a Om. x. b saile, and we v. shipeden x. c with streijt v.
<1 Om. v. « to o. vf Om. v. S Om. sx. '' sti3eden and r. ' Om. OQX.
1 rauenynge b0. r not sparynge R. s jour K. * jour E. u Om. gkpr. m. v Om. Eixko.
VOL. IV. 4 D
570
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXI. 4 — 14.
apperiden to Cypre, we leeuyngek it at
the left half, schipiden1 into Cyrie, and
camen to Tyre. Sotheli™ there the schip
4 was to puttingen out the charge. Sothli
'disciplis foundun0, we dwelliden there
seuene dayes ; the P whiche seiden bi
spirit to Poul, that he schulde not sti5e
5 to Jerusalem. And 'the dayes fulfillid'',
we goinge forth wenten, aller men with
wyues and fre children ledinge8 forth vs
til to* withoute the citee ; and 'the knees
putt" in the see brynke, wev preieden.
6 And whanne we hadden maad farwel to
gidere, we wenten vp into the schip ;
sothli thei turneden a3en into her owne
7 thingis. Sothli thew schip selling fulfillidx
fro Tyre, we dessendiden^ to Tolomayda,
and 'the bretheren gret welz, we dwelliden
sozz day at hem. Forsothe an other day we
gona forth, camenb to Cesarie. And we en-
tringe0 into the hous of Philip euangelist,
that was oon of the seuene, dwellidend at
9 him. Sothli to this weren foure dou3tris,
lovirgyns, prophesiynge. And whaune we
dwelliden there bie sum dayes, sum man
prophete, Agabus by name, cam ouer fro
] i Judee. This whanne he cam to vs, took
the girdil of Poul, and byndyngef to gi-
dere 'to him& theh feet and hondis, seide1,
The Hooli Gost seith thes thingis, Thus
Jewisk schulen bynde in Jerusalem the
man, whos is this girdil ; and thei schulen
12 bitake1 into hethene mennis hondis. Which
thing whanne we herden, we preieden,
and thei that weren of that place, that he
13 schulde not sti3e to Jerusalem. Thanne
Poul answeride, and seide, What do 36,
wepinge and turinentynge myn herte ?
Sothli I am redy, not onli form to be
boundun, but and to deie inn Jerusalem
14 for0 the name of the Lord Jhesu. And
whanne we my3ten not councele him, we
iden to Cipre, we leften it at the left
half, and seiliden in to Sirie, and camen
to Tire. For there the schip schulde be
vnchargid. And whanne we foundun 4
disciplis, we dwelliden there seuene daies ;
whiche seiden bi spiritf to Poul, that he
schulde not go vp to Jerusalem. And a
whanne the daies weren fillid, we 3eden
forth, and alle men with wyues and
children ledden forth vs with outen the
citee ; and we kneliden in the see brenke,
and we preieden. And whanne we had-e
den maad fare wel togidre, wex wenten
vp into they schip; and thei turneden a3en
in to her owne places. And whanne the?
schip sailinge was fillid fro Tire, we
camen doun to Tolarnayda, and whanne
we hadden gret wel the britheren, we
dwelliden o dai at hem. And another's
dai we 3eden forth, and camen to Ce-
sarie. And we entriden in to the hous
of Filip euangelist, that was oon of the
seuene, and dwelliden at hym. And too
hym weren foure dou3tris, virgyns, that
profecieden. And whanne we dwelliden 10
there bia summe daies, a profete, Agabus
bi name, cam ouer fro Judee. Thisbii
whanne he cam to vs, took the girdil of
Poul, and boond togidere hise feet and
hoondis, and seide, The Hooli Goost seith
these thingis, Thus Jewis schulen bynde
in Jerusalem the man, whos is this gir-
dil; and thei schulen bytake intoc he-
thene mennys hoondis. Which thing 12
whanne we herden, we preieden, and
thei that weren of that place, that he
schulde not go vp to Jerusalem. Thanne 13
Poul answeride, and seide, What doen
3e, wepinge and turmentinge myn herte?
For Y am redi, not oonli to be boundun,
but also to die in Jerusalem for the
name of the Lord Jhesu. And whanne u
•f- seiden bi spi-
rit ; thei seiden
not bi theHooly
Goost without
meene, that
Poul schulde
not sti;e to Je-
rusalem; for
the Hooly Goost
seide to Poule,
that he schulde
stije thidir; hut
these disciplis
hadden bi the
spirit of profe-
cie, that if Poule
stijide to Jeru-
salem, he
schulde suffre
persecuscioun
there; wher-
fore thei had-
den compas-
sioun on hym,
and counceil-
eden bi her
owne spirit,
that he schulde
not stije thider.
Lire here. ve.
k leften v. l and schipiden r. m For sx. n poten v. ° the disciples foundun o. whanne we
founden disciplis v. P Om. v. 1 whanne the daies weren fillid v. T and alle r. s ledden r. * Om.
AGMNOPQSTrxY. u we kneliden r. v and we v. w whanne the v. * was fillid r. Y camen doun v.
z whanne we hadden gret wel the britheren v. zz a v. a jeden v. b and camen r. c entriden v.
d and dwelliden v. e Om. s. f boond r. g his r. h Om. or. > and seide r. k the Jewis QX.
1 bitake him GMPTY sec.m. m Om. sx. n in to G pr.m. ° in K. fro v.
Om. A. Y a CKO. z the othir R. a Om. k. b He this i. c him into Bk.
XXI. 15 — 26.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
571
weren stille, W restiden?, seyinge, The
iswille of the Lord be don. Sotheli aftir
thes dayes we maad redy, Sweden to Je-
16 rusalem. Sothli summe of disciplis camen
with vs fro Cesarie, ledingei with hem
sum man, Jason of Cypre, an old disciple,
17 at whom we schulden be herborid. And
whanne we camen to Jerusalem, bretheren
isresceyueden vs wilfulli. Sothli in the day
suynge Poul entride with vs to James, and
19 alle ther eldere men bens gederid. Whom1
whanne he hadde grett, he tolde bi alle
thingis, what thingis God hadde don inu
hethene men, by the mynisterie of him.
20 And thei whanne thei herden, magnifi-
eden God, and seiden to him, Thou, bro-
thir, seest how manye thousandis ben in
Jewis, that ban bileuyd to God, and alle
21 ben sueris, 'or louerisy, of the lawe. Sothli
thei herden of thee, forw thou techist de-
parting fro Moyses of 'the ilkex Jewis
that ben by hethene men, seiynge, that
thei owedeny not forz to circumside her
sones, nether owen for" to entreb vpc cus-
22 torn. Therfore what isd? Sothli" it bi-
houeth af multitude comes to gidere ; for-
sothe1' thei schulen heere 'thee, for to haue'
23 come ouer. Therfore do thou this thing,
that we seyn to thee. There ben to vs
24foure men, hauyngek a vow on hem. 'These
takun to1, halowe thee with hem ; and
'coste in™ hem, that thei schaue hern
heedis0; and? allei men wite, that the
thingis that thei herden of thee ben false,
but thou walkisf and8 thi silf kepinge58
•25 the lawe. Of these sothli that bileuyderi
of hethene men, we writen1, demynge that
thei absteyne hem fro thingis" offrid to
ydols, and blood, and stranglid thingv, and
2efornicacioun. Thanne 'the men takyn to,
Poulw in thex day suynge purified^ with
hem, entride2 into the temple, schewinge"
we my3ten not counseile hym, we weren
stille, and seiden, The wille of the Lord
be don. And aftir these daies we weren is
maad redi, and wenten vp to Jerusalem.
And summe of thed disciplis camen with 16
vs fro Cesarie, and ledden with hem a
man, Jason of Cipre, an elde disciple, at
whom we schulden be herborid. Andi7
whanne we camen to Jerusalem, brithe-
ren resseyueden vs wilfulli. And in the is
dai suynge Poul entride with vs to
James, and alle the eldre men weren
gaderid. Whiche whanne he hadde gret, is
he telde bi alle thingis, what God hadde
doon in hethene men, bi the mynysterie
of hym. And whanne thei herden, thei 20
magnyfiden God, and seiden to hym,
Brothir, thou seest how many thousyndis
ben in Jewis, that ban bileued to God,
and alle ben loueris of the lawe. And 21
thei herden of thee, that thou techist
departing fro Moises of thilk Jewis that
ben bi hethene men, that seien, that thei
owen not circumcide6 her sones, nether
owen to entre by custom. Therfor what 22
is ? It bihoueth that the multitude come
togidre ; for thei schulen here, that thou
art come. Therfor do thou this thing, 23
that we seien to thee. Ther ben to vs
foure men, that han a vow on hem.
Take thouf these men, and halowe thee 24 1
with hem ; honge on hem, that thei make
schaue her heedis; and that alle men
wite, that thef thingis that thei herden
maad in suche
of thee ben false, but that thou walkist, thingis. v.
and thi silf kepist the lawe. But of25
these that bileueden of hethene men, we
writens, demynge that thei absteyne hem
fro thing offrid to idols, and fro blood,
and also fro stranglid thing, and fro for-
nicacioun. Thanne Poul took the men, 26
and in the daih suynge he was purified
P Om. OQX. 1 and ledden r. sendende x. r Om. K. * weren r. * Whiche r. u for N. T Om.
OQX. w that r. * tho sx. J owen AGMNOPQSTPXY. z Om. s.x. a Om. sx. b entre in to
the temple G sec. m. c bi Nr. up by g. d is this? T. e Forsothe N. f that the r. g comynge Q.
h sothely o. for r. » thee to haue sx. that thou hast r. k that han x. ! Take thou these men,
and r. m jeue thou among r. n Om. G pr. m. ° heuedes T. P Om. N. q that alle r. r wawest o.
s in N. ss kepist r. t han writen G sec.m. writiden v. u thing AGMNpQsrrxv. T thenges o.
w men takyn to o. Poule tooke the men and v. x that A pr. m. N. y was purified r. z and entride r.
a and schewide r.
Om. i. e to circumcide CEiKM<jHUxabceghkoa(3. f these a. tho k. e han writen K pr. m. b dayes g.
4 D 2
572
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXI. 27—37.
the fulfilling1* of dayes of purifiyng, til
27offring was offrid for ech of hem. Sothli
whanne seuene dayes weren endid, thec
Jewis that weren ofd Asie, whanne thei
sy3en hym in the temple, stiriden al the
peple, and leiden hondis on him, criyngee,
28 Menf of Israel, helpe 36 vs. This is the
man, that a3ens peples and lawe and this
place techinge h euery where alle men,
more ouer and hath' ledd ynk hethen
men into the temple, and hath defoulid
29 this hooly place. Forsothe1 thei sy3en
Trophimus of Ephesi in the citee with
him, whom thei gessiden form Poul hadde
so brou3t into the temple. And al the citee
is" mouyd, and a rennynge to gidere of
peple0 is? maad. And thei xcatchinge Poul'',
drowyn him out of the temple; and anoon
si the 3atis benr closid. Sothli 'hem sek-
ynge8 for' to sle hym, it is" toold to the
tribune of the cumpanye of kny3tis, forv
32 al Jerusalem is confoundid. Thew which
a noon *kny3tis takun tox, and centuriouns,
ran? to hem. Whiche whanne thei hadden
seyn thez tribune and kny3tis, ceessiden
33 for3 to smyte Poul. Thanne the tribune
'comynge tob, karate him, and comaundide
forc to be boundyn with tweyd chaynes ;
and axidee, who itf was, and what he
34 hadde don. Sothli othere crieden othir
thing in the cumpanye. And whanne he
my3te not knowe certeyns thing for the*1
noyse, he comaundide him for1 to be ledd
35 into thek castels. And whanne Poul cam
to grees1, it bifel that he was born of
so kny3tis, for strengthe of the peple. For-
sothe111 multitude" of peple suede him,
37criynge°, Take him awey. And whanne
Poul bigan forP to be ledd in to thei cas-
tels, he seithr to the tribune, If8 it is leef-
ful to me, for' to speke ony thing to thee?
with hem, and entride in to the temple,
and schewide the filling of daies of puri-
fying, til the offring was offrid for ech
of hem. And whanne seuene daies weren 27
endid, the Jewis that weren of Asie,
whanne thei saien him in the temple,
stiriden al the puple, and leyden hondis
on hym, and crieden, Men of Israel, helpe 28
36 vs. This is the man, that a3ens the
puple and the lawe and this place tech-
ith euery where alle men, more ouer and
hath led hethene men in to the temple,
and hath defoulid this hooli place. For 29
thei seyen Trofimus of Effesi in the citee
with hym, whom thei gessiden that Poul
hadde brou3t' in to the temple. And also
the citee was moued, and a rennyng to-
gider of the puple was maad. And thei
token Poul, and drowen him out of the
temple; and anoon the 3atis weren closid.
And whanne thei soften to sle hym, it 31
was teld to the tribune of the cumpany
of kny3tis, that al Jerusalem is con-
foundid. Which anoon took kny3tis,32
and centuriens, and ran to hem. And
whanne thei hadden seen the tribune1*,
and the1 kny3tis, thei ceessiden to smyte
Poul. Thanne the tribune cam, and 33
cau3te hym, and comaundide, that he
were boundun with twei cheynes ; and
axidem, who he was, and what he hadde
don. But othere crieden other thing 34
among the puple. And whanne he mi3te
'knowe no" certeyn thing for the noise,
he comaundide hym to be led in to the
castels. And whanne Poul cam to the 35
grees, it bifel that he was borun of
kni3tis, for strengthe of the puple. Forse
the multitude of the0 puple suede hym,
and criede, Take hym awei. And whanne 37
Poul bigan to be led in to the castels, he
t> filling v. c tho pr. d at o. e and crieden v. { Jee men x. B the pepule GMOPTVXY sec. m.
h techith v. » he hath G sec. m. hadde T. k Om. v. 1 For v. m that or. n was v. ° the pepel o.
P was v. 1 tooken Poul and v. r weren v. s whanne thei soujten v. * Om. sx. u was r. v that v.
« Om. r. * took knijtis v. y and ran r. z Om. o. » Om. sx. b cam and r. c Om. sx. d two MPT.
tweyne Y. e asked Q. f he ovx. S the certeyn GMPY sec.m. b Om. GA/PT. ' Om.sx. k Om. G pr.m.
SXY pr.m. 1 the grees AGMNPQSFXY. '« For v. n a multitude o. the multitude GMPTF. ° and
criede r. P Om. sx. 1 Om. s. r seide r. s Om. o. Wher r. * Om. sx.
1 broujt with him a.
0 Om. EiKQabceghojS.
centurien R. 1 Om. KO. m askide o. n not knowe K. not knowe no g.
XXI. 38 — XXII. ;•
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
573
Which seide, Thou" 'Greek hast thou
3eknowunv? Wher thou ert not the Egip-
cian, thew which bifore thes dayes mouedist
a noyse, and laddist out into* desert foure
39 thousand of y men, mensleeris ? And Poul
seide to him, Sothli I am a man Jew, of
Tarse of Cilicie, a citeseyn, 'or burgeys1,
'of a citee" not vnknowun. Forsoth I preie
thee, suffreb me 'for toc speke to the peple.
40 And whanue he suffride, Poul stondinged
ine the greesf, bekenyde^ with the hond to
the peple. And ah greet silence maad, he
spak to' in Ebrew tunge, seyinge,
CAP. XXII.
1 Men, bretheren and fadris, heere 36
2 what resoun I 3elde now to jou. Forsoth,
whaune summe herden fork in Ebrew
tunge he spak to hem, thei 3auen more
3 silence. And he seide, I 'a man1 Jew,
born at Tarse of Cilicie, norischid forsoth
in this citee bisydis the feet of Gamaliel,
lerud"1 vpn the0 treuthe of fadris lawe,
folowerP, 'or louer^, of the lawe, as andr
430 alle8 ben to day. Thess whiche1 I" pur-
suede this wey til to the deeth, byndinge
tou gidere and drawingeY into holdis men
sand wymmen, as the prince of prestis
3eldithw witnessing to me, and allex the
more in birthe. Of which 'and I takinge?
pistlisz 'to bretheren3, wenteb to Damask,
that I schulde brynge fro thennis boundenc
into Jerusalem, that thei schulden ben
epeyned. Forsoth it isd don, 'me goynge,
and nei3yngee tof Damask, in the mydday
sudenli 'fro heuenes 'a copious1' Ii3t schon
7 aboute me. And I 'fallinge into' the erthe,
herdek a vois fro heuene, seiynge to me,
Saul, Saul, what pursuest thou me ? It
is hard to1 thee form to kyke a3ens the
seide to the tribune, Whether it is leue-
ful 'to me?, to speke ony thing to thee ?
And he seide, Kanst thou Greek ? Whe- 38
ther thou art not the Egipcian, which
bifor these daies mouedist a noise1*, and
leddist out in to desert foure thousynde
of men, mensleeris ? And Poul seide to 39
hym, For Y am a Jew, of Tharse of
Cilicie, a citeseyn, which citee is not vn-
knowun. And Y preye thee, suffre me to
speke to the puple. And whanne he 40
suffride, Poul stood in the grees, and
bikenede with the hoond to the puple.
And whanne a greet silence was maad,
he spak in Ebrew tunge, and seide,
CAP. XXII.
Britheren and fadris, here 36 what re- 1
soun Y 3elde now to 3ou. And whanne 2
sum herden that in Ebrew tunge he spak
to hem, thei 3auen the more silence. And 3
he seide, Y am a man a Jew, borun at
Tharse of Cilicie, nurischid and in this
citee bisidis the feet of Gamaliel, tau3t
bi the treuthe of fadris lawe, a louyere
of the lawe, as also 36 alle ben to dai.
And Y pursuede this weie til to the 4
deth, byndynge and bitakinge 'in tor
holdis men and wymmen, as the princes
of prestis 3eldith witnessyng to me, and
alle the grettest in8 birth. Of whom also
Y took pistlis* to britheren, and wente
to Damask, to bring fro thennys men
boundun in to Jerusalem, that thei schul-
den be peyned. And it was don, while c
Y 3ede, and nei3ede to Damask, at myd-
dai sudeynli fro heuene a greet plente
of Ii3t schoon aboute me. And Y felde 7
doun to the erthe, and herde a voice fro
heuene, seiynge to me, Saul, Saul, what
pursuest thou me ? It is hard to thee
tou kike a3ens the pricke. And Y an- 8
a Om. or. v Canst thou Greek v. w Om. v. * in r. J Om. x. z Om. OQX. a Om. o. b for
to suffre o. to sx. c Om. o. d stood v. e vpon o. f gree x. g and bekenyde r. h whanne a r.
' to hem MP(j. Om. v. k that v. 1 am a MPT. am a man x. m lernyd MP. n after GMPT. bi r. ° Om. s.
P a folewere v. 1 Om. OQX. rOm.o. s Om. o. 8S And v. * Om. K. tl Om. G pr. m. sx. u Om. r.
v bitakinge r. w jeldes o. * to alle QXY. y I takynge G pr.m. MP. I took v. z epistolis a. a Om. s.
and wente r.
an hidouse o.
c men bounden v.
felde doun to r.
d was v. e while I jede and neijede y. f into x. S Om. o.
k and herde r. l for o. m Om. sx.
P Om. K pr. m. 1 vois c. " to no. * of CEiKMQRUxabceghkojS. i epistlis E. n Om. I.
574
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXII. 8 22.
spricke. Forsothe I answeride, Who art
thou, Lord ? And he seide to me, I am
Jhesu of Nazareth, whom thou pursuest.
» And thei that weren with me sy3en sothli
then Ii3t, forsothe0 thei herden not the vois
10 of him, that spak with? me. And I seide,
Lord, what schal I do? Sothli the Lord
seide to me, NThou risyngei, go to Damask;
and there it schal be seid to thee, of alle
thingis whiche it bihoueth thee forr to do.
1 1 And whanne I 373 not, for the clerete of
that8 Ii3t, I ledd1 to" hondis of felowis,
i2camv toDarnask. Forsoth summanw, Ana-
nye, vpx the lawe hauynge witnessing of
is alle Jewis dwellinge in Damask, comyngey
to me, and stondingez ny3, seide*, Saul,
brother, bihold. And I in the same hour
u biheld in to him. And he seide, God of
oure fadris ordeynedeb thee, that thou
schuldist knowe the wille of him, and
schuldist se iust thing6, and heere the vois
15 of his mouth. For thou schalt be his wit-
nesse to alle men, of tho thingis that thou
16 hast seyn and herd. And now, what
dwellist thou ? Ryse vp, and be baptisid,
and waisch awey thi synnes, 'ynclepkld
17 the name of hime. Forsoth it isf don to
me, turnynge a3en intoff Jerusalem, and
preinge in the temple, vme for to be% maad
is in rauyssching of soule, and to se him sey-
inge to me, Hi3e thou, and go out faste
of Jerusalem, for thei schulen not receyue
19 thi witnessyng of'1 me. And I seide, Lord,
thei witen, for I was closynge to gidere
into prisoun, and betynge by synagogis
20 hem that bileueden vin to1 thee. And
whanne the blood of Stheuene, thi wit-
nesse, was schedk, I stood ny3, and con-
sentide, and kepte the clothis of men sle-
2iynge him. And he seide to me, Go thou,
for I schal sende thee ferr to naciouns.
22 Forsoth1 thei herden him til tom this word ;
and thei reysiden her vois, seyinge, Take
sweride, Who art thou, Lord ? And he
seide to me, Y am Jhesu of Nazareth,
whom thou pursuest. And thei that 9
weren with me sien but the Ii3t, but thei
herden not the vois of hym, that spak
with me. And Y seide, Lord, what schal 10
Y do ? And the Lord seide to me, Rise
thou, and go to Damask ; and there it
schal be seid to thee, ofv alle thingis
which w it bihoueth thee to do. Andu
wbanne Y saye not, for thex clerete of
that Ii3t, Y was led bi the hond of fe-
lowis, and Y cam to Damask. And a 12
man, Ananye, that bi the lawe hadde
wytnessyng of alle Jewis dwellinge in
Damask, cam to me, and stood ni3, and is
seide to me, Saul, brother, biholde. And
Y in the same our biheelde in to hym.
And he seide, God of oure fadris hath 1*
bifor ordeyned thee, that thou schuldist
knowe the wille of him, and schuldist se
the ri3tful man, and here the vois of his
mouth. For thou schalt be his witnesse is
to alle men, of thoy thingis that thou
hast seyn and herd. And now, whatifi
dwellist thou ? Rise vp, and be bap-
tisid, and waische awei thi synnes, bi
the name of hym clepid to help. And 17
it was don to me, as Y turnede a3en in
to Jerusalem, and preyedez in the tem-
ple, that3 Y was maad in rauysching of
soule, and Y si3 him seiynge to me, Hi3e 18
thoub, and go out faste of Jerusalem, for
thei schulen not resseyue thi witnessing
of me. And Y seide, Lord, thei witen, '9
that Y was closing togidir 'in toc pri-
soun, and betinge bi synagogis hem that
bileueden vin tod thee. And whanne the 20
blood of Steuene, thi witnesse, was sched
out, Y stood nij, and consentide, and
kept the clothis of men that slowen hym.
And he seide to me, Go thou, for Y schal 21
sende thee fer to naciouns. And thei 22
n this w. ° but v. P Om. o. q Rise thou and v. TOm.sx. s the o. * was led v. « by NO. vand
I cam v. w Om. o. x vp aftir G pr. m. vp, or qftir MPT. bi v. 7 cam v. z stood v. a and seide to
me v. b hath bifore ordeynede v. c Crist v. d inclepe N. %e bi the name of him clepid to help v.
f was v. ff to ox. S for to be o. me to be sx. that I was r. h to o. ' in o. k sched out r.
1 And o. m Om. r.
v Om. k. w what k.
c in b. d to k.
Om. H. y the a. z prechide k. a Om. Bgk. and Q. b thee hk sec. m.
XXII. 23 — XXIII. 2.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
575
fro the erthe such a maner man ; forsoth"
23 it is not leefful, vhim for to0 lyue. SothliP
'hem cryinge in voys, and castingei a wey
her clothis, and throwinger dowst in to
24 the eyr, the tribune comaundide hym for8
to be ledd in to castels1, and for" to be
betyn with scourgis, and himv forw to be
turmentid, that he schulde wite, for what
25 cause thei cryeden so to him. And whanne
thei hadden streyned hym with boondis,
'or roopis*, Poul seide to a centurioun
stondinge ny3 to him, If -v it is leefful to
3ou, forz to scourge a man Romayn, and
aevndampned? 'Which thinga herd, centu-
riounb wente to the tribune, and tolde to
him, seiynge0, What art thou to doinged ?
forsoth8 this man is a citeseyn Romaynf.
27 Forsoth the tribune 'comynge to?, seide to
him, Seie thou to me, if h thou art a Ro-
28mayn? And he seide, 3he. And the tri-
bune answeride, 'How Ii3tly' seist thou
thee a Romayn citeseynk ? I with moche
summe gat this ciuylite1. And Poul seithm,
29'! sothli and am" borun0. Therfore a noon
theiP that weren to turmentingei him, de-
partiden awey fro him. And the tribune
dredde, aftir that he wiste a3enr, for" he
was a citeseyn of Rome, and for4 he hadde
soboundyn him. Forsoth in the day su-
ynge he willinge" 'for tov wite more dili-
gently, ofw what cause he were accusid of
Jewis, vnbound" him, and comaundide
prestis^ 'for to comez, and al the counseila.
And heb bryngyngec forth Poul, ordeyn-
eded him among hem.
CAP. XXIII.
1 Poul forsoth biholdinge* in to the coun-
seil, seithf, Men bretheren, I with al good
conscience haue lyued bifore God, til into
2 this day. Sothli Anany, prince of prestis,
herden him til this word ; and thei reis-
eden her vois, and seiden, Take awei fro
the erthe siche a maner man; for it is
not leueful, that he lyue. And whanne 23
thei crieden, and kesten awei her clothis,
and threwen dust in to the eir, the tri-24
bune comaundide hym to be led in to
castelse, and to be betun with scourgis,
and to be turmentid, that he wiste, for
what cause thei crieden so tof him. And 25
whanne thei hadden boundun hym with
cordis,Poul seide to a centurien stondinge
ni3 to hym, Whether it is& leueful to 3ou,
to scourge a Romayn, and vndampned ?
And whanne this thing was herd, the 26
centurieu wente to the tribune, and telde
to hym, and seide, What art thou to
doynge ? for this man is a citeseyn of
Rome. And the tribune cam ni3, and 27
seide to hym, Seie thou to me, whether
thou art a Romayn ? And he seide, 3he.28
And the tribune answeride, Y with
myche summe gat this fredorn. And
Poul seide, And Y was borun a citeseyn
of Rome, Therfor anoon thei that schtil-29
den haue turmentid hym, departiden
awei fro hym. And the tribune dredde,
aftir that he wiste, that he was a cite-
seyn of Rome, and for he hadde boundun
hym. But in the dai suynge he woldeso
wite more diligentli, for what cause he
were accusid of the Jewis, and vnbounde
hym, and comaundide prestis and al the
counsel to come togidir. And heh brou3te
forth Poul, and sette hym among hem.
CAP. XXIII.
And Poul bihelde in to the counsel, i
and seide, Britheren, Y with al good
conscience haue lyued bifore God, 'til in
to1 this dai. And Anany, prince of 2
n for v. ° him to sx. that he v. P Forsothe o. 1 whanne thei crieden and castiden r. r thei throw-
iden v. *Om.osx. l the castels PTA'. uOm. sx. v Om. a pr.m. MPTrvsec. m. w Om. sx. *Om.QX.
y Wher v. z Om. osx. a And whanne this thing was v. b the centurien G pr. m. MNPT. c and
seide r. d don sx. e For v. f of Rome v. S cam nJ3 and v. h wher v. ' Ii3tly, or boldly GMPT
Y sec. m. >k Om. vx. l cyuylitee, either fraunchise, either dignite ofciteceyn v. m seide v. n Sothly
and I was v. ° born a celeceyn of Rome v. P and thei T. 1 tormenten QSX. ? Om. v. * that or.
4 that o. u wolde r. v to sx. Om. v. w for v. " and vnboond v. y the prestes o. z for to come
togider GMPXY. to come s. Om. v. a counceil for to come togidere v. b Om. K. c broujte r. d and
ordeynede y. e biheeld v . f and seide v.
e the castels hka. t on k. g be b. h Om. k. > til to b.
576
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXIII. 3 — 12.
comaundide to men stondinge iiy3g, forb to
3 smyte his mouth. Thanne Poul seide to
him, Wai' maad whi3t, God schal smyte
thee; and thou sittingek demest me vp1 the
lawe, and a3enst the lawe comaundist me
4 for™ to be smytyn. And thei that stooden
ny3, seiden, Cursist thou the hi3esten prest
5 of God ? Sothli Poul seide, Bretheren, I
wiste not, for0 he is prince00 of prestis ;
forsothP it is writun, Thou schalt not
e curse'i the prince of thiii peple. Forsothe
Poul 'witinge, forr orr party was of Sadu-
cees, and 'that othir8 of Pharisees, he*
cryede in the counceil, Men bretheren, I
am au Pharise, the sone of Pharisees ; of
the hope and a3en rysing ofuu deede men''
7 1 am demed. And whanne he hadde seid
this thing, dissencioun isw maad bitwixe*
Pharisees and Saducees, and the multitude
a isy departid. Forsoth Saducees seyn, forz
'to bea 'no rysinge a3enb of deede menc,
nether aungel, nether spirit ; forsothed
9 Pharisees knowlechen bothee. Sothli f a
greet cry is» maad. And summe of Phari-
sees rysingeb vp, foi^ten', seyinge, We
fyndek no thing of yuel in this man ;
what if a spirit1 spak to him, 'or aungelm?
10 And whanne n greet dissencioun was0
maad, the? tribune dredinge^, lest Poul
schulde be to-drawunr 'a rnong8 hem, co-
maundide* kny3tis foru to go doun, and to
rauysche him of v thew myddil of hem, and
nforx to lede him in to castels. Sothli in
the ny3t suynge the Lord stondingey ny3
to him, seithz, Be thou stedefast ; sothlia
as thou hast witnessid of me in Jerusalem,
so it bihoueth thee forb to witnesse andc
12 at Rome. Forsothe 'the dayd maad, summe
of the Jewis gederiden hem, and maden a
prestis, comaundide to men that stoderi
ny3k hym, that thei schulden smyte his
mouth. Thanne Poul seide to hym, 3
Thou whitid wal, God smyte thee ; thou
sittist, and demest me bi the lawe, and
a3ens the law thou comaundist me to
be smytun. And thei that stoden m3, 4
seiden, Cursist thou the hi3est prest1 of
God ? And Poul seide, Britheren, Y 5
wiste not, that he is prince of preestis ;
for it is writun, Thou schalt not curse
the prince of thim puple. But Poule
wiste, that o partin was of Saduceis, and
the othere0 of Fariseis ; and he criede in
the counsel, Britheren, Y am a Farisee,
the sone of Farisees ; YP am demyd of
the hope andi of ther a3en rising of deed
men. And whanne he hadde seid this?
thing, dissencioun was maad bitwixe the
Fariseis and thes Saduceis, and the mul-
titude was departid. For Saduceis seien,s
that no 'rysing a3en* of deed men is,
nether aungel, nether spirit ; but Fariseis
knowlechen euer eithir. And a greet 9
cry was maad. And summe ofu Fari-
sees rosenv vp, andw fou3ten, seiynge, We
fynden no thing of yuel in this man ;
what if a spirit, ether an aungel spak to
hym ? And whanne greet discencioun 10
was maad, the tribune dredde, lest Poul
schulde be to-drawun of hem ; and he
comaundide kny3tis to go doun, and to
take hym fro the myddil of hem, and to
lede hym in to castels*. And in the ni3t 1 1
suynge the Lord stood ni3 to hym, and
seide, Be thou stidfast ; for as thou hast
witnessid of me in Jerusalem, so it bi-
houeth thee to witnesse also at Rome.
And whanne the dai was come, summe 12
S nij to him r. h Om. sx. » Thou wal G sec. m. k sittidist and r. ' vp, or after GMPT. bi r.
m Om. sx. n hi3e e. ° that or. o° the prince G. P for r. q curse to s. 11 the Y. r wiste that v.
rr a Y. s the tother AGMNOpQSTrxv. * and he v. u Om. Q. uu fro y. T Om. x. w was r.
x bitwen s. bitwe x. y was r. z Om. sx. that r. a Om. v. b non ajenrysyng o. noo rising ajen is v.
c Om. sx. d but r. e euer either v. f Forsothe o. 6 was v. h risiden v. » and foujten v.
k founden N. 1 spirit, either aungel v. m Om. v. n Om. o. o is o. P Om. v. 1 dredde v.
1 drawun A pr.m. x. s of AGMNopQsrrxY. * he comaundide s. and he comaundide v. u Om. sx.
v fro r. w Om. s. x Om. sx. y stood r. z and seide v. seide x. a for r. b Om. sx. c also r.
d whanne the day was r.
k ny; to hk sec. m. l prynce gk pr.m. m the xak pr. m. n part a/3. ° tothir CKQXabgkoa.
P and Y b. 1 Om. ah. r Om. CEIK pr. m. MQRUxabch. s Om. K. * rising gk pr. m. a;en rising
k sec, m. u of the Kka. T risen alii. w Om. R. x a castel I. the castels Rk.
XXIII. 13 — 22.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
577
vow, seyinge, heme nether tof etinges, ne-
ther toh drynkinge', til thei slowen Poul.
is Forsoth ther weren mok than fourty men,
that mad en this coniuracioun1, 'or swer-
Ming to gidere™. The" whiche wenten to
the princes0 of prestis, and eldre men, and
seiden, With deuocioun we han avowid
VSP Ho no thing tastingei, til we slen Poul.
is Now therfore make 36 knowun to the tri-
bune, withr the counceil, that he leede
forth him to jou, as 36 to knowinge8 sum
thing more certeynli of him ; sothli we
ben redy for' to sle him, bifore that heu
16 come ny3. Whichv thing whanne the sone
of Poulis sistir hadde herd the aspics, 'or
tresounw, he cam, and entride in to the
ncastels, and tolde Poul*. Sothli 'he clep-
ingey to him oon of the centuriouns, seithz,
Leed this 3onge man to the tribune, for
he hath sum thing for3 to schewe to him.
is And he forsothe takingeb him 'to, leddec
to the tribune, and seithd, Boundyn Poul
preiede me, fore to lede to thee this 3onge
man, hauynge sum thing forf to speke to
19 thee. Sothli the tribune takinge^ hish
bond, wente1 with him asydis half, and
axidek him, What thing is it, that thou
20 hast to1 schewe to me ? Forsoth he seide,
It bifallithm to the Jewis for11 to preie
thee, that to morwe day thou0 bringe forth
Poul into the counceil, 'as thei ben to?
2isekingei sum thing certeynere1". Sothli3
bileue thou not to hem ; forsothe1 more"
than fourty men of hem aspieri him, theT
whiche han avowid, 'hem for tow not ete
nex drynke, til thei slen him; and now
thei ben redy, abidinge 'thi biheestey.
22 Therfore the tribune lefte the 3onge man,
comaundingez, that he schulde speke to
no man, fora he hadde maad thes thingis
of the Jewis gaderiden hem, and maden
'avow?, and seiden, that thei schulden
nether eete, ne drinke, til thei slowen
Poul. And there weren mo than fourti 13
men, that maden this sweryng togider.
And thei wenten to the princis of prestis, u
and eldre men, and seiden, With deuo-
cioun we han avowid, that we schulen
not taste ony thing, til we sleenz Poul.
Now therfor make 36 knowun to the tri- 15
bune, with the counsel, that he bringe
hym forth to 3011, as if 3e schulden knowe
sum thing more certeynli of hym ; and
we ben redi to sle hym, bifor that he
come. And whanne the sone of Poulis ie
sister hadde herd the aspiesa, he cam, and
entride in to the castels, and telde to
Poul. And Poul clepide to hym oon of 17
the centuriens, and seide, Lede this 3onge
man to the tribune, for he hath sum
thing to schewe to hym. And he took \B
hym, and ledde to the tribune, and seide,
Poul, that is bouridun, preide me to lede
to thee this 3onge man, that hath sum
thing to speke to thee. And the tribune 19
took his hoond, and wente with hym
asidis half, and axideb hym, What thing
is it, that thou hast to schewe to me ?
And he seide, The Jewis ben acordidf to 20 1 u aconite,
preye thee, that to morewe thou brynge jewis'maden
forth Poul in to the counsel, as if thei £S£^S£a
schulden enquere sum thing more cer- Lire here- vc-
teynli of hym. But bileue thou not to 21
hem ; for mo than fourti men of hem
aspienc hym, which han a vowid, that
thei schulen notd eete nether6 drynke, til
thei sleen hym ; and now thei ben redi,
abidinge thi biheest. Therfor the tri- 22
bune lefte the 3onge man, and comaund-
ide, that he schulde speke to no man,
e that thei schulden v. f Om. v. S eten sx. ete v. h Om. GMXOPVY. ' drinken sx. drinke v.
k more GMNPTrxY. l schewyng togidere o. m Om. ox. n Om. v. ° prince o. P Om. o. that
we v. 1 to no thing tasten sx. schulen not taste eny thing v. r and to o. s knowe sx. * Om.
sx. u je N. v The whiche x. w either tresouns v. Om. A". * to Poul r. J Poul clepide v. z and
seide v. a Om. sx. * took r. c and ledde v. d seide r, e Om. sx. f Om. sx. S took r
h Om. N. * and wente v. k asked Q. l for to AGMOPTFY. m acordide r. n Om. sx. ° that
thou NS. P as if thei schulen v. 1 enquere Nr. seken sx. r more certeynly of him N. certeynere
of him v. 8 But v. l for r. « mo NS. v Om. v. w hem to sx. that thei schulen r. x neither r.
y the hei3est o. z and comaundide r. a that or.
y an avouj R. avow beg. z han slayn k. a spies k pr. m.
e ne ik.
b askide o. c aspieden g. d nether k.
VOL. IV.
4 E
578
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXIII. 23—34.
23knowun to him. And tweyeb centuriouns
clepid0 to gidire, hed seide to hem, Make
30 redy tweyne6 hundrid kny3tis, that thei
go til to Cesarie, and horsmen seuenty,
and sper men tweyn6 hundrid, fro the
24 thridde hour of thef ny3t. And make 30
redy 'iumentis, or hors%, that thei put-
tinge11 Poul vpon1, schuldenk lede him saf
25 to Felix, president. 'Sothli he dredde, lest
perauenture Jewis schulden rauysche him1,
and slee, and he aftirward schulde sufFre
chalenge, as he were to takinge"1 money";
26 writinge0 to him van epistle?, conteynynge
thes thingis. Claudius Lisias to thei best
27 Felix, precident, heelthe. This man takyn
of Jewis, and bigynnynge forr to be slayn
of hern, I 'aboue comyngerr 'with cum-
panys delyuerede1, 'knowun foru he is a
28 Romayn. And I willingev 'for tow wite the
cause, thex which y thei puttiden2 a3ens
him, leddea him in to the counceil of hem.
29 Whom I fond forb to ben accusid of ques-
tiouns of the lawe of hem, forsoth hau-
ynge no cryme worthi the deeth, 'or bon-
3odisc. And whanne it was teeld to me of
thed aspies, 'or tresounse, that thei maden
redyf, I sente him to thee, 'denounsinge
ands toh accusatours, that thei seie at thee.
si Farwel. Sothli' kny3tis, vpk thing1 co-
inaundid to hem, 'takinge to™ Poul, ledden"
32 him by ny3t into Antipatriden. And in
the day suynge, 'the horsrnen0 left, that
thei schulden go with him, thei turnyden
33 a3en 'to theP castels. The^ whiche whanne
thei camen to Cesarie, and token the
pystler to the president, thei setten8 bifore
34 hym and' Poul. Forsoth whanne he hadde
rad, and axid, of what prouynce he was,
and 'knowinge for" he was of Cilice, I
schal heere thee, he seithv, whanne thi
that he hadde maad these thingis knowun
to hym. And he clepide togidre twei23
centuriens, and he seide to hem, Make
36 redi twei hundrid kny3tis, that thei
go to Cesarie, and horse men seuenti,
and spere men twey hundrid, fro the
thridde our of the ny3t. And make 3624
redy an hors, for Poul to ride on, to lede
hym saaf to Felix, the presydent. For 25
the tribune dreddef, lest the Jewis wol- t for he dredde,
den take hym bi the weie, and sle hym, sente™* til this
and aftirward he mi5te be chalengid, as'
he hadde take money. And? wroot hymh 26 id> is not,of *
• text, neither is
'a pistle', conteynynge these thingis. Clau-
.
sente Poul with
so greet sykir-
riesse, and afti r-
ward this
here- Te-
in
. , i v- i TIT • j amendid, but
dius Lisias to thek beste Felix, president, first it was a
heelthe. This man that was take of the 27
Jewis, and bigan to be slayn, Y cam vp-
o *
on hem with myn oost, and delyuerede
hym fro hem, whanne Y knewe that he
was a Romayn. And Y wolde wite
cause, which thei puttiden a3ens hym ;
and Y ledde hym to1 the counsel of hem.
And Y foond, that he was accusid of2<j
questiouns of her lawe, but he hadde no
cryme worthi the deth, ethir boondis.
And whanne it was teeld me of the so
aspies"1, that thei arayden for hym, Y
sente hym to thee, and Y warnede also
the accuseds, that thei seie at thee. Fare
wel. And so the kny3tis, as thei weren 3 1
comaundid, token Poul, and ledde hym
bi ny3t into Antipatriden. And in the 32
dai suynge, whanne the horsmen weren
left, that schulden go with hym, thei
turneden a3en to then castels. And 33
whanne thei camen to Cesarie, thei token
the pistle0 to the president, and thei set-
ten also Poul byfore him. And whanne 34
he hadde red, and? axidei, of what pro-
uynce he was, and knewe that he was of
b two GMPST. c he clepide r. d an(j he v. e two GMPST pass. * Om. MPQTKV. S iumentis, or
horsis GMOPQTY pr. m. iumentis, either horsis v. iumentis x . n schulden sette v. ' aboue and v.
k Om. o. 1 Om. x. m take STX. <n Om. v. ° For and the tribune wroot v. l> and epistle G. a pistle
PV. 1 thee K. r Om. sx. rr cam aboue v. s Om. o. * and delyueride r. u for it was knowen that r.
v wolde r. * to sx. Om. r. * Om. vx. J that x. z putten sx. * and I ledde v. b Om. sx.
c either bounden v. d Orn. Qsrx. e Om. ox. f redy to him r. g and I denounside also v. h two K.
to the MPT. ' Therfore v. k bi v. 1 thingis G pr. m. m token v. taken hym x. n and ledden v.
0 whanne the horse men weren r. P into x pr.m. to x sec. m. 1 Om. v. r epistle GNOST. s settiden v.
1 Om. o. also v. u knew that v. v seide v.
f as if k. 6 He K sec.m. n to him CKMRxabk pr. m. 0(3. i epistle EC. k thee ac sec. m. ' into bho.
m spies k pr. m. n Om. h pr. m. ° epistle E. P he a. Q askide o.
XXIII. 35 XXIV. 12.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
579
35accuserisw 'schulen come". And he co-
maundide him for? to be kept in the pre-
torie, or moote halle, of Heroude7-.
CAP. XXIV.
1 Forsoth aftir fyue dayes, Ananye, prince
of prestis, cam doun with sum eldre men,
and Terculle, sum 'oratour, or fair spelter,
or avocat*, whiche wenten to the prese-
2 dent a^eyns Poul. And, Poulb somenyd,
Terculle bigan forc to 'accuse, seyinged,
Whanne in moche pees we don bi thee,
and manye thingis ben amendid bi thi
sprouydence8, *or wysdom1, euermore and
euerywhere, thou best Felix, we han re-
4 ceyued with al doynge of thankingis. For-
soth lest I tarie thee lengere, I preie thee,
sschortly heere vs for thi mekenesse. We
han foundun this man beringe venym?, W
pestilence^, and stiringe sedicioun, "or dis-
sencioun'1, to alle Jewisk in al the world,
and auctour of seducioun of the secte of
e Nazarensf ; the1 which also enforside for'"
to defoule the temple; whom 'and takun to,
7 we" wolden deme, aftir oure lawe. Sothli
Lisias, the tribune, 'aboue comynge with
greet strengthe0, delyuerede him fro? oure
shondis; comaundinge^ his accuseris forr to
come to thee, of whom thou demynge,
maist knowe of3 alle thes thingis, of
9 whiche we accusen him. Forsoth and
Jewis castiden1 to, seyinge thesu thingisv
lo'for to hauew hem so. Forsoth Poul an-
sweride, 'grauntirige the presedentx toy
him for2 to seie, Of manye 3eeris I know-
ingea thee forb to be domesman to this
folk, schalc do ynow for me with good yn-
11 witte,*orresoun(. Sothlisthou maist knowe,
for to me ben noth more than twelue
dayes, sithenk I sti3ede vp for1 to worschipe
12 in Jerusalem; and nethir in the temple
Cilicie,Yschal here thee, he seide, whanne 35
thin accuseris comen. And he comaund-
ide hym to be kept inr the moot halle of
Eroude.
CAP. XXIV.
And aftir fyue daies, Ananye, prince 1
of preestis, cam doun with summe eldere
men, and Terculle, a feir speker5, which
wenten to the precident a3ens Poul. And 2
whanne Poul was somened, Terculle bi-
gan to accuse hym, and seide, Whanne
in myche pees we doon bi thee, and
many thingis ben amendid bi thi wis-
dom, euere more and euery where, thou 3
best Felix, we han resseyued with al
doyng of thankingis. But lest Y tarie 4
thee1 lengere, Y preie thee, schortly here
vs for thi mekenesse. We han foundun o
this wickid man stirynge dissencioun to
alle Jewis in al the world, and auctour
of dissencioun of the secte of Nazarenus ;
and he also enforside to defoule the tern- 6
pie ; whom also we token, and wolden
deme, after oure lawe. But Lisias, the?
trybune,camu with greet strengthe abouev,
and delyuerede hym fro oure hoondis ;
and comaundide hise accuseris to cornea
to thee, of whom thou demynge, maist
knowe of alle these thingis, of whiche we
accusen hym. And Jewis puttenw to, 9
and seiden, that these thingis hadden
hem so. And Poul answeride, whanne 10
the president grauntide hym to seie, Of
mony 3eeris Y knowe thee, that thou art
domesman 'to thisx folk, and Y schal do
ynow3 for me with? good resoun. Fom
thou maist knowe, for to me ben not
more than twelue daies, sithen Y cam vp
to worschipe in Jerusalem ; and nether 12
in thez temple thei founden me disput-
inge with ony man, nether makynge con-
w accusatoures o. * comen o. cometh Q. X Om. sx. z Herodes o*. a faire spekere, either
auocat F. oratour, or auoket x. b whanne Poul was v. c Om. sx. d accuse hym, and seide Y. t wys-
dom o. f Om. ox. S pestilence v. h Om. QVX. » Om. ox. k the Jewis G pr. m. t A leaf is
here wanting in v. ! Om. v. m Om. sx. » also we tooken and v. ° cam with greet strengthe aboue,
and v. P oute of o. 1 and comaundide v. rOm. sx. s Om. o. l casten sx. u that these r. T Om. o.
w han M. to haue sx. hadden v. * for the president grauntide v. 7 of N. Om. o. z Om. sx.
a knowe v.
1 Om. sx.
b Om. sx. c and I schal v. e resoun OK. f Om. ovx. S For v. h no N. k
r into b. s ether aduocal K marg. t the A. Om. i. « cam aboof R. v Om. R. w puttiden hk.
* of this x. of these a. y by k. z Om. R.
4 E 2
580
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXIV. 13 — 24.
thei founden me disputinge with ony man,
orm makinge concurs11, vor rennyng to gi-
dere°, of the cumpany 'of peple?, nether
is in synagogis, nether in citee; nether thei
mown proue to thee, of thei whiche thingis
14 thei nowr accusen me. Sotheli I know-
leche to thee this thing, that vps the secte
which thei seyn eresie, so I serue to God
the' fadir, bileuynge" tov alle thingis that
ben writun in the lawe and prophetis ;
ir>hauyngew hope in to God, the" whiche
and thei hem silf abyden, the a3en rysing
16 to corny nge>" of iust men and wickidz. In
this thing and I studie withouten hirtyng,
for" to haue conscience to God, and to men
neuermore. Forsoth aftir moc 3eeris, I cam
to doynged almesdedis into my folk, and
is offringis, and vowis ; in whiche thei founden
me purified in the temple, not with curn-
panye, nethir with noyse e. And thei
cau3ten me, theif 'cryinge, and seiynge^,
iftTake awei oure enemy. Sothli summe
Jewis of Asie, whomh it bihofte' fork to
be now present, 'or redy1, at thee, and
accuse, if thei hadden ony thing a3ens
20 me™, orn these hem silf seye, if thei
founden in me ony thing of wickidnesse,
21 sithen I stonde in the counceil, no but
oonli of this o° vois, by which I cryede
stondinge among hem, For ofP the a3en
rysing of deede meni I am demyd this day
22 of 3ou. Sothli Felix deferride hem, moosf
certeynli 'he wi tinge5 of the weye, sei-
ynge1, Whanne Lisias, the tribune, schal
23 come", I schal heere jou. And he co-
maundide tov centurioun forw to kepe him,
and forx to haue reste, nethir for? to for-
bede ony man forz to mynystre ofa his
24owne thingis to him. Sotheli aftir summe
dayes, Felix comyngeb with Drusille, his
wyf, that was a Jewesse, clepidec Poul,
m neither v. n rennynge togidere o. ° Om. ox. P Om. N. <l Om. sx. r Om. G pr. m.
mowen T. s bi y. * my r. u and I bileeue r. v Om. o. w and I haue v. x Om. F. y coomen SA'.
z wicke s. a Om. sx. c more T. d do osr. e voice T. f Om. MPQSTX. and thei r. g crieden and
seiden v. h whiche v. > bihoueth T. k Om. x. ' Om. ox. m me, founden me in the temple, and
maden noise v. n either r. ° Om. sv. P Om. r. 1 Om. x. r and knew most v. s witinge sx.
Om. F. * and seide F. u come doun F. T to a G pr. TO. M NPQTF. w Om. sx. * Om. sx. y Om. sx.
z Om. osx. B anye of N. b cam F. c and clepide F.
z e/Aer rennyng togidere K marg. a the peple cxagk. b in the i. c synagoge E. d Om. h. e of
which b. f je o/3. g bileeuynge H. b of o. ' Om. Q. k Om. AQ. ' neither g. m Om. gk pr. m.
" ether dijferride K marg. ° Om. R. P for to g.
coursz of puplea, nether inb synagogis0,
nether in citee ; nether thei moun preue is
to thee, of thed whiche thingis thei now
accusen me. But Y knowleche to theeu
this thing, that aftir the secte which6
theif seien eresie, so Y serue to God the
fadir, 'and Y bileue? to alle thingis that
ben writun in the lawe andh profetis;
and Y haue hope in God, whiche also 15
thei hem silf abiden, the a3enrisyng 'to
comynge1 of iust men and wickid. In ie
this thing Y studie with outen hirtyng,
to haue concience to God, and to men
euermore. But after many 3eeris, Y cam 17
to do almes dedis to rny folc, and of-
fryngis, and auowis ; in whiche thei ie
founden me purified in the temple, not
with company, nether with noise. And
thei cau3ten me, and theik crieden, and
seiden, Take awei oure enemye. And \9
summe Jewis of Asie, whiche it behofte
to be now present at thee, and accuse,
if thei haddeu ony thing a3ens me, ether1 20
these hem silf seie, if thei founden in
me ony thing of wickidnesse, sithen Y
stonde 'in the counsel, but oneli of this 21
vois, by which Y criede stondynge"1
among hem, For of the a3enrisyng of
deed men Y am demyd this dai of 3ou.
Sothely Felix delayede" hem, and knewe22
moost certeynli0 of the weie, and seide,
Whanne Lisias, the tribune, schal come
doun, Y schal here 3ou. And he co-2»
maundide to a centurien to kepe hym,
and that he hadde reste, nethir to? for-
bede ony man to mynystre of his owne
thingis to him. And after summe dayes 24
Felix cam, with Drussille his wijf, that
was a Jewesse, and clepide Poul, and
herde of him the feith that is in Crist
Jhesu. And while he disputide of
XXIV. 25 — XXV.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
581
and herde of him the feith that is into
25 \Thesu Cristd. Sothli vhim disputinge6 of
ri3twysnesse, and chastite, and off dom to
comynges, Felix maadh tremblinge, an-
sweride', That perteyneth now, go; sothli
in tyme couenable I schal clepe thee tok.
26 Also and hopinge1, that money schulde be
3ouun to him of Poul ; for whiche thing
and ofte he clepinge™ him ton, spak° with
27 him. SothliP tweyi 3eerisr fulfillid8, Felix
took a successour, "Festus of Ponte* ; for-
soth Felix willinge" 'for tov 3yuew grace
to Jewis, lefte" Poul boundun.
CAP. XXV.
1 Therfore whannexx Festus cam into pro-
uyncey, aftir the thridde day he assendide
2 to Jerusalem fro Cesarie. And the
princes2 of prestis, and the firste of Jewis
wenten to him a3ens Poul, and preieden
shima, axingeb grace a3ens him, that he
schulde comaunde him for0 to be led tocc
Jerusalem ; settinged aspics fore to sle hym
4 in the weye. Sothli Festus answeride,
Poulf 'for to be& kepte in Cesarie ; 'him
sothly to1' goynge1 forth more rypelik, 'or
ahasteli1. Therfore he seith™, Thei that in
3ou ben my3tin, comynge0 doun to gidere ;
iff ony cryme is in the man, accuse*! him.
e Sothli he dwellinger a mong hem no more
than ei3te ors ten1 dayes, cam" doun to
Cesarie; and 'that othirv day he sat for
domesman, and comaundide Poul forw to
7be'ledd tox. Which whanne he^was leddz,
Jewis stooden 'aboute hima, theb whiche
camen doun fro Jerusalem, puttingec a3ensd
manye and" greuouse causis, whiche thei
smy3ten not proue. Sothlif Poul 3eldinge&
resounb, For nethir into' the lawe of Jewis,
wisnesse, and chastite, and of dom to
comynge, Felix was maad tremblinge,
and answerde, Thati perteneth now, go ;
but in tyme couenable Y schal clepe
thee. Also he hopide, that money schulde 21;
be 3ouun to hym of Poul ; for which
thing eft he clepide hym, and spak with
hym. And whanne twei 3eerisr weren27
fillid, Felix took a successoure, Porcius
Festus; and Felix wolde 3yue grace to
Jewis8, and lefte Poul boundun.
CAP. XXV.
Therfor whanne Festus cam in to the i
prouynce, aftir the thridde dai he wente
vp to Jerusalem fro Cesarie. And the 2
princis of prestis, and the worthieste of
the Jewis wenten to hym a3ens Poul, and
preieden hym, and axiden grace a3ensa
hym, that he schulde comaunde hym to
be led to Jerusalem ; and thei settiden1
aspics to sle hym in the weie. But Festus 4
answerde, that Poul schulde be kept in
Cesarie ; sotheli that he hym silf schulde
precede more auisiliu. Therfor he seide,
Thei that in 3ou ben my3ti, come doun s
togidere; and if ony crime is in the man,
accuse thei hym. And he dwellede among «
hem no more than ei3te ether ten daies,
and cam doun to Cesarie; and the to-
therv dai he sat for domesman, and com-
aundide Poul to be brou3t. And whanne?
he was broii3t forth, Jewis stoden aboute
hym, whiche camen doun fro Jerusalem,
puttynge a3ens hym many and greuouse
causis, whiche thei mi3ten not preue. For 8
Poul 3eldide resoun in alle thingis, That
d Jhesu o. Crist Jhesu MpQTrx. e while he disputide v. f Om. K. S come sx. h was maad r.
' and answeride v. k Om. v. l he hopide r. m clepide v. n Om. v. ° and spac v. P Sothli
whanne v. 1 two GMPQTX. r jer x. s weren fillid v. * Porcius Festus v. u wolde v. v to
w do s. x and lefte v. xx thanne K. J the prouynce c sec. m. nsrx. z prynce N.
b askynge o. c Om. sx. cc in to G sec. m. d and thei settiden r. e Om. sx. f that
K to be sx. schulde be v. h sothli that he himself schulde v. > go srx. k hasteli o.
m seide v. n in myjti x. ° come v. P and if v. 1 accuse thei TV. r dwellide v.
* twelf o. u and cam v. v the tother AGMNopqsTrx. w Om. sx. * broujt v.
broujt forth v. a nyj s. b Om. v. c and puttinge v. d a3ens him GOTV.
sx. Om. v.
• Om. N.
Poule F.
1 Om. ox.
8 either v fere pass.
7 Om. AGKQSTX.
e Om. o pr. m. STV. f For sothli r. S jeeldide v. b resoun in alle thingis v.
v.
1 Whider it A sec. m. i. Whither a sec. w. k sec. m. a.
ten k. " ether ripeli, or hastli K marg. v othir iah.
' 3eer i. s the Jewis K pr. m. bko. * set-
582
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXV. 9 — 20.
nether ' in tok the temple, nether into1 Cesar,
9 1 synnede ony thing. Forsoth Festus
willinge"1 'for ton 3yue grace to the Jewis,
answeringe0 to Poul, seideP, Wolt thou as-
sende to Jerusalem, and there be denied of
10 these thingis at me? Sothli Poul seide, At
the dom place of Cesar I stonde, where it
bihoueth me fori to be demyd. I haue
not noyed to the Jewis, as thou 'hast betere
n knowunr. Sothli8 if I haue noyed, or don
ony thing worthi deeth, I forsake not for4
to deie; sothli if no thing of these" is, that
thei accusen me, no man may jyue me to
12 hem. 'Cesar I apelev. Thanne Festus
spekingew with the counceil, answeridex,
Cesar? thou hast apelid, to Cesar thou
isschalt go. And whanne summe dayes
weren passid, Agrippa kyngz, and Bernyse
camen doun to Cesarie, fora to greete wel
14 Festus. And whanne thei dwelliden there
manye dayes, Festus schewide to the king
of Poul, seiyngeb, Sum man is left boundun
15 of Felix, of which0, whanne I was at Jeru-
salem, princes of prestis and eldere men of
Jewis camen to me, axinged dampnacioun
16 a3ens him. To whom" I answeride, Itf is not
custom to Romayns, for£ to dampneh ony
man, 'bifore that' he that is accusid haue
his accuseris present, andk take place of
defendyng, for1 to waysche awey crymes,
' or greet frespassis"1, that ben putt a3ensn.
nTherfore whanne thei camen to gedire
hidur, withoute ony delay, in the day su-
yngel sittinge0 for domesman, comaundideP
is the man fori to be 'ladd tor. Of whom
whanne the8 accuseris stooden ny3l, thei
seyden no cause, of whiche thingis" I hadde
issuspicioun of yuel. Sothli thei hadden
a3ens hym summe questiouns of her veyn
worschipingv, 'or religiounw, and of sum"
Jhesu deed, whom Poul affermyde for^ to
solyue. Sothli I doutinge2 of such inaner
nether a3ens the lawe of Jewis, nether
a3ens the temple, nether a3ens the empe-
roure, Y synnede ony thing. But Festus 9
wolde do grace to thew Jewis, and an-
sweride to Poul, and seide, Wolt thou
gon vp to Jerusalem, and there be demyd
of these thingis bifore me ? And Poul 10
seide, At the domplace of the emperour
Y stonde, where it bihoueth me to be
denied. Y haue not noied the Jewis, as
thou knowist wel. For if Y haue noyed, 1 1
ether don ony thing worthi deth, Y for-
sake not to die ; but if no thing of tho
is, that thei accusen me, no man may
3yue me to hem. Y appele to the em-
perour. Thanne Festus spak with the 12
counsel, and answerde, To the emperoure
thou hast appelid, to the emperoure thou
schalt go. And whanne summe daies is
weren passid, Agrippa kyng, and Bero-
nyce camen doun to Cesarie, to welcome
Festus. And whanne thei dwelliden 14
there many daies, Festus schewide to
the king of Poul, and seide, A man is
left boundun of Felix, of which, whanne 15
Y was at Jerusalem, princis of preestis
and thex eldre men of Jewis ? camen to
me, and axiden dampnacioun a3ens hym.
To whiche" Y answeride, That it is not to
custom to Romayns, to dampne ony man,
bifore that he that is accusid haue hise
accuseris present, and take place of de-
fending, to putte awei the crymes, that
ben putte a3ens hym. Therfor whanne 17
thei camen togidere hidir, withouten ony
delaye, in the dai suynge Y sat for
domesman, and comaundide the man to
be brou3t. And whanue hise accuseris is
stoden, thei seiden no cause, of whiche
thingisa Y hadde suspicioun of yuel. But 19
thei hadden a3ens hym summe questiouns
of her veyn worschipingb, and of oon
k ajens v. l ajens v. m wolde r. n to sx . Om. v. ° and answeride v . P and seide v. 1 Om. sx.
1 knowest betere v. s For v. * Om. sx. u tho v. v I apele to Cesar v. w spac v. x and answer-
ide v. y To Cesar v. z a kyng T. a Om. sx. b and seide r. c the whiche s. d and axden or.
askynge Q. e whiche v. ' That it v. g Om. sx. h jeue, either dampne v. ' ar o. k Om. N.
1 Om. sx. m Om. ox. n ajens hint MPQTP. ° sat r. P and comaundide r. 1 Om. sx. T broujt r.
s Om. MOPQTVX. t Om. AGMNpQsrrx. u theng o. v worschipingus s. w Om. ox. either veyn rely-
gioun v. x Om. MP. y hym for Q. Om. sx. z dowted or.
Om. a. x Om. o. y the Jewis a. z whom i. a Om. R. b ether religion K marg.
XXV. 21 — XXVI. 2.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
583
questiouna, seideb, If0 he wolde go to Jeru-
salem, and there 'for tod be demyd of these
21 thingis ? Forsoth6 Poul apelingef, that he
schulde be kept to theS knowinge of the em-
perour,Icomaundide him forh to be kept, til
22 1 schal' sende him to Cesar. Sothli Agrippa
seide to Festus, And I my silf woldek heere
the man. ' Festus answeride^To morwe, he
23seithm, thou schalt heere him. Sotheli on
'that othir" day, whanne Agrippa and Ber-
nyce camen with moche ambicioun, or
pryde ofstaat, and entriden into the au-
ditorie, with tribunis and principal men of
the citee, 'Festus biddinge0, Poul 'is lad toP.
24 And Festus seide, Kyng Agrippa, and alle
men that ben with vs, 36 seen this'!, of ther
which al the multitude of Jewis preiede
me at Jerusalem, 'axinge, and cryinge8, him*
for" 'to not bihouev 'for tow 'lyue more".
25 Forsoth I fond, 'him for to haue> don no
thing worthi of deeth; sothli 'him apelinge
this thing to the emperour, I deme^ forz to
26 sende". Of which man Iaa haue notb, what
thing0 certeynd I schal wryte to the lord.
For which thing I brou3te him 'to jou6,
and moost to thee, Of kyng Agrippa, that&
axyng maadh, I haue what' I schal wryte.
27 Forsothk it is seyn to me withoute resoun,
for1 to sende a boundun man, and not tom
signifie the" cause of him.
CAP. XXVI.
1 Agrippa sothli0 seith to Poul, It is suf-
frid to thee, for? to speke for thi silf.
Thanne Poul, 'the hond holdun forth^,
2 bigan forr to 3elde resoun. Of alle thingis,
in whiche I am accusid8, thou kyng Agrip-
Jhesu deed, whom Poul aflfermyde to
lyue. And Y doutide of siche maner2o
questioun0, and seide, Whether he wolde
go to Jerusalem, and ther bed demyd of
these thingis? But for Poul appelide,2i
that he schulde be kept to the knowing
of the emperoure, Y comaundide him to
be kept, til Y sende hym to the empe-
roure. And Agrippa seide to Festus, Y22
mye silf wolde here the man. And he
seide, To morew thou schalt here hym.
And on the totherf day, whanne Agrippa 23
and Beronyce camen with greet desire,
and entriden in to the auditorie, with
tribunes and the& principal men of the
citee, whanne Festus bad, Poul was
brou3t. And Festus seide, King Agrippa, 24
and alle men that ben with vs, 36 seen
this man, of which al the multitude of
Jewis preyede me at Jerusalem, and
axideh, and criede, that he schulde lyue
no lenger. But Y foond, that he hadde25
don no thing worthi of deth ; and Y deme1
to sende hym to the emperoure, for he
appelide this thing. Of which man Yac
haue not certeyne, what thing Y schal
write to the lord. For which thing Y
brou^te hym to 3011, and moost to thee,
thou king Agrippa, that whanne axingk is
maad, Y haue what Y schal write. For 27
it is seyn to me with out resoun, to sende
a boundun man1, and not tom signifie the
cause of hym.
CAP. XXVI.
And Agrippa seide to Poul, It is suf- 1
frid to thee, to speke for thi silf. Thanne
Poul helde forth the hoond, and bigan to
3elde resoun. Of alle thingis, in whiche 2
Y am accusid of the Jewis, thou king
a of questioun GOT. questiouns n. b seying o. and seide v. c Wher v. d Om. os.v. e For v.
f appelide v. % Om. o. b Om. sx. ' Om. v. k will o. ' Om. MPQTVX. m seide v. n the to-
ther AGMNOPQSTY. the other x. ° whanne Festus bad v. P was broU3t v. 1 this man GMPTV. r Om.
MPTVX. s and axide and criede r. * Om. v. " Om. srx. v that it bihoueth not r. w Om. AGMN
OPSTX. to Q. that he r. * more to lyue sx. y him to haue sx. that he hadde v. yy deemede G.
z Om. sx. <a I deme for to sende to the emperor, for he appelide this thing v. aa Om. K. b not cer-
teyn v. c Om. o. d Om. v. « Om. v. f Om. N. thou v. e that whanne Nr. h is maad xr. ' what
theng o. k For v. l Om. sx. «» Om. v. n Om. QSX. ° forsothe r. P Om. sx. 1 heeld forth
the hond, and v, r Om. sx. a accusid of the Jewis r.
c questiouns i:itlik. d to be iQRacelc/3. e me A.
' demyde b. k askyng ao. ' Om. n. "> Om. K.
f othir inh. £ O.n. K pr. m. h aslude o.
584
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXVI. 3—15.
pa, I gesse me blessid at thee, whanne I
s'am to" defendingev me this day ; moost
'thee witingew alle thingis that ben at
Jewis, customs and questiouns. For which
4 thing, I beseche, heere me patiently. And
sothli alle Jewis 'bifore witinge* me fro
the bigynnyng, ban? knowun my lyf fro
3ongthez; that fro the bigynnyng was in
5 my folk in Jerusalem, if thei woleri bere
witnessea, 'for vpb the moost certeyn secte
6 of oure religioun, I lyuede a Farisee. And
now inc the hope of repromyscioun, that is
maad to oure fadris of God, I stonde suget
7 in dom ; in whichd oure twelue lynagis
seruynge ny3t and day, hopen for6 to be-
come ; of which hope, thou king, I am
s accusid of Jewis. What vnbileefful thing
is demyd atf 3ou, if God reysith deede men?
9 And sotheli I gessideff, 'me a3ens the name
of Jhesu Nazarene, for? to oweh do1 manye
10 contrarie thingisk. Which thing1 and I dide
in Jerusalem, and I11 encloside manye of
seyntis™ in prisouns, 'power takun" of the0
princes of prestis. And whanne thei weren
nslayn, I 3af the sentence. And bi alle
synagogis ofte I ponyschingei hem, con-
streynede1' for8 to blasfeme ; and more I
waxynge' wood a3ens hem, 'pursuede tou
12 aliene citees. In whiche, the while I wente
to Damask, with power and suffring of
is princes of prestis, in the mydday, in the
wey I sy3, thou kyng, frow heuene h'3t'haue
schynedx aboute me, ouer the schynyng of
they sunne, and hem that werenz to gidere
14 with me. And whanne we alle hadden
fallun doun into the erthe, I herde a voys
seyinge to me in Ebrew tunge, Saul, Saul,
what pursuest thou me ? it is hard to*
15 thee, forb to kike a3ens the pricke. For-
soth I seide, Who art thou, Lord ? Sotheli
the Lord seide, I am Jhesus, whom thou
Agrippa, Y gesse rne blessid at theef,
whanne Y schal defende me this dai ;
moost for thou knowist alle thingis that 3
ben among Jewis, customes and ques-
tiouns. For which thing, Y biseche, here
me pacientli. For alle Jewis that bifor4
knewen me fro the bigynnyng, knewen"
my lijf fro 3ongthe°; that fro the bigyn-
nyng was in my folc in Jerusalem, if thei &
wolen bere witnessing, that bi the moost
certeyn sect of oure religioun, Y lyuede a
Farisee. And now for the hope of repro- c
myssioun, that is maad to oure fadris of
God, Y stonde suget in dom ; in which 7
hope oure twelue lynagis seruynge ni3t
and dai hopen to come ; of which hope,
sir king, Y am accusid of the Jewis.
What vnbileueful thing is demed at 3ou, ts
if God reisithP deed men ? And sotheli Y 9
gessidei, that Y ou3te dor many contrarie
thingis a3ens the name of8 Jhesu Naza-
rene*. Which thing also Y dide in Jeru- 10
salem, and Y encloside manye ofu thev
seyntis in prisoun, whanne Y hadde take
powere of the princisvv of preestis. And
whanne thei weren slayn, Y brou3te the
sentence. And bi alle synagogis ofte Yn
punyschide hem, and constreynede to
blasfeme ; and more Y wexw wood a3ens
hem, and pursuede in to alien citees. In 12
whiche, the* while Y wente to Damask,
with power and suffring of printis? of
preestis, at myddai, in the weie Y say, sir n
king, that fro heuene Ii3tz schynede aboute*
me, passing the schynyng of the sunne,
and aboute hem that weren togidir with
me. And whanne we alle hadden fallen
doun in to the erthe, Y herde a vois sei-
ynge to me in Ebrew tunge, Saul, Saul,
what pursuest thou me? it is hard to
thee, to kicke a3ens the pricke. And Y 15
t blessid at
thee ; that its,
to be demed
Lire here. ve.
u schal v. v defenden sx. defende v. ~*> for thou knowist v. x that bifore knewen r. y Om. v.
z 3outhe x. » witnessing v. b that bi v. c for v. d which hope v. e Om. sx. f of s. ff demede x.
g Om. sx. h Om. o. > to do G sec. m. x. %k that I 011316 do many contrarie thingis ajens the name
of Jhesu of Nazarene r. ! thingis x. H Om. G pr. m. m holy men o. n whanne I took power v.
0 Om. GMNPT. 1 punschide v. r and constreynede v. s Om. sx. * waxe v. u and pursuede til
into v. w that fro v. x to han shynen sx. schynede v. y Om. G pr. m. MST. z wenten Q. a for T.
b Om. sx.
n knowen beghko/3. ° jouthe Ek. P reiside H. reise h. <l gesse EQgka. r to do Egk pr. m. s Om.
M pr.m. a. l of Nazareth k pr.m. u Om. gk pr. m. v Om. ACEiKMQHUxabceghkoa/3. vv prince h.
w wexide Eghk pr. m. woxe e. x Om. R. y the princes R sec. m. z a lijt b. a aboue a.
XXVI. 16 — 26.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
585
lepursuest. But ryse vp, and stond on thi
feet. Sothlic to this thing I aperide to thee,
that I ordeyne thee mynistre and witnesse
of tho thingis that thou hast seyn, and of
thod in whiche I schal apeere6 to thee ;
i7delyueryngef thee fro peplis and folkis^,
18 into" whiche now I sende thee, for' to
opene the y3en of hem, that thei he con-
uertidk fro derknessis to lijt, and fro power
of Sathanas to God, that thei take remys-
cioun of synnes, and sort1, ^orpartm, among
inseyntis, byfeith that is in me. Wherfore,
thou kyng Agrippa, I was not vnbileefful
20 to heuenly visioun ; but to" hem that ben
at Damask first, and Jerusalem, and bi al
the cuntree of Judee, and to hethen men, VI
schewide", W tolde?, that thei schulden do
penaunce, and be conuertid to God, doyngei
•21 worthi workis of penaunce. Of r this cause
Jewis temptiden5 me takyn to', whanne I
was in the temple, willinge" 'for tov sle me.
aaSothli I holpynw by the help of God intox
this day, stondey, witnessinge to lasse and
morez; 'no thing3 'withoute seyingeb than
whiche thingisc the prophetis and Moyses
2sspaken'for to bed comynge6, if Crist pas-
si blef, "or able to suffre%, if the firste of
theh a3en rysing of deede men1 isJ to schew-
ingek Ii3t to the peple and1 hethen men.
•24' Him spekingem thes thingis, and 3eldingeu
resoun, Festus vwith greet vois seyde0,
Poul, thou maddist, 'or wexist icood? ;
manye lettris turnen thee to<i woodnesse.
as And Poul seithr, I madde not, thou best
Festus, but I speke out the wordus of
26treuthe and8 sobrenesse. Sothli and1 the
kyng, to whom I speke stedefastly, woot of
these thingis ; sothli" I deme nov thing of
these 'for tow Mare him, or vnknowe*.
Forsothr nether in a corner isz ou3t of these
seide, Who art thou, Lord? And the
Lord seide, Y am Jhesus, whom thou
pursuest. But rise vp, and stoond on thi u;
feet. For whi to this thing Y apperide to
thee, that Y ordeyne thee mynystre and
witnesse of tho thingis that thou hast
seyn, and of thob inc whiche Y schal
schewe to thee. And Y schal delyuerei?
thee fro puplis and folkis, to whiche
now Y sende thee, to opene the i$en of iu
hem, that theid ben conuertid fro derk-
nessee to Ii3t, and fro power of Sathnas
to God, that thei take remyssioun of
synnes, and part among seyntis, bi feith
that is in me. Wherfor, sir kyng in
Agrippa, Y was not vnbileueful to the
heuenli visioun; but Y tolde to hem that 20
been at Damask first, and at Jerusalem,
and bi al the cuntre of Judee, and to
hethene men, that thei schulden do pen-
aunce, and be conuertid to God, and do
worthi werkis of penaunce. For this 21
cause Jewis token me, whanne Y was in
the temple, to sle me. But Y was holpun 22
bi the helpe of God in to this dai, and
stonde, witnessinge tof lesse and to more.
And Y seye no thing ellis than whiche
thingis the prophetis and Moises spaken
that schulen come, if Crist is to suffre,23
if he is the firste of the& a3enrising of
deed men, that schal schewe Ii3t to the
puple and to hethene men. Whanne he 24
spak these thingis, and 3eldide resoun,
Festus seide with greet vois, Poul, thou
maddist ; many lettris turnen thee to
woodnesse. And Poul seide, Y madde 25
not, thou beste Festus, but Y spekeh out
the wordis of treuthe and of sobernesse.
For also the king, to whom Y speke 2«
stidfastli, woot of' these thingis ; for Y
c For whi r. d tho thenges o. e appere, either schewe v. f and I schal delyuere v. S pepeles o.
h to r. ' Om. sx. k turned o. ' part or. m Om. orx. n for o. I telde to v. ° Om. v. P Om.
OQVX. 1 and do v. r For r. s asaieden r. * Om. v. u and wolden r. v to sx. Om. v. w am
helpid v. x til in to o. 7 and stonde v. z to more o. a and I seie noo thing ellis v. b seiyng ouer o.
Om. v. c thing SA". d to be sx. that schulen r. e to comynge MPQTY. comen s. come v. to comen x.
f is passyble r. K or able for to suffre T. Om. x. h Om. QS. ' Om. A'. J it K. k shewen sx. ' of N.
m Whanne he spac v. n jeldide v. " seyde with greet vois v. P Om. x. q into r. r seide v.
s and of v. * for also v. u for v. v that noo v. w to sx. Om. v. * dare hym, or hid fro hym N.
he hidde fro him o. is lied fro hym v. daren hym A'. y Om. o. For v. z was r.
b tho thingis Q. c Om. nhk. d Om. b. e wickidnes k. derkenessis o. f and to a.
aghko(3. h telle k pr. m. ' Om. A pr. m. for A sec. m.
VOL. IV. 4 F
g Om. EMQHX
586
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXVI. 27 — XXVII. 6.
27thingis don. Bileuest thou, kyng Agrippa,
to prophetis? I woot fora thou bileuest.
28 Sothli Agrippa seide to Poul/In litil thingb
thou couucelist me 'for toc be maud a cris-
29 ten man. And Pould, I desyre anentis
God, and" in litil and in greet, not oonly
thee, but and alle these that heeren to day,
forf to be maad suche what manere and I
so am, out takun thes bondis. And the kyng
roos vp, and the president, and Bernyce,
si and thei that saten ny3 to hem. The^
whiche whanne thei wenten awey, spaken
to gidere, seyinge, Forh this man hath not
don ony thing worthi deeth, or' bondis.
saForsoth Agrippa seide to Festus, This
man my3te be dismittidk, 'or delyuered],
if he hadde not apelid tom Cesar.
CAP. XXVII.
1 Sothli as it isQ denied him for0 to
schippe into Italie, and? thei bitoken Poul
with othere kept") to a centurioun1", by
name Julius, of the cumpanye of kny3tis
2 of the emperour. Sothli we sti3ynges into
the1 schip of Adrymetis, and bigynnynge"
forv to seyle, barenw vp aboute the placis of
Asie, 'lastinge stille with vs Aristark of
3 Macedonye,Tessalonycensex. Forsoth thexx
day suynge we camen to Sidon ; sothli
Julius tretynge*' manly, or kurteysly,
Poule, suffride" fora to go to frendis, and
4dob thec curecc, 'or nede6^, of hym. And
whanne 'we haddune takun vp fro thennis,
we vndirsailiden to Cypre, for that wyndis
o weren contrarie. Andf the see of Silicie
and Pamphilie 'we seilingeS, camenh to
eListris, that is Licie. And there centu-
rioun1 fyndingek a schip of Alisaundre,
seilinge into Italie, puttide1 vs ouer in to
deme, that no thing of thesek is hid fro
hym ; for nether in a cornere was 0113! of
these thingis1 don. Bileuest thou, kingm 27
Agrippa, 'to prophetis"? Y woot that
thou bileuest. And Agrippa seide to as
Poul, In litil thing thou counseilist mef to t that ;», sum-
, , T-, . . -, del thou draw-
be maadacnsten man. And roul seide, 2» ist m6) imt ,lot
Y desire anentis God, bothe in litil and
in greet, not oneli thee, but alle these
that heren to dai, to be maad sich as Y
am, outakun these boondis. And the so
kyng roos vp, and the president, and Be-
ronyce, and thei that saten ni3 to hem.
And whanne thei wenten awei, theiai
spaken togider, and seiden, That this man
hath not don ony thing worthi deth°,
nether boondis. And Agrippa seide to 32
Festus, This man mi3t be delyuerid, if he
hadde not appelid to the emperour.
CAP. XXVII.
But as it was denied hym to schippe i
into Ytalie, thei bitoken Poul with othereP
kepers to a centurien, bi name Julius, of
the cumpeny of kny3tis of the emperoure.
And we wenten vp in to the schip of2
Adrymetis, and bigunnen to seile, and
weren borun aboute the placis of Asie,
while Aristark of Macedonye, Tessalony-
cence, dwellide stille with vs. And ins
the?? dai suynge, we camen to Sydon; and
Julius tretyde curteislii Poul, and suffride
to go to frendis, and dor his nedis. And 4
whanne we remouede fro thennus, we
vndurseiliden to Cipre, for that wyndis
weren contrarie. And we seiliden in the 5
see of Silicie and Pamfilie, and camen to
Listris, that is Licie. And there the cen-e
turien foond a schip of Alisaundre, seil-
inge in to Ytalie, and puttide8 vs ouer
in to it. And whanne in many daies we?
a that v. b A lytill o. c to STX. Om. v. d Poule seyde or. « bothe v. * Om. sx. S Om. v.
h That v. i neither v. k delyuered o. ' Om. NO. m Om. AGNQSTXY. n was v. ° Om. sx.
P Om. NV. q men kepte G sec. m. kepers N. r centurio x. s seiden v. t a o. u bigunnen r.
v Om. sx. w and baren r. x the while Aristark of Macydonie, Tessalonicense, dwellide stille with vs r.
xx in the v. J treedide r. z suffride hym NS. and suffride v. a Om. sx. b to do MPQT. c Om. T.
cc nede o. d Om. ox. e he hadde v. t in K. And we saileden in v. S Om. v. h and camen v.
1 the centurioun n. centurio x. k foond v. l putten s. and puttide v. putte x.
k this h. l Om. Q. m sir king k pr. m. " Om. B. o the deeth k. P others k. PP Om. A pr. m.
1 ether manli K. marg. T to do Rgk. s puttynge i.
XXVII. 7 — 1 8.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
587
7 it. And whanne many"1 dayes we seiliden"
slowli, arid vnnethe camen a3ens Gnydum,
'the wynd forbedinge" vs, we seiliden to?
sCreete, bi sydis Salornona. And vnnethe
we 'bi sydis seylinge"), camen into sum
place, that Ms clepid1' of good hauene, to
owhom the citee Tessala was ny3- For-
sothe 'moche tyme3 passid, and whanne
now* 'seylinge was not sykir", for that
i<> fasting passide, Poul coumfortide hem, sei-
yngev to hem, Men, I se forw with wrong
and harmx, not oonly of charge and^
schipp, but also of oure soulisz, "or lyues*,
iTbygynneth seilingb forc to bed. Sothli
centurioun bileuede more to the gouernour,
and to the lord of the schipp, than to these
i2thingise that weren seid of Poul. And
whanne the hauene was not able forf to
dwelle in wyntir, ful manye ordeyneden
counceil for? to seile thennisb, if on' ony
maner thei my3ten come to Fenyce, forJ to
Vynterne ink the hauene1 of Crete, bihold-
13 ingem to Affryk", and to Chorum0. Sothli
'the south blowyngeP, thei gessingei hem
forr to holde purpos, whanne thei hadden
takun vp fro Asson, seiliden3 to Crete.
i* Sothli not aftir moche', the wynd Tiffonyk,
that is clepid north eest, 'or wynd oftem-
\f>pestn, sente him a3ens it. And whanne the
schipp was rauyschid, and my3te not en-
forse intov the wynd, thew schipp 3ouun to
isblowingis, 'we were borun*. Sothli we>"
rennynge2 into sum yle that is clepid
Canda, Vnnethe my3tea gete a litil boot.
17' The whichb takun vp 'with helpis, thei
vsedenc girdyng to gidere ofd schipp,
dredynge6 lest thei schulden falle into
sandyf placis ; 'the vessel^ vndirsent, so
is thei were borun. Sothli vsh throwun
seilden slowli, and vnnethe camen a3ens
Guydum1, for the winde lettide vs, we
seiliden to Crete, bisidis Salomona. Arid H
vnnethe we seilden bisidis, and camen
into a place, that is clepid of good hauen,
to whom the cite Tessala was ni3- And o
whanne miche time was passid, and
whanne seiling thanne" was not sikir,
for that fasting* was passid, Poul coum-
fortide hem, and seide to hem, Men,
sef that seiling bigynneth to be with
wrong and myche harm, not oonli of
chargev andw of the schip, but also of
oure lyues. But the centurien bileuede n
more to thex gouernour, and to the lord
of the schip, thanne to these thingis that
weren seid of Poul. And whanne the 12
hauene was not able to dwelle in wynter,
ful many ordeyneden counsel to seile fro
thennus, if on> ony maner thei mi3ten
come to Fenyce, to dwelle in wynter at
the hauene of Crete, which biholdith to
Affrikz, and to Coruma. And whanne 13
the south blew, thei gessidenb hem to
holde purpos ; and whanne thei hadden
removed fro Asson, thei seiliden to Crete.
And not aftir miche, the wynde Tifonyk, 14
that is clepid north eest, was a3ens it.
And whanne the schip was rauyschid, is
and my3te not enforse a3ens the wynde,
whanne the schip was 3ouun to thec
blowyngesd of the wynde, we weren
borun with cours into an ile, that is ic
clepid Canda ; and vnethe we listen
gete a litil boot. And whanne this was 17
takun vp, thei vsiden helpis, girdinge
togidere the schippe ; and dredden, lest
thei schulden falle into sondi* placis.
And whanne the vessel was vndur set,
* fasting; this
where"
to ete, no but
litei, for the
gouernaile of
the schip; and
wherfore the
schipmen weren
maad morefe-
ble. Lire here.
ve.
f I see; bi the
spirit of profe-
sie. with wrong
and harm; that
is, with greet
i°j!iesv Ltre
m in many r. n seylynge o. ° for the wynd forbeed, either lettid v. P in to o. 1 saileden bisidis
and v, r Om. o. s whanne myche tyme was v. * Om. v. u was no sikir sayling MPT. seylyinge
thanne was not sykir r. v and seide v. w that sailing bigynneth to be F. x myche harm v. y of v.
z lyues ov. a Om. orx. b seylynge, or perile o. c Om. sx. <c' Om. r. e wordes o. ( Om. sx.
g Om. sx. h fro thennes v. » in OP. Om. s. J Om. sx. k dwelle in wynter at v. 1 hauenes sx.
m which Fenyce bihooldith r. n Affrik, that is, south nest r. ° Chorum, that is, north west v.
P whanne south blew v. 1 gessid N. gessiden v. T Om. sx. s thei saileden r. l myche tyme x.
u Om. ox. v a3ens v. w we weren born in the v. * Om. v. y Om. sx. z camen v. a and vnnethe
we my3ten v. b And whanne this was v. c thei vsiden helpis v. d the AGMNOPQSTVXY. e and dred-
den r. ! the sondy Q.Y. e and whanne the vessel was v. h for we weren v.
4 Gwydum EGiKQbceghkoa.
in k. z or south me.it c marg.
o marg. b assaieden k pr. m.
u Om. k pr. m. v the charge CKRXO. w Om. hk. x oure a. y Om. E.
that is, south west o marg. a or north nest c marg. that is, north west
c Om. CKXO. d blowynge g/3. e sodein E.
4 F 2
588
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXVII. 19 30.
with greet1 tempest, in the day suynge
19 thei maden castyng out. And the thridde
day with her hondis thei castidenk awey
20 the1 instrurnentis of the schipp. Sothely
nether"1 sunne nether sterris apperinge" bi
mo° dayes, and tempest not litil 'schewinge
nyy, now al the hope of oure heelthe was
21 don awey. And whanne moche fasting
hadde he, thanne Poul stondingei in the
myddel of hem, seyder, As! men, it bihofte'
'me herd", forv to not take awey frow Crete,
and make wynnex this wrong and casting
22 out. And now I counceile 3ou for>' to be
of good ynwitt2, W kertea ; sothlib xther
schal bec loss of no souled of 3oue, out
2stakun of the schipp. Forsothf an aungel
of God, whos£ I am, and to whom I seme,
24 stood ny3 to me this1' ny3t, seyinge', Poul,
drede thou not ; it bihoueth thee fork to
stonde ny3 to Cesar. And lo ! God hath
3ouun to thee alle that ben in schipp1
25 with thee. For which thing, 36 men, bem
of good ynwitt", 'or herte0; forsothP I bi-
leue to my God, fori so it schal be, as it is
2cseid to me. Sothli it bihoueth vs forr to
27 come into8 sum yle. But aftirward that
in* fourteneth day the ny3t cam aboue to vs
seilinge in the stoony" see, aboute mydny3t
the schipmen supposiden sum regioun, "or
2ttcuntrev, forw to appere to hem. Thex
whiche sendingey doun a plomet, founden7
twenty pasisa of depnesse. And aftir ab
litil thei departid0 thennis, foundend fiftene
29pasisdd. Sothli thei dredingee lest we
schulden falle into scharp places, frof the
laste part of the schipp sendingeS foure
ancris, desireden1' day1 'for to bek maad.
so Sothli 'the schippmen sekinge1 form to fle
of" the schipp, whanne thei hadden sente
a litel boot in to the see, vndir colour as
so thei weren boruri. And for we weren i»
throwun with strong tempest, in the dai
suynge thei maden casting out. And the is
thridde dai with her hoondis thei castidenf
awei the? instrumentis of the schip. And 20
whanne the sunne nether theh sterris
weren seie bi many daies, and tempest
not a litil nei3ede1, now al the hope of
oure helthe was don awei. And whanne 21
myche fasting hadde be, thanne Poul
stood in the myddil of hem, and seide,
A ! men, it bihofte, whanne 36 herden
me, not to hauek take awei the schip fro
Crete, and gete this wronge and casting
out. And now Y counsel 3ou to be of2>
good coumfort, for los of no persoone of
3ou schal be, outakun of1 the schip. For 2.1
an aungel of God, whos Y am, and to
whom Y serue, stood ni3 to me in this
ni3t, and seide, Poul, drede thou not ; it 24
bihoueth thee to stonde bifore the em-
perour. And lo ! God hath }ouun to
thee alle that ben in the schip with thee.
For which thing, 36 men, be 3em of good 25
coumfort ; for Y bileue to my God, that
so it schal be, as it is seid to me. And 20
it bihoueth vs to come into sum yle.
But aftirward " that in the fourtenthe 27
dai the ni3t cam on vs seilinge in the
stony see, aboute mydni3t the schipmen
supposiden sum cuntre to appere to hem.
And thei kesten0 doun a plommet, and 28
founden twenti pasis of depnesse. And
aftir a litil thei weren departid fro theri-
nus, and foundun nfteneP pasis. And 29
thei dredden, lest we schulden haue fallun
in to scharp placis ; and fro the last parti
of the schip thei senten foure ankeris,
and desiriden that thei dai hadde be come.
And whanne the schipmen soften to fle 30
' strong r. k casten sx. ' Om. Q. m whanne the r. n appereden or. ° manye NV. P nei3ede r.
<1 stood r. r and seide r. s Q! N. t byhoueth GT. u sothly for to here, and r. v Om. srx. w the
schip fro v. * to wynne MPY sec. m. to wyiinen ST. y Om. sx. z coumfort r. a Om. ovx.
b for whi r. c Om. v. d persoone r. e 3011 schal be v. f For v. 8 of whom MPT. h in this r.
' and seide v. k Om. sx. l the schip QX. m beth QSX. n coumfort r. ° Om. xorx. P for r.
q that r. r Om. sx. s in o. t ;n tne AGMNOPQSTVXY. u south N. v Om. ox. w Om. sx. x Om. r.
y senten r. z and founden r. a pas s. b Om. r. c partid GMPT. departiden K. weren departid fro v.
d and founden v. dd pas sx. c dredden r. { and fro v. g thei senten v. h and desijreden v. ' that
the day v. k to be sx. were v . 1 whanne the schipmen soujten v. m Om. sx. n fro v.
f kesten R. g Om. Eg. 1> Om. CEKxbehko^. ' scheivide nij K marg. k Om. B. ' Om. b pi: m.
m Om. A pr.m. b. n aftir k pr. m. ° casteden E. kesteden K. ether senten K marg. casten ka. P fifty i.
q Om. k.
XXVII. si — 42-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
589
thei schulden bigynne fro the former part
of the schipp for0 to strecche forth the?
:ji ancris, Poul seide to thei centuriounr and
kny3tis, 'No but8 these vschulen dwelle* in
the schipp, 36 mown not be maad saf.
:{2 Thanne kny3tisu kittidenv awey the cordis
of the litil boot, and suffrideri it forw to
3:{falle frox. And whanne Ii3t bigan for? to
be maad, Poul preiede alle men forz to
take mete, seiyngea, The fourtenthe day
this day 36 abidingeb, dwellenc fastinge,
;j4'no thing takynge1'. For which thing" I
preie 3ou forf to take mete, for 30111-6 helthe;
for of noon of 3011 the heer of the heedes
3:,schal perische. And whanne he hadde
seid these thingis, vhe takinge1' breed dide'
thankingis to God in the si3t of alle men;
and whanne he hadde brokyn, he bigan
:i,;fork to ete. Forsoth alle vmaad more pa-
cient1, 'or hertym, and thei token to" mete.
3- Sothli we weren alle vthe soulis0 in the
schipp, two hundrid seuentiP arid sixe.
38And thei fulfillidi with mete, discargedenr
the schipp, castinge8 whete1 in to the see.
3!, Sothli whanne day was maad, thei knewen
not lond; forsothe" thei biheeldenv sum
hauene hauynge a water banke, into which
thei thoiijten, if thei my3ten, forw to caste
40 the schipp. Arid whanne thei hadden
takun vp the ancris, thei bitoken hem to*
the see, 'to gidere slakinge? the ioyntours
of z gouerriaylis. And aa litil seil liftb vp,
vpc blowinge of the wynd thei wenten to
41 the banke. And whanne we felden into
acc place of grauel gon al aboute with the
see, thei hurtlidend the schipp. And6 the
formere part ficchidf, dwellide? vnmouable;
sothli the laste part*1 was brokyn of
42strengthe' of the see. Sothli counceilk of
the kny3tis was, for1 to sle men in the
fro the schip, whanne thei hadden sent
a litil boot in to the see, vndur colour as
thei schulden bigynne to stretche forth
the ankeris fro the formere part of the
schip, Poul seide to the centurien and to 31
the kny3tis, But these1" dwellen in the
schip, 36 moun not be maad saaf. Thanne :«
kny3tis kittiden awei the cordis of the
litil boot, and suffriden it to falle awei.
And whanne the dai was come, Poul:«
preiede alle men to take mete, and seide,
The fourtenthe dai this dai 36 'abiden,
and5 dwellen fastinge, and taken no
thing. Wherfor Y preie 3ou to take mete, :u
for 3oure helthe ; for of noon of 3ou the
heer of the heed schal perische. And sr.
whanne he hadde seid these thingis,
Poul took breed, and dide thankyngis1
to God in the 813! of alle men ; and
whanne he hadde brokun, he bigan to
eete. And alle weren maadn of beteres*;
coumfort", and thei token mete. And 37
weuu weren alle men in the schip, two
hundrid seuenti and sexe. And thei weren 31;
fillid with mete, and dischargiden the
schip, and castidenv whete in to the see.
And whanne the dai was comun, thei 3!i
knewen no lond ; and thei bihelden an
hauene that hadde a watir bank, in to
which* thei thou3ten, if thei listen, to
bringe vp the schip. And whanne thei 40
hadden take vp the ankeris, thei bitoken
hem to the see, and slakiden togidir the
ioyntours of gouernails. And with a
litil seil lift vp, bi blowyng of the wynde
thei wenten to thex bank. And whanne 41
we felden into a place of grauel gon al?
aboute with the see, thei hurtlidenz the"
schip. And whanne the formere part was
fitchid, it dwellide vnmouable, and the
o Om. sx. P Om. o. <l Om. sx. r centurio x. s But if x. t dwellen v. » Oni. K. the kny5tus Q.
v kitten Jr. w Om. sx. * awey v. >' Om. sx. z Om. sx. a and seide r. b abiden and v. e dwell-
ynge Y sec. in. d and taken no thing v. e Om. T. f Orn. svx. 8 heued o. h Poul took v. ' and
dide v. k Om. sx. ' alle weren maad of betere coumfort v. m Om. vx. n Om. or. ° men v.
P and seuenty v. ') weren fillid v. r dischargeden MPX. and dischargiden v. » castende out s. and
castiden v, l the whete A'. u sothly osx. v bileueden A. w Om. sx. * in to v. y and slakiden
togidere v . z and P. or o. a with a r. b liftid x. e Om. GT. bi y. cc the v. d hurten s.
e And whanne r. f was ficchid r. S it dwelled or. h party o. > the strengthe QS. k the conseyle os.
I Om. sx.
r these men A sec. m. CK pr. m. noaj3. s abidinge i. { thankis g. thankynge (3. u Om. k pr. m.
II ether herle K marg. uu thei A pr. w. v kesten R. casten h. w whiche thing K pr. m. * a k.
y Om. bko. z hurliden co. a into the k pr.m.
590
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
XXVII. 43 — XXVIII. 7.
keping, lest ony schulde scapem, whanne
43 he hadde swymmedn out. Forsoth0 the?
centurioun'' williriger 'for tos kepe Poul,
forbeed1 for" to be don. And he comaund-
ide hem that my3te swymme, forv to sende
hem thew firste into* the see, and scape,
44 and go out to the lond. And 'summe othere
thei baren? in boordis, summe on tho
thingis that weren of the schipp. And 'it
isz maad, that alle the 'soulis, or lywjnge
men, scapiden8 to the lond.
CAP. XXVIII.
1 And whanne we hadden scapid, thanne
we knewen that the yle was clepid Miti-
lene. Sothli barbaris, 'or hethene menb,
3auen to vs not litil humanyte, 'or cur-
2 tesye?. Forsoth 'a fyerd kyndlid, thei 're-
fetiden, ore refreischiden, vs alle, for the
areyn that cam ny3, and cold. Sothli
whanne Poul hadde gederid sum multi-
tude of kittingis of vynes, and ynputtf on
the fyer, an eddre, whanne she cam forth
4 fro the heete, asailide his hond. Therfore
as barbares sy3en the beest hangynge in
his hond, thei seiden to gidere, Sothli this
man is a man quellere; which# whanne11
he' scapideJ fro the see, Goddis veniaunce
5 suffrith him not fork to lyue. And 'he sothli
schakinge of1 the beest into the fyer, suf-
cfride11 no thing ofm yuel. And thei gess-
iden 'him to" be turned11" into0 swellinge,
and sudenly 'to fallingeP, and vfor toi deie.
Forsothe'hem longe abidinge, and seynger
no thing of yuel 'for to bes don in' him,
thei turnynge" to gidere, seidenv 'him for
7 to bew God. Forsothe in tho places weren
maneres, ^orfoeldis*, of the prince of the
yle, Puplius by name, they which resceyu-
last part was brokun of strengtheb of the
see. And counsel of thec kni3tis was, to 42
sle men that weren in warde, lest ony
schulde ascape, whanne he hadde swym-
med out. But the centurien wolde kepe 43
Poul, and forbede it to be don. And he
comaundide hem that mi3te swymme, to
go in to the see, and scaped, and go out
toe the loond. And thei baren summe 44
othere on boordis, summe on thof thingis
that weren of the schip. And so it was
don, that alle men ascapiden to the lond.
CAP. XXVIII.
And whanne we hadden ascapid, thanne i
we knewen that the ile was clepid Mili-
tene&. And the hethene men diden to
vs not litilh curtesie. And whanne a fier2
was kyndelid, thei refreschiden vs alle,
for the reyn that cam, and the' coold. But 3
whanne Poul hadde gederid 'a quantitek of
kittingis of vines, and leide on the fier, an
edder sche1 cam forth fro the heete, and"1
took hym bi the hoond. And whanne the 4
hethene men of the ile si3en the beest
hangynge in his hoond, thei seiden to-
gidir, For this man" is a manquellere0 ;
and whanne he scapideP fro the see,
Goddis veniaunce suffrith hym not to
lyue in erthe. But he schokei awei the 5
beest in to the fier, and hadde noon
harm. And thei gessiden that he schulde e
be turned 'in tor swellyng, and falle doun
sudenli, and die. But whanne thei
abiden longe, and sien that no thing of
yuel was don in him, thei turneden hem
togider, and seiden, that he was God.
And in tho placis weren maners of the?
prince of the ile, Puplius bi name, which
resseyuede vs bi thre daies benygnli, and
m ascape QT. n swommen osx. ° But v. P Om. AMNOPQSXY. 1 centurio x. r wilnynge o.
wolde v. s to sx. Om. x. t and forbeed r. a Om. sx. T Om. sx. w Om. GMOPQSTVXY sec.m.
x in Y pr. m. y thei baren summe other v. z so it was r. a men ascapeden v. soulis scapeden x.
b Om. x. c Om. x. d whanne a fier was r. e Om. ovx. { put NOT. S and v. h Om. N.
> Om. KY pr. m. J he hath scaped o. k Om. QSX. ' sothly he schook awey r. H and suffride v.
m Om. K. n that he schulde v. nn to turnen s. ° in A sec. m. NTY pr. m. P to fallen sx. falle doun v.
<\ to sx. Om. v. r whanne thei abideden longe, and sijen that v. s to be sx. was r. * Om. s.
u turneden hem v. v and seiden v. w him to be sx. that he was v. * Om. x. y Om. r.
b the strenkthe k pr. m. c Om. bgk. d ascape CKabkojS. e into i. f other k. g Mytilene K. ha
litil Kxabhko. > Om. Eghk. k Om. gk. 1 whanne sche K sec.m. Om. h. m Om. K sec.m. n Om.
x pr. m. ° man sleer k. P ascapide o/3. q smote R. r in A pr. m.
XXVIII. 8 — 1 8.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
591
yngez vs threa dayes benygnely, W with
agood loueb, fondc vs. Sothli it bifel, thed
fadir of Puplius vfor to liggee trauelid with
feueres and dissenterie,'or^/a;f. To whom
Poul entride, and whanne he hadde preied,
and putt the hondis to him, he sauyde
shim. 'Which things don, alle that in the
yle hadden sykenessis, camen to, and weren
locurid1', 'or heelid1. Whiche also honowr-
idenk vs in many worschipis, and 'to vs
schippinge, ynputtiden1 what thingis weren
11 necessarie1". Forsoth aftir thre monethis
we schippiden in a schip of Alisaundre,
that hadde wyntrid in the yle, to which"
12 was 'a noble thing of castels0. And whanne
we camen to Siracusan, we dwelliden there
is thre dayes. Frof thennis we schippingei
aboute, bicamen1" to Regioum5; and aftir o
day, 'the south blowynge', in the secunde
uday we camen to Puteolos. Where vbre-
theren foundun", we benv preied forw to
dwelle there anentis hem seuene dayes.
15 And so we camen to Rome. And fro
thennus, whanne bretheren hadden herd,
thei runnen to vs til tox the-v cheping?* of
Appius, and toz a place that is clepid
Threa tauernes. Whomb whanne fPoul
hadde seyn, he doynged thankinges to God,
ietokee trist. Sotheli whan we camen to
Rome, it isf suffrid to Poul for? to dwelle
toh him silf, with oo1 kni3t kepynge him.
nForsothe aftir the thridde day, he clepide
to gyderek the firste of Jewis1. And whan
thei camen, he seide to hem, Men brithe-
ren, I doynge01 no thing 336118 the puple
or custom of fadirs, Iu bounden at Jeru-
salem, am0 bitakun in to the hondes of
isRomayns. Whiche whan thei hadden ax-
ingeP of me, wolden dismytte me, fori that
foond vs. And it bifel, that the fader 8
of Pupplius lai trauelid with fyueris arid
blodi flux. To whom Poul entride, and
whanne he hadde preied, andr leid his
hondis on hym, he8 helide hym. And 9
whanne this thing was don, alle that in1
theu ile haddenv sijknesses, camen, and
weren heelid. Which also onouriden vs 10
inw many worschipis, and puttiden what
thingis weren necessarie to vs, whanne
we schippiden. And after thre monethis n
we schippiden in a schip of Alisaundre,
that hadde wyntrid in the ile, to which
wasx an excellent? singne of Castours.
And whanne we camen to Siracusan, we 12
dwelliden there thre daies. Fro thennus is
we seilidenz aboute, and camen to Re-
gyum ; and aftir oo dai, while the south
blew, in the secounde dai we camen to
Puteolos. Where whanne we founden 14
britheren, we weren preied to dwelle
there anentis hem seuene daies. And so
we camen to Romef. And fro thennus is t that is, ny?
. Rome. Lire
whanne britheren hadden herd, thei here. v.
camen to vs to the cheping of Appius,
and to the Thre tauernesa. And whanne 16
Poul hadde seyn hem, he elide thank-
yngis to God, and took trist. And
whanne 'we camenb to Rome, it was
suffrid to Poul to dwelle bi hym silf,
with a kni3t kepinge him. And after 17
the thridde dai, he clepide togidir the
worthieste of the Jewis. And whanne
thei camen, he seide to hem, Britheren,
Y dide no thing a3ens the puple ether
custom of fadris, and Y was boundim
at Jerusalem, and was bitakun in to the
hondis of Romayns. And whanne thei 18
hadden axidc of me, wolden'1 haue dely-
z resseyuede r, resseyuen Y. a bi thre rx. *> or with good rville AGMP. Om. OQX. or good tville T.
c and foond r. d that the r. e to lyn sx. lay v. f either Jinx of niombe r. g And whanne this thing
was v. h heelid o. i Om. OA:. k honourende o. ' and puttiden A. and puttinge N. in putten SA'. put-
tiden v. 'm puttiden what thingis weren necessarie to vs sehippinge v. n the whiche T. which schip v.
0 an excellent singne of Castorus, whiche hethene men clepiden goddis of the se. r. P And fro o. <l sayl-
eden v. r we camen K. camen ox. and camen r. s Regium AGMOSY. the Regyum p. 4 while the
south blew r. u whanne we founden britheren r. v weren r. w Om. sx. x Om. G pr. in. y Om. y.
yy cleping K. z Om. Y pr.m. & of Thre v. t> whiche v. t Ms. K ends here; in what follows the
text is taken from M. <1 dide r. e and took r. f was v. e Om. s. h bi v. 'a ANOQSVXY. k him o.
1 the Jewes or. m dide r. n Om. sx. and I was v. ° and was v. P axid jvr, a thing v pr. in. 1 so o.
r he k. s and k pr.m. and he k sec.m. t weren in k. u that R. v and hadden k. w with EKQRgka.
* Om. Eg. 7 ether a noble thing K marg. z ether schippiden K marg. a that is, to a place clepid Thre
tauernes K marg. b he cam k. <= askid ao. J thei wolden EKRX sec. m. o/3.
592
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
xxvm. 19 — 30.
in no cause of deeth was in me. But 'Jewis
a3enseiynge£, I amh constreyried for1 to
apeele Cesark ; not as hauynge ony thing
20 for1 to accuse my folk. Therfore for this
cause I preyede for™ to see 3ou, and
speke" to ; forsothe for the hope of Yrael
21 1 am gyrd aboute with this cheyne. And
thei seiden to him, Nether we han receyu-
ed lettres of thee from Judee, nether ony
of britheren comynge to0 schewide, orP
22 spake ony yuel thingi of thee. Sotheli
we preyen *forr to here of thee, what
thingis thou feelist; forwhi of this secte it
is knowuri to vs, fors euery where it is
2333611 seid to* itu. Sotheli whan thei had-
den ordeyned a day to him, mov camen
to him in to the hoostw, *or herbore*. To
whom y he expounede, witnessinge the
kyugdom of God, and counseilede hem of
Jhesu, of the lawe of Moyses, andz pro-
24phetis, fro the moru til toa euentijde. And
summe bileueden to thes thingis that
weren seid of Poul, summe bileueden not.
25 Whan thei wereri not consentinge to gy-
dere, thei departiden, 'Poul seiyngeb ooc
word, For the Holy Goost spake wel by
•2eYsaie, the prophet, to oure fadirs, sei-
yngd, Go thou to this puple, and seie to
hem, With ere" 36 shulen here, and 36
shulen not vndirstonde ; and 36 seeynge
shulen see, and 36 shulen not biholde.
27Thef herte of this puple is infattid&, and
with eris thei herden greuousli, and thei
pressiden to gydere her J3en, lest perauen-
ture thei seen with i3en, and with erys
here, and bi herte vndirstonde, and be
28conuertid, and I heele hem. Therfore be it
knowen to 3ou, for1' to hethen men this
helthe vof God1 is sent, and thei shulen
29 here. And whan he hadde seid thes
thinges, Jewis wenten out fro him, hau-
ynge14 rniche qtiestioun \ "or seking™,
so among hem silfn. Sotheli he dwellide alle
6 for Jewis ajenseiden r.
uerid me, for that no cause of deth was
in me. But for Jewis0 a3enseiden, Y 19
was constreyned to appele to the empe-
rour; not as hauynge ony thing to accuse
my puple. Therfor for this cause Yao
preiede to se 3ou, and speke to 3ou; for?
for the hope of Israel Y am gird aboute
with this chayne. And thei seiden to 21
hym, Nether we han resseyued lettris of
thee fro Judee, nether ony of britheren
comynge schewide, ether spak ony yuel
thing of thee. But we preyen to here 22
of thee, what thingis thou felist ; for of
this sect it is knowun to vs, that euery-
where me a3enseith it. And whanne 23
thei hadden ordeined a dai to hym,
many men camen to hym in to the in.
To whiche he expownede, witnessinge
the kyngdom vof Godi, and counseilide
hem of Jhesu, of the lawe of Moyses,
and profetis, for the morewe1" til tos
euentid'. And summe bileueden to these 24
thingis that weren seid of Poul, summe
bileueden not. And whanne thei weren 25
not consentinge togidir, thei departiden.
And Poul seide o word, For the Hooli
Goost spak wel bi Ysaye, the profete, to
oure fadris, and seide, Go thou to this 26
puple, and seie to hem, With eere 36
schulen here, and 36 schulen not vndir-
stonde ; and 36 seynge schulen se, and 36
schulen not biholde. For the herte of27
this puple is greetli fattidf, and with
eeris thei herden heuyli, and thei closiden
togider her i3en. lest perauenture thei se
with i3en, and with eeris here, and bi
herte vndurstonde, and be conuertid, and
fr ^ mi /• i stranglith bo-
Y hele hem. 1 h error be it knowun to 28 diiy lijf, so the
., ... i i.i c /^i j • malice of Jewis
3ou, that this helthe or God is sent to ti,at was gader-
t for the herte
of this puple is
ffreel/y fattid ;
this is a tigura-
tif speche, for
as fatnesse ga-
derid aboute
the herte,
hethen men, and thei schulen here.
vvhanue he hadde seid these thingis,
Jewis wenten out fro hym, and hadden
rnyche questioun, ethir^ musyng, among
ide in hem
goostly lijf.
Lire here. ve.
1 was r. i Om. sx. k to Cesar r. l Om. sx. m Om. sx.
T spake K. ° Om. r. P either v. q Om. Q. r Om. sx. « Om. N. forwhy Q. that v. t Om. GNOP
« Om. GUT. v many men v. w herbore o. ostrie x. x Om. ox. in either v. y whiche
2 and of s. a to the T. b whanne Poule seide r. seiende Powil x. <= a N. d and seide r.
e eres x. t for the v. s greetly fattid r. h that v. i Om. s. k and hadden v. ! seking o.
m Om. ox. n Om. N.
0 the Jewis gk. P Om. R. forsothe b. Q Om. K.
KMR. " or sk.
morowtijd Kxa. s Om. k pr.m. l the euentide
XXVIII. 3'-
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
593
two0 3eer in his hijrid place ; and he re-
si ceyuede alle that entriden to him, prech-
inge'' the kyngdomi of God, and tech-
inger what5 thinges ben1 of the Lord
Jhesu Crist, 'with al trist", with outen
forbedingv.
hem silf. And he dwellide ful twei 3eer3o
in his hirid place ; and he resseyuede alle
that entrydeu to hym, and prechide theai
kingdom of God, and tau3te tho thingis
that ben of the Lord Jhesu Crist, with
al trist, with out forbedyng. Arneny.
Here endith the Dedis of Apostlis, Here endith"" the Deedis ^ofApostlis*,
and now bigynneth the epistle of Seynt and? bigynneth a prologe on the pistlis
James the apostle™. of Cristen feith, that ben seuene in
ordrez.
0 twey ANfY. P and precliide v. 1 rewme N. r taujte v. s tho v. * that ben r, u Om. o.
v forbeding. Amen. ANOQSVY. Amen. For he is Jhesu Crist, the sone of God lynyng, bi whom al the world
schal bigynn for to be endid. s marg. sec.m. w From A. Here endith the book of Apostle Deedis. GT.
Here enden the Dedis of Apostlis, and bygynneth a prolog on the epistlis of Cristen feith, and the epistlis
of hem that ben seuene in ordre suynge. N. Here endeth the Dedis of Aposteles, and bygynneth the epistel
of James the apostel. OQ. Here endith the Deedis of Apostlis, and bigynneth the prologe vpon the smale
pistles, that is to seie, James, Petir, Joon, and Judas, r. Here eendith the Apostlis Deedis, and bigynneth
the prologe of the epistle of Jamys. Y. No final rubric in MPSX.
v For he is Jhesu Crist, the sone of lyuynge God, bi whom al the world schal biginne for to be demed
{eendid k] Egka. w enden a. * Om. u. y and here ab. z From cuxabo. Heere enden the Dedis
of Apostlis, and heere biginnith a prologe on the pistlis of Cristen feith, that ben seuene in ordre, id est,
Canonicus. i. Here enden the Dedis of Apostlis ; se now a prolog on the pistlis of Crislen feith, that ben
seuene in ordre. K. Here enden the Dedis of Apostlis, and here bigynneth the prologe on the pistlis of
James, Peter, and Joon, and Judas, apostlis, that ben clepid the pistlis of Cristene feith, that ben seuene in
ordre. M. Here enden the Dedis of Apostlis, and bigynneth a prologe on Cristene feith, that ben seuene in
ordre, that is, oon of Jamis, two of Petir, thre of Joon, and oon of Jude. Q. Heere endith the Dedis of
Apostlis, and suelh the prologe on the pistle of James. R. Here endith the book of Apostlis Dedis, and
bigynneth a prologe on seuene pistlis in ordre of Cristen feith of James j., of Petre ij., of John iij., and
of Jude j. c. Here eendilh the Apostlis Deedis, and bigynneth the prologe on the smale pistlis of Cristin
feith. e. Her endith the Deedis, and bigynneth a prologe on the smale pistilis, on to James, and twene
to Petre, and thre to Jon, and on to Judais. g. Here endith the Dedis of Apostlis, and bigynneth a prolog
on the smale pistles. h. Here eendith the Deedis of Apostlis, and bigynneth the vij. epistlis that ben
clepid cananysed. k. Here enden the Dedis of Apostlis, and bigynneth a prologr on the epistlis of Cristen
feith that ben vij. in ordre, that is, i. of James, twei of Peter, iij. of Joon, and oon of Juda. a. No final
rubric in AE.
VOL. IV.
4 G
JAMES.
[Prologue on the Catholic Epistles*. ~\
NoTb the same ordre is at Greekis, that holly sauourenc, and thecc ri3te feithd
folewendd, of the seuene epistolis that ben clepid canonysid, as in Latyn bokys. It is
founden sothly, that Petir is thee firste in noumbref of apostolis&, also his epistolis
shulden ben first in the#g ordre of othere ; but as the euangelistis 'sum tym to the lyne
of treutheh now we ban correctid, so these epistolis to ther owne ordre, God helpende,
we han 3olden. The firste sothli of hem is of Jamys, two' of Petir, thre of Jon,
oen of Jude. The whiche, if as of hem theiJ weren madk, so also of1 interpretouris,
or vndoeris, inm ton Latyn speche thei 'were turned0 treuly, neither doute to men
redende thei shulde make, neither diuersete of wordes shulde enpugne themself ; in
that? place, nameliPP, where ini the onhed of the Trynyte, in the firste epistil of John
wee redenr set8, in whiche1 also wee finden" myche thing to ben errid of vntrewe trans-
latouris, potende hem 'the names onliu of thre, of watir, of blod, and of thev spirit, in
thilke her making, and leuende the witnesse of the Fadir, and of the Sone, and of the
Holi Gost, in the whiche most bothe the feith of ri3t beleue is strengthid, and oen sub-
staunce of the Godhed of the Fadir, and Sonew, and* Holi Gost is proued. In othere
epistolis sothly, hou myche fro oure otheris making discordith, I leue to the prudence
of the redere. But thou, maiden? of Crist, Eustachez, whil of me the treuthe of scrip-
ture3 bisili thou enquerist, myn eelde sum what thou potest to the teeth of enuyous
men to 'be gnaweub; the whiche pronouncenc me to be a falsere, 'and ad distro3ere, W
apeirere*, of holi scripturis. But I in such werk neither drede the enuye of myn
enemys, neither66 I will denyen the treuthe of scripture to men askendef.
Here endith the prologe, and bygynneth the first epistel of Petir %.
Here bigynneth a prolog on the pistils of cristen feith, that ben seuene in ordre*.
The ordre of theb seuene epistlis, whiche ben clepid canonysid, is not so among the
Grekis, that fulli saueren the feith, and suwen the ri3t ordre of thec epistlisd, as it is
a This prologue is from s. No prologue in MPQX ; a space left in G; of the later text in N and T.
b Thou3 v. c sauerith Y. cc Om. v. d wey o. d<i folewith Y. e Om. OFY. f the noumbre OVY.
? the aposteles OVY. SS Om. y. h in the singne of treuthe sum tyme v. sumtyme to the lyf of treuthe Y.
' tweyne OVY. J Om. Y. k ymaad OVY. 1 as v. m so in o. n Om. v. ° turneden r. P ilke o.
thilke v. thulke Y. PP oonly y. q of OFY. r redith o. redy y. s ysette OF. * the whiche OVY.
14 fyndeth y. u oonly the names v. v Om. v. w of the Sone v. the Sone y. * and of the v. and the y.
y maide OFY. z Eustochie VY. a scriptures o. the scripture r. b by gnawe v. c pronounceth OY.
d or F. e Om. o. ee no y. f axynge OF. B From o. No final rubric in SFY.
a Here biginnith a prologe on the epistlis of cristen feith, that ben seuene in ordre, that oon of James,
ij. of Petre, iij. of J oon, and oon of Jude. E. The prolog of the vii. epistlis. N. Prologue. T. Prologe on the
smale pistlis. c. The prolag. k. No initial rubric in ciKMQRUxa. * Om. b. c Om. Kpr.m. b. d pistlis k.
I. r-
JAMES.
595
foundun in Latyn bokis. For fore as myche as Petre is the firste in thef ordre of
thes apostlis, his epistlish ben the firste of hem in ordre ; but as we not long sithen
correctiden the euangelistis to the lijf' of treuthe, so we han set these, thour3 the help
of God, in her owne ordre. For the firste of hem is van epistlek of James, two of
Petris, thre of Jones, and oon of Jude. The whiche epistlis1, if thei hadden be treuli
turned™ of then translatouris in to Latyn speche, as thei weren inaad of the apostlis,
thei schulden haue maad nc doute to0 the? rederis, nei variaunce of wordis schulde
not haue inpugnid it silf ; nameli, in that place in the firste epistle1" of Joon, where
we reden of the8 oonhed of the Trynite, where we fynden that ther hath be greet
errour of vntrewe translatouris fro the treuthe of the* feith, while thei setten in her
translaciouns oneli the names" of thre thingis, that is, of water, of blood, and of spirit7,
and leuethw the witnessing of the Fadur, and of the Sone, and of the Spirit1, 'in
which witnesing oure comun bileue is most strengthid, and its' is preued, that there
is oon substaunce of Godhed of the Fadir, and of the Sone, and of the Hooli Spirit z.
But in othere epistlis3 hou myche oure translacioun dyuersith fro otheris, Y leeue to
the prudence of theb rederis. But thou, Goddis maidec, Eustachium, while thou
enqueristd bisili of mee the treuthe of scripture, thou puttist out myn elde to be gnawe
of f enuyouse mennus teeth, whiche seyn, that Y am an» apeirerh of hooli scripturis.
But Y1 in such a werk dredek not the enuye of myn enemyes, ne1 Y schal notm denye
to hem, that axen" the treuthe of hooli scripture0.
Jerom on this pistle seith al this?.
The epistle of James*.
CAP. I.
1 James, the seruaunt of God, and of
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, to the twelue kyn-
redis, that ben in scateringe abrood, helthe.
2 My britheren, gesse 3eb, vor demec, al ioye,
whan 36 shulen falle in to diuerse tempta-
sciouns, 'or tribulaciouns* , witynge, that
the prouyng of 3oure feith werchith pa-
4cience; sotheli pacience hath* parfijtwerk,
Here bigynneth the pistle of James*.
CAP. I.
James, the seruaunt of God, and ofi
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, to the twelue
kinredis, that ben in scatering abrood,
helthe. My britheren, deme 30 al ioye, 2
whanne 36 fallen in to diuerse tempta-
ciouns, witynge, that the preuyng ofs
3oure feith worchith pacience ; and pa- 4
cience hath a perfit werk, that 36 be
a The pistle of James, p. Jamys epistle. T. Now bigynnelh the epistel of Jamys. Y. No initial rubric
in AGNoqsrx. b Om. AQ.V. c or deme y ANQ. Om. ox. or demeth s. either deme je A. d Om. ox.
e hath a o.v.
e Om. EMTab sec. m. e sec. m. gka. bi N. f Om. Tk sec. m. g Om. Q. •» pistles k. * line A sec. m.
N sec. m. weye o. k a pistle ihk. ' pistles Tko. m yturned a. n Om. Thko. ° of o. P Om. EQgn.
1 ne the CEiKMQRUxabcefghka/3. neithir N. ne no T. r pistle xbhko. s Om. upr.m. * Om. gk.
u name xo. v the spirit CEKMNPQRTubcefha. w leuen T. * Holi Goost T. y Om. gk pr.m. >z Om. T.
• pistles h. b Om. b. c mayden T. d querist T. « Om. T. f with R. e Om. EiKNTabeo'a. h a
peirer iKea. > Om. b pr. m. k Y drede b. l neither T. m Om. c sec. m. n asken ao. ° scripturis hk.
P Jerom on thes pistils seith al this in his prologe. c. This seith Jerom on these epistlis that folomen. E.
Heere endith the prologe, and bigynnith the epistle, i. Jerom in his prolog seith al this; se now the pistel
of James. K. Jerom in his prolog on these apostlis and epistlis suynge seith this. N. Jerom in his prologe
on these epistlis seith this. QC. Thus endith the prologe, and bigynneth the pistle. R. Jerom in his prologe
on these seuene epistlis, seith al this. x. Here eendith the prologe, and bigynnith the pistil of James, eg.
This seith Jerom I'M his prolog on this pistle. h. Jerom on these pistlis seith al this. o. Jerom in his
prolog on this pistle seith this. a. No final rubric in Tafk. * James, u. No initial rubric in CEIKPQR
xbceghoa.
4 G 2
596
JAMES.
I. 5 — 19.
that 36 be parfijt and hool, inf no thing
sfaylinges. Forsothe if ony of 3011 nedith
wisdom, axeh he of God, 'the which1 3iueth
to alle men largeli, and vpbraydith not ;
e and it shal be 3ouun to him. Sotheli axe
hek in feith, no1 thing doutynge™ ; forsothe11
he that doutith, is lijk to a wawe of the
se, the0 which 'of wijndP is moued and
7 born aboutei. Therfore gesse not 'the
ilker man, that he shal take ony thing of
s the Lord. A man double of inwit8 is
ovnstable in alle his weyes. Forsothe a
meke brother glorye1 in his enhaunsinge,
losotheli a riche man in his mekenesse" ; for
as thev flour of hay, 'or grasse™, he shal
11 passe. Sotheli* the sunne'is sprungun vpX
with brennynge, 'or heete1, and driede the
hay, and the flour of it fela doun, and the
fayrnesse of his cheere perischide ; 'so andb
12 a riche man welewith in his weies. Bles-
sid is the man, that suffrith temptacioun;
for whan he shal be proued, he shal re-
ceyue the crown of lijf, the0 which God
I3a3en bihi3te to men louynge him. No
man whan he is temptid, seie, ford he is
temptid of God ; sotheli" God is vn-
tempterf of yuel thingis, forsothe & he
utemptith no man. Sotheli ech man is
temptid of hish coueitinge, drawun'^/ro re-
is soun, and snaaridVor deceyued\ Thanne™
coueityng, whan it hath conceyued, bring-
ith forth synne ; sotheli synne, whan it
16 is fulfillid", gendrith deeth. 'And so0, my
moost der worth britherenP, nyle 36 erre.
17 Ech best 'thing 3ouun'i, and al parfijt 3ift
is fro aboue, cornynge douri ofr the fadir
of Ii3tis, anentis whom is not ouerchaung-
inges, nether schadewing of whileness, 'or
wtyme^. Forsothe11 wilfully he gendride vs
with7 the word of treuthe, that we be sum
labigynnyng of the creature of him. Wite
36, my britheren moost loued, be ech manw
doutith for his
" axe hi'
axing is not
lettid for such
perfit and hole, and faile in no thing.
And if ony of 3ou nedith wisdom, axe hes
of God, which 3yueth to alle men largeli,
and vpbreidith not ; and it schal be 3ou-
un to hym. But axeb hec in feith, ando *
• Goddis power,
doute no thing ; for he that doutith*, is ether of Goddis
. . wille. If a man
lijk to a wawe or the see, which is
moued and borun aboute of wynded.
Therfor gesse not the ilke man, that he 7
schal take ony thing of the Lord. As
. .
man dowble in soule is vnstable in alle
, . , . douting. a meke
hise weies. And6 a meke brother haueo brother; that
glorie in his enhaunsyng, and a riche 1
man in his lownesse ; for as the flour of lhel .
in his enhaum-
gras he schal passe. The sunne roos vpn »»?,• that schal
be in heuenly
with heete, and driede the gras, and the thingis.
flour of it felde doun, and the fairnesse
of his chere perischide ; and so a riche
man welewith in hise weies. Blessid /*i2isseid >" »««•",
and the lettre
the man, that suffrith temptacioun; for suynge acordith
whanne he schal be preued, he schal res- the jhur of hey,
seyue thef coroun of lijf, which God
bihe3tee to men that louen hym. No 1
man whanne he is temptidf , seie, that he
is temptid of God ; for whi God is not a
temptere of yuele thingis, for he temptith
no man. But ech man is temptid, 1 4 not
. . of yuele thingis ;
drawun and stirid of his owne coueiting. butofgoode
. . • i i thingis oonly,
Aftirward coueityng, whanne it hath 15 as in xxij. c-.
hi"
t whanne he
conseyued, bringith forth synne; but
synne, whanne it is fillid1', gendrith deth.
Therfor, my most dereworthe britheren, 1 6 5chujdebe
maad knowen
nyle 36 erre. Ech good 3ifte, and ech 17 to othere men,
- ...... , , , and be jouen to
perfit 3ifte is from aboue, and cometn hem in to en.
doun fro the fadir of Ii5tis, anentis
whom is noon other' chaungyng, ne ouer-
schadewvne of rewardk. For wilfulli he is do synne. «A
best }/«?; that
bigat vs bi the1 word of treuthe, that we is, &mi of me-
. . /.i* \ » • •, rit. that makith
be a bigynnyng of his creature. Wite 19 a man worthi
36, my britheren moost loued, be ech ^"^^tfle.
man swift to here, butm slow to speke, that is, good of
glone. Ltte
and slow to wraththe ; for the wraththe 20 here. ve.
f and faile in r. e Om. r. n aske Q. i whiche v. that jr. k je r. 1 and doute no v. m Om. r.
n for v. o Om. F. P Om. v. q aboute of wynd v. r that x. * wille r. l haue glorie r. u low-
nesse r. v Om. s. w Om. ox. either gras r. * For v. y roos r. z Om. ox. either hete r. a feldide r.
b and so r. <-• Qm. r. d that y. e for whi r. f not a temptere v. e for r. h his owen o. ' and is
drawen r. k is snarid r. ' Om. ox. m Aftirward r. n fillid r. ° Therfore v. P Om. s. 1 jifte v.
r fro o. s eny chaungyng s. t Om. ox. u For v. v bi f. w Om. s.
b aske ao. c je B. Om. Q. d the wynd KRagk. e Om. b. f a Ek. S hath bihijt a. h fulfillid KB.
1 ouer EK sec. m. b pr. m. g pr. m. a. k ether nilinesse K marg. l Om. K pr. m. m and K.
I. 20 II. 3.
JAMES.
597
swift forx to here, forsothe slowed forz to
aospeke, and slowe to wraththe ; sothelia
the wrath of man werchith not the rijt-
21 wisnesse of God. For which thing '30
castinge'1 awey al vnelennesse, and plente
of malice, inc myldenesse, 'or homely-
nesseA, 'receyue 3ee the wordf insents, "or
22 ioynedl\ that mai saue 3oure soules. For-
sothe be 36 doers of the word, and not
2:therers onely, deceyuynge 3011' silf. For
if ony rnan is herer'of the wordk, and not
doer, this shal be comparsound, "or likned1,
to a rnan biholdinge the cheere of his
24 birthe in a myrour ; sotheli"1 he biheld"
him silf, and wente0, and anoon he for3at
2o'what manerP he was. Forsothe he that
'shal parfijtlyi biholde1" in the lawe of par-
fijt fredorn5, and 'shal dwelle* in it, not
maad au for3etful herer, but av doer of
werk, this shal be blessid in his dede.
2 ;; Forsothe if ony man gessithw him silf forx
to be religious, 'not refreynyngey his tunge,
but deceyuyngez his herte, the religioun of
27 him is veyn. This is a clene religioun,
and vnwemmyd anentis God and the fadir,
for* to visite 'pupilles, that is*>, fadir les or
modirles*, "or botheA, and widewes in her
tribulacioun, and for6 to kepe him silf vn-
defoulid fro thisf world.
of man worchith not the ri3twisnesse of
God. For which thing caste 36 awei al2i
vnelennesse, and plentee of malice, and
in myldenesse resseyue 36 the word that
is plauntid", that may saue 3oure soulis.
But be 36 doeris of the word, and not 22
hereris oneli, disseiuynge 3ou° silf. For 23
if ony man is an herere of the word, and
not a doere, this? schal be licned to a
man that biholdith the cheer of his birthe
in a mirour ; for he bihelde hym silf, and 24
wente awei, and anoon he for3at which
he was. But he that biholdith in<t2f>
the lawe of perfit fredom, and dwellith
in it, and is not maad a fo^etful herere,
but a doere of werk, thisr schal be blessid
in his dede. And if ony man gessith2t;
hym silf to be religiouse*, and refreyneth
not his tunge, but disseyueth his herte,
the religioun of him is veyn. A clene 27
religioun, and ans vnwemmed anentis God
and the fadir, is this, to visite fadirlesf
and modirles children, and widewis in
her tribulacioun, and to1 kepe hym silf
vndefoulid fro this world.
* religiouse;
that is, a veri
and perfit Cris-
ten man. is
veyn ; for it
ledith not to
due ende. Lire
here. ve.
f that is, to vse
himself in
werkis of mersy
anentis thi
neijbore, and
werkis of clen-
nesse a;ens
himself. Lire
here. v.
CAP. II.
1 My britheren, nyle 36 'in accepcioun^,
"or takinge^, 'of personys', haue the feith
2 of oure Lord Jhesu Crist of gloriek. For-
sothe1 if 'ther shal entre in -to 3oure
couent™, "or gederingn "to gydere0, a man
hauynge ai* golden 1 ryng, in whijt, "or
Jayr*, cloth*, forsothe and" a pore man
'shal entrev inw foul" habite, 'or clooth?,
sandz 36 biholde in to him that is clothida
CAP. II.
Mi britheren, nyle 36 haue the feith of i
oure Lord Jhesu Crist of glorie, in accep-
cioun of persoones. For if a man 'that -2
hath" a goldun ring, and in a feire cloth-
ing, cometh in 3oure cumpany, and a
pore man entrith in a foul clothing, and:*
if 36 biholden in to hym that is clothid
with clerev clothing, and if™ 36 seie to
hym, Sitte thou here wel ; but to the
* Om. sx. y slow, either slac v. z Oin. sx. a for v. b caste je r. c and in r. d Om. OQVX.
e resceyueth QX. { Om. o. S in sette osx. plauntid y. h Om. o<)yx. > jour GQTY sec. m. k Om. .Y.
1 or licnessid N. Om. QX. m forsothe o. for v . n biholdyng T. ° wente awey v. P what kynes o. what
maner man Qr. (1 Om. r. r biholdith v. s freedom perfitly r. * dwellith v. u Om. s. v Om.
NOSVX. w gesse QT. * Om. sx. y and refreyneth not y. z disseyueth v. a Om. sx. b Om. o.
c modirles children Q. d bothe N. Om. OQ. e Om. QSX. f the o. g Om. v. h Om. OQyx. ' Om. y.
k glorie in accepcioun, either taking, of persones v. 1 For v. m Om. y. n Om. Qrx. ° Om. OQyx.
P Om. T. '1 gold s. s Om. ox. * cloth, entrith in to joure couent, eithir gadering togidere y.
u Om. g. and if y. v entrith y. w into T. * a fowl Ad. y Om. ox. z and if y. a clad sx.
n ether prentid K marg.
u hauynge k. v clene k.
0 jour E. P he this i. 1 into R. r he this i. s Om. Eeg. * Om. k pr. m.
w Om. k pr. m.
598
JAMES.
II. 4 — 16.
with fulc cleer clooth, and if 36 shulend seie
to him, Thou sitte heere wel ; sotheli to
the pore man 3ee seie, Stonde thou there,
4 orf sitte vndir the stool of my feet ; wher
36 deme not anentis 3011^ silf, and ben
.-. maad domesmen of wickid'1 thou3tis? Here
3e, my moost dereworthe' britheren, wher
God chees not pore men in this world,
richek in feith, and eyris of the kytigdom,
that God Vbihi3te a3en' to men louynge
e him ? Forsothe 36 han despisid the pore
man. Wher riche men oppresen not 300
bi power, and01 drawen 3011 to domys ?
7 Wher thei blasfeme not the" good name,
a that is inclepid on0 3011 ? Netheles if 36 per-
formen the kynges lawe, vp? scriptures^,
Thou shalt loue thi nei3ebore as thi silf,
936 don wel. Sotheli if 36 taken persones,
36 werchen synne, 36 r bens reproued of
10 the lawe, as trespassoures1. Forsothe who
euer 'shal kepe" al the lawe, sotheliv of-
fendew in oon, he is maad gylty of alle.
n For he that seide, Thou shalt not do
leccherie, seide andx, Thou shalt not sle ;
that if thou 'shalt not do? leccherie, but
thouz sleest, thou art maad trespassoura of
12 the lawe. Thus speke 36, and thus do 36,
as bigynnynge forb to be demyd bi lawec
is of parfijtd fredom. Sotheli" doom with
outen mersy tof him that doith not& mersy ;
14 forsothe mersy aboue reisith doom. Mi
britheren, what shal it profite, if1' ony
man seie' him fork to haue feith, werkes1
forsothe™ he" haue0 not?? wher feith shal
ismowe saue him? Forsothe if ai brother
or systir be nakid, and han nede of eche
ifidayr lijflode, forsothe onys of 3ou seie to
hem, Go 36* in pees, be 36 maad hoot, and
be 36 fulfillid"; sotheli if 36 'shulen not
3iuev to hem whatw thinges benx necessarie
of ? body, what shal it profite 'to 3ouz ?
* he is maad
pore man 36 seien, Stonde thou there,
ethir sitte vndur the stool of my feet;
whether 30 demen not anentis 3oux silf, 4
and ben maad domesmen of wickid
thou3tis ? Heere 36, my moost dere-5
worthe britheren, whethir God chees not
pore men in this world, riche in feith,
and eiris of the kyngdom, that God bi-
hi3te to men that louen him ? But 36 e
han dispisid the pore man. Whether
riche men oppressen not 3ou bi power,
and thei drawen 3ou to domes? Whether;
thei blasfemen not the good name, that
is clepid to help on 3ou ? Netheles if 368
f , , , . . , , . •,- as to payne of
perforrnen the kingis lawe, bi scnptuns, harm, either
Thou schalt loue thi nei3bour as thi silf,
3e don wel. But if 36 taken persones, 309
worchen synne, and ben repreued of the Ketith sretter
peyne of wit,
lawe, as trespassers. Andy who euere 10 either of feei-
kepith al the lawe, but offendith in oon, nw'trespassis ;
he is maad gilti of* alle* For he that 1 1 ^onden of
seide, Thou schalt do no letcherie, seide *eP«yne<>f
harm, the lettre
also, Thou schalt not sle ; that if thou schewith su-
doist not3 letcherie, but thou sleest, thou itTseld,
art maad trespassour of b the lawe. Thus 12 '
speke 36, and thus do 36, as bigynnynge
to be demyd bi the lawe ofc fredom. For i3heestis ben of
. . oo God, and
whi dom with out merci is to hym, that therfore he is
.... , ii • . i offendid, for
doith no mercy ; but merci aboue reisith the breking of
dom. Mi britheren, what schal it pro-i4™n- Lirehere-
fite, if ony man seie that he hath feith, \ 'sch.al seie ;
• that is, may
but he hath not thed werkis ? whether
-..,,,, u o A i -j- n repreu'ig*'
feith schal mowe saue hym ? And if a 15 him that w-
brother ethire sister be nakid, and han
nede of ech daies lyuelode, and if ony of is
3ou seie to hem, Go 36 in pees, be ?e maad bi thi
scheme thou to
hoot, and be 36 fillid ; but if 36 3yuen
me M
, , ,. , , without werkis,
not to hem tho thmgis that ben neces- as if he seie,
sarie to bodif, what schal it profite? So 17 ™"r max,
also feith, if it hath? noth werkis, is deed for f .^"f
werkis. Lire
in it silf. But summan schal seief, Thoui8Aere- ve-
c Om. s. d Om. r. e thou s sup. ras. * ethir v. g joure GQTY. n wicke sx. i derworthest o.
k and riche o. 1 ajen byhijt o. m and thei ANOQsrx. n to T. ° of N. P bi v. <\ scripture v.
r and r. s Om. ANOSX. * transgressoures o. u kepith r. v forsoth o. but y. w offende he N.
x Om. r. y dost not r. z Om. s. a a trespassour Q. b Om. SA-. c the lawe s. d Om. v.
e For whi r. f is to NV. S noo v. h Om. s. i Om. s. k Om. sx. ' Om. v. m but v. B Om. v.
0 hath or. P not werkis v. q Om. o. r daies NQX. s if eny y. * Om. N. u fillid r. v 3euen not r.
w tho r. x that ben r. y to F. 2 Om. r. to hem x.
* jour E. y Om. gk pr. m. z in k. a no sb.
f the bodi igk. here bodi B. e haue Rgk. h no a.
b ajens k. c of perfite B. d Om. Q. e or ER.
II. i; — HI. 5-
JAMES.
599
1780 and feith, if it hauea not werkes, is
is deed in it silf. But sum man shal seie,
Thou hast feith, and I haue werkes;
shewe thou tob me thi feith with outen
werkes, and I shal shewe to thee my feith
19 of werkis. Thou bileuest, for0 oo God is ;
thou doist wel ; and deuels bileuen, and
2otogydere tremblen. Forsothed wolt thou
wite, thou veyne man, forf feith with outen
21 werkes is ydel ? Abraham^, cure fadir,
wherh he was not Justified of werkis, of-
fringe Ysaac, his sone, on the auter?
22Therforei thou seest, fork feith wrou3te
with his1 werkis, and his feith ism fulfillid"
23 of werkis. And the scripture is0 fulfillid?,
seiynge, Abraham bileuede to God, and it
isi rettidr to him to ri3t\visnesse, and he is8
24clepid the frend of God. 3e seen for1 a
man is Justified of werkis, and not of feith
ssonely. Also" forsothe andv Raab, hoore,
'wher shew was not iustifyed of werkis,
receyuyngex the messageres, and* bi an
other weie vdoynge outz, 'or sendinge out*?
26Forsotheb as ac body with oute spirit is
deed, so and feith with oute werkis is deed.
CAP. III.
1 My britheren, nyle 3ed be maad many
maystirs, witynge for6 30 taken thef more
2 doom. SotheliK alleh we offenden in many
thingis. If ony man offendith not in
word, this is a parfijt man ; forsothe1
he mai 'with a bridelk lede aboute al the
3 body1. Forsothe if we putten to horsis1"
bridles in° to mouthis, for0 to consente to
vs, and we berenP *ther with** aboute al
4 the body of hem. Andr los ! shippes,
whan thei ben greete, and ben dryuen of
stronge wijndis, sotheli thei ben born
aboute of a litel gouernayle, where the bire*
5 of a" man dressinge shalv wole. 'So andw
the tunge sothelix is a litel membre, and
hast feith, and Y haue werkis ; schewe
thou to me thi feith with out werkis,
and Y schal schewe to thee my feith of
werkis. Thou bileuest, that o God is ; 19
thou doist wel ; and deuelis bileuen, and
tremblen. But wolt thou wite, thou 20
veyn man, that feith with out werkis is
idul ? Whether1 Abraham, oure fadir, 21
was not iustified of werkis, offringe Ysaac,
his sone, on the auter? Therfor thou 22
seest, that feith wroii3te with hise werkis,
and his feith was fillid of werkis. And 23 ajens presump-
. , c 1 1 • i • tuous rnaistren,
the scripture was fillid, seiynge, Abraham that techen that
bileuede to God, and it was arettid to n^no^and"
hym to ri3twisnesse, and he was clepid make,n manr
men for to erre,
the freend of God. 3e seen that a man 24 an<i M this they
getten many-
is iustified of werkis, and not of feith fooidr
dmn .
thing* ; that
is, stirith
oneli. In lijk maner, andk whether also25fo°r"n've.'r
Raab, the hoore, was not iustified of
werkis, and resseyuede the1 messangeris,
and sente hem"1 out bi anothir weie? For 20
as the bodi with out spirit is deed, so also
feith with out werkis is deed.
Jijer, kyndling
stryues and de-
batis and other
yuelis. ve. the
vniversite of
wickidneise;
CAP. III. that is, an yuel
tunge is the
Mi britheren, nyle 36 be maad manyi ™»«*site of
J wickidnesse. v.
maistris, witynge that 36 taken the more mjiavmed of
doom*. For alle we offenden in many 2 Of the deuc^'
thingis. If ony man offendith not in ed^heUe!^"
word, this is a perfit man ; for also he ^"""/^ the
wheel of oure
may lede aboute al the bodi with a *«»•'*«,• that is,
. the cours of
bridil. For if we putten bridhs in to" 3 oure lijf, which
i • „ , > • /• is licned to a
horsis0 mouthis, for to consente to vs, wheel, that by-
and we leden aboute al the bodi of hem.
And lo! schippis, whanne thei ben grete,4
° a man js born
and ben dryuun of strongeP wyndis, 3it
thei ben borun about of a litil gouernaile,
where the meuyng of the gouernour wole.
So also the tunge is but a litil membre, 5
and reisith grete thingisf . Lo ! hou litil
vnkunnyng ;
and if he dijcth
kindely, he goth
ajen to the
same staat bi
comun cours.
Lire here. ve.
a hath v. b Om. v. c that or. d But v. e idil N. f that v. S Wher Abraham v. h Om. v.
1 Forsothe o. k that v. 1 Om. T. m was v. n fillid v. ° was v. P fillid v. q was v. r yrettid Q.
arettid v. s was r. ' that v. n In lyk maner r. v wher and v. " Om. v. x she resseyuynx JXQ-
and resseyuede v. Y and sent out v. z Om. v. sendende out x. a Om. ox. or sendende s. b For v.
0 the tioQsx. d Om. v. « that v. f Om. x. g For r. h and T. ' for also r. k Om. y. ' body
with a brydel r. m hors sx. » Om. x. o Qm. sx. P leden v. q Om. ANOQSVX. r Om. N. 3 so Q.
* birth A. bire, or meuyng N. n Om. x. v Om. or. w And so r. * Om. r.
' Wher BI. k Om. R. ' Om. a. m Om. k pr. m. « in K pr. m. to R. ° hors h. P grete i.
600
JAMES.
III. 6 — 1 8.
fier brenneth a ful greet wode. And oureu
tunge is fier, the vniuersite of wickid-
nesse. The tunge is ordeyned in oure
membris, which defoulith al the bodi ;
and it is enflawmed of helle, and en-
flawmethi the wheel of oure birthe. And?
al the kynde of beestis, and of foulis, and
of serpentis, and of othere is chastisid,
and tho ben maad tame of mannus kinde;
but no man mai chastise the tunge, for 8
it is an vnpesible yuel, and ful of deedli
venym*. In it we blessen God, the fadir, o *
and in it we cursen men, that ben maad biiSuge, for
to the licnesse of God. Of the sameioabacbi.tfe'.
venemith him
mouth passith forth blessing and cursing, of whom he
bacbitith hi
My britheren, it bihoueth not that these yuel fame, and
thingis be don so. Whether a welle of Hi
reysith greete thinges. Lo ! hou miche
efijr kyndlith-v hou greete a* wode. And
oure tunge is fijr, the vniuersite8 of wickid-
nesse. The tunge is ordeyned in oure
membris, the1' which defoulith al the body;
and itc enflaumed, "or set aJyreA, of helle,
enflaumeth6 the wheelf of oure birthe.
7 Sotheli al the^ kynde of beestis, andb
foulis, and1 serpentis, andk of othere, xben
ouercome1, "or vndir$oJtidm, and ben" maad
8 taame, of mannus0 kynde ; forsothe? noon
of men mai dauntei, "or chastise*, the
tunge, sotheli8 it is an vnquyet, "or vn-
pesible, yuel1 thing", and ful of deedly
svenym. In it we blessen God, the fadir,
and in it we cursen men, that ben maad to
10 the licnesse of God. Of the same mouth
cometh forth blessyng andv cursyng. My
britheren, it bihoueth not thes thinges forw
11 to be maad so. Wherx a welle of the
saame hole bringe? forth swete and salt
12 watir? My britheren, wherx a fijge tree
mai make grapes, or a vijne fyges? So
nether salt watir mai make swete watir.
13 Who is wijse, and disciplined2, "or chas-
tisyd"-, among jou? shewe he of good
lyuynge his werkb, in myldenesse of wis-
i*domc. That if 36 ban bittir zeeld, "or
emiyK, and striuyngesf ben in 3oure hertis,
nyle 36 gloryes, and be lijers a3ens the'1
istreuthe. Forsothe' this wisdom isk not
fro1 aboue comynge doun, but ertheli,
lebeestly™, fendliD. For wher is enuye and
strijf, there0 vnstedefastnesse and al?
nshrewid werk. Forsothe wisdom that is
fro aboue, first sotheli it is chaast, aftir-
ward pesible, mylde, suadible, that is, esy
for^ to treete, "and tor "be treetid*, consent-
ynge to goode thingis, ful of rnersy and
goode fruytis, demynge with oute feyn-
isynge. Sotheli the fruytes of ri3twisnesse
ben* sowun in pees, to men makinge pees.
y kyndlith, or brenneth N. ''• Om. ANoqsrx. a vniuersite, or al gederinge togidere G sec. m. b Om. r.
v it is r. d Om. x. e and enflawmeth r. f fyre o. B Om. s. b or G pr.m. MPT. and of r. * and of F.
k Om. T. 1 is chastisid F. m Om. oqrx. n tho ben r. ° man s. P but F. 1 chastise or. * Om.
orx. s for r. * Om. o. yuel Q.X. « Om. F. T or N. w Om. sx. x Whether GNS. y bringith QSF.
7 taujt r. « Om. OQX. b torching y. c his wisdom r. d enuy o. e Om. ox. f striues s.
strengthis T. e haue glorie r. b Om. NOS. > For r. k it is T. ' Om. N. m and beestly r. n and
feendly r. ° there is OF. P Om. Q. 1 Om. sx. r and ANSV. and for to GT. or o. Om. c. s Om. Q.
1 is F.
1 brenneth P r Om. K pr. m. s Om. nk. * it is pesible i. u fruytis A pr. m. cabcehk sec.m.
the same hoole bringith forthr swete
and salt watir? My britheren, whether 12 here- ve-
a fige tre may make grapis, ethir a vyne
figus ? So nethir salt watir mai make
swete watir. Who is wijs, and tau3t is
among 3ou ? schewe he of good lyuyng
his worching, in myldenesse of his wis-
dom. That if 36 han bitter enuye, and u
stryuyngis ben in 3oure hertis, nyle 36
haue glorye, and be lyeris a3ens the
treuthe. For this wisdom is not fro is
aboue comynge doun, but ertheli, and8
beestli, and feendli. For where is enuye ic
and strijf, there is vnstidfastnesse and al
schrewid werk. But wisdom that is 17
from aboue, first it is chast, aftirward
pesible1, mylde, able to be counseilid, con-
sentinge to goode thingis, ful of merci
and of goode fruytis, demynge with out
feynyng. And the fruyt" of ri3twis-is
nesse is sowun in pees, to men that
maken pees.
IV. I — 13.
JAMES.
601
CAP. IV.
1 ' Wherof u bateyles and 'cheestes, orv
chidinges, among 3011 ? Wherw not of
joure coueytisis*, that fi3ten in 3oure inem-
2 bris ? 3e coueyten, arid 36 ban not ; 36?
sleen, and z ban enuye, and 36 rnowen
not gete. 3e chijden, and maken bateyl ;
and 30 ban not, for 'which thing 3e ban
•A not axida. 3e axenb, and 36 receyuen not ;
for that 36 axenb yuel, asc in 3oure coueyt-
4 ised '36 shewen6. Auoutrerersf, witen not
36, forK the frendschip of this world is
enemy'1 to God? Therfore who euer shal'
wole fork to1 be freend of this world, is
oordeyned them enemy of" God. Wher
Veenen 36°, that veynlyP the scripture
seithi, The spirit that dwellith in 3ou,
(jcoueytith to enuye? Forsothe he 3iuetb
more grace ; for which thing he seith,
God withstondith1" proude men, forsothe8
7 to meke men he 3iueth grace. Therfore be
36 suget to God; forsothe1 withstonde 36
s the deuel, and he shal flee fro 3011. Nei3e
3e to God, and he shal nei3e to 3ou. 3e
synners, dense" thev hondesw, and 36 dou-
ble of inwitx, 'or willed, purge2 the hertes3.
9 Be 36 wrecchesb 'in ^oure owne i^enc, and
vweyle 3ed, "and wepe 3ee ; 3oure Iei3ing be
itf turned in to wepyng, and 3oureS ioye
10 in to sorewe of herte. Be 36 mekid in the
si3t of the Lord, and he shal enhaunse 3ou.
11 Mi britheren, nyle 36 bakbite ech other.
He that bakbitith his brothir, orh that1
demeth his brother, bakbitith the lawe,
andk demeth the lawe. Forsothe if thou
dernest the lawe, thou art not doer of the
1 2 lawe, but domesman. Sotheli oon is
speker1, 'or maker1", of the lawe, and iuge,
nthat mai leese, and delyuere. Forsothe
CAP. IV.
Wherof hen batelis and cheestisv among i
3ou ? Whether not of 3oure coueitisis,
that n^ten in 3oure membris ? 3e coueit- 2
en, and 36 ban not ; 36 sleen, and 36 han
enuye, and 36 moun not gete. 3e chiden,
and maken bate!; and 30 han not, forw 36
axenx not. 3e axenx, and 36 resseyuens
not; for that 30 axen* yuele, as 36 schewen
opynli in 3oure coueitisis. Auowtreris, 4
witen not 36, that the frenschip of this
world is enemye to God ? Therfor who
euere-v wole be frendz of this world, is
maad the" enemye ofb God. Whether 365
gessen, that the scripture seith veynli,
The spirit that dwellith in 3011, coueitith
to enuye? But he 3yueth the moreo
grace ; for which thing he seith, God
withstondith proude men, butc to meke
men he 3yueth grace. Therfor be 307
suget to God ; but withstonde 36 the
deuel, and he schal fie fro 3ou. Nei3e 368
to God, and he schal nei3e to 3011. ^e
synneris, dense 36'' hondis, and 36 double
in soulee, purge 36 the herds. Be 369
wretchis, and weile 36 ; 3oure Iei3yng be
turned in to weping, and ioye in to so-
rewe of herte. Be 36 mekid in the si3t 10
of the Lord, and he schal enhaunse 3ou.
My britheren, nyle 36 bacbite ech othere. li
He that bacbitith his brothir, ethir that
demeth his brothir, bacbitith the lawe,
and demeth the lawe. And if thou
demest the lawe, thou art not a doere of
the lawe, but a domesman. But oon is 12
makere of the lawe, and iuge, that may
lese, and delyuere. And who art thou, 13
that demest thi nei3bore ? Lo ! now 36,
that seien, To dai ethir to morewe we
" Therof o. Wherof ben v. T Om. ox. w Whether G et s pass. x. x coueitise TY. y and je v.
z and je alii. a je axen not worthily r. b asken Q. c that je take fully r. d coueitisis ^JVOQSKJT.
e Om. r. f Auouteeris svx. 8 that K. h enme r. ! Om. r. k Om. STA:. 1 Om. v. m Om. NO.
n to o. ° 3e gessen r. P Om. r. 1 seith veynly r. r with stant SJT. s hut r. * but r. u dense
36 OF. clenseth ijsx. v Om. o. w hondis, that is, rverkis v. hertis x. x wille r. y Om. OOF.T.
z purgeth Q.SJV. a hondis jr. b wrecchide Q. c Om. AQrx. in yure eiyn G. d weileith s.
ANosrx. f Om. ANOQSVX. g Om. AXOQsrx. h either r. ' Om. or. k or NQ.
ra Om.
e Om.
1 makere v.
v or chidingis c sec. in. chidingis RO. w for that i. x asken ao. y that k. z the frend k. a Om. xo.
b to o. c Om. gk pr. in. d the CEiKuabcek pr. m. oafi. je the si. e soulis a.
VOt. IV. 4 H
602
JAMES.
IV. 14 V. 8.
who art thou, that demest thi nei3ebore?
Lo ! now 36 that seien, To day or to
raoru" we shulen go in to 'the ilke° citee,
and there sotheli we shulen make'1 a 3eer,
and we shulen make marchaundise, and
14 we shulen make wynnyng; 'the whichei
witen not, what is to 3011 in the morewe.
i5Forsother what is 30111-6 lijf? A vapour8,
W smoke*, to" a litel semyngev, and after-
ward it shal be waastid. Therfore that
36 seie, If the Lord shalw wole, and if we
shulen lyue, we shulen do this thing" or
10 that thing-v. Now forsothe 36 gladenz in
3oure pridis ; euery sich ioying is wickida.
17 Therfore to')Xa manc kunnynged for6 tof do
good, and 'not doynge?, 'synne is to himh.
CAP. V.
1 Do'1 now. 3ek riche men, 'wepe 30', 3oul-
yngem in 3ouren wrecchidnessis0 that
2 shulen come to 3ou. 3oure richesses ben
maad roten, and 3oure clothes ben eten of
smo^tisP. 3oure gold and*! siluer hath
rustid, and rust of hem shal be to 3ou inr
to witnessing, and shal ete 3oure flesches*,
as fijr. 3e nan tressourid to 3ou wrath in
4 the laste dayes. Lo ! the hijre of 3oure
werkmen, that repiden 3oure cuntrees,
that1 is fraudid" of 3ou, crieth ; and the
cry of hem entride in to the erys of the
5 Lord of hoostis. 3e ban ete on the erthe,
and in 3ourev leccheries 36 han nurchid
63oure hertes. Inw the day of sleynge 36
'ledden tox, and slewen the iust man, and
7 he 'a3enstode not 3ou>'. Therfore, bri-
theren, be 36 pacient, til to the comyng of
the Lord. Lo ! an erthe tilyer abijdith2
precious11 fruyt of the erthe, paciently suf-
fringe, til he receyue tymeful and latefulh.
s And be 36 pacient, and conferme0 3ed 3oure
schulen go in to thilke citee, and there we
schuleri dwelle a 3eer, and we schulen
make marchaundise, and we schulen
make wynning ; whiche witen not, whatu
is to 3ou in the morewe. For what is is
5oure lijf? Af smoke apperinge at a^
litil1', and1 aftirward it schal be wastid.
Therfor that 36 seie, If the Lord wole,
and if we liuen, we schulen do this
thing, ether that thing. And now 3e IB
maken ful out ioye in 3oure pridis ;
euery siche ioyek is wickyd. Therfor it 17
is synne to hym, that kan do good, and
doith not.
CAP. V.
Do' now, 36 riche men, wepe 36, 3ellinge i
in 3oure wretchidnessis that schulen come
to 3ou. 3oure richessis ben rotun, and •_>
3oure clothis ben etun of™ mou3tis.
3oure gold and siluer hath rustid, and :i
the rust of hem schal be to 3ou in to
witnessyng, and schal ete 3oure fleischis,
as fier. 3e han tresourid to 3ou wraththe
in the last daies. Lo ! the hire of 3oure4
werke men, that repiden 3oure feeldis,
which is fraudid" of 3011, crieth ; and the
cry of hem hath entrid in to the eeris of
the Lord of oostis. 3e han ete on ther.
erthe, and in 3oure letcheries 36 han
nurschid 3oure hertis. In the dai of
sleyng 36 brou3ten, and slowen the iusti;
man, and he a3enstood not 3011. Therfor, 7
britheren, be 36 pacient, til to0 the com-
yng of the Lord. Lo ! an erthetilier
abidith preciouse fruyt of the erthe, pa-
ciently suffrynge, til he resseyue 'tymeful
and latefulP fruytw. And be 36? pacient, »
n morewe VXY. ° that A'. P make, or dnelle N. make, either dtvelle r. 1 whiche v. that .v. r For-
whi v. s smoke v. t Om. vx. » appering at v. v Om. v. w Om. v. r Om. s. y Om. .Y.
z maken ful out ioie r. a wicke S.Y. b it is synne to v. c him v. d kun o. that can v. « Om. sr.v.
f Om. avx. S doth not v. '> Om. r. i Doth s. k Om. s. ' weepith sx. "' jelling Nr. n Om. .s.
0 wrechednesse o. P moththis v. mojhis x. 1 and 3oure os. r Om. o. s flesh sx. * which r.
u fraudis N. defraudid x. v Om. o. w And in s. x broujten v. Y withstod jou not s. z abit n.
a the precious s. b latetul fruit r. <= confermeth s. d Om. A pr. m. os.
{ As EQcghkoa. g Om. a. h litil tyme k pr. m. ' Om. o. k ioying Bibceghkoo^. ' Doith KQCgk.
"' with k. n defraudid hk. ° in to k pr. m. P tidi and ripe A sec. m. marg. i. tideful and lateful EQcga.
tymeful tidy and ripe and lateful K pr. in. tymeful and lateful, ether tidi and ripe x. PP fruyt, that
is tidi and ripe u. 1 Om. g.
V. 9 — 20.
JAMES.
603
hertes, for the comyng of the Lord shal
:>nej'3e. Britheren, nyle je6 be sorewefulf
ech in* to other, that 36 be not demecl.
Lo ! the iustise1' stondith' 1173 bifore the
10331. Britheren, take 36 ensaumplek of
yuel goynge out, and of long abijdinge of
trauele, and pacieuce, the1 prophetes, that
11 spaken to 3011 in name"1 of the Lord. Lo!
we blessen hem that suffreden. 3e herden
the suffring", 'or patience0, of Job, and 36
si3en the ende of the Lord, for the Lord is
12 merciful, and doynge mercy. Bifore alle
thingis, my britheren, nyle 36 swere, ne-
ther bi heuene, ne? hi erthe, nether bi
'what euere otheri ooth. Forsothe1" be
3oure word8, 'Is, is*, Nay, nay, that 36 falle
is not vndir doom. Sotheli" onyv of 3ou is
soruful, 'or heuyw, preye he with 'euene
ninwit", and seie he psalrne. Ony^ of 3ou
isz sijke, lede he in prestis of the chirche,
and preye thei ona him, anoyntingeb with
15 oyle in narnebb of the Lord ; and the
preier of feith shal saue the sijke0, and the
Lord shal discharge"1, 'or make Mm liy* ;
and if he be in synnes, thei shulen be
Kifor3iue to him. Therfore knowleche 36
oonf to an other 3oure synnes, arid preye
3e'for eches other, that 36 be saued. For-
sothe11 the contynuel preyer of a iust man
17 is miche worth. Helve was a man lijk to'
us passiblek, 'or alle for to suffre\ and in
preyer he preyede, that it shulde not reyne
on them erthe, and it reynede not thre
ii!3eeresn and sixe monethes. And eftsoone
he preyede, and heuen 3af reyn, and the
i!) erthe 3af his fruyt. Britheren, forsothe if
ony of 3ou 'shal erre° fro thei1 treuthe, and
20 ony 'shal conuertei him, he owith forr to
wite, for8 he 'that shal1 make" a synrier
forv to be turned fro the errour of his weie,
and conferme 36 3oure hertis, for the
comyng of the Lord schal nei3e. Bri-9
theren, nyle 36 be sorewful ech to other*
that 36 be not derned. Lo ! the iuge
stondith 1113 bifor the 3ate. Britheren, 10
take 36 ensaumple of yuel goyng out,
and of long abidyng, and trauelr, and of
pacience, the8 prophetis, that speken to
3ou in the name of the Lord. Lo! wen
blessen hem that suffriden4. 3e herden11
the 'suffring, et/iirv pacience™, of Joob,
and 36 sayn the ende of the Lord, for the t /»•/<>«<«//«
thtnyis nyle je
Lord is merciful, and doynge merci. swere; that i»,
...... , ... sette 3» not an
±Jitor alle thingis, my britheren, nyle 36 12 ooth bifore ai
sweref , nether bi heuene, nether bi erthe,
nethir bi what euere other ooth. But be
3oure word 3he, she, Nay, nay, that 36 rmir of hem
. } J J ' that seiden, that
fallen not vndir doom. And if ony of 18 tU ooth owith
. ., , . , . to be vsid ofte,
3ou is sorewrul, preye he with pacient for it is seid in
he'pe de-
iaute, whanne
soule, and seie he a salm. If ony of
is sijk, lede he in preestis of the chirche, <™ere i>i the
* ' name of God ;
and preie thei for hym, and anoynte f°r as medicyne
.,,„ ., . ., j-Jt T j i isnotsoiijt,
with" one in the name ot the Lord ; and 15 no but to heipe
,i • r r • *i 11 .1 • • i sykenesse ; so
the preier or teith schal saue the sijk it is of an ooth;
man, and the Lord schal make hym Ii3t ;
and if he be in synnes, thei schulen be
*
for3ouun to hym. Therfor knouleche 36
eth not to an-
ech to ot here 3oure synnes, and preye 36 other, forme
ech for othere, that 3e be sauyd. For
the contynuel preyer of a iust man is femn of
mvche worth. Elye was a deedli man 17 treuthe. To
* swere bi a crea-
hjk vsy, and in preier he preiede, that it ture hi itself is
111 , . vnleeful. vndir
schulde not reyne on the erthe, and it dom; that is,
reynede not thre 3eerisz and sixe mone- wXtl£?
this. And eftsoone he preiede, and i88weri"g infa11-
mge into false
heuene 3af reyn, and the erthe 3af his swering. ve.
1112' C°. of
fruyt. And, britheren, if ony of 3ou 19 EcccV a man
errith fro trewthe, and ony conuertith mychTschai be
hym, he owith to wite, that he
inakith a synrier to be turned fro the here- v
e Om. T. { scornful N. g Om. y. n iuge r. ' slant ax. k exsaumple sx. 1 of the x. m the
naame ANOSX. n pacience o. ° Om. OQX. P nethir ANOQsrx. q other what euere AOX. r But r.
• wordes o. l 3is, jis G. 3he, jhe or. a Forsotli o. T 3if ony QT sec. m. r. w Om. QX. x pacient
soule r. y If eny oy. z Om. s. a for r. b and anoynte y. oyntende x. bt> the name G sec.m. el alii.
c syk man r. d make him lijt o. discharge him vx. e or make li^t N. Om. OQX. { ech r. S eche for o.
h For y. ' Om. y. k able for to suffre o. hee was passible y. 1 Om. OQX. or able to siiffre s. m Om. x.
n jer x. ° errith y. P Om. ANoyx. 1 conuertith y. T Om. sx. s that y. * Om. v. u inakith Y.
T Om. sx.
r of trauel ko pr. m. 8 of H. * suffren a.
him with K sec. m. R. him with k. V to us R.
u han herd i. T Om. H. w the pacience k.
thei
4 H 2
604 JAMES.
shal saue the soule of him fro deeth, and errour of his weye, schal saue the soule of
couerith the multitude of synnysw. hyrn fro deth, and keuereth3 the multi-
tude of synnes.
Here endith the pistils of James, and
now bigynneth the fyrst pistle of seynt Here endith the pistle of James, and
Petre apostle*. here bigynneth thefirste pistle of Petir1'.
w synnes. Amen. N. * Here endith the epistil of James, and bigynneth the first epistil of Petre. N.
Then is added as follows, Also heere bygynne/h the forseyde pro/oge of Petre, anoon aftir the eendynge oj
Jamys epistlis; for in treuthe and iust settynge as it parteynel/i, Petris epistlis stoondith heere next, as ordre
askith; and heere bygynneth the first epistle of Petre, and is rod on the first seynt Petris day. Y. No final
rubric in GMPSTX.
8 keuere k. b From CMQuxabcghoa. Heere endith the epistle of James, and bigimiilh the Jirste
epistle of Petre. i. Here endelh the pistle of James ; se now the firste pistle of Petre. K. No final rubric
in AKnehk.
I. PETER.
The first pistle of Petre*.
CAP. I.
1 PET RE, apostle of Jhesu Crist, to theb
chosen gestisc, 'or comelingisA, of disper-
siounVor scateringe abroad*, of Porite, of *f
Galathie, of Capodosie, of Asye, and of Bi-
2 tynye, uph the prescience1, 'or hi/ore know-
inge*, of God, the fadir, 'in to1 halewinge
of the"' spirit, 'in to" obedience0, and
sprengynge of the? blood of Jhesu Crist,
grace and pees 'to 3011 be multiplied1!.
3 Blessid be God, andr the fadir of oure
Lord Jhesu Crist, the" which up1 his greet
mercy a3en gendride" us in to quik hope,
bi the 3360 rijsyng of Jhesu Crist fro
4deede menv, in to heritage vncoruptible,
and vndefoulid, and vnwelewable,* that gkal
o not fade*, kept in heuenes in" jou, that
in the vertu of God ben kept bi the feith
in to helthe, rnaad redy for-v to be shewid
ein^ the laste tyme. In which 36 shulen
ioye*, if" it bihoueth8 now a litel forb to be
;sory in diuerse temptaciouns ; that the
prouyng of 3oure feith be rniche preciouser
than gold, that is proued bi fijr ; bec itd
founde in to" heriyng, and glory, and
honour, vin tof the reuelacioun of Jhesu
s Crist. Whom whan 36 han not seyn, 36
louen ; in to whom also now 30 not seynge,
bileuen ; forsothe 36 bileuynge shulen haue
Here bigynneth the first pistle of Pet re*.
CAP. I.
PETB.E, apostle of Jhesu Crist, to the i
chosun men, to the comelingisf of scater-
yng abrood, of Ponte, of Galathie, of
Capadosie, of Asye, and of Bitynye, bia
the 'bifor knowyngb of God, the fadir, in
halevvyng of spirit, bi obedience, arid
springy ng of the blood of Jhesu Crist,
grace and pees be multiplied to1' 3ou.
Blessid be God, and the fadir of oure 3
Lord Jhesu Crist, which bi his greet
mere! bigatd vs a3en in toe lyuynge hope,
bi the a3en risyng of Jhesu Crist fro
deth, in to eritage vncorruptible, and vri-J
defoulid, and that schal not fade, that is
kept in heuenes for 3ou, that in the vertiu.
of God ben kept bi the feith in to heelthe,
and is redi to be schewid in the last
tyme. In which 36 schulen make ioye, >'•
thou3 it bihoueth now a litil to be sori in
dyuerse temptaciounsf ; that the preuyrig?
of 3oure feith be rnyche more preciouse
than gold, that is preuyd bi fier ; and be
foundun in to heriyng, and glorie, and
onour, in the reuelacioun of Jhesu Crist.
Whom whanne 36 han not seyn, 36 louen; «
in to whom also now 36 not seynge, bi-
leuen ; but 36 that bileuen schulen haue
ioye, and gladnesse that may not be te!d
t comclingis ;
that ben con-
uertiel fro he-
thenne»»c. bi
the prescieru'e ;
tilif in referred
to that that in
M'iil bifure. to
chosen men ;
JJIVSril'MV U
take here fur
predefllina-
cioun, that in,
gracirmse biforr
ordynaiince t<>
blixse. Lire
here. v.
• Thejirste epittle of Petre. T. No initial rubric in AGOQsr. b Om. r. e comelingis ox. men v.
d Om. or. e scateringe abrood o. ' Om. OQ. f and T. h bi y. ' bifore knowinge o. k Om. ox.
1 in v. m Om. ovx. ° bi y. ° the obedience *. P Om. OHX. 1 be multiplied to 3011 r. T Om. v.
" Om. y. l bi y. u gendringe GT. v Om. QX. w Om. OQX. that it, that shal not fade v. * for y.
y Om. ax. yy into G. z make ful out ioye y. zz thouj y. a bihoue ax. b Om. osx. •' and be y.
d Om. GNOQsryxY sec.m. e to the s. f in K.
a The firite epistle of Petir. E. Heere luelh thejirtte pistle of Petir. R. No initial rubric in CIKMQUX
abcgho. b forknowing KQB. c in B. d gat K pr.m. e to the hk. ' temptacioun A pr. in. el alii.
606
I. PETER.
I. 9 22.
ioye with oute forth inP gladnesse vnenar-
rablei, 'that mai not be told outr, and
9 glorified, bringynge5 a3en the ende of
3ouret feith, the helthe of 3oure soulis.
10 Of whiche helthe prophetes sou3ten out,
and enserchiden, that prophecieden of the
i i grace to comynge" inv 3ou, sekingew which
or what maner tymex the spirit of Crist
signyfiede in hem, 'bifore tellinge? thez
passiouns, that ben in Crist, and latter
12 glories. To whoma it isb shewid, for not
to hem silf, sothelic to 3011 thei mynistriden
tho thingis, that now ben told to 3011 bi
hem that euangelizedend to 3011 the6 Holy
Goost sent fro heuene, in to whom aungels
ndesijren forf to biholde. For whiche thing
36? gyrd the leendes of 3oure soule, sobre,
parfijt, hopeh in to' 'the ilkek grace that is
offrid to 3ou 'in to1 them reuelacioun", 'or
u shewinge", of Jhesu Crist, as sones of
obedience, not vto gydere liknydP to the
15 former desijris of 3oure ignoraunse, but
upi himr that clepide 3ou holy8; that and
ie'3oure silf1 be holy in al lyuynge; for it is
write, 3e shulen be holy, for I am holy.
17 And if 36 inclepen'1 him fadir, 'the whichev
with oute accepcioun of personys demethiv
upx the werk of eche man, lyue 36 in drede
in? tyme of 3oure pilgrimage, 'or litel
\8clwellinge1 'in erthe*; witinge that not bi
corruptible gold, or siluer, 30 ben bou3t
a3en of 3oure veyri lyuynge of fadirs tra-
liidiciotin, but bi the precious blood ofb the
lomb vndefoulidc and vnspottidd, Crist
20 Jhesu, bifore knowun sotheli bifore thee
making of thef world, forsothe? shewid in
•_>i the laste tymesh, for 3011 that bi him ben
feithful in God; that reiside him fro deede
men, and 3af to him euerelastinge glory,
that 3oure feith and hope were in God.
32'3e makinge' chaast 3oure soules in obe-
out, and 3e schulen be glorified, and haueo
the ende of 3oure feith, the helthe of
3oure soulis. Of which helthe profetis 10
sou3ten, and enserchiden, that profecieden
of the grace to comyng in 3ou, and 301131- n
en which euerS what maner tyrne the
spirit of Crist signyfiede in hem, and
bifor telde tho passiouns, that ben in
Crist, and the latere glories1'. To which 12
it was schewid, for not to hem silf, but
to 3ou thei mynystriden tho thingis, that
now ben teld to 3ou bi hem that prechid-
en' to 3ou bi the Hooli Goost sent fro
heuene, in to whom aungelis desiren to
biholde. For which thing be 3e gird f I3t that i§, he
chast in body
the leendis or 3oure soule, sobre, perfit, ai.«i soule. Lire
and hope 36 in to the ilke grace that is
profrid to 3ou bi the schewyng of Jhesu
Crist, as sones of obedience, not made K
lijk to the formere desiris of 3oure vn-
kunnyngnesse, but lijk him that hath 15
'clepid 3ou hoolik; that also "36 silf1 be
hooli in 'al lyuyngm ; for it is writun, %e 16
schulen be hooli, for Y am hooli. And n
if 36 inwardli clepe him fadir, which
demeth withouten accepcioun of per-
soones bi the werk of ech man, lyue 36
in drede in the time of 3oure" pilgrimage;
witynge that not bi corruptible gold, is
ethir siluer, 30 ben bou3t a3en of 3oure
veyn liuynge of fadris tradicioun, but bi 19
the0 precious blood as? of the lomb vn-
defoulid and vnspottid, Crist Jhesu, that 20
was knowun bifor the makyng of the
world, but he is schewid in the laste
tymes, for 3ou that bi hym ben feithful 21
in God ; that reiside hym fro deth, and
3af toi hym euerlastynge glorie, that
3oure feith and hope were in God. And 22
make 36 chast 3oure soulis in obedience of
charite, in loue of britherhod ; of simple
P and Y. q Om. o. vnable to be told out A-. r Om. QX. that is, that may not be told out r. s bringe v.
I oure N. « comen s. v in to osx. w and soften r. * of tyme T. y and bifore telde v.
z Om. s. thoo vx. a whiche r. b was r. f forsothe o. but r. d euangelisen x. e bi the v.
fOm. sx. g be je r. •» hopeth sx. and hope je v. > Om. o. k that x. l bi v. m Om. T.
II shewinge o. " Om. OQX. P maad lijk r. q bi r. r him holy v. s Om. v. t jee s. 36 silf gr. 3ou
silf x. u inwardly clepin r. v which demeth r. that x. w Om. r. * bi v. y the x. z Om. OQX.
a Om. QX. b as of AG sec.m. Nosrx. c vnfoulid x. d vnwemmed o. e Om. s. f this o. K but r.
11 tyme N. i And make je r.
e ether IK. b ioies K. ' prechen k. k hooli clepid jou A pr. m. h. l 36 jou silf IK. 3oure h.
al thing j, n pure p. ° Om. b. P Om. gk pr. m. 1 Om. k pr. m.
I. 23 — II. 9.
I. PETER.
607
dience of charite, in loue of britherhed; of
symple herte loue 36 to gydere bisilokerk;
23 born 3360 not of coruptible seed, but of1
vncoruptible, bi the word of quike God,
24 and dwellinge in to with outen ende. For
eche flesch hay"1, and al the glorie of it as
flour" of hay ; the hay drieth0 up, and
2ohisP flour fel doun ; forsothe the word of
the Lord dwellith in to with outen ende.
Sotheli this is the word, that is euangelized
to 3011.
CAP. II.
i Therfore puttinge1* awey al malice, and
al gyle, and symulacioiins1", ^orfeynynges*,
2vand enuyes1, and'al detraccioun11 ; as now
gendrid 3onge childrenv, resonable, with
oute gyle, coueyte 30 mylkw, that in it 36
swexe in to helthe; if netheles 36 taastiden,
4 for" the Lord is swete. ' To whom 30 go-
ynge ny3e>', a quyk stoon, reproued sotheli
of men, forsothez chosen of God, and ho-
f> nourid, and 3ourea silf as quike stoones beb
aboue bildidc spiritual housis, holy prest-
hod, ford to offre spiritual hoostesc, *or
qffringesc, acceptable to God bi Jhesu
e Crist. For which thing the scripture
holdith, Lo ! I shal putte in Syon 'the
hi3est stoons, corner1' stoon, chosen, pre-
cious ; and he that shal bileue in to him,
7 shal not be confoundid. Therfore honour
to 3ou bileuynge ; forsothe to men not
bileuynge, the stoon whom 'thei bildynge'
reproueden, this is maad in to the heedk
8 of the1 corner; and the stoon of offencioun"1,
'or hirtyngen, and stoon0 of sclaundre, to
hem that offendenP bi word, nether bileuen,
9 in which andi thei ben put. Forsothe 36
ben a 'kynde chosunr, kyngly5 presthod,
holy folk, puple of purchasinge, that 36
telle the vertues of him, that clepide 3ou
fro derknesses in to his1 wondirful Ii3t.
herte loue 36 togidre more bisili. And-23* atow bujui
7 , ,. ., , in spiritual
be 3<? borun a3en, not of corruptible seed, houtit; that is,
'but vncorruptibler, bi the word of lyu-
ynge God, and dwellynere in to with
• * O Crist man is
outen ende. For ech fleisch /'* hey, and -24 the temple of
. . God, for the
al the glorie or it is as flour9 of hey ; Godhed dwell-
, i 1*1*1 11* /-\ /> i i ith in him* and
the hei dnede vp, and his flour felde he is prest ami
doun ; but the word of the Lord dwell- 25
ith with outen ende. And this is the
word, that is prechid to 3011.
CAP. II.
Therfor putte 36 awei al malice, andi andben«>"-
offride himself
to God the fa-
dir for helthe
of the world ;
so feithful men
that beu con-
uertid to him
al gile, and' feynyngis, and enuyes, and
fermed, lien the
hous either
. temple of God,
alle bacbityngis ; as now" borun 3onge 2 in as myche a*
, • i i 11 • . i .1 '"' dwellith in
children, resonable, with out gile, coueite
36 mylk, that in it 36 wexe in to helthe ;
if netheles 36 han tastid, that the Lord iss
myche as thei
swete. And nehe se to hvm, that is a 4 offren hemseif
to God bi de-
lyuyng stoon, and repreuyd of men, but uodoun and
chosun of God, and onourid ; and 3evs Therfore it "u-'
silf as quyk stoonys be 36 aboue bildid ^{ZJ0^*
in to spiritual housis*, and an hooli
preesthod, to offre spiritual sacrifices, ac-
ceptable to God bi Jhesu Crist. Fore
which thing the scripture seith, Lo ! Y
schal sette inw Syon the hi3este corner
stoon, chosun and preciouse ; and he that
schal belieue inx hym, schal not be con-
foundid. Therfor onour^ to 3ou that;
bileuen ; but to men that bileuen not, the
stoon whom the bilderis repreuyden, this
is maad in to the heed of the corner;
and the stoon of hirtyng, and stoon7- ofs
sclaundre, to hem that offendena to the
word, nethir bileuen it, in which thei ben onourid *" holy
onour. the
set. But 36 ben a chosun kvnf, a kyngliS «/</«»•«,• that
....„*• ", ,. i is, scribis either
preesthod, hooli folc, a puple of purchas- techerisofiawe,
fices, not flessh-
ly sacrifices, as
in the olde
lawe. in Syon ;
that is, hooly
chirche. stoon
hi^est ; that is,
Crist, corner
stoon ; for whi
Crist ioynede
togidere Jewis
and hethene
men as twey
wallis in oo
chirche. bi-
leeue ; bi feith
formed with
charite. in , •/
him ; as Sauy-
our of alle men.
ing, that 36 telle the vertues of hym, that
clepide 3ou fro derknessis in to his won- i^dWen
dirful Ii3t. Which sum tyme were not aio*y«.- i>i'»p-
tvm ill which
k bisier AXOSX. bisily Q. besyliere v, 1 Om. Axysrx. m ix hey v. D a floure Q. the flour ax.
° driede ANoqsrx. P the o. q putte je v . r feynynges o. 8 Om. OQX. * Om. o. u al detracciouns
G pr. m. N. oold tradicions o. ahe detracciouns v. v childre s. w mylk offol teching v. * that ivr.
J And neije je to him v. z but v. a je ANr. ym osx. ;e 3oure Q. b beth QSX. c bildid in to r.
d Om. sx. e sacrifices v. f Om. orx. S a stoon hsi3est ANOQsyx. h a corner TV. ' the bylderis v.
k heued o. ' Om. OK. m hirtynge o. n Om. OQX. ° the stoon N. P offendeden g. 1 Om. r,
1 chosen kyn v. s kyndely o. l Om. s.
r Om. A pr.m. Kg. but k pr.m. • the flour k. l and alle nk sec. m. u Om. g. v joure K. je
jou iKa. w on a. * in to K sec. m. J Om. A pr. m, Egk pr. m. b pr. m. z the stoon xek. a offend-
iden k. b kindely Egh.
608
I. PETER.
II. 10 — 23.
10 The" whiche sum tyme notv thew puple of
God, 'now sotheli* the puple of God; the?
which 'not hauyng" mersy, 'now forsothe
11 hauynga mersy. Moost dere, I beseche 3ou
as comelinges, 'or gestes^, and pilgrimes,
forc to abstene 3ou fro fleschly desijris,
i-2thatd fi3ten a3ens the soule; hauynge6 3oure
conuersacioun, 'or lijf*, good among hethen
men, that in that thing that thei bacbiten,
'or yuele trecten", of 3ou, as of mysdoers,
thei biholdinge 3ou of goode werkis, glo-
13 rifle God in the day of visitacioun. Be 36
suget to eche creature of1' man, for God ;
other1 to thek kyng, as precellent1, ' or more
H wo?-thim 'in staat", other0 to dukis, as sent
of him to the veniaunce of mysdedisP, 'or
mysdoeris^, forsothe to the preysinge of
15 goode dedisr, 'or goode mens. For so is
the wille of God, that 36 doynge* wel, make"
the vnkunnyngnesse of vnprudentv men
ioforw to be doumbe. As fre men, and not as
hauyrige fredoin the couering of malice,
17 but as the seruauntes of God. Honoure
36 alle men, loue 36 britherhed, drede 36
God, make" 36 the? kyng honourable2.
us Seruauntes, be 36 sugeta in al drede to
lordis, not onely to goode and myldeaa,
i!i but also1' to tirauntes6. Forsothed this is
grace, if for conscience of God ony man6
suffrith sorewes, 'or heuynessesf , suffringe&
2ovniustly. Sotheli'1 what grace is it, if 36
synnynge' andk buffatid sufFren1 ? But if
36 'wel doyrige111 suffrenn, this is grace0
21 anentis God. Forsothe!' irii this thing 36
ben clepid. Forr Crist suffride for vs,
leeuynge8 to 3011 erisaumple', that 36 folewe
22 the steppes of him. The" which dide not
synne, nether gyle isv foundew in his mouth.
23 Which" whan he was cursid, curside not;
puple of God, but now 36 ben the puple Jhe soneTot
of God; which hadden not merci, but J^tdw''
now ?e ban merci. Moost dere, Y bi- 1 1 eraee> andso
je ben of the
seche you, as comelyngis and pilgrymys, kynofGod.
i -L • p a • v.1- j • • ii. a kingly prest-
to absteme 3ou tro tleischh desiris, that hod; that is,
fi3ten a3ens the soule ; and haue 36 3oure 12 ™j)?ch ,'f kil^g ''
conuersacioun good among hethene men, ^^^UA^
that in that thing that thei bacbite of dnsedech, that
.... ,, was king and
3011, as of mysdoeris, thei biholden 3ou of prest in xim.
good werkis, and glorifie God in the dai andsoit'isof
of visitacioun. Be 36 suget to ech crea-is™^;™^
turec, for God; ethir to the kyng, as to verikingis w
0 sumeccioun,
hym that is bljer ind state6, ethir to 14 and jnctdi M
duykis, as to thilkef that ben sent of hym Uotu p^cr;
to the veniaunce of mysdoers, and to the t^°of Apoca-
the 15 'il>s' Thou nast
maad us a
rewme and
presthod to
the vnkunnyngnesse of vnprudent men to
preisvng of good men. For so
I &
wille of God, that 36 do wel, and make
oure God. an
3ei7cA<zs>«i'>- fai the
preciouse blood
of Crist, ihatje
„ . telle,etc.; bi
heruauntis, I8w<x>rdof hooly
sugetisk in al drede to lordis, not ^.fvneg' Ure
be doumb. As fre men, and not as hau-
ynge fredom the keuering of malice, but1'
as the seruauntis of God. Orioure
alle men, loue 36 brithirhod, drede 36
...
God, onoure 36 the kmgj.
be 3e'1
oneli to good and to1 mylde, but also to ^ '" af
• as he beenth
tyrauntis11'. For this is grace, if for con- iy the persoone
' of God. inal
science of God ony man suffnth heuy- dreede,- that
nessis, and suffrith vniustli. For what
grace is it, if 3e synnen, and ben buffatid,
and suffren? But if 36 don wel", and
suffren pacientli, this is grace anentis
for God. suf-
/«'/>,- pacientiy
.... 1*1 peynes don vn-
God. tor to this thing; 36 ben clepid. 21 jllstjy whim.
lefte
the
For also Crist suffride for vs, and
ensaumple to 3ou, that 36 folewe
steppis of hym. Which dide not syrme, 22 here. v.
' • t that is, that 3e
nethir gile was foundun in his mouth,
suffi-e
. . , . , pacientlv. for
And whanne he was cursid, he curside 23 cn^t suffride
not ; whanne he suffride, he rnanasside ^evni'and*
not; but0 he bitook hym silf to hvm, >j>yche grettere.
J " Lire here. v.
u Om. y. v were not r. w Om. r. x but now ^e ben r. Y Om. r. ''• Laden not r. a but now
je ban r. b Qm. OQVX. c Om. sx. d the whiche o. e and haue 36 r. f Om. OQX. S Om. ox.
h which is r. ' ether ovx. k Om. o. 1 more worthi o. m Om. ox. u of astate o. ° ether orx.
P mysdoeris vx. 1 Om. orx. r men v. Om. x. s Om. OFX. * do r. » and make r. v vnwise x.
w Om. sx. x onoure v. y Om. QT. z Qm. v. a sogetis s. aa trewe p. b Om. o. « tryuauntis GMP.
tryuauntis, either tyrauntis y. d For r. e Om. r pr.m. f Om. OQX. S and suffrith r. h For whi r.
* synnen r. k and ben v. 1 and suffren v. m don wel and y. n suffren pacientiy v. ° Om. r.
P For y. 9 to r. r For also r. s and lefte r. 4 exsaumple sx. u Om. rx. " was r. w not
founden o. x The whiche x.
c creature of man M sec. m. Q marg. xb sec. m. oa. d of E. e the staat c. astaat x. f ilke Kg. thoo B.
it is b. n Om. gk pr.m. ' Om. E. k suget alii. ' Om. A pr. m. R. m tryuauntis CEiKRua sec.m. e.
n Om. gk pr. m.
gk pr. m.
II. 24 — III. 9.
I. PETER.
609
whan he suffride, he? manaside not ;
sotheli he bitoke him7- to 'a man* demynge
24 him vniustly. Whicheb he him silf suffridec,
'or bard, oure synnes in his body on thee
tree, that wef deede to synnes, lyues to
ri3twisnesse, bi whois woundeh '36 ben'
2sheelid. Forsothek 36 weren as sheep er-
ringe, but 30 ben conuertid now to the
sheperde, and bischop of 3oure' soulis.
CAP. III.
i Also and™ wymmen be suget to her
husbondis; that if ony" bileuen not to the
word, bi the conuersacioun of wymmen 'be
athei0 wonnen with outen word, biholdinge
3 iu drede 3oure holy conuersacioun. Of the?
whiche be not with outeforth curious
ournyng of heer, ori doyng aboute of gold,
ori ournyng of clothinge1" of vesty mentis8;
4 but 'the ilke* that is the" hid man of herte,
in vncoruptibilitev ofw q\iyete*^orpesibley,
and mylde spirit, thez which is riche in
5 the si3t of God. Sotheli8 so andb holy
wymmeu hopinge in God, 'not in ourne-
ment of clothingec ourneden, 'or maden
cleneA, hem silf, suget* to her owne hus-
c bondes. As Sare obeschidef to Abraham,
clepingee him lord; of whom 36 ben dou3-
tres wel doynge, and not dredinge ony
7 perturbacioun. Also men 'to gydere dwel-
lingeh,up' science1*,' or kunnynge1, 3euyngem
honour to the wommans vessel, 'or body",
as to the more sijk, as and0 to the? euene
eyris of grace of lijf, that 3oure preyers
8 ben not lettid. Forsothe in feith alle of
oon vndirstondinge, 'or willei, in preyer
be 36 compacienf, 'or ech suffring with
other*, louers of fraternyte1, merciful,
9 mylde, meke ; not 3eldinge yuel for yuel,
nether cursyng for cursyng, but a3enward
blessyng ; for in this thing 36 ben clepid,
that demyde hym vniustli. And he hym24
silf bar oure synnes in his bodi on a tre,
that we be deed to synnes, and lyue to
ri3twisnesse, bi whos wan wounde 36 ben
heelid. For 30 weren as scheep errynge,25
but 36 ben now turned to the schipherde,
and bischop of 3oure soulis.
CAP. III.
Also wymmen be thei suget P to her i
hosebondis ; that if ony man* bileue not
to the word, bi the conuersacioun of
wymmen thei be wonnun with out word.
And biholde 36 in drede 3oure hooli con- 2 the conufrsa-
ctorin, etc. ;
uersacioun. Of whichei 'ther ber not with 3 Jhat is> bi the
outforth curious ournyng8 of heer, ether
doyng aboute of gold, ethir ournyng of
clothing; but thilke that is the hid man 4
of herte, in vncorrupcioun, and' of mylde
}
spirit, which is riche in the si3t of God.
* if eny man ;
that is, hous-
bondis. biteeue
not to the word
of preching, bi
holy conuersa-
dounofher
; that"
«>it/u>»' w°rd;
that is, of co-
seid the clooth-
ingofciothis
hi excellence, as
_ i !• , . ve. theourn-
For so sumtyme hooli wymmen hopinge 5 yn
in God ourneden hem silf, and weren
sugetu to her owne hosebondis. As Sarae dothi
obeied to Abraham, and clepide hym
lord ; of whom 36 ben dou3tris wel
, 111
doynge, and not dredynge ony pertur-
bacioun*. Also men dwelle" togidre,7
and bi kunnyng 3yue 36 onoure to the
wommanus freeltee, as to the more feble,
and as to euen eiris of grace and of lijf,
,1 . . i , * ...j A i . ve. ourneden:
that 3oure preiens be not lettid. And ins hemseifdiiy-
feith alle of oon wille in preier be 30 eche ^re'ournement
suffringe with othere, loueris of brither- of venues, and
chargiden not
hod, merciful, mylde, meke; not 3eldingeo ofvttermere
, ,, , • e • ournement.
yuel tor yuel, nether cursing tor cursing, Lire here. v.
but a3enward blessinge; for in this thing
36 ben clepid, that 36 welde blessinge bi
eritage. For he that wole loue lijf, and 10
se goode daies, constreyne his tunge from
.
souie itself,
which is seid
the innere man.
T Om. os. z himself v. a the x. b and v. c bar x, d Om. x. e a NOQSVX. f we be v.
e and lyue r. h wan wounde v. ' be 30 o. wee ben x. k For v. > oure x. m Om. v. n eny man v.
0 thei ben r. P Om. vx. 1 Om. G pr. m. either r. r cloothis N. 8 clothis F. ' that x. u Om. s.
v vncorruptible NO. vndefoulingnesse r. w or N. and o. x pesible o. y Om. OQX. z Om. sr.
a For v. b sum tyme and vx. c Om. vx. d Om. ogrx, e and weren soget r. f obeyede ANOQTVY.
8 and clepide v. h dwelle togidere v. ' and bi v . k kunnynge o. J Om. OQX. m jeue v. n Om. x.
0 Om. T. P Om. jiNOQsrrx. 1 Om. ox. r suffiryng togider o. pacient Q. 8 Om. OQSX. * brother-
hode or.
P sugetis Ek. 1 whom i. r be ther i. s honouryng a.
troublinge x sec. m. marg. w dwelle je RC.
VOL. IV. 4 I
4 Om. k pr. m. u sugetis Ek. v elhir
610
I. PETER.
III. 10 20.
10 that 36 welde blessyng bi heritage. For-
sothe" he that woldev loue lijf, and see
goode dayes, constreyne his tunge fro yuel,
and his lijppis, that thei speke notw gyle.
nSotheli bowe he fro yuel, and do good;
laseke he* pees, and parfijtly sue it?. For
the J3en of the Lord onz iust men, and the
eres of him in to the preyers of hem ; for-
yuel, and hise lippis, that thei speke not
.. AJL i_ /• i ij
gile. And bowe he from yuel, and do 1 1 i
good; seke he pees, and perfitli sue it.
For the i3en of the Lord ben on iust men,
and hise eris on the preieris of hem; but
.
the cheer* of the Lord is on men that
of wrath the and
that don yuels,
to punische
hem. drede $ee
don yuels. And who is it that schal i3^st'ingdoune
anoye 3ou, if 30 ben sueris and louyeris £™av4e^u. ';„""
sothe the cheera of the Lord onb men of goodnesse ? But also if 36 suffren ony 14 ^"as ad»er-
thing for ri3twisnesse, 36 ben blessid; iy. haiewev;
that is, make ;e
stedefast. it is
is doynge 'yuele thingesc. Andd who is it
that shal 'noye toe 3ou, if 36 shulen be
u'goode suersf ? Buts if 36 suffren ony thing
for ri3twisnesse, 30 ben blessid ; sotheli1'
drede 30 not the drede of hem, that 36 be
is not disturblid'. Forsothe halewe 36 the
Lord Crist in 3oure hertis, euermorek redy
to do1 satisfaccioun to eche man axinge
3ou resounm of that feith and hope that is
iG in 3ou, but with myldenesse and drede,
hauynge good conscience; that in 'that
thing" that thei bacbiten of0 3ou, thei be
confoundid, the00 whiche chalengen falseli
17 3oureP good conuersacioun in Crist. Sothe-
lii it is betere, vif the wille of God woler,
3es wel doynge1 'for tou suffre", than 'yuele
isdoyngew. For andx Crist oonys dyede for
oure synnes, he iust for vniuste, that he
shulde offre vus to God?, maad deede sothe-
li2 in flesch, forsothea maad quike in spirit.
iolnb which thing0 andd to hem that weren
closid to gydere in prisoun 'he comynge in
2ospiritdd prechide; the6 whiche weren sum-
tyme vnbileueful, whan thei abidenf the
pacience of God in the dayes of Noe, whan
the ark^, 'or sckip}\ was maad, in which a
but drede 36 not the drede of hem, that
36 be not disturblid x. But halewe &'
the Lord Crist in 3oure hertis, and euer-
more be se redi to satisfaccioun to ech
man axyngez 3011 resouri of that feith and
alle adue
if the wille, etc.;
for the preuing
. . . , of feithful men.
hope that is in 3ou, but with myldenesse ie t/tan doinge
and drede, hauynge good conscience; that ^nsUdfng8'
in that thing that thei bacbiten of 300, ™dul7- J1"""*
° > deed m flesch;
thei ben confoundid, whiche chalengen that is, maad
. . without feling
falsly 3oure good conuersacioun m Crist, to desijris of
For it is betere that 36 do wel, and suffre, 17,,
if the wille of God wole, than doynge
yuele. For also Crist onys diede
25 to
for i s able to sure to
... sue the exciting
oure synnes, he lust for vnmst, that he oftheHooiy
God vs, maad deed
n
schulde offre to o vs,
fleisch, but maad quik in spirit.
which thine he cam in spirit, and also
* _
to hem that weren closid togidre in pri-
ing of synneris
to penaunce.
he cam in spirit,
and prechide ;
soun prechide; whiche weren sum ty me 20 that is, WNoee,
to whom he en-
spijride to make
the schip, and
to preche pen-
aunce, thouj the
vnbileueful, whanne thei abididen3 the
pacience of God in the daies of Noe,
whanne the schip was maad, in which a
few, that is to seie, ei3te soulis weren
maad saaf bi water,
lijk formef makith vs saaf; not the put-
manhed of
Crist was not
/.i, thanne: nathe-
And so baptym ofb2iiesthe;ersoone
of Crist is with-
outen bigyn-
nynge. V.
cloosid togtdere in presoun ; that is, in the custom of synne. ve. and this was in the tyme of Noee in the vj. c°. of Genesis, u-hiche weren vnbileeue-
ful; to God himself, spekinge bi Noee, for thei bileueden not that the greet flood schulde flowe. whanne the pacience of God abood ; synners to pen-
aunce of an hundrid and xx. [jeer], in vi. c°. of Genesis, maad saf bi walir ; in as myche as the watir reiside the schip an hia fro erthe. Thus the
Glose of doctouris comunly expounen this place, but the presoun may be taken to the lettre, for the hijere place of helle, and thei that weren first
vnbileeueful and diden penaunce in the flood weren there. Lire here. v. f baptim of lijk foorme ; that is, in lijc maner ; for fewe men ben
saued bi baptym, in comparisoun of hem that ben not saued, and for grace jouen in baptym [saueth?] soulis fro erthly desijris to heuenly thingis,
deeth ; for he roos ajeen to lijf vndeedly, and for he took awey fro vs the deth of synne. aungels ; heere ben expressid thre ordris of aungels, and
alle othere ben vndirstonden bi these. Lire here. v.
u For r. v wole P. wile x. w no Q. * Om. r. J he it T. z ben on r. a face o. b is on v.
c yuels v. d Om. v pr. in. e anoie v. f sueris and loueris of goodnesse r. S But and AG sec.m. NS
r sec. m. h but v. but and x. J disturbid sx. distroublid v. k and euermore be 36 v. 1 Om. NOQSVX.
ln Om. Q, u Om. T. ° Om. r. °° Om. F. P of joure s. 1 For r. r Om. r. " that je do v.
t Om. v. u Om. G pr. m. o. to sx. and r. " suffre, if the wille of God wole r. w doinge yuele r.
x Oni. G pr. m. also r. y to God vs rx. 7 Om. r. a but v. b For r. c thing he cam in spirit r.
d and also r. "W Om. v. e Om. r. f abideden r. K ship o. h Om. OQX.
x distroublid BO,
b in k.
y Om. x pr.m. z askynge ao. a abooden EC. abeden i. abid?n K pr. m. nxagkca.
III. 21 — IV. 8.
I. PETER.
611
fewe, that is vto seie1, ei3te soules, benk
2imaad saaf bi water. The1 which thing
and baptym ofm lijk" foorme makith us
saaf; not the0 puttinge awey of 'flesch of
filthisP, but the axingi of good conscience
in to God, bi the a3enrisynge of oure Lord
22 Jhesu Crist, that is in the ri3thalf of God,
her vswolewinge deeth, or destriynge*, that
we shulde be maad eyres of euerlastinge
lijf ; he gon' in to heuen, aungels", andv
powers, and vertues, maadw sugettes to
him.
CAP. IV.
1 Therfore Cristx suffringey in flesch, and
be 36 armed biz the same thenking; for he
that suffride3 in flesch ceesithb fro synnes,
2 that he lyue not now to the desijris of
men, but to the wille of God, that0 is more
sofd tyme in flesch. Sotheli6 the tyme
passid is ynow3 to the wille of hethen
men to be endid, thef whiche walkiden in
leccheries, in desijris, in miche drinkinge of
wijn, ofte£ etyngis, drinkingish, and vn-
4leeueful worschepingis1 of ydolis. Ink
which now thei ben xa feerd1 von ech sijde"1,
in which thing thei wondren11, 3011° 'to
gydere not rennynge? in to the same con-
sfusioun of leccherie, blasfemyngei. Ther
whiche shulen 3iue resoun to him, that is
e redy to8 deme the quike and deede1. Sothe-
liu for this thing andv to deede men it is
euangelizidw, that thei be deruyd sotheli
up" men in? flesch, sotheli2 that thei lyue
7 upa God inb spirit. Forsothe thec ende of
alle thingis shal nei3e. xAnd sod be 36
a prudent, and ' wake 30* in preyers ; bifore
alle thingis forsothe hauyngef charite ech
to other in 3ou£ silf algatis lastinge ; for
charite couerith the multitude of synnes,
tyng awei of the filthis of fleisch, but the
axyngc of ad good conscience in God, bi
the a3enrysyng of oure Lord Jhesu Crist,
that is in the 03! half of God, and swole- 22
with6 deth, that we schulden be made
eiris of euerlastinge lijf. He 3ede in to
heuene, and aungelis, and powers, and
vertues, ben maad sugetisf to hym.
CAP. IV.
Therfor for Crist suffride in fleisch*, i
be 36 also armed bi the same thenkynge;
for he that suffride in fleisch ceesside fro
synnes, that that is lefts now^s in fleisch 2
lyue not now to the desiris of men, but to
the wille of God. For the time that is 3
passid is ynow to the wille of hethene men
to be endid, whiche walkiden in letcheries,
and lustis, inh myche drinking of wyn,
in' vnmesurable etyngis, and drynkyngis,
and vnleueful worschipingk of mawmetis.
In whiche now thei ben astonyed1, in 4
which thing thei wondren, for 30 ren-
nen not togidere vin to"1 the same con-
fusioun of letcherie, and blasfemen. And 5
thei schulen 3yue resoun to hyrn, that is
redi to deme the quyke and the deed.
For whi for this thing it is prechid also 6
to deed menf, that thei be demed bi
men in fleisch, and that thei lyue bi God
in spirit. For the ende of alle" thingis?
schal nei3e. Therfor be 30 prudent, and
wake 36 in preyeris ; bifore alle thingis s
haue 36 charite ech to other in jou0 silf
algatis lastynge ; for charite couerith the
multitude of synnes. Holde 30 hospita-9
* snffride in
flesch; that is,
liroujt his flesch
into obedience
ofsoule. de-
sijris of men ;
that is, to lustis
of flesch. Lire
here. v.
t to deede men ;
that is, vnfeith-
ful men. that
thei be demed ;
that is, that
men bileeuyng
in Crist be con-
dempned. ti
men in flesch;
that is, of men
liuyng fleschly.
ve. This suede
bi occasioun of
yuele men at
the conuersioun
to Cristen feith.
lyue bi God irt
spirit; this su-
ede bi errour of
men prechinp
the feith. keuer-
ilh, etc. ; that
tho be not seyn
as worth! to lie
punischid in
Goddis dom. us
the wordis of
God ; that is,
arette he al the
good to God,
and not to him
self, as of the
uertu, etc.;
that is, if eny
man mynys-
trith temporal
goodis to nedy
men, arette he
this to God that
jaf to hym wille
and power to
do this. Lire
here. v.
' with N, k weren r. l Om. rx. m in o. n lichi ANQ. such s. ° Om. NOQSX. P filthes of
flessche o. 1 askynge Q. r Om. N. and r. s died o. swolwyng deeth ax. swolewith deth, either dis-
iroieth r. * jede r. u and aungels r. v Om. o. w ben maad y. * for Crist r. J suffride v.
z in o. a soffrith NOX. b ceeside r. c that that r sec. m. d Om. T. e For v. f Om. r. e in
ofte r. h and drynkynges ftsrx. Om. p. > worschipes Q. worschiping r. k Of o. ' astonyed v.
m Otn. QK. n wondriden T. ° for je v. P rennen not togidere v. q and blasfemen r. r Om. v.
3 for to ANOQP. * the deede ANQSTX. the deede men v. « For whi r. v Om. v. w euangelizid
also v. x bi v. T and N. z so sothely o. but r. a bi v. in x. ° and N. c Om. o. d Therefore r.
' waketh s. f haue je v. S 3our GT.
c askyng ao. d Om. k pr. m. e swolewen a. { suget EO. S leeft A. leest A pr. m. ac. K now
of tyme A sec.m. marg. l> and a. ' and b. k worschipyngis a. ' ether afeerde K marg. m in k pr.m.
n alle kyn B. ° 3oure E.
4 i 2
612
I. PETER.
IV. 9 — V. I.
y holdinge'1 hospitalite to gydere with outen
10 grucchinge ; ech man as he receyuede grace,
mynistririge 'it in to ech' other, as goode
dispenderes of the manyfolde grace of God.
1 1 If ony man spekith, speke he as the
wordesk of God ; if ony man mynistrith,
as of the vertu which1 God mynistrith;
that God be honourid in alle thingis bi
Jhesu Crist oure Lord, to whom is glory
and lordship in to worldlis of worldlis.
12 Amen. Moost dere'1, nyle 36 go in pil-
grimage in feruour, that is maad to 3011 tom
temptacioun, as" ony of0 newe thing bi-
isfalleP to 3011; but 3ei comuriynge1" tos the
passiouns1 of Crist, haueu ioye, that andv
36 gladingew with oute forth, hauex ioye in
14 the reuelacioun of his glory. If 36 ben
despisid in^ the name of Crist, 36 shulen be
blessid ; for that that is of thez 'glory and
vertu3 of God, and the spirit that is his,
isrestithb onc 3011. Forsothed no man of 3ou
suffre as a mansleer, ore theef f, or% curser,
icors desijrer of othere mennus thingis ; for-
sothe if ash a cristen men, shame he not,
17 sotheli1 glorifie he God in this name. Fork
tyme is, that doom bigynne of1 Goddis
hous ; sotheli if first of m us, what ende"
of hem, that bileuen not to the gospel?
is And sotheli if a° iust man vnnethe shal be
saued, where shal thei' vnpitousi manr and
i9synners apeere? 'And so* and thei that
suffren upu the wille of God, bitaken her
soulis inv goode deedis to the feithful
maker of nou3t.
CAP. V.
i Therfore I, euene eldrew, biseche the
eldre men that ben in 3ou, 'and I witnesse
deth, which is hardere as without comparisoun. vnnethe, etc..
lite togidere with out grutching ; ech 10 * nyle 3« goo m
man as he hath resseyued grace, mynys-
tringe it in to ech othere, as good dispen-
deris of the manyfold grace of God.
ony man spekith, speke he as the wordis
of God ; if ony man mynystrith, as of
the vertu which God mynystrith ; that
God be onourid in alle thingis bi Jhesu
Crist oure Lord, to whom is glorie and
lordschip in to worldis 'of worldisP.
Amen. Moost dere brytheren, nyle 301
go in pilgrymage* in feruour, that is
maad to ?ou toi temptacioun, as if ony ?» *|°ul :
' . fro Damask
newe thingf bifalle to 3ou ; but comyneisandfro Jeru-
„ „ . . . salem, in 9 c°.
36 with the passiouns or Crist, and haue 0fDedisofAPo-
of
£«« here. ve.
3e ioye, that also 3e be glad, and haue
ioye in the reuelacioun of his glorie.
36 ben dispisid for the name of Crist, 36
schulen be blessid; for that that is of t «* */ ««y
the onour, and of the glorie, and of the
vertu of God, and the spirit that is his, .
pilgrimage m
schal reste on 3ou. But no man of 3oui5"ianersbifor-
seid, as if per-
suffre as a mansleere, ethir a theer, ether secustioun to
cursere, ethir a disirere of othere mennus thing',8 for many
goodis; but if asr a cristen man,
he not, but glorifie he God in this namet. tirdom. Lire
here. v.
For tyme is, that doom bigynne at God- 17
dis hous ; and if it bigynne first at vs, Jhat i
what ende schal be of hem, that bileuen ^^r*1
not to the gospel? And if a iust niani8fri8teneman'
e r but also a feith-
vnnethe schal be sauid, where schulen
the vnfeithful man and the synnere ap-
pere ? Therfor and thei that suffren bi
the wille of God, bitakeu her soulis in
good dedis to the feithful makere of
fui witnesse of
Crist bi mar-
tirdom. that
CAP. V.
to deth. bigynne
at Goddis hous ;
that is, at feith-
ful men of
Crist; if such
condempning
bigynneth_/irs<
Therfor Y, an euene eldre man, and ai "* vs'what
schulen, etc. ; as if he seide, in noo place, for thei schulen be hid in the depthe of helle.
sikirly, and corouneth hem gloriously with aungels. Lire here. v.
ende, etc.; as
if he seie, con-
dempning to
euerlastinge
for it bihoueth hym entre bi many tribulaciouns into the rewme of heuenes. where
witnesse of Cristis passiouns, which also
suffren ; martirdom. bitaken, etc. ; and so he kepith hem
h holde je r. i eche to o. k word x. 1 the whiche s. u dere britheren v. m into o. n as
if F. ° Om. s. P falle Q. 1 Om. s. r comynge JNQT. comune 36 r. * with r. * passioun o.
u hauyng N. haueth QS. and haue je r. v Om. v. w be glad F. * and haue r. 1 for r. * Om. T.
the onour and r. a vertu and glorie x. b schal reste r. c in Q. d But r. e either r.
f a theef s. S either r. h he be o pr. m. } but v. k Forwhi r. 1 at r. m at r. n ende schal be r.
0 Om. T. P Om. N. 1 vnfeithful r. r men N. s synners N. the synners x. * Therfore r. u bi r.
v and her N. to o. w eldre and a witnesse of Cristis passiouns r.
P Om. i pr. m. 1 into KC. r he suffre as i.
V. 2 — 1
I. PETER.
613
of Cristis passioun*, which and? comuner"
of that glorye that Ms to* be shewid in
atyme to comyngeb. Fede 30 the flok of
God, that is in 300, purueiyngec not con-
streynyngli, but wilfulli, upd God; not for
grace, vor louee, of foul wynnynge, but wil-
3 fully, nether as hauynge lordshipe in the
clergie, but maad foorme, W ensaumple*,
4 of the flok*, and of inwith. And whan
the prince of shiperdis shal apeere, 30
shulen receyue the vnwelewable crowne of
5 glory, 'or that shal neuere faade '. Also,
3e 3ongek men, 'be 36* suget to eldre men,
forsothe 'schewe 36 allem to gydere meke-
nesse; for" the Lord withstondith0 proude
men, forsothe? he 3iueth grace to meke
fimen. Therfore be 36 mekid'i vndir the
mi3ty hond of God, that he reise 3ou in
7 the dayr of visitacioun, '36 castinge8 'in to
him al 3oure bisinesse1, for to him is cure"
sot 3ou. Be 36 sobre, and 'wake 3ev, for
3oure aduersarie, the deuel, as a roryng
lyoun goith aboute, sekinge whom he shal
9 deuoure. Tow whom a3enstonde 36, stronge
in feith", witynge^ the same passioun forz
toa beh to 'the ilkec%3oure britherhedd, that
10 is in the world. Forsothe God of alle
grace, that clepide8 in to his euerelastinge
glorye, 3ouf suffringe a litels, he shal par-
1 1 forme, confermeh, and make1 sadk. To him
glory1 and lordschip in to worldlis of world-
lalis. Amen. Bi Siluane, am feithful brother
to 3ou as I deme, I wroot shortly; bisech-
inge, and witnessinge this" for0 'to be? the
verrey grace of God, in whiche 36 stonden.
13 The chirche that is gederid in'' Babyloyne
vgretith 3ou welr, and Markus, my sones.
n'Grete 36* wel to gydere in holy cosse.
am a cornynere of that glorie, that schal
be schewid in tyme tos comynge1; byseche
36" thev eldre men, that ben among 300,2
fede 36 the flok of God, that is among 3ou,
and puruey 36, not as constreyned, but
wilfulli, bi God; notw for loue of foule *a/joure6^.
wynnyng, but wilfulli, nether as hauynge 3 •£*"»"?•' not
lordschip in the clergie, but that 36 ben out to do that
maad ensaumple of x the floe?, of willez. forwhi this
And whanne the prince of scheepherdis 4 God! but'that*
schal appere, 36 schulen resseyue the co- ^''te'aTeoo^
roun of glorie, that may neuere fade. bi &e vertu °{
9 God. deuoure;
Also, 36 3onge men, be 36 suget to eldre 5 in makinge him
. ., , . , , amembreof
men, and alle scnewe 36 togidere meke- hi8 cursid con-
nesse ; for the Lord withstonditha proude
men, but he syueth grace to meke men.
'•
Therfor be 36 mekid vndir the my3ti 6
' . . which is suffi-
hoond or God, that he reise 3ou in the dent
tyme of visitacioun, and caste 36 al 3oure7
bisynesse* in to hym, for to hym is cure
of sou. Be 36 sobre, and wake 3eb, for 8 tempting of the
deuel. to thilke
3oure aduersarie, the deuel, as a rorynge tntherhed of
lioun goith aboute, sechinge whom he
schal deuoure. Whom a3enstondec 36,9
stronge in the feith, witynge that the ™rid, as if he
seie, ajenstonde
same passioun is maad to thilke brithir- see the deuel,
. as also }oure
hode of 3ou, that is in the world. And 10 brftheren don.
*-i 1 /» i .1 i • j • biseechinge :
God of al grace, that clepide 3ou in to that is, monest-
his euerlastinge glorie, 3ou sufFrynge a
litil. he schal performe, and schal con-
that i», Rome,
ferme, and schal make sadd. To hym n as Jerom seit
be glorie and lordschip, in to worldis of
worldis. Amen. Bi Siluan, feithful 12
brother to sou as Y deme, Y wroot
ward m Inr
schortli; bisechinge, and witnessinge that tyme. myx
.... - ^ , . i • i that is> ™y
this is the very grace or Uod, in which goostly sone in
3e stonden. The chirche that is gaderid
in Babiloyne, and Marcus, my sone, Aer<!-ve-
1 Om. v. and I witnessere of Cristus passioun x. 1 am N sup. ras. also am r. * a comuner v.
* schal v. D comen sx. c and purueye je v. d bi v. e Om. QX. f or exsaumple s. Om. x.
g folke o. h entent, either wille v, ' Om. OQX. k jonger o. ' be ANVX. beth QS. m alle schewe
je vx. n forsoth o. ° withstant sx. P but v. 1 meke x. r tyme r. s and caste je r. castende x.
* al joure bisinesse into hym r. u charge o. v wakith sx. w Om. r. x the feith ANosr. J witinge
that v. z Om. srx. » Om. r. b be don sx. is r. c that x. d britherhed of 3ou v. e cleeped
jou o. { Om. o. 8 litil in Crist Jhesu x. h. shal conferme ANOVX. and shal confermen s. J shal
make ANSFX. sal make o. k saaf T. l be glorie v. m Om. ANOQSPX. n that this v. ° Om. srx.
P is r. 1 at o. r Om. v. * sone greetith jou wel r. * Greteth 366 s.
* of E. * come k. u Om. A sec. m. K sec. m. k sec. m. T Om. E. w and not x. * to k. y folk K.
7 wille, eithir qfsoule c. wille of soule EKMQnuxabcegk pr. m. oa. a ajenstondilli b. b Om. x pr. m.
c a^enstondith g. d saaf gh.
614 I. PETER.
Grace tou 3011 alle that ben in Crist. gretith" 3011 wel. Grete 36 welf togidere
Amen. in hooli cos. Grace be to 3011 alle that
ben in Crist. Amen.
Here endeth the fyrst pistle of Petre,
and here bigynneth the secounde*. Here endith the firste pistle qfPetir,
and here bigynneth the secoundex.
u be to v. v From AQ. Here endith thejirste epistle of Petre, and bigynnelh the secunde of him. N.
Here endith thejirst pistel of Petir, and bygynneth the secound epistel. OVY. No final rubric in GMPSTX.
e greeten x. fOm. R. e From csixabcgn. Here endeth the firste pistle of Petre; se now the secounde. K.
Here endith the firste pistle, and bigynneth the secunde. Q. Here endith the firste pistil of Petre, and bigyn-
neth the secunde pistil, hk. No final rubric in AEiKueo.
II. PETER.
The secounde epistle of Petre*.
CAP. I.
1 SYMOUNT PETKE, seruant and apostle
of b Jhesu Crist, to hem that ban take with
us thec euene miched feith, ine ri3twisnesse
of oure God and sauyour Jhesu Crist,
2 gracef to jou vand pees be fulfillids, inh the
3 knowinge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist. Hou
alle thinges of his godliche vertu, that ben
to1 lijf and pitee, ben 3ouun to us, bi the
knowing of him, that clepide us for his
4 owne glory and vertu. Bi whomk he 3af to
us inoost and preciouse biheestes; that bi
thes thingis 36 shulden be maad felawes of
Goddis kynde, fleynge1 the corupcioun of
5 that™ coueytise, that is in the world. For-
sothe '36 vndir beringe", W yeuynge0, al
cure?, mynistre0' in 3oure feith vertu, so-
etheli in vertu science1", W kunnynge*; in
science4 sotheli abstinence, in abstinence
forsothe pacience, in pacience sotheli pi-
7 tee ; in pitee sotheli loue of britherhede,
forsothe in loue of britherhede charite.
s Forsothe" if thes ben with 3ou, and ouer-
comen, 'or ben plenteuousv, thei shulen
not ordeyne 3ou voyde, new with outen
fruyt, in the knowinge of oure Lord Jhesu
o Crist. Forsothe to whom thes ben not
redy, he is blynd, and bi hond temptynge,
The secounde pistle of Petre*.
CAP. I.
SIMOUNT PETRE, seruaunt and apo-i
stle of v Jhesu Crist b, to hem* that ban
take with vs the euene feith, in thec ri3t-
wisnesse of oure God and sauyour Jhesu
Crist, grace and pees be fillid to 3ou, bi2
the knowing of oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
Hou alle thingis of his godlich vertu, s
that ben to lijf and pitee, ben 3ouun to vs,
bi the knowyng of hym, that clepide vs
for his owne glorie and vertu. Bi whom 4
he 3af to vs moost preciouse biheestis ;
that bi these thingis 36 schulen be maad
felows of Goddis kynde, and fie the cor-
rupcioun of that coueytise, that is in the
world. And bringe 30 in alle bisynesse, 5
and mynystre 3ed in 3oure feith vertu,
and 'in vertudd kunnyng; in kunnyngo
abstinence, in abstynence pacience, in pa-
cience pitee; in pitee, love of britherhod, 7
and in loue of britherhod charite. For if s
these ben with 3ou, and ouercomen, thei
schulen not make 3ou voide, nethir with
out fruyt, in the knowyng of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist. But to whom these beno
not redi, he is blynd, and gropith6 with
his hoond, and for3etith the purgyng of
his elde trespassis. Wherfor, britheren, 10
* to hem, etc.;
that is, to he-
thene men con-
uertid. with
tw; Jewis. in
is, jouen bi God.
Lire here. ve.
a The secunde pistil of Petre. GP. No initial rubric in AoqsrxY. b of our Lord o. c Om. T.
d Om. r. e in the r. { grace and pees be fillid r. S Om. r. *> bi v. ' in to v. k whom and r.
1 and flee r. m Om. T. n bringe 36 in v. ° Om. QVX. P cure, either bisynesse v. q and mynystre
36 v. mynystrith x. r kunnynge o. s Om. OQSPX. * kunyng o. u For r. v Om. QVX.
w neither r.
* Here biginnilh the secounde epistle of Petir. EO. Heere biginnith the ij. of Petre. i. No initial
rubric in CKMQabcghka. b Crist Jhesu R pr.m. c Om. xbh pr.m. d Om. o. dd Om. A pr. m.
e ether asaieth K marg.
616
II. PETER.
I. 10 20.
"or assayinge*, receyuynge for3etingnesy
of thez purgyngea of his olde trespassis.
loWherfore, britheren, moreb bisye 3ec, that
bi goode werkis 30 make 3oure clepynge
1 1 vand chesynged certeyn ; sothelie 36 doynge
thes thinges, shulen not synnef ony tyme.
Forsothes thus theh entringe vin to1 euere-
lastinge kyngdom of oure Lordk 'Jhesu
Crist' vand sauyourm, shal be mynistrid to
123011 plenteuously". For which thing I
shal bigynne for0 to moneste 3011 euermore
of thes thingis; and sotheli I wole 3011?
wityng^ and confermid in present treuthe.
isForsothe I deme iust/hou longer I am in
this tabernacle, for8 to reyse 3011 in mon-
H estinge ; P certeyn for" the puttyngv off
of w my tabernacle is swift", up? that' oure
Lord Jhesu Crist hath signyfied" to me.
isForsothe I shal 3iue werkb, *or bisynessec,
and ofted fore tope vhaue 3ouf aftir my deethe,
is that 36 do the mynde of hem. Sothelih
we not suynge vnwijse taales, ban maad
knowun to 3ou the vertu and prescience',
'or bifore knowing*, of oure Lord Jhesu
Crist ; but maad1 biholders of his greet-
i;nesse. Sotheli™1 he takinge11 of God the
fadir honour and glory, sich° maner voys
sliden doun to him fro the greet glory,
This is my Cloned sone?, in whom I haue
isplesid to me; vhere 3ei him. And we
herden this voys brou3t tor fro heuene,
whan we weren with him in the8 holy
ighyl. And we han a sadder word of the
prophet, to which 36* 3euynge tent" don
wel, as to a lantern 3euynge Ii3t in a
derkw, 'or my sty*, place, til? the day bi-
gynne forz to 3iue Ii3t, and the day sterre
20 springe in 3ourea hertis. Firstb vndirstond-
ingee this thing, that ech prophecie of
be 36 more bisi, that by goode werkis 30
make 3oure clepyng and chesyngf certeyn ;
for 3e doynge these thingis schulen not
•
do synne ony tyme*. For thus the en-
tryng in to euerlastynge kyngdom of oure
Lord and sauyour Jhesu Crist, schal
be rnynystrid to 3ou plenteuousli. For 12
which thing Y schal bigynne to moneste
°J
3ou euere more of these thingis ; and Y
wole that 36 be kunnynge, and corifermyd
in this present treuthe. Forsothe*
deme iustli, as long as Y am in this
tabernacleh, to reise 3ou in monesting ;
* schulen not
,
that is,
if se don goode
werkis conty-
nuely, se schu-
eschewid vtter-
ly. I schal bt-
that is,
?y"«?- ™fam
m this taber-
»<«*,• that is,
am [lyuynge e]
and Y am certeyn, that the putting awei Uin the body,
tabernacle is swift, bi this that
of my taernace s
oure Lord Jhesu Crist
hath schewid to
me. But Y schal 3yue bisynesse, and' ofte 15 1 a
after my deth 3ek haue1 rnynde of these
thingis. For we not suynge vnwise talis,
han maad knowun to sou the vertu and
'
the biforknowyng of oure Lord Jhesu
Crist ; but we weren maad biholderis of
his greetnesse. For he took of God the
fadir onour and glorie, bi siche maner
vois slidun doun to hym fro the greet
. , j .
glorie, 1 his is my loued sone, in whom
™nph°ete; this
'•>• s^m> where
the fadir seide
to Crist, Thou
to day i
of Damth was
saddere than
othere profetis ;
for he was
Y moost excellent
haue plesid to me; here 36 hym. And i8prophete. Lire
we herden this vois brou3t from heuene, thh'wma'of1"
whanne we weren with hym in the hooli Dauith was
' saddere to the
hil. And we han am saddere word of isJewis dweii-
. . . , inge amonge
prophecief, to which 36 3yuynge tent hethenemen,
don wel, as to0 a° lanterne that 3yueth wordiforcrist
Ii3t in a derk place, til the dai bigynne to herde^eTh r
?yue list, and the dai sterre sprenee in this is seid
w saddere [for]
3oure hertis. And nrste vndurstonde 30 20 crfst jaf to the
. i . , , . , , , . ,, . postlis witte to
this thing, that ech prophesie or scrip-
ture is not maad bi propre interpreta-
cioun \ ; for prophesie was not brou3t 21 1 that is, w
,. . ,11,. manneswille.
ony tyme bi mannus wille, but the hooli v.
* Om. QX. or saiende s. y forjeuenes Q. z Om. o. a purgingnesse x. b be more v. c Om. v.
d more s. e for r. f do synne r. g For r. h Om. x. i into the o. k Lord and sauyour v.
1 Crist Jhesu P. m Om. v. n pleynly s. ° Om. sx. P that 36 be v. q kunnynge r. r as long as v.
s Om. sx. * Om. sx. and I am v. u that r. v of putting G sec. m. putting awey r. w Om. GNSX.
wist o. J bi this r. z that at o. a singnefied, either schewid v. u besynesse v. c Om. otjvx.
ee that v. f je haue r. S deth, mynde of my monestingis r. ^ For r.
Om. OQX. l we weren maad v. m For r. n took r. ° bi such r. P sone
r Om. r. s his T. * we M. u entent x.
a oure v. * And firste v. c vndirstonde 36 v.
d eft o. e Om. svx.
' bifore knowing o. k
loued x. 1 hereth s.
y til to N. z Om. sx.
mysty o. x Om. xogrx.
f in chesyng a. g Therfor a. h tabernacle, ether this Kjf i.
1 haue 36 R. m Om. b. n Om. R. ° Om. i.
that 10. k Om. a. that je x sec. m.
I. 21 II. 9.
II. PETER.
617
scripture is not maad bi propre, 'or owned,
21 interpretacioune. Forsothef prophecie is%
not brou3t toh bi mannus wille, but the
holy men of God inspirid with1 the Holy
Goost spaken.
CAP. II.
i Forsothe therk weren1 and™ false pro-
phetesn of the0 puple, as and^ in 3ou
shulen be maystirsi Ii3ers, that1" shulen
bringe in sectes of perdicioun ; and thei
denyenrr 'the ilkes Lord that bou3te hem»
'aboue ledynge to* hem silf hasty perdi-
•.>ciounu, 'or dampnacioun^. And many
shulen sue her leccheries, bi whiche the
:t weye of treuthe shal be blasfemyd ; and
thei shulen marchaundisew of 3ou in
coueitise bi feynyd wordis. To whomx'now
doom^'sum tymezceesith not, and the per-
4dicioun of hema nappith not. Forsotheb
if God sparide not toc aungels'1, but bitoke
hern 'to bee turmentid, drawenf with
boondis of helle in to helle, for? to be
5 kept in to1' doom ; and sparide1 not tok the
first world, but kepte Noe, the ei3tthe',
bifore goer of ri3twisnesse, bringynge111 in
the 'diluuye, orn greet flood, to the world
G of vnpitouse°men; and he? driuyngei in to
poudre the citees of men of Sodom and of
men of Gomor, dampnider bis turnynge
upsedoun, puttinge' ensaumple" of hem
that weren to doyngev yuel, 'or vnpitouslyw;
;andww deliueride iust Loth, oppressid fro"
the wrong 'of curside men^, and leccherous
8 conuersacioun2 ; sotheli" in si3t and heringe
he was iust, dwellinge anentis hem that
fro day in to day turmentiden with wick-
9 ideb werkis a iust soule. The0 Lord knewd
fore tof delyuere pitouse men of& tempta-
cioun, sotheli for1' to' kepe wickidek men
men of God inspirid with the Hooli
Goost spaken.
CAP. II.
But also false prophetis weren in the 1
puple, as in 3011 schulen be maistris?
lieris, that schulen bringe in sectis of
perdicioun ; and thei denyeni thilke Lord
that bou3te hem, and bringen1" on hem
silf hasti perdicioun. And many schulen 2
sue her letcheries, bi whiche8 the weie of
treuthe schal be blasfemyd ; and theis
schulen make marchaundie* of 3ou in
coueytise bi feyned wordis. To whicheu
doom now a while ago ceessith not*, and
the perdicioun of hem nappith not. For 4
if God sparide not aungels syunynge, but
bitook hem to be turmentid, and to be
drawun doun with boondis of helle in to
helle, to be kept in to domvf ; and sparide 5
not the firste world, but kept Noe, the
ei3the man, the biforgoerew of ri3twis-
nesse, and brou3te in the greet flood to
the world of vnfeithful men; and he"
droof in to poudre the citees of men of
Sodom and of men of Gommor, and
dampnede bi turnyng vpsedoun, and
putte hem the ensaumple of hem that
weren to doynge yuele ; and delyuerid 7
the iust Loth, oppressid of the wrong,
and of the letcherouse conuersacioun of
cursid men ; for in si3t and hering he 8
was iust, and dwellide amongst hem that
fro dai in to dai turmentiden with wickid
werkis a iust soule. For the Lord kan9
delyuere piteuouse men fro temptacioun,
and kepe wickid men 'in to* the dai of
* now a while,
etc.; that is,
maad redy fro
the bigynnyng
of the world.
Lire here. ve.
f in to dam ;
that is, aftir
the dom ; here
it is vndir-
stonde that in
lijk maner God
schal not spare
eretikis. Lire
here. ve.
d Om. oqrx. e interpretacioun of man r. f For whi r. g was r. h Om. s. eny tyme v. > bi sx.
k Om. v. ' Om. v. ra Om. o. also v. D profetis weren v. ° in v. P Om. v. <J maistir sx.
1 whiche x. rr deneyinge G. sec. m. s that x. * and bringen on r. u dampnacioun o. v Om. OQX.
w make marchaundise v. * whiche r. Y dom now vvx. z a while agoo v. a hem now o. b For if v.
c Om. F. d aungels synnynge vx. e Om. o. ' drawen doun v. g Om. sir. '" Om. o. * he
sparide T. k Om. v. ' ei3the man, the v. m broujt in v. Q Om. o. ° vnfeithful v. P Om. x.
1 droof r. r and dampnide v. s bi the s. ' and puttinge v. u exsaumple sx. v don s. do x.
w Om. OQVX. ww and he G sec. m. x of r. T Om. v. z conuersacioun of curside men v. a for v.
b v/kke sx. c For the v. d can r. e Om. srx. f Om. v. e fro v. h Om. svx. ' Om. v.
k wicke sx.
P maistir EQacghoa^. 1 schul denye i. r bryng yn i. ether aboue leeden K marg. s whom i.
* marchaundise EKaghkoa/3. u whom i. v the doom k pr. m. w fore goere i. * in k pr.m.
VOL. iv. 4 K
618
II. PETER.
II. 10 — 19.
in to the day of dome for1 to be turmentid;
10 forsothe more hem that walken aftir flesch,
in coueitinge of vnclennesse, and despijsen
lordscheping, bolde™, dreden not to" bringe
in sectes 'plesinge to hem0, blasfernynge;
nwher aungels, whan thei ben more in
strengthe and vertu beren not 336118 hem
12 the execrable?, 'or cursid^, doom. 'Thes
sothelir as vnresounable beestes, kyndeli in
to capcioun8, 'or takinget, and in to deeth,
blasfemyrige in thes thingis that thei
knowen not, shulen" perische in her co-
isrupcioun, receyuyngev the hijre of vnri3t-
wisnesse, gessyngew 'the voluptees ofx the?
day" delijces of defoulinge and of wemrnea,
'with delijcisb flowinge, in her feestisc
ndoynge leccherie with jou, hauynge'1 i3en
ful of auoutrie, and vncesynge trespasse,
deceyuynge vnstedefast soules, hauynge the
herte excercisid" in coueitise, the sones of
is cursynge, forsakinge thef ri3t weie, erreden,
suynges the weie of Balaam of Bosor, theh
16 which louede hijre1 of wickidnesse. So-
theli he hadde correpciounVor reprouyng1,
of his woodnesse ; a doumbe beest vndir
3ok, spekinge with voys of man11, forbede
17 the vnwisdom of the prophet. Thes ben
welles with oute watir, and cloudis™, vor
mijstisn, driuun with 'whirlinge wijndis0,
to whomP thei thicker mijst of derknessis is
is reserued. Sotheli thei spekinge in pride of8
vanyte, deceyuen1 in desijris of flesch of
leccherie hem, that 'a litel scapen". Thev
19 whiche lyuyngew in errour, bihotinge*
liberte>', "or fredom z, to hem, whan thei
ben seruauntes of corupcioun. Sotheli8 of
whom ony man is ouercome, vof himb andc
dom to be turmentid ; but more hem* 10 * mme God
reserueth hem ;
that is, eretikis
to be turment-
id. Exposi-
touris seien
comunly, that
eretikis schuleii
be punschid
that walken aftir the fleisch, in coueyt-
inge of vnclennesse, and dispisen lord-
schiping, and ben boold, plesynge hem silf,
and dreden not to bringe in sectis, blas-
femyngey ; where aungels, whanne thei
ben more2 in strengthe and vertu, beren
not 'that was8 the execrableb doom a3ens
hem. But these ben
than comun
feendis, and
euen with Prin-
nesse> and »«
ech ordre of
fendis schuie
and othere syn-
ful men, of
whiche seint
as vnresonable,2f~blLe,
beestis, kyndli in to takyng, and in to ?"d ,this seem-
• J ° ith ful reson-
deth, blasfemynge in these thingis that able, that
' . . . jii • u • princes of eresie,
thei knowen riot, and schulen perische in and
her corrupcioun, and resseyue the hire of iS
vnri3twisnesse. And thei gessen delicis
of defoulinetand of wemme, to be likyngis
of daic, flowynge in her feestis with de-
licis, doynge letcherie with 3ou, and banu
i3en ful of auowtrie, and vnceessynge
trespas, dissevuvnere vnstidfast soulis,
1 J . .
and hau the herte excercisid" to coueitise ;
the sones ofe cursyng, that forsaken the 15
ri3t weie, and erriden, suynge the weie of
Balaam of Bosor, whichf louyde the hire <%>««/<»•</-
• schipmg; that
of wickidnesse. But he hadde repreuyng icis. Crist, Lord
c of lordis. sectis;
oi his woodnesse ; a doumb beest vndur of eresie. aun-
3ok, that spaks with vois of man, that '
forbede the vnwisdom of the profete.
These ben wellis with out watir, and 17 suffren- °*»-
mynable doom ;
mystis dryuun with whirhnge wyndys", that is, peyne,
, , ...I • • i i? j i • which is seid
to whiche1 the thicke mijst of derknessis abomynabie,
is reseruydk. And thei speken in prydei
of vanyte, and disseyuen in1 desiris of
fleisch of letcherie hem, that scapen'" a is iust> in as
myche as it is
litil. Whiche lyuen in errour, and biheten laordeyned of
fredom to hem, whanne thei ben ser-
uauntis of corrupcioun. For of whom
ony man is ouercomun, of hym also he is
* '
of vnrijlful-
nesse; that ig,
peyne joue
due to her malice. Lire here. ve. t of defouling; that is, of leccherie. and of wem; that is, of glotonie. to be lykinges of day ; that is,
leeueful and onest. ve. in desijris of flesch of leccherie ; that is, of fleschly leccherie. v. scapin a litel ; that is, withdrawen hemself sumdel from
the teching of holy chirche. for suche men ben soone disseyued of eretikis. ve. whiche eretikis lyuen in errour; that is, ben hardid therynne. v.
liberte ; iu seyinge that thei moun leeuefully vse lustis of flesch. Lire here. ve.
1 Om. SJT. m and ben boold, pleesinge hemself, and v. n for to AG sec. m. oqr. ° Om. v. P cursid o.
1 Om. ox. either abomynabie r. r But thes v. s takinge ovx. * Om. orx. u and schulen v. v and
resceyue v . w and thei gessen r. x Om. r. y Om. ANOQsrx. z Om. v. a wemme to be lykingis
of day v. wommen y. b Om. r. c feestis with delicis v. d and han v. e haunted o. f Om. ANQsr.
S sueden T. h Om. v. i the hire ANOQsrx. k reprouynge or. J Om. OQVX. " a man y. m mystis o.
n Om. OQX. ° whirle windis sr. P whiche r. 1 Om. o. r thilke g. ilke T. s and x. * and
disseyuen r. u a litil ascapen T. scapin a litil v. v Om. r. w lyuen r. x and biheeten r. y fre-
dom o. z Om. OQX. a For v. ° Om. N. c Om. NO. also v.
y of blasfeminge b. z maad more i. a that that was E. Om. QX sec.m. a. b ether cursid K marg.
x sec. m. marg. c the dai b. d hauntid IK. e in o. f the whiche k. S spak to him k. b whirle
wyndis i. ' whom i. k resseyued ci pr.m. ach. ' in the k. m ascapen b.
II. 20 III. 7.
II. PETER.
619
20' he isd seruaunt6. Forsothef if men for-
sakinge? the defoulinges1', 'or vnclennesses\
of the world, ink the1 kriowinge of oure
'Lord and sauyour'" Jhesu Crist, eftsoone"
inwlappid0 in thesP, ben'i ouercome, the
latter thingis ben maad to hemr worse
21 than the former. Sotheli8 it was* betere
vto hemu forv to not knowe the weie of
rijtwisnesse, than forw to turne a3en
aftir the knowinge, fro that holy maunde-
22 ment that was bitakun to hem. Sothelix
'the ilke? thing of verrey prouerbe bifel to
hem, Anz hound turned* a3en to his
woomb, 'or castyng vpc, and ad sowe
waschun in thee walewingef, 'or slowe%,
of cleyh, ^orfon\
CAP. III.
1 LoM I wrijte to 30U1 this™ secounde epi-
stle", in which I stire 3oure cleer0 soule inP
2 monestinge to gydere, that 36 be myndeful
of thei wordis, that I bifore seide of holyr
prophetis, and of the maundementis of
3 holy apostlis ofs the Lord sauyour1; first
witynge" this thing, that in the laste dayes
illusoursv, 'or scorners, or deceyuoursw,
shulen come* in deceyt, goynge aftir hir
4 ownecoueitinges,seiynge,Whereisbihestey,
or thez corny ng, of him ? forsothea sith
fadirs sleptenb, so alle thinges lasten fro
othe bigynnynge of creature. Sotheli it
daarithc hem willinge this thing, that
heuenes weren bifored, and the* erthe of
watir and bi watir beynge, 'or stondinge^,
«to gydere bi Goddis word ; bi whiche
thingis 'that ilke? world clensid thanne
7 perischide. Forsothe theh heuenes that
now ben, and the erthe', bi the same word
seruaunt. For if men forsaken the vn-2o
clennessis" of the world, bi the knowyng
of oure Lord and sauyour Jhesu Crist,
and eftsone ben wlappid in these, and
ben ouercomun, the lattere thingis ben
maad to hem worse than the forrnere.
For it was betere to hem to not knowe 21
the weie of rijtwisnesse0, than to turne
aftir the knowyng, fro that hooli
*inu,hiche;
maundement that was bitakun to hem.
For thilke very prouerb bifelde to hem,22*hat is> *.he,
• ' hi-ste and the
The hound turnede a3en to his castyngP, seamde pistie.
J Lire here. v.
and a sowe is waischun in walwyng(i inr -f heuenes; that
fennp is, thehi5ere
part of the
lower part of
the eir. oa a
tkousind jeeres;
anentis us, and
hi a thousind is
vndirstonden
whateuer turn-
yng aboute of
tymes, which is
litil and of noo
III.
Lo ! 36 moost dereworth britheren, Y i
write to 3ou this secounde epistle8, in
which* Y stire 3oure clere soule bi mon-
esting togidere, that 36 be myndeful ofa
tho wordis, that Y biforseide of the
hooli prophetis, and of the maundementis
of the hooli apostlis of the Lord and
sauyour. First wite 36 this thing, thats
in the laste daies disseyueris schulen
come in disseit, goynge aftir her owne
coueityngis, seiynge, Where is the bi-4
heest, or the comyng of hym ? for sithen
the fadris dieden, alle thingis lasten fro
the bigynnyng of creature.
hid1 fro hem willynge this thing, that
heuenesf were bifore, and the erthe of
water was stondynge bi watir, of" Goddis
word ; bi which thatv ilkew world clensid, c
thanne bi watir perischide. But the 7
heuenes that now ben, and the erthe,
reputacioun in
comparisoun of
tha' is> in the
jeelding of his
herfore the dom
doith patiently;
in delayinge the
doom, for 30« ;
that goode men
Rnf it i<i ^ encreese in me-
5 rit, andyuele
men turne ajwi
bi penaunce.
Lire here. ve.
wole not that
eny men pe-
^net". to him-
self. Lire here.
v-
d his N. c seruaunt he is N. f Sotheli N. For v. S fleynge N. forsaken r. h vnclennessis NO.
' Om. NOQA. or vnclennes T. k in to N. bi v. 1 Om. Q. m Sauyour and oure Lord N. n and eft N.
and eftsoone v. ° Om. N. ben wlappid r. P the same K. q and ben v. r him M. s For v. t were
G sup', ras. u Om. o. T Om. sx. w Om. sx. x For r. y that x. * As an o. And an s.
a turnynge o. b womyt A. vome GT. castyng up ox. voom p. vomyt ps. spuyng r. c Om. ox.
d Om. T. e a o. Om. s. f slow} o. vomyng s. S Om. ovx. h fen v. i Om. ovx. k Loo, je most
dereworthe britheren r. ! jou, moost dere N. m the A. n pistie PQ. ° clene T. P and AQX. bi r.
1 tho ASVX. r the hooly v. s and of o. t and Sauyour r. u wite jee r. v deceyuours o. scorneris y.
w Om. o. or scorners o. either disseyuouris r. or disseyueris x. * bicome T. y the beheste x. * Om. o.
a for forsothe s. For v. b slepten, either dijeden v. c js hid fro v. d first o. e Om. o. f Om. o.
S that thilk G. thilke s. that x. b Om. s. 5 erthe ben put a3en v.
n vnclennes o. ° rijtwisnessis a. truwe rijtwijsnes k pr. m. p vomyte, or castynge I. spuwing c.
•1 ether sfam ofcley K marg. r of B. 3 pistie b. l ether darelh K marg. u bi EKQnbcegoa/3. v Om.
KQgk pr. m. aft. ' thilk ERka3.
4x2
620
II. PETER.
III. 8 — 17.
'put a3enk, ben kept to fijr1 in to the day of
dome and perdicioun1" of vnpitouse men.
tiForsothe, 36° moost dere, oo thing 'daare
3011 not0, 'or be not unknowunP, for'i oo
day anentis God asr as thousynd 3eeres',
•jand a thousynd 3eeru asv oo day. The
Lord tarieth not his biheestw, as 'sum menx
gessen?, but he doith paciently for 3011, 'not
willingez onya forb toc perische, butd alle
10 fore tof turne a3en to penaunce. Forsothe
the day of theff Lord shal come as a theef,
in which heuenes with greet hire, 'or Jeers-
nesses, shulen passeh, sotheli elementes
shulen be dissolued bi heete, forsothe' the
erthe, and alle werkes that ben in it, shulen
1 1 be brent. Therefore whan alle thes thinges
shulen be 'to bek dissolued1, what maner
men bihouethm 3ou for" to be in holy
i2lyuyngis and pitees, abidynge0 and hi3inge
in to the comynge of the day of oure JLord
Jhesu Crist, bi whomP heuenes bren-
nynge shulen be dissolued, and<i elementesr
bi brennynge8, 'or heete1, of fijru 'shulen
is faylev. Sotheli we abijden upwhis biheestesx
newe heuenes and newe erthe, in whiche
14 ri3twisnesse dwellith. For which thing,
36 moost dere, abijdinge thesxx thinges,
bisye? forz to be founde to him in pees
isvnspottid and vnfoulida. And deme 36
the longe abijdinge of oure Lord 3oure
helthe, as andb oure moost derec brotherd
Poul wroot to 3ou, upe wisdom 3ouun to
16 him. As and in alle epistlis spekingef'in
hem£ of thes thingis ; in whiche ben summe
harde thinges in vndirstondinge, the'1
whiche vnwijse', 'or vntau^fi, and vnstable
men deprauen, as and1 othere scriptures'",
17 to her owne perdicioun11. Therfore 30°,
britheren, bifore witynge kepeP 3oui silf,
lest 36 ouerled, 'or deceyued*, bi errour of
ben kept bi the same word, and ben re-
seruyd to fier in to the dai of doom and
perdicioun of wickid men. But, 36 moost s
dere, this o thing be not hid tox 3ou, that
o dai anentis God is as a thousynde 3eeris,
and a thousynde 3eeris ben as o dai. The 9
Lord tarieth not his biheest, as summe
gessen, but he doith pacientli for 3ou,
and wole not that ony men? perische, but
that alle turne a3en to penaunce. Forio
the dai of the Lord schal come as a theef,
in which heuenes with greet birez schulen
passe, and elementis schulen be dissoluyda
bi heete, and the erthe, and alle the werkis
that ben in it, schulen be brent. Ther-n
for whanne alle these thingis schulen be
dissolued, what manner men bihoueth it
3ou to be in hooli lyuyngis and pitees1',
abidingec and hi3ynge in to the comyngi2
of the dai of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, bi
whom heuenes brennynge schulen be dis-
soluyd, and elementis schulen faile bi
brennyng of fier. Also we abiden bi hise is
biheestis newe heuenes and newe erthe,
in which ri3twisnesse dwellith. Foru
which thing, 30 moost dere, abidynge
these thingis, be 36 bisye to be foundun
to hym in pees vnspottid and vndefoulid.
And deme 30 long abiding of oure Lord is
Jhesu Crist 3oure heelthe, as also oure
moost dered brother Poul wroot to 3ou,
bi wisdom 3ouun to hym. As ande in allef 1 6
epistlis he spekith 'in hems of these
thingis; in'1 which ben summe hard thingis
to vndurstonde, whiche' vnwise and vn-
stable men deprauen, as also thei don
othere scripturis, to her owne perdicioun.
Therfor 36, britheren, bifor witynge kepe 17
3ouk silf, lest 36 be disseyued bi errour of
vnwise men, and falle awei fro 3oure
k and v. 1 the fier N. «> lesyng o. » my o. ° be not hid to jou r. P Om. orx. 1 that r.
r w as r. s Om. N. l jer AT. « 3eeris ^NOQF. v ben as r. w bihestis x. x summen XGT. summe NQS.
y wenen N. z and wole not r. a that eny men v. b Om. SFA:. c Om. F. d but that v. e Om. srx.
f Om. K. ff oure o. g Om. OQX. or feerdenesse T. h bipasse T. l sothely o. k Om. <jrx. ' dis-
solued, either deparlid v. m it byhoueth ^NOQSA:. bihoueth it F. n Qm. SJT. o bydynge o. P which v.
1 Om. o. r elementis schulen faile v. s heete o. t Om. OQAT. « the fyer o. * Om. r. w bi r.
1 biheest N. ** Om. o. y bisieth ANX. be besy F. z Om. SAT. « vndefoulid STF. * Om. o. c dere-
worthe Q. d Om. OQ. « hi F. f he spekinge'c. g Om. o. h Om. F. ' vntaujt o. k Om. noqrx.
1 Om. o. m scripture s. n perdicioun, either dampnaciaun r. ° Om. s. P kepith QSX. 1 aoure GQT.
r Om. x.
* fro o. y man Eeo^. 2 rfAer ^fli/ K marg. a lousid R. b pitee R. c abidingis k. d dereworthe R.
c Om. Rgoo£. t alle his o. S and R. h of R. > the whiche k. k joure K.
III. i 8.
II. PETER.
621
vnwijse men, falle* awey fro 3oure owne
is sadnesse. Forsothe1 wexe }e in grace" and
knowinge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist and
oure Sauyour; to hirnv glory andw now
and in tox the day of euerelastingenesse.
Amen.
owne1 sadnesse. But wexe 36 in the is
grace and the knowyng of oure Lord
Jhesu Crist and oure Sauyour ; to hym
be glorie now and in to the dai of euer-
lastyngnesse. Amen.
Heere endeth the secounde pistle of Here endith the secounde pistle of
seynt Petre, and now bigynneth the first Petir, and here bigynneth the firste
pistle of seynt Joon? . pistle of John™.
* jee falle s. l But v. u the grace AGNOSTVXY. v him be v. w bothe r. * Om. s.
y From A. Here endith the secunde epistil of Petre, and bigynneth the Jirste of John. N. Here endith the
secoand pistel of Petir, and bygynneth the epistil of Joon. o. Here endith the secounde pistil of Petre,
and here bigynneth the firste pislel of Jon apostle. Q. Here endith the secunde pislel of Petre, and here
bigynneth the Jirste pistel of Joon. rv. No final rubric in GMPSTX.
1 Om. Ebpr.m. gk. m From CMQUxabcegha. Heere endeth the ij. epistle of Petre, and biginnith
the j. epistle of Jon. 10. Here endeth the secounde pistle of Petre; se now the Jirste pistle of Joon. K.
Here endith the ii. pistil of Peter, and suelh t. of Johne. K. No final rubric in
I, JOHN.
The first epistle of Joon*.
CAP. I.
i WHiCHEb thing was froc thed bigyn-
nynge, which we herden, which we
with oure i3en, whiche we bihelden, and
oure hondes tretiden to gydere, 'or touch-
2tdenf, of the word of lijf ; and the lijf is
shewid. And we si3en, and we witnessen,
and tellen to 3011 euerelastinge lijf, that
was anentis the fadir, and apperide to us.
3Therforef that thing, that we si3en, and
herden», we tellen to 3011'', that and1 36
haue felaushippe with us, and oure felau-
schip be with the fadir, and his sone
4 Jhesu Crist. And 'this thing we writenk
to 3ou, that 36 haue ioye, and 3oure ioye
5 be ful. And this is the tellyng, that we
herden of him, and tellen to 3ou, for1 God
is Ii3t, and ony derknesses ben not in him.
6 If we 'shulen seie™, for" we ban felau-
schip with him, and we wandren in derk-
nessis, we Ii3en, and we0 don not treuthe.
7 Sotheli if we walken in Ii3t, as and? he is
ini Ii3t, we han felauschip to gydere ; and
the blood of Jhesur, his sone, clensith us
«fro al synne. If we 'shulen seie5, for1 we
han not synne, we 'oure silf u deceyuen usv,
sand treuthe is not in us. If we know-
Jechen oure synnes, he is feithful and iust,
Here bigynneth thefirste pistle of Joon*.
CAP. I.
THAT thing* that was fro the bigyn- 1
nyng, which we herden, which we sayn
with oure i3en, which we bihelden, and
oure hondis touchiden, of the word of
lijf; and the lijf is schewid. And we sayn, 2
and weh witnessen, and tellen to 3011 the0
euerlastynge lijf, that was anentis the
fadir, and apperide to vs. Therfor 'we 3
tellen to 3oud that thing, that we seyn,
and herden6, that also 36 haue felow-
schipe with vs, and oure felowschip be
with the fadir, and with his sone Jhesu
Crist. And we writen this thing to 3ou, 4
that 3e haue ioye, and that 3oure ioye be
ful. And this is the tellyng, that we 5
herden of hym, and tellen to 3ou, that
God is Ii3t, and ther ben no derknessis
in him. If we seien, that we han felaw-G
schip with hym, and we wandren in
derknessis, we lien, and don not treuthe.
But if we walken in Ii3t, as also he is in 7
Ii3t, we han felawschip togidere ; and the
blood of Jhesu Crist, his sone, clensith vs
fro al synne. If we seien, that we han (i
uof synne, we disseyuen vs«f silf, and
treuthe is not in vs. If we knowlechen 9
oure synnes, he is feithful and iust, that
* That thing;
thus the let t re
schulde be
ioyned; we
tellen to 3011
that thing, etc.;
that is, Goddis
kindely sone,
that was born
without bigyn-
nyng of the
fadir. which we
herden; of
Joon Baptist,
that was bifore
goere of Goddis
kindely sone
maad man. Aw
word in not in
us ; that is,
Crist, which is
seid the word
of the fadir, is
not in us bi
grace halew-
inge. Lire here.
a The firste epistle of Joon is this. G. The first pistle of Joon. P. No prologue in any of the Mss.
but in G a space left for it, with this rubric, The prolog of Joon. No initial rubric in AOQSVXY. b What t
« at v. <l Om. AN. e Om. ox. f Therfore wee tellen to jou v. e han herd x. h Om. v
k we writen this thing v. ' that v. m seien r. "» that v. ° Om. rx. P Om. o. "~
s seien r. * that r. " silf ANQSX. Om. or. » vs silf or.
What r.
' Om. v.
Om. v. r Om. o.
a The firste pistle of John. c. No initial rubric in ciKMQRuxabeghoa. b Om. Rh. c Om. F.K pr. m.
k pr. m. a$. <l Dm. jc e herden, we tellen to jou K. f not hk sec. m. o/S. e our Eh.
I. 10 — II. 13.
I. JOHN.
623
that he fo^iue to us cure synnes, and
10 dense us fro al wickidnesse. If we 'shulen
seiew, forx we han not synned, we maken
him a Ii3er, and his word is not in us.
CAP. II.
1 My litel sones, I wrijte to 3ou thes
thinges, that '36 synne not?. But andzif ony
man 'shal synne3, we han auoket anentis
2 the fadir, Jhesu Crist iust, and he is help-
yng for oure synnes ; sothelib not onely
for ourec, but also ford ofe al the world.
3 And in this thing we witen, forf we hans
knowun him, if we kepen his commaunde-
4 mentes. Heh that seith him1 fork to1 vhaue
knowem God, and kepith not his com-
maundementes, is a Ii5er, and treuthe is
ft not in him. Forsothe who11 kepith his0
word, Verily in him is parfijt charite?.
In this thing we witen, fori we ben in
fihim, if we shulenr be parfijt in him. He
that seith him8 for1 to" dwellev in him, and
hew owith for* to walke, as he walkide.
;Moost dere^, I wrijte to 3ou, not a newe
maundement, but the olde maundement,
that 36 hadden froz thea bigynnyng. The
olde maundement is the word, that 36
sherden. Eftsoone I wrijte to 3ou a newe
maundement, that is treweb andc ind him
and in 3ou ; for derknesses6 passeden, and
»verreyf Ii3t 'now shijneths. He that seith
himh for' tok be1 in Ii3t, and haatith his
10 brother, is in derknesse™ til to 3it. He
that loueth his brothir, dwellith in Ii3t,
iiand sclaundre is not in him. Sotheli he
that haatith his brother, is in derknessis,
and 'in derknessis wandrith", and woot
not whidir he goith ; for derknesses han
lablyndid his J3en. Litel sones, I wrijte to
3ou, for0 3oure synnes ben for3ouun to 3ou
is for his name. Fadirs, I wrijte to 3ou,
he forjyue to vs oure synnes, and dense
vs from al wickidnesse. And if we seien, 10
weh han not synned, we maken hym a
Here, and his word is not in vs.
CAP. II.
Mi litle sones, Y write to 3ou these i
thingis, that 30 synnen not. But if ony
man synneth, we han an' aduocatk anentis
the fadir, Jhesu Crist, and he is the for- 2
3yuenes1 form oure synnes" ; and not oneli
for oure synnes, but also for the synnes
of al the worldt. And in this thing we 3 ^fortiun
. . . , of al the world ;
witen, that we knowen hym, if we kepen as to sufficience,
hise comaundementis. He that seith 4 choseTmenas
that he knowith God, and kepith not hise *° affect> for
othere men set-
comaundementis, is a Here, and trewthe is ten 'e«ing-
Jhesu Crist is
not in hym. But the charite of God is 5 oureauocat
/. . .... , anentis the fa-
perfit venli in hym, that kepith his word, air, and shew.
ly. ve. in this
tee witen that
we ben in him;
kimnyiig is
taken here
In0 this thing we witen, that we ben in
hym, if we ben perfit in hym. He that« and. s!then yhe-
*f su is lust, he
seith, that he dwellith in hym, he owith preieth not for
al manere syn-
forP to walke, as he walkide. Moost7 neris, but ooniy
dere brithcren, Y write to 3ou, not a rep^nteVverei-
nevve maundement, but the elde maunde-
ment, that 36 hadden fro the bigynnyng.
The elde maundement is the word, that
36 herden. Eftsoone Y write to 3ou as
newe maundement, that is trewe bothe in
hym and in 3ou ; for derknessis ben bu* 9°^ '
tielacioun be
passid, arid veri list schyneth now. Heo had on this
. ' . thing. Thisthat
that seith, that he is in Ii3t, and hatith sue* in summe
his brother, is in derknessei 3it. He that IOA™ 1S' '
loueth his brothir, dwellith in H3t, and
sclaundre is not in hym. But he thatnid
V.
hatith his brother, is in derknessis, and
wandrith in derknessis, and woot not whi-
dir he goith ; for derknessis hanr blindid
hise J3en. Litle sones, Y write to 3011, that 12
3oure synnes ben for3ouun to 3011 for his
name. Fadris, Y write to 3011, for 36 han is
w seien v. * that or. 1 do noo synne v. z Om. OQT. a synneth v . *> Om. o. c ourn T. cure
synnes v. d Om. T. e Om. QX sec. m. the synnes of v. f that v. S Om. v. h And he o. ' that
he v. k Om. svx. 1 Om. r. m knowith v. n the charite of God is perfit verily in him that kepith v.
0 this s. P Om. v. <1 that v. r Om. v. s that he v. l Om. svx. u Om. v. v dwellith v.
w him o. " Om. sx. y dere brilheren r. z at v. » Om. rx. b treuthe T.. c that o. bothe v.
d into T. e derkenesse o. f vereyly r. % shyneth now v. n that he r. ' Om. svx. k Om. v.
1 is r. m derknesses PST. n wandrith in derknessis v. ° that v.
Q that we Egka. ' Om. b pr. m. o. k ether a mediatour K marg. ' ether helper K marg. m of luao.
n Om. Eg. o And in gk pr. m. P Om. iKbehko/3. 9 derknessis Kaxho. r hath b.
624
I. JOHN.
n. 14 — 26.
forP 36 ban knowun him, that is froi ther
bigynnynge. 3°nge men, I wrijte to 3ou,
i4fors 36 hari ouercome the wickid1. I wrijte
to 3011, infauntisu, 'or ^onge children^, forw
30 han knowe the fadir. I wrijte to 3oux
3onge men, 'or of mydle age?, forz 36 ben
stronge, and the word of God dwellith in
i53ou, and 36 ouercamen the wickid*. Nyle
30 loue the world, netherb tho thinges that
ben in the world. If ony man loueth the
world, the charite of the fadir is not in
iG him. Forwhi al thing that is in the
world, is coueytise of flesch, and coueytise
of i3en, and pride of lijf, whiche is not of
17 the fadir, but it is of the world. And the
world shal passe, and the coueytise of it ;
sotheli he that doith the wille of God,
is dwellith 'in toc with outen ende. Mi litel
sones, the last hour is ; and as 36 han herd
ford antecrist cometh, now many antecristes
ben made; vwher ofe we witen, forr it is the
19 last hour. Thei wenten forth= fro us, but
thei weren not of us; forwhi if thei hadden
be of us, sotheli thei hadden dwelt with
us; but that thei be knowun, forh thei ben
20 not of us. But 36 han vnccioun' of the
Holy Goostk, and han1 knowe alle thinges.
21 1 wroot not to 3ou as to men vnknowinge111
treuthe, but as to" knowinge it0, and for?
22 ech lesyng 'is not of treuthe'). Who is a
Ii3er, nor but this that denyeth for8 Jhesus
is not Crist? This is antecrist, that deny-
as eth the fadir and the sone. Sotheli' ech
that denyeth the sone, 'nether hath" the
fadir ; forsothe he that knowlechith the
24 sone, hath andv the fadir. That thing
that 36 herden frow the begynnynge, dwelle*
in 3011 ; for if it? 'shal dwellez in 3ou, the*
which 36 herden at the bigynnynge, and 36
shulen dwelle in the sone and theb fadir.
25 And this is the a3en biheest, that he bihi3te
2Gto us, euerelastyng lijf. I wrootc thes
God. Lire here. ve. Alle eretikis; alle that distroien bi deedis
The Close here. ve.
knowun hym, that is fro the bieynnyner. t ffUe v loue
J £>J J the world ; th&t
3onge men, Y write to 3ou, for 36 han ouer- is, men seek-
, .... _,. . inge vnduely
comun the wickid. Y write to 3011, 3onge H the deiitabie
thingis of the
world ; thou;
the kinde of
hem is worlhi
to be loued,
natheles the
synne is worthi
to be hatid and
fled, neither
synnes of hem ;
thei ben clepid
the world, for
resouns of
synnes. ai thing
children, for 36 han knowe the fadir. Y
write to 3ou, britheren, for 36 han knowen
hym, that is fro the bigynnyng. Y write
to 3ou, 3onge men, for 36 ben stronge, and
the word of God dwellith in 3ou, and 30
han ouercomun the wickid. Nyle 36 loue
the worldf, ne tho thingis that ben in
the world. If ony man loueth the world,
the charite of the fader is not in hym.
For al thing that is in the world, is
coueitise of fleisch, and coueitise of i3en,
* ly men. ins
and pride of lijf, which is not of the fadir, laate mr "•
. . J that is, the vj.
bllt it IS Of the WOrld. And the WOrld Hand the last age
IT 1 , ../.... of the world
scnal passe, and the8 coueitise ot it ; but he t;,at renneth
that doith the wille of God, dwellith ^™a^ve.
with outen ende. My litle sones, the is whieh is the
age of hem that
laste our is ; and as 3e han herd, that restin in he-
. uene fro the
antecrist cometh, now many antecnstis tyme of Cristis
ben maad ; wherfor we witen, that it is JS*Se^««
the laste our. Thei wenten forth fro vs, 10 °.' t:n?tls Pa8:,
sioun is openid ;
but thei weren not of vs ; for if thei either the laste
our is the ....
hadden be of vs, thei hadden dwelte ofantimst,
with vs ; but that thei be knowun, that the labour,
thei ben not1 of vs. But 36 han anoint- 20 jj^J ^'mue
yng of the Hooli Goost, arid knowen alle tlie ,e'lde of,tlie
world; natlie-
thingis. Y wroot not to 3ou, as to men 21 les tins tyme
bigan in a ma-
that kriowen" not treuthev, but as to men nere in the
that knowen"' it, and for ech leesing is
not of treuthe. Who is a Here, but this 22
that denyeth that Jhesu is not Crist? othere eretikis'
camen forth
This is antecrist, that denyeth the fadir, that ben the
and the sone. Sox ech that denyeth the 23
sone, hath not the fadir ; but he that
knowlechith the sone, hath also the fadir.
That thing that 36 herden at the bigyn-
nyng, dwelle it in 3011 ; for if that thing
in his tvme- T-
many anti-
that is,
eretikis cor-
rumping the
which 6
dwellith in 3011,
bigynnyng, 36 schulen dwelle
sone and in the fadir. And
herden at the
in the
gospel, as anti-
crist schal do.
thei weren not
this is the 25 »/«*.• Weuer-
lastinge predes-
tinacionn of
the feith which thei knoulechyn ; alle that ben contrarie to Crist ben anticristis.
P that r. q at v. r Om. OQVX. s that r. * wicke sx. u jonge children o. T Om. OQX.
y Om. x. z that v. a wicke sx. b ne r. c Om. v. d that v. e wherfore v.
w that v.
that r.
knowing in v
Om. o.
S out x.
h that r. > anoyntyng v. k Om. x. ' Om. r. m not knowinge r. n men
'
nowng n v. ° m. r. P tat v. 1 Om. o. r Om. x. s that or. o v.
v also r. w at v. * dwelleth o. y that thing v. z dwellith v. a Om. v. b in the OQV.
c write T.
s Om. b. * not alle K pr. m. ° knewen be. v the treuthe k pr. m. w knewen be/3. x For a.
ir. 27 — in. 8.
I. JOHN.
625
* tlu world
knowilh not
Y wroot these thingis to 3011, of 20 «»,• M k«ow-
. ing of appreu-
hem that disseyuen jou, and that the 27 vug, forwhi
anoyntyng which je resseyueden of hym,
thinges to 3011, of hem that deceyueri 3011 ; biheeste, that he bihi'3te to vs euerlastinge
ay'and thed anoyntyng6, 'the whichf 30 re- lijf.
ceyueden of him, dwelle in 3ou. And 36 han
not nede, that ony man teche 300, but as
his anoyntyngs techith 3011 of alle thingis,
and it is trewe, and it is not lesyng ; and
2« as he tau3te 3011, dwelle 36 in him. And
now, 30 litel sones, dwellithh in him, that
whan he shal appere, we han1 trist, and
be not confoundid of him in his comynge.
29 If 36 k witen, for1 he is iust, Vite 36'"
for" and0 ech that doith ri3twisnesse, is
appreuen not,
but repreuen
hem that dis-
pisen erthely
thingis, and
goon to heuen-
ly eritage, and
aretten hem
and
lhe ca,use.8U-
eth, for it
born of him.
CAP. III.
i See 36 what maner charite the fadir 3af
to us, that we be named the sones of God,
and be. For this thing the world knew?
2 not us, for it kiiewi not him. Moost derer,
now wes ben the sones of God, and 3it it1
apperide not, what we shulen be. We
witen, for" whan he shal appere, we shulen
be lijkv tow him, for we shulen see him as
she is. And ech man that hath this hope
in him, makith him silf holy, as and? he is
4 holy. Ech man that doith synne, doith
andz wickidnesse, and synne is wickidnesse.
a And 36 witen, for3 he apperide that he
shulde do awey synnes, and synne is not
ein him. Ech man that dwellith in him,
synneth not ; and ech that synneth, seeth
not him, neb knew0 him. Litel sones, no
man deceyue 3ou; he that doith ri3twis-
snesse, is iust, as andd he is iust. He that
'doith synne6, is of the deuel ; for the
deuel synneth atf the bigynnynge. In
.thin?is
and desijrens
dwelle in 3ou. And 30 han not nede,
that ony man teche 3ou, but as his anoynt-
yng techith 3ou of alle thingis, and it is
trewe, and it is not leesyng; and as he
tau3te 3ou, dwelle 30 in hym. And now, 28 ("
36 litle sones, dwelle 36 in hym, that
whanne he schal appere, we haue ay trist,
and be not confoundid of hym in his com- this, 'that men
yug. If 36 witen that he is iust, wite 36 20 ^dridiyUitngls,
that also ech that doith ri3twisnesse, is ^ bj"omirned
borun of hym. knowing of the
ladir, as myche
as he is jeuere
P A P TTT ' ' neuen'y eri-
*-'•"•*• J "' tage; wherfore
Se 36 what maner charite the fadir i
3af to vs, that we be named the sones of
God, and ben Jiise sones. For this thing
the world knewe not vs*, for it knew
not hym.
ben the sones of God, and 3it it apperide
not, what we schulen be. We witen,
that whanne he schal appere, we schulen
be lijk hym, for we schulen se hym as he
is. And ech man that hath this hope in-* termed6 with'
hym, makith hym silf hooli, as he is cbar'te may
* » not do synne,
hooli. Ech man that doith synne, doith 4 as summe
. . . seiden, and
also wickidnesse, and synne is wickid- yneie, but that
i . , ,11 • i no man vsinge
nesse. And 36 witen, that he apperide to 5 jn dede feith
do awei synnesz, and synne is not in hym. Iha'rTte? either
Ech man that dwellith in hymf, synneth e heingeincha
J rite, synneth
not; and ech that synneth, seeth not hyin,
nether knew hym.
ihingis. Lire
here, ve.
-. r i •./ t Ech man that
Moost dere hritneren, now we 2 ameuuhm
him; hi feith
foormed with
charite. syn-
nelh not ; as
longe as he
<!wellith so,
nod that a man
e that
syniie, is of the deuel ; for the deuel syn-
tbat i
neither knew
Litle sones, no man? him; u feith
, . . , . , , . . foormed with
disseyue 3ou ; he that doith ri3twysnesse, charite. au
is iust, as also he is iust. He that doith s *^L* %T«-
Jtynge; not
that he was
maad yuel in his
creacioun, but sith, he synnede he contynued euere in synne; for his synne is vncurable, and he brou3te men to synne. doth not synne; in as myche
as he is born of God, forwhi feith foonned with charite stondith not with deediy synne. the seed of God ; that is, grace suffrith not such synne
with it. he may not do synne; in as myche as he hath grace that mai not be resoun to do synne, natheles he mai do synne hi mysusing of free
wille, which is not confermed lii grace, we witen that vie he translatid, etc. ; that is, we witen certeynly; if this is referrid to the postlis that resseyu-
eden the Hooly Goost in visible syngne, and weren confermed in grace, and of this thei weren certified bi Goddis reuelacioun ; if this word, tee
vriten, is referrid to othere men, wite is taken here for preuable coniecting. v. fro deth; of synne. to lijf; of grace, ve. pulte lyues for britheren;
that is, set forth to perel and deth oure dedly lijf for the goostly heelthe of hem; ech man is bounden to in tyme of nede, if he see his brother in
goostiy perel, and may not be htlpid in othere manere, no but he that seeth put forth him self to bodily deth ; but bischopis and othere prelatis and
curatis be hoolderi to putte hemself to bodyly deth for the heelth of sogetis, if a woolf entrith the floe to commpe it in feith and vertues, ellis thei
weren not scheepherdis, but hijred hynes, as Crist seith in the ten c°. of Joon. Lire here. v.
d Dm. s. e oynting x. ( which sr. that x. S oynting x. h dwelle AV. dwell je NOS. > haue or.
k wee x. ' that ov. m witeth x. D that v. ° Om. N. P knowith v. P. knowith v. T dere bri-
theren y. 8 je T. l Om. x. u that v. v lichy <?• w Om. v. y Om. v. z Om. o. also v. in v.
a that ov. b nether ANOsyx. c knowith A. d Om. o. e synne o pr.m. synneth o sec. m. f fro v.
VOL. IV.
Om. IK pr. v. h. z synne a.
4 L
626
I. JOHN.
III. 9 22,
this thing the sone of God apperide, that
9 he vndo the werkes of the deuel. Ech
man that is born of God, doith not synne;
for the seed of God dwellith in him, and
he mai not synnes, for he is born of God.
in In this thing the sones of God ben know-
un, and the sones of the fend. Ech man
that is not iust, is not of God, and he that
11 loueth not his brother1'. For this is the tell-
yng, that 36 herden at the' bigynnyng, that
1236 loue ech other; notk as Caym, that was
of the yuel1, and slow his brother. And
for what thing slew hem him ? for his
werkes weren yuele, sotheli his brotheris
is iust". Britheren, nyle 36 wondre, if the
14 world haatith0 300. We witen, for? we
ben translatid fro deeth to lijf, for we loue
britheren. He that loueth not, dwellith in
15 deeth. Ech man that haatith his brother,
is a manqueller; and je witen, fori ech
manquellerr hath not euerlasting lijf dwell-
icinge in him. In this thing we han knowe
the charite of God, for he puttide8 his
soule1, W lijfu, for vs, and we owen forv
17 to putte ourew soules" for britheren. He
that 'shal haue> thez substaunsea of this
world, and 'shal seeb hisc brother ford toe
hauef nede, and 'shal close^ his entraylesh
fro him, hou dwellith the charite of God
isin him? Mi litel sones, loue we not' in
word, nether in tunge, but in werk and
i9treuthe. In this thing we knovven, fork
we ben of treuthe, and in his si3t we
20 monesten1 oure hertes. For if oure herte
shal'" reproue" us, 'or vndernymeun, God
is more than oure herte, and knew0 alle
21 thinges. Moost dereP, if oure herte 'shal
22 not'' reproue1" us, we han trist to God ; and
what euer we shulen axes, we shulen re-
ceyue of him, for we kepen his comaunde-
mentes, and we don tho thinges, that ben
netha fro the bigynnyng. In this thing
the sone of God apperide, that he vndo
the werkis of the deuel. Ech man that 9
is borun of God, doith not synne ; for
the seed of God dwellith in hym, and he
may not do synne, for he is borun of God.
In this thing the soneH of God ben know- 10
uri, and the sones of the feend. Ech man
that is not iust, is not of God, and he
that loueth not his brothirb. For this is 1 1
the tellyng, that 30 herden at the bigyn-
nyng, that 36 loue ech othere ; not as 12
Caym, that was of the yuelec, and slou3
his brother. And for what thing slou3 he
him ? for hise werkis weren yuele, and
hise brotheris iust. Britheren, nyle 3013
wondre, if the world hatith ?ou. We 14 * hath the ca-
tel; that is, su-
witen, that we ben translatid fro deeth to perflu ric
lijf, for we louen britheren. He that
loueth not, dwellith in deth. Ech man is
that hatith his brother, is a man sleere ;
therof, inxj.c",
and 36 witen, that ech mansleere hath of Luk. Hath
. nede; that is,
not euerlastinge lijf dwelhnge in hym. the last nede,
In this thing we han knowe the eharitei6pe^t"hntap"
of God, for he puttided his lijf for vs,
and we owen to putte oure lyues for oure n,° but bi the
almes of this
britheren. He that hath the catel6* of I7man,thanne
this world, and seeth that his brothir
hath nede, and closith his entrailis fro
hym, hou dwellith the charite of God in
» thing to him-
hym ? Mi litle sones, loue wef not in is self, andeiiis
he sleeth him
wordf, nethir m tunge, but in werk and that is sett in
treuthe. In this thing we knowen, that 19 Austyn se'ith,
we ben of treuthe, and in his si3t we
monesten oure hertis. For if oure herte^ 20 xvij.
cionn, c°. sicut
repreueth1' vs, God is more than oure i»i. Lire here.
V4
hert, and knowith alle thingis. Moost 21 -j. 'not <„
dere britheren, if oure herte repreueth
not vs, we han trust to God ; and what 22
euer we schulen axe', we schulen resseyue <>f v«y"
I u- J either fals.iir<r
of hym, tor we kepen hise comaunde- here. v.
g do synne v. h brother, is not of God v. i Oni. OTY. k be $e not v. 1 deuel T. m Om. x.
n tverkis weren iust v. ° hate QS. P that v. <l that v. r mansleer A sup. ras. NOQSPX. s putte sx.
* lijf or. u Om. ovx. that is, lijf Q. v Ora. sx. w Om. ANOQsrx. * lyues r. J hath v. z Om. s.
a catel v. b seeth v. c that his v. d Om. srx. e Om. rx. { hath r. g closith r. h mynde o.
1 nether o. k that v. 1 monesten, either maken tristi r. m Om. r. ° repreueth r. nn or vndurnym
vs o. or vndirnemelh r. ° knowith v. p dere britheren r. 1 Om. v. T vndurnym o. repreueth
not v. * aske Q.
a synnede gli. b brothir, is not of God RehkoojS. « deuel a, d puttith A. putte B.
or catel K. f 36 b. S hertis a. h repreuen a. ' aske o.
e substaunce,
III. 23 IV. 12.
I. JOHN.
627
asplesaunt bifore him. And this is the
comaundement of him1, that we bileue in
the name of his sone Jhesu Crist, and"
24 loue ech other, as he 3af heest to vs. And
he that kepith his maundementesv, dwellith
in him, and he in him. And inw this thing
we witen, forx he dwellith in us, of? the
spirit, whomz he 3af to us.
CAP. IV.
1 Moost derea, nyle 36 bileue to eche spirit,
but proue 30 spiritis, if thei ben of God ;
for many false prophetes wenten out in
2 to the world. In this thing the spirit of
God is knowun ; ech spirit that know-
lechith Cristb for0 tod hauee comen in
sflesch, is of God; and ech spirit that
dissoluethf, 'or fordoith^, Jhesu, is not of
God. And this is antecrist, of whom 30
herden, forh he cometh ; and ri3t now he
4 is in the world. 3e> Htel sones, ben of
God, and 36 ban ouercome him'; for he
that is in 3ou is more, than he that ink the
5 world. Thei ben of the world, therfore
thei speken of the world, and the world
e herith hem. We ben of God; he that
knew1 God, herith us ; hem that is not of
God, herith not us. In this thing we
knowen the spirit of treuthe, and the"
7 spirit of errour. Moost dere°, loue we
to gydere, for charite is of God; and ech
man that loueth his brother, is born of
s God, and knowith God. He that loueth
not, hath? not^ chariter/nether knew8 God;
ufor God is charite. In this thing the
charite of God apperide in us, for God
sente his oon bigeten sone in to the world,
10 that we lyue bi him. In this thing is
charite, not as we hadden loued God, 'but
for he first louede us*, and sente his sone
nhelpinge for oure synnes. 3e moost dereu,
if v God louede us, and we owen forw to
12 loue ech other. No man si3e euere God ;
mentis, and we don tho thingis that ben
plesaunt bifor hym. And this is the 23
comaundement of God, that we bileue in
the name of his sone Jhesu Crist, and
that we loue ech othere, as he 3af heeste
to vs. And he that kepith hise com- 24
aundementis, dwellith in hym, and he in
hym. And in this thing we witen, that
he dwellith in vs, bi the spirit, whom he
3af to vs.
CAP. IV.
Moost dere britheren, nyle 36 bileue to i
ech spirit, but preue 36 spiritisk, if thei
ben of God ; for many false prophetis
wenten out in to the world. In this 2
thing the spirit of God is knowun ; ech
spirit that knowlechith that Jhesu Crist
hath come in fleisch, is of God ; and ech 3
spirit that fordoith1 Jhesu, is not of God.
And this is antecrist, of whom 56 herden™,
that he cometh ; and ri3t now he is in the
world. 3e, litle sones, ben of God, and 4
3e han ouercome hym ; for he that is in
3ou is more, than he that is in the world.
Thei ben of the world, therfor thei speken s
of the world, and the world herith hem.
We ben of God; he that knowith God, «
herith vs ; he that is not of God, herith
not vs. In this thing we knowen the
spirit of treuthe, and the spirit of errour.
Moost dere britheren, loue we" togidere,;
for charite is of God ; and ech that loueth
his brother, is borun of God, and knowith
God. He that loueth not, knowith not 8
God ; for God is charite. In this thing 9
the charite of God apperide in vs, for
God sente hise oon bigetun sone in to
the world, that we lyue bi hym. In this 10
thing is charite, not as we hadden loued
God, but for he firste louede vs, and
sente hise sone for3yuenesse for oure
synnes. 3e moost dere britheren, if God n
louede vs, we owen to loue ech other.
No man say euer God ; if we louen to- 12
1 God v. u and that we v. v comaundementis Q. " Om. ANOQSX. * that r. J bi v. z that <>.
11 dere britheren v. b Jhesu Crist ANQSX. that Jhesu Crist v. c Om. svx. d Om. v. e hath v.
* fordoith o. K Om. ox. or vndoith T. h that v. » him, that is, antecrist v. k t* in AG sec. m. TV.
1 knowth o. knowith v. m and he o. n Om. ANOSVX. ° dere britheren v. P Om. v. 1 no o.
Om. v. r Om. v. s knoweth not v. * Om. o. u dere britheren v. v for F. w Om. sx.
k the spiritis o. 1 forbedith ghk. m han herd i. n je EQgk.
4 L 2
628
I. JOHN.
IV. 13— V. 5.
if we louen to gydere, God dwellith in us,
and the charite of him is parfijt in us.
islnx this thing we knowen, for^ we dwellen
in him, and he in us ; for of his spirit he
i4jaf to us. And we si3en, and witnessen,
'for the fadirz sente his sone sauyour of
is the world. Who euere vshal knowlechea,
forb Jhesus is the sone of God, God dwell-
ifiith in him, and he in God. And we han
knowen, and bileuen to the charite, that
God hath in us. God is charite, and he
that dwellith in charite, dwellith in God,
17 and God in him. In this thing is the
parfijt charite of God withc us, that we
haued ti'ist in the day of dome ; for ase he
i«is, and we ben in this world. Drede is
not in charite, but parfijt charite sendith
out drede ; forf drede hath peyne. For-
sothe he that dredith, is not parfijt in
19 charite. Therfore loue we God, for he
20 former^ louede us'1. If ony man 'shal
seie1, for1* I loue God, and 'shal haate1 his
brother, he is a Ii3er. Sotheli™ he that
loueth not his brother, whiche" he seeth,
hou mai he0 loue God, whom he seeth not ?
21 And we han this precept'' of God, that he
that loueth God, louei andr his brother.
CAP. V.
1 Eche man that bileueth, that Jhesus is
Crist, is born of God ; and eche man that
loueth him that gendrith, loueth him that
2 is born of him. In this thing we knowen,
for8 we louen the children of God, whan
we louen God, and don his maundementes88.
aSotheli* this is charite11 of God, that we
kepe his maundementesv; and his maunde-
4inentes beri not greuouse. For al thing
that is born of God, ouercometh the world;
and this is the victorie that ouercometh
r. the world, oure feith. 'Forsothe who is
itw that ouercometh the world, no but he
that bileueth forx Jhesus is the sone of
heuenetoiust
menandvniust
gidre, God dwellith in vs, and the charite
of hym is perfit in vs. In this thing we is
knowen, that we dwellen in hym, and he
in vs ; for of his spirit he 3af to vs. And 14
we sayen, and witnessen, that the fadir
sente his sone sauyour of the world. * at he is; in
* < neuene, and
Who euer knowlechith, that Jhesu is is doth good fro
, „ „, . „ , , ,,.,1 • , .
the sone of God, God dwellith in him,
and he in God. And we han knowun, ie ^^
and bileuen to the charite, that God hath wor!d; th.at !5'
we louen bothe
in vs. God is charite, and he that freendis and
enemyes for his
dwellith in charite, dwellith in (jod, and lone, as he co-
,-,,., T .• . ,, . . , | ,.. maundith in v.
God in hym. In this thing is the perfit 17 c°. of Matheu.
charite of God with vs, that we haue ^J^'
trist in the dai of dom ; for as he is*, >]rKf^e ;s »<* "'
perfit charite.
also we ben in this world. Drede is not \udreedehath
.... . . . peyne; that is,
in charite, but perfit charite puttith out peyne is due t»
drede; for drede hath peyne. But he £f*ug-
that dredith, is not perfit in charite. »«**«*»
synne, oonly
Therfor loue we God, for he louede vs 10 that it he not
• 11 \IT punschid, not
bifore. If ony man seith, that" Y loueP 20 for the ai>om>-
God, and hatith his brother, he is a Here.
For he that loueth not his brothir, whichi
he seeth, hou mai he loue God, whom1" Lire here- v-
, . f bileeuith ;
he seeth not? And we han this com- 21 bi feith foorm.
ed with charite
thnt Jhesu of
Nazareth is
Crist ; bihijt
in the lawe and
prol'etis. loueth
him that gen-
etc. ; ech feith-
ful man. be not
greuouse; to
him that lou-
aundement of God, that he that loueth
God, loue also his brothir.
CAP. V.
Ech man that bileuethf that Jhesus is i
Crist, is borun of God ; and ech man
that loueth hym that gendride, loueth
hym that is borun of hym. In this thing 2 eth, forwhi the
* / loue of God
we knowen, that we louen the children andthehoope
of God, whanne we louen God, and don Sih'tho'thi^i*
his maundementis. For this is the charite 3 j^*h*,Jdbe"
of God. that we kepe hise maundementis8; scharpe of her
kynde. born nf
and his maundementis ben not heuy. God; hi feith
•n i ..i • ii^'u r/-^j foormed with
For al thing that is borun of God, ouer-4 cnarite. ouer-
cometh the world; and this is the victorie
wonct j mai ihj
that ouercometh the world, oure feith. temptaciouns
and persecu-
And who is he that ouercometh the 5 sdouns of the
world, but he that bileueth that Jhesus here. v.
* And N. y if o. that r. * he o. that the fadir r. » knowlechith F.
d Om. T. e as and o. f for whi r. S bifore N. Om. r. h vs bifore K.
1 hateth OK. m For r. n whom x sec.m. ° Om. o. P comaundement r.
also r. s that r. ss comaundementis g. ' Forwhi y. u the charite r.
is sotheli N. * that r.
b that v. c in NO.
i seith r. k that r.
1 loue he T. r Om. o.
v comaundementis Q. w Who
o Om. h.
sj pr. m. /3.
P he loueth EQC sec. m. he loue c pr.m. 1 whom R. r which Q. s comaundementis
V. 6 — ig.
I. JOHN.
629
G God ? This is Jhesu Crist, that cam bi
watir arid blood; not in watir onely, but
in watir and blood. And the spirit is he
7 that witnessith, for? Crist is treuthez. For
thre ben, that 3iuena witnessing1* in heuen,
the Fadir, the Word, "or Sonec, and the
e Hooly Goost ; and thes thre ben oon. And
thre ben, that 3iuen witnessing in erthe,
the spirit, watir, and blood ; and thes thre
a ben oon. If we receyuen witnessing11 of
men, the witnessing of God is more ; for
this is the witnessing of God, that is more,
10 for he witnesside of his sone. He that
bileueth in to the sone of God, hath thee
witnessing of God in him. He that bileu-
eth not to the sone, makith him a Ii3er; for
he bileueth not inf the& witnessinge, that
11 God witnesside vof his soneh. This' is the
witnessing, for God 3af to us euerelasting
I2lijf, and this lijf is in his sone. He that
hath the sonek, hath and1 lijf; he that hath
nnot the sone of God, hath not lijf. I
wrijte to 3ou thes thinges, that 36 wite,
form 36 ban euerelastyng lijf, the" whiche
ubileuen in the name of Goddis sone. And
this is the trist that0 we ban to? God, fori
what euere thing wer shulen axes up1 his
i:> wille, he shal here us. And we witen, for"
he herith us, what euer thing we shulenv
axew; we witen, for* we han the axyngesX,
16 whiche we axenz of him. He that woot
hisa brother forb toc synned ae synne riot to
thef deeth, axe? heh, and lijf shal be 3ouun
to him/synnynge not' to thek deeth. Ther
is a synne to deeth1 ; not for it I seie, that
17 ony man preye. Eche wickidnesse is synne,
is and there is synne11 to deeth. We witen,
for"' ech man that is born of God, synneth
not ; but the generacioun of God kepith
him, and the wickid" touchith him not.
i» We witen, for0 we ben of God, and? al the
is the sone of God ? This is Jhesus Crist', c t the.™ thre ben
.1 i . .. 11-11 • oon; that is,
that cam bi watir and blood; not in f()r tnaie three
water oonli, but in watir and blood. And Sj^'^
the spirit is he that witnessith, that Crist treuthe. syn-
neth a synne
is treuthe". For thre ben, that 3yuen? not to deth; m
• • i .1 i-, i • excludinee fy-
witnessmg m heuene, the Fadir, thev nai vnr
Sone, and the Hooli Goost; and these
thre ben oonf. 'And thre ben, that 3vuen8
J y-
witnessing in erthe, the spirit, water,
and blood ; and these thre ben oonw.
n\ T?ne-
tijf schal te
for such a syn
nere schai die
If we resseyuen the witnessing of rnen,» ™ynn
the witnessing of God is more ; for this
is the witnessing of God, that is more, bi which a man
dieth in deedli
for he witnesside of his sone. He that 10 synne. preie
bileueth inx the sone of God, hath the
He that bi-
it is not [ to]
preie for hem
that ben damp-
ned. born of
God; bi grace
of baptym. syn-
neth not ; bi
deedly synne,
grace, the ge-
neracioun of
of\ 2 ^d ; that is,
™ grace jouen in
baptim, bi
which he is
witnessing of God in hym.
leueth not to? the sone", makith hym a
Here ; for he bileueth not in the witness-
ing, that God witnesside of his sone.
.,,..,, .. ~ /-N i /• as lunge as he
And this is the witnessyng, for God 3af 1 1 St0ndith in that
to 3011 euerlastinge lijf, and this lijf is in
his sone. He that hath the sone
God, hath also lijf; he that hath not the
sone of God, hath not lijf. I write toi3s"etlna"dyuyn
3ou these thingis, that 36 wite, that 36
han euerlastynge lijf, which bileuen in
the name of Goddis sone. And this is 14 to 'he e1"306 "-
self, the wickid
the trist which we han to God, that toucheth not
, . - . , . ... him; in led-
what euer thing we axena aftir his wille, inge him to
he schal here vs. And we witen, that he 15 v^n^bmbe
herith vs, what euer thing we axenb; we J?°.?'t\awey wil"
fully fro staat
witen, that we han the axyngisc, whichd °f ««««, >"
makirige him-
we axene of hym. He that woot that i« self soget to the
his brother synneth a synne not to dethf, wicked deuel
axes he, and lijf schal be 3ouun to hym
that synneth not to deth. Ther is a
synne to deth; 'not for ith Y seie', thatk
ony man1 preiem. Ech wickidnesse
synne, and ther is synne to deth11.
witen, that ech man that is borun of God, the >:'!el fiJrer of
coiieitise. Lire
synneth not ; but the generacioun of God ACT*, ve.
bi deedly synne,
and bi mysus-
ing of fre wille.
v. a I the world;
that is, men
setting her ende
in delytingis of
18 17 the world, j>
Wo I*"
T that v. z the treuthe T. a baaren o. b wittenesse o.
wittenesynge Norx. e Om. o. f to o. into Q. S Om. o.
c or the Sone G sec. m. QT. Om. x. d the
Om. o. ' And this v. k sone of God v.
1 Om. o. and the s. also v. m that r. n Om. sr. o which v. P in o. <! that v. r that we o.
' aske e. t bi r. u that v, T Om. v. w aske o. x that v. Y askinges Q. z asken Q. a that his r.
Om. srx. c Om. r. d synneth r. e and g. f Om. orx. S aske o. h Om. r. > not synnende jr.
Om. oqrx. 1 the deth v. " a synne y pr. m. m that v. n wicke sx. ° that v. P Om. o.
* Om. R. u the treuthe k pr. m. v and the a sec. m. w Om. g pr. m. * into KQRoo/3. >' into R.
1 sone of God k pr.m. a asken ao. b asken ao. c askynges ao. axinge k pr. m. d that K. e asken ao.
f the deeth K pr.m. Roa. g aske ao. h Om. behko. ' seie not b. k that not for it e. ' Om. a.
m preie for it b. pray not for it hko. n the deeth b.
630
I. JOHN.
V. 2O, 21.
20 world is puti in wickid1". Arid we witen,
for8 the sone of God cam, vand clothide
flesch for cause of us, and suffride, and
roos a3en fro deede men*, and toke us tou,
and 3af to us wit, that we knowe verrey
Godv, and be in the verrey sonew of him.
This isx verrey God, and euerelastyng
2ilijf. Litel sones, kepe 36 3ou fro simu-
lacris, 'or coueytise?.
Heere endith the first pistle of Joon,
and now bigynneth the secounde7:
kepith hym, and the wickid touchith
hym not. We witen, that we ben of God, 10
and al the world is set in yuel. And we 20
witen, that the sone of God cam in fleisch,
and 3af to vs wit, that we0 know? veri
God, and be in the veri sone of hym.
This is veri God, and euerlastynge lijf.ai
My litle sones, kepe 361 3ou fro mau-
metis.
Here endith the ftrste pistle of John,
and here bigynneth the secounde1.
1 puttid T. set v. r wicke s. s that v. * Om. x. >u Omitted in v. v Om. v. w sone
Jhesuspr. m, x Om. v. y or couetise. Amen. NQSF. Om. x. z From A. Here endith the fast epistil
of Joon, and bygynneth the secound. NOQ. Here endith the Jirst pistle of Joon, and here bigynneth the
xecunde. VY. No final rubric in MPTX.
0 he b. P knowe him g sec. m. n Om. K pr. m. ho. r From csiabch. Heere endith the j. epistle
of Joon, and biginnith the ij. ig. Here endeth the jfirste pistle of Joon; se now the secunde. K. Here
endith thejirste pistil of Joon, and bigynneth the secunde pistle. QXO. No final rubric in AEHueko.
II JOHN
The secounde epistil qfJoon*.
i THE eldre man to the 'chosen ladyb,
and to hir children, thec whiche I loue in
treuthe ; and not I aloone, but and alle
•2 men that knewend treuthe; for the treuthe
that dwellith in 3ou, and with 3ou shal ben
:»vin toe with outen ende. Grace be with
3ou, mercy, and pees of God the fadir, and
of 'Jhesu Crist, the sone of thef fadir, in
4 treuthe and charite. I ioyede ful miche,
for I foond of thi sones goynge in treuthe,
as we receyueden maundement of the fadir.
.-.And now I preye thee, lady, not as writ-
inge a newe rnauridement to thee, but that
that we hadden at the bigynnynge, that
ewe loue eche other. And this is charite,
that we walke up& his maundementes.
Sotheli1' this is the1 comaundement, that
as 36 herden atk the1 bigynnynge, rin him
7 walke 3em. For many deceyuours weriten
out in to the world, whiche knowlechen"
not Jhesu0 Crist for? toi hauer come in
flesch ; this is deceyuour and antecrist.
a See 36 3oures silf, lest 36 leese the thinges
that 36 ban wrought, but1 that 36 receyue
a ful meede; witynge that ech man that
goith awey", and dwellith not in the tech-
inge of Crist, hath not God. He that dwell-
ith in the techingev, hath andw the sone
Here bigynneth the secounde pistle of
Joon*.
THE eldere man, to the chosun ladi, i
and to her children, whiche Y loue in
treuthe ; and not Y aloone, but also alle
men that knowen treuthe ; for the treuthe 2
that dwellith in 3ou, and with 3ou schal
be with outen ende. Grace be with 3ou, 3
merci, and pees of God the fadir, and of
Jhesu Crist, the sone of the fadir, in
treuthe and chariteb. I ioiede ful myche, 4
for Y foond ofc thi sones goynge in
treuthe, as we resseyueden maundement
of the fadir. And now Y preye thee, r.
ladi, not as writinge a newe maundement
to thee, but that that we hadden fro the
bigynnyng, that we loue ech other. And o
this is charite, that we walke after his
maundementisd. For this is the com-
aundement, that as 36 herden at the bi-
gynnyng, walke 36 in hym. For many?
disseyueris wenten out in to the world,
which knoulechen6 not that Jhesu Crist
hath come in fleisch ; this is a dis-
seyuere and antecrist. Se 3ef 3ou£ silf, a
lest 36 lesen the thingisss that 36 han
wrou3t, thath 36 resseyue ful mede; wit-»
ynge that ech man that goith bifore, and
dwellith not in the teching of Crist, hath
not God. He that dwellith in the tech-
» From PTU. The secounde pistle. M. No initial rubric in AOQsrv. t> lady Electa v. c Om. svx.
d knowen NOQX. e Om. FA. f Om. s. e bi v. h For whi v. » Om. ANOQSVX. k in s. ! Om. ANor.
m walke 36 in him v. » knoulecheden o. ° that Jhesu r. P Om. srx. 1 Om. v. r hath v. s 3ou
ANOQsrx. l but contynue ye so in good v. n bifore v. v techyng of Crist o. w both OK.
a Here siteth the secunde pistil of John. R. The secunde pistil of Joon. k. No initial rubric in CIK.MQX
abcgha. b in charite a. c Om. k pr. m. d comaundementis ngk. e knoulechiden ghk.
5 3oure E. 88 thing k sec. m. h but contynue y so in God, that e.
632
II. JOHN.
10 — 13.
10 and the fadir. If ony man" cometh to
3011, and bringeth vnot to^ this teching,
nyle 36 receyue him in to hous, nether '36
11 shulen seiez to him, Heyl. Sothelia he
that seith to him, Heyl, comuneth with his
yuele werkis. Lo ! I bifore seide to 3011,
that 36 be not confoundid in the day of
i2oure Lord Jhesu Crist. I hauyngeb mo
thinges for0 to wrijte to 3011, wolded not bi
parchemyn6 and ynke ; sothelif I hope 'me
to% comyngeh to 300, and speke1 mouth to
13 mouth, that 3oure ioye be ful. The sonesk,
W dou}tres\ of thi systir"1 chosen" greten
thee wel. The grace of God with0 thee.
Amen.
Here endith the secounde pistle of Joon,
and here bigynneth the thridde?.
ing, hath bothe the sone and the fadir.
If' on}' man cometh to 3ou, and bryngith 10
not this teching, nyle 30 resseyue hym in
to housk, nether seie 30' to hym, Heil.
For he that seith to hym, Heil, corny- 11
neth with hise yuel werkis. Lo ! Y
biforseide to 3011, that 36 be not con-
foundid in the dai of oure Lord Jhesu
Crist. Y haue mo thingis to write tola
3ou, and Y wolde not bi parchemyn'" and
enke ; for Y hope that Y schal come to
3ou, and speke mouth to mouth, that
3our" ioye be ful. The sones of thi chos- is
un sistir greten thee wel. Thef grace
„ „ , i -,i .1 *
of God be with thee. Amen.
Here endith the secounde pistle of John,
and heere bigynneth the thridde0.
not in bookis
amendid. Lire
here. v.
* Om. r pr. m. Y to not Q. not to not TY. not K. z seie je y. a For r. *' haue NT. c Om. osx.
d riolde o. and wolde y. e parchemyn, or book ANS. parchemyn, either book y. f for y. S that I schal r.
h come syx. i Y speke Q. k dou3tris QSX. 1 Om. qsrx. m sistir sone QSA. n Electa v. ° be
with TV. P From ANQy. Here endeth the secound epistil of Joon, and bygynneth the thredde epistil of
the same. o. Heere eendith the secounde epistle of Joon, and heere next bigynneth the thridde. Y. No
final rubric in MPSTX.
' And if b. k the hous i. yiure hous h sec. m. k. ' Om. EK pr. m. gka m ether book K. marg.
n oure g. o From ciixabcu. Heere endith the ij. epistle of Joon, and biginnilh the iij. I. Here endeth
the seconds pistle of Joon: se now the thridde. K. Here endith the secunde pistle of Joon, and bigynneth the
thridde pistle of Joon. Q. Here endith secund, and bigynnith threde. g. Here endith the secounde pistel of
Joon, and bygynnelh the thridde pistle. ho. No final rubric in AEKuek.
III. JOHN.
The tkrid pistle ofJoon''
Here bigynneth the thridde pistle of
Joon*.
1 THE eldre man to Gayusb, moost derec,
2 whom I loue in treuthe. v Moost dered, of
alle thingis I make preyer, theee forf to?
entre, andh fare welsumly, as thi soule
3 doth' welsumlyk. I ioyede ful1 greetly,
britherenm comynge0, and0 witnessyngP
beringei tor thi9 treuthe, as thou walkist
4 in treuthe. I haue not more grace of thes
thingis, than that I here my sones for1 to™
5 walke in treuthe. Moost derev, thou doist
feithfully, what euer thou werchist in to
britheren, and this thing in to pilgrimys,
« whiche 3elden witnessing to thi charite in
si3tw of the" chirche ; whom? thou Vel
Tdoyng ledist forth2 worthily to God. So-
thelia forb his name 'thei wenten forth0,
a 'nothing takLnged of hethen men. Ther-
fore we owen fore to receyue siche manere
men1, that we be euerie werchers of treuthe.
9! 'shulde haues write perauenture to the
chirche, but this Diotropis, that loueth
forh to here primacye' in hem, receyueth
10 not us. For this thing, if I shal come, I
shal moneste his werkes, whiche he doith,
vgarringe,or67/zWz'wg-eVin to1 us with yuele
wordis. And asm thes thinges suffisen not
to him", nether he receyueth britheren,
THE eldere man to Gayus, most derei
1,1 IT i • i -\n here pilgrimes
brother, whom Y loue in treuthe. Most 2 ben seid feith-
dere brothir, of alle thingis Y make
preyer, that thou entre, and fare wele-
fuly, as thi soule doith welefuli. Y ioyede 3 for the feith of
Crist, whiche;
greeth, for bntheren camen, and baren pilgrimes,
witnessing to thi treuthe/as thou walkist comentothee.
in treutheb. Y haue not more grace of 4 j^fSui,
these thingis, than that Y herec thatd my "usteynest with
thin almesse
Most dere bro-a deedis, that
ther, thou doist feithfuli, what euer thou S r°
sones walke in treuthe.
thennesto
^"worthily to
our- Lire here-
-^ wenten forth;
worchist in britheren, and that in to pil-
grymys*, which jeldiden6 witnessing to thi e
charite, in the si^t of the chirche ; which
thou leddist forth, and doist wel worthili
to God. For thei wenten forthf for his 7
name, and token no thing of hethene
men. Therfor we owen to resseyues weren sppiiid
* either robbid
sichef, that we be euen worcheris of of her owne
. goodis. ve. for
treuthe. I hadde write perauenture too MS name; that
the chirche, but this Diotrepes, that loueth $ 0°verey God.
to here primacie in hem, resseyueths not *£%!£%*.
vsh. For this thing, if Y schal come, Y 10 that is, of her
citeseyns, and
schal moneste hise werkis, whiche he men of her
j -iU i_'j' -iU i j lynagis, as'the
doith, chidinge a3ens vs with yuel word- close seith, not
is. And as if these thingis suffisen1 not
to hym, nether he resseyueth britheren,
a The thridde epistil of Joan. N. No initial rubric in AOQsrrv. b Agayus x. c dere brother r.
d Om. N. dere brother v. e that thou v. f Om. srx. g Om. r. h Om. o. * fareth o. k wille-
fulli N. 1 Om. o. m for britheren v. n camen v. ° and baren v. P wittenesse o. n Om. vx sec. m.
* of o. 8 the N. * Om. STVX. u Om. r. v dere brother r. w the si3t ANOQSVX. * thi AN.
y which v. z leddist forth and dost wel v. a For v. b thei wenten forth for v. c Om. v. d and
tooken noo thing r. e Om. QSVX. { of men T. S hadde v. h Qm. sx. > primacye, or cheef places o.
k chatirynge o. chydinge v. garrende, or chidende x. * a^ens y. m as if v. n hem NO.
a The thridde epistle of Joon. K. Here suelh the Hi. pistil of John. R. The thridde pistil of Joan. k.
No initial rubric in ciKMQXabcghoa. b Qm. gk pr. m. c herde 0. d Om. EQk pr. m. e jeelden R.
1 suche maner men nho/3. S reseeiuen Egk. h Om. R. ' sufficeden ghk pr. m.
VOL. IV. 4 M
634
III. JOHN.
1 1 — 14.
and forbedith hem that receyuen, and
ncastith out of the chirche. Moost dere°,
nyle thou sue yuel thing, but vthat that?
is good thing. He that doith wel, is of
God ; he that doith yuel, seeth vhim nof.
1 2 Witnessing is 3olde to Demetrie of alle
men, and of treuthe it silf ; but and we
beren witnessing, and thou vhast knowunr,
I3fors oure witnessing is trewe*. I hadde
many thinges for" to wrijte to thee, but Y
wolde not wrijte to thee bi ynke and
npenne. Forsothe I hope anoon forv to see
thee, and we shulen speke mouth to mouth.
Pees tow thee. Frendes greten thee wel.
Grete thou wel frendes bix name.
Here endith the thridde epistle of Joon,
and here bigynneth the pistle of' Judas,
the brother of James?.
and forbedith hem that resseyuen, and ™en "<* 3eue>
that thei
puttith out of the chirche. Moost dereiischuidebe
11. -i i • i_ compellid by
brothir, nyle thou sue yuel thing, but
that that is good thing. He that doith
wel, is of God ; he that doith yuel, seeth
not God. Witnessing is soldun to Deme- 12 *«»««, etc.;
with cure
trie of alle men, and of treuthe it silf ; cost;*. Joon
.. . 1,1
but also we beren witnessing, and thou
knowist, that oure witnessing is trewe.
Y hadde many thingis to wryte to thee,
*
but Y wolde not write to thee bi enke
seith this, not
for he hadde
things bi his
counceil, and
for he dispend-
and penne. For Y hope soone to se thee, u Me in Effesus
and we schulen speke mouth to mouth, thefhirehe"
Pees be to thee. Frendis greten thee ^J^X™
wel. Greete thouk wel frendis bi name. apostiis in Je-
rusalem in inj.
c°. of Deedis.
Lire here. v.
Here endith the thridde pistle of
John, and bigynneth the pistle of Ju-
das1.
0 dere brother r. P that at o. q not God N. him God r. r knowist v. * that y. * treuthe r.
« Om. sx. v Om. sx. w be to r. * bi my r. 7 From A. Here endith the thridde epistil of John,
and bygyttnelh the epislil of Judas. NOQ. Here endith the pistle of Joon, and here bigynneth the pislle of
Judas, r. No final rubric in MPSTX.
k je k. 1 From CQXachn. Heere endith the thridde epistle of Joon, and biginnith the epistle of Judas, i.
Here endeth the thridde pislle of Joon; se now the pistle of Judas. K. Here endith the thridde pistle of
Joon, and here bigynneth the pistle of Judas. Mb. Here endith the pistilis of Jon, and bigynith the pistil of
Judais. g. Here endith the iije. pistil of Joon, and bigynneth the pistil of Judas, the brother of James, o.
Heere eendith the thridde pistil of Joon, and now bigynneth the pistil of Jude. Y. No final rubric in
AEBuek.
J U D E.
The epistle qfJude*.
CAP. I.
1 JUDAS, theb seruaunt of Jhesu Crist,
brother forsothe of Jamys, to thes loued,
that ben in God the fadir, and 'of Jhesu
2 Crist kept and clepidc, mercy 'to 3oud, ande
3 pees, and charite be fulfillidf. Moost dere^,
I makinge al bisynesse %of writingeh to 3011
of 3oure comoun helthe, hadde' neede fork
to wrijte to 3ou, preyinge1 form to stryue"
vpon° the feith oonys bitakunP of 1 seyntis.
4Sothelir summen8 priuyli entriden, that
suratyme weren bifore write in to this
doom, 'vnpitous men1, ouerturnynge" the
grace of ourev Godw in to leccherie, and
denyinge" the aloone lordschiper and oure
5 Lord Jhesu Crist. Forsothe I wole vto
gyderey moneste 3ou, witynge* oonys alle
thinges, fora Jhesus sauyngeb his puple of c
the lond of Egipt, thed secounde tyme loste
e hem that bileueden not. Sotheli aungelse
that keptenf not his£ princehed, but for-
soken hish hous, he' reseruedek in to the1
doom of greet God, inm euerelastinge
7 boondis" Vndir derknesse0. As Sodom, and
Gomor, and ny3 coostid? citees, oni licher
manere doynge fornycacioun, and goynge
awey aftir other flesch, ben maad8 en-
Here biginneth the epistil of Judas*.
CAP. I.
JUDAS, the seruaunt of Jhesu Crist, i
and brother of James, to these that ben
louyd, that ben in God the fadir, and to
hem that ben clepid and kept of Jhesu
Crist, mercy, and pees, and charite be 2
fillid to 3011. Moost dere britheren, Ys
doynge al bisynesse to write to 3ou of
3oure comyn helthe, hadde nede to write
to 3011, and preye to striue strongli for
the feith that is onys* takun to seyntis.
For summe vnfeithful men priueli en- 4
triden, that sum tyme weren bifore
writun in to this dom, and ouerturnen the
grace of oure God in to letcherie, and
denyen hym that is oneli a Lord, oure
Lord Jhesu Crist. But Y wole moneste s
3ou onys, that witen alle thingis, that
Jhesus sauyde his puple fro the lond of
Egipt, and the secunde tyme loste hem
that bileueden not. And he reseruedee
vndur derknesse aungels, that kepten not
her prinshod, but forsoken her hous, in
to the dom of the greet God, in to euer-
lastynge bondis. As Sodom, and Gomorre, 7
and the ny3 coostid citees, that in lijk
maner diden fornycacioun, and 3eden
11 The epistil of Judas. N. The pistle of Jude. P. No initial rubric in AOQSTrxv. b Om. ANOQ
v sec.m. c to hem that ben clepid and kept of Jhesu Crist r. of Jhesu Crist clepid and kept x.
'
Om. r. e Om. N. f fillid to jou r. e dere britheren r. h to write r. ! han hade o. k Om. s'x.
1 preye v. m Om. sx. n stryue strongly r. ° on sx. for v. P taken o. '1 to r. r Forsothe o.
Forvvhi v. * sum men AN. summe men s. summe vnfeithful men v. * Om. v
Y Om. o. w Lord o. * denyen v. 1 Om. v. z writende x. a that v.
d and the r. e he reseruede vndir derknesse aungels v. { kepen o. S her v
k resseyuede ANT. Om. r. l Om. QX. m to v. n hondes QT. ° Om. v.
r lichy o. « Om. x.
u and ouerturnen v.
sauede v. c fro sx.
h her v. ' Om. r.
P coostis sv. 1 in r.
* oonys; that
is, parfitly. bi-
taken; of Crist
tn seintis; that
is, to the hooly
apostlis. bifore
writen ; that is,
bifore knowen,
either betere,
bifore figured.
in to thit dom ;
that is, damp-
nacioun. Lire
here. v.
a From KKue. The pistil of Judas. H. No initial rubric in ciKMQxabcghoa.
4 M 2
636
JUDE.
I. 8 — II. r6.
saumple*, sustenynge" peyne of euerlastinge
8fijrv. Alsow and thes that defoulen sothelix
the flesch, forsothe? despijsenz lordschip-
9 ing, forsothea blasfemenb magestec. Whan
Mychael, 'the archaungel d, disputinge e
with the deuel, stroof f of Moyses body, he?
was not hardy forh to 3iue doom of blas-
femye', but seide, The Lord comaundek to
lothee. Forsothe thes1 blasfemen, what
euere thinges thei vsotheli vnknowen m.
Sotheli" what euere thinges thei vhan
knowe0 kyndely as doumbe beestis, in thes
thei ben corupt.
fCAP. II.
11 Wo to hem that wenten the weye of
Caym, andi bi errour of Balaam for meede
Nben shed outr, and8 perschiden in the
12 a3en seiynge of Chore. Thes ben in her
metys filthes, W defoulinges\ feestinge"
to gydere, with outen dreede fedynge hem
silf ; cloudesT with outen watir. that ben
born aboute of wijndisw; heruestx trees
with outen fruyt, twies deede, drawun up
is bi the roote; wawes^ of the wijlde, W
woode7-, se, frothingea outb her confusiouns;
erringe0 sterres, *or fallinge dounA, to
whom6 the tempest of derknessis is kept
uvin tof with outen ende. Forsothe Enos^,
the seuenthe fro Adam, propheciede of
thes, seiyngeh, Lo ! the Lord cometh in1
is his holy thousyndis, fork to do doom a3ens
alle men1, and form to reproue alle vn-
pitous" men of alle the werkis of the
vnpitee of hem, bi whiche thei diden vn-
pitously, and of alle harde thingis", that
Vnpitous synnersP han spoke a3ens God.
16 Thes ben grucchers pleynynge, W Jul of
pleyntls\ wandringe upr her desijres; and
awei aftir othir fleisch, and ben maad
ensaumple, suffrynge peyne of euerelast-
inge fier. In lijk maner also these thats
defoulen the fleischb, and dispisen lord-
schip, and blasfemen mageste0. Whannei)
My3hel, arkaungel, disputide with the
deuel, and stroof of Moisesf bodi, he was
not hardi tod brynge in dom ofe blas-
femye, but seide, The Lord comaundef
to thee. But these men blasfemen, what i0Jewis>enciyn
aunt to [redi to
euer thingis thei knowen not. For what synne in
euer thingis thei knowen kyndli as
doumbe beestis, in these thei ben corupt.
CAP. II.
f stroof of Aloi-
ses body ; the
deuel wolde
schewe the bodi
of Moises to
idolatrie, that
thei schulden
worschipe him
as God ; but
thanne Myjhel,
that was prince
ofthesynagoge.
wolde lette
Wo to hem that wenten the weie of n [eiti
These ben in 12 »he deuel {°*
his kynde, that
was good and
maad of God ;
therfore to bias-
feme God, whos
kinde is more
excellent with-
outen ende, is
most greuous
svnne. Lire
Caym, and that ben sched out bi errour
of Balaam for mede, arid perischiden in
the a3enseiyng of Chore,
her metis, feestynge togidere to filthe,
with out drede fedinge hemsilf. These
ben cloudis with out watir, that ben
borun aboute of the£ wyndis ; heruest
trees with out fruyt, twies deed, drawun
vp bi the roote; wawis of the woodeh is here, ve
see, fomynge' out her confusiouns; errynge
sterris, to whiche the tempest of derk-
nessis is kept with outen ende. Butu
Enoch, the seuenthek fro Adam, profe-
ciede of these, and seide, Lo ! the Lord
cometh with hise hooli thousandis, to do is
dom:): a3ens alle men, and1 to repreue alle
vnfeithful men of alle the werkis of the
wickidnesse of hem, bi whiche thei diden
wickidli, and of alle the harde wordis,
that wyckid synneris han spoke ajens
God. These ben grutcheris ful
pleyntis", wandrynge aftir her desiris ;
and the mouth of hem spekith pride,
* dom; of con -
dempnacioun,
ajen alle men,
that is, a;ens
alle repreuable
men, for the
dom of chosen
men schal not
be ajens hem,
of 1C but for hem.
Lire here. v.
* exsaumple sx. u suffringe r. v lijf N. w In lijc maner v. * Om. G pr.m. KV. 7 and v.
z dispisynge A. & and v. b blasphemyng N. c maieste disseruen to be dampned v. d archaungel
ANQsrx. Om. o. e disputide v. f and stroof v. S Om. N. h Om. sx. > blasfemynge o. k comaund-
ide ANOQT. ! these men v. m knowen not v. n Forsothe AOQsr. ° knowen v. t No division of
chapters in s. 1 and rvoo to hem that ben sched out v. r Om. v. s and moo to hem that r. * Om.
OQX. or defoulynge T. u festend o. v these ben clowdis Nr. w the wyndes ANsr. x these ben her-
uest r. y these ben wawis r. z Om. OQX. a frothing, either formyng v. b with o. c these ben
erringe v. d Om. QX. e whiche ANOQsrx. f Om. v. S Enoch r. h and seide r. > with v.
k Om. sx, * Om. r. m Om. sx. n vnfeithful r. ° wordis r. P synners vnpitouse rx. <! Ofti. OQX.
r bi r.
b flei5ss euerlasting K pr. m. c the maieste K sec. m. d for to hk sec. m. ft e and i. f comaundide
A pr. m. et alii. S Om. QR. h ether nilde K marg. » ether frothinge K marg. k seuenthe man Rg sec. m.
k sec. m. ho|3. 1 Om. BC pr. m. m and ful k. u ether pleyning K marg.
II. 1 7 — 25.
JUDE.
637
the mouth of hem spekith pride, won-
dringe, 'or worschipinge*, persones, bi
17 cause of wynnynge. Forsothe, 36 moost
dere1, 'be 36" myndeful of the wordis,
whichev ben bifore seid of apostlisw of
IB oure Lord Jhesu Crist ; the* whiche seiden
to 3ou, for-v in the laste tymes ther shulen
come scorners, wandringe upz her desijres,
19 not in pitee. Thes ben, 'the whichea de-
par ten hem si If, beestlyb, not hauynge
20 spirit. Forsothe 36, moost dere0, aboue
byldinged 3oue silf tof 3oure moost hooly
21 feith, in& the Hooly Goost preyingeh, kepe'
3ouk silf in the loue of God, abijdinge1 the
mersy of oure Lord Jhesu Crist in to lijf
22 euerelastinge. And sotheli reproue 36 thes
23 men demyd, forsothe 'saue 36™ hem,
rauyschinge" of0 the fijr. Sotheli do 30
mersy to othere? ini dreder of God, 'hat-
ynge and8 'the ilke* defoulid coote, 'the
24 which" is fleschly v. Forsothe to him that
is my3ty forw to kepe to gydere 3ou with
oute synne, and forx to ordeyne bifore the
of his glorye 3ou vnwemmyd in glad-
y, 'or ioyinge with oute forth1, in the
25 comynge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, to God
aloone oure sauyour3, bi Jhesu Crist oure
Lord, glorye and rnagnyfiyng, empire, 'or
greet lordschip^, and power bifore alle
worldis, and now, andc in to alle worldlis
of worldlis.- Amen.
Here endith the pistle of Judas, and
now bigynneth Apocalips, or Reueladoun,
of Joon EuangelistA.
worschipinge persoones, bi cause of wyn-
nyng. And 36, moost dere britheren, be 17
myndeful of the wordis, whiche ben bifor
seid of apostlis of oure Lord Jhesu Crist ;
whiche seiden to 3ou, that in the laste IB
tymes ther schulen come gilours0, wand-
ringe aftir her owne desiris, not in pitee.
These ben, whiche departen hemsilf, i»
beestli men, not hauynge spirit*. But se, 20 * that is, the
, . , hooly spirit,
moost dere britheren, aboue bilde 3ou? but the spirit
silf on 3oure moost hooli feith, and preye pre^J- that
3e in the Hooli Goost, and kepe 3oui silf
in the loue of God, and abide 36 the
merci of oure Lord Jhesu Crist in to lijf
either repreu-
inge these ob-
stinat eretikis
. , as dampned.
euerlastynge. And repreue 3er these 22 Lire here. v.
men that ben demed, but saue sef hem, 23 1 »a««j«,- w
good lyuynge
and take 36 hem fro the fier. And do 36 techlng. hem;
• A .1 -,i.ii <• that ben not
merci to othere men, in the8 drede of obstynat. ™-
conuersacioun.
Lire here. re.
God, and hate 30 also thilke defoulid
coote, which is fleischli. But to him 24 "ot '"f'1'6
fijer of helle. v
that is rni3ti to kepe 3ou with out synne, <iefouied cooie ,-
, , . . „ that is, fleschlv
and to ordeyne bifore the 8131 of his
glorie 3ou vnwemmed in ful out ioye, in
the comynge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist,
to God aloone oure sauyour, bi Jhesu 25
Crist oure Lord, be glorie, and inagne-
fiyng, empire, and power, bifore alle
worldis, 'and now and in tof alle worldis"
of worldis. Amen.
Here endith the pistle of Judee, and
here bigynneth the prologe on the Apo-
calipsv.
s Om. x. * dere britheren y. u be ANOF. beth QSX. v that x. w the apostolis s. x Om. r.
1 that y. 'L bi p. a whiche Qsr. that x. b beestly men v . c dere britheren v. d bijlde y. e jour
GQT. je N. f on y. S and preye je in r. h Qm. y. ' kepeth QX. and kepe y. k jour GT. ! and
abijde je y. . m saueth s sec.m. " raueshende them s sec.m. and rauesche y. ° fro y. P othere
men y. 1 that in s. r the dreed AG sec. m. OQVX. s and hate je also y. * whiche r. that x. u that x.
T flesh x. w Om. sx. * Om. s. y ful out ioie y. gladinge withoute forth x. z Om. o*. a fader
sauyour o. b Om. ox. c Om. Ny. d From A. Here endith the epistil of J tide, and here bygynneth
the Apocalips, or Reuelacioun, of Joon Euangelisl, with the prologe. o. Here endeth the pistel ofjude, and
bigynneth the Apocalips. Q. Here endith the pistel of Judas, and here bigynneth the Apocalips, either Reue-
lacioun, of Joon. y. Heere eendith the pistil qfJude. Y. No final rubric in GMNPSTX.
0 ether scorners K marg. P jour E. q jour E. r Om. k pr. m. s Om. a. l in k pr. m. <u Om. R.
T From CQha. Heere endilh the epistle of Judas, and heere bigynnith a prologe of the Apocalips, that is,
the Reuelacioun of seint Joon. i. Here endeth the pistle of Judas ; se now a prolog on the Apocalips. K.
Here endilh Judas, and here bigynneth a prologe on the Apocalips. sib. Here endith the pistle of Judas,
the lasle of epistlis, that ben ctepid of Cristen feith, and here bigynneth the prologe on Apocalips. x. Here
endeth the pistle of Judas, and bigynneth a prologe on the Apocalips. a. Here endith the pistle of Judas,
and bigynneth the prologe on Apocalips. c. Here endilh the smale pistilis, and bigyneth the prologe on
the Apocalipis. g. No final rubric in AEHueko.
APOCALYPSE.
-j- Prologe*.
JON, the apostil and euangelist of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, chosenb and loued, in so
gret loue of dileccioim is had, that in the cenec ond his brest he shulde lyne, and at
the cros he hadde bitaken his owne modir to hyrn stondende alone, thatf whom will-
ende toff be weddid to the cleping of raaidenhed he hadde clepid^, to hym also he
shulde han bitake1' a maiden' to be kept. Thisk also, whan for the word of God and
the1 witnesse of Jhesu Crist with outlaweri shulde be born in to the ile of Pathmos,
there of the same them Apocalips forth" shewid was writen, that as in the bigynnyng
of canon, that is, of the bok of Genesis, an0 vncoruptible principle is fornotid, so an
vncoruptible ende bi a maidenP in the Apocalips shulde be 3ouei of Crist, seiende, I am
alfa and oo, bygynnyng and ending1". This is Jon, the whiche knowende the dai of
passing fro bodi to han becomens to hym, his disciplis in Effesy clepid88 togidere, wente
doun in to a delf * place of his birielis, and, pre3eereu fullfildv, he jeldw the gost, as wel
fro thex sorewe of deth made? straunge, as fro corupcioun of flesh he is knowen alyen.
Of whose scripture nethelesz the 'disposing, or the* ordynaunce, of the hoc 'therfore ofb
vs bic alle thingis is not expowned, that to men notcc knowende desyr of seching be set.
and to men sechende frut of trauaile, and to God thed doctrine of maisterhed be kept.
Here endith the prologe, and bygynneth the Apocalips6.
Here bigynneth the prolog on the Apocalips*.
Alle men that wolen lyue mekelib in Cristc, as the apostled seith, suffren6 perse-
cucioun ; aftir that, thou sone, thatf nei3est to the seruyce of God, stonde thou in
ri^twisnesse, and in drede, and make redi thi soule to temptacioun. For temptacioun
isff a maninis lijf on thes erthe. But that feithful men faile not in hem, the Lord
coumfortith hem, and coufermeth, seiynge, Y am with 3ou Vn toh the ende1 of the
t This prologue is from s. a Prologus. o. No prologue in JMPQX ; a space left in G; in N and T
of the later version. No initial rubric in r. b y chose or v. c soper o. d vpon orv. e lygge orv.
f Om. o. ff Om. Y. S ycleeped o. h take Or. » mayde orv. k These VY. 1 Om. v. m Om. N.
n afFore o. for VY. ° Om. o. P mayde orv. 1 jolden or. r eende o. ' be icome VY. ss yclepid v.
t delued o. dew} VY. u prayeres o. v ifulfillid VY pr. m. w jelded o. * Om. orv. J imaad r\.
1 neuertheles VY. a Om. or. disposynge other v. b therof to o. c Om. o. cc of Y sec.m. d Om. o.
e From o. Heere eendith the prologe of Joon. v. No final rubric in sr.
• The prolog of the Apocalips. N. Heere siieth the prologe on the Apocalips. R. Here biginnit a prologe
on the Apocalips. ff. A prologe on the Apocalips. u. Prologe on Apocalips. c. No initial rubric in CIMX
abgha. b feithfulli gk. c Crist Jhesu T. d postle abk. e schuln suffre ITO. f Om. R sec. m. k.
il is in K sec. m. S Om. T. h in to Eak. ' endyng o.
APOCALYPSE. 639
world ; and, Litil flokk, nyle 36 drede. Therfor God the Fadir, seynge the tribula-
ciouns whiche hooli chirche was to sufFre, that was foundid1 of the apostlis on Crist
the stoon, disposid with the Sone and™ the Hooli Goost to schewen hem, that me
dredde" hem the lesse. And al the Trinyte schewide it Crist0 in his manned, and
Crist to Joon bi an aungel, and Joon to hooli chirche ; of which reuelacioun Joon
made this book. Wherfore this book is seid Apocalips, that is to seie, Reuelacioun,
for here it is conteyned that God schewide to Joon, and Joon to? hooli chirche, hou
grete thingis hooli chirche suffride in the firste tyme, and now suffrith, and schal
suffre in the laste tymesl of Antecrist ; whanne tribulacioun schal be so greet, that
if it mowe be, thei that benr chosun8, ben meuyd ; and whiche meedisss sche4 schal
resseyue for these tribulaciouns, now and" tymev to come, that meedisw that benx
bihote maken? hemz glad, whom the tribulaciouns that ben teld makitha aferd. Ther-
for this book among othere scripturis of the Newe Testament is clepid bib thebb name
of prophecie ; and it is more excellent thanc prophetis*1. For as the Newe Testament
is worthier than the Olde, and the gospel than the lawe, so this prophesie passith
the profecies of the Olde Testament, for it schewith sacramentis, that bene now a
parti fulfillid of Crist, and of hooli chirche. Or ellis, for to othere is! oon maner pro-
phecie, but to this is thre maner prophecief }eue togidre, that is, of that that is passid,
and of that that is present, and of that thatff is to come. And to conferme the auto-
rite of it, ther cometh the autorite of hym that sendeth, and of hym that berith, and
of hym that resseyueth. He that sendith, is the Trynite; he that berith, the&
aungel ; heb that resseyueth, Joon1. Butk whanne these thingis ben schewid to Joon
in visioun, and ther ben1 thre kyndis of visiouns, it11 is to seen vndur which kynde
this™ be" conteyned0. For sum visioun is bodili, as whanne we seen eny thing with
bodili i3en ; sum is spiritual, or ymaginarie, as whanne we seen slepinge, or ellis?
wakinge we biholden the yraagisi of thingis, bi whiche sum other thing is signefied ;
as Farao slepinge si3 eeris of corn, and Moyses wakinge si3 the buisch brenne. An-
othir visioun is of vndirstonding, as whanne thoru3 reuelacioun1" of the Hooli Goost,
thoru3 vndirstonding of thou3t, we conseyuen8 the treuthe of mysteries1 ; as Joon sau3
tho thingis, that benu conteyned in this book. For not oneli he sau3 in spirit the
figuris, but also he vndirstodev in thou3t thew thingis that weren signyfied bi hem.
Joon sau3x, and wroot in the yle of Pathmos, whanne he was exilid of Domitian, the
most wickid prince ; and a cause compellide hym to write. For while he was holdun
in outlawerie of Domycian, in the ile of Pathmos, in the chirchis, that? he hadde
gouerned, ther were spronge many vices and dyuerse heresies. For there weren
summe heretikis there, that seiden, that Crist was not toforez Marie, for as myche as
he was in tyme borun of hir ; whiche heretikis Joon in the bigynnyng of his gospel,
vndurnymmeth, and seith, In the bigynnyng was the Sone ; and in this book whanne
he seith, Y am alpha and oo, that is, the bigynnyng and the" ende. Summe also
seiden, that hooli chirche schulde ende toforeb the endec of the world, for charge of
tribulaciounsd, and that it schulde not vndurfonge for here traueile euerlastinge mede.
Therfor Joon wilnyngef to distruye the errouris of these, schewith that Crist was
k folk Ea. ! Om. T. founden h. m and with T. n dredide b. ° to Crist I sec.m. RT. P to the N.
q time T. r beth xuao. 9 ychosen T. ss mede k pr. m. l Om. N. u Om. E. v in tyme c sec. m.
i sec. m. RU sec. m. xb. in the time B. w the meedis R. * beth Tcgo. Om. ek pr. m. a. J makith egk.
z hir EQgka. a maken EiN-rcegko. b Om. T. bb Om. K sec.m. c than other EQRgo. d prophe-
cies EQa. e beth ua. f prophecies A. fl Om. K pr. m. S is the ET. h and he R. ' w Joon T.
kOm.T. ' is k. beeth o. U that a. m these Hxko. n ben RTko. ° conceyued T. P Om. Egk pr. m. o.
1 ymage N. r the reuelacioun b. s conceyueth b. * mynystries b. u beth ca. v vndurstonde A pr. m.
w tho agk. * 8)3 it k. y ther T. z bif'ore R. a Om. RT. b bifore ENR. c endyng N. d tribula-
cioun c. e his N. f willinge KQRxceghka.
640
APOCALYPSE.
bigynnyng and ende. Wherfor Isaie seith, To for me was no God fourmed, and
after me ther schal not be. And that hooli chirche thorny exercise of tribulaciouns*,
schal not be endid, but schal profite, and for hem resseyuen an euerlastinge meede.
Joon writith to theh seuene chirchis of Asie, and to her seuene bischopis of1 the
forseid thingis ; enfourmynge and techinge bi hem al the general hooli chirche. And
so the mater of Joon in thisk werk is speciali of the chirche1 of Asie, and also of al
hooli chirche, what schem schal suffre in this present tyme, and what sche schal
vndurfonge in tyme to come". And his entent is to stire to pacience, which is to be
kept ; for the traueile is schort, and the meede grete0. The maner of his tretyng is
suche ; firste he setteP bifor a prolog, and a<i salutacioun, wher he makith ther hereris
benygne, and takynge wel tente. And whanne he hath sette it vto fore5, he cometh
to the telling ; but 'to fore1 his telling he schewith that Crist is euere with oute
bigynnyng and with outen ende, rehersynge hym that spekith, Y am alpha and oo,
bigynnyng and ende. Aftirward he cometh to his telling, and departith it in to
seuene visiouns ; and whanne thei ben endid, this book is endid. He settith 'to fore"
the prolog, and seith, The Apocalips of Jhesus Crist ; vndurstondev, that this is, as
it is in other, the Visioun of Ysaye, and also the Parablis of Salomon.
Jerom in his prologe on the Apocalips seith this'".
Heere bigynneth the Apocalips*.
CAP. I.
1 ApocALiPSb, orc reuelacioun, of Jhesu
Crist, thed whiche God 3af to him for6 to
make opyn to his seruauntis, whiche
thinges it bihoueth forf to be maads soone.
And he signyfiede, sendinge bih his aungel
2 to his seruaunt Joon, the1 which bar wit-
nessing to the word of God, and witnessing
of Jhesu Crist, ink thes thingis, what euere
3 thinges he si3e. Blessid he1 that redithm,
and he that herith the wordes" of this pro-
phecie, and kepithnn tho thinges that ben
writen in it ; forsothe0 the tyme is ny3_
4 Joon to seuen chirchis that ben in Asye,
Here bigynneth the Apocalips*.
CAP. I.
APOCALIPS83 of Jhesu Crist, which God j
3af to hym to make open to hise ser-
uauntis, whiche thingis it bihoueth to be
maad soone. And he signyfiede, sending
bi his aungel tob his seruaunt Joon,
whiche bar witnessing to the word of2
God, and witnessing of Jhesu Crist, in
these thingis, what euer thingis he say.
Blessid is he that redith, and he that 3
herith the wordis of this prophecie, and
kepith tho thingis that ben writun in it ;
for the tyme is ni3- Joonc tod seuene 4
chirchis, that ben in Asie, grace and pees
& No initial rubric in AGNOQSTVXY. b Apocalipsis A. c either r. or the v. d Om. v. e Om. sx.
* Om. sx. f£ done o. h Om. N. > Om. v. k to o. 1 be he or. is he sv. m rat x. n word o.
on keepen Y. ° for v.
S tribulacioun a. h Om. EK. these a. ' and of T. k his R. 1 chirchis b. m that is what Mb sec.m.
n comynge gk. ° is grete T. P setteth EK sec. m. RTO. 1 Om. b pr. m. o. r Om. T. s bifore E.
* bifore E. u bifore E. v vndurstondinge A. w Heer endith the prologe, and biginnith the Apocalips.
iQRg. Jerom in this prolog on this Apocalips seith this. K. Jerom in his prolog on the Apocalips seith
this sentence. N. Jerom in his prologe on Apocalips seith this afore nritun. x. Here endith the prolog,
and bigynneth the book. h. Al this seith Jerom on the prolog of the Apocalips. o. Jerom in his prolog
on this Apocalips seith al this. a. No final rubric in EMTuabefk. a Here bigynneth the Apocalips
qfoure Lord Jhesu Crist. M. Here bigynneth the firste chapiter of the Apocalips. e. Here bigynneth the
Apocalips of Joon. k. No initial rubric in iKQRcho. aa that is, reuelacioun, ether shelving K marg.
b Om. k pr. m. c I Joon h. d to the xho.
I- 5— 'S-
APOCALYPSE.
641
grace 'to 3011?, and peesi, of him that is,
and that was, and that is to comynger;
and of the seuen spiritis, that ben in the
5 si}t of his trone ; and of Jhesu Crist, that
is a feithful witnesse, the first begeten of
deede men5, and prince of kingis of erthe ;
the™ which louede us, and waschidev us
e fro oure synnes in his blood, and made us
aw kingdom, and prestes to God and tox his
fadir; to him? glory and empire in to
yworldlis of worldlis. Amen. Lo! he
cometh with cloudis, and ech i3e shal see
him, and thei that2 pungedena, 'or pricke-
denb, him ; and alle thec kynredesd, W ly-
nages*, of erthe shulen weilef hem silf on
shim. 3ne> Amen. I am alpha and oo,
the bigynnyng and endyng?, seith the Lord
God, that is, and that1' was, and that is to
9 comyngei, almi3ty. I Joon, 3oure brother,
and parcener in tribulacioun, and kingdom,
andk pacience in Crist Jhesu, was in an
yle, that is clepid Pathmos, for the word
10 of God, and1 witnessing of Jhesu. I was
in spirit in the Sunday™, and I herde aftir"
11 me a greet voys, as of a trumpe, seiynge0,
ThatP thing that thou seest, Vrijte ini ar
book8, and sende to the1 seuene chirchis
that ben in Asye; to Epheso", andv Smyr-
ma, andw Pergamo*, andxx Tyatira, and^
Sardoz, anda Philadelfia, and Laodiciaaa.
12 And Ib turnede, that I shulde see the
voys that spake with me ; and I turned
issi3ec seuene candilstickes of gold, and in
the mydle of thed seuene golden candel-
stickis xa liche6 to the sorie of man, clothidf
with a long prestly clooth^, and bifore
gyrd at the teetis with a golden gyrdel.
i4Sotheli the heedh of him and heeres weren
«
white, as whijt wulle, and1 ask snow; and
15 the i3en of him as flaume of fijr; and his
t the firste bi-
geten ; that is,
the first among
hem that risen
a5en fro dede
to 3ou, of him that is, and that was, and
that is to comynge; and of the seuene
spiritis, that ben in the si3t of his trone;
and of Jhesu Crist, that is a feithfulo
witnesse, the firste bigetunf of deed men,
and prince of kingis of the erthe ; which
louyde vs, and waischide vs fro oure
synnes in his blood, and made vs a kyng-G men '
' ly and blisful
dom, and preestis to God and to his fader; Kjf. Lire here.
to hym be glorie and empire in to worldis
of worldis. Amen. Lo ! he cometh 7
with clowdis, and ech i3e schal se hym,
and thei that prickiden6 hym; and alle
the kynredisf of the& erthe schulen be-
weile hem silf on hym. 3ne> Amen ! Y$
am alpha and oo, the bigynnyng and the
ende, seith the Lord God, that is, and
that was, and that is to comynge, al-
my3ti. I, Joon, 3oure brothir, and parte-'J
ner in tribulacioun, and kingdom, and
pacience in Crist Jhesu, was in an ile,
that is clepid Pathmos, for the word of
God, and for the witnessyng of Jhesu.
Y was in spirit in the Lordis dai, and Y 10
herde bihynde me a greet vois, as of ah
trumpe, seiynge to me, Write thou in an
book that1 thing that thou seest, and
sende to the seuene chirchis that ben in
Asie ; to Ephesus, to Smyrma, andk to
Pergamus, and to1 Tiatira, and to Sardis,
and to Filadelfia, and to Loadiciam. And 12
Y turnede, that Y schulde se the vois
that spak with me ; and Y turnede, and
Yn say seuene candelstikis of gold, and 1:1
in the myddil of the0 seuene goldun can-
delstikis oon lijk toP the sone of man,
clothid with a long garnement% and gird
at the tetis with a goldun girdil. And u
the heed of hym and his heeris weren
whijt, as whijt woller, and as snow; and
P Om. v. 1 pees to jou v. r comen sx. « Om. x. * in N. " Om. v. v wesh sx. w Om.
ANOQsrxY. * Om. x. J him be v. z Om. o. a prickeden v. b Om. ox. either crucifyeden v.
c Om. o. d linagis x. e Om. OQTX. f biweile v. S ende x. h Om. G pr.m. r. i comen sx. k in o.
1 and for v. m Lordis day r. n bihynde v. ° seyinge to me v. P Write in book that v. 1 Om. v .
r Om. AogsrxY. s Om. v. * Om. ANOQSVXY. ll Ephesus AN?Y. Ephesyes o. Effesi sx. v to ANOSYXY.
w Om. o. and to r. * Pargamus ANSVY. Pargamies o. " and to v. y and to v sup. ras. z Sardis
ANOsrxr. a and to v. Loadicia G. b I am g. c and I say v. d Om. ANOQSVY. e a lichi ANQ. liche G.
I saw a liche o. oon liche T. oon lijk v. f clad sx. g cloth, or an aube T. h heued T. i or o. k Om. x.
e ether crucifieden K marg. f ether lynagis K marg. B Om. ca sec. m. h. h Om. k pr. m. > the o.
k Om. B. 1 Om. E. m Laodicia E et alii, off. n Om. x. ° Om. g. P Om. gk pr. m. o. <) garment
A pr. m. ether an awbe K marg. r as wolle a.
VOL. IV. 4 N
642
APOCALYPSE.
i. 16 — n. 5.
feet lijke1 to vdrosse of gold™, 'or latoun",
as in a brennynge chymeney; and the voys
IB of him as the voys of many watris. And
he hadde in his ri3thond seuen sterres, and
a swerd sharp on0 bothe? sijdisi wente out
of his mouth; and his face shijneth1" as the
17 sunne8 in his vertu1. And whan I hadde
seyn him, I fel doun at his feet, as deed.
And he puttideu his ri3thondv onw me,
seiynge*, Nyle thou drede; I am the first
is and the last; and I am alyue, and I was
deed; and lo! I am lyuynge in to worldlis
of worldlis, and I haue the? keyes of deeth
19 and helle. Therefore wrijte thou whiche
thinges thou hast seyn, and whiche benz,
and whiche it* bihoueth forb to be don
2oaftir thes thinges. The mysteriec, 'or
priuyteeA, of seuene sterris, whom6 thou
si3ef in my ri3thalf?, and the'1 seuen
golden candelstickes ; the seuen sterres
ben aungels' ofk seuene chirchis, and the1
seuene candelstickes ben seuene"1 chirches.
CAP. II.
1 And to the aungel of the chirche of
Ephesus" wrijte thou, Thes thinges seith
he, that holdith" seuenP sterres ini hisr
ri3thalfs, the1 which" walkith in the mydle
2 of seuen golden candelstickis. I woot thi
werkes, andv trauel, and thi pacyence, and
forw thou mayst not suffre" yuel men ;
and thou hast temptidv, "or asaijed1, hem
that seien hem silf for" to be apostles, andb
ben not, and thou hast founden hem Ii3ers;
sand thou hast pacience, and thou hast
sustenydc for my name, and fayledist not.
4 But I haue a3en thee fewe thinges, thatd
5 thou hast left thie first charite. 'And sof
be thou myndeful of? whennus thou hast
the i3en of hym as flawme of fier, and 15
hise feet lijk to latoun8, as in a bren-
nynge chymney ; and the vois of hym as
the vois of many watris. And he hadde i<;
in his ri3t hoond seuene sterris, and a
swerd scharp on euer ethir side wente
out of his mouth ; and his face as the
sunne schyneth in his virtu. And 17
whanne Y hadde seyn hym, Y felde doun
at hise feet, as deed. And he puttide his
ri3t bond on me, and seide, Nyle thou
drede ; Y am the firste and the laste;
and Y am alyue, and Y was deed ; and in
lo ! Y am lyuynge in to worldis of
worldis, and Y haue the keyes of deth
and of helle. Therfor write thou whiche in
thingis thou hast seyn, and whiche ben,
and whiche it bihoueth to be don aftir
these thingis. The sacrament of the 20
seuene sterris, which thou sei3est in my
ri3t hond, and the seuene goldun candel-
stikis ; the seuene sterris ben aungels f
of the seuene chirchis, and the seuene
candelstikis ben seuene chirchis.
CAP. II.
And to the aungel of the chirche ofi
Efesus write thou, These thingis seith
he, that holdith the seuene sterris in his
ri3t hond, which walkith in the middil
of the1 seuene goldun candilstikis. Y2
woot thi werkis, and trauel", and thi
pacience, and that thou maist not suffre
yuele men ; and thou hast asaied hem
that seien that thei ben apostlis, and
ben not, and thou hast foundun hem
lieris ; and thouv hast pacience, and thou 3
hast suffrid for my name, and failidist
not. But Y haue a3ens thee a fewe 4
thingis, that thou hast left thi firste
charite. Therfor be thou myndeful fro 5
t ben aungels ;
that is, bi-
scbopis of the
chirches; an
aungel, which
is interpretid
sent, is here
the name of
bischop office,
and in ij. c°. of
Malachi a prest
is clepid an
aungel of the
Lord. ve. for a
bischop is the
principal prest
in a diocese.
Lire here. v.
1 lichi ANQ. m latoun r. n or [either F] latoun, or [either r] metal rvellid of many thingis [thing o]
ANosr marg. Om. QTV. or metal rvellid ofmanye thingis x. ° of NY. P euer eithir v. 1 the sydis T.
side r. r Om. ANQSPXY. s sunne shyneth ANQsrxY. sunne moost brijt o. * vertue, or myddai T.
u putte sx. v rijt half AHOQSX. w vpon T. * and seyde v. y Om. ANoqsrxv pr. m. z ben now T.
a Om. o. b Om. sx. c priuytee o. sacrament v. d Om. OQX. e whiche ANOQSXY. f saiest ANOQVY.
hast seen x. S ri3thond TV. h Om. ANOQSVXY. ' the aungelis, or prelatis sent into messagis T.
k of the T. 1 Om. ANOQSVXY. m the seuen T. n Effecie NX. ° halt x. P the seuen T. 1 on sy.
r the o. s ri3t hond TV. t Om. vx. u that x. v and thi G sec. m. T. w that r. x susteyne ^NOQSA'Y.
y asayed or. z Om. ovx. or sayed s. a Om. sx. b and thei N. c suffrid TV. d Om. N. e the Q.
f Therfore v. ?, fro
8 ether dross of gold K marg. t Om. k. u thi traueile gk. v Om. a.
II. 6 — 14-
APOCALYPSE.
643
falle, and do penaunce, and do the firste
werkes; 'if noth, I come soone to thee, and
shal' moue thi candelsticke ofk his place,
e'no but1 thou shalt do penaunce. But
thou hast this good thing, form thou
hatedist" 'the dedes of0 Nycholaytis, 'or
folewers of Nychol^, ther whiche8 and I
yhatede*. He that hath eres, here, what
the spirit 'shal seieu to thev chirchis. To
'the ouercomynge" I shal 3iue for" to ete
of the tree of lijf, that is in paradise? of
s my God. And to the aungel of the chirche
of Smyrma, wrijte thou, Thes thinges
seith the first and the last, that was deed,
n and lyueth. I woot thi tribulacioun, and
thi pouert, but thou art richez; and thou
art blasfemyd of hem, that seien hem silf
for3 to be Jewes, and ben not, but theih
10 ben the synagoge of Sathanas. Drede
thou no thing of thesc whiche thou 'art
tod suffringedd. Lo! the deuel 'is toe send-
ingef surnme of 3ou in to prisoun, that 30
betemptide; and 30 shulen haue tribula-
cioun in ten dayes. Be thou feithful vnto'1
the deeth, and I shal 3iue to thee a coroun
n of lijf. He that hath eres, here, what the1
spirit 'shal seieJ to thek chirchis. He that
shal ouercome, shal not be hirt of the
lasecounde deeth. And to the aungel of the
chirche of Pergame1 wrijte thou, Thes
tbinges seith he, that hath the swerd
is sharp onm 'either sijde". I woot where
thou dwellist, where the0 seete of Sathanas
is; and thou holdist my name, and denyestP
not my feith. And in tho dayesPP Anti-
phas, myi feithful witnesse, that was sleyn
uat 3011, where Sathanas dwellith. But I
haue a3ens thee fewer thinges ; for thou
hast8 there men* holdinge the teching of
Balaam, 'the which" tau3te Balac forv to
whennus thou hast falle, and do penaunce,
and do the firste werkis ; etherw ellis, Y
come" soone to thee, and Y schal moue
thi candilstike fro his place, but 'thou do^
penaunce. But thou hast this goodc
thing, that thou hatidist the dedis of
Nycholaitisf, thez whiche also Y hate, t Nicoi hadde
* a fair wijf, and
He that hath eeris, here he, what the; it was put to
. i . mi him, that he
spirit seith to thea chirchis. To hym
Lire here- ve-
that ouercometh Y schal 5yue to ete of
the tre of lijf, that is in the paradis of
my God. And to the aungel of the 8 tide her forth
. toothereCristiii
chirche of Smyrma write thou, These men, and
thingis seith the firste and the laste, that
was deed, and lyueth. Y woot thi tri-»
bulacioun, and thi pouert, but thou art
riche ; and thou art blasfemyd of hem,
that seien, that thei ben Jewis, and ben
not, but ben the synagoge of Sathanas.
Drede thou no thing of these thingis, 10
whiche thou schalt suffre. Lo ! the
deuel schal sende summe of 3ou in to
prisoun, that 36 be temptid ; and 36 schu-
len haue tribulacioun ten daies. Be thou
feithful tob the deth, and Y schal 3yue to
thee a coroun of lijf. He that hath eeris, n
here he, what the spirit seith to the0
chirchis. He that ouercometh, schal not
be hirtd of the secounde deth. And to 12
the aungel of the chirche of Pergarnus
write thou, These thingis seith he, that
hath the swerd scharp on ech" side. Y is
woot where thou dwellist, where the
seete of Sathanas is; and thou holdist my
name, and denyedistf not my feith. And
in tho daies was% Antifash, my feithful
witnesse, that was slayn at 3011, where
Sathanas dwellith. But Y haue a^ens u
thee a fewe thingis; for thou hast 'there
men1 holdinge the teching of Balaam,
h ellis sothely G sec.m. or ellis N. jif not thou do penaunce T. either ellis v. ' Y schal AGOPQsrrx.
k fro NF. ! but if ox. m that v. n hatist v. ° Om. N. 1 thai saiden men schulden haue her rvijues
in comoitn T. Om. x, r Om. QS. s whom T. * hate v. u seith v. v Om. ANQSYXY. w him that
ouercometh v. x Om. osx. J the paradise -4G sec. m. Nor. z riche in grace T. a Om. sx. b Om.
ANOQsrxY. c thes pere Us T. & schalt v. d(1 suffrin SA:. suffre v. e schal v. f senclen s*. sende r.
K taasted o. proued r. h til into A pr. m. til to A sec. m. G pr. m. NOQSVXY. ' Om. o. J seith v.
k Om. ANQSVY. 1 Pergamus ANSVXY. m in SY. n eche part ANOSYX sec. m. Y. eche side Q. ° Om. Q.
P denyedest NOSVXY. PP daies was r. .1 in o. r a fewe QXY. the fewe T. s boldest o. * men
techy nge Q. " which v. that x. v Om. sx.
w or Egk. " shal come K sec. m.
c Om. b. d ouercoinen g. e eithir BC.
T do thou i pr. m. z Om. ER. a Om. beg. b til to Ma
f denyest k pr. m. g Om. H. h Antipas i. ' men there k.
4 N 2
644
APOCALYPSE.
n. 15 — 24.
sende sclaundre bifore thew sones* of
Yrael, that is to seie, for? to etc of sacri-
ficis of ydolis, and for2 to do fornycacioun ;
15 so and thou hast men holdinge the teching
IG of Nycholaytis. Also do thou penaunce;
if nota, I shal vsoone comeaa to thee, and I
shal fi3te with hem inb swerd of my mouth.
17 He that hath eres, here, what the spirit
'shal seiebb to thec chirchis. To 'the ouer-
comynged I shal 3iuee 'manna hid, or aun-
gel mete!; and I shal 3iue to him a whijt
stoon, and in the stoori a newe name writ-
un, thes which no man woot1', no but he
la that takith1. And to the aungel of the
chirche of Tyatira wrijte thou, Thes
thinges seith the sone of God, that hath
i3en as flaume of fijr, and his feet lijk tok
is'drosse of gold1. I haue™ knowe thi
werkes, and feith, and charite, and 'my-
nisterie, or" seruice0, and thif pacience,
and thi laste werkes moti than ther for-
2omer. But I haue a3ens thee a fewe
thinges ; for thou suffrist5 the womman
Jezabel, the1 which" seith hirv for"' to be
a prophetesse, forx to teche and deceyue
my seruauntes, for? to do leccherie, and
forz to etc of thingis3 offrid to ydolis.
•21 And I 3af to hir tyme, 'that she shulde1'
do penaunce, and she wole not do penaunce
22 of hir fornicacioun. Loc ! I sende hir in
to a bed, and thei that don leccherie with
hir shulen be in moost tribulacioun, nod
but ife thei do penaunce off her werkis.
23 And IK shal slee hir sones inh deeth, and
alle chirches shulen wite, for1 1 am sekinge
reynes and hertes ; and I shal 3iue to ech
24 man of 3ou aftirk his1 werkes. Forsothe
I seie to 3ou, and™ othere that ben at
Tyatire, who euere hann not this teching,
and that knewen0 not the hi3nesse of Sa-
thanas, hou thei seien, I shal not sende onP
which tau3te Balaac fork to sende sclaun-
dre bifor the sones of Israel, to1 ete of
sacrificis™ of ydols, and to do fornica-
cioun" ; so also thou hast men holdinge 15
the teching of Nycholaitis. Also do thou i«
penaunce; '3if ony thing lesse0, Y schal
come soone to thee, and Y schal fi3te
with hem with the swerd of my mouth.
He that hath eeris, here he, what the 17
spirit seith to theP chirches. To him
that ouercometh Y schal 3yue aungeli
mete hidr; and Y schal 3yue to hym a
whiit stoon, and in the stoon a newe
name writun, which no man knowith,
but he that takith. And to the aungel i«
of the chirche of Tiatira write thou,
These thingis seith the sone of God,
that hath i3en as flawme of fier, and hise
feet lijks latoun. Y knowe thi werkis, i;»
and feith, and charite, and thi seruyce,
and thi pacience, and4 thi laste werkis
mo than the formere. But Y haue a3ens 20
thee a fewe thingis; for thou suffrist the
womman Jesabel, which seith that sche
is a prophetesse, to teche and disseyue
my seruauntis, to do letcherie, and to ete
of thingis offrid to idols. And Y 3af to 21
hir time, that sche schulde do penaunce,
and sche wolde not do penaunce of hir
fornycacioun. And lo ! Y sende hir in 22
to a bed, and thei that doen letcherie
with hir schulen be in moost tribulaciouu,
but thei don penaunce of hir werkis.
And Y schal slee hir sones in to deth, 23
and alle chirchis schulen wite, that Y
am serchinge reynes and hertis ; and Y
schal 3yue to ech man of 3ou after hise
werkis. And Y seie to 3ou, and to othere 24
that ben at Tiatire, who euer han not
this teching, and that knewen not the
hi3nesse of Sathanas, hou thei seien, Y
w Om. N. x children o. y Om. sx. 2 Om. sx. a eny thing lesse v. aa come soone v\. b with p.
in the v. bb sejtii r_ c Om. ANOQSVXY pr. m. d the ouercomere s. hym that ouercometh r. e 3yue
to hym AG sec. m. NOQSXY pr. m. f aungels met hid ANOQS. aungel mete hid VXY pr. m. g Om. v.
h knowith v. » takith it T. * the r. l latoun T. gold, either latoun r. "> Om. r. n Om. o. the
mynysterie, either y. mynysterie x. » thi sendee T. Om. x. P Om. o. 1 more r. r thi T. s hast
suffrid SF. t Qm. rx. « that x. * hir self T. w Om. sx. * Om. sx. J Om. sx. z Om. sx.
a thing QS. b for to T. c And lo! v. d Om. TX. e Om. ANOQSY. f for T. S Om. T. h into v.
' that v. k vp AOQSXY. bi v. 1 Om. G pr.m. m and to v. n hath v. ° knowen NQ. P vpon T. to x.
k Om. H. ' for to R. m sacrifice b. n fornicaciouns E. » and bote thou do A sec. m. sup. ras.
P Om. bg. 1 aungelis EK. r that is, manna x marg. sec.m. s lijk to h sec. m. k sec. m. * Om. b.
II. 2.;— III.
APOCALYPSE.
645
25 3011 an other charge ; netheles that? that1*
2036 han, holdith1" tils I come. And to him
that shal ouercome, and1 shal kepe til in
to the ende my werkes, I shal 3iue'to him"
27 power onv folkes, and he shal gouerne
hem in an yreri 3erd; and thei shulen be
28 broke to gydere, asw vessel" of a potter, vas
andxx I receyuede of my fadir ; and I shal
2031116 to him a morewey sterre. He that
hath eres, here, what the spirit 'shal seiez
to thea chirchis.
CAP. III.
i And to the 'aungel of theb chirche of
Sardis write thouc, Thes thinges seith he,
that hath thed seuen spirites of God, 'and
seuen sterrese. I woot tbi werkes, for
thou hast name, that thou lyuest, and thou
'> art deed. Be thou wakinge, and confirme
othere thinges, that weren to diyngef;
forsothe^ I fynde not thih werkes ful bi-
3 fore my God. Therfore haue thou in
mynde', hou thou receyuedist, and herdist ;
and kepe, and do penaunce. Therefore if
thou shalt not -wake, I shal come to thee
as a ny3t theef, and thou shalt not wite in
4 what hour I shal come to thee. But thou
hast a fewe names in Sardis, thek whiche
defouleden1 not her clothes; and thei shulen
walke with me in whijte thingis, for thei
5 ben worthi. He that shal ouercome, shal
be clothid1" thus" with whijte clothis0;
and I shal not do awey his name of^ the
boke of lijf, and Ii shal knowleche his
name bifore my fadir, and bifore his aun-
cgels. He that hath eres, here, what the
7 spirit 'shal seier to chirchis8. And to the
aungel of the chirche of Philadelphe wrijte
thou, Thes thinges seith the holy and
trewe, that hath the keye of Dauid; the1
which" openith, and no man closith, hev
8 closith, and no man openith. I woot thi
schal not sende on 3ou another charge;
netheles holde 36 that that 36 han, til ¥25
come. And to hym that schal ouercome, 20
and that schal kepe til" in to the ende
my werkis, Y schal 3yue power on folkis,
and he schal gouerne hem in an yrun27
3erde ; and thei schulen be brokun to
gidre, as a vessel of a pottere, as also Y 28
resseyuede of my fadir ; and Y schal
3yue to hym a morewe sterre. He that 20
hath eeris, here he, what the spirit seith
to thev chirchis.
CAP. III.
And to the aungel of the chirche of i
Sardis write thou, These thingis seith
he, that hath the seuene spiritis of God,
and the seuene sterris. Y woot thi
werkis, for thou hast a name, that thou
lyuest, and thou art deed. Be thou 2
wakynge, and conferme thou othere
thingis, that weren to diynge ; for Y
fynde not thi werkis fulle bifore my God.
Therfor haue thou inw mynde, hou thou 3
resseyuedist, and herdist ; and kepe, and
do penaunce. Therfor if thou wake not,
Y schal come as a ny3t theef to thee, and
thou schalt not wite in what our Y schal
come to thee. But thou hast a fewe 4
names in Sardis, whiche han not defoulid
her clothis ; and thei schulen walke*
with me in whijt clothis, for thei ben
worthi. He that ouercometh, schal be 5
clothid thus with whijt clothis ; and Y
schal not do awei his name fro the book
of lijf, and Y schal knouleche his name
bifore my fadir, and bifore^ hise aungels.
He that hath eeris, here he, what thee
spirit seith to the2 chirchis. And to the 7
aungel of the chirche of Filadelfie write
thou, These thingis seith the hooli and
trewe, that hath the keie of Dauid ;
which openeth, and no man closith, he
P hold that ANOQfY. holdeth that s. 1 Om. o. ' Ora. ANOQSVY. » til that r. * and that rxv.
n Om. v. v vpon T. w as the SY. as a G sec. m. v. * vessels Q. *x and as Y. T morn p. z seith K.
« Om. ANQSVY pr. m. b Om. o. e Om. T. d Om. o. e Om. s. { doyng o. dien sx. 8 for v.
^ my N. > mynde, or sotvle ANSY. k Om. r. l defoulen N. m clad sx. n Om. G pr.m. N. ° thingis
ANogav. P fro r. q he N. r seith v. s the chirchis GT. t Om. vx. « that x. v Om. s.
11 Om. gk pr. m. T Om. A. w Om. k pr. m. x wake K pr. m. y Om. g. z Om. A.
646
APOCALYPSE.
III. 9 — 18.
werkes, and loo ! I 3af"r bifore thee a dore
openid, 'the whichx no man mai close ; for
thou hast a litel vertu, and hast kept-v my
n word, and denyestz not my name. Lo ! I
shal jiue to thee of thea synagogue of Sa-
thanas, theb whichec seien hem ford to be
Jewes, and ben not, but Ii3ene. Lo ! I
shal make hem, that thei come, and wor-
schipe bifore thi feet ; and thei shulen
lowite, forf I louede thee, for thou keptists
the word'1 of my pacience. And I shal
kepe thee fro' the hour of temptacioun,
that is to comyngek in to al the1 world,
form to tempte men dwellinge in erthe.
nLo ! I come soone; holde" that that thou
12 hast, that no man take thi coroun. And
him that shal ouercome, I shal make a
piler in the temple of my God, and he
shal no more go out ; and I shal write on0
him the name of my God, and the name of
the citee of my God, of newe Jerusalem,
that cometh doun fro heuene of my God,
is and my newe name. He that hath eres,
here, what the spirit vshal seieP to chirchisl
H And to the aungel of the chirche of Lao-
dicei1* wrijte thou, Thes thinges seith
Amen, 'that is, verreylir, 'the faithful wit-
nesse and trewe5, the1 which" is thev bi-
logynnyng of Goddis creature. I woot thi
werkes, for nether thou art cooldw, nether"
hoot>'; I wolde thouz were cooldzz,ora hootaa;
16 but forb thou art lewc, and nether coold,
netherd hoot, I shal bigynne for6 to ' caste
17 thee outf of rny mouth. For thou seist«,
Thath I am riche, and ful of goodis, and I
haue nede of' no mank ; and thou woost1
not, form thou art" a wrecche, and wrech-
ififul0, and pore, and blynd, and nakid. IP
counseile thee, fori to bye of me 'gold
fijrid1", and proued, that thou be maad
riche, and bes clothid* with whijte clothis",
closith, and no man openith. I woot this
werkis, and lo ! Y 3af bifore thee a dore
opened, which no man may close ; for
thou hast a litil vertu, and hast kept my
word, and denyesta not my name. Lo ! 9
Y schal 3yue to thee of the synagoge of
Sathanas, whiche seien that thei ben
Jewis, and ben not, but lyen. Lo ! Y
schal makeb hem, that thei come, and
worschipe byfor thi feet; and thei schulen
wite, that Y louyde thee, for thou keptist 10
the word of my pacience. And Y schal
kepe thee fro the our of temptacioun,
that is to comynge in to al the world,
to tempte men that dwellen in erthe.
Lo ! Y come soone ; holde thou that 1 1
thatc thou hast, that no man take thi
coroun. And hym that schal ouercome, 12
Y schal make ad pilere in the temple of
my God, and he schal no more go out ;
and Y schal write on hym the name of
my God, and the name of the citee of my
God, ofe the newe Jerusalem, that cometh
doun fro heuene of my God, and my
newe name. He that hath eeris, here 13
he, what the spirit seith to the chirchis.
And to the aungel of the chirche of Lao- u
dice f write thou, These thingis seith
Amen, the feithful witnesse and trewe,
which is bigynnyng of Goddis creature.
I woot thi werkis, for nether thou art \5
cold, nether thou art hoot ; Y wolde that
thou were could, ethir hoot ; but for thou ie
art lew#, and nether cold, nether hoot, Y
schal bigynne to caste thee out of my
mouth. For thou seist, That Y am riche, 17
and ful of goodis, and Yh haue nede of
no thing ; and thou wost' not, that thou
art a wretche, andk wretcheful,'and pore1,
and blyncle, and nakid. Y counsele thee is
to bie of me brent gold, and preued,
w haue o. * whom T. which r. that x. y ykepte Q. z denyedest KOQSTVY. a thi N. b Om. rx.
c that x. <1 Om. sx. e aliene o. f that r. B kepest Q. h wordis N. ' in T. k comen sx.
1 this iv. m Om. sx. n holde thou r. ° vpon T. P seith T. 1 the chirchis T. 11 Loadice r pr.m. Y.
r Om. QT. 8 Om. Q. * Om. rx. u that x. v Om. v. w hot XY. x ne T. y thou art hoot AG sec. m.
thou art cold XY. z that thou r, zz hoot G. a either r. aa colde A. b Om. o. t: lew,
either bitmixe hoot and coold r. d ne T. e Om. sx. { vome thee T. take thee out x. S seist of thi
silfT. hOm. o. i to o. k thing r. 1 woot r. m that r. n art not r. ° wreched o. P And I o.
1 Om. sx. T brent gold r. s Om. o. t dad sx. u cloothinge o.
a denijedest R. b take k pr. m.
, sec. m. marg. lewk E. h Om. x.
c Om. Ra. d Om. A.
wotist R. k and a a.
e and of b.
J Om. R.
f Loadice bg. g warm
HI. 19 — IV. 6.
APOCALYPSE.
647
that the confusioun* of thi nakidnesse
appere not; and anoynte thin i3en with^
colirie2, that is, medicynal* for y$en, maadb
isqfdiiterse erbis, that thou see. Ic 'whom
I louecc, reproued, and chastise6 ; 'therfore
2osuef, W loue%, and do penaunce. Lo ! I
stonde at the dore, and knocke ; if ony
man 'shal hereb ray voys, and opene' thek
3at!, I shal entre to him, and soupe with
21 him, and he with me. I shal 3iue to him
that shal ouercome, form to sitte with me
in my troone, as and I ouercam, and sat
22 with my fadir in his troone. He that
hath eres, here, what the spirit shal seie
to chirchis.
CAP. IV.
1 Aftir thes thinges I si3e, and lo ! a dore
openyd" in heuene. And the first voys that
I herde, as0 of a trumpe spekinge with me,
seiyngei1, Sti3e up hidir, and I shal shewe
to thee whichei thinges1' it3 bihoueth for1
2 to be don soone aftir thes thinges. Anoori
I was in spirit, and lo ! a seete was put in
sheuen, and on the seete oon sittinge. And
he that sat, was lijk to 'the si3t of" av
stoone iaspis, and to sardynw ; and the
reynbowe was in the cumpas of the seete,
4 lijk tox thexx si3t of smaragdyn. And in
cumpas? of the seete fourez and twenty
smale seetes; and vpona the troonesb fourec
and twenty cldred sittynge, gyrde aboute
with white clothis, and in the heedisf of
a hem golden crownes. And leytinges, and
voyces, and thundringess camen out of the
troone ; and seuen laumpes brennynge
bifore the troone, the1' whiche ben seuen'
(jspirites of God. And in the si3t of the
Seete, ask a se1 of glas, lijk tom cristal ; and
that thou be manil riche, and be clothid
with whijt clothis, that the confusioun of
thi nakidnesse be not seen ; and anoynte
thin i3en with a collerie0, that thou se.
Y repreue, and chastise whom Y loue ; iy
therfor sue thou goode men, and do
penaunce. Lo ! Y stonde at the dore,2o
and knocke ; if ony man herith my voys,
and openith the 3ate to me, Y shal entre
to hym, and soupe with hym, and he
with me. And Y schal 3yue to hym 21
that schalP ouercome, to sitte with me in
my trone, as also Y ouercam, and sat
with my fadir in his trone. He that 22
hath eeris, here he, what the spirit seith
to the chirchis.
CAP. IV.
Aftir these thingis Y say, and lo ! a t
clorei was openyd in heuene. And the
firste vois that Y herde, was asr ofs a
trumpe spekinge with me, and seide,
Stye thou vp hidur, and Y shal schewe
to thee whiche thingis it bihoueth to be
don soone aftir these thingus. Anoon1 Y2
was in spirit, and lo ! a seete was sett in
heuene, and vpon the seete oon sittynge.
And he that sat, was lijk the si3t of a3
stoon iaspis, and to sardyn ; and a reyn-
bowe was in cumpas" of the seete, lijk
the si3t of smaragdyn. And in the cum- 4
pas of the seete weren foure and twenti
smale seetis ; and aboue the troonesv
foure and twenti eldre men sittinge, hilid
aboute with whijt clothis, and in the
heedis of hem goldun corouns. And3
leitis, and voices, and thundringisw camen
out . of the trone ; and seuene laumpis
brennynge bifore the trone, whiche ben
thex seuene spiritis of God. And bifor<;
x confusioun, or schame T. Y with a ANQsrxv. z coluryo G. a medicine ANOSY. a medicine QX.
b gederid ANOSPXY. gcderide togidir Q. c And I o. cc Oin. v. d blame o. Y repreue x. e chastise
whom I loue v. I chastise x. { loue thou therfore T. therfore sue thou good men v. therfore sue thou A.
? Om. OTV. and loue x. h herith v. ' openeth or. k Dm. QSY. * 3ate to me v. m Om. sx.
n was opened v. ° mas as v. P and seyinge o. and seide v. 1 what o. r thing x. s Om. GMPT.
* Om. sx. u Om. N. v Om. Q. w sardis x. * Om. v. ** Om. G pr. m. y the compas o. z tveren
foure TV. a aboue ANOQSVX. abouen Y. b trone o. c weren foure T. / 413 foure r. d eelder men
OTV. elderes s. e and girde o. f heuedes GOT. g thondres os. h Om. v. ' Om. N. the seuen OA-.
k was T. ' sete Q. m Om. v.
0 that is, a medicyn for n,en, gederide of dyuerse eerbis K. sec. m. marg. P he k pr. m. 1 that is, the
vndintonding of scriplttris K sec. m. marg. r Om. K pr. in. * Om. b pr. m. l And anoon x. u the
Ke. v trone k. w thundres agk. * Om. iab. •
648
APOCALYPSE.
iv. 7— v. 5.
in the" mydle of the seete, and in cumpas0
of the seete, foureP beestes ful of i3en bifore
7 and bihynde. And the first beest lijk toi
a lyon; and the secounde beest lijk tor a
calf; and the thridde beest hauynge a
face as' of" av man; and the fourthe beest
a lijk tow an egle fleynge. And the foure
beestes hadden echx of hem sixe wynges ;
and in cumpas and with inne thei ben^
ful of i3en ; and thei hadden not reste day
and ny3t, seiynge, Holy, holy, holy, thez
Lord God almi3ty, that was, and that is,
a and that is to comynge3. And whan thob
foure beestes 3auen glory, and honour, and
blessing to the sittinge onc the troone, tod
10 thedd lyuynge in to worldlis6 of worldlis, the
foure and twenty eldref fellen doun bifore
the sittyng in troone^, and worschipeden
the lyuynge in to worldlish of worldlis.
And thei senten her crownes bifore the
11 troone, seiynge', Thou, Lord oure God, art
worthi fork to take glory, and honour, and
vertu; for thou madist of nou3t alle thinges,
and1 for thi wille theim weren, and ben
maud of nou3t.
CAP. V.
1 And I si3e in the ri3thalfn of the
sittinge0 vponP the troone, a book writun
with inne and with oute, and seelid with
2 seuen seelis. And Ii si3e a strong aungel,
preching with greet voysr, Who is worthi
fors to opene the boke, and for1 to vnbynde
3 the signetes" of it? And 'no man mi3tev in
heuene, nether in erthe, nether vndir erthe
4openew the book, nex biholdey it. And I
wepte miche, for 'no man isz founden
worthizz for3 to opene the book, nether forb
5 to see it. And oon of the eldrec seide to
me, Wepe thou not ; lo ! a lyoun of the
the seete as a see of glas, lijk as crystal,
and in the myddilh of the seete, and in
the cumpas of the seete, foure beestis ful
of i3en bifore and bihynde. And the?
firste beeste lijk a lyoun ; and the se-
counde beeste lijk1 a calf ; and the thridde
beeste hauynge a face as of a man ; and
the fourthe beeste lijk an egle fleynge.
And the foure beestis hadden eueryk ofs
hem sixe wyngis; and al aboute and with
ynne thei weren ful of i3en ; and thei
hadden not reste dai and ny3t, seiynge,
Hooli, hooli, hooli, the Lord God almy3ti,
that was, and that is, and that is to
comynge. And whanne tho foure beestis 9
3auen glorie, and honour, and blessing to
hym that sat on the trone, that lyueth in
to worldis of worldis, the foure and 10
twenti eldre men fellen doun bifor hym
that sat on1 the trone, and worschipiden
hym that lyueth in to worldis of worldis.
And thei casten"1 her corouns bifor the
trone, and seiden, Thou, Lord 'oure God", 11
art0 worthi to take glorie, and onour, and
vertu ; for thou madist of nou3t alle
thingis, and for thi wille tho weren, and
ben maad of nou3t.
CAP. V.
And Y say in the ri3thond of the i
sittere on the trone, a book writun with
ynne and with out, and seelid with seuene
seelis. And Y say a strong aungel, prech- 2
ynge with a greet vois, Who is worthi to
opene the book, and to vndon the seelis of
it? And noon in heuene, nether in erthe, s
nether vnder erthe, my3te opene the book,
nether biholde it. And Y wepte myche, 4
for noon was founde worthi to opene the
book, nethir to se it. And oon of the 5
eldre men seide to me, Wepe thou not ;
lo ! a lioun of the lynage of Juda, the
n Om. G pr. m. PT. ° the compas ^G sec. m. NO. P tveren foure T. Q Om. v. r Om. r. * Om. T.
u Om. SY pr.m. v Om. NK. w Om. v. x euery AGPQTV. eueryche NO. y weren v. z Om. s.
a comen sx. b the OQT. c vpon T. d Om. T. <M Om. G pr. m. MPT. e world r. the worldis v.
f elder men OQSTXY pr.m. S the troone o. h world T. i and seiden r. k Om. sx. l Om. o. m tho r.
n rijthond TV. ° sittere v. P on ANOQsrxv. 1 Om. x. r voys, and seyinge o. s Om. sx. * Om. SA-.
u signes o. singnetis, either seelis r. y noon v. w myjte opene v, x neither Nr. y hold T. z noon
was r. no man worthi is v. zz Om. Y. a Om. s*. b Om. sx. c eldre men TX.
S Om. o. h myddis gk.
sec. m. o/3.
» lijk to o. k ecn ek. 1 jn bo/3. m castiden K. n Om. H. o thou art
V. 6 — 14-
APOCALYPSE.
649
lynage of Juda, the rote of Dauid, hath
ouercomen ford to opene the book, and ford
»; to vnbynde the6 seuen signetesf of it. And
I si3e, and lo ! in the£ mydle of the troone,
and 'in the mydle1' of foure' beestes, and in
thek mydle of eldre', a lomb stondinge as
sleyn, hauynge seuene homes, and seuen
ijen, them whiche ben seuen" spirites of
7 God, sent into ech lond. And he cam,
and toke of the ri3thond° of the sittinge'1
8 in troorie1! the book. And whan he hadde
openyd the book, fourer beestes and foure
and twenty eldre8 fellen douu bifore the
lomb ; hauynge ech of hem harpes, and
golden fioles ful of saueringis1, whiche ben
9 the" preyers of seyntis. And thei sungen
a newe song, seiynge, Lordv, thou art
worthi forw to take the boke, andx forxx to
opene the signetes of it ; for thou were
slayn, and a3en bou3tist us to God in thi
blood, of aly lynage, andz tungea, andb pu-
ioplec, and nacioun ; and madist usd 'to oure
Gode kingdomf, and prestis&; and we shulen
1 1 regne vponh erthe. And I 5136, and herde
the voys1 of many aungels in cumpask of
the1 trone, and of beestes, and ofm eldre11.
And the nombre of hem vwas an" thousynd0
1-2 of thousyndis, seiynge with greet voys,
The lomb that is? slayn, is worthi fori to
take vertu, and 'diuynite, or godhedv, and
wisdom, and strengthe, and honour, and
la glory, and blessing. And ech creature that
is in heuen, and that ons erthe, and vnder'
erthe, and the se, and whiche thinges benu
in it, I herde alle seiynge, To the sittynge
in troone, and to the lomb, blessing, and
honour, and glory, and power, in to world-
I4lisuuof worldlis. And thev foure beestes
seiden, Amen. And the foure and twenty
veldre men™ felden doun vin to" her facis,
roote of Dauid, hath ouercomun to opene
the book, and to vndon the seuene seelis
of it. And Y say, and lo ! in the myddiln
of the trone, and of the foure beestis, and
in the myddil of the eldre men, a lombe
stondynge as slayn, that hadde seuene
homes, and seuene i3en, whiche ben
seuene spiritis of God, sent in to al the'1
erthe. And he cam, and took of the?
ri3thond of the sittere in the trone the
book. And whanne he hadde opened the«
book, the foure beestis and the foure and
twenti eldre men fellen doun bifore the
lomb ; and hadden ech of hem harpis,
and goldun violis ful of odours, whiche
ben the preyeris of seyntis. And thei 9
sungun a newe song, and seiden, Lord
oure God, thou art worthi to take the
book, and to opene the seelis of it ; for
thou were slayn, and a3enbou3tist vs to
God in thi blood, of ech lynage, vand
tungei, and puple, and nacioun ; and 10
madist vs a kyngdom, and prestis to oure
God ; and we schulen regne on erthe.
And Y say, and herde the vois of manyn
aungels al aboute the trone, and of the
beestis, and of the eldre men. And the
noumbre of hem was thousyndis of thou-
syndis, seiynge with a greet vois, The 12
lomb that was slayn, is worthi to take
vertu, and godhed, and wisdom, and
strengthe, and onour, and glorie, and
blessing. And ech creature that is in i:»
heuene, and that is on erthe, and vndur
erthe, and the see, and whiche thingis
ben in it, Y herde alle seiynge, To hym
that sat in the trone, and to the lomb,
blessyng, and onour, and glorie, and
power, in to worldis of worldis. And n
the foure beestis seiden, Amen. And
d Om. sx. e Om. o. f signetis, or smale sealis ANOSY. singnetis, either smale seelis y. S Om. T.
h in mydle T. Om. y. » the foure T. k Om. T. ' the eldrys Aosyv. eldris NQ. eldre men T. m Om. vx.
11 the seuene x. ° rijthalf ANOQSX. P sittere y. q the trone y. r the foure T. s elder men osr.
1 saueringis, ether srvele odouris y, " Om. x. v Lord oure God r. w Om. sx. x Om. N. xx Om. sx.
y ech y. z or o. a tunge, or langagis AN. tunge, or langage s. tunge, either langage y. b in A.
c puplis N. d Om. G pr.m. e Om. r. { a kyngdom TV. g prestis to oure God r. h on syx.
' voyces o. k the compas .to sec.m. NOQsyxY. lOm.Aogr. m Om. ANQsyxY. n eelder men or. eldris y.
nn 6m. y. ° thousindis y. f was y. 1 Om. sx. r dignite o. dyuynyte QX. diuynite, ether godhed v.
dignyte, or godhede Y. s is on the c sec. m. is vpon T. is on y. * that vnder x. u that ben N. uu the
worldlis G sec.m. v Om. 13. w senyours, or eldere men ANQSY. senyouris, either eldre men y. elderes x.
x on y.
VOL. IV.
P Om. nk pr. m.
4 O
Om. K.
650
APOCALYPSE.
VI. l 9.
and worsehipeden the lyuynge in to world-
lis of worldlis.
CAP. VI.
1 Arid I si$e, that the lornb hadde? openid
oon of the seuen' signetes. And Y herde
oon of the foure beestis seiynge, as aa voys
2 of thundre, Come, and see. And I si3e,
'arid lob! a whijt hors; and he that sat onc
him hadde a bowe, and ad coroun ise 30111111
to him. And he wente out ouercomynge,
3 that he shulde ouercorne. And whan he
hadde openyd the secounde seel, I herde
the secounde beest seiynge, Come thou,
4 and see. And an other reed hors wente
out; and it isr jouun to him 'that sat 011%
him11, that he shulde take pees fro erthe',
and that thei sleek to gydere hem1 silf ; and
f>a greet swerd is jouun to him. And whan
he hadde openyd the thridde seel, I herde
the thridde beest seiynge, Come thoum,
and see. And loo! a" blak hors; and he
that sat vpon° him hadde a balaunce in
e his bond. And I herde asP a voys in the
mydle of foureri beestis, seiynge, A bilibre
of whete, *that is, a wey$t of two pound*,
for oo peny, and thre bilibres of barly for
oos peny ; and hirte thou not wijn, and
7oyle. And whan he hadde openyd the
fourthe seel, I herde a voys of the fourthe
n beest, seiyng, Come thou, and see. And
loo! a paal hors; and thess name Deeth4 to
him that sat onu him, and hellev suede
him. And power isw 3ouun to him onx
foure partis'" of thez erthe, for3 to sle with
swerd, and hungre, and deeth, and withb
y beestis 'of erthec. And whan he hadde
openyd the fyuethe seel, I si3e vndir and
auter the soules of men sleyn for the word
of God, and for witnessing that thei had-
the foure and tvventi eldre men fellen
doun on her faces, and worschipiden
hym that lyueth in to worldis of worldis.
CAP. VI.
And Y sai, that the lornb hadde openyd i
oon of the setiene seelis. And Y herde
oon of the foure beestis seiynge, as a vois
of thundur0, Come?, and se. And Y2
sai, and lo ! a white horsi ; and he that
sat on hym hadde a bouwe, and a coroun
was 3ouun to hym. And he wente out
ouercomynge, that he schulde ouercorne.
And whanne he hadde openyd the se-r»
counde seel, I herde the secounde beest
seiynge, Come vthou, andr se. And an- 4
other reed hors5 wente out ; and it was
3ouun to hym that sat on hym, that he
schulde take pees fro the erthe, and that
thei sle to gidere hem silf; and a greet
swerd was 3011110 to hym. And whanne:.
he hadde openyd the thridde seel, Y
herde the thridde beest seiynge, Come
thou, and se. And lo ! a blak hors1; and
he that sat on hym hadde a balaunce in
his bond. And Y herde 'as au vois in«
the myddil of the foure beestis, seiynge,
A bilibref of wheete for av peny, and thre
bilibris of barli for aw peny; and hirte
thou not wyn, rie oile. And whanne he 7
hadde openyd the fourthe seel, Y herde
a vois of the 'foure beestisx, seiynge,
Come thou, and se. And lo ! a palen
hors>; and the name ivas Deth to hym
that sat on hym, and helle'- suede hym.
And power was 3ouun to hym on foure
partis of the erthe, for3 to sle with swerd,
and with hungur, and with deth, and
with beestis of the erthe. And whanne y
he hadde opened the fyuethe seel, Y say
vndur the auter the soulis of men slayn
y Om. sv. z Om. o. a the s. b as o. c vpon T. d Om. o. e was r. { was r. £ vpon r.
h him power T. >h Om. r. > the erthe AU sec. m. NOSFXY. k schulden slea T. l him srr. m Om. A'.
n Om. o. ° on ANOQsrx. P Om. A pr. m. o. 9. the foure A pr. m. r Om. v in text. s a rx.
ss Om. G pr. in. l of Deeth o. was Deth r. u vpon T. T deth s. w was v. x vpon T. V partyes
ANOPQST. z Om. sx. a Om. sx. b Om. ANOQsrxv. c Om. N. of the eerthe o. d the r.
0 a thundir e. P Come thou no. q t/iat is, holt chirche maad feir with baptem K sec. m. marg.
T and g. Om. k pr. m. s that is, opens pursuers K sec.m. marg. * that is, hiding hire vicis to summe
men with goode iverkis K sec.m. marg. u Om. k pr. m. v o CMRUxbcego/3. oo EQEaa. w oo E. o xegk.
* fourthe beest RO. y that is, ipocritis shewing hem holie to the peple, thou} t/ici be not. K sec. m. niarg.
z that is, men (fiat neuere benfulle of ivorldli goodis K sec. m. marg. a Om. a.
t a bilibre is a
weijte of twer
pound, v.
VI. 10 VII. 2.
APOCALYPSE.
651
10 den. And thei crieden with greet voys,
seiynge, Hou longe, Lord6, holyf and trewe,
demyst thous not, and vengisth our blood of
iithes that dwellen in erthe? 'And whijte
stooles1, 'for ech soule a stoolek, ben1 3ouun
to hem; and it ism seid to hem, that thei
shulden reste 3it a litel tyme, til then euen
seruauntes of hem be fulfillid0, and the
britheren of hem, that ben to be slayn, as
12 and theiP. And I si3e, whan he hadde
openyd the sixte seel, and lo ! ai greet
erthe mouyng isr maad; and the sunne is9
maad blak, as a* sack of heyre, and al the
1:1 moone isu maad as blood. And sterres of
heuen fellen doun vponT thew erthe, as a
fijge tree sendith his vnripe fyges, whan it
uis mouyd of a greet wijnd. And heuen
wente awey, as a book infoldid*; and all
mounteyns and ijles^ benz moued fro her
is places. And kinges of erthe, and princes,
and tribunes, and riche, and stronge, and
ech seruaunt3, and fre man, hidden hem in
16 dennes and stoones of hillis. And thei seien
to hillis and stoonys, Falle 36 onb us, and
hijde 36 us fro the face of c thed sittynge
one troonef, and fro wraths of the lomb ;
17 for the greet day of her wrath cometh,
and who shal moweh stonde ?
CAP. VII.
i Aftir thes thinges I si3e foure aungels
stondinge vpon' thek foure corners of the1
erthe, holdinge fourem wijndis of the erthe,
that thei blewen" not on0 ertheP, nethir oni
•2 ther se, nethir 'in tos ony tree. And Y si3e
an other aungel s^ing' fro the" risyng of
the sunne, hauynge a signe of quike God.
for the word of God, and for the witness-
ing that thei hadden. And thei crieden 10
with a geet vois, and seiden, Hou long
thou, Lord, that art hooli and trewe,
demest not, and vengest not oure blood
of these that dwellen in the erthe ? And 11
white stoolis, for ech soule a stoole, weren
3ouun to hem ; and it was seide to hem,
that thei schulden reste 3it a litil tyme,
til the noumbre of her felowis and of her
britheren ben fulfillid, that ben to be
slayn, as also thei. And Y say, whanne 12
he hadde openyd the sixte seel, and lo ! a
greet erthe mouyng was maad ; and the
sunne was maad blak, as a sak of heire,
and al the moone was maad as blood.
And the sterris of heuene felden doun on is
the erthe, as a fige tre sendith hisb vnripe
figis, whanne it is mouyd of ac greet
wynd. And heuene wente awei, as a 14
book wlappid in ; and alled munteyns
and ilise weren mouyd fro her placis.
And kingisf of the? erthe, and princis, ir.
and tribunes, and riche, and stronge, and
ech boride man, and frernan, hidden hem
in dennys and stoonys of'1 hillis. And IK
thei seien to hillis and to stoonys, Falle
36 on vs, and hide 30 vs fro the face of
hym that sittith on the trorie, and fro
the wrath of the lomb ; for the greet dai 17
of her wraththe corneth, and who schal
mowe stonde' ?
CAP. VII.
Aftir these thingis Y sai foure aungels i
stondinge on the foure corneris of the
erthe, holdinge foure wyndis of the erthe,
that thei blewen not on the erthe, nether
on the see, nether on ony tre. And Ya
saw3 anothir aungel stiyngek fro the. ri-
synge of the sunne, that hadde a signe of
vengist not r. ' and to
e thou, Lorde AG sec.m. NOSFXY. { that art hooly r. 8 Om. ANQSYXY.
hem ben jouen synguler whijt stoolis T. k Om. r. to ech soule a stole x. l weren r. m was v.
n the nonmbre of the N. " fillid r. P thei weren T. <l Om. ANOQSFY. T was r. s was v. * Om. g.
u was r. v on ANQSFXY. wOm. o. * wlappid yn ANOQSFXY. y hillis x. z weren v. a boond man r.
b vpon T. c on N. d Om. NX. e vpon T. { the trone x. S the wraththe ox. h mai NY. Om. T.
1 on ANOQsrxv. k Om. NQT. ' Om. ANrx. m the foure s. n blowen NO. » vpon T. P the erthe
ANOQsrxv. i vpon T. r Om. ANOSXY. 8 in v. ' sittyng o. u Om. T.
b Om. Egk pr. m. « Om. b|3. d alle the B. « hilles a.
b tup. ran. ! withstonde gk pr. m. k stiynge up iRa sec.m.
4 O 2
'" the kingis K sec. m. 8 Om. E. h and
652
APOCALYPSE.
VII. 3 — 12.
And he criede with a" greet voys to the foure
aungels, to whichev itw isx 3ouun for>' to
:t noije toz the erthe, and sea, seiyngeb, Nyle
36 noi3e the0 erthe, andd se, nether toc trees,
tilf we 'signe, or market, the seruauntes
4 of oure God in the forhedisss of hem. And
I herde the noutnbre 'of markidh, an hun-
drid' and foure and fourty thousyndk
markid1, of euerym lynage of the sones of
.-. Yrael; of the lynage of Juda, twelue thou-
synd" signed0; of the lyuage of Ruben,
twelue thousynd" markidi'; of the lynage
c of Gad, twelue thousynd" markidi'; of the
lynage of Aser, twelue thousynd" markidP;
of the lynage of Neptalym, twelue thou-
synd11 markidP; of the lynage of Manasse,
7 twelue thousynd1 markidi'; of the lynage
of Symeon, twelue thousynd" markidP; of
the lynage of Leuy, twelue thousynd"
markidi; of the lynage of Ysacar, twelue
i! thousynd" markid'); of the lynage of Za-
bulon, twelue thousynd" markid^; of the
lyuage of Joseph, twelue thousyndr mark-
id1); of the lynage of Beniamyn, twelue
!• thousynd" markidi. Aftir thes thinges I
si3e a greet company, whom no man rni3te
noumbre, of alle 'folkis, and lynagis8, and
puplis, and tungis1, stondinge bifore the
trone, in the" si3t of the lomb, coueridv,
"or clothid™, with whijte stoolis, and
10 palmes* in the hondis of hem. And thei
crieden with greet voys, seiynge, Helthe
to oure God, that sittith on? tronez, and to
lithe lomb. And alle aungels stoden in
cumpas of the trone, and ofa 'senyouris,
or eldreb, andc foure beestis. And thei
fellend in the si^t of thefi trone, 'in tof her
isfacis, and worschipiden God, seiynge?,
Amen! blessyng, and cleernes, and wisdom,
the lyuynge God. And he criede with
a greet vois to the foure aungels, to
whiche it was 3ouun to noye the erthe,
and the see, and seide, Nyle 36 noye thes
erthe, and see1, nether trees, til we mark-
en the seruauntis of oure"1 God in the
forhedis of hem. And I herde the noum- 4
bre of men that weren markid, an hun-
drid thousynde and foure and fourti u
thousynde markid, of euery lynage of
the sones of Israel ; of the lynage of 5
Juda, twelue thousynde markid ; of the
lynage of Ruben, twelue thousynde mark-
id ; of the lynage of Gad, twelue thou-
synde markid ; of the lynage of Aser, r,
twelue thousynde markid ; of the lynage
of Neptalym, twelue thousynde markid ;
of the lynage of Manasse, twelue thou-
synde markid ; of the lynage of Symeon, 7
twelue thousynde markid ; of the lynage
of Leuy, twelue thousynde markid ; of
the lynage of Isachar, twelue thousynde
markid ; of the lynage of Zabulon, «
twelue thousynde markid ; of the lynage
of Josephf, twelue thousynde markid ;
of the lynage of Beniamyn, twelue thou-
synde markid. Aftir these thingis Y saia
a greet puple, whom no man my3te
noumbre, of alle folkis, and lynagis, and
puplis, and langagis, stondinge bifore the
trone, in the 5131 of the lomb ; and thei
weren clothid with white stoolis, and
palmes weren in the hondis of hem.
And thei crieden with greet"" vois, and 10
seiden, Heelthe to oure God, that sittith
on the troone, and to the lombe. Andu
alle0 aungels 'stoden alP aboute the trone,
and i the eldre men, and the r foure
beestis. And thei fellen doun in the
t The lynajce uf
Dan is left out
here, for ante-
crist schal be
horn of that
lynage, and the
lynage of Jo-
seph is set here
in the stede of
the lynage of
Dan. Lire here.
u Om. o. v the whiche o. whom T. w Om. A pr. m. x was v. y Om. sx. z Om. OQK. a the see r.
11 and seide r. c to the o sec.m. T. d and the STXY. e Om. ANOQSVXY. f to T. S marke or. signen QX.
singnen, either marken r. SS foreheuedis GO. b of men signed, or markid AG sec.m. SY. of men singnyd n.
of men markid o. of hem signed, or markid o. of men marken T. of men singned, either markid r. signed,
or markid x. > hundryd thousind r. k thousendis o. ' signed ANQSPXY. m eche x. n thousondis
o passim in hoc cap. ° marked or. P signed ANQSYXY. 1 signid ANsrv. r thousendis os. s lynagis
folkis A- . ' langagis r. u Om. T. v clad o. and thei weren clothid v. w Om. OQVX. or clad s.
* psalmys N. palmes weren v. y vpon r. z the trone AXOT. a of the A pr. m. T. D senyourys, or
eldris AY. senyours NQ. elder men or. senyouris, or elders men s. senyouris, either eldris r. elderes x.
c and of r. d fellen douu v. ' Om. Q. f on r. S and seiden v.
1 the see EKO pr. m. m joure o. n twenti K sec. m. nn a greet Eoj3. ° alle the R.
stonden i pr. m. stonden al i sec. m. u. stoden M. 1 and of K. r Om. o.
P stondynge A.
VII. is — VIII. 5.
APOCALYPSE.
653
and doyng of thankingis, and honour, and
vertu, and strengthe toh oure God, in to
13 worldlis of worldlis. Amen. And oon of
the 'eldre men' answeride, and seide to me,
Who ben thes, that ben coueridk, ''or cloth-
iW, with whijte stoolis111? and of" whennus
i4camen thei? And I seide to him, My
lord, thou woost. And he seide to me,
Thes ben thei, that camen fro greet tribu-
lacioun, and waschiden0 her stooles, and
raaden hemP whijte in bloodi of the lornb.
loTherfore thei ben bifore the trone of God,
and seruen tor him day and m3t, in his
temple. And he that sittith in trones,dwell-
icith on' hem. Thei shulen no more hungre,
and" thirste, nether sunnev shal falle onw
17 hem, nether ony heete. For the lornb,
that is in the" mydle of the>' trone, shal
gouerne hem, and shal leede 'hem forth*
to the wellis of watrisa of lijf ; and God
shal wijpe awey ech teer fro 'the i3enb of
hem.
CAP. VIII.
1 And whan he hadde openid the seuenthe
seel, silence isc maad in heuen, as 'half an
2 hour*1. And I si3e seuen aungels stondinge
in the si3t of God, and seuen trumpes bee
33ouun to hem. And another aungel cam,
and stode bifore the auter, hauyngef a
golden censer; and many encenses ben=
jouen to him, that he shulde 3iue of the
preyers of alle seyntis vpon'1 the golden
4 auter, that is bifore the trone'. And the
smoke of encensisk of the preyers of ha-
lewis1 sti3ede up ofm the aungelis bond
a bifore God. And the aungel toke the
censer, and fillide it of the" fijr of the
auter, and sente0 it? in to erthe. And
si3t of the trone, on her faces, and wor-
schipiden God, and seiden, Amen! bless- 12
yng, and clerenesse, and wisdom, and
doynge of thankingis8, and honour, and
vertu, and strengthe to oure God, in to
worldis of worldis. Amen. And oon of is
the senyours1 answerde, and seide to me,
Who ben these, that ben clothid with
white stoolis? and fro whennus came
thei ? And Y seide to hym, My lord, 14
thou woost". And he seide to me, These
ben thei, that camen fro greet tribula-
cioun, and waischiden her stoolis, and
maden hem white in the blood of the
lomb. Therfor thei ben bifor the trone u.
of God, and seruen to hym dai and ni3t,
in his temple. And he that sittith in
the trone, dwellith on hem. Thei schu-io
len no more hungur, nether"" thirste, ne-
ther sunne schal falle on hem, ne ony
heete. For the lomb, that is in the myd-17
dil of the trone, schal gouerne hem, andv
schal lede forth hemw to thex Avellis of
watris of lijf; and God schal wipe awei
ech teer fro the i3en of hem.
CAP. VIII.
And whanne he hadde openyd the i
seuenthe seel, a silence was maad in he-
uene, as half an our. And Y say seuene 2
aungels stondinge in the si3t of God, and
seuene trumpis weren 3ouun to hem.
And another aungel cam, and stood bifor :H
the auter, and hadde a goldun censer ;
and many encencis weren 3ouun to hym,
that he schulde 3yue of the preiers of
alley seyntis on the goldun auter, that is
bifor the trone of God. And the smoke 4
of yy encencis of the preiers of the2 hooli
men stiede vp fro the aungels hoond bifor
God. And the aungel took the censere,.-j
and fillide it of the fier of the auter, and
11 be to T. be yiuen to v. ' senyours ANQSVXY. k clothid o. ' Om. NOQVX. or clad s. m clothis
v tec. m. n Om. QX. fro v. ° weshen sx. P Om. s. q the blood o. ' Orn. o. s the trone r.
1 vpon T. i ne ANOQSY. nether vx. v the sunne T. w vpon T. * Om. T. y Om. AQSVY. z forth
hem v. » the wateres o. b vie o. c was v. d an half our v. e weren v. f and hadde v.
g weren v.
o sende v.
h vp o. on srx.
P Om. ANOQSVY.
' trone of God r. k censer o. l hooly men v. m fro r. n Om. T.
» thankis g. * eldre men H. » wotist R. "« ne k.
Om. K pr. m. yy of the e. z Om. aehko/3.
ana Jie b pr. m. w Om. k pr. m. x Om. o.
654
APOCALYPSE.
VIII. 6 — 13.
thundres, and voyces, and ley tinges ben?
n maad, and greet" 'erthe mouyngr. And
the seuene aungelis, that hadden seuen
trumpes, maden hem redy,that thei shulden
7synge in trumpe5. "And the first aungel
song in trumpe1; and hayl isu maad, and
fijrv mengid™ to gydere 'in blood"; and it
is? sent in to erthe. And the thridde
paart of erthe is^ brent, and the thridde
paart of trees is? brent, and al greene 'hay,
s or grasz, isa brent. And the secounde
aungel song in trumpeb; and as a greet
hil brennyng with fijr isc sent in to the
se; and the thridde paart of the se isc maad
!) blood, and the thridde paart of creatures'1
ise deed, that hadden soulesf, W lijfes*, in
the se, and the thridde paart of shippish
loperschide. And the thridde aungel song
in trumpe; and a great sterre brennynge
as a litel1 bronde, fel frok heuen ; and it1 fel
in to the thridde part of floodis, and in to
1 1 wellis of watris. And the name of the
sterre is seid Wermod. And the thridde
part of watris ism maad in to wermod ;
and many men ben" deede of the watris,
12 for 'thei ben° made bitter. And the fourthe
aungel song in trumpe; and the thridde
paart of sunne'' isi smytun, and the thridde
paart of ther moone, and the thridde paart
of stems8, so that the thridde paart of hem
was derkid, and the thridde paart of day*
isshoone" not, and also of ni3t. Andv I
sije, and herde thew voys of an1 egle fle-
ynge bi mydle^ heuen, seiynge with greet
voys, Wo ! wo ! wo ! to 'the dwellinge
menz in erthe, of othere8 voycis of threb
aungels, that weren to syngyngec in
trumpe.
castide" in to theb erthe. And thundris,
and voices, and leityngis weren maad,
and ac greet erthe mouyng. And the 6
seuene aungels, that hadden seuened
trumpis, maden hem redi, that thei
schulden trumpe. And the n'rste aungel 7
trumpide ; and hail was maad, and fier
meynd togidere in blood ; and it was
sent in to thee erthe. And the thridde
part of the erthe was brent, and the
thridde part of trees was brent, and al
thef green gras was brent. And the se-s
cunde aungel trumpide ; and as a greet
hil brennynge with fier was cast in to
the see; and the thridde part of the see 9
was maad blood, and the thridde part of
creature was deed, that hadde lyues in
the see, and the thridde part of schippis
perischide. And the thridde aungel 10
trumpide ; and a greet sterre brennynge
as a litil brond, felle fro heuene ; and it
felle in to the? thridde part of floodis,
and in to the wellis of watris. And then
name of the sterre is seid Wormod. And
the thridde part of watris was maad in
to wormod ; and many men weren deed
of the watris, for tho weren maad bit-
tere. And the fourthe aungel trumpide ; 12
and the thridde part of the sunne was
smytun, and the thridde part of the
moone, and the thridde part of sterris,
so that the thridde part of hem was
derkid, and the thridde part of the dai
schynede not, and also of the ny3t. And is
Y say, and herde the vois of an11 egle
fleynge bi the myddil of heuene, and
seiynge with a greet vois, Wo! wo! wo!
to men that dwellen in erthe, of the
othir1 voices of threk aungels, that schu-
len trumpe aftir.
I1 weren v. 1 a gret T. r erth mouynges o. s trumpis GNSV. * Om. QT. u was r. v fire and
blood N. w meyned OQP. meynt y. x Om. n. Y was r. z gras o. hei x. greene trees, hey, or gras Y.
a was v. b a trumpe T. c was v. d creature GOPQSrrxY. the creature N. e of hem was v. f lyues r.
g Om. NFX. 1' the schippes o. ' Om. o. k doun fro o. 1 Om. QSX. m was r. n weren r.
0 tho weren v. P the sunne Nosrrx. 1 was r. T Om. ANOQSX. s the sterris G. * the day T.
u schynyde F. v And also r. w a o. x oon Axsrv. oen x. y the myddil of s. myddil of r.
z men dwellinge rx. B the othere Q. thre T. h the NQSY. Om. x. c singen sx.
• keste R. b Om. CEiKMQUxabcega/3. * Om. b. d the seuene b. e Om. EQga/3. { Om. b. g Om. b.
oon a. ' tothir H, k the thre o.
IX. I — ii.
APOCALYPSE.
655
CAP. IX.
1 And the fyuethe aungel song in trumped;
and I si3e ae sterre 'for to hauef fallen
doun fro heuen in to erthe ; and the keye
of the pitt of depnesse iss 30111111 to himh.
2 And he1 openydek the pitt of depnesse,
and srnoke 'of the pitt1 sti3ede up, as the
smoke of a greet fourneys; and the sunne
ism derkid, and the" eyr, of the0 smoke of
a the pitt. And 'of smoke? of the"! pitt
locustes wenten out1" in 'to the8 erthe1; and
power is" 3ouun to hem, as scorpiouns of
4 erthe han power. And it is" comaundid
to hem, that thei shulden not hirte hay
'of the erthev, nether alw grene thing, ne-
ther ech* tree, no but onely men, that han
not the marky of God in her forhedisz.
5 And it isa 30111111 to hem1', that thei shul-
den not sle hem, but that thei shulden be
tourmentidc fyue monethes ; and the tour-
menting of hem, as the tourmentyng of ad
cscorpioun, whan he smytith a man. And
in tho dayes men shulen seke deeth, and
thei shulen not fynde it ; and theie shulen
desijre forf to dye, and deeth shal flee fro
7 hem. And the lijknesses& of locustis lijk1'
to' horsisk made redy in1 to bateyle ; and
onm the heedis" of hem as crownes lijk
to0 gold, and the00 faces of hem as faces?
s of men. And. thei haddenheeres,'as heeresi
of wymmen; and the teeth of hem were
9as ther teeth of lyouns. And thei hadden
haberiouns, as yren haberiouns, and the
voyss of 'the ilke1 wyngis as the voys of
chaaris of many horsis" rennynge in to
lobateyl. And thei hadden tayles lijk ofv
scorpiouns, and prickes weren in the
tayles of hem; and the mi3t of hem forw
11 to noy3e men bix fyue monethis. And thei
CAP. IX.
And the fyuethe aungel trumpide ; i
and Y say, that a sterre hadde falle doun
fro heuene in to erthe ; and the keye
of the pit of depnessek was 3ouun to it.
And it openede the pit of depnesse, and 2
a1 smoke of the pit stiede vp, as the
smoke of a greet furneis ; and the sunne
was derkid, and the eir, of the smoke of
the pit. And locustis wenten out of the 3
smoke of the pit in to erthe ; and power
was 3ouun to hem, as scorpiouns of them
erthe han power. And it was comaund-4
id to hem, that thei schulden not hirte
the gras of erthe", nether ony grene
thing, nether ony tre, but oneli men, that
han not the signe of God in her forhedis.
And it was 3ouun to hem, that thei*
schulden not sle hem, but that0 thei
schulden 'be turmentid? fyue'i monethis ;
and the turmentyng of hem, as the tur-
mentyng of a scorpioun, whanne he
smytith a man. Andr in tho daies men 6
schulen seke deth, and thei schulen not
fynde it ; and thei schulen desire to die,
and deth schal fie fro hem. And the?
licnesse of locustis ben lijk horsis maad
redi 'in to8 batel ; and on the heedis of
hem as corouns lijk gold, and the facis
of hem as the faces of men. And thei «
hadden heeris, as' heeris of wymmen ;
and the teeth of hern weren as teeth" of
liouns. And thei hadden haburiouns, as»
yren haburiouns, and the voisv of her
wengis as the voisw of charis of many
horsis rennynge 'in tox batel. And thei 10
hadden tailis lijk scorpiouns, and prickis
weren in the tailis of hern ; and the my3t
of hem was to noye men fyue monethis.
d a trumpe T. e that a r. { to haue STX. hadde r. IS was v. '' it AKOQSVXY. ' it ANOQSVXY.
k openeth Q. ' Om. o. m was r. n Om. ANSX. ° Om. T. P the smoke ANOQSVXY. <J Om. wry.
'r locustes wenten out of the smoke of pit v. s Om. a. to r. * aier o. u was r. v of erthe AG sec. m.
stjsrxY. Om. o. w eny or. * eny v. J signe ^NOOSTAV. z foreheuedes or. a was v. b hem in
mautidement T. « turment v. d Om. T. e Om. T. f Om. sx. e licnesse QSTXY. h ben lijc TV.
> Om. v. k hors x. ' Om. ST. m vpon T. n heuedes OT. ° Om. v. °° Om. G pr.m. P the faces
NSX. 1 Om. r. r Om. AOSVY. s voices o. * tho x. u hors sx. T Om. NF. to T. w Om. S.T.
was for TV. * Om.
k derknesse Kg. ' Om. A. the b. m Om. Eia sec. m. n the erthe KQRgka. ° Om. A. P turmente
hem k pr. m. 1 bi fyue x. r Om. k pr. vi. s to gk pr. m. l as the EK $cc. m. Q pr. in. u the teeth b.
T voyces Eg. w voices E. * to k.
656
APOCALYPSE.
IX. 12 20.
hadden vpon^ hem a kyng, thez aungel of
depnesse, to whom the name bi Ebru,
Labadona, forsothe bi Greke, Appolion,
and bi Latyn vhauynge theb name De-
it strier. Oo woo passid0, and lo ! jit comend
is two6 wos. Aftir thes thingis andf the
sixt aungel song in trumpe ; and I herde
oo" voys of h foure' corners of the golden
uauter, that is bifore the ijen of God, sei-
yngek to the sixte aungel that hadde a1
trumpe, Vnbynde™ foure" aungels, that
ben bounde0 in the greet flood Eufrates.
is And the foure aungels ben? vnbounde,
the0! whiche weren redy into hour, andr
day, and monethe, and jeer, 'that thei
shulden slee5 the thridde paart1 of men.
is And the noumbre of the boost of horsmen
twenty" thousynd sithis ten thousyndisv.
17 Iw herde the noumbre of hem. And so
I sijex horses^ in visiounz ; and thei that
saten ona hem hadden fijry haberiouns,
andb iacynctinesc, and brunstonyd. And the
heedis6 of thef horsis £ weren as heedish
of lyouns ; and 'of the mouth of hem fijr
cometh' forth, and smoke and brunstonk.
is Of thes thre plagis1, vor woundis™, the
thridde paart of men is" slayn, of fijr0,
and? ofi smoke1", and of8 brunston', that
lacamen out of the mouth of hem. Sotheli"
the power of horsisv is in the mouth of
hem, and in the taylis of hem ; forwhi the
tailis of hem lijkw to serpentesx, hauynge
aoheedesy, and in hem thei noyen. And
thez tothira menb, that benc not slayn in
thes plagis'1, nether diden penaunce of the
werkis of her hondis, that thei worschip-
iden not deuels, and simulacres goldene,
siluerenf, ands brasen1', and stoonen', and
And thei hadden on hem a kyng, then
aungel of depnesse, to whom the name
hi? Ebrew is1 Laabadon*, but bi Greek
Appollion, and bi Latyn vhe hath ab name
'Extermynans, that isc, «d distriere. 0 12
wo is passid, and lo ! jit comene twei
woes. Aftir these thingis also the sixte 13
aungel trumpide ; and Y herde a vois
fro fouref corneris of the goldun auter,
that is bifore the ijen of God, and seide u
to the sixte aungel that hadde a trumpe,
Vnbynde thou foure aungels, that ben
boundun in the greet flood Eufrates.
And the foure aungels weren vnboundun, 15
whiche weren redi in to our, and dai,
and monethe, and jeer, to sle the thridde
part of men. And the noumbre of the IB
oost of horse men was twenti thousynde
sithis ten thousynde. Y» herde the
noumbre of hem. And so Y say horsis 17
in visioun ; and thei that saten on hem
hadden firy haburiouns, and of iacynt,
and of brymstoon. And the heedis of
theh horsis weren as heedis of liouns ;
and fier, and smoke, and brymston, com-
eth forth of the mouth of hem. Of these is
thre plagis the thridde part of men was
slayn, of the1 fier, andk of the1 smoke,
and1" of the" brymston, that camen out
of the mouth of hem. For the power of 19
the horsis is in the mouth of hem, and
in the tailis of hem ; for the tailis of
hem ben lyk to serpentis, hauynge heedis,
and in hem thei noyeu. And the tothir°20
men, that weren not slayn in these
plagis, nether dyden penaunce ofP the
werkis of her hondis, that thei worschip-
edeni not deuelis, and simylacris of gold,
y on ANOQsrxY. 7 an Q. a Abbadon N. i* Laabadan v. b hath Aogsrx. his N. c is passid T.
d comtneth NO. e tweye ANQVY. f also v. g a og. h fro r. ' the foure T. k and seide v. ^ the x.
"> Vnbynde thou v. n the foure TX. ° founden v. P weren v. 1 Om. v. r Om. o. s to slee v.
* parti o. u was twenty v. v thousend srx. w And I TV pr. m. x say v. y hors sx. z visiouns JV.
a vpon T. b and of v. c iacynctis NX. iacinct r. d brymstoon NQ. of brimston v. « heuedes or.
f Om. AXOQSVXY. g hors sx. h heuedes or. the hedis sx. J cam o. cometh out s. <k fijer and smoke
and brymston cometh forth of the mouth of hem y. ! woundis o. m Om. OQSX. or veniaunce T. either
ivoundis v. n was v. ° the fyer AG sec.tn. Nosrxv. P Om. A pr.m. 1 Om. x. r the smoke Q.
* Om. x. * the brunston o. u For v. v hors sx. w ben lijk TV. x the serpentis Q. y heuedes OT.
z that Q. & othore QS. b Om. o. c weren r. d veniaunces T. plaagis, weren slayn bi bodily delh and
cuerelastinge r. e of gold v. f and siluerene s. and siluer r. e Om. N. and of v. h brasse v. i of
stoon v.
y in R. z Om. n. a Abadon EQ. b Orn. Kpr. m. c Om. b. d Om. Ebg. e cometh o. f the iiij.
B And Y hk pr. m. oa. b Om. K pr. m. ' Om. Bg. k Om. Rbk. ' Om. Rgk pr. m. m Om. E.
n Om. Bbk pr. m. ° othere ink, P in o. q worschipen A.
IX. 21 — X. 8.
APOCALYPSE.
657
treenen1, the™ whicbe" nether mowen see,
21 nether heere, nether wandre0; and didenP
not penaunce of her mansleyngis, nether
of heri venemyngis, nether of her forny-
cacioun, nether of herr theftis5.
CAP. X.
1 And I si3e an other strong aungel com-
ynge dbun fro heuen, couerid', 'or cloth-
id*, withT a cloude, and the raynbowe in
his heedw; and the face of him was as
sunnex, and the feet of him as a pyler of
2 fijr. And he hadde in his hond a litel book
openyd ; and he putte? his ri3t foot onz
the se, forsothe his3 liftb onc thed erthe.
3 And he criede with greet voys, as a lyoun
whan he rorith; and whan he hadde cried,
4 seuene thundres spaken her voices. And
whan thedd seuen thundres hadden spoke
her voyces, I was to writynge". And If
herde a voys fro heuen, seiynge&, 'Signe
thouh, 'or mar tee', what thingesk the seuen
thundres spaken, and nyle thou write
5 hem. And the aungel whom I si3e stond-
inge aboue the se, and aboue the erthe,
oliftide1 up his hond tom heuen, and swoor
by the lyuynge in to worldlis of worldlis,
that made of nou3t heuen, and tho thinges
that0 ben in it, and theP erthe, and tho
thinges that0! ben in it, and the se, and
tho thinges that ben in it, forr tyme shal
7 no more be. But in the dayes of the voyce
of the seuenthe aungel, whan he shal bi-
gynne for3 to synge in trumpe, the mys-
terie1 of God shal be endid™, as he euan-
agelizide bi his seruauntis prophetis. And
I herde a voys fro heuen eftsoone spek-
inge with me, andv seiynge, Go thou, and
take the book openyd, of w the hond of the
aungel stondinge aboue the se, and on"
and of siluer, and of bras, and of stoon,
and of tre, whiche nethir mown se, ne-
ther heere, nether wandre; and diden not 21
penaunce of her mansleyngis, nether of r
her8 witchecraftis*, nethir of her fornica-
cioun, nethir of her theftis, weren sluyn.
CAP. X.
And Y say another stronge aungel i
comynge doun fro heuene, clothid with
a cloudeu, and the reynbowe on his heed ;
and the face of him was as the sunne,
and the feet of hym as av piler of fier.
And he hadde in his hoond a litil book 2
openyd ; and he sette his ri3t foot on the
see, and the left foot on the erthe. And s
he criede with a greet vois, as a lioun
whanne he roreth ; and whanne he hadde
cried, the seuene thundris spaken her
voicis. And whanne the seuene thundris 4
hadden spoken her voicis, Y was to writ-
yngew. And Y herde a vois fro heuene,
seiynge, Marke thou what thingis x the
seuene thundris spaken, and nyle thou
write hem. And the aungel whom Yo
say stondinge aboue the see, and aboue
the erthe, lifte vp his hond toy heuene,
and swoor bi hym that lyueth in toe
worldis of worldis, that maad of nou3t
heuene, and tho thingis whiche2 ben in
it, and the erthe, and tho thingis that
ben in it, and the see, and tho thingis
that ben in it, that time schal no more
be. But in the daies of the vois of the 7
seuenethe aungel, whanne he schal bi-
gynne to trumpe, the mysteriea of God
schal be endid, as he prechide bi hise
seruauntis prophetis. And Y herde as
vois fro heuene eftsoone spekynge with
me, and seiynge, Go thou, and take the
book, that isb openyd, fro the hoond of
1 treen AST. of tree r. m Om. vx. n that x. ° gon x. P thei diden T. 1 Om. MP. «• Om. N.
8 jiftis M. ' clothid r. u Om. orrx. or clad s. T Om. Q. w heued or. x the sunne TV.
7 puttide AW. putt in T. z vpon T. a the ANogsrx. h lift foot rx. c vpon T. d Om. T.
dd Om. ANOSVX. e writen sx. { Om. Q. * seiyng to me N. h Marke thou o. Marke thou, hauyng in
mynde T. > Om. OQTX. ether marks v. k Om. ox. ' lifte ANosr. m into N. ° whiche ANQr.
P Om. o. 1 whiche N. r that r. s Om. srx. * misterie, or priuyte T. u fulfilde o. y Om. o.
w fro v. * aboue T.
r Om. K pr.m. 8 Om. K pr. m. Qgk pr.m. 4 ether venemynges K sec.m. marg. " whijt cloude k pr.m.
T the Q pr. m. a. Om. Q sec.m. w write K. * Om. Ek pr. m. y in to b. z that KQRk. a misteries H.
*> was gk pr. m.
VOL. IV.
4 P
658
APOCALYPSE.
X. 9 — XI. 6.
<> the lond. And I wente to they aungel,
seiyngez to him, that he shulde 3iue to me
the book. And he seide to me, Take the
book, and deuoure it; and it shal make thi
worn be for* to be bittir, but in thi mouth
10 it shal be swete vas honyb. And I toke
the book of the aungels bond, and deuour-
ide it, and it was in my mouth as swete
honey c; and whan I hadde deuourid it,
1 1 my worn be was bittir. And he seide to
me, It bihoueth thee eftsoone ford to pro-
phecie to hethen men, and to puplis, and
toe langagisf, and to many kingis.
CAP. XI.
i And a 'mesure lijk tos a 3erd ish 3ouun
to me, and it ish seid to me, Rise thou,
and mete the temple of God, and the
aauter, and men worschipinge in it. For-
sothe caste' out the porchek, that is with
out forth1 the temple, and mete it not; for
it is 3ouun to hethen men, and thei shulen
defoule the holy citee bi fourty monethis
sand twom. And I shal 3iue to my twon
witnesses, and thei shulen prophecie a
thousynd dayes two hundrid and sixty,
4 thei0 clothidP with sackis. Thes ben twoi
olyues, and twor candelstickes, ^euynge
Ii3ts, thei1 stondingeu in thev sijt of the
5 Lord of erthe. And if ony man 'shal
wolenw forx to anoi3ey hem, fijr shal go
out of the mouth of hem, and shal de-
uoure her enemyes. And if onyz 'shal
wolena forb to hirte hem, thus it bihoueth
ehimc ford to be slayn. Thes ban power 'of
shittinge6 heuen, that it rayne not in thef
dayes s of her prophecieh ; and thei han
power on' watirs, 'of turnynge hemk in to
blood; and for1 to smyte the erthe with 'al
plage1", and hou ofte euer thei 'shulen
the aungel, that stondith aboue the see,
and on the lond. And Y wente to the 9
aungel, and seide to hym, that he schulde
3yue me the book. And he seide to me,
Take the book, and deuoure it; and it
schal make thi wombe to be bittir, but
in thi mouth it schal be swete as hony.
And Y took the book of the aungels 10
hond, andc deuouride it, and it was in
my mouth as swete hony ; and whanne
Y hadde deuourid it, my wombe was bit-
tere. And he seide to me, It bihoueth n
thee eftsoone to prophesie to hethene
men, and to puplis, and langagis, and to
many kingis.
CAP. XI.
And a reedd lijk a 3erde was 3ouun to i
me, and it was seid to me, Rise thou,
and meete the temple of God, and the
auter, and men that worschipen" inf it.
But caste thou out the for3erd, that is 2
with out the temple, and mete not it; for
it is 3ouun to hethene men, and thei
schulen defoule the hooli citee bi fourti
monethis and tweyne. And Y schal 3yues
'to my& twey witnessish, and thei schulen
prophesie a thousynde daies two hun-
drid and sixti', and schulen be clothid
with sackis. Thesek ben tweyne1 olyues, 4
and tweim candilstikis", and thei stonden
in the si3t of the Lord of the erthe. And 5
if ony man wole anoye0 hem, fier schal
go out of the mouth of hem, and schal
deuoure her enemyes. And if ony wole
hirte hem, thus it bihoueth hym to be
slayn. These han power to close heuene,c
that it reyne not in the daies of her pro-
phesie ; and thei han power on watris,
to turne hem? in to blood ; and to smyte
the erthe with euery plage, and as ofte
as thei wolen. And whanne thei schulen 7
y Om. A. z and seide v. a Om. sx. b Om. o. c as hony QT. d Om. sx. e Om. ANogsrx.
f tungis x. e reeid, either mesure, lijk v. h was F. i caste thou F
m twenti A. tweyne NOQF. n tweye Nogr. " Om. rx. and thei schulen be r.
ANogr. T twey ANogr. s Om. r. * Om. QT.S. and thei F. u stonden F.
1 Om. SF.X. y no3en s. z eny man T. a wole F. b Om. srx. c hem N.
schitte o. to schitte F. { tho T. S dai x. h prophecies x. ' of N. vpon r.
m a wonde o. al wounde T. al plage, either veniaunce r.
k for3erd F.
P clad sx.
v Om. T.
d Om. sx.
to turne F.
l Om. F.
4 tweyne
' wole F.
e for to
Om. sx.
c and I k pr. m. d ether mesure K sec. m. marg. e worschipiden g. f togidere in K pr. m. Om. H.
S Om. k pr. m. h that is, Enok and Elye K marg. » sixty and sixe i pr. m. k There k. ' two h.
'" two Rh. n candilstikis schynynge i pr. m. ° noie R. P Om. R.
XI. 7 — 1
APOCALYPSE.
659
7wolen. And whan thei shulen ende her
witnessing, the beest that sti3eth0 up of f
thei depnesser, shal make bateyls ajens
hem, and1 shal ouercome hem, and shalu
«slee hem. And the bodies of hem shulen
liggev in the streetis of the grete citee,
that is clepid goostlyw Sodom, and Egipt,
where the Lord of hem was crucified.
yAnd 'thei shulen seex of lynagis, and of
puplis, and tungis?, andz hethen men, thea
bodies of hem bi thre dayes and an half;
and 'the bodies of hem shulen not be suf-
iofridb forc to be put in biriels. And men
enhabitinge the erthe shulen haue ioye
vpond hem; and thei shulen make myrye,
andf sendes 3iftes to gydere, for thes twob
prophetes tourmentiden hem that dwellen
non1 erthe. And aftir thre dayes and an
half, the spirit of 'lijf of k God entride in
to hem ; and thei stoden on1 her feet, and
greet drede fel onm hem that si3en hem.
12 And thei herden a greet voys fro heuen,
seiynge to hem, Sti3en up hidir. And thei
Sweden0 in to heuen in a cloude, and the
isenemyes of hem si3en hem. And in that
hour a greet erthe mouyng isP maad, and
the tenthe paart of the citee fell; and vther
benr slayn in the erthe mouyng the8
'names of men seuen thousynd'; and 'the
tother" benv sentw in1 drede, and 3auen
14 glory to God of heuen. The secounde
woo wente?, and lo ! the thridde woo shal
is come soone. And the seuenthe aungel
song in trumpe, and greete voices benz
maad in heuen, seiynge8, The reume of
this world is maad 'cure Lordisb, and ofc
Cristisd, his sone ; and thei shulen regne
IB in to worldlis of worldlis. Amen. And
the foure and twenty senyoures®, 'or elder
ende her witnessing, the beeste that sti-
eth vp fro depnesse, schal make batel
a3ens hem, and schal ouercome hem, and
schal sle hem. And the bodies of hems
schulen ligge in the stretis of the greet
citee, that is clepid goostli Sodom, and
Egipt, where the Lord of hem was cru-
cified. And summe of 1 lynagis, and of 9
puplis, and of langagis, and of r hethene
men, schulen se the bodies of hem bi
thre daies and an half; and thei schulen
not suffre the bodies of hem to be put
in biriels. And men enhabitynge the 10
erthe schulen haue ioye on hem ; and
thei schulen make myrie8, and schulen
sende 3iftis togidere, for these twei pro-
phetis turmentiden hem that dwellen on
the1 erthe. And aftir thre daies and ana
half, the spirit of lijf of God entride in
to hem ; and thei stoden on her feet, and
greet" dreed felle on hem that sayn hem.
And thei herden a greet vois fro heuene, 12
seiynge to hem, Comev vp hidir. And
thei stieden in to heuene in a cloude, and
the enemyes of hem sayn hem. And in 13
that our a greet erthe mouyng was
maad, and the tenthe part of the citee
felle doun ; and the names of men seuene
thousynde weren slayn in the erthe mou-
yng; and the totherw weren sent in to
drede, and 3auen glorie to God of heuene.
The secounde wo is gon, and lo ! the 14
thridde wo schal come soone. And the is
seuenthe aungel trumpide, and grete
voicis* weren maad in heuene, and seiden,
The rewme of this? world is maad 'oure
Lordisz, and of Crist, his sone; and he
schal regne in to worldis of worldis.
Amen. And the foure and tweriti eldre ie
n wolen v. ° stiede o. P fro v. 1 Om. r. "• depthe s. s batals A. l and he s. u Om. jr.
v lyn sx. w Om. T. * summe v. J tungis, or langagis ANS. of tungis T. of langagis v. z and of TV.
a schulen see the v. b thei schulen not suffre the bodies of hem v. c Om. sx. d on ANQSVX. vp
G pr. m. of o. e ioye T. ' and thei AQS. S schulen seend AG sec. m. OQsrx. h twey
vpon or. in p.
k Om. o. ! vpon T. m vpon T. n Stie je ANOT. Ste3ith sx. ° stijeden vp T.
P was v. q fel doun v. r the names of men seuene thousind weren r. 8 Om. or. * Om. v. u that
other o. v weren v. w sent, or putle T. * in to A pr. m. rx. y wente, or is gon A NS. is goon v.
r weren v. a and seiden v. b of oure Lord G sec.m. of oure God T. c Om.
a tec. m. e elder men or.
Crist
1 of the gk pr. m. r of the k. . s myrthe gk. * Om. ehko. " a greet k pr. m. v Cometh i. Come
56 K. w othere ink. * vois k pr. m. y the k pr. m. z oure Lord A pr. m. <t sec. m. c. of oure Lorde
A sec. m. EQ pr. m. gk pr. m. a.
4 P 2
660
APOCALYPSE.
XI. 17 — XII. 6.
men*, that sitten in her seetes in the si3t
of the Lord, fellen 'in to? her facis, and
17 worschipiden Godb, seiynge', We don
thankinges to theek, Lord1 God almi3ty,
which1" art, and which" was0, and which?
art to comyngei; whichr hast takun this
is greet vertu, and hast regnyd. And folkes
ben wrothe, and thi wrath cam, and tyrae
of deede men for' to be demyd, and for1 to
3elde hijre to thi seruauntis, and" prophe-
tis, and halewis, and dredinge thi name,
to smale and litlev, and 'of destriyngew
hem that corrumpeden the erthe.
CAP. XII.
19 And the temple of God in heuen isx
openyd, and the ark of his testament isx
seyn in his temple ; and leytinges ben y
maud, and voyces, and erthe mouyng, and
1 greet hayl. And az greet token3 apperide
in heuene; a womman 'couerid, orb cloth-
id c, with thed sunne, and thee moone
vndir hir feet, and in thef heeds of hirh
2 a coroun of twelue sterris. And she hau-
ynge1 in wombek; and she 'criede, ber-
inge1 chijld, and is tourmentid, that she
sbere chijld. And an other tokne™ is" seyn
in heuen; and lo ! a greet reed dragoun,
hauynge seuen heedes0, and ten homes,
and in the heedis0 of him seuen diademes.
4 And the tayl of him drew3 the thridde
paart of sterresf of heuene, andi sente hem
in to erthe. And the dragoun stood bi-
fore the womman, that was to beringe1"
chijld, that whan she hadde born chijld,
she shulde deuoure hir sone. And she
chijldide a 'sone male8, that was to reul-
inge* alle folkes in an yrenu 3erd ; and hir
sone isv rauyschid to God, and to his
etrone. And the womman flei3 in to wil-
men, that saten in her seetis in the
of the Lord, fellen on her faces, and
worschipiden God, and seiden, We don 17
thankyngis to thee, Lord God almy3ti,
which art, and which were, and which
art to comynge ; which hast takun thi
greet vertu, and hast regned. And folkis IB
ben wrooth, and thi wraththe cam, and
tyme of dede men to be demyd, and to
3elde mede to thi seruauntis, and pro-
phetis, and halewis, and dredynge thi
name, to smale and to grete, and to di-
strie hem that corrumpiden8 the erthe.
CAP. XII.
And the temple of God in heuene was i»
openyd, and the arke of his testament
was seyn in his temple ; and leityngisb
weren maad, and voices, and thondris,
and 'erthe mouyngc, andcc greet hail. And i
a greet signe apperide in heuene; ad
womman clothid with the" sunne, and
the moone vndur hir feet, and in the
heed of hir a coroun of twelue sterris.
And sche hadde in wombef, and sche2
crieths, trauelynge of child, and is tur-
mentid, that sche bere child. And an- s
other signe was seyn in heuene ; and lo !
a greet reede dragoun, that hadde seuene
heedis, and ten homes, and in the
heedis of hym seuene diademes. And 4
the tail of hym drow the thridde part
of sterris of heuene, and sente hem in to
theh erthe. And the dragoun stood bi-
fore the womman, that was to berynge
child, that whanne sche hadde borun
child, he schulde deuoure hir sone. And 5
sche bar a knaue1 child, that was to
reulingeJ alle folkis in an yrun 3erde ;
and hir sone was rauyschid to God, and
f Om. ANOQSTrx. g on v. t the Lord NO.
m the whiche s. that x. u that x. ° were srx.
; and seiden r. k thee, Lord o. l Ora. v.
P that sx. q comen STX. ' that x. s Om. T.
* Om. sx. a Om. s.
* was r. y weren v.
d Om. ANQS. e Om. Q.
with childe T. the wombe r. 1 crieth, traueilinge of v. m signe ANOQsrx. n was r. ° heuedes OT.
P the sterris Q. 1 and he r. "" bern sx. s male son, either knaue chijld v. * reulen sx. u
greete vx. w Om. o. destriynge P. of destruyng, or outlatvyng T. to distroie r.
z Om. NT. a signe ANOQ'SVX. b Om. OF. kouerid x. c clad s. Om. x.
S heued or. h Om. T. i hadde chijld v. k wombe, or beinge
f hir T.
v was F.
yrenen o.
a corrumpen g. corruptiden k. corruppiden, or defouliden o. b lijtnyngis ko. <= erthemouyngis E
h sec. m. k. cc and a /3. d and a A pr.m. i sec. m. eOm.]s.pr.m. f the wombe a pr. m. g criede Ka.
h Om. BI. * man /3. J gouerne R.
XII. 7 — 1 6-
APOCALYPSE.
661
dirnesse, where sche hath a place redyw
of God, that she feedex hir there a thou-
7§ynd dayes two hundrid and sixty. And
a? greet bateyl isz inaad in heuen, and
Mychael and his aungels fasten with the
dragoun. And the dragoun fau3t, and his
a aungels ; and thei hadden not mi3ta, ne-
ther theb place of hem isc founden more in
9 heuen. And 'the ilked dragoun is" cast
doun, the greet oldef serpent, that is clepid
the Deuel; and Sathanas, that deceyueths
al the world, ish cast out' in to erthek, and
10 his aungels ben1 sent with him. And I
herde a greet voys in heuen, seiynge, Now
is inaad helthe, and vertu, and kingdom
of cure God, and the power of his Crist ;
for the accuser of oure britheren is cast
dounm, whiche11 accusede hem bifore the
] i si3t of oure God day and ni3t. And thei
ouercamen him for the blood of the lomb,
and for the word of his witnessinge ; and
thei loueden not her soules0, 'or lijfesP,
i2vntoi deeth. Therfore 'glade 36, heuensr,
and 36 that dwellen in hem. Wo to the
erthe, and se; for the fend cam doun 'to
3ou8, hauynge1 greet wraththe, witinge
13 for" he hath litel tyme. And aftir that
the dragoun si3ev, forw he was cast doun
in to erthe, he pursuede the womman,
u that chijldide a male sone. And two*
wynges of a greet egle ben? 3ouun to ' the
wommanz, that she shulde flee in to de-
sert, in to hir place, where she is feda bi
tyme, and tymes, and the half of tymeb,
is fro thec face of the serpent. And the ser-
pent seute of his mouth aftir the womman
watir asd flood6, that he shulde make hir
icforf to be drawen of the flood. And the
erthe helpideS the womman, and the erthe
openyde his mouth, and soupideh the
flood, that the dragoun sente' of his
to his trone. And the womman flei in«
to wildirnesse, where sche hath a place
maad redi of God, that he fede hir there
a thousynde daies two hundrid and sixti.
And a greet batel was maad in heuene,?
and My3hel andk hise aungels fou3ten
with the dragoun. And the dragoun
fau3t, and hise aungels; and thei hadden «
not my3t, nether the place of hem was
foundun more in heuene. And thilkea
dragoun was cast doun, the greet elde
serpent, that is clepid the Deuel, and
Sathanas, that disseyueth al the world ;
he was cast doun in to the1 erthe, and
hise aungels weren sent with hym. And 10
Y herde a greet vois in heuene, seiynge,
Now is maad helthe, and vertu, and
kyngdom ofm oure God, and the power
of his Crist ; for the accuser of oure bri-
theren is cast doun, which accuside hem
bifor the si3te of oure God dai and ny3t.
And thei ouercamen hym for the blood u
of the lomb, and for the word of his
witnessing ; and thei louyden not her
lyues til to dethn. Therfor, 36 heuenes, 12
be 36 glad, and 30 that dwellen in hem.
Wo to the erthe, and to the see ; for the
fend is come doun to 3ou, and hath greet
wraththe, witynge that he hath litil
tyme. And after that the dragoun sai, is
that he was cast doun to0 the erthe, he
pursuede the womman, that bare? the
knaue") child. And twei wengis of a greet u
egle weren 3ouun to the womman, that
sche schulde flee in to deseert, in to hir
place, where sche isr fed by tyme, and8
tymes, and half a tyme, fro the face of
the serpent. And the serpent sente out is
of his mouth aftir the womman watir as
a flood, that he schulde make hir to be
drawun of the flood. And the erthe ie
w maad redy v. * fedde v. y Om. T. z was v. 8 myjt more Q. *> Om. AV. c was r_ d that x.
e was v. f elder v. g disceyued <j. h he was v. * doun v. k the erthe Q. ' weren v. m out s.
n that x. ° lyues K. P Om. Qsrx. 1 til to ANQSYX. til to the o. vnto the T. r je heuenes, be glad v.
* Om. T. l and hath v. » that v. v saye O- w that v. * tweyne A. twei NOQY. y weren y.
z hir o. a Om. s. b a tyme o. c Om. rx. d of p. * a flod x. f Om. sx. g help s. halp x.
k soop vp ANOQsr. soupide vp o sec. m. soupide P. sop vp x. * sente oute Q.
k with k pr.m. 1 Om. beh.
<1 man ft. r was k pr. m. s of b.
m to be. n the deeth nk. ° in to ab pr. m. P hadde k pr. m.
662
APOCALYPSE.
XII. 17 — XIII. 8.
17 mouth. And the dragoun isk wroth to1
the womman, and he wentem for" to make
bateyl with othere of hir seed, that kepen
the maundementes of God, and ban the
is witnessing of Jhesu0 Crist. And he stood
on? the grauel of i the se.
CAP. XIII.
1 And I si3er a beest swinge up of the
se, hauynge seuen heedes8, and ten homes;
and on* his homes ten dyademes, and on'
2 his heedes the names" of blasfemye. And
the beest, whom I si3e, was lijk tov a
pardew, vor a lipard*, and his feet as the
feet of a here, and his mouth as the mouth
of a lyoun ; and the dragoun 3afvto'the
ailkez 'his vertu, and greet power". And
I si3e oon of his heedis, as slayn in to
deeth; and the wounde of his deeth isc
curid d. And al erthe wondride aftir the
4 beest. And" thei worschipiden the drag-
oun, that 3af power to the beest; and thei
worschipiden the beest, seiyngef, Whoe
lijk toh the beest, and who shal mowe fi3te
r> with it'? And a mouth spekinge greet
thinges, and blasfemyes, isk 3ouun to it1;
and power is™ 3ouun to itn, for0 to do in
ctwo and fourty monethis. And it? open-
yde his mouth in toi blasfemyes tor God,
for8 to blasfeme his name, and his taber-
nacle, and hem that dwellen in heuen.
7 And it is* 3ouun to him for" to make
bateyl with seyntis, and for" to ouercome
hem ; and power isv 3ouun to him, in to
alw lynage*, and puple, and tunge?, and
s folk. And alle men worschipiden it, that
dwellen2 in erthe, whois names ben nota
• writen in the book of lijf of the lomb,
helpide the womman, and the erthe
openyde his mouth, and soop up the
flood, that the dragoun sente of his
mouth. And the dragoun was wrooth 17
a3ens the womman, and he wente to
make batel with othere of fair seed, that
kepen8 the maundementis1 of God, and
ban the witnessing of Jhesu Crist. And is
he stood on the grauel of the see.
CAP. XIII.
And Y sai a beeste stiynge vp of the i
see, hauynge seuene heedis, and ten
homes ; and on hise homes ten dia-
demes, and on hise heedis the names of
blasfemye. And the beeste, whom Y sai, 2
was lijk a pard, and hise feet as the feet
of a beere, and his mouth as the mouth
of a lioun ; and the dragoun 3af his
vertu and greet power to hym. And Ya
sai oon of hise heedis, as" slayn in to
dethv; and the wounde of his deth was
curid. And al erthew wondride* after
the beeste. And thei worschipiden the 4
dragoun, that 3af power to the beeste ;
and thei worschipeden the beeste, and
seiden, Who is lijky the beeste, and who
schal mowe fi3te with it ? And a mouth a
spekynge grete thingis, and blasfemyes,
was 3ouun Ho it z ; and power was 3ouun
to it, to do two and fourti monethis.
And it openyde his mouth in to blasfe-e
myes to God, to blasfeme his name, and
his tabernacle, and hem that dwellen in
heuene. And it was 3ouun to hym to 7
make batel with seyntis, and to ouer-
come hem ; and power was 3ouun to hym
in to ech lynage, and puple, and langage,
and folk. And alle men worschipiden it, a
that dwellen in erthe, whos names ben
not writun in the book of lijf of the
k was r. 1 in to ANOQSX. ajens r. m sente Q.
1 on N. r saye o passim. s heuedis o et T passim.
n Om. sx. ° our Lord Jhesu o. P vpon T.
vpon T. u name Q. v Om. QP. w liberde o.
x or liparde ANQS. Om. TX. or a lybard v. y jaf his vertu and greet power v, z the ilke best T. that
beeste v. a Om. v. c was r. d curid, or helid T. e Om. v. { and seiden r. K Who is TV.
h Om. v. i him r. k was v. ' hym T. m was v. n Om.M. him T. ° Om. s.\. P he T. 1 Om. Q.
r in to o. s Om. sx. * was v. u Om. sx. v was v. w eche sr. x lynagis N. y tunge, or lan-
gage AS. langage v. z dwelliden T. a no o.
s kepten Rhk sec. m. * comaundementis g pr. m. h.
wandride h sec. m. 7 lijk to Egka. z Om. g.
Om. R. v the deeth a. « the erthe Hak pr.m.
XIII. 9 — 1 8.
APOCALYPSE.
663
that isb slayn fro the bigynnynge of the
9 world. If ony man hathc eres 'of her-
ioinged, here he. He that 'shal ledee in to
caytifte, shal go in to caytifte ; hef that
'shal slee in& swerd, it bihoueth him for'1 to
be slayn in1 swerd. This is thek pacience
Hand feith of seyntis. And I si3e an other
beest sti3ing up fro the erthe, and hadde1
two homes, lijk them lomb; and he" spake
12 as0 the dragoun, and dide? al the power
of the former beest, in his si3t. And it
made the erthe, and men dwellinge in it,
for'' to worschipe the first beest, whois
is plage1" of deeth iss curid'. And it dide
grete signes, thatu also it made fijr forv
to come doun fro heuen inw to erthe, in
14 the si3t of alle men ; andx deceyueth men
dwellinge in erthe, for signes 'the whiche?
ben 3ouun to itz for8 to do in the si3t of
the beest ; seiynge to men dwellinge in
erthe, that thei make an ymage of the
beest, that hath the woundeb of swerdc,
is and lyuede. And it isd 3ouun to him,
that he shulde 3iue ae spirit to the ymage
of the beest, and thef ymage of the beest
speke. And he shal make, that whos
euer 'shal not honoureh the ymage of the
ic beest, be slayn. And he' shal make alle,
sin ale and greete, andk riche and pore,
and1 fre men™ and seruauntes", for0 to
haue a caracterP in the ri3t bond, ori in
17 her forhedisr; that no man mai bye, or0-
sille, no but thei8 that ban* the caracter,
'or lettre^, or thev namew, or the* noumbre
is of his name. Heere is wisdom; he that
hath vndirstonding, acounte the noumbre
of the beest; sotheli? thez noumbre of
man is", and his noumbre is sixe hundrid
sixty and sixe.
lomb, that was slayn fro the bigynnynga
of the world. If ony man hath eeris,a
here he. He that ledith in to caitifte, 10
schal go in to caitifte ; he that sleeth
with swerd, it bihoueth hym to be slayn
with swerd. This is theb pacience0 and
the feith of seyntis. And Y sai another 11
beeste stiynge vp fro thed erthe, and it
hadde two homes, lijk the lomb; and it
spak as the dragoun, and dide al the 12
power of the formere beeste, in his si3t.
And it made the erthe, and men6 dwell-
inge in it, to worschipe the firste beeste,
whos wounde of deth was curid. And is
itf dide grete signes, that also it made
fier to come doun fro heuene in? to the^
erthe, in the si3t of alle men. And it u
disseyueth*1 men, that dwellen1 ink erthe1,
for signes whiche ben 3ouun rto itm to do
in the si3t of the beeste ; seiynge to men
dwellinge" in erthe, that thei make an
yrnage of the beeste, that hath the
wounde of swerd, and lyuede. And it is
was 3ouun to hym, that he schulde 3yue
spirit to the ymage of the beeste, and
that0 the ymage of the beeste speke.
And he schal make, that who euere hon-
ourenP not the ymage of the beeste, be
slayn. And he schal make alle, smaleie
and grete, and^ riche and pore, andr fre
men and bonde men, to haue a carecter8
in her ri3thoond, ethir in her forheedis ;
that88 no man may bie, ethir sille, but 17
thei ban the caracter1, ether the" name
of the beeste, ethir the noumbre of his
name. Here isv wisdom ; he that hath is
vndurstonding, acounte the noumbre of
the beeste; for it is the noumbre of man,
and his noumbre is sixe hundrid sixti
and sixe.
b was v. c haue x. <1 Om. v. « leedith v. { and he s. S sleeth with r. h Om. sx. ' with F.
k Om. v. 1 it hadde TV. m to the AG sec.m. OST. n it v. ° of v. P it dide r. <l Om. sx.
r wounde OTF. » was v. * not helid T. u and T. v Om. sx. w Om. o. * and he T. and it v.
J which OTV. that x. z hym T. a Om. sx. b plage, or wounde ANS. plage QX. c a swerd A. the swerd
G pr. m. d was v. e Om. ANoqsrx. f that the v. S whiche ANOSFX. h onouren not v. > Om. a.
k Om. QX. 1 Om. Q. m Om. x. n boonde men r. ° Om. sx. P caractre, or a token T. carecter,
either prente r. 1 either v passim. T foreheuedis o. s he T. * hath r. u Om. OTX. v Om. Q. his T.
w name of the beest v. * Om. v. 1 for it is r. z Om. ST. a Om. r.
a makinge k pr. TO. b Om. a pr. m. c penaunce k pr. m. d Om. h.
S Om. h pr.m. SS Om. CE et alii. a/3. h resceyue k pr.m. ' dwelliden k.
e the men ae. f Om. R.
k on E. 1 the erthe h.
m Om. g. n that dwellen ae. ° Om. k pr.m. P honoureth Rah. honoure k. 1 Om. K pr.m. a. r Om. a.
* carect i. carecte, either marke R. S8 and h pr. m. * carect IR. u Om. K. ' he A pr. m. Eiko0. his o.
664
APOCALYPSE.
XIV. I 9.
CAP. XIV.
i And I si3e, and lo! theb lomb stood onc
the mount Syond, and with him an hun-
dride andf foure and fourty thousynds,
hauynge his name, and the name of his
2fadir writun in her forhedis1'. And I
herde a voys fro heuen, as the voys of
many watirs, and as the voys of greet
thundre ; and the voys which1 I herde, 'as
:sof k harpers harpinge in her harpis. And
thei sungen as1 a newe song bifore the
seete of God, and bifore them foure beestes,
and the" 'eldre men0. And no man mi^te
seie the song, noP but thei an hundridi
and foure and fourty thousynd, that ben
4 bou3t of r the erthe. Thes it ben, that ben
not defoulid with wymmen s ; sotheli *
theiu ben virgynes. Thes suen the lomb,
whidir euer he shal go ; thes ben boujt
of allev, primyciesw, ' or firste fruytis*, to
5 God, and to the lomb ; and in the mouth
of hem lesyng is not found ; sotheli? thei
ben with outen wem bifore the troone of
oGod. And I si3e an other auiigel, fle-
ynge bi7' mydle heueri3, hauynge thec euer-
lasting gospel, that he shulde euangelize
to men sittynge ond erthe, and one alf folk,
and lynages, andh langage, and puple;
7seiynge with greet voys, Drede 30 the
Lord, and 3iue 36 to him honour, for the
hour of his doom cometh ; and worschipe
36 him, that made heuen and erthe, the
se, and alle thinges that ben in hem, and
« the welles' of watirs. And an other aun-
gel suede, seiynge, vThe ilkek greet citee1
Babilon™ 'felde, felde", 'the which0 3af
drinke to alle folkis of the? wijn ofi
owraththe of hir fornicacioun. And the
thridde aungel suede hem, seiynge1" with
greet voys, If ony man 'shal worschipe5
CAP. XIV.
And Y sai, and lo ! a lomb stood on i
the mount of Sion, and with hym an
hundrid thousynde and foure and fourti
thousyndew, hauynge his name, and the
name of his fadir writun in her for-
hedis. And Y herde a vois fro heuene, 2
as the vois of many watris, and as the
vois of a greet thundur ; and the vois
which is" herd, was as of many harp-
eris harpinge in her harpis. And thei 3
sungun as a newe song bifor the seete
of God, and bifore the foure beestis,
and senyourisy. And no man mi3te seie
the song, but theiz ana hundrid thou-
synde0 and foure and fourti thousyndeb,
that ben bou3t fro the erthe. These it 4
ben, that ben not defoulid with wym-
men ; for thei ben virgyns. These suen
the lomb, whidir euer he schal go ; these
ben bou3t of alle men, the firste fruytis to
God, and to the lomb; and in the mouths
of hem lesyng is not foundun ; for thei
ben with out wem bifor the trone of God.
And Y say another aungel, fliynge bi the 6
myddil of heuene, hauynge an euerlast-
inge gospel, that he schulde preche to
men sittynge on erthec, and on ech folk,
and lynage, and langage, and puple; and?
seide with a greet vois, Drede 30 the
Lord, and 3yue 36 to hym onour, for the
our of his dom cometh ; and worschipe
3e hym, that made heuene and erthe, the
see, and alle thingis that ben in hem,
and the wellis of watris. And anothirs
aungel suede, seiynge, Thilke greet Ba-
biloyne fel doun, fel doun, which 3af
drinke to alle folkis of the wyn of
wraththe of her fornycacioun. And the 9
thridde aungel suede hem, and seide with
b a grx. c vpon ANOQT. d of Syon A pr.m. GQSTX. e hundrid thousind v. f Om. AGNQS.
S thousondis o. h foreheuedis o. ' that x. k was as T. mas as of v. ' Om. Q. m Om. ANOQsrx.
n Om. ANOQSPX, ° senyours ANQSFX. P Om. o. 1 hundrid thousind v. r fro r. s men v.
t for v. u thees o. v alle the AG sec. m. NPQSTVX. w pricis x. * Om. osx. y for v. z bi the sx.
a of heuen svx. c Om. ANOQSY. d vpon or. e vpon T. f Om. G pr. m. ech v. g lyuynge n.
h Om. G pr.m. ' welle N. k That x. ' Om. v. m of Babilon o. n fell doun, fell doun o. felde QF.
fel doun T. ° which v. that x. P Om. x. q of the NX. r and seide v. s worschipide ANOSVX.
worschipe Q.
w Om. b. x I KRaehkoafr y the eldre men H. the senyouris ho. z thilk R. a Om. R. b thousendis c.
c the erthe bk.
XIV. io — 1 8.
APOCALYPSE.
665
the beest, and the1 ymage of it, and takeu
'the toknev in his forhedvv, or 'in hisx
lohond, and? this* shal drinke ofa theb wijn
of Goddis wrath, that is meyndc with
cleerd wijn in thee cuppe of his wraththe,
and shalf be tourmentid with fijr and
brunston, in the si3t of£ holy aungelis,
11 and bifore the'1 si3t of the lomb. And the
smoke of her tourmentis shal sti3e up in
to worldlis of worldlis; nether thei han
reste day and ni3t, 'the whiche' worschip-
idenk the beest, and his ymage, and if1
ony man toke the carecte of his name.
12 This m is the pacience of seyntis, and
whiche kepen the maundementis of him11,
13 and" the? feith of Jhesu. And I herde a
voys fro heuen, seiynge to me, Wrijte
thou, Blessid thei deede menr, that diens
in the Lord ; fro hennus forth now the
spirit seith, that thei reste of her trauelis ;
forsothe1 the werkes of hem suen hem.
14 And I 8136, and lo ! a whijt cloude, and
aboue the cloude alt sittinge", lijk tov the
sone of man, hauynge in his heedw a
golden coroun, and in his hond a sharp
15 sikel. And an other aungel wente out of
the temple, criynge* with greet voys to
'the sittyngey vponz the cloude, Sende thi
sikel, and repe, fora hour cometh, that it
be ropen ; for the rijpe corn of ertheb
icdriede0. And he that sat vpond the cloude,
sente his sikel in to erthe6, and repidef 'in
ntoS erthe. And an other aungel weute
out of the temple, that is in heuen, ' hau-
ls ynge and he1' a sharp sikel. And an
other aungel wente out of' the auter, that
hadde power onk fijr; and he criede witli
greet voys to him that hadde a sharp
sikel, seiynge1, Sende thi sharp sikel, and
kutte ofm the clustres of the vijne3erd of
a greet vois, If ony man worschiped the
beeste, and the ymage of it, and takith
the carecter6 in his forheed1, ether in his
hoond, this schal drynke of the wyn of 10
Goddis wraththe, that is meynds with
clere wyn in the cuppe of his wraththe,
and schal be turmentid with fier and
brymston, in the si3t of hooli aungels,
and bifore the si3t of the lomb. And the "
smoke of her turmentis schal stie vp in
to the worldis of worldis ; nether thei han
reste dai and ni3t, whiche worschipiden'
the beeste and his ymage, andk yf ony
man1 take the carect1" of his name. Here 12
is the pacience of seyntis, whiche kepen
the maundementis11 of God, and0 the feith
of Jhesu. And Y herde a vois fro he-is
uene, seiynge to me, Write thou, Blessid
ben deed men, that dien in the Lord ;
fro hennus forth now the spirit seith,
that thei reste of her traueilis; for the
werkis of hem suen hem. And Y say, u
and lo ! a white cloude, and aboue the
cloude a sittere, lijk the sone of man,
hauynge in his heedP a goldun coroun,
and in his hond a scharp sikil. And is
another aungel wente out of the temple,
and criede with greet vois to hym that
sat on the cloude, Sende thi sikil, and
repe, for the our cometh, that it be
ropun; for the corn of the erthe is ripe.
And he that sat on the cloude, sente his 10
sikil in to the erthe, and rap the erthe.
And another aungel wente out of the 17
temple, that is in heuene, and he also
hadde a scharp sikile. And another aun-
gel wente out fro the auter, thati hadde
power on fierf and water; and he criede of .^ *?**>. ,
neither is had
with a greet vois to hym that hadde ther in tookis
.... , . , r, , . , amendid. Lire
scharp sikil, and seide, Sende thi scharp here. \.
* Om. ANOQVX. u took ANogsrx. schal take T. v carect ANQV. the carectir o. the carect sx.
w foreheued or. * Om. N. ri^t s. T Om. v. z he this r. a Om. Q. b Om. A'. r- mengid TX.
d other T. e Om. Q. { he schal T. K of the N. h Om. T. ' which v. that x. k wirschipen r.
1 Om. v. m Here v. n God TV. ° in N. P Om. x. 1 ben the ANOSTV. be the G sec. m. r Om. x.
s diden o. l for v. tt; Om. M. on or. u sittere v. v Om. r, w hond N. heued or.
* and criede v. y sittere r. z on ANOQSX. in r. a for the N. b the erthe NO. c drieth T. d on
ANoijsrx. e the erthe r. f rap ANqsrx. raap GO. B the TV. h and he also hadde v. ' fro r.
k vpon T. 1 and seide r. m awey v.
d worschipith k. e carect luaho. f heed K pr. m.
i pr. m. Kagkj3. k Om. K sec. m. hk sec.m. off. ' Om. o.
g pr. m. ° in o. P heeued a. 1 and g. r a Eigk.
VOL. IV. 4 Q
g mengit E. mengid gk. ' worschipen
m carecter KQgka. n comaundementis
666
APOCALYPSE.
XIV. jg — XV. 8.
i9erthe, for the" grapes of it ben rijpe. And
the aungel sente his sikel in to erthe0, and
kutte? of the vijne3erd of erthe, and sente
in to the greet lake of Goddis wraththe.
20 And the lake isi defoulid with oute the
citee, and blood r wente out of the lake
Vn tos the1 brijdels of horsisu, bi furlonges
a thousynd and twov hundrid.
CAP. XV.
1 And I si3e an other toknew in heuen,
greet" and wondirful ; seuen aungels hau-
ynge seuen the? laste plages2, for the
2 wrath of God is endid in hem. And I
si3e as aa glasen se mengidb with fijr, and
hem that ouercamen the beest, and his
ymage, and thec noumbre of his name,
stondinge aboue the glasen se, hauynge
3 the harpes of God; and syngynge the song
of Moyses, seruaunt'1 of God, and the song
of the lomb, seiynge6, Greet and wondirful
ben thi werkes, Lord God almi3ty ; thi
weies ben iust and trewe, Lord kyng of
4 worldlis. Lord, who shal not drede thee,
and magnifie thi name? for thou aloone
art piteousf, W merciful &; for alle folkes
shuleri come, and shulen worschipe in thi
5si3t, for thi domes ben opunh. And aftir
thes thingis I si3e, and lo ! the temple of
the1 tabernacle of witnessinge ink heuen
e is1 openyd; and seuene aungels hauynge
the™ seuen plages", wenten out of the tem-
ple, clothid0 with a stoon cleene and whijt,
and? bifore gyrd with golden gyrdlis
vaboute the brestis. And oon of the foure
beestis 3af to the seuen aungels seuen
golden violes, ful of thei wraththe of God
slyuynge in to worldlis of worldlis. And
the temple Ms fulfillidr with smoke of the
sikil, and kitte awei the clustris of the
vyn3erd of the erthe, for the grapis of it
ben ripe. And the aungel sente his sikil 19
in to the erthe, and gaderide grapis of
the vyn3erd of the erthe, and sente into
the greet lake of Goddis wraththe. And 20
the lake was troddun8 without the citee,
and the blood wente out of the lake til
to* the" 'bridels of horsisv, bi furlongis a
thousynd and sixw hundridx.
CAP. XV.
And Y say another signe in heuene, i
greet and wondurful ; seuene aungels
hauynge vseuene the laste -v veniauncis,
for the wraththe of God is endid in hem.
And Y say as a glasun see meynd with 2
fier, and hem that ouercamen the beeste,
and his ymage, and the noumbre of his
name, stondynge aboue the glasun see,
hauynge the harpis of God ; and syng-s
ynge thez song of Moises, the seruaunt
of God, and the song of the lomb, and
seiden, Grete and wondurful ben thi
werkis, Lord God almy3ti; thi weies ben
iust and trewe, Lord, kyng of worldis.
Lord, who schal not drede thee, and 4
magnyfie thi name ? for thou aloone
art merciful ; for alle folkis schulen
come, and worschipe in thi si3t, for thi
domes ben open. And aftir these thingis 5
Y say, and lo ! the temple of the taber-
nacle of witnessyng was opened in he-
uene; and seuene aungels hauynge se-o
uene plagis, wenten out of the temple,
and weren clothid with aa stoonb clene
and white, and weren bifor gird with
goldun girdlis about the brestis. And?
oon of the foure beestis 3af to the seuene
aungels seuene goldun viols, ful of the
wraththe of God, that lyueth in to
n Om. p pr. m. QS. ° the erthe NT. P kittide ANOQ. gaderide grapis r. 1 was v. r the blode o.
s til to ANOQSVX. * Om. A pr. m. u hors sx. v tweyne AN. twenty o. twey Q. sixe r. vj x sec. m.
w signe ANoqsrx. x thai was greet v. •>' Om. T. z wondes o. veniauncis TV. a Om. T. b meyned
OQF. c Om. p. d the seruant o. e an(i seiden r. f merciful nv. e Om. OQTFA-. h opened x.
' Om. ANOQV. k of s. 1 was v. m Om. ANOQSVX. n woundis o. ° clad sx. and weren clothid F.
P and tveren v. 1 Om. x. I was fillid v.
s troden doun k pr. m. t jnto a. u Om. ho. v horses bridlis E. w sixti A. x hundridis c.
y the laste E. the laste seuene K pr. m. the seuene laste a. z Om. h. a Om. b. b stoole CKMQRU
e sec. m. hko/3.
XVI. I — 10.
APOCALYPSE.
667
mageste of God, and of the vertu of him ;
and no man mi3te entre in to the temple,
til the seuene plages of the8 seuene aungels
weren endid.
CAP. XVI.
1 And I herde a greet voys fro heuen,
seiynge to the' seuen aungelis, 'Go 36",
and 'schede 3eT out the seuen violes of
2 Goddis wrath in tow erthe. And the first
aungel wente, and shedde out his viole in
tox erthe; and ay wounde feers and worst
isz maad 'in toa alle that hadden the ca-
reete, W markeb, of thec beest, and 'in tod
hem that worschipiden the beest, and his
symage. And the secounde aungel shedde
out his viole in to the se, and blood ise
maad, as off deed thing; and ech 'soule, or
ilijf*, lyuynge ish deed in the se. And
the thridde shedde out his viole on1 the
floodes, and onk welles of watirs, and
5 blood is maad. And I herde the1 aungel
'of watirs"1 seiynge, Just art thou, Lord,
that art, and thatn was0 holy, that demystP
fithes thinges; for thei shedden out thei
blood of halewisr and prophetis, and thou
hast 3ouun hem8 blood for1 to drinke; for-
7sothe" thei ben worthi. And I herde an
other" aungelv seiynge, 3he! Lord God al-
a mi3ty, trewew and iust thix domes. And the
fourthe aungel shedde out his viole in to
the sunne, and it is 3ouun to him for? to
otourmente men with heetez and fijr. And
men swayleden with greet heete, and
blasfemeden the name of God hauynge
power ona thes plagesb, nether thei diden
penaunce, that thei shulden 3iue glory to
10 him. And the fyuethe aungel shedde
outc his viole ond the seetee of the beest,
and his kyngdom isf maad derk ; and thei
worldisc of worldis. And the temples
was fillid with smooke of the rnajestee
of God, and of the vertu of hym ; and
no man my3te entre in to the temple, til
the seuene plagis of seuenecc angels weren
endid.
CAP. XVI.
And Y herde a greet vois fro heuene, i
seiynge to the seuene aungels, Go 36, and
scheded out the seuene viols of Goddis
wraththe in to erthe6. And the firste2
aungel wente, and schedde out his viol in
to the erthe; and a wounde fers and
werst was maad on alle that hadden the
carectf of the beeste, and on hem that
worschipiden the beeste, and his ymage.
And the secounde aungel schedde out hiss
viol in to the see, and thes blood was
maad, ash of a1 deed thing ; and ech man
lyuynge was deed in the see. And the 4
thridde aungel schedde out his viol on
the floodis, and on the wellis of watris,
and seide, Just art thou, Lord, that art, s
and that were hooli, that demest these
thingis ; for thei schedden out thek blood e
of halewis and prophetis, and thou hast
3ouun to hem blood to drinke; for thei
ben worthi. And I herde anothir sei-7
ynge, 3he ! Lord God almi3ti, trewe and
iust ben thi domes. And the fourthe s
aungel schedde out his viol in to the
sunne, and it was 3ouun to hym to tur-
mente men with heete and fier. And men 9
swaliden1 with greet beete, and blasfem-
yden the name of God hauynge power
on these plagis™, nether thei diden pen-
aunce, that thei schulden 3yue glorie to
hym. And the fifte aungel schedde outn 10
his viol on the seete of the beeste, and his
kyngdom was maad derk ; and thei eten
togidere her tungis for sorewe, and theiu
s Om. ANOsrx. * Om. OQ. u Goth x. v schede or. shedeth sx. w to the A pr. m. T. * to
the N. y oo o. z was r. a on r. b Om. ANOQsrx. c Om. G pr. m. «I on r. e was F. * of a
AGNpQsr. ? lijf o. man v. soule x. h was r. ' vpon r. k vpon T. on the r. ' the ferth T.
m Om. r. n Om. T. ° wast ANOQ. were srx. P demedist ANQX. 1 Om. o. r the halowes XJTO.
thin halewis QSX. a to hem v. * Om. sx. tt; for r. u Om. M. v Om. r. w forwhi
true N. " Sen thi r. y Om. sx. z heetis N. a vpon T. b woundus o. c Om. r. d vpon T.
e seed Q. f was r.
c the worldis K. ec the seuene E/3. <1 schede je R. e the erthe KQgkaj3. f carectre E. S Om. Rbho/3.
h Om. k. ' Om. K pr.m. k Om. b. ' swelten H. m plagis, eithir venlauncis H. n Om. Einqbcha.
4 Q 2
668
APOCALYPSE.
XVI. II 21.
eeten to gydere her tunges for sorowe,
nand thei blasfemeden God of heuen, for
sorowis and her? woundis; and thei diden
12 not penaunce of her werkis. And the
sixte aungel shedde out his viole in to
'the ilkeh greet flood Eufrates, and driede
the' watirk of it, that1 weie were rediede™1
is to kyngis fro the sunne risynge. And I
si3e thre vncleene spirites vin ton manere of
froggis for0 to? go out of the mouth of
the dragoun, and of the mouth of the
beest, and of the mouth of the false pro-
14 phet. Sothelii vthei benr spirites of deuelis,
makinge8 signes*, and thei gon forth to"
kyngis of al erthe, forv to gedere hem inw
tox bateyle, to? the greet day of almi3ti
15 God. Lo! I come, as a ni3t theef. Blessid
hez that wakith, and kepith his clothes,
that he wandre not nakid, and thei seen3
16 his filthhed. And heb gederidec hem in to
a place, that is clepid in Ebru Herma-
i7gedond. And the seuenthe aungel shedde
out his viole in toe the eyr, and a greet
voys wente out of heuen fro the trone,
i8seiyngef, It is don. And leytinges^ benh
maud, and voyces1, and thundres; and greet
erthe mouyngk is1 maad, which manere
neuere was, sith men weren vpon™ erthe,
losich erthe mouyng so greet. And the
greet citee Ms brokunn in to0 thre parties,
and the citees of hethen men fellen doun ;
and greet Babilon cam in to myndeP bi-
fore God, for*! to 3iue to it the cuppe of
aowijn of indignacioun of his wrath. And
ech ijle fley awey, and hilles ben not
21 founde. And greet hayl as a talent cam
doun fro heuen in tor men ; and men
blasfemeden God for the plage8 of hayl,
for it is* maad wondirly" greet.
blasfemyden God of heuene, for sorewis
of her woundis ; and thei diden not pen-
aunce of her werkis. And the sixte 12
aungel schedde out his viol in0 'that ilkeP
greet flood Eufratis, and driede the wa-
tir of it, that weie were maad redi to
kingis fro the sunne rysyng. And Yis
say thre^P vnclene spiritis bi thei man-
ner of froggis gor out of the mouth of
the dragoun, and of the mouth of the
beeste, and of the mouth of the fals pro-
phete. For thei ben spiritis of deuels,u
makynge signes, and thei gon forth to
kingis of al erthe, to gadere hem in to
batel, to the greet dai of almi3ti God.
Lo ! Y come, as a ni3t theefe. Blessid is
i* he that wakith, and kepith hise clothis,
that he wandre not nakid, and that thei
se not the filthhed of hym. And heie
schal gadre hem in to a place, that is
clepid in Ebreu Hermagedonf. And thei7tthatis>inter
0 ... pretid, risinge
seuenthe aungel schedde out his viol in togidere. v.
to the eyr, and a greet vois wente out of
heuene fro the trone, and seide, It is
don. And leityngis8 weren maad, and is
voices, and thundris ; and a greet erthe
mouyng was maad, which manere neuere
was, sithen men weren on erthe, siche
verthe mouyng4 so greet. And the greet 19
citee was maad in to thre parties, and
the citees of hethene men felden doun ;
and greet Babiloyne cam in to mynde
byfor God, to 3yue to it the cuppe of
wyn of theu indignacyoun of his wrath-
the. And ech ile flei awei, and hillis20
ben not foundun. And greetv hailw as 321
talent cam doun fro heuene in to men;
and men blasfemyden God, for the plage
of hail, for it was maad ful greet.
S for her T. h the o. that vx. l Om. T. k watires o. 1 that the N. m redy o. maad redy r.
n bi the r. ° Om. srx. P Oin. vx. 1 For v. r Om. T. s ben makyng T. 4 signes, or mondres T.
u to alle T. v Om. sx. w Om. o. x to a Q. y in to o. z is he TV. a see not v. ^ Om. Q. he schal TV.
c gedere p. gedre TV. d Hermagedon, in Latyn, togidre rysynge T. e Om. us. f and seide v.
S greet leytynges o. h weren v. ' vois Q. k mouyngis x. 1 was v. m on ANOQFX. in s. n was
maad v. ° to the N. Om. s. P the mynde N. <l Om. STX. r Om. c. s wounde o. * was v.
u wondurful o. ful v.
0 in to CIK sec. m. MR a sec. m. hkoa£. p thilke ik pr. m. a. that thilke k sec. m. PP the A pr. m.
Eg pr. m. q Om. b. r going k sec. m. s leytnyngis o. * erthe mouyngis o. u Om. Ea pr. m. ego.
v a greet g. w hailis E.
XVII. I 9.
APOCALYPSE.
669
CAP. XVII.
i And oon of the seuen aungels cam,
that hadden seueri violes, and spake with
me, seiyngev, Come thou, Iw shal shewe
to thee the dampnacioun of the greet
ahoore, that sittith on many watirs, with
whiche" kynges of erthe diden fornyca-
cioun ; and thei that dwelled inz erthe ben
fill drunkun of the" wijn of hir leccherie.
3 And he toke 'me aweyaa in to desert in
spirit. And I 8136 a womman sittynge on
a reed beest, ful of namys of blasfemye,
hauyngeb seuen heedesc, and ten homes.
4 And the womman was enuyround with
purpur, and coccyn, 'that isd, reede, and
engoldidf with gold, and withs precious
stoon, and peerlis, hauynge a golden cuppe
in hir bond, ful of abhomynaciouns and
5vnclennesseh of hir fornycacioun. And
in the forhed' of hir a name writun,
Mysterie, Babilon the greet, modir of
fornycaciounsk, and of1 abhomynaciouns
e of erthe. And I si3e a womman drunken
of the blood of seyntis, and of the™ blood
of martirs of Jhesu. And whan I si3e
hir, I wondride with greet wondringe.
7 And the aungel seide to me, Whi wori-
drist thou ? I shal seie to thee the11 sacra-
ment of the0 womman, and of the beest
that berith hir, that hath seuenP heedes^
sand ten homes. The beest whom1" thou
si3es, was, and is not ; and she vis to1 sti3-
ingu vpv frow depnesse, and she shal go
in to perisching. And men dwellinge in
erthe shulen wondre, whois names ben
not write in the book of lijf fro makynge
of the world, seeynge the beest, that was,
9 and is not. And this is wittx, that hath
wisdom. The seuen heedes? ben seuen
hilles, on whomz the womman sittitha,
CAP. XVII.
And oon of the" seuene aungels cam, i
that hadde seuene viols, and spak with
me, and seide, Come thou, Y schal schewe
to thee the dampnacioun of the greet
hoore, that sittith on many watris,
withxx which kyngis of erthey diden for- 2
nicacioun; and thei that dwellen in the
erthe ben maad drunkun of the wyn of
her letcherie. And he took me in to 3
desert in spirit. And Y say a womman
sittynge on a reed beeste, ful of names
of blasfemye, hauynge seuene heedis, and
ten homes. And the womman was en- 4
uyround with purpur, and reed, and
ouergild with gold, and preciouse stoon,
and peerls, hauynge a goldun cuppe in
hir hoond, ful of abhomynaciouns and
vnclennesse of her fornycacioun2. And 5
a name writun in the forheeda of hir,
Mysterie, Babiloyn the greet, modir of
fornycaciounsb, and ofc abhomynaciouns
of erthed. And Y say a womman drunkun G
of the blood of seyntis, and of the blood
of martris of Jhesu. And whanne Y say
hir, Y wondride with greet6 wondryng.
And the aungel seide to me, Whi won- 7
drist thou ? I schal seie to thee the sa-
crament* of the womman, and of the
beeste that berith hir, that hath seuene
heedis and ten homes. Thef beeste which a
thou seist, was, and is not ; and sche schal
stie? fro depnesse, and scheh schal go xin
to' perisching. And men dwellinge in
erthe schulen wondre, whos names ben
not writun in the book of lijf fro the
makinge of the world, seynge the beeste,
that was, and is not. And this is theu9
witt f , who that hath wisdom. The
seuene heedis ben seuene hillis, on
* that is, priuy
singniticacioun.
Lire litre, v.
f that is, preuy
vndirstonding.
wisdom; that
is, vndirstond-
ing aboute ilir
preuytesofholy
scripturis. Lire
here. v.
v seyyng to me o. and seide v. w and I o. * the whiche NOQ. y dwelliden o. z on o. a Om. x.
aa awey me v. b and hafyng o. c heuedes o. d or /INOQS. eMer F. Om. x. e Om. ;t. f ouer gilt F.
K Om. ANOQsrx. h vncleunesses jr. * foreheued o. k fornycacioun N. 1 Om. ANOQS. not of G.
m Om. ANQsr. n Om. N. ° this NS. P the seuen g. 1 heuedis o. r whiche ANOQSF. that x.
8 saiest ANOQ. sijest r. ' schal F. u ste3en sx. stije v. v Om. F. w fro the s. x the wit F.
y heuedes o. z whiche ^NQSF.X. the which o. a sitt x.
x Om. T. xx bi e. y the erthe k. z fornycaciouns Th. a heed T. b fornycacioun xh. c Om.
K/ir. m. h. d the erthe B. e a greet k. f And the A pr. m. g sti3e vp la sec. m. h Om. ho/3. » in
k /w.m. k Om. BT.
670
APOCALYPSE.
xvn. 10 — xvm. 2.
10 and xben seuenb kinges. Fyue ban fallen0
doun, oon is, and an other comethd not
3it. And whan he shal come, it bihoueth
11 him for6 to dwelle a short tyme. And
the beest that was, and is not, and she is
the ei3tthe, and is of thef seuen, and shal
12 go in to persching. And the ten homes
whoms thou hast seyn, ben ten kynges,
that jit han not takun kingdom ; but thei
shulen take power as kinges, oon hour
13 aftir the beest. Thes han oo counseyl,
and shulen bitake her vertu and power
14 to the beest. Thes shulen fi3te with the
lomb, and the lomb shal ouercome hem ;
for he is Lord of lordis, and kyng of
kyngis ; and thei that ben with him
isclepidh, and1 chosen, and feithful. And he
seyde to me, The watirs thatk thou hast
seyn1, where the hoore sittith, ben puples,
lefolkes"1, and tunges0. And the ten homes
that thou hast seyn in the beest, thes
shulen haate the fornicarie womman0, and
shulen make hir desolat, "or discoumfort-
idP, and nakid, and shulen etc the flesch
of hir, and shulen brenne 'hir to gyderei
17 with fijr. Sothelir God 3af vin to" the
herds of hem, that thei do that that is
plesaunt to* him, that thei jiue hir kyng-
dom to the beest, til the wordis of God be
isendid. And the womman whom thou
hast seyn, is the greet citee, that hath
kyngdom vponu kinges of v erthe.
CAP. XVIII.
1 And aftir thes thinges I si3e an other
aungel comyng doun fro heuen, hauynge
greet power; and the erthe isw Ii3tnedx of
2 his glorie ; and criynge y with strong
voyce, seiyngez, Greet4 Babilon fel doun,
vfel dounb, and is inaad the habitaciounc
of deuelis, and the keping of eche vnclene
spirit, and the keping of ech vnclene foul,
whiche the womman sittith, and kyngis
seuene ben. Fyue han feld doun, oon1 10
is, and anothir cometh not 3it. And
whanne he schal come, it bihoueth hym
to dwelle a schort tyme. And the beesteu
that was, and is not, and sche is the
ei3tthe, and is of the seuene™, and schal
go in to perischyng. And the ten homes 12
whiche" thou hast seyn, ben ten kyngis,
that 3it han not take kyngdom; but thei
schulen take power as kingis, oon our
after the beeste. These han a° counsel, is
and schulen bitake her vertu and power
to the beeste. These schulen fi3te with 14
the lomb, and the lomb schal ouercome
hem ; for he is Lord of lordis, and kyng
of kyngis ; and thei that ben with hym,
ben clepid, chosun, and feithful. And he ^
seide to me, The watris whiche thou
hast seyn, where the hoore sittith, ben
puplis, and folkis, and langagis. And IG
the ten homes that thou hast seyn in
the beeste, these schulen make hir desolat
and nakid, and schulen etc the fleischis
of hir, and schulen brenne togidere hir
with fier. For God 3af in to the hertis 17
of hem, that thei do that that is plea-
saunt to hym, that thei 3yue her kyng-
dom to the beeste, til the wordis of God
ben endid. And the womman whom is
thou hast seyn, is the greet citee, that
hath kingdom on? kyngis of thei erthe.
CAP. XVIII.
And aftir these thingis Y si3 another i
aungel comynge doun fro heuene, hau-
ynge greet power ; and the erthe was
Ii3tned of his glorie. 'And he crieder2
with strong8 vois, 'and seide1, Greet Ba-
biloyn felde doun, felde doun, and isu
inaad thev habitacioun of deuelis, and
the keping of ech vnclene spirit, and 'the
1> seuene ben ANQsr. c feld ANQV. d to cometh o. e Om. sx. t Om. QX. S whiche ANOQSVX.
h ben clepid r. » Om. r. k whiche v. 1 yseien Q. m or folkis N. and folkis r. ° tungis, or lan-
gagis ANS. langages or. ° or hoore ANQS. Om. o,x. either hoore r. P Om. OQX. <l to gidere hir r.
T For v. s to Q. in x. * biforn s. » on OQF. T on ANOSX. w was r. * Ii3tid sx. y he criede y.
z and seide r. a The greet cite o pr. m. b Om. GNOQX pr. m. c desolacioun A sup. ras.
1 and oon b. m seuenethe T. n whom T. ° oo T.
3 a strong o/3. * sayng T. u it is T. v Om. T.
P on the E. of the H. 9 Om. E. r criyng T.
XVIII. 3 — I
APOCALYPSE.
671
sand haatful. For alle folkis drunken of
the wraththe of the' fornicacioun of hir,
and kinges of erthe, and marchauntes of
erthe, diden fornycacioun with hir; and
thei ben maad riche of the vertu of thek
4 delieis of hir. And Y herde an other voys
of1 heuen, seiyng, My puple, go 36 out 'of
it™, and be 36" not parceners of the tres-
passis0 of it, and 36 shulen not receyue of
5 the plagisP of it. For the synnes^ of it
camen 'vn tor heuen, and the Lord hadde
omynde of the wickidnessis8 of it. ^elde
3e to it, as and she 3eldider to 3ou; and
double 36 double thinges, aftiru hir werkis;
inv the drinke that she medlidew to 3ou,
7menge 30 double to hir. Hou michex she
glorifiedey hir silf, and was in delijcis, so
miche tourment 3iuez 36* to hir, and wep-
yngb; for 'in hir hertec she seith, I
sitted a queen, and I am not ae widewe,
s andf I shal not see wepyngs. And ther-
fore in oo day hir plagesh shulen come,
deeth, and' moornyng, and hunger; and
she shal be brent in fijr, for God is
9 strong, that shal deme hir. And the
kinges of erthe shulen wepek, and weyle1
hemm on hir, the11 whiche0 diden forny-
cacioun with hir, and lyueden in delieis,
whan thei shulenP see the smoke of bren-
icnynge of hir<); stondinge fer for drede of
tourmentis of hirr, seiynge, Wo! wo! wo!
'the ilkes greet citee Babilon, and 'the ilke8
stronge citee; for in oon hour thi doom
11 cometh. And marchauntes of erthe shu-
len wepe 'vpon hir1, and moorne", for no
man shal bye more the marchaundisev
12 of hem; the marchaundisesw of gold, andx
siluer, andx precious stoon?, andz marga-
ritea, 'or peerlb, andc bijce, andc purpurd,
ande silk, and coccynf, and ech tre thymes,
kepingw of ech vnclene foul, and hateful.
For alle folkis drunkun of the wraththe 3
of fornycacioun x of hir, and kingis of
the>" erthe, and marchauntis of the erthe,
diden fornycacioun with hir ; and thei
ben maad riche of the vertu of delices of
hir. And Y herde another vois of he- 4
uene, seiynge, My puple, go 36 out of it,
and be 36 not parceneris of the trespassis
of it, and 36 schulen not resseyue of the
woundis of it. For thez synnesa of it 5
camen 'til tob heuene, and the Lord
hadde mynde of c the wickidnesse of it.
3elde 36 to it, as sche 3eldide to 3ou ; «
and double 36 double thingis, aftir her
werkis ; in the drynke that she meddlid
to 3011, mynged 30 double to hir. As 7
myche as sche glorifiede hir silf, and was
in delieis, so myche turment 3yuee to hir,
and weilyng ; for in hir herte sche seith,
Y sitte a queen, and Y am not a widewe,
and Y schal not se weiling. And ther-8
for in o day hir woundis schulen come,
deth, and mornyng, and hungur ; and
sche schal be brent in fier, for God is
strong, that schal deme hir. And the a
kingis of thef erthe schulen biwepe, and
biweile hem silf on hir, whiche& diden
fornicacioun with hir, and lyueden in
delieis, whanne thei schulen se the
smoke of the brennyng of it ; stondynge 10
fer&s, for drede of theh turmentis of it,
and'1 seiynge, Wo! wo! wok! thilke greet
citee Babiloyn, and thilke stronge citee ;
for in oon our thi dom cometh. Andn
marchauntis of the erthe schulen wepe
on it, and morne, for no man' schal bie
more the marchaundise of hem; the 12
marchaundies1 of gold, and of siluer, and
of preciouse stoon, and of peerl, and of
' Om. v. k Om. AGNOQsrx. 1 fro x. m Om. s. n Om. Q. ° trespas NQ. P woundis o. wordis y.
1 signes o. r til to ANoqsyx. in to p. s wickednesse r. * jelde ANOQSX. u vp ANOQSX. v and c.
w medlith N. x mikel o. y gloriede N. z Om. N. a Om. QF. b wepyuge, or mournyng ANS.
weyling r. c Om. o. d saat o. e Om. s. { that N. g wepyng, or mournyng ANQS. weyling y.
h woundis or. ! Om. o. ^ biwepe r. 1 biweyle r. m hem self r. n Om. r*. ° that x. P Om. s.
1 it XOQSK. r it ANOQsyx. s that x. 4 on it ^Ngsrx. Om. o. u and mourne o« it o. v marchaun-
dises ox. w marchaundies r. x and of y. y stoones o. z and of r. a margaritis N. b Om. ox.
c and of r. d purpul N. e and of v. f coctyn, or reed ANQS. coctyn, eithir red scarlet r. 8 clepid
thymus v.
w Om. K. x the fornycacioun ERT. y Om. h. z Om. c. a synne b. b vnto T. c on k.
d medle H. e jeue 30 EQHgk sec. m. a. 3eueth ia/3. f Om. IT. g the whiche i. SS afer |3. h Om. g.
' Om. i pr. m. h. k Om. A sec. m. Q sec. m. Tg. 1 marchaundis Ego. marchaundises a.
672
APOCALYPSE.
XVIII. 13 — 21.
and alle vessels of yuer, and alle vessels
of precious stoon, and of bras, andh yren,
is and ' marble, and canel, and amome,
*that is, a swete saueringe treek, and
of odoramentis1, and oynementis, and en-
cense1", and of wijn, and" oyle, and"
floure, and" wheete, and of iumentis0, W
werk beestesv, and'' sheep, and'i horses'",
and8 cartes, and* of seruauntis", and of
Hsoulis, W lijfis", of men. Andw thin ap-
ples, thex desijres of thi? lijf, wenten
awey fro thee, and alle fatte thingesz, and
15 ful cleere perschiden froa thee. And mar-
chauntes of thes menb shulen noc mored
fynde 'tho thingese. Thei that ben maad
riche of hirf, shulen stonde fers, for drede
of tourmentis of hirh, wepinge, and moorn-
icynge, and seiynge, Wo! wo! vthe ilke' greet
citee, that was clothidk with bijce, and
purpur, and cocke1, and was goldid™ with
gold, and precious stoon, and margaritis,
17 for in oon hour so many richessis11 ben
destitute. And ech gouernour, and alle
that shippen0 in to place, and mariners,
and that werchen in the se, stoden fer,
is and crieden, seeynge the place of bren-
nynge of hirP, seiynge, WhafJ lijkr tos this
19 greet citee? And thei senten poudir vp-
on* her heedes, and crieden, wepinge, and
moornynge, and" seiynge, Wo! wo! vthe
ilkev grete citee, in whomw alle that han
shippes in the se ben maad riche of prisisx
20 of it; for in oon hour \V is desolate. Heuen,
and holy apostles, vand prophetes2, 'glade
3ea on it, for God hath demyd 3oure doom
21 of it. And oo strong aungel toke up a
stoon, as ab greet mylne stoon, and sente
in to the se, seiynge0, In this bired 'the
ilkee greet citee Babilon shal be sent, and
bies, and of purpurm, and of silkn, and
coctyn0, and ech? trei tymus, and alle
vessels'" of yuer% and alle vessels of pre-
ciouse stoon, and of bras, and of yrun,
and of marbil, and canel', andu amonyev, 13
and ofw swete smellinge thingis, and
oynementis, and encense", and of wyn,
and of oyle, and of flour, and of whete,
and of werk beestis, and of scheep, and
of horsis, and of cartis, and of seruauntis,
and others lyues of men. And thin ap-H
plis of the desire of thi lijf wenten awei
fro thee, ajid alle fatte thingis, and ful
clere perischiden fro thee. And mar- is
chaundis of these thingis schulen no more
fynde tho thingis. Thei that ben maad
riche of it, schulen stonde fer, forz drede
of turmentis of it, wepynge, and morn-
ynge, and seiynge, Wo! wo! thilke greet 1 6
citee, that was clothid with bijs, and pur-
pura, and reed scarlet, and was ouergild
with gold, and preciouse stoon, and mar-
garitis, for in oon our so many richessis 17
ben destitute5. And ech gouernour, and
alle that saylen bi schip in to place, and
maryneris, andc that worchen in the see,
stoden fer, and crieden, seynge the place is
of the brennyng of it, seiynge, What is
lijk thisd greet citee ? And thei casten6 1»
poudre on her heedis, and crieden, wep-
ynge, and mornynge, and seiynge, Wo !
wo ! thilke greet citee, in which alle that
han schippis in the see ben maad riche
of pricisf of it ; for in oon our it is de-
solat. Heuene, and hooli apostlis, and 20
prophetis, make 36 ful out ioye on it, for
God hath denied 3oure dom ofs it. And 21
o stronge aungel took vp a stoon, as a
greet mylne stoon, and keste in to the
1> and of QSF. ' and of r. k Om. ox. 1 swete smelling thingis F. m cens s. n and of v. ° werk
beestis o. P Om. ox. 1 and of r. r hors sx. s and of v. ' Om. o. u seruauntis, or caitifis ANOQS.
seruauntis, cither presoneris v. v Om. x. w And of Q. x Om. ANOQSX. 1 the r. z thinge N.
8 awey fro o. b thingis r. c not N. d more now v. e these godis x. f it ANOQSV. S afer N.
h it ANOQSV. i that x. k clad sx. 1 coctyn, or reed A. cocke, or reed NQS. coccyn o. red scarlet F.
m clothid G. ouer gilt F. n Om. N. ° sailen bi schip r. P it ANOSFX. 1 What citee is F.
r lichi AN. s Om. F. t on ANoqsrx. u Om. s. T that x. w whiche ANOQSrx. x pris x. y Om.
AGM et alii. z Om. o. a make 56 ful out ioie F. b of a o. c and seide F. d hire, orfeersnesse
AG sec.m. NS. bire, either feersnes v. e that x.
m purpul E. D siluer A. ° of coctin h. P of ech k. q tre clepid u. r vessel a. s yueri k.
1 of canel k. u and of o. v ()lat z',9) a swete tre K sec. m. marg. w Om. k. x of encense k sec. m.
y of othere Rgk pr. m. z fro A. a purpul B passim. b ether forsaken K sec. m. marg. destitute, either
done awey R. c and thei T. d thilke gk. e casteden c. kesten K. f the pricis TkojS. g on EKH!I.
xvin. 22 — xix. 6.
APOCALYPSE.
673
22 now xouer shal notf be founde. And the
voys of harpersff, and of men of musike,
and syngynge with pijpe and trumpe, shal
no more be herd in it. And ech 'crafty
mans, and eche craft, shal noth be fouuden
in it. And the voys of mylrie stoon shal
23 no1 morek be herd in thee, and the Ii3t of
lanternekk shal no more shijne1 tom thee,
and the voys of then husbonde and of
wijfnn shal 'not jit more0 be herd in
thee ; for thi marchauntes weren princes
of erthe. For in thiP venemous dedis alle
24folkes erreden. And the blood of pro-
phetis and seyntis is founden in it, and
of i alle men that ben slayn in erthe.
CAP. XIX.
1 Aftir thes thinges I herde asr a greet
voys of many3 trumpis in heuen, seiynge,
Alleluya1; heriyng", and glory, and vertu
2 is tov oure God ; for trewe and iust ben
the domes of him, thew whiche demedenx
of the greet hoore, that corrumpidey the
erthe inz hir leccherie, and demydea, 'or
vengideb, the blood of his seruauntis, of
3 the hondis of hir. And eft thei seiden,
Alleluya, ''that is, Herie ^e the Lordc.
And thed smoke of it stijith6 up, in to
4worldlis of worldlis. And the foure and
twenty 'elder menf and the? foure beestis
fellen doun, and worschipiden God sittynge
vponh trone, seiynge1, Amen, Alleluya.
5 And a voys wente out of the trone, sei-
yngek, To1 oure God 'seie 36, alle the ser-
uauntis111 of" him0, heriyngP, and 36 that
tidreden God, smale and greete. And Y
herde a voys as0- of a greet trumpe, and
as the voys ofr greete thundris, seiynge,
see, and seide, In this hire thilke greet
citee Babiloyn schal be sent, and now it
schal no more be foundun. And the vois 22
of harpis, and of men of musik, and
syngynge with pipe and trumpe, schal
no more be herd in it. And ech crafti
man, and ech craft, schal no more be
foundun in it. And the voish of mylne'
stoon schal no more be herde in thee,
and the Ii3t of lanterne schal no more 23
schyne tok thee, and the vois of the
hosebonde and of the wijf schal no more
jit1 be herd in thee ; for thi marchauntis
weren princis of the erthe. For in thi
witch ecraftis™ alle folkis erriden. And the 24
blood of prophetis and seyntis" is foundun
in it, and of alle men that ben slayn in
erthe.
CAP. XIX.
Aftir these thingis Y herde as a greet i
vois of many trumpis in heuene, seiynge,
Alleluya ; heriynge, and glorie, and vertu
is to oure God ; for trewe and iust ben 2
the domes of hym, whiche demede of0
the greet hoore, that defoulide? the erthe
in her letcherye, and vengide the blood
of hise seruauntis, of the hondis of hir.
And eft thei seiden, Alleluya. And thes
smoke of it<i stiethr vp, in to worldis3 of
worldis. And the foure and twenti se-4
nyouris1 and foureu beestis felden doun,
and worschipiden God sittynge on the
trone, and seiden, Amen, Alleluya. And o
a vois wente out of the trone, and seide,
Alle the seruauntis of oure God, seie 36
heriyngus to oure God, and 36 that
dreden God, smale and grete. And Y«
herde a vois of a grete trumpe, as the
vois of many watris, and as the vois of
grete thundris, seiynge, Alleluya ; for
1 it schal noo more r. ff harpis G. S craftis man OQSXY. h noo more r. i not N. k Om. N. kk the
lanterne y. ! lijten x. m in G. n Om. NOX. nn the wijf G sec.m. ° noo more jit v. no more x,
P the GV. 1 Om. Q. r Om. o. * Om. N. * Alleluya, that is, herye [praise d] je the Lord ANOSY.
a praysyng o. v to the Lord N. w Om. ANOQsrxv. x he demede GSY. f corrumpide, or destryede,
or deforvlide ANY. defouled o. corumpede, or defoulede s. corumpide, either distroiede, either defoulide r.
* of N. a vengide v. b Om. orx. c Om. ANOQSVXY. d Om. o. e stide o. stiede Q. f senyours ANQS
rxv. e Om. ANOQSPXY. h on ANoqsrxY. i and seiden v. k and seide v. l Alle the seruauntis of
oure God, seie je heryingis to r. m Om. r. n to Q. Om. r. ° Om. v. P preysyng o. Om. v. 1 Om. GF.
1 many watris, and as the vois of v.
h voicis E. * a mylne abe. k in R.
seyntis b. ° Om. bh. P defouleth E.
* eldre men R. 1l the foure ET.
VOL. IV.
1 Om. IK pr.m. m ether venemyngis K sec.m. marg. n of
him i. r stijede egka. » the worldis EiKMQRuabceghka/3.
4 R
674
APOCALYPSE.
xix. 7 — 17.
Alleluya ; for cure8 God almijty hath
yregnyd. 'Enioye we*, and 'glade weu with
oute forth, and 3iue wev glory to him ;
for the weddinges of the lombe camen,
and the wijf of him made redy hir silf.
s Arid it is jouun to hir, that she couere
hirw with whijte bijce* shijnynge ; for-
sothe? bijcenz bena theb iustifiyngesl)b of
9 seyntis. And he seide to me, Wrijte thou,
Blessid theic, that ben clepid to the soper
of weddingisd of the lomb. And he seide
to me, These wordis of God ben trewe.
10 And I fel douii bifore his feet, 'that I
shuldef worschipe him. And he seide to
me, See?, that thou do not ; I am thin
euen seruaunt, and of thi britheren, hau-
ynge theh witnessing' of Jhesuk ; wor-
schipe thou God. Forsothe the witnessing
11 of Jhesu is1 spirit of prophecie. And I
si3e heuen openyd, and lo ! a whijt hors,
and he that sat vponm him was clepid
Feithful and sothfast; and with ri3twis-
I2nesse he demith, and fi^tith. Forsothe the
i3en of him as" flaume of fijr, and in his
heed0 many diademes ; hauyngeP a name
writun, whiche no man knew, noi but he.
13 And he was clothid1" in a clooth8 spreynd1
with blood ; and the name of him was
14 clepid The word" of God. And the
hoostesv, W companyes^, that ben in he-
uen", sueden him in whijte horsis?, cloth-
isidz with bissyn, whijt and cleene. And a
swerd sharp on ech sijde cam forth of his
mouth, that in* it he smyte folkes ; and
he shal reule hem inb an yren 3erd. And
he tredith, "or defoulithc, the pressourcc of
wijn of woodnessed of e wraththe of almi3ty
is God. And hef hath writen in his clooth,
and hemmeS, King of kyngis and Lord
17 of lordis. And I si3e anh aungel stond-
inge in the sunne; and he criede with
. v.
oure Lord God almy3ti hath regned.
loye we, and make we myrthe, and 3yue;
glorie to hym ; for the weddingis of the
lomb camen, and the wijf of hym made
redy hir silf. And it isv 3ouun to hir, that 8
sche kyuere hir with white bissyn schyn-
ynge ; for whi bissyn isw iustifiyngisx of
seyntis. And he seide to me, Write 9
thou, Blessid ben thei that ben clepid
to they soper of weddyngisz of the lomb.
And he seide to me, These wordis of
God ben trewe. And Y felde doun bi- 10
fore hise feet, to worschipe hym. And
he seide to me, Se thou, that thou do
not ; Y am a seruaunt with thee, and
of thi britheren, hauynge the witness-
ynfff of Jhesu ; worschipe thou God. t that is, aiie
protetis neren
For the witnessing of Jhesu is spiritzz of witnessing to
profesie. And Y say heuene openyd, 1 1
and lo ! a whit hors, and he that sat on
hym was clepid Feithful and sothefast ;
and with ri3twisnessea he demeth, and
fi3tith. And vthe i3en of hymb weren as 12
flawme of fier, and in his heed many
diademys ; and he hadde a name writun,
which no man knew, but he. And he is
was clothid in a cloth spreynt with
blood ; and the name of hym was clepid
The sone of God. And the oostis that u
ben in heuene, sueden hym on white
horsis, clothid with bissyn, white and
clene. And a swerd scharp on echc sided 15
cam forth of his mouth, that with it he
smyte folkis ; and he shal reule hem
with an yren 3erde. And he tredith the
pressour of wyn of stronge veniaunce of
the wraththe of almy3ti God. And heie
hath writun in his cloth, and in the6
hemmef, Kyng of kyngis and Lord of
lordis. And Y say an aungel, stond-17
ynge in the sunne; and he criede with
8 cure Lord or. t loye we within forth o. u make we ioie v. v Om. v. w hirself x. x bissyn
ANOQSFXY. y for whi v. z bissyn ANOQSFXY, * is r. b Om. QF, iustifiynge v. c ben thei M sec. m. gv.
d the weddyngis o. « The x. f for to v, g Loke o. k Om. Q. » wittenesse o. k Jhesu Crist N.
1 hath the o. & on ANOQSFXY. "» tveren as r. ° heued o. P and he hadde v. « Om. SY. r clad jr.
B clothing x. * sprengd x. u word, or sone AG sec.m. QSV. word, or loue N. kyndely sone v. v com-
panyes o. w Om. ox. * heuenes x. y hors sx. z clad sx. a with o. b into Q. c Om. ox. cc pres-
sure GM. d strong veniaunce r. e and of N. f Om. s. 6 in his hemme r sec. m. h oon AOSY.
* was gk.
zz the spirit R.
f hipe Q.
is the k. * iustifiyng Q pr. m. RTB.
a ri3twysnessis EQg. rijfulnesse R.
y Om. b. * the weddingis k sec. m. weddynge /3.
b hise i3en k. c eithir R. d aside K. e his K.
XIX. 1 8 — XX. 4.
APOCALYPSE.
675
greet voys, seiynge to alle briddis, that
flewen bi' thek mydle of kk heuen, 'Come
3e', and 'be 3em gederid 'to gydere" to the
is greet soper of God, that 36 ete the flesches0
of kingis, and theP flesches^ of tribunys,
and ther flesches5 of stronge', and flesches"
of horsisv, and of the sittinge onw hem,
and the flesches* of alle fre men and ser-
uauntis>, and ofz smale and ofzz greete.
19 And I si3e the beest, and kingis of erthe,
and the hoostesa of hem gederid, to make
bateyle with him, that sat inb the hors,
20 and with his boost c. And the beest isd
cau3t, and with hir the falsdd prophet, that
made signes bifore hir ; in whiche he de-
ceyuede hem that token the carect6 of the
beest, and that worshipedenf 'the ymage
of% ith. Thes two1 benk sent quyke in to
the1 pool of fijr, brennynge inm brunston.
21 And the othere" ben° slayn in? swerdi of
ther sittynge on" the hors, that cometh
'forth of1 the mouth of him; and alle
briddis 'ben fulfillidu withv thew fleschis*
of hem.
CAP. XX.
1 And I si3e an aungel comynge doun fro
heuene, hauynge the keye>" of depnesse,
2 and a greet cheyne in his bond. And he
cau3te the dragoun, the olde serpent, that
is the deuel and Sathanas ; and he boonde
shim bi a thousynd 3eerisz. And he sente
him in to depnesse, and closide, and sign-
edea, 'or selideb, onc him, that he deceyued
no more folkes, til a thousynd 3eerise be
fulfillidf. After thes thinges it bihoueth
4 him fors to be vnbounde a litel tyme. And
I si3e seetes, and thei satenh on hem, and
doom is' 3ouun to hem. And the soules
of 'bihedid menk for the1 witnessing of
greets vois, and seide to alle briddis that
flowen bi the myddil of heuene, Come 36,
and be 3eh gaderid to the greet soper of
God, that 36 ete the fleisch of kingis, and is
fleisch of tribunes, and fleisch of stronge
men, and fleisch' of horsis, and ofk tho1
that sittenm on hem, and the fleisch of
alle" fre men and0 bonde men?, and of
smalei and of grete. And Y sai thei 9
beeste, and the kyngis of ther erthe, and
the oostis of hem gaderid, to make batel
with hym, that sat on the hors, and
with his oost. And the beeste was 20
cau3t, and with hir the false prophete,
that made signes bifor hir ; in whiche
he disseyuede hem that token the carect*
of the beeste, and that worschipiden the
ymage of it. These tweyne* weren sent
quyke in to the pool of fier, brennynge
with brymstoon. And the othere weren 21
slaynu of v swerd of hym that sat on the
hors, that cometh forth of the mouth of
hym ; and alle briddis weren fillid with
the fleisch of hem.
CAP. XX.
And Y say an aungel comynge doun i
fro heuene, hauynge the keie of depnesse,
and a greet chayne in his hoond. And 2
he cau3te the dragoun, the elde serpent,
that is the deuel and Sathanas; and he
boonde hym bi a thousynde 3eeris. And 3
he sente hym 'in tow depnesse, and clos-
ide onx hym, that he disseyue no more
the folkis, til a thousynde 3eeris be fillid.
Aftir these thingis it bihoueth hym to
be vnboundun a litil tyme. And Y say 4
seeds, and thei? saten on hem, and doom
was 3ouun to hem. And the soulis of
men biheedid for the witnessyng of Jhe-
1 in Q. k Om. o. kk Om. v. 1 Cometh s.
ANOQSVXY. 1 flesh sx. T Om. AGNOPQSTVXY.
m beth x. n Om. AGNOQsrrxv. ° flesh sx. P Om.
flesh sx. * stronge men r. « flesh sx. v hors sx.
w in AGNopsrrxv. * flesh QSX. y boonde men r. z Om. r. ™ Om. sx. a companies o. on o.
<"• companye o. d was F. dd laste y. e mark T. f worshipen SY. K Om. Q. h the beste s. l tweyne
ANorv. k weren v. 1 Om. AOSXY. m with v. n tother T. ° weren r. P with r. 1 the swerd ANQPXY.
* him o. » vpon T. * fro r. » weren fiilid v. ' of o. w Om. r. * flesch NOSX. J keies N. * jer sx.
a selide o. » Om. ox. c vpon T. d desceyuede QSXY. e jer sx. { fillid or. g Om. sx. h that
seten ST. ' was v. k men biheedid ANSYY. byheuedid men o. men hedid x. l Om. QSY.
S a greet o. h Om. H. ' fleischis g. k Om. h pr. m. 1 Om. B. m sitteth uabcegk. n Om. hk sec. m.
"andofbk. P Om. o. 1 smale men b pr. m. r Om. Eiga. » carectere E. * two o. u y slayn a.
v with the EiKQRbceghoojS. with k. w to the k. * and markide on K. y thei that Eabek pr.m. £.'
4 K 2
676
APOCALYPSE.
xx. 5—13.
Jhesu™, and forn the word of God, and
hem that worschepiden not the beest, ne-
ther the0 ymage of it, nether token the?
carecf of it in forhedis1", ors in her* hondis.
And thei lyueden, and regneden Vith
5 Crist" a thousynd 3eerv. Thew othere* of
deede men? lyueden not, til a thousynd
3eeresz be endid. This3 the first a3en ris-
cyng. Blessid and holy heb, that hath paart
in the first a3en risyng. In thesc the se-
counde deeth hath notd power; but thei
shulen be prestis of God, and of Crist, and
thei shulen regne with him6 a thousynd
73eerisf. And whan a thousynd jeeres
shulen be endid, Sathanas shal be vn-
bounde of his prisoun ; and he shal go
out, and he& shal deceyue folkes, that ben
onh foure corners of the' erthe, Gog and
Magog. And he shal gedere hemk in to
bateyl, whois noumbre is as the grauel of
8 the se. And thei Sweden vp, on1 the
broodnesse of erthe m, and enuyrounden
the castels of seyntis, and the loued citee.
9 And fijr cam doun of" God fro heuen,
and deuourede hem. And the deuel, that
deceyuede hem0, is? sent in to thei pool
10 of fijr and brunston, where andr the beest
and false prophetes shulen be tourmentid
day and ni3t, in to worldlis of worldlis.
u Amen. And I si3e a greet white trone,
and the sittynge ons it, fro whois si3t
erthe1 flei3u and heuen ; and placev is not
i-2founden of hem. And I si3e deede men,
greete and smale, stondinge in the si3t of
thew trone ; and bookes benx openyd ;
and an othir book is-v openyd, that is the
book of lijf ; and deede men benz demyd
of thes thingis that weren write in the
is bookis, aftira the werkesb of hem. And
the se 3af his deede men, that weren in it;
and deeth and helle 3auen her deede menc,
su, and for the word of God, and hem
that worschipiden not the beeste, nether
the ymage of it, nethir token the carectz
of it in her forheedis, nethir in her
hoondis. And thei lyueden, and regneden
with Crist a thousynde 3eeris. Othereas
of deed men lyueden not, til a thousynde
3eeris benb endid. This is the first 33611
risynge. Blessid and hooli is he, that«
hath part in the firste a3enrysyng. In
these men the secunde deth hath not
power ; but thei schulen be prestis of
God, and of Crist, and thei schulen
regne with hym a thousynde 3eeris. And 7
whanne a thousynde 3eeris schulen be
endid, Sathanas schal be vnboundun of
his prisoun ; and he schal go out, and
schal disseyue folkis, that ben on foure
corners of the erthe, Gog and Magog.
And he schal gadere hem in to batel,
whos noumbre is as the grauel of the
see. And thei stieden vp on the brood- s
nesse of erthed, and enuyrounede the
castels of seyntis, and the louyd citee.
And fier cam doun vof Gode fro heuene, a
and deuourede hem. And the deuel,
that disseyuede hem, was sent in to the
pool of fier and off brymston, where 10
bothe the beeste and fals prophetis schu-
len be turmentid dai and ni3t, in to
worldis of worldis. Amen. And Y sayii
a greet white trone, and oon sittynge on
it, fro whos si3t erthe fled and heuene ;
and the places is not foundun vof hem1'.
And Y sai deed men, grete and smale, 12
stondynge in the si3t of the trone; and
bookis weren opened, and> deed men
weren demed of these thingis that weren
writun in the bookis, aftir the werkis of
hem. And the see 3af his deed men, is
that weren in it; and deth and helle
m Jhesu Crist N. " Om. N. ° Om. ANQSFXY. P Om. ANOQSV.XY. 1 carectis e. r foreheuedis o.
s neither v. t Om. G. u Om. N. v jeeris NOQVY. w Om. v. x Om. v. y Om. x. z 3er sx.
a This u ANOQsrx Y. b is he TV. c these men v. d noo N. e hem o. f 3er s el x passim. S Om.
ANOQSVX. h in o. vpon T. ' Om. AOQSFXY. k hem to gedir Q. ! of N. m the eerth ogs. n fro TX.
0 Om. T. P was F. Q Om. SA:. ' Om. T. bothe v. 8 vpon T. * the erthe N. u fleij awey sx.
v the place o. w Om. qrxv, * weren v. y was v. z weren v. a Vp ANOQSXY. bi v. b writingis v.
c Om. x.
*• carectir E. a And othre R. b weren i. c on a. d the erthe k. e Om. k pr. m. f Om. K pr. m. ft.
S place of hem R. h Om. R. i and anothir book was opened, that [which j3] is, the book of lijf; and
A marg. g sec. m. marg. oaft. and anothir booke is openid, which is the boke of lijf; and H.
XX. 14 — XXI.
APOCALYPSE.
677
that weren in hem. And it isd demyd of
Halle6, vpf the werkes of hem. And 'helle
and deeth* benh sent in to the' pool of
is fijr. This is the secounde deeth. And
he that isk not founde writun in the book
of lijf, isk sent in to the pool of fijr.
CAP. XXI.
1 And I 8136 newe heuen and newe erthe ;
forsothe1 the first heuen and the11 first erthe
wenten awey, and 'now is not the sera.
2 And I Joon si3e the holy citee Jerusalem,
newe, comynge doun fro heuen 'of God,
inaad redy" as a wijf ourned0 to hir hus-
sbonde. And I herde a greet voys of? the
trone, seiynge, Lo ! the tabernacle of God
with"! men, and her shal dwelle with hem;
and thei shulen be his puple, and he God
4 with hem shal be her God. And God shal
wijpe awey™ ech teer fro ijen8 of seyntis*;
and deeth shal no more be, nether moorn-
yng, nether criyng, nether sorowe shal be
ouer; the" whiche firste thinges wenten
5 awey. And he seide, that sat in the trone,
Lo ! I make alle thinges newe. And he
seide to me, Wrijte thou, for thes wordes
«ben moost feithful and trewe. And he
seide to me, It is don ; I am alpha and oo,
thev bigynnyng and endew. Ix shal 3iue
frely 'to the thirstinge? of the welle of
vquyk watirz. He that shal ouercome, shal
weelde thes thinges ; and I shal be God to
s him, and he shal be sone to me. Forsothe
to" proudeb men, and vnbileueful, and curs-
id0, and manquellers, and fornicatours, and
to men doynge venym, or sleynge mend
by venyme, andf worschipers of ydolis, and
to» alle Ii3ersh, the paart of hem shal be
in the pool brennynge with fijr and brun-
uston, that is the secounde deeth. And
one cam of the seuen aungels, hauynge
3auen her deed men, that weren in hem.
And it was denied of ech, aftir the
werkis of hem. And helle and deth 14
weren sent in to ak poole of fier. 'This
is the secunde deth1. And he that was is
not foundun writunm in the book of lijf,
was sent in to the" pool of fier.
CAP. XXI.
And Y sai newe heuene and newei
erthe ; for the firste heuene and the
firste erthe wenten awei, and the see is
not now. And Y Joon say the hooli2
citee Jerusalem, newe, comynge doun fro
heuene, maad redi of God, as a wijf
ourned to hir hosebonde. And Y herde 3
a greet vois fro the trone, seiynge, Lo !
the tabernacle of God is with men, and
he schal dwelle with hem ; and thei schu-
len be his puple, and he God with hem
schal be her God. And God schal wipe 4
awei ech teer fro the i3en of hem; and
deth schal no more be, nether mornyng,
nether criyng, nether sorewe schal be
ouer; whiche 'firste thingis0 wenten awei.
And he seide, that sat in the trone, Lo ! 5
Y make alle thingis newe. And he seide
to me, Write thou, for these wordis ben
moost feithful and trewe. And he seide e
to me, It is don ; I am alpha and oo, the
bigynnyng and endeP. Y schal 3yue freli
of the welle of quic watir to hym that
thirsteth. He that schal ouercome, schal?
welde these things ; and Y schal be God
to hym, and he schal be sone to me.
But to ferdful men, and vubileueful, and a
cursid, and manquelleris, and fornyca-
touris, and to witchis, andi worschiperis
of idols, and tor alle lieris, the part of
hem shal be in the pool brennynge with
fier and brymstoon, that is the secounde
deth. And oon cam of the seuene aun-y
<1 was r. e ech v. f aftur T. bi v. S deth and helle s. h weren v. ' Om. NOQSKXV. k was v.
1 for v. H Om. Y. m the se is not now rxv. n maad redy of God v. ° anournyd T. P fro v. Q t*
q with v. r Om. x. rr Om. y. s the i3en QTX. * hem v. u Om. v. v Om. Q. w ending NO.
* And Y s. y Om. v. to thirstinge p. z watir to him that thurstith v. a Om. o. b feerdful v.
c cursid, either abomynable v. d other ANOSY. othere men r. >e Gloss om. in QX. f and to o. S of
A sec. m. h leesyng mongeres ANOQSXY.
k the Ebgka. 1 Om. o. m Om. bk pr. m. n Om. R. ° thingis firste Q. P the eende Rh. 1 and
to B. r Om. i pr.m.
678
APOCALYPSE.
XXI.
-20.
violes ful of seuen' thek laste plagis1. And
he spake with me, seiynge™, Come thou,
In shal shewe to thee the spouse0, wijfP
10 of the lomb. And he toke me up*) in
spirit in to a greet hil and hij; and he
shewide to me the holy citee Jerusalem,
1 1 comynge doun fro heuen of God, hauynge
the cleerte of God ; and the Ii3t of it lijk
tor a precious stoon, as tos the stoon iaspis,
12 as1 cristal. And it hadde a wal greet and
hi3, hauynge twelue 3ates, and in the"
3atisv of it twelue aungelsw, and names
writun in, that ben thex names of the?
twelue lynagis of z thea sones of Yrael ;
is fro the eest thre 3ates, and fro the north
thre 3ates, and fro the south thre 3ates,
14 and fro the west thre 3ates. And the wal
of the citee hauynge b twelue founde-
mentes, and in hem the names0 of thed
15 twelue apostlis, and of the lomb. And he
that spake with me, hadde a golden me-
sure of a reed, that he shulde mete the
citee, and the 3ates of it, and the wal.
ifiAnd the citee is 'put ine square; and the
lengthe 'of itf iss so miche, hou miche
andh the breede. And he mat the citee
of1 the reed, bi furlongis twelue thou-
syndesk. And the hi3the, and lengthe1, and
17 breede of it, ben euen. And he mat the
walles 'of itm, of an hundrid and11 foure
and fourty cubytis, bi mesure of man,
is that0 is, of P aungel. And the bildyngi of
ther wal was of stoon iaspis. Sotheli the
citee it™ silf was of s cleene gold, lijk to'
I9cleene glas. And the foundementes of
the" wal of the citee ournedv with alw
precious stoon. The first foundement, ias-
pis* ; the secounde, saphirus ; the thridde,
calcedonyus ; the y fourthe, smaragdus ;
20 the2 fyuethe, sardonix ; thea sixte, sar-
dius; theb seuenthe, crisolitus; thec ei3
gels, hauynge violis fulle of 'seuene the5
laste veniauncis. And he spak with me,
and seide, Come thou, and Y schal schewe
to thee the spousesse, the wijf of the
lomb. And he took me vp in spirit in 10
to a greet hille and hi3 ; and he schew-
ide to me the hooli citee Jerusalem, com-
ynge doun fro heuene of God, hauynge u
the clerete of God ; and the Ii3t of it
lijk a preciouse stoon, as the stoon iaspis,
as cristal. And it hadde a walle greet 12
and hi3, hauynge twelue 3atis, and in
the 3atis of it twelue aungels, and names
writun in*, that ben the names of
twelue lynagis of the sones of Israel ;
fro the east thre 3atis, and fro the north is
thre 3atis, and fro the south thre 3atis,
and fro the west thre 3atis. And theu
wal of the citee hadde twelue founde-
mentis, and in hem the twelue names of
twelue" apostlis, and of the lomb. And is
he that spak with me, hadde a goldun
mesure of a rehed, that he schulde mete
the citee, and the 3atis of it, and the wal.
And the citee was set inv square ; and ie
the lengthe of it is so miche, 'as michew
as is the breede. And he matx the citee
with the rehed, bi furlongis twelue thou-
syndis. And the hei3the, and the lengthe
and breeder of it, ben euene. And he 17
mat the wallis of it, of an hundrid and
'foure and fourtiz cubitis, bi mesure of
man, that is, of ana aungel. And the \s
bildyng of the wal therof was of the
stoon iaspis. And the citee it silf was
clene gold, lijk clene glas. And the 19
foundementis of the wal of the citee
•
weren ourned with al preciouse stoon.
The firste foundement, iaspis ; the se-
counde, safiris; the thridde, calcedonyus;
the fourthe, smaragdus ; the fyuethe, 20
i the seuene Q. k of the A pr. m. 1 wooundis o. veniaunces v. m and seide v. n and I srv.
0 spousesse v. p the wijf v. 1 Om. N. T Om. v. s Om. or. * and as T. u Om. ASVXY. twelue N.
T jate G. w corneres s. Om. Y. x Om. x. y Om. ANOQsrrxY. z and of G. a Om. SY. b mas hau-
yng r. hadde v. c twelue names v. d Om. ANOQsrxY. e Om. N. set in v. { Om. s. 8 Om. N.
h is N. is and v. I with r. k thousend sx. 1 the lengthe TFY. m Om. s. n Om. Q. ° whiche r.
P of an ANOQsrxv. 1 bilding, or makyng ANQSY. bilding, either making v. r Om. n. rr of it Y.
8 Om. v. * Om. v. u Om. NQ. v was ourned T. tveren ourned r. w a N. * was iaspis T. y Om.
NQY. z Om. ANOQY. »• Om. ANOQSY. & Om. ANOQSY. c Om. ANOQSY.
3 the seuene K sec. m. Qk. the seuen the laste h svp.ras. * Om. k sec.m. u the xij. gk/3.
Om. o. x that maad EQg pr. m. 1 the brede BKa. z fourti and four B. a the H.
in a EQga.
xxi. 2i — xxn. 5-
APOCALYPSE.
679
berillus ; thed nynthe, topasius ; thee
tenthe, crisopassus ; thef eleuenthe, ia-
2icinctus; the? tweluthe, araetistus. And
twelue 3atesh twelue margarites ben1, by
ech ; and eche ^ates werenk of eche mar-
garitis1. And the stretes of the citee clenem
22 gold, as" glas ful shijnynge. And I si3e
no temple in it, forsothe0 Lord? Godi al-
mi3ty isr temple8 of it, 'and the lomb*.
23 And the citee hath no nede of sunne, ne-
ther" moone, that thei shijne in it ; forwhi
the cleerte of God shal Ii3ten it, and the
24lomb is the lantern of it. And folkes shu-
len walke in Ii3tv of it; and the kinges of
erthe shulen bringe tow her glory and
25 honour in to it. And the 3ates of it
shulen not be closid bi daye ; sotheli ni3t
26 shal not be there. And thei shulen bringe
to* they glory and honour of folkis in to
27 it. Nethir ony thing defoulidz shal entre
in to it, 'and doynge abhomynacioun and
lesyng*; no but theib that ben writun in
the book of lijf and of the lomb.
CAP. XXII.
1 And he shewide to me a flood of quyk
watir, shinynge as cristal, comynge forth
2 of the seete of God, and of the lombe. In
the mydle of the street of it, and on ech
sijde of the flood, the tree of lijf, bringyng
toc twelue fruytes, ' bi eche monethes 3eld-
inge his fruytd ; and the leefes of the tree
stoe helthe of folkis. And ech cursid thing
shal no more be; but the seetes of God
and of the lomb shulen be in it. And the
seruauntes of him shulen serue to him.
4 And thei shulen see his face, and his
5 namef in her forhedis. And ni3t shal no
more be, and thei shulen not haue nede
to thes 113! of lantern, nethir to Ii3t of
sardony ; the sixte, sardius ; the se-
uenthe, crisolitus ; the ei3tthe, berillus ;
the nynthe, topacius; the tenthe, criso-
passus ; the eleuenthe, iacinctus ; the
tweluethe, ametistus. Andb twelue 3atis2i
ben twelue margaritis, bi echc ; 'and ech
3ate was of ech margareted. And the
stretis of the citee weren clene gold, as
of glas ful schynynge. And Y say no 22
temple in it, for the Lord God almy3ti
and the lomb, ise templef of it. And the 23
citee hath no» nede of sunne h, nethir
moone, that thei schyne in it; for the
clerete1 of God schal Ii3tnek it ; and the
lomb is the lanterne of it. And folkis 24
schulen walke in ^t1 of it ; and the
kyngis of the"1 erthe schulen brynge her
glorie and onour in to it. And the 3atis 25
of it schulen not be closid bi dai; and
ni3t schal not be there. And thei schulen 20
brynge the" glorie and onour of folkis
in to it. Nether ony man defoulid, and""27
doynge abhominacioun ° and leesyng,
schal entre in to it ; but thei that ben
writun in the book of lijf and? of the
lomb.
CAP. XXII.
And he schewide to me a flood ofi
quic watir, schinynge as cristal, comynge
forth of the seete of God, and of the
lomb, in the myddil of the street of it. 2
And on ech side of the flood, the tree of
lijf, bryngynge forth twelue fruytis, 3eld-
inge his fruit bi ech monethe ; and the
leeues of the tree ben to heelthe of folkis.
And ech cursid thing schal no more be; 3
but the seetis of God and of the lomb
schulen be in it. And the seruauntis of
hym schulen serue toi hym. And thei 4
schulen see his face, and his name in her
forheedis. And ni3t schal no more be, s
and thei schulen not haue nede to the
d Om. ANOQSY. e Om. ANOSY. ! Om. ANOQSY. S Om. ANOQYS. h jatis ben QTrx. ben jatis sv.
» Om. QSTrxv. k jate was r. jatis ben x. 1 margarite v. m of cleene N. weren clene v. n as of r.
0 for v. P the Lord AOQTXY. 1 Om. g. r and the lomb, is v. s the tempel orvx. t Om. v, u ne «.
nether of Y. v the lijt N. w Om. TF. * Om. v. 7 to the T. z defoulid and doinge abomynacioun
and lesing r. a Om. v. b thoo N. Om. T. c forth r. d jeeldinge his fruit bi ech monthe v. e ben
to v. ' name schal be T. S Om. NOQS.
b And in the I pr.m. And the i sec. m. Ha. c ech margarite R. d Om. H. e in it h. f the temple
KReojS. g not Q sec. m. Ra. h the sunne R. > clerenesse K. k lijte a. ' the lijt H. m Om. CIKMQRU
aceghoojS. n Om. K pr. m. un in g. ° fornicacioun R. P Om. Q sec. m. <J Om. R pr. m. bh pr. m.
680
APOCALYPSE.
XXII. 6 — 17.
theh sunne ; for the Lord God shal ^
hemk, and thei shuleri regne in to worldlis
eof worldlis. And he seide to me, Thes
wordis ben moost feithful and truewe. And
the Lord God of spiritis prophetis1 sente
his aungel1", forn to shewe to his ser-
uauntis, what thinges it bihoueth for0 to
7 be don soone. And, lo ! I come swiftly?.
Blessid he% that kepith the wordis of pro-
sphecie of this book. And Ir Joon, that
herde and si3e thes thinges. And aftir8
that I hadde herd and seyn, I fel doun,
'that I shulde1 worschipe bifore the feet of
the aungel, that schewide to me thes
» thinges. And he seide to me, See that
thou do not ; forsothe" I am thin euen
seruaunt, and of thi britheren, prophetis,
and of hem that kepen thev wordes of pro-
phecie of w this book ; worschipe thou
10 God. And he seide to me, Signex, W
seele?, thou not the wordes of z prophecie
"of this booka ; forsotheb thec tyme is ni3.
11 He that noyeth, noye 3it ; and he that is
in filthis, wexed foul 3it ; and vhe that is
iuste, be he' 3it iustified ; and the holy, be
i2he& halewid 3it. Lo! I come soone, and
my mede with me, forh to 3elde to ech
is man aftir' his werkes. I am alpha and
oo, the first and the last, bigynnyng and
H ende. Blessid thei k, that waschen her
stooles 'in blood of the lomb1, that the
power of hem be in the book"1 of lijf, and
is bi 3atisn entre in to the citee. Forsothe
with oute forth, houndes0, and? 'venym
doers'", vor poyseners*, and vnchaast men,
and manquellers, and8 seruynge 'to ydoles1,
10 and ech that loueth and doithu lesyng. I
Jhesus sente myn aungel, forw to witnesse
to 3ou thes thinges 'in chirchisx. I am
they roote and kynde2 of Dauid, aa shyn-
nynge morub sterre. And the husbonde0
Ii3t of lanterned nethir to Ii3tr of sunne8;
for the Lord God schal Iy3tne hem,
and thei schulen regne in to worldis of
worldis. And he seide to me, These o
wordis ben moost feithful and trewe.
And the Lord God of spiritis of pro-
phetis sente his aungel, to schewe his*
seruauntis, what thingis it bihoueth to
be don soone. 'And lo ! Y come swiftli". 7
Blessid is he, that kepith the wordis of
prophesie of this book. And Y am Joon, s
that herde and say these thingis. And
aftirward™ that Y hadde 'herd and seynx,
Y felde doun, to worschipe bifor the feet
of the aungel, that schewide to me these
thingis. And he seide to me, Se thou, 9
that thou do not ; for Y am? seruaunt
'with theez, and of thi britheren, pro-
phetis, and of hem that kepen the wordis
of prophesie of this book ; worschipe
thou God. And he seide to me, 'Signe, 10
ether3 seele, thou not the wordis of pro-
phesie of this book ; for the tyme is ni3.
He that noyeth, iioye he 3it ; and hen
that is in filthis, wexeb foul 3it ; and a
iust man, be iustified* 3it ; and the hooli, * justified, «-
,,.,.. T • -.7- j ther do riBtful-
be halewid 3it. Lo! Y come soone, and 12 nesse jit. v.
my mede with me, to 3elde to ech man
aftir hise werkis. Y am alpha and oo, 13
the firste and the laste, bigynnyng and
ende. Blessid be thei, that waischen her u
stoolisf , that the power of hem be in the t This that is
tree of lijf, and entrec bi the 3atis in to SUmme"bookis,
the citee. For with outen forth
and witchis6, and unchast men, and man-
quelleris, and seruynge to idols, and ech
, T TI
that loueth and makith leesyng. 1 Jne-io
sus sente myn aungel, to witnesse to 3ou
these thingis in chirchis. Y am the
roote and kyn of Dauid, and the schyn-
ynge morewe sterre. And the spirit and 17
of the text,
neither » had
m eide bibUs.
Lire here. v.
h Om. Aogrxv. * lijte s. k to hem o. ' of prophetis os pr. m. rr. m aungels N. n Om. sx.
o Om. sx. P sone o. 1 be he ANO. is he TV. r I am vtv. s aftirward ANOQsrx. * for to v. u for v.
v Om. N. w and of o. x Seele o. y Om. ox. z of this book of Q. a Om. Q. b for v. c Om. x.
d wexe he AG sec.m. NOQSXY. e a iust man r. f Om. plures. K Om. ANOQSFXY. h Om. sx. ' vp
AOQSXY. k ben thei ANT?. ' in the blood of the lomb AG sec.m. NOQSXY. Om. r. m tree r. n the
jatis ANOQsrxY. ° schulen be schit houndis T. P or o. 1 poyseneris o. r Om. ox. either poyseneris v.
& Om. o. * Om. ox. u makith r. w Om. s. * Om. o. J Om. G pr. m. z kyn r. a and a T.
b and morowe ANQSVXY. and a morowe o. c spirit r.
1 a lanterne E. r the Ii3t H0. s the sonne K/3. * to his Kho. u Om. g. w aftir a. x seien and herde K.
y am a R. z Om. K pr. m. a Signe, or R. Om. ae. Signe thou, ether b. b wexe he IK. c entre he B.
d that is, false prechours K sec. m. marg. e et]ier venemers K sec. m. marg.
XXII. 1 8 — 21.
APOCALYPSE.
681
and thed spouse6, 'or wijf{, seyn, Come
thou. And he that herith, seith s, Come
thou; and he that thirstith, come; and he
that wole, take freely the watir of lijf.
is Forsothe Y witnesse to ech man heringe
the wordes of prophecie of this book, if
ony man shal put to to1' thes', God shal
puttek vpon1 him the plages™ writuh in
19 this book. And if ony man shal do awey
of the wordis of the" book of this pro-
phecie, God shal take awey0 the? paart 'of
him froi the book of lijf, and fro the holy
citee, and fro thes thinges that ben writun
20 in thisr book. He seith, that berith wit-
nessyng of thes thingis, 3he, amen. Is
come soone. Amen. Come thou, Lord Jhe-
21 su. The grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist
with1 3ou alle. Amen.
Heere endith the Apocalips, or Reue-
lacioun of Seynt Joon the euangelist, and
so the Newe Testament. Blessid be the
Holy Trinite.
the spousessef seien, Come thou. And he
that herith, seie», Come thou; and he
that thirstith, comeh ; and he that wole,
take he freli the watir of lijf. And I is
witnesse to ech man herynge the wordis
of prophesie of this book, if ony man
schal putte to these thingis, God schal
putte on hym the veniauncis writun in
this book. And if ony man do awei of 19
the wordis of the book of this prophesie,
God schal take awei the part of hym fro
the book of lijf, and fro the hooli citee,
and fro these thingis that ben writun in
this book. He seith, that berith wit- 20
nessyng of these thingis, 3he, amen. I
come soone. Amen. Come thou, Lord
Jhesu. The grace of oure Lord Jhesu 21
Crist be with 3ou alle. Amen.
Here endith the Apocalips, the laste
book of the Bible; and here suwen the
names of alle the bookis as thei stonden
in ordre in this Bible, with the noumbre
of her chapitris'1.
d Om. Q. « spousesse v. f Om. ox. either mijf v. S seie ANOQSF. h Om. NQVX, ' thes thinges TV.
k put to AG sec, m. OPQSVX. l on AG sec. m. Nogsrx. m woundis o. veniauncis TV. n Om. ANOQS.
0 Om. T. P fro him the N. 1 of N. r the o. s Lo ! Y s pr. m. * be with TV. u Here endith
Apocalips. A. Here endith the Apocalips of John, the ende of the Nero Testament. N. Here endith the
Apocalips of Jhesu Crist, or. Heere eendith the Apocalips; blessid be the holy Trinite. Amen. p. Here
endeth the Apocalips of oure Lord Jhesu Crist. Amen. Q. No final rubric in GSTXY.
f spouse i pr.. m. S seith c. seie he K. h come he K. » From c. Here endith the Bible. E. Heere
endith the Apocalips, that Joon wroot in the He of Pathmos, the mhiche is the ende of the Newe Testament, i.
Here endeth the Apocalips. KQ sec. m. hk. Here eendelh the Apocalips, the last book of Goddis lane. R.
Here endeth the Apocalips of Joon. abeo. Here endith the Apocalips of John, euangelist and apostle, c.
Here endith the Newe Testemenet of oure Lord Jhesus Crist and oure Sauyour. g. Here endith the Apo-
calips of Jon, the ende of the Newe Testament, a. No final rubric in AMQ pr. m. u.
VOL. IV.
4 s
ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES.
MATTHEW.
a THOUJ al holi writt is ful trewe, nedeful and comfortable to mankynde, netheles the holy
gospel, as the herte andb spirit therof, is moost profitable to synful men andc alle that schulen
be saued. Therfore alle men and wymmen that han discrecioun, schulden moost bisily traueile
to kunne andd kepe the holi gospel, and teche it for the abilite of her staat, namely in holy
lyuynge, as Crisostom seith in his prologe on Matheu. Therfore Seint Austyn in his book of
kynde and of grace, in the Iviij0. c. seith thus, The lawe of the gospel is lawe of charite ande
of parfijt fredom, without which noon may be saued. And therfore Seint Jerom translatide
and expownede manye bookis of the bible to wymmen, as men moun pleynlif se in hise prologis
on& dyuers bookis of the bible.
Here begynneth another prologh.
Sithen aftir the assencioun of Crist the Holy Goost enspiride the hertis of the apostils, and
sent them, and hertide hem to preche what Crist dide and tau3te, four speciali of alle weren
departide, that prechide the conuersacioun of God in erthe. And also ther prechinge, the which
is propirli callid the gospel, thei wroot in ther owne volyms for this entencioun, that the lif of
oure Lord Jhesu and his conuersacioun in erthe, the which was perfi3t ensample to oure
lyuynge, schulde be in our mind, and shulde euermore be had bifore oure i3en as the rule of
our lyuynge, and that his doctryne shulde not be distried thoruj the witness of fals techinge
of heretikis. Of the foure that made the gospel, first was Matheu, that whanne he first in the
Jewrie with the apostlis hadde prechide the gospel of Crist, he in wil to passe to techinge of
othir naciouns, that were callid gentilis, he wroot the gospel in Ebrew tunge, that he shulde be
as present thonrj his writinge to his britheren, fro whom he wente bodili awei. The which
writinge he left aftir him, as a thinge that schulde stirre hem to haue mynde of him, and
speciali that he schulde confenne the feith of his firste britheren in God; that the schadowe
of the old lawe schulde no more be vsid, but the sothfastness of the gospel ; and also that false
prechouris and peruerters of holi chirche schuld not ouer sowe in the gospel of Crist ony'
errouris. And aftir that holi chirch was largid, holi fadris bisiede hem, that the same gospel
schulde be translatid into the langage of Grew and Latyn. And Mathews tretinge is speciali
of the manhede of Crist, thouj he seie othere secundarie thingis. Wherefore he bigynneth at
the generacioun of his manhede, seijnge in the bigynninge of his writinge, The booke of the
generacioun of Jhesu Crist. And ri3tly is Matheu first sett, not as bi naturel order, bot bi
artificial ordre ; for bi the naturel ordre Joon, that was last, and moost passingli tretith of the
godhede of Crist, schulde be first; for the godhede was or the manhede, and the godhede is
hede of the manhede. But we trowen, that this was doon thoru? the counseil of the Holi Goost,
that he that tretith of the manhede of Crist, is sett first in ordre. For it is acordinge and
skilful, that oure witt ascende litil and litil to the bettere, and that bi feith and the sacrament
a This Prologue is taken from Ms. Eman. Coll. Cambr. I. 4. 33. (designated p.) collated with Ms.
Univ. Libr. Cambr. LI. i. 13. (marked 3.) b of the p. c to p. d and to 3. e Om. p. f openli 3.
8 in 3. h This Prologue is taken from the Ms. Brit. Mus. Add. 15,521, (marked y) into which it was
transcribed by Joseph Ames, from a Ms. written, as he states, in 1424, and belonging in 1731 to Thomas
Granger. The editors have not been able to trace this last Ms. ' onth y. This and a few similar errors,
which seem to have proceeded from the pen of Ames, have been corrected from conjecture, but probably many
more faults of transcription may remain.
VOL. IV. 4 S*
682b ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES.
of the manhede taken of God, it schulde be brou^t to the euerlasting hede of the godhede.
Netheles summe seien, that Matheu tellith the incarnacioun of Crist after the king of kingis,
and therefore the kingis, vhe seith k, come to seke, and seiden, Where is he, that is borne king
of Jewis ? And also he apperide as king hi the sterre ; and also it is seid, that Heroude dredde
the king that was born. Also Mathew, in acountinge of the generacioun of Crist, goith by
Salamon. For Matheu to his bigynning, at the generacion of Crist aftir his manhede, and the
ordre of his tellinge, he ledith to the resurreccion of Crist. Netheles, as it is seid, Matheu
wroot the gospel for cause of them that reiside1 the circumcisioun, and wolde not fulli be drawen
fro there obseruaunce, thouj thei hadde taken the baptym ; and therefore his entente is to reise
them fro ther fleischli vndirstondinge of the lawe to the goostli vndirstondinge of Crist, that
thei schulde more sikirly take the sacrament of cristen feith, and that thei schulde more stabli
hold the feith; in as miche as thei se not ellis fulfillide, but that was bifore seid in the prophetis.
And therefore to hem he writith his book, and seith, The book of the generacioun of Jhesu
Crist. In the bigynninge of the book Matheu schewith opinli, that he wole trete of the gene-
racioun of Crist, but of the fleischli generacioun, and not of the tothir, the which is euerlast-
ynge. For holi scripture axith, and seith, Who schal telle his generacioun ? Also in this, that
Matheu is taken in liknes of man, is declaride that he biginnyth at the begynnynge of the
generacion of Crist aftir his manhede. And it is to note also, that Matheu at the bigynnynge
of his book followith the maner of the men of Ebrews ; for thei were wont in the byginnyng
of ther bookis for to set in the bigynnynge the name of the book, telling what thei treten in
that book; as the first book of Moises is callyd the book of Genesis, for it tretith of the
bigynnynge of the world and first formyng of mankinde. And as other books haue ther name
of ther bigynnynge and tretinge, so Matheu, for he bigynneth at the generacioun of Crist after
his manhede, therfore he bigynneth his gospel, and seith, The book of the generaciown of Jhesu
Crist. And it is to note, that Matheu settith the generacioun of the new man Jhesu Crist
ajens the generacioun of the olde man Adam, thoruj whom we fell to the deeth and to synne,
for to schewe to vs, that we ben fulli restorid by the generacioun of Crist, as we fell doun
thoruj the filid generacioun of Adam. Weel therfore acordith this new testament to the olde,
for the old testament bigynnyth at the generacioun of the first man, and making of the world,
and the new testament bigynneth at the generacioun of the second man Jhesu Crist, and at the
restoringe of the world. The first book is callid the book of Genesis, and it treteth of the
ordynancis, the which were in the biginnyuge, but not perfijt ; for the old lawe brou3t no man
to perfeccion, or to heuene. But this new book of the new lawe is callid the book of gene-
racioun, and treteth of goostli thingis, the which bringith man to perfeccioun. The old book
tretith of hostis offringe, and of old preesthood, and this not but in figure. But this book
tretith of the verri preest Crist Jhesu, and how he was in the verri boost offrid and parfit for
vs, and fulfillid in the old lawe. The book of the old lawe tretith of the delyuering of the
children of Israel out of Egipt; this book of the newe lawe tretith of the delyuering of the
peple of God fro helle. The book of the olde lawe tretith of the entre of the children of Israel
into the lond of promission or of biheste ; this book of the newe testament tretith how our
caytifte was lede into heuene, and also it tellith of oure entring into the bliss of heuene. So
alle thingis that were in figure in the tothir lawe, in this lawe of the gospel ben schewid alle
tho fulfillid goostli. But it is seid bifore, this new generacioun is sette in remedie a5ens the
old generacioun ; for the firste generacioun broujte vs to dampnacioun, and the secunde bringith
vs to saluacioun and blis ; that brou3te vs out of paradijs, this bringith vs into paradijs.
MARK.
2 Sith Seint Mark, so ful of the Holi Goost that he was maad of him to be oon of the iiii.
gospellers, and to be martirid for Crist, held him silf so vnworthi to be preest, and therfore
kutte of his thombe, to be vnable to preesthood; myche more we synful wrecchis, ful of vn-
kunnyngis and synnis, schulen holde us silf vnworthi to the hi,e ordre of preesthood. But sith
we haue bounden vs wilfulli to this holi ordre, amende we into bettir that that we haue doon
k beseith y. ' vside ? » This Prologue is from p.
ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES. 683"
vnworthili bi ignoraunce, and studie we faste nyjt and day in holi writt, to amende our igno-
raunce. And encrese we euere in mekenes, in chastite, in wilful pouert, and in charite to God
and to men, to freendis and enemyes ; and euere be we bisy in holi preieris and gode werkis,
that we mowen be worthi to write and teche Goddis lawe to oure lyues eende, and studie how
the gospel of Crist schal be vndirstonden. The gospel spekith sumtyme in parablis and lijk-
nessis and allegories, and vndirstondith a goostli thing bi ertheli thing, outhir bi a propirte of
kynde. In siche spechis and parablis and lijknes, loke that the sentence be groundid in open
text, where the scripture spekith propirly withouten figuris, other in opun resoun that mai not
be auoidid, so that al the sentence sounne to loue and charite of nejeboris, and vertuous lyuynge.
And this is the trewe sentence of alle derke placis of holy writt. Thus, whanne Crist is clepid a
lomb, it is not vndirstonden of a doumbe lomb with iiij. feet, but the sentence is, that Crist is
ynnocent and mylde as a lomb. Thus Crist is seid a stoon, that is, sad in vertues, that
groundide othere men in vertues. Thus goode cristen men ben clepid scheep, that is vndir-
stonden, mylde. And yuel cristen men ben clepid kiddis, foxis, wolues, and othir malicious
beestis. In the olde testament God bihetith worldli goodis and temporal prosperitees to hem
that kepten hise hestis, but it vndirstondith goostli goodis and the blisse of heuene, which is
principal meede of vertues. But the gospel of Jhesu Crist bihetith tribulacioun and sorowe in
this world to hise kepers, and aboundaunce of goostli comfort, and euerlastynge blisse in heuen
in bodi and soule. Therfore Jhesu Crist, that lyuede moost vertuousli, hadde grettist tribula-
ciouns, dispisynge and pursuynge, and sclaundir and peyneful deeth in this lijf, and now he
hath moost glorie of alle men in blisse. And alle hise apostlis and loued freendis hadden the
same in this h'jf ; but with this thei hadden so greet comfort of the Holi Goost in her soulis,
that thei hadde greet ioie in her tribulacioun; and the more that her bodi was peyned for
truthe, the more her soule was comfortid in God, with perfijt charite to her enemyes. Therfor
Crist seith in the gospel, in xvi. chapitre of Jon, The world schal haue ioie, and 30 schulen haue
sorowe; but 3oure sorowe schal turne into ioie. And Austyn seith, If thou wolt not suffre
pacientli tribulacioun, and hatrede of the world, and persecucioun with Crist, heed of holi chirche,
thou forsakist to be a membre of Crist. For Poul seith in the ij. pistil to Tymothe, the ij. c°.,
Alle that wolen lyue piteuousli eithir feithfully in Jhesu Crist, schulen suffre persecucioun.
But ful comfort Crist seith in the fifthe chapitre of .Matheu, 3e schulen be blessid whanue men
schulen curse 3ou, and schulen pursue 3ou, and seie al yuel a3ens jou, liynge, for me, that is, for
my lawe; make 36 ioie, and be 36 glad in that day, for 3oure mede is plenteuous in heuens.
And therfore James seith in the i°. c°., Mi britheren, deeme 30 al ioie, whanne 30 fallen into
dyuers temptaciouns, that is, tribulaciouns. Therfore the apostlis 3eden ioiynge fro the si3t of
the counseil, outher presence, for thei weren worthi to suffre dispi3t for the name of Jhesu.
And Poul seith ofte, We han glorie in tribulaciouns. And now we moun se, that now in tyme
of grace vndir the newe testament, aduersitees and tribulaciouns is more schewynge of grace than
prosperitees, thou3 the olde lawe bihete men prosperite that kepte it, as the Ps. Beati omnes
qui timent Dominum, bisemeth to bihete, and manie other placis of the olde testament. For in
the newe testament temporal prosperitees, that was bihote in the olde testament, is turned into
aboundaunce of vertues and goostli comfort, with persecucioun and tribulaciouns, as Crist and
hise seruauntis hadden. And therfore ech cristen man make him redi in wil, and euere crie to
God with al his herte, that he jeue to him grace, to suffre not oonli patientli, but also ioiefully,
alle tribulaciouns in this world, and thus to be a trewe cristen man, truli suynge Crist.
Another prologe on Markb.
This gospeler Mark, the which was the disciple of Petir the apostil, and he si3 not Crist in
bodi, but he that herde the prechinge of his maistir, wroot the gospel in Italie, in tyme of
Claudius the emperour. And the cause was this, for he was preied of the disciplis of Peter, at
whose axing he wroot the gospel, the which Peter confirmed after, as Clemens seith. And this
book hath three parties. The first part lastith vnto the tenth chapitre, in the which parti he
passith schortli to the thritti 3eer of Crist; and ther is conteyned xiiij. benefitis or myraclis, that
he dide on the peple, to conferme that he was verry God and man. In the secunde partie ben
putt xiiij. thingis, that parteyne to the of the citee of Jerusalem; and this part lastith for
the tenth chapitre vnto the xv. c°. In the third part is maad mynde of the passioun of Crist,
and of his resurreccioun.
b This prologue is from y.
4 s*2
684b ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES.
LUKE.
a Luk hath manic special poyntis, and nameli of oure Ladi, and almoost alle the poyntis of
Matheu and of Mark ; and therfore he comprehendith moost lettre of alle the gospelleris, thouj
he haue not so manye chapitris as Mathew. As Luyk was first a bodily leche bi craft of kynde,
so he is a myche bettir goostli leche of cristen soulis, bi techinge, prechinge and writynge of
Cristis gospel. Sith Luyk lefte his craft of bodily medecyne, and suede so bisili Poul, to leme
and preche and write the gospel ; myche ou3ten Cristen preestis to putte awei worldly bisynes
and erthely lucre, to lerne and preche and write the holi gospel. But as Grosthed seith, in his
secunde Dicte, Manye clerkis lernen lucratijf sciencis, to gete richessis and honouris of the
world. Summen lernen filosophie, to knowe kyndis of elementis, of beestis, of eerbis, and of
othere creaturis, to be preisid of men for these sciencis ; summen lernen fisik, to make mennis
bodies hole of dyuers sijknessis, that herbi thei seme as to reise hem fro deeth to lif, and geten
therwith myche riches and honouris; summen lernen musik, to chaunge mennis hertis into
dyuers affecciouns bi swetnes of songis ; summen lemen the craft of alkymye, to make clene of
vnclene metal bi greet traueile and craft, as to make siluir and gold of vnclene metals. But, he
seith, a trewe techere of Goddis lawe schal make myche bettir chaungis goostli, in turnynge
synful soulis fro her synne, than ony of these othir clerkis doon bi here kyndely sciencis. For
as seynt Austyn and seynt Bernard seien, It is miche bettere, that a man kneew God and
himsilf, than that he kneew heuene and erthe, and alle othir elementis and kindis of creaturis,
and kneew not God ne him silf. And whanue men ben sike in the mooste perilous sijknes of
orrible synnes, the techere of Goddis word may reise hem to lijf of grace; and that is withouten
comparisoun bettere than the lijf of kynde, and myche bettere to turne synful men out of synne
bi techinge of Goddis lawe, than bi craft turne o metal into another, as alkemyneris doon. And
goode God of his merci stire his peple to be more bisi aboute vertues and goostly riches, that
euere schal laste, than aboute ertheli richesse, that soone schal perische. Amen.
Another prologe on Lukb.
Whanne the gospel was spred bi Matheu in the Jewrie, and bi Mark in Italie, throuj the
stiring of the Holi Gost, Luyk, that was the disciple of Poul, came the thridde in ordre ; the
which makinge hijere repeticioun, wroot the gospel to oon Teophile, in the cuntre of Acaye and
Boyce. It is seid, that this Luyk was oon of the two disciplis, that wente to Emaws, to whom
Crist aperide after his resurreccioun : and after he was the felawe of Poul, in preching to the
naciouns; to whom this was a special entent of his traueil, that to the new men of Grece schulde
be schewid' and declarid the manhede of Crist, that they schulde not 3eue ther entent to the
fablis of Jewis for desier of the lawe; or ellis that thei schulde not be begilid thoruj counseil of
heresye of false apostils, and turned fro sothfastnes and teching of Crist. And Luk principal!
tretith of the prechinge of Crist, thouj he lefte summe thingis vntold that other tellen. Where-
fore he begynneth at the prechinge of Zacarie, Jones fadir, seiyng on this wise, There was in the
dales of Eroude kinge, a prest, Zacarie U name. And seint Luke ri3tly is lijkned to a calf, for
it was a beest ordeined to sacrifise ; and so of the sacrifise he tretith, of the temple, and of
Jerusalem, in the processe of his gospel. In the bigynnynge he settith the preest preynge at
the auter, and the folk stondinge withoute to preie. And also he tellith, as aftir the conseyu-
ynge of Crist, Marie went to the bischopis hous Zacarie; where he makith mencioun of the gene-
racioun of Marie and Elizabeth, the whiche was of the kyn of Aaron. And there he tellith the
birthe of Baptist, and tellith also that Crist is born, and presentid with ofFrynge to the temple.
There he tellith, how Crist with his modir visitide ech 3eer the temple, and seith also how Crist,
whanne he was twelue 3eer oold, sat in the temple, techinge the doctouris. And aftir sich
seijngis he concludith, in the eende of his gospel, how the disciplis of Crist were in the louynge
of Crist, in the temple. This gospeler Luyk, in acountinge of the generacioun of Crist, goith by
Nathan the prophete.
a This prologue is from p. b This prologue is from y.
ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES. 685"
JOHN.
Another prologe*.
Joon treetith moost of the Trynyte, and of the godhede and manhede togidere. Joon wroot
this gospel in Greek, and almoost al the newe testament was writen in Greek first. But the
gospel of Matheu, and the pistlis to Ebrewis were first writen in Ebrew, as Jerom witnessith in
his prolog on Matheu. Summe supposen resonable, that Mark wroot his gospel in Latyn, for
as Jerom seith, he wroot into Italic, that is the cuntre of Latins. And so men supposen, that
Poul wroot the pistil to Romayns in Latyn, for the same skille ; for it was the moder tunge of
that cuntre. And whi therfore schulde not men now write truly the lawe of God to cristen
men in her modir tunge, that thei writen to ? And alle the othere bookis off the newe testa-
ment were writen in Greek. And as Jerom and othere doctouris seien, whanne ony doute is in
the lettre of the olde testament, thei schulen be proued bi the origynals of Ebrewis ; so whanne
ony doute is in the lettre of the newe testament, it schal be proued bi the origynals of Greek.
But, as Lire seith, we cristen men moten be weel war of the origynals of Ebrew in summe
poyntis. For now the Jewis ban corrupt her olde lettre in tho placis where it spekith openly
of the godhede of Crist, and thei haue do this for hatrede to cristen men, lest we schulden
conuicte Jewis bi her owne lettre, that Crist is bothe God and man; but in alle othere placis we
schulen take the origynals of Ebrewis. But for cristen men the newe testament is open ynowj.
And whanne ony doute cometh in the lettre, outhir in ony vndirstondinge of the lettre, the Holi
Goost schal teche us al truthe, as Crist seith in the gospel, if we doon truli that that is in us.
And therfore thou; wickid men hadden brent alle oure bookis, God hath writen his lawe in
cristen mennis soulis and consciencis, as he seith in the xxxi. chapitre of Jeremye. And ther-
fore seint Joon seith in his firste pistil to cristen men, in the ij. chapitre, that the anoyntynge,
that is, grace of the Holi Goost, techith 3ou alle thingis that ben nedeful to saluacioun, and je
han no nede that ony man teche 3ou, but as the anoyntynge techith 3011. For he that hath
charite, hath Crist, in whom alle tresouris of wisdom and kunnynge ben. Netheles men schulde
bisely lerne the bookis of holy writt, and speciali the newe testament, lest thei taken Goddis
grace in veyn, and tempten God, in desirynge to haue kunnynge bi myracle, withoute traueile
and lernynge of holy writ, where thei mowe come h'3tly to verri knowynge of Goddis wil, bi good
lyuynge and deuoute preiers, and bisi studie and lernynge of holi writt. And God graunte us a
stidefast wil hereto. Amen.
Here bigynneth another prologe of othere dyuers doctouris, on Seint Joones gospel b.
This fourthe gospeller, Joon the apostil and the euangelist, whanne the wickide techinge of
Cherynthi and Hebion, and of other impugnynge the manhede of Crist, was rife in the cuntre
of Asie, aftir that Joon was reuocate froc the exile of Pathmos, he was preied of alle the bischops
and other trewe cristen men of the chirch of Asie, that he schulde write sumwhat of the god-
hede of Crist, wher thoru3 the rebelnesse of the heretikis my3te be ouer comen and distried.
And for that he was so counseilid and stirid, thoru3 the preier of his britheren in God, he seide
that he wolde, if thei ordeynede a fastinge, and preiede the help of Jhesu Crist. And whanne
this was don, he was fulfillid with the reuelacioun of God, as comynge fro heuene. He bigan
first, and seide, In the bigynnynge was word, that is, Goddis sone. Also for that other euange-
lists speke miche of the manhede of Crist, and litil of his godhede, therefore he bigan his gospel
at the godhede of Crist, for to write passyngly bifore other therof ; and more expresseli and
openliere tretith of the godhede than other, thou3 he also ouer passe not vnseid other thingis, the
whiche other gospellers treten of. And Joon takith his bigynnyng at the euerlastinge godhede
of Crist, and his gospel rechith to the ioie of the resurreccioun of Crist. And this book is
departid into nyne partis. The first part is of the getynge of the euerlastinge word ; and this
part bigynneth thus, In the bigynnynge was word, that is, Goddis sone. The secounde part is
of the goynge forth or makynge of creaturis, of God here makere, that bigynneth thus, By him
alle thingis ben made. The third part is of the incarnacioun of the word, that is, Goddis sone,
that bigynneth thus, And IvJ schijnede in derknessis. The fourth part is of the birth of Joon
a This prologue is from p. b This prologue is from y. c for y.
686b ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES.
Baptist, that bigynneth thus, A man was sent fro God. The fifthe part is of the clepinge of the
apostils, that bigynneth thus, And Jhesus turnede him, and seinge hem suynge him, seide to hem,
Whom seken $e ? The sixth part is of the miraclis of him and of hise apostlis, the which per-
taineth to the saluacioun of alle men, the whiche part in the second chap, bigynneth thus, The
third day weddingis weren maad. The seuenth part is of the confermynge of iust men, the which
is clepid the greete sermon of the Lord, that bigynneth in the xiii. chap, thus, Bifore the feeste
day of pask. The eight part is of the passioun of Crist, in the xviii. chap., that begynneth thus,
He went forth with his disciplis ouer the stronde of Cedron. The ninth part is of the resurrec-
cioun, and the aperinge of Crist, in the xx. chap., that bigynneth thus, And in o day of the woke
Marie Maudeleyn. And thus is maad open the mater of al the book of Joones gospel.
I. CORINTHIANS.
a As the apostil that cowde alle langagis, wroot the pistil to Romans in Latyn, so he wroot
this pistil in Greek. Therfor as in the formere pistil he comendith grace, so in this pistil he
discreueth sacramentis, in whiche grace is jouen. Therfore in. the firste pistil he techeth Co-
rinthis of the sacramentis of holy chirche, and in the secunde pistil, of the mynystris of sacra-
mentis. A pastille here. — Poul wroot this pistil to Corinthis, that ben of Acaie. Corinthis
weren conuerted of the apostil him silf, whiche bi Goddis comaundement was resident at hem a
5ere and vj. monethis, and tau3te Goddis word among hem; but aftirward thei weren peruertid
in manie maners bi false apostlis, so that thei departiden the vnyte of holi chirche, that is,
cristen feith, and so pees of the chirche; and thei deniede the vertues and the valu of sacra-
mentis, bi the meritis of mynystris. For thei gesside, that the sacramentis weren of sum valu,
if thei weren tretid of goode men, and off more or of lasse valu, if thei weren 3euen of more goode
men. Aftir, he repreueth hem of the lecchour, whom thei suffriden among hem, that heeld the
wijf of his fadir. Aftir, he repreueth hem for fraude among hem silf. And aftir, he techith hem
of matrymonye, and of takynge of the sacrament of the auter, where thei erride ful miche, and
of manye othere thingis ; and aboute the eende of the pistil he settith a moral, excitynge, that
is, to fle synnus, and loue and holde vertues.
Another prolog on the pistil to the Corinthis^.
As the apostil wroot the pistil that goith bifore, to myjti men and proude, that is to say, to
the Romayns, stiringe hem to acoord and charite, the which is seelden among riche men
and myjti of the world, so he wroot this secunde pistel to wise men and kunnynge, that is to
seie, to Corinthis, mouynge hem to oonhede and lownesse of witt, or vndirstondinge, the which
is seelden among kunnynge men. Wherfore in the iiii. chap, he seith, If God wole, I schal
come to you soone, and I schal not knowe the wordis of hem that ben blowen with pride, but
the vertu. These Corinthis erriden in thre sacramentis, that is to seie, in baptym and in
doctryne of it, of the which it is maad mynde vnto the fifth chap. Also thei erriden in matri-
monye, and in causis of it, of the whiche it is seid fro the v. chapter vnto the ei3the chapiter.
Also thei erriden in the sacrament of the auter and spiritual mete, of the which it is maad
mynde fro the ei3th chap, vnto the xii. chap. Also thei erriden in oonhede of witt, bi stryues
that were maad among them, of the which it is maade mynde fro the xii. chap, vnto the xv.
chap. Also thei erriden in the resurreccioun of dede men, of the which it is maad mynde in
the xv. chap. In the xvi. chap, is maad mynde of almesdede, by the which synnes ben forjouen.
And so al this pistil is deuydid into vi. partis. In the first part he makith mynd of the errour
of baptym ; in the ii. part, of the error of matrimonye ; in the iii. part, of the bodi of Crist ; in
the iiij. part, of striues and discordis ; in the v. part, of errour of resurreccioun; in the vi. part,
of almesdede to be maad.
a This prologue is from p. b This prologue is from y.
ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES. 687b
II. CORINTHIANS.
a . . . stynatli the pistil, and magnified fals apostlis. But whanne summe of Corinthis weren
amendid bi the firste pistil, for cause of othere of hem Poul writith this secunde pistil, and he
puttith awei fals apostlis, and schewith the disceit of her prechynge. Also Poul blameth hem,
for thei were scarse in almesdedis. And he comaundith thilke lecchour to be resseraed, whom
he hadde bitaken to Sathanas. Also hem that weren in tribulacioun he comfortith bi ensaumple
of hym silf, and techith that thei be not heuy ne grucchinge, for he is suget to pe
. . . ech dai for
And here bigynneth anothir prologe^.
In the formere epistil the apostil scharpli reproues hem, and moost for thei forsook not
the ilke open lecchour, and for that summe of hem were amendid, and summe dwellide vn-
amendid; and for both these he writith this secunde epistil, that thei that were amendid be
callid to more grace, and the vnamendid to be amendid. And the apostil comendid him silf
bi al the epistil, that he shewe what worschipe and loue owith to be to the prelat, the which
labourith so bisily aboute hise sugetis. And this epistil is departid into so many partis, as it
hath chapitris, that is to seie, into xiij. In the firste chapitre, he comendith himsilf of pacience
in tribulation, and vertue of word. In the ii., of pitee of relesinge, and in fruyt of preching.
In the iij., of scripture, which he wrote in the hertis of hem, and of tho thingis that thei
vndirstood in books. In the iiij., of ther amending of feith and of hope. In the v., of desire
of the cuntre. In the vi., of the workis of penaunce, and a fadris chise sugetis. In the vij., of
ensaumplis taken to innocent men, and of large almesse. In the ix., of the same. In the x.,
of cristen kny3thood, and of hise comparisouns to others. In the xi., of the greuousnesse of the
gospel prechinge, and glorie of his kynrede, and ioie of tribulacioun ajens false apostles. In
the xij., of priuyd reuelacioun. In the xiij., of loue of soulis, and autorite of prelacie. Therfore
in this myrrour of prelatis, the first chap, is departid into iiij. partis. In the first part, aftir the
salutacioun, he doith thankingis to God the fadir, of the consolaciouns geuen to him and to
hem. In the secunde part, he makith mynde of the disesis that he sufleride in Asie, and how
he was delyuerid bi miracle, where he seith, Forsothe we wol, that ^e wife of oure tribulaciouns,
etc. In the thridde, the cause of his tribulaciouns, that is to seie, the holyness of his conscience,
where he seith, For whi oure glorie is this, the witnessynge of oure conscience. In the fourth, he
excusith him, tellinge whi he turnede his purpos and his biheeste of comynge to the Corinthis,
where he seith, And in that trist I wolde first come to JOM.
GALATIANS.
e Galathies ben Grekis, and thou^ Grekis ben of sharp witt, jit the Galathies weren foolis
and slou? to vndirstonde ; for thei weren lijtli temptid of false apostlis to bicome Jewis, that is,
to holde bodili circumsicioun and fleischli serymonyes, othir sacrifisis of Moises lawe ; as false
apostlis excitide Galathies to adde Moises lawe to the gospel, for thei afiermide, that the feith
of Crist withouten fleischli obseruauncis suffisith not to heelthe, and that Petir and James and
othere apostlis, that weren with the Lord, medliden kepingis of the olde lawe with the gospel.
Thei affennyde also, that Poul hymsilf dide othir thingis in Judee, and prechide other thing
among hethene men ; and with these thingis thei peruertide Galathies into fleischli kepinge of
the lawe. Therfore the apostle wroot to hem, and ajenclepid hem to fredom of the gospel and
cristen feith.
Here bigynneth anothir prologe to the Galathies1.
Galathies ben Grekis, and thouj thei ben of scharp wit, jitt thei weren folis and slow3 to
vndirstonde; for thei weren Ii3tli temptid of false apostlis to hold bodili circumcicioun and
a This prologue is from p. The commencement and conclusion have been torn away. b This prologue is
from y. c Sic in Ms. d privith y. e This prologue is from p. f This prologue is from y.
688b ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES.
fleischli serimonies of Moises law with the gospel. For the false apostlis seiden, that Petir and
James and othere apostlis, that were with the Lord, medliden kepingis of Moises lawe with the
gospel. And also thei seiden, that the feith of Crist without fleischli obseruauncis suffisith not
to heelthe of soule. Therfore the apostil wroot to hem, to fredom of the gospel, and cristen
feith. And this epistil is departid into tweye principal partis. In the first principal part, he
is ahoute for to schewe that the feith of the gospel suffisith vnto heelth of lawful men; and this
part therfor longith to the feith, and it lastith to the v. chap., there he seith, Crist delyueride vs,
etc. And the secunde part, the which longith to maneris, lastith fro the forseid place vnto the
eende of the epistil.
An othere prologe*.
And thouj Grekis ben of scharp wit, netheles Galathis weren foolis and ful slow to vndur-
stonde. These Galathies token first of the postle the treuthe of feith and of techyng, but
aftirward thei weren temptid of falsse apostlis to bicome Jewis, that is, to holde bodili circum-
sicioun and fleishli ceremonyes, ether sacrifices of Moises lawe. And false apostlis counceliden
and excitiden Galathies in many maneris, to adde Moises lawe to the gospel ; for thei afferm-
yden, that the feith of Crist without fleishli obseruaunces sufficith not to heelthe, and that Petre
and James and othere apostlis that weren with the Lord, medliden kepyngis of the lawe with
the gospel. Thei afi'ermyden also, that Poul him silf dide othere thing in Judee, and preclude
othere thing among hethene men. Bi these thingis and othere siche, thei peruertiden Gala-
thies, in so myche, that Galathies assentiden to hem, and passiden in to fleishli keping of the
lawe. Therfor the postle ajenclepith hem to the treuthe of cristen feith and of the gospels
techyng, and writith to hem fro Effesus, of grace of the gospel ; of which he hadde writen also
to Romayns, that worshipiden the lawe in liyk maner. But to Romayns, as to wise men, Poul
vside hijer wit, and deppere ether sotilier argumentis ; and to these Galathies, as to lesse wise
men, he vsith comyn word and esi. Also to these Galathies he seith, A ! 36 witles Galathies, to
ajenclepe hem so to treuthe. Therfor the entent of the postle in his pistle is, to brynge ajen
Galathies to religioun of feith and to treuthe of the gospel, whiche Galathies weren disseyued
bi disseitis of false apostlis. The maner is sich. He biforsettith salutacioun, where he touchith
shortli bothe of his dignyte and of the grace of Crist, a3enus bacbiteris and hem that han glorie
of workis of the lawe, and he comendith his persoone, whiche the false apostlis dispiseden.
Aftir the salutaciouu, he repreueth Galathies of vnstablenesse ; aftirward he comendith largiher
his owne persoone ; aftirward he repreueth Moises lawe in many maneres, and seith it shal not
be holdun aftir Crist, that is, aftir Cristis deth and pupplisching of the gospel ; for not oneli it
profitith not to ri3tfulnesse and helthe, but also it anoieth ether harmeth now. At the laste, he
comendith the gospel and the feith of Crist, that it sufficith to heelthe.
An othere prologe.
The fynal conclusioun of the postle in this pistle is this, that bodili circumcisioun and othere
sacrifices and obseruaunces of Moises lawe shulen not be kept with the feith of Crist, 5he, that
tho ben avoided bi Crist, so that afterward tho ben cause of deeth ether of dampnacioun to her
keperis. And he doith this, for Galathies, that weren conuertid bifor him, weren disseyued
bi false apostlis, so that Galathies circumcididen hem silf, and kepten othere obseruaunces of
Moises lawe. And this pistle is departid in to fyue partis bi fyue maneris, bi whiche he pro-
cedith to declare the forseid conclusion.
An othere prologe.
In the firste pistle, that is to Romayns, Poul tretith of power ; in the laste pistle, that is, to
Ebrews, he tretith of presthod and of hoolynesse; and in the myddil pistlis he tretith of wisdom,
as in the twei pistlis to Corynthis and in this. And for errour is a5enusb wisdom, in this pistle
he tretith of errour, that is, to distrie errour. The mater of this pistle is parfit treuthe of cristen
feith, with remouyng of cerymonyals of Moises lawe. The entent is so to reduce Galathies to
a This prologue, as well as the two which immediately follow, are from Sir Peregrine Acland's Ms. (marked z.
b 3enus z.
ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES. 689b
the treuthe of the feith, and to teching of the gospel. Twei partis ben of this pistle. The first
part is of treuthe of the gospel ; the secounde part is of goodnesse of liyf. The pistle to
Romayns is writen to myjti men ; the pistle to Ebrews is writen to the worshiperis of God ; and
alle the myddil pistlis ben writen to wise men, that is, to Grekis. Therfor in this pistle, in the
firste chapitre, Poul comendith him silf and his cause, that is, his office and dignyte of apostle,
and the treuthe and the fredom of the gospel. In the secounde chapitre he seith, hou for this
cause he ajenstood Petre. In the thridde chapitre he seith, hou the cerymonyes of Moises lawe
shulden be expowned. In the fourthe chapitre, he expowneth bi allegoric. In the fyuethe
chapitre, he spekith ajenus vices. In the sixte chapitre, he spekith of merci, bodili and gostli
Here endith the prologis, and here ligynneth the pistle to Galatas.
EPHESIANS.
a Effesies weren conuertid tob cristen feith bifore the comynge of the apostil, and he writith
to hem comfortably, to strenkthe hem, and to excite hem to grettere vertues and excellent
werkis. [And this epistil is departid into two principal partis. In the first part, he enfoormeth
hem in the feith, what thingis and how grete thingis God dide to mankinde ; also he schewith
to hem, of whom and wherto thei ben clepid ; forthermore he schewith to hem the dignyte and
the prelacie of Crist. In the secunde part, he stirith hem to goode maneris, and speciali to
haue charite ech with other, there he seith in the fourth chapiter, Therfore I biseche jowc.]
PHILIPPIANS.
d These Filipensis tooken of the apostil the word of prechynge, and weren stidefast in feith e,
and thei resseyueden nott false apostlis ; and therfore the apostil preisith hemf. Thei sende sum
catel? to Poul bi Epafrodite to Rome, whom he sendithh a3en with this pistil, in which pistil,
sith he mai not be present bodili, he makith hem stronge ajens double bateile, that is to seie, of
false pursueris', and of fals prechouris [a3ens her soulis, that thei sufFre alle aduersitees mekeli,
for the loue of Crist, as Crist didek.]
COLOSSIANS.
1 Poul wroot this pistil to Colocensis, to the whiche him silf preclude not, but hise disciplis
Archippus and Epafras diden. Archippus hadde taken seruise on hem, but Epafras, that was
bornm of hem, and was taujt of apostil n, confermede the techinge of Archippus; vtherfore bi
Archippus prechinge and Epafras confermynge his techynge, thei hadden lerid0 the grace of
Crist. But false apostlis camen, and enforside to peruerte hem, [and prechide fleischli obseru-
aunce of Moyses lawe. And the peple lijtli hadden doute of her techinge; therfore Poul
schewith to hem, that the feith of Crist and the gospel suffisith to heelthe of hemP. And this
epistil is departid into tweie partis. In the first part, bi al the first chapitre he enformeth hem
a This prologue is from p, collated with y, which last Ms. has the following rubric, Here begynneth anothir
prologe to the Effesies. b to the y. c The additional matter in brackets is found only in y. d This
prologue is from p, collated with y, which last Ms. has this rubric, Here bigynneth anothir prologe to the Phi-
lipensis. e feith of Crist y. f hem, as he maketh mynde in the last chapitre. And y. e of her catel y.
h sente y. ' persueris 83ens her bodies y. * Supplied from Ms. y. ' This prologue is from p, col-
lated with y, in which last it has the following rubric, Here bigynneth anothir prologe to Colocensis.
m boujt y. n the apostil y. ° And so of bothe these thei learned y. P Ms. p. is imperfect, but
apparently ended here.
VOL. IV. 4 T*
690b ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES.
in the feith, and comendith to hem Crist, and schewith to hem that he suffisith to saluacioun.
And bi al the ii. chapitre he schewith that the obseruauncis of the olde lawe ben to be left.
In the ii. part he enformeth hem of goode vertues and maneris, there he seith in the thirde
chapitre, Ify risen with Crist, etc. And this part procedith so forth to the eendez.]
I. THESSALONIANS.
a vThe apostil writith this to Tessalonisensis, that ben men of Macedonieb. Tessalonik is the
cheef cite of Macedonie, which is a prouynce of Greekis. Tessalonisensis weren conuertid li?tly
of the apostil, and wolden not be moued fro truthe of feith, neither bi tribulaciounc, ne bi fals
prechouris. Thed apostle preisith hem, for thei dweUiden parfi3tly in grace taken, and weren
encressid in vertues vto encreessyng of meede6; for thei hadden so 'greet swetnes off spirit and
sof tristi feith, vthat for& hope of thingis to comyngeh thei' suffride 'with deuout soulek greete
dispisyngis1 and perels, for the name of Jhesu. Alsom summe of hem weren idil men and
curious. Also" summe of hem vndirstoden not sufficiently of" risynge ajen, and therfore thei
maden sorowe vouertenderli of P the deeth of i freendis. Alsor summe of hem weren forny-
catouris. Therfore the8 apostle 'amendith hem in this pistil, and monestith perfi3t men' vto jeue
not" stide to aduersiteesv, vne tow false apostlis, ^and that thei amende othir men. These ben
the laste pistlis, that the apostle writith to hethene men, for alle the epistlis suynge ben x
II. THESSALONIANS.
Here sueth anothir prologe to the Tessalonicensis? .
This epistil, as the tother, is departid into tweie partis. In the first part he exciteth hem
to take mekeli the passiouns, whiche now more thei suffre than thei dide bifore, or that he sent
the first pistil. For whi bi siche passiouns ther gracis ben maad more. In the ii. part he
enformeth hem of vertues. And these ben the last pistilis that the apostil writith to hethen
men, for alle the epistlis suynge ben to persoones, that is, to Tymothe, and Tite, and Filemon.
I. TIMOTHY.
zPoul the apostil writith this epistil to Tymothe, the which Tymothe was the sone of a
feithful womman, outher cristen womman, and he was geten of an hethene fadir. And whanne
he was not circumsidid, and was hethene, britheren that weren at Listus and at Yconye jauen
good witnessinge to him. Poul wolde haue this Tymothe to go with him self, and therfore he
circumsidide him, for Jewis that weren in tho placis. And Tymothe was lerned bothe in dyuyne
scripturis and liberal sciencis. Poul made this Tymothe a bischop, and therfore he monestith
z From y. a This prologue is from p, collated with y, in which last it has the following rubric, Here
bigynneth anothir prologe to the Thessalonicensis. b Om. y. c tribulacioun of her owne citeseins y.
d and the y. e Qm. y. f Om. y. g and y. h come y. i that thei y. k deuoutli y.
1 dispisinge y. "" Nethelesse y. 1 and y. ° of the y. P for y. q of her y. r And also y.
« the entencioun of the y. * is to amende the yuele, and to stire the goode to perseueraunce in vertues and
goodnes y. » and not to jeue y. v aduersarie y. w and y. * Ms. p. is imperfect, wanting a line
or two. Instead of the last paragraph, Ms. y continues thus; And this epistil is departide into tweie partis.
In the first part he enformeth hem to haue perseuerance in feith, and to susteyne tribulaciouns ; and there
he puttith resouns whi thei owe to perseuere and to suffi-e yuelis. In the ij. part, in the fifthe chapitre,
he enformeth hem in goode manors and vertues. y This prologue is from y. z This prologue is
from p.
ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES. 691b
him, that he be bisi in ordynaunce of the chirche. Tymothe was bischop in Asie. The apostil
writith of bischops oifice, that is, how he shal a3enstonde false apostlis, how he schal teche the
chirche, what maner preestis and dekenes he schal ordeyne, what maner widowis he schal
honoure, how he schal haue him silf in the chirche.
Here bigynneth anothir prologe to the i. pistil to Tymothe*1-.
The apostil writith fro Rome to Tymothe, whom he ordeinede and maad bischop in Asia.
And it is his wille to infoorme in him what thingis perteyneth to the offis of a bischop. And
this epistil is departid into tweie partis. In the first part he informeth in him to haue in hate
the doctryne of fablis and genologies, that ben not of the lawe of God; and how a bischop owith
to haue him to hem that ben without the chirche, that is to seie, how he schal ajenstonde false
apostils and fals prechouris. In the ii. part he infoormeth him, how he schal haue him to hem
that ben in the chirch, and how he schal teche hem, and what maner prests and dekenes he
schal ordeine, and what maner widows he schal honoure, and how he schal haue him silf in the
chirche.
II. TIMOTHY.
bPoul that schulde passe out of this world, wroot this ij. pistil fro Rome, fro prisoun, to
Tymothe, maad wery with sijknes and aduersitees. And that Tymothe schulde traueile faste in
the grace that God hadde jeuen to him, and excitith him to martirdom bi manye maners, and
that he contynue in the office of rijtful prechinge and holi worchinge.
And here sucth another prologe on the ii. pistil to Tymothe^.
Poul the ii. tyme, whanne he was representid to Nero, witing that he schulde passe out of
this world, wroote in persoun this ii. pistil fro Rome to Tymothe, maad weri with siiknesse and
aduersites, that he schulde traueile faste in the grace that God hadde geuen to him. And he
excitith him to martirdom bi manie maners, and that he contynue in the offis of rijtful prechinge
and holi worchinge. And this pistil is departid into iii. principal [partis. In the i. principal'1]
part he moueth him to prechinge and pacience. In the ij. principal part he tellith to him of
thingis that ben to come in the last daies, Perilous tymes schulen nei^e, etc. In the thirde part he
schewith him his departinge on his passioun beinge ny3, where he seith in the iiij. chap, thus,
/ witnesse bifore God, etc.
TITUS.
e Seint Poul ordeinede Tite erchebischop in Crete, and for Tite was ouer pacient, and meke,
and necligent in correccioun of sugettis, therfore he monestith him to more steernes, and bisi
execucioun and auctorite of his office. In this salutacioun ben markid iiij. thingis that a prelate
profite, that is, holynesse of lijf, which is signified in the seruaunt of God. The ij. thing is
truthe of techinge, which is signified in the knowing of feith ; the thridde thing is abidynge of
mede, the which is signyfied in hope of euerlastynge lijf; the iiij. thing is auctorite of offis,
which is signyfied hi the prechinge bita f
Here byginneth an other prologe on the pistil to Tite%.
Poul bigat Tite in the bileue of Crist, and he ordeynede him an erchebischop in Crete, the
which is an yle or a kingdome. In the which he comaundith him to make honest bischopis.
And it is the wille of him, how he owith to haue him to alle men. And for that Tite was
ouer pacient and meke, and necgligent in correccioun of sugetis, therefore he monestith to more
a This prologue is from y. b This prologue is from p. c This prologue is from y. d Omitted in Ms.
e This prologue is from p. f Ahout eight lines wanting. g This prologue is from y.
4,1* 2
692>> ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES.
steernes, and bisi execusioun and autorite of his office. And this pistil is departid into thre
partis. In the first part he techith how he owith to haue him as to his bischops. In the
ii. part he techith how he schal haue him to lower partis of the chirche, and most to hem that
were conuertid of circumsisioun. In the iij. part he techith him, how he schal haue him to
hem the whiche ben withoute the chirche, and speciali to heretikis.
,
PHILEMON.
*The apostil writith this pistil to Filemon, a man of Colosis, that hadde no dignite of
ministracioun in the chirche, but he was a worschipful man in the peple ; to whom Poul sendith
homeli lettris, for Onesimus his seruaunt, that fledde with sum harm of Filemon, for he bar
awei of summe of thingis of Filemon, but he was cristened of the apostil, whanne he hadde
herd the gospel, to whom the apostil bisechith fo^euenes, and writith fro Rome fro prison to
Filemon. The entent of the apostil is to biseche for Onesymus anentis Filemon. First the
apostil salutith Filemon and his [wijf andtt] his sone; aftirward [he*] doith thankingis [to Goda]
for the goodis of [britheren, anda] preisith the feith and [thepitee8] of hem; aftirward [hea] preieth
Filemon, [that hea] spare Onesymus, [and thata] he thanke God, th[at he"] resseyuede Onesy-
[mus asa] sich, and that he now gesse him not as a seruaunt, but a moost dereworthe brothir.
The glose here. Crisostum seith, if Poul makith so greet bisynes for a seruaunt, for a theef, a
fleer awei fro his maistir, it bicometh us to be bisi for siche ; for Crist seith in the gospel of
Mathew, v. c°. Blessid b
Here byginnith another prologe to Filemon*.
The entent of the apostle is, to biseche forjeuenesse of Filemon to Onesymus, his seruaunt,
that wente awei with summe thingis of Filemon, but aftir he was cristened of the apostil Poul,
whanne he hadde herd the gospel, he was recounsilid. Therefore Poul writith to Filemon, and
preieth him, that he forjeue Onesymus, and that he thanke God that he resceyuede him siche ;
and that he now gesse him not a seruaunt, but a most derworthe brothir. And in this pistil
ben thre partis, aftir the salutacioun. In the first part is doinge of thankingis to God, for the
feith and the pitee that Filemon hadde among britheren. In the ij. part is bisechinge, and
tellinge of the dede and the conuersacioun of Onesymus, there he seith, For that thing, etc. In
the iij. part is of his obedience, and of the harboringe of Poul, and of the salutaciouns of
britheren.
HEBREWS.
d Poul wroot this epistil more cleerli or exelently than othere pistils ; for ech man is moost
expert outhir moost redi in his owne langage. Wherfore as Ebrew langage is formere than
othere, as Isodre seith in the firste book of Ethimologies, so this pistil to Ebrewis, that was
last writen, is the firste in ordre of techinge. For in this pistil is schewid the vnperfeccioun
of Moises lawe, and the perfeccioun of the gospel; and so the ceessynge of cerymonies of
Moises lawe is schewid ajens the opynyoun of Jewis conuertid. Thre thingis ben in the lawe
of God. The i. thing is the feith of God, for a lawe is not jouen, no but to a peple, which is
men gaderid togidere; and the first preisable gaderynge is the feith; the ij. is the truthe reul-
ynge, jeuen of the auctour of lawe ; and the thridde thinge is the eende of the lawe. Oure
auctour is God, and the eende is the blis of heuene.
Here sueth another prologe to JSbrews*.
The apostil wroote to Ebrews this pistil in Ebrew tunge. And the entent of the apostil is
to enfoorme and stir the conuertid of the Jewis al oonli to the feith of Crist, and to drawe awey
S This prologue is from p. a Wanting in the Ms. b The end is torn away. c This prologue is from y.
d This prologue is from p. e This prologue is from y.
ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES. 693b
hem fro the obseruauncis and serymonyes of the olde lawe. For in this pistil is schewid the
vnperfeccioun of Moises lawe, and the perfeccioun of the gospel; and so the ceessynge of
serymonies of the olde lawe is schewid a3ens the opinyoun of Jewis conuertid. And this pistil is
departid into foure principal partis. In the first he schewith Crist to be the mooste worth!
creature of alle creaturis, and therefore in him is moost to be trowid ; and this part lastith to
the byginnynge of the vii. chap., there he seith, Forsothe this Melchesedech, etc. In the first
chapitre ben ij. partis. In the first part forsothe he comendith Crist ouer alle prophetis and
ouer alle men, and to be bigeten fro the bigynnynge, ajens the Jewis that seiden, We witen
that God spak to Moises, but we knowen not this, ofwhens he is. In the ij. part he schewith him
to be more worthi than ony resonable creaturis, that is to seie, aungels or oonli man, bi manye
resouns, there he seith, So miche he is bettere than aungels. In the ii. principal part he proueth
the preesthood of Crist to be bettere and worthiere than the preesthood of the Leuytis, or of
the olde lawe. And this part lastith to the enleuenthe chapiter, there he seith, But feith is the
substaunce of thingis to be trowid. In the third principal part he comendith the feith, bi the
which is maad cominge to Crist, and that bi alle the xi. chapitre. In the fourth principal part
he spekith of the goostli vndirstondinge, fro the xij. chapitre to the eende of the epistil.
DEEDS OF APOSTLES.
a The principal conclusioun of the Deedis of Apostlis is this, that cristen feith entrid into the
world bi miracle, 'and grace of the Holi Goostb, and not bi mannes wijsdom, and aftirward
strenkthide and multipliede bi the same Holi Goost. [And this book is diuided generali into
twei partis. In the first part is maad minde of tho thingis that ben comyne to alle the apo-
stlis, and this part lastith to the fourth chapitre. In the ii. part is maad mynde of the propir
decdis of Petir and of Poul c.]
JAMES.
Here followeth another prologe after St. Jeroms, on the pistils of cristen feith,
whiche ben seuene in ordre*.
We reden that whanne Seynt Steuene was slayn, there was maad greet persecucioun in the
chirche at Jerusalem; and alle, outaken the apostilis, weren scaterid bi the cuntrees of Juda
and of Samarie. Therfore James the lasse, brothir of Judas, the apostil, and the sone of Alphei,
that was bischop of Jerusalem, sente this pistil to hem that weren scaterid of the chirche, and
suffride persecucioun for rijtwiisnesse, enfoormynge hem in vertues generaly as to ech astaat.
And this pistil is departid into thre partis. In the first part he techith the concupicens of the
fleish, that is to saie, worldli wiisdom to be fled, in that that he stirith hem to haue ioie in
temptaciouns, in whiche the fleish is turmented ; and this in the first chapitre. In the ii. part
he techith pride of liif to be fled ; and that in the ii. chapiter and iii. chapiter. But in the
ii. chapiter he schewith how it is to be fled in other persoones, bi accepcioun or worschipinge
of hem. In the thridde chapiter he techith, pride and worschipe of the peple to be fled in a
mannes own silf, the which ofte tymes cometh of maisterschipe. In the thridde part he techith
richessis of this world to be dispised; and that in the fourth and in the fifthe chapiter. In the
iiii. chapiter, as to the wille of hauynge of hem. But in the fifth chapiter, as to the holdynge
of hem. And thus is maad open the dyuydynge of this pistil.
a This prologue is from p, collated with y, in which last is the following rubric, Here biginneth a prologe on
the deeds or acts of Apostles. 1> Om. y. c This passage is supplied from p. d This prologue is
from y. The prologue in p is for the greater part torn out. It began thus : Another prologe. James enformeth
holy chirche general in vertues, as to ech staat in teching
694b ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES.
I. PETER.
Here bigynneth a prologe on the first pistil of Petir*.
In this first pistil Petir tretith of moral vertues, that is, of vertues of soule, that maken a
man worthi to be saued. And this he doith bi dyuersite of statis and persoones. First he
comfortith hem that ben in tribulacioun, and nameli hethene men newe conuertid to cristen
feith, and pursued therefore, and exiled of her owne lond. The secunde tyme he techith cristen
men to be suget to kyngis and dukis and to ech man for God, and seruauntis to be suget to
her lordis; and techith men to sufire pacientli wrongis at ensaumple of Crist. The thridde
tyme he techith wyues to be suget to her husbondis, and araye hem in vertues, and not in
precious clothis, ne with gold, ne peerlis ; and that husbondis honour her wyues, as euene eiris
of grace, and that alle men be meke, and stidfast in feith and vertues, and jilde not yuel for
yuel, but good ajens yuel, bi ensaumple of Crist. The fourthe tyme, that men be armed with
thoujt of Cristis passioun, and haue feith in charite, and vse hospitalitie and other vertues, and
dispose hem to speke wiseli Goddis wordis. The fifthe tyme he techith preestis to do weel her
offis, and that jonge men be suget to eldre men mekeli in alle good doyngis, and that alle men
be meke and sobre, and wake a3ens the deuel, and ajenstonde him strongli in feith. This
tellith apostillis here to men that of cristen lawe in the bigynninge of the chirche weren exilid
fro her own cuntre and placis. Therfore Petir comfortith hem in this pistil, and he wroot fro
Rome, in the tyme of Claudius the emperour.
II. PETER.
A prologe on the secunde pistil of Petir*.
In this secunde pistil, first Petir tellith the giftis and the biheestis of God, that men fle
synne, and be stidefast in feith and vertues, and the exelence of Cristis techinge. The secunde
tyme he tellith as false prophetis weren in the peple, so and false maistris schulen be in sectis
of perdicioun; [and hec] discreueth the condicioun of these maistris with her sectis, and tellith
also the greete peynis of hem that turnen a}en to her synnes. The thridde tyme he tellith of
disceiuers that schulen .come in the laste tymes, and lyue in lustis, and neither bileeue ne
triste Crist to the doom to comynge. And with this he tellith how cristen men schulden make
hem redi with holi conuersacioun ajens the doom.
I. JOHN.
A prolog on the j. pistil of JoonA.
Seynt Joon the euangelist hadde a special loue to the noumbre of thre, for the misterie of the*
Holi Trynite. And as he made thre bookis, that is, the gospel, the apocalips, and these pistlis,
so he departithf these pistlis into thre; forg kyndeli we han wey to go forth fro comynere thingis
to thingis11 lesse comin. Therfore the firste pistil enfoormeth alle cristen' men general1*; and the
secunde pistil enfoormeth speciali a synguler meyne; and the thridde pistil enfoormeth a
singeler persoone.
a This prologue is from y. In Ms. p there is no prologue. b This prologue is from y. The same
prologue was written in p, but is now so mutilated that only some portions of lines remain. c Omitted
in y. d This prologue is from p, collated with y, in which last Ms. it has the following rubric, Here
bigynneth a prologe on the first pistil of Joon. e Om. y. f departid y. £ and for y. h Om. y.
' Om. y. k general! y.
ADDITIONAL PROLOGUES. 695"
JUDE.
Here bigynneth a prolog on the pistil of Jude*.
Judas the brothir of James, the which also is clepid Taddee, writith u-jcns distroiers of feith,
as Petir and Joon dide l
APOCALYPSE.
Anothir prologe*.
This is a prolog sett comynli in manie biblis, and clerkis expownen this, thouj it be not the
prolog of Jerom, but of another expositour1. Also"1 whanne Joon was distitute of al mannes
speche and help, he was enspired of God. Bi this wasn schewid to us, that in as miche as we
goon awei more fro this ertheli voise, bi so miche we ben deemed more able to Goddis visita-
cioun. Joon knew bi Goddis reuelacioun, that dyuers statis of the chirche schulden suffre
manye thingis for the name of Crist; and that thei myjte the more esily suffre, he warneth hem
bifore bi schewinge of the Holi Goost ; and al this is do, to comende pacience, that who that
suffrith pacientli, haue reward of blis, bothe of0 bodi and soule. And Austyn seith to ech
cristen man, If thou forsakistP to suffre hatrede for<i Crist, thou forsakist to be a membre of
Crist.
h This prologue is from p. There is no additional prologue in y. ' The rest is wanting in the Ms.
k This prologue is from p, collated with y. ' expositour. And here bigynneth another prologe of other
doctouris. This and what precedes is rubricated in y. m Om. y. n it is y. o in y. P forsake y.
'I of the world, with the heed, that is y.
TABLE OF LESSONS,
EPISTLES AND GOSPELS, THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.*
Here bigynneth a rule, that tellith in whiche cliapitris of the bible $e mai fynde the lessouns, pistils,
and gospels, that ben rad in the chirche *al the jeer*, after the vss of Salisbire, markid with
lettris of the a b c, at the bigynnynge of the chapitris, toward the myddil, or ende, after the
ordre as the lettris stonden ''in the a b cb; first ben sett sondaies and ferials togider, and after
thatc the sanctorum, bothe^ comyn and propre togider, of al the $eer ; first is<* writun a clause of
the bigynnyngee, and a clause1 of the ending therofz, *for it bigynneth at the lettris of the a b c,
and endith at ij. strikis in the
Firste Sonday of Aduente
The Wednesday.
The Fry day.
The secaunde Sonday m.
The Wednesday.
The Fryday.
The thridde Sonday *.
The Wednysday and
Ymber day.
The Fryday.
The Satirday.
Thefirthe Sonday «.
Romayns j
xiij.
/
Matheu*
xxj.
a
James1
V.
c
Mark
i.
a
Ysaye
lj-
a
Matheu
iij-
a
Romayns
XV.
a
Luk
x*j-
e
Zacharie
viij.
a
Matheu
XJ-
e
Ysaye
Ixij.
d
Joon
i.
b
i. Corynth.
iiij.
a
Matheu
XJ-
a
Ysaye
ij-
a
Ysaye0
vij-
d
Luk
j-
c
Ysaye
XJ-
a
Luk
j-
d
Ysaye P
xix.
f
Isaye PP
XXXV.
a
Isaye i
xl.
b
Isaye 11
xlv.
a
Daniel r
iij-
e
ij.8 Tessalon.
ij-
a
Luk»
iij-
a
Philipensis
iiij.
b
Joon
i.
c
We wytynge this tyme for hour ende
Whanne Jhesus cam nyj to Jerusalem ende
Be je pacient til to the comyng ende
The bigynnynge of the gospel ende
Here je me that folewen that is ende
In thilk days cam Joon baptist ende
What euer thingis ben writen ende
Toknes shulen be in sunne and mone ende
I am turned ajen to Syon, and Y ende
Trewli I seie to 3ou, there roos ende
Vpon thi wallis, Jerusalem, Y sette ende
Joon berith witnessynge of hym ende
So a man gesse vs as mynystris ende
Whanne Joon in boondis hadde ende
There shal be in the laste dayes ende
To speke to Achas, seiynge, ende
The aungel Gabriel is sent fro ende
There shal goon out a jerde ende
Marye rysynge vp in tho daies ende
Thei shulen crye to the Lord ende
Gladen shal deseert ende
Vpon an heij hille steij vp ende
To my Crist Cyro, whos risthond ende
An aungel of the Lord cam doun ende
Bretheren, we preye sou bi the ende
The fiftenthe jeer of the empire ende
loye se in the Lord euer more ende
Jewis senten fro Jerusalem prestis ende
the Lord Jhesu Crist.
in the name of the Lord.
in the name of the Lord.
baptiside jou in the Hooli Goost.
in to generacioun of generaciouns.
knowlechynge her synnes.
and vertu of the Hooli Goost.
mi wordis shulen not passe.
in trewthe and rijtwisnes.
hath eeris of herynge, here he..
cyte and not forsaken.
he hath toolde out.
shal be to euery man of God.
make redi the weie before thee.
in the list of the Lord oure God.
reprouen yuel and chosen good.
be it don to me aftir thi word.
and feith, the girdil of his reynes.
in God myn helthe.
plesid to hem and hele hem.
in to wellis of watris.
in his bosum shal rere hem vp.
Y the Lord shope him.
reyse 36 hym in to worldis.
of his comynge.
shal see the helthe of God.
in Crist Jhesu oure Lord.
where Joon was baptisynge.
J This table of lessons is printed from AT, and applies, in its readings, to the earlier text ; such insertions in it as are included within brackets,
are taken from MERxkjf, and apply to the later text. a at masse M. Om. k. b Om. R. c Om. Mk. d Om. Mk. e bigynnyng
therofwk. bigynnyng of the pintle and gospel R. ' clausal R. g then/also MRk. h Om. MRk. f This rubric is taken from HKk.w.
Here biginnith a table with a rule, that teechith in what book and chapitre of the bible me shal Jinde eueri lessoun at masse, and pistil, and
gospel, that ben rad in the chirche, biginninge at the Jirste Sondai in Aduent. E. Here bigynneth a rule that tellith in what bookis and chapitris
of the bible men mai fynde alle the lessouns, pistlis, and gospels, that ben rad in Sundaies and feries bi al the )eer after Salisbery vss at masse ;
pisttis and gospels of seyntis ben to fore in her ordre. x. No rubric in AT. ' epistil. Romayns E. epistola. Romayns R. ^ gospel. Matheu E.
evangelium. Matheu R. ' epistola. James R, and so prefixed throughout the table to each portion read as the epistle. "> Sonday in aduente.
MRk. n Sonday in aduent MRk. o lesson. Ysaye R. p j. lessoun. Ysaye MRkw. PPy. lessoun. Isaye MRk.v. 1 iij. lessoun. Isaye MRk«.
<1<1 iiij. lestoun. Isaye MRkM. ' v. lessoun Daniel Miik.w. s The pistil, ij. MRkif. * The gospel. Luk. MRk.M. « Sonday in aduente R.
4 s 2
684
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
The Wednesday.
Joel
ij-
/
Luk
vij.
c
The Fryday.
Zacharie
ij-
/
Mark
viij.
c
Cristmasse euenv.
Isaye
Ixij.
a
Romayns
i.
a
Matheu
i.
e
[In the nyit at laudis.
Matheu
i.
a
Cristmas day*, thefirste
Isaye
ix.
a
masse?.
Tite
ij-
e
Luk
ij-
a
The secounde masse1.
Isaye
Ixj.
a
Tite
i'j-
c
Luk
ij-
c
The Arise masse a.
Isaye
lij-
c
Hebrewis
i.
a
Joon
i.
a
Seynt Steuens day
Apost. Dedis
VJ-
d
martir.
Matheu
xxiij.
f
Seynt Joons day.
Ecclesiast.
XV.
a
Joon
xxj.
f
Childirmasse day.
Apocalips
xiiij.
a
Matheu
ij-
d
Seynt Thomas day.
Hebrews
V.
a
Luk
xix.
b
The sixte dayb.
Galatas
iiij.
a
Luk
ij-
e
Seynt Siluestre day.
Ecclesiast.
l.c
d
Matheu
XXV.
b
Newieris day.
Tite
ij-
c
Luk
ij-
c
The twelfths euen.
Tite
iij-
c
Matheu
ij-
f
% The xij. day at matyns*.
Luk
iij-
e
* The xij. day at masse.
Isaye
Ix.
a
Matheu
ij-
a
The Sonday 'in Octavis1.
Isaie
Ix.
a
Joon
i.
d
" The Octavis of the xij.
Isaie
XXV.
a
days.
Matheu
iij-
f
Thefirste Sondai aftir
Romayns
xij.
a
Octanes'*1,
Luk
ij-
f
The Wednysday.
Romayns
X.
a
Matheu
iiij.
c
The Friday.
Rom.
xiij.
a
Luc.
iiij.
b
The ij. Sonday.
Romayns
xij.
c
Joon
ij-
a
The Wednesday.
i. Tymothe
i.
c
Matheu
xiij.
g
The Fryday.
Romayns
xiiij.
e
Luk
iiij.
e
The thridde Sonday.
Romayns
xij.
f
Matheu
viij.
a
The Wednesday.
Romayns
XV.
3
Mark
iij-
a
The Friday.
i. Corynth.
iij-
e
Matheu
iiij.
f
Theferthe Sonday.
Romayns
xiij.
d
Matheu
viij.
e
The Wednesday.
i. Corynth.
viJ-
a
Luk
ix.
9
loye se, sones of Syon ende
This word wente out ende
Douster of Syon, here thou ende
Se je, and be war of sourdowj ende
For Syon I shal not be stille ende
Paul, seruaunt of Jhesu Crist ende
Whanne Marie his moder ende
The book of the generacioun ende
The puple that wente in derknes ende
The grace of God oure saueour ende
A maundement wente out ende
The spirit of oure Lord ende
The benygnyte and humanyte ende
Sheepherdis spaken to gidre ende
For that wite shal my puple ende
Manyfolde and many maneris ende
In the bigynnynge was the word ende
Steuen ful of grace and strengthe ende
Loo ! I sende to sou prophetis and ende
Who dredith God shal do good ende
He seide to hym, Sue thou me ende
I saws, and lo ! a lomb stode vpon ende
The aungel of the Lord aperide in ende
Eche bishope takyn of men is ende
Sum noble man wente in to ende
How myche tyme the eyre is ende
His fadir and his modir were ende
Se a preest ende
Sum man wente a pilgrimage ende
The grace of God oure saueour ende
Aftir the eyste dayes weren endid ende
The benygnyte and humanyte ende
Heroude deed, loo ! the aungel of ende
It is don, whanne al the puple ende
Ryse, be thou listned Jerusalem, for ende
Whanne Jhesus was born in Bethleem ende
Rise, be thou listened ende
Joon saws Jhesu comynge to ende
Lord my God thou art, I shal ende
Jhesus cam fro Galilee to ende
Bretheren, I biseche sou bi the ende
Whanne Jhesus was maad of ende
The wil of myn herte and my ende
Whanne Jhesus hadde herde that ende
Euery soule be suget ende
Jhesus turnede ajein in vertu ende
Hauynge siftis dyuersynge vp grace ende
Weddyngis ben maad in the Cane ende
A trewe word and worthi al ende
Jhesus gon out thenns wente ende
I wote and trust in the Lord Jhesu ende
And he cam doun to Capharnaum ende
Nil SB be prudent anentis ende
Whanne Jhesus hadde come doun ende
Bretheren, I biseche sou bi oure ende
He entride eftsoone in to the ende
Wite se not, that se ben the temple ende
Jhesus enuyrounnynge al Galilee ende
To no man owe )e ony thing ende
Jhesus stiynge vp in to a litil ship ende
It is good to no man for to louche ende
It is don, hem walkynge in the ende
and the Lord shal dwelle in Syon.
is more than he.
hooli dwellynge place.
seye to no man.
plesid to the Lord in thee.
and se ben clepid of Jhesu Crist.
his puple saaf fro her synnes.
that is clepid Crist w.]
fro now and vn to withouten ende.
spek thou thes thingis and moneste.
pees to men of good wille.
holi puple and asen boust of the Lord.
Jhesu Crist oure saueour.
as it is seid to hem.
the helthe syuer of oure God.
and thi seeris shulen not fayl.
ful of grace and trewthe.
he slepte in the Lord.
that cometh in the name of the Lord.
it shall heritage hym.
his witnessynge is trewe.
before the trone of God.
coumfortid, for thei ben not.
the ordre of Melchisedek.
before stiynge to Jerusalem.
thanne and eyre bi God.
the grace of God was in hym.
in swete sauoure.
entre in to the ioye of thi Lord.
spek thou thes thingis and moneste.
bifore he was conseyued in wombe.
Jhesu Crist oure saueour.
he shal be clepid of Nazareth.
turnede asen fro Jordan.
to the Lord tellynge.
bi anothir weye in to her cuntree.
the Lord tellinge.
for this is the sone of God.
thes thingis in al the erthe.
in the which I haue plesid to me.
the tothir of anothir.
and grace anentis God and man.
to eche man bileuynge.
shal come neis.
for this same thinge seruynge.
that came forthe of his mouthe.
but consentynge to meke thinges.
bileueden in to hym.
in to worldis of worldis.
for the vnbileue of hem.
not of feith is synne.
in to ech place of the cuntree.
yuel thing in good thing.
fro that our.
God of pees be with sou alle. amen.
the hoond is restorid to hym.
Crist sotheli of God.
hym many companyes.
the plente of lawe.
and the se obeishen to hym.
for soure incontynence.
is able to the rewme of God.
v euen. lessoun H. w From MERxkif. x ny}t MERxkaf. y masse, lessoun. R. * masse, lessoun. H. » mas:c. lessoun. R. b day
on Cristmas E. c xliiij. EMk. d In ni}t at laudis E. The xij. ny)t Mk. e On xij. day EMk. { teithinne Vlas EMk». 6 I'taj on xij. day EMk.
h Vlas EkM.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
685
The Fryday.
The fifths Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The Sonday in Septuages
The Wednesday.
The Frydai.
The Sonday in Sexayes.
The Wednesday.
The Fryday.
The Sonday in Quinquag.
Ashe Wednesday.
The Thursday.
The Fryday.
The Satirday.
The i. Sonday ofLentyn1
The Monday.
The Tewisday.
The Wednesday™.
The Thursday.
The Fryday.
The Satirday Ymber*.
i. Corynth. vij. d
Mark x. b
Colocenses iij. c
Matheu xiij. c
i. Tymothy ij. a
Matheu xxj. e
i. Corynth. ix. g
Matheu xx a
ij. Corynth. iiij. b
Mark ix. e
ij. Corynth. iiij. e
Matheu xij. d
ij. Corynth. xj. d
Luk viij. a
ij. Corynth. i. g
Mark iiij. a
ij. Corynth. v. d
Luk xvij. d
i. Corynth. xiij. a
Luk
xviij.
/
Joel
ij-
c
Matheu
YI-
c
Isaye
xxxviij,
a
Matheu
viij.
a
Isaye
Iviij.
a
Matheu
V.
d
Isaye
Iviij.
e
Mark
VJ-
f
. ij. Corynth.
yj-
a
Matheu
iiij.
a
Ezechiel
xxxiiij.
c
Matheu
XXV.
c
Isaye
Iv
d
Matheu
xxj.
b
Exodi
xxiiij.
f
iij. of Kyngis xix. a
The secounde Sonday0.
The Monday.
The Tewisday.
The Wednesday.
The Thursday.
The Fryday.
The Satirday.
Matheu xij. /
Ezechiel xviij. a
Joon viij. d
Ezechiel xviij. c
Joon v. a
Deuteron. xxvj. /
Deuteron.0 xj. e
ij. Machabe.P i. a
Ecclesiast.i xxxvj. a
Danyelr iij. e
i. Tessalon.8 v. e
Matheu' xvij. a
i. Tessalon. iiij. a
Matheu xv. d
Danyel ix. d
Joon viij. c
iij. of Kingis xvij. b
Matheu xxiij
Hester
Matheu
Jeremye
Joon
Genesis
Matheu
Genesis
Luk
xnj.
xx.
xvij
v. e
xxx vij. b
xxj. /
xxvij. a
xv. c
Eche man in what clepynge ende
Thei offriden to hym litil children ende
Clothe ?e sou as the chosen of ende
The kyngdam of heuene is ende
I biseche firste of alle thingis ende
Sum man hadde two sones ende
Wite 3e not, that thei that rennen ende
The kyngdom of heuene is lyk ende
For if also oure gospel is ende
Thei gon fro thennes wenten ende
Hauynge the same spiryt of ende
He that is not with me is ende
3e suffren gladly vnwise men ende
Whanne fulmyche companye ende
I clepe God witnesse ende
Jhesus began for to teche at ende
Wytynge the drede of the Lord ende
He axid of pharisees ende
If I speke with tungis of men ende
Jhesus took his twelue deciplis ende
Be 36 conuertid to me in ende
Whanne 36 fasten, nyl 36 ende
In tho dayes siknede Ezechie ende
Whanne he hadde entride ende
Crye, ne ceesse thou, as a trumpe ende
3e han herde that it is seid ende
If thou shall take aweie ende
Whanne euenynge was ende
We monesten, that 3ee resceyuen ende
Jhesus was led in to desert ende
Loo ! I my silf shal a3en seke ende
Whanne mannes sone shal come ende
Sechith the Lord, while 3e may ende
Whanne he hadde entryde ende
The Lord seide to Moyses, Stie vp ende
Cam in Bersabe Juda, and ende
The scribis and pharisees answerden ende
And the word of the Lord is ende
Jhesus seide to hem Jewis that ende
The soule that shal synne ende
There was a feeste day of ende
Biholde fro thi seyntuarie ende
If forsothe 36 kepe the heestis ende
Prestis made preyer, while the ende
Haue mercy of us, God of alle ende
An aungel of the Lord cam doun ende
We preye sou, reproue 36 vnquiete ende
Jhesus took Petre, James and Joon ende
Brethiren, we preyen sou and biseche ende
Jhesu goon out fro thennes ende
And now, Lord oure God, that ende
I go, and se shulen seche me ende
The word of the Lord is don ende
Jhesus spak to the cumpanyes ende
Lord kyng almysti, in thi ende
Jhesus stiynge vp to Jerusalem ende
Cursid the man that trustith in ende
I may not of my silf do ende
Joseph seide to his brethiren ende
There was an husbond man ende
She seide to hir sone Jacob ende
A man hadde two sones ende
dwelle 36 anentis God.
vpon hem blesside hem.
thankingis to God the fadir by him.
whete in to my bern.
in feith and trewthe.
that 3e bileueden to hym.
forsothe the stoon was Crist.
but fewe ben chosyn.
lyf sotheli hi 3ou.
but hym that sente me.
ben euerlastynge.
thou shall be dampned.
virtue of Crist dwelle in me.
fruyt in pacience.
we vnknowen not his thou3tis.
he that hath eeris of herynge.
and roos asen.
togidre and the eglis.
the more of thes is charyte.
3af heriynge to God.
shenship in hethen men.
there and thin herte is.
and I shal defende it.
was helid fro that hour.
for merciful I am Lord thi God.
shal seelde to thee.
the mouth forsothe of the Lord spak.
weren maad saaf.
and weeldynge alle thingis.
and serueden to hym.
and I shal fede hem in doom.
in to euerlastynge lyf.
in tho dais to whiche I sende it.
tauste hem of the kyndam of God.
fourti dayes and fourti nystis.
vn to the hil of God Oreb.
brothir, sistir and moder.
lyf he shal lyue, seith the Lord.
herith the word of God.
he shal lyue in lyf, and shal not die.
Jhesu that made hym hool.
as he hath spokyn.
he hath spokyn to 30u.
nethir forsake 3ou in yuel tyme.
thei tellen out thi grete worthi dedes.
and heriful and glorious in to worldis.
the comynge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
mannes sone ryse fro deeth.
but in to hoolynes.
was heelid fro that hour.
on thi citee and on thi puple.
that ben plesaunt to hym.
in the hoond of Helye.
shulen ben enhaunsid.
of men preysynge thee.
redempcioun for many.
and aftir the fruyt of his fyndynges.
bileue to my wordis.
and seelde to his fader.
thei hadde hym as a prophet.
shal be thi blessynge.
he perishide, and is foundyn ajrn.
IcleneLent.k. m Ymler Wednesday, lessoun. H. n Ymber. i. lessoun. HRXV. ° Tlie ij. lesioun. Deuteron. MRXM. P The iij.
lesaoun. ij. Mach. MRXM. Q The iiij. lessoun. Eccl. MRXM. r The v. lessoun. Dan. Jinx.u. s The pintil. i. Tess. MHXM. * The
gospel. .Math. M nx i/. » Sonday in Lenten. 11. Sunday of Lente RAT.
686
TABLE O
The thridde Sonday n.
Ephesies v.
Luk xj.
The Monday.
iiij. of Kingis v.
Luk iiij.
The Tewisday.
iiij. of Kingis iiij.
Matheu xviij.
The Wednesday.
Exodi xx.
Matheu xv.
The Thursday.
Jeremye vij.
Joon vj.
The Friday.
Numbers xx.
Joon iiij.
The Saturday.
Daniel xiij.
Joon viij.
TheMidlentyn Sondayv.
Galathas iiij.
Joon vj.
The Monday.
iij. of Kingis iij.
Joon ij.
The Tewisday.
Exodi xxxij.
Joon vij.
The Wednesday * .
Ezechiel xxxvj.
Isaye i
Joon ix.
The Thursday.
iiij. of Kingis iiij.
Joon v.
The Fryday.
iij. of Kingis xvij.
Joon xj.
The Satirday.
Isaye xlix.
Joon viij.
Passioun Sonday.
Hebrews ix.
Joon viij.
The Monday.
Jonas iij.
Joon vij.
The Tewisday.
Daniel xiiij.
Joon vij.
The Wednesday.
Levitici xix.
Joon x.
The Thursday.
Danyel iij.
Joon vij.
The Fryday.
Jeremye xvij.
Joon xj.
The Satirday.
Jeremye xviij.
Joon vj.
Palme Sonday *.
Exodi xvj.
Joony xij.
Philipensis2 ij.
passioun.
Matheu xxvj.
The Monday.
Isaye 1.
Joon xij.
The Tewisday.
Jeremye* xj.
passioun.
Mark xiiij.
The Wednesday.
Isaye b Ixij.
Isaye0 Iiij.
passioun.^
Luk xxij.
The Thursday*.
i. Corinth. xj.
Joon xiij.
Good Fryday.
Oseef vj.
Exodi s xij.
passioun.^
Joon xviij.
Estre euen.
Genesis* i.
Exodik xiiij.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
a Be je folewers of God as ende
b Jhesus was castynge out a deuel ende
a Naaman, the prynce of chyualri ende
d How grete thingis haue herd ende
a A womman of the wyues ende
d Forsothe if thi brothir shal synne ende
d Honour thi fadir and thi modir ende
a Thanne scribis and pharisees ende
a The word of the Lord is maad ende
c Worche je not mete that ende
b Thei camen asens Moises, and ende
a Jhesus cam bi a citee of Samari ende
a A man was in Babiloyn, and ende
a Forsothe Jhesus wente in to the ende
e It is wrytyn, that Abraham ende
a Jhesus wente ouer the see of ende
e Camen two wymmen strumpets ende
d The paske of Jewis was neij ende
b Go, descende, thi puple hath ende
b Now the feeste day medlynge ende
e Whanne Y shal be halewid in ende
d Be 3e washen, and beth clene ende
a Jhesus passynge saws a man blynde ende
d There cam a woman ende
c Mi fadir worchith til now ende
e The sone of an huswyf womman ende
a There was a syk man, Lazarus ende
e In plesaunt tyme I ful out ende
b I am list of the world ende
c Crist beynge a bishop of ende
f Who of sou shal repreue me ende
a And the word of the Lord is ende
e Pryncis and pharisees senten ende
e 3if to vs Danyel, that distruyede ende
a Jhesus vvalkide in to Galilee fro ende
b 36 shulen not do theft ende
d Feestis of halewynge of the ende
d Distruye not the testament ende
f Whanne thei hadden herde thes ende
d Alle that thee forsaken shulen ende
f The bishopis and the pharisees ende
e Cometh, and thenke we asen ende
f But je shulen ete the flesh ende
g The sones of Israel forsothe camen ende
b A myche cumpanye that cam ende
b Fele 36 this thing in sow ende
a Wite 36 that aftir two dayes ende
d The Lord God openyde to me ende
a Jhesus bifore sixe dayes of pask ende
f Thou forsothe, Lord, hast shewid ende
a Forsothe paske and the feeste of ende
g Seith to the doustir of Syon ende
a Who leuede to oure herynge ende
a The hooli day of therf looues ende
d Jou comynge togidere in to oon ende
a Bifore the feeste day of paske ende
a In her tribulacioun eerly ende
a The Lord seide to Moyses and ende
a He wente out with his disciplis ende
a In the firste made God of nost ende
f And now was comyn the ende
and ristwisnes and trewthe.
the word of God, and kepen it.
but oonli the God of Israel.
wente bi the mydel of hem.
lyueth of the remenaunt.
seuenti sithes seuen sithes.
be mynde of my name.
defoulith not a man.
to 3our fadris fro the world in to world.
shal neuer thriste.
and he is halewid in hem.
vereyli the sauyour of the world.
the giltles blood is saued in that dai.
nil thou do synne.
Crist hath made vs free.
to come in to this world.
to do doom.
he wiste what was in man.
that he hadde spokyn a-,ens his puple.
manye bileueden in hym.
and I shal be to sou in to God.
the godis of the erthe je shulen ete.
and he fallinge doun worshipide hym.
turnede asen in to Galgala.
in to rysynge ajen of doom.
in thi mouth is sothe.
what thingis he dide, bileueden in him.
I neuerthelatir shal forsete thee.
his our cam not sit.
of euerlastynge erytage.
wente out of the temple.
do to hem, and dide not.
bileuynge into him weren to take.
delyuere Danyel of the lake of liouns.
for drede of Jewis.
kepe 36 my lawis.
and I in the fader.
vpon the roundenes of erthis.
eche in to his owne hows.
with dowble tredynge to-trede hem.
he dwellide with his disciplis.
in tyme of thi woodnes.
whanne he was oon of the twelue.
of the Lord aperide in a clowde.
loo! al the world wente aftir hym.
in the glorie of the fader.
markynge the stoon with keepers.
and lene vpon his God.
wente and hidde him fro hem.
to thee forsothe I shewide my cause.
at the dore of the sepulcre.
that he hath solden to vs the Lord.
and for trespassours preyede.
3it eny was put in.
dampned with this world.
so and 36 doon.
more than brent sacrifice.
the passynge forth of the Lord.
thei puttiden Jhesu.
fro alle werkis that he hadde maade.
to the Lord and seiden.
u Sonday in Lenten. BI. Sonday of Lente. KM. v Fourthe Sondai. EMk. 4 Sondai of Lente. M. w Wednesday, lessoun. R. * Sonday.
lessoun. MRxkM. The gospel. Joon MRxkjf. z pistil. Philip. siRxk. & pistil. Jerem. siRxk. b lessoun. Isaye MRXkjf. c pistil.
Isaye MRXkM. d From MRxkw. e Scher Thursdai. Mkjf. f t. lessoun. Osee »ik. g ij. lessoun. Exodi' Mk. h From *ik.
i The t. lessoun. Genesis MHkjf. k The ij. lessoun. Exodi 3iiik.v.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
687
ende fro whirlwynd and fro reyne.
ende and to the ende fulfillide.
ende with hym in glorie.
ende I haue bifore seide to sou.
ende of clensynge and treuth.
ende as he seide to sou.
ende remyssioun of synnes bi his name.
ende in brekynge of breed.
ende ajen reysynge Jhesus.
ende in his name to alle folkis.
ende jour synnes be don awey.
ende whanne he roos asen fro deeth.
ende til he cam to Cesar.
ende and thes thingis he seide to me.
ende in the rijt half of God.
ende til the endynge of the world.
ende now forsothe hauynge mercy.
ende him for to ryse ajen fro deeth.
ende witnesse of God in hym.
ende haue lyf in bis name.
ende eche man in his ordre.
ende thei goynge toolden to othir.
ende in to worldis of worldis amen.
ende at the Jewis til this day.
ende bishop of oure soulis.
ende o foold and o sheepherde.
ende in to with outen ende.
ende wondrynge that was don.
ende euerlastinge lyf bi JhesuCristoure Lord.
ende and bothe ben kept.
ende but also to tyrauntis.
ende shal take fro jou joure ioye.
ende verey lijt now shyneth.
ende the wraththe of God dwellith on him.
ende and edifie 36 eche other.
ende seide to me, so Y speke.
ende that may saue joure soulis.
ende shal take and telle to sou.
ende aboue reisith doom.
ende but kepe hem fro yuel.
ende with outen werkis is deed.
ende thou shalt sue me aftirward.
ende vndefoulid fro this world.
ende thou wentist out fro God.
ende the multitude of synnes.
ende to men askynge hym.
ende to eche as it was need.
ende and I cam to thee.
ende hym goynge in to heuene.
ende with signes folewynge.
ende bi Jhesu Crist oure Lord.
ende Je haue mynde that I seide to sou.
ende of quyke God.
ende heriynge and blessynge God.
ende and he dwelte there.
ende fulfillide it.
ende sikirnes and hiding*.]
ende and lyuede with me in erthe.
ende of the kyngdom of God.
ende shew to hym my silf.
ende the grete thingis of God.
ende comaundement to me, so I do.
177kMij.kssotm.Isaie.MRk.tf. «n The iiij. lessoun. Deut. MRk.tf. n The pistel. Colos. Ksku. ° The gospel. Math. Mnk.w. P Sonday
after Ester, oik i/. 1 Sonday after Easter. M. r Sonday after Easitr. Mk. a Processioun Monedai. EM. Presessioun Mondai. kjif. The
Monday in the rogaciotm dayes. u. t Assencioun even. EMHkif. u vj. Sondai. E. Sondai withinne Vtas. MRkM. T Vtat on Assencioun.
KMitkw. The viij. day fro the Assencioun. r. w The j. lessoun. Gen. Mkjf. * From EMRxk.tf. f From Jikif. z The ptstel.
Actns jik.«. a The gospel. Joon
Isaye1 iiij.
a And seuen wymmen shulen
Deuteron.™ xxxj.
/ Thanne wroot a songe, and tauste
Coloscensn iij.
a If je ben rysen togidere
Matheu0 xxviij.
a Forsothe in the euenynge of
Estir day.
i. Corynth. v.
d dense se out the oold sourdowj
Mark xvj.
a Marie Mawdeleyn and Marie
The Monday.
Apost. Dedis x.
f Je when the word that is maad
Luk xxiiij.
b Two of hem wenten in that day
The Tewisday.
Apost. Dedis xiij.
d Men bretheren, sones of the
Luk xxiiij.
f Jhesus stood in the mydil
The Wednesday.
Apost. Dedis iij.
d God of Abraham and God
Joon xxj .
a Jhesus eftsoones shewide hym
The Thwrsday.
Apost. Dedis viij.
e An aungel of the Lord spak
Joon xx.
c Marie stood at the graue
The Fryday.
i. of Petir iij.
/ Crist onys deed for oure syn
Matheu xxviij.
f Eleuen disciplis wenten
The Satirday.
i. of Petir ij.
a Therfor puttynge awey
Joon xx.
a In oo saboth
Thejlrste SondayP.
i. of Joon v.
b Al thing that is born
Joon xx.
e Whanne euen was, in that day
The Wednesday.
i. Corynth. xv.
b If Crist is prechid, that he
Mark xvj.
d Jhesus risynge eerli in the
The Fryday.
Hebrews xiij.
e Obey 3e to jour prouostis
Matheu xxviij.
e Marie Maudeleyne and anothir
The secounde Soudayi.
i. Petir ij.
/ Crist suffride for vs
Joon x.
b I am a good sheepherde
The Wednesday.
i. Peter. i.
e Witynge that not bi
Luk xxiiij.
a In one of the weke ful eerli
The Fryday.
Romayns v.
f Jif in the gilt of oon in to
Matheu ix.
c Thanne the disciplis of Joon
The thridde Sunday1.
i. Petir ij.
c I biseche sou as comelyngis
Joon xvj.
e A litil and now je shulen
The Wednesday.
i. Joon ij.
e Mi litil sones, Y write to
Joon iij.
/ A questioun is maad
The Fryday.
i. Tessalon. v.
b Sotheli alle je ben sones
Joon xij.
g A lijt cam in to this W9rld
The f erthe Sunday.
James i.
d Eche beste thing jouen
Joon xvj.
b I go to him that sente me
The Wednesday.
James ij.
a Nil je in acceptacioun of person
Joon xvij.
c Hooli fadir, kepe hem in thin
The Fryday.
James ij.
g 5e seen for a man is Justified
Joon xiij.
/ Litil sones, jit a litil
The ffthe Sonday.
James i.
/ Be je doers of the word
Joon xvj.
e Treuly, treuli, Y seie to sou
Monday in Rogacioun*.
James v.
/ Knowleche 36 oon to anothir
Luk xj.
a Who of [3ou shal haue
The Wednesday*.
Apost. Dedis iiij.
g Of the multitude of men
Joon xvij.
o These thingis Jhesus spak
The Assencioun day.
Apost. Dedis i.
a Forsothe thou Teofile, firste
Mark xvj.
e Elleuene disciplis restynge, Jhesus
The Sonday in Octauis*.
i. Petir iiij.
c Be je prudent, and wake
Joon xv.
g Whanne the coumforter shal come
The viij. day fro Octauisv.i. Petir i.
b That and joure silf be hooly
Luk xxiiij.
h And I shal sende the bihijt
Wilson eue.
Genesisw xxij.
a God temptide Abraham
[ij. lesson.
Deutron." xxxj.
f Moyses wroot
iij. lessoun.
Isaie iv.
a And seuen wymmen
iiij. lessoun.y
Baruc iij.
c Here thou, Israel, the maundement
Apost. Dedis1 xix.
a It is don, whanne Apollo
Joon* xiiij.
e If se loue me, kepe see my
Witionday.
Apost. Dedis ij.
a Whanne the daies of pentecost
Joon xiiij.
d If eny man loueth me
688
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
The Monday*.
The Tewisday.
The Wednesday c.
The Thursday.
The Fryday.
The Satirday.
The Trinyte Sonday.
Corpus Christi day.
Thefirste Sonday aftir
the Trinyte.
The Wednesday.
The secounde Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The thridde Sonday.
The Wednesday.
Theferthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
Thefifthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The sixte Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The seuenthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The eiitithe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The nynthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The tenthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
Apost. Dedis xj.
3
Joon iij.
e
Apost. Dedis viij.
c
Joon x.
a
Sapiens i.
a
Apost. Dedis ij.
b
Joon vj.
e
Apost. Dedis viij.
a
Luk ix.
a
Apost. Dedis ij.
d
Luk v.
d
Joeld iij.
9
Leuitici6 xxiij.
b
Deuteron.f xxvj.
a
Leuitici s xxvj.
a
Danyelh iij.
c
Apost. Dedis1 xiij.
f
Lukk iiij.
f
Apocalips iiij
a
Joon iij.
a
i. Corynth. xj.
e
Joon vj.
e
i. Joon iiij.
c
Luk xvj.
e
ij. Petir i.
f
Matheu v.
c
i. Joon iij.
d
Luk xiiij.
d
Ephesies iiij.
d
Mark xj.
f
i. Peter v.
d
Luk xv.
a
ij. Tymothe iiij.
f
Matheu v.
d
Romayns viij.
d
Luk vj.
e
i. Joon ij.
a
Matheu xvij.
c
i. Petir iij.
c
Luk v.
a
i. Tymothe ij.
a
Luk viij.
c
Romayns vj.
a
Matheu v.
c
i. Joon ij.
e
Mark x.
c
Romayns vj.
/
Mark viij.
a
Romayns viij.
9
Matheu xij.
a
Romayns viij.
b
Matheu vij.
d
Romayns v.
b
Mark ix.
f
i. Corynth. x.
b
Luk xvj.
a
Romayns vj.
e
Luk xvj.
c
ij. Corynth. xij.
a
Luk xix.
f
i. Corynth. xv.
c
Luk xxj.
9
He comaundide vs to preche ende
God louede so the world ende
Whanne apostlis, that weren ende
Trevvly, trewly, Y seie to 30U ende
Loue je rijtwisnes, that ende
Petre stondynge with elleuen ende
No man may come to me ende
Philip comynge doun in to ende
Twelue apostles clepid ende
Men of Israel, here 36 thes ende
It is don in oon of dayes ende
I shal helde out my spirit ende
The Lord spak to Moyses ende
Whanne thou comest in to the ende
If 36 gon in myn heestis ende
The aungel of the Lord ende
All the citee cam togidre ende
f Jhesus rysynge of the synagoge ende
I saws a dore open in heuene ende
There was a man of the pharisees ende
I haue taken of the Lord that ende
Mi flesh is verey mete ende
For God is charitee in this ende
A man was riche, and was clothid ende
We han maad knowen ende
Nil 36 gesse, that I cam ende
Nil 36 wondre if the world ende
A man made a greet soper ende
This thing I seie, and witnesse it ende
Whanne he walkide in to the ende
Be se mekid vndir the mysti ende
Pupplicans and synful men ende
f The Lord stood nys to me ende
Be thou consentynge to thin ende
Trewly I deme that the ende
Be se merciful, for 3oure fadir ende
In this thing we wyten ende
That the disciplis axeden ende
Alle of o wille in preyer ende
Whanne companyes of ende
I biseche, firste of alle thinges ende
Forsothe it is don in oon of ende
Whiche euer we ben baptisid ende
But 3our ristwisnesse ende
I wroot not to 3ow as to ende
Whanne Jhesus was gon out ende
I seye mannes thing for in ende
Whanne myche companye ende
No thing of dampnacioun ende
Jhesus wente hi comes on the ende
Therfor, bretheren, we ben dettours ende
Perseyue je, and fle 36 fro fals ende
God comendith his charite ende
Maystir, we saw3en sum men ende
Be we not coueyteris of yuels ende
There was a riche man that ende
Wite 36 not for to whom ende
He that is trewe in the leste ende
3e witen that whanne se ende
Whanne Jhesus neisede Jerusalem ende
Not eche flesh the same ende
Perseyue se to sour self ende
in the name of cure Lord Jhesu Crist.
for thei ben don in God.
resceyueden the Hooli Goost.
I haue more plenteuously.
connynge hath of voys.
of the Lord shal be saaf.
for lyf of the world.
is maad in that cytee.
and helynge euery where.
mirth with thi face.
meruelous thingis to day.
the name of the Lord, shal be saaf.
generaeiouns and sour dwellynge places.
that thi Lord God hath syue to thee.
be to me a puple.
and aboue reyse je hym in to worldes.
with ioye and the Hooli Goost.
euangelise the kyngdom of God.
lyuynge in to worldis of worldis.
but haue euer lastynge lyf.
not wy sly demynge the bodi of the Lord .
shal lyue with outen ende.
loue and his brothir.
thei shulen bileue to hym.
sprynge in soure hertis.
greet in the kyngdam of heuen.
but in werk and trewthe.
shal taast my soper.
and hoolynes of trewthe.
in what power I do thes thingis.
and shal make sad.
synful man doynge penaunce.
in to worldis of worldis. amen.
al thi bodi go in to helle.
asen brynge of oure body.
of thi brothirs eye.
walke as he walkide.
the child was helid fro that our.
Crist in 3oure hertis.
thei sueden hym.
in feith and in treuthe.
and thei obeyen to hym.
forsothe lyuynge to God.
shall offre thi sifte.
euerlastynge lyf.
not anentis God.
in Crist Jhesu oure Lord.
and he lefte hem.
of spirit lyf and pees.
neuer dampned innocentis.
euen eyris of Crist.
in to the kyngdom of heuens.
bi oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
the fier is not quenchid.
that ?e mowe susteyne.
euerlastynge tabirnaclis.
seruauntis of ristwisnes.
abomynacioun to fore God.
bi hym silf as he wole.
eche day in the temple.
aftirward that is spiritual.
bifore mannes sone.
b Wit Monday, k. c Ymber Wednesday, lesson, n. d The j. lessovn. Joel MRxkjtf. e The ij. lessoun. Leuit. MRxkjf. f The
iij. lessoun. Deut. MRxk.w. e The iiij. lessoun. Leuit. jmxk.u. b The v. lessoun. Danyel. Mnxkjf. > The pistil. Actus MRxkjf.
k The gospel. Luk. Miixk.w.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
(•89
The elleuenthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The tweluethe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The threttenthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The xiiij. Sonday.
The Wednesday.
Thefiftenthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The sixtenthe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The seuententhe Sonday,
' The Wednysday Ymber^
The Frydai.
Satirday Ymbern.
The xviij. Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The nyntenthe Sondai.
The Wednesday.
The twentithe Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The xxj. Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The xxij. Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The xxiij. Sonday.
The Wednesday.
i. Corynth.
XV.
a
Luk
xviij.
b
i. Corynth.
vj.
f
Luk
xviij.
a
ij. Corynth.
iij-
b
Mark
vij.
g
ij. Corynth.
iiij.
c
Matheu
XJ-
e
Galathas
iij-
d
Luk
X.
d
i. Tessalon.
ij.
a
Matheu
xij.
b
Galathas
V.
c
Luk
xvij.
c
ij. Corynth.
vj.
e
Luk
xij.
b
Galatas
V.
a
Matheu
vj.
e
i. Tymothe
i.
c
Luk
xx.
a
Ephesies
iij-
e
Luk
vij.
b
Colosensis
ij-
c
Mark
viij.
d
. Ephesies
iiij.
a
Luk
xiiij.
a
. Amosm
ix.
f
ij. Esdre
viij.
a
Mark
ix.
e
Osee
xiiij.
a
Luk
vij-
f
Leuitici0
xxiij.
e
LeuiticiP
xxiij.
g
Michel
vij.
f
Zacharier
viij.
e
Danyel8
iij-
e
Hebrews'
ix.
a
Luku
xiij.
b
i. Corynth.
i.
b
Matheu
xxij.
f
Romayns
XV.
ff
Matheu
xiij.
d
Ephesies
iiij.
f
Matheu
ix.
a
ij. Tessalon.
ij;
ff
Matheu
xiij.
e
Ephesies
V.
d
Matheu
xxij.
a
ij. Tymothe
ij-
a
Luk
xiiij.
c
Ephesies
vj-
e
Joon
iiij.
f
i. Tessalon.
i.
b
Luk
vj.
a
Philipensis
i.
b
Matheu
xviij.
e
Romayns
iij-
d
Mark
XJ-
e
Philipensis
iij-
f
Matheu
xxij.
c
Romayns
V.
f
Matheu
xvij.
f
Bretheren, I make the gospel ende
Jhesus seide to sum men that ende
Wite 36 not that sour bodies ende
He seide to his disciplis ende
Forsothe we ban suche trust ende
Jhesus goynge out of the coostes ende
We prechen not vs silf, but ende
Jhesus began for to reproue ende
Bihestis ben seid to Abraham ende
Blessid ben eyen that seen ende
Bretheren, se ben myndful of ende
The pharisees goynge out ende
Wandre 36 in spirit and 36 ende
Whanne Jhesus wente to Jerusalem ende
Nil je lede 3ok with ende
Sum man of the companye ende
If we lyuen bi a spirit ende
No man may serue to two ende
We witen that the lawe is ende
It is don in oon of daies ende
Fayle se not in my tribulacioun ende
Jhesus wente in to a cyte that ende
Se 36, that no man disseyue ende
He cam to Bethsayda and ende
I bounden in the Lord biseche ende
Whanne he hadde entride ende
Lo ! dayes comen, seith the Lord ende
All the puple is gadryd as ende
And oon of the cumpanye ende
Israel, be thou conuertid to ende
Oon of the pharisees preiede ende
The Lord spak to Moyses ende
The fiftenthe day of the seuenthe ende
Fede thou thi puple in thi 3erde ende
Thes thingis seith the Lord ende
The aungel of the Lord cam . ende
The tabernacle was ende
Sum man had a fige ende
I do thankyngis to my God ende
Oon of hem a techer of ende
I biseche sou bi cure Lord ende
The kyngdom of heuenes ende
Be 36 maad newe asen ende
Jhesus goynge in to a boot ende
Bretheren, stonde 3ee and hoolde ende
Expowne to vs the parable ende
Se 3e how warli 36 go ende
Jhesus answerynge seide eft ende
Be 36 coumfortid in grace ende
Whanne thou makist a feeste ende
Bretheren, be 36 coumfortid in ende
f There was a litil kyng ende
We witynge 36 moost loued ende
It is doon in anothir eaboth ende
Tristynge this thinge for ende
The kyngdom of heuenes is ende
We witen for what euer ende
Treweli I seie to sou that ende
Be se foleweris and ende
Thanne pharisees goynge ende
If in the gilt of oon ende
Whanne he cam to Capharnaum ende
was not void or ydel.
shal be enhaunsid.
bere 3e God in 3our bodi.
of his chosyn criynge to him.
is plenteuous in glorie.
and doumbe to speken.
be shewide in oure bodies.
at domesday than to 3ou.
to cristen men bileuynge.
do thou on liche maner.
worchith in sou that hath bileued.
shulen hoope in his name.
with vicis and concupiscens.
thi feith hath maad thee saaf.
in the dreed of the Lord.
and God fedith hem.
to housholde meyne of the feith.
shulen be cast to sou.
that is in Jhesu Crist.
in what power I do thes thingis.
generacioun of the world of worldis.
hath visitid his puple.
forsyuynge to 3ou alle giltis.
seie to no man.
bi alle thingis in vs alle.
mekith hym, shal be heised.
I saf to hem, seith the Lord thi God.
ioye of the Lord is your strengthe.
but in preyer and fastynge.
and iuste men shulen walk in hem.
go thou in pees.
36 shulen halewe 3our holi day.
lond of Egipt, I the Lord sour God.
to oure fadris fro oolde dayes.
seith the Lord of oostis.
reyse 36 hym in to worldis.
euerlastynge redempcioun foundyn.
gloriously don of hym.
comynge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
to axe hym more.
God of pees be with sou alle, amen.
makynge of the world.
to a man suffrynge nede.
suche power to men.
and pacience of Crist.
of herynge, here he.
in the drede of Crist.
but fewe chosyn.
in alle thingis vndirstondinge.
in the rewme of God.
that is the word of God.
and alle his hows.
fro deede men Jhesu.
shulde don of Jhesu.
to heriynge and glorie of God.
to his brothir of sour hertis.
the feith of Jhesu Crist.
forsyue sou sour synnes.
alle thingis suget to hym.
tho thingis that ben don of God.
in Crist Jhesu oure Lord God.
Jyue to hem for me and for thee.
1 Ymber Wednifday. Ekflf. m Lesson. Amos. R.
1/euit. Miixk.w. 1 The iij. lessoun. Miche. Miixk.i/.
pistil. Ebr. .vitxk.v. u The gospel. Luk MKxk.tf.
VOL. IV.
The Salerday. rckjf. ° The i. lessoun. Leuit. iiaxkif. P The ij. lessoun.
The iiij. lessoun. Zaca. MHxk.i;. » The v. lessoun. Danyel MRxk.tf. t The
4T
690
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
The xxiiij. Sonday.
The Wednesday.
The xxo. Sonday.
[Wednesdai.
In thefeste of relikis.
The dedicacioun^.
The Sondai in
In octauis*.
In recounseilynge of a
Churche.
Colosenses i. c We ceessen not for jou ende
Matheu ix. d Jhesus spekynge thes thingis ende
i- Corynth. x. el wole not to be maad felewis ende
Matheu xxj. e Sum man hadde two sones ende
Jeremye xxiij. a Lo ! dayes comen, seith the Lord ende
Joon vj. a Whanne Jhesus hadde lift vp his ende
James iiij. c Be 36 suget to God ende
Luc xij. g To whom myche is souen ende
Ecclesiast. xliiij. c Tho ben men of merci ende
Matheu v. a Jhesus seinge the puple ende
Apocalipsy xxj. a I Joon saws the hooli citee ende
Luk xix. a Jhesus goynge in walkide ende
Luk vj. g Eche that cometh to me ende
Joon x. d New feestis of halewynge ende
Apocalipsa xxj. a I saw; the hooli citee Jerusalem ende
Luk vj. It is not a good tree that ende
in remyssioun of synnes bi oure Lord.
saaf fro that hour.
in to the glorie of God.
that 36 bileueden in him.
and thei shulen dwelle in her own loond.
to comen in to this world.
leese and delyuere.
3ilde the laste ferthing.
the preising of hem.
plenteuous in heuenesv.]
lo! I make alle thingis newe.
thing that perishide.
is maad greet.
and I in the fadir.
I make alle thingis newe.
on a sadde stoon.
Here endith the Temperal, and here bigynneth the Propre Sanctorum b.
Nouembrec.
Seynt Andrew eu.en&,
Seynt Andrew daye.
Seynt Nicholas1.
December.
Octauis of Seint Andrew''.
[Concepcioun of our Ladie.
S. Lucie virgynl,
Vigile of Tomas, apostle.
Seynt Thomas, apostle1.
Januer.
\_Seynt Felicem.
Seynt Maury, abbot.
Seynt Marcellus, pope and
martir.
Seynt Snlfice, bischop and
confessour^.
Seynt Prisce, virgin and
martir.
Seynt Wulston, bischop and
confessour.
Seynt Fabian and Sebas-
tian0.
Seynt Anneys, virgin and
martir.
Seynt Vincent, martir.
Parab. x. Eccl. xliiij.
Joon i.
Romayns
Matheu
'Ecclesiast.
Matheu
x.
iiij.
xliiij. s
XXV.
Romayns
Mark
X.
i.
Ecclesiast.
Matheu
xxiiij.
i.
Ecclesiast.
lj.
Matheu
Ecclesiast.
Jon
xiij.
xliiij.
XV.
Ephesies
Joon
ij-
XX.
ij. Tymothy
Matheu
Ecclesiast.
iiij.
xiij.
xxxix.
Luce
xj.
Ebreus
V.
Mark
Sapiens
Matheu
xiij.
x.
XXV.
Ecclesiast.
Matheu
' Ecclesiast.
lj.
xiij.
xliv.
Matheu
XXV.
Ebreus
xj.
Luce
Ecclesiast.
Matheu
Ecclesiast.
Jon
VJ.
lj.
xiij.
xiiij.
xij.
a The blessynge of God vpon
e Anothir day Joon stoode
d Bi herte men bileuen to
e Jhesus walkynge besidis the
d 'Biholdith, this is the greet ss
b A man goynge far in pilgrimage
d Bi herte men bileuen to
c Aftir that Joon was taken
b I as a vyne maad fruyt
a The book of the generacioun
c Mi Lord God, thou hast
b The kingdom of heuenes is lik
g The blessing of the Lord
a I am a verrei vyne, and my fadir
g Now 36 ben not herberwid
/ Thomas oon of the twelue
a I witnesse bifor God
h The kyngdom of heuenes is lik
c The rijtwis man schal seue
/ No man tendith a lanterne
a Ech bisschop takun of men
/ Se 36, wake 36, and preie 36
d The Lord ledde forth
b A man that goth in pilgrimage
c Mi Lord God, thou enhaunsidist
h The kingdom of heuenes is lik
d Lo ! the grete preest
b As a man that goth in pilgrimage
/ Which bi feith ouercamen
e Jhesus cam doun fro the hil
a Lord king, I schal knouleche
h The kingdom of heuenes is lik
/ Blessid is the man that
d But a corn of whete
ende he clothide him with stole of glorie
ende vpon mannes sone.
ende of the erthe her wordis.
ende thei sueden him.
ende vin to the smel of softnes11.
ende in to the ioye of thi Lord.
ende of the erthe her wordis.
ende thei sueden hym.
ende haue euerlastinge lijf.
ende that is clepid Crist.
ende thou art my God.
ende newe thingis and olde.
ende the coroun of glorie.
ende schal be don to jouk.]
ende of God in the Hooli Goost.
ende and han bileuede.
ende that louen his comyng.
ende newe thingis and olde.
ende in to generacioun.
ende ;iue lijt to thee.
ende ordre of Melchisedech.
ende seie to alle, wake je.
ende euerlastinge cleernes.
ende into the ioie of thi Lord.
ende thou art my God.
ende newe thingis and olde.
ende the smel of swetnes.
ende into the ioie of thi Lord.
ende bi witnessing of feith.
ende is myche in heuene.
ende the Lord my God.
ende newe thingis and olde.
ende the Lord oure God.
ende schal worschipe him P.]
T Inserted from EMBk». * Dedicacioun Dai. EMU. In dedication of the chirehe. R. V The pistle of alle these dates. Apoc. H. vy Sondai
withinne vtas. EMRxkjf. z en;, dai of dedicacioun. E. Vtas of dedicacioun. jmxkj/. a The pistil of dedicacioun dai is rod an these thre feestis. E.
The pistle to alle these dates. k». b Here endith the Temperal, and biginnith the Commemoraciouns. First biginnith the Commemoracioun of oure Lady
Seint Marie in Adueni. E. Here enden dominicals and ferials, and bigynnen Commemoraciouns in this ordre. mxkjf. Here endith the dominicals and
ferials togidere of al the jeer. Now bigynneth the reule of the Sanctorum, bothe of the Propre Sanctorum, and of the Comnne Sanctorum togidere. R. No
rubric in T. In EMxkjtf the lessons for the Commemorations immediately follow, instead of being placed at the end of the Commune Sanctorum, as in
AYR. In E the lessons of the Propre Sanctorum commence with Seint Felice. <: The months are inserted from M and k. <J S. Saturnine
vigile.E. e apostle, E. ' Nycolas dai. arkjf. Nicholas bishop. R. e Om. ATE. From smxkM. SS Lo! the greete preest EMRxk.w.
h of swetnesse EMiixkw. i Vtas of Andrew. EMkif. j virgin and martir. E. k Inserted from EMRxkif. ' Thomas dai. Mk. m Felice,
martir and bishop. E. n confessour, and S. Anton, confessour. E. o Sebastian, martirs. E. P Inserted from EMBxk.v.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
691
Comtersiaun of SeyntPoul. Apost. Dedis ix. a
Matheu xix. g
[Seynt Julian, bisschop and Ecclur,. xlvij. c xxiiij. a
confessour.
Mark
xiij.
/
Seynt Anneis ij.l
ij. Corinth.
X.
9
Matheu
XXV.
a
Seynt Batild, qween.
Sapiens
vij-
9
Matheu
xiij.
h
Feuerer.
Seynt Bride8.
ij. Corinth.
X.
9
Matheu
XXV.
a
Candilmasse dayn.
Malachie
iij-
a
Luk
ij-
c
[Seynt Blase, bishop and
Ebreus
V.
a
martir.
Matheu
X.
e
Seynt Agas, virgin.
Ecclesiast.
Ij.
a
Matheu
xiij.
h
Seynt Vedast and Amand,
Ebreus
™j.
f
confessour^.
Luce
xij.
f
Seynt Scolast, virgin* and
Sapiens
ni-
9
martirw.
Matheu
XXV.
a
Seynt Valentyn, martir.
Ecclesiast.
xxxj.
b
Matheu
xvj.
f
Seynt Julian, virgin and
Ecclesiast.
Ij-
c
martir.
Matheu
xiij.
k
Petre in the Chayere*.
i. Petir
i.
a
Matheu
xvj.
d
Seynt Mathie* apostil* .
Apost. Dedis
i.
c
Matheu
*)•
f
Marche.
[Seynt Perpetue,* and Fe-
i. Corinth.
vij-
e
lice*, virgin and martir.
Matheu
XXV.
a
Seynt Gregori, pope.
James
i.
b
Mark
xiij.
f
Seynt Edward, king and
Ecclesiast.
xxxj.
b
martir.
Luce
xiiij.
f
Seynt Cuthbert, bisschop
Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
d
and confessour^.
Matheu
XXV.
b
Seynt Benet, abbot *and
Ecclesiast.
xxxix.
c
confessour c.
Luce
XJ-
f
Oure Ladi day in LentynA.
Isaye
vij-
d
Luk
i.
c
April.
[Seynt Richard, bisschop
Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
d
and confessour.
Matheu
XXV.
b
Seynt Ambrose, bisschop
Ecclus. xlvij.
c xxiiij,
a
and confessour.
Matheu
V.
b
Seynt Tiburs fy Valeriane.
Parables
XV.
a
Jon
XV.
b
Seynt Alfei, bisschop and
Ebreus
xiij.
c
martyr.
Jon
XV.
a
Seynt George, 'martirK.
James
i.
a
Joon
XV.
a
Seynt Mark,'euangelist^.
Ephesies
iiij.
b
Joon
XV.
a
S. Philip and Jacob.
Sapiens
V.
a
Joon
xiiij.
a
Hooli Rode day).
Galatas
V.
c
Joon
"J-
[Seynt Jon Port Latyn.
Ecclesiast.
xv.
a
Jon
xxj.
f
Saul jit brether or blower of ende
Loo ! we ban forsakyn alle thinges ende
The Lord hath joue knowleching ende
Se je, wake )e, and preie 3e ende
He that glorieth, haue glorie ende
The rewme of heuenes ende
Wisdom ouercometh malice ende
The kingdom of heuenes is lik ende
He that glorieth, haue glorie ende
The kingdom of heuenes ende
Loo ! I shal sende myn angel ende
Aftir that the dayes of ende
Ech bisschop takun of men ende
No thing is hid that schal ende
Lord king, I schal knouleche ende
The kingdom of heuenes is lik ende
The othere weren maad ende
Be soure lendis gird ende
Wisdom ouercometh malice ende
The kingdom of heuenes ende
Blessid is the man ende
If ony man wil come ende
My Lord God, thou enhaunsidist ende
The kingdom of heuenes is lik ende
Petre apostle of Jhesu Crist ende
Jhesu cam in to the parties ende
In tho dales Petre rysynge vp ende
I knoweleche to thee, fader ende
Of virgins I haue no ende
The kingdom of heuenes ende
Brethren, deme 36 al ioie ende
Se je, wake 36, and preie ende
Blessid is the man ende
If ony man cometh to me . ende
Lo ! the greet preest ende
A man that gooth in pilgrimage ende
The ristwis man schal ende
No man tendith a lanterne ende
To speke to Achas, seyynge ende
The aungel Gabriel was sent ende
Lo ! the grete preest ende
A man that goth in pilgrimage ende
The Lord hath joue knowleching ende
Je ben salt of the erthe ende
The tunge of wise men ende
I am a vyne, 3e the braunchis ende
Nile 3e be led awei ende
I am a vyne, je the braunchis ende
Bretheren, gesse or deme 3e ende
I am a verey vyne, and my fadir ende
To eche of vs is gife grace ende
I am a verey vyne, and my fadir ende
Thanne shulen stoond ristful ende
Be not jour hertis trublid ende
I truste of sou in the Lord ende
There was a man of the pharisees ende
Who dredith God ende
He seith to him, Sue thou me ende
affermynge that is Crist,
welde euerlastynge lijf.
he sebal be blessid.
seie to alle, wake se.
chaast virgyne to Crist,
not the dai ne the our.
of hise werkis.
newe thingis and olde.
chaast virgyne to Crist,
not the dai ne the our*.]
as oolde jeeris.
of thi puple Israel,
ordre of Melchisedech.
that is in heuene.
the Lord my God
newe thingis and olde.
in offring himself,
mannis sone schal come,
of hise werkis.
not the dai ne the our.
hise almesdedis.
comynge in his kingdom,
thou art my God.
newe thingis and olde x.]
reuelacioun of Jhesu Crist,
vnbounden and in heuene.
with elleuen apostles,
and my charge lijt.
hooli in bodi and spirit.
not the dai ne the our.
men that louen him.
seie to alle, wake 36.
hise almesdedis.
not be my disciple.
the smel of swetnes.
into the ioie of thi Lord.
in to generacioun.
jyue list to theecc.]
repreuen yuel and chese good.
to me aftir thi word.
the smel of swetnes.
into the ioie of thi Lord.
he schal be blessid.
that is in heuenes.
be loued of the Lord.
schal be don to jou.
God is disserued.
schal be don to jouf.]
to men louynge hym.
and it schal be don to sou.
of plente of Crist.
*3our ioye be fulfilled'.
among seyntis the lot of hem is.
I shal do it.
crucified to me, and I to the world.
euerlastynge lyf.
Lord cure God.
witnessing is trewe.
1 ij. tyme. H. 8 /irigid E. which adds, S. Ignatius, b. and m. Bride virgyn. R. * Inserted from EMiixkv. u Punfxng ofoure ladi. E.
v S. Viti and Modesti con/. E. w From E. x Inserted from EMRxkif. 7 Chayering of S. Peter. EMiikjf. z From EMRxkar. a From ERX.
h martir. a. c From E. cc Inserted from K.uiixk.u. d Gretinge ofoure lady. EX. Annunciacloun ofoure ladie. MRkjf. e Valerian, martin. E.
f Inserted from EMRxkjf. E From EMKxk.v. h From EMRxkif. ' shal be don to sou E MRxkw. J Fynding of the eras. EMRxkjf.
692
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
Seynt Gordian and Epy-
mache.
Seynt Nerei, and Achillei,
and Pancras.
Seynt Dunston, bisschop
and confessour.
Seynt Vrban and Aldelm.
S. Austyn, *of Yngelondk.
Seynt German, bisschop
and confessour.
Seynt Pernel, virgyne.
Sapiens
Jon
Sapiens
Jon
Ecclesiast.
Jon
Sapiens
Jon
Ecclus. xlvij.
Jon
Ecclesiast.
Matheu
ij. Corinth.
Matheu
uj. a
xv. b
v. d
xv. b
xliiij. 1 1
xv. a
x. d
xv. a
c xxiiij. a
xv. a
xiiij. d
XXV. D
x. g
xxv. a
Juyn.
Seynt Nicomede, martir.
Ecclesiast.
Matheu
Apocalips
Luce
i. Corinth.
Matheu
Seynt Vite and Modeste s
Seynt Botulf, abbot.
Seynt Marcellyn1 *and
Petrem.
Seynt Bonefas, bisschop
and martirn.
Seynt Medard Sf Gildard0. Hebreus
Luce
TranslaciounofS.EdmoundvJLcclesiast.
Prime, and Felician. Matheu
Seynt Barnabe, apostle. Effes.
Jon
Seynt Basilides, and Cyryn, Sapiens
'andNaborl. Matheu
Seynt Basile, confessour1. Ecclesiast.
Matheu
Sapiens
Luce
Ecclesiast.
Luce
Seynt Mark and Marcellian. Parables
Mark
Seynt Geruais and Protais. Romans
Matheu
Translacioun of Seynt Ed- Ecclesiast.
ward, king. Luce
Seynt Albon, martir of Sapiens
Ynglond. Matheu
Midsomer euen*1. Jeremye
Luk
Isaye
Luk
Ecclesiast.
Luc
Apost. Dedis
Joon
Apost. Dedis
Matheu
Commemoracioun of Seynt Galathas
Poul. Matheu
xmj.
xvj.
viJ-
xxj.
iiij.
x.
xij.
1.
xxv.
XV.
Midsomer dayv.
[Jon and Poul, martris.
Seynt Petre euenx.
Seynt Petre dayf.
xvj.
i.
xlix.
xliiij.
xij.
"j-
xxj.
xij.
xvj.
xix.
Juyl.
f
f
d
c
d
d
f
f
a
b
f
d
uj. a
x. c
xliiij. <l
xxv. b
v. d
xj. h
xxxix. e
*j- /
xv. a
xiij. b
viij- /
xxiiij. a
xxxj. b
xiiij.
iiij.
/
c
/
b
a
a
f
c
a
a
d
a
d
d
g
Octauis* of Seynt Joon Isaye xlix. a
Baptist. Luk i. b
[Seynt Swithyn,* Processe, Hebreus xj. /
and Martinianb. Jon xv. e
The soulis of iust men
I am a vyne, se the braunchis
Just men schulen lyue
I am a vyne, 3e the braunchis
Lo ! the grete preest
I am a verei vyne
The Lord ledde forth
I am a verei vyne
The Lord hath soue knowleching
I am a verei vyne, and my fadir
Lo ! the grete preest
As a man that goth in pilgrimage
He that glorieth, haue glorie
The rewme of heuenes
Blessid is the man
If ony man wil come
Oon of the senyouris
Whan se schal heere
We ben maad a spectacle
Whanne thei pursuen sou
The othere weren maad
Be 3oure leendis gird
Biholde, this is the grete preest
As a man that goth in pilgrimage,
Now 36 ben not gestis
This is my comaundement
The soulis of iust men
Lo ! Y sende sou as scheep
Lo ! the grete prest
As a man that goth in pilgrimage
Just men schulen lyue
Wo to sou that bilden
The ristwis man schal
No man tendith a lanterne
The tunge of wise men
Loke se that no man
We witen that to men that
Jhesu wente out of the temple
Blessid is a man that
If ony man cometh to me
A iust man, thous he be
If ony man wil come
Before that I fourmede thee in
There was sum preest Zacharie
Herith, se ilys, and takith hede
The tyme of childberynge
Tho ben men of merci
Be se war of the sourdous
Petre and Joon stieden in to the
Jhesus seide to Petre, Symount
Heroude the kyng sente hondes
Jhesus cam in to the parties
I make the gospel knowen
Loo ! we ban forsakyn alle
Herith, 36 ylis, and takith
Forsothe the aungel seith to
Which bi feith ouercamen
These thingis I speke
ende regne withouten ende.
ende schal be don to sou.
ende into a certeyn place.
ende schal be don to sou.
the smel of swetnes.
schal be don to sou.
Lord is cure God.
ende schal be don to sou.
ende he schal be blessid.
ende schal be don to sou.
ende the smel of swetnes.
ende into the ioie of thi Lord.
ende chaast virgyn to Crist.
ende not the dai ne the our.
ende the Lord oure God.
ende comynge in his kingdom.
ende fro the eisen of hem.
ende to sou into witnessing.
ende moost derewurthe sones.
ende drede se not hem.
ende in offringe him self.
ende mannis sone schal come.
ende bi daies euerlastinge.
ende into the ioie of thi Lord.
ende in the Holi Goost.
ende name he 3yueth to sou.
ende regne withouten ende.
ende the ende schal be saaf.
ende the smel of swetnes.
ende into the ioie of thi Lord.
ende into a certeyn place.
ende to accuse him.
ende in to generacioun.
ende syue list to thee.
ende be loued of the Lord.
ende ende schal be saaf.
ende in Crist Jhesu oure Lord.
ende ende schal be saaf.
ende hise almesdedis.
ende not be my disciple.
ende on hise chosen men.
ende comynge in his kingdom'.]
ende waste and bilde vp and plaunte.
ende a perfite puple to the Lord.
ende the holi of Israel that chees thee.
ende redempcioun of his puple.
ende the preising of hem.
ende aungels of Godw.]
ende in that that bifelle to hem.
ende to glorifie God.
ende of the puple of Jewis.
ende vnboundyn and in heuenes.
ende thei clarifieden God.
ende euerlastynge lyf.
ende the hooli of Israel that cheese thee.
ende among men.
ende bi witnessing of feith.
ende hate withouten cause0.]
k erchibishop E. 1 Marcel, kjf. m From EMRxkw. n confessour. a. ° Gildard, bishop, x. P Edmound, bishop, x. q From ERxk.
' bischop and con/. R. bishop, x. s Modeste, martirs. EX. t Inserted from EMRxku. u S. Etheldride vigile. E. Vigilt of Baptist. Mxkjf. Vigile
of Jon Baptist. R. v Natiuite of S. Jon Baptist. EMRxkjf. w Inserted from EMRxkaf. x S. Leo Pape vigile. E. Vigile of Peter and Paul. MHxk.w.
y S. Petre and Pout. E. Seint Petris dai and Paul. M. Fesle of Petre and Paul. Rkar. a Vtas EMRxkjrr. b Om. a. c Inserted from
EMRXkjtf.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
693
Translacioun of Seynt
Martyn.
In the octauis^ of Petir
and Paul.
[Translacioun of Seint To-
mas.
' Feeste of* Seuen Bretheren.
Translacioun of Seynt Be-
net abbots.
Translacioun of Seynt Svri-
thyn bishop^.
Seynt Kenelm, king and
martir.
Seynt Arnulf*, king ' and
martir*.
Seynt Margrete, virgyn
'and martir1.
Seynt Praxede, virgyne
'and martirm.
'Marye Mawdeleyn0.
[Seynt Appolinar, martir.
' Seynt Jame eueni.
Seynt Jame dayr.
[Seynt Anne, 'oure Ladi
modir s.
Feesfe88 of Seuene Slepers.
Seynt Sampson, bisschop
and confessour.
Seynt Felice and Simplice,
and Faustin.
Seynt Abdon'and Sennesu.
[Seynt German, bisschop
'and confessourv.
August.
Lammasse day.
[Seynt Steuen, pope and
martir.
Fynding of S. Steuen
'martirf.
Seynt Oswald, king and
martir.
Seynt Sixte and' Felicisime,
and Agapite, martris2.
Seynt Donat, bisschop and
martir.
Seynt Cyryace 'martirb,
and hisfelawis.
'Seynt Laurence euenc.
Seynt Laurence day.
Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
Luk
xij.
d
Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
Matheu
xiiij.
e
Ebreus
V.
a
Luce
xix.
b
Hebrews
X.
f
Matheu
xij.
9
Ecclesiast.
xxxix.
c
Luce
xj.
f
Ebreus
vij.
f
Luce
xij.
f
Ecclesiast.
xxxj.
b
Luce
xiiij.
f
Ecclesiast.
xiiij.
f
Matheu
xvj.
f
Ecclesiast.
lj-
c
Matheu
xiij.
h
Sapiens
vij.
g
Matheu
XXV.
a
Proverbior.
xxxj.
6
Luk
vij.
f
ij. Tymothy
iiij.
a
Luce
xxij.
d
Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
9
Joon
XV.
a
Ephesies
ij-
9
Matheu
XX.
d
Prouerbs
xxxj.
c
Matheu
i.
a
Sapiens
"j-
a
Luce
xxj.
c
Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
d
Matheu
XXV.
b
Parables
XV.
a
Luce
xij.
a
ij. Corynth.
i.
a
Mark
xiij.
b
Sapiens
X.
d
Mark
xiij.
f
Apost. Dedis xij.
Matheu
Hebreus
Luce
Actus
Matheu
Ecclesiast.
Luce
ij. Corinth.
Luce
ij. Timothy
Mark
Ecclesiast.
Mark
Ecclesiast.
Matheu
ij. Corynth. ix.
xvj.
v.
xix.
VJ-
xxiij.
xxxj.
xiiij.
i.
xxj.
ij-
xiij.
ij-
xvj.
Ij-
xvj.
Joon
xij.
Loo ! a greet prest that ende
Nil 3e, litil folk, drede ende
These ben men of mercie ende
Jhesus comaundide his disciplis ende
Ech bisschop taken of men ende
A wurthi man wente into ende
Haue 30 in mynde of ende
jit hym spekynge to ende
The ristwis schal 3eue ende
No man teendith a lanterne ende
The othere weren maad ende
Be soure lendis gird ende
Blessid is a man that ende
If ony man cometh ende
Blessid is the man ende
If ony man wole come ende
My Lord God, thou enhaunsidist ende
The kingdom of heuenes is lik ende
Wisdom ouercometh malice ende
The rewme of heuenes ende
A stronge womman who schal ende
Oon of the pharisees preiede ende
I witnesse bifore God ende
A strijf was maad ende
The blessing of the Lord ende
I am a verrey vyne, and my ende
Now 3e ben not gestis ende
The modir of the sones of ende
Who schal fynde a stronge ende
The book of the generacioun ende
The soules of iust men ende
Whanne 3e schal heere ende
Lo ! the grete prest ende
As a man that goth in ende
The tunge of wise men ende
Be 36 war of the sour douj ' ende
Blessid be God and fadir of our ende
Se 36, that noon disseyue sou ende
The Lord ledde forth a iust ende
See 3e, wake 36, and preie ende
Cam to the hows of Marie ende
Jhesus cam in to the parties of ende
Ech bisschop taken of men ende
A wurthi man wente into ende
Steuen ful of grace ende
Lo ! Y sende to 3ou ende
Blessid is a man that ende
If ony man cometh to me ende
Blessid be God and ende
Whane 3e schal heere ende
No man holding knijthode ende
Se 3e, wake se, and preie ende
Je dredynge the Lord, abide ende
Je goynge in to al the world ende
I knoweleche to thee, Lord ende
He that wole come aftir me ende
He that sowith scarseli ende
But the come of whete fal ende
in to the smel of softnes.
n liin iis sone shal come.
the preisynge of hem.
vereli thou art Goddis sone.
ordre of Melchisedech.
jede vp to Jerusalem e.]
iust man lyueth of feith.
he is my brothir, sistir and modir.
in to generacioun.
seueth list to thee.
in offringe him self.
mannis sone schal come.
hise alines (led is.
he my disciple.
the Lord oure God.
comynge in his kingdom.
thou art my God.
newe thingis and olde.
techeresse of hise werkis.
not the dai, ne the our".]
and preisen hir in the 3atis her werkes.
go thou in pees.
that louen his comyng.
kynredis of Israel?.]
with the coroun of glorie.
and jour ioye be fulfillid.
whiche weren helid alle.
is maad redi of my fadir.
preise hir in the satis.
that is clepid Crist.
regne withouten ende.
to jou in to witnessing.
the smel of swetnes.
the ioie of thi Lord.
beloued of the Lord.
the aungels of God*.]
be and of coumfort.
this shal be saaf.
the Lord is oure God.
seie to alle, wake 3ew.]
wente in to anothir place.
vnboundyn and in heuens.
ordre of Melchisedech.
vp to Jerusalem.
he deiede.
in the name of the Lord.
hise almesdedis.
not be my disciple.
be also of coumfort.
to 3ou in to witnessing.
with heuenli glorie.
seie to alle, wake 3ea.]
for piteuous and merciful is cure Lord.
shulen han hem wel.
men susteynynge thee.
Goddis sone comynge in his kyngdom.
of 3our ristwisnes.
mi fadir shal worship him.
d vtat EMitxk.v. e Inserted from r. MII xk.v. f From EX. 8 From HX. h From E. * Arnulf bischop n. k Om. E.
1 From E. m From E. n Inserted from K Miixk.u. ° Mane day Magdeleyn. r. P Inserted from Kjmxk.v. 1 Seynt Cristin, virgin. EX.
Vigil of James Rk». r apostle day Elf. day, apostle k. 8 modir of Marie E. ss From EX. ' Inserted from EMHxkjf. » From EMKxk.
v From F.Mk.H. w Inserted from i;.n n xk.u. y From kjf. « Ats felowis k. » Inserted from EMttxkif. b From Mxk. c Fiji/ o/
.V. Laurence nk.ii. 5. Remain martir, vigil E.
694
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
[Seynt Tiburs, martir.
The Assumpcioun day.
The octauiss of Seynt
Laurence.
[Vtas of'AssumpciounSS.
Vigile of Bartilmew^.
Seynt Bartilmew day.
[Seynt Rufe, martir.
Seynt Austyn, doctor*.
Ebreus
Matheu
Seynt Ypolite, martir* wit ft Sapiens
his felawis^. Luce
' The Assumpcioun euen(. Ecclesiast.
Luk
Ecclesiast.
Cant. Cantic
Luk
ij. Cory nth.
Matheu
Cant.
Luk
Prouerbs
Jon
Ephesies
Luk
Ecclesiast.
Matheu
Eccles. xlvij.
Matheu
The decollaciounm of Seynt Parablis
Joon Baptist. Mark
[Seynt Felice and Adacte. Sapiens
Luce
Seynt Cutburge, virgyne. ij. Corinth.
Matheu
[Seynt Gyle, abbot. Ecclesiast.
Luk
September.
[Translacioun of S.CaJfterrf.Ecclesiast.
Matheu
Vigile of Natiuite. Ecclesiast.
Luce
The Natiuite of owe Lady. Ecclesiast.
Sapiens
Matheu
Galatas
Joon
Sapiens
Luce
Seynt Edith* and Eufemie, ij. Corinth.
virgins". Matheu
Seynt Lambert, martir. Ebreus
Matheu
Prouerbior.
Luk
Ezechiel
Matheu
[Seynt Maurice*, with hise Ebreus
felawis. Luce
Seynt Tecle, virgyn. ij. Corinth.
Matheu
Seynt Firmyn, bisschop *. Ebreus
Matheu
Seynt Cipriani and Justine, Sapiens
martirs. Matheu
Seynt Cosme and Damian, ij. Corinth.
martirs. Luce
*Miielmas day3-. Apocalips
Matheu
X11J.
xvj.
iiij.
xij.
xxiiij.
xj.
xxiiij.
*Hooli rode day 9.
\Vtas of the Natiuite'.
* Seynt Matheu euenu.
Seynt Matheu day*.
x.
ix.
x.
iij-
x.
iij-
xv.
ij-
xxij.
xiiij .
x.
c xxiiij. a
v. b
x. g
vj. c
iij-
xi.i
X.
XXV.
xxxix.
XJ-
i.
V.
xij.
iiij.
XJ-
x.
XXV.
V.
ix.
iij-
v.
i.
ix.
X.
XXV.
V.
ix.
v.
x.
i.
YJ-
i.
xviij.
xliiij.
XXV.
xliiij.
XJ-
xxiiij. 1 1
iiij. a
Nile 36 be lad awei
If ony man wole come
A iust man thouj he be
Be je war of the sourdous
Fro the bigynnynge and bifore
Sum womman of the cumpanye
In alle thingis reste I sou3te
Goth out, and seeth, 36 doustirs
Jhesus entride in to sum castel
He that scarseli sowith
He that loueth fader or moder
36 dou3tris of Sion
He entride into a castil
Blessid is the man that
I am a verei vyne, and my fadir
Now ?e ben not gestis
A stryf is maad amonge
Blessid is the man that
No thing is hid that
The Lord hath soue knowleching
Je ben salt of the erthe
The abidynge of ristwismen
Heroude sente and helde Joon
The soulis of iust men
Be 36 war of the sour dou3
He that glorieth, haue glorie
The rewme of heuenes
The ristwise man shal
No man teendith a lanterne
Lo ! the grete prest
As a man that goth in
Fro the bigynnyng
It was don whanne
I as a vyne fruytide swetir
0 how feyre is a chaste
The boke of generacioun of Jhesu
1 truste of sou in the Lord
Now is doom of the world
How feir is a chaast
It was don whanne
He that glorieth, haue glorie
The rewme of heuenes
Ech bisschop taken of men
Jhesus wente aboute
Blessid be the man that fyndith
Jhesus saws a pupplican, Leuy
The likenesse of the cheer
Jhesus passynge saws a man
Which bi feith ouercamen
Jhesus cam doun fro the hil
He that glorieth, haue glorie
The reume of heuenes
Ech bisschop taken of men
Jhesus wente aboute
Just men schulen lyue
Whanne thei pursuen sou
Blessid be God and
Whanne hise isen weren
'God maad opyn thingis that*8
Disciplis camen nese to Jhesu
ende God is dissented.
ende comynge in his kingdom.
ende hise chosen men.
ende the aungels of God6.]
ende of halewis my withholding.
ende and kepen it.
ende and 3af swetnesse of smelle.
ende and thi tetis to clustris.
ende be takyn awei fro hir.
ende of sour ristwisnesse.
ende not lesse his mede.
ende clustris of grapis.
ende awei from her.
ende waxen togidre by deew.
ende echal be don to sou'.]
ende of God in the Holy Goost.
ende kynredis of Israel.
ende the Lord oure God.
ende that is in heuenes.
ende schal be blessid.
ende that is in heuenes1.]
ende shal be enhaunsid the citee.
ende and putte in a biriel.
ende regne withouten ende.
ende the aungels of God.
ende chaast virgyne to Crist.
ende not the dai, ne the our".]
ende into generacioun.
ende siue list to thee0.]
ende the smel swetnes.
ende the ioie of thi Lord.
ende myn withholding.
ende of God and kepen itP.]
ende lastynge lyf shulen haue.
ende in refresshynge shulen ben.
ende that is clepid Crist.
ende forsothe I seye in Crist.
ende that 36 ben sones of list.
ende schal be in refreisching.
ende of God, and kepen it.
ende chaast virgyn to Crist.
ende dai, ne the our.
ende ordre of Melchisedech.
ende in to his ripe corn1.]
ende clowdis bi dew togidere wexen.
ende synful men to penaunce.
ende the likenes of leyt shynynge.
ende but synful men.
ende bi witnessing of feith.
ende is myche in heuene.
ende chaast virgyn to Crist.
ende not the dai, ne the our.
ende ordre of Melchisedech.
ende into his ripe corn.
ende hem to a certeyn place.
ende drede 3e not hem.
ende plenteuous in vs.
ende is myche in heuenz.]
ende fro oure synnes in his blood.
ende of my fadir that is in heuene.
d From ERX. e Inserted from EMUxkjf. ( Vigil of Assumpcioun ERkw. Eusebi confessour x. S vtas EMRXkjfr. £g oure ladi x.
h S. Thimothe EX. i Inserted from EMRxkM. k bishop EX. 1 Inserted from EMRxkM. m biheding EMRXkJtf. n Inserted from KMiixk.v.
0 Inserted from K. P Inserted from EMiixk v. q Rering of the eras E.iixkj/. Kraltacion of the eras R. r oure ladi E. s virgin E. l Inserted
from EMRxkv. u Vigils. Vigil of S. Matheu n. I7igil of Matheu apostle kjf. T day, apostil. EMHxkjf. w Mauri k». * martir EX.
y Ciprian bishop ERX. z Inserted from EMiixk.w. & S. Myihel archaungel EMnxk.v. ** He signifiede sendinge EMKxk.v.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
695
[Seynt Jerom, doctor*. Eccles. xlvij. c xxiiij. a
Octobre.
Seynt Remyge and Ger-
uasec.
Matheu
Ebreus
Luce
xij.
Seynt Leodegar, bisschop^. ii. Tymothe ij.
Luce x
iij,
Nouembre.
Seynt Feith, virgine. Ecclesiast.
9-
c
Matheu
xiij.
k
Seynt Marci,Marcelli,' and Ebreus
XJ-
f
Apuleif, martirs. Luce
xxj.
c
Seynt Denyes day^. Apost. Dedis
xvij.
d
Luk
VJ-
c
[Seynt Gerodion*, withfe- Ebreus
XJ-
f
lawis. Luce
xxj.
c
Seynt Nicas*, withfelowis. Ebreus
X.
f
Matheu
X.
d
Translacioun of Seynt Ed- Ecclesiast.
xxxix.
c
ward, king. Luce
XJ-
f
Seynt Kalixt,pope and Ebreus
xiij.
c
martir. Mark
xiij.
f
Seynt fVulfram, bisschop Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
d
and confessour. Matheu
XXV.
b
S. Mitel in the mount. Apocalips
xij.
c
Matheu
xviij.
a
Seynt Luk daym. Ezechiel
i.
c
Luk
X.
a
[' Feeste of" xj. thousynd Sapiens
iiij.
a
virgins". Matheu
XXV.
a
Seynt Romayn, confessourf. Sapiens
X.
d
Mark
xiij.
f
Seynt Crispin and Crispi- i. Corynth.
iiij.
d
nian, martirs. Matheu
X.
c
Vigil ofSymound and Jude, Sapiens
"j-
a
apostlis. Jon
XV.
b
Seynt Symount day and Romayns
viij.
a
Jude. Joon
XV.
d
'Alle Halewe euen*. Apocalips
V.
c
Joon
xvij.
c
Alle Halewe day. Apocalips
vij.
b
• Matheu
V.
a
['Alle Soulen day s. i. Tessalon
. iiij.
f
Jon
*)•
c
Seynt Leyenard, abbot1. Ecclesiast.
xxxix.
c
Luce
xj.
f
' Feest ofa iiij. crowned Sapiens
"j-
a
martirs. Luce
xxj.
c
Seynt Teodore, martir. Ecclesiast.
xiiij./ xv.
b
Matheu
xvj.
f
Seynt Martyn, bisschop and Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
d
confessour. Matheu
XXV.
b
Seynt Brice, bisschop and Sapiens
X.
d
confessour. Luce
xix.
b
Seynt Macute, bisschop' and Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
d
confessour^. Luce
xix.
b
Seynt Edmound, bisschop'". Ecclesiast.
1.
a
Matheu
XXV.
b
Seynt Huwe, bisschop. Ecclesiast.
xlv.
a
Mark
xiij.
f
Vtas of S. Martyn. Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
d
Matheu
XXV.
b
The Lord hath joue knowleching ende
Je ben salt of the erthe ende
The othere weren maad ende
Be soure lendes gird ende
Be thou myndeful ende
He that herith sou ende
Mi Lord God, thou enhaunsidist ende
The kingdom of heuenes ende
Which bi feith ouercamen ende
Whanne se schal heere ende
Whanne Poule abood hem at ende
Jhesus comynge doun of the hil ende
Which bi feith ouercamen ende
Whanne se schal heere ende
Haue 3e mynde on the former ende
Whanne thei pursuen jou ende
The ristwis man schal ende
No man tendeth a lantern ende
Nile 36 be led awei ende
Se 36, wake 3e, and ende
Lo ! the grete prest ende
A man that goth in ende
There is maad a greet bateil ende
Disciplis camen neis to Jhesu ende
The likenes of the cheer ende
The Lord Jhesu ordeynede and othir ende
How feir is a chaast ende
The rewme of heuenes ende
The Lord ledde forth ende
See 3e, wake 36, and ende
We ben maad a spectacle ende
Lo ! Y sende sou as ende
The soules of iust men ende
I am a vyne, se the braunches ende
We witen that to men louynge ende
This is my comaundemaunt ende
I saws, and loo ! in the mydel of ende
Hooli fader, kepe hem in thi ende
I saws another aungel stiynge ende
Jhesus seynge companyes ende
We wolen not that 36 ende
Martha seide to him ende
The ristwis man schal ende
No man tendith a lanterne ende
The soulis of iust men ende
Whanne 36 schal heere ende
Blessid is the man that ende
If ony man wole come ende
Lo ! the grete prest ende
As a man that goth in ende
The Lord ledde forth ende
A wurthi man wente ende
Lo ! the grete prest ende
A wurthi man wente ende
Biholde, this is the grete ende
As a man that goth in ende
Loued of God and of men ende
Se 36, wake se, and ende
Lo ! the grete prest ende
As a man that goth in ende
he schal be bless id.
that is in heuenes.
in offringe him self,
mannis sone schal come,
sufferd persecucioun.
writen in heuenes.
thou art my God.
newe thingis and olde.
bi witnessing of feith.
to jou in to witnessing E.]
and Denys Ariopage.
is mychil in heuene.
bi witnessing of feith.
to 3011 in to witnessing,
man lyueth of feith.
drede 36 not hem.
in to generacioun.
seue list to thee.
God is disserued.
seie to alle, wake se.
the smel of swetnes.
the ioie of thi Lord '.]
and 36 that dwellen in hem.
of my fadir that is in heuen.
the likenes of leyt shynynge.
is worthi his hire,
be in refreischinge.
the dai, ne the our.
euerlastinge cleernes.
seie to alle, wake je.
derewurthe sones.
schal be saaf.
regne withouten ende.
schal be don to sou «.]
in Jhesu Crist oure Lord,
and it shal be don to sou.
in to worldis of worldis.
and I in hem.
in to worldis of worldis.
plenteuous in heuene.
in these wordis.
in to this world,
in to generacioun.
seue list to thee.
regne withouten ende.
to sou into witnessing,
the Lord oure God.
comynge in his kingdom,
the smel of swetnes.
the ioie of thi Lord,
euerlastinge cleernes.
vp to Jerusalem,
the smel of swetnes.
vp to Jerusalem,
bi dales euerlastinge.
the ioie of thi Lord,
lijf and of teching.
seie to alle, wake se.
the smel of swetnes.
the ioie of thi Lord.
b preett EX. c German EX. d bishop and confessour E. martir ti. e virgin and martir E. ' Om. E. ST Inserted from EMBxk.u. h with
felawia F.jiKxk.H. 1 Gereon EHX. Geredion kjf. k ffycolos u. 1 Inserted from EMHXkAf. m euangelist EJinxkjf. n From EX. ° maydens K.
P btihop and confessour E. bishop a. 1 Inserted from EMBxkjf. ' S. Qitintin E. Vigil of al Halewis E. Vigil of alle Hafaeen k a . s Commemora-
cioun of Soitlit EX. * confessour and abbot E. u From EX. v Om. kjf. w erchil/ishop EX.
696
Seynt Edmound, king*.
Seynt Cecils, mrgyn?.
Seynt Clement, martir*.
[Seynt Grisogon, martir.
Seynt Kateryne, virgin and
martir.
Seynt Lyne, pope and martir.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
Ecclesiast. xxxj.
Luce xiiij.
Ecclesiast. Ij.
Matheu xiij.
Philipensis iiij.
Luk xix.
Prouerbs iij.
Luce x.
Ecclesiast. Ij.
Matheu xiij.
Ebreus v.
Luce xix.
b Blessid is a man that ende
f If ony man cometh to me ende
c Mi Lord God, thou enhaunsidist ende
h The kingdom of heuenes ende
a My moost dere and moost ende
b A noble man wente in to ende
c Blessid is the man that ende
d He that herith aou ende
a Lord king, I schal knowleche ende
h The kingdom of heuenes ende
a Ech bisschop taken of men ende
b A wurthi man wente into ende
hise almesdedis.
not be my disciple,
thou art my God.
newe thingis and olde z.]
ben in the boke of lyf.
stiynge in to Jerusalem,
waxen togidre bi dew.
writen in heuenes.
the Lord my God.
newe thingis and olde.
ordre of Melchisedech.
vp to Jerusalem b.]
Here endith the Propre Sanctorum, and nowc bigynneth the Commoun Sanctorum^.
In Estre tyme.
Of oon Apostle.
Of the Euangeliste.
Of a Martir.
Of a Martir and Bishop.
Of a Bishop exilid.
Of many Martirs.
Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
Prouerbior.
i'j-
Joon
XV.
Joon
XV.
Apost. Dedis
V.
Ephesies
ij-
Joon
XV.
Joon
XV
Matheu
X.
Luk
xxij.
Ezechiel
i.
Luk
X.
Ecclesiast.
xiiij.
Sapiens
iiij.
ij. Corynth.
i.
Ecclesiast.
xxxj.
ij. Corynth.
>j-
ij. Tymothe
iiij.
ij. Tymothe
ij-
Ephesees
i.
Joon
xij.
Luk
X.
Matheu
xvj.
Luk
xiiij.
Matheu
X.
Joon
XV.
Hebrews
V.
Hebrews
xiij.
Matheu
ix.
Luk
xix.
Sapiens
iij-
Sapiens
V.
i. Corynth.
iiij.
Hebrews
X.
Ecclesiast.
>j-
Sapiens
X.
Apocalips
vij-
Parablis
XV.
Ecclesiast.
xliiij.
Luk
YJ-
Matheu
V.
e Blessid be the man that fyndeth
a I am a verey vyne, and my fadir
b I am a vyne, and je the braunchis
c Bi the hondis of apostles
g Now 36 ben not herberwid
d This is my maundement that
c Thes thingis Y comaunde to sou
c Lo ! I sende sou as schepe
d A stryf is maad amonge hem
c The likenes of the semlaunte
a Jhesus ordeyned other seuenti, and
f Blessid is the man that shal
c The rijtwis forsothe if he
c Blessid be God and the fadir
b Blessid is the ryche man that
b Be thou myndeful, Lord
a I witnesse to fore God and
a No man holdynge knysthod
a Blessid be God and the fader of
d But the corne of whete fallinge
c He that herith sou, herith me
/ If ony man wole come aftir
/ If ony man cometh to me and
e No thing is couered that shal not
a I am a verey vyne, and my fadir
a Eche bishop takyn of men
c Nil 36 be led awey with
g Jhesus compasside citees and castels
b A noble man wente in to a fer
a The soulis of rijtwis men
e Rijtwis men forsothe in to with
d We be maad as spectacle
/ Haue se mynde of former
c je dredynge the Lord sust
/ But seelde to ristwis men the
f Oon of the seyntes answerde
a The tunge of wise men enourneth
c Men of mercy ben, of whom
c His eyen cast vp in his disciphs
a Jhesus seynge companyes
ende
ende clowdis be dewe to gidere wexen.
ende and it shal be don to sou.
ende be don to sou.
ende whiche weren heelid alle.
ende of God in the Hooli Goost.
ende and it shal be don to sou.
ende for thei hadden me in haate.
ende this schal be saf.
ende kynredis of Israel.
ende in to the liknes of leyt shynynge.
ende a werk man is worthi his hire.
ende it shal heritage hym.
ende in to the chosyn of hym.
ende be and of coumforte.
ende out telle the chirche of halewis.
ende shulen suffre persecucioun.
ende that loueth his comynge.
ende in Crist Jhesu with heuenli glorie.
ende that aboundide greetli in vs.
ende worshipe hym whiche is in heuenes.
ende soure names ben wrytyn in heuenes.
ende comynge in his kyngdom.
ende may not be my disciple.
ende before my fadir that is in heuene.
ende and it shal be don to jou.
ende the ordre of Melchisedech.
ende bi siche oostis God is disseyued.
ende and symple as dowfes.
ende stiynge in to Jerusalem.
ende shal regne in to with outen ende.
ende place thei shulen lepe in.
ende moost derwoith sones.
ende mi iust man lyueth of feith.
ende for piteuous and merciful is our God.
ende ouercome thei presseden togidere.
ende eche teere fro the eyen of hem.
ende shal be loued of oure Lord.
ende the chirche shal shewen.
ende 3our mede is myche in heuen.
ende mede is plenteuous in heuens.
x king and martir Exk. y virgin and martir EX. z Inserted from EJinxkjr. a pope and marlir MRk. pope a. b Inserted from EMiixk.w.
c Om. Y. d The Table in EMk ends with the Proper Sanctorum ; x ends with the Commemorations, and has the Proper Sanctorum inserted in a Ka-
lendar prefixed ; the following portion, here intitled the Common Sanctorum, is omitted in EMBxk*. There is no final rubric in M. The rubric in E is,
The vigile of the Natiuite of oure Lord, with alle the twelve dates and the ulacis of hem as thei stonden bi ordre, so thou shall fynde hem stonde togidre in
the Temporal. And euere thenke we oure Lord eendeles in Trinite. In H, Heere endith the reule of the Sanctorum, both Propre and C'omyn togidere.
And now folewiih heere the Commemoraciouns of al the }eer, and first the Commemoracioun of oure lady in Advent. In x, It is to vndirstonde, thai not ech
lessoun of the oolde laute is writun in the bible word bi word as it is rod in Chirche, but sum is lakun a resoun of o chapilre and the remenaunt of another,
and summe ben lakun of mo chapitris, and that in diuerse placis, and yl not acoordinge fulli to the text of the bible, as this pistle, In that tyme sifte
shal be born, bigynneth in Isa. xix cf>. toward the ende, and the remenaunt is in diuerse placis of the chapilre suynge, and also in many lessouns the Chirche
hath set to bothe bigynnyngii and endingis, that ben not in the bible. In k, Thus eendith the Kalender of lessouns, pistils and gospels of al the $eer. In
in, Here endith this Kalender of lessouns, pistlis and gospels of al the )eer, aftir the vss of Salisbire.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
697
Of Confessours and Bishops.
Of Confessours and Doctours.
Of Confessours and Abbots.
Many Confessours.
Virgyn and Martir.
Virgyn, not Martir.
Many Virgynes.
Luk
xxj.
c
Whanne 36 shulen here bataile
ende
Luk
yj-
c
Jhesus comynge doun fro the hille
ende
Matheu
X.
d
Loo ! I sende sou as sheep
ende
Mark
xiij.
b
Se 36, that no man disceyue
ende
Luk
xij.
a
Be se war, and flee je fro the
ende
Matheu
xxiiij.
a
Jhesus sittynge on the hil of
ende
Matheu
X.
f
Nil 36 deme, that Y cam to sende
ende
Matheu
xxiiij.
a
Jhesus goynge out of the temple
ende
Luk
*)•
9
Woo to sou that bilden birielis
ende
Mark
xiij.
a
And whanne he wente out
ende
Joon
XV.
a
I am a verey vyn, and my fader
ende
Ecclesiast.
xliiij. d 1.
a
The greet prest that in his lyf
ende
Sapiens
X.
d
Ristwise fro the wraththe of
ende
Ecclesiast.
xlv.
a
Loued of God and men
ende
Matheu
xxiiij.
f
Therfor wake 3e, for 36 when not
ende
Matheu
XXV.
b
A man goynge fer in pilgrimage
ende
Mark
xiij.
9
Se 36, wake 36, and preye see
ende
Ecclesiast.
xlvij.
c
He 3af knowlechynge to holi
ende
Sapiens
vij.
b
I desirede, and there is 3ouen to me
ende
Matheu
V.
b
}e ben salt of the erthe
ende
Ecclesiast.
xxxix.
a
His herte he shal take to
ende
Luk
XJ-
e
No man tendith a lantern, and
ende
Hebrews
vij-
f
Mo ben maad prestis aftir the
ende
Ecclesiast.
ij-
e
Who dreden the Lord shal
ende
Luk
xij.
a
Be sour leendis gyrt before
ende
Matheu
X.
Jhesus sente thes twelue, comaundynge
ende
Ecclesiast.
1-
c
Thou hast enhaunsid vpon the
ende
Eeclesiast.
lj-
a
I shal knovveleche to the Lord
ende
Ecclesiast.
xxiiij.
d
Wisdam shal preyse his soule
ende
Matheu
xiij.
f
The kyngdam of heuenes is
ende
ij. Corynth
. X.
y
He that glorieth, glorie in the
ende
Sapiens
viij.
a
Forsothe malice ouercometh not
ende
Isaye
Ixj.
f
Joiynge I shal ioye in the Lord
ende
Matheu
XXV.
a
The kyngdom of heuens is
ende
i. Corynth.
rij-
e
Of virgyns I haue not precept
ende
Sapiens
iiij.
a
How is chast generacioun with
ende
Matheu
XXV.
The kyngdam of heuenes is
ende
je shulen welde jour soulis.
is myche in heuene.
this shal be saaf.
this slnil be saaf.
before the aungel of God.
this shal be saaf.
he shal not lese his mede.
he this shal he saaf.
that thei shulden accuse hym.
he this shal be saaf.
and it shal be don to sou.
saf to hym euerlastynge clerenes.
and to lawe of lyf.
he shal ordeyne hym.
in to the ioye of thi Lord.
I seye to alle, wake je.
maad of frendship of God.
in the kyngdom of heuenes.
fro generacioun in to generacioun.
syue list to thee.
oons offrynge hym silf.
the maundements of hym.
manns sone shal come.
frely syue se.
seye to the name of the Lord.
takist out men susteyninge thee.
braunchis of worship and of grace.
newe thingis and oolde.
a chast virgyne to o man Crist.
and the chesers of the werkis of him.
and ioyen vpon thee shal thi God.
the day, ne the hour.
hooli in bodi and spirit.
in refresshynge shal be.
the day, ne the hour.
Here endith the Comoun Sanctorum, and bigynneth the Comemoracioun of the Trinite.
Comemoracioun of the Trynite. ij. Corynth.
Romayns
Joon
Of the Hooli Goost.
xiij.
xi.
xv.
Apost. Dedis viij.
Joon xiiij.
Of the Crosse. Phihpensis ij.
Matheu zx.
e The Commemoracioun of oure Isaye vij.
Ladi in Aduent. Luk i.
The Commemoracioun fro Cm- Titus iij.
tenmasse to Candilmas. Luk ij.
The Commemoracioun fro Can- Ecclesiast. xxiiij.
dilmasse to 'Past66. Luk xj.
The Commemoracioun fro Pask Ecclesiast. xxiiij.
to the Trinite. Joon xix.
g The grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist ende
g O! the heisnes of ritchessis ende
g Whanne the Hooli Goost shal ende
g Whanne apostles that weren ende
c Who that loueth me, kepith ende
b He mekyde hym silf maad ende
b Jhesus stiynge vp to Jerusalem ende
d The Lord spak to Achaz ende
d The aungel of the Lord is sent ende
c The benygnyte of oure saviour ende
c The shepherdis spaken to ende
c Fro begynnynge and bifore ende
d Jhesu spekynge to the companye ende
a Fro the bigynnynge and bifore ende
e Besidis the cros of Jhesu ende
[Commemoracioun of our Lady in alle othere tymes of the jeer is as on the Vigile of Assumpcioun f.]
/ In that day shal be the autirs ende
g 'jit hym spekynge to company ek ende
e Preestis maden preyer while ende
g Lo ! the hour cometh, and now ende
f Rijs, prey thou in the nyjt ende
c It is doon in oon of dayes ende
For Bret heren* and Sisters^, and Isaye xix.
'good doersh. Matheu' xij.
For the Pees. ij. Machabeor.i.
Joon xvj.
For Clere Wedre. Jeremye ix.m
Luk viij.
be with ?ou alle. Amen,
glorie in to the worldis.
for I seide to sou.
resceyueden the Hooli Goost.
to me, so Y do.
in glorye of God the fader,
the thridde day he shal rise,
repreue yuel and chees good,
be it don to me aftir thi word,
aftir hope of euerlastynge lyf.
as it is seid to hem.
before hym Y seruede.
the word of God and kepen it.
before hym I seruede.
took hir in to his.
forsothe myn heritage Israel,
'brother, sister and modir1.
nethir forsake sou in ydel tyme.
I haue ouercome the world,
thou asenbier of my lijf.
and thei obeien to hym.
e In EMKXk.w the Commemorations of the Virgin precede the Commemoration of the Trinity. ee Eester tyme R.
f listrenar. h solus populi EMxk. heellhe of the peple a. fur sauacion of the peple R. ' Mark
1 al her lijflode K.Mitxk u. '" Threnorum ij. iij. E.MHxk. Jeremy ij. y.
I Inserted from EMRxkjf.
k Jhesus settinge EMRxkM.
VOL. IV.
4 u
698
For Reyne.
For Bateil and Pestilence".
"OfAungels.
A Freest P for hym silf.
For Pestilence of Beestis.
For ' Weieferynge Menl.
For 'oure Synnes".
For Si)*' Men8.
For Weddynges.
*For Pilgrymes.
'Masse of Requiem*.
TABLE OF LESSONS, EPISTLES AND GOSPELS.
Gospels'". Sandai*.
Monedai *.
Tewisdai x.
Wednesdai*.
Thursdai*.
Fridai*.
Saterdai x.
Jeremye
xiiij.
/
Matheu
vj.
9
Hestir
xiij.
e
Mark
xj.
e
Apocalips
xix.
c
Joon
V.
a
Romayns
vij.
f
Joon
XV.
b
Jeremye
xiiij.
c
Matheu
vij.
b
Genesis
xxiiij.
a
Matheu
X.
b
Romayns
V.
e
Luk
V.
f
James
V.
e
Luk
iiij.
f
i. Corynth.
yj-
f
Matheu
xix.
a
Genesis
xxiiij.
a
Matheu
X.
b
i. Tessalon.
iiij.
e
ij. Machabe.
xij.
9
Apocalips
xiiij.
•
i.y Corynth.
xv.y
CTF
Joon
xj.
C
Joon
yi-
d
Joon
V.
d
Joon
V.
d
Joon
yj-
f
Joon
yi-
f
Whethir throwynge of fer thou
Nil se be bisie, sechynge what
Lord king, almysti in thi
Who euer seith to this hil
He seide to me, wryte thou
There was a feeste day of Jewes
I delite togidere to the lawe
If se shulen dwelle in me
If oure wickidnessis schulen
Aske se, and it shal be souen
Lord God of heuene, that took
Je goynge, preche se, seiynge
Whanne we weren set in synnes
Jhesus wente out, and saws a
If onye of sou is sorewful, preie
Jhesus rysynge of the synagoge
Wite 36 not that soure
Pharisees camen nys to hym
Lord God of heuene that
3e goynge, preche see
We wolen not sou for to
Collacioun maad, he sente
I herde a vois fro heuene
'Crist roos fro deed z
Martha seide to Jhesu, Lord
Al thing that my fader
'As the fader reyside dedeb
' He that herith my word c
I am quyke breed that
/ 'But 36 shulen ete mye
i'ii ile forsothe thou didist alle thes t hinges.
ende shulen be cast to sou.
ende and thin heritage don awei.
ende to jou sour synnes.
ende worship thou God.
ende he was holden with
ende bi Jhesu Crist oure Lord.
ende soure ioye be fulfillid.
ende ne forsake thou vs.
ende to men askynge hym.
ende he sende his aungel to fore me.
ende thanne to that citee.
ende in the lijf of hym
ende synful men to penaunce.
ende that se be saaf.
ende by him silf helide hem.
ende here se God in sour bodi.
ende enioyned or knyt togidre.
ende his aungel tofore me.
ende frely syue se.
ende to gidre in these wordis.
ende vnboundyn fro synnes.
ende the werkis of hem suen hem.
ende 'man in his ordrea.
ende Crist, the sone of quyke God.
ende reyse hym in the last day.
ende in to rysynge asen of doom.
ende 'in to rysynge asen of doomd.
ende reise hym in the laste day.
ende reyse hym in the laste dayf.
n For Batch E. In tyme of Bateils Miixk.u. ° This lesson comes in after the one Of the Cros, in EMRxkjf. P Man EMaxk.w. q Pilgrimei
EMRxkif. r Sinnis E. Synners MRXM. 8 Om. EMRxkjf. t Lesson omitted in EMiixk.w. » Of Requiem for the Deed E. For the Deed Rxk.
Om. ti. v From M iixk.u. w From M. x From i<: M n xk u. Tf Om. AY. Inserted from K.H uxk.i;. z If Crist is prechid EMRxkjv. a Om. AY.
Inserted from EMRxkM. b Treuli, treuli, I seye EMHxkw. c For as the fadir Kjinxk.u. <l deeth into lijf EMitxk.u. e Treuli, treuli, I seye
EMRxkjif. f No final rubric in AY. Here endith the Commemoraciouns, and biginnith the Sauntorum, Comin and Proprt, alle utuKr oon, as thei
fallin in the jeer bi ordre, biginnynge next aftir the vtas of the twelfthe day. E. Here endith the reule of the Temperal, and bigynneth [the Sartctorum k]
both the Propre and the Comyn. Mk. Here endith the reule of the Temperal, and bigynneth the reule of the Sanctorum, both of the Propre and the
Comyn. a.
GLOSSARY
A.
AAKE. P. ake.
a-bac, a-bak, adv. back, backward, Num.
xi. 20. Ps. xlii. 2. Job. vi. 67.
abaischid, abaishid, abaischt, abaist, abasht,
abasshid, p.p. made faint, afraid, abashed,
Josh. ii. 9. Ez. xxi. 14. Mk. v. 42. xvi. 5.
p. baishide.
abece, the alphabet, i Kings prol. p. 2.
Esth. prol. p. 636 ; pi. abeces, abicees,
I Kings prol. p. 2.
a-begging, for the purpose of begging, Ps.
Iviii. 7.
abide, abijd, abyde, to wait, dwell, Lev. xix.
13. Ruth i. 13. Is. xxviii. 10; pr.t. abid-
ith, abytt, abit, i Kings ii. 36 ; pi. abiden,
Tob. vi. 10; p.t. abod, abode, abood,
aboode, Gen. xii. 10. Job xxx. 26. Lk.
ii. 25 ; pi. aboden, abooden, abeden,
abedin, abiden, abideden, abididen, Judg.
iii. 25. i Kings xxx. 10, 21. Is. lix. 9.
Deeds xxviii. 6. Lk. ii. 38. Job. viii. 7.
i Pet. iii. 20 ; p.p. abeden, abedun,
abidun, abiden, Gen. viii. 10. Mt. xv. 32.
Deeds xviii. 18. v. bide,
abiding, abidynge, n. expectation, Geu. xlix.
10. Ps. xxxviii. 8.
abie, to suffer for, Job xx. 18.
abitable, inhabitable, Ex. xvi. 35.
abite, habit, dress, Gen. xxxviii. 14, 19.
i Tim. ii. 9.
abited, p.p. inhabited, Jer. 1. 13.
ablere, comp. more fit, Eccles. xi. 4.
abode, abood. v. abide,
aboue-broujte, p.t, brought upon, Bar. iv.
10, 14.
aboue-enhaunse, imp. exalt greatly, Dan. iii.
57; p.p. aboue-enhaunsid, Dan. iii. 52.
aboue-hauncid, aboue-hauncyd, p.p. greatly
exalted, Ps. xxxvi. 35. Ixxi. 16.
aboue-lede, to bring upon, Dan. ix. 12.
aboue-membrid, p.p. above mentioned, Tob.
iv. 22. v. membrede.
aboue-preisable, very worthy of praise, Dan.
i"- 53-
aboue-preiseful, very worthy of praise, Dan.
>»• 53-
aboue-reyse, imp. exalt greatly, Dan. iii. 58;
p.p. aboue-reysid, Dan. iii. 54.
aboue-semynge, excellent, Eph. iii. 19.
aboue-strecche, to stretch above, Ez.xxxvii.6.
aboun, abouen, abowen, adv. above, Judg.
v. 10. iv Kings iii. 21.
aboute-waiteris, spiers about, Ps. xxx. 7.
abregge, to make short, Ecclus. xxviii. jo ;
p.p. abreged, Mt. xxiv. 22; pr.p. abreg-
gynge, Rom. ix. 28. v. breggid.
abreggyng, an abridging, Is. x. 23. xxviii. 22.
a-brode, a-brood, adv. abroad, Gen. ix. 27.
xxvi. 22. xxviii. 14.
abusioun, an abusing, Ps. xxx. 19.
accept, p.p. accepted, Lk. iv. 19, 24. Rom.
xv. 16. ii Cor. vi. 2. i Tim. v. 4.
aclumsid, p.p. unloosed, Jer. vi. 24. Ez. xxi. 7.
v. clumsid.
acolit, acolyt, an acolyte, Coloss. prol. p. 429.
ii Thess. prol. p. 448.
acoolynge, n. a cooling, refreshing, n Mace.
iv. 46.
acordith, pr.t. is fit, agrees, Gen. xlviii.
18. Luc. v. 36; p.t.pl. acordiden, Ex.
xxxix. 18 ; p.p. acordid, accordid, Mt. v.
24. xx. 13. i Cor. vii. n.
acordyng, n. agreement, reconciling, Job
xxv. 2. Rom. v. ii.
acquenchid, aquent, p.p. destroyed, quench-
ed, Lk. prol. i. p. 141. Deeds prol. p. 507.
acreesynge, pr.p. increasing, Gen. xlix. 22.
actouris, autours, pi. keepers, (Lat. actores,)
Gal. iv. 3.
acumblid, p.p. unloosed, Jer. vi. 24. v.
cumblid.
acumbred, p.p. made heavy or stiff, Ex.
xv. 15.
adamaunt, adamant, Hos. xi.8. Zech. vii. 12.
addris. ». eddre.
adese, adze, Is. xliv. 13.
adiurement, a charging, Tob. ix. 5.
a-doun, adv. down, Num. iv. 5. Judg. ix. 48.
Job xviii. 16. Mt. iii. 10.
adrad, adred, p.p. afraid, Gen. xxvii. 33.
in Esdr. viii. 75. Judith xii. 12. v. drede.
a-feer, a-fer, a-ferre, adv. afar, Gen. xxi. 16.
xxii. 4. Lev. xiv. 40. Lk. xiv. 32.
afeere, afere, affer, to make afraid, Lev.
xxvi. 6. Job xi. 19. Is xvii. 2. Mk. xv. 40;
p.p. aferd, afeerd, aferde, afered, afferid,
affrayed, Gen. xxxii. 7. i Mace. vii. 30.
Mt. xiv. 30. xxviii. 4. Lk. xxiv. 22.
Job. xiv. 27. v. feere.
4 u 2
affitchide, p.p. affixed, iv Kings xviii. 16.
v. Heche,
a-fier, a-fiere, adv. on fire, Num. xxi. 6. Ez.
xxviii. 14. Prov. xxx. 5.
a-foote, a-fote, adv. on foot, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p. 68. Mk. vi. 33.
a-fore, prep, before, Lev. iv. 6.
a-forn ajens, a-forn sens, adv. opposite, over-
against, Mk. xv. 39. v. forn-asens.
aftir-comers, aftir-comeris, posterity, Gen.
xxi. 23. xxvi. 4. Lev. xvii. 7.
aftir-comyngus, consequences, Ecclus. iii. 32.
xi. 17.
agaste, to make greatly afraid, ii Par. xxxii.
18; p.p. agast, agastid, Gen. xliii. 18.
Deut. i. 29. Mt. viii. 26. Lk. xxiv. 37.
v. gaste.
agregge, aggrege, to make heavy, to harden,
Is. vi. 10; pr.t.pl. agreggen, i Kings vi. 6;
p.t. agreggide, agregide, i Kings vi. 6.
in Kings xii. 10; pi. aggregiden, Zech.
vii. 12; p.p. agredgyd, agreggid, Gen. xviii.
20. Judg. xx. 34. v. gregge.
a-goon, a-gon, adv. ago, Gen. xxxi. 2.11 Mace.
xiv. 36. v. gon.
agreued, p.p. made heavy or hard, Ex. ix. 7.
agrisen, to dread greatly, Ecclus. xxxviii. 4;
p.t. agriside, Job xix. 17. v. grisedist.
aymed. v. eyme.
aisch, aische, aysche, asch, ashes, Gen. xviii.
27. Deut. xxviii. 24. Mt. xi. 21; pi.
aisshis, aischis, asches, ayshen, asshen,
Gen. xviii. 6. 27. Num. iv. 13. v. aske.
aisel, aysel, aycel, vinegar, Mt. xxvii. 48.
Mk. xv. 36. Joh. xix. 29. v. eisel.
ake, aake, pr.t. ache, iv Kings iv. 19. Jer.
iv. 19; akith, iv Kings iv. 19; p.t. akide,
in Kings xv. 23.
akir, an acre, i Kings xiv. 14.
al, all, alle, hal, an awl, Ex. xxi. 6. Deut.
xv. 17.
al-abide, to constantly dwell, Prov. xv. 31.
al-aboute, al-abouten, adv. wholly, Gen. xlii.
28. Ps. xvii. 24. Ecclus. xxxix. 17.
alarge, to make large, Gen. xi. 27. xxxii. 12;
pr.t.pl. alargen, Mt. xxiii. 5; p.t. 2 p.
alargidist, Ps. xvii. 37 ; p.p. alargid, Gen.
xxvi. 22. n Cor. vi. ii. v. large,
alargyng, n. making large, Ez. xxxi. 7.
alblasters,alblasteris, crossbow men, n Kings
700
GLOSSARY.
viii. 18. xv. 18. iv Kings xi. 18. c. ar-
blasteris.
al-brekende, pr. p. breaking in pieces, Is.
xxviii. 2.
al-brent, p.p. wholly burnt, Gen. xxii. 2.
Ex. xxxii. 6. v. brenne.
al-closid, p.p. entirely closed, Wisd. ii. 5.
al-couereden, p.t.pl. entirely covered, Ps.
liv. 6.
al-defouled, p.p. entirely ruined, Is. xxiv.io.
al-delicen, to perfectly delight, Eccles. ii. 10.
alder-hesest, most high, Deeds vii. 48. v. al-
ther-heesist.
al-disturbith, pr.t. disturbs altogether, Prov.
xv. 27; p.t.pl. al-disturbiden, Ps. Ixxxvii.
18; p.p. al-disturbid, Ps. xli. 7. liv. 4, 5.
Ivi. 5.
al-doun, adv. quite down, Judg. vii. 13.
aldre, alder, adj. elder, Ex.iv.29- Deut.xxii. 1 7.
aldren, aldryn, elders, Ex. x. 9, pass. Deut.
xxii. 18. v. eldren.
aleggid, p.p. lightened, relieved, Is. ix. I.
aleis, aleies, aleyes, alleys, lanes, in Kings
vii. 2. S. Sol. ii. i. vi. 10.
aleris. v. alure.
al-folden, a\-falt,p.p. wrapped up, Is.xxxviii.
12. v. folden.
al-for-slept, p.p. fast asleep, Prov. xxiii.
34-
algat, algatis, allegates, adv. wholly, in all man-
ner, always, Gen. xxxiii. 15. Ex. ix. 4, 6.
Mt. xxvi. ii. Rom. ii. 10. 2 Cor. v. 6.
al-helid, p.p. perfectly healed, Jer. viii. 22.
al-hool, al-hol, quite well, entire, Gen. xliii.
28.
alie, alye, relative, kinsman, Ex. xviii. 15.
alienen, to estrange, Ecclus. xi. 36; p.t.
alienyde, i Mace. xv. 27 ; pi. alieneden,
i Mace. vi. 24; p.p. aliened, alienyd, Ps.
Ivii. 4. Ez. xiv. 7.
alienyng, n. estrangement, Job xxxi. 3.
aliete, sea-eagle, ospray, (Lat. haliteetus,) Lev.
xi. 13. Deut. xiv. 12.
alijted, p.p. lightened, relieved, Is. ix. I.
alistne, alijtte, to enlighten, i Cor. iv. 5.
v. listne.
almaunder, almond-tree, Eccles. xii. 5; pi.
almanders, Gen. xxx. 37.
almaundis, alemaundis, almonds, Gen. xliii.
ii. Num. xvii. 8.
almery, almarie, store-chest, Pref. ep. c. iv.
p. 64; pi. almeries, chronicles, (Lat. com-
mentarii,) ii Mace. ii. 13. v. armaries.
almesse, alms, Mt. vi. 2; pi. almessis, Deeds
x. 2.
almesse-deede, almesse-deedis, alms-deeds,
Tob. ii. 16. iv. 7. ii, 12. ix. 9.
almest, almost, Judg. viii. i. i Mace. v. 13.
al-onli,al-oonli,on/y,Ex.xxii.27. Is. xxviii. 19.
aloonenesse, aloonesse, desolate condition,
Esth. xvi. 14. Joel ii. 3.
aloothinge, pr.p. loathing, Lk. prol. i. p.i42.
Deeds prol. p. 508. v. lothende.
al-out-driede, p.t. was extremely dry, Is. v.
13; pp. al-out-dried, Gen. viii. 13.
alouwid,^).*. admitted, accounted, Wisd. iii. 6;
p.p. alowid, Gen. xv. 6. v. loouwede.
al-plesede, p.t. perfectly pleased, Is. xlii. i.
al-redi, ready, prompt, Gen. xvii. 3.
al-rijsen, to rise together, Ps. xciii. 16.
al-sory, quite sorrowful, Ps. liv. 3.
al-stille, entirely quiet, Is. xxiv. 8. xxv. 37.
all-sturbist, pr.t. 2 p. greatly disturbest, Ps.
xli. 12.
al-take, to take altogether, Ps. Ixviii. 25.
alther-best, adj. very good, I Kings ix. 10.
alther-best, adv. very well, Gen. xxxix. 3.
alther-fattest, very fat, i Kings xv. 32.
alther-heesist, althir-heijest, alther-hesist,
most high, Num. xxiv.i6. iv Kings xv. 35.
Ps. xiv. 5. v. alder-hejest.
al-to-brasten, al-to-brosten, p.t.pl. burst in
pieces, n Par. xxv. 12; p.p. al-to-borsten,
al-to-brostun, Num. v. 21. v. to-braste.
al-to-breke, to break in pieces entirely, Deut.
xxviii. 20. Jer. xxx. 8. Lk.xx.l8; p.t.
al-to-brak, Josh. x. 10. iv Kings xxi.
9 ; pi. al-to-braken, iv Kings x. 27 ;
p j).al-to-brokun, al-to-broke, Deut.xxviii.
24. ii Par. xxxiv. 7. Is. Ii. 6; pr.p. al-
to-brekynge, Jer. xxiii. 29. v. to-breke.
al-to-brende, p.t. burnt entirely, Ps. cv. 18.
v. to-brenne.
al-to-brese, al-to-brise, to break utterly in
pieces, Ps. xiv. 10. Mt. xxi. 44; pp. al-to-
broste, Jer. ii. 20. v. to-brose.
al-to-dercned, p.p. utterly darkned, Ps. Ixviii.
24. Is. xiii. 10. v. to-dercned.
al-to-drawynge, pr.p. dragging to pieces, Lk.
ix. 39. v. to-drawe.
al-to-feblid, p.p. made utterly feeble, Is.
xxxviii. 14.
al-to-foule, to utterly defoul, Is. xxx. 22;
p.p. al-to-foulid, i Mace. x. 53.
al-to-kut, p.p. cut to pieces, i Par. xx. 3.
al-to-moued, p.p. greatly moved, Jer. Ii. 29.
v. to-moued.
al-to-powne, to break in pieces, Mt. xxi.
44; p.p. al-to-powned, Deut. xxviii. 24.
v. to-poone.
al-to-pullid, p.p. pulled entirely in pieces, Is.
xviii. 2. liv. n. v. to-pulle.
al-to-rende, to tear in pieces, Hos. xiii. 8.
al-to-stereth, pr.t. altogether moves, Wisd.
iii. 15; p.p. al-to-stirid, Ps. xxxvii. 17.
v. to-stere.
al-to-streit, very narrow, Is. xxviii. 20.
al-to-sturbist, pr.t. 2 p. greatly disturbest,
Ps. xlii. 5.
al-to-trede, to tread down utterly, Deut. vii.
24; p.t. al-to-trade, iv Kings vii. 17;
pi. al-to-traden, Judg. ix. 27; p.p. al-to-
troden, Jer. ii. 37. v. to-trede.
al-to-trembliden, p.t.pl. trembled greatly,
Jer. xxiii. 9.
al-to-trublidist, p.t.2p. extremely afflictedst,
Ps. Ixxiii. 13; pi. al-to-trubleden, Dan.
v. 6. v. to-truble.
al-to-wrappid, p.p. entirely folded up, Is. ix.
18.
al-to-wrastled, p.p. struggled greatly, Ecclus.
Ii. 23.
al-turned, p.p. converted, Ps. Ixx. 20. Jon.
iii. 9; pr.p. al-turnende, Is. xliv. 25.
al-whit, perfectly white, Ps. 1. 9.
alure, alley, thoroughfare, open space serving
as a window, in Kings vi. 36 ; pi. aluris,
aleris, in Kings vii. 2. iv Kings i. 2.
amende, to make amends, chastise, mend,
Prov. xxv. 8; p.p. amended, amendid,
Lk. xxiii. 16; pr.p. amendynge, Mt. iv.
21.
amfore, pot, (Lat. amphora,) i Kings i. 24.
Zech. v. 6.
a-myddis, prep, amidst, Gen. xxxv. 2.
aroygal. v. mygal.
a-mys, adv. astray, Gen. xxxvii. 15.
amyse, clothing, apparel, Is. xxii. 17.
amyt, amyte, hood, garment, Ex. xxxix. 21.
Hebr. i. 12.
amome, amonye, cinnamon, Apoc. xviii. 13.
amoneste, to warn, admonish, I Cor. iv. 14.
p.t. amonestide, amonestede, in Kings
xv.i3.Tob.viii.4- Rom.prol.2.p.3O3; pi.
amonestiden, i Mace. xii. 50; p.p. amo-
nestid, Rom. prol.i. p. 300. v. moneste.
amongis, prep, amongst, I Cor. xvi. 10.
a-morewe, adv. in the morning, Deeds iv. 5.
ample, amte, anpte, ant, Prov. vi. 6; pi.
amptis, amtis, Prov. xxx. 25.
an-hieje, an-hij, adv. on high, Mt. ii. 18.
anefeld, anefelt, anfeeld, an anvil, Job xli.
15. Ecclus. xxxviii. 29.
an-egge, on-egge, adv. on edge, Ez. xviii. 2.
anelid,p.p. baked, Is. xvi. 7, n.
anens, anent, anentis, anentys, anentist,
anemptis, prep, with, at, Gen. xii. 15.
xxxi. 32. xlii. 33. i Esdr. ix. 8. in Esdr.
vi. i. Wisd. ii. i. Mt. xix. 26. Lk. i. 30.
Rom. ii. 5.
anese, anete, anise, Mt. xxiii. 23.
angil-hoc, angling hook, Is. xix. 8.
angwischide, p.t. tormented, i Kings i. 6;
p.p. angwischid, Gen. xxxi. 40.
angwishe, anguish, Gen. xlii. 21 ; pi. an-
gwischis, anguysses, Deut. xxvi. 7.
anyntische, to bring to nought, to destroy, Ps.
cxxxvi. 7. Ecclus. xiii. 8 j p.p. anyntisch-
id, anentyschid, Ps. Ixxiv. 9. Rom. iv. 14.
v. eneyntisyng.
a-nyj, adv. nigh, Jer. xxiii. 23.
anoye, to grieve,, trouble. Num. xxi. 4; p.t.
anoiede, anoyede, nCor. i. 8; p.p. anoyed,
Mk. xiv. 33. v. noise,
anoye, annoyance, chagrin, Ps. cxviii. 28.
pi. anoyes, Job vi. 9.
anoynt, p.p. anointed, Gen. 1. 3. Num. vi. 15.
Ruth iii. 3. v. oynte.
anoon, presently, Gen. iv. 7. xv. 4.
anonre, to worship, Ex. xxxiv. 14; p.t. an-
ourede, anouride, Gen. xix. i. xxiv. 48;
pi. anowryden, Gen. xxxiii. 7 ; p.p. an-
owrned, (?) Gen. xxxiii. 7. r. onouryde.
anourne, anowrn, to adorn, dress, Gen. xxiv.
47. Ex. xxv. 7; p.t. anournede, iv Kings
ix. 30; pi. anourneden, Mt. xxv. 7 ;
p.p. anournyd, Apoc. xxi. 2. t>. enourned.
anournment, anornment, adorning, Ex.
xxxiii. 5.
anowrnyng, n. adorning, Gen. ii. i.
anow?, enough, i Kings xxv. 15. v. ynow.
GLOSSARY.
701
apaid, apayed, apaied, p.p. contented, satis-
fied, Lk. hi. 14. i Tim. vi. 8. Hebr. xiii. 5.
v. payd.
a-parti, adv. partly, in part, Job prol. p. 671.
apassid, apast, p.p. past, Is. liv. 15.
apechid, p.p. accused, Num. v. 14.
apeyrith, pr. t. impairs, I Cor. v. 6; p.p.
apeyrid, worn, Deut. xxix. 5. v. peire.
apeirement, harm, injury, Phil. iii. 8.
apeirere, injurer, Cath. Epp. prol. i. p. 594.
apeyryngis, injuries, Phil. iii. 7.
apeliden, p.t.pl. appealed against, accused,
i Mace. x. 64.
apert, open, Mk. iv. 22. Lk. viii. 17; in
apert, openly, i Cor. ii. 33.
apeertly, apertly, apertlich, manifestly, Pref.
ep. c. vii. p. 71. Lev. xiii. 36. Tob. ii. 22.
i Tim. iii. 16.
applie, applyen, to bring to, seek to, arrive at,
Num. xvi. 5. i Par. ii. 16 ; imp.pl. aplieth,
i Kings xiv. 38 ; p.t. appliede, i Mace.
iii. 42 ; pi. applieden, I Mace. iii. 40.
apon, upon, Mt. vii. 26.
apostilhed, apostlehed, office of apostle,Rom.
i. 5. i Cor. ix. 2. ii Cor. xii. 12.
appareyl, appareil, apparel, aparel, company,
equipage, provision, I Mace. ix. 35, 39, 52.
ii Mace. xii. 14 ; pi. appareils, apparels,
ii Mace. xii. 27.
appel-croke, hook to gather apples, Pref. ep.
c. vii. p. 70.
aquent. v. acquenchid.
aquyte, to requite, Deut. xxxii. 41. v. quyte.
a-rawe. v. a-rowe.
araiers, preparers, Esth. viii. 9.
arbitrouris, arbitrators, judges, in Esdr.
viii. 26.
arblasteris, crossbow men, n Kings viii. 18.
xx. 7. v. alblasters, arow-blasters.
arblastis, engines to shoot arrows, i Mace. vi.
20, 51.
architriclyn, master of the feast, (Lat. archi-
triclinus,) Joh. ii. 8.
areche, arecche, to reach, extend, Gen. xlix.
13. Jer. xv. 6. Lk. xi. 12. Joh. xiii. 26;
pr.p. arechynge, Gen. xlix. 13.
arede, areede, to declare, Mt. xxvi. 68.
Mk. xiv. 65. Lk. xxii. 64.
areyns. v. ireyne.
areiside, p.t. lifted up, Heb. 2. 24; p.p. arei-
sid, areysid, Mt. xi. 23. Joh. iii. 14. viii.
28; pr.p. areysynge, Obad. 3.
arere, areere, to raise up, Ex. xiv. 16. xl. 2;
p.t. arered, areeride, areride, Ex. x. 13.
xl. 16. Mk. i. 31 ; pi. arereden, Gen. vii.
17. Deut. xxxii. 16; p.p. arerid, Gen.
xviii. 2. Mt. xi. 23; pr.p. arerynge, Ps.
ci. it. v. rere.
arereres, awakeners, Judith xiv. 9.
aresonyde, p. t. produced reasons to, n Esdr.
xiii. 21.
arette, to reckon, charge, Lev. xi. 4. Phi-
lem. 18; p.t. arettide, Gen. xxxi. 15.
Rom. iv. 8 ; p.p. arettid, Gen. xv. 6.
i Mace. x. 38. Mk. xv. 28. Lk. xxii. 37 ;
pr.p. arettinge, Ex. xiii. 17. v. rette.
a-rewe. v. a-rowe.
arewe, arwe, arrow, n Kings i. 22. Judith
v. 16; pi. arwes, arwea, Gen. xxvii. 3.
Jer. Ii. ii.
arewe-caas, arwes-caas, arrow-case, Gen.
xxvii. 3 ; pi. arewe-cases, arowe-caasis,
i Par. xviii. 7.
arew-girdlis, quivers, Ez. xxvii. n.
argentarie, silversmith, Deeds xix. 24.
ariel, upper part of the altar, Ez. xliii. 14.
armaries, pi. chronicles, (Lat. commentarii,)
i Esdr. iv. 15. v. almeries.
armeres, armeris, pi. weapons, arms, Gen.
xxvii. 3. Deut. i. 41. Joh. xviii. 3.
ann-sercle, armlet, Gen. xxxviii. 18; pi.
ann-serclis, Gen. xxiv. 22, 30.
arn. v. ben.
aroos, p.t. arose, Gen. iv. 8; pi. arisen, Judg.
xx. 18, 19; p.p. arysun, Gen. xxxii. 22.
arow-blasters, crossbowmen, u Kings viii.
18. v. arblasteris.
a-rowe, a-rewe, a-rawe, on-rowe, adv. in
row, one after another, Pref. ep. c. vii.
pp. 70, 72. Ps. xxxii. 15. 'Is. xiii. 14.
arre, a scar, Lev. xxii. 22.
arreden (?), p.t. pi. excited, Deut. xxxii. 16.
arsroppis, entrails, bowels, i Kings v. 9.
v. ers.
arst, previously, i Esdr. ii. 68.
arte, to narrow, confine, compress, Ecclus.
ix. i g ; p. t. artide, Judg. i. 34; p.p.
artid, artyd, Pref. ep. c. vii. pp. 69, 72.
Ex. xiv. 3.
artou, artow, art thou, Mt. viii. 29. xi. 3.
arwe. v, arewe.
asaie, asaye, assaye, to try, prove, tempt,
Ex. xvi. 4. Deut. viii. 2. Judg. vi. 39.
i Kings xvii. 39 ; p. t. asayede, assaiede,
Gen. xxii. i. Ex. xv. 25; p.p. asayed,
assaied, n Par. xxxii. 31. Rom. xv. 26.
i Cor. ii. 14; pr.p. asayinge, n Cor. i. 9.
v. sayed.
asaie, assay, a trial, Phil. ii. 22.
ascape, to escape, Deut. iv. 42 ; p. t. asca-
pide, Ge'n. xiv. 13. v. scapen.
aseelen, p. t. pi. seal, II Esdr. x. I ; p.p.
aseelid, aselid, Esth. iii. 12. Wisd. ii. 5.
a-seeth, a-seethe, satisfaction, i Kings iii.
14. ii Kings xix. 7. i Esdr. v. 5. Mk.
xv. 15.
aserche, aserchen, to search, i Kings xx.
12. in Kings xx. 6; pr.p. aserchynge,
Gen. xxxi. 34. xliv. 12.
asydis, adv. aside, Mt. xvii. I.
asidis-half, asydis-half, aside-half, adv.
aside, by themselves, on one side, Gen. xxi.
28, 29. Num. xvi. 16. ii Kings iii. 27.
in Kings xviii. 6. Mk. vi. 31, 32.
asydis-hond, aside, by themselves, Gal. ii. 2.
v. on-sidis-hond.
asile, place of refuge, asylum, n Mace. iv.
34-
aske, ashes, Gen. xviii. 27. Mt. xi. 21 ; pi.
asken, askes, askis, ashes, Ex. ix. 8. v.
aiach.
askynge, n. a petition, Judg. viii. 24. in
Kings ii. 20 ; pi. askingus, Ps. xxxvi. 4.
v. aekynge.
a-sleepe, a-slepe, adv. asleep, Judith xiii. 4.
Ps. iii. 6. Jer. li-39-
aslepid, p.p. fast asleep, Judith xiii. 4.
Prov. xxiii. 34.
asoilen, assoile, assoyle, to solve, absolve,
Judg. xiv. 13, 14. i Mace. x. 29; p.t.
assoilide, ii Mace. iv. 47; p.p. assoylid,
Deeds xix. 39. v. soiled,
asoilingis, solutions, Wisd. viii. 8.
aspie, aspyen, to lay wait, watch primly, Gen.
iii. 15. iv Kings vii. 13; p.t.pl. aspieden,
Mk. iii. 2. Lk. vi. 7 ; p. p. aspied, n
Mace. xiv. 31; pr.p. aspiyng, aspying,
Lk. ii. 54. xvii. 20.
aspiere, spy, beholder, i Esdr. viii. 31.
Ez. xxxiii. 2j pi. aspieris, Gen. xiii. 9.
Jer. vi. 17. Lk. xx. 20. Hebr. xi. 31.
v. spiere.
aspies, wait, ambush, treason, Gen. iii. 15.
Ex. xxi. 13. Mk. vi. 19. Deeds xxiii.
16. v. spies.
aspies, pi. spies, Gen. xiii. 30. 34. ' r
aspiyngli, traitorously, Ecclus. xxxii. 19.
aspyingis, wait, ambush, treason, Deeds xx.
19. Eph. vi. ii.
assaile, to come upon, i Par. vii. 21 ; p. t.
assailide, asaylide, Gen. xv. 12. xxxv. 5;
pi. assaileden, Gen. xv. 12.
assossied, p.p. associated, in Kings xxii.
astericho, asterye, an asterisk, Pref. ep.
c. ix. p. 75.
astonieden, p. t. were astonished, Is. xxi. 4 ;
p.p. astonyid, astoneyed, Lev. xxvi. 32.
Is. xix. 15. Mk. ix. 14. Deeds ii. 6; pr.p.
astonyinge, Judg. xv. 8. v. stonese.
astonying, n. astonishment, Gen. xxvii. 33.
astronomyen, diviner by stars, Dan. ii. 10;
pi. astronomyenes, astronomyens, Lev.
xx. 6. Dan. ii. 2. Mt. ii. i, 16.
astronomier, diviner by stars, Dan. ii. 10 ;
pi. astromyeris, astromiers, astronomyers,
Lev. xix. 31. Dan. ii. 2. Mt. ii. i, 16.
atake, to overtake, take, Pref. ep. c. viii.
p. 74. Lev. xxvi. 5. Josh. ii. g; p.p.
ataken, atake, Gen. xxxi. 25. v. otaken.
athinkith, pr. t . repents, Gen. vi. "]; p.p.
athoust, Ex. xiii. 7. v. othenkyn.
athenkynge, n. repentance, I Kings xv. 29.
atier, atire, attyr, apparel, ornaments, Ex.
xxxiii. 4. Ez. xxiii. 40.
a-treet, a-treed, adv. <feiinc%,nEsdr.viii.8.
atte, at the, Mt. v. 23.
attentifly, attentively, Josh. xxii. 5.
attercop, a spider, Is. lix. 5 ; pi. attercoppis,
Job viii. 14. Is. IK. 5.
at-worth, acceptably, worthily, (?) Ps. 1. ai.
a-twynne, a-twynny, a-twyny, adv. in two,
apart, Ex. xxviii. 28. Dan. xiii. 51. Mt.
xxv. 33. Deeds xv. 39. Gal. v. 15.
aube, cope, Ex. xxxix. 20. Lev. viii. 7.
auncetry, ancestry, ancestors, Lev. xxvii. 22;
pi. auncetries, Lev. xxvii. 22.
austerne, stern, austere, Lk. xix. 21.
austernesse, sternness, Esth. xv. 10.
auter, altar, Gen. viii. 20; pi. auteris, au-
teers, autris, Ex. xxxiv. 13.
702
GLOSSARY.
aujt, anything, Prov. x. 4.
aust, ajte, p. I. owed, Mt. xviii. 24. Lk. vii.
41. Mk. prol. i; p.p. ajt, Deut. xv. I.
xviii. 8. Josh. ix. 7. v. awe, oujte.
auauntith, pr. t. boasts, Prov. xxviii. 25 ; pi.
auaunten, Rom. prol. p. 302 m.
auenture, issue, result (Lot. eventns), Ex.
ii. 4.
auerous, auerouse, auerowse, avaricious,
Pref. ep. c. viii. p. 75. Prov. i. 19. xxix. 4.
auerously, greedily, Job xxvii. 8.
auyse, to consider, 11 Kings xxiv. 13.
auysement, deliberation, Ex. xxi. 14.
auysseli, auisili, advisedly, Gen. xxxii. 22.
Deeds xxv. 4.
auoide, auoyde, to make void, do away,
Ecclus. xiii. 6. I Cor. ix. 15. xv. 24 ; p.p.
auoided, auoidid, auoydid, Job xv. 4.
Ecclus. ii. 8. Rom. iii. 3. Gal. v. 4.
auoket, advocate, I Job. ii. I.
auouter, auowter, an adulterer, Lev. xx. 10.
Deut. xxii. 22 ; pi. auouters, auouteris,
Mai. iii. 5. Lk. xviii. n.
auoutrende, auoutrynge, pr.p. doing adul-
tery, Wisd. xiv. 24. ii Cor. ii. 17.
auoutrere, auowtreer, adulterer, Deut. xxii.
22. Mt. xii. 39 ; pi. auoutreres, auou-
treris, auowtrerys, Mai. iii. 5. Lk. xviii.
ii. i Cor. vi. 10.
auoutresse, auowtres, a wo vvtresse, adulteress,
Lev. xx. 10. Deut. xxii. 22. Mt. xii. 39.
Rom. vii. 3; pi. auoutressis, Ez. xxiii.
45-
auoutrie, auowtrye, auowtrie, adultery, Gen.
xxxix. 10. Lev. xx. 10. Mt. v. 32. Lk.
xvi. 8 ; pi. auoutries, auowtries, Jer. xiii.
27. Mt. xv. 19.
auowe, to vow, Lev. xxvii. 14. 16. Num.
xxx. 3; p.t. auowide, Gen. xxviii. 20;
p.p. auowid, Deut. xii. 26.
auowe, n. a vow, Gen. xxxi. 13. Num. xxx.
7 ; pi. auowis, auowes, Ex. xxxvi. 3. Lev.
xxiii. 38.
awe, pr. t. ought, Ex. xxi. 13; p.t. awjte,
Is. v. 4. v. aust.
aweytid, p.p. laid in wait for, Ex. xxi. 13.
v. weitid.
axcess. v. excess,
axe, to ask, Gen. xxiv. 57. xxx. 31. Mt.
ii. 8; pr. t. axeth, axith, Mt. v. 42. Lk.
prol. i. p. 141 ; imp. pi. axeth, axith,
Mt. x. ii; p. t. axide, Gen. xxiii. 16.
Judg. vi. 40. Mt. xvi. 13; pi. axeden,
axden, Gen. xxiv. 58. Mt. xvii. 10. Lk.
iii. 10. 14; p.p. axid, axide, Ex. xxi. 30.
Mt. xiv. 7 ; pr.p. axende, axynge, axinge,
Mt. vii. n. Mk. ix. 13. Lk. i. 63.
axer, axere, asker, Zecb. ix. 8. Lk. xii. 58.
axyng, n. a petition, Judg. viii. 24. in
Kings ii. 20; pi. axynges, axyngis, Ps.
xxxvi. 4. i Job. v. 15. v. askynge.
axtre, axletree, Ecclus. xxxiii. 5; pi. ax-
trees, in Kings vii. 30.
a;ein, aseyn, a;een, asen, adv. again, Gen.
iii. 19. xxviii. 15. Mt. ii. 8. 12.
ajen, ajein, aseins, ajens, asenus, ajeinus,
ajeinys, aseynst, prep, against, Gen. iv. 8.
xxvi. 20. xxxii. 28. Is. xxxiv. 14. Mt. v.
11. vii. 27. viii. 34. x. 35. xii. 30. v.
aforn-ajens, euen-ajens, forn-ajens.
asen-aske, to require, Gen. xliii. 9. Deut.
xxiv. 10; p.p. aseen-askid, Wisd. xv. 8.
ajen-biere, ajeen-biere, ajen-byer, redeemer,
Job. xix. 25. Ps. xviii. 15. Deeds vii.
35-
ajeyn-byggen.asen-bygge, ajen-bie, ajen-by e,
to redeem, Ex. vi. 6. xiii. 13. Lk. xxiv.
21. Tit. ii. 14; p. t. 2 p. asen-biest, Ex.
xiii. 13; p.t. ajen-boujte, Deut. vii. 8;
2 p. asen-boustist, Ex. xv. 13. Apoc. v. 9 ;
p.p. asen-boujt, ajen-boujte, Lev.xxv.3i.
Lk. xxiv. 21. Gal. iii. 13.
asen-biggy ng, ajen-biyng, asen-byinge, a3ein-
biynge, n. redemption, Lev. xxv. 24.
Mk. x. 45. Rom. viii. 23.
ajein-biheest, asen-byhest, ajen-biheeste,
repromission, Gal. iii. 18. Hebr. vi. 15;
pi. a?en-biheestis, Hebr. xi. 13.
aseen-bihotere, a pledger, engager, Ecclus.
xxix. 21.
ajeen-bihoteth, pr. t. becomes surety for, Ec-
clus. xxix. 23 ; p. t. ajen-bihijte, Hebr.
x. 23.
ajeen-bihoting, n. promise, engagement, Ec-
clus. xxix. 24.
asen-beholdynge, pr.p. looking against, Ex.
xxxvii. 9.
asen-bowid, p.p. recurved, m Kings vii.
26.
ajeen-bringe, to bring back, Tob. v. 20.
Job x. 9 ; p. t. ajen-brou3te, Ex. xv. 19 ;
p. p. ajeen-brost, Tob. xii. 3. Ps. Ixx.
20.
ajeen-chiding, n. chiding against, Ecclus.
xxi. 5.
ajen-clepe, to recall, Tob. xiii. 12. Rom. x.
7 ; p.t. pi. ajen-clepiden, Ex. x. 8; p.p.
asen-elepid, Num. xii. 14.
ajeen-cleping, n. a calling back, Esth. iv. ii.
asen-come, ajen-com, to meet, Gen. xxiv.
12. xlvi. 28. Ex. xxiii. 4; pr.p. ajen-
comynge, Deut. i. 44.
ajen-comyng, n. meeting, Gen. xiv. 17. xxx.
16. xxxii. 6.
asen-drawe, imp. draw back, Ex. iv. 7 ; p.t.
ajen-dreus, asen-drewe, Ex. iv. 7.
asen-fistinge, pr.p. fighting against, Rom.
vii. 23.
ajeen-flourede, p. t. flourished again, Ps.
xxvii. 7.
ajen-frusshiden, p.t. pi. became stiff '(Lat.o6-
riguerunt), Ex. xv. 15.
ajen-goyng, n. a meeting, Gen. xiv. 17.
asen-goynge, pr.p. going back, Gen. viii. 3.
asen-holde, to retain, Gen. xxiv. 56. Ecclus.
iv. 28.
aseen-keelen, to cool again, Ecclus. xviii.
16.
asen-knewe, p. t. knew, I Kings xxiii. 9.
aseen-lede, to bring back, Tob. v. 15.
asen-legge, to allege, i Esdr. prol. p. 477.
aseen-mesuren, to make exact retribution,
Is. Ixv. 7.
asein-rennyng, n. an incursion, II Mace. vi. 3.
a;en-riden, p. t. pi. rode against, Is.
xxix. 7.
a3en-risen, to rise against, Esth. ii. 21.
ajen-risyng, n. a resurrection, Joh. v. 29.
ajeen-seche, to seek again, Ps. cxviii. 145 ;
p. t. ajeen-soste, Ps. cxli. 5.
ajeen-sechere, asein-secher, one who seeks
that which is lost, Jer. xxx. 17.
a3en-seie, ajen-seye, to contradict, reply,
Gen. xliv. 16. Lk. xxi. 15 ; p. t. ajen-
seide, Num. xxx. 6; p.p. ajeinseid, Lk.
ii. 34.
asen-seiyng, n. contradiction, Num. xx. 13.
Hebr. vii. 7 ; pi. asen-seiyngus, a;en-
seyngis, Ps. xvii. 44.
a3en-seyeris, ajen-seyeres, pi. advtrsaries,
Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63.
aseen-serchere, one who seeks that which is
lost, Jer. xxx. 17.
aseen-shinen, pr. t. pi. become reflected, Prov.
xxvii. 19.
aseen-sounende, pr. p. resounding, Wisd.
xvii. 18.
asen-spreynt, p.p. sprinkled again, Lev. xiv.
44-
ajein-stonde, ajen-stonde, ajen-stonden, to
withstand, resist, Gen. 1. 19. Judith iv. I.
Mt. v. 39. Lk. ii. 53 ; pr. t. asen-stant,
Rom. xiii. 2; p.t. asen-stood, Judg. xi.
20; pr.p. ajen-stondynge, Judith ii. 16.
ajen-stondere, n. opposer, Num. xxii. 33.
a3en-telle, to tell again, I Kings xxii. 8.
ajentis, at, Mt. vi. i. v. anentis.
asen-turned, p.p. turned back, Gen. xiv. 17.
ajeyn-tornynge, n. turning back, Josh. prol.
P- 557-
asen-ward, asein-ward, a3een-ward, adv. on
the contrary, backward, Num. xxiii. n.
xxiv. 10 ; Mk. iv. 35. n Cor. i. 7. i Pet.
iii. 9.
asen-withstoond, to resist against, Deut.ix.2.
ajen-witnessid, p.p. witnessed against, Jer.
xiii. 19.
ajen-write, to answer, write again, ll Mace.
xi. 37; p.t. pi. asein-wryten, asen-writi-
den, i Mace. viii. 22.
ajein-wrytyng, n. a rescript, I Mace. viii. 22.
ajen-wynsed, p.t. kicked against, Deut.
xxxii. 15.
ast, arte. v. aust.
B.
baar. v. bere.
baas, a base, Ex. xxxi. 9; pi. baasis, Ex.
xxvi. 19.
bac-half, the hinder part, Gen. xix. 6. Ex.
xxvi. 23.
backe, a bat, Lev. xi. 19. Deut. xiv. 18;
pi. backis, Is. ii. 20.
baheu, an ornament of the neck, i Mace. iii.
37. v. baseu.
baili, baily, bailiff, magistrate, Lk. xvi. i ;
pi. bailies, iv Kings x. 5.
baishide, basshede, p. t. fainted, Josh. ii. 1 1 ;
p.p. baschid, Josh. ii. 9. v. abaischid.
bake, to bake, Gen. xi. 3; p. t. book,
Is. xliv. 19; boke, I Kings xxviii. 24.-
p.p. baake, bakun, Lev. ii. 4.
GLOSSARY.
703
balistis, engines to cast arrows, etc. (Lat.
holistic,) i Mac. vi. 20, 51.
ballard, a bald-headed man, iv Kings ii. 23.
ballid, p.p. bald, Lev. xiii. 41. Mic. i. 16.
ballidnes, ballidnesse, baldness, Lev. xiii. 42.
Deut. xiv. i.
ballokis, testicles, Lev. xxii. 24. Deut.
xxiii. i. Job xl. 12.
baptem, bapteme, baptym, baptism, n
Esdr. iv. 23. Mt. iii. 7 ; pi. baptyms,
baptimys, Hebr. vi. 2.
barbar, barbarus, heathen man, barbarian,
i Cor. xiv. II. Col. iii. II; pi. barbares,
barbaris, barbaries, n Mace. x. 4. Deeds
xxviii. i, 4.
barbarik, barbarian, i Cor. xiv. 1 1 .
barbaryns, barberyns, heathenmen, Rom. i.14.
harbour, a barber, Judg. xvi. 19.
bare, n. naked skin, Mk. xiv. 51.
bare-heed, bare-heeded, having the head
bare, Lev. xiii. 45.
bareres, pi. barriers, bars, Is. xv. 5.
bareyn, bareyne, barren, childless, Gen. xxv.
21. xxix. 31.
bareynes, bareynesse, barrenness, scarcity,
Gen. xxvi. i. xli. 26.
bareynte, barrenness, scarcity, Gen. xxvi. i.
iv Kings ii. 21. Job xxxix. 6.
barli, barly, barlich, barley, Ex. ix. 31.
Lev. xxvii. 16.
barsten. v. breste.
baseu, an ornament of the neck, i Mace. xiii.
37. v. baheu.
basynet, a helmet, i Kings xvii. 5 ; pi.
basynetis, Jer. xlvi. 4.
baschid, basshede. v. baishide.
battis, bats, clubs, staves, Mt. xxvi. 47.
baumede, bawmede, p. t. anointed, be-
smeared, Ex. ii. 3; p.p. bawmed, Ex.
xxix. 2. Lev. ii. 4. Joh. ix. 6.
bdelyum, bdelli, delium, bdellium, Gen.
ii. 12. Num. xi. 7.
be — v. bi —
beckes. v. bek.
bedding, bed, Ps. xl. 4. cxxxi. 3.
bedel, bedele, a herald, Gen. xli. 43. Ex.
xxxii. 5. xxxvi. 6. Dan. iii. 4 ; pi. bedels,
bedelis, Josh. iii. 2.
beden, bedun, bedyn, biden, byden, boden,
bode, p. p. bidden, invited, Gen. xxvii.
31. xliii. 17. i Kings ix. 22. Mt. xxii. 3.
Lk. xiv. 7.
bed-stre, bed-stree, bed, couch, Ps. vi. 7.
xl. 3. Ixii. 7.
beel, ulcer, boil, Lev. xiii. 18, 23. v. biel.
been, beese, bes, bees, Deut. i. 44. Judg.
xiv. 8. Ps. cxvii. 12.
beere, a person being, Ecclus. xix. 28.
beestli, beestly, adj. animal, I Cor. ii. 14.
xv. 44. Jam. iii. 15. Jude 19.
before, beforn, in composition, v. bifore.
beggingnesse, beggary, Prov. xxiv. 34.
behalt, pr. t. beholds, Job xxxix. 29. Ps.
ciii. 32 ; p.t. biheud, Gen. xxvi. 8 ; p.p.
biholdun, behelden, biholdid, byholdid,
Num. xiv. 34. Deut. i. 24.
behoten. v. bihete.
bek, nod, sign, beckoning, Job xxvi. 1 1 ; pi.
beckes, beckis, Prov. vi. 25. Is. iii. 16.
bekerue, to cut up, Is. xxviii. 24.
belde. v. bilde.
belkid, p. t. belched, Ps. xliv. 2. v. bolke.
beleeuable, credible, Ps. xcii. 5.
bellewiden, p. t. pi. lowed, Jer. 1. ii.
belu, belw, a bellows, Jer. vi. 29.
ben, to be, Gen. iii. 5 ; pr. t. pi. ben, Gen. i.
29. beth, beeth, Num. xiii. 32. Deut.
xx. 20. Ecclus. prol. p. 123. Mk. prol. i.
p. 86. Lk. ii. 7 ; arn, Ps. xxvi. 2 ; imp.
pi. beth, Ex. xix. 12 ; pr.p. beende, Rom.
prol. i. p. 298.
bene, a bean, Ez. iv. 9 ; pi. beenys, benen,
ii Kings xvii. 28.
benefet, benefit, kindness, Esth. xvi. 16.
Ecclus. xxix. 9; benfeetis, Judg. ix. 16.
i Par. xvii. 26.
benyfice, kindness, n Mace. vi. 13; pi. be-
nefices, benefises, Judg. ix. 16. i Par.
xvii. 26. Rom. prol. i. p. 299.
benyngnete, beneficence, Ps. Ixiv. 12.
benysoun, a blessing, Gen. xxvii. 12.
beot. v. bete,
berd, beerd, beard, n Kings xix. 24; pi.
beerdis, Jer. xli. 5.
berdyd, berdid, p.p. trodden, Num. xx. 19.
Jer. xviii. 15. v. berid.
here, bern, to give birth to, to carry, Is. xl.
u. xlvi. 4. Mt. i. 23; pr. t. 3 p. berth,
Prov. xii. 4 ; pi. berith, berin, Mt. prol.
2. p. 2; imp. pi. berth, Is. xxi. 14 ; p.t.
baar, beer, Lev. xxiv. 10. Prov. xvii. 25.
beryng, n. a bringing forth, birth, Gen. xxv.
24. xxxviii. 27.
berynge-staues, poles for carrying, Num.
iv. 6.
here, beere, a bier, litter, ii Mace. ix. 8.
Lk. vii. 14.
berid, beryd, p.p. trodden, Num. xx. 19.
Judg. v. 6. Jer. xviii. 15. v. berdyd.
berielis. v. biriel.
bernacle, a bit or snaffle for a horse, (Lat.
camus,) iv Kings xix. 28. Ps. xxxi. 9.
Prov. xxvi. 3.
bern, berne, a barn, Deut. xxviii. 17. Mt.
iii. 12; pi. bernys, bernes, Gen. xli. 35.
Mt. vi. 26.
berthene, birthun, a Jure/en, Ps.xxxvii. 5. Ec-
clus. xxxiii. 25 ; p/.berthens, Num. iv. 47.
besaunt, apiece of money, Ez. xiv. 12. Mt.
xxv. 25 ; pi. besauntis, besauntes, i Esdr.
ii. 69. Mt. xviii. 24. Lk. xv. 8.
besme, beesme, a besom, broom, Is. xiv. 23 ;
pi. besyma, beesmes, bismes, Mt. xii.
44. Lk. xi. 25.
bestayle, beestayle, a beast, Gen. i. 24. vii.
14.; pi. bestaylis, Gen. viii. i.
bete, to beat, Deut. xxii. 18 ; p.t. beet, beot,
bette, beeted, betide, Gen. xii. 17. Num.
xxii. 23. in Kings xi. n. Mt. xxvi. 67 ;
p.p. betun, Deut. xxv. 2 ; pr.p. beetynge,
mending, Mt. iv. 21.
beth. v. ben.
betyngis, stripes, blows, Deut. xxv. 2.
i Par. prol. p. 313.
betokenyngis, signs, n Par. prol. p. 385.
betwe, prep, between, Num. xxx. 16. Deut.
i. i. Mt. xxiii. 35.
betwe-brac, p. t. clave in two, Ps. Ixxvii. 15.
betwe-brosure, a breaking between, IB.
xxx. 13.
betwen-vp-brac, p. t. clave in sunder, Pg.
Ixxvii. 13.
beje, beese, a neckchain, Gen. xli. 42.
Prov. i. 9; pi. beejis, Ex. xxxv. 22.
n Kings viii. 7. Judg. viii. 26. v. bie.
bible, a 600*;, bible, (Lat. bibliotheca,) n
Mace. ii. 13.
biblet, book, bible, (Lat. bibliotheca,) i Esdr.
v.i 7.
biclippe, to embrace, Ps. xlvii. 13. Eccles.
iii. 5 ; p.t. biclippide, becleppede, Gen.
xxix. 13. Mk. x. 16; pi. biclippiden,
Job xxiv. 8. Lam. iv. 5; p.p. biclippid,
byclippid, Gen. xiv. 14. Mk. ix. 35;
pr.p. biclippinge, biclyppyng, ii Mace.
vi. 19. Mk. x. 16. Tit. i. 8. v. clippe.
biclippingis, embraces, Gen. xlvi. 29.
bide, to abide, remain, Lev. xix. 13; p.t.
bode, bod, boid, bood, boode, i Kings
xxiii. 14, 18. Ps. cxviii. 166. v. abide,
biden. v. beden.
biddyngis, commands, Ex. xv. 26.
bie, to buy. v. bigge.
bie, armlet, Gen. xxxviii. 18; pi. hies, byes,
Gen. xxiv. 22, 29, 47. v. bese.
biel, beel, byil, a boil, Deut. xxviii. 27,
35 ; pi. biles, bilis, bylis, Ex. ix. 9. Lk.
xvi. 20.
bielde. v. bilde.
bifelde, bifeDe, p. t. befel, Gen. xxiv. 67.
xxvi. i ; p.p. bifalle, Gen. xxxiv. 7. v.
falle.
bifalling, n. an event, Gen. xli. 13. Wisd.
xiii. 19; pi. bifallyngis, Wisd. viii. 8.
biflappiden, p. t. pi. clapped, Lam. ii. 13. v .
flappe.
bifor-brekyng, n. a previous fracture, Zech.
xiv. 4.
bifore-brokyn, p.p. previously broken, Zeeh.
xiv. 4.
bifore-castyng, n. forethought, deliberate
purpose, Ex. xxi. 14. Jer. xxxviii. 4.
byfore-cummen, bifore-comen, p.p. antici-
pated, ii Mace. xiv. 31.
bifor-determyned, p. p. previously deter-
mined, Ez. xxi. 25, 29.
befor-girte, p. t. girded, Ps. xvii. 33. xcii. i ;
2 p. befor-girtist, Ps. xvii. 40.
befor-go, tq go before, Ps. Ixxxviii. 15.
bifore-goere, forerunner, Ex. xxxiii. 2 ; pi.
bifor-goeris, Josh. iii. 3. Wisd. xii. 8.
befor-greithe, to prepare, Ps. Ixxxviii. 5;
p.t. befor-greithide, Ps. xxiii. 2; pr.p.
befor-greithende, Ps. xxviii. 9.
befor-greithing, n. preparation, Ps. Ixiv. 10.
Ixxxviii. 15.
bifore-had, beforn-hadde, p.p. previous, Gen.
xl. 13. iv Kings xvii. 40.
bifor-hond, biforn-hoond, adv. before, pre-
viously, Gen. xiii. 3. xix. 27. xxviii. 19.
bifor-kitte, imp. cut before, Dan. iv. ii.
704
GLOSSARY.
bifore-knew, p.t. knew beforehand, Wisd.
xix. i ; pr.p. bifore-knowynge, Gen. xv.
!3-
befor-ocupie, to preengage, Ps. xciv. 2 ; pr.t.
beforn-ocupieth, Wisd. vi. 145 p.p. be-
forn-ocupied, Wisd. iv. 7.
beforn-passende, pr. p. excelling, Ecclus.
xxxiii. 23.
befor-rediyng, n. preparation, Ps. ix.*!).
before-renner, forerunner, Ex. xxxiii. 2.
before-rijp, adj. early ripe, Num. xiii. 21.
bifore-se, to foresee, Eccles. iv. 13; p.t. be-
forn-sese, Ps.cxxxviii. 4; p. p. bifor-seien,
Ps. cxxxviii. 4.
bifore-sente, p. t. sent before, II Mace. xii.
21 ; p.p. bifor-sent, Wisd. xix. 2.
beforn-sette, p.t. set before, Ecclus. xvii. 15;
p.p. bifore sett, Dan. xi. 40 ; pr.p. befor-
settende, Esth. i. 8.
bifore-shewynge, pr.p. foretelling, Gen. xli.
n.
bifor-synge, to lead the chant, I Par. xv. 22.
Ps. cxlvi. 7 ; p:t. before-song, Ex. xv. 21.
bifor-spekere, spokesman, Ex. vii. i.
bifor-spekyng, byfore-spekyng, n. a prefac-
ing, II Mace. ii. 33.
befor-strecche, to stretch over, Ps. xxxv. n.
befor-taken, to take first or beforehand, Ps.
Ixxviii. 8. Wisd. vii. 15 ; p.t. bifore-took,
Ps. Ixxvi. g ; p.p. bifore-takun, Gen. xxx.
15-
before-tastid, bifore-taastid, p.p. tasted be-
fore, Ex. xxii. 31.
before-telle, to declare, Ps. xlix. 6; p.t. be-
for-tolde, Ps. xxxix. 10.
bifor-wal, bifor-walling, an outwork, Is.
xxvi. i.
bifore- war, aware before, Gen. vi. 6.
bifore-warneden, biforn-warneden, p.t. pi.
previously warned, Wisd. xviii. 19.
before-weuen, pr. t. pi. spread over, Job
xxxvi. 28.
beforn-writen, bifor-writun, p.p. afore-writ-
ten, n Par. xxx. 5.
biforn, beforne, before, Gen. xxxii. 3. n Par.
iii. 4.
bigat, bigate, bigaat, begate, Gen. x. 26.
Mt. i. 2 ; bigeten, bigetun, bigete, bygo-
ten, bigotun, Gen. xxii. 12. Num. iii. 49.
Mt. i. 25. v. gete.
bigge, bie, bye, by, bije, to buy, Gen. xli.
57. xlii. 5. Mt. xiv. 15. Lk. xxii. 36.
xxiv. 21; imp.pl. biggith, bieth, Gen. xliii.
25. Is. Iv. i. Mt. xxv. 9; p.t. bouste, Gen.
xxv. 10; pi. bojten, n Par. i. 17; p.p.
bouste, bowrt, Gen. xvii. 23; pr.p. biende,
biggynge, Gen.xlii.34. Mt. xxi. 1 2. Mk.xi.
15. Lk.xix.4S- c-aseyn-byggen.for-bigge.
bigger, a buyer, Lev. xxv. 28, 30 ; pi. big-
geris, biggerys, Gen. xlvii. 15. Mk. ii. 15.
biggyng, biyng, n. a buying, Lev. xxv. 28.
Ecclus. xlii. 5; pi. biyngis, Ecclus. xlii. 5.
biheest, bihest, byheste, beheste, a promise,
command, Lev. xix. 23. Num. xxx. 9.
Judith xi. 21. Lk. xxiv. 49. Rom. iv. 13;
pi. biheestis, behestis, behestus, Num.
xxx. 9. Esth. xiv. 9. Heb. xi. 13. v. heest.
bihete, behoten, to promise, i Par. xxix. 9,
14; pr.t. £p. bihetith, byhetith.bihotith,
Heb. xii. 26; 2 p. bihetist, bihotist, Gen.
xxxviii. 1 7 ; pi. biheten, biheeten, bihooten,
Num. xxxii. 20. ii Pet. ii. 19; p.t. bihiste,
bihiat, byhiste, Gen. xxi. i. xxxviii. 23.
Mt. xiv. 7. Lk. xxii. 6; pi. bihijten,
i Par. xxix. 6. Mk. xiv. ii; p.p. bihiat,
bihote, byhote, bihoot, behoten, Gen. xxi.
i. Num. xxx. 8. ii Par. xxi. 7. Lk. xxiv.
49. Rom. i. i ; pr.p. bihetynge, biheeting,
bihotynge, Deut. xiii. 17. iTim. ii. 10. ii
Pet. ii. 19.
bihetere, biheeter, a promiser, ii Mace. 1.28.
Heb. vii. 22.
bihetynge, n. a promise, ii Esdr. x. 29.
biheud, byholdid. v. behalt.
byheuedede, p.t. beheaded, Mt. xiv. 10; p.p.
byheueded, byheuedid, bihedid. biheedid,
Lk. ix. 9. Apoc. xx. 4.
liilnmrii, to behove, Wisd. xv. 12; p.t. bi-
hofte, byhofte, n Kings iv. 10. Wisd. xvi.
4. Mt. xvi. 21. Rom. i. 27.
bijs, biys, bijce, bijcen, bissyn, silk, Gen.
xli. 42. Ex. xxviii. 39. Lk. xvi. 19. Apoc.
xviii. 12. xix. 8.
bikenen, pr. t. pi. beckon, make signs, Ps.
xxxiv.ig; /j.t.bikenede, bekeneyde, Deeds
xxi. 40; pi. bikeneden, bikenyden, beken-
yden, Lk. i. 62. v. 7.
bikenyng, n. u beckoning, suggestion, Gen.
xlii. 6.
biknow, byknow, to acknowledge, Mt. prol.
i. p. i.
bilde, bielde, to build, Gen. xi. 8 ; p.t.
bilde, bilte, bylde, belde, beeldide, bildide,
Gen. ii. 22. iv. 17. xii. 7. xxvi. 25. in
Kings xi. 7. Lk. vii. 5 ; pi. bilden, byl-
den, beelden, byldeden, bildiden, beeldi-
den, Ex. i. ii. n Kings iv. n. m Kings
xiv. 23. i Esdr. iii. 2. Lk. xvii. 28; p.p.
bild, bilde, bilden, beeld, beeldid, bildid,
Josh. xxii. 19. ii Kings vii. 7. in Kings
ix. 3. xvi. 32. Mt. vii. 24.
byleeue, to deliver, Lk. xvi. 1 1 .
bilibre, a weight of two pounds, Apoc. vi. 6 ;
pi. bilibres, Apoc. vi. 6.
bilis, bills, beaks, Is. xli. 15. Zech. iv. 12.
billis, bells(?) Judg. viii. 21.
bylyue, adv. forthwith, anon, Gen. xxiv.
18. v. blyue.
bimowe, bymowe, to mock, Ps. ii. 4. Prov.
i. 26; p.t. pi. bimowiden, ii Par. xxx.
10. Ps. Ixxix. 7.
bymoornyden, bymorneden, p. t. pi. bewail-
ed, Lk. xxiii. 27; pr.p. bymorenynge,
Deut. xxxiv. 8.
byndyngis, bundles, I Kings xxx. 12.
bynethen, binethe, beneath, Gen. vi. 16. Mk.
xiv. 66.
bynyme, to deprive, draw away, Ecclus.
xxviii. 19 ; imp. bynyme, Job vi. 23 ; p.p.
benomen, Eccles. iv. I.
hire, birre, bure, force, rush, Deut. xxviii.
49. Judg. v. 22. i Kings xxv. 29. n
Kings xi. 23. xxiii. 8. in Kings xxii.
32. Judith xiv. 2. Ecclus. xlvi. 7. Mt.
viii. 32. Mk. v. 13. Lk. viii. 33. Jam.
iii. 4. 2 Pet. iii. 10.
bireyned, p.p. rained upon, Ez. xxii. 24.
Amos iv. 7.
biriel, tomb, bury ing -place, I Kings x. 2.
Mt. xxvii. 60 ; pi. biriels, birielis, berielis,
Gen. xxiii. 6. Judg. xvi. 31. Mt. viii.
28. xxiii. 29. Apoc. ii. 9.
birle, to give to drink, Jer. xxv. 15; pr. t.
birlith, Gen. Prol. p. 51; p.t. birlide,
Jer. xxv. 17; pi. birliden, Amos ii. 12;
pr.p. birling, Gen. Prol. p. 51.
bischadowynge, pr.p. overshadowing, Mk.
ix. 6.
bischedde, p. t. besprinkled, wet, iv Kings
viii. 15; p.p. bisched, beshed, Num. xii.
10. in Kings xviii. 28. Esth. xv. 8. Dan.
iv. 20.
byschophood, office of bishop, i Tim. prol.
P- 453-
bise, imp. see, look, Mt. xxvii. 5.
bisechyng, n. a petition, prayer, in Kings
ix. 3. n Par. vi. 19 ; pi. bisechyngis,
Deut. iv. 7.
bysemen, pr. t. pi. beseem, are fitting, Rom.
i. 28; p. t. bisemyde, Heb. vii. 26.
bisetten, bisettiden, p.t.pl. engrafted, i Tim.
vi. 10; pr.p. bysettynge, i Tim. vi. 10.
beshrewith, pr. t. makes evil, depraves, Prov.
x. 9 ; p.p. bischrewid, beshrewid, Deut.
xviii. 20. in Kings xi. 4; pr.p. bi-
schrewynge, Is. ix. 14.
biside, bisidis, bysydis, prep, beside, Gen.
xiii. 18. Mt. xiii. i.
bisiede, bisyede, p. t. was busy, Lk. x. 40.
bisiliche, busily, Mt. prol. i. p. i; comp. bisi-
liere, besyliere, bisiloker, Judg. xx. 39.
i Pet. i. 22.
bisynesse, business, care, Eccles. iv. 4. i Pet.
v. 7 ; pi. bisynesses, besy nesses, Eccles.
iv. 4. Ez. xii. 19.
bismes. v. besme.
bispete, byspeete, bispitte, to spit upon, Mk.
x. 34. xiv. 65 ; p. t. pi. bispatten, bispit-
tiden, Mk. xv. 19; p.p. bispat, bispet, bi-
spattid, Lk. xviii. 32. v. spete.
bispreynde, p. t. besprinkled, Heb. ix. 19 ;
pi. bispreynten, Lam. ii. 10; p.p. bi-
spreynd, bispreynt, byspreynt, Gen.
xxx. 39. xxxi. 12. Num. xii. 10. v.
sprenge.
bitake, bitaak, betaken, to deliver, give up,
Ex. xxx. 1 6. Mt. xxiv. 9. xxv. 27; p.t.
bitoke, bitook, bytoke, Gen. xxi. 14.
xxxix. 20, 22. Mt. xviii. 34 ; 2 p. bitokist,
bytokist, Mt. xxv. 20; pi. bitoken, bi-
tooken, n Mace. xi. 17. Mk. xv. i ; p.p.
bitakun, bitaken, bitake, Gen. xiv. 20.
xxxiv. 8, 9. Mt. xxvi. 2. Mk. xv. 10;
pr.p. bitakynge, n Mace. xi. 17. v. take,
bitaujten, p. t. pi. delivered, iv Kings xvii.
17; p.p. bitaust, Gen. xxxix. 4.
bithenk, bythenke, to meditate, recollect,
Gen. xxiv. 63. Mt. v. 23; pr.t. bythen-
kith, bithenkith, Lk. xiv. 31 ; p. t. bi-
thoujte, Gen. xli. 9; pr.p. bithenkynge,
bythenkynge, Lk. xii. 25.
GLOSSARY.
705
bitokenede, p. t. marked, Joh. vi. 27.
bitouris, bitterns, Is. xiii. 22.
bitternessis, bitter sorrows, Job xiii. 26.
bitraueliden, p. t.pl. oppressed, Judg. xx. 5.
u. trauaile.
bitwene-putte, to place between, Ez. xxii. 30.
biweile, biweyle, to wail over, Gen. xxiii. i.
Lev. x. 6; p. t. biweilide, i Kings xxv. i;
pi. biwayleden, biweileden, Lk. viii. 52 ;
p.p. biweilid, i Kings xiii. 31. v. weilen.
biwepe, to mourn, weep over, Gen. xxiii. 2.
Apoc. xviii. 9; p. t. biwepte, Gen. 1. 3;
pr.p. biwepynge, bywepynge, Matt. ii. 18.
biweperis, mourners, Wisd. xviii. 10.
biwlappe, to wrap, Job xviii. n. v. wlappe.
bewrappe, to wrap, Job xviii. n.
bysondes, bijende, bejonde, bijond, bejunde,
prep, beyond, Deut. xxx. 13. i Kings xx.
22. i Esdr. v. 3. viii. 36. Mt. iv. 25.
2 Cor. x. 16.
blaberen, to stammer, i Esdr. prol. p. 478.
blameful, worthy of blame, Deut. xxviii. 29.
Esth. xvi. 6.
blamyng, n. blame, Deut. xxviii. 20. n Kings
xxii. 16; pi. blamyngis, Job xxiii. 4.
blasfeme, n. a blasphemer, Lev. xxiv. 14.
ii Mace. ix. 28. i Tim. i. 13; pi. bias-
femes, ii Tim. iii. 2.
blasfeme, adj. blasphemous, ii Mace. x. 4.
xiii. ii.
bleckid, p.p. made black, Job xxx. 30.
bleer-eyed, blere-ised, blerid, sore eyed, Gen.
xxix. 17. Lev. xxi. 20.
bleyne, a blain, Job ii. 7 ; pi. bleynes, Ex.
ix. 9.
blessidly, happily, Gtn. xxx. 10.
blet, a flock of sheep, Ps. Ixxvii. 70.
Vlewen,p.t.pl. melted, blasted, iv Kings xxii.
9. v. blowith.
blisse, blis, to bless, Gen. xii. 2. xvii. 16;
p. t. blisside, Gen. i. 22; p.p. blissid,
blissyd, Gen. xii. 3. xiv. 20.
blisfulere, comp. happier, Eccles. iv. 3.
blisfulnesse, blisfulnes, happiness, Gen. xxx.
13. Eeclus. xxviii. 7.
blyue, adv. hastily, Gen. xliv. n. v. bylyue.
blones, blueness, lividness, Ex. xxi. 25.
blood-wreker, avenger of blood, Josh. xx. 5.
blosme, to blossom, Ps. Ixxi. 16.
blowith, pr. t. puffeth up, blows, I Cor. viii.
i; imp. bios, S. Sol. iv. 16; p.p. blowun,
blowen, Wisd. iv. 19. i Cor. iv. 6, 19.
bobbe, to mock, Jer. xxxviii. 19; pr.p. bob-
bende, bobbynge, in Esdr. i. 51.
bocche, botche, sore, scab, lump, hunch,
Lev. xiii. 18, 19. xxi. 20. Is. xxx. 6.
bocchyn, to mend, n Par. xxxiv. 10.
bocherie, shambles, i Cor. x. 25.
boces, boosis, bosses, Is. iii. 18.
bode. v. bide,
bodun, boden. ». beden.
boenes. v. boon,
boffat, buffat, buffet, blow, Job., xviii. 22 ;
pi. boffatis, buffatis, buffetis, Mt. xxvi.
67. Mk. xiv. 63. Joh. xix. 3.
boffaten, p. t. pi. buffeted, Mk. xv. 19.
bogge, sore, Lev. xiii. 18. v. bocche.
VOL. IV.
boyle, buyle, to break forth or boil, Ex. xvi.
20. Hab. iii. 16; p.t.pl. buyliden, booyle-
den, i Kings v. 6. n Mace. ix. 9.
boisch, bousche, boysche, buysch, bush,
Ex. iii. 2. Mk. xii. 26. Lk. xx. 37. Deeds
vii. 30; pi. buschis, Job xxx. 7.
boyschel, buyschel, bushel, Lk. xi. 33.
boke. v. bake.
buystous, buystuouse, rough, rude, n Par.
xiii. 7. Mt. ix. 16; comp. booistousere,
Jer. prol. p. 342.
boket, bokat, bucket, Num. xxiv. 7. Is. xl.
IS-
bole, bool, a bull, Deut. xxxiii. 17; pi.
boolis, bullis, Gen. xxxii. 15.
bolke, to tell out, Mt. xiii. 35 ; pr. t. bolk-
eth, Ps. xviii. 3 ; pi. bolken, Eeclus. xi.
32; p. t. bolkede, Wisd. xix. 10. v.
belkid.
boln, bolne, to become puffed or swoln,
Deut. xvii. 13; p.t. bolnyde, Gen. xxxi.
36 ; pi. bolneden, bolnden, Deut. i. 43.
Judg. viii. 3; p.p. bolnun, bolnyd, bol-
len, bollun, bollid, Num. v. 27. i Cor. v.2.
Col. ii. 18. ii Tim. iii. 5 ; pr.p. bolnynge,
Deut. i. 43. Job xxxviii. ii.
bolnyng, n. a swelling, Deut. xviii. 22.
Esth. xvi. 12; pi. bolnynges, 2 Cor. xii.
20.
bonere, mild, Ps. xxxvi. 1 1 . v. debonere.
bonernesse, mildness, i Cor. iv. 21.
bonys, stalks ofjlax, (Lat. stupa,) Is. i. 31.
book. v. bake,
bond, boond, p.t. bound, iv Kings xxiii. 33.
Jer. xxxix. 7; pi. bounden, Judg. xv. 13.
p.p. ybounde, Col. prol. p. 429.
boon, a bone, Gen. xxix. 14 ; pi. boonys,
boenes, Eeclus. xxviii. 21. Bar. vi. 42.
boond, a band, Judg. xvi. 13; pi. boondis,
Judg. xvi. 9.
boosis. v. boces.
boostful, adj. rude(?) n Kings xii. 31.
boot, boat, Joh. vi. 22 ; pi. bootis, botis,
n Mace. xii. 3. Joh. vi. 22, 23.
boow, bouj, bo?, a bough, Judg. ix. 48. Mt.
xxiv. 32 ; pi. bowis, boowis, Ez. xvii. 6.
Mt. xxiv. 32. Mk. xi. 8.
boowid. v. bowe.
bord, boord, a table, Ex. xxv. 26, 27, 28.
Deeds xvi. 34 ; pi. bordis, boordis, Mt.
xxi. 12. Deeds vi. a.
bord-felawis, companions, Judg. xiv. II.
bordel, a brothel, Lev. xix. 29.
bordel-house, a brothel, Baruch vi. 10. Ez.
xvi. 24, 39.
bordelrie, a brothel, Num. xxv. 8.
borewing, borwyng, n. a loan, Lk. vi. 34,33.
borwe, pledge, surety, 2 Cor. xi. 2; pi.
borewis, Prov. xxii. 26.
borowis, borrowes, dens, holes, Mt. viii.
20.
boske-eddre, bosk-eddre, boske-addre, a
bush-adder, Ex. iv. 3. vii. 9, 10.
boteler, botler, butler, pi. boteleris, botlers,
Gen. xl. i, 2.
boteraces, buttresses, abutments, Ez. xii. 15.
botere, butter, Gen. xviii. 8. Deut. xxxii. 14.
4x
botme, bottom, Wisd. v. 10.
botouns, buttons, clasps, Ex. xxvi. ii.
bouge, a hunch, Lev. xxi. 19. v. bocche,
bogge.
bouge, bowge, a bottle, Ps. xxxii. 7. Ixxvii.
13-
bourdeful.yocose, Wisd. i. ii g.
bouwe, bowe, an arch, Prov. xx. 26. '
boujte. v. bigge.
bowe, to incline, turn away, Josh. xxiv. 23 ;
p. t. bowide, i Kings xix. 10. Joh. v. 13 ;
pi. boweden, bowiden, bowedyn, Judg.
ix. 3. Rom. iii. 12; p.p. bowid, boowid,
Ps. Ixi. 4. Is. xvii. 7 ; pr.p. bowynge,
Jer. vi. 28.
bowen, to breathe forth, Ps. cxliv. 7 ; p. t.
bowide, Ps. xliv. 2 ; pr. p. bowende, Ps.
cxliii. 13.
bos. v. boow.
braasny, of brass, Deut. xxviii. 23.
bradder. v. brod.
braggith, pr. t. brays as a trumpet, Josh.
vi. 5; p.t. braggide, Josh. vi. 20 ; pr.p.
braggynge, Josh. vi. 5.
brayid, p.p. bruised, ground, i Kings xxv.iS.
v. to-brayd.
brayne, brayneth, pr. t. dashes out the brains,
Is. Ixvi. 3.
braunchy, braunchid, full of boughs, iv
Kings xvii. 10. Is. Ivii. 5.
braundishen, to brandish, vibrate, Job
xxxix. 23. Ps. vii. 13.
brawnes, sinews, Job xxii. 9.
brechis, breeches, Gen. iii. 7.
bredd, p.p. grown, Mk. iv. 32.
brede, breed, bread, Gen. xxiv. 33.
brede, breede, breadth, Gen. vi. 15. xiii. 17.
Eph. iii. 18.
breer-hook, a hook for briars, Is. vii. 25.
breggere, an abridger, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 72.
breggid, breiggid, p.p. abridged, Mt. xxiv.
22. Mk. xiii. 20. Rom. ix. 28. T.
abregged.
breggyng, n. an abridging, Is. x. 23.
bregirdil, breigirdil, brigirdil, a waistband,
or band for breeches, Jer. xiii. i, 3, 4, 6,
7. "•
breide, to draw, pull, Ps.xxiv.i5. v. to-brayd.
breke, breek, to break, Deut. xxiii. 25 ; p. t.
brae, brak, breke, Num. xi. 8. Judith ii.
14; pi. breeken, braken, n Par. xxxi. i.
brembil, brimbil, a bramble, Job xxxi. 40.
Ecclus. xliii. 21 ; pi. brembles, Gen. iii.
18.
brenk, brynke, brink, rim, Gen. xxii. 17.
Ex. xxv. 24 ; pi. brynkis, Ex. xxviii. 24.
i Par. xii. 15.
brenne, to burn, Lev. vi. 12. Mt. iii. 12 ;
p. t. brende, brente, Ex. xxiii. 20. iv
Kings xiv. 4 ; pi. brennyden, brenneden,
brenden, Mt. xiii. 6. Rom. i. 27 ; p.p.
brent, Gen. xxii. 3. Mt. xiii. 30 ; pr. p.
brennende, brennynge, Ex. xxiv. 17. Job
xxvii. 21. Lk. xii. 35. v. al-brent.
brennynge, n. a burning, Gen. xii. 23; pi.
brennyngus, i Esdr. prol. p. 478.
brennyngli, ardently, Jer. ii. 25.
706
GLOSSARY.
brenstoon. »;. brunston.
brerde, lip, margin, Ex. xxxvii. n.
brere, a briar, Is. xxvii. 4 ; pi. breres, breris,
breeris, Gen. xxii. 13. Is. vii. 23, 24, 25.
Mt. vii. 1 6.
breste, berste, to burst, Mk. ii. 22 ; p.t. pi.
barsten, brasten, bristen, brosten, Gen.
xliii. 30. Jer. v. 5 ; p.p. brosten, borstun,
Gen. vii. 1 1 . Dan. xiv. 26. v. al-to-brasten,
to-braste.
brest-bundel, brest-girdil, band for the waist,
Jer. ii. 32.
brother, bretheren, britheren, brithren, bro-
thers, Gen. ix. 22. xxv. 18. xxix. 4.
bretherhed, britherhed, britherhede, brither-
hod, brotherhood, i Mace. xii. 10. i Thess.
iv. 9. ii Pet. i. 6.
bretil, britil, brotil, brutil, brittle, fictile,
Lev. vi. 28. xi. 33. xiv. 5. n Cor. iv. 7.
ii Tim. ii. 20.
brewis, browes, eye-brows, Lev. xiv. 9.
brid, bridd, a bird, young of a bird, Lev.
xvii. 13. Is. xxxviii. 14. Lk. xiii. 34; pi.
briddis, Gen. xv. 10. Mt. viii. 20. xxiii.
33-
brydd-coniurers, diviners by birds, Deut.
xviii. 14.
brid-deuyneres, diviners by birds, Jer. xxvii. 9.
bridale, brydale, nuptials, Judg. xiv. 15.
Mt. xxii. 10; pi. bridalis, brydalis, Gen.
xxix. 22. Lk. xiv. 8.
brydil-reyne, a bridle, Eeclus. xxxiii. 26.
brigirdil. v. bregirdil.
brimstoon. v. brunston.
brynke. v. brenk.
brisse, to break, bruise, Deut. ix. 3. xxiii. 25;
p. t. briside, brosede, broosede, brusede,
Num. xxii. 25. iv Kings xviii. 4. xxiii.
14; pi. broosiden, iv Kings xi. 18; p.p.
brisde, brisid, brysid, brusid, Lev. ii. 16.
Deut. iv. 3. Mt. xii. 20. Lk. xx. 18.
britagis, parapets, battlements, S. Sol. viii. 9.
bristnessis, splendors, Ps. cix. 3.
broc-skynnes, brockis-skynnes, badger-
skins, Heb. xi. 37.
broche, a broach, Jer. iv. 30; pi. broches,
brochis, brooches, Judg. viii. 26. S. Sol.
i. 9. Is. hi. 10.
brod, brood, broad; comp. brodder, brad-
der, Ez. xvii. 6. n Esdr. iv. 19. Amos
vi. 2.
broderere, broiderere, broudrere, an em-
broiderer, Ex. xxviii. 39. xxxv. 33. xxxvi.
37. ii Kings xxi. 19.
broiderye, broydreie, embroidery, Ex. xxviii.
39. xxxvi. 37; browdrye-craft, the art of
embroidery, Ex. xxxix. 8; broidery-werk,
brouderi-werk, work of embroidery, Ex.
xxvi. i. xxviii. 39.
broke-footid, p.p. maimed in foot, Lev. xxi.
19.
bromes, broom trees, Jer. xvii. 6.
bronde, a brand, torch, Is. v. 24. xxix. 5 ;
pi. brondis, broondis, Judg. xv. 4. Is. vii.
4. Job. xviii. 3.
brosynge, n. a breaking, Is. xxx. 13.
brosten. v. breste.
brosure, brusur, a bruising, breaking, Lev.
xxiv. 20. Is. xxx. 13. Jer. xxx. 12.
brotil. v. bretil.
brouderi-werk. v. broiderye.
bruk, bruke, a locust, Lev. xxii. 22. n Par.
vi. 28.
brunston, brumston, brynstoon, brymstoon,
brenstoon, brimstone, Gen. xix. 24. Deut.
xxix. 23. Job xviii. 15. Ps. x. 7. Is. xxx.
33. Apoc. ix. 1 8.
brunstony, of brimstone, Apoc. ix. 17.
brush, a locust, Is. xxxiii. 4. v. bruk.
brutil. v. bretil.
buffatis. v. boffat.
bufferes, stutterers, Is. xxxii. 4.
bugle, buffalo, Deut. xiv. 5. i Par. xvi. 3 ;
pi. buglis, in Kings iv. 23.
buyle, buyliden. v. boyle.
buysch. v. boisch.
bundelet, a little bundle, S. Sol. i. 12.
burdones, burdowns, mules, iv Kings v.
!?•
bure. v. bire.
burion, burioun, to produce, germinate, Gen.
i. ii. iii. 18; pr.t.pl. buriounen, Lev. xix.
23; p.t. buriownde, buriownede, Gen. ii.
5 ; pi. buriowneden, Joel ii. 22 ; p. p.
buriounned, i Par. v. 2 ; pr. p. burion-
ynge, buriownynge, Ex. i. 5. Heb. xii.
IS-
buriounnyngis, buddingis, clusters, offspring,
Gen. xl. 10. Mt. xxiii. 33.
bun-town, bunh-toun, a town, Josh. vii. 2.
viii. i ; pi. borow-townes, bun-towns,
Gen. xiii. 12. Deut. xii. 21.
busshement, an ambush, Josh. viii. 9 ; pi.
busshementis, busschementis, buysche-
mentis, Josh. viii. 2. iv Kings ix. 23.
buxum, obedient, Judith ix. 16. Esth. xv.
!3-
C.
caas, a case, sheath, Gen. xxvii. 3; pi. caasis,
i Par. xviii. 7.
cachid, p.p. caught, Mic. iv. 9.
caitif, caytif, caytife, caytyf, a captive, Ex.
xii. 29. iv Kings v. 2. i Par. v. 6; pi. cai-
tifs, caytyues, chaytyue, cheytiues, Gen.
xxxi. 26. xxxiv. 29. Num. xiv. 3.
caitifte, caytiftee, captivity, Num. xxi. 29.
caitifdoom, captivity, Ez. xxv. 3.
caityuende, chatyuynge, pr.p. making cap-
tive, Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63. Jer. prol.
P- 343-
calamy, chaalamy, sweet cane, (Lat. calamus,)
Ex. xxx. 24. Jer. vi. 20.
caladrie, a kind of bird, (Lat. charadrius,)
Deut. xiv. 18.
caleng. v. chaleng.
calflees, deprived of the calf, Job xxi. 10.
calle, the cawl, Ex. xxix. 13. Lev. iii. 4.
calu, bald, Lev. xiii. 40.
calueren, calves, Num. xxix. 32.
camelioun, a camelopard, Deut. xiv. 5.
can. v. kunne.
cancre, canker, kankir, any thing that cor-
rodes, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 69. 2 Tim. ii.
17-
cancrynge, pr.p. cankering, Pref. ep. c. viL
p. 69.
candel-staf, candel-stik, candlestick, Ex. xxv.
31. 33. 35-
candel- quenchers, snuffers, Ex. xxv. 38.
xxxvii. 23.
canell, canel, cinnamon, Ex. xxx. 23. Prov.
vii. 17. Apoc. xviii. 13.
Cannes, pots, Job. ii. 6.
caperis, capparis, the caper-shrub, (Lat. cap-
pans,} Eccles. xii. 5.
capitle, short chapter, Heb. viii. i.
capret, a wild goat, Deut. xii. 15. Is. xxxiv.
ii; pi. capretis, caprettis, ii Kings ii. 18.
cardue, a thistle, (Lat. carduus,) iv Kings
xiv. 9. ii Par. xxv. 18.
carect, carecte, character, mark, Apoc. xiii.
16. xiv. 9; pi. carectis, Apoc. xx. 4.
careyn, careyng, a carcase, corpse, Gen. xv.
ii. Ex. xxi. 35; pi. careyns, Gen. xv. u.
Heb. iii. 17.
carkeys, karkeis, a carcase, Ex. xxi. 35, 36.
carouls, carols, choirs, i Kings xxi. 1 1 .
carpentarye, carpentrie, work of a carpenter,
Ex. xxxv. 33.
carrys, car*, waggons, Num. vii. 9. ». chaar.
cart, carte, car, chariot, in Kings x. 29.
Mt. prol. 2. p. 2.
cast, a throwing, blow, Num. xxxv. 17.
caste, to cast, throw, conjecture, devise, Gen.
xii. 15. Job xx. 15; pr.t.pl. casten, Gen.
xiii. ii; imp.pl. castith, Mt. x. 8; p.t.
caste, keste, kest, castide, Gen. xxi. 15.
i Kings xx. 36. iv Kings xiii. 17. Estb.
prol. p. 636. Mt. viii. 16. xii. 42. Lk.
xxi. 3; pi. casten, kesten, kestyn, castiden,
kastiden, kestiden, Lev. x.ft. Mt. xiii. 48.
Mk. vi. 13. Lk. xxi. i. xxiii. 35; p.p.
casten, n Kings xiv. 13.
castel, <ztot>n,ca»i/>,iiMacc.xiv.i6. Mt. x.i i;
pi. castels, castellis, Ex. xiv. 19. Mt. ix-35.
castere, a conjecturer, Prov. xxiii. 7.
casting, castyng, n. a vomiting, Hab. ii. 16.
ii Pet. ii. 22.
castyng-afore, forethought, Job xxxiv. 27.
castis, designs, Esth. viii. 3.
catchepollis, constables, i Kings xix. 20.
Deeds xvi. 35.
catel, substance, goods, Gen. xv. 14. Lk. viii.
43; pi. catels, Gen. xxxi. 14.
caucion, a bond, Lk. xvi. 6.
caudron, caudroun, a pot, a caldron, Ps.
cvii. 9 ; pi. cawdrones, Ex. xxvii. 3.
cautelouse, cautious, crafty, Job v. 13.
cawe, a cave, Gen. xix. 30.
ceelyng, n. a seal, sign, Eeclus. xxii. 33.
cenceris, censeris, censures, censers, Ex. xxv.
29. xxxvii. 1 6. Num. iv. 7.
cene, a supper, Apoc. prol. i. p. 638.
cenefectorie, cenefectoryes, tent-making, tent-
makers, Deeds xviii. 3.
cense, incense, Lev. ii. I, 2. xvi. 12. S. Sol.
iv. II. Apoc. xviii. 13. v. sense,
ceremoyns, ceremonies, Deut. iv. 8.
certeynere, comp. more eerte'«,Deedsxxiii.2o.
certis, certes, adv. certainly, i Kings xvi. 2.
Tob. ii. i. Jer. ii. n.
GLOSSARY.
707
cesynge-days,. holidays, Lev. xxiii. 2, 4, 34.
chaar, chare, charre, car, chariot, Gen. xli.
43. it Par. i. 17. Deeds viii. 28; pi.
chaaris, chares, charis, Ex. xiv. 18. Deut.
xx. i. Apoc. ix. 9. v. carrys, cart,
chaf, cheff, straw, provender, Gen. xxiv. 25.
Ex. v. 7, 10; pi. chaffis, Mt. iii. 12.
chaffare, to trade, Gen. xxxiv. 10, 31. Lk.
.xix. 13.
chaffare, n. trade, merchandise, Is. xxiii. 3 ;
pi. chaffaris, n Esdr. x. 31. xiv. 16.
chaffarere, a merchant, Ecclus. xxvi. 28.
chaffaring, chaffaryng, chaffering, n. trading,
dealing, Prov. iii. 14. Is. xxiii. 2. Lk. xix.
15. i Thess. iv. 6.
chalenge, challengen, to accuse, to claim, i Par.
xvi.2i; pr.t . calengith, pi. calengen, cha-
lengen, Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 67; p.t. chalengide,
i Kings xii. 3; p.p. chalengid, i Kings
xii. 4. Deeds xxiii. 25 ; pr.p. calengynge,
chalengende, Prov. xxviii. 3.
chalenge, caleng, n. accusation, Gen. xliii.
18. Jer. vii. 6; pi. chalengis, Is. xxiii. 12.
chalengyng, n. accusation, Gen. xliii. 18.
chalengere, accuser, Ps. Ixxi. 4 ; pi. chalen-
geris, Job xxxv. 9.
chalice, chalis, a cup, Gen. xl. u. Is. li. 17;
pi. chalicis, Ex. xxiv. 6. i Esdr. viii. 27.
enamels, chamoilis. camels, Judg. viii. 21.
i Par. xii. 40.
charge, a burden, lading, iv Kings v. 17;
pi. chaargis, iv Kings viii. 9.
charge, to lade, regard, care, Gen. xiv. 17;
pr.t.2p. chargist, Mt. xxii. 16; p.t. charg-
ide, Gen. xxv. 34; p.p. chargid, Gen. xliv.
13; pr.p. chargynge, Lev. xx. 4.
chargeous, charious, chariouse, chargeable,
burdensome, Prov. xxvii. 3. n Cor. xi. 9.
charieter, charyeter, a charioteer, in Kings
xxii. 34. iv Kings ii. 12.
charkith, pr.t. creaks, Amos ii. 13.
chartre, paper or parchment, Tob. vii. 16.
chastinge, n. a chastising, Lev. xxvi. 18.
chaufid, chaufed, p.p. made hot, Esth. i. 10.
Is. xliv. 15.
chaul, chaule, jaw, i Kings xvii. 35 ; pi.
chaulis, Job xxix. 17.
chaumbred, p.p. consisting of stories, Gen.
vi. 1 6.
chaundeler, chandler, Judg. iv. 4. g.
chaungable-while, adv. mutually, i Tim. v.5-
chaungeablete, changeableness, i Kings xv.
ii. 0-
chaungeris, money-changers, Mt. xxi. 12.
chauntable, worthy to be recorded in song,
Pref. ep. c. iv. p. 64. Ps. cxviii. 54.
chatyuynge. v. caityuende.
chauns, chance, accident, Wisd. xiii. 19; pi.
chaunsis, Wisd. viii. 8.
cheek-boon, cheke-bon, jaw, Judg. xv. 14.
Prov. xxv. ii.
cheek-lap, cheke-lap, jaw, Lev.xi. 29. Judg.
xv. 15.
chepinge, chepyng, cheepynge, market, Mt.
xi. 1 6. xx. 3. Lk. vii. 32. Deeds xvi.
19; pi. cheping, chepyngis, Lk. xi. 43.
xx. 46.
cheer, chere,/aee, Gen. iii. 19. iv. 5. xxxiii.
10. Lk. ix. 29. Heb. ix. 24; pi. cheeres,
cheeris, Ex. xxv. 20. Ez. x. 21.
cheere, dear, beloved, Prov. v. 19. Wisd.
xii. 7.
cheestes, cheestis, chidings, Jam. iv. i.
cheff. v. chaf.
cherl, cheerl, chirl, churl, a rustic, Pref. ep.
c. iv. p. 65. Wisd. xvii. 16.
cherlhed, chirlehede, rusticity, Pref. ep. c. iv.
p. 64. Is. prol. p. 224.
cherliche, rustic, Ecclus. xxvii. 7.
cherlishe, churlishe, rustic, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p. 73. i Par. xxvii. 26. Ecclus. vii. 16.
cherid, cheryd, p.p. made cheerful, Esth. i.
10. Ruth iii. 7.
chese, cheese, a cheese, Judith x. 5> pi-
chesis, i Kings xvii. 18.
chese, to choose, Gen. xiii. 9. Num. xvii. 5 ;
p.t. ches, chees, cheese, Gen. xiii. n.
i Kings xvii. 40. Eph. i. 4; pi. cheseden,
chesiden, cheesiden, chesden, chesen,
chosen, Gen. vi. 2. xli. 18. Mt. xiii. 48.
Lk. xiv. 7; p.p. chosun, ychoose, Gen.
xxiii. 6. Deut. iv. 37. Deeds prol. p. 507.
chesinge, chesyng, n. choice, election, Mat.
prol. i. p. i. Rom. xi. 5. i Thess. i. 4.
cheseresse, a female chooser, Wisd. viii. 4.
chesiple, an ecclesiastical robe, Ex. xxv. 7.
chesister, a female chooser, Wisd. viii. 4.
chesoun, cause, reason, in Kings xxi. 29.
i Par. xix. 3. v. enchesoun.
cheteles, chetelis, kettles, Lev. xi. 35.
cheuenteyns, chieftains, Deut. xx. 9.
cheytiues. v. caitif.
chichis, vetches, n Kings xvii. 28.
chiden, chide, to chide, wrangle, Ex. xvii. 2.
Judg. xxi. 22. Judith xi. 15; p.t. chidde,
Ex. xvii. 2 ; pi. chidden, Gen. xlix. 23.
Joh. vi. 53.
chykenys,/OM)/s, Tob. viii. n.
childen, to bring forth child, Ex. i. 19; p.t.
childide, childe, Gen.iv.i. xvi.i6. iKings
11. 5. Lk. ii. 7; pi. childiden, Ez. xxiii. 4.
childinge, n. a bringing forth child, Gen.
xxv. 24.
childer, childre, pi. children, Deut. xxi. 15.
Ruth ii. 8. Mt. ii. 16. Joh. xxi. 5.
child-womman, maiden, Judith xiii. 5 ; pi.
childer-wymmen, Esth. iv. 4.
childli, childish, Tob. i. 4.
chyne, an opening, chink, breach in a wall,
S. Sol. ii. 14; pi. chinys, chynes, chynnis,
chynis, II Esdr. iv. 7. Is. ii. 21.
chirche, an assembly of people, i Mace. v. 16.
chiteryng, n. a chattering, chirping, Num.
xxiv. i. Deut. xviii. 10.
chittes, whelps, Is. xxxiv. 15.
chiualrie, chyualrye, host, army, Gen. xxi. 33.
ii Kings x. 18. ii Par. xviii. 30.
chopyn, a gill, a measure of liquid, ill Kings
vii. 26. g.
chore, a measure, pi. chorys, coris, Num. xi.
32. Lk. xvi. 7.
chorys, chorus, dances, Judg. xi. 34.
chosynes, chosen men, Rom. viii. 33.
churl, v. cherl.
4x2
cycer, vetches, n Kings xvii. 28.
cyconye, a stork, Jer. viii. 7.
cynoper, cinnabar, vermilion, Jer. rxii. 14.
circumcide, circumside, to circumcise, Gen.
xvii. ii. Deut. xxx. 6; p.t. circumcidide,
circumside, circumcide, Gen. xxi. 4. Josh.
v. 3; p.p. circumcidid, Gal. v. i.
cirogrille, hedge-hog, (Lat. choirogrillus,)
Lev. xi. 5. Deut. xiv. 7.
ciriely, adv. in the Syrian language, iv Kings
xviii. 26.
ciuylite, citizenship, Deeds xxii. 28.
clappen, to clap, Judg. vii. 19.
clarifien, to glorify, beautify, make clear,
in Esdr. viii. 82. Joh. xii. 28; p.t.cla-
rifiede, Heb. v. 5 ; p.p. clarified, Joh. xii.
23. ii Thess. iii. i.
clarioun, a trumpet, Ex. xix. 13, 19; pi. cla-
riouns, Josh. vi. 8.
cle, clee, a hoof, Ex. x. 26 ; pi. cleen, cles,
cleas, Gen. xlix. 17. Judg. v. 22. Ps.
Ixviii. 32.
cleer, clere, splendid, bright, Judith xvi. 16.
Wisd. vi. 13. Jam. ii. 3.
cleerid, p.p. made clear, Ex. xix. 16.
cleerliere, cleerliker, comp. more clearly,
i Kings xiv. 19.
clernesse, clerenesse, cleerness, glory, bright-
ness, Joh. v. 41. xvii. 22. Apoc. vii. 12.
clerte, clerete, cleerte, clearness, brightness,
Tob. xiii. 20. Apoc. xxi. ii.
cley, clay, Gen. xiv. 10.
cleyye, cleyi, clejy, clayey, in Kings vii. 46.
Ecclus. xxii. i.
cleyene, made of clay, Job iv. 19.
clemede, p.t. smeared, Ex. ii. 3.
clepe, to call, Gen. iv. 26. Mt. i. 21 ; p.t.
clepide, deep, Josh. vi. 6. Mt. iv. 21 ; pi.
clepen, elepeden, clepiden, Josh. xxii. 34.
Wisd. xiii. 10. Mk. x. 49. Lk. i. 59; p.p.
clepid, iclepid, ycleeped, yclepid, Gen.
xxix. 16. Mt. i.i6. x. i. Deeds 1.23. Apoc.
prol. i. p. 638.
clepinge, clepyng, n. a calling, Mt. prol. i .
p. i. Eph. iv. i.
clepere, a caller, Judg. xv. 20; pi. clepers,
Deut. xviii. 10.
cliftus, clefts, Is. xxii. 9.
clippe, to shear, to embrace, Gen. xxxi. 19.
Job xxiv. 8; p.t. cleppide, clippide, Gen.
xxxiii. 4. i Kings xxv. 4. ii Kings xiv.
26; pi. clippeden, clyppiden, Gen. xli. 14.
I Kings xxv. 7; p.p. cleppid, clippid, Gen.
xxxviii. 13. xiv. 14. Lam.iv.5; pr.p. clipp-
ynge, Gen. xxix. 13. v. biclippe.
clippingis, clippingus, embraces, Gen. xlvi.
29. Prov. vii. 18. Eccles. iii. 5.
clippers, clypparis, shearers, Gen. xxxviii. 12.
i Kings xxv. ii.
closyngis, leaves of a gate, Judg. xvi. 3.
clote, cloote, a bur, Hos. ix. 6. x. 8.
clottis, clods, Job xxviii. 6. xxxviii. 38.
xxxix. 10.
clout, a patch, Mt. ix. 16.
cloutynge, pr.p. patching, mending, Mt. iv.
21. Mk. i. 19.
cloue, cleft, p.p. cleaved, rent, Mt. xxvii. 51.
708
GLOSSARY.
clumsid, p.p. unloosed, Is. xxxv. 3. Jer.
xlvii. 3. v. aclumsid.
cocatrice, kokatrice, a basilisk, Ps. xc. 13.
cocco, cocto, coctun, coctyn, coccyn, cok,
cocce, cocke, red, scarlet, (Lat. coccus,)
Ex. xxvi. 36. xxvii. 16. xxviii. 5. i Kings
prol. p. 4. Apoc. xvii. 4. xviii. 16.
cockil, cokil, pi. cockelis, cockils, coklis,
coclis, cockilis, cockle, Matt. xiii. 25, 29,
3°. 36» 38-
code, the end, Lev. xi. 3. Deut. xiv. 6.
v. quede.
coddes, coddis,^)o<is, Ex. ix. 31. Lk. xv. 16.
cofere, coffre, cofre, a chest, ark, coffer, Ex.
xxv. 10, 12. i Esdr. vi. 8.
cofin, coffyn, a basket, (Lat. cophinus,) Ps.
Ixxx. 7» pi. coffyns, cofynes, cofyns,
iv Kings x. 7. Mt. xiv. 20. Lk. ix. 17.
cognacioun, kindred, Gen. xxiv. 4 ; pi. cog-
naciouns, Gen. x. 31.
coyif, a cap, Ex. xxviii. 37. xxix. 6 ; pi.
coyfes, Ex. xxviii. 40.
cokedril, cocodrille, a crocodile, Lev. xi. 29.
colere, colre, colrye, the colic, (Lat. cholera,)
Ecclus. xxxi. 23. xxxvii. 33.
coliaundre, coriander, Ex. xvi. 31.
colirie, collerie, eye-salve, Apoc. iii. 18.
colyng, n. a cooling, n Mace. iv. 46.
colit, an acolyte, n Thess. prol. p. 448.
collacioun, a speaking together, n Mace.
xii. 43.
collect, a gathering, n Par. vii. 9. n Esdr.
viii. 18; pi. collectis, i Cor. xvi. i.
colle, to embrace, Eccles. iii. 5 ; p. t. collide,
Gen. xxxiii. 4.
collyngis, embraces, Gen. xlvi. 29. Prov. iii.
5. vii. 18. Eccles. iii. 5.
com, commen, to come, Gen. xviii. 10.
iv Kings vi. 3; imp.pl. commith, cometh,
iv Kings vii. 4. Mt. iv. 19; p.t. com, cam,
Gen. xx. 3 ; pi. comen, camen, Gen. xi.
31; p.p. comen, Gen. vi. 13.
comaunde, p.t. commanded, Josh. viii. 4.
comelid, p. p. unloosed, Is. xxxv. 3. v.
cumblid.
comelili, properly, becomingly, i Kings x. 7.
comelyng, cumlinge, a stranger, Gen. xix.
9. Lev. xxv. 47. Deeds vi. 5; pi. come-
lyngis, cumelingis, cumlyngis, Ex. xii.
19. Lev. xxv. 45. Deeds ii. 10. i Pet.
i. i.
comeling-wonyng, n. a sojourning, Wisd.
xix. 10.
comenaunt, comenount, a covenant, Gen.
vi. 18. Ex. xxiv. 7.
comenountid, p. t. covenanted, Gen. ix. 15 ;
p.p. comenauntid, Ex. xxiv. 8.
comyn, cummyn, cummin, Is. xxviii. 25.
Mt. xxiii. 23.
comyne, comunen, to commune, Ps. cxl. 4.
Ecclus. xiii. i ; p.t. comunede, Phil. iv.
15 ; pi. comyneden, comuneden, Heb. ii.
14; p.p. comynyd, Wisd. xiii. 21.
comenynge, comynyng, n. communication,
communion, i Cor. x. 16. 2 Cor. viii. 4.
comynere, comuner, a participator, i Pet.
v. i.
comoun, the commonalty, Ex. xii. 38; pi.
comouns, comyns, Josh. vi. 9. iv Kings
xxv. 19.
comounli, in common, Gen. xiii. 6.
comounte, comynte, the commonalty, Ex.
xix. 23. Deeds xvii. 5.
compacient, suffering with each other, i Pet.
iii. 8.
comparysoun, to compare, i Mace. x. 71.
compaside, cumpasside, p. t. went round,
Gen. xii. 46. Mt. ix-35; pi. cumpassiden,
Josh. vi. 14. ii Par. xxiii. 2.
compeers, fellows, Judg. xi. 38.
compunct, compuneted, p.p. having com-
punction, Ps. iv. 5. xxix. 13. Deeds ii. 37.
conceyuyng, n. conception, Gen. xxv. 21 ; pi.
conceyuyngis, Gen. iii. 16.
concubyn, secondary wife, Gen. xxii. 24;
pi. concubyns, Gen. xxv. 6.
cony, conyng, a rabbit, Lev. xi. 5.
coniecte, to conjecture, Ez. xxi. 19.
coniectynge, coniecturing, n. a divining, Ez.
xxi. 19.
coniure, to adjure, Gen. xxiv. 3; pr.t. coun-
iour, Mt. xxvi. 63; p.p. coniurid, Gen.
1. 6. Tob. ix. 5.
coniured, p. t. conspired, iv Kings ix. 14;
pi. coniureden, iv Kings xii. 20.
coniurysoun, a conspiracy, ii Kings xv. 12.
connen. v. kunne.
consistorie, consistory, Esth. v. i.
conspiracioun, conspiracy, n Par. xxxiii.
24-
constreyners, taskmasters, Ex. v. 6, 10, 14.
constreynyngli, compulsorily, i Pet. v. 2.
consuetude, custom, i Kings xx. 25. Esth.
ix. 3.
consuls, chief men, Job iii. 14.
consumpt, p.p. consumed, Josh. x. 20.
contek, reviling, Mt. xxii. 6; pi. cuntekis,
contakes, Lk. xx. n.
contrarie, contrarye, to oppose, Ruth i. 16.
Job xxi. 34; pr.p. contrariynge, Deut.
i-43-
contrarious, contrary, perverse, Esth. xvi. 7.
Mt. xiv. 24.
conuenticulis, conventicles, Ps. xv. 4.
conuersis, converts, proselytes, i Par. xxii.
2. Deeds ii. ii.
conuertid, p.p. turned back, i Mace. x. 72.
Job., i. 38. Deeds xvi. 18.
conuycte, conuyt, pr.p. convicted, Ex. xxi.
17. Dan. xiii. 61.
coode, pitch, Ex. ii. 3.
coolding, n. a cooling, n Mace. iv. 46.
coombis, combys, combs, Is. iii. 19.
coope, eoepe, a cope, Ex. xxv. 7. Lev. viii.
7. Ecclus. xiv. 10.
coost, coast, side, limit, Num. iii. 35 ; pi.
coostis, coostus, Num. xx. 17. xxxiv. 2.
coostis, costis, expenses, n Par. viii. 16.
coostieth, pr. t. borders, coasts, i Kings
prol. p. i.
coote, cote, a coat, Gen. xxxvii. 3. Mt. v.
40; pi. cootis, kootis, Gen. iii. 21. i Par.
xix. 4. Lk. iii. u.
coote, a coot, a bird, Lev. xi. 16.
! cop, top, Gen. xliv. i. Lk. iv. 29; pi. cop-
pis, cooppis, Gen. viii. 5. Is. xvii. 6.
copyous, multitudinous, i Mace. xvi. 5.
coraiouste, courageousness, Ps. liv. 9.
coriour, curiour, a currier, Deeds ix. 43.
x. 6.
corlure, corolu, kurlu, a curlew, Ps. civ. 40;
pi. curluris, corolues, kurlewis, Ex. xvi.
13. i Par. prol. p. 313.
cornes, corn, Gen. xii. 42, 47. Lk. vi. i.
coronal, a fillet for the head, Judith xvi.
10.
corour, a courier, runner, Job ix. 25.
correpcioun, corepcioun, a reproving, Eph.
vi. 4. ii Pet. ii. 16.
cors, a corpse, Gen. xxiii. 3.
cortyn, curtyn, a curtain, Ex. xxvi. i.
xxxvi. ii; pi. cortyns, curteyns, Ex.
xxvi. i. xxxv. 17. Num. iv. 26.
corumpe, to destroy, corrupt, Hos. ii. 12 ;
pr. t. corumpith, i Cor. v. 6 ; pi. corum-
pen, i Cor. xv. 33; p. t. corrumpide,
corumpide, Apoc. xix. 2 ; p.t. pi. cor-
rumpiden, corrumpten, Nah. ii. 2 ; p.p.
corumped, corupt, corrumpted, n Cor.
iv. 1 6.
cos, coss, cosse, a kiss, Gen. xxvii. 26.
S. Sol. i. i . Lk. xxii. 48 ; pi. cossis, kosses,
Gen. xxix. 13. Prov. xxvii. 6.
cosside, cossyde, p. t. kissed, Gen. xxvii. 26.
xxxiii. 4.
cosynage, family, relationship, Ex. i. 6. ii
Mace. v. 9 ; pi. cosynages, Gen. xii. 3.
cosyness, a female cousin or relative, Lk. i.
36.
costagis, cost*, expenses, Pref. ep. c. viii.
p. 74.
! coste, imp. pay costs, be at charges, Deeds
xxi. 24.
costeuous, sumptuous, ii Par. xxxv. 24.
costretis, costrils, water vessels, Ruth ii. 9.
cotes, cots, cottages, Wisd. xi. 2.
couche, chamber, Mt. vi. 6.
coueitise, lust, covetousness, Num. xi. 34.
xxxiii. 17. Tob. iii. 16; pi. coueitises,
Ecclus. xviii. 30. Jam. iv. i.
couenable, suitable, Gen. xl. 5. Ex. xv. 23.
Mk. xiv. 56.
couenably, couenabli, suitably, Ps. ix. i.
Mk. xiv. ii.
couenablenesse, suitableness, Eccles. viii. 6.
couenablete, couenabletee, opportunity, n
Mace. xiv. 29. Mt. xxvi. 16. Lk. xxii. 6.
couent, assembly, i Par. prol. p. 315. Ps.
Ixiii. 3. Jam. ii. 2.
couercheues, kercheues, kerchiefs, Is. iii.
23-
couerde, couerid, coouerede, p.p. recovered,
iv Kings xx. 12. Is. xxxix. i.
couer-lyte, a bed covering, iv Kings viii. 15.
couertour, a covering, Ex. xxxvi. 19; pi.
couertours, Ex. xxxvi. 7.
coumforting, n. comfort, Gen. xxxvii. 35.
coumfortide, p. t. strengthened, fastened, Is.
xii. 7.
couplen, to join, Is. v. 8j p.p. cowplid,
Gen. xxix. 34.
GLOSSARY.
709
couplis, beams, rafters, in Kings vi. 10.
S. Sol. i. 16.
cowden. v. kunne.
cracche,cratche,siaW, crib, Jobvi.5- Lk.ii.7,
i2j^.cratchis,inKingsiv.26. iPar.iv.23-
craft, handicraft, skill, Gen. xl.iy. Lk. prol.
i. p. 141 ; pi. craftis, i Par. xxii. 15.
craftyman, craftiman, craftisman, artificer,
Ex. xxxviii. 23. in Kings vii. 14. Heb.
xi. 10. Apoc. xviii. 22 ; pi. crafty-men,
crafti-men, craftise-men, n Kings v. n.
i Par. xxii. 15.
craftili, in manner of handicraft, skilfully,
Ex. xxxvi. i. Ez. xli. 18.
cram-cakes, fried cakes,pancakes, Ex.xxix.2.
crammyd, p. p. filled to the full, Hos. xiii. 6.
crasyng, n. a cleft, breach in wall, II Par.
xxiv. 13; pi. crasyngis, crasingis, n
Esdr. iv. 7. Is. ii. 21. Obad. 2.
crauasis, creueysis, openings, chinks, Lev.
xiv. 37. ii Esdr. iv. 7.
crawe, a crop of a bird, iv Kings vi. 25.
creaunsure, creaunsour, creaunser, creaun-
cer, a creditor, iv Kings iv. i, 7. Prov.
xxix. 13. Is. 1. 1.
creeste, summit, Ex..xxviii. 23; pi. creestis,
Ex. xxviii. 26.
cresen, to increase, iv Kings xx. 10.
creueysis. v. crauasis.
crious, clamorous, Prov. ix. 13.
crippid,/}.^). broken, cut, Lev. xxii. 24.
crisp, curly, Judith xvi. 10. Is. iii. 24.
cristendom, baptism, Rom. vi. 4.
cristene, to baptise, Mt. iii. 1 1 ; p.p. cristen-
ed, Rom. vi. 4.
critouns, cratlings, refuse of frying pan,
Ps. ci. 4. v. croote.
crockere, a potter, Ps. ii. 9. Wisd. xv. 7.
crokid-rigge, hunch-backed, crooked-backed,
Lev. xxi. 20.
crompid, p. p. fried, Ex. xxix. 23.
crooken, crooke, to make crooked, curve,
Ps. Ixviii. 24. Ecclus. xxxviii. 33 ; p. t.
pi. crookeden, Ps. Ivi. 7; p.p. crokid, n
Kings ix. 13; pr.p. crokynge, krokende,
Job xxvi. 13. Is. ix. 14.
croote, cratlings, refuse of frying pan, Ps.
ci. 4. v. critouns.
cros, crosse, a gibbet. Gen. xl. 19. Josh. viii.
29. Esth. v. 15.
croude, crowde, a musical instrument, Lk.
xv. 25 ; pi. croudis, Judg. xi. 34.
crudded, cruddid, p.p. curded, Job x. 10.
Ps. Ixvii. 16. cxviii. 70. Wisd. vii. 2.
cruetis, phials, Mk. vii. 4, 8.
crustid, p. p. fried, Ex. xxix. 22.
cubicularies, chamberlains, Judith xii. 6.
cubit, hollow part, bending, Jer. xxxviii. 12.
cucumeris, cucumbers, Bar. vi. 69.
cuyschuns, cushions, i Kings v. 9.
culter, cultre, a knife, Prov. xxiii. 2.
culuer, culuere, a dove, pigeon, Gen. viii. 8.
Mt. iii.i6; pi. culuers, culueris, culueres,
Lev. v. 7. Mt. x. 16. Joh. ii. 14.
culuer-brid, a young pigeon, Lev. xii. 6 ; pi.
culuer-briddis, culuere-briddis, Lev. i.
14. Lk. ii. 24.
cumblid, p.p. unloosed, Is. xxxv. 5. v.
acumblid, comelid.
cumlinge. v. comelyng.
cumlyngnes, a sojourning, Ez. xx. 38.
cunde. v. kunne.
cm ii lid, a conduit, in Kings xviii. 32.
cunnen. c. kunne.
curaiows, courageous, i Kings xvi. 18.
cure, care, need, n Par. xxviii. 15. i Mace.
xiv. 42. Mt. xxii. 16. Deeds xxvii. 3.
cure, imp. keep, take care of, be intent on,
heal, repair, n Tim. ii. 15 ; pr. t. curen,
Tit. iii. 8 ; p. t. curede, curide, Gen. xx.
17. in Kings xviii. 30; pi. curiden,
Deeds viii. 2 ; p.p. curid, iv Kings v. 3.
curiouste, curiosity, Num. iv. 20.
curluris. v. corlure.
cursful, accursed, Prov. xxviii.g. Ecclus.x.7-
cursidere, comp. more cursed, Ecclus. x. 9.
cursidhedes, cursidhedus, cursednesses, Lev.
xviii. 27. Bar. ii. 33.
curtus, courteous, Wisd. vii. 23. Is. prol.
p. 224.
curteysly, courteously, i Kings xxv. 14.
curtesie, courtesy, n Mace. xiv. 9.
customable, customary, usual, Num. xxix. 6.
Ecclus. xx. 21.
customablenesse, habit, custom, Ecclus. xx.
27.
customabli,ttraa%, habitually, Ecc\us.xx.26.
customyd, p.p. accustomed, Ex. v. 18.
cutten. v. kitte.
D.
daam. v. damme.
dai-listen, to dawn, i Kings xxix. 10.
dai-sterre, the morning-star, Job xxxviii. 32.
dalf, dalue. v. delue.
damesele, damysele, a maiden, damsel, Gen.
xxiv. 55, 57 ; pi. damesels, Gen. xxiv. 61.
damme, daam, a mother, dame, dam, Pref.
ep. c. vi. p. 67. Deut. xxii. 6; pi.
dammes, Deut. xxii. 6.
dampne, to condemn, Ps. xxxvi. 33. Mk. x.
33. Deeds xxv. 16; p. t. dampnede,
ii Mace. iv. 47. Joh. viii. 10; p.p.
dampnyd, n Mace. xiii. 8. Mt. xii. 37.
dare, daren, to be hid from, Mk. vii. 24.
Deeds xxvi. 26. ii Pet. iii. 8; pr. t.
daarith, dareth, ii Pet. iii. 5.
darnel, dernel, pi. darnales, darnels, derne-
lis, derneiles, darnel, Mt. xiii. 25, 29.
darstis, dregs, Hos. iii. i. v. drast.
dasewe, daswen, to grow dim, Is. xxxii. 3 ;
p. t. dasewide, daswed, Deut. xxxiv. 7 ;
pi. dasewiden, daswiden, Gen. xxvii. i.
xlviii. 10. i Kings iii. 2.
daunseresse, daunstere, a female dancer, Ec-
clus. ix. 4.
daunte, to tame, Mk. v. 4. Jam. iii. 8 ; pr.t.
dauntith, Dan. ii. 40.
daunte, to dandle, fondle, cherish, Is. Ixvi.
12, 13.
dawben, to plaster, Ez. xiii. 1 1 ; p. t. pi.
dawbeden, Ez. xiii. 10; p.p. dawbid,
Lev. xiv. 42, 43.
deadid, deadyd, dedid, p.p. dead, i Kings
xxv. 37.
debonere, deboner, adj. mild, meek, Ps.
xxiv. 9. Is. Ixi. i. v. bonere.
debonernesse, beauty, elegance, mildness,
Ps. xliv. 5. i Cor. iv. ai. v. boneraesse.
debreiding, pr.p. tearing, Mk. i. 26. ix. 25.
debroken, p.p. broken down, rent asunder,
Ez. xxxi. 15 ; pr. p. debrekynge, Mk. i. 26.
debrisse, debrise, to break in pieces, Ez. xxx.
18. xxxiv. 27; p.p. debrusid, Dan. ii. 42.
deceptaciouns, disputations, Rom. xiv. i.
dedeyn, dedeyne, indignation, Mt. xxi. 15.
xxvi. 8. Lk. xiii. 14.
dedeynen (?), to deign, Pref. ep. cvi. p. 67.
dedeyneden, p. t. pi. had indignation, Mt.
xxi. 15.
dedliche, deedli, deadli, deadly, mortal, Josh.
prol. p. 556. Esth. xiii. 2. Hebr. vii. 8.
Jam. v. 17.
deedis-office, funeral service, n Par. xxi.
19; pi. deed-offices, ii Par. xxxii. 33.
deel, apart, Ex. xxx. 15.
defaylynge, pr.p. failing, Deut. xxviii. 32.
defame, v. diffame.
defaute, defect, failure, Job prol. p. 670.
Wisd. viii. 18. xi. 5.
defauteh, to fail, Judg. viii. 5; p. t. defau-
tide, Num. xi. 33; p.p. defautid, Judg.
viii. 15.
defautyng, n. a failing, failure, Wisd. xi. 5.
defautiyf, defective, Ex. vi. 12.
defend, to forbid, prohibit, Num. xi. 28 ;
p. t. defendide, Judg. xv. i ; p.p. de-
fended, Num. xxii. 13.
defensable, capable of defence, Judg. vi. 2.
defensioun, a defence, Ecclus. xlviii. 7.
defformyd, p.p. misformed, n Cor. iii. 7-
defye, difye, to void, put forth, i Kings i.
14; p.t. defiede, n Par. xxi. 19; p.p.
defied, Deut. xxiii. 13. xxviii. 27. i Kings
xxv. 37. Rom. prol. i. p. 298.
defoule, to tread down, destroy, defile, Ps.
cxxxviii.il. i Mace. xv. 40. Heb. x. 29;
p.t. defoulide, iv Kings xxiii. 13 ; pi. de-
fouleden, defouliden, n Par.xxxvi.i4. Lk.
xii. i; p.p. defoulid, Hos. ix. 3. i Cor. viii.
7; pr.p. defoulinge, Lk. x. 19.
defoulyng, n. pollution, Judith iv. 10 ; pi.
defoulynges, n Pet. ii. 20.
defourme, adj. informed, Gen. xli. 19.
deynte, dainty, Prov. xxi. 17.
dekenehood, the office of deacon, i . Tim. prol.
P- 453-
delen, to distribute, iv Kings xii. 5. Lk. xi.
22; p.t. delide, Lk. ix. 16; p. p. delid,
Josh. xxi. 40.
delynge, n. a distribution, Num. xxxvi. 4.
i Cor. x. 1 6.
delicatis, pi. delicate persons, Bar. iv. 26.
delice, delight, luxury, Gen. ii. 8, is;^/.de-
lices, delicis, Gen. xlix. 20. Lk. vii. 25.
delitable, delightful, Gen. iii. 6. Ps. Ixvi. i.
Eccles. xi. 7.
delityng, delitende (?), n. delight, Wisd. viii.
18 ; pi. delitingus, Ps. xv. 10.
delyuere-doyng, n. active work, Ecclus. ix-4-
delue, to dig, pierce, Gen. xxvi. 25. Lk.
xiii. 8; p.t. dalf, dalfe, dalf ue,' dalue,
710
GLOSSARY.
deluyde,deluede,Gen.xxi.30. 1.5. Mt.xxi.
33. xxv. 18; pi. dolue, delueden, Ps.
xxi. 17. hi. 7; p.p. dolue, doluyn, dol-
uun, delf, delued, Gen. xxvi. 15. Job.
prol. p. 233. Apoc. pro!, i. p. 638.
delues.^M/s, quarries, II Par. xxxiv. II.
delyuer, imp. deliberate, n Kings xxiv. 13.
deme, to judge, Gen. xv. 14. Mt. vii. i ;p.t.
demede, demyde, Gen. xxx. 6. Lk. xv.
15 ; pi. demeden, Mt. xx. 10. i Cor. xi.
31; p.p. denied, demyd, demede, Gen.
xxx. 6. Mt. vii. i. Job. iii. 18; pr.p. de-
mynge, Mt. xix. 28.
denes, denys, deenys, officers over ten, Ex.
xviii. 21, 25. Deut. i. 15.
denoumbren, to enumerate, Ps. Ixxxix. n.
dentyngis, rabbitings, morticings, Ex. xxvi.
17. xxxvi. 24.
deol, doel, deyl, duyl, deel, mourning,
it Kings xiv. 2.
departe, to divide, Gen. i. 6. Mt. x. 35;
imp.pl. departith, Mt. vii. 23; p. t. de-
partide, Gen. i. 4. Job. vi. n ; pi. de-
partiden, Mt. xxvii. 35; p.p. departid,
Gen. x. 5. Rom. i. i; pr.p. departinge,
Lk. xxiii. 35.
departyng, n. a separation, division, Ex. viii.
23. Rom. iii. 22. Heb. iv. 12; pi. de-
partyngis, departingis, Gen. xv. 17. i Cor.
xi. 18. xii. 4.
departyngli, distinctly, separately, at inter-
vals, Num. x. 7.
departer, a divider, discerner, Lk. xii. 14.
Heb. iv. 12.
depeyntid, p. t. depicted, painted, Pref. ep.
c. iii. p. 63; p.p. depeyntid, Lev. xi. 30.
depoost, deposit, i Tim. vi. 20. n Tim. i.
14-
depraueden, p. t. pi. turned to evil, Prov.
i. 30.
depute, attributable, Rom. prol. I . p. 299.
derkeden, p. t. pi. darkened, I Kings iv. 15 ;
p.p. derkid, in Kings xviii. 45. Rom.
i. i. Tit. i. 12.
derkful, dark, Lk. xi. 34.
derknessis, pi. darkness, Gen. i. 2. Mt.
xxvii. 45.
denvorth, dereworth, derworthe, dereworthe,
dear, S. Sol. ii. 7. v. i. Mt. xvii. 5. Eph.
i. 7; sup. derworthest, derewortheste, S.
Sol. v. i. Wisd. xii. 7. Jam. ii. 5.
derelinge, derlyng, darling, Deut. xxxii.
15. S. Sol. ii. 9; pi. derlyngis, Ps.
lix.6.
descryue, discriue, to write, to describe,
Deut. xvii. 18. Prov. iii. 3; p. t. discry-
uede, Num. xxxiii. 2; p.p. descryued,
discryued, Num. xi. 26. Lk. ii. i.
deseertnesse, desolation, Lev. xxvi. 43.
deseruend, pr.p. serving, Wisd. xix. 6.
desiderable, desirable, Ps. xviii. ii.
desireful, desirable, Dan. x. 3.
despeirable, desperate, Jer. xv. 18.
despit, dispit, dispyt, dispiyt, contempt, Gen.
xvi. 5. xxix. 33. ii Esdr. iv. 4. Rom. ix.
21 ; pi. dispitis, Rom. i. 24.
destrie, destrye, distrye, distroye, distruye,
to destroy, Ex. xxiii. 24. i Mace. ix. 73.
Mt. ii. 13. v. 17. Lk. xii. 18; p. t. di-
striede, distruyde, distruyede, Judg. vi.
30. Mt. xxii. 7 ; p. p. destried, di-
stried, destroyed, distruyed, Lev. xi. 35.
Judg. vi. 30. Mt. ix. 17. xxiv. 2; pr.p.
destruynge, n Mace. xii. 7.
dettid, p.p. owed, Deut. xv. 2.
deue-dep, deue-doppe, dyue-dap, a dab-
chick, waterfowl, Lev. xi. 17. Deut. xiv.
i?-
deuel-cleperes, invokers of devils, Is. xlvii.
9. Jer. xxvii. 9.
deuouresse, a female devourer, Ez. xxxvi. 13.
deweth, imp. pi. shed out dew, Is. xiv. 8.
dialatik, dialectics, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 68.
dichis, diches.p/. holes, Is. xxxiv. 15.
diffame, to report abroad, Mk. i. 45; p. t.
diffamide, Deut. xxii. 19; pi. defameden,
diffameden, Mt. ix. 31; p.p. defamyd,
Lk. xvi. i. i Thess. i. 8.
differre, to delay, postpone, Deut. vii. 10;
p. t. differride, Deeds xxiv. 22 ; p.p. dif-
ferrid, Ez. xii. 22.
diflyned, deffyned, p.p. determined, Lk. xxii.
22.
diffynyng, n. a determining, Ez. xliii. 13.
diffinicioun, final determination, Dan.xi. 36.
difye. v. defye.
dignacioun, indignation, Gen. xviii. 30.
diyngis, dyes, colours, Job xxviii. 19.
diligentlier, comp. more diligently, in Kings
iii. 21. n Mace. xi. 36.
diluuye./ood, Gen. vi. 17. 2 Pet. ii. 5.
dymes, tithes, Gen. xiv. 20. xxviii. 22.
dymynued, p. p. diminished, abated, Ez.
xxxv. 13.
dippere, a diver, a waterfowl, Lev. xi. 17.
Deut. xiv. 17.
disceyuably, treacherously, Num. xxxv. 20.
disch, disbe, disc, quoit, n Mace. iv. 14.
discharge, to unburden, unlade, Jam. v. 15;
p. t. dischargede, Gen. xxiv. 32 ; pi. dis-
cargeden, Deeds xxvii. 38.
disciplisse, a woman disciple, Deeds ix. 36.
discomfort, discoumfort, distress, Ez. xii.
19. Mt. xxiv. 15.
discomforteden, p.t. discouraged, Num. prol.
p. 364; p.p. discoumfortid. Josh. v. i.
discorditb, p. t. disagrees, Josh, prol.p. 555.
discriuyng, discryuynge, n. a describing,
II Kings xxiv. 9. Lk. ii. 2 ; pi. discry-
uyngis, Ez. xliii. n.
diseese, disese, trouble, Mk. iv. 19. n Cor.
i. 4. ii. 5.
disesy, uneasy, Prov. xv. 15.
disesist, pr. t. 2 p. troublest, I Kings xxvi.
15; p.p. disesid, i Kings xxviii. 15.
Deeds xv. 19.
diseseful, troublesome, distressing, Gen.
xxxix. 10. Ex. xxiii. 9. Lk. xviii. 5.
dishonestid, p.p. dishonored, Prov. xxv. 8.
dismytte, dismytten, dismitte, to deliver,
release, leave, Jer. xxvii. ii. Lk. xxiii.
17 ; p.t. pi. dismittiden, Deeds xvii. 10;
p.p. dismittid, dismyttid, i Mace. x. 43.
Deeds iii. 13. xv. 30.
disparple, to disperse, to tear asunder, Ez.
xii. 14. i Cor. iii. 17; pr. t. disparplith,
disparpileth, Lk. ix. 39. Job. x. 12 ; p. t.
disparplid, disparpoilide, Gen. xi. 9. Lk.
ix. 42 ; p.p. disparplid, disparplit, dis-
parpulid, disparpoilid, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p-7i. Mk. iii. 24. Job. xvi. 32. Deedsv.36.
dispender, dispendere, dispendour, a stew-
ard, Gen. xliii. 16, 19. Lk. xii. 42. Tit.
i. 7 ; pi. dispenderis, i Cor. iv. i.
dispending, n. a dispensation, i Cor. ix. 17.
dispensatour, a steward, Gen. xliii. 16, 19.
dispensis, costs, expenses, I Par. xxii. 5.
dispersben, to perish, Judith vi. 3. Wisd.
xvi. 29; p. t. disperisht, Lam. v. 18.
dispisable, worthy to be despised, Prov.
xviii. i.
dispitous, dispitouse, despiteful, cruel, Job
xxxviii. 2 g. Rom. prol. 2. p. 302.
disputesoun, disputisoun, a disputation, Job
xxi. 4. Eccles. iii. n ; pi. disputisouns,
dispitisouns, dispeticiouns, Rom. xiv. I.
dispuyle, to spoil, I Kings xxxi. 8 ; p.t. dis-
puylide, i Kings xviii. 4 ; pi. dispuyliden,
Gen. xxxvii. 23; p.p. dispoylid, Mk. iii.
24. 2 Cor. v. 4.
disseruyd, p.p. well served, Heb. xiii. 16.
dissymelith, dissymulith, pr. t. dissembles,
Prov. xii. 1 6 ; p.t. dissymelide, dissymy-
lide, Gen. xix. 16. i Kings x. 27. xxiii.
13; p.p. dissymelid, Esth. v. 10.
distreyne, to strip off, Ex. xvii. 22.
distourble, disturble, to disturb, confound,
Ps. ii. 5. xx. 10; p.t. disturblide, Josh.
x. 10; p.p. distourblid, disturblid, dis-
troblid, distrublid, distroublid, Ex.xv.i5.
Ps. vi. 10. Mt. xxiv. 6. Lk. xxiv. 37.
Job. xiv. 27 ; pr.p. disturblinge, distrou-
blinge, Deeds xvii. 13.
distriere, destroyer, Judith viii. 25. i Cor.
x. 10; pi. destrieris, Judg. ii. 16.
disturblyng, distourblynge, distroublynge,
a disturbance, Ps. xxx. 21. Lk. xxiii. 19.
ditee, dyte, a song, Ex. xv. i. Deut. xxxi.
19; pi. ditees, Ps. liii. i.
dyteris, writers, inditers, Esth. viii. 9.
diting, an inditing, writing, Wisd. prol.
p. 85.
diuersith, dyuersith, pr.t. differs, i Cor. xv.
41. Cath. epp. prol. 2. p. 595.
dyue-dap. v. deue dap.
dyuersete.dyuersite, dyuerste, difference, va-
riety, Ex. xxxi. 5. Ps. xb'v. 10; pi. diuer-
setees, Ps. xliv. 15.
diuynyng, dyuynyng, deuynyng, a divina-
tion, Lev. xix. 26. Prov. xvi. 10.
dyuynour, a diviner, Num. xxii. 5 ; pi. di-
uynouris, dyuyneris, deuynouris, Lev.
xix. 31. Jer. xxvii. 9.
dijten, to prepare, dress, Gen. vi. 14 ; imp.
diste, Ez. xxxviii. 7 ; p.t. dijte, Gen. xxii.
3; p.p. dist, Ex. xii. 19.
dodde, to cut off, Lev. xix. 27 ; imp. dodde,
Jer. vii. 29; p.t. doddide, ii Kings xiv.
26 ;^.doddiden, dedden (?), diden (>),Gen.
xii. 14; p.p. dodded, doddid, n Kings
xiv. 26. Jer. xxv. 23.
GLOSSARY.
711
doel. ». deol.
doggische, surly, dogged, Ecclus. xii. 22 g.
doluun. v. delue.
dom, dome, doom, judgement, Gen. xviii.
19. 25. Mt. v. 40; pi. domes, i Cor. vi.
4. Apoc. xix. 2.
domesman, a judge, Ex. ii. 14. Mt. v. 25 ; pi.
domysmen, domesmen. Num. xxv. 5.
Mt. xii. 27. Lk. ix. 19.
dom-place, judgment-hall, Deeds xvi. 19.
xvii. 17.
don, doon, to do, to put, Pref. ep. e. 9. p. 75.
Ex. xix. 8 ; do doun, Mk. xv. 36 ; pr. t.
2 p. doost, deest, dist, Ex. xviii. 14. Deut.
vii. 12 ; pi. doen, in Kings viii. 35 ; imp.
do out, Mt. vii. 5; pi. doith, doth, Gen.
xliii. ii. Mt. in. 2; p.t. dide awei, Gen.
xxxviii. 14; pi. diden of, n Esdr. iv. 23;
p.p. don doun, don off, don on, Gen.
xxxviii. 14, 19 ; doo, iv Kings ii. 9 ;
idon, Mt. vi. 10; pr. p. doende, Ps. prol.
P- 7%8-
dongy, moist, (?) Josh. xv. 19.
doo, a doe, Prov. vi. 5.
dore, to dare, to be bold, Pref. ep. c. ix. p.
75 ; pr.t. dar, Rom. x. 20 ; pi. doren, do-
run, durn, dur, der, Gen. xliv. 26. Num.
xxxii. 7. n Cor. x. 12.
dotid, p.p. foolish, stupid, Ecclus. xxv. 4.
doublefold, twofold, Ps. prol. p. 737.
doun-bowid, p.p. bowed down, Gen. xxxiii. 6.
doun-flowede, p.t. flowed down, Is. xxiv. 4.
doun-weried, p.p. worn down with fatigue,
i Kings xiv. 32.
douty, doubtful, Ez. xii. 24.
doutous. dowtows, dotous, doubtful, Pref.
ep. c. ix. p. 77. Lev. xiii. 43. n Par. ix. i.
douj, dowe, dough, Ex. xxii. 16. xxiii. 18.
doustris, doujtren, dowjtris, dowjtren,
daughters, Gen. v. 22. xxviii. 6. xlvi. 7,15.
dowue, dove, Mt. iii.i6; />Z.dowues,Mt.x.i6.
dow\is, fellies of a wheel, in Kings vii. 33.
dowyng, n. a dower, Ex. xxii. 17.
dowsti, doughty, Ex. xviii. 25.
draf, dreg, refuse, Num. vi-4- Ecclus. xxxiii.
16; pi. draffis, Hos. iii. i.
draft, dregs, Ps. xxxix. 3 ; pi. draftis, Ps.
xxxix. 3.
dragme, a drachma, Lk. xv. 8; dragmes,
dragmys, n Esdr. vii. 70. n Mace. iv.
19. Lk. xv. 8.
drast, dreg, Ps. Ixxiv. 9 ; pi. drastis, Is.
xlix. 6. v. darstis, dreste.
drawide. v. drow.
drastis, drafts (1) copies, Esth. prol. p. 636.
drede, dreed, to fear, Gen. xv. i ; p.t.
dredde, drede, dred, Gen. iii. 10. xxxii. 7.
i Kings xii. 19. Mt. ii. 22. xiv. 5 ; pi.
dreden, dredden, Mt. xxi. 46. Lk. ii. 9.
t>. adrad.
drede, terror, dread, Gen. ix. 2 ; pi. dredis,
i Par. xvii. 21.
dredeful, dreedful, dredful,dredyngful,/ear-
ful, fearing God, Deut. xxviii. 65. Judges
vii. 3. Lk. ii. 25. Deeds viii. 2.
ilredy, timorous, full of fear, Judg. vii. 3.
dreem-reder,ea;poanrferq/'dreaHW,Gen.xl.23.
drenche, v. to drench, to drown, Deut. xxxii.
42. Mt. xiv. 30 ; p. t. drenchid, Ex. xv.
4.io;pl. drenchiden, n Macc.xii. 4. Rom.
prol. 2. p. 301; p.p. drenchid, dreynt, Mt.
xiv. 30. Mk. v. 13. Lk. x. 15; pr. p.
drenchende, drenchynge, Ecclus. xliii. 19.
drery, dreri, drury, sad, sorrowful, Gen. xl.
6. i Kings i. 5. n Esdr. ii. 2 ; comp.
dreryer, Gen. xl. 7.
drerynesse, drurynesse, sadness, sorrow,
Tob. vi. 15. Ecclus. iv. 8.
dresse, to prepare, to direct, reach, Gen.
xxiv. 40. Mt. vii. 9. Joh. xiii. 26; p.t.
dresside, Josh. viii. 13. Ps. xxxix. 3. Lk.
xxiv. 30; pi. dressiden, Gen. xiv. 8;
p.p. dressid, Gen. xxiv. 42. Lk. iii. 5 ;
pr.p. dressynge, Num. xxiv. i. Jam. iii. 4,
dreste, dreg, Ps. Ixxiv. 9 ; pi. drestis, dres-
tus, dregs, Ps. xxxix. 3. Is. xlix. 6. v.
darstis, drast.
drit, dung, dirt, Ecclus. xxii. 2.
dryue, to drive, Gen. xxxi. 26; p.t. drof,
drofe, droof, droue, Gen. xv. n. i Kings
xxiii. 5. i Par. xix. 14. n Pet. ii. 6;
pi. dreuen, dreuin, drywen, dryueden,
driueden, n Kings vi. 3. Job xxiv. 3;
p.p. dreuen, dryuun, Ex. viii. 9.
dromedis, dromedaries, Is. Ix. 6.
drope-falling, n. eaves-dropping, Ps. Ixxi. 6;
pi. drope-fallingus, Ps. Ixiv. n.
drow, drowe, dro3, drowj, drawide, p. t.
drew, Gen. xxiv. 45. Judg. v. 21. Is. x.
13. Hab. i. 15. Mk. xiv. 47.
drunkede, p.t. made drunk, Jilled, Ecclus.
xxxix. 28; 2 p. drunkedest, Is. xliii. 24;
pr.p. drunkinge, Ecclus. xxxii. 17.
drunkelew, drunklew, drunkenlewe, dronke-
lew, given to drink, Ecclus. xix. i. xxvi.
ii. Mt. xxiv. 49. i Cor. vi. 10. Tit. i. 7.
drunkenhed, drunkinhed, drunkenness, Ju-
dith xiii. 19. Is. v. n.
drunkne, to make drunk, Is. xvi. 9. Jer.
xxxi. 14; pr.t. drunkneth, Is. Iv. toj
p. t. drunknede, Is. Ixiii. 6.
drury, drurynesse. v. drery, drerynesse.
duchie, place or dignity of a duke, n Esdr.
v. 18.
duelich, duly, in due manner, Num. xxix. 24.
duyk, duk, a leader, prince, Dan. iii. 38.
Mt. ii. 6.
duyl. c. deol.
dullid, p.p. made dull, Eccles. xii. 3 g.
dunne, grey, tawny, Gen. xxx. 33.
duryde, p.t. endured, continued, Dan. vi. 28.
during, n. an age, time, Ecclus. i. I, 4; pi.
duringis, in Esdr. iv. 40.
dusknesse, darkness, Job xxiii. 17; pi.
dusknessis, Job xxiii. 17.
dwelleresse, a female dweller, Jer. xxi. 13.
dwellid, p. p. inhabited, Is.xlv.i8. Jer.xvii.25-
dwelstere, a female dweller, Jer. xxi. 13.
dwyne, to pine, waste away, Ps. cxviii. 139 ;
p.t. dwynede, Ps. cxviii. 158. cxxxviii. 21.
E.
ebruli, adv. in the Hebrew language, Ps.
prol. p. 736.
ecchingus, additions, Is. xv. 9.
ech, eche, eiche, iche, yche, each, Ex. xii. 3.
Lev. xxv. 10. Mt. vii. 26. xviii. 35.
ech-on, ech-oon, eche-oon, each one, Gen. i.
12. xxxii. 16. Mt. xx. 10.
echen, eche, eeche, to add, increase, Gen.
xxxiv. 12. Ecclus. xviii. 5. Prov. xxii.
16; imp.pl. eecheth, Jer. Ii. 12; p.t. ech-
ide, Gen. xxiv. 25 ; p.p. eechid, Ecclus.
xi. 35; pr.p. echynge, Lev. ix. 17.
edder, eddre, an adder, serpent, Gen. iii. i. 4.
Mt. vii. 10; pi. eddres, eddris, addris,
Num. xxi. 6, 8. Mt. xii. 34. v. bosk
eddre, shadewe eddre.
edifien, to build, Gen. xi. 8 ; p.t. edefiede,
Gen. ii. 22. viii. 20.
eder, ivy, Jonah iv. 6. 11 Mace. vi. 7.
edwite, to upbraid, Ecclus. viii. 6; pr.t. ed-
witeth.Wisd. ii. 12; pi. edewiten, edwiten,
Wisd. xv. 14.
edwityng, n. reproach, Ecclus. vi. i. Wisd.
v. 3; pi. edwitingis, Ecclus. xviii. 18 g.
eeld, eeren, etc. v. elde, eren, etc.
eer, eere, ere, the ear, Ex. xxi. 6. Ps. xvi. 6 ;
pi. eeris, eerys, eris, Ex. xxxii. 2. Ps. v. 2.
eerli, eerlich, erly, adv. early, Gen. xxi. 14.
Deut. xxviii. 67.
eere-ring, ere-ring, earring, Job xiii. n; pi.
eer-ryngis, eere-ryngis, Gen. xxiv. 22.
Ex. xxxii. 2.
eft, efte, again, Gen. xvii. 9. Mt. xiii. 45, 47.
Apoc. xix. 3.
eft-biheest, a repeated promise, Deedis ii-39.
eftsone, eftsoone, eftsones, eftsonys, eft-
soonys, adv. again, forthwith, Gen. xvii. 9.
xx. 10. xxix. 3. Mt. iv. 7. v. 33. Joh.
xix. 9.
egge, edge, Heb. xi. 34; pi. eggys, egis,
i Kings xiii. 21.
egge, to provoke, sharpen, Deut. xxxii. 21 ;
p.t.pl. eggiden, Gen. xlix. 23. Deut. xxxii.
16, 19 ; p.p. eggid, Deut. xxxii. 21.
eggyng, n. a setting on edge, Amos iv. 6.
egre, sour, Ps. cvi. n.
egreli, sourly, Ecclus. iv. 9.
ey, eye, an egg, Tob. xi. 14. Lk. xi. 12 ;
pi. eiren, eyren, eyrun, eren, Deut.
xxii. 6. Job xxxix. 14. Is. x. 14. lix. 5.
eise, eje, ise, yje, an eye, Ex. xxi. 24.
Mt. v. 29. vi. 22. Lk. vi. 42 ; pi. eesen,
eijen, eyen, isen, y?en, Gen. iii. 5. xiii. ID.
xx. 16. Num. xxiv. 2, 16. Mt. ix. 28.
Lk. ii. 30.
eyme, to estimate, value, Is. prol. p. 224.
Lev. xxvii. 8; pi. eymyde, i Kings i. 13;
p.p. eymed, aymed, Gen. xii. 49. Lev.
xxvii. 17.
eymyng, n. a valuation, estimation, Lev. v.
18. xxvii. 8.
eir, eire, air, sky, Esth. i. 6. viii. 15. Mt. vi.
26 ; pi. eiris, I Cor. xiv. 9.
eyre, eir, eire, an heir, Gen. xv. 2, 4. Mt.
xxi. 38 ; pi. eyris, eiris, Gal. iii. 29.
eisel, vinegar, Ex. xxv. 29. Num. vi. 3.
Ruth ii. 14. Mt. xxvii. 48. v. aisel.
eistith, eijtety, eighty, i Kings xxii. 18.
eke, also, Job xxi. 27.
712
GLOSSARY.
eld, elde, eeld, eelde, old age, Gen. xv. 15.
xxiv. 36. Lk. i. 36.
eld, elde, old, Ps. vi. 8. xxxi. 3. Mt. v. ai;
com/), elder, eldere, Gen. xxiv. 2.
elde-fader, grandfather, Ecclus. prol. p. 123.
eldeden, eeldeden, p.t.pl. grew old, Ps. xxxi.
3. ii Esdr. ix. ai; p.p. elded, eldid, oldid,
PB. vi. 8. xvii. 46. Bar. iii. n. i Mace.
xvi. 3.
eldnesse, eldenesse, oldness, Josh. ix. 5.
Deut. viii. 4.
eldren, eldres, eldre, elderes, fathers, seniors,
Gen. xlvii. 30. Deut. xix. 12. Josh. viii.
10. Apoc. iv. 4. v. aldren.
electre, electrum, a metal, Ez. i. 4, 27. viii. 2.
ellis, else, Gen. xliv. 26. Mt. vi. i.
em, an uncle, i Par. xxvii. 32. Esth. viii. i.
Jer. xxxii. 8, 9.
eme-sone, emes-sone, son of an uncle, Is. v.
i. Jer. xxxii. 8.
emte, an ant, emmet, Prov. vi. 6.
emblowid, p. p. inspired, Pref. ep. c. ix.
P-77-
encense, ensense, incense, perfume, Ex. xxx.
34 ; pi. encensis, Ex. xxv. 6.
encenseris, ensensers, censers, Ex. xxxvii.
1 6. Num. iv. 7.
enchaufe, to grow hot, Job vi. 17. v. chaufed.
enchauntende, pr.p. enchanting, Ps. Ivii. 6.
enchaunter, an enchanter, Deut. xviii. n;
pi. enchaunteres, Ps. Ivii. 6.
enchesoun, cause, Gen. xxxvii. 5. v. chesoun.
encle, an uncle, Esth. viii. i.
enclinaunt, enclynaunt, inclining, prone,
Ex. xxxii. 22. Prov. xxii. 9.
enclosere, a setter in metal, iv Kings xxiv.
14; pi. enclosers, iv Kings xxiv. 16.
encrecis, increase, Prov. iv. 9.
endentyngis, joints, rabetings, I Par. xxii. 3.
endeyne, indeyne, to be angry, indignant,
Gen. xviii. 30. Ex. xxxii. 22. Is. Ivii. 6;
p.t. endeyned, Job xxxii. 2 ; pi. endeyn-
eden, Wisd. xii. 27.
endettid, p.p. brought under obligation, Rom.
xiii. 4.
endyteres, writers, inditers, Esth. viii. 9.
endurith, pr. t. hardens, Rom. ix. 18 ; p. p.
endurid, Joh. xii. 40. Deeds xix. 9.
ene, eene, sheep with lamb, Ps. cxliii. 13. Is.
xl. ii. v. yeene.
eneyntisyng, n. destruction, annihilation, Ju-
dith xiii. 29. v. anyntische.
enemyable,enmyable, hostile, Ecclus. xlvi. 7.
enemyen, to be hostile, Ps. xxxiv. 19.
enemyful, hostile, Is. i. 7.
enemylich, enemy ly, enmyly, hostilely^um.
xxv. 18. ii Mace. xiv. n.
enemyte, enmity, Gen. iii. 15; pi. enemytees,
Num. xxxv. 22.
enfattid, infattid, p.p. made fat, Mt. xiii. 15.
Deeds xxviii. 27.
enfeblished, p.p. made feeble, Ex. xxii. 14.
enforgid, p.p. made, fabricated, Deut. iv. 28.
enforsen, to endeavour, strive, uPar. xx.ii;
p.t. enforside, Gen. xxxvii. 21. Judg. ix.
17. Deeds xxiv. 6; pi. enforceden, Lk.
i. i.
engoldid, p.p. gilt, Bar. vi. 7, 50, 56, 70.
Apoc. xvii. 4.
engredgide, p.t. made heavy, Ex. viii. 15;
p.p. engredgid, engregid, Ex. vii. 14. viii.
32- "• 35-
enhabiters, enhabiteris, inhabitants, Gen.
xxiv. 13. xxxvi. 20.
enhaunse, to exalt, Gen. 1. 20. Ex. xv. 2.
Jam. iv. 10; p.t. enhaunside, in Kings
xiv. 7. Lk. i. 52; p.p. enhaunsid, in
Kings xiv. 7. Mt. xxiii. 12.
enhaunsere, an exalter, Ex. xvii. 15.
enhaunsyng, n. exaltation, Ex. xvii. 15.
enhaunten, to exercise, n Par. xix. 6. Esth.
ix. 12. Job x. 17; imp. enhaunte, Prov.
xxiv. 27 ; p.t. enhauntide, n Par. ix. 26 ;
pi. enhaunteden, Tob. ix. 12. v. haunte.
enhurte, to exhort, n Kings xi. 25; pr. t.
enorteth, Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63.
enioye, to rejoice, be glad, Lk. i. 14. Joh.
xvi. 20. Apoc. xix. 7.
enioynyde, p.t. knit together, Mt. xix. 6.
enke, ink, Jer. xxxvi. 18. n Joh. 12.
enk-horn, ynk-horn, ink-horn, Ez. ix. 2, ii.
enleuen, enleuene, enleue, eleven, Gen. xxxii.
22. Mt. xxviii. 16. Lk. xxiv. 33.
enleueth, eleventh, i Kings prol. p. 2.
enmyes, enemies, n Mace. xii. 22.
ennewe, to renew, Ecclus. xxxvi. 6 ; pr. t.
ennewith, Ecclus. xxxviii. 30.
enournen, to adorn, Esth. ii. 9; p.p. enourn-
ed, i Tim. ii. 9. v. anoure.
enournyng, n. an adorning, ornament, Esth.
ii. 9, 12.
enourmentis, ornaments, Esth. ii. 3.
enpeiring, n. an impairing, Ex. xxii. ii.
enplastre, a plaster, Is. xxxviii. 21.
enpugne. ». impugue.
enquere, to inquire into, i Kings xxviii. 7.
Job x. 6; pr.p. enquerynge, Num. v. 15.
ensaumple, example, Num. v. 21, 27. viii. 4.
i Thess. i. 7 ; pi. ensaumplis, Joh. xvi. 25.
ensaumpler, pattern, copy, Heb. viii. 5 ; pi.
ensaumpleris, Josh. prol. p. 555. Heb.
ix. 24.
ensegide, p.t. besieged, Judg. Lx. 44 ; p. p.
ensegid, Deut. xxviii. 52.
enserchen, enserche, to search into, Job x. 6.
Prov. xviii. 17; pr.t.pl. enserchen, i Par.
xix. 3; p.t. enserchide, Job xxviii. n ;
pi. enserchiden, i Pet. i. 10; p.p. en-
serchid, Gen. xxxi. 37.
ensiluered, p.p. silvered, Bar. vi. 7, 50, 56,
70.
enspien, to lay wait, Esth. xvi. 14.
enstoore, enstore, instore, to restore, i v Kings
xii. 5. Eph. i. 10; pr.t.pl. enstoren, Pref.
ep. c. vii. p. 72; p.p. enstooride, instorid,
iv Kings xii. 14. Ez. xxxvi. 10. Rom.
xiii. 9.
enstorynge, n. a reparation, iv Kings xii.12.
entente, entent, heed, attention, Zech. i. 4.
n Pet. i. 19.
ententif, bent upon, attentive, Gen. vi. 5.
ii Par. vi. 3.
ententijfly, ententifli, intentifli, earnestly,
i Kings xxiii. 22. n Par. xxxiii. 13.
ententifnes, attention, Wisd. xii. 20. v. ten-
tifnesse.
enterpele, to appeal to, ask intervention,
Deut. xxv. 7; p.p. interpeled, Deut.
XXV. I.
entre, an entrance, Gen. ii. 7.
entremete, to meddle with, Job xxxviii. 2 g.
enuyouste, envy, Ecclus. xxvi. 6.
enuyroun, circuit, compass, Gen. xxiii. 17.
Ex. vii. 24. Rom. xv. 19.
enuyroune, enuyrowne, to go about, Ps.
Iviii. 7. i Tim. v. 13; p.t. enuyrounede,
Mt. iv. 23; p.p. enuyround, Job i. 7.
enuyrounyngis, circuits, windings, Josh.
v. 4.
enwrappe. v. inwrappe.
eny, ony, any, Gen. xix. 12.
er, ere, before, iv Kings ii. 9. Is. Ixvi. 7.
erand, business, Judg. xviii. 28.
ere, eren, eeren, to plough, Gen. xiv. 6.
Ex. xxxiv. 21. Deut. xxii. 10. Jobxxxix.
10; pr. t. erith, I Cor. ix. 10; p.t. pi.
ereden, eriden, Job i. 14 ; p.p. eerid, erid,
Gen. xiv. 6. Judg. xiv. 18; pr.p. eringe,
erynge, Lk. xvii. 7.
erere, a plougher, Amos ix. 6; pi. ereres,
i Kings viii. 12.
eritagen, to inherit, to endow, Ps. xxxvi. 1 1 .
Is. liv. 3 ; p. t. eritagede, Ecclus. xvii. 9.
ernes, eernes, ernest, earnest, pledge, ii Cor.
i. 22. v. 5. Eph. i. 14.
erre, to wander, go astray, Num. v, 12; p.t.
erride, Gen. xxi. 14; pr.p. errynge, Gen.
xxxvii. 15.
erthe-mouynge, earthquake, Amos i. i. Mt.
xxviii. 2 ; pi. erthe-mouyngis, Esth. xi. 5.
Mt. xxiv. 7.
erthe-quaues, earthquakes, Esth. xi. 5.
erthe-schakyng, earthquake, Mt. xxviii. 2.
erthe-tiliere, a tiller of land, Gen. xxi. 34.
Is. Iii. 4. n Tim. ii. 6 ; pi. erthe-tilieris,
iv Kings xxv. 12. Mt. xxi. 34.
erthe-tilthe, agriculture, ii Par. xxvi. 10.
Ecclus. vii. 1 6.
erthe-tilthynge, erthe-tyllyinge, agriculture,
n Par. xxvi. 10.
erthe-werching, agriculture, Ecclus. xxvii. 7.
eruke, caterpillar, (Lat. eruca,) Joel i. 4.
ii. 25. Amos iv. 9.
eryd, p.p. having ears or handles, Num.iv. 7.
ethchewe, eschewe, to avoid, Lev. xi. n.
Ecclus. xxxii. 21. i Tun. v. ii; eth-
chewith, eschewith, Prov. xi. 15. xvii. 16 ;
p. t. ethchewide, eschewide, n Kings
xix. 3; p.p. eschewid, Lev. xi. 13; pr.p.
ethchewynge, n Cor. viii. 20. iTim.vi.2o.
i est, eest, east, Gen. xi. 3.
: ete, to eat, Gen. iii. 14. Ex. xii. 8 ; p.t. ete,
eet, eete, Gen. iii. 13. Job xiii. n. Ps.
xl. 10; p.p. eten, etun, Lev. vii. 16.
eternytees, eternal ages, Pref. ep. c.iv. p. 64.
etyngis, repasts, Judg. ix. 27.
euangelie, gospel, Rom. i. i. i Thess. ii. 9.
euangelise, to preach, Lk. i. 19; pr. t. 2 p.
euangelisist, Is . xl. 9 ; p.t. euangeliside,
Lk. iii. 18; pr.p. euangelizinge, Nah. i.
15. Lk. viii. i.
GLOSSARY.
713
enangeliseris, preachers of good tidings, Ps.
IxviL 12.
enel-willi, yuel-willid, malevolent, Wisd. i. 4.
Ecclus. xxxiii. 28.
euen, equal, just, moderate, Lev. xix. 36.
Job xix. 6. Lk. xx. 36. Rom. prol. 2.
p. 301 ; comp. euener, Bar. iv. 5.
euen-a3ens, euene-ajens, euen-ajenst, near,
over against, Gen. xvi. 12. xxv. 9. Ex.
v. 20. xxv. 37. Mk. xv. 39.
euene-caytyf, fellow-prisoner, Col. iv. 10;
pi. euene-caytifs, Rom. xvi. 7.
euen-disciplis, fellow-disciples, Job. xi. 16.
euenen, to make even, Is. xxviii. 25 ; p. t.
euenede, Judg. vii. 13. in Kings xi. 27 ;
p.p. euened, i Par. iv. 27. Is. xl. 25.
euene-eir, fellow-heir, Ecclus. xxii. 29 ; pi.
euene-eyris, euene-eiris, Rom. viii. 17.
Eph. iii. 6.
euen-eldis, euene-eeldis, persons of the same
age, Dan. i. 10. Gal. i. 14.
euene-eldre, fellow-elder, of the same age,
i Pet. v. i ; pi. euene-eldris, Gal. i. 14.
euenhede, equity, Ps. x. 8.
euene-knyjt, fellow-soldier, Phil. ii. 25.
Philem. 2.
euenli, equitably, iPar. xxvi. 13. Job ix. 32.
euene-lynagis, persons of the same tribe,
i Thess. ii. 14.
euennesse, equity, Deut. ix. 5.
euen-seruaunt, fellow-servant, Mt. xviii. 28,
29. Apoc. xix. 10; pi. euen-seruauntis,
Mt. xviii. 28, 29. Apoc. vi. n.
euen-souker, euene-soukere, foster-brother,
n Mace. ix. 29.
euene-sterre, eue-tid-sterre, evening-star, Job
xxxviii. 32.
euen-tid, evening-time, Gen. i. 5.
euene-worchere, fellow-worker, Phil. ii. 25.
euene-worth, of like value, Job xxviii. 19.
euer-among, adv. at intervals, throughout,
Ex. xxv. 25.
euer-eche, euer-echon, every one, Ex. xvi. 29.
Mt. v. 22.
euere-durende, pr.p. continuing for ever,
Job x. 22. Jer. Ii. 39.
euer-eithir, either, Gen. xv. 10.
euerlastyngnesse, eternity, Is. Ivii. 15; pi.
euerlastyngnessis, Pref. ep. c. iv. p. 64.
Dan. xii. 3.
euerlastingte, eternity, Is. Ivii. 15.
euese, brow of a hill, Tob. xi. 5.
euen-biyng, euyn-byinge, n. a general pur-
chasing up, ii Mace. viii. ii.
euete, a lizard, Prov. xxx. 28.
ewe-lambren, female-lambs, Gen. xxi. 28,
29- 3°-
exactours, torturers, Deut. xvi. 18. g.
excess, exces, axcess, exstasy of mind, (Lat.
excessus,) Ps. xxx. 23. Ixvii. 28. Deeds
x. 10. xi. 5.
expert, p.p. experienced in, Eccles. viii. 5.
expounen, to expound, set forth, Josh.xx-9;
p. t. expownede, Gen. xli. 8 ; Ex. xix. 7 ;
p.p. expounid, expownid, Mt. i. 23. v.
41-
expownyng.n. an interpretation, iCor.xii.io.
VOL. IV.
expownere, an expounder, interpreter, Gen.xl.
22 ; pi. expowneris, Gen. xli. 8.
exsaumple, exsaumpler, example, copy, pat-
tern, iv Kings xvi. 10.
extre, axle-tree, Ecclus. xxxiii. 5; pl.extre.es,
in Kings vii. 30. v. axtre.
F.
fableden, p. t. pi. talked, Lk. xxiv. 15.
fablers, relaters of fables, Bar. iii. 23.
faculte, goods, means, Tob. i. 25. I Cor. vii.
35; pi. faculteis, facultees, Gen. xxxi. 14.
Lk. viii. 3.
fade, feeble, Ecclus. xi. 12.
faden, to fade, Josh, xviii. 3 ; p. t. fadide,
Is. xxi. 4.
fader, fadir, father, Gen. ix. 23; pi. fadres,
fadris, faders, fadryn, Gen. xv. 15. xlix.
29. Gal. i. 14.
fage, faage, imp. flatter, speak smoothly or
coaxingly, Judg. xiv. 15.
fallace, fallase, fallas, deceitfulness, falsity,
Mt. xiii. 22. Heb. iii. 13.
falle, fal, to fall, befal, Gen. xlix. 17. Ex.
ix. 19. Mt. xviii. 13; p. t. fel, felde, fal-
lide, Gen. xvii. 17. xl. i. Lk. i. 12; pi.
fellen, felden, Gen. xiv. 10. i Cor. x. 8.
Apoc. xix. 4; p.p. fallun, fain, falle, fallid,
feld,Gen.xlii.29. Lev. xi. 32, 35. niEsdr.
viii. 92. Prov. vi. 3; pr.p. fallende, Ju-
dith x. 20.
falowe, newly broken or cropped land, Jer.
iv. 3.
falsere, a falsifier, Cath. epp. prol. i. p. 594.
falsnessis./raurfs, Job xiii. 9.
fail, p.p. folded, bent, Mt. xvii. 14. Lk. iv.
20. v. folden.
famyden, p.t.pl. spread the fame, Mt.ix.3i.
famousiste, sup. most famous, Judith ii. 13.
fantasie,/aney, Josh. xxii. 19.
fantum, an apparition, Mt.xiv. 26. Mk.vi.49-
fardels, trusses, baggage, burdens, Judg.
xix. 17. Ruth ii. 9. i Kings xvii. 22.
xxv. 13. Ez. xxvii. 24.
fare, to be, to have oneself, ii Mace. ix. 19,
20. xi. 28 ; pr. t. farith, Gen. xxix. 6 ;
pr.p. faring, merie-faring, Jer. xxv. 30.
Ii. 14.
iase,passover, (Lai. phase,) Ex. xii. 21,43,48.
fastiden, p. t. pi. fastened, made firm, Ex.
xv. 17 ; p.p. fastede, fastid, Gen. xxviii.
13. Ez. xxx. 21.
fastne, to make fast, make firm, Lev. xxvi. 9.
ii Kings vii. 12; p.t. fastnede, ii Par.
xi. 12; pi. fastneden, Jer. xxxv. 16; p.p.
fastned, n Kings vii. 24.
fastnesse, certainty, strength, Gen. xli. 32.
Ps. xxiv. 14.
fastnyng, n. strength, Ps. xvii. 3.
fatnesses, fatness, Gen. iv. 4.
fatten, to make fat, anoint with fatness, Ps.
cxl. 5; pr. t. fattith, Prov. xv. 30. Ec-
clus. xxxv. 8; p.p. fattid, Deut. xxxii.
15. Ps. xxii. 5. Is. xxxiv. 6.
faucet, a vent, Job xxxii. 19.
faunt, an infant, Ex. ii. 3. n Kings xii. 19,
21. Tob. iv. 21 ; pi. fauntis, Job xxi. n.
4 Y
faunyng, n. a fawning, clapping, Tob. xi. 9.
Judith xiv. 13.
fautours,/acorers, Job xiii, 4.
febleden, p. t. pi. made feeble, Judith xv. 4.
Ps. Ixxxvii. 10; p.p. feblid, Ex. xxii. 14.
n Esdr. iv. 10. Lam. i. 14.
feblishid, p.p. enfeebled, Ex. xxii. 10.
federed, p.p. bound by covenant, Prov.
xvii. 9.
feerli, adj. hasty, sudden, Prov. xii. 19.
feerli.feerly, feerliche, feerlyche, suddenly,
Num. xvi. 21. Josh. x. 9. in Kings xx.
40. Job vii. 18.
feermynge, pr.p. i Kings x. 2.
feerse, feerste,^ercene*s, Judg. v. 22. Judith
iii. n.
feet-gynnes, foot-traps, Jer. v. 26. c. foot-
grene.
feynere, a feigner, Prov. xi. 9; pi. feyneres,
Job xxxvi. 13.
feynyng, n. a feigning, pretending, Is. xxxii.
6. n Mace. vi. 25. Rom. xii. 9.
feijfull, feyrfvl, faithful, Mt. xxv. 23.
fel, skin, Job ii. 4. x. 1 1 ; pi. fellis, Deut.
xxviii. 57.
fel, fell, felle, crafty, Esth. xvi. 6. Job
xxxvi. 13. i Cor. iii. 19; comp. feller,
Gen. iii. i.
felaw, felawship. v. felow, felowschipe.
feld, felde, feeld, afield, Gen. ii.5_ xxv. 29;
pi. feeldes, feeldis, Gen. xxxiv. 28. Num.
xxii. i.
feeld-beestis, cattle, Num. xxxii. 26.
feldi, feeldi, feeldy, feeldly, adj. plain, cham-
pain, Gen. xiv. 6. Num. xxii. i. Lk. vi. 17.
fele, feel, many, Gen. xxiv. 22. xxxii. 22.
iv Kings xx. 9. Rom. prol. i. p. 300.
felen, feele, to feel, perceive, Num. xxv. 17.
Prov. xiii. 3 ; p.t. felide, feelide, Gen.
xix. 33. xxx. 9; pi. feleden, feeliden,
Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 67. Wisd. xiv. 30; p.p.
feelid, Gen. xxvii. 22.
felendely, sensibly, Ecclus. xiii. 27.
felenouse, wicked, felonious, Is. liii. 12.
felijs, felys, parts of the circumference of
a wheel, fellies, in Kings vii. 33.
felle, to make to fall, Ex. viii. 26.
felle-bocche, sore of the skin, Lev. xiii. 19.
felle-wounde, fel-wounde, wound of the skin,
Lev. xiii. 19. Jer. xxx. 17.
felli, fellich, craftily, Ex.xxxii.i2. Josh.ix-4.
felnesse, craftiness, Job v. 13. Prov. i. 4.
felonye, great wickedness, Judg ix. 24. xx.
3. Esth. xvi. 23 ; pi. felonyes, Job xxxv.
15-
felow, felowe, felawe, companion, Gen. iii.
12. Deut. v. 5; pi. felows, felawis, Gen.
xiv. 15. xxxiii. 15. Jos. viii. 10.
felowschipe, felawship, to associate, join,
unite in, Deut. vii. 3 ; p.t. pi. felouschi-
piden, felawshipten, I Kings xiv. 22 ;
p.p. felowshipte, felawshipte, felowschi-
pid, felashipid, felouschipid, Gen. xxvi. 7.
xxxviii. 8. Prov. xxvi. 23.
fen, fenne, dirt, mud, clay, n Kings xxii.
43. Ez. xiii. 10. n Pet. ii. 22.
fend, feend, devil, fiend, Tob. iii. 8. vi. 14 ;
714
GLOSSARY.
pi. fendis, feendis, i Kings xxviii. 3. Tob.
vi.8.
fendli, feendli, feendly, devilish, Jam. iii. 15.
fer, ferr, far, Gen. xliv. 17. Wisd. ix. 16;
comp. ferrere, Rom. xv. 23.
ferd, ferde, feerde,/ear, Gen. ix. 2. Ex.xxiii.
7. Deut. xi. 25. xxviii. 67.
ferdful, feerdful, feerful, dreadful,Gen.xxvm.
17. Ex. xix. 18. Deut. xx. 8. Apoc. xxi. 8.
ferdfulnesse, feerfulnesse, dread, Deut. xxviii.
34-
fere. v. meete-feere, plei-feris, soukynge-fere.
fere, fear, n Par. xiv. 14 ; pi. feris, feeris,
II Par. xv. 5. Ps. Ixxxvii. 17.
feren, fere, feere, to make afraid, Lev. xxvi.
36. ii Esdr. vi. 9. Job xi. 19. Eccles.
prol. p. 53. ii Cor. x. 9; p.t. feride, feer-
ide, i Mace. xiv. 12. i Kings vii. 10; pi.
fereden, n Kings xxii. 5. n Esdr. vi. 9;
p.p. feryde, feerd, feerde, Gen. xli. 8.
Deut. i. 28, 29.
feries, holydays, (Lat./en'#,) Lev. xxiii. 2, 4.
fermour./armer, bailiff, Lk. xvi. i.
fers, feerse,fierce, II Mace. x. 35.
fersli, fersly, feersli, feersly, ferslich,^erce/y,
Gen. xxxi. 36. Num. xvi. 21. n Mace.
xii. 15. xv. 3; comp. fersliere, feerslier,
ii Mace. xiv. 30.
feersnes, fersnesse, feersnesse, force, assault,
fierceness, Lev. xxv. 19. Num. xxii. 3.
Josh. x. 42. Heb. xi. 34.
ferr-floun, p. p. fugitive, Jer. xxxix. 9.
ferth,/o«rfA, Gen. xxix. 35.
feruentnesse, fervor, zeal, Num. xxv. ii.
feruour, zeal, anger, Deut. xxix. 20.
festeye, festcne, to feast, Wisd. viii. 9.
festu, a straw, mote, (Lat. festuca,) Prov.
xxv. 26 g. Mt. vii. 3, 4, 5. Lk. vi. 41, 42.
fy, fyi,fie, Mt. v. 22. Mk. xv. 29.
ficche, a vetch, Is. xxviii. 25; pi. fetchis, Is.
xxviii. 25.
ficche, fitche, to pitch, fix, Gen. xvi. 12.
Num. xvi. 38 ; p.t. ficchid, Ex. xix. 2 ;
pi. fitchiden, fytchiden, Num. ii. 27. ix.
18; p.p. ficchid, Gen. xiii. 3. Ps. xxxiv.
16. Deeds xxvii. 41. Gal. ii. 19.
ficching, fitchinge, n. afixing,pl.fyc}iyngia.
Joh. xx. 25.
figarde, a roebuck, (Lat. pygargus,) Deut.
xiv. 5.
fier-panne, a frying pan or other pan for
the fire, pi. fier-pannes, Ex. xxxviii. 3, 4.
fijren, fyren, fyrene, fiery, iv Kings ii. II.
vi. 17. Ecclus xliii. 4.
fijrid, firid, fyrid, p.p. set on fire, burnt,
Num. xxi. 6. Ps. cxviii. 140. Prov. xxx. 5.
ii Mace. x. 3. Apoc. iii. 18.
fyr-brondis,/reir«nds, Is. vii. 4.
filateries, phylacteries, Mt. xxiii. 5.
filet, filete, a fillet, band, Ex. xxviii. 28. S.
Sol. iv. 3 ; pi. filetis, Num. xv. 38.
filynge, pr.p. defiling, i Cor. vi. 18.
fill, fille, to fulfil, Gen. xxvii. 5. Mt. iii. 15;
p.t. fillide, Jos. xxiii. 15; pi. filliden, Num.
xxxii. 12; p.p. filled, fillid, fillud, Gen.
xxvii. 30. Mt. i. 22. viii. 17. Lk. i. 23 ;
pr.p. fillinge, Lk. ix. 31.
filthe, dirtiness, shamefulness, Prov. vi. 33.
filthheed, filthhed, filthehed, dirtiness,
shamefulness, Lev. xviii. 7. Rom. i. 27.
finding, fynding, n. invention, Wisd. xiv. 12 ;
pi. fyndyngis, Deut. xxviii. 20. i Par.
xvi. 8.
fyned, p.p. refined, Is. xxv. 6.
fiole, fyol, fyole, viol, a vial, Num. vii. 13,
37; pi. fiols, fioles, Ex. xxxviii. 16. Apoc.
v. 8.
fir, fyrr, a fir tree, Is. xli. 19. Ix. 13; pi.
finis, iv Kings xix. 23.
firse, frijse, gorst, furze, Is. lv.13. Mic.vii.4-
firsthed, primacy, first place, Ecclus. xxiv.io.
fische-leep, a fish-basket, Job xl. 26.
fischeris, fisscheris, fishermen, Is. xix. 8.
Mt. iv. 19.
1 fyueihe,fifth, Gen. xxx*. 17.
fyuethis, adv. five times, Ecclus. xiii. 8.
flaggy, made of flags or rushes, Ex. ii. 5.
flappe, to clap, Ps. xcvii. 8. Prov. xvii. 18;
p.t. 2 p. flappidist, Ez. xxv. 6; pi. flappe-
den, Is. iii. 16. Jer. v. 31. Lam. ii. 15.
v. biflappiden.
flax-top, a head of flax, Ecclus. xxi. 10. Is.
L3i.
fle, flee, flen, to flee, Gen. xvi. 8. Judith
xiv. 3; pr.t.pl. floun, Job xxx. 10; imp.
pi. fleeth, Mt. vii. 15; p.t. fleis, fley,
flowj, fledde,Gen.xxxi.4O. xxxv.i. Ex.iv.
3. i Mace. ix. 7. Mk. xiv. 52 ; pi. fleen,
flowen.floun, fledden,Deut.vii.2O. Josh.x.
1 6. Is. xxxiii. 3; pr.p. fleesinge, Mt.vi.26.
flees, flese, a fleece, Gen. xxx. 35; pi. fleeses,
iv Kings iii. 4.
fleisch, fleish, flehs, flesh, Gen. ii. 23. vi. 3 ;
pi. fleschis, flesches, fleischis, Gen. xl. 19.
Apoc. xix. 18.
fleisch-flie, fleische-flie, gad-fly, Ps. Ixxvii.
45. civ. 31.
fleisch-hokis, flesh-hokes, fleischokis, flesh-
okis, flesh-hooks, Ex. xxxviii. 3. Num. iv.
14-
fleischlynesse, sensuality, Deut. xvii. 17.
flete, to flow, drop, float, Deut. xxxii. 2.
Prov. iii. 31. ii Mace. ii. 33; pr.t.pl.
fleten, Heb. ii. i ; p.t. fletide, flette, fleet,
iv Kings vi. 6. i Mace. ix. 7; pi. fleti-
den, Ex. xxxix. 19; pr.p. fletynge, Gen.
xxxv. 14. Ex. xxv. 29.
flewen, p.t.pl. flayed, Mic. iii. 3.
flex, flexe, flaxe./ax, Judg.xvi.g. Dan.iii.46.
fi\x,flux, Mt. ix. 20. Lk. viii. 43.
floc-meel, floc-mele, flok-mel, adv. by flocks,
ii Mace. iii. 18. xiv. 14.
flod-wombe, abyss of waters, Is. xix. 7.
flood, a river, Gen. ii. 14. Apoc. ix. 14.
flora, stream, river, Mk. i. 5.
floreyns, gold coins, florins, iv Kings v. 5.
ii Par. ix. 16.
florishe, flurshe, to flourish, blossom, Ps.
Ixxxix. 6. Hab. iii. 17; pr.p. florischynge,
brandishing, Job xli. 20. n Mace. xi. 8.
flotereth, imp. pi. fluctuate or flow un-
steadily, Is. xxix. 9.
flotering, n. an unsteady movement, rolling
as the waves, Ps. liv. 23.
flouren, to blossom, flourish, Eccles. xii. 5 ;
p.t. flourede, S. Sol. ii. 15; p.p. flourid,
S. Sol. ii. 15; pr.p. flouringe, Dan. iv. i.
flowyngis, floods, streams, Josh. v. I. xiii. 8.
fnesynge, nesing, n. a sneezing, snorting, Job
xli. 9.
fnesting, n. a snorting, Jer. viii. 16.
foddred, p. p. fed, fattened, i Kings xxviii. 24.
folden, foolden, foldyn, fait, foldid, p.p. bent,
bowed, folded, Judg. vii. 5. i Mace. xiii.
47. Mt. xvii. 14. xxvii. 29. Heb. x. 23.
fole, fool, foli, foly, fooly, foolish, Ex. xviii.
18. Deut. xxxii. 6. 21. Job i. 22. ii. 10.
xii. 17. Lk. prol. i. p. 141. i Cor. i. 20.
folily, foolishly, Gen. xxxi. 28. Deeds xix. 36.
folowyngly, consequently, n Par. xxxii. 15.
foltisch, foltische, foltes, foolish, i Cor. i.
20. 27. ii Tim. ii. 23. Tit. iii. 9.
fometh, fomede. v. vome.
fomynge, n. a vomiting, Num. xi. 20.
fonned, foolish, Ex. xviii. 18. Deut. xxxii.
21. Lk. prol. 2. p. 142. i Cor. i. 20.
fonnednesse, foolishness, Jer. xxiii. 13.
fool-hardili./oo/Aardify, n Kings xviii. 13.
fool-hardynes,/ooZ&ardiness, Num. xviii. i g.
foors, force, violence, Gen. xix. 9.
foot-folowers, feet-folovvers, followers on
foot, i Kings xxv. 42. in Kings xx. 14.
foot-grene,/ooMr<y>, Job xviii. 10.
foot-mesure, measure of the foot, Jer. Ii. 13.
foot-stakys, foot-staues, pedestals, supports,
Ex. xxvii. 14. xxxvi. 24.
foojte, p.p. f aught, Is. xx. I.
forbede, to forbid, Lk. ix. 50; p.t. forbede,
forbedde, forbeed, Ez. xxxi. 15. Mt. iii.i4;
pi. forbediden, i Esdr. iv. 23. Jer. v. 25 ;
p.p. forbodun, forbodyn, forbedun, Lev.
iv. 22. Lk. ix. 49. Deeds xvi. 6.
for-bier, for-bigger, a redeemer, Pref. ep. c.
vii. p. 68.
for-bigge, for-beggin, to redeem, Ex. vi. 6.
xiii. 13, 15; p.p. for-boust, Ex. xv. 13.
v. bigge.
for-brent, p.p. consumed, entirely burnt, Ex.
iii. 2, 3.
for-coueride, p. t. entirely covered, Gen.
xxvii. 1 6.
for-do, to destroy, undo, Mk. iii. 6; pr.t. for-
doith, for-doth, Deut. xxvii. 17. i Joh.
iv- 3 ; P-t. for-dide, Ecclus. x. 20.
for-dros, p.t. drew along, Prov. vii. 21.
fore, adv. before, i Kings iii. 14.
fore-castynge, n. forethought, Job xxxiv. 27.
v. bifore-castyng.
fore-heued,/oreAearf, Apoc. xiv. 9; pi. fore-
heuedes, Apoc. ix. 4.
fore-wal, for-wal, an outer wall, Is. xxvi. I .
Lam. ii. 8.
forewis, forowis, foorewis, furrows, Job
xxxi. 38. Ecclus. vii. 3. Hos. x. 4.
forfenden, forfende, to prohibit, to keep, Job
xxxiv. 31. Prov. iii. 27; pr.t.pl. forfenden,
Job xv. n ; imp. forfende, Prov. i. 16;
p.t. forfendede, forfendide, Ps. cxviii. 101.
Eccles. ii. 10; pi. forfendeden, i Esdr.
iv. 23; p.p. forfendyd, n Kings xxiv.
25. iv Kings xii. 8.
GLOSSARY.
715
for-fijtere, for-fyjtere, a champion, Is. xix.2O.
Ixiii. i.
forge, to make, fabricate, Ex. xxvii. 3; p.t.
forgide, Ex. iv. 1 1 ; p.p. forgid, Ex. xxviii.
38 ; pr.p. forgynge, n Par. xxxiv. 17.
forgeable, capable of being fabricated or
made by handicraft, Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 67.
forgere, fabricator, smith, Eccles. xi. 5 ; pi.
forgers, Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 67.
forging, n. a fabricating, Ecclus. xxxii. 8.
for-goer, a goer before, Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 66.
Heb. vi. 20.
for-gon, p.p. deceived, Col. prol. p. 429.
for-lete, p.p. left altogether, iv Kings prol.
p. 236.
for-leue, to leave altogether, give over, Lev.
xxv. 46; p.p. for-left, Hag. i. 9.
for-lookere, forth-loker, a provider, a looker
out, Ecelus. iii. 34. xi. 32.
formere, comp. forwarder, first in position,
Gen. xxxii. 17.
forme-fadris, formere-fadris, ancestors, Mk.
prol. i. p. 86.
forn-asens, forn-aseynst, over against, Gen.
xvi. 12. xxi. 16. Num. viii. 2. iv Kings
ii. 7. Mk. xv. 39. v. aforn-ajens.
forneys, fourneyse, furneys, furneis./arnace,
Gen. xv. 17. Deut. iv. 20. Mt. vi. 30; pi.
forneyses, Lev. xi. 35.
forn-had, p.p. previously possessed, Judg.
xvi. 28.
fornycary, fornicarie, given to fornication,
Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 69. Apoc. xvii. 16.
for-nootid, for-notid, p.p. before noted, Job.
prol. i. p. 233. Apoc. prol. i. p. 638.
forn-seid, for-seid, p.p. aforesaid, Deut. xix.
5. Rom. prol. i. p. 299.
forn-ordeyned, for-ordenede, p.p. before or-
dained, Mk. prol. i. p. 86.
foreelet, a strong hold, fortress, i Kings x. 5.
xiii. 3. iv Kings xvii. 9.
forsemenSj/orti/Jco/iojis, Is. xxv. 12.
for-sewith, p.t. pursueth, Rom. prol. I . p. 300.
forsynge, n. compulsion, violence, iv Kings v.
1 6.
for-slept. v. al-for-slept.
for-spekere, one who speaks instead of an-
other, Ex. vii. i.
forst, frost, Ps. Ixxvii. 47. cxviii. 83.
for-swerith, pr.t. swears falsely , Lev. vi. 3 ;
pi. forsweren, forswern, Josh.ix.2o. Wisd.
xiv. 28.
forth-clepinge, pr.p. calling forth, Deut.
xxxii. ii.
forth-daies, adv. far advanced in the day,
Mk. vi. 35.
forthe, foorth, a ford, Gen. xxxii. 22 ; pi.
forthis, Judg. iii. 28. xii. 5.
for-thenkynge, n. repentance, Mt. xxi. 29.
Rom. ii. 2.
forther, adj. former, first, Gen. xxv. 26.
xxxii. 17.
forth-getingus, shoots, sprouts, Jer. v. 10.
forth-goende, />r./?. coming forth, Judith xvi.
27-
forth-going, n. progress, Ps. prol. p. 737.
forthi, because, 11 Kings iii. 30. xii. 6.
for-thinke, to repent, Ex. xxiii. 21. Mk.i.iS;
pr.t. for-thenkith, Gen. vi. 7. Lk. xvii. 4;
p. t. for-thou3t, Gen. vi. 6. Mt. xxi. 29 ;
pr.p. for-thenkyng, for-thinkynge, Rom.
ii. 29. ii Cor. vii. 8.
forth-kutten, to cut up, Is. xxviii. 24.
forth-passe, to pass forth, Gen. xxviii. 2;
p.p. forth-passid, Gen. xxviii. 5.
forth-stra3t, p.p. directed, Ecclus. xxxix. 29.
forth-jeden, p.t.pl. went forth, Gen. xliv. 4.
for-to, prep, until, Gen. xxi. 26. Ex. xvi. 35.
for-top, for-topp, crown of the head, Deut.
xxxiii. 16.
forwhi, forwhy, because, for, Gen. iii. 5.
Mt. iii. 9. Rom. viii. 26.
for-3erde, court, hall, Ez. x. 3. Apoc. xi. 2 ;
pi. for-serdis, n Esdr. viii. 16.
forjete, to forget, Gen. xii. 51; p.t. fonat,
fonete, Gen. xl. 23; pi. fonaten, forjeten,
Judg. iii. 7. Mt. xvi. 5; p.p. forjeten, for-
sete, Ps. x. *u.
fonetyng, n. oblivion, Gen. xii. 30.
fonetingnes,/or<7e(/tt/Bm, n Pet. i. 9.
fonyue, to forgive, Num. xxx. 9 ; p.t. for-
jaue, fonaf, Mt. xviii. 27; p.p. fonif, for-
3euen, fonouun, fonoue, Ps. xxxi. 5. Mt.
ix. 2. Lk. v. 20.
fostride, p.t. nursed, Is. xxxiv. 15.
| foul, adv. basely, badly, II Kings x. 5.
foule, adj. base, vile, Lev. xxi. 7 ; comp.
fowlere, n Kings vi. 22.
foulere, a taker of birds, Prov. vi. 5 ; pi.
fouleres, Jer. v. 26.
fouli, fouly, foulich,/OM%, shamefully, Deut.
xxv. 3. ii Mace. xi. 12. .
foulid, p.p. defiled, Lev. vii. 20.
fouling, n. a defiling, filth, Gen. xxxiv. 27.
Ez. xxiv. ii.
foulnes, vileness, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 73.
foun, a fawn, Prov. vi. 5.
foundement, foundation, i Tim. vi. 19; pi.
fundamentis, Heb. xi. 10.
foundun, p.p. founded, Mt. vii. 25.
foure-fingur-mele, adv. by measure of four
fingers, Ex. xxv. 25.
fraiel, basket of figs, Jer. xxiv. 2.
' fraude-doyng, n. a fraudulent proceeding,
Dan. xi. 21.
fraudid, p.p. defrauded, Jam. v. 4.
fraunchise, freedom from impost, immunity,
i Mace. x. 34.
fraward, frauward, frowerd, froward, Deut.
xxi. 18. ii Tim. iii. 4.
freel, frele, frail, feeble, sick, Wisd. xiv. I.
Rom. viii. 3. i Cor. viii. 9; comp. frelere,
Wisd. xiv. i.
frees, freesede, p.t.freezed, Ecclus. xliii. 22.
frely, frelich, freliche,/reefy,Ex.xxi.n. Lev.
xiv. 53.
frendesse, a female friend, Prov. vii. 4.
S. Sol. i. 8.
(tendful, friendly, S. Sol. i. I g.
fretynge, n. rust, wasting, in Kings viii. 37.
frexfoold, threshold, Ez. x. 18. Zeph. i. 9.
frijse. v. firse.
fro, from, Gen. i. 4. Mt. i. 17.
4 Y 2
fro-a-syde, on the side, Is. Ix. 4.
fro-asens, from-aseyns, prep, over ngnia.it. in
opposition to, Lev. xxvi. 2 1 . Josh. viii. 1 1 .
fro-drawen, p.p. taken away, Deut. iii. 7.
fro-forn-aseyns, prep, over against, Josh.
viii. 5.
froytes,/r«t<s, Mt. xxi. 43. i Cor. ix. 7.
frosshe, a frog, Ps. Ixxvii. 45.
frote, to rub, Deut. xxiii. 25; p.p. frotid,
Josh. v. ii ; pr.p. frotinge, frotynge, Lk.
vi. i.
frotheth, frothith, pr.t. foams, Mk. ix. 17;
pr.p. frothinge, Mk. ix. 19.
hount, forehead, Is. xlviii. 4.
fructuouB,/rat(/W, Ps. cvi. 34. Jer. xi. 16.
frusshiden. v. a3en-frusshiden.
frutede, p.t. bare fruit, Ecclus. xxiv. 23.
ful, adv. very, Gen. xiii. 2. pass.
ful-brent, p.p. wholly burnt, Gen. xxxi. 36.
ful-doun, adv. entirely down, Josh. vi. 5.
ful-fattid,|>.^. quite fattened, Deut. xxxii. 15.
ful-fedyng, n. a being filled with food, Gen.
xii. 21.
fulfille, to fill, Ex. x. 6. Mt. xv. 33; p.t. ful-
fillede, Judg. vi. 38; p.p. fulfillid, ifulfil-
lid, Ex. xxxi. 3. Mt. xiii. 48. Apoc. prol.i.
p. 638.
fulfillynge, n. a satiety, fulness, Lev. xxv. 19.
Ps. cv. 15.
ful-gresid, p.p. quitefattened,Dt\it.xxxu.i!).
fulh'ere, comp. more fully, Tob. viii. 19 ;
sup. fulliest, fullokest.Rom. prol.i. p. 298.
ful-out-gladen, to rejoice greatly, Is. Ixv.ig;
p.t. ful-out-gladede, Is. xiv. 7.
ful-out-iosen, to rejoice greatly, Is. Ixi. 10.
ful-sowneth, pr. t. sounds full or clearly,
Judg. vii. 18 ; p.t.pl. ful-sowneden, Judg.
vii. 20.
ful-spede, ful-speed, adv. quick, ready, pre-
pared, Num. xxxii. 20, 27. Deut. iii. 18.
furel, a covering, sheath, Job xx. 25.
furneys. v. forneys.
G.
gaastyde, gaastnes. v. gaste, gastnesse.
gabbe, pr.t. lie, if Cor. xii. 31. Gal. i. 20.
gabbyng, n. a lying, ii Thess. ii. 10.
gadre, geder, gedere, to gather, Gen. xii. 35.
Ex. xxiii. 10 ; p. t. gaderide, gederyde,
Gen. xlvii. 14 ; pi. gadriden, Gen. xxxi.
46; p.p. gadrid, gaderyd, gaderid, Gen.
i. 9. xxv. 8.
gaistnes. v. gastnesse.
galban, the gum galbanum, Ex. xxx. 34.
Ecclus. xxiv. 21.
galoun, a vessel, pitcher, I Kings x. 3. Mk.
xiv. 13; pi. galouns, Hagg. ii. 17.
gan, p.t. began, Jer. prol. p. 343.
garlekes, garlekis, garlick, Num. xi. 5.
garringe, garrende,/>r.^>. chiding, in Joh.io.
gast, fearful, Deut. xx. 8. Jer. viii. 9.
gaste, to make greatly afraid, n Par. xxxii.
18; p.p. gaastyde, iv Kings xxii. 19. v.
agaste.
gastful, fearful, affrighted, Deut. xx. 8.
gastnes, gaistnes, fright, alarm, Josh. ii.
9. i Kings xxxi. 4. Prov. iii. 25; pi. gast-
nessis, Job vi. 4.
716
GLOSSARY.
gat, gate, gaat. r. gete.
gauyl, to lend upon interest, Deut. xxviii.
44-
gase, gay, Judith x. 3. xvi. n.
gebat, gebet, gibite, gybet, iebat, iebet, a
gallows, gibbet, Gen. xl. 22. Deut. xxi.
22. Josh. viii. 29. Esth. ii. 23 ; pi. gi-
betis, iebatis, iebettis, Num. xxv. 4. Josh.
x. 27. Esth. xvi. 18.
geder. v. gadre.
geet. v. gete.
geet, gehet, geit, geyt, goet, goot, a goat,
Gen. xv. 9. Lev. ix. 3. xvi. 8. xxii. 27.
xxiii. 19; pi. geet, geete, geit, geyt, got,
geetis, gootes, Gen. xxx. 33. xxxi. 38.
Lev. iv. 22. xvi. 7. Prov. xxvii. 27.
geet-buckis, he goats, Gen. xxx. 35.
geldyng, an eunuch, Gen. xxxvii. 36. Deeds
viii. 27; pi. geldyngis, Gen. xl. i. Mt.
xix. 12.
gelouse, ielous, ielouse, jealous, Ecclus.
xxvi. 8, 9.
gelousie, jealousy, Num. v. 14.
gelousnes, ielousnesse, jealousy, Num.v.i4.
Prov. vi. 34.
geloustee, gelouste, ielouste, jealousy, Num.
v. 14, 15. Ps. Ixxvii. 58.
gemels, iemeus, iemews, twins, Gen. xxxviii.
27. S. Sol. iv. 5. vii. 3.
gemmarye, a jeweller, Ex. xxviii. n.
gemmarye-craft, gemmary-werk, art or work
of a jeweller, Ex. xxxix. 6, 29.
gemme, iemme, a gem, Ez. xxvii. 16. Ec-
clus. xxxii. 7 ; pi. gemmes, iemmys, Ex.
xxv. 7. Ill Kings x. 2.
genderers, gendrers, gendreris, parents,
Zech. xiii. 3.
gendre, to beget, Gen. xvii. 20 ; p. t. gen-
dride, Gen. iv. 18. Mt. i. 2; p.p. gen-
drid, Gen. xxii. 2.
gendryng, n. an engendering, Num. xxv. 8.
gendrure, an engendering, Job xl. 12 ; pi.
gendruris, Job xl. 12.
genytale, pertaining to engendering, Num.
xxv. 8.
genologie, genealogy, Heb. vii. 3 ; pi. geno-
logies, i Tim. i. 4.
gerfawcun, gerfawkon, ierfakoun, a kind of
falcon, Lev. xi. 19. Deut. xiv. 16. Job
xxxix. 13. Ps. ciii. 17.
germayn. v. sister-germayn.
gesse, to reckon, suppose, n Kings xiii. 32 ;
p.t. gesside, Gen. xl. 17. i Kings i. 13 ;
p.p. gessid, Wisd. ii. 16.
geste, a guest, Wisd. v. 15 ; pi. gestes, ges-
tis, Wisd. xix. 13. Eph. ii. 12.
gestis, deeds, Pref. ep. e. vii. p. 69.
gete, geete, to beget, produce, Deut. xxi. 18.
Eccles. vi. 3 ; p. t. gaat, gat, gate, geet,
Gen. iv. 18. xi. 10. Num. xxvi. 59. Mt.
i. 2; pi. geeten, goten, Gen. vi. 4. Jer.
xvi. 3 ; p.p. geten, getun, gotun, goten
Gen. v. 26. xxii. 2, 16. Mt. i. 25.
getingus, produce, gains, Ecclus. vi. 20.
giaunt, ieaunt, a giant, Job xvi. 15 ; pi. ge-
auntis, ieauntus, Deut. ii.i i. Judith xvi. 8.
gybet. v. gebat.
lden, to gild, Ex. xxvi. 29. xxx. 5 ; p. t.
gildide, Ex. xxxvi. 36. n Par. iii. 4;
p.p. gildid, gilt, Ex. xxvi. 32. i Par.
xxix. 4.
gile, a gill of afsh, Tob. vi. 4.
gile, guile, Gen. xxv. 27. xxxiv. 13; pi.
gilis, giles, Job xiii. 7. Prov. xxvi. 24.
gilid, p. t. beguiled, n Cor. vii. 2. xii. 18.
gileful, gilful, deceitful, Job xiii. 7. Ps. v. 7.
gilefuli, gylefulli, deceitfully, Ps. v. u. xiii.
3. Prov. xx. 19.
gilefulnesse, deceit, Ecclus. xxxvii. 3.
gilendeli, gilyngly, gilyngliche, deceitfully,
Gen. xxvii. 35. Prov. xi. 13. Rom. iii. 13.
gilesum, deceitful, Is. x. 6.
gilour, giloure, gilere, deceiver, Prov. iii.
32. ix. 12. Mt. xxvii. 63; pi. gilours, gi-
leris, Ps. liv. 24. Is. xxviii. 14. Jude 18.
gilouse, gylous, deceitful, treacherous, Col.
ii. 8. ii Cor. xi. 13.
gilte, to gild, Ex. xxv. ii, 24. xxvi. 37;
p. t. giltide, Ex. xxxvi. 34.
gilten, to tresspass, sin, Ps. xxxiii. 22, 23.
xxxv. 2. xxxviii. 2; pr. t. gilteth, Ecclus.
xix. 17. xxxviii. 15; pr.p. giltende, Job
ix. 28. Ecclus. xxvii. 3.
gilteris, sinners, Ps. xxiv. 8. Ixxiv. 5.
gynnyng, n. a beginning, Mt. prol. I. p. I.
girde, to gird, fasten with a girdle, Ex. xii.
n; p.t. girdide, girte, n Kings xxii. 33.
Job xii. 18; p.p. gird, gyrd, Gen. xlix.
19. Lev. xvi. 4. Ps. xvii. 33.
girde, to cut, smite, ii Kings xvi. 9 ; p. t.
girde, i Kings xvii. 51. Judith xvi. n ;
pi. girden, girdiden, i Kings xxxi. 8.
i Mace. vii. 47 ; p.p. gird, i Par. x. 9.
ii Mace. i. 16.
giterne, a lyre, Is. v. 12 ; pi. giternes, giter-
nis, giternys, i Par. xv.i6, 20, 28. i Mace,
xiii. 51.
gyued, gyuede, p.p. bound in chains, Gen.
xxxix. 22. Ps. ci. 21. Wisd. xvii. 2.
gladen, glade, to rejoice, make glad, Is. Ixv.
14. Job. v. 35. Apoc. xix. 7; imp. pi. gla-
deth, Mt. v. 12; p.t. gladede, gladide,
Is. xiv. 7. i Mace. iii. 7. Lk. i. 41, 47;
pi. gladiden, Deeds vii. 41; p.p. gladid,
i Kings ii. i.
gladere, gladder, comp. more joyful, Ruth
iii. 7. Esth. i. 10. *
gladere, one who rejoices, Is. Ixiv. 5.
gladyng, n. joy, i Kings iv. 8. Deeds ii.
46.
gladliche, joyfully, Gen. xlvii. 25.
gladnesse, joy, n Par. xx. 35 ; pi. glad-
nessys, in Esdr. iv. 63.
gladsum,_/oy/«/, Ps. ciii. 15.
gladsumli,_7'oi(/M%, Wisd. vi. 17.
gleyue, a sword, (?) I Cor. ix. 24.
glesenynge. v. glisnynge.
glew, glu, glyu, glue, cement, Gen. vi. 14.
xi. 3. Deut. x. 15. Is. xii. 7.
glewide, p. t. cemented, Ex. ii. 3 ; p. p.
glewid, glued, Gen. xxxiv. 3. Deut. x.
15. i Kings xviii. i.
glewishe, glewyche, gluwy, adj. of cement or
glue, Gen. xiv. 10. Ex. ii. 3.
glisnynge, glesenynge, pr. p. glistening,
Habak. iii. n. Nah. iii. 3.
glitteren, pr. t. pi. shine, Judg. v. 31.
glob, glub, glubbe, a mass, assemblage,
Num. xvi. ii. Josh. iii. 13. Judg. ix. 47.
iv Kings ix. 17.
glorien, to boast, Prov. xx. 14.
gloriousere,comp.more^Zorioiw,nKingsvi.22.
glose, to speak softly, flatter, coax, Judg.
xiv. 15; pr. t. glosith, in Esdr. iv. 31 ;
p.t. gloside, Esth. xv. n.
glosyng, n. flattery, I Thess. ii. 5.
gloterous, gluttonous, Lev. xi. 30.
glotonye. glotenye, gluttony, n Mace. vi. 4;
pi. glotonyes, Deut. xxi. 20. v. glotryes.
glotounes, glotouns, gluttons, Prov. xxviii. 7.
glotryes, acts of gluttony, Deut. xxi. 20.
glub, glubbe. v. glob,
gluggis, clods, Job xxviii. 6.
gnare, a snare, Ecclus. Ii. 3. Hos. ix. 8.
Mt. xxvii. 5. Lk. xxi. 35. Rom. ii. 9.
i Tim. vi. 9; pi. gnaris, n Kings xxii. 6.
gnarid, gnared, p.p. snared, Prov. vi. 2.
Is. xxviii. 13.
gnast, a dead spark, ashes, Is. i. 31. v. 24,
xxix. 5.
gnaste, gnasten, to gnash, creak, Ps. xxxvi.
12. Is. v. 29. Amos ii. 3; pr. t. gnastith,
Job xxxix. 24; pi. gnasten, Is. viii. 19;
p. t. gnastide, Job xvi. 10 ; pi. gnastiden,
gnaysteden, Ps. ii. i. xxxiv. 16. Deeds
iv. 25; pr.p. gnastyng, in Kings xxi. 4.
gnasting, gnastyng, n. a gnashing, ii Kings
xviii. 33^. Jer. viii. 16.
gnowen, gnewen, gnawiden, p. t. pi. gnaw-
ed, Job xxx. 3.
gobbe, a mass, Is. xl. 12.
gobelyn, a goblin, dtemon, Ps. xc. 6.
gobet, lump, heap, piece, Josh. iii. 13. Rom.
ix. 21; pi. gobetis, gobitis, iv Kings ix.
35. Mt. xiv. 20.
gobet-mele, adv. piecemeal, n Mace. xv. 33.
gogil-ised, gogil-ysed, squint-eyed, one-eyed,
Mk. ix. 46.
gohode. v. goode.
goldid, golden, p. p. gilt, Bar. vi. 69. ii
Mace. v. 2. Apoc. xviii. 16.
goldsmyjt, a goldsmith, iv Kings xxiv. 14;
pi. goldsmysthis, iv Kings xxiv. 16.
gollis, the young of birds, Deut. xxii. 6.
gon, goon, goo, to go, Gen. xii. 5. Deut.
xxii. 12. iv Kings iv. 23 ; pr. t. pi. goon,
gooth, Josh, xviii. 3. Mt. xi. 5 ; imp. pi.
goth, gooth, iv Kings i. 2. Mt. x. 5 ;
p. t. ?ede, side, Gen. ii. 10. Jer. xlviii. 1 1 .
Mt. xiii. i ; pi. ;eden, jiden, Jer. xiv. 18.
Mt. viii. 32; p.p. gon, goon, Gen. vii.
15. xxxi. 19. a lytil goon, n Mace. xiv.
36; pr.p. goende, Judith v. 12. Rom.
prol. i. p. 300.
goode, gohode, a goad, Judg. iii. 31 g.
Ecclus. xxxviii. 26.
goodly, goodliche, adv. courteously, Gen.
xliii. 27. xiv. 4.
goordis, goordes, gourds, cucumbers, Nuns.
xi. 5. Is. i. 8.
goot. v. geet.
GLOSSARY.
717
gorst, furze, Is. Iv. 13.
goshauk, a kind of hawk, Job xxxix. 13.
gospeller, a preacher of the gospel, an evan-
gelist, Is. xii. 27 ; pi. gospelleris, Mt.
prol. 2. p. 2.
goter, guter, gutter, flood, Hab. iii. 10; pi.
goteres, goteris, goterys, Gen. vii. n.
viii. 2. iv Kings vii. 2.
gouernail, governance, rudder, I Kings viii.
ii. Jam. iii. 4; pi. gouernaylis, gouer-
nails, gouernayls, gouernailis, Prov.xx.i8.
Deeds xxvii. 40. i Cor. xii. 28.
gouernour, a steersman, Deeds xxvii. ii.
Jam. iii. 4.
goul, gowle, imp. howl, Ez. xxi. 12. xxx. 2.
goulynge, n. a howling, Ex. xxi. 22.
graces, gracis, thanks, n Kings viii. 10. Lk.
xxii. 17. i Cor. x. 30.
grace-doing, n. thanksgiving, Is. Ii. 3.
graffeden, graffiden, p.t. pi. engrafted, i Tim.
vi. 10; p.p. graffid, Rom. xi. 17, 19.
graithers. v. wulle-graithers.
grane. v. grene.
grape, grappe, to grope, Deut. xxviii. 29.
Job xii. 25.
graspen, graasp, to grope, Deut. xxviii. 29.
Job v. 14. xii. 25.
grauel, sand, Gen. xxii. 17. Mt. vii. 26; pi.
graueils, grauelis, Deut. xxxiii. 19.
graueli,/«W of gravel, Ecclus. xxv. 27.
graunsire, grauntsir, grandfather, ancestor,
Gen. xxviii. 4; pi. grauntsiris, Ex. x. 6.
gredyrne, gredeyrne, a gridiron, Ex. xxvii.
4, 5. xxxv. 16.
gree, grece, a degree, a step, Gen. xl. 13.
iv Kings xxiii. 3. n Esdr. viii. 4. Rom.
prol. i . p. 300 ; pi. grees, greeses, greces,
Ex. xx. 26. in Kings x. 19. Ps. cxviii. i.
Deeds xxi. 35.
grees, grease, Judg. iii. 22.
greet, grit, gravel, Job xxi. 33.
greetli, greetlicb, greatly, Judg. viii. 5.
greetnessis, gretenessis, great actions, i Mace.
ix. 22.
greet-willi, noble minded, Judg. v. 15.
greef, grief, trouble, grievance, Ecclus. xxii.
15; pi. greeues, in Esdr. ii. 29.
greeue, to aggrieve, make heavy, n Kings
xiii. 35 ; pr. t. greeueth, Ecclus. xi. 9 ;
p.t. greuyde, i Kings vi. 6 ; p.p. greued,
greuyd, Gen. xxxix. 10. n Kings iii. 34.
Judith v. 10. Mt. xxvi. 43. Lk. ix. 32.
v. agreued.
gregge, to make heavy, Ecclus. viii. 18; p.p.
greggid, i Kings v. 6. v. agregge.
greithe, to prepare, Ex. xvi. 5; pr.t. greith-
eth, Prov. vi. 8; p.t. greithide, greythede,
Gen. xxvii. 14. iv Kings iv. 24; p.p.
greithid, Gen. xxiv. 31. i Cor. ii. 9.
greithing, greithinge, n. a preparation,
iv Kings vi. 23. Eccles. prol. p. 53.
grenching. v. grentyng.
grene, grane, gryn, grynne, a snare, Josh.
xxiii. 13. Judith ix. 13. Job xviii. 9.
Mt. xxvii. 5. Lk. xxi. 35. Rom. xi. 9 ;
pi. grenes, granes, grynes, snares, Job
xxii. 10. Ps. x. 7. Jer. xviii. 22.
grenede, p.t. ensnared, Prov. vii. 21. Jer. 1.
24; p.p. grened, Is. viii. 15.
grenneden, grennyden, grennden, gryntiden,
grentyn, p.t.pl. gnashed, Deedis vii. 54.
grentyng, grenching, grintinge, gryntynge,
grynting, gruntyng, n. a grinding, gnash-
ing, Mt. viii. 12. xxii. 13. Lk. xiii. 28.
gret-doingli, magnificently, in Esdr. ix. 55.
grete, to salute, i Kings xiii. 10; imp.pl.
greeteth, Mt. x. 12; p.t. grette, Gen. xh'ii.
27. Ex. xviii. 7. Lk. i. 40; pi. gretten,
i Mace. xi. 6. Mk. ix. 14; p.p. gret, grett,
i Kings x. 4. Deeds xxi. 19.
greuoselyche, grievously, Lk. xi. 53 ; comp.
greuousliere, Ez. xx. 40.
greuousere, comp. more grievous, Job vi. 3.
Mt. xxiii. 23; sup. greuousiste, greuouste,
in Kings xii. 4.
grew, grw, adj. Greek, Pref. ep. c. iv. p. 65.
i Kings prol. p. 2. Rom. prol. i. p. 300.
Heb. prol. p. 480.
greynes, grains, Lev. xix. 10.
gridele, gridiron, Ex. xxvii. 4, 5.
griffyn, griffun, grijp, grippe, gripe, a kind of
eagle, a vulture, Lev. xi. 13. Deut. xiv. 12.
grijslich, terribly, Num. xvi. 21.
grynde, to grind, Judg. xvi. 21 ; p.t. gronde,
Ex. xxxii. 20.
grynderis, grinders, Eccles. xii. 3.
grynd-stoon, gryn-stoon, a grinding stone,
millstone, Num. xi. 8. Deut. xxiv. 6.
gryne, grynne. v. grene.
gryntynge. v. grentyng.
grisedist, p.t. 2 p. dreadedst, Wisd. xii. 3;
pi. grisiden, Judith xvi. 12. v. agrisen.
griseful, grisful, dreadful, Deut. ii. 10. Wisd.
xi. 19.
grisfulli, dreadfully, horribly, Wisd. xvii. 3.
griselynesse, dreadfulness, Deut. ii. ii.
grisynes, dread, horror, Gen. xv. 12.
grising, n. horror, terror, Job xviii. 20;
pi. grysynges, i Par. xvii. 21.
grith-place, place of security, Deut. xix. 3.
groyne, to murmur, mutter, Is. xxix. 4 ;
p.t.pl. groyneden, Mk. xiv. 5.
groynere, a murmurer, Prov. xxvi. 20, 22.
gronde. v. grynde.
grope, groop, to grope, feel, Gen. xxvii. 12.
Job. v. 14. Ps. cxiii. 7 ; p.t.pl. gropiden,
Is. lix. 10; p.p. gropW, Gen. xxvii. 22.
Ex. x. 21. v. grape,
groundid, p.p. founded, I Esdr. iii. 10.
groundis, foundations, supports, I Esdr. v.
1 6. Deeds iii. 7.
growide, p.t. grew, Gen. xxi. 8. Ex. i. 20;
pi. growiden, Gen. xii. 23.
grucchen, grutche, to murmur, gnash, Num.
xiv. 36. Joh. vi. 43 ; p.t. grucchide, Ex.
xv. 24 ; pi. grucchiden, grutchiden,
grutcheden, Mt. xx. n. Lk. xv. 2. Joh.
vi. 41. i Cor. x. 10; p.p. grucchid, Ex.
xvi. 8 ; pr. p. grucching, grutchyng,
in Kings xxi. 4. Joh. vii. 12.
grucchyng, n. a murmuring, Ex. xvi. 7.
grucchingli, grucchendeli, after the manner
ofmurmurers, Num. xiv. 28. Ecclus. xii. 19.
gruntyng. v. grentyng.
-H.
ha. v. ban.
haar, a hare, Lev. xi. 6.
Imutsuin. V. liiitrsum.
haberioun, haburion, haburioun, hawberi-
oun, a breastplate, i Kings xvii. 5, 38.
Eph. vi. 14. iThess.v. 8; pi. haberiouns,
haburiouns, hauberiouns, n Par. xxii. 14.
Apoc. ix. 9.
haburiowned, hauberiouned, p.p. having
breastplates, i Mace. iv. 7. vi. 43.
habitacle, habytacle, dwelling, Mk. prol. i.
p. 86. Deeds xii. 7.
haft, handle, Deut. xix. 5.
hailes, hailis, hail, Wisd. v. 23. xvi. 16.
haire. v. heire.
hal. v. al.
hale we, hal we, to sanctify, Ex. xiii. 2; imp.
pi. halewith, Esth. xvi. 22 ; p.t. halwide,
halewide, Gen. ii. 3.
halewer, a sanctifier, Ez. xxxvii. 28.
halewyng, halwyng, n. a sanctification, Ex.
xxix. 36.
halewis, halowes, holy things, saints, Lev. x.
17. Prov. ii. 8. Apoc. viii. 4. xvi. 6.
half, side, Ex. xiv. 29. Mt. xxv. 33. Lk. ix.
10.
halidaies, holy days, Lev. xxiii. 2.
halpens, halpenns, halfpence, Ez. xlv. 12.
Lk. xii. 6.
halsende, pr.p. entreating, ii Par. xxxiii.13-
halten, halt, to halt, be lame, in Kings
xviii. 21; p.t. haltide, Gen. xxxii. 31;
pi. haltiden, Ps. xvii. 46 ; p.p. haltid, Ps.
xvii. 46; pr.p. haltynge, Mic. iv. 7.
haluen, to make the half, Ps. liv. 24.
hamer-betere, a worker with a hammer, Gen.
iv. 22. Job xii. 15.
hamer-smyth, a worker with a hammer, Gen.
iv. 22.
han, ha, to have, Jer. xxx. 18; pr.t. I p. ha,
i Kings xv. 13. Is. xii. 15; pi. han, hau-
eth, Gen. xiv. 24. Ecclus. prol. p. 123.
Mt. xiii. 51 ; imp. pi. haueth, Esth. xvi.
22.
handi-breede, a hands-breadth, Ez. xl. 5,
43-
hange, honge, to hang, Gen. xl. 19; imp.pl.
hangeth, Judith xiv. I ; p.t. heeng, hynge,
hangide, hengide, hongide, Gen. xxiv. 47.
xl. 22. Josh. ii. 21. Mt. xxvii. 5; pi.
heengen, hengen, hangiden, hongeden,
i Kings xxxi. 10. ii Kings iv. 12. Lk.
xxiii. 39; p.p. hangid, hongid, Gen. xii.
13-
hap, happe, chance, Gen. xx. 1 1. Judg. v. 30.
ii Kings xi. 25. Mk. xii. 6.
happili, by chance, Mk. ii. 13. n Cor.
xiii. 5.
hard. v. of-hard.
harde, to grow hard, to make hard, Deut.
x. 16. Ps. Ixxxix. 6; p.t. hardide, Ex.
xiv. 8 ; pi. hardeden, Jer. v. 3 ; p. p.
hardid, Josh. xi. 20. Job. xii. 40.
hardi, hardy, bold, Deut. xix. 20.
hardili, hardilich, boldly, Gen. xxxiv. 30.
Job xii. 6.
718
GLOSSARY.
hardynesse, hardnesse, boldness, wilfulness,
ii Par. xvii. 6. Ecclus. i. 28. Heb. ii.
27-
hard-nollid, stiffnecked, Ecclus. xvi. ii.
harlotrie, harlatrye, whoredom, Eph. v. 4.
harmes, harmys, injuries, Judith iii. 2.
harmful, injurious, Prov. i. 22.
harpe, to play on the harp, i Kings xvi. 16;
p.t. harpide, i Kings xviii. 10.
harneis, barneys, herneis, privy member,
Gen. ix. 22, 23.
haste, to hasten, Gen. xix. 22; p.t. hastide,
Gen. xxix. 12; p.p. hastid, Prov. xiii. ii.
hastiliche, hastily, Gen. xxxii. 22.
hastow, p.t. 2 p. hast thou, Gen. xxxi. 37.
haterel, hatreel, the neck, n Par. xviii. 33.
Is. xlviii-4; pi. haterels, I Mace. i. 64.
hatesum, haatsum, hateful, Gen. xxxiv. 30.
ii Kings xiii. 15. Prov. i. 29.
hatte, p. t. was called, iv Kings xiv. 7.
v . hijte.
hatter, hattere, comp. hotter, Dan. iii. 19.
haueneden, p.t. pi. took harbour, Deeds xx. 15 .
hauncing, n. a raising, Ecclus. xxvi. 12.
haunsynge, pr.p. exalting, Is. ii. 12.
haunten, to practise, use, Esth. ix. 12; pr.t.
pi. hawnten, Mt. xx. 25; imp. haunte,
i Tim. iv. 7 ; p.t. hauntide, Ex. xiv. 31 ;
pi. hauntiden, Gen. 1. 17; p.p. hauntid,
Heb. v. 14; pr.p. hauntende, Prov. prol.
p. i. in Esdr. v. 73.
hausterne, austere, Lk. xix. 22.
hedid, p.p. beheaded, Apoc. xx. 4. ». bi-
heuedede, of-hedid.
helpe, to help, Deut. xxviii. 31; p.t. halpe,
halp, help, helpede, helpide, i Par. xviii.
6. n Par. xxvi. 7. Ps. xciii. 17. Rom.
xvi. 2. Apoc. xii. 16; 2p. helpidist, holp-
edist, Judith xiii. 25 ; pi. holpen, help-
eden, helpiden, Judg. ix. 24. in Kings
i. 7. i Esdr. x. 15; p.p. holpen, holpe,
helpid, Gen. xxxi. 42. Ps. Ixxxv. 17.
Prov. xviii. 19.
holde, to hold, take, Gen. xiii. 9 ; pr. t. halt,
in Kings i. 51 ; imp.pl. holdith, Apoc.
ii. 25; p.t. heelde, helde, in Kings i. 50.
Ps. Ixxii. 24 ; pi. heelden, helden, Judith
x. ii. Mt. xxviii. 9; p.p. holden, holdun,
hooldun, Gen. xxiv. 8. xl. 4.
hauers. v. soule-hauers.
haw, a hawthorn tree, Dan. xiii. 54.
hawle, hail, Ex. ix. 18. v. hailes.
hebenyf, hebennus, ebony, Ez. xxvii. 15.
hed, heed, heued, the head, Job i. 20. Is.
vii. 8. Mt. v. 36; pi. hedis, heedis,
heuedis, Gen. ii. 10. Mt. xxvii. 40.
hedi, hedy, heuedi, adj. headlong, Judg. v. 15.
hedlynge, hedlynges, heedlynge, heued-
lynge, adv. headlong, Deut. xxii. 8. Judg.
v. 22. Mt. viii. 32. Lk. viii. 33.
heeding, n. a beheading, Ecclus. xx. 23.
heedis-men, chiefs, Num. i. 16.
heedli, adv. headlong, suddenly, Judg. v. 22.
Ecclus. iv. 33 g. viii. 18 g.
heel, hele, health, Jer. xiv. 5. Rom. xiii. ii.
heelden, heelde, helde, to pour, Ex. iv. 9.
Lev. iv. 17. Jer. xlviii. 12. Deeds ii. 17;
p.t. helde, helte, heldede, Gen. xxiv. 20.
Mk. xiv. 3. Lk. x. 34; 2 p. heeldedest,
Ps. Ixxxviii. 46; pi. heelden, helden,
i Kings vii. 6; p.p. heeld, held, hellid,
heeldid, Gen. xlvi. 4. Lev. iv. 12. Judg.
xv. 9. Prov. prol. p. 2. Mk. ii. 22 ; pr.p.
beeldynge, heldynge, Gen. xxiv. 20. Lk.
x. 34.
heelful, healthful, Lev. x. 14. Ecclus. vi. 31.
xv. 3.
heelyd, heled. v. hile.
heeng. r. hange.
heeng, a hinge, Prov. xxvi. 14; pi. heengis,
in Kings vii. 50.
heenglis, henglis, hinges, n Esdr. iii. 14. Is.
vi-4.
heep, hep, a heap, S. Sol. vii. 2.
heepils. v. hypil.
heer. v. heire.
heer, hair, Gen. xxvii. ii; pi. heeris. ill
Kings ii. 9. Mt. iii. 4.
heeren, heren, hairy, Ex. xxvi. 7. Lev. xi.
32-
heeri, hery, hairy, Gen. xxvii. n. iv Kings
i. 8. Is. xxxiv. 14.
heest, heste, command, Gen. xxvii. 5. Ps.
ii. 6; pi. heestis, hestis, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p. 68. Gen. xxvi. 5. Lev. xxvi. 45. Mk.
vii. 7. v. biheest.
heeue, heue, to raise, lift, Gen. xiii. 14.
xiv. 22; p.t. heuede, Gen. xxi. 16; p.p.
heued, houun, Gen. xiii. to. xxiv. 63.
hees, heeij, heis, hij, n. a high place, height,
i Kings x. 14. Mt. ii. 18. v. hist,
heej, heje, hij, heij, hie, heye, adj. high,
Gen. xiv. 22. xxix. ii. Ex. xxv. 25. Ps.
Ixiii. 7. Prov. viii. 2. Mt. iv. 8; comp.
hijere, heijer, Gen. vii. 20; sitp. heejist,
heysest, hiseste, heyxst, Gen. xiv. 20.
Ex. xxvi. 28. Mt. xxi. 9.
heese, hejen, to hasten, Esth. ii. 9. Prov.
ix. 9 ; imp. heese, hije, hyje, hye, Gen.
xviii. 6. Ps. xxx. 3. ii Tim. iv. 8; pi.
hieth, n Kings xv. 14; p.t. hisede, hyede,
Gen. xviii. 7. xliii. 30; pi. heejeden, Ps.
xv. 4; p.p. hised, i Thess. ii. 17; pr.p.
hiynge, heijynge, hysinge, hisynge, Gen.
xxiv. 29. Josh. prol. p. 556. Lk. ii. 16.
xix. 5.
heesyng, n. a hastening, haste, Ecclus. xliii.
24. Dan. xiii. 50.
heire, heyre, heer, hayre, sackcloth, Gen.
xxxvii. 34. iv Kings vi. 30. Judith viii. 6.
Mt. xi. 21. Lk. x. 13.
heys, grass, Prov. xxvii. 25.
heithenly, hethenlieh, after the manner of
the heathen, n Mace. xv. 2. Gal. ii. 14.
heyxst, heij. v. heej.
hele. v. hile.
helkis. v. hulke.
helle, grave, Gen. xxxvii. 35. Lk. xvi. 23 ;
pi. hellis, Gen. xiii. 38.
hellid. v. heelden.
helm, a helmet, i Kings xvii. 38; pi. helmes,
Jer. xlvi. 4. Ez. xxxviii. 5.
helmyd, p.p. having helmets, I Kings prol.
p. 4. Ez. xxxviii. 5.
helpful, propitious, Lk. xviii. 13. Heb. viii. 12.
helpeli, helpely, adj. helping, Prov. xii. 10.
Ecclus. xliii. 27.
helte. v. heelden.
helue, a handle, Deut. xix. 5.
hem, them, Gen. i. 27 ; pi. hem-silf, hem-
seluen, hem-siluen, themselves, Gen. xviii.
22. xxvi. 31. Mt. ix. 3.
henne-forthward, hen-forward, adv. hence-
forward, Phil. iii. i. i Thess. iv. i.
hennes, hennus, hens, adv. hence, Gen. xiii.
15. Mt. viii. 31. Phil. iii. i.
heo-geyt, a she-goat, Lev. v. 6.
heo-lombe, a she-lamb. Lev. v. 6.
her, their, Gen. i. 21. Mt. i. 21 ; gen. heren,
hern, herne, herun, heres, theirs, of them,
Josh. ii. 13. Job xxiv. 6. Mt. v. 3, 10.
Deeds iv. 23. n Tim. iii. 9.
herberewe, herbore, herborewe, herborou?,
herborw, herburghe, lodging, inn, Judg.
xix. 15, 19. Ecclus. xxix. 31. Mt. xxv.
38. Deeds xxviii. 23. iTim.v. 10. Philem.
22. Heb. xiii. i.
herberewen, to lodge, to harbour, Ecclus.
xxix. 32; p.t. pi. herberden, herboriden,
herberowed, Mt. xxv. 35, 37; p.p. herber-
wid, herborid, Ecclus. xxix. 31. i Cor.
xvi. 19; herborid-man, pi. herborid-men,
Wisd. v. 15. Eph. ii. 12; pr.p. herbere-
wing, herboringe, Ecclus. xxix. 31. Rom.
xii. 13.
herbergrye, herborgerie, an inn, chamber,
Gen. xxiv. 32. in Kings xviii. 27. Lk.
xxii. II; pi. herbergeries, Judith xiii. I .
herberlesse, herboreles, homeless, Mt. xxv. 35.
herborgere, a host, Rom. xvi. 23.
herde. v. hirde.
herdis, threads of flax, Judg. xvi. 9. Is. 1.
31. Dan. iii. 46.
herfore, ado. therefore, Gen. xxv. 26. Rom.
prol. p. 298. ii Cor. iv. i.
herie, to praise, Ps. cxlviii. i. Lk. xix. 37.
Apoc. xix. 3; p.t. pi. herieden, ii Par.
xxx. 21. Rom. i. 25. Deeds ii. 47; pr.p.
heriynge, ii Par. xxx. 22. Lk. ii. 13.
heryeris, herieris, worshippers, iv Kings x.
J9> 23-
heryful, worthy of praise, Dan. iii. 26.
heriynge, n. praise, Ex. xii. 14. Mt. xxvi.
30. Heb. xiii. 15; pi. heriynges, Rom.
prol. 2. p. 302 m. Apoc. xix. 5.
hern, gen. hers, of her, iv Kings viii. 6.
Dan. xiii. 33.
herre, a hinge, Prov. xxvi. 14; pi. herris,
in Kings vii. 50. Job xxii. 14. Prov. viii.
26.
hert, herte, a hart, Gen. xlix. 21.
herte-feylynge, pr.p. fainting in heart, Nah.
ii. 10.
herteles./ooftsA, Prov. xii. 8. xxi. 6. Ecclus.
vi. 21.
herti, intelligent, Deut. i. 13.
hertid, p.p. wise, intelligent, Job xxxiv. 10.
hertli,^'oyotts, Ps. xlvi. 6.
heste. v. heest.
hethenesse, state of heathen men, i Par. xxii.
2. Judith xiv. 6. ii Mace. iv. 12.
GLOSSARY.
719
heued, heuede, heuedlynge. v. bed, hedi,
hedlynge.
heuy, troublesome, Lk. xi. 7. xviii. 5.
heuye, to be heavy, Mk. xiv. 33; p.p.
heuyed, Mt. xxvi. 43. Mk. xiv. 40. Lk.
ix. 32.
heuye, adv. heavily, Mk. x. 14.
heuysumli, grievously, Ecclus. vi. 26.
hewen, to cut in pieces, Job xl. 25 ; p.t.
heewj, hewj, hewide, i Kings xv. 33.
Job xv. 16 ; pi. hewyn, heweden, i Kings
vi. 14; p.p. hewun, hewe, hewid, Gen.
vi. 14. xxii. 3; pr.p. hewynge, Num. xiv.
45-
hejen. v. hijen. •
hese-sett, p.p. set on high, Job xxxix. 28.
hidendely, hidyngli, covertly, n Kings xii.
12. Wisd. xviii. 9.
hidils, hidlis, hiddlis, hudlys, secret places,
Deut. xxvii. 15. Josh. ii. i. i Kings xiii.
6. Is. xlviii. 16. Mt. vi. 4. Job. xviii.
20.
hidous, hidows, great, fearful, Gen. 1. 10.
Ex. xiv. 21. Job xxxviii. 25.
hidousenesse, horror, Gen. xv. 12. Judith
xvi. 12. Job xviii. 20. Hos. xiii. i.
hidouside, p.t. was horrified, Dan. vii. 15.
hydously, hidowsly, horribly, greatly, Gen.
xix. 9. i Kings xxxi. 3. iv Kings xvii.
18. i Esdr. x. 13.
hidoustee, horror, Deut. xxxii. 10. n Mace.
vi. 12.
hiyngli. v. hisyngli.
hile, hilyn, hille, hele, to cover, Ex. x. 5.
Prov. xxv. 2. Hos. xi. 8. Mk. xiv. 65.
i Cor. ii. 7; pr.t. hilith, Lev. xiii. 12.
Lk. viii. 16; p.t. hilide, Gen. vii. 20.
xxiv. 65; pi. hiliden, hilden, hileden,
heliden, Gen. vii. 24. ix. 23. Mt. xxv.
36; p.p. hilid, heelyd, heled, Gen. vii. 19.
Mt. vi. 31. viii. 24. Lk. viii. 16.
hildiden, p.t. pi. flayed, Mic. iii. 3.
hilet, hylet, a place of shade and shelter, in
Kings xx. 16. Ecclus. xxxiv. 19. Is. i. 8;
pi. hiletis, in Kings xx. 12.
hiling, n. a covering, tent, Ex. xxxvi. 19.
Heb. x. 20 ; pi. hilyngis, hilingis, hyl-
yngis, n Mace. iii. 25. Deeds xviii. 3.
hilsnede, (?) p.t. entreated, ii Par. xxxiii. 13.
v. balsende.
hynderere, hyndrere, comp. hinder, Gen. xvi.
13. in Kings xxi. 21.
hyndermore, hyndirmore, hinder part, Gen.
xvi. 13. Ex. xxxiii. 23; pi. hyndirmores,
in Kings xvi. 3. xxi. 21.
hindward, hyndward, backward, Ps. xlix.
17. Ixix. 4.
hyne, a labourer, Job. x. 12.
hynge. v. hange.
hipe, hippe, the hip, Gen..xxiv. 3. xlvii. 29 ;
pi. hipis, hupis, Job. xix. 31.
hipil, hypil, a little heap, Gen. xxxi. 47. Is.
xvii. i ; pi. hipilis, heepils, n Par. xxxi. 9.
Job xxiv. ii.
hipyll-melum, adv. in heaps,W\sd. xviii. 25.
hirde, herde, a shepherd, Joh. x. 1 1 ; pi.
hirdis, hirdes, Mt. viii. 33. Lk. viii. 34.
hiris, hijris, hyris, wages, Lev. xxv. 53. Ez.
xvi. 33. Rom. vi. 23.
hirte, hurten, to hurt, Ex. xii. 23 ; p.t. hirt-
ide, Gen. xxvi. 29; p.p. hirt, Ex. ix. 31,
32-
hirte, to stumble, strike against, Jer. xiii. 16 ;
pr.t. hirtith, Num. xxxv. 20. Prov. xix. 2.
Lk. ix. 39. Joh. xi. 9 ; p.t. pi. hurten,
Deeds xxvii. 41 ; pr.p. hirtynge, Tob. xi.
10.
hisshing, n. a hissing, ii Par. xxix. 8 ; pi.
hissyngis, Judg. v. 16.
historial, historical, Is. prol. p. 226.
hi?, v. heej.
hise, hyse. v. heeae.
hisen, hie, hesen, to exalt, honor, Mt. xxiii.
12; pr.t. hieth, hijeth, Mt. xxiii. 12.
ii Cor. x. 5; p.p. hijed, Lk. xiv. u.
hijyng. v. heesyng.
hisyngli, hiyngli, hastily, n Kings xvii. 20.
ii Par. xxiv. 5. Deeds xvii. 15.
hislier, more highly, Mt. prol. 2. p. 2.
hisnesse, height, top, Gen. xi. 4. Heb.xi. 21.
hist, histh, heisthe, height, Gen. vi. 15. Mt.
ii. 18. Eph. iv. 8; pi. hijtees, heisthis,
Mk. xi. 10.
hyjt, p.t. promised, Mt. xiv. 7; pi. histen,
ii Esdr. v. 10. v. bihete.
histe, p. t. was called, Gen. xxxvi. 25 ; p.p.
hist, Josh. xv. 13. v. hatte.
hoel. v. hoi.
hok, hoke, a hook, Amos viii. i.
hoi, hoel, hool, hoole, whole, well in health,
Gen. xxix. 6. Josh. x. 21. Ps. xxi. 23.
Jer. xxxviii. 2. Mk. v. 34. Joh. v. 6.
holid, hoolid, p.p. having holes, Hag. i. 6.
holli, holly, hoolliche, wholly, altogether,
Judith prol. p. 602. Ps. xxxix. 14. Rom.
prol. i. p. 299. Cath. Epp. prol. i. p. 594.
holoujnesse, hollowness, a channel, Josh. iii.
1 6. iv. 8,9.
holpedist. v. help,
holsum, hoolsum, wholesome, Lev. x. 14.
Ecclus. vi. 31. i Tim. vi. 3.
homli, homliche, homly, homeli, hoomly,
hoomli, domestic, familiar, meek, n Kings
xvi. 2. Mt. x-36. xxi. 5. Gal. vi. 10. Phi-
lem. prol. p. 477.
homlynesse, homelynesse, mildness, meek-
ness, ii Kings xxii. 36. in Kings xxii. 39.
n Cor. x. i. Jam. i. 21.
bond, hoond, hoonde, the hand, Gen. iii. 22.
xix. 10. Mt. iii. 12; pi. hondes, hondis,
hoondis, hondyn, hoonden, hoonde, Gen.
xxii. 6. Lev. xxiv. 14. Deut. xxxiii. 7.
Mt. iv. 6.
hondful, a handful; pi. hondfullis, Gen.
xxxvii. 7.
honesten, to make honorable, Eccles. xi.
23 ; p.t. honestede, Wisd. viii. 10.
honge. v. hange.
honysoukis, honeysuckles, (?) Mt. iii. 4. Mk.
i. 6.
honoure, to worship, Deut. viii. 19. in Kings
xii. 30; p.t. honowride, honouride, Gen.
xix. i. xxiv. 48. Hebr. xi. 21 ; pi. ho-
noureden, honouredyn, i Kings i. 19. Ju-
dith viii. 18; p.p. honoured, Deut. xxvi.
10; pr.p. honourende, Judith vi. 14.
hoob'd, p.p. hulled, having the hull taken off,
Prov. xxvii. 22.
hoolnes, hoolnesse, soundness, entireness,
Josh. v. 7. ii Mace. iii. 22.
hoore, a whore, Gen. xxxviii. 21. i Cor. vi.
16; /)/. horn-is, horis, in Kings iii. 16.
Mt. xxi. 31. Lk. xv. 30.
hoore, hoary, Gen. xiii. 38.
hoore-frost, hoor-frost, hor-frost, hoarfrost,
Ex. xvi. 14. Ps. cxviii. 83.
hooreling, hoorling, horlyng, a letcher, Num.
xxv. 15. Deut. xxiii. 17. in Kings xiv.
24.
hoorenesse, horenesse, hornesse, hoariness,
Prov. xx. 29. n Mace. vi. 23.
\ioory, filthy, Lev. xxii. 5. v. horthe.
hordam, a strumpet (i), Lev. xxi. 7.
hordom, whoredom, Gen. xxxix. 10. Ez.
xvi. 24.
horse, hoorse, hoos, hoose, hoarse, Ps.
Ixviii. 4.
hoos, hose, Gen. xiv. 23 ; pi. hosis, hoosis,
hosen, Deeds xii. 8.
boost, lodging-house, Deeds xxviii. 23.
hoostes, sacrifices, i Pet. ii. 5. v. oost.
hoosteesse, hoostresse, a hostess, Ex. iii. 22.
hootith, pr.t. promises, Deut. xxiii. 23. r.
hyst.
hornene, like a horn, of horn, Ps. prol. p.
738. Ps. xcvii. 6.
horn-putter, horn-puttere, an animal that
butts with the horns, Ex. xxi. 29, 36.
hors, pi. horses, Ecclus. xlviii. 9.
horse-colt, a foal, Ecclus. xxiii. 30.
horse-flejis, hors-fleejis, horse Jties, Deut.
vii. 20. Josh. xxiv. 12.
horsynge, n. cavalry, Deut. xvii. 16.
horthe, horrethe, horrede, filth, Deut. vii.
26.
hosewijf, huswijf, mistress of a family,
in Kings xvii. 17.
houe, a hoof, Job xxxix. 21; pi. howues,
iv Kings ix. 33.
hound-flese, hound-fleese, a gad-fly, Ps.
Ixxvii. 45. civ. 31.
houun. v. heeue.
houynge, pr.p. hovering, Deut. xxxii. n.
hous-senues, sinews of the hough, i Par.
xviii. 4.
hous-beestis, cattle, Num. xxxii. 26.
boxes, the houghs, n Kings viii. 4.
hoxe, to hamstring, Josh. xi. 6 ; p.t. hoxide,
Josh. xi. 9. n Kings viii. 4 ; pi. hoxeden,
Gen. xlix. 6.
hugeli, hugelye, greatly, Gen. xvii. 2. iv
Kings x. 4. Ps. xlvi. 10.
hulke, hovel, shed, Is. i. 8 j pi. hulkis, helkis,
n Esdr. vii. 4 g. Wisd. xi. 2.
humelnesse, humility, Heb. prol. p. 480.
humour, moisture, Jer. xvii. 8.
hungrere, a hungry person, Is. xxxii. 6.
hupis. ». hipe.
hurlith, pr.t. thrusts against, throws doum ,
Lk. ix. 39 ; p.t. hurlide, I Kings xxi. 13;
p.t.pl. hurliden, iv Kings xi. 16. Ez.
720
GLOSSARY.
xxxiv. 21. Mt. vii. 27. Deeds xxvii. 41;
p.p. hurlid, Prov. xxi. 6.
hurten. p. hirte.
hurtlyn, hurtle, hurtlen, to hurl, to dash
down, iv Kings viii. 12. Jer. xlviii. 12;
pr.t. hurtlith, hirtlith, Num. xxxv. 20.
Mk. ix. 17. Lk. ix. 39; p. t. hurtlide,
hirtled, Jer. xlvi. 12. Lk. ix. 42 ; pi. hur-
tliden, Deeds xxvii. 41 ; p.p. hurtlid, Gen.
xxv. 22. Prov. xxi. 6. Lk. vi. 48.
hustylment, equipment, furniture, Ex. xxxix.
32; pi. hustilmentis, Ex. xxx. 27.
huswijf. p. hosewijf.
I.
iacynt, iacynkt, silk of hyacinth color, Ex.
xxv. 4. xxviii. 15. ii Par. ii. 7.
iacynctis, hyacinths, S. Sol. v. 14.
iacynctyne, of hyacinth color, Ex. xxxix. 20;
pi. iacynktynes, Ex. xxv. 5.
iangle, to chide, Ex. xvii. 2. Deut. xxv. ii ;
p.t. pi. iangliden, Num. xx. 13. Lam. iv.
15; pr.p. ianglynge, Ex. xvii. 2.
ianglyng, n. a chiding, Ex. xvii. 7.
iasp, iaspis, jasper, Ex. xxviii. 18. Is. liv. 12.
ybounde. v. bond,
iche, yche. v. eche.
ychoose. v. chese.
iclepid, ycleeped. v. clepe.
idel, ydel, vain, void, Gen. i. 2. Jam. ii. 20.
ydilnesse, idleness, ii Kings xi. I g ; pi.
idilnessis, ii Kings xi. i ij.
idili, ydely, idillich, idly, in vain, Deut. v.
n. n Mace. vii. 18.
idolatrours, idolaters, in Kings xiii. 16 jr.
idon. v. don.
ydropesie, dropsy, Lk. xiv. 3.
iecturing, n. a conjecturing, Ez. xxi. 19.
iemews. v. gemels.
iencian, gentian, a shrub, Jer. xvii. 6. xlviii. 6.
iewerie, country q/'<AeJei»s,Lk.prol.i.p.i4i.
iewinge, pr.p.judaizing, Job prol. p. 671.
iewly, ieuli, iewelich, in the language or man-
ner of Jews, iv Kings xviii. 26, 28. n
Esdr. xv. 24. Is. xxxvi. n. Gal. ii. 14.
ifulfilled. v. fulfille.
ijs, iys, yss, ice, Wisd. xvi. 22. Dan. iii. 70;
pi. yces, Dan. iii. 70.
ilcke oon, each one, severally, Heb. xi. 21.
yledd. v. lede.
ilefte. v. leeue.
ilis, yles, ylis, islands, Gen. x. 5. Esth. x. i.
illumyned, p.p. enlightened, Heb. vi. 4.
imade, ymaad, p.p. made, Ecclus. prol. p.
123. Deeds prol. p. 507.
ymeete. v . meete.
ympne, hymn, in Kings viii. 28. Mt. xxvi.
30; pi. ympnes, Ps. Ix. I. xcix. 4.
improbite, importunity, Lk. xi. 8.
impugne, enpungne, to fight against,
oppose, i Esdr. vi. 12. i Mace. xv. 19.
Cath. epp. prol. i. p. 594; p.t. inpugnide,
enpugnyde, Judg. ix. 44. Deeds ix. 21 ;
pi. impugneden, inpungneden, Ps. cxix.
7. i Mace. xi. 41 ; p.p. inpugnid, Cath.
epp. prol. 2. p. 595 ; pr.p. inpugnende,
Ps. xxxiv. i.
ynamyd, p.p. named, i Mace. x. i.
inblowith, pr. t. puffeth up, i Cor. viii. i ;
p.p. inblowyn, ynblowen, i Cor. iv. 6, 19.
Col. ii. 18.
inbowe, to bend down or in, to incline, Is.
xxvi. 5 ; p.p. ynbowyd, Job. xx. 5 ; pr.p.
inbowende, inbovvynge, Is. ix. 14. i Tim.
v. 21.
inbrethede, p.t. inspired, Ecclus. iv. 12.
inbrethinge, n. inspiration, n Kings xxii.
16. Job xxxii. 8. Ps. xvii. 16.
inbrynge, to bring in, Deut. xxx. 5 ; p.p.
ynbroust, Gen. xxvi. 10.
inehaungen, to change, Job xiv. 20 ; p.p. in-
chaungid, n Mace. iii. 16. i Cor. xv. 51.
inclepen, inclepe, to inwardly call, call
upon, Joel ii. 32. Rom. x. 12 ; pr.t. pi. in-
clepyn, i Cor. i. 2 ; p. t. pi. inclepiden,
Hos. vii. ii. Deeds ix. 21 ; p.p. inclepid,
ynclepid, n Mace. xii. 5. Deeds xxii. 16.
Jam. ii. 7; pr.p. ynclepynge, n Mace.
vii. 37. Deeds vii. 58.
yncleepynge, n. a calling upon, n Mace.
viii. 15.
incoming, incomyng, n. an entrance, Judith
xiv. 9. Ecclus. i. 7.
incroke, into-croke, imp. bow down, Rom.
xi. 10.
indeyne. v. endeyne.
indeluede, p.t. digged in, buried, Gen. xxxv.
4-
indwelle, to dwell in, Ps. Ixvii. 7 ; imp. in-
dwelle, Ps. xxxvi. 27.
indwelling, n. a dwelling in, Wisd. ix. 15.
infattid. v. enfattid.
infect, p.p. infected, stained, Lev. xiii. 49.
n Mace. xii. 16.
inficchid, p.p. fixed in, Ps. xxxvii. 3. Ixviii.
3-
infolewingis, consequences, Ecclus. xxxii. 23.
ingoing, ingoyng, n. an entering, a begin-
ning, Ps. Ixvii. 25. Ecclus. i. 5; pi. in-
goingus. Ps. Ixvii. 25.
yngoynge, ingoende, pr. p. entering, Gen.
xxxviii. 16. Mk. xvi. 5.
ingraffiden, p.t. engrafted, i Tim. vi. 10.
inladde, p. t. brought in, Ps. Ixxvii. 54.
Wisd. xv. 4 ; p.p. inlad, Gen. xliii. 24.
inlappid. v. inwlappith.
ynlijtne, to enlighten, Eph. iii. 9 ; p.p. yn-
listid, inli3tid, n Cor. iv. 6. Eph. i. 18.
ynly, inwardly, Deut. ii. 30. xxviii. 10.
inmostis, the inmost parts, Prov. xxvi. 22.
ynned, p.p. lodged, i Kings x. 22 g.
ynnere, comp. innermore, Prov. xxvi. 22 ;
sup. ynneste, innerest, Ecclus. x. 10.
Prov. xxvi. 22.
innerly, inwardly, Is. xxxiv. 6.
inobedience, inobeishaunce, disobedience,
Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63. Rom. v. 19.
inobeishaunt, disobedient, Deut. viii. 20.
ynow, ynowj, ynews, adv. enough, Lev. xiii.
28. i Mace. vii. 21. Mt. x. 24. Mk. xv.
15. i Pet. iv. 3.
inparfitnesse, imperfection, Ecclus. xxxviii.
3i-
inpolute, undefiled, Heb. vii. 26.
inpossible, incapable, wanting in power,
Wisd. xi. 1 8.
ynputtide, p. t. placed on or in, i Mace. xi.
13; pi. ynputtiden, Deeds xxviii. 10.
inrennyng, n. an incursion, assault, Ps. xc. 6.
inrisen, p.p. risen against, Ps. xxvi. 12.
inriseris, risers against, Ps. xliii. 6.
ynsekinge, pr. p. searching after, Heb.
xi. 6.
insent, p.p. ingrafted, Jam. i. 21.
ynsett, inseet, p. p. set in, Rom. xi. 23,
24; pr.p. ynsettinge, n Mace. vii. 21.
inshed, p.p. poured over, wetted over, Ju-
dith vii. 23. Dan. iv. 22.
ynsmyten, p.p. struck into, n Mace. xii.
22.
insolible, indissoluble, Heb. vii. 16.
instaunce, an urgent request, Judith iv. 8.
i Mace. xi. 40.
instondynge, instoondynge, instondende,
pr.p. being at hand, Gen. xxxviii. 27.
Judg. xi. 5. in Esdr. v. 47.
instore. v. enstore.
instued, instewed, p. p. instituted, Heb.
ii. 7.
intentifli, interpele. v. ententijfli, enter-
pele.
inturnyng, pr.p. turning in, Gen. xiii. 27.
inwardliche, inwardly, Prov. ii. 2.
inwardnesses, inwardnessis, entrails, Wisd.
iv. 14. ii Cor. vi. 12.
inwet, inweetid, p.p. dipped in, Ps. Ixvii.
24.
inwitt, mind, heart, will, Gen. xxvi. 35.
i Kings i. 10. Deeds xxvii. 22. n Cor.
viii 1 1. Col. iii. 23; pi. inwittis, Deut.
xi. 18. n Mace. xiii. 4. Heb. xii. 3.
inwlappith, pr. t. enwraps, ii Tim. ii. 4;
p.p. inwlappid, inlappid, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p. 71. II Pet. ii. 20 ; pr.p. inwlappynge,
Ez. i. 4.
inwrappe, enwrappe, to enwrap, i Kings
xv. 6. Prov. xxix. 6; p.t. inwrappyde,
iv Kings ii. 8; p.p. inwrappid, Num.
iv. 15.
inwrite, p.p. inscribed, Ecclus. xlviii. 10.
iocounde, merry, i Kings xxv. 36.
ioynters, ioyntours, ioyntouris, ioynturis,
iuncturis, junctures, joinings, Pref. ep.
c. vii. p. 72. i Par. prol. p. 316. Deeds
xxvii. 40. Heb. iv. 12.
iolyf, iolif, ioly, wanton, Amos vi. 4.
iolite, gladness, Judith x. 3.
ionke, ionket, iunket, a basket made of
rushes, Ex. ii. 3. Job prol. p. 671.
iow, iowe, the jaw, jowl, Judg. xv. 16. Tob.
vi. 4.
iosen, to rejoice, Tob. xi. 8; p. t. ioyede,
iojede, Gen. xiv. 16. Tob. xi. 9; pi. ios-
eden, i Kings vi. 13. Mt. ii. 10; pr.t.
iosende, Rom. prol. I. p. 30x3.
ypurchasid, p.p. bought, Rom. prol. p. 299.
irchoun, yrchoun, irchun, vrchon, a hedge-
hog, Lev. xi. 5. Is. xiv. 23. Zeph. ii. 14;
pi. irchounes, Ps. ciii. 18.
irefulnesse, wrath, I Kings xix. 21.
ireyne, yreyne, a spider, Ps. xxxviii. 12.
GLOSSARY.
721
Ixxxix. 9. Is. lix. 5 ; pi. ireyns, yreyns,
yreinus, areyns, Job viii. 14. Is. viii. 6.
yren, yrun, iron, Gen. iv. 22. Dan. ii. 41.
yren-smyth, yren-smith, iren-smyth, a
worker in iron, i Kings xiii. 19. Ecclus.
xxxviii. 29. Is. xliv. 12.
yrony, yrunny, made of iron, Deut. xxviii.
23. Dan. ii. 40.
yrettid. v. rette.
iris, pi. anger, Prov. xxvi. 10. xxx. 33.
irreligiosite, irreligiousness, in Esdr. i. 52.
is, yes, Jam. v. 12.
ysett, ysorowid. v. sette, sorewe.
ispoilid, p.p. spoiled, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 72.
ispoken. ». speken.
issu, a going out, Ps. cxx. 8.
itake. v. take.
itauste, p.p. taught, Ecclus. prol. p. 123.
ytuTi\ed,p.p. turned, n Kings ii. 23.
iubilacioun, a rejoicing, Ps. cl. 5.
yue, yuy, ivy, m Kings xix. 4. Jonah
iv. 6.
yuel, n. evil, Gen. xix. 19 ; pi. yuelis, yuels,
Deut. xxxi. 17. Mk. vii. 23.
yuel, yuele, adj. ill, evil, Gen. xlvii. 9.
yuele, the Evil one, the Devil, i Job.
iii. 12.
yuele, adv. evilly, Gen. iv. 7. Mt. xxi. 41.
yuer, ivory, Ps. xliv. 9. Apoc. xviii. 12.
yuerene, of ivory, S. Sol. vii. 4.
iument, work-beast, horse, Lk. x. 34; pi.
iumentis, Gen. i. 24. vii. 14. Deeds xxiii.
24. Apoc. xviii. 13.
Junctures, iunket. v. ioynters, ionke.
iustifiyngis, justifications, Num. ix. 14.
iustise, a judge, a magistrate, Jam. v. ();pl.
iustises, Deeds xix. 38.
iwce, iuysbe, iwisch, iwissb, broth, juice,
(Lat.jus,) Is. Ixv. 4.
yweischen, iwryten. v. waische, wryte.
ywrowjten. v. worche.
ije. v. eije.
ijyue, ysif. v. syue.
[See also words beginning with e and g.]
K.
kaak, a cake, i Kings ii. 36.
kanne, karf. v. kunne, kerue.
karye, to carry, Gen. xlv. 23.
kariyng, n. a carrying, Gen. xlv. 19.
kast, kest. v. caste.
keetlynge, a whelp, Deut. xxxiii. 22.
kele, koole, to cool, Ecclus. xviii. 16. Lk.
xvi. 24.
kelynge, n. a refreshing, cooling, Deeds iii.
20.
kennende, kennynge, pr. p. knowing, Mt.
prol. i. p. i. Rom. prol. i. p. 298. v.
kunne.
kepe, to keep, to watch, Gen. xxvi. 5 ; p. t.
kepte, kepide, Gen. xxviii. 20. Ruth ii.
20; pi. kepten, Lk. xiv. i; p.p. kept,
Gen. xxvi. 5.
kepe, n. care, heed, Mk. xiii. 23. Lk. x. 40.
kercheues. v. couercheues.
kerue, to cut, Lev. i. 17; p.t. karf, keruyde,
VOL. IV.
Amos i. 13. iv Kings xv. 16; p.p. koru-
en, coruen, koruun, Josh. prol. p. 555.
Hos. xiv. i; pr.p. keruynge, Judg. iv. 3.
Prov. v. 4.
keruyngis, rendings, rents, Amos vi. 12.
kesteyn-tree, a chestnut tree, Is. xliv. 14.
ketels, cheteles, kettles, Lev. xi. 35.
keuered. v. kyuere.
keuering, n. a covering, i Pet. ii. 16.
kidneris, kideneris, kydneers, kideneiren,
the kidneys, Ex. xxix. 13, 22. Lev. iii. 4.
kien, kyen, kiyn, pi. kine, Gen. xxxii. 15.
xli. 2, 4. i Kings vi. 10.
kike, kyke, to kick, Acts ix. 5; p.t. kikide,
Deut. xxxii. 15 ; pi. kikiden, ii Kings
vi. 6.
kyn, a kind, generation, I Pet. ii. 9.
kynde, nature, Deut. xxiii. 12.
kyndely, kyndli, kyndly, adj. natural, accept-
able, Lev. iv. 7. Wisd. xii. 10. Mt. vi.
16. Rom. i. 27. xi. 21. n Pet. ii. 12.
kyndely, kyndli, adv. naturally, Jude 10.
kyndeles, kyndlis, kyndlyngis, kyndelyngis,
offspring, young, Mt. xxiii. 33. Lk.
iii. 7.
kynrede, kindred, Gen. xii. I ; pi. kynreden,
kynredene, kynredun, kynredis, Gen.
x. 20. xii. i. xxiv. 40. Lev. xx. 20.
kisse, to kiss, Gen. xxxi. 28; p. t. kisside,
kiste, Ex. xviii. 7. ii Kings xv. 5. Job
xxxi. 27. c. cosside.
kitte, kutte, to cut, rend, Lev. x. 6. xxi. 10; >
p. t. kitte, kut, kutt, kittide, Lev. viii. 20.
Josh. vii. 6. ii Kings x. 4. Mk. prol. 2.
p. 87. Lk. xxii. 50; pi. kitten, cutten,
kuttyn, kittiden, Num. xiii. 24. n Kings
xiii. 31. Mt* xxi. 8. Mk. xi. 8. Deeds
xxvii. 32; p.p. kit, kitt, kitte, kyt, kut,
Deut. xxi. 3. Is. xviii. 5. Mt. iii. 10.
vii. 19. Lk. iii. 9. xxiii. 45.
kittinge, kittyng, n. a cutting, rent, Mt. ix.
1 6. Mk. xiv. 63; pi. kyttyngis, kittingis,
in Kings xi. 31. Deeds xxviii. 3.
kyuere, keuere, to cover, recover, Hab. ii.
17. Apoc. xix. 8; p. t. kyuerede, kyue-
ride, keuerde, Gen. xxvii. 16. Hab. iii. 3 ;
pi. keuereden, Heb. xi. 34 ; p.p. keuered,
keuerid, koouered, kyuerid, Hab. ii. 19.
Mt. vi. 29. Rom. iv. 7. i Cor. xi. 6.
knarres, knots in wood, Wisd. xiii. 13.
knaue-child, a male child, Ex. i. 16. Lev.
xii. 7. Ecclus. xxxvi. 23. Apoc. xii. 5 ;
pi. knaue-children, Ex. i. 18.
kneen, kneejis, knees, Gen. xxx. 3. 1. 22.
iv Kings i. 13.
knes, p. t. knew, Wisd. ix. 9. Jer. viii. 7.
knelyngli, in a kneeling posture, Jer. xxxviii.
26.
knyt, knyttide, p.p. joined, Gen. xxxiv. 3.
Ex. xxxvi. 18. xxxix. 18.
knyttingis, pi. meshes, Job xviii. 8.
knytche, knicchin, knycchoun, a little bun-
dle, i Kings xxv. 29. Amos ix. 6; pi.
knytchis, knycchyns, Mt. xiii. 30.
knist, knyst, soldier, Nah. ii. 7; knistis,
knyjtis, Gen. xxvi. 26. Mt. viii. 9. v.
euene-kny3t.
4z
knyjthod, knhhode, knyjthode, army, war-
fare, Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63. Gen. xxi. 33.
ii Cor. x. 4. Deeds vii. 42.
knyjtli, military, warlike, ii Mace. viii.
9-
knoppis, knobs, buttons, Ex. xxvi. ii. xxxvi.
18.
knowede, p. t. knew, iv Kings ii. 3. v. kne;.
knowendeli, knowyngli, so as to know, Wisd.
xiii. 5.
knowleche, acquaintance, Lk. ii. 44.
knouleche, knowleche, knowliche, to con-
fess, acknowledge, Gen. xxix. 35. Mt. vii.
23. x. 31. Lk. ii. 5 ; p.t. knowlechide,
knoulechide, Esth. viii. i. Lk. ii. 38;
pi. knoulechiden, knowlechiden, n Esdr.
ix. 2. Mt. iii. 6. Mk. i. 5 ; pr.p. know-
lechinge, knowlechynge, in Kings viii.
33. Mt. iii. 6. Mk. i. 5.
knowen, p.p. persons known, acquaintance,
Lk. ii. 44.
kokatrice, a cockatrice, Ps. xc. 13.
koruen, koude. v. kerue, kunne.
kouthly,/anu7iarfy, i Kings prol. p. 3.
kude, the cud, Lev. xi. 3, 4.
kundekenes, Lemtes, (?) Pref. ep. c. vii.
P-73-
kunne, to know, Prov. iv. i. Eccles. vii. 26.
Rom. xii. 3. i Cor. viii. 2 ; pr. t. can,
kan, kanne, n Par. ii. 14. Joh. vii. 15 ;
pi. kunnen, kunne, connen, cunnen, Pref.
ep. c. iv. p. 64. Judg. xiv. 13. Mt. vii. ii.
xxi. 16. xxvii. 65. Lk. xi. 13; p.t. koude,
kouthe, ii Par. ii. 14. Job xix. 4 ; /)/.
kouden, cowden, Pref. ep. c. iv. p. 64.
Ex. xxxvi. i ; p.p. koud, kowd, cunde,
Prov. i. 2. i Cor. xiv. 7. ii Cor.
iii. 2 ; pr. p. kunnynge, i Kings xiv.
18.
kunnyng, knowledge, Gen. ii. 9. xliv. 15.
kurlu. v. corlure.
kutte. v. kitt.
[See also words commencing with c.j
L.
laak, lake, a dungeon, pit, Gen. xl. 15. Jer.
xxxviii. 6, 7, 9. Dan. vi. 7.
lacert, a lizard, Lev. xi. 30.
ladde. v. lede.
ladi, mistress of a house, Gen. xvi. 4.
lafte. v. leeue.
laien. r.. ligge.
layner, a thong, garter, Gen. xiv. 33.
lambren. v. lomb.
lange, tongue, language, Gen. xi. i ; pi. lan-
gis, Esth. i. 22.
languor, disease, sickness, Mt. iv. 23 ; pi.
languores, langours, Mt. iv. 24. Lk. iv.
40.
languishide, p. t. was sick, Dan. viii. 27 ;
pr. p. langwischinge, languysshende,
Wisd. xvii. 8. Joh. v. 3.
languyschis, languisches, sicknesses, Lk. iv.
40. vi. 18. vii. 21.
langwischingis, languyshingis, sicknesses,
Lk. iv. 40. vi. 18.
722
GLOSSARY.
lape, to lap, Judg. vii. 5 ; p. t. pi. lapiden,
Judg. vii. 7 ; p.p. lapid, Judg. vii. 6.
lappide, p.t. wrapped, Mt. xxvii. 59. t>.
wlappe.
lapwynk, leepwynke, a lapwing, Lev. xi. 19.
Deut. xiv. 18.
lare, a sea-gull, (Lat. lams,) Lev. xi. 16.
Deut. xiv. 15.
largen, large, laargen, to enlarge, n Kings
xxii. 37. in Kings i. 47. i Par. xviii. 3 ;
p. t. pi. largeden, Ecclus. 1. 20 ; p.p. lar-
gid, Ecclus. xxxiii. 26.
lassen, to diminish, make less, Ex. v. 8 ; p.t.
lasside, Ps. cvi. 38 ; 2 p. lassedest, lasse-
dist, Ps. viii. 6. Ixxxviii. 46; p.p. lassid,
Icssid, Gen. viii. 2, 13. Ecclus. xvi. 33;
pr.p. lassende, Ecclus. xxxi. 40.
lassing, lassyng, n. a making less, Ecclus.
xx. u. xxxix. 26.
lastith, pr. t. continues, perseveres, Ps.
cxviii. 91; imp. laste, i Mace. x. 27;
p.t. lastide, Ez. xi. 15. Deeds xii. 16;
pi. lastiden, lasteden, Ez. xiii. 6. Job.
viii. 7; pr.p. lastinge, Deeds i. 14.
lastingli, constantly, Deeds i. 14.
lat, to let go, suffer, Ex. viii. 8, 29 ; imp. lat,
late, Gen. xxiv. 55, 56. xxx. 25; pi.
leteth, i Esdr. vi. 75 p. t. leet, leete,
lete, Gen. viii. 10. Josh. ii. 15. n Kings
xi. 21. Mt. hi. 15. xviii. 27 ; pi. leten, Gen.
xxiv. 59 ; p.p. letun, lete, Gen. xxxi. 7.
Josh. ii. 18; pr.p. letyng, Gen. xxvi. 7. '
lateful, late, Hos. vi. 3. Jam. v. 7.
latijs, latys, a lattice, Prov. ii. 6. vii. 6 ; pi.
latises, latisis, S. Sol. ii. 9.
latinli, in the Latin language, Ps. prol. p.
73<5-
latoun, mixed metal, latten, in Kings vii.
45. Ecclus. xlvii. 20. Apoc. i. 15. ii. 18.
Mtsum, adj. obstructed, having impediment,
Ex. iv. 10.
laumprun, a lamprey, Job prol. p. 671 ; pi.
laumpreis, Is. iii. 20.
lauoutoure, laver,font, Eph. v. 26.
lawe-breche, breach of law, Is. i. 5.
lawe-breke, to transgress, Is. xlviii. 8; pr.p.
lawe-breking, Is. xlviii. 8.
lawfullich, lawfully, Num. xxviii. 10.
lashen, lashe, lause, laushen, lajen, laswhin,
lawshe, ley?e, leeje, leisen, to laugh, Gen.
xxi. 6. Job v. 22. ix. 23. Ps. ci. 8. Prov.
i. 26. xxxi. 25. Lk. vi. 21, 25; p.t. lowj,
loowj, lowse, 1003, loowe, leijede, leiside,
Gen. xvii. 17. xviii. 10. in Esdr. iv. 31.
Job xxix. 24. Dan. xiv. 18; 2 p. lows,
leijedist, Gen. xviii. 15.
lajhing, lawyng, leijing, leijyng, n. laughter,
Gen. xxi. 6. Eccles. iii. 4. Ecclus. xxi. 23.
Jam. iv. 9 ; pi. leijingis, Hab. i. 10.
lecchour, a fornicator, Ex. xx. 10. i Cor.
v. ii ; pi. lecchours, i Cor. v. 9.
leche, leeche, a physician, Ecclus. x. n.
Mt. ix. 12. Lk. prol. i. p. 141. iv. 23.
Col. iv. 14; pi. leches, lechis, Gen. 1. 2.
Mk. v. 26. Lk. viii. 43.
lechen, to administer a remedy, to heal, Ec-
clus. xii. 13. Is. Ixi. i.
lecherynge, pr.p. committing fornication,
Num. xv. 39.
leching, n. a healing, Ecclus. vi. 16; pi.
lechingus, Wisd. xii. 4.
lede, to lead, draw, Ex. xxxii. 34; p. t.
ladde, ledde, Gen. xxix. 13; p.p. lad,
led, yledd, Ex. xxvi. 37. Wisd. xix. ii.
i Cor. prol. p. 338 ; pr. p. ledynge,
ledinge, ledende, Judith iii. 10. Mt. xiii.
48. Mk. xiv. 47.
ledyng, n. a company, host, Gen. 1. 9.
leede, a vessel of lead, i Kings ii. 14.
leef, loved one, in Esdr. iv. 24. Prov. xxxi.
2. S. Sol. i. 8. vii. 9.
leeffe, leeful, leful. v. leeue, leueful.
leeisyngli, lyingly, Ez. xiii. 22.
leende, the loin, Gen. xlvi. 26. xlix. 10 ;
pi. leende, leendis, leendes, Gen. xxxv.
ii. in Kings xx. 31. Mt. iii. 4. Lk.
xii. 35. Eph. vi. 14.
leene, to tend, Ex. xii. 36. Deut. xv. 6, 9 ;
pr. t. pi. leenen, Lk. vi. 34 ; imp. leene,
Lk. xi. S; p.t. pi. lenten, ii Esdr. v.
10.
leenere, lener, lender, usurer, Prov. xxii. 8.
Lk. vii. 41.
leep, leepwynke. v. lepe, lapwynk.
leeren, leren, to learn, to teach, Josh. iv.
25. Is. xxix. 24; imp. lere, Mt. xxiv.
32 ; pi. lereth, Mt. ix. 13 ; p. t. lerede,
Mt. ii. 7; pi. lereden, Heb. xii. 10; p.p.
lered, lerid, lerud, i Esdr. vii. n. ii
Esdr. vii. 62. Lk. i. 4. Joh. vii. 15.
Rom. prol. i. p. 299 ; pr.p. lerende,
n Tim. iii. 7. Tit. ii. 12.
leernen, to learn, Lev. xxiii. 42.
leese, lese, to destroy, Gen.xviii.23. Lev. xvii.
10. Mt.ii.i3- Lk.iv. 34. Joh. x. 10; pr.t.
lesith, Mt. x. 39 ; p. t. loste, Ps. Ixxvii.
45. Mt. xxii. 7. Lk. xvii. 27; 2 p. lostist,
Ps. Ixxii. 27. Wisd. xviii. 5; pi. losten,
Deut. iii. 6; p.p. lost, Ps. Ixxii. 27.
leesyng, lesynge, lesinge, n. a lie, falsehood,
Gen. xxxviii. 23. Ex. xxiii. i. Joh. viii.
44. n Thess. ii. 10; pi. leesingis, Prov.
xix. 22. n Thess. ii. 10.
leesing-makere, a liar, Prov. xxi. 6.
leesyngmongere, a liar, Ecclus. xx. 37.
Joh. viii. 44 ; pi. lesyngmongeris, leesyng-
mongeres, Ecclus. xv. 8. i Tim. i. 10.
Apoc. xxi. 8.
leet. v. lat.
leeuable, credible, 11 Par. vi. 18. v. beleeu-
able.
leeue, leue, to leave, deliver, dismiss, omit,
Gen. xxviii. 15. Mk. xv. n. Lk. iv. 19;
pr.t. 2 p. leeuyst, Joh. xix. 12; imp.
leefle, leeue, Gen. xiii. 33 ; p.t. lafte,
laft, lefte, Gen. xxvi. 31. Ex. iv. 26.
Judg. xv. 5. Mt. xxvii. 26. Mk. xv. 15;
pi. laften, leften, n Par. xviii. 32; p.p.
laft, left, ilefte, Ex. x. 15. Ecclus. prol. p.
124. Mt. xxvii. 21 ; pr.p. leuende, Cath.
epp. prol. p. 594.
leeuen, pr. t. pi. cease, Ex. ix. 28 ; imp.
leue, n Par. xxxv. 21; p.p. laft, Gen.
xviii. ii. xxx. 9.
leeuen, pr. t. pi. remain, Gen. xiv. 6 ; p.t.
pi. laften, Gen. xiv. 10. Lev. x. 16.
leeue, leue, leuen, to believe, Ex.iv.i. xix. 9.
Is. x. 20 ; pr. t. leeue, I Cor. xi. 18 ; p. t.
leeuede, Is. liii. i ; pi. leueden, leeue-
den, Num. xx. 12. Lam. iv. 12. Deeds
ix. 26; p.p. leeued, leuyd, Gen. xxvii.
33. Rom. prol. i. p. 299; pr.p. leeuende,
Tob. xiii. 8. Judith xiii. 7.
leeues, leues, leaves of a gate, Judg. xvi. 3.
ii Esdr. iii. 13. Prov. i. 21.
leeuyngis, remains, remnant, ii Kings xxi.
2.
leejer, a liar, in Kings xxii. 23.
leesing. v. Ine.
leg-harneis, greaves, i Kings xvii. 6.
leggen, lein, to lay, Gen. xiii. 25. ii Esdr.
xiii. 21; pr.p. leggynge, leiende, leiynge,
Heb. vi. i.
leggen. v. ligge.
leggeris, leieris, leyers, liggeris, layers, men
laying, i Par. xxii. 15. i Esdr. iii. 7.
leit, leyt, lightning, Deut. xxxii. 41. Mt.
xxiv. 27; pi. leitis, leityngis, Ex. ix. 23.
Apoc. iv. 5. xvi. 18.
leije. v. lise.
leijen, leyje, leijyng. v. lajhen, lashing,
leister, laughter, Job viii. 21.
leme-meel, lym-mele, adv. limb from limb,
n Mace. i. 16.
lemes, limbs, Lev. i. 6.
lemman, a lover, Prov. vii. 4. S. Sol. i. 12,
13-
lente, lent, lentiles, n Kings xvii. 28. Ez.
iv. 9; pi. lentes, n Kings xxiii. ii.
leep, lep, a basket, Ex. ii. 3, 5. Job xl. 26.
ii Cor. xii. 32; pi. lepis, leepis, Job prol.
p. 672. Mt. xv. 37. Mk. viii. 8.
lepen, lepe, lype, lippe, to leap, dance, Wisd.
v. 22. Is. xxxv. 6. Joel ii. 5. Mai. iv. 2 ;
p.t. lepe, leep, leepe, lepte, lippide, Judg.
iv. 15. i Kings x. 10. n Kings vi. 14. iv
Kings v. 21. Dan. xiii. 39. Mt. xiv. 6.
Deeds xiv. 9 ; p.p. lepid, lippid, lopen ,
lept, Mt. xi. 17. Lk. vii. 32; pr.p. le-
pende, lepynge, lippinge, n Kings vi. 16.
Deeds iii. 8.
leperesse, a female dancer, Ecclus. ix. 4.
lepful, lepisful, basketsful, Mk. viii. 8,
20.
lepre, leprosy, Lev. xiii. 44. Num. xii.
10.
lereris, teachers, Heb. xii. 9.
lesewe, leswe, a pasture, Is. vii. 25. Lk
viii. 34; pi. lesewis, leswis, Gen. xii. 18.
i Kings xvi. 19. Joh. x. 9.
lesewith, lesuwith, lisewith, pr. t. pastures,
i Kings xvi. ii. i Cor. ix. 7; p.t. pi.
leseweden, lesewiden, Lk. viii. 34; p.p.
lesewed, in Kings iv. 23; pr.p. lese-
wynge, Mt. viii. 30. Lk. viii. 32.
lesid, p.p. gleaned, Lev. xix. 10.
lessid. v. lassen.
letherin, letheren, leathern, Lev. xiii. 59.
i Kings v. 9.
lette, to hinder, i Esdr. iv. 4. Heb. xii. 15;
p. t. lettide, i Esdr. iv. 4. Ps. Ixxvii. 31.
GLOSSARY.
723
Gal. v. 7 ; p.p. lettid, lett, Ex. iv. 10.
Rom. i. i. xv. 22.
lettynge, n. a hindrance, u Par. xiv. 7. Wisd.
xix. 7. iCor.vii.35; ^Z.lettyngis, lettingis,
i Par. prol. p. 315. Prov. xv. 19 g.
lettrure, literature, Ps. Ixx. 15.
leue, permission, Ex. iii. 19.
leueful, ready to believe, Gen. xxxix. 19.
kueful, leeful, leefful, leeueful, leful, lawful,
Gen.xvi. 6. Lev.xvii.i3- Mt. xii. 2. xiv. 4.
Lk. vi.2. i COT. vi. 12.
leuere, comp. rather, Ecclus. xxiii. 19.
i Mace. xii. 10.
leuour, a lever, bar, IB. xxvii. i.
lew, lewk, warm, Apoc. iii. 16.
lewid, lewide, lewde, leeuyd, lay, common,
unlearned, Pref. ep. c. iv. p. 65. i Kings
xxi. 4. Deeds iv. 13.
lewmes, lewmus, lights, Pref. ep. c. vi.
p. 67.
lybard, libarde, leopard, Pref. ep. c. vii. p.
71, 72. Apoc. xiii. 2.
libel, a little book, writing, Num. v. 23.
Deut. xxv. i. Mt. v. 31.
libraries, libraries, books, Esth. xii. 4.
lie, liche, lich, lijk, like, Gen. xxx. 8. Job
xvi. 4. Mt. vi. 8. xx. i.
licchi, lichi, lychi, licchy, lychy, lichy, like,
Mt. vii. 26. xi. id. xiii. 24. Lk. iii. n.
vi. 47. x. 37.
licnesse, liknesse, example, parable, Lk. v.
36. vi. 39. xii. 16.
licnessid, p.p. likened, Jam. i. 23.
licour, any thing liquid, Num. xxix. 16; pi.
licowres, licours, Gen. xxxv. 14. Num.
xxix. it.
liende. v. lije.
liendely, lyingly, Jer. vii. 9. xxvii. 15.
lifli, adj. living, Wisd. xv. 1 1 .
liften, lifteden, p. t. pi. lifted, Lk. xvii. 12.
ligge, lygge, leggen, Jyen, lyn, to lie down,
Gen. xix. 4. Num. xiv. 29. Is. xxxiv. |
14. Apoc. prol. i. p. 638; pr.t. liggith, lig-
geth, lyth, lith, lijth, Gen. xlix. 31. Ex. i
xxi. 13. Deut. xxviii. 56. Mt. viii. 6; pi.
liggen, lin, Deut. ii. 37 ; p. t. leye, ley,
Gen. xix. 33. Ex. xii. 30. Deut. ix. 25;
pi. laien, lien, lyen, Gen. xxviii. 1 1 . Lev.
x. 5 ; pr.p. liggynge, liende, Gen. xxix. 2.
Mt. viii. 14. Job. v. 6. xx. 5.
liggeris. v. leggeris.
liggynge, n. a lying down, Rom. ix. 10 ; lig-
ging-place, Prov. vii. 17.
lijflode, liflode, lyuelod, a living, sustenance,
Gen. xiii. 7. Ecclus. xxix. 29 ; pi. lyue-
lodis, Gen. xiii. i. xlvii. 23. Deut. ii. 28.
lijpe, lippid, lippinge. v. lepe.
likith, pr. t. it pleases, Gen. xvi. 6.
likyng, n. delight, Gen. ii. 10. Ps. xxxv. 9.
likyngli, probably, Is. prol. p. 226.
lym-mele. v. leme-mele.
lyne, linen, Ex. xxv. 4. Mt. xxvii. 60.
lynage, family, Num. iv. 46; pi. lynagis,
linagis, Gen. xxvii. 29. Josh, xviii. 2.
lippe. v. lepe.
list, pr. t. impers. pleases, Prov. xxvi. 2.
literes, litters, Is. kvi. 20.
litil-maistir, a schoolmaster, (Lat. padago-
gus,) Gal. iii. 25.
litil-mele, litil-mel, litil-melum, lytil-melum,
litil-melome, adv. by little and little, Gen.
xxxiii. 14. xl. 10. Deut. vii. 22. Judg.
xx. 33. i Esdr. iv. 22. i Kings xiv. 19.
n Par. xxi. 15.
littoures, lictors, Deeds xvi. 35.
lyuerede, p. t. delivered, Josh. xxiv. 10.
liueres, lyueres, lifers, living things, Gen.
iii. i. Ps. Iv. 13. Ixviii. 29.
lise, lye, lyjen, leise, to tell lies, Lev. xix.
ii. Josh. xxiv. 27. iv Kings iv. 16; p.t.
liede, leeside, i Mace. xi. 53 ; pi. lieden
Josh. vii. n; p.p. lowen, lowe, Judg.
xvi. 15. Ps. xxvi. 12; pr.p. liende, ly-
ende, leejing, Mt. v. ii. viii. 14. ix. 2.
Deeds ix. 33.
liste, p. t. alighted, Gen. xxiv. 64.
lijter, lijtlier, lutloker, comp. easier, more ea-
sily, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 73. i Kings xvi. 16.
Mt. ix. 5. xix. 24. Mk. x. 25. Lk. v. 23.
lijtful, bright, shining, Lk. xi. 34.
lijthed, lightness, levity, Jer. iii. 9.
lijti, lijty, bright, shining, Mt. xvii. 3. Lk.
xi. 34.
lijtid, p.p. relieved, Is. ix. i. v. alijted.
list-makers, luminaries, Ez. xxxii. 8.
lijtne, lijtnen, liste, to enlighten, to shine, to
dawn, Gen. i. 15. i Kings xxix. 10.
i Cor. iv. 5. Apoc. xxi. 23 ; pr. t. lijt-
neth, Lk. viii. 16; p. t. lijtnede, lijtede,
ii Tim. i. 10; pi. listeden, Ps. Ixxvi. 19;
p.p. lijtned, listid, listed, i Kings xiv. 27.
ii Kings xvii. 22. Tob. xiv. i. Ps. cxvii.
27 ; pr. p. lijtenynge, -listnynge, lijt-
ynge, Ex. xiv. 20. xl. 33. Lk. viii.
16.
lijtnere, an enlightener, Prov. xxix. 13.
listnesse, levity, n Cor. i. 17.
lijtnyng, listing, n. illumination, Ps. xxvi. 4.
xliii. 4. Ixxvii. 14. n Tim. i. 10.
liitsum, full of light, Ps. xviii. 9.
list-syuer, a luminary, Gen. i. 16. Ecclus.
xliii. 7 ; pi. list-jiueris, list-jyuerys, Gen.
i. 16. Ez. xxxii. 8.
loes. v. loos,
loewe, loewj, louj, low, humble, Is. xxix. 4.
xxxiv. 9. Lk. in. 5. n Cor. xii. 21.
loke, a lock, Wisd. v. 15.
loken, p.p. locked, in Kings vii. 9.
lokyng, n. appearance, Mt. xxviii. 3.
lomb, loomb, a lamb, Lev. xxiii. 12. Num.
xxix. 4; /)/. lombes, lombis, loombes,
lambren, Gen. xxi. 28. Lev. xxiii. 18, 19.
Num. xxix. 10. Lk. x. 3.
longe-abidyng, n. patience, longsuffering,
Rom. ii. 4. ii Cor. vi.T).
longen, longe, to elongate, remove to a dis-
tance, to be far, Ps. xxi. 20. Ecclus.
xxxv. 22; p.t. 2 p. longedest, Ps. Ixxxvii.
19; pi. longeden, Jer. ii. 5 ; p.p. longid,
Ps. cviii. 18.
loodly, vilely, basely, n Mace. ix. 2.
loon, loone, a loan, Ex. xxii. 35. Deut. xv. 8.
loond, land, Gen. xxi. 33.
loos, loes, los, fame, i Kings ii. 24. in
4 Z 2
Kings x. i. ii Par. ix. i, 6. Jer. vi.
34.
losid, loosid, p.p. reported, noised abroad,
in Esdr. iv. 12.
loot, a lot, Lev. xvi. 8.
looueful, lovely, Ecclus. xv. 13.
loouesum, lovely, Esth. ii. 15.
loowen, lowen, to low as cattle, Job vi. 5.
Jer. Ii. 52; p.t. pi. looweden, lowiden, Jer.
1. 1 1. Joel i. 18; pr.p. loowende, lowynge,
loowynge, i Kings vi. 12. Wisd. xvii. 18.
loouwede, p. t. accounted, Wisd. iii. 6. r.
alouwid.
loo-,, r. lajhen.
lopen. v. lepe.
lordyngis, lords, rulers, Deut. x. 17.
lordschip, dominion, Num. xvi. 13. Ps. cii.
32. cxliv. 13. Jude 8, 25.
lordshipen, lordshepen, lordship, to have
rule, Num. xxiv. 19. Prov. xii. 24. xvii.
2 ; pr.t. pi. lordschipen, Mk. x. 42. Lk.
xxii. 25. Jude i, 4; p.t. lordshipide,
Judg. xiv. 4. Dan. xi. 4.
lordschiper, lordschiper, lord, sovereign,
Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 69. Ex. xxxiv. 6. Jude 4.
lordschiping, n. domination, Ps. cxliv. 13.
Eph. i. 21. ii Pet. ii. 10.
lore, loore, learning, Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63.
Lev. viii. 8. in Kings iii. 9.
lorkiden. v. lurkide.
losneth. v. lousen.
lothende, pr.p. loathing, Lk. prol. i. p. 142.
Deeds prol. p. 508. v. aloothinge.
lousen, lowse, lose, losne, loosen, to loose,
Gen. xxvii. 40. Ex. iii. 5. Josh. v. 16.
in Esdr. ix. 13. Job vi. 9. Ps. ci. 21 ;
pr. t. losneth, Ps. cxlv. 7 ; p.t. looside,
loside, Job xxxix. 5.
lout|, lowtun, lowt, to bow down, Gen.
xxxvii. 7, 9, 10; pr.t. pi. lowten, Gen.
xxvii. 29; p.t. lowtide, Gen. xviii. 2.
xxiii. 7. Num. xxii. 31 ; pi. lowtiden,
Gen. xliii. 26; p.p. lowtid, Gen. xiii. 6.
louj. v. loewe.
lowe. ». lije.
lowen, to humble, Judg. xix. 24 ; p. t. low-
ede, lowyde, lowide, loewede, i Par. xx. 4.
Lam. iii. 33. Phil. ii. 7; p.p. lowid, Lam.
ii. 5. Lk. xiv. ii. Phil. iv. 12.
low), v. lajhen.
lunge, lungs, HI Kings xxii. 34.
lurkide, p. t. lurked, i Par. xii. 8 ; pi. lor-
kiden, Josh. x. 27; pr.p. lurkinge, Josh.
x. 17.
lustis, pleasures, Lk. viii. 14. n Tim. iii. 4.
lustye, licentious (?) Tit. i. 12.
lustsum, petulant, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 73.
M.
maal-tree, a mast-tree or fir, (Lat. malum,)
Joel i. 12.
maddith, pr.t. is mad, Joh. x. 20; p.t. 3 p.
maddist, Deeds xii. 15; p.p. maddid,
Deeds viii. n.
magnifien, pr. t. pi. enlarge, Mt. xxiii. 5.
mayde-child, maydyn-child, female child,
Gen. xxiv. 55, 57.
724
GLOSSARY.
maylid, mailid, p.p. made of plates or scales,
i Kings xvii. 5. I Mace. vi. 35.
mayster, maistir, master, Gen. xxxvii. 36 ;
pi. maystris, maystrys, Gen. xlvi. 6.
raaisterfuli, by force, Lev. vi. 2.
maisterhed, supremacy, Apoc. prol. I. p.
638.
maistirful, powerful, authorised, Lk. xii. 58.
maystry, maistrie, maystrye, mastery, lord-
ship, Gen. vii. 19. i Kings xvii. 9. Tob.
vi. i 6.
malde-werp. v. mold-werp.
male-ese, evil, sickness, Mt. iv. 24.
malysoun, cursing, Gen. xxvii. 12; pi. ma-
lisouns, Deut. xxviii. 45.
man, husband, Gen. iii. 6, 16. Ecclus.
xxii. 5. i Cor. vii. 16.
manaasith, pr. t. threatens, Gen. xxvii. 42 ;
p. t. manaasside, manasside, n Par. xxvi.
19. Mk. iii. 12.
manaassis, manassis, threatenings, Ecclus.
xxii. 30. Deeds ix. i. Eph. vi. 9.
mandragis, mandraggis, mandrogoris, man-
drakes, Gen. xxx. 14, 15, 16. S. Sol. vii.
13-
maner, adj. a certain, Gen. xxviii. n. iv
iv. 8, u.
maner, measure, moderation, Prov. xxiii. 4 ;
pi. manerys, Ecclus. xliv. 5.
manerly, adj. customary, moderate, Lev. xx.
23. i Tim. iii. 3.
manerly, measuredly, Judith xvi. 2.
manernesse, moderation, mildness, Prov.
xxii. 4.
manheed, manhod, manhood, Mt. prol.2.p.2.
Lk. prol. i. p. 141.
manycles, manyclis, manacles, Ps. cxlix. 8.
Is. xlv. 14.
manly, adv. manfully, humanely, i Mace.
vi. 31. ii Mace. ix. 27.
manlich, adj. manly, Deut. xxxi. 6.
manlynesse, courtesy, n Mace. xiv. 9.
manquellere, a murderer, executioner, n
Kings xii. 2 g. Mk. vi. 27. Deeds xxviii.
4; pi. manquelleris, menquelleris, Prov.
xxix. 10. Apoc. xxi. 8.
mansleer, executioner, Mk. vi. 27.
marcat, a market, Ez. xxvii. 16.
marchaundye, marchaundise, merchandise,
traffic, Gen. xxxiv. 10, 21. Is. xxiii. 3.
Mt. xxii. 5 ; pi. marchaundies, marchaun-
dises, Ez. xxvii. 33.
marchaundise, to make a trade of, n Pet.
ii. 3-
marchatint, a merchaunt, Zech. xiv. 21 ; pi.
marchaundes, Gen. xxxvii. 28.
marchis, borders, frontiers, in Esdr. iv. 45.
mareis, marreis, a marsh, Gen. xii. 2, 18;
pi. mareisis, maraisis, Jer. Ii. 32. Ez.
xlvii. ii.
margarite, pearl, Prov. xxv. 12. Mt. xiii.
46 ; pi. margaritis, margarytis, Is. prol.
p. 224. Mt. vii. 6. xiii. 46. i Tim. ii. 7.
Apoc. xviii. 16.
mary, mars, margh, mergh, menw, merews,
merowj, merow, merowe, merowj, mar-
row, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 71. Gen. xlv. 18.
Num. xviii. 12. Deut. xxxii. 14. Ez. xvii.
3, 22. Job xxi. 24. Ps. Ixv. 15 ; pi. me-
rowis, Job xxi. 24. Heb. iii. 12.
markyngis, merkyngis, marks, i Kings
prol. p. 2.
martyn-apis, a sort of apes, Is. xxxiv. 14.
massee, massive, Ecclus. 1. 10.
mat. v. mete,
maugre, adv. against the will, Wisd. xix.
14.
maundement, commandment, Num. xv. 15.
Mt. xv. 3 ; pi. maundementis, maunde-
mentus, maundemens, Gen. xxxii. 19.
Deut. xxviii. i. Mt. v. 19.
mawe, the stomach, Ex. xxix. 13.
mawlis, males, Rom. i. 27.
mawmet, an idol, Lev. xx. 2. Deeds vii.
41; pi. mawmetis, maumetis, maumettis,
Gen. xxxi. 19, 32. Rom. prol. i. p. 298.
i Thess. i. 9.
mawmetrie, mawmetrye, idolatry, i Kings
xv. 23. Rom. prol. i. p. 298. Gal. i. 15.
me, men, used impersonally, Gen. xlv. 6.
Mt. v. 15.
meche. ». myche.
meddle, to mix, Gen. xviii. 6 ; p. t. med-
lide, meddlid, Lk. xiii. i. Apoc. xviii. 6;
p.p. medled, meddlid, meddelid, Mt.
xxvii. 34. Mk. xv. 23.
medeleris, those who meddle or treat of, Pref.
ep. c. vi. p. 66.
medewijf, meedwijf. v. mydwijf.
medicynal, medicinable, salutary, Tit. ii. 8.
medling, meddling, medlynge, n. mixture,
joining, Gen. xxx. 42. Ps. Ixxiv. 9. Mt.
ix. 16. Lk. v. 36. Job. vii. 14. xix. 39;
pi. medlyngis, i Par. xxii. 3.
meede, mede, reward, Gen. xxix. 15. xxx.
28. Mt. v. 12; pi. meedis, meedus, me-
dis, Gen. xxxi. 8. Is. xxiii. 18.
meedeful, meritorious, ii Kings xxii. 29 g.
Eccles. vii. i g. 13 g.
meedefuly, deservedly, meritoriously, Prov.
xxx. 6 g.
meken, meeken, meke, meeke, to humble,
i Par. xviii. i. Ps. x. *io. Mt. xxiii. 12 ;
pr. t. mekith, i Kings ii. 7. Mt. xviii. 4;
p.t. mekede, Rom. prol. 2. p. 303; pi.
mekeden, Judith iv. 8*; p.p. mekid, Deut.
xxi. 14. Mt. xxiii. 12; pr.p. mekynge,
mekende, Ps. cxlvi. 6. Ecclus. xxxiv. 31.
Rom. prol. i. p. 299.
meet-bord, a table, Ex. xxv. 23. xxxv. 13.
meete-feere, a companion at table, Dan. xiv.
i; pi. mete-feris, Ecclus. ix. 22.
mete-felawe, a companion at table, Ecclus.
xxxvii. 4, 5 ; pi. meet-felawis, mete-fe-
lawes, n Kings xix. 28. Ecclus. ix. 22.
meeth, meth, mead, n Esdr. viii. 10.
meetship, meetshipe, meteship, a banquet,
Num. x. 10. n Kings xii. 4. Tob. ii. i;
pi. meteshipis, Prov. xxiii. 20.
meymed, p.p. maimed, Deut. xxiii. 15 g.
meynd, meyngid, meynt. v. meng.
meine, meyne, meynee, household, family,
Gen. xxvi. 14. Num. xxvi. 38. Mt. x.
25. Lk. ii. 14. Rom. xvi. 5; pi. meynes,
meynees, Gen. x. 32. Num. xxxvi. 38.
Deeds iii. 25.
meyneal, meynyal, homely, Rom. xvi. 5.
meyneals, those of one's household, n Kings
xvi. 2.
meire, meyr, chief justice, Mt. xxvii. 2. Is,
xxxii. 5 ; pi. meyris, Mt. x. 18.
meldew, mildew, Gen. xii. 6.
mele. p.floc-meel, foure-fingur-mele, gobet-
mele, hipyll-melum, leme-mele, litel-mele,
parsel-mel, pase-mel, raueshe-melum,
stownd-meel, whil-mele.
melow, melowe, melu, meal, Gen. xl. 16.
Ex. xii. 34. Num. v. 15.
membride, p. t. mentioned, remembered, Jer.
ii. 34 ; pi. membreden, Wisd. xi. 14 ; p.p.
membrid, Tob. iv. 22 ; pr.p. membrende,
Wisd. viii. 17.
mendere, an amender, Wisd. vii. 15.
mene, mediator, Rom. prol. I. p. 299.
mene, adj. intervening, Gen. xiii. 23.
meng, meynge, mynge, to mix, mingle, Gen .
xviii. 6. Josh, xxiii. 12. Dan. xiv. 10;
p. t. mengide, mengde, myngede, myn-
gide, i Kings xxviii. 24. i Par. prol. p.
314. Ps. ci. 10. Lk. xiii. i ; p.p. mengid,
mengd, menged, meyngid, meengid,
meynt, meynd, meyned, Ex. ix. 24.
xxviii. 33. xxx. 35. Num. xviii. 4. Ps.
Ixxiv. 9. Dan. ii. 41. Mt. xxvii. 34. i
Cor. v. 9. Heb. iv. 2. Apoc. iv. 2. viii.
7 ; pr.p. mengynge, Ez. xxi. 21.
mengyng, n. a mixing, mixture, Lev. vii. 12.
Lk. v. 36.
mengingli, mengyngly, mixedly, ii Par.
xxxv. 8. i Esdr. iii. 13.
menstruate, menstruons, Ez. xxii. 10.
mente, mint, Mt. xxiii. 23.
mentil, a mantle, Gen. xxiv. 65; pi. mentils,
Ex. xii. 34.
menushid, menusid, menushinge. v. my-
nuschede.
merciable, mercyable, merciful, Num. xiv.
19. n Par. x. 7. Heb. ix. 5.
mercy-doing, a deed of mercy, Judith viii.
13; pi. mercy-doingus, Ps. xxxix. 12. 1. 3.
merewi, marrowy, fat, Is. xxxiv. 6.
merewj, mergh, merow. e. mary.
merlison, merlyoun, the osprey, Lev. xi. 13.
Deut. xiv. 12.
mermynus, mermaydens, mermaids, Josh.
prol. p. 556.
mershe, a marsh, Gen. xii. 18.
mershi, marshy, Gen. xii. 2.
merueileden, p. t. pi. wondered at, Judith
x. 7, 14.
merueilows, marvellous, Gen. xxxii. 29.
mescheues. ». myschef.
mesel, mesele, messel, a leper, iv Kings
v. i. xv. 5. Is. liii. 4; pi. meseles, me-
selis, mesels, iv Kings vii. 8. Mt. x. 8.
Lk. iv. 27. vii. 22.
mesell, messel, adj. leprous, iv Kings v. i,
27. xv. 5.
messageer, messangere, a messenger, i Kings
iv. 19. xxiii. 27. in Kings ii. 28; pi. mes-
sageris, messangeris, Gen. xxxii. 3, 6.
GLOSSARY.
725
meste, most, Jer. xlii. 8.
mesurable, limited, Ps. xxxviii. 6.
mesurably, moderately, Ecclus. xxxi. 32.
mete, meete, a feast, Tob. ii. I. xii. 12. Lk.
xiv. 12.
mete, meete, to measure, Ps. lix. 8. Zech.
ii. 2; pr. t.pl. meten, meeten, Mt. vii. 2.
Lk. vi. 38 ; p. t. mete, mette, maat, mat,
matte, metide, Ruth iii. 15. ii Kings
viii. 2. Is. xl. 12. Hab. iii. 6. Apoc. xxi.
16; pi. metiden, Ex. xvi. 18 ; p.p. me-
ten, metun, motun, meetid, metid, ymeete,
Deut. xxi. 2. Josh. xvii. 5. in Kings
xvii.2i. Jer.xxxiii.22.Mt.vii.2. Lk.vi-38.
mete, to dream, Joel ii. 28.
metels, meetels, dreams, Gen. xxxvii. 5.
Deeds ii. 17.
meteship, a feast, Tob. ii. i.
mete-jyuyng, n. a banqueting, Ecclus. xxxvii.
32-
metrete, a measure, in Kings vii. 26 g;
pi. metretis, Joh. ii. 6.
meue, to move. Gen. xli. 44. Num. xiv. 45 ;
p. t.pl. meueden, Gen. xliv. 22. Ex. xv.
26; p.p. meued, meuyd, Gen. ix. 3. Lk.
vii. 13. pr.p. meuynge, Num. xxi. 12.
meuynge, n. a moving, Num. iv. 15.
myche, meche, much, great, Gen. xxix. 7.
xliv. 7. Ex. xiv.i2. Joh.xii.i2. c.moche.
mychelnes, mychilnesse, mykilness, great-
ness, Gen. xxxii. 12. Ex. ix. 24. Prov.
viii. 23.
mychenes, mychnes, greatness, Num. xxiii.
10. i Par. xxi. 15.
mydde, myddis, myddes, midst, Gen. xviii.
26. Mt. x. 16. xiii. 25. Lk. xvii. ii.
mydmeste, mydelmest, middlemost, Mt.
prol. i. p. i.
myd-wijf, mede-wijf, meed-wijf, midwife,
Gen. xxxv. 17. xxxviii. 27; pi. myd-
wyues, Ex. i. 15.
myd-wyuyng, n. midwifery, Ex. i. 19.
myist, mist, Deut. iv. ii. v. 22. Job iii. 5.
myisty, mistiness, Is. xxix. 18.
myle, mylie, mylium, millet, Is. xxviii. 23.
Ez. iv. 9.
mylkid, p.p. suckled, Job x. 19.
mylne, a mill, Mt. xxiv. 41.
myln-stoon, mylle-stoon, a mill-stone, Judg.
ix. 53. Mt. xviii. 6.
mynde, a memorial, Wisd. x. 7.
myndefulli, considerately, Job xxxv. 5.
mynde-hyllis, hillocks of memorial, Josh.
xxii. 10.
mynde-tocne, a memorial, Is. Ivii. 8.
myndende,/)r./>. minding, Rom. prol. i . p. 300.
mynen, pr.t.pl. dig through, undermine, Job
xxiv. 16; p.t.pl. myneden, Gen. xlix. 6;
p.p. myned, mynyd, Mt. xxiv. 43. Lk.
xii. 39.
mynge. v. meng.
mynour, a miner, digger, Prov. ii. 4 g.
mynuschede, p.t. broke into small parts, di-
minished, iv Kings xxiii. 15; p.p. my-
nuschid, mynushid, mynusht, menuschid,
menushid, menusid, in Kings xvii. 14.
Ps. xxxiii. ii. Wisd. xi. 8. n Mace. xiii.
19. Joh. iii. 30. Heb. iii.7;£>r\p.mynusch-
ing, menushinge, menusinge, Rom.xi. 12.
mynuyd, p. p. diminished, n Mace. xiii. 19.
mynutis, mynutes, mites, small pieces of
money, Mk. xii. 42. Lk. xxi. 2.
myres, miry places, Ps. xiv. 23.
myri, myrie, merry, cheerful, i Mace. vi. ii.
Apoc. xi. 10.
myrre, mirre, myrte-tree, myrrh-tree, Esth.
ii. 12.
myrte-tre, myrt-tree, a myrtle, ii Esdr. viii.
15. Is. xli. 19. Iv. 13; pi. myrtis, mirtis,
Zech. i. 8, 10.
myrtine, of the myrrh-tree, Esth. ii. 12.
mysbeleue, unbelief, Col. iii. 6. n Tim. ii.
13-
mysbileeueden, p.t.pl. disbelieved, Deut.
xxxii. g ; p.p. mysbeleeued, Judith xiii.
27. Wisd. x. 7 ; pr.p. misbileuynge, mys-
bileuynge, Num. xiv. 40. Deut. i. 26.
mysbileueful, unbelieving, Ecclus. i. 36.
mischaunging, n. a false changing, Wisd. xiv.
26.
myschef, evil, Gen. xliv. 34 ; pi. mescheues,
Prov. prol. p. i. p. i.
mysdeme, messedeme, to judge amiss,
Num. xiv. ii. Deut. xxiv. 17.
mysdo, to do amiss, n Mace. iii. 39; p.p.
mysdo, i Kings xvii. 29.
myseis, myseys, myseise, mysese, want, dis-
tress, Gen. xli. 31, 57. Ecclus. iv. 2.
n Cor. viii. 14 ; pi. mysseyseis, myseeses,
myseses, mysesis, Gen. iii. 16. Mk. iv. 19.
myseiste, myseste, poverty, need, Job v. 21.
Mk. iv. 19. xii. 44. n Cor. viii. 14.
myseesnesse, wretchedness, Job v. 2 1 .
mysfeith, unbelief, Ecclus. ii. 18.
mysfelende, pt. feeling or thinking amiss,
Ecclus. xvi. 20. xxii. 14. xlii. 8.
mysleeful, unbelieving, Ecclus. i. 36.
myslernyng, mislernyng, n. false learning,
Ecclus. iv. 30.
myslosedyn, p.t.pl. unloosed, (?) Josh. xiv. 8.
mysreuerence, irreverence, Ecclus. xxv.
29.
myssygge, myssey, to speak amiss, up-
ftrairf, Lev.xix-33. Deut. xxxi. 20; p.t.pl.
mysseyden, Judg. viii. 15; pr.p. mys-
seiynge, mysseiende, Num. xiv. 36.
Wisd. xv. 14.
myssouneth./ir.t. discords, Josh. prol. p. 555.
mystik, mistik, mystical, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p. 68.
mystili, mistiliche, mystically, Pref. ep. c.
vii. p. 73. i Kings prol. p. i.
mystynes, mystynesse, mist, darkness, Deut.
iv. ii. Prov. vii. 9; pi. mystynesses, Is.
xxix. 18.
mystrosten, to mistrust, Ps. prol. p. 737;
pr.p. mystrostende, Bar. i. 17.
mystrouful, unbelieving, Is. Ixv. 2.
mystrowable, incredible, unbelieving, Bar. i.
19.
mystrowande, pr. p. disbelieving, Bar. i. 17.
mysturne, to pervert, Lam. iii. 36. Gal.
i. 7; pr.t.pl. mysturnen, Num. xxxii. 7;
p. t. pi. mysturneden, Num. xxxii. 9.
i Kings viii. 3; p.p. mysturnyd, Deut.
xxxii. 5.
mysvse, to abuse, Gen. xxxiv. 31 ; imp. pi.
mysvsith, Gen. xix. 8; p.p. mysusid,
Judg. xix. 25.
mysusyng, n. an abusing, Ps. xxx. 9.
mirt, myjt, mist, (?) Zech. x. i.
myjtis, myjtus, power, Ps. xix. 7. Ixxxix. 10.
myjtyeer, mystier, comp. stronger, Gen. xxvi.
16.
myjtihed, mightiness, Ecclus. x. n.
mystilich, mightily, Judg. v. 26.
mo, more, Lev. xxv. 16. Mt. xxi. 36. Lk.
xviii. 30.
moche, much, Mt. vi. 7. v. myche.
mochefold, manifold, Eph. iii. 10.
mochil, much, Gen. xxiv. 25.
moder, modir, modre, mother, Gen. ii. 24.
Prov. iv. 3. Mt. ii. 13; pi. modris, moders,
Gen. xxxii. ii.
moyste, to moisten, water, Gen. ii. 10; pr.t.
moystith, i Cor. iii. 8; p.t. moystide,
moistide, Gen. ii. 6. i Cor. iii. 6.
mold-werp, malde-werp, a mole, Lev. xi.
30; pi. molde-warpis, molde-werpes, Is.
ii. 20.
moltide, p.t . melted, Ex. xvi. 21 ; p.p. mol-
tun, molten, Ex. xvi. 21. Josh. vii. 5.
moneieris, monyeris, monyteris, money-
changers, Joh. ii. 14.
moneishen, pr. t. pi. admonish, Josh. prol.
p. 554 ; p.t. monyschide, Judg. i. 14.
moneste, to teach, admonish, Josh. prol.
p. 554. Esth. iv. 8. i Cor. iv. 17; pr. t.
monesteth, Rom. prol. 2. p. 303 ; pi. mo-
nestyn, monesten, n Cor. vi. i ; p.t. mo-
nestide, Judg. i. 14; /)/. monestiden,
i Mace. xii. 50; p.p. monestid, Mt. ii. 22.
xiv. 8. v. amoneste.
monestinge, monestynge, n. an admonition,
Lk. iii. 18. i Cor. xiv. 3; pi. monest-
yngis, monestingus, Deut. xxi. 20. Tob.
i. IS-
moneth, a month, Gen. xxix. 14; pi. mo-
nethis, Ex. ii. 2.
monyteris. v. moneieris.
monstris, portents, wonders, n Mace. v. 4.
more, moor, elder, greater, Gen. x. 21.
xxvii. i. Judith xiv. ii. Mt. xi. ii. Lk.
ix. 46.
more, forefathers, Deut. xxxii. 7 ; pi. moris,
iv Kings xv. 7.
more- tree, moor- tree, mulberry-tree, Lk.
xvii. 6; pi. moore-trees, Ps. Ixxvii. 47.
moreyn, carcase, carrion, Jer. vii. 33.
morenyng, n. a mourning, Gen. xxvii. 41.
morewynge, morning, Mk. i. 35.
mortefied, p.p. made as dead, Ps. xliii. 22.
morter, a mortar, a vessel, Num. vii. 14.
xi. 8 ; pi. morteris, morters, Num. iv. 7.
morterd, p.p. plastered, Amos vii. 7.
mortifyinge, n. a putting to death, n Cor.
iv. 10.
moru, morwe, morwen, morewen, morning,
morrow, Gen. i. 5. Ex. ix. 18. xxiii. 19.
Esth. ii. 14. Mt. xxvii. i. moru-tide, mor-
we-tide, Gen. i. 5. Judg. vi. 31. Joh. xviii.
726
28 ; pi. moru-tides, Ps. Ixxii. 14 ; morewe-
dai, Judg. vi. 31. i Kings xi. ii;
morewe-list, i Kings xxv. 34.
most, moost, greatest, Mt. xiii. 32.
mot, mote, moot, mote, particle, Mt. vii. 3.
Lk. vi. 41.
mot, moot, mut, must, Lk. xix. 5. i Cor. ix.
16; pi. moten, Deeds iv. 20.
mote-halle, moot-halle, hall of assembly,
Mt. xxvii. 27. Joh. xviii. 28. Phil. i. 13.
moterynge, pr.p. muttering, ii Kings xii. 19.
motetes, motetis, tunes, measures, Ecclus.
xlvii. ii.
motun. v. mete.
mountuous, mountainous, Jer. xvii. 26.
mouscacche, a mousetrap, Wisd. xiv. ii.
moustre, a mustre, levy, in Kings v. 13.
moujte, moujthe, mojhe, mowghe, moughe,
mowjhe, mowjte, a moth, Job iv. 19. xiii.
28. Prov. xxv. 20. Mt. vi. 19. Lk. xii.
33 ; pi. moustis, mojhis, moththis, mouj-
this, Mt. vi. 19. Jam. v. 2.
mow, mowe, moun, to be able, Gen. xiii. 16.
xxiii. 6. Ps. cxxxviii. 6. Lk. i. 20. xiii.
24; pr. t. mow, mowe, Gen. xviii. 17.
Lk. xiv. 29 ; pi. moun, mown, mowen,
mowe, mow, Gen. vi. 20. xxiv. 50. Mt.
vi. 24. ix. 15. xvi. 4. Lk. v. 34; p. p.
most, Job prol. p. 671 ; pr. p. mowende,
mowing, mowinge, Is. Ivi. 10. ii Cor.
xiii. 9.
mowe, a heap of corn, Ruth iii. 7.
mowyng, mouwing, n. a scorning, Ps. xxxiv.
16. xliii. 14. Ixxviii. 4. Hos. vii. 16. v.
bimowe.
muk, dung, ill Kings xiv. 10.
mulberies, mulberry trees, ii Par. i. 15.
multynge, n. a fine, tax, iv Kings xxiii. 33.
mussel, a morsel, Gen. xviii. 5. i Kings ii. 36.
Joh. xiii. 30 ; pi. musselis, Ps. cxlvii. 17.
must, new wine, Job xxxii. 19. S. Sol. viii. 2.
Is. xlix. 26. Deeds ii. 13.
musures, mutterers, Is. xxix. 24.
N.
nable. v. nauele.
nablis, musical instruments (Lat. nablum),
i Mace. xiii. 51.
nakyn, to make naked, Lev. xx. 19 ; p. t.
nakide, Job xx. 19; pi. nakiden, Gen.
xxxvii. 23 ; p. p. nakyd, I Par. x. 9 ; pr.
p. nakynge, Joel i. 7.
nakenen, to make naked, Is. iii. 17; p.p.
nakenyd, nakened, i Par. x. 9. Is. xix. 7;
pr. p. naknynge, Joel i. 7.
nakidhed, nakedness, Jer. ii. 25.
nal, an awl, Ex. xxi. 6. Deut. xv. 17.
nameli, nameliche, especially, familiarly,
Lev. x. 18. i Kings prol. p. 3.
na, no, Ez. xii. 25.
nappen, to slumber, Ps. cxx. 4 ; p.t. nap-
pide, Ps. cxviii. 28; pi. nappeden, nap-
piden, Ps. Ixxv. 7. Mt. xxv. 5.
napping, n. a slumbering, Prov. xxiii. 29.
napte, naphtha, Dan. iii. 46.
narde, ointment of spikenard, S. Sol. i. ii.
Joh. xii. 3.
GLOSSARY.
nat, no*, Ex. xix. 1 2. Mt.vi.i3,2O. Mk.iv.i7-
naue, naaue, a nave of a wheel, in Kings
vii. 33. Ecclus. xxxiii. 5.
nauee, nauey, a fleet, in Kings ix. 26; pi.
nauees, in Kings xxii. 49.
nauele, nawle, naule, nauil, nable, nouel,
the navel, Judg. ix. 37. Job xl. n.
Prov. iii. 8. S. Sol. vii. 2.
naue-stockis, nauel-stockis, naves of a wheel,
in Kings vii. 33.
ne, neither, not, Gen. xv. 16. Mt. vi. 30.
Lk. i. 30.
necessarie, adj. near in kin or friendship,
Job vi. 13.
necessaries, kinsfolk or friends, n Mace.
iv. 3.
necke, nak, the neck, Gen. xxvii. 16.
necke-couercheues, neckercheuys, necker-
chiefs, Is. iii. 23.
neddris, adders, Mt. xii. 34.
nede, necessary, needful, Gen. xxxiii. 13.
Mt. ix. 12.
nede, a business, cause, occasion, iv Kings
iv. 13. Ps. xc. 6 ; pi. nedis, needis, i Mace.
x. 35. 38- ' Cor- vi- 4-
nede, nedis, adv. necessarily, Deeds iv. 20.
nedelich, necessarily, i Cor. ix. 16.
nede-doeres, men of business, Is. xxiii. 8.
nede-doing, traffic, Is. xiv. 14; pi. nede-
doyngus, Is. xxiii. 18.
neden, to want, to require, to compel, Prov.
xxii. 16. xxviii. 27; p.t. pi. nededen, iv
Kings xii. 12; p.p. nedid, Gen. xlvii. 22;
pr. t. nedende, S. Sol. vii. 2.
nedle-foddris, (?) Is. iii. 20.
neece, a granddaughter, grandchild, Lev.
xviii. 10; pi. neces, Gen. xxxi. 43. Ex.
xxxiv. 7.
neeldes, needles, Ex. xxxviii. 23.
neelde-craft, needle art, Ex. xxxix. 28.
neelde-werk, neeld-werk, needle work, Ex.
xxvi. i. xxviii. 6.
neentische, to bring to nothing, to make vain,
Ecclus. xiii. 8. v. anyntische.
neet, horned cattle, oxen, Jer. xxxi. 12.
Amos vii. 14.
neet-heerde, a herdsman, Amos vii. 14.
nee?, neejh, nej, nys, me, adv. nigh, nearly,
in Kings vii. 26. Prov. vii. 8. Mt. iv. ii.
xxi. 30.
neejh, a neighbour, Prov. xxiii. ii.
neiyng, neyenge, neynge, n. a neighing, Job
xxxix. 19. Jer. xiii. 27; pi. neiyngis,
nesingus, Jer. viii. 16. xiii. 27.
neische, neshe, nesshe, soft, delicate, Pref.
ep. c. iii. p. 63. Job xxiii. 16. Jer. 11.46.
i Cor. vi. 10.
neis, neiae, to approach, Gen. xxxiii. 3.
Num. viii. 19. Mt. iii. 2. x. 7 ; p.t. nen-
ede, neiside, Gen. xviii. 23. xxvii. 26.
Mt. viii. 5. Lk. vii. 14 ; pi. neiseden,
nehedden, Mt. iv. n. xv. i. Lk. xiii. i ;
p.p. nejed, Mt. iv. 17; pr. neisinge, neij-
ynge, Gen. xviii. 23. Mt. viii. 19. Lk.
xv. i.
neijboresse, a female neighbour, Ex. iii.
22.
nemneth, pr. t. names, Pref. ep. c. v. p. 66.
n Tim. ii. 19; p. t. nemnyde, nempnede,
nempned, nemyde, Gen. xxxviii. 4. Lk.
vi. 13; p.p. nemned, nempned, Heb. iii.
nemenyngis, names, appellations, n Par.
prol. p. 385.
neomenye,/eas< of new moon, Is.i. 13. Col.
ii. 16.
ner, nerre, near, Gen. xxvii. 22. xliv. 18;
comp. nerre, neer, Ruth iii. 12. Heb.
vi. 9.
ner, nere, adv. never, Lev. vi. 13. Joh. ix.si.
nerthelatere, nevertheless, Is. Ixiii. 8.
nese-thirles, nese-thorlis, nees-thrillis, nose-
thirlis, noose-thyrlys, noose-thrillis, nos-
trils, Num. xi. 20. n Kings xxii. 9. Prov.
xi. 22.
nesing. v. fnesynge.
nethelesse, nethelees, netheles, adv. never-
theless, Gen. viii. 12. Lk. xii. 31.
nether, lower, Josh, xviii. 13.
nethermore, lower, Deut. xxiv. 6. Josh.iii.i6.
nethermoris, lower parts, Ps. cxxxviii. 15.
netwise, made like a net, Ex. xxxix. 39.
neuermore, never, ii Tim. iii. 7.
neuerthelater, adv. nevertheless, Gen. viii.
12.
newen, newe, to renew, Ps. 1. 12. Is. ix. 10.
Lam. v. 21 ; pr. t. neweth, Wisd. vii. 27;
p. p. newid, Job xxix. 20. Prov. xiii. 23.
nejen, to neigh, Is. xxiv. 14; imp.pl. ney-
jeth, Jer. xxxi. 7 ; p. t. neijede, Jer. v. 8 ;
pr. p. neisende, neisynge, Jer. viii. 16.
nygard, a parsimonious person, Ecclus. xiv.
3; pi. nygardis, i Cor. vi. 10.
nyl, nyle, pr. t. p. will not, is unwilling,
Gen. xxvii. 46. Mt. xxi. 29 ; 2 p. nylte,
nylt, Gen. xx. 7. Judg. xiv. 15; imp.
nyle, nyl, nile, nil, Judg. xviii. 9. Mt. i.
20. Lk. ii. 10; p.t. nolde, nold, Gen.
xxxvii. 35. Mt. i. 19. Lk. xix. 27; 2 p.
noldist, Jer. iii. 3; pi. nolden, nulden,
Num. xxxii. n. Deut. xxiii. 4. Judith
x. 12.
nys, is not, Gen. xxviii. 17.
ny?, nise. v. neej.
nyjt-crowe, nyjt-foul, an owl, Deut. xiv. 15,
noblei, nobley, nobility, ii Mace. vi. 23.
Rom. prol. 2. p. 302.
no-but, unless, except, Ecclus. xxxiv. 6.
Mt. v. 20.
noise, noy3en, noye, nojen, to hurt, trouble,
Gen. xxi. 23. Ex. xxii. 22. iv Kings i. 32.
Esth. xii. 6. Mk. xvi. 18. Lk. x. 19.
Apoc. vii. 3 ; pr. t. pi. noyen, Deeds
vii. 26; p.t. noiede, nojede, noijide, Judith
xi. i. xvi. 7. Lk. iv. 35. ii Cor. i. 8;
pi. noieden, Dan. vi. 22; pr. p. noiynge,
Gen. xxvi. 14. v. anoye.
noiful, noyful, noyeful, injurious, trouble-
some, Ps. xxvi. 2. Wisd. xii. 24 g. Lk.
xi. 7.
noyntyn, to anoint, ill Kings xix. 16.
noyouse, noyous, noious, nojous, hurtful,
annoying, Deut. xxviii. 66. i v Kings vi. i .
GLOSSARY.
727
Wisd. vi. 20. ii Thess. iii. 2. i Tim.
vi. 9.
noiseful, noisy, Prov. xx. I.
noyse, noje, annoyance, fob. vii. 19. Ps.
cxviii. 28. Ecclus. xxix. 6.
nol, noil, nolle, the head, the neck, Deut. ix. 6.
iv Kings xvii. 14. Deeds vii. 51. xv. 10;
pi. nollis, nollys, nolles, Gen. xxvii. 40.
xlix. 8. Jer. xix. 15.
nolde. v. nyl.
nollid. v. hard-nollid.
nomen, p. p. taken, Judg. xix. 8.
noon, adv. not, Gen. xxiv. 21.
noose-thyrlys, noose-thrillis. v. nese-thir-
les.
noot, not, note, ne wot, pr. t. knows not,
Eccles. ix. i. x. 14. Lk. xxii. 60. nCor.
xii. 3; 2 p. noost, Ecelus. xxxiii. 33.
noryshe, noryse, nurish, nursch, a nurse,
Gen. xxiv. 59. n Kings iv. 4. i Thess.
ii. 7.
norishyng, nurschyng, n. a nourishing, sup-
porting, nutriment, Ex. xxxv. 14; pi.
nurschyngis, Ex. xxxv. 23.
note, a nut, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 7. Ex. xxv.
33-
nother, no nother, noon other, no other,
Gen. xxviii. 17.
nother, nothir, nouther, neither, Gen. xix.
33. iv Kings xviii. 5. Mk. prol. i. p. 86.
nouche, nowche, noche, a broach, clasp, Ex.
xxviii. 4. i Mace. x. 89. xi. 58. xiv. 44.
noumbrable, capable of being numbered, Ps.
xxi. 18.
noumbrarie, arithmetic, Pref. ep. c. vii. p.
68.
noumpere, an umpire, Rom. prol. 2. p. 302.
nounce, nounse, an ounce, Ex. xxx. 13.
noun-power, want of power, Wisd. xii. IO51.
nouther. v. nother.
noujt, nost, nothing, Gen. xiv. 19. Gal. vi. 3.
v. nojt.
noseris, injurious persons, Ps. xxvi. 2.
nosesum, noisome, injurious, Prov. i. 22. Is.
prol. p. 224.
nosher, adv. no where, Wisd. prol. p. 85.
no3ous. v. noyouse.
nost, adv. not, Gen. ii. 25.
nulden. v. nyl.
nurreis, nurselings, Num. xxxii. 14.
nurshemens, nutriments, Is. xxx. 33.
nurehen, to nourish, feed, Is. vii. 21 ; p. p.
nurschid, Jam. iv. 5 ; pr. p. nurshende,
Mt. xxiv. 19.
nurschere, a nurser, Esth. ii. 7 ; pi. nursh-
eres, Is. xlix. 23.
nouel. r. nauele.
O.
o, oo. r. oon.
obeie, to obey, Gen. xii. 40 ; pr. t. pi. obejen,
Mt. viii. 27 ; p. t. obeide, Gen. xxvi. 5.
obeische, obeishe, obesche, obeshen, to obey,
Gen. xii. 40. Lk.xvii. 6. Rom. 1.5. Deeds
vii. 39 ; pr. t. pi. obeishen, obeischen,
obeyschen, Mt. viii. 27. Mk. i. 27; p. t.
obeishide, obeschide, obeishid, Gen. xxii.
18. Deedsvi. 7; pr.^.obeishynge, obesch-
ynge, obeshende, Gen. xxviii. 7. Ecclus.
iv. 15. Rom. i. 30.
obeishaunce, obeisaunce, obedience, i Kings
xv. 22. Eccles. iv. 17. Ecclus. iii. i.
obite, death, Gen. xxv. n.
oblisheth, pr. t. binds, binds fast, Prov. xiii.
13; p.p. oblishid, oblisht, Num. xxx. 4.
Ps. xix. 9.
o-brood,of-brode,<ztfo.<z&road,Gen.xxviii.i4.
obsecracioun, a prayer, ii Par. xxxiii. 18;
pi. obsecraciouns, Prov. xviii. 23.
odoramentis, perfumes, Apoc. xviii. 13.
of-brode. v. o-brood.
o-ferre, o-feer, adv. afar, Gen. xxi. 16.
xxii. 4. Lev. xiv. 40. xxxvii. 18.
offencyoun, offence, stumblingblock, iv Kings
xxiii. 13. Judith v. 25. n Cor. vi. 3; pi.
ofienciouns, oflensiouns, Ecclus. xxxix.
29. Ez. xi. 18.
of-gladynge.pr. p. greatly rejoicing,i n Kings
i. 40.
of-hard, adv. with difficulty, Eccles. i. 16.
iv. 12. Mt. xix. 23.
of-hedid, of-heueded, p.p. beheaded, Judith
xv. i.
o-fier, adv. on fire, Ex. iii. 2.
of-purpose, adv. purposely, Ruth ii. 16.
of-take, to take, receive, Pref. ep. c. viii. p.
74. v. atake.
ofter, camp, more frequently, ivKingsxxi. 13.
oile-berie, olive-berry, Is. xvii. 6.
oiletis, oyletis, loops, Ex. xxvi. 4, 5.
oynement, ointment, Ex. xxv. 6. Mt. xxvi. 7 j
pi. oynementis, oynemens, Wisd. ii. 7.
Mt. xvi. i.
oyniouns, vniowns, onions, Num. xi. 5.
oynten, to anoint, Mk. xvi. i . ; p. t. oyntede,
oyntide, Lev. viii. 12. Lk. iv. 18. Joh.
xi. 2. Heb. i. 9; p.p. oyntid, Num. vi.
15. Mic. vi. 15; p. pr. oyntende, Jam.v.
14.
oynting, n. an anointing, i Joh. ii. 27.
oischer, usher, doorkeeper, n Kings iv. 5.
oker, okyr, to lend on interest, Deut. xxviii.
12.
oldid. v. eldeden.
oldli, old, Job xii. 23.
olyfaunt, an elephant, i Mace. vi. 46 ; pi,
olefauntis, in Kings x. 22.
olyuetis, oliveyards, Amos iv. 9.
on-egge. v. an-egge.
onement, union, Ez. xxxvii. 17.
oneste, onest, honorable, Wisd. x. 1 1. i Cor.
xii. 24 ; comp. onestere, Ruth iii. 3.
ony. v. eny.
onychyn, onychynus, an onyx, Gen. ii. 12.
onyd, p.p. united, Tob. xii. 19 g.
onlihed, onlinesse, solitary condition, Esth.
xvi. 14.
on-lyue, adv. on life, alive, i Kings xxvii. 1 1.
iv Kings vii. 12.
onouryde, p. t. worshipped, Gen. xxiv. 26;
p. p. onowryd, Gen. xxii. 5. v. anowre.
onournemens, ornaments, Judith x. 3.
on-puttynge, pr. p. putting on, Josh. ix. 4.
on-sidis-hond, on-sydis-hondis, adv. by them-
selves, Mk. iv. 34. v. asydis-hond.
oof, woof, Gen. xiv. 23. Lev. xiii. 47.
oof-werk, woven work, Gen. xiv. 23.
oon, oo, o, oe, one, a, Gen. i. 5. xxii. 2.
xxxii. 16. Num. iii. 15. Jer. xxiv. 2.
Mt. v. 18. Lk. ii. 44.
oonhed, onhed, unity, Rom. prol. I. p. 299.
i Tim. iii. 2.
oonyng, onyng, n. union, Wisd. xiii. 12 g.
Ez. xxxvii. 17.
oonli, oonlich, oneli, onelich, adv. only,
Gen. xxii. 2. xxvii. 38. Lev. vi. 18. Josh.
xi. 13.
oonli, oonlyche, adj. alone, Lk. iv. 4.
oons, ones, onys, onus, adv. once, Gen.
xviii. 27, 31. Lev. xvi. 34.
oonlypi, oonlepy, oonlippy, olypi, adj. onlyt
Lk. vii. 12. viii. 42. ix. 38.
oost, an army, force, Gen. xxi. 22. Deeds
xxiii. 27 ; pi. oostis, Josh. x. 5. Apoc.
xix. 14.
oost, a sacrifice, Lev. i. 2. Rom. xii. i ; pi.
oostis, Num. vii. 35. Deeds vii. 42.
ooste, a lodging, Philem. 22.
oothir, other, Gen. xix. 34. iv Kings
viii. 15.
opyn, known, manifest, Deut. xxix. 29. Mt.
xxvi. 73.
opynyoun, a rumour, Mt. iv. 24 ; pi. opyn-
iouns, Mk. xiii. 7.
opon, upon, Deut. xxxii. ii.
opp, up, Judg. vi. 3.
o-purpose, adv. purposely, Ruth. ii. 16.
ordynatli, orderly, i Mace. vi. 40.
ordures, excrements, Deut. xxviii. 27.
oriloge, orologie, orloge, a sun-dial, i v Kings
xx. ii. Is. xxxviii. 8.
orisoun, an oration, Pref. Ep. c. ii. p. 63.
orisoun, orysoun, a prayer, in Kings viii.
28. Prov. xv. 29 ; pi. orisouns, Prov. xv.
29-
orribilite, dreadfulness, Deut. xxviii. 61.
orribleli, horribly, fearfully, Wisd. vi. 6.
OTrourfear, Aorror.Deut.xxxii. 10. Job vii. 14.
or than, before that, Gen. xxvii. 10.
or-troweden. v. ouer-troweden.
osteler,innkeeper, Ecclus. xxix. 35. Lk.x.3S.
ostrie, an inn, Lk. x. 34. Deeds xxviii. 23.
ostrig, ostriche, an ostrich, Lev. xi. 16.
Lam. iv. 3; pi. ostrigis, Job xxx. 29.
o-taken, p.p. taken, Gen. xx. 16. v. atake,
of-take.
otemost, outmost, r. vttermere.
o-thenkyn, o-thinken, o-thinke, to repent,
Ex. xiii. 17. Judith viii. 14. Ps. cix. 4;
pr. t. o-thenkith, o-thinkith, Gen. vi. 7.
i Kings xv. n; p. t. o-thou3t, o-tho3te,
I Kings xv. 35. Jer. iv. 28. v. athinkith.
o-thenksnge, o-thenking, o-thinking, n. re-
pentance, Judg. xxi. 6. i Kings xv. 29.
Jer. xviii. 8, 10.
other, othir, outher, or, Deut. xiv. 26. Mt.
vi. 2. Lk. vii. 19. Joh. xviii. 34.
other-while, sometimes, Wisd. xvii. 14.
other-weies, adv. otherwise, Gen. xiii. 12.
ouche, a broach, Ex. xxv. 7 g. v. nouche.
ouer, adv. more than, Gen. xxvii. 37. Mt.
*-37-
728
GLOSSARY.
oueral, every where, Wisd. ii. 9. vii. 24.
ouerbeynge, pr. p. covering, projecting, m
Kings vi. 18.
ouerbere, to carry over or beyond, Deut.
xix. 14; pr. t. ouerberith, Deut. xxvii. 17.
ouercariede, p. t. carried over, Wisd. x.
18.
ouerchaunginge, n. a transmutation, change-
ableness, Jam. i. 17.
ouercome, to come upon, Prov. xxvii. i;
p. t. ouercam, Ps. Ixxxix. 10 ; pi. ouer-
camen, Ex. ii. 17; pr.p. ouercomende,
ouercomyng, surpassing, Job xxxvi. 26.
ouercheckis, lintels, Ex. xii. 7.
ouercouerede, p.t. covered over, Ps. xliii.
20; p.p. ouercouered, Judith v. 9.
ouercoueryng, n. protection, Is. iv. 5.
ouercustomed, p. p. too much accustomed,
Esth. iii. 8.
ouerer, comp. upper, Job xxxviii. 30; sup.
ouerest, Ex. xxxix. 20.
ouerfalle, to make to fall, overwhelm, Lev. xx.
27.
ouerfleth, pr. t. flies or flees over, Wisd. v.
ii; p.t. ouerfleis, i Kings xxix. 3. Wisd.
v. ii ; p.p. ouer-flowen, Josh. x. i, 4.
ouergilde, to gild over, Ex. xxx. 5; p.p.
ouergilt, ouergildid, Ps. xliv. 10.
ouergoon, p.p. passed over, Gen. xxxviii. 12.
Deut. xxvii. 3 ; pr. p. ouergoende, Job
xxxvii. 21.
oueraboundide, ouerhabounde, p. t. greatly
abounded, i Tim. i. 14.
ouerhelen, ouerheelden, ouerhelde, to cover
over, Gen. ix. 14; p.p. ouerhilid, Num.
xii. 12.
ouerheld, p.p. poured over, Jer. xlviii. 1 1.
ouerhejere, the superior, Job xxxi. 21.
ouerholden, pr.t. hold over, ii Cor. x. 14.
ouerhond, upperhand, mastery, iv Kings iii.
26.
ouerhopede, ouerhopide, p.t. greatly hoped,
Ps. cxviii. 43, 74^ 81.
ouerlargely, too largely, Pref. ep. c. vi. p.
66.
ouerleden, to bring upon, to lead over or
away, Ecclus. xxxvi. 24. Wisd. iv. 20;
pr. t. 2 p. ouerledist, Wisd. xii. 17 ; p.t.
ouerladde, Gen. xxxii. 23. n Par. xxxiii.
ii ; p.p. Queried, ii Pet. iii. 17.
ouerleding, n. a leading over or away, Wisd.
xviii. 5.
ouerleeuen, to leave, to remain over, Lev.
xxv. 46; pr.t. pi. ouerleeuen, Josh, xxiii.
4; p.t. ouerlafte, Ex. xiv. 28.
ouerleie, to oppress, overwhelm, Ex. viii.
26.
ouerleying, ouerleiyng, n. trouble, overthrow,
Lk. xxi. 25. Joh. xvi. 33. n Cor. i. 4.
ouerlepen, to leap over, Ecclus. xxxviii.
37-
ouerlyueth, pr.t. survives, Ex. xxi. 22.
ouermest, ouermost. the upper part, surface,
highest part, Gen. ii. 6. vii. 4. Ex. xxxvii.
8. Is. xiii. 5 ; pi. ouermostus, Jer. xxv.
32-
ouermor, adv. moreover, Num. xx. 5.
ouermore, upper, Deut. xxiv. 6.
ouermoris, the higher parts, Ps. ciii. 3.
ouermyche, superfluously, i Par. prol.
P- 3M-
ouerpasse, to pass over, transgress, Gen.
xviii. 3. Deut. xix. 14; p.t. 2 p. ouer-
passedist, Prov. xxxi. 29 ; p.p. ouerpass-
id, ouerpassed, Gen. xxix. 28. ii Par.
ix. 6; pr.p. ouerpassynge, ouerpassende,
Gen. xii. 8. Esth. xiii. 2.
ouerscorchide, ouerscorchid, p. p. roughly
hewed, in Kings v. 18. vi. 7.
ouer-seile, imp. sail over, Is. xxiii. 12.
ouersemynge, pr.p. most excellent, Eph. i.
19.
ouersenden, pr. t. pi. lead over, Judg. iii.
28.
ouerstejyng, n. a passing over, Is. xvi. 2.
ouerthreswold, an upper lintel, Ex. xii. 22.
ouerthwart, ouerthewert, ouerthwert, ouer-
whert, perverse, froward, Lev. xxvi. 21.
Deut. xxi. 20. Ez. xii. 16. n Tim. iii. 4.
ouerthewertly, perversely, Ecclus. i. 30 g.
ouertraueylen, ouertraueyl, ouertraueile,
to afflict, oppress, Gen. xvi. 6. xix. 9.
Ex. i. n ; p.t. pi. ouertrauaileden, Ps.
xciii. 5 ; pr. p. ouertraueilynge, Gen.
xvi. 6.
ouertroden, p.p. worn by walking, ii Esdr.
ix. 21.
ouertrowable, capable of being suspected,
Ecclus. xxv. 9.
ouertroweden, ortroweden, p. t. pi. sup-
posed, suspected, were conscious, Judg.viii.
n. in Kings xxii. 32; pr.p. ouertrow-
ynge, i Cor. iv. 4.
ouerturne, to turn away, Ecclus. iv. i.
ouerveyne, entirely worthless, Wisd. xi. 16.
xii. 24.
ouerveynly, ouerveynliche, greatly in vain,
Ps. xxiv. 4. xxx. 7. xxxiv. 7.
ouervoide, entirely worthless, Wisd. xv. 9,
10. xvi. 29.
ouervoidenesse, great worthlessness, Wisd.
xiv. 14.
ouerwad, p.p. waded over, Ez. xlvii. 5.
ouerwrthi, more worthy, Ecclus. xliii. 32.
ouerejeden, ouerjiden, p. t.pl. Gen. vii. 24.
Ps. xxxvii. 5.
ouerjotun, p.p. transfused, Pref. ep. c. ii.
p. 63.
ouersouun, p. t. given above, ii Cor. xii.
15-
oure-silf, ourselves, Judith iii. 2. i Joh. i. 8.
ourn, ourun, ourens, ourns, g. pi. ours, Gen.
xxvi. 20. xxxiv. 21. Mk. xii. 7. Lk. xxiv.
24.
ourne, to adorn, Gen. xxiv. 47. Tit. ii. 10;
p.t.pl. ourneden, Mt. xxv. 7. i Pet. iii. 5 ;
p.p. ourned, Lk. xi. 25. xxi. 5. i Tim. ii.
9 ; pr.p. ournynge, I Tim. ii. 9.
ournement, ornament, Gen. ii. I ; pi. ourne-
mentis, Judith x. 3.
ournyng, n. an adorning, Ex. xxv. 9. i Pet.
iii- 3-
outakun, outaken, outtaken, except, Gen.
xxi. 26. Mt. v. 32.
outbake, p.p. thoroughly baked or treated
with fire, Is. xlviii. 10.
outbrenne, to greatly burn, Ecclus. xvi. 7.
outbrennyng, n. a burning out, Is. Ixiv. 2.
outclense, to cleanse entirely, Lev. xvi. 32.
outecomyng, n. an issue, Gen. xii. 13.
outdrien, to dry thoroughly, Is. xiii. 15.
outerli, utterly, Deut. xv. 4.
outfijten, to conquer in fight, Ecclus. iv.
33; pr. t. outfaust, Josh. x. 35; p.p. out-
fojte, Ps. cxxviii. i.
outforth, adv. out, Is. xliii. 8.
outefourmed, p.p. perfectly formed, Num.
xvii. 8.
outgladen, to rejoice greatly, Is. Ixv. 19.
outglading, n. great joy, Is. Ixv. 18.
outgoers, emissaries, i Kings xxii. 17.
outher. v. other,
outheren, to hear perfectly, Prov. i. 28. Is.
xii. 17 ; p.t. outherde, Ps. xxxix. 3.
outiosen, to rejoice greatly, Is. Ixv. 18.
outiosing, outioiyng. n. exultation, Ps. xii.
5. Prov. iii. 35.
outlargid, p.p. enlarged, Deut. xxxii. 15.
outlawen, to banish, destroy, m Esdr. iv. 8.
Judith iii. 13 ; p. t. outlawide, Ecclus.
xxxi. 30; p.p. outlawid, Ps. xxxvi. 9.
outlawynge, n. an outlawry, Josh. prol.
P- 556.
outlede, to lead out, Ps. xxx. 5 ; p.t. outlad,
Gen. xv. 7.
outmere, utter, outer, Mt. viii. 12.
outook, p.t. excepted, i Kings xiv. 24 g.
outopenith, pr.t. explains, Gen. xii. 24.
outpassyng, n. an ecstacy, Ps. xxx. 23.
outpresen, to pray earnestly, Ecclus. iii. 4.
outseching, n. a seeking out, Wisd. xiv. 12.
outshameden, p.t.pl. were utterly ashamed,
Is. xiv. 1 6.
outesharpende, pr. p. provoking, Jer. v. 23.
outshynynge, pr. p. resplendent, I Kings
xv. 12.
outsojte, p. t. sought out, Ps. xxvi. 8 ; pi.
outsorten, Ps. cxviii. 155; p.p. outsoujt,
Gen. xiii. 22 ; pr.p. outsechende, Ecclus.
iii. 3. iv. 12.
outsterte, p. t. started up, Judith xiv. 15.
c. stirte.
outstourbe, to utterly disturb, Josh. vii.
25-
outstrajt, outstrayed, p. p. stretched out,
Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 66. Ecclus. xxxix. 29.
outtend, p. p. kindled greatly, Ecclus.
xvi. 7.
outterreden, p. t. pi. exasperated, Ps. Ixxvii.
40.
outethenking, n. device, Wisd. xv. 4.
outturnynge, n. an overturning, Pref. ep. c.
vii. p. 69.
outwaggeth, p. t. greatly agitates, i Kings
xvi. 15. v. waggide.
oust, O3t, aught, anything, Lev. xiii. 48.
Lk. ix. 36. Rom. prol. i. p. 299. Gal.
vi. 3.
owe, pr.t. i p. ought, Gen. xxiv. 5. Mt. iii.
14; 2 p. owest, iv Kings v. 13; 3 p.
owith, Ex. x. 26. Lk. v. 38. Joh. xix.
GLOSSARY.
729
xix. 7. i Job. ii. 6; pi. owen, Ex. iv. 15.
Deeds xxi. 21 ; p.t, oujte, oust, owste,
awjte, Num. xii. 14. Is. v. 4. i Mace.
xiii. 15. Mt. xviii. 24. Lk. vii. 41 ;
2 p. owedist, oujtist, iv Kings v. 13; I
pi. oujten, oweden, owten, Gen. xxxiv.
31. Num. xv. 34. Lk. xvii. 10. Deeds
xxi. 21 ; oujten, owned, i Mace. xiii. 39.
v. au?t.
owhydre, adv. anywhere, iv Kings v. 25.
oxes, oxis, oxys, oxen, in Kings i. 25. Lk.
xvii. 7.
P.
paal, a stake, Ez. xv. 3. Zech. x. 4.
paalnes. paleness, Lev. xiv. 37.
paard, pard, parde, a leopard, Deut. xiv. 5.
Apoc. xiii. 2 ; pi. pardis, S. Sol. iv. 8.
paas, paase, pas, paaces, paces, n Kings vi.
13. Num. xxxv. 5. Mt. v. 41.
paast, a cake, Ex. xxix. 23; pi. pastis, iPar.
xxiii. 29.
pacche, a patch, Mk. ii. 21.
pacienter, comp. more patient, Bar. iv. 5. 27.
paddis, frogs, Ex. viii. 8.
paddok, a frog, Ps. Ixxvii. 45; pi. paddoks,
paddokis, Ex. viii. 2, 3, 8, ii.
pagyn, a page of a book, Jer. xxxvi. 23 ; pi.
pagens, Jer. xxxvi. 23.
payd, paied, payed, pajed, pasid, p.p. con-
tented, satisfied, Num. xviii. 23. iv Kings
xiv. 10. Esth. viii. 3. i Tim. vi. 8. Heb.
xiii. 5. v. apaid.
paynymmys, paynymes, paymes, gentiles, }
pagans, Mt. v. 48. Rom. prol. i. p. 298.
Heb. prol. p. 480.
paynymrie, gentile condition, Rom. prol. i.
p. 300.
pal, a pall, a robe, Esth. viii. 15.
palasie, palesie, palsy, i Mace. ix. 55. Mt.
iv. 24.
palat, palet, palate of the mouth, Lam. iv. 4.
palfrey, a horse, Esth. vi. ii.
palid, p.p. inclosed with pales, iv Kings
xxv. 2.
palyure, a sort of thistle, (Lat. paliurus,}
Mic. vii. 4.
pament, pawment, pavement, Num. v. 17.
pans. v. pens,
panyere, a basket, Gen. xl. 17. Ex. xxix. 2 ;
pi. panyeris, Gen. xl. 16.
parably, in parables, Mk. xii. i.
parceyueth, imp. pi. perceive ye, Judg. v. 3.
Deeds ii. 14.
parcener, a partner, Prov. xxviii. 24. Wisd.
vi. 25. i Cor. ix. 23; pi. parceneres,
parceneris, Prov. v. 17. Wisd. vii. 14.
i Cor. ix. 12.
pardelun, a small kind of leopard, Deut.
xiv. 5.
parfyit, parfyt, perfit, perfect, Eccles. ix.
14. Mt. v. 48. Lk. i. 17; comp. perfiter,
Heb. bt. ii.
parfitenesse, perfection, Col. iii. 14.
parfytli, perfitli, perfectly, Amos v. 10. Lk.
i-45-
pargete, to plaster, Ez. xiii. 10; pr.t.pl.
VOL. IV.
pargiten, Ez. xiii. i ; p.t. pi. pargetiden,
pargiteden, Ez. xiii. 10. xxii. 28; p.p.
pargetid, Amos vii. 7.
pargetyng, n. a plastering, Ecclus. xxii. 23.
Ez. xiii. 12.
parid, p.p. scraped, Lev. xiv. 41.
paring, n. a scraping, Lev. xiv. 41; pi. pa-
ringis, i Cor. iv. 13.
parsel-mel, adv. without order, Pref. ep. c.
vi. p. 67.
party, a part, Gen. xxiii. 9. Is. xxxiv. 14.
Rom. xv. 15; pi. partes, partise, parties,
Gen. xliii. 34. Mt. ii. 23.
partide, partyde, p. t. departed, Mk. i. 42 ;
pi. partiden, partideden, divided, Josh.
xix. 51. Mt. xxvii. 35. v. departe.
partynge, n. a participation, division, Ex.
viii. 23. ii Cor. vi. 14.
partrich, partritch, a partridge, i Kings
xxv. 20.
pase-mel, pas-mele, adv. without order,
Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 67. i Kings iv. 2.
pask, paske, pasch, passover, i Esdr. iv. 19.
Ez. xiv. 21. Mt. xxvi. 17. Lk. ii. 41.
passendeli, passyngly, surpassingly, in
Esdr. iii. 24. Gal. i. 13.
passible, able to suffer, Deeds xxvi. 23.
Jam. v. 17.
passioun, suffering, disease, Lev. xv. 13.
Heb. ii. 9 ; pi. passiouns, Heb. x. 32.
pawme, palm of the hand, Mt. xxvi. 67 ; pi.
paumes, Prov. xxxi. 20.
peckcn, pr. t. pi. peck, Prov. xxx. 17.
pedage, toll, i Esdr. iv. 13, 20.
peere, fellow, comrade, n Kings ii. 16 ; pi.
peeris, Mt. ii. 16.
peerith, pr. t. appears, Lev. xiii. 9 ; p. t.
pered, Pref. ep. c. i. p. 61 ; pr.p. pe-
rende, Job xxx. 8.
peersable, able to pierce, Heb. iv. 12.
peese, to assuage, appease, Gen. xxxvii. 35 ;
p.p. peesid, iv Kings ix. 18; pr.p. pe-
sende, pesynge, pesing, Col. i. 20.
peyne, punishment, Gen. xxxviii. 25.
peyned, p.p. punished, Deeds xxii. 5.
peyne-taking, n. penance, Ecclus. v. 17.
peynteur, peynture, a picture, Esth. i. 6.
Wisd. xv. 4; pi. peynturis, in Kings
vi. 29.
peire, to injure, impair, become impaired,
Lev. xxv. 14; p. t. peyrede, n Kings
xiii. 2; p.p. peirid, Rom. i. i. v.
apeyrid.
peirer, an impairer, Cath. Epp. prol. 2. p.
595-
peiryng, peyringe, peyrynge, n. damage,
destruction, Mt. xvi. 26. Lk. ix. 25.
i Cor. iii. 15. v. 5 ; pi. peiringis, Phil.
iii. 7.
peirement, peyrement, damage, detriment,
Mt. xvi. 26. ii Cor. vii. 9. Phil. iii. 8.
pels, peyse, peys, weight, Gen. xliii. 21.
Num. vii. 23. i Kings xxv. 18. iv Kings
xxv. 16.
peisere, a weigher, Prov. xvi. 2.
peiseth, peisith, pr. t. weighs, Prov. xxi. 2 ;
pi. peisen, Is. xlvi. 6 ; p.t. peiside, pey-
5 A
side, Is. xl. 12 ; p.p. peisid, peysid, Lev.
xxvii. 25 ; pr.p. peisynge, Gen. xxiv. 20.
peising, n. a weighing, Ecclus. vi. 15. xxvii.
20.
pekokis. v. pokokis.
pennere, an inkhorn, Ez. ix. 2.
pennes, pennys, wings, feathers, Ps. xvii.
n. Eccles. x. 20. Lk. xiii. 34.
penaunce, repentance, Lev. v. 5. Judg. xxi.
6. Jer. xviii. 8, 10. Mt. xxi. 29.
pens, penis, pans, pennies, pence, Gen. xx.
16. xxxvii. 28. Mt. xxvi. 15. Lk. vii. 41.
pentacontarkes, pentacontrarkis, leaders of
fifty, i Mace. iii. 55.
pentisis, penthouses, n Esdr. vii. 4 g.
pepyn. v. popyn.
peponys, gourds, cucumbers, Num. xi. 5.
perauenture, perhaps, Gen. iii. 3. Mt. v. 25.
perse, to pierce, penetrate, Job xl. 19. Prov.
vii. 23. Heb. iv. 12; pr.t.pl. persen,
peersen, Prov. vii 27. n Tim. iii. 6; p.t.
perside, Heb. iv. 14; p.p. persid, Judith
vi. 4 ; pr.p. persende, Prov. vii. 27.
pershe, pershen, to perish, Ecclus. xxxi. 7.
Jer. xlviii. 8; p. t. pershede, Wisd.
x. 3 ; pi. pershyden, Num. xvi. 33.
persuable, persuasible, i Cor. ii. 4.
perteyneth, pr. t. pi. appertain, Num. iv.
27 ; p.t. pi. perteyneden, Gen. xxxii. 23.
pesible, peaceful, appeasable, Gen. xxxiv.
21. xliii. 14. S. Sol. viii. ii; pi. pesibles,
peaceful or appeasing persons or things,
S. Sol. viii. 12. Ez. xlvi. 2.
pesibli, pesebli, peesibli, pesibleli, peaceably,
Gen. xxvi. 31. xxxvii. 4. n Kings xix.
30. Ps. xxxiv. 20.
pesiblenesse, pesibilnesse, a calm, calmness,
Wisd. xii. 18. Mt. viii. 26. Mk. iv. 39.
pesyblete, pesiblete, a calm, peace, n Mace.
ii. 23. Lk. viii. 24.
pestel, a pestle, Ex. xvi. 14. xxvii. 20; pi.
pestels, i Par. xxi. 23.
phane, a temple, Deut. iii. 29. iv. 46.
phigarg, a roebuck, (Lat. pygargus,) Deut.
xiv. 5.
philosofien, pr. t. pi. philosophize, Pref. ep.
c. vi. p. 67.
pibbil-ston, a pebble, Prov. xx. 17.
picche, to fix, to pierce, Num. ii. 3 ; p. t.
picchide, pischide, Judg. iv. 21 ; pi. pic-
chiden, pisten, Num. ix. 18, 23. Jjoh.
xix. 37; p.p. pijt, Judg. iv. 22. in
Kings viii. 54. Ecclus. vi. i ; pr.p. pic-
chinge, pitchinge, Col. ii. 14.
picoise, a pick-ax, l Kings xiii. 20, 21 ; pi.
picoisis, pikoysis, Joel iii. 10.
pilche, a skin, wrapper for the body, Lev.
xv. 17; pi. pilchis, Lev. xi. 32.
pile, peel, skin, n Kings xvii. 19.
pilde, pilede, pilide, p. t. stripped, peeled,
in Esdr. i. 36; p.p. pild, pilde, Gen.
xxx. 37. n Kings xvii. 19.
pilgrym, adj. strange, Heb. xiii. 9.
pilgrimage, to sojourn, Gen. xii. 10. xlvii.
4; p.t. pilgrimagid, Gen. xxxv. 27; p.p.
pilgrimagid, Gen. xxxii. 4; pr.p. pil-
grimagende, Jer. xii. 17.
730
GLOSSARY.
piltere, a butter with horns, Ex. xxi. 29.
v. pultere.
pimentis, pymentis, pigments, Esth. ii. 12.
iv Kings xx. 13.
piment-makere, a maker of pigments, n
Esdr. iii. 8 ; pi, pyment-makers, n Par.
xvi. 14.
pymentarye, pymentarie, a pigment maker,
Ex. xxxvii. 29. S. Sol. iii. 6 ; pi. pymen-
taries, S. Sol. v. 13.
pistle, epistle, n Kings xi. 14. i Esdr.
iv. 7. Rom. xvi. 22 ; pi. pistlis, n Par.
xxx. 6. Deeds xxii. 5.
pit, pitt. v. putte.
pile, pytee, piety, mercy, Ecclus. xxxvii. 13.
xlix. 4. i Tim. ii. 2 ; pi. pitees, Ecclus.
xliv. 10. ii Pet. iii. n.
pitouse, piteuous, merciful, pious, Ecclus.
11. 13. xxxi. 8 g.
pitously, piteuously, piously, Ecclus. xliii.
37. ii Tim. iii. 12.
pitoustees, acts of piety and mercy, Ecclus.
xliv. 10.
pijt. v. picche.
plaag, plage, side, coast, region, Gen. iv. 16.
xiii. i. xxv. 6.
plaage, plage, a plague, wound, stripe, Lev.
xiii. 2. Apoc. xiii. 12; pi. plagis, plages,
Gen. xii. 17. Lk. xii. 47. Apoc. xv. i.
plane, a plane tree, Gen. xxx. 37.
p\at,Jlat, Dan. viii. 18.
platan, a plane tree, Ecclus. xxiv. 19 ; pi.
platan-trees, Ez. xxxi. 8.
platis, platys, pieces of money, Judg. ix. 4.
Jer. xxxii. 9. Mt. xxvi. 15.
platte, p.t. platted, folded, Judith x. 3;
p.p. plattid, pleitid, plettid, Pref. ep.
c. vii, viii. p. 73. Ex. xxxix. 3 ; pr.p.
plattende, Is. xix. 9.
plauntis, soles of the feet, Deeds iii. 7.
pie, plea, debate, Ecclus. xx. 16. Heb. vi. 16.
pleaunt, pliant, turning, Gen. iii. 24.
plei-feris, playfellows, Judg. xi. 38.
pleiynge, pr. p. mocking, Gen. xix. 14.
pleyne, pleyn, to complain, Deut. xxx. 13;
p. t. pleynede, Judg. xiv. 16; pr.p. pley-
nynge, Jude ii. 16.
pleynesse, playness, a level, plain, ii Mace.
xiv. 33.
pleynynges, playnyngis, complaints, Num.
xvii. 10. Eccles. vii. 15.
pleynt, playnt, complaint, quarrel, n Kings
xix. 28. Lk. i. 6. Phil. ii. 15. Col. iii. 13;
pi. pleyntis, playntis, Num. xvii. 10.
Jude 16.
plentenes, plenty, Gen. xii. 30.
plenteousnesses, plenteousnessis, abundance,
Deut. xxxiii. 23. Job v. 26. Prov. viii. 18.
plenteuous, plenteous, Judith viii. 7. Mt. v.
12. Lk. v. 6.
plenteuously, plenteously, I Par. xxix. 2;
comp. plenteuousliere, Heb. vi. 17.
plenteuouste, abundance, Deut. i. 25. xxx. 9.
plentith, plentithe, plenty, Gen. xxvi. 33.
xii. 31.
plentithness, plentethnes, plenty, Gen. xii.
3°. 47-
plesable, placable, pleasant, acceptable, Gen.
xliii. 14. Is. Ix. 7. Ixi. 2.
plesaunce, will, pleasure, that which is
pleasing, Gen. xxiv. 50. i Esdr. x. n.
Ecclus. xii. 6.
plesaunt, pleasing, Is. xlix. 8. Mt. xi. 26.
plesyng, n. an appeasing, Ps. xlviii. 8 ; pi.
plesyngis, i Mace. i. 47.
pleten, plete, to complain, to plead, Judg.
xxi. 22. Prov. xxxi. 8 g. Ecclus. xxix. 6.
pletere, complainer, a curser, Is. ix. 4; pi.
pleteres, Is. iii. 12.
plettid. v. platte.
poynt, a line of battle, Deut. xx. 2.
poyntel, pointel, poyntil, a style to write with,
iv Kings xxi. 13. Job xix. 24. Jer. viii.
8. Lk. i. 63.
pokokis, pekokis, pecokis, peacocks, in
Kings x. 22. ii Par. ix. 21.
polische, to polish, i Par. xxii. 2 ; imp. pi.
pulsheth, Jer. xlvi. 4; p.p. polishid, po-
lischid, polshid, polischit, i Par. xxii. 2.
in Kings vi. 36. Bar. vi. 7.
poll, top of the head, Dan. xiv. 35.
polliden, p. t. pi. cropped, clipped, Gen. xii.
14; p.p. pollid, polled, Job i. 20. i Cor.
xi. 5.
pomel, a head, hilt, or capital like an apple,
Judg. iii. 22. Prov. xxv. ii; pi. pomels,
in Kings vii. 41.
poos, peacocks, ii Par. ix. 21.
popil-jerdis, poplar-twigs, Gen. xxx. 37.
poplere, a poplar tree, Hos. iv. 13; pi. po-
peleris, Gen. xxx. 37.
popyn, pepyn, a grape stone, a kernel, a pip,
Num. vi. 4 ; pi. pepynes, Eccles. xxxiii.
16 g.
porail, the common people, l Kings vi. 19 ;
pi. porails, Prov. xxx. 14.
porcionel, separate, distinct, in Esdr. viii.
31; pi. porciounelis, in Esdr. viii. 31.
porelet, a poor person, Is. x. 30. Ii. 21.
liv. ii. Ixvi. 2.
pornesse, porenesse, poverty, i Par. xxii.
14. Job xxxvi. 8.
portenaunce, appurtenance, Gen. xxxi. 36.
posnettis, saucepans, II Par. xxxv. 13.
possessiouneris, possessors, Deeds iv. 34.
posterne, postern, a back door, Judg. iii.
24. Dan. xiii. 18, 26.
postille, a gloss or short exposition, Is. prol.
p. 225.
postle, an apostle, Heb. prol. p. 480; pi.
postlis, Mk. vi. 30. Lk. prol. I. p. 141.
postlehed, office of apostle, n Cor. xii. 12.
potel, a pottle, a measure of two quarts,
in Kings vii. 26. Is. x. 33.
poten. v. putte.
potestate, a potentate, n Esdr. vi. 18; pi.
potestatis, Lk. xii. ii.
pott, earthenware, pottery, Dan. ii. 35.
pouder, powdre, dust, Gen. iii. 19. Is. Ixv.
25-
poueresht, p.p. impneerished, n Esdr. v. 18.
pouert, pouerte, poverty, Gen. xii. 31,
52. Job xxxvi. 8. n Cor. viii. 2. Apoc.
ii. 9.
powm-garnet, a pomegranate, Ex. xxviii.
34 ; pi. powm-garnettis, Ex. xxviii. 33.
poune, to break in pieces, Mt. xxi. 44 ; pr.t.
pi. pownen, Job xix. i; p.p. powned,
pownyd, Ex. xvi. 14. Josh. v. n.
prece, to press, Pref. ep. c. i. p. 61.
precellent, more worthy, i Pet. ii. 13.
preciouser, precyousere, comp. more pre-
cious, Prov. xvi. 16. Deeds xx. 24 ; sup.
preciouseste, n Kings xii. 30.
prefacioun, a prefacing, n Mace. ii. 33.
preyable, capable of being entreated, Ps.
Ixxxix. 13.
prey sable, worthy of praise, Ex. xv. n.
preiseful,y«W of praise, Lev. xix. 24.
preysiden, p. t. pi. valued, Mt. xxvii. 9 ;
p.p. preisid, preysid, Zech. xi. 13. Mt.
xxvii. 9.
prene, to pierce through, I Kings xviii. 1 1 .
xix. 10; p. t. prenede, i Kings xix. 10.
prepost, chief officer, Deeds vii. 10; pi.
prepostis, Heb. xiii. 24.
prepucie, foreskin, Deut. x. 16. Rom. ii.
25 ; pi. prepucies, Josh. v. 3.
pressour, a winepress, Deut. xv. 14. Ec-
clus. xxxiii. 17. Mtt. xxi. 33. Apoc. xix.
15; pi. pressours, Ps. viii. i.
pressure, pressour, tribulation, pain, Joh.
xvi. 21. n Cor. i. 4.
prest, adj. ready, at hand, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p. 68.
pretorie, justice hall, Deeds xxiii. 35.
preuen, preue, to prove, Gen. xxvii. 21.
Lk. xii. 56; p.p. preued, preuyd, Gen.
xxiii. 1 6.
preuyte. v. priuyte.
presen, preje, to pray, Vs. v. 4. Jer. xv. 5.
Joh. iv. 21; imp.pl. preseth, preieth,
Mt. xxv. 13. Mk. xiv. 38; p. t. presede,
Ps. cviii. 4; pr.p. presende, Jer. xv. 6.
prieke, to pierce, Zech. xiii. 3; p.t. prick-
eden, Zech. xii. 10; p.p. prickid, Deut.
xix. 6.
prieke, prik, a goad, a sting, i Kings xiii.
21. Ecclus. xxxviii. 26. Jer. Ii. 27.
pryis, price, Gen. xxiii. 15.
primacie, primacye, first dignity, Col. i. 18.
in Joh. 9.
primatis, chief persons, n Mace. iv. 21.
primatis-men, chief persons, Mic. v. 5.
primycies, prymysies, primyssis,./irs</rujte,
Ez. xx. 40. n Thess. ii. 12. Apoc. xiv. 4.
princehed, prynshode, prinshod, supremacy,
princely dignity, Deut. xxxiii. 21. Prov.
xxix. 2. Mk. x. 42. Jude 6 ; pi. prince-
hodis, i Mace. xi. 28.
principal, ruling, belonging to a prince,
Esth. ii. 18. Ps. 1. 14.
principal, power of the prince, Lk. xx.
20 ; pi. principals, Rom. viii. 38.
prynte, an impress, i Mace. xv. 6. Mt. xxii.
19.
prisoned, p.p. imprisoned, in Kings xxi. 21.
priue, priuei, pryuy, secret, Gen. xlvii. 18.
Tob. xii. 1 1 . Joh. vii. 10.
priuei-gagys, (?) private parts, Deut. xxv.
ii.
GLOSSARY.
731
priuey-herneis, priuy-harneis, privy member,
Gen. ix. 32, 23.
priuen, pryue, to deprive, Esth. xvi. 12;
p.p. priued, priuyde, pryued, Gen. xliii.i4.
Num. xxiv. n. i Tim. vi. 5.
priuyte, preuyte, mystery; pi. priuytees,
Mt. prol. 2. p. 2. Mt. xiii. u.
proctour, procatour, procuratour, a steward,
Gen. xv. 2. Mt. xx. 8.
procurende, procurynge, pr.p. being procu-
rator, Lk. iii. i.
profitablere, comp. more profitable, Eccles.
vii. 12.
profitide, p. t. grew, i Kings ii. 16. Lk. ii.
52; pr.p. profytynge, Gen. xxvi. 13.
profre, an offer, Gen. xxxiv. 18.
progenye, descent, generation, Gen. xliii. 7.
Ps. xlviii. 1 2 ; pi. progenyes, Ps. xlviii. 20.
prome, proone, prone, ready, Gen. viii. 21.
proterue,/row>flrrf, n Tim. iii. 4.
prouable, approved, able to be proved, Ecclus.
xlii. 8. n Tim. ii. 15.
proudeth,/>r.<. is proud, Job xv.2o. Ps.ix.*2.
proueden, p.t.pl. approved, Rom. xv. 26.
prouyng, preuyng, n. a trial, Tob. iii. 21.
Ecclus. iv. 19. vi. 22.
prouost, prouoost, chief officer, Judg. xx. 28.
Esth. ii. 3. Deeds vii. 10; pi. prouestis,
prouostes, prouostis, prououstis, Gen. xli.
34. in Kings ix. 18. iv Kings x. 5.
Heb. xiii. 24.
psautrie, a psaltery, Amos vi. 5. v. sautree.
pulsheth. v. polische.
pultere, a butter with horns, Ex. xxi. 29.
v. puttere.
pultiden, p.t.pl. pushed, Deeds xix. 33; pr.p.
pultyng, Deeds xix. 33.
punchiden, p.t.pl. butted, pushed, Is. xxxiv.
21.
pungeden, p.t.pl. pricked, pierced, i Esdr.
prol. p. 478. Judith xvi. 14. Apoc. i. 7;
p. p. pungid, Pref. ep. c. ix. p. 76. Ps.
xxix. 13. Prov. xii. 18.
pupilles, orphans, Jam. i. 27.
pupplischiden, p.t.pl. published, in Kings
xiii. 25.
pure-blynde, blind, Ex. xxi. 26.
purgacioun, a purifying, Num. vi. 9. Lk.
ii. 22.
purge, to purify, clear, cleanse, Josh. xvii.
18. Lk. iii. 17; p. t. purgide, in Kings
xv. 12; p.p. purgid, Lev. xiv. 7; pr.p.
purgynge, n Kings iv. 5.
purgyng-hook, pruning hook, I Kings xiii. 20.
purgingnesse, purgation, n Pet. i. 9.
purid, p.p. purified, Ex. xxv. 24. n Kings
xxii. 31.
purpur, purper, purple, Ex. xxv. 4. Judith
x. 19. Mk. xv. 17. Lk. xvi. 19.
purprid, p.p. coloured with purple, in Esdr.
iv- 33-
purpuresse, purpiresse, a maker of purple,
Deeds xvi. 14.
purseynt, precinct, iv Kings xi. 8; pi. pur-
seyntis, iv Kinga xi. 15.
pursirioun, a cormorant, (Lat. porphyrio,)
Deut. xiv. 17.
puruyaunce, purueaunce, foresight, a pro-
viding, Eccles. v. 5. Wisd. vi. 17. ix. 14;
pi. puruyaunces, purueauncis, Wisd. ix.
14.
putte, poten, to put, set, thrust, Gen. xliv
21. Mk. v. 10; p.t. putte, putted, put-
tide, Gen. i. 17. Mt. xiii. 24. xiv. 3.
Mk. i. 12; pi. putten, putteden, put-
tedyn, puttiden, Gen. xix. 10. Lk. i. 66.
xix. 35. Joh. xix. 37 ; p.p. putte, poten,
pit, pitt, Lev. vi. 15. Lk. xii. 19, 25; pr.p.
puttinge, potende, Mk. xv. 19. Cath. epp.
prol. i. p. 594.
puttere, a butter with horns, one who places,
Ex. xxi. 20. Ecclus. x. 32. v. pultere.
Q.
quaken, to tremble, fear, Eccles. xii. 5; p.t.
quakide, i Kings xxviii. 5. Judith prol.
p. 602.
quakynge, n. a trembling, dread, Mk. xvi. 8.
quappe, to struggle, sprawl, Tob. vi. 4 ; p.t.
quappide, n Kings xviii. 14. Judith xiii.
29.
quarers, quarreris, quarieris, stone cutters,
n Par. xxxiv. ii. iv Kings xxii. 6.
quauyde, p. t. quaked, shook, i Kings
xxviii. 5.
quauynge, quauyng, n. a shaking, in Kings
xix. ii. Is. xxix. 6.
quede, quide, the cud, Lev. xi. 3. Deut. xiv.
6. v. code,
queer, quer, a choir, a daunce, a company,
Ps.cxlix.3.cl.4;^Z.querys, querus, queres,
queeris, Ex. xxxii. 19. Judg. ix. 27. n
Esdr. xii. 31. S. Sol. vi. 12.
queern, querne, a mill, Ex. xi. 5. Mt. xxiv.
41-
queerne-stoon, a mortar, a millstone, a pound-
ing or grinding stone, Num. xi. 8. Deut.
xxiv. 6. Is. xlvii. 2.
queynt. v. quenchen.
queyntely, warily, Mk. xiv. 44.
quelet, quylet, a gathering, collection, Lev.
xxiii-36. Deut. xvi. 8. Rom. prol. i. p. 300.
quellere, killer, murderer, Tob. iii. 9.
quemeful, placable, Gen. xliii. 14. Ex. xxxii.
12. Lev. xix. 5. Job xxxiii. 26.
quenchen, to extinguish, S. Sol. viii. 7 ; p.p.
quenchid, queynt, Judg. v. ii. Ps. iii. 6.
Prov. xxvi. 20. Lk. prol. p. 141. v. ac-
quenchid.
querels, complaints, Num. xvii. 10.
querist, pr. t. 2 p. enquirest, Cath. epp. prol.
2. p. 595-
quik, quyk, quycke, living, alive, Gen. xxvi.
19. Mt. xxvi. 63. Lk. x. 30. Joh. iv. n.
Deeds i. 3.
quikene, quykne, quycken, to make alive, to
revive, n Kings viii. 2. iv Kings v. 7.
Lk. xvii. 33. ; p. t. quickenyd, quykide,
Gen. xiv. 27 ; p. p. quyckenede, quykid,
iv Kings viii. 5. Mk. prol. i. p. 86.
quylet. v. quelet.
quynquagenarye, a chief of fifty, iv Kings
i. 10.
quite, quyte, to requite, to pay, Deut. xxxii.
5 A 2
23, 41. i Mace. x. 28. Mt. xviii. 29;
pr. p. quytynge, Num. xv. 3. v. aquyte.
quytere, quyture,^WA, corruption, Job ii. 8.
Is. xiv. 9.
quyterende, pr. p. rotting, Wisd. v. 25.
R.
raap, rap. v. repe.
rabitis, rabitynges, indentings, Ex. xxxvi.
17, 22, 24.
rad, radde. v. rede,
rai-cloth, ray-cloth, striped cloth, Prov.
xxxi. 22. Ez. xvi. 13.
raied, p. p. arrayed, Esth. i. 6.
railing, ». a branch, offshoot, Is. xvi. 8 ; pi.
railingus, Ps. Ixxix. 12. Jer. xlviii. 52.
ramne, a thorn, bramble, Judg. ix. 14, ig.
Ps. Ivii. 10.
rampaunt, rapacious, ravishing, Ps. xxi. 14.
v. raumpynge.
ranne. v. rennen.
rasith, pr. t. scrapes, erases, Wisd. xiii. 1 1 ;
imp. rase, Jer. xi. 19 ; p. t. raside, Pref.
ep. c. ix. p. 76 ; p. p. rasid, raasid, Ex.
xxv. 25. in Kings vii. 28.
rasyn, reisyn, a bunch of grapes, refuse
grapes, Judg. viii. 2. Is. xvii. 6; pi. ra-
cyns, rasyns, reysouns, reysyns, Lev.
xix. 10. Obad. 5.
rasyng, n. a scraping, Lev. xiv. 41.
raskeyl, common people, i Kings vi. 19.
rather, rathere, rathir, former, earlier, Lev.
xxv. 28. Is. xlviii. 3. Jer. xxxvi. 28. Rom.
prol. 2. p. 302.
raueyne, raueyn, rapine, robbery, Is. xlii. 22.
Ez. xviii. 16. Mt. vii. 15. Heb. x. 34;
pi. raueyns, raueynes, Prov. xxi. 7. Ez.
xviii. 12.
rauenour, a robber, Jer. Ii. 56; pi. raueyn-
ouris, raueinouris, rauynouris, iv Kings
xvii. 20. Lk. xviii. ii.
raueshe-melum, rauyshe-meel, raueshe-
meles, adv. in a violently rushing manner,
Job vi. 15.
raumpynge, pr.p. ravishing, rapacious, Gen.
xlix. 27.
rebelte, rebellion, Num. xxvi. 9. n Kings
xxiv. i g.
rebound, rebounden, to redound, Josh. ii. 19.
Prov. iii. 10; pr.t. reboundeth,Esth. vii. 4;
p. t. reboundide, Esth. x. 6; pr.p. re-
boundende, Prov. xviii. 4.
recche, recke, retche, to care, regard, n
Kings xviii. 3. Dan. xi. 37 ; p. t. roujte,
reckide, Ex. ix. 21. Dan. vi. 13; pi. roj-
ten, reckeden, recken, Prov. i. 25. Mt.
xxii. 5.
reccheles, reckless, Ecclus. xx. 7.
recyne, resin, Jer. Ii. 8.
recluse, to shut up, Lev. xiii. g, 21, 31 ; p.p.
reclusyd, reclosid, Lev. xiii. 33. Wisd.
xvii. 15.
recompensacioun, recompense, Judith vi. 17.
record, recorde, to remember, Gen. xl. 13.
Prov. xxxi. 1; p.t. recordide, Gen. xix. •
29 ; pi. recorden, recordiden, recordeden,
Joh. xii. 16 ; p. p. recordid, Gen. xxx. 22.
732
GLOSSARY.
recordynge, recording, n. a remembrance,
Num. x. 9. Eccles. i. 1 1. n Tim. i. 5.
recouncelere, a reconciler, Deut. v. 5.
recounselide, reeounsilide, p. t. reconciled,
ii Cor. v. 18. Deeds vii. 26; p.p. re-
eounselid, recounseilid, Judg. xix. 3. Mt.
v. 24; pr.p. recounselynge, n Cor. v. 19.
recounselyng, recouncelynge, n. reconcilia-
tion, Ecclus. xliv. 17. ii Cor. v. 18.
rede, to read, Deut. xvii. 19 ; p. t.pl. redeth,
redit, Deeds prol. p. 507 ; p. t. radde,
redde, n Esdr. viii. 3; pi. radde, rad-
den, redden, ii Esdr. viii. 8. Mk. ii. 25.
Job. xix. 20; p.p. rad, red, Esth. vi. 2.
Mt. xix. 4. ii Cor. i. 13; pr.p. redende,
Jer. xxxvi. 8.
rede-horsis. v. rode-horsis.
redels, redilis, riddles, Judg. xiv. 16, 19.
rediede, p.p. made ready, Apoc. xvi. 12.
redoundyn, to overflow, n Par. xix. 6; p.t.
redundede, Esth. xi. 10; pi. redoundeden,
Ecclus. xlvii. 29.
reed, red, Gen. xxxviii. 27 ; fier-reed, Lev.
xiv. 49 ; flawm-reed, Lev. xiv. 4.
reeden, made of reeds, iv Kings xviii. 21.
reedy, reeddi, made of reeds, full of reeds,
iv Kings xviii. 21. Job viii. ii.
refen, to rob, Is. viii. 3 ; pr.t.pl. reuen, Prov.
xi. 24; imp. refe, Is. viii. i ; p.p. reued,
Jer. 1. 37 ; pr.p. reuende, Jer. 1. II.
refetiden, p. t.pl. refreshed, Deeds xxviii. 2.
reformed, p.p. restored, recovered, Judith
xiii. 30.
refreiding, refreidynge, refreytynge, n. a re-
freshing, ii Mace. iv. 46.
refreshing, refreischyng, n. refreshment, Is.
xxviii. 12.
refuyt, refute, refuge, Deut. xix. 12. Jer.
xvi. 19; pi. refuytis, Ps. ciii. 18.
regalies, regaltees, pi. royal estate, Wisd.
vi. 22.
regnen, pr.t.pl. reign, Prov. xxviii. 12; p.t.
regnede, Gen. xxxvi. 35 ; pr.p. regnende,
Prov. xxviii. 12.
rehed, a reed, rush, Job xl. 16. Mt. xxvii.
30. Apoc. xxi. 15; pi. rehedis, Josh.xvi.8.
rehereende, pr.p. repeating, Jer. ii. 36.
reynes, reenus, reins, loins, Wisd. i. 6.
reyn-gottys, the lower bowels, ii Kings xx. 8.
reisende, pr.p. raising, Mt. xvii. 8.
reysyns, reysonus. v. rasyn.
rekes, ricks of corn, Ex. xxii. 6.
rekene, rekyn, to reckon, Mt. xviii. 24.
rekeuere, to recover, Ecclus. ii. 6 ; imp. re-
kiuere, recouere, Ecclus. xxix. 27.
rekyueryng, n. a recovering, Ecclus. xi. 12.
rekyuereris, rekuuerers, rekeueris, rekuueris,
recoverers, Ecclus. xiii. 26.
rekure, to recover, Ecclus. ii. 6.
rekureres, recoverers, Ecclus. xiii. 26.
rekuringe, n. a recovering, Ecclus. xi. 12.
relif, that which remains over, a fragment,
Ex. xvi. 23. xxix. 34 ; pi. relyfs, relifs, re-
lifis, relyues, relefes, releffis, Ex. viii. 3.
xxix. 34. in Kings xiv. 10. Mt. xiv. 20.
xv. 37. Mk. viii. 8. Lk. xxiv. 43. Joh. vi.
12. Rom. ix. 27.
religiosete, religious te, religiousness, Ecclus.
i. 17, 18, 26.
relikis, relykea, remains, Num. xxiv. 19;
Josh. x. 39.
remene, to interpret, n Esdr. viii. 13.
remener, remenour, an interpreter, expound-
er, Gen. xl. 22. i Esdr. prol. p. 478 ; pi.
remenoures, i Esdr. prol. p. 478. Prov.
prol. p. 2.
remenynge, remenyng, n. an interpreting,
interpretation, Judg. vii. 15. Prov. prol.
p. i ; pi. remenyngus, Ecclus. xlvii. 18.
rennen, renne, to run, ii Kings xviii. 19.
Prov. iv. 12; pr.t.pl. rennen, i Cor. ix.
24 ; imp. ren, renne, Ecclus. vi. 3 ; p.t.
ranne, rennyd, rennede, Gen. xviii. 7.
xxiv. 20, 28; 2 p. rennedist, Is. i. 23 g ;
pi. runnen, Judith ix. 6 ; p. p. ren-
ned, ronned, ronnen, runne, Pref. ep.
c. ii. p. 63. Ps. xviii. 6 ; pr.p. renninge,
rennynge, rennende, Gen. xviii. 7. Prov.
iv. 12. Mt. prol. i. p. i. xxvii. 48.
renners, runners, Ez. vii. 22.
renule, to renew, Ps. ciii. 30; p.t. renulide,
Ecclus. 1. 29. i Mace. xiv. 22 ; p.p. re-
nulid, renewlid, Ps. xxxviii. 3. ii Cor. iv.
16. Eph. iv. 23. Heb. vi. 6; pr.p. renul-
ynge, i Mace. xiv. 22.
renulyng, n. a renewal, i Mace. xii. 17.
rep. v. rip.
reparele, repareyle, to repair, iv Kings xii.
5. Ez. xxxvi. 33; p.t. reparalide, repa-
rilide, reparaileide, ii Par. xxxii. 5.
i Mace. xii. 37. i Esdr. prol. p. 478; p.p.
reparelid, iv Kings xii. 7. Ez. xxxvi. 10.
repe, to reap, Gen. xiv. 6; pr.t.pl. repen,
repyn, Mt. vi. 26 ; p.t. rap, raap, repide,
Ruth ii. 23. Apoc. xiv. i6j pi. ropen,
Ruth i. 22; p.p. ropun, rope, repen, repe,
ripe, Gen. xiv. 6. Lev. xxiii. ii, 22.
Ruth i. 22.
repe, a handful of corn, sheaf, Deut. xxiv.
19 ; pi. reepis, Judith viii. 3.
repleet,/ZW, Phil. iv. 18.
repref, reproof, Judith vii. 16. Ps. cviii. 25.
repreuable, reprovabk, Prov. xxv. 10. n Cor.
xiii. 6. Gal. ii. n.
repreuen, to reprove, Prov. xxv. 10.
repreuendeli, reprovingly, Wisd. ii. 12.
repreuere, a reprover, Prov. xxvii. 1 1 .
rep-time, harvest, Prov. xxvi. i. xxx. 25.
repugne, to fight against, I Kings xv. 23.
Job xxi, 34; pr.p. repugnynge, repungn-
ynge, repugnende, Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 67. \
i Esdr. prol. p. 477.
rere, reren, to raise, to raise from sleep,
Gen. xxxviii. 8. Judith xiv. 9 ; p.t. rer-
ide, Ex. x. 13; pi. rereden, Deut. xxxii.
16; p.p. reryd, rerid, Gen. xxxiii. 20.
Mt. xi. 23; pr.p. rerende, Judith xiv. 14.
v. arere.
rere-mows, rere-mous, rere-mos, a bat, Lev.
xi. 19. Deut. xiv. 18; pi. rere-myis,
rere-mijse, rere-mees, Is. ii. 20. Bar. vi.2i.
rereres, rerers, raisers from sleep, Deut.
xviii. ii. Judith xiv. 9.
rescrite, a rescript, i Mace. xii. 7.
resen, resm. v. nsen.
respit, a regard, Ps. Ixxii. 4. Wisd. ii. 20.
resseittis, reseitis, receptacles, Ex. xxxviii. 3.
Ecclus. i. 24.
resshe, rush, Job prol. p. 671 ; pi. resshen,
resshes, Ex. ii. 3, 5.
resteiede, restesede, restide, p.t. went back,
ii Kings xix. 39.
restful, quiet, Wisd. xviii. 14.
retche. v. recche.
rette, to reckon, Deut. xxi. 8. Philem. 18;
p.t. rettide, Rom. iv. 8 ; p.p. rettid, ret-
tyd, yrettid, Gen. xv. 6. Num. xxiv. 9.
Gal. iii. 6. Jam. ii. 23 ; pr. p. rettinge,
ii Cor. v. 19. v. arette.
reude. v. rude,
reuen. v. refen.
reuere, reuer, a robber, Jer. iv. 7. xlviii.
32; pi. reueres, Job xii. 6. Jer. Ii. 48.
reuyng, n. rapine, robbery, Jer. xlix. 32.
reuleer, canonical, regular, (?) Prov. prol.
p. 2.
reulen, to guide, rule, Prov. iii. 6.
reuthe, rewthe, pity, Job xix. 21. Ps. xxxvi.
26. Mt. ix. 36. Lk. vii. 13.
rewarde, to regard, Job xxxix. 24.
rewe, to repent, be sorry for, Heb. vii. 21 ;
pr.t. rewith, n Cor. vii. 8; p.t. rewide,
Esth. x. 12. ii Cor. vii. 8; pr.p. rewende,
Is. xxx. 19. Jer. ii. 2.
rewere, reewer, one who pities, Is. xlix. 10.
liv. 10.
rewme, a realm, Gen. x. 10. Mt. iv. 23; pi.
rewmes, rewmys, Deut. iii. 21. Mt. iv. 8.
Lk. iv. 5.
ribanes, ribbans, S. Sol. i. 10.
ribaudis, ribalds, Prov. v. 9 g.
richesse, rijcchesse, riehessis, richesses,
ritchesses, rytches, riches, Gen. xxxi. 16.
Josh. xxii. 8. i Kings xvii. 25. Mt. vi. 24.
Mk. x. 23. Lk. xvi. 9.
richeth, pr.t. makes rich, I Kings ii. 7 ; p.p.
richid, Gen. xxxi. i. Jer. v. 27.
riddlide, ridlide, p.t. sifted, ii Kings xxii.
12. Dan. xiv. 13.
ridyng, rydinge, rydynge, rijdynge, n. caval-
ry, horsemen, Ex. xiv. 23. Deut. xx. i.
Josh. xxiv. 6. i Mace. vi. 38.
riendis, ryndis, rinds, Gen. xxx. 37.
rifeliden, rifliden, p. t.pl. plundered, Gen.
xxxiv. 27. ii Par. xv. 14.
rifelyng, n. a plundering, Tob. iii. 4. '
rigge, rig, reg, ridge, back, Gen. xix. 6. Ps.
Ixv. n. Prov. xxvi. 3; pi. riggis, reggus,
Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 72. Is. xiv. i.
rime, ryme, film, excretion of the eye, Tob.
vi. 9. xi. 14.
ringe, rynge, to tingle, i Kings iii. n.
iv Kings xxi. 12.
rip, ripe, rijp, rep, harvest, Gen. viii. 22.
ii Kings xxi. 9. Judith viii. 2. Job xviii.
16.
ripe. v. repe.
rypid, p.p. become ripe, Joel iii. 13.
ripynge, n. harvest, Judg. xv. I.
rijply, rypeli, speedily, Deeds xxv. 4. n
Mace. vii. 37.
GLOSSARY.
733
risen, ryse, to rise, Num. xxviii. 24. I Esdr.
ii. 63; p.t. roos, Gen. xix. i. Mt. i. 24;
pi. resen, resin, risen, risiden, Judg. xx.
33. i Mace. iv. 50. Mt. xxv. 7. Deeds
vi. 9; />.;/. risen, rysun, Gen. xviii. 16;
pr.p. risende, Deeds vi. 9.
ryueling, ryuelyng, wrinkle, Eph. v. 27 ;
pi. ryuelingis, Job xvi. 9.
ryuelis, wrinkles, Job xvi. 9.
rist-forth, adv. directly, Ps. lxxxix.17- 0.29.
ristful, just, right, straight, Gen. xxx. 30.
Mt. i. 19. iii. 3. Lk. xviii. 9.
ristfulnesse, righteousness, Gen. xv. 6. xviii.
19. Mt. iii. 15; pi. rijtfulnessis, Deut. iv.
5. Mt. vi. i.
rijty, rightful, Lk. iii. 4.
rijt-reulen, rijt-reule, to direct, Jer. vii. 5.
x. 23; imp.pl. right-reulith, Jer. xviii.
11; p.p. rijt-reulid, Is. liv. 17; pr.p.
rijt-reulende, Jer. xxvi. 5.
rijtwis, righteous, Gen. vi. 9. xviii. 23. Mt.
i. 19. ix. 13.
ryjtwisnes, righteousness, Gen. xv. 6. xviii.
19. Mt. iii. 15. Lk. i. 75 ; pi. ristwis-
nesses, Deut. iv. 5.
rochet, roket, a cloak, robe, Gen. xxxviii. 14.
Ex. xxviii. 4.
rode-horsis, roode-horsis, rood-horsis, reed-
horsis, reade-horsis, rede-horsis, horses
for riding, in Kings iv. 26.
rodi, rody, ruddy, i Kings xvi. 12. Mt.
xvi. 2.
ronned, ronnen. v. rennen.
roof, p.t. pierced, n Kings ii. 23.
roos. v. risen,
roopis, cords, Esth. xvi. 5.
rooues, rofys, roofs, iv Kings xix. 26. Lk.
xii. 3.
ropen, ropun. ». repe.
rot, rottenness, Prov. xii. 4.
roten, to rot, Jer. xiii. 9 ; p.p. roten, rotun,
rotid, Num. v. 21', 22. Ps. xxxvii. 6. Jer.
xiii. 7. xxxviii. ii.
roustith, pr.t. rusts, Ecclus. xii. 10.
routeth, pr. t. snores, Prov. x. 5.
rou?, rows, rough, Gen. xxv. 23. iv Kings
i. 8.
roujte. v, recche.
rownende, rownynge, pr.p. whispering, Ec-
clus. xxi. 31.
rude, rudee, reude, raw, rough, Mt. ix. 16.
Mk. ii. 21.
ruggidli, roughly, sternly, Prov. xviii. 23.
'rundelis, rundels, balls, Ex. xxv. 33.
runne. v. rennen.
rusheden, russchiden, p.t.pl. rushed, Mt.vii.
25-
ruschyngli, violently, Job vi. 15.
rule, ruwe, rue, Lk. xi. 42.
saaf, saif, saf, safe, whole, Gen. xix. 17.
Mt. i. 21. Mk. v. 34.
sabat, saboth, sabot, sabbath, Ex. xvi. 23. Mt.
xii. i. Lk. vi. i ; pi. sabatis, sabothis, sa-
botis, Lev. xix. 3. Mt. xii. 2. Lk. iv. 31.
sabatisede, p. t. kept sabbath, in Esdr. i. 58.
sachel, wallet, Lk. x. 4; pi. sachels, Lk. xii.
33-
aackis, sackcloth, coarse garments, ii Kings
iii. 31. ii Esdr. ix. i.
sacrament, mystery, hidden thing, Dan. ii.
18, 30. i Tim. iii. 16.
sacrarie, a place to keep holy things, i Cor.
ix. 13.
sacryfye, to sacrifice, Ex. x. n ; imp. pi.
sacrifyeth, Ex. x. ii; p.t. sacrifiede, Gen.
xxxv. 14; p.p. sacrified, Dan. ii. 46;
pr.p. sacrifiende, sacrifyinge, Gen. xxxv.
14. Jer. xvii. 2.
sacrilegie, sacrilege, Num. xxv. 18. Rom. ii.
22.
sacrileger, one who commits sacrilege, uMacc.
xiii. 6.
sacryn, to consecrate, dedicate, iv Kings
xxiii. 10; p.t. sacride, sacrede, Lev. viii.
13. Prov. prol. p. i ; pi. sacriden, Josh.
vi. 24; p.p. sacrid, sacred, Ex. xxix. 7.
iv Kings xii. 18.
sacryng, n. a consecration, Lev. vii. 37.
sad, sadd, heavy, firm, solid, Ex. xxxviii. 7.
Ecclus. xxvi. 24. Lk. vi. 48. n Cor. i. 7.
Heb. ii. 2. v. 12; comp. saddere, sadder,
i Mace. ix. 14. ii Pet. i. 19.
saddid, sowdid, p.p. strengthened, Deeds
iii. 7.
sadnesse, solidity, firmness, Ps. xxiv. 14.
Prov. xxii. 21. Col. ii. 5. Heb. vi. 17.
ii Pet. iii. 17.
safrouned, p. p. dyed with saffron, Lam.
iv. 5.
sai, saye, woven stuff, Ex. xxvi. 8, 12; pi.
sales, says, Ex. xxvi. 8.
say, saie, sais. v. seen,
sayed. v. sajede.
sayn. v. seie.
salewis, sallows, willows, Lev. xxiii. 40.
Job xl. 17.
salu, salew, saluwe, salutith, imp. pi. salute
ye, Mt. x. 12. Rom. xvi. 3.
sambuke, a musical instrument, Dan. iii.
5. 7. io-
sandalies, sandals, Judith xvi. n. Mk.
vi. 9.
sanguyn, blood-coloured, Ecclus. xlv. 12.
sardenyk-ston, sardonyx, Job xxviii. 16.
sarge, stuff of wool or hair, Ex. xxvi. 8, io;
pi. sarges, Ex. xxvi. 8, 12.
sarpe, a pruning-hook, i Kings xiii. 20. Is.
vii. 23.
satrape, a prince, nobleman, iv Kings xviii.
24 ; pi. satrapes, satrapis, Dan. iii.
2,3-
sauere, to know, perceive, understand, Rom.
xii. 3 ; pr. t. sauerith, Rom. xiv. 6 ;
pi. saueren, sauouren, sauerith, Cath. epp.
prol. i. p. 594. Phil. iii. 19 ; p. t. sau-
erede, Gen. viii. aij pi. sauerden, sau-
eriden, Deut. xxxii. 29 ; pr.p. sauerynge,
Rom. xi. 16.
saueringis, sweet odours, Apoc. v. 8.
saumple, example, pattern, copy, Esth. i. 18.
Bar. v. 9; pi. saumplis, Joh. xvi. 25.
ii Pet. ii. io g.
saumpler, sawmpler, pattern, example, Pref .
ep.c.vii.p.68. Deut. xvii.iS. Heb. viii.5;
pi. saumpleris, Heb. ix. 23.
saut, an assault, n Mace. x. 16.
sautree, sautrie, sawtree, sawtrye, a psaltery,
i Kings x. 5. i Par. xvi. 5 ; pi. sawtrees,
i Par. xv. 1 6.
sautrere, sawtrer, a player on the psaltery,
iv Kings iii. 15; pi. sawtrers, i Par.
xxiii. 5.
sause. v. seen,
sawe, a saying, Gen. xviii. 14 ;pl. sawis, Ps.
prol. p. 736.
sas. v. seen,
sasede, p.t. essayed, Eccles. vii. 24; p.p.
sayed, Apoc. ii. 2. v. asaie.
scapen, to escape, Ecclus. xi. io. xxx. 8 ;
pr. t. scapen, scapin, n Pet. ii. 18; p.t.
scapide, n Cor. xi. 33; pi. scapiden, Heb.
xii. 25; p.p. scapid, Deeds xxviii. i.
». ascape.
scar, wound, scab, Lev. xxii. 22.
scarnesse, (?) scarceness, need, Prov. xxviii.
27-
scarre, rock, cliff, i Kings xiv. 5. n Par.
xxv. 12; pi. scarris, i Kings xiv. 4.
scarri, rocky, cliffy, Job xxxix. 28.
scarseli, scarsli, scarsly, sparingly, Ecclus.
xi. 18. ii Cor. ix. 6.
schake, shaak, shaake, to shake, thresh, Gen.
xxvii. 40. Judg. xvi. 20 ; p. t. schook,
shoe, shockide, shakide, shekide, Judg.
vi. ii. Ruth ii. 17. ii Esdr. v. 13. Ps.
cxxxv. 15 ; p.p. schakun, n Esdr. v. 13 ;
pr.p. shakynge, Ruth ii. 17.
schamefast, shamefast, shamfast, deserving
shame, producing shame, Lev. xvi. 4. Deut.
xxv. ii. Jer. xiii. 22.
schamefastnesse, schamfastnesse, modesty,
Ecclus. vii. 21. xxxii. 14. i Tim. ii. 9.
schamefulere, comp. more shameful, Jer. xiii.
22. Ez. xxii. io.
schamely, in shameful manner, Ps. xxxiv. 26.
schapli, schaply, shapplich, comely, tall,
Gen. xxiv. 16. xxxix. 6. Deut. i. 28.
schaplynesse, comeliness, Ps. xliv. 5.
schapp, shap,/orm, shape, n Kings xii. 31.
schar, shaar, a plough-share, shears, Deut.
xxxi. 3. Judg. iii. 31 ; pi. scharris, shares,
sharys, sheens, i Kings xiii. 21. ii Kings
xii. 31. in Kings xviii. 28. Is. ii. i.
schar, sheer, the loins, the hips, the womb,
n Kings ii. 23. iii. 27. iv. 6; pi. scharis,
Deut. xxviii. 57.
schaue, shauen, to shave, Lev. xiv. 8. Is.
vii. 20 ; p.t. schoofe, shoofe, shooue,
schauede, schauyde, Judg. xvi. 19. n
Kings x. 4. i Par. xix. 4 ; p.p. schauun,
shauun, Lev. xiii. 33. Num. vi. 18, 19.
schede, sheede, sheed, to pour, to draw,
Gen. ix. 6. Ex. xxix. 7, 12. Ez. xxii.
1 2 ; imp. schede, Ps. xxxiv. 3; p.t. schedde.
shede, shedde, Gen. xxxviii. 9. Ex.
xxiv. 6 ; pi. shadden, Ps. cv. 38 ; p. p.
sched, shad, Gen. ix. 6. Deut. xxi. 7.
Josh. xx. 9; pr.p. scheddynge, iv Kings
viii. ii.
734
GLOSSARY.
schedide, schoddide, schedde, p. t. combed,
separated the hair into tresses, Judith :
1.3.
schefes, scheues, scheuys, sheuee, sheaves,
Gen. xxxvii. 17. xli. 47. Ruth iii. 7.
Judith viii. 3. Ecclus. xxi. 10.
scheltrun, sheltrun, shiltroun, sehetrome,
an array, army, Gen. xiv. 8. i Kings
iv. 2 ; pi. scheltruns, shiltrouns, I Kings
xvii. 26.
schende, to confound, to put to shame, Ec-
clus. xiii. 8; pr.t. schendith, shendith,
Prov. xiii. 5 ; imp. scheende, schende,
shend, Gen. xi. 7. in Kings ii. 16, 20.
Ps. Ivi. i ; p. t. schente, Judith xvi. 7 ;
p. p. schent, shent, Num. xxxvi. 4.
i Kings xx. 34. n Kings x. 5. Rom. ix.
335 pr.p. schendyng, Ecclus. xiii. 14.
schendful, shenful, disgraceful, i Kings xx.
30. Prov. xix. 26.
schenschip, shenship, disgrace, reproof,
Lev. xviii. 17. Lk. i. 25. vi. 22. Rom.
i. 26 ; pi. schenschipis, shendshipis, Ez.
xxxiv. 29. Rom. xv. 3.
schenschipful, disgraceful, n Par. xxiv. 24.
schenschipfuli, disgracefully, Ps. xxxviii.
52-
scheep, shep, sheep, Gen. iv. 2. xxxi. 38.
scherd, sherd, shord, fragment, potsherd,
Job ii. 8. Ps. xxi. 16. Is. xxx. 14. xlv. 9.
Ecclus. xxii. 7.
schere, to shear, Gen. xxxi. 19 ; p.p. schore,
schorun, shorun, i Kings xxv. 2, 7. n
Kings xiii. 23, 24.
schertnesse, shortness, Pref. ep. c. vi. p.
66.
schet. v. schitte.
schete, sheten, sheete, to shoot, to strike by
shooting, Ps. Ixiii. 5, 6. Is. xxxvii. 33 ;
p. t. schete, schette, schotte, i Kings xx.
36. iv Kings xiii. 17. n Par. xviii. 33 ;
p. p. schott, i Kings xx. 37 ; pr. p. schet-
ynge, Jer. xlvi. 9.
scheters. v. sheter.
schynyngere, shynendere, comp. more shin-
ing, Lam. iv. 7.
schynyngli, splendidly, Lk. xvi. 19.
schip-hire, ship-hijre, fare, passage money,
Jon. i. 3.
schip-men, schippe-men, ship-men, sailors,
in Kings ix. 27. n Par. viii. 18. Jon.
i. 5.
schippe, shipen, to take ship, to sail, Deeds
xx. 3. xxi. i ; pi. schippiden, schepiden,
Deeds xx. 13. xxi. 2 ; pr. p. schippinge,
Deeds xx. 3.
schirte, sherte, an inner garment, Lev. viii. 7;
pi. schertis, shertes, Lev. xi. 32.
schitte, to shut, Is. xxii. 22 ; p. t. schitte,
shitte, scbutt, schittide, i Mace. x. 75. Lk.
iii. 20; pi. schetten, Gen. xix. 10;
p. p. schit, schitt, schet, Tob. viii. 18.
Mt. vi. 6. xxiv. 10. Lk. xi. 7. Job. xx.
19. Deeds v. 23; pr.p. shittinge, Apoc.
xi. 6.
schyueres, stubble or herds of fax, Josh.
ii. 6.
scho, schoo, shoe, Ex. iii. 5. Josh. v. 16 ; pi.
schoon, schone, shoon, shon, Ex. xii. ii.
Judith x. 3. xvi. n. Mt. iii. ii. x. 10.
Lk. iii. 16.
schodde, shodde, p. t. put on shoes, Ez. xvi.
i6;p.p. schod, schood, II Par. xxviii.
15. Is. xi. 15. Mk. vi. 9.
schoddide. ». schedide.
schoggid, p. p. tossed, Mt. xiv. 24.
schoen, shoen, p. t. shone, Mt. xxviii. i.
Lk. ii. 9.
schone, shonnen, shonne, shunne, to avoid,
beware of, shun, Lev. xi. 1 1 . xv. 30. i Kings
xviii. 15. Ecclus. xxxii. 21 ; imp. schonye,
n Tim. ii. 23. Tit. iii. 10 ; pi. shonneth,
Lev. xviii. 28; p.p. shoned, Lev. xi. 13;
pr. p. shonnynge, Judg. xi. 3.
schop. v. shape,
schyue, to shove, push, Judg. xvi. 19;
pr.p. schoufynge, Deeds xix. 33.
schredde,p.£. cut in pieces, chopped, ivKings
iv. 39.
schrewe, shrewe, a depraved person, Job ix.
20; pi. schrewis, shrewis, Job v. 13.
Prov. x. 31.
schrewid, shrewid, p. p. depraved, Gen.
xxxix. 8. Deut. xviii. 20. Prov. x. 9 ;
pr.p. shrewende, Is. ix. 14.
schrewidnes, depravity, wickedness, Gen. vi.
ii. xv. 16; pi. shreudenessys, shreude-
nesses, Ps. liv. 16. Wisd. iv. 14.
schridyng, n. a cutting of herbs, S. Sol. ii.
12.
schryue, to confess, Tob. xiii. 7.
schulen, shulen, shuln, shul, pr. t. pi. shall,
Gen. vi. 20. Ps. xxxvi. 9. Mt. vi. 5, 9.
Lk. x. 8.
sclattis, slates, tiles, Lk. v. 19.
sclaundre, evil fame, reproach, offence, Ex.
x. 7. i Mace. v. 4. i Cor. xi. 14.
sclaundre, to offend, Mk. ix. 42 ; pr. t.
sclaundreth, Mk. ix. 42 ; pi. sclaundren,
Mai. ii. 8 ; p. t. pi. sclaundriden, Mai.
ii. 8 ; p. p. sclaundred, sclaundrid, Ec-
clus. i. 37. Mai. ii. 8. Mk. iv. 17.
scol, the skull, Deut. xxviii. 48 ; pi. sculh's,
skulles, Deut. xxi. 4. i Kings iv. 18.
scot, payment, contribution, Prov. xxiii.
21.
scrabrouns, hornets, Ex. xxiii. 28.
scraping-knyf, a scribe's knife, an erasor,
Jer. xxxvi. 23.
scripil, a scruple, I Kings xxv. 31 ; pi. scri-
pilles, scruples in weight, Ex. xxx. 13.
scrippe, scrip, wallet, bag, i Kings xvii.
40. Tob. viii. 2. Judith xiii. ii. Mt. x.
10. Lk. xxii. 35, 36; pi. scrippis, i
Kings ix. 7.
scrites, writings, Ecclus. xxxix. 38.
scryuen, scryueyn, a scribe, Is. xxxvi. 3,
22 ; pi. scryuens, I Par. ii. 55.
scrowis, scrolls, Mt. xxiii. 5.
sculptil, a graven image, Nah. i. 14; pi.
sculptilis, Mic. i. 7. v. 12.
sechen, seche, to inquire, require, Lev.
xiii. 36. Judith viii. 20 ; pr.t. pi. sechith,
Deeds prol. p. 507.
secoundarye, secundary, not of the first
rank, Gen. xxii. 34. xxv. 6.
secoundli, secoundlich, secounde, a second
time, Gen. xxvii. 36. xli. 32. Lev. xiii.
58.
seducioun, sedition, strife, Mk. xv. 7.
see, a seat, in Kings i. 20. Prov. xx. 8.
Jer. i. 15.
seek. v. sijk.
seen, se, seeyjen, to see, Gen. ii. 19. Deut.
xxviii. 10. Ps. v. 5 ; imp.pl. seeth, seijeth,
Mt. xxviii. 6. Mk.vi.38;/).t. say,saie, saye,
sais, sause, sawe, saw?, sas, sees, seij, seise,
sij, sije, syj, Gen. i. 10. xxii. 4. xxix. 32.
xxxvii. 6. xxxviii. 2. xl. 16. Ez. viii. 10.
Jer. vii. ii. Mt. iii. 16. iv. 16. ix. 23.
Mk. viii. 25. Lk. ii. 26. v. 2. Deeds vii. 24.
Apoc. xix. n; pi. saien, say en, sayn,
saujen, sawen, seen, seien, seijen, sien,
sijen, sysen, Gen. xii. 14. xxxvii. 25.
xl. 8. Mt. ii. 9. ix. ii. xxv. 37. Mk. ii.
12. ix. 37. Lk. viii. 34. xviii. 15. Joh. i.
39. vi. 19; p.p. saj, seen, seien, seyn,
sey, Gen. ix. 22. xxix. 32. xl. 7. Mt. ix.
33 » Pr- P- seynge, seende, seande, Gen.
xvi. 4. Judith x. 9. Mt. ix. 36.
seelde. r. sellen.
seended, p. t. sent, Mt. x. 5.
seer, seere, seare, a prophet, i Kings ix. 9.
n Kings xv. 27; pi. seejers, seeris, iv
Kings xvii. 13.
seeten, saten, p. t. pi. sat, Josh. viii. 9.
iv Kings vi. 32. Mt. xiv. 9; p.p. seete,
sete, seten, sitten, i Kings xx. 25. Lk.
vii. 37.
seeush. v. sowe.
seew, potage, Gen. xxvii. 4, 17. Ex. xii. 39.
n Kings xiii. 5; pi. sewis, Num. xv. 21.
sege, seat, Mt. xxv. 31; pi. seegis, Mt.
xix. 28.
segen, pr. t. pi. besiege, Judith v. 3 ; p.t.pl.
segedyn, segeden, Judg. i. 23. xvi. 2.
segge. v. sete.
segge, rush, flag, Ex. ii. 3; pi. seggis, Gen.
xli. 18.
segyng, seging, seegyug,n.asiege, besieging,
Deut. xxviii. 55. Is. xxix. 3. Jer. xix. 9.
i Mace. i. ii.
seie, seye, seyn, segge, to say, Gen. xii. 12.
xxxvii. 20. Deut. xxvii. 16. Ps. Ivii. 12.
xciii. 4; pr.t. pi. seien, seyn, sayn, Mt.
ix. 28. Mk. viii. 28; pr.p. seiende, Rom.
prol. i. p. 300.
seyntuary, seyntuarie, a sanctuary, Ex. xv. '
17. Num. iv. 15; pi. seyntuaries, sayn-
tuarise, Ex. xxvi. 33.
sekere, a searcher, Gen. xxxi. 35.
seis, seiseth. v. seen,
selden, adv. seldom, Pref. ep. c. viii. p. 73.
sely, blessed, happy, Ecclus. xiv. 2.
selle, a cell, Is. xxxix. 2.
sellen, sille, to sell, Gen. xlvii. 22. Lk. xii.
33; imp. sel, sille, Gen. xxv. 31; p. t.
seelde, selde, soold, soulde, Gen. xxv. 33.
Prov. xxxi. 24. Ez. vii. 13. Mt. xiii. 46.
Heb. xii. 16; pi. seelden, selden, solden,
Gen. xxxvii. 28. xlv. 4. Lk. xvii. 28 ;
GLOSSARY.
735
p.p. seeld, seld, soold, solde, Gen. xxv.
34. xlii. i. Ps. xliii. 13. Mt. x. 29. Rom.
vii. 4.
sellis, seats, chairs, II Mace. xiv. 21.
semblaunt, semblaunte, semelant, features,
Ez. i. 10. ii. 6. Lk. xxiv. 5.
sembli, seuibly, semely, semlich, comely,
well-seeming, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 72. Gen.
xxiv. 16. xlix. 22. i Kings xvi. 12. Heb.
xi. 23.
sendel, linen cloth, Prov. xxxi. 24. Mt.
xxvii. 59. Mk. xiv. 51.
sene, a synod, Judith prol. p. 602.
seneuey, mustard, Mt. xiii. 31. xvii. 19.
Lk. xiii. 19.
senewe, synwe, a sinew, Gen. xxxii. 25 ; pi.
senewis, synewis, Josh. xi. 6. i Par.
xviii. 4. Job x. ii.
sengid, p.p. burnt, Lev. xxiii. n g.
sense, sens, incense, Lev. vi. 15. Ecclus. i.
9. v. cense,
sense-vesselis, vessels for incense, Jer. lii.
19.
sepulture, a burying, Gen. xxiii. 4.
sequestrid, p. p. separated, assigned, I Mace.
xi. 34.
sergeauntis, officers, i Kings xix. 14.
sermounende, pr.p. discoursing, Wisd. viii.
12.
sermounyng, n. a discourse, converse, Prov.
iii. 32.
seruage, service, servitude, Gen. xv. 13.
Rom. prol. i. p. 299.
seruauntesse, a female servant, Gen. xvi.
2, 5. xxv. 12. xxix. 29. Ruth iii. 9 ; pi.
seruauntessis, Gen. xxxii. 22. xxxiii. i.
seruytours, servants, in Kings x. 5.
sethen, sethe, to cook, boil, prepare by fire,
Gen. xi. 3. Is. i. 25 ; p. t. sethede, se-
thide, seth, Gen. xviii. 7. xix. 3. xxv. 29.
ii Kings xiii. 8. Is. xliv. 19; pi. seethe-
den, setheden, iv Kings vi. 39 ; p.p. so-
then, soothen, sothun, sooden, sodun,
sode, sodden, Gen. xviii. 8. xxvii. 31.
Num. vi. 19. Is. xlviii. 10.
sething, seethinge, n. potage, Gen. xxv. 30.
iv Kings iv. 40.
eette, to put, Gen. ii. 15; p. t. settide, sette,
Gen. i. 17. xviii. 8. Mt. iv. 5; pi. setti-
den, setteden, setten, Gen. xix. 17. Mk.
vi. g. Job. viii. 3 ; p.p. set, ysett, Gen.
xlviii. 17. Job. prol. i. p. 233.
seuerendely, separately, Is. prol. p. 224.
seuethe, seventh, Ecclus. vii. 3.
sew. v. sowe.
sewide, souwide, p. t. stitched, sewed, Job
xvi. 16; pi. sewiden, soweden, Gen. iii. 7;
p.p. sewid, sewide, sowed, Josh. ix. 4, 5.
Ez. xvi. 16 ; pr. p. souwing, Eccles.
iii. 7.
sewyngly. v. suyngli.
sewis. v. seew.
sextarie, a pint, (Lat. sextarius,) Lev. xiv. 10.
shaar. v. sehar.
shab, a scab, Lev. xxii. 22.
shad. v. schede.
shadewe-eddre, an adder, Prov. xxiii. 32.
xxx. 19. Eccles. x. 8. Ecclus. xxi. 2 ;
pi. shadewe-edderes, Wisd. xvi. 5.
shamefastli, shamefastliche, shamfastli,
shamefully, Pref. ep. c. i. p. 61. Ps.
xxxLx. 15.
shamen, to be ashamed, to make ashamed,
Is. liv. 4 ; pr. t. schamyde, iv Kings iii.
14. ii Par. xxxvi. 12. ii Tim. i. 16; p. t.
pi. shameden, Lam. iv. 16. v. 12; p.p.
shamed, Is. i. 29. n Tim. ii. 15; pr. p.
schamynge, Heb. xi. 27.
shame-worthi, deserving of shame, Lev.
xvi. 4.
shape, pr. t. form, create, Is. Ixv. 17, 18;
p. t. shop, schop, shoop, Is. xiv. 8. liv.
16. Ivii. 19. Heb. xi. 7; p.p. shapen,
shape, shapid, Ecclus. x. 22. Is. xlviii. 7;
pr.p. shapende, Is. xiv. 7.
shapere, a former, creator, Is. Ii. 13.
shapplich. v. schaply.
sharpe, to make sharp, Wisd. v. 21; imp.
pi. sharpeth, Jer. Ii. 1 1 ; p. t. pi. sharp-
iden, sharpeden, scharpiden, Ps. Ixiii. 4.
cxxxix. 4.
shauen. v. schaue.
sheed. v. schede.
sheer, v. schar.
shekide. v. schake.
sheten. v. schete.
sheter, an archer, Gen. xxi. 20 ; pi. scheters,
sheeters, sheters, i Kings xxxi. 3. ii
Kings xi. 24. i Par. x. 3.
shewers, sheweres, mirrors, Ex. xxxviii. 8.
Is. iii. 23.
shipbreche, shipwreck, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 70.
ii Cor. xi. 25.
shoe. v. schake.
shoynge, shoing, n. shoe, shoes, Ex. iii. 5.
Ps. lix. 10.
shoofe. v. schaue.
shord. v. scherd.
shortid, p.p. shortened, Job prol. p. 670.
shorting, n. an abridgment, cutting short,
Jer. prol. p. 342.
shoueling, pr.p. shuffling, Tob. xi. 10.
shreudely, wickedly, perversely. Is. i. 16.
shreudenessys. v. schrewidnes.
shrifte, confession, in Esdr. ix. 8.
shuldryngis, brackets, supports, in Kings
vii. 30.
shunne. ». echone.
sich, siche, such, Gen. xli. 19. xliii. 32.
side, a shekel, Ex. xxx. 13; pi. sides, Gen.
xxiii. 15.
sicomoris, sycamore trees, in Kings x. 27.
n Par. i. 15.
side-coote, loose coat, long coat, Gen. xxxvii.
23-
syde-flowende, pr.p. flowing by, Is. xliv. 4.
sidir. v. sither.
siggen, pr. t. pi. say, Pref. ep. c. viii. p. 75.
v. seie.
sygnacle, little sign, i Cor. ix. 2.
sijk, seeke, seek, seke, seik, sick, iv Kings
i. 2. Mt. xxv. 39.
syken, to become sick, be sick, i Kings xxx.
13; p. t. sijkide, iv Kings xiii. 14.
sikynyn, to become sick, i Kings xxx. 13;
p. t. sicnede, sijknede, seekened, iv Kings
viii. 29. xx. i. Is. xxxviii. i.
sikir, secure, certain, Wisd. vii. 23. Mt.
xxviii. 14. Heb. vi. 19 ; sup. sikereste,
i Kings xxiii. 19.
sikirli, surely, Rom. prol. i. p. 300; comp.
sikirliere, n Kings viii. 6 g.
sikirnesse, sikurness, security, Is. xxxii. 17.
i Thess. v. 3.
siknyngus, sicknesses, Jer. xvi. 4.
self, selue, seluen. v. hem, oure-silf, vs-
silf.
sillable, ready to be sold, Ecclus. x. 10.
sille. v. sellen.
silleris, sillers, sellers, Ez. xxvii. 22. i Tim.
i. 10.
sillyng, n. a selling, Gen. xlvii. 14.
silueren, of silver, Gen. xliv. 2. n Tim. ii.
20.
symbalis, cymbals, i Par. xv. 16.
syment, cement, Gen. xi. 3.
symfonie, symphonye, a musical instrument,
Dan. iii. 5. Lk. xv. 25.
symylacre, image, idol, Num. xxxiii. 21.
i Kings xix. 16. Deeds vii. 41 ; pi. sy-
mylacris, symulacris, Ex. xxxiv. 15. Is.
xlvi. i. Rom. prol. 2. p. 302.
simpleli, symplely, symplich, simply, Deut.
xix. 5. Esth. prol. p. 636. Prov. ii. 7.
singeressis, syngeresses, syngeressisj^/ema/e
singers, n Par. xxxv. 25. i Esdr. ii. 65.
syngyn, to sound, I Par. xvi. 5.
syngsteres, syngsteris, syngsters, female
singers, n Kings xix. 35. n Par. xxxv.
25. i Esdr. ii. 65.
singular, alone, by himself, Mk. iv. 10.
singulerli, syngulerli, severally, solitarily,
Ps. iv. 10. xxxii. 13. cxl. 10.
eynneiesse, female sinner, Lk. vii. 37.
synwe. v. senewe.
sioun, syoun, a branch, shoot. Num. xiii. 24.
Job. xv. 1,4; /'/. siouns, Gen. xl. 10.
Ps. Ixxix. 12.
sire-name, surname, Gen. xxxv. 6.
syres, sirs, lords, Gen. xix. 2.
sisteren, sistren, sosterys, sisters, Num. vi. 7.
Mk. x. 29.
sister-germayn, own sister, in Kings xi. 19.
sith, sithen, adv. since, Gen. xviii. 18. Josh.
ix. 22. Lk. xiii. 7.
sithe, a time, turn, Ex. x. 17; pi. sithe,
sithes, sithis, syjthis, Gen. xxxiii. 3. Ex.
xxiii. 14. Mt. xviii. 22. Lk. xvii. 4. Apoc.
ix. 16.
sither, sithur, cyther, sidir, sydur, cider,
Judg. xiii. 4, 14. Lk. i. 15.
sitols, lyres, n Kings vi. 5. in Kings x.
12.
sitt, sett, pr. t. sits, Ps. ix.* 8.
sixte, sixth, Gen. xxx. 19.
sij, syj. ». seen.
sijhe, pr.t. sigh, Job iii. 24; p.t. sijhede,
sijide, sisside, Josh. xv. 18. Ecclus. xxv.
25; p.p. sijid, Judg. 1.14; pr.p. sijhende,
sissyng, Pref. ep. c. ii. p. 63. Ecclus.
XXX. 21.
736
GLOSSARY.
skile, reason, Rom. iii. 9.
skilfuli, rightfully, Gen. xlii. 21.
skunfite, to discomfit, Judg. vi. 16.
skippe, to leap, I Kings x. 6. Wisd. v.
22; j).<. skippide, scippide, I Kings x.
10. xi. 6 ; pi. skipten, scipten, skippiden,
in Kings xviii. 26. Deeds xiv. 13.
slacliere, comp. more remissly, u Mace. xii.
14.
slade, a declivity, n Kings xvi. 13.
slake, imp. slacken, let down, Ecclus. xxxiii.
26. Lk. v. 4 ; p.p. slakid, Ex. xxxix. 19.
Is. xxxiii. 23.
slascht, p.p. roughly hewn, in Kings v.
18.
slea. v. slen.
sledery. v. slideri.
sledis, sleddis, sleddus, sledges, i Par.
xx. 3.
sleeresse, sleestere, a female murderer, Tob.
iii. 9.
slee?, sleeis, slije, slij, cunning, wise, n Par.
11. 12, 13. Mt. x. 16. xi. 25.
sleesli, slislich, slyly, slily, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p. 68. c. ix. p. 75. Tob. ii. 4; comp.
slelyer, i Kings xxiii. 22.
sleyng, n. slaughter, Judg. ix. 24.
sleist, slyness, craftiness, Num. iv. 20.
slen, sle, slee, slea, to slay, Gen. iv. 15.
Ps. cviii. 17. Hos. ix. 16. Mt. ii. 13.
v. 21; imp.pl. sleeth, Ex. i. 16; p. t.
slewe, slews, sleus, slos, sloos, slous, slowe,
slowje, Gen. iv. 23. Ex. xiv. 24. inKings
ii. 25. Jer. xx. 17. Mt. ii. 16. Lk. xv. 27.
Heb. xi. 24 ; pi. slewen, slousen, slowen,
Gen. xxxiv. 26. Mt. xxiii. 31. Lk. xx.
15; p.p. slayn, slawe, slawn, sleyn, Gen.
ix. ii. Ex. xxix. 16. Lev. vii. 8. Num.
xxxi. 19.
slepis, pi. sleep, Gen. xxviii. 12.
slewth, slouthe, sloth, Josh, xviii. 3.
slew;, v. slen.
slyde, to slide, Deut. xxxii. 35 ; p. t. slood,
ii Kings xxii. ii. Ecclus. xiv. i. Lam.
iii. 53; p.p. sliden, slyden, slide, yslide,
in Kings xx. 39. Prov. xxiv. 10. Lam.
>«• 53-
slideri, slidery, slydery, sledery, slidir, slip-
pery, Job prol. p. 670. Ps. xxxiv. 6.
Prov. xxvi. 28. Jer. xxiii. 12. xxxviii. 22.
Lam. iv. 18.
slidirnesse, slydirnesse, slipperiness, Ps.
xxxiv. 6. Jer. xxxviii. 22.
slim, sliym, slyme, slime, mud, Gen. ii. 7.
Tob. viii. 8. Ps. Ixviii. 3.
sliper, slyper, slippery, Prov. xxvi. 28.
slis. v. sleej.
sloo, a sloe, blackthorn, Dan. xiii. 54.
slood. v. slyde.
sloos, slos, slous. v. slen.
slous, slowe, slough, n Pet. ii. 22.
slow, sloj, slow, slothful, dull, inert,
n Kings iii. 33. Prov. xii. 24. Judith
xiv. 14.
slowse. v. slen.
smaragd, smaragde, an emerald, Ecclus.
xxxii. 8.
smeek, smook, smoke, Gen. xix. 28. Ex.
xix. 18. Judg. xix. 49.
smekide, p. t. smoked, Ecclus. xxiv. 21;
pr. p. smekynge, Gen. xv. 17.
smethe, smooth, Gen. xxvii. ii.
smethenesse, smoothness, in Kings vi. 29;
pi. smethenessis, in Kings vi. 18.
smyte, to strike, Gen. viii. 21 ; imp. pi.
smytith, Mt. x. 14; p. t. smoot, smote,
smyst, Gen. iv. 22. xiv. 15. xxxvi. 35 ;
pi. smoten, smote, smetin, smeten, smy-
ten, smytiden, Gen. xix. n. xxi. 27.
Mt. xxvi. 67. Lk. xxiii. 48; p. p.
smyte, smyten, smytun, Gen. xiv. 5.
xii. 6.
smyter, a smith, Gen. iv. 22.
smyting, n. a striking of money, i Mace.
xv. 6.
smysth, smyjt, a smith, Gen. iv. 22. i Kings
xiii. 19.
smockis, shirts, Is. iii. 22.
snapere, to stumble, Prov. iii. 23. Dan. xi.
19; p.t.pl. snaperiden, Jer. xviii. 15.
snybbe, imp. reprove, Mt. xviii. 15.
snybbing, n. reproof, Prov. vi. 23 ; pi.
snybbyngis, Prov. v. 12.
snyte, a snipe, Is. xxxiv. ii.
snytels, snyters, snuffers, Num. iv. 9.
snytid, snottid, p.p. snuffed, Ex. xxv. 38.
xxxvii. 23.
snytyng-tongis, snuffers, Ex. xxxvii. 23.
snobbyng, n. a sobbing, Lam. iii. 56.
snottis, snuffs, Ex. xxv. 38.
snos, snow, Prov. xxv. 13.
socied, p.p. associated, i Kings xiv. 24.
sodeynlich, sodenli, suddenly, Josh. x. 9.
xi. 7.
sodeknes, sodeknys, suddekns, subdeacons,
i Esdr. ii. 70. ii Esdr. x. 28.
sodun. v. sethen.
soffym, sophism, Ecclus. xxxvii. 23; pi.
soffemys, Ecclus. xxxvii. 23.
sofistre, a sophist, Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 67.
softeth, pr.t. makes soft, Prov. ii. 16; p.p.
softid, Ps. liv. 22.
softnessis, caresses, Gen. xxxiv. 3.
sogette. v. suget.
soietable, capable of being subjected, Bar.
i. 18.
soylen, to solve, acquit, Judg. xiv. 12; p.p.
soiled, soylid, i Par. prol. p. 316. i Mace.
x. 33. v. asoilen.
soilyng, n. a solution, exposition, Eccles. vii.
30. Dan. ii. 25 ; pi. soilingis, Wisd.
viii. 8.
sok, n. suck, sucking, Is. xi. 8.
solacys, consolations, Prov. prol. p. i.
soleyn, solitary, Job iii. 14.
soleyntee, solitude, desolation, Is. xxiv. 12.
soler, an upper room, Josh. ii. 6. iv Kings
i. 2. iv. 10, ii. Deeds i. 13. ix. 37; pi.
soleris, Gen. vi. 16. Jer. xxii. 14.
somenyd, somened, p.p. summoned, Deeds
xxiv. 2.
sondry, sondrynge, sunder, several, Josh.
vii. 18. Judg. xxi. 21.
soneles, without a son, Gen. xxvii. 45.
sonne, the sun, Josh. xii. i.
sooden. c. sethen.
soold. v. sellen.
soond, sand, Gen. xxii. 17. Mt. vii. 26. Heb.
xi. 12.
soop, soopen. v. soupen.
soort, sort, lot, part, division, Lev. xxvii. 24.
Josh. xvii. 17. Lk. i. 5, 8. Deeds xxvi.
18. Eph. i. ii.
soot, sote, sweet, Num. xv. 10. xxviii. 13.
sootnes, sweetness, Num. xv. 3.
sop, sopun. v. soupen.
sorewen, sorewe, soru, to grieve, make sorry,
Josh. prol. p. 555. Zech. xii. 10 ; p. p.
sorewid, ysorowid, Zech. xii. 10. n Cor.
prol. p. 373.
sorewfulnesse, much sorrow, ii Mace. iii. 17.
sorewi, sorrowful, Ecclus. xiv. 10.
sorewi, adv. sorrowfully, Ecclus. xxii. 16.
son, sad, comp. soriere, Gen. xl. 7.
sori-hertid, weak-minded, Prov. vii. 7. ix.i6.
sorwe, sorewen, soreness, pain, sorrow, sick-
ness, Gen. xxxiv. 25. Ecclus. xxxviii. 7 ;
pi. sorwis, soris, Mk. i. 34.
sosterys. v. sisteren.
soth, sooth, truth, Josh. prol. p. 555. Ec-
clus. iv. 24.
soth, sooth, adj. true, Deut. xvii. 4. Josh.
prol. p. 556. Ecclus. v. 13.
sothfast, sothefast, true, Ex. xxxiv. 6. Mt.
xxii. 16. Joh. iii. 33. Apoc. xix. n.
sothfastnes, sothefastness, truth, Pref. ep.
c. i. p. 61. Gen. xxiv. 27. Eph. vi. 14.
sothen, soothen. v. sethen.
sotheli, sothely, truly, Gen. iv. 3. Mt.
iii. 9.
sothenes, truth, Gen. xxiv. 49. Lev. viii. 8.
sothsawe, a proverb, Pref. ep. c. viii.
P-75-
sotile, subtle, Wisd. vii. 22 ; comp. sotiler,
Lev. xiii. 30.
soude, sowde, sowede, wages, n Cor. ii. 8;
pi. soudis, sowdis, i Mace. iii. 28. xiv. 32.
Lk. iii. 14. i Cor. ix. 7.
souereyne, high, supreme, Prov. viii. 2 ; sup.
souereyneste, Prov. viii. 2.
souereynly, in the highest degree, supremely,
ii Kings i. 20 g. S. Sol. viii. 14 g.
souereyns, persons set over others, Heb. xiii.
7.24-
souke, sowk, to suck, suckle, Gen. xxi. 7.
Is. Ix. 16; p.p. soukid, Job iii. 12; pr.p.
sowkyng, Gen. xxi. 8.
souken, souke, n. suck, sucking, Job iii. 12.
Lam. iv. 3. v. sok.
soukynge-fere, sowkynge-feere, foster-bro-
ther, Deeds xiii. i.
soulde. v. sellen.
soule-hauers, living creatures, Gen. iii. 14.
soupen, soupe, to swallow, sup up, Job xl.
18. Apoc. iii. 20 ; pr.t. soupeth, Job
xxxix. 24; p.t. sop, soop, soupede, sowp-
ide, Deut. xi. 6. Jer. Ii. 34. Mt. xxvi.
26. Apoc. xii. 16; pi. soupeden, Is. xlix.
19 ; p.p. soopen, sopun, soupid, sowpyd,
Num. xi. 2. n Kings xvii. 16. Jer. Ii. 44.
i Cor. xv. 54; pr.p. soupende, Is. xiv. 29.
GLOSSARY.
737
soupynge-mete, sop, u Kings xiii. 10; pi.
soupinge-metis, n Kings xiii. 8.
soupingis, soupyngis, sops, n Kings xiii. 6,
8, 10.
soupyng- place, sowpyng- place, supper-room,
Judg. iii. 20. Deeds i. 13. ix. 37; pi.
sowpyng-placis, Gen. vi. 16.
sour-douj, soure-dows, leaven, Mt. xiii. 33.
sour-dowid, sowr-dowid, p.p. leavened, Hos.
vii. 4. Amos iv. 5. Mt. xiii. 33.
souwide, souwing. v. sewide.
sowdid. v. saddid.
sowe, to sow, Lev. xix. 19; imp.pl. soweth,
Gen. xlvii. 23; p. t. sewe, sew, seeujh,
segh, so\vide, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 71. Gen.
xxvi. 12. Mt. xiii. 24; pi. sewen, sowiden,
Jer. xii. 13; p.p. sowun, sowe, sowid,
Lev. xxvii. 16. Num. xx. 5. Deut. xxii. 9;
pr.p. sowende, Mt. xiii. 18.
sowel, sowil, sowfful, potage, Gen. xxv. 34.
xxvii. 4. Ex. xii. 39. n Kings xiii. 5 ; pi.
sowelis, sowuels, sowlis, Num. xv. 18, 21.
sowrid, p.p. made sour, Ex. xii. 34. Mt. xiii.
33-
soun, sown, sound, Ex. xix. 19. Lk. xxi.
25-
sowryng, n. sourness, I Cor. v. 7.
sparcle, a spark, Gen. xix. 28. n Kings
xiv. 17. Wisd. ii. 2. Is. i. 31; pi. sparcles,
sparklis, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 72. Gen. xix.
28. Wisd. iii. 7.
sparlyuers, sparluris, calves of the leg, Deut.
xxviii. 35.
sparowen, spatewis, sparrows, Ps. ciii. 17.
sparpoild, sparpuylid, sparplyd, p.p. scat-
tered, ii Kings xviii. 8. Deeds v. 36.
v. disparple.
sparres, poles, rafters, Ecclus. xxix. 29.
specialte, a peculiar sort, Ex. xix. 5.
specked, speckid, speckyd, p.p. spotted,
Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 71. Gen. xxx. 32.
specky, spotted, Gen. "xxx. 32.
spedeful, spedful, speedful, expedient, profit-
able, Pref. ep. c. ii. p. 63. ii Par. xxxii. 4.
Tob. iii. 6. i Cor. vi. 12.
spedeth, spedith, speedith, pr.t. is expedient,
profits, i Par. xiii. 12. Esth. iii. 8. Job
xv. 3. Mt. xix. 10; pi. speden, Ecclus.
xxxvii. 30. i Cor. vi. 12; p.p. spedde,
Lk. prol. i. p. 141.
speding, n. an expedition, Judith ii. 7.
speel, a splinter, iv Kings xviii. 21.
speere, a circle, sphere, Is. xxix. 3.
speken, to speak, Gen. xxxvii. 4 ; p.t. spac,
spack, spak, spake, speeke, Gen. viii. 15.
ii Kings vii. 29. ii Mace. vii. 4; p.p.
ispoken, Ecclus. prol. p. 123 ; pr.p. spek-
ende, Ecclus. prol. p. 123.
spelonk, spelunc, spelunk, a cave, Gen. xix.
30. xxiii. 9. Josh. x. 27.
spence, cost, expense, i Cor. ix. 18 ; pi.
spenses, spensis, Dan. xiv. 7. i Mace. x.
44. Lk. xiv. 28.
spendid, p.p. expended, Prov. xxiii. 21 g.
Mk. v. 26.
spete, spitten, spute, to spit, Deut. xxv. 9.
Job xxx. 10. Ecclus. xxviii. 14; p.t.
VOL. IV.
spete, spette, spatte, spetide, Mk. vii. 33.
viii. 23. Job. ix. 6; pi. speten, spitten,
spetteden, spittiden, Mt. xxvi. 67; p.p.
spet, spette, Num. xii. 14 ; pr.p. spetynge,
Is. 1. 6. v. bispete.
spewen, spewe, spue, to vomit, Lev. xviii. 25.
Job xx. 15.
spice, kind, species, Lev. xiii. 3. Prov. ix.
5 g. i Thess. v. 22. 2 Tim. iii. 5; pi.
spices, Lev. xiv. 56. Ez. xlvii. 16.
spicerie, spices, Gen. ii. 1 2 ; pi. spiceries,
Gen. xxxvii. 25.
spier, a reed, rush, Ex. ii. 3. Job viii. n.
spiere, one that lies in wait, Esth. viii. 5.
Ecclus. viii. 14; pi. spieres, Heb. xi. 31.
v. aspiere.
spies, n. wait, ambush, treason, Gen. iii. 15.
Ex. xxi. 13. xxxiv. 24. in Kings xvi. 20.
v. aspies.
spigot, a vent-peg, Job xxxii. 19.
spille, to destroy, to perish, Pref. ep. c. v.
p. 65. Gen. xii. 31. Lev. vii. 21; p.t.
spilde, Ecclus. x. 21. xxix. 24.
spiren, to breathe, Ecclus. xliii. 17; p.t.
spiride, Gen. ii. 7.
spissemire, pismire, ant, Prov. vi. 6.
spite, an obelisk, a dagger, Esth. x. 3.
spitele, a hospital, in Kings ii. 34 g.
spithers, spiders, Job viii. 14.
spleckid, p. p. specked, Pref. ep. c. vii.
p. 71.
splyndre, a splinter, iv Kings xviii. 21.
splotty, spotted, Gen. xxx. 35. xxxi. 10.
sponnen, p.p. spun, Judg. xvi. 9.
sposailis, sposeiles, sposeilis, sposeyls, spou-
sayles, weddings, Gen. xxix. 26. I Kings
xviii. 23. Mk. ii. 19. Joh. prol. p. 233.
spotel, spotele, spotle, spittle, Judg. xvi. 9.
Job vii. 19. Joh. ix. 6 ; pi. spotelis, spo-
tils, i Kings xxi. 13.
spotti, spotted, Gen. xxx. 35. xxxi. 10, 12.
spouse, husband, Prov. v. 19 a.
spousesse, spouse, wife, Prov. v. igg. S.Sol.
11. 7. Mt. xxv. i.
spouse, to espouse, Hos. ii. 20; p.p. spousid,
spowsid, Ex. xxii. 16. Deut. xxii. 25.
Mt. i. 18.
spouse-breker, adulterer, Mt. xii. 39.
spousing, spousyng, n. an espousal, S. Sol.
iii. ii. Jer. ii. 2.
spraule, to struggle, Tob. vi. 4; p.t. spraul-
ide, n Kings xviii. 14.
sprede, to spread, Gen. xxxii. 12; p.t.
spredde, spradde, spredede, iv Kings viii.
15. Is. v. 14; p.p. spred, sprad, Gen.
xxviii. 14. Hos. v. i.
sprengen, sprenge, springe, to sprinkle, Is.
xxviii. 25. Iii. 15. Mt. x. 14; imp. sprenge,
sprynge, Mic. i. 10; pi. sprengith, Ex.
xii. 22; p.t. sprengide, spreyngde, spring-
ide, spreynde, spreinte, spreynt, Ex. ix.io.
xxiv. 8. Lev. viii. 30. Heb. ix. 19 ; pi.
sprengden, springden, spreynten, Job ii.
12. Lam. ii. 10; p.p. sprengd, springd,
spreyned, spreynd, spreynt, Gen. xxx. 39.
Num. xxviii. 9, 20. Dan. iv. 20. Heb. ix.
13. x. 22. Apoc. xix. 13; pr.p. sprengyng,
5 B
sprenkyng, spryngynge, Lev. iv. 17. r
Cor. v. 7. Heb. xii. 24. c. bispreynde.
sprengynge, springyng, spryngyng, n. an
aspersion, Num. xix. 9. i Pet. i. a.
springinge-tyme, the season of spring, Ps.
Ixxiii. 17.
sprynkil, a little bunch to sprinkle with, Ex.
xii. 22.
sprongun, p.p. sprung, Gen. xxv. 4. Ex.
xii. 30.
spuyl, spoil, robbery, Jer. xxi. 9; pi. spuylis,
Gen. xlix. 27. Lk. xi. 23.
spuyle, spoyle, to spoil, Ex. iii. 22. Mt. xii.
29.
spume, to stumble, Jer. xxxi. 9.
spute. v. spete.
spute, to dispute, contend, Wisd. xv. 9.
squat, p.p. squeezed, n Kings xxii. 8.
squyer, an esquire, I Kings xiv. 6. I Par.
x. 4.
stablen, stable, to establish, i Par. xvii. 12.
n Kings vii. 13. Ps. xx. 12. Heb. xiii.
9 ; pr. t. stablith, Prov. xxi. 29 ; pi. sta-
blen, Rom. iii. 31 ; p.t. stablide, stabled,
Prov. iii. 19. Col. i. 23; p.p. stablid,
Gen. xxvii. 37. Lk. xvi. 26; pr.p. sta-
blende, Is. xliv. 24.
stable, steadfast, in Kings ii. 45. Mt. xxiv.
13-
stabilly, stabli, stedfastly, Eccles. ii. 9.
Deeds ii. 42.
stablete, stability, Wisd. vi. 26.
stablische, to establish, Ps. xx. 12; pr.t.
pi. stablischen, Rom. iii. 21 ; p. t. sta-
blischide, Prov. iii. 19 ; p.p. stablischid,
Gen. xxvii. 37. i Kings xx. 31. Lk. xvi.
26.
stagis, banks or decks of a ship, Is. xxxiii.
21.
stal, staal. v. stein,
staloun, a stallion, Ecclus. xxxiii. 6; pi.
stalouns, Jer. v. 8.
stalworth, stalwrthe, strong, Prov. xxiv. 5.
stalworthnesse, stalwrthenesse, strength, Is.
xl. 26, 29. Jer. xvi. 19.
stampe, to tread to pieces, pound, Is. xiv.
23; p.p. stampid, Is. xxv. 10.
slant, v. stoonde.
stap, steppe, a step, a trace, Gen. xii. 21.
Deut. ii. 5. ii Kings xiv. 25.
starke, stiff, stern, Ex. xv. 16. n Kings
xxiii. to.
stater, a piece of money, Jer. xxxii. 9 g.
Mt. xvii. 26; pi. stateris, Jer. xxxii.
9-
stede, steede, stide, place, Ex. ii. 10. Deeds
xiii. 35. Gal. ii. 5.
steere, steerne, helm, rudder, Prov. xxiii.
34-
steer-staf, steerne-staf, a helm, Prov. xxiii.
34-
steernesse, sturnenesse, austereness, Ez.
xxxiv. 4.
stef, stiff, strong, Prov. xviii. 4, 19 ; comp.
steuere, Deut. ix. 14.
steie, steyn, steys. v. stie.
eteyneden, p.t. pi. stained, Gen. xxxvii. 31.
738
GLOSSARY.
steynyng, n. a dying, Job xxviii. 19.
steynour, a painter, Ex. xxxv. 36.
stelen, stelyn, made of steel, i Kings xvii.
5,6,38.
stellioun, an ewt, lizard, (Lat. stellio,) Lev.
xi. 30.
stein, to steal, Jer. vii. 9 ; p.t. stal, staal,
Gen. xxxi. 19, 32. Eph. iv. 28; p.p.
stole, stoln, stolne, Gen. xxxi. 30, 32.
xliv. 5.
stene, a pitcher, in Kings xvii. 12. Eccles.
xii. 6; pi. stenes, stenys, steenys, Judg.
vii. 20. in Kings vii. 50. iv Kings xii.
13. Jer. lii. 19. Job. ii. 6.
steryng, n. a stirring, commotion, Mt. viii.
24.
steringli,/orci'&fy, Ps. xciii. 4.
stern, to stir, move, Wisd. iv. 19.
sterre, a star, Ml. ii. 2 ; pi. sterres, sterns,
sternes, Pref. ep. e. i. p. 62. Gen. i. 17.
Mt. xxiv. 29.
stert, stertende. v. stirte.
stejen. v. stie.
sti, sty, stye, a path, Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 66.
Job xvi. 23. xxii. 15 ; pi. sties, Job. vi.
18. xxiv. 13.
slide, v. stede.
stidefastliere, more steadfastly, more strictly,
i Kings xxx. 25.
stie, stye, steie, stey, steye, steyn, steyj,
steysen, stesen, stese, to go up, go, Gen.
xii. 43. 1. 5. Ex. viii. 3. xix. 23. Judg.
i. i. iv Kings hi. 7. Ps. xxiii. 3. cxxxi.
3. Eccles. x. 4; pr.t. stieth, slijeth,
styjeth, Mk. iv. 32. Job. x. i; pi. stijen,
Mt. xx. 18; imp. stie, stise, Mk. vi. 45.
Lk. xiv. 10 ; p. t. steij, steyj, stesede,
steised, stiede, slisede, slide, styede, Gen.
ii. 6. xvii. 22. Judg. i. 4. Jer. xlviii. 5.
Ml. hi. 16. v. i. Lk. ii. 4. vih. 22. Apoc.
xix. 3; pi. stieden, styeden, stijeden,
steyden, steiden, Ex. xiii. 18. xv. 14.
Josh. x. 5. Mk. iv. 7. Lk. viii. 22; p.p.
stied, stysed, stise, slisede, steyed, Gen.
xliv. 24. Mk. xv. 8. Joh. xx. 17; pr. p.
stiyng, slisynge, steiynge, stejende, Gen.
xix. 28. Jer. xvii. 25. Mt. viii. 23. Mk.
vi. 32. Lk. ii. 42.
stiere, steier, steyer, a goer up, a rider, Gen.
xlix. 17. Ex. xv. 21; pi. steysers, iv
Kings xvih. 23.
stiyng, stiynge, steysinge, stesing, n. an
ascent, ascending, Josh. xv. 7. I Par. xxvi.
1 6. Jer. xlviii. 5; pi. stiyngis, stesingus,
i Kings xiv. 4. Ps. Ixxxiii. 6.
slike, to pierce, i Kings xix. 10. Prov. xxii.
23 ; p. t. stikide, Num. xxv. 8 ; pi.
stykeden, slekeden, iv Kings xi. 16.
Prov. xxii. 23 ; p. p. slikid, slickid, Ex.
xix. 13. Judilh vi. 4.
stille, silent, private, Lev. x. 4. Deut. xvih.
21.
stilli, stilly, stilleli, privately, quietly, Gen.
xxiv. 21, 45. xxxvii. ii. Ecclus. xxi. 23.
stillide, p. t. quieted, Gen. xliii. 31.
stilnesse, silence, Joh. xi. 28.
stynke, to stink, Num. v. 21, 22; p. t.
stonke, stonk, Ex. vii. 21. vih. 14. xvi.
20 ; pi. stonken, stunken, I Kings v. 9.
Ps. xxxvii. 6.
slynkingnes, stench, filth, Lev. xviii. 19.
slynte, to fail, be weary, Josh. prol. p. 555.
slirke, a stroke in writing, a dagger, Esth.
x. 3. v. stric.
slirle, p. t. started, jumped up, Eslh. xv. ii;
p.p. stert, in Kings ii. 46; pr.p. stert-
ende, stirtende, stertyuge, sturtinge, Tob.
ii. 3. ix. 8. Mk. x. 50. v. outsterte.
stithie, an anvil, Job xii. 15. Ecclus. xxxviii.
29.
stithie, to forge, Josh. prol. p. 555.
stobil, stobyl, stuble, stubble, straw, Gen.
xii. 23. Josh. ii. 6. Ecclus. xxi. 10.
stoc, stok, the stocks, Job xhi. 27. xxxiii.
n.
stok, a stock or stem of a tree, Num. vih. 4;
/)/. stockes, stockis, stockus, slokkis,
Josh. x. 26. ii Par. xvi. 10. Job xxxiii.
11. Jer. xx. 2, 3.
slonen, stonene, stoonen, made of stone,
Gen. xxxv. 14. Ex. xx. 25. i Esdr. iv.
12. Apoc. ix. 20.
stone-hepis, heaps of stones, iv Kings
x. 8.
stonejen, sloneje, stoneyn, to be astonished,
to be stunned, Job xvii. 8. xvih. 20. Is.
xhi. 8. Jer. xix. 8 ; imp. pi. slonejelh,
Is. xxxh. ii; p.t. pi. stoneseden, Is. lii.
14; p.p. stoneid, stoneyd, stoneyed,
stonyed, Gen. xxxii. 32. xlii. 28. Is.
xxi. 4. Mt. x. 24. Lk. iv. 32. Deeds
ii. 6; pr.p. slonejende, Judith x. 7. v.
astonieden.
stoneying, stoneynge, stonying, n. astonish-
ment, Gen. xxvii. 33. iv Kings xxii. 19.
ii Par. ix. 4. Mk. v. 42. Deeds hi. 10.
stonges, n. stings, Ex. xxiii. 28.
stonk. v. stynke.
stoodes, poles, spars, Ecclus. xxix. 29.
slool, stoole, stoele, stole, a robe, mantle,
Gen. xii. 42. xlix. ii. Ecclus. vi. 32.
Lk. xv. 22. Apoc. xv. 6; pi. sloolis,
slolys, stolis, Gen. xiv. 22. i Mace. xiv.
9. Mk. xii. 38. Lk. xx. 46.
stoondis, pitchers, waterpots, Jer. lii. 19.
v. stene.
stoonde, stonde, to stand, Gen. xxi. 29.
Prov. xxii. 29 ; pr.t. slant, slonte, sloond-
ilh, slant, Num. v. 18. Judg. xvi. 26.
Is. xi. 10. Joh. ih. 29 ; p. t. stod, Jer.
prol. p. 343; pr.p. stondende, Deeds v.
20.
stownd-meel, adv. at several times, Num.
x. 7.
slrangliden, p. t. pi. strangled, Mk. iv. 19.
sire, stree, straw, Ex. v. 7, 13. Is. Ixv. 25.
strecche, to stretch, Ex. vii. 5 ; p. t.
strauste, slrawjle, streiste, Gen. viii. 9.
xii. 8. Ex. x. 13. Lev. ix. 32. Mt. xii.
13. Rom. x. 21; pi. slramten, streijten,
in Kings vi. 27. Lk. xxii. 53; p.p.
slraujte, straujl, slraBl, slrelchid, Gen.
xxxi. 25. Ex. xiv. 21. Is. xiv. 27.
slreyne, to draw tight, bind, Ex. xxviii. 39.
Num. xxx. 14. Job xxvii. 23. Ez. xvii.
9 ; p.t. slreynede, Ecclus. xiv. 9 g ; pi.
slreyneden, Ex. xxxix. 30; p.p. slreyn-
ed, streynyd, Gen. xxxi. 40. Job xx. 22.
ii Mace. v. 3; pr.p. streynynge, Gen.
xxxiii. 4.
streile, streyte, narrow, tight, Ex. xxviii. 4.
xxxix. 15. Judg. hi. 22. in Kings vi. 4.
streyte, to press, compress, straiten, Joel
ii. 8; p.p. slreitid, Job xviii. 7. Is.
xxviii. 22.
streitnesse, streylnes, streytnesse, brevity,
narrowness, Pref. ep. c. vi. p. 66. n
Mace. xii. 21; pi. streylnesses, ii Mace.
xii. 22.
stremed, p. p. poured out as a stream, Prov.
v. 16.
strenger, comp. stronger, more strongly, Ex.
xxxix. 19. Num. xiv. 12.
strengereli, strengerli, slrenglier, comp. more
strongly, Pref. ep. c. ii. p. 63. Judg. xx.
41. Job prol. p. 671.
slrenglhe, to strengthen, Nah. ii. i ; pr.t.pl.
strengthen, Judith vii. 8; imp.pl. strength-
eth, Is. xxxv. 3 ; p.t. strengthede, Ecclus.
xlviii. 1 9 ; pi. strenglhiden, I Mace. vi. 26 ;
p.p. slrengthid, streynthid, Josh. x. 20.
i Par. prol. p. 313. Is.xxxvi. i.
strenglhful, strong, n Kings x. 19.
strengthing, strengtheing, n. a fortifying,
fortification, i Mace. iv. 61. vi. 26; pi.
slrenglhinges, strengthingus, Jer. xlviii.
7. Ez. xxi. 22.
strengthis, pi. strength, strong places, Gen.
xxxi. 6. Jer. xlviii. 7.
streuen. v. stroof.
strewe, to lay along, spread, Is. liv. 1 1 ;
p. t. pi. strewen, strewiden, strowiden,
Mt. xxi. 8; p.p. slrewed, slrouwed, Is.
xiv. n.
slrewyngis, littering, Gen. xxxi. 34.
stric, a stroke, a dagger in writing, Esth.
x. 3. v. slirke.
slrifful, contentious, Ecclus. vih. 14.
slryuede, striuende. c. stroof.
slriues, slryues, contentions, Deul. i. 12.
Prov. vi. 14.
slryuyng, n. strife, Deul. xxxi. 27.
stryuyngli, contentiously, Deut. xxxi. 27.
striuous, contentious, Jer. viii. 5.
slronde, a torrent, stream, Num. xiii. 24.
Deul. ix. 21; pi. slrondis, Num. xxi. 14,
IS-
slrongli, slronglich, strongly, Judg. viii. I ;
sup. stronglieste, Josh. viii. 20. Judg.
ix. 51.
slroof, stryuede.p.f. strove, contended, Judg.
xi. 25. n Kings xix. 9. Ez. xx. 36. Jude
i-9; pi. streuen, stryueden, Gen. xlix. 23 ;
Num. xx. 24 ; p. p. streuen, Lev. xxiv.
10; pr.p. striuende, Rom. prol. I. p. 507.
strosede, p.t. destroyed, Ecclus. xxvhi. 17;
p. p. strojed, Lam. i. 4. v. destrie.
slrouwed. v. strewe.
slrubliden. v. slurbliden.
slrucioun, an ostrich, Lev. xi. 16; pi. stru-
ciouns, Mic. i. 8.
GLOSSARY.
739
sturbed, sturbid, p.p. troubled, Gen. xlii.
28. Lk. x. 41. v. all-sturbest.
sturbliden, strubliden, p.t.pl. troubled, Mic.
vii. 3; p.p. sturblid, Ez. xxvi. 18. xxvii.
28.
sturblynge, sturbling,ra. a confusion, trou-
bling, Ez. xxi. 15. Deeds xix. 23.
stupre, a rape, (Lat. stuprum,) Gen. xxxiv.
13. 27-
sturnenesse. ». steernesse.
stuttynge, pr.p. stuttering, Is. xxxii. 4.
suadible, easy to persuade, Jam. iii. 17.
subiecten, to make subject, n Par. xxviii •
10. Ecclus. v. 3. v. suget.
suchon, such a one, Rom. prol. i. p. 30x3.
v. sich.
sudarie, sweating-cloth, napkin, Lk. xix. 20.
Job. xi. 44. xx. 7 ; pi. sudaries, Deeds
xix. 12.
sudeynte, suddenness, Wisd. v. 2.
sue, to follow, Gen. xxiv. 8. Mt. viii. 19 ;
pr. t. pi. guen, suwen, Job. x. 4 ; imp.
sue, swe, Mt. viii. 22. xvi. 24; p.t.
suede, sude, Num. xiv. 4. Mt. ix. 19.
Mk. iii. 7 ; pi. sueden, suden, suweden,
sweden, Gen. xxiv. 61. Mt. iv. 20. viii. I.
Mk. i. 20. ii. 15. Lk. v. n; pr. p. su-
ende, suynge, suwinge, Gen. xxix. 30.
Mt. viii. 40. Lk. vii. 9. xx. 30.
suyngis, consequences, Ecclus. xxxii. 23.
suere, a/oMotoer.Tit. ii. 14 ; pi. sueris, suw-
eris, Ecclus. xli. 8 g. Heb. vi. 12.
suffisaunt, sufficient, Prov. xii. 9.
suget, sugette, sogette, to subject, Gen. i. 28.
xv. 13. xliii. 18 ; imp. sochete, Ecclus.
iv. 31; p.t. sugettide, sugetide, Gen.
xlvii. 20. i Cor. xv. 27. Heb. ii. 5; pi.
sugetiden, Josh. xvii. 13; p.p. suget,
sugett, Gen. xxxvii. 8. Ex. x. 3. Lk. ii.
Si-
suyngli, sewyngly, consequently, Gen. xliii.
7. ii Par. xxxii. 15.
suir, sure, Mt. xxviii. 14.
sum, a, a certain, 11 Kings xviii. 10. Lk.
i. 5. vii. 41.
sum-del, sum-deel, adv. partly, Gen. xl. 4.
Lev. xiii. 19. i Cor. vii. 33.
summen, some, i Cor. viii. 7.
sumwhat, sumwhate, partly, something,
Gen. xxxix. ii. iv Kings v. 20.
sunder, v. sondry.
sundride, p. t. separated, Deut. xxxii. 8. '
sunner, suniiere, comp. more quickly, Ruth
i. 13. Job. xiii. 27.
superflu, superfluous, Eccles. ii. 26. Wisd.
xii. 24. Lk. xi. 41.
superfluli, superfluously, Ps. xxiv. 4.
supettis, soppets, n Kings xiii. 8.
surplesse, surplees, a surplice, i Kings ii.
18. xxii. 18; pi. surples, n Par. v.
12.
sustenaunces, means of support, n Esdr.
v. 16.
suwe, souwe, a sow, Lev. xi. 7. Deut. xiv.
8. Prov. xi. 22.
swagen, swage, to assuage, Gen. xxxvii. 35.
Judith iii. 1 1 ; p. t. swagide, swagid,
Gen. xxiv. 67. xxxiv. 3; pi. swagiden,
Deeds xiv. 17; p.p. swagid, Gen. viii. 2.
Deeds xix. 36.
swaging, swagyng, n. an alleviation, Ecclus.
xxxvi. 25.
swalide, p. t. dried up, withered, Jonah
iv. 8 ; pi. swaliden, swayleden, swelten,
Mt. xiii. 6. Apoc. xvi. 9; pr.p. swalynge,
Jer. xx. 9.
sweet, sweat, Ez. xxiv. 12. v. swoot.
sweete, to sweat, Josh. prol. p. 555 ; p. t.
swatte, Eccles. ii. 19 ; p. p. swat, swet,
Eccles. ii. n. Is. prol. p. 225. Ez. xxiv.
12.
swelow, to swallow, Jon. ii. I.
swelwj, swolowe, swolwj, a whirlpool, a pit,
in Kings xi. 27. Prov. xiii. 15 ; pi. swele-
wis, swelowis, swolewes, swolewis, swolo-
wis, Job xxxvi. 27. Is. xlviii. 18. Jer.
xlvi. 7. Jonah ii. 4.
swern, swere, to swear, Gen. xxi. 24. Jer.
vii. 9; pr. t. swerth, Eccles. ix. 2; p.t.
swoor, swor, Gen. xxv. 34. Jer. xi. 5 ; pi.
sweren, sworen, Gen. xxvi. 31. Wisd.
xiv. 30; p. p. swore, Deut. ii. 14.
swetter, swettere, comp. sweeter, Judg. xiv.
18. Ps. xviii. ii; sup. swettest, Lev. i.
13-
sweuen, sweuene, sweuyn, a dream, vision,
Gen. xx. 3. xxxvii. 5. Mt. i. 20. xxvii.
19; pi. sweuenes, sweuenys, Gen. xxxvii.
8. xli. 12. Deeds ii. 17.
sweueneres, dreamers, Jer. xxvii. 9.
sweueneth, pr. t. dreams, Is. xxix. 8 ; p.t.
pi. sweuenen, Jer. xxix. 8; p. t. sweue-
nede, Jer. xxiii. 25 ; p. p. sweuened, Jer.
xxix. 8 ; pr. p. sweuenende, Jer. xxiii.
32-
swiftloker, swiftliere, comp. more swiftly,
Gen. xli. 32. Wisd. iii. 18.
swijth, swithe, adv. speedily, n Par. xxiv. 5.
Job. xiii. 27.
swymmed, swommen, p.p. swimmed, Deeds
xxvii. 42.
swoot, swote, swot, sweat, Gen. iii. 19.
Ez. xliv. 18. ii Mace. ii. 27. Lk. xxii.
44. v. sweet.
swotnesse, sweetness, Ecclus. xxiv. 23.
swounede, suounede, p. t. swooned, Esth.
xv. 18.
swown, a swoon, Esth. xv. 18.
T.
table, a plank, board, Ex. xxvi. 17; pi. ta-
bles, tablis, Ex. xxii. 24. in Kings vi. 5,
10.
table-beeldynge, n. planking, in Kings vi.
10; pi. table-beeldyngis, in Kings vi. 15.
vii. 3.
tablid, p.p. boarded, planked, Ex. xxxv. n.
xxxvi. 34.
take, to deliver, give, Ex. xxiii. 31. I Kings
xxiii. 4. Mt. v. 25. xxv. 27. xxvi. 46;
pr. t. 2 p. tokest, Mt. xxv. 20; p. t. toe,
tok, toke, Ps. Ixxvii. 48. Mt. xviii.
34. xxvii. 26; pi. token, Judg. iii. 6;
p.p. take, taken, takun, itake, ytake,
5 B 2
Gen. xlvii. 22. Ecclus. prol. p. 123. Mt.
xi. 27. xxvi. 2. Mk. xv. 10. Phil. prol.
p. 420. v. bitake.
tale, fame, tidings, Mk. i. 28.
taliage, talage, toll, iv Kings xv. 20. Mt.
xxii. 17; pi. talagis, in Kings x. 15. Is.
iii. 14 g.
talowj, talw3,/trt, Ex. xxxiii. 18. Lev. vii. 3;
pi. talwjs, talwjes, talewis, Ex. xxiii. 18.
Lev. vi. 12. viii. 25.
tapesere, tapserere, a weaver of tapestry or
carpets, Ex. xxxviii. 23.
tapetis, tapitis, carpets, n Kings xvii. 28.
Prov. vii. 16. Ez. xxvii. 20.
tariere, one who delays, Jer. prol. p. 342.
taris, tarys, tares, Mt. xiii. 25.
tarre. v. terren.
tasil, a fuller's thistle, n Par. xxv. 18. Is.
xxxiv. 13.
tauerner, a tavern-keeper, Ecclus. xxvi.
28.
tawier, tawer, a currier or tanner, Deeds ix.
43-
tajtli, skilfully, Wisd. xiii. n.
techeresse, a female teacher, Wisd. viii. 4.
teenden, teende, teend, tiende, to kindle, to
light, Ex. xxx. 7. xxxv. 3. Judg. xx. 23.
Ez. xxii. 20 ; pr. t. teendith, tendith, tyn-
deth, Ex. xxii. 6. Lk. xi. 33 ; pi. tendyn,
teenden, teendith, Mt. v. 15. ; p.t. teende,
tende, in Kings iii. 3. Ps. Ixxvii. 38;
pi. teenden, tenden, teendiden, tendiden,
Judith xiii. 16. i Mace. iv. 50. xii. 28 ;
p.p. tend, tende, teendid, tendid, Lev.
xxiv. 2. Num. xi. i. Ps. ix. 2. Ixxix. 17.
n Par. xiii. ii. Dan. iii. 22; pr. p. teen-
dende, Judith xiii. 16.
tendynge, n. a kindling, Num. xi. 3.
teere, teren, tern, to tear, Gen. xl. 19.
n Kings, xxi. 10. Jer. xv. 3. v. to-tere.
teerid, p. p. plastered, Amos vii. 7.
teising, n. a bending, Wisd. v. 22.
telde, p. t. told, Gen. xl. 9. Deeds ix. 27 ;
pi. telden, Gen. xlii. 29. Lk. xxiv. 9 ; p.p.
teld, n Par. ix. 6.
telleris, tellers, those who relate, n Kings iii.
23-
temperaunces, pi. moderation, Prov. xii.
n.
tempre, to dispose, direct, assuage, Ez. xxvi.
9; pr. t. tempreth, Prov. xvii. 27; p. t.
temperide, temprede, Gen. xxiv. 67. Job
xxiii. 16; p.p. tempered, temperid, tem-
prid. n Par. xxiv. 27. Prov. xvi. 33.
temperynge, temperure, n. a softening, mir-
ing, Ez. xiii. ii; pi. tempringis, temper-
ance, moderation, Prov. xii. ii.
tempest, time, i Par. xxi. 29. n Par.
xxviii. 9.
temple, imp. try, Dan. i. 12 ; p. t. temptide,
Dan. i. 14.
tenden, tendith, pr. t. pi. give attention, Ex.
v. I1}; p.t. tentide, Judg. v. 17; pr.p.
tendende, Prov. xxiii. 21.
tent, tente, attention, heed. Ex. v. 17. Judg.
v. 17. Prov. vii. 24. i Cor. vii. 5. i Tim.
iv. 16.
740
GLOSSARY.
tentifnesse, attentiveness, Wisd. xii. 20.
termyneth, pr. t, determines, limits, Heb.
iv. 7 ; p.p. termyned, i Kings xx. 33.
tennis, teermes, ends, Dan.iv. 19. Mt.xxiv.
3i-
terren, terre, tarre, to provoke, Deut. iv. 25.
Eph. vi. 4; p. t. terride, i Kings i. 7; pi.
terriden, Deut. xxxii. 16. Rom. prol. 2.
p. 302 ; p.p. terred, terrid, iv Kings xxiii.
26. Zech. viii. 14; pr. p. terrynge, Ez.
xii. 25. Rom. prol. 2. p. 302.
terrere, aprovoker, Ez. ii. 8. Zeph. iii. i.
terrynges, provocations, iv Kings xxiii.
26.
tersis, foreskins, i Kings xviii. 25. n Kings
iii. 14.
tete, teete, a teat, Lev. xxii. 27; pi. tetis,
teetis, Gen. xlix. 25. Apoc. i. 13.
thankyngis, thonkyngis, thanksgivings,
thanks, Lev. xxii. 29. n Kings viii. 10.
theefli, theuelich, stealthily, thievishly, Gen.
xl. 15. Judith vii. 7.
thees, theis, thighs, Lev. xi. 21. Is. xlvii. 2.
they?. ». thof.
thenc, thenke, imp. meditate on, Prov. iii. 6.
thenkingus, thoughts, Ecclus. xxxiii. 5.
thennes, thennus, thens, thence, Gen. xi. 9.
Mt. ix. 27.
therf, unleavened, I Cor. v. 7.
therf-breed, unleavened bread, Gen. xix. 3.
therf-looues, unleavened bread, Ex. xii. 8.
Mt. xxvi. 17. Lk. xxii. i.
ther-thun, therefore, Gen. xvi. n. xix. 13.
therebynte, theribynte, therubynte, terebynt,
the turpentine tree, Gen. xxxv. 4. xliii. 1 1 .
Hos. iv. 13.
tbeue-thorn, a bramble, Judg. ix. 14. Ps.
Ivii. 10.
thewis, manners, qualities, I Cor. xv. 33.
thilke, thulke, thuke, that, Gen. xxvi. 7.
Num. iii. 25. Lk.ii.38. Cath. epp. prol.i.
p. 594 ; pi. thilke, tho like, those, Gen. vi.
4. Mt. prol. i. p. i. iii. i.
thirle. v. thrillen.
thirs, thrisse, a fabulous beast, Is. xxxiv. 15.
thisis, gen. of this, Tob. vii. 5.
tho, thoo, those, Gen. vi. 4. Mt. iii. i. xiii.
17. Lk. i. 39.
thof, thoj, thouj, theys, though, Esth. v. 3.
Eccles.viii.i4. Wisd. ii. 2. Rom. prol.i.
p. 299.
tholmound, patient, i Tim. iii. 3.
tholmoundenesse, patience, Phil. iv. 5.
thorou, thorwj. v. thurj.
thoruj-held, p. t. spread over, covered over,
II Par. xxx. 25 ; p. p. thun-hilid, Num.
xii. ii.
thost, dung, excrement, Ecclus. ix. 10; pi.
thostus, Lam. iv. 5.
thos. v. thof.
thral, servant, slave, Gen. ix. 25. Jer. ii.
14 ; pi. thrallis, Gen. ix. 25.
thraldom, slavery, Gen. xv. 13.
thrallesee, a female slave, Jer. xxxiv. 16 ; pi.
thrallesses, thrallessis, Deut. xxviii. 68.
Esth. vii. 4. Is. xiv. 2.
thratte. v. threten.
threische, thresshen, to thresh, Is. xxviii.
28 ; p. t. threshide, threischide, Judg. vi.
ii. Ruth ii. 17. Amos i. 3 ; pi. threshiden,
Amos i. 3 ; p. p. throsshe, throischun,
threischid, threschid, i Par. xxi. 23. Is.
xxv. 10. xxviii. 27 ; pr. p. thresshende,
threeschynge, Is. xii. 17.
threisfold, thresfold, threshfoold, thrisfold,
threswald, threswold, threshold, Ex. xii.
22, 23. Ez. ix. 3. xi. 6. Zeph. ii. 14; pi.
threschfoldis, threshfoldis, thrisfoldis,
thressholdis, thresshwoldes, Ex. xii. 7.
Amos ix. i.
threten, to threat, Judith viii. 15; pr. t.
thretith, Gen. xxvii. 42 ; p. t. thratt,
thratte, thretid, threetide, Deut. ix. 25.
ii Par. xxvi. 19. Judith xiii. 28. Mt. ix.
30. Mk. i. 25, 43; pi. thratten, thret-
eden, Mk. x. 13; p.p. thrett, Josh, xxiii.
IS; pr. p. thretende, Job xvi. 10.
thretenede, p. t. threatened, Ez. xx. 21.
threting, n. a threatening, threat, Jer. x. 10 ;
pi. thretingis, Deeds iv. 29.
thretti, thretty, thirty, Gen. xviii. 30.
threj. c. throwen.
thriddis, a third part, i Mace. x. 29.
thrillen, thrille, thril, thirllen, thirle, therle,
to pierce, Ex. xxi. 6. Num. xxiv. 8. iv
Kings xviii. 2 1 . Job xl. 2 1 . Prov. vii. 23 ;
pr.t. pi. thrillen, therlen, Job xiv. 19 ; p.p.
thirlid, Job xxx. 17; pr.p. thrillynge,
thirlende, Judg. v. 26.
thringen, pr. t. pi. crowd, press, thrust, Lk.
viii. 45 ; p. p. throngen, throngun, thrun-
gen, Lk. viii. 42.
thrisse. v. thirs.
thrist, threst, thirst, Ex. xvii. 3. Judg. xv.
18.
thristen, thriste, thrust, to thirst, Ruth ii. 9.
Ecclus. xxiv. 29 ; pr.t. thristith, Prov. xxv.
21 ; p.t. thristide, Ex. xvii. 3. Judg. xv.
18. Ps. Ixii. 2. Mt. xxv. 35 ; pi. thriste-
den, Is. xlviii. 21 ; pr. p. thristende,
thristynge, threstynge, threstende, Judg.
xv. 18. Ps. cvi. 5. Is. liii. 2. Tit. i. 12.
thristen, to thrust, squeeze, Rom. prol. I.
p. 298 ; pr. t. thristith, threstith, Prov.
xxx. 335 2 P- thristis, Job prol. p. 671 ;
pi. thristen, Mt. v. 6. Lk. viii. 45 ; p.t.
thrustede, Mk. v. 24.
thristere, a thirsty person, Is. xxxii. 6.
thristi, thirsty, Deut. xxix. 19.
thrittene, threttene, thirteen, Gen. xvii. 25.
throtyden. p. t. pi. cut the throats, iv Kings
x. 14.
throwen, to throw, cast, toss, weave, Jer.
xxviii. 16; imp. thros, Jer. vii. 29; p. t.
threj, Jer. vi. 30; p.p. throwen, Judg.
xvi. 9. Mt. xiv. 24.
thulke, thuke. v. thilke.
thurs, thorou, thorow, thorwj, thorj, through,
Num. xxv. 8. iv Kings ii. 8. Mt. ix. 31.
Mk. ii. 16. Lk. iv. 14.
thun-comen, pr. t. pi. penetrate, Prov.
xviii. 8.
thun-diggide, p. p. digged through, Ez.
thurj-drawende, pr.p. delineating through-
out, Wisd. xiii. 14.
thun-droppende, pr. p. dropping through,
Prov. xxvii. 15.
then-fleers, deserters, runaways, iv Kings
XXV. II.
thun-shed, p.p. entirely wet, Esth. xv. 8.
thun-sownede, p. t. sounded throughout, I
Kings iv. 5.
thun-trete, imp. thoroughly consider, Job v.
27.
thwong, thong, Mk. i. 7. Job. 1.27; pi.
thwongis, Job. i. 27.
tidi, tidy, tideful, seasonable, Jam. v. 7.
tiende. v. teenden.
tyfF, tifle, imp. deck out, array, Ecclus. xxxii.
IS-
tiflyng, n. a decking, Ecclus. xxxii. 14 g.
tyil, tyl, a brick, Is. xvi. 7 ; pi. tiles, tiel,
Gen. xi. 3.
tiel-stoon, a brick, Is. xvi. li;pl. tiel-stoons,
tile-stonys, Gen. xi. 3.
tildeden, p.t. pi. spreadout, n Kings xvi. 22.
tile, tiln, to till, cultivate, Gen. ix. 20. Jer.
xxvii. II ; imp. tile, tilie, Gen. xxxiv. 21 ;
pi. tilthe, Gen. xxxiv. 10; p. t. pi. tilliden,
i Par. xxvii. 26.
tily, made of tiles or bricks, Jer. xliii. 9.
xlviii. 36.
tilier, tiliere, tilyer, tilyere, a tiller, Gen. iv.
2. xxi. 34. xlvii. 19. v. erthe-tiliere.
tillis, lentiles, Ez. iv. 9.
tilthe, tilling, culture, Ex. xxiii. 19. Is. xxxii.
17 ; pi. tilthis, Is. xvii. 9.
tilthynge, tyllynge,n. culture, ii Par. xxvi. 10.
timbre, tymbre, a timbrel, Ps. Ixxx. 3. Is.
v. 12 ; pi. timbres, tymbers, i Kings
xviii. 6. in Esdr. v. 2.
timeful, tymeful, seasonable, early, Jer. v.
24. Hos. vi. 3. Jam. v. 7.
tymeli, early, Jer. v. 24.
tymiame, incense, (Lat. thymiama,) Ez. xxiii.
41.
tympan, a timbrel, Ex. xv. 20; pi. tympans,
Gen. xxxi. 27. Ps. Ixvii. 26.
tympanystris, female players on timbrels,
Ps. Ixvii. 26.
tyyn-trees, tyme-trees, thyme, (Lat. thyina,)
thya trees, in Kings x. ii, 12. Apoc.
xviii. 12.
tynclen, tynclyn, tyncle, to ring, tingle,
I Kings iii. n. iv Kings xxi. 12. Jer.
xix. 3.
tyndeth. v. teenden.
tyndynge, pr. p. fastening, Gen. xix. 6.
tynkynge, pr. p. tinkling, I Cor. xiii. I.
tiraundise, tyraundise, tyranny, in Kings
xvi. 20. Job xv. 20.
tiraunterie, tirauntri, tyranny, Deut. xvii.
16. Wisd. xvi. 4.
tisiden, tysiden, p. t. pi. enticed, persuaded,
Dan. vi. 6. Mt. xxvii. 20.
tising, n. an enticement, in Kings xi. 5 g.
tithing, n. a tenth part, Is. vi. 13. Tob. i. 7.
tything, n. tidings, Mk. i. 28.
tijten, p. t. pi. stretched, drew, set, Judg. xx.
33-
GLOSSARY.
741
to-ajens, prep, against, Lk. prol. I. p. 141.
to-bite,p.p. gnawed in pieces, Job prol. p. 670.
to-brayd, to-braide, to-braidede, p. t. tore,
bruised, Lk. ix. 42; p.p. to-braysede,
ii Par. xxxiv. 7 ; pr.p. to-braydynge, to-
breidinge, to-breidynge, Esth. xiv. 2. Mk.
i. 26. ix. 25. v. brayid.
to-braste, to-brast, to-barst, p. t. broke in
pieces, burst in sunder, iv Kings xviii. 4.
Deeds i. 18 ; pi. to-brasten, n Par. xxv.
12. ». al-to-brasten.
to-breke, to break inpieces, tear in pieces, Ex.
xxviii.32.Mt.vii.6. Lk.xx.i8;imp.to-breke,
Ps. ii. 3 ; p.t. to-brac, Ps. civ. 41 . Lam. ii.
3 ; pi. to-breeken, Is. lix. 5 ; p. p. to-
broke, to-broken, to-brokun, to-breek,
Judg. viii. 12. Ps. xxxvi. 15. Jer. x. 20.
Hab. 1.4. Mt. ix. 17; pr.p. to-brekende,
Is. xvii. 14. Jer. xxiii. 29. v. al-to-
breke.
to-brenne, to burn up, Ps. xlv. 10; p. t. to-
brende, Is. xlii. 25. xlvii. 14; p.p. to-
brend, Jer. xi. 16.
to-brese, to-brose, to-broosen, to break to
pieces, Ps. xlv. 10. Ecclus. xxviii. 21.
Jer. xxx. 8; p.t. to-brosede, to-broside,
to-brusede, iv Kings xviii. 4. Ps. cix. 5.
Is. xxxviii. 13; p.p. to-brisid, to-brosed,
to-brosid, i Par. xx. 3. i Esdr. vi. ii.
Lk. xx. 18. v. al-to-brese.
to-brosing, to-brosyng, n. contrition, break-
ing in pieces, Ps. xiii. 3. Is. xxx. 14. Jer.
1.22.
toe, toke. v. take.
to-cleer, adv. clearly, Is. prol. p. 224.
to-clippe, to embrace closely, Eccles. iii. 5-
toenyng, toknyng, n. a betokening, a sign,
Ps. lix. 6. Ecclus. i. 31.
to-dercned, p. p. utterly darkened, Lam. v.
17. v. al-to-dercned.
to-dra\ve, to pull inpieces, Gen. xl. 19; pr.t.
to-drawith, Lk. ix. 39; pi. to-drawen,
Jer. xxiii. i ; p. p. to-drawen, to-drawyn,
to-drawun, Ez.iv. 14. Zech. xii. 3. Deeds
xxiii. 10; pr.p. to-drawinge, Lk. ix. 39.
v. al-to-drawynge.
to-drunke, p. p. greatly inebriated, Jer. xlvi.
10.
to-flappe, to strike to pieces, ii Kings xxii-
43-
to-fore, to-forn, to-for, prep, before, Gen.
xxxi. 37. Mt. vi. 2. Lk. i. 8, 19. Rom.
i. i.
to-gider, to-gidre, to-gideres, to-giderys, to-
gidrys, to-gitbers, adv. together, Gen.
xiii. 6. xix. 4. xxxiv. 23, 26, 30. xliii.
32-
to-hewe, to cut in pieces, Ps. xxxvi. 15.
cxxviii. 4 ; p. t. to-heewe, 2 p. to-hewedist,
Ps. xxix. 12.
tolbothe, a place to receive toll, Mt. ix. 9.
Lk. v. 27.
tol-gaderer, a toll gatherer, Mt. prol. 2.
p. 2.
to-mynushen, to break in small pieces, Is.
xli. 15 ; p. t. pi. to-mynushten, Is. xxxvii.
19; p. p. to-mynusht, Is. xiv. 29.
to-moued, p. p. greatly moved, Is. vi. 4. Jer.
v. 22.
to-name, a surname, Ecclus. xlvii. 19.
to-neshende, pr. p. approaching, Judith xiv.
14.
too, toon, one, Gen. iv. 19. xxxii. 31. Mt.
vi. 24.
toon, toos, toes, Dan-, ii. 42.
tootere, a looker out, Is. xxi. 6 ; pi. tooteres,
Is. Iii. 8. Ivi. 10.
toot-hil, tote-hil, tute-hil, a citadel, a strong
place, a watch place, ii Kings v. 7, 9. Is.
xxi. 5, 8.
toow, towa, tough, Gen. xi. 3. xiv. 10.
top, crown of the head, Deut. xxviii. 35.
ii Kings xiv. 25. v. cop.
to-poone, to break in pieces, Ps. xvii. 43.
xxviii. 6; p. t. to-ponede, Ps. civ. 16. ».
al-to-powne.
to-pulle, imp. pull in pieces. Lam. i. 22 ; p.t.
2 p. to-pulledist, Lam. i. 22 ; p. p. to-pul-
lid, Is. xviii. 7. Lam. i. 12. v. al-to-
pullid.
to-pungid, p.p. pricked thoroughly, Ps.
xxix. 13.
to-reende, to tear in pieces, Judg. viii. 7.
Zech. xi. 6 ; p.t. to-rente, to-rendide, to-
rentide, Judg. viii. 16. xiv. 6; pi. to-ren-
ten, Num. xiv. 6. i Mace. ii. 14; p.p.
to-rent, to rente, Gen. xxxvii. 30. Judg.
xiv. 6. Ps. xxix. 12. Mt. xxvi. 65. xxvii.
Si-
to-reendynge, n. a tearing in pieces, Nah.
iii. i.
to-rotide, p. t. became utterly rotten, Jer.
xlvi. 15.
to-scatere, imp. scatter thoroughly, Jer. vi. 5 ;
p.p. to-scaterede, n Par. xxxiv. 7.
to-shaken, p.p. greatly shaken, Is. xxiv.
20.
to-sheende, imp. destroy utterly, Ps. Ivi. I.
to-sprengd, p. p. wholly sprinkled, Jer. vi.
26.
to-stank, p. t. stunk greatly, Jer. xlvi. 15.
to-stere, to move altogether, Ps. xxviii. 8.
Jer. 1. 34 ; p. t. to-sterede, Ecclus. xxix.
24; pi. to-stiriden, Ps. Ixxvii. 40; p.p.
to-stired, to stirid, Is. xxiv. 20. Jer. Ii. 7.
Lam. iv. 15. v. al-to-stirid.
to-stermg, n. a great commotion, Is. xxiv.
20.
to-swelle, to swell greatly, Jer. v. 22 ; p. t.
to-swal, Job xvi. 17.
to-teere, to-teer, to-tere, to tear in pieces,
Judg. xiv. 6. Ez. xxiii. 34. Mt. vii. 6 ;
pr. t. pi. to-teren, to-tern, Pref. ep. c. vi.
p. 67. Jer. xxiii. i ; p. t. pi. to-teeren,
to-tereden, iv Kings ii. 24; p.p. to-torn,
Job prol. p. 670. Is. xviii. 7.
to-tering, to-teryng, to-terynge, to-teerynge,
n. a tearing, Esth. xiv. 2. Nahura iii. i.
Hab. ii. 7.
to-terrynge, to-terynge, pr. p. greatly pro-
voking, ii Mace. xii. 14. v. terren.
tother, tothir, other, Gen. iv. 19. xxv. 26.
Mt. v. 39.
toting-place, totyng-place, a watch tower or
place for watching, Is. xxi. 5. Jer. xxxi.
21.
to-trede, to tread down, Job xxxiv. 24. xxxix.
13. Is. xlii. 3; p. t. to trad, to-trade, to-
tredede, iv Kings xxi. 9. Ps. Iv. 2; pi.
to-treeden, to-tredden, iv Kings ix. 33.
Ps. Iv. 3 ; p.p. to-treden, to-troden, Job
xiv. 12. xviii. 16. Is. xviii. 2. Jer. xlviii.
4 ; pr. p. to-tredende, Judith xvi. 3. Is.
xli. 25. v. al-to-trede.
to-treding, to-tredyng, n. affliction, destruc-
tion, Is. v. 5. Jer. xlviii. 3, 5; pi. to-tre-
dingis, Ps. lix. 4.
to-truble, to greatly trouble, Ecclus. xxxv.
22, 23. v. al-to-trublidist.
to-turne, to turn altogether, Is. xxviii. 17.
toucheable, capable of being touched, Heb.
xii. 18.
toukere, touker, a fuller, iv Kings xviii. 17.
Is. .xxxvi. 2. Mk. ix. 2; pi. toukeris, Mai.
iii. 2.
toun, a farm, Lk. xiv. 18.
tourbeling, towrblid. v. turblide, turbling.
to-wastid, p. p. wasted away, Jer. xiv. 15,
18.
townesse, toughness, in Kings ix. 25 g.
tOW3. V. tOOW.
to-3en, prep, against, Lk. prol. i. p. 141.
trad. v. treed.
traye, to betray, Mt. xxvi. 46 ; p. p. trayed,
trajid, Ps. Ixxxvii. 10. Mt. xvii. 21.
trailinge, pr. p. flowing down, Esth. xv. 7.
trampith, pr. t. tramples, Prov. vi. 13.
translate, to transfer, carry over, iv Kings
xviii. 32 ; p. t. translatide, translatid,
Wisd. x. 18 ; 2 p. translatidist, Ps.
Ixxix. 9 ; p. p. translatid, Jer. xxvii.
22.
trauailen, traueyl, trauele, to labour, toil,
oppress, trouble, Gen. viii. 49. xxxiii. 13.
Prov. xxiii. 4. Lk. prol. I. p. 141 ; pr. t.
trauaileth, trauaylith, trauelith, Prov. xvi.
26. Lk.ix-39. iCor.ix. 10; pi. traueilen,
trauelen, Mt. vi. 28. xi. 28. Lk. xii. 27 ;
p. t. trauailide, trauelide, Job xxxix. 16.
Lk. prol. i. p. 142; pi. trauaileden, tra-
ueliden, Ps. cxxvi. 6. Lk. v. 5. Job., iv.
38 ; p.p. trauailid, traueilid, trauelid, tra-
ueyld, Josh. vii. 3. Job ix. 29. Mt. ix.
36. Lk. vi. 18 ; p. pr. traueilinge, trauel-
ynge, trauelinge, Prov. xvi. 26. Lk. prol.
i. p. 142. i Cor. ix. 9. v. bitraueliden.
trauailere, a labourer, Prov. xvi. 26; tra-
ueler of childe, iv Kings xix. 3 ; pi. tra-
uelours, Ecclus. xxxiv. 26 g.
trauailous, traueilows, trauelous, laborious,
troublesome, Ex. vi. 6. Job vii. 3. I Tim.
iii. i.
trauailously, traueilousli, trauelously, labo-
riously, toilsomely, Pref. ep. c. I. p. 61.
Wisd. xv. 7.
traueil, traueyl, trauel, labour, toil, Gen.
xxxi. 42. i Cor. xv. 58; pi. traueils,
traueyls, traueylis, trauelis, trauayls, Gen.
iii. 17. v. 29. xli. 51. n Cor. vi. 5.
traueling, traueilyng, n. labour, i Tim. iv. 8.
trajid. v. traye.
742
GLOSSARY.
tre, wood, Wisd. x. 4. nTim. ii. 20.
treed, to tread, Gen. iii. 15 ; p. t. trad, Deut.
i. 36. Is. Ixiii. 3 ; pi. trooden, troden,
treeden, treden, traden, tredden, trediden,
trodeden, iv Kings ix. 33. xiv. 9. Lk.
xii. i ; p. p. troden, tredid, Deut. i. 36.
Job xxiv. n.
tredyng, n. a destruction, Is. x. 6.
treen, treene, trenen, treenen, trenned,
wooden, Ex. vii. 19. Lev. xi. 32. n Tim.
ii. 20. Apoc. ix. 20.
tree-werkere, n. a carpenter, Is. xliv. 13.
tregitour, a conjurer, enchanter, Deut. xviii.
n; pi. trigetours, tregetours, trechetou-
ris, ii Par. xxxiii. 6. Is. xlvii. 9.
tremblende, tremlyng, tremeling, pr.p. fear-
ing, dreading, trembling, Is. Ixvi. 2. Deeds
vii. 32.
trendil, a hoop, Is. xxix. 3.
trendlid, p. p. trundled, Judg. vii. 13.
trepeiettis, engines to cast stones, etc., i Mace,
vi. 20.
trestlis, supports, Ex. xxvi. 20, 25.
trete, to handle, entertain, treat, Col. ii. 21 ;
p. t. tretede, tretide, Is. xiv. 24 ; pi. tret-
iden, iv Kings xii. 15. Mk. ix. 33. i Job.
i. i. <
tretable, able to be touched, Heb. xii. 18.
tretourli, traitourli, tretorousli, treacherous-
ly, Ecclus. xxxii. 15, 19.
trewliere, comp. more truly, i Esdr. prol.
p. 478.
tried, tryed, p. p. refined, purified, Lev. ii.
2.7-
trist, trust, iv Kings xviii. 19, 22. Is. xxxi.
6. Mt. ix. 2.
triste, trist, to trust, Ps. cxvii. 8 ; pr. t. 2 p.
tristest, tristnest, tristnist, trustnest, iv
Kings xviii. 20. Rom. ii. 19 ; p. t. trist-
ede, tristide, tristinede, tristenyde, n Par.
xvi. 12. Zeph. iii. 2. Lk. xi. 22 ; pi. trist-
iden, n Mace. x. 34. Lk. xviii. 9 ; pr. p.
tristinge, tristende, tristnynge, Judith iv.
13; ii Mace. x. 34. Philem. 21. v.
trosten.
tristili, tristily, tristiliche, trustili, trustilych,
boldly, confidently, Gen. xxxiv. 25. xliv.
18. Deut. xxxiii. 28. Col. ii. 15.
tristinge, tristenyng, tristnynge, trustnynge,
n. a trust, n Cor. i. 15. Eph. iii. 12.
tryuauntis, tyrants, i Pet. ii. 18.
troden, trodeden. v. treed,
trone, troon, throne, Judg. iii. 20. Apoc.
xix. 4.
trost, a trust, Is. xxxi. i. Jer. xlviii. 7.
trosten, trostnen, to trust, Ps. cxvii. 8.
cxlv. 2 ; pr. t. trosteth, Ps. Ivi. 2 ; i p.
trostne, Ps. xxiv. 2 ; p. t. 2 p. trostedist,
Jer. xiii. 25. xlix. 4 ; p.p. trosted, Is.
xxxi. i ; pr. p. trostende, Judith iv. 13.
Phil. i. 14. v. triste.
trostli, trostly, confidently, Prov. x. 9. Is.
xiv. 30.
trouthe, truth, Gen. xxxix. 16.
trow, trows, channel, trough, Josh. iii. 15;
pi. troujis, trowes, trowis, Gen. xxiv. 20.
xxx. 38. iv Kings xxv. 14.
trowen, trowe, to believe, suppose, Deut.
xxviii. 66. Mt. xxiv. 26. Rom. prol. i.
p. 298; pr. t. trowe, Tob. vii. 14; p. t.
trowede, trowide, Gen. xxxviii. 15. xl. 17.
xiv. 26. in Kings xx. 25. Jer. xl. 14;
pr.p. trowynge, i Cor. xv. 17.
trubli, troubled, Josh. xiii. 3.
truel, trulle, a trowel, Amos vii. 7,8; pi.
trullis, iv Kings xxv. 14.
trumpe, to sound with a trump, Apoc. viii. 6.
pr. t.pl. trumpen, n Par. xiii. 12; imp.
pi. trumpeth, Jer. vi. i ; p. t. trumpide,
ii Kings xviii. 16. Apoc. viii. 8 ; pi.
trumpiden, Josh. vi. 8, 13; pr.p. tromp-
ynge, Josh. vi. 13.
trustnynge. v. tristinge.
tumblide, p. t. danced, Mt. xiv. 6.
tumblith, imp. pi. throw down, iv Kings
**• 33 » pl- tumbleden, tumbliden, iv
Kings ix. 33. ii Par. xxv. 12.
tumbler, a dancer, Ecclus. ix. 4.
tungy, talkative, Ecclus. viii. 4. xxv. 27.
turblide, p. t. troubled, Mk. ix. 19; p.p.
turhlid, towrblid, Mt. ii. 3. Mk. v. 39.
Lk. i. 29. Job. xiv. 27.
turbling, tourbeling, n. a troubling, disturb-
ance, Deeds xix. 23.
turnegidy, n. vertigo, Is. xix. 14.
tumours, parts of furniture turned in a
lathe, in Kings vi. 18.
turtil, turtle, turtur, a turtle dove, Gen. xv. 9.
Ps. Ixxxiii. 4 ; pi. turtlis, turteles, turtris,
turturis, turturs, Gen. xv. 9. Lev. i. 14.
v. 7. Lk. ii. 24.
tute-hil. v. toot-hil.
twei, twey, tweyn, twe, two, Gen. vi. 20.
xix. 36. Mt. iv. 18, 21. viii. 28. Lk. ii.
24. ix. 3.
twei-bitende, pr. p. double-edged, Prov.
v. 4.
tweyne-eggid, two-edged, Heb. iv. 12.
twincleth, pr. t. winks, Prov. vi. 13; pi.
twincle, Ps. xxxiv. 19.
twynclere, one who winks, Ecclus. xxvii.
25-
twynlingis, twynlingus, twins, Gen. xxv. 24.
S. Sol. iv. 5.
twynne, to part, divide, Prov. prol. p. i ; p.p.
twynned, Ex. xxxix. 28. v. a-twinne.
twisil-tunge, double tongue, Prov. viii. 13.
xviii. 8. Ecclus. v. 16. xxviii. 15.
twisil-tungid, p.p. double-tongued, Ecclus.
v. 16. vi. i.
twistis, hinges, Amos viii. 3.
V.
vagaunt, wandering, Gen. iv. 14. Prov.
v. 6.
vah, vath, oh ! fie ! Is. xliv. 16. Mt. xxvii.
40.
vaile, to avail, Jer. xxxvii. 19.
vangelie, the gospel, i Tim. i. n.
vanyschiden, p. t. pi. became vain, Rom. i.
21.
varye, of various colours, Gen. xxxi. 10.
12.
veer, ver, the spring, Ecclus. 1. 8.
veer-tyme, ver-time, spring, Gen. xxxv. 16.
Deut. xvi. i. Ps. Ixxiii. 17.
vencuse, to vanquish, i Cor. i. 25 ; p. t.
venkusede, i Kings xiv. 47 ; pi. vencus-
iden, Deut. vii. 7 ; p.p. vencusshid, n
Kings x. 19.
venge, to avenge, Judg. xvi. 28. Mk. xviii.
5 ; II Cor. x. 6 ; p. t. vengide, Josh. x.
13. Apoc. xix. 2; pi. vengiden, Esth. viii.
22 ; p. p. vengid, i Kings xiv. 24. xxv.
3'-
vengeable, able to take vengeance, Rom.
xiii. 4.
vengesour, veniesour, an avenger, Deut. xviii.
19. Num. xxxv. 25.
venieris, avengers, Judg. vi. 31.
venymed, venemyd, venymyd, p. p. empoi-
soned, Wisd. xvi. 3 g, 10. Josh. prol. p.
555 ; pr.p. venemynge, Wisd. xvi. 3 g.
venymyngis, poisonings, iv Kings ix. 22.
venym-makere, poison maker, Ps. Ivii. 6.
ver, verr, a glass cup, Prov. xxiii. 31.
vermycle, vermilion, red cloth, Ex. xxxix. I.
vermyloun, vermilion, red silk or cloth, Ex.
xxxv. 25.
verre, verrei, verri, verry, verey, true, Lk.
xvi. n. Job. i. 9. Gal. iii. 21 ; sup. ver-
reist, Rom. prol. 2. p. 303.
verreili, verili, truly, Gen. xx. 12.
vertues, military forces, I Mace. xiii. 54 ;
miracles, Mt. xi. 20.
vyce, vijs, a winding staircase, in Kings
vi. 8.
vikeried, vicariate, Ecclus. xxxiii. 6 g.
vilensly, basely, n Kings x. 5.
viliche, vilely, Lev. xviii. 28. n Mace. ix. 2.
vilite, baseness, filthiness, Deut. xxiv. I.
vindage, vyndage, a vintage, Lev. xxv. 5.
n Esdr. x. 37.
viner, vyner, vinere, a vineyard, Gen. ix. 20.
xlix. n. Mt. xx. i. Lk. xiii. 6 ; pi. vyne-
ris, Num. xvi. 14.
vyn-tilieris, cultivators of vineyards, i v Kings
xxv. 12.
vynolent, given to wine, Tit. i. 7.
vyrounde, p. p. travelled round, Pref. ep.
c. i. p. 61.
vitailid, p.p. supplied with provisions, Deeds
xii. 20.
vim-tree, an elm, Is. xii. 19.
vmbylapped, p. p. envirouned, Heb. v. 2.
vmbre, shadow, iv Kings xx. 9. Ps. cvi. 10.
vmpere, umpire, Rom. prol. 2. p. 302. v.
noumpere.
vnamendid, p.p. not corrected, n Par. prol.
p. 385-
vnauisely, vnauysely, unadvisedly, n Kings
xvi. 4 g. i Tim. v. i.
vnauysid, p.p. unadvised, rash, Prov. xiii. 3.
vnbileue, disbelief, Mk. xvi. 14.
vnbileueful, vnbileeueful, vnbileuful, vnbe-
leeful, unbelieving, incredible, Judg. xx. 5.
Wisd. x. 7. Ecclus. ii. 18. xvi. 7. xxiii.
33. Job. xx. 27. i Pet. iii. 20.
vnbileuefulness, unbelief, Mk. ix. 23.
vnbyndynge, n. an unnerved condition, a
loss of strength, n Mace. iii. 24.
GLOSSARY.
743
vnblessid, unhappy, Ecclus. xxvii. 24. II
Mace. xv. 3.
vnblisful, unhappy, Prov. xix. 26.
vnbolde, cowardly, Judg. ix. 4 g.
vnbowinge, pr. p. unbending, Heb. x. 23.
vnbuxum, vnbuxhum, disobedient, Prov.
xxix. 19. ii Esdr. xv. 27.
vnbuxumnesse, disobedience, Pref. ep. c. iii.
p. 63.
vnceli. v. vnseli.
vncesendly, unceasingly, Is. prol. p. 225.
vnchastisable, vnchaastisable, incorrigible,
Ez. ii. 4.
vnchargid, unladen, Deeds xxi. 3.
vnchastisid, p. p. not broken or tamed, Ec-
clus. xxx. 8.
vncircumcididj p. p. uncircumcised, Jer. vi.
10.
vnclene, gen. uncle's, Jer. xxxii. 7.
vnclothe, to take off the clothes, Ez. xliv. 19;
p. p. vnclothid, Bar. iv. 20.
vncomunycable, incommunicable, Wisd. xiv.
21.
vncomprehensible, incomprehensible, Jer.
xxxii. 19.
vncorrigible, incorrigible, Prov. xxiv. 19.
vncouenable, vncouuenable, inconsistent, un-
fitting, inopportune,Pnl. ep. c. vi. p. 67.
Wisd. xviii. 10. Ecclus. xxii. 5. Rom. i.
31. 2Thess. iii. 2.
vncouenabli, vncouenably, inconsistently,
inopportunely, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 74. Ec-
clus. xxxii. 6.
vncoupable, vnculpable, blameless, Num.
xxxii. 22.
vncredible, incredible, Judg. xx. 5.
vncurable, incurable, Deut. xxxii. 33. Ecclue.
xxxviii. 30. Is. xiv. 6.
vndampned, p. p. uncondemned, Deeds xvi.
37-
vndeadli, vndeedli, vndeedly, immortal,¥rov.
i. 15. i Tim. i. 17.
vndedlynesse,vndeadlynesse,vndeedlynesse,
immortality, Eccles. ii. 14 g. Wisd. iii. 4.
i Cor. xv. 53. i Tim. vi. 16.
vndefoulid, p. p. not defouled, Lev. xiii. 57.
Wisd. iv. 9.
vndefoulingnesse, incorruption, i Pet. iii. 4.
vndepartable, vnpartable, indivisible, Lk.
prol. i. p. 141.
vnder-bern, to support, supply, Ecclus. xii.
14; pr. p. vndir-beringe, ii Pet. i. 5.
vndre-brenne, to set on fire, Nahum ii. 13.
vndir-brethinge, pr. p. slightly breathing, n
Mace. vii. 5.
vndir-caste, subjected, Wisd. xviii. 22 ; p.p.
vndur-cast, Ex. xxi. 21.
vndur-crepe, to secretly creep, Deut. xv. 9.
vndir-cryeden, p. t. pi. called out, cried out,
Lk. xxiii. 21 ; p. p. vnder-cried, Gen.
xxxix. 14; pr. p. vnder-criende, Ps. prol.
P- 738.
vnder-delue, to dig under, Ecclus. xii. 18;
p. t. pi. vnder-doluen, vndur-delueden,
Gen. xlviii. 6. Is. xxiii. 13 ; p. p. vnder-
doluen, vndur-doluun, Ps . brxix .17. Rom .
xi. 3-
vndir-diggid, p.p. undermined, Ez. xxxvi.
35-
vnder-dreynt, p. p. submerged, Ex. xv. 10.
vnder-folewe, to follow close, Ps. xxii. 6 ;
pr. t. pi. vndir-folewen, i Tim. v. 24.
vndur-fonge, to receive, take, Apoc. prol. 2.
p. 639 ; pr. t. vndur-fonge, Gal. iii. 14 ;
pj.vnder-fongen.vndir-fenge, Rom. prol. i .
p. 299 ; p.p. vndur-fonge, vndur-fongun,
Gal. i. 9. iii. 2 ; pr. p. vnder-fongende,
Rom. prol. I. p. 299.
vnder-goynge, vndur-goynge, pr. p. going
beneath, Nab. iii. 14.
vndur-growith, pr. t. gradually increases,
Ex. v. 5 ; pr. p. vndur-growynge, vndre-
growynge, Gen. xxvi. 13. n Kings v.
10.
vnder-heue, vndur-heeue, to lift beneath,
Ex. xxiii. 5. Deut. xxii. 4.
vnder-hilid, p. p. spread beneath, suffused,
Num. xii. 14.
vnder-ioyneth, pr. t. subjoins, Ps. prol. p.
737-
vnder-kutte, to cut from beneath, Is. xxxviii.
12.
vnder-lajhende, pr.p. laughing secretly, Ec-
clus. xiii. 7, 14.
vndir-led, p. p. brought under, Ez. xxiii. 3,
21.
vnder-leyn, to place beneath, to set secretly,
to subject, Jer. xxvii. ii ; imp. vndir-
leye, in Kings xxi. 10; pi. vnder-leith,
Ecclus. Ii. 34. Jer. xxvii. 12 ; p. t. vnder-
leide, Ps. xlvi. 4 ; p. p. vnder-leid, Esth.
xv. 3.
vnder-lye, vnder-lyn, vnder-ligge, vndur-
ligge, to lie under, be liable to, submit,
Ex. xxi. 32. Lev. v. 3. Num. v. 21. Esth.
i. 15; pr. t. vnder-lieth, vnder-lith, Josh,
xii. 3. Wisd. xii. 18; imp. vnder-leye,
vnder-ly, vndir-ligge, Heb. xiii. 17; p.t. pi.
vnder-lejen, Esth. viii. 13. ix. 16; pr.p.
vnder-liende, vnder-ligging, Deut. xxxiii.
13. ii Mace. xii. 3.
vndirlingis, inferiors, Rom. prol. 2. p. 301.
vndir-loute, vnder-lowt,p.^>. subjected, made
obedient, Gen.xxxvii.8. Ecclus. xxxiii-3O.
Lk. ii. 51.
vndir-maister, schoolmaster (Lat. peedago-
gus), Gal. iii. 25.
vndir-myne, vndur-myne, to dig under, Ec-
clus. xii. 18. Mt. vi. 20; p. t. pi. vndir-
myneden, Gen. xlix. 6; p.p. vnder-myn-
ed, vndur-myned, Jer. Ii. 58. Ez. xxxvi.
35 > Pr- P- vndur-mynynge, Ex. xxii. 2.
vnder-mynyng, n. a digging under, Jer. Ii.
58.
vnder-inynesteren, to serve, Ecclus. xxxix.
39 ; p. t. vnder-mynistrede, i Tim. v. 10.
vnder-mouwe, to mock, to sneer at, Prov. i.
26 ; p. t. vnder-mouwede, Is. xxxvii. 22 ;
pi. vndre-moweden, n Par. xxxvi. 16.
Ps. xxxiv. 1 6 ; pr. p. vnder-mouwing,
vnder-mowynge, uPar. xxx. 10. Ps.xliii.
14.
vnder-nymen, vnder-nyme, vndir-nym,
vndur-nym, vnder-nymme, to reprove,
blame, Gen. xxx. 33. xxxviii. 23. n Kings
vii. 14. Is. ii. 4. i Joh. iii. 20; pr. t.
vndir-nemeth, vndur-nymmeth, i Joh. iii.
20. Apoc. prol. 2. p. 639; 2p. vndir-nym-
ist, Gen. xxxi. 32 ; imp.pl. vnder-nemeth,
Is. i. 18; p. t. vnder-nam, Gen. xxxi. 42;
pi. vnder-nemen, vnder-nomyn, Tob. ii. 8.
Rom. prol. i. p. 300; p.p. vndur-nom,
vndir-nomen, vndir-nommen, vnder-
nummen, Num. v. 13. Deut. xxi. 18.
iv Kings vii. 9. Joh. iii. 20. Gal. ii. 1 1 ;
p. p. vnder-nemende, Wisd. xvii. 9.
vnder-nymyng, n. a reproof, Rom. prol. i. p.
300 ; pi. vndir-nemyngus, vnder-nemyngis,
vndir-nymyngis, Ps. xxxvii. 15. Prov. x.
17. xv. 32.
vnder-nymere, a reprover, Is. xxix. 21.
vndir-putte, vndur-puten, vnder-poten, to
set low, subject, put under, in Kings xviii.
23. Prov. xxvi. 25. Rom. prol. I. p. 298 ;
pr. t. vnder-put, vnder-putteth, Ps. xxxvi.
24 ; 2 p. vndur-puttist, Gen. xxix. 25 ;
p.t. vnder-putte, vnder-puttide, Gen. xlix.
15. i Mace. vi. 46; pi. vnder-putten,
vndir-puttiden, ii Esdr. iii. 5. Rom. xvi.
4; p.p. vnder-put, Gen. xxviii. 18. Ex.
xxvi. 21 ; pr. p. vnder-putting, Gen.
xxviii. ii.
vnder-rauyshide, p. p. stole secretly, Gen.
xxvii. 36.
vnder-reren, to liftfrom beneath, Is. xxii. 17;
pr. t. vndur-rerith, i Kings ii. 7 ; pr. p.
vnder-rerende, Ps. cxii. 7.
vndir-sailiden, p. t. pi. sailed near, Deeds
xxvii. 4.
vndir-sette, vndir-settide, p. t. placed be-
neath, supported, Gen. xlix. 15; p.p.
vndur-set, Eccles. iv. 10.
vndur-settyngis, brackets, supports, Ez. xii.
26.
vnder-singing, n. singing the second part,
Ps. prol. p. 738.
vnder-stant, vnder-stondeth, pr. t. under-
stands, Prov. xvii. 8. Mt. xiii. 19.
vnderstandable, capable of understanding,
Ecclus. iii. 32.
vnderstondingus, vndurstondyngis, abilities,
Ps. Ixxvii. 72.
vnder-taken, to take up, Ps. xlvii. 4; p. t.
vnder-toc, Ps. Ixviii. 30. Is. xii. 10; p. t.
pi. vnder-token, Ps. xxxix. I2;p.p.vnder-
take, Ps. xlvii. 10.
vnder-taking, n. a supporting, Ps. cvii. 9.
vnder-takere, n. taker up, Ps. xii. 10. liii. 6.
vnder-tend, vndur-tent, ;>./>. kindled, Deut.
xxxii. 22. Ps. xvii. 9.
vndir-turne, vndur-turne, to subvert, Ecclus.
xii. 15. Ez. xxvi. 12 ; p.p. vndur-turned,
Josh. xvii. 18. Ez. xxix. 12.
vndur-weuyden, vnder-wouen, p. t. pi. sub-
joined, i Kings prol. p. 3.
vndur-wexynge, vndre-wexinge, pr.p. grow-
ing gradually, Dan. viii. 3.
vnder-joke, vndir-sokeu, vndur-joke, to sub-
due, subject, Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63. Judith
ii- 3> 6; p. t. vndir-jokede, n Par. viii. 8;
pi. vnder-sokeden, Jer. xxxiv. n;p.p.
744
GLOSSARY.
vndir-jockid, vnder-3okid, Gen. xxvii. 37.
ii Esdr. v. 5. Jam. iii. 7.
vndisciplyned, p. p. unlearned, Wisd. xvii. i .
Ecclus. v. 14.
vndiscreet, indiscreet, Ecclus. xxiii. 6. xxxi.
24.
vndistriable, indestructible, Wisd. ii. 23 g.
vndon, vndo, to solve, unbind, destroy, Gen.
xl. 8. Mt. v. 17. Mk. i. 7. xiv. 58. Job.
ii. 19; pr. t. vndoth, Mt. v. 19; p. t. vn-
dide, Gen. xli. 8 ; p.p. vndo, Gen. xl.
16.
vndoyng, n. exposition, solution, Gen. xl. 5.
vndoeris, interpreters, Cath. Epp. prol. i.
P- 594-
vndren, vndrun, vnduren, vndurn, vndur,
vndirne, the time from nine to twelve in
the morning, Mk. xv. 25, 33. Job. iv. 6.
Deeds ii. 15.
vndwellable, not habitable, Jer. vi. 8.
vneymable, incapable of reckoning, Job
xxxvi. 27.
vnenarrable, vnnarrable, that may not be
told, n Cor. ix. 15. i Pet. i. 8.
vnendid, vneendid, p.p. unfinished, endless,
Wisd. iv. 5. i Tim. i. 4.
vnequyte, injustice, Rom. iii. 5.
vneuenli, not equitably, Gen. xvi. 5.
vnexpugnable, impregnable, Ez. xxxvi. 12.
ii Mace. xii. 21.
vnfailende, pr. p. never failing, Ecclus.
xxiv. 6.
vnfastnen, to make weak, Is. xiv. 27 ; p. p.
vnfastned, Ps. xxv. i.
vnfilable, vnfillable, insatiable, Ps. c. 5.
Prov. xv. 1 6. xxvii. 20.
vnfyled, p.p.'undefiled, Heb. vii. 26.
vnfoulid, p. p. undefiled, i Pet. i. 19. n
Pet. iii. 14.
vnfourmed, p. p. not shapen or fashioned,
Deut. xxvii. 6.
vnfructuous, vnfruytouse, unfruitful, Ex.
xxiii. 26. Job xxiv. 20. Eph. v. n. Tit.
iii. 14.
vngilti, guiltless, Gen. xxxvii. 22. Num.
xiv. 18.
vnglorious, inglorious, Job xii. 19.
vnhabitable, vnabitable, not habitable, Jer.
ii. 6. vi. 8.
vnheerid, p.p. stripped of hair, Ez. xxix. 18.
vnheleable, incurable, Ecclus. xxviii. 30.
Is. xiv. 6. Jer. xxx. 12.
vnhewen, vnhewid, p.p. not hewn, Josh. viii.
3'-
vnhile, to uncover, Ruth iii. 4 ; p. t. vnhi-
lide, Ecclus. xlvii. 16 ; pi. vnhiliden,
vnhilliden, Ez. xxii. 10. Mk. ii. 4; pr.p.
vnhilynge, n Kings vi. 20.
vnholpen, vnhelpid.^.p. not helped, in Esdr.
ix. ii. Wisd. xii. 5.
vnhonest, vnonest, dishonest, dishonorable,
base, Prov. xxv. 8. Ecclus. xxxvii. 13.
i Cor. xii. 23.
vnhonestly, vnonestli, vnonestly, dishonor-
ably, disgracefully, n Kings xiii. 2. Tob.
iii. 17 g.
vnhonourid, p.p. dishonored, Job. viii. 49.
vnhopid, p.p. not hoped for, Wisd. v. 2.
xvii. 14.
vniowns. v. oyniouns.
vniuersite, vnyuersitee, multitude, universe,
aggregate, Tob. viii. 19. n Mace. xiv. 35.
Jam. iii. 6.
vnknytte, p. t. loosed, unbound, Ecclus.
xxviii. 18 ; p. p. vnknit, vnknyt, Job vi.
17. Ecclus. xxviii. 18; pr.p. vnknyt-
tynge, Nah. ii. 10.
vnknowith, pr. t. knows not, is ignorant,
Gen. xxxix. 8. Ecclus. viii. 7. i Cor.
xiv. 38 ; i p. vnknowe, Gen. xxvii. 2 ;
pi. vnknowen, Gen. xliv. 15 ; imp.
vnknowe, Prov. xix. 27 ; p. t. vnknewe,
vnknej, Deut. viii. 3. Is. Ixiii. 16; pi.
vnknewen. Is. Ivi. 10 ; pr.p. vnknowynge,
vnknowende, Gen. xx. 4. Prov. vii. 22.
vnknowyngus, ignorances, Ecclus. xxiii. 2.
vnkunnynge, vnkunnyng, vnkunnende,
pr.p. not knowing, ignorant, Gen. xx. 4.
Ecclus. xxxii. 12. Rom. x. 3.
vnkunnyng, n. ignorance, folly, Ps. Ixviii. 6.
Wisd. xiv. 22. Rom. prol. 2. p. 302; pi.
vnkunnyngis, Ps. xxiv. 7. Ecclus. xxiii. 3.
vnkunnyngenesse, ignorance, Lev. iv. 2.
i Pet. i. 14; pi. vnkunnyngnessis, Ps.
xxiv. 7. Ecclus. xxiii. 3.
vnleefulnesse, an unlawful act, Wisd. xiv. 8.
vnleeuable, unbelieving, Ecclus. xvi. 29.
vnleeueful, unbelieving, Ecclus. xxiii. 33.
vnleueful, vnleeful, vnleful, unlawful, Gen.
xxxiv. 7, 14. i Par. xv. 13.
vnleeuende, pr.p. unbelieving, Is. xxi. 2.
vnlerid, vnlerud, p.p. unlearned, i Cor. xiv.
16. ii Cor. xi. 16.
vnlettrid, p.p. illiterate, Prov. xxx. 2 g.
vnlikned, p. p. made unlike, in Kings
xiv. 5.
vnmaad, p.p. not created, Prov. viii. 22 g.
vnmerciable, unmerciful, Jer. 1. 42.
vnmesurably, immoderately, Ecclus. xi. 10 g.
vnmylde, cruel, Ecclus. xiii. 14. ii Tim.
iii. 3.
vnmynding, n.forgetfulness, Wisd. xiv. 26.
vnmysti, wanting in power, Wisd. xi. 18.
vnmouable, vnmeuable, immoveable, Ex. xv.
16. i Par. xvi. 30. Heb. vi. 18.
vnmouablenesse, immoveableness, Heb. vi.
i?-
vnneis, ounces, n Kings xxi. 16.
vnneth, vnnethis, adv. scarcely, Gen. xxvii.
30. xxxii. ii. Deeds xiv. 17.
vnnoble, ignoble, Job xxx. 8. Prov. xxii.
29.
vnnoblei, vnnobley, ignobleness, Bar. vi. 25.
i Cor. xv. 43. ii Cor. vi. 8. xi. 21.
vnnoumbrable, vnnoumbreable, innume-
rable, Ex. x. 14. Par. prol. i. p. 316.
Eccles. v. 6.
vnobedience, disobedience, Judg. ii. 22 g.
Esth. xvi. 24.
vnobedient, disobedient, Deut. viii. 20. ii
Esdr. xv. 27.
vnobeisaunce, disobedience, Pref. ep. c. iii.
p. 63. Esth. xvi. 24.
vnobeisaunt, disobedient, Prov. xxix. 24.
vnobeshynge, vnobeschaunt, disobedient,
in Kings xiii. 26.
vnordeyning, n. irregularity, disorganisation,
Wisd. xiv. 26.
vnordenat, irregular, ill-governed, Ecclus.
xiv. 9 g.
vnordynatly, out of order, ii Thess. iii. 6.
vnouercomen, vnouercomun, vnouercumen,
p.p. not conquered, surpassed, Judith prol.
p. 602. ii Mace. xi. 13.
vnouerpassable, insurpassabk, insuperable,
Judith prol. p. 602.
vnouertrowable, not capable of being sus-
pected, Ecclus. xxv. 9.
vnpacience, impatience, Judith viii. 24.
vnpacient, impatient, Prov. vii. 1 1 .
vnparfit, vnperfit, imperfect, Ps. cxxxviii. 16.
vnpartable. v. vndepartable.
vnperfeccioun, imperfection, Ecclus. xxxviii.
31-
vnpesible, unquiet, restless, i Thess. v. 14.
Jam. iii. 8.
vnpesiblely, vnpesibly, unquietly, n Thess.
iii. ii.
vnpite, vnpitee, impiety, want of feeling,
Prov. iv. 17. Zech. v. 8. Rom. i. 18.
Jude ii. 15.
vnpitous, vnpyteuows, impious, Ex. xxiii.
i, 7. Ez. xxi. 25. ii Pet. ii. 5. Jude {.4.
vnpitously, impiously, Prov. xii. 2. n Pet.
ii. 6.
vnpitousnesse, vnpitowsnes, impiety, Lev.
xix. 7. Ps. xxxi. 5 ; pi. vnpitousnesses,
vnpitowsnesses, Lev. xxvi. 41. Jer. xiv.
20.
vnpitouste, impiety, Ecclus. xlvi. 23.
vnpliable, unbending, Heb. x. 23.
vnportable, insupportable, Mt. xxiii. 4.
vnpossible, impossible, Wisd. xvi. 15. Mk.
x. 27. Lk. xvii. i.
vnpreiable, incapable of being entreated,
Lam. iii. 42.
vnprofit, unprofitableness, Eccles. i. i g.
Heb. vii. 18.
vnprudent, unwise, Mk. vii. 18.
vnpurueid, vnpurueyed, p.p. unforeseen,
Wisd. vii. 21.
vnquyetid, p.p. disturbed, Deeds xv. 19.
vnredi, vnredy, not prepared, n Cor. ix. 4.
vnreligious, vnreligiouse, irreligious, in
Esdr. i. 24. Ecclus. xxxvii. 12.
vnremediable, irremediable, Tob. ix. 4.
vnresonable, irrational, Wisd. xv. 18.
vnreste, disquiet, Judith xiv. 9.
vnrestful, restless, unsatisfied, Prov. vii.
13 g. Bar. iv. 15. n Thess. iii. 2.
vnrestfulnesse, restlessness, Judith xiv. 9.
Lk. xi. 8.
vnreuerence, irreverence, Ecclus. xxv. 29.
vnryendide, p. t. took off the rind, Gen.
xxx. 37.
vnrijt, unjust, Ecclus. v. 18.
vnristfulli, unrighteously, Wisd. xii. 23.
vnrijtfulnesse, unrighteousness, Job xi. 14.
Job. vii. 18 ; pi. vnriHfulnessis, Ps.
Ivii. 3.
vnristwise, unrighteous, Ps. v. 6.
GLOSSARY.
745
vnrijtwisnesse, vnrijtwysenesse, unrighteous-
ness, Job xi. 14. Job. vii. 18; pi. vn-
rijtwisnesses, Ps. Ivii. 3.
vnrystwisly, unrighteously, Lev. xix. 15. Ps.
Ixviii. 5.
vnsaciable, insatiable, Bar. iv. 15.
vnsadde, unstable, Rom. xv. I.
vnsadnesse, instability, Heb. vii. 18.
vnsaueri, wanting in taste or discretion,
Ecclus. xxiii. 6.
vnscapable, inevitable, Wisd. xvii. 16.
vnschamefast, vnshamefast, vnshamfast,,
shameless, Is. Ivi. u. Dan. viii. 23.
vnschamefastli, vnschamfastli, vnshamefully,
without shame, Pref. ep. c. i. p. 61. Prov.
xxi. 29.
vnschamefastnesse, shamelessness, Job xv.
27.
vnschamyd, p.p. not ashamed, n Tim. ii.
IS-
vnschood, vnshod, p.p. without shoes, Is.
xx. 3.
vnseli, vnsely, vnseely, vneeli, unhappy,
Wisd. iii. ii. xiii. 10. xv. 14. Rom. vii.
24.
vnsemende, pr. p. unseemly, Prov. xxvi.
L 7-
vnsistable, invisible, i Tim. i. 17.
vnsleij, unwary, Prov. xxiii. 28.
vnsloj, not slothful, Prov. vi. n.
vnsmyten, p.p. not smitten, Gen. xxxii. 8.
vnsoupid, p.p. not having supped, Dan. vi.
18.
vnspekende, vnspekynge, pr.p. not speak-
ing, Ps. viii. 3. Wisd. x. 21.
vnstrengthe, loss of strength, n Mace. iii.
24.
vnsuffrable, vnsuffreable, intolerable, Num.
xi. 10. ii Mace. viii. 9. Judith xiv. 17.
Ps. cxxiii. 5.
vnsuffryng, n. intolerableness, n Mace. ix.
10.
vnsuget, vnsugettid, p.p. not subject, Heb.
ii. 8.
vnsuspect, not suspected, Ecclus. xxv. 9.
vntellable, ineffable, that may not be told,
Wisd. xvii. i. Ecclus. xxi. 21. xxxvi. 16.
n Cor. x. 15.
vntemyd, vntame, p.p. untamed, Ecclus.
xxx. 8. Jer. xxxi. 18.
vntemperat, vntemperaunt, intemperate, Ec-
clus. xxxi. 23.
vntempter, not a tempter, Jam. i. 13.
vntilied, p.p. vntilled, Ez. xxxvi. 35.
vntymely, immature, Ps. civ. 28.
vntolerable, insufferable, Judith xiv. 17.
vn-to-smyten,/>.p. unsmitten, Rom. prol. i.
p. 300.
vntrist, vntrust, disbelief, Rom. iv. 20.
vntrowable, vntrouable, not expected, incre-
dible, Judg. xx. 5. Esth. ii. 15. Ecclus.
xi. 5.
vnuenkusable, impregnable, Wisd. v. 20.
vnuisible, vnuysible, invisible, Tob. xii. 19.
Col. i. 1 6.
vnwallid, p.p. not walled, i Kings vi. 18.
vnwar, unwary, Prov. xxiii. 28.
VOL. IV.
vnwardid, p.p. unfortified, Gen. xlii. 12.
vnwarned, vnwarnyd, p.p. unexpected, not
warned, n Mace. viii. 6.
vnwarnesse, unwariness, Prov. xiv. 8.
vnwatri, without water, Ps. Ixxvii. 17, 40.
vnweyed, vnwsned,p.p. without a way, Hos.
11. 3. Ez. xiv. 13. xv. 8.
vnwelewable, that may not fade, i Pet. i. 4.
v. 4.
vnwelsumnesse, ill success, Ps. xiii. 3.
vnwemmed, vnvvemmyd, p.p. without ble-
mish, Lev. vi. 6. Ps. xviii. 14. S. Sol.
v. 2. Col. i. 22. Heb. ix. 14.
vnwisdam, vnwysdom, ignorance, folly, Ps.
xxxvii. 6. Ixviii. 6. Lk. vi. n. n Cor.
xi. 21.
vnwist, p.p. unknown, Gen. xxxv. 22. Ju-
dith xi. 7.
vnwitti, vnwittie, unwise, foolish, Wisd. iii.
12. Ecclus. xvi. 20. ii Cor. xii. n. Gal.
iii. i.
vnwitynge, pr.p. not knowing, Gen. xxxi.
27.
vnwittinge, vnwityng, vnwetinge, n. igno-
rance, Deeds iii. 17.
vnwityngli, vnwityngly, vnwitendely, igno-
rantly, Num. xv. 26. Wisd. xviii. 19.
Ecclus. xiv. 7.
vnwlappe, to unwrap, Jer. Ii. 2g.
vnworschipist, pr. t. dishonorest, Rom. ii.
23; p.p. vnworshipid, vnworschipid, vn-
wrshipid, Ecclus. xxii. 5. Nah. i. 14.
Rom. prol. i. p. 299.
vnworsheping, n. dishonor, Ecclus. i. 38.
voiden, to have leisure, make void, Esth.
ix. 175 p.p. voided, voydid, Job xv. 4.
Ecclus. ii. 8. i Cor. i. 17. v. a-uoide.
voidenesse, voydenesse, emptiness, Wisd.
xiv. 14. Ecclus. xxxviii. 25.
volatil, volatile, volatijl, a bird, Gen. i. 20.
vii. 14; pi. volatilis, volatils, volatijls,
Gen. i. 26. vii. 15. Mt. xxii. 4.
volible, capable of revolving, Ez. x. 13.
voluptee, delight, pleasure, Ez. xxxi. 9, 16,
18; pi. voluptees, Mic. vi. 16. Lk. viii.
14. ii Pet. ii. 13. Tit. iii. 3.
voluptuouste, pleasure, Eccles. ii. 10. xi. 10.
Jer. xxii. 28.
vome, a vomit, Is. xxviii. 8 ; pi. vomes, Is.
xxviii. 8.
vome, voome, voom, to vomit, foam, Lev.
xviii. 25. ii Pet. ii. 22. Apoc. iii. 16;
pr. t. vometh, fometh, Mk. ix. 17 ; imp.
pi. vometh, Jer. xxv. 27 ; p. t. vomyd,
fomede, Lev. xviii. 28. Mk. ix. 19 ; pr.p.
vomende, vomynge, Prov. xxx. i. Is.
xix. 14. Mk. ix. 19.
vomyng, n. a vomiting, Jer. xlviii. 26.
vouchist-saaf, pr. t. 2 p. vouchsafest, Judith
v. 5 ; p. t. pi. voucheden-saaf, Tob. prol.
P. 576.
vourer, vourere, a glutton, Lk. vii. 34.
vouteries, adulteries, Jer. xiii. 27.
vowre, to devour, Ex. xii. 9; p. t. vowrede,
ii Kings xviii. 8. in Kings xviii. 38.
vowtur, a vulture, Job xxviii. 7.
vp, vpe, prep, after, according to, n Kings
xxii. 21. i Mace. xii. 2. Mt. ix. 29. Lk.
i. 9.
vpbraiden, p. t. pi. upbraided, Mt. xxvii.
44-
vpbreke, to break up, Gen. xix. 9.
vpon-sittende, pr.p. sitting upon, Ecclus.
xxxiii. 6.
vpon-write, to write upon, inscribe, Num.
xvii. 2.
vpreiser, a raiser up, ii Kings xxii. 3.
vpreisith, pr. t. raises up, i Kings ii. 8 ;
imp. vpreyse, Mt. x. 8.
vprered, p.p. raised up, Prov. xv. 18. Is.
xxxiii. 10.
vpsodoun, vpsedoun, upside-down, Pref. ep.
c. vii. p. 69. Ex. xxiii. 8. Lk. xv. 8.
vpsopen, p.p. absorbed, swallowed up, Ps.
cxxiii. 4.
vpsteyeth, pr. t. goes up, Gen. xxxii. 26.
vptakere, a taker up, Ps. xiv. 8, 12. cxviii.
114.
vptaking, n. a supporting, Ps. cvii. 9.
vptook, p. t. took up, Is. xii. 10; p.p. vp-
take, Ps. xxix. 2.
vpturnen, pr. t. pi. subvert, Tit. i. 1 1.
vrchon. v. irchoun.
vsen, pr. t. pi. deal with, Job. iv. 9 ; p. t.
pi. vsiden, Job. iv. 9.
vs-silf, ourselves, Judith iii. 2. Ps. xcix. 3.
Rom. viii. 23. i Job. i. 8.
vsure, interest of money, Lev. xxv. 37.
Deut. xxiii. 20 ; pi. vsuris, vsurys, vseris,
Lev. xxv. 36. ii Esdr. v. 7. Ps. Ixxi. 14.
Mt. xxv. 27. Lk. xix. 23.
vsurede, p. t. lent on interest, Jer. xv. 10.
vttermere, vttermor, vttermore, vtmer, vt-
mere, comp. outer, utter, Gen. xvii. 24.
Ex. xx. 18. Mt. viii. 12. xxii. 13; sup.
vttermest, vttremest, vttermost, vttir-
moste, vttmest, otemost, outmost, Gen.
xxiii. 9. xiv. 21. Num. xxii. 39. Josh.
xiii. 27. Mt. viii. 12.
vttermostis, vtmostes, furthest parts, Is.
xlii. 10.
W.
waad, p.p. waded, Ez. xlvii. 5.
waan, p. t. took, Judith i. 5.
waardropis, privies, iv Kings x. 27.
waastete, wastete, devastation, Deut. xxviii.
53, 57. iv Kings xxi. 14.
waastye, waaste, to make waste, destroy,
Hos. xiii. 8.
wageren, to stumble, reel, vacillate, Eccles.
xii. 3. Ecclus. xxxvii. 16; imp.pl. wa-
gereth, Is. xxix. 9; pr.p. wagringe, wa-
gerende, Ps. cviii.io. Hos. ix. 17.
wagering, n. a waving, moving to and fro as
the waves, Ecclus. xl. 4.
waggide, p. t. agitated, i Kings xvi. 14 ; p.p.
wagid, waggid, Lk. vii. 24 ; pr.p. wag-
gende, Job xxxviii. 41. ». outwaggeth.
waggyng, n. a shaking, Ps. xliii. 15.
wayed, p.p. having roads, Ez. xix. 13.
wayles, without a road, Ez. xiv. 15.
wayn, weyn, waggon, i Kings vi. 7, 8. Is.
v. 18; pi. waynes, Gen. xiv. 19.
5 c
746
GLOSSARY.
waische, to wash, Gen. xxiv. 32 ; imp. pi.
wayshith, Gen. xix. 2; p. t. wasche,
wesh, waischide, iv Kings v. 14. Judith
x. 3. Mt. xxvii. 24. Job. xiii. 12 ; pi.
weschen, waischiden, Gen. xliii. 24 ; p.p.
waischun,wasshura, iwaschen, yweischen,
waischid, wayshid, weysche, Gen. xviii. 4.
Ex. xix. 14. xxix. 17. Mt. iii. 6. i Tim.
v. 10.
wayte, weyt, a spy, iv Kings ix. 17,
20.
waiten, to keep watch, observe, n Esdr. xii.
24. Judith xiii. 5 ; imp. wayte, weyte,
Phil. iii. 17; p. t. weitid, weytyde, wey-
tide, Deut. xix. n. iv Kings vi. 10.
xxi. 6; p.p. waitende, weytynge, i Kings
xxii. 8. Lam. iii. 10. v. a-weytid.
waitere, weyter, a spy, a watcher, 11 Kings
xiii. 34. xviii. 24. iv Kings ix. 17 ; pi.
weyters, i Kings xiv. 16. v. aboute-
waiteris.
wayued. v. wawed.
waken, to watch, to awake, Num. xxxi. 30.
Jer. i. 12. xxxi. 28; p. t. woe, wakide,
Jer. xxxi. 28 ; pi. wakiden, Num. xxxi.
47 ; p.p. waken, wakid, Is. xxix. 8 ; pr.p.
wakende, Jer. i. 12.
wakere, a watcher, Dan. iv. 20; pi. wakeris,
S. Sol. iii. 3.
wakyng, n. a watch, a watching, Ecclus.
xxxviii. 27. Lk. xii. 38 ; pi. wakyngis,
Wisd. xiii. 23.
wakingli, watchfully, Ecclus. xiii. 17 g.
wakir, watchful, Prov. xx. 13 g.
walewith, pr. t. rolls, Prov. xxvi. 27 ; imp.
walewe, Josh. x. 18. i Kings xiv. 33 ;
p. t. walewide, walowid, Judith xiii. 10.
Mt. xxvii. 60. Mk. ix. 19. xv. 46 ; p.p.
walewid, Judg. vii. 13. Mk. ix. 19.
xvi. 4.
walewinge, walwyng, n. a rolling, ii Pet.
ii. 22.
walkere, a fuller, Mk. ix. 2.
walkynge, n. a walk or path, Ez. xiii. 4.
wallynge, n. division by walls, iv Kings
xxii. 14. ii Par. xxxiv. 22.
wallynge. v. wellynge.
waltrid, waltryd, p.p. rolled, Judg. v. 27.
Judith xiv. 4.
wan, livid, blue, Ex. xxi. 25.
wandren, pr. t. walk, Mt. xi. 5 ; p.t. pi.
wandriden, Mk. xvi. 12; pr.p. wan-
dringe, Mk. xvi. 12.
wanen, wane, wanyen, to waste away, Ec-
clus. xl. 14. Is. xix. i.
wanhope, despair, Ps. prol. p. 738.
wang-tooth, woong-tooth, a molar tooth,
Judg. xv. 19; wang-teeth, wank-teeth,
Prov. xxx. 14. Joel. i. 6.
wanyng, wenyng, n. a weaning, Gen. xxi.
8.
wannesse, lividness, grief, Gen. iv. 23. Prov.
xx. 30.
war, waar, imp. beware, guard, Ecclus. ix.
21. xiii. 16. xxvi. 14.
war, ware, wary, prudent, wise, aware, Mt.
x. 16. xi. 25. Lk. xii. 15. Dan. i. 4.
warde, keeping, custody, Gen. xiii. 17. Prov.
iv. 23.
wardis, strongholds, Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63.
wardide, p. t. fortified, guarded, i Mace. iv.
6 1 ; pi. wardiden, Mt. xxvii. 66.
warding, wardyng, wardynge, n. a fortifica-
tion, Ez. xxi. 22. i Mace. iv. 61 ; pi.
wardingis, ii Cor. x. 4.
wariable, execrable, reproachable, Prov.
xviii. i. Ecclus. xxvii. 33.
warie, wary, warye, to curse, Num. xxiii. 8.
Mt. xxvi. 74. Rom. xii. 14; pr. t. wa-
rieth, werith, Num. xxiii. 8 ; p.t. wariede,
Ps. Ixxiii. 3. Prov. v. 12. Ecclus. xvi. 9;
pi. wariden, Joh. ix. 28; p.p. waried, n
Mace. v. 8 ; pr.p. wariende, Ps. xxv. 5.
wariedhed, malignancy, accursedness, Wisd.
v. 13, 24.
' wariere, a curser, i Cor. v. 1 1 ; pi. warieris,
Ps. xxi. 17. xxxvi. i. i Cor. vi. 10.
wariyng, n. a cursing, Rom. iii. 14; pi. wa-
ryingis, n Mace. xii. 14.
warishe, to guard, Prov. iv. 6.
warli, warly, waarly, warily, cautiously, I
Kings xviii. 14. Tob. ii. 4. iv. 16. Ecclus.
xxii. 32. Mk. xiv. 44. Eph. v. 15.
warnesse, wariness, prudence, Deut. xxxii.
28. Prov. prol. p. i. Prov. i. 4.
warnyschid, warnysshit, p.p. strengthened,
fortified, n Kings xxiii. 5. iv Kings xii.
12.
warnyschyng, n. fortification, iv Kings xix.
32-
wast, void, vain, Gen. xvii. 14. Eccles. ii.
26.
wastere, wastour, devastator, destroyer, Is.
xvi. 4. i Cor. x. 10; pi. wasteres, wast-
ours, i Kings xiv. 48. Is. xiii. 24.
wastli, in vain, Is. xxx. 7.
wastnesse, desolation, Is. xlvii. II.
water-banke, a shore, Deeds xxvii. 39.
water-hepes, billows, Is. xix. 6. xxxvii.
25-
watir-leche, a leach, Prov. xxx. 15 ; pi.
water-lechis, Prov. xxx. 15.
water-mous, a river mouse, Is. Ii. 20 g.
water-trowis, watertroughs, Gen. xxiv. 20.
watren, to give water, Gen. xxix. 8; p.t.
wateryde, watride, Gen. xxiv. 46. Ps.
Ixxvii. 15 ; p.p. watrid, wateryd, watered,
Gen. xxix. 2, ii.
wawed, wawid, wayued, p.p. waved, moved,
Mt. ii. 7. Lk. vii. 24.
wawe, a wave, Mk. v. i. Jam. i. 6; pi.
wawes, wawis, Job ix. 8. Mt. viii. 24.
Lk. viii. 23. Jude 2, 13.
wax, waxen, v. wexe.
waxing, n. a growth, Is. xxiii. 4 ; pi. wax-
yngis, Num. xxxii. 14.
web, stuff, thing woven, film, Tob. vi. 9. xi.
14.
webbis, weavers, i Kings xvii. 7. i Par. xi.
23-
webstere, a weaver, Job vii. 6 ; pi. websters,
i Kings xvii. 7. i Par. xi. 23.
wed, wedde, a pledge, Gen. xxxviii. 17. Ex.
xxii. 26. n Cor. i. 22. v. 5.
weder, wedre, a shower, Deut. xxxii. 2. Jer.
iii. 3 ; pi. wederes, Jer. prol. p. 343.
weeft, weft, Gen. xiv. 23. Ex. xxxix. 3.
weel, adv. well, Ecclus. xiii. 27.
weenden, weende, wende, to go, Num. viii.
22. in Kings xii. 28. Jer. xii. 18 ; imp.
wende, Ex. xxxiii. i; p.p. went, Num.
ix. i. Mk. vii. 29; pr.p. weendynge,
Num. x. 6.
weet, wet, Jer. xxiii. 9.
weetith, pr. t. waters, Josh. xiii. 3.
weieden, weysiden, p.t. pi. Zach. xi. 12 ;
pr.p. weiynge, Gen. xxiv. 22.
wey-fode, provisions on a journey, Deut.
xv. 14.
weie-goer, wei-goer, a traveller, Prov. vi. 1 1;
pi. weie-goers, Gen. xxxvii. 25.
weihe, a balance, Is. xl. 12.
weie-lot, weilot, a crossway, Gen. xxxviii.
14, 21; pi. weilottis, II Kings i. 20.
weilen, weyle, weyl, to mourn, bewail, Gen.
xxiii. i. Mt. ix. 15. xxiv. 30; p.t. pi.
weileden, wayleden, Lk. xxiii. 27. viii.
52; p.p. weilid, Mt. ii. 17; pr.p. wei-
lende, Jer. ix. 17.
weileressis, weilsteris, female mourners, Jer.
ix. 17.
weilyng, weylynge, n. lamentation. Gen.
xxvii. 41. i Cor. v. 2.
weyn. v. wayn.
weysche. v. waische.
weyte. v. wayte.
wel, well! alas! Ps. xxxiv. 21, 25.
welden, welde, weelde, weeld, weilde, to
have power over, to possess, to have, Gen.
xxiv. 60. Josh, xviii. 3. xxi. 12. Ruth iv.
4, 9. Mt. v. 4. Lk. xviii. 18. Apoc. xxi. 7 ;
pr.t. weldith, Lk. xi. 21; pi. welden, Lk.
xii. 33; p.t. weeldide, Judg. i. 19. iii. 13.
xi. 21. Deeds i. 18; pi. weeldiden, weld-
iden, Deut. iii. 12. Josh. xix. 47. xxi. 41;
p. p. weeldid, Josh, xviii. 3. Deeds viii.
20 ; pr.p. weldinge, weldynge, Josh. xvii.
16. n Cor. vi. 10.
welder, weldere, a possessor, ruler, Gen. xiv.
22. Lev. xxv. 28 ; pi. welderes, weelders,
Prov. i. 19. Deeds iv. 34.
welefully, willefulli, prosperously, in Joh.
2.
welewen, to wither, dry up, Josh, xviii. 3.
Is. xix. 6 ; pr. t. welewith, Jam. i. 1 1 ;
pi. welewen, Josh, sviii. 3; p.t. welewide,
welwide, iv Kings xix. 26. Mk. iv. 6;
pi. welewiden, welowiden, Ez. xix. 12.
Mt. xiii. 6.
wel-felende, weel-felende, pr.p. right think-
ing, Ecclus. iv. 29. vii. 21, 23, 27. xviii.
29.
welle, to weld, beat together, smelt, Is. ii. 4.
Ez. xxii. 20; imp. welle, Ecclus. xxviii.
29; p.t. wellide, Jer. x. 14; p.p. weilid,
ii Par. xxxiv. 17. Job xxviii. i. Ez. xxii.
21, 22. Apoc. i. 15; pr.p. weilyng, Prov.
xxvii. 21.
wellere, a welder of metal, Jer. vi. 29. Ii.
J7-
I weilyng, n. a welding, smelting, Jer. Ii. 17.
GLOSSARY.
747
wellynge, wallynge, pr.p. springing as water,
Pref. ep. c. i. p. 61. Gen. xxvi. 19. S. Sol.
iv. 15.
welsom, welsum, weelsom, prosperous, Gen.
xxiv. 21, 60. xxxvii. 14; comp. welsumere,
Eccles. iv. 3.
welsumli, welsumly, prosperously, Gen.
xxviii. 21. xxxix. 2. Ps. xliv. 5. in Job.
2.
wel-willingnesse, benevolence, Ecclus. prol.
p. 123.
wem, wemme, a blemish, Prov. ix. 7. S. Sol.
iv. 7. Eph. i. 4, 7, 27. ii Pet. ii. 13.
wemmed, p.p. spotted, Deut. xii. 15.
wene, to suppose, guess, Gen. xxvii. 12; pr.t.
weneth, Lk. viii. 18; 2p. wenest, wenyst,
Pref. ep. c. v. p. 66. Gen. xvii. 17; pi.
wenen, weenen, Pref. ep. c. v. p. 66. Lk.
xiii. 2; p. t. wenyde, weenyde, wende,
weendide, Gen. xli. 17. xlii. 30. iv Kings
v. n. Job xxxi. 24; pi. weneden,
weeneden, wenden, Wisd. xii. 27. xiii. 2.
Is. bcvi. 17; pr.p. wenende, Job prol.
p. 672.
weod-hook, a hook for cutting weeds or
briars, Is. vii. 25.
wepful, wepeful, mournful, Wisd. xviii. 10.
wereden, werden, p.t.pl. wore, in Esdr.
iii. 2; p.p. wered, Josh. ix. 13.
werelis, fly-flappers (?), (Lat. Jlabella,) Job
prol. 2. p. 672.
wermod, wormod, wormwood, Prov. v. 4.
Lam. iii. 19. Apoc. viii. n.
wern, to forbid, Gen. xxiii. 6.
werpe, n. warp, Ex. xxxix. 3. Lev. xiii. 48.
wesh. v. waische.
wethir, a ram, a sheep, a battering ram,
Gen. xv. 9 ; pi. wetheres, Gen. xxx. 35.
ii Mace. xii. ig.
wete, wheat, Deut. xxviii. 51 ; pi. wetis,
Gen. xlii. 26.
weu,fte> Ps. xxxiv. 21, 23.
wexe, to grow, become, Gen. xl. 10. Mt.
xiii. 30; pr.t. pi. wexen, Mt. vi. 28; p.t.
wexe, wex, wax, wexide, Gen. xii. 10.
xxi. 20. xxvii. i. Lk. ii. 40; pi. wexen,
woxen, wexeden, wexiden, Ex. i. 7. Mt.
xiii. 7. Lk. xxiii. 5, 23; p.p. wexen,
wexun, wexe, waxen, woxun, wexid, Gen.
iv. 23. xxv. 27. xxvii. 2. in Kings i. 2.
Mt. xiii. 32. Rom. v. 15; pr.p. wexynge,
waxyng, Gen. iv. 23. viii. 21.
weuen, weeue, to weave, make, Pref. ep.
c. vii. p. 71. Ex. xxxv. 33; p.t.pl. wouen,
weueden, Is. lix. 5 ; p.p. wouen, weuyd,
i Kings prol. p. 2 ; pr. p. weuende, Is.
xix. 9.
whal, a whale, Job vii. 12; pi. whallis, Gen.
i. 21.
whas, gen. whose, Mt. prol. i. p. i.
what, wherefore, Lk. xix. 33. xx. 23. Job.
xx. 15.
what-er, whatever, Deut. xxi. 5.
whelke, a pustule, weal, Lev. xiii. 2 ; pi.
whelkis, Lev. xiv. 56.
whennus, whens, adv. whence, Gen. xvi. 8.
wher, whether, Gen. xviii. 21. Mt. v. 46.
wherto, wherefore, Mt. ix. 4.
whether, either, or, Mk. iii. 4.
whyet, white, Gen. xxx. 35.
whijt-perle, albugo, Lev. xxi. 20.
while, recompense, return, turn, I Kings
xxiv. 20. ii Kings xix. 36. Prov. xix. 17.
Is. lix. 18. Jer. Ii. 6. Joel iii. 4; pi. whilis,
in Kings v. 14. ii Esdr. iv. 22. vii. 3.
i Par. xxiii. 24. Wisd. vii. 18.
whilenesse, whilenesse, recompense, re-
turn, turn, Joel iii. 4. Jam. i. 17.
whilis, adv. while, Gen. xlvii. 19.
whil-mele, while-melis, adv. by turn, in
Kings v. 14. ii Esdr. iv. 22. Wisd. vii.iS.
whirlide, p.t. hurled, i Kings xvii. 49.
whirle-puff, a whirling blast, Wisd. v. 24.
whist, whisht, whischt, hush.' Judg. xviii.
19.
whistlen, to whistle, Jer. xix. 8.
whistlyng, n. a hissing, contempt, n Par.
xxix. 8.
whistrende, whistringe, pr.p. whispering,
Ecclus. xii. 19. xxviii. 15.
whoche, which, Mt. prol. i. p. i.
who-so-er, whosoever, Josh. xx. 3.
wicchingis, witchcrafts, Deeds viii. n.
wicke, wyke, wicked, i Kings xxv. 25.
ii Kings xxii. 49. n Par. vi. 23. Mt. viii.
28. Lk. viii. 2.
wickenesse, wickedness, Prov. iv. 17; pi.
wickenesses, Prov. v. 22.
wickidlich, wickedly, Deut. xxxi. 29.
widewhed, widowhood, Gen. xxxviii. 14.
Judith x. 2.
wielde, wild, Gen. xxxvii. 20.
wike, wyke, week, Gen. xxix. 28. Mk. xvi. 2.
v. wouke.
wikett, a little gate, in Kings xxii. 10.
wilful, willing, ii Cor. viii. 3.
wilfuli, wilfully, wylfulli, of free will, Lev.
vii. 16. i Mace. x. 33. Deeds xii. 10.
willefulli. v. welefully.
willi. v. euel-willi, greet-willi.
willidness, wilfulness, Wisd. v. 13.
wiln, wilne, to will, desire, Gen. xxvii. 4, 12.
Lk. ix. 24; pr.t. wile, wole, wol, Deut.
xxv. 7, 8. ii Kings xxiv. 3. Mt. xi. 27.
vii. 10; 2 p. wilt, wil, wolt, wole, Gen.
xv. I. xxii. 7; woltow, wilt thou, Esth.
v. 3. Mt. xiii. 28 ; pi. wolen, wollith,
wiln, wilne, wil, Gen. xxi. 29. n Kings
xvi. 2. Mt. vii.i2.xx.32. Mk. prol.i.p.86.
Mk. xiv. 7 » imp. wilne, wele, wole, Gen.
xix. 17. xxi. 17; pi. wileth, woleth, Judg.
xix. 23. Lam. iv. 15; p.t. wolde, Gen.
xxvii. 20. xxviii. 1 1 ; pi. wolden, Esth.
ii. 21. Mt. xvii. 12; p.p. wilned, Ecclus.
x. 14; pr.p. wilnynge, wilnende, wil-
lyng, willende, wolnynge, Gen. xxxvii. 22.
Num. xxxv. ig. Deut. xxv. n. Judg.
xix. 3. Ecclus. xiv. 7. Lk. viii. 20.
wilsumnesse, wilfulness, Ecclus. xxxi. 40.
wyndewe.wyndowe, wynwe, wynewe, winewe,
to winnow, Deut. xxxiii. 17. in Kings xiv.
14. Jer. xlix. 36. Ii. 2; pr.t. 2 p. win-
dewist, wyndowidist, Ez. xxxii. 2 ; pi.
wynewiden, wynewden, wyndewiden,
winweden, wynnewiden, wyndowen, Is.
xxxiv. 21. Zech. i. 19. i Mace. vii. 46;
p. p. wyndewid, wyndpwid, wynewid,
winwed, i Kings xxii. 12. Is. xxx. 24.
Ez. xxxvi. 19 ; j>r.p.wyndewynge,wyndow-
ynge, wynewing, wynewynge, wynwing,
wynewende, wynnowynge, n Kings xxii.
12. Is. xxix. 5. Jer. xv. 7. Dan. viii. 4.
Mt. iii. 12.
wyndeweris, wyneweres, wyneweris, win-
nowers, Jer. Ii. 2.
wynnyng, n. gain, lucre, Phil. i. 21. i Tun.
iii. 8.
wyn-violis, vessels for wine, in Kings vii.
4°. 45-
wynside, p.t. winced, kicked. Deeds prol. p.
507; pi. wynseden, n Kings vi. 6. r.
ajen-wynsed.
wynter, years, Gen. v. 3. xv. 13.
wynterne, to winter, Deeds xxvii. 12.
wirlynge-wynde, whirlwind, iv Kings ii. II ;
pi. whirlinge-wijndis, ii Pet. ii. 17.
wyse, manner, Gen. xxxii. 19.
wiselyer, comp. more wisely, i Kings xviii. 30.
wist, wisten. v. wite.
wit, with, Mt. vi. 2.
wit, witt, knowledge, wisdom, Ecclus. iii. 25.
Lk. xxiv. 45 ; pi. wittes, wittis, Jer. prol.
p. 342. Ecclus. i. 6.
wite, to know, Gen. xxiv. 21. Mt. xvi. 4.
Mk. v. 43. Lk. i. 18; pr.t. wyte, wite,
wote, woot, wot, Gen. iii. 5. iv. 9. xviii.
21. Prov. vii. 22. Eccles. x. 14. Mt. vi. 8.
Joh. iv. 25; 2 p. wost, woost, wotist,
Num. xvi. 15. n Kings i. 5. Tob. viii. 9.
Mt. xv. 12. Joh. xiii. 7. Apoc. iii. 17.
vii. 14; pi. witen, wyten, woten, iv Kings
vii. 12. Lk. xx. 21. Joh. viii. 19; imp.
wite, Gen. xv. 13. Num. xxxii. 23; pi.
witeth, witith, Job xix. 29. Mt. xxiv. 33;
p. t. wiste, Gen. xxi. 26. Ex. xxi. 36 ;
2 p. wistest, Mt. xxv. 26; pi. wisten,
i Kings xxii. 17. Joh. viii. 19. Lk. ii. 49;
p.p. wist, Lev. xiv. 57. Is. Ixi. 9. Mt. x.
26. Lk. xii. 2 ; pr. p. witinge, witynge,
wytynge, i Kings xxii. 17. Mt. xii. 25.
Lk. viii. 53. Deeds v. 2.
witendely, wityngli, knowingly, Rom. prol.i.
p. 299. prol. 2. p. 302.
with-bern, pr.t. pi. carry with others, Is.
Ixii. 9.
with-chaunge, to change, commute, Ecclus.
xii. 19.
with-departen, to part asunder, Ecclus. i. 24.
with-eire, co-heir, Pref. ep. c. vii. p. 70.
with-ficchid, p.p. fixed in, Ps. xxxi. 4.
with-folweris, companions, Gen. xxiv. 59.
with-heejing, n. a hastening, Ps. Ixxvii. 33.
with-hilden, p.t.pl. covered over, Gen. vii.
24.
withiene, adj. of willow, Job xl. 17.
withies, withthis, willows, willow-bands, Lev.
xxiii. 40. Ps. cxxxvi. 2. Is. xv. 7. Judith
vi. 9.
withinnen-forth, withynne-forth, withyn-
forth, adv. within, iv Kings iv. 4. Dan.
xiv. 18. Mt. vii. 15. n Cor. vii. 5.
5 C 2
748
GLOSSARY.
withinne-wrappen, to wrap up, Job xviii.
n; p.p. withinne-wrappid, Job iii. 5.
vi. 1 8.
with-lawe, to laugh with, Gen. xxi. 6.
withouten, prep, without, Gen. xxx. i. Heb.
xi. 40.
without-forth, withoute-forth, adv. outward-
ly, without, Gen. xix. n. Mt. xii. 47.
with-preisen, topraise together, Ecclus.li.i5-
with-rysynge, pr.p. rising up, Gen. xxii. 3.
with-seyn, with-seie, to contradict, Esth.
viii. 8. Job vi. 10; pr.t. with-seith, Num.
xxx. 6, 8, 9, 12; p.t.pl. with-seiden, Ju-
dith i. ii. Jer. xxxvi. 25; pr.p. with-
seiende, Job xvi. p.
with-seieris, with-seggeris, contradictors,
Pref. ep. c. iii. p. 63.
with-stonden, to resist, Judith v. I ; pr. t.
with-stont, Deut. xxv. 16. Rom. ix. 19;
pr.p. with-stondende, Judith ii. 16.
witid, wyited, p.p. adjudged, reckoned, im-
puted, Judg. iv. 9. Job xli. 8. Rom. v.
13-
witles, witlesse, witlees, unwise, wanting
sense, "Wisd. xv. 18. n Mace. xi. 13.
Gal. iii. i.
witti, wise, Deut. i. 13.
witnesse, a witty or wise saying or doing,
Prov. viii. 5; pi. witnesses, wittynesses,
Ecclus. i. 5.
wi3t, a whit, i Kings i. 14.
wlappe, to wrap, Num. iv. 5, 7 ; pr.t. wlap-
pith, ii Tim. ii. 4; p. t. wlappide, Gen.
xxvii. 16. Ex. xiv. 27. iv Kings ii. 8.
Mt. xxvii. 59. Lk. ii. 7; p.p. wlappid,
Num. iv. 15. Lk. ii. 12. Job. xx. 7. n Pet.
ii. 20 ; pr. p. wlappynge, Job xxxviii. 2.
v. biwlappe.
wlapping, n. a wrapping, in Kings xx.
38 ?•
wlaten, wlate, wlaat, whlaten, to loath, Judg.
ix. 23. Prov. xxiv. 24. Is. xxxiv. 3, 4;
pr.t. wlatith, Num. xxi. 5; 2 p. wlatist,
Rom. ii. 22 ; pi. wlaten, wlatith, Gen.xlvi.
34. Deeds prol. p. 508; p.t. wlatede, Jer.
xiv. 19; 2 p. wlatidist, Wisd. xii. 3; pi.
wlatiden, Rom. prol. 2. p. 302; p.p.
wlated, wlatid, Is. xlix. 7. Jer. xiv. 19.
wlatyng, n. a loathing, Num. xi. 20. Dan.ix.
ii.
wlatyngnesse, loathsomeness, Dan. ix. II.
wlatsum, loathsome, Lev. xi. n.
woe. v. waken,
wode, a wood, Gen. xxi. 33; pi. wodis,
woodis, Josh. xv. 9.
wode-bil, a hook for cutting briars, Is. vii.
25.
wode, wod, wood, woode, mad, fierce, Lev.
xx. 27. Is. xxxvii. 29. Wisd. v. 4. Mt.
viii. 28. Joh. x. 28. Deeds viii. ii. i Cor.
xiv. 23.
wodenesse, woodnes, woodnesse, woode-
nesse, madness, rage, passion, Gen. xxvii.
44. xlix. 6. Wisd. v. 4. Mk. iii. 21.
Deeds xxvi. 24. Apoc. xix. 15; pi. wood-
nesses, Ps. xxxix. g.
wodewose, a wild man, savage, Is. xxxiv.14 ;
pi. wodewoses, wodewosis, woodewosys,
Is. xiii. 21. Jer. 1. 39.
wod\,full of trees, Num. xiii. 21. xxiv. 6.
woke. v. wouke.
wole, woleth, wolde. v. wilne.
wolle. v. wul.
wommanysche, wommannysch, effeminate,
in Kings xiv. 24. xv. 12.
wommanlich, effeminate, in Kings xiv.
24.
wonder-myche, adv. very greatly, Gen. xxx.
43-
wondirli, wonderfully, Job x. 16.
wonen, wone, to dwell, abide, Prov. ii. 21.
xiv. 9. Is. liv. 3; pr.t. woneth, Ps. xc. i.
Ecclus. xxxviii. 26; p.t. wpnde, Jer.ii. 6;
pi. woneden, Jer. xlvi. 21 ; p.p. woned,
Num. xi. 12; pr.p. wonende, Prov.
XXX. I.
wonyng, n. a habitation, Ps. cvi. 7, 36 ; pi.
wonyngus, Ps. cviii. 10. Jer. xlix. 18.
wonne, custom, Ex. xxxiii. 4.
woodedist, p. t. 2 p. wert mad, Is. xxxvii.
29; p.p. wodid, Deeds viii. n.
woode-theues, wild robbers, Jer. 1. 39.
woom, womyt, a vomit, ii Pet. ii. 22. v.
vome.
woong-tooth. v. wang-tooth.
worche, wyrk, to work, Gen. iii. 23 ; p. t.
wrouste, Gen. ii. 5. i Kings xxvii. 12;
pi. wrousten, ywroujten, Deut. xx. 18.
Is. xvii. 8 ; p. p. wroust, Gen. xxxiv. 7.
Deut. xx. 1 8.
word-bregger, abridger of words, Pref. ep.
c. vii. p. 72.
wordy, woordi, full of words, Job xvi. 21.
i Cor. prol. i. p. 339.
worldlis, worlds, i Pet. iv. ii. Apoc.
xix. 3.
worschipful, worthy to be revered, Gen.
xxviii. 17; comp. worschipfullere, Lk.
xiv. 8.
worste, the devil, Eph. vi. 16.
wort, a herb, Lk. xi. 42 ; pi. wortis, Gen.
ix.3- Mt. xiii. 32. Rom. xiv. 2.
worte-werm, wort-worm, caterpillar, Pref.
ep. c. vii. p. 69. Ps. civ. 34. Joel i. 4.
wort-serd, garden of herbs, in Kings
xxi. 2.
wost, wot, wool. v. wite.
woughe, n. a wall, Ps. Ixi. 4; pi. wowis,
i Esdr. iv. 12. v. 8.
wouke, wouk, woke, a week, Gen. xxix. 28.
Ex. xxxiv. 22. Lev. xxiii. 16. Lk. xxiv. i.
Joh. xx. i ; pi. woukis, Ex. xxxiv. 22.
Lev. xii. 5.
woule, to yell, howl, Hos. v. 8 ; p. t. pi.
wouliden, Hos. vii. 14. v. solle.
wowende, wowynge, pr.p. wooing, Prov. vii.
!3-
wowendeli, devotedly, Prov. xxi. 29.
wowers, wooers, Judg. xiv. 20.
wowis. v. woughe.
wrastled, wrastlede, wristlide, p.t. wrestled,
Gen. xxxii. 24. Ecclus. Ii. 25.
wrathefulnesse, wrath, Ecclus. i. 28.
wrathen, to be angry, Prov. xviii. 14; p.t.
wrathede, Ps. cv. 40; pi. wraththiden,
iv Kings xvii. 17; p.p. wrooth, wroth,
wraththid, Gen. xviii. 32. Ex. xv. 14.
Jer. xxxvii. 14. Heb. iii. 17.
wrathis, wraththis, anger, Prov. xxi. 14.
xxvi. 10. Wisd. vii. 20.
wraththeres, wraththers, provokers to anger,
Ez. ii. 7, 8.
wreche, wreek, to wreak, avenge, Deut. xxxii.
43. Judg. xvi. 28.
wreker, an avenger, Josh. xx. 4.
wretchidnessis, wrecchidnessis, miseries,
Gen. iii. 16. Job xiv. i.
wretcheful, wreccheful, miserable, i Kings
i. 15. Eccles. v. 15.
wretchidful, miserable, Judg. v. 27. n Mace.
ix. 28.
wreten. v. wryte.
wrethe, wreath, neckchain, Gen. xli. 42.
wrielys, wriels, coverings, veils, Job xxiv. 8.
wrynclis,/oW,s, Gen. xxxviii. 14.
wryngeris, those who squeeze or press out,
Is. xvi. 10.
wristlide. t). wrastled.
wryte, to write, Num. v. 23 ; p. t. wroot,
Ex. xxiv. 4 ; pi. wreten, writen, wryten,
Deeds xv. 23 ; p.p. iwryten, Rom. prol. i.
p. 299.
writhen. v. wrooth.
wrist, a workman, artificer, n Mace. ii. 30;
pi. wristis, iv Kings xxii. 5.
wrong, p.t. wrested, twisted, squeezed, n
Kings xxiii. 21 ; p.p. wrong, wrongun,
Gen. xl. ii. Lev. xxi. 19. Num. xxiv.
10.
wrongful, injurious, tyrannical, Lk. xii.
58.
wrooth, wroth, v. wrathen.
wrooth, p.t. wrested, twisted, wrung, n Kings
xxiii. 21 ; p.p. writhen, writhun, Lev. i.
15. Judg. xvi. 9. Ecclus. xiv. 13. Mk.
xv. 17. Joh. xix. 2. i Tim. ii. 9.
wul, wolle, wool, Judg. vi. 37.
wulle-graithers, preparers of wool, Pref. ep.
c. vi. p. 67.
3-
salow, selow, jeb, solow, yellow, Gen. xxx.
32, 33. Jer. xxx. 6.
sanynge. v. seneden.
sate, saat, agate, Gen. xxiii. 10. xxviii. 17;
pi. satis, Gen. xxii. 17.
jate-leuis, foldings of a door, n Esdr. iii.
14.
sea. v. she.
sede. v. gon.
see, se, you, Gen. i. 28. xxiv. 49.
seene, jene, yeene, sheep with lamb, Ps.
cxliii. 13. Is. xl. ii. v. ene.
seer, ;er, seers, serys, years, Gen. v. 22.
xxix. 30. xlvii. 9, 18.
seer-fruyt, seris-frute, yearly provision, sus-
tenance, iv Kings xxv. 30. Judith v.
15-
seetere, a welder of metal, Jer. vi. 29. Ii. 17.
jeldyn, selde, seeld, to yield, restore, repay,
render, Gen. xx. 7. xxxi. 29. Mt. vi. 6.
GLOSSARY.
749
Lk. x. 35 ; imp. pi. jeldeth, Tob. ii. ai ;
p.t. jolde, jeide, seld, jeldide, jildide, Gen.
xx. 14. xxxi. 39. Job xxix. n. u Esdr.
ii. 20. Lk. ix. 42 ; pi. joldun, selden, sel-
diden, Deeds iv. 33. xvi. 2; p.p. jolden,
joldun, 3olde, joulde, jelde, Lev. xiii. 7.
i Kings xxv. 39. Prov. vii. 14. Jer. prol.
p. 342. Mt. xxvii. 58. Lk. xiv. 12, 14;
pr. p. seeldynge, seldynge, Deut. v. 9.
vii. 10.
jeldyng, jeldynge, jelding, n. reward, profit,
retribution, Ps. xviii. 12. Lk. iv. 19.
jellen. v. jolle.
;en-biggynge, n. redemption, again-buying,
Num. xviii. 16.
jendis, prep, beyond, i Esdr. iv. 16.
3eneden, p.t. pi. gaped, yawned, Ps. xxxiv.
21 ; pr.p. sanynge, n Mace. vi. 18.
jerd, field, garden, Lk. xiii. 19. Job. xviii. I.
3erde, seerd, jeerde, staff, rod, privy member,
Gen. xvii. u. Ex. xiv. 16. Deut. xxiii. i.
Mt. x. 10. Heb. i. 8. Apoc. xix. 15; pi.
jerdis, n Cor. xi. 25. Deeds xvi. 22.
serd-felles, foreskins, Jer. iv. 4.
jete, 3eete, to weld, to melt together, to pour,
Ex. xxvi. 19. Jer. ix. 7; p.t. jotte, setide,
setede, settide, Ex. xxxvii. 3. iv Kings
iv. 5. Is. xliv. 10; p.p. jotun, sotyn, jot,
Ex. xxxii. 4. xxxviii. 27. n Par. xxxiv.
17; pr.p. setynge, Ex. xxxvii. 3.
jetyng, jeting, n. a welding, melting of metal,
Ex. xxxii. 4. Jer. Ii. 17.
3eue. v. syue.
3he, 3ea, yea, yes, Mt. v. 37. Job. ii. 27.
jhis, 3is, yes, i Kings xv. 20. Mt. xvii. 23.
Jam. v. 12. v. is.
3icchyng, n. anitching, itch, Deut.xxviii. 27.
3if, if, Is. v. 9. Mt. iv. 3.
sifte, gift, Num. iii. 9 ; pi. siftis, Gen. xxxii.
18.
jisterday, sistirday, 3istai, yesterday, Gen.
xix. 34. i Kings iv. 8.
sit, yet, Gen. iv. 25. Jer. xxviii. 3.
jitchinge, pr.p. itching, n Tim. iv. 3.
3yue, 3eue, to give, Gen. xiii. 17. Mt. xx.
14; imp.pl. jifeth, seuyth, in Kings iii.
26. Deeds viii. 19; p.t. saf, saue, Gen.
iii. 6. Estb. viii. 2. Mk. xv. 37; p.t.
3auen, seuen, 3ouen, Gen. xix. 33. Num.
xvii. 6. ii Esdr. ix. 17. Mt. xxvi. 67 ;
p.p. souen, jouun, seuun, seuen, ysif, isyue,
Gen. iv. 24. xxx. 18. Mt. xi. 27. xiii. n.
Deeds prol. p. 507. Rom. prol. p. 298;
pr.p. syuynge, Num. xi. 25.
3oc, sok, a yoke, Num. xxi. 30. in Kings
xii. 4. Judith i. I ; pi. -,ockis, n Kings
xxiv. 22. in Kingis xix. 19.
solden, 3oldun. v. 3elde.
solle, jellen, to sound, to yell, cry aloud,
Num. x. 7. Is. xv. 2; imp.pl. selleth, Is.
xiii. 6. xxiii. i ; p.t. jollide, jellide, Judg.
v. 28. i Kings iv. 13; pi. jelleden, 3ell-
iden, Judg. v. 21. Judith xvi. 13; pr.p.
3ollynge, -.ellende, 3ellynge, Num. x. 9.
Judg. v. 21. Is. xiii. 22. v. woule.
3ollynge, sellynge, sellyng, jelh'ng, n. a
sounding, shouting, crying, Gen. xxvii. 38.
Ex. xxxii. 17. Num. x. 6. Jer. xlviii. 5.
3olow. ». jalow.
song, young, Gen. viii. 21. xlviii. 15.
songlyng, a young man, Gen. xxxiv. 19.
Judg. xvii. 7 ; pi. songlyngis, Dan. xi. 6.
songthe, songth, youth. Gen. xlviii. 15.
Deut. xxxiii. 25. Mt. xix. 20. Mk. x. 20.
Lk. xviii. 21.
30re, adv. long ago, Deut. xxiv. i. i Par.
prol. p. 314. Job prol. p. 670. Jer. xx. 8.
30t, jotte, 3otun. v. sete.
3ou-silf, joure-silf, yourselves, Jam. ii. 4.
joule, to howl, Joel i. 5, 13. ii. i. Mic. i. 8.
p.t. pi. souliden, Joel i. u. v. goul,
woule.
3oulynge, 3owlyng, n. a howling, Gen. xxvii.
38. Zeeh. xi. 3. Jam. v. i.
3ouren, gen, yours, Gen. xxxiv. 16. xiv. 20.
jow, you, Gen. i. 29.
soxide, p.t. sobbed, iv Kings iv. 36.
soxyng, n. a sobbing, i Kings xxv. 31. Lam.
iii. 56.
CORRECTIONS.
VOL. I.
p. 21. 1. 23. for grek read grete.
p. 40. 1. 29. for or duuyne read of dyuyne.
p. 49. 1. 30. for religions read religious.
p. 80. var. rr. 1. 4. for rEGLMPad read rEGL,p<ad.
p. 117. var. rr. 1. 2. for z the read z thi.
p. 128. c. 2. 1. 16. for and axided read 'and axided.
p. 160. c. 2. 1. 4. for closis read clothis.
p. 178. c. 2. 1. n. for je seideny read 'je seiden?.
p. 314. e. 1. 1. 9. /or Eliajar read Eliazar.
p. 331. var. rr. 1. i./or e soote read e soote E.
p. 396. var. rr. 1. ^.forfreli or read freli or.
p. 475. var. rr. 1. 8. for c either read c either I.
p. 501. c. i. 1. 38. for merlizon read merlijon.
p. 515. var. rr. 1. 6. for *bilonge read * bi longe.
p. 611. c. I. 1. 3. for greue read grene.
p. 627. c. i. 1. 28. for fallen read fellen.
VOL. II.
p. 38. c. i. 1. 39. for hem read hern.
p. 123. var. rr. 1. 5. for tgitlees read 'giltlees.
p. 193. c. i. 1. 17. dele letter of reference after tyyn.
p. 231. 1. 7. in both margins supply 29.
p. 278. in upper margin supply XV.
p. 314. c. 1. 1. 33. for hau read han.
pp. 326 — 328. in upper maryin supply I. before PARALIPOMENON.
p. 539. in upper margin dele XIV.
p. 546. c. i. 1. 22. for te read the.
p. 708. c. 1. 1. i6./or corneris read corn eris.
VOL. HI.
p. 45. var. rr. 1. 3. for leendid read teendid.
p. 53. var. rr. 1. 4. for w From /. read From K.
p. 149. c. 2. 1. 1. for stood read slood.
p. 224. var. rr. 1. 2. for c m. c. read c Om. c.
p. 479. upper margin,/or 59 read 58.
p. 480. ibid, for 60 read 59.
ibid. c. 2. 1. i. dele 59 and place on last line of preceding column.
p. 491. c. 2. 1. 20. for han read kan.
p. 572. c. 1. 1. 12. for gedreden read gendreden.
VOL. IV.
p. 14. var. rr. 1. 7. for ielon read idon.
p. 16. c. 2. 1. 32. for whether he wolem read whether™ he wole.
p. 17. upper margin,/or VI. read VII.
p. 29. c. 2. 1. 22. for Sone read sone.
p. 56. var. rr. 1. 6. for dedegne read dedeyne.
p. 90. ibid. 1. 2. for a read a Om. UV. v
p. 130. ibid. 1. 8. add a/3 after k.
p. 171. c. 2. 1. 3. for litjneth read lijtneth.
p. 189. c. 1. 1. 4. for plentenous read plenteuous.
p. 214. var. rr. last 1. for Pbreke gkpr.m. lOm. g. readPOm. g.
ibreke gkpr.m.
p. 217. c. i. 1. 7. for plentenously read plenteuously.
p. 271. var. rr. 1. 4. for ^fufillid read fulfillid.
p. 386. c. 2. 1. 3. dele 14 and place on line 4.
p. 456. c. 1. 1. 7. for menf or to read men for to.
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11